<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

<!DOCTYPE ONIXMessage SYSTEM "http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/02/reference/onix-international.dtd">

<ONIXMessage>

<Header>

<FromCompany>Cambridge University Press Australia</FromCompany>

<FromPerson>Cambridge Datashop (datashop@cambridge.org)</FromPerson>

<SentDate>20101130</SentDate>

<MessageNote>This data is Copyright to Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press makes no guarantee of the accuracy or the timeliness of production. It is supplied for your exclusive use as our customer and only for the purpose of facilitating the ordering of these books (authorised purpose). While it may be copied once for the authorised purpose, written permission from Cambridge University Press must be obtained for any other use. If you were not an intended recipient, you must notify the sender and delete all copies.</MessageNote>

</Header>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521513022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Giant Print Edition Hardback burgundy imitation leather NR480</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/0521513022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge's giant-print Bibles offer extra-large 18-point type, developed specially for those requiring extra-large print. The type and page layout were planned after research and consultation with visually impaired groups and others.  Although the giant-print Bibles are of obvious benefit to the visually impaired, they are also useful for anyone needing to read in public. The large print makes it easy to keep your place when addressing an audience, yet the separate volumes are easier to hold than traditional church Lectern Bibles.  Until this year, the NRSV Giant-Print Edition was only available as a set of four volumes. Now the volumes - including the New Testament - can be bought individually, allowing customers to spread the cost to suit themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521513014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Giant Print Edition Hardback burgundy imitation leather NR480</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/0521513014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1450</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge's giant-print Bibles offer extra-large 18-point type, developed specially for those requiring extra-large print. The type and page layout were planned after research and consultation with visually impaired groups and others.  Although the giant-print Bibles are of obvious benefit to the visually impaired, they are also useful for anyone needing to read in public. The large print makes it easy to keep your place when addressing an audience, yet the separate volumes are easier to hold than traditional church Lectern Bibles.  Until this year, the NRSV Giant-Print Edition was only available as a set of four volumes. Now the volumes can be bought individually, allowing customers to spread the cost to suit themselves.  Volume 1 starts with Genesis and ends with Ruth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521513006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Giant Print Edition Hardback burgundy imitation leather NR480</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/0521513006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1606</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge's giant-print Bibles offer extra-large 18-point type, developed specially for those requiring extra-large print. The type and page layout were planned after research and consultation with visually impaired groups and others.  Although the giant-print Bibles are of obvious benefit to the visually impaired, they are also useful for anyone needing to read in public. The large print makes it easy to keep your place when addressing an audience, yet the separate volumes are easier to hold than traditional church Lectern Bibles.  Until this year, the NRSV Giant-Print Edition was only available as a set of four volumes. Now the volumes can be bought individually, allowing customers to spread the cost to suit themselves.  Volume 2 starts with Samuel and ends with Psalms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521512999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521512999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521512992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Giant Print Edition Hardback burgundy imitation leather NR480</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/0521512999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1191</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge's giant-print Bibles offer extra-large 18-point type, developed specially for those requiring extra-large print. The type and page layout were planned after research and consultation with visually impaired groups and others.  Although the giant-print Bibles are of obvious benefit to the visually impaired, they are also useful for anyone needing to read in public. The large print makes it easy to keep your place when addressing an audience, yet the separate volumes are easier to hold than traditional church Lectern Bibles.  Until this year, the NRSV Giant-Print Edition was only available as a set of four volumes. Now the volumes can be bought individually, allowing customers to spread the cost to suit themselves.  Volume 3 starts with Proverbs and ends with Malachi.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surface Analysis of Polymers by XPS and Static SIMS</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an in-depth treatment of the instrumentation, physical bases and applications of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and static secondary ion mass spectroscopy (SSIMS) with a specific focus on the subject of polymeric materials. XPS and SSIMS are widely accepted as the two most powerful techniques for polymer surface chemical analysis, particularly in the context of industrial research and problem solving. In this book, the techniques of XPS and SSIMS are described and in each case the author explains what type of information may be obtained. The book also includes details of case studies emphasising the complementary and joint application of XPS and SSIMS in the investigation of polymer surface structure and its relationship to the properties of the material. This book will be of value to academic and industrial researchers interested in polymer surfaces and surface analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17534/cover/9780521017534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Modern Theory of Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katok, Anatole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hasselblatt, Boris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>822</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first self-contained comprehensive exposition of the theory of dynamical systems as a core mathematical discipline closely intertwined with most of the main areas of mathematics. The authors introduce and rigorously develop the theory while providing researchers interested in applications with fundamental tools and paradigms. The book begins with a discussion of several elementary but fundamental examples. These are used to formulate a program for the general study of asymptotic properties and to introduce the principal theoretical concepts and methods.  The main theme of the second part of the book is the interplay between local analysis near individual  orbits and the global complexity of the orbit structure. The third and fourth parts develop the theories of  low-dimensional dynamical systems and hyperbolic dynamical systems in depth. Over 400 systematic exercises are included in the text. The book is aimed at students and researchers in mathematics at all levels from advanced undergraduate up. Scientists and engineers working in applied dynamics, nonlinear science, and chaos will also find many fresh insights in this concrete and clear presentation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41875/cover/9780521341875.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Berlioz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Life of Berlioz situates the celebrated French musician in the vibrant and highly politicized musical culture of the periods of the Bourbon Restoration, July Monarchy, Second Republic, and Second Empire in which he lived and worked as composer, conductor, concert manager, and writer. The author of the Symphonie fantastique was indeed possessed of a fertile and fantastical imagination; but the common image of Berlioz as a misunderstood and mistreated genius obscures both the solidity of his work as a musical architect and the reality of his position as one sometimes favored by those in power. Berlioz is the quintessential romantic composer by dint of the conspicuous intermingling of art and life that marks his musical and literary output. Studying this away from the subjective sentimentality that can still mar studies of the composer in France, serves only to enhance the uncommon radiance of his music and uncommon esprit of his art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80918/cover/9780521480918.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Ethological Methods</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehner, Philip N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At first glance, studying behavior is easy, but as every budding ethologist quickly realises, there are a host of complex practical, methodological and analytical problems to solve before designing and conducting the study. How do you choose which species or which behavior to study? What equipment will you need to observe and record behavior successfully? How do you record data in the dark, in the wet, or without missing part of the action? How do you analyse and interpret the data to yield meaningful information? This new expanded edition of the Handbook of Ethological Methods provides a complete step-by-step introduction to ethological methods from topic choice and behavioral description to data collection and statistical analysis. This book will be a must for beginning students and experienced researchers studying animal behavior in the field or laboratory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54053/cover/9780521554053.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521780500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521780500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521780506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semiparametric Regression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521780506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruppert, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wand, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Semiparametric regression is concerned with the flexible incorporation of non-linear functional relationships in regression analyses. Any application area that benefits from regression analysis can also benefit from semiparametric regression. Assuming only a basic familiarity with ordinary parametric regression, this user-friendly book explains the techniques and benefits of semiparametric regression in a concise and modular fashion. The authors make liberal use of graphics and examples plus case studies taken from environmental, financial, and other applications. They include practical advice on implementation and pointers to relevant software. The book is suitable as a textbook for students with little background in regression as well as a reference book for statistically oriented scientists such as biostatisticians, econometricians, quantitative social scientists, epidemiologists, with a good working knowledge of regression and the desire to begin using more flexible semiparametric models. Even experts on semiparametric regression should find something new here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/80506/cover/9780521780506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521824753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521824753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521824750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravity and Strings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521824750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ort&#237;n, Tom&#225;s</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One appealing feature of string theory is that it provides a theory of quantum gravity. Gravity and Strings is a self-contained, pedagogical exposition of this theory, its foundations and its basic results. In Part I, the foundations are traced back to the very early special-relativistic field theories of gravity, showing how such theories lead to general relativity. Gauge theories of gravity are then discussed and used to introduce supergravity theories. In Part II, some of the most interesting solutions of general relativity and its generalizations are studied. The final Part presents and studies string theory from the effective action point of view, using the results found earlier in the book as background. This book will be useful as a reference book for graduate students and researchers, as well as a complementary textbook for courses on gravity, supergravity and string theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/24750/cover/9780521824750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521770068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521770068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521770064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flow Control</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Passive, Active, and Reactive Flow Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521770064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gad-el-Hak, Mohamed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ability to actively or passively manipulate a flow field to bring about a desired change is of immense technological importance. The potential benefits of improving flow control systems range from saving billions of dollars in fuel costs for land, air and sea vehicles to achieving more economically competitive and environmentally sound industrial processes involving fluid flows. This book provides a thorough treatment of the basics of flow control and control practices that can be used to produce desired effects. Among topics covered are transition delay, separation prevention, drag reduction, lift augmentation, turbulence suppression, noise abatement, and heat and mass transfer enhancement. The final chapter explores the frontiers of flow control strategies, especially as applied to turbulent flows. Intended for engineering and physics students, researchers and practitioners, Flow Control brings together in a single source a wealth of information on practices and developments in this very active field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/70064/cover/9780521770064.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Study of Daphnis and Chloe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a serious modern literary treatment of perhaps the best known of all surviving works of ancient Greek fiction. Dr Hunter demonstrates the sophistication of this pastoral romance, a sophistication which he maintains has often been assumed but never properly discussed. Evidence for the identity of the author and the date of composition are also considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41379/cover/9780521041379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Cognitive Abilities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey of Factor-Analytic Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>829</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This long awaited work surveys and summarizes the results of more than seventy years of investigation, by factor analysis, of a variety of cognitive abilities, with particular attention to language, thinking, memory, visual and auditory perception, creativity and the production of ideas, and the speed and accuracy of mental processing. The author describes his detailed findings resulting from reanalysis of more than 460 data sets from the factor-analytic literature, followed by a presentation of a hierarchical, three-stratum theory of cognitive ability and its implications for further research. A set of three computer disks (IBM 3-1/2" 1.4 megabytes, ASCII format) containing the numerical data sets and Dr. Carroll's statistical results is also available. Representing over 4 megabytes of data or roughly 2000 printed pages the disks are major resources for the interested researcher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82755/cover/9780521382755.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot and Ideology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>211</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Setting out to demonstrate the effect of politics on the work of T. S. Eliot, T. S. Eliot and Ideology charts first of all the influence of French reactionary thinking on Eliot's prose and poetry, and further argues that this political inheritance provided the intellectual framework he employed throughout his career. Asher's concentration on the specifically ideological separates this book from previous works on Eliot, and sheds new light on Eliot's celebrated mid-career conversion to Catholicism. What results is a re-estimation of Eliot's view of literary history and literary theory, and new appraisals of several major poems and plays. Finally, the book discusses at length how Eliot's ideology profoundly influenced the study of literature in the English-speaking world for several decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/27603/cover/9780521627603.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electronic Noise and Fluctuations in Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kogan, Sh.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to the physics of electronic fluctuations (noise) in solids and covers almost all important examples of this phenomenon. It is comprehensive, intelligible and well illustrated. Emphasis is given to the main concepts, supported by many fundamental experiments which have become classics, to physical mechanisms of fluctuations, and to conclusions on the nature and magnitude of noise. The book also includes the most comprehensive and complete review of flicker (1/f) noise in the literature. It will be useful to graduate students and researchers in physics and electronic engineering, and especially those carrying out research in the fields of noise phenomena and highly sensitive electronic devices, for example radiation detectors, electronic devices for low-noise amplifiers and quantum magnetometers (SQUIDS).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60347/cover/9780521460347.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Mahler</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'... a person should remain a 'person' and not be frozen into a legend' (Alma Mahler). As a leading European conductor, and the composer of enormous and controversial symphonies, Gustav Mahler (1860-1911) inspired mythologisers in his own lifetime. Some of them were personal friends, concerned to counter biased criticism of him in which German-nationalist, hide-bound traditionalist or anti-semitic elements were often mixed. In this new biography, Peter Franklin re-confronts the myth of Mahler the misunderstood hero and attempts to find the person, or persons, behind the legends: the profoundly sensitive thinker and composer, the dictatorial conductor and husband, the iconoclast, the traditionalist. Mahler's life and work emerge as a battle-ground for some of the major conflicting currents and impulses of his period, in which Empires and ideals struggled with the spectre of their own destruction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61993/cover/9780521461993.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Poor Law, 1531-1782</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slack, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>84</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poor law had a profound impact on English society between the sixteenth and the eighteenth centuries. Designed to reform the poor as much as to relieve poverty, it also shaped institutions of government and determined people's expectations and assumptions about social welfare. Over the last few decades there has been a good deal of detailed research examining how the law was implemented in different regions, its influence on social attitudes and social realities, and its significance as a major burden on local government and a source of political and social concern. The English Poor Law, 1531-1782 provides a concise synthesis of recent work, explaining the origins of this unique system of welfare, and showing how the poor law played a central role in English social and political development from the Reformation to the Industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52684/cover/9780521552684.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture and Power in the Ancient Andes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Archaeology of Public Buildings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Jerry D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative volume, Jerry D. Moore discusses public architecture in the context of the cultural, political and religious life of the pre-hispanic Andes. Archaeologists have invested enormous effort in excavating and documenting prehistoric buildings, but analytical approaches to architecture remain as yet undeveloped. Architecture and Power in the Ancient Andes uses new analytical methods to approach architecture and its relationship to Andean society, exploring three themes in particular: the architecture of monuments, the architecture of ritual, and the architecture of social control. It provides both a methodology for the study of public architecture and an example of how that methodology can be applied. Jerry D. Moore's clear and richly illustrated discussion represents an original perspective on architecture and its role in ritual, ideology, and power in the ancient world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53636/cover/9780521553636.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Beethoven</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, David Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'My compositions bring me in a good deal ... I state my price and they pay.' Beethoven was an inspired composer but he was also a working musician with sound commercial sense. David Wyn Jones's account of Beethoven the man and composer reveals the life of a creative musician in Bonn and Vienna in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. While paying due regard to the image of Beethoven as one of the most single-minded composers in the history of music, this biography places his work in the context of the musical life of the period. Through an understanding of the changing nature of musical patronage, the private and public concert, the impact of the Napoleonic Wars on culture and society, and the increasing ambition of musical life in the period after the end of the wars, a varied and dynamic picture of Beethoven's musical career emerges.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60191/cover/9780521560191.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>68.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Richard Strauss</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilliam, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Strauss saw an empire come and go, survived two world wars, witnessed the rise and fall of the Weimar Republic, endured the period of National Socialism, and died the year that Germany was officially divided into two separate states. All the while he enjoyed a successful career as composer, as conductor of international stature, as organizer for the rights of composers, and as colleague of and collaborator with some of the most important composers, writers, and artists of his day. This biography covers Strauss's early musical development, his emergence as a tone poet in the late nineteenth century, his turn to the stage at the beginning of the twentieth century, the successes and failures of the post-World War I era, the turbulent 1930s, and the period of the Second World War and its aftermath.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70190/cover/9780521570190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery and Colonial Rule in French West Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Martin Klein's eagerly awaited book is a history of slaves during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in three former French colonies. It investigates the changing nature of local slavery over time, and the evolving French attitudes towards it, through the phases of trade, conquest and colonial rule. The heart of the study focuses on the period between 1876 and 1922, when a French army composed largely of slave soldiers took massive numbers of slaves in the interior, while in areas near the coast, hesitant actions were taken against slave-raiding, trading and use. After 1900, the French withdrew state support of slavery, and as many as a million slaves left their masters. A second exodus occurred after World War I, when soldiers of slave origin returned home. The renegotiation of relationships between those who remained and their masters carries the story into the contemporary world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93243/cover/9780521593243.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bayesian Methods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis for Statisticians and Interdisciplinary Researchers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsu, John S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the Bayesian approach to statistics at a level suitable for final year undergraduate and Masters students. It is unique in presenting Bayesian statistics with a practical flavor and an emphasis on mainstream statistics, showing how to infer scientific, medical, and social conclusions from numerical data. The authors draw on many years of experience with practical and research programs and describe many new statistical methods, not available elsewhere. A first chapter on Fisherian methods, together with a strong overall emphasis on likelihood, makes the text suitable for mainstream statistics courses whose instructors wish to follow mixed or comparative philosophies. The other chapters contain important sections relating to many areas of statistics such as the linear model, categorical data analysis, time series and forecasting, mixture models, survival analysis, Bayesian smoothing, and non-linear random effects models. The text includes a large number of practical examples, worked examples, and exercises. It will be essential reading for all statisticians, statistics students, and related interdisciplinary researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94172/cover/9780521594172.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Johnson: A Dictionary of the English Language (LAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROM 0521557658</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Local Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>590.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052163654X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052163654X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521636544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Parliament (LAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROM 0521629071</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Local Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521636544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521666422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521666422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521666428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Overcoming Barriers: Theory and Practice in Disability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A CD-ROM Resource (Local Area Network Licence)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521666428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>345.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521774128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521774128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521774123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Overcoming Barriers: Theory and Practice in Disability: A CD-ROM Resource (WAN)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wide Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521774123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1309.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521774160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521774160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521774161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Parliament (WAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROM 0521629071</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wide Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521774161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>2265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521774209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521774209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521774208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Johnson: A Dictionary of the English Language (WAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROM 0521557658</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wide Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521774208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>930.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521784379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521784379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521784375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer: The General Prologue (WAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROM 0521588081</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wide Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521784375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaucer, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solopova, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1047.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521794188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521794188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521794183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>ZZ</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>King Lear Text Performance CD-ROM (WAN)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wide Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521794183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bratton, Jackie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carson, Christie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1022.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Benefits of Subsidized Housing Programs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intertemporal Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, Claire Holton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>149</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rental housing subsidy programmes have been an important part of the American welfare system since the 1930s. The Benefits of Subsidized Housing Programs: An Intertemporal Approach is an empirical study of the distributive effects of the entire system of rental housing subsidies for lower-income households based on a national sample. Using the 1977 Annual Housing Survey, Professor Hammond has evaluated the benefits of all federal, state and local government rental housing subsidy programmes taken as a whole across the nation. Additionally, she has estimated the changes in consumption patterns resulting from these programmes and the relationship between household benefit and household income; household size; age, education, sex, and race of the head of the household; and the geographic location of the household.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74469/cover/9780521074469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christianity and the Arts in Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brumfield, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velimirovic, Milos M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>187</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this book examine various aspects of the relationship among Christianity and the visual arts, architecture and music in Russia. Within this broad area the book concentrates on specific topics rather than attempting a broad survey. Nonetheless, the range of material extends from the earliest stages of the introduction of Byzantine art forms in Kievan Russia to the relation between Christian and folk decorative/iconographic motifs to the use of religious imagery in the work of contemporary filmmaker Andrei Tarkovskii. The related interests of the contributors create a concentration of topics in certain periods such as the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Some of the chapters are academically specialized, others are easily accessible to a general audience; but all are based on thorough and careful scholarship. Christianity and the Arts in Russia is based on, but not limited to, a symposium held at the Library of Congress in 1988 to mark the millennium of Russian Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Policy and the Reconstruction of West Germany, 1945-1955</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diefendorf, Jeffry M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frohn, Axel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rupieper, Hermann-Josef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>559</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of twenty-three essays by German and American historians deals with the most important issues of US policy toward Germany in the decade following World War II: Germany's democratisation, economic recovery, rearmament, and integration into the European community and Western alliance. All contributions to this volume are based on recent research in German and American archives, and include two comprehensive essays on archival sources and a selected bibliography. In contrast to most other studies, the essays cover not only the period of military government (1945-1949) but also the era of the Allied High Commission for Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34475/cover/9780521534475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sources for Alexander the Great</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Plutarch's 'Life' and Arrian's 'Anabasis Alexandrou'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>361</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plutarch and Arrian have contributed more than any other ancient authors to our picture of Alexander the Great, but since they wrote four or more centuries after his death the value of what they said depends upon the sources of information on which they themselves drew. In this book the attempt is made to define and to evaluate those sources in a detailed study, analysing the historians' works section by section and comparing them with other accounts of the same episodes. This volume completes Professor Hammond's study of the five Alexander-historians begun with Three Historians of Alexander the Great (CUP, 1983) and lays a basis for work in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32641/cover/9780521432641.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euripidean Polemic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Trojan Women and the Function of Tragedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croally, Neil T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>327</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book offers an interpretation of Euripides' The Trojan Women which issues from the argument that the function of Greek tragedy was to educate. The author demonstrates that the play performs its function by examining Athenian ideology. By making the didactic function of tragedy the basis of  interpretation, he is able to offer a coherent view of a number of long-standing problems in Euripidean criticism, for instance, the relation of Euripides to the Sophists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64901/cover/9780521464901.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521651352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521651352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521651356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of the Gods and the Origins of Agriculture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521651356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cauvin, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watkins, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacques Cauvin has spent many years researching the beginnings of the Neolithic in the Near East, excavating key sites and developing new ideas to explain the hugely significant cultural, social and economic changes which transformed mobile hunter-gatherers into the first village societies and farmers in the world. This synthesis of his mature understanding of the process beginning around 14,000 years ago challenges ecological and materialist interpretations, arguing for a quite different kind of understanding influenced by ideas of structuralist archaeologists and members of the French Annales school of historians. Defining the Neolithic Revolution as essentially a restructuring of the human mentality, expressed in terms of new religious ideas and symbols, the survey ends around nine thousand years ago, when the developed religious ideology, the social practice of village life and the economy of mixed farming had become established throughout the Near East and east Mediterranean, and  spreading powerfully into Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/51356/cover/9780521651356.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521773393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521773393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521773393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521773393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davison, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Models and likelihood are the backbone of modern statistics.  This book gives an integrated development of these topics that blends theory and practice, intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, researchers and practitioners. Its breadth is unrivaled, with sections on survival analysis, missing data, Markov chains, Markov random fields, point processes, graphical models, simulation and Markov chain Monte Carlo, estimating functions, asymptotic approximations, local likelihood and spline regressions as well as on more standard topics such as likelihood and linear and generalized linear models. Each chapter contains a wide range of problems and exercises. Practicals in the S language designed to build computing and data analysis skills, and a library of data sets to accompany the book, are available over the Web.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/73393/cover/9780521773393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521816467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521816467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521816465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law from Below</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development, Social Movements and Third World Resistance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521816465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rajagopal, Balakrishnan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of transnational social movements as major actors in international politics - as witnessed in Seattle in 1999 and elsewhere - has sent shockwaves through the international system. Many questions have arisen about the legitimacy, coherence and efficiency of the international order in the light of the challenges posed by social movements. This book offers a fundamental critique of twentieth-century international law from the perspective of Third World social movements. It examines in detail the growth of two key components of modern international law - international institutions and human rights - in the context of changing historical patterns of Third World resistance. Using a historical and interdisciplinary approach, Rajagopal presents compelling evidence challenging debates on the evolution of norms and institutions, the meaning and nature of the Third World as well as the political economy of its involvement in the international system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/16465/cover/9780521816465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052183127X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052183127X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521831277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bootstrap Techniques for Signal Processing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521831277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zoubir, Abdelhak M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iskander, D. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The statistical bootstrap is one of the methods that can be used to calculate estimates of a certain number of unknown parameters of a random process or a signal observed in noise, based on a random sample. Such situations are common in signal processing and the bootstrap is especially useful when only a small sample is available or an analytical analysis is too cumbersome or even impossible. This book covers the foundations of the bootstrap, its properties, its strengths and its limitations. The authors focus on bootstrap signal detection in Gaussian and non-Gaussian interference as well as bootstrap model selection. The theory developed in the book is supported by a number of useful practical examples written in MATLAB. The book is aimed at graduate students and engineers, and includes applications to real-world problems in areas such as radar and sonar, biomedical engineering and automotive engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/31277/cover/9780521831277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521838363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521838363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521838368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topological Solitons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521838368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manton, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutcliffe, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>506</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Topological solitons occur in many nonlinear classical field theories. They are stable, particle-like objects, with finite mass and a smooth structure. Examples are monopoles and Skyrmions, Ginzburg-Landau vortices and sigma-model lumps, and Yang-Mills instantons. This book is a comprehensive survey of static topological solitons and their dynamical interactions. Particular emphasis is placed on the solitons which satisfy first-order Bogomolny equations. For these, the soliton dynamics can be investigated by finding the geodesics on the moduli space of static multi-soliton solutions. Remarkable scattering processes can be understood this way. The book starts with an introduction to classical field theory, and a survey of several mathematical techniques useful for understanding many types of topological soliton. Subsequent chapters explore key examples of solitons in one, two, three and four dimensions. The final chapter discusses the unstable sphaleron solutions which exist in several field theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/38368/cover/9780521838368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic and Social History of the Ottoman Empire, 1300-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Inalcik, Halil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faroqhi, Suraiya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGowan, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quataert, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pamuk, Sevket</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1066</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ottoman Empire was one of the major empires of modern times, covering an area extending from the borderlands of Hungary to the North African coastal areas. This book provides a richly detailed account of its social and economic history, from its origins around 1300 to the eve of its destruction during World War I. In four chronological sections, each by a leading authority, developments in population, trade, transport, manufacturing, land tenure and the economy are charted and analysed; an appendix examines Ottoman monetary history over the entire period. The breadth of its range and the fullness of its coverage make this an essential book for understanding contemporary developments in both the Middle East and the post-Soviet Balkan world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43152/cover/9780521343152.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146109X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146109X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perception as Bayesian Inference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knill, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Whitman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bayesian probability theory has emerged not only as a powerful tool for building computational theories of vision, but also as a general paradigm for studying human visual perception. This book provides an introduction to and critical analysis of the Bayesian paradigm. Leading researchers in computer vision and experimental vision science describe general theoretical frameworks for modelling vision, detailed applications to specific problems and implications for experimental studies of human perception. The book provides a dialogue between different perspectives both within chapters, which draw on insights from experimental and computational work, and between chapters, through commentaries written by the contributors on each others' work. Students and researchers in cognitive and visual science will find much to interest them in this thought-provoking collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64996/cover/9780521064996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinematic Analysis of Robot Manipulators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, III, Carl D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffy, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>443</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A robot manipulator is a movable chain of links interconnected by joints. One end is fixed to the ground, and a hand or end effector that can move freely in space is attached at the other end. This book begins with an introduction to the subject of robot manipulators. Next, it describes in detail a forward and reverse analysis for serial robot arms. Most of the text focuses on closed form solution techniques applied to a broad range of manipulator geometries, from typical industrial robot designs (relatively simple geometries) to the most complicated case of seven general links serially connected by six revolute joints. A unique feature is its detailed analysis of 6R-P and 7R mechanisms. Case studies show how the techniques described in the book are used in real engineering applications. The book will be useful to both graduate students and engineers working in the field of robotics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/47937/cover/9780521047937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Art History and the Critique of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyss, Beat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, Beat Wyss provides a critical analysis of Hegel's theories of art history. Analogous to his philosophy of history, Hegel viewed the history of art in dialectical terms: with its origins in the Ancient Near East, Western art culminated in Classical Greece, but began its decline already in the Hellenistic period. Yet, as Wyss posits, art refuses its programmed demise. He highlights the political dimension of this contradiction, showing the implication of theories which subordinate art to the will of absolute rule. Wyss follows his analysis of Hegel's theories with a discussion of the work of four modern successors - Nordau, Spengler, Sedlmayr and Lukacs - all of whom adapted Hegel's dialectical model, in an effort to demonstrate the central contradictions of twentieth-century aesthetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92116/cover/9780521592116.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521217776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521217776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521217774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Analysis and Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Collection of Papers Dedicated to K. Kodaira</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521217774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baily, W. L. Jr</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shioda, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in this volume cover some developments in complex analysis and algebraic geometry. The book is divided into three parts. Part I includes topics in the theory of algebraic surfaces and analytical surfaces. Part II covers topics in moduli and classification problems, as well as structure theory of certain complex manifolds. Part III is devoted to various topics in algebraic geometry analysis and arithmetic. A survey article by Ueno serves as an introduction to the general background of the subject matter of the volume. The volume was written for Kunihiko Kodaira, on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, by his friends and students. Professor Kodaira was one of the world's leading mathematicians in algebraic geometry and complex manifold theory: and the contributions reflect those concerns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93347/cover/9780521093347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521247160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521247160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521247160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Political Thought 1450-1700</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521247160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldie, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>810</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive scholarly account of the development of European political thinking through the Renaissance and the reformation to the 'scientific revolution' and political upheavals of the seventeenth century. Recent decades have seen intensive historical investigation and reappraisal in this field and many established perspectives have changed. A highly distinguished team of contributors present a unique, authoritative guide to these developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/47160/cover/9780521247160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atlas of Historical Eclipse Maps</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East Asia 1500 BC-AD 1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houlden, M A</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephenson, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>447</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a series of computer-drawn maps and tables for all total and annular eclipses of the Sun calculated to have been observable in East Asia in the 3400 years from 1500 BC to AD 1900. The study of past eclipses is a useful tool in both geophysics and chronology, for example in determining the long-term behaviour of the Earth's rate of rotation. The eclipses of the Sun that occurred in East Asia - notably in China, Korea and Japan - are particularly useful because numerous reliable written records of them are extant. The book will be of interest to professional astronomers whose work can benefit from long-term historical data, especially those interested in studying the Earth's rotation and to historians of Chinese astronomy. It will be an essential reference work for research libraries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67236/cover/9780521267236.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proceedings of the Nineteenth European Marine Biology Symposium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>551</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These edited proceedings provide a thematic review of four important areas of marine biology. The theme of the first part of the volume is production at boundary systems and in particular it deals with rates of production and related processes at boundary systems, including shelf breaks, thermoclines and the fronts between stratified and mixed waters and the contribution of the production of such systems to the overall productivity of a region. The second part look sat the dynamics of deep-sea life: new techniques of and results from direct observation, in situ experimentation and sampling, especially those concerning rates and processes in the deep sea. The third part examines concepts of community organisation in the benthos: theoretical and empirical studies that synthesise the structural and functional properties of benthic communities. The final section on adaptive relevance of variability in biochemical and physiological processes, with particular emphasis on relationships between population genetics and physiological and biochemical ecology. This volume provides an international perspective of marine biology; it will appeal to marine biologists throughout the world and in particular to those studying marine production, deep-sea life, the ecology of benthic communities and the physiological and biochemical adaptations of marine organisms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01912/cover/9780521101912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building-Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modern Architecture under Cultural Construction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masheck, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building-Art is an anthology of essays by noted critic Joseph Masheck. Considering topics in nineteenth- and twentieth-century architecture, its theory and practice, as well as selected achievements by such great modernists as Le Corbusier, Ludwig Mies van der Rohe and Louis Kahn, Masheck also analyses important monuments and architectural ideas of such artists as Giorgio di Chirico and Tony Smith. Contextualising and culturally speculative, these studies address such issues as the distinction between architecture and 'mere' building, and architecture and engineering, frequently drawing the reader into architectural problems that have persisted for at least two centuries. Demonstrating a concern with on-going modernism, Masheck's essays guide the reader through the anti-modernist polemics of the 1970s and 1980s, which are particularly relevant in the light of postmodernism's demise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40134/cover/9780521440134.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521814081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521814081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521814089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shadow Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An International Survey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521814089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Enste, Dominik H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Illicit work, social security fraud, economic crime and other shadow economy activities are fast becoming an international problem. Friedrich Schneider and Dominik H. Enste use currency demand, physical input (electricity) method, and the model approach to estimate the size of the shadow economy in 76 developing, transition and OECD-countries. They argue that during the 1990s the average size of a shadow economy varied from 12 per cent of GDP for OECD, to 23 per cent for transition and to 39% for developing countries. They examine the causes and consequences of this development using an integrated approach explaining deviant behaviour, which combines the findings of economic, sociological and psychological research. The authors suggest that increasing taxation, social security contributions, rising state regulatory activities and the decline of the tax morale, are all driving forces behind this growth, especially in OECD-countries. They propose a reform of state institutions to improve the dynamics of the official economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/14089/cover/9780521814089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521822815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521822815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521822817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thin Film Materials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stress, Defect Formation and Surface Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521822817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freund, L. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suresh, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thin film mechanical behavior and stress presents a technological challenge for materials scientists, physicists and engineers. This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the major issues and topics dealing with stress, defect formation, surface evolution and allied effects in thin film materials. Physical phenomena are examined from the continuum down to the sub-microscopic length scales, with the connections between the structure of the material and its behavior described. Theoretical concepts are underpinned by discussions on experimental methodology and observations. Fundamental scientific concepts are embedded through sample calculations, a broad range of case studies with practical applications, thorough referencing, and end of chapter problems. With solutions to problems available on-line, this book will be essential for graduate courses on thin films and the classic reference for researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/22817/cover/9780521822817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521871476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521871471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521871471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constitutionalizing Economic Globalization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Investment Rules and Democracy's Promise</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521871471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneiderman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are foreign investors the privileged citizens of a new constitutional order that guarantees rates of return on investment interests? Schneiderman explores the linkages between a new investment rules regime and state constitutions - between a constitution-like regime for the protection of foreign investment and the constitutional projects of national states. The investment rules regime, as in classical accounts of constitutionalism, considers democratically authorized state action as inherently suspect. Despite the myriad purposes served by constitutionalism, the investment rules regime aims solely to enforce limits, both inside and outside of national constitutional systems, beyond which citizen-driven politics will be disabled. Drawing on contemporary and historical case studies, the author argues that any transnational regime should encourage innovation, experimentation, and the capacity to imagine alternative futures for managing the relationship between politics and markets. These objectives have been best accomplished via democratic institutions operating at national, sub-national, and local levels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/71471/cover/9780521871471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spatial Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Ecologists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fortin, Marie-Jos&#233;e</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dale, Mark R. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The spatial and temporal dimensions of ecological phenomena have always been inherent in the conceptual framework of ecology, but only recently have they been incorporated explicitly into ecological theory, sampling design, experimental design and models. Statistical techniques for spatial analysis of ecological data are burgeoning and many ecologists are unfamiliar with what is available and how the techniques should be used correctly. This book gives an overview of the wide range of spatial statistics available to analyse ecological data, and provides advice and guidance for graduate students and practising researchers who are either about to embark on spatial analysis in ecological studies or who have started but are unsure how to proceed. Only a basic understanding of statistics is assumed and many schematic illustrations are given to complement or replace mathematical technicalities, making the book accessible to ecologists wishing to enter this important and fast-growing field for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09737/cover/9780521009737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Studies of Ecosystems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Network Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higashi, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, Thomas P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When this book was first published in 1991, developments in the study of theoretical ecology had led to the appearance of more complex concepts in ecosystem theory. As a result, ecosystems may be viewed as networks of coexisting living organisms and their non-living milieu which result in the transfer and transformation of material, energy and information. This book presents a comprehensive overview of these ideas, bringing together in a single volume a diverse range of viewpoints and approaches. Similarities and difference between these viewpoints are clarified, controversial issues addressed and problems for investigation identified. Because of its diverse and comprehensive nature, a wide range of ecological and environmental scientists, including theoretical as well as field ecologists, modellers, managers and policy makers, will find this book an invaluable asset in dealing more effectively with truly complex and realistic ecosystems networks. The book is also intended for use by graduate students in their advanced study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05835/cover/9780521105835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wheat Science - Today and Tomorrow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, L. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1981, Wheat Science - Today and Tomorrow was intended to survey the past, assess contemporary circumstances in the early 1980s and project the future course of wheat improvement in the last part of the twentieth century. The book begins with the origins and genetic resources of the most important crop, before discussing both known and potential techniques for wheat breeding. The use of these in the improvement of wheat quality and rust resistance is then described. The contribution of crop physiology to breeding for great yield and improved performance under stress is then considered, together with alternative approaches to agronomy. The book was based on papers presented as a Symposium in honour of Sir Otto Frankel's 80th birthday. It will be of great interest to graduate students and professionals in plant breeding, agronomy and crop physiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05934/cover/9780521105934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-ray Detectors in Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1989, this book provides a comprehensive review of the detection techniques that are used in X-ray astronomy. Since the first discovery of a cosmic X-ray source in 1962, there has been rapid growth in X-ray astronomy, which has largely been made possible by enormous advances in the capabilities of photon counting instrumentation. The book describes the first 25 years of astronomical X-ray instrumentation and summarises the areas of current detector research, giving particular emphasis to imaging devices and to non-dispersive devices of high spectral resolution. It is the first book to give such a comprehensive treatment of the subject, and will provide astronomers with a valuable summary of detection techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06030/cover/9780521106030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Astronomical Scrapbook</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Skywatchers, Pioneers and Seekers in Astronomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashbrook, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of 83 articles on the history of astronomy is the harvest of a quarter of a century spent in seeking out intriguing, unusual and half-forgotten events. Joe Ashbrook wrote a column regularly for the monthly magazine Sky and Telescope. Professor Owen Gingerich, of the Harvard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics, has helped in the selection of the very best of these timeless vignettes, and he has contributed a foreword to the collection. Each article has been edited, and in some cases modified, to take account of any subsequent discoveries. Articles are grouped into themes covering biography, telescopes, the solar systems, stars and galaxies, and star atlases. Much of the material cannot be found in standard references in the history of astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06047/cover/9780521106047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Production Ecology of Ants and Termites</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brian, Michael Vaughan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social insects are amongst the most successful species. This study concentrates on the production ecology of ants and termites. Ants and termites are highly socialised and their groupings in their most developed form enable them to function as large organisms comparable with the larger mammals in their influence in ecosystems. In spite of their social mode of life, quantitative investigations are not easy and this volume emphasises the importance of developing reliable techniques. The account deals critically with production, food and feeding habits, respiration and energy flow, nutrient dynamics and the role of ants and termites in ecosystems. The body of information is not only an invaluable summary and synthesis of work already done, but presents a concise statement of what now needs to be done and what means should be employed. The volume is for social insect ecologists and entomologists and for all who teach ecology, because it contains valuable data and ideas for the general ecologist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07143/cover/9780521107143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Air Breathing in Vertebrates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Randall, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burggren, Warren W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrell, Anthony P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haswell, M. Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1981, this book presents an original approach to an area of great importance in comparative zoology and physiology and evolutionary biology: the evolution of air breathing in vertebrates from aquatic ancestors. The subject is approached from a functional as well as an anatomical viewpoint, utilising knowledge of the physiology of extant animals to trace probable evolutionary steps. Opening with a brief summary of current views of vertebrate evolution, the authors then go on to deal with problems of oxygen transfer in water and air and the structure and function of gills and lungs. Carbon dioxide transfer in water-breathing forms is seen as being tightly coupled to an ion and acid-base regulation. The evolution of air breathing is seen as a several-stage process, beginning with the evolution of accessory air-breathing structures for oxygen uptake.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07150/cover/9780521107150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Farming and Food Supply</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Interdependence of Countryside and Town</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A personal account of the historical evolution and development of agricultural systems. Through agriculture human communities have established a situation in which they are relieved of the need to spend a greater part of their time in pursuit of the necessities of existence. Sir Joseph argues that a rising standard of living has depended historically on the ability of agriculture to release manpower to other more industrial pursuits and with its own reduced human resources to feed the increased urban population. This is a process that has gone on since agriculture began and which continues today. All who are concerned professionally or otherwise with the problem of feeding the world's population will find this a stimulating account. It has the conviction of personal experience. The author hopes that many of his views will gain assent or at the very least generate debate on important issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07167/cover/9780521107167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110727X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grass Evolution and Domestication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, G. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In relation to the origin and spread of grasses, domestication is a recent event confined to about the last ten thousand years and to relatively few grasses. Part I of Grass Evolution and Domestication considers, from an evolutionary point of view, grass taxonomy, the origin and diversification of C4 photosynthesis, S-Z self-incompatibility and apomixis. It also includes a discussion of how the grass inflorescence and the spikelet could have originated. In Part II the origins of domestication are explored, both for cereals and for grasses which have latterly come to have either amenity or ecological significance. For the major cereals, domestication now involves not only classical plant breeding but also the application of molecular techniques to obtain new varieties with desirable characteristics. The world's three most important cereals, wheat, maize and rice, are therefore presented as model systems in an attempt to explore the interaction of plant breeding, cytogenetics and molecular biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07273/cover/9780521107273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Times and Appeasement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Journals of A. L. Kennedy, 1932-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martel, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A. L. Kennedy, the son of a British diplomat, began a long career in journalism with The Times before the First World War. When he returned to the newspaper in 1919 - as Captain Kennedy - he began to keep a journal of his activities and ideas, his conversations with politicians, officials and journalists. This book is an edited and annotated selection from his journals between 1932 and 1939, during which period he served as The Times'  assistant foreign editor and in which capacity he was responsible for most of the leading articles on foreign affairs. His journals provide a fascinating insight into the complicated relationship between The Times and the government: intriguing to read, they are an extremely valuable source for historians of diplomacy politics and journalism in Britain between the wars and help to illuminate our understanding of 'appeasement'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08157/cover/9780521108157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phonetic Bases of Speaker Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nolan, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How reliably can individuals be recognised by their voices? This question has recently been the subject of much debate among speech researchers and forensic scientists and the controversial and crucial nature of that debate has stimulated a wide range of empirical research. In this book Dr Nolan argues convincingly that both the design and interpretation of many of these experiments are vitiated by the lack of a comprehensive model of variability between speakers and within the speech of an individual. This volume clearly demonstrates that any valid theory of speaker recognition must integrate the approaches of a number of disciplines and it is itself an important step towards that integration. It will be of interest to phoneticians and to speech scientists, including those with an engineering background and also to forensic scientists specialising in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08270/cover/9780521108270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pattern of the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Honour of David Clarke</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isaac, Glynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Clarke was until his death in 1976 'the acknowledged leader in Britain of the 'new wave' of archaeological thinking'. His work concentrated on the establishment of explicit theory and logic in archaeological method and the contributions to this volume demonstrate how vital was his inspiration and reflect its diversity. The contributors follow his lead in searching for ways of discovering and interpreting patterns, including spatial, economic and social patterns in the archaeological record of past human life. The studies in this book were all commissioned and have not appeared elsewhere. The book will be of importance for archaeologists and of interest to anthropologists and those concerned with the general methodology of the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08430/cover/9780521108430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-American Encounters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England and the Rise of American Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lease, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the years 1850 and 1855 there appeared, in rapid succession, five American books now universally recognised as classics: The Scarlet Letter, Moby Dick, Uncle Tom's Cabin, Walden and Leaves of Grass. This study seeks to clarify that extraordinary half-decade in the rise of American literature. In successive chapters Professor Lease analyses the British connections of ten American writers, from Washington Irving to Walt Whitman. He considers their struggle for cultural independence through their engagement with, reaction to and gradual acceptance by the established English world of letters. These Anglo-American encounters are a dramatic series of portraits that provide new perspectives for understanding the career, the quest for nationality and the imaginative world of each of these major contributors to the shaping of an American literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08522/cover/9780521108522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accent and Rhythm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prosodic Features of Latin and Greek: A Study in Theory and Reconstruction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, W. Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Vox Latina and Vox Graeca Professor Allen was concerned primarily with the pronunciation of the individual vowels and consonants of classical Latin and Greek. In this major work he analyses in depth and in detail all the prosodic features of these languages: length of vowels and quantity of syllables, accent, pitch, stress and 'rhythm', with special attention to their manifestations in verse. The description and explanation of such features raise theoretical problems of very general importance and Professor Allen devotes the first part of the book to the establishment of the phonetic principles required as a frame of reference for the specific discussions of Latin and Greek. Parallels are cited from a number of other languages, including English. This is a book of permanent importance for students of classical languages and literatures and also for metricians, phoneticians and general linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08591/cover/9780521108591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory and Description in Generative Syntax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study in West Flemish</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haegeman, Liliane M. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a detailed description and analysis of West Flemish, a dialect of Dutch, within the framework of Government and Binding Theory. The study focusses on two constructions: the doubling of subject pronouns, and the order of verb phrase constituents. For each construction the book gives a rigourous account of the data, and a theoretical analysis. It demonstrates how recent developments in generative syntax can help to explain the properties of individual dialects. Liliane Haegeman combines expertise in theoretical linguistics and traditional philology. Her study blends rigourous description of a little-studied dialect with considerable theoretical sophistication and insight. It will be welcomed by all linguists with an interest in generative syntax, as well as those interested in the Germanic languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08607/cover/9780521108607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fascism in Popular Memory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cultural Experience of the Turin Working Class</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Passerini, Luisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the oral life histories of about 70 men and women workers, born between the end of the last century and 1920, which are combined with sources such as police reports, documentary films and judicial documents. The interviewees recount their visions of life, of history, and of themselves; they call to memory the fascist period, and the ambivalent relationship between the Duce and the masses. A picture of resistance emerges, through such minor episodes as jokes and graffiti, wearing a red tie or whistling an old socialist tune, and through major issues such as abortions carried out in direct opposition to state propaganda. Acquiescence is also recalled, however, in the enrolment of children in fascist youth organisations or in the use of new state-controlled social services. The final chapter reconstructs an event that acquired great symbolic meaning: the eloquent and unexpected silence of the Fiat workers before Mussolini in 1939 at the inauguration of the Miraflori factory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08782/cover/9780521108782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tunisian Peasants in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valensi, Lucette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An historian of the Annales school, Lucette Valensi blends the methods of history and anthropology to portray the Tunisian countryside in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, which has been previously little-studied. She analyses the nomadic tribes and the sedentary peasants, discussing their social organisation, their economic activity, and their cultural practices. She also explores the changes that affected both the peasantry and the Tunisian state in the nineteenth century, showing how the country's incorporation into the capitalist world economy led to social unrest, and eventually to the general rebellion of 1864 that precipitated the establishment of a French protectorate, thus placing Tunisia in a role of dependence and heralding underdevelopment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09017/cover/9780521109017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Definition of a Peripheral Economy: Turkey 1923-1929</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keyder, Caglar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period of Turkish history from the foundation of the Republic in 1923 to the depression in 1929 was characterised by a minimum of state intervention in the economy. This book, which illuminates the ways in which the forces of world capitalism acted upon and structured the peripheral formation of the Turkish economy in this period, provides a clear case study in the relationship of dependent economies to the capitalist world-system. Professor Keyder emphasises the importance, as mechanisms in the maintenance of existing economic relations, of two networks: that of trade, connecting producers with external markets; and that of credit, through which a dependency between foreign suppliers of funds and local users was established. This important contribution to the theoretical analysis of economic dependency will interest historians, economists and sociologists studying both historical and contemporary forms of economic peripheralisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09024/cover/9780521109024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110906X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure, System and Economic Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leontief, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of papers organized by Professor Leontief for the 1976 meeting of the Economics section of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. After a paper by Professor Leontief applying input-output to the future of the world economy, other papers consider prices, regional problems, material supplies, urban problems, technical progress, unemployment and energy policy. There are two papers with a broader view of the British economy, one surveying government policy on the industrial structure of the economy and one considering the use of input-output for monitoring the development of the economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09062/cover/9780521109062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emily Dickinson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poet on the Second Story</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loving, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Emily Dickinson: The Poet on the Second Story Professor Jerome Loving provides an intuitive and 'interiorized' reading of the poet's most important works. Using biographical matters as a frame for his interpretations, Loving demonstrates how Dickinson's life is bound up with any series reading of her work. Literally, Dickinson wrote on the second storey of her father's house, but Loving argues that she also used that 'story' (or art) as both a retreat from the transitory nature of life and as a way of experiencing life in what might be termed the 'subjunctive' instead of the 'imperative'. Her persona, therefore, is as disembodied in the poems as was the reclusive poet to visitors to the Amherst 'Homestead'. Loving attempts to show that the voice we hear in the poems is that of the 'mind alone', as Dickinson herself said, 'without corporeal friend'. Of interest to students and scholars of American  literature, this critical study will also interest more general readers who enjoy Dickinson's poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09079/cover/9780521109079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Meditations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamartine, A. De</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1920, this volume contains a selection of meditations by the French poet Alphonse de Lamartine (1790-1869), chosen and edited by the Cambridge scholar Hugh Fraser Stewart. Each of the twenty poems is presented in the original French with source attribution given in the footnotes. A short introductory note in English provides a background to the poems and offers some thoughts by Dr Steward on Lamartine's standing as a poet and political figure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09093/cover/9780521109093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>25.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Towards One World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to world affairs in 1961 and after. It shows in bold outline how our rather small, increasingly overpopulated world has come to be dominated by the two giants powers, the USA and the USSR, with a new class of neutralist ex-colonial countries holding an increasingly important position. While Mr Pearson shows the part played by European or Western influence in creating one world, he also stresses that the outlying parts of the world are now independent and dynamic, and that they have their own personality, aspirations and interests. Mr Pearson begins with the 'European springboard', showing how the Europe of the sixteenth century and after was a kind of powerhouse sending out currents of intellectual and political activity all over the world. Then he goes straight to the USA and the USSR and outlines their development. Next he turns to the time of European dominance and imperialism up to 1914; then to the course and effects of the two world wars; then to the decisive rise of the Asian contenders for great-power status and the decline of colonialism. Final chapters outline the history of the Middle East and comment on the 'lands of the future', especially Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09109/cover/9780521109109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Green Revolutions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agrarian Change and Development Planning in South Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayliss-Smith, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wanmali, Sudhir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peasant societies in the Third World have undergone changes that are often regarded as sweeping and unparalleled; rapid population growth, progressive integration into the market economy and a Green Revolution in agricultural technology. This book is a critical examination of the truth behind these stereotypes. Twenty-one specialists in the field of development studies look at the reality of agrarian change, either through historical analysis, or through in-depth village field-work, or from their experience as development planners. The first four chapters provide the historical context of agrarian change in India, Latin America and pre-industrial Europe. These are followed by eight detailed case studies of the impact of the green Revolution at village level in India, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh. The book finishes with six analysis of the effectiveness of government policies designed to intervene in the development process in South Asia and in East Africa.  The contributors to this book share a commitment to an interdisciplinary approach to the study of development problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09123/cover/9780521109123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phenomenology, Science and Geography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatiality and the Human Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pickles, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A work of outstanding originality and importance, which will become a cornerstone in the philosophy of geography, this book asks: What is human science? Is a truly human science of geography possible? What notions of spatiality adequately describe human spatial experience and behaviour? It sets out to answer these questions through a discussion of the nature of science in the human sciences, and, specifically, of the role of phenomenology in such inquiry. It criticises established understanding of phenomenology in these sciences, and demonstrates how they are integrally related to each other. The need for a reflective geography to accompany all empirical science is argued strongly. The discussion is organised into four parts: geography and traditional metaphysics; geography and phenomenology; phenomenology and the question of human science; and human science, worldhood and place. The author draws upon the works, of Husserl, Heidegger, Gadamer and Kockelmans in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09130/cover/9780521109130.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Rural Capitalism in West Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Polly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1970, this is a collection of studies of indigenous economies in Ghana and Nigeria by an author with an unusual interdisciplinary approach. In the opening section it is contended that most economists interested in underdeveloped countries have neglected the detailed study of economic organization and mechanism in the field, especially in rural areas, and that, as a result, there has been little testing of many conventional implicit assumptions that happen to be invalid. The subsequent chapters of the book are both a vigorous corrective to socio-economic generalisations based on too little data and a demonstration of the possibilities of a research method that owes more to the example of social anthropologists than to that of economists. The sophistication of the picture of certain sectors of rural life that emerges from the whole book will surprise many readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09215/cover/9780521109215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landscape, Monuments and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Prehistory of Cranborne Chase</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradley, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Martin T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cranborne Chase, in central southern England, is the area where British field archaeology developed in its modern form. The site of General Pitt Rivers' pioneering excavations in the nineteenth century, Cranborne Chase also provides a microcosm of virtually all the major types of filed monument present in southern England as a whole. Much of the archaeological material has fortuitously survived, offering the fullest chronological cover of any part of the prehistoric British landscape. Martin Green began working in this region in 1968 and was joined by John Barrett and Richard Bradley in 1977 for a fuller programme of survey and excavation that lasted for nearly ten years. In this important study, they apply some of the questions in prehistory to one of the first regions of the country to be studied in such detail. The book is a regional study of long-term change in British prehistory, and contains a unique collection of data. A landmark in the archaeological literature, it will be essential reading for students and scholars of British prehistory and social and historical geography, and also for all those involved with archaeological methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09222/cover/9780521109222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Burgraves, Les</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hugo, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Victor Hugo (1802-1885) is best known as the author of the novel Les Miserables, but he also wrote several plays, of which Les Burgraves (1843) was the last; it was in fact the failure of this play at the box office that caused Hugo to abandon drama in favour of fiction. The play, a melodrama set in medieval Germany, is now widely regarded as marking the beginning of the end of Romantic theatre on mainland Europe.  This edition, which reproduces the French text along with an introduction and notes in English, was first published in 1904. Cambridge University Press is delighted to bring this classic edition back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09253/cover/9780521109253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Aerial Survey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beresford, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joseph, J. K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The English cultural landscape has evolved over centuries, retaining in its multifarious patterning many aspects of the past which provide evidence of a long and gradual development. This book discusses in detail some aspects of life in medieval England still to be seen in the landscape. The perspective of the air photograph conveys a fresh understanding of the physical setting of medieval society, of the interaction between communities and the land upon which they settled and of the varying pattern of the social and economic fabric of the country. Comparison of air photographs with early maps and records is exceptionally informative, permitting analytical studies of town and village plans, or providing clues to the discovery of quite unexpected features. Many villages were established long before the Doomsday survey: some have vanished or are now to be seen only as a roughness in the ground or as marks in soil or crops. Others may remain as an ancient nucleus of a town or city now surrounded by more recent building development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09369/cover/9780521109369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110937X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Thousand Years in Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Man and his environment in the Lake Chad region of Nigeria</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connah, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lake Chad region of Nigeria is an extreme environment: virtually treeless sand and a broiling clay plain in the fierce heat of the dry season, then much of it inundated and impassable in the wet season as whole areas turn into shallow lakes or marsh. Yet even this hostile landscape and climate have sustained human communities in continuous occupation for some three hundred years. Professor Connah traces the story of human adaptation to and exploitation of this unusual environment from prehistoric to modern times. He presents a natural history of Man in the region, based largely on archaeological data but drawing also on written evidence, ethnography and oral tradition to reconstruct human history and experience in this largely unknown area. This ecological approach therefore cuts across the conventional boundaries between academic disciplines and the book is intended for students of African history as well as of archaeology. It provides too the historical context in which modern development programmes for the region can be set and to some extent judged. The book is amply and well illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09376/cover/9780521109376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeological Constructs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Aspect of Theoretical Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardin, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeology, like all scientific disciplines, is accumulating an ever-increasing volume of data which the researcher must be able to retrieve and use in formulating and testing theories of interpretation. There are many practical questions of how information can best be recorded, stored and disseminated, but behind these lie fundamental intellectual questions. It is to the latter that Jean-Claude Gardin addresses this book. The advent of data banks, computers, micro-publishing, etc. will not in itself improve the access of the researcher to information of real value unless some consensus can be reached on the way the information is selected and presented and the reasoning processes that these different modes of presentation embody. Jean-Claude Gardin sees this as a long-term goal, the book as one step on the way to its achievement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09383/cover/9780521109383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Education,1789-1902</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adamson, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1789 and 1902 the direction of education in England had passed from the Church to the State. This book is a history of that change which culminated in the Education Act of 1902, passed, ironically enough, by a Conservative Government in the face of bitter Radical and Liberal opposition. For it was the Radicals who, in the early part of the nineteenth century, were preaching the doctrine of 'useful knowledge'. Hitherto, religion had been the leading aim of English education and the universities (there were only two) and the public and grammar schools were founded on that premise. The immense advances in scientific knowledge were reflected in changes in the curricula of schools and universities where the classics and divinity had to yield ground to the physical sciences. Professor Adamson describes the Education Act of 1870 and the Cross Commission on religious teaching in schools, the new systems of university education and the muddle resulting from administrative overlapping. He concludes his book with a description of the schoolmasters profession at the end of the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09420/cover/9780521109420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Settlement of Natal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Imperial Migration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hattersley, Alan F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Celebrations held in the main towns of Natal on the centenary of the first organised emigration from Great Britain inspired the writing of this book, first published in 1950. The author, Alan F. Hattersley was Professor of History at Pietermariitzberg for many years and made himself an authority on this particular part of British Imperial consequences of the wave of emigration to Natal, which was strongest between 1848 and 1851. It treats not only of Natal, but of rural and urban conditions in England, as a background to the lives of the many named families of emigrants. It deals with many of these families by name and with personal experiences of the early settlers, often in detail, the author's researches having been conducted in England as well in Natal. He has discovered and described how settlers were procured, how they were transported and the occupations that they took up on arrival. Such a book, intimate in its historical detail and most readably written, will be of interest to general readers and of service to all students of imperial history and of migration problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09437/cover/9780521109437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Text to Performance in the Elizabethan Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Preparing the Play for the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Bradley sets out to discover how Elizabethan theatre companies prepared plays for performance: how playwrights understood the composition of the actor-companies they wrote for, how actors followed their directions for entrances and exits and what happened when plays were adapted for changes on personnel or for other companies. For his study, Bradley has evaluated documents which survived from the records of Stage Revisers (or Plotters as they were known). Bradley's evidence includes seven theatre plots and seventeen manuscript plays, come from theatre productions which took place at the Shakespearean playhouse, or Rose Theatre. The Stage Revisers worked from plots or lists which indicated the action taking place on stage, the props needed, costume changes and the actors who should appear. The book contains reproductions of the extant plots of the period, an appendix listing playwrights, plays, theatre companies and the number of actors needed for performance and an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09444/cover/9780521109444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Human Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Theatre Design, 1567-1640</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orrell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the theatres of the time of Shakespeare and Ben Jonson in the light of the contemporary architectural thought and building design. John Orrell incorporates recent discoveries about the structure of theatres such as the Red Lion playhouse (1567), the Christ Church Theatre, Oxford (1605) and the Paved Court Theatre, Somerset House (1632) in a re-examination of old assumptions about their design and origins. Orrell shows that the first public theatres, exemplified by the Globe on the Bankside, were fully realised architectural ideas, not ad hoc improvisations. Indoor playhouses, such as the Blackfriars and the Cockpit, Drury Lane, show clear signs of having been influenced by the theatre scheme of Sebastiano Serlio, a scheme which is human in scale, methodical in development and Roman in plan. Serlio's scheme is identified as a common link between the great public theatres of Shakespeare's time, the major private theatres and the Court masques designed by Inigo Jones. The story of the early stages is thus more coherent and more interesting than has been supposed. The book is extensively illustrated with contemporary views of London, theatre plans and scene designs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09451/cover/9780521109451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elegies Bk 3 Camps</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Propertius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition of Propertius Book III follows the general style and arrangement of Camps' editions of Books I and IV. Camps presents, without concealing difficulties and uncertainties, a fairly conservative but readable and coherent text, together with such annotation as may help the modern reader of Latin to understand the language and follow the thought of this difficult, much disputed, but very rewarding poet. While the book may be of interest to students and amateurs of Latin in general, the editor has had in mind the particular needs of undergraduates and of sixth forms. Of the twenty-five elegies which compose this book, all but two are related to the theme of love: but the treatment has become curiously remote and impersonal. After the first two books the touch is light, even cynical - except on the last two elegies, where the poet takes an embittered farewell of Cynthia. In his introduction Camps writes of the literary qualities of the poems and suggests some valid critical approaches for the modern reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09482/cover/9780521109482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Syntactic Theory in the High Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modistic Models of Sentence Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Michael Covington considers the origins and development of the theories of sentence structure formulated by the Modistae, a group of grammarians and logicians who flourished in Paris between about 1270 and 1310. Some of the concepts of the medieval theoretical framework, notably government and dependency, have survived to the present day, and Dr Covington introduces insights from modern grammatical theories where appropriate. Nevertheless his principal aim is not to compare medieval and modern theories, or to provide a comprehensive historical study. Rather, recognising that 'it is the difference as much as the similarity that makes the Modistae interesting', Dr Covington offers an original critical exegesis of these influential theories. The book will be accessible both to linguists who may know little about medieval philosophy and to medievalists who may know little about linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09550/cover/9780521109550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prehistory and Pleistocene Geology in Cyrenaican Libya</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Record of Two Seasons' Geological and Archaelogical Fieldwork in the Gebel Akhdar Hills, with a Summary of Prehistoric Finds from Neighbouring Territories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McBurney, C. B. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hey, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a record of two seasons' geological and archaeological fieldwork in the Gebel Akhdar hills, with a summary of prehistoric finds in neighbouring territories. Dr Hey has written the first part of the work, describing the geology of the terraces and other pleistocene deposits of the Cyrenaican coastal areas. Dr McBurney has written the second, on the prehistory of the area. The material described falls into two main parts: the first comprises palaeolithic finds of Pleistocene date, solidly dated on the result of Dr Hey's work and wholly free from the possibility of earlier or later inclusions; the second is a later group of finds bearing on the final period of the Stone Age in the area and the spread of the earliest agricultural and pastoral societies in the region. Read with the other available evidence, the findings of this book suggest unique conclusions about the diffusions of neolithic arts and crafts from their centres of origin in the Near East and bear on the origin and interconnection of the middle and upper palaeolithic hunting cultures in North Africa and the part they may have played in the development of the corresponding cultures in prehistoric Egypt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09567/cover/9780521109567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hunters in Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mesolithic Societies of Temperate Eurasia and their Transition to Farming</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zvelebil, Marek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hunters in Transition analyses one of the crucial events in human cultural evolution: the emergence of post-glacial hunter-gatherer communities and the development of farming. Traditionally, the advantages of settled agriculture have been assumed and the transition to farming has been viewed in terms of the simple dispersal of early farming communities northwards across Europe. The contributors to this volume adopt a fresh, more subtle approach. Farming is viewed from a hunter-gatherer perspective as offering both advantages and disadvantages, organisational disruption during the period of transition and far-reaching social consequences for the existing way of life. The hunter-gatherer economy and farming in fact shared a common objective: a guaranteed food supply in a changing natural and social environment. Drawing extensively on research in eastern Europe and temperate Asia, the book argues persuasively for the essential unity of all post-glacial. adaptations whether leading to the dispersal of farming or the retention and elaboration of existing hunter-gatherer strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradoxes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in form and predication</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cargile, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ancient semantic paradoxes were thought to undermine the rationalist metaphysics of Plato, and their modern relatives have been used by Russell and others to administer some severe logical and epistemological shocks. These are not just tricks or puzzles, but are intimately connected with some of the liveliest and most basic philosophical disputes about logical form, universals, reference and predication. Dr Cargile offers here an original and sustained treatment of this range of issues, and in fact presents an unfashionable defence of a platonistic ontology. He argues that the paradoxes arise not from mistakes in classical assumptions about truth or from an ontology that includes propositions and properties, but from mistakes in describing what propositions and properties are conveyed by particular linguistic expressions. The book should interest, and may well surprise, philosophers and others concerned with semantics and the foundations of logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09635/cover/9780521109635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alexander Herzen and the Role of the Intellectual Revolutionary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Acton, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alexander Herzen (1812-70) was the most outstanding figure in the early period of the Russian revolutionary movement. Lenin claimed him as a forerunner of the Bolsheviks, and Soviet scholars have sought to establish his latent sympathy with Marxism. In the west on the other hand, he has been seen as a precursor of Solzhenitsyn, the personification of protest against all forms of oppression. Dr Acton provides a compelling intellectual biography. The focus is on the years between 1847 and 1863. Herzen's ideas are set in the context of those political developments and dramatic private experiences that affected his outlook. His profound faith in human nature and in the inevitable triumph of socialism was undermined not only by the failure of the revolutions of 1848, but even more deeply by personal catastrophe - the discovery of the infidelity of his beautiful wife Natalie.  This dual blow, Dr Acton shows, had a decisive impact upon Herzen's approach to Russian problems. It lay at the root of the ambivalent attitude he adopted towards peasant revolution in the critical period of Emancipation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09642/cover/9780521109642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110971X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Georgian Syntax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Relational Grammar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Alice C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Georgian has sometimes been described as a language that is 'totally irregular', where the notions of 'subject', 'object' and 'indirect object' have no relevance. Although it is often cited in work on general linguistics, language universals and language typology, no systematic account of the syntax of this morphologically complex language has been available for Western linguists. Dr Harris's work fills this important need, and indeed her book provides one of the best and most thorough studies available in English of the syntax of a non-Indo-European language. Working in the framework of relational grammar - a framework that is attracting great interest - Dr Harris shows that Georgian does have constructions found in better-known languages, and the study of individual languages to the development of linguistic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09710/cover/9780521109710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110985X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Russian Writers and the Irrational</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Zamyatin, Pil'nyak, and Bulgakov</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, T. R. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The idea of man as an essentially irrational being has preoccupied some of the most influential of Russian thinkers, including the three important Soviet writers considered by Dr Edwards in this book. Since the 1917 Revolution the polemic between rationalists and irrationalists has become directly relevant to the way life is lived in the Soviet Union, and a knowledge of the irrationalist point of view is essential for an understanding of much of Soviet literature and of the foundations of Soviet dissidence. As with other titles in this series, this book is not intended simply for the specialist. The broad speculations arising from the subject will fascinate all those who take a serious interest in the Russian literary tradition; a tradition whose principal figures have been concerned to reject philosophical and political creeds that, in seeking to produce a perfect human being in a perfect society, point in fact towards a vision of hell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09857/cover/9780521109857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blackness and Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seeing Double</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, Lindon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blackness and Value investigates the principles by which 'value' operates, and asks if it is useful to imagine that the concepts of racial blackness and whiteness in the United States operate in terms of these principles. Testing these concepts by exploring various theoretical approaches and their shortcomings, Lindon Barrett finds that the gulf between 'the street' (where race is acknowledged as a powerful enigma) and the literary academy (where until recently it has not been) can be understood as a symptom of racial violence. The book traces several interrelations between value and race, such as literate/illiterate, the signing/singing voice, time/space, civic/criminal, and academy/street, and offers relevant and fresh readings of two novels by Ann Petry. While approaches to race and value are commonly examined historically or sociologically, this intriguing study provides a new critical approach that speaks to theorists of race as well as gender and queer studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09956/cover/9780521109956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walt Whitman and the American Reader</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenspan, Ezra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Walt Whitman and the American Reader, Ezra Greenspan casts Whitman as the central actor on the stage of nineteenth-century American literary culture - a culture redefining its democratic identity. Against the context of the major changes revolutionising the professions of printer, publisher, bookseller and author, he examines the connection between the bookmaking culture of mid-century and Leaves of Grass, and between the conditions for authorship and Whitman's career. The result is a far-ranging study of Whitman as a model of the nineteenth-century American writer writing for - and sometimes reacting against - the newly enfranchised, expanded reading public of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09970/cover/9780521109970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Frost and a Poetics of Appetite</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Frost and a Poetics of Appetite reads Frost's poetry within a theoretical perspective generated, but not limited by feminist analysis, and it evaluates Frost's persistent feminising of poetic language in ways that he typically dramatises as both erotic and humiliating. Kearns examines how Frost's dual and potentially conflicting obligations - to be manly and to be a poet - inform his entire poetics. Rather than approaching Frost's poetry with the methods and assumptions of deconstruction in mind, this book finds that Frost himself forces a deconstructive reading: his unstable ironies, his complexities and his manipulations of form are designed precisely to produce the conviction that any suggestion of significance is arbitrary and personal. The study unites biography, psychology and feminism in creating an adept and imaginative instrument of interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09987/cover/9780521109987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Respect to Egotism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in American Romantic Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porte, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joel Porte offers a timely reassessment of nineteenth-century literature, focusing on the general question of the American Romantic ego and its varying modalities of self-creation, self-display, self-projection, and self-concealment. The book begins by exploring the status of the 'text' in nineteenth-century American writing, the relationship of 'rhetorical' reading to historical context, and the nature of 'Romanticism' in an American setting. Porte then concentrates on the great authors of the period through a series of thematically linked but critically discrete essays on Brown, Irving, Parkman, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne, Thoreau, Melville, Douglass, Stowe, Whitman, and Dickinson. Throughout his important new study, Porte offers provocative reassessments of familiar texts while at the same time casting an illuminating critical eye on less well-known territory. Readers of this book will come away with increased respect for the achievement of American Romantic writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10006/cover/9780521110006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partisans and Poets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Work of American Poetry in the Great War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wienen, Mark W. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Partisans and Poets explores the popular poetries which interacted with American political culture during World War I. Studying the interplay between poets, political groups and social transformation, the book draws upon archival materials to explore poetry used by the Woman's Peace Party, the Industrial Workers of the World, the NAACP, and The Vigilantes, a patriotic writers' syndicate. Van Wienen describes how poetry in mainstream newspapers and major-press anthologies bolstered dominant, nationalist ideologies, and demonstrates how pacifist and socialist verse mobilised minority groups contending for hegemonic power. While recovering the work of several forgotten modern poets - women, blacks, pacifists, patriots, and radicals - the book asserts that wartime poetry engaged in complex negotiations with specific and often dangerous political and historical circumstances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10068/cover/9780521110068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imagined Empires</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Incas, Aztecs, and the New World of American Literature, 1771-1876</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wertheimer, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Imagined Empires demonstrates that early American culture, and in particular literature, took great interest in South American civilisations, especially the Incas and Aztecs, and in so doing made a statement about the role of the United States as an empire in the emerging political order of New World colonies and states. By examining the work of Philip Freneau, Joel Barlow, William Prescott, Herman Melville, and Walt Whitman, the long-contested concept of  'indigenous origins' is given expanded meaning beyond traditional critiques of American culture.  Eric Wertheimer recovers the Incas and Aztecs in Anglo-American literature, and thus sheds new light on national sovereignty, identity and the development of an American history narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10075/cover/9780521110075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Decision and Causality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eells, Ellery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In past years, the traditional Bayesian theory of rational decision making, based on subjective calculations of expected utility, has faced powerful attack from philosophers such as David Lewis and Brian Skyrms, who advance an alternative causal decision theory. The test they present for the Bayesian is exemplified in the decision problem known as 'Newcomb's paradox' and in related decision problems and is held to support the prescriptions of the causal theory. As well as his conclusions, the concepts and methods of Professor Eells introduces in the course of his analyses have extensive implications, not solely for probability theorists narrowly conceived, but for economists, statisticians and psychologists concerned with decision making and the employment of Bayesian principles. They and their students will, in addition, find the early chapters of great use as a background and introduction to the subject as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10112/cover/9780521110112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean Bodin and the Rise of Absolutist Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Julian H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The St Bartholomew's Day Massacre of 1572 polarised French constitutional ideas. Appearing on one side was a radicalised version of the French constitution. On the other side was the theory of royal absolutism systematically developed by Bodin. The central thesis of this book is that Bodin's absolutism was as unprecedented as the doctrine it opposed. Prior to the 1570s the mainstream of the French tradition had been tentatively constitutionalist and Bodin himself had given strong expression to that tendency in his Methodus of 1566. His earlier theory of sovereignty, elaborated in that work, was implicitly adapted to a notion of limited supremacy. Professor Franklin's aim is to explain how this absolutist view was formed. In doing so, he has clarified many of the notorious obscurities in Bodin's thought and since much of the absolutist doctrine of the seventeenth century was either based on Bodin's theory or relied on similar assumptions, this study will be of great importance and interest to scholars of a later period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10143/cover/9780521110143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matthew Arnold and the Education of the New Order</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Summerfield, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A selection from Arnold's writing on education, other than Culture and Anarchy. All the pieces stem from his work as Inspector of Schools: they illustrate his concern both with the principles that must be established as a basis for the education of an industrial democracy and his practical concern with the day-to-day running of schools. 'Democracy' was first published as the introduction to The Popular Education of France. It faces the fundamental political problems and outlines the general objectives of a state educational system. 'A French Eton' was the result of the same examination of French education to see what the British could learn from it; here he considers private education for the middle-classes. 'The twice-revised code' criticises the national Revised Code of 1862: a system founded on gross utilitarianism. Extracts from Arnold's reports as an inspector show the man of principle at work in particular circumstances and relating what he sees to what he would wish to see. The speech on his retirement comments on his lifetime of active involvement in education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10280/cover/9780521110280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Origin and Geography of Cultivated Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vavilov, N. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Love, Doris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work of Nickolay Ivanovich Vavilov has formed the basis of much of the study of plant genetic resources that is carried out. In recognition of his contribution to plant science, and to commemorate the centenary of his birth, a collection of all of Vavgilov's works on the origin and geography of cultivated plant species was published in Russian in 1987. This English translation sees the publication of these seminal papers in their original form, but not original language, for the first time. The structure of the book, with papers arranged in chronological order from 1920 to 1940, provides a unique opportunity to retrace both the development Vavilov's theories on cultivated plants and his gradual creation of a definite terminology. the book will be of great interest to all those concerned with the development of cultivated plant species, not only in terms of the history of this discipline and its status, but also its future direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11591/cover/9780521111591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111165X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Policy of the Entente</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Determinants of British Foreign Policy, 1904-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Keith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays makes a major contribution to the growing debate on British foreign policy before the First World War, and mounts a sustained critique of the received interpretation that invites comparison with the work of Fritz Fischer on the foreign policy of Imperial Germany. The Policy of the Entente presents a realistic assessment of British priorities in the years before 1914, and considers the fundamental and conflicting pressures that determined the formulation of foreign policy. The author concludes that British policy, far from being increasingly Eurocentric, was emphatically imperial: indeed many of the difficulties faced by Britain's rulers stemmed from their inability to live up to this Imperial self-image.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11652/cover/9780521111652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven Studies 3</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyson, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume in the series Beethoven Studies. The aim of this series is to present scholarly work on Beethoven, broad in range as well as meticulous in method. The contributors have in common a special interest in the sources for Beethoven's life and for this creative activity, including original scores, sketchbooks, conversation books, correspondence, and other documentary material. Beethoven Studies 3 includes biographical, critical and analytical contributions, with a special emphasis on Beethoven's working processes. Although some of the essays are for the specialist, others, in particular the biographical ones, require little more than some knowledge and enjoyment of Beethoven's music, or an interest in the man himself. The book includes many music examples, and reproductions of autographs and watermarks, and it is very fully indexed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11669/cover/9780521111669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oscar Wilde and the Theatre of the 1890s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Kerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kerry Powell examines Wilde's plays in relation to popular theatre of the 1890s, both in England and on the Continent. Along with revealing insights into the sexual and moral politics of the era, Powell provides an indispensable basis for understanding Wilde's achievement as a playwright. At his best, Wilde reconstitutes the dramatic fashions of the era, and partly as a result his plays have prevailed over the works, many now forgotten, that they simultaneously imitate and undermine.  Through his analysis, Powell looks at the plays of, among others, Arthur Shirley, Lady Violet Greville, Sydney Grundy and W. Lestocq as well as the impact of Ibsen on Wilde. The book contains production photographs from plays by Wilde and by little-known playwrights and an appendix of biographies. Oscar Wilde and the Theatre of the 1890s will be of interest to students and specialists of drama, theatre history and English literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11676/cover/9780521111676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Constitutional Review in Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111683</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vanberg, Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Constitutional courts have emerged as central institutions in many advanced democracies. This book investigates the sources and the limits of judicial authority, focusing on the central role of public support for judicial independence. The empirical sections of the book illustrate the theoretical argument in an in-depth study of the German Federal Constitutional Court, including statistical analysis of judicial decisions, case studies, and interviews with judges and legislators. The book's major finding is that the interests of governing majorities, prevailing public opinion, and the transparency of the political environment exert a powerful influence on judicial decisions. Judges are influenced not only by jurisprudential considerations and their policy preferences, but also by strategic concerns. By highlighting this dimension of constitutional review, the book challenges the contention that high court justices are largely unconstrained actors as well as the notion that constitutional courts lack democratic legitimacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/36470/cover/9780521836470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drug Resistance in Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mechanisms and Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldie, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coldman, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When this volume was first published in 1998, drug resistance in cancer, whereby a proportion of cancer cells evades chemotherapy, poses a profound and continuing challenge for the effective treatment of cancer. The principles underlying the biological mechanisms behind this phenomenon are clearly understood and explained in this volume. However, a deeper understanding of drug resistance requires a quantitative appreciation of the dynamic forces that shape tumour growth, including spontaneous mutation and selection processes. The authors seek to explain and to simplify these complex mechanisms, and to place them in a clinical context. Clearly explained mathematical models are used to illustrate the biological principles and provide an insight into tumour development and the effectiveness and limitations of drug treatment. It is suitable for those with a non-mathematical background and aims to enhance the effectiveness of cancer therapy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11706/cover/9780521111706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birds of Cambridgeshire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bircham, P. M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Lack produced the first Birds of Cambridgeshire in 1934 for the Cambridge Bird Club. Since then the avifauna of the county has changed dramatically and the body of the information gathered, largely by amateur birdwatchers, has grown enormously. The bulk of the book is, like Lack's original, an annotated systematic list of the species recorded, but the book is made even more valuable by the inclusion of introductory chapters dealing with the Cambridgeshire countryside and where to go birdwatching. Graham Easy's excellent line drawings illustrate some of the county's characteristic species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11720/cover/9780521111720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wildfowl in Great Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Myrfyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson-Willes, G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Wildfowl Trust (founded by Sir Peter Scott in 1946) has worked actively to promote wildfowl conservation over many years and this volume will surely be recognised as one of its finest achievements. Here in one volume the Wildfowl Trust, supported by the Nature Conservancy Council, presents a synthesis of detailed data collected by a wide range of enthusiasts on the distribution of wildfowl and their major habitats. The importance of sensitive conservation planning is stressed as is the vulnerability of wetlands to modern technology. The international dimension of wildfowl conservation is also well covered, especially by the clear maps of ringing recoveries and migration routes. This book emphasises the need for international action in conserving wetlands and stresses the benefits enjoyed by the fortunate countries endowed with these habitats. By their very presence the spectacular flocks of wildfowl provide one of the strongest arguments to convince laymen, planners and politicians that our wetlands are not wastelands but a very precious and vulnerable part of our heritage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11744/cover/9780521111744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Causal Mechanisms of Behavioural Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Jerry A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolhuis, Johan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does behaviour develop in humans and animals? What are the causal mechanisms governing this behaviour? These important questions are addressed in this book. All the significant conceptual and empirical advances in this study of behavioural development are discussed in this volume by a wide range of scientists from different disciplines. A special feature of the approach taken here is that learning, as studied by experimental psychologists, is considered to be one process contributing to the development of the individual from conception to death. The development of the brain is also discussed in relation to behavioural processes. The book is dedicated to Jaap Kruijit, whose pioneering approach to the study of causal mechanisms of behavioural development has inspired many workers in this field. It will be an invaluable resource for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, and researchers in animal behaviour, psychology, and neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11782/cover/9780521111782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111179X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Antarctic Communities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Species, Structure and Survival</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Battaglia, Bruno</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valencia, Jose</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conservation of biodiversity is best achieved through the management of natural communities, but progress in increasing our understanding of communities remains slow. The study of Antarctic communities can provide a valuable step forward in investigating the control of community development, the utilisation of habitats and the interaction between species in both species-rich and species-poor communities. This book contains chapters characterising the current approaches to both aquatic and terrestrial communities in the Antarctic. From biodiversity to trophic flows, from ecophysiological strategies to the impacts of environmental change and the effects of human disturbance, this volume provides an up-to-the-minute overview of community studies in an area covering ten per cent of the Earth's surface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11799/cover/9780521111799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shelley and the Revolutionary Sublime</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffy, Cian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major new study of Percy Shelley's intellectual life and poetic career, Shelley and the Revolutionary Sublime identifies Shelley's fascination with sublime natural phenomena as a key element in his understanding of the way ideas like 'nature' and 'imagination' informed the social and political structures of the Romantic period. Offering a genuinely fresh set of perspectives on Shelley's texts and contexts, Cian Duffy argues that Shelley's engagement with the British and French discourse on the sublime had a profound influence on his writing about political change in that age of revolutionary crisis. Examining Shelley's extensive use of sublime imagery and metaphor, Duffy offers not only a substantial reassessment of Shelley's work but also a significant re-appraisal of the role of the sublime in the cultural history of Britain during the Romantic period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11836/cover/9780521111836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symplectic Fibrations and Multiplicity Diagrams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guillemin, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lerman, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multiplicity diagrams can be viewed as schemes for describing the phenomenon of 'symmetry breaking' in quantum physics. The subject of this book is the multiplicity diagrams associated with the classical groups U(n), O(n), etc. It presents such topics as asymptotic distributions of multiplicities, hierarchical patterns in multiplicity diagrams, lacanae, and the multiplicity diagrams of the rank 2 and rank 3 groups. The authors take a novel approach, using the techniques of symplectic geometry. The book develops in detail some themes which were touched on in the highly successful Symplectic Techniques in Physics by V. Guillemin and S. Sternberg, including the geometry of the moment map, the Duistermaat-Heckman theorem, the interplay between coadjoint orbits and representation theory, and quantization. Students and researchers in geometry and mathematical physics will find this book fascinating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11867/cover/9780521111867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Police and State in Prussia, 1815-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludtke, Alf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burgess, Pete</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the way in which people were treated by the police and military guards in nineteenth-century Prussia, in the general context of Prussian bureaucratic development. It shows how the daily routine of officialdom supported and promoted an image of the police state, which placed the emphasis on violent methods in dealing with the 'subjects' of those in authority. The main argument of the book discusses the methods and standards of everyday policing and the consequential creation of a classe dangereuse. The author also shows how military routines were adopted by civilian officials and policemen. Thus by the middle of the century a military type of policing had become widespread and generally unquestioned by high-ranking officials or ministers. The book therefore offers an understanding of the repressive side of the Prussian and German state since the middle of the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11874/cover/9780521111874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Causes of Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Biological Approaches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mednick, Sarnoff A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moffitt, Terrie E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stack, Susan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this century, social factors have dominated theories of antisocial behaviour to the near-exclusion of other explanatory variables in the study of criminology. Criminologists are now coming to realise that fully understanding the causes of criminality requires consideration of both social and biological variables and that their models must take into account the interaction of the two. Reports of the relevant scientific work have previously been scattered through journals with varying disciplinary and geographical limitations. The book presents state-of-the-art investigation into the biological factors that produce criminal activity from authorities in nine countries who are on the forefront of research in behaviour genetics, neurophysiology, biochemistry, neuropsychology, psychophysiology, psychiatry and sociology. The Causes of Crime: New Biological Approaches offers the first comprehensive overview and integration of this new field of enquiry. It will be an invaluable resource for everyone concerned with the causes of criminal behaviour and interventions to reduce its frequency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11898/cover/9780521111898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dos Passos and the Ideology of the Feminine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casey, Janet Galligani</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dos Passos and the Ideology of the Feminine is an original contribution to traditional Dos Passos scholarship, which tends to focus on the author's political agenda. In this book, Janet Casey takes a cultural studies approach that situates both the author and his finest fiction in relation to representations and theorisations of gender in the 1920s and 1930s. Its primary focus is the manner in which Dos Passos responds to prevalent ideas about the feminine, as well as the way that such ideas have affected his ongoing reputation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11935/cover/9780521111935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of High-Altitude Peoples</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Paul T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The peoples of the high-altitude regions of the world have long fascinated both scientists and laymen from the lowlands. This book, while it draws heavily on the research conducted in the International Biological Programme, is a comprehensive review of our knowledge about the biology of the high-altitude peoples of the world. While several other accounts have considered the general problems of human populations living and working under the reduced oxygen pressure found at high altitude, this volume is the first attempt to analyse the total human biology of the peoples of the world living in extremely high mountain areas. The contributors are experts in a variety of topics within human biology. In addition, each has conducted personal research in the high-altitude areas such as the Andes, Ethiopian highlands, Himalayas or Tien Shan mountains. While the book is not designed for the layman, technical language has been reduced in an effort to make the various topics covered comprehensible to professionals working in any branch of the sciences concerned with man.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11959/cover/9780521111959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111196X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding the Mass Media</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The average British fourteen-year-old watches a great deal of TV. He helps to spend a quarter of a million pounds on pop records every Saturday. Like the rest of us he is beset by advertisements. As an adult he is virtually certain to read mass-circulation daily and Sunday newspapers. This is his mental world. The modern teacher wants to bring this world to the classroom but if he merely tries the Old Testament prophet stance and says its all corrupt, he will be written off a hopelessly out of touch. But if he can take a neutral position, he can get his pupils first to discuss, then to understand and finally to discriminate. Mr Tucker's book will help this process. The plan of his book if simple: he takes the mass media one by one, gives first some understanding of their organisation, characteristics, aims and methods and then gives practical suggestions for class-work on them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11966/cover/9780521111966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam in the Modern National State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Rosenthal describes the contemporary spiritual and intellectual crisis of Islam. The unity of religion and politics, essential in classical Islam, has largely disappeared. In Islam there has been no counterpart of the Reformation in the West; and, in the absence of radical reform, a vulnerable religious and political system has capitulated step by step to a secular nationalism which in turn has grown out of resentment of foreign influence and domination. The result is a very confused situation, close analysis of which is essential to an understanding of the place of Islam in the modern national state. Dr Rosenthal bases part of his book on the available source material; but the greater part derives from personal observation during visits to Pakistan, India, Malaya, Iran, Turkey, Tunisia and Morocco. He writes always as a detached observer and does not apply the criteria of the West to what are essentially Muslim dilemmas and problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11980/cover/9780521111980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water Transport in Plants under Climatic Stress</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borghetti, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grace, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raschi, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The prospect of future climate change has stimulated research into the physiological responses of plants to stress. Water is a key factor controlling the distribution and abundance of plants in nature and the efficient uptake and subsequent transport of water within the plant is critical in hot, dry regions. This book, based on a meeting which focused on the failure of the hydraulic pathway within the xylem, brings together contributions from a range of experts who have worked on the cavitation of water in the transport system. The phenomenon of cavitation, discovered only in the 1960s, is now becoming recognised as being widespread and, whilst its ecological significance is a matter for further research, many scientists consider than embolism in the xylem predisposes plants to further water stress. Cavitation and refilling may, therefore, hold the key to vegetational response to climatic warming and drying. This book will provide a valuable compendium of information for those working in the plant and environmental sciences as well as for those whose interests lie in the more applied disciplines of agriculture and forestry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12000/cover/9780521112000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111201X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Vegetational History of the British Isles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Harry Godwin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, presented to Professor Godwin to mark his retirement in 1968, is a set of case-studies of the history of British vegetation during the last million years or so, a time of rapid climatic changes associated with the Ice Ages. The topics discussed include the study of plant remains, both pollen and larger fossils such as leaves and seeds, land and sea-level changes, the relation of archaeology to vegetation history and the evidence for vegetation change. The book sets out in essay form the many recent advances in the subject, the present state of knowledge and suggests lines for future research. The techniques and principles discussed are pertinent to Quaternary Research elsewhere and the book should be of interest to workers overseas as well as to those in Great Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12017/cover/9780521112017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conservation of Medicinal Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Akerele, Olayiwola</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Synge, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly all cultures, from ancient times to today, have used plants as a source of medicine. In many developing countries, traditional medicine is still the mainstay of health care and most of the drugs and cures used come from plants. In developed countries many people are turning to herbal remedies. With this widespread use has come the assumption that plants identified as having medicinal qualities will be available on a continuing basis. However no concerted effort has been made to ensure this and in the face of the threats of increasing demand, a vastly increasing human population and extensive forest destruction, there can be no guarantee that we will continue to benefit indefinitely from this valuable resource. In light of this situation the World Health Organisation held a meeting in 1988. This book is the outcome of that meeting, detailing in a series of papers by leading experts the problems of which need to be addressed, the existing experiences from a range of countries and the future direction which must be taken to ensure the conservation of the world's medicinal plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12024/cover/9780521112024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Salt Glands in Birds and Reptiles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peaker, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linzell, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the authors in writing this monograph has been to provide a comprehensive and critical, but personal account of salt glands. Papers on salt glands are scattered through a great many different journals. There is therefore a great need for a synthesis of what is known about salt glands. The means by which salt glands perform their vital function of forming and excreting a concentrated salt solution is of great biological importance in understanding salt and water relations in the cells of all living things. In addition to the basic physiology of salt glands there is consideration of their ecological importance, their interaction with other systems of the body, their role in non-marine birds and reptiles and their evolution. Salt glands have interested biologists from a wide range of disciplines. This book brings together the scattered literature and will be a convenient source of reference to those working in the field, as well as providing information for comparative studies and for teaching purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12031/cover/9780521112031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Words and Meanings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ackroyd, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindars, Barnabas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The editors of this volume have gathered a team of scholars to write a series of studies dealing with problems of meaning and interpretation of Old Testament words and ideas. The volume in is honour of Professor D. Winton Thomas, formerly Regius Professor of Hebrew at Cambridge University; its theme is one with which he has been much concerned and the contributors - colleagues, pupils and friends - mainly from Great Britain but also from other countries, offer a variety of meaning, of interpretation and of use, in the biblical text itself and in ancient translations and other writings. The studies thus take further the discussion of meaning and interpretation which is much in evidence today, while holding firmly to the understanding of words in the text itself. The Archbishop writes a forward, emphasising Professor Winton Thomas's contribution to the achievement of accuracy of understanding and to fostering a better appreciation of the need for a sound base to theological statements connected with biblical material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12055/cover/9780521112055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divine Apostle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, Maurice F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interpretation of the Pauline Epistles has always been a central issue in the whole understanding of the Christian faith. Wiles analyses the writings of the Greek and Latin commentators of the third, fourth and early fifth centuries. The patristic exegesis of St Paul is concerned with a wide range of doctrinal issues. these include, in particular, the great issues of grace and faith which were of such importance at the time of the Reformation. Wiles questions whether the Fathers were as insensitive to the Pauline teaching about grace as is often claimed. This book is a companion to The Spiritual Gospel, Wiles's examination of the early commentaries on St John.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12062/cover/9780521112062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joyce in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheng, Vincent John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This challenging collection of essays by an international group of scholars aims, through the critical concept of 'context', to put the work of James Joyce in its 'place'. The four sections explore a range of contexts, offering significant perspectives - historical, theoretical, feminist, cultural and linguistic - on Joyce's writing. Essays on the modernist context place Joyce alongside contemporaries, like Woolf, Ford, and Freud, re-evaluating accepted notions of literary relationship and ideology. The context of the 'other' is invoked in essays drawing on recent developments in feminist, post-structuralist, and psychoanalytic literary theory, and taking Joyce's work as a site for provocative investigations into the nature of sexual, national, ethnic and cultural marginality. Some original re-readings of Joyce's relationship to particular writers, critics and cultural traditions draw him into proximity with Homer, Lacan, the comic strip and Irish popular literature. Finally, in essays that examine aspects and evolutions of his distinctive style, Joyce is considered within the parameters of his own oeuvre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12079/cover/9780521112079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Willa Cather</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Connor, Margaret Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American Critical Archives is a series of reference books that provide representative selections of contemporary reviews of the main works of major American authors. Specifically, each volume contains both full reviews and excerpts from reviews that appeared in newspapers and weekly and monthly periodicals, generally within a few months of the publication of the work concerned. There is an introductory historical overview by the volume editor, as well as checklists of additional reviews located but not quoted. This volume offers a broad sampling of the immediate reaction to the appearance of Willa Cather's volumes of poetry, fiction, and criticism. While most reviews are from the major national journals and newspapers in major cities, some reviews show the responses in Nebraska, New Mexico, Quebec and other locales where Cather's works are set. The reviews are often flattering, sometimes angry, sometimes so careful in their dissection of Cather's work that they are worthy of study themselves. This collection shows forty-five years of intelligent attention to one author's life's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12093/cover/9780521112093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scattering from Black Holes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Futterman, J. A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Handler, F. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matzner, Richard Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the propagation of waves in the presence of black holes. Astrophysical black holes may eventually be probed by these techniques. The authors emphasise intuitive physical thinking in their treatment of the techniques of analysis of scattering, but alternate this with chapters on the rigourous mathematical development of the subject. High and low energy limiting cases are treated extensively and semi-classical results are also obtained. The analogy between Newtonian gravitational scattering and Coulomb quantum mechanical scattering is fully exploited. The book introduces the concepts of scattering by considering the simplest, scalar wave case of scattering by a spherical black hole. It then develops the formalism of spin-weighted spheroidal harmonics and of plane wave representations for neutrino, electromagnetic and gravitational scattering. Research workers and graduate and advanced undergraduate students in scattering theory, wave propagation and relativity will find this a comprehensive treatment of the topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12109/cover/9780521112109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Population Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, Rama S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uyenoyama, Marcy K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique collection of essays deals with the foundation and historical development of population biology and its relationship to population genetics and population ecology on the one hand and to the rapidly growing fields of molecular quantitative genetics, genomics and bioinformatics on the other. Such an interdisciplinary treatment of population biology has never been attempted before. The volume is set in a historical context, but it has an up-to-date coverage of material in various related fields. The areas covered are the foundation of population biology, life history evolution and demography, density and frequency dependent selection, recent advances in quantitative genetics and bioinformatics, evolutionary case history of model organisms focusing on polymorphisms and selection, mating system evolution and evolution in the hybrid zones, and applied population biology including conservation, infectious diseases and human diversity. This is the third of three volumes published in honour of Richard Lewontin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/14379/cover/9780521814379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Value in English Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Discipline in Crisis?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guy, Josephine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The current debate about the nature of English studies has questioned the status of English as a discipline. Josephine Guy and Ian Small set this so-called 'crisis in English' within the larger context of disciplinary knowledge. They examine the teaching of English and literary studies in the United States and Britain, and argue that the explicit attempt by some radical critics on both sides of the Atlantic to politicise the discipline has profound consequences for the nature of English studies. They describe the current state of disciplinary knowledge, together with its social and philosophical preconditions; they analyse recent proposals for reform; and they discuss the ways in which these proposed reforms would affect the three main practices of the discipline - literary criticism, literary history and text-editing. In the process they demystify issues and arguments which have often in the past been obscured by jargon and polemic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12130/cover/9780521112130.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111215X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>North German Opera in the Age of Goethe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first study of the development of German opera in northern Germany from the first comic operas of Johann Adam Hiller at Leipzig in 1766 to the end of the century. Intellectually and historically, the period witnessed the flowering of the German stage and German letters. German opera was an inseparable part of the new aspirations of the German stage during the Enlightenment. Thomas Bauman stresses the vital role of the mixed repertories of German companies in effecting changes in the genre. North German opera began as a basically literary genre. It then changed dramatically in response to two major trends: first, the contact with the serious elements and styles of tragedy and secondly, the triumph on German stages of Italian, French, and Viennese comic operas. The book is generously illustrated with music examples. There is also a complete catalogue of texts of North German opera: those composed for performance and unset published librettos both cross-indexed under the librettists' names.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12154/cover/9780521112154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant on the Human Standpoint</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longuenesse, B&#233;atrice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays B&#233;atrice Longuenesse considers the three aspects of Kant's philosophy, his epistemology and metaphysics of nature, his moral philosophy and his aesthetic theory, under one unifying standpoint: Kant's conception of our capacity to form judgements. She argues that the elements which make up our cognitive access to the world - what Kant calls the 'human point of view' - have an equally important role to play in our moral evaluations and our aesthetic judgements. Her discussion ranges over Kant's account of our representations of space and time, his conception of the logical forms of judgements, sufficient reason, causality, community, God, freedom, morality, and beauty in nature and art. Her book will appeal to all who are interested in Kant and his thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/34780/cover/9780521834780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peer Polity Interaction and Socio-political Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cherry, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thirteen leading archaeologists have contributed to this innovative study of the socio-political processes - notably imitation, competition, warfare, and the exchange of material goods and information - that can be observed within early complex societies, particularly those just emerging into statehood. The common aim is to explain the remarkable formal similarities that exist between institutions, ideologies and material remains in a variety of cultures characterised by independent political centres yet to be brought under the control of a single, unified jurisdiction. A major statement of the conceptual approach is followed by ten case studies from a wide variety of times and places, including Minoan Crete, early historic Greece and Japan, the classic Maya, the American Mid - west in the Hopewellian period, Europe in the Early Bronze Age and Early Iron Age, and the British Isles in the late Neolithic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12222/cover/9780521112222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to the Archaeological Heritage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleere, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book undertakes a comparative study of the history and development of legislative and administrative systems in operation today for the protection of archaeological monuments. With the exception of Scandinavia and the United Kingdom, no country adopted a positive policy towards the protection and conservation of its archaeological and historical heritage until the twentieth century. Moreover, it was not until the middle of that century, under the threat of wholesale devastation from extensive schemes for social and economic development, that the accelerating disappearance of the sites and monuments of Antiquity became the object of intensive study and legislation. Since then systems of cultural resource management have developed throughout the world. A range of countries (from Europe, America, Asia and Africa) representing a diversity of political and ideological systems - capitalist, socialist and ex-colonial - have been selected as being broadly representative of the variety of these systems. The case studies have been written by distinguished archaeologists and provide critical evaluations of the objectives and shortcomings of these systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12246/cover/9780521112246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Owen on Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Owen was one of the most extraordinary Englishmen who ever lived and a great man. In a way his history is the history of the establishment of modern industrial Britain, reflected in the mind and activities of a very intelligent, capable and responsible industrialist, alive to the best social thought of his time. The organisation of industrial labour, factory legislation, education, trade unionism, co-operation, rationalism: he was passionately and ably engaged in all of them. His community at New Lanark was the nearest thing to an industrial heaven in the Britain of dark satanic mills; he tried to found a rational co-operative community in the USA. In everything he contemplated, he saw education as a key. This selection of his writings on education illustrates his rationalist concept of the formation of character and its implications for education and society; also his growing utopian concern with social reorganisation; and third, his impact on social movements. Silver's introduction shows Owen's relationship to particular educational traditions and activities and his long-term influence on attitudes to education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12253/cover/9780521112253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111229X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Single Crystal Diffractomety</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arndt, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first stage in the determination of a crystal structure is the measurement of the intensities of the Bragg reflexions. This book is concerned with counter-methods of measuring these intensities. The use of counter methods has spread rapidly in recent years with the development of quantum detectors and of automatically controlled diffractometers. The authors of this book were among the first workers to design and operate automatic X-ray and neutron diffractometers; they have visited laboratories throughout the world where such instruments have been installed. Originally published in 1966, this book covers all aspects of single crystal diffractometry. A discussion of the geometrical principles of diffraction by single crystals is followed by a description of diffractometers and of their component parts, including radiation detectors and detector circuits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12291/cover/9780521112291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemical Physics of Ice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, N. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1970, this book gives a comprehensive account of the properties of ice, the connections between them and the way in which they derive from the structure of the water molecule and the small mass of the proton. The properties are discussed in terms of quantum mechanics and solid state theory with emphasis on physical principles rather than on theoretical models. The book is intended as an exemplification of the principles of chemical physics for beginning graduate students in physics of physical chemistry and as a text and reference book on the properties of ice for research workers in glaciology, cloud physics, meteorology and associated fields. Although the author assumes a familiarity with fundamental physics, he has taken some trouble to make his account self-contained by reference to the underlying principles in every case or by more detailed discussion where the application is not a standard one.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12307/cover/9780521112307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Design of Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glegg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>100</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does an inventor set about designing a piece of machinery to make a particular product? Are they any basic principles to guide him? Glegg believes that there are and, in his short book, draws on his own wide-ranging experience as an inventor, consulting engineer, company director and university lecturer, to define them. Most books on engineering design are concerned with either mathematical analysis or some individual technique related to a narrow field. This book is neither: it defines the general laws which underlie all creative design, from the philosophy and psychology of inventiveness to the point at which an invention is commercially exploited. It thus cuts across the frontiers of specialised studies and specialised industries. Glegg finds engineering fun and feels that learning about it need not be dull. His book, with many illustrations from the battleground of industry, is both entertaining and profitable reading for engineering designers of the future and for those in general management responsible for design departments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12314/cover/9780521112314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Education and Advocacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Perspectives of Ecology and Education</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Edward A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mappin, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental education has often blurred the distinction between ecological science and environmental advocacy. Growing public awareness of environmental problems and desire for action may be contributing to this blurring.  There is a need to clarify the distinction between the role of ecological science and the role of social and political values for the environment within environmental education. This book addresses this need by examining the changing perspectives of ecology in education and the changing perspectives of education in environmental education. Guidelines are provided for assessing the science and education perspectives within environmental education, along with suggested frameworks for development of programs and resources that integrate current science, education and action. This book will be of interest to environmental educators, ecologists interested in environmental education, and curriculum and resource developers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/24101/cover/9780521824101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Weddell Seal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Consummate Diver</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kooyman, Gerald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the environment and behaviour patterns of the Weddell seal. Based on his numerous expeditions to the Antarctic, Dr Kooyman has analysed the seal's diving physiology and acoustical biology. The seal's remarkable adaptation to its environment is evidenced in its ability to dive to 600 meters and return without ill effect and to remain submerged for more than one hour, even though it is an air-breathing animal. The seal holds a unique niche in the world's ecology; it occupies the most southern latitude of any mammal on a permanent basis. The study of this seal has provided important insights into methods of animal navigation, respiration and metabolism. Dr Kooyman is well known as an authority on the Weddell seal. During his fifteen trips to the Antarctic since 1961, he has studied the seal extensively. This book should appeal to marine biologists, animal physiologists and to all those with a serious interest in natural history and life in the Antarctic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12413/cover/9780521112413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Visionary D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Beyond Philosophy and Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montgomery, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence is often seen either as an artist whose novels are spoiled by the intrusion of ideas or as a philosopher whose ideas happen to be expressed in fiction; neither of these perspectives does justice to the unity and complexity of Lawrence's vision. In The Visionary D. H. Lawrence Robert E. Montgomery places Lawrence in the tradition both of great Romantic poet-philosophers, including Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Carlyle and Emerson, and of visionary thinkers Nietzsche, Heraclitus and Jacob Boehme. Dr Montgomery reveals a context which illuminates Lawrence's fiction and non-fiction, discusses his work in depth, and shows how his place in the prophetic-poetic tradition differs from that of his contemporaries Eliot and Yeats. The result is an exploration of the vision that informs and unifies Lawrence's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12420/cover/9780521112420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agents and Lives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, S. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Agents and Lives offers a new and important rethinking of the traditional 'humanist' view of literature. That tradition's valuation of literature for its 'moral import' is extended in a wider, more complex, open, and exploratory understanding of those terms. Goldberg demonstrates the way in which literature combines a sense of people as voluntary agents and as moral beings whose lives extend well beyond the voluntary and deliberate, manifesting themselves in feeling and suffering as well as in action. The book argues that this double way of thinking about people corresponds to traditional literary criticism's most vital insights into the way works of literature both depict and themselves manifest modes of human life. Goldberg's argument ranges across literature since the Renaissance, focusing on examples from George Eliot's novels and Pope's poetry. An appendix assesses the relationship of his argument to recent accounts of literature offered by a variety of moral philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12444/cover/9780521112444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hugo von Hofmannsthal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Theaters of Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on Hugo von Hofmannsthal's intense, lifelong concentration upon a single cohesive set of poetic, philosophical and ethical concerns, a quality of his work which has been neglected in the bulk of existing scholarship. Professor Bennett examines Hofmannsthal's work in the context of literary theory and the history of philosophy, referring especially to Nietzsche, German Idealism and the poetics of German Classicism. He identifies three principal areas of concern to Hofmannsthal: the theory of genre, the question of the role of literature in society and the search for a fruitful response to the problem of the historical development of culture. The argument proceeds by way of detailed interpretation of texts, including Der Tor und der Tod, the Chandos letter, Ariadne auf Naxos, Der Schwierige, Das Salzburger Grosse Welttheater and Der Turm.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12529/cover/9780521112529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Slavery to Feudalism in South-Western Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonnassie, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is first and foremost an extended examination and discussion of the enslavement of men and women by others of their society and in particular of the means and causes of the gradual end of slavery in early medieval Europe between 500 and 1200. Drawing upon a very wide range of primary and archival sources, Professor Bonnassie places fresh findings about subjection, servitude and lordship in relation to the prevailing understanding of social history which has developed since the work of Marc Bloch. The author explains how slavery long persisted in southern France and Spain, as part of a public order that also sheltered free peasants, giving way in the tenth and eleventh centuries to a new regime of harsh lordships that mark the beginnings of feudalism. He shows that feudalism in south-western Europe was no less significant than in northern European lands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12550/cover/9780521112550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reinventing the Americas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies of Literature of the United States and Spanish America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chevigny, Bell Gale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laguardia, Gari</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a basis for the comparative study of literature of the United States and Spanish America. Previous studies in comparative literature have stressed the influence of Europe on the United States or on Latin America as the creator of the 'New World'. In this book, the editors argue the necessity of a comparative study of the relation between literatures of North, Central, and South America. The first part looks at literature and the historical imagination; the second section focuses on the voice and vision of women; and the final essays are devoted to perspectives on literary criticism. Together the essays discuss the work of prominent Spanish American novelists such as Pablo Armando Fernandez, Luisa Valensuela, Edmundo Desnoes, Neruda, Paz and Borges as well as writers from the United States including Melville, Whitman, William Carlos Williams and Wallace Stevens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12567/cover/9780521112567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Human Ageing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bittles, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The processes that control senescence have been the subject of more then a century of serious biological research. Two institutions closely involved in this programme, the Society for the Study of Human Biology and the British Society for Research in Ageing, held a joint symposium in 1984 to consider human ageing and longevity from an interdisciplinary point of view. The resulting book has four main sections: the evolution and genetics of ageing, biological age assessment, demographic and social aspects, and the nutritional and physiological aspects of ageing and longevity. The fundamental nature of the subject will generate interest across a wide range of biological and medical disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12611/cover/9780521112611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population Structure and Human Variation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1977, this volume is a collection of eleven studies conducted during the International Biological Programme on the biological structure of human populations. They deal particularly with population genetics, demography and ecology, and discuss the experimental strategies to be adopted when making such studies. Each chapter is in the form of a broad review aimed at those wanting to understand human population biology. The volume is an international one, both in terms of its authorship and of the populations studied, and the projects discussed represent the whole variety of problems and approaches tackled by the IBP investigators interested in population biology. In short, this book represents an excellent evaluation of human biology in the mid-twentieth century. It will be of importance to university teachers, research workers and graduate students in anthropology and human biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12628/cover/9780521112628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Human Biology of Circumpolar Populations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milan, F. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The International Biological Programme investigated the biology of circumpolar human populations in the period 1967-1974. This research was carried out by multidisciplinary teams and covered demography, genetics, craniofacial development, growth, ophthalmology, nutrition physiology and behaviour. The populations studied include Eskimos, Lapps and Ainu as well as certain of those from Russia. The environment inhabited by the populations has low temperatures, seasonal extremes of light and dark and relatively meagre ecological resources, but despite such harsh conditions the groups have survived for thousands of years. The study elucidates the biological and behavioural processes leading to this successful adaptation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12666/cover/9780521112666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Central Grants to Local Governments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The political and economic impact of the Rate Support Grant in England and Wales</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Central grants to local governments are a major aspect of public policy in all western economies. This book has two main aims: first, it seeks to relate central grants to the overall structure of taxes and expenditures of the economy as a whole, and second, it draws together for the first time a major set of empirical evidence on one major grant programme standing at &#163;12,000 million in 1982, the Rate Support Grant in England and Wales. The thesis of the book is developed in three parts. Part one examines the objectives of central grant programmes: namely, need, resource and cost equalisation. Part two of the book develops a detailed empirical analysis of the Rate Support Grant and highlights those areas which have been relatively advantaged and disadvantaged in grant allocation. In part three the discussion is extended to an examination of the full interrelation of central grants with local taxes and expenditures. This leads to the main conclusions of the book, which are developed as a set of suggested reforms to local revenues in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12697/cover/9780521112697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freight Flows and Spatial Aspects of the British Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chisholm, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Sullivan, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1973, this book reports experiments in the modelling of freight flows in Great Britain, on the basis of 78 origin-destination zones covering the entire country. Its central purpose is to establish whether gravity model or linear programming approaches provide the most appropriate way of describing the existing spatial distribution of freight volumes and hence of predicting future flows, given possible allocations of population. Linear programming appears to be the msot useful way to approach freight modelling on this scale. The model outputs allow the authors to probe the problem of regional comparative advantage in terms of the volume of transport inputs. Although there is some association with the accessibility of regions, it is not true that the peripheral areas are at a serious disadvantage. Furthermore, evidence on the structure of transport costs indicates that movement costs are a surprisingly low proportion of total transport costs - thus further reducing the effects of location. The study concludes with a review of the lines along which work might proceed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12703/cover/9780521112703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of Spatial Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Quantative Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cliff, Andrew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haggett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ord, J. Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bassett, Keith A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elements of Spatial Structure is a contribution to the literature on spatial series. Written by a group with varied backgrounds in engineering, geography and statistics, who collaborated at Bristol University in the early 1970s, the book analyses certain basic properties of spatial structure. It shows how spatial elements form an essential part of the real-world problems of population distribution, of urban and regional economies, and of diffusion processes. The book is divided into three parts. Part one is concerned with a static cross-sectional approach to spatial structure and explores some aspects of the central geographical problems of region-building and trend-surface mapping. Part two moves to a dynamic framework and extends time-series analysis in a regional framework. It includes two chapters on the application of the models presented to diffusion and unemployment data in south-west England. Part three links the first two parts together through a consideration of spatial autocorrelation and spatial forecasting. Again, formal models are presented and an attempt is made to gauge their utility by applying them to test problems in the south-west.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12727/cover/9780521112727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Instructional Planning Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Gaming-Simulation Approach to Urban Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the educational aspects of gaming simulation procedures and their application to urban studies and to the teaching of town planning. It analyses the availability and relevance of these instructional simulation techniques as a simple way of presenting, relating and manipulating many divergent observations concerning the environment and human settlement. Dr Taylor divides his book into three main sections: the first identifies the background and evolution of instructional simulation, the second examines urban development gaming's emerging importance and justification and the third reviews some of the issues that must be contemplated if the potential of gaming simulation techniques are to be fully realised. This was the first book to provide a comprehensive and authoritative review of the state of knowledge on instructional simulations relevant to urban problems. As such it will be of great interest and practical value to all those involved in urban studies and environmental planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12734/cover/9780521112734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Estimation Organic Compounds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wild</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When this book was first published in 1953, certain methods for the estimation of the functional groups in organic compounds were widely known and used, but many other simple methods remained unnoticed and used, though they give better results. A review of the literature to the end of 1951 is made here, and all the important ways of analysis are described with full details. Abstracts and references to other methods are given and many special estimations are described in outline. The following compounds and groupings are included: olefines, alcohols, enols, phenols, mercaptans, aldehides and ketones, acetyl, benzoyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, propoxyl, butoxyl, methylimino, ethylimino, methyl and ethyl groups attached to sulphur, the methyl group attached to carbon, amines and amino compounds, nitro, nitroso, cyano, and isocyanates and isothiocyanates. Several alternative experiments are described for each, so that it should always be possible to select a method suitable for a particular group in a particular compound. Dr Wild's book should stimulate interest in this branch of organic chemistry. It will serve as a useful laboratory manual at all stages, but more especially during research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12758/cover/9780521112758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111277X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experience With Abortion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study of North-East Scotland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horobin, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abortion is an emotionally explosive subject. The aim of this account is to make a contribution to counteract inadequate knowledge in the ill-documented field of abortion policy and practice. The subject has been treated as objectively and dispassionately as possible. This account describes the total abortion experience in a relatively homogeneous and static population (Aberdeen and its environs) where pregnancies have been terminated for many years. This study involves a variety of disciplines including obstetrics, gynaecology, psychiatry and sociology. The research techniques used and the results of the investigations are described and evaluated. Although this volume inevitably is specific in its place and time and in that sense is unique because it provides information about trends in abortion requests, acceptances, refusal rates and decision criteria it has a concreteness that makes this study a paradigm to be used in studies of abortion elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12772/cover/9780521112772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groundwater/Surface Water Ecotones</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biological and Hydrological Interactions and Management Options</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibert, Janine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathieu, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fournier, Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aquatic ecosystems have formed the focus of several UNESCO research projects because of the impact on them of human activities such as intensification of agricultural activity, erosion and sedimentation due to irrigation projects, groundwater pollution and eutrophication. Interfaces, or ecotones, between terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems were found to have an essential role in the movement of water and materials throughout the landscape. Ecotones are zones where ecological processes are more intense and resources more diversified. They are also zones which react quickly to human influences and changes of environmental variables. This volume summarises the results presented at an international conference dedicated to the study of groundwater/surface water ecotones, with contributors of international scientific reputation representing the multidisciplinary viewpoints of hydrologists, biologists and ecologists. It addresses areas of active research in hydrology and biology, and is aimed towards researchers, water resource project managers and policy makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12826/cover/9780521112826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the History of Plant Pathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ainsworth, Geoffrey Clough</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The losses caused to staple crops by diseases and disorders and by depredations of pests are a worldwide problem at a time of population increase and food shortage. Plant pathology - basically the study of infectious diseases of plants - is therefore an increasingly important branch of applied science. An attempt is here made to provide a concise and straightforward account of the historical development of the diverse and interwoven themes of which the subject is composed. This may be read without reference to the documentation, which gives supplementary information and additional clues. The standpoint from which this survey is written is that, as for medicine, the right end of plant pathological practice is the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of diseases and disorders. Emphasis throughout is therefore on the more practical aspects of plant pathological endeavour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12833/cover/9780521112833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seasonally Dry Tropical Forests</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullock, Stephen H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mooney, Harold A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medina, Ernesto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prolonged seasonal drought affects most of the tropics, including vast areas presently or recently dominated by 'dry forests'. These forests have received scant attention, despite the fact that humans have used and changed them more than rain forests. This volume reviews the available information, often making contrasts with wetter forests. The world's dry forest heterogeneity of structure and function is shown regionally. In the neotropics, biogeographic patterns differ from those of wet forests, as does the spectrum of plant life-forms in terms of structure, physiology, phenology and reproduction. Biomass distribution, nutrient cycling, below-ground dynamics and nitrogen gas emission are also reviewed. Exploitation schemes are surveyed, and examples are given of non-timber product economies. It is hoped that this review will stimulate research leading to more conservative and productive management of dry forests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12840/cover/9780521112840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defence Mechanisms of Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deverall, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1977, this volume is a short and integrated account of the dynamic mechanisms involved in the defence of plant cells against attack by parasitic bacteria and fungi. The central interest of the volume is with the processes by which plant cells perceive the approach of an intruder and occasionally permit, but usually discourage, its further progress. How do the genes of host and parasite communicate to determine the outcome of attempted parasitism? Is there a universal defence mechanism in all plants and, if so, what is it? What contribution does the much studied process of phytoalexin formation make to the defence of plants? These are the main questions considered by Professor Deverall, and they are approached from a basis of our understanding of the genetical, cytological and biochemical interactions between plants and parasites. Plant pathologists, mycologists, botanists, microbiologists, plant physiologists and plant biochemists who are professionally concerned with plant disease will find that this monograph reviews past advances in an area that was once the subject of much attention, and provides suggestions for solving some of the problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12857/cover/9780521112857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shoot Apex and Leaf Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1975, this book is a comprehensive and quantitative study of the shoot apex and leaf growth. Its central purpose is to provide precise quantitative descriptions of shoot apical systems of very diverse types. Vegetative apices are considered except for wheat for which a description of the developing inflorescence is also given. The descriptions rely on a development of the old technique of serial reconstruction, which allows the early stages in growth of leaf primordia and  related tissues to be measured as volume. An important feature of the book is the numerous three-dimensional scale drawings, which, together with the photomicrographs, enable the reader to build up a clear picture of the process of growth in the stem apex. The appendix contains details of the methods employed in this quantitative study together with the procedures used for data processing. This major study on the growth of higher plants will be a standard work and will be a valuable source of quantitative information. Botanists, particularly those studying plant physiology, crop science, developmental biology and theoretical biology, will find this stimulating book has much to say that is of permanent value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12871/cover/9780521112871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marine Mussels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Ecology and Physiology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayne, Brian Leicester</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mussels represent an important food source in many parts of the world, including Europe, South America and the Far East, and they have considerable potential as a protein source for many developing countries. In addition, mussels are widely used in pollution studies, and in fundamental ecological and physiological investigations. This book, first published in 1976, is a critical review of information on this group of animals, and sets out the material with suggestions for the future direction of research. The subjects covered include the ecology, physiology, biochemistry, genetics and the culture of mussels. It is an important volume, not only for researchers working with marine molluscs, and with mussels in particular, but also for those in the wider fields of marine ecology, comparative physiology and aquaculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12888/cover/9780521112888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diving and Asphyxia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Animals and Man</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elsner, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooden, Brett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First printed in 1983, this book concerns the comparative physiological adaptations of vertebrate animals, especially mammals, to cessation of breathing. These adaptations were originally identified in species living in aquatic habitats. The argument is presented that the natural divers display a well-developed and conveniently studied example of a more general defence against asphyxia. The topics considered include the diving response, metabolic and cardiovascular adaptations, variations in resistance to asphyxia, neural control mechanisms, which govern the respiratory and circulatory responses, perinatal asphyxia, applications to the human species and medical implications. The book's purpose is to acquaint its readers with some advances resulting from research in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12895/cover/9780521112895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Biology and Crop Improvement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study of Wheat, Oilseed Rape and Faba Beans</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Austin, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flavell, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henson, I. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, H. J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book identifies targets for plant transformation by molecular biology for two crops of major importance in European agriculture - wheat and oilseed rape - and the potentially important protein crop faba beans. Modern techniques have enabled researchers to identify, isolate and modify plant genes, and much effort is now being devoted to improving these techniques and to adapting them to crop plants. By these means, it should prove possible to make defined changes to plants of commercial value, to improve their yield, quality and resistance to stresses, pests and diseases. This volume results from a report prepared for the Genetics and Biotechnology Division of the Commission of the European Communities by Dr Austin and his colleagues at the Plant Breeding Institute, where some of the work is being carried out. It therefore provides an authoritative account of the area for research workers and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12918/cover/9780521112918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lass, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>794</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the Cambridge History of the English Language covers the period 1476-1776, beginning at the time of the establishment of Caxton's first press in England and concluding with the American Declaration of Independence, the notional birth of the first (non-insular) extraterritorial English. It encompasses three centuries which saw immense cultural change over the whole of Europe: the late middle ages, the renaissance, the reformation, the enlightenment, and the beginnings of romanticism. During this time, Middle English became Early Modern English and then developed into the early stages of indisputably 'modern', if somewhat old-fashioned, English. In this book, the distinguished team of six contributors traces these developments, covering orthography and punctuation, phonology and morphology, syntax, lexis and semantics, regional and social variation, and the literary language. The volume also contains a glossary of linguistic terms and an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64761/cover/9780521264761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fundamentals of Deformation and Fracture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eshelby Memorial Symposium Sheffield 2-5 April 1984</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bilby, B. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willis, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises the papers presented at the symposium of the Internation Union of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, Sheffield April 1984, held in memory of the late J. D. Eshelby FRS, Professor of the Theory of Materials at the University of Sheffield. The papers reflect the range of Professor Eshelby's interests. Topics include conservation laws and their applications; inclusions, inhomogeneities and composites; short cracks; the dynamics of dislocations and cracks; dislocations and point defects; and creep fracture. There is also an obituary of Professor Eshelby, together with a complete list of his publications. The 45 papers in this volume provide an international survey of current work in the field of deformation and fracture, with theoretical examinations, reports of empirical investigations and descriptions of experimental techniques. It will be of interest to professionals and researchers in the science of materials, mechanics of solids and mechanical engineering and to related areas of science and technology to which Professor Eshelby contributed both directly and by inspiration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05323/cover/9780521105323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and the Theory of Games</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, John Maynard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor John Maynard Smith has written an account of a new way of thinking about evolution which has been developed in the last ten years. The theory of games, first developed to analyse economic behaviour, is modified so that it can be applied to evolving populations. John Maynard Smith's concept of an evolutionarily stable strategy is relevant whenever the best thing for an animal or plant to do depends on what others are doing. The theory leads to testable predictions about the evolution of behaviour, of sex and genetic systems, and of growth and life history patterns. This book contains the first full account of the theory, and of the data relevant to it. The account is aimed at senior undergraduate and graduate students, teachers and research workers in animal behaviour, population genetics and evolutionary biology. The book will also be of interest to mathematicians and game theorists; the mathematics has been largely confined to appendixes so that the main text may be easily followed by biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88842/cover/9780521288842.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521324882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joseph II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beales, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>754</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second and final volume of Derek Beales's magisterial biography of the emperor Joseph II describes the period when he was sole ruler of the Austrian Monarchy. Influenced partly by Enlightenment ideals, Joseph relaxed censorship, introduced wide-ranging religious toleration and fostered a 'new Catholicism' whilst Mozart's music, the greatest cultural achievement of his reign, owed much to Joseph's patronage. He also abolished personal serfdom and diminished the nobles' power, seeking to achieve full personal control over all his provinces. Opposition became serious when his hyperactive foreign policy landed him in war against the Turks, and he died with his Belgian provinces in rebel hands and Hungary threatened by revolt and invasion. Though these pressures forced Joseph to withdraw some of his measures, Derek Beales argues that he left an indelible mark on the history of all his lands, which now form part of fifteen modern states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24885/cover/9780521324885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British or American English?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook of Word and Grammar Patterns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Algeo, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Speakers of British and American English display some striking differences in their use of grammar. In this detailed survey, John Algeo considers questions such as: &#8226;Who lives on a street, and who lives in a street? &#8226;Who takes a bath, and who has a bath? &#8226;Who says Neither do I, and who says Nor do I? &#8226;After 'thank you', who says Not at all and who says You're welcome? &#8226;Whose team are on the ball, and whose team isn't? Containing extensive quotations from real-life English on both sides of the Atlantic, collected over the past twenty years, this is a clear and highly organized guide to the differences - and the similarities - between the grammar of British and American speakers. Written for those with no prior knowledge of linguistics, it shows how these grammatical differences are linked mainly to particular words, and provides an accessible account of contemporary English in use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79939/cover/9780521379939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Light and Life in the Sea</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herring, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Anthony K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitfield, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddock, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Without light there would be no life in the sea. Since the seas were the cradle for the evolution of all life forms, the theme of this book is central to our understanding of the interaction between living organisms and their environments. To express the breadth of research in this area, leading experts in topics as diverse as satellite imagery and molecular biology have contributed to this collection of essays on light and life in the sea, first published in 1990. Intended for all with an interest in the marine environment, this book aims to present the reader with a sampler of the exciting research that is underway and to provide an introduction to its broad compass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05484/cover/9780521105484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141797X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Argument Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Babby, Leonard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each verb in natural language is associated with a set of arguments, which are not systematically predictable from the verb's meaning and are realized syntactically as the projected sentence's subject, direct object, etc. Babby puts forward the theory that this set of arguments (the verb's 'argument structure') has a universal hierarchical composition which directly determines the sentence's case and grammatical relations. The structure is uniform across language families and types, and this theory is supported by the fact that the core grammatical relations within simple sentences of all human languages are essentially identical. Babby determines and empirically justifies the rigid hierarchical organization of argument structure on which this theory rests. The book uses examples taken primarily from Russian, a language whose complex inflectional system, free word order, and lack of obligatory determiners make it the typological polar opposite of English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17976/cover/9780521417976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge French-English Thesaurus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamy, Marie-Noklle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Towell, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>338</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first ever bilingual thesaurus of its kind. The book is aimed at all English-speaking learners and users of French at an intermediate to advanced level, and is structured in a uniquely helpful way. The book is arranged thematically rather than alphabetically, with fifteen part titles subdivided into a total of 142 subheadings which are further subdivided into topic categories. In each category learners will find synonyms and related French words and phrases of use for writing or speaking about the topic, as well as sayings, metaphors, proverbs, famous quotations or usage notes connected with the topic. Every word, phrase and example has an English translation. Illustrations provide additional help, and there is a special section on conversational gambits. Two alphabetical indexes of more than 8,000 words each, one listing English vocabulary and the other French, help readers find what they're looking for easily.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25810/cover/9780521425810.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Habitats for Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>411</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As it becomes ever more expensive to purchase land for conservation purposes, it is becoming increasingly important both to manage existing sites properly, and to create new habitats. This comprehensive volume provides a pragmatic, habitat by habitat guide to conservation management, in which the prescriptions and methods are based upon sound science coupled with practical experience. For each habitat, the book guides the reader through the options and solutions, shows the problems to look out for, and gives good and bad examples of habitat management in the past. This will be a must for all practising ecologists, land managers, wardens, landscape architects and conservationists, and will provide a valuable reference for students of ecology, conservation and environmental science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47768/cover/9780521447768.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Randomized Algorithms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Motwani, Rajeev</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raghavan, Prabhakar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many applications a randomized algorithm is either the simplest algorithm available, or the fastest, or both. This tutorial presents the basic concepts in the design and analysis of randomized algorithms. The first part of the book presents tools from probability theory and probabilistic analysis that are recurrent in algorithmic applications. Algorithmic examples are given to illustrate the use of each tool in a concrete setting. In the second part of the book, each of the seven chapters focuses on one important area of application of randomized algorithms: data structures; geometric algorithms; graph algorithms; number theory; enumeration; parallel algorithms; and on-line algorithms. A comprehensive and representative selection of the algorithms in these areas is also given. This first book on the subject should prove invaluable as a reference for researchers and professional programmers, as well as for students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74658/cover/9780521474658.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japan Rising</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Iwakura Embassy to the USA and Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kunitake, Kume</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuzuki, Chushichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, R. Jules</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>558</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1871 Japan sent a high-ranking delegation to the USA and Europe, to negotiate treaties and trading agreements and to investigate how it might modernise its political and economic institutions. Led by the Foreign Minister Prince Tomomi Iwakura, the 'embassy' of politicians, courtiers and officials travelled extensively around the USA for eight months, before spending a further year examining the British manufacturing industry, German armaments and French culture. The Iwakura Embassy helped change the course of Japanese history, for the official report of this journey, compiled by Prince Iwakura's personal secretary, the Confucian scholar Kunitake Kume, was to play a key role in Japan's transformation into a modern industrial nation. The report was translated into English in five large volumes in 2002. This carefully prepared abridgement makes it accessible to a wider range of scholars and students, and to all who are interested in the remarkable rise of modern Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13852/cover/9780521513852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerging Multinationals in Emerging Markets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramamurti, Ravi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, Jitendra V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why have so many firms in emerging economies internationalized quite aggressively in the last decade? What competitive advantages do these firms enjoy and what are the origins of those advantages? Through what strategies have they built their global presence? How is their internationalization affecting Western rivals? And, finally, what does all this mean for mainstream international business theory? In Emerging Multinationals in Emerging Markets, a distinguished group of international business scholars tackle these questions based on a shared research design. The heart of the book contains detailed studies of emerging-market multinationals (EMNEs) from the BRIC economies, plus Israel, Mexico, South Africa, and Thailand. The studies show that EMNEs come in many shapes and sizes, depending on the home-country context. Furthermore, EMNEs leverage distinctive competitive advantages and pursue distinctive internationalization paths. This timely analysis of EMNEs promises to enrich mainstream models of how firms internationalize in today's global economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13869/cover/9780521513869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ben Jonson and Envy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meskill, Lynn S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the early modern period, envy was often represented iconographically in the image of the Medusa, with snaky locks and a poisonous gaze. Ben Jonson and Envy investigates the importance of envy to Jonson's imagination, showing that he perceived spectators and readers as filled with envy, and created strategies to defend his work from their distorting and potentially 'deadly' gaze. Drawing on historical and anthropological studies of evil eye beliefs, this study focuses on the authorial imperative to charm and baffle ritualistically the eye of the implied spectator or reader, in order to protect his works from defacement. Comparing the exchange between authors and readers to social relations, the book illuminates the way in which the literary may be seen to be informed by popular culture. Ben Jonson and Envy tackles a previously overlooked, but vital, aspect of Jonson's poetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17430/cover/9780521517430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Linguistic Legacy of Spanish and Portuguese</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial Expansion and Language Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clements, J. Clancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The historical spread of Spanish and Portuguese throughout the world provides a rich source of data for linguists studying how languages evolve and change.  This volume analyses the development of Portuguese and Spanish from Latin and their subsequent transformation into several non-standard varieties. These varieties include Portuguese- and Spanish-based creoles, Bozal Spanish and Chinese Coolie Spanish in Cuba, Chinese Immigrant Spanish, Andean Spanish, and Barranquenho, a Portuguese variety on the Portugal-Spain border. Clancy Clements demonstrates that grammar formation not only takes place in parent-to-child communication, but also, importantly, in adult-to-adult communication. He argues that cultural identity is also an important factor in language formation and maintenance, especially in the cases of Portuguese, Castilian, and Barranquenho. More generally, the contact varieties of Portuguese and Spanish have been shaped by demographics, by prestige, as well as by linguistic input, general cognitive abilities and limitations, and by the dynamics of speech community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39449/cover/9780521539449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Twentieth-Century American Fiction on Screen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, R. Barton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection analyse major film adaptations of twentieth-century American fiction, from F. Scott Fitzgerald's The Last Tycoon to Toni Morrison's Beloved. During the century, films based on American literature came to play a central role in the history of the American cinema. Combining cinematic and literary approaches, this volume explores the adaptation process from conception through production and reception. The contributors explore the ways political and historical contexts have shaped the transfer from book to screen, and the new perspectives that films bring to literary works. In particular, they examine how the twentieth-century literary modes of realism, modernism, and postmodernism have influenced the forms of modern cinema. Written in a lively and accessible style, the book includes production stills and full filmographies. Together with its companion volume on nineteenth-century fiction, the volume offers a comprehensive account of the rich tradition of American literature on screen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42302/cover/9780521542302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Shakespeare on Screen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Century of Film and Television</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothwell, Kenneth S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A History of Shakespeare on Screen chronicles how film-makers have re-imagined Shakespeare's plays from the earliest exhibitions in music halls and nickelodeons to today's multi-million dollar productions shown in megaplexes. Topics include the silent era, Hollywood in the Golden Age, the films of Laurence Olivier and Orson Welles, the television scene to include the BBC plays, the avant-garde cinema of Jarman and Greenaway, and non-Anglophone contributions from Japan and elsewhere. This second edition updates the chronology to the year 2003 and includes a new chapter on such recent films as John Madden's Shakespeare in Love, Kenneth Branagh's Love's Labours Lost, Michael Almereyda's Hamlet, and Billy Morrissette's Scotland, Pa. An up-to-date filmography, bibliography, and index of names makes it invaluable as a one-volume reference work for specialists, while the accessible style will ensure that it also appeals to a wider audience of Shakespeareans and cinephiles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43118/cover/9780521543118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to James Joyce</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second edition of The Cambridge Companion to Joyce contains several new and revised essays, reflecting increasing emphasis on Joyce's politics, a fresh sense of the importance of his engagement with Ireland, and the changes wrought by gender studies on criticism of his work. This Companion gathers an international team of leading scholars who shed light on Joyce's work and life. The contributions are informative, stimulating and full of rich and accessible insights which will provoke thought and discussion in and out of the classroom. The Companion's reading lists and extended bibliography offer readers the necessary tools for further informed exploration of Joyce studies. This volume is designed primarily as a students' reference work (although it is organised so that it can also be read from cover to cover), and will deepen and extend the enjoyment and understanding of Joyce for the new reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45532/cover/9780521545532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cost of Counterterrorism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power, Politics, and Liberty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donohue, Laura K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the aftermath of a terrorist attack political stakes are high: legislators fear being seen as lenient or indifferent and often grant the executive broader authorities without thorough debate. The judiciary's role, too, is restricted: constitutional structure and cultural norms narrow the courts' ability to check the executive at all but the margins. The dominant 'Security or Freedom' framework for evaluating counterterrorist law thus fails to capture an important characteristic: increased executive power that shifts the balance between branches of government. This book re-calculates the cost of counterterrorist law to the United Kingdom and the United States, arguing that the damage caused is significantly greater than first appears. Donohue warns that the proliferation of biological and nuclear materials, together with willingness on the part of extremists to sacrifice themselves, may drive each country to take increasingly drastic measures with a resultant shift in the basic structure of both states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05878/cover/9780521605878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sperm Banking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pacey, Allan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlinson, Mathew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is now routine to offer men the opportunity to bank sperm prior to medical treatments where there is a high risk of testicular damage. Some men also elect to bank sperm prior to vasectomy or before embarking on a high-risk activity, such as joining the armed services. This book examines the processes involved in banking sperm from sample production and storage, the subsequent treatment of the patient and the maintenance of the samples in storage, to the process of follow-up and the ultimate fate of frozen samples. Sperm Banking: Theory and Practice will be of particular interest to andrologists and embryologists involved in the running and establishment of sperm-banking services. The book will also be useful to medical and nursing professionals and counsellors involved in the diagnosis and treatment of conditions where there is a risk of infertility as a consequence of the treatment, including oncologists, hematologists and urologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11282/cover/9780521611282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Turkey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fleet, Kate</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>542</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the rise of Turkish power in Anatolia from the arrival of the first Turks at the end of the eleventh century to the fall of Constantinople in 1453. Taking the period as a whole, the volume covers the political, economic, social, intellectual and cultural history of the region as the Byzantine empire crumbled and Anatolia passed into Turkish control to become the heartland of the Ottoman empire. In this way, the authors emphasise the continuities of the era rather than its dislocations, situating Anatolia within its geographic context at the crossroads of Central Asia, the Middle East and the Mediterranean. The world which emerges is one of military encounter, but also of cultural cohabitation, intellectual and diplomatic exchange, and political finesse. This is a state-of-the-art work of reference on an understudied period in Turkish history by some of the leading scholars in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20932/cover/9780521620932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521678595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521678595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521678599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Procedures in Orthopaedic Trauma Surgery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521678599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giannoudis, Peter V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pape, Hans-Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly illustrated textbook provides an essential guide for surgeons in training. It follows a step-by-step approach to performing a surgical procedure. It includes details of positioning the patient, the approach and reduction technique, the implant to be inserted, protocols for postoperative mobilisation, complications to look for, when the patient should be seen in the outpatient clinic and whether the implant should be removed. Intraoperative pictures have been incorporated to make the surgeon aware of all the important issues involved. It covers the most common trauma procedures that surgeons in training are expected to perform during their residency. Each procedure has been written by an expert. This will be an invaluable resource for the resident in training during the long on-call nights in the hospital while preparing for operations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/78599/cover/9780521678599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521684021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521684021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521684026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Parthenon Frieze</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521684026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neils, Jenifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Parthenon frieze, one of Western civilization's major monuments, has been the subject of intense study for over two hundred years. Most scholarship has sought an overall interpretation of the monument's iconography and therefore neglects the visual language of the sculpture, an essential tool for a full understanding of the narrative. Dr Jenifer Neils's study provides an in-depth examination of the frieze which decodes its visual language, but also analyzes its conception and design, style and content, and impact on the visual arts over time. Unique in its wide-ranging approach, The Parthenon Frieze also brings ethical reasoning to bear on the issue of repatriation as part of the ongoing debate on the Elgin Marbles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/84026/cover/9780521684026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521696925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521696920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521696920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insights into Game Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Alternative Mathematical Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521696920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gura, Ein-Ya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maschler, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few branches of mathematics have been more influential in the social sciences than game theory. In recent years, it has become an essential tool for all social scientists studying the strategic behaviour of competing individuals, firms and countries. However, the mathematical complexity of game theory is often very intimidating for students who have only a basic understanding of mathematics. Insights into Game Theory addresses this problem by providing students with an understanding of the key concepts and ideas of game theory without using formal mathematical notation. The authors use four very different topics (college admission, social justice and majority voting, coalitions and co-operative games, and a bankruptcy problem from the Talmud) to investigate four areas of game theory. The result is a fascinating introduction to the world of game theory and its increasingly important role in the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/96920/cover/9780521696920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521699584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521699587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521699587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Secretary or General?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The UN Secretary-General in World Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521699587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chesterman, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Annan, Kofi A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Secretary-General of the United Nations is a unique figure in world politics. At once civil servant, the world's diplomat, lackey of the UN Security Council, and commander-in-chief of up to a hundred thousand peacekeepers, he or she depends on states for both the legitimacy and resources that enable the United Nations to function. The tension between these roles - of being secretary or general - has challenged every incumbent. This book brings together the insights of senior UN staff, diplomats and scholars to examine the normative and political factors that shape this unique office with particular emphasis on how it has evolved in response to changing circumstances such as globalization and the onset of the 'war on terror'. The difficulties experienced by each Secretary-General reflect the profound ambivalence of states towards entrusting their security, interests or resources to an intergovernmental body.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/99587/cover/9780521699587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521711487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521711487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521711487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charging Ahead</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Growth and Regulation of Payment Card Markets around the World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521711487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Ronald J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive treatment of credit cards in the global economy. The topic is timely not only because of the attention focused on cards as a contributor to the substantial rise in consumer borrowing, but also because of the role of cards in the recent retrenchment in the U.S. bankruptcy system. Relying on data from the U.S., the UK, Canada, Australia, and Japan, Charging Ahead includes the first careful statistical analysis of the relation between the rise of credit card use and broader macroeconomic phenomena like consumer borrowing, savings, and bankruptcy. It also provides a broad narrative of how credit cards have come to be used so differently around the world. Finally, it sets out a detailed and coherent program for regulatory intervention grounded in both empirical analysis and the existing theoretical literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/11487/cover/9780521711487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521712335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521712330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521712330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Emerging Technological Edge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assessing the Role of High-End Talent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521712330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simon, Denis Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cao, Cong</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>434</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In less than thirty years, China has become a major force in the global economy. One feature of its rapid ascent has been an enormous expansion of the country's science and technology capabilities, leading to the emergence of a large and increasingly well-educated talent pool. Yet China finds itself engaged in an internal debate as to whether its full potential can be realised. At the heart of this debate lie a number of uncertainties surrounding the quality, quantity and effective utilisation of China's S&amp;T workforce. Written by two leading experts in the field, this book is the first in forty years to address these critical issues. Building on exciting new research and a plethora of comprehensive statistical materials, its findings will have significant policy implications both for China and the international community, especially in terms of issues relating to national competitiveness and innovation potential.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/12330/cover/9780521712330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521715415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521715416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521715416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Literature of World War II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521715416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKay, Marina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literature of World War II has emerged as an accomplished, moving, and challenging body of work, produced by writers as different as Norman Mailer and Virginia Woolf, Primo Levi and Ernest Hemingway, Jean-Paul Sartre and W. H. Auden. This Companion provides a comprehensive overview of the international literatures of the war: both those works that recorded or reflected experiences of the war as it happened, and those that tried to make sense of it afterwards. It surveys the writing produced in the major combatant nations (Britain and the Commonwealth, the USA, Japan, Germany, France, Italy, and the USSR), and explores its common themes. With its chronology and guide to further reading, it will be an invaluable source of information and inspiration for students and scholars of modern literature and war studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/15416/cover/9780521715416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521722144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521722148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521722148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Humour and Social Protest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521722148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bos, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>t'Hart, Marjolein</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Combining recent developments in the field of social movement theory regarding framing, collective identity, and emotions with insights from humourology, the seventeen essays show the power of humour in framing social and political protest across a wide range of historical and spatial settings. The authors explore under what conditions laughter can serve the cause of the protesters; how humour has strengthened social protest; to what degree humour has been an effective tool for contentious social movements; and how humour can further the development of the collective identity of a social movement. The essays deal with a broad variety of historical and spatial settings, in quite different political structures, from open democratic societies to harsh repressive regimes, from the Zapatistas in Mexico to Vietnamese garment workers, from sixteenth-century Augsburg to Madrid and Stockholm in the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/22148/cover/9780521722148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521732018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521732017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521732017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theorems in Hardy Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mashreghi, Javad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Hardy spaces has close connections to many branches of mathematics including Fourier analysis, harmonic analysis, singular integrals, potential theory and operator theory, and has found essential applications in robust control engineering. For each application, the ability to represent elements of these classes by series or integral formulas is of utmost importance. This self-contained text provides an introduction to a wide range of representation theorems and provides a complete description of the representation theorems with direct proofs for both classes of Hardy spaces: Hardy spaces of the open unit disc and Hardy spaces of the upper half plane. With over 300 exercises, many with accompanying hints, this book is ideal for those studying Advanced Complex Analysis, Function Theory or Theory of Hardy Spaces. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students will find the book easy to follow, with a logical progression from basic theory to advanced research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32017/cover/9780521732017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521782368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521782368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521782364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Change, Climate and Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Issues and Research Methods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521782364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martens, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMichael, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advent of global environmental change, with all its uncertainties and requirement for long-term prediction, brings new challenges and tasks for scientists, the public and policy makers. A major environmental upheaval such as climate change is likely to have significant health effects.  Current mainstream epidemiological research methods do not always adequately address the health impacts that arise within a context in which the ecological and other biophysical processes display non-linear and feedback-dependent relationships. The agenda of research and policy advice must be extended to include the larger-framed environmental change issues. This book identifies the nature and scope of the problem, and explores the conceptual and methodological approaches to studying these relationships, modelling their future realisation, providing estimates of health impacts, and communicating the attendant uncertainties. This timely volume will be of great interest to health scientists and graduate students with an interest in the effects of global environmental change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/82364/cover/9780521782364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521785634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521785634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521785631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elliptic Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521785631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armitage, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eberlein, W. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In its first six chapters this text seeks to present the basic ideas and properties of the Jacobi elliptic functions as an historical essay, an attempt to answer the fascinating question: 'what would the treatment of elliptic functions have been like if Abel had developed the ideas, rather than Jacobi?' Accordingly, it is based on the idea of inverting integrals which arise in the theory of differential equations and, in particular, the differential equation that describes the motion of a simple pendulum. The later chapters present a more conventional approach to the Weierstrass functions and to elliptic integrals, and then the reader is introduced to the richly varied applications of the elliptic and related functions. Applications spanning arithmetic (solution of the general quintic, the functional equation of the Riemann zeta function), dynamics (orbits, Euler's equations, Green's functions), and also probability and statistics, are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/85631/cover/9780521785631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521813697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521813697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521813693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epicurus and Democritean Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Archaeology of Ataraxia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521813693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Epicurean philosophical system has enjoyed much scrutiny, but the question of its philosophical ancestry remains largely neglected. It has often been thought that Epicurus owed only his physical theory of atomism to the fifth-century BC philosopher Democritus, but this study finds that there is much in his ethical thought which can be traced to Democritus. It also finds important influences on Epicurus in Democritus' fourth-century followers such as Anaxarchus and Pyrrho, and in Epicurus' disagreements with his own Democritean teacher Nausiphanes. The result is not only a fascinating reconstruction of a lost tradition, but also an important contribution to the philosophical interpretation of Epicureanism, bearing especially on its ideal of tranquillity and on the relation of ethics to physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/13693/cover/9780521813693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521832608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521832601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521832601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521832601</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weitz, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Laughter', says Eric Weitz, 'may be considered one of the most extravagant physical effects one person can have on another without touching them'. But how do we identify something which is meant to be comic, what defines something as 'comedy', and what does this mean for the way we enter the world of a comic text? Addressing these issues, and many more, this is a 'how to' guide to reading comedy from the pages of a dramatic text, with relevance to anything from novels and newspaper columns to billboards and emails. The book enables you to enhance your grasp of the comic through familiarity with characteristic structures and patterns, referring to comedy in literature, film and television throughout. Perfect for drama and literature students, this Introduction explores a genre which affects the everyday lives of us all, and will therefore also capture the interest of anyone who loves to laugh.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/32601/cover/9780521832601.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521833337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521833337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521833332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Handbook of East Asian Psycholinguistics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521833332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Li, Ping</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tan, Li Hai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tzeng, Ovid J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A large body of knowledge has accumulated in recent years on the cognitive processes and brain mechanisms underlying language. Much of this knowledge has come from studies of Indo-European languages, in particular English. Chinese, spoken by one-fifth of the world's population, differs significantly from most Indo-European languages in its grammar, its lexicon, and its written and spoken forms - features which have profound implications for the learning, representation and processing of language. This handbook, the first in a three-volume set on East Asian psycholinguistics, presents a state-of-the-art discussion of the psycholinguistic study of Chinese. With contributions by over fifty leading scholars, it covers topics in first and second language acquisition, language processing and reading, language disorders in children and adults, and the relationships between language, brain, culture, and cognition. It will be invaluable to all scholars and students interested in the Chinese language, as well as cognitive psychologists, linguists, and neuroscientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/33332/cover/9780521833332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521838355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521838355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521838351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eastern Origins of Western Civilisation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521838351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobson, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Hobson challenges the ethnocentric bias of mainstream accounts of the Rise of the West. It is often assumed that since Ancient Greek times Europeans have pioneered their own development, and that the East has been a passive by-stander in the story of progressive world history. Hobson argues that there were two processes that enabled the Rise of the 'Oriental West'. First, each major developmental turning point in Europe was informed in large part by the assimilation of Eastern inventions (e.g. ideas, technologies and institutions) which diffused from the more advanced East across the Eastern-led global economy between 500-1800. Second, the construction of European identity after 1453 led to imperialism, through which Europeans appropriated many Eastern resources (land, labour and markets). Hobson's book thus propels the hitherto marginalised Eastern peoples to the forefront of the story of progress in world history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/38351/cover/9780521838351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521843510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521843515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521843515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fabrication of Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British and the Uganda Kingdoms, 1890-1902</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521843515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the 1890s, the Scramble for Africa created the new country of Uganda. This inland territory carved out by British agents first encompassed some 20-30 African kingdoms. In his magisterial new study, Anthony Low examines how and why the British were able to dominate these rulerships and establish a colonial government. At the same time, the book goes beyond providing a simple narrative account of events; rather, Low seeks to analyse the conditions under which such a transformation was possible. By skilfully negotiating the many complex political and social undercurrents of this period, Low presents a groundbreaking theoretical model of colonial conquest and rule. The result is a major contribution to debates about the making of empire that will appeal to Africanists and imperial historians alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/43515/cover/9780521843515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521850274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521850274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521850278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Smart Electronic Materials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521850278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, Jasprit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Smart materials respond rapidly to external stimuli to alter their physical properties. They are used in devices that are driving advances in modern information technology and have applications in electronics, optoelectronics, sensors, memories and other areas. This book fully explains the physical properties of these materials, including semiconductors, dielectrics, ferroelectrics, ferromagnetics and organic polymers. Fundamental concepts are consistently connected to their real-world applications. It covers structural issues, electronic properties, transport properties, polarization-related properties and magnetic properties of a wide range of smart materials. The book contains carefully chosen worked examples to convey important concepts and has many end-of-chapter problems. It is written for first year graduate students in electrical engineering, materials science or applied physics programs. It is also an invaluable book for engineers working in industry or research laboratories. A solution manual and a set of useful viewgraphs are also available for instructors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/50278/cover/9780521850278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521852552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521852555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521852555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Feminist Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521852555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plain, Gill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sellers, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminism has transformed the academic study of literature, fundamentally altering the canon of what is taught and setting new agendas for literary analysis. In this authoritative history of feminist literary criticism, leading scholars chart the development of the practice from the middle ages to the present. The first section of the book explores protofeminist thought from the middle ages onwards, and analyses the work of pioneers such as Wollstonecraft and Woolf. The second section examines the rise of second wave feminism and maps its interventions across the twentieth century. A final section examines the impact of postmodernism on feminist thought and practice. This book offers a comprehensive guide to the history and development of feminist literary criticism and a lively reassessment of the main issues and authors in the field. It is essential reading for all students and scholars of feminist writing and literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/52555/cover/9780521852555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521855853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521855853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521855853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The European Court and Civil Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Litigation, Mobilization and Governance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521855853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cichowski, Rachel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The European Union today stands on the brink of radical institutional and constitutional change.  The most recent enlargement and proposed legal reforms reflect a commitment to democracy: stabilizing political life for citizens governed by new regimes, and constructing a European Union more accountable to civil society. Despite the perceived novelty of these reforms, this book explains (through quantitative data and qualitative case analyses) how the European Court of Justice has developed and sustained a vibrant tradition of democratic constitutionalism since the 1960s. The book documents the dramatic consequences of this institutional change for civil society and public policy reform throughout Europe. Cichowski offers detailed empirical and historical studies of gender equality and environmental protection law across fifteen countries and over thirty years, revealing important linkages between civil society, courts and the construction of governance. The findings bring into question dominant understandings of legal integration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/71811/cover/9780521671811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521858224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521858224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521858229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge Accumulation and Industry Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Pharma-Biotech</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521858229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mazzucato, Mariana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dosi, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by internationally acclaimed experts in the economics of innovation, this volume examines how the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sector is affected by the dynamics of innovation, institutions, and public policy. It contributes both theoretically and empirically to the increasingly influential Schumpetarian framework in industrial economics, which places innovation at the centre of the analysis of competition. Both quantitative and qualitative studies are included, and this varied perspective adds to the richness of the volume's insights. The contributors explore different ideas regarding the historical evolution of technology in the sector, and how firms and industry structure have co-evolved with innovation dynamics. Important policy questions are considered regarding the future of innovation in this sector and its impact on the economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/58229/cover/9780521858229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521868904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521868907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521868907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Talking Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Repetition, Dialogue, and Imagery in Conversational Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521868907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tannen, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in readable, vivid, non-technical prose, this book presents the highly respected scholarly research that forms the foundation for Deborah Tannen's best-selling books about the role of language in human relationships. It provides a clear framework for understanding how ordinary conversation works to create meaning and establish relationships. A significant theoretical and methodological contribution to both linguistic and literary analysis, it uses transcripts of tape-recorded conversation to demonstrate that everyday conversation is made of features that are associated with literary discourse: repetition, dialogue, and details that create imagery. This second edition features a new introduction in which the author shows the relationship between this groundbreaking work and the research that has appeared since its original publication in 1989.  In particular, she shows its relevance to the contemporary topic 'intertextuality', and provides a useful summary of research on that topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/68907/cover/9780521868907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521872065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521872065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521872065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interstate Relations in Classical Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Morality and Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521872065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, Polly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Dr Low explores the assumptions and principles which determined the conduct and representation of interstate politics in Greece during the fifth and fourth centuries BC. She employs a wide range of ancient evidence, both epigraphic and literary, as well as some contemporary theoretical approaches from the field of International Relations. Taking a thematic rather than a chronological approach, she addresses topics such as the nature of interstate society in the Greek world; the sources, scope and enforcement of 'international law'; the nature of interstate ethics and morality; interventionism and imperialism; and the question of change and stability. She argues that Classical Greece's reputation for unrestrained and unsophisticated diplomacy is undeserved, and shows that relations between Greek city-states were shaped by and judged according to a complex network of customs, beliefs and expectations which pervaded all areas of interstate behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/72065/cover/9780521872065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521875285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521875288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521875288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utilitarianism and the New Liberalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521875288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this groundbreaking study, David Weinstein argues that nineteenth-century English New Liberalism was considerably more indebted to classical English utilitarianism than the received view holds. T. H. Green, L. T. Hobhouse, D. G. Ritchie and J. A. Hobson were liberal consequentialists who followed J. S. Mill in trying to accommodate robust, liberal moral rights with the normative goal of promoting self-realization. Through careful interpretation of each, Weinstein shows how these theorists brought together themes from idealism, perfectionism and especially utilitarianism to create the new liberalism. Like Mill, they were committed to liberalizing consequentialism and systematizing liberalism. Because they were no less consequentialists than they were liberals, they constitute a greatly undervalued resource, Mill notwithstanding, for contemporary moral philosophers who remain dedicated to defending a coherent form of liberal consequentialism. The New Liberals had already traveled much of the philosophical ground that contemporary liberal consequentialists are unknowingly retraveling.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/75288/cover/9780521875288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521876885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521876889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521876889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hellenism in Byzantium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformations of Greek Identity and the Reception of the Classical Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521876889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaldellis, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first systematic study of what it meant to be 'Greek' in late antiquity and Byzantium, an identity that could alternatively become national, religious, philosophical, or cultural. Through close readings of the sources, Professor Kaldellis surveys the space that Hellenism occupied in each period; the broader debates in which it was caught up; and the historical causes of its successive transformations. The first section (100-400) shows how Romanization and Christianization led to the abandonment of Hellenism as a national label and its restriction to a negative religious sense and a positive, albeit rarefied, cultural one. The second (1000-1300) shows how Hellenism was revived in Byzantium and contributed to the evolution of its culture. The discussion looks closely at the reception of the classical tradition, which was the reason why Hellenism was always desirable and dangerous in Christian society, and presents a new model for understanding Byzantine civilization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/76889/cover/9780521876889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521878233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521878234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521878234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Iraq</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521878234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tripp, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>386</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To understand Iraq, Charles Tripp's history is the book to read. Since its first appearance in 2000, it has become a classic in the field of Middle East studies, read and admired by students, soldiers, policymakers and journalists. The book is now updated to include the recent American invasion, the fall and capture of Saddam Hussein and the subsequent descent into civil strife. What is clear is that much that has happened since 2003 was foreshadowed in the account found in this book. Tripp's thesis is that the history of Iraq throughout the twentieth-century has made it what it is today, but also provides alternative futures. Unless this is properly understood, many of the themes explored in this book - patron-client relations, organized violence, sectarian, ethnic and tribal difference -  will continue to exert a hold over the future of Iraq as they did over its past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/78234/cover/9780521878234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521880564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521880565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521880565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Friedrich Nietzsche and the Politics of History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521880565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emden, Christian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores Friedrich Nietzsche's understanding of modern political culture and his position in the history of modern political thought. Surveying Nietzsche's entire intellectual career from his years as a student in Bonn and Leipzig during the 1860s to his genealogical project of the 1880s, Christian Emden contributes to a historically informed discussion of Nietzsche's response to the political predicaments of modernity, and sheds new light on the intellectual and political culture in Germany as the ideals of the Enlightenment gave way to the demands of the modern nation state. This is a distinguished addition to the series of Ideas in Context, and a major reassessment of a philosopher and aphorist whose stature among post-enlightenment European thinkers is now almost unrivalled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/80565/cover/9780521880565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521882044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521882040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521882040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multimedia Networking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Theory to Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521882040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hwang, Jenq-Neng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative guide is the first to provide a complete system design perspective based on existing international standards and state-of-the-art networking and infrastructure technologies, from theoretical analyses to practical design considerations. The four most critical components involved in a multimedia networking system - data compression, quality of service (QoS), communication protocols, and effective digital rights management - are intensively addressed. Many real-world commercial systems and prototypes are also introduced, as are software samples and integration examples, allowing readers to understand practical tradeoffs in the design of multimedia architectures, and get hands-on experience learning the methodologies and procedures. Balancing just the right amount of theory with practical design and integration knowledge, this book is ideal for graduate students and researchers in electrical engineering and computer science, and also for practitioners in the communications and networking industry. It can also be used as a textbook for specialized graduate-level courses on multimedia networking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/82040/cover/9780521882040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052188361X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521883610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521883610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics of Self-Organized and Self-Assembled Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521883610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Desai, Rashmi C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kapral, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical and biological systems driven out of equilibrium may spontaneously evolve to form spatial structures. In some systems molecular constituents may self-assemble to produce complex ordered structures. This book describes how such pattern formation processes occur and how they can be modeled. Experimental observations are used to introduce the diverse systems and phenomena leading to pattern formation. The physical origins of various spatial structures are discussed, and models for their formation are constructed. In contrast to many treatments, pattern-forming processes in nonequilibrium systems are treated in a coherent fashion. The book shows how near-equilibrium and far-from-equilibrium modeling concepts are often combined to describe physical systems. This inter-disciplinary book can form the basis of graduate courses in pattern formation and self-assembly. It is a useful reference for graduate students and researchers in a number of disciplines, including condensed matter science, nonequilibrium statistical mechanics, nonlinear dynamics, chemical biophysics, materials science, and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/83610/cover/9780521883610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521886384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521886383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521886383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational Systems of Groundwater Flow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Evaluation, Utilization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521886383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>T&#243;th, J&#243;zsef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book recognises groundwater flow as a fundamental geologic agent, and presents a wide-ranging and illustrated overview of its history, principles, scientific consequences and practical utilization. The author, one of the founding fathers of modern hydrogeology, highlights key interrelationships between seemingly disparate processes and systems by tracing them to a common root cause - gravity-driven groundwater flow. Numerous examples demonstrate practical applications in a diverse range of subjects, including land-use planning, environment protection, wetland ecology, agriculture, forestry, geotechnical engineering, nuclear-waste disposal, mineral and petroleum exploration, and geothermal heat flow. The book contains numerous user-friendly features for a multidisciplinary readership, including full explanations of the relevant mathematics, emphasis on the physical meaning of the equations, and an extensive glossary. It is a key reference for researchers, consultants and advanced students of hydrogeology and reservoir engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/86383/cover/9780521886383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052189574X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521895743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521895743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Haydn</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521895743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, David Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presenting a fresh picture of the life and work of Joseph Haydn, this is the first biography of the composer to appear in over twenty-five years. In his lifetime Haydn achieved a degree of fame that easily surpassed that of Mozart and Beethoven. Later his historical significance was more restricted, regarded exclusively as the composer who first recognized the potential of the symphony and the quartet. However, Haydn had also composed operas, oratorios and church music with similar enthusiasm and self-regard. Too easily buttonholed as a Viennese composer, he interacted consistently with the musical life of Vienna only during the earliest and latest periods of his life; London was at least as important in fashioning the composer's fame and legacy. To counter the genial view of the composer, this biography probes the darker side of Haydn's personality, his commercial opportunism and double dealing, his penny-pinching and his troubled marriage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/95743/cover/9780521895743.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0883853337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0883853337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780883853337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proofs that Really Count</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Combinatorial Proof</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883853337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benjamin, Arthur T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Jennifer J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematics is the science of patterns, and mathematicians attempt to understand these patterns and discover new ones using a variety of tools. In Proofs That Really Count, award-winning math professors Arthur Benjamin and Jennifer Quinn demonstrate that many number patterns, even very complex ones, can be understood by simple counting arguments. The book emphasizes numbers that are often not thought of as numbers that count: Fibonacci Numbers, Lucas Numbers, Continued Fractions, and Harmonic Numbers, to name a few. Numerous hints and references are given for all chapter exercises and many chapters end with a list of identities in need of combinatorial proof. The extensive appendix of identities will be a valuable resource. This book should appeal to readers of all levels, from high school math students to professional mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/53337/cover/9780883853337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>088385340X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780883853405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780883853405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biscuits of Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883853405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benjamin, Arthur T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Ezra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>You are probably wondering, 'What exactly are biscuits of number theory?' In this book, the editors have selected easily digested bite-sized articles and notes which aid an understanding of number theory. This is a collection of articles chosen for being exceptionally well written and capable of being appreciated by anyone who has taken (or is taking) a first course in number theory. The list of authors is outstanding, and the chapters cover arithmetic, primes, irrationality, sums of squares and polygonal numbers, Fibonacci numbers, number theoretic functions and elliptic curves, cubes, and Fermat's last theorem. As with any anthology, you don't have to read the chapters in order, you can dive in anywhere, making this book ideal for use as a textbook supplement for a number theory course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/53405/cover/9780883853405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898710170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898710170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898710175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Theories of Populations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Deomgraphics, Genetics, and Epidemics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898710175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppensteadt, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>80</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematical theories of populations have appeared both implicitly and explicitly in many important studies of populations, human populations as well as populations of animals, cells and viruses. They provide a systematic way for studying a population's underlying structure.  A basic model in population age structure is studied and then applied, extended and modified, to several population phenomena such as stable age distributions, self-limiting effects, and two-sex populations. Population genetics are studied with special attention to derivation and analysis of a model for a one-locus, two-allele trait in a large randomly mating population. The dynamics of contagious phenomena in a population are studied in the context of epidemic diseases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/10175/cover/9780898710175.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898711703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898711703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898711707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Geometric Methods in Mathematical Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898711707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, Jerrold E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>102</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A monograph on some of the ways geometry and analysis can be used in mathematical problems of physical interest. The roles of symmetry, bifurcation and Hamiltonian systems in diverse applications are explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/11707/cover/9780898711707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898712416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898712416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898712414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Methods of Dynamic and Nonsmooth Optimization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898712414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Frank H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presents the elements of a unified approach to optimization based on 'nonsmooth analysis', a term introduced in the 1970's by the author, who is a pioneer in the field. Based on a series of lectures given at a conference at Emory University in 1986, this volume presents its subjects in a self-contained and accessible manner. The topics treated here have been in an active state of development. Focuses mainly on deterministic optimal control, the calculus of variations, and mathematical programming. In addition, it features a tutorial in nonsmooth analysis and geometry and demonstrates that the method of value function analysis via proximal normals is a powerful tool in the study of necessary conditions, sufficient conditions, controllability, and sensitivity analysis. The distinction between inductive and deductive methods, the use of Hamiltonians, the verification technique, and penalization are also emphasized.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/12414/cover/9780898712414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898712750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898712750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898712759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Total Least Squares Problem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computational Aspects and Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898712759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Huffel, Sabine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vandewalle, Joos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted entirely to total least squares. The authors give a unified presentation of the TLS problem. A description of its basic principles are given, the various algebraic, statistical and sensitivity properties of the problem are discussed, and generalizations are presented. Applications are surveyed to facilitate uses in an even wider range of applications. Whenever possible, comparison is made with the well-known least squares methods. A basic knowledge of numerical linear algebra, matrix computations, and some notion of elementary statistics is required of the reader; however, some background material is included to make the book reasonably self-contained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/12759/cover/9780898712759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898712858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898712858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898712858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Frameworks for the Fast Fourier Transform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898712858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Loan, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most comprehensive treatment of FFTs to date. Van Loan captures the interplay between mathematics and the design of effective numerical algorithms--a critical connection as more advanced machines become available. A stylized Matlab notation, which is familiar to those engaged in high-performance computing, is used. The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) family of algorithms has revolutionized many areas of scientific computation. The FFT is one of the most widely used algorithms in science and engineering, with applications in almost every discipline. This volume is essential for professionals interested in linear algebra as well as those working with numerical methods. The FFT is also a great vehicle for teaching key aspects of scientific computing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/12858/cover/9780898712858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898713544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898713544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898713541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Solution of Boundary Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898713541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ascher, Uri M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mattheij, Robert M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Robert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>621</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most comprehensive, up-to-date account of the popular numerical methods for solving boundary value problems in ordinary differential equations. It aims at a thorough understanding of the field by giving an in-depth analysis of the numerical methods by using decoupling principles. Numerous exercises and real-world examples are used throughout to demonstrate the methods and the theory. Although first published in 1988, this republication remains the most comprehensive theoretical coverage of the subject matter, not available elsewhere in one volume. Many problems, arising in a wide variety of application areas, give rise to mathematical models which form boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations. These problems rarely have a closed form solution, and computer simulation is typically used to obtain their approximate solution. This book discusses methods to carry out such computer simulations in a robust, efficient, and reliable manner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/13541/cover/9780898713541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898714397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898714397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898714395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selecting and Ordering Populations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Statistical Methodology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898714395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickinson Gibbons, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olkin, Ingram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sobel, Milton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This SIAM Classics edition is an unabridged, corrected republication of the work first published in 1977. It provides a compendium of applied aspects of ordering and selection procedures and includes tables that permit the practitioner to carry out the experiment and draw statistically justified conclusions. These tables are not readily available in other texts. Although more than 1000 papers and several books on the general theory of ranking and selection have been published since this book first appeared, the methodology is presented in a more elementary fashion, with numerous examples to help the reader apply it to a specific problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/14395/cover/9780898714395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>089871477X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>089871477X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898714777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solitons and the Inverse Scattering Transform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898714777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ablowitz, Mark J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segur, Harvey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>435</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study, by two of the major contributors to the theory, of the inverse scattering transform and its application to problems of nonlinear dispersive waves that arise in fluid dynamics, plasma physics, nonlinear optics, particle physics, crystal lattice theory, nonlinear circuit theory and other areas. A soliton is a localised pulse-like nonlinear wave that possesses remarkable stability properties. Typically, problems that admit soliton solutions are in the form of evolution equations that describe how some variable or set of variables evolve in time from a given state. The equations may take a variety of forms, for example, PDEs, differential difference equations, partial difference equations, and integrodifferential equations, as well as coupled ODEs of finite order. What is surprising is that, although these problems are nonlinear, the general solution that evolves from almost arbitrary initial data may be obtained without approximation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/14777/cover/9780898714777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898715407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0898715407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898715408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discrete Convex Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898715408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murota, Kazuo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>411</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discrete Convex Analysis is a novel paradigm for discrete optimization that combines the ideas in continuous optimization (convex analysis) and combinatorial optimization (matroid/submodular function theory) to establish a unified theoretical framework for nonlinear discrete optimization. The study of this theory is expanding with the development of efficient algorithms and applications to a number of diverse disciplines like matrix theory, operations research, and economics. This self-contained book is designed to provide a novel insight into optimization on discrete structures and should reveal unexpected links among different disciplines. It is the first and only English-language monograph on the theory and applications of discrete convex analysis. Discrete Convex Analysis provides the information that professionals in optimization will need to "catch up" with this new theoretical development. It also presents an unexpected connection between matroid theory and mathematical economics and expounds a deeper connection between matrices and matroids than most standard textbooks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/15408/cover/9780898715408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898716659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898716658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898716658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hidden Markov Models and Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898716658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, Andrew M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>143</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text provides an introduction to hidden Markov models (HMMs) for the dynamical systems community. It is a valuable text for third or fourth year undergraduates studying engineering, mathematics, or science that includes work in probability, linear algebra and differential equations. The book presents algorithms for using HMMs, and it explains the derivation of those algorithms. It presents Kalman filtering as the extension to a continuous state space of a basic HMM algorithm. The book concludes with an application to biomedical signals. This text is distinctive for providing essential introductory material as well as presenting enough of the theory behind the basic algorithms so that the reader can use it as a guide to developing their own variants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/16658/cover/9780898716658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0898716683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898716689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780898716689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Derivative-Free Optimization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898716689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conn, Andrew R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheinberg, Katya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vicente, Lu&#237;s N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>295</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The absence of derivatives, often combined with the presence of noise or lack of smoothness, is a major challenge for optimization. This book explains how sampling and model techniques are used in derivative-free methods and how these methods are designed to efficiently and rigorously solve optimization problems. Although readily accessible to readers with a modest background in computational mathematics, it is also intended to be of interest to researchers in the field. Introduction to Derivative-Free Optimization is the first contemporary comprehensive treatment of optimization without derivatives. This book covers most of the relevant classes of algorithms from direct search to model-based approaches. It contains a comprehensive description of the sampling and modeling tools needed for derivative-free optimization; these tools allow the reader to better analyze the convergent properties of the algorithms and identify their differences and similarities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/16689/cover/9780898716689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0132073668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0132073668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780132073660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inside the Object Model</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Sensible Use of C++</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780132073660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Papurt, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inside the Object Model serves two key functions: it teaches object-oriented analysis and design from first principles and clearly explains C++ mechanisms that implement object-oriented concepts. Drawing on nearly ten years of programming and teaching experience, Papurt thoroughly describes the relationship between the basic principles and concerns of object modeling and the C++ programming language. Each chapter uses independent examples to illustrate key concepts described in the text and features helpful icons that clearly identify important ideas and dangerous pitfalls. With over 100 figures, hundreds of working code examples, and comparisons of coding techniques, this book rewards the reader with a complete understanding of both C++ and the object model. Professional software analysts, designers, programmers, and advanced computer science students will benefit from reading this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801320/73660/cover/9780132073660.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0132276046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0132276046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780132276047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Every Software Manager Must Know to Succeed with Object Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780132276047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two biggest causes of failure of object-based projects are the software managers' lack of understanding of the technology or their inability to recognize that OT projects must be managed differently from other projects. What Every Software Manager Must Know to Succeed with Object Technology shows managers what object technology is and how to manage it effectively. It provides readers with a no-nonsense approach to object technology management, including effective guidelines on how to track the development of projects. This is the only book available that truly addresses the substantive issues that managers must address when implementing object technology. The author begins this book by providing a simple real world example to outline the technology and then shows managers the choices and tradeoffs available. Details of how to track and report progress on projects using iterative development techniques will be of particular interest to software managers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0133746798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0133746798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780133746792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Using CRC Cards</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Informal Approach to Object-Oriented Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780133746792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, Nancy M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using CRC Cards is a comprehensive introduction to CRC (Class, Responsibility, Collaborator) cards. It includes a description of the cards and how they can be used in interactive sessions to develop an object-oriented model of an application. In this book, the author draws on her years of project experience to describe how CRC cards can contribute at all stages of the software lifecycle. It includes practical examples of how to utilize CRC cards in projects using either formal or informal development techniques. Using CRC Cards also provides a detailed look at how designs created with CRC cards can be mapped to an effective and efficient implementation in C++.  Software analysts, designers and developers will find this a practical handbook for using CRC cards. It guides the transition to the object-oriented paradigm as well as providing a process for the development of object-oriented applications. In addition, software managers will gain an understanding of the object-oriented process supported by CRC cards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801337/46792/cover/9780133746792.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0134724321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0134724321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780134724324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Object Lessons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lessons Learned in Object-Oriented Development Projects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780134724324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Love, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this usable guide to developing and managing OO software projects, well-respected consultant and OOP pioneer Tom Love reveals the absolute do's and don'ts in adopting and managing object-oriented technology. Object Lessons is filled with applicable advice and practical suggestions for large-scale commercial software projects. Written in a personable yet concise style, this dependable guidebook reveals 'trade secrets' and demonstrates how to put theory into practice, all with an emphasis on minimizing risk and maximizing return. This book gives you an insider's view of major companies' successes and failures relating to OO software projects. If you are an applications programmer, project leader or technical manager making decisions concerning design and management of large-scale commercial object-oriented software, this book was written specifically for you.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801347/24324/cover/9780134724324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0134998499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0134998499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780134998497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wisdom of the Gurus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Vision for Object Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780134998497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiener, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>470</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wisdom of the Gurus contains up-to-date articles by the top gurus in object technology, including Bilow, Booch, Coplien, Duffy, Jacobson, Meller, Odell, Rumbaugh, and Shlaer. The editor of this volume has culled the best and most relevant articles from OOP, Object Magazine, C++ Report, ROAD, and The Smalltalk Report. The result is a single comprehensive source for advanced information on object technology. Timely, accurate, and advanced, this book covers every facet of the object-oriented paradigm.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801349/98497/cover/9780134998497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0135292727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0135292727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780135292723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reliable Object-Oriented Software</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applying Analysis and Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780135292723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seidewitz, Ed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stark, Mike</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reliable Object-Oriented Software presents the underlying principles associated with object-orientation and its practical application. More than just another text on methodology, this book focuses on the fundamental concepts related to the process of software development and architectural design in order to lay the basis necessary for the development of robust, maintainable, and evolvable software. The authors present both formal concepts and practical applications. It includes proven problem-solving techniques designed to develop readers' engineering judgement and to focus their attention on the principles of good software design and its successful application. In addition, an extensive bibliography has been compiled to guide the reader in further studies and to crystallize what is commonly accepted in the field and what is still controversial.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801352/92723/cover/9780135292723.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0135705819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0135705819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780135705810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>C++ Gems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Programming Pearls from The C++ Report</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780135705810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lippman, Stanley B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The support of the C++ Report by the pioneers of the language has always made it a popular magazine. Stan Lippman, former C++ Report Editor (and best-selling author), brings you pearls of wisdom for getting the most out of C++. This carefully selected collection covers the first seven years of the C++ Report, from January 1989 through December 1995. It presents the pinnacle of writing on C++ by renowned experts in the field, and is a must-read for today's C++ programmer. It contains tips, tricks, proven strategies, easy-to-follow techniques, and usable source code. This collection includes the work of John J. Barton, Pete Becker, Bill Berg, Grady Booch, Tom Cargill, Steve Clamage, James Coplien, Steve Dewhurst, Richard Hickey, David Jordan, Michael Kim, Andy Koenig, Tasos Kontogiorgos, Jos&#233;e Lajoie, Doug Lea, Nathan Myers, Lee Nackman, Ed Rowlance, Doug Schmidt, Jerry Schwarz, Bjarne Stroustrup, Steve Teale, Michael Stiemann, Todd Veldhuizen, Mike Vilot, John Vlissides, and Jim Waldo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801357/05810/cover/9780135705810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0135706076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0135706076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780135706077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Upgrading Relational Databases with Objects</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780135706077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vermeulen, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Upgrading Relational Databases with Objects presents a clear-headed overview of how to use object-oriented (OO) technology to improve existing relational databases. This practical how-to guide starts with the basics of OO and works its way up to examples and what-if scenarios that illustrate how OO technology is, should be and should not be integrated with relational databases. It draws a keen distinction between applications that can be best performed with each technology. The book describes such object technologies as OLE and CORBA and what their impacts will be on relational database connectivity and provides a brief tutorial on relational and object concepts. It then moves on to advanced object/relational, SQL3, OO database technology and the Internet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801357/06077/cover/9780135706077.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0137396163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0137396163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780137396160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Best of Booch</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Designing Strategies for Object Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780137396160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booch, Grady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eykholt, Edward M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No one can dispute the impact Grady Booch's writings have had on object-oriented technology. The Best of Booch contains articles on various object-oriented topics published since Grady Booch's book Object Oriented Modeling and Design with Applications, second edition. Designed for software professionals who are concerned about the success of their object-oriented projects, this volume covers all aspects of the Booch method and how a complete method must address a model's notation and semantics as well as a process for creating that model. Many of the articles have been updated to reflect the current thinking in the Unified Modeling Language (UML).</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0138469652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0138469652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780138469658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>OMT Insights</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspective on Modeling from the Journal of Object-Oriented Programming</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780138469658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rumbaugh, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the collected writings of OMT guru Dr James Rumbaugh. These articles - all published in the Journal of Object-Oriented Programming  - encompass the development, refinement, and current state of OMT. The book includes a summary of OMT notation and process, with a description of changes needed for the new Unified Modeling Language. Complete with numerous illustrated examples, this collection is a hands-on guide to the use of OMT from many different viewpoints. It shows how to use object-oriented modeling to think clearly about software problems and solve them cleanly and effectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801384/69658/cover/9780138469658.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0198568819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0198568819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780198568810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Sophistic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780198568810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitmarsh, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'Second Sophistic' is arguably the fastest-growing area in contemporary classical scholarship. This short, accessible account explores the various ways in which modern scholarship has approached one of the most extraordinary literary phenomena of antiquity, the dazzling oratorical culture of the Early Imperial period. Successive chapters deal with historical and cultural background, sophistic performance, technical treatises (including the issue of Atticism and Asianism), the concept of identity, and the wider impact of sophistic performance on major authors of the time, including Plutarch, Lucian and the Greek novelists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801985/68810/cover/9780198568810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0199220735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0199220735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780199220731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greek Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780199220731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bremmer, Jan N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this brief but highly informative book Jan Bremmer presents an outline of Greek religion in the classical period. After a survey of its main characteristics, he offers a clear and innovative view of the great gods and heroes as well as their sanctuaries and also the main myths, rituals and mysteries: from Athena to Zeus, from sacrifice to the puritan Orphics, from the Indo-European roots to the influence of the ancient Near East. The approach pays attention to the sociological, anthropological and psychological aspects of Greek religion and also to the gender roles. By analyzing the often modern origin of many of the notions employed in the analysis of Greek religion, it also shows the difference between the polytheism of the Greeks and the place of religion in modern Western society. Its excellent bibliography makes this book a very useful tool for students and teachers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0199222096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0199222096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780199222094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780199222094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutherford, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two great epics ascribed to Homer, the Iliad and the Odyssey, are the earliest narrative poems in European literature. This survey gives a concise but detailed account of the present state of criticism of them. The debates about the date, authorship and origins of the epics are lucidly summarised, but the main thrust of the book is an examination of the poems in their own right, highlighting major issues such as the structure of the plots, the ethics of warfare, the nature of Homeric heroism, the functions of the gods, the relation between men and women, and the differences between the Odyssey and the Iliad. A concluding chapter quotes and analyses a number of key passages in a variety of translations. The notes and guide to further reading give clear guidance in the massive modern bibliography on these poems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97801992/22094/cover/9780199222094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>019922501X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>019922501X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780199225019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greek Historians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780199225019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marincola, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This survey of recent work on Herodotus, Thucydides, and Polybius focuses on new developments in the study of Greek historiography and synthesises some of the most important research from the last thirty years.  There is a detailed treatment of each writer, with an emphasis on analysis of the historians' sources, their narrative methods, and their use of speeches.  Also examined are the structure and themes of each man's work, together with consideration of the way each historian employs characterisation.  The book provides a full bibliography of recent work done mainly (but not exclusively) in English, and suggests future directions that the study of these historians may take.  It will be of interest to upper-level students and scholars who would like an overview of recent trends in the study both of the historians themselves and of ancient Greek historiography in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406035032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406035032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406035035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Product Liability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406035035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stapleton, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Product liability is a developing area of the law that was changed radically by Part 1 of the 'Consumer Protection Act 1987', which in turn implemented an EC Directive on the subject. This student text offers a detailed, contextual and authoritative account of the origins, theoretical basis and practical workings of product liability law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406037701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406037701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406037701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Protection</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Text and Materials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406037701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elworthy, Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holder, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a stimulating introduction to an area of law which is rapidly developing and is becoming more important within the UK legal system and EC and international law. It adopts a broad perspective in describing the present legal framework and in examining the evolution of the distinctive legal techniques of this subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406044996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406044996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406044990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Parenthood</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406044990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Douglas, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>479</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, child law has increased in prominence, not only in the public eye and the courts, but also as a study option as a result of modularisation. This book discusses the substantive law, the procedural law, and all the main issues which are commonly raised in both undergraduate and postgraduate courses on the subject.  With the implementation of the Children Act 1989 and the Child Support Act 1991, family law practitioners will also have much to gain from this text, as they find themselves increasingly specialising in child care law and private child law.  The primary concern of family law tends to be the role and function of parents. This book addresses the key issues of parental rights and responsibilities: a vital approach lacking in most academic law books which instead look at the parent-child relationship from the position of the child.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406050503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406050503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406050502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Choice and the Legal Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rising above Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406050502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Norman D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explores the legal foundations of contemporary politics and morality, revealing how commitment to democratic principles has implications for law in all its manifestations - academic, professional and political.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406895929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406895929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406895929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seeking Asylum in the UK</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406895929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This title examines in detail the emergence and content of the increasingly comprehensive legal regime in the UK addressing refugees and asylum seekers. Since the early 1990s asylum law has steadily evolved into what is now a clearly demarcated area of law and administration. This book explores the reasons behind this development and analyses in a contextual way the law and practice of asylum in the UK. It sets out the underlying principles in this developing area of practice to stimulate and inform the undergraduate student studying human rights law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97804068/95929/cover/9780406895929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406946760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406946760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406946768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ombudsmen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Services and Administrative Justice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406946768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seneviratne, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is intended to provide an accessible description and evaluation of the UK public sector ombudsman system, focussing on the Parliamentary, Health Service and Local Government ombudsmen in England. It deals with the public sector ombudsmen in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, in particular the new arrangements which have occurred as a result of devolution. It also presents a critical analysis of the present ombudsmen schemes and makes comparisons with other systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97804069/46768/cover/9780406946768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406949972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406949972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406949974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toward a New Legal Common Sense</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law, Globalization, and Emancipation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406949974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Sousa Santos, Boaventura</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are those who believe that modern society's reliance upon law, politics and science to both regulate and emancipate society has reached a crisis point and can no longer provide answers to current social problems. Toward a New Legal Common Sense engages in a series of sociological analyses of law in order to illustrate the need for a profound theoretical reconstruction of the notion of legality based on locality, nationality and globality. In this way the author shows how developments including suprastate organisations such as the European Union and international human rights law can be given their proper place in the sociology of law, and suggests a new set of social structures that might sustain the emancipatory elements that have disappeared from modern society. This new edition, of a title originally published by Routledge (New York), is part of the acclaimed Law in Context Series, whose aim is to develop broad interdisciplinary perspectives on law. Toward a New Legal Common Sense is written for students taking law and globalisation courses, and political science, philosophy and sociology students doing optional subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97804069/49974/cover/9780406949974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0406967334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0406967334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780406967336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law's Families</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780406967336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diduck, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>241</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new title examines the diversity of perspectives and approaches in family law scholarship and drawing upon this work, provides an analysis of recent trends in family law from a socio-legal and feminist perspective. The book brings together the research findings of empirical studies on the behaviour of families and professionals involved with the law, and synthesizes the main theoretical approaches to understanding intimate connections, family laws and family law reform. It draws upon these works to explain and to question the nature of the 'nuclear' family which lies at the heart of family laws and policy, and which provides the basis for recent family law reform initiatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97804069/67336/cover/9780406967336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Alchemical Imagery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abraham, Lyndy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Dictionary documents alchemical symbolism from the early centuries AD to the late-twentieth century, for use by historians of literary culture, philosophy, science and the visual arts, and readers interested in alchemy and hermeticism. Emphasising literary and intellectual references in the Western tradition written in or translated into English, the Dictionary focuses most closely on works current in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries when alchemy captivated the minds of figures such as Sir Walter Raleigh and Isaac Newton. Each entry includes a definition of the symbol, giving the literal (physical) and figurative (spiritual) meanings, an example of the symbol used in alchemical writing, and a quotation from a literary source. Drawing from the holdings of the Ferguson Collection at the University of Glasgow, the Dictionary offers a representative selection of fifty visual images (graphic woodcuts, copperplate engravings, hand-painted emblems), some of which have not been reproduced since they first appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/31853/cover/9780521631853.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Berlin Aging Study</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aging from 70 to 100</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Paul B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Karl Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The present and future of our society are shaped by an ever-increasing proportion of old and very old people. The Berlin Aging Study is one of the largest interdisciplinary efforts to explore old age and aging. Unique aspects of the Berlin Aging Study are the spectrum of scientific disciplines involved, the range of discipline-specific and interdisciplinary research topics, the focus on very old age (70 to over 100 years), and the empirical reference to a representative heterogenous urban population. The study's first cross-sectional findings on intellectual abilities, self and personality, social relationships, physical health, functional capacity, medical treatment, mental disorders such as depression and dementia, socioeconomic conditions, activities, everyday competence, subjective well-being, and gender differences are reported in depth in this book. The study was carried out in the context of the Berlin-Brandenburg Academy of Sciences study group on 'Aging and Social Development'. The authors primarily conduct their research at the Berlin Max Planck Institute for Human Development, the Free University of Berlin, and the Humboldt University, Berlin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Investigating Neurological Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epidemiology for Clinical Neurology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofman, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayeux, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the clinical neurosciences, decision-making becomes ever more complicated because of rapidly emerging new diagnostic tests and treatments and increasing demands from patients to participate in their management. This concise but wide-ranging handbook reviews the epidemiology of neurological disease and the treatment and prognosis of all major diseases of the nervous system. Part one offers essential guidance for clinicians to quantitative methods in research, including genetic epidemiology, decision analysis, meta-analysis, outcomes research and survival analysis, and thus provides a good understanding of the evidence underlying clinical management. The second part is devoted to individual neurological diseases, covering etiology, diagnosis, prognosis, interventions, and implications for clinical practice. With contributions from leading international authorities, this book is an invaluable guide to clinical decision-making for neurologists and others involved in the management of neurological disease.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00093/cover/9780521000093.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Neolithic in Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The First Farming Communities in Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perl&#232;s, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monthel, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Farmers made a sudden and dramatic appearance in Greece around 7000 BC, bringing with them new ceramics and crafts, and establishing settled villages. They were Europe's first farmers, and their settlements provide the link between the first agricultural communities in the Near East and the subsequent spread of the new technologies to the Balkans and on to Western Europe. Catherine Perl&#232;s argues that the stimulus for the spread of agriculture to Europe was a colonisation movement involving small groups of maritime peoples. Drawing evidence from a wide range of archaeological sources, including often neglected 'small finds', and introducing daring new perspectives on funerary rituals and the distribution of figurines, she constructs a complex and subtle picture of early Neolithic societies, overturning the traditional view that these societies were simple and self-sufficient.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00277/cover/9780521000277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Stage Directions in English Drama 1580-1642</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dessen, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Dictionary, the first of its kind, defines and explains over 900 terms found in the stage directions of English professional plays from the 1580s to the early 1640s. The terms are drawn primarily from surviving printed and manuscript sources, and from the plays performed on the London stage, by both minor and major dramatists. The authors draw on a database of over 22,000 stage directions drawn from around 500 such plays. Each entry offers a definition, gives examples of how the term is used, cites additional instances, and gives cross-references to other relevant entries. Terms defined range from the obvious and common to the obscure and rare, including actions, places, objects, sounds and descriptions. The authors have also provided a user's guide and an introduction which describes the scope and rationale of the volume. This will be an indispensable work of reference for scholars, historians, directors and actors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00291/cover/9780521000291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Metacognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perfect, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Bennett L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a growing theoretical and practical interest in the topic of metacognition; how we monitor and control our mental processes. Applied Metacognition provides a coherent and up-to-date overview of the relation between theories in metacognition and their application in real-world situations. As well as a theoretical overview, there are substantive chapters covering metacognition in three areas of application: metacognition in education, metacognition in everyday life memory and metacognition in different populations. A diverse range of topics are covered such as how we judge our own learning, why we create false beliefs about our past, how children learn to monitor and control their memory, how well eyewitnesses can judge the accuracy of their own memories and how memory judgements change across the lifespan. The book has contributions from many of the leading researchers in metacognition from around the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00376/cover/9780521000376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of a Jazz Art World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lopes, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a unique sociological vision of the evolution of jazz in the twentieth century. Analysing organizational structures and competing discourses in American music, Paul Lopes shows how musicians and others transformed the meaning and practice of jazz. Set against the distinct worlds of high art and popular art in America, the rise of a jazz art world is shown to be a unique movement - a socially diverse community struggling in various ways against cultural orthodoxy. Cultural politics in America is shown to be a dynamic, open, and often contradictory process of constant re-interpretation. This work is a compelling social history of American culture that incorporates various voices in jazz, including musicians, critics, collectors, producers and enthusiasts. Accessibly written and interdisciplinary in approach, it will be of great interest to scholars and students of sociology, cultural studies, social history, American studies, African-American studies, and jazz studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00390/cover/9780521000390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Guitar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coelho, Victor Anand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the first mention in courtly poetry of the thirteenth century to enormous global popularity in the twentieth, the guitar and its development comprises multiple histories, each characterised by distinct styles, playing techniques, repertories and socio-cultural roles. These histories simultaneously span popular and classical styles, contemporary and historical practices, written and unwritten traditions and western and non-western cultures. This is the first book to encompass the breadth and depth of guitar performance, featuring thirteen essays covering different traditions, styles, and instruments, written by some of the most influential players, teachers, and guitar historians in the world. The coverage of the book allows the player to understand both the analogies and differences between guitar traditions, and all styles, from baroque, classical, country, blues, and rock to flamenco, African, Celtic, and instrument making will share the same platform. As musical training is increasingly broadened this comprehensive book will become an indispensable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00406/cover/9780521000406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the String Quartet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stowell, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion offers a concise and authoritative survey of the string quartet by eleven chamber music specialists. Its fifteen carefully structured chapters provide coverage of a stimulating range of perspectives previously unavailable in one volume. It focuses on four main areas: the social and musical background to the quartet's development; the most celebrated ensembles; string quartet playing, including aspects of contemporary and historical performing practice; and the mainstream repertory, including significant 'mixed ensemble' compositions involving string quartet. Various musical and pictorial illustrations and informative appendixes, including a chronology of the most significant works, complete this indispensable guide. Written for all string quartet enthusiasts, this Companion will enrich readers' understanding of the history of the genre, the context and significance of quartets as cultural phenomena, and the musical, technical and interpretative problems of chamber music performance. It will also enhance their experience of listening to quartets in performance and on recordings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00420/cover/9780521000420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Dictionary of Scientists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Dictionary of Scientists is an invaluable one-stop reference book for anyone wanting a brief and accurate account of the life and work of those who created science from its very beginnings to the present day. This alphabetically organized, illustrated biographical dictionary has been thoroughly revised and updated, covering over 1,500 key scientists (157 more than in the previous edition) from 40 countries. Fields represented include physics, chemistry, biology, geology, astronomy, mathematics, medicine, meteorology and technology, with special attention paid to pioneer women whose achievements and example opened the way to scientific careers for others.  As well as Nobel Prizewinners, this second edition includes winners of the Fields Medal, the mathematician's equivalent of the Nobel Prize. Illustrated with around 150 portraits, diagrams, maps and tables, and with special panel features, this book is a clear and accessible guide to the world's prominent scientific personalities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00628/cover/9780521000628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrade, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Philosophy takes its readers into one of the most exciting periods in the history of philosophy. It spans a millennium of thought extending from Augustine to Thomas Aquinas and beyond. It includes not only the thinkers of the Latin West but also the profound contributions of Islamic and Jewish thinkers such as Avicenna and Maimonides. Leading specialists examine what it was like to do philosophy in the cultures and institutions of the Middle Ages and engage all the areas in which medieval philosophy flourished, including language and logic, the study of God and being, natural philosophy, human nature, morality, and politics. The discussion is supplemented with chronological charts, biographies of the major thinkers, and a guide to the transmission and translation of medieval texts. The volume will be invaluable for all who are interested in the philosophical thought of this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00635/cover/9780521000635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Rights, Legal Rights, and the Scope of the State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barzel, Yoram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book models the emergence of the state, and the forces that shape it. State creation is bound to protection needs. A specialized protector-ruler is efficient, but is also self-seeking. Individuals will install a ruler only after they create a mechanism to control him. Among the offshoots of the organized protection are legal system and decision-making procedures that include voting. The intitial 'state of nature' may gradually evolve into a rule-of-law state. The state endows individuals with rights by delineating what it will protect. Enforcement, however, is never perfect. People use third parties such as firms to enforce agreements. As commodities become standardized, scale economies increase. In order to exploit the economies of within-state enforcement, the state will expand the contact enforcement territory by treaty or by conquest. The force may explain the creation of rule-of-law empires.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00642/cover/9780521000642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judges and Ruth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Victor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This commentary brings to life the world portrayed in the stories in Judges and Ruth. The intention is to prepare the reader to understand social norms and customs, such as hospitality codes, marriage customs, inheritance laws, or agricultural practices when they appear in the stories. Having established a cultural and literary context for Judges and Ruth, the commentary then treats each episode separately and as a whole. It is written to be accessible for a wide audience - including clergy, scholars, teachers, seminarians, and interested lay people. A Suggested Reading List - a feature of all volumes in the New Cambridge Bible Commentary - serves as a point of entry for the new serious students of Judges and Ruth, and the entire NRSV translation is provided throughout the text as a convenience to the reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00666/cover/9780521000666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revelation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of its kind: an innovative socio-rhetorical commentary on the Book of Revelation. Without sacrificing scholarly perspective or academic rigor, it is written to be accessible for a wide audience - including pastors, scholars, teachers, seminarians, and interested lay people. A 'Suggested Reading List' - a feature of all volumes in the New Cambridge Bible Commentary - will serve as point of entry for the new student of Revelation and as a helpful annotated bibliography for all readers. Frequent 'Closer-Look' sections examine key elements of the Roman-Greco world that bear on the text's meaning while 'Bridging the Horizons' sub-chapters connect this world with the cultural, political, and religious environments of today. The entire NRSV translation is provided throughout the text. Award-winning author Ben Witherington, III brings a New Testament-scholar's insight and successful clergyman's lucidity to the often opaque passages of the last book of the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00680/cover/9780521000680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change Impacts on the United States - Overview Report</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Potential Consequences of Climate Variability and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>National Assessment Synthesis Team</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>158</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our climate is now changing at a rapid rate, and even greater climate change is very likely in the 21st century. Temperatures are projected to rise more rapidly in the next one hundred years than in the last 10, 000 years. This Assessment has involved thousands of Americans in an ongoing national dialogue about climate change and its impacts. The report identifies key climatic vulnerabilities of particular regions and sectors in the context of other changes in the nation's environment, resources, and economy. It also explores ways Americans can adapt to an uncertain and continuously changing climate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00741/cover/9780521000741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change Impacts on the United States - Foundation Report</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Potential Consequences of Climate Variability and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>National Assessment Synthesis Team</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>618</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our climate is now changing at a rapid rate, and even greater climate change is very likely in the 21st century. Temperatures are projected to rise more rapidly in the next one hundred years than in the last 10, 000 years. This Assessment has involved thousands of Americans in an ongoing national dialogue about climate change and its impacts. The report identifies key climatic vulnerabilities of particular regions and sectors in the context of other changes in the nation's environment, resources, and economy. It also explores ways Americans can adapt to an uncertain and continuously changing climate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00758/cover/9780521000758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of the Sociology of Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dillon, Michele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook showcases current research and thinking in the sociology of religion. The contributors, all active writers and researchers in the area, provide original chapters focusing on select aspects of their own engagement with the field. Aimed at students and scholars who want to know more about the sociology of religion, this handbook also provides a resource for sociologists in general by integrating broader questions of sociology (e.g. demography, ethnicity, life course, inequality, political sociology) into the analysis of religion. Broadly inclusive of traditional research topics (modernity, secularization, politics) as well as newer interests (feminism, spirituality, faith based community action), this handbook illustrates the validity of diverse theoretical perspectives and research designs to understanding the multi-layered nature of religion as a sociological phenomenon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00789/cover/9780521000789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The European Parliament and Supranational Party System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Institutional Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreppel, Amie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the impact of increased legislative power and political authority on the internal development of the European Parliament and the supranational party group system. This is done through an analysis of changes in the hierarchical structures that regulate the internal organization of both the EP as a whole and the individual party groups. In addition, the changing pattern of coalition formation between party groups across time and legislative procedure is analyzed. The trends of internal development examined suggest that the increases in EP power that have occurred since the creation of the cooperation procedure by the Single European Act in 1987 have caused a fundamental shift in the character of the European Parliament as a legislative institution. Prior to 1987 the European Parliament, despite direct election and several small attempts to increase its powers, served primarily as a chamber of debate where much more was discussed than accomplished.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00796/cover/9780521000796.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Errors, Medicine and the Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merry, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCall Smith, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Untoward injuries are unacceptably common in medical treatment, at times with tragic consequences for patients. The phrases 'an epidemic of error' and 'the medical toll' have been coined to describe this problem of  'iatrogenic harm', which it has been suggested may have contributed to 98,000 deaths per year in the US. Some of these incidents are the result of negligence on the part of doctors, but more usually they are no more than inevitable concomitants of the complexity of modern healthcare. This book is fundamentally about distinguishing the former from the latter. Although medicine is used as the book's primary example, the points made apply equally to aviation, industrial activities, and many other fields of  human endeavour. The book advocates a more informed alternative to the blaming culture which has increasingly come to dominate our response to accidents, whether in the medical field or elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00888/cover/9780521000888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Good Clinical Practice in Assisted Reproduction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serhal, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Overton, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This user-friendly, practical guide provides an excellent introduction to good clinical practice in the investigation and treatment of infertility, using the very latest assisted reproductive technologies.  There are chapters on clinical assessment of the male and the female, followed by detailed chapters on the full range of clinical procedures that can be put in place to help overcome infertility. In addition, other chapters deal with IVF, GIFT and ZIFT and clinical aspects of PGD, which has an increasingly important role these days. Guidance is given on how to set up and run a successful IVF unit based on the experience of the authors, and for the benefit of those new to the field or responsible for developing an IVF service for their patients. With its clinical focus, this will undoubtedly become an essential introduction to assisted reproduction for doctors, embryologists, and nurses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00918/cover/9780521000918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Europeanisation of National Administrations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns of Institutional Change and Persistence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knill, Christoph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christoph Knill's book analyses the impact of European policies on national administrations. Under which conditions can we expect domestic change, particularly the convergence of administrative styles and structures? How can we explain national patterns of administrative transformation in the context of Europeanisation? Knill's study is a comparative assessment of the factors influencing administrative adjustment to European policy demands in the member states. It addresses the topic from an innovative theoretical perspective, combining institution-based and agency-based approaches, and includes a detailed account of the administrative impact of EU environmental policy in Britain and Germany. The Europeanisation of National Administrations will be of great interest to students, scholars and practitioners in the fields of European studies, public administration and public policy, environmental politics, and European and administrative law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00925/cover/9780521000925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Information and Coding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEliece, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revised edition of McEliece's classic. It is a self-contained introduction to all basic results in the theory of information and coding (invented by Claude Shannon in 1948). This theory was developed to deal with the fundamental problem of communication, that of reproducing at one point, either exactly or approximately, a message selected at another point. There is a short and elementary overview introducing the reader to the concept of coding. Then, following the main results, the channel and source coding theorems, there is  a study of specific coding schemes which can be used for channel and source coding. This volume can be used either for self-study, or for a graduate/undergraduate level course at university. It includes dozens of worked examples and several hundred problems for solution. The exposition will be easily comprehensible to readers with some prior knowledge of probability and linear algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00956/cover/9780521000956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100098X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100098X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rock Magnetism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Frontiers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#214;zdemir, &#214;zden</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rock Magnetism is a comprehensive treatment of fine particle magnetism and the magnetic properties of rocks. Starting from atomic magnetism and magnetostatic principles, the authors explain why domains and micromagnetic structures form in ferromagnetic crystals and how these lead to magnetic memory in the form of thermal, chemical and other remanent magnetizations. The phenomenal stability of these magnetizations, providing a record of plate tectonic motions over millions of years, is explained by thermal activation theory. One chapter is devoted to practical tests of domain state and paleomagnetic stability; another deals with pseudo-single-domain magnetism. The final four chapters place magnetism in the context of igneous, sedimentary, metamorphic, and extraterrestrial rocks. This book will be of great value to graduate students and researchers in geophysics and geology, particularly in paleomagnetism and rock magnetism, as well as physicists and electrical engineers interested in fine-particle magnetism and magnetic recording.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00987/cover/9780521000987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521000998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521000998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521000994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Self-Regulation of Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521000994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carver, Charles S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheier, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a thorough overview of a model of human functioning based on the idea that behavior is goal-directed and regulated by feedback control processes. It describes feedback processes and their application to behavior, considers goals and the idea that goals are organized hierarchically, examines affect as deriving from a different kind of feedback process, and analyzes how success expectancies influence whether people keep trying to attain goals or disengage. Later sections consider a series of emerging themes, including dynamic systems as a model for shifting among goals, catastrophe theory as a model for persistence, and the question of whether behavior is controlled or instead 'emerges'. Three chapters consider the implications of these various ideas for understanding maladaptive behavior, and the closing chapter asks whether goals are a necessity of life. Throughout, theory is presented in the context of diverse issues that link the theory to other literatures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/00994/cover/9780521000994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China since Tiananmen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fewsmith, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>China Since Tiananmen is the first book to look comprehensively at the intellectual and political trends in the decade since the Tiananmen Incident (1989) to assess the ways in which China has changed. Fewsmith looks on the one hand at the intellectual critique of the enlightenment tradition, which had previously held a sacrosanct position in the thinking of liberal intellectuals since the May Fourth Movement of 1919, to explain the rise of neo-conservatism and nationalism over the past decade. On the other hand, he examines the maneuverings of elite political actors to understand the constraints they operate under and how the conduct of elite politics has changed since Tiananmen. Together, these two approaches give a more comprehensive and realistic assessment of the forces that drive China today. These trends are of great importance for anyone trying to understand Sino-US relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01052/cover/9780521001052.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Blues and Gospel Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Robert Johnson to Aretha Franklin, Mahalia Jackson to John Lee Hooker, blues and gospel artists figure heavily in the mythology of twentieth-century culture. The styles in which they sang have proved hugely influential to generations of popular singers, from the wholesale adoptions of singers like Robert Cray or James Brown, to the subtler vocal appropriations of Mariah Carey. Their own music, and how it operates, is not, however, always seen as valid in its own right. This book provides an overview of both these genres, which worked together to provide an expression of twentieth-century black US experience. Their histories are unfolded and questioned; representative songs and lyrical imagery are analysed; perspectives are offered from the standpoint of the voice, the guitar, the piano, and also that of the working musician. The book concludes with a discussion of the impact the genres have had on mainstream musical culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01076/cover/9780521001076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pollution and Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparing Ownership Institutions for Environmental Protection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Daniel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental protection and resource conservation depend on the imposition of property rights (broadly defined) because in the absence of some property system - private, common, or public -  resource degradation and depletion are inevitable. But there is no universal, first-best property regime for environmental protection in this second-best world. Using case studies and examples taken from countries around the world, Professor Cole demonstrates that the choice of ownership institution is contingent upon institutional, technological, and ecological circumstances that determine the differential costs of instituting, implementing, and maintaining alternative regimes. Consequently, environmental protection is likely to be more effective and more efficient in a society that relies on multiple (and often mixed) property regimes. The book concludes with an assessment of the important contemporary issue of 'takings', which arise when different property regimes collide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01090/cover/9780521001090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lexical Categories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Verbs, Nouns and Adjectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Mark C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For decades, generative linguistics has said little about the differences between verbs, nouns, and adjectives. This book seeks to fill this theoretical gap by presenting simple and substantive syntactic definitions of these three lexical categories. Mark C. Baker claims that the various superficial differences found in particular languages have a single underlying source which can be used to give better characterizations of these 'parts of speech'. These definitions are supported by data from languages from every continent, including English, Italian, Japanese, Edo, Mohawk, Chichewa, Quechua, Choctaw, Nahuatl, Mapuche, and several Austronesian and Australian languages. Baker argues for a formal, syntax-oriented, and universal approach to the parts of speech, as opposed to the functionalist, semantic, and relativist approaches that have dominated the few previous works on this subject. This book will be welcomed by researchers and students of linguistics and by related cognitive scientists of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01106/cover/9780521001106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100120X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100120X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Works in Corrections</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reducing the Criminal Activities of Offenders and Deliquents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKenzie, Doris Layton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What Works in Corrections examines the impact of correctional interventions, management policies, treatment and rehabilitation programs on the recidivism of offenders and delinquents. The book reviews different strategies for reducing recidivism and describes how the evidence for effectiveness is assessed. Thousands of studies were examined in order to identify those of sufficient scientific rigor to enable conclusions to be drawn about the impact of various interventions, policies and programs on recidivism. Systematic reviews and meta-analyses were performed to further examine these results. This book assesses the relative effectiveness of  rehabilitation programs (e.g., education, life skills, employment, cognitive behavioral), treatment for different types of offenders (e.g. sex offenders, batterers, juveniles), management and treatment of drug-involved offenders (e.g., drug courts, therapeutic communities, outpatient drug treatment) and punishment, control and surveillance interventions (boot camps, intensive supervision, electronic monitoring). Through her extensive research, MacKenzie illustrates which of these programs are most effective and why.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01205/cover/9780521001205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dickens on Screen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glavin, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Television and film, not libraries or scholarship, have made Charles Dickens the most important unread novelist in English. It is not merely that millions of people feel comfortable deploying the word 'Dickensian' to describe their own and others' lives, but that many more people who have never read Dickens know what Dickensian means. They know about Dickens because they have access to over a century of adaptations for the big and small screen. Because Dickens has proven to be the most easily adapted of major novelists, he has become, somewhat ironically, one of the foremost novelists in the English canon. This is ironic because it was just this capacity to entertain that once confined him to the margins of the 'great tradition' in fiction. Dickens on Screen is an invaluable resource for students and scholars alike. It provides an exhaustive filmography and is well illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01243/cover/9780521001243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinical Applications of Artificial Neural Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dybowski, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gant, Vanya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Artificial neural networks provide a powerful tool to help doctors analyse, model and make sense of complex clinical data across a broad range of medical applications. Their potential in clinical medicine is reflected in the diversity of topics covered in this volume. In addition to looking at applications the book looks forward to exciting future prospects. A section on theory looks at approaches to validate and refine the results generated by artificial neural networks. The volume also recognizes that concerns exist about the use of 'black-box' systems as decision aids in medicine, and the final chapter considers the ethical and legal conundrums arising out of their use for diagnostic or treatment decisions. Taken together, this eclectic collection of chapters provides an exciting overview of harnessing the power of artificial neural networks in the investigation and treatment of disease.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01335/cover/9780521001335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reversing Sail</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of the African Diaspora</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gomez, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the global unfolding of the African Diaspora, the migrations and dispersals of the people of Africa, from antiquity to the modern period. Their exploits, challenges, and struggles are discussed over a wide expanse of time in ways that link as well as differentiate past and present circumstances. The experiences of Africans in the Old World, in the Mediterranean and Islamic worlds, is followed by their movement into the New, where their experience in lands claimed by Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, French and English colonial powers is analyzed from enslavement through to the Cold War. While appropriate mention is made of persons of renown, particular attention is paid to the everyday lives of working class people and their cultural efflorescence. The book also attempts to explain contemporary plights and struggles through the lens of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01359/cover/9780521001359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ibsen's Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Templeton, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the women in Ibsen's plays and their relationship to the women in the life and career of the playwright. Through close critical readings of the Ibsen texts, as well as the examination of such primary sources as letters and personal papers, Joan Templeton discovers how the important figures in his life (his family, wife, and the actresses themselves) influenced and informed the powerful and inspiring characters he created. Templeton also explores the importance of the early plays and their impact on the later works, and establishes some general patterns in Ibsen's general representation of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01366/cover/9780521001366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judging the Past in Unified Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAdams, A. James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, no modern democracy has taken more aggressive steps to come to terms with a legacy of dictatorship than has the Federal Republic of Germany with the crimes and injustices of Communist East Germany. In this book, A. James McAdams provides a comprehensive and engaging examination of the four most prominent instances of this policy: criminal trials for the killings at the Berlin Wall; the disqualification of administrative personnel for secret-police ties; parliamentary truth-telling commissions; and private property restitution. On the basis of extensive interviews in Bonn and Berlin over the 1990s, McAdams gives new insight into the difficulties German politicians, judges, bureaucrats, and public officials faced sitting in judgment on the affairs of another state. He argues provocatively that the success of their policies must be measured in terms of the way they used East German history to justify their actions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01397/cover/9780521001397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Critique of the State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartelson, Jens</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What kind of political order would there be in the absence of the state? Jens Bartelson argues that we are currently unable to imagine what might lurk 'beyond', because our basic concepts of political order are conditioned by our experience of statehood. In this study, he investigates the concept of the state historically as well as philosophically, considering a range of thinkers and theories. He also considers the vexed issue of authority: modern political discourse questions the form and content of authority, but makes it all but impossible to talk about the foundations of authority. Largely due to the existing practices of political and scientific criticism, authority appears to be unquestionable. Bartelson's wide-ranging and readable discussion of the suppositions and presuppositions of statehood will be of interest to scholars and upper-level students of political theory and social theory, and philosophy of social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01403/cover/9780521001403.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intervention and Transnationalism in Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Global-Local Networks of Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callaghy, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kassimir, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Latham, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the idea of globalization emerges as a key concept in social sciences in the twenty-first century, understanding how external forces and phenomena shape the politics of nation-states and communities is imperative. This volume calls attention to 'transboundary formations' - intersections of cross-border, national and local forces that produce, destroy or transform local order and political authority, significantly impacting on ordinary people's lives. It analyzes the intervention of external forces in political life, both deepening and broadening the concept of international 'intervention' and the complex contexts within which it unfolds. While transboundary formations can emerge anywhere, they have a particular salience in sub-Saharan Africa where the limits to state power make them especially pervasive and consequential. Including conceptual contributions and theoretically-informed case studies, the volume considers global-local connections, taking a fresh perspective on contemporary Africa's political constraints and possibilities, with important implications for other parts of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01410/cover/9780521001410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Household Strategies for Survival 1600-2000</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fission, Faction and Cooperation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fontaine, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schlumbohm, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In pre-industrial Europe, as in developing countries today, much of the population had to struggle to survive. The livelihood of all those who lived by the work of their hands was highly insecure. This book considers the 'labouring poor' not simply as victims, but as actively pursuing a whole range of strategies for survival. These strategies included many economic activities. Building and maintaining networks of kinship and neighbourhood was equally important, as was negotiating support from institutions. Sometimes, strategies were successfully integrated within a household, while in other instances the domestic group was split and members preferred to pursue individual strategies. This illuminating book examines the European past using case studies from present-day situations in Asia and Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01427/cover/9780521001427.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The European Commission and the Integration of Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Images of Governance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hooghe, Liesbet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What kind of European Union do top Commission officials want? Should the European Union be supranational or intergovernmental? Should it promote market-liberalism or regulated capitalism? Should the Commission be Europe's government or its civil service? The book examines top officials' preferences on these questions through analysis of unique data from 137 interviews. Understanding the forces that shape human preferences is the subject of intense debate. Hooghe demonstrates that the Commission has difficulty shaping its employees' preferences in the fluid multi-institutional context of the European Union. Top officials' preferences are better explained by experiences outside rather than inside the Commission: political party, country, and prior work leave deeper imprints than directorate-general or cabinet. Preferences are also influenced more by internalized values than by self-interested career calculation. Hooghe's findings are surprising, and will challenge a number of common assumptions about the workings and motives of the European Commission.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01434/cover/9780521001434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Capital, Political Institutions, and Policy Change in Developed Welfare States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swank, Duane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that the post-1970 rise in international capital mobility has not contributed to the retrenchment of developed welfare states. Nor has globalization reduced the revenue-raising capacities of governments and undercut the political institutions that support the welfare state. Rather, institutional features of the polity and the welfare state determine the extent to which the economic and political pressures associated with globalization produce welfare state retrenchment. In systems characterized by electoral institutions, social corporatist interest representation and policy-making, centralized political authority, and social insurance-based program structures, pro-welfare state interests are favored. In nations characterized by majoritarian electoral institutions, pluralist interest representation and policy-making, decentralization of policy-making authority, and liberal program structure, the economic and political pressures attendant on globalization are translated into rollbacks of social protection. Globalization has had least impact on large welfare states of Northern Europe and most effect on small welfare states of Anglo nations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01441/cover/9780521001441.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redeeming the Communist Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Regeneration of Communist Parties in East Central Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grzymala-Busse, Anna M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study examines one of the most surprising developments in East Central European politics after the democratic transitions of 1989: the completely unexpected regeneration of the former communist parties. After the collapse of the communist regimes in 1989, these ruling communist parties seemed consigned to oblivion. However, confounding scholarly and popular expectations, all of these parties survived. Some have even returned to power. This in-depth, comparative study systematically analyzes the trajectories of four cases: the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Poland, and Hungary (with additional examination of other communist party successors). Relying on extensive, and unprecedented, primary research, this analysis employs a consistent analytical framework that combines the peculiarities of the post-socialist cases with broad theoretical concerns of institutional analysis, democratic transitions and consolidation, and party politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01465/cover/9780521001465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Discourse and Power in African American Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Marcyliena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African American language is central to the teaching of linguistics and language in the United States, and this book, in the series Studies in the Social and Cultural Foundations of Language, is aimed specifically at upper level undergraduates and graduates. It covers the entire field - grammar, speech, and verbal genres, and it also discusses the various historical strands that need to be identified in order to understand the development of African American English. The first section deals with the social and cultural history of the American South, the second with urban and northern black popular culture, and the third with policy issues. Morgan examines the language within the context of the changing and complex African American and general American speech communities, and their culture, politics, art and institutions. She also covers the current heated political and educational debates about the status of the African American dialect.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01496/cover/9780521001496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of Mathematical Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kot, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elements of Mathematical Ecology provides an introduction to classical and modern mathematical models, methods, and issues in population ecology. The first part of the book is devoted to simple, unstructured population models that ignore much of the variability found in natural populations for the sake of tractability. Topics covered include density dependence, bifurcations, demographic stochasticity, time delays, population interactions (predation, competition, and mutualism), and the application of optimal control theory to the management of renewable resources. The second part of this book is devoted to structured population models, covering spatially-structured population  models (with a focus on reaction-diffusion models), age-structured models, and two-sex models. Suitable for upper level students and beginning researchers in ecology, mathematical biology and applied mathematics, the volume includes numerous clear line diagrams that clarify the mathematics, relevant problems thoughout the text that aid understanding, and supplementary mathematical and historical material that enrich the main text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01502/cover/9780521001502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100151X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100151X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Durkheim</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Jeffrey C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long recognised as a foundational figure in the development of social scientific thought, Emile Durkheim's work has been the subject of intense debate over the years. This authoritative and comprehensive collection of essays re-examines the impact of Durkheim's thought, considering the historical contexts of his work as well as evaluating his ideas in relation to current issues and controversies. Eminent authorities in the field have contributed to this up-to-date overview, giving the reader - both students and academics - a chance to engage directly with leading figures in the field about contemporary trends, ideas and dilemmas. This volume reflects the cross-disciplinary application of Durkheim's theories and will interest scholars of anthropology, political science, cultural studies and philosophy, as well as sociology. This is a landmark volume that redefines the relevance of Durkheim to the human sciences in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01519/cover/9780521001519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This quarterly publication acts as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge research covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Fully illustrated throughout, Architectural Research Quarterly includes sections on design, history, theory, environmental design, construction, information technology, and practice. Other features include occasional reports, letters pages and an end feature, Insight. There is also the Architectural Research Quarterly Directory - a listing of specialist research and consultancy with an online, cumulative version which aims to provide a lasting and invaluable resource for all. Architectural Research Quarterly presents information in a way that is accessible to all and is essential reading for practitioners in industry and consultancy as well as for academic researchers. Reviews of significant buildings are written at a length which can no longer be sustained by other architectural journals. All articles are generously illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elbridge Gerry's Salamander</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Electoral Consequences of the Reapportionment Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Jonathan N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Supreme Court's reapportionment decisions, beginning with Baker v. Carr in 1962, had far more than jurisprudential consequences. They sparked a massive wave of extraordinary redistricting in the mid-1960s. Both state legislative and congressional districts were redrawn more comprehensively - by far - than at any previous time in America's history. Moreover, they changed what would happen at law should a state government fail to enact a new districting plan when one was legally required. We provide the first detailed analysis of how judicial partisanship affected redistricting outcomes in the 1960s, arguing that the reapportionment revolution led indirectly to three fundamental changes in the nature of congressional elections:  the abrupt eradication of a 6% pro-Republican bias in the translation of congressional votes into seats outside the south; the abrupt increase in the apparent advantage of incumbents; and the abrupt alteration of the two parties' success in congressional recruitment and elections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01540/cover/9780521001540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Silence and Voice in the Study of Contentious Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aminzade, Ronald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstone, Jack A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAdam, Doug</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Elizabeth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sewell, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarrow, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilley, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to highlight and begin to give 'voice' to some of the notable 'silences' evident in recent years in the study of contentious politics. The seven co-authors take up seven specific topics in the volume: the relationship between emotions and contention; temporality in the study of contention; the spatial dimensions of contention; leadership in contention; the role of threat in contention; religion and contention; and contention in the context of demographic and life-course processes. The seven spent three years involved in an ongoing project designed to take stock, and attempt a partial synthesis, of various literatures that have grown up around the study of non-routine or contentious politics. As such, it is likely to be viewed as a groundbreaking volume that not only undermines conventional disciplinary understanding of contentious politics, but also lays out a number of provocative new research agendas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01557/cover/9780521001557.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100165X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100165X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender Differences at Puberty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayward, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Puberty is one of the most important life transitions. There is no other period in the life cycle in which there is such significant, rapid, and simultaneous transformation in biology and social and psychological development. Change at puberty is both dramatic and universal, yet there are few researchers who study this important stage in the lifecourse. Indeed the study of the biological and psychosocial changes at puberty is relatively recent.  One of the most interesting aspects of puberty is that it marks a significant separation between the genders: physically, psychologically, and socially. This book focuses on the emergence of gender difference and provides an up to date summary of interdisciplinary research in the area with contributions from an international team of leading experts in the field. Topics covered include biological aspects of puberty, body image, aggression, sexual abuse, opposite-sex relationships and the psychopathology of puberty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01656/cover/9780521001656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Handbook of Visuospatial Thinking</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shah, Priti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miyake, Akira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ability to navigate across town, comprehend an animated display of the functioning of the human heart, view complex multivariate data on a company's website, or to read an architectural blueprint and form a three-dimensional mental picture of a house are all tasks involving visuospatial thinking. The field of visuospatial thinking is a relatively diverse interdisciplinary research enterprise. An understanding of visuospatial thinking, and in particular, how people represent and process visual and spatial information, is relevant not only to cognitive psychology but also education, geography, architecture, medicine, design computer science/artificial intelligence, semiotics and animal cognition. The goal of this book is to present a broad overview of research on visuospatial thinking that can be used by researchers as well as students interested in this topic in both basic research and applied/naturalistic contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01731/cover/9780521001731.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Sexism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mills, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of sexist language has been hotly debated within feminist circles since the 1960s. Previous books have tended to regard sexism in language as easy to identify and have suggested solutions to overcome and counter sexism.  Sara Mills takes a fresh and more critical look at sexism in language, and argues that even in feminist circles it has become a problematic concept. Drawing on conversational and textual data collected over the last ten years, and with reference to recent research carried out in a range of different academic disciplines, Mills suggests that there are two forms of sexism - overt and indirect. Overt sexism is clear and unambiguous, while indirect sexism is based on pragmatics and the meaning and interpretation of utterances. Indirect sexism is extremely common and we therefore need new ways to challenge and analyse its usage in language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01748/cover/9780521001748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Winning Message</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Candidate Behavior, Campaign Discourse, and Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simon, Adam F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study breaks new ground in investigating candidate behavior in American electoral campaigns. It centers on a question of equal importance to citizens and scholars: how can we produce better political campaigns? The project takes an innovative approach to answering this question by bringing together critical and empirical methods as well as game theory in a sophisticated yet readable text. The answer comes in four parts. First, Simon develops the idea of dialogue as a standard for evaluating political campaigns. Second, he shows that candidates' self-interest in winning leads them to avoid dialogue, that is substantive campaign discourse. Third, he demonstrates the beneficial effects produced by the little dialogue that actually occurs. Fourth, he pinpoints the forces responsible for these rare occurrences. The major lesson of this work is that campaign reform under its present guise will not bring about the more substantive campaigns that the public desires.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01915/cover/9780521001915.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach: The Goldberg Variations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many listeners and players are fascinated by Bach's Goldberg Variations. In this wideranging and searching study, Professor Williams, one of the leading Bach scholars of our time, helps them probe its depths and understand its uniqueness. He considers the work's historical origins, especially in relation to all Bach's Clavier&#252;bung volumes and late keyboard works, its musical agenda and its formal shape, and discusses significant performance issues. In the course of the book he poses a number of key questions. Why should such a work be written? Does the work have both a conceptual and a perceptual shape? What other music is likely to have influenced the Goldberg and to what extent is it trying to be encyclopedic? What is the canonic vocabulary? How have contemporaries or musicians from Beethoven to the present day seen this work and, above all, how has its mysterious beauty been created?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01939/cover/9780521001939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Truth and Reconciliation in South Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legitimizing the Post-Apartheid State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) was set up to deal with the human rights violations of apartheid during the years 1960-1994. However, as Wilson shows, the TRC's restorative justice approach to healing the nation did not always serve the needs of communities at a local level. Based on extended anthropological fieldwork, this book illustrates the impact of the TRC in urban African communities in Johannesburg. While a religious constituency largely embraced the commission's religious-redemptive language of reconciliation, Wilson argues that the TRC had little effect on popular ideas of justice as retribution. This provocative study deepens our understanding of post-apartheid South Africa and the use of human rights discourse. It ends on a call for more cautious and realistic expectations about what human rights institutions can achieve in democratizing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01946/cover/9780521001946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521001951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521001951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521001953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Rossini</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521001953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Senici, Emanuele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion is a collection of specially commissioned essays on one of the most influential opera composers in the repertoire. The volume is divided into four parts, each exploring an important element of Rossini's life, his world, and his works: biography and reception; words and music; representative operas; and performance. Within these sections accessible chapters, written by a team of specialists, examine Rossini's life and career; the reception of his music in the nineteenth century and today; the librettos and their authors; the dramaturgy of the operas; and Rossini's non-operatic works. Additional chapters centre on key individual operas chosen for their historical importance or position in the present repertoire, and include Tancredi, Il barbiere di Siviglia, Semiramide, and Guillaume Tell. The last section, Performance, focuses on the history of Rossini's operas from the viewpoint of singing and staging, as well as the influence of editorial work on contemporary performance practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/01953/cover/9780521001953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Basics of Holography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hariharan, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Basics of Holography is a general introduction to the subject written by a leading worker in the field. It begins with the theory of holographic imaging, the characteristics of the reconstructed image, and the various types of holograms. Practical aspects of holography are then described, including light sources, the characteristics of recording media and recording materials, as well as methods for producing different types of holograms and computer-generated holograms. Finally, important applications of holography are discussed, such as high-resolution imaging, holographic optical elements, information processing, and holographic interferometry. The book includes comprehensive reference sections and appendices summarizing some useful mathematical results. Numerical problems with their solutions are provided at the ends of chapters. This is an invaluable resource for advanced undergraduate and graduate students as well as researchers in science and engineering who would like to learn more about holography and its applications in science and industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02004/cover/9780521002004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Nathaniel Hawthorne</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millington, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Nathaniel Hawthorne offers students and teachers an introduction to Hawthorne's fiction and the lively debates that shape Hawthorne studies today. In newly commissioned essays, twelve eminent scholars of American literature introduce readers to key issues in Hawthorne scholarship and deepen our understanding of Hawthorne's writing. Each of the major novels is treated in a separate chapter, while other essays explore Hawthorne's art in relation to a stimulating array of issues and approaches. The essays reveal how Hawthorne's work explores understandings of gender relations and sexuality, of childhood and selfhood, of politics and ethics, of history and modernity.  An Introduction and a selected bibliography will help students and teachers understand how Hawthorne has been a crucial figure for each generation of readers of American literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02042/cover/9780521002042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Anselm</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leftow, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anselm of Canterbury (1033-1109), Benedictine monk and the second Norman archbishop of Canterbury, is regarded as one of the most important philosophers and theologians of the Middle Ages. The essays in this volume explore all of his major ideas both philosophical and theological, including his teachings on faith and reason, God's existence and nature, logic, freedom, truth, ethics, and key Christian doctrines. There is also discussion of his life, the sources of his thought, and his influence on other thinkers. New readers will find this the most convenient, accessible guide to Anselm currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Anselm.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02059/cover/9780521002059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Accountability and the Use of Force in International Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ku, Charlotte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobson, Harold K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>466</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The spread of democracy to a majority of the world's states and the legitimization of the use of force by multilateral institutions such as NATO and the UN have been two key developments since World War II. In the last decade these developments have become intertwined, as multilateral forces moved from traditional peacekeeping to peace enforcement among warring parties. This book explores the experiences of nine countries (Canada, France, Germany, India, Japan, Norway, Russia, UK and US) in the deployment of armed forces under the UN and NATO, asking who has been and should be accountable to the citizens of these nations, and to the citizens of states who are the object of deployments, for the decisions made in such military actions. The authors conclude that national-level mechanisms have been most important in assuring democratic accountability of national and international decision-makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02073/cover/9780521002073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discipline and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Middle Classes and Prosperity in East Asia and Latin America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Diane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Perhaps the most commonly held assumption in the field of development is that middle classes are the bounty of economic modernization and growth. As countries gradually transcend their agrarian past and become urbanized and industrialized, so the logic goes, middle classes emerge and gain in number, complexity, cultural influence, social prominence, and political authority. Yet this is only half the story. Middle classes shape industrial and economic development, they are not merely its product; the particular ways in which middle classes shape themselves - and the ways historical conditions shape them - influence development trajectories in multiple ways. This is the story of South Korea's and Taiwan's economic successes and Argentina's and Mexico's relative 'failures' through an examination of their rural middle classes and disciplinary capacities. Can disciplining continue in a context where globalization squeezes middle classes and frees capitalists from the state and social contracts in which they have been embedded?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02080/cover/9780521002080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class, Language, and American Film Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beach, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the evolution of American film comedy through the lens of language and the portrayal of social class. Christopher Beach argues that class has been an important element in the development of sound comedy as a cinematic form. With the advent of sound in the late 1920s and early 1930s, filmmakers recognized that sound and narrative enlarged the semiotic and ideological potential of film. Analyzing the use of language in the films of the Marx Brothers, Frank Capra, Woody Allen and the Coen brothers, among others, Class, Language, and American Film Comedy traces the history of Hollywood from the 1930s to the present, while offering a new approach to the study of class and social relationships through linguistic analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02097/cover/9780521002097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mosaics of the Greek and Roman World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunbabin, Katherine M. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive account of mosaics in the ancient world from the early pebble mosaics of Greece to the pavements of Christian churches in the East. Separate chapters in Part I cover the principal regions of the Roman Empire in turn, in order to bring out the distinctive characteristics of their mosaic workshops. Questions of technique and production, of the role of mosaics in architecture, and of their social functions and implications are treated in Part II. The book discusses both well-known works and recent finds, and balances consideration of exceptional masterpieces against standard workshop production. Two main lines of approach are followed throughout: first, the role of mosaics as a significant art form, which over an unbroken span illuminates the evolution of pictorial style better than any comparable surviving medium; and secondly, their character as works of artisan production closely linked to their architectural context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02301/cover/9780521002301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life and Legacy of G. I. Taylor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>G. I. Taylor was one of the most distinguished physical scientists of this century, using his deep insight and originality and mathematical skill to increase greatly our understanding of phenomena such as the turbulent flow of fluids. His interest in the science of fluid flow was not confined to theory; he was one of the early pioneers of aeronautics, and designed a new type of anchor, now widely used in small boats throughout the world, that came about through his passion for sailing. Taylor spent most of his working life in the Cavendish Laboratory in Cambridge, where he investigated the mechanics of fluid and solid materials; his discoveries and ideas have had application throughout mechanical, civil and chemical  engineering, meteorology, oceanography and material science. He was also a noted research leader, and his group in Cambridge became one of the most  productive  centres for the study of fluid mechanics. How was Taylor able to be innovative in so many different ways? This interesting and unusual mix of science and biography helps us to answer that question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02318/cover/9780521002318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oculomotor Systems and Perception</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ebenholtz, Sheldon M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is the first to emphasize the role of oculomotor systems in perception. Oculomotor systems that regulate eye movements play an important role in accounting for certain qualities of visual experience. They are implicated in a wide array of perceptual topics, from apparent size, depth, and distance, to apparent slant and vertical orientation. The text begins with a brief introduction to the basic characteristics of such oculomotor systems as those controlling vergence, pursuit, the vestibulo-ocular response, and saccadic eye movements. Also introduced are fundamental concepts in physiological optics. Next explored are mechanisms of perception, with a particular focus on eye movements, and the remarkably diverse implications of oculomotor research, which extend to motion sickness and life in space orbit. Insights into dysfunctional vision are also offered. This book complements standard texts on visual perception, yet may be read independently by those with a modest background in vision science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02363/cover/9780521002363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creativity in Product Innovation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldenberg, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mazursky, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Creativity in Product Innovation describes a remarkable new technique for improving the creativity process in product design. Certain 'regularities' in product development are identifiable, objectively verifiable and consistent for almost any kind of product. These regularities are described by the authors as Creativity Templates. This book describes the theory and implementation of these templates, showing how they can be used to enhance the creative process and thus enable people to be more productive and focused. Representing the culmination of years of research on the topic of creativity in marketing, the Creativity Templates approach has been recognised as a breakthrough in such journals as Science, Journal of Marketing Research, Management Science, and Technological Forecasting and Social Change. It has been successfully implemented through workshops in international companies including Philips Consumer Electronics, Ford Motor Co., Ogilvy &amp; Mather Worldwide, Kodak, Coca-Cola and many others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02493/cover/9780521002493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurodevelopmental Mechanisms in Psychopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicchetti, Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Elaine F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume represents a burgeoning perspective on the origins of psychopathology, one that focuses on the development of the human central nervous system. The contemporary neurodevelopmental perspective assumes that mental disorders result from etiologic factors that alter the normal course of brain development. Defined here in its broadest sense, neurodevelopment is a process that begins at conception and extends throughout the life span.  We now know that it is a complex process, and that its course can be altered by a host of factors, ranging from inherited genetic liabilities to psychosocial stressors. This book features the very best, cutting-edge thinking in the converging fields of developmental neuroscience and developmental psychopathology. The developmental window represented is broad, extending from the prenatal period through adulthood, and the authors cover a broad range of etiologic factors and a spectrum of clinical disorders. Moreover, the contributors did not hesitate to use the opportunity to hypothesize about underlying mechanisms and to speculate on future research directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02622/cover/9780521002622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Differentiation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>For the Intelligence of Curves and Surfaces</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porteous, I. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revised and extended version of the popular first edition. Inspired by the work of Thom and Arnol'd on singularity theory, such topics as umbilics, ridges and subparabolic lines, all robust features of a smooth surface, which are rarely treated in elementary courses on differential geometry, are considered here in detail. These features are of immediate relevance in modern areas of application such as interpretation of range data from curved surfaces and the processing of magnetic resonance and cat-scan images. The text is based on extensive teaching at Liverpool University to audiences of advanced undergraduate and beginning postgraduate students in mathematics. However, the wide applicability of this material means that it will also appeal to scientists and engineers from a variety of other disciplines. The author has included many exercises and examples to illustrate the results proved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02646/cover/9780521002646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics, 2001</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschfeld, J. W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The British Combinatorial Conference is held every two years and is now a key event for mathematicians worldwide, working in combinatorics. This volume is published on the occasion of the 18th meeting, which was held 1st-6th July 2001 at the University of Sussex. The papers contained here are surveys contributed by the invited speakers, and are thus of a quality befitting the event. There is also a tribute to Crispin Nash-Williams, past chairman of the British Combinatorial Committee. The diversity of the subjects covered means that this will be a valuable reference for researchers in combinatorics. However, graduate students will also find much here that could be of use for stimulating future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02707/cover/9780521002707.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unemployment in the New Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bermeo, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The movement for European integration has yielded a European Union of fifteen states with a unified monetary system that will eventually embrace over 370 million people. If current trends continue, an average of one in ten of these people will be unemployed. Not surprisingly, the European public ranks joblessness among its primary political concerns. This book focuses on both unemployment and economic unification. It examines the consequences of each and their interconnections. With chapters on the policy implications of European union, on current workings of domestic bargaining institutions, and on how unemployment affects political behavior, this book yields a message with important policy implications: the organized managed economies of Europe should be reformed but not replaced, and a united Europe should be wary of modeling itself on the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02769/cover/9780521002769.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100277X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100277X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, ARQ is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in ARQ 5:3 include: Koolhaas on shopping, The shaping of architectural research, An Integrated design: the Jersey Archive, From table to basin: St Mary's Island, On the sublime, The Pyramid and the wall: an unknown project of Le Corbusier in Venezuela, Passive downdraught evaporative cooling: principles and practice, Figuring ground: notes on recent work by the Office of Zaha Hadid.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Central Africans and Cultural Transformations in the American Diaspora</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Linda M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sets out a new paradigm that increases our understanding of African culture and the forces that led to its transformation during the period of the Atlantic slave trade and beyond, putting long over-due emphasis on the importance of Central African culture to the cultures of the United States, Brazil, and the Caribbean. Focusing on the Kongo/Angola culture zone, the book illustrates how African peoples re-shaped their cultural institutions, beliefs and practices as they interacted with Portuguese slave traders up to 1800, then follows Central Africans through all the regions where they were taken as slaves and recaptives. Here, for the first time in one volume, leading scholars of Africa, Brazil, Latin America and the Caribbean have collaborated to analyze the culture history of Africa and its diaspora. This interdisciplinary approach across geographic areas is sure to set a precedent for other scholars of Africa and its diaspora.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02783/cover/9780521002783.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Argument and Change in World Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics, Decolonization, and Humanitarian Intervention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Neta C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arguments have consequences in world politics that are as real as the military forces of states or the balance of power among them. Neta Crawford proposes a theory of argument in world politics which focuses on the role of ethical arguments in fostering changes in long-standing practices. She examines five hundred years of history, analyzing the role of ethical arguments in colonialism, the abolition of slavery and forced labour, and decolonization. Pointing out that decolonization is the biggest change in world politics in the last five hundred years, the author examines ethical arguments from the sixteenth century justifying Spanish conquest of the Americas, and from the twentieth century over the fate of Southern Africa. The book also offers a prescriptive analysis of how ethical arguments could be deployed to deal with the problem of humanitarian intervention. Co-winner of the APSA Jervis-Schroeder Prize for the best book on international history and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02790/cover/9780521002790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100280X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100280X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 67</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. The journal publishes news, analysis and debate within the field of theatre studies. Articles in volume 67 include: Dramas of the Performative Society: Theatre at the End of its Tether; The Ethics of Indeterminacy: Theatre de Complicite's 'Mnemonic'; Prague Summer: Encounters with a Third Kind of Theatre; Puppetry and Patapysics: Populism and the Ubu Cycle; The Masks of Greek Tragedy as Point of Departure for Modern Performance; Stumbling in the Dark: Facets of Sensory Perception and Robert Wilson's 'H.G.' Installation; NTQ Checklist: Sarah Kane.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02806/cover/9780521002806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rising Life Expectancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Global History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, James C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1800 and 2000 life expectancy at birth rose from about 30 years to a global average of 67 years, and to more than 75 years in favored countries. This dramatic change, called the health transition, is characterized by a transition both in how long people expected to live, and how they expected to die. The most common age at death jumped from infancy to old age. Most people lived to know their children as adults, and most children became acquainted with their grandparents. Whereas earlier people died chiefly from infectious diseases with a short course, by later decades they died from chronic diseases, often with a protracted course. The ranks of people living in their most economically productive years filled out, and the old became commonplace figures everywhere. Rising Life Expectancy: A Global History examines the way humans reduced risks to their survival, both regionally and globally, to promote world population growth and population aging.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02813/cover/9780521002813.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recreating Jane Austen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiltshire, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recreating Jane Austen is a book for readers who know and love Austen's work. Stimulated by the recent crop of film and television versions of Austen's novels, John Wiltshire examines how they have been transposed and 'recreated' in another age and medium. Wiltshire illuminates the process of 'recreation' through the work of the psychoanalyst Donald Winnicott, and offers Jane Austen's own relation to Shakespeare as a suggestive parallel. Exploring the romantic impulse in Austenian biography, 'Jane Austen' as a commodity, and offering a re-interpretation of Pride and Prejudice, this book approaches the central question of the role Jane Austen plays in the contemporary cultural imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02820/cover/9780521002820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 68</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. The journal publishes news, analysis and debate within the field of theatre studies. Articles in volume 68 include: 'Wistful Remembrancer': the Historiographical Problem of Macqueen-Popery; Supressed Desire: Inscriptions of Lesbianism in the British Theatre of the 1930s; Ten Years by a Poznan Lakeside: the Malta Festival and the Impulse for Urban Renewal; What Next for 'In-Yer-Face' Theatre?; Inventing Narratives and the Magic of Individuation: the Plays of Mahesh Dattani; 'There's Our Catastrophe': Empathy, Sacrifice, and the Staging of Suffering in Beckett's Theatre; Self and Nation: Issues of Identity in Modern Scottish Drama by Women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02844/cover/9780521002844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Work to Welfare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Men Become Detached from the Labour Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Pete</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beatty, Christina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fothergill, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacMillan, Rob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeandle, Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a new perspective on joblessness among men. During the last twenty years vast numbers of men of working age have moved completely out of the labour market into 'early retirement' or 'long-term sickness' and to take on new roles in the household. These trends stand in stark contrast to rising labour market participation among women. Based on an unprecedented range of new research on the detached male workforce in the UK, and located within an international context, the book offers a detailed exploration of the varied financial, family and health circumstances 'detached men' are living in. It also challenges conventional assumptions about the boundaries between unemployment, sickness and retirement and the true health of the labour market. Work to Welfare represents an important contribution to debates about the labour market and benefit systems and will be of interest to readers and practitioners in social policy, economics and geography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02868/cover/9780521002868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Looking for Work, Searching for Workers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Labor Markets during Industrialization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenbloom, Joshua L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dynamic character of American industrialization produced imbalances between the supply of and demand for labor across cities and regions. This book describes how employers and job-seekers responded to these imbalances to create networks of labor market communication and assistance capable of mobilizing the massive redistribution of population that was essential to maintain the rapid pace of the nation's economic growth between the Civil War and World War I. It combines a detailed description of the emerging labor market institutions with a careful analysis of a variety of quantitative evidence to assess the broader economic implications for geographic wage convergence and for American economic growth. Despite an expansion in the geographic scope of labor markets at this time, the evidence suggests that labor market institutions reinforced regional divisions within the United States and left a lasting impact on the evolution of many other aspects of the employment relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02875/cover/9780521002875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Causality in Macroeconomics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoover, Kevin D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Causality in Macroeconomics is the first book to address the long-standing problems of causality while taking macroeconomics seriously. The practical concerns of the macroeconomist and abstract concerns of the philosopher inform each other. Grounded in pragmatic realism, the book rejects the popular idea that macroeconomics requires microfoundations, and argues that the macroeconomy is a set of structures that are best analyzed causally. Ideas originally due to Herbert Simon and the Cowles Commission are refined and generalized to non-linear systems, particularly to the non-linear systems with cross-equation restrictions that are ubiquitous in modern macroeconomic models with rational expectations (with and without regime-switching). These ideas help to clarify philosophical as well as economic issues. The structural approach to causality is then used to evaluate more familiar approaches to causality due to Granger, LeRoy and Glymour, Spirtes, Scheines and Kelly, as well as vector autoregressions, the Lucas critique, and the exogeneity concepts of Engle, Hendry and Richard. A constructive approach to causal inference based on patterns of stability and instability in the face of identified regime changes is developed and illustrated in two empirical case studies of the causal direction between money and prices and between taxes and spending.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02882/cover/9780521002882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A User's Guide to Measure Theoretic Probability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rigorous probabilistic arguments, built on the foundation of measure theory introduced seventy years ago by Kolmogorov, have invaded many fields. Students of statistics, biostatistics, econometrics, finance, and other changing disciplines now find themselves needing to absorb theory beyond what they might have learned in the typical undergraduate, calculus-based probability course. This book grew from a one-semester course offered for many years to a mixed audience of graduate and undergraduate students who have not had the luxury of taking a course in measure theory. The core of the book covers the basic topics of independence, conditioning, martingales, convergence in distribution, and Fourier transforms. In addition there are numerous sections treating topics traditionally thought of as more advanced, such as coupling and the KMT strong approximation, option pricing via the equivalent martingale measure, and the isoperimetric inequality for Gaussian processes. The book is not just a presentation of mathematical theory, but is also a discussion of why that theory takes its current form.  It will be a secure starting point for anyone who needs to invoke rigorous probabilistic arguments and understand what they mean.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02899/cover/9780521002899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Civil Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Possibilities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaviraj, Sudipta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khilnani, Sunil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Civil society is one of the most used - and abused - concepts in current political thinking. In this important collection of essays, the concept is subjected to rigorous analysis by an international team of contributors, all of whom seek to encourage the historical and comparative understanding of political thought. The volume is divided into two parts: the first section analyses the meaning of civil society in different theoretical traditions of Western philosophy. In the second section, contributors consider the theoretical and practical contexts in which the notion of civil society has been invoked in Asia, Africa and Latin America. These essays demonstrate how an influential Western idea like civil society is itself altered and innovatively modified by the specific contexts of intellectual and practical life in the societies of the South.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02905/cover/9780521002905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521002915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521002915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521002912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exodus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521002912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyers, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This commentary views Exodus as a cultural document, preserving the collective memories of the Israelites and relating them to the major institutions and beliefs that emerged by the end of the period of the Hebrew Bible. It is intended to help the reader follow the story line of Exodus, understand its socio-cultural context, appreciate its literary features, recognize its major themes and values, and also note its interpretive and moral problems. It explains important concepts and terms as expressed in the Hebrew original so that both people who know Hebrew and those who don't will be able to follow the discussion. Frequent 'closer look' sections examine key elements of the Ancient Near East that bear on the text's meaning, while 'Bridging the Horizons' articles connect this world with the cultural, political and religious environments of today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/02912/cover/9780521002912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equality, Responsibility, and the Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ripstein, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines responsibility and luck as these issues arise in tort law, criminal law, and distributive justice. The central question is: whose bad luck is a particular piece of misfortune? Arthur Ripstein argues that there is a general set of principles to be found that clarifies responsibility in those cases where luck is most obviously an issue: accidents, mistakes, emergencies, and failed attempts at crime. In revealing how the problems that arise in tort and criminal law as well as distributive justice invite structurally parallel solutions, the author also shows the deep connection between individual responsibility and social equality. This is a challenging and provocative book that will be of special interest to moral and political philosophers, legal theorists, and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03070/cover/9780521003070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mediaeval Isma'ili History and Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daftary, Farhad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently the Isma`ilis were judged almost exclusively on the basis of the hostile accounts of their Muslim enemies and the fanciful tales of the Crusaders. As a result, numerous misconceptions were disseminated about the teachings and practices of the Isma'ilis, known in European tradition as the Assassins. In the 1930s, however, authentic Isma`ili texts began to be recovered  from private collections which shed new light on mediaeval Isma`ili history and thought. This collective volume, the first major effort of its kind in this branch of Islamic studies, brings together some of the original results of modern scholarship in the area, written by leading contemporary authorities, as well as distinguished Islamists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03100/cover/9780521003100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Scottish Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broadie, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to the Scottish Enlightenment offers a philosophical perspective on an eighteenth-century movement that has been profoundly influential on western culture. A distinguished team of contributors examines the writings of David Hume, Adam Smith, Thomas Reid, Adam Ferguson, Colin Maclaurin and other Scottish thinkers, in fields including philosophy, natural theology, economics, anthropology, natural science and law. In addition, the contributors relate the Scottish Enlightenment to its historical context and assess its impact and legacy in Europe, America and beyond. The result is a comprehensive and accessible volume that illuminates the richness, the intellectual variety and the underlying unity of this important movement. It will be of interest to a wide range of readers in philosophy, theology, literature and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03230/cover/9780521003230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginnings of English Protestantism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryrie, Alec</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies of the English Reformation have tended either to emphasise the vitality of traditional religious culture, or to shift the focus to the reigns of Elizabeth and the early Stuarts. As a result the men and women who once seemed central to the story, those who became Protestants in the early and middle decades of the sixteenth century, have tended to be marginalised. These essays draw attention to those critical early years, and to the importance of the evangelical movement in the making of England's religious revolution. By considering themes such as conversion and martyrdom, gender and authority, printing and propaganda, and the long shadow of medieval religious culture, the authors show early English Protestantism to have been a complex and many-headed movement. Rather than assuming the onward march of Protestantism, the essays reveal the unpredictable and deeply-contested process by which an English Protestant identity came to be formed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03247/cover/9780521003247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100327X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100327X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eating and Drinking in Roman Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cool, H. E. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What were the eating and drinking habits of the inhabitants of Britain during the Roman period? Drawing on evidence from a large number of archaeological excavations, this fascinating new study shows how varied these habits were in different regions and amongst different communities and challenges the idea that there was any one single way of being Roman or native. Integrating a range of archaeological sources, including pottery, metalwork and environmental evidence such as animal bone and seeds, this book illuminates eating and drinking choices, providing invaluable insights into how those communities regarded their world. The book contains sections on the nature of the different types of evidence used and how this can be analysed. It will be a useful guide to all archaeologists and those who wish to learn about the strength and weaknesses of this material and how best to use it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03278/cover/9780521003278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God and Reason in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1100 and 1600, the emphasis on reason in the learning and intellectual life of Western Europe became more pervasive and widespread than ever before in the history of human civilization. Of crucial significance was the invention of the university around 1200, within which reason was institutionalized and where it became a deeply embedded, permanent feature of Western thought and culture. It is therefore appropriate to speak of an Age of Reason in the Middle Ages, and to view it as a forerunner and herald of the Age of Reason that was to come in the seventeenth century. The object of this study is twofold: to describe how reason was manifested in the curriculum of medieval universities, especially in the subjects of logic, natural philosophy and theology; and to explain how the Middle Ages acquired an undeserved reputation as an age of superstition, barbarism, and unreason.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03377/cover/9780521003377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taiwan in the Twentieth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Retrospective View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmonds, Richard Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstein, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together a group of experts on Taiwan who attempt to analyse change on this dynamic island during the whole of the twentieth century. Thus, in contrast to many works on Taiwan, the nine papers show just how important the Japanese colonial antecedents were to the formation of today's Taiwan and help us to understand the complexity of the problems this island will face in the twenty-first century. The work of the various authors, many of them young Taiwanese, also show clearly that a simple divide of Taiwan's twentieth century history with the retrocession to Chinese rule in 1945 is not adequate for understanding the development of this island.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03438/cover/9780521003438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African-American Children at Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociocultural Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haight, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African-American Children at Church explores African-American socialization beliefs and practices, based on findings of  a unique, four-year long study in a Baptist church in Salt Lake City, Utah. By combining the ethnographic approaches of anthropology with the detailed naturalistic observations of developmental psychology, Dr Haight provides a rich description of actual socialization practices along with an interpretation of what those patterns mean to the participants themselves. Based on extensive interviews with successful African-American adults involved with children, this book begins with the exploration of adults' beliefs about socialization issues focusing on the role of religion in the development of resilience. Drawing from naturalistic observations of adult-child interaction, the book then describes actual socialization contexts and practices that help to nurture competencies in African-American children. The text focuses on Sunday School and includes narrative practices and patterns of adult-child conflict and play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03452/cover/9780521003452.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Destruction of the Bison</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Environmental History, 1750-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isenberg, Andrew C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Destruction of the Bison explains the decline of the North American bison population from an estimated 30 million in 1800 to fewer than a thousand a century later. In this wide-ranging, interdisciplinary study, Andrew C. Isenberg argues that the cultural and ecological encounter between Native Americans and Euroamericans in the Great Plains was the central cause of the near-extinction of the bison. Cultural and ecological interactions created new types of bison hunters on both sides of the encounter: mounted Indian nomads and Euroamerican industrial hidemen. Together with environmental pressures these hunters nearly extinguished the bison. In the early twentieth century, nostalgia about the very cultural strife which first threatened the bison became, ironically, an important impetus to its preservation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03483/cover/9780521003483.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Computational Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devore, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iserles, Arieh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#252;li, Endre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Society for the Foundations of Computational Mathematics supports fundamental research in a wide spectrum of computational mathematics and its application areas. As part of its endeavour to promote research in computational mathematics, the society regularly organises conferences and workshops which bring together leading researchers in the diverse fields impinging on all aspects of computation. This book presents thirteen papers written by plenary speakers from the 1999 conference, all of whom are the foremost figures in their respective fields. Topics covered include complexity theory, approximation theory, optimisation, computational geometry, stochastic systems and the computation of partial differential equations. The wide range of topics covered illustrates the diversity of contemporary computational mathematics and the intricate web of its interaction with pure mathematics and application areas. This book will be of interest to researchers and graduate students in all areas of mathematics involving numerical and symbolic computations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03490/cover/9780521003490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics on Riemann Surfaces and Fuchsian Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bujalance, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costa, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mart&#237;nez, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presents a cross-section of different aspects of Riemann surfaces, introducing the reader to the basics as well as highlighting new developments in the field. It provides a mixture of classical material, recent results and some non-mainstream topics. The book is based on lectures from the conference Topics on Riemann Surfaces and Fuchsian Groups held in Madrid to mark the 25th anniversary of the Universidad Nacional de Educaci&#243;n a Distancia. For those wishing to pursue research in this area, this volume offers a valuable summary of contemporary thought and a source of fresh geometric and algebraic insights. The book will be suitable for graduate courses, as well as providing a useful reference for those already working in geometry, group theory, complex analysis, algebraic geometry, topology and theoretical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03506/cover/9780521003506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symbols of Jesus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Christology of Symbolic Engagement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neville, Robert Cummings</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a systematic theology focusing on what makes Jesus important in Christianity. It studies six families of symbols about Jesus, showing how they are true for some people, not true for others, and not meaningful for a third group. Divine creation is analysed in metaphysical and symbolic terms, and religious symbolism is shown to be wholly compatible with a late-modern scientific world view. Robert Cummings Neville, a leading philosophical theologian, presents and illustrates an elaborate theory of religious symbols according to which God is directly engaged in symbolically shaped thinking and practice. Symbols are not distancing substitutes for God. Theology of symbolic engagement is defended as an alternative to doctrinal or descriptive theology. This major work re-shapes the way we think about Jesus, and will be of value to students, academics, clergy with theological training, and others grappling with the meaning and importance of religious symbols in our age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03537/cover/9780521003537.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Discrepancy Method</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Randomness and Complexity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chazelle, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>494</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The discrepancy method is the glue that binds randomness and complexity. It is the bridge between randomized computation and discrepancy theory, the area of mathematics concerned with irregularities in distributions. The discrepancy method has played a major role in complexity theory; in particular, it has caused a mini-revolution of sorts in computational geometry. This book tells the story of the discrepancy method in a few short independent vignettes. It is a varied tale which includes such topics as communication complexity, pseudo-randomness, rapidly mixing Markov chains, points on the sphere and modular forms, derandomization, convex hulls, Voronoi diagrams, linear programming and extensions, geometric sampling, VC-dimension theory, minimum spanning trees, linear circuit complexity, and multidimensional searching. The mathematical treatment is thorough and self-contained. In particular, background material in discrepancy theory is supplied as needed. Thus the book should appeal to students and researchers in computer science, operations research, pure and applied mathematics, and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03575/cover/9780521003575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotion, Social Theory, and Social Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Macrosociological Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barbalet, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emotion, Social Theory, and Social Structure takes sociology in a new direction. It examines key aspects of social structure by using a fresh understanding of emotions categories. Through that synthesis emerge new perspectives on rationality, class structure, social action, conformity, basic rights, and social change. As well as giving an innovative view of social processes, J. M. Barbalet's study also reveals unappreciated aspects of emotions by considering fear, resentment, vengefulness, shame, and confidence in the context of social structure. While much has been written on the social consequences of excessive or pathological emotions, this book demonstrates the centrality of emotions to routine operations of social interaction. Dr Barbalet also re-evaluates the nature of social theory, for once the importance of emotions to social processes becomes clear, the intellectual constitution of sociology, and therefore its history, must be rethought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03599/cover/9780521003599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring Minds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Henry Herbert Goddard and the Origins of American Intelligence Testing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zenderland, Leila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the origins of the American intelligence testing movement.  It follows the life and work of Henry Herbert Goddard, America's first intelligence tester and author of the most popular American eugenics tract, The Kallikak Family. The book traces the controversies surrounding Goddard's efforts to bring Alfred Binet's tests of intelligence from France to America and to introduce them into the basic institutions of American life - from hospitals to classrooms to courtrooms. It shows how testers used their findings to address the most pressing social and political questions of their day, including poverty, crime, prostitution, alcoholism, immigration restriction, and military preparedness. It also explores the broader legacies of the testing movement by showing how Goddard's ideas helped to reshape the very meaning of mental retardation, special education, clinical psychology, and the 'normal' mind in ways that would be felt for the rest of the century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43739/cover/9780521443739.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Bases of Nazism, 1919-1933</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;hlberger, Detlef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This latest addition to the New Studies in Economic and Social History series sheds fascinating light on an essential aspect of the history of Nazism. The social background of the supporters of Nazism has been the subject of intense debate since the early 1930s. Was the Nazi party a predominantly middle-class party or a people's party? Detlef M&#252;hlberger provides a comprehensive summary of the answer to this question, based on extensive sociological and psephological evidence. The data support the claim made by the Nazis in the 1920s and early 1930s that their party was a Volkspartei able to mobilise support from all sections of German society. Lucidly written and clearly illustrated with numerous tables, this book will be essential reading for all those interested in modern German history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03728/cover/9780521003728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naturalism, Evolution and Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays covers a wide range of issues in current naturalised philosophy of  mind. Particular attention is paid to the ways in which concepts drawn from evolutionary biology might enhance our understanding of the place of mind in the natural world. Issues covered include:  the advantages of construing the mind as an adaptation, the naturalisation of intentional and phenomenal content, the evolution of means-end reasoning, rationality and higher-order intentionality, methodological issues in cognitive ethology and evolutionary psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03735/cover/9780521003735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Unfinished Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Movement Theory and the Gay and Lesbian Movement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engel, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Unfinished Revolution compares the post-Second World War histories of the American and British gay and lesbian movements with an eye toward understanding how distinct political institutional environments affect the development, strategies, goals, and outcomes of a social movement. Stephen M. Engel utilizes an electic mix of source materials ranging from the theories of Mancur Olson and Michel Foucault to Supreme Court rulings and film and television dialogue. The two case study chapters function as brief historical sketches to elucidate further the conclusions on theory and whilst being politically-oriented, they also examine gay influence and expansion into mainstream popular culture. The book also includes an appendix that surveys and assesses the analytical potential of five critical understandings of social movements: the classical approach, rational choice, resource mobilization, new social movement theories, and political opportunity structures. It will be of value to academics and students of sociology, political science, and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03773/cover/9780521003773.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marx, the Young Hegelians, and the Origins of Radical Social Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dethroning the Self</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breckman, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of Marx and the Young Hegelians in twenty years. The book offers a new interpretation of Marx's early development, the political dimension of Young Hegelianism, and that movement's relationship to political and intellectual currents in early nineteenth-century Germany. Warren Breckman challenges the orthodox distinction drawn between the exclusively religious concerns of Hegelians in the 1830s and the sociopolitical preoccupations of the 1840s. He shows that there are inextricable connections between the theological, political and social discourses of the Hegelians in the 1830s. The book draws together an account of major figures such as Feuerbach and Marx, with discussions of lesser-known but significant figures such as Eduard Gans, August Cieszkowski, Moses Hess, F. W. J. Schelling as well as such movements as French Saint-Simonianism and 'positive philosophy'. Wide-ranging in scope and synthetic in approach, this is an important book for historians of philosophy, theology, political theory and nineteenth-century ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03803/cover/9780521003803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of e-Markets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Multidimensional Market Mechanisms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bichler, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamic pricing and on-line auctions are emerging as the preferred models for e-business. Forrester Research predicts that business-to-business Internet auctions will grow to $52.6 billion by 2002, while dynamically priced business-to-business transactions will rise to $88 billion, representing 27% of the value of all business-to-business e-commerce transactions. This multi-disciplinary book presents a framework of negotiation protocols for electronic markets. It is the first book to combine economics with computer science and the first to describe multidimensional auction mechanisms - i.e. automated negotiations on multiple attributes and/or multiple units of a product. In addition it summarises the introductory economics needed to understand electronic markets, and surveys the literature on negotiation and auction theory. Case studies include the trading of financial derivatives. For use in the design, implementation and upgrade of electronic markets, for researchers in: economics, information systems and operations management, computer science and all students of the e-commerce phenomenon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03834/cover/9780521003834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Austen and the Fiction of her Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waldron, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents Jane Austen as a radical innovator. It explores the nature of her confrontation with the popular novelists of her time, and demonstrates how her challenge to them transformed fiction. It is evident from letters and other sources, as well as the novels themselves, that the Austen family developed a strong scepticism about contemporary notions of the proper content and purpose of fiction. Austen's own writing can be seen as a conscious demonstration of these disagreements. In thus identifying her literary motivation, this book (moving away from the questions of ideology which have so dominated Austen studies in this century) offers a unifying critique of the novels and helps to explain their unequalled durability with the reading public.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03889/cover/9780521003889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biolinguistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exploring the Biology of Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, Lyle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the nature of human language and its importance for the study of the mind. In particular, it examines current work on the biology of language. Lyle Jenkins reviews the evidence that language is best characterized by a generative grammar of the kind introduced by Noam Chomsky in the 1950s and developed in various directions since that time. He then discusses research into the development of language which tries to capture both the underlying universality of human language, as well as the diversity found in individual languages (Universal Grammar). Finally, he discusses a variety of approaches to language design and the evolution of language. An important theme is the integration of biolinguistics into the natural sciences - the 'unification problem'. Jenkins also answers criticisms of the biolinguistic approach from a number of other perspectives, including evolutionary psychology, cognitive science, connectionism and ape language research, among others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03919/cover/9780521003919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets and Moral Regulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Change in the European Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurzer, Paulette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Does European integration influence national cultures and social policies? Is Europe's fabled cultural diversity diminishing? Paulette Kurzer examines these important and topical questions by comparing the Irish abortion ban, Finnish and Swedish drinking restrictions, and Dutch drug decriminalization. Employing a synthesis of constructivist and institutionalist theories, Kurzer demonstrates that domestic shifts in values and attitudes, spurred along by the impact of EC/EU market integration, are in fact bringing about a convergence in European morality norms. Alcohol control policies are forced to liberalize, the Irish abortion proscription is being redefined, and Dutch drug toleration is pushed into a more punitive direction. Markets and Moral Regulation argues that a crucial agency is European law and its role as a market regulator: as market forces invade these cultural and moral spheres, protective barriers disintegrate. The result is that cultural and social domains are increasingly exposed to the influence of market competition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03957/cover/9780521003957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Raphael</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Marcia B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Raphael is a rare painter who was never out of fashion. This book addresses some of the interests of recent scholarship, which has changed the focus from concern with attribution and definition of Raphael's style and the classic style of the High Renaissance to more practical matters. Investigation of the intellectual and cultural history of sixteenth century Rome and Florence in the past generation have made it possible to put Raphael in the context of his patrons and his other contemporaries. Raphael managed what was no doubt the largest workshop to date and it provided the model for many artists who followed him. This leads us to an understanding of the privileging of invention over execution that takes place increasingly in the sixteenth century. Raphael became the model for artists, beginning soon after his death and continuing after the collapse of the academic tradition in the late nineteenth century. This reverence is studied in the final section of this book, including an essay that traces changing tastes in restoring his paintings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03964/cover/9780521003964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Measurement of Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Time, Frequency and the Atomic Clock</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Audoin, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guinot, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyle, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the physics of time and time measurement, from an historical perspective to the modern day. It discusses the stability and accuracy of atomic frequency standards, including different types of oscillators and atomic clocks, covering recent developments and uses of these devices. The precision of atomic clocks and the atomic time scale are considered in the context of fundamental physical research, with relation to general relativity and applications such as the Global Positioning System. The authors also discuss International Atomic Time and its relationship to Coordinated Universal Time and the time scales used in astronomy. The book will be an ideal introduction for graduate students or researchers entering the fields of time and frequency metrology and precise astronomical observation. It will also be useful as a reference for scientists working in these and related areas, such as geophysics, atomic physics, astronomy and telecommunications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03971/cover/9780521003971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521003997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521003997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521003995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics in Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Dilemmas, Mate Choice and Biological Markets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521003995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>No&#235;, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Hooff, Jan A. R. A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammerstein, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the development of game theory, the analysis of animal behaviour using the theories of economics has become a growing field of biological research in which models of games and markets play an important role. Studies of sexual selection, interspecific mutualism and intraspecific cooperation show that individuals exchange commodities to their mutual benefit; the exchange values of commodities are a source of conflict, and behavioural mechanisms such as partner choice and contest between competitors determines the composition of trading pairs or groups. These 'biological markets' can be examined to gain a better understanding of the underlying principles of evolutionary ecology. In this volume scientists from different disciplines combine insights from economics, evolutionary biology and the social sciences to look at comparative aspects of economic behaviour in humans and other animals. Aimed primarily at evolutionary biologists and anthropologists, it will also appeal to psychologists and economists interested in an evolutionary approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/03995/cover/9780521003995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defects and Geometry in Condensed Matter Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thermally excited defects such as vortices, disclinations, dislocations, vacancies and interstitials play a key role in the physics of crystals, superfluids, superconductors, liquid crystals and polymer arrays. Geometrical aspects of statistical mechanics become particularly important when thermal fluctuations entangle or crumple extended line-like or surface-like objects in three dimensions. In the case of entangled vortices above the first-order flux lattice melting transition in high temperature superconductors, the lines themselves are defects. A variety of low temperature theories combined with renormalization group ideas are used to describe the delicate interplay between defects, statistical mechanics and geometry characteristic of these problems in condensed matter physics. David Nelson provides a coherent and pedagogic graduate level introduction to the field of defects and geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04008/cover/9780521004008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Handbook of Intelligence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first international handbook of intelligence ever published. It is intended to prove a truly international perspective on the nature of intelligence. It covers intelligence theory, research, and practice from all over the globe. Areas covered include Great Britain, Australia, French-speaking countries, German-speaking countries, Spanish-speaking countries, India, Japan, Israel, Turkey, and China. Each author is an internationally recognized expert in the field of intelligence. Authors represent not just their own viewpoint, but rather, the full variety of viewpoints indigenous to the area about which they write. Each chapter deals with, for its area, definitions and theories of intelligence, history of research, current research, assessment techniques, and comparison across geographical areas. An integrative final chapter synthesizes the diverse international viewpoints.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04022/cover/9780521004022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decisions and Elections</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explaining the Unexpected</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saari, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is not uncommon to be frustrated by the outcome of an election or a decision in voting, law, economics, engineering, and other fields. Does this 'bad' result reflect poor data or poorly informed voters? Or does the disturbing conclusion reflect the choice of the decision/election procedure? Nobel Laureate Kenneth Arrow's famed theorem has been interpreted to mean 'no decision procedure is without flaws'. Similarly, Nobel Laureate Amartya Sen dashes hope for individual liberties by showing their incompatibility with societal needs. This highly accessible book offers a new, different interpretation and resolution of Arrow's and Sen's theorems. Using simple mathematics, it shows that these negative conclusions arise because, in each case, some of their assumptions negate other crucial assumptions. Once this is understood, not only do the conclusions become expected, but a wide class of other phenomena can also be anticipated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04046/cover/9780521004046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fractal River Basins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chance and Self-Organization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodr&#237;guez-Iturbe, Ignacio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rinaldo, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers river basins and drainage networks in the light of their scaling and multi-scaling properties, and the dynamics responsible for their development. The hydrology of river basins, and prediction of their growth, demands knowledge of a range of temporal and spatial scales. The core of Fractal River Basins is the search for the hidden order of these temporal and spatial variabilities in river basins, despite variations in size, climate and geology. The commonality of branching networks to other natural phenomena will make this book applicable to a wide range of disciplines. Hydrologists and geomorphologists will find that this book opens up the important topic of the fractal structure of networks at an accessible level. Mathematicians and physicists will appreciate the application of the theory to this aspect of the earth sciences. Comprehensive, well illustrated and with many real-world examples Fractal River Basins, will be useful to researchers and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04053/cover/9780521004053.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Native Americans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence from Anthropological Genetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Who are the Native Americans? When and how did they colonize the New World? What proportion of the biological variation in contemporary Amerindian populations was 'made in America' and what was brought from Siberia? This book is a unique synthesis of the genetic, archaeological and demographic evidence concerning the native peoples of the Americas, using case studies from contemporary Amerindian and Siberian indigenous groups to unravel the mysteries. It culminates in an examination of the devastating collision between European and Native American cultures following contact, and the legacy of increased incidence of chronic diseases that still accompanies the acculturation of native peoples today. This compelling account will be required reading for all those interested in the anthropology of Native Americans, past, present and future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92802/cover/9780521592802.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100411X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100411X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of North European Garden Plants</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Keys to Families and Genera</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a means for the accurate identification of over 190 families and 2220 genera of flowering plants cultivated out-of-doors in gardens in north-west Europe and in other geographical regions with a similar climate, including parts of North America. The text is an abridged version of The European Garden Flora, published in six volumes, and constitutes a handy single volume digest that considers familes and genera, but not species. A key to all the families is provided and, for each of the families, a key to the genera within it. Scientifically rigorous descriptions of families and genera follow, including information on the number of constituent genera or species, and details of geographical distribution. Illustrations of genera from most of the major families are included to aid accurate identification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04114/cover/9780521004114.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mary Wollstonecraft and the Feminist Imagination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the two centuries since Mary Wollstonecraft published A Vindication of the Rights of Woman (1792), she has become an icon of modern feminism: a stature that has paradoxically obscured her real historic significance. In the most in-depth study to date of Wollstonecraft's thought, Barbara Taylor develops an alternative reading of her as a writer steeped in the utopianism of Britain's radical Enlightenment. Wollstonecraft's feminist aspirations, Taylor shows, were part of a  revolutionary programme for universal equality and moral perfection that reached its zenith during the political upheavals of the 1790s but had its roots in the radical-Protestant Enlightenment. Drawing on all of Wollstonecraft's works, and locating them in a vividly detailed account of her intellectual world and troubled personal history, Taylor provides a compelling portrait of this fascinating and profoundly influential thinker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04176/cover/9780521004176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>L&#233;vy Statistics and Laser Cooling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Rare Events Bring Atoms to Rest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bardou, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bouchaud, Jean-Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aspect, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen-Tannoudji, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Laser cooling of atoms provides an ideal case study for the application of L&#233;vy statistics in a privileged situation where the statistical model can be derived from first principles. This book demonstrates how the most efficient laser cooling techniques can be simply and quantitatively understood in terms of non-ergodic random processes dominated by a few rare events. L&#233;vy statistics are now recognised as the proper tool for analysing many different problems for which standard Gaussian statistics are inadequate. Laser cooling provides a simple example of how L&#233;vy statistics can yield analytic predictions that can be compared to other theoretical approaches and experimental results. The authors of this book are world leaders in the fields of laser cooling and light-atom interactions, and are renowned for their clear presentation. This book will therefore hold much interest for graduate students and researchers in the fields of atomic physics, quantum optics, and statistical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04220/cover/9780521004220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Brief Guide to Algebraic Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swinnerton-Dyer, H. P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of Algebraic Number Theory, a field which has grown to touch many other areas of pure mathematics. It is written primarily for beginning graduate students in pure mathematics, and encompasses everything that most such students are likely to need; others who need the material will also find it accessible. It assumes no prior knowledge of the subject, but a firm basis in the theory of field extensions at an undergraduate level is required, and an appendix covers other prerequisites. The book covers the two basic methods of approaching Algebraic Number Theory, using ideals and valuations, and includes material on the most usual kinds of algebraic number field, the functional equation of the zeta function and a substantial digression on the classical approach to Fermat's Last Theorem, as well as a comprehensive account of class field theory. Many exercises and an annotated reading list are also included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04237/cover/9780521004237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Primate Socioecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, P. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comparative studies have become both more frequent and more important as a means for understanding the biology, behaviour and evolution of mammals. Primates have complex social relationships and diverse ecologies, and represent a large species radiation. This book draws together a wide range of experts from fields as diverse as reproductive biology and foraging energetics to place recent field research into a synthetic perspective. The chapters tackle controversial issues in primate biology and behaviour, including the role of brain expansion and infanticide in the evolution of primate behavioural strategies. The book also presents an overview of comparative methodologies as applied to recent primate research which will provide new approaches to comparative research. It will be of particular interest to primatologists, behavioural ecologists and those interested in the evolution of human social behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04244/cover/9780521004244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade Policy in Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buffie, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Trade Policy in Developing Countries is aimed at academics, graduate students and professional, policy-oriented economists. It is the first work in the field to analyze trade policy in an integrated theoretical framework based on optimizing dynamic models that pay careful attention to the structural features of developing country economies. Following a thorough critique of the debate on inward- vs. outward-oriented trade regimes, Buffie examines the main issues of concern to less developed countries in the areas of optimal commercial policy, trade liberalization and direct foreign investment. In addition to many new and important results, the book contains systematic reviews of the empirical evidence and three expositional chapters that show the reader how to use the technical machinery of economic theory to construct and manipulate multi-sector dynamic general equilibrium models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04268/cover/9780521004268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Census and Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Race, Ethnicity, and Language in National Censuses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kertzer, David I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arel, Dominique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Politics of Race, Ethnicity and Language in National Censuses examines the ways that states have attempted to pigeon-hole the people within their boundaries into racial, ethnic, and language categories. These attempts, whether through American efforts to divide the US population into mutually exclusive racial categories, or through the Soviet system of inscribing nationality categories on internal passports, have important implications not only for people's own identities and life chances, but for national political and social processes as well. The book reviews the history of these categorizing efforts by the state, and offers a theoretical context for examining them, illustrating the case with studies from a range of  countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04275/cover/9780521004275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Policies of Developed Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franzese, Jr, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book synthesizes and extends modern political-economic theory to explain the postwar evolution of macroeconomic policy in developed democracies. Chapters II-IV study transfers, debt, and monetary/wage policy-making and outcomes, stressing that participation enhances transfer-policy responsiveness to inequality and vice versa, that policy-making veto actors retard fiscal-policy adjustments, inducing greater long-run debt-responses to all other political-economic stimuli, and that monetary policy's nominal and real effects depend, respectively, on the broader political-economic interest-structure and on wage-price bargainers' sectorial composition and coordination. Broadly, the book argues that these developments have exacerbated the distributional conflicts inherent in the policies to which postwar governments had committed while undermining their more-universally desired efficiency-fostering roles. Battles that once raged primarily over policies conducted within postwar-commitment frameworks now rage over the putative 'reforms' of the frameworks that will set the institutional rules within which democratic struggle over macroeconomic policy and free-market competition will continue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04411/cover/9780521004411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abstract Art in the Late Twentieth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colpitt, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the middle of the 20th century, abstraction was the accepted language of art as practiced by painters and articulated by critics, who began to investigate its historical and theoretical dimensions. Abstract Art in the Late Twentieth Century includes seminal essays on abstract painting by eleven of its most incisive critics and written over four decades, between 1960 and 2000. Tracing the post-Greenbergian development of such critical issues as hard-edge painting, deductive and serial structure, monochrome abstraction, the psychological analogy, regionalism, and the 'death of painting' in post-modernism, they examine works by Ad Reinhardt, Frank Stella, Brice Marden, Sherrie Levine, and Gerhard Richter, among others. The introduction and commentary by Frances Colpitt situates the essays historically and examines their philosophical sources and influences, from formalism and phenomenology, to structuralism and poststructuralism. What emerges is a coherent and optimistic picture of abstract painting, the definitive contribution of modern art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04534/cover/9780521004534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100456X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100456X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disorders of Brain and Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ron, Maria A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robbins, Trevor W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years there have been major advances in areas of clinical neuroscience including neurogenetics, neuroimaging and the scientific study of consciousness. Disorders of Brain and Mind II brings together the most important findings since the previous volume was published in 1998. In this entirely new collection of articles, the scope is again wide. Imaging of the normal and abnormal mind figures prominently, and there is also coverage of genes and behaviour, brain development, consciousness and aggression. New disease-orientated chapters detail recent advances in dementia, affective illness and drug use and abuse. Clinical chapters are paired with those describing neuropathology or experimental models of the disease in question. The distinguished editors have assembled an authoritative team of contributors from the fields of psychiatry, clinical and cognitive neuroscience, and psychology. This book will appeal to anyone who has a clinical or scientific interest in the mind and its disorders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04565/cover/9780521004565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divided Arsenal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race and the American State During World War II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kryder, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Divided Arsenal compares the causes and effects of federal race policy during World War II in factories, the Army, and agriculture. While scholars such as Gunner Mydrdal have suggested that wars promote the salience of the nation's founding democratic and egalitarian ideals, two imperatives - the mobilization of industrial production and the maintenance of the New Deal Coalition - outweigh the goals of interracial reform. The history of industrial employment policies confirms the role of party and war-fighting concerns in the creation of the Fair Employment Practices Committee and the committee's investigative casework. While military racial policies were initially repressive, by spurring black soldier resistance they paradoxically facilitated steps toward desegregation by transforming the executive's calculation of military efficiency. Important similarities in the timing and quality of reform in the three fields indicate that war-fighting concerns affected policy outcomes despite variations in African-American political and economic opportunities in various sectors and sections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93380/cover/9780521593380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropological Lens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Harsh Light, Soft Focus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anthropology is a complex, wide-ranging, and ever-changing field. This clear, coherent, and well-crafted book is a revised version of a very successful text first published in 1986, designed  to supplement standard textbooks and monographs. It covers the central concepts, distinctive methodologies, and philosophical as well as practical issues of cultural anthropology, and it is accessible to the anthropological novice, and of value to the professional. The updated version covers current issues in cultural anthropology, and includes topics such as globalization, gender, post-modernism and public issues, and reflects changes in perspective and language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04596/cover/9780521004596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and the Self</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mageo, Jeannette Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Power and the Self deals with an important but neglected topic: the ways in which power is experienced by individuals, both as agents and as objects of the exercise of power. Each contributor presents a series of case studies drawn from a variety of cultural contexts, including the analysis of the appeal of Japanese superhero toys for American children; the conditions that lead to dehumanising treatment of patients in an American nursing home; the experiences of a Turkish immigrant woman in the Netherlands; a contribution relating theories about the capacity to commit genocidal violence to 'everyday forms of violence', and other cases from New Guinea and Samoa. The introduction provides a readable historical review and synthesis of the theoretical ideas that provide the context for the work presented in the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04602/cover/9780521004602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Babylon to Voyager and Beyond</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Planetary Astronomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leverington, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Babylon to Voyager and Beyond covers planetary research from the time of the Babylonians and Ancient Greeks through those of Kepler, Galileo and Newton to the modern era of space exploration. It outlines the key observational discoveries and theoretical developments in their historical context, covering not only the numerous successes but also the main failures. Planetary astronomy has come a long way since the Babylonians used their extensive numerical skills to predict the positions of the moon and planets. That progress is the story of this book, ending, as it does, with the considerable discoveries of the space age, and the discoveries of planets around other stars. This account will appeal to both amateur and professional astronomers, as well as those with an interest in the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04619/cover/9780521004619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Empire and the Making of Malaya</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harper, T. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern Malaya was born in a period of war, insurrection, and monumental social upheaval. Tim Harper's acclaimed study examines the achievement of independence in 1957, not primarily through the struggle between Imperial Britain and nationalist elites, but through the internal struggles that late colonial rule fostered at all levels of Malayan society. It contains research on the impact of the Second World War in Malaya, the origins and course of the Communist Emergency, and urbanisation and popular culture, and charts the responses of Malaya's communities to more intrusive forms of government and to rapid social change. Dr Harper emphasises the various conflicting visions of independence, and suggests that although the experiments of late colonialism were frustrated, they left an enduring legacy for the politics of independent Malaya. This book sheds light on the dynamics of nationalism, ethnicity, and state-building in modern Southeast Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04657/cover/9780521004657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Nationalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gans, Chaim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the justifications and limits of cultural nationalism from a liberal perspective. Chaim Gans presents a normative typology of nationalist ideologies, distinguishing between cultural liberal nationalism and statist liberal nationalism. Statist nationalisms argue that states have an interest in the cultural homogeneity of their citizenries. Cultural nationalisms argue that people have interests in adhering to their cultures (the adherence thesis) and in sustaining these cultures for generations (the historic thesis). Gans argues that freedom- and identity-based justifications for cultural nationalism common in literature can only support the adherence thesis, while the historical thesis could only be justified by the interest people have in the long-term endurance of their personal and group endeavors. The Limits of Nationalism examines demands often made in the name of cultural nationalism, such as claims for national self-determination, historical rights claims to territories and demands entailed by cultural particularism as opposed to cultural cosmopolitanism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04671/cover/9780521004671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Population Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macbeth, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collinson, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In human populations, biological, social, spatial, ecological and economic aspects of existence are inextricably linked, demanding a holistic approach to their study. Many undergraduate and postgraduate courses now emphasise the value of studying human populations using theoretical frameworks and methodologies from different traditional disciplines.  Human Population Dynamics introduces such frameworks and methodologies whilst demonstrating how changes in human population structure can be addressed from several different academic perspectives. As such, the book contains contributions from world-renowned researchers in demography, social and biological anthropology, genetics, biology, sociology, ecology, history and human geography. In particular, the contributors emphasise the lability of many population structures and boundaries, as viewed from their area of expertise. This text is aimed at undergraduate students, graduates and academic researchers from any academic discipline which considers human populations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04688/cover/9780521004688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning from HIV and AIDS</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellison, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Melissa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Different professional and academic disciplines have addressed the HIV/AIDS pandemic from a variety of perspectives, using different analytical approaches. By bringing these together in one volume, Learning from HIV/AIDS provides a more complete picture of this multi-faceted disease - from the biological and social factors which facilitate HIV transmission - to the powerful cultural and political forces which fuel the pandemic. Chapters from contributors working on the aetiology, treatment and prevention of HIV/AIDS identify how their work has helped predict the spread of HIV and has improved the survival of those infected. Yet interventions to reduce the spread of HIV have had limited success, and few HIV-infected individuals have access to combination drug therapies. Written for students and researchers, and taking an interdisciplinary perspective, this book demonstrates that progress in developing effective and acceptable interventions can only be achieved through collaboration between the biological, medical and social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04701/cover/9780521004701.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Navigation of Feeling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Framework for the History of Emotions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reddy, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Navigation of Feeling: A Framework for the History of Emotions, William M. Reddy offers a theory of emotions which both critiques and expands upon recent research in the fields of anthropology and psychology.  Exploring the links between emotion and cognition, between culture and emotional expression, Reddy applies this theory of emotions to the processes of history. He demonstrates how emotions change over time, how emotions have a very important impact on the course of events, and how different social orders either facilitate or constrain emotional life. In an investigation of Revolutionary France, where sentimentalism in literature and philosophy had promised a new and unprecedented kind of emotional liberty, Reddy's theory of emotions and historical change is successfully put to the test.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04725/cover/9780521004725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Sociology of International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobden, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobson, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International relations theorists are increasingly turning to historical sociology as a means both of broadening and refining their discipline, and critiquing mainstream thinking. Nevertheless, there is still only a rudimentary understanding of what historical sociology is and what it can offer the subject. This book acts as a manifesto for historical sociology, considering a range of issues, including accounts of the major variants of historical sociology; how they can be applied to international relations; why international relations theorists should engage with these approaches; and how historical sociological insight can enhance and reconfigure the study of international relations. In addition to describing the seven major approaches - neo-Weberianism, constructivisim, critical historical materialism, critical theory, postmodernism, structural realism and World Systems theory - the volume's introductory and concluding chapters set out in detail an approach and research agenda that revolve around what the editors call 'world sociology'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04763/cover/9780521004763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100487X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100487X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sport of Kings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kinship, Class and Thoroughbred Breeding in Newmarket</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassidy, Rebecca</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sport of Kings is an ethnography of the British racing industry based upon two years of participant observation in Newmarket, the international headquarters of flat racing. Racing in Britain provides a lens through which ideas of class, status, tradition and hierarchy can be examined in an environment which is both superficially familiar and richly exotic. This book explores concepts about 'nature' specific to thoroughbred racehorse breeding, and pursues the idea that in making statements about animals, we reveal something of ourselves. It explains the action that takes place on racecourses, in training yards, on studs and at bloodstock auctions. It analyses the consumption of racing through betting on the racecourse and in betting shops, and it proffers an insightful description of a unique class system: that of the humans and animals involved in the production of British flat racing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04879/cover/9780521004879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100490X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100490X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Corpus Linguistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English Corpus Linguistics is a step-by-step guide to creating and analyzing linguistic corpora. It begins with a discussion of the role that corpus linguistics plays in linguistic theory, demonstrating that corpora have proven to be very useful resources for linguists who believe that their theories and descriptions of English should be based on real rather than contrived data. Charles F. Meyer goes on to describe how to plan the creation of a corpus, how to collect and computerize data for inclusion in a corpus, how to annotate the data that are collected, and how to conduct a corpus analysis of a completed corpus. The book concludes with an overview of the challenges that corpus linguists face to make both the creation and analysis of corpora much easier undertakings than they currently are. Clearly organized and accessibly written, this book will appeal to students of linguistics and English language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04909/cover/9780521004909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Child Poverty in Industrialised Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradbury, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, Stephen P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Micklewright, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A child poverty rate of ten percent could mean that every tenth child is always poor, or that all children are in poverty for one month in every ten. Knowing where reality lies between these extremes is vital to understanding the problem facing many countries of poverty among the young. This unique study goes beyond the standard analysis of child poverty based on poverty rates at one point in time and documents how much movement into and out of poverty by children there actually is, covering a range of industrialised countries - the USA, UK, Germany, Ireland, Spain, Hungary and Russia. Five main topics are addressed: conceptual and measurement issues associated with a dynamic view of child poverty; cross-national comparisons of child poverty rates and trends; cross-national comparisons of children's movements into and out of poverty; country-specific studies of child poverty dynamics; and the policy implications of taking a dynamic perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04923/cover/9780521004923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concomitant Infections</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, F. E. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chappell, L. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Humans and animals are frequently infected with at least one species of parasite and most also harbour other parasites or infectious agents. The interactions between these agents are often subtle and ignored by parasitologists, ecologists and immunologists. This volume explores these interactions in detail, with particular emphasis on their immunological and ecological aspects. There are also contributions on parasitic infections and AIDS and the problems of treating patients with multiple infections. This volume will be of interest to parasitologists, clinicians, veterinarians, immunologists, ecologists and anyone else dealing with parasitic, viral or bacterial infections in the laboratory or in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521004985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521004985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521004985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberalism, Democracy and Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521004985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chan, Sylvia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many commentators have assumed a close connection between liberal democracy and economic development. Sylvia Chan questions this assumption and suggests a new theoretical framework, in which liberal democracy is 'decomposed' into economic, civil and political dimensions that can be combined in different ways, allowing for a range of 'institutional matrices'. She then shows, in a case study of Japan and the Asian newly industrialising countries, how these seemingly less democratic countries have enjoyed a unique mix of economic, civil and political liberties which have encouraged economic development, without the need to share the institutional structures and cultural values of the West. Chan's model therefore provides a re-evaluation of the institutional capacities needed to sustain a competitive economy in a globalising world, and develops a more sophisticated understanding of the democracy-development connection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/04985/cover/9780521004985.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parasite Adaptation to Environmental Constraints</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tinsley, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Parasites experience two environments; one reflecting external conditions, the other created by the living host. The constraints imposed by these environments provide an avenue into the rich diversity of parasitology. The subjects of this volume are relevant to evolution, ecology, physiology, biochemistry, immunology, molecular biology and phylogenetic analysis. Papers review familiar and unfamiliar extreme physical conditions from low temperatures and desiccation to the powerful water currents faced by some fish parasites. The environment created by the host and parasite adaptation to host immunity is covered in several papers, including immune evasion, host-switching and the effect of parasites on the evolution of immunity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reviews and Perspectives in Physiology 2001</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The Physiological Society</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>130</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together the Perspectives and Topical Reviews published during 2000 in The Journal of Physiology, with the intention of making their content as accessible as possible to both students and researchers in physiology. The Journal of Physiology publishes original research papers that illustrate new physiological principles and mechanisms, with an emphasis on human and mammalian physiology. It is among the most rapidly published journals in its field, and has one of the highest citation indexes in physiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05036/cover/9780521005036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Welfare State Futures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leibfried, Stephan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The welfare state is in hard times, according to today's consensus. The deterioration of exceptional economic performance - the basis for the 'Golden Age' of welfare capitalism - seems irreversible: this has slowed down welfare state expansion and radically shifted the ground for discussion on the future of the welfare state. This volume takes stock of 'the state of the welfare state': How can we build a theory of the welfare state? How did the post-World War II welfare state relate to economic development? How do welfare states change? How did the reforms of pension systems - a key welfare state sector - develop in OECD countries? How did the most developed 'Nordic welfare state' fare? How viable are today's advanced welfare states in the international economy? How may we recast the European welfare states for the twenty-first century?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05128/cover/9780521005128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neuropsychiatry of Epilepsy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trimble, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmitz, Bettina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Trimble and Bettina Schmitz have assembled a multi-national team of experts to review the most recent findings and explore the interface between epilepsy and behaviour disorders. They begin by looking at the classifications available and examine how adequate they are for defining the subtleties of behavioural changes in patients with neurological disorders. Coverage is broad-ranging, from related cognitive problems, the biological underpinnings and pseudoseizures, to clinical aspects and treatment issues. There has been a great deal of research in this area over recent years, but limited published reviews. This timely book covers the practical implications of ongoing research, and offers both a diagnostic and management perspective. It will be essential reading for all professionals engaged in the treatment of epileptic patients.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05166/cover/9780521005166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Might We Live? Global Ethics in the New Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunne, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume looks outward to the twenty-first century and to the dynamics of this first truly global age. It asks the fundamental question: how might human societies live? In contrast to the orthodoxies of academic Philosophy and International Relations in much of the twentieth century, which marginalised or rejected the study of ethics, the contributors here believe that there is nothing more political than ethics, and therefore deserving of scholarly analysis. By exploring some of the oldest questions about duties and obligations within and beyond humanly constructed boundaries, the essays help us ponder the most profound question in world politics today: who will the twenty-first century be for?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05203/cover/9780521005203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bible and the Third World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Precolonial, Colonial and Postcolonial Encounters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sugirtharajah, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative study moves briskly but comprehensively through three phases of the Third World's encounter with the Bible - precolonial, colonial, and postcolonial. It recounts the remarkable story of how an inaccessible and marginal book in the ancient churches of India, China and North Africa became an important tool in the hands of both coloniser and colonised; how it has been reclaimed in the postcolonial world; and how it is now being reread by various indigenes, Native Americans, dalits and women. Drawing on substantial exegetical examples, Sugirtharajah examines reading practices ranging from the vernacular to liberation and the newly-emerging postcolonial criticism. His study emphasises the often overlooked biblical reflections of people such as Equiano and Ramabai as well as better-known contemporaries like Guti&#233;rrez and Tamez. Partly historical and partly hermeneutical, the volume will serve as an invaluable introduction to the Bible in the Third World for students and interested general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05241/cover/9780521005241.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Descartes' System of Natural Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaukroger, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Towards the end of his life, Descartes published the first four parts of a projected six-part work, The Principles of Philosophy. This was intended to be the definitive statement of his complete system of philosophy, dealing with everything from cosmology to the nature of human happiness. Stephen Gaukroger examines the whole system, and reconstructs the last two parts, 'On Living Things' and 'On Man', from Descartes' other writings. He relates the work to the tradition of late Scholastic textbooks which it follows, and also to Descartes' other philosophical writings, and he examines the ways in which Descartes transformed not only the practice of natural philosophy but also our understanding of what it is to be a philosopher. His book is the first comprehensive examination of Descartes' complete philosophical system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05258/cover/9780521005258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Customary International Humanitarian Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henckaerts, Jean-Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doswald-Beck, Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alvermann, Carolin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D&#246;rmann, Knut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rolle, Baptiste</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>676</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Customary International Humanitarian Law, Volume I: Rules is a comprehensive analysis of the customary rules of international humanitarian law applicable in international and non-international armed conflicts. In the absence of ratifications of important treaties in this area, this is clearly a publication of major importance, carried out at the express request of the international community. In so doing, this study identifies the common core of international humanitarian law binding on all parties to all armed conflicts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05289/cover/9780521005289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Migrant Labor is Changing Rural China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most dramatic and noticeable changes in China since the introduction of economic and social reforms in the early 1980s has been the mass migration of peasants from the countryside to urban areas across the country. Murphy's in-depth fieldwork in rural China offers a rich basis for her findings about the impact of migration on many aspects of rural life: inequality; the organization of agricultural production; land transfers; livelihood diversification; spending patterns; house-building; marriage; education; the position of women; social stability; and state-society relations. Her analysis focuses on the human experiences and strategies that precipitate shifts in national and local policies for economic development, and the responses of migrants, non-migrants, and officials to changing circumstances, obstacles and opportunities. This pioneering study is rich in original source materials and anecdotes, as well as useful, comparative examples from other developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05302/cover/9780521005302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carbon Nanotubes and Related Structures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Materials for the Twenty-first Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Peter J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers all the most important areas of nanotube research, as well as discussing related structures such as carbon nanoparticles and 'inorganic fullerenes'. Carbon nanotubes are molecular-scale carbon fibres with structures related to those of the fullerenes. Since their discovery in 1991, they have captured the imagination of physicists, chemists and materials scientists alike. Physicists have been attracted to them because of their extraordinary electronic properties, chemists because of their potential as 'nano-test-tubes', and materials scientists because of their amazing stiffness, strength and resilience. On a more speculative level, nanotechnologists have considered possible nanotube-based gears and bearings. This is the first single-author book on carbon nanotubes. It will be of interest to chemists, physicists, materials scientists and engineers working on carbon materials and fullerenes from both an academic and industrial background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05333/cover/9780521005333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Should Differences in Income and Wealth Matter?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is there a moral obligation to reduce differences in income and wealth? There is an egalitarian tradition that condemns these differences, particularly as they arise in free-market capitalist society, as unfair or unjust. The opponents of this view argue that the material disparities of capitalist society have been brought about by voluntary mechanisms and thus accord with the freely exercised liberties of its citizens. They conclude that capitalist inequality is not vulnerable to the ethical complaints of its critics. They maintain that the standard of living achieved as a by-product of the marketplace and its inequalities could not be adequately reproduced under egalitarian institutions. The essays in this volume, written by prominent economists, philosophers, and academic lawyers, assess the empirical and theoretical questions raised by inequalities of income and wealth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05357/cover/9780521005357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>India before Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, Catherine B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Talbot, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>India is a land of enormous diversity. Cross-cultural influences are everywhere in evidence, in the food people eat, the clothes they wear, and in the places they worship.  This was especially the case in the India that existed from 1200 to 1750, before the European intervention. The book takes the reader on a journey across the political, economic, religious and cultural landscapes of medieval India, from the Ghurid conquests and the Dehli Sultanate to the great court of the Mughals. This was a time of conquest and consolidation, when Muslims and Hindus came together to create a unique culture which still resonates in today's India. As the first survey of its kind in over a decade, the book is a tour de force. It is beautifully illustrated and fluently composed, with a cast of characters which will educate students and general readers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05395/cover/9780521005395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture, Biology, and Anthropological Demography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Eric Abella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two distinctive approaches to the study of human demography exist within anthropology today: anthropological demography and human evolutionary ecology. The first stresses the role of culture in determining population parameters, while the second posits that demographic rates reflect adaptive behaviors that are the products of natural selection.  Both sub-disciplines have achieved notable successes, but each has ignored and been actively disdainful of the other. This text attempts a rapprochement of anthropological demography and human evolutionary ecology through recognition of common research topics and the construction of a broad theoretical framework incorporating both cultural and biological motivation. Both these approaches are utilized to search for demographic strategies in varied cultural and temporal contexts ranging from African pastoralists through North American post-industrial societies. As such this book is relevant to cultural and biological anthropologists, demographers, sociologists, and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05418/cover/9780521005418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetics, Paleontology, and Macroevolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levinton, Jeffrey S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>634</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An engaging area of biology for more than a century, the study of macroevolution continues to offer profound insight into our understanding of the tempo of evolution and of the evolution of biological diversity. What regulates biological diversity and its historical development? Can it be explained by natural selection alone? Has geologic history regulated the tempo of diversification? This expanded and updated second edition offers a comprehensive look at macroevolution and its underpinnings, with a primary emphasis on animal evolution. From a Neodarwinian point of view, it integrates evolutionary processes at all levels to explain the diversity of animal life. It examines a wide range of topics including genetics and speciation, development and evolution, the constructional and functional aspects of form, fossil lineages, and systematics, and it takes a hard look at the Cambrian explosion. It delves into the age of molecular science, and integrates important recent contributions made to our understanding of evolution. Researchers and graduate students will find this insightful  book a most comprehensive and up-to-date examination of macroevolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05500/cover/9780521005500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clifford Algebras and Spinors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lounesto, Pertti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Lounesto offers a unique introduction to Clifford algebras and spinors. The initial chapters could be read by undergraduates; vectors, complex numbers and quaternions are introduced with an eye on Clifford algebras. The next chapters will also interest physicists, and include treatments of the quantum mechanics of the electron, electromagnetism and special relativity with a flavour of Clifford algebras. This book also gives the first comprehensive survey of recent research on Clifford algebras. A new classification of spinors is introduced, based on bilinear covariants of physical observables. This reveals a new class of spinors, residing between the Weyl, Majorana and Dirac spinors. Scalar products of spinors are classified by involutory anti-automorphisms of Clifford algebras. This leads to the chessboard of automorphism groups of scalar products of spinors. On the analytic side, Brauer-Wall groups and Witt rings are discussed, and Caucy's integral formula is generalized to higher dimensions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05517/cover/9780521005517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Cultural Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Carmella C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathews, Holly F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume focus upon the relationship of individual experience to culture, and chart a new research agenda for psychological anthropology in the twenty-first century. Drawing upon fieldwork in diverse cultural settings, the authors use a range of contemporary perspectives in the field, including person-centred ethnography, activity theory, attachment theory and cultural schema theory, to describe the ways in which people think, feel, remember, and solve problems. Fascinating insights emerge from these fine-grained accounts of personal experience. The research demonstrates that it is possible to identify cross-cultural universals in psychological development and mental states, and that individual psychology is not determined solely by unique cultural patterns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05524/cover/9780521005524.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical WAP</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developing Applications for the Wireless Web</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The marriage of mobile communications with Internet technologies opens up the Web to a vastly expanded audience. New types of applications that take advantage of user location, provide time-critical information, and offer personalized content are now possible. WAP, the Wireless Application Protocol, provides the technology to build this wireless Web. You will learn about the WAP Forum, mobile devices, and what makes a good WAP application. This book shows you around the WAP standards, explaining which ones you really need to build WAP applications. It guides you through the critical success factors in designing WAP applications and helps you choose the right architecture for your WAP project Tutorials on WML (the HTML of wireless web) WMLScript, and Push technology are combined with real world examples to make Practical WAP ideal for software developers, architects, and managers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05616/cover/9780521005616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins and Evolution of Islamic Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallaq, Wael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long before the rise of Islam in the early seventh century, Arabia had come to form an integral part of the Near East. This book, covering more than three centuries of legal history, presents an important account of how Islam developed its own law while drawing on ancient Near Eastern legal cultures, Arabian customary law and Quranic reforms. The development of the judiciary, legal reasoning and legal authority during the first century is discussed in detail as is the dramatic rise of prophetic authority, the crystallization of legal theory and the formation of the all-important legal schools. Finally the book explores the interplay between law and politics, explaining how the jurists and the ruling elite led a symbiotic existence that - seemingly paradoxically - allowed Islamic law and its application to be uniquely independent of the 'state'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05807/cover/9780521005807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Builders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Architectural Process</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Rabun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How were the architectural ideas behind great Roman building projects carried out in practice? Roman Builders is the first, general interest book to address this question. Using the Baths of Caracalla, the Pantheon, the Coliseum, and the great temples at Baalbek as physical documents for their own building histories, this book traces the thought processes and logistical considerations - the risks, reversals, compromises, and refinements - that led to ultimate success. Each major phase of the building process is considered: design, groundwork, support structures, complex armatures, such as the superstructures of amphitheaters, vaults, and decorations. New hypotheses are advanced on the raising of monolithic columns, the construction sequence of the Coliseum, and the vaulting of the Pantheon. The illustrations include archival and original photographs, as well as numerous explanatory drawings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05838/cover/9780521005838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100585X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100585X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Natural Philosophy of James Clerk Maxwell</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introductory yet comprehensive account of James Clerk Maxwell's (1831-79) physics and worldview. The argument is structured by a focus on the fundamental themes which shaped Maxwell's science: analogy and geometry, models and mechanical explanation, statistical representation and the limitations of dynamical reasoning, and the relation between physical theory and its mathematical description. This approach, which considers his physics as a whole, bridges the disjunction between Maxwell's greatest contributions: the concept of the electromagnetic field and the kinetic theory of gases. Maxwell's work and ideas are viewed historically in terms of his indebtedness to scientific and cultural traditions, of Edinburgh experimental physics, and of Cambridge mathematics and philosophy of science, which nurtured his career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05852/cover/9780521005852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World Lexicon of Grammaticalization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heine, Bernd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuteva, Tania</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While the comparative method is concerned with regularities in phonological change, grammaticalization theory deals with regularities of grammatical change. In an A-Z format, this book summarizes the most salient generalizations that have been made on the unidirectional change of grammatical forms and constructions. The product of ten years of research, World Lexicon of Grammaticalization provides the reader with the tools to show how different grammatical meanings can be related to one another in a principled way, how to deal with issues such as polysemy and heterosemy, or why certain linguistic forms have simultaneous lexical and grammatical functions. It covers several hundred grammaticalization processes, in each case offering definitions of lexical concepts, suitable examples from a variety of languages, and references to the relevant research literature. Indices organized by source and target concepts allow for flexible use, and the findings delineated in the book are relevant to students of language across theoretical boundaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05975/cover/9780521005975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521005981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521005981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521005982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hands-On Astronomy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cambridge Guide to Equipment and Accessories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521005982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burillier, Herv&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehenaff, Christophe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brasch, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a vast range of astronomical equipment currently available to the amateur astronomer.  This handbook presents the variety of telescopes, binoculars and accessories on the market, to help the amateur make an informed choice when buying equipment. All selection criteria are taken into account, including level of experience, budget, and observation site. Indispensable to those with a passion for practical astronomy, this handbook will help the complete beginner making his first purchase, and provide advice for the more experienced amateur wishing to upgrade his equipment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05982/cover/9780521005982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isostasy and Flexure of the Lithosphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, A. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique book presents an overview of isostasy, a simple concept of fundamental importance to the Earth Sciences that students have traditionally found difficult to grasp. With this in mind, the author has used a simplified mathematical treatment, numerous geological examples and an extensive bibliography, to make the subject more accessible and easy-to-understand. Beginning by tracing the ideas behind local and regional models of isostasy and arguing that only flexure is in accord with geological observations, the book proceeds to describe the theoretical background, the observational evidence and the constraints that flexure has provided on physical properties of the lithosphere. The book concludes with a discussion of flexure's role in understanding the evolution of the surface features of the Earth and its neighboring planets. Ideal for graduate students of geophysics, geodesy and geoscience, it will also be of interest to researchers in gravity and geodesy, tectonics and basin analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06002/cover/9780521006002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and the American Press</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Objectivity, 1865-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Politics and the American Press takes a fresh look at the origins of modern journalism's ideals and political practices. In particular, Richard Kaplan addresses the professional ethic of political independence and objectivity widely adopted by the US press. He shows how this philosophy emerged from a strikingly different ethic of avid formal partisanship in the early twentieth century. The book also provides fresh insights into the economics of journalism and uses business papers and personal letters of publishers to explore the influence of competition, advertising, and an explosion in readership on the market strategies of the press. Kaplan documents the changes in political content of the press by a systematic content analysis of newspaper news and editorials over a span of 55 years. The book concludes by exploring the question of what should be the appropriate political role and professional ethics of journalists in a modern democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06026/cover/9780521006026.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Knowledge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophers since ancient times have pondered how we can know whether moral claims are true or false. The first half of the twentieth century witnessed widespread skepticism concerning the possibility of moral knowledge. Indeed, some argued that moral statements lacked cognitive content altogether, because they were not susceptible to empirical verification. The British philosopher A. J. Ayer contends that 'They are pure expressions of feeling and as such do not come under the category of truth and falsehood. They are unverifiable ... because they do not express genuine propositions.' The second half of the twentieth century brought a revival of interest among philosophers in moral and political questions. Whether or not ethics can be founded upon a rational basis continues to preoccupy the philosophical community even now.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World's Youth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Adolescence in Eight Regions of the Globe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradford Brown, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larson, Reed W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saraswathi, T. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The life stage of adolescence now occurs in most corners of the world, but it takes different forms in different regions. Peers, with such a central role in Western adolescence, play a comparatively minor role in the lives of Arabic and South Asian adolescents. Emotional turmoil and individuation from family occur in some societies but not others. Adolescent sexual revolutions are sweeping through Japan and Latin America. In this book, scholars from eight regions of the world describe the distinct nature of adolescence in their regions. They draw on research to address standard topics regarding this age - family and peer relationships, schooling, preparation for work, physical and mental health - and show how these have a different cast across societies. As a whole, the book depicts how rapid global change is dramatically altering the experience of the adolescent transition, creating new opportunities and challenges for adolescents, parents, teachers, and concerned others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06057/cover/9780521006057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aspects of Sobolev-Type Inequalities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saloff-Coste, Laurent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on Poincar&#233;, Nash and other Sobolev-type inequalities and their applications to the Laplace and heat diffusion equations on Riemannian manifolds. Applications covered include the ultracontractivity of the heat diffusion semigroup, Gaussian heat kernel bounds, the Rozenblum-Lieb-Cwikel inequality and elliptic and parabolic Harnack inequalities. Emphasis is placed on the role of families of local Poincar&#233; and Sobolev inequalities. The text provides the first self contained account of the equivalence between the uniform parabolic Harnack inequality, on the one hand, and the conjunction of the doubling volume property and Poincar&#233;'s inequality on the other. It is suitable to be used as an advanced graduate textbook and will also be a useful source of information for graduate students and researchers in analysis on manifolds, geometric differential equations, Brownian motion and diffusion on manifolds, as well as other related areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06071/cover/9780521006071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Real Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reconsidering the Foundations of Morality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rist, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Rist surveys the history of ethics from Plato to the present and offers a vigorous defence of an ethical theory based on a revised version of Platonic realism. In a wide-ranging discussion he examines well-known alternatives to Platonism, in particular Epicurus, Hobbes, Hume and Kant as well as contemporary 'practical reasoners', and argues that most post-Enlightenment theories of morality (as well as Nietzschean subversions of such theories) depend on an abandoned Christian metaphysic and are unintelligible without such grounding. He also argues that contemporary choice-based theories, whether they take a strictly ethical or more obviously political form, are ultimately arbitrary in nature. His lively and accessible study is informed by a powerful sense of philosophical history, and will be of interest to both students and scholars of ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06088/cover/9780521006088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Pascal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each volume of this series of companions to major philosophers contains specially commissioned essays by an international team of scholars, together with a substantial bibliography, and will serve as a reference work for students and nonspecialists. One aim of the series is to dispel the intimidation such readers often feel when faced with the work of a difficult and challenging thinker. Blaise Pascal (1623-1662) occupies a position of pivotal importance in many domains: philosophy, mathematics, physics, religious polemics and apologetics. In this volume a team of leading scholars presents the full range of Pascal's achievement and surveys the intellectual background of his thought and the reception of his work. New readers and nonspecialists will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Pascal currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Pascal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06118/cover/9780521006118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Men into Fathers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Men, Masculinities and the Social Politics of Fatherhood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobson, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fatherhood is on the political agenda in many countries, often cast in terms of crisis. One side of the policy debate focuses on fathers as deadbeat dads who do not provide financial support and care for their children. The other revolves around making men into active and engaged fathers. However, these policies are often at odds with the employers' reluctance to accommodate work schedules to fathers' needs. In Making Men into Fathers, prominent scholars in gender studies and the critical studies of men consider how varied institutional settings and policy logics around cash and care contour the possibilities and constraints for new models of fatherhood, determining the choices open to men. From different historical and societal perspectives, the authors provide insights into the studies of men as gendered subjects, including the role of transnational and global issues of fatherhood, and the emergence of men's movements, contesting and reimaging fatherhood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06125/cover/9780521006125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioural Diversity in Chimpanzees and Bonobos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boesch, Christophe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hohmann, Gottfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchant, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) and bonobos (Pan paniscus), otherwise known as pygmy chimpanzees, are the only two species of the genus Pan. As they are our nearest relatives, there has been much research devoted to investigating the similarities and differences between them. This book offers an extensive review of the most recent observations to come from field studies on the diversity of Pan social behaviour, with contributions from many of the world's leading experts in this field. A wide range of social behaviours is discussed including tool use, hunting, reproductive strategies and conflict management as well as demographic variables and ecological constraints. In addition to interspecies behavioural diversity, this text describes exciting new research into variations between different populations of the same species. Researchers and students working in the fields of primatology, anthropology and zoology will find this a fascinating read.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06132/cover/9780521006132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100621X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100621X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Satires of Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Threatening Poses from Lucilius to Juvenal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freudenburg, Kirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new survey of Roman satire locates its most salient possibilities and effects at the center of every Roman reader's cultural and political self-understanding. This book describes the genre's numerous shifts in focus and tone over several centuries (from Lucilius to Juvenal) not as mere 'generic adjustments' that reflect the personal preferences of its authors, but as separate chapters in a special, generically encoded story of Rome's lost, and much lionized, Republican identity. Freedom exists in performance in ancient Rome: it is a 'spoken' entity. As a result, satire's programmatic shifts, from 'open' to 'understated' to 'cryptic' and so on, can never be purely 'literary' and 'apolitical' in focus and/or tone. In Satires of Rome, Professor Freudenburg reads these shifts as the genre's unique way of staging and agonizing over a crisis in Roman identity. Satire's standard 'genre question' in this book becomes a question of the Roman self.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06217/cover/9780521006217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Roman Satire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freudenburg, Kirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Satire as a distinct genre of writing was first developed by the Romans in the second century BCE. Regarded by them as uniquely 'their own', satire held a special place in the Roman imagination as the one genre that could address the problems of city life from the perspective of a 'real Roman'. In this Cambridge Companion an international team of scholars provides a stimulating introduction to Roman satire's core practitioners and practices, placing them within the contexts of Greco-Roman literary and political history. Besides addressing basic questions of authors, content, and form, the volume looks to the question of what satire 'does' within the world of Greco-Roman social exchanges, and goes on to treat the genre's further development, reception, and translation in Elizabethan England and beyond. Included are studies of the prosimetric, 'Menippean' satires that would become the models of Rabelais, Erasmus, More, and (narrative satire's crowning jewel) Swift.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06279/cover/9780521006279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting Lasers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design, Fabrication, Characterization, and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmsen, Carl W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temkin, Henryk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coldren, Larry A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the key advances in photonic technology in recent years is the development of vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers, or VCSELs. These devices have a huge range of potential applications in areas such as communications, printing, and optical switching. This book provides a clear insight into the physics of VCSELs, as well as describing details of their fabrication and applications. All of the book's contributors are at the forefront of VCSEL research and development. Together they provide complete and coherent coverage of the current state-of-the-art. The opening chapters cover VCSEL design, emission from microcavities, growth, fabrication, and characterization. These are followed by chapters on long and short-wavelength VCSELs, optical data links, and free space optical processing. The book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in electrical engineering, applied physics, and materials science. It will also be an excellent reference volume for practising engineers in the photonics industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06293/cover/9780521006293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Law and Economics of Marriage and Divorce</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dnes, Antony W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowthorn, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What sort of contract is marriage? What does it offer the parties? What are the difficulties of enforcement, and the result of failed effective enforcement? This book takes an economic approach to marriage and divorce, considering the key role of 'incentives' in family law: it highlights the possible adverse consequences emanating from faulty legal design, while demonstrating that good family law should provide incentives for consistent and honest behavior. Economists, specialists in the economic analysis of law, and academic lawyers discuss recent advances in specialist work on marriage, cohabitation, and divorce. Chapters are grouped around four topics: the contractual perspectives on marriage commitment; the regulatory framework surrounding divorce; bargaining and commitment issues relating to marriage and near-marriage arrangements; and finally empirical work, which focuses on the impact of more liberal divorce laws. This important new study will be of considerable interest to lawyers, policy-makers and economists concerned with family law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06323/cover/9780521006323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>AB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>King Richard III Audio cassette</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shakespeare, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naxos AudioBooks</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DDS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kenneth Branagh plays Shakespeare's Richard III in this new recording for the acclaimed Naxos AudioBooks series. A full supporting cast of distinguished actors performs the complete, unabridged New Cambridge Shakespeare text of the play, with sound effects and accompanying music. The set of three cassettes is accompanied by notes and a synopsis of the play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Law in the Past and the Future</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Unity and Diversity over Two Millennia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Europe moves towards economic and political unification, many wonder why legal unification makes so little headway. In this concise but wide-ranging book, R. C. van Caenegem considers the historical reasons behind this legal diversity. He stresses the importance of the adoption on the Continent - but not in England - of the classical law of the Romans, and shows how the rise of the nation states led to a multitude of national codes of law. The impact of politics on legal development is another key factor, and as a graphic example van Caenegem provides a detailed account of how the German past was extolled in Nazi Germany. The book concludes with a consideration of the ongoing debate on the desirability - indeed, on the possibility - of European legal unification and of a federal constitution for a united Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06484/cover/9780521006484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100649X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100649X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wittgenstein's Tractatus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dialectical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostrow, Matthew B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wittgenstein once wrote that 'The philosopher strives to find the liberating word, that is, the word that finally permits us to grasp what up until now has intangibly weighed down our consciousness'. Would Wittgenstein have been willing to describe the Tractatus as an attempt to find 'the liberating word'?  This is the basic contention of this strikingly innovative new study of the Tractatus. Matthew Ostrow argues that, far from seeking to offer a new theory in logic in the tradition of Frege and Russell, Wittgenstein from the very beginning viewed all such endeavors as the ensnarement of thought. Providing a lucid and systematic analysis of the Tractatus, he argues that Wittgenstein's ultimate aim is to put an end to philosophy itself. He also highlights the intrinsic obstacles to any kind of interpretation that claims to summarize Wittgenstein's thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06491/cover/9780521006491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100652X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100652X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Visitor's Guide to the Kitt Peak Observatories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sage, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aschenbrenner, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>118</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Kitt Peak National Observatory is located in the Quinlan Mountains, southwest of Tucson, Arizona. For more than 40 years, astronomers have used the telescopes here to make many remarkable discoveries about the Universe. Today, Kitt Peak is the most visited astronomical observatory site in the world. With over twenty telescopes of different types and sizes, the site gives visitors an indication of the great diversity of modern astronomy. This guide gives a comprehensive tour of the Kitt Peak telescopes, and introduces some of the important science that is done with them.  It also points out some of the beautiful surrounding scenery, and gives an idea of what it is like to be an astronomer on the mountain. The book will enable visitors to make the most of their trip, and contains color-coded walking tours of the telescopes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06521/cover/9780521006521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>45.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class Practices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Parents Help Their Children Get Good Jobs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devine, Fiona</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new book is a comparative study of social mobility based on qualitative interviews with middle-class parents in America and Britain. It addresses the key issue in stratification research, namely, the stability of class relations and middle-class reproduction. Drawing on interviewee accounts of how parents mobilised economic, cultural and social resources to help them into professional careers, it then considers how the interviewees, as parents, seek to increase their children's chances of educational success and occupational advancement. Middle-class parents may try to secure their children's social position but it is not an easy or straightforward affair.  With the decline of the quality of state education and increased job insecurity in the labour market since the 1970s and 1980s, the reproduction of advantage is more difficult than in the affluent decades of the 1950s and 1960s. The implications for public policy, especially public investment in higher education, are considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06538/cover/9780521006538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Seismic Wavefield</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennett, B. L. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Seismic Wavefield provides a guide to the understanding of seismograms in terms of physical propagation processes within the Earth. The focus is on the observation of earthquakes and man-made sources on all scales, for both body waves and surface waves. Volume I begins with a survey of the structure of the Earth and the nature of seismic wave propagation using examples of observed seismograms. The second part provides a full development of the theoretical background for seismic waves. Volume II (to be published in 2003) will cover local and regional seismic events, global wave propagation, and the three-dimensional Earth. The combination of observation and theoretical development with a strong visual focus will greatly appeal to graduate students in seismology. The book will also be valuable to researchers and professionals in academia and the petroleum industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06637/cover/9780521006637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume I of the Letters, edited by James T. Boulton, gives the first 580 letters in the series, covering the period September 1901 to May 1913. This is the time of Lawrence's youth in Eastwood, his first year out of England - in Italy with Frieda - to the publication of Sons and Lovers. There are letters to his early loves, Jessie Chambers, Louie Burrows and Helen Corke. He writes The White Peacock, The Trespasser, Sons and Lovers, the early stories and poems. He is welcomed into the literary world by editors such as Ford and Garnett; he meets Pound and other writers; he reads widely. His mother dies; he grows away from the younger women; he meets Frieda and elopes with her. Professor Boulton's discreet annotation conceals an enormous labour of patient detection. There are over thirty photographs of his friends and correspondents and a newly discovered portrait miniature of Lawrence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06910/cover/9780521006910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zytaruk, George J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume II of the Letters presents more than 700 letters, covering the period from June 1913 to October 1916, from the enthusiastic reception of Sons and Lovers to the completion of the first manuscript of Women in Love. Lawrence visits England in June 1913 and receives recognition as the author of Sons and Lovers. He returns to Italy in the autumn of 1913 to work on his new novel 'The Sisters', which subsequently becomes The Rainbow and Women in Love. Lawrence and Frieda return to England in June 1914 to be married and are caught there by the War. The letters vividly record his reaction to the War. The editors' introduction considers the initial widening scope of Lawrence's literary life with his later isolation in Cornwall. Over two hundred letters are previously unpublished and others are printed for the first time in their entirety.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06927/cover/9780521006927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006945</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence Parts 1 and 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>806</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains 942 letters written between October 1916 to June 1921. These letters show the frustration he experienced in finding a publisher for Women in Love in the wake of the Rainbow prosecution. Concurrently he began to write the essays which subsequently formed Studies in Classical American Literature, he also planned and wrote a school textbook, Movements in European History. There were important changes in his business affairs: the beginning of his association with the American publisher Thomas Seltzer and the change from the literary agent Pinker to Mountsier in New York and Curtis Brown in London. There is a particularly interesting correspondence with Compton Mackenzie, and the rupture of his old friendship with Middleton Murry and Katherine Mansfield. This period was a turning point, the beginning of his break with England and with Europe, before he made his journey to Ceylon and Australia en route for the USA. Published in two volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfield, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains 848 letters from the period June 1921 to March 1924. Lawrence decides to leave the old world - 'my heart - and my soul are broken in Europe' - to live in Taos, New Mexico. This period is characterised by the travelling he and Frieda do, from Australia to New York, via Mexico, back to England and finally to New York again. Lawrence's writings of the period reflect his restlessness. The action of Aaron's Rod shifts from a coal-mining town in England to Florence and Kangaroo conveys Lawrence's perceptions of Australia. By 1924, Lawrence is returning to Taos to write his Mexican novel, 'Quetzacoatl', published as The Plumed Serpent. His difficulties with agents and publishers continue to appear in the letters. New correspondences are started with Australians, including Mollie Skinner, the co-author of The Boy in the Bush, and Americans, such as Mabel Luhan, Idella Purnell and Witter Bynner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06958/cover/9780521006958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>740</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, covering three years from March 1924 to March 1927, comprises over 890 letters, of which about 350 are previously unpublished. In 1924 Lawrence is again in the USA. He and Frieda, with his disciple the Honourable Dorothy Brett, return to Taos, New Mexico where Frieda soon becomes the owner of a ranch, Kiowa. The tensions among them contribute to Lawrence's falling dangerously ill. He recovers at Kiowa; he and Frieda go to England and Germany in Autumn 1925; they then settle in Italy, where - except for his final visit the next summer to the Midlands - they remain. After leaving the USA he writes short and long stories with European settings, book reviews, and the first two versions of Lady Chatterley's Lover. It is a productive period, but Lawrence's health becomes a serious concern. The volume provides annotation identifying persons and allusions, and includes a biographical introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06965/cover/9780521006965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, Margaret H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacy, Gerald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains Lawrence's letters written between March 1927 and November 1928: almost 770 letters in just a year and nine months. The letters cover the period of Lawrence's Etruscan tour in the spring of 1927 as preparation for the writing of Sketches of Etruscan Places; the performance of his play, David, in London in May, and - above all - the writing, typing, private publication, promotion and immediate consequences of Lady Chatterley's Lover. He makes new acquaintances with writers and publishers in Europe (Max Mohr, Hans Carossa, Harry and Caresse Crosby); renews friendships which will stand him in good stead in times of poor health (the Huxleys, Aldington, the Brewsters); and rediscovers the bonds of family and old Eastwood friends. The volume provides annotation identifying persons and allusions, and includes a biographical introduction, illustrations, a full chronology and index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06989/cover/9780521006989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521006996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521006996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521006996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521006996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagar, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains almost all of the letters D. H. Lawrence wrote in the last fifteen months of his life: 763 letters, the majority previously unpublished. Despite his failing strength, Lawrence was in constant communication with publishers and agents. He continued to write frequently to his sisters and friends. There is no new fiction for Lawrence to discuss, but there are paintings, poems, the major essays Pornography and Obscenity and A Propos of  'Lady Chatterley's Lover', articles, and his last work Apocalypse. The most dramatic episodes of these months were the seizure of the Pansies manuscript, and the police raid on an exhibition of Lawrence's paintings and the subsequent trial. The subject of his illness becomes ominously more prominent, and Lawrence apologises for letters which lack his customary vitality. The volume includes an introduction, maps, illustrations, chronology and index; full notes identify persons and explain Lawrence's allusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06996/cover/9780521006996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This final volume of The Letters of D. H. Lawrence has a threefold purpose. The first is to publish 148 letters to or from Lawrence, and two from Frieda Lawrence, which came to light too late to be entered in their correct chronological positions in earlier volumes. The second is to correct errors in the first seven volumes and offer additional annotation which clarifies some obscurities as well as enhancing our response to the letters. And the third is to provide a comprehensive critical index to the entire edition. The index includes not only specific persons and places but also general topics from Animals and Architecture to War and Youth, via such subjects as Insects, Literary Agents, Religion and Sexuality. The Cambridge Edition of Lawrence's letters has been described by one reviewer as creating itself 'a major new literary work'. This volume brings that work to a fitting conclusion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07009/cover/9780521007009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sketches of Etruscan Places and Other Italian Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filippis, Simonetta de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sketches of Etruscan Places contains seven essays D. H. Lawrence wrote in 1927 after visiting several Etruscan cities in central Italy. Six were published posthumously in 1932 as Etruscan Places; 'The Florence Museum' is published for the first time here. Some appeared in magazines in Lawrence's lifetime, but he expressed a wish that they be published in a volume with the photographs he had collected; in fact, only twenty of the forty-five illustrations here reproduced with Lawrence's own captions were included in 1932. Eight essays about Florence and the Tuscan countryside form the second part of this volume. The texts have been established by checking manuscripts, typescripts, proofs and periodical and book publications. The introduction gives the genesis, publication, textual history and reception of the essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07016/cover/9780521007016.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Movements in European History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crumpton, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Movements in European History was written by D. H. Lawrence during 1918 and 1919 in response to Oxford University Press's invitation to prepare a textbook for schools. It is a vivid sketch of European history from ancient Rome to the early twentieth century, remaining significant in the canon of Lawrence's work as the only school textbook he ever wrote. Crumpton's introduction describes the genesis, publication and reception of the book, gives an account of the little-known Irish edition of 1926 which suffered much censorship, and identifies and analyses Lawrence's methods of using the source-books on which his writing was based. This edition uses the surviving manuscript to present a text as close to that which Lawrence wrote and corrected in proof as is now possible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07030/cover/9780521007030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays Parts 1 and 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarze, Hans-Wilhelm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>950</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first complete edition of Lawrence's plays contains eight full-length plays and two fragments. Six of the plays - A Collier's Friday Night, The Widowing of Mrs Holroyd, The Merry-go-Round, The Married Man, The Fight for Barbara and The Daughter-in-Law - were written between 1909 and 1913, the period when Lawrence was establishing himself as a writer. They are arguably among his very best early work. Yet Lawrence never saw a play of his own on the stage. Only two were performed in his lifetime, and only three were published: the play often regarded to be his best, The Daughter-in-Law, remaining unpublished until 1965. Up to now, the plays have existed only in faulty or incomplete texts; this edition, drawn from Lawrence's own surviving manuscripts and typescripts, makes it possible for the first time to read and to stage Lawrence's plays as he wrote them. Published in two volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apocalypse and the Writings on Revelation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalnins, Mara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Apocalypse is D. H. Lawrence's last book, written during the winter of 1929-30 when he was dying. It is a radical criticism of our civilisation and a statement of Lawrence's unwavering belief in man's power to create 'a new heaven and a new earth'. Ranging over the entire system of his thought on God and man, on religion, art, psychology and politics, this book is Lawrence's final attempt to convey his vision of man and the universe. Apocalypse was published after Lawrence's death, and in a highly inaccurate text. This edition is the first to reproduce accurately Lawrence's final corrected text on the basis of a thorough examination of the surviving manuscript and typescript. In the introduction the editor has discussed the writing of Apocalypse and its place in Lawrence's works, its publication and reception, and the significance of Lawrence's other writings on the Book of Revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07061/cover/9780521007061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fox, The Captain's Doll, The Ladybird</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehl, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence wrote these three 'novelettes' between November 1920 and December 1921; they were enthusiastically received by his English publisher and his readers. The ending of the first version of 'The Fox', written in December 1918, is given in an appendix; Lawrence added a 'long tail' two years later, expanding the story to about three times its original length. 'The Ladybird' also started out as a short story, but was completely rewritten; two manuscript pages omitted by the typist are here included for the first time. The characters and the setting of 'The Captain's Doll' arose out of Lawrence's visit to Austria in summer 1920. Dieter Mehl gives all three composition histories including Lawrence's wish to have them published together, problems with typists and in publication. There is also an appendix on the models for the two main characters and the setting of 'The Fox'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07085/cover/9780521007085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First 'Women in Love'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The First 'Women in Love' is one of Lawrence's greatest works, and is the only full length work of fiction which he completed between The Rainbow and the extensively revised Women in Love. It is a piece of fiction generated in the England, and the Europe, of the First World War. Publishers were alarmed by the fate of his previous novel The Rainbow and The First 'Women in Love' was rejected by every publisher who saw it. As a result it is a novel whose very existence as an independent text has been ignored, and which has not been published until now. The First 'Women in Love' shares much of its material with Women in Love, but its central relationships are dissimilar,  and the ending radically different.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07092/cover/9780521007092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kangaroo</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kangaroo is D. H. Lawrence's eighth novel, set in Australia. He wrote the first draft in just forty-five days while living south of Sydney, in 1922, and revised it three months later in New Mexico. The descriptions of the country are vivid and sympathetic and the book fuses lightly disguised autobiography with an exploration of political ideas at an immensely personal level. Based on a collation of the manuscript, typescripts and first editions, this text of Kangaroo is closest to what Lawrence would have expected to see in print. There is a full textual apparatus of variants, a comprehensive introduction giving the background and history of composition and publication and a summary of contemporary reviewers' opinions. Explanatory notes elucidate the many geographical, political and literary allusions in the text; there are three maps and an appendix detailing Australian locations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07115/cover/9780521007115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Twilight in Italy and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eggert, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence left England for the first time in May 1912, and began almost immediately to record his reactions to foreign cultures. He wrote a series of travel articles intended for newspapers, two of which are published here for the first time after having been rejected as too anti-German in the tense pre-war atmosphere. In 1915 he amplified some of these essays and wrote others for Twilight in Italy (1916), his first travel book. Profoundly charged by the disorienting anxieties of the War, these essays evince a confidence and intellectual daring which take them well beyond the bounds of the conventional travel sketch. All are published in this first critical edition of his 1912-16 essays, together with his eerily prophetic article, 'With the Guns', written upon the outbreak of war in 1914.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07122/cover/9780521007122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Boy in the Bush</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eggert, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first critical edition of The Boy in the Bush, a novel whose unlikely genesis has been surrounded in mystery and the subject of claim and counter-claim. A systematic study of all the extant textual documents has revealed a process of composition and revision which qualifies the novel to be treated unequivocally as part of the Lawrence canon. At Lawrence's suggestion an Australian nurse and part-time author, Mollie Skinner (whom he had met in 1922), wrote a tale set in late nineteenth-century Western Australia about a newly-arrived young Englishman's reactions to Perth and the outback. Lawrence's complete rewriting converted her production into an ambitious, powerful novel. The reading text here established eliminates all such instances of censorship and strips away the thousands of regularisings and miscopyings introduced by typists and typesetters. Based on Lawrence's autograph manuscript the text meticulously incorporates his subsequent revisions in the typescripts and proofs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07146/cover/9780521007146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First and Second Lady Chatterley Novels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehl, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansohn, Christa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence wrote his last novel, Lady Chatterley's Lover, three times in 1926-27, and it is the third version that has become famous. The three versions are in fact three different novels, varying greatly in length, a significant number of episodes, and even some of the main characters. This is the first critical edition of the two early versions of the novel: the first in some ways the most realistic and spontaneous version, the second the longest and to many readers and critics the most successful version. The text is printed from its manuscript source, including numerous, sometimes extensive deletions and variations from the first printed editions. An introduction traces the genesis of the novel and gives an account of its publication and reception. There are also notes, explaining literary, historical and geographical names and allusions, and particular problems of manuscript transmission.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07153/cover/9780521007153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lady Chatterley's Lover and A Propos of 'Lady Chatterley's Lover'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Squires, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge edition of Lady Chatterley's Lover (and A Propos of  'Lady Chatterley's Lover') is the first ever to restore to Lawrence's most famous novel the words that he wrote. It removes typists' corruptions and compositors' errors, which have marred the text for over sixty years, and includes hundreds of new words, phrases and sentences - and thousands of changes in punctuation. This text projects the sound of Lawrence's voice, embodies the precision of his mature style and reveals the force of his rhetorical power. The introduction establishes an accurate history of composition, typing, printing, publication and reception; the notes freshly identify dozens of difficult allusions; and the appendix, an original essay, explains how Lawrence imaginatively weaves real places and people into the fictional tapestry that he creates. For students and scholars alike, the Cambridge text is the only text of the novel that can be read or quoted with confidence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07177/cover/9780521007177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sons and Lovers Parts 1 and 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baron, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baron, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>757</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now printed in full for the first time, Sons and Lovers is D. H. Lawrence's most widely read novel and one of the great works of twentieth-century literature. In 1913, at the time of its first publication, Lawrence reluctantly agreed to the removal of no fewer than eighty passages which until now have never been restored. This edition presents the novel in the form that Lawrence himself wanted - about one tenth longer than the incomplete and expurgated version that has hitherto been available. The introduction of this edition relates much new information about Lawrence's two-year struggle to write his autobiographical masterpiece. The notes document many previously unknown sources, and indicate Lawrence's preoccupation with key contemporary issues such as women's rights, and the impact of evolutionary theory on religion and ethics. Published in two volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42769/cover/9780521242769.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Byron and Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGann, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soderholm, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays represents twenty-five years of work by one of the most important critics of Romanticism and Byron studies, Jerome McGann. The collection demonstrates McGann's evolution as a scholar, editor, critic, theorist, and historian. His 'General Analytic and Historical Introduction' to the collection presents a meditation on the history of his own research on Byron, in particular how scholarly editing interacted with the theoretical innovations in literary criticism over the last quarter of the twentieth century. McGann's receptiveness to dialogic forms of criticism is also illustrated in this collection, which contains an interview and concludes with a dialogue between McGann and the editor. Many of these essays have previously been available only in specialist scholarly journals. Now McGann's influential work on Byron can be appreciated more widely by new generations of students and scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07221/cover/9780521007221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Rights in Chinese Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cross-Cultural Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Angle, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What should we make of claims by members of other groups to have moralities different from our own?  Human Rights in Chinese Thought gives an extended answer to this question in the first study of its kind. It integrates a full account of the development of Chinese rights discourse - reaching back to important, though neglected, origins of that discourse in 17th and 18th century Confucianism - with philosophical consideration of how various communities should respond to contemporary Chinese claims about the uniqueness of their human rights concepts. The book elaborates a plausible kind of moral pluralism and demonstrates that Chinese ideas of human rights do indeed have distinctive characteristics, but it nonetheless argues for the importance and promise of cross-cultural moral engagement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07528/cover/9780521007528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Real Analysis and Probability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dudley, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>566</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic textbook offers a clear exposition of modern probability theory and of the interplay between the properties of metric spaces and probability measures.  The first half of the book gives an exposition of real analysis: basic set theory, general topology, measure theory, integration, an introduction to functional analysis in Banach and Hilbert spaces, convex sets and functions and measure on topological spaces. The second half introduces probability based on measure theory, including laws of large numbers, ergodic theorems, the central limit theorem, conditional expectations and martingale's convergence. A chapter on stochastic processes introduces Brownian motion and the Brownian bridge. The new edition has been made even more self-contained than before; it now includes a foundation of the real number system and the Stone-Weierstrass theorem on uniform approximation in algebras of functions. Several other sections have been revised and improved, and the comprehensive historical notes have been further amplified.  A number of new exercises have been added, together with hints for solution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07542/cover/9780521007542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to English Literature, 1740-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keymer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mee, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers an introduction to British literature that challenges the traditional divide between eighteenth-century and Romantic studies. Contributors explore the development of literary genres and modes through a period of rapid change. They show how literature was shaped by historical factors including the development of the book trade, the rise of literary criticism and the expansion of commercial society and empire. The first part of the volume focuses on broad themes including taste and aesthetics, national identity and empire, and key cultural trends such as sensibility and the gothic. The second part pays close attention to the work of individual writers including Sterne, Blake, Barbauld and Austen, and to the role of literary schools such as the Lake and Cockney schools. The wide scope of the collection, juxtaposing canonical authors with those now gaining new attention from scholars, makes it essential reading for students of eighteenth-century literature and Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07573/cover/9780521007573.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine before Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Business of Medicine from the Middle Ages to the Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an introduction to the history of university-trained physicians from the middle ages to the  eighteenth-century Enlightenment. These were the elite, in reputation and rewards, and they were successful. Yet we can form little idea of their clinical effectiveness, and to modern eyes their theory and practice often seems bizarre. But the historical evidence is that they were judged on other criteria, and the argument of this book is that these physicians helped to construct the expectations of society - and met them accordingly. The main focus is on the European Latin tradition of medicine, reconstructed from ancient sources and relying heavily on natural philosophy for its explanatory power. This philosophy collapsed in the 'scientific revolution', and left the learned and rational doctor in crisis. The book concludes with an examination of how this crisis was met - or avoided - in different parts of Europe during the Enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07610/cover/9780521007610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Brentano</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacquette, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Franz Brentano (1838-1917) led an intellectual revolution that sought to revitalize German-language philosophy and to reverse its post-Kantian direction. His philosophy laid the groundwork for philosophy of science as it came to fruition in the Vienna Circle, and for phenomenology in the work of such figures as his student Edmund Husserl. This volume brings together newly commissioned chapters on his important work in theory of judgement, the reform of syllogistic logic, theory of intentionality, empirical descriptive psychology and phenomenology, theory of knowledge, metaphysics and ontology, value theory, and natural theology. It also offers a critical evaluation of Brentano's significance in his historical context, and of his impact on contemporary philosophy in both the analytic and the continental traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07658/cover/9780521007658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Ethnic Violence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fear, Hatred, and Resentment in Twentieth-Century Eastern Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks to identify the motivations of individual perpetrators of ethnic violence.  The work develops four models, labeled Fear, Hatred, Resentment, and Rage, gleaned from existing social science literatures. The empirical chapters apply these four models to important events of ethnic conflict in Eastern Europe, from the 1905 Russian Revolution to the collapse of Yugoslavia in the 1990s. Each historical chapter generates questions about the timing and target of ethnic violence. The four models are then applied to the case, to learn which does the best job in explaining the observed patterns of ethnic conflict. The findings challenge conventional wisdom, in that the Resentment narrative, centered on a sense of unjust group status, provides the best fit for a variety of cases. While Fear, Hatred, and Rage do motivate hostile actions, Resentment pervasively appears to inflame ethnic animosity and drive outcomes in the timing and pattern of action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07740/cover/9780521007740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Abilities, Competencies, and Expertise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grigorenko, Elena L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The goal of this book is to characterize the nature of abilities, competencies, and expertise, and to understand the relations among them. The book therefore seeks to integrate into a coherent discipline what formerly have been, to a large extent, three separate disciplines. Such integration makes both theoretical and practical sense, because abilities represent potentials to achieve competencies, and ultimately, expertise. Authors of each chapter (a) present their views on the nature of abilities, competencies, and expertise; (b) present their views on the interrelationships among these three constructs; (c) state their views on how these three constructs can be assessed and developed; (d) present empirical data supporting their position; (e) compare and contrast their position to alternative positions, showing why they believe their position to be preferred; and (f) speculate on the implications of their viewpoint for science, education, and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07764/cover/9780521007764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Merleau-Ponty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carman, Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Mark B. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maurice Merleau-Ponty (1908-1961) was described by Paul Ricoeur as 'the greatest of the French phenomenologists'. The new essays in this volume examine the full scope of Merleau-Ponty's philosophy, from his central and abiding concern with the nature of perception and the bodily constitution of intentionality to his reflections on science, nature, art, history, and politics. The authors explore the historical origins and context of his thought as well as its continuing relevance to contemporary work in phenomenology, philosophy of mind, cognitive science, biology, art criticism and political and social theory. What emerges is a fresh image of Merleau-Ponty as a deep and original thinker whose philosophical importance has been underestimated, in part owing to the influence of intellectual movements such as existentialism and structuralism, into which his work could not be easily assimilated. New readers will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Merleau-Ponty currently available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07771/cover/9780521007771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100778X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100778X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Searching for Sustainability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interdisciplinary Essays in the Philosophy of Conservation Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norton, Bryan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines from a multidisciplinary viewpoint the question of what we mean - what we should mean - by setting sustainability as a goal for environmental management. The author, trained as a philosopher of science and language, explores ways to break down the disciplinary barriers to communication and deliberation about environment policy, and to integrate science and evaluations into a more comprehensive environmental policy. Choosing sustainability as the keystone concept of environmental policy, the author explores what we can learn about sustainable living from the philosophy of pragmatism, from ecology, from economics, from planning, from conservation biology and from related disciplines. The idea of adaptive, or experimental, management provides the context, while insights from various disciplines are integrated into a comprehensive philosophy of environmental management. The book will appeal to students and professionals in the fields of environmental policy and ethics, conservation biology, and philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07788/cover/9780521007788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Coercion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Foreign Policy and the Limits of Military Might</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byman, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waxman, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Successful coercion should be relatively simple for the United States. Since the demise of the Soviet Union, the United States is without rivals in military might, political influence, or economic strength. Yet despite the lopsided US edge in raw power, regional foes persist in defying the threats and ultimatums brought by the United States and its allies. This book examines why some attempts to strong-arm an adversary work while others do not. It explores how coercion today differs from coercion during the Cold War. It describes the constraints on the United States emanating from the need to work within coalitions and the restrictions imposed by domestic politics, and it assesses the special challenges likely to arise when an adversary is a non-state actor or when the use of weapons of mass destruction is possible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07801/cover/9780521007801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robben Island and Prisoner Resistance to Apartheid</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buntman, Fran Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robben Island prison in South Africa held thousands of black political prisoners, including Nelson Mandela, who opposed apartheid. This book reconstructs the inmates' resistance strategies to show how these men created a political and social order behind bars. Survival was their first goal; challenging apartheid was their true aim. So although Robben Island was designed to repress, it was continually transformed by its political inmates into a site of resistance. The book theorizes that, where material conditions permit, the most far-reaching and effective forms of resistance involve constructive political action which seeks to remake existing power relationships. This theory is demonstrated in three focuses of the book: the activism of Robben Islanders, the effects of political prisoner resistance on the apartheid state machinery, and in comparative cases which illustrate various international instances of political prisoners shaping both prisons and political orders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07825/cover/9780521007825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language Organ</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linguistics as Cognitive Physiology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Stephen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lightfoot, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Challenging and original, The Language Organ treats human language as the manifestation of a faculty of the mind, a mental organ whose nature is determined by human biology and whose functional properties should be explored just as physiology explores the functional properties of physical organs. It surveys the nature of the language faculty in its various aspects: the systems of sounds, words, and syntax, the development of language in the child and historically, and what is known about its relation to the brain. It discusses the kinds of work that can be carried out in these areas that will contribute to an understanding of the human language organ. This book will appeal to students and researchers in linguistics, and is written to be accessible to colleagues in other disciplines dealing with language as well as to readers with an interest in general science and the nature of the human mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07832/cover/9780521007832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A New Imperial History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture, Identity and Modernity in Britain and the Empire, 1660-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering collection of essays charts an exciting new field in British studies, 'the new imperial history'. Leading scholars from history, literature and cultural studies tackle problems of identity, modernity and difference in eighteenth-century Britain and the empire. They examine, from interdisciplinary perspectives, the reciprocal influences of empire and culture, the movements of peoples, practices and ideas effected by slavery, diaspora and British dominance, and ways in which subaltern, non-western and non-elite people shaped British power and knowledge. The essays move through Britain, America, India, Africa and the South Pacific in testament to the networks of people, commodities and entangled pasts forged by Britain's imperial adventures. Based on ground-breaking research, these analyses of the imperial dimensions of British culture and identities in global contexts will challenge the notion that empire was something that happened 'out there', and they demonstrate its long-lasting implications for British identity and everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07962/cover/9780521007962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521007984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521007984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521007986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rescripting Shakespeare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Text, the Director, and Modern Productions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521007986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dessen, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building on almost 300 productions from the last 25 years, Alan Dessen focuses on the playtexts used when directors stage Shakespeare's plays: the words spoken, the scenes omitted or transposed, and the many other adjustments that must be made. Directors rescript to streamline the playscript and save running time, to eliminate obscurity, conserve on personnel, and occasionally cancel out passages that might not fit their 'concept'. They rewright when they make more extensive changes, moving closer to the role of playwrights, as when the three parts of Henry VI are compressed into two plays. Dessen analyzes what such choices might exclude or preclude, and explains the exigencies faced by actors and directors in placing before today's audiences words targeted at players, playgoers, and playhouses that no longer exist. The results are of interest and importance as much to theatrical professionals as to theatre historians and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07986/cover/9780521007986.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100800X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100800X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Force of Modern Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and the Force of Modern Performance asks a central theoretical question in the study of drama: what is the relationship between the dramatic text and the meanings of performance? Developing the notion of 'performativity' explored by J. L. Austin, Judith Butler, and others, Worthen argues that the text cannot govern the force of its performance. Instead the text becomes significant only as embodied in the changing conventions of its performance. Worthen explores this understanding of dramatic performativity by interrogating several contemporary sites of Shakespeare production. He analyses how Shakespeare is recreated in historical performance, exemplified by the Globe Theatre on Bankside; by international and intercultural performance; by film; and by the appearance of Shakespeare on the Internet. The book includes detailed discussions of recent film and stage productions, and sets Shakespeare performance alongside other works of contemporary drama and theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08006/cover/9780521008006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond the Anarchical Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Grotius, Colonialism and Order in World Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keene, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edward Keene argues that the conventional idea of an 'anarchical society' of equal and independent sovereign states is an inadequate description of order in modern world politics. International political and legal order has always been dedicated to two distinct goals: to try to promote the toleration of different ways of life, while advocating the adoption of one specific way, that it labels 'civilization'. The nineteenth-century solution to this contradiction was to restrict the promotion of civilization to the world beyond Europe. That discriminatory way of thinking has now broken down, with the result that a single, global order is supposed to apply to everyone, but opinion is still very much divided as to what the ultimate purpose of this global order should be, and how its political and legal structure should be organised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08013/cover/9780521008013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and Gospel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton, Graham N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Gospel' initially referred to oral proclamation concerning Jesus Christ, but was later used to refer to four written accounts of the life of Jesus. How did this happen? Here, distinguished scholar Graham Stanton uses new evidence and fresh perspectives to tackle this controversial question. He insists that in the early post-Easter period, the Gospel of Jesus Christ was heard against the backdrop of a rival set of 'gospels' concerning the Roman emperors. In later chapters Stanton examines the earliest criticisms of Jesus and of claims concerning his resurrection. Finally, he discusses the early Christian addiction to the codex (book) format as opposed to the ubiquitous roll, and undermines the view that early copies of the Gospels were viewed as downmarket handbooks of an inward looking sect. With half the material previously unpublished and the rest carefully gathered from sources difficult to access, this is a timely study with broad appeal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08020/cover/9780521008020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Towards a New Paradigm in Monetary Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stiglitz, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwald, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Towards a New Paradigm for Monetary Economics presents a pioneer treatment of critical topics in monetary economics. Unlike the prevailing monetary theory, this book focuses not on the role of money in facilitating transactions, but on the role of credit in facilitating economic activities more broadly. The 'new paradigm' emphasizes the demand and supply of loanable funds, which in turn requires the understanding of the imperfections of information and the role of banks. One enlightening view is that credit is quite different from other commodities in the sense that the former is based on information and default risk. The book consists of two parts. The first part develops a basic model of credit based on banks' portfolio choices. The second part is dedicated to the policy implications, among which are the liberalization of financial markets, the East Asian Crisis, the 1991 US recession and the subsequent recovery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08051/cover/9780521008051.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African Economies and the Politics of Permanent Crisis, 1979-1999</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van de Walle, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains why African countries have remained mired in a disastrous economic crisis since the late 1970s. It shows that dynamics internal to African state structures largely explain this failure to overcome economic difficulties rather than external pressures on these same structures as is often argued. Far from being prevented from undertaking reforms by societal interest and pressure groups, clientelism within the state elite, ideological factors and low state capacity have resulted in some limited reform, but much prevarication and manipulation of the reform process, by governments which do not really believe that reform will be effective, which often oppose reforms because they would undercut the patronage and rent-seeking practices which undergird political authority, and which lack the administrative and technical capacity to implement much reform. Over time, state decay has increased.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08365/cover/9780521008365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, D. Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRLK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leading philosopher of religion D. Z. Phillips argues that intellectuals need not see their task as being for or against religion, but as one of understanding it. What stands in the way of this task are certain methodological assumptions about what enquiry into religion must be. Beginning with Bernard Williams on Greek gods, Phillips goes on to examine these assumptions in the work of Hume, Feuerbach, Marx, Frazer, Tylor, Marett, Freud, Durkheim, L&#233;vy-Bruhl, Berger and Winch. The result exposes confusion, but also gives logical space to religious belief without advocating personal acceptance of that belief, and shows how the academic study of religion may return to the contemplative task of doing conceptual justice to the world. Religion and the Hermeneutics of Contemplation extends in important ways D. Z. Phillips' seminal 1976 book Religion Without Explanation. It will be of interest to scholars and students of philosophy, anthropology, sociology and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08464/cover/9780521008464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The River of Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novikov, Igor D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kisin, Vitaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can we change the past? The surprising answer to this question can be found in the final chapters of this book. Examining the history of the study of time and presenting in detail the modern state of physical research on the subject, this book is a superb overview of a fascinating subject. The figures who have helped to shape our views on time are presented as real people, in the context of their own times and struggles: from Socrates' troubles in Athens, to the experiences of physicists under the former Soviet Union. In addition Novikov details his own experiences with great Russian and Western physicists, such as Sakharov, Zeldovich, Rees and Hawking. Details of modern theories in fields such as the possibility of time machines, anomalous flows of time (at black or white holes) and the possible source of The River of Time are described with authority and clarity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08488/cover/9780521008488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>States and Regions in the European Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Adaptation in Germany and Spain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;rzel, Tanja A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tanja B&#246;rzel argues that the effect of Europeanization on the politics and institutions of the EU's member states depends on the degree of conflict between European and domestic norms and rules. The book examines the relationship between the central state and regions in Germany and Spain, showing how Europeanization has served to weaken the powers of the regions. In both countries, the regions were forced to cooperate more closely with the centre, but the institutional impact in the two countries has been strikingly different. In Germany the existing cooperative Federal system was reinforced, but in Spain the traditional competitive relationship between the levels of government could not continue. Europeanization has led to a significant change in the pattern of Spanish politics, turning rivalry into cooperation. This book thus presents an important analysis of the impact of Europeanization on domestic politics, and on the relationship between states and regions in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08600/cover/9780521008600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mammal Community Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Management and Conservation in the Coniferous Forests of Western North America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabel, Cynthia J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anthony, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conservation of mammals in the coniferous forests of western North America has shifted in recent years from species-based strategies to community- and ecosystem-based strategies, resulting in an increase in the available information on mammalian communities and their management. This book provides a synthesis of the published literature on the role of forest mammals in community structure and function, with emphasis on their management and conservation. In addition to coverage of some of the charismatic megafauna such as grizzly bears, gray wolves, mountain lions, elk and moose, the book also provides a thorough treatment of small terrestrial mammals, arboreal rodents, bats, medium-sized carnivores, and ungulates. The unique blend of theoretical and practical concepts makes this book equally suitable for managers, educators, and research biologists who will find it a valuable reference to the recent literature on a vast array of topics on mammalian ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/10432/cover/9780521810432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sleep and Dreaming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scientific Advances and Reconsiderations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pace-Schott, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solms, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blagrove, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How and why does the sleeping brain generate dreams? Though the question is old, a paradigm shift is now occurring in the science of sleep and dreaming that is making room for new answers. From brainstem-based models of sleep cycle control, research is moving toward combined brainstem/forebrain models of sleep cognition itself. The book presents five papers by leading scientists at the center of the current firmament, and more than seventy-five commentaries on those papers by nearly all of the other leading authorities in the field. Topics include mechanisms of dreaming and REM sleep, memory consolidation in REM sleep, and an evolutionary hypothesis of the function of dreaming. The papers and commentaries, together with the authors' rejoinders, represent a huge leap forward in our understanding of the sleeping and dreaming brain. The book's multidisciplinary perspective will appeal to students and researchers in neuroscience, cognitive science, and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08693/cover/9780521008693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Deference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Learning from Law's Morals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soper, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do citizens have an obligation to obey the law? This book differs from standard approaches by shifting from the language of obedience (orders) to that of deference (normative judgments). The popular view that law claims authority but does not have it is here reversed on both counts: Law does not claim authority but has it. Though the focus is on political obligation, the author approaches that issue indirectly by first developing a more general account of when deference is due to the view of others. Two standard practices that political theorists often consider in exploring the question of political obligation - fair-play and promise-keeping - can themselves be seen as examples of a duty of deference. In this respect the book defends a more general theory of ethics whose scope extends beyond the question of political obligation to questions of duty in the case of law, promises, fair play and friendship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08723/cover/9780521008723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personality and Dangerousness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Genealogies of Antisocial Personality Disorder</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCallum, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the aftermath of the Port Arthur shootings, Dunblane or the schoolyard killings in America, communities try to come to terms with private and public trauma and there is a need to understand what kind of person can commit such terrible acts. The problem of how to understand dangerousness often centres on the role of the mental health and criminal justice systems and it is from the intersection of these two institutions that the categorisation of dangerous persons has emerged. David McCallum traces the history of the category of antisocial personality disorder and shows how it is linked to particular kinds of governing. He examines key legal and institutional developments in Australia, the UK and the US and also parallel developments within psychiatry and psychological medicine. Applying a social theoretical analysis to this material, McCallum challenges our assumptions about the formation and control concepts of dangerousness and personality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08754/cover/9780521008754.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100876X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100876X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America, the Vietnam War, and the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative and International Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daum, Andreas W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, Lloyd C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mausbach, Wilfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents new perspectives on the Vietnam War, its global repercussions, and the role of this war in modern history. The volume reveals 'America's War' as an international event that reverberated all over the world: in domestic settings of numerous nation-states, combatants and non-combatants alike, as well as in transnational relations and alliance systems. The volume thereby covers a wide geographical range - from Berkeley and Berlin to Cambodia and Canberra.  The essays address political, military, and diplomatic issues no less than cultural and intellectual consequences of 'Vietnam'. The authors also set the Vietnam War in comparison to other major conflicts in world history; they cover over three centuries, and develop general insights into the tragedies and trajectories of military conflicts as phenomena of modern societies in general. For the first time, 'America's War' is thus depicted as a truly global event whose origins and characteristics deserve an interdisciplinary treatment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08761/cover/9780521008761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Democracies Lose Small Wars</TitleText>

<Subtitle>State, Society, and the Failures of France in Algeria, Israel in Lebanon, and the United States in Vietnam</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merom, Gil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gil Merom argues that modern democracies fail in insurgency wars because they are unable to find a winning balance between expedient and moral tolerance to the costs of war. Small wars, he argues, are lost at home when a critical minority mass shifts the center of gravity from the battlefield to the market place of ideas. Merom analyzes the role of brutality in counterinsurgency, the historical foundations of moral and expedient opposition to war, and the actions states traditionally took in order to preserve foreign policy autonomy. He then discusses the elements of the process that led to the failure of France in Algeria and Israel in Lebanon. In the conclusion, Merom considers the Vietnam War and the influence failed small wars had on Western war-making and military intervention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08778/cover/9780521008778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex and the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Abortion, Divorce, and the Family under Latin American Dictatorships and Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Htun, Mala</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abortion, divorce, and the family: how did the state make policy decisions in these areas in Argentina, Brazil, and Chile during the last third of the twentieth century? As the three countries transitioned from democratic to authoritarian forms of government (and back), they confronted challenges posed by the rise of the feminist movement, social changes, and the power of the Catholic Church. The results were often surprising: women's rights were expanded under  military dictatorships, divorce was legalized in authoritarian Brazil but not in democratic Chile, and no Latin American country changed its laws on abortion. Sex and the State explores these patterns of gender-related policy reform and shows how they mattered for the peoples of Latin America and for a broader understanding of the logic behind the state's role in shaping private lives and gender relations everywhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08792/cover/9780521008792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>UML by Example</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jalloul, Ghinwa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a step-by-step introduction to object-oriented software development. It is suitable for teaching and for self study by practising software engineers seeking to add rigour to their techniques. Seven complete case studies are included along with several smaller examples derived from small software projects developed for and delivered to real users. These examples make use of a bridge process, which presents a systematic approach for developing analysis models and unfolding these incrementally and iteratively through to design models and implementation. The process could be viewed as one example of unified software development and has the potential of being scalable to large software problems. It also provides a model for organising deliverables obtained throughout different phases of the software life cycle. These case studies provide a medium for experimental use and act as templates that can be tailored by readers to fit their specific needs and circumstances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08815/cover/9780521008815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Choice and the Mathematics of Manipulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Alan D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Honesty in voting, it turns out, is not always the best policy. Indeed, in the early 1970s, Allan Gibbard and Mark Satterthwaite, building on the seminal work of Nobel laureate Kenneth Arrow, proved that with three or more alternatives there is no reasonable voting system that is non-manipulable; voters will always have an opportunity to benefit by submitting a disingenuous ballot. The ensuing decades produced a number of theorems of striking mathematical naturality that dealt with the manipulability of voting systems. This book presents many of these results from the last quarter of the twentieth century, especially the contributions of economists and philosophers, from a mathematical point of view, with many new proofs. The presentation is almost completely self-contained, and requires no prerequisites except a willingness to follow rigorous mathematical arguments. Mathematics students, as well as mathematicians, political scientists, economists and philosophers will learn why it is impossible to devise a completely unmanipulable voting system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08839/cover/9780521008839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Tycho's Island</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tycho Brahe, Science, and Culture in the Sixteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christianson, John Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tycho Brahe (1546-1601), the premier patron-practitioner of science in sixteenth-century Europe, established a new role of scientist as administrator, active reformer, and natural philosopher. This book explores Brahe's wide range of activities which encompass much more than his reputed role of astronomer, portraying Brahe as Platonic philosopher, Paracelsian chemist, Ovidian poet, and devoted family man. From his private island in Denmark, Brahe used patronage, printing, friendship, and marriage to incorporate men and women skilled in science, technology, and the fine arts into his program of cosmic reform. This pioneering study includes capsule biographies of over a hundred men and women, including Johannes Kepler, Willebrord Snel, Willem Blaeu, several bishops and numerous technical specialists all of whom helped shape the culture of the Scientific Revolution. Under Tycho Brahe's leadership, their teamwork achieved breakthroughs in astronomy, scientific method, and research organization that were essential to the birth of modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08846/cover/9780521008846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521008972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521008972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521008976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voices of Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language Ideologies and the Politics of Inequality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521008976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Charles L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language and tradition have long been relegated to the sidelines as scholars have considered the role of politics, science, technology and economics in the making of the modern world. This novel reading of over two centuries of philosophy, political theory, anthropology, folklore and history argues that new ways of imagining language and representing supposedly premodern people - the poor, labourers, country folk, non-europeans and women - made political and scientific revolutions possible. The connections between language ideologies, privileged linguistic codes, and political concepts and practices shape the diverse ways we perceive ourselves and others. Bauman and Briggs demonstrate that contemporary efforts to make schemes of social inequality based on race, gender, class and nationality seem compelling and legitimate, rely on deeply-rooted ideas about language and tradition. Showing how critics of modernity unwittingly reproduce these foundational fictions, they suggest new strategies for challenging the undemocratic influence of these voices of modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/08976/cover/9780521008976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology and Culture in Greek and Roman Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuomo, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The technological achievements of the Greeks and Romans continue to fascinate and excite admiration. But what was the place of technology in their cultures? Through five case-studies, this book sets ancient technical knowledge in its political, social and intellectual context. It explores the definition of the techne of medicine in classical Athens, the development of new military technology in Hellenistic times, the self-image of technicians through funerary art in the early Roman Empire, the resolution of boundary disputes in the early second century AD, and the status of architecture and architects in late antiquity. Deploying a wide range of evidence, it reconstructs a dialectic picture of ancient technology, where several ancient points of view are described and analyzed, and their interaction examined. Dr Cuomo argues for the centrality of technology to the ancient world-picture, and for its extraordinarily rich political, social, economic and religious significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09034/cover/9780521009034.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Foreign Intervention</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chatterjee, Deen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheid, Don E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a collection of original essays by some of the leading moral and political thinkers of our time on the ethical and legal implications of humanitarian military intervention. As the rules for the 'new world order' are worked out in the aftermath of the Cold War, this issue is likely to arise more and more frequently, and the moral implications of such interventions will become a major focus for international law, the United Nations, regional organizations such as NATO, and the foreign policies of nations. The essays collected here present a variety of normative perspectives on topics such as the just-war theory and its limits, secession and international law, and new approaches toward the moral legitimacy of intervention. They form a challenging and timely volume that will interest political philosophers, political theorists, readers in law and international relations, and anyone interested in moral dimensions of international affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09041/cover/9780521009041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schizophrenic Speech</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making Sense of Bathroots and Ponds that Fall in Doorways</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKenna, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oh, Tomasina M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews our knowledge of the incoherent speech which can present as a symptom of schizophrenia. This is one of the most researched symptoms in the disorder. The content covers clinical presentation, differential diagnosis and the theories proposed to account for the symptom in these 'thought disordered' patients, ranging from the psychoanalytic to there being a form of aphasia involved. The book is unique in its ability to apply linguistic and neuropsychological approaches to the understanding of this condition, and is the first book to cover comprehensively the range of clinical studies that followed the introduction of Andreasen's rating scale for what was then called thought, language and communication disorder. This book is essential reading for all those working in the field of schizophrenia and also for those interested in language and disorders of speech.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09058/cover/9780521009058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Elgar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important biography of Elgar draws on letters and documents which have become available in the last twenty-five years. Michael Kennedy, a leading scholar of British music and a distinguished musical biographer, uses this new material, which includes Elgar's own vast correspondence, in an attempt to get to the centre of the composer's complex personality. Elgar's letters reveal his unpredictable swings of mood, from gaiety and a fondness for puns to morose self-pity and a feeling that he was 'not wanted', and although much of Elgar's music sounds confident and coherent, it also has an underlying layer of unease, melancholy and insecurity. His relationships with his wife and other women friends are a continuing thread in the life of a man who remained acutely conscious of his lower middle-class origins in spite of his meteoric rise to fame, honours in Edward VII's reign and friendship with the King.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09072/cover/9780521009072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theology and the Dialogue of Religions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, S. J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theology of religions is an area of theological reflection on inter-religious relations which raises fundamental questions for all people of faith in a pluralist, post-modern world. How to practise a religious faith with integrity while respecting other claims to ultimate truth? Must 'the other' always be regarded as a problematic complication on the fringes of a Christianity-centred world?  Is there a 'third way' between an all-dominating exclusivism and a vapid relativism? This book contributes to the debate about the place of inter-religious relations in the life of the Church by developing a 'theology of dialogue'. In offering a critique of much current thinking in this area, Michael Barnes SJ proposes instead a theology rooted in the themes of welcome and hospitality.  He argues for a vision of Christianity as a 'school of faith', a community called not just to teach others but to learn from them as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09089/cover/9780521009089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science from Fisher Information</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Unification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frieden, B. Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>502</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops and applies an analytical approach to deriving the probability laws of science in general. It is called 'extreme physical information' or EPI. EPI is an expression of the imperfection of observation: Owing to random interaction of a subject with its observer and other possible disturbances, its measurement contains less Fisher information than does the subject per se. Moreover, the information loss is an extreme value. An EPI output may alternatively be viewed as the payoff of a zero-sum game of information acquisition between the observer and a 'demon' in subject space. EPI derives, Escher-like, the very probability law that gave rise to the measurement. In applications, EPI is used to derive both existing and new analytical relations governing probability laws of physics, genetics, cancer growth, ecology and economics. This unified approach will be fascinating to students and those who seek a new mathematical tool of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09119/cover/9780521009119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100912X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100912X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Changing India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bourgeois Revolution on the Subcontinent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The revised edition of Robert Stern's book brings India's story up to date. Since its original publication in 1993, much has altered and yet central to the author's argument remains his belief in the remarkable continuity and vitality of India's social systems and its resilience in the face of change. This is a colourful, readable and comprehensive introduction to modern India. In a journey through its family households and villages, the author explains its long-lived and little understood caste and class systems, its venerable faiths and extraordinary ethnic diversity, its history as 'the jewel in the crown' of British imperialism and its post-Independence career as a major agricultural and industrial nation. While paradoxes abound in an India which is constantly transforming, Stern demonstrates how and why it remains the largest and most enduring democracy in the developing world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09126/cover/9780521009126.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Companions in Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Aspects of Criminal Conduct</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warr, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Criminologists often allude to 'peer influence' in explanations of crime and delinquency, but the meaning of that concept rarely receives careful attention. Companions in Crime organizes the extensive literature on peer influence and group delinquency into a coherent form for the first time. Chapters focus on the role of peers over the life course, the group nature of delinquent behavior, and the applicability of peer influence for explaining the major features of delinquent behavior. The most extensive chapter of the book examines possible mechanisms of peer influence and the evidence in favor of each. The principal thesis of Companions in Crime is that deviant behavior is predominantly social behavior, and criminologists must eventually determine the significance of that fact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09164/cover/9780521009164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dark Side of the Force</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Foundations of Conflict Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirshleifer, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central tradition of mainline economics deals with one way of making a living; producing goods and services. But there is another way of getting ahead through conflict or the 'dark side', by appropriating what others have produced. Parallel to military aggression and resistance, the dark side includes non-military activities such as litigation, strikes and lockouts, takeover contests, and bureaucratic back-biting struggles. This volume brings the analysis of conflict into the mainstream of economics. Part I explores the causes, conduct, and consequences of conflict as an economic activity. Part II delves deeply into the evolutionary sources of our capacities, physical and mental, for both conflict and cooperation. The introductory chapter of the volume, which outlines the significance of the dark side, was the author's 1993 Presidential Address to the Western Economic Association. Other chapters investigate economic models, historical discussions, experimental tests, and applications to topics in political science and law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09171/cover/9780521009171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>HIV and Psychiatry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Training and Resource Manual</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Citron, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brouillette, Marie Jos&#233;e</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckett, Alexandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new edition of HIV and Psychiatry is fully revised and brings together a strong, international team of experts to create the most up-to-date handbook for mental health professionals dealing with HIV-infected and HIV-affected people. HIV care has become more complex, involving increasingly successful treatments with combinations of antiretrovirals from different classes. Patients now live longer, making the need for effective psychiatric care greater than ever to ensure good adherence to drug treatments and the best possible quality of life. Using case studies throughout, this training manual addresses all of the issues involved in caring for HIV and AIDS patients in order to help clinicians provide the best, state-of-the-art care for these individuals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09188/cover/9780521009188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and Politeness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mills, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gender and Politeness challenges the notion that women are necessarily always more polite than men as much of the language and gender literature claims. Sara Mills discusses the complex relations between gender and politeness and argues that although there are circumstances when women speakers, drawing on stereotypes of femininity to guide their behaviour, will appear to be acting in a more polite way than men, there are many circumstances where women will act just as impolitely as men. The book aims to show that politeness and impoliteness are in essence judgements about another's interventions in an interaction and about that person as whole, and are not simple classifications of particular types of speech. Drawing on the notion of community of practice Mills examines the way that speakers negotiate with what they perceive to be gendered stereotypes circulating within their particular group.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09195/cover/9780521009195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100926X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100926X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Colonial Cultures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legal Regimes in World History, 1400-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benton, Lauren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances an interesting perspective in world history, arguing that institutions and culture - and not just the global economy - serve as important elements of international order. Focusing on colonial legal politics and the interrelation of local and indigenous cultural contests and institutional change, the book uses case studies to trace a shift in plural legal orders - from the multicentric law of early empires to the state-centered law of the colonial and postcolonial world. In the early modern world, the special legal status of cultural and religious others itself became an element of continuity across culturally diverse empires. In the nineteenth century, the state's assertion of a singular legal authority responded to repetitive legal conflicts - not simply to the imposition of Western models of governance. Indigenous subjects across time and in all settings were active in making, changing, and interpreting the law - and, by extension, in shaping the international order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09263/cover/9780521009263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of Reasoning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leighton, Jacqueline P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We are bombarded with information - press releases, television news, internet websites, and office memos, just to name a few - on a daily basis. However, the important conclusions that may or need to be inferred from such information are typically not provided. We must draw the conclusions by ourselves. How do we draw these conclusions? This book addresses how we reason to reach sensible conclusions. The purpose of this book is to organise in one volume what is known about reasoning, such as its structural prerequisites, its mechanisms, its susceptibility to pragmatic influences, its pitfalls, and the bases for its development. Given that reasoning underlies so many of our intellectual activities - when we learn, criticise, analyse, judge, infer, evaluate, optimise, apply, discover, imagine, devise, and create - we stand to gain a great deal if we can learn to define, operate, apply, and nurture our reasoning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09287/cover/9780521009287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Woody Allen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Girgus, Sam B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Woody Allen is the first full-length work to examine the director as a serious filmmaker and artist. Sam Girgus argues that Allen has consistently been on the cutting edge of contemporary critical and cultural consciousness, challenging our notions of authorship, narrative, perspective, character, theme, ideology, gender and sexuality. This revised and updated edition includes two new chapters that examine Allen's work since 1992. Girgus argues that the scandal surrounding Allen's personal life in the early 1990s has altered his image in ways that reposition moral consciousness in his work. The union between Allen's public and private selves that created a special 'aura' about him remains intact despite the director's concerted efforts to separate his private life from his screen image. Allen now assumes a postmodern moral relativism and 'sensual realism' that differs profoundly from the moral sensibility of his earlier work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09294/cover/9780521009294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Foreign Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Karen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Light, Margot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The promotion of human rights, the punishment of crimes against humanity, the use of force with respect to humanitarian intervention: these are some of the complex issues facing governments in recent years. The contributors to this book offer a theoretical and empirical approach to these issues. Three leading normative theorists first explore what an 'ethical foreign policy' means. Four contributors then look at potential or actual instruments of ethical foreign policy-making: the export of democracy, non-governmental organisations, the International Criminal Court, and bottom-up public pressure on governments. Finally, three case studies examine more closely developments in the foreign policies of the US, the UK, and the European Union, to assess the difficulties raised by the incorporation of ethical considerations into foreign policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09300/cover/9780521009300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America on Film</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modernism, Documentary, and a Changing America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Girgus, Sam B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In America on Film, Sam Girgus examines a selection of films made in the last quarter of the twentieth century in an effort to trace how the notion of 'American' has changed drastically from that portrayed in American cinema up to the 1950s. In works such as Mississippi Masala, Lone Star, Malcolm X, Raging Bull, When We Were Kings, and Bugsy he finds a new and ethnically varied array of characters that embody American values, ideals, and conflicts; and a transformation in the relationship of American identity and culture to race and ethnicity, as well as to sexuality, gender, and the body. America on Film charts these changes through analysis of cinematic tensions between fiction, documentary, and modernism. An art form that combines fragments of reality with imagination, film, Girgus maintains, connects the documentary realism of the photographic image to the abstraction and non-representation of modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09317/cover/9780521009317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Improvisation of Musical Dialogue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Phenomenology of Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, Bruce Ellis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an important contribution to the philosophy of music. Whereas most books in this field focus on the creation and reproduction of music, Bruce Benson's concern is the phenomenology of music making as an activity. He offers the radical thesis that it is improvisation that is primary in the moment of music making. Succinct and lucid, the book brings together a wide range of musical examples from classical music, jazz, early music and other genres. It offers a rich tapestry incorporating both analytic and continental philosophy, musicology and performance-practice issues. It will be a provocative read for philosophers of art and musicologists and, because it eschews technicality, should appeal to general readers, especially those who perform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09324/cover/9780521009324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euthanasia, Ethics and Public Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Argument Against Legalisation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keown, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether the law should permit voluntary euthanasia or physician-assisted suicide is one of the most vital questions facing all modern societies. Internationally, the main obstacle to legalisation has proved to be the objection that, even if they were morally acceptable in certain 'hard cases', voluntary euthanasia and physician-assisted suicide could not be effectively controlled; society would slide down a 'slippery slope' to the killing of patients who did not make a free and informed request, or for whom palliative care would have offered an alternative. How cogent is this objection? This book provides the general reader (who need have no expertise in philosophy, law or medicine) with a lucid introduction to this central question in the debate, not least by reviewing the Dutch euthanasia experience. It will interest all in any country whether currently for or against legalisation, who wish to ensure that their opinions are better informed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09331/cover/9780521009331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradox and Paraconsistency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conflict Resolution in the Abstract Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a world plagued by disagreement and conflict one might expect that the exact sciences of logic and mathematics would provide a safe harbor. In fact these disciplines are rife with internal divisions between different, often incompatible, systems. Do these disagreements admit of resolution? Can such resolution be achieved without disturbing assumptions that the theorems of logic and mathematics state objective truths about the real world? In this original and historically rich book John Woods explores apparently intractable disagreements in logic and the foundations of mathematics and sets out conflict resolution strategies that evade or disarm these stalemates. An important sub-theme of the book is the extent to which pluralism in logic and the philosophy of mathematics undermines realist assumptions. This book makes an important contribution to such areas of philosophy as logic, philosophy of language and argumentation theory. It will also be of interest to mathematicians and computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09348/cover/9780521009348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Math Behind the Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harkleroad, Leon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>158</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematics has been used for centuries to describe, analyze, and create music. In this book, Leon Harkleroad explores the math related aspects of music from its acoustical bases to compositional techniques to music criticism, touching on  &#8226; overtones, scales, and tuning systems &#8226; the musical dice game attributed to Mozart and Haydn &#8226; the several-hundred-year-old style of bell-playing known as ringing the changes &#8226; the twelve-tone school of composition that strongly influenced music throughout the twentieth century and many other topics involving mathematical ideas from probability theory to Fourier series to group theory. He also relates some cautionary tales of misguided attempts to mix music and mathematics. Both the mathematical and the musical concepts are described in an elementary way, making the book accessible to general readers as well as to mathematicians and musicians of all levels.  The book is accompanied by an audio CD of musical examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09355/cover/9780521009355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epidemiological Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silman, Alan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macfarlane, Gary J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following on in the footsteps of its acclaimed and popular predecessor, this new edition builds on the successful features that engaged readers of the first edition: it explains the principles and practice of epidemiology and serves as a handbook for those who wish to do epidemiology; it uses relevant exercises and examples, taken from real life, to illustrate how to set up a study; it aims to help produce valid results that will satisfy grant bodies, ethical committees and journal editors; ultimately it bridges the gap between theory and practice. By making the subject so easily accessible, it will be an excellent introduction for anyone who is training in epidemiology and public health, and for all those involved in medical research. This edition includes numerous improvements and several new chapters which will further enhance its appeal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09393/cover/9780521009393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100943X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052100943X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health Policy in a Globalising World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Kelley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buse, Kent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fustukian, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increasing recognition of the impact that globalisation may be having on public health has led to widespread concern about the risks arising from emerging and re-emerging diseases, environmental degradation and demographic change. This book argues that health policy making is being affected by globalisation and that these effects are, in turn, contributing to the kind of global health issues being faced today. The book explores how the actors, context, processes and content of health policy are changing as a result of globalisation, raising concerns about growing differences in who can influence health policy, what priorities are set, what interventions are deemed appropriate and ultimately who enjoys good and bad health. Bringing together a distinguished, international group of contributors, this book covers a comprehensive range of topics and geographic regions and will be invaluable for all those interested in health, social and public policy and globalisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09430/cover/9780521009430.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rainbow Parts 1 and 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinkead-Weekes, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>748</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence started 'The Sisters' in March 1913, wrote four different versions and claimed to have discarded 'quite a thousand pages' before completing The Rainbow in May 1915. The novel was suppressed, just over a month after publication, in November 1915. Mark Kinkead-Weekes gives the composition history and collates the surviving states of the text to assess the damage done to Lawrence's great novel, and to provide a text as close to that which the author wrote as is now possible. The final manuscript, revisions in the typescript and the first edition are recorded in the full textual apparatus so the reader can follow the development of the novel and evaluate what outside interference might have done to it. Appendixes give the earliest, unpublished fragments from the first two versions and a newly discovered report and summary of the third. Published in two volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Race Politics in Britain and France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideas and Policymaking since the 1960s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bleich, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Britain and France have developed substantially different policies to manage racial tensions since the 1960s, in spite of having similar numbers of post-war ethnic minority immigrants. This book provides the first detailed historical exploration of race policy development in these two countries. In this path-breaking work, Bleich argues against common wisdom that attributes policy outcomes to the role of powerful interest groups or to the constraints of existing institutions, instead emphasizing the importance of frames as widely-held ideas that propelled policymaking in different directions. British policymakers' framing of race and racism principally in North American terms of color discrimination encouraged them to import many policies from across the Atlantic. For decades after WWII, by contrast, French policy leaders framed racism in terms influenced largely by their Vichy past, which encouraged policies designed primarily to counter hate speech while avoiding the recognition of race found across the English Channel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09539/cover/9780521009539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Living Together and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thatcher, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Living Together and Christian Ethics is the first positive, in-depth study of cohabitation outside marriage from a mainstream Christian theological perspective. The book retrieves the traditions of betrothal from the Bible and church history, and shows how these can transform Christian attitudes to living together before marriage. A crucial distinction is made between prenuptial cohabitation where marriage is intended, and nonnuptial cohabitation where it is avoided. Since betrothal was widely understood as a real beginning of marriage, the book argues for a complete pastoral, theological and liturgical renewal that reclaims the riches of forgotten Christian marital traditions and redeploys them in conveying the good news of the faith to women and men who are not yet married. The book takes issue with theologians who marginalize marriage, and suggests that the recognition of marital values can act as a helpful bridge between Christian teaching and people who are not formally married.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09553/cover/9780521009553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Joyce and the Politics of Egoism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rabat&#233;, Jean-Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In James Joyce and the Politics of Egoism a leading scholar approaches the entire Joycean canon through the concept of 'egoism'. This concept, Jean-Michel Rabat&#233; argues, runs throughout Joyce's work, and involves and incorporates its opposite, 'hospitality', a term Rabat&#233; understands as meaning an ethical and linguistic opening to 'the other'. For Rabat&#233; both concepts emerge from the fact that Joyce published crucial texts in the London based review The Egoist and later moved on to forge strong ties with the international Paris avant-garde. Rabat&#233; examines the theoretical debates surrounding these connections, linking Joyce's engagement with Irish politics with the aesthetic aspects of his texts. Through egoism, he shows, Joyce defined a literary sensibility founded on negation; through hospitality, Joyce postulated the creation of a new, utopian readership. Rabat&#233; explores Joyce's complex negotiation between these two poles in a study of interest to all Joyceans and scholars of modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09584/cover/9780521009584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patriotism and Poetry in Eighteenth-Century Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Dustin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poetry of the mid - and late eighteenth century has long been regarded as primarily private and apolitical; in this wide-ranging study Dustin Griffin argues that in fact the poets of the period were addressing the great issues of national life - rebellion at home, imperial wars abroad, an expanding commercial empire, an emerging new 'British' national identity. Taking up the topic of patriotic verse, Griffin shows that the poets, like many contemporary essayists, sermon writers, and political journalists, were engaged in the century-long debate about the nature of 'true patriotism'. Griffin argues that canonical figures - James Thomson, William Collins, Thomas Gray, Christopher Smart, Oliver Goldsmith, William Cowper - along with less canonical writers such as Mark Akenside, John Dyer, and Ann Yearsley ask how poets might serve and even save their country, and take their place in a broader tradition of patriotic verse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09591/cover/9780521009591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Calculated Bets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computers, Gambling, and Mathematical Modeling to Win</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skiena, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about a gambling system that works. It tells the story of how the author used computer simulations and mathematical modeling techniques to predict the outcome of jai-alai matches and bet on them successfully - increasing his initial stake by over 500% in one year! His results can work for anyone: at the end of the book he tells the best way to watch jai-alai, and how to bet on it. With humour and enthusiasm, Skiena details a life-long fascination with computer predictions and sporting events. Along the way, he discusses other gambling systems, both successful and unsuccessful, for such games as lotto, roulette, blackjack, and the stock market.  Indeed, he shows how his jai-alai system functions just like a miniature stock trading system. Do you want to learn about program trading systems, the future of Internet gambling, and the real reason brokerage houses don't offer mutual funds that invest at racetracks and frontons? How mathematical models are used in political polling? The difference between correlation and causation? If you are curious about gambling and mathematics, odds are this book is for you!</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09621/cover/9780521009621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surviving Stalking</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Path&#233;, Michele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Surviving Stalking is a practical and comprehensive survival manual for victims of stalking and related crimes. It offers sound, realistic, practical advice to victims and also gives guidance through each stage of the criminal justice processes in America, Britain and Australia. Using case descriptions, Michele Path&#233; describes the traumatic effects of stalking, the course of these symptoms, and how best to access psychological care and support. It is the first comprehensive book for a general readership providing a contemporary account of victim types, stalker types, stalkers' motives, strategies to prevent and overcome stalking, and a list of the resources available to victims of stalking. Surviving Stalking will be of great interest not only to those who have been or are being stalked, but also to the health, law enforcement and legal professionals who work with stalkers and their victims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09645/cover/9780521009645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Hydrodynamic Stability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drazin, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Instability of flows and their transition to turbulence are widespread phenomena in engineering and the natural environment, and are important in applied mathematics, astrophysics, biology, geophysics, meteorology, oceanography and physics as well as engineering. This is a textbook to introduce these phenomena at a level suitable for a graduate course, by modelling them mathematically, and describing numerical simulations and laboratory experiments. The visualization of instabilities is emphasized, with many figures, and in references to more still and moving pictures. The relation of chaos to transition is discussed at length. Many worked examples and exercises for students illustrate the ideas of the text. Readers are assumed to be fluent in linear algebra, advanced calculus, elementary theory of ordinary differential equations, complex variables and the elements of fluid mechanics. The book is aimed at graduate students but will also be very useful for specialists in other fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09652/cover/9780521009652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of the Palestinian Refugee Problem Revisited</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Benny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Benny Morris' The Birth of the Palestinian Refugee Problem was published in 1988. Its startling revelations about how and why 700,000 Palestinians left their homes and became refugees during the Arab-Israeli war in 1948 undermined traditional interpretations as to whether they left voluntarily or were expelled as part of a systematic plan. This book represents a revised edition of the earlier work, compiled on the basis of newly-opened Israeli military archives. While the focus remains the 1948 war and the analysis of the Palestinian exodus, the new material contains more information about what happened in Jerusalem, Jaffa and Haifa, and how events there led to the collapse of Palestinian urban society. It also sheds light on the battles and atrocities that resulted in the disintegration of  rural communities. The story is a harrowing one. The refugees now number four million and their existence remains a major obstacle to peace.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09676/cover/9780521009676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052100974X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dead and the Living in Paris and London, 1500-1670</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harding, Vanessa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an exploration in social history, showing how the practices surrounding death and burial can illumine urban culture and experience. Vanessa Harding focuses on the crowded and turbulent worlds of early modern London and Paris, and makes rich use of contemporary documentation to compare and contrast their experience of dealing with the dead. The two cities shared many of the problems and pressures of urban life, including high mortality rates and a tradition of Christian burial and there are many similarities in their responses to death. The treatment of the dead reveals the communities' preoccupation with the use of space, control of the physical environment and the ordering of society and social behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09744/cover/9780521009744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Media, Markets, and Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, C. Edwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Government interventions in media markets are often criticized for preventing audiences from getting the media products they want. A free press is often asserted to be essential for democracy. The first point is incorrect and the second is inadequate as a policy guide. Part I of this book shows that unique aspects of media products prevent markets from providing for audience desires. Part II shows that four prominent, but different, theories of democracy lead to different conceptions of good journalistic practice, media policy, and proper constitutional principles. Part II makes clear that the choice among democratic theories is crucial for understanding what should be meant by free press. Part III explores international free trade in media products. Contrary to the dominant American position, it shows that Parts I and II's economic and democratic theory justify deviations from free trade in media products.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09775/cover/9780521009775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles and Practice of Emergency Neurology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Handbook for Emergency Physicians</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shah, Sid M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Kevin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>454</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this handbook, the emergency physician-neurologist editorial team from the acclaimed comprehensive text Emergency Neurology bring its expertise to a readily accessible reference tool for the emergency department. With a symptom-based emphasis, the text, tables, and illustrations guide the emergency physician in the recognition, diagnosis, and management of neurological disorders both common and complex. Integrating fundamental neurological concepts with the practical realities and demands of emergency care, this handbook features management algorithms for dozens of conditions, and a list of 'pearls and pitfalls' at the conclusion of each of the 38 chapters. This survey of best practices in emergency neurology provides succinct and crucial clinical information for all emergency physicians who diagnose and manage neurologic disorders such as headache, seizure, and spinal cord injury. Emphasizing efficient neurological examination techniques, this is an essential handbook for emergency physicians, internists, and residents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09805/cover/9780521009805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narrative, Religion and Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentalism versus Irony, 1700-1999</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An increasing number of contemporary scientists, philosophers and theologians downplay their professional authority and describe their work as simply 'telling stories about the world'. If this is so, Stephen Prickett argues, literary criticism can (and should) be applied to all these fields. Such new-found modesty is not necessarily postmodernist scepticism towards all grand narratives, but it often conceals a widespread confusion and na&#239;vety about what 'telling stories', 'description' or 'narrative', actually involves. While postmodernists define 'narrative' in opposition to the experimental 'knowledge' of science (Lyotard), some scientists insist that science is itself story-telling (Gould); certain philosophers and theologians even see all knowledge simply as stories created by language (Rorty; Cupitt). Yet story telling is neither innocent nor empty-handed. Prickett argues that since the eighteenth century there have been only two possible ways of understanding the world: the fundamentalist, and the ironic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09836/cover/9780521009836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stealth Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Americans' Beliefs About How Government Should Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hibbing, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Theiss-Morse, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Americans often complain about the operation of their government, but scholars have never developed a complete picture of people's preferred type of government. In this provocative and timely book, Hibbing and Theiss-Morse, employing an original national survey and focus groups, report the governmental procedures Americans desire. Contrary to the prevailing view that people want greater involvement in politics, most citizens do not care about most policies and therefore are content to turn over decision-making authority to someone else. People's wish for the political system is that decision makers be empathetic and, especially, non-self-interested, not that they be responsive and accountable to the people's largely nonexistent policy preferences or, even worse, that the people be obligated to participate directly in decision making. Hibbing and Theiss-Morse conclude by cautioning communitarians, direct democrats, social capitalists, deliberation theorists, and all those who think that greater citizen involvement is the solution to society's problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09867/cover/9780521009867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521009936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521009936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521009935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inequality and Industrial Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Global View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521009935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galbraith, James K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berner, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a global analysis of the distribution of pay, deploying systematic new measurements on a large scale. Contributions cover the US wage structure back to 1920 and up to 1998, pay inequality and unemployment in Europe since 1970, and the evolution of inequality alongside industrial growth, liberalization, financial crisis, state violence and industrial policy in more than fifty developing countries. The essays evaluate the major debates over rising inequality, and support the emerging view that there exists a powerful macro-dynamics of pay inequality in both rich and poor countries - a view whose origins go back to Keynes and Kuznets. Several papers present detailed descriptions of a new global pay inequality data set based on Theil's T statistic; theoretical and methodological chapters permit students and specialists full access to the measurements and to the non-parametric statistical techniques underlying these studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/09935/cover/9780521009935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vietnam and the American Political Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Dissent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Randall B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is intended to demonstrate how opposition to the war in Vietnam, the military-industrial complex, and the national security state crystallized in a variety of different and often divergent political traditions. Indeed, for many of the figures discussed, dissent was a decidedly conservative act in that they felt that the war threatened traditional values, mores, and institutions, even though their definitions of what was sacred differed profoundly. To an extent many of the dissenters treated in this volume were at one time Cold War liberals. During the course of the Vietnam War, they came to see the foreign policy which they were supporting, with its willingness to invoke the democratic ideal and at the same time tolerate dictatorships in the cause of anticommunism, as morally and politically corrupt. Most dissenters increasingly came to perceive cold war liberalism as a radical departure that threatened the fundamental ideals of the republic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10009/cover/9780521010009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Satisficing and Maximizing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moral Theorists on Practical Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byron, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we think about what we plan to do? One dominant answer is that we select the best possible option available. However, a growing number of philosophers would offer a different answer: since we are not equipped to maximize we often choose the next best alternative, one that is no more than satisfactory.  This strategy choice is called satisficing (a term coined by the economist Herb Simon). This new collection of essays explores both these accounts of practical reason, examining the consequences for adopting one or the other for moral theory in general and the theory of practical rationality in particular. It aims to address a constituency larger than contemporary moral philosophers and bring these questions to the attention of those interested in the applications of decision theory in economics, psychology and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10054/cover/9780521010054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Women Protest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Movements in Chile</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldez, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do women protest?  Under what conditions do women protest on the basis of their gender identity? Professor Baldez answers in terms of tipping, timing and framing. She relies on the concept of tipping to identify the point at which diverse organizations converge to form a women's movement. She argues that two conditions trigger this mobilization among women: partisan realignment, understood as the emergence of a new set of issues around which political elites define themselves, and women's decision to frame realignment in terms of widely held norms about gender difference. To illustrate these claims, she compares two very different women's movements in Chile: the mobilization of women against President Salvador Allende (1970-1973) and that against General Augusto Pinochet (1973-1990). Despite differences between these two movements, both emerged amidst a context of partisan realignment and framed their concerns in terms of women's exclusion from the political arena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10061/cover/9780521010061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A First Course in Combinatorial Optimization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A First Course in Combinatorial Optimization is a text for a one-semester introductory graduate-level course for students of operations research, mathematics, and computer science. It is a self-contained treatment of the subject, requiring only some mathematical maturity. Topics include: linear and integer programming, polytopes, matroids and matroid optimization, shortest paths, and network flows. Central to the exposition is the polyhedral viewpoint, which is the key principle underlying the successful integer-programming approach to combinatorial-optimization problems. Another key unifying topic is matroids. The author does not dwell on data structures and implementation details, preferring to focus on the key mathematical ideas that lead to useful models and algorithms. Problems and exercises are included throughout as well as references for further study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10122/cover/9780521010122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Chemical Separations with Environmental Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noble, Richard D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terry, Patricia A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chemical separations are of central importance in many areas of environmental science, whether it is the clean up of polluted water or soil, the treatment of discharge streams from chemical processes, or modification of a specific process to decrease its environmental impact. This book is an introduction to chemical separations, focusing on their use in environmental applications. The authors first discuss the general aspects of separation technology as a unit operation. They also describe how property differences are used to generate separations, the use of separating agents, and the selection criteria for particular separation techniques. The general approach for each technology is to present the chemical and/or physical basis for the process and explain how to evaluate it for design and analysis. The book contains many worked examples and homework problems. It is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate students taking courses on environmental separations or environmental engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10146/cover/9780521010146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Groups and Lie Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pressley, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its genesis in the early 1980s, the subject of quantum groups has grown rapidly. By the late 1990s most of the foundational issues had been resolved and many of the outstanding problems clearly formulated. To take stock and to discuss the most fruitful directions for future research many of the world's leading figures in this area met at the Durham Symposium on Quantum Groups in the summer of 1999, and this volume provides an excellent overview of the material presented there. It includes important surveys of both cyclotomic Hecke algebras and the dynamical Yang-Baxter equation. Plus contributions which treat the construction and classification of quantum groups or the associated solutions of the quantum Yang-Baxter equation. The representation theory of quantum groups is discussed, as is the function algebra approach to quantum groups, and there is a new look at the origins of quantum groups in the theory of integrable systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10405/cover/9780521010405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Quantum Groups Primer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majid, Shahn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a self-contained introduction to quantum groups as algebraic objects. Based on the author's lecture notes from a Part III pure mathematics course at Cambridge University, it is suitable for use as a textbook for graduate courses in quantum groups or as a supplement to modern courses in advanced algebra. The book assumes a background knowledge of basic algebra and linear algebra. Some familiarity with semisimple Lie algebras would also be helpful. The book is aimed as a primer for mathematicians and takes a modern approach leading into knot theory, braided categories and noncommutative differential geometry. It should also be useful for mathematical physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10412/cover/9780521010412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101042X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101042X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kierkegaard, Religion and the Nineteenth-Century Crisis of Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pattison, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kierkegaard is often viewed in the history of ideas solely within the academic traditions of philosophy and theology. The secondary literature generally ignores the fact that he also took an active role in the public debate about the significance of the modern age that was taking shape in the flourishing feuilleton literature during the period of his authorship. Through a series of sharply focussed studies, George Pattison contextualises Kierkegaard's religious thought in relation to the debates about religion, culture and society carried on in the newspapers and journals read by the whole educated stratum of Danish society. Pattison brings Kierkegaard into relation to not only high art and literature but also to the ephemera of his contemporary culture. This has important implications for our understanding of Kierkegaard's view of the nature of religious communication in modern society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10429/cover/9780521010429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Advanced Cancer Care</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisch, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruera, Eduardo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patients with advanced cancer increasingly receive end-of-life care from a variety of health care professionals, physicians and nurses. These professionals need to be able to assess the original diagnosis and the appropriateness of patient referral, set a treatment or palliation program, and recognise and plan for the clinical problems associated with specific primary tumors. This is the first comprehensive source of information available at a level between specialist oncology texts and nursing texts. Two eminent physicians from one of the world's foremost cancer centers have drawn together a remarkable team to provide a handbook which covers the full range of problems the healthcare workforce caring for these patients will encounter. This highly accessible text covers general principles in oncology, the primary tumors one by one, and management of specific symptoms and syndromes. It will be invaluable to primary care physicians, surgeons, nurses, therapists and trainees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10436/cover/9780521010436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Embodiment and Cognitive Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Jr, Raymond W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how people's subjective, felt experiences of their bodies in action provide part of the fundamental grounding for human cognition and language. Cognition is what occurs when the body engages the physical and cultural world and must be studied in terms of the dynamical interactions between people and the environment. Human language and thought emerge from recurring patterns of embodied activity that constrain ongoing intelligent behavior. We must not assume cognition to be purely internal, symbolic, computational, and disembodied, but seek out the gross and detailed ways that language and thought are inextricably shaped by embodied action. Embodiment and Cognitive Science describes the abundance of empirical evidence from many disciplines, including work on perception, concepts, imagery and reasoning, language and communication, cognitive development, and emotions and consciousness, that support the idea that the mind is embodied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10498/cover/9780521010498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Great Transformations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Ideas and Institutional Change in the Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book picks up where Karl Polanyi's study of economic and political change left off. Building upon Polanyi's conception of the double movement, Blyth analyzes the two periods of deep seated institutional change that characterized the twentieth century: the 1930s and the 1970s. Blyth views both sets of changes as part of the same dynamic. In the 1930s labor reacted against the exigencies of the market and demanded state action to mitigate the market's effects by 'embedding liberalism.' In the 1970s, those who benefited least from such 'embedding' institutions, namely business, reacted against these constraints and sought to overturn that institutional order. Blyth demonstrates the critical role economic ideas played in making institutional change possible. Great Transformations rethinks the relationship between uncertainty, ideas, and interests, achieving profound new insights on how, and under what conditions, institutional change takes place.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10528/cover/9780521010528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Phoenix</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reinventing Political Activism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conventional wisdom suggests that citizens in many countries have become disengaged from the traditional channels of political participation. Commentators highlight warning signs including sagging electoral turnout, rising anti-party sentiment, and the decay of civic organizations. But are these concerns justified? This book compares systematic evidence for electoral turnout, party membership, and civic activism in countries around the world and suggests good reasons to question assumptions of decline. Not only is the obituary for older forms of political activism premature, but new forms of civic engagement may have emerged in modern societies to supplement traditional modes. The process of societal modernization and rising levels of human capital are primarily responsible, although participation is also explained by the structure of the state, the role of agencies, and social inequalities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10535/cover/9780521010535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101056X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101056X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exploring the Syntax-Semantics Interface</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valin, Jr., Robert D. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is a system of communication in which grammatical structures function to express meaning in context. While all languages can achieve the same basic communicative ends, they each use different means to achieve them, particularly in the divergent ways that syntax, semantics and pragmatics interact across languages. This book looks in detail at how structure, meaning, and communicative function interact in human languages.  Working within the framework of Role and Reference Grammar (RRG), Van Valin proposes a set of rules, called the 'linking algorithm', which relates syntactic and semantic representations to each other, with discourse-pragmatics playing a role in the linking.  Using this model, he discusses the full range of grammatical phenomena, including the structures of simple and complex sentences, verb and argument structure, voice, reflexivization and extraction restrictions.  Clearly written and comprehensive, this book will be welcomed by all those working on the interface between syntax, semantics and pragmatics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10566/cover/9780521010566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Construction of the Ocean</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinberg, Philip E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Steinberg presents a history of the uses, regulations and representation of the world-ocean, from approximately 1450 through the present. This history is told through a 'territorial political economy' lens, borrowing from world-systems theory, economic-geographic studies of the spatiality of capitalism, political-geographic work on the history of territoriality, and post-structural work on social conflict in the production of space. Just as the modern era has been characterized by a conflicting set of dynamic and contested spatiality on land, so has it been characterized by a conflicting set of spatial functions at sea. Evidence is marshaled from legal texts, literary and artistic creations, cartographic representations, advertisements, commercial and military history, and policy debates. The book concludes by considering how lessons learned from the history of the ocean may be applied to emerging spaces, such as cyberspace, where there is a similarly problematic 'fit' between social processes and the institutions of state governance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10573/cover/9780521010573.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Derivations in Minimalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, Samuel David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seely, T. Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pathbreaking study presents a new perspective on the role of derivation, the series of operations by which sentences are formed. Working within the Minimalist Program and focusing on English, the authors develop an original theory of generative syntax, providing illuminating new analyses of some central syntactic constructions. Two key questions are explored: first, can the Extended Projection Principle (EPP) be eliminated from Minimalist analysis without loss, and perhaps with a gain in empirical coverage; and second, is the construct 'A-Chain' similarly eliminable? The authors argue that neither EPP nor the A-chain is in fact a property of Universal Grammar, but rather their descriptive content can be deduced from independently motivated properties of lexical items, in accordance with overarching principles governing derivation. In investigating these questions, a range of new data is introduced, and existing data re-analyzed, presenting a pioneering challenge to fundamental assumptions in syntactic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10580/cover/9780521010580.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex Differences in Antisocial Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conduct Disorder, Delinquency, and Violence in the Dunedin Longitudinal Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moffitt, Terrie E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caspi, Avshalom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silva, Phil A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why are females rarely antisocial and males antisocial so often? This key question is addressed in a fresh approach to sex differences in the causes, course and consequences of antisocial behaviour. The book presents findings from a landmark investigation of 1,000 males and females studied from ages 3 to 21 years. It shows that young people develop antisocial behaviour for two main reasons. One form of antisocial behaviour is a neurodevelopmental disorder afflicting males, with low prevalence in the population, early childhood onset and subsequent persistence. The other form of antisocial behaviour, afflicting females as well as males, is common and emerges in the context of social relationships. The book offers insights about diagnosis and measurement, the importance of puberty, the problem of partner violence and the nature of intergenerational transmission. It puts forward an agenda for research about both neurodevelopmental and social influences on antisocial behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10665/cover/9780521010665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Special and General Relativity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephani, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thoroughly revised and updated, this textbook provides a pedagogical introduction to relativity. It is self-contained, but the reader is expected to have a basic knowledge of theoretical mechanics and electrodynamics. It covers the most important features of both special and general relativity, as well as touching on more difficult topics, such as the field of charged pole-dipole particles, the Petrov classification, groups of motions, gravitational lenses, exact solutions and the structure of infinity. The necessary mathematical tools (tensor calculus, Riemannian geometry) are provided, most of the derivations are given in full, and exercises are included where appropriate. Written as a textbook for undergraduate and introductory graduate courses, it will also be of use to researchers working in the field. The bibliography gives the original papers and directs the reader to useful monographs and review papers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10696/cover/9780521010696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environment, Power, and Injustice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A South African History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Nancy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the socio-environmental history of black people around Kuruman, on the edge of the Kalahari in South Africa. Considering successive periods - Tswana agropastoral chiefdoms before colonial contact, the Cape frontier, British colonial rule, Apartheid, and the homeland of Bophuthatswana in the 1980s - Environment, Power and Injustice shows how the human relationship with the environment corresponded to differences of class, gender, and race. While exploring biological, geological, and climatological forces in history, this book argues that the challenges of existence in a semidesert arose more from human injustice than from deficiencies in the natural environment. In fact, powerful people drew strength from and exercised their power over others through the environment. At the same time, the natural world provided marginal peoples with some relief from human injustice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10702/cover/9780521010702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insomnia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szuba, Martin P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kloss, Jacqueline D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dinges, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite its prevalence, insomnia remains poorly understood, mainly because of the lack of clear scientific data supporting the many approaches used. Millions of sufferers turn to alcohol, melatonin or over-the-counter sleep aids, despite the risks and lack of empirical evidence supporting the efficacy or safety of these agents. This book is the first of its kind to collate the up-to-date scientific data in order to identify the gaps in our knowledge and improve clinical management. A highly distinguished team of contributors examines the most recent findings and points where research should be heading. They cover the nature and prevalence of insomnia throughout the lifespan; the molecular, neuropharmacological, and neuroanatomical systems of relevance to insomnia, and the impact of related problems (such as shift work, industrial accidents, mood disorders, and other sleep disorders). This is essential reading for all health care professionals engaged in the management of insomnia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10764/cover/9780521010764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pesticide Selectivity, Health and the Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carlile, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The effects of artificial (and natural) pesticides on organisms other than the target organisms and on the environment in general have become increasingly important in recent years. This has been accentuated by the concerns over the damage these products can do to human health. This book considers pesticides from their fundamental properties as selective control agents. In the first part of this book, the mechanisms of action and basis of selectivity are considered for herbicides including plant growth regulators, fungicides, insecticides, vertebrate control agents and the dose rates required to achieve the desired effects. The second part of the book uses these factors to address environmental and health concerns about pesticides. Key features include descriptions of modern pesticides, modern risk assessments for both environment and public health, and a final comparative chapter on relative risk analysis of pesticides.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10818/cover/9780521010818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521010837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521010837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521010832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pest and Vector Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521010832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van Emden, H. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Service, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As ravagers of crops and carriers of diseases affecting plants, humans and animals, insects present a challenge to a growing human population. In Pest and Vector Control, Professors van Emden and Service describe the available options for meeting this challenge, discussing their relative advantages, disadvantages and future potential. Methods such as chemical and biological control, host tolerance and resistance are discussed integrating (often for the first time) information and experience from the agricultural and medical/veterinary fields. Chemical control is seen as a major component of insect control, both now and in the future, but this is balanced with an extensive account of associated problems, especially the development of pesticide-tolerant populations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/10832/cover/9780521010832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eat or be Eaten</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Predator Sensitive Foraging Among Primates</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Lynne E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Predator sensitive foraging represents the strategies that animals employ to balance the need to eat against the need to avoid being eaten. Ecologists working with a wide range of taxa have developed sophisticated theoretical models of these strategies, and have produced elegant data to test them. However, only recently have primatologists begun to turn their attention to this area of research. This volume brings together primary data from a variety of primate species living in both natural habitats and experimental settings, and explores the variables that may play a role in primates' behavioural strategies. Taken together, these studies demonstrate that predator sensitive foraging is relevant to many primates, of various body sizes and group sizes and living in different environments. Eat or be Eaten encourages further discussion and investigation of the subject. It will make fascinating reading for researchers and students in primatology, ecology and animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11044/cover/9780521011044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disseminating Darwinism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Place, Race, Religion, and Gender</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Numbers, Ronald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stenhouse, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative collection of original essays focuses on the ways in which geography, gender, race, and religion influenced the reception of Darwinism in the English-speaking world of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Although studies of Darwin and Darwinism have increased dramatically in the past few decades, knowledge of how various groups and regions responded to Darwinism remains unknown. The contributions to this volume collectively illustrate the importance of local social, physical, and religious arrangements, while showing that neither distance from Darwin's home at Down nor size of community greatly influenced how various regions responded to Darwinism. Essays spanning the world from Great Britain and North America to Australia and New Zealand explore the various meanings for Darwinism in these widely separated locales, while other chapters focus on the difference it made in the debates over evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20710/cover/9780521620710.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Seafaring in Ancient South Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ray, Himanshu Prabha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prior to European expansion, communities of the Indian subcontinent had a strong maritime orientation. In this new archaeological study, Himanshu Prabha Ray explores seafaring activity, religious travel and political economy in this ancient period. By using archaeological data from the Red Sea to the Indonesian archipelago, she reveals how the early history of peninsular South Asia is interconnected with that of its Asian and Mediterranean partners in the Indian Ocean Region. The book departs from traditional studies, focusing on the communities' maritime history rather than agrarian expansion and the emergence of the state. Rather than being a prime mover in social, economic and religious change, the state is viewed as just one participant in a complex interplay of social actors, including merchants, guilds, boat-builders, sailors, pilgrims, religious clergy and craft-producers. A study that will be welcomed by students of Archaeology and Ancient History, particularly those interested in South Asian Studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11099/cover/9780521011099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reproductive Science and Integrated Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, William V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pickard, Amanda R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodger, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wildt, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>426</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reproduction is essential to the continuation and evolution of life on this planet and is therefore a centrally important process in the conservation of wildlife. However, reproductive mechanisms are well understood in only a handful of vertebrate species, mostly domestic livestock and laboratory animals. This means that attempts to develop and implement management policies for wildlife conservation, and especially for endangered species that, by definition, are difficult to study, are often based on poor data or no data at all. In Reproductive Science and Integrated Conservation leading authorities provide glimpses of reproductive diversity in fishes, amphibia, reptiles, birds and mammals. Conservation plans are founded on the assumption that reproduction will be successful, but what if it fails? This book reviews the many factors that influence reproduction, including genetics, behaviour and nutrition, and experts assess the potential conservation relevance of the recent rapid advances in reproductive technology and medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11105/cover/9780521011105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Estimating Market Power and Strategies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perloff, Jeffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karp, Larry S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golan, Amos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents, compares, and develops various techniques for estimating market power - the ability to set price profitably above marginal cost - and strategies - the game-theoretic plans used by firms to compete with rivals. The authors start by examining static model approaches to estimating market power. They extend the analysis to dynamic models. Finally, they develop methods to estimate firms' strategies directly and examine how these strategies determine market power. A detailed technical appendix reviews the relevant information-theoretic and other econometric models that are used throughout. Questions and detailed answers for students and researchers are provided in the book for easy use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11143/cover/9780521011143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Weakness of Civil Society in Post-Communist Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, Marc Morj&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over a decade has passed since the collapse of communism, yet post-communist citizens are still far less likely to join voluntary organizations than people from other countries. Why do post-communist citizens mistrust public organizations? What explains this pattern of weak civil society? And what does this mean for democracy in the region? This engaging study addresses these questions with a provocative argument about the enduring impact of the communist experience on its countries and citizens. Howard argues that the experience of mandatory participation in state-controlled organizations and vibrant private networks during the communist period, combined with the disappointment with post-communist developments, have left most citizens with a lasting aversion to public activities. Howard analyzes the findings from over 30 democratic countries on the World Values Survey and also presents extensive and original evidence from his own research, focused on Eastern Germany and Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11525/cover/9780521011525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Conviction in Liberal Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eberle, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What role should a citizen's religious convictions play in her political activities? Is she, for example, permitted to decide on the basis of her religious convictions to support laws that criminalize abortion or discourage homosexual relations? Christopher Eberle is deeply at odds with the dominant orthodoxy among political theorists about the relation of religion and politics. His argument is that a citizen may responsibly ground her political commitments on religious beliefs, even if her only reasons for her political commitments are religious in nature. His ideal of citizenship allows citizens to engage in politics without privatizing their religious commitments, and yet does not license mindless and intransigent sectarianism. An inherently controversial book that offers a substantial challenge to political liberalism, it will be read by students and professionals in philosophy, political science, law and religious studies, and general readers seeking insight into the relationship between religious commitments and liberal politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11556/cover/9780521011556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Who Needs Greek?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contests in the Cultural History of Hellenism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldhill, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Does Greek matter? To whom and why? This interdisciplinary study focuses on moments when passionate conflicts about Greek and Greek-ness have erupted in both the modern and the ancient worlds. It looks at the Renaissance, when men were burned at the stake over biblical Greek, at violent Victorian rows over national culture and the schooling of a country, at the shocking performances of modernist opera - and it also examines the ancient world and its ideas of what it means to be Greek, especially in the first and second centuries CE. The book sheds light on how the ancient and modern worlds interrelate, and how fantasies and deals, struggles and conflicts have come together under the name of Greece. As a contribution to theatre studies, Renaissance and Victorian cultural history, and to the understanding of ancient writing, this book takes reception studies in an exciting alternative direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11761/cover/9780521011761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collective Rationality and Collective Reasoning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMahon, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the issue of rational cooperation, especially cooperation between people with conflicting moral commitments. The first part considers how the two main aspects of cooperation - the choice by a group of a particular cooperative scheme and the decision by each member to contribute to that scheme - can be understood as guided by reason. The second part explores how the activity of reasoning itself can take a cooperative form. The book is distinctive in offering an account of what people can accomplish by reasoning together, of the role of deliberation in democratic decision making, and of the negotiation of the proper use of concepts. Presenting for the first time a detailed analysis of the general problem of cooperation and collective reasoning between people with different moral commitments, this book will be of particular interest to philosophers of the social sciences and to students in political science, sociology and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11785/cover/9780521011785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Voting Rights Odyssey</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Black Enfranchisement in Georgia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, Laughlin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From slavery to the white backlash of the 1990s, A Voting Rights Odyssey is a riveting account of the crusade for equal voting rights in Georgia. Written by a veteran civil rights lawyer the book draws upon expert reports and other court records, as well as trial testimony and interviews with the men and women who served as plaintiffs and witnesses in litigation that helped forge a revolution in voting rights. The book explores, and repudiates, the myths of the Reconstruction era that blacks were incapable of voting and holding office. It also catalogues the attempts of the state leadership to maintain white supremacy after the abolition of the white primary, the demands of the Civil Rights Movement, and passage of the historic Voting Rights Act of 1965. A must read for anyone interested in the way in which race has driven and distorted the political process in the South.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11792/cover/9780521011792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Amendment and the Media in the Court of Public Opinion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yalof, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dautrich, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In light of recent frustrations with the press over its increasingly sensationalistic coverage of the news, no liberty is more vulnerable to the vagaries of the current political climate than is 'freedom of the press'. By considering public opinion data from two original surveys (in 1997 and 1999) on free press rights against the backdrop of modern First Amendment jurisprudence, we offer new and original insights into the nature of popular support for these rights. Our findings are as comforting as they are counterintuitive: public support for the constitutional right to a free press remains as strong as ever, even as its most visible practitioners find themselves increasingly under siege.  In offering this argument, we stake our position in an age-old debate over the true value and worth of public opinion. Our findings endorse the notion of a 'rational' public as well as the strength of press freedoms in our society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11815/cover/9780521011815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Spanish Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penny, Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a thoroughly revised, updated and expanded edition of Ralph Penny's authoritative textbook, first published in 1991, which provides a clear and elegant account of the development of Spanish over the last 2,000 years. Although principally oriented towards 'internal' history, 'external' history is also considered and referred to throughout. In this new edition, as well as adding insights from recent scholarship throughout the text, Professor Penny has added a new chapter which discusses the nature of linguistic history, the concept of World Spanish, processes of convergence and divergence in Spanish, and the English/Spanish interface. This edition also contains a glossary of technical terms, guidance on further reading, and suggested topics for discussion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11846/cover/9780521011846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101185X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101185X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nationalist Exclusion and Ethnic Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shadows of Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wimmer, Andreas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andreas Wimmer argues that nationalist and ethnic politics have shaped modern societies to a far greater extent than has been acknowledged by social scientists. The modern state governs in the name of a people defined in ethnic and national terms. Democratic participation, equality before the law and protection from arbitrary violence were offered only to the ethnic group in a privileged relationship with the emerging nation-state. Depending on circumstances, the dynamics of exclusion took on different forms. Where nation building was 'successful', immigrants and 'ethnic minorities' are excluded from full participation; they risk being targets of xenophobia and racism. In weaker states, political closure proceeded along ethnic, rather than national lines and leads to corresponding forms of conflict and violence. In chapters on Mexico, Iraq and Switzerland, Wimmer provides extended case studies that support and contextualise this argument.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11853/cover/9780521011853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The News Interview</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Journalists and Public Figures on the Air</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayman, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heritage, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The news interview has become a major vehicle for presenting broadcast news and political commentary, and a primary interface between the institutions of journalism and government. This much-needed work examines the place of the news interview in Anglo-American society and considers its historical development in the United States and Britain. The main body of the book discusses the fundamental norms and conventions that shape conduct in the modern interview. It explores the particular recurrent practices through which journalists balance competing professional norms that encourage both objective and adversarial treatment of public figures. Through analyses of well-known interviews, the book explores the relationship between journalists and public figures and also how, in the face of aggressive questioning, politicians and other public figures struggle to stay 'on message' and pursue their own agendas. This comprehensive and wide-ranging book will be essential reading for students and researchers in sociolinguistics, media and communication studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11914/cover/9780521011914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategy and Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Realizing Strategic Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heracleous, Loizos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Examining some of the new and emerging issues in strategic management, Loizos Heracleous offers a fresh approach to the established ideas of strategy. Beginning with the historical development of the strategy field, including the influence of industrial organisation and the resource-based view, he develops a new perspective labelled an 'organisational action' view of strategy. This approach is theoretically underlain by organisation theory and takes seriously such issues as the role of agency, the need for a longitudinal focus on process, the complexities of strategy implementation, and organisational facets such as strategic choice, organisational culture, organisational discourses and learning. Combining theoretical subtlety with an applied orientation, Heracleous examines topical areas such as corporate governance, inter-organisational networks, and organising for the future. With original research and extensive surveys of the strategy literature, combined with a strong practical orientation, this book is ideal for MBA students, strategy researchers and the more thoughtful practitioner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11945/cover/9780521011945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521011965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space in Language and Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Cognitive Diversity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levinson, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Languages differ in how they describe space, and such differences between languages can be used to explore the relation between language and thought. This book shows that even in a core cognitive domain like spatial thinking, language influences how people think, memorize and reason about spatial relations and directions. After outlining a typology of spatial coordinate systems in language and cognition, it is shown that not all languages use all types, and that non-linguistic cognition mirrors the systems available in the local language. The book reports on collaborative, interdisciplinary research, involving anthropologists, linguists and psychologists, conducted in many languages and cultures around the world, which establishes this robust correlation. The overall results suggest that most current thinking in the cognitive sciences underestimates the transformative power of language on thinking. The book will be of interest to linguists, psychologists, anthropologists and philosophers, and especially to students of spatial cognition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11969/cover/9780521011969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521011973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521011976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language in Late Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interaction in an Urban School</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521011976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rampton, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of teenagers in the classroom, and how they interact with one another and their teachers, can tell us a great deal about late-modern society. In this revealing account, Ben Rampton presents the extensive sociolinguistic research he carried out in an inner-city high school. Through his vivid analysis of classroom talk, he offers answers to some important questions: does social class still count for young people, or is it in demise? Are traditional authority relationships in schools being undermined? How is this affected by popular media culture? His study, which provides numerous transcripts and three extensive case studies, introduces a way of perceiving established ideas in sociolinguistics, such as identity, insecurity, the orderliness of classroom talk, and the experience of learning at school. In doing so, Rampton shows how work in sociolinguistics can contribute to some major debates in sociology, anthropology, cultural studies and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/11976/cover/9780521011976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatricality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Tracy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postlewait, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of specially-commissioned, accessible, essays explores that element of performance theory known as theatricality. Six case studies, each written by a specialist in the field, use historically specific circumstances to illustrate how and why the concept of theatricality was and is used. Topics discussed include early use of the term; employment of  'theatricality' by a number of other disciplines to describe events; non-Western interpretation of theatricality; and its use when discussing and analyzing political and cultural events and philosophies. The book provides a first-step guide for those discovering the complex yet rewarding world of performance theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12072/cover/9780521012072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Reid</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuneo, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woudenberg, Ren&#233; van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Widely acknowledged as the principal architect of Scottish common sense philosophy, Thomas Reid is increasingly recognized today as one of the finest philosophers of the eighteenth century. Combining a sophisticated response to the skeptical and idealist views of his day, Reid's thought stands as an important alternative to Humean skepticism, Kantian idealism and Cartesian rationalism. This volume is the first comprehensive overview of Reid's output and covers not only his philosophy in detail, but also his scientific work and his extensive historical influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12089/cover/9780521012089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Conflicts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Philosophical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baumann, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betzler, Monika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Practical conflicts pervade human life. Agents have many different desires, goals, and commitments, all of which can come into conflict with each other. How can practical reasoning help to resolve these practical conflicts? In this collection of new essays a distinguished roster of philosophers analyse the diverse forms of practical conflict. Their aim is to establish an understanding of the sources of these conflicts, to investigate the challenge they pose to an adequate conception of practical reasoning, and to assess the degree to which that challenge can be met. These essays will serve as a major resource for students of philosophy but will also interest students and professionals in related fields of the social sciences such as psychology, political science, sociology and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12102/cover/9780521012102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uncertainty in American Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burden, Barry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents an exciting intellectual meeting of researchers from diverse subfields to analyze how and why uncertainty affects American politics. It seeks to reconnect research traditions that have seldom spoken to one another. Though used by formal theorists, empiricists, and historians in a parallel fashion for a number of years, the notion of uncertainty has often been introduced only to explain away anomalies, provide backing for a larger argument, or justify a particular methodology. Uncertainty has rarely been considered in its own right or as a concept that might connect researchers from different subfields. The authors demonstrate some of the many substantive effects that uncertainty has on the bureaucracy, voters, and elected officials.  They also reveal the origins and consequences of uncertainty to remind researchers across the discipline how central the idea should be to any serious study of US politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12126/cover/9780521012126.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gay Rights and American Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinello, Daniel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gay Rights and American Law investigates how American appellate courts dealt with the struggle for lesbian and gay civil rights during the last two decades of the twentieth century. The study is grounded on an exhaustive database of both federal and state cases, rendered between 1981 and 2000, and of the personal attributes of the judges who decided them, as well as the ideological, institutional, and legal environments in which the decisions were situated. The work both explains how diverse factors influenced the adjudication of civil rights claims during a vital era of the homosexual civil rights movement and formulates promising methodologies for the meaningful quantitative empirical study of law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12140/cover/9780521012140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Movements Facing the Reconfigured State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banaszak, Lee Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckwith, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rucht, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between women's movements and states in West Europe and North America, as states have relocated their formal powers and policy-making responsibilities. Since the 1980s, North American and West European states have reduced the scope and volume of their national responsibilities, increasingly employing neoliberal free market rhetoric, and developed transnational economic and political authorities. Simultaneously, second wave women's movements have been transformed. Movements that were revolutionary in rhetoric, autonomous from states, and largely informally organized in the 1970s are, by the 1990s, employing moderate neoliberal rhetoric, entering state institutions as active participants, and creating more formal organizations. Utilizing a common theoretical framework, the contributors examine how movements have influenced the reconfiguration of nation-states and how these changes have influenced the goals, mobilization, tactics, success and rhetoric of women's movements in various Western European and North American countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12195/cover/9780521012195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101221X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101221X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mesoamerican Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Native Language Writings from Colonial Mexico, Yucatan, and Guatemala</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Restall, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sousa, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terraciano, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mesoamerican Voices presents a collection of indigenous-language writings from the colonial period, translated into English. The texts were written from the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries by Nahuas from central Mexico, Mixtecs from Oaxaca, Maya from Yucatan, and other groups from Mexico and Guatemala. The volume gives college teachers and students access to important new sources for the history of Latin America and Native Americans. It is the first collection to present the translated writings of so many native groups and to address such a variety of topics, including conquest, government, land, household, society, gender, religion, writing, law, crime, and morality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12218/cover/9780521012218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semiparametric Regression for the Applied Econometrician</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yatchew, Adonis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an accessible collection of techniques for analyzing nonparametric and semiparametric regression models. Worked examples include estimation of Engel curves and equivalence scales, scale economies, semiparametric Cobb-Douglas, translog and CES cost functions, household gasoline consumption, hedonic housing prices, option prices and state price density estimation. The book should be of interest to a broad range of economists including those working in industrial organization, labor, development, urban, energy and financial economics. A variety of testing procedures are covered including simple goodness of fit tests and residual regression tests. These procedures can be used to test hypotheses such as parametric and semiparametric specifications, significance, monotonicity and additive separability. Other topics include endogeneity of parametric and nonparametric effects, as well as heteroskedasticity and autocorrelation in the residuals. Bootstrap procedures are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12263/cover/9780521012263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Analysis in Climate Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Storch, Hans von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zwiers, Francis W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climatology is, to a large degree, the study of the statistics of our climate. The powerful tools of mathematical statistics therefore find wide application in climatological research. The purpose of this book is to help the climatologist understand the basic precepts of the statistician's art and to provide some of the background needed to apply statistical methodology correctly and usefully. The book is self contained: introductory material, standard advanced techniques, and the specialised techniques used specifically by climatologists are all contained within this one source. There are a wealth of real-world examples drawn from the climate literature to demonstrate the need, power and pitfalls of statistical analysis in climate research. Suitable for graduate courses on statistics for climatic, atmospheric and oceanic science, this book will also be valuable as a reference source for researchers in climatology, meteorology, atmospheric science, and oceanography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12300/cover/9780521012300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>AB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>King Lear Audio Cassettes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shakespeare, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naxos AudioBooks</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DDS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Scofield plays Shakespeare's King Lear in this new recording for the acclaimed Naxos AudioBooks series. A full supporting cast, including Kenneth Branagh as the Fool, performs the complete, unabridged New Cambridge Shakespeare text of the play, with sound effects and accompanying music. The set of three cassettes is accompanied by notes and a synopsis of the play. The cast includes Paul Scofield, Kenneth Branagh, David Burke,  Alec McCowen, Sara Kestelman, Harriet Walter, Emilia Fox, Toby Stephens and Richard McCabe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12362/cover/9780521012362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Herodotus in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethnography, Science and the Art of Persuasion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Herodotus called his work an enquiry and wrote before 'history' was a separate discipline. Coming from Halicarnassus, at the crossroads between the Persian and Athenian spheres of influence, he combined the culture of Athens with that of the more pluralistic and less ethnocentric cities of east Greece. Alive to the implications of this cultural background for Herodotus' thought, this study explores the much neglected contemporary connotations and context of the Histories, looking at them as part of the intellectual climate of his time. Concentrating on Herodotus' ethnography, geography and accounts of natural wonders, and examining his methods of argument and persuasion, it sees the Histories, which appear virtually without antecedents, as a product of the late fifth-century world of the natural scientists, medical writers and sophists - a world of controversy and debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12416/cover/9780521012416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Middle Niger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Urbanism and the Self-organizing Landscape</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntosh, Roderick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cities of West Africa's Middle Niger, only recently brought to the world's attention, make us rethink the 'whys' and the 'wheres' of ancient urbanism. The cities of the Middle Niger present the archaeologist with something of a novelty; a non-nucleated, clustered city-plan with no centralized, state-focused power. Ancient Middle Niger explores the emergence of these cities in the first millennium B.C. and the evolution of their hinterlands from the perspective of the self-organized landscape. Cities appeared in a series of profound transforms to the human-land relations and this book illustrates how each transform was a leap in complexity. The book ends with an examination of certain critical moments in the emergence of other urban landscapes in Mesopotamia, along the Nile, and in northern China, through a Middle Niger lens. Highly-illustrated throughout, this work is a key text for all students of African archaeology and of comparative pre-industrial urbanism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12430/cover/9780521012430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Contemporary Irish Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last fifty years Irish poets have produced some of the most exciting poetry in contemporary literature, writing about love and sexuality, violence and history, country and city. This book provides a unique introduction to major figures such as Seamus Heaney, and also introduces the reader to significant precursors like Louis MacNeice or Patrick Kavanagh, and vital contemporaries and successors: among others, Thomas Kinsella, Nuala N&#237; Dhomhnaill and Paul Muldoon. Readers will find discussions of Irish poetry from the traditional to the modernist, written in Irish as well as English, from both North and South. This Companion provides cultural and historical background to contemporary Irish poetry in the contexts of modern Ireland but also in the broad currents of modern world literature. It includes a chronology and guide to further reading and will prove invaluable to students and teachers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12454/cover/9780521012454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101249X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101249X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberal Pluralism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Implications of Value Pluralism for Political Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galston, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Galston is a distinguished political philosopher whose work is informed by the experience of having also served from 1993-1995 as President Clinton's Deputy Assistant for Domestic Policy. He is thus able to speak with an authority unique amongst political theorists about the implications of advancing certain moral and political values in practice. The foundational argument of this book is that liberalism is compatible with the value pluralism first espoused by Isaiah Berlin. William Galston defends a version of value pluralism - liberal pluralism - and argues, against the contentions of John Gray and others, that it undergirds a kind of liberal politics that gives weight to the ability of individuals and groups to live their lives in accordance with their deepest beliefs about what gives meaning and purpose to life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12492/cover/9780521012492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Integration, 1950-2003</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Superstate or New Market Economy?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillingham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Integration is the most significant European historical development in the past fifty years, eclipsing in importance even the collapse of the USSR. Yet, until now, no satisfactory explanation is to be found in any single book as to why integration is significant, how it originated, how it has changed Europe, and where it is headed. Professor Gillingham's work corrects the inadequacies of the existing literature by cutting through the genuine confusion that surrounds the activities of the European Union, and by looking at his subject from a truly historical perspective. The late-twentieth century has been an era of great, though insufficiently appreciated, accomplishment that intellectually and morally is still emerging from the shadow of an earlier one of depression, and modern despotism. This is a work, then, that captures the historical distinctiveness of Europe in a way that transcends current party political debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12621/cover/9780521012621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Child Rearing in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Challenges Facing Parents with Young Children</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halfon, Neal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLearn, Kathryn Taaffe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schuster, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This rich and well-researched volume comes in the wake of intense national interest in young children. Leading scholars from diverse disciplines use relevant data from the Commonwealth Survey of Parents with Young Children to present new information about the lives of families with very young children - how parents spend their time with their children, the economic and social challenges they face, and the supports they receive to improve their children's health and development. Such a broad portrait based on nationally representative date has not been attempted before. Drawing on their extensive expertise and research in the issues being addressed, the authors examine and elaborate on the survey findings. They synthesize the major themes emerging from the data and consider the family, community, and policy implications to frame and interpret the results. What emerges is a picture of the complex forces that influence families and child-rearing in the early years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12645/cover/9780521012645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Short History of Western Performance Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative book provides a historical account of performance space within the theatrical traditions of western Europe. David Wiles takes a broad-based view of theatrical activity as something that occurs in churches, streets, pubs and galleries as much as in buildings explicitly designed to be 'theatres'. He traces a diverse set of continuities from Greece and Rome to the present, including many areas that do not figure in standard accounts of theatre history. Drawing on the cultural geography of Henri Lefebvre, the book identifies theatrical performances as spatial practices characteristic of particular social structures. It is not a history of contexts for dramatic literature, but the history of an activity rooted in bodies and environments. Wiles uses this historical material to address a pressing concern of the present: is theatre better performed in modern architect-designed, apparently neutral empty spaces, or characterful 'found' spaces?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12744/cover/9780521012744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Impressionists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munro, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A13</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A13</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook presents a selection of sixty-four of the Fitzwilliam Museum's finest paintings and drawings by French Impressionist painters. It includes paintings by Monet, Renoir, Sisley, Pissarro, C&#233;zanne, Seurat and Boudin which are widely considered to be among these painters' greatest works, as well as other lesser-known works by Gauguin and Signac, and several which are published here for the first time. Degas features prominently in the book, with a particularly splendid group of watercolours, pastels, drawings and paintings, many of them early works. The Introduction gives a lively account of what an 'Impressionist' painter was - and came to mean - and also explains how these works came to be in Cambridge collections, against the background of the developing taste for Impressionist painting in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12812/cover/9780521012812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Descartes and Augustine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menn, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first systematic study of Descartes' relation to Augustine. It offers a complete reevaluation of Descartes' thought and as such will be of major importance to all historians of medieval, neo-Platonic, or early modern philosophy. Stephen Menn demonstrates that Descartes uses Augustine's central ideas as a point of departure for a critique of medieval Aristotelian physics, which he replaces with a new, mechanistic anti-Aristotelian physics. Special features of the book include a reading of the Meditations, a comprehensive historical and philosophical introduction to Augustine's thought, a detailed account of Plotinus, and a contextualization of Descartes' mature philosophical project which explores both the framework within which it evolved and the early writings, to show how the collapse of the early project drove Descartes to the writings of Augustine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12843/cover/9780521012843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>B&#228;cklund and Darboux Transformations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Geometry and Modern Applications in Soliton Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schief, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the remarkable connections that exist between the classical differential geometry of surfaces and modern soliton theory. The authors also explore the extensive body of literature from the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries by such eminent geometers as Bianchi, Darboux, B&#228;cklund, and Eisenhart on transformations of privileged classes of surfaces which leave key geometric properties unchanged. Prominent amongst these are B&#228;cklund-Darboux transformations with their remarkable associated nonlinear superposition principles and importance in soliton theory. It is with these transformations and the links they afford between the classical differential geometry of surfaces and the nonlinear equations of soliton theory that the present text is concerned. In this geometric context, solitonic equations arise out of the Gau&#223;-Mainardi-Codazzi equations for various types of surfaces that admit invariance under B&#228;cklund-Darboux transformations. This text is appropriate for use at a higher undergraduate or graduate level for applied mathematicians or mathematical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12881/cover/9780521012881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521012996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521012996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521012997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Protestantism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legal Teachings of the Lutheran Reformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521012997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witte, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marty, Martin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lutheran Reformation of the early sixteenth century brought about immense and far-reaching change in the structures of both church and state, and in both religious and secular ideas. This book investigates the relationship between the law and religious ideology in Luther's Germany, showing how they developed in response to the momentum of Lutheran teachings and influence. Profound changes in the areas of education, politics and marriage were to have long-lasting effects on the Protestant world, inscribed in the legal systems inherited from that period. John Witte, Jr. argues that it is not enough to understand the Reformation either in theological or in legal terms alone but that a perspective is required which takes proper account of both. His book should be essential reading for scholars and students of church history, legal history, Reformation history, and in adjacent areas such as theology, ethics, the law, and history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12997/cover/9780521012997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 69</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. The journal publishes news, analysis and debate within the field of theatre studies. Articles in volume 69 include: Cue for Passion: on the Dynamics of Shakespearean Acting; In Search of the Lost Mode: Improvisation and All That Jazz; Still In Yer Face? Towards a Critique and a Summation; The Acteon Complex: Gaze, Body, and Rites of Passage in Hedda Gabler; The RSC Goes Walkabout: The Dillen in Stratford, 1983; After Grotowski - the Next Generation; The Ventriloquial Paradox: George Steiner's The Portage to San Cristobal of A. H.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13147/cover/9780521013147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101316X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101316X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 70</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. The journal publishes news, analysis and debate within the field of theatre studies. Articles in volume 70 include: A Farewell to Jan Kott; Raised and Written in Contradiction: the Final Interview; Arden and Absolute Milan: Jan Kott and the Kinds of Exile; The Maker and the Tool: High Culture, Popular Culture, and the Work of Charles Parker, Re-Placing the Audience: a Survey of Site-Specific Theatre in Britain; 'King Lear' as an Experimental Musical: the Japanese Production of 'Rio O'; Creating a Movement Space: the Passageway in Noh and Greek Theatres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13161/cover/9780521013161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, arq is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 5:4 include: The changing nature of the profession; Patrick Hodgkinson on Leslie Martin; St Mary's Island reviewed; Working with the given; New meanings from old buildings; Cambridge composition; Stirling's finale: the two roads to Melsungen; Involving the industry: the use of 'request for Proposal' packages at Frank O'Gehry and Associates; Classical and nonclassical computation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>98</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, arq is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 6:1 include: The changing nature of the profession; Turner Centre, Margate: competition entry; Wren and the development of structural carpentry 1660-1710; Measure, metre, irony: reuniting pure mathematics with architecture; Involving the industry: the use of 'Request for Proposal' packages at Frank O. Gehry and Associates; (Against) Continental Drift.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, Architectural Research Quarterly is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 6:2 include: Conversation with Steven Holl; Necessity and Poetry: David Lea's Bridge Pottery; Platform: Explorations of an Architectural idea; Sigurd Lewerentz: Church of St Peter, Klippan, 1963-66; Developmental design and build in Cambodia, Material Presence and the Mystery of the Object.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Petitions in Social History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Voss, Lex Heerma van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at petitions over the last five centuries to reconstruct the lives and opinions of 'humble' petitioners. Since Pharaonic times, governments have allowed their subjects to voice opinions in the form of petitions, which have demanded a favour or the redressment of an injustice. To be effective, a petition had to mention the request, usually a motivation and always the name or names of the petitioners. As a result, grievances of ordinary people which were not written down anywhere else are now stored safely in the archives of the authorities to which the petitions were addressed. The petitions considered in this book, which come from all over the globe, offer rich and valuable sources for social historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13222/cover/9780521013222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013240</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Culture in the Great War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Arts, Entertainment and Propaganda, 1914-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roshwald, Aviel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stites, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is commonplace to refer to the First World War as an historical watershed, but the nature of that great cataclysm's impact upon European society and culture remains a hotly debated topic. Many recent works have dealt with the Great War's role in shaping artistic and intellectual modernism and with the social history of the war. Yet the English-language literature remains dominated by a disproportionate emphasis on the western European experience. This book redresses the balance by giving equal attention to the countries of eastern and central Europe, and distinguishes itself by focusing specifically on cultural change during the course of the war, as distinct from the after-effects and memories of the conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13246/cover/9780521013246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender in the Early Medieval World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East and West, 300-900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brubaker, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Julia M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gender analysis is one of the most probing ways to understand both power and cultural strategies in pre-industrial societies. In this book, sixteen scholars on the cutting edges of their disciplines explore the ideas and expressions of gender that characterised the centuries from c. 300 to 900 in milieux ranging from York to Baghdad, via Rome and Constantinople. Deploying a variety of disciplines and perspectives, they draw on the evidence of material culture as well as texts to demonstrate the wide range of gender identities that informed the social, political and imaginary worlds of these centuries. The essays make clear that the fixed point in the gender systems of the period was constituted by the hegemonic masculinity of the ruling elite, marginalised groups often invisible as historical subjects in their own right were omnipresent in, and critical to, the gendered discourses which buttressed assertions of power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13277/cover/9780521013277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Playing with History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Historical Approach to Musical Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do we feel the need to perform music in a historically informed style? Is this need related to wider cultural concerns? In this study, John Butt sums up debates on the nature of  the early music movement and historically informed performance, calling upon a seemingly inexhaustible fund of ideas gleaned from historical musicology, analytic philosophy, literary theory, historiography and theories of modernism and postmodernism. He develops the critical views of both supporters and detractors of the movement, while claiming ultimately that it has more intellectual and artistic potential than its detractors may have assumed. He also asks whether the phenomenon of historically informed performance reflects changes in the culture of western music and how it, in turn, may have influenced that culture, particularly in regard to such issues as the status of the composer, the work, intentionality and notation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13581/cover/9780521013581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521013895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521013895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521013895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The International Law Commission's Articles on State Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Introduction, Text and Commentaries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521013895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSN1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 2001 the International Law Commission completed its work on State responsibility, begun 40 years previously. The Articles on Responsibility of States for Internationally Wrongful Acts marks a major step in the codification and progressive development of international law, comparable in significance to the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties. The Articles cover such topics as attributing conduct to the State; defining when there has been a breach of international law and the excuses or justifications for breaches; reparation for injustices, the invocation of responsibility, especially standing of States in the public interest, and the rules relating to countermeasures. The Articles develop basic concepts of international law, in particular peremptory norms and obligations to the international community as a whole. They signal definitively how international law has moved away from a purely bilateral conception of responsibility to accommodate categories of general public interest (human rights, the environment etc.).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/13895/cover/9780521013895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521014670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521014670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521014670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epidemic Modelling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521014670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daley, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gani, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This general introduction to the ideas and techniques required for the mathematical modelling of diseases begins with an outline of some disease statistics dating from Daniel Bernoulli's 1760 smallpox data. The authors then describe simple deterministic and stochastic models in continuous and discrete time for epidemics taking place in either homogeneous or stratified (non-homogeneous) populations. Several techniques for constructing and analysing models are provided, mostly in the context of viral and bacterial diseases of human populations. These models are contrasted with models for rumours and vector-borne diseases like malaria. Questions of fitting data to models, and their use in understanding methods for controlling the spread of infection, are discussed. Exercises and complementary results at the end of each chapter extend the scope of the text, which will be useful for students taking courses in mathematical biology who have some basic knowledge of probability and statistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/14670/cover/9780521014670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521014727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521014727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521014724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mantle Plumes and their Record in Earth History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521014724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Condie, Kent C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Provides a timely and comprehensive review of the origin and history of mantle plumes throughout geologic time. The book describes the new and exciting results of the last few years, and integrates an immense amount of material from the fields of geology, geophysics, and geochemistry that bear on mantle plumes. Included are chapters on hotspots and mantle upwelling, large igneous provinces (including examples from Mars and Venus), mantle plume generation and melting in plumes, plumes as tracers of mantle processes, plumes and continental growth, Archean mantle plumes, superplumes, mantle plume events in Earth history, and their effect on the atmosphere, oceans, and life. This book will be valuable as a textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in geophysics, geochemistry, and geology, and will also form a reference text for researchers in the Earth sciences from a variety of disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/14724/cover/9780521014724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521015014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521015014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521015011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Four Musical Minimalists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Monte Young, Terry Riley, Steve Reich, Philip Glass</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521015011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American composers la Monte Young, Terry Riley, Steve Reich and Philip Glass are widely regarded as pioneers of the aesthetic and the techniques of minimalism in musical composition during the 1960s and early 1970s. This book offers the most detailed account so far of their early works,  putting extensive discussion of the music into a biographical perspective. The true musical minimalism of these years is placed in the wider context of their music as a whole, and considered within the cultural conditions of the period which saw not only the rise of minimalism in the fine arts but also crucial changes in the theory and practice of musical composition in the Western cultivated tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/15011/cover/9780521015011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521015022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521015022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521015028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 2001: Mitigation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contribution of Working Group III to the Third Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521015028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metz, Bert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Ogunlade</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swart, Rob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pan, Jiahua</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>762</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate Change 2001: Mitigation is the most comprehensive and up-to-date scientific, technical and economic assessment of options to mitigate climate change and their costs. The report: &#8226; Makes clear there are strong inter-linkages between climate change policy and policies towards sustainable development. &#8226; Assesses information on technological options to reduce greenhouse gas emissions or enhance their sinks. &#8226; Analyses technologies and practices available to achieve the targets of the Kyoto Protocol and stabilise atmospheric concentrations of greenhouse gases. &#8226; Evaluates barriers impeding implementation of these options and methods available to overcome them. &#8226; Summarises the economic literature on costs of climate change mitigation at global, regional and national levels. &#8226; Evaluates the other benefits that climate policy can deliver or the climate benefits of other socio-economic policies. &#8226; Assesses how this information can be used to support climate policy decision making, acknowledging various decision-making frameworks. This latest IPCC assessment will again form the standard scientific reference for all concerned with climate change and who want to be informed of ways to address this important global problem: including students and researchers in environmental and social sciences, and policymakers and analysts in governmental and non-governmental organisations and the private sector world-wide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/15028/cover/9780521015028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521015073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521015073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521015073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 2001: Synthesis Report</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Third Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521015073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Robert T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Climate Change 2001 volumes of the Third Assessment Report of the IPCC provide the most comprehensive assessment of climate change since its second report, Climate Change 1995. This Synthesis Report provides a policy-relevant, but not policy-prescriptive, synthesis and integration of information contained within the Third Assessment Report and also draws upon all previously approved and accepted IPCC reports that address a broad range of key policy-relevant questions. For this reason it will be especially useful for policy makers and researchers, and as a main or supplementary student textbook for courses in environmental studies, meteorology, climatology, biology, ecology, and atmospheric chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/15073/cover/9780521015073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Risk and Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Safety, Law, and the Environment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sunstein, Cass R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What should be done about airplane safety and terrorism, global warming, polluted water, nuclear power, and genetically engineered food? All over the globe, risks to safety, health, and the environment are a subject of intense interest. Too much of the time we fear the wrong things. Sometimes we make the situation even worse. Rather than investigating the facts, we respond to temporary fears. The result is a situation of hysteria and neglect - and unnecessary illness and death. Risk and Reason explains the sources of these problems and explores what can be done about them. It shows how individual thinking and social interactions lead us in foolish directions. Offering sound proposals for social reform, it explains how a more sensible system of risk regulation, embodied in the idea of a 'cost-benefit state', could save many thousands of lives and many billions of dollars too - and protect the environment in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16254/cover/9780521016254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agriculture: The Potential Consequences of Climate Variability and Change for the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reilly, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reports the results of a rigorous and quantitative assessment of the impacts of climate change on US agriculture. It advances work on climate impacts by using scenarios from state-of-the-art climate models. It describes the forces likely to shape US agriculture over the next century, including policy and economic issues, and their interaction with climate change. It offers directions for future research and implications of climate change for agricultural policy. The basic findings are that climate change is positive for agriculture production although southern parts of the US could be harmed. Negative consequences of climate change include effects on pesticide use, run-off of nutrients into coastal areas, and potential regional conflicts for some groundwater sources. This authoritative assessment will be accessible to a broad readership of students, researchers, and policymakers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16285/cover/9780521016285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bringing Ritual to Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychological Foundations of Cultural Forms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCauley, Robert N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, E. Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bringing Ritual to Mind explores the cognitive and psychological foundations of religious ritual systems. Participants must recall their rituals well enough to ensure a sense of continuity across performances, and those rituals must motivate them to transmit and re-perform them. Most religious rituals the world over exploit either high performance frequency or extraordinary emotional stimulation (but not both) to enhance their recollection (the availability of literacy has little impact on this). But why do some rituals exploit the first of these variables while others exploit the second? McCauley and Lawson advance the ritual form hypothesis, arguing that participants' cognitive representations of ritual form explain why. Reviewing evidence from cognitive, developmental and social psychology and from cultural anthropology and the history of religions, they utilize dynamical systems tools to explain the recurrent evolutionary trajectories religions exhibit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16292/cover/9780521016292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recycled Culture in Contemporary Art and Film</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Uses of Nostalgia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dika, Vera</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reuse of images, plots and genres from film history has become prominent in contemporary culture. In this study, Vera Dika explores this phenomenon from a broad range of critical perspectives, examining works of art and film that resist the pull of the past. Dika provides an in-depth analysis of works in several media, including performance, photography, Punk film, and examples from mainstream American and European cinema. Proclaiming the renewed importance of the image and of genre, she investigates works as diverse as Cindy Sherman's Untitled Film Stills, Amos Poe's The Foreigner, Terence Malick's Badlands, and Francis Ford Coppola's One from the Heart. Her study positions avant-garde art work within the context of contemporary mainstream film practice, as well as in relationship to their historical moment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16315/cover/9780521016315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forager-Traders in South and Southeast Asia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Long-Term Histories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, Kathleen D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Junker, Laura L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In both South and Southeast Asia, many upland groups make a living - in whole or part - through gathering and hunting, producing not only subsistence goods but commodities destined for regional and even world markets. These forager-traders have had an ambiguous position in ethnographic analysis, variously represented as relics, degraded hunter-gatherers, or recent upstarts. Forager-Traders in South and Southeast Asia adopts a multidisciplinary approach to these groups, presenting a series of comparative case-studies that analyse the long-term histories of hunting, gathering, trading, power relations, and regional social and biological interactions in this critical region. This book is a fascinating and important addition to the current 'revisionist' debate, and a unique attempt to re-conceptualize our knowledge of forager-traders within the surrounding context of complex polities, populations and economies in South and Southeast Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16360/cover/9780521016360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of the Human</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fictions of Anomaly, Race and Gender in the Long Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussbaum, Felicity A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Felicity Nussbaum examines literary and cultural representations of human difference in England and its empire during the long eighteenth century. With a special focus on women's writing, Nussbaum analyzes canonical and lesser-known novels and plays from the Restoration to abolition. She considers a range of anomalies (defects, disease, and disability) as they intermingle with ideas of femininity, masculinity, and race to define 'normalcy' as national identity. Incorporating writings by Behn, Burney, and the Bluestockings, as well as Southerne, Shaftesbury, Johnson, Sterne, and Equiano, Nussbaum treats a range of disabilities - being mute, blind, lame - and physical oddities such as eunuchism and giantism as they are inflected by emerging notions of a racial femininity and masculinity. She shows that these corporeal features, perceived as aberrant and extraordinary, combine in the popular imagination to reveal a repertory of differences located between the extremes of splendid and horrid novelty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16421/cover/9780521016421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elections without Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Russia's Challenge to Vladimir Putin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munro, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russians want both free elections and order, but order - a sense of predictability in everyday life and the rule of law - has been in short supply. This is the challenge that Russia presents to Vladimir Putin. This book is about Russia's attempt to achieve democratization backwards, holding elections without having created a modern state. It examines the multiplication of parties that do not hold the Kremlin accountable; the success of Vladimir Putin in offering a 'third way' alternative to the Communist Party and the Yeltsin family; the new president's big but vague election mandate; the popular appeal and limits of Putin's coalition; and what the Russian people make of the combination of free elections and disorderly government. Russia is evaluated from the point of view of ordinary Russians, using clear figures and tables drawn from the rich resources of a decade of New Russia Barometer surveys of public opinion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16445/cover/9780521016445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Historical Analysis in the Social Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mahoney, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rueschemeyer, Dietrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book systematically investigates the past accomplishments and future agendas of contemporary comparative-historical analysis. Its core essays explore three major issues: the accumulation of knowledge in the field over the past three decades, the analytic tools used to study temporal process and historical patterns, and the methodologies available for making inferences and for building theories. The introductory and concluding essays situate the field as a whole by comparing it to alternative approaches within the social sciences. Comparative Historical Analysis in the Social Sciences will serve as an invaluable resource for scholars in the field, and it will represent a challenge to many other social scientists - especially those who have raised skeptical concerns about comparative-historical analysis in the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16452/cover/9780521016452.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designing Federalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Self-Sustainable Federal Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filippov, Mikhail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ordeshook, Peter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shvetsova, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Because of the redistributive nature of institutions and the availability of implementable alternatives with different distributive consequences, the desire of federation members to change institutional specifics in their favor is a permanent feature of the federal political process. This is so for two reasons. First, states or their equivalents in democratic federations usually can succeed in renegotiating the rules if they feel sufficiently motivated to do so. Second, in the case of a federation it is more or less clear who stands to benefit from any change in institutions. Thus, the existence of an equilibrium of constitutional legitimacy at the popular and elite levels cannot be taken for granted. The authors show that the presence in the political process of agents who are 'naturally committed' to the status-quo institutional arrangement can suffice to coordinate voters to act as if they support existing constitutional arrangements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16483/cover/9780521016483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grammar, Gesture, and Meaning in American Sign Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liddell, Scott K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In sign languages of the deaf some signs can meaningfully point toward things or can be meaningfully placed in the space ahead of the signer. This obligatory part of fluent grammatical signing has no parallel in vocally produced languages. This book focuses on American Sign Language to examine the grammatical and conceptual purposes served by these directional signs. It guides the reader through ASL grammar, the different categories of directional signs, the types of spatial representations signs are directed toward, how such spatial conceptions can be represented in mental space theory, and the conceptual purposes served by these signs. The book demonstrates a remarkable integration of grammar and gesture in the service of constructing meaning. These results also suggest that our concept of 'language' has been much too narrow and that a more comprehensive look at vocally produced languages will reveal the same integration of gestural, gradient, and symbolic elements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16506/cover/9780521016506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101655X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101655X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law in a Market Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Market Concepts in Legal Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malloy, Robin Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Law in a Market Context Robin Paul Malloy examines the way in which people, as social beings, experience the intersection of law, markets, and culture. His work recognizes that experience varies by such characteristics as culture, race, gender, age, and class, among others. Thus, market analysis must account for these variations. Through case examples, illustrative fact patterns, and problems based on hypothetical situations he demonstrates the implications and the ambiguities of law in a market society. In his analysis he provides a complete and accessible introduction to a vast array of economic terms, concepts, and ideas - making this book a valuable primer for anyone interested in understanding the use of market concepts in legal reasoning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16551/cover/9780521016551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adam Smith's Marketplace of Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Otteson, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adam Smith wrote two books, one about economics and the other about morality. His Wealth of Nations argues for a largely free-market economy, while his Theory of Moral Sentiments argues that human morality develops out of a mutual sympathy that people seek with one another. How do these books go together? How do markets and morality mix? James Otteson provides a comprehensive examination and interpretation of Smith's moral theory and shows how his conception of the nature of morality applies to his understanding of markets, language and other social institutions. Considering Smith's notions of natural sympathy, the impartial spectator, human nature, and human conscience the author also addresses the issue of whether Smith thinks that moral judgments enjoy a transcendent sanction. James Otteson sees Smith's theory of morality as an institution that develops unintentionally but nevertheless in an orderly way according to a market model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16568/cover/9780521016568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart on the Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rice, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presenting a fresh approach to Mozart's achievements as a composer for the stage, John A. Rice outlines the composer's place in the operatic culture of his time. The book tells the story of how Mozart's operas came into existence, following the processes that Mozart went through as he brought his operas from commission to performance. Chapters trace the fascinating series of interactions that took place between Mozart and librettists, singers, stage designers, orchestras, and audiences. In linking the operas by topic, Rice emphasizes what Mozart's operas have in common, regardless of when he wrote them and the genres to which they belong. Overall, the book demonstrates how Mozart's entire operatic oeuvre is the product of a single extraordinary mind and a single pan-European operatic culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16612/cover/9780521016612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Tiwanaku</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janusek, John Wayne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly a millennium before the Inca forged a pan-Andean empire in the South American Andes, Tiwanaku emerged as a major center of political, economic, and religious life on the mountainous southern shores of Lake Titicaca. Tiwanaku influenced vast regions of the Andes and became one of the most important and enduring civilizations of the pre-Columbian Americas. Yet for centuries, the nature and antiquity of Tiwanaku remained a great mystery. Only over the past couple of decades has archaeological research begun to explore in depth the fascinating character of Tiwanaku culture and the way of life of its people. Ancient Tiwanaku synthesizes a wealth of past and current research on this fascinating high-altitude civilization.  In the first major synthesis on the subject in nearly fifteen years, John Wayne Janusek explores Tiwanaku civilization in its geographical and cultural setting, tracing its long rise to power, vast geopolitical influences, and violent collapse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16629/cover/9780521016629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exploring Twentieth-Century Music</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Innovation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittall, Arnold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging book, Arnold Whittall considers a group of important composers of the twentieth century, including Debussy, Webern, Schoenberg, Stravinsky, Bart&#243;k, Jan&#225;cek, Britten, Carter, Birtwistle, Andriessen and Adams. He moves skilfully between the cultural and the technical, the general and the particular, to explore the various contexts and critical perspectives which illuminate certain works by these composers. Considering the extent to which place and nationality contribute to the definition of musical character, he investigates the relevance of such images as mirroring and symmetry, the function of genre and the way types of identity may be suggested by such labels as classical, modernist, secular, sacred radical, traditional. These categories are considered as flexible and interactive and they generate a wide-ranging series of narratives delineating some of the most fundamental forces which affected composers and their works within the complex and challenging world of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16681/cover/9780521016681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101669X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101669X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dimensions of Private Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Categories and Concepts in Anglo-American Legal Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waddams, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anglo-American private law (the law governing mutual rights and obligations of individuals) has been a far more complex phenomenon than is usually recognized. Attempts to reduce it to a single explanatory principle, or to a precisely classified or categorized map, scheme, or diagram, are likely to distort the past by omitting or marginalizing material inconsistent with proposed principles or schemes. Many legal issues cannot be allocated exclusively to one category. Often several concepts have worked concurrently and cumulatively, so that competing explanations and categories are not so much alternatives, of which only one can be correct, as different dimensions of a complex phenomenon, of which several may be simultaneously valid and necessary. This study will be of importance to those interested in property, tort, contract, unjust enrichment, legal reasoning, legal method, the history of the common law, and the relation between legal theory and legal history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16698/cover/9780521016698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law from Below</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development, Social Movements and Third World Resistance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rajagopal, Balakrishnan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of transnational social movements as major actors in international politics - as witnessed in Seattle in 1999 and elsewhere - has sent shockwaves through the international system. Many questions have arisen about the legitimacy, coherence and efficiency of the international order in the light of the challenges posed by social movements. This book offers a fundamental critique of twentieth-century international law from the perspective of Third World social movements. It examines in detail the growth of two key components of modern international law - international institutions and human rights - in the context of changing historical patterns of Third World resistance. Using a historical and interdisciplinary approach, Rajagopal presents compelling evidence challenging debates on the evolution of norms and institutions, the meaning and nature of the Third World as well as the political economy of its involvement in the international system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16711/cover/9780521016711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indian Business and Nationalist Politics 1931-39</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Indigenous Capitalist Class and the Rise of the Congress Party</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markovits, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1930s was a critical decade in Indian politics. It saw the Congress Party begin its rise to political dominance, while Indian 'big business' strengthened its position in the economy. This book seeks to analyse the response of India's most important indigenous businessmen to the growth of political nationalism. Dr Markovits' study falls into three parts: an analysis of the structure of the business class, revealing its basic heterogeneity and lack of political unity; an examination of the impact of the Depression of the 1930s on the fortunes of Indian businessmen and on government economic policy; and a survey of the uneasy and changing relationship between businessmen and Congress at a time of political turmoil and realignment. Drawing heavily on the private papers of prominent businessmen as well as on a wealth of official sources, this is the first systematic study, on an all-India scale, of the political attitude of big business during the final and most crucial phase of the nationalist struggle. Given increasing prominence of businessmen in Indian politics after 1920 an understanding of their behaviour is fundamental to our view of the overall pattern of Indian nationalist politics. All those interested in the rise of anti-colonial movements and in patterns of capitalist development in Third World countries should also find matter for thought in this sensitive and unusual study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16827/cover/9780521016827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judas Maccabaeus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Jewish Struggle Against the Seleucids</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bar-Kochva, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an account of the battles fought by Judas Maccabeus between 166 and 160 B.C. against the forces of the Seleucids during the revolt of the Jews against domination by the Seleucid empire. It reexamines the accepted assessments of Judas Maccabeus' activities and achievements and seeks to reconstruct the course of the military and political events of his time. Part I examines the composition and strength of the armies on both sides, their armaments and operating methods, and discusses the extent of Judas Maccabeus' success. Following an introduction evaluating the Jewish writings from all points of view, Part II gives detailed accounts of the battles, including the terrain and the tactics employed, analysing and commenting on the relevant narratives from the Book of Maccabees. Numerous appendices discuss individual problems vital to the reconstruction of the historical developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16834/cover/9780521016834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logic of the History of Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bevir, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human cultures generate meanings, and the history of ideas, broadly conceived, is the study of these meanings. An adequate theory of culture must therefore rest on a suitable philosophical enquiry into the nature of the history of ideas. Mark Bevir's book explores the forms of reasoning appropriate to the history of ideas, enhancing our understanding by grappling with central questions such as: What is a meaning? What constitutes objective knowledge of the past? What are beliefs and traditions? How can we explain why people held the beliefs they did? The book ranges widely over issues and theorists associated with post-analytic philosophy, post-modernism, hermeneutics, literary theory, political thought, and social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16841/cover/9780521016841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101686X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101686X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empires, Systems and States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Great Transformations in International Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunne, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a collection of leading scholars to consider various dimensions of the 'turn' to history in International Relations. The scope of this volume is broad. It includes conventional accounts of the development of the European states system, but is not limited by it. Other essays consider the non-European experience; a number of path-breaking essays on how other cultures and continents have ordered their political communities, in particular, the question how and why a states system triumphed over other forms of political organisation. The theme of the subtitle - great transformations - is pursued by each author. The essays consider one of the biggest questions of our time, namely, how did we arrive at this historical and institutional expression of political community? And what alternative future world orders exist? The volume will be of interest to scholars of International Relations and History interested in great transformations in world politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16865/cover/9780521016865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sustaining Abundance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environmental Performance in Industrial Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scruggs, Lyle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ultimate goal of environmental policy is reducing pollution. Attention to environmental problems in the social sciences has brought some bold generalizations about causes of good results, but almost no systematic cross-national studies that flesh out major theoretical arguments and test those claims with data. This study makes a seminal contribution to that effort in two ways. First, by taking environmental outcomes over the last thirty years as the central dependent variable, it provides a basis for evaluating national performance in reducing environmental problems. Second, by developing a data set including performance in a number of countries and elaborating on major explanations of environmental performance found in the literature, this study provides the most rigorous available analysis of the determinants of environmental performance. In so doing, it challenges what is probably the conventional wisdom in the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16926/cover/9780521016926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and the Russian Army</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Civil-Military Relations, 1689-2000</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Brian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Military coups have plagued many countries around the world, but Russia, despite its tumultuous history, has not experienced a successful military coup in over two centuries. In a series of detailed case studies, Brian Taylor explains the political role of the Russian military. Drawing on a wealth of new material, including archives and interviews, Taylor discusses every case of actual or potential military intervention in Russian politics from Peter the Great to Vladimir Putin. Taylor analyzes in particular detail the army's behavior during the political revolutions that marked the beginning and end of the twentieth century, two periods when the military was, uncharacteristically, heavily involved in domestic politics. He argues that a common thread unites the late-Imperial, Soviet, and post-Soviet Russian army: an organizational culture that believes that intervention against the country's political leadership - whether tsar, general secretary, or president - is fundamentally illegitimate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16940/cover/9780521016940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The IMF and Economic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vreeland, James Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do governments turn to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and with what effects? This book argues that governments enter IMF programs for economic and political reasons, and finds that the effects are negative on economic growth and income distribution. By bringing in the IMF, governments gain political leverage - via conditionality - to push through unpopular policies. Note that if governments desiring conditions are more likely to participate, estimating program effects is not straightforward: one must control for the potentially unobserved political determinants of selection. This book addresses the selection problem using a dynamic bivariate version of the Heckman model analyzing cross-national time-series data. The main finding is that the negative effects of IMF programs on economic growth are mitigated for certain constituencies since programs also have distributional consequences. But IMF programs doubly hurt the least well off in society: they lower growth and shift the income distribution upward.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16957/cover/9780521016957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transforming Labor-Based Parties in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Argentine Peronism in Comparative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levitsky, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why did some Latin American labor-based parties adapt successfully to the contemporary challenges of neoliberalism and working class decline while others did not? Drawing on a detailed study of the Argentine Peronism, as well as a broader comparative analysis, this book develops an organizational approach to party change. Levitsky's study breaks new ground in its focus on informal and weakly institutionalized party structures. It argues that loosely structured party organizations, such as those found in many populist labor-based parties, are often better equipped to adapt to rapid environmental change than are more bureaucratic labor-based parties. The argument is illustrated in the case of Peronism, a mass labor-based party with a highly fluid internal structure. The book shows how this weakly routinized structure allowed party reformers to undertake a set of far-reached coalitional and programmatic changes that enabled Peronism to survive, and even thrive, in the neoliberal era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16971/cover/9780521016971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Race and Regionalism in the Politics of Taxation in Brazil and South Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lieberman, Evan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nationally-specific definitions of citizenship proved decisive for the development of the Tax State in Brazil and South Africa in the twentieth century. Although both countries had been divided along racial and regional lines in the late nineteenth century, watershed constitutions addressed these political problems in very different ways. South Africa's institutionalized white supremacy created a level of political solidarity that contributed to the development of a highly progressive and efficient tax system. In Brazil, federalism and official non-racialism proved more divisive, making the enactment and collection of progressive taxes much more difficult. The legacy of these divergent state-building processes remains evident at the beginning of the 21st century. Lieberman extends this analysis to a wider group of country cases and finds similar patterns and causal relationships between the politics of race, region, and taxation. The findings are based on field research, large-scale national surveys, macroeconomic data, and various archival sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16988/cover/9780521016988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521016991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521016991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521016995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>States, Parties, and Social Movements</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521016995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstone, Jack A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies of social movements and of political parties have usually treated them as separate and distinct. In fact they are deeply intertwined. Social movements often shape electoral competition and party policies; they can even give rise to new parties. At the same time, political parties and campaigns shape the opportunities, personnel, and outcomes of social movements. In many countries, electoral democracy itself is the outcome of social movement actions. This book examines the interaction of social movements and party politics since the 1950s, both in the United States and around the world. In studies of the US Civil Rights movement, the New Left, the Czechoslovak dissident movements, the Mexican struggle for democracy, and other episodes, this volume shows how party politics and social movements cannot be understood without appreciating their intimate relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/16995/cover/9780521016995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Presidential Polling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisinger, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Evolution of Presidential Polling is a book about presidential power and autonomy. Since Roosevelt, virtually all presidents have employed private polls in some capacity. This book attempts to explain how presidential polling evolved from a rarely conducted secretive enterprise, to a commonplace event that is now considered an integral part of the presidency. Professor Eisinger contends that because presidents do not trust institutions such as Congress, the media and political parties - all of which also gauge public opinion - they opt to gain autonomy from these institutions by conducting private polls to be read and interpreted solely for themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17008/cover/9780521017008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101705X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101705X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Interpretation in Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankenberry, Nancy K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This landmark interdisciplinary volume presents new methodological options for the study of religion in the twenty-first century. Ten distinguished scholars offer radical interpretations of religious belief and language from a variety of perspectives: anthropology of religion, ritual studies, cognitive psychology, semantics, post-analytic philosophy, history of religions, and philosophy of religion. For the first time, a collection of original essays explores the significance of Donald Davidson's 'radical interpretation', Robert Brandom's 'inferentialism', and Richard Rorty's pragmatism for issues in the study of religion. Related topics include cultural variations in belief from Madagascar to China, experimental research from cognitive science, and the semantics of myth, metaphor, mana and manna. Radical Interpretation in Religion will be of interest to both general readers and specialists seeking a deeper understanding of new directions in the study of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17053/cover/9780521017053.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Detection of Light</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Ultraviolet to the Submillimeter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rieke, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Detection of Light provides a comprehensive overview of the important approaches to photon detection from the ultraviolet to the submillimeter spectral regions. This expanded and fully updated second edition discusses recently introduced types of detector such as superconducting tunnel junctions, hot electron bolometer mixers, and fully depleted CCDs, and also includes historically important devices such as photographic plates. Material from many disciplines is combined into a comprehensive and unified treatment of the detection of light, with emphasis on the underlying physical principles. Chapters have been thoroughly reorganised to make the book easier to use, and each includes problems with solutions as appropriate. This self-contained text assumes only an undergraduate level of physics, and develops understanding as it is needed. It is suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and will provide a valuable reference for professionals in astronomy, engineering and physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17107/cover/9780521017107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind, Reason and Imagination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays in Philosophy of Mind and Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heal, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent philosophy of mind has had a mistaken conception of the nature of psychological concepts.  It has assumed too much similarity between psychological judgments and those of natural science and has thus overlooked the fact that other people are not just objects whose thoughts we may try to predict and control but fellow creatures with whom we talk and co-operate. In this collection of essays, Jane Heal argues that central to our ability to arrive at views about others' thoughts is not knowledge of some theory of the mind but rather an ability to imagine alternative worlds and how things appear from another person's point of view. She then applies this view to questions of how we represent others' thoughts, the shape of psychological concepts, the nature of rationality and the possibility of first person authority. This book should appeal to students and professionals in philosophy of mind and language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17169/cover/9780521017169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contexts of Kinship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in the Family Sociology of the Gonja of Northern Ghana</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Esther N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In her study of domestic organization in Gonja, a formerly important West African state, now part of Ghana, Esther Goody has concentrated on tracing the interrelationships between political and domestic institutions in a bilateral kinship system, untypical of the area. After outlining the problems which she is seeking to solve and describing the domestic, political and economic context of life in central Gonja, the author examines the several aspects of marriage fundamental to the establishment of domestic groups and their development. The practice of sending children to be reared by kin is then discussed and is related to the strong ties binding kin together however far apart they may live. Dr Goody examines patterns of residence through time, and seeks to relate these to both the political context and the form taken by authority in the kin group. The study concludes with a comparison of the Gonja system with other bilateral and unilineal African kingdoms, and the book is completed by appendices presenting the statistical material gathered during research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17206/cover/9780521017206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Wool Trade in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive account of the wool trade through the whole of the medieval period. Within England it is concerned with the production and marketing of wool and with the ways in which the wool trade influenced the economic and political fortunes of different sectors of society. It describes and analyses in detail each of the periods of growth and decline in the export market. As well as explaining changes in the volume of trade it offers the first attempt to portray the distribution of the trade among individual merchants. As the scene widens Mr. Lloyd explains how England's relations with other European powers were influenced by mutual interest in the state of the wool trade. Another major theme is the influence which the export of wool exerted on England's economy as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17213/cover/9780521017213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101722X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101722X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-rays in Atomic and Nuclear Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyson, N. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the methods of X-ray production at a level which is accessible to advanced undergraduates and researchers who use X-rays. It also discusses the fundamentals of these physical properties from an experimental viewpoint which is not covered in more specialised texts. The book begins with a survey of work carried out before 1945. Continuous and characteristic spectra are discussed followed by a description of techniques used in their study. Further studies of production, absorption and scattering in atomic and nuclear processes are described, including a completely new chapter on X-ray production by protons, alpha-particles and ions. The concluding chapter surveys some more advanced fields of study. It will be very valuable to all research and industrial physicists working with X-rays who need to know about their fundamental properties in more detail. In this second edition SI units are used throughout and the material reflects the changes in the use of X-rays and the developments in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17220/cover/9780521017220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality and Intelligence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baron, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is intelligence? Can it be increased by teaching? If so, how, and what difference would an increase make? Before we can answer these questions, we need to clarify them. Jonathan Baron argues that when we do so we find that intelligence has much to do with rational thinking, and that the skills involved in rational thinking are in fact teachable, at least to some extent. Rationality and Intelligence develops and justifies a prescriptive theory of rational thinking in terms of utility theory and the theory of rational life plans. The prescriptive theory, buttressed by other assumptions, suggests that people generally think too little and in a way that is insufficiently critical of the initial possibilities that occur to them. However these biases can be - and sometimes are - corrected by education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17237/cover/9780521017237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developmental Biology of Fern Gametophytes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raghavan, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the series is to present relatively short accounts of areas of developmental and cell biology where sufficient information has accumulated to allow a considered distillation of the cells. This book studies the developmental biology of fern gametophytes, from their beginning through growth and maturation to their reproductive strategies. The books are intended to interest and instruct advanced undergraduates and graduate students and to make an important contribution to teaching cell and developmental biology. At the same time, they should be of value to biologists who, while not working directly in the area of a particular volume's subject matter, wish to keep abreast of developments relative to their particular interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17251/cover/9780521017251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>This Side Up</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatial Determination in the Early Development of Animals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During animal development the descendants of a single cell form many different tissues and organs in appropriate positions within an embryo. To do this they must recognise their position, and this book examines our knowledge of how this is done. It starts by considering how much spatial pattern is already laid down when the egg forms inside the mother, and ends just before the formation of visible organs. Within these limits it considers evidence obtained by a variety of techniques, both experimental and biochemical, and from the embryos of many different animal groups. This breadth of coverage and the amount of detail afforded, particularly to the experimental studies, distinguish it from competing works and will make it a very valuable review. Moreover, in the final chapter the author analyses this evidence in ways which will be new to most readers, and which call into question current ideas about spatial determination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17268/cover/9780521017268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Astrophysics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Volume Honouring Alexander Dalgarno</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartquist, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This self-contained introduction to molecular astrophysics is suitable as a text for advanced postgraduate courses on interstellar matter. It is an excellent summary of present knowledge and outstanding questions and will be valued by research astrophysicists, physical chemists, atomic and molecular physicists and atmospheric scientists who wish to become familiar with this field. Descriptions are given of the distributions and types of molecules observed in galactic and extragalactic sources, including those in the vicinity of active galactic nuclei. The chemistry of diffuse and dense clouds is also discussed, and chemical reactions in shocks and dynamically evolving clouds are considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17275/cover/9780521017275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eddington's Search for a Fundamental Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Key to the Universe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kilmister, C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Arthur Eddington, the celebrated astrophysicist, made great strides towards his own 'theory of everything'in his last two books published in 1936 and 1946. Unlike his earlier lucid and authoritative works, these are strangely tentative and obscure - as if he were nervous of the significant advances that he might be making. This volume examines both how Eddington came to write these uncharacteristic books - in the context of the physics and history of the day - and what value they have to modern physics. The result is an illuminating description of the development of theoretical physics, in the first half of the twentieth century, from a unique point of view: how it affected Eddington's thought. This will provide fascinating reading for scholars in the philosophy of science, theoretical physics, applied mathematics and the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17282/cover/9780521017282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arabian Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serjeant, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bidwell, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in this volume cover a wide variety of themes, mainly in the fields of history and social anthropology, with one paper on a literary topic, making this a book of multi-disciplinary interest for those specialising in the study of the Arabian peninsula. Topics range from a beekeeping project in the Yemen Arabic Republic to weights and measures in Mecca during the late Ayyubid and Mamluk periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17299/cover/9780521017299.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite-Element Plasticity and Metalforming Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sturgess, C. E. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartley, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pillinger, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Finite Element Plasticity and Metalforming Analysis is concerned with describing a computer based technique for aiding the optimisation of metalforming processes. These methods should enable tool and product designers to reduce development lead times for the introduction of new products, to optimise the process and to help improve the quality and reliability of products. The book is specifically devoted to the finite element method and its use in plasticity problems. It details the theoretical background assuming little previous knowledge, and describes how it can be implemented and used to examine realistic metalforming processes. Forging, rolling and extrusion are typical processes covered, in addition to specific problems such as ductile fracture and how it can be predicted. It is the first text that describes in detail elastic-plastic finite-element theory and how it is used in forming analyses. The technique described can be used to simulate metal flow in 2- and 3-D problems and can provide details of stress, strain, strain-rate and temperature distributions in the workpiece as it is being formed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17312/cover/9780521017312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Tapestry of Orbits</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King-Hele, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Satellites as they cross the night sky look like moving stars, which can be accurately tracked by an observer with binoculars as well as by giant radars and large cameras. These observations help to determine the satellite's orbit, which is sensitive to the drag of the upper atmosphere and to any irregularities in the gravity field of the Earth. Analysis of the orbit can be used to evaluate the density of the upper atmosphere and to define the shape of the Earth. Desmond King-Hele was the pioneer of this technique of orbit analysis, and this book tells us how the research began, before the launch of Sputnik in 1957. For thirty years King-Hele and his colleagues at the Royal Aircraft Establishment, Farnborough, developed and applied the technique to reveal much about the Earth and air at a very modest cost. In the 1960s the upper-atmosphere density was thoroughly mapped out for 100 to 2000 km, revealing immense variation of density with solar activity and between day and night. In the 1970s and 1980s a picture of the upper-atmosphere winds emerged, and the profile of the pear-shaped Earth was accurately charted. The number of satellites now orbiting the earth is over 5000. This book is the story of how this inexpensive research of their orbits developed to yield a rich harvest of knowledge about the Earth and its atmosphere, in a scientific narrative that is enlivened with many personal experiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17329/cover/9780521017329.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lund Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lund model, inspired by quantum chromodynamics, has provided a very promising approach to the dynamics of quark and gluon interactions. Starting with a brief reprise of basic concepts in relativity, quantum mechanics of fields and particle physics, this book discusses: the dynamics of the massless relativistic string; confinement; causality and relativistic covariance; Lund fragmentation processes; QED and QCD Bremsstrahlung; multiplicities and particle-parton distributions. Throughout the book, theory is confronted with current experimental data, and implications for future experiments are also considered. The book also explores the relationships between the Lund model and other models based on field theory (the Schwinger model, S-matrix models, light-cone algebra physics and variations of the parton model), and models based on statistical mechanics (the Feynman-Wilson gas, scaling, iterative cascade models).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17343/cover/9780521017343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to Numerical Relativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>d'Inverno, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes contributions by leading workers in the field given at the workshop on Numerical Relativity held in Southampton in December 1991. Numerical Relativity, or the numerical solution of astrophysical problems using powerful computers to solve Einstein's equations, has grown rapidly over the last 15 years. It is now an important route to understanding the structure of the Universe, and is the only route currently available for approaching certain important astrophysical scenarios. The Southampton meeting was notable for the first full report of the new 2+2 approach and the related null or characteristic approaches, as well as for updates on the established 3+1 approach, including both Newtonian and fully relativistic codes. The contributions range from theoretical (formalisms, existence theorems) to the computational (moving grids, multiquadrics and spectral methods).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17350/cover/9780521017350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101736X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101736X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Statistical Field Theory Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambj&#248;rn, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Durhuus, Bergfinnur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonsson, Thordur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate/research level text describes in a unified fashion the statistical mechanics of random walks, random surfaces and random higher dimensional manifolds with an emphasis on the geometrical aspects of the theory and applications to the quantisation of strings, gravity and topological field theory. With chapters on random walks, random surfaces, two- and higher dimensional quantum gravity, topological quantum field theories and Monte Carlo simulations of random geometries, the text provides a self-contained account of quantum geometry from a statistical field theory point of view. The approach uses discrete approximations and develops analytical and numerical tools. Continuum physics is recovered through scaling limits at phase transition points and the relation to conformal quantum field theories coupled to quantum gravity is described. The most important numerical work is covered, but the main aim is to develop mathematically precise results that have wide applications. Many diagrams and references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17367/cover/9780521017367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arabian Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heroic and Oral Story-telling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hero cycles of Arabic belong to the literary tradition of The Arabian Nights and can be seen as the popular epics of their civilisation. The Arabian epic covers eleven of the main representatives of this genre. Each of these has been developed through the processes of accretive oral story-telling by means of an accumulation of narrative and folklore motifs, many of which belong to what can be seen as a universal tradition. The work is published in three volumes. The first volume introduces the background and the dimensions in which the cycles are set, while the second volume analyses their contents and the literary formulae used in their construction, as well as listing analogues found in other literatures. The epitomes surveyed in the final volume provide non-Arabists with a more immediate insight into the contents of the cycles, drawing attention to their narrative colouring and texture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17381/cover/9780521017381.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arabian Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heroic and Oral Story-telling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hero cycles of Arabic belong to the literary tradition of The Arabian Nights and can be seen as the popular epics of their civilisation. The Arabian epic covers ten of the main representatives of this genre. Each of these has been developed through the processes of accretive oral story-telling by means of an accumulation of narrative and folklore motifs, many of which belong to what can be seen as a universal tradition. The work is published in three volumes. The first volume introduces the background and the dimensions in which the cycles are set, while the second volume analyses their contents and the literary formulae used in their construction, as well as listing analogues found in other literatures. The epitomes surveyed in the final volume provide non-Arabists with a more immediate insight into the contents of the cycles, drawing attention to their narrative colouring and texture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17398/cover/9780521017398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arabian Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heroic and Oral Story-telling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hero cycles of Arabic belong to the literary tradition of The Arabian Nights and can be seen as the popular epics of their civilisation. The Arabian epic covers ten of the main representatives of this genre. Each of these has been developed through the processes of accretive oral story-telling by means of an accumulation of narrative and folklore motifs, many of which belong to what can be seen as a universal tradition. The work is published in three volumes. The first volume introduces the background and the dimensions in which the cycles are set, while the second volume analyses their contents and the literary formulae used in their construction, as well as listing analogues found in other literatures. The epitomes surveyed in the final volume provide non-Arabists with a more immediate insight into the contents of the cycles, drawing attention to their narrative colouring and texture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17404/cover/9780521017404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polarons and Bipolarons in High-Tc Superconductors and Related Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salje, E. K. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexandrov, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liang, W. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to give a comprehensive view on the polaron and bipolaron theory of high-temperature superconductivity, one of the most significant discoveries in physics in the past decade. With the discovery of high-temperature superconductors, research into polarons and bipolarons has attracted much attention. They have also been observed previously in magnetic semiconductors and transition metal oxides. The thorough investigation of these non-superconducting materials has contributed greatly to the basic understanding of the physical properties of both polarons and bipolarons. This book will be of great interest to researchers in condensed matter physics, and especially those working in the field of superconductivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17411/cover/9780521017411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biogeochemistry of Intertidal Sediments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jickells, T. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rae, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Involving a wide range of scientists working on intertidal sediments, this book is of importance to all environmental scientists. Individual chapters explore the underlying biogeochemical processes controlling the behaviour of carbon, the nutrients nitrogen and phosphorus, and contaminants such as toxic organics, trace metals and artificial radionuclides in intertidal environments. The biogeochemistry of these environments is critical to understanding their ecology and management. All of the chapters include both a comprehensive review and the results of recent research. The authors are active researchers in this diverse and ecologically important environment. This book is mainly for researchers and managers working on these environments, but it will also serve as a valuable advanced undergraduate and graduate reference text in environmental chemistry, environmental science, earth science and oceanography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17428/cover/9780521017428.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schenker's Interpretive Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snarrenberg, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Schenker's Interpretive Practice is the first comprehensive study of this century's most influential music theorist, Heinrich Schenker. Since the 1960s, American theorists and musicologists have focused almost exclusively on analytical methods distilled from Schenker's writings. Breaking from that tradition, Robert Snarrenberg returns to Schenker's texts and to the humanist roots of his approach, situating Schenker's work in the broader context of his desire to portray the richness and particularity of musical experience. Snarrenberg concentrates on four aims that Schenker hoped to achieve: to present a theoretical account of musical effects encountered in European music of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, to represent the mindset shared among composers of that music, to convey the expressive interaction of musical effects in individual artwork, and to promote continued creative and re-creative participation in the musical tradition. Author recipient of the 1998 Young Scholar Award from the Society of Music Theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17435/cover/9780521017435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Does the Weather Really Matter?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Implications of Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burroughs, William James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>&#8226; What has been the real impact of past weather extremes (e.g. cold winters, droughts, floods, heatwaves and hurricanes) on historic events? &#8226; Is the frequency and impact of weather extremes changing? &#8226; Can we predict how the climate will behave in the future and what will be the consequences of these changes? &#8226; Are greater, less predictable changes just around the corner? Bill Burroughs seeks to answer these questions by providing a balanced and accessible analysis of the current debate on climatic change. Combining a historical perspective, economic and political analysis, together with meteorological and climatological explanations of the impact of extreme weather events on all aspects of society, it provides a basis for interpreting what is known about climatic change and the ability to forecast future changes and their economic and political consequences. The book also includes extensive discussions on El Ni&#241;o. It will be of interest to all those concerned with the future of human society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17442/cover/9780521017442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sea Surface and Global Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liss, Peter S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duce, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sea-surface microlayer has often been operationally defined as roughly the top 1000 micrometres of the ocean surface. Considerable new research over the past 10 years has led to increased understanding of this vitally important interface between the ocean and the atmosphere, and how it may interact with global change processes. This book offers the first comprehensive review of the physics, chemistry and biology of the surface microlayer in a decade. In addition to a review of these fundamental features, the authors address the potential global marine impacts at the air-sea interface of such phenomena as large-scale atmospheric ozone depletion, climate change and industrial pollution. Environmental scientists, oceanographers and atmospheric scientists interested in global change will welcome this authoritative reference work, at graduate or research level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17459/cover/9780521017459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syriac Version of the Old Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weitzman, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While the Syriac version of the Old Testament, known as the Peshitta, was translated from a Hebrew text, it was, surprisingly, preserved by the eastern churches alone. In his book, M. W. Weitzman argues that the translation was put together in around 200 CE by a small Jewish community estranged from the Rabbinic majority. This community eventually embraced Christianity and brought the Peshitta with them. This remarkable theory is the prelude to a comprehensive analysis of the Peshitta itself, which covers all the books in the Bible, surveys the existing scholarship and explores the relationship between the translation and the original Hebrew text. Apart from the philological detail, the book also examines the translation's historical links with Judaism and early Christianity. As a wide-ranging introduction to the subject, the book will appeal to philologists and historical linguists, as well as to biblical studies scholars and theologians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17466/cover/9780521017466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Leper King and his Heirs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Baldwin IV and the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reign of King Baldwin IV of Jerusalem (1174-85) has traditionally been seen as a period of decline when, because of the king's illness, power came to be held by unsuitable men who made the wrong policy decisions. Notably, they ignored the advice of Raymond of Tripoli and attacked Saladin, who was prepared to keep peace with the Franks while uniting the Islamic near east under his rule. This book challenges that view, arguing that peace with Saladin was not a viable option for the Franks; that the young king, despite suffering from lepromatous leprosy (the most deadly form of the disease) was an excellent battle leader who strove with some success to frustrate Saladin's imperial ambitions; that Baldwin had to remain king in order to hold factions in check; but that the society over which he presided was, contrary to what is often said, vigorous and self-confident.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17473/cover/9780521017473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton and the Natural World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and Poetry in Paradise Lost</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Karen L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Milton and the Natural World overturns prevailing critical assumptions by offering a fresh view of Paradise Lost, in which the representation of Eden's plants and animals is shown to be fully cognizant of the century's new, scientific natural history. The fabulous lore of the old science is wittily debunked, and the poem embraces new imaginative and symbolic possibilities for depicting the natural world, suggested by the speculations of Milton's scientific contemporaries including Robert Boyle, Thomas Browne and John Evelyn. Karen Edwards argues that Milton has represented the natural world in Paradise Lost, with its flowers and trees, insects and beasts, as a text alive with meaning and worthy of close reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17480/cover/9780521017480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Electrical Properties of Disordered Metals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dugdale, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of how metals conduct electronically has, until recently, been confined to metals that are crystalline with the constituent atoms in regular arrays. The discovery of how to make solid amorphous alloys led to an explosion of measurements of the electronic properties of these new materials, and the emergence of a range of interesting low temperature phenomena. The book describes in physical terms the theory of the electrical conductivity, Hall coefficient, magnetoresistance and thermopower of disordered metals and alloys. The author begins by showing how conventional Boltzmann theory can be extended and modified when the mean free path of the conduction electrons becomes comparable with their wavelength and interionic separation. The consequence of this is explored and the theory tested by application to experimental data on metallic glasses. Designed as a self-contained review, the book will appeal to non-specialist physicists, metallurgists and chemists with an interest in disordered metals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17510/cover/9780521017510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101753X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101753X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surface Analysis of Polymers by XPS and Static SIMS</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an in-depth treatment of the instrumentation, physical bases and applications of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and static secondary ion mass spectroscopy (SSIMS) with a specific focus on the subject of polymeric materials. XPS and SSIMS are widely accepted as the two most powerful techniques for polymer surface chemical analysis, particularly in the context of industrial research and problem solving. In this book, the techniques of XPS and SSIMS are described and in each case the author explains what type of information may be obtained. The book also includes details of case studies emphasising the complementary and joint application of XPS and SSIMS in the investigation of polymer surface structure and its relationship to the properties of the material. This book will be of value to academic and industrial researchers interested in polymer surfaces and surface analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17534/cover/9780521017534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vortex Element Methods for Fluid Dynamic Analysis of Engineering Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, R. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with advanced fluid flow methods for design and analysis of engineering systems. Panel methods employing surface distributions of source and vortex singularities based on the solution of boundary integral equations have been extensively used for modelling external and internal aerodynamic flows. Part 1 describes the surface vorticity method and illustrates applications of this technique over a wide range of engineering problems in aerodynamics and turbo-machines, including lifting aerofoils and cascades, mixed-flow and rotating cascades for fans, pumps or turbines, meridional flows in turbo-machines, flow past axisymmetric bodies, ducts and ducted propellers or fans. Part 2 extends surface vorticity modelling to the fairly new CFM field of vortex dynamics or vortex cloud theory, including foundation chapters on convection and viscous diffusion by the random walk technique. Vortex cloud methods are developed, again from first principles, to deal with shear layers, boundary layers, periodic wakes, bluff-body flows, cascades and aerofoils including the use of stall control spoilers. A number of useful computer programs are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17541/cover/9780521017541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kin Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepper, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kin recognition, the ability to identify and respond differentially to one's genetic relatives, is one of the fastest growing and most exciting areas of ethology. Dr Hepper has brought together leading researchers in the field to create a thought-provoking and critical analysis of our current knowledge of the phenomenon, with particular emphasis on the underlying processes involved, and their significance for the evolution of social behaviour. Students of animal behaviour and evolutionary biology will find this book an invaluable source of information and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17558/cover/9780521017558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetics and Evolution of the Domestic Fowl</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The science of genetics has undergone a period of very rapid and significant development in recent years, and the area of poultry genetics has been no exception. This book provides a balanced and up-to-date account of all the major areas of this subject from Mendelian to modern molecular genetics. The book begins by tracing the evolution of Gallus domesticus  from its avian ancestors. Subsequent chapters cover important aspects of poultry genetics, including cytogenetics, transmission genetics, gene mapping, sex linkage, lethal genes, genetics of feathering and plumage, and quantitative genetics. In each chapter, a concise explanation of the genetic principles is followed by a full discussion illustrated by key examples. In the latter part of the book, recent advances in gene cloning and sequencing are examined. The impact of these exciting new developments on our understanding of gene structure and organisation, immunogenetics and the evolution of proteins is assessed. Finally, the uses of transgenic techniques and their implications are discussed. This book provides a clear and useful survey of the genetics and evolution of the domestic fowl, which will be of interest to postgraduate students and researchers in the fields of genetics, agriculture and veterinary medicine, as well as to poultry breeders (both commercial and non-commercial).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03177/cover/9780521403177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elementary Particles and the Universe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Murray Gell-Mann</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Murray Gell-Mann is one of the most influential and brilliant scientists of the twentieth century. His work on symmetries, including the invention of the 'quark', in the 1950s and early 1960s has provided a foundation for much of modern particle physics and was recognised by the award of the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1969. This book is a collection of research articles especially written by eminent scientists to celebrate Gell-Mann's 60th birthday, in September 1989. The main body of contributions are concerned with theoretical particle physics and its applications to cosmology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17596/cover/9780521017596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures in Parallel Computation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbons, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spirakis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The foundations of parallel computation, especially the efficiency of computation, are the concern of this book. Distinguished international researchers have contributed fifteen chapters which together form a coherent stream taking the reader who has little prior knowledge of the field to a position of being familiar with leading edge issues. The book may also function as a source of teaching material and reference for researchers. The first part is devoted to the Parallel Random Access Machine (P-RAM) model of parallel computation. The initial chapters justify and define the model, which is then used for the development of algorithm design in a variety of application areas such as deterministic algorithms, randomisation and algorithm resilience. The second part deals with distributed memory models of computation. The question of efficiently implementing P-RAM algorithms within these models is addressed as are the immensely interesting prospects for general purpose parallel computation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17602/cover/9780521017602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edwin Hubble, The Discoverer of the Big Bang Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharov, Alexander S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novikov, Igor D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiskin, Vitaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first complete account of the scientific life and work of Edwin Hubble, whose discoveries firmly established the United States as the leading nation in observational astronomy. One of the outstanding astronomers of the twentieth century, Hubble discovered the expansion of the Universe. He opened the world of galaxies for science when he showed that spiral nebulae beyond the Milky Way are galaxies extending to the limits of the Universe, and participating in a general expansion of the cosmos. The exploding Universe of Hubble, now termed the Big Bang, determined the origin of the elements, of galaxies and of the stars. The second part of the book describes the fundamental discoveries on the nature of the Universe made subsequently, and thus sets his achievements in context. Written by two prominent astronomers who have built on Hubble's work, this book is a classic of science, setting out the thrilling story of the exploding Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17619/cover/9780521017619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrodynamics and Nonlinear Instabilities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godr&#232;che, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manneville, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>700</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents five sets of pedagogical lectures by internationally respected researchers on nonlinear instabilities and the transition to turbulence in hydrodynamics. The book begins with a general introduction to hydrodynamics covering fluid properties, flow measurement, dimensional analysis and turbulence.  Chapter two reviews the special characteristics of instabilities in open flows. Chapter three presents mathematical tools for multiscale analysis and asymptotic matching applied to the dynamics of fronts and localized nonlinear states. Chapter four gives a detailed review of pattern forming instabilities. The final chapter provides a detailed and comprehensive introduction to the instability of flames, shocks and detonations. Together, these lectures provide a thought-provoking overview of current research in this important area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17633/cover/9780521017633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flow Measurement Handbook</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrial Designs, Operating Principles, Performance, and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Roger C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flow Measurement Handbook is an information-packed reference for engineers on flow measuring techniques and instruments. Striking a balance between laboratory ideal and the realities of field experience, this handy tool provides a wealth of practical advice on the design, operation, and performance of a broad range of flowmeters. The book begins with a brief review of  fluid mechanics principles, how to select a flowmeter, and a variety of calibration methods. Each of the following chapters is devoted to a class of flowmeters and includes detailed information on design, applications, installation, calibration, operation, and advantages and disadvantages. Among the flowmeters discussed are orifice plate meters, venturi meters and standard nozzles, critical flow venturi nozzles, positive displacement flowmeters, turbine and related flowmeters, vortex shedding and fluidic flowmeters, electromagnetic flowmeters, ultrasonic flowmeters, and coriolis flowmeters. Also covered are mass flow measurements using multiple sensors, thermal flowmeters, angular momentum devices, probes, and modern control systems. Many chapters conclude with an appendix on the theory behind the techniques discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17657/cover/9780521017657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Energy Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Overview, with Applications in Structural Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keane, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides an up-to-date overview of statistical energy analysis and its applications in structural vibration. Statistical energy analysis is a powerful method for predicting and analysing the vibrational behaviour of structures. Its main use is for structures that can be considered as assemblies of interconnected subsystems which are subject to medium to high frequency vibration sources. This volume brings together nine articles by experts from around the world. The opening chapter gives an introduction and overview of the technique describing its key successes, potential and limitations. Following chapters look in more detail at a selection of cases and examples which together illustrate the scope and power of the technique. This book is based on a Royal Society Philosophical Transactions issue under the title 'Statistical Energy Analysis', but an extra chapter, by Chohan, Price, Keane and Beshara, discussing nonconservatively coupled systems is included in this edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17664/cover/9780521017664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Demography and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human Demography and Disease offers an interdisciplinary and integrated perspective on the relationship between historical populations and the dynamics of epidemiological processes. It brings the techniques of time-series analysis and computer matrix modelling to historical demography and geography to extract detailed information concerning the oscillations in births, deaths, migrations and epidemics from parish registers and other data series and to build mathematical models of the population cycles. This book presents a new way of studying pre-industrial communities and explores the subtle, and hitherto undetected effects of fluctuating nutritional levels on mortality patterns and the dynamics of infectious diseases. It will be of interest to researchers, teachers and students in the fields of demography, anthropology, historical geography, social history, population biology and epidemiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20529/cover/9780521620529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101770X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101770X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insect Predator-Prey Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ladybird Beetles and Biological Control</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, A. F. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of our understanding about insect predator-prey dynamics has been due to studies on insect parasitoids. But do true predators such as ladybird beetles really operate in a similar way and how does this affect their use in biological control? The extensive literature on ladybirds as biocontrol agents shows that their size and rate of development is very dependent on the nature of their prey. This volume explores basic ladybird biology, their association with their prey and its effect on development rate and body size. Optimal foraging theory, field observations and laboratory experiments are used to illustrate how ladybird larvae maximise their rate of energy intake, and ladybird adults their fitness. The interdependence of these life history parameters is then used to develop a simple predator-prey model which, with an analysis of the literature, highlights the specific attributes of potentially successful biocontrol agents for all those interested in predator-prey dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17701/cover/9780521017701.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metal Forming Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagoner, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chenot, J.-L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction of numerical methods, particularly finite element (FE) analysis, represents a significant advance in metal forming operations. Numerical methods are used increasingly to optimize product design and deal with problems in metal forging, rolling, and extrusion processes. Metal Forming Analysis describes the latest and most important numerical techniques for simulating metal forming operations. The first part of the book describes principles and procedures and includes numerous examples and worked problems. The remaining chapters focus on applications of numerical analysis to specific forming operations. Most of these results are drawn from the authors' research in the areas of metal testing, sheet metal forming, forging, extrusion, and similar operations. Sufficient information is presented so that readers can understand the nonlinear finite element method as applied to forming problems without a prior background in structural finite element analysis. Graduate students, researchers, and practising engineers will welcome this thorough reference to state-of-the-art numerical methods used in metal forming analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17725/cover/9780521017725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assessment and Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roche, Alex F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sun, Shumei S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many researchers and professionals need to be able to measure, assess and interpret human growth between birth and adulthood. However, much of the methodology is scattered in diverse literature. Human Growth: Assessment and Interpretation provides a complete reference to the field for all those who measure and assess child growth. It emphasises the interpretation of growth data taking into account the adjusted effects of influences such as genes, hormones and substance abuse during pregnancy, gives descriptions of normal and abnormal growth patterns, and of variant growth patterns such as failure-to-thrive and catch-up growth. Including methods to measure size and maturity, the judgement and interpretation of recorded data, evaluations of influences on growth and the significance of abnormal growth, it will be an essential source of information for pediatricians, human biologists, health workers, nutritionists, epidemiologists and others who are responsible for the health and welfare of children.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17732/cover/9780521017732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engineering and Product Development Management</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Holistic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Engineering and Product Development Management is a practical guide to the components of engineering management, using a holistic approach. It will help engineers and managers understand what they have to do to improve the product development process by deploying new technology and new methods of working in concurrent teams. The book takes elements from six well known and understood bodies of knowledge and integrates them into a holistic approach: integrated product development, project management, process management, systems engineering, product data management, and organizational change management. These elements are framed within an overall enterprise-wide architecture. The techniques discussed in this book work for both huge multinational organizations and smaller enterprises. The emphasis throughout is on practical tools which will be invaluable for engineers, managers, and consultants responsible for  project and product development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17749/cover/9780521017749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology of Plagues</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence from Historical Populations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The threat of unstoppable plagues, such as AIDS and Ebola, is always with us. In Europe, the most devastating plagues were those from the Black Death pandemic in the 1300s to the Great Plague of London in 1665. For the last 100 years, it has been accepted that Yersinia pestis, the infective agent of bubonic plague, was responsible for these epidemics. This book combines modern concepts of epidemiology and molecular biology with computer-modelling. Applying these to the analysis of historical epidemics, the authors show that they were not, in fact, outbreaks of bubonic plague. Biology of Plagues offers a completely new interdisciplinary interpretation of the plagues of Europe and establishes them within a geographical, historical and demographic framework. This fascinating detective work will be of interest to readers in the social and biological sciences, and lessons learnt will underline the implications of historical plagues for modern-day epidemiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17763/cover/9780521017763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Particle Physics and the Schr&#246;dinger Equation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grosse, Harald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Andri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph introduces modern developments on the bound state problem in Schr&#246;dinger potential theory and its applications in particle physics. The Schr&#246;dinger equation provides a framework for dealing with energy levels of N-body systems. It was a cornerstone of the quantum revolution in physics of the twenties but re-emerged in the eighties as a powerful tool in the study of spectra and decay properties of mesons and baryons. This book begins with a detailed study of two-body problems, including discussion of general properties, level ordering problems, energy level spacing and decay properties. Following chapters treat relativistic generalisations, and the inverse problem. Finally, 3-body problems and N-body problems are dealt with. Applications in particle and atomic physics are considered, including quarkonium spectroscopy. The emphasis throughout is on showing how the theory can be tested by experiment. Many references are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17787/cover/9780521017787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydroelasticity of Ships</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, Richard E. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRLD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A ship is a flexible structure that moves bodily and distorts when it encounters waves. This behaviour is potentially dangerous and it must therefore be predicted as a necessary part of ship design. Hitherto the theory of ship structures has had to employ simplifying assumptions, and the dynamical theory has been founded largely on the assumption of rigidity. This book, however, shows how the wave responses of a ship can be calculated using linear dynamics. This general treatment adapts the techniques of structural theory, hydrodynamics, oceanography and statistical theory to the needs of naval architecture. In a radically new departure the authors unify these various techniques in their systematic use of dynamical theory. The principles are applicable to offshore structures in general as well as to ships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17800/cover/9780521017800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Human Brain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glees, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks to present, through a combination of morphological data and physiological and neurological studies, a comprehensive survey of our knowledge of the human brain. The major emphasis is upon structural organisation, based upon the evolution of this most complex of organs. However, functional aspects, including experimental research and clinical findings, have also been incorporated, broadening the interest for students of neurobiology and clinical medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17817/cover/9780521017817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Variability, Climate Change and Fisheries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glantz, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As we approach the end of the twentieth century, public and scientific attention is focusing increasingly on the detection and assessment of changes in our environment. This unique volume addresses the potential implications of global warming for fisheries and the societies which depend on them. Using a 'forecasting by analogy' approach, which draws upon experiences from the recent past in coping with regional fluctuations in the abundance or availability of living marine resources, it is shown how we might be able to assess our ability to respond to the consequences of future environmental changes induced by a potential global warming. The book takes the form of a series of integrated case studies from around the globe, which are presented by an interdisciplinary group of leading researchers. This important and thought-provoking volume will be of interest to a wide range of scientists working in the fields of biology, marine and environmental science, climatology, economics and anthropology, as well as resource managers and policy makers concerned with the health and future of living marine resources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17824/cover/9780521017824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biophysical Labeling Methods in Molecular Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Likhtenshtein, Gertz I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical labels such as stable nitroxide radicals, luminescent and photochromic chromophores, so-called M&#246;ssbauer atoms and electron-dense assemblies of heavy atoms have proved to be effective tools in solving many problems at the molecular level in biological systems. These physical labels are used as 'molecular rulers' to measure the distances between chosen groups and to measure the size, form and microrelief of objects. By providing information about these factors, the label provides information that can help the scientist to understand the structure of membranes, nucleic acids, enzymes and proteins and how they function. This volume covers all aspects of this field: the theoretical bases, the experimental techniques, and it also shows how to interpret the resulting data. It also critically discusses some recent results obtained with these techniques and gives an analysis of likely developments in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17879/cover/9780521017879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Highly Excited Atoms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connerade, Jean-Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the physics of highly excited, easily perturbed or interacting atoms. The book begins with a brief introduction to the traditional view of electron shells and their properties, and then goes on to discuss Rydberg states, quantum defect theory, atomic f-values, centrifugal barrier effects, autoionisation, inner shell and double excitation spectra, K-matrix theory, atoms in high laser fields, statistical methods, quantum chaos, and atomic effects in solids. The emphasis is throughout on radial properties, orbital collapse, many body effects, the breakdown of the independent particle approach, the emergence of chaos, and the behaviour of atoms inside clusters and solids. A very full account of autoionisation includes not only the standard treatment for isolated resonances, but also several alternative approaches. The book discusses many experimental examples and has many diagrams and a comprehensive reference list.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17886/cover/9780521017886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Spatio-Temporal Dynamics and Chaos in Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sch&#246;ll, Eckehard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nonlinear transport phenomena are an increasingly important aspect of modern semiconductor research. Nonlinear Spatio-Temporal Dynamics and Chaos in Semiconductors deals with complex nonlinear dynamics, pattern formation, and chaotic behaviour in such systems. In doing so it bridges the gap between two well-established fields: the theory of dynamic systems, and nonlinear charge transport in semiconductors. This unified approach is used to consider important electronic transport instabilities. The initial chapters lay a general framework for the theoretical description of nonlinear self-organized spatio-temporal patterns, like current filaments, field domains, fronts, and analysis of their stability. Later chapters consider important model systems in detail: impact ionization induced impurity breakdown, Hall instabilities, superlattices, and low-dimensional structures. State-of-the-art results include chaos control, spatio-temporal chaos, multistability, pattern selection, activator-inhibitor kinetics, and global coupling, linking fundamental issues to electronic device applications. This book will be of great value to semiconductor physicists and nonlinear scientists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17893/cover/9780521017893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaos in Atomic Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bl&#252;mel, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reinhardt, W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the manifestations of chaos in atoms and molecules. The study of chaos is today one of the most active and prolific areas in atomic physics. This is the first attempt to provide a coherent introduction to this fascinating area. In line with its scope, the book is divided into two parts. The first part (chapters 1-5) deals with the theory and principles of classical chaos. The ideas developed here are then applied to actual atomic and molecular physics systems in the second part of the book (chapters 6-10) covering microwave driven surface state electrons, the hydrogen atom in a strong microwave field, the kicked hydrogen atom, chaotic scattering with CsI molecules and the helium atom. The book contains many diagrams and a detailed references list.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17909/cover/9780521017909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Laser-Atom Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suter, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a thorough introduction to the interaction of atoms and atomic ions with optical and magnetic fields. Particular emphasis is placed on the wealth of important multilevel effects, where atomic vapours exhibit anisotropic behaviour. As well as covering the classic two-level atom approach to light-atom interactions, a general multi-level formalism is also described in detail, and used to discuss optical pumping, two-dimensional spectroscopy and nonlinear optical dynamics. The final chapter deals with the mechanical effects of light, including the cooling and trapping of atoms. With full theoretical and experimental coverage, and over 250 illustrations, the book will be of great interest to graduate students of laser spectroscopy, quantum electronics and quantum optics, and to researchers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17916/cover/9780521017916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems Approach to Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohr, Tomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jensen, Mogens H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paladin, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vulpiani, Angelo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book treats turbulence from the point of view of dynamical systems. The exposition centres around a number of important simplified models for turbulent behaviour in systems ranging from fluid motion (classical turbulence) to chemical reactions and interfaces in disordered systems. In recent decades, turbulence has evolved into a very active field of theoretical physics. The origin of this development is the approach to turbulence from the point of view of deterministic dynamical systems, and in this book it is shown how concepts developed for low dimensional chaotic systems can be applied to turbulent states. Thus, the modern theory of fractals and multifractals now plays a major role in turbulence research, and turbulent states are being studied as important dynamical states of matter occurring also in systems outside the realm of hydrodynamics, i.e. chemical reactions or front propagation. The presentation relies heavily on simplified models of turbulent behaviour, notably shell models, coupled map lattices, amplitude equations and interface models, and the focus is primarily on fundamental concepts such as the differences between large and small systems, the nature of correlations and the origin of fractals and of scaling behaviour. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers interested in turbulence, from physics and applied mathematics backgrounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17947/cover/9780521017947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflection Electron Microscopy and Spectroscopy for Surface Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Zhong Lin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the theories, techniques and applications of reflection electron microscopy (REM), reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) and reflection electron energy-loss spectroscopy (REELS) are comprehensively reviewed for the first time. The book is divided into three parts: diffraction, imaging and spectroscopy. The text is written to combine basic techniques with special applications, theories with experiments, and the basic physics with materials science, so that a full picture of RHEED and REM emerges. An entirely self-contained study, the book contains much invaluable reference material, including FORTRAN source codes for calculating crystal structures data and electron energy loss spectra in different scattering geometries. This and many other features make the book an important and timely addition to the materials science literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17954/cover/9780521017954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Delta-doping of Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schubert, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to give a comprehensive review of the theory, fabrication, characterisation, and device applications of abrupt, shallow, and narrow doping profiles in semiconductors. Such doping profiles are a key element in the development of modern semiconductor technology. After an introductory chapter setting out the basic theoretical and experimental concepts involved, the fabrication of abrupt and narrow doping profiles by several different techniques, including epitaxial growth, is discussed. The techniques for characterising doping distributions are then presented, followed by several chapters devoted to the inherent physical properties of narrow doping profiles. The latter part of the book deals with specific devices. The book will be of great interest to graduate students, researchers and engineers in the fields of semiconductor physics and microelectronic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17961/cover/9780521017961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521017971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521017971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Influences on Vocal Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowdon, Charles T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hausberger, Martine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For at least 30 years, there have been close parallels between studies of birdsong development and those of the development of human language. Both song and language require species-specific stimulation at a sensitive period in development and subsequent practice through subsong and plastic song in birds and babbling in infant humans leading to the development of characteristic vocalisations for each species. This book illustrates how social interactions during development can shape vocal learning and extend the sensitive period beyond infancy and how social companions can induce flexibility even into adulthood. Social companions in a wide range of species including birds and humans but also cetaceans and nonhuman primates play important roles in shaping vocal production as well as the comprehension and appropriate usage of vocal communication. This book will be required reading for students and researchers interested in animal and human communication and its development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17978/cover/9780521017978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101798X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101798X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521017985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Models for Elastic Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521017985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villaggio, Piero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elastic structures, conceived as slender bodies able to transmit loads, have been studied by scientists and engineers for centuries. By the seventeenth century several useful theories of elastic structures had emerged, with applications to civil and mechanical engineering problems. In recent years improved mathematical tools have extended applications into new areas such as geomechanics and biomechanics. This book offers a critically filtered collection of the most significant theories dealing with elastic slender bodies. It includes mathematical models involving elastic structures, which are used to solve practical problems with particular emphasis on nonlinear problems. This collection of interesting and important problems in elastic structures will appeal to a broad range of scientists, engineers and graduate students working in the area of structural mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17985/cover/9780521017985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plasma Processes for Semiconductor Fabrication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hitchon, W. N. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plasma processing is a central technique in the fabrication of semiconductor devices. This self-contained book provides an up-to-date description of plasma etching and deposition in semiconductor fabrication. It presents the basic physics and chemistry of these processes, and shows how they can be accurately modelled. The author begins with an overview of plasma reactors, and discusses the various models for understanding plasma processes. He then covers plasma chemistry, and describes in detail the modelling of complex plasma systems, with reference to experimental results. The book closes with a useful glossary of technical terms. No prior knowledge of plasma physics is assumed in the book. It contains many exercises and will serve as an ideal introduction to plasma processing and technology for graduate students of electrical engineering and materials science. It will also be a useful reference for practising engineers in the semiconductor industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18005/cover/9780521018005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal-Field Engineering of Solid-State Laser Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henderson, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartram, Ralph H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the underlying science and design of laser materials. It emphasizes the principles of crystal-field engineering and discusses the basic physical concepts that determine laser gain and nonlinear frequency conversion in optical crystals. A concise review of the essential underlying science is presented, and the predictive capabilities of crystal-field engineering are developed to show how modification of the symmetry and composition of optical centres can improve laser performance. Applications of the principles of crystal-field engineering to a variety of optical crystals are also discussed in relation to the performances of laser devices. This book will be of considerable interest to physical, chemical and material scientists and to engineers involved in the science and technology of solid state lasers. It will be used by senior undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as by established scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18012/cover/9780521018012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Climate Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Brian C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKellar, F. Landis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Population and Climate Change provides the first systematic in-depth treatment of links between two major themes of the twenty-first century: population growth and associated demographic trends such as aging, and climate change. It is written by a multidisciplinary team of authors from the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, who integrate both natural science and social science perspectives in a way that is readable by members of both communities. The book will be of primary interest to researchers in the fields of climate change, demography, and economics. It will also be useful to policy-makers and NGOs dealing with issues of population dynamics and climate change, and to teachers and students on courses such as environmental studies, demography, climatology, economics, earth systems science, and international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18029/cover/9780521018029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101803X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101803X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuronal Mechanisms of Memory Formation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Concepts of Long-term Potentiation and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#246;lscher, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long-term potentiation (LTP) is by far the most dominant model for neuronal changes that might encode memory. LTP is an elegant concept that meets many criteria set up by theoreticians long before the model's discovery, and it also fits anatomical data of learning-dependent synapse changes. Since the discovery of LTP, the question has remained about how closely LTP produced in vitro by artificial stimulation of neurons actually models putative learning-induced synaptic changes. A number of recent investigations have tried to correlate synaptic changes observed after learning with changes produced by artificial stimulation of neurons. These studies have failed to find a correlation between the two forms of synaptic plasticity. In this book, an international group of neurobiologists and psychologists discuss their latest ideas and data. The results of experiments using electrophysiological techniques in vitro are discussed and compared with the results of in vivo experiments.  Learning experiments are also discussed. Theoretical models such as the Hebb theory of synaptic changes during learning are compared to different models that do not predict upregulation of synaptic transmission. A wide approach is taken, and research and models in different brain areas such as the neocortex and the basal brain are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18036/cover/9780521018036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alloimmune Disorders of Pregnancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anaemia, Thrombocytopenia and Neutropenia in the Fetus and Newborn</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadley, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soothill, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Collectively known as the alloimmune cytopenias, hemolytic disease of the fetus and newborn, alloimmune thrombocytopenia and alloimmune neutropenia are all consequences of maternal immunisation to fetal blood cells. The effective prevention, diagnosis and management of these disorders has become a team effort involving haematologists, obstetricians, paediatricians, immunologists, laboratory technicians, midwives and research scientists. This book has been written by experts in their respective fields to bring together the issues of pathogenesis, epidemiology, prevention, diagnosis and clinical management. This comprehensive but accessible account is extensively cross-referenced to emphasise the links between pathogenesis and clinical sequelae, between epidemiology and the rationale for screening programmes, and between diagnosis and therapeutic intervention. This is an authoritative overview suitable for trainees in obstetrics, materno-fetal medicine, transfusion medicine and clinical immunology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18043/cover/9780521018043.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational Solitons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Belinski, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verdaguer, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a self-contained exposition of the theory of gravitational solitons and provides a comprehensive review of exact soliton solutions to Einstein's equations. The text begins with a detailed discussion of the extension of the Inverse Scattering Method to the theory of gravitation, starting with pure gravity and then extending it to the coupling of gravity with the electromagnetic field. There follows a systematic review of the gravitational soliton solutions based on their symmetries. These solutions include some of the most interesting in gravitational physics such as those describing inhomogeneous cosmological models, cylindrical waves, the collision of exact gravity waves, and the Schwarzschild and Kerr black holes. A valuable reference for researchers and graduate students in the fields of general relativity, string theory and cosmology, this book will also be of interest to mathematical physicists in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/05865/cover/9780521805865.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cerebellum and Adaptive Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barlow, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How the cerebellum accomplishes its highly complex feats of coordination has been the subject of much inquiry; one of the pre-eminent theories places adaptive control at the forefront. This book reinforces the view that the cerebellum functions as an adaptive control system; that is, it automatically adjusts its output as needed for such eventualities as temporary or lasting weakness of muscle. It is the first text to synthesize the substantial body of literature on the subject, combining the neuroscience of the cerebellum with the science of control theory common to electrical and computer engineers. Organized in four parts, the book examines cerebellar anatomy and physiology; cerebellar function; models and theories; and ends with a summary and conclusions. The author's clinical perspective offers a broader view of cerebellar function beyond the basic neuroscience. An appendix demonstrates evidence supporting the adaptive control model from a detailed comparison of the cerebellum with an adaptive signal processor of the author's design and construction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18074/cover/9780521018074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>M&#246;ssbauer Spectroscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickson, Dominic P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, Frank J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an assessment of the unique contribution M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy can make to the study of the bonding, structural, magnetic, dynamical and time-dependent properties of various systems. It comprises an edited collection of chapters by an international body of distinguished scientists writing on their individual areas of specialisation. The editors and authors aim to give the reader an in-depth understanding of the technique of M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy in terms of the types of information it can provide, together with an appreciation of how this information can be related to that obtained from complementary techniques. This book will be of value to postgraduate students and research workers with no previous knowledge of the technique, but also to those experienced in the use of M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy in a particular area wishing to gain either a wider overview of the technique or information about its use in another area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18104/cover/9780521018104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Magnetic Resonance and Relaxation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowan, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the general principles of nuclear magnetic resonance and relaxation, concentrating on simple models and their application. The concepts of relaxation and the time domain are particularly emphasised. Some relatively advanced topics are treated, but the approach is graduated and all points of potential difficulty are carefully explained. An introductory classical discussion of relaxation is followed by a quantum-mechanical treatment. Only when the the principles of relaxation are firmly established is the density operator approach introduced; and then its power becomes apparent. A selection of case studies is considered in depth, providing applications of the ideas developed in the text. There are a number of appendices, including one on random functions. This treatment of one of the most important experimental techniques in modern science will be of great value to final-year undergraduates, graduate students and researchers using nuclear magnetic resonance, particularly physicists, and especially those involved in the study of condensed matter physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18111/cover/9780521018111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Skua and Penguin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Predator and Prey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Euan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Areas of barren rock and scree around the edge of Antarctica provide a breeding ground for two of the continent's most well-known species of bird: the south polar skua and the Ad&#233;lie penguin. This book considers the relationship between these two species, taking as its study site Ross Island. Through detailed observations of the foraging ecology of the skua, the traditional view that skuas are totally dependent on penguin eggs and chicks for food is challenged. In addition, studies of the impact of skuas on penguin breeding and the extent to which the skua breeding cycle is functionally related to that of the penguin provide further evidence to suggest that the two species occur together independently as a consequence of limited breeding space, rather than as a result of a distinct predator-prey relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18135/cover/9780521018135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantized Vortices in Helium II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donnelly, Russell J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the properties of quantized vortex lines in superfluid helium-4 in the light of research on vortices in modern fluid mechanics, and gives the first comprehensive treatment of the problem. The author begins with a review of the knowledge of classical fluid dynamics which is relevant to the main topics of the book. This is followed by a presentation of basic material on helium II and quantized vortices. The following chapters deal with various different aspects of the subject, and the book concludes with substantial introductions to two currently active topics, namely superfluid turbulence and the nucleation of quantized vortices. Both quantum tunnelling and thermal activation nucleation processes are also discussed, including the Kosterlitz-Thouless transition in thin films. The author's comprehensive approach will make this book invaluable for students taking advanced undergraduate or graduate courses, and for all those involved in research on classical and quantum vortices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18142/cover/9780521018142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adhesives in Civil Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mays, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a complete and clear introduction to the use of adhesives to form load-bearing joints in bridges, civil engineering and building structures. Recent advances in adhesive technology have led to a rapid growth in the use of adhesives and in many cases, the use of adhesives can prove more convenient, less expensive, stronger, and more durable than traditional methods of joining. The first part of this book addresses the crucial factors involved in the formation of a successful adhesive joint, including adhesive selection, surface preparation, joint design, fabrication and protection from the environment. The second part of the book describes the growing uses of adhesives to repair and strengthen existing structures, in addition to describing their use in new constructions and applications which are now being developed for the future. The connections between the two parts of the book are brought out wherever possible so that the links between theory and practice are emphasized. The book gives the reader all the information required to fully exploit the economic and technical advantages of adhesives over conventional methods. Professional civil and structural engineers in higher education and industry will find this book invaluable as will graduate students of construction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18159/cover/9780521018159.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bending and Stretching of Plates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfield, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Bending and Stretching of Plates is written by one of the world's leading authorities on plate-behaviour. Although the mathematical content is necessarily high, the aim is to give a clear physical insight into elastic plate behaviour; the style is thus appropriate to engineers and applied mathematicians. Small-deflexion theory is treated in Part 1, with a discussion of basic equations (including thermal effects and multi-layered anisotropic plates, rectangular plates, circular and other shaped plates, plates whose boundaries are amenable to conformal transformation, plates with variable thickness, and approximate methods). Large-deflexion theory is treated in Part 2 in chapters dealing with basic equations and exact solutions, approximate methods (including post-buckling behaviour), and asymptotic theories for very thin plates (including tension field theory and inextensional theory).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18166/cover/9780521018166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101817X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101817X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Millikelvin Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betts, David S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a concise introduction to the experimental technicalities of low and ultralow temperature physics research. The author has made extensive use of diagrams as aids to understanding, and refers the reader to the professional literature at appropriate points in the text. The book begins with an introduction to the thermodynamic principles of refrigeration and thermometry. It covers the properties of fluid 3He/3He mixtures and the most important practical means of achieving low temperatures, including dilution and Pomeranchuk refrigeration and adiabatic nuclear demagnetisation. The basic introduction to the subject will be of value to postgraduate students beginning research in low temperature physics, and to seasoned researchers moving into the field. It could also be used by advanced undergraduates taking low temperature physics courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18173/cover/9780521018173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystals in Gels and Liesegang Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henisch, Heinz K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Providing the first comprehensive overview of the method of crystal growth in gels, Professor Henisch reviews the field, covering the underlying physics as well as the empirical experience of growth techniques accumulated over the past century. In addition, the book discusses the phenomenon of periodic precipitation, which often governs the distribution of crystal in laboratory growth systems. For the first time, computer techniques are brought to bear on the subject, the diffusion equations being solved numerically, in association with the conditions governing precipitations and crystal growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18180/cover/9780521018180.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Origins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Darwin College Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fabian, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We all have a natural interest in our own origins and, by extension, the origins of the world in which we live. In this volume, the first in The Darwin College Lectures Series, a distinguished team of international authorities reports on the latest research on the origins of the most fundamental features of our world. Martin Rees begins the book with a bang, the Big Bang that was the probable start of our expanding universe. The contributors then focus on the origins of the solar system, material complexity and the human species. The volume ends with essays by John Maynard Smith on social behaviour, Ernest Gellner on society and John Lyons on language. The book derives from a highly successful series of lively public lectures which have since been revised and illustrated for publication under the editorship of Professor A. C. Fabian of the Institute of Astronomy, University of Cambridge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18197/cover/9780521018197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101820X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101820X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on the Implications of Human Ethology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology and Freedom is an essay on human nature: an attempt to make a just assessment of a species often presented as predominantly and unavoidably violent, grasping, selfish and stupid. Likening human beings to animals is a traditional method of influencing attitudes on morals and politics. But in this book Professor Barnett shows that modern ethology, experimental psychology, genetics and evolutionary theory give the now fashionable misanthropy no authentic support. In doing so he asks whether the theory of evolution has any bearing on Machiavellianism in politics or the concept of original sin; and whether laboratory experiments on the effects of reward and punishment tell us anything about the enigma of free will. Combining the findings of up-to-date biology with logic and humour, Professor Barnett gives a lucid alternative portrait of humanity in which he stresses the questions that the complexities of human existence will raise long after current myths have faded. This book is for all interested about human nature and the future of human society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18203/cover/9780521018203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seismic Ray Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cerveny, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seismic Ray Theory presents the most comprehensive treatment of the seismic ray method available. This method plays an important role in seismology, seismic exploration, and in the interpretation of seismic measurements. Many new concepts which extend the possibilities and increase the efficiency of the seismic ray method are included. The book has a tutorial character: derivations start with a relatively simple problem, in which the main ideas are easier to explain, and then advance to more complex problems. Most of the derived equations in the book are expressed in algorithmic form and may be used directly for computer programming. This book will prove to be an invaluable advanced textbook and reference volume in all academic institutions in which seismology is taught or researched. It will also be an invaluable resource in the research and exploration departments of the petroleum industry and in geological surveys.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18227/cover/9780521018227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaos, Scattering and Statistical Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaspard, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes recent advances in the application of chaos theory to classical scattering and nonequilibrium statistical mechanics generally, and to transport by deterministic diffusion in particular. The author presents the basic tools of dynamical systems theory, such as dynamical instability, topological analysis, periodic-orbit methods, Liouvillian dynamics, dynamical randomness and large-deviation formalism. These tools are applied to chaotic scattering and to transport in systems near equilibrium and maintained out of equilibrium. Chaotic Scattering is illustrated with disk scatterers and with examples of unimolecular chemical reactions and then generalized to transport in spatially extended systems. This book will be bought by researchers  interested in chaos, dynamical systems, chaotic scattering, and statistical mechanics in theoretical, computational and mathematical physics and also in theoretical chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18258/cover/9780521018258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Egalitarians - Human and Chimpanzee</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological View of Social Organization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Power, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative book challenges the perceived view, based largely on long observation of artificially-fed chimpanzees in Gombe and Mahale National Parks, Tanzania, of the typical social behaviour of chimpanzees as aggressive, dominance seeking, and fiercely territorial. In polar opposition, all reports from naturalistic (non-feeding) field studies are of non-aggressive chimpanzees living peacefully in non-hierarchical groups, on home ranges open to all. These reports have been ignored and downgraded by most of the scientific community. By utilising the data from these studies the author is able to construct a model of an egalitarian form of social organisation, based on a fluid role relationship of mutual dependence between many charismatic chimpanzees of both sexes and other more dependent members. This highly and necessarily positive mutual dependence system is characteristic of both (undisturbed) chimpanzees and (undisturbed) humans who live by the 'immediate-return' foraging system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18265/cover/9780521018265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Whistler-mode Waves in a Hot Plasma</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sazhin, Sergei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book provides an extensive theoretical treatment of whistler-mode propagation, instabilities and damping in a collisionless plasma. This book fills a gap between oversimplified analytical studies of these waves, based on the cold plasma approximation, and studies based on numerical methods. Although the book is primarily addressed to space plasma physicists and radio physicists, it will also prove useful to laboratory plasma physicists. Mathematical methods described in the book can be applied in a straightforward way to the analysis of other types of plasma waves. Problems included in this book, along with their solutions, allow it to be used as a textbook for postgraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18272/cover/9780521018272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Measurement of Starlight</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Two Centuries of Astronomical Photometry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hearnshaw, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Astronomical photometry is the science of measuring the brightness and colours of stars and other celestial objects. It is a technique at the very heart of modern astrophysics. This authoritative volume traces the fascinating historical development of astronomical photometry - from visual techniques at the time of William Herschel in the 1780s, through to the birth of photometry with charge-coupled devices in the 1970s. In this intriguing survey, we see how the advent of new technology has revolutionized the science of photometry at each stage of its development, and what dramatic advances have been achieved, despite several major disasters - especially in the practice of photographic photometry. This book also clearly illustrates the critical relationship between the development of a science and the technology it uses. This volume provides professional astronomers with a valuable guide to the background and development of this fundamental technique. It will also be of great interest to amateur astronomers and historians of the physical sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18289/cover/9780521018289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Programs, Recursion and Unbounded Choice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hesselink, Wim H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a complete account of the predicate transformation calculus semantics of sequential programs, including repetitions, recursive procedures, computational induction and unbounded nondeterminacy. Predicate transformation semantics are the best specification method for the development of correct and well-structured computer programs. The author develops this theory to a greater depth than has been achieved before, and describes it in a way that makes it readily compatible with programming rules for partial and total correctness of repetitions and recursive procedures, supplies new rules for proving incorrectness, and a stronger rule for proving that two programs satisfy the same specifications. Finally, the semantics are extended so that non-terminating programs can be specified as well. This will be essential reading for all computer scientists working in specification and verification of programs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18296/cover/9780521018296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Particle Field Holography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vikram, Chandra S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide a thorough and systematic description of the entire subject of particle field holography. The use of holography to study very small objects in a dynamic volume is a technique of importance for scientists and engineers across a variety of disciplines for obtaining information about the size, shape and velocity of small objects such as dust particles, fuel droplets, raindrops, pollen, bubbles etc. Professor Vikram has made major contributions to the field, and here provides a coherent, comprehensive and self-contained treatment of the theory, practise and applications. The volume is written to satisfy the needs of researchers in the technique, practising engineers dealing with applications, and advanced students in science or engineering departments. All the necessary mathematical formulations, figures and photographs, experimental procedures and results, and literature citations are therefore included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18302/cover/9780521018302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quaternary History of Scandinavia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donner, Joakim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Quaternary period, Scandinavia's mountains were the source for repeated glaciation that covered much of eastern, central and western Europe. With a particular emphasis on the four countries of Denmark, Norway, Sweden and Finland, this text describes how these glaciations, and their intervening warmer stages, affected Scandinavia and its surrounding areas. In particular, this account focuses on the last cold stage, the Weichselian, with its extensive Late Weichselian glaciation and the subsequent deglaciation, and on the last 10,000 years, the Holocene, with its well documented environmental changes. The Quaternary History of Scandinavia provides a cross-frontier synthesis of how the glaciation affected this vast region, and will be invaluable to students and researchers of Quaternary science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18319/cover/9780521018319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impact on Composite Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrate, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Composites are used extensively in engineering applications. A constant concern is the effect of foreign object impacts on composite structures because significant damage can occur and yet be undetectable by visual inspection. Such impacts can range from the most ordinary at low velocity - a tool dropped on a product - to the hypervelocity impact of space debris on a spacecraft. This book explains how damage develops during impact, the effect of impact-induced damage on the mechanical behavior of structures, and methods of damage prediction and detection. Numerous examples are included to illustrate these topics. Written for graduate students, as well as researchers and practising engineers working with composite materials, this book presents state-of-the-art knowledge on impact dynamics while requiring only basic understanding of the mechanics of composite materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18326/cover/9780521018326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101834X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101834X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonequilibrium Statistical Mechanics in One Dimension</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Privman, Vladimir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews one-dimensional reactions, dynamics, diffusion and adsorption. In studies of complex systems in biology, chemistry and physics, understanding can be gained by analytical and numerical analyses of simple models. This book presents review articles at an advanced research level, describing results for one-dimensional models of dynamical processes such as chemical reactions and catalysis, kinetic ising models, phase separation and cluster growth, monolayer and multilayer adsorption with added relaxation, surface and hard-core particle dynamics, diffusional transport, random systems and experimental results. It also covers experimental results for systems ranging from chemical reactions to adsorption and reactions on polymer chains, steps on crystalline surfaces, and DNA. All chapters are written by leading scientists in the field. They present a self-contained review of this subject that will guide a reader from basic concepts, ideas, methods and models to the forefront of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18340/cover/9780521018340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chemotherapeutic Targets in Parasites</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary Strategies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansour, Tag E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansour, Joan MacKinnon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Parasitic infections are the most prevalent of human diseases, and researchers continue to face the challenge of designing drugs to successfully counteract them. Chemotherapeutic Targets in Parasites analyzes the critical metabolic reactions and structural features essential for parasite survival, and advocates the latest molecular strategies with which to identify effective antiparasitic agents. An introduction to the early development of parasite chemotherapy is followed by an overview of biophysical techniques and genomic and proteomic analysis. Several chapters are devoted to specific types of chemotherapeutic agents and their targets in malaria, trypanosomes, leishmania and amitochondrial protists. Chapters on helminths include metabolic, neuromuscular, microtubular and tegumental targets. Emphasized throughout is the design of more selective and less toxic drugs than in the past. This up-to-date book will be especially relevant to medical and clinical researchers and to graduate students in parasitology, pharmacology, medicine, microbiology, and biochemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20659/cover/9780521620659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prospects for Sustainable Energy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Assessment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassedy, Edward S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fossil fuels are a finite resource, and their continued use as the world's dominant energy supply is damaging the environment. Future use of alternative methods of energy supply is inescapable, and this book explores the historical origins, technical features, marketability, and environmental impacts of the complete range of sustainable energy technologies: solar, biomass, wind, hydropower, geothermal power, ocean-energy sources, solar-derived hydrogen fuel, and energy storage. The aim is to inform policy analysts and decision makers of the options available for sustainable energy production. The book is therefore written so as to be accessible to an audience from a broad range of backgrounds and scientific training. It will also be a valuable supplementary text for advanced courses in environmental studies, energy economics and policy, and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18371/cover/9780521018371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Identifying British Insects and Arachnids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Annotated Bibliography of Key Works</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, Peter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until now, individuals wishing to identify British insects have found it difficult to track down the specialist keys published in obscure literature, whereas the popular guides are often misleadingly simplistic, covering only a fraction of the species. This book bridges the gap, providing expert guidance through the taxonomic maze. It contains an introduction to each group of organisms, and over 2000 references selected as being the most useful and up-to-date for accurate identification, together with notes on their relevance and coverage. A further chapter covers the understanding and retrieval of scientific references, with advice on using libraries and other information services. This will be an essential reference book for anyone involved in insect and arachnid identification, from interested amateurs to professionals dealing with unfamiliar groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18388/cover/9780521018388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Ecology of Pollination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Animal Behaviour and Floral Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chittka, Lars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Important breakthroughs have recently been made in our understanding of the cognitive and sensory abilities of pollinators: how pollinators perceive, memorise and react to floral signals and rewards; how they work flowers, move among inflorescences and transport pollen. These new findings have obvious implications for the evolution of floral display and diversity, but most existing publications are scattered across a wide range of journals in very different research traditions. This book brings together for the first time outstanding scholars from many different fields of pollination biology, integrating the work of neuroethologists and evolutionary ecologists to present a multi-disciplinary approach. Aimed at graduates and researchers of behavioural and pollination ecology, plant evolutionary biology and neuroethology, it will also be a useful source of information for anyone interested in a modern view of cognitive and sensory ecology, pollination and floral evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18401/cover/9780521018401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sodium Hunger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for a Salty Taste</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulkin, Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hunger for sodium has been used as a model system in which to study how the brain produces motivated behaviour. In this account of the field Jay Schulkin draws together information across a range of disciplines and topics, ranging from the ecology of salt ingestion to the sodium molecule and the action of various hormones. The phenomenon of sodium hunger was discovered by Curt Richter, the great American psychobiologist, over 50 years ago. Its study has been of interest for some time: to naturalists, psychologists, endocrinologists, physiologists and neuroscientists. This book offers a systematic account of the behaviour of the sodium hungry animal, the endocrine and physiological mechanisms that act to maintain sodium balance and then act on the brain to promote the search for and the ingestion of salt.  Finally, the book provides a description of a neural network that orchestrates the behaviour of salt seeking and salt ingestion. Graduate students and research workers in psychology, physiology and neuroscience will find valuable information in this review.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18425/cover/9780521018425.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valenzuela, Raul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Magnetic Ceramics describes the structure, preparation techniques, magnetic properties and applications of iron-based oxides also known as ferrites; metallic magnetic materials are also covered in depth. The main purpose of the book is to provide an up-to-date overview of the relevant aspects of ferrites, which cover a wide range of magnetic properties and applications such as high-frequency transformer cores, permanent magnet cements, microwave telecommunication devices, magnetic recording media and heads. The approach is that of materials science, characteristically interdisciplinary, where chemical aspects are covered in terms of synthesis/fabrication methods and crystal structures, and physics is introduced to provide a theoretical basis to magnetic properties. A special emphasis is given to the relationship between microstructure and properties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18432/cover/9780521018432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals and Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the History of Comparative Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, Lise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Man's attempts to learn about aspects of the human body and its functions by observation and study of animals are to be found throughout history, especially at times and in cultures where the human body was considered sacrosanct, even after death. This book describes the origins and later development, especially in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, of comparative medicine and its interrelationship with medicine and veterinary medicine and the efforts of its practitioners to understand and control outbreaks of infectious, epidemic diseases in humans and in domestic animals. In the nineteenth century their efforts and increasing professionalism led to the creation of specialised institutes devoted to the study of comparative medicine. This book sheds much new light on the medical and veterinary history of this period and will provide a new perspective on the history of bacteriology. Historians of science will find the book of great value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18449/cover/9780521018449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nets, Terms and Formulas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Views of Concurrent Processes and their Relationship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olderog, E. -R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author presents a theory of concurrent processes where three different semantic description methods that are usually studied in isolation are brought together. Petri nets describe processes as concurrent and interacting machines; algebraic process terms describe processes as abstract concurrent processes; and logical formulas specify the intended communication behaviour of processes. At the heart of this theory are two sets of transformation rules for the top-down design of concurrent processes. The first set can be used to transform stepwise logical formulas into process terms, whilst process terms can be transformed into Petri nets by the second set. These rules are based on novel techniques for the operational and denotational semantics of concurrent processes. Various results and relationships between nets, terms and formulas starting with formulas and illustrated by examples. The use of transformations is demonstrated in a series of case studies, and the author also identifies directions for future research. The book is written for graduate students and researchers in computer science; the author assumes a basic understanding of mathematical terminology, predicate logic and programming, but develops the semantic concepts used in a self-contained manner. The core of the material can be used for a one-semester course on concurrent processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18456/cover/9780521018456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Pneuma, and Tranquillity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epicurean and Stoic Themes in European Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osler, Margaret J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the influence that Epicureanism and Stoicism, two philosophies of nature and human nature articulated during classical times, exerted on the development of European thought to the Enlightenment. Although the influence of these philosophies has often been noted in certain areas, such as the influence of Stoicism on the development of Christian thought and the influence of Epicureanism on modern materialism, the chapters in this volume contribute a new awareness of the degree to which these philosophies and their continued interaction informed European intellectual life well into early modern times. The influence of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophies in the areas of literature, philosophy, theology, and science are considered. Many thinkers continue to perceive these philosophies as significant alternatives for understanding the human and natural worlds. Having become incorporated into the canon of philosophical alternatives, Epicureanism and Stoicism continued to exert identifiable influences on scientific and philosophical thought at least until the middle of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18463/cover/9780521018463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two-Level Functional Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nielson, Flemming</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nielson, Hanne Riis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors describe here a framework in which the type notation of functional languages is extended to include a notation for binding times (that is run-time and compile-time) that distinguishes between them. Consequently the ability to specify code and verify program correctness can be improved. Two developments are needed, the first of which introduces the binding time distinction into the lambda calculus, in a manner analogous with the introduction of types into the untyped lambda calculus. Methods are also presented for introducing combinators for run-time. The second concerns the interpretation of the resulting language, which is known as the mixed lambda-calculus and combinatory logic. The notion of 'parametrized semantics' is used to describe code generation and abstract interpretation. The code generation is for a simple abstract machine designed for the purpose; it is close to the categorical abstract machine. The abstract interpretation focuses on a strictness analysis that generalises Wadler's analysis for lists. It is also shown how the results of abstract interpretation may be used to improve the code generation. The work is both an exposition and synthesis of recent research and as such will be valuable to research workers and graduate students working in formal methods and functional languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18470/cover/9780521018470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theropithecus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of a Primate Genus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jablonski, Nina G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique volume provides a comprehensive and up-to-date examination of all aspects of the biology of the Old World monkey genus, Theropithecus, which evolved alongside our human ancestors. The authors explore the fossil history and evolution of the genus, its biogeography, comparative evolutionary biology and anatomy, and the behaviour and socioecology of the living and extinct representatives of the genus. The parallels between the evolution of Theropithecus and early hominids are discussed. There are also two chapters of particular significance which describe how an innovative and exciting approach to the modelling of the causes of species extinction can be used with great success. This highly multidisciplinary approach provides a rare and insightful account of the evolutionary biology of this fascinating and once highly successful group of primates. Theropithecus will be of interest to researchers in the fields of primatology, anthropology, palaeontology, and mammalian behaviour, physiology and anatomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18494/cover/9780521018494.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biochemistry and Physiology of the Neutrophil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Steven W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the role of the neutrophil in infection and inflammation and provides an up-to-date review of the biochemistry and physiology of these cells, highlighting the mechanisms by which they seek out and destroy pathogenic micro-organisms. The development of these cells during haematopoiesis is described and the mechanisms which lead to the production of reactive oxidants and the intracellular signal transduction systems which lead to the cell's activation are reviewed. The book also discusses recent discoveries concerning the role of cytokines in the regulation of neutrophil function together with the importance of the neutrophil as a generator of inflammatory cytokines. Finally there is a description of the biochemical defects that give rise to some of the neutrophil-associated human diseases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18500/cover/9780521018500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101851X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101851X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design Issues in Optical Processing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, John N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern optical techniques have a huge range of potential applications in signal processing and in the interconnection of digital computing systems. This book provides a detailed review of the key issues which must be addressed in the design, evaluation and implementation of practical systems for signal processing and optical interconnection. Considerations such as the computer modelling of optical design limitations, the size and noise characteristics of optical modulators, and the relative merits of free-space and guided-wave optical technology in different processing systems, are all discussed in detail. The book will be of great interest to optical researchers and designers, and to anyone wishing to learn about the basic techniques of optical processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18517/cover/9780521018517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Energetics in Biological Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many aspects of human activity involve energy transfer of some type. Human Energetics in Biological Anthropology considers various ways in which measurements of energy intake, expenditure and balance have been used to study human populations by biological anthropologists and human biologists. Central to this approach is the concept of adaptation and adaptability, placed in an ecological context by considering such processes in traditional subsistence economies in the developing world. This is the first volume presenting such an integrated approach, and will be useful in the teaching of biological anthropology, human population biology, nutritional anthropology, and third world nutrition at senior undergraduate and graduate student level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32955/cover/9780521432955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insect Migration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tracking Resources through Space and Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drake, V. Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gatehouse, A. Gavin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Migration is a key process in the population dynamics of many insects, including some of the most damaging pests. Multidisciplinary research into the importance of migration, in recent decades, has produced many new insights. This book reviews current understanding of the ecological, behavioural, physiological and genetic bases of insect migration. The first part describes migration systems in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and America, with an emphasis on the role of regional weather and climate. The second part considers insects adaptation to migration; it covers: aerodynamics and energetics; the integration of migration in insect life cycles; environmental and genetic regulation of migratory potential; and the evolutionary implications of habitat heterogeneity and variability. The book then addresses the application of this knowledge to operational pest forecasting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40004/cover/9780521440004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuronal Growth Cones</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon-Weeks, Phillip R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'I had the good fortune to behold for the first time that fantastic ending of the growing axon. In my sections of the spinal cord of the three day chick embryo, this ending appeared as a concentration of protoplasm of conical form, endowed with amoeboid movements. It could be compared with a living battering ram, soft and flexible, which advances, pushing aside mechanically the obstacles which it finds in its path, until it reaches the region of its peripheral termination. This curious terminal club, I christened the growth cone.' (Santiago Ram&#243;n y Cajal, Recollections of My Life, 1937). In Neuronal Growth Cones, Phillip Gordon-Weeks presents the molecular biology of the behavior of growth cones. The book covers the basic morphology and behavior of growth cones, motility and neurite extension via the growth cone cytoskeleton, pathfinding, intracellular signalling, and synaptogenesis. It is the first detailed, critical analysis of all aspects of growth cone biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18548/cover/9780521018548.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018560</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Parallel Programming</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skillicorn, D. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The major reason for the lack of use of parallel computing is the mismatch between the complexity and variety of parallel hardware, and the software development tools to program it. The cost of developing software needs to be amortised over decades, but the platforms on which it executes change every few years, requiring complete rewrites. The evident cost-effectiveness of parallel computation has not been realized because of this mismatch. This book presents an integrated approach to parallel software development by addressing both software and performance issues together. It presents a methodology for software construction that produces architecture-independent and intellectually abstract software. The software can execute efficiently on a range of existing and potential hardware configurations. The approach is based on the construction of categorical data types, a generalization of abstract data types, and of objects. Categorical data types abstract both from the representation of a data type, and also from the detailed control flow necessary to perform operations on it. They thus impose a strong separation between the semantics, on which programs can depend, and the implementation, which is therefore free to hide the parallel machine properties that are used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18562/cover/9780521018562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and Chemistry at Oxide Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noguera, Claudine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book summarises the present state of knowledge on the microscopic behaviour of oxide surfaces. The first chapter of the book summarises classical approaches, introduces the concept of ionicity, and describes the mixed iono-covalent character of the oxygen cation bond in bulk materials. The next three chapters focus on the characteristics of the atomic structure (relaxation, rumpling and reconstruction effects), the electronic structure (band width, gap width, etc.) and the excitations of clean surfaces. Metal-oxide interfaces are considered in the fourth chapter with special emphasis on the microscopic interfacial interactions responsible for adhesion. The last chapter develops the concepts underlying acid-base reactions on oxide surfaces, which are used in catalysis, in adhesion science, and in colloid physics, and discusses their applicability to the adsorption of hydroxyl groups. A comprehensive list of references is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18579/cover/9780521018579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Astronomical Polarimetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tinbergen, Jaap</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Radiation from astronomical objects generally shows some degree of polarization. Although this polarized radiation is usually only a small fraction of the total radiation, it often carries a wealth of information on the physical state and geometry of the emitting object and intervening material. Measurement of this polarized radiation is central to much modern astrophysical research. This handy volume provides a clear, comprehensive and concise introduction to astronomical polarimetry at all wavelengths. Starting from first principles and a simple physical picture of polarized radiation, the reader is introduced to all the key topics, including Stokes parameters, applications of polarimetry in astronomy, polarization algebra, polarization errors and calibration methods, and a selection of instruments (from radio to X-ray). The book is rounded off with a number of useful case studies, a collection of exercises, an extensive list of further reading and an informative index. This review of all aspects of astronomical polarization provides both an essential introduction for graduate students, and a valuable reference for practising astronomers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18586/cover/9780521018586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electron Correlation Dynamics in Atomic Collisions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate/research level text introduces the theory of multi-electron transitions in atomic, molecular and optical physics, emphasising the emerging topic of dynamic electron correlation. The book begins with an overview of simple binomial probabilities, classical scattering theory, quantum scattering and correlation, followed by the theory of single electron transition probabilities. Multiple electron transition probabilities are then treated in detail. Various approaches to multiple electron transitions are covered including the independent electron approximation, useful statistical methods and perturbation expansions treating correlation in both weak and strong limits. The important topic of the dynamics of electron correlation is a central theme in this book. The text contains a comprehensive summary of data for few and many-electron transitions in atoms and molecules, including transitions on different atomic centres, fast ion-atom and electron-atom interactions, and recent observations using synchrotron radiation. Emphasis is given to methods that may be used by non-specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18593/cover/9780521018593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018609</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Aspects of Smooth Muscle Function</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kao, C. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carsten, Mary E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Smooth muscles line many internal organs and, in general, are involved in moving fluids and slurry around the body. They are controlled by the action of hormones, by nervous stimulation, and can be influenced by drugs. This book provides an up-to-date review of our understanding of smooth muscle and integrates molecular, cellular and physiological information with tissue and anatomical studies. Well-known researchers have written chapters giving detailed reviews of our current knowledge of the biochemistry, pharmacology, physiology and anatomy of smooth muscle. In particular, they cover the seven most important areas of smooth muscle function including morphology, electrophysiology, mechanisms of electromechanical and pharmacomechanical coupling, calcium homeostasis, signal transduction, mechanics of contraction, and the contractile proteins. All those interested in muscular contraction will find this book worthwhile, whether they are biochemists, physiologists, or cell biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18609/cover/9780521018609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Carbon Cycle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigley, T. M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schimel, D. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reducing carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions is imperative to stabilizing our future climate. Our ability to reduce these emissions combined with an understanding of how much fossil-fuel-derived CO2 the oceans and plants can absorb is central to mitigating climate change. In The Carbon Cycle, leading scientists examine how atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations have changed in the past and how this may affect the concentrations in the future. They look at the carbon budget and the 'missing sink' for carbon dioxide. They offer approaches to modeling the carbon cycle, providing mathematical tools for predicting future levels of carbon dioxide. This comprehensive text incorporates findings from the recent IPCC reports. New insights, and a convergence of ideas and views across several disciplines make this book an important contribution to the global change literature. It will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers working in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18623/cover/9780521018623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Primate Dentition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Teeth of Non-human Primates</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swindler, Daris R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Primate dentitions vary widely both between genera and between species within a genus. This book is a comparative dental anatomy of the teeth of living non-human primates that brings together information from many disciplines to present the most useful and comprehensive database possible in one consolidated text. The core of the book consists of comparative morphological and metrical descriptions with analyses, reference tables and illustrations of the permanent dentitions of 85 living primate species to establish a baseline for future investigations. The book also includes information on dental microstructure and its importance in understanding taxonomic relationships between species, data on deciduous dentitions, prenatal dental development and ontogenetic processes, and material to aid age estimation and life history studies. Primate Dentition will be an important reference work for researchers in primatology, dental and physical anthropology, comparative anatomy and dentistry as well as vertebrate paleontology and veterinary science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/52896/cover/9780521652896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101865X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101865X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African Mole-Rats</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Eusociality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Nigel C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faulkes, Chris G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvis, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African mole-rats are a unique taxon of subterranean rodents that range in sociality from solitary-dwelling species through to two 'eusocial' species, the Damaraland Mole-Rat and the Naked Mole-Rat. The Naked Mole-Rat is arguably the closest that a mammal comes to behaving like social insects such as bees and termites, with large colonies and a behavioural and reproductive division of labour. As a family, the Bathyergidae represent a model system with which to study the evolution and maintenance of highly social cooperative breeding strategies. Here, Nigel Bennett and Chris Faulkes provide a synthesis of the current knowledge of bathyergid systematics, ecology, reproductive biology, behaviour and genetics. With this, they explore the role of these factors in the evolution of sociality in the Bathyergidae in the context of both vertebrates and invertebrates. This will be an important new resource for anyone interested in the evolution of sociality, and in mole-rats in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18654/cover/9780521018654.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insect Pest Management and Ecological Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walter, G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Insect Pest Management and Ecological Research explores the ecological research required for development of strategies to manage pest insects, with particular emphasis on the scientific principles involved in the design and conduct of pest-related research. Although the connection between Integrated Pest Management (IPM) and ecology has been long appreciated, their specific relationship to one another has remained vague until now. Here, Gimme Walter develops the first general model of the entomological research requirements of IPM. He shows how to navigate through the diversity of options presented by current ecological theory, emphasising pest situations. Besides theory and principle, the book includes practical advice on understanding and investigating species, examines the ecological problems associated with polyphagous pests and beneficial species, and scrutinises ways suggested to improve insect biological control. As such, it will be an important resource for graduate students and researchers, in IPM, insect pest management, entomology, ecology and crop protection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18661/cover/9780521018661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grip of Gravity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Quest to Understand the Laws of Motion and Gravitation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gondhalekar, Prabhakar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gravity is the most enigmatic of all known forces of nature. It controls everything, from ocean tides to the expansion of the Universe. The search for the laws of motion and gravitation started over two thousand years ago. The reader is taken on an exciting journey through the subsequent centuries, identifying the blind alleys, the profound insights and flashes of inspiration that have punctuated this search. Despite the fantastic progress that has been made, the true nature of gravity is still a mystery and this book attempts to show how the current developments in string theory(s) (perhaps the 'Theory of Everything') may lead to a new and radical interpretation of gravity. This book describes the fundamental concepts, developments and experiments, both performed and planned, to increase our understanding of gravity and the natural phenomena in which gravity is the principal player.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18678/cover/9780521018678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Johannine Christology and the Early Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, T. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Pollard attempts to show how the early Church interpreted the Gospel of John and its witness to the person of Christ. The two paradoxes implicit in John's theology - the distinction between the Father and the Son in the unity of the Godhead, and the divinity and humanity of Jesus Christ - were developed in varying ways and the resultant heresies arose from attempts to deny one element or the other in each paradox. In their refutation of the heresies, on the other hand, the Fathers struggled to keep both elements of the paradoxes in equipoise. The different traditions came into conflict in the controversy which raged around the figure of Arius and his supporters in the fourth century, of which the climax came in the debate about the views of Marcellus of Ancyra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18685/cover/9780521018685.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gentiles and the Gentile Mission in Luke-Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Stephen G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A theological and historical study of the Gentiles and the Gentile missions in Luke and Acts. Dr Wilson examines Jesus' attitude to Gentiles and concludes that not only did he fail to anticipate a historical Gentile mission, but that his eschatological expectations logically disallowed it. Luke's views are then set against the tradition on the subject from Jesus up to and including Mark, and his theology is compared in detail with that of Paul. Dr Wilson goes on to consider the historical reliability of Acts and finds that most earlier assessments have been marred by oversimplification; Luke, he concludes, does intend to write good history but for a variety of reasons is not always successful. There has in recent years been a growing interest in the theology of Luke and this is a substantial addition to the literature on the subject. It will be of interest to all theologians and New Testament scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18692/cover/9780521018692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soma in Biblical Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Emphasis on Pauline Anthropology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gundry, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This addition to the well-known series of theological monographs deals with the use of the Greek work traditionally translated 'body' but recently as 'person', especially in certain parts of the writings of Paul. Theologians have argued that the translation as 'person' defines man as an indivisible whole and as a complex of relationships rather than an organization of substances. Against the trends of modern biblical theology, Dr Gundry seeks to show that soma always refers to the individual physical body and that it should be defined in substantive categories. Consequently, the theological importance of the body as individual physical substance is insured for life in this world and in the next. Neither antagonism between body and spirit nor the possible independence of full personhood from physical existence characterizes biblical anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18708/cover/9780521018708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Melchizedek Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Examination of the Sources to the Fifth Century A.D. and in the Epistle to the Hebrews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton Jr., Fred L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph seeks to answer the question why Melchizedek, who is a minor figure in the Old Testament, is selected by the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews to represent the priesthood of Christ. In the course of his study, Professor Horton surveys the traditions about Melchizedek from the Old Testment period, in Philo, Josephus and Qumran, to the later sources in Rabbinical and patristic writings and the Gnosticism. The book concludes with a critical examination of the claims made for the dependence of Hebrews on the Qumran figure and tradition. The author finally rejects this interpretation in favour of a source and background for Hebrews in an independent and largely original interpretation of the Old Testament passages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18715/cover/9780521018715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Independence of Matthew and Mark</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rist, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has for long been generally assumed that the relationship between our canonical texts of the Gospels of Mark and Matthew is to be explained in terms of direct literary dependence, either of Matthew on Mark, or of Mark on Matthew. Professor Rist questions this assumption vigourously, and argues that it leads to contradictory and paradoxical conclusions. He replaces the theory of literary dependence with the thesis that Matthew and Mark grew up independently on the basis of a common oral tradition, and supports his view by detailed examination of a large number of parallel passages. The clarity and cogency of the author's argument is in the best tradition of this important series of monographs. In the context of the current resurgence of interest in the Synoptic problem, it will be welcomed by all concerned with the study of the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18722/cover/9780521018722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Son of Man in the Teaching of Jesus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgins, A. J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph develops the view that the Synoptic Gospels suggest that Jesus expected vindication of his earthly mission after his death by receiving a status of exaltation in the presence of God. This would involve the exercise of the functions of judging and ruling associated with the Jewish concept of the Son of man. A variety of alternative explanations has been offered concerning the origin and meaning of this title as it appears in the Gospels. The earlier part of this book examines the most important of these against their Jewish background. The second part examines in detail the most important Son of man sayings attributed to Jesus in the first three Gospels. The author concludes that some of these sayings which refer to the Son of man in his future exaltation and glory alone contain authentic words of Jesus in which the term has a messianic sense; and that the Son of man christology in the gospels originated not in the creative thought of early Christians but in the preaching of Jesus himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18739/cover/9780521018739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Les Recits de Resurrection des Morts dans le Nouveau Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rochais, G&#233;rard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New Testament narratives reporting the resuscitation of dead persons by Jesus and Peter are discussed in detail in this monograph, and their theology is examined. The author compares the NT stories with the resuscitation episodes in the OT, and also with the broader category of NT miracle stories. This enables him to identify the features peculiar to the NT resuscitation accounts. Dr Rochais' analysis, using redaction-critical methods, demonstrates different stages in the formulation of the narratives, and attempts to identify the events or purposes underlying them. He makes reference to the development of Christology and the evolution of belief in the resurrection of the dead within the primative church, as well as to the theological positions of each of the evangelists. His analysis leads the author to the hypothesis that neither Jesus nor Peter in fact brought the dead to life. Dr Rochais asks what were the implications of these stories for the earliest generations of Christians, and what is their significance for Christians today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18746/cover/9780521018746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Angels and Principalities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Background, Meaning and Development of the Pauline Phrase hai archai kai hai exousiai</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carr, A. Wesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>St Paul and his contemporaries - so runs a commonly accepted scholarly opinion - inhabited a world believed to be dominated by hostile superhuman powers, of whom Jews and Gentiles alike liked in fear. Dr Carr challenges this widespread assumption by means of a detailed examination of various kinds of evidence. First there is the New Testament itself. The general Mediterranean cultural background of the first century is also important, and the author looks at evidence from the early Church Fathers and gnostic material. He concludes that the notion of mighty forces of evil ranged against man was not part of the earliest Christian understanding of the world and the gospel. His argument has special significance in the light of the belief that a present-day interpretation may be given to the idea of hostile powers and their conquest by Christ, thus supporting political, social and ethical thinking within the Christian Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18753/cover/9780521018753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revival Griesbach Hypothes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuckett, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has recently been strong support for the hypothesis that, contrary to the formerly accepted view that Mark's gospel was the first to be written, Mark was in fact the last synoptic gospel to appear. This book is a detailed examination of the arguments used to support this view, which constitutes a revival of that put forward by J. J. Griesbach at the end of the eighteenth century. Since Markan priority and the Two-Document hypothesis have been basic presuppositions for much modern gospel study, all attempts to question them must be taken very seriously. Dr Tuckett does this by investigating the redactional activity each hypothesis presupposes, and by then asking which source theory provides the most rational and consistent account of the redactional process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18760/cover/9780521018760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hebrews and Perfection</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Examination of the Concept of Perfection in the Epistle to the Hebrews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of perfection is central to the Epistle to the Hebrews but what is the precise meaning to be attached to the perfecting of Christ and the perfecting of Christians? Is teleioun to be understood in a cultic or ethical sense, or with reference to glorification; or is it employed in a formal sense so that the meaning has to be determined solely from the context? A thorough survey of the background literature suggests to Dr Peterson that it is only the context and, in particular, the object of the verb which can decide its sense on any specific occasion, and it is this method he pursues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18777/cover/9780521018777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Apocalypse and Semitic Syntax</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a consistent explanation of the peculiarity of the language of the Apocalypse (or Book of Revelation), namely that the rules of Greek grammar are broken because of the influence of Hebrew and Aramaic. It advances previous similar hypotheses in three ways. First, it focuses chiefly on the verbal system. Secondly, by methodically citing the ancient Greek translations of the Old Testament to demonstrate Hebrew/Aramaic influence, it serves as a limited survey of the syntax of the Septuagint. Thirdly, it argues that the Apocalypse's grammar was influenced not by later Hebrew/Aramaic dialects in use during the first century AD but by Old Testament Hebrew/Aramaic. This thesis suggests a new approach to the Apocalypse that gives greater attention to the influence of Old Testament Hebrew/Aramaic grammar and a fuller awareness of the writer's indebtedness to the Old Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18784/cover/9780521018784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101879X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101879X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Past of Jesus in the Gospels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lemcio, Eugene E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this study is to show that the Evangelists, to an extent hitherto unrecognized, wrote narratives which set out to distinguish Jesus's time from their own. Such an effort, Professor Lemcio explains, went beyond their merely putting verbs in past tenses and dividing their accounts into pre- and post-resurrection periods. Rather, they took care that terminology appropriate to the Easter appearances did not appear beforehand, and that vocabulary used prior to Easter fell by the wayside afterwards. The author shows that words common to both eras bear a different nuance in each, and that the idiom used is seen to suit the time. These are not routine or incidental expressions, but reveal what Jesus the protaganist and the Evangelists as narrators believed about the Gospel, the Christ, the messianic task, and the nature of salvation. This much becomes apparent from a study of the internal evidence, and by next turning to data outside the Gospels, the author attempts to show how biographical and historical writings of the ancient world may prove useful in separate efforts to reconstruct the course of Jesus's life. Lemcio shows how expectations for idiomatic and linguistic verisimilitude in Graeco-Roman historical and biographical writing were met and often exceeded by the Evangelists. His study thus makes a valuable contribution towards our understanding of the literary art of the Gospel narratives, and highlights a literary sensitivity on their writers' part which has failed to receive the critical attention it deserves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18791/cover/9780521018791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of the Text of Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the book of Acts, the so-called Western text departs from the alternative text in numerous points of detail. These divergences in the textual tradition of Acts have been the subject of renewed interest in recent years, with a notable concentration on Lucan traits in the Western text. The author of this study takes into account recent theories which have been proposed on the textual tradition of Acts, and puts forward an ingenious thesis (not considered hitherto) to explain the existence of two streams of textual tradition for the book. Analysis of a number of Western textual variants in Acts suggests that they may have arisen from the incorporation of marginal annotations into the text of Acts, but Lucan thought and language is indeed characteristic of these readings. Investigation of the non-Western textual tradition uncovers occasional signs of editing according to the interests of the second-century church. From this evidence Dr Strange proposes that Acts shared the fate of numerous other works of antiquity by being published posthumously; the work of two second-century editors is responsible for the remarkable divergence in the textual tradition of Acts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18807/cover/9780521018807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Preface to Luke's Gospel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Loveday</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Luke's two-volume work begins with a formal preface unlike anything else in the New Testament, and it has long been academic orthodoxy that Luke's choice of style, vocabulary, and content in this short passage reveal a desire to present his work to contemporary readers as 'History' in the great tradition of Thucydides and Polybius. This study challenges that assumption: far from aping the classical historians, Dr Alexander argues, Luke was simply introducing his book in a style that would have been familiar to readers of the scientific and technical manuals which proliferated in the hellenistic world. The book contains a detailed study of these Greek 'scientific' prefaces as well as a word-by-word commentary on the Lucan texts. In her concluding chapters, Alexander seeks to explore the consequences of this alignment both for the literary genre of Luke-Acts (is it meant to be read as 'history'?) and for the social background of the author and the book's first readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18814/cover/9780521018814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101882X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101882X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discipleship and Family Ties in Mark and Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the first two centuries CE there was a common awareness that familial tensions were generated by conversions to the Christian faith. Yet studies of Christian origins have so far paid little attention to the impact of the Christian movement upon attitudes to family ties and natural kinship. Stephen C. Barton remedies this deficiency by means of a detailed study of the relevant passages in the gospels of Mark and Matthew. First, however, he examines the religious traditions of Judaism and the philosophical traditions of the Greco-Roman world, and shows that the tensions apparent within the Christian movement were by no means unique. In all three areas of thought and religious belief there is found the conviction that familial obligations may be transcended by some higher responsibility, to God, to Christ, or to the demands of philosophy. Mark and Matthew saw the Jesus-movement as offering a transcendent allegiance, which relativised family ties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18821/cover/9780521018821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wrestling with Rationality in Paul</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Romans 1-8 in a New Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moores, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thrall, Margaret E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spanning a variety of disciplines, this enquiry focuses on one particular Pauline characteristic: the apostle's habit of making matters of faith the object of logical appraisal. A tracing of the elliptical patterns of argument in Romans 1-8 illustrates this habit and, at the same time, displays how Paul's vigorous persistence in it seems often not to be matched by the solidity, or at any rate the lucidity, of his logic. By viewing Paul against the background of semiology, more especially the semiological theory of Umberto Eco, new light is shed on the genesis of Paul's reasoning. The discussion which ensues is marked by an interesting and productive combination of modern linguistics and classical logic. Moreover, the singular potential of today's techniques of 'fuzzy' logical analysis for measuring the intellectual muscle of Paul's argumentation is brought out dramatically by the uniqueness of his semiological situation. His rationality takes on a new face.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18838/cover/9780521018838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Faith of Jesus Christ in Early Christian Traditions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Ian G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We are used to the idea of people believing in Christ, but did the early church consider that Jesus also had faith in God? This book evaluates the evidence, starting with a survey of the meaning of faith in Judaism and Graeco-Roman literature and proceeding to a detailed exegesis of the relevant New Testament material from the synoptic Gospels, the Pauline and Deutero-Pauline Epistles, Hebrews and Revelation. Two trajectories of interest in Jesus's faith are identified: the paradigmatic, concerned with matters of discipleship, and the theological, relating Christ to God's gift of salvation. The examination is then broadened to trace the progress of these trajectories through the literature of the first four Christian centuries and concludes by identifying the Arian controversy as the christological development which rendered reference to Jesus' faith untenable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18845/cover/9780521018845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feasting and Social Rhetoric in Luke 14</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braun, Willi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The writer of the Gospel of Luke is a Hellenistic writer who uses conventional modes of narration, characterisation and argumentation to present Jesus in the manner of the familiar figure of the dinner sage. In this original and thought-provoking study, Willi Braun draws both on social and literary evidence regarding the Greco-Roman &#233;lite banquet scene and on ancient prescribed methods of rhetorical composition. He argues that the Pharisaic dinner episode in Luke 14 is a skilfully crafted rhetorical unit in which Jesus presents an argument for Luke's vision of a Christian society. His contention that the point of the episode is directed primarily at the wealthy urban &#233;lite, who stand in most need of a transformation of character and values to fit them for membership of this society, points up the way in which gospel writers manipulated the inherited Jesus traditions for the purposes of ideological and social formation of Christian communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18852/cover/9780521018852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Paradox of Salvation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Luke's Theology of the Cross</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doble, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study refutes the allegation that the author of Luke-Acts showed no systematic thought about the significance of Jesus's death, that is, he has no theologia crucis. Peter Doble focuses sharply on the Gospel's death scene and explores those features which appear in Luke alone, then extends the results into the longer account of Jesus's final days in Jerusalem. In the final section Doble demonstrates how specific words and patterns from Wisdom shape and fill Luke's retelling of the story of Jesus's entrapment, trials and death. Luke wanted his readers to understand that what had happened to Jesus was not a humiliating rejection but in accord with scripture's presentation of God's plan for salvation, and he modelled traditional material about Jesus's road to the crucifixion around an explanatory model which he drew from Wisdom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52127/cover/9780521552127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Character and Purpose of Luke's Christology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckwalter, H. Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Luke's christology is carefully designed. Luke portrays the exalted Jesus as God's co-equal by the kinds of things he does and says from heaven. Through the Holy Spirit, the divine name and personal manifestations, Jesus behaves toward people in Luke-Acts as does Yahweh in the Old Testament. His power and knowledge are supreme. Jesus sovereignly reigns over Israel, the church, the powers of darkness and the world. Luke deepens this portrait by depicting Jesus as deity who by nature behaves as servant: the earthly Jesus acted among his people as one who serves; the exalted Jesus continues serving his people by strengthening and encouraging them in their witness of him to the world. That the believers in Acts resemble the way Jesus behaved in the Gospel means that they too are now imaging some of his servant-like character in their witness of him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18876/cover/9780521018876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Zion Traditions and the Aims of Jesus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tan, Kim Huat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an exciting re-interpretation of the sayings and actions of Jesus. Setting him firmly in the context of first-century Judaism, it asks how important the city of Jerusalem and the theological traditions centred on it were to Jesus. At this time, Zion had become 'the symbol of the life, beliefs and hopes of all Jews'. Those Jews who expected the coming of a messianic Davidic king assumed that he would reign from Zion. Dr Tan argues that, as a prophet, Jesus was attracted inevitably to the city of Zion. Skilfully integrating what Jesus is recorded to have said with what he is recorded to have done in the last weeks of his life, Dr Tan suggests that an understanding of the importance to Jesus of the Zion traditions not only helps us to understand the unifying aim behind Jesus's ministry, but also provides us with the key to the riddle of who Jesus thought he was.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18883/cover/9780521018883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christology and the Synoptic Problem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Argument for Markan Priority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Peter M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes a major contribution to the ongoing debate about the synoptic problem, especially concerning the question of which gospel was written first. The scholarly consensus, developed over two hundred years of discussion, has favoured Markan priority and the dependence of both Matthew and Luke upon Mark. In an ongoing contemporary revival of the Griesbach hypothesis, some scholars have advocated the view that Mark used, conflated and abbreviated Matthew and Luke. The author explores the role played by arguments connected with christological development in support of both these views. Deploying a new comparative redaction-critical approach to the problem, Dr Head argues that the critical basis of the standard christological argument for Markan priority is insecure and based on anachronistic scholarly concerns. Nevertheless, in a through-going comparative reappraisal of the christological outlooks of Matthew and Mark the author finds decisive support for the hypothesis of Markan priority, arguing that Matthew was a developer rather than a corrector of Mark.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18890/cover/9780521018890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eschatology in the Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mark, Matthew and the Didache</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balabanski, Victoria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If the expectations of the early church concerning the return of Christ and the end of the world were disappointed, the magnitude of the disappointment and the form in which it was expressed do not seem to fit with the expectations of modern scholars. This study questions both the idea that the delay of Christ's return - the parousia - was the primary factor shaping the development of eschatological expectation in the early church, and the linearity of the models used to understand the development of early Christian eschatology. Vicky Balabanski argues that Matthew's Gospel shows a more imminent expectation than Mark's, and that there were fluctuations in eschatological expectation caused by factors within these early communities and those of the Didache. She traces these fluctuations and offers some new interpretative keys to Mark 13, Matthew 24 and 25 and Didache 16, as well as some vivid and original historical reconstructions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18906/cover/9780521018906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endurance in Suffering</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hebrews 12:1-13 in its Rhetorical, Religious, and Philosophical Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croy, N. Clayton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hebrews 12: 1-13 portrays the suffering of the community to which it is addressed by means of two images: an athletic contest, and God's fatherly discipline. N. Clayton Croy provides a thorough exploration of the theme of suffering in the Jewish and Graeco-Roman traditions, and surveys the different interpretations of this passage which have been offered by Christian writers over the centuries. He argues that the concept of 'training' unites the passage, which presents Jesus as the supreme athlete, an agonistic exemplar for those running the race. These verses also support a non-punitive understanding of discipline, in which God's children undergo a positive process of education. The educative notion of paideia combines with images of athletic training to establish a call to faithful endurance rather than repentance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18913/cover/9780521018913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus und der T&#228;ufer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Schl&#252;ssel zur Theologie und Ethik des Lukas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;hlemann, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This German language title presents a new interpretation of Luke's theology and ethics. The author demonstrates how Luke develops his theological agenda by contrasting the teaching of Jesus with that of John the Baptist. B&#246;hlemann shows that the confrontation with the followers of John the Baptist runs through the whole of Luke's Gospel and through The Acts of the Apostles. By taking up and modifying the themes of John's preaching, Luke develops his own theology of liberation which distinguishes him from John's followers and with which he seeks to win them for the Gospel of Jesus Christ. John and his followers preached with threats of judgement while Jesus is depicted as a forgiving pastoral leader - the good shepherd. This new interpretation of the Lukan works reveals a narrative theology of great systematic consistency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18920/cover/9780521018920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Bibliography of Greek New Testament Manuscripts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Facsimiles, photographic reproductions, collations, and studies of the textual character of many of the 5,000 or so manuscripts of the Greek New Testament have been published, but it is only with this book that a much-needed bibliography of them has been made available. This considerably expanded and revised edition of J. K. Elliott's 1989 A Bibliography of Greek New Testament Manuscripts marks a substantial increase in the number of titles and references. Some 5,000 new entries have been added, thereby doubling the size of the First Edition. The titles of books and articles are predominantly those published in the last 150 years. The titles are set out in the customary categories of papyri, majuscules, minuscules and lectionaries as classified in the conventional Gregory-Aland register.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18944/cover/9780521018944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521018994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521018994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521018999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carmen Christi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521018999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the earliest times, commentators have regarded these few verses from the Epistle to the Philippians as doctrinally very important, and a whole literature has grown up around them. Dr Martin studies the passage partly for its own sake as the quintessence of Pauline thought on the person of Christ, and partly as an example of an early type of Christian literature known as 'cultic' or 'confessional'. He sees it as a carmen Christi, a Christological ode used among early believers. Its importance, as Dr Martin shows, reaches far beyond the devotional. The Church which sang this hymn proclaimed for the first time the three 'epochs' in the existence of Christ: he is hailed and confessed first as pre-existent, then as incarnate and humiliated and finally as triumphant. The hymn is thus the earliest extant statement of the basis of the whole Christology of later times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18999/cover/9780521018999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Holors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Generalization of Tensors</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moon, Parry Hiram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Domina Eberle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The word holor is a term coined by the authors to describe a mathematical entity that is made up of one or more independent quantities, and includes complex numbers, scalars, vectors, matrices, tensors, quaternions, and other hypernumbers. Holors, thus defined, have been known for centuries but each has been developed more or less independently, accompanied by separate nomenclature and theory. This book demonstrates how these complicated subjects can be made simple by using a single notation that applies to all holors, both tensor and nontensor. The authors consider all possible types of holors and develop holor algebra and holor calculus in the most general sense. Thus the reader will learn to develop a new holor that fits the application, rather than forcing an application onto a holor representation that is known but that does not perfectly describe the application. The discussion includes nontensors having no transformation and holors that transform in more complicated ways than allowed with ordinary tensors. This opens up the possibility to devise a holor for a new physical application, without being limited to a few conventional types of holor. This book should establish a method by which students and teachers can learn vector and tensor analysis via a uniform treatment. Graduate students and professionals in engineering, physics. applied mathematics, chemistry, biology, psychology, and other analytical sciences should find this to be a useful and innovative work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19002/cover/9780521019002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101901X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101901X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Efficient Secret</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cabinet and the Development of Political Parties in Victorian England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Efficient Secret is an analysis of the institutional changes in parliamentary government in nineteenth-century England, concentrating on the years between the first and third Reform Acts. Professor Gary W. Cox employs a rational choice model to analyze the problems of voter choice and to examine the emergence of party loyalty in the electorate, the development of cabinet government, and their legislative consequences. The introductory chapters provide the historical setting for this study and briefly survey nineteenth-century political and economic events. Professor Cox then focuses on the increases in party voting in Parliament and in the electorate. To support his argument concerning these parallel developments, he uses statistical evidence drawn from poll books and newspapers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19019/cover/9780521019019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extensions of First-Order Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manzano, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Classical logic has proved inadequate in various areas of computer science, artificial intelligence, mathematics, philosopy and linguistics. This is an introduction to extensions of first-order logic, based on the principle that many-sorted logic (MSL) provides a unifying framework in which to place, for example, second-order logic, type theory, modal and dynamic logics and MSL itself. The aim is two fold: only one theorem-prover is needed; proofs of the metaproperties of the different existing calculi can be avoided by borrowing them from MSL. To make the book accessible to readers from different disciplines, whilst maintaining precision, the author has supplied detailed step-by-step proofs, avoiding difficult arguments, and continually motivating the material with examples. Consequently this can be used as a reference, for self-teaching or for first-year graduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19026/cover/9780521019026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Composition in Biological Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shephard, Roy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a thought-provoking perspective on the empirical and analytic study of body form and composition. The techniques used for measuring body components such as fat, water, lean tissue, bone mass and bone density are evaluated against potential 'gold standards'. The nature of regional differences, developmental changes, pathological abnormalities, and the impact of heredity and environment in shaping body composition are discussed in the context of human evolution. All those concerned with biological anthropology, both clinicians and researchers, will find this book of great interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62672/cover/9780521362672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ways of Communicating</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellor, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ways of Communicating is a stimulating exploration of the single most powerful force that gives humankind its control over the natural world - the communication between us. So integral a part of everyday life as to be taken for granted, yet so multi-faceted as to be notoriously slippery to describe and analyse, the world of communication is treated here for once from the standpoint of the arts quite as much as the sciences. Speech and body-language, fiction and music, communication by neutral networks within the brain and by satellite around the globe, all are considered together to give a fascinating view of this elusive aspect of our common humanity. The volume originates in the highly successful fourth series of Darwin College Lectures, given in 1989 under the title 'Communication'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19040/cover/9780521019040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Efficiency and Economy in Animal Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blake, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is often confusion over the meaning and usage of terms such as efficiency, economy, effectiveness, optimization and perfection in biology. This book defines and discusses these concepts within a broad evolutionary perspective and considers how evolutionary pressures can affect the economy and efficiency of animals. Chapters consider biomaterials, skeletal systems, muscular function, aquatic and terrestrial locomotion, and cardiovascular systems. The result is a book of interest to all biologists, particularly those working in the field of comparative physiology and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00664/cover/9780521400664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Research Strategies in Human Biology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Field and Survey Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lasker, Gabriel Ward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about doing research, not about the results obtained. Those engaged on their first research may have had plenty of preparation about the techniques and results of prior research related to their proposed study, but may have limited knowledge of the actual strategies employed or pitfalls encountered by others who have conducted successful field and survey studies. In this book, a number of researchers with experience of working on problems including environmental stresses, population genetics, parasitic vectors and vital records describe obstacles encountered and successful strategies used in their own studies and in those of others. One learns to do research by trial and error, but accounts by experienced investigators can supplement what one learns from mentors and fellow students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19095/cover/9780521019095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electromechanics of Particles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Thomas B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Small particles in the size range from one micron to one millimetre are increasingly important in today's technological world. They serve as workhorses in many mechanisms and devices - from electrostatic copiers to fluidised beds. A more recent development involves the characterisation and manipulation of individual cells and DNA molecules. Particulates can also be a hazard, for example, particulate pollution. Because all particles have electrical and magnetic properties associated with their shape and the materials of which they are constituted, they experience forces and torques when subjected to electric and/or magnetic fields. This book offers a lucid account of the electromechanical interactions that govern the behaviour of particles when an electric or magnetic field is present. With numerous real-world examples, the book should interest a wide range of scientists and engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19101/cover/9780521019101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Binaries as Tracers of Stellar Formation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duquennoy, Antoine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayor, Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than two-thirds of stars belong to multiple stellar systems. Binary stars are considered now as one of the best constraints on stellar formation models. Not only do binaries keep memory of their birth conditions but their orbit will also be subjected to changes by tidal effects, wind accretion and encounters in clusters. Certainly the correlation between orbital eccentricity and period is a clue to our understanding of double star history. The most recent observations are discussed in these proceedings with the aim of disentangling evidence of stellar formation from later physical evolution. Each article is a paper that was read at a meeting organized to honour Dr Roger Griffin of the University of Cambridge for his pioneer work in galactic astronomy, dynamics of clusters and study on binary stars due to his cross-correlation technique to determine stellar radial velocities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19118/cover/9780521019118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prometheus Bound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After expanding steadily for centuries, science is reaching its limits to growth. We can no longer afford the ever increasing cost of exploring ever wider research opportunities. In the competition for resources, science is becoming much more tightly organised. A radical, pervasive and permanent structural change is taking place. It already affects the whole research system, from everyday laboratory life to national budgets. The scientific enterprise cannot avoid fundamental change, but excessive managerial insistence on accountability, evaluation, 'priority setting', etc. can be very inhospitable to expertise, innovation, criticism and creativity. Can the research system be reshaped without losing many features that have made science so productive? This trenchant analysis of a deep-rooted historical process does not assume any technical knowledge of the natural sciences, their history, philosophy, sociology or politics. It is addressed to everybody who is concerned about the future of science and its place in society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19125/cover/9780521019125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jewish Chronicle and Anglo-Jewry, 1841-1991</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cesarani, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Founded in 1841, The Jewish Chronicle is the oldest continuously published Jewish newspaper in the world. A force for change, a forum for debate and a shaper of Jewish identity, it has played a central part in the development of modern Anglo-Jewry. More than just a mirror of Anglo-Jewish mores, registering waves of immigration and social change, The Jewish Chronicle has been an active player in historical events. Its editors have intervened decisively in communal history and debated with British statesmen. No historian can understand the inner life of British Jews without looking at the social reports, the sports column, the arts and cultural coverage and the advertising that the paper has carried. This book, written by a noted historian of Jewish social affairs, gives an insight into the working of a newspaper, the struggles between editors and directors, and the boardroom politics. It is the story of a publishing adventure that became an institution and helped to shape the destiny of an entire community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19132/cover/9780521019132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Volvox</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Search for the Molecular and Genetic Origins of Multicellularity and Cellular Differentiation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central thesis of this book is that Volvox and its unicellular and colonial relatives provide a wholly unrivalled opportunity to explore the proximate and ultimate causes underlying the evolution, from unicellular ancestors, of multicellular organisms with fully differentiated cell types. A major portion of the book is devoted to reviewing what is known about the genetic, cellular and molecular basis of development in the most extensively studied species of Volvox: V. cateri, which exhibits a complete division of labour between mortal somatic cells and immortal germ cells. However, this topic has been put in context by first considering the ecological conditions and cytological preconditions that appear to have fostered the evolution of organisms of progressively increasing size and with progressively  increasing tendency to produce terminally differentiated somatic cells. The book concludes by raising the question of whether the germensoma dichotomy may have evolved by similar or different genetic pathways in different species of Volvox. Biologists and phycologists interested in development, genetics and cellular evolution will find this a fascinating work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19149/cover/9780521019149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101915X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101915X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bioremediation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Ronald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Don L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increased industrial and agricultural activity this century has led to vast quantities of the earth's soil and groundwater resources becoming contaminated with hazardous chemicals. Bioremediation provides a technology based on the use of living organisms, usually bacteria and fungi, to remove pollutants from soil and water, preferably in situ. This approach, which is potentially more cost-effective than traditional techniques such as incineration of soils and carbon filtration of water, requires an understanding of how organisms transform chemicals, how they survive in polluted environments and how they should be employed in the field. This book examines these issues for many of the most serious and common environmental contaminants, resulting in a volume which presents the most recent position on the application of bioremediation to the cleanup of polluted soil and water.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19156/cover/9780521019156.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Many-Body Tree Methods in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pfalzner, Susanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbon, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studying the dynamics of a large number of particles interacting through long-range forces, commonly referred to as the 'N-body problem', is a central aspect of many different branches of physics. In recent years, significant advances have been made in the development of fast N-body algorithms to deal efficiently with such complex problems. This book is the first to give a thorough introduction to these so-called 'tree methods', setting out the basic principles and giving many practical examples of their use. No prior specialist knowledge is assumed, and the techniques are illustrated throughout with reference to a broad range of applications. The book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers working on the modelling of systems in astrophysics, plasma physics, nuclear and particle physics, condensed matter physics and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19163/cover/9780521019163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>AURA and its US National Observatories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmondson, Frank K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new source of funding for astronomy stemmed from the creation of the National Science Foundation (NSF) in 1950. Astronomers were quick to take advantage of the opportunities this provided to found new observatories. The science and politics of the establishment, funding, construction and operation of the Kitt Peak National Observatory (KPNO) and the Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory (CTIO) by the Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy (AURA) are here seen from the unique perspective of Frank K. Edmondson, a former member of the AURA board of directors. AURA was asked to manage the Sacramento Peak Observatory (SPO) in 1976, and in 1983 the National Solar Observatory (NSO) was formed by merging the SPO and the KPNO solar programs. In 1981 NASA chose AURA to establish and operate the Space Telescope Science Institute (STScI). This is a personal account of a period of major innovation in American optical astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19187/cover/9780521019187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compliance Quantified</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Data Verification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avenhaus, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Canty, Morton John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calogero, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International agreements, such as those governing arms control or the environment, virtually always require some degree of verification of information, in order that compliance can be established. To ensure that the verification process can be regarded as efficient, effective and impartial, it is important to have a mathematical model of it. One can be derived by applying methods from statistics and the theory of non-cooperative games, developed in part by John Nash, who received a Nobel prize in 1994 for his work. The methods permit the development of rational verification strategies, as well as such fundamental concepts as guaranteed probability of detection, timeliness of inspections and the deterrence of illegal activity. Here, the required theory is introduced gradually in the context of specific real-world examples. The only prerequisites are simple calculus and statistics, so the book should be accessible to a broad range of scientists and non-scientists, in industrial, academic or governmental environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19194/cover/9780521019194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Problems in Cavity Nonlinear Optics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandel, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scientific and technological importance of lasers has generated great interest in the field of cavity nonlinear optics. This book provides a thorough description of this subject in terms of modern dynamical systems theory. Throughout, the emphasis is on deriving analytical results and highlighting their physical significance. The early chapters introduce the physical models for active and passive cavities. In later chapters, these are applied to a variety of problems in laser theory, optical bistability and parametric oscillators. Subjects covered include scaling laws, Hopf bifurcations, passive Q-switching, and Turing instabilities. Several of the topics treated cannot be found in other books, including swept control parameter dynamics, laser stability, multimode rate equations, and antiphase dynamics. The book stresses the connections between theoretical work and actual experimental results, and will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in theoretical physics, nonlinear optics, and laser physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19200/cover/9780521019200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cliff Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pattern and Process in Cliff Ecosystems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larson, Douglas W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthes, Uta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Peter E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cliffs are present in virtually every country on earth. The lack of scientific interest in cliffs to date is in striking contrast to the commonness of cliffs around the world and to the attraction cliffs have had for humans throughout history. Cliffs provide a unique habitat, rarely investigated from an ecological viewpoint. This book aims to destroy the impression  of cliffs as geological structures devoid of life, by reviewing information about the geology, geomorphology, microclimate, flora and fauna of both sea and inland cliffs. For the first time, evidence is presented to suggest that cliffs worldwide may represent an invaluable type of ecosystem, consisting of some of the least disturbed habitats on earth and contributing more to the biodiversity of a region than their surface coverage would indicate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19217/cover/9780521019217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Biology and Human Diversity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyce, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Considerable attention is now being paid to the use of molecular evidence in studies of human diversity and origins. Much of the early work was based on evidence from mitochondrial DNA, but this has now been supplemented by important new information from nuclear DNA from both the Y chromosomes and the autosomes. The bulk of the material available is also from living populations, but this is now being extended by the study of DNA from archaic populations. The underlying models used in interpreting this evidence are developments of the neutral theory of molecular evolution, but also consider the possible role of selection. This volume brings together this new evidence from an international group of research workers. It will be an important reference for researchers in human biology, molecular biology and genetics alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19224/cover/9780521019224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Different Approach to Cosmology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From a Static Universe through the Big Bang towards Reality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoyle, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burbidge, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Narlikar, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a different kind of book about cosmology, a field of major interest to professional astronomers, physicists, and the general public. All research in cosmology adopts one model of the universe, the hot big bang model. But Fred Hoyle, Geoffrey Burbidge and Jayant Narlikar take a different approach. Starting with the beginnings of modern cosmology, they then conduct a wide ranging and deep review of the observations made from 1945 to the present day. Here they challenge many conventional interpretations. The latter part of the book presents the authors' own account of the present status of observations and how they should be explained. The controversial theme is that the dependency on the hot big bang model has led to an unwarranted rejection of alternative cosmological models. Writing from the heart, with passion and punch, these three cosmologists make a powerful case for viewing the universe in a different light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19262/cover/9780521019262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Primates Face to Face</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Conservation Implications of Human-nonhuman Primate Interconnections</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuentes, Agust&#237;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfe, Linda D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As our closest evolutionary relatives, nonhuman primates are integral elements in our mythologies, diets and scientific paradigms, yet most species now face an uncertain future through exploitation for the pet and bushmeat trades as well as progressive habitat loss. New information about disease transmission, dietary and economic linkage, and the continuing international focus on conservation and primate research have created a surge of interest in primates, and focus on the diverse interaction of human and nonhuman primates has become an important component in primatological and ethnographic studies. By examining the diverse and fascinating range of relationships between humans and other primates, and how this plays a critical role in conservation practice and programs, Primates Face to Face disseminates the information gained from the anthropological study of nonhuman primates to the wider academic and non-academic world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/91090/cover/9780521791090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Human Rights and Humanitarian Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Provost, Ren&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do international human rights and humanitarian law protect vulnerable individuals in times of peace and war? Provost analyses systemic similarities and differences between the two to explore how they are each built to achieve their similar goal. He details the dynamics of human rights and humanitarian law, revealing that each performs a task for which it is better suited than the other, and that the fundamentals of each field remain partly incompatible. This helps us understand why their norms succeed in some ways and fail - at times spectacularly - in others. Provost's study represents innovative and in-depth research, covering all relevant materials from the UN, ICTY, ICTR, and regional organizations in Europe, Africa and Latin America. This will interest academics and graduate students in international law and international relations, as well as legal practitioners in related fields and NGOs active in human rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/06978/cover/9780521806978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101929X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101929X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Impact of Hitler</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Politics and British Policy 1933-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his book, Mr Cowling describes the relationship between British party politics and the conduct of British foreign policy between Hitler's arrival in office in 1933 and Chamberlain's resignation in May 1940. He sets British policy in the context of European, Imperial, League, national and isolational sentiments and takes account of the strategic and financial limitations within which decisions were made. He shows how far prime ministers, foreign secretaries and the cabinet responded to parliamentary criticism, and argues that, from mid-1936 onwards, foreign policy and the prospects of the party system were so intimately connected that neither can be understood in isolation from the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19293/cover/9780521019293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Quarks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCusker, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short account of elementary particles written for the layman poses the questions: are quarks the fundamental building blocks of matter; what are they like; how many different kinds exist; and can they exist in the free state? What is the ultimate structure of matter? Is it made of atoms, small, simple, indivisible particles, or not? John Dalton's 'chemical atoms' turned out to be composite, composed of an electron cloud and a very small, very dense nucleus. This nucleus, in turn, was found to be composite, made up of protons and neutrons bound together by pions. All three of these (and many like particles) have now been found to be made of quarks. At first there were only three of these and they were thought to be long sought after fundamental building blocks. But now we know of at least 18 quarks, 18 anti-quarks and eight 'gluons' that hold the quarks together. The whole atomic idea is in doubt and the alternate possibility of a Universe that is one, whole and indivisible opens up. This fascinating book will be an inspiration to anyone wishing a first exposure to this intriguing and mystical area of modern physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19309/cover/9780521019309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pattern Formation in Plant Tissues</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sachs, Tsvi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plants are an advantageous group for the consideration of the development of biological form. Plants share most aspects of cell biology with other organisms, yet their embryonic development continues throughout their life, their cells do not move relative to each other and their structure is relatively simple. The chapters in this book are centred around the structure of tissues and its purpose is to try and predict what should be looked for at a molecular level so as to account for observable forms. Each chapter deals with a defined problem such as the role of hormones as correlative agents, tissue polarization, apical meristems and cell lineages. The final chapter develops an alternative approach to the problem of the specification of biological form, that of 'epigenetic selection'. The chapters are centred around the structure of tissues, an intermediate and neglected level between overt morphology and biochemistry, and will be of great interest to all those engaged in attempting to understand the principles behind plant development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19316/cover/9780521019316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Size in Mammalian Paleobiology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Estimation and Biological Implications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Damuth, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFadden, Bruce J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a growing interest in the biological implications of body size in animals. This parameter is now being used to make inferences and predictions about not only the habits and habitat of a particular species, but also as a way to understand patterns and biases in the fossil record. This valuable collection of essays presents and evaluates techniques of body-mass estimation and reviews current and potential applications of body-size estimates in paleobiology. Coverage is particularly detailed for carnivores, primates and ungulates, but information is also presented on marsupials, rodents and proboscideans. Body Size in Mammalian Paleobiology will prove useful to researchers and graduate students in paleontology, mammalogy, ecology and evolution programmes. It is designed to be both a practical handbook for researchers making and using body-size estimates, and a sourcebook of ideas for applying body size to paleontological problems and directions for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19330/cover/9780521019330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrogenated Amorphous Silicon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the properties and device applications of hydrogenated amorphous silicon. It covers the growth, the atomic and electronic structure, the properties of dopants and defects, the optical and electronic properties which result from the disordered structure and finally the applications of this technologically very important material. There is also an important chapter on contacts, interfaces and multilayers. The main emphasis of the book is on the new physical phenomena which result from the disorder of the atomic structure. The book will be of major importance to those who are researching or studying the properties and applications of a-Si:H. It will have a wider interest for anyone working in semiconductor physics and electronic engineering in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19347/cover/9780521019347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cytokinesis in Animal Cells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rappaport, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cytokinesis is the division of the cell body that follows the sorting and transport of chromosomes. This book traces the history of some of the major ideas in the field and gives an account of our current knowledge of animal cytokinesis. It contains descriptions of division in different kinds of cells and the proposed explanations of the mechanisms underlying the visible events. Experiments devised to test cell division theories are described and explained. The forces necessary for cytokinesis now appear to originate from the interaction of linear polymers and motor molecules that have roles in force production, motion and shape change that occur in other phases of the biology of the cell. The localization of the force-producing division mechanism to a restricted linear part of the subsurface is caused by the mitotic apparatus, the same cytoskeletal structure that ensures orderly mitosis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19361/cover/9780521019361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical and Non-Physical Methods of Solving Crystal Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfson, Michael M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hai-Fu, Fan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theoretical and experimental advances in the techniques available for solving crystal structures have led to the development of several powerful techniques for solving complex structures, including those of proteins. Michael Woolfson and Fan Hai-Fu describe all the available methods and how they are used. In addition to traditional methods such as the use of the Patterson function and isomorphous replacement, and the direct methods, the authors include methods that use anomalous scattering and observations from multiple-beam scattering. The fundamental physics and mathematical analyses are fully explained. Practical aspects of applying the methods are emphasised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19385/cover/9780521019385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regional Frequency Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Approach Based on L-Moments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hosking, J. R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Extreme environmental events, such as floods, droughts, rainstorms and high winds, have severe consequences for human society. Regional frequency analysis helps to solve the problem of estimating the frequency of these rare events at one site, by using data from several sites. This book is the first complete account of the L-moment approach to regional frequency analysis. Regional Frequency Analysis comprehensively describes the theoretical background to the subject, is rich in practical advice for users, and contains detailed examples that illustrate the approach. This book will be of great value to hydrologists, atmospheric scientists and civil engineers, concerned with environmental extremes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19408/cover/9780521019408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Polarisation of Elizabethan Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Career of Robert Devereux, 2nd Earl of Essex, 1585-1597</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammer, Paul E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The final decades of the reign of Elizabeth I were marked by the meteoric career of her last great favourite, Robert Devereux, 2nd Earl of Essex (1565-1601), and the outbreak of bitter political divisions at Court and across the realm. This revisionist study challenges the traditional 'romantic' image of Essex as a military incompetent and political dabbler. Studying his career between his arrival at court in 1585 and his appointment as earl marshal at the end of 1597, the book casts Essex in a new light and re-examines his role in the outbreak of factionalism in Elizabethan politics. Using an unparalleled range of manuscript and printed sources it explores the forces which drove Essex's career, why true political success remained frustratingly beyond his grasp, and how his efforts to achieve this success helped to fuel the polarisation of Elizabethan politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19415/cover/9780521019415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toxoplasmosis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comprehensive Clinical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joynson, David H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wreghitt, Tim G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative and comprehensive account looks at the re-emergence of toxoplasmosis as a significant and potentially fatal infection. A team of acknowledged international experts review the latest diagnostic techniques, and the management of infection in pregnant women, neonates, the eye, transplant and other immunosuppressed patients and those with AIDS. The contentious issue of the role of screening during pregnancy and in the new-born is covered in depth. The introductory chapters on biology, immunology and epidemiology of the infection provide essential background to understanding the clinical disease. The full range of treatment strategies are presented in an easily accessible form. The natural history and life cycle of the causative organism, Toxoplasma gondii, provide a fascinating insight into one of the most successful parasites on earth. Although the burden of this disease varies greatly from country to country, it remains a global public health problem which affects about one billion individuals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19422/cover/9780521019422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Performance on Lute, Guitar, and Vihuela</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Practice and Modern Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coelho, Victor Anand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study in any language dedicated specifically to lute, guitar, and vihuela performance. Written by specialists of this music, it is intended for players, teachers, and scholars who are interested both in the history of performance, and in the specific interpretation of lute, guitar and vihuela music from the end of the fifteenth century to approximately 1850. It brings to light various new ideas about performance and technique for a wide range of instruments, including the fifteenth-, sixteenth- and seventeenth-century Italian lute, archlute, theorbo, French Baroque lute, vihuela, and Baroque and classical guitar, as well as for lute-accompanied English and Italian song. The articles in this book decode the unwritten traditions of these instruments, and examine various performance issues, taking a fresh, innovative look at traditional problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19439/cover/9780521019439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pattern and Process in Host-Parasitoid Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Bradford A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How is the staggering biodiversity of the parasitoid insects maintained? This book explores patterns in host-parasitoid interactions, including parasitoid community richness, the importance of parasitoids as mortality factors, and their impact on host densities as determined by the outcomes of parasitoid introductions for biological control. It documents general patterns using data sets generated from the global literature and evaluates potential underlying biological, ecological and evolutionary mechanisms. A theme running throughout the book is the importance of host refuges as a major constraint on host-parasitoid interactions. Much can be learnt from the analysis of broad patterns; a few simple rules can go a long way in explaining the major components of these interactions. This book will be an invaluable resource for researchers interested in community ecology, population biology, entomology and biological control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19446/cover/9780521019446.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Free Choice Petri Nets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Desel, Jorg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Esparza, Javier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Petri nets are a popular and powerful formal model for the analysis and modelling of concurrent systems, and a rich theory has developed around them. Petri nets are taught to undergraduates, and also used by industrial practitioners. This book focuses on a particular class of petri nets, free choice petri nets, which play a central role in the theory. The text is very clearly organised, with every notion carefully explained and every result proved. Clear exposition is given for place invariants, siphons, traps and many other important analysis techniques. The material is organised along the lines of a course book, and each chapter contains numerous exercises, making this book ideal for graduate students and research workers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19453/cover/9780521019453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101946X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101946X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonequilibrium Phase Transitions in Lattice Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marro, Joaquin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickman, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to nonequilibrium statistical physics via lattice models. Beginning with an introduction to the basic driven lattice gas, the early chapters discuss the relevance of this lattice model to certain natural phenomena and examine simulation results in detail. Several possible theoretical approaches to the driven lattice gas are presented. In the next two chapters, absorbing-state transitions are discussed in detail. The later chapters examine a variety of systems subject to dynamic disorder before returning to look at the more surprising effects of multiparticle rules, nonunique absorbing-states and conservation laws. Examples are given throughout the book, the emphasis being on using simple representations of nature to describe ordering in real systems. The use of methods such as mean-field theory, Monte Carlo simulation, and the concept of universality to study and interpret these models is described. Detailed references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19460/cover/9780521019460.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Variability, Climate Change and Social Vulnerability in the Semi-arid Tropics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ribot, Jesse C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magalh&#227;es, Antonio Rocha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panagides, Stahis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate fluctuations can trigger events that lead to mass migration, hunger and famine. Rather than attributing the blame to nature, the contributors look at the underlying causes of social vulnerability, such as the processes and organisation of society in the semi-arid tropics. Past and present susceptibility to destitution, hunger, and famine in the face of climate variability can teach us about the potential future consequences of climate change. By understanding why individuals, households, nations, and regions are vulnerable, and how they have buffered themselves against climatic and environmental fluctuations, present and future vulnerability can be redressed. Through case studies from across the globe, the authors explore past experiences with climate variability, and the likely effects of, and the possible policy responses to, the types of climatic events that global warming might bring.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19477/cover/9780521019477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Motion of Bubbles and Drops in Reduced Gravity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Subramanian, R. Shankar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balasubramaniam, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Orbiting spacecraft provide a valuable laboratory for experiments on physical and biological systems in a reduced gravity environment. Materials processing experiments have commonly involved the growth of crystals from the melt or solution, and the processing of alloys and composites. Biological experiments have been performed on a variety of subjects, including protein crystal growth, bio-reactors, and the adaptation of humans to extended periods of weightlessness.  In these studies, fluid masses containing bubbles and drops are encountered routinely. This book is the first to provide a clear, thorough review of the motion of bubbles and drops in reduced gravity, particularly motion caused by variations in interfacial tension arising from temperature gradients on their surfaces. The emphasis is on theoretical analysis from first principles; experimental results are discussed and compared with predictions where appropriate. Students and researchers interested in fluid mechanics in reduced gravity will welcome this state-of-the-art reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19484/cover/9780521019484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photoemission Studies of High-Temperature Superconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, Clifford G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the current status of photoelectron spectroscopic techniques, both theoretical and experimental, that have been applied to the study of the cuprate ('high-temperature') superconductors, together with the results derived from such measurements. The techniques described include angle-resolved photoelectron spectroscopy of valence electrons, core level spectra (XPS), and some special variations, such as resonance photoemission. Attention is paid to the difficulties in interpretation of such spectra and to the problems in obtaining good sample surfaces and high resolution. Some comparison with results from other experimental techniques is made. The authors also outline expected future developments in the techniques. This book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in physics, chemistry and materials science with an interest in high temperature superconductors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19491/cover/9780521019491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Modeling Applications in Crystallization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myerson, Allan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crystallization is an important purification process used in a broad range of industries, including pharmaceuticals, foods, and bulk chemicals. In recent years, molecular modeling has emerged as a useful tool in the analysis and solution of problems associated with crystallization. Modeling allows more focused experimentation based on structural and energetic calculations instead of intuition and trial and error. This book is the first to offer a general introduction to molecular modeling techniques and their application in crystallization. After explaining the basic concepts of molecular modeling and crystallization, the book goes on to discuss how modeling techniques are used to solve a variety of practical problems related to crystal size, shape, internal structure, and properties. With chapters written by leading experts and an emphasis on problem-solving, this book will appeal to scientists, engineers, and graduate students involved in research and the production of crystalline materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19514/cover/9780521019514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Using REDUCE in High Energy Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grozin, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the use of the symbolic manipulation language REDUCE in particle physics. There are several general purpose mathematics packages available to physicists, including Mathematica, Maple, and REDUCE. Each has advantages and disadvantages, but REDUCE has been found to be both powerful and convenient in solving a wide range of problems. This book introduces the reader to REDUCE and demonstrates its utility as a mathematical tool in physics. The first chapter of the book describes the REDUCE system, including some library packages. The following chapters show the use of REDUCE in examples from classical mechanics, hydrodynamics, general relativity and quantum mechanics. The rest of the book systematically presents the Standard Model of particle physics (QED, weak interactions, QCD). A large number of scattering and decay processes are calculated with REDUCE. All example programs from the book can be downloaded via Internet, from http://www.inp.nsk.su/~grozin/book/. The emphasis throughout is on learning through worked examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19521/cover/9780521019521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Migration and Colonization in Human Microevolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fix, Alan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Migration and colonization are major forces affecting the frequency, spatial pattern and spread of genes in human populations. Here, Alan Fix reviews theories of migration developed by biologists and social scientists and surveys patterns of migration in a diverse sample of human populations. Using these empirical studies, he evaluates models of migration developed by population geneticists and explores more realistic models using computer simulation. He then shows the relevance of studies of migration as a microevolutionary process to the understanding of longer term global patterns of human diversification, by examining the spread of anatomically modern Homo sapiens, the demic diffusion of agriculture in Europe, and the origins of human diversity in the Malayan Peninsula. By focusing on migration as a process rather than as its genetic consequences, the book provides a bridge between biological and social science studies of migration, genetic microevolutionary theory and longer term human evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92062/cover/9780521592062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Entomology and the Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Flies as Forensic Indicators</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kunich, John Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Used particularly when there has been a suspicious death, insect-related evidence is one of the most powerful, but least understood examples of modern forensic science. Entomology and the Law provides a detailed roadmap that can be followed from crime scene to courtroom by entomologists, law enforcement personnel and lawyers preparing for trial. Part I focuses on carrion flies as forensic indicators, exploring relevant biology clearly and concisely illustrated by real-life cases. Flies are usually first on the scene of a death, and knowledge of their habits and lifestyles can help to reveal time of death, weeks or even years later. Part II provides a thorough examination of the law of scientific evidence worldwide, complete with caselaw and applicable code provisions, and legal issues relevant to the admissibility and use of forensic entomology in litigation. It will prepare both scientists and lawyers for real-world forays into the world of forensic entomology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/09153/cover/9780521809153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>1867 Disraeli, Gladstone and Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Passing of the Second Reform Bill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The passage of the Reform Bill of 1867 is one of the major problems in nineteenth-century British history. Mr Cowling provides a full-scale explanation, based on a wide range of archive material, including four major manuscript collections not previously used. Mr Cowling pays equal attention to the view taken by Parliament of the class structure and to the ambitions and strategies of politicians in Parliament and outside. He sets this detailed historical narrative in an analytical framework, the assumptions of which he discusses at length.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19583/cover/9780521019583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward Carpenter 1844-1929</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prophet of Human Fellowship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuzuki, Chushichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-scale biography of Edward Carpenter, an 'eminent Victorian' who played an intriguing role in the revival of Socialism in Britain in the late nineteenth century. 'A worthy heir of Carlyle and Ruskin', as Tolstoy called him, Carpenter tackled boldly the problems of alienation under the pressures of commercial civilisation, and developed a strongly personalised brand of Socialism which inspired both the Labour Party and its enemies, Syndicalism and Anarchism. A homosexual, he grappled with the problems of sexual alienation above all, and emerged as the foremost advocate of the homosexual cause at a time when it was a social 'taboo'. This study, based upon letters and many other personal documents, reveals much of Carpenter's personal life which has hitherto remained obscure, including his 'comradeship' with some of his working-men friends and his influence upon such notable literary figures as Siegfried Sassoon, E. M. Forster and D. H. Lawrence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19590/cover/9780521019590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Statutes of Sir Walter Mildmay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mildmay, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stubbings, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The original Tudor Latin statutes of Emmanuel College, Cambridge, are here translated for the first time by Frank Stubbings, Life Fellow and former Librarian of the College. The College was founded in 1584 by Sir Walter Mildmay, Chancellor of the Exchequer to Queen Elizabeth I. Its prime object was the training of Puritan ministers, and its graduates were prominent in the religious thought and activity of the seventeenth century. In the 1630s many (like John Harvard) emigrated for conscience sake and became a powerfully formative element in early New England. The character of the College is therefore historically important, and the basic document for it is these statutes. Dr Stubbings provides not only explanatory comments, but an introduction which elucidates the Founder's purpose by outlining the history of the University through the religious and social ups and downs of his lifetime. The statutes themselves are no mere dry bones: they tell us not only of dons and undergraduates, but of the Manciple, the cooks, the launderer and the Master's servant. The book includes also the College orders of 1588, supplementary regulations on such everyday matters as mealtimes and student behaviour. The original Latin statutes are printed at the end of the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19606/cover/9780521019606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101963X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101963X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Analysis for Tribology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Terence F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical Analysis for Tribology presents a unified approach to the study of wear in mechanical systems. Written by a leading expert who has studied and taught the subject both in Britain and the USA, this book will be valuable to researchers and students with a wide range of experience in tribology. The book concentrates on the methods of physical analysis and the applications of these techniques. This is then illustrated by a discussion of specific tribosystems. The early chapters provide an introduction to physical analysis that is thorough and rigorous. This prepares the reader with all the knowledge necessary to understand the subsequent discussion of applications. Although the description of systems is not exhaustive, the treatment and the theory are universal and will therefore be relevant to individual case studies. The book will appeal to tribologists from a wide variety of disciplines and will be of interest to researchers in physics, chemistry, metallurgy and mechanical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19637/cover/9780521019637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shapes and Shells in Nuclear Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ragnarsson, Ingemar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nilsson, Sven Gvsta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are a variety of models which can be used to study nuclear structure and dynamics. This book gives a comprehensive overview of these various models, concentrating in particular on a description of deformed and rotating nuclei. Following a treatment of the semi-empirical mass formula and nuclear stability, the liquid-drop and simple shell models are introduced and described. The spherical nuclear one-particle potential is introduced and developed to cover the case of deformed nuclei. The latter chapters of the book are devoted to discussions of barrier penetration, fast nuclear rotation, nucleon-nucleon interactions and the pairing interaction. Many problems and solutions are included, which help to illustrate key concepts. The book will be invaluable to graduate students of nuclear physics, and to anyone engaged in research in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19668/cover/9780521019668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collision-induced Absorption in Gases</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frommhold, Lothar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews the present knowledge of collision-induced absorption of infrared radiation in the dense, common gases. Following a brief introduction and review of essential background information, such as dipole radiation, molecular collisions and interactions, numerous experimental results for the absorption spectra of dense gases are presented. Other chapters review the causes and properties of dipole moments induced by molecular interactions, the theory of collision-induced absorption in monatomic gas mixtures and in molecular gases and mixtures. The final chapter discusses related phenomena and the important applications in astrophysics. Throughout the book, the emphasis is on the absorption by binary molecular complexes, but the onset of many-body effects, such as the ternary contributions and the intercollisional process, are also considered. The volume is meant to be a practical guide and sourcebook for the researcher interested in the spectroscopy of dense, neutral fluids. This edition includes a new appendix reviewing recent work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19675/cover/9780521019675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electron-Atom Collisions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, Ian E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weigold, Erich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive introduction to electron-atom collisions, covering both theory and experiment. The interaction of electrons with atoms is the field that most deeply probes both the structure and reaction dynamics of a many-body system. The book begins with a short account of experimental techniques of cross-section measurement. It then introduces the essential quantum mechanics background needed. The following chapters cover one-electron problems (from the classic particle in a box to a relativistic electron in a central potential), the theory of atomic bound states, formal scattering theory, calculation of scattering amplitudes, spin-independent and spin-dependent scattering observables, ionisation and electron momentum spectroscopy. The connections between experimental and theoretical developments are emphasised throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19682/cover/9780521019682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tennyson and the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Weaver's Shuttle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joseph, Gerhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gerhard Joseph's study of Tennyson evolves its major themes from the weaving figure of The Lady of Shalott, which becomes a kind of parable for the author and his texts. Taking its derivation from the Latin texere, 'to weave', Professor Joseph's focus on poetic texture and a sense of textuality (both in Tennyson's individual works and the larger poetic tapestry of his oeuvre) leads to a consciousness of his own critical and interpretative weaving, while revealing a new pattern in the fabric of Tennyson's work. This procedure brings together a theory of perception, developed in the first part of this study, with an analysis of the gendering of Tennyson's characters in the second part, and engages with the methodologies of deconstruction, psychoanalysis, and gender theory. The weaving metaphor also opens up a key theoretical issue regarding Tennyson's poetics: is the textual shuttle managed by the controlling hand of a historically definable author, or is the poetic weaver 'cursed' like the Lady of Shalott to suffer a mystifying doom at the 'unseen hand' of an all-pervasive textuality that occludes authorial intention?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19699/cover/9780521019699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flow Cytometry Data Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Basic Concepts and Statistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, James V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flow cytometry is now well established in research laboratories and is gaining increasing use in clinical medicine and pathology. The technique enables multiple simultaneous light scatter and fluorescence measurements to be made at the individual cell level at very rapid rates and results in very large quantities of data being collected. Data, however, is just a series of numbers which have to be converted to information which, in turn, must be shown to have meaning. This is the most important single aspect of flow cytometry but it has received relatively little attention. One of the frequently voiced advantages of the technology is that it produces 'good statistics' because large numbers of cells have been analysed. However, it is not very often that confidence limits are placed on results, hence the reader has little or no feel for the inherent variability in the information produced. This book covers very basic number handling techniques, regression analysis, probability functions, statistical tests and methods of analysing dynamic processes. All those who use flow cytometry in their research will find this book an invaluable guide to interpreting the data produced by flow cytometers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19705/cover/9780521019705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lattice Gas Hydrodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivet, J.-P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boon, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lattice Gas Hydrodynamics describes the approach to fluid dynamics using a micro-world constructed as an automaton universe, where the microscopic dynamics is based not on a description of interacting particles, but on the laws of symmetry and invariance of macroscopic physics. We imagine point-like particles residing on a regular lattice, where they move from node to node and undergo collisions when their trajectories meet. If the collisions occur according to some simple logical rules, and if the lattice has the proper symmetry, then the automaton shows global behavior very similar to that of real fluids. This book carries two important messages. First, it shows how an automaton universe with simple microscopic dynamics - the lattice gas - can exhibit macroscopic behavior in accordance with the phenomenological laws of classical physics. Second, it demonstrates that lattice gases have spontaneous microscopic fluctuations which capture the essentials of actual fluctuations in real fluids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19712/cover/9780521019712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy and Image Analysis of Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krinsley, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pye, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boggs, Jr, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tovey, N. Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy (BSE) reveals the minerals, textures, and fabrics of sediments and rocks in much greater detail than is possible with conventional optical microscopy. Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy provides a concise summary of the BSE technique. This comprehensive guide uses abundant images to illustrate the type of information BSE yields and the application of the technique to the study of sediments and sedimentary rocks. The authors review the use of this petrographic technique on all the major sedimentary rock types, including sediment grains, sandstones, shales, carbonate rocks, rock varnish, and glauconite. They also describe image analysis techniques that allow quantification of backscattered scanning electron microscope images and illustrate the potential applications of these methods. Heavily illustrated and lucidly written, this book will provide researchers and graduate students with the most current research on this important geological tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19743/cover/9780521019743.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pollen Biotechnology for Crop Production and Improvement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shivanna, K. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sawhney, V. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, R. Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our knowledge of pollen, the gold dust that carries the male germ line of flowering plants and is vital for sexual reproduction and seed formation, has 'come of age' with the publication of this book. Here, for the first time in a single volume, are all the ideas and techniques developed in the last two decades concerning the manipulation of pollen and pollen tubes in plant breeding and biotechnology. Pollen has never been an easy topic to come to grips with, with its variable and often inexplicable terminology that has made it a more difficult field in which to work. This book will remedy that, with its overview of pollen biology and pollen-pistil interactions that explains terms and concepts of the male function of pollen in a way that is readily understandable to the student and professional plant scientist and plant breeder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19750/cover/9780521019750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nonlinear Theory of Elastic Shells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Libai, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmonds, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elastic shells are pervasive in everyday life. Examples of these thin-walled structures range from automobile hoods to basketballs, veins, arteries and soft drink cans. This book explains shell theory, with numerous examples and applications. As a second edition, it not only brings all the material of the first edition entirely up to date, it also adds two entirely new chapters on general shell theory and general membrane theory. Aerospace, mechanical and civil engineers, as well as applied mathematicians, will find this book a clearly written and thorough information source on shell theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101977X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101977X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Genus Rhipicephalus (Acari, Ixodidae)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Brown Ticks of the World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Jane B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keirans, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horak, Ivan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ticks in the genus Rhipicephalus include many important vectors of animal and human pathogens, but many species are notoriously difficult to identify, particularly as immature stages. This reference volume provides identification keys for adult ticks from the Afrotropical regions and elsewhere. For the nymphs and larvae, unique plates have been compiled in which line drawings of the capitula of similar species are grouped together to facilitate identification. Brief well-illustrated descriptions of the known stages of every species are given, plus information on their hosts, distribution, and disease relationships. Tables providing data on host/parasite relationships and disease transmission are also included, making this the definitive reference source on this group for all those interested in acarology, veterinary or medical parasitology and entomology for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19774/cover/9780521019774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affine Analysis of Image Sequences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Larry S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computer vision is a rapidly growing field which aims to make computers 'see' as effectively as humans. In this book Dr Shapiro presents a new computer vision framework for interpreting time-varying imagery. This is an important task, since movement reveals valuable information about the environment. The fully-automated system operates on long, monocular image sequences containing multiple, independently-moving objects, and demonstrates the practical feasibility of recovering scene structure and motion in a bottom-up fashion. Real and synthetic examples are given throughout, with particular emphasis on image coding applications. Novel theory is derived in the context of the affine camera, a generalisation of the familiar scaled orthographic model. Analysis proceeds by tracking 'corner features' through successive frames and grouping the resulting trajectories into rigid objects using new clustering and outlier rejection techniques. The three-dimensional motion parameters are then computed via 'affine epipolar geometry', and 'affine structure' is used to generate alternative views of the object and fill in partial views. The use of all available features (over multiple frames) and the incorporation of statistical noise properties substantially improves existing algorithms, giving greater reliability and reduced noise sensitivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19781/cover/9780521019781.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamics of One-Dimensional Solvable Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takahashi, Minoru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Exactly solvable models are very important in physics. They are important not just from a theoretical point of view but also from the experimentalist's perspective because in such cases theoretical results and experimental results can be compared without ambiguity. This is a book about an important class of exactly solvable models in physics. The subject area is the Bethe-ansatz approach for a number of one-dimensional models, and the setting up of equations within this approach to determine the thermodynamics of these systems. It is a topic that crosses the boundaries between condensed matter physics, mathematics and field theory. The derivation and application of thermodynamic Bethe-ansatz equations for one-dimensional models are explained in detail. This technique is indispensable for physicists studying the low-temperature properties of one-dimensional substances. This book, written by one of the top physicists in this field, and the originator of much of the work in the subject, will be of great interest to theoretical condensed matter physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19798/cover/9780521019798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rereading Walter Pater</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shuter, William F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Pater is increasingly gaining recognition as a pivotal figure in nineteenth-century culture. His later work is often regarded as an effort to distance himself from his earlier, more controversial texts. William F. Shuter argues that Pater's writings demand a twofold reading. Shuter first offers an account of the texts in the order in which they were written, paying close attention to the changes in Pater's thought and interests over time; he then returns to the earlier texts, showing how the later work serves, paradoxically, as an introduction to the earlier. Drawing extensively on unpublished manuscript material, Shuter reveals that Pater himself authorised rereadings of his work in an effort to rewrite his own literary past and the past of his culture. This new perspective on Pater's work uncovers patterns of continuity and anticipation that decisively alter our understanding of Pater and his writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19811/cover/9780521019811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parametric Sensitivity in Chemical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varma, Arvind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morbidelli, Massimo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wu, Hua</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The behavior of a chemical system is affected by many physicochemical parameters. The sensitivity of the system's behavior to changes in parameters is known as parametric sensitivity. When a system operates in a parametrically sensitive region, its performance becomes unreliable and changes sharply with small variations in parameters. Thus, it would be of great value to predict sensitivity behavior in chemical systems. This book is the first to provide a thorough treatment of the concept of parametric sensitivity and the mathematical tool it generated, sensitivity analysis. The emphasis is on applications to real situations. The book begins with definitions of various sensitivity indices and describes the numerical techniques used for their evaluation. Extensively illustrated chapters discuss sensitivity analysis in a variety of chemical reactors - batch, tubular, continuous-flow, fixed-bed - and in combustion systems, air pollution, and metabolic processes. Chemical engineers, chemists, graduate students, and researchers will welcome this valuable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19842/cover/9780521019842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catalyst Design</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Optimal Distribution of Catalyst in Pellets, Reactors, and Membranes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morbidelli, Massimo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gavriilidis, Asterios</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varma, Arvind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heterogeneous catalysis is widely used in chemical, refinery, and pollution-control processes. For this reason, achieving optimal performance of catalysts is a significant issue for chemical engineers and chemists. This book addresses the question of how catalytic material should be distributed inside a porous support in order to obtain optimal performance. It treats single and multiple reaction systems, isothermal and nonisothermal conditions, pellets, monoliths, fixed-bed reactors, and membrane reactors. The effects of physicochemical and operating parameters are analyzed to gain insight into the underlying phenomena governing the performance of optimally designed catalysts. Throughout, the authors offer a balanced treatment of theory and experiment. Particular attention is given to problems of commercial importance. With its thorough treatment of the design, preparation, and utilization of supported catalysts, this book will be an ideal resource for graduate students, researchers, and practising engineers and chemists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19859/cover/9780521019859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mountain Gorillas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Decades of Research at Karisoke</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robbins, Martha M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sicotte, Pascale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Kelly J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the past three decades the mountain gorillas of Karisoke Research Center have been the subject of many studies focusing on their behaviour and ecology. Long-term observations on known individuals, from birth to death, and data on social behaviour within and between groups have led to an understanding of many aspects of gorilla social structure. The findings have made significant contributions to models of comparative primate behavioural ecology. Mountain gorillas have also been the focus of intense conservation efforts, which have become a model for conservation programs elsewhere. While most research has focused on mountain gorillas, data on the other two recognised subspecies have increased over the past twenty years. This book highlights and summarises some of the behavioural, ecological and conservation work on mountain gorillas, and makes comparisons with findings from other study sites. It represents the most up-to-date and diverse collection of information available on this endangered ape.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19866/cover/9780521019866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stability and Change in an English County Town</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social Study of York 1801-51</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Industrial Revolution the attention of contemporaries was drawn inevitably towards conditions in the great manufacturing towns, a bias which most historical writing continues to perpetuate. By contrast, only scant attention has been paid to the development of older-established communities, although their stimulation during this period of transition is of compelling interest. County towns were by no means insulated from the broad currents of economic and social change at work in society, but in a large measure the forces of continuity and stability continued to shape their character. This detailed study of one of Britain's most notable historic towns concentrates on population growth by migration and natural increase, explores the course of marriage, birth and death rates, and concludes with an examination of household and family structure, based on the mid-nineteenth century census enumerators' returns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19873/cover/9780521019873.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Representative of the People?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Voters and Voting in England under the Early Stuarts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contested elections became a fact of political life for the first time in early-17th-century England as the gentry pressed for seats in a parliament which was growing increasingly important. Dr Hirst examines politics from the point of view of the ordinary man before the Civil War. He asks what an election and being represented meant: what kind of person voted; how did he vote and why; and what might he gain by it. England was not yet shaped in the oligarchic mould that characterised it in the 18th century, and a striking feature of this period was the extent to which parliamentary politics was open to a large social group. Inflation and peasant survival on the land, and resistance to oligarchy in the boroughs (supported by the parliamentary gentry seeking popular allies for their own political battles), produced a broad rural and urban electorate. The need for votes also ensured that members were relatively responsive to, and representative of, pressures from below. In arriving at this verdict, Dr Hirst challenges the notion that politics in this period displayed a strong sense of direction. At all levels, whether in the means of control employed by the magnates, in electoral procedure, or in voting behaviour, uncertainty was manifest, for contests were unprecedented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19880/cover/9780521019880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italy the Least of the Great Powers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Italian Foreign Policy Before the First World War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bosworth, R. J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the heart of Rome beside the Capitol, confronting the Piazza Venezia, stands the Victor Emmanuel monument. In Rome, which until 1945 was so often accorded the adjectives 'eternal' or 'imperial', the monumentissimo (as sardonic socialists labelled it) is the most public, most theatrical and most excessive architectural celebration of post-Risorgimento Italian patriotism, nationalism and perhaps imperialism. This book asks why the Victor Emmanuel monument, planned after 1878 and opened in 1911, was a structure raised by Liberal and not Fascist Italy. Through a detailed study of diplomacy, of policy-making, of policy-makers, and of the distribution of real power in pre-First World War Italy, it demonstrates how important foreign policy, and a foreign policy of greatness, was to Liberal Italy. Weakened by economic backwardness, regional diversity, and the gulf between the legal-political world and 'real' society, Liberal Italy was nonetheless ambitious to be a Great Power. This monograph contributes to a number of major historiographical debates. It produces evidence which casts doubts on the thesis that fascism was a parenthesis in Italian history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19897/cover/9780521019897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kaiser Wilhelm II New Interpretations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Corfu Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>R&#246;hl, John C. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sombart, Nicolaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kaiser Wilhelm II (1859-1941) is one of the most fascinating figures in European history. Inheriting the 'mightiest throne on earth' in 1888, he played a central part in fashioning the policies which culminated in the catastrophe of 1914-18, the collapse of the Reich, and his own abdication. To an extraordinary extent he was also representative of his epoch: brilliant, bizarre, aggressive, insecure. Yet German historians have virtually ignored him. They have written the history of the Kaiserreich without the Kaiser, of Wilhelminism without Wilhelm, leaving the field to the amateurs. Recently, the conviction has been growing, in Germany as well as in American and Great Britain, that the huge advances achieved in the social and economic history of Imperial Germany must now be complemented by deeper research into the Kaiser's character, his role in decision-making, and his relationship to the social and cultural values of his era. In September 1979, a dozen historians met in the Kaiser's palace on Corfu to discuss these questions: this book contains their findings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19903/cover/9780521019903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinetic Theory of Living Pattern</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Lionel G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Development of the shapes of living organisms and their parts is a field of science in which there are no generally accepted theoretical principles. What form these principles are likely to take, when they emerge, is a subject in which there is a wide gulf of disagreement between physical scientists and experimental biologists. This book contains both an extensive philosophical commentary on this dichotomy in views and an exposition of the type of theory most favoured by physical scientists. In this theory living form is a manifestation of the dynamics of chemical change and physical transport or other physics of spatial communication. The reaction-diffusion theory, as initiated by Turing in 1952 and since elaborated by Prigogine and by Gierer and Meinhardt among others, is discussed in detail at a level that requires a good knowledge of a first course in calculus, but no more than that. The great growth of molecular biology has tended to overshadow the increase in our understanding of the nature of these kinetic processes. This book seeks to reawaken interest in dynamics in the hope that a better balance between the importance of things and the importance of actions may emerge in the biology of the 21st century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19910/cover/9780521019910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jurassic of the Circum-Pacific</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westermann, Gerd E. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this work, 60 specialists come together to discuss the regional occurrences of Jurassic rocks. The tectonic setting, stratigraphical sequences, and fossil assemblages of Jurassic rocks are covered in detail; regional biozones based on palynonorphs, protistans, plants and invertebrates are defined, and super-regional standard zones based on ammonites are established. Numerous tables are used to document and illustrate intra- and inter-continental circum-Pacific correlations, and a large atlas illustrates more than 1,000 circum-Pacific index and guide fossils. Resulting from International Geological Correlation Programme Project 171, not only is this the first comprehensive synthesis of Jurassic geology and palaeontology, but it is in fact the only one of its kind for any geological system. This book will prove indispensable to academic geologists, palaeontologists and stratigraphers interested in the Jurassic period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19927/cover/9780521019927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atom-Probe Field Ion Microscopy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Field Ion Emission, and Surfaces and Interfaces at Atomic Resolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsong, Tien T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Atom-probe field ion microscopy is currently the only technique capable of imaging solid surfaces with atomic resolution, and at the same time of chemically analysing surface atoms selected by the observer from the field ion image. Field ion microscopy has been successfully used to study most metals and many alloys, and recently good field ion images of some semiconductors and even ceramic materials such as high temperature superconductors have been obtained. Although other microscopies are capable of achieving the same resolution, there are some experiments unique to field ion microscopy - for example the study of the behaviour of single atoms and clusters on a solid surface. The elegant development of the field ion microscope with the atom probe has provided a powerful and useful technique for highly sensitive chemical analysis. This book presents the basic principles of atom-probe field ion microscopy and illustrates the various capabilities of the technique in the study of solid surfaces and interfaces at atomic resolution. A useful comparison is given with two related techniques, electron microscopy and scanning tunnelling microscopy. The book will be of interest to scientists working on surfaces and interfaces of materials at the atomic level and will provide a useful reference for those using this technique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19934/cover/9780521019934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052101994X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052101994X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes and Aging</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kanungo, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The maximum life span of multicellular organisms varies greatly: for a fruitfly it is about 30 days, for a dog about 20 years, and for a human about 100 years. Despite these differences, all animals show a similar pattern of their life spans - growth, adulthood, and aging, followed by death. The basic cause of aging in multicellular organisms (eukaryotes) lies at the level of the genes, although nutrition and various types of stresses do influence the rate and pattern of aging. This book reviews the molecular biology of the gene in relation to aging. Until about a decade ago it was not possible to probe into the types of changes that occur in eukaryotic genes, due to their enormous complexity. The use of genetic engineering techniques, however, is beginning to unravel the changes that occur in the genes as an organism ages: such as the changing expression of specific genes under normal conditions and under various types of stress, the changes in the regulatory roles of the sequences in the promotor regions of genes, conformational changes that may occur in genes during aging, and the protein factors that are involved in the aging process. The author presents basic information on eukaryotic genes and follows this with details of the changes that occur in their structure and function during aging. He reviews the latest studies being carried out in various laboratories, outlines the gaps and deficiencies in our present knowledge and suggests the most profitable future areas of research. Genes and Aging is for all students and researchers interested in the molecular biology of aging.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19941/cover/9780521019941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oscillations in Finite Quantum Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bertsch, G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broglia, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the physics of small clusters of particles undergoing vibrations, with applications in nuclear physics and the physics and chemistry of atomic clusters. The book begins with a survey of the experimental information on collective vibrations in atoms, metal clusters and nuclei. Next, the book goes on to develop theoretical tools to understand these findings. Special emphasis is placed on the Rayleigh-Ritz principle, the use of sum rules, and the quantum mechanics of mean field theory, known as 'RPA'. The important vibrational modes observed in the different systems are then discussed, including the dipole mode of oscillation (important in both nuclei and metal clusters), surface modes of higher polarity, and the compressional mode. In the last two chapters mechanisms for the damping of vibrational modes and the effects of excitation energy on the modes are described.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19965/cover/9780521019965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521019990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521019990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521019996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ross Orogen of the Transantarctic Mountains</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521019996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stump, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ross Orogen of the Transantarctic Mountains is the part of the orogenic system that formed at the Pacific continental margin of present-day Antarctica. According to a recent hypothesis, this continental margin was created by the rifting and subsequent drift of Laurentia from Gondwana. With an unparalleled breadth and depth of information, this book provides a detailed synthesis of the history of the Ross orogen. In doing so, it incorporates classical studies with discussions of the most recent and controversial research from the international community. The book also includes a comprehensive bibliography and a historical chronology of all expeditions that have worked on the Ross orogen in the Transantarctic Mountains, from the first sightings by Ross in 1840 right up to the present day. This review of the Ross orogen of the Transantarctic Mountains will be valuable to all geologists interested in these episodes in the Earth's history, and to researchers of the geology of Antarctica.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19996/cover/9780521019996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102000X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102000X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Family of Love in English Society, 1550-1630</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsh, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the history of the outlawed mystical fellowship, the 'Family of Love', in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England. The Familists, devoted followers of a Messianic Dutch mystic named 'H. N.', were passionately denounced by many literate contemporaries, and an association with extremism, subversion and hypocrisy has endured. The author tracks the English Familists into their houses, fields and places of work. Although members of the Family were few in number and highly secretive, identification has proved possible in contexts ranging from the court of Elizabeth I to rural villages in Cambridgeshire. The author also examines the distinctive way of life which was developed by Family members within a wider society that, on the face of it, was hostile to religious dissenters: one surprising conclusion is that most English men and women seem to have possessed an impressive capacity to tolerate known 'heretics' in their midst.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20008/cover/9780521020008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrology and Water Management in the Humid Tropics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hydrological Research Issues and Strategies for Water Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonell, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hufschmidt, Maynard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gladwell, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental problems in the humid tropical regions, where the focus is on the fate and management of the surviving rainforest and climate change, are attracting increasing attention internationally. The distribution of tropical rainfall is highly variable, and in many regions the supply of potable water is inadequate. By the end of the century one-third of the world's population will be living in the humid tropics. This book considers all aspects of hydrology in the humid tropics. The first four parts of the book cover the physical basis of hydrology in the humid tropics: climatology, meteorology, process hydrology, sedimentation, water quality and freshwater ecology. This is followed by extensive treatment of the human and societal issues: land-use changes, water resource management, and rural and urban water supply in the tropical regions. The book is a uniquely integrated summary of hydrology in the tropics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20022/cover/9780521020022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurobiological Effects of Sex Steroid Hormones</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Micevych, Paul E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammer, Jr, Ronald P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neurobiological Effects of Sex Steroid Hormones describes the neurobiological basis for the understanding of how sex steroid hormones, oestrogen and testosterone, interact with parts of the brain. The contributors have all made significant advances in the understanding of how these steroids regulate neural function, and how this activity is translated into reproductive behaviours necessary for the propagation of the species. This book covers a broad range of topics, extending from the molecular and cellular processes, through the action of steroids on neurotransmission, all the way to defining the brain circuitry involved in both male and female behaviour. This volume presents a snapshot of the rapidly advancing field of reproductive neuroendocrinology by the investigators who are most intimately involved with the discoveries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20039/cover/9780521020039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Groups in Two-Dimensional Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#243;mez, Cisar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruiz-Altaba, Martm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sierra, German</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to integrability and conformal field theory in two dimensions using quantum groups. The book begins with a brief introduction to S-matrices, spin chains and vertex models as a prelude to the study of Yang-Baxter algebras and the Bethe ansatz. The basic ideas of integrable systems are then introduced, giving particular emphasis to vertex and face models. Special attention is given to explaining the underlying mathematical tools, including braid groups, knot invariants and towers of algebra. The book then goes on to give a detailed introduction to quantum groups as a prelude to chapters on integrable models, two-dimensional conformal field theories and superconformal field theories. The book contains many diagrams and exercises to illustrate key points in the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20046/cover/9780521020046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developments in the Design of Thermal Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boehm, Robert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thermal systems are essential features in power, chemical processing, air conditioning, and other industries where heat and power are used. As the cost and complexity of designing thermal systems have increased, the need to understand and improve the design process has also grown. This book describes recent progress in the design of thermal systems. The book begins with a brief history and outline of developments in thermal system design. Chapters then discuss computer design tools for the power and chemical industries, predicting physical properties with computational tools, the use of 'pinch analysis' to improve thermal efficiency, applications of the exergy concept, the emerging concept of thermoeconomics, and the potential for artificial intelligence and expert systems in the design of thermal systems. With chapters written by internationally recognised authorities, the book offers a state-of-the-art review for both researchers and practitioners in mechanical, aerospace, chemical, and power engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20053/cover/9780521020053.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>UV Lasers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Effects and Applications in Materials Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duley, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides the first comprehensive overview of the modern use of ultraviolet laser radiation in the processing of materials. Lasers operating at ultraviolet wavelengths combine the ability to vaporise the most refractory of materials with the precision to ablate micron-sized holes in polymers and remove thin layers from the cornea for corrective surgery of the human eye. This book explores the use of UV laser radiation for the ablation and deposition of metals, insulating solids, polymers, semiconductors and superconductors. Emphasis has been placed on understanding the physical mechanisms accompanying these processes and the conversion of intense UV radiation to photothermal and photochemical energy in irradiated materials. This will be an invaluable source-book of current information in the rapidly developing field of laser applications for engineers, scientists, researchers and students in universities, government laboratories and the private sector, and will also form a valuable supplementary text for graduate courses in materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20060/cover/9780521020060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Theory in the Age of Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bent, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Twelve authors probe the mind of the Romantic era in its thinking about music. They provide a searching examination of writings by music theorists, critics, aestheticians, philosophers, and commentators from 1800 to 1875. In doing so, they wield new critical tools as well as old, casting fresh light, for example, on familiar problems of musical form by inspecting eighteenth-century rhetoric and nineteenth-century gendered discourse; exploring Schubertian modulation and Wagnerian motif with the insights of cognitive science; reinterpreting pianistic finger exercise by way of Michel Foucault and Frankenstein and so on. The impact of Hegel and Schelling on music theory occupies an important place, as does Schleiermacher's hermeneutics on analysis and criticism. The brilliant group of young historians of theory, represented here, provides an array of approaches, from detailed music analysis, through close reading of texts, through critical discourse, to philosophical enquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20084/cover/9780521020084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subsurface Flow and Transport</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Stochastic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dagan, Gedeon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neuman, Shlomo P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes a major method in modelling the flow of water and transport of solutes in the subsurface, a subject of considerable interest in the exploitation and preservation of water resources. The stochastic approach allows the uncertainty which affects various properties and parameters to be incorporated in models of subsurface flow and transport. These much more realistic models are of greater use in, for example, modelling the transport and build-up of contaminants in groundwater. The volume is based on the second Kovacs Colloquium organised by the International Hydrological Programme (UNESCO) and the International Association of Hydrological Sciences. Fifteen leading scientists with international reputations review the latest developments in this area. The book is a valuable reference work for graduate students, research workers and professionals in government and public institutions, interested in hydrology, environmental issues, soil physics, petroleum engineering, geological engineering and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20091/cover/9780521020091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Non-Classical Problems in the Theory of Elastic Stability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elishakoff, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Li, Yiwei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starnes, Jr, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When a structure is put under an increasing compressive load, it becomes unstable and buckling occurs. Buckling is a particularly significant concern in designing shell structures such as aircraft, automobiles, ships, or bridges. This book discusses stability analysis and buckling problems and offers practical tools for dealing with uncertainties that exist in real systems. The techniques are based on two complementary theories which are developed in the text. First, the probabilistic theory of stability is presented, with particular emphasis on reliability. Both theoretical and computational issues are discussed.  Secondly, the authors present the alternative to probability based on the notion of 'anti-optimization', a theory that is valid when the necessary information for probabilistic analysis is absent, that is, when only scant data are available. Design engineers, researchers, and graduate students in aerospace, mechanical, marine, and civil engineering who are concerned with issues of structural integrity will find this book a useful reference source.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20107/cover/9780521020107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Biologists in the Archives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Demography, Health, Nutrition and Genetics in Historical Populations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herring, D. Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swedlund, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many physical anthropologists study populations using data that come primarily from the historical record. For this volume's authors, the classic anthropological 'field' is not the glamour of an exotic locale, but the sometimes tedium of the dusty back rooms of libraries, archives and museum collections. This book tells of the way in which archival data inform anthropological questions about human biology and health. The authors present a diverse array of human biological evidence from a variety of sources including the archaeological record, medical collections, church records, contemporary health and growth data and genetic information from the descendants of historical populations. The papers demonstrate how the analysis of historical documents expands the horizons of research in human biology, extends the longitudinal analysis of microevolutionary and social processes into the present and enhances our understanding of the human condition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/01041/cover/9780521801041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102014X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102014X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Personality of Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Habitat, Heritage and History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, E. Estyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of Ireland has been conceived in two ways: as the history of the English in Ireland or as the history of Gaelic Ireland, but both kinds have been concerned with personalities and institutions rather than with society as a whole. None of the many histories of Ireland tells us much about the land whose story they purport to record. In this book, Professor Estyn Evans takes a new look at Ireland. For the human geographer, if environment without man is an abstraction, so is society without environment, and history operates and takes its visual form in particular cultural environments. He contends that studies of heritage can assist the documentary historian in reaching a fuller understanding of the distinctive and continuing character of Irish history. Drawing on the findings of geography, he finds evidence for remarkable cultural continuities in this pastoral insular end of the Old World. His illustrations are taken from various historical and archaeological horizons, in particular the megalithic, the early Celtic and early Christian, and from agrarian history, folkways and field observations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20145/cover/9780521020145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Hopton: A Fifteenth Century Suffolk Gentleman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Hopton's adult life spanned the years between 1430 and 1478, reputedly one of the most turbulent periods in English history. He, however, neither seems to have been troubled by the 'Wars of the Roses', nor to have displayed those attitudes normally attributed to the upper classes of the time: unflagging self-esteem, brutal ambition, grasping competitiveness. If his vices were not extravagant, his virtues too were unexceptional, those perhaps of a type of country gentleman we usually associate with a later age. Colin Richmond's book is an attempt to place a particular English gentleman in the framework of the world he knew. It opens with the story of this landless Yorkshireman's acquisition of rich properties in Suffolk, and a discussion of those estates themselves, how they were managed and their yield; it continues with a description of John, his remarkable second wife Thomasin, their family, and their life at Blythburgh.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20152/cover/9780521020152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Materials for a Balance of the Soviet National Economy, 1928-1930</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheatcroft, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stone, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a full translation of a major but little-known Soviet work on Soviet national income accounts for a crucial stage in the social and economic transformation of the Soviet economy from 1928 to 1930. These were years of mass collectivisation and the launching of the Soviet industrialisation drive. The USSR was perhaps unique in having a well-developed statistical service able to record the detailed changes in economic relationships that were taking place at this time. The translation is accompanied by three introductory articles which explain the structure and contents of these materials, what new light these materials throw on the development of the Soviet economy in this period and describe the significance of these materials for the history of Soviet statistics and planning. Amongst other questions this evidence casts some doubt on recent attempts to show that Soviet industrialisation resulted in a change in the net flow of goods between industry and agriculture, in favour of agriculture. It also shows that considerable attempts were made by some influential statisticians and planners in the early 1930s to analyse the relationship between different branches and sectors of the economy. In a foreword Professor Sir Richard Stone sets the achievement of the construction of these materials in the context of the history of Western works on national income accounts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20169/cover/9780521020169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saponins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hostettmann, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marston, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is now a large body of theory concerning algebraic varieties over finite fields, and many conjectures exist in this area that are of great interest to researchers in number theory and algebraic geometry. This book is concerned with the arithmetic of diagonal hypersurfaces over finite fields, with special focus on the Tate conjecture and the Lichtenbaum-Milne formula for the central value of the L-function. It combines theoretical and numerical work, and includes tables of Picard numbers. Although this book is aimed at experts, the authors have included some background material to help non-specialists gain access to the results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20176/cover/9780521020176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pieces of Resistance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodheart, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Criticism, as I understand and practice it, is evaluative as well as interpretive', writes Eugene Goodheart. Pieces of Resistance is a collection of Goodheart's essays and reviews written between 1960 and 1985. The book responds to the political, cultural, and literary changes expressed during this period by novelists, critics, and journalists. Goodheart's exemplary figures include Lionel Trilling, Philip Rahv, and V. S. Naipaul: writers he believes share a particular sensitivity to literary and cultural ideologies that distort and diminish our understanding of the world. Goodheart's book is divided into three parts. The first section discusses critics Trilling, Rahv, Leslie Fiedler, Geoffrey Hartman, David Bleich, and Susan Sontag - to name a few. The second part devotes itself to contemporary culture and includes essays on journals such as The New York Review of Books, Commentary, and The Evergreen Review, which in the 1960s and early 1970s provided a well-lit playground for various political, cultural, and literary themes. Finally, Goodheart examines the work of many modern writers with essays on Isaac Bashevis Singer, Daniel Fuchs, Ralph Ellison, Nadine Gordimer, V. S. Naipaul, Bernard Malamud, William Styron, Donald Barthelme, Raymond Carver, and Saul Bellow. Goodheart does not pretend to impersonal objectivity; his commitment to evaluative criticism - seeing a text in its relationship to political and cultural movements - is a deliberate response to current, increasingly specialized forms of criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20183/cover/9780521020183.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Creation of the Anglo-Australian Observatory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gascoigne, S. C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Proust, K. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, M. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wild, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wison, Sir Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the official history of the Anglo-Australian Telescope which started to be built at Coonabarabran in New South Wales in 1968 and came into operation in 1974. The telescope is part of the Anglo-Australian Observatory which provides facilities for research in optical astronomy for scientists from Britain and Australia. The authors of this book were all involved in different capacities throughout the development of the telescope. As such it gives a detailed and personal record of the scientific, administrative and political developments from the moment negotiations began to the present day. The AAT has been, and continues to be, an outstanding success and can lay claim to being the best instrumented telescope in the world, with a very wide capability and high sensitivity. This is a unique and important book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20190/cover/9780521020190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Perspectives on Human Pigmentation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, Ashley H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Skin colour is perhaps the most decisive and abused physical characteristic of humankind. This book presents a multidisciplinary overview of how and why human populations vary so markedly in their skin colour. The biological aspects of the pigment cell and its production of melanin are reviewed. The functions of melanin in the skin, brain, eye and ear are considered, and the common clinical abnormalities of pigmentation, such as albinism, are described and illustrated. Detailed reflectance data from worldwide surveys of skin colour are also presented. The historical and contemporary background of the phenomenon is explored in relation to the so-called 'colour problem' in society. Finally, the possible evolutionary forces which shape human pigmentation are assessed. This fascinating account will be of interest to graduate students and researchers of biological anthropology, anatomy, physiology and dermatology, as well as medical practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20206/cover/9780521020206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies on the Testament of Job</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knibb, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Der Horst, Pieter W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bringing together as it does papers delivered at the 1986 and 1987 meetings of the Studiorum Novi Testamenti Societas Pseudepigrapha Seminar, this collection takes as its theme the Testament of Job. For much of the modern period the Testament of Job has been one of the lesser-known pseudepigraphic products of early Judaism, and this book attempts to remedy the deficiency of scholarly material in the area with a well-balanced treatment of its central concerns. Approximately the length of the New Testament book of Romans, the Testament celebrates the virtue of patience through a folkloristic elaboration of the Biblical story of Job. Yet the Testament adopts from the Biblical story scarcely more than the framework, much of it highlighting themes unusual in both early Christian and early Jewish writings. From the viewpoint of the history of religions it is of interest for its image of Satan, its ecstaticism and its emphasis on magic; it sheds light on the Jewish background of the early Christian phenomenon of glossolalia; and it is intriguing because of the remarkable role it assigns to women. The contributors to this volume are all distinguished scholars, and they provide an accessible introduction to this relatively neglected ancient document.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20213/cover/9780521020213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musical Theatre at the Court of Louis XIV</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Le Mariage de la Grosse Cathos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris-Warrick, Rebecca</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsh, Carol G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dance played a major role in all French Baroque theatrical entertainments. Le Mariage de la Grosse Cathos, a short ballet performed at the court of Louis XIV, is of major importance, largely because it has survived complete in all its components - choreography, music, and text - and also because it uses a previously unknown dance notation system. This book reproduces the entire manuscript of this ballet and provides a comprehensive study of the work itself and of the circumstances in which it was created and performed. Chapters devoted to the composer, choreographer, and performers provide a framework for understanding the performance context not only of this work, but of other court entertainments of the period. A study and evaluation of the notation system in which the dances are recorded, together with a detailed analysis of the dances, completes the introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20220/cover/9780521020220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Light Curves of Variable Stars</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Pictorial Atlas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sterken, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique volume provides a complete reference on variable stars. It presents a wealth of typical light- and colour-curves to allow identification, together with a detailed and up-to-date description of each subclass. The editors, together with seven other world experts, have created a unique pictorial atlas of variable stars. In the first chapter they give a clear introduction to the nomenclature and classification of the light curves of variable stars, and to photometric systems. In the remaining chapters they provide a detailed account of each subclass: from eruptive, pulsating, rotating and cataclysmic variables, through to eclipsing-binary systems and X-ray binaries. Specific variable stars, types and classes of variables, together with key astrophysical terms can be quickly and easily located in the book by means of detailed object-name and subject indexes. This comprehensive and up-to-date volume provides an essential reference for all those interested in variable stars - from researchers and graduate students through to dedicated amateurs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20244/cover/9780521020244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Seismicity of Egypt, Arabia and the Red Sea</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Historical Review</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambraseys, N. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melville, C. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A careful and intensive study of historical sources and a review of the instrumental data of this century have led to this detailed catalogue of earthquakes. Egypt, Arabia, the Red Sea region and the surrounding areas of Libya, Sudan and Ethiopia are studied from the earliest times to the present day. Each earthquake is described as fully as possible from the available data, and is analysed in a geographical and historical context. The completeness of the earthquake catalogue over time is analysed and the range of sources and problems associated with the scrutiny of historical sources is discussed. The information is then placed in a geophysical framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20251/cover/9780521020251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpretation and Theology in Spenser</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gless, Darryl J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The extent to which a knowledge of sixteenth-century theological doctrines can help readers interpret the works of Edmund Spenser has long been a matter of controversy. In Interpretation and Theology in Spenser Darryl J. Gless offers a new approach: drawing on recent literary theories, he focuses less on what Spenser intended than on the ways readers might construe both the poet's works and the theological doctrines which those works invoke. Professor Gless demonstrates the seldom-admitted fact that theological texts, like literary ones, are subject to the interpretive activity of readers.  Informed by this approach to Elizabethan theology, he develops a thorough analysis of the first, most widely studied, book of Spenser's Elizabethan epic The Faerie Queene. He concludes with a fast-moving survey of ways in which theological perspectives can enrich significant moments in later, less overtly theological, passages of Spenser's great poem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20299/cover/9780521020299.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atomic and Ion Collisions in Solids and at Surfaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Simulation and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the application of computer simulation and theory in the study of the interaction of energetic particles (&lt; 1 eV to the MeV range) with solid surfaces. The authors describe methods which are applicable both to hard collisions between nuclear cores of atoms down to soft interactions, where chemical effects or long-range forces dominate. In surface science, potential applications include surface atomic structure determination using ion scattering spectroscopy or element analysis using SIMS or other techniques that involve depth profiling. Industrial applications include optical or hard coating deposition, ion implantation in semiconductor device manufacture or nanotechnology. Plasma-sidewall interaction in fusion devices may also be studied using the techniques described. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers, both academic and industrial, in surface science, semiconductor engineering, thin-film deposition and particle-surface interactions, in departments of physics, chemistry and electrical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20305/cover/9780521020305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linear Electric Actuators and Generators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boldea, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasar, Syed A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linear electric actuators (LEAs) and linear electric generators (LEGs) are widely used electromagnetic devices. This book deals with LEAs that convert electric energy into controlled mechanical motion of limited travel and LEGs that transform mechanical energy into electric energy. Examples range from loudspeakers and microphones to magnetically levitated material transfer in ultraclean rooms. Much of the literature on linear actuators and generators covers the principles of operation and performance calculations of these devices. Little has been published on their control or on detailed design methodologies. This book presents the first unified treatment of the subject, including the construction, operation, control and design of LEAs and LEGs. Chapters describe linear induction, permanent-magnet, linear reluctance, switched reluctance, and linear stepper actuators, as well as various types of linear electric generators. The text is amply illustrated with numerous design examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20329/cover/9780521020329.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Motherhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Writing and Culture, 1680-1760</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Toni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through detailed examination of a wide variety of novels, plays, sermons, songs, popular engravings, portraiture, and propaganda from the period, Toni Bowers examines the eighteenth-century struggle to develop new ideals for virtuous womanhood. She shows how popular representations of mothers codified and enforced a model of motherhood naturally and inevitably, removed from participation in the public world, and presented other ideals as monstrous. At the same time, she points out, some of the most influential texts resisted the newly reduced vision of maternal excellence by imagining alternatives to domesticity and dependence. Addressing broader social and cultural issues, and drawing radical comparisons between past and present, Bowers argues that Western culture continues to be limited by its commitment to the contradictory maternal ideals established in eighteenth-century discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20336/cover/9780521020336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superplasticity in Metals and Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nieh, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wadsworth, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherby, O. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes advances in the field of superplasticity. This is the ability of certain materials to undergo very large tensile strains, a phenomenon that has increasing commercial applications, but also presents a fascinating scientific challenge in attempts to understand the physical mechanisms that underpin it. The authors emphasise the materials aspects of superplasticity. They begin with a brief history of the phenomenon. This is followed by a description of the two major types of superplasticity - fine-structure and internal-stress superplasticity - together with a discussion of their operative mechanisms. In addition, microstructural factors controlling the ductility and fracture in superplastic materials are presented. The observations of superplasticity in metals (including aluminium, magnesium, iron, titanium and nickel), ceramics (including monoliths and composites), intermetallics (including iron, nickel, and titanium base), and laminates are thoroughly described. The technological and commercial applications of superplastic forming and diffusion bonding are presented and examples given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20343/cover/9780521020343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soft Interfaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 1994 Dirac Memorial Lecture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gennes, Pierre Gilles de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac, one of the greatest physicists of the twentieth century, died in 1984. Dirac's college, St John's of Cambridge, generously endowed annual lectures to be held at Cambridge University in his memory. This volume contains a much expanded version of the 1994 Dirac Lecture by Nobel Laureate Pierre Gilles de Gennes. The book presents an impressionistic tour of the physics of soft interfaces. Full of insight and interesting asides, it not only provides an accessible introduction to this topic, but also lays down many markers and signposts for interesting new research possibilities. The text begins with a brief discussion of wetting and dewetting and then goes on to consider the dynamics of different types of interface before considering adhesion and polymer/polymer welding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20350/cover/9780521020350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Reconnection in Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biskamp, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the theory of magnetic field line reconnection, now a major subject in plasma physics. The book focuses on the various reconnection mechanisms dominating magnetic processes under the different plasma conditions encountered in astrophysical systems and in laboratory fusion devices. The book consists of two major parts: the first deals with the classical resistive approach, while the second presents an overview of weakly collisional or collisionless plasmas. Applications primarily concern astrophysical phenomena and dynamo theory, with emphasis on the solar and geodynamo, as well as magnetospheric substorms, the most spectacular reconnection events in the magnetospheric plasma. The theoretical procedures and results also apply directly to reconnection processes in laboratory plasmas, in particular the sawtooth phenomenon in tokamaks. The book will be of value to graduate students and researchers interested in magnetic processes both in astrophysical and laboratory plasma physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20367/cover/9780521020367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commerce, Morality and the Eighteenth-Century Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bellamy, Liz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British culture underwent radical change in the eighteenth century with the emergence of new literary genres and new discourses of social analysis. As novelists developed new forms of fiction, writers of economic tracts and treatises sought a new language and a conceptual framework to describe the modern commercial state. In Commerce, Morality and the Eighteenth-Century Novel, Liz Bellamy argues that the evolution of the novel in eighteenth-century Britain needs to be seen in the context of the discursive conflict between economics and more traditional systems of social analysis. In a series of fresh readings of a wide range of novels, Bellamy shows how the novel contributed to the debate over public and private virtues and had to negotiate between commercial and anti-commercial ethics. The resulting choices were crucial in determining the structure as well as the moral content of the novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20374/cover/9780521020374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Group Theoretical Methods and Applications to Molecules and Crystals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Shoon K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the basic aspects of symmetry groups as applied to problems in physics and chemistry using an approach pioneered and developed by the author. The symmetry groups and their representations are worked out explicitly, eliminating the undue abstract nature of group theoretical methods. The author has systemized the wealth of knowledge on symmetry groups that has accumulated in the century since Fedrov discovered the 230 space groups. All space groups, unitary as well as antiunitary, are reconstructed based on the algebraic defining relations of the point groups. This work will be of great interest to graduate students and professionals in solid state physics, chemistry, mathematics, geology and those who are interested in magnetic crystal structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20381/cover/9780521020381.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rousseau, Robespierre and English Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dart, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book re-opens the question of Rousseau's influence on the French Revolution and on English Romanticism, by examining the relationship between his confessional writings and his political theory. Gregory Dart argues that by looking at the way in which Rousseau's writings were mediated by the speeches and actions of the French Jacobin statesman Maximilien Robespierre, we can gain a clearer and more concrete sense of the legacy he left to English writers. He shows how the writings of William Godwin, Mary Wollstonecraft, William Wordsworth and William Hazlitt rehearse and reflect upon the Jacobin tradition in the aftermath of the French revolutionary Terror.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20398/cover/9780521020398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Romanticism and the Science of the Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this provocative and original study, Alan Richardson examines an entire range of intellectual, cultural, and ideological points of contact between British Romantic literary writing and the pioneering brain science of the time. Richardson breaks new ground in two fields, revealing a significant and undervalued facet of British Romanticism while demonstrating the 'Romantic' character of early neuroscience. Crucial notions like the active mind, organicism, the unconscious, the fragmented subject, instinct and intuition, arising simultaneously within the literature and psychology of the era, take on unsuspected valences that transform conventional accounts of Romantic cultural history. Neglected issues like the corporeality of mind, the role of non-linguistic communication, and the peculiarly Romantic understanding of cultural universals are reopened in discussions that bring new light to bear on long-standing critical puzzles, from Coleridge's suppression of  'Kubla Khan', to Wordsworth's perplexing theory of poetic language, to Austen's interest in head injury.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20404/cover/9780521020404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102045X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102045X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theme of Jewish Persecution of Christians in the Gospel According to St Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hare, Douglas R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has long been recognized that in the Gospel according to St Matthew the conflict between Jesus and the Pharisees has been intensified and it has often been suggested that this intensification reflects the continued struggle between the Church and the synagogue. The theme of Jewish persecution of Christians in the Gospel according to St Matthew is examined in this book with two questions in mind: 1. Has Matthew exaggerated the severity of the persecution? 2. How has the persecution influenced Matthew's theology? Professor Hare examines the historical data relating to the suffering imposed upon the Christians and refers to Rabbinic literature and Christian sources other than Matthew in order to evaluate Matthew's portrayal of the persecutions. He concludes that persecution was directed primarily against Christian missionaries, not against rank-and-file Christians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20459/cover/9780521020459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Israel in the Apostolic Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This historical study is concerned with the adoption by Christianity of Jewish prerogatives and attributes, and in particular with its assumption of the name 'Israel'. Dr Richardson's claim is that this was not a simple development, as it is usually conceived to be, but one which took place over a long period. The equation between the Church and the 'true Israel' does not occur, Dr Richardson argues, until the mid-second century in the works of Justin Martyr. The book is concerned mainly with an exegetical study of the New Testament passages relevant to the argument, concentrating on the Pauline epistles. There are other sections on the attitude of Jesus himself towards Israel, on post-Pauline developments, on political factors and on the early Fathers to A.D. I6o. The book ends with a synthesis of conclusions, and there are appendixes on the Sects of Judaism, Paul's Use of Laos and the Apology of Aristides. This comprehensive analysis of a vital problem in the early Church's life and witness has many important implications for a theology of the Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20466/cover/9780521020466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theological Tendency of Codex Bezae Cantebrigiensis in Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epp, Eldon Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Epp's purpose in this investigation is to discover to what extent textual variants in the New Testament were caused by dogmatic interference with the text. Codex Bezae Cantabrigiensis, a late fifth-century manuscript of the Gospels and Acts, is the leading Greek representative of the so-called 'Western' text, and a natural starting point for an inquiry into theological bias behind the striking variants in that textual tradition. Professor Epp makes a detailed comparison between the 'Western' text and the 'Neutral' text of Acts, and discloses a strongly heightened anti-Judaic tendency in the Western text. He concludes that a theological motive for these variants can hardly be questioned, since the Western text of Acts is more consistent in delineating its particular viewpoint and more abundant in its evidence than could reasonably be expected of an aberrant textual tradition. This theological approach to textual criticism is not new, but it has been confined hitherto to isolated passages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20473/cover/9780521020473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Temple and the Community in Qumran and the New Testament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study in the Temple Symbolism of the Qumran Texts and the New Testament</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#228;rtner, Bertil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a series of monograph supplements to the journal New Testament Studies. The main purpose of the series is to make possible publication of work which is too long for inclusion in the journal. The monographs will be published in either English, French or German: the present one is in English. Dr G&#228;rtner's purpose is to follow in detail the parallels between the New Testament and Qumran writings in their concpet of the community - Christian or Essene - as a spiritual temple. The whole complex of relationships between Qumran and the early Church is studied with the purpose of extending our knowledge of the Jewish background of the New Testament. Dr G&#228;rtner's conclusions lend strong support to the view that it is from this Qumran type of Judaism that the Christian Church arose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20480/cover/9780521020480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Der Markus-Stoff Bei Lukas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eine Literarkritische und Redaktionsgeschichtliche Untersuchung</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schramm, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent research on the Gospel of Luke has concentrated largely on the assumption that Mark's Gospel was Luke's exclusive source for the Markan tradition, and has therefore concluded that all deviations from Mark's Gospel within the Markan material used by Luke can be considered as Luke's own contribution. In this detailed analysis Dr Schramm points out that, in addition to his use of the Gospel of Mark in its extant form, Luke also drew on other oral or written traditions and concludes that where Luke shortened, augmented or modified his main source this was frequently due to the influence of variant traditions and should not in all cases be regarded as evidence of Luke's own theology. These conclusions show the necessity for a reconsideration of certain aspects of the so-called Lukan question and that 'Redaktionsgeschichte' must be more strongly linked with literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20497/cover/9780521020497.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spirit-Paraclete in the Gospel of John</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to make a contribution to the New Testament doctrine of the Spirit, with special reference to the paraclete problem. Dr Johnston begins with the use of the word 'spirit' in the Gospel of John and treats it as primarily 'impersonal'. It denotes divine power or energy. God acts by his spirit, both to create and to redeem. The Fourth Evangelist shows Jesus as the incarnate Word, a man uniquely inspired, whose absence after death is compensated for by an outburst of spiritual powers in his Church. The paraclete is representative of God or of Christ, and the Johannine teaching is that no angelmediator, no holy 'spirit' like the Archangel Michael, can take Christ's place. But truly inspired leaders - acting as teachers, exegetes, martyrs - and the inspired Church itself as a communion of love do embody the spirit-paraclete and do continue to represent Jesus. Special attention is paid to recent research on this subject, mainly in the area of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Dr Johnston argues that in insisting that the true spirit-paraclete must always exalt and interpret Jesus of Nazareth as the final revelation of God in man, John was in fact combating heretical views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20503/cover/9780521020503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enigmes de la Deuxieme Epitre de Paul aux Corinthiens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collange, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul's Second Epistle to the Corinthians poses exegetical problems of well-known difficulty. The structure and unity of the whole Epistle are in doubt, as is the meaning of many particular passages and references - for example, the identity of Paul's opponents. Dr Collange bases his solutions to these problems on a detailed study of 2,14 - 7,4. He argues that the obscurities of the Epistle can be explained by the particular circumstances of its composition; Paul's use of more primitive Christian materials gives us a measure of his own originality and genius. This book should be of interest to all New Testament scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20510/cover/9780521020510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Twelve Verses of Mark</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farmer, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the authenticity and interpretation of the last twelve verses of St Mark's Gospel. These verses are omitted from at least one important manuscript tradition and queried in most modern translations (though not from the NEB). Professor Farmer traces the history of the text tradition for omission back to Egypt, and argues that one important factor contributing to their omission was the dangerous teaching they seemed to contain: they appear to encourage Christians to handle deadly snakes and drink poisons to prove their faith, a practice which has been revived today by some Christian sects who accept the scriptural authority of these verses. The teaching of these verses has, however, never become established in orthodox Christianity and indeed most Christians are unaware of their doctrinal significance. Professor Farmer reviews all the textual and patristic evidence and examines the most plausible solutions that have been canvassed. This is another substantial contribution to a series that has set the highest standards of scholarship in biblical and New Testament studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20527/cover/9780521020527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Law in the Synoptic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banks, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph deals with a major problem of New Testament exegetical and related studies - the attitude of Jesus to the Mosaic Law. While much has been written on the subject, a fresh approach in the light of the insights of, for instance, redaction-criticism and our increased knowledge of attitudes to the Law in Inter-testamental Judaism has become overdue. Dr Banks' book is concerned centrally with a detailed exegesis of the texts in the first three Gospels relevant to the ethical teaching and practice of Jesus as it related to Jewish Law. This examination is preceded by an account of the changing attitudes to the Law to be found in the Old Testament, in the Intertestamental Writings and among the Jewish schools contemporary with Jesus himself. The author concludes that Jesus' attitude to the Law was unique and dictated largely by his own sense of mission. Dr Banks sets his study within the general framework of recent scholarly writings on the one hand and the 'New Morality' debate on the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20534/cover/9780521020534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redactional Style in the Marcan Gospel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryke, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>St Mark's Gospel was put together from oral and perhaps written source material, which the redactor-editor edited and linked together by `seams' or joining phrases. The evangelist is thus regarded as a translator/editor of sources, and also as a creative artist in his shaping of the material and in his editorial writing which moulds the disparate sources into an integrated narrative. Dr Pryke tests some eighteen syntactically unusual features of 'Markan usage' statistically to see if they are mainly source material (S) or redactional (R). Objective criteria are provided for distinguishing redactional passages, and the linguistic method is used to see if residual S passages might be converted to R. Appendixes analyse the vocabulary for a list of the most frequently used words in R passages, annotate unusual syntax and special vocabulary of R verses, and provide a complete redactional Greek text. Dr Pryke's methods and conclusions will be of great value to those concerned with the analysis of St Mark's Gospel, and of interest to all concerned with linguistic studies of New Testament texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20541/cover/9780521020541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>J. J. Griesbach: Synoptic and Text - Critical Studies 1776-1976</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orchard, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longstaff, Thomas R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1776 Johann Jakob Griesbach of Jena published as a separate volume his Greek Synopsis of Matthew, Mark and Luke, previously issued as part of his critical edition of the Greek New Testament. He was in fact the first to establish the Synopsis as a fundamental tool of New Testament research. He was perhaps even more important for his text-critical studies, and for what is still called the Griesbach Hypothesis of the literary dependence of Mark on both Matthew and Luke. The editors of this volume have brought together a selection of the papers presented by a distinguished international group of biblical scholars at the Griesbach Bicentenary Colloquium held in Munster (Westphalia) in 1976. This collection provides an authoritative account of the life of Griesbach, and of his work and its continuing influence in the fields of the Greek Synopsis, the Synoptic Problem and text criticism of the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20558/cover/9780521020558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'And so we Came to Rome '</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Perspective of St Luke</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walaskay, Paul W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has often been suggested that Luke's two volumes were written as an apology for Christianity, to demonstrate to the Roman authorities that the new faith was not a dangerous and subversive innovation, a threat to the Pax Romana and to Roman rule. This book reviews the development of the 'traditional perspective', then raises some questions, e.g. if Luke was writing an apologia pro ecclesia, why does he include so much material politically damaging to the Christian cause? Is it possible that the approach has been made from the wrong angle, that Luke was writing an apologia not pro ecclesia but pro imperio, to assure his fellow Christians that Church and Empire need not fear or suspect each other? This conclusion is then supported by an investigation of the text of Luke-Acts, particularly the trials of Jesus and Paul. This challenging volume will be of interest to students and scholars of the New Testament and to ecclesiastical and Roman historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20565/cover/9780521020565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Luke and the Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of law in Luke's Gospel has rarely been discussed, and then only tangentially in studies concerned with recovering Jesus' view of the law. The evidence of Acts has received considerably more attention, but almost always in the context of a comparison with Paul's view of the law or a reconstruction of the historical events which lie behind the narrative of Acts. A notable exception is J. Jervell's essay on 'The Law in Luke - Acts' in which he argues that Luke presents a consistent and conservative view of the law, viz. that the Church, as the renewed Israel, is committed to the law, Jewish-Christians being obliged to keep the whole of it and Gentile Christians those parts relevant to them. He thus disagrees with Conzelmann, who argues that the apostolic decree freed the Church once and for all from its previous obligation to the law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20572/cover/9780521020572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concept of Purity at Qumran and in the Letters of Paul</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This examination of the Dead Sea Scrolls and the Letters of Paul finds that, in both these bodies of literature, religious self-understanding is expressed in terms of the concept of purity so important to primitive religion and earlier Judaism. Dr Newton contradicts the view held by most scholars that the traditional Jewish attitude to purity had no place in Christianity. By using the concept of purity not unlike that at Qumran or of Pharisaic and Rabbinic Judaism, Paul could elucidate his views on, among other things, the nature of the Church, the divine presence, the basis of ethical behaviour and the significance of the death of Jesus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20589/cover/9780521020589.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102059X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102059X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Temptation and the Passion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Markan Soteriology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Best, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to illuminate the manner in which Mark understood Jesus' death. That death forms the climax of the Gospel, and is all-important for the evangelist. Since it is central to every form of Christianity, much has already been written on the significance Jesus' death had for Mark. Most previous studies, like the first edition of this book, used redaction criticism to interpret Mark's viewpoint from the alterations he made to the form of the Passion narrative as he had received it from tradition. More recently the Gospels have been examined as continuous stories, and the author adopts this approach in the additional material of his new edition. By examining the general sweep of the narrative, and in particular of its last chapters, Professor Best attempts to show how Mark saw Jesus' death as both an atonement for sin and as creative of the new community of the Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20596/cover/9780521020596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shepherd Discourse of John 10 and its Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beutler, Johannes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fortna, Robert T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, which emerges from an SNTS seminar in 1985-1986, analyses one of the best-known, but also one of the most intriguing, of Jesus' discourses within the Fourth Gospel. Previous studies of the Shepherd Discourse have concentrated either on its historical setting in the life of Jesus (Simonis) or on the prehistory of its text (Bullmann and his school). The present study, consisting of essays written by an international team of specialists, adopts a more contextual approach. The Shepherd Discourse is here situated in the text of the Fourth Gospel, with particular emphasis on the preceding chapter and on the subsequent Passion narrative. The internal coherence of John 10 so becomes clearer, and it is seen that - in spite of its links with Gnostic ideas - the roots of the Discourse in Old Testament and Jewish texts about the shepherds of Israel become apparent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20602/cover/9780521020602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102062X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102062X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Covenant and Sacrifice in the Letter to the Hebrews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunnill, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the problems which Hebrews poses for interpretation, its use of sacrificial terminology must cause it to seem remote and obscure. Although the recent work of social anthropologists on the nature of religious systems has been applied by Old Testament scholars to the laws and symbols of the Pentateuch this is the first sustained study of Hebrews to take account of these theories. Building on the work of such writers as Mary Douglas, Victor Turner, and Claude L&#233;vi-Strauss, Hebrews is approached here as a 'structure of symbols', in which the symbol-system of the Old Testament covenant is re-presented and transposed. Motifs explored by the author include sacred time and space; liminality; the sacrificial function of blood, death, oaths, and blessings; and the narrative traditions of election and exclusion. Dr Dunnill assesses Hebrews, not as an argument, but as an act of symbolic communication expressing the possibility of direct communion with God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20626/cover/9780521020626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apocalyptic Eschatology in the Gospel of Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sim, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study reconstructs the apocalyptic eschatology in Matthew's Gospel so that we may understand his time and concerns. Sociological analysis of apocalypticism in Judaism and early Christianity shows that such a comprehensive world view, which emphasized the final judgement and its aftermath within a dualistic and deterministic framework, was adopted by minority of sectarian groups undergoing a situation of great crisis. The Matthean community, after the first Jewish war against Rome, came into conflict with Judaism, gentiles and the larger Christian movement. Matthew's distinctive and often vengeful vision must be set against both his acute need to enhance his community's sense of itself and his pastoral concern. Dr Sim offers for the first time in English an extended and comprehensive comparison of Matthew's outlook with contemporary eschatological literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20633/cover/9780521020633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matthew's Emmanuel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Divine Presence and God's People in the First Gospel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kupp, David D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Matthew uniquely highlights Jesus as 'Emmanuel', but almost wholly overlooked are the deeper implications of this 'presence' motif for Matthean Christology, as well as its centripetal force on his readers. With regard to the rhetorical, historical and theological dimensions of the text, Dr Kupp takes a multi-disciplinary approach. The three verses commonly cited are only the starting point for the weaving of the Emmanuel Messiah into the story-telling, redaction and Christology of the Gospel. Kupp employs the lenses of both narrative and historical criticism to produce the first monograph in English on the subject of divine presence in Matthew. After giving primacy to a whole-story reading, Kupp finds its roots in the familiar social and literary contexts of Sinai, Jerusalem and the Jewish scriptures. Matthew's Gospel is a story that compels, a text with a history and a Christological treatise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20657/cover/9780521020657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul's Gift from Philippi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conventions of Gift Exchange and Christian Giving</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterman, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of Paul's response to the financial help he received from the church in Philippi whilst he was a prisoner in Rome. Philippians 4.10-20 has always puzzled commentators because of its seemingly strained and tortured mode of thanks. Word studies, psychological studies and literary studies have all failed to provide insight into the text, which is unique in the Pauline corpus. Using contemporary sources Dr Peterman re-examines this difficult passage in the light of Greek and Roman practices and language regarding the exchange of gifts and favours in society. He concludes that 'gift exchange' or 'social reciprocity', with its expectations and obligations, permeated every level of society in Paul's day, and that Paul's seemingly ungracious response was an attempt to create a new, Christian attitude to gifts and to giving.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72200/cover/9780521572200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geography in Early Judaism and Christianity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Book of Jubilees</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James M. Scott focuses on a particular Old Testament pseudepigraphon - the Book of Jubilees, the revelation of an angel to Moses announcing the expectation of a messiah from Judah. He traces the appropriation of the Book of Jubilees in early Christian sources from the New Testament to Hippolytus and beyond, and more specifically focuses on the reception of Jubilees 8-9, an expansion of the so-called Table of Nations in Genesis 10 (1 Chronicles 1). The book takes an interdisciplinary approach based on detailed analysis of primary sources, much of which is seldom considered by New Testament scholars, and explores the neglected topic of ancient geographical conceptions. By studying geographical aspects of the work, Dr Scott is able to relate Jubilees to both Old and New Testament traditions, bringing important new insights into Christian concepts of annunciation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20688/cover/9780521020688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trial of the Gospel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Apologetic Reading of Luke's Trial Narratives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neagoe, Alexandru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years Luke-Acts has been studied as a work of history and theology. The Trial of the Gospel sets out to examine Luke's writings as an apologetic work, by focusing on those parts of Luke's story where the apologetic overtones seem most prominent - the trial narratives. By analysing the trials of all major Lukan characters - Jesus, Peter, Stephen, and Paul - Alexandru Neagoe argues that the narratives are best understood when viewed as part of Luke's apologia pro evangelio, a purpose which is in keeping with the author's declared aim to give his readers 'assurance' about the 'matters' in which they had been instructed (Luke 1:4). Neagoe concludes that the specific role of the trial narratives is to provide the framework within which important tenets of the Christian faith are themselves put 'on trial' before the reader, with the intended result of the gospel's confirmation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/09481/cover/9780521809481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catalogue of the Wren Library of Lincoln Cathedral</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Books Printed before 1801</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurst, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There was certainly a collection of books at Lincoln Cathedral in the twelfth century, and its origins were perhaps earlier still; but little interest seems to have been taken in building up the library until the second half of the seventeenth century, with the appointment in 1660 of the bibliophile Michael Honywood, a Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge, as Dean. The present Wren Library's collection of some 8,000 printed books is based largely on his private library, bequeathed to the Dean and Chapter of Lincoln on his death in 1681. Much of Honywood's library was put together during seventeen years of voluntary exile in the Low Countries from 1643. It is consequently rich in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century continental literature, including rare Italian plays, European pamphlets and broadsides interpreting the English political situation, a collection of Dutch ballads, and many religious books and tracts. The splendid English collection includes 1600 STC items, and 2,650 printed between 1641 and 1700, over 100 of which are not recorded in Wing. In addition there are some 100 incunables. This complete catalogue of books printed before 1801 is the first since 1859, and offers the detail and precision required by modern scholars, bibliographers and libraries. Titles are given at some length to indicate subject coverage, and format, pagination, and details of illustrations are recorded. The catalogue notes which books belonged to Honywood, whose importance as a collector is thus established. A set of concordances keyed to the main entries covers STC, Wing, Adams, and Goff.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20725/cover/9780521020725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Arabic Drama in Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Badawi, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first critical survey of modern Egyptian drama during the period of its maturity from the 1930s to the present day. A discussion of the work of Tawfiq al-Hakim is followed by an examination of the less experimental plays of his successors, Mahmud Taymur, Bakathir and Fathi Radwan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42226/cover/9780521242226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Recognition in Wolfram's 'Parzival'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although much work has recently been done on the relationship between poet, narrator and audience in medieval literature, no sustained attempt has yet been made to inquire into the ways in which the listener's responses are rhetorically controlled and guided in the case of the Parzival of Wolfram von Eschenbach. This book attempts such an inquiry by combining five approaches which have so far been used only separately or partially: the narrator's use of a point of view technique, a specific problem concerning the medieval technique, a specific problem concerning the medieval reception of his work, a procedure best described as 'revealing while concealing', the technique used in naming characters, and the theme of recognition in Parzival. These approaches are combined and applied in detail to the narrative sequence of Wolfram's romance. Although the narratives dealing with Gahmuret, Parzival and Gawan are all dealt with, the lion's share falls to Parzival as the hero of the work (whereby special importance is attached to his crucial dialogue with the hermit Trevrizent in Book IX), but due regard is also paid to Gawan as a means of highlighting the special position of the hero. The discussion throughout is organised around the various encounters in the work in which recognition or non-recognition plays a part.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20749/cover/9780521020749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102076X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102076X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economy and Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Essay on the Interdependence of Economic and Environmental Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perrings, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental external effects are evidence of the inability of market prices to reflect the interdependence of economic activities undertaken within a common environment. They are an essential - not a peripheral - feature of all market economics. This essay shows how external effects are produced by the interaction of the economy with its environment, using a classical mass-balance model. No matter how efficient the market may seem to be, the use of market prices to determine depletion and pollution decisions creates more problems than it solves. Far from sharing the stable or relatively stable equilibrium properties of most economic models, the market economy is shown to be forced by its environment through a seemingly chaotic sequence of states. Reliance on the market to accommodate each change of direction merely exaggerates the general instability of the system. The 'market solution' to environmental problems is shown to generate only increasing uncertainty, a progressive myopia, and a heightened risk of conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20763/cover/9780521020763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unification of Fundamental Forces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The First 1988 Dirac Memorial Lecture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salam, Abdus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrian Maurice Dirac, one of the greatest physicists of the twentieth century, died in 1984. Dirac's college, St John's of Cambridge, generously endowed annual lectures to be held at Cambridge University in his memory. This volume includes an expanded version of the third Dirac Memorial Lecture presented by Abdus Salam, in addition to two previously unpublished lectures by Paul Dirac and by Werner Heisenberg.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20787/cover/9780521020787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Common Property Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A General Theory and Land Use Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevenson, Glenn G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Common property economics defines and clarifies the theoretical distinction between open access and common property and empirically tests the adequacy of resource allocation under common property and empirically tests the property in comparison with private property. Group use of natural resources has often received the blame for overexploitation and mismanagement, whether of fisheries, grazing land, oil and gas pools, groundwater, or wildlife. In this book two types of group use are identified: open access and utilization without any controls on extraction rates, a situation in which resource overexploitation often occurs. In contrast, common property refers to the situation where the group controls the access to and extraction rates of the resource. The common property solutions differ from those associated with open access. The nonoptimality of open access is demonstrated with graphic, game theoretic, and mathematical models. The necessary and sufficient conditions for common property to overcome the difficulties of open access are examined. Stevenson discusses historical examples, the basis in legal concepts, the contrast with public goods, the formation, and the stability of common property. In a detailed, empirical study of alpine grazing in Switzerland, the author compares the performance of common property with that of private property. He also notes the similarity in structure between the Swiss grazing commons and the English open field system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20800/cover/9780521020800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morphological Change in Quaternary Mammals of North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnosky, Anthony D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines case studies of North American Quaternary mammalian evolution within the larger domain of modern evolutionary theory. The book presents previously unpublished studies of a variety of taxa (xenarthrans, rodents, carnivores, ungulates) examined over several temporal scales, from a few thousand years during the Holocene to millions of years of late Pliocene and Pleistocene time. Different organisational levels are represented, from mosaic population variation, to a synopsis of Quaternary evolution of an entire order (Rodentia). In addition to specific case histories, the book includes purely theoretical and methodological contributions, for example, on the statistical recognition of stasis in the fossil record, new ways to calculate evolutionary rates, and the use of digital image analysis in the study of dental ontogeny. Perhaps the most important aspect of the studies reported in this book is that they span the time between the 'ecological moment' and 'deep time'. Modern taxa can be traced back into the fossil record, and variation among extant taxa can be used as a control against which variation in the extinct ones can be understood. The book will interest vertebrate palaeontologists, modern ecologists concerned with the origin of biological diversity and also evolutionists interested in the competing evolutionary models of punctuated equilibrium and phyletic gradualism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20817/cover/9780521020817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer's Legendary Good Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percival, Florence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chaucer's Legend of Good Women is a testament to the disparate views of women prevalent in the Middle Ages. Dr Percival contends that the complex medieval notion of Woman informs the structure of the poem: in the Prologue Chaucer praises conventional ideas of female virtue, while in the Legends he demonstrates a humorous scepticism, apparently influenced by a contemporary antifeminist tradition. The debate Chaucer thus promotes could be relied on to entertain many medieval readers, at the same time that it demonstrates the power of the vernacular translator/poet to handle language wittily and to do just as he pleases with the august texts of the past. This is a comprehensive account of the Legend's interpretative puzzles, which does not ignore the element of political writing, and adds to a close and nuanced reading of the text an examination of literary, historical, and social contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20824/cover/9780521020824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geology of the United States' Seafloor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The View from GLORIA</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, James V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Field, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twichell, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geology of the United States' Seafloor presents new, definitive studies of the seafloor adjacent to the United States - the west coast, east coast, Alaskan margin, Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean - from the GLORIA long-range sidescan sonar images, and complementary seismic profiling, and magnetic surveys. This spectacular dataset has provided a new insight into the structural evolution of the seafloor, and the sedimentary processes that have modified it.  Such comprehensive interpretation of the images, in the context of the geology and geological processes of the seafloor, has not been presented before. New concepts have emerged and much new knowledge garnered as a result of this surveying. Geology of the United States' Seafloor will be useful to the broad range of scientists studying the continental margins and the seafloor of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20831/cover/9780521020831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Digestive System in Mammals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Food Form and Function</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chivers, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langer, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>However well the anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tracts of a wide range of mammals is described and quantified, there can be no real explanation of observed patterns without consideration of the mechanical and chemical properties of the food consumed, and of the digestive stages involved in its processing. This book aims to integrate findings from the many different types of investigations of mammalian digestive systems into a coherent whole. Using the themes of food, form and function, researchers discuss models of digestive processes, linking this with evolutionary aspects of food utilisation. Macroscopic and ultrastructural studies of the gastro-intestinal tract are also presented, as are physiological, ecological and biochemical aspects of the digestion of different food types. The book ends with an integrative chapter, bringing together the themes running through the earlier sections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20855/cover/9780521020855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Listening and Reading</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Primary Reception of German Literature 800-1300</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new study brings recent scholarly debates on oral cultures and literate societies to bear on the earliest recorded literature in German (800-1300). It considers the criteria for assessing what works were destined for listeners, what examples anticipated readers, and how far both modes of reception could apply to one work. The opening chapters review previous scholarship, and the introduction of writing into preliterate Germany. The core of the book presents lexical and non-lexical evidence for the different modes of reception, taken from the whole spectrum of genres, from dance songs to liturgy, from drama and heroic literature to the court narrative and lyric poetry. The social contexts of reception and the physical process of reading books are also considered. Two concluding chapters explore the literary and historical implications of the slow interpenetration of orality and literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20886/cover/9780521020886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Clare in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haughton, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Summerfield, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The marginalisation of John Clare, despite renewed interest in Romanticism and the literature of madness, is still an enigma. Perhaps more than any other poet of the period, Clare has never found the contexts in which his poetry can be read. This important collection of new critical essays locates Clare's work from diverse points of view, identifying the obstacles to his reception as a major poet. It includes chapters on landscape and botany, Clare's politics, his madness, Clare and the critics, and a remarkable essay by Seamus Heaney on Clare's importance as a poetic precursor. This volume will be a landmark in the history of his reception, revealing the ways in which an appreciation of this unique poet revises the canon of Romantic and Victorian literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20893/cover/9780521020893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth and the Geologists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Examination of the links between science and literary history is providing new insight for scholars across a range of disciplines. In Wordsworth and the Geologists John Wyatt explores the hitherto unexamined relationship between a major Romantic poet and a group of scientists in the formative years of a new discipline, geology. Wordsworth's later poems and prose display unexpected knowledge of contemporary geology and a preoccupation with many of the philosophical issues concerned with the developing science of geology. Letters and diaries of a group of leading geologists reveal that they knew Wordsworth, and discussed their subject with him. Wyatt shows how the implications of such discussions challenge the simplistic version of 'two cultures', the Romantic-literary against the scientific-materialistic; and he reminds us of the variety of interrelating discourses current between 1807 (the year of the foundation of the Geological Society of London) and 1850 (the year of Wordsworth's death).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20909/cover/9780521020909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emergence of the English Author</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scripting the Life of the Poet in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pask, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The historical construction of literary authorship has long been of particular interest to literary scholars. Yet an important aspect of the historical emergence of the author - the literary biography or 'life of the poet' - has received scant attention. In The Emergence of the English Author, Kevin Pask studies the early life-narratives of five now-canonical English poets: Geoffrey Chaucer, Philip Sidney, Edmund Spenser, John Donne and John Milton. By attending to the changing shape of the lives of these poets, Pask produces a history of the developing conception of literary authorship in England from the late medieval period to the end of the eighteenth century, and offers a long-term sociological account of literary production. His book is the first full-scale history of the cultural construction of literary authority in early modern England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20923/cover/9780521020923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102093X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102093X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superconductivity and Superfluidity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuneto, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nakahara, Mikio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the physics of superconductivity and superfluidity, macroscopic quantum phenomena found in many conductors at low temperatures and in liquid helium 4 and helium 3. In the first part of the book the author presents the mean field theory of generalized pair condensation. This is followed by a description of the properties of ordinary superconductors using BCS theory. The book then proceeds with expositions of strong coupling theory and the Ginzberg-Landau theory. The remarkable properties of superfluid helium 3 are then described, as an example of a superfluid with internal degrees of freedom. The topics covered are dealt with in a coherent manner, with all necessary theoretical background given. Recent topics in the field, such as the copper-oxide high temperature superconductors and exotic superconductivity of heavy fermion systems are discussed in the final chapter. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in condensed matter physics, especially those working in superconductivity and superfluidity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20930/cover/9780521020930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Effects of UV Radiation in the Marine Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Mora, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demers, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vernet, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive review of UV radiation effects in the marine environment. A multidisciplinary approach is adopted to discuss all aspects from a physical, chemical and biological perspective. The book begins by describing the attenuation of UV radiation in the atmosphere and sea water, outlining the photochemical reactions involved and highlighting the role that such chemistry can play in influencing the biogeochemical cycling of various elements. The deleterious consequences of such radiation on organisms and strategies adopted to mitigate these harmful repercussions are discussed. The organisms considered range from virus and bacteria through phytoplankton and zooplankton to fish and mammals. The book is aimed at researchers and graduate students in photobiology, photochemistry and environmental science. It will also be useful as a supplementary text for courses in oceanography, climatology and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20954/cover/9780521020954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tropical Glaciers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaser, Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osmaston, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tropical glaciers are both highly sensitive indicators of global climate and fresh water reservoirs in some fast developing regions. This book gives a theoretical and practical analysis of tropical glaciology including a useful definition of tropical glacier-climate regimes and the analysis of the main glaciological key variables. The Rwenzori and the Cordillera Blanca are investigated as examples of tropical glacierized mountains. The fluctuations of their glaciers since the end of the Little Ice Age are reconstructed and the probable climatic reasons are discussed. The evidence of great expansions of mountain glaciers throughout the tropics on several occasions during the Quaternary are summarised, examined and then applied and contrasted. The accompanying map of the Rwenzori Mountains National Park at a scale of 1:100,000 shows the spectacular retreat of the glaciers during the last century, and their extensions over half the area of the Park in the last 300,000 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20961/cover/9780521020961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collisional Transport in Magnetized Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helander, Per</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigmar, Dieter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Collisional transport theory is of central importance to modern plasma physics. This book provides a self-contained treatment of the subject, starting from elementary concepts and developing the theory through to the research frontier. Basic tools of kinetic plasma theory, such as the drift kinetic equation and the Coulomb collision operator, are derived, and are then used to calculate classical and neoclassical transport occurring in high-temperature plasmas. Important phenomena such as neo-classical diffusion, bootstrap current, and plasma rotation are carefully explained. Students, theoreticians and experimentalists in both fusion and space plasma physics will benefit from this book, which emerged from a graduate student level course taught at MIT.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20985/cover/9780521020985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521020999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521020999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521020992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elizabethan Rhetoric</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521020992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mack, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Mack examines the impact of humanist training in rhetoric and argument on a range of Elizabethan prose texts, including political orations, histories, romances, conduct manuals, privy council debates and personal letters. Elizabethan Rhetoric reconstructs the knowledge, skills and approaches which an Elizabethan would have acquired in order to participate in the political and religious debates of the time: the approaches to an audience, analysis and replication of textual structures, organisation of arguments and tactics for disputation. Study of the rhetorical codes and conventions in terms of which debates were conducted is currently a major area of historical and literary enquiry, and Mack provides a wealth of new information about what was taught and how these conventions were exploited in personal memoranda, court depositions, sermons and political and religious pamphlets. This important book will be invaluable for all those interested in the culture, literature and political history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20992/cover/9780521020992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of the English Gentry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coss, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The gentry played a central role in medieval England, and this study is a sustained attempt to explore the origins of the gentry and to account for its contours and peculiarities between the mid-thirteenth and the mid-fourteenth century. The book deals with the deep roots of the gentry, but argues against views which see the gentry as formed or created earlier. It investigates the relationship between lesser landowners and the Angevin state, the transformation of knighthood, and the role of knights in the rebellion of mid thirteenth-century England. The role of lesser landowners in the society and politics of Edwardian England is then put under close scrutiny. It also emphasises changes in social terminology and the rise of social gradation, the emergence of the county as an important focus of identity, the gentry's control over the populace, and their openness to the upward mobility of professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21005/cover/9780521021005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Detection of Gravitational Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gravitational radiation has not been positively detected. Over the past two decades an army of extremely sensitive detectors has been built up, so that today its detection appears inevitable. In the opening chapters of this book David Blair introduces the concepts of gravitational waves within the context of general relativity. The sources of gravitational radiation for which there is direct observational evidence and those of a more speculative nature are described. He then gives a general introduction to the methods of detection. In the subsequent chapters he has drawn together the leading scientists in the field to give a comprehensive practical and theoretical account of the physics and technology of gravitational wave detection. David Blair has extensive knowledge of the subject and has visited most of the gravitational radiation experiments over the world. He has compiled a book which will be of lasting value to specialists, both the postgraduates and researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21029/cover/9780521021029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mental World of the Jacobean Court</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peck, Linda Levy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reign of James I (1603-25) has long been overshadowed by the prior glory of Elizabeth and the later outbreak of the Civil War. Yet how, without understanding the Jacobean court, are we to understand the world of Jonson, Donne and the late Shakespeare, divine right theory, court scandal and reform, appeals to the ancient constitution and reason of state, arguments from necessity and parliamentary precedent, chivalric nostalgia and classicism, mannerist excess and baroque grandeur? In this volume an international group of specialists in history literature and political theory set about reconstructing the mental world of the Jacobean court and challenging older orthodoxies on Jacobean politics, ideology, religion and culture. While the volume marks fresh departures in the study of the Jacobean court, it makes no attempt to offer a comprehensive study of the era. Rather, it presents chapters of original research, strongly interpretive in character, and sometimes in disagreement. There are three different but highly suggestive interpretations of the role and writings of the king himself from Jenny Wormald, Johann Sommerville and Paul Christianson which, taken together, provide the most definitive portrait yet offered of James as king and theorist. Several essays give important new emphasis to the neglected years of James's reign.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21043/cover/9780521021043.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Apples and Pears</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology of Apples and Pears is a comprehensive reference book on all aspects of pomology at the organ, tree and orchard level. It provides detailed information on propagation, root and shoot growth, root stock effects, canopy development in relation to orchard design, flowering, pollination, fruit set, fruit growth, fruit quality factors and quality retention in store. It also deals with mineral nutrition, water-relations and irrigation, diseases and pests and biotechnology. The book emphasises the scientific basis of modern tree and orchard management and fruit storage. It describes key cultivar differences and their physiology and genetics and environmental effects and cultivar x environment interactions in tropical and sub-tropical as well as temperate zone conditions. It is written for fruit growers, extension workers, plant breeders, biotechnologists and storage and crop protection specialists as well as for researchers and students of pomology and horticulture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80188/cover/9780521380188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inside Soviet Film Satire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inside Soviet Film Satire is a lively collection of sixteen original essays by Soviet, American and Canadian scholars and film commentators. It is the first indepth examination of an important genre within the Soviet film tradition. From its origins, humour and satire have been closely linked in Soviet cinema. Nowhere in this tradition is there the pure comic genre typified in the West in films by Charlie Chaplin or Buster Keaton; by contrast, Soviet comedy can best be described as 'laughter with a lash'. Films made during the early years of the communist regime depicted characters and situations at a moment when the promise of socialism had yet to be realised. By the final years of totalitarian rule, filmmakers had found ways to create satirical films that powerfully indicted communism itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21074/cover/9780521021074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renaissance of General Relativity and Cosmology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey to Celebrate the 65th Birthday of Dennis Sciama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lanza, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past forty years have been a time of spectacular development in the study of general relativity and cosmology. A special role in this has been played by the influential research groups led by Dennis Sciama in Cambridge, Oxford, and Trieste. In April 1992 many of his ex-students and collaborators came to Trieste (where he is currently Professor) for a review meeting to celebrate his 65th birthday. This book consists of written versions of the talks presented which, taken together, comprise an authoritative overview of developments which have taken place during his career to date. The topics covered include fundamental questions in general relativity and cosmology, black holes, active galactic nuclei, galactic structure, dark matter, and large scale structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21081/cover/9780521021081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102109X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102109X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Terrestrial Eocene-Oligocene Transition in North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prothero, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emry, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the transition from the Eocene to the Oligocene epochs, the mild tropical climates of the Paleocene and early Eocene were replaced by modern climatic conditions and extremes, including glacial ice in Antarctica. The best terrestrial record of the Eocene-Oligocene transition is found in North America, including the spectacular cliffs and spires of the Big Badlands National Park, in South Dakota. The first part of this book summarises the latest information in dating and correlation of the strata of late middle Eocene through early Oligocene age in North America, including the latest insights from argon/argon dating and magnetic stratigraphy. The second part reviews almost all the important terrestrial reptiles and mammals found near the Eocene-Oligocene boundary in the White River chronofauna, from the turtles, snakes and lizards to the common rodents, carnivores, artiodactyls, and perissodactyls. This is the first comprehensive treatment of these rocks and fossils in over sixty years and will be an invaluable resource to vertebrate palaeontologists, geologists, mammalogists and evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21098/cover/9780521021098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romance and Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shelley and the Politics of a Genre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duff, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The revival of romance as a literary form and the imaginative impact of the French Revolution are acknowledged influences on English Romanticism, but their relationship has rarely been addressed. In this innovative study of the transformations of a genre, David Duff examines the paradox whereby the unstable visionary world of romance came to provide an apt language for the representation of revolution, and how the literary form was itself politicised in the period. Drawing on an extensive range of textual and visual sources, he traces the ambivalent ideological overtones of the chivalric revival, the polemical appropriation of the language of romance in the 'pamphlet war' of the 1790s, and the emergence of a radical cult of chivalry among the Hunt-Shelley circle in 1815-17. Central to the book is a detailed analysis of Shelley's neglected revolutionary romances Queen Mab and Laon and Cythna, flawed but fascinating poems in which the politics of romance is most fully displayed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21104/cover/9780521021104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sciences and the Self in Medieval Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alan of Lille's Anticlaudianus and John Gower's Confessio Amantis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study James Simpson examines two great poems of the later medieval period, the Latin philosophical epic, Alan of Lille's Anticlaudianus (1181-3), and John Gower's English poem, The Confessio Amantis (1390-3). Simpson locates these works in a cultural context dominated by two kinds of literary humanism: the absolutist, whose philosophical mentor is Plato, whose literary model is Virgil and whose concept of the self is centred in the intellect, and the constitutionalist, whose classical models are Aristotle and Ovid and whose concept of the self resides in the mediatory power of the imagination. Both poems are examples of the Bildungsroman, in which the self reaches its fullness only by traversing an educational cursus in the related sciences of ethics, politics and cosmology, but as this study shows, there are very different modes of thought behind their conceptions of selfhood and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21111/cover/9780521021111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102112X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102112X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Print Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Press and Radical Opposition in Early Nineteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilmartin, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Print Politics is the first literary study of the culture of the popular radical movement for parliamentary reform in the early decades of the nineteenth century. The period was characterized by popular agitation and repressive political measures including trials for seditious and blasphemous libel. Kevin Gilmartin explores the styles and strategies of radical opposition in the periodical press, and in the public culture of the time. He argues that writers and editors including William Cobbett, T. J. Wooler, Richard Carlile, John Wade, and Leigh Hunt committed themselves to a complex, flexible, and often contradictory project of independent political opposition. They sought to maintain a political resistance uncompromised by the influence of a corrupt 'system', even while addressing and imitating its practices to further their oppositional ends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21128/cover/9780521021128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Gas-Solid Flows</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fan, Liang-Shih</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zhu, Chao</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gas-solid flows are involved in numerous industrial processes and occur in various natural phenomena. This authoritative book addresses the fundamental principles that govern gas-solid flows and the application of these principles to various gas-solid flow systems. The book is arranged in two parts: Part I deals with basic relationships and phenomena, including particle size and properties, collision mechanics, momentum transfer, heat and mass transfer, basic equations, and intrinsic phenomena in gas-solid flows. Part II discusses gas-solid flow systems of industrial interest such as gas-solid separators, hoppers and standpipes, dense-phase fluidised beds, fluidised beds, pneumatic conveying systems, and heat and mass transfer in fluidisation systems. As a comprehensive text on gas-solid flows, including end-of-chapter problems, this book is aimed at graduate students, but will also be useful to a broad range of engineers and applied scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21166/cover/9780521021166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution of Herbivory in Terrestrial Vertebrates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from the Fossil Record</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sues, Hans-Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although herbivory probably first appeared over 300 million years ago, it only became established as a common feeding strategy during Late Permian times. Subsequently, herbivory evolved in numerous lineages of terrestrial vertebrates, and the acquisition of this mode of feeding was frequently associated with considerable evolutionary diversification in those lineages. This book represents the first comprehensive overview of the evolution of herbivory in land-dwelling amniote tetrapods in recent years. In Evolution of Herbivory in Terrestrial Vertebrates leading experts review the structural adaptations for, and the evolutionary history of, feeding on plants in the major groups of land-dwelling vertebrates, especially dinosaurs and ungulate mammals. As such it will be the definitive reference source on this topic for evolutionary biologists and vertebrate paleontologists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21197/cover/9780521021197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex and Gender in Paleopathological Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grauer, Anne L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuart-Macadam, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A growing body of literature indicates that diseases can affect women and men differently. As sex differences extend far beyond biology, it is crucial to adopt a bicultural approach towards understanding human disease patterns and processes. This book synthesizes modern medical research with paleopathological investigations. Conditions such as osteoporosis and osteopenia, iron deficiency anaemia, infection and immune reactivity and trauma are explored. Recognizing the relationship between these conditions and aspects of sex and gender in past populations assists in the formulation of models from which modern disease processes can be better understood. Exploring the differences will provide provocative ideas for all those in physical anthropology, archaeology, evolutionary biology, history of medicine and women's studies interested in how sex and gender impacts on disease.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21210/cover/9780521021210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate for Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Non-State Actors and the Global Politics of the Greenhouse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate for Change: Non-State Actors and the Global Politics of the Greenhouse provides a challenging explanation of the forces that have shaped the international global warming debate. Unlike other books on the politics of climate change, this book concentrates on how non-state actors, such as scientific, environmental and industry groups, as opposed to governmental organisations, affect political outcomes in global fora on climate change. It also provides insights into the role of the media in influencing the agenda. The book draws on a range of analytical approaches to assess and explain the influence of these non-governmental organisations on the course of global climate politics. The book will be of interest to all researchers and policy-makers associated with climate change, and will be used on university courses in international relations, politics and environmental studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21234/cover/9780521021234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scattering of Waves from Large Spheres</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grandy, Jr, Walter T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the scattering of waves, both scalar and electromagnetic, from impenetrable and penetrable spheres. Although the scattering of plane waves from spheres is an old subject, there is little doubt that it is still maturing as a broad range of new applications demands an understanding of finer details. In this book attention is focused primarily on spherical radii much larger than incident wavelengths, along with the asymptotic techniques required for physical analysis of the scattering mechanisms involved. Applications to atmospheric phenomena such as the rainbow and glory are included, as well as a detailed analysis of optical resonances. Extensions of the theory to inhomogeneous and nonspherical particles, collections of spheres, and bubbles are also discussed. This book will be of primary interest to graduate students and researchers in physics (particularly in the fields of optics, the atmospheric sciences and astrophysics), electrical engineering, physical chemistry and some areas of biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21241/cover/9780521021241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Replica Theory of Disordered Statistical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dotsenko, Viktor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the statistical mechanics of classical spin systems with quenched disorder. The first part of the book covers the physics of spin-glass states using results obtained within the framework of the mean field theory of spin glasses. The technique of replica symmetry breaking is explained in detail, along with a discussion of the underlying physics. The second part is devoted to the theory of critical phenomena in the presence of weak quenched disorder. This includes a systematic derivation of the traditional renormalization group theory, which is then used to obtain a new 'random' critical regime in disordered vector ferromagnets and in the two-dimensional Ising model. The third part of the book describes other types of disordered systems, relating to new results at the frontiers of modern research. The book is suitable for graduate students and researchers in the field of statistical mechanics of disordered systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21258/cover/9780521021258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Airplane Stability and Control</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of the Technologies that Made Aviation Possible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abzug, Malcolm J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larrabee, E. Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the early machines to today's sophisticated aircraft, stability and control have always been crucial considerations. In this second edition, Abzug and Larrabee again forge through the history of aviation technologies to present an informal history of the personalities and the events, the art and the science of airplane stability and control. The book includes never-before-available impressions of those active in the field, from pre-Wright brothers airplane and glider builders through to contemporary aircraft designers. Arranged thematically, the book deals with early developments, research centers, the effects of power on stability and control, the discovery of inertial coupling, the challenge of stealth aerodynamics, a look toward the future, and much more. It is profusely illustrated with photographs and figures, and includes brief biographies of noted stability and control figures along with a core bibliography. Professionals, students, and aviation enthusiasts alike will appreciate this readable history of airplane stability and control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21289/cover/9780521021289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fabianism and Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in British Socialism and the Arts c1884-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britain, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an attempt to remedy the neglect of the cultural and aesthetic aspects of English socialism in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. An outstanding symptom of this neglect is the way in which the Fabian Society, and its two leading lights, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, have usually been depicted as completely indifferent to art and to the artistic ramifications of socialism. Most commentators have painted Fabian socialism as a narrowly utilitarian programme of social and administrative reform, preoccupied with the mechanisms of politics and largely obvious of wider, more 'human' issues. One of the basic aims of the book is to question this bleakly philistine image, by showing the basis of the Fabians' beliefs in romancism as well as utilitarianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21296/cover/9780521021296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neighbourhood and Society: A London Suburb in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a pioneering social and economic study of a London suburban parish in the seventeenth century, which sheds new light on the important but relatively neglected topic of London's social history. Chapters on demography, social and occupational structure, topography, population turnover and residential mobility, and neighbourly relations, lead to a discussion of the involvement of the inhabitants of the district in local government and church ceremonial. Throughout, social and economic features of the neighbourhood are compared to those found elsewhere in London, and in other towns and cities, in early modern England. The book will therefore be of interest to all concerned with the behaviour of the town dweller in the past, and will serve as a springboard for further historical studies of urban society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21302/cover/9780521021302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Question of Syllables</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Nineteenth-Century French Verse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Scott argues that only by attending to the precise locations of words in line or stanza, and to the specific value of syllables, or by understanding the often conflicting demands of rhythm and metre, can the reader of poetry acquire a real grasp of the intimate life of words in verse with all their fluctuations of meaning, mood and tone. The analyses through which the book pursues its argument address two principal concerns: the way in which syllabic position projects words and colours their complicated and challenged by the relationship of rhythm to metre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21326/cover/9780521021326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shapley Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Lloyd S. Shapley</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Alvin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Composed in honour of the sixty-fifth birthday of Lloyd Shapley, this volume makes accessible the large body of work that has grown out of Shapley's seminal 1953 paper. Each of the twenty essays concerns some aspect of the Shapley value. Three of the chapters are reprints of the 'ancestral' papers: Chapter 2 is Shapley's original 1953 paper defining the value; Chapter 3 is the 1954 paper by Shapley and Shubik applying the value to voting models; and chapter 19 is Shapley's 1969 paper defining a value for games without transferable utility. The other seventeen chapters were contributed especially for this volume. The first chapter introduces the subject and the other essays in the volume, and contains a brief account of a few of Shapley's other major contributions to game theory. The other chapters cover the reformulations, interpretations and generalizations that have been inspired by the Shapley value, and its applications to the study of coalition formulation, to the organization of large markets, to problems of cost allocation, and to the study of games in which utility is not transferable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21333/cover/9780521021333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dostoyevsky after Bakhtin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readings in Dostoyevsky's Fantastic Realism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Malcolm V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Malcolm Jones, the author of an earlier, widely read book on Dostoyevsky, here approaches his subject afresh in the light of recent developments in Dostoyevsky studies and in critical theory. He takes as his starting point the vexed question of Dostoyevsky's 'fantastic realism', which he attempts to redefine. Accepting Bakhtin's reading of Dostoyevsky in its essentials, he seeks out its weaknesses and develops it in new directions. Taking well-known texts by Dostoyevsky in turn, Professor Jones illustrates aspects of their multivoicedness. In Part 1, he concentrates on the internal, emotional and intellectual, reversals of 'the underground'. In Part 2, he focuses on the disruptive and subversive aspects of the relationships between characters and between text and reader. In Part 3 he examines textual multivoicedness in its diachronic aspect, showing some of the ways in which Dostoyevsky's texts echo and exploit the voices of precursors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21364/cover/9780521021364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Directions in General Relativity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1993 International Symposium, Maryland: Papers in Honor of Charles Misner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hu, B. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryan, Jr, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vishveshwara, C. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes are the proceedings of a major International Symposium on General Relativity held at the University of Maryland 27 to 29 March 1993 to celebrate the sixtieth birthdays of Professor Charles Misner and Professor Dieter Brill. The volumes cover classical general relativity, quantum gravity and quantum cosmology, canonical formulation and the initial value problem, topology and geometry of spacetime and fields, mathematical and physical cosmology, and Black Hole physics and astrophysics. As invited articles, the papers in these volumes have an aim which goes beyond that of a standard conference proceedings. Not only do the authors discuss the most recent research results in their fields, but many also provide historical perspectives on how their subjects developed and offer individual insights in their search for new directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21395/cover/9780521021395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Directions in General Relativity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1993 International Symposium, Maryland: Papers in Honor of Dieter Brill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hu, B. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobson, T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes are the proceedings of a major International Symposium on General Relativity held at the University of Maryland in March 1993 to celebrate the sixtieth birthdays of Professor Charles Misner and Professor Dieter Brill. The volumes cover classical general relativity, quantum gravity and quantum cosmology, canonical formulation and the initial value problem, topology and geometry of spacetime and fields, mathematical and physical cosmology, and black hole physics and astrophysics. As invited articles, the papers in these volumes have an aim which goes beyond that of a standard conference proceedings. Not only do the authors discuss the most recent research results in their fields, but many also provide historical perspectives on how the subjects have developed and offer individual insights in their search for new directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21401/cover/9780521021401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19561116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Communities and Processes in a Mojave Desert Ecosystem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rundel, Philip W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, Arthur C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Deserts provide a harsh and inhospitable environment for plants and animals, and the ecosystem is correspondingly fragile and prone to disruption by a variety of external factors. The Mojave Desert is a winter-rainfall desert, experiencing drought in the summer months, and occasional rain during the cooler winter months. For many years, it has attracted the attention of ecologists and conservation biologists concerned to maintain the unique status of this region. This book provides a broad overview of plant and animal ecology in the Mojave Desert, presented with a focus on data from Rock Valley, Nevada. The data from many major research projects is synthesized into a description of community structure and dynamics in desert ecosystems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21418/cover/9780521021418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finance and Fictionality in the Early Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Accounting for Defoe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherman, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the early eighteenth century, the increasing dependence of society on financial credit provoked widespread anxiety. The texts of credit - stock certificates, IOUs, bills of exchange - were denominated as potential 'fictions', while the potential fictionality of other texts was measured in terms of the 'credit' they deserved. Sandra Sherman argues that in this environment finance is like fiction, employing the same tropes. She goes on to show how the work of Daniel Defoe epitomised the market's capacity to unsettle discourse, demanding and evading 'honesty' at the same time. Defoe's &#339;uvre, straddling both finance and literature, theorizes the disturbance of market discourse, elaborating strategies by which an author can remain in the market, perpetrating fiction while avoiding responsibility for doing so.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21425/cover/9780521021425.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102143X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102143X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Dialogue in the British Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theology, Aesthetics and the Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prince, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first full-length study of philosophical dialogue during the English Enlightenment. It explains why important philosophers - Shaftesbury, Mandeville, Berkeley and Hume - and innumerable minor translators, imitators and critics wrote in and about dialogue during the eighteenth century; and why, after Hume, philosophical dialogue either falls out of use or undergoes radical transformation. Philosophical Dialogue in the British Enlightenment describes the extended, heavily coded, and often belligerent debate about the nature and proper management of dialogue; and it shows how the writing of philosophical fictions relates to the rise of the novel and the emergence of philosophical aesthetics. Novelists such as Fielding, Sterne, Johnson and Austen are placed in a philosophical context, and philosophers of the empiricist tradition in the context of English literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21432/cover/9780521021432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Revolutionary Syndicalism and the Public Sphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, Kenneth H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the evolution of the Conf&#233;d&#233;ration G&#233;n&#233;rale du Travail (CGT), and its interaction with the French public sphere, between 1900 and 1920. Kenneth Tucker examines the triumph of this productivism and instrumental rationality, in contrast with other visions of society and the future. He gives a Habermasian twist to the recent linguistic turn in labour history, focusing on the role of competing bodies of knowledge in influencing the self-understanding and strategies of the CGT. He also goes further to situate the rise of productivism within the social and cultural context of the French Third Republic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21449/cover/9780521021449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and Language in British Literary Criticism, 1660-1790</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runge, Laura L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the eighteenth century, British critics applied terms of gender to literature according to the belief that masculine values represented the best literature and feminine terms signified less important works or authors. Laura Runge contends however that the meaning of gendered terms like 'manly' or 'effeminate' changes over time, and that the language of eighteenth-century criticism cannot be fully understood without careful analysis of the gendered language of the era. She examines conventions in various fields of critical language - Dryden's prose, the early novel, criticism by women, and the developing aesthetic - to show how gendered epistemology shaped critical 'truths'. Her exploration of critical commonplaces, such as regarding the heroic and the sublime as masculine modes and the novel as a feminine genre, addresses issues central to eighteenth-century studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21456/cover/9780521021456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad in Perspective</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Art and Fidelity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Najder, Zdzislaw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Zdzislaw Najder, one of the world's leading authorities on Joseph Conrad and author of the major biography Joseph Conrad: A Chronicle (1983), is widely acclaimed for his particular insights into Conrad's Polish background. The fruits of thirty years of Conrad study appear in this landmark volume of his essays, which explore a wide range of topics: Conrad's national and cultural heritage; his fictions, from the unfinished 'Sisters' and Lord Jim to The Secret Agent; his attitude towards Russia in general and Dostoevsky in particular; his concepts of man and society; and the role of the idea of honour in his work. In a series of more general essays Najder goes on to place Conrad's work within a broad European philosophical, political and literary context. Conrad in Perspective offers new insights into the life and work of one of the twentieth century's greatest novelists by one of his most perceptive critics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21463/cover/9780521021463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Renovations of the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative Annexes and the Boundaries of Representation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keen, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of narrative technique in Victorian novels introduces the concept of 'narrative annexes' whereby unexpected characters, impermissible subjects and plot-changing events are introduced within fictional worlds which otherwise exclude them. They are marked by the crossing of borders into previously unrepresented places and new genres or modes, challenging Victorian cultural and literary norms. Suzanne Keen's original readings of novels by Charlotte Bront&#235;, Dickens, Disraeli, Hardy, Kingsley, Trollope, and Wells show these writers negotiating the boundaries of representation to reveal in narrative annexes the subjects (notably sexuality and social class) which contemporary critics sought to exclude from the realm of the novel. Fears of disease, of working men, of Popery, of dark-skinned 'others', of the poor who toil and starve in close proximity to the rectories, homes, clubs and walled gardens of Victorian polite society draw readers down narrow alleys, through thorny hedges, across desolate heaths, into narrative annexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21470/cover/9780521021470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bargaining and Market Behavior</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Experimental Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Vernon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second Cambridge University Press collection of papers by Vernon L. Smith, a creator of the field of experimental economics, includes many of his primary authored and coauthored contributions on bargaining and market behavior between 1990 and 1998. The essays explore the use of laboratory experiments to test propositions derived from economics and game theory. They also investigate the relationship between experimental economics and psychology, particularly the field of evolutionary psychology, using the latter to broaden the perspective in which experimental results are interpreted. The volume complements Professor Smith's earlier work by demonstrating the importance of institutional features of markets in understanding behavior and market performance. Specific themes investigated include rational choice, the notion of fairness, game theory and extensive form experimental interactions, institutions and market behavior, and the study of laboratory stock markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21487/cover/9780521021487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Racism in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sicilian Ethnography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last twenty years, immigration has become one of the most contested issues in Western Europe. The arrival of Africans, Asians, Eastern Europeans and others in Italy has reversed earlier trends of emigration. Debate, political activity and violence have raised questions of rejection and integration, of anti-racism and the new racism. Studies of these issues commonly focus on political activity and the plight of minorities, but this book breaks new ground in its emphasis on the everyday reactions of Italians to immigration and related issues. Drawing on research carried out in Palermo, Jeffrey Cole considers the role of class, culture, local history and political economy in the ambivalent responses of Sicilians to immigrants. He places Italian attitudes in a European context, and investigates why anti-immigrant politics are concentrated in the wealthy Italian North.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21494/cover/9780521021494.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measurement in Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical History of a Methodological Concept</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michell, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces how such a seemingly immutable idea as measurement proved so malleable when it collided with the subject matter of psychology. It locates philosophical and social influences (such as scientism, practicalism and Pythagoreanism) reshaping the concept and, at the core of this reshaping, identifies a fundamental problem: the issue of whether psychological attributes really are quantitative. It argues that the idea of measurement now endorsed within psychology actually subverts attempts to establish a genuinely quantitative science and it urges a new direction. It relates views on measurement by thinkers such as Holder, Russell, Campbell and Nagel to earlier views, like those of Euclid and Oresme. Within the history of psychology, it considers contributions by Fechner, Cattell, Thorndike, Stevens and Suppes, among others. It also contains a non-technical exposition of conjoint measurement theory and recent foundational work by leading measurement theorist R. Duncan Luce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21517/cover/9780521021517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arthurian Narrative in the Latin Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Echard, Si&#226;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arthurian literature is a popular field, but most of the published work focuses on the vernacular tradition. This book, uniquely, looks at Latin Arthurian works. Geoffrey of Monmouth is treated at length and this is the first book to put him in a context which includes other Latin histories, monastic chronicles, saints' lives and other Latin prose Arthurian narratives. Like Geoffrey's works, most can be associated with the Angevin court of Henry II and by placing these works against the court background, this book both introduces a new set of texts into the Arthurian canon and suggests a way to understand their place in that tradition. The unfamiliar works are summarized for the reader, and there are extensive quotations, with translations, throughout. The result is a thorough exploration of Latin Arthurian narrative in the foundational period for the Arthurian tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21524/cover/9780521021524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grammar of Empire in Eighteenth-Century British Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sorensen, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the complex role of language as an instrument of empire in eighteenth-century British literature. Focusing in particular on the relationship between England and one of its 'celtic colonies', Scotland, Janet Sorensen explores the tensions which arose during a period when the formation of a national standard English coincided with the need to negotiate ever widening imperial linguistic contacts. Close readings of poems, novels, dictionaries, grammars and records of colonial English instruction reveal the deeply conflicting relationship between British national and imperial ideologies. Moving from Scots Gaelic poet Alexander MacDonald to writers such as Adam Smith, Hugh Blair, and Tobias Smollett, Sorensen analyses British linguistic practices of imperial domination, including the enforcement of English language usage. The book also engages with the work of Samuel Johnson and Jane Austen to offer a wider understanding of the ambivalent nature of English linguistic identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21555/cover/9780521021555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Identity and Emotion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development Through Self-Organization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bosma, Harke A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kunnen, E. Saskia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent ideas concerning the development of self and identity have stressed the importance of moving away from an approach which is mainly concerned with outcomes, to one which focuses instead on processes of development and, more specifically, on a relational perspective on these processes. Identity and Emotion focuses on the individual development of identity and the processes involved. By working from emotions and a dynamic systems perspective the book offers a new and exciting approach to human identity and its development across the lifespan. The contributors to the book are specialists in this new approach, and offer new and challenging ideas on the development of identity as a self-organizing process. The book offers a wealth of new ideas and insights, but also concentrates on the ways these insights can be translated into research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21562/cover/9780521021562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Old Vic Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to chronicle fully the history of London's Old Vic Theatre. After Drury Lane, Covent Garden, and the Theatre Royal, Haymarket, the Old Vic is London's oldest theatre, with a continuous history since 1818. Drawing on important archives, both here (notably the Royal Victoria Hall's) and in the United States, George Rowell sheds new light on the management, audience, productions, and players. In particular he offers fresh information on its early years, when such famous figures as Edmund Kean and William Charles Macready appeared there, and Paganini gave his farewell concert. Throughout its history the Old Vic has served a number of purposes and provided many brands of entertainment, including spectacle, pantomime, 'blood-and-thunder melodrama', and variety. Subsequently it was used as a 'temperance hall' and working-men's college. The Theatre was the first permanent home of opera in English as well as British ballet, and, above all, the birthplace of the world-famous Old Vic Company.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21593/cover/9780521021593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Modern Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in English History in Honour of Lawrence Stone</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beier, A. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannadine, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenheim, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intended to celebrate the 70th birthday of the distinguished historian, Lawrence Stone, these essays owe much to his influence. There are also four appreciations by friends and colleagues from Oxford and Princeton and a little-known autobiographical piece by Lawrence Stone himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21616/cover/9780521021616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naturalist Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Entropic Vision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baguley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of naturalist fiction as a distinct literary genre. It focuses mainly on French naturalist literature, analysing a number of key works in detail, but also draws examples from other national traditions, particularly from the English novel. Professor Baguley questions and revises many traditional assumptions on important theoretical issues such as the nature of literary history, the concepts of 'realism' and 'naturalism', and the relations between science and literature. He demonstrates the prevalence of certain recurrent generic patterns, themes and techniques in the general body of naturalist literature, ranging from disquieting tragic developments to the most outrageous ironic and parodic effects. He argues persuasively that, far from being a mere record of the external aspects of reality, naturalist fiction is a literature of 'scandalous' provocation which employs the strategies of realist art to convey a profoundly disturbing vision of that reality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21623/cover/9780521021623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trail of Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Time Measurement with Incense in East Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bedini, Silvio A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a scholarly study of a virtually unknown aspect of the history of horology (timekeeping), compiled from Chinese and Japanese historical and literary records, some of which are translated and published here for the first time. Incense timekeepers played an important role in early Chinese social and technological history, in addition to their use for time measurement. They were used in temples for religious rites, in agricultural regions for regulating water for irrigation, in palaces and government offices, and in the studies of scholars. A fascinating compendium of knowledge about a neglected aspect of Oriental culture, this book will appeal not only to historians of China and Japan, but to the growing number of collectors and museum curators who are interested in incense clocks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21630/cover/9780521021630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rydberg Atoms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallagher, Thomas F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, Rydberg atoms have been the subject of intense study, becoming the testing ground for several quantum mechanical problems. This book provides a comprehensive description of the physics of Rydberg atoms, highlighting their remarkable properties by reference to their behaviour in a wide range of physical situations. Following an overview of the basic properties of Rydberg atoms, their interactions with electric and magnetic fields are analysed in detail. The collisions of Rydberg atoms with neutral and charged species are described, and the use of multichannel quantum defect theory in the study of Rydberg atomic systems is discussed. Experimental and theoretical research in this extensive field is also reviewed, making the book valuable to both graduate students and established researchers in physics and physical chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21661/cover/9780521021661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Lucien to Camille Pissarro, 1883-1903</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pissarro, Lucien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorold, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Impressionist painter Camille Pissarro's eldest son, Lucien, lived in England in 1883, then in Paris until 1890 when he finally settled in England. These travels gave rise to a substantial exchange of letters, most of which have survived. Camille Pissarro's letters are well-known but Lucien's replies, which describe the world of post-William Morris London, have hitherto lacked a full scholarly edition. Lucien, also a painter, exhibited only in the last of the Impressionist exhibitions in Paris, although both he and his father were members of the neo-Impressionist group. To earn a living, Lucien turned to wood engraving, which led to his printing of rare books illustrated and printed by him on his Eragny Press in London. He even ceased to paint for a period. The technical discussion of the translation of drawings to woodblocks engraved by Lucien gives a unique insight into the methods employed, while intimate views on the work of their now famous friends, mainly painters, writers of anarchist theoreticians in Paris, or contemporary painters reacting to the Pre-Raphaelites in London and the Private Press movement inspired by William Morris, mingle advice on painting methods with views on current art trends, family matters, and their struggles for recognition and enough money to even post their letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21678/cover/9780521021678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Cobbett and Rural Popular Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyck, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first rural and cultural study of the great English countryman William Cobbett (1763-1835). It binds Cobbett's radical career to his rural heritage and to the experiences and politics of agricultural workers during the early nineteenth century. As a radical, Cobbett's first quest was to represent the hardships of the labouring poor, and he adopted the labourers' cultural experiences and class consciousness as the basis of his political platform. He revolutionized press history by joining the 'pedlar's pack', from where he dispensed his two-penny broadsheets along with other varieties of popular literature. The rural labourers understood Cobbett because he articulated their beliefs and values as expressed in their own folksongs and broadside ballads. They embraced Cobbett as a radical leader and as an educator, heeding his moral instruction, his treatises on cottage economy, and his prescriptions on the recovery of Old England. Cobbett lived and moved among the labourers, and knew their political or economic grievances; thus long before the 'Captain Swing' rising he forecast the date and patterns of the revolt. His predictions came to pass and he became the single most important leader of the insurrection. His position of authority in the villages carried him forward in the cause of the Great Reform Bill and the Old Poor Law, so that by the end of his eventful career he was the sole public exponent of the cottage charter. This is a major and original work on Cobbett, and represents a breakthrough in the study of rural popular culture and in Cobbett scholarship. It will appeal strongly to a wide range of social and political historians, and have much value for all those interested in the language of class, the evolution of the English language, and the history of journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21708/cover/9780521021708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Ecology of Macaque Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fa, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindburg, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The genus Macaca is the most widely distributed of non-human primates and is found in 20 countries in South-East Asia and North Africa. Over the comparatively short time span of 5 million years, macaques have evolved diverse forms, from long-tailed arboreal types to robust terrestrial animals, and inhabit a variety of habitats. Although macaques are probably one of the most studied monkeys both in the wild and in captivity, data from long-term studies and pioneering work on little-known species are only just emerging. In this book, world authorities on macaques interpret recent research and present up-to-date syntheses of many aspects of macaque ecology, evolution, behaviour and conservation. This book will prove to be the definitive synthesis of the subject for all those interested in this fascinating group of monkeys for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante and the Mystical Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bernard of Clairvaux in the Commedia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botterill, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, Steven Botterill explores the intellectual relationship between the greatest poet of the fourteenth century, Dante, and the greatest spiritual writer of the twelfth century, Bernard of Clairvaux. Botterill analyses the narrative episode involving Bernard as a character in the closing cantos of the Paradiso, against the background of his medieval reputation as a contemplative mystic, devotee of Mary, and, above all, a preacher of outstanding eloquence. Botterill draws on a wide range of materials to establish and illustrate the connections between Bernard's reputation and his portrayal in Dante's poem. Botterill's fresh approach to the analysis of the whole episode will provoke the reader to re-evaluate the significance and implications of Bernard's presence in the Commedia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21722/cover/9780521021722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102174X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102174X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Remote Sensing Data Book</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rees, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Remote Sensing Data Book provides a unique resource of all aspects of remote sensing for the expert and non-expert alike. Organised as a dictionary, it contains over 700 alphabetically-arranged and cross-referenced entries on how remote sensing works, what kinds of data are available, and the large number of satellites and instruments from which the information is obtained. As well as short technical definitions, it also includes longer essays and reviews to give an overview of the subject. Although not a textbook in itself, the data book will serve as a valuable addition to existing textbooks for undergraduates and graduate students on geography, environmental and earth science courses that include an element of remote sensing. It will also be an essential reference for researchers and research managers at all levels using spaceborne remote sensing methods to obtain information about the earth's land, sea, ice and atmosphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21746/cover/9780521021746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The B-Book</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assigning Programs to Meanings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrial, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoare, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapron, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The B Method is a means for specifying, designing and coding software systems. The long-awaited B-Book is the standard reference for everything concerning this method. It contains the mathematical basis on which it is founded, the precise definitions of the notations used, and a large number of examples illustrating its use in practice. J.-R. Abrial, the inventor of B, has written the book in such a way that it can be used for self-study or for reference. It is in four parts, the first dealing with the mathematical foundations and the definition of the various mathematical structures that are needed to formalise software systems; special emphasis is placed on the notion of proof. The second part contains a presentation of the Generalised Substitution Language and of the Abstract Machine Notation; examples are given to show how large specifications can be constructed systematically. The next part introduces the two basic programming features of sequencing and loop. The last part covers the very important notion of refinement. It shows how to construct large software systems by means of layered architectures of modules. With the appearance of The B-Book, formal methods practitioners, computer scientists, and systems developers at last will have access to the definitive account of what will become one of the standard approaches to the construction of software systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21753/cover/9780521021753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Society in Edwardian Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Short, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This revealing new addition to Cambridge Studies in Historical Geography presents some of the first researches into a trove of hitherto inaccessible primary source material. A controversial component of Lloyd George's People's Budget of 1909-10 was the 'New Domesday' of landownership and land values. This rich documentation, for long locked away in the Inland Revenue's offices, became available to the public in the late 1970s. For the growing number of scholars of early twentieth century urban and rural Britain, Dr Short offers both a coherent overview and a standard source of reference to this valuable archive. Part I is concerned with the processes of assembling the material and its style of representation; Part II with suggested themes and locality studies. A final chapter places this new material in the context of discourses of state intervention in landed society prior to the Great War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21777/cover/9780521021777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Choice and Taxation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hettich, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winer, Stanley L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work examines tax policies and tax systems as they arise from democratic choices, set against the background of a market economy. Professors Hettich and Winer find that democratic institutions yield complex tax systems with features that follow a varied but predictable pattern. In developing their analysis, the authors use formal modelling of voting behavior, emphasizing recent advances in the theory of probabilistic voting. This book differs from the available tax literature by relating fiscal choices directly to voting and by examining tax systems in democratic countries from a variety of perspectives. While the authors primarily focus on explaining observed features of tax systems, they also devote considerable space to the discussion of the welfare and efficiency effects of taxation in the presence of collective choice, and to a review of other models and of the related literature. In addition, they use computational general equilibrium analysis and statistical research on national and state governments in the US and Canada to link theory to empirical data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21807/cover/9780521021807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The King's Hall Within the University of Cambridge in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cobban, Alan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed study of the King's Hall, Cambridge, from its foundation in the early fourteenth century until its dissolution in 1546. It is based largely on the 26 extant volumes of the King's Hall accounts which form one of the most remarkable sequences of medieval collegiate records in Europe. The rich profusion of the material has made it possible to reconstruct the economic, constitutional and business organisation of a medieval academic society, thereby providing for the college that same kind of exhaustive treatment which has been lavished upon other categories of medieval institutions. Dr Cobban discusses the vital contribution made by the King's Hall to the evolution of the University of Cambridge and shows how the interpretation of medieval Cambridge history has to be considerably modified. He demonstrates the important formative influence of the King's Hall in shaping the course of English collegiate development and the ways in which this College was finely attuned to the new educational trends of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21869/cover/9780521021869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Persian Earthquakes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambraseys, N. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melville, C. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern plate tectonic theory, the development of earthquake prediction and the mitigation of earthquake hazards are based on the study of earthquakes during the twentieth century. Investigation of earthquakes over a much longer period, although in no way invalidating the global importance of plate tectonics, shows that patterns of seismic activity do change with time and that areas of intense seismic activity in the historical past are often gaps of earthquake activity today. This study of the historical seismicity of Iran over the last thirteen centuries not only shows this quite clearly but also reveals a long-term tectonic pattern which is different from that deduced from short-term observations. The historical data provides the basis for the development of earthquake prediction models and for long-term earthquake hazard assessment. This book will be of equal interest to earth scientists, seismologists, historical geographers and orientalists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21876/cover/9780521021876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102188X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102188X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charity and Bienfaisance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Treatment of the Poor in the Montpellier Region 1740-1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a case study, based on the Montpellier region in southern France, which analyses charity and poor relief from 1750 to the Restoration of the Bourbon monarchy, and the effect of the French Revolution on the treatment of the poor. The breadth of the book's timescale is one of its most notable features; so too is the way in which the changing treatment of the problem of poverty is seen not only in its political and administrative context, but also in terms of police forces, charitable benefactors, the administrators of charitable institutions, and the poor themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21883/cover/9780521021883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History Society Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beales, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Best, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains essays within a common theme by a group of distinguished historians (some of them acknowledged world leaders in their fields) in honour of the just-retired Regius Professor of Modern History at the University of Cambridge, whose contribution to religion, education and history has been recognised by the award of a knighthood and, more recently, by the Order of Merit. Their common interest is the same one that has marked Professor Chadwick's life and work: the centrality of religious history to the history of Europe and, through that, to world history as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21890/cover/9780521021890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money Capital in the Theory of the Firm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Preliminary Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The place of money capital in the theory of the firm has remained a relatively neglected question in traditions of economic analysis. In this highly integrative work, issues in production, pricing, capital investment and financial theory are brought to new levels of interdependence. Developing a three-part argument, Money Capital in the Theory of the Firm deals successively with the theoretical issues and analytic motivation, the neoclassical tradition and postclassical perspectives. In doing so, it presents a self-contained foundation in the basic structures of microeconomic analysis relating to optimize decision making in the firm and in the accounting concepts and statistical apparatus of probability theory relevant to the neoclassical aspects of the argument. Additionally, the book provides the essential mathematical development of such advanced topics as utility functions defined over stochastic arguments, the equilibrium theory of financial asset prices and yields, the cost of money capital, and investment decision criteria. This book makes an important contribution to the formation of new and analytically richer perspectives in the important area of economics it addresses. It will be of particular interest to those working in economic theory and microeconomics, and their advanced students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21920/cover/9780521021920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Growth and Decay of Ice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lock, G. S. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ice exists in water, in air, in earth and in living organisms. The purpose of this book is to describe in mathematical, physical and biological terms, the growth and decay of ice, on a scale ranging from molecular to macroscopic. Consideration of the growth of ice in each of the above contexts provides a clearer understanding of the processes involved and results in a comprehensive overview not available elsewhere. This book will be of particular use to any graduate student, scientist or engineer requiring an introduction and reference for ice-related projects: theoretical or experimental; in the laboratory or the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21937/cover/9780521021937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Modes of the Phanerozoic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frakes, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francis, Jane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Syktus, Jozef I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The changes in the Earth's climate over the past 600 million years, from the Cambrian to the Quaternary, come under scrutiny in this book. The geological evidence for ancient climates is examined, such as the distribution of climate-sensitive sediments. The Earth's climate has changed many times throughout the Phanerozoic. Thus in this book the climate history has been divided into Warm and Cool modes, intervals when either the Earth was in a former 'greenhouse' state with higher levels of atmospheric CO2 and polar regions free of ice, or the global climate was cooler and ice was present in high latitudes. The studies presented here highlight the complex interactions between the carbon cycle, continental distribution, tectonics, sea level variation, ocean circulation and temperature change as well as other parameters. In particular, the potential of the carbon isotope records as an important signal of the past climates of the Earth is explored. This book will be useful to all students and researchers with an interest in palaeoclimates and palaeoenvironments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21944/cover/9780521021944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Muses of Resistance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Laboring-Class Women's Poetry in Britain, 1739-1796</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landry, Donna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this original and challenging study, Donna Landry shows how an understanding of the remarkable but neglected careers of laboring-class women poets in the eighteenth century provokes a reassessment of our ideas concerning the literature of the period. Poets such as the washerwoman Mary Collier, the milkwoman Ann Yearsley, the domestic servants Mary Leapor and Elizabeth Hands, the dairywoman Janet Little, and the slave Phyllis Wheatley can be seen adapting the conventions of polite verse for the purposes of social criticism. Some of their strategies relate to earlier texts, revealing ideological blind spots in the tropes of male poets. Elsewhere, they made interesting innovations in poetic form. Mary Leapor's 'Crumble Hall', for instance, by attending to sexual politics, extends the critique of aristocratic privilege in the country-house poem beyond that of Pope and Crabbe. In Ann Yearsley's verse, landscape description, historical narrative, and philosophical meditation are infused with political comment. Historically important, technically impressive and often aesthetically innovative, the poetic achievements of these plebeian women writers constitute an exciting literary discovery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21951/cover/9780521021951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tertiary Basins of Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Stratigraphic Record of Crustal Kinematics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friend, Peter F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dabrio, Cristino J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to deal comprehensively with Spain's tectonic and sedimentary history over the past sixty or so million years. During Tertiary times, Spain had suffered compressional collision between France and Africa, and its Atlantic and Mediterranean coasts had been further modified by extensional rifting. This study will therefore be of interest to earth scientists generally because of the insights it provides into continental crustal deformation. Spain contains some of the best exposed outcrop geology in Europe. Because it includes sectors of two separate foreland basins, and an intervening craton with basins that have been influenced by extensional and strike-slip deformation, it provides excellent material for the development and testing of theories on the study of sedimentary basin formation and filling.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21982/cover/9780521021982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521021995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521021995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521021999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Many-Body Atomic Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521021999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyle, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pindzola, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to the field of many-body atomic physics is suitable for researchers and graduate students. Drawing from three major subject areas, atomic structure, atomic photoionization, and electron-atom collisions, this book begins with an introduction to many-body diagrams, and continues with several chapters devoted to each subject area written by leading theorists in that field. Topics in atomic structure include the relativistic theory for highly charged atomic ions and calculations of parity nonconservation. Topics in atomic photoionization include single and double photoionization processes, and photoelectron angular distributions. Topics in electron-atom collisions include the theory of electron impact ionization, perturbation series methods, target dependence of the triply differential cross section, Thomas processes, R-matrix theory, close coupling, and distorted-wave theory. This coherent and carefully edited volume has been prepared by leading atomic physicists as a tribute to Hugh Kelly, one of the pioneers of many-body theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21999/cover/9780521021999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Propaganda and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Experience of Media and Mass Persuasion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sproule, J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study on the relationship of propaganda to participatory democracy in the United States during the twentieth century. The Muckrackers were the first critics to question whether the standard practices of communications industries, such as advertising and public relations, undermined the ability of citizens to gather enough reliable information in order to participate meaningfully in society. The communications industry has countered that propaganda merely circulates socially useful information in an efficient manner and further, that propaganda is harmless to democracy because of competition and professional codes. This study critically examines these various schools of thought in an effort to determine and understand the contribution and effects of propaganda in a democratic society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22002/cover/9780521022002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lies, Slander and Obscenity in Medieval English Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pastoral Rhetoric and the Deviant Speaker</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craun, Edwin David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on manuscript sources, this book examines how the medieval clergy developed the authority and persuasive force to attempt to govern the day-to-day speech of Western Christians. It shows how attempts were made to portray some political, social and private speech as deviant and destructive, labelling it lying, slander, blasphemy and other Sins of the Tongue. It explores, for the first time, how Chaucer, Langland, Gower and the 'Patience' poet use the different strains of this pastoral discourse not only to expose the destructive power of speech in political and social life but also to judge clerical claims to authority and efficacy in formulating and applying codes of speech.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22019/cover/9780521022019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competition and Monopoly in the Federal Reserve System, 1914-1951</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Microeconomic Approach to Monetary History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toma, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Toma explores the workings of the early Federal Reserve System as a means of challenging the traditional (monetary) approach to central banking. His approach is framed in the spirit of the public choice tradition, but is novel insofar as its focus is the microeconomics of the central banking industry. He develops a series of micro-based models of the banking sector which are used to explain historical developments in central banking. Professor Toma shows that competition among reserve banks in the 1920s did not result in an over-issue of Fed money predicted by the monetary models. He argues that Congress imposed a more monopolistic structure on the Fed in the mid-1930s in order to accommodate the increased revenue demands of the Treasury at the time. The book is unique in emphasizing the evolution of the Federal Reserve from a competitive to a monopolistic structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22033/cover/9780521022033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Trade and Finance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Frontiers for Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Benjamin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays offers a selection of contemporary scholarship intended to help define an agenda for future research in the field of international trade and finance. Written to honour Peter B. Kenen and to follow his work, the volume is divided into three parts: international trade theory, international monetary theory, and applied policy analysis. Trade issues addressed include the role of capital in standard trade models, welfare implications of economic integration, and the relationship between economic openness and the size of government. The monetary chapters include two related essays on the effects of exchange rates on economic activity and two essays on aspects of optimum currency area theory. Applied policy papers include two on industrial countries, two on developing countries, and one on problems of transition in the successor states of the former Soviet Union. Also included is an essay by Paul Krugman assessing Kenen's lifetime of scholarly achievements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22040/cover/9780521022040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romanticism and Colonialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing and Empire, 1780-1830</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulford, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitson, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationships between literary discourse and colonial politics have been the subject of much critical investigation since the publication of Edward Said's orientalism. Yet although much has been written about the forms these relationships took in the early modern period and in the nineteenth century, the Romantic period has been comparatively neglected. This volume sets out to redress that imbalance by investigating Romantic writing in its relationship to the peoples and places with which the British were increasingly coming into contact. Topics examined include slavery, race, climate, tropical disease, religion and commodity production; a wide range of writers are discussed from Edmund Burke to Hannah More, William Blake to Phyllis Wheatley, Olaudah Equiano to Mary Shelley, Thomas Clarkson to Lord Byron. Together the essays constitute a broad assessment of Romanticism's engagement with India, Africa, the West Indies, South America and the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22064/cover/9780521022064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102207X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102207X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disease, Desire, and the Body in Victorian Women's Popular Novels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, Pamela K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Popular fiction in mid-Victorian Britain was regarded as both feminine and diseased. Critical articles of the time on fiction and on the body and disease offer convincing evidence that reading was metaphorically allied with eating, contagion and sex. Anxious critics traced the infection of the imperial, healthy body of masculine elite culture by 'diseased' popular fiction, especially novels by women. This book discusses works by three novelists - M. E. Braddon, Rhoda Broughton, and 'Ouida' - within this historical context. In each case, the comparison of an early, 'sensation' novel against a later work shows how generic categorization worked in the context of social concerns to contain anxiety and limit interpretive possibilities. Within the texts themselves, references to contemporary critical and medical literatures resist or exploit mid-Victorian concepts of health, nationality, class and the body.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22071/cover/9780521022071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imaging Phonons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Acoustic Wave Propagation in Solids</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfe, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drop a pebble in a pond and the results are quite predictable: circular waves flow from the point of impact. Hit a point on a crystalline solid, however, and the expanding waves are highly non-spherical: the elasticity of a crystal is anisotropic. This book provides a fresh look at the vibrational properties of crystalline solids, elucidated by new imaging techniques. From the megahertz vibrations of ultrasound to the near-terahertz vibrations associated with heat, the underlying elastic anisotropy of the crystal asserts itself. Phonons are elementary vibrations that affect many properties of solids - thermal, electrical and magnetic. This text covers the basic theory and experimental observations of phonon propagation in solids. Phonon imaging techniques provide physical insights into such topics as phonon focusing, lattice dynamics and ultrasound propagation. Scattering of phonons from interfaces, superlattices, defects and electrons are treated in detail. The book includes many striking and original illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22088/cover/9780521022088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Traditions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Behavioural Inheritance in Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avital, Eytan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jablonka, Eva</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Animal Traditions maintains that the assumption that the selection of genes supplies both a sufficient explanation of the evolution and a true description of its course is, despite its almost universal acclaim, wrong. Eytan Avital and Eva Jablonka contend that evolutionary explanations must take into account the well-established fact that in mammals and birds, the transfer of learnt information is both ubiquitous and indispensable. The introduction of the behavioural inheritance system into the Darwinian explanatory scheme enables the authors to offer new interpretations for common behaviours such as maternal behaviours, behavioural conflicts within families, adoption and helping. This approach offers a richer view of heredity and evolution, integrates developmental and evolutionary processes, suggests new lines for research, and provides a constructive alternative to both the selfish gene and meme views of the world. It will make stimulating reading for all those interested in evolutionary biology, sociobiology, behavioural ecology and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22118/cover/9780521022118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adaptive Dynamics of Infectious Diseases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Pursuit of Virulence Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dieckmann, Ulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metz, Johan A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabelis, Maurice W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigmund, Karl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emerging diseases pose a continual threat to public health. Short multiplication time and high variability allow pathogens to evolve very rapidly. It is therefore imperative to incorporate evolutionary considerations into longer-term health management plans. The evolution of infectious disease is also an ideal test-bed for theories of evolutionary dynamics. This book combines both threads, taking stock of our current knowledge on the evolutionary ecology of infectious diseases, and setting out the goals for the management of virulent pathogens. Throughout the book, the fundamental concepts and techniques underlying the modelling are carefully explained in a unique series of integrated boxes. The book ends with an overview of novel options for virulence management in humans, farm animals, plants, wildlife populations and biological control schemes. Written for graduate students and researchers, Adaptive Dynamics of Infectious Diseases provides an integrated treatment of mathematical evolutionary modelling and disease management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22132/cover/9780521022132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irony in the Medieval Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the fashionable standing of irony in studies of modern literature and its occasional application to medieval studies in a number of recent works, no sustained analysis of this phenomenon has yet been attempted for medieval literature. Professor Green attempts to fill the most important part of this lacuna by discussing irony in the medieval genre in which it is employed most frequently and with the greatest sophistication, the romance. The approach is therefore directed more towards the genre as such than to any specific example, and, although the book is written primarily from a Germanist's point of view, it also takes into account the romances of Chr&#233;tien de Troyes and their German adaptations, various examples from the Tristan tradition in France and Germany, Flamenca as an example from Provence, as well as Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde, and Sir Gawain and the Green Knight from England. Proceeding from a working definition of medieval irony and a survey of the signals which may allow us to perceive its presence, Professor Green considers the possibilities, rhetorical and otherwise, of registering irony in courtly literature at large. From this he moves on to discuss the major themes to which irony may be applied (chivalry and love), as well as the ways in which the narrative is organised so as to bring out any ironic implications of these themes. Subsequent chapters are concerned with the various types of irony to be distinguished: verbal irony, irony of the narrator, dramatic irony, the irony of values, and structural irony. A concluding chapter sums up the reasons, aesthetic and social, for the prevalence of irony in this particular genre of medieval literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22163/cover/9780521022163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integrated Land Use and Transport Modelling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Decision Chains and Hierarchies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barra, Tomas de la</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The integration of the location of activities in space and the use of transport has been a theoretical planning issue for many years. However, most books on this subject treat each component of the land use and transportation system with different, sometimes even conflicting, theories. The purpose of this book is to present the issue in the light of a single and consistent theoretical framework, that of random utility theory and discrete choice models. This is achieved in a methodical way, reviewing microeconomic theory related to the use of space, spatial interaction models, entropy maximising models, and finally, random utility theory. Emphasis is given to the concepts of decision chains and hierarchies. Spatial input-output models are also discussed, followed by chapters specifically dealing with the location of activities, the land market and the transport system. The book ends with the description of a number of real case studies to show how the theory can be used in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22170/cover/9780521022170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Speculation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brunschwig, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The five hundred years from 300 B.C. to A.D. 200 were a period during which Greek science made spectacular advances and Greek philosophy underwent dramatic changes. How much did the scientists take note of the philosophical issues bearing on their pursuits? What progress did the philosophers make with methodological and theoretical issues arising out of developments in science? What influence did philosophical criticism or philosophical ideas have on specific theories in medicine or mechanics, mathematics or astronomy? These are some of the questions discussed in this series of papers by the distinguished scholars who took part in the Conf&#233;rence Hellenistique in Paris in 1980. The result is a broad-ranging and pioneering volume which will be of importance to scholars in the history and philosophy of science and to those whose interests lie in classical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22187/cover/9780521022187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sugar Cane Industry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Historical Geography from its Origins to 1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galloway, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sugar cane has long been one of the world's most important cash crops, and the sugar cane industry can be regarded as one of the world's oldest industries. The industry involves three basic processes: the cultivation of cane, the milling of the cane to extract the juice and the rendering of the juice into crystal sugar. This book is a geography of the sugar cane industry from its origins to 1914. It describes the spread of the industry from India into the Mediterranean during medieval times, across to the Americas in the early years of European colonization, and its subsequent diffusion to most parts of the tropics. It examines changes in agricultural techniques over the centuries, the significance of improvements in milling and manufacturing techniques, and the role of the industry through its demand for labor in forming the multicultural societies of the tropical world. It is the first authoritative study of the development of the industry, in English, in forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22194/cover/9780521022194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Efficient Cooperation and Competition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Telser, Lester G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at competition in a new way. It attacks the notion that competition always leads to good results and that more competition is better. It also attacks the notion that cooperation is always harmful. An efficient economic equilibrium requires an optimal combination of both cooperation and rivalry. Telser first examines the genesis of certain late nineteenth-century laws that affected competition in the United States. Going on to give new theoretical insights into cooperation and rivalry, he shows when unrestricted competition can lead to an efficient equilibrium, as well as when restrictions on competition can provide for the same. The tensions between these two forces are especially pertinent to the study of innovation - the more costly it is to protect the property rights of ideas, the greater is the reliance on secrecy, and hence, the more likely is the wasteful duplication of results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22200/cover/9780521022200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Policy and Technological Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dasgupta, Partha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoneman, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A growing awareness of the contribution that technological change has made and can make to economic and social welfare has brought science and technology policy to the forefront of public discussions in both national and international forums. The papers in this volume, first presented at a Centre for Economic Policy Research conference held in London in September 1986 on the Economics of Technology Policy, represent a wide ranging contribution to the debate. Generally aimed at the non-specialist, the papers cover both the experience and application of policy as well as providing in-depth discussions of the rationale for intervention in the process of technological change. The authors include both policy-makers (Barber, Ergas and White) and the academic economists (Dasgupta, David, Griliches, Lyons, Pakes, Stiglitz and Stoneman). The volume will be of particular interest to policy-makers and their advisers concerned with technology-related issues and will contribute significantly to undergraduate and graduate courses in the same area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22217/cover/9780521022217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plasma Loops in the Solar Corona</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bray, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cram, L. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Durrant, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loughhead, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the first comprehensive account of the properties of plasma loops, the fundamental structural elements of the solar corona. Plasma loops cover a wide range of sizes, and range in temperature from tens of thousands to millions of degrees. They not only define the structure of individual active regions but connect different active regions - even across the solar equator. Loops also play an integral and decisive role in the enormous solar explosions called flares. Over recent years a wealth of space and ground-based observations of loops has been obtained in various widely-spaced regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. In this book the authors have selected the best observational material from the literature on which to base a detailed account of the properties of flare and non-flare loops. The book also explores the larger implications of the loop structures in our understanding of solar and stellar coronae. The text is enhanced by a large number of illustrations and unique and beautiful photographs obtained from the ground and from space.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22231/cover/9780521022231.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102224X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102224X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preference, Production and Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers of Hirofumi Uzawa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uzawa, Hirofumi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arrow, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains a selection of Professor Uzawa's important contributions to mathematical economics. Subjects covered by these nineteen essays include consumption, production, equilibrium, capital, growth, planning, international trade, and the theory of social overhead capital. Written in the 1960s and early 1970s, the papers form a basis upon which economic theory has developed over the last twenty years. The collection includes some of Uzawa's classic contributions, such as 'Preference and Rational Choice in the Theory of Consumption' (presented at the First Stanford Symposium), 'Time Preference, the Consumption Function, and Optimum Asset Holdings', 'Neutral Inventions and the Stability of Growth Equilibrium', 'On a Two-Sector Model of Economic Growth', 'Time Preference and the Penrose Effect in a Two-Class Model of Economic Growth', and 'On the Economics of Social Overhead Capital'. The collection will be useful not only in understanding the nature of the development in economic theory today, but also in reflecting upon the direction toward which economic theory will be advancing in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22248/cover/9780521022248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lost Words and Lost Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modernity and the Language of Everyday Life in Late Nineteenth-Century Stockholm</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pred, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last quarter of the nineteenth century was the most dramatic era in the social and spatial transformation of Stockholm. During this time large-scale manufacturing industry rose and eclipsed small-scale artisan sectors of production; the city's population virtually doubled and there was a rapid extension and rebuilding of the urban fabric. Allan Pred reconstructs this transformation of Stockholm's local economy, civil society and built environment between 1880 and 1900 through an interpretation of lost elements of language, or forgotten fragments of daily discourse, of lost words and meanings that belonged to members of the working and periodically employed classes. His analysis reveals that a language of production, distribution and consumption practices subsumed a language of discipline-avoidance and survival tactics. He demonstrates that the 'folk geography', or language used for negotiating the city streets and getting from here to there, subsumed a language of ideological resistance; that a language of social reference and address, the tagging of nicknames on groups and individuals, subsumed a language of boundary transgression; and that these languages were cross-cut by folk humour, by a vocabulary of comic irony and irreverence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22255/cover/9780521022255.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Centenary Essays on Alfred Marshall</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of twelve original essays commissioned by Britain's Royal Economic Society commemorates the 1990 centennial of the first publication of Alfred Marshall's Principles of Economics, one of the truly seminal works in the history of the subject. Marshall, who lived from 1842 to 1924, was the founder of the Cambridge school of economics and the teacher of John Maynard Keynes. Each of the twelve essays in this volume focuses on some aspect or aspects of Marshall's work, life, or legacy. His magnum opus, the Principles, receives considerable attention, but the discussion is not narrowly restricted to that work - which was in any case only a portion of a larger project, never completed. John Whitaker's essay sets out the detailed history of Marshall's failure to complete the projected second volume of the Principles, and describes the thorny path leading to the publication of Industry and Trade in 1919 and Money Credit and Commerce in 1923.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22262/cover/9780521022262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transition to Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Power, Wealth and Belief</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, I. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This set of essays is concerned with the explanation of large scale social change. Concentration is on the social stagnation characteristic of agrarian circumstances, the conditions for exit from that world and the varied social orders that inhabit, sometimes precariously, the modern world community. The distinguished contributors, from archaeology, anthropology, sociology, economic history and philosophy, have all been stimulated by the work of Ernest Gellner, and the essays are in dialogue with his view of our social condition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22279/cover/9780521022279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Johnson in the Medical World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Doctor and the Patient</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiltshire, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Samuel Johnson has become known to posterity in two capacities: through his own works as the great literary essayist of the eighteenth century, and, through Boswell's Life, as a man - notoriously a medical patient with a string of physical and psychological ailments. John Wiltshire brings the two together in this original study of Johnson the writer as 'Doctor' and patient. The subject of modern medical historians' case studies, Johnson also cultivated the acquaintance of doctors in his own day, and was himself a 'dabbler in physics'. John Wiltshire illuminates Johnson's life and work by setting them in their medical context, and also examines the importance of medical themes in Johnson's own writings. He discusses the many parts of Johnson's work touching on doctors, medicines, hospitals and medical experimentation, and analyses the central theme of human suffering - in body and mind - and its alleviation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22286/cover/9780521022286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Company Profits</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Dennis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do company profits eventually converge on a common, competitive level? How long does the convergence process take? This book seeks to answer these questions through a comparison of company profitability using time-series data compiled at the firm level and at the industry level in Canada, France, Japan, Sweden, West Germany, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The emphasis is on long-run, dynamic processes, and the perspective is that of Joseph Schumpeter, with profits converging, if at all, to competitive levels only in the long run. The basic methodology of the book is presented in one chapter, with the subsequent chapters focusing on results for individual countries. A summary chapter presenting major resolutions and their implications concludes the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22293/cover/9780521022293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Policy in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramet, Sabrina Petra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Church-state relations have undergone a number of changes during the seven decades of the existence of the Soviet Union. In the 1920s the state was politically and financially weak and its edicts often ignored, but the 1930s saw the beginning of an era of systematic anti-religious persecution. There was some relaxation in the last decade of Stalin's rule, but under Khrushchev the pressure on the Church was again stepped up. In the Brezhev period this was moderated to a policy of slow strangulation of religion, and Gorbachev's leadership saw a thorough liberalization and re-legitimation of religion. This book brings together fifteen of the West's leading scholars of religion in the USSR, and provides the most comprehensive analysis of the subject yet undertaken. Bringing much hitherto unknown material to light, the authors discuss the policy apparatus, programmes of atheisation and socialisation, cults and sects, and the world of Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22309/cover/9780521022309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal Properties via Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nowick, Arthur S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the effect of crystal symmetry in determining the tensor properties of crystals. Although this is a well-established subject, the author provides a new approach using group theory and, in particular, the method of symmetry coordinates, which has not been used in any previous book. Using this approach, all tensors of a given rank and type can be handled together, even when they involve very different physical phenomena. Applications to technologically important phenomena as diverse as the electro-optic, piezoelectric, photoelastic, piezomagnetic, and piezoresistance effects, as well as magnetothermoelectric power and third-order elastic constants, are presented. Attention is also given to 'special magnetic properties', that is those that require the concepts of time reversal and magnetic symmetry, an important subject not always covered in other books in this area. This book will be of interest to researchers in solid-state physics and materials science, and will also be suitable as a text for graduate students in physics and engineering taking courses in solid-state physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22316/cover/9780521022316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japanese Banking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History, 1859-1959</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tamaki, Norio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did the Japanese achieve their unrivalled position in world banking? This book provides the first full account in English of the banking industry in Japan for the century following the opening of the country to the outside world in 1859. Professor Tamaki begins by considering the period of experimentation during the Meiji Restoration which resulted in the adoption of the Gold Standard in 1891. He then offers a detailed examination of the highly profitable years up to the end of the First World War and of the subsequent crisis which was hastened by the earthquake that devastated Tokyo and Yokohama in 1923 and sealed by the financial collapse of 1927. New light is thrown on the extraordinary role played by the banking industry during the period of military expansionism which culminated with defeat in the Second World War. The book ends with an assessment of the post-war financial system which developed out of the Macarthur directives and the subsequent American 'democratisation' programme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22330/cover/9780521022330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sub-Half-Micron Lithography for ULSIs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suzuki, Katsumi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matsui, Shinji</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochiai, Yukinori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In semiconductor-device fabrication processes, lithography technology is used to print circuit patterns on semiconductor wafers. The remarkable miniaturization of semiconductor devices has been made possible only because of the continuous progress in lithography technology. However, for the trend of ever-increasing miniaturization to continue a breakthrough in lithography technology is now needed. This book describes advanced techniques under development in Japan and elsewhere that represent the key to future semiconductor-device fabrication. The background to developments in lithography technology, trends in ULSI technology and future prospects are reviewed, and the requirements that future lithography technology must meet are described. Several important lithography methods, such as deep UV lithography, X-ray lithography, electron-beam lithography, and focused ion-beam lithography are described in detail by experts in each area. The principles underlying each of these methods are illustrated at the beginning of each chapter to help the reader understand the basis of the different approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22347/cover/9780521022347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bose-Einstein Condensation of Excitons and Biexcitons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Coherent Nonlinear Optics with Excitons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moskalenko, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snoke, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bose-Einstein condensation of excitons is a unique effect in which the electronic states of a solid can self-organize to acquire quantum phase coherence. The phenomenon is closely linked to Bose-Einstein condensation in other systems such as liquid helium and laser-cooled atomic gases. This is the first book to provide a comprehensive survey of this field, covering theoretical aspects as well as recent experimental work. After setting out the relevant basic physics of excitons, the authors discuss exciton-phonon interactions as well as the behaviour of biexcitons. They cover exciton phase transitions and give particular attention to nonlinear optical effects including the optical Stark effect and chaos in excitonic systems. The thermodynamics of equilibrium, quasi-equilibrium, and nonequilibrium systems are examined in detail. The authors interweave theoretical and experimental results throughout the book, and it will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in semiconductor and superconductor physics, quantum optics, and atomic physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22354/cover/9780521022354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Simulation of Reactive Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oran, Elaine S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boris, Jay P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reactive flows encompass a broad range of physical phenomena, interacting over many different time and space scales. Such flows occur in combustion, chemical lasers, the earth's oceans and atmosphere, and stars and interstellar space. Despite the obvious physical differences in these flows, there is a striking similarity in the forms of their descriptive equations. Thus, the considerations and procedures for constructing numerical models of these systems are also similar, and these similarities can be exploited. Moreover, using the latest technology, what were once difficult and expensive computations can now be done on desktop computers. This book takes account of the explosive growth in computer technology and the greatly increased capacity for solving complex reactive flow problems that have occurred since the first edition of Numerical Simulation of Reactive Flow was published in 1987. It presents algorithms useful for reactive flow simulations, describes trade-offs involved in their use, and gives guidance for building and using models of complex reactive flows.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22361/cover/9780521022361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton's Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of Multilingualism on Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hale, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Milton's poetry is one of the glories of the English language, and yet it owes everything to Milton's widespread knowledge of other languages: he knew ten, wrote in four, and translated from five. In Milton's Languages, John K. Hale first examines Milton's language-related arts in verse-composition, translations, annotations of Greek poets, Latin prose and political polemic, giving all relevant texts in the original and in translation. Hale then traces the impact of Milton's multilingualism on his major English poems. Many vexed questions of Milton studies are illuminated by this approach, including his sense of vocation, his attitude to print and publicity, the supposed blemish of Latinism in his poetry, and his response to his literary predecessors. Throughout this first full-length study of Milton's use of languages, Hale argues convincingly that it is only by understanding Milton's choice among languages that we can grasp where Milton's own unique English originated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22378/cover/9780521022378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102238X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102238X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Population History from Family Reconstitution 1580-1837</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oeppen, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>684</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English Population History from Family Reconstitution 1580-1837 is the most important single contribution to English historical demography since Wrigley and Schofield's Population History of England. It represents the culmination of work carried out at the Cambridge Group for the History of Population and Social Structure over the past quarter-century. Both books use Anglican parish registers to illuminate the population history of England between the sixteenth century and the mid-nineteenth century for which period they are the prime source available. This second work demonstrates the value of the technique of family reconstitution as a means of obtaining accurate and detailed information about fertility, morality, and nuptiality in the past. Indeed, more is now known about many aspects of English demography in the parish register period than about the post-1837 period when the Registrar-General collected and published information. Using data from 26 parishes, the authors show clearly that their results are representative not only of the demographic situation of the parishes from which the data were drawn, but also of the country as a whole. While the book largely confirms the earlier findings of the Cambridge Group, many novel and some very surprising features of the behaviour of past populations are brought to light for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22385/cover/9780521022385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physiognomy and the Meaning of Expression in Nineteenth-Century Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartley, Lucy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Physiognomy and the Meaning of Expression in Nineteenth-Century Culture, Lucy Hartley examines the emergence of physiognomy as a form of popular science. Physiognomy posited an understanding of the inner meaning of human character from observations of physical appearances, usually facial expressions. Taking the physiognomical teachings of Johann Caspar Lavater as a starting-point, Hartley considers the extent to which attempts to read the mind and judge character through expression can provide descriptions of human nature. She argues that the writings of Charles Bell, and the Pre-Raphaelites establish the significance of the physiognomical tradition for the study of expression whilst also preparing the ground for the rise of new doctrines for the expression of emotion by Alexander Bain and Herbert Spencer. She then demonstrates how the evolutionary explanation of expression proposed by Spencer and Charles Darwin is both the outcome of the physiognomical tradition and the reason for its dissolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22422/cover/9780521022422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matrix Calculus and Zero-One Matrices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Statistical and Econometric Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turkington, Darrell A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the reader with mathematical tools taken from matrix calculus and zero-one matrices and demonstrates how these tools greatly facilitate the application of classical statistical procedures to econometric models. The matrix calculus results are derived from a few basic rules that are generalizations of the rules of ordinary calculus. These results are summarized in a useful table. Well-known zero-one matrices, together with some new ones, are defined, their mathematical roles explained, and their useful properties presented. The basic building blocks of classical statistics, namely the score vector, the information matrix, and the Cramer-Rao lower bound, are obtained for a sequence of linear econometric models of increasing statistical complexity. From these are obtained interactive interpretations of maximum likelihood estimators, linking them with efficient econometric estimators. Classical test statistics are also derived and compared for hypotheses of interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22453/cover/9780521022453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022479</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Bubonic Plague in the British Isles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shrewsbury, J. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A history of the bacterial disease of bubonic plague, and of the mortality, distress and panic fear that it caused in the British Isles from The Great Pestilence of 1348 to The Plague of London in 1665, with a brief account of its transient reappearances between 1900 and 1912. Professor Shrewsbury draws on his knowledge as a bacteriologist in describing the way in which the disease was transmitted from the rat, its natural host, to man and emphasizes that the Black Rat was solely responsible for its introduction to the British Isles, and for its spread from one place to another; he is thus able to identify genuine outbreaks of plague from those of other diseases. Among the consequences of the plague which Professor Shrewsbury discusses are its effect upon the growth of population, and on social and economic life, the harsh and useless regulations made in vain efforts to control it, and the collapse of law and order during its great outbursts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22477/cover/9780521022477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church/Politcs:Adam Orleton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haines, Roy Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years Edward II's reign has attracted the attention of a number of scholars whose work has considerably modified the traditional picture. As a result, there has been a move away from the emphasis on constitutional and administrative theory and practice to a consideration of the personalities involved, notably Edward himself and the earls of Pembroke and Lancaster. Although medieval biography is difficult, such an approach has been highly successful - the actions of individuals are seen to be crucial in any analysis of events. However, since Kathleen Edwards's pioneer article in the mid-1940s, the Church's contribution has been largely neglected. In her view, after Archbishop Winchelsey's death the bishops cut sorry figures indeed. The time has come for a more sympathetic appraisal, in particular of the role played by Adam Orleton, promoted successively bishop of Hereford, Worcester and Winchester by a pope who paid no attention to the expostulations of the government at home.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22484/cover/9780521022484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Economy of Plant Form and Function</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Sixth Maria Moors Cabot Symposium</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Givnish, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent studies that analyze the impact of various plant traits on whole-plant growth and competitive ability have provided insights into the selective pressures on characteristics such as leaf reflectivity, effective leaf size, stomatal conductance, size of photosynthetic enzyme pools, crown form, xylem structure, nitrogen fixation, and root versus shoot allocation. This research has reached an exciting stage, leading to quantitative predictions of favoured trends in these traits as a function of environmental parameters and fundamental physiological constraints. Such results reveal the importance of ecological patterns in plant form and physiology, and of evolutionary constraints on photosynthesis and primary productivity. On the Economy of Plant Form and Function summarizes the major recent advances in the economic analysis of plant behavior and suggests a framework for a unified, quantitative approach to understanding photosynthetic adaptations, their integration with other aspects of plant form, and their relationship to carbon balance and ultimate limits on plant productivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22491/cover/9780521022491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Boundaries of Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winston, Gordon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichgraeber III, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines themes that complicate the conventional economist's view of the world and thereby provide for a notably more complex, and humane, subject of study than the traditional Homo economicus. Written by economists and philosophers, these essays attempt to place neoclassical economic theory, especially conventional textbook micro-economic theory, in the broader context of other social sciences and modern economics. In doing so, the book aims to find the boundaries of economics and to define more sharply its relationship to other kinds of inquiry. Though the widespread use of textbook microtheory in business, economic, and political analysis is a clear testament to its power, the restrictions and artificialities of neoclassical assumptions give cause for worry even to many economists. This book examines the extent to which the economist's paradigm - that man is characterized chiefly by self-interested goals and rational choice of means - is useful in studying traditional noneconomic fields such as philosophy, political theory, and rhetoric. It also looks at how insights from other disciplines are changing - and perhaps improving - the current practice of economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22507/cover/9780521022507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Free Banking and Monetary Reform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glasner, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The power of the state to issue currency and control the monetary system is so entrenched, and the presumption among economists that money must be supplied monopolistically by a central authority is so widespread, that the notion that money could be supplied competitively has rarely been taken seriously. This book boldly challenges the conventional view that the state must play a dominant role in the monetary system. Part I explores the historical evidence and examines how a well-developed monetary system might have developed without any special role for the state. Part II offers a theory for a competitive supply of money and uses it to shed light on the development of monetary theory and the course of monetary history over the past two centuries. In Part III the author outlines new proposals for monetary reform that will protect the financial system against instability and will ensure macroeconomic stability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22514/cover/9780521022514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benthic Foraminiferal Biostratigraphy of the South Caribbean Region</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolli, Hans M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckmann, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Benthic foraminifera from the classic southern Caribbean region are presented in this book, to provide valuable information on ranges for biostratigraphers working in the region and beyond. Around 1000 of the more important species are assembled - from the Barremian (early Cretaceous) to the middle Miocene, approximately 120 to 10 million years before the present. The deeper water benthic species are tied in to the zonal scheme used in Plankton Stratigraphy, published by Cambridge University Press in 1985. The taxa have been brought up to date generically, and in many cases new comparisons between species have been made - the late Cretaceous and early Paleogene are particularly detailed. This information, together with detailed illustrations, will enable the taxa to be used stratigraphically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22538/cover/9780521022538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logic of Typed Feature Structures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Applications to Unification Grammars, Logic Programs and Constraint Resolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carpenter, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops the theory of typed feature structures, a data structure that generalizes both first-order terms and feature structures of unification-based grammars to include inheritance, typing, inequality, cycles and intensionality. The resulting synthesis serves as a logical foundation for grammars, logic programming and constraint-based reasoning systems. A logical perspective is adopted which employs an attribute-value description language along with complete equational axiomatizations of the various systems of feature structures. At the same time, efficiency concerns are kept in mind and complexity and representability results are provided. The application of feature structures to phrase structure grammars is described and completeness results are shown for standard evaluation strategies. Definite clause logic programs are treated as a special case of phrase structure grammars. Constraint systems are introduced and an enumeration technique is developed for solving arbitrary attribute-value logic constraints. This book, with its innovative approach to data structure, will be essential reading for researchers in computational linguistics, logic programming and knowledge representation. Its self-contained presentation makes it flexible enough to serve as both a research tool and a text book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22545/cover/9780521022545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102255X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102255X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diode Laser Arrays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botez, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scifres, Don R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive overview of the fundamental principles and applications of semiconductor diode laser arrays. All of the major types of arrays are discussed in detail, including coherent, incoherent, edge- and surface-emitting, horizontal- and vertical-cavity, individually addressed, lattice-matched and strained-layer systems. The initial chapters cover such topics as lasers, amplifiers, external-cavity control, theoretical modelling, and operational dynamics. Spatially incoherent arrays are then described in detail, and the uses of vertical-cavity surface emitter and edge-emitting arrays in parallel optical-signal processing and multi-channel optical recording are discussed. Engineers, established researchers and graduate students studying the properties and applications of such arrays will find this book invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22552/cover/9780521022552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Performance during the Weimar Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022569</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilliam, Bryan Randolph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the collapse of the Wilhelmine Empire in Germany, a new generation of artists found a fresh environment where they might flourish. Their optimism was accompanied by an equally powerful distrust of the immediate past, for post-romanticism - and ultimately expressionism - served as symbols of a bygone era. Composers, performers, and audiences alike sought to negate their recent past in various ways: by affirming modern technology (electronic or mechanical music, sound recordings, radio, and film), exploring music of a more remote past (principally Baroque music), and celebrating popular music (particularly jazz). The essays contained in this volume address these fundamental themes. Examining the way in which German music was performed, staged, programmed, and received in the 1920s, they not only offer deeper insights into Weimar culture itself but shed light on our contemporary musical world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22569/cover/9780521022569.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre in Vienna</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical History, 1776-1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yates, W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first general history in English of theatre in Vienna, the one German-speaking city which, in the eighteenth century and for most of the nineteenth, sustained a theatrical life comparable to that of Paris or London. The book covers this theatrical culture from the beginnings of modern theatre in 1776 to the present day, relating it to social, political and intellectual history. It focuses primarily on the most important and productive theatres: the Burgtheater of the nineteenth and early twentieth century and the commercial theatres that housed Viennese dialect comedy and operetta. Particular emphasis is placed on the dramatists and composers from whom the lasting importance of the theatres chiefly derives, and on the ideological pressures reflected in the repertory, in censorship (to which one chapter is devoted), and in press reception. The book draws on original documents including diaries, memoirs and reviews, and is accessible to general readers as well as specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22576/cover/9780521022576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purposive Diversification and Economic Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines product-line diversification in large manufacturing firms. It introduces and applies a methodology that discerns groups of manufacturing industries related by complementarities in production, marketing, distribution, and research and development (R&amp;D) activities. Manufacturing firms intentionally vary production to exploit these complementarities, and Professor Scott uses evidence from US manufacturing to explore hypotheses about such purposive diversification and ensuing economic performance, including product diversification's effects on both static efficiency and the optimality of R&amp;D investment. The study yields new perspectives on the policy debate about cooperation versus competition among firms: will industrial performance be better if leading firms cooperate on research, production, and marketing? Professor Scott shows that the answers depend on circumstances that vary with different industrial environments. His analysis offers insights about business strategy and public policy toward business combinations in conglomerate, vertical, and horizontal mergers and in cooperative R&amp;D ventures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22583/cover/9780521022583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroscopic Quantum Tunneling of the Magnetic Moment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chudnovsky, Eugene M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tejada, Javier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book presenting a coherent theoretical and experimental treatment of the rapidly developing field of macroscopic quantum tunneling of the magnetic moment. The theory is based on the concept of the magnetic instanton and its renormalization by the dissipative environment. The book includes discussions of the tunneling of magnetic moment in small ferromagnetic grains, tunneling of the Ne'el vector in antiferromagnetic grains, quantum nucleation of magnetic domains, and quantum depinning of domain walls. The experimental part collects the majority of recent data that are, or may be, relevant to spin tunneling. Among the topics described are low temperature magnetic relaxation and its interpretation in various systems, experiments on single particles and mesoscopic wires, and resonant spin tunneling in molecular magnets. This study of an important new field in condensed matter physics by two leading contributors to the subject will be of interest to theorists and experimentalists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22613/cover/9780521022613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Parity for Trade and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Tests, and Case Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yotopoulos, Pan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book extends recent theories of incomplete markets to investigate empirically the appropriate balance between the market and the state in the trade relations between developed and developing countries. The conclusion is that in an ideal world government intervention in foreign exchange and trade is necessary in developing countries in the early stages and inevitably decreases as development occurs. Rationing of foreign exchange prevents a 'soft currency distortion' that commonly afflicts developing countries and can turn comparative advantage trade into competitive devaluation trade, with severe losses of income and welfare. Yotopoulos finds that the level of underdevelopment narrowly circumscribes and conditions the extent to which free-market, free-trade, laissez-faire can be beneficial, contrary to the mainstream policy paradigm as currently applied. The analysis and tests draw on empirical research from seventy countries and four extended country studies to confirm the usefulness and validity of the theoretical framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22620/cover/9780521022620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pluralism and the Personality of the State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Set against the broad context of philosophical arguments about group and state personality, Pluralism and the Personality of the State tells, for the first time, the history of political pluralism. The pluralists believed that the state was simply one group among many, and could not therefore be sovereign. They also believed that groups, like individuals, might have personalities of their own. The book examines the philosophical background to political pluralist ideas with particular reference to the work of Thomas Hobbes and the German Otto von Gierke. It also traces the development of pluralist thought before, during and after the First World War. Part Three returns to Hobbes in order to see what conclusions can be drawn about the nature of his Leviathan and the nature of the state as it exists today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22637/cover/9780521022637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory and Measurement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Causality Issues in Milton Friedman's Monetary Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, J. Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Focusing on the period of Milton Friedman's collaboration with Anna J. Schwartz, from 1948 to 1991, this work examines the history of debates between Friedman and his critics over money's causal role in business cycles. Professor Hammond shows that critics' reactions were grounded in two distinctive features of Friedman and Schwartz's way of doing economic analysis - their National Bureau business cycle methods and Friedman's Marshallian methodology. With the post-war dominance of Cowles Commission methods and Walrasian methodology, Friedman and Schwartz's monetary economics appeared to contemporary critics to be 'measurement without theory'. Drawing extensively upon unpublished materials, Professor Hammond's treatment offers new insights on Milton Friedman's attempts to settle debates with his critics and his eventual recognition of the methodological impediments. The book will interest monetary economists and macroeconomists, as well as historians of economics and methodologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22644/cover/9780521022644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marine Biodiversity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns and Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ormond, Rupert F. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gage, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Angel, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tickell, Crispin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The biodiversity of many ecosystems is under threat and although seas cover the majority of our planet's surface, far less is known about the biodiversity of marine environments than that of terrestrial systems. It is also not clear whether many of the patterns known to occur on land also occur in the sea. Until we have a firmer idea of the diversity of a wide range of marine habitats and what controls it, we have little hope of conserving biodiversity, or determining the impact of human activities such as mariculture, fishing, dumping of waste and pollution. This book brings together key studies from the deep sea and open ocean, to tropical shores and polar regions to consider how comparable the patterns and processes underlying diversity are in these different ecosystems. Marine Biodiversity will be a major resource for all those interested in biodiversity and its conservation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22651/cover/9780521022651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interaction and the Development of Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wootton, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study identifies key mechanisms through which a young child operates with external knowledge in her immediate social context. Central to this is the child's capacity to draw on discourse-based understandings which have become evident in prior interaction. These understandings are shown to inform and shape various aspects of the child's behaviour, notably request selection, the emergence of new request forms and various kinds of child distress, and they form the 'context' to which the child's actions come to be increasingly sensitive. In contrast to studies which analyse development under different headings, such as language, emotions and cognition, Tony Wootton links these aspects in his examination of the state of understanding which exists at any given moment in interaction. The result is a distinctive social constructivist approach to children's development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22668/cover/9780521022668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Chaucer's English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Words</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Making of Chaucer's English undertakes a substantial reappraisal of the place Chaucer's English occupies in the history of the English language and the language of English literature. It attacks the widespread presumption that Chaucer invented literary English and argues instead that Chaucer's English is generally traditional. It shows that Chaucer's linguistic innovation was as much performance as fact, but it also traces the linguistic strategies that made (and make) the performance of 'originality' so believable. It also includes a valuable history of every word Chaucer uses. The book also interrogates the theory and methodology of historicising languages, so even as it explores how Chaucer's words matter, it also questions why these particular words have acquired such importance for poets and scholars alike for 600 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22675/cover/9780521022675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romanticism, Aesthetics, and Nationalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaiser, David Aram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious study argues that our modern conception of the aesthetic sphere emerged during the era of British and German Romanticism from conflicts between competing models of the liberal state and the cultural nation. The aesthetic sphere is thus centrally connected to 'aesthetic statism', which is the theoretical project of reconciling conflicts in the political sphere by appealing to the unity of the symbol. David Kaiser traces the trajectory of aesthetic statism from Schiller and Coleridge, through Arnold, Mill and Ruskin, to Adorno and Habermas. He analyses how the concept of aesthetic autonomy shifts from being a supplement to the political sphere to an end in itself; this shift lies behind the problems that contemporary literary theory has faced in its attempts to connect the aesthetic and political spheres. Finally, he suggests that we rethink the aesthetic sphere in order to regain that connection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22682/cover/9780521022682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102269X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102269X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Chiefdoms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pathways to Complexity in Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntosh, Susan Keech</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent critiques of neoevolutionary formulations that focus primarily on the development of powerful hierarchies have called for broadening the empirical base for complex society studies. Redressing the neglect of sub-Saharan examples in comparative discussions on complex society, this book considers how case material from the region can enhance our understanding of the nature, origins and development of complexity. The archaeological, historical and anthropological case materials are relevant to a number of recent concerns, revealing how complexity has emerged and developed in a variety of ways. Contributors engage important theoretical issues, including the continuing influence of deeply embedded evolutionary notions in archaeological concepts of complexity, the importance of alternative modes of complex organization such as flexible hierarchies, multiple overlapping hierarchies, and horizontal differentiation, and the significance of different forms of power. The distinguished list of contributors include historians, archaeologists and anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22699/cover/9780521022699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imagination under Pressure, 1789-1832</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesthetics, Politics and Utility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whale, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious study offers a radical reassessment of one of the most important concepts of the Romantic period - the imagination. In contrast to traditional accounts, John Whale locates the Romantic imagination within the period's lively and often antagonistic polemics on aesthetics and politics. In particular he focuses on the different versions of imagination produced within British writing in response to the cultural crises of the French Revolution and the ideology of utilitarianism. Through detailed analysis of key texts by Burke, Paine, Wollstonecraft, Bentham, Hazlitt, Cobbett and Coleridge, Imagination Under Pressure seeks to restore the role of imagination as a more positive force within cultural critique. The book concludes with a chapter on the afterlife of the Coleridgean imagination in the work of John Stuart Mill and I. A. Richards. As a whole it represents a timely and inventive contribution to the ongoing redefinition of Romantic literary and political culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22712/cover/9780521022712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102272X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102272X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recreating the American Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rules of Apportionment, Constitutional Change, and American Political Development, 1700-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kromkowski, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rules of apportionment are elements of social and political order. In social gatherings, families and governments they assume a variety of written and unwritten forms and in every order they determine not only how collective decisions are made but also how and why a particular constitutional order develops over time. Recreating the American Republic provides a far-reaching analysis of when, how and why these rules change and with what consequences. Recreating the American Republic reveals the import of these rules of apportionment by engaging the three most widely recognized and studied eras and events of American political history: the Colonial era and the American Revolution; the early national years and the 1787 Constitutional Convention; and the nineteenth century and the American Civil War. Recreating the American Republic systematically compares each seemingly familiar era and event - revealing new insights and a new metanarrative of American political development between 1700 and 1870.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/08484/cover/9780521808484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keynes's Monetary Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Different Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meltzer, Allan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this rigorous study of John Maynard Keynes's views on economic theory and policy from 1920-1946, Professor Meltzer argues that some of Keynes's main ideas have been ignored or misstated. While attention has focused on short-term countercyclical policies, the main policy implications have been neglected. Keynes placed great emphasis on rules, predictability, and reduction of uncertainty. In keeping with his theoretical work, he opposed discretionary fiscal changes and favored rules to reduce instability and increase the capital stock. These policies are consistent with, and provide evidence for, the interpretation of Keynes's theory developed here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22750/cover/9780521022750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information, Incentives and the Economics of Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibald, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines alternative methods for achieving optimality without all the apparatus of economic planning (such as information retrieval, computation of solutions, and separate implementation systems), or a vain reliance on sufficiently 'perfect' competition. All rely entirely on the self-interest of economic agents and voluntary contract. The author considers methods involving feedback iterative controls which require the prior selection of a 'criterion function', but no prior calculation of optimal quantities. The target is adjusted as the results for each step become data for the criterion function. Implementation is built in by the incentive structure, and all controls rely on consistency with the self-interest of individuals. The applicability of all the methods is shown to be independent of the form of ownership of enterprises: examples are given for industries which are wholly privately owned, wholly nationalized, mixed and labour-managed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22798/cover/9780521022798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Laboratory Experimentation in Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Six Points of View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Alvin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Testing economic propositions in laboratory experiments has proven a very fruitful research endeavor in recent years. This volume brings together the major contributors to experimental economics. The papers present their views on the way experiments should be done, on the power and limitations of the techniques, and on the areas in which experimentation could contribute substantially to our understanding of economic behavior. This book distills the main lessons from great experience in experimental work. It will be essential reading for all who wish to follow experimental work or who wish to do such work themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22811/cover/9780521022811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Law and Economic Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bebchuk, Lucian Arye</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection uses economic analysis to study some of the most pressing issues in corporate law. The last decade has brought certain corporate transactions and arrangements to the forefront of public attention and public debate. At the same time, a new mode of corporate law analysis has been developed - one that uses the tools of economics to identify the consequences and desirable features of corporate law rules. By bringing together work at the frontier of this method of analysis, the volume provides a good picture of the power, current state, and future direction of the economic analysis of corporate law. Written by some of the most prominent contributors to the field, many of the chapters focus directly on the corporate control transactions that have recently attracted the most interest and controversy - corporate takeovers, buy-outs, recapitalizations, and reorganizations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22835/cover/9780521022835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cournot Oligopoly</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Characterization and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daughety, Andrew F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Celebrating the 150th anniversary of Cournot's work, which Mark Blaug has characterized as 'a book that for sheer originality and boldness of conception has no equal in the history of economics thought', this volume focuses on the properties and uses of Cournot's model of competition among the few. While there are many issues that Cournot explored in researches into the mathematical principles of the theory of wealth, the topic that he is most readily associated with - and which now is also enjoying a revival - is his model of oligopolistic interaction among firms. This revival of interest in Cournot's model is due largely to increased emphasis by economists on capturing elements of imperfect competition and strategic behavior.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22842/cover/9780521022842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lordship and the Urban Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Durham and its Overlords, 1250-1540</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonney, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The city of Durham, although geographically far removed from the centre of political power in England in the later medieval period, was of great strategic and ecclesiastical importance during its early history. It was the seat of the prince bishops, a military headquarters for the defence of the northern borders of England, a centre for pilgrimages to the shrine of St Cuthbert and the principal market town for the region. After tracing Durham's late tenth-century origins, the book examines the subsequent developments in religious and military building work on the peninsula which accompanied the growth of a successful urban community in the eleventh and twelfth centuries. This section of the book is complemented by the reproduction of all the extant medieval plans for Durham in an appendix, which also includes later maps of the town and several illustrations which help to explain the complex topography. Furthermore, although at first sight Durham's overlords might seem oppressive, there is little evidence of the townsmen's dissatisfaction with their rule, and none of urban revolt in late medieval Durham.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22859/cover/9780521022859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102286X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102286X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commercialization and Agricultural Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Central and Eastern China, 1870-1937</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, Loren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on material previously available only in Chinese, this book provides an assessment of China's recent reform of the foreign trade system and discusses the benefits of such reform in terms of higher growth for its economy. The result suggests that the benefits from foreign trade reforms have been reduced by the lack of responsiveness among China's businesses to changes in domestic and foreign market conditions, and by the tendency for foreign trade to aggravate the inflation problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22866/cover/9780521022866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Definiteness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study with Special Reference to English and Finnish</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chesterman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a new theory of definiteness in language. It argues that definiteness should be viewed as a cover-term comprising three basic oppositions within the areas of familiarity (locatability), quantity (inclusiveness) and generality (extensivity). Further, the oppositions are not discrete but scalar, and lend themselves to characterization in terms of fuzzy theory. Dr Chesterman examines these themes, firstly by drawing on several traditions of research on the rich system of articles in English, and then by looking at how the concept of definiteness is realized in Finnish, a language which has no articles and typically leaves definiteness to be inferred by a variety of means. On Definiteness provides a thorough and sensitive discussion of an intricate semantic problem. It highlights two important theoretical points: the fuzziness of the linguistic concept of definiteness and the differences between languages in the way in which they draw the line between syntax, semantics and pragmatics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22873/cover/9780521022873.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>AIDS Counselling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Interaction and Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Per&#228;kyl&#228;, Anssi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKSN2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conversations between AIDS counsellors and their clients bring delicate and potentially threatening issues into play. In this study Anssi Per&#228;kyl&#228; applies the principles of conversation analysis to his exploration of AIDS counselling, using data from video-recorded counselling sessions in a London teaching hospital. He meticulously analyses this data to show how various questioning techniques, in this case arising from the Milan School Family Systems theory, operate in these situations, and how counsellors attempt through the design and placement of their questions to achieve the cooperation of their clients, with varying success. His conclusions provide a timely and illuminating insight into the management of a sensitive topic through various techniques of indirectness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22880/cover/9780521022880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Basis of Virus Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Adrian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calisher, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garc&#237;a-Arenal, Fernando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances in molecular biology have enabled leaps forward in the determination of virus phylogenetic history. This detailed book results from the invitation to foremost experts to give essays on aspects of virus biology based on current data. Initial chapters cover impacts of viruses and their control. Further chapters detail genetic variation of viruses and the molecular basis of interrelations with hosts. This leads to discussions of interactions with the host at the population level, and their molecular basis and evolution. Seventeen chapters follow, by specialists on particular groups of viruses describing their impact, genetic origins, sources of variation, population genetics and interactions with hosts. Practical virologists will find the chapters on phylogenetic analysis techniques very useful. The adaptive nature of viruses makes this work highly relevant to evolutionists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22897/cover/9780521022897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transport Properties of Fluids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Correlation, Prediction and Estimation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millat, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dymond, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Castro, C. A. Nieto de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wakeham, W. A</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the most reliable methods available for evaluating the transport properties, such as viscosity, thermal conductivity and diffusion, of pure gases and fluid mixtures. Particular emphasis is placed on recent theoretical advances in our understanding of fluid transport properties in all the different regions of temperature and pressure. In addition to the important theoretical tools, the different methods of data representation are also covered, followed by a section which demonstrates the application of selected models in a range of circumstances. Case studies of transport property analysis for real fluids are then given, and the book concludes with a discussion of various international data banks and prediction packages. Advanced students of kinetic theory, as well as engineers and scientists involved with the design of process equipment or the interpretation of measurements of fluid transport properties, will find this book indispensable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22903/cover/9780521022903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantity Adjustment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vowel Lengthening and Shortening in Early Middle English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ritt, Nikolaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a unified account of all quantity changes affecting English stressed vowels during the early Middle English period. Dr Ritt discusses homorganic lengthening, open syllable lengthening, trisyllabic shortening, and shortening before consonant clusters. The study is based on a statistical analysis of Modern English reflexes of the changes. The complete corpus of analysed data is made available to the reader in the appendices. All of the changes discussed are shown to derive from basically the same set of quasi-universal tendencies, while apparent idiosyncrasies are shown to follow from factors that are independent of the underlying tendencies themselves. The role of tendencies, i.e. probabilistic laws in the description of language change, is given thorough theoretical treatment. In his aim to account for the changes as well as trace their chronology, Dr Ritt applies principles of natural phonology, and examines the conflict between phonological and morphological 'necessities'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22910/cover/9780521022910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Syntax and Universal Grammar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cinque, Guglielmo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Guglielmo Cinque is one of the world's leading theoretical syntacticians, and is particularly known for his application of recent theory to the analysis of Italian. This volume brings together ten of Professor Cinque's essays, some of which are published here for the first time, and some of which have not hitherto been easily available. They explore a wide range of aspects of Italian syntax, including the grammar of relative and 'pseudo-relative' clauses in the complement of perception verbs, impersonal si constructions, and the position and argument structure of adjectives in the noun phrase. The volume considers the implications of Cinque's work on Italian syntax for generative grammar more broadly, and compares Italian with the syntax of other Romance and also Germanic languages. It will be welcomed by all those working on Italian syntax, and on theoretical syntax generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22927/cover/9780521022927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space and Time Scale Variability and Interdependencies in Hydrological Processes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feddes, Reinder A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the integrated contributions of hydrologists, meteorologists and ecologists to the first IHP/IAHS George Kovacs Colloquium in connection with the study of global hydrology and climate change. The atmospherical, hydrological and terrestrial components of the Earth's systems operate on different time and space scales. Resolving these scaling incongruities, as well as understanding and modelling the complex interaction of land surface processes at the different scales, represent a major challenge for hydrologists, ecologists and meteorological scientists alike. This book deals with time and space scale variations with reference to several topics including: soil water balance; ecosystems and interaction of flow systems; and macroscale hydrological modelling. This book will be of great use to researchers, engineers and forecasters with an interest in space and time scale variability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22934/cover/9780521022934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gold Standard and Related Regimes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bordo, Michael D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a collection of Michael D. Bordo's essays, written singly and with colleagues, on the classical gold standard and related regimes based directly or indirectly on gold convertibility. The gold standard (and its variants) was the basis for both international and domestic monetary arrangements from the third quarter of the nineteenth century until 1971 when President Nixon closed the US gold window, effectively ending the Bretton Woods International Monetary System. Although the gold standard and its variants are now history, it still has great appeal for policymakers and scholars. Several desirable features of the gold standard have resources for the ongoing issue of international monetary reform. They include its record as a stable nominal anchor; its automaticity; and its role as a credible commitment mechanism. The essays in this collection are organized around several themes: gold and the international monetary system; the commodity theory of money; the gold standard as a rule; variants of the gold standard including the interwar gold standard and the Bretton Woods International Monetary System.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22941/cover/9780521022941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walras's Market Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Donald A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walras's Market Models describes and evaluates L&#233;on Walras's models of competitive markets. Through identification of his career phases and the associated general equilibrium models, which are shown to be very different in character, this book differs from previous examinations of his work. During his mature phase of theoretical activity, Walras was concerned with a competitive economy which passes through a phase of disequilibrium in the production and sales of commodities. While in his last phase of theoretical activity, he developed a model in which there is no production, sales, hiring, consuming or saving until an assumed set of equilibrium prices obtains of the model. The two phases of Walras's theoretical work have not previously been identified, and the models have not been subjected to an accurate analysis and evaluation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22958/cover/9780521022958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lyric and Labour in the Romantic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janowitz, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lyric and Labour in the Romantic Tradition examines the legacy of Romantic poetics in the poetry produced in political movements during the nineteenth century. It argues that a communitarian tradition of poetry extending from the 1790s to the 1890s learned from and incorporated elements of Romantic lyricism, and produced an ongoing and self-conscious tradition of radical poetics. Showing how romantic lyricism arose as an engagement between the forces of reason and custom, Anne Janowitz examines the ways in which this Romantic dialectic infected the writings of political poets from Thomas Spence to William Morris. The book includes new readings of familiar Romantic poets including Wordsworth and Shelley, and investigates the range of poetic genres in the 1790s. In the case studies which follow, it examines relatively unknown Chartist and Republican poets such as Ernest Jones and W. J. Linton, showing their affiliation to the Romantic tradition, and making the case for the persistence of Romantic problematics in radical political culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22965/cover/9780521022965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521022983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521022983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521022989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Culture and the Pacific</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nineteenth-Century Textual Encounters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521022989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Vanessa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines a range of nineteenth-century European accounts from the Pacific, depicting Polynesian responses to imported metropolitan culture, in particular its technologies of writing and print. Texts designed to present self-affirming images of 'native' wonderment at European culture in fact betray the emergence of more complex modes of appropriation and interrogation by the Pacific peoples. Vanessa Smith argues that the Pacific islanders called into question the material basis and symbolic capacities of writing, even as they were first being framed in written representations. Examining accounts by beachcombers and missionaries, she suggests that complex modes of self-authorization informed the transmission of new cultural practices to the Pacific peoples. This shift of attention towards reception and appropriation provides the context for a detailed discussion of Robert Louis Stevenson's late Pacific writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22989/cover/9780521022989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Angels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Angelology and the Christology of the Apocalypse of John</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrell, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the influence of angelology on the christology of the Apocalypse of John. In the Apocalypse, Jesus appears in glorious form reminiscent of angels in Jewish and Christian literature in the period between 200 BCE and 200 CE. Dr Carrell asks what significance this has for the christology of the Apocalypse. He concludes that by portraying Jesus in such a way that he has the form and function of an angel, and yet is also divine, the Apocalypse both upholds monotheism and at the same time provides a means for Jesus to be presented in visible, glorious form to his Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23009/cover/9780521023009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authorship, Commerce, and Gender in Early Eighteenth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Culture of Paper Credit</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingrassia, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Speculative investment and the popular novel can be seen as analogous in the early eighteenth century in offering new forms of 'paper credit'; and in both, women - who invested enthusiastically in financial schemes, and were significant producers and consumers of novels - played an essential role. Examining women's participation in the South Sea Bubble and the representations of investors and stockjobbers as 'feminized', Catherine Ingrassia discusses the connection between the cultural resistance to speculative finance and hostility to the similarly 'feminized' professional writers that Alexander Pope depicts in The Dunciad. Focusing on Eliza Haywood, and also on her male contemporaries Pope and Samuel Richardson, Ingrassia goes on to illustrate how new financial and fictional models offered important models for women's social, sexual, and economic interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23016/cover/9780521023016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Nationalism, and the Romantic Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theatre and Politics in Britain, 1780-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolton, Betsy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1780s and 90s, theatre critics described the stage as a state in political tumult, while politicians invoked theatre as a model for politics both good and bad. In this study, Betsy Bolton examines the ways Romantic women performers and playwrights used theatrical conventions to intervene in politics. Reading the public performances of Emma Hamilton and Mary Robinson through the conventions of dramatic romance, Bolton suggests that the romance of national identity developed by writers such as Southey and Wordsworth took shape in complex opposition to these unruly women. Setting the conventions of farce against those of sentiment, playwrights such as Hannah Cowley and Elizabeth Inchbald questioned imperial relations while criticizing contemporary gender relations. This well-illustrated study draws on canonical poetry and personal memoirs, popular drama and parliamentary debates, political caricatures and theatrical reviews to extend current understandings of Romantic theatre, the public sphere, and Romantic gender relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23030/cover/9780521023030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monarchy and Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Ideas in the Later Conciliar Controversy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of political ideas in the conflict between the Council of Basle (1431-1449) and Pope Eugenius IV (1431-1447). The supporters of conciliar and papal supremacy each developed a remarkable array of political doctrines, which can now be seen as the immediate ancestors of later, more famous theories of 'democracy' and 'monarchy' respectively. Dr Black discusses both the development and the meaning of these doctrines, and their contribution to the notion of constitutional democracy and of monarchical sovereignty respectively. Both doctrines, he suggests, find a place in the modern state. He also examines the papacy's attempt to forge an international alliance of rulers, based on the monarchical view of sovereignty, against the Council. Extracts from writing of the two leading figures in the dispute, John of Segovia and John Turrecremata, are given in appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23047/cover/9780521023047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102305X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102305X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Durham Priory 1400-1450</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobson, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the course of this work, Dr Dobson is able to throw new light on the universal aspirations and pre occupations of medieval monasticism. He reconstructs life in Durham in the century before its final dissolution and concludes that it was an example of 'comparatively successful conservatism' during a period in English history characterized by institutional resistance to social and intellectual change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23054/cover/9780521023054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Two Italies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Relations Between the Norman Kingdom of Sicily and the Northern Communes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abulafia, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the economic development of different areas of twelfth-century Italy whose commercial interests were closely inter related: the Norman Kingdom of Sicily, famed for the wealth of its rulers, and the maritime ports of Genoa, Pisa and Venice, which were actively extending their trading interests throughout the Mediterranean. On the basis of largely untapped sources in Genoa and other north Italian archives, this book seeks to explain how the north Italian merchants attempted to extend and to protect their interests in the kingdom of Sicily, by agreements with the Norman rulers or with those in Germany and Byzantium who aimed at the conquest of Sicily and southern Italy. Dr Abulafia argues that the kingdom was a major exporter of wheat and raw cotton, and that in the twelfth century the northern merchants gained a substantial hold over these exports. The Norman kings profited greatly from the opportunity to sell the produce of their realm, and in particular of their own estates, to an assured market; the lack of intensive industry in the kingdom left the northerners free to produce textiles out of southern fibres. Thus signs emerge of two Italies, an agrarian and pastoral south, against a north with incipient industrial activity, based partly on the commercial exploitation of the south.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23061/cover/9780521023061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Altopascio</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Tuscan Rural Society, 1587-1784</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McArdle, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an interdisciplinary study of a large Italian estate which belonged to the Medici Grand Dukes of Tuscany. The Medici administrators kept detailed records of the activities of their subjects and these have been used by the author to analyse the demographic, social, economic and political history of the village. The records cover two centuries, which span a harsh economic depression and the 'general crisis' of the seventeenth century. An aim of the book is to gauge the impact of the general European crisis upon a regional society, and to assess the contribution of agrarian economic and social trends towards that crisis. It analyses the broad issues of population change, economic performance and social organization within a rural community, demonstrating how the contractual relationships between landlord and tenant selectively distributed the effects of the economic crisis, and how the strong economic bonds that linked lord and peasant helped to control the dogged resistance for which the people of Altopascio were notorious.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23078/cover/9780521023078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Diplomas of King Aethlred 'the Unready' 978-1016</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reign of 'thelred 'the Unready' (978-1016) is known to us mainly from a series of annals in the Anglo-Saxon Chrolicle, written at or after its close and accordingly conveying an impression of gathering doom as Viking armies ravaged the country and eventually, under the leadership of Swein Forkbeard and Cnut, brought about its conquest. Dr Keynes is here concerned to establish what light the royal diplomas issued in King 'thelred's name throw on this unhappy and notorious period. He first considers the general issues that bear directly on the value of royal diplomas as historical evidence for all periods of Anglo-Saxon history, discussing the circumstances under which these documents have been preserved, the techniques available for their criticism, and the arrangements that existed for their production. He then demonstrates how a detailed analysis of 'thelred's diplomas can transform our understanding of this troubled reign. On a practical level they provide invaluable evidence on the operation of royal government, and on a personal level they afford a remarkable insight into the relations between the king and his councillors, suggesting a picture of political manoeuvring and court intrigue which compensates for the chronicler's emphasis on the struggle against the marauding Vikings. By placing the familiar account of incessant warfare in the context of these domestic affairs it becomes possible for the first time to see the reign in its true perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23085/cover/9780521023085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Blessed Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Politics and the Coming of War, 1621-1624</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cogswell, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the background to the English military intervention in the Thirty Years War. Blending accounts of diplomacy and factional in-fighting at Court with parliamentary and popular politics, it aims to illuminate the 'revolution' of 1624 when the Palatine crisis forced James I to abandon his long-held dream of an Anglo-Spanish dynastic alliance in favour of a more aggressive policy against the Habsburgs. In studying the English polity in a period of crisis, Professor Cogswell challenges many of the revisionist assumptions about early seventeenth-century England and highlights the dangers in confusing the history of Court faction with the broader political history of the period. In particular, the author stresses the vital importance of Parliament, an institution which in 1624 had no trouble delaying the passage of the subsidy bill until the government redressed a long list of grievances. Indeed, the 'blessed revolution' celebrated the evolution of Parliament into what many contemporaries regarded as its proper role in the state as much as it did the collapse of the longstanding Anglo-Spanish entente.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23139/cover/9780521023139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Theories in China, 1979-1988</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsu, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In China, the decade 1989-1988 featured an unprecedented willingness to depart from the traditional dogmatic interpretations of socialism and to enter into a discourse aimed at promoting economic reforms and development. Robert C. Hsu systematically explores the substance and logic of the evolution of the most vital economic-reform theories prevalent in China during those years (before the recent slow-down). He also examines and assesses the delicate interaction between these theories and the practical policies of the Chinese government. Hsu's analysis covers the debates over exactly how to combine the market mechanism with socialist planning. Chinese economists argued about how to diversify the ownership system, how to implement price-wage reforms, how to invigorate state-owned enterprises and make them more efficient, and how to develop China's agriculture, industry and foreign trade. Though Hsu critically dissects the diversity of views and describes the shortcomings which will affect future economic policies and theories, his mood is primarily an affirmation of the new dynamic age of China's economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65673/cover/9780521365673.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Human Origins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers by Glynn Isaac</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isaac, Glynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isaac, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work contains a collection of the most influential papers of the late Glynn Isaac which illustrate his work in East Africa on the earliest records of the human species. It consists of 18 essays on the archaeology of the Old Stone Age in Kenya and Tanzania.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23153/cover/9780521023153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Light on Boswell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical and Historical Essays on the Occasion of the Bicententary of the 'Life' of Johnson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clingham, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daiches, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boswell's Life of Johnson is established as one of the foremost literary biographies in the English language. This collection of new essays, commemorating its bicentenary, investigates Boswell's achievements and limitations in both literary and personal contexts, and goes beyond the Life to examine the full range of Boswell's writings and interests (in legal, social, theological, political and linguistic fields). Drawing Boswell out of Johnson's shadow, the volume places him in a wider context, juxtaposing Boswell with other contemporaries and compatriots in the Scottish enlightenment, such as Hume, Robertson and Blair. In addition it investigates some of the critical and theoretical questions surrounding the notion of biographical representation in the Life itself. Boswell emerges as a writer engaged throughout his literary career in constructing a self or series of selves out of his divided Scottish identity. This collection combines new archival research with fresh critical perspectives and constitutes a timely review of Boswell's current status in eighteenth-century literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23160/cover/9780521023160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Visions in Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Judy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work documents the history of techniques that statisticians have used to manipulate economic, meteorological, biological and physical data taken from observations recorded over time. The manipulation tools include per cent change, index numbers, moving averages and 'first differences', i.e., subtracting one observation from the previous value. Professor Klein argues that nineteenth-century business journals, such as The Economist, were as important to the development of time series analysis as Latin treatises on probability theory. While examining the roots of mathematical statistics in commercial practice, she traces changes in analytical forms from table to graph to equation. Klein cautions that we risk measurement without history in unduly mechanistic blending of stationary probability theory with the practical dynamics of commercial traders. This history is accessible to students with a basic knowledge of statistics as well as financial analysts, statisticians and historians of economic thought and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23177/cover/9780521023177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102319X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102319X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fritz London</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Scientific Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gavroglu, Kostas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fritz London was one of the twentieth century's key figures in the development of theoretical physics. A quiet and self-effacing man, he was one of the founders of quantum chemistry, and was the first to give a phenomenological explanation of superconductivity. This thoroughly researched biography gives a detailed account of London's life and work in Munich, Berlin, Oxford, Paris, and finally in the United States. Covering a fascinating period in the development of theoretical physics, and containing an appraisal of London's work by the late John Bardeen, this book will be of great interest to physicists, chemists, and to anyone interested in the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23191/cover/9780521023191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Lexical Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saint-Dizier, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viegas, Evelyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lexical semantics has become a major research area within computational linguistics, drawing from psycholinguistics, knowledge representation, computer algorithms and architecture. Research programmes whose goal is the definition of large lexicons are asking what the appropriate representation structure is for different facets of lexical information. Among these facets, semantic information is probably the most complex and the least explored. Computational Lexical Semantics is one of the first volumes to provide models for the creation of various kinds of computerized lexicons for the automatic treatment of natural language, with applications to machine translation, automatic indexing, and database front-ends, knowledge extraction, among other things. It focuses on semantic issues, as seen by linguists, psychologists and computer scientists. Besides describing academic research, it also covers ongoing industrial projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23207/cover/9780521023207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of the Celtic Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borsley, Robert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together ten chapters on the Celtic languages using the insights of principles-and-parameters theory. The leading researchers in the field examine Welsh, Irish, Breton and Scots Gaelic in comparative perspective, making reference to recent work on English, French, Arabic, German and other languages. The editors have provided a substantial introduction which seeks to make the volume accessible to theoreticians unfamiliar with the Celtic languages and also to Celtic specialists who are less familiar with the theoretical framework underpinning the work. The Syntax of the Celtic Languages makes a substantial contribution both to linguistic theory and to our understanding of the Celtic languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23245/cover/9780521023245.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Waging Law in Elizabethan England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stretton, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the surprisingly large number of women who participated in the vast expansion of litigation in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England. Making use of legal sources, literary texts, and the neglected records of the Court of Requests, it describes women's rights under different jurisdictions, considers attitudes to women going to court, and reveals how female litigants used the law, as well as fell victim to it. In the central courts of Westminster, maidservants sued their masters, widows sued their creditors, and in defiance of a barrage of theoretical prohibitions, wives sued their husbands. The law was undoubtedly discriminatory, but certain women pursued actively such rights as they possessed. Some appeared as angry plaintiffs, while others played upon their poverty and vulnerability. A special feature of this study is the attention it pays to the different language and tactics that distinguish women's pleadings from men's pleadings within a national equity court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23252/cover/9780521023252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kaiser's Voters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Electors and Elections in Imperial Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sperber, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the German Empire of 1871-1918 was basically an authoritarian regime, its national elections were held under a democratic franchise and characterized by vigorous election campaigning and high levels of voter turnout. In The Kaiser's Voters, Jonathan Sperber uses advanced mathematical methods to analyze the thirteen general elections held in pre-1914 Germany. These results are, however, presented in understandable, non-technical language making it suitable for those with no technical background. Refuting a number of long-held propositions about the nature of the electorate in Imperial Germany, he presents a new interpretation of voting behaviour in the formative years of the modern German political system, considers its consequences for German electoral politics in the twentieth century, and compares electoral trends in Germany with those in other European and North American countries in the age of universal suffrage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23269/cover/9780521023269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clerical Discourse and Lay Audience in Late Medieval England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Somerset, Fiona</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The translation of learned Latin materials into English between around 1370 and 1410 was a highly controversial activity. It was thought likely to make available to lay audiences the authoritative and intellectual information and methods of argument previously only accessible to an educated elite - and with that knowledge the power of information. Fiona Somerset's study examines what kinds of academic material were imported into English, what sorts of audience were projected for this kind of clerical discourse and how writers positioned themselves with respect to potential audience and opponents. The well-known concerns with clerical corruption and lay education of authors such as Langland, Trevisa, and Wyclif are linked to those of more obscure writers in both Latin and English, some only recently edited, or only extant in manuscript.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23276/cover/9780521023276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Elements of Mechanisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marghitu, Dan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crocker, Malcolm J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mechanisms are fundamental components of machines. They are used to transmit forces and moments and to manipulate objects in industrial machinery, robots, automobiles, aircraft, mechatronics devices and biomechanical systems. A knowledge of the kinematic and dynamic properties of mechanisms is essential for their design and control. This book describes methods and algorithms for the analysis of kinematic systems. Beginning with basic concepts, the book then discusses a variety of problem-solving approaches and computational techniques. Its distinctive feature is its focus on the contour equation as a powerful, computationally efficient tool that will help the reader to design complex spatial mechanisms. This handy text will be useful for senior or graduate students, researchers and practising engineers working in robotics, vehicle dynamics, mechatronics and machine design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23283/cover/9780521023283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Saving and Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Evidence, and Implications for Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt-Hebbel, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serv&#233;n, Luis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stiglitz, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Saving rates display great variation across countries and over time. They are also closely related to growth performance. This volume provides a state-of-the-art account of key variables, institutions and policies that determine saving. Drawing from a systematic exploration of the existing literature, the collection summarizes current knowledge about cross-country saving trends, the relation between saving and growth, the impact of financial policies and institutions on saving, the effect of foreign resource inflows on saving, and the links between income distribution and aggregate saving. In addition, new research results are presented on the two latter areas. The work has a strong empirical motivation: to help address real-world issues on consumption and saving in both industrial and developing countries, in order to assist in the design of rational and effective macroeconomic policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23313/cover/9780521023313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marketization and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East Asian Experiences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ravich, Samantha F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the East Asian financial crisis continues to leave a path of destruction economically and politically in its wake, people all over the world seek to know what went wrong. Many blame the illiberal markets of the countries involved and many blame their political leadership. This book explores how strong, open, liberalized markets create a counterbalance to crony capitalism and corruption and form the basis for a foundation of political liberalization. Using both a quantitative model and qualititative country studies, this work analyzes the experiences of China, Taiwan, Indonesia, and Korea in moving toward both marketization and democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23320/cover/9780521023320.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Fiction and the Production of Social Order, 1740-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burgess, Miranda J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In British Fiction and the Production of Social Order Miranda Burgess examines what Romantic-period writers called 'romance': a hybrid genre defined by a shared role in the negotiation of conflicts between political economy and moral philosophy. Reading a broad range of fictional and non-fictional works published between 1740 and 1830, Burgess places authors such as Richardson, Scott, Austen and Wollstonecraft in a new economic, social and cultural context. She explores the interaction between writing and the formation of community, particularly in relation to issues of legitimacy and gender. Burgess argues that the romance held a key role in remaking the national order of a Britain dependent on ideologies of human nature for justification of its social, economic and political systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23337/cover/9780521023337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish Church and the Papacy in the Thirteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linehan, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Against the background of the struggle between Christianity and Islam for the control of the Spanish Peninsula, this book examines the internal condition of the Spanish Church in the thirteenth century, its relations with the Christian kings and with a succession of great popes. Concentrating upon Aragon and Castile, the author examines the reaction and resistance of the Church to the reforming decrees of the 1215 Fourth Lateran Council, and illustrates the attempts made by the papacy to wrest control of the Church from the crown. By using hitherto untouched Spanish sources as well as material from the Vatican, Dr Linehan is able to throw new light on economic and social problems, and to challenge effectively the conception that the Spanish Church was wealthy and influential. As well as being important for scholars of medieval Spain, this book provides essential comparative material for all historians of the medieval Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23351/cover/9780521023351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102336X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102336X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Aid and Industrial Development in Pakistan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brecher, Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abbas, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How and how far foreign aid has affected Pakistan's industrial performance is the fundamental question of this study. It examines the history of aid flows to Pakistan; their interaction with economic growth and planning in the country; the role of foreign aid in the balance of payments and external indebtedness; and the reciprocal links between aid on the one hand and income, employment, investment and the structure of Pakistani industry on the other. The assistance programmes of selected donor countries and institutions are emphasized, with a view to explaining the aid-giving process and tracing its effects on various segments of Pakistan's industrial activity. The authors conclude that the flows of aid have been particularly significant during the second five-year plan. They also reach conclusions about the impact of the flows on Pakistan and the implications of this experience for aid policies in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23368/cover/9780521023368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music of the English Parish Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temperley, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Temperley suggests that the Elizabethan metrical psalm tunes were survivors of a mode of popular music that preceded the familiar corpus of ballad tunes. Passed on by oral transmission through several generations of unregulated singing, these once lively tunes changed gradually into very slow, quavering chants. Temperley guides the reader through the complex social, theological and aesthetic movements that played their part in the formation of the late Victorian ideal of the surpliced choir in every chancel, and he makes a fresh assessment of that old bugbear, the Victorian hymn tune. His findings show that the radical liturgical experiments of the last few years have not dislodged the Victorian model for the music of the English parish church. This volume provides an anthology of parish church music of all kinds from the fifteenth century to the twentieth, newly edited from primary sources for study or for performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23375/cover/9780521023375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Econometric Modeling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Third International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berndt, Ernst R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Halbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together presentations of some of the fundamental new research that has begun to appear in the areas of dynamic structural modeling, nonlinear structural modeling, time series modeling, nonparametric inference, and chaotic attractor inference. The contents of this volume comprise the proceedings of the third of a conference series entitled International Symposia in Economic Theory and Econometrics. This conference was held at the IC;s2 (Innovation, Creativity and Capital) Institute at the University of Texas at Austin on May 22-23, l986.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23405/cover/9780521023405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Development and Individual Differences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Auxiliary Verb Learning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the variation between children in early language development, focusing on their acquisition of the auxiliary verb. Learning auxiliary verbs and the syntactic and pragmatic functions with which they are associated is an essential component in the child's language development from an early stage. At the same time, children vary extensively in the age and stage at which auxiliaries emerge and also in the style and rate at which subsequent development takes place. Some aspects of this variation have been linked with the quality of interaction with the child's conversation partners, others with a tendency to acquire language holistically through unanalysed 'chunks'. Using data drawn both from the Bristol Longitudinal Study of Language Development and from independent case studies conducted in Wales, Dr Richards points to a number of important areas of variation between children, for example in sequence of syntactic development and in the relationship between pragmatic and syntactic factors, and raises a number of important methodological and theoretical issues, such as how to assess the level of unanalytical usage and how to measure real syntactic advance. By analysing relationships between input and auxiliary growth, the study attempts to resolve some of the inconsistencies in the results of previous studies which have included the auxiliary as a measure. The book will be of value to all those interested in language acquisition, whether linguists, psychologists, speech therapists or lecturers in nursery, infant and special education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23412/cover/9780521023412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hagiography and the Cult of Saints</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diocese of Orl&#233;ans, 800-1200</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the place of patron saints in Frankish society during the Carolingian and early Capetian periods. The book focuses on the composition of works in praise of dead holy people - hagiography - and the veneration of their physical remains - the cult of saints. It examines the patrons of a single diocese, Orl&#233;ans, because a saint's power of patronage was defined in terms of a particular locale. Beyond the documentation of this region's textual and institutional traditions, the book explores the uses made of sanctity and patronage by the Franks. These so-called 'fathers' protected monasteries against interference by ecclesiastical and secular authorities. Moreover, as inhabitants of God's court of heaven, these 'fathers' served monks and laypeople as intercessors with God in matters of sin and disease. Thus they provided, in the Orl&#233;anais and elsewhere, an important source of power and authority, as well as an aspect of Christian belief which was shared by clergy and laity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23429/cover/9780521023429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Religious Culture of India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power, Love and Wisdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardy, Friedhelm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study conducts a lively and innovative exploration of the traditional Indian religions and cultures - an area that has both fascinated and puzzled the West for centuries. Friedhelm Hardy aims at presenting the widest possible range of themes that have preoccupied traditional Indian culture. He uses a great variety of sources, in various languages, and listens not only to what the learned philosopher or theologian in the classical Sanskrit texts has to say, but also to what folk and regional cults and cultures express in stories, myths and poetry. The result is a personal and entertaining portrayal of the colourful world of India which will have great appeal for the non-specialist. By making the three universal human drives of power, love and wisdom his focal points, Hardy seeks to guide the reader through an alien world which is nevertheless recognizably human. This book will be required reading for all those interested in India and its culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41810/cover/9780521441810.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benthic Suspension Feeders and Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wildish, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristmanson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about those animals found on the sea floor that live by filtering microscopic particles carried to them by water currents. Its purpose is to review what is known about the biology of suspension feeders in relation to their flow environment. The book includes the larval biology, physiology, ethology and ecology of suspension feeders interacting with water flow. It will be of value to marine scientists beginning research in the new, interdisciplinary field of hydrodynamics and benthic biology, and it is the first attempt to provide a comprehensive overview of this synthesis from the biological viewpoint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23474/cover/9780521023474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023491</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity and Subjectivisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The notion of subjectivity explored here concerns expression of self and the representation of a speaker's perspective or point of view in discourse. Subjectivization involves the structures and strategies that languages evolve in the linguistic realization of subjectivity and the relevant processes of linguistic evolution themselves. This volume reflects the growing attention in linguistics and related disciplines commanded by the centrality in language of the speaker. An international team of contributors offers a series of studies on grammatical, diachronic and literary aspects of subjectivity and subjectivization, from a variety of perspectives including literary stylistics, historical linguistics, formal semantics and discourse analysis. The essays look at the role of the perspective of locutionary agents, their expression of affect and modality in linguistic expressions and discourse, and the effects of their phenomena on the formal shape of discourse. This volume demonstrates how deeply embedded in linguistic expression subjectivity is, and how central to human discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23498/cover/9780521023498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Realities of Political Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elections and the US Senate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regens, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaddie, Ronald Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A central political issue in American politics during the 1990s is the need for political campaign reform. The authors examine US Senate elections to determine the role money plays in Senate elections; their analysis indicates that the system of campaign finance resembles a market, with legislators as the recipients of financial largesse based on their institutional positions and political vulnerability. This rent-seeking relationship between economic interests and legislators has transformed the dynamic of Senate elections. The authors assess the potential impact of several electoral reform proposals. Spending limits and public funding proposals, they argue, will not have the impact expected by reform advocates. Term limit and public funding proposals would disrupt the rent-seeking relationship between legislators and economic interests. These proposals also face political and constitutional barriers to implementation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23511/cover/9780521023511.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Alfred Marshall, Economist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of a three-volume work constituting a comprehensive, scholarly edition of the correspondence of the English economist, Alfred Marshall (1842-1924), one of the leading figures in the development of economics and the founder of the Cambridge School of Economics. The edition fills a long-standing gap in the history of economic thought with hitherto unpublished material. Students will find it a basic resource for understanding the development of economics and other social sciences in the period since 1870. In particular, it provides much new information about Marshall's views on economic, social and political issues, his struggles to promote the teaching of economics at the University of Cambridge, and his relations with colleagues in Cambridge and elsewhere. Marshall's letters are notable for their frankness and spontaneity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23559/cover/9780521023559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Alfred Marshall, Economist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a three-volume work constituting a comprehensive, scholarly edition of the correspondence of the English economist, Alfred Marshall (1842-1924), one of the leading figures in the development of economics and the founder of the Cambridge School of Economics. The edition fills a long-standing gap in the history of economic thought with hitherto unpublished material. Students will find it a basic resource for understanding the development of economics and other social sciences in the period since 1870. In particular, it provides much new information about Marshall's views on economic, social and political issues, his struggles to promote the teaching of economics at the University of Cambridge, and his relations with colleagues in Cambridge and elsewhere. Marshall's letters are notable for their frankness and spontaneity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23566/cover/9780521023566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Productivity Race</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Manufacturing in International Perspective, 1850-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broadberry, Steve N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a reassessment of British performance in manufacturing since 1850 in the light of new evidence on international comparisons of productivity. Using a novel analytical framework of technological evolution, Stephen Broadberry uncovers new ways of looking at Britain's relative economic decline while debunking a number of misapprehensions regarding the nature and causes of the decline. It analyses productivity levels in Britain, the United States and Germany and provides detailed case studies of all the major manufacturing industries, broken down into three periods: 1850-1914, 1914-50 and 1950-90. Broadberry offers a wide coverage of industries, with invaluable country-specific information. By combining a multitude of detailed productivity measurements with qualitative industrial and business history, he provides a major contribution to our understanding of British economic performance over the last 150 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23580/cover/9780521023580.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The General Theory of Transformational Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Keynes After Sraffa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nell, Edward J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the last century, economic analysis has been wedded to the idea of equilibrium, in spite of the evident fact that most economic relationships are in flux. The theory of transformational growth in this work replaces equilibrium with history. The role of the market is not to allocate resources, but to generate innovations, which are 'selected' by competition in an evolutionary process. These innovations in turn change the way markets work and how they adjust, thus creating new problems and new kinds of pressures to innovate. Different historical periods can be distinguished with a new one perhaps on the horizon. In each a distinctive style of technology prevails, associated with corresponding institutions and patterns of market behavior. The core relationships provide the foundations for a theory of monetary circulation, which makes possible a revised Keynesian approach, based on Classical foundations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23597/cover/9780521023597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Techniques for Complex Transport Phenomena</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shyy, Wei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thakur, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ouyang, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liu, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blosch, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Complex fluid flows are encountered widely in nature, in living beings and in engineering practice. These flows often involve both geometric and dynamic complexity and present problems that are difficult to analyse because of their wide range of length and time scales, as well as their geometric configuration. This book describes some newly developed computational techniques and modelling strategies for analysing and predicting complex transport phenomena. It summarizes advances in the context of a pressure-based algorithm. Among methods discussed are discretization schemes for treating convection and pressure, parallel computing, multigrid methods, and composite, multiblock techniques. With respect to physical modelling, the book addresses issues of turbulence closure and multiscale, multiphase transport from an engineering viewpoint. Both fundamental and practical issues are considered, along with the relative merits of competing approaches. The final chapter is devoted to practical applications that illustrate the advantages of various numerical and physical tools. Numerous examples are given throughout the text. Mechanical, aerospace, chemical and materials engineers can use the techniques presented in this book to tackle important, practical problems more effectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23603/cover/9780521023603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Power, American Democracy, and the Automobile Industry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luger, Stan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNDR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a critical history of government policy toward the US automobile industry in order to assess the impact of the large corporation on American democracy. It offers the first book-length treatment of the power of the nation's largest industry. Drawing together the main policy issues affecting the automobile industry over the past forty years - occupant safety, emissions, fuel economy and trade - the work examines how the industry established its hegemony over the public perception of vehicle safety to inhibit federal regulation and the battle for federal regulation which succeeded in toppling this hegemony in 1966; the subsequent efforts to include pollution emissions and fuel economy under federal mandates in the 1970s; the industry's resurgence of influence in the 1980s; and the mixed pattern of influence in the 1990s. The analysis seeks to uncover factors that enhance corporate political influence, and those that constrain corporate power, allowing for public interest forces to be successful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23610/cover/9780521023610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Slumber of Apollo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Recent Art, Literature, Language and the Individual Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holloway, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this challenging new book John Holloway explores one of the most significant aspects of contemporary culture, arguing that over the last hundred years or so there has been a radical change in the very nature of individual consciousness. He traces a crucial shift from an 'Apollonian' ideal of human involvement in the widest range of experience (implying a sense of the individual consciousness as spacious, orderly, and comprehensive) to a narrower and less integrated engagement with the world (and a more reductive conception of consciousness as random and fragmented). He plots this shift through a number of quite different fields: there are chapters on the visual arts, on colloquial language and slang, on cartoons, on political rhetoric, and on 'personality' studies by psychologists. He goes on to examine the work of certain literary figures (notably Hardy, Edwin Muir, Wyndham Lewis, Patrick White, John Cowper Powys, and Gary Snyder) who seem to have recognized, and registered in imaginative terms, the pervasive but generally unrecorded changes in consciousness for which the book is arguing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/48044/cover/9780521248044.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Mannerist Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reading of Five Problem Plays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maquerlot, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original approach to Shakespeare's so-called 'problem plays' by contending that they can be viewed as experiments in the Mannerist style. The plays reappraised here are Julius Caesar, Hamlet, Troilus and Cressida, All's Well That Ends Well and Measure for Measure. How can a term used to define a movement in art history be made relevant to theatrical analysis? Maquerlot shows how famous painters of sixteenth-century Italy cultivated structural ambiguity or dissonance in reaction to the classical canons of the High Renaissance. Close readings of Shakespeare's plays, from the period 1599 to 1604, reveal intriguing analogies with Mannerist art and the dramatist's response to Elizabethan formalism. Maquerlot concludes by examining Othello, which marks the end of Shakespeare's Mannerist experiments, and the less equivocal use of artifice in his late romances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10830/cover/9780521410830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regicide and Restoration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Tragicomedy, 1660-1671</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maguire, Nancy Klein</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When the theatres reopened in 1660, tragedy, the greatest of the Renaissance genres, had vanished. Focusing on the directions taken by tragicomedy and the court masque, this book accounts for the shift in the generic system. After the Restoration a network of Royalist playwrights attempted to redefine their society. Defending the traditional power structure in the new circumstances, they fabricated pious, backward-looking and repetitious myths of monarchy. Carolean tragicomedy reflects the persistent attempt to hold together an uneasily integrated culture, and shows us something of the early Restoration's division and intolerance of ambiguity. In Regicide and Restoration Nancy Klein Maguire accords the long-neglected plays of the 1660s the status of major historical documents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16221/cover/9780521416221.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Performing Beethoven</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stowell, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ten essays in this volume explore different aspects of the performance of instrumental works by Beethoven. Each essay discusses performance issues from Beethoven's time to the present, whether the objective be to realise a performance in an historically appropriate manner, to elucidate the interpretation of Beethoven's music by conductors and performers, to clarify transcriptions by editors or to reconstruct the experience of the listener in various different periods. Four contributions focus on the piano music while another group concentrates on Beethoven's music for strings. These chapters are complemented by an examination of Beethoven's exploitation of the developing wind choir, an evaluation of early twentieth-century recordings as pointers to early nineteenth-century performance practice and an historical survey of rescorings in Beethoven's symphonies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16443/cover/9780521416443.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature, Art and the Pursuit of Decay in Twentieth-Century France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathews, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Literature, Art and the Pursuit of Decay, Timothy Mathews examines work by a range of writers and painters working in France in the twentieth century. The well-illustrated book engages with canonical figures - Guillaume Apollinaire, Marguerite Duras and Jean Genet, Roland Barthes, Pablo Picasso and Ren&#233; Magritte - as well as more neglected individuals including Robert Desnos and Jean Fautrier. Mathews draws on psychoanalysis, existentialism and poststructuralism to show how both literature and fine art promote the value of generosity in a culture of anxiety and intolerance. Decay emerges as a surprising ally in this quest because of its ability to undermine intellectual complacency and egoism. Integrating theoretical and material approaches to reading and viewing, Mathews engages with the distinctive features of different literary genres and different types of painting to develop an original history of artistic ambition in twentieth-century France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23764/cover/9780521023764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rowntree and the Marketing Revolution, 1862-1969</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rowntree and the Marketing Revolution, 1862-1969 is a major study in the history of marketing in economic development, in addition to being a history of a well-known international company. Marketing history remains a neglected field of study, yet Rowntree's commercial success has been the direct result of applied marketing methods and major advances in product development, branding and advertising. It is surprising that marketing and mass consumption has been so neglected; yet Rowntree was a marketing pioneer. The company had in addition a prominent role in questioning managerial organization, business culture, industrial relations, restrictive practices, and multinational business. This book offers a comprehensive account of a company and its industry, but pursues themes and seeks to answer areas of debate, illuminating the ways in which marketing contributed to the growth of an enterprise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23788/cover/9780521023788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stravinsky Legacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has become increasingly apparent in recent decades that Stravinsky's music has had far-reaching influence on the development of music in our century. Stravinsky's modernist innovations - evident in such features as his music's discontinuity, its stasis, its ritualized anti-narrative, its novel rhythmic and formal structures, its articulation of new kinds of musical time, and its reinterpretation of music and materials from the past - have helped shape much of the music of our time. This book represents a first substantial attempt to evaluate Stravinsky's technical and aesthetic legacy. In Part I ('The Stravinsky Legacy'), Jonathan Cross explores the breadth of Stravinsky's impact on the music of composers as diverse as Adams, Andriessen, Birtwistle, Boulez, Carter, Messiaen, Reich, Stockhausen, Tippett, Var&#232;se and Xenakis. In Part II ('Stravinsky Reheard') he returns to Stravinsky's neoclassical music to examine how recent developments in composition and musicology affect our understanding of and analytical approaches to Stravinsky.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63659/cover/9780521563659.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Noble Power during the French Wars of Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Guise Affinity and the Catholic Cause in Normandy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Noble affinities were the essence of power in sixteenth-century France. This is the first book to analyse the development of a noble following during the whole course of the Wars of Religion and the first substantial study of the Guise - the most powerful family of the period - to appear for over a century. The Guise, champions of the catholic cause, were the largest landowners in the province and used Normandy as a base for their support of catholicism in the British Isles. The family exploited religious dissension to build a formidable ultra-catholic party in Normandy which ultimately challenged the monarchy. This study breaks new ground by illuminating the relationship between high politics and popular confessional solidarities, especially the rise of radical catholicism. It exploits new archival sources to consider all groups in political society, reinterpreting court politics and discussing groups usually excluded from the traditional political narrative, such as the peasantry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23870/cover/9780521023870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Theory and Natural Order from the Renaissance to the Early Twentieth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Suzannah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rehding, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Music theory of almost all ages has relied on nature in its attempts to explain music. The understanding of what 'nature' is, however, is subject to cultural and historical differences. In exploring ways in which music theory has represented and employed natural order since the scientific revolution, this volume asks some fundamental questions not only about nature in music theory, but also the nature of music theory. In an array of different approaches, ranging from physical acoustics to theology and Lacanian psychoanalysis, these essays examine how the multifarious conceptions of nature, located variously between scientific reason and divine power, are brought to bear on music theory. They probe the changing representations and functions of nature in the service of music theory and highlight the ever-changing configurations of nature and music, as mediated by the music-theoretical discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23924/cover/9780521023924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polycyclic Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segal, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of polycyclic groups is a branch of infinite group theory which has a rather different flavour from the rest of that subject. This book is a comprehensive account of the present state of this theory. As well as providing a connected and self-contained account of the group-theoretical background, it explains in detail how deep methods of number theory and algebraic group theory have been used to achieve some very recent and rather spectacular advances in the subject. Up to now, most of this material has only been available in scattered research journals, and some of it is new. This book is the only unified account of these developments, and will be of interest to mathematicians doing research in algebra, and to postgraduate students studying that subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23948/cover/9780521023948.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Goals and Social Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Elisha Pazner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurwicz, Leonid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmeidler, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sonnenschein, Hugo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published as a tribute to the memory of Elisha Pazner, this book contains a collection of essays providing a comprehensive view of the design and evaluation of economic mechanisms, written and edited by the major contributors to the field. Amongst the topics included are bargaining theory and the economics of competitive bidding. The surveys are preceded by 'A Perspective', by Leo Hurwicz which contains a systematic account of the development of the literature on mechanism design, and this provides a context for both the surveys and the six published papers authored or co-authored by Elisha Pazner that complete the book and demonstrate Pazner's interest in and contribution to the study of economic mechanisms. Leonid Hurwitcz is the Nobel Prize Winner 2007 for The Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel, along with colleagues Eric Maskin and Roger Myerson, for his work on the effectiveness of markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23955/cover/9780521023955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of U.S. Capitalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryor, Frederic L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This multidisciplinary book looks at the long-term forces that are shaping the most important economic institutions in the U.S. in the coming decades. The style is lively and clear, with a series of appendices focusing on technical issues of interest to specialists. The author foresees a declining rate of growth, a widening of the inequalities of income, and an increasing share of individual markets taken by a small number of large corporations. Combined with declining social solidarity and trust in government, he foresees an ever harder edge to the way in which capitalism will function in the future. The economic role of government will decline in the fields of stabilization and regulation, but government expenditures will become higher due to the aging of the population. This provocative book looks at the U.S. from a novel viewpoint and shows how many commonly accepted views of the U.S. economy need to be revised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23962/cover/9780521023962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521023971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521023971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Annual Survey of Shakespeare Studies and Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23979/cover/9780521023979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102398X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102398X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521023986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521023986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23986/cover/9780521023986.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Explanations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Psycholinguistic Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Morag L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How and when does the ability to give and understand explanations develop? Morag Donaldson directly addresses this question in the present study, providing evidence from a series of imaginative experiments she carried out with 3- to 10-year-olds. In contrast to many earlier accounts, she demonstrates that children can distinguish between cause and effect and among physical, psychological and logical relations well before the age of 7. The study focuses primarily on the linguistic abilities that are needed for explanation, in particular the understanding of because, so, why?, and how do you know?, and it makes a substantial contribution to our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of causal connectives. However, the study also provides valuable insights into children's related cognitive abilities. Children's Explanations is a book that will be of equal interest to cognitive and developmental psychologists and to psycholinguistics, as well as to researchers in education for whom its topic must be of crucial importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24006/cover/9780521024006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Editing Piers Plowman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of the Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer, Charlotte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifty-plus extant manuscripts of Piers Plowman have always posed a puzzle to editors and readers. This book is an account of the editions of the poem which have appeared since 1550, when it was first published by the protestant reformer Robert Crowley. It examines the circumstances in which the editions were produced, the lives and intellectual motivations of the editors, and the relationship between one edition and the next. Brewer places the work of W. W. Skeat at the centre of Piers Plowman editing, showing how he towered above his predecessors and determined the path subsequently taken by editors of the poem, and presents much new biographical information about this extraordinary man. She uses a wide range of published and unpublished material to explain the difficulties of editing and to shed light on attempts to crack one of the major editorial conundrums in medieval studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24020/cover/9780521024020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102403X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102403X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantic Processing for Finite Domains</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, Martha Stone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A primary problem in the area of natural language processing has been that of semantic analysis. This book aims to look at the semantics of natural languages in context. It presents an approach to the computational processing of English text that combines current theories of knowledge representation and reasoning in Artificial Intelligence with the latest linguistic views of lexical semantics. This results in distinct advantages for relating the semantic analysis of a sentence to its context. A key feature is the clear separation of the lexical entries that represent the domain-specific linguistic information from the semantic interpreter that performs the analysis. The criteria for defining the lexical entries are firmly grounded in current linguistic theories, facilitating integration with existing parsers. This approach has been implemented and tested in Prolog on a domain for physics word problems and full details of the algorithms and code are presented. Semantic Processing for Finite Domains will appeal to postgraduates and researchers in computational linguistics, and to industrial groups specializing in natural language processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24037/cover/9780521024037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conditions on Phonological Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charette, Monik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first extended study written within the framework of Government Phonology. Following the presentation of the main aspects of this theory, the process of vowel-zero alternations is addressed and analysed together with the idea that phonological processes are determined by principles of Universal Grammar along with parameters that distinguish languages. By using predominantly the alternation between schwa and zero in French, Monik Charette demonstrates that vowel-zero alternations are neither cases of insertion nor of deletion. Rather, they involve the interpretation of 'empty nuclei', i.e. nuclei with no segmental content, which must be licensed by proper government. It is when proper government fails to apply that a vowel is realized. Dr Charette also gives consideration to the constraints to which proper government is subject. She argues that these constraints result from phonological principles in conflict. This book represents a major development in the analysis of phonological processes. The extension of grammatical principles and parameters to phonological phenomena is well argued, and will interest theoretical phonologists and specialists of French alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24051/cover/9780521024051.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Mozart Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, R. Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Perspectives on Mozart Performance, published during the Mozart bicentennial year, is the first volume in a new series. It includes essays by distinguished musicologists and performers, each exploring a different aspect of Mozart's music in performance. Several studies consider the eighteenth-century roots of Mozart's approach to performance and examine such issues as the role of ornamentation (Paul Badura-Skoda, Frederick Neumann), improvization (Katalin Koml&#243;s), cadenzas (Christoph Wolff), and Mozart's conception of tempos in a pre-metronomic age (Jean-Pierre Marty). Two studies examine Mozart's string writing (Jaap Schroeder) and the influence of his father's remarkably popular Violinschule (Robin Stowell). An essay by Peter Williams treats Mozart's use of the chromatic fourth and performance styles associated with that figura. Finally, the later, nineteenth-century response to Mozart is explored through the study of Mendelssohn's performances of Mozart (R. Larry Todd).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24068/cover/9780521024068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prosody in Conversation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interactional Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Couper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Selting, Margret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume are all original contributions dealing in one way or another with the analysis of prosody - primarily intonation and rhythm - and the role it plays in everyday conversation. They take as their methodological starting point the contention that the study of prosody must begin with genuine interactional rather than pre fabricated laboratory data. Through close empirical analysis of recorded material from genuine English, German, and Italian conversations, the prosody emerges here as a strategy deployed by interactants in the management of turn-taking and floor-holding; in the negotiation of conversational activities such as repair, assessments, announcements, reproaches, and news receipts; and in the keying of the tone or modality of interactional sequences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60750/cover/9780521460750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Ideas and the British Labour Movement, 1880-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrow, Logie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullock, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first detailed survey of democratic ideas on the British Left in the period leading to 1914. Socialists of the late nineteenth century inherited assumptions about the priority of democracy from a long tradition of British Radicalism. However, the advent of the Fabians, who rejected this tradition as primitive, and of an ILP leadership more concerned to enter than reform parliament, meant that the movement was split between 'strong' and 'weak' views of democracy. By the eve of the First World War a consensus was emerging that might have formed the basis for a more realistic and more radical approach to democracy than has actually been pursued by the Labour Party and the Left during the twentieth century. Democratic Ideas and the British Labour Movement assesses an important debate in the history of socialist ideas and in the formation of the British Labour movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24143/cover/9780521024143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individual Choice and the Structures of History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alexis de Tocqueville as Historian Reappraised</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Harvey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alexis de Tocqueville is recognized as one of the most important nineteenth-century historians. In this perceptive study, Harvey Mitchell examines afresh Tocqueville's works, in particular Souvenirs of 1848 and his voluminous correspondence, to shed new light on Tocqueville's philosophy of history. Professor Mitchell exposes the tensions which Tocqueville perceived between determined actions and choice, continuity and change, asking what happens to individual liberty if it is impossible to make a clean break with the past, and if past developments continue to influence the future. Professor Mitchell draws on the full range of Tocqueville's writings to find in them a unity of thought and a deep involvement with the philosophical questions raised by historical continuity and change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24150/cover/9780521024150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redefining the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Privatization and Welfare Reform in Industrial and Transitional Economies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spulber, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Redefining the State examines in historical perspective the changes of the role of the state with regard to public ownership and the scope of welfare in the main industrial and transitional economies. These changes have given rise to illuminating debates on the state's size, range, and function, and have involved important transformations concerning the boundaries between the public and private sector, the forms and extent of privatization, and the nature and content of public welfare. These debates and transformations are of critical importance to understanding the actual and potential scope of the state in any economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24181/cover/9780521024181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102420X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102420X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Literary and Cultural Spaces of Restoration London</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In September 1666 the Great Fire destroyed four-fifths of the ancient City of London within three days. All that had been familiar, settled, known, was suddenly and entirely swept away. Londoners faced an emptiness that was not only physical but also historical, social, financial and conceptual. The Literary and Cultural Spaces of Restoration London is the first study to situate the literature of Restoration and early Augustan England within the historical and cultural contexts of the rebuilding of London after the Great Fire. Cynthia Wall relates the marked topographical specificity of plays, poems and novels to a wider cultural network of responses to changing perceptions of urban space, and she shows how the literatures of the period - along with the surveying, mapping, rebuilding and official redescribing of the city - attempt to reinvest the city with comprehensible meaning and create new spaces for new genres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24204/cover/9780521024204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electromagnetic Scintillation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheelon, Albert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Electromagnetic Scintillation describes the phase and amplitude fluctuations imposed on signals that travel through the atmosphere. These volumes provide a modern reference and comprehensive tutorial for this subject, treating both optical and microwave propagation. Measurements and predictions are integrated at each step of the development. The first volume dealt with phase and angle-of-arrival measurement errors, which are accurately described by geometrical optics. This second volume concentrates on amplitude and intensity fluctuations of the received signal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24259/cover/9780521024259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Greek Tradition in Republican Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Greek Tradition in Republic Thought completely rewrites the standard history of republican political theory. It excavates an identifiably Greek strain of republican thought which attaches little importance to freedom as non-dependence and sees no intrinsic value in political participation. This tradition's central preoccupations are not honour and glory, but happiness (eudaimonia) and justice - defined, in Plato's terms, as the rule of the best men. This set of commitments yields as startling readiness to advocate the corrective redistribution of wealth, and even the outright abolition of private property. The Greek tradition was revived in England during the early sixteenth century and was broadly influential throughout the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Its exponents included Sir Thomas More, James Harrington, Montesquieu and Thomas Jefferson, and it contributed significantly to the ideological underpinnings of the American Founding as well as the English Civil Wars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/35459/cover/9780521835459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tithe Surveys of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kain, Roger J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prince, Hugh C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rural landscape of England and Wales in the mid-nineteenth century is minutely depicted in the large-scale plans and schedules drawn for the Tithe Commissioners. Among other features shown on the maps are field boundaries and rights of way, whilst the accompanying schedules record the names of owners and occupiers, field names, land use and area. The amount of detailed information they provide, together with their uniformity, place the surveys as the most complete record of the agrarian landscape at any period. This book describes the nature of tithe payments, the Tithe Commutation Act of 1836 and the survey of over 11,000 parishes. The uses made of the surveys for reconstructing early field systems, for tracing land use and understanding farming practices, are systematically considered, The abstraction, computer processing and mapping of vast quantities of data are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24310/cover/9780521024310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Verse Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History of a Genre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Hermann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollans, Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hermann Fischer's lively and original study of Romantic verse narrative traces in comprehensive detail the origins and development of this poetic form in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. It brings together the longer epic verse tales of Scott, Byron and Southey and the more lyrical forms of Romantic narrative poetry, thus presenting familiar poems such as Shelley's 'Alastor' and Keats's 'The Eve of St Agnes' in the revealing but neglected context of the genre and its history. Professor Fischer addresses the question of genre from a viewpoint that is both theoretical and historical, and his study also proves illuminating in many areas of Romantic literature, covering issues such as the role of the medieval revival and the decline of neoclassicism, the relative importance of popular and more literary sources, and questions of changing taste and the reading public. This translation, extensively revised and updated, makes Hermann Fischer's acclaimed study available for the first time in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24334/cover/9780521024334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102434X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102434X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Concepts and Measures of Multifactor Productivity in Canada, 1961-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cas, Alexandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rymes, Thomas K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents new estimates of the sources of economic growth in Canada. The experimental measures account for the reproducibility of capital inputs in an input-output framework and show that advances in technology are more important for economic growth than previously estimated. Traditional measures of multifactor productivity advance are also presented. Extensive comparisons relate the two approaches to each change and labour productivity. The book will be of interest to macroeconomists studying economic growth, capital accumulation, technical advance, growth accounting, and input-output analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24341/cover/9780521024341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and Urban Development in Poland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Geography of Cracow, from its Origins to 1795</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study uses the experience of Cracow to illuminate general patterns of trade and urban growth in central and eastern Europe over several centuries. Dr Carter emphasizes the spatial aspects of commodity analysis during the later medieval and early modern periods, and traces the impact of political circumstance on commercial progress and mercantile evolution. He describes the regions and places of especial significance for Cracow's trade development, and examines the principal trading flows and commodity movements within the overall context of European economic and social change. Based upon an intensive analysis of primary sources, Trade and Urban Development in Poland breaks new ground in its examination of the impact of commerce on urban growth over the longue dur&#233;e, and will make a major contribution to our understanding of the historical geography of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24389/cover/9780521024389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Opinion in Crisis, 1678-81</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knights, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aftermath of the Popish Plot and the subsequent succession crisis of the years 1678 to 1681 are the context for this new study. It asks two key questions: was there an exclusion crisis? and did these years witness the birth of modern political parties? The author argues that the unrest was not simply due to a centrally organized party machine based around the single issue of exclusion; but was a broad-based controversy about the succession, fears of popery and arbitrary government which produced ideological polarization and political sophistication. Part One examines central politics to explore the succession crisis within the context of the court and an emergent political structure. Part Two explores public opinion in the country as a whole, and argues that propaganda electioneering, religious conflict and petitions committed men to organized networks of belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24396/cover/9780521024396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dear Purchase</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theme in German Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyle, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies individual works by twelve major writers of German modernism, including Thomas Mann, Musil, Brecht and Rilke, in relation to the history of the twentieth century. It explores the theme of the 'dear purchase', an ideal of moral strenuousness and sacrifice seen as characteristic of Germany after Nietzsche, and reveals the underlying flaw in this notion as a self-justifying value. In this context, it considers the renaissance of German poetry after 1900, the impact of the War of 1914, its aftermath in uncertainty and relativism, and attitudes to the Hitler period, and finally juxtaposes Mann's Felix Krull and Kafka's story Josephine as a deliverance from the value-system of the title. The Introduction, partly autobiographical, traces J. P. Stern's preoccupation with this interpretation of his material in many of the books he published (especially those concerned with Nietzsche and Hitler), and pays tribute to Wittgenstein's influence on his thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24402/cover/9780521024402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keats, Narrative and Audience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Posthumous Life of Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrew Bennett's original study of Keats focuses on questions of narrative and audience as a means to offer new readings of the major poems. It discusses ways in which reading is 'figured' in Keats's poetry, and suggests that such 'figures of reading' have themselves determined certain modes of response to Keats's texts. Together with important new readings of Keats's poetry, the study presents a significant rethinking of the relationship between Romantic poetry and its audience. Developing recent discussions in literary theory concerning narrative, readers and reading, the nature of the audience for poetry, and the Romantic 'invention' of posterity, Bennett elaborates a sophisticated and historically specific reconceptualization of Romantic writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24426/cover/9780521024426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Criticism and Dissent in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copeland, Rita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What were the boundaries between 'official' and 'subversive', 'orthodox' and 'dissenting' critical practices in the Middle Ages? Placing medieval critical and intellectual discourses within their cultural and ideological frameworks, Criticism and Dissent in the Middle Ages examines conflicts of gender, violence, academic freedom, hermeneutical authority, sacramentalism and heresy among so-called official as well as dissenting critical orders. Pedagogies, theories of grammar and rhetoric, poetics and hermeneutics, academic 'sciences', clerical professionalism, literacy, visual images, theology, and textual cultures of heresy are all considered. This collection of new essays by major scholars examines medieval critical discourse, theories of textuality and interpretation, and representations of learning and knowledge - as contesting and contested institutional practices within and between Latin and vernacular cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24433/cover/9780521024433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Englishness and the Study of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social and Political Thought of Ernest Barker</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stapleton, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The definition of 'Englishness' has become the subject of considerable debate, and in this important contribution to Ideas in Context, Julia Stapleton looks at the work of one of the most wide-ranging and influential theorists of the English nation, Ernest Barker. The first holder of the Chair of Political Science at Cambridge, Barker wrote prolifically on the history of political thought and contemporary political theory, and his writings are notable for fusing three of the dominant strands of late nineteenth- and earlytwentieth-century political thought, Whiggism, Idealism and Pluralism. Infused with a strong cultural sense of nationhood, Barker's writings influenced a broad non academic audience, and their subsequent neglect graphically demonstrates the fate of a certain vision of Liberal England in the generation after World War One. With, however, the erosion of a particular sense of Englishness, Barker's ideas have begun to assume renewed resonance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24440/cover/9780521024440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photo-induced Defects in Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redfield, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bube, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to give a complete overview of the properties of deep-level, localized defects in semiconductors. Such comparatively long-lived (or metastable) defects exhibit complex interactions with the surrounding material, and can significantly affect the performance and stability of certain semiconductor devices. After an introductory discussion of metastable defects, the properties of DX and EL2 centres in III-V compounds are presented. Additional crystalline materials are also dealt with, before a detailed description is given of the properties and kinetics of photo-induced defects in amorphous semiconductors. The book closes with an examination of the effects of photo-induced defects in a range of practical applications. Throughout, unifying concepts and models are stressed, and the book will be of great use to graduate students and researchers interested in the physics and materials science of semiconductors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24457/cover/9780521024457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Patronage in England, 1650-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Dustin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the system of literary patronage in early modern England and it demonstrates that far from declining by 1750 - as many commentators have suggested - the system persisted, albeit in altered forms, throughout the eighteenth century. Combining the perspectives of literary, social and political history, Dustin Griffin lays out the workings of the patronage system and shows how authors wrote within that system, manipulating it to their advantage or resisting the claims of patrons by advancing counterclaims of their own. Professor Griffin describes the cultural economics of patronage and argues that literary patronage was in effect always 'political'. Chapters on individual authors, including Dryden, Swift, Pope and Johnson, as well as Edward Young, Richard Savage, Mary Leapor and Charlotte Lennox, address the author's role in the system, the rhetoric of dedications and the larger poetics of patronage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24464/cover/9780521024464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Texts and the Self in the Twelfth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spence, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Texts and the Self in the Twelfth Century analyses key twelfth-century Latin and vernacular texts which articulate a subjective, often autobiographical, stance. The contention is that the self forged in medieval literature could not have come into existence without both the gap between Latinity and the vernacular and a shift in perspective towards a visual and spatial orientation. This results in a self which is not an agent that will act on the outside world like the Renaissance self, but, rather, one which inhabits a potential, middle ground, or 'space of agency', explained here partly in terms of object-relations theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24471/cover/9780521024471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102448X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102448X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles XI and Swedish Absolutism, 1660-1697</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Upton, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reading public outside Sweden knows little of that country's history, beyond the dramatic and short-lived era in the seventeenth century when Sweden under Gustavus Adolphus became a major European power by her intervention in the Thirty Years War. In the last decades of the seventeenth century another Swedish king, Charles XI, launched a less dramatic but remarkable bid to stabilize and secure Sweden's position as a major power in northern Europe and as master of the Baltic Sea. This project, which is almost unknown to students of history outside Sweden, involved a comprehensive overhaul of the government and institutions of the kingdom, on the basis of establishing Sweden as a model of absolute monarchy. This book gives an account of what was achieved under the absolutist direction of a distinctly unglamorous, but pious and conscientious ruler.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24488/cover/9780521024488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morpheme Order and Semantic Scope</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Word Formation in the Athapaskan Verb</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rice, Keren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Athapaskan languages are well known for their intricate morphology, in particular the complexity of their verbs. The significance of these languages for linguistic theory is widely acknowledged. In this book, Keren Rice offers a rich typological survey of morpheme ordering in Athapaskan verbs, with implications for both synchronic grammar and language change. She shows that verb structure is in fact widely predictable across Athapaskan languages if appropriate syntactic factors and an overarching principle of semantic scope are taken into account. The presentation also includes a detailed study of argument and aspectual systems. This landmark volume is the first major comparative study of its type for the Athapaskan language family, combining descriptive depth with a contemporary theoretical perspective. Clear and insightful, it will be welcomed by Athapaskanists, typologists, historical and theoretical linguists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24501/cover/9780521024501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Writing in Nineteenth-Century France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finch, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the most complete critical survey to date of women's literature in nineteenth-century France. Alison Finch's wide-ranging analysis of some 60 writers reflects the rich diversity of a century that begins with Mme de Sta&#235;l's cosmopolitanism and ends with Rachilde's perverse eroticism. Finch's study brings out the contribution not only of major figures like George Sand but also of many other talented and important writers who have been unjustly rejected, including Flora Tristan, Claire de Duras and Delphine de Girardin. Her account opens new perspectives on the interchange between male and female authors and on women's literary traditions during the period. She discusses popular and serious writing: fiction, verse, drama, memoirs, journalism, feminist polemic, historiography, travelogues, children's tales, religious and political thought - often brave, innovative texts linked to women's social and legal status in an oppressive society. Extensive reference features include bibliographical guides to texts and writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24549/cover/9780521024549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Innocence Abroad</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dutch Imagination and the New World, 1570-1670</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Innocence Abroad explores the process of encounter that took place between the Netherlands and the New World in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. The 'discovery' of America coincided with the foundation of the Dutch Republic, a correspondence of much significance for the Netherlands. From the opening of their Revolt against Hapsburg Spain through the climax of their Golden Age, the Dutch looked to America - in political pamphlets and patriotic histories, epic poetry and allegorical prints, landscape painting and decorative maps - for a means of articulating a new national identity. This book demonstrates how the image of America fashioned in the Netherlands, and especially the twin themes of 'innocence' and 'tyranny', became integrally associated with the evolving political, moral and economic agenda. It investigates the energetic Dutch response to the New World while examining the operation of geographic discourse and colonial ideology within the culture of the Dutch Golden Age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24556/cover/9780521024556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Reading, and Piety in Late Medieval England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erler, Mary C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Women, Reading, and Piety in Late Medieval England traces networks of female book ownership and exchange which have so far been obscure, and shows how women were responsible for both owning and circulating devotional books. In seven narratives of individual women who lived between 1350 and 1550, Mary Erler illustrates the ways in which women read and the routes by which they passed books from hand to hand.  These stories are prefaced by an overview of nuns' reading and their surviving books, and are followed by a survey of women who owned the first printed books in England. An appendix lists a number of books not previously attributed to religious women's ownership. Erler's narratives also provide studies of female friendship, since they situate women's reading in a network of family and social connections. The book uses bibliography to explore social and intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24570/cover/9780521024570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bucchero Pottery from Southern Etruria</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rasmussen, Tom B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bucchero is a very common type of fine pottery that was made by the Etruscans when their civilization was at its height, from the seventh to the fourth century BC. This study concentrates on the products of South Etruria, where the earliest and finest bucchero was made, and where the tradition lasts longest. Until recently bucchero has been little studied, and the aim of this book is to present a sequence of pottery from archaeological contexts, so that the development of the ware can be seen as a whole within a chronological framework. Many of the tomb-groups catalogued are published here for the first time. In studying the shapes careful consideration is given to the affinities with Greek and with other Etruscan wares. A full survey of the decorative techniques is included, and the pattern of distribution both within Etruria and further afield is discussed. An important feature of the book is a series of sixty pages of drawings of the profiles of every shape of bucchero pot studied. Bucchero is of considerable importance as a dating tool, and although the book is directed primarily at specialists, it will also be of interest to anyone who is curious about Etruscan art and archaeology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24617/cover/9780521024617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From the Circle of Alcuin to the School of Auxerre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Logic, Theology and Philosophy in the Early Middle Ages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marenbon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is the first modern account of the development of philosophy during the Carolingian Renaissance. In the late eighth century, Dr Marenbon argues, theologians were led by their enthusiasm for logic to pose themselves truly philosophical questions. The central themes of ninth-century philosophy - essence, the Aristotelian Categories, the problem of Universals - were to preoccupy thinkers throughout the Middle Ages. The earliest period of medieval philosophy was thus a formative one. This work is based on a fresh study of the manuscript sources. The thoughts of scholars such as Alcuin, Candidus, Fredegisus, Ratramnus of Corbie, John Scottus Eriugena and Heiric of Auxerre is examined in detail and compared with their sources; and a wide variety of evidence is used to throw light on the milieu in which these thinkers flourished. Full critical editions of an important body of early medieval philosophical material, much of it never before published, are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24624/cover/9780521024624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vision and the Emergence of Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Blind and Sighted Children's Early Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlea, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between language and other aspects of conceptual development is one of the central issues in child language acquisition. One view holds that language is a special capacity, separate from other areas of cognition and learning. Another maintains that language is part of a larger, more general cognitive system, and is crucially dependent on other cognitive domains. Recent research has turned to blind children and their acquisition of language as a way of evaluating whether and how language development relies on the non-linguistic context. Vision and the Emergence of Meaning addresses this complex problem through a detailed empirical analysis of early language development in a group of blind, partially sighted and fully sighted children who took part in a pioneering longitudinal investigation at the University of Southern California. By exploring the strategies which blind children bring to selected aspects of the language learning task, Anne Dunlea not only identifies some important differences between blind and sighted children, but also offers new insights on semantic and pragmatic development in general. Further, the study demonstrates the role of conceptual information in language learning and, at a more fundamental level, reveals a convergence of early language and conceptual development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24631/cover/9780521024631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Search Models and Applied Labor Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiefer, Nicholas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumann, George R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers marks the development of empirical application of the search approach to labor economics - an approach which arose as a theoretical development of the 1960s and led to numerous insights in the 1970s. The search approach naturally incorporates uncertainty in the economic model, making up some of the early work in what is now called 'the economics of information'. Included are econometric issues such as estimation and specification of search models for wages and unemployment duration, continuous time models of turnover, and identification of structural parameters. Applications to policy questions including Unemployment Insurance and wage subsidy programs are given, and data collection issues are discussed within the search framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24648/cover/9780521024648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Siena and the Sienese in the Thirteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waley, Daniel Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book portrays the life and institutions of a great medieval Italian city, Siena, through the surviving records and buildings of the period. Laws, council minutes, records of the commune's revenue and expenditure, wills and other charters from the thirteenth century are among the plentiful material which makes up the picture of the city republic's institutions and those who ran them. The main themes are the political institutions of the city, and the involvement of the citizens in them. The preoccupations of the Sienese as revealed in their conciliar discussions are studied, as well as their attitudes to government and well-developed bureaucracy, their territorial overlordship in southern Tuscany, and their involvement in diplomacy and war. The religion of the Sienese is also investigated. This is a portrait of a special, but not untypical, society which was engaged in an experiment in oligarchic self-government. Although the milieu was urban, Siena's bankers and tradesmen, craftsmen and those involved in transport and agricultural labour, were in many cases landowners: the city was dependent on and greatly involved with its rural environment. The precocity of the commune's governmental methods and the wealth of information that has survived mean that the medieval life of this famous and beautiful Tuscan city can be depicted in full and convincing detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24693/cover/9780521024693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals with Novel Genes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about transgenic animals - animals into which new genes have been artificially introduced. It has chapters by leading authorities on the present state of play regarding the application of the transgenic technology to different animal groups. A great range of animal types, ranging from protozoan cells, through nematode worms and fruit flies to many higher vertebrates, have been used in this experimental way and this book provides an in-depth, up-to-date, comprehensive and authoritative account of the work with all such animal types. The likely impact of transgenic animals on the future development of agriculture and medicine is very great; at the same time they provide an unrivalled experimental system for the study of gene regulation, genetic aspects of disease, and gene therapy. One of the objectives of the book is therefore to set transgenic animals in the context of their present and future contributions to medicine and agriculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24723/cover/9780521024723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social and Political Thought of Bertrand Russell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Development of an Aristocratic Liberalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ironside, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering study of Bertrand Russell's social and political thought deals with the years 1896 to 1938, and is the first book to embark on a thorough investigation of the intellectual and cultural context out of which Russell's ideas emerged. Maintaining a sympathetic but critical stance towards Russell's almost innumerable political postures, and focusing in particular on his concern with the intellectual elite, the author renders that thought both plausible and coherent by placing its development against a significant historical background. As well as giving attention to the aspects of Russell's private life which helped determine the direction of his thought, Dr Ironside undertakes an enlightening exploration of the individuals, groups and beliefs by which he was successively influenced. The result is a wide-ranging and highly original view of an important and enduring figure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24761/cover/9780521024761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102479X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102479X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Russian Fortunes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Print Culture, Gender and Divination in Russia from 1765</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigzell, Faith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reading Russian Fortunes examines the huge popularity and cultural impact of fortune-telling among urban and literate Russians from the eighteenth century to the present. Based partly on a study of the numerous editions of little fortune-telling books, especially those devoted to dream interpretation, it documents and analyses the social history of fortune-telling in terms of class and gender, at the same time considering the function of both amateur and professional fortune-telling in a literate modernizing society. Chapters are devoted to professional fortune-tellers and their clients, and to the publishers of the books. An analysis of the relationship between urban fortune-telling and traditional oral culture, where divination played a very significant role, leads on to a discussion of the underlying reasons for the persistence of fortune-telling in modern Russian society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24792/cover/9780521024792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102482X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102482X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geography, Science and National Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scotland since 1520</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Withers, Charles W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Withers' book brings together work on the history of geography and the history of science with extensive archival analysis to explore how geographical knowledge has been used to shape an understanding of the nation. Using Scotland as an exemplar, the author places geographical knowledge in its wider intellectual context to afford insights into perspectives of empire, national identity and the geographies of science. In so doing, he advances a new area of geographical enquiry, the historical geography of geographical knowledge, and demonstrates how and why different forms of geographical knowledge have been used in the past to constitute national identity, and where those forms were constructed and received. The book will make an important contribution to the study of nationhood and empire and will therefore interest historians, as well as students of historical geography and historians of science. It is theoretically engaging, empirically rich and beautifully illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24822/cover/9780521024822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Austen and the Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gay, Penny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jane Austen was fascinated by theatre from her childhood. As an adult she went to the theatre whenever opportunity arose. Scenes in her novels often resemble plays, and recent film and television versions have shown how naturally dramatic her stories are. Yet the myth remains that she was 'anti-theatrical', and readers continue to puzzle about the real significance of the theatricals in Mansfield Park. Penny Gay's book describes for the first time the rich theatrical context of Austen's writing, and the intersections between her novels and contemporary drama. Gay proposes a 'dialogue' in Austen's mature novels with the various genres of eighteenth-century drama - laughing comedy, sentimental comedy and tragedy, Gothic theatre, early melodrama. She re reads the novels in the light of this dialogue to demonstrate Austen's analysis of the pervasive theatricality of the society in which her heroines must perform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24846/cover/9780521024846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Material Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of the Page</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bornstein, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Material Modernism draws on editorial theory, cultural studies and the history of the book to argue for a freshly historicized reading of modernism. Instead of taking texts as consisting of disembodied words, Bornstein considers their physical bodies as themselves semantically important. He argues that current constructions of literary modernism - like those that regard its achievements and attitudes as favoring the anti-historical over the historical, or product over process - are derived from the fixed, current, material forms of its texts. By studying modernism in its original sites of production and in the continually shifting physicality of its transmissions, an alternative construction emerges that emphasizes historical contingency, multiple versions, and the material features of the text itself. Bornstein recontextualizes works by a range of British, Irish, and American authors, including W. B. Yeats, Emma Lazarus, Gwendolyn Brooks, Ezra Pound, Marianne Moore, James Joyce, and writers of the Harlem Renaissance, among others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24853/cover/9780521024853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Radical Face of the Ancient Constitution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>St Edward's 'Laws' in Early Modern Political Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Janelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the ways in which medieval and early modern historians, lawyers and politicians deployed their own national history to justify opposition to the English kingship. More particularly, it is a study of the origins and development of an historical construct called the 'radical ancient constitution', a version of the past which originated from sources including the so-called 'Laws' of Edward the Confessor. The book tells how a cult of kingship, centred around the Confessor's 'Laws', was transformed from a cult that sacralized the upstart Norman dynasty into one which desecrated the Stuart monarchy. In telling the story of the 'ancient constitution' the author reconfigures the historical landscape of early modern England and demonstrates that the so-called Whig version of history, far from being a concoction of seventeenth-century dissidents, enjoyed the sanction of medieval and early modern historians, scholars and lawyers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24884/cover/9780521024884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aestheticism and Sexual Parody 1840-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denisoff, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original and provocative study discusses the work of a number of authors in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, in order to argue that mainstream society was enabled to accept the non-normative sexuality of the Aesthetic Movement chiefly through parody and self-parody. Highlighting Victorian popular culture, Aestheticism and Sexual Parody adds a new and important dimension to the theorisations of parody as a combative strategy by which sexually marginalized groups undermine the status quo. From W. S. Gilbert's drama and Vernon Lee and Christopher Isherwood's prose to George du Maurier's cartoons and Max Beerbohm's caricatures, Dennis Denisoff explores the parodies' interactions with the personae and texts of canonical authors such as Alfred Tennyson, Walter Pater, Algernon Swinburne, and Oscar Wilde. In doing so, he considers the impact that these interactions had on modern ideas of gender, sexuality, taste and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24891/cover/9780521024891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roger North's The Musicall Grammarian 1728</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chan, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kassler, Jamie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger North's The Musicall Grammarian 1728 is a treatise on musical eloquence in all its branches. Of its five parts, I and II, on the orthoepy, orthography and syntax of music, constitute a grammar; III and IV, on the arts of invention and communication, form a rhetoric; and V, on etymology, consists of a history. Two substantial chapters of commentary introduce the text, which is edited here for the first time in its entirety: Jamie Kassler places his treatise within the broader context not only of North's musical and non-musical writings but also their relation to the intellectual ferment of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and Mary Chan describes physical and textual aspects of the treatise as evidence for North's processes of thinking about musical thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24914/cover/9780521024914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equilibrium Business Cycle Theory in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kyun, Kim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a historical investigation of the theoretical development of contemporary Equilibrium Business Cycle Theory (EBCT). The author examines the central features of the EBCT by tracing both the history of business cycle theory and the history of econometrics. These historical analyses make clear two central principles of the EBCT: its optimization foundation and its economic strategy. Following along these lines, the author argues that the EBCT succeeds the tradition of the Austrian cycle theory that attempted to incorporate the cycle with classical equilibrium doctrine. He further argues that the EBCT's econometric strategy is only a child of the Cowles commission method. Presenting a fresh viewpoint of interwar macroeconomics in very readable style, this book brings the period back into the heart of macroeconomic thinking today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24921/cover/9780521024921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models and Interpretations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Barnes's collection of essays, published over the last forty years, covers a variety of topics in sociology and anthropology, including lineage systems, social networks, colonialism, underlying assumptions of social science, and the significance of time in social analysis. Together they identify the author's particular view of social science: he is primarily interested in 'what really happens'. Rather than revamp articles written with a distinctive set of assumptions to bring them into line with current intellectual fashion, Professor Barnes has chosen to let them stand as they are, products of identifiable theoretical stance and modes of exposition. But introductory notes to each chapter set out the context in which the piece was originally written and draw attention to later publications and events that bear on it. A new introduction discusses in detail the author's view of social science as the construction of models rather than a search for social laws, while the final chapter presents a model of the modelling process itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24938/cover/9780521024938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102496X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102496X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Custom in a Muslim Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Berti of Sudan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holy, Ladislav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the Berti of Northern Darfur (Sudan), as among many Muslim societies, the formal religious practices are predominantly the concern of men, while local, unorthodox customary rituals are performed mainly by women. It is usual to dismiss such local, popular practices as pre-Islamic survivals, but Professor Holy shows that the customary rituals constitute an integral part of the religious system of the Berti. Carefully analysing the symbolic statements made in Berti rituals, Professor Holy demonstrates that the distinction between the two classes of rituals is an expression of the gender relationships characteristic of the society. He also examines the social distribution of knowledge about Islam, and explains the role of the religious schools in sustaining religious ideas. The work is not only an ethnographic study of ritual, belief and gender in an African society. It also makes a significant contribution to current anthropological discussion of the interpretation and meaning of rituals and symbols.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24969/cover/9780521024969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>More: Utopia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Latin Text and English Translation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>More, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Logan, George M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Clarence H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in Latin in 1516, Thomas More's Utopia is one of the most influential books in the Western philosophical and literary tradition and one of the supreme achievements of Renaissance humanism. This is the first edition of Utopia since 1965 (the Yale edition) to combine More's Latin text with an English translation, and also the first edition to provide a Latin text that is both accurate and readable. The text is based on the early editions (with the Froben edition of March 1518 as copy-text), but spelling and punctuation have been regularized in accordance with modern practices. The translation is a revised version of the acclaimed lively and readable Adams translation, which also appears in Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought. This edition, which incorporates the results of recent Utopian scholarship, also includes an introduction, textual apparatus, a full commentary and a guide to the voluminous scholarly and critical literature on Utopia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24976/cover/9780521024976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521024986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521024986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521024983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sacred Void</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatial Images of Work and Ritual among the Giriama of Kenya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521024983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parkin, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study, David Parkin shows how indigenous African rites and beliefs may be reworked to accommodate a variety of economic systems, new spatial and ecological relations between communities, and the locally variable influences of Islam and Christianity. The Giriama people of Kenya include pastoralists living in the hinterland; farmers, who work land closer to the coast; and migrants, who earn money as labourers or fishermen on the coast itself. Wherever they live, they revere an ancient and formerly fortified capital, located in the pastoralist hinterland, which few of them ever see or visit. Their different perspectives sometimes conflict, but together provide a shifting idea of the sacred place. As the site of occasional large-scale ceremonies, moreover, the settlement becomes especially important at times of national crisis. It then acts as a moral core of Giriama society, and a symbolic defence against total domination and assimilation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/24983/cover/9780521024983.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engines of Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The State and Transnational Auto Companies in Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1950s, Brazil prohibited car imports and forced transnational auto companies either to abandon the market or manufacture vehicles within Brazil. Although current approaches to economic development would suggest that this type of industrialization policy would fail in the political-economic context of post-war Brazil, the plan was very successful. This book explains the economic and political motivations behind the plan and why Brazil relied on foreign firms to do the job. It documents the bargaining process between the Brazilian government and transnational firms, estimates the cost incurred by the government as a result of the plan, and provides new archival evidence that shows that firms would not have invested without government pressure. It argues that the current, polarized debate on the role of the state in economic development must become more nuanced, as the Brazilian auto case suggests that the effectiveness of state policy can vary greatly across sectors and over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25003/cover/9780521025003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102501X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102501X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Modern University and its Discontents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fate of Newman's Legacies in Britain and America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothblatt, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of interlinked essays takes the form of historical 'voyages' around the Victorian intellectual John Henry Newman, and Newman's classic work The Idea of a University, as well as changes in the structure and culture of universities which occurred in Newman's lifetime. The voyages connect nineteenth- and twentieth-century university history, mainly in Britain and the United States but with side excursions to continental Europe. Among the many important topics discussed are the history of student communities in Oxford and Cambridge, the growth of a modern examinations culture, university architecture and the use of space in connection with educational ideals, urbanism and universities, and the competition of states, markets and academic guilds for the control of universities and the right to define the missions of university professors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25010/cover/9780521025010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing and European Thought 1600-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writing and European Thought 1600-1830 argues for the central importance of writing to conceptions of language, technological progress, and Western civilization during the early modern era. Attitudes to the written language changed radically between the late Renaissance and Romanticism, and Nicholas Hudson traces the development of thought about language during this period, challenging some central assumptions of modern historical scholarship. He asserts that European thinkers have not been uniformly 'logocentric', and he questions the assumption that the rise of print and literacy produced a more visually oriented culture. Through detailed readings of major writers, Hudson shows how writing became the emblem of the superiority of European culture, and how, with the expansion of print culture, European intellectuals became more aware of the virtues of 'orality' and the deficiencies of literate society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25027/cover/9780521025027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personal Pronouns in Present-Day English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wales, Katie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive book-length analysis of personal pronouns in present-day English. Drawing on the Survey of English (SEU) corpus and the International Corpus of English (ICE-GB), Katie Wales examines a wide range of discourse, types and texts, and of varieties of English around the world. Her approach is pragmatic and functional, rather than formal, and her concern is with speakers and writers and their uses of language in social, cultural and rhetorical contexts. The discussion is illustrated with numerous examples of the usage of personal pronouns and also of reflexives and possessives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25034/cover/9780521025034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays of Heinrich von Kleist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideals and Illusions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allan, Se&#225;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and accessible study of the plays of Kleist (1777-1811), who ranks with Goethe and Schiller amongst nineteenth-century authors and who has been a major influence on contemporary German writers. Se&#225;n Allan examines Kleist's critique of the aspirations of both Enlightenment and Romantic metaphysics, notably his suggestion that the pursuit of 'transcendent' ideals of perfection constitutes a formidable obstacle to genuine progress in human affairs. In so doing, he offers resolutions of a number of long-running controversies in Kleist criticism, as well as summarizing the state of research on all the plays. The book includes discussion of two plays usually neglected by scholars - Das K&#228;thchen von Heilbronn and Die Hermannsschlacht. All quotations are given in both German and English and full references are given to published English translations of Kleist's works as well as to the German originals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25041/cover/9780521025041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Evolutionary Socialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eduard Bernstein and Social Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steger, Manfred B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quest for Evolutionary Socialism uses Eduard Bernstein's life and works as the basis for an examination of the interactions between European social democratic politics and socialist political ideas. It is thus a timely response to the need for a new, comprehensive biography of Bernstein, the German 'Father of Marxist Revisionism'. Professor Steger incorporates recent academic developments and addresses current debates on the 'End of Socialism' resulting from the collapse of Marxism-Leninism and the chronic ailments of European social democracy. This study is set within the historical context of the European labour movement and thus Steger interprets Bernstein's 'Evolutionary Socialism' as an ethically motivated quest for liberty, solidarity and distributive justice. Steger stresses that the future of social democracy depends on its ability to heed Bernstein's call for critical self-reflection and to reorientate towards more liberal ideals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25058/cover/9780521025058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epistolary Fiction in Europe, 1500-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beebee, Thomas O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas O. Beebee examines epistolary fiction as a major phenomenon in Europe from the Renaissance to the mid-nineteenth century. His study is the first to consider epistolary fiction as a pan-European form of importance to all major European languages. It demonstrates that such fiction can be found everywhere, not just in texts aimed specifically at aesthetic consumption. Beebee begins with the premise that the letter was a Protean form which crystallized social relationships in a variety of ways, and that fictional uses of the letter appropriated the status and power the letter had already acquired from its established functions within other discursive practices. He discusses the letter-writing manual, self-referential aspects of the letter, news and travel reporting, the relationship between letters and gender, and historically specific use of epistolarity by eighteenth- and nineteenth-century authors including Austen, Balzac and Dostoevsky. The book also offers a bibliography of major European epistolary fiction to 1850.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25089/cover/9780521025089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Facing the 'King of Terrors'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Death and Society in an American Community, 1750-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Robert V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, death, a topic often neglected by historians, is given the attention it deserves as one of the most important aspects of personal and societal experience. Facing the 'King of Terrors' examines changes in the roles and perceptions of death in one American community, Schenectady, New York, from 1750 to 1990. A remarkably thorough study, this work incorporates a wide variety of topics, including causes of death, epidemics and the reactions they engender, rituals surrounding dying and burial, cemeteries and grave markers, public celebrations of the deaths of important figures, reactions to war, and businesses that profit from death. Combining an in-depth look at patterns of death in society as a whole with an investigation of personal responses to such cultural customs, the book makes use of personal letters and diaries to explore how broader social changes were manifested in the lives of individuals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25096/cover/9780521025096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Firms, Networks and Business Values</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British and American Cotton Industries since 1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Mary B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the long-term forces shaping business attitudes in the British and American cotton industries from the eighteenth to the twentieth century. Mary Rose traces social, political and developmental differences from the early stages of industrialization. She demonstrates how firms become embedded in networks, and evolve according to business values and strategies. The book examines local and regional networks, the changing competitive environment, community characteristics and national differences. Rose's findings challenge traditional views with new evidence that the character and achievements of each industry uniquely reflect local circumstances and historical experience. This is a critical synthesis of the multidisciplinary literature on the cotton textile industries of two major industrial nations and a study of the changing forces influencing decision making. An important contribution to comparative business history, this book will be of interest to graduates and scholars in all areas of business and economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25140/cover/9780521025140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sociology of Early Buddhism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mabbett, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Buddhism flourished because it was able to take up the challenge represented by buoyant economic conditions and the need for cultural uniformity in the newly emergent states in north-eastern India from the fifth century BCE onwards. This book begins with the apparent inconsistency of Buddhism, a renunciant movement, surviving within a strong urban environment, and draws out the implications of this. In spite of the Buddhist ascetic imperative, the Buddha and other celebrated monks moved easily through various levels of society and fitted into the urban landscape they inhabited. The Sociology of Early Buddhism tells how and why the early monks were able to exploit the social and political conditions of mid-first millennium north-eastern India in such a way as to ensure the growth of Buddhism into a major world religion. Its readership lies both within Buddhist studies and more widely among historians, sociologists and anthropologists of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/31161/cover/9780521831161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Esme Howard</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Diplomatic Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKercher, B. J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Esme Howard (1863-1939), 1st Baron Howard of Penrith, was one of Britain's most important diplomats of the early part of this century. Linguistically and diplomatically gifted, he was an integral member of the small group of men who made and implemented British foreign policy between 1900 and 1930, a critical transitional period in Britain's history as a world power. The years between 1890 and 1903, which preceded Howard's major diplomatic achievements, are seen as crucial to his development, years when his marriage, his conversion to Catholicism, his foreign travel, and his work with London's working classes moulded the confidence and strengths of his later character. Thereafter, the book covers Howard's personal and historical importance as consul general in Crete, Budapest and Berne and at the 1919 Paris Peace Conference, and as ambassador at Madrid (1919-24) and Washington (1924-30). Made possible by the recent discovery of Howard's private papers, this well-informed and readable biography of a hitherto neglected figure will eliminate a major gap in the history of twentieth-century British foreign relations by giving Howard's career its first full treatment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25232/cover/9780521025232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life and Mind of Oriental Jones</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sir William Jones, the Father of Modern Linguistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, Garland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir William Jones is best known for his famous Third Discourse of 1786 in which he proposed that Sanskrit's affinity to Greek and Latin could be explained by positing a common, earlier source, one known today as Indo-European. This brilliant thesis of language families laid the groundwork for modern comparative linguistics. Jones's interests and achievements, however, ranged far beyond language. He studied and made contributions to astronomy, botany, history, law, literature, music, physiology, politics, and religion. He served as a Supreme Court justice in India and founded the Asiatic Society, which stimulated worldwide interest in India and the Orient. He was friends with many of the leading intellectuals of his day and corresponded with Benjamin Franklin in America and with Burke, Gibbon, Johnson, Percy, and Reynolds in Britain. In his short life he mastered so many languages that even in his own time he was regarded as a phenomenon; and so he was. Garland Cannon, editor of The Letters of Sir William Jones, has written a new definitive biography of this fascinating man, who in his life and works teaches us that the path to understanding and appreciating the art and literature of a great culture very different from our own is through devoted study, a tolerant spirit, and an unquenchably curious mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25263/cover/9780521025263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Andrei Bitov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ecology of Inspiration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chances, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book on Andrei Bitov, one of contemporary Russia's most original writers. It plots his evolution from his early publications of the post-Stalin years to his mature masterpieces of the glasnost era. Ellen Chances assesses his place both in the Russian literary tradition from Pushkin onwards, and as part of a broader, international cultural heritage including Dickens, Fellini, and Proust. She explores his themes, from the psychological effects of Stalin on Soviet society to universal questions such as the human being's relationship with nature, history and culture, and discovers in his deeply philosophical and intensely psychological writings an innovative methodology, 'ecological prose', that goes beyond modernist and post-modernist fragmentation in search of the wholeness of life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25270/cover/9780521025270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Fable</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesop and Literary Culture, 1651-1740</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Jayne Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1651 and 1740 hundreds of fables, fable collections, and biographies of the ancient Greek slave Aesop were published in England. In The English Fable, Jayne Elizabeth Lewis describes the national obsession with Aesop's fables during this period as both a figural response to sociopolitical crises, and an antidote to emerging anxieties about authorship. Lewis traces the role that fable collections, Augustan fable theory, and debates about the figure of Aesop played in the formation of a modern, literate, and self-consciously English culture, and shows how three Augustan writers - John Dryden, Anne Finch, and John Gay - experimented with the seemingly marginal symbolic form of fable to gain access to new centres of English culture. Often interpreted as a discourse of the dispossessed, the fable in fact offered Augustan writers access to a unique form of cultural authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25317/cover/9780521025317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102532X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102532X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kingship and Favoritism in the Spain of Philip III, 1598-1621</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feros, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The enthronement of Philip III of Spain (Philip II's son and heir) in 1598 also meant the rise to power of the duke of Lerma, the first of a series of European favourites/prime ministers who  influenced greatly politics, government, court culture and the arts during the seventeenth century. This book analyses the contexts that explain the rise of Lerma, as well as discourses on kingship and favouritism, and governmental and institutional initiatives taken during Philip III's reign (1598-1621) - a key historical period for our understanding of early modern Spain. Although this book focuses on the reign of Philip III, it also addresses broader historiographical matters. How was power exercised in personal monarchies? What discourses were used to justify royal power? How was kingship publicly represented? How was favouritism conceptualized and legitimized? Was the effect of the rise of the favourite/prime minister upon the constitution of personal monarchies and on the political and ideological struggles?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25324/cover/9780521025324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy in Medieval Celtic Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryce, Huw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of studies examines the use of the written word in Celtic-speaking regions of Europe between c. 400 and c. 1500. Building on previous work as well as presenting the fruits of much new research, the book seeks to highlight the interest and importance of Celtic uses of literacy for the study of both medieval literacy generally and of the history and cultures of the Celtic countries in the Middle Ages. Among the topics discussed are the uses and significance of charter-writing, the interplay of oral and literate modes in the composition and transmission of medieval Irish and Welsh genealogies, prose narratives and poetry, the survival of Celtic culture in Brittany and of Gaelic literacy in eastern Scotland in the twelfth century, and pragmatic uses of literacy in later medieval Wales.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25331/cover/9780521025331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism, Representation, and the Arts in Nineteenth-Century Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byerly, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book confronts a significant paradox in the development of literary realism: the very novels that present themselves as purveyors and celebrants of direct, ordinary human experience also manifest an obsession with art that threatens to sabotage their Realist claims. Unlike previous studies of the role of visual art, or music, or theatre in Victorian literature, Realism, Representation, and the Arts in Nineteenth-Century Literature examines the juxtaposition of all of these arts in the works of Charlotte Bront&#235;, William Thackeray, George Eliot, Thomas Hardy, and others. Alison Byerly combines close textual analysis with discussion of relevant ancillary topics to illuminate the place of different arts within nineteenth-century British culture. Her book, which also contains sixteen illustrations, represents an effort to bridge the growing gap between aesthetics and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25348/cover/9780521025348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Stabilization in Transition Economies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blejer, Mario I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skreb, Marko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume explore the special type of policies that were needed in the post-socialist countries of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union in order to reduce inflation and to stop the fall in output that followed the collapse of Communism. The book contains a number of general studies that discuss the type of reforms needed and how they condition policies and analyse the aggregate relationship between reducing inflation, implementing structural reforms, and renewing the process of growth. It includes a number of country studies (on the Baltics, Croatia, Hungary, Poland, Slovenia and the Ukraine) about their stabilization experiences. Thus the emerging picture is one of renewal of growth in those countries that proceeded early and with the determination to implement market-oriented reforms and to stabilize their macroeconomy, and of gradual and slow stabilization of output in those countries that entered the process only very recently.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25355/cover/9780521025355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A House Dividing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Development in Pennsylvania and Virginia Before the Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majewski, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A House Dividing compares Virginia and Pennsylvania to answer a crucial question of American history: how did slavery undermine the development of the southern economy?  Extensive archival research reveals that in the first decades of the nineteenth century, local residents in each state financed transportation improvements to raise land values and spur commercial growth. In the 1830s, however, Philadelphia capitalists began financing Pennsylvania's railroad network, eventually building integrated systems that reached deep within the Midwest. Virginia's railroads, still dependent upon local investment and funds from the state government, remained a collection of local lines without western connections. The lack of a great city that could provide capital and traffic for large-scale railroads was the Achilles' heel of Virginia's slave economy. The chains of slavery, Virginians learned to their dismay, also shackled the invisible hand of the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25362/cover/9780521025362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Nation Collapses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Italian Surrender of September 1943</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agarossi, Elena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fergusson II, Harvey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Nation Collapses revises the traditional understanding of a critical moment in the history of World War II: the collapse of the Italian fascist regime and Italy's unconditional surrender in September 1943. Drawing on mostly unpublished documents, the book analyses the secret negotiations between Italy and Britain before the overthrow of Mussolini in July 1943 and finds that both parties negotiated in bad faith and with a great deal of duplicity. The Italians therefore both underestimated the extent of the Allies' strategic commitment in Italy and promised their conquerors a degree of military assistance which they were in no condition to deliver. The situation disintegrated into a civil war as the Anglo-American military government which controlled southern Italy invaded the German-occupied north. Already traumatized by unconditional surrender, Italy now endured a civil war waged by foreign powers on both sides for twenty long and brutal months.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25379/cover/9780521025379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creole Genesis and the Acquisition of Grammar</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Haitian Creole</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025386</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lefebvre, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on the cognitive processes involved in creole genesis - relexification, reanalysis and direct levelling - processes which the author demonstrates play a significant role in language genesis and change in general. Dr Lefebvre argues that the creators of pidgins/creoles use the parametric values of their native languages in establishing those of the language that they are creating and the semantic principles of their own grammar in concatenating morphemes and words in the new language. This theory is documented on the basis of a uniquely detailed comparison of Haitian creole with its contributing French and West African languages. Summarizing more than twenty years of funded research, the author examines the input of adult, as opposed to child, speakers and resolves the problems in the three main approaches, universalist, superstratist and substratist, which have been central to the recent debate on creole development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25386/cover/9780521025386.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Queen's Men and their Plays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMillin, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Sally-Beth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to the Queen's Men, one of the major acting companies of the age of Shakespeare. In describing the troupe's position in the general political situation and the London theatre scene of the 1580s, the authors break new ground by showing how Elizabethan theatre history can be refocused by concentrating on the company which produced the plays rather than on the authors who wrote them. The book combines a thorough examination of documentary evidence with textual and critical analysis, to provide a full account of the characteristics which gave the company its identity: its acting style, staging methods, touring patterns and repertoire. The conclusions will interest Elizabethan historians as well as students and scholars of early modern theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25393/cover/9780521025393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation of Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Welfare and Calvinist Charity in Holland, 1572-1620</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the time of the Calvinist Reformation, the cities of Holland had established a very long tradition of social provision for the poor in the civic community. Calvinists however intended to care for their own church members, who were by definition 'within the household of faith', through the deaconate, a confessional relief agency. This book examines the relationship between municipal and ecclesiastical relief agencies in the six chief cities of Holland - Dordrecht, Haarlem, Delft, Leiden, Amsterdam and Gouda - from the public establishment of the Reformed Church in 1572 to the aftermath of the Synod of Dort. The author argues that the conflict between charitable organizations reveal competing conceptions of Christian community that came to the fore as a result of the Dutch Reformation. This is the first comparative study of poor relief in Holland, which contributes to our understanding of the Reformation throughout Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25409/cover/9780521025409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heinrich Bruning and the Dissolution of the Weimar Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patch, Jr, William L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholars have long debated whether Heinrich Br&#252;ning, head of the German government from 1930 to 1932, was the 'last democratic chancellor'of the Weimar Republic or the trailblazer of the Nazi dictatorship. His memoirs (published in 1970) damaged his reputation badly by terming the restoration of monarchy the 'crux' of his policies. This book is the first scholarly biography of Bruning in any language and offers a systematic analysis of the economic, social, foreign, and military policies of his cabinet as it sought to cope with the Great Depression. With the help of newly available sources, it clarifies the peculiar distortions in the memoirs, showing that Chancellor Br&#252;ning intended to restore parliamentary democracy intact when the economic crisis passed. He was curbing the Nazi menace successfully when President Hindenburg, reactionary landowners, and army generals eager for massive rearmament made the disastrously misguided decision to topple him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25416/cover/9780521025416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, the Novel, and the German Nation 1771-1871</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domestic Fiction in the Fatherland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kontje, Todd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Todd Kontje surveys novels by German women over the one-hundred-year period that stretches from the beginnings of a German national literature to the founding of its nation-state. Introducing readers to the lives and works of fourteen women writers of the period, he shows the historical and thematic coherence of a body of fiction by women that has been obscured by traditional literary histories. He explores ways in which novels about traditionally feminine domestic concerns also comment on patriarchal politics in the German fatherland. Finally, he argues that we must view the history of the German novel in the context of both the history of sexuality and the rise of German nationalism, and that novels by German women, often marginalized or trivialized, played a central role in shaping attitudes toward class, gender and the nation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25423/cover/9780521025423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Provincial Lives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Middle-Class Experience in the Antebellum Middle West</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mahoney, Timothy R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Provincial Lives tells the story of the development of a regional middle class in the antebellum Middle West. It traces the efforts of waves of Americans to transmit their social structures, behavior, and values to the West and construct a distinctive regional middle-class culture on the urban frontier. Intertwining local, regional, and national history, as well as social, immigration, gender and urban history, the author examines how a succession of settlers from 'good' society - farmers and entrepreneurs, followed by capitalists, professionals, and 'genteel' men and women from the urban East - interacted with, accommodated, and compromised with those already there to construct a middle-class society and culture. Provincial Lives explores social change through the lived experience of the actors themselves as they employed their understandings of self, gender, class, and culture to construct social order and contribute to the development of a western urban middle class while still remaining members of a national society and playing a role in shaping the emergence of middle-class culture across the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25430/cover/9780521025430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Religion from Shakespeare to Milton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Figures of Nonconformity in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Kristen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The figure of the puritan has long been conceived as dour and repressive in character, an image which has been central to ways of reading sixteenth- and seventeenth-century history and literature. Kristen Poole's original study challenges this perception arguing that, contrary to current critical understanding, radical reformers were most often portrayed in literature of the period as deviant, licentious and transgressive. Through extensive analysis of early modern pamphlets, sermons, poetry and plays, the fictional puritan emerges as a grotesque and carnivalesque figure; puritans are extensively depicted as gluttonous, sexually promiscuous, monstrously procreating, and even as worshipping naked. By recovering this lost alternative satirical image, Poole sheds new light on the role played by anti-puritan rhetoric. Her book contends that such representations served an important social role, providing an imaginative framework for discussing familial, communal and political transformations that resulted from the Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25447/cover/9780521025447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banking Panics of the Gilded Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wicker, Elmus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of post-Civil War banking panics in almost a century. The author has constructed for the first time estimates of bank closures and their incidence in each of the five separate banking disturbances. The book takes a novel approach by reconstructing the course of banking panics in the interior, where suspension of cash payment, not bank closures, was the primary effect of banking panics on the average person. The author also re-evaluates the role of the New York Clearing House in forestalling several panics and explains why it failed to do so in 1893 and 1907, concluding that structural defects of the National Banking Act were not the primary cause of the panics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25478/cover/9780521025478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fairies in Nineteenth-Century Art and Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bown, Nicola</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although fairies are now banished to the realm of childhood, these diminutive figures were central to the work of many Victorian painters, novelists, poets and even scientists. It would be no exaggeration to say that the Victorians were obsessed with fairies: yet this obsession has hitherto received little scholarly attention. Nicola Bown reminds us of the importance of fairies in Victorian culture. In the figure of the fairy, the Victorians crystallized contemporary anxieties about the effects of industrialization, the remoteness of the past, the value of culture and the way in which science threatened to undermine religion and spirituality. Above all, the fairy symbolized disenchantment with the irresistible forces of progress and modernity. As these forces stripped the world of its wonder, the Victorians consoled themselves by dreaming of a place and a people suffused with the enchantment that was disappearing from their own lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25508/cover/9780521025508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in the Economic and Social History of Tudor and Stuart England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This celebrated collection of essays was first published in 1961 to mark the 80th birthday of the great historian and social reformer R. H. Tawney. The list of contributors contains several of the most English distinguished historians of the post-war period, including Lawrence Stone, Christopher Hill, Joan Thirsk, Gerald Aylmer and Donald Coleman, and many of the essays in this volume have since assumed classic status. The collection opens with F. J. Fisher's celebrated overview of 'Tawney's Century', defined as that period which separates the Dissolution of the Monasteries of the 1530s from the Great Rebellion of the 1640s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25522/cover/9780521025522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Growth and Population Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Tony Wrigley's classic regional study of industrial development and demographic change in the Austrasian coalfield belt (stretching from Pas-De-Calais in the West to the Ruhr in the East) was first published in 1959. Its first part deals with the circumstances which encouraged more rapid industrial growth in some areas while inhibiting in others, and with the relationship between regional economic growth and the increase of industrial population. The second part deals with the demographic history of the coalfield industrial areas; their relation to the sociology of those areas; and the sources of the population growth which took place in them. In both parts the discussion centres on the contrast between the coalfield industrial areas and the three national units of France, Belgium and Germany on the one hand; and on the other on the contrasts which existed within the coalfield industrial areas themselves. Industrial Growth and Population Change deliberately strays across the conventional boundaries of social scientific analysis, embracing economic history, historical geography, demography and sociology. The underlying thesis is that economic historians have tended too readily to suppose that the national entity is the appropriate unit of study. Regional or local analysis is sometimes equally or more revealing about the nature of major changes taking place and the reasons for them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25539/cover/9780521025539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>R. H. Tawney's Commonplace Book</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joslin, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joslin, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Henry Tawney was a man of deep Christian beliefs and powerful emotions, and nowhere can we gain as full a view of his mind and temperament, of the limitations of his ideas as well as their strengths, as in the Commonplace Book or diary which he kept at Manchester from 1912 to 1914. This document is a unique record of the assumptions which supported Tawney's life long work as a socialist and as a scholar. The pattern of his historical interests and, in embryonic form, the outline of many of the arguments which he later developed in his three most influential books, The Acquisitive Society (1921), Religion and the Rise of Capitalism (1926), and Equality (1931), clearly emerge from the pages of this pre-war diary. He appears therein as a man engaged in the exploration of the internal world of his Christian beliefs; and also vigorously seeking to relate them to social and economic life. Though written sixty years ago, this private diary of a remarkable man of powerful moral convictions is no less pertinent today than it was then.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25546/cover/9780521025546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Machine Tool Industry, 1850-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Floud, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Machine tools are vital to our industrial, metal-using society. This book is the first history of the British machine-tool industry during an important period of its development, a time when it played a crucial part in the transformation of the British economy. The author discusses the structure of the industry, its performance in international trade, and, through an analysis of the voluminous records of one firm, its efficiency and productivity. This discussion is placed within the wider context of current controversies about the behaviour of the British economy during the 'Great Depression' of the later nineteenth century, and its conclusions do not support pessimistic views of the performance of British industry. The book is also intended as a contribution to the explanation of the process of technological change, a problem of increasing interest to economists and economic historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25553/cover/9780521025553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays, 1953-1988</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leakey, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Eva</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pichois, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book of linked essays contains the first critical study of Baudelaire's development as a poet, from his youth onwards. It also includes studies of the development of Baudelaire's aesthetic, detailed commentaries on a number of his finest poems, and accounts of three intriguing and crucial 'encounters' with notable contemporaries. Of the essays, three are previously unpublished and four appeared as recently as 1988; the others have been thoroughly updated, revised and in some cases substantially expanded to take full account of recent scholarship. Summaries in English are provided for the seven essays in French, and vice versa. Together, the essays in this volume constitute a new and important contribution to the understanding and appreciation of Baudelaire's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25560/cover/9780521025560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Palm Oil and Protest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic History of the Ngwa Region, South-Eastern Nigeria, 1800-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Susan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ngwa region lies in the heart of the Nigerian palm belt. Palm oil is one of the oldest foodstuffs of the region and has also been an export crop, produced mainly by women, from the early nineteenth century to the present day. This book describes the rise and fall of the oil palm export industry. In contrast to the views of both dependency and vent-for-surplus theorists, it is shown that patterns of export growth and capital investment were heavily influenced by locally inspired changes in food production methods, gender and intergenerational relationships. The processes of change within the domestic and export economies became increasingly closely intertwined after 1924, when African coastal middlemen began to settle further inland and to spread the knowledge of cassava and Christianity, and when colonial officials introduced direct taxation and consolidated their Native Court system. This book draws upon a wide range of economic, botanical, anthropological and historical studies as well as on colonial archives, but its heart lies in the oral evidence and life histories generously provided by Ngwa men and women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25577/cover/9780521025577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Renaissance Tragedy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dramatic Word</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jondorf, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principle aim of this book is to encourage readers to find pleasure in sixteenth-century tragedies. To this end, Gillian Jondorf examines a range of plays (all accessible in modern editions) in two ways. She suggests, by means of comparisons with other works, that techniques such as allusiveness need be no more forbidding in humanist tragedy than in, say, Racine or Lamartine. She shows how other features, such as characterization, structure, and the use of Choruses, become not only comprehensible but satisfying when the guiding theme or id&#233;e ma&#238;tresse of a play has been identified and its organizing principles understood. Dr Jondorf argues that these plays should be seen not as pardonably clumsy experiments by the first practitioners of a genre, but as competent works which display skilful deployment of technique in the service of dramatic aims which are, in the broadest sense, didactic. French Renaissance tragedy has too often been treated, even by its defenders, merely as a staging post on the road that leads to Corneille and Racine. This book corrects that perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25584/cover/9780521025584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire and Intertextuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry at the Crossroads</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Margery A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new reading of Baudelaire's Le Spleen de Paris is a response to Baudelaire's own challenge to read his text as one in which 'everything ... is head and tail, alternately and reciprocally'. Margery Evans proposes that Le Spleen de Paris serves to question the conventions of prose forms such as the unitary narrator, the extended plot, and the artifice of beginnings and endings. She shows how Baudelaire's text probes the relationship between individuality and conformity to pre-existing codes, both in literature and in the world, and how the giant metropolis provides a symbol of that drama. Dr Evans explores the interconnections between the prose poems which make up Le Spleen de Paris and their intertextual relations with other, mostly prose, works, and argues that this anomalous, hybrid work raises far-reaching questions of relevance to narratology and to literary theory as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25591/cover/9780521025591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From the Idyll to the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Karamzin's Sentimentalist Prose</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammarberg, Gitta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Karamzin was the foremost Russian representative of the late eighteenth-century Sentimentalist movement. In this study, Gitta Hammarberg makes use of recent advances in literary theory (especially those based on the work of Bakhtin and Voloshinov) in order to develop a new theory of Sentimentalist literature, which she applies to Karamzin's prose fiction. Professor Hammarberg situates Sentimentalism in its historical context, as a reflection of contemporary shifts in world view, a reaction against the neo classicist view of literature, and a vehicle for legitimizing prose fiction. She stresses the importance of the role of the author-reader in the structure of Sentimentalist texts, and relates this to the style and genres of these works. Through close readings of a representative selection of Karamzin's prose fiction, including works previously disregarded as trivial or frivolous, she shows the range of Sentimentalist fiction, its place in literary evolution, and ways in which it anticipates the Romantic movement and the modern Russian novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25607/cover/9780521025607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spanish Romantic Literary Theory and Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flitter, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study provides a fresh assessment of Spanish Romanticism through a sympathetic appraisal of its literary theory and criticism. It identifies the origins of Spanish Romantic thought in the theories of German Romantic thinkers, in particular Herder's historicism. The range of reference, from the articles of Bohl von Faber to the judgements made by Canete and Valera is counterpointed by the detail of close readings of books and articles published between 1834 and 1844, together with an examination of the ideas which informed the creative work of Fernan Caballero. Derek Flitter's use of the history of ideas offers a corrective to the recent preponderance of political approaches to Spanish Romanticism, countering their stress on its radical and liberal associations with a detailed demonstration that the majority of Spanish Romantic writers derived their inspiration from restorative, traditionalist and Christian elements in their contemporaries' theory and criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25614/cover/9780521025614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Love Aesthetics of Maurice Sc&#232;ve</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry and Struggle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nash, Jerry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reassesses the love poetry of Maurice Sc&#232;ve from a phenomenological viewpoint. It calls into question the traditional critical view of Sc&#232;ve as a poet consumed by the anguish and darkness of unrequited love, and frustrated by poetic and erotic quests which lead him nowhere. Professor Nash argues instead that the conflicting forces in Sc&#232;ve's poetic expression of love (light and dark, night and day, heaven and hell) lead ultimately to a sense of equilibrium and a transcendent paradisal state, and that the poet's struggle is actually directed towards this coming to terms with the meaning of ineffable love. Contemplation and portrayal of the ineffable are shown to constitute the central and unifying concern of this compelling body of Renaissance love poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25621/cover/9780521025621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102563X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102563X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Negotiating Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politicians and Generals in Uruguay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, Charles Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Uruguay was once the most stable democracy in Latin America, but in 1973 the military seized power for the first time. Political parties did not disappear, however, even though they were made illegal. By the 1980s Uruguay's generals were anxious to find a way to withdraw from power. Yet they continued to insist on certain guarantees as the price for holding elections. The issue of whether to make any concessions to the military came to divide the country's three major parties - the Blancos, the Colorados, and the Left. Nevertheless, the last two parties eventually did agree to a pact in July 1984. The military agreed to return to the barracks and the politicians made an implicit commitment not to prosecute them for their past human rights violations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25638/cover/9780521025638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stefan Heym</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Perpetual Dissident</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stefan Heym's uncompromising stance made him unpopular with a succession of political regimes. The Nazis, the CIA and the East German secret police all held files on him. He was Hitler's youngest literary exile; McCarthyism was to drive him from the USA; and even in what appeared his natural home - the first socialist state on German soil - he was to become the country's leading dissident. By continuing to compose in both English and German, however, he maintained an international reputation, and has been translated into over twenty languages. This study traces Heym's career principally by reference to his novels, journalism, and political essays, from his earliest works. All his novels are analysed, the major ones in depth, and English translations of all German quotations are provided. Peter Hutchinson focuses particularly on Heym's battles against Stalinism and censorship, and the way in which his courageous defiance of a repressive regime inspired others and paved the way for the 'new' eastern literature of the eighties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25645/cover/9780521025645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Arthurian Romance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Verse Tradition from Chr&#233;tien to Froissart</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmolke-Hasselmann, Beate</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middleton, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middleton, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Updated with a new foreword and a supplementary bibliography, this study serves as a contribution to both reception history, examining the medieval response to Chr&#233;tien's poetry, and genre history, suveying the evolution of Arthurian verse romance in French. It describes the evolutionary changes taking place between Chr&#233;tien's Eric et Enide and Froissart's Meliador, the first and last examples of the genre, and is unique in placing Chr&#233;tien's work, not as the unequalled masterpieces of the whole of Arthurian literature, but as the starting point for the history of the genre, which can subsequently be traced over a period of two centuries in the French-speaking world. Beate Schmolke-Hasselmann's study was first published in German in 1985, but her radical argument that we need urgently to redraw the lines on the literary and linguistic map of medieval Britain and France is only now being made available in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25652/cover/9780521025652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Choice and Democratic Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Socialist Party, 1937-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, B. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Choice and Democratic Order applies theories of group conflicts within political parties in a discussion of the internal politics of the French Socialist Party (SFIO) from the late 1930s to the 1940s. Having analysed the formal and informal structure of the party in 1937, Professor Graham gives a detailed account of the clash which took place between the leadership and two dissenting groups, the Gauche Revolutionnaire and the Bataille Socialiste, prior to the Royan congress of June 1938. This conflict is compared with that which occurred in the post-war party during 1946, when Guy Mollet led a successful revolt against the party leaders and became General Secretary of the organization after the 38th National Congress. Mollet began with the intention of preserving the existing alliance with the Communists, but as the latter moved into opposition he accepted the necessity of the centre alliance, the so-called 'Third Force' in French politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25669/cover/9780521025669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Difference in the Works of Rousseau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bienfaisance and Pudeur</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Still, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to Rousseau, the best relationship between unequals is one of 'benificence', giving, receiving and repaying benefits. This book addresses the problem implicit in his writings of whether it is indeed possible for a just and generous relationship to exist between non-equals. Judith Still draws together issues in Rousseau's work which are often treated in isolation: the state, just relations between individuals, sexual politics and the constructing of a feminine identity. She analyses his works, his classical sources, and the conceptual underpinnings of his ethics, crossing the boundary between study of Rousseau as a complex and sensitive writer of fiction and autobiography and consideration of his political and ethical theory. Using techniques of reading drawn from literary theory, particularly from the work of Derrida, de Man and Starobinski, she argues that for Rousseau it is sexual difference which disturbs the practice of benificence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25676/cover/9780521025676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nikolai Zabolotsky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Play for Mortal Stakes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstein, Darra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nikolai Zabolotsky (1903-1958) was one of the great poets of twentieth-century Russia. As the last link in the Russian Futurist tradition and the first significant poet to come of age in the Soviet period, Zabolotsky wrote poetry both highly experimental and classical. This is the first critical biography of Zabolotsky to appear in English. Goldstein examines not only Zabolotsky's poetic career but also his life, from his obscure origins in the Russian countryside to his arrest and imprisonment in the 1930s. At the same time, Goldstein highlights the deep ambiguity of Zabolotsky's era by exploring the ways in which the poet was influenced both by the artistic avant-garde and by the Soviet scientific establishment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25690/cover/9780521025690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iurii Trifonov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Unity through Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Iurii Trifonov (1925-81) has recently become well known in the West as a writer of Soviet urban life. This study concentrates on his exploration of major events in Russian history (such as the assassination of Tsar Alexander II and the Russian Civil War) and their implications and consequences for his time. David Gillespie traces this interest through all of Trifonov's writings, from his earliest, Stalin prize-winning period to the self-consciously modernist later works, in which Trifonov emphasizes the interconnectedness of human life and history, with the individual as 'the nerve' of history; linking epochs, places, civilizations. Trifonov discerns patterns and analogies in history, and develops a language of hints and allusions with which to combat the repressive censorship of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25713/cover/9780521025713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sentimental Narrative and the Social Order in France, 1760-1820</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denby, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this discerning study of sentimental discourse of the late eighteenth century, David J. Denby sheds new light on Enlightenment thought and sensibility. He reveals how sentimental sub-literature reflects the social attitudes of the emerging bourgeoisie, and how its formal structures are reflected in contemporary theories concerning the nature of society, morality, and politics. Denby explores how the language and forms of sentimental narratives were adopted and exploited by political and social writers, and how sentimentalism provided a theme of continuity underlying the dominant sense of change brought about by the Revolution. In this interdisciplinary book Denby argues that sentimentalism is central to the culture of late eighteenth-century France. Texts discussed include works by Rousseau and de Sta&#235;l.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25720/cover/9780521025720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Auguste Comte</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intellectual Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pickering, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>792</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book constitutes the first volume of a two-volume intellectual biography of Auguste Comte, the founder of modern sociology and a philosophical movement called positivism. Volume One offers a reinterpretation of Comte's 'first career' (1798-1842), when he completed the scientific foundation of his philosophy. It describes the interplay between Comte's ideas and the historical context of post-revolutionary France, his struggles with poverty and mental illness, and his volatile relationships with friends, family and colleagues, including such famous contemporaries as Saint-Simon, the Saint-Simonians, Guizot and John Stuart Mill. Pickering shows that the man who called for a new social philosophy based on the sciences was not only ill at ease in the most basic human relationships, but also profoundly questioned the ability of the purely scientific spirit to regenerate the political and social world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25744/cover/9780521025744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama and Ideology in Modern Israel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abramson, Glenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A large number of political plays have been written in Israel over the past fifty years, and they are  perceived, by audiences and critics alike, as major interventions in the country's ongoing political debates; the result is that Israeli drama is at the centre of many public controversies. In this first full-length study of Israeli political drama Glenda Abramson shows that during the early years of the State of Israel most of its intellectuals were identified with the 'official' state interpretation of Zionism. After the Six-Day War in 1967 an influential group of playwrights, concerned with the evolution of Zionist ideology in the modern nation state, began to question the ethical basis of Zionism. Hanokh Levin, Yehoshua Sobol, Yosef Mundi, Miriam Kainy, Amos Kenan and others have gone on to examine Zionism as it affects contemporary Israeli society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25751/cover/9780521025751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opting for Oil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Technological Change in the West German Industry, 1945-1961</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, Raymond G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the causes, course and consequences of the shift in West German chemical technology from a coal to a petroleum basis between 1945 and 1961. It examines the historical underpinnings of the technological culture of the German chemical industry; changing political and economic constraints on technological decision-making in the post-war period; and the actual decision-making process within five individual firms. By addressing a wide variety of broader issues - including the origins and impact of the division of Germany; the effects of the Wirtschaftswunder, or economic miracle; European integration; and the changing role of the West German Federal Republic in the international political order - this book explains how West German industry regained and then retained a competitive position in world markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25768/cover/9780521025768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Search of Chinese Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Civil Opposition in Nationalist China, 1929-1949</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fung, Edmund S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why modern China has been unable to institutionalize democracy is a long-standing topic of debate and the ultimate subject of this book. The greatest momentum for democracy, Edmund Fung contends, emerged between 1929 and 1949 with civil opposition to the one-party rule of the Guomindang. This analysis of China's liberal intellectuals and political activists who pursued democracy in the 1930s and 1940s, fills a gap in the historical literature on the period between May Fourth Radicalism and the Chinese Communists' accession to power. Fung argues that the reasons the growth of democracy was thwarted during this period were ultimately more political than cultural. The Nationalist era contained the germs of a reformist, liberal order, which was prevented from growing by party politics, a lack of regime leadership, and bad strategic decisions. The legacy of China's liberal thinkers can be seen, however, in the pro-democracy movement of the post-Mao period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25812/cover/9780521025812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature and Limits of Political Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Nature and Limits of Political Science was Maurice Cowling's first book, originally published in 1963. In the author's words, 'it is designed to suggest ways in which political studies can be rescued from the confusion into which they have fallen in England in the last sixty years and to indicate the turns they should take if the gains which have been made in the last ten years are to be extended into the future'. It manifests the mixture of wit, candour, ironic polemic, suspicion of liberal cant and rigour of thought that was to be characteristic of all of Cowling's subsequent work, and provides a fascinating and critical overview of the study of political subjects within English universities in the mid-twentieth-century, and the strengths and weaknesses of certain patterns of thinking. It is informed by the belief that an essential preliminary to serious political explanation is to abandon the belief that those who write but do not rule would be rather better at ruling (if they had the chance) than those who do. It is about as far removed from the orthodoxies of much contemporary political science as it is possible to be.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25829/cover/9780521025829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unions and Communities under Siege</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Communities and the Crisis of Organized Labor</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Gordon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essential argument of this book is that the current crisis of US unions ought to be considered in terms of the local context of labor-management relations; that is, the communities in which men and women live and work. Whether by design or necessity, the structure of New Deal national labor legislation has sustained, and maintained, distinctive local labor-management practices. As the economies of American communities (and the world) have become highly interdependent, reflecting the evolution of corporate structure and trade between economies, unions movement can be traced to unions' dependence upon inter-community solidarity, a fragile democratic ideal which is often overwhelmed by economic imperatives operating at higher scales in other places.  An important objective of Professor Clark in this work is to demonstrate the significance of the intersection between communities, unions, and institutions, in understanding the prospects for American unionism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25836/cover/9780521025836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Corporatism and Proto-Industry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The W&#252;rttemberg Black Forest, 1580-1797</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, Sheilagh C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>State Corporatism and Proto-Industry focuses on an industrial countryside in south-west Germany, where a dense worsted industry dominated the rural economy from 1580 to 1800. This is an example of 'proto-industry', the dense, export-oriented rural manufacturing which arose throughout Europe before factory industrialization. But although the W&#252;rttemberg worsted industry possessed all the features of a classic proto-industry, closer scrutiny throws doubt on basic assumptions about European proto-industrialization. In this book, Sheilagh Ogilvie shows that proto-industries did not break down traditional society. Instead, corporate institutions such as guilds, merchant companies, village communities and manorial systems retained enormous power. This was a result of 'state corporatism': the expanding early modern state granted privileges to favoured groups in return for fiscal and regulatory co-operation. As Ogilvie shows, these corporate privileges profoundly constrained both individual decisions and economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25843/cover/9780521025843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Educational War on Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American and British Policy-making 1960-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the parallel, different and related aspects of the discovery of poverty in the late 1950s and early 1960s, and the role of education in the American 'war on poverty' from 1964, and in Britain from the appointment of the Plowden committee on primary schools. It examines changes in policy emphases, the relationship between research and policy, and the transatlantic interactions and silences involved. Based on archival and interview material the book offers new insights into the role of the Plowden committee in shifting attention from social class to poverty, and it discusses in both the American and British contexts the concepts and theories involved in the changing fortunes of the educational war on poverty in the 1960s and 1970s. An Educational War on Poverty represents a major contribution to the study of the recent social and educational history of Britain and the United States, and the range and depth of research, will make it an essential reference source for scholars and policy-makers on both sides of the Atlantic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25867/cover/9780521025867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alexander A Friedmann</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Man who Made the Universe Expand</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tropp, Eduard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frenkel, Viktor Ya.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernin, Artur D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dron, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burov, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our universe can be described mathematically by a simple model developed in 1922 at Petrograd (St Petersburg) by Alexander Friedmann (1888-1925), who predicted that the whole universe would expand and evolve with time before there was any observational evidence. He was an outstanding Soviet physicist, and this vivid biography is set in a wide historical background. The book is a window on the school and university years, military service, teaching and research during a seminal period of Soviet history. The authors include unique archival material, such as Friedmann's letters from the Front, as well as contemporary records and reminiscences of colleagues. There is a detailed treatment of his work in Theoretical Cosmology (1922-1924), set in the context of the organization of Soviet science at the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25881/cover/9780521025881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ultrafast Fiber Switching Devices and Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islam, Mohammed N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the recent advances in the field of ultrafast fiber switching devices and systems that have potential processing speeds in excess of 50 gigabits-per-second. The treatment covers basic physical principles, device physics and systems applications. The purpose of the book is to provide a complete tour of the key research issues and approaches in ultrafast switching. Topics covered include routing and logic devices, solitons in optical fibers, and the application of ultrafast gates to telecommunications transmission systems, local area networks and optical computing. The author is a member of the Technical Staff in basic research at AT&amp;T Bell Laboratories, Holmdel, and is excellently positioned to provide this state-of-the-art survey in this exciting and advancing field. The book will be of great value to all researchers and graduate students working in the areas of high-speed electronics, optical data processing, nonlinear guided-wave optics, and photonic switching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25904/cover/9780521025904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Awareness in Animals and Humans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Sue Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boccia, Maria L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Self-Awareness in Animals and Humans, a collection of original articles on self-awareness in monkeys, apes, humans, and other species, focuses on controversies about how to measure self-awareness, which species are capable of self-awareness and which are not, and why. Several chapters focus on the controversial question of whether gorillas, like other great apes and human infants, are capable of mirror self-recognition (MSR) or whether they are anomalously unable to do so. Other chapters focus on whether macaque monkeys are capable of MSR. The focus of the chapters is both comparative and developmental: several contributors explore the value of frameworks from human developmental psychology for comparative studies. This dual focus - comparative and developmental - reflects the interdisciplinary nature of the volume, which brings together biological anthropologists, comparative and developmental psychologists, and cognitive scientists from Japan, France, Spain, Hungary, New Zealand, Scotland and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25911/cover/9780521025911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolutionary History of the Marsupials and an Analysis of Osteological Characters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szalay, Frederick S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to examine a variety of problems in the understanding of the evolutionary history of the marsupials. In his exposition, the author covers developmental and reproductive biology, the cranio-skeletal system (including dentition, skull and postcranial morphology) and the ecologically related aspects of skeletal morphology. In reviewing the evidence from bones, he presents much new information on both living and fossil groups of marsupials. All groups of marsupials are treated in detail, and in the final chapter their history in space and time and their palaeobiogeography are considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25928/cover/9780521025928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ocean Atmosphere Interaction and Climate Modeling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Boris A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hazin, Mikhail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is addressed to advanced students in oceanography, meteorology and environmental sciences, as well as to professional researchers in these fields. It aims to acquaint them with the state-of-the-art and recent advances in experimental and theoretical investigations of ocean-atmosphere interactions, a rapidly developing field in earth sciences. Particular attention is paid to the scope and perspectives for satellite measurements and mathematical modeling. Current approaches to the construction of coupled ocean-atmosphere models (from the simplest one-dimensional to the most comprehensive three-dimensional ones) for the solution of key problems in climate theory are discussed in detail. Field measurements and the results of numerical climate simulations are presented, to help understand the variability arising from various natural and anthropogenic factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25935/cover/9780521025935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sea Breeze and Local Winds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sea breeze affects our lives in many ways. It controls our local weather, not only on the coast but also in many districts inland. Air pollution and smog, also the distribution of airborne insect pests and the spread of pollen are all controlled by the sea breeze. In the world of sport it is important to glider pilots, sailors and surfers, and balloonists. In the book we see how radar, lidar and satellite photography have helped to forecast and map sea breezes and the all-important 'sea-breeze front'. The book ends with a description of laboratory experiments mostly carried out by the author and his co-workers, and a simple summary of theoretical models. The book will be welcomed by those researching in the subject but will also be valuable to the general reader who is interested in local weather and the natural environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25959/cover/9780521025959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Demography of Roman Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bagnall, Roger S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frier, Bruce W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coale, Ansley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The traditional demographic regime of ancient Greece and Rome is almost entirely unknown; but our best chance for understanding its characteristics is provided by the three hundred census returns that survive on papyri from Roman Egypt. These returns, which date from the first three centuries AD, list the members of ordinary households living in the Nile valley: not only family members, but lodgers and slaves. The Demography of Roman Egypt has a complete and accurate catalogue of all demographically relevant information contained in the returns. On the basis of this catalogue, the authors use modern demographic methods and models to reconstruct the patterns of mortality, marriage, fertility and migration that are likely to have prevailed in Roman Egypt. They recreate a more or less typical Mediterranean population as it survived and prospered nearly two millennia ago.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25966/cover/9780521025966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Late Palaeozoic and Early Mesozoic Circum-Pacific Events and their Global Correlation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickins, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zunyi, Yang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hongfu, Yin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucas, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Acharyya, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interval between the Carboniferous and Jurassic is marked by major changes in the structure and character of the Earth, associated with massive earthquakes, volcanic activity, and large scale changes of life at the Permian-Triassic and the Triassic-Jurassic boundaries. In this volume, an international assemblage of geologists reveals a wide range of information about these events in the circum-Pacific, as a conclusion to International Geological Correlation Programme Project 272. They explore the nature of the changes in the Late Palaeozoic and Early Mesozoic, and suggest issues for future investigation through the study of palaeontology, biostratigraphy, tectonics, magmatic and volcanic development, ore deposition, palaeography and climate. As the circum-Pacific region becomes increasingly important for hydrocarbon and mineral exploration, this book will be an invaluable resource for researchers and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25973/cover/9780521025973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Margins of Orthodoxy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heterodox Writing and Cultural Response, 1660-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lund, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The struggle between orthodox Anglicans and the deists, freethinkers, and 'atheists' who opposed their exclusive claims to religious power and political authority reveals cultural practices and ideological assumptions central to an understanding of eighteenth-century thought. In this collection of essays, leading scholars look beyond the clash of philosophical propositions to examine the role of deists and freethinkers as the producers and the subjects of literary, philosophical and religious controversy. They explore the curious symbiosis between the defense of orthodoxy and the elaboration of new forms of heterodox argument; they examine the practical implications of the debate in specific areas such as the libel laws and the growing influence of Lockean philosophy; and they show how the assault on orthodoxy influenced the development of historiography, public policy, and even the rise of the novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25980/cover/9780521025980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521025990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521025990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521025997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in Russian Literature after the October Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writers and Artists between Hope and Apostasy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521025997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sicher, Efraim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is an innovative and controversial study of how four famous Jews writing in Russian in the early Soviet period attempted to resolve the conflict between their cultural identity and their place in Revolutionary Russia. Babel, Mandelstam, Pasternak and Ehrenburg struggled in very different ways to form creative selves out of the contradictions of origins, outlook, and social or ideological pressures. Efraim Sicher also explores the broader context of the literature and art of the Jewish avant-garde in the years immediately preceding and following the Russian Revolution. By comparing literary texts and the visual arts the author reveals unexpected correspondences in the response to political and cultural change. This study contributes to our knowledge of an important aspect of modern Russian writing and will be of interest to both Jewish scholars and those concerned with Slavonic studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25997/cover/9780521025997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money Sings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Politics of Urban Space in Post-Soviet Yaroslavl</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruble, Blair A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The politics surrounding the use of urban space expose the interaction of economic, physical, social and political factors that shape contemporary society. This exposure is especially revealing when focused on a single community during a period of dramatic transformation. Money Sings explores the sweeping reorganization of Russian life during the initial post-Soviet era (August 1991-December 1993) by examining the politics of property in a Russian 'Middletown,' the historic industrial city of Yaroslavl. Through case studies of housing privatization, historic preservation and urban planning, this volume demonstrates important lessons about the bureaucratic and political dynamics of systemic change in post-Soviet Russia, the economic transition to the market, and the importance of economic factors in shaping the contemporary city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26017/cover/9780521026017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Simulations in the Environmental and Earth Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Second UNAM-CRAY Supercomputing Conference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garc&#237;a-Garc&#237;a, Fernando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cisneros, Gerardo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fern&#225;ndez-Eguiarte, Agust&#237;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#193;lvarez, Rom&#225;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increases in computer power and technology have rapidly advanced the applications of numerical modelling in environmental and earth sciences. The progress of numerical modelling in atmospheric, oceanic and geophysical sciences was the topic of an international conference held by the National Autonomous University of Mexico. The review articles and research papers in this volume constitute a wide-ranging account of modelling environmental and earth processes through a variety of numerical simulations. Sections are devoted to such topics as general circulation models and global change, methods of geophysical data assimilation, and mathematical and computational methods with geophysical applications. This book forms an excellent introduction and overview for graduate students as well as a critical update for researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26048/cover/9780521026048.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026067</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant Revolution in Ethiopia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tigray People's Liberation Front, 1975-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the wake of the overthrow of the Haile-Selassie regime in Ethiopia in 1974 and the coming to power of the military, a number of opposition forces launched insurrections. But only one movement, the Tigray People's Liberation Front (TPLF) triumphed, liberating Tigray in 1989, and in an ethnic-based coalition which it dominated, assuming state power in 1991. This is the first chronicle of the history of that struggle, and it is based largely on interviews with peasants who formed the core of the Tigrayan revolution and the TPLF leadership. It provides the necessary background to understanding post-1991 political developments in Ethiopia. It also offers an explanation of peasant-based revolution that contrasts with contemporary approaches by Marxists, Skocpol, and in particular the works of Wolf, Paige and Scott, all of whom largely ignore the political considerations and the role of the revolutionary party, which Dr Young identifies as a critical element in his study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26062/cover/9780521026062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Organized Biological Dynamics and Nonlinear Control</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Toward Understanding Complexity, Chaos and Emergent Function in Living Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walleczek, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The growing impact of nonlinear science on biology and medicine is fundamentally changing our view of living organisms and disease processes. This book introduces the application to biomedicine of a broad range of interdisciplinary concepts from nonlinear dynamics, such as self-organization, complexity, coherence, stochastic resonance, fractals and chaos. It comprises 18 chapters written by leading figures in the field and covers experimental and theoretical research, as well as the emerging technological possibilities such as nonlinear control techniques for treating pathological biodynamics, including heart arrhythmias and epilepsy. This book will attract the interest of professionals and students from a wide range of disciplines, including physicists, chemists, biologists, sensory physiologists and medical researchers such as cardiologists, neurologists and biomedical engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/24367/cover/9780521624367.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Sociability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Networks and Literary Culture in Britain, 1770-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuite, Clara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Challenging the assumptions which underlie an understanding of the 'Romantics' as solitary and anti-sociable, and Romanticism as representing the rejection of Enlightenment sociability, this volume introduces sociability to the field of Romantic literary and cultural studies. The volume engages with Jurgen Habermas' model of the 'public sphere' which emphasizes the coffee-house and club as models of an older, masculine eighteenth-century sociability, and focuses on the changing nature of sociability in British radical culture of the 1790s and on the gendered nature of sociability. In a range of essays which examine modes of sociability as diverse as circles of sedition, international republicanism, Dissenting culture, Romantic lecturing, theatre, and shopping, the volume transforms our understanding of Romanticism by exploring the social networks of such central Romantic figures as Anna Barbauld, Frances Burney, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, William Godwin, William Hazlitt, Anne Lister, Robert Merry, Joseph Priestley, John Thelwall and Mary Wollstonecraft.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26093/cover/9780521026093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Liberal Anglican Idea of History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forbes, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This essay, which won the Prince Consort Prize for 1950, treats of the revolutionary change in historical writing that followed the entry into England, early in the nineteenth century, of the ideas of Vico and of the German historical school. Chiefly through Coleridge's influence, eighteenth-century rationalist suppositions gave place in certain men to a fundamentally opposed, 'Romantic' philosophy, and so to a new kind of History. Mr. Forbes is particularly concerned with the part played in this revolution by the liberal Anglicans: Thomas Arnold, Headmaster of Rugby and Regius Professsor of Modern History at Oxford; Richard Whitely, Professor of Political Economy at Oxford and Archbishop of Dublin; Julius Charles Hare, disciple of Coleridge and translator (with Thirlwall) of Niebuhr's History of Rome; Connop Thirlwall, Bishop of St David's and author of the History of Greece; Henry Hart Milman, Professor of Poetry and Oxford and Dean of St Paul's; Arthur Penrhyn Stanley, pupil and biographer of Thomas Arnold, and Dean of Westminster. They have elsewhere been studied in the compartments of 'classical' and 'ecclesiastical' history. But it is fundamental to their outlook on Church and State that for them no such compartments existed, and their idea of History as a whole has hitherto lacked an English historian. This essay does much more than clarify technical problems in one of the various ideas of History embraced in Professor Toynbee's system. Mr. Forbes addresses his book to all students of nineteenth-century thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26116/cover/9780521026116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026121</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Margins of Society in Late Medieval Paris</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geremek, Bronislaw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmitt, Jean-Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the 'marginal' people of late medieval Paris, the large and shifting group of men and women who existed on the margins of conventional organized society. Professor Geremek examines the various groups which made up the marginal world - beggars, prostitutes, procuresses and pimps, petty criminals, casual workers and the unemployed - their haunts in and around Paris, their way of life, and their relation to 'normal' society. Professor Geremek has made with this book a major contribution to the study of late medieval society which illuminates the little-known area of the medieval underworld in a fascinating and very accessible manner. Translated by Jean Birrell from the French edition of 1976, this edition includes a new introduction by Jean-Claude Schmitt, which offers a frank appraisal of the author's life and career to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26123/cover/9780521026123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Trade Friction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Japan-US Economic Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sato, Ryuzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Julianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this book provide an overview of the causes and proposed remedies for the recurring bouts of trade friction between Japan and the United States. The authors, drawn from both government and academia, discuss issues of macroeconomic policy, trade policy and financial market integration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26147/cover/9780521026147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pathology and Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Work of Mother Earth in Trinidad</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littlewood, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first new religion in the Caribbean since Rastafari, the Earth People draw on West African sources, assert a renascent African identity, and celebrate female creativity. They argue that Black people are the guardians of a natural environment, which is constantly under threat from European science. Dr Littlewood, who is both a psychiatrist and a social anthropologist, criticizes received ideas about pathology and creativity. The founder's ideas emerged in her experience of cerebral disease, and Dr Littlewood shows how the Earth People reinterpret radical personal experiences to build a community. While naturalistic and personalistic interpretations of human life are both valid and necessary, neither can be reduced to the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26154/cover/9780521026154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stockholm School of Economics Revisited</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonung, Lars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume leading scholars look at the heritage and impact of the important work done by the Stockholm School from the 1920s to the present. The first part of The Stockholm School of Economics Revisited covers the early years and is followed by an extensive review of the approaches to economics adopted by the school. A number of contributors investigate the Stockholm School's relation to and impact on their own work, the work of other economists, and the approaches pursued by other schools. A final round-table discussion delves into the question 'What remains of the Stockholm School?' A readable collection for anyone interested in economic history, history of economic thought, or the ideas lying behind Swedish economic policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26161/cover/9780521026161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Far from the Church Bells</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Settlement and Society in an Apulian Town</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galt, Anthony H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an historical and anthropological study of Locorotondo in the province of Bari in south-eastern Italy. It focuses on the unusual nature of peasant society in the region and attempts to explain how it came about. What distinguishes Locorotondo and the neighbouring towns is that peasants live dispersed in the countryside rather than in densely populated rural towns, the pattern more typical for southern Italy. The people are mainly small proprietor grape growers, and have traditionally been better off than other southern Italian peasants. The book traces the development pattern from the eighteenth century. Interweaving anthropological understanding with historical data, the author assesses its effect on family life, social structure, and the relationship between town and country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26178/cover/9780521026178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Education and Psychology in England c.1860-c.1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wooldridge, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central claim of Measuring the Mind is that, contrary to popular opinion, the psychologists who dominated educational policy-making between the wars were educational progressives and political radicals. They argued that education should reflect the requirements of children rather than the convenience of adults, and regarded intelligence testing as an instrument of child-centred education. These psychologists owed their political inspiration to the meritocratic ideal and lost popularity with the waning of this ideal after the war. Four main themes dominate the discussion: the emergence of educational psychology as a distinct discipline; the recent history of ideas about children's mental development; the role of experts in formulating educational policy; and the rise and fall of the measurement of merit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26185/cover/9780521026185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scots and Britons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scottish Political Thought and the Union of 1603</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by distinguished scholars from Britain and North America constitutes a major contribution to the process of remapping the history of early modern British political thought. Based on a seminar held at the Folger Institute's Centre for the History of British Political Thought, it takes the union of the Anglo-Scottish crowns in 1603 as its principal focus and examines the background to, and consequences of, the creation of a British monarchy from a distinctively Scottish viewpoint. In the process, it provides a pioneering study of Scottish political thought from the Reformation of 1560 to the Covenanting Revolution of the 1640s and sheds new light on the collapse of multiple kingship in the mid-seventeenth century and the Scots' participation in the invention of Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26208/cover/9780521026208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline of Communism in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legitimacy Crisis, 1977-1989</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ding, X. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the Communist political elite and the largely anti-Communist intellectual elite during the decade of reform (1977-1989). The author, who was a participant in these events, shows how the Deng Xiaoping regime precipitated a legitimacy crisis by encouraging economic reform while preventing political reform, and how the intellectual elite used this situation to increase its own power. The book also offers a theoretical model to explain how a political resistance movement could gain power in a nation that does not have a well-developed civil society. The concept of 'institutional parasitism' shows that rather than developing separate institutions, the anti-Communist intellectuals occupied state structures from which oppositional activity was carried out. The book will be of interest to both scholars of China and students of comparative Communism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26239/cover/9780521026239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Influences on Education in the United States to 1917</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geitz, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heideking, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbst, Jurgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume summarizes recent scholarship on German-American relations in the field of education until World War I. The articles prove the various influences of German scholarship and institutions on the development of the American system of education from kindergarten to university. The book provides an overview for the benefit of scholars, students and the interested general reader. As a cooperative effort of German and American scholars the volume is intended to stimulate further exploration of these themes on both continents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26246/cover/9780521026246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Victorians and the Stuart Heritage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interpretations of a Discordant Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lang, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores what the Victorians said about the Stuart past, with particular emphasis on changing interpretations of Cromwell and the Puritans. It analyses in detail the historical writings of Henry Hallam, Thomas Babington Macaulay, Thomas Carlyle and Samuel Rawson Gardiner, placing them in a context that stresses the importance of religious controversy for the nineteenth century. The book argues that the Victorians found the Stuart past problematic because they perceived a connection between the religious disputes of the seventeenth century and the sectarian discord of their own age. Cromwell and the Puritans became an acceptable part of the national past only as the English state lost its Anglican exclusiveness. The tendency to accommodate Cromwell and the Puritans, particularly in the work of Gardiner, thus reflected a process of nation building that sought to remove sectarian divisions and which reached its climax as the Victorian age came to its close.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26253/cover/9780521026253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary Russian Satire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Genre Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryan-Hayes, Karen L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study presents an examination of the extraordinary diversity and range of satirical writing in contemporary Russian literature and will be of interest not only to Slavicists but also to those interested in genre theory. Through the close analysis of seminal satirical texts written by five Russian and &#233;migr&#233; authors in the 1970s and 1980s, Karen Ryan-Hayes demonstrates that formal and thematic parody is pervasive and that it provides additional levels of meaning in contemporary Russian satire. Each work under examination is placed within the wider European literary context as well as within the Russian tradition and is representative of a different sub-genre of satire. The author focuses on a variety of these genres and modes and offers practical criticism on each text. The writers under discussion have enjoyed a positive reception in the West and their works demonstrate the variety and vitality of Russian and Soviet satire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26260/cover/9780521026260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102627X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102627X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fairy Tales, Sexuality, and Gender in France, 1690-1715</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nostalgic Utopias</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seifert, Lewis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1690 and 1715, well over one hundred literary fairy tales appeared in France, two-thirds of them written by women. This book explores why fashionable adults were attracted to this new literary genre and, integrating socio-historical, structuralist, and post-structuralist approaches, considers how it became a medium for reconceiving literary and historical discourses of sexuality and gender. The first part of the book considers how the marvellous is used to legitimize the genre, to exemplify theories of 'modern' culture, and to reaffirm women's potential as writers. The second part examines how specific groups of tales both reiterate and unsettle late seventeenth-century discourses of love, masculinity and femininity through conventions such as the romantic quest, the marriage closure, chivalric heroes and good and evil fairies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26277/cover/9780521026277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Historical Metrics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCully, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume identifies historical metrics as an important discipline within English studies and raises significant questions about the composition and transmission of early English verse. The chronological range of the book covers the Old English to the pre-Renaissance periods, while its theoretical range is multidisciplinary. The keynote introduction by Thomas Cable identifies major current issues within the field. The work concludes with an extensive and up-to-date bibliography which includes linguistics, philological and text-critical work. The distinguished team of contributors includes: Russom, McCully, and Obst (focusing on Old English, with a conspectus by Stockwell); Minkova (on the Ormulum and early Middle English); Borroff, Matonis, and Osberg (Middle English verse); Bunt and Duggan (editing and Middle English metrics); and Duffell and Youmans (the origin and structure of the Chaucerian long line).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26284/cover/9780521026284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102630X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102630X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavic Prosody</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language Change and Phonological Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethin, Christina Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Slavic Prosody Professor Bethin gives a coherent account of the Slavic languages at the time of their differentiation and relates these developments to issues in phonological theory. First Professor Bethin argues that the syllable structure of Slavic changed before the fall of the jers and suggests that intrasyllabic and intersyllabic reorganization in Late Common Slavic was far more significant for Slavic prosody than the loss of weak jers. She then makes a case for the existence of a bisyllabic prosodic domain in Late Common Slavic and trochaic metrical organization. Finally, she explores the implications of Slavic data for phonological theory, discussing sonority, skeletal structure, the representation of length and prominence, and language typology in some detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26307/cover/9780521026307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Modern Liberalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Annabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Modern Liberalism rediscovers an important phase in the development of liberal thought. Despite the fact that 'liberalism' as a term was not applied to political thought or political parties in England until late in the eighteenth century, Annabel Patterson argues that its central ideas were formulated by seventeenth-century English writers in defiance of their society's norms, and then transmitted to the American colonies. The author is particularly concerned with the means and agents of transmission, with those who ensured that the liberal canon would be preserved, expanded, republished and dispersed; for example, the eighteenth-century philanthropist Thomas Hollis, among whose heroes were Milton, Marvell, Locke and Algernon Sidney. Framed by chapters on Hollis and Adams, this book shows what early modern liberals had in common and reopens the transatlantic conversation that began in the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26314/cover/9780521026314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anticipating Total War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German and American Experiences, 1871-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boemeke, Manfred F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chickering, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>F&#246;rster, Stig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays explore the discourse on war in Germany and the United States between 1871 and 1914 - in the era bounded by the mid-century wars in Europe and North America and the First World War. The concept of  'total war', which was prefigured in aspects of the earlier conflicts and realized in 1914, provides the analytical focus. The essays reveal vigorous discussions of warfare in several forums - among soldiers, statesmen, women's groups and educators - on both sides of the Atlantic. Predictions of long, cataclysmic wars were not uncommon in these discussions, while the involvement of German and American soldiers in colonial warfare suggested that future combat would not spare civilians. Despite these 'anticipations of total war', virtually no one drew the practical implications in planning for war in the early twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26321/cover/9780521026321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Rise of Historicism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>W. M. L. de Wette, Jacob Burckhardt, and the Theological Origins of Nineteenth-Century Historical Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, Thomas Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an interpretation of the rise of secular historical thought in nineteenth-century Europe. Instead of characterizing 'historicism' and 'secularization' as fundamental breaks with Europe's religious heritage, they are presented as complex cultural permutations with much continuity; for inherited theological patterns of interpreting experience determined to a large degree the conditions, possibilities and limitations of the forms of historical imagination realizable by nineteenth-century secular intellectuals. This point is made by examining the thought of the German theologian W. M. L. de Wette and that of the Swiss-German historian Jacob Burckhardt. Burckhardt's meeting with de Wette and his subsequent decision to study history over theology are interpreted as revealing moments in nineteenth-century intellectual history. By examining their encounter, its larger historical context, and the thought of both men, the book demonstrates the centrality of theological concerns and forms of knowledge in the emergence of modern, secular historical consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26338/cover/9780521026338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bridging the Atlantic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Question of American Exceptionalism in Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glaser, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wellenreuther, Hermann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bridging the Atlantic discusses comparative developments in modern European and American history. Including case studies on British, German and US history since the eighteenth century, it seeks to establish an integrated vision of Atlantic history. The contributions by European and American historians challenge the concept of American exceptionalism and present a vivid example of the ongoing debate between American and European historians on the structure and nature of European-American relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26390/cover/9780521026390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasantry to Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Western &#214;sterg&#246;tland in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppe, G&#246;ran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do peasants, producing mainly for themselves, become capitalist farmers, producing largely for sale? What happens to farm sizes, farming practices, and the relationships between cultivators and others in the process of this transition? How far does it vary from region to region? Is it inherent in the peasantry, or must it be instigated by landlord, townsfolk or the state? These are some of the questions addressed by G&#246;ran Hoppe and John Langton in this study of rural change in Sweden. Eschewing both traditional narrow empiricism, and the recent trend to over-employ modern social theory, the authors have carefully combined theories about the transition from peasantry to capitalism with meticulous analysis of the abundant Swedish records. In doing so, they reveal the wide geographical variety and rich socioeconomic complexity of the changes which occurred in the process of modernization in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26413/cover/9780521026413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Government Policy towards Industry in the United States and Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoven, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays contained in this volume represent state-of-the-art thinking on many important issues relating to government policies in the Japanese and American economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26437/cover/9780521026437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Place of their Own</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family Farming in Eastern Finland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrahams, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on field research in eastern Finland not far from the Russian border, this book is an account of the main features of rural society in the area. It pays detailed attention to the adaptability of farming families in a rapidly changing world. Subjects treated include marriage and the family, work and mechanization, succession to farms, and the paradoxical combination of fierce individualism and co-operation. Two major themes of the book are the relation between law and custom, which is not always what it seems on the surface, and the complex interlocking of farm, family and the wider society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26451/cover/9780521026451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Writings of Bronislaw Malinowski</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornton, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skalnik, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krzyzanowski, Ludwik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bronislaw Malinowski, born and educated in Poland, helped to establish British social anthropology. His classic monographs on the Trobriand Islanders were published between 1922 and 1935, when he was professor of anthropology at the London School of Economics. The present collection of Malinowski's early writings, establishes the intellectual background to this achievement. Written between 1904 and 1914, before he went to Melanesia, all but two of the essays are published here in English for the first time. They show how Malinowski's considerable impact on twentieth-century thought is rooted in the late nineteenth-century philosophy of central Europe, especially the work of philosopher and physicist Ernst Mach, Friedrich Nietzsche, and in the ethnological theories of James Frazer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26468/cover/9780521026468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stealing People's Names</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Politics in a Sepik River Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Simon J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the people of Avatip, a community in the Sepik region of Papua New Guinea, the most prestigious and valued forms of wealth are personal names. In this intriguing study, Simon Harrison analyses the significance of names in the context of Avatip ritual, cosmology and concepts of the person, and shows how the Avatip system of names parallels the gift-exchange systems of many other Melanesian societies. In ritualized debates, which form the public arena of Avatip political life, rival leaders and the groups they represent struggle in oratorical contests for the possession of strategic names, and, as they do so, continually manipulate possibilities of this symbolically constituted economy, these competitive processes over the past century have been progrssively egalitarian type to one based on hereditary inequality and rank. The author offers a critique of the analytical arguing that it obscures the processes of political evolution in Melanesia and disguises the fundamental similarities underlying the sociocultural diversity of the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26475/cover/9780521026475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English in Language Shift</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History, Structure and Sociolinguistics of South African Indian English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mesthrie, Rajend</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rajend Mesthrie examines the rise of a new variety of English among Indian migrant workers indentured on the plantations of Natal in South Africa. Considering the historical background to, and linguistic consequences of, language shift in an immigrant context, he draws significant parallels between second language acquisition and the processes of pidginization and creolization. In particular, he analyses universals of second language acquisition and the role of transfer from the Indic and Dravidian substrate languages. English in Language Shift observes the acquisition of language in its social setting, often outside the classroom. Its linguistic focus is on the distinctive syntax of South African Indian English, with respect to word order and clause structures; and it contains descriptions of lexis, phonetics and morphology, in terms of social variation. South African Indian English is compared with other dialects within South Africa, with English in India, and with Englishes generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26499/cover/9780521026499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and Religiosity in a Post-Colonial Setting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sinhala Catholics in Contemporary Sri Lanka</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stirrat, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past few decades a series of Catholic shrines have sprung up in Sri Lanka which draw hundreds of pilgrims. Although best known as centres for the exorcism of the demonically possessed, their miraculous efficacy also extends to helping people find jobs and preferment, and to alleviating suffering. Dr Stirrat, who has worked in Sri Lanka over a long period, is interested both in how people behave at the shrines, and in the historical and social contexts in which the shrines have appeared. He argues that an understanding of their religious importance is intricately connected with power, religious and political. This view challenges the conventional distinction between 'religion' and 'politics', and accordingly, religious suffering is seen as a complex metaphor linking together various social domains and a means through which conflicts over power and authority can be expressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26505/cover/9780521026505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Royal and Republican Sovereignty in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Ragnhild Hatton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oresko, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This substantial collection addresses the theme of sovereignty and the sources and variety of political power in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Europe, from Russia to Spain and from the Italian peninsula to the Dutch Republic. Moving away from clich&#233;s such as 'the rise of the modern state', the emphasis is placed upon the composite nature of early modern political structures and upon the significant number of bodies and individuals who were recognized as possessing, or who exercised, sovereignty. Many of the chapters are accompanied by striking and often little-known illustrations. Topics covered include international relations and the control of foreign policy, the cultural policies and political ambitions of representational monarchy, urban developments, and the personalities of those who exercised authority. These diverse themes were all illuminated by the writings of Professor Ragnhild Hatton (1913-1995), to whose memory this collection is dedicated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26512/cover/9780521026512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restrictiveness in Case Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Smith develops a theory of syntactic case and examines its synchronic and diachronic consequences. Within a unification-based framework, the book draws out pervasive patterns in the relationship between morphosyntax ('linking') and grammatical function. The theory proposed consists of three ordered constraints on the association of NPs and arguments, based on the central notion of 'restrictiveness'. Beginning with a detailed study of dative substitution in Icelandic, the author moves on to examine a wide array of synchronic and diachronic data and to construct a typology of case. Theoretically innovative and sophisticated, and descriptively wide-ranging, this book will appeal to all those interested in the cross-linguistic marking of case and the ways in which case systems may change over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26550/cover/9780521026550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roads of Chinese Childhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Learning and Identification in Angang</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stafford, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children in the Taiwanese fishing community of Angang have their attention drawn, consciously and unconsciously, to various forms of identification through their participation in schooling, family life and popular religion. They read texts about 'virtuous mothers', share 'meaningful foods' with other villagers, visit the altars of 'divining children' and participate in 'dangerous' god-strengthening rituals. In particular they learn about the family-based cycle of reciprocity, and the tension between this and commitment to the nation. Charles Stafford's study of childhood in this community (with additional material from north-eastern mainland China) explores absorbing issues related to nurturance, education, family, kinship and society in its analysis of how children learn, or do not learn, to identify themselves as both familial and Chinese.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26567/cover/9780521026567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Vices and Human Worth in Dante's Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyde, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patrick Boyde brings Dante's thought and poetry into focus for the modern reader by restoring the Comedy to its intellectual and literary context in 1300. He begins by describing the authorities that Dante acknowledged in the field of ethics and the modes of thought he shared with the great thinkers of his time. After giving a clear account of the differing approaches and ideals embodied in Aristotelian philosophy, Christianity and courtly literature, Boyde concentrates on the poetic representation of the most important vices and virtues in the Comedy. He stresses the heterogeneity and originality of Dante's treatment, and the challenges posed by his desire to harmonize these divergent value-systems. The book ends with a detailed case study of the 'vices and worth' of Ulysses in which Boyde throws light on recent controversies by deliberately remaining within the framework of the thirteenth-century assumptions, methods and concepts explored in previous chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26659/cover/9780521026659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of Spice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Romantic Consumerism and the Exotic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morton, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the literary and cultural significance of spice, and the spice trade, in Romantic literature, shedding new light on the impact of consumerism and capitalist ideology on writers of the period. Timothy Morton demonstrates how the emerging consumer culture was characterized by an ornate, figuratively rich mode of representation which he describes as 'the poetics of spice'. This is the focal point for a probing analysis that addresses a host of related themes - exoticism, orientalism, colonialism, the slave trade, race and gender issues, and, above all, capitalism. Employing a mixture of Marxist, deconstructive and psychoanalytic theory, Morton explores how capitalist ideology was inscribed in the very materials of consumption. The book takes a wide historical perspective, surveying a range of literary, political, medical, travel, trade and philosophical texts, and includes new readings of Milton, Coleridge, Keats, Shelley, Leigh Hunt, Charlotte Smith and Southey among many others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26666/cover/9780521026666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Decline</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategies for Prevention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fillit, H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, R. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cognitive Decline - Strategies for Prevention examines the problems associated with our understanding of the ageing brain, whether or not such decline is inevitable and if there are practical steps which can be taken to prevent or minimise cognitive decline in late life. Preventive medical strategies have primarily targeted the top three causes of death in the developed world: heart disease, cancer and stroke. Less attention to date has been paid to cognitive decline and dementia, possible because the generally held view has been that little of nothing could be done to help them. Our knowledge has grown rapidly and it is becoming clear that preventative strategies are now viable. Cognitive Decline - Strategies for Prevention brings together a group of leading researchers to assess and make practical recommendations about the strategies currently available. The chapters assess how 'normal' cognitive ageing should be defined and what the genetic, medical, psychological and environmental factors are which can adversely affect optimal cognitive function in late life. It then examines how 'healthy living' strategies can be employed throughout life to prevent cognitive decline in later years and what are the research strategies which promise new approaches to prevention in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26703/cover/9780521026703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521026989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521026989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521026987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commemorating the Irish Civil War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Memory, 1923-2000</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521026987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dolan, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After civil war, can the winners commemorate their victory, hailing their conquering heroes with the blood of their former comrades still fresh on their boots? Or should they cover themselves in shame and hope that the nation soon forgets? In this new book, Anne Dolan explores the tensions between memory and forgetting in twentieth-century Ireland. By examining the memory of winning the Irish Civil War, she discusses the extent to which it has been used to serve party political ends, where private grief finds consolation when the dead have fallen from political favour, and how the dead are remembered when no one wanted to fight the war. The book addresses the Irish Civil War at its most public point: at the statues and crosses, and in the ritual and rhetoric of commemoration. It will be of central interest to all students and scholars of European history and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/26987/cover/9780521026987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholics and Sultans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Church and the Ottoman Empire 1453-1923</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frazee, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the relations between Catholics outside and inside the Ottoman Empire from 1453 to 1923. After the fall of Constantinople the only large Latin Catholic group to be incorporated into the sultan's domain were the Genoese who lived in Galata, across the Golden Horn from the Byzantine capital. Over the next few decades Turkish armies pushed into the Balkans, overrunning the Catholic population of Albania, Bosnia and Hungary. In the Orient, the sixteenth century saw the Maronites of Lebanon, the Latins of Palestine and most of the Greek islands, which once held Latin Catholic communities, come under Turkish rule. Papal response to the loss of these communities was initially a call to the crusade, but response from West European monarchs was disappointing. Their concerns were closer to home. French interest, however, lay in an alliance with the Turks against the Habsburgs. As a bonus, the Catholics of the Ottoman world received a protector at the Porte in the person of the French ambassador. The book traces the subsequent history of the Latin Catholics and each of the Eastern Catholic churches in the Ottoman Empire until its dissolution in 1923.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27007/cover/9780521027007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms 2</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biographical, Documentary and Analytical Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Musgrave, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of Brahms studies contains twelve contributions by leading international authorities on various music. Like the preceding volume of the same title (edited by Robert Pascall), Michael Musgrave's volume aims to provide original scholarly material on different facets of a major composer still inadequately discussed in book form and employs more precise methods of analysis and more critical approaches to materials then generally available in writings on Brahms in English. Half of the volume takes the music itself as focus, though from very different vantage points. There are two studies of a single opus (the two String Quartets Op. 51 Nos, 1 and 2), discussions of the Fourth Symphony and the motet 'Warum', and a view of Brahms's harmony. The underlying historical theme emerges more openly in an account of Brahms's interest in German Renaissance music. The remaining essays give details of the state of Brahms's unpublished compositions and arrangements at his death and the problematic disposal of his possessions (including musical ones), explore his own attitude to his historical position, and outline the reception of his music in Germany and, to begin with, in England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27021/cover/9780521027021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Axiomatic Theory of Bargaining with a Variable Number of Agents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lensberg, Terje</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Thomson and Professor Lensberg extrapolate upon the Nash (1950) treatment of the bargaining problem to consider the situation where the number of bargainers may vary. The authors formulate axioms to specify how solutions should respond to such changes, and provide new characterizations of all the major solutions as well as generalizations of these solutions. The book also contains several other comparative studies of solutions in the context of a variable number of agents. Much of the theory of bargaining can be rewritten within this context. The pre-eminence of the three solutions at the core of the classical theory is confirmed. These are the solutions introducted by Nash (1950) and two solutions axiomatized in the 1970s (Kalai-Smorodinsky and egalitarian solutions).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27038/cover/9780521027038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Text-Editing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of James T. Boulton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern published editions in which we read the great literary works of the distant and recent past almost invariably embody the work of a textual editor. Recent literary theory has called into question most of the assumptions on which the practice of textual editing has historically depended. Notions of authorial intention, authority, the status of annotation and commentary, the relationship between 'literary' and non-literary works (such as letters and dictionaries), and hence the concept of literature itself, are central to this debate. This volume of essays, written by practising textual editors and scholars, addresses the practical implications of these theoretical issues, taking a variety of texts as examples for the particular editorial problems they pose. The works of authors as various as Shakespeare and John Clare, Samuel Johnson and D. H. Lawrence, Milton and Oscar Wilde are invoked to demonstrate the practical basis of an editorial discipline which requires theoretical sophistication but resists reduction to any single theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27052/cover/9780521027052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muscular Christianity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Embodying the Victorian Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Muscular Christianity was an important religious, literary and social movement of the mid-nineteenth century. This volume draws on recent developments in culture and gender theory to reveal ideological links between muscular Christianity and the work of novelists and essayists, including Kingsley, Emerson, Dickens, Hughes, MacDonald and Pater, and to explore the use of images of hyper-masculinized male bodies to represent social as well as physical ideals. Muscular Christianity argues that the ideologies of the movement were extreme versions of common cultural conceptions, and that anxieties evident in Muscular Christian texts, often manifested through images of the body as a site of socio-political conflict, were pervasive throughout society. Throughout, muscular Christianity is shown to be at the heart of issues of gender, class and national identity in the Victorian age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53189/cover/9780521453189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Changing Values in Medieval Scotland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Prices, Money, and Weights and Measures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gemmill, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayhew, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-scale study of prices in medieval Scotland, c. 1260-1542, which includes detailed discussions of coinage, and weights and measures. Nearly 6,000 prices are listed individually, average prices are calculated for each commodity, and for groups of commodities such as cereals and livestock. Scots prices are compared with English, and the significance of the data for the economic history of medieval Scotland is analysed fully. This is the only complete study to have been undertaken on Scots medieval prices, and there is no comparable work on Scottish medieval economic history in print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27090/cover/9780521027090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102711X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102711X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opera Buffa in Mozart's Vienna</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, presented by an internationally known team of scholars, explores the world of Vienna and the development of opera buffa in the second half of the eighteenth century. Although today Mozart remains one of the most well-known figures of the period, the era was filled with composers, librettists, writers and performers who created and developed opera buffa. Among the topics examined are the relationship of Viennese opera buffa to French theatre; Mozart and eighteenth-century comedy; gender, nature and bourgeois society on Mozart's buffa stage; as well as close analyses of key works such as Don Giovanni and Le nozze di Figaro.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27113/cover/9780521027113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Compromise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peacemakers in Counter-Reformation Vienna</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louthan, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quest for Compromise is an interdisciplinary study of the imperial court in late sixteenth-century Vienna, and a detailed examination of a fascinating moment of religious moderation. Against a backdrop of rising religious and confessional dogmatism, the Emperor Maximilian II (1564-1576) assembled a remarkable cast of courtiers who resisted extremes of both Reformation and Counter-Reformation. This book investigates the rise and fall of an irenic movement through four individuals whose work at the imperial court reflected the ideals of religious compromise and moderation. An Italian artist (Jacopo Strada), a Silesian physician (Johannes Crato), a Dutch librarian (Hugo Blotius) and a German soldier (Lazarus von Schwendi) sought peace and accommodation through a wide range of cultural, intellectual and political activity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27120/cover/9780521027120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developmental Regulation in Adulthood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Age-Normative and Sociostructural Constraints as Adaptive Challenges</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heckhausen, Jutta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human behavior is very flexible and ontogenetic potential adds to the scope of variability of developmental paths. Therefore, development in the life course needs to be regulated. Developmental regulation by the individual is scaffolded by external constraints. External constraints to development based on biological aging, institutional age-grading, and internalized age norms provide an age-graded agenda for striving for developmental growth and avoiding developmental decline. The life-span theory of control proposes that control of one's environment is the key to adaptive functioning throughout the life span. The theory identifies the evolutionary roots and the life-span developmental course of man striving to control the environment (primary control) and the self (secondary control). Primary control is directed at producing effects in the external world, while secondary control influences the internal world so as to optimize the motivational resources for primary control. A series of studies illustrate the rich repertoire of the human control system to master developmental challenges in various age periods and developmental ecologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27137/cover/9780521027137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Chaos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>St&#246;ckmann, Hans-J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the quantum mechanics of classically chaotic systems, or quantum chaos for short. The author's philosophy has been to keep the discussion simple and to illustrate theory, wherever possible, with experimental or numerical examples. The microwave billiard experiments, initiated by the author and his group, play a major role in this respect. Topics covered include the various types of billiard experiment, random matrix theory, systems with periodic time dependences, the analogy between the dynamics of a one-dimensional gas with a repulsive interaction and spectral level dynamics, where an external parameter takes the role of time, scattering theory distributions and fluctuation, properties of scattering matrix elements, semiclassical quantum mechanics, periodic orbit theory, and the Gutzwiller trace formula. This book will be of great value to anyone working in quantum chaos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27151/cover/9780521027151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning to Read and Write</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cross-Linguistic Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatano, Giyoo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years, the development of theories about the way children learn to read and write was dominated by studies of English-speaking populations. As we have learned more about the way that children learn to read and write other scripts - whether they have less regularity in their grapheme-phoneme correspondences or do not make use of alphabetic symbols at all - it has become clear that many of the difficulties that confront children learning to read and write English specifically are less evident, or even non-existent, in other populations. At the same time, some aspects of learning to read and write are very similar across scripts. The unique cross-linguistic perspective offered in this book, including chapters on Japanese, Greek and the Scandinavian languages as well as English, shows how the processes of learning to read and spell are affected by the characteristics of the writing system that children are learning to master.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27182/cover/9780521027182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Engineering and the Social Sciences in China, 1919-1949</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chiang, Yung-chen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Yung-chen Chiang tells the story of the origins, hopes, visions and achievements of the social sciences movement in China during the first half of the twentieth century. He focuses on the efforts of social scientists at three institutions - the Yanjing Sociology Department, Nankai Institute of Economics, and Chen Hansheng's Marxist agrarian research enterprise - to relate their disciplines to the needs of Chinese society. As all three groups received funding from the Rockefeller Foundation, their stories offer a unique window on to Sino-American interactions, revealing how the social sciences became a lingua franca of the cultural frontier. Drawing on an impressive variety of archival materials used here for the first time, this study corrects and enriches current scholarship, presenting both a more detailed and panoramic view. Chiang's analysis engages the complex and broader issues of the transfer, indigenization and international patronage of social science disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27243/cover/9780521027243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102725X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102725X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between Revolution and the Ballot Box</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of the Argentine Radical Party in the 1890s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alonso, Paula</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Founded in 1891, the Uni&#243;n C&#237;vica Radical, generally known as the Radical Party, is the oldest national political party in Argentina. As a central component of Argentina's political history, the Radical Party has received much attention from historians. However, most accounts have concentrated on the period after 1916, when the party won its first presidential election; the formative years of the party have generally been ignored. Yet as the strongest opposition party during the 1890s, a pivotal decade in the birth of Argentina's party system, the Radical Party effected a critical development in Argentine politics: it created a system of open confrontation and political competition. This study offers not merely a revised version of the party's story but also a new perspective on the nature of the Radical Party and of the politics of the nation as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27250/cover/9780521027250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Anglophobia and the Great War, 1914-1918</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stibbe, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of German attitudes towsrds England during the Great War, 1914-1918, continuing the story of Anglo-German antagonism where previous studies have ended. In particular it focuses on the extremity of anti-English feeling in Germany in the early years of the war, and on the attempt by writers, propagandists and cartoonists to redefine Britain as the chief enemy of the German people and their cultural heritage. New material is also offered concerning the development of an extreme rightist network in Munich and Berlin during the war years, which used anti-English feeling as a focus for attacking the supposedly defeatist government of Chancellor Bethmann-Hollweg. Such views formed the background to the disastrous decision to begin unrestricted submarine warfare against England in January 1917; and they also contributed to the ideological polarization of German politics at a crucial juncture in European and world history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27281/cover/9780521027281.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521027330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Breaking of Bread</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>FitzPatrick, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years, the Roman Catholic Church has used the term 'transubstantiation' to express the presence of Christ in the Eucharist. Of late, however, although proposed replacements have not found favour, the term itself no longer has the place and setting it once had, and debates about transubstantiation have died down. This book is written in the belief that reflection upon the matter is indispensable. It proposes that transubstantiation and its proposed replacements are all fundamentally similar in their confusions - they divorce appearance from reality because they fail to do justice to the Eucharist as a rite. The changes in Roman Catholic worship have sharpened the need for an account that will do justice to this, and the book is an attempt to provide one. It is also an endeavour to discuss central problems in the Roman Church today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27335/cover/9780521027335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102739X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Approaches to Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jakes, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Obsessive-compulsive disorder is currently the subject of considerable research, since recent epidemiological studies have suggested that the condition is more prevalent than was originally believed. This book offers a critical discussion of the most important theories that have been put forward to explain this disorder. The book includes behavioural/learning accounts (and cognitive-behavioural supplements of these), based on Pavlovian personality theories (such as those by Eysenck, Gray and Claridge), Pierre Janet's account, cybernetic approaches, psychodynamic approaches, Reed's 'cognitive-structural' account, and biological approaches. Therapeutic approaches to the disorder are also considered, insofar as they are relevant to these theories. This book is unique in both the comprehensiveness and the depth of its coverage of theories of OCD. It also offers an entirely new approach to the definition of the disorder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27397/cover/9780521027397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521027799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521027793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wall Street to Main Street</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles Merrill and Middle-Class Investors</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521027793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perkins, Edwin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wall Street to Main Street focuses on the spectacularly successful career of financier Charles Merrill (1885-1956), the founder of Merrill Lynch &amp; Co., the world's largest brokerage and investment firm. Merrill was the most innovative entrepreneur in the United States financial services sector in the twentieth century and the most important figure in promoting common stocks as a prudent long-term investment vehicle for members of the American middle class. With more than 100 branch offices across the nation, his firm solicited millions of middle-class households and became famous for bringing Wall Street to Main Street in the post-World War II era. Today, American investors hold, either directly or indirectly through mutual funds, a greater percentage of common stocks in their financial portfolios than do the citizens of any other country. Based on archival sources, this book is the first biography published about the career of this major Wall Street figure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27793/cover/9780521027793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102806X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Human Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Selected Papers of John Whiting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521028066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiting, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chasdi, Eleanor Hollenberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Andrade, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Whiting is a leading figure in psychological anthropology and one of the pioneers in the development of systematic cross-cultural research. His work is interdisciplinary, and he draws mainly upon the fields of anthropology, psychoanalysis, and learning and behaviour theory. This book includes some of his most influential articles on culture and human development, as well as a comprehensive autobiographical essay. Roy D'Andrade's introduction assesses the unique contributions of John Whiting and locates his work within the contemporary currents of psychological research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28066/cover/9780521028066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521028221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bengal: The British Bridgehead</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eastern India 1740-1828</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521028226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of Bengal: The British Bridgehead is to explain how, in the eighteenth century, Britain established her rule in eastern India, the first part of the subcontinent to be incorporated into the British Empire. Though the British were not in firm control of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa until 1765, to illustrate the circumstances in which they gained power and elucidate the Indian inheritance that so powerfully shaped the early years of their rule, professor Marshall begins his analysis around 1740 with the reign of Alivardi Khan, the last effective Mughal ruler of eastern India. He then explores the social, cultural and economic changes that followed the imposition of foreign rule and seeks to assess the consequences for the peoples of the region; emphasis is given throughout as much to continuities rooted deep in the history of Bengal as to the more obvious effects of British domination. The volume closes in the 1820s when, with British rule firmly established, a new pattern of cultural and economic relations was developing between Britain and eastern India.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/53307/cover/9780521253307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521028337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fulbright</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521028332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Randall Bennett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. William Fulbright is the author of the Fulbright-Connally resolution which committed the United States to participating in the UN. Creator of the exchange programme that bears his name, Fulbright was the longest-serving and most powerful chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. This volume describes the family dynamic, educational process and environments - Arkansas, Oxford, Washington, DC - which produced this remarkable man. It delves into his complex attitude toward race and details Fulbright's role in the civil rights movement. The narrative includes the major international events of the Cold War era - the Suez Crisis, the U-2 incident, the Bay of Pigs, the Missile Crisis, Vietnam, the ABM controversies, the Arab-Israeli conflict - and Fulbright's role in them. Woods explains Fulbright's shift from a champion of executive power in foreign affairs to a defender of congressional prerogatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28332/cover/9780521028332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521028493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521028493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521028493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chromatic Transformations in Nineteenth-Century Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521028493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kopp, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Kopp's book develops a model of chromatic chord relations in nineteenth-century music by composers such as Schubert, Beethoven, Chopin, Schumann and Brahms. The emphasis is on explaining chromatic third relations and the pivotal role they play in theory and practice. The book traces conceptions of harmonic system and of chromatic third relations from Rameau through nineteenth-century theorists such as Marx, Hauptmann and Riemann, to the seminal twentieth-century theorists Schenker and Schoenberg and on to the present day. Drawing on tenets of nineteenth-century harmonic theory, contemporary transformation theory and the author's own approach, the book presents a clear and elegant means for characterizing commonly acknowledged but loosely defined elements of chromatic harmony, and integrates them as fully fledged entities into a chromatically based conception of harmonic system. The historical and theoretical argument is supplemented by plentiful analytic examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28493/cover/9780521028493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Louis Spohr</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published in Spohr's 200th anniversary year, this book is the first to deal at length with both the life and the works of a composer who exerted a strong influence on the development of nineteenth-century music. Spohr was hailed in his own day as a worthy successor to Mozart and Beethoven, yet in the present century his former renown has gone largely unrecognised. Clive Brown gives an account of Spohr's life and character, and examines the areas in which his impact was most profound. He discusses Spohr's compositions critically and provides a stylistic and aesthetic assessment of his work. The chronological account of Spohr's life unfolds in parallel with the description of his musical output; a final chapter considers the decline of his reputation after his death. This volume will be of interest not only to scholars and students but also to general musical readers. And, since so little of Spohr's very substantial output is available in modern editions and is seldom performed, the book will also prove useful to practical musicians in search of worthwhile music for performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29056/cover/9780521029056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae Index</TitleText>

<Subtitle>General Index</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29087/cover/9780521029087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 1</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29094/cover/9780521029094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 2-11</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29100/cover/9780521029100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 12-13</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCabe, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29117/cover/9780521029117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 14-18</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gornall, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29124/cover/9780521029124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 19-26</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29131/cover/9780521029131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 27-32</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velecky, Ceslaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29148/cover/9780521029148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 33-43</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29155/cover/9780521029155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 44-49</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29162/cover/9780521029162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 50-64</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foster, Kenelm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29179/cover/9780521029179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102918X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102918X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 65-74</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallace, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29186/cover/9780521029186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 75-83</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suttor, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29193/cover/9780521029193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 84-89</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029209</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Durbin, Paul T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29209/cover/9780521029209.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102921X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102921X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 90-102</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29216/cover/9780521029216.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 103-109</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29223/cover/9780521029223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a. 110-119</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charlesworth, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29230/cover/9780521029230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 1-5</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29247/cover/9780521029247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 6-17</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29254/cover/9780521029254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 18-21</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29261/cover/9780521029261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 22-30</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Arcy, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29278/cover/9780521029278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 31-39</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Arcy, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29285/cover/9780521029285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 40-48</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, John Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29292/cover/9780521029292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 49-54</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenny, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29308/cover/9780521029308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 55-67</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29315/cover/9780521029315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 68-70</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Connor, Edward D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29322/cover/9780521029322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 71-80</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fearon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29339/cover/9780521029339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 81-85</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29346/cover/9780521029346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102935X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102935X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 86-89</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29353/cover/9780521029353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 90-97</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29360/cover/9780521029360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 98-105</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bourke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littledale, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29377/cover/9780521029377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1a2ae. 106-114</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ernst, Cornelius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29384/cover/9780521029384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 1-7</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29391/cover/9780521029391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 8-16</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29407/cover/9780521029407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 17-22</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29414/cover/9780521029414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 23-33</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batten, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29421/cover/9780521029421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 34-46</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29438/cover/9780521029438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 47-56</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29445/cover/9780521029445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 57-62</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29452/cover/9780521029452.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 63-79</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lef&#233;bure, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29469/cover/9780521029469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 80-91</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Rourke, Kevin D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29476/cover/9780521029476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 92-100</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Meara, Thomas Franklin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffy, Michael John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29483/cover/9780521029483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102949X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102949X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 101-122</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29490/cover/9780521029490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 123-140</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29506/cover/9780521029506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 141-154</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29513/cover/9780521029513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102952X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102952X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 155-170</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29520/cover/9780521029520.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 171-178</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29537/cover/9780521029537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 179-182</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aumann, Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29544/cover/9780521029544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>2a2ae. 183-189</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aumann, Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29551/cover/9780521029551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 1-6</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hennessey, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29568/cover/9780521029568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 7-15</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Liam G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29575/cover/9780521029575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 16-26</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Colman E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29582/cover/9780521029582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 27-30</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29599/cover/9780521029599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 31-37</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29605/cover/9780521029605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 38-45</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parsons, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinheiro, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29612/cover/9780521029612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 46-52</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Richard T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29629/cover/9780521029629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 53-59</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, C. Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29636/cover/9780521029636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 60-65</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bourke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29643/cover/9780521029643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 66-72</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cunningham, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29650/cover/9780521029650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102966X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052102966X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 73-78</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barden, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29667/cover/9780521029667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 79-83</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilby, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29674/cover/9780521029674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Theologiae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>3a. 84-90</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aquinas, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masterson, Reginald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Summa Theologiae ranks among the greatest documents of the Christian Church, and is a landmark of medieval western thought. It provides the framework for Catholic studies in systematic theology and for a classical Christian philosophy, and is regularly consulted by scholars of all faiths and none, across a range of academic disciplines. This paperback reissue of the classic Latin/English edition first published by the English Dominicans in the 1960s and 1970s, in the wake of the Second Vatican Council, has been undertaken in response to regular requests from readers and librarians around the world for the entire series of 61 volumes to be made available again. The original text is unchanged, except for the correction of a small number of typographical errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29681/cover/9780521029681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521029708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521029708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design by Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making Design Competition Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasar, Jack L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What meanings do buildings and places convey to the people who use and visit them? Too often, design competitions and signature architecture result in costly eyesores that do not work. How can sponsors and clients get more meaningful results? In answer to these questions, Dr Nasar, supported by riveting studies of competitions and Peter Eisenman's competition-winning design for the Wexner Center at the Ohio State University, suggests the use of pre-jury evaluation (PJE). He shows the potential value of this approach as well as visual quality programming for many kinds of environmental design for which the client wants to convey certain desirable meanings. The studies, from those specific to the Wexner Center to those covering the scope of history, point to an alternative method for shaping the visual form of buildings, places and cities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29704/cover/9780521029704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052102997X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521029971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soft X-Rays and Extreme Ultraviolet Radiation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521029971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attwood, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This detailed, comprehensive book describes the fundamental properties of soft X-rays and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) radiation and discusses their applications in a wide variety of fields, including EUV lithography for semiconductor chip manufacture and soft X-ray biomicroscopy. The author begins by presenting the relevant basic principles such as radiation and scattering, wave propagation, diffraction, and coherence. He then goes on to examine a broad range of phenomena and applications. The topics covered include spectromicroscopy, EUV astronomy, synchrotron radiation, and soft X-ray lasers. The author also provides a wealth of useful reference material such as electron binding energies, characteristic emission lines and photo-absorption cross-sections. The book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in engineering, physics, chemistry, and the life sciences. It will also appeal to practising engineers involved in semiconductor fabrication and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29971/cover/9780521029971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Principles of Law as Applied by International Courts and Tribunals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheng, Bin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarzenberger, Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBHG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The municipal codes of well over a dozen countries expressly provide for the application of the general principles of law in the absence of specific legal provisions or of custom, and the Statute of the International Court of Justice stipulates that 'the general principles of law recognised by civilised nations' constitute one of the sources of international law to be applied by the Court; but the exact meaning and scope of  this section of the Statute have always been a subject of controversy amongst international lawyers. In this printing of his classic 1953 work, Professor Bin Cheng inquires into the practical application of these principles by international courts and tribunals since the beginning of modern international arbitration with the Jay Treaty of 1794, and presents them as a coherent body of fundamental principles that in fact furnish the international legal system with its juridical basis. Citations from nearly 600 international arbitral and judicial decisions amply testify to the role of these principles in the international legal system and illustrate their application in practically every important field of international law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30007/cover/9780521030007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dictatorship, State Planning, and Social Theory in the German Democratic Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caldwell, Peter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction of state planning and party dictatorship dramatically altered the environment for social theory in the German Democratic Republic. But social thought did not disappear. By the mid-1950s, East German social theorists discovered the basic contradictions of state socialism that would eventually lead to its collapse: the inability of the plan to function without markets and its inability to permit markets; the inability of the party-state to guarantee the rule of law and yet also the need for a regular system of rules in a modern industrial society; and the contradictory philosophical claims of a Marxist-Leninist philosophy that rejected idealism, and Marxist-Leninist dogma with its idealistic claim to know the laws of social modernization. Making use of archival sources, Caldwell examines the articulation of these analyses, their subsequent suppression by party authorities in the late 1950s, and their return under the guise of cybernetics in the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30076/cover/9780521030076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Costs of Regime Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Racial Mobilization, Elite Domination and Control of the State in Guyana and Trinidad</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hintzen, Percy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comparative study of two republics - Guyana in South America, and Trinidad and Tobago in the Caribbean - examines the conditions which determine regime survival in less developed countries. Given the structure of political and economic organization typical of these countries, and of the web of international relations of which they are a part, political survival can very often depend on a leader's willingness to serve the interests of a small, but politically strategic minority. In both Guyana and Trinidad post-independence leaders made politically expedient decisions that foreclosed policy choices consistent with the satisfaction of collective needs. As a result both countries experienced a series of political and economic crises. This in-depth comparative study of Guyana and Trinidad will be of interest to all scholars, students and policy-makers concerned with aspects of political and economic development in the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30144/cover/9780521030144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Self-Society Dynamic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cognition, Emotion and Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, Judith A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callero, Peter L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sociologists generally study macrolevel institutions and social processes with little reference to the individual. Psychologists, on the other hand, tend to study individual-level processes with little reference to society. This volume, featuring contributions from influential scholars in US social psychology, brings the link between the individual and society into focus. The chapters in the volume are distinguished by their concentration on either cognitive, affective or behavioural processes. These analyses eschew the traditional psychological approach to individual-level processes and instead offer intriguing accounts of how thought, emotion and action are embedded in social context and are central to the dynamic between self and society. Together, the 14 chapters present a synthesis of theory and research that are a major force in stimulating and influencing investigations of the link between the individual and the larger society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30151/cover/9780521030151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103017X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103017X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inhomogeneous Cosmological Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krasi&#324;ski, Andrzej</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a comprehensive survey of our understanding of the universe based on the exact solutions of the theory of relativity. More precisely, it describes those models that fit with astronomical observations of galaxy clusters, cosmic voids and other key features of our universe. This authoritative account achieves two important goals. First, it collects together all independently derived cosmological solutions since the birth of relativity in 1915 to 1997, and clearly shows how they are interrelated. Secondly, it presents a coherent overview of the physical properties of these inhomogeneous models. It demonstrates, for instance, that the formation of voids and the interaction of the cosmic microwave background radiation with matter in the universe can be explained by exact solutions of the Einstein equations, without the need for approximations. This book will be of particular interest to graduates and researchers in gravity, relativity and theoretical cosmology as well as historians of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30175/cover/9780521030175.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mourning in Late Imperial China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Filial Piety and the State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kutcher, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a conquest dynasty, Qing China's new Manchu leaders desperately needed to legitimize their rule. To win the approval of China's native elites, they developed an ambitious plan to return Confucianism to civil society. Filial piety, the core Confucian value, would once again be upheld by the state, and laborious and time-consuming mourning rituals, the touchstones of a well-ordered Confucian society, would be observed by officials throughout the empire. In this way, the emperor would be following the ancient dictate that he 'govern all-under-heaven with filial piety'. Norman Kutcher's study of mourning looks beneath the rhetoric to demonstrate how the state - unwilling to make the sacrifices that a genuine commitment to proper mourning demanded - quietly but forcefully undermined, not reinvigorated, the Confucian mourning system. With acute sensitivity to language and its changing meanings, Kutcher sheds light on a wide variety of issues that are of interest to historians of late Imperial China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30182/cover/9780521030182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Privilege and the Politics of Taxation in Eighteenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Libert&#233;, Egalit&#233;, Fiscalit&#233;</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kwass, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Privilege and the Politics of Taxation in Eighteenth-Century France offers a lucid interpretation of the Ancien R&#233;gime and the origins of the French Revolution. It examines what was arguably the most ambitious project of the eighteenth-century French monarchy: the attempt to impose direct taxes on formerly tax-exempt privileged elites. Connecting the social history of the state to the study of political culture, Michael Kwass describes how the crown refashioned its institutions and ideology to impose new forms of taxation on the privileged. Drawing on impressive primary research from national and provincial archives, Kwass demonstrates that the levy of these taxes, which struck elites with some force, not only altered the relationship between monarchy and social hierarchy, but also transformed political language and attitudes in the decades before the French Revolution. Privilege and the Politics of Taxation in Eighteenth-Century France sheds light on French history during this crucial period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103020X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103020X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From General Estate to Special Interest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Lawyers 1878-1933</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ledford, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of German lawyers in private practice from 1878 to 1933 helps answer questions about the inability of German liberalism to withstand National Socialism in 1933. Lawyers connect the procedural focus of legal thinking with procedural notions of individual liberties. In Germany they won free entry and self-government for their profession in 1878, thinking that these changes would lead to civic leadership and expanded liberty, but the forces that were unleashed revealed internal tensions and the limits of professional influence. Exaggerated expectations for the legal profession in public life exposed the limitations of procedural liberalism, with tragic consequences for Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30205/cover/9780521030205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A New Force at a New Frontier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe's Development in the Space Field in the Light of its Main Actors, Policies, Law and Activities from its Beginnings up to the Present</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madders, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive work on the European space sector. Written by an acknowledged expert and former space agency official, the work opens up a vital component of Europe's technostructure and the world's space programmes. Its mass of information will serve the insider as a handy reference while its themes and lively analysis will absorb the layperson and assist public judgement of European space efforts. The book first explores the Space Age's origins and Europe's response up to the 1970s. It then devotes its bulk to the scene of the 1990s by investigating the European Space Agency (ESA), Eutelsat, Arianespace, Eumetsat, ASTRA, national agencies and other bodies. How this scene works, what had been achieved, how space technology is made and used, and how policy is formed are main concerns, but of interest too are various crises, including Europe's man-in-space programme. The book identifies challenges for the space community, business and the EU, and how they may be met.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30229/cover/9780521030229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Literature of Al-Andalus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menocal, Mar&#237;a Rosa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheindlin, Raymond P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sells, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Literature of Al-Andalus is an exploration of the culture of Iberia, present-day Spain and Portugal, during the period when it was an Islamic, mostly Arabic-speaking territory, from the eighth to the thirteenth century, and in the centuries following the Christian conquest when Arabic continued to be widely used. The volume embraces many other related spheres of Arabic culture including philosophy, art, architecture and music. It also extends the subject to other literatures - especially Hebrew and Romance literatures - that burgeoned alongside Arabic and created the distinctive hybrid culture of medieval Iberia. Edited by an Arabist, an Hebraist and a Romance scholar, with individual chapters compiled by a team of the world's leading experts of Islamic Iberia, Sicily and related cultures, this is a truly interdisciplinary and comparative work which offers a interesting approach to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30236/cover/9780521030236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The People in Arms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Military Myth and National Mobilization since the French Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moran, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waldron, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The People in Arms is concerned with the mass mobilization of society for war. It takes as its starting point the French lev&#233;e en masse of 1793, which replaced former theories and regulations concerning the obligation of military service with a universal concept more encompassing in its moral claims than any that had prevailed under the Ancien R&#233;gime. The lev&#233;e en masse has accordingly gone down in history as a spontaneous, free expression of the French people's ideals and enthusiasm. It also became a crucial source for one of the most powerful organizing myths of modern politics: that compulsory, mass social mobilizations merely express, and give effective form to, the wishes or higher values of society and its members. The aim of the papers presented here is to analyse and compare episodes in which this distinctive ideological configuration has played a leading role.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30250/cover/9780521030250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affect and Accuracy in Recall</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies of 'Flashbulb' Memories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winograd, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neisser, Ulric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recollections of unexpected and emotional events (called 'flashbulb' memories) have long been the subject of theoretical speculation. Previous meetings have brought together everyone who has done research on memories of the Challenger explosion, in order to gain a better understanding of the phenomenon of flashbulb memories. How do flashbulb memories compare with other kinds of recollections? Are they unusually accurate, or especially long-lived? Do they reflect the activity of a special mechanism, as has been suggested? Although Affect and Accuracy in Recall focuses on flashbulb memories, it addresses more general issues of affect and accuracy. Do emotion and arousal strengthen memory? If so, under what conditions? By what physiological mechanisms? This volume is evidence of progress made in memory research since Brown and Kulick's 1977 paper.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30335/cover/9780521030335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methodology of Herbert Blumer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baugh, Jr, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Methodology of Herbert Blumer is a comprehensive critical account of the contributions of this important American sociologist to the methodology of social research. In a close reading of Blumer's texts, the author charts the development of Blumer's thinking, revealing a tension between a reductive empiricism and an emphasis on the importance of theory in social research. The author describes Blumer's conception of methodology as extending beyond narrow questions of technique to encompass broad critical reflection on the principles underlying scientific inquiry. Blumer's concentration on the integral unity of theory and method relates suggestively to current thinking about methodology, while his examinations of this theme in such areas as public opinion research and variable analysis provide provocative criticisms of some current research practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30359/cover/9780521030359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchant Capital and the Roots of State Power in Senegal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1930-1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boone, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In most post-colonial regimes in sub-Saharan Africa, state power has been used to structure economic production in ways that have tended to produce economic stagnation rather than growth. Catherine Boone examines the ways in which the exercise of state power has inhibited economic growth, focusing on the case of Senegal. She traces changes in the political economy of Senegal from the heyday of colonial merchant capital in the 1930s to the decay of the 1980s and reveals that old trading monopolies and commercial hierarchies were preserved at the cost of reforms that would have stimulated economic growth. Boone uses this case to develop an argument against analyses of political-economic development that identify state institutions and ideologies as independent forces driving the process of economic transformation. State power, she argues, is rooted in the material and social bases of ruling alliances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30397/cover/9780521030397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Danish Revolution, 1500-1800</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ecohistorical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kj'rgaard, Thorkild</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hohnen, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the story of a fertile European country that, as a result of over population and military armament, over exploited its fields and forests in a non-sustainable fashion. By the eighteenth century Denmark, along with other European countries, found itself in an ecological crisis involving clear felling of forests, sand drift, floods, inadequate soil fertilization and cattle disease. This crisis was overcome by a green biotechnological revolution that changed the whole pattern of agriculture, and by the abandonment of wood as a raw material and source of energy in favour of coal and iron. This book outlines the background of the present-day ecological crisis, both in the industrial world and in developing countries, and attempts to understand early modern Europe from a consistently ecological viewpoint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30434/cover/9780521030434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Structural Theory of Social Influence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedkin, Noah E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses a phenomenon that has been much studied in anthropology, sociology and administrative science - the social structural foundations of coordinated activity and consensus in complexly differentiated communities and organizations. Such foundations are important because social differentiation makes coordination and agreement especially hard to achieve and maintain. Friedkin focuses on the process of social influence, and on how this process, when it is played out in a network of interpersonal influence, may result in interpersonal agreements among actors who are located in different parts of a complexly differentiated organization. This work builds on structural role analysis which provides a description of the pattern of social differentiation in a population. Interpretation of the revealed social structures has long been a problem. The steps for structural analysis that are proposed in this book are addressed to the above problem. To explain the coordination of social positions, the author pursues the development of a structural social psychology that attends to both social structure and process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30458/cover/9780521030458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fu Ssu-nien</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Life in Chinese History and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Fan-sen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fu Ssu-nien, scholar, and political and social critic, was one of the most colourful, influential intellectual figures in twentieth-century China. Wang Fan-sen's biography of Fu's life and contributions offers an in-depth examination of his role in intellectual development in modern China. Fu's life in many ways embodied the dilemma faced by modern Chinese intellectuals: dissatisfied with the model of the traditional literati, they lacked a professional, academic model to take its place. Fu's early years as a student leader of the May Fourth movement and subsequent life as an activist were born of intellectual dissatisfaction: as an educator and founder of the Institute of Philology and History at Peking University and the Academia Sinica, he worked to fill the void by professionalizing Chinese research and education. This book, incorporating original, previously unpublished material from Fu's personal archives, fills a major gap in the cultural and intellectual history of modern China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30472/cover/9780521030472.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103048X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103048X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anxiety Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noyes, Jr, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoehn-Saric, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive text covers all the anxiety disorders found in the latest DSM and ICD classifications. Written by two internationally recognized authorities in the field, it provides detailed information about seven principal disorders, including anxiety in the medically ill. For each, it covers diagnostic criteria, epidemiology, etiology and pathogenesis, clinical features, natural history and differential diagnosis, and describes treatment approaches, both psychological and pharmacological. The scientific literature of the past few decades is thoroughly surveyed, with added insights from history, philosophy and the arts. At once scholarly and clinically to the point, this is a definitive reference for psychiatrists at all levels. It will also be of interest to other mental health professionals and to physicians in other specialties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30489/cover/9780521030489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trinity and Incarnation in Anglo-Saxon Art and Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raw, Barbara C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the theology of the Trinity as expressed in the literature and art of the late Anglo-Saxon period. It examines the meaning of the representations of the Trinity in tenth- and eleventh-century English manuscripts and their relationship to Anglo-Saxon theology, and to earlier debates about the legitimacy of representations of the divine. The book's unifying theme is that of the image: the image of the Trinity in the human soul; Christ, the perfect image and visible form of the invisible God; redemption as the restoration of the imperfect human image to its original likeness through contemplation of its divine archetype; prayer as an anticipation of the contemplation of heaven, and art as a form of contemplation. The book, which contains a selection of black and white illustrations, will be of interest to art historians, theologians and literary scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30496/cover/9780521030496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>De Quincey's Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Canonical Minority and the Forms of Transmission</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russett, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margaret Russett uses the example of Thomas De Quincey, the nineteenth-century essayist best remembered for his Confessions of an English Opium-Eater and his memoirs of Wordsworth and Coleridge, to examine the idea of the 'minor' author, and how it is related to what we now call the Romantic canon. The case of De Quincey, neither a canonical figure nor a disenfranchised marginal author, offers a point of access to specifically Romantic problems of literary transmission and periodization. Taking an intertextual approach, Russett situates De Quincey's career against the works of Wordsworth and Coleridge; the essays of Lamb, Hazlitt, and other writers for the London Magazine; and discourses of ethics and political economy which are central to the problem of determining literary value. De Quincey's Romanticism shows how De Quincey helped to shape the canon by which his career was defined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30502/cover/9780521030502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rebellion and Violence in Islamic Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>El Fadl, Khaled Abou</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Khaled Abou El Fadl's book represents the first systematic examination of the idea and treatment of political resistance and rebellion in Islamic law. Pre-modern jurists produced an extensive and sophisticated discourse on the legality of rebellion and the treatment due to rebels under Islamic law. The book examines the emergence and development of these discourses from the eighth to the fifteenth centuries and considers juristic responses to the various terror-inducing strategies employed by rebels including assassination, stealth attacks and rape. The study demonstrates how Muslim jurists went about restructuring several competing doctrinal sources in order to construct a highly technical discourse on rebellion. Indeed many of these rulings may have a profound influence on contemporary practices. This is an important and challenging book which sheds light on the complexities of Islamic law and pre-modern attitudes to dissidence and rebellion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30571/cover/9780521030571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Hunt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural and Social Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and the Hunt is the first book-length study of Shakespeare's works in relation to the culture of the hunt in Elizabethan and Jacobean society. The book explores topics generally unfamiliar to Shakespeareans, such as the variety of kinds of hunting in the period, the formal rituals of the hunt, the roles of Queen Elizabeth and King James as hunters, the practice of organized poaching, and the arguments both for and against hunting. Situating Shakespeare's works in this rich cultural context, Berry illuminates the plays from fresh angles. He explores, for example, the role of poaching in The Merry Wives of Windsor; the paradox of pastoral hunting in As You Like It; the intertwining of hunting and politics in The Tempest; and the gendered language of falconry in The Taming of the Shrew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30588/cover/9780521030588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatres and Encyclopedias in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, William N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book West explores what 'theatre' meant to medieval and Renaissance writers and places Renaissance drama within the influential context of the encyclopedic writings produced at the time. It was an encyclopedic culture, obsessed with sorting knowledge, and early encyclopedias presented themselves as textual theatres, in which everything knowable could be represented in concrete, visible form. Medieval and Renaissance plays, similarly, took encyclopedic themes as their topics: the mysteries of nature, universal history, the world of learning. But instead of transmitting authorized knowledge unambiguously, as it was supposed to be, the theatre created a situation in which ordinary experience could become a source of authority. West covers a wide range of works, from the encyclopedic texts of the Middle Ages and Renaissance to Marlowe's Dr Faustus, Jonson's The Alchemist, and Bacon's Novum Organum, to provide a fascinating picture of the cultural life of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30618/cover/9780521030618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103065X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103065X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Musical Dilettante</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Treatise on Composition by J. F. Daube</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daube, Johann Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snook-Luther, Susan P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an English translation of Johann Friedrich Daube's Musical Dilettante: A Treatise on Composition (Vienna, 1773). Written as a practical, comprehensive guide for aristocratic dilettantes wishing to compose instrumental chamber music for their social entertainment, the treatise covers genres from duets to double fugues, and includes the earliest instruction in string quartets and idiomatic orchestration of symphonies. Daube's Musical Dilettante has long been overlooked due to his better-known Thorough-Bass in Three Chords (1756). Nevertheless, Musical Dilettante is the keystone of Daube's theoretical writing, and offers a most comprehensive view of galant composition available in a single volume. The signature of Musical Dilettante is its unique textural emphasis and Daube's examples sparkle with concertante interplay, conversational part-writing and idiomatic instrumentation. These features combine to create a volume which is not only a theoretical treatise but a record of the aesthetic and musical values of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30656/cover/9780521030656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rule of Law in the Arab World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Courts in Egypt and the Gulf</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Nathan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nathan Brown's penetrating account of the development and operation of the courts in the Arab world is based on fieldwork in Egypt and the Gulf. The book addresses several important questions. Why, for example, did Egypt's political leaders construct an independent judicial system that limited their own authority? And why does such a system appeal to Arab rulers outside Egypt? While most accounts stress the role of imperialism or liberal ideology, the author maintains that the primary purpose of the system is to provide support for the officially sanctioned order. The model offers similar attractions for other Arab rulers. From the theoretical perspective, the book will contribute to the debates about liberal legality, political change and the relationship between law and society in the developing world. It will be read by scholars of the Middle East, law students and those interested in the history of law and its evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90266/cover/9780521590266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drug Resistance in the Treatment of Cancer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinedo, Herbert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giaccone, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sikora, Karol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of drug-resistant cancers is considered to be the most significant obstacle to the cure of cancer today. Nearly half of all patients with cancer suffer from tumours that are intrinsically resistant to chemotherapy, and most of the remaining half develop drug resistance during the course of their treatment. This book reviews the mechanisms and clinical implications of drug resistance in cancer with unrivalled authority. Chapters cover topics of current clinical concern, including multiple drug resistance and its reversal, topoisomerase drugs, apoptosis, dose intensity and escalation, gene therapy and haematopoietic support. The authors are among the leading clinicians and investigators in the field. These authoritative volumes in this series are intended for a wide audience of clinicians and researchers with an interest in the applications of biomedical science to the understanding and management of cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30748/cover/9780521030748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Composition of Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Momma, Hal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an imaginative way of understanding the relationship between syntax and metre in Old English verse. It challenges the view that Old English poetry is composed in loose syntax to compensate for the strict requirements of prosody, such as metre and alliteration. It proposes instead that Old English poetry has incorporated prosody into its system. This 'prosodical' syntax is intended to replace the famous syntactic laws of Hans Kuhn through its greater accuracy and wider range of application. The author formulates three concise rules which apply not only to Beowulf and other classic Anglo-Saxon poems but to the entire Old English poetic corpus. Prosodical syntax bears witness to the oral origin of Old English poetry and sheds light on some aspects of performance: it enables the poet to produce an infinite variety of verse while keeping its grammar clear.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30762/cover/9780521030762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between Politics and Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assuring the Integrity and Productivity of Reseach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030809</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guston, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book combines political-economic, sociological and historical approaches to provide a coherent framework for analysing the changing relationship between politics and science in the United States. Fundamental to this relationship are problems of delegation, especially the integrity and productivity of sponsored research: politicians must see that research is conducted with integrity and productivity, and scientists must be able to show it. A science policy regime changes when solutions to these problems change. After World War II, the 'social contract for science' assumed that the integrity and productivity of research were automatic and, despite many challenges, that contract endured for four decades. However in the 1980s, as rich empirical studies show, cases of misconduct in science and flagging economic performance broke the trust between politics and science. New 'boundary organizations', in which scientists and nonscientists collaborate to assure the integrity and productivity of research, were created to mend the relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30809/cover/9780521030809.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hymns of the Anglo-Saxon Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study and Edition of the 'Durham Hymnal'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milfull, Inge B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a study and critical edition of the corpus of hymns sung by monks and canons in their services in England before the Norman Conquest. It assembles textual evidence, some of it hitherto unpublished, based on all extant manuscripts. Of these, an eleventh-century Latin manuscript known as the 'Durham Hymnal', with its accompanying Old English interlinear gloss, provides the core of the edition and its base manuscript. An introduction and commentary include descriptions of the manuscripts concerned and discussions of the sources, liturgical use, and music of the hymns, as well as the phonology and vocabulary of the Old English gloss. The text of the hymns is accompanied by a translation of the Latin into modern English prose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30816/cover/9780521030816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103082X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meiningen Court Theatre 1866-1890</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborne, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the late nineteenth century a remarkable combination of circumstances and individual talents permitted the Court theatre of a small German state to become the theatrical sensation of its age. The Meiningen Court Theatre developed into an international touring company under the leadership of Duke Georg II of Saxe-Meiningen. This book is based on a wide range of published and unpublished contemporary documents, photographs and sketches (many of which are reproduced here). Professor Osborne provides a broad cultural-historical context for the emergence of the Meiningen Company and describes in detail the style and staging of productions, as well as the personality and directorial method of the Duke himself. Two famous items in the Company's repertoire, Julius Caesar and Prinz Friedrich von Homburg, are selected for particular attention. The Meiningen Company became famous throughout Europe, and became a source of inspiration to future directors of the modern theatre such as Antoine, Brahm and Stanislavsky.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30823/cover/9780521030823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of English Nationhood, 1590-1612</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEachern, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Poetics of English Nationhood is a study of the formation of English national identity during the early modern period. Claire McEachern aims to recontextualize our understanding of the term literary through an examination of Spenser, Shakespeare and Drayton. She shows how the concept of nationality in their work is always fluid; it crucially depends on a sense of intimacy that exends across and beyond hierarchies and boundaries. McEachern shows how those texts we traditionally label literary already encode and personify power, thereby sealing the intimacy which binds the nation as an imagined community. The representation of faith, fatherland and crown in Tudor texts continually personified English political institutions, promoting an enduring social order and collective unity. By focusing on the rhetorical forms of cultural unity in Tudor texts, McEachern traces a profound shift from a monarchically defined Englishness to a system based within the cultural institution of the common law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30946/cover/9780521030946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103096X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103096X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading the French Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>System and Subversion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayes, Julie Candler</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Julie Candler Hayes offers an ambitious reinterpretation of a crucial aspect of Enlightenment thought, the rationalizing and classifying impulse. Taking issue both with traditional liberal and contemporary critical accounts of the Enlightenment, she analyses the writings of Denis Diderot, Emilie Du Ch&#226;telet, the Abb&#233; de Condillac, Buffon, d'Alembert and numerous others, to argue for a new understanding of 'systematic reason' as complex, paradoxical and ultimately liberating. Hayes examines the tensions between freedom and constraint, abstraction and materialism, linear and synoptic order, that pervade not only philosophic and scientific discourse, but also epistolary writing, fiction and criticism. Drawing on the insights of a wide range of theorists from Adorno, Habermas and Foucault to Deleuze and Derrida, she offers a dialogue between the eighteenth century and our own, an ongoing exploration of the question, 'what is Enlightenment?'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30960/cover/9780521030960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521030986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521030986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521030984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Narratives of Birth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gynocolonization from Rousseau to Zola</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521030984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mossman, Carol A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a feminist analysis which combines a psychoanalytic perspective on catastrophic birth with the politics of reproduction in the emergent democracy of nineteenth-century France. It focuses on three major thinkers whose personal relation to origins is problematic, Rousseau, Constant and Stendhal, and also includes a broad reading of the nineteenth-century novel within the frame of pathological generation, giving special attention to works by Michelet and Zola. Professor Mossman identifies important areas of interaction between production and reproduction at the level of aesthetic form and between private, birth-related discourse and the ideology of the birth of democracy. Within the context of the collapse of Ancien R&#233;gime France, the nascent ideology of motherhood collides with modes of discourse that invade and colonize the maternal body, generating a considerable burden of anxiety expressed in the nineteenth-century French novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30984/cover/9780521030984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions to an Historical Science of the Subject</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tolman, Charles W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maiers, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Critical psychology, which has been developing in Germany for over thirty years, constitutes a radical critique and reconstruction of scientific psychology from a dialectical and historical-materialistic point of view. Its aim is to provide a firmer foundation than presently exists for a psychology that is methodologically sound, practically relevant and theoretically determinate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31004/cover/9780521031004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Kenneth W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third part of The New Cambridge History of India is devoted to the Indian Empire and the Beginnings of Modern Society. In the first volume, Kenneth Jones looks at the numerous nineteenth-century movements for social and religious change - Christian, Hindu, Muslim, Sikh and Zoroastrian - that used various forms of religious authority to legitimize their reform programmes. Such movements were both indigenous and colonial in their origins and Professor Jones shows how each adapted to the challenge of competing nationalisms as political circumstances changed. The volumes in this part of the History consider the overall impact of British rule upon the whole sphere of religion, social behaviour and culture. Its coverage is both historical and religious and Socio-religious Reform Movements in British India will appeal to students and scholars in a wide variety of social scientific disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31059/cover/9780521031059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Where Flaubert Lies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chronology, Mythology and History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Addison, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers crucial perspectives on the vexed question of chronology in Flaubert's work. Critics have struggled long and hard with the apparent inconsistencies in his writing, but Claire Addison's study reveals that the situation is far more subtle, complex and intriguing than hitherto supposed. She argues that Flaubert's manipulation of dates is deliberate and that what have previously been dismissed as inadvertent errors are in fact evidence of the strong presence of Flaubert's family life, events in historical Europe and events in the life of his literary characters. This interesting reading goes far beyond what traditional methods of literary history allow us to perceive of the link between the life and work of the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31073/cover/9780521031073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Half a Brain is Enough</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Story of Nico</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Battro, Antonio M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Half A Brain Is Enough is the moving and extraordinary story of Nico, a little boy who at the age of three was given a right hemispherectomy to control intractable epilepsy. Antonio Battro, a distinguished neuroscientist and educationalist, charts what he calls Nico's 'neuroeducation' with humour and compassion in an intriguing book which is part case history, part meditation on the nature of consciousness and the brain, and part manifesto. Throughout the book Battro combines the highest standards of scientific scholarship with a warmth and humanity that guide the reader through the intricacies of brain surgery, neuronal architecture and the application of the latest information technology in education, in a way that is accessible and engaging as well as making a significant contribution to the current scientific literature. Half A Brain Is Enough will be compulsory reading for anyone who is interested in the ways we think and learn.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31110/cover/9780521031110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Experience of Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Investigating Mental Disorders in their Natural Settings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vries, Marten W. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Csikszentmihalyi, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to understanding the experience of distress, well-being and psychopathology in daily life, with the Experience Sampling Method (ESM) in psychiatry, and contains contributions from the leading international pioneers of this approach. Experience sampling is a methodology for collecting reliable and valid data on patterns of behaviour, thought and feeling from real-life situations. It thus yields data complementary to those provided by neurobiological approaches to mental illnesses and is applicable to the study and management of a wide variety of mental disorders in their natural settings. The editor, who did much to bring ESM to prominence in psychiatry, has assembled a fascinating range of contributions, many of them previously unpublished, dealing with the diagnostic and therapeutic possibilities of this approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31127/cover/9780521031127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Ideology in Cold War Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book places the radicalization of art music in early post-war France in its broader socio-cultural and political context. It pursues two general and intersecting lines of inquiry. The first details the stances towards musical conservatism and innovation adopted by cultural strategists representing Western and Soviet ideological interests at the onset of the Cold War. The second, which draws upon the commentaries of Theodor Adorno and Jean-Paul Sartre, recognizes that the Cold War generated a heightened political awareness amongst French musicians at the very time when the social relevance of avant-garde music had become the subject of widespread debate. The study considers the implications of the performance at L'Oeuvre du XXe si&#232;cle, an international arts festival staged in Paris in 1952 with the intention of discrediting socialist realism by means of two opposing musical types: neo-classicism (represented by Stravinsky's Symphony in  C) and serialism (Boulez's Structures 1a).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31134/cover/9780521031134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Status Epilepticus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Clinical Features and Treatment in Children and Adults</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shorvon, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a thorough reappraisal of Status Epilepticus, the severest expression of epilepsy. In the light of modern research it rigorously examines current treatment, critically challenging existing tenets. A scheme of classification is proposed based not solely on seizure type but also on age, pathophysiological mechanisms and clinical features, considering where possible the clinical aspects of status in the context of their scientific basis, whether this is epidemiology, neurophysiology, neuropathology or neuropharmacology. A practical bias is maintained throughout, based on clinical experience, with greatest space devoted to treatment, including reviews of efficacy and toxicity of individual drugs and helpful use of tables to clearly summarize key information. This is a uniquely comprehensive review of the large volume of published literature in this field and will act as an invaluable reference work and practical guide for a wide range of practising clinicians, from neurologists, psychiatrists and paediatricians right through to those involved primarily in emergency medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31141/cover/9780521031141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103115X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103115X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Budget Reform Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Design of the Appropriations Process in the House of Representatives, 1865-1921</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Charles Stewart analyses the development of the budgetary process in the House of Representatives between 1865 and 1921. The period began with the creation of the House Appropriations Committee and ended with the passage of the Budgetary Accounting Act. Attempts at change were closely related to societal and economic, but also to institutional, developments during this period. Both the electoral system and the national party system, as well as war and other economic crises, impacted upon the budgetary process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31158/cover/9780521031158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Appropriations of the Anglo-Saxons from the Thirteenth to the Twentieth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scragg, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the attitudes towards Anglo-Saxons expressed by English poets, playwrights and novelists from the thirteenth century to the present day. The essays are arranged chronologically, tracing literary responses to the Anglo-Saxons in the medieval period, the Renaissance and also the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. In earlier centuries the Ango-Saxons were often idealized representatives of happier times. Later, they became the epitome of a 'British' race, while an individual Anglo-Saxon, King Alfred, was inflated into a national hero. A final essay suggests the disappearance of any clear sense of the cultural roots of the English in the twentieth century. The contributors, who are specialists in their respective fields from Britain and the United States, draw on works that have frequently been ignored or overlooked. They address topical issues such as nationalism, cultural identity, myth, gender and contextualization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31172/cover/9780521031172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of the Stuart Court Masque</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bevington, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holbrook, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes an alternative look at the courtly masque in early seventeenth-century England. For a generation, the masque has been a favourite topic of New Historicism, because it has been seen as part of the process by which artistic works interact with politics, both shaping and reflecting the political life of a nation. These exciting essays move importantly beyond a monolithic view of culture and power in the production of masques, to one in which rival factions at the courts of James I and of Charles I represent their clash of viewpoints through dancing and spectacle. All aspects of the masque are considered, from written text and political context to music, stage picture and dance. The essays, written by distinguished scholars from around the world, present an interdisciplinary approach, with experts on dance, music, visual spectacle and politics all addressing the masque from the point of view of their speciality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31202/cover/9780521031202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Puzzle of Strikes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class and State Strategies in Postwar Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franzosi, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an attempt to explain the temporal movement of postwar Italian strikes: why and when strikes go up or down and what the strategies of the main actors involved are. In many ways, the book is unique in the social sciences. First, it takes an inductive approach. Rather than start with theories and then use available empirical evidence to test the explanatory power of the theories, the book starts with date. Second, the book is based on a variety of empirical evidence: statistical, historical, ethnographic and survey material. Third, the book considers the strategies of all the actors involved: workers, employers, the state and the radical left. Finally, the book does not simply explain the movement of strikes; more broadly, it attempts to show how strikes, in their turn, deeply affect the economic, institutional and political spheres of society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31233/cover/9780521031233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Multiplicity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbons, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brian Gibbons presents the idea of multiplicity as a way of understanding the form and style of Shakespeare's plays: composed of many different codes, woven together in a unique pattern for each play, rather than variations on fixed notions of comedy or tragedy. Selecting from different phases of Shakespeare's career, the book's method is comparison, using an imaginative range of texts and new approaches; there is also lively discussion of modern staging. Comparison with major works by Spenser, Sidney and Marlowe is complemented by a demonstration of Shakespeare's re-use of his own previous plays and poems. Far from reducing the plays to a formula, Brian Gibbons shows how criticism articulates what popular audiences have always known, that the plays' sheer abundance and variety is their strength. This is an original book, scholarly yet straightforward, on an issue of central interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31240/cover/9780521031240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Text of the Old Testament in Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early medieval Vulgate Bible had no fixed textual form - multiple copying resulted in a multitude of forms. This book tackles questions about the transmission of the Vulgate Old Testament in Anglo-Saxon England. By tracing the history of the text in the surviving Latin manuscripts we can illuminate monastic and intellectual history. Following an introduction which explains the wider continental history in which the dissemination of the Latin scriptures occurred, Richard Marsden goes on to analyse twenty surviving manuscripts including the Codex Amiatinus, one of the greatest English books and the earliest surviving complete Vulgate Bible. The book provides a comprehensive listing and collation of surviving Anglo-Saxon manuscripts of the Old Testament, and it also establishes textual history as a dimension of wider Anglo-Saxon history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31257/cover/9780521031257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landlords, Peasants and Politics in Medieval England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aston, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in this book, reprinted from the journal Past and Present, are all, in different ways, concerned with the ownership of landed property in medieval England and with those who worked the land. Problems debated include those concerning the keeping intact of the great estates of the Anglo-Norman barons in the face of both inheritance claims and of political manipulation by the crown. Other articles show that the difficulties of knights and lesser gentry were no less complex, as social shifts resulted from economic developments as well as from their military role and their relationships with their overlords. The essays are of as much importance for those interested in the history of politics as to those concerned with the economy and society of medieval England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31271/cover/9780521031271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Society in the Visigothic Kingdom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, P. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The kingdom of the Visigoths, embracing at its fullest extent Portugal and part of southern France as well as virtually the whole of Spain, boasted the most sophisticated civilization to be be found in any of the Romano-barbarian states created out of the ruin of the Western Empire. Yet its fortunes have been the subject of a curious indifference by scholars otherwise well conscious of the supreme significance of the sixth and seventh centuries for a balanced understanding of the Middle Ages. Dr King makes a searching investigation into the structure and ethos of Visigothic society as it is revealed in the legal and other other sources of the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31288/cover/9780521031288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tendencies of the Synoptic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Synoptic Gospels contain traditions about Jesus which differ in some respects from Gospel to Gospel and, it is presumed, from the very earliest Christian traditions. Scholars often seek to establish the earliest form of each tradition and the methods and criteria they use are of the greatest importance. Dr Sanders here provides a reassessment of this whole problem. His study deals directly with the question of determining the reliability of the Synoptic Gospels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31318/cover/9780521031318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103132X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103132X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics by Principle, Not Interest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards Nondiscriminatory Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Congleton, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The very logic of majority rule implies unequal treatment or discrimination. If left unconstrained, majority coalitions will promote the interests of their own members at the expense of other persons. This book focuses on the effects of applying a generality constraint on the political process. Under this requirement, majorities would be constitutionally prohibited from treating different persons and groups differently. The generality principle is familiar in that all persons are to be treated equally. In summary, this book extends the generality norm to politics. Several defences of equal treatment or generality are developed and applied. These include the familiar intuition that invokes fairness. But the primary argument here is centred on political efficiency, which is increased when governments are constrained to treat persons or groups generally rather than differentially. The political efficiency defence of the generality constraint is based on a public choice analysis of the implication of majoritarian discrimination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31325/cover/9780521031325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Learning, and Behavior Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental, Biological, and Clinical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beitchman, Joseph H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Nancy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Konstantareas, M. Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tannock, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language as a connecting bridge between learning disability and psychiatric disorder is the unifying theme of this wide-ranging book. Particular prominence is given to attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, dyslexia and autistic disorder. Explanations for the comorbidity of psychiatric and language disorder are sought in developmental, cognitive and biological fields, the contribution of imaging modalities is considered and implications for aetiology, treatment and rehabilitation are explored. Topical issues such as syndrome definition in dyslexia, acquired memory disorder in childhood and biology-behaviour correspondence are well covered, as are a range of treatment options. A final section is devoted to outcome studies. Enlivened with case vignettes, and offering insights into the range of current thinking on language and behaviour, this book is a rich resource for professionals and advanced students concerned with child health and development, offering ideas for a unified view of language, learning and behaviour problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31332/cover/9780521031332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire and Schizoanalysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Socio-Poetics of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Eugene W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Baudelaire's writings applies the principles of schizoanalysis to literary history and cultural studies. By resituating psychoanalysis in its socio-economic and cultural context, this framework provides an illuminating approach to the poetry and art criticism of the foremost French modernist. Professor Holland's book draws upon and transforms virtually the entire spectrum of recent Baudelaire scholarship and demonstrates the impact of the capitalist market and its attendant authoritarianism (as well as Baudelaire's much-discussed family circumstances) on the psychology and poetics of the writer, who abandoned his romantic idealism in favour of a modernist cynicism that has characterized modern culture ever since.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31349/cover/9780521031349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Geography of France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Planhol, Xavier de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claval, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Xavier de Planhol and Paul Claval, two of France's leading scholars in the field, trace the historical geography of their country from its roots in the Roman province of Gaul to the present day. They demonstrate how, for centuries, France was little more than an ideological concept, despite its natural physical boundaries and long territorial history. They examine the relatively late development of a more complex territorial geography, involving political, religious, cultural, agricultural and industrial unities and diversities. The conclusion reached is that only in the twentieth century had France achieved a profound territorial unity and only now are the fragmentations of the past being overwritten.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31356/cover/9780521031356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Agrarian Question and the Peasant Movement in Colombia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Struggles of the National Peasant Association, 1967-1981</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zamosc, Leon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Leon Zamosc provides an account of the history of ANUC and its struggle on three main fronts: for land, for the defence of the colonists, and for the protection of smallholders. The main focus of the book is on the land struggles. Professor Zamosc adopts a structural perspective, examining the agrarian contradictions that propelled the peasant struggles, the changing relationship between the peasant movement and the state, and the political and ideological content of the peasant challenge. He explores these issues in the light of the shifting patterns of class alignments and antagonisms that marked the rise and decline of peasant radicalism during the 1970s, and offers some suggestions about the significance of ANUC's struggles for the understanding of peasant movements in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31387/cover/9780521031387.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Functionalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategy and Tactics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faia, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last several decades, functional theory in the social sciences has fallen into disfavour. Alleged to be a static form of theory incapable of explaining social change, methodologically impotent and ideologically tainted, functionalism stands accused of being socially and politically reactionary. In this book, Michael Faia challenges the view that functionalism should be rejected. He claims that because functional theories are causal, multivariate, time-ordered, and characterized by reciprocal causation, they are in fact inherently dynamic, demand the highest methodological rigour, and also force sociology to transcend its infamous 'paradigm disputes' by recognizing that the social sciences have already achieved an 'integrated methodological paradigm'. The central arguments of the book are illustrated by a wide variety of examples drawn from several academic disciplines. These range from the incest taboo to witchcraft, from tenure in the US Congress to duration of marriage. The reader thus gains a strong appreciation of the wide applicability of the functionalist mode of explanation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31394/cover/9780521031394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103146X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103146X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychiatric Team and the Social Definition of Schizophrenia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Study of Person and Illness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of schizophrenia in a modern psychiatric hospital. Its purpose is to develop a contextual understanding of schizophrenia by studying the clinical setting in which this disorder is experienced, diagnosed and treated. It arises from an anthropological investigation of the day-to-day work of clinical staff. The author offers a penetrating analysis of the language used by hospital staff as they write and talk about their patients and traces the evolution of the concept of schizophrenia, showing how contemporary theoretical constructs are applied by clinical staff. In its analysis of the schizophrenia team and of those experiencing the disorder, this book will reveal to mental health professionals many of the unspoken assumptions of their role. It will also confirm to social scientists and clinicians the power of the ethnographic approach in psychiatric research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31462/cover/9780521031462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Akathisia and Restless Legs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sachdev, Perminder</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews our knowledge of akathisia and related syndromes, including Restless Legs Syndrome, other forms of motor restlessness and neuroleptic-induced dysphoria and is a comprehensive account of these important, but insufficiently researched, syndromes. The main focus is on drug-induced akathisia and its various subtypes. The author explores its relationship to the restlessness caused by other neurological disorders, presents a synthesis of the pathophysiological mechanisms of akathisia and provides arguments for operational criteria for the research diagnosis of drug-induced akathisia. Strategies for the measurement of akathisia are discussed, as are treatment approaches and a fascinating appendix contains a translation of Hashovec's account of the first cases in the literature. As the first extended review of scientific and clinical aspects of akathisia and restlessness, this book will be much valued by psychiatrists, neurologists and other physicians seeking a better understanding of these disabling syndromes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31486/cover/9780521031486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Index of Characters in Early Modern English Drama</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Printed Plays, 1500-1660</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berger, Thomas L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradford, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sondergard, Sidney L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an invaluable reference to all the characters who appear in English drama from 1500 to 1660. The book indexes well over a thousand printed plays. In addition to characters' names it indexes character types (Dwarf, Gypsy), nationalities (Frenchman, American), military ranks, psychological states (Jealousy, Melancholy), occupations and professions. The accompanying Finding List provides a table of play titles, authors, dates of publication, dates of performance and short-title catalogue numbers. The book is a much revised and expanded version of An Index of Characters in English Printed Drama to the Restoration (Microcard Editions, 1975). This edition indexes the names of characters in 180 plays which no longer survive in print and characters from Latin plays of the period. Further features are an alphabetical list of plays, an index of playwrights and an expanded bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31509/cover/9780521031509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Dickens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dynamics of Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gager, Valerie L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and Dickens traces Dickens' own interest in Shakespeare from childhood, not only through his own reading and performance but also through numerous theatrical, literary and artistic sources. The book proceeds to examine theoretical ideas about influence and allusion as aspects of style and analyses ways in which Dickens typically employs references to Shakespeare. It is argued that imaginative transformations of Shakespeare's words and ideas enrich all aspects of Dickens' writing, including aesthetic principles, language, imagery, plot, atmosphere, theme, tone, structure, foreshadowing and characterization. Dombey and Son and David Copperfield are examined to demonstrate the sophisticated manner in which Dickens engages the reader in a continuous process of reassessment by creating a dense network of quotations, allusions and echoes and integrating successive references to comment upon, modify, or amplify prior usage. The final section contains an annotated catalogue of approximately one thousand references to Shakespeare's plays and poems drawn from Dickens' fiction, essays, letters and speeches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31516/cover/9780521031516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Not Shakespeare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bardolatry and Burlesque in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoch, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Burlesque has been a powerful and enduring weapon in the critique of 'legitimate' Shakespearean culture by a seemingly 'illegitimate' popular culture. This was true most of all in the nineteenth century. From Hamlet Travestie (1810) to Rosencrantz and Guildenstern (1891), Shakespeare burlesques were a vibrant, yet controversial form of popular performance: vibrant because of their exuberant humour; controversial because they imperilled Shakespeare's iconic status. Richard Schoch, in this study of nineteenth-century Shakespeare burlesques, explores the paradox that plays which are manifestly 'not Shakespeare' purport to be the most genuinely Shakespearean of all. Bringing together archival research, rare photographs and illustrations, close readings of burlesque scripts, and an awareness of theatrical, literary and cultural contexts, Schoch changes the way we think about Shakespeare's theatrical legacy and nineteenth-century popular culture. His lively and wide-ranging book will appeal to scholars and students of Shakespeare in performance, theatre history and Victorian studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31523/cover/9780521031523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Romance Fiction in the English Renaissance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hackett, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the progress of Renaissance romance from a genre addressed to women as readers to a genre written by women. The Elizabethan period saw a boom in the publication of romances by male authors. Many of these, Helen Hackett argues, were directed at an imagined female audience, advertising to male readers the voyeuristic pleasures of fictions supposedly read in women's bedchambers. Yet within a hundred years this imagined audience gave way to real women romance-readers and even women romance-writers. Exploring this crucial transitional period, Hackett examines the work of a diverse range of writers from Lyly, Rich and Greene to Sidney, Spenser and Shakespeare. Her book culminates in an analysis of Lady Mary Wroth's Urania (1621), the first romance written by a woman and considers the developing representation of female heroism and selfhood, especially the adaptation of saintly roles to secular and even erotic purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31547/cover/9780521031547.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Like Engend'ring Like</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heredity and Animal Breeding in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Bakewell of Dishley Grange in Leicestershire is usually regarded as the founding father of modern farm livestock breeding, and is thought of as one of the legendary pioneers of the agricultural revolution in late eighteenth-century Britain. However, Bakewell was by no means the first English breeder to practise deliberate selection of desirable qualities in his livestock. This book sets out to examine the ideas and techniques of earlier generations of agricultural and sporting improvers in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and to demonstrate the earlier sources of many of Bakewell's opinions and procedures. It reviews the relationships which may have existed between the ideas of practical animal breeders and those of philosophical naturalists with theoretical ideas about heredity. It also touches on the question of whether the stimulus for the development of new stock was provided by demand for different products or by a desire to obtain knowledge about the heredity of domestic animals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31585/cover/9780521031585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Winstanley 'The Law of Freedom' and other Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leader of the Diggers, or True Levellers, whose colony was forced to disband in 1650, Gerrard Winstanley stands out from a century remarkable for its development in political thought as one of the most fecund and original of political writers. An acute and penetrating social critic with a passionate sense of justice, he worked out a collectivist theory which strikingly anticipates nineteenth- and twentieth-century socialism. He was the first modern European thinker to write in the vernacular advocating a communist society, and to call upon ordinary people to realize it. Winstanley published a number of pamphlets on the colony's behalf, among them a summary of his ideas, published in 1652 as The Law of Freedom in a Platform and dedicated to Oliver Cromwell. Christopher Hill's selection from Winstanley's many published pamphlets demonstrates the coherence and social relevance of Winstanley's philosophy, while it reveals his mastery of colloquial prose and his superb use of imagery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31608/cover/9780521031608.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supernova 1987A in the Large Magellanic Cloud</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Fourth George Mason Astrophysics Workshop held at the George Mason University, Fairfax, Viginia, 12-14 October, 1987</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kafatos, Minas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michalitsianos, Andrew G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Supernova 1987A was the brightest supernova explosion since the invention of the telescope, and consequently the observations are of great interest in astronomy. This book collects seventy papers, which were presented at the Fourth George Mason Workshop on Astrophysics in late 1987. It provides a fascinating summary of the status of observations six months after the outburst, and will be of interest to all astronomers interested in this supernova.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31615/cover/9780521031615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collision of Comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 and Jupiter</TitleText>

<Subtitle>IAU Colloquium 156</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noll, Keith S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weaver, Harold A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The spectacular collision of comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 with Jupiter in July 1994 was a unique event in the history of observational astronomy. With a year's advance warning, astronomers and planetary scientists around the world were able to co-ordinate an observing campaign to track the event in unprecedented detail. A year after the event, a workshop at the Space Telescope Science Institute provided the first opportunity for them to bring together their observations and found a new understanding of the impact. Based on this meeting, sixteen invited reviews from authors selected as international leaders in the study of the impact and its aftermath are presented in this volume. The chapters have been edited and arranged to provide a thorough and comprehensive overview of our knowledge of the event. While our understanding of the impact will evolve with future work, this book provides a solid foundation for new insights that will follow. It will be a standard reference for graduate students and researchers in astronomy and planetary science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31622/cover/9780521031622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103163X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103163X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Warped Disks and Inclined Rings around Galaxies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casertano, Stefano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sackett, Penny D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Franklin H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most galaxies are in clusters, where tidal interactions are not uncommon. Tidal and dynamical interaction in galaxies are of importance in studying evolution. A large amount of data has been collected on dust-lane ellipticals, polar ring galaxies, spirals with extended warps, and galaxies with inclined HI rings or unusual 'tails'. This book is a record of a meeting which was held at the University of Pittsburgh. It provided an informal, yet focused environment for the interaction  of astronomers who have addressed these questions with a wide variety of skills, techniques and points of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31639/cover/9780521031639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compact Sources of Ultrashort Pulses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duling, III, Irl N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive volume provides a survey of the many innovations in the field of ultrashort pulse generation, and reviews the state of the art in compact, modelocked laser systems, discussing both their operational principles and potential applications. The theory of short optical pulse generation by modelocking is covered in the first chapter. Thereafter, modelocking techniques in different types of lasers are discussed: solid state lasers; diode-pumped lasers; fiber lasers; surface emitting semiconductor lasers; external cavity semiconductor lasers; hybrid soliton pulse sources; and monolithic colliding pulse modelocked diode lasers. Presenting both theoretical and experimental aspects throughout, this book will be invaluable to anyone interested in short pulse laser systems, and particularly to researchers involved in high-speed communications or the investigation of ultrafast phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31653/cover/9780521031653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Surface Waters Acidification Programme</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents the results of a major international and interdisciplinary study of the mechanism and consequences of surface water acidification, which is a growing environmental problem. This detailed, long-term study provides an authoritative overview of the chemical process involved in acidification and of its biological impact on freshwater life. The surface waters acidification programme (SWAP) has drawn together the many facets of this complex phenomenon. The volume includes sections on hydrochemical studies in catchments, catchment process studies, catchment manipulation experiments, chemical processes, palaeolimnological studies, biological effects on freshwater life, and modelling studies. The volume finishes with an assessment of the SWAP and its conclusions. Though the results are presented in a predominantly European context, the findings and conclusions are applicable to all those areas suffering the consequences of acidification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31677/cover/9780521031677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Geological Record of Lake Basins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gierlowski-Kordesch, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelts, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sequence of sediments deposited in lakes forms an archive of a high-resolution record of the changes and rates of changes in continental palaeoenvironments. Global Geological Record of Lake Basins is the first in a short series of books containing concise geological summaries of lake basin deposits. Geoscientists worldwide have co-operated to bring together the information available on a global spectrum of lacustrine deposits - looking in particular at palaeoenvironmental aspects. The compilation has resulted from IGCP 219 - Comparative Lacustrine Sedimentology in Space and Time - which has given impetus to the field of limnogeology. Lacustrine deposits are widespread throughout the geological record, and this series of books will assess, for every geological time window, key lacustrine sequences worldwide in the form of short summaries of specific deposits. A common language will be defined to describe these deposits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31684/cover/9780521031684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coccolithophores</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, Amos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siesser, William G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Coccolithophores are one of the primary algal groups in the oceans. They are the focus of research in many disciplines due to their importance in palaeoenvironmental reconstruction and stratigraphy. The book starts with a history of coccolithophore studies followed by chapters discussing coccolithophore biology, and the composition, function and classification of their skeletal elements. At the heart of the book are taxonomic and atlas chapters with 140 scanning electron micrographs of coccolithophore species. Through a series of contributions from key workers in the field, the reader can then follow the path of the organisms from the ocean surface, through the water column to the ocean floor. The book concludes with a chapter on geochemical tracers, and the implication of these studies for stratigraphy and palaeoenvironmental change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in Solid Polymers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McBrierty, Vincent J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Packer, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an authoritative and comprehensive account of the principles and practice of NMR spectroscopy of solids as applied to polymeric materials to determine their structure and dynamics at a molecular level. NMR spectroscopy has been applied to the characterization of polymers in solid state for over 40 years. The past few decades have seen the development of many new NMR capabilities, including high-resolution techniques for solids, multi-dimensional methods, deuterium NMR and others. All of these developments have contributed to a dramatic increase in the power and applicability of NMR for the characterization, at a molecular level, of the dynamics and structural organization of polymeric solids. The applications chapters emphasize the polymer types and properties. The authors have included an introduction to all the main principles of the technique involved in its application to solid polymers. Rigorous and detailed analytical treatment of all main areas is also available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31721/cover/9780521031721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Costs and Productivity in Automobile Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Challenge of Japanese Efficiency</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuss, Melvyn A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waverman, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motor vehicles are prominent among the flows of exports and imports for Canada, Germany, Japan and the United States, and these trade flows are heavily influenced by the basic relative competitiveness of the production processes for automotive manufacturing. In this book the authors analyse in depth the factors that contributed to the comparative cost competitiveness of the four countries' auto industries over the period 1961-84, and disentangle the factors contributing to the Japanese cost and efficiency advantages. Their main contribution is to provide estimates of comparative costs of automobile production (both short-run and long-run) and the sources of these cost differences, based on the econometric cost-function methodology. An innovation is the careful treatment of capacity utilization, one of the most important sources of short-run cost and efficiency differences. This methodology is also used effectively in an analysis of the Canada-US Auto Pact, a unique experiment in trade liberalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31752/cover/9780521031752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103177X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval European Coinage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grierson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackburn, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, the first volume of Medieval European Coinage, surveys the coinage of Western Europe from the fall of the Roman Empire in the West in the fifth century to the emergence of recognizable 'national' political units in the tenth. It starts with the Vandals, Visigoths, Burgundians and other Germanic invaders of the Empire, whose coins were modelled on contemporary issues of the Western or Eastern emperors. The coinage of the Franks is followed from early Merovingian times through to the establishment and subsequent fragmentation of the Carolingian empire. Italy is represented by the coinages of the Ostrogoths, Lombards, Carolingians and popes down to the Ottoman conquest in the mid-tenth century. The coinage of the Anglo-Saxons is traced from the introduction of minting in the early seventh century to the emergence of a united kingdom during the first half of the tenth century, including the aberrant coinages of Northumbria and the Anglo-Viking coinages of the Danelaw.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31776/cover/9780521031776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cansos and Sirventes of the Troubadour, Giraut de Borneil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Edition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borneil, Giraut de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharman, Ruth Verity</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Amongst the troubadour poets, those writers of courtly love poetry that flourished in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in the south of France, Giraut de Borneil was one of the most important and influential. Dante thought very highly of him. Little serious attention has been paid to his work, however, largely due to the absence of a modern critical edition. Dr Sharman has now rectified this situation with a scrupulously researched edition which covers Giraut's entire output. Translations into English and detailed commentaries on each poem are provided. In her introduction, Dr Sharman discusses what is known of Giraut's life and patrons. She places his work in the context of troubadour poetry while highlighting his particular originality: more than any other troubadour poet before or after, he involves the lady as an equal participant in love. His work integrates the moral and social convention of courtly love into a wider framework of Christian behaviour, and contains an extraordinarily wide range of styles, the apparently easy manner of which conceals deeper levels of meaning than have been elucidated hitherto.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31783/cover/9780521031783.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space and the Eighteenth-Century English Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varey, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this challenging and illustrated study, Simon Varey relates the idea of space in the major novels of Defoe, Fielding and Richardson to its use in the theory and practice of eighteenth-century architecture. Concepts of divine design, expressed in the work of philosophers and theologians, introduced an ideological element to the notion of space which gave it a heightened significance in contemporary thought. Professor Varey's central argument is that space becomes a political instrument used to establish conformity, assert power and give form to the aspirations of social classes. He draws on a wide range of architectural books, both English and European, and on the example of Bath (focusing in particular on its chief architect in the eighteenth century, John Wood). The discussion of novels such as Robinson Crusoe, Tom Jones and Clarissa examines narrative as a form of spatial design, the use of architectural imagery to describe people, and the political control of social space. The result is a work which makes fertile conjunctions between literary criticism, architecture and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31790/cover/9780521031790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Role Analysis in the Study of Religious Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mass Educational Development in Norway, 1740-1891</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flint, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study in historical sociology explores the relationship between educational development and religious change in Norwegian society during a period of significant social and economic transition. John Flint traces the processes whereby the laity radically reduced clerical control over religious institutions. He examines census materials, reports to the Ministries of the Church and Education, and information from organizational histories, using historical role analysis to describe the changing relationships among state church pastors, parish school teachers, pupils, parents, and lay preachers. In his examination of the movement toward mass literacy, John Flint draws on and contributes to the sociology of comparative education development. His findings from this Norwegian study have wider theoretical and methodological implications, and will be of interest to historians and sociologists studying religion and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31813/cover/9780521031813.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Images of Community in Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magennis, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores ideas of community and the relationship of individuals to communities widely evident in Old English poetry. It pays particular attention to the context in which major poetic manuscripts of the late Anglo-Saxon period were received, a time when concerns about community appear to have been of special urgency. The book identifies key features of the audience or readership of Old English poetry in this period, and relates the interests of these groups of people to themes reflected in the poetic texts. Magennis analyses a wide range of poems and examines the imagery on which they draw, concentrating particularly on depictions of hall (including feasting and drinking), stronghold, city and landscape. In a poetry in which communal structures are typically associated with male ideals of warriorship and fellowship, the position and treatment of women is also shown to merit close consideration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31844/cover/9780521031844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic History of the English Poor Law, 1750-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyer, George R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the last third of the eighteenth century, most parishes in rural southern England adopted policies providing poor relief outside workhouses to unemployed and underemployed able-bodied labourers. The debate over the economic effects of 'outdoor' relief payments to able-bodied workers has continued for over 200 years. This book examines the economic role of the Poor Law in the rural south of England. It presents a model of the agricultural labour market that provides explanations for the widespread adoption of outdoor relief policies, the persistence of such policies until the passage of the Poor Law Amendment Act in 1834, and the sharp regional differences in the administration of relief. The book challenges many commonly held beliefs about the Poor Law and concludes that the adoption of outdoor relief for able-bodied paupers was a rational response by politically dominant farmers to changes in the rural economic environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31868/cover/9780521031868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometrical Frustration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sadoc, Jean-Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosseri, R&#233;my</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how the concept of geometrical frustration can be used to elucidate the structure and properties of non-periodic materials such as metallic glasses, quasicrystals, amorphous semiconductors and complex liquid crystals. Geometric frustration is introduced through examples and idealized models, leading to a consideration of how the concept can be used to identify ordered and defective regions in real materials. Then it is shown how these principles can also be used to model physical properties of materials, in particular specific volume, melting, the structure factor and the glass transition. Final chapters consider geometric frustration in periodic structures with large cells and quasiperiodic order. Appendices give all necessary background on geometry, symmetry and tilings. The text considers geometrical frustration at different scales in many types of materials and structures, including metals, amorphous solids, liquid crystals, amphiphiles, cholisteric systems, polymers, phospholipid membranes, atomic clusters, and quasicrystals. Of interest to researchers in condensed matter physics, materials science and structural chemistry, as well as mathematics and structural biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31875/cover/9780521031875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Metaphors and Paradoxes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Niels Bohr and the Construction of a New Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petruccioli, Sandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGilvray, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a detailed study of the development and the interpretation given to Niels Bohr's Principle of Correspondence. It also describes the role that this principle played in guiding Bohr's research over the critical period from 1920 to 1927. Quantum mechanics, developed in the 1920s and 1930s by Bohr, Heisenberg, Born, Schr&#246;dinger and Dirac, represents one of the most profound turning points in science. This theory required a wholly new kind of physics in which many of the principles, concepts and models representing reality, that had formed the basis of classical physics since Galileo and Newton, had to be abandoned. This book re-examines the birth of quantum mechanics, in particular examining the development of crucial and original insights of Niels Bohr.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31882/cover/9780521031882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parallel Computing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fountain, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book sets out the principles of parallel computing in a way which will be useful to student and potential user alike. It includes coverage of both conventional and neural computers. The content of the book is arranged hierarchically. It explains why, where and how parallel computing is used; the fundamental paradigms employed in the field; how systems are programmed or trained; technical aspects including connectivity and processing element complexity; and how system performance is estimated (and why doing so is difficult). The penultimate chapter of the book comprises a set of case studies of archetypal parallel computers, each study written by an individual closely connected with the system in question. The final chapter correlates the various aspects of parallel computing into a taxonomy of systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31899/cover/9780521031899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optimal Reliability Design</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuo, Way</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prasad, V. Rajendra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tillman, Frank A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hwang, Ching-Lai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Optimal Reliability Design provides a detailed introduction to systems reliability and reliability optimization. State-of-the-art techniques for maximizing system reliability are described, focusing on component reliability enhancement and redundancy arrangement. The authors present several case studies and show how optimization techniques are applied in practice. They also pay particular attention to finding methods that give the optimal trade-off between reliability and cost. The book begins with a review of key background material, and a discussion of a range of optimization models. The authors go on to cover optimization tools, such as heuristics, discrete optimization, nonlinear programming, mixed integer programming, optimal arrangement, and metaheuristic algorithms. They also describe the computational implementation of these tools. Many numerical examples are included, and the book contains over 180 homework exercises. It is suitable as a textbook for graduate-level courses in reliability engineering and operations research. It will also be a valuable reference for practising engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31912/cover/9780521031912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mentalities of Gorillas and Orangutans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Sue Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, H. Lyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on the mental abilities of chimpanzees and bonobos has been widely celebrated and used in reconstructions of human evolution. In contrast, less attention has been paid to the abilities of gorillas and orangutans. This volume aims to help complete the picture of hominoid cognition by bringing together the work on gorillas and orangutans and setting it in comparative perspective. The introductory chapters set the evolutionary context for comparing cognition in gorillas and orangutans to that of chimpanzees, bonobos and humans. The remaining chapters focus primarily on the kinds and levels of intelligence displayed by orangutans and gorillas compared to other great apes, including performances in the classic domains of tool use and tool making, imitation, self-awareness, social communication and symbol use. All those wanting more information on the mental abilities of these sometimes neglected, but important primates will find this book a treasure trove.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80274/cover/9780521580274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mammalian Social Learning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative and Ecological Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Box, Hilary O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, Kathleen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social learning commonly refers to the social transfer of information and skill among individuals. It encompasses a wide range of behaviours that include where and how to obtain food, how to interact with members of one's own social group, and to identify and respond appropriately to predators. The behaviour of experienced individuals provides natural sources of information, by which inexperienced individuals may learn about the opportunities and hazards of their environment, and develop and modify their own behaviour as a result. A wide diversity of species is discussed in this book, some of which have never been discussed in this context before, and  particular reference is made to their natural life strategies. Social learning in humans is also considered by comparison with other mammals, especially in their technological and craft traditions. Moreover, a discussion is included of the social learning abilities of prehistoric hominids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/32638/cover/9780521632638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis of Variance in Statistical Image Processing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurz, Ludwik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benteftifa, M. Hafed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A key problem in practical image processing is that of detecting certain features in a noisy image. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) techniques can be very effective in such situations, and this book gives a detailed account of the use of ANOVA in statistical image processing. The book begins by describing the statistical representation of images in the various ANOVA models. A number of computationally efficient algorithms and techniques are then presented, to deal with such problems as line, edge and object detection, as well as image restoration and enhancement. By describing the basic principles of these techniques, and showing their use in specific situations, the book will facilitate the design of new algorithms for particular applications. It will be of great interest to graduate students and engineers in the field of image processing and pattern recognition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31967/cover/9780521031967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521031974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521031974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521031974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biodiversity Dynamics and Conservation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Freshwater Fish of Tropical Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521031974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;v&#234;que, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In order for biodiversity to be conserved, it is important to know how and where diverse assemblages of plants and animals exist, to understand the effects of human impacts on them, and to find the means by which these impacts can be lessened and even reversed. While tropical systems are known to be amongst the most diverse and most threatened globally, tropical freshwater systems have been neglected, and the tremendous variety of fish, amphibians, invertebrates and plants which live in them are poorly known yet seriously threatened. This comprehensive book brings together a wealth of information on the fish of tropical African systems, and discusses how these systems evolved, what holds them together, and what is tearing them apart. This is an important reference work not only for those interested in fish, but for all concerned with biodiversity conservation anywhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31974/cover/9780521031974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Transmission and Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dryden and Other Writers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miner, Earl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brady, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dryden's writings are studded with names, conspicuously those of his literary predecessors and contemporaries. He defined himself as a writer in relation to other writers, and in doing so was something of a pioneer professional man of letters: poet, playwright, critic, prose stylist, England's foremost verse translator, the first literary historian to provide a conception of periods, and what would now be termed a comparatist. This book looks at Dryden's literary relationships with Ben Jonson and with French authors (notably Corneille), at issues raised by the work thought to be his greatest by Romantic and contemporary readers, Fables Ancient and Modern; and at Samuel Johnson's definition of Dryden, whose biography in Johnson's Lives was the author's favourite. The book has implications for questions of literary reception, influence and intertextuality, as well as for the reputation and context of Dryden himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32018/cover/9780521032018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toleration in Enlightenment Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grell, Ole Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Enlightenment is often seen as the great age of religious and intellectual toleration, and this volume is a systematic European survey of the theory, practice, and very real limits to toleration in eighteenth-century Europe. A distinguished international team of contributors demonstrate how the publicists of the European Enlightenment developed earlier ideas about toleration, gradually widening the desire for religious toleration into a philosophy of freedom seen as a fundamental attribute and a precondition for a civilized society. Nonetheless Europe never uniformly or comprehensively embraced toleration during the eighteenth century: although religious toleration was central to the Enlightenment project, advances in toleration were often fragile and short-lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32162/cover/9780521032162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society, Science and the Universe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fabian, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cutting across boundaries of art and science, evolution is a fundamental process that has beguiled thinkers through the ages. This collection draws together world-renowned thinkers and communicators with their own intriguing insights. In these essays they offer a feast of dazzling thoughts and ideas to challenge and enthral the reader. Why and how do civilizations and societies change over time? Why do our cells develop the way they do? Why are some villages still villages while others have grown into vast cities? Can we learn from our evolutionary past to plan a better future for our health and society? Tracing a line from the history of biological evolution, through the evolution of cultures, society, science and the universe, Evolution brings together intriguing parallels from all levels of life. From the evolution of the developing embryo to the evolution of a developing star, common threads develop into a fascinating story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32179/cover/9780521032179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fara, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Karalyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This engaging volume for the general reader explores how individuals and societies remember, forget and commemorate events of the past. The collection of eight essays takes an interdisciplinary approach to address the relationships between individual experience and collective memory, with leading experts from the arts and sciences. We might expect scientists to be concerned with studying just the mental and physical processes involved in remembering, and humanities scholars to be interested in the products of memory, such as books, statues and music. This collection exposes the falseness of such a dichotomy, illustrating the insights into memory which can be gained by juxtaposing the complementary perspectives of specialists venturing beyond the normal boundaries of their disciplines. The authors come from backgrounds as diverse as psychoanalysis, creative writing, neuroscience, social history and medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32186/cover/9780521032186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Catastrophe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bourriau, Janine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding Catastrophe examines the immense and varied impact that catastrophic change can have on the development of life on earth. Opening with a remarkable account of supernovae and the nature of stellar catastrophe, it then examines the way evolution itself can proceed through genetic jumps of catastrophic proportions. The primal forces of the earth, manifested in such natural catastrophes as earthquakes and cyclones, and the devastating impact these can have even today on human populations across the world receive extended scrutiny as does the power of famine historically in determining the future of humankind. To conclude, a fascinating final chapter on changing medical and social attitudes to epidemic diseases such as tuberculosis offers - in the age of AIDS particularly - some unsettling insights into our fundamental incapacity when confronted by major threats to life and health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32193/cover/9780521032193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton Unbound</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Controversy and Reinterpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032209</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rumrich, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Milton - heretic, defender of the Cromwellian regicides, epic poet - holds a crucial strategic position on the intellectual and ideological map of literary studies. In this provocative and liberating study, John P. Rumrich contends that contemporary critics, despite differences in methodology, have contributed to the invention of a monolithic or institutional Milton, as censorious preacher, aggressive misogynist, and champion of the emerging bourgeoisie. Rumrich reveals the pressures that have shaped this current critical orthodoxy, and exposes the historical inaccuracies and logical inconsistencies that sustain it. Through analysis of Milton's poetry and prose, and consideration of the historical forces that informed Milton's writing, Rumrich argues instead for a more complex Milton who was able to accommodate uncertainty and doubt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32209/cover/9780521032209.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Discourse of Enlightenment in Eighteenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diderot and the Art of Philosophizing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the problems faced by writers of the Enlightenment, who attempted to demystify all previous forms of knowledge by applying rationalist critiques that can in turn be applied to examine their own critical work. It focuses on the works of one of the best-known writers of eighteenth-century France, Denis Diderot, analysing his experimentation with presenting critical knowledge. Paying close attention to the formal-poetic nature of Diderot's writing, his 'art', it examines the interplay between critical knowledge and its representation, between epistemology and aesthetics. Professor Brewer shows how Diderot's work in the areas of philosophy, science, the fine arts and literature pushed Enlightenment critique to its limits, and points to its remarkable similarity to aspects of modern critical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32216/cover/9780521032216.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Graphic Unconscious in Early Modern French Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conley, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the importance of typographic shapes in French Renaissance literature in the context of psychoanalysis and of the history of printed writing. Focusing on the poetry of Clement Marot, Rabelais's Gargantua, Ronsard's sonnets and the Essais of Montaigne, it argues that printed characters can either supplement or betray what they appear to articulate, revealing compositional patterns that do not appear to be under authorial control. Professor Conley shows that graphic forms are crucial for the development of complex interactions of verbal and visual materials in the early years of print culture. Marot and Rabelais articulate a religious programme through the letter; Ronsard conflates the arts in poetry of the French court in the middle years of the sixteenth century; Montaigne stages the birth of the self in print and inscribes political dimensions in the relationship between the letter and meaning. This unconscious, proto-Freudian writing has complex historical relations with verbal and visual practices in the media of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32223/cover/9780521032223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saving and the Accumulation of Wealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Italian Household and Government Saving Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ando, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guiso, Luigi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Visco, Ignazio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The evolution of private saving and its interaction with government fiscal policy play an important and complex role in the development of the national economy. To gain insight into this process, it is imperative that we improve our understanding of the savings behaviour of individual households and of the ways in which they aggregate over the entire population to produce national saving. Italy provides an ideal laboratory in which to assess the impact of government and private transfer, imperfections in the capital markets, productivity growth and shifting demographic patterns on the saving behavior of individual households and on their aggregation into total private saving. The book draws on the Italian experience and data, and offers findings on many aspects of the process of saving determination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32230/cover/9780521032230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Challenges in Natural Language Processing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Madeleine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weischedel, Ralph M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although natural language processing has come far, the technology has not achieved a major impact on society. Is this because of some fundamental limitation that cannot be overcome? Or because there has not been enough time to refine and apply theoretical work already done? Editors Madeleine Bates and Ralph Weischedel believe it is neither; they feel that several critical issues have never been adequately addressed in either theoretical or applied work, and they have invited capable researchers in the field to do that in Challenges in Natural Language Processing. This volume will be of interest to researchers of computational linguistics in academic and non-academic settings and to graduate students in computational linguistics, artificial intelligence and linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32261/cover/9780521032261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103227X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103227X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Country and the City Revisited</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England and the Politics of Culture, 1550-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landry, Donna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1550 and 1850, the great age of mercantilism, the English people remade themselves from a disparate group of individuals and localities divided by feudal loyalties, dialects and even languages, into an imperial power. Examining literature, art and social life, and returning to ground first explored by Raymond Williams in his seminal work, The Country and the City Revisited traces this transformation. It shows that what Williams figured as an urban-rural dichotomy can now be more satisfactorily grasped as a permeable boundary. While the movement of sugar, tobacco and tea became ever more deeply interfused with the movement of people, through migration and the slave trade, these commodies initiated new conceptions of space, time and identity. Spanning the traditional periods of the Renaissance and Romanticism, this collection of essays offers exciting interdisciplinary perspectives on central issues of early modern English history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32278/cover/9780521032278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Augustan Fable</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loveridge, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the tradition of fable across a wide variety of written and illustrative media, from its origins in classical antiquity to the end of the eighteenth century and beyond. It offers both a history and a poetics of the genre, presenting a body of evidence to show the stable and transhistorical qualities of fable, while showing that many individual writers consciously employed these qualities in dynamic and witty ways highly responsive to their own historical and cultural moment. Tracing the impact of classical and European models on verse and moral fables of the eighteenth century, and the use of the fable by major writers - including Dryden, Pope, Mandeville, Swift, Gay and Cowper - in their historical and literary contexts, Mark Loveridge offers a full account of a significant form of English and European literature and suggests new ways of reading eighteenth-century literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32285/cover/9780521032285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Village Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Design, Estimation, and Use of Villagewide Economic Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, J. Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adelman, Irma</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most of the world's population and the vast majority of the world's poor live and work in villages. Their activities are usually centred in households, but interactions among households shape the impacts of policy, market and environmental changes on rural production, incomes, employment and migration. This book presents a generation of villagewide economic modelling designed to capture these interactions when assessing the impacts of policy, market and environmental changes on rural economies in less developed countries. The authors present a general framework for modelling village economies based on computable general-equilibrium techniques, estimate models for villages and a village-town in five different countries, and use these models to conduct a series of comparative experiments. The findings offer explanations for some paradoxical outcomes of exogenous shocks as their influence winds its way through rural economies, and they underline the importance of adopting a local economy-wide perspective when designing development policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32292/cover/9780521032292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103230X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103230X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity and Subjugation in Seventeenth-Century Drama and Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Family Romance of French Classicism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Mitchell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the relation between an emergent modern subjectivity in seventeenth-century French literature, particularly in dramatic works, and the contemporaneous evolution of the absolutist state. It shows how major writers of the Classical period (Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Lafayette) elaborate a new subject in and through their representations of the family, and argues that the family serves as the mediating locus of a patriarchal ideology of sexual and political containment. Most importantly, it asks why the theatre became the privileged form of representation in this state, and why this theatre concentrates almost exclusively on family conflict. Professor Greenberg argues that the narrative of oedipal sexuality and subjugation central to this new literary canon reflected the conflicting social, political and economic forces that were shifting European society away from the universe of the Renaissance and guiding it towards the 'transparency' of Classical representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32308/cover/9780521032308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sade and the Narrative of Transgression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allison, David B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiss, Allen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major collection of essays on the Marquis de Sade encompasses a wide range of critical approaches to his &#339;uvre, including some of the most celebrated texts in Sade scholarship. It focuses on several distinctly contemporary areas of interest: the explicitly libidinal components of Sade's work and the effects they engender, the textual and narrative apparatus which supports these operations, the ethical and political concerns which arise from them, and the problematic issues surrounding the conceptual closure of representation. Sade is placed at the centre of current debates in literary and philosophical criticism, feminist and gender theory, aesthetics, rhetoric and eighteenth-century French cultural history, and this volume will be of interest to a wide range of readers across these disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32315/cover/9780521032315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islamic Society and State Power in Senegal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Disciples and Citizens in Fatick</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villal&#243;n, Leonardo A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sufi Muslim orders to which the vast majority of Senegalese belong are the most significant institutions of social organization in the country. While studies of Islam and politics have tended to focus on the destabilizing force of religiously based groups, the author argues that in Senegal the orders have been a central component of a political system that has been among the most stable in Africa. Focusing on a regional administrative centre, he combines a detailed account of grassroots politics with an analysis of national and international forces to examine the ways in which the internal dynamics of the orders shape the exercise of power by the Senegalese. This is a major study that should be read by every student of Islam and politics as well as of Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32322/cover/9780521032322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bureaucracy, Economy, and Leadership in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Origins of the Great Leap Forward</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bachman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book David Bachman examines the origins of the Great Leap Forward (GLF), a programme of economic reform that must be considered one of the great tragedies of Communist China, estimated to have caused the death of between 14 and 28 million Chinese. While standard accounts interpret the GLF as chiefly the brainchild of Mao Zedong and as a radical rejection of a set of more moderate reform proposals put forward in the period 1956 to 1957, Bachman proposes a provocative reinterpretation of the origins of the GLF that stresses the role of the bureaucracy. Using a neo-institutionalist approach to analyse economic policy-making leading up to the GLF, he argues that the GLF must be seen as the produce of an institutional process of policy-making. This book offers a reinterpretation of one of the most important episodes in the history of the People's Republic as well as a framework with which to analyse the role of institutions more generally in the political economy of the PRC.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32339/cover/9780521032339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Dutch Literature in its European Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kooper, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers insights into the rich and varied Dutch literature of the Middle Ages. Sixteen essays written by top scholars consider this literature in the context of the social, historical and cultural developments of the period in which it took shape. The collection includes studies of the most representative authors, genres, works and current fields of research interest, ranging from the court and the city, the world of chivalry, the literature of love, religious literature, drama and the artes texts. The essays draw on the idea of a common tradition in medieval literature, originating in France and shared by other literatures of western Europe. To facilitate the reader's understanding of the European context in which Dutch literature developed, a comparative chronological survey provides an overview of the main cultural, historical and literary events between 1150 and 1500. The bibliography includes details of published English translations of medieval Dutch texts discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32346/cover/9780521032346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genealogies of the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Psychoanalysis, and Politics in Modern France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehlman, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, which includes a substantial introduction and several unpublished essays, Jeffrey Mehlman confronts the politically devastating resonances in the work of several leading French writers. The essays focus on the series of enigmas surrounding the 'Blanchot affair' - a scandal provoked by Mehlman's revelation in 1977 that Maurice Blanchot, one of the tutelary figures of contemporary French thought, had in the 1930s been a prominent fascist journalist. Mehlman takes the issue of Blanchot's forgotten political essays deep into the most revered - and misunderstood - of his novels, L'Arr&#234;t de mort. Using this affair as a point of departure, Mehlman sheds light on the question of the usability of psychoanalysis for literary readings (examining, for example, Baudelaire, Mallarm&#233; and Val&#233;ry); he also investigates the ideological and political connotations of similar literary and theoretical material. The volume as a whole provides a consistently provocative meditation on literature, ethics, and the experience of the French in World War II.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32353/cover/9780521032353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catatonia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Clinician's Guide to Diagnosis and Treatment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fink, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Michael Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Catatonia is a syndrome of motor dysregulation (mutism, peculiar postures, repetitive speech, negativism and imitative movements), and is found in as many as ten per cent of acutely ill psychiatric inpatients. Although its classification has been controversial, the identification of catatonia is not difficult, but it is often missed, leading to the false notion that the syndrome is rare. Catatonia has various presentations, and may be caused by many neurologic and general medical conditions,  most commonly mood disorder. Treatments are well defined, and when used, catatonia has an excellent prognosis. This book, by two leading neuropsychiatrists, describes the features of catatonia, teaches the reader how to identify and treat the syndrome successfully, and describes its neurobiology. Patient vignettes from the authors' practices, and many from the classical literature, illustrate the principles of diagnosing and treating patients with catatonia. It is an essential clinical reference for psychiatrists and neurologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/22268/cover/9780521822268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Dickens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading, Adaptation and Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glavin, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After Dickens is both a performative reading of Dickens the novelist and an exploration of the potential for adaptive performance of the novels themselves. John Glavin conducts a historical inquiry into Dickens's relationship to the theatre and theatricality of his own time, and uncovers a much more ambivalent, often hostile, relationship than has hitherto been noticed. In this context, Dickens's novels can be seen as a form of counter-performance, one which would allow the author to perform without being seen or scrutinized. But Glavin also identifies a rich performative potential in Dickens's fiction, and describes new ways to stage that fiction in emotionally powerful, critically acute adaptations. The book as a whole, therefore, offers a reading of Dickens through an unusual alliance between literary criticism and theatrical performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32377/cover/9780521032377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Ethnic Mobilization in the Russian Federation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorenburg, Dmitry P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains how state institutions affect ethnic mobilization. It focuses on how ethno-nationalist movements emerge on the political arena, develop organizational structures, frame demands, and attract followers. It does so in the context of examining the widespread surge of nationalist sentiment that occurred through the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the late 1980s and early 1990s. It shows that even during this period of institutional upheaval, pre-existing ethnic institutions affected the tactics of the movement leaders. It challenges the widely held perception that governing elites can kindle latent ethnic grievances virtually at will to maintain power. It argues that nationalist leaders can't always mobilize widespread popular support and that their success in doing so depends on the extent to which ethnicity is institutionalized by state structures. It shifts the study of ethnic mobilization from the whys of its emergence to the hows of its development as a political force.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32391/cover/9780521032391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Drama</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Bastard Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Susan Harris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Susan Harris Smith looks at the many often conflicting cultural and academic reasons for the neglect and dismissal of American drama as a legitimate literary form. Covering a wide range of topics such as theatrical performance, the rise of nationalist feeling, the creation of academic disciplines, and the development of sociology, Smith's study is a contentious and revisionist historical inquiry into the troubled cultural and canonical status of American drama, both as a literary genre and as a mirror of American society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32421/cover/9780521032421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in British Romantic Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drama, Performance, and Society, 1790-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burroughs, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examine the extraordinary contribution of women playwrights, actors, translators, critics and managers who worked in British theatre during the romantic period. Focusing on women well known during their day but neglected for some 150 years, the volume provides a crucial perspective that revises historical narratives and reflects the rapidly changing terrain of scholarship in the complex field of romantic theatre and drama. Eleven specially commissioned essays by a distinguished team of scholars explore the role of numerous theatrical women including the eminent actress Sarah Siddons and two of the period's most prolific playwrights Elizabeth Inchbald and Joanna Baillie. The book strikes a balance between literary and theatrical approaches, showing how the period's preoccupation with categories such as text and performance, closet drama and stage, provide a key to 'uncloseting' an important group of female theatre artists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32438/cover/9780521032438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and the Social Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading and Writing in Tudor and Stuart England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cressy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this exploration of the social context of reading and writing in pre-industrial England, David Cressy tackles important questions about the limits of participation in the mainstream of early modern society. To what extent could people at different social levels share in political, religious, literary and cultural life; how vital was the ability to read and write; and how widely distributed were these skills? Using a combination of humanist and social-scientific methods, Dr Cressy provides a detailed reconstruction of the profile of literacy in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England, looking forward to the eighteenth century and also making comparisons with other European societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32469/cover/9780521032469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giant of the Grand Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Army, 1610-1715</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynn, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An 'invisible giant', the seventeenth-century French army was the largest and hungriest institution of the Bourbon monarchy. Combining social and cultural emphases with more traditional institutional and operational concerns, this book examines the army in depth, studying recruitment, composition, discipline, motivation, selection of officers, leadership, administration, logistics, weaponry, tactics, field warfare and siegecraft. The portrait that emerges differs from what current scholarship might have predicted. Instead of claiming that a 'military revolution' transformed warfare, Lynn stresses evolutionary change. This work also offers surprising insights into absolutism and the relationship between the monarchy and aristocracy. Questioning widely held assumptions about state formation and coercion, Lynn argues that this standing army was primarily devoted to border defence and only rarely to internal repression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32483/cover/9780521032483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crowds, Psychology, and Politics, 1871-1899</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginneken, Jaap van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jaap van Ginneken's study explores the social and intellectual history of the emergence of crowd psychology in the late nineteenth century. Both the popular work of the French physician LeBon and his predecessors are shown to be influenced and closely connected with both the dramatic events and academic debates of their day. Although LeBon is generally attributed as having created the field of crowd psychology, this study demonstrates how he derived most of his key concepts from immediate predecessors, yet refused to acknowlege his debt to them. Van Ginneken traces the descendants and heirs of the original authors throughout Europe, using unpublished correspondence to shed light on their mutual relations. Recognizing that LeBon's work was by far the most popular, the success of his work is shown to have a decisive influence on many major political leaders of the twentieth century, ranging from Theodore Roosevelt and Charles de Gaulle to Mussolini and Hitler.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32490/cover/9780521032490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of Taxol</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nature and Politics in the Pursuit of an Anti-Cancer Drug</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taxol is arguably the most celebrated, talked-about and controversial natural product in recent years. It is celebrated because of its efficacy as an anti-cancer drug and because its discovery has provided powerful support for policies concerned with biodiversity; talked about because in the late 1980s and early 1990s the American public was bombarded with news reports and special programmes about the molecule and its host, the Pacific yew; and controversial because during the early 1990s the drug and the tree became embroiled in a number of very sensitive political issues with wide implications for the conduct of public policy. The Story of Taxol tells this story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32506/cover/9780521032506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deductive and Declarative Programming</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Padawitz, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Declarative programs consist of mathematical functions and relations and are amenable to formal specification and verification, since the methods of logic and proof can be applied to the programs in a well-defined manner. Here Dr Padawitz emphasizes verification based on logical inference rules, i.e. deduction (in contrast with model-theoretic approaches, deductive methods can be automated to some extent). His treatment of the subject differs from others in that he tries to capture the actual styles and applications of programming; neither too general with respect to the underlying logic, nor too restrictive for the practice of programming. He generalizes and unifies results from classical theorem-proving and term rewriting to provide proof methods tailored to declarative program synthesis and verification. Detailed examples accompany the development of the methods, whose use is supported by a documented prototyping system. The book can be used for graduate courses or as a reference for researchers in formal methods, theorem-proving and declarative languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32513/cover/9780521032513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of the Pulsar Magnetosphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gurevich, A. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beskin, V. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Istomin, Ya. N</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the theory of the electrodynamic phenomena which occur in the magnetosphere of a pulsar. It also provides a clear picture of the formation and evolution of neutron stars. The authors address the basic physical processes of electron-positron plasma production, the generation of electric fields and currents, and the emission of radio waves and gamma rays. The book also reviews observational data, and devotes a complete chapter to a detailed comparison of this data with accepted theory and with some recent theoretical predictions. Tables containing the values of the physical parameters of all observed radio pulsars are also provided. The book is illustrated throughout and is fully referenced. Graduate students and researchers in astrophysics and plasma physics working in the field of radio pulsars will find this book of great value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32537/cover/9780521032537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Framework of Judicial Sentencing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Legal Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovegrove, Austin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Austin Lovegrove examines the sentencing of offenders appearing on multiple offences and how judges, having fixed a prison sentence for each offence, determine an overall sentence for each offender. Analysing judges' verbal protocols for sentencing problems and sentences for fictitious cases, he is able to offer, first, a model of judicial sentencing in the form of a decision strategy comprising working rules deduced from the given responses of judges as they attempted to apply sentencing law, and, second, a numerical guideline in the form of an algebraic model quantifying the application of the working rules. On the basis of this empirical data, Dr Lovegrove furthers understanding of the nature and place of intuition in sentencing and of how the cumulation of sentence can be integrated into a system of proportionality related to the seriousness of single offences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32568/cover/9780521032568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103258X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103258X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Factionalism in Chinese Communist Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Jing</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Factionalism is widely understood to be a distinguishing characteristic of Chinese politics. In this book, Jing Huang examines the role of factionalism in leadership relations and policy-making. His detailed knowledge of intra-party politics offers an alternative understanding of still-disputed struggles behind the high walls of leadership in Zhongnanhai. Huang traces the development of factional politics from its roots in the 'mountaintops' and the enduring impact of the personal bonds formed between Mao and his supporters at the Yan'an Round Table. Critiquing the predominant theories on leadership and decision-making, he explains that it is not power struggles that give rise to factionalism, but rather the existence of 'factionalism that turns power into an overriding goal in CCP politics'. Huang explains why policy outcomes switched constantly between 'Left-adventurism' and 'Right-conservatism' under Mao's reign and between 'emancipation of mind' and 'socialist spiritual civilization' in the Deng era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32582/cover/9780521032582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolving Science of Mental Disorder</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthysse, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benes, Francine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Deborah L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scientific study of mental disorder is exciting today because of discoveries in molecular genetics, cognitive processes, neurochemistry and neuroanatomy. The study of mental disorder has evolved from a primarily descriptive discipline into a mature science that encompasses both biological underpinnings and social and developmental work. Psychopathology combines these fields of research to present a comprehensive picture of psychosis. In this important volume, distinguished investigators from these fields present findings from their laboratories, as well as perspectives on areas of rapid growth and change. The editors also provide thoughtful overviews of four major topics in psychopathology research: brain mechanisms, thinking, development and genetics. This book will appeal to graduate students, clinicians and researchers in the fields of psychiatry, cognitive science and neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32599/cover/9780521032599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landscapes of Emotion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mapping Three Cultures of Emotion in Indonesia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heider, Karl G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Karl G. Heider studies the cultural constructions of emotions, examining how different cultures shape ideas and talk about emotion. The main subjects of the study are the Minangkabau, a matrilineal Muslim culture of three million people in West Sumatra, Indonesia. Comparative data come from the Central Javanese, also of Indonesia and reference is made to studies of American emotions. The Minangkabau have two different 'cultures of emotion', used depending on whether they are speaking their own regional language or the national language. And the Central Javanese have yet another culture of emotion when they are speaking the 'same' national language. Landscape of Emotion will appeal to a range of readers in anthropology, psychology, sociology and Asian studies who want to understand how different cultures shape emotion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32605/cover/9780521032605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pascal and the Arts of the Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Hugh M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the ways in which Pascal posed and solved intellectual problems in three very different areas of his work: mathematics and mathematical physics, religious experience and theology, communication and controversy. Hugh Davidson shows how three of the classical 'liberal arts', rhetoric, dialectic and geometry, pervade Pascal's method as liberating and guiding influences in his search for truth. They appear throughout his production and are used and adapted with great skill both in his attacks on tradition in mathematics and physics and in his defences of tradition in the sphere of religion and morality. Professor Davidson throws light on both the diversity and the unity of Pascal's thought, and places it in the context of other seventeenth-century innovations in the use of traditional disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32629/cover/9780521032629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Outcomes in Neurological and Neurosurgical Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swash, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural history and treatment outcome of disease are of critical importance to patients, clinicians and health care providers across the full range of medical disciplines. In many specialities, such as neurology and neurosurgery, this sort of information can be hard to obtain in the absence of extensive outcome studies and agreed measures of outcome in different conditions. This volume seeks to inform about effective care and rehabilitation by providing a succinct review of whatever data is available for the majority of conditions encountered in clinical practice. Particular attention has been given to the evaluation of severity and outcome of each disorder and to advice on comparing risks and benefits of treatment. This resource will prove invaluable to all involved in informing patients of treatment options and making important cost efficient decisions on care. It should also be welcomed in the planning of clinical trials for potential therapies and as a reference in medicolegal spheres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32650/cover/9780521032650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032695</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logics of Social Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kontopoulos, Kyriakos M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the author proposes an interesting approach to the study of one of the most central concepts in social analysis, that of social structure. He provides a critique of the leading models and argues that each is inadequate to the task of explaining the complexity of structures that make up society and the processes by which these structures are formed and are interlinked. A conceptualization of the processes of societal formation is then presented, drawing on developments in the physical, biological and cognitive sciences. This conceptualization allows for the multiplicity of processes of structuration, which the author refers to as logics, some of which function at the individual or 'micro' level, others at the organizational or 'meso' level, and still others at the society-wide, or 'macro' level. The author terms this conceptualization a theory of heterarchy and it is a truly comprehensive theory of societal structuration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32698/cover/9780521032698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Textuality of Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasternack, Carol Braun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study constructs a reading of Old English poetry which takes up issues current in poststructuralist theory, including intertextuality, work versus text and the author. The modern reader knows this literature as a discrete number of poems, set up and printed in units punctuated as modern sentences and with titles inserted by modern editors. Carol Braun Pasternack offers an alternative approach which takes into account the format of the verse as it exists in the manuscripts, using the term 'inscribed' to define texts which are situated between oral inheritance and print. In a detailed examination of texts throughout the canon she explores the ways in which readers construct poems in the process of reading and in addition she extends her analysis to the question of authorship, arguing that the texts do not imply an author but rather imply tradition as the source of their authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32704/cover/9780521032704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uncertain Reasoner's Companion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Mathematical Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paris, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reasoning under uncertainty, that is, making judgements with only partial knowledge, is a major theme in artificial intelligence. Professor Paris provides here an introduction to the mathematical foundations of the subject. It is suited for readers with some knowledge of undergraduate mathematics but is otherwise self-contained, collecting together the key results on the subject and formalizing within a unified framework the main contemporary approaches and assumptions. The author has concentrated on giving clear mathematical formulations, analyses, justifications and consequences of the main theories about uncertain reasoning, so the book can serve as a textbook for beginners or as a starting point for further basic research into the subject. It will be welcomed by graduate students and research workers in logic, philosophy and computer science as an account of how mathematics and artificial intelligence can complement and enrich each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32728/cover/9780521032728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purcell Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Curtis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The tercentenary of Henry Purcell's death fell in 1995, and this volume of specially commissioned essays was collected to celebrate Purcell's music in his tercentenary year. The essays are representative of the best recent research and deal mainly with the autograph manuscripts, Purcell's compositional technique, the relationship between Purcell and his teacher John Blow, a reassessment of Purcell court odes, performance practice and wordsetting, and eighteenth-century reception history, particularly regarding King Arthur. The volume is well illustrated with music examples and photographs of important manuscripts.It also analyses Purcell's compositional techniques through detailed study of his manuscripts and reports on the discovery of two important autograph manuscripts. The book opens with an assessment of Purcell's illusive personality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32735/cover/9780521032735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521032741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jonson, Shakespeare and Early Modern Virgil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tudeau-Clayton, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging and original study, Margaret Tudeau-Clayton examines how Virgil - the poet as well as his texts - was mediated in early modern England. She analyses what was at stake in the reproduction of these mediations of Virgil, focusing specifically on the works of Ben Jonson and on one of Shakespeare's most resonantly Virgilian plays, The Tempest. She argues that the play offers a complex model of cultural and sociopolitical resistance by engaging critically not only with contemporary mediations of Virgil, but with the ways they were used, especially by Jonson, to reproduce structures of authority (in relation to nature and language as well as to the sociopolitical order). She also shows how instructive comparisons may be drawn between the ways Virgil was constructed and used in early modern England and the ways Shakespeare has been constructed and used, especially as national poet, from the early modern period until our own time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32742/cover/9780521032742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103275X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stone Lake</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poetry of Fan Chengda 1126-1193</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stone Lake is a translation and study of the poetry of Fan Chengda (1126-1193), one of the most famous Chinese poets of the twelfth century. For the non-specialist reader the main attraction of the book will be the translations from an extensive body of Fan Chengda's poetry, which make up almost half of the text, and includes poems on such familiar themes as the Chinese countryside, peasant life, Buddhism and growing old. The more technical part of the book contains a biography of the poet, a discussion of his affiliation with poets of the generation before him such as Lu You and Yang Wanli, a detailed analysis of his style, and discussion of the major themes of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32759/cover/9780521032759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ransom, Revenge, and Heroic Identity in the Iliad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Donna F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From beginning to end of the Iliad, Agamemnon and Achilleus are locked in a high-stakes struggle for dominance based on their efforts to impose competing definitions of loss incurred and the nature of compensation thereby owed. This typology of scenes involving apoina, or 'ransom' and poine, or 'revenge' is the basis of Donna Wilson's detailed anthropology of compensation in Homer, which she locates in the wider context of agonistic exchange. Wilson argues that a struggle over definitions is a central feature of elite competition for status in the zero-sum and fluid ranking system characteristic of Homeric society. This system can be used to explain why Achilleus refuses Agamemnon's 'compensation' in Book 9, as well as why and how the embassy tries to mask it. Ransom, Revenge, and Heroic Identity in the Iliad thus examines the traditional semantic, cultural and poetic matrix of which compensation is an integral part.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/06602/cover/9780521806602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reforming Financial Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Implications for Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caprio, Jr., Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vittas, Dimitri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume summarizes the key lessons of financial history for emerging markets and developing economies today, including the rise and role of central banks, debates on how to make banking secure and sound, the relative efficiency of universal banking compared to the Anglo-American commercial banking model, and the role of savings banks, non-banks and securities markets in development. Two lessons that should be kept in mind in reforming financial systems are the importance of incentives and diversification. Robust financial systems require incentive systems that reward prudent risk-taking and encourage sound portfolio diversification. In addition, reputation has proved to be important: central bankers must demonstrate anew why they have earned a reputation for non-inflationary policies, and private intermediaries must similarly demonstrate again why they have earned a reputation for sound, as opposed to Ponzi, finance. Attempts to reform financial systems without due allowance for the time and effort to develop institutions, including reputation, are likely to prove short-lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32810/cover/9780521032810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Underground Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tax Evasion and Information Distortion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feige, Edgar L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most disturbing aspects of the growth of underground economies are the interrelated problems of unreported and unrecorded income. A large and growing underground economy can thwart fiscal efforts to establish budget balance and may significantly undermine the veracity of a nation's economic information system. The notion that economic information is itself endogenous raises the possibility that at least part of the economic malaise observed in most Western nations during the past two decades is essentially the result of a statistical illusion. The essays in this volume examine the problems of defining, measuring and understanding the implications of the underground economies that have emerged in many of the world's developed nations. Empirical chapters examine the conceptual problems of how to measure a phenomenon that attempts to defy detection. Alternative measurement procedures are evaluated. Specific studies are included for the United States, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Italy, Norway, Canada, France, the Soviet Union and Hungary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32841/cover/9780521032841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ultrametric Calculus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to p-Adic Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schikhof, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to p-adic analysis which is elementary yet complete and which displays the variety of applications of the subject. Dr Schikhof is able to point out and explain how p-adic and 'real' analysis differ. This approach guarantees the reader quickly becomes acquainted with this equally 'real' analysis and appreciates its relevance. The reader's understanding is enhanced and deepened by the large number of exercises included throughout; these both test the reader's grasp and extend the text in interesting directions. As a consequence, this book will become a standard reference for professionals (especially in p-adic analysis, number theory and algebraic geometry) and will be welcomed as a textbook for advanced students of mathematics familiar with algebra and analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32872/cover/9780521032872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103289X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Law in English Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural law, whether grounded in human reason or divine edict, encourages men to follow virtue and shun vice. The concept dominated Renaissance thought, where its literary equivalent, poetic justice, underpinned much of the period's creative writing. R. S. White's study examines a wide range of Renaissance texts, by More, Spenser, Sidney, Shakespeare and Milton, in the light of these developing ideas of Natural Law. It shows how writers as radically different as Aquinas and Hobbes formulated versions of Natural Law which served to maintain socially established hierarchies. For Aquinas, Natural Law always resided in the individual's conscience, whereas Hobbes thought individuals had limited access to virtue and therefore needed to be coerced into doing good by the state. White shows how the very flexibility and antiquity of Natural Law enabled its appropriation and application by thinkers of all political persuasions in a debate that raged throughout the Renaissance and which continues in our own time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32896/cover/9780521032896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cordner, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerrigan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why does comedy matter? Is it celebratory or subversive? What makes it flourish, and which creative forces resist it? English Comedy addresses these and related questions by invoking a variety of works from Aristophanes to Walt Disney, while focusing on the traditions of comic writing in England. Poetry, the novel and (above all) drama are examined to assess the constrictions and liberations of genre, the negotiations or divergences between comic practice and theory, and the dynamics of theatrical language. Ranging from medieval and Renaissance drama through Romantic poetry to twentieth-century literature and philosophy, English Comedy makes a valuable contribution to our understanding of the heritage of comic writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32902/cover/9780521032902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protecting the Polar Marine Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law and Policy for Pollution Prevention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vidas, Davor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we best protect the polar marine environment against pollution? Leading scholars on environmental law, the law of the sea, and Arctic and Antarctic affairs here examine this important question. To what extent do existing global instruments of environmental protection apply to the Arctic Ocean and the Southern Ocean? Can the arrangements adopted at regional, sub-regional and national levels provide adequate protection? This book examines and compares various levels of regulation in protecting the marine environment of the Arctic and Antarctic, with specific attention to land-based activities, radioactive waste dumping, and shipping in ice-covered waters. Developments since the establishment of the Arctic Council in 1996 and the entry into force of the Protocol on Environmental Protection to the Antarctic Treaty in 1998 are also discussed. This is a volume that will appeal to polar specialists and to all those interested in environmental law and policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/63113/cover/9780521663113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521032970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521032971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of South African Legal Culture 1902-1936</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fear, Favour and Prejudice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521032971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chanock, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of the South African legal system in the early twentieth century was crucial to the establishment and maintenance of the systems which underpinned the racist state, including control of the population, the running of the economy, and the legitimization of the regime. Martin Chanock's highly illuminating and definitive perspective on that development examines all areas of the law: criminal law and criminology; the Roman-Dutch law; the State's African law; and land, labour and 'rule of law' questions. His revisionist analysis of the construction of South African legal culture illustrates the larger processes of legal colonization, while the consideration of the interaction between imported doctrine and legislative models with local contexts and approaches also provides a basis for understanding the re-fashioning of law under circumstances of post-colonialism and globalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/91564/cover/9780521791564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre Culture in America, 1825-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bank, Rosemarie K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theatre Culture in America, 1825-1860 examines how Americans staged their cultures in the decades before the Civil War, and advances the idea that cultures are performances which take place both inside and outside of playhouses. Americans imaginatively expanded conventional ideas of performance as an activity restricted to theatres in order to take up the staging of culture in other venues - in issues of class, race and gender, in parades and the visits of dignitaries, in rioting and the denomination of prostitutes, and in views of the town, the city and the frontier. Joining historical research with a firm and clear-headed grasp of contemporary critical theory, Theatre Culture in America offers an interesting approach to the complex intersections of American theatre and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33039/cover/9780521033039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reinterpreting Islamic Historiography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Harun al-Rashid and the Narrative of the Abbasid Caliphate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>El-Hibri, Tayeb</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of the early 'Abbasid Caliphate has long been studied as a factual or interpretive synthesis of various accounts preserved in the medieval Islamic chronicles. Tayeb El-Hibri's book breaks with the traditional approach, applying a literary-critical reading to examine the lives of the caliphs. By focusing on the reigns of Harun al-Rashid and his successors, the study demonstrates how the various historical accounts were not in fact intended as faithful portraits of the past, but as allusive devices used to shed light on controversial religious, political and social issues of the period. The analysis also reveals how the exercise of decoding Islamic historigraphy, through an investigation of the narrative strategies and thematic motifs used in the chronicles, can uncover new layers of meaning and even identify the early narrators. This is an important book which represents a landmark in the field of early Islamic historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/50236/cover/9780521650236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Traditional Industry in the Economy of Colonial India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Tirthankar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The majority of workers in South Asia are employed in industries that rely on manual labour and craft skills. Some of these industries have existed for centuries and survived great changes in consumption and technology over the last 150 years. In earlier studies, historians of the region focused on mechanized rather than craft industries, arguing that traditional manufacturing was destroyed or devitalized during the colonial period, and that 'modern' industry is substantially different. Exploring new material from research into five traditional industries, Tirthankar Roy's book contests these notions, demonstrating that while traditional industry did evolve during the Industrial Revolution, these transformations had a positive rather than destructive effect on manufacturing generally. In fact, the book suggests, the major industries in post-independence India were shaped by such transformations. Tirthankar Roy's book offers penetrating insights into India's economic and social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/50120/cover/9780521650120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103308X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship and Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Marriage, Family, and Business in the English-Speaking World, 1580-1740</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grassby, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This uncompromisingly empirical study reconstructs the public and private lives of urban business families during the period of England's emergence as a world economic power. Using a broad cross-section of archival, rather than literary, sources, it tests the orthodox view that the family as an institution was transformed by capitalism and individualism. The approach is both quantitative and qualitative. A database of 28,000 families has been constructed to tackle questions such as demographic structure, kinship and inheritance, which must be answered statistically. Much of the book, however, focuses on issues such as courtship and relations among spouses, parents and children, which can only be studied through those families that have left intimate records. The overall conclusion is that none of the abstract models invented to explain the historical development of the family withstand empirical scrutiny and that familial capitalism, not possessive individualism, was the motor of economic growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/82036/cover/9780521782036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transition to a Colonial Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Weavers, Merchants and Kings in South India, 1720-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parthasarathi, Prasannan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to widespread belief, poverty and low standards of living have been characteristic of India for centuries. Challenging this view, Prasannan Parthasarathi demonstrates that, until the late eighteenth century, labouring groups in South India, those at the bottom of the social order, were in a powerful position, receiving incomes well above subsistence. The decline in their economic fortunes, the author asserts, was a process initiated towards the end of that century, with the rise of colonial rule. Building on revisionist interpretations, he examines the transformation of Indian society and its economy under British rule through the prism of the labouring classes, arguing that their treatment by the early colonial state had no precedent in the pre-colonial past and that poverty and low wages were a product of colonial rule. The book promises to make an important contribution to the economic history of the region, and to the study of colonialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70428/cover/9780521570428.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103311X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compiling with Continuations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appel, Andrew W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The control and data flow of a program can be represented using continuations, a concept from denotational semantics that has practical application in real compilers. This book shows how continuation-passing style is used as an intermediate representation on which to perform optimisations and program transformations. Continuations can be used to compile most programming languages. The method is illustrated in a compiler for the programming language Standard ML. However, prior knowledge of ML is not necessary, as the author carefully explains each concept as it arises. This is the first book to show how concepts from the theory of programming languages can be applied to the producton of practical optimising compilers for modern languages like ML. This book will be essential reading for compiler writers in both industry and academe, as well as for students and researchers in programming language theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33114/cover/9780521033114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chile: The Making of a Republic, 1830-1865</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Ideas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chile enjoyed unique prestige among the Spanish American republics of the nineteenth century for its stable and increasingly liberal political tradition. How did this unusual story unfold? The tradition was forged in serious and occasionally violent conflicts between the dominant Conservative Party, which governed in an often authoritarian manner from 1830 to 1858, and the growing forces of political Liberalism. A major political realignment in 1857-8 paved the way for comprehensive liberalization. This book examines the formative period of the republic's history and combines an analysis of the ideas and assumptions of the Chilean political class with a narrative of the political process from the consolidation of the Conservative regime in the 1830s, to the beginnings of liberalization in the early 1860s. The book is based on a comprehensive survey of the writings and speeches of politicians and the often rumbustious Chilean press of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/26105/cover/9780521826105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apposition in Contemporary English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Apposition in Contemporary English is a full-length treatment of apposition. It provides detailed discussion of its linguistic characteristics and of its usage in various kinds of speech and writing, derived from the data of British and American computer corpora. Charles Meyer demonstrates the inadequacies of previous studies and argues that apposition is a grammatical relation realized by constructions having particular syntactic, semantic and pragmatic characteristics, of which certain are dominant. The language of press reportage, fiction, learned writing and spontaneous conversation is analysed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33138/cover/9780521033138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Rolle and the Invention of Authority</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a literary study of the career of Richard Rolle (d. 1349), a Yorkshire hermit and mystic who was one of the most widely read English writers of the late Middle Ages. Nicholas Watson proposes a chronology of Rolle's writings, and offers a literary analyses of a number of his works. He shows how Rolle's career, as a writer of passionate religious works in Latin and later in English, has as its principal focus the establishment of his own spiritual authority. The book also addresses wider issues, suggesting an alternative way of looking at mystical writing in general and challenging the prevailing view of the relationship between medieval and renaissance attitudes to authors and authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33152/cover/9780521033152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mahler Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hefling, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mahler Studies comprises ten innovative essays on topics spanning the range of Mahler research. Blaukopf's inquiry into critical influences on Mahler's student years provides background for Reilly's reassessment of sources for 'Opus 1', Das klagende Lied. McClatchie introduces Mahler's previously inaccessible correspondence with family members, while Feder presents insightful psychoanalytic perspectives on Mahler's relationships to his sister Justine and other women in his life before Alma. Mitchell and La Grange explore the complex issue of quotation and allusion in Mahler's oeuvre. The long-restricted Seventh Symphony sketchbook provides detailed glimpses of that Mahlerian 'world' emerging in its earliest stages, as documented by Hefling. Issues of tonal structure and coherence are addressed by Agawu and Williamson, while Franklin on Adorno's Mahler provides a clear explication of that author's dialectic engagement with the composer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71657/cover/9780521471657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wagner's Musical Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Texts and Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grey, Thomas S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the prose writings of Richard Wagner and their relevance to an understanding of his music and drama, as well as their relation to music criticism and aesthetics in the nineteenth century in general. As a by-product of Wagner's many-faceted career as musician, conductor, cultural critic and controversial ideologue, the writings are documents of undisputed interpretative value. This study focuses on Wagner's words on music, and interprets them in the light of the musical, aesthetic and critical contexts that generated them. Professor Grey considers Wagner's ambivalence concerning the idea of 'absolute music' and the capacity of music to project meaning or drama from within its own system of referents. Particularly relevant are Wagner's appropriation of a Beethoven legacy, the metaphors of musical 'gender' and 'biology' in Opera and Drama and the critical background to ideas of 'motive' and 'leitmotif' in theory and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33190/cover/9780521033190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Island Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communication, Kinship, and Classification Structures in Oceania</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hage, Per</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harary, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contrary to common perception and belief, most island societies of the Pacific were not isolated, but were connected to other island societies by relations of kinship and marriage, trade and tribute, language and history. Using network models from graph theory, the authors analyse the formation of island empires, the social basis of dialect groups, the emergence of economic and political centres, the evolution and devolution of social stratification and the evolution of kinship terminologies, marriage systems and descent groups from common historical prototypes. The book is at once a unique and important contribution to Oceania studies, anthropology and social network analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33213/cover/9780521033213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant Labour and Colonial Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Bengal since 1770</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bose, Sugata</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a critical work of synthesis and interpretation on one of the central themes in modern Indian history - agrarian change under British colonial rule. Sugata Bose analyses the relationships between demography, commercialization, class structure and peasant resistance unfolding over the long term between 1770 and more recent times. By integrating the histories of land and capital, he examines the relationship between capitalist 'development' of the wider economy under colonial rule and agrarian continuity and change. Drawing most of his empirical evidence from rural Bengal, the author makes comparisons with regional agrarian histories of other parts of South Asia. Thus, this study stands on its own in the field of modern Indian social and economic history in its chronological sweep and comparative context and makes the complex subject of India's peasantry accessible to students and the interested non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33220/cover/9780521033220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Noose of Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readings of Desire, Violence and Language in Euripides' Hippolytos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goff, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a reading of Euripides' Hippolytos central play for the study of Euripides and of Greek tragedy. Dr Goff approaches the play through the techniques of modern literary criticism, including deconstruction and feminism, and is able to shed light on this influential text through her close examination of the language of the play. She divides her discussion into five important critical issues: gender, desire, violence, language and the status of poetry and drama. Throughout she is concerned to site the play in the historical and cultural context of fifth-century Athens, and her analysis of the position of women is particularly illuminating for the role of Phaedra, and for female characters throughout Greek tragedy. This is a provocative book which brings critical insights to one of the most extensively discussed of all Greek tragedies. It will be accessible both to classicists and students of drama and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33237/cover/9780521033237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money, Markets, and the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Democratic Economic Policies since 1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Notermans, Ton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Money, Markets, and the State provides in-depth explanations behind the various successes and failures of the economic policies of social democratic governments in five Western European countries: Germany, Great Britain, Sweden, Norway and the Netherlands. Dr Notermans examines these economic systems from the inflation of the early twenties, through the Great Depression of the thirties and then continues his analysis up to present-day mass unemployment. Drawing on a wide range of historical and statistical sources, Dr Notermans argues that the fate of social democratic economic policy hinges critically on the political and institutional success of maintaining price stability and not on structural economic factors such as changing supply side conditions or increasing globalization of economic relations. Although social democracy has repeatedly been declared obsolete, the study concludes that even under present economic conditions, successful policies for full employment are possible by way of social democratic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33268/cover/9780521033268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism and Eugenics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Woolf, Eliot, Yeats, and the Culture of Degeneration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Childs, Donald J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Modernism and Eugenics, Donald Childs shows how Virginia Woolf, T. S. Eliot and W. B. Yeats believed in eugenics, the science of race improvement and adapted this scientific discourse to the language and purposes of the modern imagination. Childs traces the impact of the eugenics movement on such modernist works as Mrs Dalloway, A Room of One's Own, The Waste Land and Yeats's late poetry and early plays. The language of eugenics moves, he claims, between public discourse and personal perspectives. It informs Woolf's theorization of woman's imagination; in Eliot's poetry, it pictures as a nightmare the myriad contemporary eugenical threats to humankind's biological and cultural future. And for Yeats, it becomes integral to his engagement with the occult and his commitment to Irish Nationalism. This is an interesting study of a controversial theme which reveals the centrality of eugenics in the life and work of several major modernist writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/06015/cover/9780521806015.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Mattheson Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buelow, George J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, Hans Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays brings together the research on Johann Mattheson (1681-1764), an influential musician and chronicler of musical thought in eighteenth-century Germany. The essays explore the cultural climate of Hamburg during Mattheson's lifetime; Mattheson as a composer; Mattheson's relationship to his contemporaries; and Mattheson's influence on developing musical theories and aesthetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33312/cover/9780521033312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Works of John Webster</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Old-Spelling Critical Edition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnegie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, Antony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DelVecchio, Doreen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>748</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume to appear in the Cambridge edition of the works of John Webster, beginning with the plays The White Devil and The Duchess of Malfi. The following volume planned for publication will include the other plays as well as the poems and prose. While both The White Devil and The Duchess of Malfi are available in  modernized versions, the Cambridge edition incorporates the more recent editorial scholarship including valuable information on Webster's biography, critical methods, and textual theory. In particular, the edition integrates theatrical aspects of the texts with their bibliographical  and literary features in a way not previously attempted for a scholarly edition of a Jacobean dramatist. The edition also presents previously unpublished material including a fragment of an otherwise lost play and a hitherto unknown poem and provides a brief biography of Webster, a history of the Webster canon, and reception history for each play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33329/cover/9780521033329.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Vibration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippard, A. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of vibration in physical systems is central to almost all fields in physics and engineering. This work, originally published in two volumes, examines the classical aspects in Part I and the quantum oscillator in Part II. The classical linear vibrator is treated first and the underlying unity of all linear oscillations in electrical, mechanical and acoustic systems is emphasized. The treatment of nonlinear vibrations, a field with which engineers and physicists are generally less familiar, is then examined. Part II then concentrates on quantum systems, looking at the vibrations in atoms and molecules and their interaction with electromagnetic radiation. The similarities of classical and quantum methods are stressed and the limits of the classical treatment are examined. Throughout the book, each phenomenon discussed is well illustrated with many examples; and theory and experiment are compared. This is a useful introduction to the more advanced mathematical treatment of vibrations as it bridges the gap between the basic principles and more specialized concepts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33336/cover/9780521033336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society and Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Toward a Sociological Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weigert, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teitge, J. Smith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teitge, Dennis W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the 1940s, there has been an explosion of writings, both scientific and nonscientific, about the question of 'identity' and what it means to be an individual in today's world. This book examines sociological perspectives on identity in order to illuminate the perennial problem of defining the human person, and to pose an alternative definition of identity based on it being socially constructed. Beginning with a review of previous studies of identity, the authors present a set of propositions for organizing the wide range of uses of the term, and for arriving at an adequate definition of it. Identity is then analysed in two contexts: gender identity, linked to present bodies; and prenatal and postmortem identities, linked to future and past bodies. Whereas gender identity reveals the powerful but breakable link between body type and identity, prenatal and postmortem identities illustrate the symbolic reality and partial independence of identity from any corporeal existence. This is an innovative and insightful study which will appeal to all those concerned with understanding the nature of human identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33343/cover/9780521033343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty/Prostitution York</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finnegan, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poverty and Prostitution is a study of 1,400 prostitutes and brothel-keepers operating in a Victorian cathedral city over a half century. It is based on the unique and systematic use of detailed evidence from such sources as the weekly newspaper reports of magistrates' court proceedings, workhouse records, Quarter Sessions Lists and material relating to the local refuge for 'Fallen Women'. The book also draws on the city's wealth of slum clearance records and on the evidence from the census enumerators' notebooks. Dr Finnegan examines the social and geographical origins of the prostitutes and their associates. The conclusions reached challenge existing interpretations of the subject and show that far from being a healthy and comparatively harmless activity which could be abandoned with ease, the Victorian street-walker's career was generally tragic and brief, overshadowed by poverty and characterized throughout by desperation, drunkenness, frequent prison sentences and disease. In addition to considering York's recorded prostitute community as a whole, the book is illustrated throughout with the histories of individual women, and contains fascinating photographic material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33374/cover/9780521033374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103342X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Cobbett</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nattrass, Leonora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a thoroughgoing literary analysis of William Cobbett as a writer. Leonora Nattrass explores the nature and effect of Cobbett's rhetorical strategies, showing through close examination of a broad selection of his polemical writings (from his early American journalism onwards) the complexity, self-consciousness and skill of his stylistic procedures. Her close readings examine the political implications of Cobbett's style within the broader context of eighteenth-and early nineteenth-century political prose, and argue that his perceived ideological and stylistic flaws - inconsistency, bigotry, egoism and political nostalgia - are in fact rhetorical strategies designed to appeal to a range of usually polarized reading audiences. This re-reading revises a critical concensus that Cobbett is an unselfconscious populist whose writings reflect rather than challenge the ideological paradoxes and problems of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33428/cover/9780521033428.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Mobilization of the European Left, 1860-1980</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Class Cleavage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartolini, Stefano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an in-depth comparative analysis, Stefano Bartolini studies the history of socialism and working-class politics in Western Europe. While examining the social contexts, organizational structures and political developments of thirteen socialist experiences from the 1880s to the 1980s, he reconstructs the steps through which social conflict was translated and structured into an opposition, as well as how it developed its different organizational and ideological forms, and how it managed more or less successfully to mobilize its reference groups politically. Bartolini provides a comparative framework that structures the wealth of material available on the history of each unit and allows him to assess the relative weight of the complex explanatory factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33435/cover/9780521033435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epilepsy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Models, Mechanisms and Concepts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartzkroin, Philip A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances in epilepsy research are occurring at a rapid rate, resulting in a bewildering wealth of data. The implications of this knowledge for future research and clinical practice can be confusing. This volume concentrates on the concepts and models of epilepsy which have been developed as a result of this research. Written by prominent researchers in the field, this book presents a number of major concepts and hypotheses through which epilepsy research has been advanced. Chapters focus on the pathways and mechanisms through which seizure activity is initiated and spread, in both normal and abnormal brain tissues, and discuss the special properties of epileptogenesis in the immature brain. In a field in which rapid advances lead to constant update of empirical data, this book takes a conceptual approach to the subject and provides a solid framework within which to understand the emerging issues. It will be relevant to basic neuroscientists, neurologists and neurosurgeons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33503/cover/9780521033503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gene Therapy in the Treatment of Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Progress and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huber, Brian E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magrath, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The clinical applications of human gene therapy have been particularly fruitful in oncology, and in the last few decades there has been explosive growth in understanding of the genetic lesions leading to neoplasia. This volume in the series Cancer: Clinical Science in Practice reviews progress in the basic and clinical science of gene therapy in oncology, and looks forward to future developments. It considers what has worked and what has not in the fast-evolving field of gene therapy, drawing on laboratory studies and clinical trials, including the work of the contributors themselves. Topical and authoritative, volumes in this series are intended for a wide audience of clinicians and researchers with an interest in the applications of biomedical science to the understanding and management of cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33510/cover/9780521033510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuroleptic-induced Movement Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comprehensive Survey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yassa, Ramzy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nair, N. P. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeste, Dilip V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neuroleptics, the most widely prescribed group of psychotropic drugs, are indispensable in the management of a majority of patients with schizophrenia, as well as other psychoses, yet they have not proved to be an unmixed blessing. They are associated with troublesome adverse effects, of which movement disorders are the most serious in terms of frequency, persistence and overall impact on the well-being of patients and care-givers. This book was prepared with the aim of improving understanding and clinical management of these iatrogenic conditions. It deals with historical, clinical and neurobiological aspects of tardive dyskinesia and related movement disorders such as parkinsonism, dystonia and akathisia. Sections are also devoted to the measurement of tardive dyskinesia, to geographical and ethnic differences, and to management with novel neuroleptic agents and biofeedback. With authoritative contributions and an international perspective, this book will be valuable to clinicians and researchers alike in psychiatry, neurology and related disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33527/cover/9780521033527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two Old English Apocrypha and their Manuscript Source</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Gospel of Nichodemus and The Avenging of the Saviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brearley, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crick, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Thomas N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orchard, Andy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the course of this book Professor Cross presents the discovery of the actual manuscript source for the Old English versions of two biblical apocrypha, The Gospel of Nichodemus and The Avenging of the Saviour. In collaboration with four other scholars, Professor Cross explores the implications of this discovery. Here, parallel editions of the relevant Latin and Old English texts are given, together with modern English translations, and detailed discussion outlines the background to the Latin texts, and to the manuscript which contains them. The assembled material provides an insight not simply into the transmission of two apocryphal texts, but also into the mind of the single Anglo-Saxon translator who, it is argued, struggled in his own idiosyncratic fashion to make two badly spelt and incomplete Latin originals his own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33541/cover/9780521033541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103356X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiction against History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scott as Storyteller</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerr, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Scott was acutely conscious of the fictionality of his historical novels. James Kerr reads the Waverley novels as a grand fictional project constructed around the relationship between the language of fiction and historical reality. We can see throughout Scott's novels a tension between the romancer, recasting the events of the past in accordance with recognizably literary logics, and the historian, presenting an accurate account of the past. This contradiction, reflected in Scott's generic mixture of romance and realism, remains unresolved, even in the most self-conscious of his works. It is in this interplay of fiction and history that Professor Kerr identifies the rich complexity of the Waverley novels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33565/cover/9780521033565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sibelius Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Timothy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murtom&#228;ki, Veijo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a portrait of Jean Sibelius as composer and man, a figure of national and international significance, patriot, husband and father. Three introductory articles explore Sibelius's reception in Finland, performance practice and recording history, and Sibelius's aesthetic position with regard to modernity. The second group of essays examines issues of ideology, sexuality and mythology, and their relationship to musical structure and compositional genesis. Studies of the Second, Fourth, Sixth, and Seventh Symphonies are presented in the concluding section. Collectively, these articles address historical, theoretical and analytical issues in Sibelius's most important works. The analyses are supported by investigations of Sibelius's compositional process as documented by the manuscripts and sketches primarily in the Sibelius Collection of the Helsinki University Library. Exploring Sibelius's innovative approach to tonality, form and texture, the book delineates his unique brand of modernism, which has proven highly influential in the late twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33572/cover/9780521033572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Stage and the Great Depression</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History of the Grotesque</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fearnow, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a correlation between the divided 'mind' of America during the Depression and popular stage works of the era. Theatre works such as Jack Kirkland's comic-horrific adaptation of Tobacco Road, Olsen and Johnson's 'scream-lined revue', Hellzapoppin, and successful plays by Robert E. Sherwood, Clare Boothe Luce and S. N. Behrman are interpreted as theatrical reflections of Depression culture's sense of being trapped between a discredited past and a nightmarish future. The author analyses America of the 1930s as an era of the 'grotesque', in which the irreconcilable were forced into tense and dynamic coexistence, and by examining these works of theatre as products of particular historical circumstances, argues for a strong connection between cultural history and theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33626/cover/9780521033626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Royal Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Resistance and Obedience in Seventeenth-Century Castile</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKay, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In what is sometimes called the age of absolutism, Castilian nobles and commoners, tribunes and towns, were to a considerable degree able to resist and shape royal commands. Whereas there was little open conflict, there was sometimes a surprising degree of autonomy, rights and reciprocity on the part of the king's vassals. This is a study of one such form of resistance: the opposition to military levies. This opposition took place during a period of crisis, during the 1630s and 1640s, when the Crown's need to raise an army came into conflict with a notion of kingship that was far from absolute. From the king's advisory councils to parliament, from city councils and seigneurial estates, to the most humble villages, Castilians had recourse to a wide range of political and juridictional means with which to dispute the king's claims and avoid conscription.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33633/cover/9780521033633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hancock, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The great collection of letters and papers comprising the Smuts Papers has been assembled at the University of Cape Town by Dr Jean van der Poel, under Sir Keith Hancock's direction, since Smuts's death in 1950. The first four volumes of selections cover the period 1886-1919. The selections are divided into twelve parts, each with a short introductory section. Dr van der Poel has provided brief introductions to each letter, article or speech and has annotated every document. This volume contains the first five parts up to the peace negociations of Vereeniging and includes the Memoirs of the Boer War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33640/cover/9780521033640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hancock, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The great collection of letters and papers comprising the Smuts Papers has been assembled at the University of Cape Town by Dr Jean van der Poel, under Sir Keith Hancock's direction, since Smuts's death in 1950. The first four volumes of selections cover the period 1886-1919. The selections are divided into twelve parts, each with a short introductory section. Dr van der Poel has provided brief introductions to each letter, article or speech and has annotated every document. This volume covers the period from the end of the Boer War to self-government and the forming of the Union of South Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33657/cover/9780521033657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hancock, W. K</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The great collection of letters and papers comprising the Smuts Papers has been assembled at the University of Cape Town by Dr Jean van der Poel, under Sir Keith Hancock's direction, since Smuts's death in 1950. The first four volumes of selections cover the period 1886-1919. The selections are divided into twelve parts, each with a short introductory section. Dr van der Poel has provided brief introductions to each letter, article or speech and has annotated every document. This volume covers the peace negotiations at Versailles and includes the bibliographical notes and the general index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33671/cover/9780521033671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volumes V, VI and VII complete the series of selections from the Smuts Papers. They cover the period from August 1919, when Smuts succeeded Botha as prime minister of the Union of South Africa, until his death in September 1950. The selection is divided into six parts, each with a short introduction. All the documents are annotated and those in Dutch or Afrikaans are provided with translations. There are over six hundred biographical notes. Smuts's stature as a world statesman, his intimate concern with the problems of European and Commonwealth politics and his central position in South African affairs place his private papers among the most important collections of their kind. Volume V covers the period from 1919 to 1934 - years of crisis for Smut's 'own child', the League of Nations and, in South Africa, a time which saw confrontations on colour questions and adjustments that led to party fusion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33688/cover/9780521033688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volumes V, VI and VII complete the series of selections from the Smuts Papers. They cover the period from August 1919, when Smuts succeeded Botha as prime minister of the Union of South Africa, until his death in September 1950. The selection is divided into six parts, each with a short introduction. All the documents are annotated and those in Dutch or Afrikaans are provided with translations. There are over six hundred biographical notes. Smuts's stature as a world statesman, his intimate concern with the problems of European and Commonwealth politics and his central position in South African affairs place his private papers among the most important collections of their kind. The main contents of Volume VI (1934-1945) are perceptive letters on the strategy and course of the Second World War and on the inception of UNO - events in which Smuts took a leading part.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33695/cover/9780521033695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Smuts Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poel, Jean van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volumes V, VI and VII complete the series of selections from the Smuts Papers. They cover the period from August 1919, when Smuts succeeded Botha as prime minister of the Union of South Africa, until his death in September 1950. The selection is divided into six parts, each with a short introduction. All the documents are annotated and those in Dutch or Afrikaans are provided with translations. There are over six hundred biographical notes. Smuts's stature as a world statesman, his intimate concern with the problems of European and Commonwealth politics and his central position in South African affairs place his private papers among the most important collections of their kind. Volume VII covers the last five years of Smut's life - years of political innovation, of eventual failure, of private adversity. The volume also contains the biographical entries and the general index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33701/cover/9780521033701.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Development, Function and Evolution of Teeth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teaford, Mark F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meredith Smith, Moya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, Mark W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this field there has been an explosion of information generated by scientific research. One of the beneficiaries of this has been the study of morphology, where new techniques and analyses have led to insights into a wide range of topics. Advances in genetics, histology, microstructure, biomechanics and morphometrics have allowed researchers to view teeth from alternative perspectives. However, there has been little communication between researchers in the different fields of dental research. This book brings together overviews on a wide range of dental topics linking genes, molecules and developmental mechanisms within an evolutionary framework. Written by the leading experts in the field, this book will stimulate co-operative research in fields as diverse as paleontology, molecular biology, developmental biology and functional morphology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70114/cover/9780521570114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103373X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planetary Mapping</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greeley, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batson, Raymond M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planetary Mapping describes the history and process of mapping planets and satellites beyond the Earth. Mapping planetary bodies is a unique process much different from ordinary terrestrial cartography. Although many kinds of imaging systems have been launched into interplanetary space, nearly all of them were designed for purposes other than map-making. Thus, special mapping techniques described in this book had to be invented to make use of images from space. Furthermore, planets and satellites are difficult to depict in maps. For instance, unlike on Earth, on planetary bodies there are no shorelines, rivers, roads or political boundaries to guide the map-maker. The book begins with an introduction to the differences between terrestrial and planetary mapping and continues with a general discussion of the history of planetary mapping. The fundamentals of cartographic techniques are described in detail in the next chapter. This is followed by sections on planetary nomenclature, geodetic considerations, and topographic and geologic mapping.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33732/cover/9780521033732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics and Control of Distributed Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tzou, H. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergman, L. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Distributed parameter systems encompass a broad range of engineering applications from stereo speakers to space structures. The dynamic behaviour of these systems is usually governed by one or more partial differential equations, which may accurately represent the physical system but are often difficult to solve exactly. Research in the dynamics and control of distributed parameter structural systems has grown dramatically in recent years, owing in part to the increasing complexity of these systems. Emerging technologies such as smart materials and mechatronics have contributed to growth in interest. The purpose of this book is to document progress in both theory and practical applications. Chapters discuss simulation, modelling, and analysis techniques used to investigate a variety of elastic, electromechanical and acoustic systems. With contributions by leading authorities, this book will serve as a resource for researchers and graduate students and also as a useful reference for practising engineers working in the area of dynamics and control of distributed systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33749/cover/9780521033749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Corporation as Anomaly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schrader, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the rise of the marginalist conception of the firm in the context of economic thought over the past two centuries, and explains why economists continue to defend a theory with demonstrable shortcomings. Professor Schrader argues that the marginalist view of the firm retains its support not through any comparative advantage in empirical or predictive power, but by virtue of its being a part of the predominant marginalist economic programme. The clear problems that beset the marginalist approach to the firm signal a general dilemma for economic theory as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33756/cover/9780521033756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Troy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drama, Politics, and the Translation of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Heather</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heather James examines the ways in which Shakespeare handles the inheritance and transmission of the Troy legend. She argues that Shakespeare's use of Virgil, Ovid and other classical sources demonstrates the appropriation of classical authority in the interests of developing a national myth, and goes on to distinguish Shakespeare's deployment of the myth from 'official' Tudor and Stuart ideology. James traces Shakespeare's reworking of the myth in Troilus and Cressida, Antony and Cleopatra, Cymbeline and The Tempest, and shows how the legend of Troy in Queen Elizabeth's day differed from that in the time of King James. The larger issue the book confronts is the directly political one of the way in which Shakespeare's textual appropriations participate in the larger cultural project of finding historical legitimation for a realm that was asserting its status as an empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33787/cover/9780521033787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plato and his Predecessors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dramatisation of Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCabe, Mary Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does Plato view his philosophical antecedents? Plato and his Predecessors considers how Plato represents his philosophical predecessors in a late quartet of dialogues: the Theaetetus, the Sophist, the Politicus and the Philebus. Why is it that the sophist Protagoras, or the monist Parmenides, or the advocate of flux, Heraclitus, are so important in these dialogues? And why are they represented as such shadowy figures, barely present at their own refutations? The explanation, the author argues, is a complex one involving both the reflective relation between Plato's dramatic technique and his philosophical purposes, and the very nature of his late philosophical views. For in these encounters with his predecessors we see Plato develop a new account of the principles of reason, against those who would deny them, and forge a fresh view of the best life - the life of the philosopher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33794/cover/9780521033794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Empson: Essays on Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Empson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haffenden, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of William Empson's essays on Elizabethan and Jacobean drama is the second volume of his writings on Renaissance literature. Edited with an introduction by the leading Empson scholar John Haffenden, the contents range from famous essays on The Spanish Tragedy, Volpone, The Alchemist and The Duchess of Malfi to a sprightly piece on Elizabethan spirits. In addition, there are previously unpublished essays which revisit critical controversies, and a magnificent, provocative study of A Midsummer Night's Dream which ventures a major new reading of the play. 'I am attracted by the notion of a hearty indifference to one's own and other people's feelings, when a fragment of the truth is in question,' Empson stated. The incomparable Empson here fights his own critical corner with unequalled zest, intelligence and insight.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33800/cover/9780521033800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre in America during the Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Jared</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive attempt to assemble all that is known of theatre at the time of America's political birth. Because many plays performed during the Revolution were overrun with partisan politics, they were not always aesthetically enticing; yet this was one of the only historical eras in which the theatre was used by both sides to help achieve military and political objectives. Whether moralistic or satirical, the plays of the revolution offer unique insights into the sympathies and fears of both loyal and dissident parties, and so serve as a telling document of a socially turbulent age. Brown's extensive research coheres into an invaluable theatrical and historical chronicle which should prove a useful resource for those working in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33824/cover/9780521033824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kruth, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stobart, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly informative and fascinating book brings together perspectives on sound by leading experts from a wide variety of disciplines. These include anthropology, physiology, zoology, physics, music, phonetics and film. Through crossing disciplinary boundaries, the volume hopes to inspire a richer and more creative approach to the acoustic world. Whilst aiming for a general audience and presented in an accessible style, several chapters also represent important contributions within their own disciplines or will serve as core texts for students. The sequence of nine chapters passes from cultural perspectives on silence, via the physics of sound, physiology of the ear, songs of birds, and sounds of human speech, to music. From the reconstruction of medieval music, via twentieth-century composition and the music of the Kaluli of Papua New Guinea, the volume concludes with the role of sound in film. Life will never sound the same again.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Religious Knowing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, Fraser</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book seeks to describe the psychological processes that are involved in arriving at religious knowledge. The view that direct knowledge is impossible in the religious domain, only 'faith' possible, is rejected. It is argued that the ways in which people come to know other things, in particular how people arrive at personal insights, is close at many points to how they arrive at religious insights. The psychological processes involved in religious knowing are described in the terminology of contemporary cognitive psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33848/cover/9780521033848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103387X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irrationality and the Philosophy of Psychoanalysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, Sebastian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a reconstruction of the theories of Freud and Klein, Sebastian Gardner asks: what causes irrationality, what must the mind be like for it to be irrational, to what extent does irrationality involve self-awareness, and what is the point of irrationality? Arguing that psychoanalytic theory provides the most penetrating answers to these questions, he rejects the widespread view of the unconscious as a 'second mind', in favour of a view of it as a source of inherently irrational desires seeking expression through wish-fulfilment and phantasy. He meets scepticism about psychoanalytic explanation by exhibiting its continuity with everyday psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33879/cover/9780521033879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Economic Man</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economics is probably the most subtle, precise and powerful of the social sciences and its theories have deep philosophical import. Yet the dominant alliance between economics and philosophy has long been cheerfully simple. This is the textbook alliance of neo-Classicism and Positivism, so crucial to the defence of orthodox economics against by now familiar objections. This is an unusual book and a deliberately controversial one. The authors cast doubt on assumptions which neo-Classicists often find too obvious to defend or, indeed, to mention. They set out to disturb an influential concensus and to champion an unpopular cause. Although they go deeper into both philosophy and economics than is usual in interdisciplinary works, they start from first principles and the text is provokingly clear. This will be a stimulating book for all economic theorists and philosophers interested in the philosophy of science and social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33886/cover/9780521033886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103390X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperialism in the Ancient World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cambridge University Research Seminar in Ancient History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, P. D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, C. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The economics of imperialism, its political background and institutional frameworks, the material benefits it conferred, the ideologies of ruler and ruled - these are some of the more important aspects of imperialism discussed in this volume. In presenting the evidence for ancient imperialims and suggesting concepts and methods of interpretation these articles, which are the work of the Cambridge University Research Seminar in Ancient History, range from New Kingdom Egypt and Carthage, through the classical Greek world of Athens and Sparta, to Macedonia and Rome. This book will be particularly useful to ancient historians but should also interest historian of other periods as well as students of politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33909/cover/9780521033909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Turnpike Road System in England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1663-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albert, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the development and administration of turnpike trusts in England from the creation of the first turnpike authority in 1663 to the coming of the the railways in 1840. It is concerned specifically with assessing the economic importance of the trusts before and during the Industrial Revolution. The author begins by analysing the importance of the roads in relation to the entire transport network in the seventeenth century and then examines the legislative development of the trust device and spread of the turnpike trusts throughout the country. The financing of the trusts and the way in which they were managed are considered and the relative success of the turnpikes are assessed by looking at the movement in the costs of land transport. The study is based on parliamentary records and on original trust documents, studied on a country-wide basis. By examining this material Dr Albert is able to provide a detailed and comprehensive history of English turnpike trusts which will supersede in many respects the standard accounts of the subject written in the early 1900s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33916/cover/9780521033916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Italian Garden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Art, Design and Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, John Dixon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Italian gardens vary widely according to their historical date and geographic location. This collection of essays approaches Italian gardens of all periods, from the Middle Ages to modern times, and it ranges widely throughout the peninsula, from Genoa to Sicily, the Veneto to Liguria, and Ferrara to Florence. The authors are a distinguished group of Italian, American, English and German scholars, with different backgrounds in art history, literature, architecture, planning and cultural history. Their explorations of the subject from these different perspectives illuminate not only their own disciplines, but are concerned to make many interesting connections between garden art and the politics of nationalism, between the art of gardens and urban infrastructure, between cultural movements like freemasonry and site planning, between design and planting materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33923/cover/9780521033923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Views of American Landscapes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gidley, Mick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson-Peebles, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the ways American and British writers, painters and photographers have represented the American environment. It brings together essays by American, British and European scholars which consider the one hundred and twenty years following the Revolution and examine the preconceptions, ideologies, rhetorical and aesthetic conventions that shaped attitudes to the North American continent. While ranging widely, the essayists focus on such figures as Jefferson, Crevecoeur, John Neal, James Fenimore Cooper, William Cullen Bryant, Thomas Cole, Samuel Morse, Fanny Kemble, Dickens, Hawthorne, Clarence King and Edward Curtis. Amongst the places featured in the discussions are the Niagara Falls, the Mississippi and Ohio rivers, Virginia's Natural Bridge, Mount Ktaadn and a Broadway omnibus. The book contains numerous illustrations, including early photographs of the western United States, and will be of interest to specialists and students of American literature, history and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33930/cover/9780521033930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Reconnection</TitleText>

<Subtitle>MHD Theory and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Priest, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forbes, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Magnetic reconnection is at the core of many dynamic phenomena in the universe, such as solar flares, geomagnetic substorms and tokamak disruptions. In an authoritative volume, two world leaders on the subject give a comprehensive overview of this fundamental process. The book provides both a full account of the basic theory and a wide-ranging review of the physical phenomena created by reconnection - from laboratory machines, the Earth's magnetosphere, and the Sun's atmosphere to flare stars and astrophysical accretion disks. It also provides a succinct account of various mechanisms of particle acceleration and of how reconnection can be important in such mechanisms. The clear and pedagogical style makes this book an essential introduction for graduate students and an authoritative reference for researchers in solar physics, astrophysics, plasma physics and space science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33947/cover/9780521033947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rousseau and Geneva</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the First Discourse to The Social Contract, 1749-1762</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenblatt, Helena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rousseau and Geneva reconstructs the main aspects of Genevan socio-economic, political and religious thought in the first half of the eighteenth century. In this way Dr Rosenblatt effectively contextualizes the development of Rousseau's thought from the First Discourse through to the Social Contract. Over time Rousseau has been adopted as a French thinker, but this adoption obscures his Genevan origin. Dr Rosenblatt points out that he is, in fact, a Genevan thinker and illustrates that Rousseau's classical republicanism, his version of natural law theory, his civil religion and his hostility to the arguments of doux commerce theorists are all responses to the political use of such arguments in Geneva. The author also points out that it was this relationship with Geneva that played an integral part in his development into an original political thinker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33954/cover/9780521033954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schism and Solidarity in Social Movements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Labor in the French Third Republic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ansell, Christopher K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Like many organizations and social movements, the Third Republic French labour movement exhibited a marked tendency to schism into competing sectarian organizations. During the roughly 50-year period from the fall of the Paris Commune to the creation of the powerful French Communist Party, the French labour movement shifted from schism to broad-based solidarity and back to schism. Ansell analyses the dynamic interplay between political mobilization, organization-building, and ideological articulation that produced these shifts between schism and solidarity. The aim is not only to shed light on the evolution of the Third Republic French labour movement, but also to develop a more generic understanding of schism and solidarity in organizations and social movements. To develop this broader understanding, the book builds on insights drawn from sociological analyses of Protestant sects and anthropological studies of segmentary societies, as well as from organization and social movement theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33961/cover/9780521033961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statics and Kinematics with Applications to Robotics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffy, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robotic manipulators are becoming increasingly important in research and industry, and an understanding of statics and kinematics is essential to solving problems of robotics. This book, written by an eminent researcher and practitioner, provides a thorough introduction to statics and first-order instantaneous kinematics with applications to robotics. The emphasis is on serial and parallel planar manipulators and mechanisms. The text differs from others in that it is based solely upon the concepts of classical geometry. It describes how to introduce linear springs into the connectors of parallel manipulators and to provide a proper geometric method for controlling the force and motion of a rigid lamina. Both students and practising engineers will find this book easy to follow, with a clearly written text and abundant illustrations, as well as exercises and real-world projects to work on.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33985/cover/9780521033985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521033993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521033992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coleridge's Imagination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Pete Laver</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521033992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gravil, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newlyn, Lucy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roe, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The unifying thrust of the book is an exploration of the tension in Coleridge's theory and practice between the Imagination and the Natural, and a delineation of the particular profile of Coleridge's imagination as compared to that of Wordsworth. There are challenging reassessments of Dejection: an Ode, Christabel and Kubla Khan, among other poems; a cluster of essays on the relations between Coleridge and Wordsworth; a strikingly original examination of Coleridge's imagination at work in the privacy of his notebooks; and an intriguing study of the neglected imagination of Mrs Coleridge. The volume opens and closes with major statements by Jonathan Wordsworth on Coleridge's primary imagination and by John Beer on Kubla Khan, and includes work by such eminent scholars as Thomas MacFarland, David Erdman, Norman Fruman, Robert Barth, Anthony Harding, and Stephen Parrish.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33992/cover/9780521033992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life and Works of David Lindsay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sellin, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunnell, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Lindsay was a writer of fantasy fiction who died in 1945. He belongs to the tradition of modern fantasy, as distinct from science-fiction, which has its roots in the writings of, amongst others, George Macdonald, and has been maintained in the work of Charles Williams, Mervyn Peake and J. R. R. Tolkien. Lindsay took up a writing career rather late in life, however his name was known within literary circles and two eminent writers expressed their admiration for his work: L. H. Myers and C. S. Lewis. Indeed, Lewis wrote that Lindsay's most famous book, A Voyage to Arcturus, had exerted a strong influence on his own work. Interest in Lindsay has been growing steadily, and in this book, Bernard Sellin has written a comprehensive survey of Lindsay's life and work, analysing the thematic patterns of Lindsay's settings, plots and characters. It will be read with profit by all those who are interested both in Lindsay and in the genre of fantasy literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34012/cover/9780521034012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phantom Table</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Woolf, Fry, Russell and the Epistemology of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banfield, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Virginia Woolf identified the influence on her work of 'the Cambridge Apostles', the philosophical society which counted G. E. Moore, Bertrand Russell and much of male Bloomsbury among its members, as one more 'capable of description' than 'the influence of my mother'. In this major study of Woolf's relationship to Bloomsbury and the aesthetic and philosophical developments of her time, Ann Banfield subjects that influence to a full treatment. The theory of knowledge Moore and Russell formulated, Banfield argues, profoundly affected Woolf's conception of reality, as it did Roger Fry's theory of Post-Impressionism, one source for Woolf's transformations of philosophical principles into aesthetic ones. The Phantom Table is a magisterial account of Woolf's engagement with this remarkable trinity of thinkers: Moore, Russell, Fry. It revises the epistemology of modernism, reconceiving the relation between realism and formalism to account for Woolf's dual reality of sense impressions and logical forms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34036/cover/9780521034036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Other Times</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Perspectives on Past, Present and Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockburn, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We view things from a certain position in time: in our language, thought, feelings and actions, we draw distinctions between what has happened, is happening, and will happen. Frequently, approaches to this feature of our lives - those seen in disputes between tensed and tenseless theories, between realist and anti-realist treatments of past and future, and in accounts of historical knowledge - embody serious misunderstandings of the character of the issues; they misconstrue the relation between metaphysics and ethics, and the way to characterize the kind of sense which tensed language has. David Cockburn argues that the notion of 'reasons for emotion' must have a central place in any account of meaning, and that the present should have no priority in our understanding of tense. This allows for a more satisfactory articulation of the place of past, present and future in our thought, and of the form which criticism of our thought might take.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34081/cover/9780521034081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eighteenth-Century Satire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Text and Context from Dryden to Peter Pindar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinbrot, Howard D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Howard D. Weinbrot here collects thirteen of his most important essays on Restoration and eighteenth-century British satire. Divided into sections on 'contexts' and 'texts', the essays range widely and deeply across the spectrum of satiric kinds, satirists, satires, and scholarly and critical problems.  In 'Contexts', Professor Weinbrot discusses the pattern of formal verse satire of blame and praise popularized by Dryden in 1693 and influential throughout the next century, challenges the traditional view that Hprace and 'Augustanism' define eighteenth-century satire, and focuses on the vexed question of whether there was indeed a 'persona' or theory of masking at work in eighteenth-century satire. In 'Texts' he deals with several of the most important verse satirists and satires of the period and closely analyses them within their historical and artistic frameworks. Clearly written, learned, and often witty, this book is committed to critical inquiry that respects the integrity of its texts. It also emphasized the breadth of context that enriches our understanding of satire and the relationships among the nurturing culture, the producing poet, the poem producers, and the poem as received in its age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34098/cover/9780521034098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britannia's Issue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of British Literature from Dryden to Ossian</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinbrot, Howard D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>644</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, Howard D.Weinbrot's magnum opus, draws on a large range of material to chronicle the developing confidence in British national literature from the 1670s to the 1770s. Using varied biblical, classical, English, economic, French, historical, literary, philosophical, political and Scottish sources, Professor Weinbrot shows that one of the central trends of eighteenth-century Britain was the movement away from classical towards native values and models. He demonstrates for example that Dryden's Essay of Dramatick Poesy reflects nationalist aesthetics, that Pope's Rape of the Lock affirms domestic peace while rejecting Homeric violence, and that Windsor Forest sings un-Roman peaceful expansion through trade. This learned and lucidly written book offers revisionist but historically grounded interpretations of these and many other important works. It also helps to characterize the complex and varied culture in eighteenth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34104/cover/9780521034104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Centipedes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, J. G. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive account of centipede biology providing a critical review of the work covering anatomy, behaviour, reproduction and life history, predators and parasites, physiology, ecology and taxonomy. It is an important source-book of particular value to scientists working directly with this group and to soil ecologists and those more generally interested in arthropods, arthropod affinities and their evolution. This is a book from an internationally respected scientist and includes many first-hand accounts of his own work both on temperate and tropical species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34111/cover/9780521034111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Commentary on the Hellenica Oxyrhynchia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, I. A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Commentaries on the Hellenica Oxyrhynchia, an anonymous history of events in the Greek world in the late fifth and early fourth centuries BC, have usually dealt almost entirely with problems of the text. In this book, Dr Bruce has written an historical commentary, basing his work on both the London and Florence papyri, which between them provide all the surviving fragments of the text. Dr Bruce begins with a brief description of the two papyri. He then discusses the Oxyrhynchus historian's style and method - his sources, chronology, bias, interest in causation, etc. The introduction ends with a r&#233;sum&#233; of the numerous theories of the author's identity (Dr Bruce favours either Cratippus or an author not known to us by name at all). The main part of the commentary is arranged in the form of notes on the sections of the Greek text, with occasional detailed notes on particular words or phrases. There are appendices on the Battle of Sardis and the Constitution of Boeotia; and the book concludes with a full biography. Dr Bruce's book is a complete guide available for further historical study of the Hellenica Oxyrhynchia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34128/cover/9780521034128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Timoleon and the Revival of Greek Sicily</TitleText>

<Subtitle>344-317 B.C.</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Talbert, R. J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dispatched to Sicily in 344 BC as an elderly man at the head of a small, motley band of mercenaries, Timoleon had no experience of the island. Yet, in less than eight years Timoleon overthrew tyrants, expelled the Carthaginians, and introduced peace, prosperity and constitutional government to an area which for decades had known only disorder. The peace he had brought was broken after his death, and tyranny returned in 317 BC; but the prosperity which he had set in motion continued to increase well into the third century. Dr Talbert has deliberately avoided the temptation to write a biography, and has confined himself to coverage of those aspects of Timeleon's work for which some evidence survives. He examines closely the uneven and frequently eulogistic accounts left by ancient writers. He also discusses fully the light thrown on Timoleon's revival by the discovery of numerous silver coin hoards in Sicily, and by archaeological excavations undertaken there since the Second World War. His studies add up to a most thorough investigation of Timoleon's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34135/cover/9780521034135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Passive Microwave Device Applications of High-Temperature Superconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lancaster, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the application of high-temperature superconducting materials to microwave devices and systems. It deals with the fundamentals of the interaction between microwaves and superconductors, and includes a basic description of how microwave devices can be constructed using these materials. Since the discovery of high-temperature superconductors in 1986 there has been an enormous effort worldwide to develop and characterize these materials. Work on applications has proceeded more slowly however. Nevertheless, commercial applications are now beginning to be possible, including use in passive microwave devices. The advantages of using high-temperature superconductors in these devices is carefully described by the author, enabling scientists and engineers to form a complete understanding of the subject. The rest of the book is devoted to examples of superconducting microwave filters, antennas and systems. The examples chosen relate not only to what can be achieved at present, but indicate the trends for future research and what may be expected for superconducting devices in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34173/cover/9780521034173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phosphate Deposits of the World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnett, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riggs, Stanley R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marine phosphorites, the principal raw material for phosphatic fertilizers, do not occur uniformly through time and space. The origin of these unusual sedimentary rocks appears to be related mainly to marine biological productivity, often associated with upwelling currents during certain intervals of geological time. This book examines the environmental setting and resulting phosphorites which formed during the Miocene, one of the major and most recent phosphogenic periods throughout the geologic record. In addition, an oceanographic perspective is given by investigations of modern oceanic environments where phosphorites are presently forming. Together, the geologic and marine approaches provide a complete outlook on this important mineral resource. This book is the third of four reference volumes which together cover the achievements of the International Geological Correlation Programme Project 156 (Phosphorites) during the ten years of the project's existence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34180/cover/9780521034180.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Computational Theory of Writing Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sproat, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a formal computational theory of writing systems. It offers specific proposals about the linguistic objects that are represented by orthographic elements; what levels of linguistic representation are involved and how they may differ across writing systems; and what formal constraints hold of the mapping relation between linguistic and orthographic elements. Based on the insights gained, Sproat then proposes a taxonomy of writing systems. The treatment of theoretical linguistic issues and their computational implementation is complemented with discussion of empirical psycholinguistic work on reading and its relevance for the computational model developed here. Throughout, the model is illustrated with a number of detailed case studies of writing systems around the world. This book will be of interest to students and researchers in a variety of fields, including theoretical and computational linguistics, the psycholinguistics of reading and writing, and speech technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34227/cover/9780521034227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103423X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103423X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Volatility, Trade, and Capital Flows under Alternative Exchange Rate Regimes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sercu, Piet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uppal, Raman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have seen a substantial increase in the volatility of exchange rates. This trend has prompted economists and finance analysts to question if the observed behaviour of exchange rates is consistent with a rational model. Does that volatility hinder trade? What are financial markets' effects on countries' investment decisions, and how would changes in fixed exchange rates affect growth and welfare? What are the requirements to make such changes feasible? Professors Sercu and Uppal examine these issues in the context of dynamic general equilibrium models, explicitly considering the role of financial markets while allowing for commodity markets to be segmented across countries. They show that the theoretical models for exchange rates in this context are quite different from those put forth by monetary theorists and proponents of purchasing power parity arguments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34234/cover/9780521034234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature and Nurture during Infancy and Early Childhood</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plomin, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeFries, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulker, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantitative genetics offers a general theory of the development of individual differences that suggests novel concepts and research strategies: the idea that genetic influences operate in age-to-age change as well as in continuity for example. Quantitative genetics also provides powerful methods to address questions of change and continuity, including model-fitting approaches that test the fit between a specific model of genetic and environmental influences and observed correlations among family members, which are here helpfully introduced. A simple parent and offspring model is extended to include longitudinal and multivariate analyses. Longitudinal quantitative genetic research is essential to the understanding of developmental change and continuity. The largest and longest longitudinal adoption study is the Colorado Adoption Project, which has generated much of the rich data on the progress from infancy to early childhood on which the authors draw throughout the book. Their conclusions about what we know, and what we need to learn, about the origins of individual differences will interest a wide range of readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34241/cover/9780521034241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mental Health Matrix</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Manual to Improve Services</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornicroft, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tansella, Michele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been major changes to mental health services internationally in recent years revolving around the concept of care in the community. Although speed of change and precise service mechanisms differ between countries there is nevertheless increasingly widespread consensus on key components essential to adequate care provision. This in turn provides an opportunity to develop a widely acceptable model framework to direct future developments. There is certainly still room for reform in recognition of specific needs and improvements in treatment and care intervention. This book proposes a simple model which can be used as a guide to increased clinical effectiveness through focused evidence-based reform. Using a time/space framework, it is intended to act as a practical aid to diagnosis of strengths and weaknesses in services that will be used by care providers, trainees and planners both at local and higher levels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34258/cover/9780521034258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Synthesis of Research and Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisen, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krieger, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), otherwise known as Lou Gehrig's or motor neuron disease, is one of several degenerative diseases of the ageing nervous system. Commonly affecting those in their mid-50s and beyond, it is a progressive illness resulting in death within a few years. This text neatly synthesizes the recent explosion of research into this particular condition to construct a detailed and comprehensive overview. From its epidemiology, molecular biology and pathophysiology right through to clinical assessment and care, Professor Eisen and Dr Krieger use their research expertise and extensive clinical experience to provide this practical and thought-provoking account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34265/cover/9780521034265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Blood-Brain Barrier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methodology, Biology and Pathology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pardridge, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The blood-brain barrier serves to protect the brain from toxic substances whilst simultaneously allowing access to essential nutrients and chemical signals. At the interface between brain and body, knowledge of the blood-brain barrier forms an essential component in the complete understanding of a large proportion of medical disciplines. Nevertheless, it seems that ignorance of both the biology of this important membrane and the methodology suitable for its investigation still remains an impediment to progress in many fields, including, for example, the development of new and efficacious neuropharmaceuticals, cerebrovascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral AIDS and brain tumours. This introduction for both researchers and clinicians across the medical sciences is intended to aid both those beginning work directly in this area and those wishing simply to be better informed when interpreting information where the blood-brain barrier may be involved. Advances in both methodology and biology are detailed in 50 chapters from international authorities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34272/cover/9780521034272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emergency Neurology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shah, Sid M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Kevin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigenstein, John G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflecting the central place of neurological evaluation and management in the daily practice of emergency medicine, this clinician's reference systematically reviews the main interventions in emergency neurology at all levels of emergency care, from prehospital management through the emergency department, to final disposition of the patient. The book is in seven sections, each integrating neurological concepts with the practical realities and demands of emergency care, and extending from the neurological examination and neurodiagnostic testing through common neurological presentations to specific neurological conditions and recent developments in brain resuscitation. Pediatric neurology and neurological emergencies of pregnancy are fully covered. Generously illustrated with scans and line diagrams, it also features management algorithms for many conditions, and each chapter ends with a list of 'pearls and pitfalls'. It is a comprehensive survey of best practice for emergency physicians, neurologists, and residents in emergency medicine, neurology, neurosurgery and critical care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34289/cover/9780521034289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Theatrical Patronage in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Paul Whitfield</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westfall, Suzanne R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the past quarter of a century, the study of patronage-theatre relations in early modern England has developed considerably. This, however, is an extensive, wide-ranging and representative study of patronage as it relates to Shakespeare and the theatrical culture of his time. Twelve distinguished theatre historians address such questions as: What important functions did patronage have for the theatre during this period? How, in turn, did the theatre impact and represent patronage?  Where do paying spectators and purchasers of printed drama fit into the discussion of patronage? The authors also show how patronage practices changed and developed from the early Tudor period to the years in which Shakespeare was the English theatre's leading artist. This important book will appeal to scholars of Renaissance social history as well as those who focus on Shakespeare and his playwriting contemporaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34302/cover/9780521034302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designs within Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Franklin D. Roosevelt, the Economists, and the Shaping of American Economic Policy, 1933-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barber, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than any of his predecessors in the White House, Franklin D. Roosevelt drew heavily on the thinking of economists as he sought to combat the Great Depression, to mobilize the American economy for war, and to chart a new order for the post-war world. Designs Within Disorder is an inquiry into the way divergent analytic perspectives competed for official favour and the manner in which the President opted to pick and choose among them when formulating economic policies. During the Roosevelt years, two 'revolutions' were underway simultaneously. One of them involved a fundamental restructuring of the American economy and of the role government was to play in it. A second was an intellectual revolution which engaged economists in reconceptualizing the nature of their discipline. Most of the programmatic initiatives Roosevelt put in place displayed a remarkable staying power for over half a century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34319/cover/9780521034319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hanns Eisler Political Musician</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betz, Albrecht</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eisler's role in German music is similar to that of Brecht in German literature and the two men worked together for nearly thirty years. Together with Webern and Berg, Eisler is considered one of the three great pupils of Schoenberg. Albrecht Betz divides Eisler's life and music into four periods. The early formative period as student of Schoenberg includes compositions written in Vienna up to 1925. From 1926 to 1933, the second period, Eisler lived in Berlin and made his greatest impact with his political vocal music. The third phase of Eisler's life, fifteen years of exile, was spent principally in the USA, and the fourth (from 1948) in East Germany. The author shows how Eisler is distinguished from other great twentieth-century composers in his belief that music had a social function, and how he liberated modern music from what he and others felt was its isolation. Originally published in German in 1976, this English edition is illustrated with music examples and includes a complete list of works, and a bibliography which has been adapted for the English-speaking reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34340/cover/9780521034340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Victorian Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Performing History in the Theatre of Charles Kean</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoch, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the revivals of Shakespeare's history plays during the Victorian period, as staged by the famous actor-manager Charles Kean. Between 1852 and 1859, Kean produced celebrated productions of Henry V, Henry VIII, King John, Macbeth and Richard II, renowned for their unprecendented attention to antiquarian detail in sets, costumes, and properties (many of which are shown in the book's illustrations). These productions provided audiences with an unparalleled opportunity to participate in the Victorian obsession with history, especially of the medieval period. Using valuable primary sources, including promptbooks, scenic designs, costume sketches and contemporary reviews, Richard Schoch places mid-Victorian attitudes towards the theatre in the context of major intellectual and political movements of the age. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of theatre history, Shakespeare studies and Victorian culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34364/cover/9780521034364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103437X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103437X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Stage in Victorian England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foulkes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the reign of Queen Victoria, herself an ardent theatregoer as well as Supreme Governor of the Church of England, a remarkable rapprochement was effected between the Church and the stage. Dr Foulkes explores the implications for the theatre of the great religious movements of the period: Tractarianism, Christian Socialism and Latitudinarianism. This central relationship is seen in the context of other important themes in Victorian cultural history such as censorship, urbanization, transport, leisure, self-improvement and women's emancipation. The volume contains portraits of significant churchmen, dramatists, actors and actresses, including Newman and Keble, Bulwer Lytton and Shaw, Irving, Fanny Kemble and Ellen Terry. They were amongst the influential figures who participated in the search for a common culture which preoccupied the nineteenth century. To the Victorians the Church and the theatre were important parts of everyday life; in this study the two institutions are explored in relation not only to each other but also to the social, economic and intellectual movements of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34371/cover/9780521034371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sheridan Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morwood, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a systematic attempt to establish Sheridan as a major figure in the history of English comedy. Leading scholars address Sheridan's role not only as an outstanding playwright, but also as the manager of Drury Lane Theatre, and his subsequent career as a Member of Parliament. The essays examine the theatrical world in which Sheridan worked, discuss his major plays, and include a modern director's observations on the production of his work today. This is combined with an important re-evaluation of Sheridan's achievements as a master of rhetoric in the political arena, to provide a much needed contemporary assessment of this multifaceted man and his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34395/cover/9780521034395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>August Strindberg: Selected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strindberg, August</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fully edited translation of a series of essays by the great Swedish dramatist August Strindberg. The essays, edited and translated by Michael Robinson, have been selected for the light they shed, both directly and indirectly, on Strindberg's contribution to the European theatre, firstly in such masterpieces of psychological realism as The Father and Miss Julie, and subsequently in those works, including A Dream Play and The Ghost Sonata, with which he largely established a basis for theatrical modernism. Together with the accompanying notes and commentary, these essays on psychology, history, painting, natural history and alchemy as well as the theatre, help to clarify the multifaceted nature of Strindberg's project. Idiosyncratic and lively, they offer crucial insights into the intellectual history of the late nineteenth century, while their personal nature draws the reader into an intimate relationship with the writer and his wide range of interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34418/cover/9780521034418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Profession of the Playwright</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Theatre, 1800-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephens, John Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the working world of the playwright in nineteenth-century Britain. It was often a risky and financially uncertain profession, yet the magic of the theatre attracted authors from widely different backgrounds - journalists, lawyers, churchmen, civil servants, printers and actors, as well as prominent poets and novelists. In a fascinating account of the frustrations and the rewards of dramatic authorship, Stephens uncovers information on the playwright's earnings, relationships with actors, managers, publishers and audience, and offers a perspective on his growing status as a professional. Further chapters focus on the struggle for copyright reform and the complexities of dramatic publishing. A large number of major and minor authors are discussed, among them Planche, Fitzball, Boucicault, Pinero, Grundy, Gilbert, Jones and Shaw.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34432/cover/9780521034432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language of Sophocles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communality, Communication and Involvement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Budelmann, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a wide-ranging study of Sophoclean language. From a detailed analysis of sentence-structure in the first chapter, it moves on to discuss in subsequent chapters how language shapes the perception of characters, of myths, of gods and of choruses. All chapters are united by a shared concern: how does Sophoclean language engage readers and spectators? In answering this question, The Language of Sophocles avoids the current emphasis on cultural specificity. Instead, it concentrates on those aspects of Sophoclean language which can engage a large number of different spectators and readers. With this change in emphasis, this study is able to offer various fresh observations about the workings of Sophoclean language. Although the book focuses on the original Greek, translations make it accessible to anybody interested in Greek tragedy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34449/cover/9780521034449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Monastic Order in Yorkshire, 1069-1215</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the dramatic growth of the monastic order in Yorkshire from the foundation of the first post-Conquest abbey at Selby in 1069, to 1215. The first half examines the dynamics of monastic expansion, discussing the influences on both its chronological development and its geographical pattern. It demonstrates that the monastic expansion owed much to the particular political and tenurial conditions which existed in the century after 1069: the establishment of Norman political ascendancy, the extension of central government under Henry I, and the civil war of the reign of King Stephen. The second part of the book explores recruitment, patronage, economy and cultural life. Particular attention is paid to the role of women in the religious life. Nunneries, so often regarded as second-class or failed monasteries, are here shown to have had a distinctive function in society, in terms both of recruitment and of interaction with the local community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34463/cover/9780521034463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spreading Germs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Disease Theories and Medical Practice in Britain, 1865-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worboys, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spreading Germs discusses how modern ideas on the bacterial causes of communicable diseases were constructed and spread within the British medical profession in the last third of the nineteenth century. Michael Worboys surveys many existing interpretations of this pivotal moment in modern medicine. He shows that there were many germ theories of disease, and that these were developed and used in different ways across veterinary medicine, surgery, public health and general medicine. The growth of bacteriology is considered in relation to the evolution of medical practice rather than as a separate science of germs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34470/cover/9780521034470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Longitudinal Research on Individual Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Present Status and Future Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magnusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casaer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Longitudinal research is an essential element in the investigation of human development over time, with considerable advantages over more widely used cross-sectional research designs. This book examines the scope for longitudinal studies in a range of developmental fields, emphasizing the advantages of this approach for the investigation of causal mechanisms and processes and the dynamics of development over the lifespan. It also discusses methodological issues and some of the practical and ethical problems that longitudinal research may present. The distinguished contributors review normal and disordered development in the emotional, cognitive and social domains, including valuable discussions of gene-environment interactions, the maturation of the human brain, and issues relating to ageing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34531/cover/9780521034531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emergency Mental Health Services in the Community</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phelan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathdee, Geraldine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornicroft, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langlands, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive overview of our understanding about the provision of emergency mental health services in an era of community-orientated care. Major research findings and theoretical models which will shape future services are described and illustrated by detailed descriptions of successful services both from Europe and North America. A multidisciplinary team of contributors detail the full range of community-based services including acute respite care, home-based care, day hospitals and family placement schemes, as well as the use of Accident and Emergency Departments and acute in-patient wards. The major factors which influence service development are also explored, including the costs of acute care, the legal framework for emergency mental health work and the views of service users. All those with an interest in or responsibility for mental health will find this insight of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34555/cover/9780521034555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building a Democratic Political Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reshaping American Liberalism in the 1930s and 1940s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plotke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Plotke analyses the dramatic changes in American politics that occurred during the 1930s and 1940s - including the break-up of national Republican power, the growth of the federal government, the emergence of a new labour movement, American entry into World War II, the Cold War and domestic anti-Communism, and the opening of national political debate about civil rights. The central dynamic of this era was the creation and maintenance of a distinctive new political order, formed through the creative political action of progressive liberals in alliance with mass movements, notably labour. At the core of this new order was a powerful triangle formed by a national state, a leading party, and major nonparty interest groups and movements. Democratic progressive liberalism recast American political institutions and discourses in ways that went well beyond what was expected in the early 1930s, and in forms strong enough to endure for several decades after Roosevelt's death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34593/cover/9780521034593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pastoral and the Poetics of Self-Contradiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theocritus to Marvell</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditionally, critics of the English Renaissance have viewed pastoral as a static, idealizing genre, aimed at the recreation of an idyllic past. More recently, these idealizing humanist approaches have been forcefully challenged by studies written from historicist perspectives. In Pastoral and the Poetics of Self-Contradiction Judith Haber complicates the conventional opposition between humanist and historicist criticism by examining the ways in which pastoral poets themselves interrogate the contradictory relations inherent in their genre. Haber explores problems of representation, self-representation, and imitation in classical and Renaissance pastoral, focusing on texts by Theocritus, Virgil, Sidney and Marvell. Her original approach revises current understanding of pastoral as a genre, and raises wider questions about the place of literature in society and the difficulties involved in constituting literary traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34616/cover/9780521034616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inquiry into Human Relations and Markets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, Randall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When a marketplace is considered in isolation, the implicit conclusion is that markets are a sufficient defence against the exercise of power. But market transactions do not occur in isolation: they are defined by rules, property rights, prior events and social values. This book widens the focus of traditional economic analysis to examine the ways in which people may affect each other within and around markets to give rise to real power. Using conventional neoclassical assumptions about human behaviour, the book begins by developing a workable concept of power, allowing for its presence in a variety of forms and degrees. It examines the conditions under which power would necessarily be absent from market transactions and those under which it would be possible. It considers the decision processes of potential exercisers and subjects of power to determine when the exercise and success of power would be rational.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34623/cover/9780521034623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eroticism on the Renaissance Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transcendence, Desire, and the Limits of the Visible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daileader, Celia R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Celia Daileader explores the paradoxes of eroticism on the stage in early modern England, where women and their bodies (represented by boy actors) were materially absent and yet symbolically central. Her starting point is the theoretical and theatrical problem of sexual acts that take place offstage, which is a paradigm for the limits of the visible in Renaissance theatre. The space that lies offstage becomes an imaginary realm, encompassing both spiritual and erotic transcendence. In accounting for its power, Daileader looks to the suppression of religious drama in England and the resulting secularization of the stage. Focusing on the link between absence and desire, and discussing a wide range of drama from Corpus Christi plays to Shakespeare, her argument draws together questions about sexuality and the sacred, in the bodies - of Christ and of woman - that are banished from the early modern English stage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34678/cover/9780521034678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103468X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103468X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Bodies and the Body Politic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Discourses of Social Pathology in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Jonathan Gil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Gil Harris examines the origins of modern discourses of social pathology in Elizabethan and Jacobean medical and political writing. Plays, pamphlets and political treatises of this period display an increasingly xenophobic tendency to attribute England's ills to 'foreign bodies' such as Jews, Catholics and witches, as well as treat their allegedly 'poisonous' features for the health of the body politic. Harris argues that this tendency resonates with two of the distinctive paradigms of Paracelsus' pharmacy which also includes the notion that poison has a medicinal power. The emergence of these paradigms in early modern English political thought signals a decisive shift from Galenic humoral tradition towards twentieth-century politico-medical discourses of 'infection' and 'containment', which, like their early modern predecessors, make mysterious the domestic origins of social conflict and the operations of political authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34685/cover/9780521034685.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Marketplace of Print</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pamphlets and the Public Sphere in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halasz, Alexandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early modern pamphlets serve as an important vehicle for examining print culture, particularly the historical entanglement between the technology of print and a developing capitalism. Attention to the controversies surrounding their circulation reveals that pamphlets became a focus for anxieties about print culture in general. Alexandra Halasz combines close readings of pamphlets by Robert Greene, Thomas Nashe, Gabriel Harvey, Thomas Deloney and John Taylor, among others, with a discussion of the history and deployment of print technology and its specifically English organization as a monopoly. Taking account of the theoretical and historical issues surrounding textual property, authorship and publicity, The Marketplace of Print is both a work of historical recovery and a reflection on the ongoing problems of the relationship between the marketplace and the public sphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34708/cover/9780521034708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty and Charity in Medieval Islam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mamluk Egypt, 1250-1517</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabra, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of poverty and charity in Islamic history has made significant advances and Adam Sabra's book represents a full-length treatment of the subject. By focusing on Mamluk Cairo, the author explores the attitude of medieval Muslims to poverty - why and how did they give alms - and the experience of being poor in an Islamic society. He also considers the role of pious endowments (waqfs) in providing food, education and medical care to the poor of medieval Egypt. This is a fascinating account of a world far removed from the affairs of emirs and ulama usually the traditional province of Mamluk studies. This trend, in conjunction with the comparisons the author affords of poverty and destitution in Europe and China during the same period, will entice a broad range of scholars from within the field and beyond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34746/cover/9780521034746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth, Accumulation, and Unproductive Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of the Postwar US Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolff, Edward N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book documents the growth of unproductive activity in the United States economy since World War II and its relation to the economic surplus, capital accumulation, and economic growth. Unproductive activities broadly consist of those involved in the circulation process, including wholesaling and retailing, banking and financial services, advertising, legal services, business services and many (though not all) government activities. The results indicate that the level of unproductive activity in the postwar economy has been a significant factor in the slowdown in the rate of capital accumulation, productivity growth and the overall growth rate. Here, the villain is shown to be the gradual but persistent shift of resources to unproductive activities. The consequence has been a reduction in new capital formation and productivity growth and an erosion in the rate of growth in per capita living standards. Moreover, the rise in unproductive activity is itself seen to be rooted in the logic of advanced capitalism. The forces of competition, which in the early stages of capitalism lead to rapid technical change and productivity growth, promote non-productive and even counterproductive activities in its more advanced stages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34753/cover/9780521034753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Dimensions of Psychological Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graumann, Carl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gergen, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, prominent American and European scholars explore the historical shaping of psychological discourse. Speaking from several disciplinary standpoints, attention is directed to the ideological, intellectual, political, economic and literary forces that enter into the cultural construction of mental life. In its explorations, the volume not only challenges the reality of the taken for granted world of everyday life, but raises fundamental questions concerning the potential of psychological science to establish historically independent knowledge of mental process. Contributions to the volume treat a variety of subjects, including the emotions, cognition, the concept of child development, psychotherapy, gender differences and knowledge. Additional chapters represent first-hand accounts of historical change in psychological movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34760/cover/9780521034760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hemopoietic Colony-stimulating Factors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Biology to Clinical Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metcalf, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicola, Nicos Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The colony-stimulating factors (CSFs) are the major regulators in the body of the production and activity of two types of white blood cells - granulocytes and macrophages. This book provides a detailed account of the discovery of the CSFs, their structure, molecular biology and cellular receptors, the biology of the CSFs in vivo and in vitro and their present and future clinical applications. Written by two of the pioneers in the discovery of CSFs, it is a clear and well-illustrated survey of the history, knowledge and future directions of this exciting field of investigation, and serves also as a guide to the more general areas of growth factor and cytokine research. It will prove an invaluable review for cell biologists interested in how growth factors act on the body, as well as for clinicians applying the fruits of modern biotechnology to improved patient care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34814/cover/9780521034814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034825</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Civil Society in Yemen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Activism in Modern Arabia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carapico, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sheila Carapico's book on civic participation in modern Yemen makes an authoritative contribution to the study of political culture in the Arabian peninsula. Relying on in-depth documentary and field research, the author traces the political dynamics of recent years, culminating in Yemeni unification, focuses on efforts to develop the political, economic and social structures of a modern, democratic government. Her wide-ranging analysis of the legal, institutional and financial aspects of state building and of popular dimensions of political liberalization, protest and participation challenge the stereotypical view of conservative Arab Muslim society. The political economy approach to the study which reveals a surprising degree of 'activism in Arabia' also helps to interpret the nature of civil society from a broad theoretical perspective. This is an important book which promises to become the definitive work on twentieth-century Yemen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34821/cover/9780521034821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon Gestures and the Roman Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodwell, C. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the pictorial language of gesture revealed in Anglo-Saxon art, and its debt to classical Rome. Reginald Dodwell was an eminent art historian and former Director of the Whitworth Art Gallery in Manchester. In this, his last book, he notes a striking similarity of both form and meaning between Anglo-Saxon gestures and those in illustrated manuscripts of the plays of Terence. He presents evidence for dating the archetype of the Terence manuscripts to the mid-third century, and argues persuasively that their gestures reflect actual stage conventions. He identifies a repertory of eighteen Terentian gestures whose meaning can be ascertained from the dramatic contexts in which they occur, and conducts a detailed examination of the use of the gestures in Anglo-Saxon manuscripts. The book, which is extensively illustrated, illuminates our understanding of the vigour of late Anglo-Saxon art and its ability to absorb and transpose continental influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34838/cover/9780521034838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Alternative Theatre in Britain, 1968-1990</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of 7:84 (Scotland)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiCenzo, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines one of the most influential modern theatre companies, 7:84 (Scotland), under the directorship of John McGrath. 7:84 (Scotland) has been a vital contributor to the place and importance of alternative theatre on the modern British stage. DiCenzo explores the development of this company, the growth of popular theatre in general within the last twenty years and offers a methodology for analysing records and materials found in theatre company archives and illustrates the many issues inherent in running a theatre company, including  venues, practitioners and the politics of funding. The book includes valuable primary source material and informative production photographs and company posters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34913/cover/9780521034913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521034930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521034930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521034937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521034937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engle, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Tice L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the economic and social forces which shaped American theatre throughout its 250-year history. The collection of essays, written by leading theatre historians and critics of the American theatre, represent a variety of methodologies and approaches, and reflect the disparity and diversity of the social and economic issues which have moulded the cultural heritage of America. Arranged chronologically, the volume explores such topics as anti-theatrical legislation in Colonial America; the theatre's response to slavery, prostitution, alcoholism and women's rights; the significance of black American musical comedy; women managers in nineteenth-century American theatre; economic welfare in the Federal Theatre Project; theatre nostalgia during the Reagan era; and issues of multiculturalism in theatre. Alone or as a collection, the essays will stimulate discussions concerning the traditionally held views of America's theatrical heritage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34937/cover/9780521034937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stage Designs of Inigo Jones</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The European Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ANH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lavishly illustrated book is a full-length study of Inigo Jones as a stage-designer. Jones's designs for the Stuart court masques (and associated court entertainments) between 1605 and 1640 played a crucial role in transmitting the visual language of the Italian Renaissance tradition into English culture, where, because of geographical and historical factors, it had not yet become acclimatized. John Peacock shows that almost all of Jones's designs were copied and adapted from Italian and continental sources (many identified here for the first time), and argues that this is to be understood in terms of 'imitation', a concept and a practice central to the very tradition of which Jones is a messenger and propagandist. His exploration adds an alternative dimension to our knowledge and understanding of a figure who is generally considered the most important English artist of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35002/cover/9780521035002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre Industry in Nineteenth-Century France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hemmings, Frederic William John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the history of French theatre in the nineteenth century through its special role as an organized popular entertainment. Traditionally regarded as an elite art form, in post-Revolutionary France the stage began to be seen as an industry like any other and the theatre became one of the few areas of employment where women were in demand as much as men. The increasingly commercial ethos dominating the stage led to the mass production of plays with audience appeal, resulting in an inevitable dilution of literary standards. In this lively account, Hemmings examines how the theatre world flourished and evolved, and reveals such matters as the difficult life of the actress, salaries and contracts, and the profession of the playwright.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35019/cover/9780521035019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elizabethan Mythologies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Poetry, Drama and Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Robin Headlam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For lovers of music and poetry the legendary figure of Orpheus probably suggests a romantic ideal. But for the Renaissance he is essentially a political figure. Mythographers interpreted the Orpheus story as an allegory of the birth of civilization because they recognized in the arts in which Orpheus excelled an instrument of social control so powerful that with it you could, as one writer put it, 'winne Cities and whole Countries'. Dealing with plays, poems, songs and the iconography of musical instruments, Robin Headlam Wells re-examines the myth, central to the Orpheus story, of the transforming power of music and poetry. Elizabethan Mythologies contains numerous illustrations from the period and will be of interest to scholars and students of Renaissance poetry, drama and music, and of the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35026/cover/9780521035026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Criticism As Dialogue</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Stein is a 'radical Christian humanist' - a term which he defines in his opening chapter. His aim is to test this standpoint in 'dialogue' with liberal humanist or Marxist approaches to literature and in relation to the great issues which literature embodies. The restatement is called for by the work of recent critics (such as Leavis) who insist that criticism is inevitably stultified by premature dogmatizing. Conceding this, Stein replies that in the end one does have to say what one lives by and judge accordingly. Thus every reader has to evolve an attitude towards tragedy, for here ultimate questions are posed, and must be faced. The book argues that there can be a specifically Christian attitude to tragedy. This is a thoughtful and original book. It is strenuous but rewarding, an important restatement of a classic point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35033/cover/9780521035033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103504X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052103504X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alcohol and the Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Systems Approach to Prevention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holder, Harold D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An individual's decision to use alcohol and the frequency, quantity and situation of such use are the result of a combination of biological and social factors. Drinking is not only a personal choice, but also a matter of custom and social behaviour, and is influenced by access and economic factors including levels of disposable income and cost of alcoholic beverages. Until prevention efforts cease to focus narrowly on the individual and begin to adopt broader community perspectives on alcohol problems and strategies to reduce them, these efforts will fail. The author challenges the current implicit models used in alcohol problem prevention and demonstrates an ecological perspective of the community as a complex adaptive system composed of interacting subsystems, an appreciation and understanding of which offers an alternative approach to the prevention of alcohol dependence and alcohol-related problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35040/cover/9780521035040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optics in the Age of Euler</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conceptions of the Nature of Light, 1700-1795</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hakfoort, Casper</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to received historiography, the fundamental issue in eighteenth-century optics was whether light could be understood as the emission of particles, or as the motion of waves in a subtle medium. Moreover, the emission theory of light was supposed to have been dominant in the eighteenth century, backed by Newton's physical arguments. This picture is enriched and qualified by focusing on the origins, contents and reception of the wave theory of light, published by Leonhard Euler in 1746, here studied in depth for the first time. Contrary to what has been assumed, the particle-wave debate only starts with Euler. When the emission view of light suddenly became dominant in Germany around 1795, it was new chemical experiments that proved crucial. Reflecting on the mathematical, experimental and metaphysical aspects of physical optics, a general picture of early modern science is outlined in the epilogue to the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35071/cover/9780521035071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Works of John Webster</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnegie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, MacDonald P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume to appear in the Cambridge edition of the works of John Webster and includes The Devil's Law-Case, A Cure for a Cuckold and Appius and Virginia. This critical edition preserves the original spelling of all the plays; incorporates editorial scholarship, including valuable information on Webster's share in the collaborative plays; and employs alternative critical methods and textual theory. In particular, the edition integrates theatrical aspects of the plays with their bibliographical and literary features in a way not previously attempted in a scholarly edition of a Jacobean dramatist. The edition presents all of Webster's plays (with the exception of those collaborative plays already published in the Cambridge editions of Dekker, and Beaumont and Fletcher) and provides a brief biography, an account of Webster canon, illustrations, and critical and theatrical history of each play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35118/cover/9780521035118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diagnostic Criteria for Functional Psychoses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berner, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gabriel, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katschnig, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kieffer, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koehler, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lenz, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The functional psychoses continue to be classed as illnesses of unknown origin, and the validity of diagnostic concepts therefore also depends on extrinsic criteria such as course and outcome, results of biological and genetic investigation, and response to treatment. 'Operational' diagnostic criteria are the main subject of this book, which presents a comprehensive review of the present state of diagnostic formulations for functional psychoses. From the early nosological and pathogenetic concepts of Kraepelin, Bleuler, Schneider and Kasanin, the authors trace the development, internationally, of the various classifications of the functional psychoses, culminating among others in those embodied in the latest ICD and DSM formulations. This is a revised and expanded edition of Diagnostic Criteria for Schizophrenic and Affective Psychoses and is also published under the auspices of the World Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic criteria have been selected for inclusion on the basis of their historical importance, their influence on current diagnostic systems, their international scope and their scientific importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35125/cover/9780521035125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rewriting Old English in the Twelfth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swan, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Treharne, Elaine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays aims to redefine the limits of Old English scholarship by studying some of the recent reworkings of texts composed earlier in the Anglo-Saxon period and their implications for the development of literary production across time. The essays in the volume constitute recent work on a wide range of texts, including homilies, saints' lives, psalters and biblical material; some focus on individual manuscripts incorporating palaeographic and orthographic studies; others use modern critical theory to examine later Old English texts; and all highlight the need to redefine our attitude to late recopying. The volume engages with important issues, including the nature of textual transmission and recomposition and its relationship to late Old English reader-response; attitudes to earlier material as evidenced in its recopying and adaptation; and the character of surviving manuscripts and what these tell us about the twelfth-century scribes and scriptoria, reading and readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35132/cover/9780521035132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Travel and Drama in Shakespeare's Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maquerlot, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willems, Mich&#232;le</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores interconnections between voyage narratives and travel plays in a period of intense foreign relations and the incipient colonization of the New World. Eminent Renaissance scholars use historical inquiry and textual analysis to offer readings of narrative and dramatic texts, envisaged both in the context of the period and from the far-reaching perspective of Britain's cultural history. Plays like The Spanish Tragedy, Doctor Faustus, Eastward Ho! or The Tempest - itself the subject of three chapters - are discussed alongside relatively obscure works. The plays are never approached as mere cultural documents. The underlying assumption is that the theatre is not reducible to a medium for conflicting ideologies but should be viewed as a privileged site of various meanings, of roads leading in several directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35149/cover/9780521035149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interactions of Thought and Language in Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Clemoes brings a lifetime's close study of Anglo-Saxon texts to this appreciation of Old English poetry, with an alternative interpretation which relates the poetry to both the entire Anglo-Saxon way of thinking and the structures of its society. Clemoes proposes a dynamic principle of Old English poetry, very different from the common notion of formulas slotted into poems for stylistic variation. In extended discussions of particular poems and images as well as of changes in language, he shows how the poetic medium became a vehicle for increasing transformation to Christian literacy and to that religion's conceptions of the natural world, morality, and individuality. Carefully thought out and elegantly written, this book is also accessible to students: its numerous quotations are accompanied by modern English translations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35163/cover/9780521035163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Performing the American Frontier, 1870-1906</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Performing the American Frontier, 1870-1906 examines how the American frontier was presented in theatrical productions during the critical period from the end of the Civil War to the beginning of cinema. In chronological fashion, the book explores the post-Civil War resurgence of interest in drama about the frontier, which led to a host of action-packed melodramas. From famous personalities such as Mark Twain and 'Buffalo Bill' Cody to lesser-known individuals such as native American playwright and actress Gowongo Mohawk, Hall examines the plays, the players, and the playwrights who helped to define the American westward migration in theatrical terms and covers the complete dramatic experience including scenery, performance and staging. The book demonstrates the extraordinary variety of subject matter and theatrical styles used to dramatize the frontier, and places frontier drama within the context of its society by framing the productions with the contemporary debates on national policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35170/cover/9780521035170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chinese Theatre and the Actor in Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work gives an 'inside' view of Chinese theatre and the actor in performance. In doing so it also challenges Western theatre artists such as Brecht, Grotowski, Barba and Schechner, who have extracted from Chinese theatre elements which might enrich their own theatres. Jo Riley writes from her personal observations of, and dialogue with, Chinese actors and her first-hand experiences of the theatre world of China in general, none of which was possible before 1980. She uses not only jingju (so misrepresented as Peking opera) but also exorcism, puppet theatre and ancient animation rites at the tomb to provide models for exploring the process of creating presence on the Chinese stage. Her study is well illustrated with photographs and diagrams and is accessible to anyone interested in theatre, even those with no knowledge of Chinese or Chinese theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35231/cover/9780521035231.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theocritus and the Archaeology of Greek Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poems of Theocritus are our best witness to a brilliant poetic culture that flourished in the first half of the third century BC. This book considers the context from which these poems grew and, in particular, the manner in which they engage with and recreate the poetic forms of the Greek archaic age. The focus is not on the familiar bucolic poems of Theocritus, but on the hymns, mimes and erotic poems of the second half of the corpus. Recent papyri have greatly increased our understanding of how Theocritus read archaic poetry, and these discoveries are fully exploited in a set of readings which will change the way we look at Hellenistic poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35262/cover/9780521035262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Courtly Letters in the Age of Henry VIII</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary Culture and the Arts of Deceit</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lerer, Seth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This revisionary study of the origins of courtly poetry reveals the culture of spectatorship and voyeurism that shaped early Tudor English literary life. Through research into the reception of Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde, it demonstrates how Pandarus became the model of the early modern courtier. His blend of counsel, secrecy and eroticism informed the behaviour of poets, lovers, diplomats and even Henry VIII himself. In close readings of the poetry of Hawes and Skelton, the drama of the court, the letters of Henry VIII to Anne Boleyn, the writings of Thomas Wyatt, and manuscript anthologies and early printed books, Seth Lerer illuminates a 'Pandaric' world of displayed bodies, surreptitious letters and transgressive performances. In the process, he redraws the boundaries between the medieval and the Renaissance and illustrates the centrality of the verse epistle to the construction of subjectivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35279/cover/9780521035279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-American Interplay in Recent Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, Ruby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The provocative notion of a contemporary cross-cultural exchange within the medium of theatre is here imposed upon a dozen contemporary Anglo-American dramatists: Alan Ayckbourn and Neil Simon, Edward Bond and Sam Shepard, David Mamet and Harold Pinter, Caryl Churchill and Maria Irene Forn&#232;s, David Hare and David Rabe, Christopher Hampton and Richard Nelson. In each pairing, Ruby Cohn unites a British with an American playwright, exploring similarities both apparent and embedded - similarities which serve as a springboard for the exposure of a more profound, culturally based difference. A certain transatlantic double focus thus illuminates both the composition and the interpretation of dramatic works in an increasingly globally minded age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35286/cover/9780521035286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphysical Wit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English metaphysical poetry, from Donne to Marvell, is notoriously witty. A. J. Smith seeks the reason for the central importance of wit in the thinking of the metaphysical poets and argues that metaphysical wit is essentially different from other modes of wit current in Renaissance Europe. Formal theories and rhetorics of wit are considered both for their theoretical import and their appraisals of wit in practice. Prevailing fashions of witty invention are scrutinized in Italian, French and Spanish writings, so as to bring out the nature and effect of various forms of wit: conceited, hieroglyphic, transformational and others from which the metaphysical mode is distinguished. He locates the basis of Renaissance wit in the received conception of the created order and a theory of literary innovation inherent in Humanist belief, which led to novel couplings of time and eternity, body and soul, man and God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35293/cover/9780521035293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521035309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oscar Wilde</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Myths, Miracles and Imitations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oscar Wilde was a major influence on the culture of his time, and remains relevant today, as a model of wit and style, a sexual icon, and a moral example. In a sequence of detailed and imaginative chapters on Wilde and his times, John Stokes shows how in the 1880s and 1890s Wilde played a vital part in the development of modern culture, inspiring others to carry his ideas on into the twentieth century. Stokes offers studies of Wilde's place in the Romantic tradition, and of his relationships with such legendary figures of the fin de si&#232;cle as Aubrey Beardsley, Alfred Jarry and Arthur Symons. And always, as part of the process of historical enquiry, Stokes considers those who came after: humanitarian disciples who kept Wilde's memory sacred, performers in his plays, actors who impersonated the man himself. Oscar Wilde: Myths, Miracles and Imitations explains why Wilde, a 'material ghost', haunts us still.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35309/cover/9780521035309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103535X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Moonlandings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Eyewitness Account</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turnill, Reginald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aldrin, Buzz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Soviet-American race to land the first man on the moon was a technical challenge unlike any other in recent human history. Reginald Turnill, the BBC's Aerospace Correspondent, covered the entire story first-hand, and his reports were heard and seen by millions around the world. With unparalleled access to the politicians, scientists and technicians involved in the race to the moon, Turnill got to know all the early astronauts - Alan Shepard, John Glenn, Neil Armstrong, Buzz Aldrin - as they pioneered the techniques that made the moon landings possible. He became a friend of Dr Wernher von Braun, the German rocket pioneer and mastermind behind it all. This eyewitness account of one of the most thrilling adventures of the twentieth Century is written in a lucid style, packed with action and drama, and is a fascinating read for all those interested in the story of the race to the moon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/15956/cover/9780521815956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Astronomy and Mathematics in Ancient China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 'Zhou Bi Suan Jing'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This translation of an ancient Chinese book on astronomy (which is believed to date back to the first century AD) provides the non-specialist with a lucid account of how Chinese astronomers did their work in ancient times. The book also shows how the Chinese imperial government made use of and supported the work of astronomers, and explores the links between astronomy and politics. It will be of equal interest to historians of science and those studying the history of Chinese culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35378/cover/9780521035378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dental Functional Morphology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Teeth Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucas, Peter W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dental Functional Morphology offers an alternative to the received wisdom that teeth merely crush, cut, shear or grind food and shows how teeth adapt to diet. Providing an analysis of tooth action based on an understanding of how food particles break, it shows how tooth form from the earliest mammals to modern-day humans can be understood using very basic considerations about fracture. It outlines the theoretical basis step by step, explaining the factors governing tooth shape and size and provides an allometric analysis that will revolutionize attitudes to the evolution of the human face and the impact of cooked foods on our dentition. In addition, the basis of the mechanics behind the fracture of different types of food, and methods of measurement are given in an easy-to-use appendix. It will be an important sourcebook for physical anthropologists, dental and food scientists, palaeontologists and those interested in feeding ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62362/cover/9780521562362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lightning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Physics and Effects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rakov, Vladimir A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uman, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>700</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lightning: Physics and Effects is the first book that covers essentially all aspects of lightning, including lightning physics, lightning protection and the interaction of lightning with a variety of objects and systems as well as with the environment. It is written in a style that will be accessible to the technical non-expert and is addressed to anyone interested in lightning and its effects. This will include physicists, engineers working in the power, communications, computer and aviation industries, meteorologists, atmospheric chemists, foresters, ecologists, physicians working in the area of electrical trauma and architects. This comprehensive reference volume contains over 300 illustrations, 70 tables containing quantitative information and a bibliography of more than 6000 references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35415/cover/9780521035415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symbolic and Structural Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a searching critique of the more traditional archaeological methodologies and interpretation strategies and lays down a firm philosophical and theoretical basis for symbolist and structuralist studies in archaeology. A variety of procedures, ranging from ethnoarchaeological studies and computing techniques to formal studies of artefact design variability, are utilized to provide models for archaeologists within the proposed framework and the theory and models are then applied to a range of archaeological analyses. This particular approach sees all human actions as being meaningfully constituted within a social and cultural framework. Material culture is not simply an adaptive tool, but is structured according to sets of underlying principles which give meaning to, and derive meanings from, the social world. Thus structural regularities are shown to link seemingly disparate aspects of material culture, from funerary monuments to artefact design, from the use of space in settlements, to the form of economic practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35507/cover/9780521035507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of an African Famine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and Famine in Twentieth-Century Malawi</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, Megan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This account of the 1949 famine in colonial Malawi employs a wide variety of historical sources, ranging from Colonial Office documentation to the songs of women who lived through the tragedy. The analysis of the causes and development of the famine takes the reader through a detailed agricultural and social history of Southern Malwai in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, focusing in particular on the nature of social and economic stratification, changes in kinship systems and the position of women and placing all this within the wider context of the impact of colonial rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35514/cover/9780521035514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103552X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Varangians of Byzantium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benedikz, Benedict</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An aura of romance has clung about the Varangians for over six centuries. This book examines how the Norsemen came to be drawn into the Imperial service until the greatest of all the Emperors of the East, Basil II, formed them into the regiment of guards which was to give unique service to the Empire. It surveys the history of the regiment down to the collapse of High Byzantium in 1204 and traces the remnant of the Varangians to the very last day of the Empire in May 1453.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35521/cover/9780521035521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bion of Smyrna: The Fragments and the Adonis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bion</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reed, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work of Bion of Smyrna, the late Hellenistic writer of bucolic poetry, survives in seventeen fragments and the longer Epitaph on Adonis. In this edition, J. D. Reed presents a Greek text of the poems together with a facing translation. The substantial introduction covers Bion's place in the bucolic tradition, his reinterpretation of ritual and myth in the Adonis poem (with attention to its social context), and various aspects of his style. It also includes a detailed examination of the textual transmission. The commentary investigates fully details arising from the texts, with an emphasis on linguistic and literary-historical issues. This is a comprehensive treatment of Bion, his poetry and his place in the literary tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35545/cover/9780521035545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Tragic Actresses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Siddons, Rachel, Ristori</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bassnett, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the careers of three performers whose professional lives together spanned the period from the late eighteenth to the late nineteenth centuries, from the heyday of neo-Classicism to the coming of Realism. While the individual essays concentrate on the specific work of Siddons, Rachel and Ristori, a wide-ranging introduction relates their collective achievement to social and cultural change. All three rejuvenated a national repertoire and experimented with new forms of dramatic literature, achieving fame far beyond the boundaries of their own country. As they redefined the nature of tragic experience, as strong and independent women, they contributed greatly to changing concepts of gender and sexuality. Vivid reconstructions of their interpretations and unique accounts of theatrical conditions place the art of three very different but pivotal figures in context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35552/cover/9780521035552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lancashire and the New Liberalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why was there a Liberal Government in Britain from 1905 until the First World War? And why was the Liberal party replaced by the Labour party so shortly afterwards? These are the kinds of problems which Dr Clarke examines in his study of the Liberal revival in Lancashire. The vote in north-west England was largely responsible for bringing the Liberal Government into power and for maintaining its position, but it also produced almost half the new Labour MP's in 1906. Thus any satisfactory interpretation of electoral history in the early twentieth century must account for what happened in Lancashire. This book calls into question many of the conventional assumptions about British politics in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35576/cover/9780521035576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phytogeography of Northern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Isles, Fennoscandia, and Adjacent Areas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahl, Eilif</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birks, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eilif Dahl, who died in 1993, had one of the most original and creative minds in plant geography. His approach went far beyond the description of distribution patterns and the establishment of correlations between distributions and particular climatic variables. His understanding of physiological mechanisms that influenced and controlled the observed distributional patterns was a key feature of his numerous ideas and hypotheses. He was also aware of the importance of history as an influence on present-day plant distribution, especially in arctic plants. In The Phytogeography of Northern Europe Dahl brings to bear his wide range of interests in physics, chemistry, geology, climatology, meteorology and mathematics, as well as plant ecology and plant systematics, to analyse and explain the distribution of individual plant taxa across north-western Europe. This book will stand as a testament to the ideas and inspiration of a fine scientist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35590/cover/9780521035590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Substance, Form, and Psyche</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Aristotelean Metaphysics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furth, Montgomery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a re-thinking of Aristotle's metaphysical theory of material substances. The view of the author is that the 'substances' are the living things, the organisms: chiefly, the animals. There are three main parts to the book: Part I, a treatment of the concepts of substance and nonsubstance in Aristotle's Categories; Part III, which discusses some important features of biological objects as Aristotelian substances, as analysed in Aristotle's biological treatises and the de Anima; and Part V, which attempts to relate the conception of substance as interpreted so far to that of the Metaphysics itself. The main aim of the study is to recreate in modern imagination a vivid, intuitive understanding of Aristotle's concept of material substance: a certain distinctive concept of what an individual material object is.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35613/cover/9780521035613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marriage Litigation in Medieval England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helmholz, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells one part of the long history of the institution of marriage. Questions concerning the formation and annulment of marriage came under the exclusive jurisdiction of the church courts during the Middle Ages. Drawing on unpublished records of these courts, Professor Helmholz describes the practical side of matrimonial jurisdiction and relates it to his outline of the formal law of marriage. He investigates the nature of the cases heard, the procedure used, the people involved and changes over the period covered, all of which add to what is known about marriage and legal practice in medieval England. The concluding assessment of canonical jurisdiction over marriage suggests that the application of the law was more successful than is usually thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35620/cover/9780521035620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reason and Tradition in Islamic Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hourani, George F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume collects the published essays of the late Professor Hourani on Islamic ethics in the earlier classical and formative periods of Islamic civilization. Ethics was from the start at the core of Islam, and the construction of philosophical theories to support normative ethics made those centuries among the most profound and intensely active in the history of ethical thought. The book opens with two general and contextual pieces and thereafter it is organized by schools of thought in a broadly chronological order. The essays centre around two related debates in Islamic philosophy: over the ontological status of value, and over the sources of our knowledge of value. The answers developed follow similar lines to the rational theology and philosophy of the West, and Professor Hourani brings out the frequent parallels. As a whole, the volume will introduce and establish the importance of the Islamic tradition of thought about ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35637/cover/9780521035637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homer, Hesiod and the Hymns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diachronic Development in Epic Diction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janko, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the history of the ancient Greek tradition of oral epic poetry which culminated in the Iliad and Odyssey. These masterpieces did not exhaust the tradition, and poems were composed in the same style for several generations afterwards. One group of such poems is the 'Homeric Hymns', ascribed to Homer in antiquity. In fact the origins of these Hymns are as mysterious as those of the Homeric epics themselves with little external evidence to assist. This book will be of interest to scholars concerned with Greek philology and dialects, Homeric epic and Greek literature of the Archaic period. It should also find readers amongst specialists in other oral poetries and those using computers in the Humanities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35651/cover/9780521035651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103566X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Francis Bacon, the State and the Reform of Natural Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why was it that Francis Bacon, trained for high political office, devoted himself to proposing a celebrated and sweeping reform of the natural sciences? Julian Martin's investigative study looks at Bacon's family context, his employment in Queen Elizabeth's security service and his radical critique of the relationship between the Common Law and the monarchy, to find the key to this important question. Deeply conservative and elitist in his political views, Bacon adapted Tudor strategies of State management and bureaucracy, the social anxieties and prejudices of the late Elizabethan governing elite, and a principal intellectual resource of the English governing classes - the Common Law - into a novel vision and method for the sciences. Bacon's axiom that 'Knowledge is Power' takes on far-reaching implications in Martin's challenging argument that the reform of natural philosophy was a central part of an audacious plan to strengthen the powers of the Crown in the State.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35668/cover/9780521035668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consciousness and the Origins of Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelkin, Norton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive and broadly rationalist theory of the mind which continually tests itself against experimental results and clinical data. Taking issue with Empiricists who believe that all knowledge arises from experience and that perception is a non-cognitive state, Norton Nelkin argues that perception is cognitive, constructive and proposition-like. Further, as against Externalists who believe that our thoughts have meaning only insofar as they advert to the world outside our minds, he argues that meaning is determined 'in the head'. Finally, he offers an account of how we acquire some of our most basic concepts, including the concept of the self and that of other minds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35699/cover/9780521035699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Case for The Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scotland and Naples 1680-1760</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Case for the Enlightenment is a comparative study of the emergence of Enlightenment in Scotland and in Naples. Challenging the tendency to fragment the Enlightenment in eighteenth-century Europe into multiple Enlightenments, the distinguished intellectual historian John Robertson demonstrates the extent to which thinkers in two societies at the opposite ends of Europe shared common intellectual preoccupations. Before 1700, Scotland and Naples faced a bleak future as backward, provincial kingdoms in a Europe of aggressive commercial states. Yet by 1760, Scottish and Neapolitan thinkers were in the van of those advocating the cause of Enlightenment by means of political economy. By studying the social and institutional contexts of intellectual life in the two countries, and the currents of thought promoted within them, The Case for the Enlightenment explains this transformation. John Robertson pays particular attention to the greatest thinkers in each country, David Hume and Giambattista Vico.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/47872/cover/9780521847872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scepticism or Platonism?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Philosophy of the Fourth Academy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarrant, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first half of the first century BC the Academy of Athens broke up in disarray. From the wreckage of the semi-sceptical school there arose the new dogmatic philosophy of Antiochus, synthesized from Stoicism and Platonism, and the hardline Pyrrhonist scepticism of Aenesidemus. With his extensive knowledge of the ways in which Plato was read and invoked as an authority in late antiquity Dr Tarrant builds a most impressive reconstruction of Philo of Larissa's brand of Platonism and of its arrival in Middle Platonism, particularly that of Plutarch, long after the Academy's institutional demise. Particularly valuable is his exploitation for this purpose of a text barely discussed since its publication 80 years ago - a commentary on Plato's Theaetetus whose unidentified author Dr Tarrant has cogently argued to be a follower of Philo. Among many other achievements, Dr Tarrant throws much light on the relation of Aenesideman scepticism to the Academy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35774/cover/9780521035774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Southern Paternalism and the American Welfare State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economics, Politics, and Institutions in the South, 1865-1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alston, Lee J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferrie, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using institutional economics, Professors Alston and Ferrie show how paternalism in Southern agriculture helped shape the growth of the American welfare state in the hundred years following the Civil War. It was an integral part of agricultural contracts prior to mechanization. Paternalism involved the exchange of 'good and faithful' labour services for a variety of in-kind services, most notably protection from physical violence. The Southern landed elite valued paternalism because it reduced monitoring costs and turnover. Workers valued paternalism because of the lack of civil rights. In order to maintain the value of paternalism to their workers, the agricultural interests needed to prevent meddling from the federal government, which they accomplished through their disproportionate political power. Only the advent of mechanization and complementary technology in the late 1950s and early 1960s finally reduced the desire of Southern agricultural interests to fight the expansion of federal welfare programmes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35798/cover/9780521035798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Computer as Medium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersen, Peter Bxgh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmqvist, Berit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jensen, Jens F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computers are developing into a powerful medium integrating film, pictures, text and sound, and the use of computers for communication and information is rapidly expanding. The Computer as Medium brings insights from art, literature and theatre to bear on computers and discusses the communicative and organizational nature of computer networks within a historical perspective. The book consists of three parts. The first part characterizes the semiotic nature of computers and discusses semiotic approaches to programming and interface design. The second part discusses narrative and aesthetic issues of interactive fiction, information systems and hypertext. The final part contains papers on the cultural, organizational and historical impact of computers.The broad and rich coverage of this book will appeal to scholars in cognitive science, computer science, linguistics, semiotics, media studies and mass communications, cultural studies and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35804/cover/9780521035804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Savannas, Barrens, and Rock Outcrop Plant Communities of North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Roger C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fralish, James S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baskin, Jerry M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Savannas and barrens were major components of the historic North American landscape before it was extensively altered by agricultural and urban development during the past century. Rock outcrop plant communities and serpentine barrens are of interest because they are refugia for endemic species adapted to extreme environmental conditions. Many of these communities have been reduced to less than one per cent of their original area and are imperiled ecosystems. This book provides a coherent, readable summary of the technical information available on savannas, barrens and rock outcrop plant communities. It is organized by region into four parts: eastern south-eastern region, central/midwest region, western/south-western region, and northern region. Written by internationally recognized regional specialists, each chapter includes a description of the climate, geology, soils associated with the community, and information about its historic and current vegetation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35811/cover/9780521035811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wagner and Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, Rosamund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wagner is often held to have exerted a greater impact on modern culture than any other artist, yet the history of the reception of his works in Russia has remained largely unexplored. This book, which draws extensively on unpublished archival materials and other contemporary sources, aims to show that in certain important respects, Wagner's music and ideas found more fertile ground in Russia than anywhere else in Europe. Beginning with the first mention of Wagner's name in the Russian press in 1841, and ending almost 150 years later when the composer was finally rehabilitated during the years of glasnost, this study provides a detailed account of Wagner's visit to Russia in 1863, and a history of the productions of his works in Russia. The book pays special attention to Wagner's important influence on the Russian modernist movement, focusing particularly on his impact on the leading Symbolist writers, Vyacheslav Ivanov, Andrey Bely and Aleksandr Blok.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35828/cover/9780521035828.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103583X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Choral Music on Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the successful volumes of Song on Record, this book surveys all the recordings of major choral works from the Monteverdi Vespers to Britten's War Requiem. Discussion of the various interpretations on record is preceded, in each chapter, by informed criticism of the work concerned, including - where appropriate - a clarification of editions, revisions, etc. (all the many changes in Messiah are, for instance, described in detail). The coverage of recordings is exhaustive and its value is enhanced by detailed discographies, with numbers of each recording. Each contributor is an authority within his or her specialist area and, collectively, their insights and observations make the book invaluable to record collectors, music lovers and all with an interest in changing tastes and styles of musical performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35835/cover/9780521035835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persons in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolger, Niall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caspi, Avshalom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Downey, Geraldine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moorehouse, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social changes, including women's entry into the labour force and higher rates of divorce and remarriage, have dramatically altered family life and raised complex questions about how individuals develop in the ever changing contexts of family, community and society. The goal of this volume is to enhance our understanding of human development in an evolving social context. Featuring contributions by eminent scholars in developmental, clinical and personality psychology, behavioural genetics and sociology, Persons in Context: Developmental Processes presents advances in theory and research on two central topics: how environments influence individuals in the course of development and how individuals select and shape the very environments that influence their development. The volume assembles a theoretically convergent body of research on how individuals and environments are linked in the course of development, including studies of genetics - environment relations, social interns, social interchanges in family systems, and linkages between the family and other major settings, such as peer groups, communities, and the larger social structure. Designed for scholars and researchers in developmental psychology, the volume will also serve as an excellent source for those interested in personality and social psychology, family psychology, and human ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35842/cover/9780521035842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The BBC and Ultra-Modern Music, 1922-1936</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shaping a Nation's Tastes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doctor, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the BBC's campaign to raise cultural awareness of British mass audiences in the early days of radio. As a specific case, it focuses on policies and plans behind transmissions of music by composers associated with Arnold Schoenberg's circle between 1922, when the BBC was founded, and spring 1936, when Edward Clark, a former Schoenberg pupil and central figure in BBC music, resigned from the Corporation. This study traces and analyses the BBC's attempts to manipulate critical and public responses to this repertory. The book investigates three interrelated aspects of early BBC history. Policy decisions relating to contemporary music transmissions are examined to determine why precious broadcast time was devoted to this repertory. Early personnel structures are reconstructed to investigate the responsibilities, attitudes and interests of those who influenced music broadcasting. Finally, broadcasts of Second Viennese School works are examined in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35866/cover/9780521035866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reconstructing the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personal Networks and Elite Identity in Soviet Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easter, Gerald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do some state-building efforts succeed when others fail? Using formerly unavailable archival sources, this book presents an explanation for the rise and subsequent collapse of the Soviet state. The study explains how personal networks and elite identity served as informal sources of power that influenced state strength. Reconstructing the State also offers alternative interpretations of how the weak Bolshevik state extended its reach to a vast rural and multi-ethnic periphery as well as the dynamics of the center-regional conflict in the 1930s that culminated in the Great Terror.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35873/cover/9780521035873.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Courting Democracy in Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Party Strategies and Electoral Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenstadt, Todd A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book documents Mexico's gradual transition to democracy, written from a perspective which pits opposition activists' post-electoral conflicts against their usage of regime-constructed electoral courts at the centre of the democratization process. It addresses the puzzle of why, during key moments of Mexico's 27-year democratic transition, opposition parties failed to use autonomous electoral courts established to mitigate the country's often violent post-electoral disputes, despite formal guarantees of court independence from the Party of the Institutional Revolution (PRI), Mexico's ruling party for 71 years (preceeding the watershed 2000 presidential elections). Drawing on hundreds of author interviews throughout Mexico over a three-year period and extensive archival research, the author explores choices by the rightist National Action Party (PAN) and the leftist Party of the Democratic Revolution (PRD) between post-electoral conflict resolution via electoral courts and via traditional routes - mobilization and bargaining with the PRI-state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35880/cover/9780521035880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521035899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Criticism in Nineteenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Revue et gazette musicale de Paris 1834-80</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Katharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the musical writings in the daily and periodical press in France during the nineteenth century. It covers the criticism of a wide range of Western music, from c. 1580 to 1880, explaining how composers such as Bach and Beethoven secured a permanent place in the repertory. In particular, Dr Ellis considers the music journalism of the Revue et Gazette musicale de Paris, the single most important specialist periodical of the mid-nineteenth century, explaining how French music criticism was influenced by aesthetic and philosophical movements. Dr Ellis analyses the process of canon formation, the development of French musicology and the increasing sensitivity of critics to questions of performance practice. Chapters on new music examine the conflict inevitable in publishers' journals, between commercial interest and aesthetic integrity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35897/cover/9780521035897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103597X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521035972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Cambridge Theatres</TitleText>

<Subtitle>College, University and Town Stages, 1464-1720</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521035972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Alan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The excavations of the Rose and the Globe theatres have created a context for the study and reconstruction of the English Renaissance theatre. This book engages with this debate by attempting a reconstruction of early Cambridge theatres in the context of the professional theatres of Renaissance London. Cambridge provides a rich source of material: most of the college halls and chapels in which scaffold-theatres were constructed still stand, while records of the Cambridge theatres and the plays performed in them survive in abundance. The book includes a full survey of some dozen Cambridge colleges, the university's commencement stage, and extra-mural theatrical sites used by travelling professional companies, which lead to useful comparisons with the theatres of London. The author concludes with a plea for greater attention to documentary evidence in reconstructing the English Renaissance theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35972/cover/9780521035972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locke's Philosophy of Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ott, Walter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines John Locke's claims about the nature and workings of language. Walter Ott proposes an interpretation of Locke's thesis in which words signify ideas in the mind of the speaker, and argues that rather than employing such notions as sense or reference, Locke relies on an ancient tradition that understands signification as reliable indication. He then uses this interpretation to explain crucial areas of Locke's metaphysics and epistemology, including essence, abstraction, knowledge and mental representation. His discussion challenges many of the orthodox readings of Locke, and will be of interest to historians of philosophy and philosophers of language alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/31192/cover/9780521831192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103602X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Musice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Thirteenth-Century Manual for Singers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did medieval musicians learn to perform? How did they compose? What was their sense of the history and purpose of music? The Summa musice, a treatise on practical music from c.1200, sheds light on all these questions. It is a manual for young singers who are learning Gregorian chant for the first time, and provides a compact but comprehensive introduction to notation, performance and composition, written in a mixture of Latin prose and verse. More than that, however, it is also an introduction to medieval culture: what educated people believed to be worth knowing about music, how they reasoned when they discussed musical questions, the nature of musical thought and how it was expressed. Christopher Page's book provides an edition of the Latin text taken from the only surviving original copy, together with an English translation. Both texts are copiously annotated and introduced by an authoritative and illuminating editorial commentary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36023/cover/9780521036023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratizing France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political and Administrative History of Decentralization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Vivien A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The focus of this book is on the decentralization reforms legislated by the Socialist government in France from 1982 to 1986. These reforms redefined the role of the central state in the periphery and gave extensive new powers to territorial governments. In order to assess more fully the causes and effects of this recent decentralization, Vivien Schmidt examines these reforms and their impact in comparative historical perspective. Tracing the history of decentralization from the French Revolution to the present, the book highlights the significant reforms at the beginning of the Third Republic in the 1870s. It then analyses the actual impact of the reforms of both the 1870s and the 1980s on local government institutions and processes. Professor Schmidt uses an innovative mix of methods borrowed from political sociology and cultural anthropology, combined with historical analysis and extensive interviews with national and local politicians and civil servants. She provides important theoretical insights into the changing nature of the French state in addition to revealing significant historical patterns, particularly in the parallel between the role of decentralization in the Third and Fifth Republics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36054/cover/9780521036054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neural Networks and Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Connectionist Models in Practice and Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Dan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludik, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on connectionist models is one of the most exciting areas in cognitive science, and neural network models of psychopathology have immediate theoretical and empirical appeal. The contributors to this study review theoretical, historical and clinical issues, including the contribution of neural network models to diagnosis, pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. Models are presented for a range of disorders, including schizophrenia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, dissociative phenomena, autism and Alzheimer's disease. This book will appeal to a broad audience. On the one hand, it will be read with interest by psychiatrists, psychologists and other clinicians and researchers in psychopathology. On the other, it will appeal to those working in cognitive science and artificial intelligence, and particularly those interested in neural network or connectionist models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36061/cover/9780521036061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The 'Laterculus Malalianus' and the School of Archbishop Theodore</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevenson, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Laterculus Malalianus, a historical exegesis of the life of Christ, appears to be the only complete text to survive from the hand of Archbishop Theodore at Canterbury. Its language, style and intellectual frame of reference are thus of great importance for establishing the nature and scope of teaching at Canterbury, the first school of Anglo-Saxon England. This edition, with translation and commentary, is the third volume in this series to offer a reassessment of Canterbury as a major seat of learning, together with Bernhard Bischoff's and Michael Lapidge's edition of the biblical commentaries from the Canterbury school and Michael Lapidge's edited collection of essays on the life and influence of Archbishop Theodore. In the introduction Jane Stevenson examines the intellectual milieu of this work, argues the case for attribution to Theodore, and suggests the need for a complete rethinking of the basis of Anglo-Saxon culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36078/cover/9780521036078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Territorial Imperative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pluralism, Corporatism and Economic Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Jeffrey J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Territorial Imperative explores an area of interest in comparative political economy - the interaction of politics and economics at the mesolevel of the polity. Noting the ubiquity of regional economic disparities within advanced industrial democracies, Jeffrey Anderson undertakes a sophisticated analysis of the complex political conflicts such disparities generate. In this study of political responses to regional crisis, the principal theoretical focus centres on the impact of constitutional orders as bona fide political institutions. On the basis of a carefully constructed comparison of four declining industrial regions within a broader cross-national comparison of unitary Britain and federal Germany, Anderson concludes that constitutional orders as institutions do in fact matter. The territorial distribution of power, encapsulated in the federal-unitary distinction of interests and resources among sub-national and national actors and on the strategies of cooperation and conflict available to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36092/cover/9780521036092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aramaic Sources of Mark's Gospel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casey, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This was the first book to use all the Aramaic Dead Sea Scrolls to reconstruct original Aramaic sources from parts of Mark's Gospel. The scrolls enabled the author to revolutionize the methodology of such work, and to reconstruct whole passages which he interpreted in their original cultural context. The passages from which sources are reconstructed are Mark 9.11-13; 2.23-3.6; 10.35-45; and 14.12-26. A detailed discussion of each passage is offered, demonstrating that these sources are completely accurate accounts from the ministry of Jesus, from early sabbath disputes to his final Passover. An account of the translation process is given, showing how problems in Mark's text arose from the difficulty of translating some Aramaic expressions into Greek, including the notoriously difficult 'son of man'. A very early date for these sources is proposed, implying a date of c. 40 CE for Mark's Gospel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36139/cover/9780521036139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism, Male Friendship, and the First World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sarah Cole examines the rich literary and cultural history of masculine intimacy in the twentieth century. Cole approaches this complex and neglected topic from many perspectives - as a reflection of the exceptional social power wielded by the institutions that housed and structured male bonds; as a matter of closeted and thwarted homoerotics; as part of the story of the First World War. Cole shows that the terrain of masculine fellowship provides an important context for understanding key literary features of the modernist period. She foregrounds such crucial themes as the over-determined relations between imperial wanderers in Conrad's tales, the broken friendships that permeate Forster's fictions, Lawrence's desperate urge to make culture out of blood brotherhood and the intense bereavement of the war poet. Cole argues that these dramas of compelling and often tortured male friendship have helped to define a particular spirit and voice within the literary canon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/19237/cover/9780521819237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Presences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Receptions of Rome in European Culture, 1789-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Catharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores aspects of the reception of ancient Rome in a number of European countries from the late eighteenth century to the end of the Second World War. Rome has been made to stand for literary authority, republican heroism, imperial power and decline, the Catholic Church, the pleasure of ruins. The studies offered here examine some of the sometimes strange and unexpected places where Roman presences have manifested themselves during this period. Scholars from several disciplines, including English literature and history of art, as well as classics, bring to bear a variety of approaches on a wide range of images and texts, from statues of Napoleon to Freud's analysis of dreams. Rome's seemingly boundless capacity for multiple, indeed conflicting, signification has made it an extraordinarily fertile paradigm for making sense of - and also for destabilizing - history, politics, identity, memory and desire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36177/cover/9780521036177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Humanism and America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intellectual History of English Colonisation, 1500-1625</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzmaurice, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Humanism and America provides a major study of the impact of the Renaissance and Renaissance humanism upon the English colonization of America. The analysis is conducted through an interdisciplinary examination of a broad spectrum of writings on colonization, ranging from the works of Thomas More to those of the Virginia Company. Andrew Fitzmaurice shows that English expansion was profoundly neo-classical in inspiration, and he excavates the distinctively humanist tradition that informed some central issues of colonization: the motivations of wealth and profit, honour and glory; the nature of and possibilities for liberty; and the problems of just title, including the dispossession of native Americans. Dr Fitzmaurice presents a colonial tradition which, counter to received wisdom, is often hostile to profit, nervous of dispossession and desirous of liberty. Only in the final chapters does he chart the rise of an aggressive, acquisitive and possessive colonial ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/22251/cover/9780521822251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Galen: On the Properties of Foodstuffs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkins, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a translation of and detailed commentary on Galen's De alimentorum facultatibus - his major work on the dynamics and kinetics of various foods. It is thus primarily a physiological treatise rather than a materia medica or a work on pathology. Galen commences with a short section on the epistemology of medicine, with a discussion on the attainment, through apodeixis or demonstration, of scientific truth - a discussion which reveals the Aristotelian roots of his thinking. The text then covers a wide range of foods, both common and exotic. Some, such as cereals, legumes, dairy products and the grape, receive an emphasis that reflects their importance at the time; others are treated more cursorily. Dr Powell, an expert in gastroenterology, discusses Galen's terminology and the background to his views on physiology and pathology in his introduction, while John Wilkins' foreword concentrates on the structural and cultural aspects of the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/12429/cover/9780521812429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic, Signs and Nature in the Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Learned Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How or what were doctors in the Renaissance trained to think, and how did they interpret the evidence at their disposal for making diagnoses and prognoses? Maclean addresses these questions in the broad context of the world of learning: its institutions, its means of conveying and disseminating information, and the relationship between university faculties. The uptake by doctors from the university arts course - the foundation for medical studies - is examined in detail, as are the theoretical and empirical bases for medical knowledge, including its concepts of nature, health, disease and normality. Logic, Signs and Nature in the Renaissance ends with a detailed investigation of semiotic, which was one of the five parts of the discipline of medicine, in the context of the various versions of semiology available to scholars. From this survey, Maclean makes an interesting assessment of the relationship of Renaissance medicine to the new science of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36276/cover/9780521036276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Music in Seventeenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McColley, Diane Kelsey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the relationship between the poetic language of Donne, Herbert, Milton and other British poets, and the choral music and part-songs of composers including Tallis, Byrd, Gibbons, Weelkes and Tomkins. The seventeenth century was the time in English literary history when music was most consciously linked to words, and when the mingling of Renaissance and 'new' philosophy opened new discovery routes for the interpretation of art. McColley offers close readings of poems and the musical settings of analogous texts, and discusses the philosophy, performance, and disputed political and ecclesiastical implications of polyphony. She also enters into the discourse about the nature of language, relating poets' use of language and composers' use of music to larger questions concerning the arts, politics and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36290/cover/9780521036290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing and the Origins of Greek Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Barry B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Powell ties the origin and nature of archaic Greek literature to the special technology of Greek alphabetic writing. In building his model he presents chapters on specialized topics - text, orality, myth, literacy, tradition and memorization - and then shows how such special topics relate to larger issues of cultural transmission from East to West. Several chapters are devoted to the theory and history of writing, its definition and general nature as well as such individual developments as semasiography and logosyllabography, Chinese writing and the West Semitic family of syllabaries. He shows how the Greek alphabet put an end to the multiliteralism of Eastern traditions of writing, and how the recording of Homer and other early epic poetry cannot be separated from the alphabetic revolution. Finally, he explains how the creation of Greek alphabetic texts demoticized Greek myth and encouraged many free creations of new myths based on Eastern images.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36313/cover/9780521036313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trace Elements in Magmas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Treatment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Denis M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studying the distribution of certain elements, present in very low concentrations in igneous and metamorphic rocks, can yield important clues about the rocks' origin and evolution. Trace elements do not give rise to characteristic minerals, but their behaviour can be modelled to provide historical information about the source magma. This book brings together the essential theory required to understand the behaviour of trace elements in magmas and magma-derived rocks. It presents a wide range of models and mechanisms which explain trace element distribution. Trace Elements in Magmas provides an excellent resource for graduate students, petrologists, geochemists and mineralogists, as well as researchers in geophysics and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36344/cover/9780521036344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creative Imitation and Latin Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poets and prose-writers of Greece and Rome were acutely conscious of their literary heritage. They expressed this consciousness in the regularity with which, in their writings, they imitated and alluded to the great authors who had preceded them. Such imitation was generally not regarded as plagiarism but as essential to the creation of a new literary work: imitating one's predecessors was in no way incompatible with originality or progress. These views were not peculiar to the writers of Greece and Rome but were adopted by many others who have written in the 'classical tradition' right up to modern times. Creative Imitation and Latin Literature is an exploration of this concept of imitation. The contributors analyse selected passages from various authors - Greek, Latin and English - in order to demonstrate how Latin authors created new works of art by imitating earlier passages of literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36399/cover/9780521036399.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sickroom in Victorian Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Being Ill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailin, Miriam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this exploration of the significance of illness in the Victorian literary imagination Miriam Bailin maps the cultural implications and narrative effects of the sickroom as an important symbolic space in nineteenth-century life and literature. Dr Bailin draws on non-fictional accounts of illness by Julia Stephen, Harriet Martineau and others to illuminate the presentation of illness and ministration, patient and nurse, in the fiction of Charlotte Bront&#235;, Charles Dickens and George Eliot. She argues that the sickroom functions as an imagined retreat from conflicts in Victorian society, and that fictional representations of illness serve to resolve both social conflict and aesthetic tension. Her concentration on the sickroom scene as a compositional response to insistent formal as well as social problems yields fresh readings of canonical works and approaches to the constituent elements of Victorian realist narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36405/cover/9780521036405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Anger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from Homer to Galen</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braund, Susanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Most, Glenn W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anger is found everywhere in the ancient world, starting with the very first word of the Iliad and continuing through all literary genres and every aspect of public and private life. Yet it is only recently, as a variety of disciplines start to devote attention to the history and nature of the emotions, that Classicists, ancient historians and ancient philosophers have begun to study anger in antiquity with the seriousness and attention it deserves. This volume brings together a number of significant studies by authors from different disciplines and countries, on literary, philosophical, medical and political aspects of ancient anger from Homer until the Roman Imperial Period. It studies some of the most important ancient sources and provides a paradigmatic selection of approaches to them, and should stimulate further research on this important subject in a number of fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36429/cover/9780521036429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brito, Manuel Carlos de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed documentary history of opera in Portugal from the beginning of the eighteenth century to the inauguration of the still existing Teatro de S. Carlos in 1793. The study shows how the introduction of opera into the country at the beginning of the century was connected with the recruitment of Italian singers and players during the reign of Joao V, even though the court's interest in opera was small and the activity of public opera houses was hampered by the church and the King himself. This study is valuable not only as a much-needed authoritative and thorough history of the Portuguese musical theatre in the eighteenth century, paralleling existing studies for all other major European operatic centres of the time, but also for the significant contribution it makes to the study of Italian opera with which it interconnects, and of musical theatre in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36436/cover/9780521036436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Historians of Alexander the Great</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our knowledge of Alexander the Great is derived from the widely varying accounts of five authors who wrote three and more centuries after his death. The value of each account can be determined in detail only by discovering the source from which it drew, section by section, whether from a contemporary document, a memoir by a companion of Alexander, a hostile critique or a romanticizing narrative. In this book the three earliest accounts are studied in depth, and it becomes apparent that each author used more than one source, and that only occasionally did any two of them or all three use the same source for an incident or a series of incidents. This book will be of value to ancient historians and of interest also to those studying Alexander the Great.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36535/cover/9780521036535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dying to Live</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How our Bodies Fight Disease</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendall, Marion D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do our bodies fight disease? Written in clear accessible style this book gives an account of the inner workings of our immune systems. Aimed at the general reader it looks at fascinating areas of science including fever, AIDS and cancer. Central to the book, from which the title derives, is the idea that in the war against disease our bodies sacrifice millions of cells - antibodies and other specialized elements of the immune system. Only by pitting all manner of complex immune cells against such infectious agents can we continue to survive in the world. Of interest to anyone who has wondered what is really happening when we get ill and recover.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36559/cover/9780521036559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quotation and Cultural Meaning in Twentieth-Century Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metzer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the twentieth century, musicians frequently incorporated bits of works by other musicians into their own compositions and performances. When a musician borrows from a piece, he or she draws upon not only a melody but also the cultural associations of the original piece. By working with and altering a melody, a musician also transforms those associations. This book explores that vibrant practice, examining how musicians used quotation to participate in the cultural dialogues sustained around such areas as race, childhood, madness and the mass media. The focus of this study is broad, discussing pieces in a spectrum of musical styles (classical, experimental, jazz, and popular) as well as works in the other arts. Part of the young and quickly growing field of musical borrowing, this book takes an important step in discussing the wider cultural ramifications of quotation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36580/cover/9780521036580.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine in the Crusades</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Warfare, Wounds and the Medieval Surgeon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Piers D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to be published on any aspect of medicine in the crusades. It will be of interest not only to scholars of the crusades specifically, but also to scholars of medieval Europe, the Byzantine world and the Islamic world. Focusing on injuries and their surgical treatment, Piers D. Mitchell considers medical practitioners, hospitals on battlefields and in towns, torture and mutilation, emergency and planned surgical procedures, bloodletting, analgesia and anesthesia. He provides an assessment of the exchange of medical knowledge that took place between East and West in the crusades, and of the medical negligence legislation for which the kingdom of Jerusalem was famous. The book presents a radical reassessment of many outdated misconceptions concerning medicine in the crusades and the Frankish states of the Latin East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/44550/cover/9780521844550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philippians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From People to Letter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oakes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A case-study in modelling the social make-up of an early Christian community, including estimated figures for the various social groups in the model. A case-study in how such modelling can make an impact on the exegesis of a text. The result is a proposal for reading Philippians as a call for unity under economic suffering. In particular, the story of Christ in Philippians 2.6-11 is read as a reinforcement of this call in the specifically Roman context of Philippi. The book begins with a discussion of archaeological and literary evidence about the development of the Roman colony of Philippi. It also includes discussion of the likely effects of suffering among various social groups in the church, exploration of Paul's and Christ's roles as models for the Philippians, and comparison of Paul's language about Christ with Imperial ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36610/cover/9780521036610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103664X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Strong and the Weak</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Romans 14.1-15.13 in Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reasoner, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book situates Romans 14.1-15.13 in the context of first-century Roman thought, using the lenses of asceticism (especially vegetarianism), superstition and obligation. It also seeks to situate this section of Romans within the letter as a whole, and concludes by arguing that the section illustrates the theme, or primary topos, of the letter: that Paul, his gospel, and those who follow it are not shameful. Contributions to Romans research surface where this book examines the terms 'strong' and 'weak' in light of their use within Roman social discourse; identifies the Roman social value of obligation throughout the letter as a key element both within Paul's self-understanding and in his ethical teaching; raises previously unrecognized implications of the letter's occasional nature for how we read and use Romans; and traces the topos of not being ashamed through the letter and back to its roots in the LXX.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36641/cover/9780521036641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Within the Human Realm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poetry of Huang Zunxian, 1848-1905</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the poetry of Huang Zunxian, one of the most famous authors of late nineteenth-century China. The first part consists of a detailed biography outlining Huang's literary and political career. This is followed by a critical discussion of Huang's poetry, including such topics as his theory of literature, his traditional verse, his highly original poetry on foreign lands, his political satire and his scientific verse. The book concludes with a generous sampling of his poetry in translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36665/cover/9780521036665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul, Judaism, and Judgment according to Deeds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yinger, Kent L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why does 'judgment according to deeds' produce no discernible theological tension for Paul, the apostle of justification by faith? For students of his writings, paradox, incoherence, or eschatological tension come more readily to mind. Paul felt no such theological tension because there was none - neither within his own soteriology, nor in that of the Judaism from which he learned to speak of 'judgment according to deeds'. For both, salvation is wholly by God's grace and the saved will be repaid (i.e. saved or condemned) in accordance with what they have done. Thus, Paul can promise eternal life to those who 'do good', while threatening wrath upon the disobedient (Rom 2:6-11), and without undermining justification by faith. This thorough examination of second temple and pauline texts interacts with discussions of 'covenantal nomism', justification, and the 'new perspective' on Paul to explore the Jewishness of the apostle's theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36696/cover/9780521036696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flow Control</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Passive, Active, and Reactive Flow Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gad-el-Hak, Mohamed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ability to actively or passively manipulate a flow field to bring about a desired change is of immense technological importance. The potential benefits of improving flow control systems range from saving billions of dollars in fuel costs for land, air and sea vehicles to achieving more economically competitive and environmentally sound industrial processes involving fluid flows. This book provides a thorough treatment of the basics of flow control and control practices that can be used to produce desired effects. Among topics covered are transition delay, separation prevention, drag reduction, lift augmentation, turbulence suppression, noise abatement, and heat and mass transfer enhancement. The final chapter explores the frontiers of flow control strategies, especially as applied to turbulent flows. Intended for engineering and physics students, researchers and practitioners, Flow Control brings together in a single source a wealth of information on practices and developments in this very active field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36719/cover/9780521036719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Uncertainty Concepts in Hydrology and Water Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kundzewicz, Zbigniew W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the greatest problems hydrology research faces is how to quantify uncertainty, which is inherent in every hydrological process. This overview of uncertainty emphasizes non-orthodox concepts, such as random fields, fractals and fuzziness. This book reviews alternative and conventional methods of risk and uncertainty representation in hydrology and water resources. The water-related applications discussed in the book pertain to areas of strong interest, such as multifractals and climate change impacts. The authors represent a variety of research backgrounds, achieving a broad subject coverage. The material covered provides an important insight into theories of uncertainty related to the field of hydrology. The book is international in its scope, and will be welcomed by researchers and graduate students of hydrology and water resources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36733/cover/9780521036733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preservation of Near-Earth Space for Future Generations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What will happen to the near-Earth space environment? How can we ensure the survival of future scientific, commercial and military satellites and space stations? This book addresses the questions that must be asked as man-made debris in space around the Earth - from dust particles to rocket casings, and even radioactive materials - becomes a critical problem. World wide specialists address the issues, problems and policies concerned with the preservation of near-Earth space in this volume. Their articles cover the technical aspects, and the economic and legal issues concerned, including the enforcement and monitoring of international agreements and the resolution of disputes. This clearly written and well-illustrated survey offers the professional and concerned non-specialist an authoritative review of the problems with, and solutions to, space debris.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36757/cover/9780521036757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Works of Charles Babbage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Babbage, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyman, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Babbage was a key figure of a great era of British history. Best remembered for his pioneering Difference and Analytical Engines, forerunners of the modern computer, Babbage was also an active reformer of science and society. Among his friends were the Bonapartes, the Duke of Wellington, the Duke of Somerset, Byron's daughter Ada Lovelace and the reforming Earl of Shaftesbury, whose interest Babbage directed to the factories. In this book, Anthony Hyman has selected passages from Babbage's many publications, including his proposals on profit sharing and life peerages and his ideas on such topics as the applications of science, scientific management, taxation and life assurance. Setting each extract in perspective, Hyman has provided the passages with an explanatory editorial commentary. Together with his concern for the systematic application of science, technology and mathematical method to commercial, industrial and economic problems, his work on computing makes Charles Babbage one of the most remarkable as well as one of the most colourful figures in the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36764/cover/9780521036764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lung Transplantation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banner, Nicholas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polak, Julia M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yacoub, Magdi H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MNQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed account of the principles and practice of contemporary lung transplantation. An accomplished, international team of contributing authors have combined their expertise to provide scientific developments and clinical knowledge based on their extensive experience. The book covers pulmonary vascular and parenchymal lung disease, which necessitate transplantation, together with all aspects of the multidisciplinary management of lung transplant patients. It concludes by looking at future developments in the treatment of advanced respiratory failure. This multidisciplinary approach makes the publication suitable for several subspecialities in addition to pulmonary medicine and lung transplantation, including haematology, radiology and clinical psychology. It will serve as a valuable source of reference and practical information for medical specialists in transplantation and all those working in thoracic organ transplant units.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36771/cover/9780521036771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jordan, the United States and the Middle East Peace Process, 1974-1991</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036795</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madfai, Madiha Rashid al</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On 31 July 1988 King Hussain of Jordan renounced all administrative and legal ties with the Israeli-occupied West Bank of the River Jordan, initiating a turning point in the Middle East peace process. In this study, Madiha Madfai explores Jordan's role in the USA's peacemaking efforts during the Carter, Reagan and Bush administrations. She examines the events culminating in the action of 1988 and convincingly demonstrates a history of anger, anguish and frustration with the Middle East peace process that lay behind the Jordanian decision. Dr Madfai also assesses the effects the American-Jordanian relationship had on stability in the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36795/cover/9780521036795.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mutation Breeding</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practical Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harten, A. M. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the 1970s and 1980s, the technique of mutation breeding made a substantial, although often poorly recognized, contribution to crop improvement. Later, as the techniques of molecular biology become more widely adopted by plant breeders, this comprehensive summary sets mutation breeding in that context and relates it to other breeding techniques, including those most recently developed. The book opens with a general introduction to plant breeding and a review of the development of mutation breeding, including consideration of the strengths and weaknesses of the technique. Chapters covering the underlying theory are followed by sections which consider more practical aspects such as in vitro techniques, techniques used for seed propagated crops and techniques used for vegetatively propagated crops. Case studies and examples are included throughout and a list of almost 1400 references provides a valuable resource for those new to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36825/cover/9780521036825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peroxisome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Vital Organelle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masters, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last decades, a series of dramatic research findings have served to emphasize the vital role of the peroxisome. These findings have included major advances in our understanding of its metabolic roles, genetics and biochemistry, as well as of the broad involvements of peroxisomal diseases. This book provides a basic introduction to the peroxisome and its relationship to other components of eukaryotic cells, followed by a detailed and comprehensive discussion of research advances. Current understanding of the morphology, phylogeny, enzymology and ontogeny of the peroxisome is also reviewed. The book concludes with a chapter on peroxisomes and human disease. The authors are well-respected researchers in this field, and have produced an authoritative and readable text which will appeal to postgraduates and researchers in biochemistry, cell biology and medical science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36832/cover/9780521036832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narrative and Meaning in Early Modern England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Browne's Skull and Other Histories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchitello, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Howard Marchitello's study of narrative techniques in Renaissance discourse analyses imaginative conjunctions of literary texts, such as those by Shakespeare and Browne, with developments in scientific and technical writing. In Narrative and Meaning in Early Modern England he explores the relationship between a range of early modern discourses, such as cartography, anatomy and travel writing, and the developing sense of the importance of narrative in producing meaning. Narrative was used in the Renaissance as both a mode of discourse and an epistemology; it not only produced knowledge, it also dictated how that knowledge should be understood. Marchitello uses a wide range of cultural documents to illustrate the importance of narrative in constructing the Renaissance understanding of time and identity. By highlighting the inherent textual element in imaginative and scientific discourses, his study also evaluates a range of contemporary critical practices and explores their relation to narrative and the production of meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36863/cover/9780521036863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521036895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521036894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pappus of Alexandria and the Mathematics of Late Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521036894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuomo, Serafina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is at once an analytical study of one of the most important mathematical texts of antiquity, the Mathematical Collection of the fourth-century AD mathematician Pappus of Alexandria, and also an examination of the work's wider cultural setting. An important first chapter looks at the mathematicians of the period and how mathematics was perceived by people at large. The central chapters of the book analyse sections of the Collection, identifying features typical of Pappus's mathematical practice. The final chapter draws together the various threads and presents a fuller description of Pappus's mathematical 'agenda'. This is one of few books to deal extensively with the mathematics of Late Antiquity. It sees Pappus's text as part of a wider context and relates it to other contemporary cultural practices and opens avenues to research into the public understanding of mathematics and mathematical disciplines in antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/42118/cover/9780521642118.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Israel in the Books of Chronicles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, H. G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses a much neglected writer's contribution to the debate within Judaism in the post-exilic period about who might legitimately be included within the reconstituted Jerusalem community, and notably the Chronicler's attitude to the status of the Samaritan sect. It has been almost universally accepted that Chronicles and Ezra-Nehemiah are all parts of a single work, and so the rather 'exclusive' attitude of Ezra-Nehemiah has been read back into Chronicles. Many believe that the Chronicles intended to reject the Samaritan claim to inclusion. Dr Williamson challenges both the assumption of unity of authorship and the attribution of an exclusive attitude to the Chronicler, providing evidence to support the case for separate authorship, and examining Chronicles in its own right. A study of the use of the word 'Israel' and an analysis of the narrative structure jointly lead to the conclusion that the Chronicler reacted against the over-exclusive attitudes of some of his contemporaries, and looked for the reunion of 'all Israel' around Jerusalem and its temple. This study will interest both Old Testament scholars and students of Jewish history and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37099/cover/9780521037099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the tenth and final volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of six plays written by Fletcher and his collaborators, Nathan Field, Philip Massinger, Ben Jonson, George Chapman, John Ford and John Webster. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text and authorship, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations. At the back of this concluding volume there is a useful index showing how the plays are distributed between the volumes, and a table giving the authorship of the plays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37105/cover/9780521037105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manuscripts and Libraries in the Age of Charlemagne</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bischoff, Bernhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bernhard Bischoff (1906-1991) was one of the most renowned scholars of medieval palaeography of the twentieth century. His most outstanding contribution to learning was in the field of Carolingian studies, where his work is based on the catalogue of all extant ninth-century manuscripts and fragments. In this book, Michael Gorman has selected and translated seven of his classic essays on aspects of eighth- and ninth-century culture. They include an investigation of the manuscript evidence and the role of books in the transmission of culture from the sixth to the ninth century, and studies of the court libraries of Charlemagne and Louis the Pious. Bischoff also explores centres of learning outside the court in terms of the writing centres and the libraries associated with major monastic and cathedral schools respectively. This rich collection provides a full, coherent study of Carolingian culture from a number of different yet interdependent aspects, providing insights for scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37112/cover/9780521037112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103714X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Press, Politics and the Public Sphere in Europe and North America, 1760-1820</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Hannah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burrows, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Newspapers are a vital component of print and political cultures, and as such they informed as well as documented the social and political upheavals of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. However, despite the huge influence attributed to them by both contemporary observers and historians, our knowledge of the nature and function of the newspaper press itself remains scant. Press, Politics and the Public Sphere in Europe and North America, c. 1760-1820 aims to fill this gap by examining aspects of the press in several European countries and America, both individually and comparatively, during this particularly turbulent and important period. Contributors explore the relationship between newspapers and social change, specifically in the context of the part played by the press in the political upheavals of the time. The collection examines the relationship between newspapers and public opinion, and attempts to define their place in the emergence of a 'public sphere'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/62079/cover/9780521662079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Correspondence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zweig, Arnulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a most complete English edition of Kant's correspondence. The letters are concerned with philosophical and scientific topics but many also treat personal, historical and cultural matters. On one level the letters chart Kant's philosophical development. On another level they expose quirks and foibles, and reveal a good deal about Kant's friendships and philosophical battles with some of the prominent thinkers of the time: Herder, Hamann, Mendelssohn and Fichte. What emerges from these pages is a vivid picture of the intellectual, religious and political currents of the late eighteenth-century Prussia, in which there is much to be learnt about topics such as censorship, and the changing status of Jews and women in Europe. Amongst the special features of this volume are: a substantial introduction, detailed explanatory notes, a glossary, and biographical sketches of correspondents and people referred to in the letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37259/cover/9780521037259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legislative Institutions and Ideology in Chile</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Londregan, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1980s and 1990s have seen several authoritarian governments voluntarily cede power to constitutionally elected democratic governments. John Londregan uses Chile as a case study of this phenomenon, exploring what sorts of guarantees are required for those who are ceding power and how those guarantees later work out in practice. He constructs an analytical model of a democratic transition and provides a new statistical technique for analysing legislative votes, based upon a detailed empirical analysis of Chile's legislative politics. Legislative Institutions and Ideology in Chile extends existing spatial models of policy preferences by incorporating a valence component to policy choices. The valence component enables an agenda setter, in Chile the democratically elected president, to overcome veto players' objections to reform. Londregan specifically also uses Senate committee voting records to study the impact of human rights concessions on the political debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37266/cover/9780521037266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103728X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Apostles, 1820-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liberalism, Imagination, and Friendship in British Intellectual and Professional Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lubenow, W. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a highly engaging history of the world's most famous secret society, the Cambridge 'Apostles', based upon the lives, careers and correspondence of the 255 Apostles elected to the Cambridge Conversazione Society between 1820 and 1914. It examines the way in which the Apostles recruited their membership, the Society's discussions and its intellectual preoccupations. From its pages emerge such figures as F. D. Maurice, John Sterling, John Mitchell Kemble, Richard Trench, Fenton Hort, James Clerk Maxwell, Henry Sidgwick, Lytton Strachey, E. M. Forster, and John Maynard Keynes. The careers of these and many other leading Apostles are traced, through parliament, government, letters, and in public school and university reform. The book also makes an important contribution in discussing the role of liberalism, imagination and friendship at the intersection of the life of learning and public life. This is a major contribution to the intellectual and social history of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and to the history of the University of Cambridge. It demonstrates in impressive depth just how and why the Apostles forged original themes in modern intellectual life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37280/cover/9780521037280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lacewings in the Crop Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEwen, P. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>New, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittington, A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lacewings are predatory insects which attack and kill large numbers of insect pests. Lacewings in the Crop Environment addresses both the theoretical and practical aspects of lacewing biology and their use in crop protection. The book opens with a section on lacewing systematics and ecology. Next, lacewings as predators in a wide variety of commercially important crops are reviewed and this is followed by a section on the principles of using lacewings in pest control. The possible impact of genetically modified crops on lacewing populations is also discussed. Finally, a fascinating array of case studies of lacewing use in many crops from around the world is presented, and future uses of lacewings speculated upon. Lacewings in the Crop Environment is an essential reference work and practical handbook for students, researchers  of biological control, integrated pest management and agricultural science, and for field workers using lacewings in pest management programmes worldwide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/72174/cover/9780521772174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Injury in the Young</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward Platt, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Little, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the underlying mechanisms and pathophysiological processes which relate to various childhood injuries, and brings together experimental and empirical data which bear on the rational management of injury in childhood. It also deals with the wider issues of service organization and rehabilitation. The book describes the commonest causes and types of injury encountered in the young, including trauma, head injury, near drowning and burns. It also deals with essential aspects of effective management of injury in the hospital including trauma scoring, life support and nutritional support. It is intended for trainees and consultants in paediatrics, paediatric surgery, accident and emergency, anaesthesia and intensive care, and it will also serve as a source book for medical and non-medical researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37372/cover/9780521037372.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth's Reading 1800-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wu, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wordsworth's Reading 1800-1815 lists all of the authors and (where possible) books known to have been read by William Wordsworth during the years which saw the composition of some of his greatest poetry, including Poems, in Two Volumes, The Thirteen-Book Prelude, The White Doe of Rylstone and The Excursion. The information is presented in an easy-to-use form, and includes dates of reading and full discussions of evidence. It draws on analyses of Wordsworth's manuscripts contained in current and forthcoming scholarly editions of his works, and incorporates hitherto unpublished research into the poet's intellectual development, including a thorough survey of manuscript materials. Together with Duncan Wu's companion-volume, Wordsworth's Reading 1770-1799, this is a most complete study of Wordsworth's reading, and it will be an essential reference tool for all scholars and students of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37419/cover/9780521037419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Liberal Mind 1914-29</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bentley, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is an exercise in the history of political perception and opinion. It broke new ground in considering the decline of Liberalism through the eyes of Liberals themselves. By concentrating on what Liberal politicians said to one another and to their audience (public and private) a picture is built up of the frame of mind in which those responsible for guiding Liberalism faced a worsening world after 1914. The coming of the First World War was a critical element in forming that frame of mind; and the frame of mind was itself critical in deciding the fate of Liberalism in the post-war years. What emerges from this study is the paradox that the Liberal mind was the greatest single obstacle in the way of a Liberal revival.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37426/cover/9780521037426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Galaxies of the Local Group</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergh, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Local Group is a small cluster of galaxies that includes the Milky Way. At least half of all galaxies in the Universe are thought to belong to similar groups. This authoritative volume provides a comprehensive synthesis of what is known about the Local Group. It begins with a summary of each member galaxy, as well as those galaxies previously regarded as possible members. The book examines the mass, stability and evolution of the Local Group as a whole and includes many important previously unpublished results and conclusions. With clarity, Professor van den Bergh provides a masterful summary of all that is known about the galaxies of the Local Group and their evolution, and expertly places this knowledge in the wider context of on-going studies of galaxy formation and evolution, the cosmic distance scale, and the conditions in the early Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37433/cover/9780521037433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Anger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Juvenal's Third Book of Satires</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braund, Susan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Anger is a detailed literary analysis of the three poems which make up Juvenal's third book of Satires (i.e. Satires 7, 8 and 9). Dr Braund pays particular attention to the satiric techniques Juvenal employs in this book, arguing that in Book III Juvenal uses a new, ironic persona, which makes his satire more indirect, subtle and double-edged than does the angry approach found in the earlier books. This is an in-depth treatment of Juvenal's third book of Satires, which has previously suffered neglect from scholars. It also gives a welcome overview of the development of Juvenal's satiric output.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37440/cover/9780521037440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Path of the Law and its Influence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legacy of Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. (1841-1935) is, arguably, the most important American jurist of the twentieth century, and his essay The Path of the Law, first published in 1898, is the seminal work in American legal theory. In it, Holmes detailed his radical break with legal formalism and created the foundation for the leading contemporary schools of American legal thought. He was the dominant source of inspiration for the school of legal realism, and his insistence on a practical approach to law and legal analysis laid the basis for the realists' later concentration upon the pragmatic and empirical aspects of law and legal procedures. This volume brings together some of the most distinguished legal scholars from the United States and Canada to examine competing understandings of The Path of the Law and its implications for contemporary American jurisprudence. For the reader's convenience, the essay is republished in an Appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37464/cover/9780521037464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchants, Companies and Trade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe and Asia in the Early Modern Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaudhury, Sushil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morineau, Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by well-known scholars, this book raises pertinent questions and takes up alternate perspectives on the growth and development of international trade between Europe and Asia, especially India, in the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries. Through a comparative and comprehensive study of merchant communities, markets and commodities the individual authors argue, contrary to conventional views, that Asian merchants were in no way inferior to Europeans in terms of their commercial operations and business acumen. The book emphasizes the continuing and growing importance of India's overland trade, even in the seventeenth to eighteenth centuries, traces the little-known world of Armenian merchants, the hitherto obscure, but voluminous, Indian trade with the Ottoman Empire, and by unearthing new evidence, demonstrates that the export activity of Asian merchants through the overland route from Bengal was higher, in fact, than the combined total of European exports.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37471/cover/9780521037471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Religion in the Age of Mary, Queen of Scots</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Earl of Argyll and the Struggle for Britain and Ireland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawson, Jane E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early modern historians have theorized about the nature of the new 'British' history for a generation. This study examines how British politics operated in practice during the age of Mary, Queen of Scots, and explains how the crises of the mid-sixteenth century moulded the future political shape of the British Isles. A central figure in these struggles was the fifth earl of Argyll, the most powerful magnate not only at the court of Queen Mary, his sister-in-law, but throughout the three kingdoms. His domination of the Western Highlands and Islands drew him into the complex politics of the north of Ireland, while his Protestant commitment involved him in Anglo-Scottish relations. His actions also helped determine the Protestant allegiance of the British mainland and the political and religious complexion of Ireland. Argyll's career therefore demonstrates both the possibilities and the limitations of British history throughout the early modern period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37495/cover/9780521037495.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sky and Ocean Joined</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The U. S. Naval Observatory 1830-2000</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dick, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As one of the oldest scientific institutions in the United States, the US Naval Observatory has a rich and colourful history. This volume is, first and foremost, a story of the relations between space, time and navigation, from the rise of the chronometer in the United States to the Global Positioning System of satellites, for which the Naval Observatory provides the time to a billionth of a second per day. It is a story of the history of technology, in the form of telescopes, lenses, detectors, calculators, clocks and computers over 170 years. It describes how one scientific institution under government and military patronage has contributed, through all the vagaries of history, to almost two centuries of unparalleled progress in astronomy. Sky and Ocean Joined will appeal to historians of science, technology, scientific institutions and American science, as well as astronomers, meteorologists and physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37501/cover/9780521037501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Anarchical Fallacies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Political Authority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmundson, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How is a legitimate state possible? Obedience, coercion and intrusion are three ideas that seem inseparable from all government and seem to render state authority presumptively illegitimate. This book exposes three fallacies inspired by these ideas and in doing so challenges assumptions shared by liberals, libertarians, cultural conservatives, moderates and Marxists. In three clear and tightly argued essays William Edmundson dispels these fallacies and shows that living in a just state remains a worthy ideal. This is an important book for all philosophers, political scientists and legal theorists as well as other readers interested in the views of Rawls, Dworkin and Nozick, many of whose central ideas are subjected to rigorous critique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37518/cover/9780521037518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scalar-Tensor Theory of Gravitation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujii, Yasunori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maeda, Kei-ichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scalar-tensor theory of gravitation is one of the most popular alternatives to Einstein's theory of gravitation. This book provides a clear and concise introduction to the theoretical ideas and developments, exploring scalar fields and placing them in context with a discussion of Brans-Dicke theory. Topics covered include the cosmological constant problem, time variability of coupling constants, higher dimensional space-time, branes and conformal transformations. The authors emphasize the physical applications of the scalar-tensor theory and thus provide a pedagogical overview of the subject, keeping more mathematically detailed sections for the appendices. This book is suitable for graduate courses in cosmology, gravitation and relativity. It will also provide a valuable reference for researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37525/cover/9780521037525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Synchrotron Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofmann, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the underlying physics of synchrotron radiation and derives its main properties. It is divided into four parts. The first covers the general case of the electromagnetic fields created by an accelerated relativistic charge. The second part concentrates on the radiation emitted by a charge moving on a circular trajectory. The third looks at undulator radiation, covering plane weak undulators, strong undulators and other more general undulators. The final part deals with applications and investigates the optics of synchrotron radiation dominated by diffraction due to the small opening angle. It also includes a description of electron storage rings as radiation sources and the effect of the emitted radiation on the electron beam. This book provides a valuable reference for scientists and engineers in the field of accelerators, and all users of synchrotron radiation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37532/cover/9780521037532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpreting Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Controversies and Developments in the Early Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The term probability can be used in two main senses. In the frequency interpretation it is a limiting ratio in a sequence of repeatable events. In the Bayesian view, probability is a mental construct representing uncertainty. This book is about these two types of probability and investigates how, despite being adopted by scientists and statisticians in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, Bayesianism was discredited as a theory of scientific inference during the 1920s and 1930s. Through the examination of a dispute between two British scientists, the author argues that a choice between the two interpretations is not forced by pure logic or the mathematics of the situation, but depends on the experiences and aims of the individuals involved. The book should be of interest to students and scientists interested in statistics and probability theories and to general readers with an interest in the history, sociology and philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37549/cover/9780521037549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mercy and Authority in the Tudor State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kesselring, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using a wide range of legal, administrative and literary sources, this study explores the role of the royal pardon in the exercise and experience of authority in Tudor England. It examines such abstract intangibles as power, legitimacy, and the state by looking at concrete life-and-death decisions of the Tudor monarchs. Drawing upon the historiographies of law and society, political culture and state formation, mercy is used as a lens through which to examine the nature and limits of participation in the early modern polity. Contemporaries deemed mercy as both a prerogative and duty of the ruler. Public expectations of mercy imposed restraints on the sovereign's exercise of power. Yet the discretionary uses of punishment and mercy worked in tandem to mediate social relations of power in ways that most often favoured the growth of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37556/cover/9780521037556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life between Memory and Hope</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Survivors of the Holocaust in Occupied Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mankowitz, Zeev W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the remarkable story of the 250,000 Holocaust survivors who converged on the American Zone of Occupied Germany from 1945 to 1948. They envisaged themselves as the living bridge between destruction and rebirth, the last remnants of a world destroyed and the active agents of its return to life. Much of what has been written elsewhere looks at the Surviving Remnant through the eyes of others and thus has often failed to disclose the tragic complexity of their lives together with their remarkable political and social achievements. Despite having lost everyone and everything, they got on with their lives, they married, had children and worked for a better future. They did not surrender to the deformities of suffering and managed to preserve their humanity intact. Mankowitz uses largely inaccessible archival material to give a moving and sensitive account of this neglected area in the aftermath of the Holocaust.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37563/cover/9780521037563.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heavy Quark Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manohar, Aneesh V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wise, Mark B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding the physics of heavy quarks gives physicists the unique opportunity to test the predictions of Quantum Chromodynamics and the Standard Model. This introductory text on this exciting area of high-energy physics begins with a review of the standard model, followed by the basics of heavy quark spin-flavor symmetry and how it can be applied to the classification of states, decays and fragmentation. Heavy quark effective theory is then developed and applied to the study of hadron masses, form factors, and inclusive decay rates. The authors also discuss the application of chiral perturbation theory to heavy hadrons. Written by two world leading experts, the presentation is clear and original, with problems provided at the end of each chapter. This lucid volume provides graduate students with an ideal introduction to the physics of heavy quarks, and more experienced researchers with an authoritative reference to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37570/cover/9780521037570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imagining Early Modern London</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perceptions and Portrayals of the City from Stow to Strype, 1598-1720</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merritt, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 120 years that separate the first publication of John Stow's famous Survey of London in 1598 from John Strype's enormous new edition of the same work in 1720 witnessed London's transformation into a sprawling augustan metropolis, very different from the compact medieval city so lovingly charted in the pages of Stow. Imagining Early Modern London takes Stow's classic account of the Elizabethan city as a starting point for an examination of how generations of very different Londoners - men and women, antiquaries, merchants, skilled craftsmen, labourers and beggars - experienced and understood the dramatically changing city. A series of interdisciplinary essays explore the ways in which Londoners interpreted and memorialized their past: how individuals located themselves mentally, socially and geographically within the city, and how far the capital's growth was believed to have a moral influence upon its inhabitants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37587/cover/9780521037587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103759X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subversive Oratory of Andokides</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Ideology and Decision-Making in Democratic Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Missiou, Anna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oratory was a vital element in the Athenian democracy. In this study Anna Missiou analyses the ideological content of the speeches of the crypto-oligarch Andokides (active c. 420-390 BC). Drawing on modern communication studies, she proposes a contextual and historical approach to oratory rather than one that concentrates on the speaker. She insists that there was a rational as well as an emotional element in the responses of both orator and audience, and that there was a tension between political equality and socio-economic inequality lying at the centre of Athenian democratic society. She suggests that the political ideology of a speaker can be evaluated in the light of his rhetorical techniques. A detailed analysis of Andokides' arguments for peace in On the Peace with the Lakedaimonians reveals that the intense controversy in Athens over the continuation of the war with Sparta in 391 reflected class antagonism among the Athenians. Dr Missiou argues that the speech was essentially subversive, aimed at spreading pro-Spartan and antiwar feelings rather than persuading the audience to take a particular decision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37594/cover/9780521037594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unifying Scientific Theories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Physical Concepts and Mathematical Structures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the methods used for unifying different scientific theories under one all-embracing theory. The process has characterized much of the history of science and is prominent in contemporary physics; the search for a 'theory of everything' involves the same attempt at unification. Margaret Morrison argues that, contrary to popular philosophical views, unification and explanation often have little to do with each other. The mechanisms that facilitate unification are not those that enable us to explain how or why phenomena behave as they do. A feature of this book is an account of many case studies of theory unification in nineteenth- and twentieth-century physics and of how evolution by natural selection and Mendelian genetics were unified into what we now term evolutionary genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37600/cover/9780521037600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physical Basis of Predication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book about metaphysics the author defends a realistic view of universals, characterizing the notion of universal by considering language and logic, the idea of possibility, hierarchies of universals, and causation. He argues that neither language nor logic is a reliable guide to the nature of reality and that basic universals are the fundamental type of universal and are central to causation. All assertions and predications about the natural world are ultimately founded on these basic universals.  A distinction is drawn between unified particulars (which reveal natural principle of unity) and arbitrary particulars (which lack such a principle); unified particulars are the terms of causal relations and thus the real constituents of the world.  The world is not made up of events but of unified particulars and basic universals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37617/cover/9780521037617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103762X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel on Ethics and Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippin, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#246;ffe, Otfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series makes available in English some important work by German philosophers on major figures in the German philosophical tradition. The volumes will provide critical perspectives on philosophers of great significance to the Anglo-American philosophical community, perspectives that have been largely ignored except by a handful of writers on German philosophy. The dissemination of this work will be of enormous value to Anglophone students and scholars of the history of German philosophy. This collection brings together in translation the finest post-war German language scholarship on Hegel's social and political philosophy, concentrating on the Elements of the Philosophy of Right. Many of the essays appear in English here for the first time; all are translated anew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37624/cover/9780521037624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Rationalism and Rural Society in Third-Century AD Egypt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Heroninos Archive and the Appianus Estate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rathbone, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reconstructs the life and workings of the Appianus estate in the Fayum district of Egypt under Roman rule in the third century AD. Basing his study on the extensive documentary evidence of the Heroninos archive, consisting of hundreds of letters and accounts on papyrus, Dr Rathbone examines first the nature of rural society at the time, and in particular the status of estate owners, their relations with their upper-class managers and the social and economic position of the estate's workforce and outside contacts. He then looks at the organization and running of the estate, the production and marketing of its crops and centrally directed transport system, and, above all, its use of credit arrangements and its system of accounting. This was one of the most sophisticated yet known in the ancient world and the author uses this example of economic rationalism to challenge the common belief that economic thought and practice were uniformly 'primitive' in the ancient world. Appendices include an index of all the published texts of the Heroninos archive, and two of Heroninos' accounts with an English translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37631/cover/9780521037631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant's Early Critics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Empiricist Critique of the Theoretical Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sassen, Brigitte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers translations of the initial (1781-89) critical reactions to Kant's philosophy. Also included is a selection of writings by Kant's contemporaries who took on the task of defending the critical philosophy against early attacks. The first aim of this collection is to show in detail how Kant was understood and misunderstood by his contemporaries. The second aim is to reveal the sorts of arguments that Kant and his first disciples mounted in their defense of the theoretical philosophy. The third aim of the book is to contribute to an understanding of the development of Kant's critical philosophy after its initial formulation in the Critique of Pure Reason, and in particular why Kant made the changes he did in the second edition of the work in 1787. This collection, which includes a glossary of key terms and biographical sketches of the critics on both sides of the debate, is a major addition to Kant scholarship and should be seen as a companion volume to the Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37648/cover/9780521037648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Passions in Play</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Thyestes and the Dynamics of Senecan Drama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schiesaro, Alessandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph is devoted to the most important of Seneca's tragedies, Thyestes, which has had a notable influence on Western drama from Shakespeare to Antonin Artaud. Thyestes emerges as the mastertext of 'Silver' Latin poetry, and as an original reflection on the nature of theatre comparable to Euripides' Bacchae. The book analyses the complex structure of the play, its main themes, the relationship between Seneca's vibrant style and his obsession with dark issues of revenge and regression. Substantial discussion of other plays - especially Trojan Women, Oedipus and Medea - permits a comprehensive re-evaluation of Seneca's poetics and its pivotal role in post-Virgilian literature. Topics explored include the relationship between Seneca's plays and his theory of the emotions, the connection between poetic inspiration and the Underworld, and Seneca's treatment of time, which, in a perspective informed by psychoanalysis, is seen as a central preoccupation of Senecan tragedy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37655/cover/9780521037655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Exile in Renaissance Italy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political exiles were a prominent feature of political life in Renaissance Italy, often a source of intense concern to the states from which they were banished, and a ready instrument for governments wishing to intervene in the affairs of their rivals and enemies. This book provides a systematic analysis of the role of exiles in the political life of fifteenth-century Italy. The main focus is on the experiences and reactions of the exiles, and on how Italian states dealt with their own exiles and those of other powers. Siena, notorious in the 1480s for the numbers of her citizens in exile, is used as the model with which other cities are compared. Such a detailed study of the phenomenon of exile also provides alternative perspectives on the nature and power of governments in fifteenth-century Italy, and on ideas about the legitimacy of political authority and political action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37662/cover/9780521037662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Reading, and Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Making Knowledge, 1580-1670</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spiller, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science, Reading, and Renaissance Literature brings together key works in early modern science and imaginative literature (from the anatomy of William Harvey and the experimentalism of William Gilbert to the fictions of Philip Sidney, Edmund Spenser and Margaret Cavendish). The book documents how what have become our two cultures of belief define themselves through a shared aesthetics that understands knowledge as an act of making. Within this framework, literary texts gain substance and intelligibility by being considered as instances of early modern knowledge production. At the same time, early modern science maintains strong affiliations with poetry because it understands art as a basis for producing knowledge. In identifying these interconnections between literature and science, this book contributes to scholarship in literary history, history of reading and the book, science studies and the history of academic disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37686/cover/9780521037686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stellar Rotation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tassoul, Jean-Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Like the Earth and planets, stars rotate. Understanding how stars rotate is central to modelling their structure, formation and evolution, and how they interact with their environment and companion stars. This authoritative volume provides a lucid introduction to stellar rotation and the definitive reference to the subject. It combines theory and observation in a comprehensive survey of how the rotation of stars affects the structure and evolution of the Sun, single stars and close binaries. This book will be of primary interest to graduate students and researchers studying solar and stellar rotation and close binary systems. It will also appeal to those with a more general interest in solar and stellar physics, star formation, binary stars and the hydrodynamics of rotating fluids - including geophysicists, planetary scientists and plasma physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37693/cover/9780521037693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postwar Migration in Southern Europe, 1950-2000</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Venturini, Alessandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Managing migration promises to be one of the most difficult challenges of the twenty-first century. It will be even more difficult for south European countries, from which emigration has levelled off and to which immigration has become a significant economic issue. Southern Europe is close to other regions where the pressure to emigrate is intense: these regions have a high level of unemployment, above the European Union average, and a large informal sector, often 15-25 per cent of their economies as a whole. This book analyses the southern European migration case using an economic approach. It combines a theoretical and an empirical approach on the fundamental migration issues - the decision to migrate, effects on the country of departure and country of destination, and the effectiveness of policies in managing migration. It also explores the transformation due to migration of southern European countries in the 1980s and 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37709/cover/9780521037709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativistic Numerical Hydrodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathews, Grant J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an overview of the computational framework in which calculations of relativistic hydrodynamics have been developed. It summarizes the jargon and methods used in the field, and provides illustrative applications to real physical systems. The authors explain how to break down the complexities of Einstein's equations and fluid dynamics, stressing the viability of the Euler-Lagrange approach to astrophysical problems. The book contains techniques and algorithms enabling one to build computer simulations of relativistic fluid problems for various astrophysical systems in one, two and three dimensions. It also shows the reader how to test relativistic hydrodynamics codes. Suitable for graduate courses on astrophysical hydrodynamics and relativistic astrophysics, this book also provides a valuable reference for researchers already working in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37716/cover/9780521037716.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Social Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Peak Country, 1520-1770</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Andy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an alternative approach to the history of social conflict, popular politics and plebeian culture in the early modern period. Based on a close study of the Peak Country of Derbyshire c. 1520-1770, it has implications for understandings of class identity, popular culture, riot, custom and social relations. A detailed reconstruction of economic and social change within the region is followed by an in-depth examination of the changing cultural meanings of custom, gender, locality, skill, literacy, orality and magic. The local history of social conflict sheds light upon the nature of political engagement and the origins of early capitalism. Important insights are offered into early modern social and gender identities, civil war allegiances, the appeal of radical ideas and the making of the English working class. Above all, the book challenges the claim that early modern England was a hierarchical, 'pre-class' society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37723/cover/9780521037723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Essentialism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scientific Essentialism defends the view that the fundamental laws of nature depend on the essential properties of the things on which they are said to operate, and are therefore not independent of them. These laws are not imposed upon the world by God, the forces of nature or anything else, but rather are immanent in the world. Ellis argues that ours is a dynamic world consisting of more or less transient objects which are constantly interacting with each other, and whose identities depend on their roles in these processes. Natural objects must behave as they do, because to do otherwise would be contrary to their natures. The laws of nature are, therefore, metaphysically necessary, and consequently, there are necessary connections between events. Brian Ellis calls for the rejection of the theory of Humean Supervenience and an implementation of a new kind of realism in philosophical analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37747/cover/9780521037747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Divided Self of William James</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gale, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a powerful interpretation of the philosophy of William James. It focuses on the multiple directions in which James's philosophy moves and the inevitable contradictions that arise as a result. The first part of the book explores a range of James's doctrines in which he refuses to privilege any particular perspective: ethics, belief, free will, truth and meaning. The second part of the book turns to those doctrines where James privileges the perspective of mystical experience. Richard Gale then shows how the relativistic tendencies can be reconciled with James's account of mystical experience. An appendix considers the distorted picture of James's philosophy that has been refracted down to us through the interpretations of his work by John Dewey.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37785/cover/9780521037785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Creation of Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays in Philosophical Aesthetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaut, Berys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livingston, Paisley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although creativity, from Plato onwards, has been recognized as a topic in philosophy, it has been overshadowed by investigations of the meanings and values of works of art. In this collection of essays a distinguished roster of philosophers of art redress this trend. The subjects discussed include the nature of creativity and the process of artistic creation; the role that creative making should play in our understanding and evaluation of art; relations between concepts of creation and creativity; and ideas of tradition, metaphor, genius, imagination and genre. This is an important collection that will be eagerly sought by philosophers of art as well as theorists in art history, cinema studies and literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37792/cover/9780521037792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prices, Food and Wages in Scotland, 1550-1780</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, A. J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smout, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This was the first study of Scottish price history to be published, and a major contribution to the economic and social history of early modern and pre-industrial Britain. Using the remarkable series of 'fiars' prices for grains and other contemporary sources, Gibson and Smout focus, in particular, on the prices of grain, meal and animal products, and assess how Scots artisans and labourers could survive in an economy that could pay only very low money wages. The authors show how the Scottish people experienced fluctuations in welfare both in the longer term from generation to generation, and within a given life-cycle. The Scottish records on prices and wages are a unique historical resource, to which Gibson and Smout have applied both traditional and quantitative historical techniques. In so doing they produced a path-breaking contribution to the perennial debate on the standard of living of ordinary people prior to the onset of industrialization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37808/cover/9780521037808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Humor in Classical Greece</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Higgins, Laurie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Women and Humor in Classical Greece examines the role of women as producers of joking speech, especially within cults of Demeter. This speech, sometimes known as aischrologia, had considerable weight and vitality within its cultic context. It also shaped literary traditions, notably iambic and Attic old comedy that has traditionally been regarded as entirely male. The misogyny for which ancient iambic is infamous derives in part from an oral world in which women's derisive joking voices reverberated. O'Higgins considers this speech from its mythical origins in the Homeric Hymn to Demeter, through the reactive iambic tradition and into old comedy. She also examines the poems of Sappho and Corinna as literary jokers, responding in part to their own experience of joking women. The book concludes with an appraisal of the three great 'women's' plays of Aristophanes: Lysistrata, Thesmophoriasouzae, and Ecclesiazousae.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37907/cover/9780521037907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynasty and Diplomacy in the Court of Savoy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Culture and the Thirty Years' War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborne, Toby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major study in English of the duchy of Savoy during the period of the Thirty Years War. Rather than examining Savoy purely in terms of its military or geo-strategic role, Dynasty and Diplomacy in the Court of Savoy comprises three interwoven strands: the dynastic ambitions of the ruling House of Savoy, the family interests of an elite clan in ducal service, and the unique role played by one member of that clan, Abate Alessandro Scaglia (1592-1641), who emerged as one of Europe's most widely known diplomats. Scaglia, the focus of the book,  affords insights not only into Savoyard court politics and diplomacy, but more generally into a diplomatic culture of seventeenth-century Europe. With his image fixed by a remarkable series of Van Dyck portraits, Scaglia is emblematic of an international network of princes, diplomats, courtiers and artists, at the point of contact between dynasticism, high politics and the arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37914/cover/9780521037914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103793X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche, Aesthetics and Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rampley, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nietzsche, Aesthetics and Modernity analyses Nietzsche's response to the aesthetic tradition, tracing in particular the complex relationship between the work and thought of Nietzsche, Kant and Hegel. Focusing in particular on the critical role of negation and sublimity in Nietzsche's account of art, it explores his confrontation with modernity and his attempt to posit a revitalized artistic practice as the counter-movement to modern nihilism. Drawing on the full range of his published and unpublished writings, together with his comments on figures as diverse as Wagner, Zola, Delacroix and Laurence Sterne, it highlights the extent to which Nietzsche counters the culture of his own time with a dialectical notion of aesthetic interpretation and practice. As such, Nietzsche the dialectician articulates a position that proves to be intimately connected to the negative dialects of Theodor Adorno.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37938/cover/9780521037938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of Disease in Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheffer, Robert P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about how plants get diseases, from the origins and evolution of parasites to how the great plant epidemics developed. The basic premise of the book is that the conditions favouring disease are inherent in agriculture and that diseases become destructive because of human activities. It also deals with how people have dealt with plant diseases in history. Included in the book are the natural histories of some of the most damaging plant diseases, worldwide, with discussions of why each became destructive. Diseases are grouped according to the most significant factors in the development of epidemics: in every case this is due to a human factor. Discussion of each model disease proceeds from observable facts to more complex concepts; thus, the reader with little knowledge of plant pathology should find the book easily understandable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37945/cover/9780521037945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State, the Financial System and Economic Modernization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sylla, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tortella, Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through an examination of a wide variety of financial systems in Europe, and North and South America over approximately 150 years of change, this book demonstrates the key role that finance has played in economic change, and in the development of diverse financial systems. Insights into the primacy of the state's role in the financial development of the pre-industrial era have not been carried over into the historiography of the industrial era itself, so the discoveries detailed in this book have never been brought together in a systematic manner. This book therefore aims to demonstrate through comparative historical analysis, the richness of the history of modern financial systems, and to restore the state to its primary role in the shaping of those systems. This book makes an interesting contribution to financial historiography, thus will be of interest to economists and financial, economic and world historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37983/cover/9780521037983.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521037999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521037990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour's First Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521037990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thane, Pat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiratsoo, Nick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Labour Party's centenary is an appropriate moment to evaluate its performance across the twentieth century, and to reflect on why a party which has so many achievements to its credit nonetheless spent so much of the period in opposition. Duncan Tanner, Pat Thane and Nick Tiratsoo have assembled a team of acknowledged experts who cover a wide range of key issues, from economic policy to gender. The editors also provide a lucid, accessible introduction. Labour's First Century covers the most important areas of party policy and practice, always placing these in a broader context. Taken together, these essays challenge those who minimize the party's contribution, whilst they also explain why mistakes and weaknesses have occurred. Everyone interested in British political history - whether supporters or opponents of the Labour Party - will need to read Labour's First Century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37990/cover/9780521037990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Ritual Kinship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Confraternities and Social Order in Early Modern Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terpstra, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Confraternities were the most common form of organized religious life in medieval and early modern Europe. They were at once the lay face of the church, the spiritual heart of civic government, and the social kin who claimed the allegiance of peers and the obedience of subordinates. In this collection, fifteen scholars examine the development of confraternities in Italy, where they emerged first and had the greatest impact. Individual essays explore a common set of themes across Italy from the twelfth to the eighteenth centuries: the ubiquity of confraternities, social construction, and devotional ethos; their ritual culture and civic religion; their antagonistic and collaborative relations with both civic and ecclesiastical authorities; and their role in social welfare and social control of marginal groups. The authors demonstrate how the ritual kinship expressed in confraternities emerged in the Middle Ages and became a powerful force in 'civilizing' early modern Italian society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38003/cover/9780521038003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pedagogy and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rhetorics of Classical Learning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Too, Yun Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livingstone, Niall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pedagogy and Power is a volume of interdisciplinary essays which explores the political dimensions of Graeco-Roman education and of its subsequent models. Seeking to make the various structures and discourses of intellectual authority more apparent, the essays argue that there is a social context for the knowledge imparted by classical models of pedagogy. They examine how such pedagogues instruct their pupils to function as citizens who rule or are ruled, privileging certain knowledge over others, and including some individuals while excluding others. Overall the book shows that the complex and plural authorities and power that have been associated with classical learning and knowledge are not part of a legacy to be unproblematically inherited or reproduced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38010/cover/9780521038010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equilibrium and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Game Theory Revised by Decision Rules</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weirich, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a major contribution to game theory. It offers this conception of equilibrium in games: strategic equilibrium. This conception arises from a study of expected utility decision principles, which must be revised to take account of the evidence a choice provides concerning its outcome. The argument for these principles distinguishes reasons for action from incentives, and draws on contemporary analyses of counterfactual conditionals. The book also includes a procedure for identifying strategic equilibria in ideal normal-form games. In synthesizing decision theory and game theory in a powerful way this book will be of particular interest to all philosophers concerned with decision theory and game theory as well as economists and other social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38027/cover/9780521038027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persius and the Programmatic Satire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Form and Imagery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bramble, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A critical study of Persius' poetic aims, aversions and techniques, based mainly on an extended analysis of Satires I. John Bramble shows how Persius' discontent with conventional literary language led him to compress the existing satiric idiom and create a powerful individual style. The author situates Persius' work in the tradition of Roman satire, and shows how he takes the concepts and metaphors of literary criticism back to their physical origins, to indict moral and literary decadence through a series of images connected with, for example, gluttony and sexual excess. This is a model study of a classical text, which makes consistent sense of a difficult and subtle manner, and answers questions posed by the potentially constricting nature of Roman poetic form. It also reconstructs the referential framework of ideas and associations upon which a sophisticated writer addressing a discriminating audience could draw.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38041/cover/9780521038041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Implicature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intention, Convention, and Principle in the Failure of Gricean Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Wayne A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>H. P. Grice virtually discovered the phenomenon of implicature (to denote the implications of an utterance that are not strictly implied by its content). Gricean theory claims that conversational implicatures can be explained and predicted using general psycho-social principles. This theory has established itself as one of the orthodoxes in the philosophy of language. Wayne Davis argues controversially that Gricean theory does not work. He shows that any principle-based theory understates both the intentionality of what a speaker implicates and the conventionality of what a sentence implicates. In developing his argument the author explains that the psycho-social principles actually define the social function of implicature conventions, which contribute to the satisfaction of those principles. This challenging book will be of importance to philosophers of language and linguists, especially those working in pragmatics and sociolinguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38065/cover/9780521038065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behaviour and Ecology of Riparian Mammals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunstone, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorman, Martyn L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many mammals, such as otters, live in close association with rivers and streams, feeding in them, or using them as a place of safety or means of escape from predators. The distinct adaptations that riparian mammals have evolved in order to live in these environments also handicap them for living elsewhere. They are therefore threatened by alterations to their environment. In recent years our rivers have become highly polluted, and with bankside modifications for agriculture and forestry, enhanced or decreased water flow, and use for recreation, they  become less and less suitable for these highly specialized animals. This book looks at the habitat utilization, adaptation, feeding ecology and conservation status of a range of riparian mammals, and will give insights into the problems facing these fascinating animals, and how they might be overcome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38072/cover/9780521038072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Sun</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dwivedi, B. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, E. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamic Sun presents a comprehensive and authoritative overview of the Sun, from its deep core to the outer corona, and the solar wind. Each chapter is written by leading scientists in solar physics. Chapters deal with solar models and neutrinos, seismic Sun, rotation of the solar interior, helioseismic tomography, solar dynamo, spectro-polarimetry, solar photosphere and convection, dynamics and heating of the solar chromosphere, solar transition region, solar MHD, solar activity, particle acceleration, radio observations of explosive energy releases on the Sun, coronal seismology, coronal heating, VUV solar plasma diagnostics and the solar wind. Solar observing facilities are presented in the last chapter. With an introduction by eminent astrophysicist Eugene Parker, the twenty chapters of this book are all fully illustrated and have comprehensive reference lists. The book covers all major topics in solar physics, and is suitable for graduate students and researchers in solar physics, astrophysics and astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38089/cover/9780521038089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103809X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Consequences of Chromosome Imbalance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles, Mechanisms, and Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, Charles J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers in detail the mechanisms of a major human problem. Chromosome imbalance affects all stages of life in ways ranging from spontaneous abortion and retardation to behavioural problems and malignancy. In The Consequences of Chromosome Imbalance: Principles, Mechanisms, and Models, Charles J. Epstein concerns himself with how and why a particular chromosome imbalance produces a specific phenotype. His fundamental goal is to connect chromosome aberrations with functional abnormalities in terms of gene expression, developmental and cell biology, and metabolism. Through his examination of this relationship, we learn more about normal development and function. The book begins with an exploration of several human autosomal aneuploid phenotypes, with particular emphasis on the relationship between genotype and phenotype. In the next part, broad theoretical considerations of the mechanisms which generate these phenotypes are examined with reference to studies on man and other organisms such as bacteria and mice. Experimental approaches to study the effects of aneuploidy are presented next with special attention paid to the development of model systems for studying human aneuploidy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38096/cover/9780521038096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Settlement Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Outline</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Roland Fletcher argues that the built environment becomes a constraint on the long-term development of a settlement. It is costly to move settlements, or to demolish and rebuild from scratch, so the initial layout and buildings, and the forms of communication that result, may come to shackle further development and also to place constraints on social and political change. Using this theoretical framework, Dr Fletcher reviews worldwide settlement growth over the past 15,000 years, and concludes with a major discussion of the great transformations of human settlements - from mobile to sedentary, sedentary to urban, and urban to industrial. This book is an ambitious contribution to archaeological theory, and the questions it raises also have implications for the future of urban settlement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38102/cover/9780521038102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inventing Homer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Early Reception of Epic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graziosi, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How was the poet Homer imagined by ancient Greeks? This book examines stories circulating between the sixth and fourth centuries BC about his birth, place of origin and name; the circumstances of his life - such as the story of his blindness - his relation to other poets, and his heirs. The aim is to explore the ancient reception of the Homeric poems, and to look at it in relation to modern representations of Homer, ancient and modern conceptions of authorship, and the 'Homeric Question'. The book's engaging and accessible style should make it attractive to a wide range of readers, including non-classicists, and all quotations from Greek are provided with an English translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/09665/cover/9780521809665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Authenticity of Prometheus Bound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffith, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prometheus Bound was accepted without question in antiquity as the work of Aeschylus, and most modern authorities endorse this ascription. But since the nineteenth century several leading scholars have come to doubt Aeschylean authorship. Dr Griffith here provides a thorough and wide-ranging study of this problem, and concludes: 'Had Prometheus Bound been newly dug up from the sands of Oxyrhynchus... few scholars would regard it as the work of Aeschylus.' After a preliminary assessment of the external evidence, Dr Griffith examines minutely the idiosyncrasies of metre, dramatic technique, vocabulary, syntax and expression to be found in the play, applying the same tests to other plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides in order to provide a control for his methods. In his final chapter he discusses how the conditions surrounding the ancient transmission and cataloguing of texts may have led to the ascription to Aeschylus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38140/cover/9780521038140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naples in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Birth and Death of a Nation State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Imbruglia, Girolamo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1734 the kingdom of Naples became an independent monarchy, but in 1799 a Jacobin revolution transformed it briefly into a republic. In these few but intense decades of independence all the great problems of the age of the Enlightenment became apparent: attacks on feudalism and on the power of the Catholic Church, the struggle for a modern economy, and aspirations to change the administrative machinery and the judicial system. Yet Naples was also the city visited by Winckelmann and Goethe, the city of Sir William Hamilton, of the study of Pompeii and Herculanum, and of the greatest musicians of the age. This collection of essays addresses a range of issues in the city's political and cultural history, and demonstrates the city's importance in shaping the modern, enlightened culture of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38157/cover/9780521038157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ben Jonson and Possessive Authorship</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loewenstein, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the history of authorship, of invention, of intellectual property? Joseph Loewenstein describes the fragmentary and eruptive emergence of a key phase of the bibliographical ego, a specifically Early Modern form of authorial identification with printed writing. In the work of many playwrights and non-dramatic writers - and especially that of Ben Jonson - that identification is tinged, remarkably, with possessiveness. This book examines the emergence of possessive authorship within a complex industrial and cultural field. It traces the prehistory of modern copyright both within the monopolistic practices of London's acting troupes and its Stationers' Company and within a Renaissance cultural heritage. Under the pressures of modern competition, a tradition of literary, artistic and technological imitation began to fissure, unleashing jealous accusations of plagiarism and ingenious new fantasies of intellectual privacy. Perhaps no-one was more creatively attuned to this momentous transformation in Early Modern intellectual life than Ben Jonson.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38188/cover/9780521038188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Royalty and Diplomacy in Europe, 1890-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLean, Roderick R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the diplomatic role of royal families in the era before the outbreak of the First World War. It argues that previous historians have neglected for political reasons the important political and diplomatic role of monarchs during the period. Particular attention is given to the Prusso-German, Russian and British monarchies. The Prusso-German and Russian monarchies were central in their countries' diplomacy and foreign policy, principally as a result of their control over diplomatic and political appointments. However, the book also argues that the British monarchy played a much more influential role in British diplomacy than has been accepted hitherto by historians. Individual themes examined include relations between Kaiser Wilhelm II and Tsar Nicholas II, the political significance of the ill-feeling between Wilhelm II and his uncle King Edward VII, the role of Edward VII in British diplomacy, and the impact of royal visits on pre-1914 Anglo-German relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38195/cover/9780521038195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Dollar-Sterling Gold Points</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exchange Rates, Parity and Market Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Officer, Lawrence H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Officer begins this book with a historical perspective of the monetary standards of the United States and Britain. He then develops data on exchange rates, mint parity and gold points, with which he investigates three important features of Anglo-American monetary history. First, the integration of the American foreign-exchange market over time. Second, it is proved that gold-point arbitrage is markedly more efficient than either interest arbitrage or forward speculation. Third, regime efficiency is explored from standpoints of both private agents and policy-makers; the 1925-1931 gold standard, though less durable than the pre-war standard, is nevertheless shown to be surprisingly stable. The book will serve as a Dollar-Sterling handbook for those interested in this important aspect of international monetary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38218/cover/9780521038218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pink, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an alternative theory of the will - of our capacity for decision making. The book argues that taking a decision to act is something we do, and do freely - as much an action as the actions which our decisions explain - and that our freedom of action depends on this capacity for free decision-making. But decision-making is no ordinary action. Decisions to act also have a special executive function, that of ensuring the rationality of the further actions which they explain. This executive function makes decision-making an action importantly unlike any other, with its own distinctive rationality. Pink's highly persuasive study uses this theory of the will to provide accounts of freedom, action and rational choice. The author argues that, in a tradition that runs from Hobbes to Davidson and Frankfurt, Anglo-American philosophy has misrepresented the common-sense psychology of our freedom and action - a psychology which this book now presents and defends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38225/cover/9780521038225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emergence of the Eastern Powers, 1756-1775</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the nineteenth century, international relations in Europe were dominated by five great powers - Britain, France, Russia, Austria and Prussia. The creation of this system has been located traditionally in the long struggle with revolutionary and Napoleonic France. By contrast, this study demonstrates that its origins lie half a century earlier. During the third quarter of the eighteenth century, the European states-system was transformed by the military rise of Russia and Prussia in the Seven Years War of 1756-63. Eastern Europe became pre-eminent, and during the 1770s Poland was partitioned for the first time, while Russia and Austria also seized territory from the Ottoman empire. Europe's centre of gravity moved sharply eastwards, and by the later 1770s Russia was emerging as the leading continental power. This study, based upon manuscript and printed sources from six countries, provides a comprehensive analysis of these crucial events.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/92691/cover/9780521792691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between Logic and Intuition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Charles Parsons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sher, Gila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tieszen, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays offers a conspectus of major trends in the philosophy of logic and philosophy of mathematics. A distinguished group of philosophers addresses issues at the centre of contemporary debate: semantic and set-theoretic paradoxes, the set/class distinction, foundations of set theory, mathematical intuition and many others. The volume includes Hilary Putnam's 1995 Alfred Tarski lectures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38256/cover/9780521038256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103826X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in The Language of Homer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shipp, G. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Shipp's purpose in the first edition of this book (published in 1953) was 'to examine in as much detail as possible the development of the language of the Iliad in some of its typical features, with careful attention to the spoken dialects involved and to the influence of metre'. In the second edition he widens the scope of his work to examine the Odyssey as well as the Iliad, and he extends its detail to include syntax as well as grammatical forms and to cover questions of vocabulary more comprehensively. The author's earlier conclusions are shown to be confirmed, and an important further result for the Odyssey has been to show the typical lateness of the language of moralizing passages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38263/cover/9780521038263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Zionism and the Foundations of Israeli Diplomacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sofer, Sasson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Detailed historical reconstruction of the origins of Jewish political thought. By tracing the development of Socialist Zionism and Revisionism in the years prior to Israel's independence, the book demonstrates how the political, social and economic foundations of the future state of Israel were negotiated in this period and how these ideologies have endured and are reflected in Israeli diplomacy. In this respect, the comprehensive analysis is key to an understanding of the basis of Israeli international relations and the fragmentary nature of its politics. The book promises to become a standard reference for students of Zionist and Israeli politics, as well as those interested in the Middle East generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38270/cover/9780521038270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperative Breeding in Mammals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomon, Nancy G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Jeffrey A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cooperative breeding refers to a social system in which individuals other than the parents provide care for the offspring. Since individuals delay breeding and invest in the offspring of others, cooperative breeding poses a challenge to a Darwinian explanation of the evolution of social behaviour. The contributors to this book explore the evolutionary, ecological, behavioural and physiological basis of cooperative breeding in mammals. The book contains a collection of chapters by the leading researchers in the field, and it is dedicated exclusively to the study of mammalian cooperative breeding. It will appeal to zoologists, ecologists, evolutionary biologists, and to those interested in animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38287/cover/9780521038287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Art as Representation and Expression</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerwen, Rob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Wollheim is one of the dominant figures in the philosophy of art, whose work has shown not only how paintings create their effects but why they remain important to us.  His influential writings have focused on two core, interrelated questions: How do paintings depict? and how do they express feelings? In this collection of essays a distinguished group of thinkers in the fields of art history and philosophical aesthetics offers a critical assessment of Wollheim's theory of art. Among the themes under discussion are Wollheim's explanation of pictorial representation in terms of seeing-in, his views of artistic expression as a type of complex projection, and his notion of the internal spectator. In the final essay Wollheim himself responds to the contributors. This book will be eagerly sought out by all serious students of the theory of art, whether in departments of philosophy or art history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38300/cover/9780521038300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Government Survival in Parliamentary Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warwick, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the results of a quantitative investigation into one of the central questions of political science: what determines how long governments survive in parliamentary democracies? Government survival is important because it constitutes an essential component of the overall functioning of parliamentary democracies; it is also closely associated with the introduction to the discipline of event history analysis, a highly promising statistical methodology. The investigation utilizes this methodology on what is undoubtedly the most comprehensive data set yet assembled on governments, comprising hundreds of variables measured for governments in sixteen West European parliamentary democracies over the entire post-war period to 1989. The results fundamentally challenge the central thread of theorizing on government survival and point to an alternative conceptualization of the relationship among governments, parties and voters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38317/cover/9780521038317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Several unusual fields of study are extensively explored in this volume: a distinctive politico-religious cult, penitentials, inscriptions, the Sutton Hoo whetstone and medical knowledge; while treatments of more 'standard' subjects like late Anglo-Saxon law, King Alfred's Boethius and Beowulf, lead to unusual conclusions. A phenomenon special to Anglo-Saxon England is given a full and separate treatment in a careful and imaginative analysis of the ecclesiastical and political significance of the cults of murdered royal saints. Elizabeth Okasha's Hand-List which has been indispensable to any work on Anglo-Saxon non-runic inscriptions for some time has been refreshed by the description and illustration of twenty-six additional items and by other addenda and corrigenda. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38331/cover/9780521038331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Four very different kinds of Anglo-Saxon thinking are clarified in this volume: traditions, learned and oral, about the settlement of the country, study of foreign-language grammar, interest in exotic jewels as reflections of the glory of God, and a mainly rational attitude to medicine. Publication of no less than three discoveries augments our corpus of manuscript evidence. The nature of Old English poetry is illuminated, and a useful summary of the editorial treatment of textual problems in Beowulf is provided. A re-examination of the accounts of the settlement in Bede's Historia Ecclesiastica and the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle yields insights into the processes of Anglo-Saxon learned historiography and oral tradition. A thorough-going analysis of an under-studied major work, Bald's Leechbook, demonstrates that the compiler, perhaps in King Alfred's reign, translated selections from a wide range of Latin texts in composing a well-organized treatise directed against the diseases prevalent in his time. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38348/cover/9780521038348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contents of this first volume typify the range of interests that will be covered throughout the series. The topics treated include the first two centuries of Christianity in East Anglia; geographical knowledge in King Alfred's court; the part played by Bishop 'thelwold's school at Winchester in the period of tenth-century monastic reform in standardizing the vernacular and in studying and composing Latin poetry; allegory in Old English literature; the place of origin of the Book of Kells; the source of a fourteenth-century Icelandic saga writer's picture of Edward the Confessor; the principles of the modern study of pre-Conquest architecture; and the contemporary state of our knowledge of the Anglo-Saxon house. There is also a bibliography which lists all books, articles and reviews published in the field during 1971, and which is continued annually in the series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38355/cover/9780521038355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among topics covered in this volume, two important authorship questions are settled; the discovery of a major Northumbrian settlement is reported; the conceptions of Old English literature which have prevailed during the last three hundred years are paraded for critical inspection and substantial contributions are made to our knowledge of subjects as diverse as a monastic library of the first rank, eighth-century Latin poetic activity, metrical technique and literary convention in our greatest surviving vernacular poem; the family basis of political power in the tenth century; late Anglo-Saxon legal concepts; and scientific exposition in the early eleventh century. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book (with a separate section onomastic section). There is also an index to volumes 6 - 10, complementing the index found in volume 5.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38362/cover/9780521038362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the diverse topics covered in this volume is a pioneer account of a unique group of Anglo-Saxon embroideries preserved on the continent and the publication of a previously unknown charter. Themes illuminated are as varied as the status of women, early urban history, the nature of medical collections, the standing of Marian feasts and the function of musical notation. The study of Old English poetry is advanced textually, codicologically, culturally, linguistically and critically. Innovation and established practice go hand-in-hand: a record of the first conference of the International Society of Anglo-Saxonists and versions of six papers read at conference are included. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38379/cover/9780521038379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038383</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038386</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Was Old English metre really based on stress and rhythm? Do we really know that a particular glossed manuscript of a Latin curriculum author was used in an Anglo-Saxon classroom and, if so, how? How were disputes about bookland dealt with? What happened to the last male representative of the West Saxon royal line after the Norman Conquest? And what are the implications of the Taylors' great work on Anglo-Saxon architecture for related studies? These are among the challenging questions taken up in this book. The publication of findings concerning a striking sculptured stone unearthed at Repton and an interpretation of a panel on the Ruthwell Cross bring us close to some distinctive Anglo-Saxon ways of thinking. So do two source studies of vernacular prose, a demonstration of Aldhelm's interest in how a name is related to its referent, and a searching enquiry into early Anglo-Saxon kingship. Textual criticism and phonology are put to good use too. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38386/cover/9780521038386.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Areas of study pursued in this book include a revealing grammatical document from eighth-century Northumbria; renewed excavations at Sutton Hoo are reported; the existence of an unnoticed late Old English prose version of parts of Gregory's Dialogues is pointed out. Fresh thinking is directed to topics as interesting and diverse as a design on the Sutton Hoo purse lid; the origin of a little-considered English decorated manuscript containing lives of saints now in Paris; the enigmatic poem Wulf and Eadwacer; word order as an element on Old English poetic style; surviving traces of the teaching which Theodore and Hadrian delivered in England; the career of a Latin text much studied in English schools for its difficult vocabulary; the political aspects of relic cults during the last century and a half of Anglo-Saxon monarchy; and the organization of the invading armies led by Swein Forkbeard and Cnut. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book; there is also a comprehensive index to volumes 11-15.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38393/cover/9780521038393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers fundamental evidence and discussion illuminating a wide range of important subjects: possible influence of Cicero on Bede's attitude to rhetoric; the probability that Theodore and Hadrian brought a glossary from Italy to England; the traditional concept of the narrator in Old English poetry; the nationality of the author of the Old English poem Genesis B; the conceptions of history controlling the Old English Orosius; the establishment of Square minuscule as the standard English script of the tenth century; criteria for distinguishing between Anglo-Saxon script written in England and script written by Anglo-Saxons on the continent; the grounds for claiming that certain surviving pre-Conquest manuscripts were once at Glastonbury; the extent of the circulation of Prudentius's Psychomachia in Anglo-Saxon England; the regional distribution of names of different origins among the moneyers of the Anglo-Danish era. Early and late periods and north and south thus find a place in this searching treatment of intellectual, cultural and settlement issues. The usual comprehensive bibliography rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38409/cover/9780521038409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume explores many fundamental questions regarding Anglo-Saxon history. Among those considered is the question of did the earliest English prose really divide into a Mercian tradition and a separate West Saxon one? What is the full roll-call of extant texts containing late Old English 'Winchester' words? How far was Anglo-Saxon medicine hocus-pocus and how far the fruit of deliberate experimentation? How much Greek vocabulary was known in Anglo-Saxon England, and how was it known and how used? How did Anglo-Saxon land law work in practice? Advances in scholarship, application of modern scientific knowledge of a type not normally available, fresh directions of thought, original analysis, stricter criteria and additions to the stock of primary evidence all characterize this book. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38416/cover/9780521038416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume makes important contributions to our stock of primary manuscript evidence: it recovers parts of six previously unrecorded charters and analyses two sets of fragments, each unique in its own way - two leaves of Old Testament text written in Mercia or Canterbury early in the ninth century and six leaves of a missal written at Worcester in the mid-eleventh century. Significant issues in both ecclesiastical and secular history are tackled too - the location of Lindsey, the fate of Rutland during the Scandinavian invasions and settlements, and the state of our knowledge of the archaeology of the Five Boroughs of Leicester, Derby, Nottingham, Stamford and Lincoln. Vernacular literature receives its fair share of attention as well: the relationship between author and audience is examined in the cases of a biblical poem and of the prose homiliary which is still least well understood among the principle ones extant. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38423/cover/9780521038423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103843X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principal emphasis of this book is the relationship between England and its neighbours in the pre-Conquest period. It brings together fresh information of England's place in the early medieval world, with essays concentrating on finance and trade, travel, learning and education. A detailed analysis of the Old English vocabulary for money and wealth shows different usage over two centuries reflects a developing awareness, particularly on the part of 'lfric, of the relationship between wealth and power. Medical recipes in Bald's Leechbook, which stipulate the use of exotic spices from Arabia, have stimulated a fascinating essay on how these ingredients may have made their way from Arabia and the Mediterranean to England. Other essays in this wide-ranging book examine the Old English Rune Poem in the context of its two later Scandinavian analogues; the use in England of Jerome's Hebracium translation of the psalter; and the study in English schools of the difficult verse of Abbo of Saint-Germain-des-Pr&#233;s. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38430/cover/9780521038430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Place-names, charters, coins and manuscripts are among the forms of evidence studied in this second volume. The topics range from the course of English settlement in the south-east to the power and influence of a leading aristocratic family in the tenth century and the possible presence of Jews in England in the eleventh. An important liturgical manuscript, the Bosworth Psalter, is more securely localized; the exemplars of the Vercelli Book and its probable area of origin are clarified. Several motifs in Old English literature are elucidated, and the influence of Christian doctrine on the poetry is considered in a survey of scholarly opinion and in a lively discussion on Beowulf. Bede's achievements as a scholar and teacher are examined 1300 years after his birth. The bibliography, noting all contributions to Anglo-Saxon studies in 1972, continues the annual series begun in volume 1.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38447/cover/9780521038447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book illustrates some of the exciting paths of enquiry being explored in many different fields of Anglo-Saxon studies - archaeology, legal history, palaeography, Old English syntax and poetic, Latin learning with its many reflexes in Old English prose literature, and others. In all these fields it is clear that fresh perspectives may be achieved by examining even well-known objects and texts in the light of modern approaches and scholarship. Several studies concentrate on aspects of early Anglo-Saxon civilization: the settlement at Mucking, Essex; the iconography of the famous gold coin struck in the name of Bishop Liudhard; the early Anglo-Saxon law on adultery; and a reconstruction of an early Anglo-Saxon copy of the Heptateuch. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book, with a five-year index to volumes 16-20 (previous indexes being in volumes 5, 10 and 15).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38454/cover/9780521038454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The vitality of Anglo-Saxon studies is reflected in the continuing acquisition of fresh knowledge and perspectives gained from the combination of disparate but complementary skills and disciplines. Evidence presented in this book reveals unsuspected aspects of the influence of Aldhelm's Latin poetry in early medieval Spain. The many non-runic inscriptions which have been discovered since 1980 are catalogued and analysed. Comprehensive analysis of a little-understood Latin source of the Old English medical treatise known as Bald's Leechbook throws light not only on the English text but also, surprisingly, on the transmissional history of the Latin source. The decoration of an important manuscript from the early tenth century, the Tanner Bede, is set in the context of tenth-century developments in manuscript illumination, and the analysis of the Regularis concordia from an architectural point of view permits fresh understanding of the layout of monastic churches in the later Anglo-Saxon period. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38461/cover/9780521038461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>That Alcuin addressed to the monks of Lindisfarne the question, 'What has Ingeld to do with Christ?', is a much repeated dogma in Old English studies; but in this book close examination of the letter in question shows that it was addressed not to Lindisfarne nor to a monastic community, but to a bishop in Mercia. That 'Ult&#225;n the scribe' was responsible for some of the most lavishly illuminated Anglo-Saxon manuscripts is shown to be another untenable dogma. Fresh perspectives from interdisciplinary study: the 'beasts-of-battle' typescenes which are characteristic of Old English poetry are studied in the wider context of other European literatures. The nasty Viking habit of murdering hostages by throwing bones at them (as happened to St 'lfeah) is illuminated by a wide-ranging study of analogues in Scandinavian literatures. Characteristic features of Aldhelm's enigmata are elucidated by the study of Byzantine riddles, thereby revealing a link between England and the Greek orient. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38478/cover/9780521038478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most important primary sources for our knowledge of Anglo-Saxon England is the charters and manuscripts which survive from the period before 1066. In the present book, two complementary essays treat the charters of mid tenth-century English kings, bringing previously unknown documents to light, establishing the circumstances in which they were produced, and demonstrating that changes in practice in the royal chancery had far-reaching effect on all aspects of Anglo-Saxon script and book production. The question of the medieval representation of women is illuminated by a study of the difficulties which a well-known monastic author, 'lfric, faced in characterizing an Old Testament heroine who used her body to achieve her ends, while a number of traditional assumptions about the property rights of divorced women in England are freshly challenged by close philological analysis of surviving law-codes. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38485/cover/9780521038485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our knowledge of Anglo-Saxon England depends wholly on the precise and detailed study of the texts that have come down to us from pre-Conquest times. The present book contains pioneering studies of some of these sources which have been neglected or misunderstood. A comprehensive study of a group of lavish gospelbooks written under the patronage of a late Anglo-Saxon countess, Judith of Flanders (sometime wife of the Earl Tostig who was killed at Stamford Bridge in 1066) shows the importance of these artefacts and provides fresh understanding of the transmission of the gospels in late eleventh-century England. Close analysis of the Libellus 'thelwoldi, a neglected Latin translation of a late tenth-century documentary record of the estates acquired by the redoubtable Bishop 'thelwold for Ely Abbey, throws significant light on the operations of the laws of land tenure in the late tenth century. These and other more traditional lines of enquiry are the focus of this book. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38492/cover/9780521038492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Material evidence brought to light in this book includes a niello disc from Limpsfield Grange (Surrey) and two fragments of a composite Old English homily discovered in Westminster Abbey. Many previously accepted scholarly positions are reassessed and challenged. A comprehensive assessment of the palaeography of the Exeter Book situates it in the context of late tenth-century book production, and shows that there are no grounds for thinking that the manuscript originated in Exeter itself and that its origin must as yet remain unknown. As always, the interpretation of Old English poetry figures largely in this book. One of the most intriguing of the Old English riddles is explained convincingly. The influence of Aldhelm's Latin poetry on Old English verse is also convincingly demonstrated. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications rounds off the book; and a full index of the contents of volumes 1-25 is provided, with a separate index to volumes 21-25. (Previous indexes have appeared in volumes 5, 10, 15 and 20.)</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38508/cover/9780521038508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the present volume, the two essays that frame the book provide exciting insight into the mental world of the Anglo-Saxons by showing on the one hand how they understood the processes of reading and assimilating knowledge and, on the other, how they conceived of time and the passage of the seasons. In the field of art history, two essays treat two of the best-known Anglo-Saxon manuscripts. The lavish symbol pages in the 'Book of Durrow' are shown to reflect a programmatic exposition of the meaning of Easter, and a posthumous essay by a distinguished art historian shows how the Anglo-Saxon illustrations added to the 'Galba Psalter' are best to be understood in the context of the programme of learning instituted by King Alfred. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38515/cover/9780521038515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The discovery in Sonderhausen of a fragmentary psalter glossed in Latin and Old English allows fresh inferences to be drawn regarding the study of the psalter in Anglo-Saxon England, and of the transmission of the corpus of vernacular psalter glosses. A detailed textual and palaeographical study of the Wearmouth-Jarrow bibles leads to the exciting possibility that the hand of Bede can be identified, annotating the text of the Bible which he no doubt played an instrumental role in establishing. Two Latin texts from the circle of Archbishop Wulfstan are published here in full, whilst disciplined philological and historical analysis helps to clarify a puzzling reference in 'thelbert's law-code to the early medieval practice of providing food render for the king. Finally, the volume contains two pioneering essays in the histoire des mentalit&#233;s. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38522/cover/9780521038522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is framed by articles that throw interesting light on the achievement and reputation of the greatest of Anglo-Saxon kings - Alfred. It opens with a wide-ranging study of the literary and archaeological evidence for the novel design of Alfred's ships, design which in later times led to his being regarded as the father of the English navy. The book closes with a survey of the development of the Alfredian legend from the tenth to the twentieth century, with material drawn from a wide variety of different sources, including art and literature, much of which may be unfamiliar to students of Anglo-Saxon England. Between these two articles on King Alfred lies a variety of studies which illustrate Anglo-Saxon England's aim of encouraging the interdisciplinary study of surviving records. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38539/cover/9780521038539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The editorial policy of Anglo-Saxon England has been to encourage an interdisciplinary approach to the study of all aspects of Anglo-Saxon culture. This approach is pursued in exemplary fashion by many of the essays in this volume. Fresh light is thrown on the dating and form of Cynewulf's poem The Fates of the Apostles through a comprehensive study of the historical martyrologies of the Carolingian period on which Cynewulf is presumed to have drawn. The literary form of 'lfric's Preface to his translation of Genesis is illustrated through a wide-ranging study of the rhetorical genre of preface-writing in the early Middle Ages (the genre which subsequently was known as the ars dictaminis), and the problems which 'lfric faced and solved in composing a Life of St 'thelthryth are illustrated through detailed comparison of the sources which he utilized. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38546/cover/9780521038546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Anglo-Saxons' sense of the past, their colour vocabulary and their ties of kinship are among the topics considered in this third volume. Evidence for contemporary ecclesiastical architecture is extracted from an Anglo-Latin poem and evidence for the post-Conquest Anglo-Saxon emigration to Byzantium from an Icelandic saga. A prominent critic of Old English literature provides a reconsideration of The Seafarer. A review article surveys the work of the previous twenty years on Anglo-Saxon charters. The bibliography lists all books, articles and significant reviews published in any branch of Anglo-Saxon studies during 1973.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38553/cover/9780521038553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The pre-eminence of Anglo-Saxon England in its field can be seen as a result of its encouragement of interdisciplinary approaches to the study of all aspects of Anglo-Saxon culture. Thus this volume includes an important assessment of the correspondence of St Boniface, in which it is shown that the unusually formulaic nature of Boniface's letters is best understood as a reflex of the saint's familiarity with vernacular composition. A wide-ranging historical contextualization of The Letter of Alexander to Aristotle illuminates the way English readers of the later tenth century may have defined themselves in contradistinction to the monstrous unknown, and a fresh reading of the gendering of female portraiture in a famous illustrated manuscript of the Psychomachia of Prudentius (CCCC 23) shows the independent ways in which Anglo-Saxon illustrators were able to respond to their models. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications rounds off the book; and a full index of the contents of volumes 26-30 is provided. (Previous indexes have appeared in volumes 5, 10, 15, 20 and 25.)</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38560/cover/9780521038560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103857X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most important manuscripts surviving from pre-Conquest England receives penetrating analysis by several scholars. The 'Junius Manuscript' is evaluated from a number of intersecting perspectives, including codicology, decoration, script and punctuation; the confluence of these permits a fresh and convincing dating of this crucially important witness to Old English poetry. This demonstration is strikingly corroborated by an independent analysis of the textual transmission of one of the poems contained in the manuscript - Daniel - which is analysed in connection with another poetic version of the same biblical text, here entitled Three Youths, preserved in the 'Exeter Book'. 'lfric's conception of the creation and fall of the angels is also studied, and this takes us back to a poem in the 'Junius Manuscript', that known as Genesis A. It is shown that 'lfric's conception of the angels, which has no antecedent in the Bible itself, could possibly have been framed by his reading of Genesis A. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications is provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38577/cover/9780521038577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the centuries of its existence, Anglo-Saxon society was highly, if not widely, literate: it was a society the functioning of which depended very largely on the written word. All the essays in this volume throw light on the literacy of Anglo-Saxon England, from the writs which were used as the instruments of government from the eleventh century onwards, to the normative texts which regulated the lives of Benedictine monks and nuns, to the runes stamped on an Anglo-Saxon coin, to the pseudorunes which deliver the coded message of a man to his lover in a well-known Old English poem, to the mysterious writing on an amulet which was apparently worn by a religious for a personal protection from the devil. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38584/cover/9780521038584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is red-letter day in Anglo-Saxon studies when a previously unknown Old English text comes to light. In 2002, as the result of some outstanding scholarly detective work, a fragmentary homiliary, containing exegetical homilies for the Sundays after Pentecost, came to light in the Somerset County Records Office in Taunton. The manuscript apparently dates from the middle years of the eleventh century; but questions of when and where and by whom the homiliary was composed can only be answered by close philological study of the Old English text itself. The present volume of Anglo-Saxon England contains a printed edition of this interesting text, and detailed philological analysis leads to the extraordinary hypothesis that the text may have been composed by someone whose native language was not English, and who was apparently unfamiliar with the mainstream of English homiletic composition, best illustrated in the work of 'lfric. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38591/cover/9780521038591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103860X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideas about the whole sweep of Anglo-Saxon history and in particular the importance of combining skills from many disciplines are at the centre of this volume. Walter Goffart invites us to think again about what Bede meant by 'the true law of history', while Joanna Story argues that the early Frankish annals give us important insight into the raw material available to Bede. J. R. Madicott traces the rapid development of Mercian power in Bede's time, and a team of textual scholars and scientists report on their experiments to test the efficacy of Anglo-Saxon medical prescriptions. At the other end of the period, Gale R. Owen-Crocker shows how the birds in the margins of the Bayeux Tapestry are used to comment on the narrative of the Norman Conquest, while Rebecca Rushforth finds evidence for continued post-Conquest interest in the descendents of the royal house of Wessex. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38607/cover/9780521038607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The materials studied in this volume extend from small pieces of evidence made to reveal Frankish influence on the beginnings of Bath Abbey to a post-Conquest gradual recognized as unique testimony to the pre-Conquest music of Christ Church, Canterbury. An arcane style of Latin poetry much in vogue in tenth-century England is given a full account; likewise an eleventh-century Canterbury copy of a large anthology of Latin poetry for classroom use is properly described. A discussion of the aesthetic principles governing the use of colour in Anglo-Saxon manuscript illumination raises artistic questions not usually considered separately. The corpus of known Anglo-Saxon moneyers is further rectified; late Anglo-Saxon metal-work is surveyed; two decades of post-Stenton debate about the Viking settlements are reviewed; a system of standardizing short titles for Old English texts is presented and there is the usual bibliography of the previous year's corpus of Anglo-Saxon studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38614/cover/9780521038614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Manuscripts are the form of evidence most studied in this volume: the likely seventh- and eighth-century English ownership of a fifth-century copy of a Hieronymian commentary is meticulously reconstructed; an edition and full discussion of the eighth-century Anglian collection of royal genealogies and regnal lists advance our understanding of this difficult material; and it is shown that most of the drawings in the Junius codex of Old English poetry probably derived from an illustrated copy of an Old Saxon poem on Genesis which came to this country in the middle of the ninth century. Vernacular literature is well represented: two leading features of narrative technique are examined, one in Beowulf, the greatest surviving poem of the age, and the other in the works of 'lfric, perhaps its greatest writer of prose. A wide-ranging survey of some of the main problems in the modern-day study of Anglo-Saxon coinage makes a fundamental contribution both to that study itself and to the understanding of it by those in other specializations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38621/cover/9780521038621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Work in this volume offers insights into the Anglo-Saxons' literature, both Latin and vernacular, their study of Latin, their documents, art and artefacts, agricultural practices, their cognizance of Roman predecessors, and later Icelandic knowledge of them. The literary contributions include a major study of Aldhelm's Latin prose style, arguing against its supposed 'Irishness' and placing it firmly in the main tradition of rhetorical amplification coming through from ancient times. In the field of vernacular poetry a prevalent, but illogical, interpretation of a thematically significant obscurity in Beowulf is challenged, and Cynewulf's penitential concern is emphasized. The physical remains of the eighth-century watermill at Tamworth and a compiled survey of early medieval mill terminology are correlated. Old English place-names containing Latin loan words are reconsidered. The sources of a fourteenth-century Icelander's knowledge of late Anglo-Saxon history are further delineated in a third, concluding article on the J&#225;tvarthar saga. There is the usual bibliography of the previous year's studies in all branches of Anglo-Saxon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38638/cover/9780521038638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What scientific observations is Bede likely to have brought to bear on the Easter controversy? What interest did the Anglo-Saxons take in precious stones and what did they know about them? Are heroic values rejected in one of Cynewulf's poems? What was Anglo-Saxon carpentry like? These are among the questions taken up in this volume. Observations to determine the day of the equinox in Bede's Northumbria; Anglo-Saxon lapidary knowledge (particularly in the Old English Lapidary); lists of saints' resting-places as an aspect of the cult of saints in the intellectual and social life of Anglo-Saxon England; the symbolism of the Pacx/Pax/Paxs coin legend; the construction of some wooden roofs, walls, floors, window-frames, doors and, especially, the frame of a spire: these topics are subjected to keen examination - the last an often neglected line of enquiry. In the field of vernacular poetry there are analyses of the Beowulf poet's artistic point of view when treating his hero's relationship to the W'mundings, and of Cynewulf's when treating pagan heroic society in Juliana.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38645/cover/9780521038645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through close analysis and careful weighing of evidence the authors of this volume tackle a wide range of questions in Anglo-Saxon history and culture and often arrive at opinions different from those generally accepted. Contributions are made on subjects as diverse as the Anglo-Saxon settlement, early Northumbrian history, the 'weapon' vocabulary of Beowulf, world history in the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle, a woman's stock of clothes in the mid-tenth century and vernacular preaching before 'lfric. Historical studies are represented by an examination of the position of the 'theling in matters of royal succession, by a refutation of the doctrine of muddle in the records of earliest Northumbria and by an identification of the sources of the Chronicle's knowledge of world history, showing in particular that the compilation of the Chronicle and the composition of the Old English Orosius are not likely to have been closely connected, as has often been thought. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38652/cover/9780521038652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume mostly deals with manuscripts, directly or indirectly. Of outstanding importance is the first ever attempt to list all the surviving manuscripts that were written or owned in Anglo-Saxon England. There are studies of particular manuscripts: three Latin poems are added to the very few known to have been composed in the time of Athelstan the first; the damaged page in the Exeter Book of Old English poetry is made to yield a better text than before; the distinctive sense of scholarship and literary style that went into a late Old English editing of one of King Alfred's prose works is revealed. Another study assembles the widely scattered evidence for slave raiding and slave trading in England from the Anglo-Saxon settlement to the advent of the Normans. Other interpretative contributions examine word order in Beowulf and make further advances in the critical appreciation of The Seafarer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38669/cover/9780521038669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Project of Prose in Early Modern Europe and the New World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fowler, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greene, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What were the possibilities of prose as a literary medium in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries? And how did it operate in the literary and social world? The Project of Prose in Early Modern Europe and the New World brings together ten essays by leading scholars of the literatures of England, Spain, France, Italy, Portugal, and the colonial Americas, to answer these questions in wide-ranging ways. Several of the essays shed light on landmark prose works of the period; some discuss what lesser-known writings reveal about the medium; others move between the literary and the non-literary to reflect on the medium's intersections with history, fiction, subjectivity, the state, science and other aspects of social and cultural life. Overall, this collection will provoke an international reconsideration of the remarkable visibility and diversity of the medium of prose in the early modern period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38706/cover/9780521038706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Harm's Way</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Joel Feinberg</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Jules L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For several decades the work of Joel Feinberg has been the most influential in legal, political and social philosophy in the English-speaking world. This volume honours that body of work by presenting fifteen essays, many of them by leading legal and political philosophers, that explore the problems that have engaged Feinberg over the years. Amongst the topics covered are issues of autonomy, responsibility and liability. It will be a collection of interest to anyone working in moral, legal or political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38713/cover/9780521038713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belief Policies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helm, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we form and modify our beliefs about the world? It is widely accepted that what we believe is determined by evidence, and is therefore not directly under our control; but according to what criteria is the credibility of the evidence established? Professor Helm argues that no theory of knowledge is complete without standards for accepting and rejecting evidence as belief-worthy. These standards, or belief-policies, are not themselves determined by evidence, but determine what counts as credible evidence. Unlike single beliefs, belief-policies are directly subject to the will, and therefore to the possibility of weakness of will and self-deception. Helm sets out to interpret standard epistemological positions in terms of belief-policies, and to illustrate their operation in the history of philosophy. He establishes connections between belief-policies, responsibility for beliefs, and the desirability of toleration, before reassessing fideism in the light of his argument.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38720/cover/9780521038720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolving Science of Grassland Improvement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphreys, L. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Grasslands around the world are a resource of great economic importance, as the origin of most of the world's milk and wool and much of the meat. The growing world population and global warming have put increased pressure on the world's grasslands. Ross Humphreys has played a leading role in the development of grassland science and in this authoritative review discusses how it has evolved over the past sixty years. Using the proceedings of the International Grassland Congress since 1937, Professor Humphreys identifies the shifting emphasis of the science, assesses the current state of play and looks at perspectives for the future. This review will be of great value to all grassland scientists and ecologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38737/cover/9780521038737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103874X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concept of Moral Obligation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimmerman, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principal aim of this book is to develop and defend an analysis of the concept of moral obligation. The analysis is neutral regarding competing substantive theories of obligation, whether consequentialist or deontological in character. What it seeks to do is generate solutions to a range of philosophical problems concerning obligation and its application. Amongst these problems are deontic paradoxes, the supersession of obligation, conditional obligation, prima facie obligation, actualism and possibilism, dilemmas, supererogation, and cooperation. By virtue of its normative neutrality,  the analysis provides a theoretical framework within which competing theories of obligation can be developed and assessed. This study is a major contribution to metaethics that will be of particular interest to all philosophers concerned with normative ethical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38744/cover/9780521038744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soldiers, Writers and Statesmen of the English Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gentles, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrill, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worden, Blair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the struggles of the people of England with the collapse of civilization as they knew it. As the country fell into civil war and near anarchy, the people sought out in word and action how to preserve what could still be preserved or to create new political, religious and social certainties. The authors discuss individuals or groups who were soldiers, writers or statesmen of the Civil Wars or the Interregnum, people who were at the centre of power or in more humble and localized circumstances. All of the authors take their inspiration from the work of Austin Woolrych, whose own books and articles focus on these very questions. This volume is published in his honour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38751/cover/9780521038751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seeing through Self-Deception</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is it to deceive someone? And how is it possible to deceive oneself? Does self-deception require that people be taken in by a deceitful strategy that they know is deceitful? The literature is divided between those who argue that self-deception is intentional and those who argue that it is non-intentional. In this study, Annette Barnes offers a challenge to both the standard characterization of other-deception and characterizations of self-deception, examining the available explanations and exploring such questions as the self-deceiver's false consciousness, bias and the irrationality and objectionability of self-deception. She arrives at a non-intentional account of self-deception that is deeper and more complete than alternative non-intentional accounts and avoids the reduction of self-deceptive belief to wishful belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38775/cover/9780521038775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protestantism and National Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain and Ireland, c.1650-c.1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claydon, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McBride, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume traces the complex contribution which Protestantism made to national identity in the British Isles between the Stuart and the Victorian ages. Often challenging existing work, the essays both question whether nationalism was a secular and 'modern' phenomenon, and ask whether Protestantism could support any simple vision of a united, imperial and 'elect' Britain. Covering a wide variety of subjects, the authors show that whilst the reformed faith was always central to 'British' self-awareness, it could also divide the peoples of Britain and Ireland, could cast doubt on their greatness, and could dissolve any insistence on the uniqueness of these nations. The collection thus takes the study of religion's contribution to nationality beyond simple acknowledgement of its importance, and suggests ways to understand British and Irish development during the 'long eighteenth century'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38782/cover/9780521038782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Getting Hooked</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rationality and Addiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skog, Ole-J&#248;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume offer a thorough discussion of the relationship between addiction and rationality. This book-length treatment of the subject includes contributions from philosophers, psychiatrists, neurobiologists, sociologists and economists. Contrary to the widespread view that addicts are subject to overpowering and compulsive urges, the authors in this volume demonstrate that addicts are capable of making choices and responding to incentives. At the same time they disagree with Gary Becker's argument that addiction is the result of rational choice. The volume offers an exposition of the neurophysiology of addiction, a critical examination of the Becker theory of rational addiction, an argument for a 'visceral theory of addiction', a discussion of compulsive gambling as a form of addiction, several discussions of George Ainslie's theory of hyperbolic discounting, analyses of social causes and policy implications, and an investigation of the problem of relapse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38799/cover/9780521038799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spoken Language Translator</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayner, Manny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bouillon, Pierrette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Digalakis, Vassilis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wir&#233;n, Mats</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a detailed description of Spoken Language Translator (SLT), one of the first major projects in the area of automatic speech translation. The SLT system can translate between English, French, and Swedish in the domain of air travel planning, using a vocabulary of about 1500 words, and with an accuracy of about 75 per cent. The greater part of the book describes the language processing components, which are largely built on top of the SRI Core Language Engine, using a combination of general grammars and techniques that allow them to be rapidly customized to specific domains.  Speech recognition is based on Hidden Markov Mode technology, and uses versions of the SRI DECIPHER system. This account of the Spoken Language Translator should be an essential resource both for those who wish to know what is achievable in spoken-language translation today, and for those who wish to understand how to achieve it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38829/cover/9780521038829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physiology and Biochemistry of Cestodes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smyth, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McManus, D. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cestodes, or tapeworms, are a group of parasitic worms many species of which cause serious, often fatal, diseases in man and domestic animals throughout the world. This book is an updated and expanded version of Professor Smyth'sThe Physiology of Cestodes (1969). The text has now been entirely rewritten, taking into account advances in investigative techniques such as immunocytochemistry, in vitro culture and scanning electron microscopy, which have immensely increased our understanding of these organisms. The biochemical coverage now includes the spectacular advances in molecular biology that have occured. The book also shows how cestodes are increasingly being recognized as valuable models for investigating fundamental biological phenomena such as membrane transport and asexual/sexual differentiation. Students of medicine, veterinary medicine, parasitology and zoology will find this book invaluable. Its high research content and extensive references also make it an essential reference book for researchers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38959/cover/9780521038959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scaling Fisheries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Science of Measuring the Effects of Fishing, 1855-1955</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Tim D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the industrialization of fishing, fisheries scientists have been subject to intense economic and political pressures, which have affected the way the science has developed. The origins and effects of these pressures are traced in this book to concerns about determining the causes of fluctuations in fish and whale catches, and to resistance to regulation of fishing activity when populations are depleted. The development of partial theories of fish population dynamics are described using examples of both national and international fisheries. The causes of the difficulties encountered in generalizing these theories are examined, setting the stage for the limitation of scope of these studies that still influences the form and extent of fisheries research today. This is a fascinating resource for all those interested in fisheries science and the way it has developed in the last 150 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38966/cover/9780521038966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis of Vertebrate Pest Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hone, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we decide whether a particular vertebrate species can be classified as a pest? What is achieved by control of such pests? This book describes the application of statistics, economics and mathematical modelling to the control of bird and mammal pests. The emphasis is on the science underlying vertebrate pest control rather than on the control itself - the latter point distinguishes the book from any other. The scope is worldwide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38973/cover/9780521038973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521038987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521038980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking Chances</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Rational Choice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521038980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sobel, Jordan Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. Howard Sobel has long been recognized as an important figure in philosophical discussions of rational decision. He has done much to help formulate the concept of causal decision theory. In this volume of essays Sobel explores the Bayesian idea that rational actions maximize expected values, where an action's expected value is a weighted average of its agent's values for its possible total outcomes. Newcomb's Problem and The Prisoner's Dilemma are discussed, and Allais-type puzzles are viewed from the perspective of causal world Bayesianism. The author establishes principles for distinguishing options in decision problems, and studies ways in which perfectly rational causal maximizers can be capable of resolute choices. Sobel also views critically Gauthier's revisionist ideas about maximizing rationality. This collection will be a desideratum for anyone working in the field of rational choice theory, whether in philosophy, economics, political science, psychology or statistics. Howard Sobel's work in decision theory is certainly among the most important, interesting and challenging that is being done by philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38980/cover/9780521038980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ontological Arguments and Belief in God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppy, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an interesting contribution to the philosophy of religion. It offers a comprehensive discussion of one of the most famous arguments for the existence of God: the ontological argument. The author provides and analyses a critical taxonomy of those versions of the argument that have been advanced in recent philosophical literature, as well as of those historically important versions found in the work of St Anselm, Descartes, Leibniz, Hegel and others. A central thesis of the book is that ontological arguments have no value in the debate between theists and atheists. There is a detailed review of the literature on the topic (separated from the main body of the text) and a very substantial bibliography, making this volume an indispensable resource for philosophers of religion and others interested in religious studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39000/cover/9780521039000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>For the Sake of the Argument</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ramsey Test Conditionals, Inductive Inference and Nonmonotonic Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book by one of the world's foremost philosophers in the fields of epistemology and logic offers an account of suppositional reasoning relevant to practical deliberation, explanation, prediction and hypothesis testing. Suppositions made 'for the sake of argument' sometimes conflict with our beliefs, and when they do, some beliefs are rejected and others retained. Thanks to such belief contravention, adding content to a supposition can undermine conclusions reached without it. Subversion can also arise because suppositional reasoning is ampliative. These two types of nonmonotonic logic are the focus of this book. A detailed comparison of nonmonotonicity appropriate to both belief contravening and ampliative suppositional reasoning reveals important differences that have been overlooked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39017/cover/9780521039017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'By the Banks of the Neva'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chapters from the Lives and Careers of the British in Eighteenth-Century Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a fascinating investigation into the lives and careers of the British in eighteenth-century Russia and, more specifically, into the development of a vibrant British community in St Petersburg during the city's first century of existence as the new capital of an ever-expanding Russian empire. Based on an extremely wide range of primary sources from Britain and Russia, the book concentrates on the activities of the British within various fields such as commerce, the navy, the medical profession, science and technology, and the arts and ends with a broad survey of travellers and of travel literature, much of which is nowadays completely unknown. Also included are many attractive and unusual illustrations which help to demonstrate the variety and character of Russia's British community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39031/cover/9780521039031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103907X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin and Evolution of Planetary Nebulae</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kwok, Sun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative volume provides a comprehensive review of the origin and evolution of planetary nebulae. It covers all the stages of their evolution, carefully synthesizes observations from across the spectrum, and clearly explains all the key physical processes at work. Particular emphasis is placed on observations from space, using the Hubble Space Telescope, the Infrared Space Observatory, and the ROSAT satellite. This book presents a thoroughly modern understanding of planetary nebulae, integrating developments in stellar physics with the dynamics of nebular evolution. It also describes exciting possibilities such as the use of planetary nebulae in determining the cosmic distance scale, the distribution of dark matter and the chemical evolution of galaxies. This book provides graduate students with an accessible introduction to planetary nebulae, and researchers with an authoritative reference. It can also be used as an advanced text on the physics of the interstellar medium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39079/cover/9780521039079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of the Gods and the Origins of Agriculture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cauvin, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watkins, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacques Cauvin has spent many years researching the beginnings of the Neolithic in the Near East, excavating key sites and developing new ideas to explain the hugely significant cultural, social and economic changes which transformed mobile hunter-gatherers into the first village societies and farmers in the world. This synthesis of his mature understanding of the process beginning around 14,000 years ago challenges ecological and materialist interpretations, arguing for a quite different kind of understanding influenced by ideas of structuralist archaeologists and members of the French Annales school of historians. Defining the Neolithic Revolution as essentially a restructuring of the human mentality, expressed in terms of new religious ideas and symbols, the survey ends around nine thousand years ago, when the developed religious ideology, the social practice of village life and the economy of mixed farming had become established throughout the Near East and east Mediterranean, and  spreading powerfully into Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39086/cover/9780521039086.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reception of Kant's Critical Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fichte, Schelling, and Hegel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sedgwick, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period from Kant to Hegel is one of the most intense and rigorous in modern philosophy. The central problem at the heart of it was the development of a new standard of theoretical reflection and of the principle of rationality itself. The essays in this volume consider both the development of Kant's system of transcendental idealism in the three Critiques, the Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, and the Opus Postumum, as well as the reception and transformation of that idealism in the work of Fichte, Schelling and Hegel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39093/cover/9780521039093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotional Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Deliberation, Motivation, and the Nature of Value</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helm, Bennett W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we motivate ourselves to do what we think we ought? How can we deliberate about personal values and priorities? Bennett Helm argues that standard philosophical answers to these questions presuppose a sharp distinction between cognition and conation that undermines an adequate understanding of values and their connection to motivation and deliberation. Rejecting this distinction, Helm argues that emotions are fundamental to any account of value and motivation, and he develops a detailed alternative theory both of emotions, desires and evaluative judgements and of their rational interconnections. The result is an innovative theory of practical rationality and of how we can control not only what we do but also what we value and who we are as persons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39116/cover/9780521039116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Philosophers of the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broad, Jacqueline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this rich and detailed study of early modern women's thought, Jacqueline Broad explores the complexity of women's responses to Cartesian philosophy and its intellectual legacy in England and Europe. She examines the work of thinkers such as Mary Astell, Elisabeth of Bohemia, Margaret Cavendish, Anne Conway and Damaris Masham, who were active participants in the intellectual life of their time and were also the respected colleagues of philosophers such as Descartes, Leibniz and Locke. She also illuminates the continuities between early modern women's thought and the anti-dualism of more recent feminist thinkers. The result is a more gender-balanced account of early modern thought than has hitherto been available. Broad's clear and accessible exploration of this still-unfamiliar area will have a strong appeal to both students and scholars in the history of philosophy, women's studies and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/12955/cover/9780521812955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Systemic Text Generation as Problem Solving</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patten, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores an approach to text generation that interprets systemic grammar as a computational representation. Terry Patten demonstrates that systemic grammar can be easily and automatically translated into current AI knowledge representations and efficiently processed by the same knowledge-based techniques currently exploited by expert systems. Thus the fundamental methodological problem of interfacing specialized computational representations with equally specialized linguistic representations can be resolved. The study provides a detailed discussion of a substantial implementation involving a relatively large systemic grammar, and a formal model of the method. It represents a fundamental and productive contribution to the literature on text generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39260/cover/9780521039260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante and the Medieval Other World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major study of the Divine Comedy, this book offers an interesting perspective on Dante's representation of the afterlife. Alison Morgan departs from the conventional critical emphasis on Dante's place in relation to learned traditions by undertaking a thorough examination of the poem in the context of popular beliefs. Her principal sources are thus not the highly literary texts (such as Virgil's Aeneid or Thomas Aquinas's Summa Theologiae) which have become a familiar context for the poem, but rather visions of the Other World found in popular writings, painting and sculpture from the centuries leading up to its composition. The book will be of interest to non-specialists in addition to scholars of Dante, since it offers a clear preliminary account of the Other World tradition, a chronology of its principal representations and summaries of the major texts. Fully illustrated throughout, it integrates with the literary and theological aspects of Dante's heritage the important but often neglected dimension of art history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39277/cover/9780521039277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Qur'anic Christians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Classical and Modern Exegesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAuliffe, Jane Dammen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Muslim perception of Christianity and Christians is an issue of longstanding debate among scholars of both Islam and Christianity. In this book, Jane McAuliffe analyses a series of passages from the Qur'an that make ostensibly positive remarks about Christians. She conducts this analysis through a close examination of Muslim exegesis of the Qur'an, spanning ten centuries of commentary. In this effort to trace various interpretations of these passages, the author attempts to determine whether these positive passages can justifiably serve as proof-texts of Muslim tolerance of Christianity. She finds that commentators have consistently distinguished between the vast majority of Christians, who are denounced for having turned from the true word of God, and a small minority, who accepted the prophethood of Muhammed and are praised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39284/cover/9780521039284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mundane Matter of the Mental Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maloney, J. Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christopher Maloney offers an explanation of the fundamental nature of thought. He posits the idea that thinking involves the processing of mental representations that take the form of sentences in a covert language encoded in the mind. The theory relies upon traditional categories of psychology, including such notions as belief and desire. It also draws upon and thus inherits some of the problems of artificial intelligence which it attempts to answer, including what bestows meaning or content upon a thought and what distinguishes genuine from simulated thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39291/cover/9780521039291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romance of the Rose and its Medieval Readers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interpretation, Reception, Manuscript Transmission</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huot, Sylvia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Romance of the Rose was one of the most important works of medieval vernacular literature. It was composed in the thirteenth century and exerted a profound influence on literature in France, England, the Netherlands and Italy for the next 200 years. In this book, Sylvia Huot investigates how medieval readers understood the text, assessing the evidence to be found in well over 200 surviving manuscripts: annotations, glosses, illuminations, marginal doodles, rewritings, expansions and abridgements. This allows a picture to emerge of the interests and concerns of its readers, including such important fourteenth-century figures as the monastic author Guillaume de Deguilleville and the court poet Guillaume de Machaut. The book contains analyses of individual versions of the poem. It offers an interesting perspective on the interpretative difficulties of this learned and complex poem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39314/cover/9780521039314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Zoogeomorphology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Animals as Geomorphic Agents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Animals as geomorphic agents have primarily been considered curiosities in the literature of geomorphology, whose spatial and quantitative influences have been seen as both limited and minor. Zoogeomorphology: Animals as Geomorphic Agents, which is wholly devoted to this topic, examines the distinct geomorphic influences of invertebrates, ectothermic vertebrates, birds and mammals, and demonstrates the importance of animals as landscape sculptors. Specific processes associated with the diversity of animal influences in geomorphology are examined, including burrowing and denning, nesting, lithophagy and geophagy, wallowing and trampling, food caching, excavating for food, and dam building by beavers. Particular emphasis is placed on terrestrial animals, although aquatic animals are also discussed where appropriate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39321/cover/9780521039321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability and Conditionals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Belief Revision and Rational Decision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eells, Ellery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skyrms, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is on the relation between probabilities, especially conditional probabilities, and conditionals. It provides negative results which sharply limit the ways conditionals can be related to conditional probabilities. There are also positive ideas and results which will open up areas of research. The collection is intended to honour Ernest W. Adams, whose seminal work is largely responsible for creating this area of inquiry. As well as describing, evaluating, and applying Adams's work the contributions extend his ideas in directions he may or may not have anticipated, but that he certainly inspired. In addition to a wide range of philosophers of science, the volume should interest computer scientists and linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39338/cover/9780521039338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hobbes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinich, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Hobbes (1588-1679) is recognized as one of the fathers of modern philosophy and political theory. In his own time he was as famous for his work in physics, geometry, and religion. He associated with some of the greatest writers, scientists, and politicians of his age. Martinich has written a complete and accessible biography of Hobbes. The book takes full account of the historical and cultural context in which Hobbes lived, drawing on both published and unpublished sources. It will be a great resource for philosophers, political theorists and historians of ideas. The clear, crisp prose style will also ensure that the book appeals to general readers with an interest in the history of philosophy, the rise of modern science and the English Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39345/cover/9780521039345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of Property Rights in the Gold Coast</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Empirical Study Applying Rational Choice Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firmin-Sellers, Kathryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the political process by which property rights are defined and enforced in two traditional states in colonial Ghana. The case studies within the book ask how colonial institutions transformed indigenous political and economic life; and how colonization and decolonization affected prospects for future economic development and stability in Africa. The introductory chapter outlines a theory of the transformation of property rights systems. The remaining empirical chapters refine this theory through a detailed analysis of the transformation of property rights within an African context. These chapters draw explicitly on rational choice theories to analyse indigenous actors' attempts to redefine and enforce property rights to land by 'reinventing' the traditions of their respective communities. These theories help to understand why property rights systems across Africa remain fluid and insecure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39352/cover/9780521039352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal Field Handbook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ng, Betty</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the modern conceptual understanding of crystal fields. It provides readers with clear instructions and a set of computer programs for the phenomenological analysis of energy spectra of magnetic ions in  solids. The text clarifies several issues that have historically produced confusion in this area, particularly the effects of covalency and ligand polarization on the energy spectra of magnetic ions. Readers are shown how to employ a hierarchy of parametrized models to extract as much information as possible from observed lanthanide and actinide spectra. This book of crystal field theory describes all of the available phenomenological models, together with the conceptual and computational tools necessary for their use. It will be of particular interest to graduate students and researchers working in the development of opto-electronic systems and magnetic materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39369/cover/9780521039369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Memory Traces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Descartes to Connectionism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophy and Memory Traces defends two theories of autobiographical memory. One is a bewildering historical view of memories as dynamic patterns in fleeting animal spirits, nervous fluids which rummaged through the pores of brain and body. The other is new connectionism, in which memories are 'stored' only superpositionally, and reconstructed rather than reproduced. Both models, argues John Sutton, depart from static archival metaphors by employing distributed representation, which brings interference and confusion between memory traces. Both raise urgent issues about control of the personal past, and about relations between self and body. Sutton demonstrates the role of bizarre body fluids in moral physiology, as philosophers from Descartes and Locke to Coleridge struggled to control their own innards and impose cognitive discipline on 'the phantasmal chaos of association'. Going on to defend connectionism against Fodor and critics of passive mental representations, he shows how problems of the self are implicated in cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39376/cover/9780521039376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103938X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulation of Tissue pH in Plants and Animals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reappraisal of Current Techniques</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Egginton, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Edwin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raven, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The maintenance of a stable acid-base status within biological tissue is a fundamental homeostatic process in all organisms, necessary to preserve the metabolic function of proteins and other macromolecules. The study of acid-base regulation has advanced enormously over recent decades due to the development of increasingly accurate and sensitive techniques for measuring acid-base variables. This volume brings together contributions from leading comparative physiologists working on factors affecting the acid-base status of the internal fluids of animals and plants. The result is a broad-ranging, authoritative and accessible review of this area, together with a critical look at techniques and tools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39383/cover/9780521039383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Neoplatonism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Non-discursive Thinking in the Texts of Plotinus, Proclus, and Damascius</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rappe, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neoplatonism is a term used to designate the form of Platonic philosophy that developed in the Roman Empire from the third to the fifth century AD and that based itself on the corpus of Plato's dialogues. Sara Rappe's challenging study analyses Neoplatonic texts themselves using contemporary philosophy of language. It covers the whole tradition of Neoplatonic writing from Plotinus through Proclus to Damascius. Addressing the strain of mysticism in these works, the author shows how these texts reflect actual meditational practices, methods of concentrating the mind, and other mental disciplines that informed the tradition as a whole. In providing such a broad survey of Neoplatonic writing, the book will appeal to classical philosophers classicists as well as students of religious studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39420/cover/9780521039420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Informality and Monetary Policy in Japan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Bank Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van Rixtel, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The success (and misfortunes) of the post-war Japanese economy has been one of the most debated points in modern economics. Many explanations focus on cultural and institutional factors, and in particular the role of 'Informality' (networks organizing business activity and government policy). Adrian van Rixtel, an economist at the European Central Bank, provides a quantitative and qualitative assessment of Informality in the formation of Japanese monetary policy. Having been based in Japan for three years, two years of which were spent at the Institute for Monetary and Economic Studies at the Bank of Japan and the Japanese Ministry of Finance, he is able to bring a unique 'insider-outsider' perspective to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/81794/cover/9780521781794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking the Age of Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain 1780-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Innes, Joanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes a look at the 'age of reform', from 1780 when reform became a common object of aspiration, to the 1830s - the era of the 'Reform Ministry' and of the Great Reform Act of 1832 - and beyond, when such aspirations were realized more frequently. It pays close attention to what contemporaries termed 'reform', identifying two strands, institutional and moral, which interacted in complex ways. Particular reforming initiatives singled out for attention include those targeting parliament, government, the law, the Church, medicine, slavery, regimens of self-care, opera, theatre, and art institutions, while later chapters situate British reform in its imperial and European contexts. An extended introduction provides a point of entry to the history and historiography of the period. The book will therefore stimulate fresh thinking about this formative period of British history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/23944/cover/9780521823944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Informal Introduction to Gauge Field Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aitchison, Ian J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Four forces are dominant in physics: gravity, electromagnetism and the weak and strong nuclear forces. Quantum electrodynamics - the highly successful theory of the electromagnetic interaction - is a gauge field theory, and it is now believed that the weak and strong forces also can be described by generalizations of this type of theory. In this short book Dr Aitchison gives an introduction to these theories, a knowledge of which is essential in understanding modern particle physics. With the assumption that the reader is already familiar with the rudiments of quantum field theory and Feynman graphs, his aim has been to provide a coherent, self-contained and yet elementary account of the theoretical principles and physical ideas behind gauge field theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39543/cover/9780521039543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eighteenth-Century Hymn in England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davie, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Donald Davie is the foremost literary critics of his generation and one of its leading poets. His career has been marked by a series of challenging critical interventions. The eighteenth century is the great age of the English hymn though these powerful and popular texts have been marginalized in the formation of the conventional literary canon. These are poems which have been put to the text of experience by a wider public than that generally envisaged by literary criticism, and have been kept alive by congregations in every generation. Davie's study of the eighteenth-century hymn and metrical psalm brings to light a body of literature forgotten as poetry: work by Charles Wesley and Christopher Smart, Isaac Watts and William Cowper, together with several poets unjustly neglected, such as the mysterious John Byron.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39567/cover/9780521039567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Value, Welfare, and Morality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frey, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses critical issues in normative ethical theory. Every such theory must contain not only a theory of motivation but also a theory of value, and the link that is often forged between what is valuable and what would be right is human welfare or well-being.  This topic is a subject of considerable controversy in contemporary ethics, not least because of the current reconsideration of utilitarianism. Indeed, there is as much disagreement about the nature of value and its relationship to welfare and morality, as there is about the substantive content of normative ethical theories. The essays in this collection, all written by a distinguished team of moral philosophers, provide an overview, analysis and an attempted resolution of those controversies. They constitute a rigorous account of the relationships among value, welfare and morality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39598/cover/9780521039598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax and Pragmatics of Anaphora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study with Special Reference to Chinese</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Yan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a pragmatic theory of anaphora within the neo-Gricean framework of conversational implicature. Chomsky claims that anaphora reflects underlying principles of innate Universal Grammar, and the view is widely held that only syntactic and semantic factors are crucial to intrasentential anaphora. Yan Huang questions the basis of the Government and Binding approach and argues that syntax and pragmatics are interconnected in determining many anaphoric processes. Furthermore, he proposes that the extent to which syntax and pragmatics interact varies typologically. There exists a class of language (such as Chinese, Japanese and Korean) in which pragmatics play a central role that in familiar European languages is alleged to be played by grammar. Yan Huang's pragmatic theory has far reaching implications for this important issue in theoretical linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39604/cover/9780521039604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frames of Deceit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frames of Deceit is a philosophical investigation of the nature of trust in public and private life. It examines how trust originates, how it is challenged, and how it is recovered when moral and political imperfections collide. In politics, rulers may be called upon to act badly for the sake of a political good, and in private life intimate attachments are formed in which the costs of betrayal are high. This book asks how trust is tested by human goods, moral character and power relations. It explores whether an individual's experience of betrayal differs totally from that of a community when it loses and then seeks to recover a vital public trust. Although this is a work of political philosophy it is distinctive in examining three literary texts - Sophocles' Philoctetes, Shakespeare's Troilus and Cressida, and Zola's Th&#233;r&#233;se Raquin - in order to deepen our understanding of the place of trust in morality and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39611/cover/9780521039611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Theatre of Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coleridge, Nationalism, Women</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carlson, Julie A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English Romanticism has long been considered an 'undramatic' and 'anti-theatrical' age, yet Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats all wrote plays and viewed them as central to England's poetic and political reform. In the Theatre of Romanticism analyses these plays, in the context of London theatre at the time, and argues that Romantic discourse on theatre is crucial to constructions of nationhood in the period. The book focuses primarily on Coleridge and on the middle stage of his career, during which he wrote most extensively for and about the theatre. But its discussion of anxieties about women in Coleridge's plays applies just as forcefully to the history plays of the second-generation romantic poets, and to the best-known romantic writers on theatre: Hazlitt, Hunt and Lamb. Unlike the few existing studies of romantic drama, this study considers the plays not as closet drama or 'mental theatre', but as theatrical contributions to the debate sparked off by the Revolution in France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39635/cover/9780521039635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supervenience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savellos, Elias E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yalcin, Umit D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Supervenience is one of the 'hot discoveries' of analytic philosophy, and this collection of essays on the topic represents an examination of it and its application to major areas of philosophy. The interest in supervenience has much to do with the flexibility of the concept. To say that x supervenes on y indicates a degree of dependence without committing one to the view that x can be reduced to y. Thus supervenience is a relationship that has the potential of replacing the traditional notion of dependence, while performing at least part of the function reductive relationships were supposed to fulfil. Moreover, since it is a topic-neutral concept, supervenience has a wide range of applicability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39642/cover/9780521039642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Substance among Other Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoffman, Joshua</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenkrantz, Gary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book revives a neglected but important topic in philosophy: the nature of substance. The belief that there are individual substances, for example, material objects and persons, is at the core of our common-sense view of the world yet many metaphysicians deny the very coherence of the concept of substance. The authors develop an account of what an individual substance is in terms of independence from other beings. In the process many other important ontological categories are explored: property, event, space, time. The authors show why alternative theories of substance fail, and go on to defend the intelligibility (though not the existence) of interacting spiritual and material substances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39659/cover/9780521039659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethnography of Manners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hawthorne, James and Wharton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bentley, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines fiction and ethnography as related forms for analysing and exhibiting social life. Focusing on the novels of Nathaniel Hawthorne, Henry James, and Edith Wharton, the study argues that novels and ethnographies collaborated to produce an unstable but powerful master discourse of 'culture', a discourse that allowed writers to turn new social energies and fears into particular kinds of authorial expertise. Crossing a range of institutions (anthropology, literature, museums, law) and texts (novels, ethnographies, travel books, social theory), this study allows fiction to take its place in a web of social practices that categorize, display and regulate what Wharton calls 'the customs of the country'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39666/cover/9780521039666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Darwinism's Struggle for Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heredity and the Hypothesis of Natural Selection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gayon, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Darwinism's Struggle for Survival Jean Gayon offers a philosophical interpretation of the history of theoretical Darwinism. He begins by examining the different forms taken by the hypothesis of natural selection in the nineteenth century (Darwin, Wallace, Galton) and the major difficulties which it encountered, particularly with regard to its compatibility with the theory of heredity. He then shows how these difficulties were overcome during the seventy years which followed the publication of Darwin's Origin of Species, and he concludes by analysing the major features of the genetic theory of natural selection, as it developed from 1920 to 1960. This rich and wide-ranging study will appeal to philosophers and historians of science and to evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39673/cover/9780521039673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cold Ocean Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#246;rtner, Hans-O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Playle, Richard C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From a human viewpoint, the cold waters of deep sea and polar marine regions present an inhospitable and harsh environment for life. The study of organisms which have exploited this seemingly hostile ecological niche has revealed intriguing physiological adaptations. This volume summarizes the information on the adaptations exhibited by representatives of the main groups of polar animals, including marine invertebrates, fish, mammals and birds, at scales ranging from the whole organism through to the underlying molecular adaptational mechanisms. Unique in its breadth of coverage, this volume will provide an important resource for all those concerned specifically with how animals have adapted to life in extreme conditions, as well as being of general interest to all marine biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39680/cover/9780521039680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103969X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fate and Fortune in Rural China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Organization and Population Behavior in Liaoning 1774-1873</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, James Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Cameron D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fate and Fortune in Rural China is a major contribution to the study of both the social and population history of late traditional China, and that of historical demography in general. Lee and Campbell use the example of Liaoning to demonstrate the interaction between demographic and other social pressures, and to illustrate graphically the nature of social mobility and social organization in rural China over the course of the century from 1774-1873. Their conclusion - that social norms, rooted in ideology, determined demographic performance - is supported by a mass of hitherto inaccessible primary data. The authors show how the Chinese state articulated two different principles of social hierarchy, heredity and ability, through two different social organizations: households and banners. These different boundary conditions, each the explicit creation of the state, gave rise to contrasting demographic behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39697/cover/9780521039697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complicity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics and Law for a Collective Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kutz, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We live in a morally flawed world. Our lives are complicated by what other people do, and by the harms that flow from our social, economic and political institutions. Our relations as individuals to these collective harms constitute the domain of complicity. This book examines the relationship between collective responsibility and individual guilt. It presents a rigorous philosophical account of the nature of our relations to the social groups in which we participate, and uses that account in a discussion of contemporary moral theory. Christopher Kutz shows that the two prevailing theories of moral philosophy, Kantianism and consequentialism, both have difficulties resolving problems of complicity. He then argues for a richer theory of accountability in which any real understanding of collective action not only allows but demands individual responsibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39703/cover/9780521039703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052103972X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant's Doctrine of Transcendental Illusion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grier, Michelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study of Kant provides a detailed examination of the development and function of the doctrine of transcendental illusion in his theoretical philosophy. The author shows that a theory of 'illusion' plays a central role in Kant's arguments about metaphysical speculation and scientific theory. Indeed, she argues that we cannot understand Kant unless we take seriously his claim that the mind inevitably acts in accordance with ideas and principles that are 'illusory'. Taking this claim seriously, we can make much better sense of Kant's arguments and reach a deeper understanding of the role he allots human reason in science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39727/cover/9780521039727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classification of Visual Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Myth and its History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Tiffany</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an important contribution to the philosophy of art that bridges the disciplines of philosophy and art. It engages with a long-standing debate about what it is that bestows the designation 'art' on an artwork. Tiffany Sutton shows how the history of art should influence the classification of visual art. She considers the various theories that have been put forward to define the nature of the artwork and then offers her own set of classificatory norms. Amongst the critical questions that are addressed in the process are: how important is patronage in the contemporary visual arts, and what lends conceptual art its specific aura?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39741/cover/9780521039741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Causation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dowe, Phil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a clear account of causation based firmly in contemporary science. Dowe discusses in a systematic way, a positive account of causation: the conserved quantities account of causal processes which he has been developing over the last ten years. The book describes causal processes and interactions in terms of conserved quantities: a causal process is the worldline of an object which possesses a conserved quantity, and a causal interaction involves the exchange of conserved quantities. Further, things that are properly called cause and effect are appropriately connected by a set of causal processes and interactions. The distinction between cause and effect is explained in terms of a version of the fork theory: the direction of a certain kind of ordered pattern of events in the world. This particular version has the virtue that it allows for the possibility of backwards causation, and therefore time travel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39758/cover/9780521039758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Law and Practical Rationality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Mark C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural law theory has been undergoing a revival, especially in political philosophy and jurisprudence. Yet, most fundamentally, natural law theory is not a political theory, but a moral theory, or more accurately a theory of practical rationality. According to the natural law account of practical rationality, the basic reasons for actions are basic goods that are grounded in the nature of human beings. Practical rationality aims to identify and characterize reasons for action and to explain how choice between actions worth performing can be appropriately governed by rational standards. These standards are justified by reference to features of the human goods that are the fundamental reasons for action. This book is a defence of a contemporary natural law theory of practical rationality, demonstrating its inherent plausibility and engaging systematically with rival egoist, consequentialist, Kantian and virtue accounts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39772/cover/9780521039772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enlightenment and Action from Descartes to Kant</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Passionate Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Losonsky, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kant believed that true enlightenment is the use of reason freely in public. This book systematicaaly traces the philosophical origins and development of the idea that the improvement of human understanding requires public activity. Michael Losonsky focuses on seventeenth-century discussions of the problem of irresolution and the closely connected theme of the role of volition in human belief formation. This involves a discussion of the work of Descartes, Hobbes, Locke, Spinoza and Leibniz. Challenging the traditional views of seventeenth-century philosophy and written in a lucid, non-technical language, this book will be eagerly sought out by historians of philosophy and students of the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/06121/cover/9780521806121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Causes of Growth and Stagnation in the World Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaldor, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These lectures contain a masterful summing-up of Nicholas Kaldor's critique of the foundations of mainstream economic theory. They provide a clear account of his theoretical structures on regional differences, primary producers and manufacturers, and on differing market structures and the likely course of prices and quantities in different markets over time. The first four lectures are concerned with theory, history and explanation; the fifth consists of a detailed set of integrated policy proposals. The book is rounded off with a brilliant biographical essay by Tony Thirlwall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39857/cover/9780521039857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Norms of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Hellenistic Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Striker, Gisela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can moral philosophy alter our moral beliefs or our emotions? Does moral scepticism mean making up our own values, or does it leave us without moral commitments at all? Is it possible to find a basis for ethics in human nature? These are some of the main questions explored in this volume, which is devoted to the ethics of the Hellenistic schools of philosophy. Some of the leading scholars in the field have here taken a look at the bases of the Stoics' and Epicureans' thinking about what the Greeks took to be the central questions of philosophy. Their essays, which originated in a conference held at Bad Homburg in 1983, the third in a series of conferences on Hellenistic philosophy, propose important interpretations of the texts, and pose some fascinating problems about the different roles of argument and reason in ancient and modern moral philosophy. This book will be of interest to moral philosophers and to scholars of Greek philosophy too.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39888/cover/9780521039888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Indian Princes and their States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramusack, Barbara N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the princes of India have been caricatured as oriental despots and British stooges, Barbara Ramusack's study argues that the British did not create the princes. On the contrary, many were consummate politicians who exercised considerable degrees of autonomy until the disintegration of the princely states after independence. Ramusack's synthesis has a broad temporal span, tracing the evolution of the Indian kings from their pre-colonial origins to their roles as clients in the British colonial system. The book breaks ground in its integration of political and economic developments in the major princely states with the shifting relationships between the princes and the British. It represents a major contribution, both to British imperial history in its analysis of the theory and practice of indirect rule, and to modern South Asian history, as a portrait of the princes as politicians and patrons of the arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67274/cover/9780521267274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Cooperation to Complicity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Degussa in the Third Reich</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Cooperation to Complicity is a study of the Degussa corporation, a firm which played a pivotal role in the processing of plundered precious metals in Nazi-occupied Europe and controlled the production and distribution of Zyklon B, the infamous pesticide used to gas the inmates of Auschwitz and Majdanek concentration camps, during the Third Reich. The author traces the extent of the corporation's involvement in these and other Nazi war crimes, including the Aryanization of Jewish-owned property and the exploitation of forced labour, and delineates the motivations for such conduct.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/82272/cover/9780521782272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521039924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521039925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolutionary Origins of Great Ape Intelligence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521039925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russon, Anne E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Begun, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on the evolution of higher intelligence rarely combines data from fields as diverse as paleontology and psychology. In this volume we seek to do just that, synthesizing the approaches of hominoid cognition, psychology, language studies, ecology, evolution, paleoecology and systematics toward an understanding of great ape intelligence. Leading scholars from all these fields have been asked to evaluate the manner in which each of their topics of research inform our understanding of the evolution of intelligence in great apes and humans. The ideas thus assembled represent a comprehensive survey of the various causes and consequences of cognitive evolution in great apes. The Evolution of Thought will therefore be an essential reference for graduate students and researchers in evolutionary psychology, paleoanthropology and primatology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/83354/cover/9780521783354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Abandoned Narcotic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kava and Cultural Instability in Melanesia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brunton, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ron Brunton revives a problem posed by the great anthropologist W. H. R. Rivers in History of Melanesian Society (1914): how to explain the strange geographical distribution of kava, a narcotic drink once widely consumed by south-west Pacific islanders. Rivers believed that it was abandoned by many people even before European contact in favour of another drug, betel, drawing his speculations from the ideas of the diffusionist school of anthropology. However, Dr Brunton disagrees. Taking the varying fortunes of kava on the island of Tanna, Vanauta, as his starting point, he suggests that kava's abandonment can best be explained in terms of its association with unstable religious cults, and not because of the adoption of betel. The problem of kava is therefore part of a broader problem of why many traditional Melanesian societies were characteristically highly unstable, and Dr Brunton sees this instability as both an outcome and a cause of weak institutions of authority and social coordination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40051/cover/9780521040051.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cinema and the Urban Poor in South India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickey, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the Indian cinema is concerned particularly with cinema-goers in Madurai, a city in Tamil Nadu, South India. Sara Dickey reviews the history of Tamil film, explains the structure of the industry, and presents the perspective of the filmmakers. However, the core of the book is an analysis of the films themselves and the place they have in the lives of poor people, who organize fan clubs, discuss the films and the actors, and in various ways relate these fantasy worlds to their own lives. Dickey argues that the effect of these films is ultimately conservative, for they glorify poverty while holding out the hope of a better future. Her rich ethnography makes an interesting contribution to the study of film in India and, more generally, to the understanding of popular culture in an Indian city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40075/cover/9780521040075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Servants of the Goddess</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Priests of a South Indian Temple</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Minaksi Temple is one of the largest, most celebrated and most popular Hindu temples in India. Situated in the ancient south Indian city of Madurai, it is dedicated to the goddess Minaksi and her husband the god Sundaresvara, a form of the great god &#346;iva. Minaksi's principal servants in the Temple are the priests who carry out all the elaborate rituals for her and Sundaresvara, and these priests are the subject of this book. Drawing upon his extensive field research in the Temple, Dr Fuller discusses the role of the priests in the Temple and their place in the wider society. He looks at their rights and duties in the Temple, and at the changes in their position that have occurred since the establishment of a modern government and legal system. Throughout his book, the author situates his detailed analysis of the Minaksi Temple priesthood within its wider social and historical context, and relates it to the previous work of anthropologists, as well as of historians, Sanskritists and legal scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40099/cover/9780521040099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parenthood and Social Reproduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fostering and Occupational Roles in West Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Esther N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last twenty years, Esther Goody has made extensive studies of traditional and contemporary patterns of education and child-rearing in West Africa. In this book she provides an account of the rich variety of institutions, such as fostering, apprenticeship and wardship, which have developed in West Africa either in absence of, or alongside, formal schools, to prepare children for the wide range of economic and political roles now available to them in adult society. Drawing on her work in West Africa and with West Africans in London, Dr Goody shows that among many groups it is common practice to send children to grow up away from home. As a cross-cultural study of a central kinship institution - parenthood - and of processes of change in adult role allocation, the book is of interest to social anthropologists, sociologists, educationalists and social psychologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40174/cover/9780521040174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rural Society in Southeast India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gough, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comparative study of caste and class in two small villages in the Thanj&#257;v&#363;r district of southeast India based on fieldwork done by the author in 1951-3. Differing from the usual village study, Gough's work traces the history of the villages over the past century and examines the impact of colonialism on the district since 1770. The volume's theoretical significance lies in its attempt to define more clearly the characteristics of rural class relations, particularly addressing the question whether Indian agrarian relations are still precapitalist. This study not only provides a vivid account of village life in southeast India in the 1950s (to be followed by a later study done in the 1970s), but also contributes to theory concerning modes of production, class structures in the Third World, and underdevelopment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40198/cover/9780521040198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of the Basque Nation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heiberg, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Set against the historical background of Spain's unification as a modern state, this book is a study of a complex, frequently violent, political phenomenon - Basque nationalism - which after ninety years continues to constitute a major challenge to Spain's established political order. It examines the origins of Basque nationalism in the Basque industrial heartland of Bilbao in the 1890s and analyses its development up to 1980 when the Basque country finally achieved home rule. In particular, the book shows how Basque nationalism operated upon the residents of the Basque country, divided by culture, loyalties, divergent economic and political aspirations and history, to create a new and exclusive political entity - the Basque nation. The main fieldwork was conducted during the two years surrounding the death of General Franco in 1975, a period of exceptional violence in the Basque country that marked Spain's transition from an authoritarian regime to a democratic one. Using a theoretical approach, the book provides an empirical analysis of one of Spain's most intractable political problems during a decisive period of Spanish history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40280/cover/9780521040280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minangkabau Social Formations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indonesian Peasants and the World-Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kahn, Joel S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this anthropological investigation of the nature of an underdeveloped peasant economy, Joel S. Kahn attempts to develop the insights generated by Marxist theorists, by means of a concrete case study of a peasant village in the Indonesian province of West Sumatra. He accounts for the specific features of this regional economy, and, at the same time, examines the implications for it of the centuries-old European domination of Indonesia. The most striking feature of the Minangkabau economy is the predominance of petty commodity relations in agriculture, handicrafts and the local network of distribution. Dr Kahn illustrates this with material on local economic organization, which he collected in the field in the highland village of Sungai Puar, the site of a blacksmithing industry, and with published and unpublished data from other parts of Indonesia. Dr Kahn's book is unusual for its combination of a theoretical analysis of underdevelopment with a detailed regional study. It will appeal to those interested in South-east Asian studies, in development, and in neo-Marxist approaches in anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40297/cover/9780521040297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Traders Without Trade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responses to Change in Two Dyula Communities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Launay, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The word dyula means 'trader' in the Manding language. It is also the name of certain Manding-speaking ethnic minorities in parts of northern Ivory Coast, who, for centuries before the advent of colonial rule, enjoyed a virtual trading monopoly over the local region. In the first part of this book Robert Launay describes two Dyula communities prior to the twentieth-century colonial period: he discusses the regional symbiosis between Dyula traders and Senufo farmers; the organization of Dyula activity; and the division of the communities into relatively small clan wards with high rates of in-marriage. The second part examines the ways in which both communities have adapted to the recent loss of their trading monopoly, and the strategies they have employed, such as emigration, the assimilation of Western education and the adoption of new occupations, to carve out a new economic niche for themselves. As an account of the incorporation of 'traditional' community into a modern town, the book will be of interest to anthropologists and others concerned with development and modernisation in Africa and the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40310/cover/9780521040310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Exchange in the Andes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmann, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For centuries Andean civilization and ecology has afforded a special fascination for European travellers and officials. In this volume, eight writers - anthropologists, economists and historians working in Bolivia, Britain, France, Ireland and Peru - describe and analyse aspects of rural society in various Andean regions. They focus on the impact of capitalist development on both the peasant economy and the landed elite in the Andes and the ways in which that impact has been shaped by a specific Andean culture and a characteristic Andean ecology and climate. Their discussion of Andean specificity centres on the notion of verticality, first developed by John Murra to describe political and economic adaptation to climatic variation in the Andean eco-system. The volume represents a substantial contribution to our understanding of Andean rural society and the nature of the Latin American peasantry and peasant economy. It will appeal to all those interested in economic anthropology, Latin America, peasant studies and the capitalist world-economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40341/cover/9780521040341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power, Prayer and Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Jola of Casamance, Senegal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linares, Olga F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Jola (Diola) are intensive wet-rice cultivators in the Lower Casamance region of Senegal. In this study, the author examines the reasons behind startling contrasts in the organization of agricultural tasks among three Jola communities located within a 45-kilometre radius from Ziguinchor. In Sambujat, situated in the non-Islamisized region south of the river, wet rice is a monocrop cultivated by both men and women. In Jipalom, in the Kajamutay region north of the river, Islam and cash cropping have been adopted; and in Fatiya, in the so-called 'Mandingized' region of the Kalunay, social relations have become hierarchical and this has had profound effects on the cropping system and on the division of labour. The author examines the shift of power relations over time, and their effects on the way in which production has been organized by age and gender, kin and class. Larger issues dealt with are Islamization, women's labour and the introduction of cash cropping. A concluding section places the history of Jola labour relations within the context of the political economy of Senegal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40358/cover/9780521040358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Property in Morocco</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Changing Relation to the Process of Social Stratification in the Middle Atlas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maher, Vanessa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the effects of 'modernization' on the social and economic world of women in Morocco. Vanessa Maher suggests that three systems of social stratification modify one another: a system of classes based on relation to the means of production; a system of estates, differentiated by inherited status; and a system of segmentary tribal groups, based on territorial rights. Although all Moroccans use all these systems on different occasions it is the women who, faced with their own exclusion from wage-earning, along with the instability of marriage and the inadequacy of most family incomes, respond by perpetually reconstituting the groups on which they must depend, those based on territorial rights and putative kinship. By observing these social networks, Maher has been able to identify part of what inhibits the development of class consciousness, and what favours a clientistic political structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40419/cover/9780521040419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land, Late Marriage, and Bastardy, 1870-1978</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Brian Juan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The traditional image of northern Iberian mountain settlements is that they are largely egalitarian, homogeneous, and survivals of archaic forms of 'agrarian collectivism'. In this book, based both on extensive fieldwork and detailed study of local records, Brian Juan O'Neill offers a different perspective, questioning prevailing views on both empirical as well as theoretical and methodological grounds. Through a detailed examination of three major areas of social life - land tenure, cooperative labour exchanges, and marriage and inheritance practices - in one particular hamlet, the author demonstrates the predominance of forms of institutionalized economic inequality and social differentiation within the peasantry. Situating the local study within a wider European and Mediterranean ethnographic and geographical framework, O'Neill offers a refreshing and challenging way of combining the research methods of anthropology with those of social and economic history. His book will appeal to anthropologists, historians, sociologists, geographers and demographers interested in the present and past social structure of European village communities, as well as to those concerned with the growing links between anthropology and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40426/cover/9780521040426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Native Lords of Quito in the Age of the Incas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of North Andean Chiefdoms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salomon, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the time of Columbus, the people of Ecuador's tropical highlands had created small but remarkably complex and interlinked political societies. These small societies for many years proved able to fight off the overwhelming might of the Inca state. But around 1500 they fell to Inca invaders who, in turn, soon lost their dominion to Spanish warlords. Frank Salomon draws on large stores of sources to reconstruct the political and economic institutions of pre-Inca societies. Their structure before and during the Inca interlude reveals diversity in the Andean world. Salomon provides remarkable insight into the functioning of these 'chiefdoms', emphasizing their importance for the understanding of rank, inequality, privilege and central power in stateless societies. He also contributes to our understanding of expansion, colonization, and the adaptive relationships between indigenous and imposed regimes in a context of precapitalist statecraft.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40495/cover/9780521040495.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People of the Zongo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformation of Ethnic Identities in Ghana</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schildkrout, Enid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Schildkrout probes questions of ethnicity, religion, cultural change and the African national identity in this study of the immigrant community of Kumasi, Ghana's second largest city. She compares first- and second-generation immigrants - those born in their rural homelands, and those born in Ghana - in terms of their orientation to politics, to kinship, and to community participation. The author explores the meaning of ethnic identity for rural- and urban-born immigrants, and establishes certain generalizations about ethnicity based on these comparisons. The book discusses the issues of migration, particularly interregional migration; the position of the 'stranger'; questions of cultural change in modern Africa; the 'generational gap' in the African context; the questions of citizenship and national identity in Africa today, and the emergence of new identities, regional, national and religious. This book has importance not only as a local case study that gives a full description of West African urban life, but also as a theoretical reconsideration of ethnicity that has application outside the African context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40532/cover/9780521040532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104054X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052104054X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Later Greek and Early Medieval Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>726</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Surveys philosophy from the neo-Platonists to St. Anselm, showing how Greek philosophy took the form in which it was known to its cultural inheritors and how they interpreted it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40549/cover/9780521040549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifteen Generations of Bretons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kinship and Society in Lower Brittany, 1720-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segalen, Martine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underwood, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Bigouden region in south-west Brittany may appear to be extremely 'traditional', but over the centuries it has witnessed much social and economic change, with the introduction of commercial fishing and a canning industry in the 1880s and, more recently, the development of tourism and restructuring of agriculture. Following a community of Breton peasants over fifteen generations, Martine Segalen traces the effects of these economic changes on family life and analyses the strategies of marriage alliance and inheritance which were used to shore up social hierarchies. She thus reveals the importance of kinship networks in social intercourse, both today and in the past. The value of Dr Segalen's study lies both in the cage material, which is of interest for what it reveals about the social history of the French peasantry and peasants in general, and, more particularly, in the methodology she applies which combines anthropological, historical and demographic approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40556/cover/9780521040556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inequality Among Brothers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class and Kinship in South China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Rubie S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using historical documents and evidence gathered in the field, Rubie Watson provides a social history of the 600-year-old Chinese lineage village of Ha Tsuen in the New Territories of Hong Kong, and demonstrates the crucial role that the lineage played in the evolution of the community from a few scattered households in the fourteenth century into a regional power from the 1700s onwards. Despite a patrilineal ideology that extols the virtues of brotherhood and equality, Dr Watson shows that the lineage has in fact played a central role in the formation, development and maintenance of an &#233;lite class of landlords and merchants, who, even though their economic importance has now declined, continue to exert political control. Dr Watson examines the dynamics of interclass relations within a single lineage and shows how these relations have been transformed as a consequence of the growth of wage labour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40587/cover/9780521040587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Organization of Unyamwezi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrahams, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed study of the political organization in an important area of Tanzania shortly before Independence. Unyamwezi covers 35,000 square miles and has a population of 400,000. Dr Abrahams outlines the social and economic framework and examines the origins of the modern political system. He then discusses the internal organization of Nyamwezi chiefdoms and villages and the emergence of national politics. The theoretical and comparative implications of the study, which is based on extensive field work in the area, are also considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40594/cover/9780521040594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buddhist Monk, Buddhist Layman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Urban Monastic Organization in Central Thailand</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bunnag, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most anthropological and sociological studies of Buddhism have concentrated on village and rural Buddhism. This is a systematic anthropological study of monastic organization and monk-layman interaction in a purely urban context in the countries where Theravada Buddhism is practised, namely, Burma, Cambodia, Ceylon, Laos and Thailand. The material presented is based on fieldwork carried out in Ayutthaya, Central Thailand. Dr Bunnag describes and analyses the socio-economic and ritual relations existing between the monk and the lay community, and she demonstrates the way in which the role of the monk is used by some men, wittingly or otherwise, as a social stepping-stone, in that for the son of a farmer a period in the monkhood can provide the education and contacts necessary to facilitate his assimilation into the urban lay community at a social and economic level which would otherwise have been impossible. Finally, Dr Bunnag places the material presented in a broader theoretical context by reviewing it in relation to anthropological discussions concerning the nature of Thai society as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40648/cover/9780521040648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elite Politics in Rural India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Stratification and Political Alliances in Western Maharashtra</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Anthony T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the system of political stratification and the pattern of political alliances in rural Western Maharashtra. Based on fieldwork in a large village, a nearby market town and taluka headquarters, and political institutions in the surrounding countryside, the first half of the book is a full examination of the phenomenon of regional dominance originally described by Adrian Mayer. The second part is a detailed study of the pattern of political alliances from village to district level. Dr Carter's central concern is with the manner in which the pattern of political alliances is shaped by political stratification. Tracing the relationships between these alliances and such factors as political stratification, political arenas, caste, class, and kinship, Dr Carter demonstrates that much Indian political behaviour which has been regarded as irrational or as a sign of an immature, tradition-bound and unstable system may be understood more usefully as a rational response to the conditions of political action in rural India.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40693/cover/9780521040693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Marry Her?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society and Symbolic Structures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Heusch, Luc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays on the themes of social organization, kinship and religion provides an excellent guide for English-speaking scholars to the understanding of French structuralist thought. In his introduction Luc de Heusch, a distinguished Belgian anthropologist, recalls his first contact with colonial Africa in the Belgian Congo in 1953-4. In Part I, conscious of the difference between French anthropology and the British tradition, he pursues a friendly dialogue with Mary Douglas, enters into a polemic with Rodney Needham concerning kinship structures, and discusses structural change with Edmund Leach. In Part II the author is concerned with the magico-religious field and proposes an original theory of symbolic systems elaborated round the trance. Upon publication, this was the first time that Luc de Heusch's important book Pourquoi l'&#233;pouser? (Editions Gallimard, 1971) had appeared in English. The theoretical essays it contains were revised by the author and a further essay was added, together with a new introduction and addenda in the form of theoretical discussions of two of the illustrative case studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40723/cover/9780521040723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spirits of Protest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spirit-Mediums and the Articulation of Consensus among the Zezuru of Southern Rhodesia (Zimbabwe)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fry, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, Peter Fry describes and analyses spirit-mediumship amongst a community of Zezuru people living near Salisbury in Southern Rhodesia (Zimbabwe). He examines the belief system which underpins spirit-mediumship and the basis of the mediums' authority. He pays special attention to the way in which religious beliefs are used politically in specific social situations ranging from village disputes to issues of national importance. Instead of portraying the spirits and their mediums as a fixed and stable hierarchy, Peter Fry stresses the dynamics of a religious system which changes over time in relation to changing external factors and to the ability of individual competing mediums to build up followings by responding to and moulding consensus. The book makes comparisons between the religious systems of the Zezuru and the Valley Korekore, both subgroups of Shona-speaking peoples, and concludes by discussing the role of Zezuru mediums in the context of the confrontation between black and white nationalisms. The spirit-mediums, opposed structurally to the white mission churches, are seen as vehicles of black cultural nationalism in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40754/cover/9780521040754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Casting out Anger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion among the Taita of Kenya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Grace Gredys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This account of an East African religion as it was during the 1950s discusses a variety of issues in the study of religion, within the context of case materials and other field data. The Taita people of southern Kenya called their religion Butasi after its central act which combined utterance with spraying-out of liquid from the mouth. Taking up the central theme of mystical anger, Dr Harris explores the social and cultural aspects of doctrines and rituals. She shows that the interpretation and shaping of the experience of misfortune occurred in religious interaction: between living humans having mystical attributes, and between them and person-like mystical agencies. Many of the concepts, practices, themes and elements discussed have been reported for other African religions, often with little comment or analysis. Here they are brought together, explored, and related to one another. The result is a many-sided, yet integrated picture of a single religion. Presented in clear and non-technical language, the study serves to illuminate many religions throughout the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40846/cover/9780521040846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104085X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Majangir</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Society of a Southwest Ethiopian People</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stauder, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Majangir live on the thickly forested slopes of the south-western edge of the Ethiopian plateau, between the Anuak of the plains and the Galla of the highlands. Their way of life is markedly different from that of their neighbours, and is well adapted to their habitat. They are agriculturalists and the structure of their society is loose and simple. They have no political leaders, the only individuals of any authority being ritual leaders whose influence is restricted. Domestic groups tend to farm plots adjacent to those of friends or kin, but the settlements remain small and constantly change in composition (as well as in location). In addition to farming, in which the men and women share the work, the men make occasional hunting and fishing trips, as well as spending quite a considerable amount of time tending and making bee hives. Dr Stauder examines the various social and spatial groupings of Majang society and demonstrates the intimate ecological relationship between these groupings and the system of slash and burn cultivation practised by the Majangir.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40853/cover/9780521040853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quiet Days in Burgundy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Local Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ab&#233;l&#232;s, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Annella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ethnographic study of political life in the department of the Yonne, in the Burgundy region, explores a still richly Balzacian provincial world. The author, a French anthropologist, has extensive field experience in Ethiopia. Deploying the insights and methods of social anthropology by drawing on local history, interviews and participant observation, Ab&#233;l&#232;s describes politicians at every level, from municipal officers to Members of Parliament and Ministers. He provides a clear picture of the process of 'decentralization' initiated by the Socialist government in 1982, and undermines the simplistic notion of 'centralist France'. This book, which develops a fresh perspective on political life in France, past and present, illustrates more generally an exciting approach to modern political phenomena, from the point of view of anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40877/cover/9780521040877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521040906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521040907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chinese Ritual and Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521040907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahern, Emily Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a result of the strength and dominance of the centralized state, ritual action in China often takes its logic from political action. In this book Emily Ahern explores the implications of this. She argues that forms of control attempted ritually on non-human persons (gods and other spirits) in China parallel those forms of control which people regard as effective in ordinary life, namely political control, and draws important conclusions from this. She shows that in China it is possible to discard terms such as 'magic', which imply that acts directed to spirits operate on a different basis from acts in ordinary life. She also challenges claims in anthropology that, since they seem arbitrary and the actions of participants in them highly predictable, rituals support established authority. Her book will be of interest not only to specialists in Chinese studies, but to social anthropologists and others interested in the link between ritual and political processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/40907/cover/9780521040907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logic of Concept Expansion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buzaglo, Meir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The operation of developing a concept is a common procedure in mathematics and in natural science, but has traditionally seemed much less possible to philosophers and, especially, logicians. Meir Buzaglo's innovative study proposes a way of expanding logic to include the stretching of concepts, while modifying the principles which block this possibility. He offers stimulating discussions of the idea of conceptual expansion as a normative process, and of the relation of conceptual expansion to truth, meaning, reference, ontology and paradox, and analyzes the views of Kant, Wittgenstein, Godel, and others, paying especially close attention to Frege. His book will be of interest to a wide range of readers, from philosophers (of logic, mathematics, language, and science) to logicians, mathematicians, linguists, and cognitive scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/07623/cover/9780521807623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Otto Neurath</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophy between Science and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cartwright, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cat, Jordi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fleck, Lola</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uebel, Thomas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An international team of four authors, led by distinguished philosopher of science, Nancy Cartwright, and leading scholar of the Vienna Circle, Thomas E. Uebel, have produced this lucid and elegant study of a much-neglected figure. The book, which depicts Neurath's science in the political, economic and intellectual milieu in which it was practised, is divided into three sections: Neurath's biographical background and the socio-political context of his economic ideas; the development of his theory of science; and his legacy as illustrated by his contemporaneous involvement in academic and political debates. Coinciding with the renewal of interest in logical positivism, this is a timely publication which will redress a current imbalance in the history and philosophy of science, as well as making a major contribution to our understanding of the intellectual life of Austro-Germany in the inter-war years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41119/cover/9780521041119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euripidean Polemic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Trojan Women and the Function of Tragedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croally, Neil T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book offers an interpretation of Euripides' The Trojan Women which issues from the argument that the function of Greek tragedy was to educate. The author demonstrates that the play performs its function by examining Athenian ideology. By making the didactic function of tragedy the basis of  interpretation, he is able to offer a coherent view of a number of long-standing problems in Euripidean criticism, for instance, the relation of Euripides to the Sophists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41126/cover/9780521041126.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quisling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Treachery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahl, Hans Fredrik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton-Ife, Anne-Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The word 'Quisling' is used all over the world as a synonym for 'traitor' or 'treachery'. The original Vidkun Quisling (1887-1945) was a gifted Norwegian army officer who earned notoriety when he sided with the Nazis on the first day of Norway's entry into the Second World War. Quisling's coup d'&#233;tat in Oslo on 9 April 1940 was immediately denounced as an act of arch-treason, and even Churchill spoke of 'the vile race of Quislings'. Hans Fredrik Dahl's biography makes use of a complete range of source material from Nordic, German, Italian and Russian archives, and of family archives now in the USA. He traces Quisling's ultimately futile career from his earlier internationalist career as a diplomat and businessman to the drama of his trial and execution for high treason in 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41157/cover/9780521041157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521041171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Homogeneous Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a reissue of Professor Batchelor's text on the theory of turbulent  motion, which was first published by Cambridge Unviersity Press in 1953. It continues to be widely referred to in the professional literature of fluid mechanics, but has not been available for several years. This classic account includes an introduction to the study of homogeneous turbulence, including its mathematic representation and kinematics. Linear problems, such as the randomly-perturbed harmonic oscillator and turbulent flow through a wire gauze, are then treated. The author also presents the general dynamics of decay, universal equilibrium theory, and the decay of energy-containing eddies. There is a renewed interest in turbulent motion, which finds applications in atmospheric physics, fluid mechanics, astrophysics, and planetary science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41171/cover/9780521041171.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Policy and Interdependence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from the Pacific Basin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glick, Reuven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchison, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why countries choose different exchange rate arrangements and how these arrangements affect domestic monetary policy control and macroeconomic stability are questions of substantial interest to policy makers and researchers alike. The countries of the Pacific Basin region offer a wide variety of examples for the comparative study of the implications of different exchange rate arrangements. The essays in this volume examine the degree of financial interdependence and the conduct of exchange rate and monetary policy among Pacific Basin countries. The essays address four broad issues:  one, the degree of regional financial market integration in the Pacific Basin, two, the implications of choosing different exchange rate regimes for domestic macroeconomic stability, three, the effect of exchange rate intervention policy on the conduct of domestic monetary policy, and four, the prospects for a yen currency bloc. Some of the essays focus on the national experience of specific countries in the Pacific Basin; others adopt a cross-country comparison approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41232/cover/9780521041232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and the Italian Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Renaissance to the Present Day</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#252;nsberg, Maggie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maggie G&#252;nsberg explores the intersection between gender portrayal and other social categories of class, age and the family in the Italian theatre from the Renaissance to the present day. She examines the developing relationship between patriarchal strategies and the formal properties of the dramatic genre such as plot, comedy and realism. She also considers conventions specific to drama in performance, including images of both femininity and masculinity. An interdisciplinary approach, drawing on semiotics, psychoanalysis, philosophy, theories of spectatorship and dramatic theory from a feminist perspective, informs G&#252;nsberg's critique of landmarks in Italian theatrical history, including work by Machiavelli, Ariosto, Goldoni, D'Annunzio and Pirandello. The book concludes with a chapter on the plays of Franca Rame, assessing the impact of this important figure on contemporary Italian theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41294/cover/9780521041294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberation from Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Personal Autonomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berofsky, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed, sophisticated and comprehensive treatment of autonomy. Moreover it argues for a quite different conception of autonomy from that found in the philosophical literature. Professor Berofsky claims that the idea of autonomy originating in the self is a seductive but ultimately illusory one. The only serious way of approaching the subject is to pay due attention to psychology, and to view autonomy as the liberation from the disabling effects of physiological and psychological afflictions. A sustained critique of concepts such as moral autonomy, self-realisation, ideal autonomy, and identification is offered. The author replaces these with an alternative model that reveals how spontaneity, vitality and competence enable human beings to act in the real world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41331/cover/9780521041331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Study of Daphnis and Chloe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a serious modern literary treatment of perhaps the best known of all surviving works of ancient Greek fiction. Dr Hunter demonstrates the sophistication of this pastoral romance, a sophistication which he maintains has often been assumed but never properly discussed. Evidence for the identity of the author and the date of composition are also considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41379/cover/9780521041379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hollywood's Overseas Campaign</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The North Atlantic Movie Trade, 1920-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A history of how the American film industry succeeded in dominating the film markets of Canada and Great Britain in the period 1920-1950, this book shows how well-organised and effective the American industry was overseas. It addresses Hollywood operations in Canada and various unsuccessful official attempts to curb them, and in Great Britain where legislation was enacted to control them, achieving some but by no means complete success. The study deals with the complexity of the situation in the United States, where the film industry coped with internal divisions, hostile pressure groups, and ambivalent administrations and shows that the secret of success is in the mastery of organization and supply.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41430/cover/9780521041430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children and the Movies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Media Influence and the Payne Fund Controversy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jowett, Garth S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, Ian C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, Kathryn H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of the first and most comprehensive study of the influence of movies on American youth, the Payne Fund Studies. First published in 1933, these studies are intrinsically important for their insights and conclusions regarding the effects of movies on behaviour. They are, moreover, also an important landmark of modern social science research, demonstrating the rapid evolution of this discipline in American academic institutions over the first three decades of the century. Based on more recently discovered primary sources, whose contents are published here for the first time, this volume also reproduces the long-missing first Payne Fund study in its entirety.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41454/cover/9780521041454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reformist Apocalypticism and Piers Plowman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerby-Fulton, Kathryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the need for scholarly attention to the field of alternative, non-Augustinian apocalypticism and its implications for the study of Piers Plowman. Kathryn Kerby-Fulton discusses the major prophets and visionaries of such alternative traditions, who are characterised by their denunciation of clerical abuses, the urging of religious reform, and an ultimate historical optimism. Her book offers a proposal for the importance of such traditions, particularly as represented in the writings of Hildegard of Bingen, to the understanding of Langland's visionary mode and reformist ideology. Dr Kerby-Fulton also explores the relevance of the prophetic mentality fostered by Joachite thought, and the reactionary response which it triggered in antimendicant eschatology. Above all, this book provides a stimulating challenge to assumptions that Langland's views of the course and end of history are wholly conventional, or easily explained by Augustinian eschatology. The outcome of this study of contexts for Piers Plowman suggests that Langland's position in relation to different apocalyptic traditions was at once more sophisticated and more original than scholars have hitherto realised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41461/cover/9780521041461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104149X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Objectivity in Law and Morals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiter, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seven original essays included in this volume, written by some of the world's most distinguished moral and legal philosophers, offer a sophisticated perspective on issues about the objectivity of legal interpretation and judicial decision-making. They examine objectivity from both metaphysical and epistemological perspectives and develop a variety of approaches, constructive and critical, to the fundamental problems of objectivity in morality. One of the key issues explored is that of the alleged 'domain-specificity' of conceptions of objectivity, i.e. whether there is a conception of objectivity appropriate for ethics that is different in kind from the conception of objectivity appropriate for other areas of study. This volume considers the intersection between objectivity in ethics and objectivity in law. It presents a survey of live issues in metaethics, and examines their relevance to theorizing about law and adjudication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41492/cover/9780521041492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Quine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonardi, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Santambrogio, Marco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quine is one of the most influential of contemporary philosophers, whose work has ranged broadly across a great number of topics and issues in a career spanning some fifty years. In this collection a group of distinguished philosophers offer a sustained critical evaluation of the full range of Quine's writings. Amongst the topics addressed are interpretation, epistemology, ontology, modality, and mathematical truth. This collection will certainly influence all future discussion of Quine. The contributors include: George Boolos, H-N. Castaneda, Donald Davidson, Umberto Eco, Dagfinn Follesdal, James Higginbotham, Charles Parsons, Hilary Putnam, Barry Stroud, and Bas van Fraassen. However, Quine is given the last word, responding to the essays in the final contribution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41515/cover/9780521041515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104166X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Assessment and Diagnosis of Personality Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The ICD-10 International Personality Disorder Examination (IPDE)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loranger, Armand W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janca, Aleksandar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sartorius, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The diagnosis and assessment of personality disorders has lagged considerably behind that of most other mental disorders. However, the IPDE is an instrument which is compatible, through two modules, with both ICD-10 and DSM-IV criteria. In the form of a semi-structured clinical interview, it provides a means of measuring major categories of personality disorders which have been previously ignored. It is also unique in that it seeks to secure reliable and uniform diagnosis which is both internationally and cross-culturally acceptable. Written by leading international authorities, this volume forms an invaluable reference manual to the IPDE instrument and its development. Its first section includes an overview of the worldwide field trials of the interview and aspects of epidemiology which affect the current status of diagnosis and assessment research. The second section detailing the full interview schedule and scoring system for the instrument will further facilitate its use by both clinician and researcher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41669/cover/9780521041669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hormones, Gender and the Aging Brain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Endocrine Basis of Geriatric Psychiatry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, Mary F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The significance of hormone action in psychiatry has been long studied, now including the psychiatric effects of hormones on the aging process. This clinical reference addresses the hormonal basis of mental disorders in older people. Hormones influence a wide range of states and conditions, from pain tolerance and anorexia to attention, mood, immunity, cardiovascular and cognitive function, schizophrenia and Alzheimer's disease. Written by an eminent team of psychiatrists, psychologists, geriatricians and neuropharmacologists, this book brings together established information and findings in four sections: &#8226; An overview of the basic science of neurosteroids &#8226; Sex difference and the roles that cortisol, thyroid hormone, and the sex steroids estrogen, progesterone, dehydroepiandrosterone and testosterone play in common mental disorders and pain sensitivity &#8226; Psychoneuroimmunology in relation to age &#8226; Sex differences and hormones in psychotropic drug metabolism in the elderly</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/53046/cover/9780521653046.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert South (1634-1716)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to his Life and Sermons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reedy, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert South (1634-1716) was one of the great Anglican writers and preachers of his age. A contemporary of Dryden and Locke, he faced the profound political and philosophical changes taking place at the beginning of the Enlightenment in England. With the interdependence of Church and State forcing a conjunction of religious and political issues, South's life and work as a preacher show him reacting to changes in civil and ecclesiastical polity over the course of his active public life. Gerard Reedy's book, the first major study of South, makes a strong case for the importance of his sermons, their complexity, beauty and wit, and their place in the history of post-Restoration English literature. Discussing sermons of South which deal with his theory of politics, language, the sacrament and mystery, Reedy reintroduces us to a lively and seminal master of prose, politics and theology in the late Stuart era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41768/cover/9780521041768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nuclear Peninsula</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zonabend, Fran&#231;oise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A quiet French country district is the site of a nuclear waste-processing plant. Francoise Zonabend describes the ways in which those working in the plant, and living nearby, come to terms with the risks in their daily lives. She provides a superb sociology of the nuclear work-place, with its divisions and hierarchies, and explains the often unexpected responses of the workers to the fear of radiation and contamination. The work is described euphemistically in terms of women's tasks - cleaning, cooking, preparing a soup - but the male workers subvert this language to create a more satisfying self-image. They divide workers into the cautious ('rentiers') and the bold ('kamikazes') who relish danger. By analysing work practices and the language of the work-place, the author shows how workers and locals can recognise the possibility of nuclear catastrophe while, at the same time, denying that it could ever happen to them. This is a major contribution to the anthropology of modern life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41799/cover/9780521041799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microhardness of Polymers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balt&#225; Calleja, F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fakirov, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the micromechanical characterization of polymer materials. Particular attention is given to microhardness as a technique capable of detecting a variety of  morphological and textural changes in polymers. A comprehensive introduction to the microhardness of polymers is provided, including descriptions of the various testing methods in materials science and engineering. The book also includes the micromechanical study of glassy polymers and discusses the relevant aspects of microhardness of semicrystalline polymers. The volume also presents selected application examples of the microhardness technique for the characterization of polymeric materials, including the influence of polymer processing, the use in weathering tests, the characterization of modified polymer surfaces, and others. This book will be of use to graduate-level materials science students, as well as research workers in materials science, mechanical engineering and physics departments interested in the microindentation hardness of polymer materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41829/cover/9780521041829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521041953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521041959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Dearth to Plenty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Modern Revolution in Food Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521041959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaxter, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Noel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the fifty-year period from 1936-1986 the modern agricultural revolution occurred, in which, for the first time, science was properly harnessed to the improvement in agricultural productivity. The authors quantify this improvement and identify the work of scientists which was seminal to the scientific and technological advances on which the revolution was founded. The topics covered include the advances in animal nutrition (in which the late Kenneth Blaxter was an acknowledged pioneer), animal and plant breeding, soil fertility, weed, pest, and disease control, veterinary medicine, engineering (including innovations in tractor design by Harry Ferguson), and statistical measurement. In addition, this book describes how these innovations were integrated into the practical business of food production and discusses the importance of the Government in setting the scene for scientific advance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41959/cover/9780521041959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104202X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Commitment and Social Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays for Gregory Kavka</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Jules L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gregory S. Kavka (1947-1994) was a prominent and influential figure in contemporary moral and political philosophy. The essays in this volume are concerned with fundamental issues of rational commitment and social justice to which Kavka devoted his work as a philosopher. The essays take Kavka's work as a point of departure and seek to advance the respective debates. The topics include: the relationship between intention and moral action as part of which Kavka's famous 'toxin puzzle' is a focus of discussion, the nature of deterrence, the rationality of morals, contractarian ethics, and the contemporary relevance of Hobbes' political thought. Incorporating important philosophical statements of problems and fresh contributions to the ongoing debate about rational intention this volume will interest not just philosophers but also political scientists and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42024/cover/9780521042024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Object and Property</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denkel, Arda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Arda Denkel argues here that objects are nothing more than bundles of properties. From this point of view he tackles some central questions of ontology: how is an object distinct from others; how does it remain the same while it changes through time? A second contention is that properties are particular entities restricted to the objects they inhabit. The appearance that they exist generally, in a multitude of things, is due to the way we conceptualize them. Other problems dealt with include how objects bear similarities by belonging to the same kinds, and how change in them is caused. Denkel defends a thoroughgoing particularism and offers purely qualitative accounts of individuation, identity, essences and matter. Throughout, the main alternative positions are surveyed, and the relevant historical background is traced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42093/cover/9780521042093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Violence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Birth to Adulthood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denno, Deborah W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author examines criminal behaviour from birth to adulthood in a sample of nearly 1,000 subjects in order to determine the biological and sociological influences on violence. Over 100 predictors of violent behaviour found to be significant in past biological and sociological studies of crime are analysed. The results indicate that both biological and environmental factors produce strong, and independent, effects on both delinquency and adult crime and violence among both males and females. Powerful influences on violence include behavioural disorder during youth, low school achievement, hyperactivity, lead poisoning, and low levels of parental education. The results do not confirm the findings of previous studies that indicate direct relationships between delinquency and early intelligence, mental retardation, socioeconomic status, or early central nervous system dysfunction. The author concludes that many of the factors contributing to criminal and violent behaviour can be prevented because they have clear environmental origins that can be eliminated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42116/cover/9780521042116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concept of Probability in Statistical Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guttmann, Y. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Foundational issues in statistical mechanics and the more general question of how probability is to be understood in the context of physical theories are both areas that have been neglected by philosophers of physics. This book fills an important gap in the literature by providing a most systematic study of how to interpret probabilistic assertions in the context of statistical mechanics. The book explores both subjectivist and objectivist accounts of probability, and takes full measure of work in the foundations of probability theory, in statistical mechanics, and in mathematical theory. It will be of particular interest to philosophers of science, physicists and mathematicians interested in foundational issues, and also to historians of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42178/cover/9780521042178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vienna and the Fall of the Habsburg Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Total War and Everyday Life in World War I</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Healy, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maureen Healy examines the collapse of the Habsburg Empire from the perspective of everyday life in the capital city. She argues that a striking feature of  'total war' on the home front was the spread of a war mentality to the mundane sites of everyday life - streets, shops, schools, entertainment venues and apartment buildings. While Habsburg armies waged military campaigns on distant fronts, Viennese civilians (women, children, and men 'left at home') waged a protracted, socially devastating war against one another. Vienna's multi-ethnic population lived together in conditions of severe material shortage and faced near-starvation by 1917. The city fell into civilian mutiny before the state collapsed in 1918. Based on meticulous archival research, including citizens' letters to state authorities, the study offers a penetrating look at Habsburg citizenship by showing how ordinary women, men and children conceived of 'Austria' in the Empire's final years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/31246/cover/9780521831246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eastern Association in the English Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmes, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Eastern Association has an assured place in any history of the Civil War. Within the region, early in 1643, Oliver Cromwell and his 'Iron-sides' first rose to prominence; in 1644 the seven constituent countries raised the force which, at Marston Moor, tipped the military balance decisively against the king, and was to become the major component in the New Model Army in 1645. Using a wide selection of original national and local archival materials, Dr Holmes seeks to provide an explanation of the impressive performance of the Association in the war. He emphasizes the need to combine studies which have too often been regarded as autonomous fields of enquiry - of military organization, of central politics, of the local communities - to obtain a total perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42253/cover/9780521042253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Husserl and Heidegger on Human Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Pierre Keller examines the distinctive contributions, and the respective limitations, of Husserl's and Heidegger's approach to fundamental elements of human experience. He shows how their accounts of time, meaning, and personal identity are embedded in important alternative conceptions of how experience may be significant for us, and discusses both how these conceptions are related to each other and how they fit into a wider philosophical context. His sophisticated and accessible account of the phenomenological philosophy of Husserl and the existential phenomenology of Heidegger will be of wide interest to students and specialists in these areas, while analytic philosophers of mind will be interested by the detailed parallels which he draws with a number of concerns of the analytic philosophical tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42260/cover/9780521042260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Order of Nature in Aristotle's Physics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Place and the Elements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lang, Helen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book demonstrates a method for reading the texts of Aristotle by revealing a continuous line of argument running from the Physics to De Caelo. The author analyses a group of arguments that are almost always treated in isolation from one another, and reveals their elegance and coherence. She concludes by asking why these arguments remain interesting even though we now believe they are absolutely wrong and have been replaced by better ones. The book establishes the case that we must rethink our approach to Aristotle's physical science and Aristotelian texts, and as such will provoke debate and stimulate new thinking amongst philosophers, classicists, and historians of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42291/cover/9780521042291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104250X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structures and Categories for the Representation of Meaning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potts, Timothy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a way of representing the meanings of linguistic expressions which is independent of any particular language, allowing the expressions to be manipulated in accordance with rules related to their meanings which could be implemented on a computer. It begins with a survey of the contributions of linguistics, logic and computer science to the problem of representation, linking each with a particular type of formal grammar. A system of graphs is then presented, organized by scope relations in which linguistic constituents are sub-graphs whose configuration is determined by their categories. In developing this system, the author extends the notion of scope and argues that anaphoric and relative pronouns are structural signs not linguistic constituents. Certain count nouns are made the basis of this system and an account of proper names relating the count nouns, is given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42505/cover/9780521042505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran Under the Safavids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savory, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of the Safavid period (1501-1736) in Iranian history has been increasingly recognised. Iran Under the Safavids aims at providing the student and general reader, in non-technical language, with a comprehensive history of the Safavid dynasty. Professor Savory considers the origins of the Safavid family, the course of the revolutionary movement which brought it to power and the problems facing Sh&#257;h Ism&#257;'il I after the establishment of the Safavid state in 1501. He describes the development of a multi-racial society in Iran during the sixteenth century, the policies of Sh&#257;h 'Abb&#257;s I which brought the Safavid state to the height of its power and prosperity, and the reasons for its decline during the latter part of the seventeenth century and its eventual fall. As well as covering the political history of the period, the book includes chapters on the economic and social structure of the state, on intellectual and artistic life under the Safavids and on relations with Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42512/cover/9780521042512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dickens and the Daughter of the House</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schor, Hilary M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminist criticism has not been kind to Charles Dickens. The characters George Orwell referred to as 'legless angels' - Little Nell, Agnes Wickfield, Esther Summerson and others - have been conjured as evidence of Dickens' inability to create 'real' women. Critics wishing to rescue him have turned to the dark, angry women - Nancy, Lady Dedlock, Miss Wade - who disrupt the calm surface of some of Dickens' novels. In this book Hilary M. Schor argues that the role of the good daughter is interwoven with that of her angry double in Dickens' fiction, and is the centre of narrative authority in the Dickens' novel. As the good daughters must leave their father's house and enter the world of the marketplace, they transform and rewrite the stories they are empowered to tell. The daughter's uncertain legal status and her power of narrative gave Dickens a way of reading and writing his own culture differently.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42635/cover/9780521042635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice in Immigration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Warren F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an interdisciplinary study of the fundamental normative issues underpinning immigration policy. Economists, political scientists and philosophers address issues such as the proper role of the state in supporting a particular culture, the possible destabilization of the political and social life of a country through immigration, the size and distribution of economic losses and gains, and the legitimacy of discriminating against potential immigrants in favour of members of the resident population. The need for serious philosophical consideration of this subject is beyond question. This volume should advance discussion in an area of great practical as well as philosophical importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42659/cover/9780521042659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521042755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521042758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuropsychological Impairments of Short-Term Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521042758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vallar, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shallice, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work summarizes the empirical and theoretical work on impairments of short-term memory (often caused by damage in the left cerebral hemisphere) and contains chapters from virtually every scientist in Europe and North America working on the problem. The chapters present evidence from both normal and brain-damaged patients. Two neuropsychological issues are discussed in detail: first, the specific patterns of immediate memory impairment resulting from brain damage with reference to both multistore and the interactive-activation theoretical frameworks. Also considered is the relation between verbal STM and sentence comprehension disorders in patients with a defective immediate auditory memory: an area of major controversy in more recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42758/cover/9780521042758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521043409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How We Get Along</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521043403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velleman, J. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In How We Get Along, philosopher David Velleman compares our social interactions to the interactions among improvisational actors on stage. He argues that we play ourselves - not artificially but authentically, by doing what would make sense coming from us as we really are. And, like improvisational actors, we deal with one another in dual capacities: both as characters within the social drama and as players contributing to the shared performance.  In this conception of social intercourse, Velleman finds rational grounds for morality, though not a rational guarantee. He maps a middle course between skepticism and rationalism, arguing that practical reasoning is 'pro-moral' without requiring moral action. The result is what he calls a 'Kinda Kantian metaethics'. How We Get Along is the summation of Velleman's thinking to date, incorporating and unifying previous work on agency, the self, the emotions, narrative and Kantian moral theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/43403/cover/9780521043403.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521043646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolutionary Phonology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emergence of Sound Patterns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521043649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blevins, Juliette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Evolutionary Phonology is a theory of sound patterns which synthesizes results in historical linguistics, phonetics and phonological theory. In this book, Juliette Blevins explores the nature of sounds patterns and sound change in human language over the past 7000-8000 years, the time depth for which the comparative method is reasonably reliable.  This book presents an approach to the problem of how genetically unrelated languages, from families as far apart as Native American, Australian Aboriginal, Austronesian and Indo-European, can often show similar sound patterns, and also tackles the converse problem of why there are notable exceptions to most of the patterns that are often regarded as universal tendencies or constraints. It argues that in both cases, a formal model of sound change that integrates phonetic variation and patterns of misperception can account for attested sound systems without reference to markedness or naturalness within the synchronic grammar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/04288/cover/9780521804288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521043689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Text-Book of Roman Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Augustus to Justinian</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521043687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckland, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>796</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roman Law, since its earliest days of the XII Tables, to the Justinian code over one thousand years later, is arguably the most influential body of law ever developed, remaining at the core of European legal systems until the end of the eighteenth century and informing the civil law and (to a lesser extent) the common law to this day. The first edition of Peter Buckland's classic textbook on the subject was published in 1921. Professor Peter Stein's revised third edition published in 1963 updated the original so that it reflected Professor Buckland's own later thoughts on the subject until his death in 1945. This revised edition examines the law of the Empire (or classical law) and also tracks later developments, including the legislation of Justinian. It is primarily concerned with the law but historical developments are also kept in view, so as to give the student the broadest perspective on the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/43687/cover/9780521043687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521043719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521043717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521043717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bossomaier, Terry  R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the exciting field of complexity. It features in-depth coverage of important theoretical areas, including fractals, chaos, non-linear dynamics, artificial life and self-organization. It also provides overviews of complexity in several applied areas, including parallel computation, control systems, neural systems and ecosystems. Some of the properties that best characterize complex systems, including algorithmic richness, non-linearity and abundant interactions between components are examined. In this way the book draws out themes, especially the ideas of connectivity and natural computation, that reveal deep, underlying similarities between phenomena that have formerly been treated as completely distinct. The idea of natural computation is particularly rich in fresh approaches applicable to both biology and computing. Analogies such as the DNA code as life's underlying program, or organisms as automata, are very compelling. Conversely, biologically inspired ideas such as cellular automata, genetic algorithms and neural networks are at the forefront of advanced computing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/43717/cover/9780521043717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wren's 'Tracts' on Architecture and Other Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soo, Lydia M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a scholarly examination of the theoretical work of one of the most important architects of early modern Europe. Trained as a scientist, Wren applied the seventeenth-century scientific methods to his study of ancient, medieval, Renaissance and contemporary architecture. From his study of ancient buildings, he posited a new version of the origins and development of the Classical style, thereby becoming one of the first to challenge theoretical principles of architecture that had been upheld since the Renaissance. Rejecting the idea of beauty as absolute and innate, Wren formulated an empirical definition, based on visual perception and custom. His acceptance of the relativity of beauty also led him to recognize the Gothic style, then disparaged by himself and his contemporaries throughout Europe, as a legitimate one that evolved within particular cultural circumstances. This edition of Wren's writings includes accurate, annotated transcriptions of the texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44240/cover/9780521044240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narrative, Authority and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Medieval Exemplum and the Chaucerian Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scanlon, Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Little attention has been paid to the political and ideological significance of the exemplum, a brief narrative form used to illustrate a moral. Through a study of four major works in the Chaucerian tradition (The Canterbury Tales, John Gower's Confessio Amantis, Thomas Hoccleve's Regement of Princes, and Lydgate's Fall of Princes), Scanlon redefines the exemplum as a 'narrative enactment of cultural authority'. He traces its development through the two strands of the medieval Latin tradition which the Chaucerians appropriate: the sermon exemplum, and the public exemplum of the Mirrors of Princes. In so doing, he reveals how Chaucer and his successors used these two forms of exemplum to explore the differences between clerical authority and lay power, and to establish the moral and cultural authority of their emergent vernacular tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44257/cover/9780521044257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictions of Labor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>William Faulkner and the South's Long Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fictions of Labor considers William Faulkner's representation of the structural paradoxes of labour dependency in the Southern economy from the antebellum period through to the New Deal. This book seeks to link stylistic aspects of Faulkner's writing to a generative social trauma which constitutes its formal core. That trauma, Godden argues, is a labour trauma, centred on the debilitating discovery by the Southern owning class of its own production by those it subordinates. Using close textual analysis and careful historical contextualization, Richard Godden produces a persuasive account of the ways in which Faulkner's work rests on deeply submerged anxieties about the legacy of violently coercive labour relations in the American South.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44271/cover/9780521044271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family and the Law in Eighteenth-Century Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Public Conscience in the Private Sphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zomchick, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Family and the Law in Eighteenth-Century Fiction offers challenging interpretations of the public and private faces of individualism in the eighteenth-century English novel. John P. Zomchick begins by surveying the social, historical and ideological functions of law and the family in England's developing market economy. He goes on to examine in detail their part in the fortunes and misfortunes of the protagonists in Defoe's Roxana, Richardson's Clarissa, Smollett's Roderick Random, Goldsmith's The Vicar of Wakefield and Godwin's Caleb Williams. Zomchick reveals in these novels an attempt to produce a 'juridical subject': a representation of the individual identified with the principles and aims of the law, and motivated by an inherent need for affection and community fulfilled by the family. Their ambivalence towards that formulation indicates a nostalgia for less competitive social relations, and an emergent liberal critique of the law's operation in the service of society's elites.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44288/cover/9780521044288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Texts of King Lear and their Origins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blayney, Peter W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>764</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of a seventeenth-century printer and one of the books that he printed. It is an attempt to solve the problem of the relationship between the Quarto and Folio texts of King Lear, and its main purpose is to establish the bibliographical facts which are essential to a proper investigation of the 1608 Quarto text. In order to provide a context in which to assess the significance of the printing process, Peter Blayney has had to study the first two years of Okes's career in some detail. He has also paid attention to the way in which Okes's work differed from that of his predecessors in the same printing house, while investigation of proof-sheets and printers' copy has led him to examine a number of Okes's later books. Although it is primarily concerned with the printing of a single book, the present volume can therefore claim independant status as a large-scale study of a Jacobean printing house.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44318/cover/9780521044318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seneca the Elder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairweather, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A feature of Roman rhetorical education under the early empire was the dominance of the declamatio - the declamation on a mythological, historical or quasi-legal theme designed in the first place to train students for the law courts and political debating but indulged in for its own sake by amateurs as well as students and teachers of rhetoric. The elder Seneca, father of the philosopher and dramatist, compiled an anthology of the often bizarre utterances of the declaimers. Janet Fairweather's book is a detailed study of the anthologist's literary criticism. From Seneca's prefactory descriptions of declaimers and passing remarks on their work, she derives evidence for all the stages in the preparation and delivery of declamations; and from the same source, in conjunction with select declamatory extracts, she shows that rhetorical taste in Seneca's time was not so uniform as is commonly supposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44356/cover/9780521044356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algae and Human Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lembi, Carole A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waaland, J. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Algae and Human Affairs provides a comprehensive survey of the major roles of algae in present and future human life. This detailed synthesis is divided into four sections. The first reviews the natural roles of algae as sources of oxygen, organic carbon compounds, and as bases of food-chains for higher trophic levels. The second group of chapters deals with the commercial and economic value of algae to industry, energy, waste treatment and agriculture (i.e. algae as an important source of food and food additives, such as the carageenan used in dairy products). The third section discusses the detrimental, sometimes disastrous, effects of algae in the form of red-tide organisms, weeds, producers of freshwater toxins, and marine biofouling. The final section considers applications and the potential of algae to industry, in general, and, in particular, to space exploration and genetic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44400/cover/9780521044400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104443X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotle on Mind and the Senses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, G. E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, G. E. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Symposia Aristotelica were inaugurated at Oxford in 1957. They are conferences of select groups of Aristotelian scholars from the UK, USA and Europe, and are held every three years. In 1975 the meeting was held in Cambridge and was devoted to Aristotle's psychological treatises, the De anima and the Parva uaturalia. The members of the conference discussed some of the much debated problems of Aristotle's psychology and broached important new topics such as his ideas on imagination. Dr Lloyd and Professor Owen have collected and edited the papers presented to the Symposium and provided an analytical index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44431/cover/9780521044431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Book of Curves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockwood, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book opens up an important field of mathematics at an elementary level, one in which the element of aesthetic pleasure, both in the shapes of the curves and in their mathematical relationships, is dominant. This book describes methods of drawing plane curves, beginning with conic sections (parabola, ellipse and hyperbola), and going on to cycloidal curves, spirals, glissettes, pedal curves, strophoids and so on. In general, 'envelope methods' are used. There are twenty-five full-page plates and over ninety smaller diagrams in the text. The book can be used in schools, but will also be a reference for draughtsmen and mechanical engineers. As a text on advanced plane geometry it should appeal to pure mathematicians with an interest in geometry, and to students for whom Euclidean geometry is not a principal study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44448/cover/9780521044448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music from the Tang Court</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Picken, Laurence E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nickson, No&#235;l J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings to an end the transcription and historical description of items from the Court Entertainment Music of the Tang found in two collections of zither and lute scores from the end of the twelfth century. They are from two mode-key groups: twenty-three in the mode-key Ichikotsu-cho and eight in Sada-cho. Of particular interest is a tune that fits a birthplace-ode by the Taizong Emperor, composed in 632, and also music for a collective spear-throwing exercise and a piece perhaps imitating calls between sexual partners in a flock of geese. Important appendices discuss stylistic differences between music of the Tang and imitative Japanese compositions; relationships between Tang compositions with noble and military associations; and evidence of inter-relatedness between movements in suites from the Tang.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44523/cover/9780521044523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Piers Plowman and the New Anticlericalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scase, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The medieval English poem Piers Plowman is noted for its attacks on the clergy. The later fourteenth century, when the poem was written, is often thought of as an anticlerical age. This book is an extended investigation of the anticlericalism of the poem. Dr Scase challenges the usual assumption that long-established anticlerical traditions continued unchanged in the conflicts of this period. She describes and analyses important but little-known medieval polemics and satires (many of them only available in manuscript), tracing the emergence of a distinctive 'new anticlericalism' which entailed nothing less than the making of a new anticlerical literature. With the writing of Piers Plowman, she argues, this literary challenge was accepted. Always referring closely to the contemporary controversies, and with constant attention to the detail of the text, she reveals the significance of the poem's anticlericalism. Informative and rigorously argued, this book is intended to convince literary critics and historians alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44547/cover/9780521044547.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arguments of Augustan Wit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sitter, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comic and satiric literature from the 1670s to the 1740s is characterized by the allusive and elusive word play of Augustan wit. The arguments of Augustan wit reveal preoccupations with the metaphorical dimension of language so distrusted by Locke and others who saw it as fundamentally opposed to the rational mode of judgement. John Sitter makes a challenging claim for the importance of wit in the writings of Dryden, Rochester, Prior, Berkeley, Gay, Pope and Swift, as an analytic mode as well as one of stylistic sophistication. He argues that wit - often regarded by modern critics as a quaint category of verbal cleverness - in fact offers to literary theory a legacy corrective of Romantic and neo-Romantic idealizations of imagination. This study aims at once to emphasize the historical specificity of Augustan writing, and to bring its arguments into dialogue with those of our time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44554/cover/9780521044554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104457X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lord Salisbury on Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A selection from his articles in the Quarterly Review, 1860-1883</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leader of the Conservative party for seventeen years and prime minister for fourteen, the third Marquis of Salisbury was one of the most successful political practitioners of modern times, as well as a major international statesman. Yet he was also a prolific and pungent writer on politics. The large body of journalism which he produced during the first thirty years of his career enables us to examine in detail the views on politics and society which underlay his practical action. While his brand of Conservatism was conventional in its conclusions, it was distinguished by the highly sceptical and utilitarian mode of reasoning through which it sought to reach them, and by its insistence on a crudely conceived class struggle as the driving force of history and politics. Its central theme was hostility to 'democracy'; and when, after 1867, 'democracy' seemed to have arrived, it questioned how far the system of parliamentary government could work tolerably under the new dispensation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44578/cover/9780521044578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commercial Crisis and Change in England 1600-1642</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Instability of a Mercantile Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Supple, B. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A classic study of the development and changing fortunes of commerce in seventeenth-century England. Barry Supple explores the causes and consequences of the economic crises in the forty years prior to the Civil War through the lenses of economic thought and policy as well as monetary, industrial and commercial questions. He examines England's place in the international economy and the inter-relationship between internal instability and long-term economic development. He argues that England's relationships with economies of other lands had a crucial role to play in her own internal prosperity. By looking to external factors - political and economic events abroad, currency instabilities, harvest fluctuations - the author explains the more important dislocations in England's economic structure. The book significantly enhances our understanding of the structure and stability of the economy by focusing on, and comparing, periods of economic crisis, and reveals the role of commerce in the daily well-being of an economy highly vulnerable to dislocation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44592/cover/9780521044592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles, Methods and Application of Particle Size Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Syvitski, James P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of the world's surface, even under the oceans, is covered in thick deposits of sedimentary particles - gravel, sand, silt and clay. The nature of the deposits and their formation is very much dependent on the distribution of particles of different sizes. However, different instruments measure different attributes of a particle's size, based on how fast a particle settles in water, or the surface area of a particle, or its length. This book provides information on the how and why of particle size analysis in terms of understanding these sediment deposits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44615/cover/9780521044615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante and Difference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing in the 'Commedia'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambling, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an interesting approach to Dante's Divine Comedy, drawing on medieval theories of reading and understanding a text, and comparing them with modern critical theories of hermeneutics and approaches to the text associated with the work of Derrida. Dr Tambling rejects any attempt to identify a fundamental unity of thought in the poem and stresses the importance of opposition and divergence. This leads him to react against reductively 'allegorical' readings, and to ask in what way Christianity can be said to be articulated within the work. This important interpretation will be of value to all students and scholars of Dante, as well as to those whose work lies in the fields of general medieval literature, comparative literature and critical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44622/cover/9780521044622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lewis Carroll and the House of Macmillan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Morton N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gandolfo, Anita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains almost all the letters that Charles Dodgson (alias Lewis Carroll) wrote to his publisher during a professional relationship that spanned the last thirty-five years of the Victorian era, a time when the reading public expanded a hundredfold, when the techniques of mass book production were being shaped, and when laws governing copyright and bookselling were first forged in the English-speaking world. Dodgson's correspondence touched critically on all these issues, and is a fascinating record of the contemporary evolution of publishing as well as of the production and distribution of his own immensely popular children's books and other works. At the same time it charts the growth of the House of Macmillan from modest beginnings to its status as a leading publisher. Professor Cohen and Professor Gandolfo have provided a useful introduction and explanatory notes to the letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44714/cover/9780521044714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521044839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521044837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vascular Plants of Russia and Adjacent States (the Former USSR)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521044837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Czerepanov, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a list of all the vascular plants found in the vast territory of the former USSR extending from the Barents, Baltic and Black Seas to the Pacific Ocean, from the Arctic to the almost subtropical zone in Asia. The list comprises over 22,000 species and subspecies of wild, naturalized and adventive plants relating to 1,945 genera and 216 families. The book also includes hybrid genera, the most widely distributed cultivated plants and 203 species that may be found within the territory, since they occur in neighbouring countries. This book is an enlarged and critically revised edition of the original Russian language edition, Vascular Plants of the USSR, published in 1981. This edition has taken into account the numerous changes in the composition, taxonomy and nomenclature of the vascular plants of the former USSR that have been recognized since 1980.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44837/cover/9780521044837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Putting Skeptics in their Place</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Nature of Skeptical Arguments and Their Role in Philosophical Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greco, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the nature of skeptical arguments and their role in philosophical inquiry. John Greco delineates three main theses: that a number of historically prominent skeptical arguments make no obvious mistake, and therefore cannot be easily dismissed; that the analysis of skeptical arguments is philosophically useful and important, and should therefore have a central place in the methodology of philosophy; and that taking skeptical arguments seriously requires us to adopt an externalist, reliabilist epistemology. Greco argues that the importance of skeptical arguments is methodological. It is further argued that taking skeptical arguments seriously requires us to adopt a version of 'virtue epistemology', or a theory of knowledge that makes intellectual virtue central in the analysis of knowledge. The above methodology has consequences for moral and religious epistemology; in particular, a theory of moral perception is defended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45537/cover/9780521045537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theophrastus: Characters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Theophrastus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diggle, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theophrastus' Characters is a collection of 30 short character-sketches of various types of individuals who might be met in the streets of Athens in the late fourth century BC. It is a work which had a profound influence on European literature, and this is a detailed and elaborate treatment of it. This edition presents an improved text, a translation which is designed both to be readable and to bring out fully the nuances of the very difficult Greek, and a commentary which covers every feature of the text and its interpretation and offers particularly full elucidation of the often enigmatic references to contemporary social practices and historical events. There is also a lengthy introduction, which discusses the antecedents and affiliations of the work, its date, its purpose, and the manuscript tradition. Extensive indexes are also provided, including an Index Verborum.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/39808/cover/9780521839808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main part of the third volume of Dr Whiteside's annotated and critical edition of all the known mathematical papers of Isaac Newton reproduces, from the original autograph, Newton's elaborate tract on infinite series and fluxions (the so-called Methodus Fluxionum), including a formerly unpublished appendix on geometrical fluxions. Ancillary documents include, in Part 1, papers on the integration of algebraic functions and, in Part 2, short texts dealing with geometry and simple harmonic motion in a cycloidal arc. Part 3 reproduces, from both manuscript versions of Newton's Lectiones Opticae and from his Waste Book, mathematical excerpts from his researches into light and the theory of lenses at this period. An appendix summarizes mathematical highlights in his contemporary correspondence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45810/cover/9780521045810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reproduces the texts of a number of important, yet relatively minor papers, many written during a period of Newton's life (1677-84) which has been regarded as mathematically barren except for his Lucasian lectures on algebra (which appear in Volume V). Part 1 concerns itself with his growing mastery of interpolation by finite differences, culminating in his rule for divided differences. Part 2 deals with his contemporary advances in the pure and analytical geometry of curves. Part 3 contains the extant text of two intended treatises on fluxions and infinite series: the Geometria Curvilinea (c. 1680), and his Matheseos Universalis Specimina (1684). A general introduction summarizes the sparse details of Newton's personal life during the period, one - from 1677 onwards - of almost total isolation from his contemporaries. A concluding appendix surveys highlights in his mathematical correspondence during 1674-6 with Collins, Dary, John Smith and above all Leibniz.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45834/cover/9780521045834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth volume of this definitive edition centres around Newton's Lucasian lectures on algebra, purportedly delivered during 1673-83, and subsequently prepared for publication under the title Arithmetica Universalis many years later. Dr Whiteside first reproduces the text of the lectures deposited by Newton in the Cambridge University Library about 1684. In these much reworked, not quite finished, professional lectiones, Newton builds upon his earlier studies of the fundamentals of algebra and its application to the theory and construction of equations, developing new techniques for the factorizing of algebraic quantities and the delimitation of bounds to the number and location of roots, with a wealth of worked arithmetical, geometrical, mechanical and astronomical problems. An historical introduction traces what is known of the background to the parent manuscript and assesses the subsequent impact of the edition prepared by Whiston about 1705 and the revised version published by Newton himself in 1722. A number of minor worksheets, preliminary drafts and later augmentations buttress this primary text, throwing light upon its development and the essential untrustworthiness of its imposed marginal chronology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45841/cover/9780521045841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reproduces mathematically significant extracts from the extant manuscript record of Newton's researches during 1684-5 into the dynamical motion of bodies under the deviating action of a central force, and his subsequent struggles thereby to explain the observed motions of solar comets and of the moon. The short tract De motu Corporum, which Newton initially composed on this topic in the early autumn of 1684, was primarily built around his earlier proof that in the absence of external perturbation a planetary eclipse may be traversed under an inverse-square force pull to its solar focus, but also discussed the simplest case of resisted ballistic motion. In epilogue, excerpts from his abandoned grand scheme for revising the Principia in the early 1690s detail Newton's planned refinements to his printed exposition of central force, both simplifying and extending it, introducing therein a novel general fluxional measure of such force - but failing adequately to apply it to the primary case of conic motion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45858/cover/9780521045858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521045878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diophant Approx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassels, J. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract sets out to give some idea of the basic techniques and of some of the most striking results of Diophantine approximation. A selection of theorems with complete proofs are presented, and Cassels also provides a precise introduction to each chapter, and appendices detailing what is needed from the geometry of numbers and linear algebra. Some chapters require knowledge of elements of Lebesgue theory and algebraic number theory. This is a valuable and concise text aimed at the final-year undergraduate and first-year graduate student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45872/cover/9780521045872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Newton's mathematical researches during the last five years of his stay in Cambridge before leaving in April 1696 to take up his duties at the Mint in London have three main centres of interest: methods of fluxions and series, classical pure geometry, and Cartesian analytical geometry. Part 1 reproduces Newton's advances at this time in further extending the techniques of his combined calculus of fluxions and fluent, and of expansion into infinite series. Part 2 gives publication of Newton's lengthy excursions in the early 1690s into the modes of geometrical analysis used by the 'ancient' geometers, based - by way of Commandino's Latin translation - on the account of this little understood field of the Greek 'topos analuomenos' which was given by Pappus in the prolegomenon to the seventh book of his Mathematical Collection. Part 3 gives prominence to the final text of the Enumeratio Linearum Tertii Ordinis which Newton put together in June 1695.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45896/cover/9780521045896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>776</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Newton left Cambridge in April 1696 to take up, at the age of 53, a new career at the London Mint, he did not entirely 'leave off Mathematicks' as he so often publicly declared. This last volume of his mathematical papers presents the extant record of the investigations which for one reason and another he pursued during the last quarter of his life. In January 1697 Newton was tempted to respond to two challenges issued by Johann Bernoulli to the international community of mathematicians, one the celebrated problem of identifying the brachistochrone; both he resolved within the space of an evening, producing an elegant construction of the cycloid which he identified to be the curve of fall in least time. In the autumn of 1703, the appearance of work on 'inverse fluxions' by George Cheyne similarly provoked him to prepare his own ten-year-old treatise De Quadratura Curvarum for publication, and more importantly to write a long introduction to it where he set down what became his best-known statement of the nature and purpose of his fluxional calculus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45919/cover/9780521045919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The bringing together, in an annotated and critical edition, of all the known mathematical papers of Isaac Newton marks a step forward in the publication of the works of this great natural philosopher. In all, there are eight volumes in this present edition. Translations of papers in Latin face the original text and notes are printed on the page-openings to which they refer, so far as possible. Each volume contains a short index of names only and an analytical table of contents; a comprehensive index to the complete work is included in Volume VIII. Volume I covers three exceptionally productive years: Newton's final year as an undergraduate at Trinity College, Cambridge, and the two following years, part of which were spent at his home in Lincolnshire on account of the closure of the university during an outbreak of bubonic plague.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45957/cover/9780521045957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521045967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521045964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521045964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteside, D. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoskin, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second volume of Dr Whiteside's annotated edition of all the known mathematical papers of Isaac Newton covers the period 1667-70. It is divided into three parts: Part 1 contains the first drafts of an attempted classification of cubics, together with more general studies on the properties of higher algebraic curves and researches into the 'organic' construction of curves. Part 2 comprises papers on miscellaneous researches in calculus, including the important De Analysi which introduced Newton to John Collins and others outside Cambridge; Newton's original text is here accompanied by Leibniz's excerpts and review, and by Newton's counter review. Part 3 contains Mercator's Latin translation of Kinckhuysen's introduction to algebra, with Newton's corrections and 'observations' upon it, and an account of researches into algebraic equations and their geometrical construction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/45964/cover/9780521045964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521046017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Immortal Fire Within</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life and Work of Edward Emerson Barnard</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521046015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheehan, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This full-length biography of Edward Emerson Barnard, tells the remarkable tale of endurance and achievement of one of the leading astronomers of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. As a 'man who was never known to sleep', Barnard scoured the heavens endlessly, leaving an astonishing legacy of observations - of planets, satellites, comets, double stars, bright and dark nebulae and globular clusters - that make him one of the greatest observers of all time. This book traces Barnard's life from poverty to international recognition. We are told how he grew up fatherless and in hardship during the American Civil War; that he later acquired a small telescope and discovered so many comets that, despite his lack of formal education, he won a position at the Lick Observatory, California. His success as a professional astronomer then unfolds, and we are told, in particular, how he discovered the fifth satellite of Jupiter and pioneered wide-angle photography of comets and the Milky Way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/46015/cover/9780521046015.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521046068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bruckner Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521046060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Timothy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkshaw, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bruckner Studies presents musicological and theoretical research on the life and music of Anton Bruckner. It is one of the most important English-language books on the composer since Robert Simpson's The Essence of Bruckner. The essays provide fresh biographical insights into his enigmatic personality, working procedures, and circle of students and friends; consider the fascinating history of the dissemination of his music during his lifetime and in this century, including its reception in Nazi Germany; and provide analytical perspectives on his musical style and its origins. The volume challenges the reader to reassess the man and his music in a fresh light, unencumbered by decades of special interest and propaganda which have coloured perceptions of Bruckner for more than a century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/46060/cover/9780521046060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521046289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History, Literature, and Society in the Book of Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521046282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These seminal essays introduce the reader to the interdisciplinary approach of New Testament scholarship which is affecting the way the Book of Acts is studied and interpreted. Insights from the social sciences, narratological studies, Greek and Roman rhetoric and history, and classics, set the Acts of the Apostles in its original historical, literary and social context; these methods of interpretation have not always been applied to biblical study in a systematic way. The discussions from a shared general perspective range over genre and method, historical and theological problems, and issues of literary criticism. History, Literature and Society in the Book of Acts is an interesting and valuable overview of some of the chief preoccupations of biblical studies with contributions from leading scholars in the Old and New Testaments and the history of antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95202/cover/9780521495202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521046416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Projection of Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Overseas Publicity and Propaganda 1919-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521046411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Philip M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the origins and early development of what are today loosely termed Britain's Overseas Information Services. It examines how, at the end of the First World War, the British government came to forfeit the considerable lead it had established in propaganda since 1914, and the reasons why it had gradually to re-enter the field during the inter-war years as a direct response to totalitarianism. It surveys the pioneering work of the Foreign Office News Department and its important press office, the commercial propaganda conducted by the Empire Marketing Board and the Travel Association, the foundation and rapid peacetime growth of the British Council to conduct 'cultural diplomacy', and the beginning of the BBC's World Service with the inauguration of foreign-language broadcasts in 1938.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/46411/cover/9780521046411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521046513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521046510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Germanic Isle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nazi Perceptions of Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521046510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strobl, Gerwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains Hitler's view of Britain as both Nordic ally and role model. Gerwin Strobl shows that there was a surprising level of affection for Britain and British culture among ordinary Germans, from the discourses of the 1920s to the vigorous anti-British propaganda of the war years. Despite Hitler's tactical duplicity at Munich, there is overwhelming evidence that one of the Nazis' fundamental objectives was to forge an alliance with Britain and to emulate the 'ruthlessness' of the British Empire in dealing with eastern Europe. For the German public, admiration of Britain and enjoyment of its culture were enduring factors, even during Goebbels' frequent attacks; but both the Reich leadership and ordinary Germans otherwise lacked first-hand knowledge of Britain, while independent sources were suppressed. The book includes a number of unusual and striking illustrations, most of which will be unfamiliar to modern readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/46510/cover/9780521046510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521047722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stoics on Ambiguity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521047722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atherton, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stoic work on ambiguity represents one of the most innovative, sophisticated and rigorous contributions to philosophy and the study of language in western antiquity. This book is both a comprehensive survey of the often difficult and scattered sources, and an attempt to locate Stoic material in the rich array of contexts, ancient and modern, which alone can guarantee full appreciation of its subtlety, scope and complexity. The comparisons and contrasts which this book constructs will intrigue not just classical scholars, and philosophers, but also logicians, theoretical linguists, communication theorists and historians of grammar and of literary theory.  The Stoics on Ambiguity is designed to be intelligible to readers with no Greek or Latin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/47722/cover/9780521047722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521047854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Development Policy of a Communist Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>West Bengal since 1977</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521047852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mallick, Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>West Bengal has the longest-ruling democratically elected Communist government in world history. Since 1977 the Left Front has governed a population of 68 million people and has received considerable world-wide attention as a positive example of Third World development and change. In this book, Dr Ross Mallick convincingly challenges this view of the Left Front government, arguing that it has been a failure in terms of redistributive development reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/47852/cover/9780521047852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521047919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rome's Religious History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Livy, Tacitus and Ammianus on their Gods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521047913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Jason P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the way in which three ancient historians, writing in Latin, embedded the gods into their accounts of the past. Although previous scholarship has generally portrayed these writers as somewhat dismissive of traditional Roman religion, it is argued here that Livy, Tacitus and Ammianus saw themselves as being very close to the centre of those traditions. The gods are presented as a potent historical force, and a close reading of the historians' texts easily bears out this conclusion. Their treatment of the gods is not limited to portraying the role and power of the divine in the unfolding of the past: equally prominent is the negotiation with the reader concerning what constituted a 'proper' religious system. Priests and other religious experts function as an index of the decline (or restoration) of Rome and each writer formulates a sophisticated position on the practical and social aspects of Roman religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/34827/cover/9780521834827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521047935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinematic Analysis of Robot Manipulators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521047937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, III, Carl D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffy, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A robot manipulator is a movable chain of links interconnected by joints. One end is fixed to the ground, and a hand or end effector that can move freely in space is attached at the other end. This book begins with an introduction to the subject of robot manipulators. Next, it describes in detail a forward and reverse analysis for serial robot arms. Most of the text focuses on closed form solution techniques applied to a broad range of manipulator geometries, from typical industrial robot designs (relatively simple geometries) to the most complicated case of seven general links serially connected by six revolute joints. A unique feature is its detailed analysis of 6R-P and 7R mechanisms. Case studies show how the techniques described in the book are used in real engineering applications. The book will be useful to both graduate students and engineers working in the field of robotics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/47937/cover/9780521047937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104796X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521047968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Regeneration Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Milestones in the Evolution of a Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521047968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dinsmore, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the eighteenth century the phenomenon of animal regeneration captured the attention and imagination of the era's leading naturalists and intellectuals.  Importantly, their research of the phenomenon spurred on the transition from descriptive natural history to modern experimental zoology. A History of Regeneration Research chronicles this crucial evolutionary stretch in the history of developmental biology, offering a penetrating analysis of the milestones in regeneration research. The book not only presents the leading researchers and their seminal discoveries in the field, but also brings together critical commentaries on the social context and philosophical commitments that shaded their interpretations. This strategic weaving of content with context raises the discussion above the field of regeneration research; exploring the societal influences on the perception of nature, the book sheds light on the nature of the scientific enterprise itself, and the way scientific discoveries are interpreted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotle and the Science of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Unity without Uniformity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falcon, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrea Falcon's work is guided by the exegetical ideal of recreating the mind of Aristotle and his distinctive conception of the theoretical enterprise. In this concise exploration of the significance of the celestial world for Aristotle's science of nature, Falcon investigates the source of discontinuity between celestial and sublunary natures and argues that the conviction that the natural world exhibits unity without uniformity is the ultimate reason for Aristotle's claim that the heavens are made of a special body, unique to them. This book presents Aristotle as a totally engaged, systematic investigator whose ultimate concern was to integrate his distinct investigations into a coherent interpretation of the world we live in, all the while mindful of human limitations to what can be known. Falcon reads in Aristotle the ambition of an extraordinarily curious mind and the confidence that that ambition has been largely fulfilled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/54399/cover/9780521854399.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fungal Colony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gow, N. A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robson, G. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fungi are amongst the simplest of eukaryotes. Their study has provided useful paradigms for processes that are fundamental to the way in which higher cells grow, divide, establish form and shape, and communicate with one another. The majority of work has been carried out on the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, but in nature unicellular fungi are greatly outnumbered by filamentous forms for which our knowledge is much less well developed. This volume focuses on the analysis of the filamentous life style, particularly on the hyphae which constitute the fungal mycelial colony. It provides the most recent insights into the molecular genetics and physiological mechanisms underlying the elaboration of the branching mycelium and the interactions between individual fungal mycelia. As such it offers much to interest mycologists and, equally, those working in the fields of cell biology, developmental biology, physiology and biochemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48064/cover/9780521048064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>South Indian Factory Workers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Life and their World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmstr&#246;m, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies workers in four factories in Bangalore - an industrial city of more than one and a half million people in South India - and seeks to answer questions about the situation and thinking of workers in modern capital intensive factories. It is based on case studies of Bangalore workers and their families, on statistical material from management files on workers and from other sources, and on interviews with managers and union officials. Among the principal questions considered are: who are the factory workers and what are their origins, career prospects and living conditions? Are they a privileged elite in a dual economy and what relations are there between them and people outside steady factory employment? How do the workers see their own situation, as individuals and as a class? And how do they think of a 'job' as part of a 'career' and a career as part of their lifetime, in relation to other things that matter to them?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48125/cover/9780521048125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rhetoric and Galatians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assessing an Approach to Paul's Epistle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kern, Philip H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph challenges the accepted notion that Galatians is either a sample of classical rhetoric or should be interpreted in light of Graeco-Roman rhetorical handbooks. It demonstrates that the handbooks of Aristotle, Cicero, et al. discuss a form of oratory which was limited with respect to subject, venue and style of communication, and that Galatians falls outside such boundaries. The inapplicability of ancient canons of rhetoric is reinforced by a detailed comparison of Galatians with the handbooks, a survey of patristic attitudes towards Paul's communicative technique, and interaction with twentieth-century discussions of the nature of New Testament Greek. Dr Kern concludes that rhetorical handbooks were never a tool of literary criticism and that they cannot assist the search for a distinctly Pauline rhetoric. Thus this study has implications not only for Galatians, but also for other New Testament epistles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/31174/cover/9780521631174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fungal Conservation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Issues and Solutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nauta, Marijke M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Shelley E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rotheroe, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Threats to fungi and fungal diversity throughout the world have prompted debates about whether and how fungi can be conserved. Should it be the site, or the habitat, or the host that is conserved? All of these issues are addressed in this volume, but coverage goes beyond mere debate with constructive guidance for management of nature in ways beneficial to fungi. Different parts of the world experience different problems and a range of examples are presented; from Finland in the North to Kenya in the South, and from Washington State, USA in the West to Fujian Province, China in the East. Equally wide-ranging solutions, are put forward, from voluntary agreements, through land management techniques, to primary legislation. Taken together, these provide useful suggestions about how fungi can be included in conservation projects in a range of circumstances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48187/cover/9780521048187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Separatism Among Indian Muslims</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of the United Provinces' Muslims, 1860-1923</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why some Indian Muslims under British rule should have organised politics on a communal basis is one of the most important problems in the history of the subcontinent. Insistence on a separate Muslim political identity led eventually to the foundation of Pakistan and many of the troubles which have beset the area since Independence. The separate Muslim front in Indian politics was led and supported  mainly by men from the United Provinces. The first period of effective separatist politics ended in 1923. This book examines the circumstances in which the separate Muslim front was built up and crumbled away in this period, and then analyses the different groups which at various times supported it. Dr Robinson argues that Muslim separatism was fostered by the political needs of the British, of the Muslims and of the Indian National Congress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48262/cover/9780521048262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Moral Conditions of Economic Efficiency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schultz, Walter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late eighteenth century, Adam Smith significantly shaped the modern world by claiming that when people individually pursue their own interests, they are together led towards achieving the common good. But can a population of selfish people achieve the economic common good in the absence of moral constraints on their behavior? If not, then what are the moral conditions of market interaction which lead to economically efficient outcomes of trade? Answers to these questions profoundly affect basic concepts and principles of economic theory, legal theory, moral philosophy, political theory, and even judicial decisions at the appellate level. Walter Schultz illustrates the deficiencies of theories which purport to show that markets alone can provide the basis for efficiency. He demonstrates that efficient outcomes of market interaction cannot be achieved without moral normative constraints and then goes on to specify a set of normative conditions which make these positive outcomes possible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48279/cover/9780521048279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052104832X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Speciation of Island Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuessy, Tod F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ono, Mikio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oceanic island archipelagos are profoundly interesting ecosystems in which to ask questions about evolutionary patterns and processes, and may rightly be considered as one of the best places on earth to seek an understanding of the origin and elaboration of biological diversity. This volume brings together contributions covering a range of important issues in contemporary oceanic island plant biology, focusing on patterns and processes in Pacific and other islands (with emphasis on the Bonin, Hawaiian and Juan Fernandez Islands) to provide a stimulating view of the state of research and a possible agenda for future investigations. Topics addressed include chromosomal variation, macromolecular divergence, island biogeography theory, isolating mechanisms, modes of speciation and evolution of secondary plant products, resulting in a volume which reveals the special opportunities offered by oceanic archipelagos for investigating evolutionary phenomena in vascular plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Udwadia, Firdaus E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalaba, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Constrained motion is of paramount importance in the design and analysis of mechanical systems and central to the study of analytical dynamics. The problem of constrained motion was first posed over two hundred years ago, and it has been worked on vigorously ever since. This book offers a fresh approach to the subject.  Eminently readable, it is written as an introduction to analytical dynamics, with emphasis on fundamental concepts in mechanics. The connection between generalized inverses of matrices and constrained motion is a central theme. The book begins with a description of the motion of a particle subjected to holonomic and nonholonomic constraints and presents explicit equations of motion. Examples are provided throughout the book, and carefully formulated problems at the end of each chapter reinforce the material covered. This computationally appealing approach will be useful to students in engineering and the applied sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48330/cover/9780521048330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul's Intercessory Prayers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Significance of the Intercessory Prayer Passages in the Letters of St Paul</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, Gordon P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the communal worship and private prayers of the early Christian Church, in particular the intercessory prayer passages in Paul's seven epistles. Professor Wiles is concerned to discover what these prayers reveal about Paul's ministry and his apostolic strategy. Were his assurances that he was praying continually for his readers merely polite expressions? Were his requests for their prayers sincere and serious? How did this affect his relations with the churches and his influence on them? To answer these questions the book makes a thorough analysis of the prayer passages in the light of ancient epistolary and liturgical style. It places the passages within the structure of each letter, and relates them to the dynamic situation for which each was written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48354/cover/9780521048354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeological Typology and Practical Reality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dialectical Approach to Artifact Classification and Sorting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, William Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Ernest W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Classifications are central to archaeology. Yet the theoretical literature on the subject, both in archaeology and the philosophy of science, bears very little relationship to what actually occurs in practice. This problem has long interested William Adams, a field archaeologist, and Ernest Adams, a philosopher of science, who describe their book as an ethnography of archaeological classification. It is a study of the various ways in which field archaeologists set about making and using classifications to meet a variety of practical needs. The authors first discuss how humans form concepts. They then describe and analyse in detail a specific example of an archaeological classification, and go on to consider what theoretical generalizations can be derived from the study of actual in-use classifications. Throughout the book, they stress the importance of having a clearly defined purpose and practical procedures when developing and applying classifications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48675/cover/9780521048675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>India's Exports and Export Policies in the 1960's</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nayyar, Deepak</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines India's export performance and export policies in the 1960s. The author analyses the causal factors underlying the trends in exports and evaluates the government policies which affected them. This authoritative work will be of interest to all those concerned with Indian economic problems, international trade and development economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/48798/cover/9780521048798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521048974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521048972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam in Britain, 1558-1685</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521048972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matar, Nabil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the impact of Islam on Britain between 1558 and 1685. Professor Matar provides a perspective on the transformation of British thought and society by demonstrating how influential Islam was in the formation of early modern British culture. Christian-Muslim interaction was not, as is often thought, primarily adversarial; rather, there was extensive cultural, intellectual and missionary engagement with Islam in Britain. The author documents conversion both to and from Islam, and surveys reactions to these conversions. He examines the impact of the Qur'an and Sufism, not to mention coffee, on British culture, and cites extensive interaction of Britons with Islam through travel, in London coffee houses, in church, among converts to and from Islam, in sermons and in plays. Finally, he focuses on the theological portrait of Muslims in conversionist and eschatological writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/22332/cover/9780521622332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521049806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Swatantra Party and Indian Conservatism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521049801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erdman, H. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Swatantra Party, founded in 1959 to provide a right-wing opposition to the ruling Congress Party, has since become the leading opposition in the Indian national parliament. Dr Erdman examines the background, emergence and growth of Swatantra within the framework of conservative politics in India. He first considers the concept of conservatism, and surveys the doctrines, social bases and political organization of the right-wing parties prior to 1959. He then describes how the Swatantra coalition, predominantly an aggregate of provincial parties, was founded by some of India's most distinguished public figures. The later chapters examine in detail the internal structure, ideology, leadership and electoral performance of the party, and its relationship with the other major opposition parties in India. The results of the 1967 elections are discussed in an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/49801/cover/9780521049801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521049822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transition in Bengal, 1756-75</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Saiyid Muhammad Reza Khan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521049825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khan, Abdul Majed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Saiyid Muhammad Reza Khan held the office of Naib Nazim and Naib Diwan of Bengal from 1765 to 1772. This study includes the early life of the Khan, but concentrates particularly upon the years from 1756, when the Khan first held public office, to 1775. There was much greater continuity and overlapping between the British and Mughal administrations than has been supposed. Company servants like Clive seemed to the local public to be simply Mughal grandees in British uniforms and the innovations supposed to have arrived with British rule actually occurred much later. Instead of the British gradually taking over the local administration under the urge to eliminate corruption, there was an administration carried on competently in traditional style by Reza Khan under attack from the East India Company's officers who were not so much concerned with rooting out this alleged corruption in the interest of justice and efficiency as increasing the revenues of the Company and adding the by-products to themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/49825/cover/9780521049825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521049857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bengal Agriculture 1920-1946</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Quantitative Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521049856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islam, M. Mufakharul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of agricultural development in undivided Bengal during the period 1920-1946. The first part of the book is devoted to a close examination of the quality of the officially published crop statistics and a detailed analysis of the trends in cropped area, output and yield per acre. Particular topics discussed are the gradual deterioration in per capita crop production and the economic roots of the Bengal famine in 1943. The second part of the book deals with the factors that directly or indirectly affected crop trends. Amongst these are the effect of crop prices on area sown. Trends in physical capacity of Bengal agriculture are analysed and compared with those in the visible supply of labour and crop output. The problem of agricultural credit is discussed and the progress of the Co-operative credit movement evaluated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521049903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521049900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quality and Risk Management in the IVF Laboratory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521049900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, Sharon T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This essential survival guide for successfully managing the modern-day IVF clinic condenses a wealth of expertise and experience from the authors in  troubleshooting and implementing quality management in the IVF laboratory. With high-profile media coverage of mistakes at IVF clinics, and escalating regulatory scrutiny, there is increasing pressure for professional accreditation.  Modern accreditation schemes, which are largely based on the principles of ISO 9001 and related standards, require Quality Systems. Yet quality management beyond basic assay quality control is often poorly understood by biomedical scientists outside clinical chemistry laboratories.  Quality and risk management are thus becoming hot topics for those working in IVF clinics and this book brings together, for the first time in one place, the basics of these essential aspects of laboratory management. The focus on taking a holistic approach to 'prophylactic management' - prevention rather than cure - will be welcomed by all scientists working in IVF.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/49900/cover/9780521049900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Penelope's Web</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender, Modernity, H. D.'s Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Susan Stanford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Penelope's Web should appeal to a wide spectrum of readers interested in twentieth-century modernism, women's writing, feminist criticism, post-structuralist theory, psychoanalysis, autobiography, and women's studies. It is the first book to examine fully the brilliantly innovative prose writings of H.D., the pen-name for Hilda Doolittle (1886-1961), who has been known primarily as a poet. Her prose, more personal, experimental, and postmodern than her poetry, raises central questions about the relation of women writers to language, desire and history. She suppressed in her lifetime many of these texts because of their daring exploration of her bisexuality and their radical critique of the social order. H.D.'s prose writings contribute importantly to the many histories and theories of modernism that are redrawing boundaries to include the achievement of women writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/50012/cover/9780521050012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Expenditure and Indian Development Policy 1960-70</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toye, J. F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of the many different ways in which economists have tried to analyse public expenditure, the most relevant to Indian economic development is that which links the level of public expenditure with the rate at which the state can accumulate capital. The abstract theory of this link, however, must be complemented by a historical account of the degree to which a state accumulation policy was understood by Indian policy makers, and of the other (often inconsistent) elements in the economic strategy of Indian nationalism. After attempting to provide accounts both of the abstract theory and of the institutional and policy context within which it was applied, this book analyses original empirical data on public expenditure in India between 1960 and 1970. The real growth rate of public expenditure, its functional and economic composition at the all-India level are presented, and the strong contrast between the patterns of the first and last five year periods is elucidated. The effect of the 1965-67 droughts and bad harvests in producing this contrast is assessed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/50029/cover/9780521050029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gandhi's Philosophy and the Quest for Harmony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parel, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anthony Parel affords a novel perspective on the philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi. He explores how Gandhi connected the spiritual with the temporal. As Parel points out 'being more things than one' is a good description of Gandhi and, with these words in mind, he shows how Gandhi, drawing on the Indian time-honoured theory of the purusharthas or 'the aims of life', fitted his ethical, political, aesthetic and religious ideas together. In this way Gandhi challenged the notion which prevailed in Indian society that a rift existed between the secular and the spiritual, the political and the contemplative life. Parel's revealing and insightful book shows how far-reaching were the effects of Gandhi's practical philosophy on Indian thought generally and how these have survived into the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/67153/cover/9780521867153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Century of Mycology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British mycologists have had a major impact worldwide. Commemorating the centenary of the British Mycological Society, founded in 1896, this book gives an account of the British contribution to mycology, both at professional and amateur level. A variety of distinguished British and American authors give an authoritative commentary on the state of mycology, and on potential future developments in fields in which British mycologists made important breakthroughs. The book is introduced by an overview of the British contribution and personal views on pioneering work on aquatic hyphomycetes, tropical mycology and the amateur contribution. Later review articles treat a number of subjects in depth such as physiology, systematics, ecology, chemistry and mapping. This unique book will be of great interest to all professional and amateur mycologists in both research and teaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/50197/cover/9780521050197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Dissent in Milton's England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Achinstein, Sharon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The England of John Milton's great poems was the England of Dissenters, those who refused to join the state Church after the return of monarchy in 1660, seen as dangerous outcasts and rebels. Sharon Achinstein's book shows how a literary tradition of dissent was produced by those who suffered political defeat and religious exclusion in Restoration England, bringing to view a range of writing that has been largely, and unjustly, neglected. Considering authors both inside and outside the dissenting tradition, including Milton, John Bunyan, Richard Baxter, Mary Mollineux, John Dryden, Andrew Marvell, Elizabeth Singer Rowe and Isaac Watts, and other little-known dissenting writers, Achinstein shows how a distinctive Dissenting cultural legacy challenges our notions of literary history, aesthetic value and the relation between literature and politics. This important study will be of interest to Milton scholars and seventeenth-century literary and religious historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/18049/cover/9780521818049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521050928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521050920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Distribution of the Galaxies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gravitational Clustering in Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521050920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saslaw, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This topical volume examines one of the leading problems in astronomy today - how galaxies cluster in our Universe. This book describes gravitational theory, computer simulations and observations related to galaxy distribution functions. It embeds distribution functions in a broader astronomical context, including other exciting contemporary topics such as correlation functions, fractals, bound clusters, topology, percolation and minimal spanning trees. Key results are derived and the necessary gravitational physics provided to ensure the book is self-contained. Throughout the book, theory, computer simulation and observation are carefully interwoven and critically compared. The book also shows how future observations can test the theoretical models for the evolution of galaxy clustering at early times in our Universe. This clear and authoritative volume is written at a level suitable for graduate students, and will be of key interest to astronomers, cosmologists, physicists and applied statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/50920/cover/9780521050920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer and the Tradition of the Roman Antique</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nolan, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed investigation of Chaucer's poetics in Troilus and Criseyde and the Knight's Tale in relation to an important continental narrative tradition. It is the first such wide-ranging study since Charles Muscatine's seminal Chaucer and the French Tradition and the first book to argue in detail that Chaucer's poems, Boccaccio's Filostrato and Teseida and the twelfth-century French romans antiques participate in a distinct formal tradition within the protean field of medieval romance. By close examination of the formal and ethical designs of each poem, Barbara Nolan explores both the compositional practices shared by all of the poets she discusses, and their calculated differences from each other. Her analysis culminates in a full examination of Chaucer's richly original response to the continental verse narratives from which he borrowed. No other study offers so full and careful a delineation of the compositional features that distinguish the roman antique from other forms of romance in the Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51002/cover/9780521051002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edith Wharton and the Politics of Race</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kassanoff, Jennie A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edith Wharton feared that the 'ill-bred', foreign and poor would overwhelm what was known as the American native elite. Drawing on a range of turn-of-the-century social documents, unpublished archival material and Wharton's major novels, Jennie Kassanoff argues that a fuller appreciation of American culture and democracy becomes available through a sustained engagement with these controversial views. She pursues her theme through Wharton's spirited participation in a variety of turn-of-the-century discourses - from euthanasia and tourism to pragmatism and Native Americans - to produce a truly interdisciplinary study of this major American writer. Kassanoff locates Wharton squarely in the middle of the debates on race, class and democratic pluralism at the turn of the twentieth century. Drawing on diverse cultural materials, she offers close interdisciplinary readings that will be of interest to scholars of American literature and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/30898/cover/9780521830898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521051592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51590/cover/9780521051590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19620303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521051606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51606/cover/9780521051606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The V&#299;saladevar&#257;sa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Restoration of the Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The object of the study is to restore to its original form the V&#299;saladevar&#257;sa, a poetical work composed in R&#257;jasth&#257;n probably in the middle of the fifteenth century of our era. Dr Smith has provided a full critical analysis of his method, and he also studies in detail the linguistic elements of the text. A full English translation of the reconstituted text is placed opposite the text, and there is a full glossary and index. This study will be of interest to scholars specializing in New Indo-Aryan languages and literatures and in Indo-Aryan philology and textual criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51682/cover/9780521051682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Village Republics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Conditions for Collective Action in South India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wade, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do some people get together to manage their common assets? Why do other groups of people leave those assets to be over-exploited by each member of the group? The answers could be crucial to the proper maintenance and use of 'common property resources', from grazing land through fish stocks to irrigation water. Robert Wade, drawing on research in areas of Andhra Pradesh where rain is scarce and unreliable, argues that some villagers develop and finance joint institutions for cooperative management of common property resources in grazing and irrigation - but others do not. The main reason lies in the risk of crop loss.Villages located towards the tail-end of irrigation systems, and with soils fertile enough to support a high density of livestock, show a larger amount of corporate organization than villages elsewhere. Placing his work in the wider context of both the developing world today and the open-field system of medieval Europe, the author argues that peasants can under certain conditions organize collectively. Privatization or state regulation are not the only ways of preventing degradation of common property resources in peasant societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51781/cover/9780521051781.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051800</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Sovereignty in India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agrarian Society and Politics under the Eighteenth-Century Maratha Svar&#257;jya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wink, Andr&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original contribution to Indian history, focusing on contemporary and largely indigenous documents, introduces a set of concepts for the analysis of late Mughal rule. More specifically it examines the origins and development of the Maratha svardjya or 'self-rule' within the context of declining Muslim power. It traces the expansion of Maratha dominion to a process of fitna, a policy of 'shifting alliances' which was recurrent in the wake of Muslim expansion throughout its history. The book gives an interesting perspective on Hindu-Muslim relationships in the pre-British period as well as on the nature of the Indo-Muslim state and its most important successor polity, on its capacity for change and development in the intermediate sections of society, the land-tenurial system, the monetization of the economy, and on the fiscal system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51804/cover/9780521051804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State of Martial Rule</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Pakistan's Political Economy of Defence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jalal, Ayesha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When the British dismantled their Raj in 1947 India, as the 'successor' state, inherited the colonial unitary central apparatus whereas Pakistan, as the 'seceding' state, had no semblance of a central government. In The State of Martial Rule Ayesha Jalal analyses the dialectic between state construction and political processes in Pakistan in the first decade of the country's independence and convincingly demonstrates how the imperatives of the international system in the 'cold war' era combined with regional and domestic factors to mould the structure of the Pakistani state. The study concludes by placing the state and political developments in Pakistan since 1958 within a conceptual framework. It will be read by historians of South Asia and by students and specialists of comparative politics and political economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51842/cover/9780521051842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521051959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521051958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caste, Nationalism and Communism in South India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Malabar 1900-1948</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521051958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menon, Dilip M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1957, Kerala became the first region in Asia to elect a communist government parliamentary procedure. Dilip Menon's book traces the social history of comunism in Malabar, the bastion of the movement, and looks at how the ideology was transformed into a doctrine of caste equality, as national strategies were reshaped by local circumstance and tinged by pragmatism. While existing literature concentrates on the intricacies of party policy, Dilip Menon explores the diversity of political practice within a particular region. He particularly analyses the relationship between landowners and cultivators, demonstrating their economic and cultural interdependence. Inequality and difference were tempered by a perception of shared symbols and values. As the author points out, the success of communism in Kerala lies in its recognition of this fact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/51958/cover/9780521051958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fortress-Churches of Languedoc</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Architecture, Religion and Conflict in the High Middle Ages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonde, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fortress-Churches of Languedoc traces the changing relationship between military and religious realms as expressed in architecture across medieval Europe. The scholarship of medieval architecture has traditionally imposed a division between military and ecclesiastical structures. Often, however, medieval churches were provided with fortified enclosures, crenellations, iron-barred doors and other elements of defence, demonstrating the strong link between Church and state, and the military and religious realms. In her study of fortress-churches, Sheila Bonde focuses on three twelfth-century monuments in southern France - Maguelone, Agde and Saint-Pon-de-Thomi&#232;re, which are among the earliest examples of the type. She analyses her archaeological surveys of these structures, and also re-examines their documentation, which is here presented both in the original Latin and in English translations. The book also explores the larger context of fortification and authority in twelfth-century Languedoc and examines the dynamics of architectural exchange and innovation in the Mediterranean at a moment of critical historical importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52023/cover/9780521052023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Avestan Hymn to Mithra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gershevitch, Ilya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRKZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Avestan Hymn to Mithra, written in the fifth century BC, is the one extensive, ancient literary record of the attributes, companions and cult of the Iranian god whose worship spread, five or six centuries later, as far as Britain. Dr Gershevitch here reproduces Geldner's text and critical apparatus of the Hymn, adding his own introduction, translation and commentary. The introduction offers an orientation on the main problems concerning Mithra: how the god came to be included in the Zoroastrian religious system, his relation to Zarathustra's god Ahura Mazdah, his functions, his development from the stage at which the Indian Mitra is found in the Rig Veda, and the extent to which the Western Mithras has preserved the characteristics of the Avestan Mithra. The text is faced by the English translation, and is followed by Dr Gershevitch's exhaustive commentary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52269/cover/9780521052269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language of Indrajit of Orch&#257;</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Early Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; Prose</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGregor, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For centuries, until the consolidation of modern standard Hindi after 1900, the Hindi dialect known as Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; enjoyed great prestige as the vehicle of the Krsna cult literature of northern India, as well as for the brilliance of its secular literature. Most of this material was in verse, although since the beginning of the last century we have had knowledge of the existence of texts in Sanskritized Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; prose, chiefly sectarian chronicles and commentaries, from a relatively early date. In this, the earliest thorough analysis of a Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; text, Dr McGregor presents one of the oldest known Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; prose texts: a Braj commentary on the Sanskrit N&#299;ti&#347;ataka of Bhartrhari, originally composed about 1600. His detailed examination of the morphology, phonology and syntax of its language casts light on the types of language that underlie the Braj Bh&#257;s&#257; used in verse literature, and provide a comparative basis for further studies of the prose produced in Braj and in other Hindi dialects before the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52283/cover/9780521052283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kingship and Political Practice in Colonial India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Pamela G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a cultural history which considers the transformation of south Indian institutions under British colonial rule in the nineteenth century, Pamela Price focuses on the two former 'little kingdoms' of Ramnad and Sivaganga which came under colonial governance as revenue estates. She demonstrates how rivalries among the royal families and major zamindari temples, and the disintegration of indigenous institutions of rule, contributed to the development of nationalism and identity amongst the people of southern Tamil country. The author also shows how religious symbols and practices going back to the seventeenth century were reformulated and acquired a new significance in the colonial context. Arguing for a reappraisal of the relationship of Hinduism to politics, Price finds that these symbols and practices continue to inform popular expectation of political leadership today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52290/cover/9780521052290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521052653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Homotopy Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the introduction of homotopy groups by Hurewicz in 1935, homotopy theory has occupied a prominent place in the development of algebraic topology. This monograph provides an account of the subject which bridges the gap between the fundamental concepts of topology and the more complex treatment to be found in original papers. The first six chapters describe the essential ideas of homotopy theory: homotopy groups, the classical theorems, the exact homotopy sequence, fibre-spaces, the Hopf invariant, and the Freudenthal suspension. The final chapters discuss J. H. C. Whitehead's cell-complexes and their application to homotopy groups of complexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19530303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052105270X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sorrow and Joy among Muslim Women</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pukhtuns of Northern Pakistan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahmed, Amineh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Pukhtuns are numerically and politically one of the most significant ethno-linguistic groups in Pakistan and Afghanistan. This important study of Pukhtun society concentrates on the lives, thoughts and gham-khadi (funerals-weddings) ceremonies of the women, especially of the elite, wealthy and educated women (Bibiane) who have largely been overlooked in previous studies. Contesting their conventional representation as idle, it illustrates their commitment to various forms of work within familial and social contexts. It challenges the commonly assumed models of contemporary Pakistan society, which make a simplistic divide between rural and urban, Punjab and non-Punjab, and feudal and non-feudal spaces and peoples. It also contributes to broader debates about the nature and expression of elite cultures and issues of sociality, funerals and marriage, custom and religion, space and gender, morality and reason, and social role and personhood within the contexts of Islam in the Middle East and South Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/61694/cover/9780521861694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of a New 'Indian' Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Artists, Aesthetics and Nationalism in Bengal, c.1850-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guha-Thakurta, Tapati</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a path-breaking analysis of the transformations that occurred in the art and aesthetic values of Bengal during the colonial and nationalist periods. Tapati Guha-Thakurta moves beyond most existing assumptions and narratives to explore the complexities and diversities of the changes generated by Western contacts and nationalist preoccupation's in art. She examines the shifts both in the forms and practices of painting as well as in the ideas and opinions about Indian art during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52733/cover/9780521052733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Private Investment in India 1900-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bagchi, Amiya Kumar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the history of private investment in India and its determinants during the period 1900-1939. It develops a simple theoretical framework in its first part and tries to isolate the influence on private investment in India of factor supplies, as against demand conditions. In the second part, all the major manufacturing industries of the period are studied in detail. Most of the analytical apparatus used is developed from orthodox economic theory, but a heavy emphasis is placed on Keynesian ideas. Finally, the author presents a case study in the economic relations between an imperial power (Britain) and a dependent colony (India). He also examines the social relations between the ruling race and the Indians, and provides one of the few detailed accounts of the mechanics of imperialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52757/cover/9780521052757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of South India 1920-1937</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Christopher John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interwar years witnessed great changes in the political life of India, with the establishment of new governmental institutions, the emergence of political movements based on class, caste and ideology, and the rapid expansion of the nationalist campaign. This book looks at the complex of political changes during this crucial and formative period in the Madras Presidency, the largest but often the most neglected province of British India. Among the many strands of political life and behaviour which Dr Baker studies are the non-Brahman movement, peasant agitations, caste movements and the rise of the Indian National Congress to a position of undisputed primacy in the region. Making use of hitherto unresearched materials Dr Baker attempts the first overall study of the political process and the dynamics of political change in the province. The book may also be seen as a case-study of political change in a late-colonial society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52764/cover/9780521052764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Indian Political Factions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of District Councils in the State of Maharashtra</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carras, Mary C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study constitutes an analysis of factionalism between rival groups in the dominant Congress Party in Maharashtra. The principal question examined is whether a politician's decision to oppose or 'rebel against' party authority is determined or can be predicted by certain characteristics of the individual concerned and his environment (e.g. the amount of land he owns, or the level of education, urbanization, prosperity, etc., of the area in which he operates politically). About 160 Congress Party members on four district councils were interviewed, and their answers provided the main source of information for the analysis. The legally defined jurisdiction of the district councils is rural Maharashtra, and the political factions examined thus operate in a rural milieu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52818/cover/9780521052818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Political Economy and British Policy in India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambirajan, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the effect of Classical political economy - the economic and monetary writings of Adam Smith, Ricardo, Malthus, the Mills and others - on the policy-making of the British government in India in the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Professor Ambirajan shows how the economic doctrines of laissez-faire individualism and the freedom of market forces were instilled into the British administrative class. The East India Company's college at Haileybury was the most obvious agent but it is clear that a whole nexus of taught and unconscious attitudes predisposed the administrators to accept the ideas and ideologies of the economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52825/cover/9780521052825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521052858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521052856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caste Conflict Elite Formation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521052856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Caste Conflict and Elite Formation is a study in the social history of Sri Lanka. However, it does not merely document the remarkable successes in business enterprise and in the acquisition of Western-educated professional skills which were achieved by families from the Karava caste during the last two centuries; their advances, and the social and political struggles which accompanied this process, are employed as a window through which a survey of social change in Sri Lanka during the last four hundred years is conducted. The interest of the book extends beyond the many fascinating social incidents, historical trends and channels of elite formation that are described within its pages to a series of controlled comparisons which reveal the factors responsible for the formation of the Karava elite. Thus the book extends the methodological frontiers of the social history of the region. It emphasizes the significance of the patterns of caste discrimination and caste interaction in Sri Lankan politics, and reveals how these patterns were central to the incentives and opportunities which powered the advances of the Karava families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/52856/cover/9780521052856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Policy in India 1858-1905</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gopal, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this substantial work is to study British policy towards India during the second half of the nineteenth century as formulated in Britain and India by the highest authorities. The period from the Revolt and the assumption by the British Government of direct responsibility for the administration of India to the end of Curzon's viceroyalty is a crucial one and 1905 may be taken as the end of the first phase of the Crown's rule in India. Thereafter political and constitutional developments become more important than the efforts of the administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53235/cover/9780521053235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and Empire in Western India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1784-1806</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nightingale, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the influence of commercial interests on the expansion of the British Empire in Western India in the age of Cornwallis and Wellesley. It questions some of the assumptions which have been accepted as explanations of British imperialism in that part of India. The chief of these is that the reform of the East India Company's administration in the 1780s brought the policy of the Bombay presidency under the firm control of the governor-general in Bengal and of the Court of Directors and the Board of Control in London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53242/cover/9780521053242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land Tenure in Village Ceylon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociological and Historical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Obeyesekere, Gananath</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This anthropological work of unusual historical depth describes the pattern of land tenure and resulting social structure in the Ceylonese village of Madagama. Dr Obeyesekere analyses the contemporary system in detail, and traces the evolution of every land holding and the correlated kinship pattern from the inception of the estate in 1790. The traditional cultivation and economy has been modified by land shortage, causing multiple division of shares, and by British rule which resulted in the introduction of Roman-Dutch law and the development of a cash economy. The practices of mortgaging and share speculation then became the basis of a new power structure derived from feudal norms of land ownership, and leading to radical reorganization of the traditional hamlet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53259/cover/9780521053259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mutiny Outbreak at Meerut in 1857</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, J. A. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The establishment in British India produced an impressive number of scholars and scholarly amateurs who pursued historical and other studies and wrote books and articles of distinction. Mr Palmer has produced a work in this tradition. His subject is the outbreak of the Mutiny (as the Raj considered it) among the native regiments (as the Raj called them) at Meerut on the evening of Sunday 10 May 1857. Was the outbreak planned in advance or did it arise through chance circumstances on that fateful evening? How badly was the situation handled?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53297/cover/9780521053297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Structure in a Changing Sinhalese Village</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Marguerite S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An examination of the nature of political change within a village, which the author calls Morapitiya, in the Kandyan highlands of Sri Lanka, during the transition from colony to independent nation. During the first years of Sri Lanka's independence, the United National Party perpetuated the 'indirect rule' policy of the British colonial government. In 1956, with the election of a coalition government led by the Sri Lanka Freedom Party, this form of rule was rejected. The new government was committed to reviving the traditional Sinhalese culture, language and Buddhist ideals, and to improving the living conditions of the poor. Soon after assuming power, the S.L.F.P. government began to implement political and economic policies designed to alter village structure in accordance with the new ideals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53310/cover/9780521053310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emergence of Provincial Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Madras Presidency 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Washbrook, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines an important period of transition in the political structure of South India. The first three-quarters of a century of British rule, down to the 1870s, had effectively torn apart and fragmented the political institutions of the South, and had left a highly parochial political society in which loyalties seldom extended beyond face-to-face relationships and power was extremely localized. This lack of significant supra-local political connections contributed to the Madras Presidency's reputation as the most 'benighted' of all Indian provinces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53457/cover/9780521053457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worship and Conflict under Colonial Rule</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A South Indian Case</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appadurai, Arjun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although temples have been important in South Indian society and history, there have been few attempts to study them within an integrated anthropological framework. Professor Appadurai develops such a framework in this ethnohistorical case study, in which he interprets the politics of worship in the Sri Partasarati Svami Temple, a famous ancient Sri Vaisnava shrine in India. The author uses the methods and concepts of both cultural anthropology and social history to construct a model of institutional change in South Asia under colonial rule. Focusing on the problem of authority as a cultural concept and as a managerial reality, Professor Appadurai considers some classic problems of South Asian anthropology: problems of deference, sumptuary symbolism, and religious organization. In addition, he addresses such issues as the nature of conflict under a hybrid colonial legal system, the political implications of sumptuary disputes, and the structure of relations between polity and religion in pre-modern South Asia. These aspects of the study should interest a broad range of scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53587/cover/9780521053587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Private Industrial Investment in Pakistan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1960-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amjad, Rashid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the behaviour of private industrial investment in Pakistan in the 1960s, in the first half of which it rose at an unprecedented rate, followed by sharp decline, and then stagnation for the rest of the period. The approach adopted is institutional and empirical. The developments studied appeared to be very much the product of the institutional setting of Pakistan, which was different from that of most advanced countries but possibly riot so dissimilar from that in many other developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53617/cover/9780521053617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agrarian Bengal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy, Social Structure and Politics, 1919-1947</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bose, Sugata</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As well as being an outstanding contribution to Indian economic and social history, this book draws important conclusions about peasant politics in general and about the effects of international economic fluctuations on primary producing countries. Dr Bose develops a general typology of systems of agrarian production in Bengal to show how these responded to different types of pressure from the world economy, and treats in detail the effects of the world Depression on Bengal. Separate chapters are devoted to the themes of agrarian conflict and religious strife in east Bengal, the agrarian dimension of mass nationalism in west Bengal and sharecroppers agitations in the frontier regions. The conclusion attempts a synthesis of the typology of agrarian social structure and the periodisation of peasant politics, placing this in the wider context of agrarian societies and protest in other parts of India and in South-east Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53624/cover/9780521053624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion under Bureaucracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Policy and Administration for Hindu Temples in South India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Presler, Franklin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religion under Bureaucracy is an innovative study of religion and politics in the south Indian state of Tamil Nadu which focuses on the relationship between the state and the central religious institution of the area, the Hindu temple. Religion, politics, economy and culture intersect in the temple and Tamil Nadu has 52,000 in all, many richly endowed with land and prominent locally as sources of patronage and economic and political power. Dr Presley examines the institutional challenge that Hindu temples have presented to the developing South Indian state over the last century and a half and the ways in which a government publicly committed to non-intervention in religious matters has come to involve itself deeply in temple life - establishing a presence in temple management, regulating the use of the temple's material and symbolic resources and, beyond this, seeking to control many details of Hindu organisation, economy and worship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53679/cover/9780521053679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hollow Crown</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethnohistory of an Indian Kingdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dirks, Nicholas B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A pioneering piece of ethnohistory, The Hollow Crown uses a variety of interdisciplinary means to reconstruct the sociocultural history of a warrior polity in south India between the fourteenth and the twentieth centuries. Central to the book is the belief that comparative sociology has systematically denied the importance of the Indian state and obscured the political basis of Indian society by representing caste as fundamentally a religious system. In reconstructing the history of the polity that eventually became the colonial princely state of Pudukkottai, Dr Dirks therefore raises a whole series of issues concerning the methodologies of history and anthropology, the character of Tamil kingship and social organization, the relationship between politics and ritual, the impact of colonialism and 'modernization', and the dynamics of the whole last millennium of south Indian history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53723/cover/9780521053723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521053749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hindu Nationalism and Indian Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins and Development of the Bharatiya Jana Sangh</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Bruce Desmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive and perceptive study of the Bharatiya Jana Sangh through the first two decades of its history from 1951. The Bharatiya Jana Sangh was the most robust of the first generation of Hindu nationalist parties in modern Indian politics and Bruce Graham examines why the party failed to establish itself as the party of the numerically dominant Hindu community. The author explains the relatively limited appeal of the Bharatiya Jana Sangh in terms of the restrictive scope of its founding doctrines; the limitations of its leadership and organization; its failure to build up a secure base of social and economic interests; and its difficulty in finding issues which would create support for its particular brand of Hindu nationalism. Bruce Graham ends with a major survey of the party's electoral fortunes at national, state and local levels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53747/cover/9780521053747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052105382X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521053822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Indian Theogony</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Indian Mythology from the Vedas to the Puranas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521053822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhattacharji, Sukumari</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the triad of classical Indian mythology, Brahma the Creator, Visnu the preserver and Siva the destroyer. These gods did not always dominate the Indian religion; the way in which the gods of the Vedic pantheon many of whom are recognizably related to other Indo-European gods' were changed over time and with the cultural and social needs of the population they served, is traced in broad outlines. The gods of the triad assimilated lesser gods, and their attributes, in this process, until they reached their positions of major importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/53822/cover/9780521053822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521054133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greek Oared Ships 900-322 BC</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521054133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, R. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is written in the belief that a proper understanding of Greek civilization in antiquity requires some knowledge of its background of seafaring. A knowledge of nautical practice is required for an understanding of some passages of Greek poetry and prose writing, and for a correct interpretation of numerous historical events. This is an attempt at a thorough study of the evidence, both literary and archaeological. Modern reference books tend to repeat the misconceptions of nineteenth-century scholars. In contrast, Mr Morrison and Mr Williams have written a scholarly and scientific study of the subject. They collect in this volume evidence for Greek oared ships between 900 and 322 BC. The book is primarily a catalogue of decorated pottery and quotations from literature and from naval inventories. The pottery is illustrated by diagrams and plates; and the quotations are given in full.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/54133/cover/9780521054133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521054583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Literature of Labor and the Labors of Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Allegory in Nineteenth-Century American Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521054584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Cindy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Literature of Labor and the Labors of Literature juxtaposes representations of labour in fictional texts and non-fictional texts in order to trace the intersections between aesthetic and economic discourse in nineteenth-century America. Both allegory and the new forms of labour produced a version of personhood that seemed frighteningly flat, a flatness that attacked the substance of the work ethic and, indeed, the very foundations of American individualism. Using this contextualized model of allegory, Weinstein argues that texts by Hawthorne, Melville, Twain and Adams are best understood both as allegories of labour (that is, the allegorical representations of the nature and cost of being a labouring being) and labours of allegory (that is, the visibility of the author's work of representation). Weinstein revolutionizes the notion of allegorical narrative, which is exposed as a literary medium of greater depth and consequence than has previously been implied - a working authorial vehicle for engaged and at times socially turbulent thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/54584/cover/9780521054584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521054664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521054669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Masculinities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Manhood and Masculine Poetics in Early Victorian Literature and Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521054669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sussman, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Herbert Sussman's book explores ideas of manhood and masculinity as they emerged in the early Victorian period, and traces these through diverse formations in the literature and art of the time. Concentrating on representative major figures - Thomas Carlyle, Robert Browning, the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood and Walter Pater - Sussman focuses on areas of conflict and contradiction within their formulation of the masculine. He identifies the development of a 'masculine poetics' as a project which was for the Victorians, and continues to be, crucial to an industrial and commercial age. The book reveals manhood as an unstable equilibrium, and is responsive to the complex ways in which the early Victorians' masculine poetics simultaneously subverts and maintains patriarchal power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/54669/cover/9780521054669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edmund Burke's Aesthetic Ideology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language, Gender and Political Economy in Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furniss, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study develops a detailed reading of the interrelations between aesthetics, ideology, language, gender and political economy in two highly influential works by Edmund Burke: his Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of our Ideas of the Sublime and the Beautiful (1757), and the Reflections on the Revolution in France (1790). Tom Furniss's close attention to the rhetorical labyrinths of these texts is combined with an attempt to locate them within the larger discursive networks of the period, including texts by Locke, Hume and Smith. This process reveals that Burke's contradictions and inconsistencies are symptomatic of a strenuous engagement with the ideological problems endemic to the period. Burke's dilemma in this respect makes the Reflections an audacious compromise which simultaneously defends the ancien r&#233;gime, contributes towards the articulation of radical thought, and makes possible the revolution which we call English Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55482/cover/9780521055482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Provincial Book Trade in Eighteenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feather, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It was not until the eighteenth century that books became widely available throughout the whole of England. Publishing remained largely London-based, but the provincial market grew steadily in importance. In this study, drawing on a wide range of primary sources, John Feather traces the economic, social and cultural forces which made possible this fundamental change, and assesses the impact of the metropolitan printed word on provincial society. He discusses the important issues of copyright and piracy; the various financial arrangements between booksellers and publishers; and above all the elaborate distribution and agency systems that enabled London publishers to retain their effective stranglehold by penetrating the provincial market at every level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55529/cover/9780521055529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictional Death and the Modernist Enterprise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Alan Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cultures reveal themselves in how they react to death: how they ritualize it, tell its story, heal themselves. Before the modern period, death and dying seemed definitive, public and appropriate. The industrial revolution, the Great War and the radical re-envisioning of inner and outer reality after Marx, Darwin, Nietzsche, Einstein, van Gennep and Freud destabilized cultural norms and transformed the protocols of death and dying. In Fictional Death and the Modernist Enterprise Alan Friedman traces the semiotics of death and dying in twentieth-century fiction, history and culture. He describes how modernist writers either, like Forster and Woolf, elided rituals of dying and death; or, rediscovering the body as Lawrence and Hemingway did, transformed Victorian 'aesthetic death' into modern 'dirty death'. And he goes on to show how, through postmodern fiction and AIDS narratives, death has once again become cultural currency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55673/cover/9780521055673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Law in Judaism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novak, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a theory of natural law, significant for the study of Judaism, philosophy and comparative ethics. It demonstrates that the assumption that Judaism has no natural law theory to speak of is simply wrong. The book shows how natural law theory, using a variety of different terms for itself throughout the ages, has been a constant element in Jewish thought. The book sorts out the varieties of Jewish natural law theory, illuminating their strengths and weaknesses. It also presents a case for utilizing natural law theory in order to deal with theological and philosophical questions in Judaism's ongoing reflection on its own meaning and its meaning for the wider world. David Novak combines great erudition in the Jewish tradition, the history of philosophy and law, and the imagination to argue for Judaism in the context of current debates, both theoretical and practical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55680/cover/9780521055680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mallarm&#233; and the Art of Being Difficult</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mallarm&#233; is widely regarded as one of the most original and distinctively modern writers of the late nineteenth century. At the same time, his fame is accompanied by a certain notoriety, and his works are often thought of as unnecessarily complicated. In this study Malcolm Bowie shows that difficulty is of the essence in a number of Mallarm&#233;'s major works, notably 'Prose pour des Esseintes' and Un Coup de d&#233;s jamais n'abolira le hasard. He argues that the poems are difficult because they are concerned with complex metaphysical questions and with speculative states of mind. Their closely interwoven multiple meanings, their intricate word-play and sound-patterning invite us to read inventively on many levels at once. Professor Bowie discusses difficulty as a general critical problem, analyses several major poems in detail, and calls attention to a number of techniques for the analysis of verse. He directs the reader away from the question 'What does this poem mean?' and towards the question 'How can this poem be read fully and with enjoyment?'. The book contains the complete text of the main poems discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55703/cover/9780521055703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fourier Descriptors and their Applications in Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lestrel, Pete E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to introduce Fourier descriptors as a method for measuring the shape of whole or parts of organisms. Fourier descriptors refer to the utilization of Fourier analysis, primarily the Fourier series as a curve-fitting technique, that can numerically describe the outline (shape) of irregular structures such as are commonly found in living organisms. The quantitative characterization of irregular forms is often a first step towards elucidation of the underlying biological processes, whether they be genetic, evolutionary, or functional. The first five chapters discuss the theory behind the use of Fourier descriptors and the remaining chapters show case studies of how they can be used in various fields of biology such as anatomy, cell biology, medicine and dentistry. This book is solely devoted to this subject and will be of interest to all those interested in biological morphometrics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/55734/cover/9780521055734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health Care and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can Christian ethics make a significant contribution to health care ethics in today's Western, pluralistic society? Robin Gill examines the 'moral gaps' in secular accounts of health care ethics and the tensions within specifically theological accounts. He explores the healing stories in the Synoptic Gospels, identifying four core virtues present within them - compassion, care, faith and humility - that might bring greater depth to a purely secular interpretation of health care ethics. Each of these virtues is examined in turn, using a range of topical issues including health care rationing, genetics, HIV/AIDS, withholding/withdrawing nutrition from PVS patients, and the empirical evidence which suggests a connection between religion and health. Professor Gill also argues that these four virtues are shared by other major religious and humanistic traditions and that, together with secular principles, they can enrich health care ethics even in a pluralistic society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/57239/cover/9780521857239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521055792</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521055796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agnes Mary Clerke and the Rise of Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521055796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Br&#252;ck, M. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Born in Ireland in the mid-nineteenth century, Agnes Mary Clerke achieved fame as the author of A History of Astronomy during the Nineteenth Century. Through her quarter-century career, she became the leading commentator on astronomy and astrophysics in the English-speaking world. The biography of Agnes Clerke describes the life and work of this extraordinary woman. It also chronicles the development of astronomy in the last decades of pre-Einstein science, and introduces many of the great figures in astronomy of that age including Huggins, Lockyer, Holden and Pickering; their achievements and their rivalries. The story follows her friendship with William and Margaret Huggins, and her prolific correspondence with eminent astronomers of the time. This biography will fascinate scientists, and anyone who admires intellectual achievement brought about through love of learning and sheer hard work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/08446/cover/9780521808446.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521056330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Eclipses and Earth's Rotation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521056335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephenson, F. Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is intended for geophysicists, astronomers (especially those with an interest in history), historians and orientalists. The culmination of many years of research, it discusses, in depth, ancient and medieval eclipse observations and their importance in studying Earth's past rotation. This is the first major book on this subject which has appeared in the last twenty years. The author has specialised in the interpretation of early astronomical records and their application to problems in modern astronomy for many years. The book contains an in-depth discussion of numerous eclipse records from Babylon, China, Europe and the Arab lands. Translations of almost every record studied are given. It is shown that although tides play a dominant long-term role in producing variations in Earth's rate of rotation - causing a gradual increase in the length of the day - there are significant, and variable non-tidal changes in opposition to the main trend.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/56335/cover/9780521056335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521056373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemically Controlled Cosmos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Astronomical Molecules from the Big Bang to Exploding Stars</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521056373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartquist, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Molecules in the early Universe acted as natural temperature regulators, keeping the primordial gas cool and, in turn, allowing galaxies and stars to be born. Even now, such similarly simple chemistry continues to control a wide variety of the exotic objects that populate our cosmos. What are the tools of the trade for the cosmic chemist? What can they teach us about the Universe we live in? These are the questions answered in this engaging and informative guide, The Chemically Controlled Cosmos. In clear, non-technical terms, and without formal mathematics, we learn how to study and understand the behaviour of molecules in a host of astronomical situations. We study the secretive formation of stars deep within interstellar clouds, the origin of our own Solar System, the cataclysmic deaths of many massive stars that explode as supernovae, and the hearts of active galactic nuclei, the most powerful objects in the Universe. We are given an accessible introduction to a wealth of astrophysics, and an understanding of how cosmic chemistry facilitates the investigation of many of the most exciting questions concerning astronomy today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/56373/cover/9780521056373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521056497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521056496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and Literacy on Stage in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521056496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Eve Rachele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In early modern England, boys and girls learned to be masculine or feminine as they learned to read and write. This book explores how gender differences, instilled through specific methods of instruction in literacy, were scrutinised in the English public theatre. Close readings of plays from Shakespeare's Love's Labour's Lost to Thomas Dekker's Whore of Babylon, and of poems, didactic treatises and autobiographical writings from the same period, offer a richly textured analysis of the interaction between didactic precepts, literary models, and historical men and women. At the cross-roads between literary studies and social and cultural history, Eve Sanders' research offers new insights into poems, plays, and first-person narratives (including works by women writers, such as Mary Sidney and Anne Clifford) and into the social conflicts that shaped individuals as the writers and readers of such texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/56496/cover/9780521056496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521057426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521057424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521057424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Maillart</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Builder, Designer, and Artist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521057424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Billington, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive biography traces the life and works of Robert Maillart, one of the most important engineers and designers of the twentieth century. His career developed around a central issue of modern technological society: the debate between two antithetical views of engineering opposing applied science, which relied on general mathematical theories for understanding structures against design, which Maillart championed. Maillart considered structures not merely works of utility but also as works of art. As utilitarian objects, he created a series of innovations of lasting significance. Aesthetically, Maillart shaped his three innovations in concrete to create surprising and often stunning new forms. Providing an analysis of these innovations, this biography also connects Maillart's aesthetic ideas with the private and professional context in which he worked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/57424/cover/9780521057424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052105799X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052105799X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521057998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521057998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Joseph Needham's account of the Chinese achievement in science and technology will stand as one of the great works of our time. It has been acclaimed by specialists in both East and West and also by readers with wider and more general interests. The text, based on research of a high critical quality, is supported by many hundreds of illustrations and is imbued with a warm appreciation of China. Volume I is an introductory volume, in which Dr Needham prepares his readers for the study of a whole human culture. He begins by examining the structure of the Chinese language; he reviews the geography of China and the long history of its people, and discusses the scientific contacts which have occurred throughout the centuries, between Europe and East Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/57998/cover/9780521057998.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19560303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521058007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521058007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521058001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>722</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second volume of Dr Joseph Needham's great work Science and Civilisation in China is devoted to the history of scientific thought. Beginning with ancient times, it describes the Confucian milieu in which arose the organic naturalism of the great Taoist school, the scientific philosophy of the Mohists and Logicians, and the quantitative materialism of the Legalists. Thus we are brought on to the fundamental ideas which dominated scientific thinking in the Chinese middle ages. The author opens his discussion by considering the remote and pictographic origins of words fundamental in scientific discourse, and then sets forth the influential doctrines of the Two Forces and the Five Elements. Subsequently he writes of the important sceptical tradition, the effects of Buddhist thought, and the Neo-Confucian climax of Chinese naturalism. Last comes a discussion of the conception of Laws of Nature in China and the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/58001/cover/9780521058001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19560303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521058015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521058015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521058018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>926</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After two volumes mainly introductory, Dr Needham now embarks upon his systematic study of the development of the natural sciences in China. The Sciences of the Earth follow: geography and cartography, geology, seismology and mineralogy. Dr Needham distinguishes parallel traditions of scientific cartography and religious cosmography in East and West, discussing orbocentric wheel-maps, the origins of the rectangular grid system, sailing charts and relief maps, Chinese survey methods, and the impact of Renaissance cartography on the East. Finally-and here Dr Needham's work has no Western predecessors-there are full accounts of the Chinese contribution to geology and mineralogy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/58018/cover/9780521058018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19590303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>460.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521058023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521058023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521058025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Needham's fourth volume traces the development of physics and physical technology in ancient and medieval China. It is conveniently divided into three separate parts, the present volume, IV:1, dealing with physics as such, IV:2 with mechanical engineering and IV:3 with civil engineering and nautics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/58025/cover/9780521058025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19620303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521058031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521058031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521058032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Dr Needham's immense undertaking gathers momentum it has been found necessary to subdivide volumes into parts, each to be bound and published separately. The first part of Volume 4, already published, deals with the physical sciences; the second with the diverse applications of physics in the many branches of mechanical engineering; and the third will deal with civil and hydraulic engineering and nautical technology. With this part of Volume 4, then, we come to the application by the Chinese of physical principles in the control of forces and in the use of power; we cross the frontier separating tools from the machine. We have already noticed that the ancient Chinese concept of chhi (somewhat similar to the pneuma of the Greeks) asserted itself prominently in acoustics; but we discover here that the Chinese tendency to think pneumatically was also responsible for a whole range of brilliant technological achievements, for example, the double-acting piston-bellows, the rotary winnowing-fan, and the water-powered metallurgical blowing-machine (ancestor of the steam-engine); as well as for some extraordinary insights and predictions in aeronautics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/58032/cover/9780521058032.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>385.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052105849X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521058490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Messier's Nebulae and Star Clusters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521058490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Kenneth Glyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Messier's catalogue of nebulae and star clusters, published in 1784, marked the start of a new era of deep sky astronomy. This tradition of observing galaxies and clusters is kept alive by serious amateur astronomers who study the objects of the deep sky. Nearly all the objects are visible in a small telescope. Many, such as the Crab Nebula and the Andromeda galaxy, are among the most fascinating objects in the universe. Kenneth Glyn Jones has revised his definitive version of Messier's catalogue. His own observations and drawings, together with maps and diagrams, make this a valuable introduction to deep sky observing. Historical and astrophysical notes bring the science of these nebulae to the fore. This is a unique handbook, unlikely ever to be equalled in its completeness and importance to the telescope owner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70790/cover/9780521370790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521059801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521059800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521059800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Equations in Infinite Dimensions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521059800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Da Prato, Guiseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabczyk, Jerzy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to give a systematic and self-contained presentation of basic results on stochastic evolution equations in infinite dimensional, typically Hilbert and Banach, spaces. These are a generalization of stochastic differential equations as introduced by It&#244; and Gikham that occur, for instance, when describing random phenomena that crop up in science and engineering, as well as in the study of differential equations. The book is divided into three parts. In the first the authors give a self-contained exposition of the basic properties of probability measure on separable Banach and Hilbert spaces, as required later; they assume a reasonable background in probability theory and finite dimensional stochastic processes. The second part is devoted to the existence and uniqueness of solutions of a general stochastic evolution equation, and the third concerns the qualitative properties of those solutions. Appendices gather together background results from analysis that are otherwise hard to find under one roof. The book ends with a comprehensive bibliography that will contribute to the book's value for all working in stochastic differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture and Commerce of the American Short Story</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Culture and Commerce of the Short Story is a cultural and historical account of the birth and development of the American short story from the time of Poe. It describes how America - through political movements, changes in education, magazine editorial policy and the work of certain individuals - built the short story as an image of itself and continues to use the genre as a locale within the realm of art where American political ideals can be rehearsed, debated and turned into literary forms. While the focus of this book is cultural, individual authors such as Edgar Allan Poe and Edith Wharton are examined as representative of the phenomenon. As part of its project, this book also contains a history of creative writing and the workshop dating back a century. Andrew Levy makes a strong case for the centrality of the short story as a form of art in American life and provides an explanation for the genre's resurgence and ongoing success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60172/cover/9780521060172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime and Defoe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Kind of Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faller, Lincoln B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks to recover something of the original excitement, challenge and significance of Defoe's four novels of criminal life by reading them within and against the conventions of early eighteenth-century criminal biography. Crime raised deeply troubling questions in Defoe's time, not least as a powerful sign of the breakdown of traditional social authority and order. Arguing that Defoe's novels, like criminal biography, provided ways of facing and working through, as well as avoiding, certain of the moral and intellectual difficulties that crime raised for him and his readers, Faller shows how the 'literary', even 'aesthetic' qualities of his fiction contributed to these ends. Analysing the ways in which Defoe's novels exploited, deformed and departed from the genre they imitated, this book attempts to define the specific social and political (which is to say moral and ideological) value of a given set of 'literary' texts against those of a more 'ordinary' form of narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60332/cover/9780521060332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. Each play is preceded by detailed notes on the text of the play, and is followed by textual notes, lists of variants, emendations of accidentals, and an historical collation. A general note of the principles on which the text of this edition was established is contained in Volume I.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60349/cover/9780521060349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60370/cover/9780521060370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60394/cover/9780521060394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fifth volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60400/cover/9780521060400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the sixth volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of five plays, all by Fletcher. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60424/cover/9780521060424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106046X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>752</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the seventh volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of six plays by Fletcher but two, Henry VIII and The Two Noble Kinsmen, include the collaborative efforts of Shakespeare. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60462/cover/9780521060462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the eighth volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of five plays and one composite Fours Plays in One, written by Fletcher and his collaborators, Nathan Field and Philip Massinger. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60486/cover/9780521060486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>676</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the ninth volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of six plays written by Fletcher and his collaborators, William Rowley and Philip Massinger. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text and authorship, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60509/cover/9780521060509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521060524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521060523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521060523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume in a ten-volume series of the complete dramatic works of Beaumont and Fletcher, published under the general editorship of Fredson Bowers. Each volume contains several plays accompanied by a textual introduction and critical apparatus. The plays of Beaumont alone are published first, followed by those by Beaumont and Fletcher together, Beaumont and Fletcher revised by Massinger, Fletcher alone and finally Fletcher with his numerous collaborators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60523/cover/9780521060523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106323X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Documentary Film Movement, 1926-1946</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swann, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most important and internationally influential development in British cinema was the documentary film movement led by John Grierson in the 1930s and 1940s. Paul Swann's study is a political and social history of this movement, which was characterized by actuality-based films made outside the commercial industry. Based upon examinations of official government records, this book provides a fascinating picture of how Grierson manipulated the civil service bureaucracy both for his own ends and, in his view, for the good of his country. The documentary movement was both a socially conscious group intent upon raising the consciousness - and consciences - of viewers, and something like a film school, providing opportunities to fledgling film-makers. Working in reaction to the escapist Hollywood films that then dominated British screens, the documentary film-makers drew upon traditions such as Soviet realism and the European avant-garde and used ordinary men and women instead of actors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63234/cover/9780521063234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probabilistic Voting Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coughlin, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Coughlin provides the most comprehensive and integrated analysis of probabilistic voting models to date. Probabilistic voting theory is the mathematical prediction of candidate behaviour in, or in anticipation of, elections in which candidates are unsure of voters' preferences. The theory asks first whether optimal candidate strategies can be determined given uncertainty about voter preferences, and if so, what exactly those strategies are given various circumstances. It allows the theorist to predict what public policies will be supported and what laws passed by elected officials when in office and what positions will be taken by them when running in elections. One of the leading contributors to this rapidly developing literature, at the leading edge of public choice theory, Coughlin both reviews the existing literature and presents results that unify and extend developments in the theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63296/cover/9780521063296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>28.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuronal Networks of the Hippocampus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traub, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The questions of how a large population of neurons in the brain functions, how synchronized firing of neurons is achieved, and what factors regulate how many and which neurons fire under different conditions form the central theme of this book. Using a combined experimental-theoretical approach unique in neuroscience, the authors present important techniques for the physiological reconstruction of a large biological neuronal network. They begin by discussing experimental studies of the CA3 hippocampal region in vitro, focusing on single-cell and synaptic electrophysiology, particularly the effects a single neuron exerts on its neighbours. This is followed by a description of a computer model of the system, first for individual cells then for the entire detailed network, and the model is compared with experiments under a variety of conditions. The results shed significant light into the mechanisms of epilepsy, electroencephalograms, and biological oscillations and provide an excellent test case for theories of neural networks. Researchers in neurophysiology and physiological psychology, physicians concerned with epilepsy and related disorders, and researchers in computational neuroscience will find this book an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63319/cover/9780521063319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Methods in Orchid Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, H. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject matter of this text is conference based and deals with the physiology, ecology and management of orchid conservation. It offers information not only to the orchid research scientist, but also to the orchid enthusiast curious about the scientific background to this topic. Interest and support for plant conservation has increased considerably and a great deal of attention has been focused on the plight of members of the orchid family. The development makes it desirable to collect existing information and to consider areas of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63340/cover/9780521063340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gorgon's Gaze</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Cinema, Expressionism, and the Image of Horror</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Gorgon's Gaze is an interdisciplinary study of recurrent themes in German cinema as it has developed since the early twentieth century. Focusing on pertinent films of the pre- and post-World War II eras, Paul Coates explores the nature of expressionism, which is generally agreed to have ended with the advent of sound cinema, and its persistence in the styles of such modern masters of Film noir as Orson Welles and Ingmar Bergman. In considering the possibility of homologies between the necessary silence of pre-sound cinema and the widespread modernist aspiration to an aesthetic of silence, Coates relates theories of the sublime, the uncanny, and the monstrous to his subject. He also reflects upon problems of representability and the morality of representation of events that took place during the Nazi era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63364/cover/9780521063364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106337X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of F. P. Ramsey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sahlin, Nils-Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>F. P. Ramsey was a remarkably creative and subtle philosopher who in the briefest of academic careers (he died tragically in 1930 aged 26) made significant contributions to logic, philosophy of mathematics, philosophy of language and decision theory. His few published papers reveal him to be a figure or comparable importance to Russell, Carnap and Wittgenstein in the history of analytical philosophy. This book was the first critical study of Ramsey's work, offering a thorough exposition and interpretation of his ideas, setting the ideas in their historical context, and assessing their significance for contemporary research. The study is intended to complement the reissue of Ramsey's papers edited by Professor Hugh Mellor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63371/cover/9780521063371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infinite Electrical Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zemanian, Armen H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the salient features of the general theory of infinite electrical networks in a coherent exposition. Using the basic tools of functional analysis and graph theory, the author examines the fundamental developments in the field and discusses applications to other areas of mathematics. The first half of the book presents existence and uniqueness theorems for both infinite-power and finite-power voltage-current regimes, and the second half discusses methods for solving problems in infinite cascades and grids. A notable feature is the invention of transfinite networks, roughly analogous to Cantor's extension of the natural numbers to the transfinite ordinals. The last chapter is a survey of application to exterior problems of partial differential equations, random walks on infinite graphs, and networks of operators on Hilbert spaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63395/cover/9780521063395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Betting on Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maher, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to decision theory, focusing on the question of when it is rational to accept scientific theories. The author examines both Bayesian decision theory and confirmation theory, refining and elaborating the views of Ramsey and Savage. He argues that the most solid foundation for confirmation theory is to be found in decision theory, and he provides a decision-theoretic derivation of principles for how many probabilities should be revised over time. Professor Maher defines a notion of accepting a hypothesis, and then shows that it is not reducible to probability and that it is needed to deal with some important questions in the philosophy of science. A Bayesian decision-theoretic account of rational acceptance is provided together with a proof of the foundations for this theory. A final chapter shows how this account can be used to cast light on such vexed issues as verisimilitude and scientific realism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63463/cover/9780521063463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modules and Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dauns, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book on modern and non-commutative ring theory is ideal for beginning graduate students. It starts at the foundations of the subject and progresses rapidly through the basic concepts to help the reader reach current research frontiers. Students will have the chance to develop proofs, solve problems, and to find interesting questions. The first half of the book is concerned with free, projective and injective modules, tensor algebras, simple modules and primitive rings, the Jacobson radical, and subdirect products. Later in the book, more advanced topics, such as hereditary rings, categories and functors, flat modules and purity are introduced. These later chapters will also prove a useful reference for researchers in non-commutative ring theory. Enough background material (including detailed proofs) is supplied to give the student a firm grounding in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63487/cover/9780521063487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early T. S. Eliot and Western Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Habib, Rafey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rafey Habib's book offers a comprehensive study of Eliot's philosophical writings and attempts to assess their impact on both his early poetry through 'The Waste Land' and the central concepts of his literary criticsm. Habib presents the first scholarly analysis of Eliot's difficult unpublished papers on Kant and Bergson and establishes the nature of Eliot's connections with major figures in the Western philosophical tradition, including Plato, Aristotle, Locke, Hume, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Bradley and Russell. The Early T. S. Eliot and Western Philosophy attempts to unravel the complex notions of irony underlying Eliot's poetry, arguing that these originate in his philosophical thinking and achieve persistent expression in his early aesthetics. This book offers close readings of Eliot's major poems and critical essays, shedding valuable light on his views on language, tradition, impersonality and emotion,  and situating these in a broad aesthetic and philosophical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63531/cover/9780521063531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Causal Decision Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyce, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book defends the view that any adequate account of rational decision making must take a decision maker's beliefs about causal relations into account. The early chapters of the book introduce the non-specialist to the rudiments of expected utility theory. The major technical advance offered by the book is a 'representation theorem' that shows that both causal decision theory and its main rival, Richard Jeffrey's logic of decision, are both instances of a more general conditional decision theory. The book solves a long-standing problem for Jeffrey's theory by showing for the first time how to obtain a unique utility and probability representation for preferences and judgements of comparative likelihood. The book also contains a major new discussion of what it means to suppose that some event occurs or that some proposition is true. The most complete and robust defence of causal decision theory available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63562/cover/9780521063562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Trees in the Tropical Rain Forest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our knowledge of the ecology of tropical rain-forest trees is limited, with detailed information available for perhaps only a few hundred of the many thousand of species that occur. Yet a good understanding of the trees is essential to unravelling the workings of the forest itself. This book aims to summarise contemporary understanding of the ecology of tropical rain-forest trees. The emphasis is on comparative ecology, an approach that can help to identify possible adaptive trends and evolutionary constraints and which may also lead to a workable ecological classification for tree species, conceptually simplifying the rain-forest community and making it more amenable to analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63746/cover/9780521063746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Constitutional Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, Donald S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is written for anyone, anywhere sitting down to write a constitution. The book is designed to be educative for even those not engaged directly in constitutional design but who would like to come to a better understanding of the nature and problems of constitutionalism and its fundamental building blocks - especially popular sovereignty and the separation of powers. Rather than a 'how-to-do-it' book that explains what to do in the sense of where one should end up, it instead explains where to begin - how to go about thinking about constitutions and constitutional design before sitting down to write anything. Still, it is possible, using the detailed indexes found in the book, to determine the level of popular sovereignty one has designed into a proposed constitution and how to balance it with an approximate, appropriate level of separation of powers to enhance long-term stability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63760/cover/9780521063760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Further Greek Epigrams</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epigrams before AD 50 from the Greek Anthology and other sources, not included in 'Hellenistic Epigrams' or 'The Garland of Philip'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Denys L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book continues the work done in the volumes edited by A. S. F. Gow and D. L. Page entitled Hellenistic Epigrams and The Garland of Philip. It sets out to include all Greek literary epigrams composed before AD 50 and not published in those volumes, and extends also to epigrams ascribed to certain imperial Romans. Another author commented on is Leonides of Alexandria, whose poems observe curious mathematical laws. The challenge to the authenticity of much of what passes for Simonides and the associated historical discussion constitute one of the most important sections of the book. This edition and commentary will be indispensable to scholars of Greek literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63777/cover/9780521063777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Production of New Potato Varieties</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Technological Advances</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jellis, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The potato is one of the world's most important food crops. It produces more nutritious food from less land in a shorter time than any other major crop. Therefore advances in the production of new potato varieties will greatly contribute to the world's food supply. The book outlines strategies used in the breeding and testing of potato varieties. It considers prospects for varietal improvement using both traditional and new techniques, including genetic manipulation, tissue culture and protoplast fusion. Opportunities for breeding varieties suitable for propagation from true seed, of particular significance to the agricultural systems of developing countries, are also featured, together with an extensive and bibliography. The book is based on the proceedings of a joint meeting of EAPR and EUCARPIA at King's College, Cambridge, December 1985. It contains contributions from many leading authorities in potato breeding and variety assessment throughout the world, and will interest post-graduate students in plant breeding, genetics and molecular biology, together with professionals engaged in potato research and the application of molecular biology to agriculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63784/cover/9780521063784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Walter P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starr, Ross M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starrett, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Kenneth J. Arrow is one of the most distinguished economic theorists. He has played a major role in shaping the subject and is honoured by the publication of three volumes of essays on economic theory. Each volume deals with a different area of economic theory. The books include contributions by some of the best economic theorists from the United States, Japan, Israel and Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63791/cover/9780521063791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology in a Socialist State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poland 1956-1983</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taras, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideology in a Socialist State describes the changes in the ideology of Poland's rulers from the October events of 1956 to the lifting of martial law in 1983. Ideology has been one of the most debated and equivocal concepts in social science, yet this is one of the first attempts to examine it in a systematic, longitudinal and empirical way. Dr Taras analyses how central principles of Marxism-Leninism (the leading role of the party, party influence on trade unions, the church, culture and science) were interpreted by Poland's political leaders. Ideological change, he suggests, represents the chief means adopted by, the regime to respond to a postwar cycle of crises. The rulers' ideology is also linked to political developments in other socialist states (the 1968 Czech reform movement, Soviet doctrinal shifts). Taras concludes that as a result of both external and internal factors, ideology in Poland underwent a combination of transformations, innovations and reification that has produced a new hybrid and highly unstable ideology - Leninist Marxism of People's Poland. This puts the tumultuous Polish events of 1981-3 into historical perspective and focuses on the response of the party leadership to the challenge of Solidarity, and of martial law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63838/cover/9780521063838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106385X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Before Newton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life and Times of Isaac Barrow</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feingold, Mordechai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive re-evaluation of Isaac Barrow (1630-1677), one of the more prominent and intriguing of all seventeenth-century men of science. Barrow is remembered today - if at all - only as Sir Isaac Newton's mentor and patron, but he in fact made important contributions to the disciplines of optics and geometry. Moreover, he was a prolific and influential preacher as well as a renowned classical scholar. By seeking to understand Barrow's mathematical work, primarily within the confines of the pre-Newtonian scientific framework, the book offers a substantial rethinking of his scientific acumen. In addition to providing a biographical study of Barrow, it explores the intimate connections among his scientific, philological and religious worldviews in an attempt to convey the complexity of the seventeenth-century culture that gave rise to Isaac Barrow, a breed of polymath that would become increasingly rare with the advent of modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63852/cover/9780521063852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Structures in Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fritsch, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piccinini, Renzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the construction and the properties of CW-complexes. These spaces are important because firstly they are the correct framework for homotopy theory, and secondly most spaces that arise in pure mathematics are of this type. The authors discuss the foundations and also developments, for example, the theory of finite CW-complexes, CW-complexes in relation to the theory of fibrations, and Milnor's work on spaces of the type of CW-complexes. They establish very clearly the relationship between CW-complexes and the theory of simplicial complexes, which is developed in great detail. Exercises are provided throughout the book; some are straightforward, others extend the text in a non-trivial way. For the latter; further reference is given for their solution. Each chapter ends with a section sketching the historical development. An appendix gives basic results from topology, homology and homotopy theory. These features will aid graduate students, who can use the work as a course text. As a contemporary reference work it will be essential reading for the more specialized workers in algebraic topology and homotopy theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63876/cover/9780521063876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Aspects of Hodgkin-Huxley Neural Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cronin, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the study of mathematical models of electrically active cells, which play an essential role in, for example, nerve conduction and cardiac functions. This is an important and vigorously researched field. In the book, Dr Cronin synthesizes and reviews this material and provides a detailed discussion of the Hodgkin-Huxley model for nerve conduction, which forms the cornerstone of this body of work. Her treatment includes a derivation of the Hodgkin-Huxley model, which is a system of four nonlinear differential equations; a discussion of the validity of this model; and a summary of some of the mathematical analysis carried out on this model. Special emphasis is placed on singular perturbation theory, and arguments, both mathematical and physiological, for using the perturbation viewpoint are presented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63883/cover/9780521063883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Equations in Several Variables</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aczel, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dhombres, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This treatise deals with modern theory of functional equations in several variables and their applications to mathematics, information theory, and the natural, behavioural and social sciences. The authors have chosen to emphasize applications, though not at the expense of theory, so they have kept the prerequisites to a minimum; the reader need be familiar only with calculus and elementary algebra, and have a basic knowledge of Lebesgue integration. Where, for certain applications, more advanced topics are needed, the authors have included references and explained the results used. Moreover, the book has been designed so that the chapters can be read almost independently of each other, enabling a selection of material to be chosen for introductory and advanced courses. At the end of each chapter are included exercises and further results, some 400 in all, which extend the material presented in the text and also test it. The history of functional equations is well documented in a final chapter which is complemented by an encyclopedic bibliography running to over 1600 items.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63890/cover/9780521063890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biogeography of Mediterranean Invasions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groves, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Castri, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mediterranean Basin, California, Chile, the western Cape of South Africa and southern Australia share a Mediterranean climate characterized by cool wet winters and hot dry summers. These five regions have differing patterns of human settlement but similarities in natural vegetation and some faunal assemblages. The similarities are being enhanced by an increasing level of biotic exchange between the regions as time passes since European settlement in each region. This unique documentation of the introduced floras and faunas in these five regions of Mediterranean climate both increases our understanding of the ecology of biological invasions, and points the way to more effective management of the biota of these regions. This book is an initiative of a subcommittee of SCOPE (Scientific Committee on Problems of the Environment) which realized that the integrity of many natural ecosystems was being threatened by the ingress of invasive species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63906/cover/9780521063906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality and Dynamic Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Foundational Explorations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClennen, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major contribution to the theory of rational choice which will be of particular interest to philosophers and economists. The author sets out the foundations of rational choice, and then sketches a dynamic choice framework in which principles of ordering and independence follow from a number of apparently plausible conditions. However, there is potential conflict among these conditions, and when they are weakened to avoid it the usual foundations of rational choice no longer prevail. The thrust of the argument is to suggest that the theory of rational choice is less deterministic than many suppose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63913/cover/9780521063913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Policy Analysis and Modelling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munasinghe, Mohan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meier, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Energy plays a vital role in economic and social development. The analysis of energy issues and policy options is therefore a vital area of study. This book presents a hierarchical modelling scheme intended to support energy planning and policy analysis in developing countries. The authors introduce the concept of 'Integrated National energy Planning' (INEP), and examine the spreadsheet models, optimization models, and linear planning models which energy planners use. Environmental considerations are also introduced into the analysis. Techniques are then applied to two important energy subsectors, electricity and fuelwood, before problems of integration and policy implementation are discussed. Throughout the book, the authors examine actual practice in developing countries. Illustrative case material is drawn from Egypt, West Africa, Sudan, Pakistan, Colombia, India, Sri Lanka and Morocco. This book will be of interest to students and practitioners of energy planning, and to those concerned with the wider development implications of energy policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63937/cover/9780521063937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biotechnology of Microbial Exopolysaccharides</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, Ian W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a thorough account of the structure and synthesis of microbial exopolysaccharides and of their widespread application across a broad range of industries, including food, oil and medicine. The successful exploitation of these polysaccharides requires a sound scientific understanding of their chemical and physical properties and also their biochemistry and biosynthesis; this volume covers all these aspects in a concise and coherent way. Interest in these polysaccharides has been fuelled by their increasing use in food, in the oil industry and in medicine. The author provides an account of all these areas as well as looking further ahead to speculate how their unique properties might be harnessed for future products and processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63944/cover/9780521063944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America through Soviet Eyes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of Soviet Perceptions during the Brezhnev Era 1964-1982</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prizel, Ilya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Latin America through Soviet Eyes provides an original and comprehensive assessment of changing Soviet perceptions of politics in Latin America during the Brezhnev years. Dr Prizel surveys the views of Soviet academics and journalists as well as of politicians on three main areas. He explores the changing Soviet perceptions of Latin America's domestic politics including the Church, the military and national liberation movements; he examines the role of Latin America in global politics and the way in which the USA has influenced regional events, and he discusses the emerging Soviet-Latin American relationship. Case studies of Mexico, Chile, Brazil and Argentina provide a framework for understanding changing Soviet perceptions in the context of the domestic dynamics of specific individual countries. This book is based on a wealth of Russian, Spanish and English language sources. Soviet academic journals, newspapers, communist party journals and the numerous books published by the Institute of Latin America of the Academy of Sciences in the USSR provide the Soviet view of Latin America and this is examined against a background of regional perceptions expressed in Spanish-American material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63951/cover/9780521063951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521063973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Agency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on the Causal Theory of Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From a moral point of view we think of ourselves as capable of responsible actions. From a scientific point of view we think of ourselves as animals whose behaviour, however highly evolved, conforms to natural scientific laws. Natural Agency argues that these different perspectives can be reconciled, despite the scepticism of many philosophers who have argued that 'free will' is impossible under 'scientific determinism'. This scepticism is best overcome, according to the author, by defending a causal theory of action, that is by establishing that actions are constituted by behavourial events with the appropriate kind of mental causal history. He sets out a rich and subtle argument for such a theory and defends it against its critics. Thus the book demonstrates the importance of philosophical work in action theory for the central metaphysical task of understanding our place in nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63975/cover/9780521063975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106399X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521063999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Deterrence Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Credibility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521063999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applying advances in game theory to the study of nuclear deterrence, Robert Powell examines the foundations of deterrence theory. Game-theoretic analysis allows the author to explore some of the most complex and problematic issues in deterrence theory, including the effects of first-strike advantages, limited retaliation, and the number of nuclear powers in the international system on the dynamics of escalation. With the formalizations he develops, the author is able to demonstrate the fundamental similarity of the two seemingly disparate deterrrent strategies that have evolved in response to the nuclear revolution and the condition of mutually assured destruction: the strategy of limited retaliation. The author argues that the logic underlying both strategies centres on a search for ways to make the use of force or the threat of its use credible when any use of force might escalate to mutual devastation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/63999/cover/9780521063999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legislatures in the Policy Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dilemmas of Economic Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mezey, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The role legislatures play in the public policy-making process is of central concern to political scientists. Conventional wisdom claims that all legislatures except perhaps the US Congress are either marginal to the policy-making process or becoming increasingly so. In Legislatures in the Policy Process leading specialists in comparative government reassess this view and significantly advance research on the influence of legislatures. In the opening chapter, David Olson and Michael Mezey identify three categories of variables - external influences, internal influences and policy attributes - which can affect the policy-making role of legislatures. They specify sixteen hypotheses that describe the relationship between these variables and the policy participation of legislatures. In subsequent chapters, these hypotheses are examined through a series of individual and comparative country studies which focus upon the role of the legislatures in various aspects of economic policy making. These include the influence of the French, German, British and US legislatures on monetary policy; the role of the Brazilian Congress and Indian Parliament in computer and electronics policy and the part played by the Polish Sejm in labour policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64026/cover/9780521064026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictions of Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Novel from James to Mailer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fictions of Capital situates manners and writing about manners in the context of American capitalism between 1880 and 1960, a period that runs from the onset of the sales culture to its war-prompted crisis point in the 1960s. The work of various economic theorists and historians is used to establish two of capitalism's deeper narratives: the plot to accumulate and expand resources (1880 to the First World War), and the plot to ensure reproduction of the expanded resources (preoccupying late capitalism, but already an issue for market leaders in the 1920s). James and Fitzgerald are read as the key novelists of bourgeois affluence, their juxtaposition covers the scope of Incorporation, from the initial accumulation to the problems of how accumulations are to be reproduced. The relation between Fitzgerald and Mailer is explored as a way into new tensions in the growth imperative, resolved though the linking of Destruction, or the permanent arms economy, to Desire, or the ubiquitous shop-window, as a capitalist incentive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64033/cover/9780521064033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Metric Fixed Point Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goebel, Kazimierz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Metric Fixed Point Theory has proved a flourishing area of research for many mathematicians. This book aims to offer the mathematical community an accessible, self-contained account which can be used as an introduction to the subject and its development. It will be understandable to a wide audience, including non-specialists, and provide a source of examples, references and new approaches for those currently working in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64064/cover/9780521064064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Professionals, Power and Solidarity in Poland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Sociology of Soviet-Type Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Michael D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Solidarity movement of the early 1980s not only triggered a transformation in Polish society, it forced a fundamental reconsideration of the nature of socialism throughout the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Seen as one of the most important social movements of the twentieth century, Michael Kennedy develops a theoretical conception of Soviet-type societies by analysing Solidarity's significance. He explains the background to the nature of the conflict between Solidarity and the authorities and considers the implications of Solidarity's struggle for the theory of the Soviet-type system's reproduction and transformation. Then, the internal constitution of Solidarity in terms of gender and, in particular, cross-class alliances is examined, which is followed by the implications of his analysis both for understanding perestroika in the Soviet Union and more generally for reformulating a critical sociology of Soviet-type societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64088/cover/9780521064088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Kinetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segel, Lee A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As interest in theoretical biology grows, so does the need for an accessible link between these theories and experiments. The central purpose of this book is to illustrate the premise that examination of the kinetics of biological processes can give valuable information concerning the underlying mechanisms that are responsible for these processes. Topics covered range from co-operativity in protein binding, through receptor-infector coupling, to theories of biochemical oscillations in yeast and slime mould. In addition, an introduction to the explosively growing theoretical topic of chaos details attempts to apply this theory in physiology. The material of this book originally appeared as part of the volume Mathematical Models in Molecular and Cellular Biology (edited by L. A. Segel). However each article has been revised and updated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64095/cover/9780521064095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Participation, Accountability and Efficiency</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowles, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gintis, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafsson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The market does not spontaneously generate democratic or participatory economic institutions. This book asks whether a modern, efficient economy can be rendered democratically accountable and, if so, what strategic changes might be required to regulate the market-mediated interaction of economic agents. The contributors bring contemporary microeconomic theory to bear on a range of related issues, including the relationship between democratic firms and efficiency in market economies; incentives and the relative merits of various forms of internal democratic decision-making; and the effects of democratically accountable firms on innovation, saving, investment, and on the informational and disciplinary aspects of markets. Various approaches to the study of economic interaction (game theory, transactions' cost analysis, social choice theory, rent-seeking, etc.) are considered in an attempt to understand the relationship between power and efficiency in market economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64118/cover/9780521064118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Laws of Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Carroll undertakes a careful philosophical examination of laws of nature, causation, and other related topics. He argues that laws of nature are not susceptible to the sort of philosophical treatment preferred by empiricists. Indeed he shows that emperically pure matters of fact need not even determine what the laws are. Similar, even stronger, conclusions are drawn about causation. Replacing the traditional view of laws and causation requiring some kind of foundational legitimacy, the author argues that these phenomena are inextricably intertwined with everything else. This distinctively clear and detailed discussion of what it is to be a law will be valuable to a broad swathe of philosophers in metaphysics, the philosophy of mind, and the philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64132/cover/9780521064132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Competitiveness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Kirsty S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the key factors determining European competitiveness. It focuses in particular on the issues of internationalization of firms and markets, the role of technology and innovation, and of continuing European integration, and deals with these issues on the level of firms, industries and countries. The competitiveness of the EC as a whole, relative to the USA and Japan, is also examined. Part I deals with internationalization, the organization of firms, and the activities of multinationals in Europe. Part II focuses on trends in technological competitiveness, and its importance in growth and trade performance. Part III is concerned with structural change, the integration of the European market, competition and mergers, the role of the public sector, and the role of cultural differences. The book ends by addressing the role of industrial policy in the future of the Eastern European economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64330/cover/9780521064330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affine Differential Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Geometry of Affine Immersions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nomizu, Katsumi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sasaki, Takeshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained and systematic account of affine differential geometry from a contemporary view, not only covering the classical theory, but also introducing more modern developments. In order both to cover as much as possible and to keep the text of a reasonable size, the authors have concentrated on the significant features of the subject and their relationship and application to such areas as Riemannian, Euclidean, Lorentzian and projective differential geometry. In so doing, they also provide a modern introduction to the last. Some of the important geometric surfaces considered are illustrated by computer graphics, making this a physically and mathematically attractive book for all researchers in differential geometry, and for mathematical physicists seeking a quick entry to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64392/cover/9780521064392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pinochet's Economists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chicago School of Economics in Chile</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valdes, Juan Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the extraordinary story of the Pinochet regime's economists, known as the Chicago Boys. It explores the roots of their ideas and their sense of mission, following their training as economists at the Department of Economics at the University of Chicago. After their return to Chile, the Chicago Boys took advantage of the opportunity afforded them by the 1973 military coup to launch the first radical free market strategy implemented in a developing country. The ideological strength of their mission and the military authoritarianism of General Pinochet combined to transform an economy that, following the return to democracy, has stabilized and is seen as a model for Latin America. This book, written by a political scientist, examines the neo-liberal economists and their perspective on the market. It also narrates the history of the transfer of ideas from the industrialized world to a developing country, which will be of particular interest to economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64408/cover/9780521064408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in the Constructive Theory of Countable Markov Chains</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fayolle, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malyshev, V. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menshikov, M. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Markov chains are an important idea, related to random walks, which crops up widely in applied stochastic analysis. They are used, for example, in performance modelling and evaluation of computer networks, queuing networks, and telecommunication systems. The main point of the present book is to provide methods, based on the construction of Lyapunov functions, of determining when a Markov chain is ergodic, null recurrent, or transient. These methods can also be extended to the study of questions of stability. Of particular concern are reflected random walks and reflected Brownian motion. The authors provide not only a self-contained introduction to the theory but also details of how the required Lyapunov functions are constructed in various situations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64477/cover/9780521064477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legacies of Dachau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Uses and Abuses of a Concentration Camp, 1933-2001</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marcuse, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Auschwitz, Belsen, Dachau. These names still evoke the horrors of Nazi Germany around the world. This book takes one of these sites, Dachau, and traces its history from the beginning of the twentieth century, through its twelve years as Nazi Germany's premier concentration camp, to the camp's postwar uses as prison, residential neighborhood, and, finally, museum and memorial site. With superbly chosen examples and an eye for telling detail, Legacies of Dachau documents how Nazi perpetrators were quietly rehabilitated to become powerful elites, while survivors of the concentration camps were once again marginalized, criminalized and silenced. Combining meticulous archival research with an encyclopedic knowledge of the extensive literatures on Germany, the Holocaust, and historical memory, Marcuse unravels the intriguing relationship between historical events, individual memory, and political culture, to offer a unified interpretation of their interaction from the Nazi era to the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64484/cover/9780521064484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology and Psychology of Moral Agency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rottschaefer, William Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book brings findings and theories in biology and psychology to bear on the fundamental question in ethics of what it means to behave morally. It explains how we acquire and put to work our capacities to act morally and how these capacities are reliable means to achieving true moral beliefs, proper moral motivations, and successful moral actions. By presenting a complete model of moral agency based on contemporary evolutionary theory, developmental biology and psychology, and social cognitive theory, the book offers a unique perspective. It will be read with profit by a broad swathe of philosophers, as well as psychologists and biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64507/cover/9780521064507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Banning of Anti-Personnel Landmines</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legal Contribution of the International Committee of the Red Cross 1955-1999</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maresca, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maslen, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>700</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The International Committee of the Red Cross has played a key role in the effort to ban anti-personnel landmines and in offering aid to victims of war and internal armed violence. This book provides an overview of the work of the ICRC in this area from 1955 through 1999, and gives additional commentary on general issues of the methods and means of warfare. It contains International Committee of the Red Cross position papers, working papers, and speeches made by its representatives to the international meetings convened to address the mines issue, including the 1995-96 Review Conference of the 1980 Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons and the diplomatic meeting which adopted the Ottawa treaty banning anti-personnel mines. These documents provide critical insights into the development of international humanitarian law on this issue, and will form a basis for discussions on landmines and other conventional weapons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64514/cover/9780521064514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot and Indic Traditions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Poetry and Belief</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Cleo McNelly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>T. S. Eliot's allusions to Indic philosophy in several poems - from the Sanskrit ending of The Waste Land to the 'What Krishna meant' section of Four Quartets - have puzzled and intrigued readers since the poems first appeared. In T. S. Eliot and Indic Traditions, Professor Cleo McNelly Kearns places Eliot's lifelong interest in Indic philosophy and religion in the context of his concomitant studies in Western philosophy and his views on literary theory and poetic practice. The author establishes the depth and extent of his knowledge not only of Sanskrit and Pali texts but also of the scholarly tradition through which they were interpreted in the West. She explores as well Eliot's keen sense of the important distinctions between specific schools of thought. Kearns concludes that Eliot was less interested in synthesizing various traditions than in comparing texts and traditions for what he called 'the difference they can make to one another'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64552/cover/9780521064552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetic Variation and its Maintenance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Derek F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Stefano, G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume considers the genetic variability of human populations, particularly in the tropics: its origins and maintenance, and its contribution to the phenotypic variability of complex characters. The first section deals with the ways of analysing genetic variation and provides a valuable review of relevant developments in molecular biology. The origin and maintenance of genetic diversity is considered in the second section with data presented for Pacific, African, Asian and Central American populations. The final section concerns characters in which the genetic contribution to variability is complex and shows how such characters may be used to elucidate biological problems of affinity and differentiation, of adaptation and survival. Published as part of the Decade of the Tropics research programme of the International Union of Biological Sciences, this volume will be of particular interest to human geneticists, physical and biological anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64576/cover/9780521064576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Adult Odontometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Study of Variation in Adult Tooth Size</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kieser, Julius A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An appreciation of the genetic and environmental determinants of tooth size is fundamental to an understanding of the metric variation of teeth in humans. Thus, besides imparting a sound knowledge of the theories of dental inheritance, development and evolution, this book has an important role in demonstrating the diverse practical applications of odontometrics. A particular feature of the book is the inclusion of numerous tables which bring together a vast body of information on tooth size in different population groups. Students of oral biology, orthodontics, physical anthropology, human biology, forensic science and archaeology will find this work of great value as a text and reference source. As Professor Phillip Tobias writes in the foreword, 'The breadth of Dr Kieser's reading, and his mastery of a staggering array of anthropological, evolutionary, embryological, orthodontic and statistical concepts shine through every page of this work'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64590/cover/9780521064590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Navier-Stokes Equations and Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foias, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manley, O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosa, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temam, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims to bridge the gap between practising mathematicians and the practitioners of turbulence theory. It presents the mathematical theory of turbulence to engineers and physicists, and the physical theory of turbulence to mathematicians. The book is the result of many years of research by the authors to analyse turbulence using Sobolev spaces and functional analysis. In this way the authors have recovered parts of the conventional theory of turbulence, deriving rigorously from the Navier-Stokes equations what had been arrived at earlier by phenomenological arguments. The mathematical technicalities are kept to a minimum within the book, enabling the language to be at a level understood by a broad audience. Each chapter is accompanied by appendices giving full details of the mathematical proofs and subtleties. This unique presentation should ensure a volume of interest to mathematicians, engineers and physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64606/cover/9780521064606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish American Regional Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modernity and Autochthony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alonso, Carlos J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Carlos Alonso's study provides a radical re-examination of the novela de la tierra or regional novel, which plays a central part in the development of Latin American fiction in the first half of the twentieth century. He identifies the regional novel as a specific literary manifestation of the persistent meditation on cultural authochthony that has characterized Latin American cultural production from its beginnings, and which in his view springs from Latin America's problematic relationship with Modernity. He proposes a view of the autochthonous as a discourse rather than a referent. Professor Alonso presents his argument through challenging readings of three works that are universally acknowledged as archetypes of the autochthonous modality: Rivera's La voragine, Gallegos's Dona Barbara and Guiraldes's Don Segundo Sombra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64620/cover/9780521064620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Government and Majority Rule</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Str&#248;m, Kaare</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Minority governments in parliamentary democracies are conventionally considered to be unstable and ineffective aberrations from the principle of majority rule. Through analysis of over 350 postwar governments, the author shows that minority governments are neither exceptional nor unstable but in fact a common feature of parliamentary democracies and frequently perform as well as, or better than, majority coalitions. Using the Italian and Norwegian governments as case studies, he suggests that minority governments are particularly likely to form when parties anticipate competitive elections and when opposition parties are able to influence legislative decisions. As an attempt to document and explain a very common form of government in parliamentary democracies, this book will contribute significantly to the understanding of the importance of electoral competition in democratic politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64729/cover/9780521064729.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experiment, Right or Wrong</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Experiment, Right or Wrong, Allan Franklin continues his investigation of the history and philosophy of experiment presented in his previous book, The Neglect of Experiment. Using a combination of case studies and philosophical readings of those studies, Franklin again addresses two important questions: (1) What role does and should experiment play in the choice between competing theories and in the confirmation or refutation of theories and hypotheses? (2) How do we come to believe reasonably in experimental results? Experiment, Right or Wrong makes a significant contribution to an important area in contemporary history and philosophy of science. Philosophers and historians of science, physicists, and advanced students in these areas will find much of interest in this engaging study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64774/cover/9780521064774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideas of Agency in Theory and Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livingston, Paisley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary study establishes connections between divergent approaches to rationality in philosophy, social science, and literary studies. Livingston provides a broad survey of the basic assumptions and questions associated with concepts of rationality in philosophical accounts of action, in decision theory, and in the theory of rational choice. He gives examples of the ways in which rationality is involved in the writing and reading of literary works, ranging from Icelandic sagas to Beckett, Dreiser, Lem, Poe and Zola. Topics examined include the role of concepts of desire, intention, and planning in action explanations, the relation between cognition and motivation, the rationality of desire, atomic versus agential perspectives on rationality, the rationality of groups and institutions, and the question of the rationality of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64804/cover/9780521064804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isolation, Migration and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Derek F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujiki, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torizuka, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This special symposium volume of the SSHB explores the biological effects of human isolation and migration, and how the situations to which they give rise help to elucidate a variety of biological problems, ranging from evolutionary change to disease etiology. The majority of the case studies presented here are by Asian investigators, and provide a uniquely accessible source of information. Besides documenting the results, the book illustrates the different methods employed in such studies. It will be invaluable to those contemplating similar investigations elsewhere, and will be of interest to researchers in a range of disciplines including epidemiology, clinical medicine, demography, anthropology, genetics and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64828/cover/9780521064828.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Absolutely Summing Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diestel, Joe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarchow, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tonge, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many fundamental processes in analysis are best understood by studying and comparing the summability of series in various modes of convergence. This text provides the beginning graduate student, one with basic knowledge of real and functional analysis, with an account of p-summing and related operators. The account is panoramic, with detailed expositions of the core results and highly non-trivial applications to, for example, harmonic analysis, probability and measure theory, and operator theory. Graduate students and researchers from real, complex and functional analysis, and probability theory will benefit from this account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64934/cover/9780521064934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064945</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hard to Swallow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Brief History of Food</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>You are what you eat, or are you? What is in food? Where does it come from? Richard Lacey, Professor of Microbiology at Leeds University and a popular media critic on food issues, takes the reader on a culinary exploration into the world of food. Blending science and humour, Richard Lacey stimulates us to question the future, to think about the nature of what we eat and where it comes from. Professor Lacey is on the side of the consumer, you and I, as he reveals the sinister sides of food production and the dangers lurking in the kitchen.The reader is served up with a feast of practical tips on the handling of food. But food is fun too! Our taste buds work overtime as we are shown how to enjoy food that is both delicious, healthy and safe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64941/cover/9780521064941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521064996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521064996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perception as Bayesian Inference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521064996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knill, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Whitman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bayesian probability theory has emerged not only as a powerful tool for building computational theories of vision, but also as a general paradigm for studying human visual perception. This book provides an introduction to and critical analysis of the Bayesian paradigm. Leading researchers in computer vision and experimental vision science describe general theoretical frameworks for modelling vision, detailed applications to specific problems and implications for experimental studies of human perception. The book provides a dialogue between different perspectives both within chapters, which draw on insights from experimental and computational work, and between chapters, through commentaries written by the contributors on each others' work. Students and researchers in cognitive and visual science will find much to interest them in this thought-provoking collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/64996/cover/9780521064996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups as Galois Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Volklein, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes various approaches to the Inverse Galois Problem, a classical unsolved problem of mathematics posed by Hilbert at the beginning of the century. It brings together ideas from group theory, algebraic geometry and number theory, topology, and analysis. Assuming only elementary algebra and complex analysis, the author develops the necessary background from topology, Riemann surface theory and number theory. The first part of the book is quite elementary, and leads up to the basic rigidity criteria for the realisation of groups as Galois groups. The second part presents more advanced topics, such as braid group action and moduli spaces for covers of the Riemann sphere, GAR- and GAL- realizations, and patching over complete valued fields. Graduate students and mathematicians from other areas (especially group theory) will find this an excellent introduction to a fascinating field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65030/cover/9780521065030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Balance in Health Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maintaining Japan's Low-Cost, Egalitarian System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, John Creighton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ikegami, Naoki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Compared to the rest of the world, Japan has a healthy population but pays relatively little for medical care. This book analyses how the health care works, and how it came into being. Taking a comparative perspective, the authors describe the politics of health care, the variety of providers, the universal health insurance system, and how the fee-schedule constrains costs at both the macro and micro levels. Special attention is paid to issues of quality and to the difficult problems of assuring adequate high-tech medicine and long-term care. Although the authors discuss the drawbacks to Japan's stringent cost-containment policy, they also keep in mind the possible implications for reform in the United States. Egalitarian values and a concern for 'balance' among constituents, the authors argue, are essential for cost containment as well as for access to health care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65054/cover/9780521065054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luo, Zhi-Quan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pang, Jong-Shi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ralph, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a solid foundation and an extensive study for an important class of constrained optimization problems known as Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints (MPEC), which are extensions of bilevel optimization problems. The book begins with the description of many source problems arising from engineering and economics that are amenable to treatment by the MPEC methodology. Error bounds and parametric analysis are the main tools to establish a theory of exact penalisation, a set of MPEC constraint qualifications and the first-order and second-order optimality conditions. The book also describes several iterative algorithms such as a penalty-based interior point algorithm, an implicit programming algorithm and a piecewise sequential quadratic programming algorithm for MPECs. Results in the book are expected to have significant impacts in such disciplines as engineering design, economics and game equilibria, and transportation planning, within all of which MPEC has a central role to play in the modelling of many practical problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65085/cover/9780521065085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Person, Space and Time across Languages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hickmann, Maya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comparative study explores two central questions in the study of first language acquisition: What is the relative impact of structural and functional determinants? What is universal versus language-specific during development? Maya Hickmann addresses these questions in three domains of child language: reference to entities, the representation of space, and uses of temporal-aspectual markings. She provides a thorough review of different theoretical approaches to language acquisition and a wide range of developmental research, as well as examining all three domains in English, French, German and Chinese narratives. Hickmann's findings concern the rhythm of acquisition, the interplay among different factors (syntactic, semantic, pragmatic) determining children's uses, and universal versus variable aspects of acquisition. Her conclusions stress the importance of relating sentence and discourse determinants of acquisition in a crosslinguistic perspective. Children's Discourse will be welcomed by those working in psychology and language-related disciplines interested in first language acquisition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65108/cover/9780521065108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bipartite Graphs and their Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asratian, Armen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denley, Tristan M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;ggkvist, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bipartite graphs are perhaps the most basic of objects in graph theory, both from a theoretical and practical point of view. However, sometimes they have been considered only as a special class in some wider context. This book deals solely with bipartite graphs. Together with traditional material, the reader will also find many unusual results. Essentially all proofs are given in full; many of these have been streamlined specifically for this text. Numerous exercises of all standards have also been included. The theory is illustrated with many applications especially to problems in timetabling, chemistry, communication networks and computer science. For the most part the material is accessible to any reader with a graduate understanding of mathematics. However, the book contains advanced sections requiring much more specialized knowledge, which will be of interest to specialists in combinatorics and graph theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65122/cover/9780521065122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two-Dimensional Wavelets and their Relatives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Antoine, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murenzi, Romain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vandergheynst, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ali, Syed Twareque</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two-dimensional wavelets offer a number of advantages over discrete wavelet transforms when processing rapidly varying functions and signals. In particular, they offer benefits for real-time applications such as medical imaging, fluid dynamics, shape recognition, image enhancement and target tracking. This book introduces the reader to 2-D wavelets via 1-D continuous wavelet transforms, and includes a long list of useful applications. The authors then describe in detail the underlying mathematics before moving on to more advanced topics such as matrix geometry of wavelet analysis, three-dimensional wavelets and wavelets on a sphere. Throughout the book, practical applications and illustrative examples are used extensively, ensuring the book's value to engineers, physicists and mathematicians alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65191/cover/9780521065191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiction and Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomasson, Amie L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This challenging study places fiction squarely at the centre of the discussion of metaphysics. Philosophers have traditionally treated fiction as involving a set of narrow problems in logic or the philosophy of language. By contrast Amie Thomasson argues that fiction has far-reaching implications for central problems of metaphysics. The book develops an 'artifactual' theory of fiction, whereby fictional characters are abstract artifacts as ordinary as laws or symphonies or works of literature. By understanding fictional characters we come to understand how other cultural and social objects are established on the basis of the independent physical world and the mental states of human beings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65214/cover/9780521065214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fungi in Bioremediation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bioremediation is an expanding area of environmental biotechnology, and may be defined as the application of biological processes to the treatment of pollution. Much bioremediation work has concentrated on organic pollutants, although the range of substances that can be transformed or detoxified by micro-organisms includes both natural and synthetic organic materials and inorganic pollutants, such as toxic metals. The majority of applications developed to date involve bacteria and there is a distinct lack of appreciation of the potential roles and involvement of fungi in bioremediation, despite clear evidence of their metabolic and morphological versatility. This book highlights the potential of filamentous fungi, including mycorrhizas, in bioremediation and discusses the physiology and chemistry of pollutant transformations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65313/cover/9780521065313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reform of the Frankish Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chrodegang of Metz and the Regula canonicorum in the Eighth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claussen, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chrodegang of Metz (c. 712-766) was a leading figure of the late Merovingian and early Carolingian Church. Born to one of the principal aristocratic families in Austrasia, he served as referendary of Charles Martel, and was appointed bishop of Metz in the 740s. As bishop, Chrodegang became one of the foremost churchmen in Francia, chairing councils, founding monasteries, and beginning a reform of the lives of the canons of the Metz cathedral. This book is a major study in the English language on Chrodegang, examining his preoccupation with the creation of  communities of faith and concord modelled on the early Church. It explores his attempts to unite the Frankish episcopacy, his rule for the cathedral clergy in Metz - the Regula canonicorum - and his introduction of new liturgical practices that sought to transform his see into a hagiopolis, a holy city which provided a model for later Carolingian reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65375/cover/9780521065375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lignans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chemical, Biological and Clinical Properties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayres, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loike, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lignans are widely occurring plant compounds and are closely related to lignin, which forms the woody component of trees and other plants. The lignans are characterized by their dimeric composition from cinnamic acids, and they are attracting increasing attention as a result of their pharmacological properties. The volume surveys the chemical, biological and clinical properties of lignans as well as providing information on their isolation, purification, identification and chemical synthesis. The volume also explores fully the potential use of these compounds as antiviral and antitumour agents, and thus provides a wide-ranging survey of their pharmacology and chemistry. The text is fully documented and referenced and provides the only up-to-date compilation on this subject. The volume is suitable for research scientists in the fields of organic chemistry, biochemistry, oncology, pharmacology, toxicology and botany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65436/cover/9780521065436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521065909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometrical Optics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Hamilton's Method</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Synge, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is by no means easy for the applied mathematician to decide how much importance he should attach to the more abstract and aesthetic side of his work and how much to the detailed applications to physics, astronomy, engineering or the design of instruments. To all appearances, Sir William Rowan Hamilton (1850-1865) attached little importance to the practical applications of his method, and it was only with the publication of his Mathematical Papers that it was possible to form a more correct and balanced judgement of Hamilton as an applied mathematician. Great indeed was the labour which he employed with a view to applying his method to the design of optical instruments, but for him the abstract wand aesthetic side of his work was of so much greater public importance than its practical use that the details of application remained unpublished till long after her death and long after other workers had discovered equivalent processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65900/cover/9780521065900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19370303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106595X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plotinus on Sense-Perception</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emilsson, Eyjolfur Kjalar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a philosophical analysis of Plotinus' views on sense-perception. It aims to show how his thoughts were both original and a development of the ideas of his predecessors, in particular those of Plato, Aristotle and the Peripatetics. Special attention is paid to Plotinus' dualism with respect to soul and body and its implications for his views on the senses. The author combines a historical approach to his subject, setting Plotinus' thought in the context of thinkers who preceded and succeeded him, with a proper analysis of his ideas and, where appropriate, of those from which they derived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65955/cover/9780521065955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521065976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521065979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beneventan Chant</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521065979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Thomas Forrest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the High Middle Ages the dominance of Gregorian chant has obscured the fact that musical practice in early medieval Europe was far richer than has hitherto been recognized. Despite its historical importance, the "Gregorian" is not the most consistent and probably not the oldest form of Christian chant. The recovery and study of regional musical dialects having a common ancestry in the Christian church and Western musical tradition are reshaping our view of the early history of Christian liturgical music. Thomas Kelly's major study of the Beneventan chant reinstates one of the oldest surviving bodies of Western music: the Latin church music of southern Italy as it existed before the spread of Gregorian chant. Dating from the seventh and eighth centuries it was largely forgotten after the Carolingian desire for political and liturgical uniformity imposed "Gregorian" chant throughout the realm. But a few later scribes, starting apparently in the tenth century, preserved a part of this regional heritage in writing. This book reassembles and describes the surviving repertory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/65979/cover/9780521065979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bakhtin and the Visual Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Deborah J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bakhtin and the Visual Arts assesses the relevance of Mikhail Bakhtin's ideas as they relate to painting and sculpture. First published in the 1960s, Bakhtin's writings introduced the concepts of carnival and dialogue or dialogism, which have had significant impact in such diverse fields as literature and literary theory, philosophy, theology, biology and psychology. In his four early aesthetic essays, written between 1919 and 1926, and before he began to focus on linguistic and literary categories, Bakhtin worked on a larger philosophy of creativity, which was never completed. Deborah Haynes's in-depth study of his aesthetics, especially his theory of creativity, analyses its applicability to contemporary art theory and criticism. The author argues that Bakhtin, with such categories as answerability, outsideness and unfinalizability, offers a conceptual basis for interpreting the moral dimensions of creative activity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73927/cover/9780521473927.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Differentiation of the Continental Crust</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushmer, Tracy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The evolution and differentiation of the continental crust pose fundamental questions that are being addressed by new research concerning melting, melt extraction and transport through the crust, and the effect of melt on crustal rheology. Insights into crustal processes have been triggered by combined field observations and laboratory experiments, supported by developments in numerical modelling. Opening chapters cover the structure of the continents, controls on heat production and the composition, differentiation and evolution of continental crust. The role of arc magmatism in the Phanerozoic and crustal generation in the Archean are addressed. Two regional examples illustrate the modification and differentiation of continental crust. Process-oriented chapters cover melting, melt extraction and migration, and crustal rheology. The final chapters review the emplacement and growth of plutons and outline a modeling approach to the physical controls on crustal differentiation. This is a valuable summary of recent advances for graduate students and research workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66068/cover/9780521066068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intelligence and the War against Japan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain, America and the Politics of Secret Service</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aldrich, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intelligence and the War against Japan offers a comprehensive scholarly history of the development of the British secret service and its relations with its American intelligence counterparts during the war against Japan. Richard J. Aldrich makes extensive use of recently declassified files in order to examine the politics of secret service during the Far Eastern War, analysing the development of organizations such as Bletchley Park, the Special Operations Executive and the Office of Strategic Services in Asia. He argues that, from the Battle of Midway in June 1942, the Allies focused increasingly on each other's future ambitions, rather than the common enemy. Central to this theme are Churchill, Roosevelt and their rivalry over the future of empire in Asia. Richard J. Aldrich's cogent, fluent analysis of the role of intelligence in Far Eastern developments is a thorough and penetrating account of this latter-day 'Great Game'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66198/cover/9780521066198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Observing Comets, Asteroids, Meteors, and the Zodiacal Light</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edberg, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When can you see fireballs and who should you contact if you spot one? When is it best to hunt for comets and meteors and whereabouts? How do you gauge the size of the coma in the head of a comet and estimate its degree of condensation? Clear and easy to use, this guide shows you how to make successful and valuable observations and records of comets, asteroids, meteors and the zodiacal light. For each topic the historical background and current scientific understanding support a wealth of observational techniques. Comet observers are shown techniques for search and discovery. They can learn how to make visual estimates of brightness and size, and how to make photographic studies of cometary heads and tails. Asteroid hunters will find a 'life list' of quarry and guidelines on how to search for these objects and then how to photograph or electronically image them. Fruitful photographic and electronic methods for studying meteors and meteor showers are provided. Visual and photographic techniques show you how to examine the often elusive zodiacal light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66273/cover/9780521066273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bioenergetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garby, Lars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsen, Poul S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bioenergetics is the name given to the collection of disciplines within biochemistry and physiology that aims at a description and understanding of the function of living systems. These functions include the exchange, metabolism and accumulation of matter, as well as their related energy transformations. The authors present an accessible textbook, providing the reader with the fundamental principles of the subject and how these can then be applied to practical problems. This textbook is ideal for graduate students and researchers in biochemistry, physiology and chemistry. The book should also be of interest to workers in the applied life sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66358/cover/9780521066358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Phycological Methods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecological Field Methods: Macroalgae</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littler, Mark M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littler, Diane S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fourth volume of the Handbook of Phycological Methods, with its field-oriented perspective, is a comprehensive treatment of recently developed methodologies in the rapidly advancing field of marine benthic algal ecology. Both traditional and modern methods are presented along with the limitations of various projectspecific examples. References and discussions include how procedures may be adapted to suit different habitats, diverse algal systems, or other conditions. This book contains sufficient detail to be valuable to a wide audience, including both advanced and student researchers and educators throughout the academic and technical community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66402/cover/9780521066402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homer's People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epic Poetry and Social Formation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haubold, Johannes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the role and character of Homer's people, laoi, in Homeric story-telling, arguing that Homeric poetry is crucially concerned with the people as a basis for communal life. Both The Iliad and The Odyssey are read as sustained meditations on the processes involved in protecting and destroying the people. The investigation draws on a wide range of approaches from formulaic analysis to the study of early performance contexts. From a close reading of the Homeric epics, Homer's people emerge as a community without effective social structures. When this is viewed from the perspective of Homeric performances in the polis, a contrast between Homer's laoi and the founding people of ritual emerges. While the former typically perish, the survival of the latter is secured by the establishment of successful institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66419/cover/9780521066419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistics and the Formal Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Generative Grammar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomalin, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The formal sciences, particularly mathematics, have had a profound influence on the development of linguistics. This insightful overview looks at techniques that were introduced in the fields of mathematics, logic and philosophy during the twentieth century, and explores their effect on the work of various linguists. In particular, it discusses the 'foundations crisis' that destabilised mathematics at the start of the twentieth century, the numerous related movements which sought to respond to this crisis, and how they influenced the development of syntactic theory in the 1950s. The book concludes by discussing the resulting major consequences for syntactic theory, and provides a detailed reassessment of Chomsky's early work at the advent of Generative Grammar. Informative and revealing, this book will be invaluable to all those working in formal linguistics, in particular those interested in its history and development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66488/cover/9780521066488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of Consciousness in Modern Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underhill, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modernist aesthetics have been identified with a sense of cultural crisis, defined by its distance from an ideal of unified consciousness. This original study of the problem of consciousness in modern poetry examines the struggle towards that ideal of 'unitary' experience, through close readings of British and Irish poets from Hardy and the Georgian poets, through Lawrence, Edward Thomas, Yeats, Eliot, MacNiece and Auden, to Ted Hughes. Underhill argues that while their poetry is both a critique and an expression of crisis, its tendency to emphasize inner states and subjective experience has drawn attention away from the socio-historical dimensions of the problem. Poetry, as contemporary theories of consciousness remind us, is itself a socio-cultural institution and is answerable to outer as well as inner forces. Underhill examines these problems and paradoxes, showing how the impossibility of any stable notion of the unitary in our century can in fact be seen as an opportunity for creative choice and freedom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66518/cover/9780521066518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Imperial Literature, 1870-1940</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing and the Administration of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bivona, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British Imperial Fiction, 1870-1940 traces the gradual process by which the colonial bureaucratic subject was constructed in nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Britain. Daniel Bivona's study offers insightful readings of a number of influential writers who were involved in promoting the ideology of bureaucratic self-sacrifice, the most important of whom are Stanley, Kipling and T. E. Lawrence. He examines how this governing ideology is treated in the novels of Joseph Conrad, Joyce Cary and George Orwell. By placing the complexities of individual texts in a much larger historical context, this study makes the original claim that the colonial bureaucrat played an ambiguous but nonetheless central role in both pro-imperial and anti-imperial discourse, his own power relationship with bureaucratic superiors shaping the terms in which the proper relationship between colonizer and colonized was debated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66587/cover/9780521066587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulation and Entry into Telecommunications Markets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Bijl, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peitz, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses telecommunications markets from early to mature competition, filling the gap between the existing economic literature on competition and the real-life application of theory to policy. Paul De Bijl and Martin Peitz focus on both the transitory and the persistent asymmetries between telephone companies, investigating the extent to which access price and retail price regulation stimulate both short- and long-term competition. They explore and compare various settings, such as non-linear versus linear pricing, facilities-based versus unbundling-based or carrier-select-based competition, non-segmented versus segmented markets. On the basis of their analysis, De Bijl and Peitz then formulate guidelines for policy. This book is a valuable resource for academics, regulators and telecommunications professionals. It is accompanied by simulation programs devised by the authors both to establish and to illustrate their results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66631/cover/9780521066631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama, Theatre, and Identity in the American New Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Jeffrey H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drama, Theatre, and Identity in the American New Republic investigates the way in which theatre both reflects and shapes the question of identity in post-revolutionary American culture. Richards examines a variety of phenomena connected to the stage, including closet Revolutionary political plays, British drama on American boards, American-authored stage plays, and poetry and fiction by early Republican writers. American theatre is viewed by Richards as a transatlantic hybrid in which British theatrical traditions in writing and acting provide material and templates by which Americans see and express themselves and their relationship to others. Through intensive analyses of plays both inside and outside of the early American 'canon', this book confronts matters of political, ethnic and cultural identity by moving from play text to theatrical context and from historical event to audience demography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66686/cover/9780521066686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521066743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Differential Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veblen, Oswald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehead, J. H. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a set of axioms for differential geometry and develops their consequences up to a point where a more advanced book might reasonably begin. Analytical operations with co-ordinate systems are continually used in differential geometry, a typical process being to 'choose a co-ordinate system such that ...' It is therefore natural to state the axioms in terms of an undefined class of 'allowable' co-ordinate systems, and to deduce the properties of the space from the nature of the transformations of co-ordinates permitted by the axioms. These earlier axioms are found to be adequate for the differential geometry of an open simply connected space, the most elementary theorems of which occupy the greater part of Chapters III-V. The more general axioms, in terms of allowable co-ordinate systems and without restrictions on the connectivity of the space, are given in Chapter IV.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66747/cover/9780521066747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19320303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Interpreting and Cross-cultural Communication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Angelelli, Claudia V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When healthcare providers and patients do not speak the same language, medical interpreters are called in to help. In this book - the first ever ethnographic study of a bilingual hospital - Claudia Angelelli explores the role of medical interpreters, drawing on data from over 300 medical encounters and interviewing the interpreters themselves about the people for whom they interpret, their challenges, and how they characterize their role. Traditionally the interpreter has been viewed as a language conduit, with little power over the medical encounter or the relationship between patient and provider. This book presents an alternative view, considering the interpreter's agency and contextualizing the practice within an institution that is part of a larger society. Bringing together literature from social theory, social psychology and linguistic anthropology, this book will be welcomed by anyone who wants to discover the intricacies of medical interpreting firsthand; particularly researchers, communication specialists, policy makers and practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66778/cover/9780521066778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mass Oratory and Political Power in the Late Roman Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morstein-Marx, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book highlights the role played by public, political discourse in shaping the distribution of power between Senate and People in the Late Roman Republic. Against the background of the debate between 'oligarchical' and 'democratic' interpretations of Republican politics, Robert Morstein-Marx emphasizes the perpetual negotiation and reproduction of political power through mass communication. The book analyses the ideology of Republican mass oratory and situates its rhetoric fully within the institutional and historical context of the public meetings (contiones) in which these speeches were heard. Examples of contional orations, drawn chiefly from Cicero and Sallust, are subjected to an analysis that is influenced by contemporary political theory and empirical studies of public opinion and the media, rooted in a detailed examination of key events and institutional structures, and illuminated by a vivid sense of the urban space in which the contio was set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66785/cover/9780521066785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Art History and the Critique of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyss, Beat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, Beat Wyss provides a critical analysis of Hegel's theories of art history. Analogous to his philosophy of history, Hegel viewed the history of art in dialectical terms: with its origins in the Ancient Near East, Western art culminated in Classical Greece, but began its decline already in the Hellenistic period. Yet, as Wyss posits, art refuses its programmed demise. He highlights the political dimension of this contradiction, showing the implication of theories which subordinate art to the will of absolute rule. Wyss follows his analysis of Hegel's theories with a discussion of the work of four modern successors - Nordau, Spengler, Sedlmayr and Lukacs - all of whom adapted Hegel's dialectical model, in an effort to demonstrate the central contradictions of twentieth-century aesthetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66808/cover/9780521066808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Observation and Analysis of Stellar Photospheres</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gray, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Observation and Analysis of Stellar Photospheres describes the equipment, observational techniques, and analysis used in the investigation of stellar photospheres. This third edition builds on the success of the previous editions, improving the presentation, and revising topics and results to keep up to date with the latest research. The first half of the book develops the tools of analysis and the second half demonstrates how they can be applied. Topics covered include radiation transfer, models of stellar photospheres, spectroscopic equipment, observing stellar spectra, and techniques for measuring stellar characteristics. Useful real star data can be found throughout the text and in the appendices, and there are extensive references to the primary literature. This comprehensive textbook is suitable for advanced undergraduates and graduate students of stellar physics. Each chapter contains exercises to test understanding and a wealth of useful reference material is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66815/cover/9780521066815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ruckers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Harpsichord and Virginal Building Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Grant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The name of Ruckers is as important to early keyboard instruments as Stradivarius is to strings. This book describes in close detail the art and technique of the Ruckers family, who produced harpsichords and virginals throughout a period of over 100 years. Dr O'Brien provides detailed information about the construction and decoration of Ruckers harpsichords and virginals, as well as the numbering, pitch, stringing, and the determination of the original state of their instruments. Like Stradivarius violins, Ruckers instruments were later altered, and the nature and musical significance of these alterations are discussed, as is the influence of the Ruckers style on later building practice. The instruments in their original and altered states are considered in relation to the music of the time and to contemporary performance practice. The text is richly illustrated with diagrams and pictures of original instruments, and with plan-view photographs reproduced at a scale of 1:10. The book also contains a partially illustrated catalogue of authentic and fake instruments, followed by extensive appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66822/cover/9780521066822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eighteenth-Century Aesthetics and the Reconstruction of Art</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mattick, Jr, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores the rise of aesthetics as a response to, and as a part of, the reshaping of the arts in modern society. The theories of art developed under the name of 'aesthetics' in the eighteenth century have traditionally been understood as contributions to a field of study in existence since the time of Plato. If art is a practice to be found in all human societies, then the philosophy of art is the search for universal features of that practice, which can be stated in definitions of art and beauty. However, art as we know it - the system of 'fine arts' - is largely peculiar to modern society. Aesthetics, far from being a perennial discipline, emerged in an effort both to understand and to shape this new social practice. These essays share the conviction that aesthetic ideas can be fully understood when seen not only in relation to intellectual and social contexts, but as themselves constructed in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66839/cover/9780521066839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutional Change and Political Continuity in Post-Soviet Central Asia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power, Perceptions, and Pacts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones Luong, Pauline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The establishment of electoral systems in Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan presents both a complex set of empirical puzzles and a theoretical challenge. Why did three states with similar cultural, historical, and structural legacies establish such different electoral systems? How did these distinct outcomes result from strikingly similar institutional design processes? Explaining these puzzles requires understanding not only the outcome of institutional design but also the intricacies of the process that led to this outcome. Moreover, the transitional context in which these three states designed new electoral rules necessitates an approach that explicitly links process and outcome in a dynamic setting. This book provides such an approach. Finally, it both builds on the key insights of the dominant approaches to explaining institutional origin and change and transcends these approaches by moving beyond the structure versus agency debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66853/cover/9780521066853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communicating Social Support</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldsmith, Daena J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When stresses and hassles challenge our abilities to cope, we frequently turn to family, friends, and partners for help. Yet social support from close relational partners does not uniformly benefit recipients or their relationships. By probing the communication processes that link enactments of social support to participants' reactions, this book provides new explanations for when and how receiving social support will be evaluated as helpful and relationally satisfying. The author's research addresses a variety of types of relationships and stresses, including young adult friends and romantic partners coping with the stresses of university life; adult friends, family and spouses responding to everyday hassles' and married couples coping with chronic health conditions. This innovative program of research combines qualitative and quantitative methods to develop a distinctive communication-based framework for understanding why the content, form, style, and sequence of talk matter for our evaluations of the help we receive from others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66860/cover/9780521066860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Judicial Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Realism, Pragmatism, Practical Reasoning and Principles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the absence of a sound conception of the judicial role, judges at present can be said to be 'muddling along'. They disown the declaratory theory of law but continue to behave and think as if it had not been discredited. Much judicial reasoning still exhibits an unquestioning acceptance of positivism and a 'rulish' predisposition. Formalistic thinking continues to exert a perverse influence on the legal process. This book dismantles these outdated theories and seeks to bridge the gap between legal theory and judicial practice. The author propounds a coherent and comprehensive judicial methodology for modern times. Founded on the truism that the law exists to serve society, and adopting the twin criteria of justice and contemporaneity with the times, a judicial methodology is developed which is realistic and pragmatic and which embraces a revised conception of practical reasoning, including in that conception a critical role for legal principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66884/cover/9780521066884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selected Historical Essays of F. W. Maitland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cam, Helen Maud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Noted as one of the ablest and exacting historians of his generation, this selection of historical essays by F. W. Maitland is designed to render more accessible those shorter writings of Maitland's which have the greatest intrinsic value for students of history. While best illustrating his distinctive qualities, it thus serves to stimulate a taste for his greater works. Except for Essay VII, Maitland's notes are given in full, with only slight corrections made necessary by the reclassification of historical records or the detection of some small error of fact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66891/cover/9780521066891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gandhi and Civil Disobedience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mahatma in Indian Politics 1928-1934</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Judith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mahatma Gandhi's lengthy Indian career was of central importance in the development of Indian politics and the changing relationship of the British raj and its subjects. But the extent of his political influence and his role varied considerably at different times. This book is an analysis, based on new material, of the phase between 1928 and 1934 when Gandhi was leader of a continental campaign of civil disobedience against the Raj. During this time Gandhi emerged from the comparative political quiescence which had followed his initial rise to prominence in 1920 as architect of a campaign of non-cooperation with the Raj. He resumed a crucial role as leader of the Congress movement against the British. At the peak of his political influence he negotiated a 'pact' with the Viceroy by which the civil disobedience campaign - most graphically illustrated in the famous Salt March to Dandi - was suspended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66952/cover/9780521066952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Realism in Stendhal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jefferson, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book poses the question: what happens when reading enters the realist process? and answers it by way of a critical study of Stendhal's writing. Ann Jefferson argues that a recognition of the role of reading in representation is particularly crucial to an understanding of Stendhal's realism, and her account includes substantial discussions of De l'Amour, Le Rouge et le Noir, the Vie de Henry Brulard and La Chartreuse de Parme. Her study also draws a number of illuminating parallels between Stendhal and aspects of modern critical theory, and uses them in order to reveal the high degree of sophistication and self-consciousness in Stendhal's writing, qualities which are attributed here to the intensity of his preoccupation with his readers. By focusing on the issue of reading in Stendhal this book not only proposes a reassessment of Stendhal's own work, but also opens up lines of enquiry on the critical problem that is realism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66969/cover/9780521066969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521066999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521066990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Historical Economics, 1870-1926</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Economic History and Neomercantilism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521066990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koot, Gerard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first comprehensive and full-length study of the English historical economists, Gerard Koot traces their revolt against the theory, policy recommendations and academic dominance of classical and neoclassical economics in Britain between 1870 and 1926. English Historical Economics, 1870-1926 shows how these historical critics challenged the deductive method and mechanistic assumptions of the economic orthodoxy, developing an historical and inductive method for economic studies and laying the foundation for the professional study of economic history. The author examines the effect of this new methodology upon English politics, discussing the intellectual framework that the historical economists provided for the conservative attack on laissez-faire philosophy in links between such larger social, economic, political and intellectual controversies and the origin and growth of English historical economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/66990/cover/9780521066990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade Friction and Economic Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems and Prospects for Japan and the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sato, Ryuzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wachtel, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents the proceedings of an international conference held in 1986, a year in which the policy frictions between Japan and the United States were particularly heated. The issues discussed herein are of broader interest than the crises reported in the daily press. The conference programme and discussions attempt to put these crises in perspective and thereby contribute to our understanding of economic policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67058/cover/9780521067058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Economic Sanctions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Improving the Haphazard U.S. Legal Regime</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Barry E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive analysis of the myriad US laws for imposing economic sanctions for foreign policy reasons. Against a broad range of target countries, the United States has resorted increasingly to a variety of economic pressures as a major tool in its foreign policy. Examples include South Africa, Panama, Libya, Nicaragua, the Soviet Union, Poland and Iran. The book is written in a lucid style designed for both non-lawyer and lawyer. It begins with a brief history and examination of the effectiveness of economic sanctions, drawing upon the existing literature. It then breaks ground by carefully analysing the wide range of US laws that authorize controls on government programmes (such as foreign aid), US exports, imports, private financial transactions, and assistance by international financial institutions. The study offers discussion of the 1988 omnibus trade bill and includes a useful chapter examining the widely differing laws of major US allies, notably the United Kingdom, Germany, Japan and the European Community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67065/cover/9780521067065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Theory of Social Institutions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schotter, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book uses game theory to analyse the creation, evolution and function of economic and social institutions. The author illustrates his analysis by describing the organic or unplanned evolution of institutions such as the conventions of war, the use of money, property rights and oligopolistic pricing conventions. Professor Schotter begins by linking his work with the ideas of the philosophers Rawls, Nozick and Lewis. Institutions are regarded as regularities in the behaviour of social agents, which the agents themselves tacitly create to solve a wide variety of recurrent problems. The repetitive nature of the problems permits them to be described as a recurrent game or 'supergame.' The agents use these regularities as informational devices to supplement the information contained in competitive prices. The final chapter explores the applicability of this theory, first by relating it to previous work on the theory of teams, hierarchies, and non-maximizing decision theory, and then by using it to provide a new approach to a variety of questions both within and outside economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67133/cover/9780521067133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socialism and Democracy in Czechoslovakia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1945-1948</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myant, M. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the political, social and economic changes in Czechoslovakia in the years 1945- 1948. In 1945 the 'national revolution' established the Communist Party as the dominant force within a coalition government. The leading Communists then evolved the idea of a specific Czechoslovak road to socialism that could bypass the 'dictatorship of the proletariat'. By analysing in detail the revolutionary events and the society that emerged from them, the book demonstrates that there was a real possibility of developing a distinct model of socialism containing a plurality of parties and a sizeable private sector. Such thinking, however, was effectively ended in February 1948, when the Communist Party established a monopoly of power. The fundamental causes of this change in the party's strategy are to be found, it is argued, in the international situation. The February events were of international significance as they confirmed the division of Europe into two blocs. The concluding chapter shows how important they were for the subsequent development of Czechoslovak society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67164/cover/9780521067164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Organic Materials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Molecules to Crystalline Solids</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraxedas, Jordi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interest in molecular organic materials is tremendous, driven by the need to find new materials with desirable properties. This book aims to bring the materials and surface science communities together, integrating physics and chemistry in a non-technical manner, ensuring this fascinating field can be understood by a multi disciplinary audience. Starting with basic physical concepts and synthetic techniques, the book describes how molecules assemble into highly ordered structures as single crystals and thin films, with examples of characterization, morphology and properties. Special emphasis is placed on the importance of surfaces and interfaces. The final chapter gives a personal view on future possibilities in the field. Written for beginners and experienced chemists, physicists and material scientists, this will be a useful introduction to the field of molecular organic materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67447/cover/9780521067447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Activity and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norgan, Nicholas G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical activity and exercise affect many dimensions of health. This book presents a wide-ranging account of the key issues of the biology of physical activity and health. The context is set by considering the comparative and temporal aspects of activity in humans. There follows an examination of the concepts and methodological issues associated with activity, exercise, health and fitness, as well as their interrelationships. Particular attention is given to activity in children, adolescents and the elderly, activity and weight maintenance, and the psychological effects of activity. This topical volume will be of interest to human biologists, biological anthropologists, human physiologists, sports scientists, psychologists, and healthcare professionals involved in preventative medicine, public health, geriatrics, occupational health and community medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67461/cover/9780521067461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plato's Natural Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Timaeus-Critias</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kjeller Johansen, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plato's dialogue the Timaeus-Critias presents two connected accounts, that of the story of Atlantis and its defeat by ancient Athens and that of the creation of the cosmos by a divine craftsman. This book offers a unified reading of the dialogue. It tackles a wide range of interpretative and philosophical issues. Topics discussed include the function of the famous Atlantis story, the notion of cosmology as 'myth' and as 'likely', and the role of God in Platonic cosmology. Other areas commented upon are Plato's concepts of 'necessity' and 'teleology', the nature of the 'receptacle', the relationship between the soul and the body, the use of perception in cosmology, and the work's peculiar monologue form. The unifying theme is teleology: Plato's attempt to show the cosmos to be organised for the good. A central lesson which emerges is that the Timaeus is closer to Aristotle's physics than previously thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67485/cover/9780521067485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integrative Action of the Autonomic Nervous System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Neurobiology of Homeostasis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#228;nig, Wilfrid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Almost all bodily functions are dependent on the functioning of the autonomic nervous system - from the cardiovascular system, the gastrointestinal tract, the evacuative and sexual organs, to the regulation of temperature, metabolism and tissue defence. Balanced functioning of this system is an important basis of our life and well-being. This book gives a detailed description of the cellular and integrative organization of the autonomic nervous system, covering both peripheral and central aspects. It brings to light modern neurobiological concepts that allow understanding of why the healthy system runs so smoothly and why its deterioration has such disastrous consequences. This academic reference volume will appeal to advanced undergraduate and graduate students studying the neurobiology of the autonomic nervous system within the various biological and medical sciences and will give access to ideas propagated in psychosomatic and alternative medicines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67546/cover/9780521067546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in the Theory and Measurement of Consumer Behaviour: In Honour of Sir Richard Stone</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deaton, Angus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eleven papers in this volume show work in the theory and measurement of consumer behaviour. The eminent contributors offer papers ranging from theory to econometrics, from Engel curves to labour supply and fertility, and from consumer demand in England to consumer behaviour in the USSR. These papers were written and collected for this volume to honour Sir Richard Stone on the occasion of his retirement from his chair at the University of Cambridge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67553/cover/9780521067553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lenin's Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sovnarkom 1917-1922</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rigby, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Lenin and his fellow Bolsheviks seized power in 1917 they sought to scrap the existing structures of government and substitute new ones based on Marxist principles. This book attempts a detailed account of their efforts to create a socialist 'cabinet' (Sovnarkom), to elaborate effective machinery and methods of operation, and to use it to govern the country. It examines what kind of people were appointed to Sovnarkom and who chose them. It shows how elements of the pre-revolutionary system of government were taken over along with former ministerial officials. Sovnarkom was headed by Lenin and this helped to ensure its early pre-dominance. Nonetheless it was gradually overshadowed by the Party Central Committee and Politburo, and the book seeks to explain why this happened and why Lenin's efforts to reverse the process failed. The book throws important light on the origins of the Soviet system of government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67560/cover/9780521067560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 5 1936-37</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67737/cover/9780521067737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny vol. 6 1937-38</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67751/cover/9780521067751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 7 1938-39</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67768/cover/9780521067768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67775/cover/9780521067775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review Vol 1 1932-33</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67782/cover/9780521067782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 9 1940-41</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67799/cover/9780521067799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 2 1933-34</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67805/cover/9780521067805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 3 1934-35</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67836/cover/9780521067836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 11 1942-43</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67850/cover/9780521067850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 4 1935-36</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67867/cover/9780521067867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106788X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol 8. 1939-40</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67881/cover/9780521067881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 15 1947-48</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67898/cover/9780521067898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106791X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052106791X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principia Mathematica 3 volume set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehead, Alfred North</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Bertrand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1994</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Principia Mathematica was first published in 1910-13; this is the ninth impression of the second edition of 1925-7. The Principia has long been recognised as one of the intellectual landmarks of the century. It was the first book to show clearly the close relationship between mathematics and formal logic. Starting from a minimal number of axioms, Whitehead and Russell display the structure of both kinds of thought. No other book has had such an influence on the subsequent history of mathematical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67911/cover/9780521067911.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19270303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1066.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 16 1949</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67928/cover/9780521067928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 13 1945-46</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67973/cover/9780521067973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521067987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521067980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny vol. 20 Index &amp; Retrosp</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521067980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67980/cover/9780521067980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 12 1944-45</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68017/cover/9780521068017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 18 1951-52</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68130/cover/9780521068130.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 19 1952-53</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68192/cover/9780521068192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 17 1950-51</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68222/cover/9780521068222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106824X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scrutiny: A Quarterly Review vol. 14 1946-47</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scrutiny was first issued quarterly from Cambridge between 1932 and 1953, the principal editor throughout being Dr Leavis. It is now recognized as a formative influence on English intellectual and cultural life worthy to rank with the great reviews of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. This 2008 reissue is of the 1963 combined set, including a final volume containing an important Retrospect by Dr Leavis and a substantial analytical index. Scrutiny offers an almost complete critical history of English literature from Chaucer to the mid-twentieth century. Medieval literature, Shakespeare, the seventeenth-century poets, Pope, Dryden, Johnson, the great romantics, the Victorians, and nearly all the important modern writers are seriously examined. Many of the articles have become classics, and resulted in revisions of previously accepted views. An important feature of Scrutiny, still of great interest, is the book review section, where many of the important books of the time, and some of the pretentious ones too, were reviewed as they appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68246/cover/9780521068246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Henrician Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diocese of Lincoln under John Longland 1521-1547</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowker, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Longland, confessor to Henry VIII and bishop of Lincoln - a diocese which spanned nine counties and has a correspondingly important place in English history - occupied his see throughout the period of the Henrician Reformation. In her analysis of the diocese during his episcopate, based on exhaustive research in archives, Margaret Bowker reveals the impact of both royal policy and religious contention on the clergy and laity of a large part of England, and on the ecclesiastical structure of the diocese. The state of the Church and the reforms which are in progress within it during the decade before the Reformation are first discussed. Mrs Bowker then looks in detail at the effects of the break with Rome, and the royal policies associated with it, on the monasteries, the clergy, and the religious life of the diocese. Her account includes statistical analyses of both clergy and laity which will become essential reference material for future work on the English Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68291/cover/9780521068291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Growth in a Corporate Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Management, Preference, Research and Development, and Economic Growth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Odagiri, Hiroyuki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the growth of an economy with management-controlled corporations. It begins by studying the behaviour of a corporation whose management maximizes the rate of growth constrained by the threat of takeover, and in which research and development efforts are made to raise labour productivity. The growth of an economy consisting of a limited number of such corporations is then analysed. In this economy the stocks of corporations are the sole means of wealth-holding available to households. This theory is compared with other well-established growth theories, and some extensions of the basic theory, including policy implications, are also presented. The book contains many important innovative features: the combination of micro- and macro-economic analyses, the consideration of research and development activity, and the role of corporate stocks in economic growth. These features contribute to the major conclusion that the behaviour of management - a product of its preferences and of its environment - is an important factor in economic growth. Applying this conclusion to compare corporate growth in Japan and the United States, the author finds that the Japanese business environment makes management pursue corporate growth more vigourously than in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68314/cover/9780521068314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reimagining Thoreau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milder, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reimagining Thoreau synthesises the interests of the intellectual and psychological biographer and the literary critic in a reconsideration of Thoreau's career from his graduation from Harvard in 1837 to his death in 1862. The purposes of the book are threefold: to situate Thoreau's aims and achievements as a writer within the context of his troubled relationship to a microcosm of ante-bellum Concord; to reinterpret Walden as a temporally layered text in light of the successive drafts of the book and the evidence of Thoreau's journals and contemporaneous writings; and, to overturn traditional views of Thoreau's 'decline' by offering a new estimate of the post-Walden writing and its place within Thoreau's development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68369/cover/9780521068369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Languages in Contact</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Partial Restructuring of Vernaculars</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holm, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is widespread agreement that certain non-Creole language varieties are structurally quite different from the European languages out of which they grew; however, until recently, linguists have found difficulty in accounting for either their genesis or their synchronic structure. This study argues that the transmission of source languages from native to non-native speakers led to 'partial restructuring', whereby some of the source languages' morphosyntax was retained, but a significant number of substrate and interlanguage features were also introduced. Comparing languages such as African-American English, Afrikaans and Brazilian Vernacular Portuguese, John Holm identifies the linguistic processes that lead to partial restructuring, bringing into focus a key span on the continuum of contact-induced language change which has not previously been analysed. Informed by the first systematic comparison of the social and linguistic facts in the development of these languages, this book will be welcomed by students of contact linguistics, sociolinguistics and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68376/cover/9780521068376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structural Proof Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Negri, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>von Plato, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A33</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranta, Aarne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Structural proof theory is a branch of logic that studies the general structure and properties of logical and mathematical proofs. This book is both a concise introduction to the central results and methods of structural proof theory, and a work of research that will be of interest to specialists. The book is designed to be used by students of philosophy, mathematics and computer science. The book contains a wealth of results on proof-theoretical systems, including extensions of such systems from logic to mathematics, and on the connection between the two main forms of structural proof theory - natural deduction and sequent calculus. The authors emphasize the computational content of logical results. A special feature of the volume is a computerized system for developing proofs interactively, downloadable from the web and regularly updated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68420/cover/9780521068420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apocalypse and Millennium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Biblical Eisegesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newport, Kenneth G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the various ways in which the Book of Revelation (the Apocalypse) has been interpreted over the last 300 years. It examines in detail Methodist, Baptist, English Anglican and Roman Catholic uses of Revelation from 1600 to 1800, and then American Millerism and Seventh-day Adventist uses from 1800 on. The book argues that, far from being a random sequence of bizarre statements, millennial schemes (including the setting of dates for the second coming of Christ) are more often characterized by complex and internally consistent interpretations of scripture. As an example, the work of David Koresh is examined at length. Koresh, styled by some the 'Wacko from Waco', clearly had views which some would find odd.  However, his interpretation of scripture did not lack system or context, and to see him in that light is to begin to understand why his message had appeal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/73348/cover/9780521773348.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521068487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Libertas as a Political Idea at Rome during the Late Republic and Early Principate</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wirszubski, CH.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study describes the meaning of libertas as a political idea at Rome during the two hundred years or so between the Gracchi and Trajan, a period in which the Republican constitution gradually gave way and was finally superceded by the Principate which, in its own turn, considerably changed during the first century AD. Libertas, while identified with the republican constitution during the Republican period, continued to be a popular slogan and a constitutional principle under the Principate, and C H Wirszubski questions whether the political content of Roman libertas changed as the Roman constitution was transformed. He explores the general characteristics of libertas before engaging with both the background and the major points that were at issue, concluding his analysis with consideration of libertas in the context of the Principate. Originally published in the 1950s, Wirszubski's classic study has been digitally reprinted for a new generation of scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68482/cover/9780521068482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19500303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism and Catastrophe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rousseas, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capitalism and Catastrophe questions whether there are processes in advanced capitalism that lead inevitably to systemic collapse. The author challenges those Marxian theories based on a set of historically evolving 'internal contradictions' derived from a purely dialectical analysis of capitalism. In Part I he focuses on the controversy surrounding Rosa Luxemburg's theories of imperialism and capital accumulation, and on Marx's treatment of science and technology in the Grundrisse. In Part I I he critically examines neo- and non-Marxian theories of advanced capitalism, in particular the work of Jurgen Habermas regarding the problem of political legitimation in advanced capitalism. Professor Rousseas argues that Marxists have severely underestimated the resilience of the capitalist system, which must be taken into account by any theory of political economy relevant to the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68512/cover/9780521068512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inflation and the Personal Income Tax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An International Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanzi, Vito</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inflation distorts income taxes in many ways, but primarily by redistributing the tax burden among taxpayers. This study analyses in detail the effects of inflation on income tax systems in many countries. It examines some of the more important distortions of income tax systems caused by inflation and discusses possible corrective measures, ranging from automatic adjustments (indexation) to ad hoc responses. These corrective measures are compared with the actual experiences of many countries that have pursued policies aimed at neutralizing the effects of inflation. By treating the problem of inflation and income taxes in a comprehensive manner and from an international perspective, this book fills an important gap in the income tax literature and will prove valuable to professional economists, policy makers concerned with tax problems, tax lawyers and accountants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68703/cover/9780521068703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Crises</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kindleberger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What can or should be done to ward off or alleviate the effect of financial crises? The papers in this book examine this question, focusing on particular crises, notably those of 1836, 1873, 1920 and 1929. Based on a historical consideration of the nature and propagation of financial crises, the major theoretical issues raised by the contributors centre on whether a financial system, of a nation or of the capitalist world as a whole, is fragile or robust. Although no precise definitions are agreed upon, financial crises are distinguished from crises of unemployment or crises of wartime devastation. The book is based on the papers and proceedings of a conference held in Bad Homberg, West Germany, in May 1979 under the auspices of the Maison de Science de I'Homme and with the support of the Werner-Reimers Stiftung.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68710/cover/9780521068710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marxian Political Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An outline</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book combines a lucid exposition of the fundamental categories of Marxian political economy with an interpretive analysis of advanced capitalist development. Unlike neo-Marxist economists, who attempt to reinterpret Marx in the light of Keynes, Professor Becker adopts an unalloyed Marxist approach to the leading problems of political economy. The book forthrightly defends the labour theory of value, argues that its alleged theoretical weaknesses are groundless, and demonstrates its continuing analytic fruitfulness in the age of monopoly capitalism. In the same vein, the author explains the importance of orthodox Marxist conceptions concerning both productive and unproductive labour and productive and unproductive consumption. Professor Becker uses Marx's celebrated theorem concerning the tendency of the rate of profit to fall to analyse the current 'stagflation' crisis. He argues that officially announced goals of full employment and growth are impossible without structural change. This presentation of Marxian economics critically appraises those premises of utility maximizing and economic hedonism that often underlie conventional economic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68734/cover/9780521068734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agricultural Innovation in the Early Islamic World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diffusion of Crops and Farming Techniques, 700-1100</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Andrew M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study describes and explains the revolutionary changes which transformed the agricultural life of the Islamicized world in the four centuries following the early Arab conquests. Professor Watson discusses eighteen crops - from sorghum and rye to the watermelon - which spread through the Near East and North Africa during this period. Their origins, diffusion and uses are reviewed. The book investigates the mechanics of diffusion, the routes by which plants spread, and the processes by which they were acclimatized in their new environment. The social and economic history of agriculture in the medieval Islamic world is assessed in a review of wide importance. Professor Watson sets out to refute the view that the early Islamic period was one of agricultural decline in the Near East. He shows that, in contrast to the late Roman and Sasanian periods, it was a time of agricultural and demographic expansion. Agricultural innovation in the early Islamic world will be of interest to economic, social and agricultural historians and to those concerned with Islam and its effect on Africa and Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmic Perspectives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biswas, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mallik, D. C. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vishveshwara, C. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern cosmology and its relationship to the development of human civilization is the subject of this book. Astronomers, cosmologists and historians have contributed fourteen essays covering a wide range of subjects. These include the place of astronomy in China by Joseph Needham, frontiers in cosmology by Fred Hoyle, the dark matter problem by Bernard Carr and the origin of life by Cyril Ponnamperuma. There are also contributions on astrology, science fiction and science. The collection as a whole is an engaging selection of modern astronomy. All the chapters are written at a level suitable for general readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68901/cover/9780521068901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tragedies of Ennius</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fragments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jocelyn, H. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tragedies of Ennius were theatrical adaptations of Attic originals. None has survived; but fragments of twenty-two of them can be found in the work of other writers. Dr Jocelyn prints all the identifiable fragments, substantial extracts from the works which quote them and, where necessary, a critical apparatus. The long introduction discusses the early history of Roman public spectacles; the physical conditions of the theatre in the third and second centuries; the effect these had on the poets who had to adapt the scripts of Attic tragedies; the general character of the Latin plays thus produced; and the fate of these scripts (particularly those of Ennius) in later antiquity. The commentary is both detailed and discursive. Besides glossing and interpreting in the usual way, it considers the problems of restoring individual fragments and of using these fragments to reconstruct both the plays from which they came and the Attic originals. It also elucidates the methods used by Ennius to reproduce the effects of language and style of the classical Athenian dramatists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68963/cover/9780521068963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biogeography and Ecology of the Rain Forests of Eastern Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovett, Jon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wasser, Samuel K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eastern African rain forests are remarkable in their high level of endemism. Miocene uplift of the central African plateau separated these montane and coastal forests from the main Guineo-Congolian forest of west and central Africa. Since then, stable Indian Ocean temperatures maintained a region of high rainfall throughout Pleistocene droughts that devastated forest elsewhere on the continent. Relics of the former Pan-African rain forest survived here, the study of which provides a unique insight into tropical evolutionary processes. This book brings together research on the animals, plants and geography of this intriguing residual forest, and highlights the need for effective management practices to conserve its exceptional biodiversity in the face of increasing pressure for land for cultivation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68987/cover/9780521068987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521068991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521068994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus' Defeat of Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Persuading Mark's Early Readers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521068994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolt, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Bolt explores the impact of Mark's Gospel on its early readers in the first-century Graeco-Roman world. His book focuses upon the thirteen characters in Mark who come to Jesus for healing or exorcism and, using analytical tools of narrative and reader-response criticism, explores their crucial role in the communication of the Gospel. Bolt suggests that early readers of Mark would be persuaded that Jesus' dealings with the suppliants show him casting back the shadow of death and that this in itself is preparatory for Jesus' final defeat of death in resurrection. Enlisting a variety of ancient literary and non-literary sources in an attempt to illuminate this first-century world, this book gives special attention to illness, magic and the Roman imperial system. This is a different approach to Mark, which attempts to break the impasse between narrative and historical studies and will appeal to scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68994/cover/9780521068994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521069033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521069033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locke: Two Treatises of Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Locke, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laslett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1960, this analysis of all of Locke's publications quickly became established as the standard edition of the Treatises as well as a work of political theory in its own right.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521069092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Behaviour within Organizations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoenack, Stephen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive economic analysis of the internal working of organizations. Its attention to the role of information costs in influencing the breadth of discretion that members of an organization have, and the nature and effectiveness of the constraints that can be put upon them, leads to many important hypotheses about organizational behavior. These hypotheses are relevant to both private and public organizations, to charitable and profit-making ones, to bureaucracies and legislatures, and to organizations in free market and centrally planned economies. Stephen Hoenack proposes that managers' optimal choices of constraints in the face of information costs ordinarily leave subordinates with some latitude to use resources in pursuit of their own objectives. Employees can thus create an economy within the organization that responds to their goals as well as to the demands of external constituents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69090/cover/9780521069090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521069351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521069351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>804</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Iran is an eight-volume survey of Iranian history and culture, and its contribution to the civilisation of the world. All aspect of the religious, philosophical, political, economic, scientific and artistic elements in Iranian civilisation are studies, with some emphasis on geographical and ecological factors which have contributed to that civilisation's special character. The aim is to provide a collection of readable essays rather than a catalogue of information. The volumes offer scope for the publication of new ideas as well as providing summaries of established facts. They should act as a stimulus to specialists, but are primarily concerned to answer the sort of questions about the past and present of Iran that are asked by the non-specialist. Volume I sets the physical stage for the human events which follow. In a sense it is a companion volume to the rest of the series. The whole volume is devoted to geography, geology, anthropology, economic life, and flora and fauna. The physical environment of Iran is seen not as an unmoving backcloth against which the human drama is played; rather it is seen as a natural element which shapes in distinct and recognisable ways the whole course of human activity in the country. Iran offers a picture of sharp identity as a geographical unit. In spite of highly varies and often harsh natural conditions at local level, a consistent and recognisable pattern of physiographical and climatic features emerges at the national level. Because of these features the Iranians as a people suffered many vicissitudes. The complex character of the relationship between terrain and people is the major theme of this volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69359/cover/9780521069359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19681201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106936X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052106936X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyle, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>778</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Iran is an eight-volume survey of Iranian history and culture, and its contribution to the civilisation of the world. All aspects of the religious, philosophical, political, economic, scientific and artistic elements in Iranian civilisation are studied, with some emphasis on the geographical and ecological factors which have contributed to that civilisation's special character. The aim is to provide a collection of readable essays rather than a catalogue of information. The volumes offer scope for the publication of new ideas as well as providing summaries of established facts. They should act as a stimulus to specialists, but are primarily concerned to answer the sort of questions about the past and present of Iran that are asked by the non-specialist. Volume 5 is a survey of every aspect of the civilisations which flourished in the Iranian region between the eleventh and thirteenth centuries: the rise and decline of the Saljuqs, the Mongol invasion and the establishment of a Mongol regime which dominated the Middle East for more than a century. It is the first attempt in modern times to study in detail a period of the greatest significance in Iranian history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69366/cover/9780521069366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19681201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521069653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scotland in Music</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A European Enthusiasm</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fiske, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the unique attraction Scotland has had for the great eighteenth- and nineteenth-century composers. It is not about Scottish composers, but rather about the music that for two centuries was written and performed outside Scotland by musicians of other countries who had Scotland in mind. Hitherto far more has been known about this attraction in Germany and France than in Britain, but Roger Fiske here puts this right and shows how nearly all the major composers from Purcell to Brahms were affected - most notably Schubert, Mendelssohn and Bruch, but also Haydn, Beethoven, Chopin and Schumann. In particular, Dr Fiske describes the travels of Mendelssohn and Chopin in more detail than has been attempted before. There are two major influences to be found in this enthusiasm for Scotland. The first is Scotch song, a generic term commonly used in eighteenth-century England for a type of popular song. The second is Scottish literature, especially Macpherson's Ossian and the writings of Sir Walter Scott and Robert Burns: Scotland influenced continental literature as well as inspiring some fine music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69656/cover/9780521069656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521069661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renaissance Dialogue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary Dialogue in its Social and Political Contexts, Castiglione to Galileo</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-length study of the use of the dialogue form in Italy from the early sixteenth century until Galileo. Drawing on a wide range of sources, it examines the characteristics which determined the genre's unrivalled popularity in the period as a vehicle for polemic, debate, technical exposition and comic drama. More than simply an account of the development of an individual literary genre, however, the book is a contribution to the broader social and cultural history of the period. As representations of conversation, miniature dramas of persuasion, the dialogues of the Italian Renaissance constitute an extraordinarily rich - and largely untapped - source of information about the ideals and practice of communication in the early modern age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69663/cover/9780521069663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052106967X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521069670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward Young: Night Thoughts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521069670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornford, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the century after its publication in 1742, 'Night Thoughts' was one of the most popular, widely read and influential poems in the English language. However, there have been no editions of the poem since the middle of the nineteenth century. This edition contains a critical introduction setting the poem in the context of the eighteenth-century sublime. There is a commentary which explains historical and linguistic obscurities, and a history of the poem's publication. The text is based on the first editions of the separate 'Nights', and the old spelling has been retained. The editions are collated here, and all substantive variants recorded. Dr Cornford's critical introduction discusses the conception of the poet's role; Young's attitude to the 'imagination' in the context of contemporary epistemology; eighteenth-century attitudes to death and immortality as expressed in sermons and devotional literature; and the critical reception of the poem in Britain and Europe. This discussion seeks to explain why a poem of Christian consolation, orthodox and ancient in its theology, became a seminal work in a secular cult of sepulchral melancholoy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/69670/cover/9780521069670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Programming and Input/Output</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Andrew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A common attraction to functional programming is the ease with which proofs can be given of program properties. A common disappointment with functional programming is the difficulty of expressing input/output (I/O), while at the same time being able to verify programs. Here, the author shows how a theory of functional programming can be smoothly extended to admit both an operational semantics for functional I/O and verification of programs engaged in I/O. He obtains operational semantics for the three most widely implemented I/O mechanisms for lazy languages, and proves that the three are equivalent in expressive power. He develops semantics for a form of monadic I/O and verifies a simple programming example. These theories of functional I/O are based on an entirely operational theory of functional programming, developed using Abramsky's 'applicative bisimulation'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70072/cover/9780521070072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Secular Clergy Diocese Lincoln</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowker, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of the large and important diocese of Lincoln under three sixteenth-century bishops, Smith, Wolsey and Atwater. Little detailed work of this kind has been done on the state of the clergy before the Reformation. General studies have tended to rely on the literature of the time, and consequently more is known about what contemporaries thought of the Church, particularly of its shortcomings, than about the actual state of the church itself. Mrs Bowker has used a wide range of diocesan material to fill in this side of the picture. She describes the machinery of diocesan administration and the organization of the ecclesiastical courts, and indicates the extent to which benefit of clergy was abused. There is an important analysis of the reasons for non-residence and its effect on the parishes. Mrs Bowker discusses the educational opportunities and requirements of the priesthood, and the impact on clerical education of the introduction of the printing press.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70140/cover/9780521070140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moments in the Life of a Scientist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rossi, Bruno</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During recent decades, our vision of the world of physics - from the subatomic world to the cosmos - has undergone a profound evolution. In this book, one of the scientists who contributed to this development narrates the story of his life and his work. Bruno Rossi gives a close insight into his experiences as a scientist, the motivation which gave direction to his research, and the significance of the results of his experimental work. Rossi was involved at the beginning of very significant stages in relatively recent physics, and recounts how it was at first hand in cosmic rays, high energy physics and space research. He conveys a sense of participation in the excitement of his research, and also an involvement in his life. He writes evocatively of the places where he worked in Italy and America, and gives an insight into the life of a Jewish family living in fascist Italy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70157/cover/9780521070157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Brewing Industry, 1830-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourvish, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Fiona</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>772</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No industry provides more household names than brewing; none retains a firmer place in British culture; and at the height of the temperance movement none was more controversial. Yet this volume provides an extended account of brewing in the modern period. Thoroughly based upon research in brewing archives, it surveys the industry from 1830 to 1980, tracing its development from one in which there were thousands of firms producing beer to one now dominated by half a dozen large companies. It is an account which carries the reader from the porters, ales and stouts, the vast vats, drays and myriad beer houses of early Victorian England, to the draught lagers, giant fermenters, beer tankers and theme pubs of the late twentieth century. In this wide-ranging book the authors discuss free trade in beer, the impact of temperance, and the emergence of the great Victorian breweries together with their acquisition of public houses and company status. In the twentieth century, they examine the impact of two World Wars, the movement for improved public houses, the sobriety of the 1920s, and the revolution sweeping the industry since the 1950s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70171/cover/9780521070171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107018X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of Sovereignty in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Papal Monarchy with Augustinus Triumphus and the Publicists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilks, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sovereignty has always been an important concept in political thought, and at no time in European history was it more important than during the perplexed conditions of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. Universal government was a fading dream, giving way to the new conception of the national state and the whole basis of political thought was being reorientated by the influx of Aristotelian ideas. Dr Wilks's book is an attempt to clarify the more important problems in the political outlook of the period. He shows that at this time the theologians and literary writers, especially Augustinus Triumphus of Ancona, had built up a complete theory of sovereignty in favour of the papal monarchy, based on a neo-Platonic, Augustinian view of the church as a universal and totalitarian state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electronic Noise and Fluctuations in Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kogan, Sh.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to the physics of electronic fluctuations (noise) in solids and covers almost all important examples of this phenomenon. It is comprehensive, intelligible and well illustrated. Emphasis is given to the main concepts, supported by many fundamental experiments which have become classics, to physical mechanisms of fluctuations, and to conclusions on the nature and magnitude of noise. The book also includes the most comprehensive and complete review of flicker (1/f) noise in the literature. It will be useful to graduate students and researchers in physics and electronic engineering, and especially those carrying out research in the fields of noise phenomena and highly sensitive electronic devices, for example radiation detectors, electronic devices for low-noise amplifiers and quantum magnetometers (SQUIDS).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60347/cover/9780521460347.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Economic Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Statics and Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preston, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pagan, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a unified analysis of the theory of economic policy, presenting static and dynamic aspects of both the fixed and flexible objective policy problems. The authors conceive of the abstract theory of economic policy as the interaction of policy possibilities with policy-making requirements. Policy possibilities are depicted by a known, linear model relating sets of targets, instruments and other variables. Policy-making requirements are imposed in two forms: directly by nominating a specific fixed target in the tradition of Tinbergen; and indirectly by specifying preferences about targets - the flexible target associated with Theil.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70225/cover/9780521070225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Popperian Legacy in Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers Presented at a Symposium in Amsterdam, December 1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchi, Neil de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines just why and in what sense, Sir Karl Popper's view of empirical falsifiability as the distinguishing characteristic of science has found appeal among economists. The limitations of this tenet, both for a philosophy of science and as a guideline to economic inquiry, are examined, as are several of the proposed alternatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70232/cover/9780521070232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The U.S.-U.S.S.R. Grain Agreement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roger B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the 1975 US-USSR Grain Agreement negotiations illuminates the parameters and constraints faced by policy makers in a democratic, pluralistic political system. The author investigates the interaction between the formulation and implementation of a policy, suggesting that who is seen as responsible for a policy is often as important as its content. He also shows how the pluralistic nature of the American polity can enable well-organized constituencies to pressure policy makers successfully for precise commitments regarding their future actions, and how this can actually limit the extent of governmental leverage in negotiations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70249/cover/9780521070249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Federal Trade Commission since 1970</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Regulation and Bureaucratic Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarkson, Kenneth W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muris, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To those who study or work in government regulation of business, the Federal Trade Commission has been of intense interest since 1969. Regarded before 1969 as dormant and ineffective, the FTC has become widely viewed as a major agency focusing on problems that affect most American consumers and businesses. This book, the work of Contributors under the editorship of Kenneth W. Clarkson and Timothy J. Muris, is a comprehensive attempt to analyse the 'revitalized' FTC.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70256/cover/9780521070256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Modernization of Soviet Industrial Management</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Socioeconomic Development and the Search for Viability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conyngham, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book first published in 1982 considers the problems of efficiently managing large enterprises which are common to both the West and to the Soviet Union. The growth in management science in the West has been paralleled in the Soviet Union in the years since Khrushchev's fall. Professor Conyngham provides a comprehensive discussion of the efforts in the Soviet Union to develop techniques of scientific management that are consistent with the requirements of communist ideology and a planned economy. The opening chapter outlines the reforms of Soviet industrial management during the post-Khrushchev era and, in particular, indicates the role that increased decentralization has played in the developing importance of management science. Conyngham then concentrates on the generation of management theory and its application to the existing economic system. Topics covered include the emergence of systems analysis as the basic approach to management reform, the application of mathematical models and computers to decision making, and the introduction of economic and behavioural methods of management control. The last part of the book deals with the impact of functional rationalization on the structure of the existing system and the ministerial reforms of the 1970s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70263/cover/9780521070263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Socialist Corporation and Technocratic Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Polish United Workers' Party, Industrial Organisation and Workforce Control 1958-80</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodall, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Dr Woodall analyses the political implications of the pursuit of industrial growth for the authority of the Polish United Workers' Party. She argues that political constraints on the available options for economic reform have encouraged a policy of merger of industrial enterprises into large `corporate' units since 1958. Although they are only a shadow of their Western counterparts, these socialist corporations' nevertheless pose considerable problems for the role of a Marxist-Leninist party in industry. While this does not manifest itself in the emergence of a clearly identifiable 'technocratic' class of managers challenging the legitimacy of the Party, it does involve difficulties caused by an increasingly 'technicist' ethos of industrial management which eschews the possibility of meaningful workforce participation. Dr Woodall thus shows how the over-zealous pursuit of industrial integration and concentration in the 1970s was, despite attempts by the Polish United Workers' Party to reformulate its 'leading role', one of the major factors contributing to the industrial unrest which brought about the fall of the Gierek leadership in 1980.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70270/cover/9780521070270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Utilization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betancourt, Roger R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clague, Christopher K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the theory of capital utilization, a discussion of the econometrics of capital utilization, and econometric tests of the theory using international data. Capital utilization, defined as the proportion of time that capital is working productively, is mainly affected by shift-working. Capital utilization is an important economic variable that has received serious attention from economists only since the mid-1960s In the first part, the authors provide a synthesis of current knowledge, combining a consistent statement of existing theory with some major extensions. In the second part, they turn to the econometrics, first discussing the appropriate methodology and then testing the theory on data from several countries. This empirical work is considerably more sophisticated than previous studies on this topic. Having established the theory and tested it, they move on to consider policy, the relationship between capital utilization and economic growth, and the place of shift-work in the dual economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70287/cover/9780521070287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Welfare and the Economics of Soviet Socialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in honor of Abram Bergson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosefielde, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a collection of essays written in honor of Abram Bergson, the father of modern Soviet economic studies and modern welfare economics. The first part deals with Soviet economics, whereas the second part is devoted to welfare economics and includes essays by four Nobel laureates, Samuelson, Arrow, Tinbemen and Kuznets. All of the essays in the book are important contributions in their own right.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70294/cover/9780521070294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521070511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>04</TextTypeCode>

<Text>List of maps; List of tables; List of text-figures; Preface; 1. The geological ages D. L. Linton, and F. Moseley; 2. Physical conditions in eastern europe, western asia and egypt before the period of agricultural and urban settlement K. W. Butzer; 3a. Primitive man in egypt, western asia and eurpoe in palaeolithic times Dorothy A. E. Garrod; 3b. In mesolithic times J. G. D. Clark; 4. The evidence of language W. F. Albright and T. O. Lambdin; 5. The earliest populations of man in europe, western asia and northern Africa D. R. Hughes and D. R. Brothwell; 6. Chronology I. Egypt - to the end of the twentieth dynasty William C. Hayes; II. Ancient Western Asia M. B. Rowton; III. The aegean bronze age Frank H. Stubbings; 7. (a) The earliest settlements in western asia from the ninth to the end of the fifth millennium BC (b) Anatolia before 4000 BC J. Mellaart; 8. The development of cities from al - 'ubaid to the end of uruk 5' Max E. L. Mallowan; 9. (a) Predynastic egypt Elise J. Baumgartel (b) Palestine during the neolithic and chalcolithic periods R. de vaux, O. P. (c) Cyprus in the neolithic and chalcolithic periods H. W. Catling; 10. The stone age in the aegean S. S. Weinberg; Bibliographies; Index to maps; General index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70515/cover/9780521070515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107052X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante's Inferno</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Difficulty and Dead Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirkpatrick, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a major re-assessment of Dante's Inferno, and of the place which the Inferno occupies in the plan of the whole Commedia. On evidence drawn also from the Paradiso and Purgatorio, Dr Kirkpatrick argues that Dante's thinking and poetry are subject to far greater internal tension than is commonly supposed. He then proceeds to analyse each of the thirty-four cantos of the Inferno, and to relate each canto in turn to its thematic and narrative context. Throughout, Dr Kirkpatrick is particularly concerned with features of language and structure which scholars have tended to overlook in emphasising the philosophical character of Dante's poetry. And while he chooses, for the sake of clarity, to write in the accessible language of interpretative criticism, he continually stresses the extent to which advances in modern critical practice may usefully be brought to bear upon Dante's writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70522/cover/9780521070522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arthurian Romances of Chr&#233;tien de Troyes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Once and Future Fictions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddox, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chr&#233;tien de Troyes was one of the most important medieval writers of Arthurian narrative. A key figure in reshaping the 'once and future fictions' of Arthurian story, he was instrumental in the late twelfth-century shift from written and oral legendary traditions to a highly sophisticated literary cultivation of the Old French verse romance. While examining individually each of Chretien's five Arthurian romances, Donald Maddox looks at their coherence as a group, suggesting that their intertextual relations lend a harmony of meaning and design to the ensemble as a whole. Central to his argument is the focus on customs, which provide unity within as well as among the works while conveying an acute sense of the vulnerability and dissolution of feudal institutions in an age of social crisis and transition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70577/cover/9780521070577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Zimbabwe's Guerrilla War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peasant Voices</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kriger, Norma J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies of revolution generally regard peasant popular support as a prerequisite for success. In this study of political mobilization and organization in Zimbabwe's recent rural-based war of independence, Norma Kriger is interested in the extent to which ZANU guerrillas were able to mobilize peasant support, the reasons why peasants participated, and in the links between the post-war outcomes for peasants and the mobilization process. Hers is an unusual study of revolution in that she interviews peasants and other participants about their experiences, and she is able to produce fresh insights into village politics during a revolution. In particular, Zimbabwean peasant accounts direct our attention to the ZANU guerrillas' ultimate political victory despite the lack of peasant popular support, and to the importance that peasants attached to gender, generational and other struggles with one another. Her findings raise questions about theories of revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70676/cover/9780521070676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Harley and the Press</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Propaganda and Public Opinion in the Age of Swift and Defoe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Downie, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1695, with the expiry of the licensing act, state censorship of the press ceased. The end of the licensing system coincided almost exactly with the passing of the triennial act, and from the outset there was a discernable connection between electoral activity and the rise of a virulent political press. This study seeks to explain why press regulations were not reimposed to curb the invective of the party writers; and concludes that the principal reason was the development of government propaganda and counter-propaganda agencies under the direction of Robert Harley. Contemporaries were bewildered by the development of a 'fourth estate'; and successive administrations, brought in through ten general elections between 1695 and 1715, were at a loss when it came to dealing with the problems raised by a free press. But during the course of Queen Anne's reign a government policy gradually emerged, and arrangements were made for the publication and dissemination of 'official' propaganda.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70744/cover/9780521070744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landscape and Written Expression in Revolutionary America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The World Turned Upside Down</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson-Peebles, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts an interpretation of Revolutionary American culture. It argues that the cultural identity of the United States, like its political identity, emerged from a quarrel with the Old World. Europeans believed that the Revolution had 'turned the world upside down'. American intellectuals tried to construct a republic which refuted European criticism. They failed, but in failing they created an attitude to the terrain which became a central theme in American culture. The book employs the methods of perceptual geography and close textual analysis to examine images of the terrain and to propose close links between imaginative literature and a wide range of non-literary writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70805/cover/9780521070805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inflation, Stagflation, Relative Prices, and Imperfect Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cukierman, Alex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the imperfect-information approach to inflation and its real effects. Two types of informational limitation are considered. One involves situations in which individuals have asymmetric information about the current general price level and consequently confuse relative and aggregate changes in prices. The other considers situations in which individuals cannot distinguish permanent from transitory changes as soon as they occur, creating a temporary but persistent confusion between such changes. The author presents the arguments within the context of the recent re-evaluations by economists of previously established views concerning inflation and its interaction with real phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70843/cover/9780521070843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Studies in Transport Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daughety, Andrew F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1985 and strongly quantitative in flavour, Analytical Studies in Transport Economics presents work that was at the frontier of research in the field of transport economics. Written by some of the leading scholars in this field, it covers intercity freight and air passenger transport. The eight papers included cover a range of modelling approaches and address a variety of transport issues. They are all, however, concerned with the analysis of current issues - questions of industry productivity, optimal pricing and regulation, prediction of equilibrium, and the problems of competition. The collection is preceded by an invaluable 'Introduction and overview' by the editor. Provided to place the volume in context, this overview gives a brief review of the relevant literature and then endeavours to present the common results and findings which cut across the individual papers or approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70874/cover/9780521070874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A City in the Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Antebellum New York and the Origins of Machine Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bridges, Amy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the emergence of machine politics in New York City during the antebellum years sheds light on the origins of a system that was the characteristic form of government in United States cities from the mid-nineteenth until well into the twentieth century. In contrast to previous explanations that have found the origins of machine politics in immigrant culture and ethnic conflict, Professor Bridges shows that central elements of the system long predated a significant immigrant presence. Her analysis focuses on two large-scale transformations in the American political economy that occurred during these years: industrialization, which reorganized the social order and provoked conflict and change; and the extension of the franchise through the abolition of property barriers, which necessitated the incorporation of 'the many' into political life. It was this unique combination of circumstances, the author argues, that provided the context for the development of machine politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70881/cover/9780521070881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reason of Rules</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutional Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brennan, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Societies function on the basis of rules. These rules, rather like the rules of the road, coordinate the activities of individuals who have a variety of goals and purposes. Whether the rules work well or ill, and how they can be made to work better, is a matter of major concern. Appropriately interpreted, the working of social rules is also the central subject matter of modern political economy. This book is about rules - what they are, how they work, and how they can be properly analysed. The authors' objective is to understand the workings of alternative political institutions so that choices among such institutions (rules) can be more fully informed. Thus, broadly defined, the methodology of constitutional political economy is the subject matter of The Reason of Rules. The authors have examined how rules for political order work, how such rules might be chosen, and how normative criteria for such choices might be established.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70904/cover/9780521070904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consumer Sovereignty and Human Interests</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penz, G. Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, published in 1986, addresses questions concerned with a central normative principle in contemporary assessments of economic policies and systems. What does 'consumer sovereignty' mean? Is consumer sovereignty an appropriate principle for the optimization and evaluation of the design and performance of economic policies, institutions and systems? If not, what is a more appropriate principle? The author argues that the conception of consumer sovereignty has to be broadened so that it is not limited to the market mechanism but includes environmental, work and social preferences. However, even this version runs into serious difficulties as the principle of consumer sovereignty still relies on too subjectivist a conception of the interests of individuals to be suitable for the evaluation of economic institutions. An alternative basis for such evaluation is 'human interests' that are not contingent on particular economic systems, After considering various possibilities, a basic-needs approach is proposed and its use in economic evaluation illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70911/cover/9780521070911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Timing of Economic Activities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Firms, Households and Markets in Time-Specific Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winston, Gordon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study introduces 'time-specific' analysis of economic processes. Economic processes are conventionally analysed from one point in time to another over a series of time units - days, weeks, or years. By contrast, these time-specific models focus on the temporal character of events within the unit time - their timing, duration, and sequence - utilizing the information that is lost in the macroscopic time perspective of standard economic theory. What time-specific analysis reveals are economic and technological characteristics of goods and services - prices and cost behaviour and temporal mobility or immobility within the unit time - that affect capital productivity and its utilization, optimal schedules of production, work, and consumption, least-cost methods of producing time-shaped outputs, and efficient welfare-maximizing behavior in time-specific, including peak-load, markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70928/cover/9780521070928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied General Equilibrium Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scarf, Herbert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoven, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a collection of articles on applied general equilibrium analysis by major contributors to this field. This rapidly expanding method of analysis involves the use of computers to study entire economies and the interrelationships among firms, households and governments in these economies. There are also articles on the particular computational techniques involved in the numerical estimation of these equilibrium models and on several particular applications. Papers deal with the United States, Mexican and Australian economies. Other chapters provide an analysis of long-run energy problems, fiscal federalism and economic planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70935/cover/9780521070935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521070961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521070966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521070966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Womersley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Womersley's book investigates Edward Gibbon's The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire as both a work of literature and a work of history, examining its style and irony, tracing its classical and French sources, and highlighting the importance of its composition in three instalments over a period of twenty years. Dr Womersley discusses each of these instalments in detail, plotting the work's transformation from conception to completion, and relating this to the achievements and limitations of the philosophic historiography which Gibbon inherited from Montesquieu and Hume, but finally discarded. The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire emerges from this study as a work more flexible in its sympathies and surprising in its judgements than has hitherto been granted, while the magnitude of Gibbon's achievement as a stylist, historian and thinker is brought into sharper focus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/70966/cover/9780521070966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joseph Conrad: Times Remembered</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Ojciec Jest Tutaj'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though others have published reminiscences of Joseph Conrad, these accounts have frequently contained inaccuracies, sometimes even simple fabrications. It is partly in an attempt to set the record straight that John Conrad, the novelist's only surviving son, has committed these memoirs to print. Mr Conrad has not tried to import into the book the biographical interpretations or speculations of others, but rather to recall and set down as honestly and directly as possible what he remembers from around 1909 to the point of his father's death in 1924. Through his vivid and detailed account of the day-to-day existence in the various houses the family inhabited during this period, Mr Conrad is able both to throw light on many aspects of his father's life and to invoke the sense of an era of English social life which has now disappeared. His memoirs are informal, often anecdotal, recording what amused, irritated or moved his father.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71284/cover/9780521071284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Assertion and Conditionals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appiah, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops in detail the simple idea that assertion is the expression of belief. In it the author puts forward a version of 'probabilistic semantics' which acknowledges that we are not perfectly rational, and which offers a significant advance in generality on theories of meaning couched in terms of truth conditions. It promises to challenge a number of entrenched and widespread views about the relations of language and mind. Part I presents a functionalist account of belief, worked through a modified form of decision theory. In Part II the author generates a theory of meaning in terms of 'assertibility conditions', whereby to know the meaning of an assertion is to know the belief it expresses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71291/cover/9780521071291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colloidal Particles at Liquid Interfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Binks, Bernard P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horozov, Tommy S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Small solid particles adsorbed at liquid interfaces arise in many industrial products and process, such as anti-foam formulations, crude oil emulsions and flotation. They act in many ways like traditional surfactant molecules, but offer distinct advantages. However, the understanding of how these particles operate in such systems is minimal. This book brings together the diverse topics actively being investigated, with contributions from leading experts in the field. After an introduction to the basic concepts and principles, the book divides into two sections. The first deals with particles at planar liquid interfaces, with chapters of an experimental and theoretical nature. The second concentrates on the behaviour of particles at curved liquid interfaces, including particle-stabilized foams and emulsions and new materials derived from such systems. This collection will be of interest to academic researchers and graduate students in chemistry, physics, chemical engineering, pharmacy, food science and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71314/cover/9780521071314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. R. Malthus, An Essay on the Principle of Population</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malthus, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published in two volumes, these books provide a student audience with an excellent scholarly edition of Malthus' Essay on Population. Written in 1798 as a polite attack on post-French revolutionary speculations on the theme of social and human perfectibility, it remains one of the most powerful statements of the limits to human hopes set by the tension between population growth and natural resources. Based on the authoritative variorum edition of the versions of the Essay published between 1803 and 1826, and complete with full introduction and bibliographic apparatus, this edition is intended to show how Malthusianism impinges on the history of political thought, and how the author's reputation as a population theorist and political economist was established.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71321/cover/9780521071321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Essay on the Principle of Population</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malthus, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published in two volumes, these books provide a student audience with an excellent scholarly edition of Malthus' Essay on Population. Written in 1798 as a polite attack on post-French revolutionary speculations on the theme of social and human perfectibility, it remains one of the most powerful statements of the limits to human hopes set by the tension between population growth and natural resources. Based on the authoritative variorum edition of the versions of the Essay published between 1803 and 1826, and complete with full introduction and bibliographic apparatus, this edition is intended to show how Malthusianism impinges on the history of political thought, and how the author's reputation as a population theorist and political economist was established.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71345/cover/9780521071345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The City and the Court 1603-1643</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashton, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fact that London was parliamentarian rather than royalist was one of the principal reasons for the defeat of Charles I in the English Civil War. This book reinterprets London's role. It examines the relation of the municipality and of the City fathers as business magnates with both of the early Stuart kings and their parliaments, and explores the business connections of the City with the royal court, concluding that, far from being the natural allies of the king and court as is generally assumed, the City elite had mostly been seriously alienated from them by 1640. Professor Ashton offers an interpretation not only of the City's role in the years before 1640 but also of the reasons lying behind its support for parliament in 1642. It is both a contribution to the debate on the origins of the Civil War and a study in depth of the connection between big business and politics in early Stuart England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71376/cover/9780521071376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107150X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Handloom Weavers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bythell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'No other group of workers in the history of the English working-class has received more sympathy and less scholarly attention than the handloom weavers of the Lancashire cotton industry during the Industrial Revolution.' Mr Bythell's is a detailed study of this important group. His aim is to examine the transition from the domestic system to the factory system in cotton weaving in the first half of the nineteenth century. He provides detailed information on the geographical distribution of handloom weaving, the size and structure of the labour force, the varying history of employment, wages and standard of life, the efforts made by the weavers to alleviate their distress through industrial and political action, and their final displacement and disappearance. The results of his research enable Mr Bythell to challenge several of the generally accepted views about the weavers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71505/cover/9780521071505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Servants in Husbandry in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kussmaul, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Servants in husbandry were unmarried farm workers hired on annual contracts. The institution of service distinguished them in many ways from their chief competitors, day-labourers. Servants were employed on an annual basis; they formed part of their employers' households; they were generally young and unmarried. Service was extremely common - most rural youths in early modern England became servants to farmers, and they composed as much as half of the full-time hired labour force in agriculture. Professor Kussmaul has marshalled information from sources as diverse as marriage registers, militia lists, parish censuses, settlement examinations, account books, records of Quarter Sessions, and the autobiographies of servants and masters, in producing this book which explores this important institution and to consider its wide historiographical implications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71598/cover/9780521071598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aberdeen Coalition 1852-1855</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conacher, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the Aberdeen Administration of 1852-1855 in detail in order to clarify the complicated subject of party relationships in mid-nineteenth-century British politics and the operation of the British parliamentary system at that time. Its interest centres on the role of the Peelites in the Coalition as a stage in the evolution of the Gladstonian Liberal party. The author describes the formation of the Coalition, the Cabinet membership and the legislative achievements of 1853 Gladstone's famous Budget settling the issue of the Income Tax, the now forgotten India Act and valuable reform legislation. The success of 1853 is contrasted with the failure of 1854. The author describes the routine problems that faced all ministries, the endless parliamentary wrangles over religion and Ireland, the colourful contributions to debate by such eccentrics as Colonel Sibthorpe, the problems of patronage, and the relations between the Prime Minister and the Queen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71611/cover/9780521071611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Regency Crisis and the Whigs 1788-9</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Derry, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The greatest divergence of opinion in the three-month controversy over the Regency in 1788-9 was within the opposition party itself. Dr Derry shows that this political crisis was the first stage in the break-up of the old Whig party, which was finally precipitated by the disputes over the French Revolution. His book is a study of the effects of George III's madness upon Fox, Burke and the Whigs. Dr Derry sketches in the general political background, giving character studies of Pitt and Fox. He discusses the constitutional problems of a Regency and the medical diagnoses of the King's doctors, a major factor governing political conduct since so much depended on the condition of the King.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71628/cover/9780521071628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Society in Byzantium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicol, Donald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Byzantines lived in a theocratic society. They were less ready than their western contemporaries to draw the line between things spiritual and things temporal, between Church and state. This book explores some of the characteristics of that society in the age of its decline and fall between the thirteenth and the fifteenth centuries. Though irremediably shattered by the effects of the Fourth Crusade in 1204, the Byzantine Empire found the will to reassert itself and to endure for another 250 years. Material recovery was hardly possible, but there was a remarkable reawakening of scholarship and of the spiritual life. The world's debt to some of the late Byzantine scholars is known to classicists and to students of the Italian Renaissance. The contribution of the latter-day saints of Byzantium, the hesychasts and scholars of the spirit, has been less publicized.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71673/cover/9780521071673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agriculture in China's Modern Economic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lardy, Nicholas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explores the relationship between the Chinese peasantry, who are the fundamental base of support for the revolutionary Chinese Communist Party, and the state-led economic system established by the Party after 1949.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71703/cover/9780521071703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logic of Bureaucratic Conduct</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Analysis of Competition, Exchange, and Efficiency in Private and Public Organizations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breton, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wintrobe, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this work the authors present a general theory of bureaucracy and use it to explain behaviour in large organizations and to explain what determines efficiency in both governments and business corporations. The theory uses the methods of standard neoclassical economic theory. It relies on two central principles: that members of an organization trade with one another and that they compete with one another. Authority, which is the basis for conventional theories of bureaucracy, is given a role, despite reliance on the idea of trade between bureaucracies. It is argued, however, that bureaucracies cannot operate efficiently on the basis of authority alone. Exchange between bureaucrats is hampered because promises are not enforceable. So trust and loyalty between members of bureaucratic networks play an important part. The authors find that vertical networks promote efficiency while horizontal ones impede it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71727/cover/9780521071727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Appraising the Performance of an Economic System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>What an Economic System is, and the Norms Implied in Observers' Adverse Reactions to the Outcome of its Working</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vining, Rutledge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes and analyses the activities and procedures through which the professional economist may advise on matters of public policy, specifically on the performance of an economic system. The author shows that the decision-making component within a system may be defined in terms of optimal policies for attaining well-specified objectives, but that the choice of rules by which the system is governed must remain 'outside' the system due to its dependence upon the legislative process. He proposes a 'generating mechanism' for arriving at public policy choices based on the interaction between the economic system and the legislative process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71765/cover/9780521071765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521071836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521071833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanisms in Blood Coagulation, Fibrinolysis and the Complement System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521071833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halkier, Torben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolley, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive account of the proteins involved in blood coagulation, fibrinolysis and the complement system. A major section of the book is devoted to each of these three systems, with separate chapters dealing in detail with structural aspects and different functional processes. Topics covered in the blood coagulation section include the activation of factors IX and X and prothrombin, and the formation and stabilisation of fibrin. The fibrinolysis section includes the activation of plasminogen, the degradation of fibrin and the regulation of fibrinolysis. The complement system itself is covered in chapters dealing with classical activation, alternative activation, the lytic complex and the regulatory processes involved. In addition, one section deals with special topics, including the kinin system, signal peptides, haemostasis, and the evolution of protein structure. This volume will be of use to researchers and advanced students in the fields of haematology, immunology and clinical chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81871/cover/9780521381871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musica Asiatica</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marett, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the sixth volume in a series of books devoted to the history, documentation and analysis of music in Asia. Four essays are dedicated to documents from the past: fifth-century Korean tomb paintings; tenth-century Chinese scores for lute; eighth-century Japanese documents; early Chinese sutras on the perception of sound. The remainder concern contemporary documents: the notations of the Japanese end-blown flute (shakuhachi) and lute (biwa) and their relationship to performance; acoustical analysis of contemporary shakuhachi. The focus on musical documents, whether ancient or modern, provides a unifying thread which renders this volume unique in the ethnomusicological literature on East Asian music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72182/cover/9780521072182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521072336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, A. H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martindale, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire provides a complete secular biographical dictionary of the period AD 527 (the beginning of the reign of Justinian) to 641 (the death of Heraclius). The information has been gathered from a wide variety of sources in Latin, Greek, Arabic, Syriac and other languages. The project makes available for the first time in one work mass of information relating to the personnel of the Roman Empire and the western kingdoms that were its heirs, and of other nations with which Rome had dealings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>550.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mortmain Legislation and the English Church 1279-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raban, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive survey of medieval English mortmain legislation from both the point of view of the crown and that of the Church. It examines methods of enforcement and evaluates their success. It traces the emergence of licensing policies and the increasing exploitation of licences for fiscal purposes, while at the same time establishing that this was not their original purpose. The extent to which the Church was acquiring land on a threatening scale by the later thirteenth century is questioned, and the effects of the legislation on subsequent acquisition are assessed against the background of new fashions in ecclesiastical patronage and a more hostile economic climate. The statutes of 1279 and 1391 are well known. What this study shows is how much variation lay behind the apparently straightforward system of licensing and how closely the issue of mortmain tenure was related to wider social, political and economic considerations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72410/cover/9780521072410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Judiciary in the Age of Glanvill and Bracton c.1176-1239</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Ralph V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a study of the evolution of a professional judiciary in medieval England through the careers of forty-nine royal justices from the last decade of Henry II until 1239. Those years were crucial for the growth of the common law, producing the two legal treatises Glanvill and Bracton. The period also represents a critical phase in the growth of a professional civil service for England. Professor Turner's study plots the shifts from unspecialized multipurpose royal servants to corps of specialists, concentrating on one sphere. By using the method known as prosopography, the author succeeds in bringing vague outlines of the early royal justices into sharper focus. Although they played a major role in the shaping of English common law, little biographical material has been available. This study, by looking at the judges collectively, succeeds in overcoming the scarcity of sources on individuals and presents a composite picture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72427/cover/9780521072427.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lords and Peasants in a Changing Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Estates of the Bishopric of Worcester, 680-1540</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyer, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lords and Peasants in a Changing Society is a history of the large Church estate of Worcester from its foundation until the Reformation, and is a full-length study of an estate centred in the West Midlands. The medieval bishops of Worcester were landed magnates with manors scattered over three counties, from the outskirts of Bristol to north Worcestershire. This study uses the plentiful records of the bishopric to define and explain long-term social and economic changes in this section of the medieval countryside. Attention is divided equally between the economy of the lords and developments among the peasantry of the estate. In dealing with the lords, consideration is given to the political and social pressures that led to the increase and subsequent loss of land in the estate during the early Middle Ages; the formulation of management policies, particularly in the difficult years after the setbacks of the fourteenth century; and the relationship between income and expenditure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72441/cover/9780521072441.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Open Field System and Beyond</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A property rights analysis of an economic institution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlman, Carl J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Dahlman applies modern economic methodology to an old historical problem. He demonstrates how the quaint institutions of the ancient English open field system of agriculture can be understood as an intelligent and rational adaptation to a particular problem of production and to certain historical circumstances. He argues that the two major characteristics of this type of agriculture - scattered strips owned by individual peasants and extensive areas of common land - both fulfilled vital economic functions. This overturns the traditional view of the open field system as inefficient and rigidly bound by tradition, and throws light on the behaviour of medeival peasants. Professor Dahlman also offers some generalisations about the economic theory of institutions and institutional change, refuting the idea that an economic analysis of institutions must necessarily be deterministic. As a challenge to some of the fundamental criticisms of the application of economic theory to historical problems, the book will be of great interest to agrarian historians and to economic historians generally, as well as to specialists in the medieval period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72502/cover/9780521072502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ten Per Cent and No Surrender</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Preston Strike, 1853-1854</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dutton, H. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of industrial unrest in the cotton industry at a time when the economy was on the threshold of mid-Victorian prosperity, and when Chartism was still much more than a memory. The town of Preston was the crucial battlefield, and here the masters and men fought out a bitter trial of strength. The strike of 1853-54 closed the Preston cotton industry for seven months, and disrupted production in many other towns in Lancashire. Against the implacable opposition of the masters, the strikers toured the country to organize support, and raised &#163;100,000 in subscriptions from their fellow operatives. The dispute featured prominently in the national and provincial press, and the weavers' delegates, notably George Cowell and Mortimer Grimshaw, became celebrities overnight. After five months, the employers brought in blackleg labour, and when the detested `knobsticks' failed to break the strike they had the operatives' leaders arrested. These moves did not deter the cotton workers, who were forced back to work only when their financial reserves were exhausted. Their campaign ended defiantly, as it had begun, with cries of `Ten Per Cent still, and no surrender'. This book is their story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72571/cover/9780521072571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Politics in Jacobean England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tracts of Lord Chancellor Ellesmere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knafla, Louis A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is devoted chiefly to Ellesmere's career and writings as Lord Chancellor, 1603-1617. After an introduction to his life and career from 1541 to 1603, Part One is a study of his role in the legal and political history of Jacobean England. In order to place the analysis of law and politics in a broader context, topics discussed include economics, religion, social customs and thought, in addition to questions concerning the forms of action at common law, disputes between the courts, law and equity, and the political activities of Parliament, the Privy Council, and the Crown. Part Two consists of a critical edition of eight of Ellesmere's little known or unidentified tracts on the royal prerogative, Anglo-Scots Union, the Parliament of 1604-1610, the administration of government, law reform, the ecclesiastical courts, Coke's Law Reports and the Chancery-Common Law conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72649/cover/9780521072649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hitler's Mein Kampf in Britain and America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Publishing History 1930-39</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English-language translations of Hitler's Mein Kampf during the 1930s raise a number of perplexing questions. Why did a translation not appear in Britain and America until October 1933, seven years after it had first been published in Germany and nine months after Hitler had come to power? When it appeared, why was it only an abridgment rather than the full text? Was it true, as some alleged, that the Nazis severely censored this version? Who was the translator, and why was his name absent from the English edition? When the complete text finally appeared in March 1939, why were there not only two American editions but a separate English edition as well? Did Hitler oppose publishing the entire text in foreign editions, or was its appearance delayed because the publishers felt that such a long and tedious autobiography was of limited public interest? These are the kinds of puzzling queries that intrigued the authors of this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72670/cover/9780521072670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Robert Godley of Canterbury</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrington, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Not many detailed accounts have been written about the foundation of a colony, and none is more likely to be instructive than that of the foundation of Canterbury, New Zealand.  This settlement is outstanding in imperial history because it came as the climax of twenty years of colonial reform, and because the settlers were carefully selected: it is thus important as the most successful example of systematic colonisation in English imperial history. The man who inspired and planned and led and established Canterbury, New Zealand, was John Robert Godley, a close friend of Gladstone, who also gave his powerful aid to the scheme. Apart from the foundation of Canterbury, Godley was an eminent Victorian who wrestled with the Irish problem and took part in the reform of the War Office after the Crimean War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72755/cover/9780521072755.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107276X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monastic Tithes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From their Origins to the Twelfth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Constable, Giles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No tax in Europe can compare with tithes in its duration, the extent of its application and the economic burden it imposed. In this study Professor Constable considers the tithes paid to and by monks in the Middle Ages. In particular he examines why, by the twelfth century, most monks received tithes and many of them were freed from payment, in spite of earlier theory and practice by which monks, as distinct from the clergy, were usually forbidden to receive tithes and required to pay them. In the early Middle Ages monastic tithes were a matter not only of economics, but of doctrine, canon law and monastic theory. Their history lies in the borderland between theory and practice and Professor Constable studies them against a background of changes in property relationships, in the theory of tithing and in the nature of the monastic order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72762/cover/9780521072762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Friends of Peace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anti-War Liberalism in England 1793-1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cookson, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Friends of Peace is a study of the war-opposition in England during what has usually been presented as the great patriotic struggle against Revolutionary and Napoleonic France. Protest against the wars was led by liberal writers, professionals and businessmen. Dr Cookson argues that the importance of these anti-war liberals has never been sufficiently acknowledged. They were often a power in their local communities and were strongly linked through religious (especially Unitarian) Dissent and the activities of the press. By means of comprehensive and systematic use of the provincial press, the main manuscript sources, printed collections and the extensive pamphlet literature which this articulate minority generated, Dr Cookson has identified them as perhaps the first of the nonconformist pressure groups operating on the flanks of the Whig party, and demonstrated that they played a significant part in making it liberal and popular. In the face of the conservative and Anglican reaction of the 1790s, they became the chief opponents of the oligarchical society, greatly hastening the development of a middle-class ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72823/cover/9780521072823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scottish Reformation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Donaldson provides a truly historical account of the origins and progress of the Scottish Reformation based on research in the documents of the period. He begins with an outline of church life and the need for reform at the end of the Middle Ages, and then traces the fortunes of the reforming movement. He gives particular attention to Church government - the parish ministry, the problem of episcopacy, the General Assembly and relations with England. Later chapters describe the rise of Presbyterianism in the 1570s and the search for a 'settled polity'. The whole book shows how a new Church system arose in Scotland and what its nature was.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72847/cover/9780521072847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spirit of the Counter-Reformation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evennett, H. Outram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Outram Evennett was a university lecturer in history at Cambridge and a Fellow of Trinity College. This book, based on his Birkbeck Lectures of 1951, represents some twenty years' work on the sources of the Counter-Reformation. Evennett did not live to complete his task, but he has provided a remarkable synthesis of the vast European literature on this subject. His method was to isolate the special and positive characteristics of the Counter-Reformation and to account for them in relation to the environment in which they developed. This approach is highly original; it sees in the spirit of the Counter-Reformation an attempt not to check but to extend and come to terms with the more individualistic and modern environment in which the Catholic Church found itself. The Jesuits are treated as agents of this change. Dr John Bossy has edited these lectures for publication and added a Postscript, analysing some of the problems raised in the years since the lectures were delivered. Professor David Knowles pays tribute to Evennett's memory in a Foreword.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72878/cover/9780521072878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gilbert Foliot and His Letters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morey, Dom Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, C. N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gilbert Foliot, successively Abbot of Gloucester and Bishop of Hereford and London, and archenemy of Archbishop Thomas Becket, is a figure of the first importance in the English Church of the twelfth century. Dom Adrian Morey and Professor Christopher Brooke's study of Foliot's life and works, Gilbert Foliot and his Letters, was published in 1965. Foliot left a substantial collection of letters and charters which are a valuable source for the period. This edition consists of a critical Latin text with footnotes; all the known manuscripts have been collated, the letters dated (often for the first time) and all the circumstances of their composition discussed. The letters are arranged chronologically, except for a few groups which have been kept together; the charters alphabetically by cathedrals and monastic houses. In their introduction the editors discuss the various manuscripts, and appendices include biographical notes on the chief people mentioned in the text. There is a substantial bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72885/cover/9780521072885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old Priest and New Presbyter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sykes, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Sykes considers the Anglican attitude towards episcopacy, presbyterianism and papacy since the Reformation, with special reference to the Churches of England and Scotland. He begins by examining the Elizabethan rationale of 'the godly prince and the godly bishop', and then describes the aggressive presbyterian movement, in England and Scotland, and its effect upon the ecclesiastical settlements in the two churches. He considers the influence of this movement on Anglican apologetic for episcopacy during the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries; and the evidence of fraternal relationships between the Church of England and foreign Protestant churches, and particularly for the reception of their ministers for service in the Church of England without episcopal ordination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72892/cover/9780521072892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utopia and Reform in the Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Venturi, Franco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this detailed study of the republican tradition in the development of the Enlightenment, the central problem of utopia and reform is crystallized in a discussion of the right to punish. Describing the political situation in Europe in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, the author shows how the old republics in Italy, Poland and Holland stagnated and were unable to survive in the age of absolutism. The Philosophes discussed the ideal of republicanism against this background. They were particularly influenced by the political and religious radicalism of John Toland, which had survived the English Restoration and was then reaching Europe. Professor Venturi traces the debate on the penal laws and the attempt to relate utopian ideas of society to the practical problem of dealing with man in society, which culminated in the assertion by many Philosophes that an unjust social system necessitated harsh penal laws, thereby rejecting the possibility of reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72915/cover/9780521072915.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating the Florentine State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peasants and Rebellion, 1348-1434</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, Jr, Samuel K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive approach to the study of the political history of the Renaissance: its analysis of government is embedded in the context of geography and social conflict. Instead of the usual institutional history, it examines the Florentine state from the mountainous periphery - a periphery both of geography and class - where Florence met its most strenuous opposition to territorial incorporation. Yet, far from being acted upon, Florence's highlanders were instrumental in changing the attitudes of the Florentine ruling class: the city began to see its own self-interest as intertwined with that of its region and the welfare of its rural subjects at the beginning of the fifteenth century. Contemporaries either remained silent or purposely obscured the reasons for this change, which rested on widespread and successful peasant uprisings across the mountainous periphery of the Florentine state, hitherto unrecorded by historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72922/cover/9780521072922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationalizing Parliament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legislative Institutions and Party Politics in France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huber, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rationalizing Parliament examines how institutional arrangements in the French Constitution shape the bargaining strategies of political parties. The book investigates the decision by French cities to include in the Constitution legislative procedures aimed to 'rationalize' the policy-making role of parliament and analyses the impact of these procedures on policy outcomes, cabinet stability and political accountability. Drawing on diverse methodological approaches, including formal models, multivariate statistics, historical analysis and qualitative case studies, Professor Huber contributes to general theoretical debates about the endogenous choice of institutions, and about the exogenous impact of institutional arrangements on political decision-making. Through its use of theories developed in the American politics literature, the study reveals important similarities between legislative politics in the United States and in parliamentary systems and shortcomings in conventional interpretations of French institutional arrangements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72960/cover/9780521072960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Child Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategies for Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosley, W. Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chen, Lincoln C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In all poor countries, malnutrition and infectious diseases are the major biological processes leading to child deaths, but the social, economic, and environmental determinants of the variations in these conditions in different societies are poorly understood. This volume contains papers by specialists within the two separate disciplines - demography and epidemiology - primarily concerned with investigating such topics. The overriding objective is to specify the many independent and proximate variables that determine health status and to point out critical interrelationships. The presentations are intended to promote vital policy-relevant research in less-developed countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72977/cover/9780521072977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521072980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521072984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United Nations System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coordinating its Economic and Social Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521072984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about a problem that had moved to the centre of international concern when it was first published in 1978 - how the UN System was to cope with the overwhelming volume of world wide economic and social tasks that had been placed upon it. The UN System comprises, in addition to the UN Organization itself, the Specialized Agencies like FAO, WHO and the World Bank, the regional commissions, the innumerable semi-independent programmes like the UN Development Programme, UNCTAD and the UN Environment Programme. There was a growing concern among governments and the intelligent public of developing and developed countries alike that the UN System stood in urgent need of greater internal cohesion and important structural reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/72984/cover/9780521072984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Hope to Despair in Thessalonica</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Situating 1 and 2 Thessalonians</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholl, Colin R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground breaking analysis cuts to the heart of the critical debate surrounding the two Thessalonian Epistles. Colin R. Nicholl examines the situations giving rise to each Letter with a view to determining how the two relate historically. His book presents an original and compelling hypothesis, arguing that reflected in the Letters are two stages of a single crisis plaguing a recently formed Greek Church, which spiralled from hope into despair on account of confusion about 'the end'. In addition to making a fresh case for the authenticity of 2 Thessalonians and resolving one of the most difficult problems in the Bible - the identity of 'the Restrainer' - this monograph is a comprehensive analysis of the Thessalonian Epistles. It will provide an indispensable resource for scholars and pastors interested in the Thessalonian correspondence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73073/cover/9780521073073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Faction in Hume's Moral Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herdt, Jennifer A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores Hume's concern with the destructiveness of religious factions and his efforts to develop, in his moral philosophy, a solution to factional conflict. Sympathy and the related capacity to enter into foreign points of view are crucial to the neutralization of religious zeal and the naturalization of ethics. Jennifer Herdt suggests that Hume's preoccupation with religious faction is the key which reveals the unity of his varied philosophical, aesthetic, political and historical works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73080/cover/9780521073080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beauty and Belief</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesthetics and Religion in Victorian Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is an important contribution to the intellectual history of Victorian England which examines the religio-aesthetic theories of some central writers of the time. Dr Fraser begins with a discussion of the aesthetic dimensions of Tractarian theology and then proceeds to the orthodox certainties of Hopkins' theory of inscape, Ruskin's and Arnold's moralistic criticism of literature and the visual arts, and Pater's and Wilde's faith in a religion of art. The author identifies significant cultural and historical conditions which determined the interdependence of aesthetic and religious sensibility in the period. She argues that certain tensions in the thought of Wordsworth and Coleridge - tensions between poetry and religion, rebellion and reaction, individualism and authority - continued to manifest themselves throughout the Victorian age, and as society became increasingly democratic, religion in turn became increasingly personal and secular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73110/cover/9780521073110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Marginal Economy?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East Anglian Breckland in the Later Middle Ages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A theory of the margin has long featured in the work of medieval historians. Marginal regions are taken to be those of poor soil or geographical remoteness, where farmers experienced particular difficulties in grain production. It is argued that such regions were cultivated only when demographic pressure intensified in the thirteenth century, but that a combination of soil exhaustion and demographic decline resulted in severe economic contraction by the end of the fourteenth century. Marginal regions are seen not just as sensitive barometers of economic change but as important catalysts in that change. Despite the importance placed by historians on the general theory of the margin, this book represents the first detailed study of a 'marginal region'. It focuses upon East Anglian Breckland, whose blowing sands are among the most barren soils in lowland England. Drawing upon a wide range of sources, this study reconstructs Breckland's late medieval economy, and shows it to be more diversified and resilient than the stereotype depicted in marginal theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73141/cover/9780521073141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth and Decline in Colchester, 1300-1525</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britnell, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of one of England's principal cloth towns during the late Middle Ages. It draws extensively upon unpublished records in Colchester and elsewhere, and is the first history of a medieval English town to analyse in conjunction the relationships between overseas trade, urban development and changes in rural society. First it describes Colchester in the earlier fourteenth century, its trade, its agricultural setting and its form of government. The book then shows how cloth-making grew in Colchester after the Black Death and how the population increased until about 1414. The implications of this for the government of the borough and for the town's role in the local economy are discussed. The last section shows that Colchester's growth was not sustained through the fifteenth century, and examines some of the causal links between economic contraction, institutional change in the borough and agrarian depression in the surrounding countryside.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73158/cover/9780521073158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women of the Regiment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Marriage and the Victorian Army</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trustram, Myna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a detailed study of the domestic background of life in the Victorian army. It describes the lives of women who lived on the edge of the regimental community as wives, daughters, prostitutes, lovers and workers. It examines the development of policy on marriage of men in the ranks and discusses the links between the military regulation of marriage and Victorian legislation on prostitution. The early history of the service family and the sources of welfare available to families - the poor law, philanthropy, and the regimental system itself - are examined in the light of attitudes to soldiers' marriages. Women of the Regiment reveals the hitherto unexplored role played by the military in shaping Victorian social policy, domestic ideology and attitudes to sexuality. Its originality lies in its feminist discussions of an institution notorious as a male stronghold; as such it makes a vital contribution to our understanding of the nature of masculinity and women's oppression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73288/cover/9780521073288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth Century Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to demonstrate both the difficulties and the opportunities which the accumulation of statistical information in economically advanced countries offers for studying nineteenth-century society in depth. The chief emphasis is upon quantitative methods of analysis. The main focus of the attention is the census - what information was required on census night; how the information was collected; how accurately and completely population characteristics were recorded, the problems which arise in attempting to use either the published census volumes or the enumerators' books; and the techniques which have proved useful in analysis. Related topics covered include the study of family structure, the use of information about occupation, the measurement of migration, criminal statistics, educational provision and sampling in historical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73301/cover/9780521073301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papal Government and England during the Pontificate of Honorius III (1216-1227)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sayers, Jane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the administrative 'revolution' of the thirteenth-century papacy investigates the background and career of Honorius III, who was deeply involved in the developing administration of Chamber and Chancery from the late twelfth century, and reveals a picture of evolution rather than revolution in the papal offices of state. Honorius's Chancery is subjected to a vigorous examination. Valuable appendices list all the known papal scribes and provide diplomatic commentaries. Tables indicate details about the registers and the registrative system. The central machinery is shown in action, particularly in dealing with English affairs and petitioners and Honorius's place in the development of canon law is discussed in relation to the English background and experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73318/cover/9780521073318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Later Parliaments of Henry VIII</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1536-1547</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of Parliament during the period between the dissolution of the Reformation Parliament in 1536 and the death of Henry VIII in 1547, this book is a sequel to Professor Lehmberg's The Reformation Parliament (1970). As in the earlier volume, the membership of both Houses of Parliament is analysed and the events in Parliament and in the concurrent meetings of Convocation, together with all pieces of legislation passed in these years, are discussed. A concluding chapter describes the records of Parliament and the development of parliamentary procedure during the reign of Henry VIII.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73424/cover/9780521073424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish Civil War and the British Labour Movement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book draws on a mass of documentary material to provide a major reinterpretation of British labour's response to the Spanish Civil War. It challenges the view that the labour leadership ' betrayed' the Spanish Republic, and that this polarised the movement along `left' versus 'right' lines. Instead, it argues that the overriding concern of the major leaders was to defend labour's institutional interests against the political destabilisation caused by the conflict, rather than to defend Spanish democracy. Although the main advocates of this position were trade union leaders associated with the labour right such as Walter Citrine and Ernest Bevin, the book argues that their dominance reflected the centrality of the trade unions to labour movement decision-making rather than the abuse of union power to achieve political goals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73561/cover/9780521073561.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Domestic History of the Bank of England, 1930-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hennessy, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, which is based on the Bank of England's own mainly unpublished archives, describes the internal workings of the bank from 1930 to 1960 under three governors, Lord Norman, Lord Catto and Lord Cobbold. Each chapter is devoted to the organisation and working methods of a particular department, such as Cashier's, Accountant's (now Registrar's), the Printing Works, Overseas, and so on, and the book includes the first published description of how the bank continued working during the Second World War, when many of its staff were evacuated to Hampshire and elsewhere. The book also contains information on the bank's accounting methods and profitability, and on the note issue including bank note design. These decades were a period of enormous change for the Bank, when its working methods (many dating back almost to its foundation in 1694) were radically updated and in some cases mechanised in a progression of record-keeping from handwritten ledgers to computers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73585/cover/9780521073585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Voyage of Drake and Hawkins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Kenneth R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of the expedition of royal and private ships which left Plymouth in 1595 under the command of Drake and Hawkins with the aim of capturing the city of Panama. The expedition ended in total failure, both leaders died and attempts to capture Grand Canary, Puerto Rico and Panama were all repulsed. For each of the main episodes, Dr Andrews presents documents chosen to illustrate a wide variety of aspects and view, points. Most of the material, whether from Spanish or English sources, casts light on the events and their background. Information on the equipment, financing and personnel of the expedition will be of particular interest to naval historians while the Spanish evidence elucidates the condition and con, duct of Spain's imperial defences. There is also a short essay by D. W. Waters on the art of navigation in the age of Drake.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73592/cover/9780521073592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime and Repression in the Auvergne and the Guyenne, 1720-1790</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Iain A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is a study of the police and criminal justice in eighteenth-century France, and of the crimes and disorders the authorities had to contain. It is concerned with two provinces - the Auvergne, in the mountainous centre, and the Guyenne, the hinterland of Bordeaux  and is based on extensive archival research in administrative records, police reports and the transcripts of trials. Part one examines the means of repression available to the government: the national police force, the mar&#233;chauss&#233;e, and the police court of summary justice, the pr&#233;v&#244;t&#233;. It looks at the recruitment and discipline of policemen, their duties, methods of operating and efficiency; it also examines the treatment of beggars and vagabonds, the procedures of criminal justice, the evidence put before the judges and the punishments handed down. Part two studies the thefts, assaults, murders, riots and rebellions of the two provinces, particularly in the light of fashionable hypotheses about changing patterns of criminal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73837/cover/9780521073837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107388X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England's Baltic Trade in the Early Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Anglo-Polish Commercial Diplomacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fedorowicz, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>England's relationship with the Baltic trading area has remained a generally neglected aspect of English commercial development in the seventeenth century. The spectacular colonial ventures have traditionally attracted more historical attention, although the Baltic trade in this period was more fundamental to the English economy: it supplied precisely those naval commodities, such as flax, hemp, timber, pitch and tar, which facilitated the creation of fleets for the colonial trades. Medieval English trade had been conditioned by a search for markets, and the predominantly agricultural economy of the Polish Commonwealth proved to be an ideal target for cloth exports. By the early seventeenth century, however, this traditional relationship was changing. The growing English fleets demanded steady supplies of naval stores which Poland was increasingly unable to supply, while the Polish economy, weakened by wars and entering a period of decline, could no longer afford the luxury of cloth imports from England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73882/cover/9780521073882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Christian Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Introduction to the Sources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is meant to be useful and readable. It assumes some experience in ordinary historical techniques, but no expert knowledge. In discussing the various kinds of source material for early Irish history, the problems each kind raises and the sort of questions it will answer, the author discusses many of the major historical issues. Her book is therefore not so much a bibliographical guide as a work of historical analysis and discussion. It deals with the main sources of Irish history between c. 400 and c. 1170, and has nine chapters: on archaeology (with appendices on aerial photography and coins), the secular laws, ecclesiastical legislation, the annals (with an appendix on the genealogies), secular literature, ecclesiastical learning, hagiography, art and architecture, eleventh- and twelfth-century histories and compilations. A bibliography and index complete the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73899/cover/9780521073899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of the Law of Charity, 1532-1827</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers the period from the Reformation to the end of Lord Eldon's Chancellorship when the modern law of charity had taken a definite shape. Mr Jones shows how the contemporary religious, economic and social pressures moulded the substantive law and illustrates the importance of procedural considerations in defining the limits of legal charity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73929/cover/9780521073929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521073960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521073967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic Background to Munich</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Business and Czechoslovakia 1918-1938</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521073967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichova, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The economic background to the dismemberment of Czechoslovakia at Munich in 1938 has not received the attention it deserves. This book helps to redress this imbalance by analysing in depth the web of foreign interests - direct foreign investment, foreign long-term loans and the activities of international cartels in Czechoslovakia in the interwar period. After the First World War Central and Southeast Europe became one of the major regions of the world to which capital from France, Great Britain and the United States was exported. Czechoslovakia played a central part in this development: foreign capital sought to invest in Czechoslovak industrial enterprises and banks, to make loans to the state, public institutions and private economic organizations and to influence production, prices and the market through cartel agreements. Dr Teichova discusses in detail the influence of foreign capital and business organizations in mining, the metallurgical industries, engineering, electrical industries, chemical industries and banking in the greater part of the modernized sector of the economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73967/cover/9780521073967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107407X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prediction of Communist Economic Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, P. J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study represents attempts dating from 1967, by nine experts on Communist economics, to forecast the performance of individual Communist countries. These predictions provide a great deal of comparable information and make experimental use of elementary econometrical techniques, which have rarely been applied to these countries before. The book also contains, as a unique feature, criticism and self-criticism of the predictions of 1967 (here reproduced unchanged) in the light of subsequent events. A most valuable by-product is the analytical comparison of planning procedures and of agricultural ownership, country by country, so that the differing progress of the  reforms can be easily grasped.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74070/cover/9780521074070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521074355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Globalization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Policy Perspectives from Public Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Razin, Assaf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sadka, Efraim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The growing economic openness expressed in the globalization of independent economic systems has created problems as well as opportunities that cross formal borders in unexpected ways. Professors Assaf Razin and Efraim Sadka explore the ramifications of globalization in selected public finance issue areas. Seven main topics are covered by the sixteen papers in the volume: the international mobility of technology; capital flows and exchange rate misalignments; tax incentives and patterns of capital flows; income redistribution and social insurance in federal systems; tax harmonization and coordination; political economy aspects of international tax competition; the migration of skilled and unskilled labour; and the fiscal aspects of monetary unification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74353/cover/9780521074353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521074460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Benefits of Subsidized Housing Programs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intertemporal Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, Claire Holton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rental housing subsidy programmes have been an important part of the American welfare system since the 1930s. The Benefits of Subsidized Housing Programs: An Intertemporal Approach is an empirical study of the distributive effects of the entire system of rental housing subsidies for lower-income households based on a national sample. Using the 1977 Annual Housing Survey, Professor Hammond has evaluated the benefits of all federal, state and local government rental housing subsidy programmes taken as a whole across the nation. Additionally, she has estimated the changes in consumption patterns resulting from these programmes and the relationship between household benefit and household income; household size; age, education, sex, and race of the head of the household; and the geographic location of the household.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74469/cover/9780521074469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521074681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Developments in Applied General Equilibrium Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piggott, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whalley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1985 and written by leading contributors to the field of general equilibrium analysis, this volume brings together developments in the field of applied general equilibrium modelling. Papers discuss approaches to welfare measurement in applied models, applications to hitherto unexplored areas, such as economic history, extensions to analyse micro data files, regional analyses, fixed price equilibria, and many others. Earlier versions of the papers in this volume were presented at a conference held in Canberra, Australia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74681/cover/9780521074681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107469X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labor Markets and Inequitable Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Authoritarian Capitalism in Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Samuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brazil is one of the world's best-known examples of inequitable growth. Since 1964 its military government has used a trickle-down development strategy that relies on the private market and high profits for owners of capital and at the same time relies on holding down wages of the unskilled and neutralizing the power of labour unions. Although this strategy did result in an impressive amount of economic growth, it has been harshly criticized for its unfairness. The general consensus is that most of the benefits of growth went to the rich, precious few to the poor. This study, first published in 1982 challenges the majority view. It shows that the poor benefited far more from growth than the income distribution statistics seem to imply. Despite appearances, the economy was a highly dynamic one for all groups. Job creation more than kept pace with the growth of the labour force, and most of the jobs created were good ones, rather than make-work employment in the informal sector.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/74698/cover/9780521074698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521074924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521074924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521074926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Republican Coinage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521074926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>944</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first comprehensive study in over 100 years, cataloging the issues of each coiner in the period 280-31 B. C. and describing and dating them as accurately as the evidence permits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>620.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521075130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521075138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521075138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sterne's Fiction and the Double Principle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521075138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamb, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author of Tristram Shandy made frequent use of literary fragments from other writers, as part of his own style. Laurence Sterne's quotations, plagiarisms and allusions were often employed in the service of the pleonasm, or 'performed pun'. Jonathan Lamb describes Sterne's operation of the pleonasm as his 'double principle'. He sees this style not as the key to some clever puzzle whose clues we go on solving in the hope of total disclosure of meaning (as some critics have claimed); rather the opposite, that it is a consoling reminder that neither we nor the text can ever be complete. Lamb severs Sterne from the Locke tradition and frees him from the 'influence' oriented studies which have aimed to authenticate him through his borrowings. This allows us to read him as a writer eagerly exploring the turns and paradoxes of associationist thought and adapting the rhetoric of the sublime to the stutterings of ordinary speech.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/75138/cover/9780521075138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521075661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521075661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521075664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521075664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107603X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subantarctic Macquarie Island</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environment and Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Selkirk, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seppelt, Rod</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Selkirk, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Macquarie Island, a speck of land rising from the Southern Ocean about 1,000 km south-east of Tasmania, is a wild and beautiful place. Declared a nature reserve in 1933, the island is of immense scientific interest, providing scientists with an opportunity to study unique geological features and to examine the special characteristics of a southern island ecosystem. The authors, drawing on their own extensive observations as well as on the published work of others, have produced a book of wide appeal. A brief description of the island and its setting and the history of its discovery and subsequent human occupation precedes more detailed accounts of the geomorphology and quaternary history of the island, its vegetation, avifauna, mammals, microbiology and marine and freshwater environments. In the concluding chapter the authors discuss past mismanagement and future management strategies, with a view to conserving the island's unique environment and biology. This fascinating and readable account will appeal to all those interested in the Antarctic region in general and to biologists, geologists and conservationists with a particular interest in island habitats and environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76036/cover/9780521076036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Midrashic Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Interpretation in Rabbinic Judaism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to re-examine those basic issues in the study of Midrash which to some extent have been marginalised by trends in scholarship and research. Irving Jacobs asks, for example, whether the early rabbinic exegetes had a concept of peshat, plain meaning, and, if so, what significance they attached to it in their exposition of the biblical text. He enquires if the selection of proemial and proof-texts was a random one, dependent purely upon the art or whim of the preacher, or rather if exegetical traditions linked certain pentateuchal themes with specific sections of the Prophets (and particularly the Hagiographa), which were acknowledged by preachers and audiences alike. As Midrash in its original, pre-literary form, was a living process involving both live preachers and live audiences in the ancient synagogues of the Holy Land, to what extent, he asks, did the latter influence the former in the development of their art and skills?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76111/cover/9780521076111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neoclassical Theory of Production and Distribution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The object of this book is to present a complete, systematic and thorough exposition of the neoclassical theory of production and distribution. Despite this basic objective, each chapter presents extensions of neoclassical theory and interpretations of established relations. The book has two distinct parts. In Part I the microeconomic theories of production, cost and derived input demand are explored in depth for both fixed-proportions and variable-proportions production functions. Special emphasis is placed upon the characteristics and implications of production functions homogeneous of degree one. Part II is devoted chiefly to the neoclassical theory of aggregate relative factor shares, the elasticity of substitution, and technological progress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76296/cover/9780521076296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dissolution of the Religious Orders in Ireland under Henry VIII</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradshaw, Brendan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Father Bradshaw examines the dissolution of the religious orders in Ireland as an episode of Irish ecclesiastical and political history, and of the English Reformation. He also analyses its relationship to Henry VIII's Irish policy as a whole and to the beginnings of English colonialism. He discusses in detail the state of the religious orders on the eve of suppression, the extent of opposition to the implementation of the suppression policy in all its stages, the secularisation of monastic lands and the results of dissolution for Irish society and for subsequent Irish history. Despite the sensitive issues involved, Catholic, Protestant and academic historians have shown remarkable unanimity in the interpretation of the episode of the dissolution in Ireland. A thorough knowledge of both primary and secondary sources enables Father Bradshaw to challenge many of the conventional assumptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76364/cover/9780521076364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521076536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bishop Westcott and the Platonic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newsome, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>48</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The full text of the Bishop Westcott Memorial Lecture of 1968 on the subject of Bishop Westcott and the Platonic tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76531/cover/9780521076531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Equity Side of the Exchequer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryson, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The court of the exchequer, which was the ancient court of tax claims, assumed an equity jurisdiction in the sixteenth century which continued until 1841. This book describes the rise, development and abolition of this part of the court. Professor Bryson begins with a discussion of the rise of the equity side of the court during the reign of Henry VIII or Edward VI and its rapid growth under Elizabeth I. This is followed by a note on the generalizing of its jurisdiction at the beginning of the Interregnum. The third chapter deals with the duties of the principal officers - the lord treasurer, the chancellor of the exchequer, the barons of the exchequer, the king's remembrances, and the eight sworn clerks. The fourth chapter traces the equity procedures and describes the archives, which are now in the Public Record Office in London. This chapter will be useful to those who wish to compare this court with another court of equity or to use the exchequer records. Chapter 5 sets out the reasons for the suppression of the equity jurisdiction. This book supplies important information for the lawyer, the historian and the archivist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76593/cover/9780521076593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fox-North Coalition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crisis of the Constitution, 1782-4</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Cannon studies the workings of the eighteenth-century constitution, concentrating on the years of acute crisis from 1782 to 1784. He examines the formation of the Fox-North coalition, its achievement of office in March 1783, and the manoeuvres by which it was eventually ousted. In doing so he throws light on several obscure questions, such as the reasons for Shelburne's unpopularity, the part played by William Pitt over the India Bill (based on hitherto unused manuscripts in the Bodleian Library), and the causes of Lord Temple's resignation in December 1783. Dr Cannon shows that these were critical years in the evolution of political parties, and contributes evidence towards an assessment of the careers of Lord North, Charles Fox and William Pitt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76678/cover/9780521076678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of English Assizes 1558-1714</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockburn, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is primarily an account of the most familiar and longest lived of English courts during the most critical as well as the most influential period of its history. It describes all aspects of the court's work, personnel, jurisdiction, and constitutional position, throws incidental light on the nature of local administration and government, and examines the thesis that the function of assizes was governmental - as a main channel of communication between central government and provincial authority - as well as being judicial.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76746/cover/9780521076746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gaelic Notes in the Book of Deer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Book of Deer, 43 folios of manuscript, containing parts of the Gospels and the Apostles' Creed, is one of the treasures of the Cambridge University Library. The Book is important not so much for its primary contents as for the notes in Gaelic which have been added to it in some of the available blank spaces. These notes record the foundation 'myth' of the monastery of Deer in north-east Aberdeenshire, and formal recordings of various grants of lands to the monastery. The language in which the notes are written is the form of Gaelic spoken in Buchan during the earlier part of the twelfth century, which means that this manuscript predates the next earliest surviving Scots Gaelic documents by almost three centuries. Professor Jackson presents a diplomatic text of the notes, based on a careful study of the original manuscript, together with an edited text, a translation, discussion, notes and a glossary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76753/cover/9780521076753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107679X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bills and Acts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legislative procedure in Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambert, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eighteenth century witnessed both a notable increase in the amount of legislation passed in each parliamentary session as a response to the changing economic and social climate, and the development of new forms of parliamentary practice which foreshadowed the much better known innovations of the nineteenth century. In consequence, Parliament gained much greater influence over the everyday life of the community, and the new profession of parliamentary agent developed to assist landowners and local communities in their dealings with Parliament. The study centres round the work of Robert Harper of Lincoln's Inn, an eminent conveyancer whose active career as one of the first parliamentary agents spanned half the century. Miss Lambert describes in detail Harper's important collection of printed parliamentary papers, using them to throw light on the nature of the evidence provided by printed bills. She demonstrates how this evidence may be used to advantage in conjunction with Parliamentary records, particularly in studying local, economic and family history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76791/cover/9780521076791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church Under the Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Justice, Administration and Dicipline in the Diocese of York 1560-1640</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchant, Ronald A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Marchant has produced a systematic account of Church courts as they were re-moulded to serve the Protestant Church in England after the Elizabethan Settlement, and at a time when they were still one of the principal responsibilities of bishops and archdeacons. Responding to the challenge of the times, these courts displayed a vitality and adaptability which has often been unrecognized. This study is based on a detailed account of the courts in the diocese of York, but the author measures the individuality of the northern courts by constant reference to the typical southern diocese of Norwich. There is a full description of the lawyers and the ecclesiastical 'civil service', the amount and nature of the business transacted by the courts, the internal administration of the Church and the sources of its administrative law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76876/cover/9780521076876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521076951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521076951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Malcolm Ludlow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Builder of Christian Socialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521076951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masterman, N. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-length biography of the founder and central figure of the Christian Socialist movement of 1845-54, the fellow worker with F. D. Maurice, Charles Kingsley, Tom Hughes and Daniel and Alexander Macmillan. From a Whig liberal and partly Scottish family who had learnt to rule in India, Ludlow was educated in revolutionary Paris and acted as a catalyst to a group of men brought up in the more established Britain of the nineteenth century. Outwardly the industrious and loyal subordinate of F. D. Maurice, he tried desperately to drive a group of men along a route of his own devising and thus goaded them to adopt alternative policies to his and to state why they did so. His whole career as lawyer and Christian Socialist co-operator, would-be politician and civil servant (for he finally ended up as the first Chief Registrar of Friendly Societies) was shaped, he maintained, by seven spiritual crises, and was a strange mixture of achievement and frustration, of insight and obtuseness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/76951/cover/9780521076951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Society 1600-1900</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathias, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most books on the history of science have been `internal' in their scope and objectives - plotting progress within different branches of science as the frontiers of knowledge about formal scientific relationships get pushed back by intellectual advance. The history of science is thus seen primarily as a record of progressive intellectual discovery at the hands of individual genius. What might be called the 'external relations' of science - investigating the impact of scientific knowledge upon its wider historical context (and the impact of that context upon the development of science) - has received much less attention. The unifying theme of this book, as its title indicates, is the relationship between science and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77279/cover/9780521077279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popery and Politics in England 1660-1688</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the reign of Charles II, over a century after the Protestant Reformation, England was faced with the prospect of a Catholic king when the King's brother, the future James II became a Catholic. The reaction to his conversion, the fears it aroused and their background form the main theme of this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77422/cover/9780521077422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fact and Relevance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Historical Method</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postan, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of fourteen essays in which Professor Postan draws together for the first time his contributions to the debate on historical method, and discusses from a variety of different angles, the inter-relation of history and the social sciences. After making, in his first three essays, a direct statement of his point of view, the author deals with two main aspects of the subject: time sequences and theoretical relevance of facts. He then proceeds to exemplify his point of view more particularly with relation to macro-economics and to certain specific issues within economic history as well as to economic history in general. In the final two chapters, one is on Karl Marx, the other on Hugh Gaitskell, he seeks to describe the intellectual climate in which the debate on methodology was held and in which his opinions on the subject were formed. The essays contained in this book will be of interest to all those involved in the social sciences, economics and history, as well as to those specifically concerned with historical methodology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77583/cover/9780521077583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Russian Annexation of the Crimea 1772-1783</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Alan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Black Sea and the coastal areas have played an important role in the history of eastern Europe and western Asia. Byzantium, Kiev Rus, the Golden Horde, Lithuania, Poland, the Ottoman Empire and Muscovy all tried to control parts of its area at various periods in history. From 1475 for three hundred years the Ottoman Turks controlled the Black Sea and the lands surrounding it. In 1783 Catherine annexed the Crimean peninsula, with its Muslim Tatar population, to the Russian Empire after a major Russian military victory over the Ottomans. The effect on the Ottoman Empire was significant. It lost its Tatar military forces when traditional means of securing recruits for the army had broken down; lost its secure northern frontier - the route to Istanbul itself was now open; it lost, for the first time, a Muslim province. This book provides a scholarly and balanced account of an important part of the transformation of the Muscovite state into a multinational empire. It also contributes to our understanding of the decline of the Ottoman Empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77606/cover/9780521077606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Peasant Organisation Before Collectivisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Commune and Gathering 1925-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Male, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most Russian peasants in the mid-1920s held their land as members of a commune (or mir), the old Russian form of land-holding. The revolution had brought a revival in the fortunes of the institution. This was not a welcome development to the Bolsheviks and the Soviet government unsuccessfully attempted to supplant the commune as the focus of rural affairs, by instituting the rural Soviets. The debate on land-holding in the mid-twenties bore fruit only in encouraging peasants to modify the worst inefficiencies of strip farming.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77750/cover/9780521077750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521077915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1080</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Part II of volume I deals with the history of the Near East from about 3000 to 1750 B.C. In Egypt, a long period of political unification and stability enabled the kings of the Old Kingdom to develop and exploit natural resources, to mobilize both the manpower and the technical skill to build the pyramids, and to encourage sculptors in the production of works of superlative quality. After a period of anarchy and civil war at the end of the Sixth Dynasty the local rulers of Thebes established the so-called Middle Kingdom, restoring an age of political calm in which the arts could again flourish. In Western Asia, Babylonia was the main centre and source of civilisation, and her moral, though not always her military, hegemony was recognized and accepted by the surrounding countries of Anatolia, Syria, Palestine, Assyria and Elam. The history of the region is traced from the late Uruk and Jamdat Nasr periods up to the rise of Hammurabi, the most significant developments being the invention of writing in the Uruk period, the emergence of the Semites as a political factor under Sargon, and the success of the centralized bureaucracy under the Third Dynasty of Ur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77910/cover/9780521077910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Slovak Dilemma</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Slovak Dilemma is a case-study in nationalism. Accepting the view that the four and a half million Slovaks who inhabit the eastern part of Czechoslovakia are a separate Slav ethnic group, Dr Steiner describes their position in Czechoslovak history, their role in political life, the extraordinary persistence and continuing frustration of their national aspirations. After a brief survey of the history of the Slovaks under Hungarian rule, Dr Steiner examines their position in the democratic Czechoslovak Republic which was established in 1918. He analyses the causes of Slovak discontent and shows that although the new constitution granted full expression to Slovak culture, it limited complete development of Slovak national rights. Nevertheless he suggests that Slovak separatism played little part in the dismemberment of Czechoslovakia in 1938 and that the real attitude of the people towards Hitler's puppet Slovak State was eloquently expressed in their tragic rising against it in August 1944.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77934/cover/9780521077934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521077966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521077965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul and the Language of Scripture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Citation Technique in the Pauline Epistles and Contemporary Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521077965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanley, Christopher D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explicit quotations from the Jewish Scriptures play a vital role in several of the apostle Paul's letters to struggling Christian congregations. In most cases the wording of these quotations differs markedly from all known versions of the biblical text. Studies of Paul's use of scripture routinely note the problem and suggest possible solutions, but none to date has made this phenomenon the primary object of investigation. The present study aims to remedy this deficiency with a careful examination of the way Paul and other ancient authors handled the wording of their explicit quotations. In drawing general conclusions, Dr Stanley examines the broader social environment that made 'interpretive renderings' a normal and accepted part of the literary landscape of antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/77965/cover/9780521077965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521078717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Masters, Unions and Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Work Control in Building and the Rise of Labour 1830-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The incidence of industrial conflict and the nature of workplace industrial relations have occupied a central place in public and academic commentary on British society. Debate about the role of the trade unions in the state, the degree of authority that the unions can and should exercise over their members, the desirability of a legal framework for collective agreements, the nature of rank and file militancy and the means and techniques of re-establishing employers' authority over the work in the face of an expanded workers' frontier of control all lie at the heart of the social crisis that marked British society from the end of the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78719/cover/9780521078719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107889X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electron</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Centenary Volume</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Springford, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book marks the centenary of the discovery of the electron by J. J. Thomson in 1897, an event which occurred at a great turning point in the history of scientific ideas, and the impact of which on the development of science in the twentieth century has been profound. The electron was the first elementary particle to be discovered. It sets the basic scales of energy and length in chemistry and materials science, and its ubiquitous presence to drive electrical and electronic devices in everyday life is familiar to everyone. In this book the discussion moves from the historical context of the discovery of the electron and its basic properties, to the Dirac equation, bonding in condensed matter, Fermi and non-Fermi liquids, quantum order, superconductivity, heavy, coherent and composite electrons, and the role of the electron in the cosmos, with each chapter written by a prominent figure in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78894/cover/9780521078894.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521078911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gorilla Biology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Multidisciplinary Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Andrea B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldsmith, Michele L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gorillas are one of our closest living relatives, the largest of all living primates, and teeter on the brink of extinction. These fascinating animals are the focus of this in-depth and comprehensive examination of gorilla biology. Gorilla Biology combines recent research in morphology, genetics and behavioural ecology to reveal the complexity and diversity of gorilla populations. The first section focuses on morphological and molecular variation and underscores the importance of understanding diverse biological patterns at all levels in testing evolutionary and adaptive hypotheses and elucidating subspecies and species diversification. Following are discussions of the ecological constraints that influence gorilla social organization and highlight their surprising flexibility. The book ends with discussions of the conservation status of gorillas and the many and increasing threats to their continued survival. Giving insight into the evolutionary biology of these unique primates, this book will be essential reading for primatologists, anthropologists and evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78917/cover/9780521078917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107892X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presenting Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Composition, Publication, Reception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erskine-Hill, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCabe, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The presentation of poetry to auditor and reader involves a complex interaction of rhetorical, orthographical and visual mediating skills. At issue are the nature of 'authority', the creation of a readership attuned to the writer's poetic resonances, and a delicate negotiation between literary tradition and individual talent. In a series of detailed readings leading scholars focus on the presentation of work by Spenser, Herbert, Milton, Dryden, Pope, Smart, Blake, Wordsworth, Browning, Yeats, Lawrence and David Jones. The wide chronological range enables unusually extensive comparison across the boundaries of generic form, and between the varying emotional, aesthetic and rhetorical emphases of specific periods: from the creation of fictitious 'persona' to the construction of autobiographical 'self', from the interaction of printed word and visual image to the arrangements and rearrangements of structure and sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78924/cover/9780521078924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521078962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The People of God in the Apocalypse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Discourse, Structure and Exegesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pattemore, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stephen Pattemore examines passages within Revelation 4:1-22:21 that depict the people of God as actors in the apocalyptic drama and infers what impact these passages would have had on the self-understanding and behaviour of the original audience of the work. He uses Relevance Theory, a development in the linguistic field of pragmatics, to help understand the text against the background of allusion to other texts. Three important images are traced. The picture of the souls under the altar (6:9-11) is found to govern much of the direction of the text with its call to faithful witness and willingness for martyrdom. Even the militant image of a messianic army (7:1-8, 14:1-5) urges the audience in precisely the same direction. Both images combine in the final image of the bride, the culmination of challenge and hope traced briefly in the New Jerusalem visions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78962/cover/9780521078962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521078970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Religion of Humanity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of Comtean Positivism on Victorian Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Religion of Humanity, first expounded by the founder of Positivism, Auguste Comte, focused the minds of a wide range of prominent Victorians on the possibility of replacing Christianity with an alternative religion based on scientific principles and humanist values. This new book traces the impact of Comte's 'religion' on Victorian Britain, showing how its ideas were championed by John Stuart Mill and George Henry Lewes before being institutionalised by Richard Congreve and Frederic Harrison, the leaders of the two main centres of Positivist worship. Widely discussed by scientists, philosophers, and theologians, it also attracted the attention of numerous literary figures, including Matthew Arnold, Walter Pater, and Leslie Stephen, achieving its widest circulation through the works of George Eliot, Thomas Hardy and George Gissing. A wide-ranging and interdisciplinary contribution to the history of ideas, this book sheds light on a significant but hitherto neglected strand of Victorian thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78979/cover/9780521078979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521078997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521078993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Satie the Composer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521078993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orledge, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Erik Satie remains one of the most bizarre figures in music history, yet everything he did has its own curious logic, once it can be perceived. In this important new study Dr Orledge reveals what made Satie 'tick' as a composer, dealing with every aspect of Satie's complex career and relating his achievement to the other arts and to the society in which he lived. Almost every figure in contemporary art was involved with Satie in some way or another, from Matisse and Picasso to Apollinaire, Cocteau and Brancusi. This, however, is no mere life-and-works study but rather an exploration of the technique behind Satie's art, which foreshadowed most of the 'advances' of twentieth-century music from serialism to minimalism, and even muzak. As the book progresses Satie appears as far more than just the composer of the popular Gymnop&#233;dies and Parade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/78993/cover/9780521078993.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Before Darwin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ideal of a Liberal Education, 1800-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMackin Garland, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major contribution to the intellectual history of Cambridge University, Dr Garland takes as her main theme the rise of a specific educational ideal in early Victorian Cambridge, how it enjoyed a moment of triumph, and then how it fell under the impact of a new set of challenges. The story revolves around the careers of a group of 'conservative reformers', led by the Trinity dons Whewell and Sedgwick. They were the self-designated providers of a refurbished version of traditional Cambridge values in the new environment of a rapidly industrializing England, and took as their ideal a general unified core of knowledge based upon mathematics, classics and moral philosophy. They wished to retain this general structure because they believed it corresponded to the structure of the human mind and its mental faculties. For them, belief in the harmony of science and religion was part and parcel of their basically Broad Church religious views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79006/cover/9780521079006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Democratic Ideas in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooch, G. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essay out of which the present work has grown obtained the Thirlwall Prize in 1897. The design of this Essay is to serve both as an illustration of English history in the seventeenth century and as a contribution to the history of political ideas. English political thinking from the Reformation to the opening of the eighteenth century can be divided broadly into what may be called the Monarchical and the Democratic; for even among the more oligarchic systems of thought there is a democratic element. The former has been already adequately portrayed. An attempt is now for the first time made to relate the story of the latter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79013/cover/9780521079013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Trade and the Opening of China 1800-42</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An account of the activities of British merchants in China in the crucial years before the Treaty of Nanking (1842), which transformed the relations between the Celestial Empire and the Western 'barbarians' and placed them upon a footing that was to last for 100 years. Mr Greenberg shows how this change was brought about by the pressures of the expanding British economy of the early nineteenth century. Much of the material is based on the papers of Jardine Matheson and Co., the only firm of pre-treaty days to survive, and the largest of the British firms then established in Canton.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79167/cover/9780521079167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Georgian Lincoln</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Francis Hill continues in this volume his majestic history of his native city. Medieval Lincoln appeared in 1948, and was reissued in 1965; Tudor and Stuart Lincoln was published in 1956. This third volume, first published in 1966, covers the period of the industrial revolution and parliamentary reform, the time of' the Napoleonic war and the post-war depression. As in previous volumes, local history is taken as a microcosm of the social history of the nation. Sir Francis works from primary sources, many of them unpublished; these give the feel of the period in a direct and vivid way. Since Lincoln was a county town, a cathedral city, a centre of trade and an industrial centre, its history is in many ways representative of English history as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79242/cover/9780521079242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052107925X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Lincoln</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Francis Hill's volumes on the history of the City of Lincoln are a historical monument for which it is not easy to think of a parallel. Written by a distinguished (and very busy) public man, they are works of patient scholarship. They give a survey of the growth and development of one of England's ancient boroughs: a county town, a cathedral city, and a centre of trade and industry. Medieval Lincoln, first published in 1948 and now reprinted, is recognized as a model of what local history should be. It is based on primary sources, it is local without being parochial, and uses a close study as a key to medieval history as a whole. The plan is mainly chronological; Lincoln is studied from Roman times to the fifteenth century. There are also chapters on certain topics of particular local interest: the minster, the castle and the bail, parish churches and religious houses, the Jews, the Mayor and Commonalty, communications and trade, and fields and pastures. There are seven Appendices; twenty-two plates; and the figures include useful detailed maps.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79259/cover/9780521079259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Lincoln</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing from a wide range of local sources, Sir Francis describes Lincoln as it underwent major change: with the advent of the railways, this ancient cathedral city, hitherto predominantly a market centre, became an industrial city. Sir Francis discusses all aspects of life in the Victorian city, political and municipal reform, the continuing influence of the gentry, the growth of non-confomity and the recovery of Anglicanism, the awakening of the cathedral to new life, and population growth with its attendant social problems - housing, public health and education. Throughout, the author's personal knowledge of the city enables him to give the feel of the period in a fascinating and vivid way. This volume will be of great interest to specialists in nineteenth-century history, and, like the others in the series, to local historians and people who care for the city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79273/cover/9780521079273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Coroner</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunnisett, R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The office of coroner was established in England in 1194; it has had an unbroken history, and has been exported to many countries, including the United States. At the zenith of his power, in the thirteenth and early fourteenth centuries, the coroner was concerned with many aspects of law and local administration, and with some of the most tragic and dramatic episodes of medieval life. Coroners - 'keepers of the pleas of the crown' - had to be knights or substantial landowners; they were required to hold inquests on victims of suicide or violent death, receive abjurations of the realm (ceremonial undertakings by felons in sanctuary to leave the country), hear appeals and confessions of felony, and legalise any exactions, outlawries or subsequent pardons. Their responsibilities included the arrest of suspects and the safeguarding of property subject to forfeit; the coroners' rolls contained the written records of many official proceedings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79433/cover/9780521079433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peterborough Abbey 1086-1310</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The operation of the land market is a topic of crucial importance to the student of economic and social history in the Middle Ages. In this book, Dr King uses a wide range of source material to examine the character of the land market on the estates of Peterborough Abbey in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. He suggests that some common pattern emerges in the behaviour of those concerned, and offers an original interpretation of certain familiar types of medieval record.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79471/cover/9780521079471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Expanding Society: Britain 1830-1900</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitson-Clark, G. S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Kitson Clark describes the expansion and structural change of society in Great Britain under the impact of the population explosion, the Industrial Revolution and the 'liberal revolution'. This expanding society overflowed into North America, Australia and New Zealand carrying with it British culture and British problems. In Britain and overseas, conflict arose between this society and the people and institutions representing the habits and classes that were in control before the expansion began. The author analyses the origins of the problem of Imperialism and the fate of so-called Liberalism in Great Britain. The last section is devoted to a discussion of the varied intellectual and spiritual life stimulated by the forces of expansion - Romanticism and the Evangelical Revival. The final chapter deals with the increase in the regulative powers of the state and its increasing range of responsibilities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79532/cover/9780521079532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Episcopal Colleagues of Archbishop Thomas Becket</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Being the Ford Lectures delivered in the University of Oxford in Hilary Term 1949</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1951, Professor Knowles introduces his subject with these words: 'On three decisive occasions at least - at Clarendon and Northampton in 1164, and for a third time in the autumn of 1169 - the bishops were called upon as a body - at Clarendon in association with the Archbishop, at Northampton and in 1169 in dissociation from him - to take their stand at a crisis of policy. Had they resolutely and unanimously opposed the King in 1164, or as unanimously fallen in with his wishes in 1169, the course of English church history would have been notably different.... Concentration on the actions and words of the Archbishop alone, and the virtual relegation of his colleagues to the position of a chorus, if not of a conspiracy, has helped, in almost every account, to throw his figure out of historical perspective. It is only when we watch the attitude and consider the opinions of the other bishops, both before, during, and after the great meetings of 1163-4, that we can see how many elements of the controversy, and how many of the views expressed, were the common property of all, or at least of most, of the school-trained ecclesiastics of the day, and how many were peculiar to Archbishop Thomas.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79679/cover/9780521079679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521079764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Cohomology Theory and K-Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes constitute a faithful record of a short course of lectures given in S&#227;o Paulo, Brazil, in the summer of 1968. The audience was assumed to be familiar with the basic material of homology and homotopy theory, and the object of the course was to explain the methodology of general cohomology theory and to give applications of K-theory to familiar problems such as that of the existence of real division algebras. The audience was not assumed to be sophisticated in homological algebra, so one chapter is devoted to an elementary exposition of exact couples and spectral sequences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79761/cover/9780521079761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koebner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ever since the Romans, 'Empire' has been a word of power to rulers and theorists of statecraft. It implied much more than 'rule' or 'kingdom': those states which could pretend to the title of Empire thereby compared themselves with Rome, and implied that they were its successors. Professor Koebner's widely ranging book examines the use of the concept in European history from classical times until the early nineteenth century. He begins with the Romans, and analyses the original meanings of the word imperium. He then turns to later uses, in the Holy Roman Empire founded by Charlemagne, and its successors. The main part of the book considers the British Empire, from its uncertain foundation under Henry VIII to the secession of the American colonies - an event which caused a re-examination  of the whole nature of the Empire. A final chapter considers the Napoleonic period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79792/cover/9780521079792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Historical Records</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFarlane, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the nature of English historical records over the period 1200-1800. It surveys the records created by the state, the estates of landlords, and the Church. The work arises from an intensive research project (1973-81), which involved the manual and computerised analysis of all the surviving records for two parishes, in Westmorland and Essex, up to 1800. The book considers the administrative and judicial process, which led to the compilation of the documents, the survival and quantity of each class, the location and form of the material, and the hidden omissions, inaccuracies and deceptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79808/cover/9780521079808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521079888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521079888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521079884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Ranges of Operators on Normed Spaces and of Elements of Normed Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521079884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonsall, F. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of the numerical range of a linear operator on an arbitrary normed space had its beginnings around 1960, and during the 1970s the subject has developed and expanded rapidly. This book presents a self-contained exposition of the subject as a whole. The authors develop various applications, in particular to the study of Banach algebras where the numerical range provides an important link between the algebraic and metric structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/79884/cover/9780521079884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Examinations in England 1850-1900</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roach, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed historical account of the origins of the modern examination system in England from 1850 to 1900. At the beginning of the nineteenth century public examinations were almost unknown, yet by its end they were established as the most generally acceptable method of assessment and selection; with many they had become almost an article of the Victorian faith, though their objectivity and efficacy were already becoming matters of public controversy. The Oxford and Cambridge honours examinations provided a major source for Victorian ideas of open competition and public examinations. It was seen that this model could be applied to a whole range of educational and administrative purposes. The crucial developments came between 1850 and 1870: major landmarks were the Northcote-Trevelyan Report of 1853 on the Civil Service, the foundation of the Oxford and Cambridge Local Examinations of 1857 and 1858, and Gladstone's introduction in 1870 of open competition into the Home Civil Service.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80125/cover/9780521080125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Cassian</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Cassian is a study of the fifth-century monk who was one of the founders of western monasticism. Christian monasticism flowered in Egypt during the fourth century. Cassias spent several years in Egypt and his writings are important evidence of the earliest period of monastic life. Later in life Cassian came to Provence and adapted the Egyptian ideals and methods for Latin use. The Benedictine Rule owes much to his influence. Benedictine monks still look back upon Cassian as an authority for their way of life. He was the first guide to the contemplative ideal in the history of western thought. Cassias questioned the doctrine of predestination taught by Augustine. Dr Chadwick shows how this argument gave him an ambiguous reputation in medieval history. The first edition of this book was published in 1950. It established itself as a contribution to the history of monasticism and to the origins of the contemplative ideal in Christianity. This is a reprint of the 1968 second edition in which Dr Chadwick made changes to take account of important work published since the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80200/cover/9780521080200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heresy and Obedience in Tridentine Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cardinal Pole and the Counter Reformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Dermot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reginald Pole was one of the most complex figures in sixteenth-century history. The only Englishman to follow a career at the Roman Curia in the crucial decades of the Reformation, the victim successively of the Tudor Reformation and the Roman Inquisition, his life was marked by misunderstanding, failure and tragedy. This book is a study of his career in Italy, his involvement in the Council of Trent and his share in the vain attempt to obtain reunification with the Protestants. Dr Fenlon discusses in great detail Pole's attitudes towards the doctrine of the Protestant reformers, its influence within Italy and the development of his group of `spirituals' at Viterbo. But this is not simply a biography of Pole nor an analysis of his influence. Rather it is an examination of the crisis the Catholic Church and its adherents faced in the Reformation, the conflict exemplified in Pole's personal experience and that of the groups among which he moved, between obedience to the established ecclesiastical order and sympathy with Luther's tenets. The crisis and its resolution reflect the genesis of the Reformation and the Catholic Counter Reformation which resulted in the final confessional divisions of Christian Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80408/cover/9780521080408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminists and Bureaucrats</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Development of Girls' Education in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A radical measure, the Endowed Schools Act of 1869, empowered Commissioners to prise endowment from the old grammar schools and to set up, for the first time, grammar schools for girls. Sheila Fletcher shows how, in practice, such attempts met determined opposition and argues that what was actually secured for girls depended largely on the zeal and persistence of the civil servants administering the Act. The first of these, the Endowed Schools Commissioners, presided over by Gladstone's friend and relative Lord Lyttelton, were staunch supporters of Women's education, but zeal proved their undoing. In 1874 they were dismissed by the Conservatives and the working of the Act was placed in the 'safe' hands of the Charity Commissioners. Feminist concern that girls would suffer from this changeover proved well founded; their share in endowments fell sharply in the reign of the Charity Commissioners which lasted until the end of the century. Indeed, the contrast between the two Commissions highlights the extent to which progress in an area dear to the heart of the women's movement was determined by administrators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80484/cover/9780521080484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lockes Travels in France 1675-1679</TitleText>

<Subtitle>As Related in his Journals, Correspondence and Other Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lough, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a complete account of all that Locke saw, did and heard during his four years in France. The entries vary from laconic jottings to detailed accounts - full of colour and wit - of life in Paris and the provinces. Locke's variety of interests presents a vivid and thorough account of France at that time. He observed and recorded the absolutism of Louis XIV and the poverty of the peasants, the growing persecution of the Protestants and the external manifestations of Catholicism, recent developments in science and technology - even agricultural methods and the system of taxes. So that this is a book for the general reader as well as for the student of Locke, the social historian and the historian of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80507/cover/9780521080507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Hungarian Historians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical and Analytical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macartney, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The various works in which the Hungarians of the Middle Ages recorded their own origins and early doings are of great value not only for the history of Hungary and the Magyar people, but also for the whole of south-eastern Europe. But before they can be safely used as sources they require much editing and interpretation. Studies by Hungarian and German scholars of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries are now of course out-dated. Mr Macartney spent some years going through the documents and all the critical literature, and here presents the fruits of his work in a short form containing all that needs to be known for safe and profitable use of the texts. The present book has as its first part a long introductory essay on the development of the Hungarian historical tradition; its second part is an analytical guide to the separate documents, carrying summarised descriptions of MSS, editions, date, contents, reliability, relations to other texts, and so on, and including references to Mr Macartney's own contributions in the Studies. It is intended for Western students not able to read Magyar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80514/cover/9780521080514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Magyars in the Ninth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacArtney, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A re-examination of the texts - chiefly Arabic and Persian - which describe the movements of the Magyars leading up to their entry into Hungary (c. AD 896).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80705/cover/9780521080705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521080762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Topology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Student's Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shepherd, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This set of notes, for graduate students who are specializing in algebraic topology, adopts a novel approach to the teaching of the subject. It begins with a survey of the most beneficial areas for study, with recommendations regarding the best written accounts of each topic. Because a number of the sources are rather inaccessible to students, the second part of the book comprises a collection of some of these classic expositions, from journals, lecture notes, theses and conference proceedings. They are connected by short explanatory passages written by Professor Adams, whose own contributions to this branch of mathematics are represented in the reprinted articles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80767/cover/9780521080767.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Great Estate At Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Holkham Estate and its Inhabitants in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wade Martins, Susanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas William Coke, the Norfolk landlord, was a legend in his own lifetime as a man dedicated to progressive reforms in agriculture and to the improvement of the conditions of his tenants. His Holkham estate was set up as a fine example to be followed by farmers and landlords alike. This book deals with the work of both Thomas William Coke and his son, their agents and their tenants at Holkham through the nineteenth century and into the early years of the twentieth. It shows how far even the most dynamic landlord needed a progressive tenantry and how far the tenantry relied on the landlord for the provision of good farm buildings and other capital expenditure. The building work of the estate in the erection of both farms and cottages is studied in detail. The aim of the book is to show life and work on the Holkham estate both from the landlord's point of view and from that of the tenant farmer and cottager.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80842/cover/9780521080842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521080967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521080965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Audiencia of New Galicia in the Sixteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Spanish Colonial Government</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521080965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A discussion of the day-to-day government of a remote Spanish province at a time when the disorders of conquest were giving way to a settled administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/80965/cover/9780521080965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tudor Parish Documents of the Diocese of York</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Selection with Introduction and Notes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Purvis, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Purvis introduces a classified selection of documents concerned with parochial life in Yorkshire in the days of Queen Elizabeth. The sources from which he selects are almost entirely unexplored and unpublished, namely a fine collection of the earlier Act Books of the Ecclesiastical Commission of York (which Mr Purvis himself discovered), Visitation Books, the Proceedings of the Archbishops' courts, and papers of the Consistory Court. Documents of this kind necessarily record the delinquent parishes (with which they were particularly concerned), and unless this is remembered would give an unduly dark picture. The texts of the documents are given, classified by subject, introduced by Mr Purvis, and glossed and annotated as needed. There is a foreword by the Archbishop of York.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81023/cover/9780521081023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elmdon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Continuity and Change in a North-West Essex Village 1861-1964</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robin, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elmdon is a social history of a village in north-west Essex between 1861 and 1964. Throughout this period the population of Elmdon, which lies only fifty miles from London, was comparatively small, and this has enabled Jean Robin to follow the lives of individuals and families in the village in a degree of detail which can illuminate many areas not always thoroughly explored. Using the records, electoral rolls and other written sources, as well as information obtained through anthropological techniques of interviewing, carried out between 1962 and 1972 by students from the Department of Social Anthropology at the University of' Cambridge, she examines patterns of land-ownership, employment, marriage, social mobility and migration, and analyses the effects of both local and national events on the lives of Elmdon's inhabitants over a hundred-year period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81108/cover/9780521081108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cases of Conscience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alternatives open to Recusants and Puritans under Elizabeth 1 and James 1</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Elliot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of religious dissent has usually been written from the point of view of the martyr for his faith. Elliot Rose's aim in this book is to look at the religious troubles of the Elizabethan age from the point of view of those who sympathized with ardent Catholics or Puritans but were not anxious to be martyrs. Two questions arise: What options other than martyrdom were open to them in practice? And what did their religion tell them about the morality of evasion or half-compliance? Answers to these would help to answer the larger question of how groups survive under conditions of permanent and official repression. Mr Rose does not attempt to measure persecution by statistics. He has examined the casuistic writings of the period for their teachings on resistance and evasion of law, and shows how little 'casuistry' deserves its reputation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81146/cover/9780521081146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Agrarian Policy of the Russian Socialist-Revolutionary Party</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From its Origins through the Revolution of 1905-1907</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perrie, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Socialist-Revolutionary (SR) party gained an overall majority in the election to the Russian Constituent Assembly, which was dissolved by the Bolsheviks in January 1918. The SRs derived the bulk of their electoral support from the peasantry, and the gulf between the predominantly urban Bolshevik party and the rural masses was to create immense problems for the Soviet government in the 1920s, culminating in the horrors of forced collectivization. The SRs offered an alternative vision of the Russian peasant's path to socialism. They were closer to the peasantry than any other revolutionary party, and more aware of the problems involved in implementing a socialist transformation of Russian agriculture. In this study the author traces the development of SR agrarian policy in the party's formative years, from the period of disillusionment which followed the failure of the Populist 'movement to the people' of the 1870s, through the revolutionary years 1905-7, to the subsequent reaction under Stolypin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81153/cover/9780521081153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leibniz in Paris 1672-1676</TitleText>

<Subtitle>His Growth to Mathematical Maturity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofmann, Joseph H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz first arrived in Paris in 1672 he was a well-educated, sophisticated young diplomat who had yet to show any real sign of his latent mathematical abilities. Over his next four crowded, formative years, which Professor Hofmann analyses in detail, he grew to be one of the outstanding mathematicians of the age and to found the modern differential calculus. In Paris, Leibniz rapidly absorbed the advanced exact science of the day. During a short visit to London in 1673 he made a fruitful contact with Henry Oldenburg, the secretary of the Royal Society, who provided him with a wide miscellany of information regarding current British scientific activities. Returning to Paris, Leibniz achieved his own first creative discoveries, developing a method of integral `transmutation' through which lie derived the 'arithmetical' quadrature of the circle by an infinite series. He also explored the theory of algebraic equations. Later, by codifying existing tangent and quadrature methods and expressing their algorithmic structure in a `universal' notation, lie laid the foundation of formal 'Leibnizian' calculus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81276/cover/9780521081276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Primate Fossil Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartwig, Walter Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive treatment of primate paleontology. Profusely illustrated and up to date, it captures the complete history of the discovery and interpretation of primate fossils. The chapters range from primate origins to the advent of anatomically modern humans. Each emphasizes three key components of the record of primate evolution: history of discovery, taxonomy of the fossils, and evolution of the adaptive radiations they represent. The Primate Fossil Record summarizes objectively the many intellectual debates surrounding the fossil record and provides a foundation of reference information on the last two decades of astounding discoveries and worldwide field research for physical anthropologists, paleontologists and evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/63151/cover/9780521663151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Medieval Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The West Midlands at the End of the Thirteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book portrays the rural and urban economies and the social structure of the West Midlands of England at a peak period of medieval growth, the end of the thirteenth century. The subject matter ranges from lords to peasants, from merchants to artisans, and from bishops to parish priests. It depicts life in the village, in the town and in the forest, and analyses the modes of social control exercised by ruling groups and the resistance of the ruled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81559/cover/9780521081559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Puritanism to the Age of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Changes in Religious Thought within the Church of England 1660 to 1700</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cragg, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1950 this is a critical study of changes in religious thought in the latter half of the seventeenth century. Dr Cragg's main concern is with the eclipse of Calvinism, the Cambridge Platonists, the religious significance of Locke, Toland and the rise of Deism, the relationship between the Church and the Civil power and the question of religious toleration. In its original form this book was awarded the Archbishop Cranmer Prize for 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81603/cover/9780521081603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bradwardine and the Pelagians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of his 'De Causa Dei' and it's Opponents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leff, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The intellectual history of the fourteenth century is still little known. Apart from the great figures like Ockham and Wyclif we have no detailed knowledge of the leading thinkers or the movements which may be deduced from their work. Dr Leff explains Bradwardnie's system of thought and relates it to the ideas of his contemporaries; these contemporaries are shown to have had their own differences of outlook, and the fourteenth century as a whole is also shown to have differed greatly from the thirteenth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81627/cover/9780521081627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Human Biology of Pastoral Populations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081634</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Animal-herding (pastoralism) is a subsistence strategy that is practised by populations of low-producing ecosystems worldwide. Increasingly, it is vanishing due to land pressure and ecological degradation, particularly in the developing world. While previous books have examined the social, cultural and economic dimensions of the pastoral way of life, there has been little systematic examination of the biology and health of pastoral groups. The Human Biology of Pastoral Populations fills this gap by drawing together our knowledge of the biology, population structure and ecology of herding populations. It investigates how pastoral populations adapt to limited and variable food availability, the implications of the herding way of life for reproductive patterns, population structure and genetic diversity and the impacts of ongoing social and ecological changes on the health and well-being of these populations. This volume will be of broad interest to scholars in anthropology, human biology, genetics and demography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/80162/cover/9780521780162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Essays on Piero Sraffa's Legacy in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurz, Heinz D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection offers a critical assessment of the published works of Piero Sraffa, one of the leading economists of the twentieth century, and their legacy for the economics profession. The topics covered explore Sraffa's interpretation of the classical economists; his theory of value and distribution; his critique of partial and general neoclassical equilibrium theory; his focus on the problem of capital; and his critique of Hayek's monetary overinvestment theory of the business cycle. Specific issues investigated include intertemporal general equilibrium theory and the capital problem; the probability of reswitching; Ricardo, Malthus, and the corn model; and the meaning and implication of the capital controversy. Among the contributors are many of the world's leading students of Sraffian economics, including Nobel Laureate Paul Samuelson, Christian Bidard, Edwin Burmeister, John Eatwell, Pierangelo Garegnani, Samuel Hollander, Heinz Kurz, Lynn Mainwaring, Neri Salvadori, Bertram Schefold and Ian Steedman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81641/cover/9780521081641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Education to Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross National Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heinz, Walter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Structural transformations in the international economy and the restructuring of work have made the transition from education to employment increasingly problematic. School-to-work pathways have become more socially segmented and the risk of under-employment and joblessness has increased for both vocationally and academically educated youth. Continuous passages have become less common and have given way to multiple entries and exits between schooling and working, under-employment, unemployment and domestic work. This edited volume of empirical studies is based on a series of comparable longitudinal research projects which draw on survey and biographical data from important players in the international economy, the USA, Great Britain, Canada and Germany. The studies document that social and gender inequality is a persistent structural feature that restricts the possibilities to take advantage of educational opportunities and career options. Furthermore, different institutional arrangements are shown to play a crucial role in distributing transition opportunities in a more equal way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81658/cover/9780521081658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Our Infancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Autobiography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corke, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume of autobiography Helen Corke, now aged 93, recalls her childhood and youth before the First World War. Her account has both a personal and a representative significance. Helen Corke has a gift for recounting the development of her own consciousness and her personality is revealed through this record of instinctive as well as of objective experience. Born into a Kentish middle-class family which was interested both in literature and trade, she was moved from town to country and back to a London suburb as her father's grocery business first prospered and then abruptly failed. Years of extreme poverty followed. For a gifted girl in such circumstances the only hope of further education was apprenticeship as an elementary school teacher. Helen took this course and records the grim (and grimy) conditions of primary education at the end of the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81665/cover/9780521081665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108167X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre of the London Fairs in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenfield, Sybil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The London fairs are important in the history of English drama, for play-acting was one of their main attractions. From Jonson's Bartholomew Fair we have a picture of the Elizabethan fair; it is however insufficiently known that the fairs were still held in the eighteenth century and that plays were still performed at them. Miss Rosenfeld has investigated these entertainments. She has been able to construct a chronological record of the performances at Bartholomew Fair, Southwark Fair, May Fair and some less important centres; she examines such fair-plays and drolls as survive as texts or in printed descriptions, and she analyses the evidence about the structure of the stages and theatres used. She shows that the performances had a large public, and that the actors from the chief theatres found it worthwhile to take part in them; so her account is a necessary supplement to the theatrical history of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81672/cover/9780521081672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State and the Church in a Free Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, A. Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published in 1958 this book examines the role between the Church and the State at that time. Dr Murray sees the 'Church' as more than a particular religious establishment: it is an ideal community, a standard by which the individual church is judged. Similarly the State is more than a particular government: it is the whole organization of secular affairs, which now affects every part of the ordinary man's life. The relationship between the two institutions is thus involved in everything we do and are. What then ought to be the part played by the Church in the modern civilized world? What ideal or standard of behaviour does the Church, so considered, enjoin on the worker, the educator, the statesman, the citizen generally? How does the Christian envisage the secular political aims of liberty, equality and fraternity, the universal social problems of contract, status and mutual responsibility? What is the desirable model of a Christian community?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81696/cover/9780521081696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108170X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Religion, and the Future</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raven, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A course of eight lectures delivered at Cambridge in 1943. In his introduction Dr Raven suggests that science and religion, as the most formative influence in the educational and the intellectual life of the world, share responsibility for the outbreak of world-wide war: 'Somehow the people responsible for education, for shaping and propagating ideas and for developing civilisation have allowed science and religion to become antagonistic with results disastrous to them both and devastating to the life of men. It is the purpose of the first four of these lectures to indicate the history of that disaster; and of the second four to consider how, if at all, it may be retrieved.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81702/cover/9780521081702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and the French Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rouget de Lisle's famous anthem, La marseillaise, admirably reflects the confidence and enthusiasm of the early years of the French Revolution. But the effects on music of the Revolution and the events that followed it in France were more far-reaching than that. Hymns, chansons and even articles of the Constitution set to music in the form of vaudevilles all played their part in disseminating Revolutionary ideas and principles; music education was reorganized to compensate for the loss of courtly institutions and the weakened maitrises of cathedrals and churches. Opera, in particular, was profoundly affected, in both its organization and its subject matter, by the events of 1789 and the succeeding decade. The essays in this book, written by specialists in the period, deal with all these aspects of music in Revolutionary France, highlighting the composers and writers who played a major role in the changes that took place there. They also identify some of the traditions and genres that survived the Revolution, and look at the effects on music of Napoleon's invasion of Italy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81870/cover/9780521081870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521081939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commutative Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to commutative algebra gives an account of some general properties of rings and modules, with their applications to number theory and geometry. It assumes only that the reader has completed an undergraduate algebra course. The fresh approach and simplicity of proof enable a large amount of material to be covered; exercises and examples are included throughout the notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81931/cover/9780521081931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521081963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521081962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean-Baptiste Lully and the Music of the French Baroque</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of James R. Anthony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521081962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heyer, John Hajdu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays on Jean-Baptiste Lully and his musical legacy honours the distinguished French baroque scholar James R. Anthony. Jean-Baptiste Lully, court composer to Louis XIV, served as the principal architect of what would become known as the French style of music in the baroque era. The style he created strongly influenced the great musical figures in England (Purcell and Handel) and Germany (Bach and Telemann), but Lully's music itself has received little attention. Recently, through the efforts of scholars and musicians concerned with the performance practices of Lully's time, Lully's own music has begun to come alive in performance and recording. These essays, all by important baroque specialists, cover significant aspects of Lully's life and works and the French tradition he influenced. They constitute the first post-war collection of studies centred on Lully and form a fitting tribute to Professor Anthony whose own French baroque music provided a stimulus for the work of an emerging generation of scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/81962/cover/9780521081962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach, Handel, Scarlatti 1685-1985</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>1985 celebrated the 300th anniversary of the births of Bach, Handel and Scarlatti. This volume covers all three composers and contains essays from an international team of scholars. Some essays make a contribution towards a better understanding of one or other composer, but at least half of them are concerned with ideas connecting two or even all three of them. The essays are concerned with many aspects of the music - technical, chronological, critical, speculative, theoretical and (importantly) practical - and the distinguished contributors have often endeavoured to ask questions rather than jump to conclusions. Every essay makes fresh points and can open up new avenues for players and (in the broadest sense) students, especially in the present climate of wishing to return to 'authentic conditions of performance'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82136/cover/9780521082136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Musical Language of Berlioz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an analytical and critical study of Berlioz's unique musical style. It does not undertake to analyse all his works, but rather to separate characteristic elements and observe them in action. Berlioz's writings and those of his critics are called upon to help focus the discussion. Part I includes material on the sources of Berlioz's idiosyncrasy and a discussion of fundamental pitch elements. Part II pursues this discussion into textural, contrapuntal and orchestral features, and considers melody and rhythm. Part III deals with whole musical forms, vocal and instrumental. The book includes copious musical illustration, much of it analytical reduction, and the expressive purpose of the features analysed is fully considered. The conclusion is that Berlioz's musical language is inescapably peculiar, though not necessarily inept; features which seem inexplicable in the light of compositional theory nearly always contribute to the musical and expressive exactness of communication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82143/cover/9780521082143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Tradition in Education</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ramus to Mme Necker de Saussure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, H. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Barnard's book studies the history of education in France, of children and adolescents up to the end of secondary school age. Higher education is not formally examined. He discusses aspects of education in France during the centuries which succeeded the Renaissance, and sketches in greater detail the careers of certain educationists and educational institutes which have not received elsewhere the attention which they deserve. Education during the period of the evolution is not covered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82228/cover/9780521082228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginnings of Quakerism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braithwaite, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account, from the original sources, of the early history of Quakerism, founded in England at the time of the Puritan revolution and the struggle for religious liberty. It is in part an account of its founder, George Fox, son of a weaver and apprentice to a shoemaker, whose learning extended little further than the pages of the Bible, but whose complete possession by this fresh truth transcended limitations of birth, health, education or occupation. It is also the account of Fox's disciples: James Naylor, William Dewsbury, Richard Farnsworth, Margaret Fell, and others who carried the word on as the movement gained force - of their conversion, their strength of conviction, and the punishments they were frequently forced to endure by those whom their faith outraged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82266/cover/9780521082266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Period of Quakerism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braithwaite, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B18</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cadbury, Henry J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>776</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late William C. Braithwaite's Second Period of Quakerism was first published in 1919, and reprinted with corrections in 1921. This edition incorporates some changes of detail in the text and a large appendix of new matter by Henry J. Cadbury. Braithwaite's earlier volume The Beginnings of Quakerism was reissued in a similar form in 1955. The standard history of the first seventy-five years of Quakerism is thus available again.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82327/cover/9780521082327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>G. D. H. Cole</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intellectual Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carpenter, L. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A sensitive analysis of the thought and intellectual development of G. D. H. Cole (1889-1959) the distinguished Labour historian. Cole's career is traced from his earliest days in the Labour movement to his final years as Chichele Professor of Social and Political Thought at Oxford. Professor Carpenter examines Cole's role in the creation of Guild Socialism; his work in the early 1920s when after the decline of Guild Socialism, he turned towards the analysis of policies, research through the New Statesman and the New Fabian Research Bureau and teaching at Oxford; his attempts to provide a policy for the Left in the 1930s, the idea of economic planning and the Popular Front; his activities during the Second World War; and his place in the debates over the Labour movement's cause after the 1945 government. Finally Professor Carpenter discusses Cole's courageous recognition, towards the end of his life, that Socialism had not come and his attempts to start a new cycle of research in one of the first efforts to create a New Left.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82501/cover/9780521082501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Grandeur</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideological Aspects of de Gaulle's Foreign Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cerny, Philip G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>De Gaulle was the first major Western leader to pursue a foreign policy designed consistently to break the vicious circle of the Cold War and the straitjacket of the nuclear balance of terror between Russia and the United States. At the same time, he sought to establish in France a new set of institutions designed to break another vicious circle: that of the divisive conflicts between French social groups and political parties, which led to weak governments and an ineffective state. This book studies the link between these two aims, both by examining de Gaulle's political aims and style in a political and cultural context, and by looking first at French policy towards the Atlantic alliance, and then at the impact of de Gaulle's foreign policy on domestic politics. As a result, many of the orthodox notions about de Gaulle are questioned.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82594/cover/9780521082594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gladstones</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Family Biography 1764-1851</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Checkland, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This full-scale study of the Gladstones, one of the most interesting and best documented families of nineteenth-century Britain. It centres on the formidable figure of John Gladstone and on his famous son. John made his fortune by trading in the difficult conditions of the revolutionary and Napoleonic wars. As a major slave owner he was deeply embroiled in the troubles of the West Indies and in the debate on slavery. He played an important role in the new trade with the East and, as an urban and agricultural developer and sponsor of the railway age, he hastened the coming of urban-industrial society. His manipulation of the pre-reform electorate of Liverpool and his relationships with Canning, Huskisson and the politically ambitious northern businessmen are revealing of the politics of the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82778/cover/9780521082778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three French Writers and the Great War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Rise of Communism and Fascism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Field, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of the First World War on European society and the rise of Communism and Fascism are important subjects that concern all students of recent history. The object    of this book is to study these themes through the careers of three French writers: Henri Barbusse, Drieu la Rochelle and Georges Bernanos. Each of these writers served in the war and was subsequently attracted towards Communism or Fascism. Barbusse first achieved fame through his anti-war novel Le Feu, but in the years after 1918 he made a new career for himself as a rallying point for Communist sympathizers amongst the French intellectuals. After becoming one of the most intelligent and sophisticated advocates of Fascism in the 1930s, Drieu la Rochelle opted for a policy of collaboration with the Germans in 1940 and committed suicide in 1945. Bernanos moved to a position very close to Fascism in the 1930s, but his experiences in the Spanish Civil War, experiences that he so memorably described in Les grands cimeliires sous la lune, made him devote the remaining years of his life to an attack on all forms of totalitarianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82785/cover/9780521082785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108279X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics Naval of Supremacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor G. S. Graham sets broadly and clearly in perspective the limiting factors which permitted British predominance at sea in the nineteenth century. He introduces the British fleet in its European, Atlantic and Indian Ocean contexts and examines the local as well as the general conditions for its superiority. Naval supremacy is seen as one expression of Britain's industrial and commercial lead, enabling trading routes to be secured, competitors and enemies confined, far-flung geographical entities manipulated. Sea power could not meet the sudden diplomatic crisis on a land-based frontier which might rapidly alter the litoral conditions under which a fleet operated, but, Dr Graham points out, this could scarcely happen around the Indian Ocean or the Pacific. Until the emergence of Japan, followed by the United States in this arena, these oceans offered ideal conditions for the exercise of sea power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82792/cover/9780521082792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution Politicks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Career of Daniel Finch Second Earl of Nottingham, 1647-1730</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horwitz, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Daniel Finch, author of the Toleration Act of 1689, was one of the most important and able of later Stuart political leaders. His career as parliamentarian and minister spanned the half-century from the stormy years of the 1670s to the calmer 1720S. During this period he served as First Commissioner of the Admiralty in the Exclusion Crisis, Secretary of State under William III and again under Queen Anne, and President of the Council under George I.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82808/cover/9780521082808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Reform 1884</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gladstone's second ministry was one of failure and frustration. Even Liberal apologists and the party faithful could find little more than the Reform Act to offset the record of disasters abroad or the disruption of Irishmen at home. For some it was sufficient, and 1884 was a landmark comparable to 1689. But this book is not a chronicle of electoral revolution; rather, it traces the purposes of politicians through those months when legislative activity was concentrated on Franchise and Redistribution. Light is shed on Gladstone's control over both Cabinet and Commons, on Salisbury's emergence as party leader from Conservative chaos after Disraeli's death, and on the anti-democratic nature of Parnell's party. The essential argument is that the British political world of the 1880s was a world unto itself. Dr Jones is concerned with the complex political interaction of personalities and groupings in this select society at a time of particular historical interest, when parties were on the eve of their fracture and realignment over Home Rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82815/cover/9780521082815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108282X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Durham Report and British Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Essay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Ged</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1838 Lord Melbourne's Whig government in Britain sent the radical Lord Durham to Canada as Governor-General to deal with a colony in the aftermath of a rebellion. Durham's vanity and arrogance made him a poor choice for the post, and he resigned a few months later after the government had been forced to overrule him for exceeding his powers. After his return to Britain he wrote his Report on the Affairs of British North America - and its unauthorized publication in the Times caused a sensation. This report - the famous 'Durham Report' - has been seen as the starting point of the British tradition of colonial self-rule leading through the Statute of Westminster of 1931 to the independent self-governing Commonwealth of today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82822/cover/9780521082822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liable to Floods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Village Landscape on the Edge of the Fens A D 450-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ravensdale, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the evolution and destruction of a part of the English landscape, following the history of three peasant communities - Landbeach, Waterbeach and Cottenham - on the margin of the Fens. Here, lord and peasant together developed a society that derived its strength from the balance between arable and lush grassland. The fenman in his struggle against the unpredictable floods learned a wiliness that enabled him to outwit the new acquisitive landlords of the Tudor period and to control his own destiny. Thus the peasant community increased its power and kept the old ways of field and fell almost inviolate until commerce and industry created irresistible market forces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82846/cover/9780521082846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and East Asia 1933-1937</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trotter, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of Britain's attempts after the Manchurian crisis of 1931-3 to redefine her aims in east Asia and to develop a viable policy of friendship towards China and goodwill towards Japan. The author emphasizes the part played by economic problems, pacifist sentiment and the failure of the disarmament conference in influencing the thinking of policy makers, and discusses Britain's dilemma of trying to provide for defence in Europe while maintaining the facade of an imperial power. Although Britain did not seek to challenge Japan's China policy, she was not prepared to give Japan a free hand in China, or to grant concessions elsewhere. In practice, British attempts to rehabilitate China appeared as a challenge to Japan. This was particularly true of the Leith Ross mission in China in 1935, which is considered in detail in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82853/cover/9780521082853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Approaches to Biological Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Bradford A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornell, Howard V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biological control is the suppression of pest populations using predators, parasitoids and pathogens. Historically, biological control has largely been on a trial-and-error basis, and has failed more often than it has succeeded. However by developing theories based upon fundamental population principles and the biological characteristics of the pest and agent, we can gain a much better understanding of when and how to use biological control. This book gathers together recent theoretical developments and provides a balanced guide to the important issues that need to be considered in applying ecological theory to biological control. It will be a source of productive and stimulating thought for all those interested in pest management, theoretical ecology and population biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72835/cover/9780521572835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets, Information and Uncertainty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Economic Theory in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chichilnisky, Graciela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Markets, Information and Uncertainty is a collection of essays by leading theorists offering powerful insights on the role of uncertainty and information in today's market. This book features Kenneth Arrow on information and the organization of industry, Roy Radner on new technologies, Graciela Chichilnisky and Frank Hahn on human-induced uncertainty, Geoffrey Heal and Walter Heller on the creation of new markets and Edmund Phelps on unemployment. It is an authoritative collection offering imaginative and fresh approaches to economic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82884/cover/9780521082884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521082897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521082891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taxation without Representation in Contemporary Rural China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521082891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernstein, Thomas P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#252;, Xiaobo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The financial burden imposed upon the Chinese farmer by local taxes has become a major source of discontent in the Chinese countryside and a worrisome source of political and social instability for the Chinese government. Bernstein and L&#252; examine the forms and sources of heavy, informal taxation, and shed light on how peasants defend their interests by adopting strategies of collective resistance (both peaceful and violent). Bernstein and L&#252; also explain why the central government, while often siding with the peasants, has not been able to solve the burden problem by instituting a sound, reliable financial system in the countryside. While the regime has, to some extent, sought to empower farmers to defend their interests - by informing them about tax rules, expanding the legal system, and instituting village elections, for example, these attempts have not yet generated enough power from 'below' to counter powerful, local official agencies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82891/cover/9780521082891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521083095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cavendish Problems in Classical Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippard, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>68</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1962, many of the problems in this book started as examination questions in Part I of the Natural Sciences Tripos, which is taken at the end of the second year at Cambridge. They have suffered some changes since then, and have been supplemented by specially invented problems, but the general level is the same. The university teacher, however, should not imagine that our purpose in publishing this collection is to provide him with a ready store of examination questions. We are much more concerned to help the serious student to understand physics, and it is his needs that we have tried to bear in mind throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83096/cover/9780521083096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proust's Additions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of 'A la recherche du temps perdu'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winton, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has previously not been feasible to study in depth the expansion of Proust's famous novel, A la recherche du temps perdu. In 1913, the novel was to be 1500 pages; by 1922, when Proust died, it was 3000. How did it grow to such proportions? Which characters were always there - which ones sprang from their author's imagination in his very last years? Had Proust always been as interested in certain psychological phenomena as he was to become during the First World War and after? With the public release of the Proust manuscripts, these questions can be answered with a greater range, and certainty. With an extensive and original survey of the post-1914 manuscripts, typescripts and proofs of A la recherche du temps perdu, Alison Winton provides an intellectual and spiritual biography of one of the greatest twentieth-century European novelists, at the height of his creative period. She shows what ideas, images and aspects of personality were increasingly preoccupying Proust as he inserted more and more episodes into his novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83102/cover/9780521083102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108315X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proust's Additions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of 'A la recherche du temps perdu'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winton, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has previously not been feasible to study in depth the expansion of Proust's famous novel, A la recherche du temps perdu. In 1913, the novel was to be 1500 pages; by 1922, when Proust died, it was 3000. How did it grow to such proportions? Which characters were always there - which ones sprang from their author's imagination in his very last years? Had Proust always been as interested in certain psychological phenomena as he was to become during the First World War and after? With the public release of the Proust manuscripts, these questions can be answered with a greater range, and certainty. With an extensive and original survey of the post-1914 manuscripts, typescripts and proofs of A la recherche du temps perdu, Alison Winton provides an intellectual and spiritual biography of one of the greatest twentieth-century European novelists, at the height of his creative period. She shows what ideas, images and aspects of personality were increasingly preoccupying Proust as he inserted more and more episodes into his novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83157/cover/9780521083157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Space-Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Philosophical Development of Physics from Newton to Einstein</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiSalle, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presenting the history of space-time physics, from Newton to Einstein, as a philosophical development DiSalle reflects our increasing understanding of the connections between ideas of space and time and our physical knowledge. He suggests that philosophy's greatest impact on physics has come about, less by the influence of philosophical hypotheses, than by the philosophical analysis of concepts of space, time and motion, and the roles they play in our assumptions about physical objects and physical measurements. This way of thinking leads to interpretations of the work of Newton and Einstein and the connections between them. It also offers ways of looking at old questions about a priori knowledge, the physical interpretation of mathematics, and the nature of conceptual change. Understanding Space-Time will interest readers in philosophy, history and philosophy of science, and physics, as well as readers interested in the relations between physics and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/57901/cover/9780521857901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church Wealth in Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the 'Juzgado de Capellanias' in the Archbishopric of Mexico 1800-1856</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costeloe, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Juzgado de Capellanias was the most important fiscal institution within the Roman Catholic Church in Mexico. It operated in each diocese as a type of bank, receiving clerical revenues from various sources and investing them by way of loans at interest. The Roman Catholic Church in Mexico was both a cause and a victim of the political and economic chaos of this period. The liberals alleged that the concentration of much of the country's wealth in the hands of the clerical corporations hindered the political and economic progress of the nation. The clergy argued that they utilized much of their property and capital to the direct benefit of both society and the economy. Dr Costeloe examines these different views in relation to the Juzgado in Mexico. He discusses its complex internal administration, skilled employees, sources of revenue and the procedure for obtaining loans from it. Since the borrower was obliged to guarantee repayment of his loan by offering a property as security, the Church, through the Juzgado as creditor, gained control of the mortgaged property. Dr Costeloe analyses the effects of this investment and subsequent control of real estate via the clergy. In the final section, the author discusses the relations between the Juzgado and the State.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83478/cover/9780521083478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution and Religion in the Music of Liszt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merrick, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of a hitherto neglected aspect of Liszt and his music aims to restore a balanced view of both man and artist. In contrast to the familiar portrayal of the virtuoso pianist, Liszt is considered here as a serious man of ideas: in tracing the composer's relationships and attitudes to the twin themes of revolution and religion, Paul Merrick finds much of Liszt's music, both secular and sacred, to be inspired by the same deeply felt religious conviction that also governed his private life from an early age. The first part of the book is primarily biographical and considers Liszt's reactions to the revolutions of 1830 and 1848, his relationship with the Abbe Lamennais, the Comtesse d' Agoult, Princess Wittgenstein and Wagner, and contains the first convincing explanation for the sudden cancellation of Liszt's marriage to Princess Wittgenstein. The remaining sections consider the church music and the programmatic music that is related to this.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83515/cover/9780521083515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108380X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Lord Acton and Richard Simpson</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altholz, Josef L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McElrath, Damian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, James C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lord Acton (1834-1902) and Richard Simpson (1820-76) were the principal figures in the Liberal Catholic movement of nineteenth-century England, an ultimately unsuccessful effort to reconcile the Roman Catholic Church with the leading secular thought of the day. They collaborated in editing the Rambler (1858-62) and the Home and Foreign Review (1862-4), two of the most distinguished Catholic periodicals of the period. The correspondence is the record of this collaboration and sheds light on the religious, political and intellectual history of mid-nineteenth-century England. Though heaviest for the years of their joint work on the Rambler and the Home and Foreign Review, the correspondence continued up to 1875, a year before Simpson's death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1708</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francis, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An account of Anglo-Portuguese diplomatic and commercial relations between 1691 and 1708. Any study of this aspect of the War of the Spanish Succession hinges on the diplomatic despatches of the Methuen family. John Methuen was appointed English Minister in Lisbon in 1691 and later became Ambassador. He was succeeded by his son Paul in 1706. Through their combined trade acumen and understanding of Portugal they became influential figures in European politics. Their ability greatly strengthened English resistance to the threat of French dominance in Europe. Their best-known achievement is the Methuen commercial treaty of 1703 which cemented the Triple and Quadruple offensive alliance of the same year. Commercial weakness was a fundamental cause of the eventual French defeat.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83843/cover/9780521083843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe in the Russian Mirror</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Four Lectures in Economic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gershenkron, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1970, Professor Gerschenkron's theme is the contribution which the study of Russian economic history can make to the problems which have preoccupied Western historians. He first considers the way in which the case of the old Believers in Russia, who refused to support the official church but played an important entrepreneurial role in nineteenth-century economic development, bears upon Max Weber's celebrated thesis on the relations between the Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. In the course of his discussion, Professor Gerschenkron provides important information on the doctrinal beliefs of this group, their social status and the extent to which they were persecuted and discriminated against by the State. His conclusion is that the persecution certainly afforded sufficient impulse to engage in profitable activities and to develop the traits Weber considered as specific features of the 'capitalist' spirit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83904/cover/9780521083904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peninsular Preparation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Reform of the British Army 1795-1809</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glover, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the rebirth of British military power and hence of the authority of her diplomacy. When England went to war with revolutionary France in 1793 her army was weak from ten years of neglect of discipline and training, from political interference in the selection of its officers and from the failure of her recruiting policies. To these disadvantages were added a cumbrous system of political control, divided counsels and inept strategy. The result was defeat in her attempted continental campaigns of 1793-95 and the loss of the respect of both her allies and her enemy. The work of reform began in 1795. From being the least feared of France's principal enemies, the British army became a force capable of winning the victories of the Peninsular War, of making a real and weighty contribution to the overthrow of Napoleon, and of compelling attention to Britain's voice in the Congress of Vienna which created the Europe of the nineteenth century. Professor Glover studies this transformation in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83928/cover/9780521083928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reformation and Resistance in Tudor Lancashire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haigh, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historians have long known that Lancashire remained more solidly Catholic after the Reformation than any other part of England, but the peculiarity of the area has never been explained. This book argues that for geographical, social and economic, as well as religious reasons, orthodox Catholicism in the county was at its high-point immediately before the Reformation, so that the history of religious change in Lancashire in the sixteenth century is not the conventional one of Protestant triumph and Catholic failure. The Henrician Reformation was met by resistance and rebellion, while the Edwardian reforms were inadequately enforced and made little impact, though a handful of radical preachers made a few gains in one corner of the county. The Marian regime was able to revitalize the old religion, and the Elizabethan Settlement encountered widespread opposition. Catholic practices could not be excluded from the established Church, and Catholic recusancy developed earlier and on a wider scale than in any other area of England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83935/cover/9780521083935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Historians and England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Nineteenth-Century Views</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLelland, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the late eighteenth century and the eve of World War I, England assumed a special significance for the German intellectual elite. In the beginning, the preponderant admiration for England was intense enough to earn the name Anglomania, but by the turn of the twentieth century German intellectuals had developed an intensely hostile view of everything English, a view which required little exaggeration to provide distorted war propaganda in 1914. Dr McClelland describes and explains the great change in the German view of England in the period when she meant most to German thinkers. In particular he investigates one important group of German intellectuals - the historians and social scientists. These men provide a relatively continuous thread through the development of German thought. Furthermore, the German historians played an especially important role in the elaboration of German civic culture as a result of their great prestige within the universities, their political activism and their political journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83966/cover/9780521083966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline of the Castle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Extensively illustrated with photographs, plans and period engravings, Michael Thompson's book examines the decline of the castle as both fortification and seigneurial residence over the two and a half centuries that preceded the Civil War. In general, this was a period in which function played less and less part and display - even fantasy - ever more in the minds of castle builders. Although few new castles were built in England after 1400, the growing power of artillery and continuing warfare in Scotland and across the Channel in France continued to provide stimuli to fresh architectural development. Dr Thompson relates alterations in design to contemporary social changes and devotes particular attention to the rapid decline of Tudor times and to the massive destruction wrought by Parliamentary forces during the Civil War and Commonwealth. A concluding chapter examines the enticing quality the image of the castle has continued to hold over the intervening three centuries and examines some remarkable latterday examples of the genre, among them Burges' Castell Coch in Glamorgan and, in this century, Lutyens' Castle Drogo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/83973/cover/9780521083973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521083982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521083980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Sidney and Beatrice Webb</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521083980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third and final volume of the letters of Sidney and Beatrice Webb. As leading figures in the Fabian Society, prominent historians and public figures, they numbered among their correspondents some of the most outstanding personalities of their day, including E. M. Forster, H. G. Wells, J. M. Keynes, William Beveridge and Leonard Woolf. The letters in this volume run from 1912, when the Webbs signalled a fresh start in British politics by founding the New Statesman, to the death of Beatrice in 1943 and Sidney in 1947.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catherine the Great and the Russian Nobilty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study Based on the Materials of the Legislative Commission of 1767</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dukes, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russian Society in the eighteenth century was dominated by the nobility. This class made large contribution to secular culture and played a role of vital importance in the government, the armed forces and the economic life of Russia. Dr Dukes has based his study on the materials of Catherine the Great's Legislative Commission of 1767. Despite the existence it print since the late nineteenth century of a vast amount of source material in the form of records of this Commission, it has been little explored by western historians. The author begins with a description of noble society before the Commission and of the general situation in Russia before the beginning of Catherine's reign. He constructs a clear, analytical picture of the attitude of the nobility to the chief questions of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84000/cover/9780521084000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrialization in an Open Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nigeria 1945-1966</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kilby, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed study of how manufacturing and processing industries have developed in the largest country of West Africa. Three chapters devoted to import substitution examine the interaction of growing consumer demand and the market strategy objectives of foreign merchant firms which produced the sudden spurt of industrialization in the late 1950s. It is shown that conventional government promotion policies played an insignificant role in triggering industrial development. Subsequent chapters present analyses of Nigeria's processing industries, applied industrial research, labour supply and productivity, technical education, industrial relations and indigenous entrepreneurial performance. The study goes beyond questions of efficiency in allocating resources, to underlying organizational and institutional factors. Professor Kilby concludes by isolating key problems in the industrialization process and by suggesting an optimum development strategy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84017/cover/9780521084017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Marx and Tito</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice in Yugoslav Socialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zukin, Sharon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Dr Zukin combines the approaches of a political scientist and a sociologist to examine the distance between theory and practice in the lives of ordinary Yugoslavs living under socialist self-management. Going beyond previous work on socialist societies, she asks how Yugoslavs - as workers, as citizens and as a society - have benefited from the form of socialism that they have pioneered. She also considers the relevance of the official ideology of self-management, institutions like workers' councils and communes, and political and economic controls to post-industrial as well as industrializing societies. The book includes long passages from intensive, in-depth interviews with members of ten Belgrade families. The families, which are described in terms of their place in the Yugoslav social structure, indicate their political and socialist ideology through telling their life stories, interpreting their own place in social changes, and reacting to these changes and pressures. Participant-observation of local voters meetings provides an examination of give-and-take in Yugoslav grass-roots politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84024/cover/9780521084024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manufacturing the Future</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Western Electric</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Stephen B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, Orville R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-length history of the Western Electric Company, which was the manufacturing arm of the Bell System. As manufacturer in the communications revolutions in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, Western Electric made products that accelerated society's pace, such as telegraphs, telephones, an early computing machine, radios, radar and transistors. Western's history offers numerous examples of the difference between innovation and implementation. The aftermath of Western's 1882 acquisition by Bell Telephone, for instance, reveals vertical integration as a lengthy process rather than a single event. Ironically, although Western transformed business worldwide with innovations in areas such as quality control and industrial psychology, the company was slow to implement these innovations itself. Western's dual role as captive supplier for a regulated monopoly and as government contractor led to its most rapid change, in the area of civil rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84031/cover/9780521084031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kingdom of Valencia in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casey, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on hitherto unpublished sources James Casey explores two major themes in Spanish historiography - the consequences of the expulsion of the Moriscos (heavily concentrated in Valencia in the early seventeenth century), and the way in which the Habsburg Monarchy kept or lost control over its peripheral provinces. The study ranges widely over questions of population (including a pioneering attempt for early modern Spain at family reconstitution), landholding and agriculture, exploring the links between depopulation and economic decline - twin phenomena which characterized the peninsula in the age of Spain's decline. Dr Casey has drawn on a variety of previously neglected sources - parish registers, tithe records, cadastral surveys - in order to quantify these developments as far as possible. The result is a reassessment of the chronology and extent of economic recession in one of Spain's most fertile provinces, and a revision of some ideas about the importance of the expulsion of the Moriscos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neutrino Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This revised edition presents a coherent and comprehensive overview of modern neutrino physics. The book covers all the major areas of interest, with chapters discussing the intrinsic properties of neutrinos, the theory of the interaction of neutrinos with matter, experimental investigations of the weak interaction in neutrino processes, the theory and supporting experiment for the basic properties of the interaction of neutrinos with fermions, and on astrophysics and cosmology. This edition presents data on solar neutrinos and an update of the results of searches for double beta decay. It also contains a chapter on direct measurements of the neutrino mass, with high precision data from experiments at Fermilab and CERN, and at the Kamiokande Laboratory in Japan. This is an essential reference text for particle physicists, nuclear physicists and astrophysicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/50038/cover/9780521650038.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multitrophic Level Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tscharntke, Teja</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Bradford A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The multitrophic level approach to ecology addresses the complexity of food webs much more realistically than the traditional focus on simple systems and interactions. Only in the last few decades have ecologists become interested in the nature of more complex systems including tritrophic interactions between plants, herbivores and natural enemies. Plants may directly influence the behaviour of their herbivores' natural enemies, ecological interactions between two species are often indirectly mediated by a third species, landscape structure directly affects local tritrophic interactions and below-ground food webs are vital to above-ground organisms. The relative importance of top-down effects (control by predators) and bottom-up effects (control by resources) must also be determined. These interactions are explored in this exciting volume by expert researchers from a variety of ecological fields.  This  book provides a much-needed synthesis of multitrophic level interactions and serves as a guide for future research for ecologists of all descriptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84185/cover/9780521084185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics Meets Mineralogy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Condensed Matter Physics in the Geosciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aoki, Hideo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Syono, Yasuhiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hemley, Russell J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physics Meets Mineralogy: Condensed Matter Physics in the Geosciences describes the interaction between geophysics and condensed matter physics. Condensed matter physics leads to a 'first-principles' way of looking at crystals, enabling physicists and mineralogists to study the rich and sometimes unexpected behaviour that minerals exhibit under the extreme conditions, such as high pressure and high temperature, found deep within the earth. Leading international researchers from both geosciences and condensed matter physics discuss the state-of-the-art of this interdisciplinary field. An excellent summary for specialists and graduate students researching mineralogy and crystallography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in the Spatial Theory of Voting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Enelow, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arrow, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together eight original essays selected to provide an overview of the developments in the spatial theory of voting. The spatial theory of self-interest and explores the consequences of this assumption for elite behaviour and for the choices voters make in representative and direct democracies. The book summarizes work in eight major areas: elections with possible entry by new candidates who have policy preferences, experimental testing of spatial models of committees and elections, elections with imperfect information about voting intentions, voting on alternatives that are linked to future decisions, elections with candidates who have policy preferences, experimental testing of spatial manoeuvres designed to alter voting outcomes, elections with experimental testing of spatial models of committees and elections, elections with imperfect information about voting intentions, voting on alternatives that are linked to future decisions, elections with more than two candidates under different election rules, and bureaucratic efforts to manipulate referendum voting. Recognized scholars in these areas summarize the major results of their own and others' work, providing self-contained discussions that will apprise readers of important recent advances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84536/cover/9780521084536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organization with Incomplete Information</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Economic Analysis: A Tribute to Roy Radner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majumdar, Mukul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been systematic attempts over the last twenty-five years to explore the implications of decision making with incomplete information and to model an 'economic man' as an information-processing organism. These efforts are associated with the work of Roy Radner, who joins other analysts in this collection to offer accessible overviews of the existing literature on topics such as Walrasian equilibrium with incomplete markets, rational expectations equilibrium, learning, Markovian games, dynamic game-theoretic models of organization, and experimental work on mechanism selection. Some essays also take up relatively new themes related to bounded rationality, complexity of decisions, and economic survival. The collection overall introduces models that add to the toolbox of economists, expand the boundaries of economic analysis, and enrich our understanding of the inefficiencies and complexities of organizational design in the presence of uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84666/cover/9780521084666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technological Innovation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Oversights and Foresights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garud, Raghu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nayyar, Praveen Rattan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapira, Zur Baruch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>March, James G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The capacity for technology businesses to grow and change with the times is linked to how they develop and market technological innovations. Despite the importance of technological changes for corporate vitality, there are documented instances of corporations failing to capitalize on technological opportunities. Innovation outcome is contingent upon a match between a firm's internal capabilities and its external environments, even as innovation activities are complex and constrained. How can the slim odds of success be enhanced? Technological Innovation analyses why companies choose certain new technologies, from a technological, economic and institutional perspective. Based upon multidisciplinary research on technological choice, the book bridges research and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Assembly of Listeners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jains in Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrithers, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphrey, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Jains have exerted an influence on Indian Society and religion out of proportion with their relatively small numbers. The Assembly of Listeners: Jains in Society addresses the sociology of the Jains and discusses the notion of the 'community' based on religious affiliation in India. Topics covered include Jain ideals and identity; women in the Jains community; popular Jainism; Jain reform and Jain identity in the UK. This collection is an important theoretical addition to the study of Indian society, which has previously focused mainly on caste and class politics as the fundamental social units. With much recent fieldwork providing unique information on the ethnography of the Jains, this study will prove indispensable to any scholar interested in this little-known but highly influential social group.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84802/cover/9780521084802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Sidney and Beatrice Webb</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sidney and Beatrice Webb were among the outstanding political personalities in the period 1890-1945. They were leading figures in the Fabian Society, prominent historians, and founders of the London School of Economics and the New Statesman. They exchanged letters with many of the leading figures in the political, intellectual and literary worlds of the time, among them Herbert Asquith, Ramsay MacDonald, George Bernard Shaw and Bertrand Russell. Volume II of the letters covers the years between the Webb marriage and their return from Asia in 1912. They were the prime years of the partnership, in which the Webbs came to dominate the Fabian Society, founded the London School of Economics and launched their campaign for the reform of the Poor Law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Sidney and Beatrice Webb</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Webbs were a unique partnership. Their idea of 'the inevitability of gradualness' dominated the Fabian Society and Labour thinking for half a century, though their theory of political permeation also led them into close association with Liberal and Conservative politicians. They were scholars as well as propagandists, writing massive histories of trade unionism and local government, and the famous Minority Report of the Royal Commission on the Poor Law which paved the way for the welfare state. They were the founders of the London School of Economics and of the New Statesman. This crowded public life is reflected in the hundreds of letters they exchanged in their long lifetimes, as well as in their correspondence with many of the outstanding personalities of their day, including Herbert Asquith, Joseph Chamberlain, William Beveridge, E. M. Forster, R. B. Haldane, J. M. Keynes, Ramsay MacDonald, Alfred Marshall, Sydney Olivier, G. B. Shaw, Charlotte Shaw, Bertrand Russell, Herbert Samuel, Herbert Spencer, Graham Wallas, H. G. Wells and Leonard Woolf. Their letters also reveal the hidden but intense emotional character of their relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521084989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521084987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Works of John Webster</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Old-Spelling Critical Edition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521084987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnegie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, MacDonald P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third and final volume of the Cambridge edition of the works of John Webster. It contains the final complete play in the edition, the City comedy Anything for a Quiet Life, as well as Webster's spectacular Lord Mayor's pageant Monuments of Honour and his Induction and additions to John Marston's The Malcontent. Webster's non-dramatic work is also included: the deeply felt verse elegy to Prince Henry entitled A Monumental Column, his various shorter poems, including verses for the engraving of The Progeny of ... Prince James, and the thirty-two New Characters added to the sixth edition of Sir Thomas Overbury's Characters. This Cambridge critical edition preserves the original spelling of all the plays, poetry and prose, and incorporates the most recent editorial scholarship, including valuable information on Webster's share in the collaborative plays, and new critical methods and textual theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberals, Radicals and Social Politics 1892-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emy, H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study of the changes in the social and political thought of the Edwardian Liberal Party, Dr Emy charts the process of internal conversion by which the Party came to favour an advanced social policy. He links these changes with important developments in the internal composition of the Party, in particular the emergence of a new group of social radicals, and claims that these two factors were responsible for the Liberals' commitment to advanced measures of social reform. The author also maintains that the entry of the social radicals into Parliament marks the origins of a significant debate in modern British politics - the economic problem. He argues that the central issue of the problem - the degree to which social and moral priorities are both entitled to and are able to displace the primacy of deterministic economic assumptions about how society must work - was the critical issue of post-1906 politics, and also came to form the touchstone of modern party allegiances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85076/cover/9780521085076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Court in the Reign of George 1</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beattie, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this detailed study Dr Beattie provides evidence of the size, composition, administration and finances of George I's household, and discusses its social and political importance. The book shows that many familiar impressions of George I are misleading, and makes it clear that his court was still 'the most obvious source of patronage and political power and the centre of the upper-class social world of London and the country'. This study is based on material in the archives of England, Germany and America and gives a valuable insight into the control and distribution of patronage in the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85090/cover/9780521085090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Society in Norway 1735-1865</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drake, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this detailed study of population change in Norway in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, Dr Drake has assembled a great deal of literary and statistical material. He pays particular attention to the interplay between marriage, economic conditions, social custom and fertility. The book also introduces English readers to the writings of Eilert Sundt, a very productive pioneer sociologist whose important work of the 1850s and 1860s is little known outside Scandinavia. Malthus's work, by comparison, is shown to be much less reliable. As Dr Drake demonstrates, remarkably reliable and comprehensive demographic statistics are available in Norway in the century before industrialization. This case study is therefore a valuable contribution to the debate amongst historians on the demographic characteristics of the pre-industrial west and the links between population change and industrialization. His conclusions are also clearly relevant to the current international discussion on the relationship between population change and economic and social conditions in under developed countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85144/cover/9780521085144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Origin, History and Physical Constitution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffreys, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a digital reprint of the revised 1976 edition of this classic work. It examines seismology, gravity, the strength of the shell, the variation of latitude and the figure of the Moon. The chapter on tidal friction is largely rewritten and what now seem to be the three most reliable estimates of the true secular acceleration of the Moon agree in suggesting that the provisional estimate in the last edition should be considerably increased. The criticism of theories of continental drift, convection and plate tectonics is much expanded. A new appendix pinpoints directions for future geophysical research. The Earth continues to provide a fundamental and comprehensive account of geophysical problems, essential to all scientists concerned with problems of the origin, history and physical constitution of the Earth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85182/cover/9780521085182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Orignal Statutes of Cambridge University</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Text and its History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hackett, M. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Hackett discovered in the Angelica Library in Rome a manuscript containing a unique text of the first constitution of Cambridge University. The centrepiece of this book is a critical edition of the text with an English translation on facing pages. The importance of his discovery for historians of Cambridge and of medieval university education cannot be overestimated. The Cambridge constitutions form a complete code, promulgated at a remarkably early date (c. 1250). Dr Hackett shows that Oxford lagged more than 50 years behind Cambridge in codifying its statutes and neither Paris nor Bologna, the oldest of all universities, had a written constitution or code of laws at this time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85199/cover/9780521085199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scandal, Sensation and Social Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The SPD Press and Wilhelmine Germany 1890-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Alex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the beleagured position of the SPD in Imperial Germany after the fall of Bismarck and underlines the enormous difficulties the party faced in establishing a right to political dissent. Dr Hall describes the development of the party press and analyses the relationship between SPD journalists and officialdom. He looks at Wilhelmine society and politics through the magnifying glass of the socialist press and shows how the law courts and the police were directed towards the suppression of free speech, as well as highlighting the important role of non-democratic forces in the state, such as the military. This use of the law as an instrument of repression, coupled with official discrimination against the working class, and the plethora of political malpractices, together with evidence of the personal failings and weaknesses of leading establishment figures, were all used by the SPD press as propaganda against the establishment and as a barometer of the impending collapse of society. The book will appeal to political scientists, especially those interested in the development of socialist thought, as well as to historians of Imperial Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85267/cover/9780521085267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085381</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Law in Ireland 1290-1324</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hand, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the Englishmen who crossed the Irish Sea from 1169 onward brought with them their own speech and legal code, the credit for the creation of a firm basis for the alien English Law and legal institutions belongs to King John, when his accession united the Lordship of Ireland with the English Crown. Dr Hand begins his study of English Law in Ireland by tracing its development up to 1290. He confines his detailed analysis, however, to the years 1290-1324, considering the influence of statute law and Irish custom on, and the position of the native Irishman under English Law. This period is chosen partly because almost all justiciary rolls surviving until modern times derived from the early fourteenth century, and partly because those years saw the flowering of medieval Anglo-Irish culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85380/cover/9780521085380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rural Economy and Society in the Duchy of Cornwall 1300-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is centred on the Cornish manorial estates of the Duchy of Cornwall in the later Middle Ages, and has been compiled from a very full and hitherto neglected series of records, the completeness of which is perhaps unique for a lay estate. Most aspects of the history of the estates have been recorded and those which differed from other regions of England have been stressed. In order to place the Duchy estates within their regional context Dr Hatcher has studied a wide range of documents and produced a mass of new evidence concerning tin-mining, fishing, trade, towns and local industry in Cornwall and Devon. He shows, for example, that agricultural prosperity in later medieval Cornwall followed an exceptional course, and was determined by a series of interconnected changes within the regional economy, with a much less direct and immediate causal link than is commonly assumed between declining population after 1349 and agricultural recession. The intimate connexions between agriculture. and industry and commerce are additionally emphasized by the manifold business interests of leading Duchy tenants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85502/cover/9780521085502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elizabeth and the English Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Struggles for a Stable Settlement of Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haugaard, William P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first decade of Elizabeth's reign proved to be the definitive period for the English Reformation. After thirty years of uncertainty, church policies were adopted which had profound effects on diplomatic relations abroad and political and social life at home. Professor Haugaard's aim is to re-assess and reconstruct the early years of Elizabeth's rule when men argued, schemed and fought to bend the national Church to conform to their own particular vision of an ideal Christianity. The focal point of his study is the Convocation of 1563 at which all the major issues of the period were discussed. The decisions taken at the Convocation propelled the Church of England along the route chosen by Elizabeth and her bishops, thwarting the ambitions of the nascent Puritans for a truly reformed Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85519/cover/9780521085519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>France and the Estates General of 1614</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayden, J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1614 the French Estates General met for the last time before the Revolution of 1789. The meeting marks the beginning of the political career of Cardinal Richelieu and provides an opportunity for studying the regency of Marie de Medicis. In another sense 1614 marks the end of the Estates General in its early modern form of three separate estates preparing lists of grievances from the preliminary lists submitted to each deputy by his electors, while attending to the needs of the king. This book provides a full description of that last meeting in 1614, based on extensive research into political pamphlets, diplomatic correspondence, records of the royal councils, local and national cahiers and the proces-verbaux of the meetings. The author sets the period in the wider context of the history of France from 1598 to 1616, with particular attention to economic conditions and international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85533/cover/9780521085533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Proclamations of the Tudor Kings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heinze, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Royal proclamations were an important instrument of Tudor government and their legislative function has long been a subject of historical controversy, but the actual use of them by the Tudor monarchs has not been adequately studied. The main purpose of this book is to provide a systematic analysis of the use, authority and enforcement of proclamations in early Tudor England. Professor Heinze first attempts to establish a more accurate account of the proclamations issued; and then describes their formulation and promulgation. He also investigates the authority of proclamations as defined by Parliament and the role and power attributed to them by Tudor judges and legal writers. The main body of the study traces the actual use of proclamations and their relationship to statutory and common law. Separate chapters are devoted to the controversial Statute of Proclamations and the long neglected subject of enforcement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85540/cover/9780521085540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108556X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ancient State Authoritie and Proceedings of the Court of Requests by Sir Julius Caesar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, L. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Julius Caesar was the servant of Elizabeth I, James I and Charles I, serving as Judge of the High Court of Admiralty, Master of Requests, Chancellor of the Exchequer, Master of the Rolls and Privy Councillor. He also sat in the later Elizabethan parliaments and all but one in James' reign. Throughout his long and active career, Caesar preserved hundreds of volumes of his papers. They are largely in the custody of the British Museum and the text of this edition has been taken from BM Lansdowne MS 125. At the end of the sixteenth century English civilians were pressed to defend themselves and their courts against the judicial monopoly which the common lawyers were asserting. While this has often been regarded as a problem of conflicting legal systems and jurisprudential ideologies, it is apparent from Sir Julius Caesar's work that the questions were far more pragmatic than ideological.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85564/cover/9780521085564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Trade in Northern Seas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglo-Scandinavian economic relations in the mid-eighteenth century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kent, H. S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Uninterrupted economic relations between England and Scandinavia were of vital importance to the maintenance and extension of the British Empire in the eighteenth century. Scandinavia supplied Britain with the timber to build her ships, with iron for ship-fittings, armaments and industry, and with smuggled tea at low prices to keep her people content. Scandinavia also furnished merchant fleets as neutral carriers for British goods during the Seven Years War, thus fundamentally assisting Britain's war effort. In addition she represented a small but lucrative market for Britain who was herself the largest single market for Sweden and Norway, and for the tea obtained from China by the Scandinavian East India Companies. In this study, Dr Kent examines the organization and extent of the legitimate and the smuggling trades, the effect of war and neutrality upon them, and the legal and diplomatic considerations which influenced economic enterprise and policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85625/cover/9780521085625.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir John Brunner</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Radical Plutocrat 1842-1919</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koss, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir John Brunner, the son of a Swiss schoolmaster who settled in England, was co-founder of Brunner, Mond and Company, one of the great English chemical firms of the nineteenth century and the predecessor of ICI. Always interested in politics, Brunner entered Parliament after his industrial activities had already won for him a reputation as the `Chemical Croesus'. Unlike most wealthy men of his time, he was a staunch supporter of the Liberal Party and a patron of its Radical causes: Irish Home Rule, disestablishment, land reform, welfare legislation, and naval disarmament. He achieved prominence and wide influence in politics, though never Cabinet rank, and presided over the National Liberal Federation in the crucial years before and during the First World War. Although Brunner was a paternalistic employer opposing socialism, one of his last political gestures was his support of a Labour candidate in the 'coupon' election of 1918. Professor Koss' study is based on a wide range of research, including extensive use of letters and other papers in the possession of the Brunner family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85649/cover/9780521085649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward I and Criminal Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plucknett, T. F. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main theme of Professor Plucknett's Wiles Lectures is the transition from the local legislation of Anglo-Saxon times to the beginnings of the English common law under feudalism, and especially under Edward I's direction. Professor Plucknett examines the early laws, which were mainly the attempts of perplexed men in a harsh age to fix a value on human life and property, and to enforce the exaction of these monetary penalties: wer and bot and wite. He then shows how the common law under Edward I became more technical, more concerned with principles, and of course more universal and better enforced. In the course of his argument Professor Plucknett touches on other important problems, notably the place of the Crown and its supremacy over other institutions, the influence of Christian thought, as expressed in the Penitentials and by the moral theologians (especially as to the place of intention), the substitution of trial by jury for trial by ordeal, the organization of local government, the triumph of Parliament and the rise of the legal profession.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85656/cover/9780521085656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Changing Face of Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles V, Phililp II and Habsburg Authority, 1551-1559</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodr&#237;guez-Salgado, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using a vast range of primary sources, this substantial and important volume provides a comprehensive analysis of the division and near-collapse of Habsburg authority during the 1550s. The principal episodes of this period (the death of Charles V, the accession of Philip II, and the latter's marriage to Mary Tudor) are well known in outline, but Dr Rodriguez-Salgado provides much that is new and original, both on the internal history of Spain, and on the highly complex diplomacy of the period. Why did Charles V and Philip I go to war against France, and Papacy and Islam, and how did the multinational empire survive the huge financial demands such wars placed upon it? Spanish relations with England and France are examined in detail, and The Changing Face of Empire does a great deal to illuminate the breakdown in relations with the Netherlands that was to culminate in the Dutch Revolt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85670/cover/9780521085670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mexican Agriculture 1521-1630</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transformation of the Mode of Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank, Andre Gunder</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>`The conquerors wanted Indian labour, the crown Indian subjects, the friars Indian souls.' Thus the importance of the natives of Mexico to their Spanish conquerors has been described. In this book Andre Gunder Frank examines the dramatic impact of Spanish rule on Mexican society and agriculture, in terms of the demands of world capitalist development. Mr Frank traces the rapid transformation of the dominant institutions of Mexican labour organization which occurred after the Spanish conquest of the Aztec empire in 1521: from a form of slavery, which lasted until 1533, through various forms of forced labour (the encomienda and the catequil or mica), to the establishment, after 1575, of the hacienda, with large-scale latifundia lands worked by serf-like ganan labour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85687/cover/9780521085687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Czechoslovak Reform Movement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communism in Crisis 1962-1968</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golan, Galia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1968 the Czechoslovak Communist Party undertook an experiment which might well have rejuvenated and inspired the prospects for Communism at least in the Western world. This `Prague Spring' was but the climax of a long, intensive struggle waged within the Czechoslovak party and society since 1956 and, most consistently, since the decision of the 12th Congress of the Czechoslovak Communist Party to instigate 'de-Stalinization' in December 1962. The struggle itself became a powerful movement for reform, winding its way inexorably throughout the Czechoslovak party and society in the years 1962 to 1968. Galia Golan traces this struggle in every sphere of Czechoslovak society - the economy, the mass organizations, the cultural world, the government, the minorities, the realm of idelogy - from its early victories over the conservative Communist leadership in 1962-3, through its ascent to power and conversion to a mass movement in 1968 until its suppression on 21 August 1968.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85694/cover/9780521085694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reform Rule in Czechoslovakia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dubcek Era 1968-1969</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golan, Galia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies in detail the reform regime of Alexander Dubcek from the assumption of power in the Party by reform-minded communists in January 1968 until Gustav Husik replaced Dubcek as First Secretary. The reform regime survived only eight months of genuine rule but it persisted for a further eight months after the Soviet invasion in an agonizing struggle for survival. One of the most impressive but little-known developments in the era of reform rule was the attempt by the Czechoslovaks to perpetuate the 'Prague Spring', to salvage something of the programme for reform, and maintain public faith in the face of Soviet occupation. Dr Golan's book (a sequel to The Czechoslovak Reform Movement, Cambridge 1971) examines the nature and effects of reform rule in nearly every area of society: the economy, the trade unions and social organizations, national and religious minorities, the cultural world, the Party, government, the legal and security systems, Slovakia, and the field of foreign Policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85724/cover/9780521085724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521085748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth volume of Dr Needham's immense undertaking, like the fourth, is subdivided into parts for ease of assimilation and presentation, each part bound and published separately. The volume as a whole covers the subjects of alchemy, early chemistry, and chemical technology (which includes military invention, especially gunpowder and rockets; paper and printing; textiles; mining and metallurgy; the salt industry; and ceramics).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85748/cover/9780521085748.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Economists of the Twenties</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Names to be Remembered</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jasny, Naum</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stalin's abrupt resolution of the crucial Soviet economic debate of the twenties - on the pace and method of industrialization - forced upon many the alternative of imprisonment or flight. Among them were not only political opponents and anti-collectivist peasants, but also economic officials and academics who argued an alternative path for socialist planning: had not the author of this book left the Soviet Union for Germany in 1920, he would have been a defendant in the trial of Mensheviks of March 1931. The life and work of economist friends and colleagues, condemned to long terms of imprisonment which few survived, form the principal part of this study, for which Naum Jasny drew on their writings before and after the Revolution and on a personal knowledge shared by scarcely anyone outside the USSR.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521085934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521085939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521085939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, A. Rupert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilling, Laura</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fifth volume presents the surviving correspondence from the period of almost four years which is, from a bibliographical point of view, the most important time in Newton's life: with Roger Cotes, Newton revised his Philosophise Naturalis Principia Mathematics and saw it through the press. Considered as a single group of letters, the Newton-Cotes correspondence is the largest and most important section of Newton's scientific correspondence that we have. Nowhere else can one witness Newton in a detailed debate about scientific argument and scientific conclusions - a debate from which he did not always emerge victorious. Nowhere else does Newton write in detail about the text of the Principia. And all scholars agree that this text which was hammered out between Cotes and Newton was the most important of all versions, printed and unprinted; this was (to all intents and purposes) the Principia of subsequent history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/85939/cover/9780521085939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Public Forum and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gascoigne, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the question of the communication of Christian ethics in the public forum of liberal, pluralist societies. Drawing on debates in philosophy, theology and sociological theory, it relates the problem of communication to fundamental questions about the nature of liberal societies and the identity of Christian faith and the Christian community. With particular emphasis on Kantian and neo-Kantian ethics, it explores the link between autonomy and community in liberal societies. The theology of communio, expressed in revealed Christian traditions, can reconcile autonomy and community. Any Christian attempt to communicate this vision must also reflect on Christianity's own identity, especially the ways in which its own self-consciousness grows in critical interaction with secularity. In this light, Christian ethical communication is both a witness to a distinctive identity, founded in the revelation of the triune God, and a vision of universal human solidarity which can reconcile autonomy and community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86059/cover/9780521086059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108606X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Organelles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Compartmentation of Metabolism in Photosynthetic Tissue</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobin, Alyson K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Photosynthetic plant cells are compartmentalized into subcellular organelles such as chloroplasts, mitochondria, peroxisomes, the cytosol and the vacuole. Although this compartmentation serves to isolate particular functions to particular subcellular locations, the successful metabolic activity of the cell is actually dependent on a controlled and coordinated interaction between these organelles. In this book, leading scientists have contributed reviews of current research on the interaction of organelles in processes such as C3, C4, C3-C4, and CAM photosynthesis, photorespiration, substrate and protein transport, respiration, lipid metabolism and organelle biogenesis. The result is a comprehensive volume which provides a rich source of reference and information for plant biochemists and their students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86066/cover/9780521086066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dutch Capital and World Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Capitalisme hollondais et capitalisme mondial</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aymard, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the seventeenth century, Holland was the unrivalled centre of world trade and banking. This economic success fascinated contemporaries, and questions about it still exercise historians today. Is it appropriate to view the economic position of the Dutch during this period in terms of 'supremacy', or, as Immanuel Wallerstein has argued, of 'hegemony'? If so, how is this to be explained, as well as measured? Did it mark a radically new stage in the history of international trade? Was the role of Amsterdam really more important than that of Antwerp and Venice together? And how did such a dominant position, once gained, come to be lost to England, who in turn surrendered it to the United States? These questions remain crucial to anyone wishing to understand the dynamics of the development of capitalist world economy in the modern period, and in this book some thirty historians attempt to provide answers to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86073/cover/9780521086073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The House of Lords in the Parliaments of Edward VI and Mary I</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Institutional Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graves, Michael A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the past the House of Lords has been the Cinderella of parliamentary history. This volume makes amends for the omission. It is the first systematic institutional study of the sixteenth-century Upper House. Not only does it chart its composition and quality, its record of attendance, activity and conflicting centrifugal and centripetal forces, it also examines the role of the legal assistants, who contributed so much to its efficiency as a legislative machine, analyses its procedures and assesses its legislative record in the mid-Tudor parliaments. In the process it also sets the Edwardian and Marian Commons in their right perspective. The Lords emerges as a vital party in the legislative process. Until 1553-5 its performance was, more often than not, superior to that of the Commons. But then it reneged on its political responsibilities and resisted the Crown in a rare act of sabotage - the most effective of the sixteenth century. It did not recover.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86097/cover/9780521086097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Settlement of Foreigners in Russia 1762-1804</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, Roger P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines in detail the Russian government's policy of settling foreigners in European Russia during the last third of the eighteenth century. The recruitment of foreign settlers was practised by many European states during this period, primarily as part of general population policies which sought the highest possible levels of population. In Russia it was also part of the process of settling and developing frontier regions. Dr Bartlett shows the European and Russian background, describes the genesis of the Empress Catherine II's Manifestos of 1762 and 1763 (which set the policy in motion) and follows the development and implementation of policy. The two most notable ethnic groups among Imperial Russia's foreign settlers were Bulgarians and Germans, but many other nationalities were also involved. A separate chapter deals with urban settlement - foreign entrepreneurs and artisans - including the Armenian community of Astrakhan; and connections are explored with other areas of policy, notably with Catherine's interest in the Baltic provinces, her concern with the Jewish question, and with serfdom; and the question of technical improvement in agriculture during the early years of her reign.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86103/cover/9780521086103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of a Central Authority for English Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the nineteenth-century formation, growth and structure of the central authority for education in England. The author uses a wide variety of published and unpublished material and describes the influences - religious, social, political and economic and others that moulded the authority. He considers the effect of the form of the three bodies that - originally held authority for education - the Education Department, the Science and Art Department and the Charity commission - on educational provision and progress throughout the Victorian era. In particular the author considers the impact of the machinery of government on the developing educational system. Dr Bishop discusses such questions as: to what extent was the provision and content of institutionalized education determined by essentially administrative considerations? What factors caused the fragmentation of such educational services as were then provided; and was the lack of unity of supervision at the centre the product of chance or design?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86158/cover/9780521086158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reform and Revolution in Mainz 1743-1803</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanning, T. C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On one level a history of the Electorate of Mainz in the eighteenth century, this book also seeks to illuminate a much wider area. In particular it is intended to be a contribution to the debate on the 'German Problem' - the growing cultural and political divergence between Germany and Western Europe in the modern period. Many historians have identified the crucial phase of this development in the nineteenth century; Dr Blanning argues that the eighteenth century was of equal if not greater importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86172/cover/9780521086172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carlism and Crisis in Spain 1931-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blinkhorn, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study in English of the Carlist Movement, the extreme right-wing party in Spain, during the climactic decade of the 1930s. Carlism represents the oldest existing movement of the traditionalist right in Europe. In 1931 Carlists had already been in conflict with Spanish liberalism and leftism for over a century, seeking to reverse the trends of the nineteenth century and restore a religiously inspired corporative monarchy and harmonious society. During the 1930s they attacked and plotted the overthrow of the democratic Second Republic, participated in the rising of 1936 and then played a major political and military role within Nationalist Spain. Dr Blinkhorn discusses Carlism's internal politics, power struggles and sources of support; its ideology; its relations with other elements in the Spanish right, principally Falangism and Catholic conservatism; its attitude towards the Republic, liberalism and the left; its view of contemporary events elsewhere in Europe; its stress on paramilitarism and conspiracy against the Republican regime; and its wartime role.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108637X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutional Change and American Economic Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, L. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Douglass C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a model for examining problems of institutional change and applies it to American economic development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The authors develop their model of institutional change. They argue that if external economic factors make an increase in income possible but not attainable within the existing institutional structure, new organizations must be developed to achieve the potential in income. Their model is designed to explain the type and timing of these necessary changes in institutional organization. Individual, voluntary cooperative, and governmental arrangements are included in the discussion, although the latter differs considerably from the first two.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86370/cover/9780521086370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The High Court of Delegates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, a study of the principal appellate court in the English civil law hierarchy, the High Court of Delegates, examines the history, jurisdiction, procedure, personnel and records of the court from the mid-sixteenth century until its abolition in 1832. In an introductory historical survey, the author considers the earlier provisions for civil law appeal, the circumstances surrounding the creation of the Court of Delegates, and its history from the mid-sixteenth century until 1832. After a general discussion of the jurisdiction of the court, Dr Duncan goes on to a detailed discussion of several jurisdictional problems: in particular he deals with the relationship between the Court of Delegates and certain other Judicial bodies, and with the extent of the Court's original jurisdiction. He devotes two chapters to commissions of delegacy and commissions of review, analysing the rules which governed the right of a party to appeal to the Court of Delegates, and also to appeal from a decision of that Court. The central portion of the book is devoted to procedure: the various stages through which an appeal passed are set out in detail, and particular attention is paid to the taking of evidence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86493/cover/9780521086493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Abbey and Bishopric of Ely</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the formation of a large estate by Ely Abbey during the tenth and eleventh centuries and of the various social groups on that estate after the foundation of the bishopric in 1109 and down to the mid-fourteenth century. A central theme is the way in which this estate reflected the great movement of economic expansion during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries: the agricultural operations of the bishops themselves, the fortunes of their peasant tenants and the relationships between the bishops as landlords and their tenants. In this connexion the problems of estate management are also discussed and the formation and character of a managerial class. The bishops, however, were more than merely landlords: they were also feudal lords and possessed extensive local government powers. The book, therefore, also deals with their feudal as well as their agricultural tenants and with the exercise by the bishops of 'public' powers. In this sense it tries to give a complete picture of the secular influence of the bishops, which was one of the dominating influences in the society of Eastern England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86509/cover/9780521086509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>East of Malta, West of Suez</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain's Mediterranean Crisis, 1936-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pratt, Lawrence R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'We are a very rich and a very vulnerable Empire, and there are plenty of poor adventurers not very far away who look upon us with hungry eyes.' This is how Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain underlined England's acute imperial predicament in 1938 when he was about to launch his policy of European appeasement. What was the relationship between Empire and appeasement in British foreign policy in the last years of the inter-war peace? How did Britain's exposed overseas interests in the Far East, in the Middle East and in the Mediterranean influence diplomatic policies taken in London at the time of the Rhineland occupation, the Anschluss, the Munich crisis, the Prague coup of March 1939, or the invasion of Poland six months later? How closely was the policy of appeasement tied to the burden of global military weakness, and what was the impact of strategic advice on Cabinet decision-making in the Chamberlain era?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86516/cover/9780521086516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant Farming in Muscovy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Robert Ernest Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive study of farming methods and agrarian organization in Russia before the time of Peter the Great shifts the emphasis from the great estates to the basic production unit, the peasant family farms, and uses archaeological and enthnographic materials to supplement the documentary evidence. The methods of production and the farm implements used are described in detail and Professor Smith argues that features inherent in peasant farming account for Russian backwardness during this period. Part I classifies and describes the range of agrarian activities carried on in Muscovy - arable farming, hayfields, livestock, and gathering from the forest - and presents a model of a hypothetical farm unit; Part II examines three regions -Moscow, Toropets and Kazan - which stretch across central European Russia; and Part III provides a chapter on the relationship between peasant farming and the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86523/cover/9780521086523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irish Land and British Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tenant-Right and Nationality 1865-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, E. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The story of the British political system's reaction to the Irish unrest is told, and an important episode in Mr Gladstone's career fully revealed. The agrarian reform of 1870 was not only `the beginning of the undoing of the conquest', it was also a point of departure for British legislation generally. A great deal of evidence is marshalled in the book to support its argument that the Act undermined the conception of property-rights which was central to the self-confidence of the rulers of mid-Victorian Britain. Dr Steele draws on the relatively neglected mass of evidence about the Irish peasantry, their customs and aspirations, collected and printed by British Parliamentary and official investigations during the nineteenth century. He has been able to exploit a wealth of material in the private pipers of Mr Gladstone, his cabinet colleagues and other leading political figures. Selective use has been made of the British and Irish press, to illustrate and emphasize all that was at stake.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86592/cover/9780521086592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108671X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Protection</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lord Derby and the Protectionist Party 1841-1852</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the great landmarks in the history of English politics in the nineteenth century was the struggle to repeal the Corn Laws in the 1840s. Earlier accounts have examined the episode from the side of the free-traders. This book explains the conduct of those Tories who broke with Robert Peel, and who, in the fighting to save the Corn Laws, preserved the foundations of the modern Conservative Party. Examining the relationship before 1846 between Peel's government and the right-wing back-benchers of the Conservative Party, Dr Stewart argues that there was much more to the split in 1846 than a dispute over tariff policy. He stresses the importance and prevalence of anti-Catholicism among Tory Protectionists, and shows how differences were broad enough to make the 1846 split permanent, and for the Protectionists to organize themselves into a separate party under Lord George Bentinck and Lord Derby.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86714/cover/9780521086714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin Bookhands of the Later Middle Ages 1100-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, S. Harrison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Latin paleography of the classical period and beyond the Carolingian era has been well studied and described. But from about 1100 onwards we find a period of increasing national divergence in the character of book-hands used for writing, formal MSS. In this book Professor Thomson provides 132 characteristic specimens of the period 1100-1500, reproduced by lithography (in all cases in the original size). He excludes curial or chancery hands. Opposite each plate is a transcription of several lines. Above this, Professor Thomson provides comments on the distinguishing characteristics of the script. Cumulatively, the effect of these analyses is to provide a method of dating late medieval MSS and ascribing them to their country of origin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86745/cover/9780521086745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108685X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frederick Denison Maurice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1853 the Council of King's College, London declared that the references to future punishment in Maurice's Theological Essays were of 'dangerous tendency', and they advised the severance of Maurice's connection with the College. There, is now a lectureship established at King's College in his honour. Dr Wood here studies Maurice's life and thought in relation to the turbulent religious and social movements of his own times, 'but my chief reason [Dr Wood adds] is a conviction that his principles are peculiarly relevant to our, own age. He was in advance of his time. It may now be possible to appreciate Maurice as never before.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86851/cover/9780521086851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Precarious Truce</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglo-Soviet Relations 1924-27</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorodetsky, Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lenin's death at the beginning of 1924 coincided with an exhaustive search by the USSR for a modus vivendi with the capitalist world. In laying the foundations of peaceful co-existence, priority was given to the cultivation of relations with Britain. This study examines the British government's various responses to the Soviet overtures. The scope of the work ranges from Labour's de jure recognition of the Soviet Union at the beginning of 1924 to the Conservatives' severance of relations in May 1927. The bulk of the study is set against the background of rapidly deteriorating relations and traces the unsparing measures employed by the Russians to forestall an open breach. Equal attention is paid to the Soviet government's straightforward diplomatic moves and to activities under the auspices of Comintern and the Soviet trade unions which rallied support without regard to frontiers or international protocol. The main aim was to strengthen the security and economic recovery of the Soviet Union, but revolutionary aspirations remain on the agenda.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521086914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sollberger, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1151</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume II, Part II deals with the history of the region from about 1380 to 1000 B.C., and includes accounts of Akhenaten and the Amarna 'revolution' in Egypt, the expansion and final decline of the Mycenaean civilization in Greece, the exodus and wanderings of the Israelites, and the Asstrian and Hittite empires.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Price of Liberty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personality and Politics in Colonial Nigeria</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Post, Kenneth W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, George D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of de-colonialization in Nigeria as seen through the eyes of a Nigerian political leader who was closely involved in the process. This book is therefore partly a biography of a man, Adegoke Adelabu; much more though, it tells in a highly personal and intriguing way how a Nigerian politician operated in the last years of colonial rule. The story of Adelabu's life is an interesting one. He is an example of one of the 'new men' who led African nations to independence in the fifties and sixties. His family was not closely connected with the traditional chieftainships of his native city, Ibadan, but he was sufficiently well placed to take advantage of such secondary school education as was available to African boys in the thirties. After a number of vicissitudes, involving abortive careers as a government official, working for one of the big British trading concerns and on his own account, Adelabu found his role as a popular leader and 'boss' of Ibadan politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86929/cover/9780521086929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521086930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521086936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Artigas and the Emancipation of Uruguay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521086936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jose Artigas, the national hero of Uruguay, fought in the years 1811-1820 for the creation and maintenance of an independent state on the banks of the River Plate. Dr Street's study takes Artigas as the principal figure and Uruguay as the chief state concerned, but it is also a history of the whole basin of the Plate during the period, giving proper weight to the Spanish and Portuguese influence, British commercial interests and military invasions, and the local rivalry between Montevideo and Buenos Aires. Uruguay eventually became a buffer state between the once Portuguese Brazil and the once Spanish Argentina. Dr Street shows that there had long been a feeling of Uruguayan nationalism, though this was at one time counterbalanced by a movement to federate the countries of the Plate. These tendencies, and the history of the region at this period are important in understanding the present status and relationships of Argentina, Uruguay and Brazil.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/86936/cover/9780521086936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays and Studies Presented to Stanley Arthur Cook</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Celebration of his Seventy-Fifth Birthday</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, D. Winton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of contributions by members of the faculties of Divinity and Oriental Languages at Cambridge was converted from a presentation into a memorial by the death of Professor Cook on 15th June, 1949. Not the least valuable feature in it is the select bibliography of S. A. Cook's work over fifty-three years of unremitting activity. The historical development of modern humane studies should be an essential feature of any learned work; if it is neglected, old discarded views are raised from the dead, and rejection of current views may be based on ignorance of the original discussion. The bibliography is a guide to the period between the first acceptance of Wellhausen's critical ideas in this country and the present, when Old Testament criticism is taking a different direction owing to new knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87001/cover/9780521087001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108718X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ferment of Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Historiography of Eighteenth-Century Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rousseau, George Sebastian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thirteen original essays in this book examine the status and development of the sciences in the eighteenth century. The last generation has seen a revolution in the methodology adopted by historians of science: The development of science is no longer described as a steady progress towards truth - certainties have given way to questions. The essays in this volume scrutinize these changing perspectives in historiography and recommend paths for future study. The eighteenth century has been a neglected and much-misunderstood era in the development of science, all too often viewed as something of a trough between the towering achievements of the 'Scientific Revolution' and the nineteenth century. Yet it was a period of notable developments; it saw the establishment of such fields as electricity and heat, the 'chemical revolution', the new science of gases, the isolation of oxygen, the nebular hypothesis in cosmology, the foundation of rational mechanics, and the birth pangs of biology, geology and psychology. It was, indeed, an age when knowledge was in ferment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87186/cover/9780521087186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Responses to Elevated CO2</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence from Natural Springs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raschi, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miglietta, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tognetti, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardingen, P. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rise in the concentration of CO2 in the atmosphere since the start of industrialization, and the global warming associated with this greenhouse gas, has stimulated research into the response of plants to elevated levels of CO2. Much of this work has been carried out in controlled environments which provide limited information about long-term effects on vegetation. In contrast, CO2-emitting mineral springs provide a unique opportunity to consider vegetation which has endured over many generations at naturally elevated levels of CO2. This volume presents findings from a range of sites, confirming the potential of these natural laboratories in the investigation of this important aspect of climate change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Traditions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Models and Evidence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fragaszy, Dorothy M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Socially maintained behavioural traditions in non-human species hold great interest for biologists, anthropologists and psychologists. This book treats traditions in non-human species as biological phenomena that are amenable to the comparative methods of inquiry used in contemporary biology. Chapters in the first section define behavioural traditions, and indicate how they can arise in non-human species, how widespread they may be, how they may be recognized and how we can study them. The second part summarizes cutting-edge research programmes seeking to identify traditions in diverse taxa in contributions from leading researchers in this area. The book ends with a comparison and evaluation of the alternative theoretical formulations and their applications presented in the book, and lays out recommendations for future research building on the most promising evidence and lines of thinking. The Biology of Traditions will be essential reading for students and researchers in the fields of anthropology, biology and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87308/cover/9780521087308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521087317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gwei-Djen, Lu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsing-Tsung, Huang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>756</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sixth volume of Dr Needham's immense undertaking, like the fourth and fifth, is subdivided into parts for ease of presentation and assimilation, each part bound and published separately. The volume as a whole covers the subjects of biology and biological technology (which includes botany and agriculture, zoology, all aspects of medicine, and pharmaceutics).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87315/cover/9780521087315.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521087325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Kenneth Girdwood</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elvin, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It would be difficult to overstate the importance of Joseph Needham's Science and Civilisation in China series. For nearly fifty years, Needham and his collaborators have revealed the ideals, concepts and achievements of China's scientific and technological traditions from the earliest times to about 1800 through this great enterprise. During his long working lifetime, Needham kept in draft various essays, some written with collaborators, in which he set out his broad views on the Chinese social and historical context. These essays, edited by one of his closest collaborators, Kenneth Robinson, are contained in the present volume. A reading of this material makes it possible to reconstruct the assumptions and problematics that underpinned and drove the Needham project throughout the nearly one half century during which he was at the helm. The documents gathered here reveal the intellectual foundations of one of the greatest scholarly enterprises of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87322/cover/9780521087322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108735X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ontogeny, Functional Ecology, and Evolution of Bats</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Rick A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Scott C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of animal development has deep historical roots in codifying the field of evolutionary biology. In the 1940s evolutionary theory became engulfed by analyses of microevolutionary genetics and development became focused on mechanisms, forsaking the evolutionary implications of ontogeny. Recently, ontogeny has resurfaced as a significant component of evolutionary change and also of population and community dynamics. Ontogeny, Functional Ecology and Evolution of Bats is a reference work by bat biologists who emphasize the importance of understanding ontogeny in analyses of evolution and ecology. In addition, the developmental underpinnings of specialized morphology, physiology and behaviour are elucidated, and the strong influence of ecology on the ontological niche of juvenile bats is illustrated. This book is an essential reference, not only for bat biologists, but for anyone working in the fields of ecology, developmental biology, evolution, behaviour and systematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/26323/cover/9780521626323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108749X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protecting Endangered Species in the United States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biological Needs, Political Realities, Economic Choices</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shogren, Jason F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tschirhart, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays by economists, biologists and political scientists has a common theme: that protecting species at risk while safeguarding social order is a policy challenge that entangles biology, politics, and economics. Nearly 1200 species are listed as endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) of 1973; only twelve have been removed from the list. Attempts at species recovery on public and private property lead the authors to examine the political realities that define the debate: who should pay the costs and receive the benefits, and how interest group behaviour affects the nature of endangered species protection. Although the ESA directs administrative agencies to list and protect species following scientific priorities, the collection addresses the economic choices that still must be confronted. These range from the protection potential of private markets to the design of incentive schemes to encourage conservation by private landowners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87490/cover/9780521087490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modeling Trade Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applied General Equilibrium Assessments of North American Free Trade</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francois, Joseph F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shiells, Clinton R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applied general equilibrium (AGE) models have received considerable attention and scrutiny in the public debate over the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). This collection brings together the leading AGE models that have been constructed to analyse NAFTA. A variety of approaches to modelling trade liberalization are taken in these studies, including multi-country and multi-sectoral models, models that focus on institutional features of particular sectors (agricultural, autos, steel, textiles and apparel) affecting multinational firms and rules of origin, and models with some inter-temporal structure. Further, by constructing stylized models, theoretical linkages have been identified that drive numerical results in the larger AGE models. The volume also assesses what can be learned about the likely economic effects of NAFTA from the collection of studies taken as a whole. Areas in need of further study have been highlighted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87568/cover/9780521087568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Of Prelates and Princes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Economic and Social Position of the Tudor Episcopate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heal, Felicity</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tudor bishops were men of power and influence within the English realm, both because they possessed spiritual authority and because they exercised lordship over great estates. This book examines their activities as temporal lords: it seeks to discover how wealthy they were and to what uses their revenues were put. Dr Heal draws upon much research undertaken by other scholars in particular dioceses and for particular prelates. The bishops possessed considerable wealth, but they had little security, for the crown effectively controlled their economic destiny, especially after the break with Rome in 1534. No study of the episcopate can therefore ignore the effects of royal policy, and this book combines an investigation into the attitudes and behaviour of the Tudor monarchs with its close examination of the fortunes of the bishops.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87612/cover/9780521087612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cardinal Protectors of England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rome and the Tudors before the Reformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkie, William E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A personal and political history, unpredictable and often tragic, of the series of Italian cardinals who undertook, at the invitation of the crown, to serve the king and England in the papal court. It also investigates fully the character of Anglo-papal relations in the two generations before the break with Rome. The familiar story of Henry VIII's campaign to divorce Catherine of Aragon is presented in its full context and from a Roman point of view. The account begins with the origins of the cardinal protectorship under Henry VII and concentrates on the long and intimate relationship of Henry VIII and Wolsey with Giulio de'Medici (later Pope Clement VII) and Lorenzo Campeggio, the cardinal protectors of England from 1514 until 1534 and the two Roman churchmen most involved in the divorce. The important matter of papal provisions to bishoprics in England and Ireland as well as in Scotland and elsewhere is studied against a background of European diplomacy and personal intrigue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87643/cover/9780521087643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour and the Left in the 1930s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pimlott, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1930s was the decade of the Jarrow March and the International Brigade - the 'Red Decade' of literary imagination. Yet there has seldom been a time when the influence of the British Left has been at a lower ebb. Why was this? In this book Ben Pimlott suggests answers, and challenges established myths about left-wing politics during a crucial period. Pimlott's study is concerned with the relationship between ideas and political action. The author is interested in the distinction which can be drawn between 'expressive' and 'instrumental' approaches to political behaviour, and a central theme is that the 'expressive' politics of some sections of the Left had an ironic effect of hindering the achievement of widely shared goals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87650/cover/9780521087650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meaning of Primate Signals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harr&#233;, Rom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is just one particularly highly developed form of primate communication. Recent years have seen increased attention to other forms: studies of animals in the wild, efforts to teach sign language to apes. This volume reflects perspectives from a variety of disciplines on the nature and function of primate signalling systems. Monkeys and apes, like people, live in a world in which they are constantly receiving and transmitting information. How can we interpret the ways in which they process it without imposing our own language-based categorizations? The problem is partly scientific, partly conceptual: that is, partly concerned with what language is. The authors' findings and insights will be of interest to a broad group of primatologists, linguists, psychologists, anthropologists and philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Polish Christianity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kloczowski, Jerzy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a single-volume history of Christianity in Poland, a subject at the core of religious history and European secular history alike. The book covers the development of Polish Christianity from the tenth century to the year 2000, placing it in the broader context of East-Central European political, social, religious and cultural history. Jewish-Christian relations, and the problematic religious history of the Jews in the region, play an important part in the story, and there are pervasive references to countries historically linked to Poland, such as Lithuania, Belarus and the Ukraine. Jerzy Kloczowski shows how the history of Poland, and Polish Christianity, are embedded in the complex systems of relations with other countries and religious denominations. A History of Polish Christianity should be read by anyone interested in the confrontation between Christianity and the totalitarian systems of the twentieth century, and in the interplay between Eastern and Western Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64294/cover/9780521364294.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Estuaries of South Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allanson, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baird, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Estuaries of South Africa presents an authoritative and comprehensive review of the current status of the country's estuarine research and management. Information is provided on a wide range of topics, including geological, physical and chemical processes, diversity and productivity of plant and animal communities, interactions between estuarine organisms, and system properties, ecological modelling and current management issues. This broad scope is complemented by a comparative perspective, resulting in a volume which provides a unique contribution to the subject of estuarine ecology, relevant to all those working in this field throughout the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87766/cover/9780521087766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108783X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Globular Cluster Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashman, Keith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zepf, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Globular clusters are roughly spherical, densely packed groups of stars found around galaxies. Most globular clusters probably formed at the same time as their host galaxies. They therefore provide a unique fossil record of the conditions during the formation and early evolution of galaxies. This volume presents a comprehensive review of globular cluster systems. It summarizes their observed properties, and shows how these constrain models of the structure of stars, the formation and evolution of galaxies and globular clusters, and the age of the Universe. For graduate students and researchers, this volume provides the definitive reference on globular cluster systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87834/cover/9780521087834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arthropods of Tropical Forests</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatio-Temporal Dynamics and Resource Use in the Canopy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Basset, Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitching, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novotny, Vojtech</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arthropods are the most diverse group of organisms on our planet and the tropical rainforests represent the most biologically diverse of all ecosystems. This book, written by 79 authors contributing to 35 chapters, aims to provide an overview of data collected during recent studies in Australia, Africa, Asia, and South America. The book focuses on the distribution of arthropods and their use of resources in the rainforest canopies, providing a basis for comparison between the forest ecosystems of the main biogeographical regions. Topics covered include the distribution of arthropods along vertical gradients and the relationship between the soil/litter habitat and the forest canopy. The temporal dynamics of arthropod communities, habitats and food selection are examined within and among tropical tree crowns, as are the effects of forest disturbance. This important book is a valuable addition to the literature used by community ecologists, conservation biologists entomologists, botanists and forestry experts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87841/cover/9780521087841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Theory and the Brain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baddeley, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hancock, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>F&#246;ldi&#225;k, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Information Theory and the Brain deals with an expanding area of neuroscience which provides a framework for understanding neuronal processing. It is derived from a conference held in Newquay, UK, where a select group of scientists from around the world met to discuss the topic. This book begins with an introduction to the basic concepts of information theory and then illustrates these concepts with examples from research over 40 years. Throughout the book, the contributors highlight current research from four different areas: 1) biological networks, 2) information theory and artificial networks, 3) information theory and psychology, 4) formal analysis. Each section includes an introduction and glossary covering basic concepts. This book will appeal to graduate students and researchers in neuroscience as well as computer scientists and cognitive scientists. Neuroscientists interested in any aspect of neural networks or information processing will find this a very useful addition to the current literature in this rapidly growing field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87865/cover/9780521087865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Startle Modification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Neuroscience, Cognitive Science, and Clinical Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawson, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schell, Anne M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohmelt, Andreas H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The startle response (response to a loud noise, for instance) is a reflex that is wired into the brain at a very basic level. Although everybody has such a reflex, the strength and quickness of the startle response is modified by a subject's underlying psychoneurological state. The nature of this modification, therefore, is now seen as an accurate, objective measure of very deep neurological processes. This book is a comprehensive volume devoted to startle modification and offers a unique overview of the methods, measurement, physiology and psychology of the phenomenon, particularly modification of the human startle eyeblink. Chapters are written by many of the world's leading investigators in the field and include coverage of elicitation and recording of startle blink, issues in measurement and quantification, the neurophysiological basis of the basic startle response and its modification by attentional and affective processes, psychological processes underlying short and long lead interval modification (including prepulse inhibition), applications of startle modification to the study of psychopathology, including schizophrenia, affective disorders, and psychopathy, developmental processes and relationships with ERPs and behavioural measures of information processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87896/cover/9780521087896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Remembering Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Construction and Accuracy in the Self-Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neisser, Ulric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fivush, Robyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings a surprisingly wide range of intellectual disciplines to bear on the self-narrative and the self. The same ecological/cognitive approach that successfully organized Ulric Neisser's earlier volume on The Perceived Self now relates ideas from the experimental, developmental, and clinical study of memory to insights from post-modernism and literature. Although autobiographical remembering is an essential way of giving meaning to our lives, the memories we construct are never fully consistent and often simply wrong. In the first chapter, Neisser considers the so-called 'false memory syndrome' in this context; other contributors discuss the effects of amnesia, the development of remembering in childhood, the social construction of memory and its alleged self-servingness, and the contrast between literary and psychological models of the self. Jerome Bruner, Peggy Miller, Alan Baddeley, Kenneth Gergen and Daniel Albright are among the contributors to this unusual synthesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Justice Motive in Everyday Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Dale T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains essays in honour of Melvin J. Lerner, a pioneer in the psychological study of justice. The contributors to this volume are internationally renowned scholars from psychology, business, and law. They examine the role of justice motivation in a wide variety of contexts, including workplace violence, affirmative action programs, helping or harming innocent victims  and how people react to their own fate. Contributors explore fundamental issues such as whether people's interest in justice is motivated by self-interest or a genuine concern for the welfare of others, when and why people feel a need to punish transgressors, how a concern for justice emerges during the development of societies and individuals, and the relation of justice motivation to moral motivation. How an understanding of justice motivation can contribute to the amelioration of major social problems is also examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/02154/cover/9780521802154.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparisons in Human Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding Time and Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tudge, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanahan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valsiner, Jaan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important volume deals with the issue of how to make comparisons in the field of human development. In their comparisons of various social groups, social scientists generally focus on what the differences are, rather than elucidating how and why the groups differ. Comparisons in Human Development examines ways in which different disciplines have treated comparisons and development and provides empirical examples that take a comparative, developmental approach to human activity and thought. Contributors share the view that the study of development must be concerned with processes that operate over time and are regulated by their physical, biological, social and cultural contexts. Development is understood in systemic terms, with multidirectional influences that cross levels of analysis, including the cellular, the individual, the family, and the cultural and historical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87957/cover/9780521087957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108797X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>George Eliot's 'Daniel Deronda' Notebooks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eliot, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irwin, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Eliot's notebooks from the years 1872-77 contain memoranda of her reading while she was preparing for and writing Daniel Deronda, together with the 'Oriental Memoranda' and other notes she recorded in the year following the novel's publication. Above all, the notebooks reveal her acquisition of a wide range of learning about Judaism and provide insight into the creative process of integrating that learning into Daniel Deronda. One of these notebooks is published here for the first time; others are offered in new transcriptions. They are all presented in a form which demonstrates the intellectual coherence underlying the diversity of the memoranda: translations are provided for the notes in German, French, Italian, Greek, and Hebrew; explanatory notes are offered, and interpretative links are made to the novel; primary sources are traced and the chronology of Eliot's reading outlined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/87971/cover/9780521087971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521087988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521087988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Edwardian Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Performance and the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521087988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Michael Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, Joel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents Edwardian entertainment and the Edwardian entertainment industry as parts of a vital, turbulent era whose preoccupations and paranoias echo those of our own day. Responding to recent shifts of attitude towards the Edwardians and their world, the essays in this collection take as their provenance broad patterns of theatrical production and consumption, focusing upon the economics of theatre management, the creation of new audiences, the politics of playgoing, and the meteoric rise of popular forms of mass entertainment, including musical comedy, variety theatre, and the cinema. Individual chapters also offer fresh insights into key aspects of the Edwardian stage such as a definition of the theatre of the time, gender play and role reversal in the Edwardian music hall, as well as issues related to politics and the suffrage movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108802X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simulation-based Inference in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methods and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mariano, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schuermann, Til</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weeks, Melvyn J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This substantial volume has two principal objectives. First it provides an overview of the statistical foundations of Simulation-based inference. This includes the summary and synthesis of the many concepts and results extant in the theoretical literature, the different classes of problems and estimators, the asymptotic properties of these estimators, as well as descriptions of the different simulators in use. Second, the volume provides empirical and operational examples of SBI methods. Often what is missing, even in existing applied papers, are operational issues. Which simulator works best for which problem and why? This volume will explicitly address the important numerical and computational issues in SBI which are not covered comprehensively in the existing literature. Examples of such issues are: comparisons with existing tractable methods, number of replications needed for robust results, choice of instruments, simulation noise and bias as well as efficiency loss in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Good Faith in European Contract Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimmermann, Reinhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>756</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For some Western European legal systems the principle of good faith has proved central to the development of their law of contracts, while in others it has been marginalized or even rejected. This book starts by surveying the use or neglect of good faith in these legal systems and explaining its historical origins. The central part of the book takes thirty situations which would, in some legal systems, attract the application of good faith, analyses them according to fifteen national legal systems and assesses the practical significance of both the principle of good faith and its relationship to other contractual and non-contractual doctrines and forms of regulation in each situation. The book concludes by explaining how European lawyers, whether from a civil or common law background, may need to come to terms with the principle of good faith. This was the first completed project of The Common Core of European Private Law launched at the University of Trento.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Pluralism in the United States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Indian Immigrant Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Raymond Brady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent immigrant Christians from India are changing the face of American Christianity. They are establishing churches with Orthodox, Protestant and Catholic rites. This book is a comprehensive study of these Christians, their churches and their adaptation. Professor Williams describes migration patterns since 1965, and how the role of Indian Christian nurses in creating immigration opportunities for their families affects gender relations, transition of generations, interpretations of migration, Indian Christian family values, and types of leadership. Contemporary mobility and rapid communication create new transnational religious groups, and Williams reveals some of the reverse effects on churches and institutions in India. He notes some successes and failures of mediating institutions in the United States in responding to new forms of Christianity brought by immigrants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88046/cover/9780521088046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Events of Grace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Naturalism, Existentialism, and Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardwick, Charley D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the liberal theological tradition dating from Schleiermacher, Events of Grace demonstrates that the Christian faith can be fully compatible with a scientific world view. Religion and God must be understood valuationally, not ontologically, which permits an existentialist account of faith entirely in terms of modes of existing. Hardwick weds Bultmann's demythologizing programme to Wieman's naturalistic concept of God as creative transformation. Defending a strong doctrine of justification by faith, he shows how both God and the knowledge of God can be conceived in terms of events of grace that transform possibilities of existence toward openness to the future. Events of Grace gives a complete existential and naturalistic account of sin, faith, God, the knowledge of God, Christology and the eschatological symbols that articulate Christian hope in the encounter with suffering and death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88053/cover/9780521088053.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Succession in the Muslim Family</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coulson, N. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Muslim law and rules for dealing with the distribution of a dead person's property differ greatly from western law. The system of Muslim law, the SharVa, is derived from the Qur'an and the words of the Prophet himself, and is therefore believed to be of divine inspiration, and not man-made. A variety of schools of law have grown up which interpret the Prophet's sayings, and the practical effect of these different rules of interpretation varies considerably. Recent codifications have not necessarily remained within the classical Muslim legal traditions, and have introduced further differences. With western law it is assumed that a man will make a will, and, broadly speaking, his property will be distributed in accordance with its provisions. It is only in the event of a man dying without making a will that the rules of intestacy are applied. Muslim law makes the opposite assumption.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88077/cover/9780521088077.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, Law and the Growth of Constitutional Thought, 1150-1650</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tierney, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To understand the growth of Western constitutional thought, we need to consider both ecclesiology and political theory, ideas about the Church as well as ideas about the state. In this book Professor Tierney traces the interplay between ecclesiastical and secular theories of government from the twelfth century to the seventeenth. He shows how ideas revived from the ancient past - Roman law, Aristotelian political philosophy, teachings of Church fathers - interacted with the realities of medieval society to produce distinctively new doctrines of constitutional government in Church and state. The study moves from the Roman and canon lawyers of the twelfth century to various thirteenth-century theories of consent; later sections consider fifteenth-century conciliarism and aspects of seventeenth-century constitutional thought. Fresh approaches are suggested to the work of several figures of central importance in the history of Western political theory. Among the authors considered are Thomas Aquinas, Marsilius of Padua, Jean Gerson, Nicholas of Cues and Althusius, along with many lesser-known authors who contributed significantly to the growth of the Western constitutional tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88084/cover/9780521088084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Royal Saints of Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of West Saxon and East Anglian Cults</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridyard, Susan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Within Anglo-Saxon England there was a strong and enduring tradition of royal sanctity - of men and women of royal birth who, in an age before the development of papal canonisation, came to be venerated as saints by the regional church. This study, which focuses on some of the best-documented cults of the ancient kingdoms of Wessex and East Anglia, is a contribution towards understanding the growth and continuing importance of England's royal cults. The author examines contemporary and near-contemporary theoretical interpretations of the relationship between royal birth and sanctity, analyses in depth the historical process of cult-creation, and addresses the problem of continuity of cult in the aftermath of the Norman Conquest of 1066. An understanding therefore emerges of the place of the English royal saint not only in Anglo-Saxon society but also in that of the Anglo-Norman realm.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88107/cover/9780521088107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Specification of Communication Protocols</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mauw, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veltink, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern computer networks now circle the world, but the transmission of information between them depends on the many different protocols that define the behaviour of the sender and receiver. It is clear therefore, that the accurate description of these protocols is important if harmonious communication is to be maintained. In this book the authors use the formal specification language PSF to provide an unambiguous description of several communication protocols of varying levels of complexity, ranging from the alternating bit protocol to the token ring protocol. Beginners, as well as professionals in the field of communication protocols, will benefit from both the methods of specification described and the protocols discussed in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88121/cover/9780521088121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reconstructing Historical Communities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFarlane, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alan MacFarlane has studied the parishes of Earls Colne in Essex and Kirkby Lonsdale in Cumbria, as well as other parishes, and has undertaken anthropological fieldwork in a contemporary community in Nepal. In collaboration with Sarah Harrison and Charles Jardine he has devised a method of collecting, breaking down and then reintegrating historical records in a way which makes it possible to answer some of the sociological, demographic, anthropological, geographical and other questions which interest many people. For the amateur historian or genealogist who wants to know about a village or family, the method makes it possible to find out almost everything that survives in historical documents concerning each person who lived in a village, each plot of land and house.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Cartwright</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborne, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a biography of Major John Cartwright (1740-1824), the English advocate of radical reform who had considerable influence in shaping the mainstream of reform in England in the nineteenth century, and whose ideas lay behind the working-class Chartist Movement. Known as the 'Father of Reform', Cartwright was the first person of importance to hold a literal belief in universal male suffrage and was venerated by generations of reformers. Dr Osborne's book clarifies and analyses Cartwright's extensive political plans and ideas against the background of contemporary English radicalism and of social and political change. He shows how Cartwright, as a member of the English landed gentry, tried to understand conditions which were changing at an unprecedented rate and still retained a high degree of traditionalism and conservatism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Refugee Question in mid-Victorian Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The British have long boasted of their tradition of asylum for political refugees, but never with more justification than in the nineteenth century, when the legal toleration which was accorded them in Britain was nearly absolute. Not only were fugitives of all political complexions allowed into Britain, but there was for most of the century no possible way - no law on the statute book - by which they could be kept out. This, and the licence which was allowed them to agitate and conspire were greatly resented by the governments from which they had fled, and regretted only a little less by many British ministers, who sometimes found it necessary to take measures against them which were of dubious constitutional legality, and who wished, and once tried, to amend the law in order to enable them to do more. That effort, arising from Orsini's bomb plot in January 1858, resulted in the fall of the government which proposed it, and the loss by its successor of a famous state prosecution: a failure which, as this book argues, was crucial for the maintenance of the practice of toleration thereafter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108816X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Filippo Strozzi and the Medici</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Favor and Finance in Sixteenth-Century Florence and Rome</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullard, Melissa Meriam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Filippo Strozzi (1489-1538), the Florentine aristocrat and banker, is usually remembered for the dramatic exploits at the end of his life. Forced into exile, he became an outspoken defender of the last Florentine Republic against the tyranny of the city's new dukes. His place in Florentine history, however, changes drastically when we focus not on his final years but on his extensive career as a Medici favourite and loyal financier. At the courts of the Medici popes he furthered the grandiose schemes of Leo X and Clement VII and accumulated a personal fortune of legendary size. Dr Bullard's study reassesses Strozzi's place in Renaissance history and considers the more general problems of paper economy and war finance, and Florentine political life, in the early sixteenth century. It documents the intricate financial ties between Florence and the papal court, and Strozzi's key role as a manipulator of the city's public funds to pay for papal wars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gideon Mantell and the Discovery of Dinosaurs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Dennis R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a scholarly yet accessible biography of a pioneering dinosaur hunter and scholar. Gideon Mantell discovered the Iguanodon (a famous tale and related in this book) and several other dinosaur species, spent over twenty-five years restoring Iguanodon fossils, and helped establish the idea of an Age of Reptiles that ended with their extinction at the conclusion of the Mesozoic Era. He had significant interaction with such well-known figures as James Parkinson, Georges Cuvier, Charles Lyell, Roderick Murchison, Charles Darwin and Richard Owen. Dennis Dean, a well-known scholar of geology and the Victorian era, here places Mantell's career in its cultural context, employing original research in archives throughout the world, including the previously unexamined Mantell family papers in New Zealand.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20488/cover/9780521420488.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Longitudinal Analysis of Labor Market Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heckman, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singer, Burton S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Longitudinal Analysis of Labor Market Data presents a set of papers by leading scholars on methods for analysing the longitudinal data that is available on numerous topics of interest to social scientists. Because many sources of longitudinal data record labour market phenomena such as unemployment, labour supply, earnings mobility, job turnover and participation in training programmes, all of the papers collected in this volume focus on models of the labour market. The main methodological points, however, are more general and apply to such diverse areas as demography, life science analysis and training evaluation, to name only a few, potential avenues of application. The book contains important methodological contributions to the emerging field of longitudinal analysis and is of interest to a wide range of social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Factors in Economic Stabilization and Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blejer, Mario I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eckstein, Zvi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hercowitz, Zvi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiderman, Leonardo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the advent of increased capital mobility, financial factors have become of key importance for the processes of stabilization and growth in developing developed, and transforming economies. The size of international capital movements and the financial intermediation industry has become so large that these factors could become the dominant impulses for individual economies and the global economy in the 1990s and beyond. This book collects essays by well-known analysts in international economics and finance who treat these issues from relatively new perspectives. They focus on (i) the role of credit in the propagation mechanism of monetary policy; (ii) effects of monetary policy on the likelihood that a given economy will become a banking centre; (iii) the implications of increased capital mobility for migration flows; (iv) the role of exchange rate bands in the transition from high to low inflation; and (v) the interaction between financial innovations and inflation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80505/cover/9780521480505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competition and Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Collective Decisions: Essays in Honor of Albert Breton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galeotti, Gianluigi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wintrobe, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume, written by well-known economists and other social scientists  from North America, Europe and Australia, share to an unusual degree a common concern with the competitive mechanisms that underlie collective decisions and with the way they are embedded in institutional settings. This gives the book a unitary inspiration whose value is clear from the understanding and insights its chapters provide on important theoretical and practical issues such as the social dimension and impact of trust, the management of information in bureaucratic settings, the role of political parties in constitutional evolution, inter-level rivalry and reassignments of powers in federal and unitary systems of government, the impact of ethnicity and nationalism on federal institutions or arrangements, and the response of governments and overarching institutions of globalization. The essays were written in honour of Albert Breton, a pioneer in this field of investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/71337/cover/9780521771337.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Sector Transformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lessons from Economies in Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blejer, Mario I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skreb, Marko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While policy makers need to be focused on achieving and sustaining basic macroeconomic stability in the transition of economies from a socialist to a market orientation, financial institutions and reforms play a particularly crucial role in this transformation. The essays in this collection offer overviews of issues in banking sector reform and capital markets as well as specific perspectives on the financial sectors in changing economies of Central and Eastern Europe, China and Israel. The editors and contributors explore the questions of how much focus needs to be given to macroeconomic stabilization vis-...-vis the dynamics of the financial sector, what may be appropriate time frames for dealing with immediate and longer-term financial problems, and how trends toward economic globalization interact with financial development in transition countries. Original versions of the essays were presented at the Second Dubrovnik Conference on Transition Economies organized by the National Bank of Croatia in June 1996.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe's Economy Looks East</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Germany and the European Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Stanley W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In their transition from the legacy of Communism, Central and Eastern European countries (CEECs) are seeking to reduce the income gap that remains the major barrier to full European integration. The essays in this volume derive from a conference held at the American Institute for Contemporary German Studies in Washington DC, on May 15-16 1995, and present general equilibrium calculations of the world wide effects of trade liberalization between CEECs and the European Union (EU) on real wages and welfare; analysis of trade in 'sensitive' sectors; and measurement of Germany's role in the transition. Simulations analyse the effects of CEEC macroeconomic policies on the transition process. Other essays examine the effects of privatization, labour migration from the East, and alternative approaches to integration of CEECs into the EU, including quick entry, variable geometry and free trade area. Economists and policy-makers will value the collection's innovative quantitative assessments and presentation of distinct alternatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equilibrium Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Sixth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornet, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Aspremont, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gabszewicz, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mas-Colell, Andreu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sixth Annual International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics was dedicated to Jacques Dr&#232;ze on the occasion of his retirement. During his career, he worked on the development extension and applications of general equilibrium theory, and he also was essential to the founding of the Center for Operations Research and Econometrics (CORE) in Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium. The papers in this volume are those given at the conference, and present some of the recent developments in general equilibrium theory in perspective of actual and potential applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Conflict and Appropriation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garfinkel, Michelle R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skaperdas, Stergios</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays departs from the conventional economic paradigm wherein individuals or groups choose among various productive activities for mutually beneficial trade. Each essay recognizes that where property rights are not well defined or easily enforced, individuals may forgo productive opportunities and engage in appropriative activities to compete for property, income, rights or privileges. Though the essays differ in their focus, each illustrates the importance of the institutional setting in determining economic activity. The first of the two sets of essays examines the allocation of resources among productive and appropriative activities in an anarchical political environment, without legal or constitutional tradition. Their objective is to understand different facets of the emergence of order and restraint on individual behaviour out of conditions with few or no assumed constraints. The second set focuses on different types of political institutions, illustrating how they shape conflict and economic activity, and how they themselves can be shaped by conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demographic Change and Fiscal Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Auerbach, Alan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Ronald D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As public expenditures on health, education and transfer programmes increase, demographic change has a growing impact on public expenditures, and the incentives for behaviour created by public transfer programs increase as well. The essays in this volume discuss such topics as: demographic change and the outlook for Social Security and Medicare in the United States; long-term decision making under uncertainty; the effect of changing family structure on government spending; how the structure of public retirement policies has encouraged early retirement in some countries and not others; the response of local community spending to demographic change; and related topics. Contributors include many of the world's leading public finance economists and economic demographers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/62444/cover/9780521662444.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adam Smith's Library</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Supplement to Bonar's Catalogue with a Checklist of the whole Library</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mizuta, Hiroshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bonar's Catalogue of Adam Smith's Library was originally published at the end of the nineteenth century; and a new and enlarged edition in 1932. Dr Mizuta's researches have now added substantially to the total number of books known to have been in Adam Smith's library, as well as adding information about many of those originally catalogued by Bonar. The present supplement records all this additional material, and provides as well a general check list and index to the catalogue as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music at the Aragonese Court of Naples</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atlas, Allan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with various aspects of musical life at the Aragonese court of Naples, from its establishment in 1442 to its demise in the opening years of the sixteenth century. An opening chapter gives a general historical-cultural background of the court. The author then discusses the royal chapel and its most important members, as well as other important musicians who were in Naples but who had no known ties with the court in an official sense. He goes on to describe the various types of secular music at the court and the music manuscripts compiled in and around Naples. The importance of the book lies in its attempt to synthesize all that is known about music at Naples - both from discovered archival sources and from the scholarly literature of specialized studies. The second part of the book contains a collection of 18 pieces, edited from Neapolitan manuscripts, which illustrate the earlier chapter on the repertory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Performance of Late Medieval Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boorman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a series of important essays by American and European scholars on some of the problems involved in attempting to perform music of the late Middle ages. The essays are based on papers read at a conference held at the New York University Center for Early Music in 1981 and they concern a varied selection of aspects of the subject; behind many lies an interest in the reopened question of how far instruments had a role in performing secular or sacred music. Among the questions tackled are: the types of harps found in fourteenth-century Italy, and their probable uses; the numbers of singers needed (with their ranges) for fourteenth-century English music; evidence for the use of instruments in the thirteenth century and for wind articulation in the late fourteenth; specific performing ensembles of the fifteenth century, and what they may have sung in a polyphonic Mass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Don O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays reflects the increasing breadth and scope of Bach research. The fifteen essays by American and European scholars address a wide range of topics and issues: Magnificat, Cantata, and Passion; Parody and Genre; The Well-Tempered Clavier; and Transmission and Reception. Many of the authors focus on works which due to the Bach chronology - can now be examined in a fresh light. Seen as a whole, the essays combine source - critical and analytic methods with historical and theological interpretation to consider problems of genesis and style, as well as questions of transmission and reception.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108833X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Patronage in Sixteenth-Century Mantua</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Viewed traditionally, the history of sixteenth-century Mantuan music is almost a catalogue of some of the most distinguished composers of the age, from Tromboncino and Cara, via Jacquet of Mantua, to Wert, Palestrina, Marenzio, Pallavicino, Gastoldi, Rossi and Monteverdi. The remarkable achievements of composers under Gonzaga patronage, practically synonymous with Mantuan patronage during this period, are treated here in their social context. The arguments proceed not just from the music itself, but from detailed examination of archival sources, from which Dr Fenlon reconstructs employment patterns and describes the social structure and institutional life of the city. The aim of the book is to show how the patterns of patronage, and music and musicians, reflect and illuminate the temperaments and prime preoccupations of successive rulers. The book contains a substantial appendix of unpublished archival documents, a small proportion only of the scholarly and comparative sources on which the study is based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Ceremony at Notre Dame of Paris, 500-1550</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a history of the early musical life of the Parisian cathedral of Notre Dame. All aspects of the musical establishment of Notre Dame are covered, from Merovingian times to the period of the wars of religion in France. Nine discrete essays discuss the history of Parisian chant and liturgy and the pattern and structure of the cathedral services in the late Middle Ages; Notre Dame polyphony and the composers most closely associated with the cathedral, among them Leoninus, Perotinus and Philippe de Vitry; the organ and its repertoire; the choir, the musical education and performing traditions; and the relationship of the cathedral to the court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Handel and Italian Opera</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strohm, Reinhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this valuable collection of essays, published to coincide with the tercentenary of Handel's birth, Reinhard Strohm examines the relationship between Handel's great operas and the earlier European Baroque tradition, focusing on the Italian school, to which they are so crucially indebted. Handel's immediate heritage included the figures of Scarlatti, Gasparini and Vivaldi; this book establishes that context, concentrating on contemporary operatic practice, and proceeds to analyse three of Handel's best-known works. It shows how they elaborate and develop the style and method of the Italian operatic theatre, embracing previous traditions and synthesizing them with a new and exciting accentuation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biographical, Documentary and Analytical Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pascall, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a collection of essays on various aspects of the life and work of Brahms. There are three main areas of focus - biographical, documentary and analytical. Some essays concentrate on one element, others blend all three.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chronicle Into History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on the Interpretation of History in Florentine Fourteenth-Century Chronicles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Florence in the fourteenth and early fifteenth centuries, the essentially medieval values of the age of Dante were transformed into the intellectual attitudes characteristic of the early Renaissance. Mr Green examines this change as it was reflected in the works of the city's vernacular chroniclers. These merchant historians evolved out of the traditional universal chronicle of the Middle Ages an embryonic form of the modern history, exemplified at the beginning of the fifteenth century by the Istoria di Firenze of Goro Dati. In the course of this transition from chronicle to history, the world-view expressed by the chronicle - which assumed that all that happened contributed to a divinely inspired historical plan - yielded before a more selective conception of the significance of events as possible natural causes of change. At the same time, the ideals underlying the medieval sense of cosmic order, with their other worldly overtones, gave way before the more secular, humanist values of the emerging Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Four Studies of War and Peace in this Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hancock, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Keith Hancock makes a four-pronged reconnaissance of international relations and, consequently, the prospects of human survival. He begins by discussing total war and 'small wars' and considers the relevance of this discussion, particularly in its economic aspects, to 'the cold war' and its costs. Sir Keith then turns to treaty-making, and in particular to Smuts's experience at Vereeniging in 1902 and Paris in 1919; he concludes that it is impossible to make a satisfactory peace settlement in the aftermath of total war, but that there are better prospects for negotiations during the 'cold war'. He goes on to examine Gandhian non-violence, particularly its origins in the Gandhi-Smuts conflict. He outlines the limitations of Gandhi's techniques and suggests that although they were successful against Smuts and Halifax, they would not necessarily have succeeded against Hitler and Stalin: for non-violence is not a substitute for military readiness. In his final section, Sir Keith surveys the developing international community and considers the present-day world in the perspective of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competition and Coercion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Blacks in the American economy 1865-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgs, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Competition and Coercion: Blacks in the American economy, 1865-1914 is a reinterpretation of black economic history in the half-century after Emancipation. Its central theme is that economic competition and racial coercion jointly determined the material condition of the blacks. The book identifies a number of competitive processes that played important roles in protecting blacks from the racial coercion to which they were peculiarly vulnerable. It also documents the substantial economic gains realized by the black population between 1865 and 1914. Professor Higgs's account is iconoclastic. It seeks to reorganize the present conceptualization of the period and to redirect future study of black economic history in the post-Emancipation period. It raises new questions and suggests new answers to old questions, asserting that some of the old questions are misleadingly framed or not worth pursuing at all.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Historian and Character</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, Dom David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays and articles by Dom David Knowles was presented to him by his colleagues, friends and pupils on his retirement from the Regius Chair of Modern History at Cambridge in the summer of 1963. The collection opens with Dom David's Inaugural Lecture as Regius Professor, 'The Historian and Character', which provides the unifying theme of the book: almost all the studies illustrate the author's interest in human problems and personalities as well as his concern with medieval monasticism and thought and with monastic historians of the modern world. In illustrating his scholarship and his main field of interest, this collection shows Dom David's unique capacity for revealing human personality and his skill in writing history that appeals to the general reader as well as to the historian.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prince A. M. Kurbsky's History of Ivan IV</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fennell, J.L. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prince A. M. Kurbsky's History of the Grand Prince of Moscow describes the reign of Iran IV from 1533 to the early 1570s. Written probably in 1573, nine years after Kurbsky deserted to Poland-Lithuania, it is the earliest attempt at a historical monograph in Russian. It is a vivid and at times revealing eye-witness account of the first half of the Tsar's reign, and is important for its true picture of the age and for the amount of factual detail it provides. It is also valuable for the light Kurbsky throws on certain episodes in Ivan's reign at which he himself was present, such as the capture of Kazan and the Livonian War. Above all, it is important as a document written by a representative of the boyar aristocracy and an opponent of autocracy. Dr Fennell provides the Russian text, with a facing translation and full notes on historical and philological questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Absolutism: The Crucial Phase, 1620-1629</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lublinskaya, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearce, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As an introduction to her detailed study Professor Lublinskaya presents a summary and critique of the whole 'general crisis' interpretation of seventeenth-century European history which is regularly a subject for heated debate among Western historians. However, it is as a specialist in the history of seventeenth-century France that Professor Lublinskaya approaches the problem of the general crisis. The major part of her book is a detailed analysis of the political, social and economic history of the France of Louis XIII - a crucial period for the development of the French monarchy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Social Democrats and the First International</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1864-1872</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his book Dr Morgan describes the relations between the First International and the first German socialist parties, the General German Workers' Union, founded by Ferdinand Lassalle and led by J. B. von Schweitzer, and the rival organisation of Wilhelm Liebknecht and August Bebel, whose programme was partly inspired by Marx. In particular Dr Morgan studies the attempts of the International's leaders, especially the German exiles Marx and Johann Philipp Becker, to spread its influence in Germany. Dr Morgan's study is not simply a history of socialist ideas, but an analysis of one source of these ideas - the International - and its influence on the problems of organisation and personalities facing the German Labour movement. As he shows in his concluding chapter, although the International played a subsidiary role, it did influence the development of German socialist thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The King's Secretary and the Signet Office in the XV Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Otway-Ruthven, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Important as it is in the general political and diplomatic history of the times, the history of the office of the King's Secretary is often neglected. Miss Otway-Ruthven has therefore used the original documents and sources for her information. She traces the history of the office from 1377, the first appearance of a King's Secretary, to 1509, demonstrating its rise from the comparative unimportance of a confidential clerkship to a position worthy of the attention of a bishop and a fitting instrument of Tudor Government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Medieval Agriculture and General Problems of the Medieval Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postan, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Postan's work on the social and economic history of the Middle Ages has had an enormous influence upon the study of the subject. His essays represent his major contribution and are an invaluable addition to the literature. Twenty-two essays are gathered together into two volumes. Previously published elsewhere, many in obscure places, over a period from 1928 to 1972, they are still greatly used and referred to today; their appearance in this more accessible form will be warmly welcomed by a wide range of students and scholars in all branches of medieval and economic history as well as by social scientists and economists generally. This volume contains such seminal pieces as The economic foundations of medieval society, The rise of a money economy, The chronology of labour services and The charters of the villeins.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108847X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banking and Industrialization in Austria-Hungary</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Banks in the Industrialization of the Czech Crownlands, 1873-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudolph, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Austria-Hungary was one of the largest and most important states in Europe until 1914, the rich literature on economic history has almost completely neglected this area. Professor Rudolph's book serves two main purposes. It is an extensive descriptive and analytical study of the process of industrialization in the Austrian half of the monarchy. It also carefully examines the role of banks in the industrialization of the area. The fundamental question at the heart of the study is the extent to which the banks actually did facilitate or hinder the process of industrialization. The book should be of major import to students of economic history, economic development, and east and central European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Spanish Main</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sauer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What happened from 1942 to 1519, when Columbus and the Spaniards were staking out an American Empire? Carl O. Sauer uses contemporary sources and his authoritative knowledge of land forms, vegetation and ethnography in Latin America to place the history of the early Spanish Main in a fresh context. This account of the voyages of discovery, of the early years of Spanish administration, and how the Spaniards dealt with the crises of their colonial policies, is a definitive work of historical geography as well as an exciting readable book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108850X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ecological Case Study of the Forest of Arden 1570-1674</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skipp, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Tudor and Stuart periods the population of England doubled, increasing from perhaps 2.5 to 5 million. When the total had last reached the 4-5 million mark, in the early fourteenth century, there had been a sharp Malthusian cut-back. How then did the country manage to break through this crucial barrier at its second attempt? Victor Skipp throws light on this question by constructing a detailed model of demographic, economic and social change for a sample group of English communities. After examing the effect of the ecological adjustments on social structure, domestic and cultural life, Mr Skipp turns to the wider implications of his model, considering the possibilities of adapting it to the analysis of sixteenth and seventeenth century developments in other English communities; how it might be related to the 'general European crisis', particularly as expounded in the regional studies of French historians; and to the political alignment of local inhabitants during the English civil war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Late Nineteenth-Century American Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A General Equilibrium History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Jeffrey G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Late Nineteenth-Century American Development is an economist's attempt to interpret a critical period of US history, from Civil War to World War I.  The questions raised have always been at the heart of American historiography. What accounts for the retardation up to the turn of the century? How did capital markets operate and what was their influence on the pace and pattern of our growth? What determined farm performance and what impact did that performance have on the economy as a whole? Yet while the questions raised in this book are familiar, the methods are not. This book blends traditional historical analysis with general equilibrium theory, modern macroeconomics and simulation analysis. The result is a provocative book of remarkable scope which offers a fresh interpretation of late nineteenth-century American growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Byzantine Monetary Economy c.300-1450</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hendy, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>828</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents an attempt to depict the late Roman and Byzantine monetary economy in its fullest possible social, economic and administrative context, with the aim of establishing the basic dynamics behind the production of the coinage, the major mechanisms affecting its distribution, and the general characteristics of its behaviour once in circulation. The book consists of four main sections, on economy and society, on finance, and on the circulation and production of coinage, and has made an unrivalled contribution in the field of late classical, Byzantine and medieval economic history. The text is fully supported by the extensive quotation of translated sources, and by maps, tables and plates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the Castle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Romanticised as ruins, treated as relics of forgotten military campaigns or as mere lessons in architectural history, the castles of England and Wales have too rarely been examined as places in which real people lived. Fresh both in style and approach and richly illustrated, Michael Thompson's book aims now to redress the balance. Examining the rise of the castle from its European origins in the tenth century to c.1400, the author devotes particular attention to the domestic accommodation - colourfully adorned but often cold and claustrophobic - that castles offered their aristocratic inhabitants. The book closes with the castle at its zenith, reviewing the extravagant outburst of self-conscious construction that took place in the fourteenth century as display and appearance came for the first time to play as important a part as function in determining building design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Arabic Biography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Heirs of the Prophets in the Age of al-Ma'mun</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooperson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pre-modern Arabic biography has served as a major source for the history of Islamic civilization. In this study exploring the origins and development of classical Arabic biography, Michael Cooperson demonstrates how Muslim scholars used the notions of heirship and transmission to document the activities of political, scholarly and religious communities. The author also explains how medieval Arab scholars used biography to tell the life-stories of important historical figures by examining the careers of the Abbasid Caliph al- Ma'mun, the Shiite Imam Ali al-Rida, the Sunni scholar Ahmad Ibn Hanbal and the ascetic Bishr al-Hafi, each of whom represented a tradition of political and spiritual heirship to the Prophet. Drawing on anthropology and comparative religion, as well as history and literary criticism, the book considers how each figure responded to the presence of the others and how these responses were preserved by posterity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/61997/cover/9780521661997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of the Soviet Cinema 1917-1929</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much has been written about Soviet literature and its political significance in the years following the October Revolution, but little has been written about the cinema in the same context. And yet in 1922 Lenin said, 'Of all the arts, for us the cinema is the most important.' What did he mean? This book looks at the Soviet cinema in its formative period from the political point of view, examining both the attitude of the authorities towards the cinema and the actual use to which the cinema was put. It demonstrates how, even at the height of the 'Golden Era of the Soviet film', the Bolsheviks repeatedly failed to organise the cinema successfully as an effective propaganda weapon. The book provides an illuminating background of the political history of the Soviet cinema in the twenties against which its most famous films can be re-examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scale Dependence and Scale Invariance in Hydrology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sposito, Garrison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether processes in the natural world are dependent or independent of the scale at which they operate is one of the major issues in hydrologic science. In this volume, leading hydrologists present their views on the role of scale effects in hydrologic phenomena occurring in a range of field settings, from the land surface to deep fractured rock. Self-contained and thought-provoking chapters cover both theoretical and applied hydrology. They provide critical insights into important topics such as general circulation models, floods, river networks, vadose-zone processes, groundwater transport, and fluid flow through fractured media. This book is intended as an accessible introduction for graduate students and researchers to some of the most significant questions and challenges that will face hydrologic science in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71258/cover/9780521571258.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Pattern Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yu, Francis T. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jutamulia, Suganda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive review of optical pattern recognition, covering theoretical aspects as well as details of practical implementations and signal processing techniques. The first chapter is devoted to pattern recognition performed with optical correlators. Later chapters discuss approaches based on neural networks, wavelet transforms and the fractional Fourier transform. The book also covers nonlinear filter methods and optical-electronic hybrid systems. The final part of the book deals with the devices and materials employed in modern systems, such as photorefractive crystals, microlasers, and liquid crystal spatial light modulators. The book gives many examples of working systems that integrate optics, electronics and computers, and it covers a range of developments from mathematical theories to novel optical materials. It will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in optical engineering and machine vision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Abbasid Belles Lettres</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashtiany, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnstone, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Latham, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serjeant, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of The Cambridge History of Arabic Literature covers artistic prose and poetry produced in the heartland and provinces of the 'Abbasid empire during the second great period of Arabic literature, from the mid-eighth to the thirteenth centuries AD. 'Abbasid literature was characterised by the emergence of many new genres and of a scholarly and sophisticated critical consciousness. This volume deals chronologically with the main genres and provides extended studies of major poets, prose-writers and literary theorists. It concludes with a comprehensive survey of the relatively unknown literature of the Yemen to appear in a European language since the manuscript discoveries of recent years. To make the material accessible to non-specialist readers, 'Abbasid authors are quoted in English translation wherever possible, and clear explanations of their literary techniques and conventions are provided. With chapters by leading specialists from the Middle East, Europe and America, the volume represents a wide cross-section of current academic opinion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslim Endowments and Society in British India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kozlowski, Gregory C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Kozlowski's important study pioneers a fresh approach to the study of a critical Muslim institution: the endowments or awqaf which almost everywhere in the Islamic world provide support for mosques, schools and shrines. The wealthier Muslims who establish endowments inevitably have an eye on social, political and economic conditions and have traditionally used awqaf as part of an effort to preserve their wealth and influence, especially in periods of change and uncertainty. The book focuses on the use of endowments by Muslims suffering the dislocations caused by the imposition of British rule in India and examines in detail the social and political implications of the controversy over endowments that took place in the imperial courts and councils. The author's observations and insights can be applied to many periods and places in the Muslim world and his novel approach will attract all those interested in the study of Islam.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alienation of Church Wealth in Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social and Economic Aspects of the Liberal Revolution 1856-1875</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bazant, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costeloe, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conflict between the Roman Catholic Church and the State in Mexico became prominent soon after independence in 1821, and during the next three decades national and state governments made various attempts to reduce ecclesiastical influence in the social, economic and political life of the nation. Few of such efforts met with much success, and it was not until 1856 that a major reform was initiated. Legislation was issued which affected all spheres of clerical activity but the most vital and controversial aspect of the reform involved the measures adopted to dispossess the Church of its wealth. The extensive ecclesiastical holdings of urban and rural real estate and capital were nationalized and redistributed. Professor Bazant examines earlier attempts at nationalization, and describes in detail the implementations of the 1856 Lerdo Law and subsequent decrees. Using selected areas of the country, he traces the precise effects of the redistribution of Church property and capital, describing the terms of sale or transfer, the number of sales, the buyers, their nationality and occupation, and the total value of the amounts involved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama and Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redmond, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Themes in Drama is a journal which brings together articles and review about the dramatic and theatrical activity of a wide range of cultures and periods. The articles offer original contributions to their own specialised fields, but are presented in such a way that their significance may be readily appreciated by non-specialists. The review section is especially important since reviewers have more than usual scope to give critical accounts of drama in performance and to discuss the most significant contributions to dramatic scholarship and criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Industrialists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Problem of Origins</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crouzet, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'first industrialists' were the pioneers and leaders of the British Industrial Revolution, the men who founded factories and other large establishments, which were typical of the new economic system. They had a number of precursors since the sixteenth century, but, on the whole, they were a new breed, which emerged in the late eighteenth century. They were markedly different from the leaders of traditional industry. This book is focused on the social and occupational origins of those founders of modem British industry: what kind of families did they come from? What was their occupation before they set up as industrialists? In discussing these and other issues, this study (based on Professor Crouzet's 1983 Ellen McArthur Lectures) makes an important contribution to the problem of social mobility during the Industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schubert Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems of Style and Chronology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Badura-Skoda, Eva</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Branscombe, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of articles, written by European, American and British scholars, clarifies problems of style and chronology in the music Schubert composed during the last decade of his life. Althought O. E. Deutsch's documentary biography and memoirs set new milestones in Schubert research, they left some problems of chronology unanswered. Some of the essays in this volume examine or re-examine these problems, using different methods. Robert Winter, in the longest essay, proposes numerous re-datings of works composed between 1822 and 1828 which result from a careful examination of types of paper and watermarks. Other contributors point out the limitations of applying stylistic criteria as the basis for the dating of individual works. The articles touch on all areas of Schubert's output, with the emphasis on his songs, theatre music, and orchestral and chamber works. Althought this book will be of primary interest to musicologists, and others interested in Schubert, the essays concerned with song and the theatre will also attract a wider readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incest, Drama and Nature's Law, 1550-1700</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCabe, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-length study of incest in English Renaissance and Restoration drama. Richard McCabe's comprehensive survey offers a literary history of this theme, informed by an investigation of the intellectual background, with particular emphasis on changing concepts of natural law, and consequent reassessments of classical tradition. It examines a wide range of theological, philosophical, legal and literary sources, in the context of modern psychological and sociological theories of family development. Extensive comparisons with classical models and contemporary European dramatists, from Tasso to Corneille and Racine, explore the volatile association between dramatic form and emotional content, structural experiment and sexual ambivalence. The centrality of the family to all human relationships, and the mutual reflection of familial politics and the patriarchal state make incest a powerful metaphor for the ambivalence of all concepts of  'natural' authority, and for various forms of social and political revolt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31736/cover/9780521431736.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Growth of Responsible Government in Stuart England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Clayton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Clayton Roberts opens his book with the assertion that the responsibilities assumed by Sir Robert Walpole as the leading minister of George I differed markedly from those borne by Lord Burghley as the most trusted servant of Queen Elizabeth. Walpole assumed responsibility for the advice upon which the King acted, and answered to Parliament for the wisdom as well as the legality of that advice. Lord Burghley had claimed no such responsibility for the counsels upon which the Queen acted. If necessary Lord Burghley could plead the Queen's commands to justify his actions; Walpole knew he could not plead the Queen's commands to justify his conduct. He had to answer for his conduct to Parliament where he was liable to criticism, censure and impeachment. To gain office and to remain in office, Walpole needed the confidence of Parliament as well as of the King.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88763/cover/9780521088763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lord William Bentinck and the British Occupation of Sicily 1811-1814</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosselli, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Napoleonic Wars, Sicily was of some tactical importance, and a British garrison was established there in 1806. For the next five years domestic and diplomatic affairs became increasingly complicated, and at last, in 1811, Lord William Bentinck was sent out to restore order. Dr Rosselli's account of his unsuccessful mission is a story of strange people and strange events. The main characters in the drama are colourful enough: King Ferdinand, lazy, irresponsible and likely to withdraw at the sign of trouble to his shooting lodge at La Ficuzza, leaving the affairs of state in the hands of his son; Queen Maria-Carolina, devoid of all common sense, enfeebled by opium and full of violent distrust of British interference; Prince Francis, a broken reed, weak-willed, vacillating, afraid of his parents, as much as of Bentinck; and the politicians of Palermo, occasionally scheming and ambitious, but more often too naive to be reliable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88770/cover/9780521088770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108878X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Economic Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in memory of David Joslin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book of essays is a collective treatment of the problem of the impact of war on economic development in Europe. This subject has been neglected despite the fact that the issues it raises are of direct concern to students of military history, the history of science and technology, the history of education, historical demography, as well as to students of political, social and economic history. The contributors to this volume have drawn on work done in all these fields. Taken together, this study provides the foundation for further comparative work on the effect of war and warfare on economic life. The contributors have approached the problem from two sides. The subject of a number of essays is the 'internal history' of armed conflict. These focus on war itself and discuss the mobilization of resources which precedes it and the ways that economic activity and policy are altered by it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88787/cover/9780521088787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir John Seeley and the Uses of History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wormell, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir John Seeley, first Regius Professor of Modern History at Cambridge an historian of the British empire, is best known for his remark that the empire was acquired in a fit of absent-mindedness. His contemporaries considered that Seeley's widely read book The Expansion of England was influential in changing popular attitudes to empire from indifference to patriotic attachment. Historians' interest in Seeley has been similarly restricted to his importance as the first academic historian to consider the imperial dimension of British political history and his views on Britain's imperial role. More recently they have begun to look at wider aspects of his work. Seeley mixed in non-conformist, Christian Socialist and Positivist circles in London. His Ecce homo viewed religion primarily as a moral force whose purpose was the welfare and progress of mankind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88794/cover/9780521088794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Proclamations of the Tudor Queens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Youngs, Jr, Frederic A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study investigates the independent prerogative which Mary I and Elizabeth I exercised through royal proclamations. These public documents were announced throughout England, informing men and arguing the Queen's positions, commanding local officials to perform specific actions, and on occasion creating new but temporary law that was designed to meet crisis situation when no delay could be tolerated. The theoretical relationship between this prerogative power and the existing statutory law has been the subject of much debate. This study adds an element previously neglected, the investigation of the Queens' actual use of the proclamations, showing that they did innovate with vigour and legislate in them, but only to supplement and not supplant the law, and within the limits slowly being formulated in the sixteenth century. Professor Youngs demonstrates how the proclamations affected domestic security and foreign affairs, social and economic matters, and religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88800/cover/9780521088800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108881X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Balfour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zebel, Sydney H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This biography analyses the long political career of Arthur James Balfour (1848-1930), the Conservative politician who became the first Earl of Balfour. Professor Zebel stresses the extraordinary nature of Balfour's career, divided as it was into two specific periods. The first, dating from his entry into Parliament in 1874, and his rapid advancement as a result of family connections, comprised his period as Chief Secretary for Ireland in which he distinguished himself with his policy of 'killing Home Rule with kindness' - his leadership of the Unionists in the House of Commons, and his premiership from 1902 to 1905 in succession to his uncle, Lord Salisbury. The second, beginning in 1914, followed the period of political retirement which resulted from his party's defeat in the 1906 elections and his own loss of the party leadership in 1911. It was the more constructive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88817/cover/9780521088817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The School of Peter Abelard</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Influence of Abelard's Thought in the Early Scholastic Period</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luscombe, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Abelard conducted many analyses of Scriptural and Patristic teachings, and achieved an extensive rapprochement between Christian and pagan thought. His public career was ended in 1140 by an ecclesiastical condemnation, but this touched upon the central issues facing the early leaders of the medieval scholastic movement and Abelard's own teachings continued to be controversial. Dr Luscombe considers the influence of Abelard's principal teachings among his contemporaries and successors. his aim is to explain the conflicting estimates of Abelard which were current in the twelfth century and later, and to provide a full account of the writings and varied fortunes of Abelard's disciples. He also examines the manuscript tradition of Abelard's work and that of his followers. The condemnation of 1140 repudiated Abelard's leading doctrines. This led some of Abelard's disciples to partly retreat from the position of their master, whereas some chose to adapt and extend his teachings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88824/cover/9780521088824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Calvinist Preaching and Iconoclasm in the Netherlands 1544-1569</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crew, Phyllis Mack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the relationship between ideology and social behaviour. Professor Crew analyses the attitudes and characters of the Calvinist ministers who preached in the Netherlands in the mid-sixteenth century and their effect on the popular religious upheavals which occurred during the summer of 1566. The hedge-preaching and iconoclasm which erupted in the period before the Dutch Revolt have been the subject of considerable speculation among historians, who have have developed a variety of interpretations of these events. Professor Crew views the Troubles in the broader context of the international Calvinist movement and iconoclastic violence in France and England. She questions whether the Netherlands ministers were clearly and strongly Calvinist, whether they shared specific characteristics of personality, social status or education, and whether they were 'charismatic leaders' in the sense given to the term by Max Weber.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88831/cover/9780521088831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>City Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of L&#233;opoldville, 1962-63</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fontaine, J. S. La</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>City Politics is a detailed study of the city of Kinshasa (formerly L&#233;opoldville), capital of the Congo, in the years immediately following independence. The book is a study of political leadership in an urban African movement undergoing extremely rapid change. The social and political processes of the city are examined in order to assess how certain citizens achieved political influence and how they maintained themselves in these positions of power. The history of the city, the population structure and the social economic structure of the city are all described in detail to provide the necessary background for the analysis of the political processes identified by the author. This work will be of interest to a wide readership. The description of a period in the process of decolonization of the only Belgian colony in Africa will prove of value to historians and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88848/cover/9780521088848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemistry of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eight Lectures on the History of Biochemistry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This assembly of lectures, each on a major aspect of the development of biochemistry, should appeal to anyone with an interest in the history of science and the nature of living things. Seven of the eight lectures are by eminent biochemists and describe the development of their own subject from the inside; the eighth is a more general one by a professional historian of science. They contain a good deal of information not readily available elsewhere and do not require a special knowledge of biochemistry. The lectures were originally given as a series, over a period of several years, under the auspices of the department of the History and Philosophy of Science in the University of Cambridge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88855/cover/9780521088855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Fall of State-Owned Enterprise in the Western World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toninelli, Pier Angelo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the rise and fall in the twentieth-century Western world of state-owned enterprises, a chief instrument of state economic intervention. It offers historical perspective on the origins and purpose of state-owned enterprises, their performance, and the reasons for their precipitate decline from their heyday in the 1960s to the waves of privatization in the 1980s and 1990s. Looking to the future as well as the past of state business, this book explores the concept of state-owned enterprise and its context in Western political economy, as well as the permutations and future prospects of the institution in practice. The contributors present studies of the development of state-owned enterprises in seven Western European countries and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88862/cover/9780521088862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Telling Lives in Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Scientific Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shortland, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeo, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Images of scientists and ideas about science are often communicated to the public through historic biographies of eminent scientists, yet there has been little study of the development of scientific biography. Telling Lives brings together a collection of original essays by leading historians of science, several of them biographers, which explore for the first time the nature and development of scientific biography and its importance in forming our ideas about what scientists do, how science works, and why scientific biography remains popular. Theoretical and historical studies range from the seventeenth to the twentieth century, concentrating on such icons as Michael Faraday, Charles Darwin, Humphry Davy, Florence Nightingale and Sir Joseph Banks. With its broad sweep and careful, imaginative scholarship, this volume provides a timely and challenging examination of an important aspect of the culture of science that will be of special interest to historians of science, academics and students, and the general reader interested in the popularization of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88909/cover/9780521088909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Celtic Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume describes the six modern Celtic languages. Four of these, Modern Irish, Scottish Gaelic, Welsh and Breton, are living community languages. The other two, Manx and Cornish, survived into the modern period, but are no longer extant as community languages, though they are the subject of enthusiastic revivals. The Celtic Languages sets them briefly in their Indo-European context, and states their general relationships within the broader Celtic language family. Individual linguistic studies are first placed in their sociolinguistic and sociohistorical context. A detailed synchronic account of each language then follows, including syntax, morphology, phonology, morphophonology, dialect variation and distribution. Each description is based on a common plan, thus facilitating comparison amongst the different languages. This latest volume in the Cambridge Language Surveys will be welcomed by all scholars of the Celtic languages, but has also been designed to be accessible to any reader with only a basic knowledge of linguistics. It is the only modern account to deal with all surviving Celtic languages in this detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88916/cover/9780521088916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Loneliness in Childhood and Adolescence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rotenberg, Ken J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hymel, Shelley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Loneliness is experienced by children, adolescents and adults across varied cultures. In the early 1960s and 1970s, some authorities in the field of psychology did not believe that children experienced loneliness. This book ushers in a new wave of theory and research examining the phenomena of loneliness during childhood and adolescence. The book represents a thorough examination of the topic: the chapters range from the role of attachment in children's loneliness, differences between being alone and loneliness, the significance of divided self and identity achievement in adolescents' loneliness, and the link between loneliness and maladjustment during adolescence. This volume should stimulate research into loneliness during childhood and adolescence for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88923/cover/9780521088923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The EEC and Eastern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shlaim, Avi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book discusses the trade and economic interdependence of the EEC and the countries of the Council for the Mutual Economic Assistance (CMEA) and the institutional problems associated with this relationship. This study of EEC-CMEA relations provides valuable insights into such questions as the impact of the formation of trade blocs on the development of world trade and the difficulties that arise in coordinating external commercial policy among states with separate treasuries, monetary authorities and foreign ministries. The book compares the process of economic integration in Eastern and Western Europe and points our hitherto neglected similarities. It traces the evolution of the dialogue between the EEC Commission and the CMEA Secretariat and the development of the Soviet views on Western European integration - a matter of vital importance in assessing the potential for business like relations between the two integration blocs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88930/cover/9780521088930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The EEC and the Mediterranean Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shlaim, Avi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yannopoulos, G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has become fashionable to depict the EEC as a protectionist, 'inward-looking' rich men's club and to dismiss its trade and aid policies as a subtle form of neo-colonialist exploitation. But less attention has been paid to the precise impact which trade relations with the EEC have had on the Community's associates. This symposium seeks to redress the balance by examining systematically the whole nexus of economic relations which links the countries of the Mediterranean area with the EEC. The community's policies and particularly the so-called 'global approach' and the dependence of the Nine on migrant labour are examined. But the main emphasis is on the impact which this relationship has on the economic development of the Mediterranean countries themselves. Consequently, the books sheds light on a question which has received scant attention in the literature on international trade, namely, what are the effects of association and trade preference agreements between countries which are at different stages of their economic development?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88947/cover/9780521088947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of Macaulay's letters were printed in nineteenth-century memoirs, but a 'Complete Letters' of this eminent Victorian has long been needed. Professor Pinney is editing the whole body of surviving letters by Macaulay, giving accurate texts and textual and explanatory notes. The letters are in chronological order, grouped by historical theme and phases of Macaulay's life. The first two volumes deal with his childhood, career at Cambridge, early legal career and early political career, and end with him about to leave for India. The letters are lively because Macaulay (as lawyer, essayist, historian, politician, administrator, poet) was a man of enormous energy and very wide interests. They will add greatly to our sense of early Victorian political and cultural life as well as to our understanding of Macaulay himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of Macaulay's letters were printed in nineteenth-century memoirs, but a 'Complete Letters' of this eminent Victorian has long been needed. Professor Pinney is editing the whole body of surviving letters by Macaulay, giving accurate texts and textual and explanatory notes. The letters are in chronological order, grouped by historical theme and phases of Macaulay's life. The first two volumes deal with his childhood, career at Cambridge, early legal career and early political career, and end with him about to leave for India. The letters are lively because Macaulay (as lawyer, essayist, historian, politician, administrator, poet) was a man of enormous energy and very wide interests. They will add greatly to our sense of early Victorian political and cultural life as well as to our understanding of Macaulay himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume of Thomas Pinney's acclaimed edition of Macaulay's letters brings the work to its halfway point. This volume begins with Macaulay preparing to sail for India as a member of the supreme Council, covers his Indian career, his return to England, renewed election to Parliament and appointment to the Whig Cabinet; it ends with the defeat of Melbourne's ministry. Many of the letters are previously unpublished, and are notable for their brisk and vivid style, clear and readable as was all Macaulay's prose. They throw particular light on his Indian years, in which Macaulay played a significant part in liberalising movement begun by Bentinck. The period also took Macaulay through several personal crises, brought about by the death of one favourite sister and the marriage of another. In these letters too Macaulay often concerns himself with his continuing literary career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521088992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521088992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521088992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth volume of Thomas Pinney's acclaimed edition of Macaulay's letters covers the period between September 1841 and December 1848, in which Macaulay is shown keeping up an active political life as MP for Edinburgh and member of Lord John Russell's Whig Cabinet. At the same time his literary reputation is extended by The Lays of Ancient Rome, the collected Essays, and, at the end of the period spanned by this volume, the triumphant publication of the first two volumes of the History of England. In the same years Macaulay was enjoying perhaps the most satisfactory period of his private life: we see him comfortably established in the Albany, enjoying the society of his sister and her family, taking part as a leading figure in Whig political and literary circles, and confidently at work on the book which was to crown his fame.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years covered in this fifth volume of Macaulay's letters were a striking mixture of triumph and loss. The publication of the first part of The History of England at the end of 1848 set Macaulay at the top of his fame, not merely in England, but on the Continent and in America. Honours came pouring in, and the sales of his books began to make him a rich man. The publication of the second part of the History in 1855 was a publishing event of unparalleled magnitude: 25,000 copies were subscribed at once in England, and four times that number were quickly sold in the United States. To add to his triumph, the people of Edinburgh, who had so rudely and unexpectedly rejected him in 1847 as their representative in parliament, now recanted; though Macaulay refused even to appear before them, they insisted upon returning him to parliament, and did so in 1852.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Thomas Babington MacAulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A16</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last four years of Macaulay's life, documented in this final volume of the Letters, began as an agreeable coda to the rest. He had come to terms with his invalid state, and took great satisfaction in the achievement that he had already realised. He continued to work at his History, but without any expectations or anxieties, instead he enjoyed what his labours had already brought him. First among these was his house, Holly Lodge, in Kensington, where he removed early in 1856 after nearly fifteen years in chambers at the Albany. At Holly Lodge, attended by servants, and visited by a steady company of family and friends, Macaulay took pleasure in entertaining, and in supervising the care of his trees, lawn and flowers - novel amusements to an urban bachelor of literary habits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Letters of Thomas Babington Macaulay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macaulay, Thomas Babington</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A personal view of England, from the Napoleonic Wars to the high tide of mid-Victorian prosperity, is recorded in these letters of one of the Victorian era's greatest figures. Historian, essayist, poet, orator, statesman, Macaulay saw and recorded - and frequently had part in - some of the most important events of his time. The abolition of slavery and the slave trade, the passage of the Reform Bill, the reform of Indian government, and the struggle over the Corn Laws are among the public interests of Macaulay's letters. At the same time they present a lively picture of the style and behaviour of Macaulay's time as he saw it in many different scenes: among the Evangelicals of Clapham, at Cambridge, amidst the society of Holland House, in Parliament, at the country houses of the grand Whigs, and among the literary, legal and political circles of Victorian London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89036/cover/9780521089036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imprisonment in Medieval England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pugh, Ralph B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study traces the subject to the reign of Henry VIII. The author describes the location and analyses the types of prison buildings: county gaols, 'national' prisons (like the Fleet), franchise, municipal, 'bishops' and forest prisons. He also deals with the administration, staffing, repair and appearance of the buildings. Professor Pugh emphasizes that imprisonment was widely used as a punishment and was not wholly custodial and coercive; that the treatment of prisoners, if callous, was not intentionally cruel; and that the exaction of fees and lodging charges was not an 'abuse' but came to be the only way in which imprisonment could be made to work. These views correct prevailing misconceptions. The growth of imprisonment for debt and the system called 'benefit of clergy' are traced. Several chapters are devoted to escaping and its punitive consequences and to the trial of suspected felons. There is also some discussion of the imprisonment or monks within their monasteries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89043/cover/9780521089043.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Prefectorial Corps 1814-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The French Prefectoral Corps was Napoleon's creation. Building on the framework of local government inherited from the Revolution, he installed a rigidly centralized administrative system, running from the Sub-Prefect in the arrondissement, through the Prefect in the department, to the Minister in Paris. The return of the Bourbons threatened this organization. There was the upheaval of the years 1814-15, and as the mechanics of parliamentary government evolved in the years after the Second Restoration, the Corps acquired a political importance which necessarily affected the prefectoral career. There was also a change in rectruitment. To staff this indispensable organ of government the Bourbons called on men of their own choice and service, in particular members of the pre-revolutionary nobility. Dr Richardson has analysed the history of the Prefectoral Corps during the sixteen years of the Restoration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89050/cover/9780521089050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolutionary Syndicalism in France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Direct Action of its Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridley, F. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive study of the ideas and practice of the French Labour Movement between 1900 and 1914. Part one sets the syndicalist movement against its historical background, pointing to the forces which helped to shape the attitudes of the French worker, French political culture, economic developments, the influence of earlier socialist and anarchist thinkers and the failure of parliamentary democracy. The central section examines in detail the ideological development of the French Labour Movement during the syndicalist phase. As Professor Ridley points out, syndicalist ideas are interesting in their own right as part of the history of socialist thought but also because many of them are echoed today by supporters of the 'extra-parliamentary opposition'. There are obvious parallels too, between the 'direct action' of syndicalism and the tactics of present-day movements. In a final section professor Ridley discusses syndicalism in the wider political and ideological context of its time, taking into account the development of the inter-war years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89067/cover/9780521089067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Finances 1770-1795</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Business to Bureaucracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bosher, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The monarchy of Louis XVI suffered revolution and then destruction after failing to settle its financial difficulties. What precisely were those difficulties? In this book, Professor Bosher shows that the monarchy was financed by a chaotic system of private enterprise which proved increasingly unmanageable and wasteful. Hundreds of profit-seeking accountants - 'capitalists', in the language of the time - stood in the way of reform and even of clear accounting until governments of the French Revolution eventually nationalized the financial system and changed it 'from capitalism into a bureaucracy'. From his close study of the administrative changes Professor Bosher concludes that the National Assembly planned to guard the public finances by bureaucratic organization. 'With a vision of mechanical efficiency and articulation', he writes, 'systems of clock-like checks and balances such as eighteenth-century Frenchmen found everywhere, even in nature itself, the revolutionary planners hoped to prevent corruption, putting their faith in the virtues of organization to offset the vices of the individual men.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89081/cover/9780521089081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>George Joachim Goschen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformation of a Victorian Liberal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spinner, Jr, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The career of George Joachim Goschen, the man whom Lord Randolph Churchill forgot, illuminates many of the problems faced by the British ruling classes in the late nineteenth century: a Liberal in 1863, Goschen entered the twentieth century a Conservative. In examining his life and career, Professor Spinner shows how this transition took place and how it typified the reaction of many Victorian statesmen to the massive social and economic changes of the period. The son of a German immigrant merchant banker, thoroughly Anglicized by Rugby and Oxford, Goschen had no difficulty in rising to the highest positions of political and economic power. Elected to the Commons in 1863, he served successively in Lord Russell's Cabinet and at the Poor Law Board and the Admiralty during Gladstone's first Ministry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89104/cover/9780521089104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Traditional Romanian Village Communities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transition from the Communal to the Capitalist Mode of Production in the Danube Region</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stahl, Henri H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chirot, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chirot, Holley Coulter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Henri Stahl is one of Eastern Europe's leading authorities on peasant societies. For over thirty years he has studied peasant village communities in Romania, both in the field and from wide-ranging documentary sources. This book, one of Professor Stahl's major works, is based on this extensive research. The book is a study of the evolution of Romanian peasant society from the thirteenth century to the present, focusing particularly on the village communities of Wallachia and Moldavia, in which until quite recently communal villages still existed. Through a comparison of this type of village firstly with villages whose population was subjected to serfdom, and secondly with those which were free, but with private rather than communal property. Professor Stahl offers an interpretation of Romanian agrarian history. He argues that Romania moved from a communal form of social organization to a kind of tardy feudalism, provoked by the entry of capitalist market forces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89111/cover/9780521089111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State, War and Peace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spanish Political Thought in the Renaissance 1516-1559</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fern&#225;ndez-Santamaria, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive study in English of political thought in Spain during the Renaissance. In the early sixteenth century Castile experienced two major constitutional crises caused by the accession of a Habsburg ruler (shortly to become Holy Roman Emperor) to her throne, and by the discovery and conquest of America. Politically, these circumstances created a bizarre situation in which the venerable idea of medieval empire was forced to co-exist with a novel, imperial vision made inevitable by expansion in the new world. The strain imposed on Castile's constitutional fabric stimulated the most significant developments of Spanish political thought in the Renaissance. Against this background, Professor Fern&#225;ndez-Santamaria surverys the contribution of a number of eminent writers from diverse intellectual traditions who endeavoured to apply established political assumptions to these unprecedented circumstances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89128/cover/9780521089128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chouannerie and Counter-Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Puisaye, the Princes and the British Government in the 1790s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutt, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chouannerie had its origins in the rifts which opened in Breton society during the French Revolution. Mounting resistance to the Republicans led to a civil war whose bitterness was exacerbated by the involvement of outsiders; for Chouannerie offered a chance of bringing down the Republic. That was the aim of count Joseph de Puisaye; of the British government, yet again at war with the French; and of the Bourbon Princes in exile, who nevertheless feared that the insurgents in Brittany might prove too independent, and that their perfidious allies in Britain be more dangerous than useful. This carefully documented study sifts the legends and unravels the misrepresentations which have been transmitted by royalist Whites and republican Blues. This has entailed the extensive use of a mass of archival material, much of which is being systematically used for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108914X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chouannerie and Counter-Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Puisaye, the Princes and the British Government in the 1790s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutt, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chouannerie had its origins in the rifts which opened in Breton society during the French Revolution. Mounting resistance to the Republicans led to a civil war whose bitterness was exacerbated by the involvement of outsiders; for Chouannerie offered a chance of bringing down the Republic. That was the aim of count Joseph de Puisaye; of the British government, yet again at war with the French; and of the Bourbon Princes in exile, who nevertheless feared that the insurgents in Brittany might prove too independent, and that their perfidious allies in Britain be more dangerous than useful. This carefully documented study sifts the legends and unravels the misrepresentations which have been transmitted by royalist Whites and republican Blues. This has entailed the extensive use of a mass of archival material, much of which is being systematically used for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89142/cover/9780521089142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physiology of Human Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, James Mourilyan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preece, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-day symposium in the annual Society for the Study of Human Biology Symposium Series covers a wide spectrum of growth physiology, and presents a state-of-the-art review of human auxology, from factors affecting cellular growth, through nutritional factors affecting the growth of the infant, to endocrine and other factors affecting the growth of the child before and after adolescence. Wiith contributions from some of the leading workers in the various fields, the book starts with a consideration of the effects of experimental removal of parts of mouse embryos on final body size and the part played by local tissue interactions in the specification of limb segments in insects. Discussion of the growth-promoting actions of the somatomedins in foetal, post-natal and brain growth follow, leading to two chapters on Man, dealing with energy requirements and body composition in infants, and the endocrine control of body size and sexual development during puberty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44104/cover/9780521344104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Russian Landed Gentry and the Peasant Emancipation of 1861</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emmons, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This books is concerned with the emancipation of the Russian serfs in 1861, the most important event in Russian history between the reign of Peter the Great (1682-1725) and the Revolution of 1905. It is a social history of the emancipation. The attitudes of the landowning gentry toward emancipation: their part in its preparation and their conflict with the government over the terms of emancipation and related reforms, are the major subjects treated. The book shows in what circumstances the emancipation took place, and how the gentry were involved in the process. The undertaking of emancipation produced a political and social crisis which involved a serious threat to the autocratic regime, laid the foundations for the rise of constitutional liberalism in Russia, but destroyed the foundations of the gentry class.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89197/cover/9780521089197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre of Medieval Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Research in Early Drama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simon, Eckehard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Theatre of Medieval Europe brings together the work of thirteen internationally recognized scholars of early drama to give a comprehensive account of recent findings in the field. Whilst reflecting the large body of research on English drama, the book widens the focus of its survey to represent the continental theatre of the period, with a succession of essays covering England, France, Italy, Spain, Germany, central Europe and the Low Countries. In addition, it deals with Latin musical and liturgical drama, and addresses both the archival and stage-orientated aspects of theatre research. In reviewing the field in this way, this collection not only offers an account of recent discoveries across a range of countries and types of drama, but also suggests the comparative and interdisciplinary ground on which these fields of research may increasingly come to meet and cross-fertilise one another in the future. A major feature of the book is its authoritative, chronological and fully-indexed bibliography, which should serve as an invaluable guide to the most significant contributions in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89203/cover/9780521089203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and State in Yugoslavia since 1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Stella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This full-length study of the relations between Church and state in communist regime is set in the only communist country where free research into the subject has ever been possible; it gains additional interest and topicality from the identification of religion and nationalism in a multi-national state. The author writes objectively about the still controversial events of the war and the period immediately after, when the Catholic and Orthodox Churches were confronted by a vicious communist power, determined to impose unity on the country and break the power of the churches. She describes the harsh early years, the gradual easing of the conflict and the growth of toleration on both sides, leading to a characteristically Yugoslav form of uneasy coexistence. The legal status of the churches, the religious press and religious education are all covered and there is a special study of the well-known case of Archbishop Stepinac of Zagreb, his trial and the effect of his imprisonment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89227/cover/9780521089227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christianity and the Arts in Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brumfield, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velimirovic, Milos M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this book examine various aspects of the relationship among Christianity and the visual arts, architecture and music in Russia. Within this broad area the book concentrates on specific topics rather than attempting a broad survey. Nonetheless, the range of material extends from the earliest stages of the introduction of Byzantine art forms in Kievan Russia to the relation between Christian and folk decorative/iconographic motifs to the use of religious imagery in the work of contemporary filmmaker Andrei Tarkovskii. The related interests of the contributors create a concentration of topics in certain periods such as the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Some of the chapters are academically specialized, others are easily accessible to a general audience; but all are based on thorough and careful scholarship. Christianity and the Arts in Russia is based on, but not limited to, a symposium held at the Library of Congress in 1988 to mark the millennium of Russian Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fibrewise Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to promote a fibrewise perspective, particularly in topology, which is central to modern mathematics. Already this view is standard in the theory of fibre bundles and therefore in such subjects as global analysis. It has a role to play also in general and equivariant topology. There are strong links with equivariant topology, a topic which has latterly been subject to great research activity. It is to be hoped that this book will provide a solid and invigorating foundation for the increasing research interest in fibrewise topology</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89258/cover/9780521089258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Ruskin's Labour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Ruskin's Social Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anthony, P. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Ruskin was one of the great Victorians established while still young as an arbiter of taste in painting and architecture and as one of the greatest of all writers of English prose. When he was forty he decided to abandon the field in which his reputation had been secured in order to awaken the world to the peril of devastation which, he believed, would follow its preoccupation with profit and its subservience to a false economic doctrine. He regarded his social criticism as a duty, reluctantly accepted, to a society which had abandoned the traditional and religious values that had been the foundation of its civilization. Ruskin's labour, to which he devoted the rest of his life, was to bring a searching intelligence, considerable learning and a moral concern to providing a ruthless criticism of the values of Victorian England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89265/cover/9780521089265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Irish Constitutional Revolution of the Sixteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradshaw, Brendan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historiography has highlighted Ireland's sixteenth-century rebellions and ignored its revolution. The transformation of the island's political personality in the course of the middle Tudor period must be the last remarked-upon change in its whole history. Yet it might be claimed to be the most remarkable. It provided Ireland with its first sovereign constitution, gave it for the first time an ideology of nationalism, and proposed a practical political objective which has inspired and eluded a host of political movements ever since: the unification of the island's pluralistic community into a coherent political entity. The reason for the neglect lies partly in another remarkable feature of the revolution itself, the circumstances of its accomplishment. it was engineered by Anglo-Irish politicians, in collaboration with an English head of government in Ireland, and by constitutional means, in particular by parliamentary statute.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89272/cover/9780521089272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108928X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine and Society in Wakefield and Huddersfield 1780-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marland, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious book presents an across-the-board study of medicine, in any urban centre, for any period of British history. By selecting Wakefield and Huddersfield as contrasting types of northern towns, and examining in details their systems of medical care, Dr Marland has written a local history that says something important about the country as a whole. Wakefield and Huddersfield contrasted in their economic demographic and social development during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, allowing an effective comparative analysis of medical facilities in the two communities. By drawing on diverse sources: from Poor Law and philanthropy to self-help organisations, fringe medicine and medical practice, the book places the development of medical services against the backdrop of the communities in which they evolved, their class structure, organization and social, civic and economic developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89289/cover/9780521089289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Government in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays presented to C. R. Cheney on his 70th Birthday and Edited by C. N. L. Brooke, D. E. Luscombe, G. H. Martin and Dorothy Owen</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, C. N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luscombe, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Dorothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of Church and government in England and on the continent of Europe between the eleventh and the early fourteenth centuries is the subject of this volume of essays by twelve historians including scholars as well known as C. N. L. Brooke, R. C. van Caenegem, R. Foreville, S. Kuttner and W. Ullmann. Each essay is concerned with a major historical text (such as Geoffrey of Monmouth's History of the Kings of Britain) or an important type of historical document (such as the writings of a famous civilian, Master Vacarius). The general theme of Church and government in the Middle Ages is illustrated through the eves of different types of officials - among them English royal justices, Norman bishops, and monastic archdeacons - as well of scholars and thinkers who also served the needs of government both lay and ecclesiastical - such as Gratian of Bologna and the hitherto neglected canon lawyer John Baconthorpe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89296/cover/9780521089296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Triumphs of Providence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Assassination Plot, 1696</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full account of the last attempt to restore James II to the throne, which he lost to William and Mary in 1688. The Assassination Plot of 1696 aroused enormous contemporary interest, and here re-emerges as a fascinating episode of considerable importance for our appreciation of the political world of the 1690s. But the book is as much concerned with personalities as events, and offers a compelling narrative of day-to-day life in late seventeenth-century England as well as  insights into the personalities and political attitudes of William III and the exiled James II. Early in 1696, Louis XIV lent ships and men to James to help him regain his kingdom. To coincide with the French invasion, a rising was secretly organized by the Jacobites in England. However, as neither side would take the initiative the murder of William III, planned by a group of Jacobites in London, was seen as a way out of the deadlock. The plot was betrayed on the eve of the murder attempt and most of the conspirators were apprehended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89302/cover/9780521089302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108931X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation Parliament 1529-1536</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmberg, Stanford E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Reformation Parliament, which sat in seven sessions between 1529 and 1536 and derived its name from being the Parliament which ushered in the Reformation in the Church of England, was one of the most important assemblies ever to meet in England. Professor Lehmberg gives a full analysis of the composition and attendance of both Houses of Parliament and of the Convocation of the Province of Canterbury which sat simultaneously with Parliament. His main concern in this book, however, is with the activities of Parliament rather than with an analysis of its composition. He examines the attitudes and achievements of Parliament session by session and shows the precise part played by both Houses in the passing of the measures which led to the establishment of the independence of the Anglican Church and the annulment of the marriage of Henry VIII and Catherine of Aragon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89319/cover/9780521089319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wyclif and the Oxford Schools</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Relation of the 'Summa de Ente' to Scholastic Debates at Oxford in the Later Fourteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robson, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Robson gives a full account of Wyclif's career as an Oxford don - the little-known period of his life before in 1372 he became a controversialist - so answering  the question, why was Wyclif when he became a public figure already acknowledged the leading master in Oxford? Part I of the book examines  scholastic theology at Oxford from 1330 to 1370, with special emphasis on Bradwardine and Fitzltalph, the two great influences on Wyclif. Part II analyses Wyclif's most important work of philosophy, the Summa de Ente. The last chapter discusses the survival of realist metaphysics at Oxford after Wyclif's condemnation. The book is therefore a study in scholastic philosophy and theology, which helps us to understand the later Wyclif, and throws light on intellectual life at Oxford in the fourteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Profit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Sir Ralph Sadler 1507-1547</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slavin, Arthur Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the reign of Henry VIII a lay, as distinct from a clerical, staff of administrators was rapidly emerging as an essential instrument of government. To a remarkable degree the Crown depended on the servants of great ministers to supply the deficiencies of a formal bureaucratic structure. Thomas Cromwell's regime is perhaps the outstanding example of this phenomenon and, within his household staff, Ralph Sadler and Thomas Wriothesley emerged as the most capable servants. Sadler, the son of a man with some government connections but without pretensions to membership of the gentry, quickly rose in Cromwell's service and by 1535 began to appear as something more than Cromwell's man. In fact, he functioned as an ambassador linking Cromwell and Henry VIII.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89333/cover/9780521089333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Great Powers and the Balkans 1875-1878</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stojanovic, Mihailo D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Balkan crisis of 1875-8 may be considered as a prelude to the 1914-18 War: certainly the grouping of the Powers in 1914 was virtually determined by the interests which existed already in 1875-8. This study of the crisis is based on documents from the British, Austrian, and Serbian archives, the papers of Sir Henry Lanyard and the archives of the Russian Embassy in London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89340/cover/9780521089340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Development of Irish Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evidence of Aerial Photography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>St Joseph, J. K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The technique of aerial photography, widely recognized as of immense value to field archaeologists, had been little used in Ireland, although the relatively slight disturbance of land by modern ploughing or industrial development makes Ireland a particularly suitable region for the identification of ancient features by this method. The results of the surveys carried out by the Cambridge Committee for Aerial Photography between 1963 and 1968 are nevertheless surprising. Many ancient earthworks have been revealed by differences in soil-colour or crop-growth, and the natural and man-made environments of these and other prehistoric and early Christian settlements can be fully appreciated. The pattern of settlement emerges over a wide area, as does the character of large and complex sites such as Tara, while detailed oblique views pick out smaller structures invisible on the ground.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89357/cover/9780521089357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chioggia and the Villages of the Venetian Lagoon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Urban History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goy, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the study of the history of a group of villages, and one large town, that lie in the lagoons that surround Venice. Although written by an architect, it is not concerned solely with architecture, but with the whole history of the settlements, their origins, their growth and development, the occupations of their inhabitants, and the reasons for their prosperity or decline over the centuries. The book will interest professional architects and historians, many of whom will be familiar with the history and environment of Venice itself. It will also attract a more general reader, and perhaps lovers of Venice, and engender a desire to explore beyond St Mark's Square and the Rialto markets, to discover or rediscover the lesser riches of these modest but fascinating communities, whose physical environment, like that of Venice itself, has changed very little over the last two hundred years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89364/cover/9780521089364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Policy towards Greece during the Second World War 1941-1944</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Papastratis, Procopis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines in detail how British policy towards Greece was formulated and implemented from 1941 to 1944. The defeat of Greece and the fall of the dictatorial regime of General Metaxas confronted the British with new problems, the most important being the reconciliation of military and political objectives. The main political objective was to ensure the continuation of Britain's political influence in Greece after the war. This policy would be greatly facilitated by the restoration of King George, a firm advocate of the British connection, though the King's popularity in Greece had been seriously eroded by his close association with the Metaxas dictatorship in the years before the war. However, a policy of support for the King ran counter to the support offered by the War Office and SOE to the National Liberation Front (EAM), a communist-dominated left-wing organization and by far the strongest resistance movement in Greece.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89371/cover/9780521089371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beating the Fascists?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German Communists and Political Violence 1929-1933</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenhaft, Eve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Eve Rosenhaft examines the involvement of Communists in political violence during the years of Hitler's rise to power in Germany (1929-33). Specifically, she aims to account for their participation in `street-fighting' or 'gang-fighting' with National Socialist storm-troopers. The origins of this conflict are examined at two levels. First Dr Rosenhaft analyses the official policy of the Communist Party towards fascism and Nazism, and the special anti-fascist and self-defence organizations which it developed. Among the aspects of Communist policy that are explored are the relation between the international confrontation between Communists and Social Democrats as claimants to lead the left, and the implications of this dispute in German politics; the ideological difficulties in the implementation of Communist policy in a period of economic dislocation; and the organizational problems posed by the fight against fascism. Dr Rosenhaft then explores the attitudes and experience of the Communist rank and file engaged in the struggle against fascism, concentrating on the city of Berlin, where a fierce contest for control of the streets was waged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89388/cover/9780521089388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Historian and Film</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Film is increasingly engaging the attention of students of history at all levels. In its manifold forms from the newsreel to the 'feature', it is a major source of evidence for, and an important influence upon, contemporary history, and a vivid means of bringing the recent past to life. For earlier periods, it provides a medium in which the often widely dispersed visual evidences of the past can be brought together for the student. It offers the historian a new form in which to interpret and present his subject, and, as television has shown, it is by far the most important vehicle for the presentation of history to mass audiences. The analysis of its content and impact and the exploration of its uses are especially fitted to bring history into an interdisciplinary relationship with other fields, from sociology to the visual arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89395/cover/9780521089395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enserfment Russian Peasant</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, R. E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1649 a Code of Laws was issued in Moscow completing, at least in law, the process of enserfment of the Russian peasantry. This book illustrates this process with fifty-six documents of the twelfth to seventeenth centuries. They relate mainly to the central and northern area of European Russia known, in the sixteenth century, as Muscovy. An introductory note prefaces each document, placing it in context and giving its source. An introduction partly contributed by Professor Rodney Hilton discusses enserfment in Eastern and Western Europe and explains why these particular documents were chosen. There is a glossary explaining the main technical terms found in the text. The book deals with a topic of major historical importance and makes a collection of documents, often of intrinsic interest, accessible to English readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jack, R. Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sources for the history of medieval Wales are scanty, sporadic and physically scattered. Neither in archival, narrative nor archaeological remains is Wales comparable to England, and what survives is less accessible, for there has been a notable reluctance among Welsh scholars to produce guides and surveys for this difficult corpus of material. The purpose of Medieval Wales is to examine the history and survival of records produced by administrations inside what is now Wales, princely, seigneurial, ecclesiastical, municipal; to indicate the relevance of English official records to students of Welsh history; to give an introduction to the main narrative sources; to put the work of the Welsh antiquaries into a wider context; to re-examine the whole question of independent Welsh coinage; and to bring together discussion of Welsh archaeological remains, place-name studies and early cartography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89463/cover/9780521089463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime in Seventeenth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A County Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of crime is an exciting field, forming one aspect of a much wider increase in interest in social history as a whole. This book, based on a detailed study of court records in Essex between 1620 and 1680 combines a detailed study of fluctuations in crime and punishment in a seventeenth-century English county with an analysis of the social processes which lay behind prosecution. In so doing, it marks a major contribution to the field. Dr Sharpe's objective is to break away from older treatments of crime in the period, which have depended too much on an uncritical use of literary sources, and to offer a contrast to the legal historian's perspective on the subject. He studies the reality of crime as it was tried at the courts, and as it was experienced by both criminals and victims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89470/cover/9780521089470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rebellion, Popular Protest and the Social Order in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slack, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rebellion, riot and popular unrest have been the theme of a succession of stimulating and influential articles in Past and Present. This selection shows how the various forms of popular protest in England from the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries have been reinterpreted by modern scholars. Topics range from the great Tudor rebellions of 1536 and 1549 to the urban disorders in London and the food riots of the eighteenth century. Behind this variety, however, there were important continuities and similarities. Gathered in a single volume, the essays show how detailed studies of popular protest have transformed our knowledge of popular mentality and its relationship with social and economic change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89487/cover/9780521089487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in European Thought 1851-1912</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bujic, Bojan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, in the series Cambridge Readings in the Literature of Music, is an anthology of original German, French and English writings from the period 1851-1912. Throughout the second half of the nineteenth century music continued to be a subject to which philosophers, psychologists, scientists and critics repeatedly addressed themselves. Some of the philosophical approaches followed the tradition of the German speculative philosophy of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Elsewhere the new 'scientific' climate of the nineteenth century left its mark on the work of scientists and psychologists interested in the impact of acoustical stimuli on the human mind or in the role of music and song in the prehistory of mankind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89517/cover/9780521089517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Victorian Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foulkes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributions to this book constitute a concerted account of the place of Shakespeare in the Victorian theatre and the cultural life of the country in the nineteenth century. They explore the changing styles of acting and staging used for Shakespeare's plays by Macready, Charles Kean, the Irvings, Ellen Terry and Beerbohm Tree, and examine Shakespeare's influence on Victorian dramatists (Sheridan Knowles, Albery and W.S. Gilbert) and the relationship between the stage and the allied arts of painting (David Scott, the Pre-Raphaelites and Alma-Tadema) and music (Sullivan). During Queen Victoria's reign Shakespeare's plays attracted new audiences from the court at Windsor to such rapidly expanding conurbations as Leicester and Sheffield. In France, Germany, Italy and the New World, Shakespeare effectively became an ambassador of Britain's growing power and influence. The book develops a fascinating and well-illustrated account of these changes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89531/cover/9780521089531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consequences of Martin's Axiom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fremlin, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Martin's axiom' is one of the most fruitful axioms which have been devised to show that certain properties are insoluble in standard set theory. It has important 1applications m set theory, infinitary combinatorics, general topology, measure theory, functional analysis and group theory. In this book Dr Fremlin has sought to collect together as many of these applications as possible into one rational scheme, with proofs of the principal results. His aim is to show how straightforward and beautiful arguments can be used to derive a great many consistency results from the consistency of Martin's axiom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89548/cover/9780521089548.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Modelling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clements, Dick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, based on a successful undergraduate course designed by the author, describes mathematical modelling and its application to the solution of problems in industry and commerce. In the early chapters of the book the author first sets out a clear introduction to the principles of mathematical modelling, including sections on the various methodologies of mathematical modelling and their relationship to systems methodologies. He then offers some insights into practical aspects of mathematical modelling and proceeds to describe the development and operation of the undergraduate course upon which the book is based. In the later chapters seven case studies, based on real problems contributed by mathematicians working in industry, are introduced. Each chapter describes a problem, the solution originally adopted and variations on that solution introduced by students over a number of years use of the case studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89555/cover/9780521089555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fluid Mechanics of Large Blood Vessels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedley, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The analysis of the circulation of the blood is one of the most important areas of fluid mechanics research, with far-reaching medical and physiological implications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89562/cover/9780521089562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perpetual Chantries in Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood-Legh, K. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The material concerning Chantry history is voluminous and contained in many sources: the foundation deeds of particular chantries; administrative notes in episcopal registers; borough records; monastic and other cartularia; and the records of the English Chancery, particularly the Patent Rolls. These documents, some printed and many in manuscript, comprise the sources for Miss Wood-Legh's work. Perpetual chantries in Britain is a pioneer study in detail of the function of the chantry over a wide area of Britain. It will also give those whose curiosity is aroused by architectural survivals an impression of the part played by chantries in medieval life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89579/cover/9780521089579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108959X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peripatetic University</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cambridge Local Lectures 1873-1973</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Welch, Edwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Extra Mural Board, which celebrated its centenary in 1973, was the first extra-mural department in any university, and is important both as a pioneer, much copied elsewhere, and because it was instrumental in the founding of other kinds of institution, including university colleges. Dr Welch has written a detailed history of the board and its predecessor, the Local Lectures Syndicate, based primarily on the archive material at Stuart House, Cambridge. The book will interest social and educational historians and those actively concerned with adult education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89593/cover/9780521089593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Italian Cotton Industry in the Later Middle Ages, 1100-1600</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mazzaoui, Maureen Fennell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the dynamic advances in textile technology and changes in the structure of demand that accompanied the rise, in the late Middle Ages, of an Italian industry geared to mass production of cotton fabrics. The Italian manufacture, based on borrowed techniques and imitations of Islamic cloth, was the earliest large-scale cotton industry in western Europe. It thus marked a pivotal stage in the transmission of the knowledge and use of this textile fibre from the Mediterranean basin to northern Europe. The success of the Italians in creating new markets for a wide variety of products that included pure cotton, as well as mixed fabrics combining cotton with linen, hemp, wool and silk, permanently altered the patterns of taste and consumption in European society. Cotton, in various stages of proceeding, was at the heart of a complex network of communications that linked the north Italian towns to the source of raw materials and to international markets for finished goods. In the developing urban economy of northern Italy, cotton played a role comparable in magnitude to that of wool and shared with the latter certain basic features of early capitalistic organization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89609/cover/9780521089609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Society and the Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taken as a whole the essays in this volume illustrate the outstanding contribution made to French Revolutionary scholarship by British and American authors. Professor Johnson has selected essays which cover a wide spectrum of time, place and social class but are vitally concerned to describe and explain the social reality of revolution in its various phases. The essays fall into three main groups; the first sets the scene with studies of the social, economic and intellectual life of pre-Revolutionary France; the second studies the role of fate of certain social groups during the Revolution; and the third examines counter-revolution in two provincial areas. The editor has added an introduction and index, and some minor changes have been made to the essays. Many of these articles are already well known to professional historian and it is hoped that publication in the present form will make them available to a wider audience interested in the social experience of the most dramatic and far reaching of revolution in modern times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89616/cover/9780521089616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052108962X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Society in Europe 1618-1648</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polisensky, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Thirty Years War was the central political and military encounter of the seventeenth century. It drew in virtually all of Europe, with the exception of England, and by 1650 no European country had entirely escaped the experience of violent conflict. Since the end of the Second World War historians in western and eastern Europe have been engaged in the task of reassuring the significance of the seventeenth century in general and the Thirty Years War in particular. They have formulated questions and attempted to answer them by using fresh sources. One especially rich depository is the archival system of Czechoslovakia. The seventeenth-century generals and diplomats of the Imperial side preserved masses of papers which usually found their way into family archives, many of them housed on Bohemian and Moravian landed estates. With the transfer of private archives into public hands after 1945, much new material became available to scholars. This volume surveys the process of historical rethinking and revision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89623/cover/9780521089623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bread and Salt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social and Economic History of Food and Drink in Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, R. E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christian, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bread and Salt - a literal translation of the Russian word for hospitality - explores the social and economic implications of eating and drinking in Russia in the thousand years before 1900. Eating and drinking are viewed here as social activities which involves the economics of production, storage and distribution of food stuffs. These activities attract both social controls and state taxation; in this way the everyday process of eating and drinking is linked with the history of Russia. The dominance of grain in the diet throughout the period and the importance of salt, as implied in the title, are dealt with, as are the early Russian beer-drinking fraternities. The relatively late introduction of spirits, in the from of vodka, and it disastrous consequences in social terms are described. Tea and the samovar, also much more a latecomer than is generally realized, did little to diminish excessive drinking. Drinking, in any event, was by no means discourage by the state, since it was a major source of state income. The final section of the book looks at rural diets in the nineteenth century, when some variation and new items, such as the potato, became important. At the same time, peasants depended basically on the grain crop, as they had for thousands of years. Forced by txation to enter the market, afflicted by severe famines towards the end of the century, many peasants ate and drank no better as a result of the modernization of the county.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89630/cover/9780521089630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spectacle of Suffering</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Executions and the Evolution of Repression: From a Preindustrial metropolis to the European Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spierenburg, Pieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Present-day unease about the treatment of lawbreakers has deep historical roots. Pieter Spierenburg traces the long period of evolution that gave rise to the modern debate about punishment, and relates it to the development of Western European society. He argues that two elements, the public character of punishment and its infliction of physical suffering, were originally at the heart of the penal system. From the sixteenth century onwards, however, these elements began to decline. Spierenburg explains that this development reflected a wider change of attitudes which, in turn, was related to changes in society at large. The book deals successively with each of the parties involved in public executions: the hangman, the magistrates, the crowd, and the victim. Among the themes dicussed are the infamous reputation of the excutioner, the functions of ceremonial, and the social background of those about to suffer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89647/cover/9780521089647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Revolution of 1918</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of German Socialism in War and Revolt</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryder, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On 28 October 1918, sailors of the German High Seas Fleet disobeyed orders to put to sea and challenge the British Grand Fleet in what they saw as a suicidal gesture. Crews of the battleships at Kiel and Wilhelmshaven let their fires go out, defied their admirals, hoisted the red flag and elected sailors' councils. Troops sent to suppress the mutiny joined it.  Thus started the German Revolution. Dr Ryder begins this full-scale treatment of the German Revolution by summarizing the origins and development of German Social Democracy up to the party's historic vote for war credits on 4 August 1914. He then considers the socialists' attitudes to the war, notably in relation to the controversial question of annexations, and traces the growth of a threefold split inside the socialist party. The half-completed revolution is seen and evaluated in relation to the German past - Bismarck - and future - the weakness of Weimar democracy - and to the Marxist ideology of the revolutionary leaders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89654/cover/9780521089654.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of the Post-War Era</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Documents on Great-Power Relations 1968-1975</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayall, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Navari, Cornelia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia in 1968 and the singing of the Helinski accords in August 1975, major changes occurred in the condition of the East-West conflict and more generally in the structure of great-power relations which had been built up since the end of the Second World War. This collection of documents, which includes the main speeches, treaties and agreements concluded between these two events, has been designed to illustrate the nature of these changes. The volume if prefaced by an analytical essay by the editors, and is subsequently divided into six sections. The first four deal respectively with the final ending of the cold war through the resolution of the problem of the two Germanies; the ending of the Vietnam War and the formal entry of the People's Republic of China into the international system; the diplomacy of detente between the super-powers and in Europe; and changes within the Western Alliance involving both NATO and the EEC, and in the Warsaw Pact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89678/cover/9780521089678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Polish Socialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History and Ideas of the First Polish Socialist Party 1878-1886</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blit, Lucjan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the men and women who pioneered socialist and Marxist ideas among the Poles in the seventies and eighties of the nineteenth century, and the dramatic history of the underground party, 'Proletariat', which they formed. It opens with an outline of the state of Polish society after the final defeat of the 1863 uprising against Tsar, which caused the eclipse of the gentry as the leading elite of the nation. There follows an account of the assimilation by the new urban intelligentsia of ideas coming from the west, which turned some of them into pioneers of the capitalist and liberal movements, others into pure nationalists and yet others on the left into followers of Marx and Proudhon. On this latter part of Polish society the influence of Russian revolutionary populist thought was greater and more lasting than most historians of Poland are ready to admit. The author underlines the importance of the appearance for the first time in Polish history of a mass movement which sought common cause with the neighbours of Poland - mostly with Russians (Narodnaya Volya), but also with Germans (Social Democrats). Mr Blit's study is an important contribution both to the history of Marxism and social democracy in Russia and to the history of European social democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89685/cover/9780521089685.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Crisis of Russian Populism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wortman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Russian populists were intellectuals who saw the hope for transformation of Russian society in an alliance between peasantry and intelligentsia. They endowed the peasant with their own socialist ideas and in his institutions, especially the rural commune, they saw the embryo of a just future life. Professor Wortman sees populism not as a defined ideology but as a group of shared attitudes and preconceptions. During the crisis of Russian populism, at the end of the 1870s and beginning of the 1880s, these attitudes and preconceptions were called into question when first hand reports came from the countryside of neglected fields, ignorance, poverty and exploitation of the poorer by the wealthier peasants. Professor Wortman focuses on the 'psychological dimension of populism' by tracing the personal evolution of three of the leading writers of the time before and during the period of crisis. In each case, he shows how a grave personal crisis resulted from the ideological crisis afflicting the movement and how the individual writer's personal experience was made meaningful for the group as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89708/cover/9780521089708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Staffords, Earls of Stafford and Dukes of Buckingham</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1394-1521</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rawcliffe, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As one of the richest and most powerful land-owning families in later medieval England, the Staffords played their leading part in the politics of their time. This book traces the often complex relations between the three Stafford Dukes of Buckingham and the Crown. In doing so it casts light upon the attitude of successive English kings towards the nobility as a whole, and reassessed the political and military strength of the ruling class. The Staffords derived most of their influence from the ownership of land. Because of the survival of a widely scattered but unique family archive, Dr Rawcliffe has been able to study in unusually close detail the management of their estates and the deployment of their finances, as well as the reorganization of their household, which changed over the fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries from a large peripatetic body to a smaller resident establishment where the third Duke of Buckingham could indulge his taste for cultural pursuits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89715/cover/9780521089715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Observations on American Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchins, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>"The great question of our time is whether the two ideas, education for all and education as the development of the mind, are incompatible." This book is based on the Sir George Watson lectures given at British Universities in the autumn of 1954, in which the prominent American education philosopher and administrator Robert Maynard Hutchins examines the state of education in his own country. This collection of observations covers topics of history, general characteristics, ideals, standards and methods, control and conformity, today and tomorrow. Also included is a chapter on alumni, athletics and academic freedom, which will be of relevance to anybody interested in his significant and not uncontroversial tenure as President of the University of Chicago 1929-1951, remembered as much for the elimination of intercollegiate football as his attempts to reform the curriculum in line with his liberal beliefs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89777/cover/9780521089777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>St Paul and the Church of the Gentiles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, Wilfred L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late Canon Knox's book was first published in 1939. In it he examines the religions and philosophical movements forming the contemporary background against which St Paul had to preach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89791/cover/9780521089791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Medieval Graffiti</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Graffiti ('drawings or writings scratched on a wall or other surface') are to be found incised on the walls and pillars of innumerable cathedrals and churches in Great Britain. Most were done between the twelfth and early fifteenth centuries; many are valuable as examples of medieval art; and some are important for their preservation of particular styles of epigraphy. In this work, Mrs Pritchard has studied the inscriptions and drawings in a large number of churches, mostly within a radius of sixty miles of Cambridge. These graffiti are far from mere scratchings performed by unskilled hands; they are highly imaginative, boldly executed drawings, combining freedom of line with occasional fussiness of detail, and inscriptions whose clarity and precision of lettering equal in execution the contemporary manuscript. Many were subsequently covered by medieval wall paintings; others have been partly defaced by cleaning and restoration of the original stone. Mrs Pritchard illuminates a neglected corner of medieval art; and her skilful rubbings (over two hundred of them illustrate this book) preserve these curious relics of medieval artistry against the erosion of time and restoration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89814/cover/9780521089814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A thorough and logically fluent textbook on elementary dynamics, primarily intended for first-year Mathematics undergraduates. A basic knowledge of calculus and elementary statics is required, though no previous knowledge of dynamics is assumed. Pars, a former lecturer in Mathematics at Cambridge, also provides an introductory grounding in ideas that will recur throughout the book, such as vectors and the fundamentals of Newtonian mechanics. Included in the text are a number of worked examples to illustrate the application of the theory to concrete problems, and exercises for practice at the ends of the chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89845/cover/9780521089845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and Sexuality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Henry James and Sexuality, Hugh Stevens argues for a new interpretation of James's fiction. Stevens argues that James's writing contains daring and radical representations of transgressive desires and marginalized sexual identities. He demonstrates the importance of incestuous desire, masochistic fantasy, and same-sex passions in a body of fiction which ostensibly conforms to, while ironically mocking, the contemporary moral and publishing codes James faced. James critiques the very notion of sexual identity, and depicts the radical play of desires which exceed and disrupt any stable construction of identity. In a number of his major novels and tales, Stevens argues, James anticipates the main features of modern 'gay' or 'queer' fiction through plots and narrative strategies, which opposes heterosexual marriage and homo-erotic friendship. This original and exciting work will transform our understanding of this most enigmatic of writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89852/cover/9780521089852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections from the Papers of the London Corresponding Society 1792-1799</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thale, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Papers of the London Corresponding Society 1792-1799 consists of eighteenth-century documents which trace the history of an early working-class reform society organized by a shoemaker and three of his friends. 'Annual Parliaments and Universal Suffrage' was their slogan and their goal. To achieve this reform they believed they must first educate the people to know what their rights were and how to exercise them. So popular were they that over 10,000 men paid to join the Society and over 100,000 people attended their open air meetings. Such numbers alarmed the government, especially since spies reported talk or arming and revolution, of assassinating Pitt and shooting 'royal game'. Unlike many groups which set out to demand their political or social rights, but which scattered as soon as they encountered opposition, the Corresponding Society met openly for over six years despite harassment by police magistrates, interference from press gangs, vilification in newspapers, denunciations in Parliament, introduction of repressive laws, arrest of members, and expensive trials. The blow from which they could not recover was a 1799 Act of Parliament outlawing the Corresponding Society by name.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89876/cover/9780521089876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Journalist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>H. W. Massingham (1860-1924)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Havighurst, Alfred F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first study of the career of H. W. Massingham, an outstanding journalist early in the twentieth century when editors were often ranked equal in significance with ministers of state. Massingham featured most significantly in the history of the press as editor of the Star, the Daily Chronicle and finally the Nation. Professor Havighurst demonstrates Missingham's central position by arguing that he played a more important role in the formation of 'progressivism' in the period 1888-92 than even the Fabian Society. Massingham's clash with the Fabians is examined, along with his gradual disillusionment with Rosebery, his influence upon important questions of public opinion, his connection and his subsequent contact with Ramsay MacDonald. The influence of journalists is frequently alleged but is often unproved; this biography provides a detailed assessment of the impact of a major journalist and is a complete and fascinating account of an extremely important political figure. It will appeal to specialists in political and social history and the history of journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89883/cover/9780521089883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The King's Council in the Reign of Edward VI</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoak, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the membership, business and procedure of the privy council during the minority of Henry VIII's son successor, Edward VI. It examines the policy-making, administrative and quasi-judicial functions of the central institution of Tudor government at a time of war, rebellion, financial instability, reform in the Church and potentially violent political change. Professor Hoak analyses the way in which, through the council - a body whose formal existence dated only from 1540 - the dukes of Somerset and Northumberland successively governed the realm in the effective absence of a king. He sheds light on the nature of Somerset's failure, Northumberland's purpose and achievements, as well as on the techniques by which he controlled both the king and council, and the politics of the Reformation in England at the moment of the Protestant's triumph, 1549-50. The book demonstrates the extent to which the Edwardian privy council confirmed and continued earlier 'revolutionary' reform in government; it establishes the uniqueness of the place of Edward's council in the history of Tudor government and of royal councils generally in the sixteenth-century Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89890/cover/9780521089890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Admiralty Jurisdiction and Practice Since 1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiswall, F. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Wiswall examines the development of jurisdiction and practice in the field of Admiralty Law in England, with American comparisons, during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; the work is largely organized around the Court of Admiralty from 1798 onwards. The judgeships of Lord Stowell, Dr Lushington, Sir Robert Phillimore and Sir Francis Jeune, in England, are considered in some detail, and also those of Mr Justice Story, Judge Ashur Ware and Judge Addison Brown in the United States. One chapter is devoted to an examination of the dissolution of Doctors' Commons (the unique body of English civil lawyers). Development through case law, statutes and rules is the technical side of this study - an exposition not so much of the development of legal principles themselves as of their application. 'The last chapter turns to a study of the evolution of the substantive law regarding personal liability in Admiralty actions in rem, illustrating the divergence between the English and American law, and the effect upon and repercussions in international maritime law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89913/cover/9780521089913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medical Revolution of the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wear, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the underlying forces which helped to produce a revolution in seventeenth-century medicine. It shows how in the period between 1630 and 1730 medicine came to represent something more than a marginal activity unrelated to social and intellectual phenomena and also how it was influenced and formed by the same developments in religion, politics, science and commerce which shaped the general history of the seventeenth century. In an attempt to divert the historiography of the subject away from Newton, natural philosophy and the 'scientific revolution', the essays in this volume not only place medicine into a 'context' of political, religious and social change but also explore the dynamics which fashioned the nature of medicine in the age of revolution. Not surprisingly, religion emerges as perhaps the greatest external force for change, colouring most aspects of national and local life and interacting with the growth in the extent of medical knowledge and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89920/cover/9780521089920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521089972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521089975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Workplace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Skills, Pay, and Employment Involvement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521089975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ichniowski, Casey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, David I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strauss, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many managers are frustrated by a bewildering array of advice about what works in the workplace. This volume contributes to a growing consensus about effective workplace practices. The collection combines detailed studies of single industries (automobile assembly, apparel, and machine tools) with cross-industry studies of financial performance. Compared to most past investigations, the research here has better measures of both workplace practices and organizational performance. The contributors find that systems of innovative human resource management practices can have large effects on business performance. Success does not come from any single innovation, but from a coherent system encompassing pay, training, and employee involvement. Although a majority of contemporary US businesses now have adopted some innovative work practices, only a small percentage of businesses have adopted a coherent new system. A concluding chapter outlines barriers to diffusion and discusses public policies to remove barriers and enhance dissemination of effective management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/89975/cover/9780521089975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sacred Game</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Provincialism and Frontier Consciousness in American Literature, 1630-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank, Albert J. von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a meditation on the theme of provincialism in American literature. With careful attention to the historical context, it identifies in the expressions of writers before the Civil War certain qualities of self-doubt and defensiveness, certain perceptions of displacement and decline, so profoundly characteristic as to amount to a defining trait of American literature. As a frontier nation, America lacked an organic culture of its own and embarked on the impossibly difficult task of creating a cultural life from imported forms and ideas. Albert von Frank shows the history of this effort to be one of a desperate conservatism struggling against the withering effects of time and distance on cherished standards of the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90001/cover/9780521090001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090067</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Catholics in England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Social Structure Since the Second World War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornsby-Smith, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about change in the Roman Catholic community in England and Wales. It argues that in the post-war years of economic growth and expanded educational opportunities, Catholics born in Great Britain achieved rates of upward social mobility comparable to those of the general population. In so doing there arose a 'new Catholic middle class', likely to be crucial for the future of Roman Catholicism in England and Wales. However, since one quarter of English Catholics were first-generation immigrants who had experienced some downward mobility, it could not be said that English Catholics generally had experienced a 'mobility momentum' relative to the rest of the population. Apart from the effects of social change, post-war Catholicism was also transformed as a result of the religious reforms legitimated by the Second Vatican Council in the early 1960s. The net effect of these social and religious forces on English Catholicism was the dissolution of the boundaries which had formerly defended a 'fortress' church in a hostile world. The book identifies this, inter alia, in the widespread heterodoxy of belief and practice, and in the decline of marital endogamy and communal involvement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90063/cover/9780521090063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Theatre from Poliziano to Montiverdi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirrotta, Nino</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Povoledo, Elena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eales, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the many ways in which music was used in Italian theatrical performances between the late fifteenth and early seventeenth centuries. In particular, it concentrates on Polizano's Orfeo, Machiavelli's commedies, the Florentine intermedi and early operas, and the first operas in Venice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90070/cover/9780521090070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in Eighteenth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Charles Cudworth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogwood, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luckett, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English eighteenth-century music is comparatively neglected as an academic topic despite its increasing popularity with listeners, both on record and in the concert hall. Yet England in the eighteenth century was the scene of the liveliest and most various musical activity. The essays in this book, by leading English and American scholars, are devoted to the social and intellectual background, and to the composers who dominated the period, including Handel and Haydn.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90087/cover/9780521090087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cunninghame Graham</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, Cedric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>R. B. Cunninghame Graham (1852-1936) was one of the most brilliant and mercurial characters of his day. Known as 'Don Roberto' and 'the Modern Don Quixote' because of his Spanish blood and impetuous life-style, and as 'the Uncrowned King of Scotland' because of his descent from King Robert II, he was a paradoxical man whose career was astonishingly varied. After an early period as an adventurer, when he worked as a cattle-rancher and horse-dealer in South America and Texas, he embarked on a stormy political career. He was the first socialist in Parliament, was gaoled after assailing the police at the Battle of Trafalgar Square on Bloody Sunday, 1887, later became the founder and president of the first Labour Party, and was eventually elected president of the Scottish National Party. Meanwhile he travelled in Morocco disguised as an Arab sheik and prospected for gold in Spain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90094/cover/9780521090094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marxism in Russia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Key Documents 1879-1906</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harding, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a documentary record of the statements and debates that defined the formative period of a movement that has affected modern politics and history more than any other. It is generally acknowledged that not only were the theoretical problems faced by Russian Marxists during this period more complex than those encountered elsewhere but that they also brought to the resolution of these problems an originality and intellectual rigour second to none in the Marxist tradition. As predominantly a movement of intellectuals during these years they achieved a level of articulation and sophistication unsurpassed in the literature of Marxism, and that makes them such a rewarding subject of study. Plekhanov, Akselrod, Lenin, Struve, Martov, Trotsky, Luxemburg and Kautsky all feature in both celebrated and little-known texts alongside anonymous pamphleteers and writers of resolutions, editorials, flysheets and programmes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90100/cover/9780521090100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gibbs States on Countable Sets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preston, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is an introduction to some of the 1967-1974 results and techniques in classical lattice statistical mechanics. It is written in the language of probability theory rather than that of physics, and is thus aimed primarily at mathematicians who might have little or no background in physics. This area of statistical mechanics is presently enjoying a rapid growth and the book should allow a graduate student or research mathematician to find out what is happening in it. The book is self-contained except for some basic concepts of probability theory, and can be read by any undergraduate student in mathematics who has a reasonable background in probability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90117/cover/9780521090117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Road Transport before the Railways</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Russell's London Flying Waggons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerhold, Dorian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the road haulage trade in England when it depended on horses and wagons, chiefly through the letters and papers of one of the largest firms which operated between the West Country and London in the early nineteenth century. Other documents extend the coverage of the firm's history from the seventeenth century to the mid-nineteenth century, making it possible to examine how road transport changed during the course of two centuries. The Russell letters are all extraordinary and unique survival, showing in detail how the firm managed to convey up to six tons at a time in all weathers, how dominated it was by the capabilities and needs of the horse, how reliable its services were, who it served and how important it was to a variety of users. Much new information is provided oil the gradual spread of the influence of London, the effect of turnpike roads, the nature of the West Country economy and the role of transport in the regional and national economy. In sum the book provides a full account of the road haulage industry from the seventeenth century until the coming of the railways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90148/cover/9780521090148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Foreigh Policy under Sir Edward Grey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinsley, F. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>716</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until 1970 it would have been premature to attempt a comprehensive and impartial account of British foreign policy from 1905 to 1916, during the secretaryship of Sir Edward Grey. Apart from the difficulty of passing judgement on matters that were still controversial, the confidential archives of the British government for the years after 1905 did not begin to become available until the 1950s. By 1970, however, scholars had thoroughly digested the contents of these voluminous records up to 1916, and a statement of their findings was even overdue. In this volume many of the British historians who have been in the forefront of the research report on their work. They establish the facts about a period which saw fundamental changes in Great Britain's position in the world, and offer assessments of the British government's contribution to such important developments as the evolution of the Anglo-French Entente, Anglo-German rivalry before 1914, the outbreak of the first World War and the origin of the League of Nations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90155/cover/9780521090155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coal and Tobacco</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lowthers and the Economic Development of West Cumberland, 1660-1760</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckett, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic historians have long appreciated the important role of the Lowther family in the developing Whitehaven from a tiny fishing village into a flourishing industrial centre. In Coal and Tobacco, Dr Beckett has attempted, by analysing the west Cumberland economy, and the Lowther's entrepreneurial role, to reveal the vital importance of the coal industry. Since much of the coal was sold in Ireland, west Cumberland moved into a relationship with Dublin which was similar to, albeit on a smaller scale than, the more famous link between Tyneside and London. The coal trade provided the vital economic underpinning, but geographical considerations help to explain Whitehaven's other trading interests. Dr Beckett's major study is based on the Lowther papers, and reveals the crucial family involvement in these events. This book documents Lowther's story: how close he came to success, why he failed, and the impact of his ambitions on west Cumberland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90162/cover/9780521090162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Texts Concerning the Revolt of the Netherlands</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kossman, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellink, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the revolt of the Netherlands, 'rebels' developed for the first time in modern history political philosophies that had a decisive impact on political reality, influenced the actual course of events, led in fact to the creation of a new state. This was a form of theorizing from sheer necessity to the legitimate sovereign. As such it stands at the beginning of a long tradition of civil disobedience. The volume contains sixty-seven fragments of pamphlets, letters, treaties and other documents, translated from the Dutch, Latin and French, that together provide an insight into the motives of the 'rebels' and into discussions about the legality of the Revolt. Through detailed annotation and an editorial introduction, Professor Kossman and Dr Mellink gather together the threads of the complicated story and analyse some of the major theoretical problems discussed by sixteenth-century Netherlands, and sixteenth-century Europe in general and to all those interested in the history and development of political theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90179/cover/9780521090179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Parish Chest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Records of Parochial Administration in England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tate, W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this third edition of his valuable study of the variety of civil and ecclesiastical documents in parish archives, Mr Tate corrected and revised the text and replaced Appendix II with information in County and other major local record offices in England. The purpose of the book is to illustrate and encourage research into local history by means of surviving documents and fragments; it opens a way of actual study for many would-be local historians. Much thought has been given to classification, and comparison; the book is cross referenced, indexed and illustrated. It prints many examples of typical records of all kinds, related them where necessary to the laws and conditions which gave rise to them, and to the society whose relics they are. Mr Tate's knowledge of documents and of the scattered literature dealing with them enabled him to describe and illustrate the evolution of local government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90186/cover/9780521090186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emperor and His Chancellor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Imperial Chancellery under Gattinara</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Headley, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines a significant development within late medieval and early modern European government, set in the context of the tense relations between the young Emperor Charles V and his ageing chancellor Mercurino de Gattrina. It focuses upon an important transformation in the administrative reorganisation of European monarchies: the shift in the political centre of gravity from the medieval institution of the chancellery as the secretariat for all government business and authentication to a small group of secretaries, the minister of a later age, acting directly in collaboration with the prince. In the collision between the traditional judicial and administrative pre-eminence of the late medieval chancellor and the new secretaries as expediters of the Renaissance prince's will. Charles gave his support to the latter, thus associating himself with the previous work of Ferdinand the Catholic. Against the background of this struggle with the state secretaries the imperial chancellery is analysing in its relations to the individual chancelleries of Charles V's disparate lands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90193/cover/9780521090193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Origins of the New Europe 1914-1918</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090209</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calder, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1914 the British government was not interested in national self-determination in eastern Europe, but by November 1918 it was deeply involved with various eastern European subject nationalities and was committed by implication to their independence. This book attempts to explain this evolution in British policy in the case of the Poles, Czechoslovaks and Yugoslavs, the three most important subject nationalities in eastern Europe. The book is based primarily on the official records of the British government, which have been supplemented with material from private collections. Dr Calder argues that British policy on national self-determination developed not as a result of theoretical speculations but of the wartime relations between the government and the Polish, Czechoslovak and Yugoslav national organizations. This book traces the evolution in British relations with the Polish, Czechoslovak and Yugoslav nationality organizations from August 1914 to November 1918. It shows how the initial contacts were established and how relations developed gradually as the government sought to use these organisations in propaganda, espionage and the formation of military units. It attempts to assess the effects of this co-operation on the attitudes of British officials and the policy of the government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90209/cover/9780521090209.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arch Bridges and their Builders 1735-1835</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruddock, Ted</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The construction of bridges in Britain and Ireland during the period of 1735-1835 was marked by important technical developments and the introduction of new materials. This book is a comprehensive history of bridge building during the century, treating the administration and financing of projects as well as the designs and methods of construction. All the bridges described are of interest as engineering works; as architecture some are unimportant but many achieved real grandeur and beauty. The book is based on exhaustive study of primary sources which are fully documented, but it is a highly readable account. More than half of it consists of narratives of individual bridge projects, in which all the men involved, from noblemen and generals to country masons and carpenters, come alive for the reader. Much of the detail of these stories has never been published before. Among the topics which can be traced through the narratives are the growth in spans and changes in the proportions of bridges, the borrowing and modification of Continental styles, a halting progress towards the use of scientific theory in bridge design, the introduction of iron arches and the important role played by 'amateurs', including Tom Paine and Samuel Johnson. Over 200 illustrations accompany the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90216/cover/9780521090216.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bridegroom Messiah and the People of God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Marriage in the Fourth Gospel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McWhirter, Jocelyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many interpreters of the Fourth Gospel detect allusions to biblical texts about marriage, but none offers a comprehensive analysis of these proposed allusions or a convincing explanation for their presence. Building on the work of Richard Hays, Donald Juel and Craig Koester, Jocelyn McWhirter argues that John alludes to biblical texts about marriage in order to develop a metaphor for Jesus and how he relates to his followers. According to McWhirter, John chooses these texts because he uses a first-century exegetical convention to interpret them as messianic prophecies in light of an accepted messianic text. Specifically, he uses verbal parallels to link them to Psalm 45, a wedding song for God's anointed king. He then draws on them to portray Jesus as a bridegroom-Messiah and to depict Jesus' relationship with his followers in terms of marriage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90223/cover/9780521090223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hebrew Manuscripts of the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sirat, Colette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Lange, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hebrew manuscripts are our most important source of knowledge about Jewish intellectual, religious and everyday life in the Middle Ages, and anyone wishing to engage with medieval Jewish history needs to know about the manuscripts themselves, how to study them, and the literary genres to which they belong. Colette Sirat offers a comprehensive overview of these subjects in this illustrated introduction to Hebrew manuscript culture. The present work is a considerably re-structured, extended and updated version of an earlier presentation in French. It now encompasses all aspects of Hebrew manuscripts - textual, codicological and palaeographical - combining different disciplines to give an all-embracing view of the subject. The volume has been translated from the author's revision of her earlier French book, and edited for an English readership, by leading Hebrew scholar Nicholas de Lange, who worked closely with Professor Sirat in the preparation of the new book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90230/cover/9780521090230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concepts of Person and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept and definition of personhood is central to current debates over ethics. Should 'personhood', for example, determine the allocation of scarce medical resources, and its perceived absence allow the termination of life? In a wide-ranging discussion notable for its clarity, Stanley Rudman traces the development of modern ideas about personhood. He argues that concepts of person are socially constructed, and that the relational understanding of persons in a number of theological discussions can act as an important corrective to the individualistic notions of person which have been popular in secular philosophy since the Enlightenment. Early Christian views of divine speech, communication and relations between the Trinity can help to define an ethic which understands personhood in relation to other people, to the environment, and to God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90247/cover/9780521090247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in New Testament Interpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few twentieth-century scholars have made so broad and deep a contribution to our understanding of the New Testament as the former Lady Margaret's Professor of Divinity at Cambridge, the Rev. C. F. D. Moule. This selection of his essays, almost all already published in specialist journals and Festschriften, represents in one volume the whole range of Professor Moule's contribution to New Testament studies. Two are studies in linguistic matters, several concern aspects of the theology of the New Testament, some are concerned with matters historical and literary. They deal with such central Christian themes as punishment, forgiveness, sacrifice, death and resurrection. Making more accessible Professor Moule's work, this book will be of value to all serious students of the New Testament, whether they are professional scholars, undergraduates, clergymen or interested and informed laymen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90254/cover/9780521090254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Greek New Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tasker, R. V. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>R. V. G. Tasker, Professor Emeritus of New Testament Exegesis at the University of London, presents the Greek text of the New English Bible. The translators of the New Testament worked from a large body of texts, and this deliberately eclectic use of sources raised many questions about process as well as the end product, particularly where it deviated from more conservative readings. This edition is a conscientious attempt to recreate the Greek text that the translators adhered to, and provides an invaluable insight into the complexities of the eclectic translation and principles behind it. This is a useful scholarly companion to the New English Bible; the text, paragraphing, punctuation, and the use of initial capitals represent, where possible the translators choices. The footnotes contain the Greek original not only of all variants recorded in the Library edition of the New English Bible, but also of alternative translations where these are based on different punctuation. Tasker explains the principles behind the decision-making process in his introduction, and in the appendix cites the most important witness for all the variants quoted and informs the reader about some of the translators' reasons for evaluating them as they did.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90261/cover/9780521090261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109027X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Module Categories of Analytic Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magid, Andy R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Knowledge of an analytic group implies knowledge of its module category. However complete knowledge of the category does not determine the group. Professor Magid shows here that the category determines another, larger group and an algebra of functions in this new group. The new group and its function algebra are completely described; this description thus tells everything that is known when the module category, as a category, is given. This categorical view brings together and highlights the significance of earlier work in this area by several authors, as well as yielding new results. By including many examples and computations Professor Magid has written a complete account of the subject that is accessible to a wide audience. Graduate students and professionals who have some knowledge of algebraic groups, Lie groups and Lie algebras will find this a useful and interesting text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90278/cover/9780521090278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Advances in Transcendence Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of the proceedings of a very successful symposium of Transcendental Number Theory held in Durham in 1986. Most of the leading international specialists were present and the lectures reflected the great advances that have taken place in this area. Indeed, the evolution of transcendence into a fertile theory with numerous and widespread applications has been one of the most exciting developments of modern mathematics. The papers cover all the main branches of the subject, and include not only definitive research but valuable survey articles. The work as a whole is an important contribution to mathematics and will be of considerable influence in the further direction of transcendence theory as well as an authoritative account of its current state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90292/cover/9780521090292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109030X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Differential Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Differentiation, Differential Equations and Differential Inequalities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flett, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>T. M. Flett was a Professor of Pure Mathematics at the University of Sheffield from 1967 until his death in 1976. This book, which he had almost finished, has been edited for publication by Professor J. S. Pym. This text is a treatise on the differential calculus of functions taking values in normed spaces. The exposition is essentially elementary, though on are occasions appeal is made to deeper results. The theory of vector-valued functions of one real variable is particularly straightforward, and this forms the substance of the initial chapter. A large part of the book is devoted to applications. An extensive study is made of ordinary differential equations. Extremum problems for functions of a vector variable lead to the calculus of variations and general optimisation problems. Other applications include the geometry of tangents and the Newton-Kantorovich method in normed spaces. The three historical notes show how the masters of the past (Cauchy, Peano...) created the subject by examining in depth the evolution of certain theories and proofs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90308/cover/9780521090308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topological Riesz Spaces and Measure Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fremlin, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Measure Theory has played an important part in the development of functional analysis: it has been the source of many examples for functional analysis, including some which have been leading cases for major advances in the general theory, and certain results in measure theory have been applied to prove general results in analysis. Often the ordinary functional analyst finds the language and a style of measure theory a stumbling block to a full understanding of these developments. Dr Fremlin's aim in writing this book is therefore to identify those concepts in measure theory which are most relevant to functional analysis and to integrate them into functional analysis in a way consistent with that subject's structure and habits of thought. This is achieved by approaching measure theory through the properties of Riesz spaces and especially topological Riesz spaces. Thus this book gathers together material which is not readily available elsewhere in a single collection and presents it in a form accessible to the first-year graduate student, whose knowledge of measure theory need not have progressed beyond that of the ordinary lebesgue integral.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90315/cover/9780521090315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introdction to Measure and Probability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kingman, J. F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors believe that a proper treatment of probability theory requires an adequate background in the theory of finite measures in general spaces. The first part of their book sets out this material in a form that not only provides an introduction for intending specialists in measure theory but also meets the needs of students of probability. The theory of measure and integration is presented for general spaces, with Lebesgue measure and the Lebesgue integral considered as important examples whose special properties are obtained. The introduction to functional analysis which follows covers the material (such as the various notions of convergence) which is relevant to probability theory and also the basic theory of L2-spaces, important in modern physics. The second part of the book is an account of the fundamental theoretical ideas which underlie the applications of probability in statistics and elsewhere, developed from the results obtained in the first part. A large number of examples is included; these form an essential part of the development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90322/cover/9780521090322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Packing and Covering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Rogers has written this economical and logical exposition of the theory of packing and covering at a time when the simplest general results are known and future progress seems likely to depend on detailed and complicated technical developments. The book treats mainly problems in n-dimensional space, where n is larger than 3. The approach is quantative and many estimates for packing and covering densities are obtained. The introduction gives a historical outline of the subject, stating results without proof, and the succeeding chapters contain a systematic account of the general results and their derivation. Some of the results have immediate applications in the theory of numbers, in analysis and in other branches of mathematics, while the quantative approach may well prove to be of increasing importance for further developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90346/cover/9780521090346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Upstart Earl</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Social and Mental World of Richard Boyle, First Earl of Cork, 1566-1643</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Canny, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Boyle (1566-1643) is recognised more for the achievements of his children than for his own accomplishments. But in his own lifetime his advancement from an obscure Kentish background to become the wealthiest English landowner of his generation was a matter of the greatest interest and curiosity; all the more so because Boyle matched his economic success with the attainment of an Irish peerage, membership of the English privy council and marriage alliances with some of the more notable families in England and Ireland. This book explains how this phenomenal social feat was achieved, discusses how English society responded to Boyle's advancement and details how Boyle rationalised his elevation to himself, to his children and to the world at large. Richard Boyle was also the father of an extraordinarily large and extremely talented family, and a close study of his diary and voluminous correspondence has shed considerable light on the rearing and education of his children.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90384/cover/9780521090384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Athleticism in the Victorian and Edwardian Public School</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emergence and Consolidation of an Educational Ideology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mangan, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Games obsessed the Victorian and Edwardian public schools. This obsession has become widely known as athleticism. Now commonly regarded as an indulgence, it was in fact much more: a combination of hedonism and idealism. This is a major study of the games ethos which dominated the lives of many Victorian and Edwardian public school boys. It includes much hitherto unpublished material about schools, people, practices and attitudes, and adds insights and subtlety to earlier, uncomplicated generalizations. Dr Mangan's readable and engrossing study of athleticism is a work of substantial and fluent scholarship. It is an original and stimulating contribution to the history of public schools, educational ideologies and secondary education which will interest the general reader as well as the social scientist, historian and educationalist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90391/cover/9780521090391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England Against the Papacy 1858-1861</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tories, Liberals and the Overthrow of Papal Temporal Power during the Italian Risorgimento</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntire, C. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is a detailed study of the political relations between England and the papacy from 1858 to 1861, the decisive years for the unification of Italy. It demonstrates that two successive English governments, first the Tories under Derby and Malmesbury, then the Liberals under Palmerston and Russell, variously used the moral, diplomatic and naval power of Great Britain to contribute to the overthrow of the eleven-hundred-year old papal monarchy in central Italy. A study in diplomatic history, the book shows how British diplomacy concerning the Papal Question proceeds in full conjunction with many factors religious, political, economic, social, naval, intellectual, personal in contributing to the overthrow of the pope as monarch in central Italy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90407/cover/9780521090407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Analytical Calculus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>For School and University</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the final volume of a series covering all stages of development of the Calculus, from the last year at school to degree standard. The books are written for students of science and engineering as well as for specialist mathematicians, and are designed to bridge the gap between the works used in schools and more advanced studies, with their emphasis on rigour. Dr Maxwell guides the student through the early stages of analysis, while keeping the exposition as clear and uncomplicated as possible. The aim is to instil a knowledge of general method rather than to study the particular functions in detail; in this way the student is led on naturally to apply what they have learnt to move advanced mathematical contexts. Dr Maxwell is, as usual, lucid in his presentation, explaining difficulties in greater detail than is customary in an advanced textbook, and guarding against the pitfalls that await the beginner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90414/cover/9780521090414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Complete Works of Christopher Marlowe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A critical old-spelling edition of the complete works of Marlowe edited on the principles that Professor Bowers more than any other scholar has established. Through a choice of copy-texts that stand nearest in direct line to the lost manuscripts, the works are presented in as near the original form as can be recovered, in respect of spelling, punctuation, capitalisation and the actual words themselves. The edition contains a substantial critical apparatus in the form of textual introduction and notes, a historical collation and a list of emendations for each work, of both substantives and accidentals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109044X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotelian Aporetic Ontology in Islamic and Christian Thinkers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a ground-breaking study of the consequences of a central problem in Aristotle's Metaphysics in the interpretation given to it by Islamic and Christian Aristotelian philosophers: the relationship between individuals as individuals, and individuals as instances of a universal. Father Booth begins from an examination of the factors causing the aporia in the centre of Aristotle's ontology, going on to elaborate the way in which it occurred sometimes with confused reactions among the Greek, Syrian and Arab commentators, and to note in particular the modifications to the weighting of elements in Aristotle's ontological figures (differing in detail, but in tendency the same) when his ontology was brought into the union with Platonist and other thought conventionally known as `Neoplatonism'. The discussion culminates in two chapters on the different reconciliations of the radical Aristotelian and the Neoplatonist traditions, proposed by Albertus Magnus and Thomas Aquinas, in which the factors in the aporia have a key importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90445/cover/9780521090445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diplomacy and Strategy of Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Policy and Franco's Spain, 1940-41</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smyth, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of Britain's diplomatic efforts to preserve the non-belligerency of Franco's Spain, during the period from late 1940 to the end of 1941. Making extensive use of recently available British and Spanish documentary records, Dr Smyth explains how Britain's uphill struggle to secure Spanish non-belligerency had been rewarded with success by December 1940. Ironically, British policy-makers were unaware of the earl), success of their efforts, so they remained alert throughout 1940-41 to the danger of sudden Spanish support for a German move across their territory to Gibraltar. The conclusion notes how continuing Spanish neutrality helped the British endure 'their finest hour' and the Franco regime to survive the destruction of its former Fascist patrons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90452/cover/9780521090452.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Government and the Jews 1948-1967</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Documented Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinkus, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Provides the English reader with a comprehensive study, based on first-hand documentary material, of Soviet policy towards the Jews of the USSR from the Stalinist era, through to the interregnum (1953-7), the Khrushchev period and the 'collective leadership' of Brezhnev, Kosygin and Podgorny (1964-7). In 1948 the State of Israel was established with the support of the Soviet bloc. But the period 1948-53 (the so-called 'black years'), also witnessed the murder of the actor Shlomo Mikhoels, the closing of the Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, the liquidation of all Jewish cultural institutions, and the launching of the anti-cosmopolitan campaign and the 'Doctors' Plot'. After Stalin there were improvements in the policy towards the non-Russian nationalities, and even certain gestures of goodwill towards the Jewish population; but these proved to be more symbolic than substantive, and the Jews as individuals and as a national minority came to feel increasingly and inescapably trapped. Government restrictions, crude attacks on Judaism, Zionism, and on the State of Israel became regular features of the post-Stalin era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90469/cover/9780521090469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Medical Chemistry to Biochemistry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of a Biomedical Discipline</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohler, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This penetrating case study of institution building and entrepreneurship in science shows how a minor medical speciality evolved into a large and powerful academic discipline. Drawing extensively on little-used archival sources, the author analyses in detail how biomedical science became a central part of medical training and practice. The book shows how biochemistry was defined as a distinct discipline by the programmatic vision of individual biochemists and of patrons and competitors in related disciplines. It shows how discipline builders used research programmes as strategies that they adapted to the opportunities offered by changing educational markets and national medical reform movements in the United States, Britain and Germany. The author argues that the priorities and styles of various departments and schools of biochemistry reflect systematic social relationships between that discipline and biology, chemistry and medicine. Science is shaped by its service roles in particular local contexts: This is the central theme. The author's view of the political economy of modern science will be of interest to historians and social scientists, scientific and medical practitioners, and anyone interested in the ecology of knowledge in scientific institutions and professions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90476/cover/9780521090476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century Lives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockridge, Laurence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maynard, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stone, Donald D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staines, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Nineteenth-Century Lives ten distinguished critics and biographers consider what it means to narrate a life. Their illustrative texts are largely taken from nineteenth-century biography, autobiography and the novel, but narrative is the broader genre that unites their various inquiries. The principal issues, theoretical and practical, are framed by Margaret Atwood, J. Hillis Miller and Phyllis Rose. 'The biographer, like the novelist, is a constructor of narratives; it's just that the ground rules are a little different,' writes Atwood. Among the matters they debate are the boundaries of fact and fiction, the professed power of the narrator, and the figurative underpinings of autobiography. But many of these essays are delightful and provocative biographical and autobiographical excursions in themselves. Atwood describes her early fear of biography, Morton Cohen narrates an exciting bit of detective work into the life of Lewis Carroll, and John Rosenberg gives a vivid and frequently revisionary reading of many aspects of Darwin's life. Other critics - Carl Woodring, Richard Altick, Norman Kelvin, Margaret Stetz, and Robert Kiely - consider related topics: the autobiographical poem as Bildungsroman, the nineteenth-century art biography, the relationship of William Morris's life to the structural principles of his art, the guilt-ridden fiction of the 1890s, and a seemingly marginal character in fiction, the 'nobody'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90506/cover/9780521090506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultural Interplay in the Eighth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Trier Gospels and the Makings of a Scriptorium at Echternach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Netzer, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed study of the Trier Gospels, an important early medieval manuscript. Through an investigation of its production, Professor Netzer reveals the cross-cultural influences among the Insular, Continental and Mediterranean worlds in the eighth century, demonstrating in particular the complicated process of cultural interplay that took place in the scriptorium at Echternach. She traces the history of the production of the manuscript through a detailed analysis of its components: the individual texts, construction and arrangement of gatherings, scripts, ornamental initials, canon tables and illustrations. She sheds light on the manuscript's sources, on the different backgrounds of the two scribe-artists involved in its production, on the influences which determined the size and layout of the codex, the role of the pictures within the book, and the place of this manuscript in the development of Insular and Continental book production. This study makes a significant contribution to the understanding of early medieval book production and the influence of missionaries from the British Isles on early Continental culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90513/cover/9780521090513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecumenism, Christian Origins and the Practice of Communion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagovsky, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theology of communion, or Koinonia, has been at the centre of the ecumenical movement for more than thirty years. It is central to the self-understanding of the Anglican, Roman Catholic and Orthodox Churches, and has been prominent in the work of the World Council of Churches. This book, based on the 1996 Hulsean Lectures, examines the significance of Koinonia for contemporary ecumenical theology, tracing the development of contemporary understanding in critical engagement with the thoughts of Plato, Aristotle, the Hebrew Scriptures, the New Testament, the Cappadocian Fathers and Augustine. In each case, reflection on community life is related to actual communities in which texts were produced. The importance of conflict and the place of politics for the Koinonia that constitutes the Christian churches is a major theme throughout. Communion is seen as a gift to be received and a discipline to be cultivated in the continuing practice of ecumenism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90537/cover/9780521090537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109058X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Logic with Special Reference to the Natural Numbers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steen, S. W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive treatment of basic mathematical logic. The author's aim is to make exact the vague, intuitive notions of natural number, preciseness, and correctness, and to invent a method whereby these notions can be communicated to others and stored in the memory. He adopts a symbolic language in which ideas about natural numbers can be stated precisely and meaningfully, and then investigates the properties and limitations of this language. The treatment of mathematical concepts in the main body of the text is rigorous, but, a section of 'historical remarks' traces the evolution of the ideas presented in each chapter. Sources of the original accounts of these developments are listed in the bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90582/cover/9780521090582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109061X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Generalized Hypergeometric Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slater, Lucy Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of generalized hypergeometric functions is fundamental in the field of mathematical physics, since all the commonly used functions of analysis (Besse] Functions, Legendre Functions, etc.) are special cases of the general functions. The unified theory provides a means for the analysis of the simpler functions and can be used to solve the more complicated equations in physics. The generalized Gauss function is also used in mathematical statistics and the basic analogues of the Gauss functions have applications in the field of number theory. Dr Slater's treatment leads on from a discussion of the Gauss functions to the basic hypergeometric functions, the hypergeometric integrals, bilateral series and Appel series. This book was planned jointly with the late Professor W. N. Bailey as an extended revision of his Cambridge Mathematical Tract (1935) on the subject and Dr Slater has continued it single-handed since Professor Bailey's death, incorporating in it the results of many of her own researches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90612/cover/9780521090612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chain Conditions in Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Comfort, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Negrepontis, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A chain condition is a property, typically involving considerations of cardinality, of the family of open subsets of a topological space. (Sample questions: (a) How large a fmily of pairwise disjoint open sets does the space admit? (b) From an uncountable family of open sets, can one always extract an uncountable subfamily with the finite intersection property. This monograph, which is partly fresh research and partly expository (in the sense that the authors co-ordinate and unify disparate results obtained in several different countries over a period of several decades) is devoted to the systematic use of infinitary combinatorial methods in topology to obtain results concerning chain conditions. The combinatorial tools developed by P. Erd&#246;s and the Hungarian school, by Erd&#246;s and Rado in the 1960s and by the Soviet mathematician Shanin in the 1940s, are adequate to handle many natural questions concerning chain conditions in product spaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90629/cover/9780521090629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Background to Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Natural, Synthetic and Algebraic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Room, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central theme of the book is the development of the idea of congruence, that relation between geometric figures which is basic to ordinary Euclidean geometry. The text is divided into four books corresponding to stages in the development of a geometrical system from simple axioms: 1. 'Geometry without numbers': the relations of order and sense. 2. 'Geometry and counting': properties of the systems obtained by repetitions of the operation of displacement. 3. 'Geometry and algebra': the consequences of adjoining new points to the system developed in Book 2. In particular the properties of an algebraic field are deduced from the geometric axioms. 4. 'Congruence': properties derived from the operation of reflexion. An early introduction of parallels makes possible the drawing of diagrams which resemble those of Euclid's geometry so that the reader may see the broad outline of a proof from observable properties of these diagrams. Particular geometrical systems are explored and some general topics investigated in detail in appendices following each section of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90636/cover/9780521090636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miniquaternion Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Study of Projective Planes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Room, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirkpatrick, P. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract provides an introduction to four finite geometrical systems and to the theory of projective planes. Of the four geometries, one is based on a nine-element field and the other three can be constructed from the nine-element 'miniquaternion algebra', a simple system which has many though not all the properties of a field. The three systems based on the miniquaternion algebra have widely differing properties; none of them has the homogeneity of structure which characterizes geometry over a field. While these four geometries are the main subject of this book, many of the ideas developed are of much more general significance. The authors have assumed a knowledge of the simpler properties of groups, fields, matrices and transformations (mappings), such as is contained in a first course in abstract algebra. Development of the nine-element field and the miniquaternion system from a prescribed set of properties of the operations of addition and multiplication are covered in an introductory chapter. Exercises of varying difficulty are integrated with the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90643/cover/9780521090643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Characteristic Classes and the Cohomology of Finite Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to study the relation between the representation ring of a finite group and its integral cohomology by means of characteristic classes. In this way it is possible to extend the known calculations and prove some general results for the integral cohomology ring of a group G of prime power order. Among the groups considered are those of p-rank less than 3, extra-special p-groups, symmetric groups and linear groups over finite fields. An important tool is the Riemann - Roch formula which provides a relation between the characteristic classes of an induced representation, the classes of the underlying representation and those of the permutation representation of the infinite symmetric group. Dr Thomas also discusses the implications of his work for some arithmetic groups which will interest algebraic number theorists. Dr Thomas assumes the reader has taken basic courses in algebraic topology, group theory and homological algebra, but has included an appendix in which he gives a purely topological proof of the Riemann - Roch formula.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90650/cover/9780521090650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematics of Radiative Transfer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Busbridge, I. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract gives a simple but rigorous treatment of some of the mathematical problems that arise in the theory of the transfer of radiation through the atmosphere of a star. Similar problems occur in the theory of the diffusion of neutrons and in the study of temperature-wave flow in solids; so the solutions found in one theory can often be applied in the others. Dr Busbridge's starting-point is the equation of transfer. The first section provides the auxiliary mathematics, and the second discusses the Milne equations. Some unsolved and incompletely solved problems are considered in an appendix. The language and notation of astrophysics is used throughout, for brevity and simplicity, but translation into other notations is usually fairly easy. Over the years the subject had grown considerably, and several outstanding problems have been solved, though the total amount of rigorous work is small. This tract will help to clear up confusions which exist and will provide an introduction to some of the more powerful mathematical techniques available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90667/cover/9780521090667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Elastic Analysis of Flat Grillages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Particular Reference to Ship Structures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarkson, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1965, this book was written in response to the considerable changes that had taken place in shipbuilding techniques since 1945 and to the new scientific methods that were being increasingly adopted in a strongly competitive market. It describes the advances which had been made in one field of the design of ship structures, a field also of importance in the design of bridges and other rigid structures on land. A grillage is a structure of intersecting beams, usually attached to one side of a continuous plate panel, which is loaded normal to its surface. The decks, bottoms and bulkheads (vertical divisions) of ships are usually flat grillages, and this form of construction is also commonly used in the decks of bridges. The methods of plastic analysis are not directly applicable to plated grillage structures and Mr Clarkson has therefore discussed only elastic methods of design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90674/cover/9780521090674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integral Transforms in Applied Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An intermediate-level text on the use of integral transforms in applied mathematics and engineering. Existing works either cover the subject in more elementary form or are advanced treatises. In a very lucid style the author deals with the use of this important mathematical tool to solve ordinary and partial differential equations in problems in electrical circuits, mechanical vibration and wave motion, heat conduction, and fluid mechanics. The book is divided into five parts covering integral transform pairs, the Laplace transform, Fourier transforms, Hankel transforms, and finite Fourier transforms. A basic knowledge of complex variables and elementary differential equations is assumed. There are many exercises and examples drawn from the above fields, tables of the transform pairs needed in the text, and a glossary of terms with which the student may be unfamiliar. For the student who seeks further background on the subject, an annotated bibliography is provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90681/cover/9780521090681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090695</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Classical Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook describes in detail the classical theory of dynamics, a subject fundamental to the physical sciences, which has a large number of important applications. The author's aim is to describe the essential content of the theory, the general way in which it is used, and the basic concepts that are involved. No deep understanding can be obtained simply by examining theoretical considerations, so Dr Griffiths has included throughout many examples and exercises. This then is an ideal textbook for an undergraduate course for physicists or mathematicians who are familiar with vector analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90698/cover/9780521090698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Applied Multivariate Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multivariate methods are employed widely in the analysis of experimental data but are poorly understood by those users who are not statisticians. This is because of the wide divergence between the theory and practice of multivariate methods. This book provides concise yet thorough surveys of developments in multivariate statistical analysis and gives statistically sound coverage of the subject. The contributors are all experienced in the theory and practice of multivariate methods and their aim has been to emphasize the major features from the point of view of applicability and to indicate the limitations and conditions of the techniques. Professional statisticians wanting to improve their background in applicable methods, users of high-level statistical methods wanting to improve their background in fundamentals, and graduate students of statistics will all find this volume of value and use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90704/cover/9780521090704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discovering the Subject in Renaissance England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Hamlet complains that Guildenstern 'would pluck out the heart of [his] mystery', he imagines an encounter that recurs insistently in the discourses of early modern England. The struggle by one man to discover the secrets in another's heart is rehearsed not only in plays but in legal records, correspondence, philosophical writing and contemporary social description. In this book Elizabeth Hanson argues that the construction of other people as objects of discovery signalled a reconceptualizing of the 'subject' in both the political and philosophical sense of the term. She examines the records of state torture, plays by Shakespeare and Jonson, 'cony-catching' pamphlets and Francis Bacon's philosophical writing, to demonstrate that the subject was both under suspicion and empowered in this period. Her account revises earlier attempts to locate the emergence of modern subjectivity in the Renaissance, arguing for a more nuanced and localized understanding of the relationship with its medieval past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90711/cover/9780521090711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays of Persuasion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drama and Politics at the Court of Henry VIII</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed study of the interaction between drama and politics in the reign of Henry VIII. The subject is addressed both in general terms and through a series of case-studies of individual early Tudor plays. Through its innovative use of dramatic texts as historical source material, the book provides illuminating insights into the political and cultural history of the Henrician period, and into the perceived character of the King himself. It focuses on the troubled religious and political history of the reign, the culture of the Court, and the personality and governmental style of its head. In doing so the book argues for a reassessment of the reign, which places the King once more at the centre of affairs, and acknowledges the determining effect which this egotistical, charismatic but, above all, pragmatic monarch exercised on the artistic culture, as much as on the politics, of the Court. The book also demonstrates the close and specific links between the drama and the politics of the reign, through a detailed study of a number of key works, links which have hitherto been viewed only as general or peripheral.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90728/cover/9780521090728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mark Pattison and the Idea of a University</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sparrow, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mark Pattison was Rector of Lincoln College, Oxford, from 1861 to 1884, and a rival of Jowett in the promotion of university reform. His strongly marked personality served as a model for several characters in Victorian fiction, including Mr Casaubon in George Eliot's Middlemarch. Mr Sparrow traces Pattison's career, analyses his intellectual aims and his conception of the function of a university, and presents him in the context of Victorian Oxford, as he appeared to the outside world, and as he revealed himself in his letters and journals. Finally, Mr Sparrow relates Pattison's ideals to some of the problems arising out of the unprecedented expansion of university education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90742/cover/9780521090742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109075X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gentlemen and Poachers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The English Game Laws 1671-1831</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munsche</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eighteenth-century English game laws have long been synonymous with petty tyranny. By imposing a property qualification on sportsmen, they effectively denied all but country gentlemen the right to take game or even to possess a gun. Those who challenged the gentry's monopoly were fined or imprisoned, usually after only a summary hearing by the local justice of the peace. In the early nineteenth century, it was claimed that one out of every four inmates in England's prisons was an offender against the game laws. Bitterly denounced at the time, they have continued to be condemned by historians as arbitrary, savage and unjust. This book is the first full scholarly examination of the English game laws. Based on material drawn from over two dozen archives - including judicial records, estate correspondence and personal diaries - it attempts to explain what the laws actually were, why they were passed, how they were enforced and why they were eventually repealed. The picture which emerges from this investigation challenges the conventional wisdom about the game laws in a number of important respects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90759/cover/9780521090759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Masters of the Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emergence of a New Intellectual Climate in Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oberman, Heiko Augustinus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heiko A. Oberman's Masters of the Reformation - first published in German under the title Werden and Wertung der Reformation - is a general survey of academic thought and its impact on a wider world from the later Middle Ages to the emergence of Luther and the city Reformation. The book uses the early history of the University of Tubingen to illuminate late fifteenth-century theological developments and the first stirrings of the Reformation. Oberman shows from the beginning that the University of Tubingen was no ivory tower. Rather, it was a vantage point from which important trends were discerned and vital impulses disseminated. In a second section, he then describes the creation of a distinctive `T&#252;bingen school', actively involved in the territorial policies of W&#252;rttemberg and wrestling with the major ethical problems of the day. In the third section of the book, convincing links are established between the nominalist tradition and the intellectual context of the south German Reformation. Oberman emphasises the practical application of theology to social and ethical issues, and shows how this prepared the way for the Reformation as a spiritual and material liberation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90766/cover/9780521090766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Society in Catholic Europe of the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callahan, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgs, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of the great European institutions of the Old Regime, the Catholic Church alone survived into the modern world. The Church that emerged from the period of revolutionary upheaval, which began in 1789, and from the long process of economic and social transformation characteristic of the nineteenth century, was very different from the great baroque Church that developed following the Counter-Reformation. These studies of the Church in France, Italy, Spain, Portugal, Germane, Austria, Hungary and Poland on the eve of an era of revolutionary change assess the still intimate relationship between religion and society within the traditional European social order of the eighteenth century. The essays emphasize social function rather than theological controversy, and examine issues such as the recruitment and role of the clergy, the place of the Church in education and poor relief', the importance of popular religion, and the evangelization of a largely illiterate population by the religious orders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90773/cover/9780521090773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tithe and Agrarian History from the Fourteenth to the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Comparative History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ladurie, Emmanuel le Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goy, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The tithe is a levy characteristic of the agrarian ancien regime, and is of great interest to historians of traditional societies such as pre-1789 France and other countries of Europe and Latin America until the beginning of the nineteenth century. Measured and recorded from year to year, the tithe forms an indicator which, albeit very approximate, is nevertheless extremely valuable in revealing the trends in agricultural production (grain, wine, stockbreeding ,etc.) over periods of years, decades or centuries. The book is in two parts. The first, by Joseph Goy, deals with theoretical questions and the methods used for research on the tithe and other associated dues. The second part, by Emmanuel Le Roy Ladurie in collaboration with Marie-Jeanne Tits-Dieuaide, presents an overview of the conclusions reached from the study of secular fluctuations in the product of the tithe and in other revenues from the land. These results, relating to the long period from the fourteenth to the nineteenth centuries, were obtained from the work of nearly a hundred historians in many countries; their help was an essential element in the writing of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90780/cover/9780521090780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090792</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of the Chemist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social History of Chemistry in Europe, 1789-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kragh, Helge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern chemistry, so alarming, so necessary, so ubiquitous, became a mature science in nineteenth-century Europe. As it developed, often from a lowly position in medicine or in industry, so chemists established themselves as professional men; but differently in different countries. In 1820 chemistry was an autonomous science of great prestige but chemists had no corporate identity. It was 1840 before national chemical societies were first formed; and many countries lagged fifty years behind. Chemists are the largest of scientific groups; and in this book we observe the social history of chemistry in fifteen countries, ranging from the British Isles to Lithuania and Greece. There are regularities and similarities; and by describing how national chemical professions emerged under particular economic and social circumstances, the book contributes significantly to European history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90797/cover/9780521090797.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Succeeding John Bull</TitleText>

<Subtitle>America in Britain's Place 1900-1975</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watt, D. Cameron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the Wiles lectures for 1981 delivered at the Queen's University of Belfast in October 1981. It is not a history of Anglo-American relations in the century; its theme deals with how the United States of America came to replace Britain as the primary world and oceanic power confronting a grouping of land-based continental powers, the position Britain occupied throughout the nineteenth century. This theme is examined in the light of how the process of replacement was conceived and perceived by those groups which had the primary responsibility for the formulation and conduct of foreign relations in each of the two powers, Britain and America. The author, whose earlier study of 1965 of the British foreign-policy-making elites pioneered this approach in Britain, argues the existence and continuity over much of this century of similar groups in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90803/cover/9780521090803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Priorities and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallett, Garth L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a full treatment of an issue which is particularly pressing: when the claims of the nearest (e.g. parents, children, spouses, friends) conflict with the claims of the neediest, as they constantly do, where should preference go? Professor Hallett focuses first on a specific, representative case, pitting the lesser need of a son against the greater need of starving strangers. He brings to bear on this single paradigm all the resources of theological and philosophical reflection - scriptures, patristic teaching, the Thomistic tradition, current debates - and from this single example he sheds light on a wide range of comparable cases, both private and public. This distinctive strategy leads to distinctive and challenging results, and at the same time helps to clarify the traditional 'order of charity' and the celebrated 'preferential option for the poor'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90858/cover/9780521090858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brazilian Popular Church and the Crisis of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, Manuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores one of the most dramatic current interactions between religion and politics: the development of progressive Catholicism in Latin America. In particular, it examines economic, social and religious obstacles to progressive theology in Brazil. This 'popular' church built a utopian vision of social emancipation, drawing on Catholic social thought, humanistic Marxism and existentialism. It was a major democratizing force as Brazil emerged from dictatorship in the late 1970s. In the 1980s, however, the popular appeal of progressive Catholicism came under threat. Focusing on a Catholic community near Rio de Janeiro, Manuel A. V&#225;squez's incisive study shows how economic and political changes have affected religious practices, and argues that the plight of progressive Catholicism in Brazil forms part of a wider crisis of modernity and of humanist discourses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90865/cover/9780521090865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christopher Marlowe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Merlin's Prophet</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weil, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mrs Weil challenges two widely accepted views of Marlowe. He is not the poet and dramatist of heroic energy, 'daring God out of heaven' with his outrageous heroes. Nor is he a dogmatic moralist. Instead, he belongs to Merlin's race, as his contemporary Robert Greene suggested. An ironic writer of riddling plays, he does not endorse his characters, but cunningly manipulates our responses to them. Like Erasmus or Rabelais, he uses the knowledge of his audience in a variety of surprising ways. This approach is carefully argued for each play. The reader - perhaps initially sceptical - will find himself confronted with many features of the drama and the poetry not adequately accounted for in the conventional views, but persuasively explained here. The book may well permanently modify our attitudes toward Marlowe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90872/cover/9780521090872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Specialization, Exchange and Complex Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brumfiel, Elizabeth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Earle, Timothy K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, a comparative study of specialized production in prehistoric societies, examines both adaptionist and political approaches to specialization and exchange using a worldwide perspective. What forms of specialization and exchange promote social stratification, political integration and institutional specialization? Can increases in specialization always be linked to improved subsistence strategies or are they more closely related to the efforts of political elites to strengthen coalitions and establish institutions of control? Are valuables as important as subsistence goods in the developmental process? These and other questions are examined in the contexts of ten prehistoric societies, ranging from the incipient complexity of Mississippian chiefdoms through to the more complex systems of West Africa, Hawaii and Bronze Age Europe, to the agrarian states of Mesopotamia, Mesoamerica, Peru and Yamato Japan. Each society is the subject of a separate study by a scholar whose own research has provided new insights into the interplay of specialization, exchange and social complexity in the region studied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90889/cover/9780521090889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109089X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology, Power and Prehistory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilley, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book starts from the premise that methodology - the procedures for obtaining an 'objective' knowledge of the past - has always dominated archaeology to the detriment of broader social theory. It argues that social theory is archaeological theory, and that past failure to recognise this has resulted in disembodied archaeological theory and weak disciplinary practice. Ideology, Power and Prehistory therefore seeks to reinstate the primacy of social theory and the social nature of the past worlds that archaeologists seek to understand. The contributors to this book argue that past peoples, the creators of the archaeological records, should be understood as actively manipulating their own material world to represent and misrepresent their own and others' interests. Thus the concepts of ideology and power, long discussed in social and political science yet largely ignored by archaeologists, must henceforward play a central role in our understanding of the past as a social creation. Archaeologists must now consider how the material remains they study were used to create images by past societies, which do not simply mirror or reflect but actively orientate the nature of these societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90896/cover/9780521090896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proceedings of the Rutgers Group Theory Year, 1983-1984</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aschbacher, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorenstein, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>o'Nan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sims, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feit, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the classification of finite groups an era of research in that subject ended. In this symposium volume twenty-nine key figures in the classification programme analyse the likely directions research will take in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90919/cover/9780521090919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109092X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Injective Modules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the preface of this book, the authors express the view that 'a good working knowledge of injective modules is a sound investment for module theorists'. The existing literature on the subject has tended to deal with the applications of injective modules to ring theory. The aim of this tract is to demonstrate some of the applications of injective modules to commutative algebra. A number of well-known concepts and results which so far have been applicable principally to commutative rings are generalized to a non-commutative context. There are exercises and brief notes appended to each chapter to illustrate and extend the scope of the treatment in the main text. Together with the short bibliography the notes form a guide to sources of reading for students and researchers who wish to delve more exhaustively into the theory of injective modules. The tract is intended primarily for those who have some knowledge of the rudiments of commutative algebra, although these are recalled at the outset.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90926/cover/9780521090926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Superposition Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appell, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabrejko, Petr P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a self-contained account of knowledge of the theory of nonlinear superposition operators: a generalization of the notion of functions. The theory developed here is applicable to operators in a wide variety of function spaces, and it is here that the modern theory diverges from classical nonlinear analysis. The purpose of this book is to collect the basic facts about the superposition operator, to present the main ideas which are useful in studying its properties and to provide a comparison of its behaviour in different function spaces. Some applications are also considered, for example to control theory and optimization. Much of the work here has only appeared before in research literature, which itself is catalogued in detail here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90933/cover/9780521090933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Entropy, Compactness and the Approximation of Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carl, Bernd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephani, Irmtraud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Entropy quantities are connected with the 'degree of compactness' of compact or precompact spaces, and so are appropriate tools for investigating linear and compact operators between Banach spaces. The main intention of this Tract is to study the relations between compactness and other analytical properties, e.g. approximability and eigenvalue sequences, of such operators. The authors present many generalized results, some of which have not appeared in the literature before. In the final chapter, the authors demonstrate that, to a certain extent, the geometry of Banach spaces can also be developed on the basis of operator theory. All mathematicians working in functional analysis and operator theory will welcome this work as a reference or for advanced graduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90940/cover/9780521090940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contiguity of Probability Measures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Some Applications in Statistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roussas, George G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Tract presents an elaboration of the notion of 'contiguity', which is a concept of 'nearness' of sequences of probability measures. It provides a powerful mathematical tool for establishing certain theoretical results with applications in statistics, particularly in large sample theory problems, where it simplifies derivations and points the way to important results. The potential of this concept has so far only been touched upon in the existing literature, and this book provides the first systematic discussion of it. Alternative characterizations of contiguity are first described and related to more familiar mathematical ideas of a similar nature. A number of general theorems are formulated and proved. These results, which provide the means of obtaining asymptotic expansions and distributions of likelihood functions, are essential to the applications which follow.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90957/cover/9780521090957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Mathematics Education in England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howson, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The teaching of mathematics has a history stretching back some hundreds of years. From its infancy through to its adolescence institutions at which mathematics was taught were thinly and somewhat haphazardly spread over the country and so individuals were extremely influential in developing curricula and methods of teaching. Indeed this has continued to be a feature of English mathematics education. In this authoritative account Geoffrey Howson follows the history and development of mathematics teaching by looking at the careers of some of these individuals in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90971/cover/9780521090971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521090989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521090988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521090988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Currie, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book provides a theory about the nature of fiction, and about the relation between the author, the reader and the fictional text. The approach is philosophical: that is to say, the author offers an account of key concepts such as fictional truth, fictional characters, and fiction itself. The book argues that the concept of fiction can be explained partly in terms of communicative intentions, partly in terms of a condition which excludes relations of counterfactual dependence between the world and the text. This communicative model is then applied to the following problems: how can something be 'true in the story' without being explicitly stated in the text? In what ways does interpreting a fictional story depend upon grasping its author's intentions? Is there always a unique best interpretation of a fictional text? What is the correct semantics for fictional names? What is the nature of our emotional response to a fictional work? In answering these questions the author explores the complex interaction between author, reader, and text. This interaction requires the reader to construct a 'fictional author' - a character in the story whose personality, beliefs and emotional states must be interpreted if the reader is to grasp the meaning of the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90988/cover/9780521090988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water Science Reviews 2</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crystalline Hydrates</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franks, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The overall theme of Volume 2 is water in crystalline solids: the ice polymorplis, salt and organic hydrates. from simple molecules to proteins, and the nature of the equated proton in solid hydrates (and in the vapour phase). The advent of neutron diffraction, coupled with major instrumental and theoretical developments has led to insights into the structure, energetics and dynamics of hydrated solids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91008/cover/9780521091008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Anarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Landmarks in the History of Education</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, J. Dover</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Manifesting the special intelligence of a literary critic of original gifts, Culture and Anarchy is still a living classic. It is addressed to the flexible and the disinterested, to those who are not committed to the findings of their particular discipline, and it assumes in its reader a critical intelligence that will begin its work with the reader himself. Arnold employs a delicate and stringent irony in an examination of the society of his time: a rapidly expanding industrial society, just beginning to accustom itself to the changes in its institutions that the pace of its own development called for. Coming virtually at the end of the decade (1868) and immediately prior to W. E. Forster's Education Act, Culture and Anarchy phrases with a particular cogency the problems that find their centre in the questions: what kind of life do we think individuals in mass societies should be assisted to lead? How may we best ensure that the quality of their living is not impoverished? Arnold applies himself to the detail of his time: to the case of Mr Smith 'who feared he would come to poverty and be eternally lost', to the Reform agitation, to the commercial values that working people were encouraged to respect, and to the limitations of even the best Rationalist intelligence. The degree of local reference is therefore high, but John Dover Wilson's introduction and notes to this edition supply valuable assistance to a reader fresh to the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91039/cover/9780521091039.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19320302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life on the English Manor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Peasant Conditions 1150-1400</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, H. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a picture of the daily and yearly round of the English peasant in the Middle Ages. H. S. Bennett explains the feudal system which linked the poor man to the soil and to the service of his lord and the church in a pattern of customary dues and rights, payments, labours and small privileges. The author gives lively details of the pattern of medieval country life: the influence of the seasons and the state of contemporary knowledge on the work of the fields; the place of religion in everyday life; the workings of feudal justice; popular attitudes to the social structure; the business of getting a living. Since all the inhabitants of England outside the few large towns were essentially countrymen, this is an introduction to life in medieval England as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91053/cover/9780521091053.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19370303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dilemmas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tarner Lectures 1953</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryle, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>I did something yesterday, so it was true a thousand years ago that I was going to do it. Could I help it, then? Professor Ryle shows that I could; he also shows that a dilemma like this starts with a slender base - the question whether statements in the future can be true - and opens out before one notices it into questions like 'is it worthwhile learning to swim?' In his second demonstration Professor Ryle proves that Achilles will after all overtake his tortoise and will not have to pursue it through all eternity. These two puzzles were classic if academic examples of the dilemmas Professor Ryle is concerned with. Common sense tells me that I can to some extent control my life; should I then, faced with an apparently logical argument for fatalism, reject common sense? Again, because I enjoy or dislike things, are all my actions due to the seeking of pleasure and the avoidance of pain? Because my eyes and ears tell me one set of things about the world and science tels me another, am I to think my senses less reliable or accurate than science? Professor Ryle's aim is to arbitrate between these pairs of theories which compete for our allegiance, and to show that the either/or which they seem to insist on is a false dilemma. It may lead to mere muddle, or to a more subtle confusion; either way these tugs-of-war between conflicting theories may bring the ordinary man either to confused or wrong action or to intellectual apathy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91152/cover/9780521091152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19540303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Finance and the Church in the Reign of Edward II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buck, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Stapeldon, fifteenth bishop of Exeter, was the founder of Exeter College, Oxford, and the greatest of Edward II's treasurers of the Exchequer. As Edward's regime crumbled in 1326, he paid the price of his master's rapacious policies, of which he was the chief instrument. This study shows how the Plantagenet revolution in government, the most massive overhaul of the Exchequer ever undertaken in medieval England, was shaped with a clear financial purpose. On the basis of his extensive research in the Exchequer archives, Dr Buck reveals for the first time the extent and severity of the government's action on the levying of debts to the Crown, which, although initiated earlier, was exacerbated in the early 1320s when parliament and the clergy were refusing the king supply. Placing the policies of Stapeldon's treasurership in their political and parliamentary context, he argues that the Exchequer was Edward's most powerful weapon against the aristocratic opposition and in the process reassesses the accepted interpretation of these years of turmoil.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91190/cover/9780521091190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Constitutional Conflicts of the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1603-1689</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The lectures printed in the present volume were delivered in the University of Cambridge by the author as Deputy for the Regius Professor of Modern History during the academic year 1926-27. Dr Tanner deals with: Religious Questions in the Parliaments of James I; Constitutional Questions in the Parliaments of James I; The earlier Parliaments of Charles I; The eleven years of Non-Parliamentary Government; The Long Parliament and Reform; The Long Parliament and Revolution; The Long Parliament and Civil War; The Long Parliament and the Army; The Rule of the Purged Parliament, 1649-1653; The Parliament of Saints and the first Parliaments of the Protectorate; The Restoration; The Pension Parliament; The Policy of Exclusion; The Revolution of 1688.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91213/cover/9780521091213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19280303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eighteenth-Century Constitution 1688-1815</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Documents and Commentary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, E. Neville</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This selection of documents attempts to give an idea of eighteenth-century institutions as they are seen by historians. Much of the British constitution notoriously exists only in the minds of men, and it is hoped that this volume will enable some glimpses of it to be seen in the language of men used from William III to William Pitt. There are sections on the Revolution of 1688, the central government, parliament, local government, the church, and the liberties of the subject. The documents are drawn from a wider range of published and unpublished sources than usual. They include: diaries; letters; cabinet minutes; pamphlets; sermons; newspapers; parish; borough; and county records; parliamentary debates; state trials; and statutes. The whole collection reflects advances in our understanding of the eighteenth-century constitution, and presents a modern survey in the words of men of the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91237/cover/9780521091237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19600303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persian Grammar</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Including Key</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comprehensive, accurate, complete and scholarly, and contains sufficient reading matter to enable the student to handle the language for himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91244/cover/9780521091244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19530303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family Forms in Historic Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The family forms of historic Europe have been fascinating in their variety. Their importance for the historical development of our continent would be difficult to exaggerate; for our relationship with the peoples of the other continents of the world as well. This book is an attempt to recover the different familial systems and compare them with one another. The studies range from Russia, Poland, Hungary and Austria to Scandinavia, Flanders and Britain. All the influences which have affected the character and composition of European households are taken into account. The analysis covers their function as productive work groups, in the procreation and bringing up of children, and in the support of the elderly, and their relationship with the wider society and its norms along with its political organization, central and local. Claims that inheritance customs and inheritance practice and the occupation of the household head exerted a powerful influence on the size and composition of households are subjected to rigorous and systematic investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91305/cover/9780521091305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Thermodynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Course of Seminar Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schrodinger, Erwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The object of this course of seminar lectures is, in Professor Schrodinger's words, to develop briefly one simple unified standard method, capable of dealing, without changing the fundamental attitude, with all cases (classical, quantum, Bose-Einstein, Fermi-Dirac, etc.) and with every new problem that may arise. The interest is focused on the general procedure, and examples are dealt with as illustrations thereof. It is not a first introduction for newcomers to the subject, but rather a 'repetitorium'. The treatment of those topics, which are to be found in every one of a hundred textbooks, is severely condensed; on the other hand, vital points which are usually passed over in all but the large monographs are dealt with at greater length.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91312/cover/9780521091312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Numismatic Method</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Presented to Philip Grierson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, C. N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, B. H. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Volk, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Coins are one of the most abundant sources for our study of the past, yet their value as historical evidence is relatively neglected because of a general lack of knowledge of numismatic techniques. This volume of essays, offered by a circle of friends, colleagues and pupils working in Britain, Europe and North America, is intended to pay tribute to Philip Grierson's unique contribution to the study of numismatic method. A medievalist by training, through his wide-ranging interests in coins and coinage Grierson has commanded the respect of historians and numismatists of all periods for the originality and good sense of his prolific scholarship. More than any other living scholar, he has been responsible for making available an understanding of numismatic expertise to specialist and non-specialist audiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91336/cover/9780521091336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Constitutional History of England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, Frederic William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Constitutional history should, to my mind, be a history not of parties but of institutions, not of struggles but of results ...' F. W. Maitland's remarkable course of lectures provides the basic framework of English constitutional history in a brief, but original, scholarly and very readable form. His method is to take five crucial periods and to present in each a panoramic view of the processes of law and government; his attention is always fixed on the constitution as a growing fabric, as something devised and employed by live human beings. And in this work, as in all he subsequently wrote, Maitland shows a rare combination of high speculative power with exact knowledge of detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91374/cover/9780521091374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19200301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theology in the Russian Diaspora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Church, Fathers, Eucharist in Nikolai Afanas'ev (1893-1966)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Aidan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author at the centre of this study, Russian priest-theologian Nikolai Nikolaevich Afanas'ev, was perhaps the most influential thinker about the Church Russia has produced. In Aidan Nichols's careful evaluation, he emerges as a key figure in the rapprochement of Christian East and West, and most notably of the Orthodox and Catholic churches. Nichols illustrates how Afanas'ev has been influential in two key respects: first of all in his conviction that the Eucharist constitutes the foundation of the whole Church; and secondly in his contribution to an Orthodox understanding of the role of the Roman Church and bishop in the context of a united Church. Afanas'ev's achievements are seen to have continuing relevance in view of the inauguration of the Orthodox-Catholic dialogue at the monastery of St John on Patmos in 1980, and the importance of his thinking in terms of contemporary ecumenism becomes clear. It is to such a reappraisal that this book - concerned as it is with how Russian orthodoxy understands the Church - is devoted, in the hope of an eventual restoration of unity between the Orthodox of all the Russias and the see of Rome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91473/cover/9780521091473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Millennial Dreams and Moral Dilemmas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventh-Day Adventism and Contemporary Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technological developments on many fronts have created in our society some extremely difficult moral predicaments. Previous generations have not had to face the dilemmas posed by, for example, the availability of safe abortions, sperm banks and prostoglandins. They have not had to come to terms with an unchecked exploitation of natural resources heralding imminent ecological crisis, or, worst of all, with the recognition that only in this current generation have people the capacity to destroy themselves and their environment. This book seeks to show how, and why, Seventh-day Adventism has addressed these moral issues, and that the ethical questions arising from these issues are especially relevant to the Adventist Church and its development.  Dr Pearson looks specifically at the moral decisions Adventists have made in the area of human sexuality, on such issues as contraception, abortion, the role and status of women, divorce and homosexuality, from the beginnings of the movement to 1985.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91480/cover/9780521091480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Testament Text of Saint Ambrose</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muncey, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>St Ambrose of Milan (AD 340-97) has always been considered one of the four great doctors of the Latin Church. He was a great ecclesiastical statesman, a successful bishop and administrator, and a prolific writer. His works contain numerous quotations from the New Testament; by examining them it is possible to learn something of the text available to him. The introduction deals with the syntax and vocabulary of Ambrose, giving examples of 'Europeanizes' and 'African-isms'. A list of Gr'cisms is also given, and there are notes on some select quotations from the New Testament. The examination shows that Ambrose's quotations generally reach a high standard of accuracy, showing agreement either with the Greek reading or a variant, or with some Latin MS. authority. The Ambrosias text is sometimes in agreement with Old Latin texts, while at other times it shows assimilation to a Vulgate text. It is interesting to note that Ambrose is an important witness to certain readings that are peculiar to the Codex Bezae.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91497/cover/9780521091497.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Development of France and Germany 1815-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clapham, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a survey of the economic history of France and Germany in the century between the Napoleonic Wars and World War I: a crucial period for the development of Europe. The book begins with separate studies depicting the agricultural, industrial and urban life of the two countries before the industrial revolution; it goes on to consider the development of communications before and after the railway era, the coming of modern industry, the rise of trade unionism and social legislation, and the growth and influence of banking and credit systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91503/cover/9780521091503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19360303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persian Vocabulary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work, a companion to Professor Lambton's Persian Grammar (also available in a Students' Edition), is intended mainly for the student of contemporary Persian. It will, however, also be a useful handbook for those who wish to read classical Persian literature. The Persian-English and English-Persian sections contain a wide range of the more common words and phrases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91541/cover/9780521091541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19530303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elementary Matrices</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frazer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops the subject of matrices with special reference to differential equations and classical mechanics. It is intended to bring to the student of applied mathematics, with no previous knowledge of matrices, an appreciation of their conciseness, power and convenience in computation. Worked numerical examples, many of which are taken from aerodynamics, are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91558/cover/9780521091558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19380303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109156X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109156X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methods of Plane Projective Geometry Based on the Use of General Homogenous Coordinates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about powerful mathematical methods rather than a mere catalogue of the properties of conics. The treatment is elegant and refreshing as well as systematic, and throughout the book the author is concerned to lay the foundations of future work. Consequently (unlike too many textbooks) there is little for the student to unlearn when he goes on to more advanced courses. A valuable feature is the large number of carefully selected and graded problems for solution (about 400 in all). When this book was first published, the reviewer in Science suggested that 'this scholarly work should be supplemented by a similar book on the analytic projective geometry of ordinary space'. His suggestion has since been adopted: and the companion volume, E.A. Maxwell's General Homogenous Coordinates in Space of Three Dimensions is now also available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91565/cover/9780521091565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19460303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justin Martyr</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, L. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a scholarly study of the life and thought of the early Christian apologist Justin Martyr. A Samaritan of Greek education, martyred in Rome in A.D. 165, Justin belonged to a generation still in touch with those who had known the apostles. In the predominantly pagan world of the second century, Christian gatherings for the celebration of the Eucharist were often misrepresented as a cloak for incest, cannibalism and child murder. Three works by Justin vindicating Christianity against such charges survive. Mr Barnard uses these texts to discuss Justin's philosophy and its influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91572/cover/9780521091572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edmund Spenser</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Protestant Poet</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hume, Anthea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a fresh reading of Spenser's poetry in the light of his Protestantism. Previous critics have devoted much space to the poet's debt to the literature of antiquity and the Renaissance, as well as to his knowledge of Neoplatonism, mythograph, and iconography; but less has been written about the imaginative consequences for his poetry of his Protestantism, largely conditioned by the Elizabethan religious milieu. Dr Hume seeks to illuminate Spenser's major poems, The Shepheardes Calender and The Faerie Queene, by placing them in a relevant context of Elizabethan Protestant thought and writings. Her detailed analysis shows how words, images and episodes in both poems come into focus when the reader takes account of sermons, biblical commentaries, devotional treatises and controversial works of the Elizabethan decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91602/cover/9780521091602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bateman, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harry Bateman (1882-1946) was an esteemed mathematician particularly known for his work on special functions and partial differential equations. This book, first published in 1932, has been reprinted many times and is a classic example of Bateman's work. Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics was developed chiefly with the aim of obtaining exact analytical expressions for the solution of the boundary problems of mathematical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91633/cover/9780521091633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19321201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Theory of Relativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eddington, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Arthur Eddington here formulates mathematically his conception of the world of physics derived from the theory of relativity. The argument is developed in a form which throws light on the origin and significance of the great laws of physics; its consequences are followed to the full extent in the consideration of gravitation, relativity, mechanics, space-time, electromagnetic phenomena and world geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91657/cover/9780521091657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19241201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modular Forms and Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rankin, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the theory of elliptic modular functions and forms, a subject of increasing interest because of its connexions with the theory of elliptic curves. Modular forms are generalisations of functions like theta functions. They can be expressed as Fourier series, and the Fourier coefficients frequently possess multiplicative properties which lead to a correspondence between modular forms and Dirichlet series having Euler products. The Fourier coefficients also arise in certain representational problems in the theory of numbers, for example in the study of the number of ways in which a positive integer may be expressed as a sum of a given number of squares. The treatment of the theory presented here is fuller than is customary in a textbook on automorphic or modular forms, since it is not confined solely to modular forms of integral weight (dimension). It will be of interest to professional mathematicians as well as senior undergraduate and graduate students in pure mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91688/cover/9780521091688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saints &amp;amp; Scholars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection transports us into the monastic age - the thousand years between the sixth and sixteenth centuries, when the monasteries were the treasure-houses of Europe's social, cultural and religious heritage. The men we encounter are each representative, in differing ways, of their own historical setting and of the strengths and weaknesses of mankind. Professor Knowles portrays outstanding spiritual leaders, such as St Bernard and St Francis; the powerful intellects, the writers and artists, such as St Anselm, Bede and Matthew Paris; some of the noblemen, politicians and magnates; and those, like Gerald of Wales or John Wyclif, who were fierce and not always just critics of the monastic way of life; some lesser figures whose interests were limited to farm administration or country pursuits; and those almost forgotten men who died for their faith under the shadow of the Reformation. Each study is remarkable for its balance, sympathy and understanding; this is a collection by a great scholar who is an artist in words.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91725/cover/9780521091725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conformal Representation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caratheodary, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Carath&#233;odory sets out the basic theory of conformal representations as simply as possible. In the early chapters on Mobius' and other elementary transformations and on non-Euclidean geometry, he deals with those elementary subjects that are necessary for an understanding of the general theory discussed in the remaining chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91794/cover/9780521091794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Operational Calculus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Based on the Two-Sided Laplace Integral</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pol, Balth van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bremmer, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Primarily this book is intended for application of the operational calculus to mathematics, physics and technical problems. It gives the basic principles, ideas, and theorems clearly and extensively, but also many worked-out problems from mathematical and physical as well as from technical fields. The purely mathematical treatment is more advanced than is usual in books devoted primarily to practical applications, and the book will therefore be of value to those pure mathematicians who are interested in a rapid and simple derivation of complicated and unexpected relations between various mathematical functions, as well as to the engineer in search (for example) of a very simple treatment of transient phenomena in electrical networks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91800/cover/9780521091800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integral Quadratic Forms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract gives a fairly elementary account of the theory of quadratic forms with integral coefficients and variables. It assumes a knowledge of the rudiments of matrix algebra and of elementary number theory, but scarcely any analysis. It is therefore intelligible to beginners and helps to prepare them for the study of the advanced work on quadratic forms over general rings. Dr Watson works step by step from wider (and easier) to narrower relations between forms, the final goal being the study of equivalence. The important problem of representation of integers is fully discussed in the course of the main development. There is an early chapter on reduction. Existing work on the theory of integral quadratic forms is obscure (partly for historical reasons). But the straightforward approach adopted by Dr Watson leads to a consideration of most of the main problems; there are proofs of many recent results, including some discovered by Dr Watson but hitherto unpublished.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91817/cover/9780521091817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proximity Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naimpally, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract provides a compact introduction to the theory of proximity spaces and their generalisations, making the subject accessible to readers having a basic knowledge of topological and uniform spaces, such as can be found in standard textbooks. Two chapters are devoted to fundamentals, the main result being the proof of the existence of the Smirnov compactification using clusters. Chapter 3 discusses the interrelationships between proximity spaces and uniform spaces and contains some of the most interesting results in the theory of proximity spaces. The final chapter introduces the reader to several generalised forms of proximity structures and studies one of them in detail. The bibliography contains over 130 references to the scattered research literature on proximity spaces, in addition to general references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91831/cover/9780521091831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Generalized Clifford Parallelism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyrrell, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Semple, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors of this tract present a  treatment of generalised Clifford parallelism within the framework of complex projective geometry. After a brief survey of the necessary preliminary material, the principal properties of systems of mutually Clifford parallel spaces are developed, centred round discussion of an extended form of the Hurwitz - Radon matrix equations. Later chapters deal with methods for the construction and representation of such systems. Much of the work in the tract is previously unpublished. Some emphasis has been placed throughout on special cases (particularly on the exceptionally interesting parallelisms that exist in spaces of seven and fifteen dimensions). Numerous exercises give the reader a clear insight into the fresh ideas presented. The tract will be of interest to advanced undergraduates and graduates with special interests in algebraic and projective geometry or in the geometry of matrices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91848/cover/9780521091848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Forms of Action at Common Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Course of Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, Frederic William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaytor, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The forms of action are a part of the structure upon which rests the whole common law of England and, though we may have buried them, they still, as Maitland says, rule us from their graves. The following extract is taken from the editors' preface: 'The evasion of the burden of archaic procedure and of such barbaric tests of truth as battle, ordeal and wager of law, by the development of new forms and new law out of criminal or quasi criminal procedure and the inquest of neighbour-witnesses has never been described with this truth and clearness. He makes plain a great chapter of legal history which the learners and even the lawyers of today have almost abandoned in despair. The text of the chief writs is given after the lectures ...'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91855/cover/9780521091855.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19360303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of the Topology of Plane Sets of Points</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, M. H. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an elementary introduction to the ideas and methods of topology by the detailed study of certain topics. There are elegant but rigorous proofs of many of the basic theorems and special attention is given to the results needed in the theory of functions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91862/cover/9780521091862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Riemannian Geometry and the Tensor Calculus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weatherburn, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to bridge the gap between differential geometry of Euclidean space of three dimensions and the more advanced work on differential geometry of generalised space. The subject is treated with the aid of the Tensor Calculus, which is associated with the names of Ricci and Levi-Civita; and the book provides an introduction both to this calculus and to Riemannian geometry. The geometry of subspaces has been considerably simplified by use of the generalized covariant differentiation introduced by Mayer in 1930, and successfully applied by other mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91886/cover/9780521091886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109190X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integral Equations and Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corduneanu, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is threefold: to be used for graduate courses on integral equations; to be a reference for researchers; and to describe methods of application of the theory. The author emphasizes the role of Volterra equations as a unifying tool in the study of functional equations, and investigates the relation between abstract Volterra equations and other types of functional-differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91909/cover/9780521091909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Laminar Flames</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckmaster, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludford, G. S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph deals with the structure, generation and stability of flames from a mathematical point of view. It uses a specific mathematical approach to provide a unified theoretical description of fundamental flame phenomena. Its importance stems from the fact that it provides the first clear evidence that combustion can be legitimately treated as a mathematical science as well as an empirical one. The book will be of interest to researchers in combustion, fluid mechanics and applied mathematics, as well as to graduate students taking advanced courses in these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91923/cover/9780521091923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Wheelwright's Shop</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sturt, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Sturt's frank and moving account of his trade as a wheelwright in the late nineteenth century offers a unique glimpse into the working lives of craftsmen in a world since banished by technology. The wheelwright's shop where he entered business had been operating for two centuries; this chronicle, first published in 1923, is a poignant record of that tradition, written as it was passing into history. E. P. Thompson's new foreword acclaims the significance of Sturt's engaging narrative as a vital document in the history of labour at the turn of the century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91954/cover/9780521091954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19630303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521091993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521091993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521091992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Teaching of Jesus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521091992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manson, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In these studies Dr Manson's main object has been to demonstrate two propositions. The first is that the form in which the teaching of Jesus is delivered is determined by two factors: the kind of audience addressed, and the period in the ministry - either before or after Peter's confession. The second is that the key to the contents of the teaching is the prophetic notion of the Remnant: that 'the Son of Man' in the teaching represents Jesus' formulation of the Remnant ideal; and that he is the Son of Man by embodying that ideal in his own person.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/91992/cover/9780521091992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19350303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Matroids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of matroids is unique in the extent to which it connects such disparate branches of combinatorial theory and algebra as graph theory, lattice theory, design theory, combinatorial optimization, linear algebra, group theory, ring theory and field theory. Furthermore, matroid theory is alone among mathematical theories because of the number and variety of its equivalent axiom systems. Indeed, matroids are amazingly versatile and the approaches to the subject are varied and numerous. This book is a primer in the basic axioms and constructions of matroids. The contributions by various leaders in the field include chapters on axiom systems, lattices, basis exchange properties, orthogonality, graphs and networks, constructions, maps, semi-modular functions and an appendix on cryptomorphisms. The authors have concentrated on giving a lucid exposition of the individual topics; explanations of theorems are preferred to complete proofs and original work is thoroughly referenced. In addition, exercises are included for each topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92029/cover/9780521092029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gospel according to St Mark</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction and Commentary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cranfield, C. E. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last fifty years have seen a shift of emphasis in New Testament scholarship. When the task was to establish the text and to discuss the authenticity of the documents, linguistic and historical considerations came first. Now that these things are approaching a settled state it has become possible, and necessary, to give more attention to the theological and religious content of the New Testament. Hence the New Testament is re-examined by scholars in this new series. Each volume takes a book of the New Testament and, after an introduction on general matters, goes through the text in great detail, commenting especially on theological matters, relating the contents to the life and worship of the early Christian communities. It is assumed that students have their own Greek text beside the open commentary. The text on which the commentary is based is the Kilpatrick-Nestle edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92043/cover/9780521092043.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19590303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pluralism, Socialism, and Political Legitimacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Opening up Communism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, F. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The processes of transition from communist rule in Eastern Europe and the dilemmas of reform in the Soviet Union invite reflection on the role of pluralism in rendering a political system legitimate and democratic. Frederick M. Barnard examines differing conceptions of political pluralism, focusing on the question of how political differentiation can evolve and flourish without leading to crippling political fragmentation. The book uses certain proposals put forward by Czechoslovak reformers during the Prague Spring as a point of departure in examining broader questions about socialism and pluralism. These reformers outlined a unique form of pluralist socialism, and their arguments in favour of this political order take up a number of issues fundamental not only to the current reform process, but to political theory generally. The ways in which these proposals differed from others of the time put forward in Poland and Yugoslavia as well as from Western democratic theory are also discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92074/cover/9780521092074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Atomic Spectra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Condon, E. U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shortley, G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Condon and Shortley has become the standard comprehensive work on the theory of atomic spectra. The first two chapters contain a brief historical introduction and an exposition of quantum mechanics along the lines formulated by Dirac. Then follow sixteen chapters devoted to a unified, logical deduction of the structure of the spectra of atoms from quantum mechanical principles. The theory is given in full detail and the results are amply documented with comparisons with experimental observations. When first published, a reviewer in Nature said that 'Its power and thoroughness leave the general impression of a work of the first rank, which successfully unifies the existing state of our knowledge, and will prove for many years a starting point for further researches and an inspiration to those who may undertake them'. Subsequent reviewers have amply confirmed these views. Science in 1952 commented that it 'has served half a generation and as a guide in further detailed research', and Reviews of Modern Physics in 1957 that this 'monumental book ... continues to be the most comprehensive account of our understanding of atomic spectra - the fruit of several decades' intensive study by a great number of physicists of all countries'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92098/cover/9780521092098.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19350303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Capital Investment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Behavioral Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bromiley, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the impact of corporate planning and implementation procedures on the level of corporate capital investment. It stands among the few studies within the behavioural economics tradition that employ direct examination of corporate decision processes to address variables of central concern in conventional economics. In addition, by using a combination of qualitative data from interviews and corporate documents along with econometric analysis of corporate plans and actual outcomes, the study makes a substantial methodological advance. Along with the methodological advance comes a different conception of the determinants of corporate capital investment. The findings of this study have implications for research and practice in economics, corporate strategy and public policy. As such, Corporate Capital Investment will be of interest to scholars and practitioners of all disciplines who are seriously concerned with corporate capital investment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92128/cover/9780521092128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise Economic History of Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Earliest Times to 1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clapham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic history is the story of man's work, particularly in agriculture trade, and manufacture. This book presents a panorama of work in Britain, as it increases in skill and complexity, through the ages that separate hunters of the prehistoric forests from the first beginnings of a modern highly organized industrial state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92166/cover/9780521092166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19490303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Homogeneous Co-ordinates in Space of Three Dimensions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is at once modest and ambitious, namely, to provide a short introduction to algebraic geometry in space of three dimensions, to make clear its spirit, and to prepare the way for deeper study. This book will appeal to a reader who has read Maxwell's book on homogenous coordinates in a plane (to which this stands as a second volume) and is in the early stages of second year work at University, It will also be suitable for a class reader who has read further in mathematics generally, but has found the existing detailed accounts of this work too full or too specialised for their own needs, and is in need of an accessible introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92289/cover/9780521092289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19511201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tudor Revolution in Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of change in the methods and principles of English government in the sixteenth century, from the 'household' methods of the Middle Ages to the bureaucratic organization of a national monarchy. The most important decade, 1530-40, is given most concentrated attention, but the earlier and later phases are also touched upon. The study deals with the organs of central government: the financial machinery and the new courts; seals and secretariats and the rise of the secretary of state; the council and the making of the privy council; the royal household and its retirement from national government. When this neglected aspect of its history is studied, the sixteenth century is once again seen as an age of revolution. It becomes clear that it was Thomas Cromwell who was the principal figure in the government of the 1530's, and both his mind and his real intentions are shown in a fresh light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92357/cover/9780521092357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Epistles to the Colossians and to Philemon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a theological commentary on the Greek text; on the foundation of linguistic detail is based a doctrinal exposition. The first section of the Introduction is on the religious ideas of the epistles, and frequent allusion is made throughout the commentary to works on New Testament theology. There are special notes on many of the important theological terms such as 'knowledge', 'mystery', pleroma, as well as on linguistic points, such as the use of the reflexive pronoun. But attention is devoted also to critical and introductory matters, and this is, it is believed, the first commentary on Colossians and Philemon to discuss in some detail the theories of Professors E. J. Goodspeed and J. Knox. The commentary is documented with references to works in English, French and German, for those who wish to follow up the study in greater detail. But the aim has been to make the exposition as far as possible self-contained and intelligible to a reader with no other books before him than the New Testament in Greek and the Old Testament in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92364/cover/9780521092364.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109237X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109237X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Idiom Book of New Testament Greek</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The student or translator of the New Testament will often find difficulties which can only be solved by considering the syntax of the passage concerned. Professor Moule here provides a reference book which gives guidance on such problems of exegesis. It is a work which presupposes a knowledge of Greek and makes frequent allusions to the standard works; it is intended primarily for theological students. After an introductory section on 'The Language of the New Testament' Professor Moule considers in turn particular syntactical divisions (tenses, moods, voices, cases), certain parts of speech and types of clauses, and idiosyncrasies in usage. The last four chapters are 'The order of words', 'Semitisms', 'Latinisms', and 'Miscellaneous notes on style'. In each section New Testament usages are defined and distinguished. A number of examples of each type of problem are discussed. They were chosen as being sufficiently representative to provide a guide to the treatment of similar difficulties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92371/cover/9780521092371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19590303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concept of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tarner Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehead, Alfred North</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, a development of his Tarner Lectures given in 1919, is one of Alfred North Whitehead's most important contributions to natural philosophy. His first concern is with the fundamental problems of substance, space, and time; and the most interesting part of his discussion is, perhaps, his criticism of Einstein's method of interpreting results, and the alternative development of his own well-known theory of the four-dimensional 'Space-Time manifold'. Although this book was first published over a generation ago, and the characteristic approach of philosophers to the problems of nature has changed considerably in the intervening period, The Concept of Nature has never ceased to deserve their careful attention. When the book first appeared, A. E. Taylor, writing in Mind, said 'The Concept of Nature is a great contribution to Naturphilosophie, far the finest contribution, in my own judgement, yet made by any one man'; J. E. McTaggart in The Cambridge Review called it 'one of the most valuable books on the relation of philosophy and science which has appeared for many years', adding 'I am sure the study of this book will benefit metaphysicians. I venture to believe that it will benefit men of science.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92456/cover/9780521092456.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19200301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Letters of John and James</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Raymond Brady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a series of commentaries on the New English Bible designed for use in schools and training colleges, and for the layman. It replaces the old Cambridge Bible for Schools. Each volume will comment on one book, or two or three short books, of the Bible, beginning with the New Testament, already published. In each the text will be given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care is being taken to see that the commentary is suitable to the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. It is hoped to have the series complete in a few years. There will also be a general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, and a volume of maps and plates, The New Testament Illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>First and Second Letters of Paul to the Corinthians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thrall, Margaret E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a series of commentaries on the New English Bible designed for use in schools and training colleges, and for the layman. It replaces the old Cambridge Bible for Schools. Each volume will comment on one book, or two or three short books, of the Bible, beginning with the New Testament, already published. In each the text will be given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in schools and working with adults. It is hoped to have the series complete in a few years. There will also be a general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, and a volume of maps and plates, The New Testament Illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92517/cover/9780521092517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gospel according to Luke</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tinsley, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books, of the Bible, and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gospel according to John</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume on John's Gospel is one of the series of commentaries on the New English Bible which is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books, of the Bible, and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. In addition to the general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, there is a volume of maps and plates, New Testament Illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92555/cover/9780521092555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revelation to John</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glasson, T. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92562/cover/9780521092562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Imagery and What it Tells Us</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spurgeon, Caroline F. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Caroline Spurgeon's pioneer study of the imagery of Shakespeare's plays shows how much light can be thrown on Shakespeare's own mind and thought and on the themes and characters of the plays by a detailed examination of his imagery. At the same time she contrasts Shakespeare with other dramatists of his time, including Marlowe, Bacon, Ben Jonson and Dekker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92586/cover/9780521092586.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19350303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109268X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109268X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>My Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bello, Alhaji Sir Ahmadu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alhaji Sir Ahmadu Bello, the Premier of the Northern Region of Nigeria, was thought by many to be the most powerful figure in Nigeria. The descendant of the great reformer, Shehu Usuman dan Fodio, the Sardauna grew up in the atmosphere of the Muslim and aristocratic tradition of the Fulani conquerors of Northern Nigeria. He reached maturity in a Nigeria that was rapidly advancing towards independent nationhood, with political institutions deriving largely from the traditions of the Christian West. As leader of the Northern Peoples Congress, the majority political party in Northern Nigeria, the Sardauna became the first Premier of that region in 1954.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92685/cover/9780521092685.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19620303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding the New Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lace, O. Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92814/cover/9780521092814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521092884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gospel according to Mark</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume on Mark's Gospel is one of the series of commentaries on the New English Bible designed for use in schools and training colleges, and for the layman. Each volume will comment on one book, or two or three short books, of the Bible, beginning with the New Testament, already published. In each the text will be given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care is being taken to see that the commentary is suitable to the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. There will also be a general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, and a volume of maps and plates, The New Testament Illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92883/cover/9780521092883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethical Patterns in Early Christian Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborn, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In so-called Christian countries an increasing number of people openly reject Christian morality. It is a commonplace that they do this for values that can be shown to be Christian. How did this state of affairs come about? An examination of the beginning of Christian ethical thought shows that, within great personal variety, certain patterns or concepts remain constant. Righteousness, discipleship, faith and love are traced in this book from the New Testament through to Augustine. There is a necessary tension between high ideals and practical performance, or between perfection and contingency. When this tension is lost, Christian ethics can easily go wrong. The amoral perfectionism of second-century Gnostics is remarkably similar to the mysticism of  communal movements; the opposite threat of legalism has always been present in conservative forms of Christianity. Dr Osborn is concerned to explain rather than to defend, to look at the way conclusions are reached, and to show the rich diversity of early Christian thought. Successive chapters deal with the New Testament, Clement of Alexandria, Basil the Great, John Chrysostom and Augustine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92913/cover/9780521092913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trinity in German Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Samuel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Trinity in German Thought describes the three ideas that govern modern German Trinitarian thought: the ideas of reflective selfhood, of revelation and of history. 'Reflective selfhood' designates the attempt at finding an analogy between the Trinity and the structure of the human self. Such attempts, following the lead of Augustine, typically see the structure of self-consciousness as an especially apt analogy of the Trinity. 'Revelation' points to two questions: what is the Word of God? and can the idea of the Trinity be derived from the Word? From Martin Luther to the present, Trinitarian thought has depended on the way in which theologians conceived of the Word. 'History' designates the impact that historical modes of thought have had on Trinitarian thought. For some, 'history' has meant a critical approach to Scripture and creeds; for others, it has meant God's own participation in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92920/cover/9780521092920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rights and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cronin, Kieran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kieran Cronin aims in this book to show how a Christian perspective may have something fruitful to contribute to the language of rights. In so doing, he examines some of the complexities involved in using this language, drawing from literature in moral philosophy and jurisprudence in the process. The novelty of his approach lies in the attempt to distinguish two complementary aspects within metaethics, aspects which the author calls the 'discursive' and the 'imaginative'. Cronin regards the use of models (which are extended metaphors) as providing a bridge between these two aspects, and the imaginative metaethics which emerges is seen to be rich in possibilities for both secular and Christian understandings of rights-talk.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92944/cover/9780521092944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christa Wolf's Utopian Vision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Marxism to Feminism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuhn, Anna K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book-length chronological study in English of Christa Wolf's works. It traces the development and continuity of the writer's major themes and concerns against the backdrop of her constantly evolving relationship to Marxism, and documents the rise of her feminist consciousness. It does not, however, focus only on political and feminist issues, but addresses all facets of Wolf's identity by showing how her works reflect her own self-understanding. Forced by the clash between her vision of a humane socialism and the practice of socialism she observed in the German Democratic Republic to reassess her role as a writer and critic, Wolf broke through to her unique style in The Quest for Christa T., a work initially repudiated in the GDR both for its unorthodox subject matter and for its unconventional form. Since then, Wolf has effectively challenged the restrictions placed on writers in the GDR by writing on topics such as the Nazi past (Patterns of Childhood), Romanticism (No Place on Earth), patriarchal attitudes in the GDR (Cassandra) and the Chernobyl nuclear disaster (St&#246;rfall).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92951/cover/9780521092951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Discovery of Hinduism in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the incidental consequences of the success of British arms in eighteenth-century India was the appearance of a number of publications which reflect the intense curiosity of contemporary Europeans about strange peoples, their manners and religions. Of the three principal religions of India, Hinduism attracted the most attention. European contact with Islam was several centuries old, while few travellers could identify Buddhism with any certainty. This book reprints some of the most significant English contributions to the early European understanding of Hinduism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92968/cover/9780521092968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Unprovability of Consistency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Modal Logic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boolos, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Unprovability of Consistency is concerned with connections between two branches of logic: proof theory and modal logic. Modal logic is the study of the principles that govern the concepts of necessity and possibility; proof theory is, in part, the study of those that govern provability and consistency. In this book, George Boolos looks at the principles of provability from the standpoint of modal logic. In doing so, he provides two perspectives on a debate in modal logic that has persisted for at least thirty years between the followers of C. I. Lewis and W. V. O. Quine. The author employs semantic methods developed by Saul Kripke in his analysis of modal logical systems. The book will be of interest to advanced undergraduate and graduate students in logic, mathematics and philosophy, as well as to specialists in those fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92975/cover/9780521092975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521092981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lie Group</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Lie groups rests on three pillars: analysis, topology and algebra. Correspondingly it is possible to distinguish several phases, overlapping in some degree, in its development. It also allows one to regard the subject from different points of view, and it is the algebraic standpoint which has been chosen in this tract as the most suitable one for a first introduction to the subject. The aim has been to develop the beginnings of the theory of Lie groups, especially the fundamental theorems of Lie relating the group to its infinitesimal generators (the Lie algebra); this account occupies the first five chapters. Next to Lie's theorems in importance come the basic properties of subgroups and homomorphisms, and they form the content of Chapter VI. The final chapter, on the universal covering group, could perhaps be most easily dispensed with, but, it is hoped, justifies its existence by bringing back into circulation Schreier's elegant method of constructing covering groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92982/cover/9780521092982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109299X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521092999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simple Noetherian Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521092999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cozzens, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faith, CArl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work specifically surveys simple Noetherian rings. The authors present theorems on the structure of simple right Noetherian rings and, more generally, on simple rings containing a uniform right ideal U. The text is as elementary and self-contained as practicable, and the little background required in homological and categorical algebra is given in a short appendix. Full definitions are given and short, complete, elementary proofs are provided for such key theorems as the Morita theorem, the Correspondence theorem, the Wedderburn-Artin theorem, the Goldie-Lesieur-Croisot theorem, and many others. Complex mathematical machinery has been eliminated wherever possible or its introduction into the text delayed as long as possible. (Even tensor products are not required until Chapter 3.)</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/92999/cover/9780521092999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Symmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockwood, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacMillan, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symmetry is of interest in two ways, artistic and mathematical. It underlies much scientific thought, playing an important role in chemistry and atomic physics, and a dominant one in crystallography. It is important in architectural and engineering design and particularly in the decorative arts. This book provides a comprehensive account of symmetry in a form acceptable to readers without much detailed mathematical knowledge or experience who nevertheless want to understand the basic principles of the subject. It will be useful in school and other libraries and as preliminary reading for students of crystallography. The treatment is geometrical, which should appeal to art students and to readers whose mathematical interests are that way inclined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93019/cover/9780521093019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dimension Theory of General Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pears, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A complete and self-contained account of the dimension theory of general topological spaces, with particular emphasis on the dimensional properties of non-metrizable spaces. It makes the subject accessible to beginning graduate students and will also serve as a reference work for general topologists. Two introductory chapters summarize standard results in general topology, and cover material on paracompactness and metrization. The principal definitions of dimension follow and their general properties are deduced. Many examples are analysed to show some of the more surprising or pathological aspects of dimension theory. Wherever it is useful to do so, proofs are given in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93026/cover/9780521093026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Diffusive Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sachdev, P. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph deals with Burgers' equation and its generalisations. Such equations describe a wide variety of nonlinear diffusive phenomena, for instance, in nonlinear acoustics, laser physics, plasmas and atmospheric physics. The Burgers equation also has mathematical interest as a canonical nonlinear parabolic differential equation that can be exactly linearised. It is closely related to equations that display soliton behaviour and its study has helped elucidate other such nonlinear behaviour. The approach adopted here is applied mathematical. The author discusses fully the mathematical properties of standard nonlinear diffusion equations, and contrasts them with those of Burgers' equation. Of particular mathematical interest is the treatment of self-similar solutions as intermediate asymptotics for a large class of initial value problems whose solutions evolve into self-similar forms. This is achieved both analytically and numerically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93033/cover/9780521093033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109304X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Debnath, Lokenath</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The outcome of a conference held in East Carolina University in June 1982, this book provides an account of developments in the theory and application of nonlinear waves in both fluids and plasmas. Twenty-two contributors from eight countries here cover all the main fields of research, including nonlinear water waves, K-dV equations, solitions and inverse scattering transforms, stability of solitary waves, resonant wave interactions, nonlinear evolution equations, nonlinear wave phenomena in plasmas, recurrence phenomena in nonlinear wave systems, and the structure and dynamics of envelope solitions in plasmas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93040/cover/9780521093040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonparametric Techniques in Statistical Inference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puri, Madan Lal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nonparametric techniques in statistics are those in which the data are ranked in order according to some particular characteristic. When applied to measurable characteristics, the use of such techniques often saves considerable calculation as compared with more formal methods, with only slight loss of accuracy. The field of nonparametric statistics is occupying an increasingly important role in statistical theory as well as in its applications. Nonparametric methods are mathematically elegant, and they also yield significantly improved performances in applications to agriculture, education, biometrics, medicine, communication, economics and industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93057/cover/9780521093057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon Crucifixion Iconography and the Art of the Monastic Revival</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raw, Barbara Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a major study of the drawings, paintings and carvings of the crucifixion from tenth- and eleventh-century England, placing these works of art within the context of the tenth-century monastic revival. The drawings and paintings of the crucifixion are discussed in relation to the literature, theology, liturgy and devotional practices of the late Anglo-Saxon period in order to reveal the richness and subtlety of religious belief at this time. Late Anglo-Saxon religious art is shown to have played a central role in the monastic life; it called to mind the gospel events and set out their theological significance; it demonstrated the truth of the gospel message; it moved men's hearts, allowing them to experience the presence of Christ and to respond as though they had actually been present at His death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93088/cover/9780521093088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beowulf and Old Germanic Metre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russom, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a clear and accessible account of early Germanic alliterative verse which explains how such verse was treated by the Beowulf poet. There are differences of poetic style between Beowulf and the otherwise similar verse of ancient Scandinavia and continental Europe. Such distinctions have intrigued scholars for over a century, but Russom is the first to provide a systematic explanation of Old English, Old Norse, Old Saxon, and Old High German alliterative metres. The system of alliterative rules described by Russom derives from ordinary language; the rules change with language over historical time, rather than persisting as arbitrary restrictions. Once the relations between language and metre are identified, it is possible to see how language change yielded the divergent metrical practices which gave each tradition its special character. Russom's results should interest scholars of Old English and related Germanic languages, as well as linguists and those concerned with poetic metre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93095/cover/9780521093095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Frontier People of Roman Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salway, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Frontier area of northern England is the most important and reliable source for archaeologists in existence. The perpetuation of the Roman imperial ideal, the survival of classical art and literature, and the spread of the Christian faith depended on the strength of the Empire's frontier and the people who lived there. In Britain these peoples represent nearly 400 years of a cosmopolitan society with the basic elements of a true civilisation. They had greater freedom and security and were more literate and prosperous than at any previous time or for many centuries after. Dr Salway's study of this area is a detailed investigation of the Romanised part of the civilian population to be made. He describes the people themselves and every aspect of their background and way of life, their legal status and their administrative system. He then examines each of the sites individually, making special use of aerial photographs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93156/cover/9780521093156.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lloyd George's Secretariat</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Lloyd George became Prime Minister during the First World War he appointed a private secretariat to help him run the complex machinery of wartime government. This book, drawing extensively on private and public archives, describes the work of that Secretariat during its two years of existence and discusses its contribution to policy-making and to the development of the Prime Minister's office. The 'Garden Suburb', so named from its temporary offices in the garden of 10 Downing Street, has won a poor reputation. Contemporaries described it as a nest of intrigue and imperialist, anti-democratic sentiment which helped to turn Lloyd George from a great Radical into a cynical dictator; and historians have tended to accept their word. This examination reveals a different picture. On the one hand, wartime government was imperfectly co-ordinated, and members of the Secretariat performed a genuine administrative task in helping Lloyd George to supervise it and save it from breakdown, although their small number and limited resources allowed them to cover only a few politically sensitive questions. On the other hand, the Garden Suburb was more eclectic in its ideological and political affiliations than has been allowed. Home Rule, collective security, temperance, state supervision of industry, Christian Science and the revival of agriculture, as well as imperial unity and opposition to socialism, each contributed through the Secretariat to the climate of ideas in which policy was made.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93163/cover/9780521093163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bolsheviks and the Red Army 1918-1921</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benvenuti, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodall, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of the military agency of the Soviet state is a crucial but neglected aspect of inter-war Soviet history, and in this pioneering study Francesco Benvenuti provides a detailed analysis of the politics (as opposed to the operational activities) of the Red Army during the Civil War. Several historians have suggested that the roots of Stalinism may be found in the Bolshevik experience during the Civil War, and Benvenuti shows that the military opposition inside the party was much stronger than conventionally supposed: Trotsky's subsequent political weakness owed much to his ruthless pursuit of military goals not always in direct harmony with party interests, as did his technocratic attempts to extend the role of specialist advisers at the expense of party officials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93170/cover/9780521093170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109318X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marriage Among a Matrilineal Elite</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Family Study of Ghanaian Senior Civil Servants</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppong, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of conjugal and kin relationships in a group of urban, educated West Africans, Akan Senior Civil Servants in Accra. As well as representing a contribution to the growing body of data on marriage and family life in West Africa, the book is an exercise in methodology in which the aim has been to evolve ways of documenting and comparing two major aspects of conjugal family relationships: the division of labour, resources and power between spouses, and the extent to which the conjugal family is a functionally discrete unit in a number of domestic activity areas. This documentation and analysis leads to the examination of marital continuity and change among urban migrants from a region characterised by matrilineal descent and inheritance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93187/cover/9780521093187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Canada and the Transition to Commonwealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British-Canadian Relations 1917-1926</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigley, Philip G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the relations between Britain and Canada from the end of the First World War to the Imperial Conference of 1926. It is concerned principally with the problems of imperial co-operation and consultation in foreign affairs and defence policy, and with the pressures developing out of these problems to reformulate the constitutional relations of Britain and her dominions. In the course of examining Canadian attempts to redefine empire-commonwealth relationships this book also throws fresh light on the evolution of British attitudes to the dominions during these years. Often there were serious policy disagreements in Whitehall - the Colonial Office preferring to conciliate, the Foreign Office to challenge the overseas governments - and Dr Wigley, with close attention to official and private papers, shows clearly that developments in this period owed far more to Britain's own responses and priorities than has been previously realised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93194/cover/9780521093194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Labour  in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Development of Agrarian Capitalism in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutledge, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harding, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been considerable controversy amongst social and economic historians, anthropologists, economists, sociologists, political scientists and other specialists concerning the nature and structure of Latin American agrarian society. An increasing number of studies have come to challenge the traditionally accepted view that the backwardness of rural Latin America and its resistance to 'modernisation' are due to the persistence of feudal or non-feudal forms of social and economic organisation. Instead attention has shifted to an examination of the social and economic dislocations resulting from attempts to impose capitalist forms of agrarian enterprise on peasant or pre-capitalist societies. This book of essays by an international group of scholars represents a substantial empirical contribution to the ongoing debate. This book will be of interest not only to specialists in the field, but also to anyone wishing to understand the historical processes underlying contemporary Latin America's complex land tenure and rural employment problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93200/cover/9780521093200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Catholic Beliefs in England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Customary Catholicism and Transformations of Religious Authority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornsby-Smith, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes available an empirical study of the transformations in religious beliefs that have occurred amongst English Catholics. It complements Dr Hornsby-Smith's well received Roman Catholics in England (1987) which provides the social and historical context for this present study. In Roman Catholic beliefs in England, Michael Hornsby-Smith explores Catholic beliefs over a range of concerns from doctrinal matters to questions of personal and social morality and assesses how religious beliefs are differentiated between different types of Catholics. He also examines the legitimacy accorded by English Catholics to both papal authority and religious authority in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93279/cover/9780521093279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropological Character of Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conditioning Theological Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pailin, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study looks at the various ways in which theological conclusions are affected by the rationality of those who produce them. The author's critique of the study of theology arises out of a conviction that theology has to establish its credibility as a mode of understanding if it is to be of value. In considering what follows once it is recognised that - since theologians are human - their conclusions are affected by the nature of human thought, Dr Pailin offers a clarification of faith, belief and reason, and how they are related to each other. The book shows that while theology can no longer credibly pretend to divine authority in determining the truth in all disciplines, it is committed to understanding the fundamental character of reality as a whole. Against the conservative backlash in religious thought, and the secularist trend towards scepticism when references are made to the reality of God, the author takes up the challenge of current thinking to show that it is possible for theology to affirm God's reality in a positive way which is, at the same time, self-critically aware of the human character of thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93286/cover/9780521093286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Background of the New Testament and its Eschatology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daube, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays presented to Dr Dodd to honour a great teacher and scholar are on two themes. Part I systematically surveys the present state of research on the background of the New Testament. (Dr Dodd's studies in the Septuagint and Hermetica suggested this theme.) Part II is on the particular problem of eschatology in the new Testament (with which his name is chiefly identified).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93293/cover/9780521093293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholicism and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Opening of the Vatican Archives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Continual and sometimes heated interest is shown in the control by governments over documents in their possession, and in the time during which access to them is denied - and not only on the part of the historians to whom the documents are of prime concern. Professor Chadwick summarises the gradual establishment of the papal records down to the beginning of the nineteenth century, when they were carried off to Paris on the orders of Napolean. Their return (for the most part) to Rome and the subsequent history of the relationship between their guardians and would-be users provide a lively narrative of human as well as historical interest. The author shows how an argument developed within the Vatican itself between the statesmen who wished rigourously to restrict what was released to the public and the historians who wanted free access. This important study of how new attitudes and techniques of history affected the Church is based upon the author's Herbert Hensley Henson Lectures in Oxford 1976, and will interest documentalists and general readers as well as ecclesiastical and general historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93309/cover/9780521093309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiple-Conclusion Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoesmith, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smiley, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multiple-conclusion logic extends formal logic by allowing arguments to have a set of conclusions instead of a single one, the truth lying somewhere among the conclusions if all the premises are true. The extension opens up interesting possibilities based on the symmetry between premises and conclusions, and can also be used to throw fresh light on the conventional logic and its limitations. This is a sustained study of the subject and is certain to stimulate further research. Part I reworks the fundamental ideas of logic to take account of multiple conclusions, and investigates the connections between multiple - and single - conclusion calculi. Part II draws on graph theory to discuss the form and validity of arguments independently of particular logical systems. Part III contrasts the multiple - and the single - conclusion treatment of one and the same subject, using many-valued logic as the example; and Part IV shows how the methods of 'natural deduction' can be matched by direct proofs using multiple conclusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93323/cover/9780521093323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Analysis and Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Collection of Papers Dedicated to K. Kodaira</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baily, W. L. Jr</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shioda, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in this volume cover some developments in complex analysis and algebraic geometry. The book is divided into three parts. Part I includes topics in the theory of algebraic surfaces and analytical surfaces. Part II covers topics in moduli and classification problems, as well as structure theory of certain complex manifolds. Part III is devoted to various topics in algebraic geometry analysis and arithmetic. A survey article by Ueno serves as an introduction to the general background of the subject matter of the volume. The volume was written for Kunihiko Kodaira, on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, by his friends and students. Professor Kodaira was one of the world's leading mathematicians in algebraic geometry and complex manifold theory: and the contributions reflect those concerns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93347/cover/9780521093347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Systems of Frequency Curves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elderton, William Palin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Norman Lloyd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir William Elderton's Frequency Curves and Correlation was first published in 1906 and subsequently three new editions were published. It has long enjoyed popularity as a source of clear descriptions of the practical use of Pearson and also Gram-Charlie systems of frequency curves. Professor Johnson has substantially revised this book. The material on correlations has been omitted; descriptions of further kinds of frequency curves have been added; the treatment of frequency surfaces has been recast and broadened; and the opportunity has been taken to amend the original text in the light of later research. The aim of this book remains essentially practical. There is no attempt at encyclopaedic coverage of all known systems of frequency curves and surfaces. It should be of especial value as a quick reference book (for statisticians and non-statisticians alike) for formulae and methods used in fitting frequency curves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93361/cover/9780521093361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transit Management in the Northwest Passage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamson, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zwaag, David L. van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The operation of a commercial shipping route through the Northwest Passage - a 1450 kilometre marine corridor linking Baffin Bay to the Beaufort Sea - has been a recurring dream of traders since the late fifteenth century. It is now fast becoming a practical possibility with the recent discoveries of hydrocarbon and other mineral resources. A consideration of the problems this will raise is urgently necessary. The Canadian Northern Waters Project, at Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia, has therefore initiated a four-year programme to investigate the feasibility of expanded arctic shipping and ocean development. This title is the first result of the project. The work provides, in chapters by different authors, an in-depth review of the outstanding environmental, technological, political, economic, social and legal issues associated with arctic resource use, development and management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93378/cover/9780521093378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology of Polar Bryophytes and Lichens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longton, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews the biology of bryophytes and lichens in the polar tundra, where these plants may form a dominant component of the vegetation. It considers adaptation to severe environments in terms of growth form, physiology and reproduction. The role of bryophytes and lichens is discussed in vegetation processes such as colonisation and succession, and in energy flow, nutrient cycling and other functional aspects of polar ecosystems, both natural and as modified by man, The range of microclimates experience by polar cryptograms is described using an energy budget approach, and the environmental relationships of CO2 exchange, stress resistance, growth and other physiological responses are discussed against this background. Reproductive biology is also reviewed as an introduction to a consideration of population ecology, distribution patterns, dispersal potential and the origin and adaptation of polar cryptogamic floras. This book integrates the results of work in the Arctic and the Antarctic, and includes a classification of vegetation zones applicable to both polar regions. The study of plant ecology in these areas has advanced dramatically and the results synthesised here contribute to a general understanding both of polar ecosystems and of the environmental relationships of bryophytes and lichens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93385/cover/9780521093385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arctic Air Pollution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stonehouse, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arctic atmospheric pollution is now a major international issue. This volume presents the most authoritative review of this increasingly important subject for an audience of both scientists and administrators concerned with worldwide, as well as polar, pollution problems. Arctic Air Pollution is an edited collection of papers, first presented at a conference helo as the Scott Polar Research Institute in Cambridge in 1985. Building on foundations established at earlier meetings, this volume examines the problem of Arctic air pollution in an integrated, multidisciplinary fashion, with contributions from leading authorities in chemistry, ecology, climatology and epidemiology. To chemists, physicists and climatologists, it presents scientific problems. Ecologists are concerned with environmental threats; medical researchers with potential threats to human health. International lawyers and administrators are concerned with the legal implications of pollutants transferred across continents. Overall hangs the major question; can man-made pollution affect the delicate energy balance of the Arctic, and precipitate major climatic change worldwide?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93392/cover/9780521093392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conspiracy and Romance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Brockden Brown, Cooper, Hawthorne, and Melville</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Levine has examined the American romance in a historical context. His book offers a fresh reading of the genre, establishing its importance to American culture between the founding of the republic and the Civil war. With convincing historical and literary detail, Levine shows that anxieties about various subversive elements - French revolutionaries, secret societies, Catholic immigrants, African slaves - are central to the fictional worlds of Brockden Brown, Cooper, Hawthorne and Melville. Ormond, The Bravo, The Blithedale Romance, and Benito Cereno are persuasively explicated by Levine to demonstrate that the romance addressed many of the same conflicts and ideals that gave rise to the American republic. Americans conceived of America as a romance, and their romances dramatised the historical conditions of the culture, The fear that conspiracies would subvert the order and integrity of the new nation were recurrent and widespread; Levine makes us see that these fears informed the works of our major romance writers from the turn of the century until the Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93408/cover/9780521093408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Man and an Institution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sir Maurice Hankey, the Cabinet Secretariat and the Custody of Cabinet Secrecy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naylor, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The controversy surrounding the publication of Richard Crossman's Cabinet Diaries (1975) brought to the fore opposing concepts of 'open' and 'closed' government within Britain's free society. While a balance has for the moment been struck concerning the secrecy of Cabinet proceedings, a historical question remains: by what process, and with what results, has official secrecy come to envelop the practices of modern Cabinet government? This book tackles that key question, drawing upon a uniquely wide range of official and private papers to examine the historical development of the Cabinet Office, the custodian of Cabinet secrecy. Established by Lloyd George in the administrative chaos of 1916, the Cabinet Secretariat - as it was first known - emerged as the central agency for the management of Cabinet business, working closely with the Prime Minister himself. In Sir Maurice Hankey's twenty-two-year term as Cabinet secretary, he presided over the institutionalisation of the Secretariat as an office free from partisan taint and he personally served all Britain's inter-war Prime Ministers as confidant and influential advisor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93477/cover/9780521093477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fathers of the Victorians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Age of Wilberforce</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Ford K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Brown has written an assessment of the Evangelical revival in the Church of England at the beginning of the nineteenth century. He makes a number of important points about the Evangelicals: who they were, what they tried to do, how they tried to do it, and what success they had. He establishes how much they made the later Victorian age what it was and also suggest how the movement came to lose its hold on the foremost minds if the age in the third generation. This is a most extraordinary and brilliant introduction to the change of mind between two ages, and it is as interesting to the student of literature and the general reader as to the historian. What real part was played by Wilberforce and the Clapham sect? How is it that the time of Jane Austen is noticeably more refined than that of Fielding, and the age of George Eliot even more so? All these questions are answered in Mr Brown's book; a dazzling performance, and an enlightening one.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93484/cover/9780521093484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109349X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Investigation and Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Responsibility in the United States, 1865-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Investigation and Responsibility deals with the extension of social responsibility in the American states during the latter half of the nineteenth century. Lord Bryce questioned the reality of American belief in laissez faire, and recent work has reinforced these doubts. Professor Brock makes a substantial contribution to this reassessment, through an examination of the activities of the agencies established at a state level for the regulation of the social environment. Using the evidence provided by the published reports of the state agencies, he argues that these activities were far more extensive then has often been thought, and indicates the ways in which they laid the foundations for modern government activity in the fields of welfare, health, safety, labour law, and economic regulation. By a detailed examination of such agencies as boards of state charities and public health, bureaus of labour statistics, and railroad commissions, Professor Brock places the extension of state responsibility in a new perspective. The book also includes a reassessment of judicial opinion and closes with an examination of the way in which experience in the states influenced the development of national policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93491/cover/9780521093491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homer and the Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Shortened Version of 'The Songs of Homer'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093569</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a shortened and rearranged version of The Songs of Homer, Professor Kirk's vivid and comprehensive account of the background and development of the Homeric poems and of their quality as literature. His purpose remains the same: to develop a comprehensive and unified view of the nature of the Iliad and the Odyssey, of their relation to the oral heroic poetry of the Greek Dark Age, and of their creation as poems by two great singers in the eighth century BC. The essential attitudes and arguments of the earlier work have been retained, but the whole has been reduced in detail by some two-fifths. The sections on the historical background, the possibilities of Achaean and Aeolic epic, and the technical aspects of the language have been abbreviated most, and those dealing with oral poetry and the Iliad and Odyssey as literature least of all.  Professor Kirk has also changed the order and increased the number of chapters. Almost all the Greek is translated, and the new version can be more easily used by those who are primarily interested in classics in translation, comparative literature, oral poetry, or the epic in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93569/cover/9780521093569.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theology and Contemporary Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liberation, Postliberal and Revisionary Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kamitsuka, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing from postliberal, revisionary and Latin American liberation theological perspectives, David Kamitsuka offers proposals on theological method and doctrine responsive to the intellectual, pastoral and socio-political challenges of contemporary culture. He recasts inter-movement polemics in order to forge a theological approach which promotes what are often considered to be competing values among these three theological movements: solidarity with the oppressed (liberationist), redescribing the Christian communal sense of scripture (postliberal), and fully critical reflection (revisionist). The author advocates an apologetic strategy entailing coherentist and consensus elements for justifying Christian claims in the pluralistic public realm. He provides a model for reading scripture theologically which addresses the challenges of poststructuralism and a globally diverse Church. Kamitsuka uses rule theory to adjudicate doctrinal disputes on the relationship between salvation and political liberation, and he proposes methodological 'virtues' for theological practice rooted in practical judgements concerning the vitality and fidelity of Christian communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93606/cover/9780521093606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Economic History 1870-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Commentary and Documents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Court, W. H. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>History is the essence of innumerable lives and as such beyond our understanding. We can only, as people say, form an idea of it. To sort out in every generation our ideas of history and to test them against the evidence available is the task of the historian. Unless this is done, human society remains without true knowledge of its past and presumably indifferent to its future. The concern of this book is with the economic characteristics and transformations of British society in the thirty or forty years before 1914, within the lifetime of men and women who had already reached middle-life when the First World War broke out.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93620/cover/9780521093620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19650303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ritual and Morality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ritual Purity System and its Place in Judaism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maccoby, Hyam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book describes in detail the ritual purity system of the Hebrew Bible, and its development into the system of the rabbis. Certain human conditions require purification before contact is made with holy foods or areas. Recent scholarly theories (Milgrom, Neusner, Douglas) are discussed, and new theories are proposed for the origin of the Red Cow and Scapegoat rites. It is argued that the impurities concerned all derive from the human cycle of generation, birth and death, from which the Sanctuary is to be guarded; not because it needs protection from demonic powers (as in other ancient purity systems), but because of the reverence due to the divine presence. While the priestly code of holiness displays traces of earlier conceptions, its ritual has lost urgent salvific force, and has become a protocol for the Temple and a dedicatory code for a priestly people; the sources distinguish it from universal morality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93651/cover/9780521093651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109366X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109366X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Science and its Relations with Philosophy and Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dampier, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This famous book, first published in 1929 was considerably revised and enlarged in its fourth edition, which is being reprinted now. This edition had the addition of a postscript by Professor I. Bernard Cohen containing a list of reading, with comments on them to guide the readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93668/cover/9780521093668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19480303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Testament Illustrations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Clifford M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and training colleges, and for the minister and the layman. It replaces the old Cambridge Bible for Schools. Each volume comments on one book, or two or three short books, of the Bible, beginning with the New Testament. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care is being taken to see that the commentary is suitable to the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but  the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. In addition to this volume of maps and plates, New Testament Illustrations, there is also a general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pastoral Letters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, A. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93804/cover/9780521093804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109383X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109383X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Acts of the Apostles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Packer, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a series of commentaries on the New English Bible designed for use in schools and training colleges, and for the layman. It replaces the old Cambridge Bible for Schools. Each volume will comment on one book, or two or three short books, of the Bible, beginning with the New Testament, already published. In each the text will be given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care is being taken to see that the commentary is suitable to the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references, but the commentary does convey the latest and best scholarship. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. It is hoped to have the series complete in a few years. There will also be a general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, and a volume of maps and plates, The New Testament Illustrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93835/cover/9780521093835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sermon on the Mount</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Setting of the Sermon on the Mount, first published by the Cambridge University Press in 1964 and issued as a paperback in 1976, Professor Davies made a new approach to the Sermon, placing it in its historical setting within the context of the world from which it originated. This shorter book sets out the main lines of his argument in a more accessible form so as to interest the widest possible readership. The Sermon has been described both as a pernicious document, and as the finest statement of the highest morality ever produced. Professor Davies examines it in five settings. First he considers how Matthew himself intended the Sermon to be understood, placing it in its setting within the Gospel as a whole and showing that Matthew presented Jesus as a second Moses and lawgiver. He then considers it in the setting of Jewish Messianic expectation and the contemporary Judaism, where he shows that there were certain forces at work which led to the presentation of Jesus in this light. He discusses whether this concept was an innovation or whether forces in the early church prepared the way for this interpretation, and finally he debates whether Matthew was departing from the mind of Jesus himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93842/cover/9780521093842.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rlgious Thought 19 Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reardon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Reardon begins with a substantial introduction characterizing the age as a whole, contrasting it with the previous century and assessing its permanent achievements. The book is divided into two parts. The first deals with twelve writers from continental Europe, with an account of the chosen author's life, work and opinions. The second deals with British and American writers and again each of the twelve chapters is introduced by an essay of about 1500 words. Mr Reardon gives special attention to the philosophical interpretation of religion and of Christianity in particular. Traditional dogma and ecclesiastical politics, whether Roman Catholic or Protestant, have been avoided and emphasis is given to ideas and interests that are characteristic of the period. Not all the thinkers introduced (e.g. Feuerbach, Comte, J. S. Mill) are themselves Christian. The result is a clear picture of the main currents of Western religious thought in the nineteenth century. It is a century which the student of religion today is likely to find of great interest and to which many will feel a close affinity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93866/cover/9780521093866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant's Analytic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Mr Bennett, as was to be expected, has written a first-rate book on Kant's Analytic. It is vivid, entertaining, and extremely instructive. It will be found of absorbing interest both by those who already know the Critique and by those - if there are any such - who have a developed interest in philosophy, yet no direct acquaintance with Kant. These last it will surely drive to the text and, as surely, will drive them to approach it in a truly philosophical spirit. Bennett's Kant is not a giant immersed, or frozen, in time. He is a great contemporary - a little out of touch, admittedly, with recent developments in mathematics and physics - but one with whom we can all argue, against him, at his side, or obliquely to him. And so Bennett does argue, continuously, fiercely, and fruitfully; and summons to join in the argument, at appropriate moments, those older contemporaries, Locke, Leibniz, Berkeley, and Hume, and those younger contemporaries, Wittgenstein, Ryle, Ayler, Quine, Quinton, Warnock, and others. This is splendid, and a necessary corrective to that extraordinary isolation in which Kant tends to be islanded, partly indeed, by his own unique qualities, but partly by oceans of the wrong kind of respect. Bennett, continuously engaging his great antagonist, shows the right kind.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93897/cover/9780521093897.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521093996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521093996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521093996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521093996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coulton, G. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Life in the Middle Ages will appeal to readers who want to get behind the generalizations of historians by reference to the raw material. This collection of documents covers a wide field. The topics range form clergy and laity, saints and sinners, to love, battles, pageants and some details of everyday life. The extracts are drawn from documentary material in six languages and the majority were translated for this collection; they represent thirty years' study among all kinds of medieval writings and have been chosen as specially representative of the period. The full collection is now published in two parts. The first encompasses 'Religion, Folklore and Superstition', and 'Chronicles, Science and Art', and the second, 'Men and Manners', and 'Monks, Friars and Nuns'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93996/cover/9780521093996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life Middle Ages 3 &amp; 4</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coulton, G. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1910, this book was written to appeal to the increasing body of readers who wish to get at the real Middle Ages; who, however impatient of mere dissertations and discussions, are glad to study genuine human documents, and to check the generalizations of historians by reference to first-hand facts. The Author, therefore, attempted to compile a catena of such documents, each more or less complete in itself, but mostly too long for full quotation by historians. The records here printed represent thirty years' study among all kinds of medieval writings, and could scarcely be outdone in this respect but by scholars who have better work to do. They have been chosen as specially characteristic of the period, and as appealing also to that deeper humanity which is common to all minds in all periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94009/cover/9780521094009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letter of Paul to the Romans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Best, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94016/cover/9780521094016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109402X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109402X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letter of Paul to the Galatians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neil, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94023/cover/9780521094023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Peter and Jude</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leaney, A. R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94030/cover/9780521094030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Goethe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gray, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a concise survey and criticism of Goethe's work, for the general reader and the student. It is intended as a useful first book from which the reader can proceed to more specialised studies. Here Goethe's work is seen as a whole, and from the point of view of literary criticism. The first chapter summarises Goethe's life. The other chapter discuss the works, singly and in groups. Much attention is given to the poems; and there are two long chapters on Faust. Werther, Wilhelm Meister, Elective Affinities, and the Divan are given a chapter each; so are the dramatic works, the autobiographical writings, and the scientific work. A refreshing aspect of the book is that while Dr Gray takes account of earlier criticism he also seeks to see Goethe's work entirely afresh, and to reappraise it; by questioning the value of some works, he enhances the valuation of others. Quotation is in German, but English translations are given in footnotes. There is a useful comparative table of biographical dates, which shows what was happening, politically and culturally, in Europe while Goethe lived. There are references at the end of the book, a select bibliography and an index. The book can be used in conjunction with Dr Gray's selection of the poems. The two books together are the best possible introduction to one the greatest European men of letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94047/cover/9780521094047.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social and Demographic Accounting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewings, Geoffrey J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madden, Moss</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an account of developments and applications of social accounts. It concentrates particularly on the methods of social accounting that Richard Stone, Nobel Laureate in Economics, developed and applied during his long and distinguished career. The contributors to the volume examine applications of social accounts in economics and demography, addressing issues of new formulations and specifications at the national and regional levels. Economic structure and issues of structural change are investigated within the context of social accounts matrices, and Linear Expenditure Systems are used to model population change and household consumption. The importance of social accounts matrices (SAM) in generating Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) models and the enormous potential that both SAM and CGE models have for policy analysis are stressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94054/cover/9780521094054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Textual and Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literary critic tends to think that the textual scholar or bibliographer, happily occupied in his travel drudgery, has not much to say that he would care to hear, so there is a gulf between them. Professor Bowers advances to the edge of this gulf and says several forceful things across it; they turn out to be important and interesting, though occasionally scathing. The first chapter reminds us that the literary critic can only criticise with confidence when the textual critic has established what the author wrote; Professor Bowers indicates how very much has yet to be done. The second chapter takes a particular case, Walt Whitman's copy' for the 1860 edition of Leaves of Grass, and shows how the bibliographer can, by ingenious but rigorous deduction, give an insight into the growth of an author's conception of the nature and aim of his work. The other two lectures, on Shakespeare and other early dramatic texts, will show non-specialists the striking advances in editorial technique, and the growth of standards of scholarship in these studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94078/cover/9780521094078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Letter to Hebrews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94085/cover/9780521094085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Letters of Paul to the Philippians and to the Thessalonians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grayston, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of Biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94092/cover/9780521094092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Paul to the Ephesians to the Colossians and to Philemon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, G. H. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of commentaries on the New English Bible is designed for use in schools and colleges, and for the minister and the layman. Each volume comments on one book, or part, of the Bible. In each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the layman: there is no Greek or Hebrew, and no strings of biblical references. The general editors all have experience of teaching or examining in school and working with adults. Commentaries on all the books of the Old Testament, New Testament and Apocrypha have been published, together with introductory volumes and books of illustrations to accompany each Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94108/cover/9780521094108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Short Introduction to Numerical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkes, M. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>84</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short book sets out the principles of the methods commonly employed in obtaining numerical solutions to mathematical equations and shows how they are applied in solving particular types of equations. Now that computing facilities are available to most universities, scientific and engineering laboratories and design shops, an introduction to numerical method is an essential part of the training of scientists and engineers. A course on the lines of Professor Wilkes's book is given to graduate or undergraduate students of mathematics, the physical sciences and engineering at many universities and the number will increase. By concentrating on the essentials of his subject and giving it a modern slant, Professor Wilkes has written a book that is both concise and that covers the needs of a great many users of digital computers; it will serve also as a sound introduction for those who need to consult more detailed works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homology Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Algebraic Topology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wylie, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This account of algebraic topology is complete in itself, assuming no previous knowledge of the subject. It is used as a textbook for students in the final year of an undergraduate course or on graduate courses and as a handbook for mathematicians in other branches who want some knowledge of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94221/cover/9780521094221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alan of Lille</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Frontiers of Theology in the Later Twelfth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alan of Lille was a notable figure in the second half of the twelfth century as a theologian and as a poet and he has seemed as rich and individual a writer to modern scholars as he did to his own contemporaries. This study examines his work as a whole, in an attempt to set his well-known literary achievement in the context of his theological writings. He was in many ways a pioneer, an experimenter with several of the new genres of his day, an innovator both as a teacher and as an author. He was not an original thinker so much as an eclectic, drawing on a wide range of the sources available to his contemporaries. He shows us what might be done by a lively-minded scholar with the resources of the day, within the schools of late twelfth-century France, to bring theology alive and make it interesting and challenging to his readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94269/cover/9780521094269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Activity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harcourt, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic Activity has its origins in a course of lectures given since 1950 to first-year undergraduates at the University of Adelaide. That course was originally given by P. H. Karmel; in later years the other two co-authors inherited it. Little attention was paid to financial factors in the first-year course. A second-year course of macro&#172;economics (given on several occasions by R. H. Wallace) was built upon the first course, and in this the inter-relationships between the financial and production sectors of the economy were considered in detail. The second-year course was set in the context of the particular institutional framework of the Australian economy, and students were introduced to the relevant statistical material. The book draws upon material from both courses, but the discussion of the financial sector is essentially theoretical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94276/cover/9780521094276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Stagecraft</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years, critics and students of Shakespeare have tended to stress that his plays are poetic structures embodying 'themes', and these structures have been analysed in great detail. Professor Styan advocates another approach. The plays were written for acting, in a theatre of a particular type. If we ask what effects this kind of theatre encouraged and how Shakespeare exploited them, the plays are seen as a sequence of stage-effects, planned with great art so as to enrich, reinforce and modify each other. Professor Styan begins with the known facts about the Elizabethan theatre, stressing the effect of the size of the apron stage, and the degree in which the spectators situated all around are involved in the action. It was a theatre of movement and grouping, and above all speech. Shakespeare's verse is full of suggestions about how it is to be delivered; it is, in Professor Styan's word, 'gestic'. Professor Styan shows in very many examples, quoting the text and examining its dramatic implications, what the words suggest about movement over the stage, about the relationship between groups of players on the stage, and about the delivery and dramatic effect of the words themselves. Thus we build up a new sense of the whole play. This is a convenient and comprehensive introduction to the study of Shakespeare's dramatic craftsmanship, which also reopens that direction of enquiry which Granville-Barker first explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94351/cover/9780521094351.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19671201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Antioch</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Early Christian Thought in the East</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallace-Hadrill, D. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive survey of the history and, more particularly, of the thought of Antioch from the second to the eighth centuries of the Christian era. Dr Wallace-Hadrill traces the religious background of Antiochene Christianity and examines in detail aspects of its intellectual life: the exegesis of scripture, the interpretation of history, philosophy, and the doctrine of the nature of God as applied to an understanding of Christ and man's salvation. The community at Antioch stressed history and literalism, in self-conscious opposition to the tendency to allegorise that prevailed at Alexandria. While insisting on the divinity of Christ, they were equally adamant that no other doctrine should be allowed to compromise their central belief that Jesus was really human.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94368/cover/9780521094368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109447X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109447X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American and British Technology in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Labour Saving Inventions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Habakkuk, H. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This essay is a foray into the debatable borderland between history, technology and economics. On the history of technical processes there exist several works, pre-eminent among them the great five-volumed History of Technology. But few historians of technology have shown interest in the models of the economists; and the theorists have concentrated on analysis or on problems of contemporary technology. The present work is an attempt to re-examine some of the more familiar nineteenth-century developments in technology. It originated in lectures given at Columbia University in the autumn of 1958.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94474/cover/9780521094474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and the Pursuit of Peace: Theory and Practice in the History of Relations Between States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinsley, F. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last years of the nineteenth century peace proposals were first stimulated by fear of the danger of war rather than in consequence of its outbreak. In this study of the nature and history of international relations Mr Hinsley presents his conclusions about the causes of war and the development of men's efforts to avoid it. In the first part he examines international theories from the end of the middle ages to the establishment of the League of Nations in their historical setting. This enables him to show how far modern peace proposals are merely copies or elaborations of earlier schemes. He believes there has been a marked reluctance to test these theories not only against the formidable criticisms of men like Rousseau, Kant and Bentham, but also against what we have learned about the nature of international relations and the history of the practice of states. This leads him to the second part of his study - an analysis of the origins of the modern states' system and of its evolution between the eighteenth century and the First World War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94481/cover/9780521094481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greek and Roman Architecture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, D. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a brief, clear account of the main developments in the history of the Greek, Etruscan and Roman architecture, from the earliest times to the foundation of Constantinople. It contains 135 drawings and 24 plates. Professor Robertson has produced a really great handbook; one that has become the standard general work, in English, or perhaps in any language, on its subject. It has not only accuracy, attention to detail and scholarship - these qualities we would expect - it has clarity, breadth of treatment and what can be called architectural soundness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94528/cover/9780521094528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Grammar of the Arabic Language Combined Volume Paperback</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>812</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Wright's translation of Caspari's Arabic Grammar first appeared in 1859. Since that time it has been thoroughly revised and enlarged, and has become the standard authority. Volume I contains sections on orthography and pronunciation, on the verb, the noun and adjective, on numerals, prepositions, adverbs and conjunctions. Volume II deals with syntax and prosody.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94559/cover/9780521094559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521094607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Word Formation in the Noun and Adjective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norbury, J. K. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Norbury describes the ways in which nouns and adjectives are built up in Russian. He deals at length with the most useful and important of these: affixation, deaffixation, compounding. Each of the affixes in common use is discussed, the structure of compound words is shown in tabular form, and a list of some 500 simple and compound affixes ends the book. Comparisons with English uses and procedures are made throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94603/cover/9780521094603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521094623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521094627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isaiah XXI</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A palimpsest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521094627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacIntosh, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most obscure passages in the book of Isaiah, chapter 21 contains oracles concerning foreign nations. The author deals in depth with the textual and linguistic problems presented by the text; he also considers the historical background of the prophecy, the literary forms concerned and the traditions of interpretation in ancient medieval and modern times. In studying these traditions, Mr Macintosh makes extensive use of medieval Jewish commentators whose work is not generally available in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/94627/cover/9780521094627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Selection from Scrutiny</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Leavis's Selection from Scrutiny gives in two volumes important material which is not easily available elsewhere. Though many well-known books have already been derived from Scrutiny, these two volumes do not duplicate material in those books, and they give a great deal of otherwise uncollected material by Dr &amp; Mrs Leavis themselves. The selection concentrates on English literature and literary criticism, and also reflects Scrutiny's success, from the 1930s to the 1950s, in commenting on the important writers of the time. Volume I begins with a collection of studies by Mrs Q. D. Leavis on academic traditions. There follows a section of studies of T. S. Eliot, Yeats, Pound, and more recent poets. Two sections on 'Literary Culture' and 'The Literary World' comment on minor writers and on literary life and institutions (including Dr Leavis's celebrated 'Keynes, Spender and Currency Values').</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95082/cover/9780521095082.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Selection from Scrutiny</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 2 of A Selection from Scrutiny opens with Mrs Leavis's much quoted studies, which together form 'A Critical Theory of Jane Austen's Writings'. There follows a section of reviews of novelists (Dorothy Richardson, Gissing, Hemingway, Virginia Woolf, Henry James), and Mrs Leavis's study of Edith Wharton. Then there are three of James Smith's essays: the celebrated 'Preliminary Survey' of Wordsworth; the equally celebrated 'On Metaphysical Poetry' and the study of As You Like It. A section on 'The English Tradition' reprints studies of Jefferies, Beatrice Webb, Sturt and Piers Plowman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95099/cover/9780521095099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109514X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109514X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Overseas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exploits of a Nation of Shopkeepers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrington, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a digital reprint of a volume from 1968 where Professor Carrington brought up to date the first nine chapters of his classic study of the expansion of the British peoples overseas. This volume deals with the early British ventures overseas from the seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. Professor Carrington describes the establishment of the American colonies, the activities of the East India Company, the exploration of the South Seas and British activities in the Cape and the East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95143/cover/9780521095143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of English Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Before the Time of Edward I</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollock, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>800</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although this book was envisaged as a joint venture and bears the name of both Pollock and Maitland, it is substantially the work of Maitland. It was recognised at once as a masterpiece and has since been accepted as one of the great histories in the English language. In Maitland's lifetime Acton pronounced him the ablest historian in England. Plucknett said that 'everything he wrote exercises a deep fascination and a personal attraction'. To Sir Maurice Powicke he was 'one of the immortals'. Lord Annan, in the preface to his Leslie Stephen, called him 'perhaps the greatest of all professional historians'. To read The History of English Law, even many years after Maitland's death, is to feel at once the touch of a master. That touch could only be weakened by editing, so the present issue is a reprint of the second edition but with an introductory essay and a select bibliography by S. F. C. Milsom, Professor of Legal History in the University of London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95150/cover/9780521095150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19681201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of English Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Before the Time of Edward I</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollock, Sir Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, Frederic William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although this book was envisaged as a joint venture and bears the name of both Pollock and Maitland, it is substantially the work of Maitland. It was recognised at once as a masterpiece and has since been accepted as one of the great histories in the English language. In Maitland's lifetime Acton pronounced him the ablest historian in England. Plucknett said that 'everything he wrote exercises a deep fascination and a personal attraction'. To Sir Maurice Powicke he was 'one of the immortals'. Lord Annan, in the preface to his Leslie Stephen, called him 'perhaps the greatest of all professional historians'. To read The History of English Law, even many years after Maitland's death, is to feel at once the touch of a master. That touch could only be weakened by editing, so the present issue is a reprint of the second edition but with an introductory essay and a select bibliography by S. F. C. Milsom, Professor of Legal History in the University of London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95167/cover/9780521095167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19681201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslims Christians, and Jews in the Crusader Kingdom of Valencia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Societies in Symbiosis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, Robert I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The crusade which conquered Mediterranean Spain in the thirteenth century resulted in the domination by an alien Christian minority of a dissident Muslim majority and an unusually large Jewish population. Professor Burns' research into previously untapped archival sources reveals the tensions and interaction between the three religious societies after the crusade. A principal source for the author's research has been the revolutionary paper registers of King Jaume the Conqueror. These abundant and neglected documents shed new light on Jaume's pluri-ethnic kingdom during its first generation of settlement. The chapters, each a pioneering work for its topic, are radically different in subject and in approach, and yet concern the same theme, the symbiosis of cultures in the redeveloping kingdom, and the same time-span, the reigns of Jaume the Conqueror and his son, Pere the Great.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95181/cover/9780521095181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Categories, Homological Algebra and Sheaf Cohomology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strooker, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Categories, homological algebra, sheaves and their cohomology furnish useful methods for attacking problems in a variety of mathematical fields. This textbook provides an introduction to these methods, describing their elements and illustrating them by examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95259/cover/9780521095259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dark Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of twentieth-century drama defies the traditional pigeon-holes of tragedy and comedy: the heroes are not straightforwardly heroic; the subject-matter seems at some times grimly realistic and at others nearer to pure fantasy. Professor Styan explains and illuminates the nature of this dark, paradoxical comedy. He reminds us, first, that this is not a purely modern phenomenon: many great plays of the past  have similarly defied classification and have called for an equally vacillating response from their audience. But nonetheless this dramatic genre has had its clearest expression in the last sixty years: we are shown in detail how its techniques have developed from Ibsen and Chekhov to Pirandello, Brecht and contemporary playwrights such as Ionesco, Beckett, Tennessee Williams and Pinter. The author brings us to realize that the playwright, by creating complex tensions in the action of the play between the actor and the audience and within the individual spectator, is able to explore new areas of human feeling and response. In this second edition of  The Dark Comedy Professor Styan has brought the book up to date in relation to recent plays and theatrical developments. He has modified some earlier judgements and added detailed analyses of scenes from Brecht's Mother Courage and from Beckett's Waiting for Godot. Anyone who takes an intelligent interest in theatre-going will find profit and stimulus in this book. It covers a wide range of subject-matter; but its underlying theme is clear, forceful and unified.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95297/cover/9780521095297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Normal Topological Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alo, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Harvey L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text bridges the gap existing in the field of set theoretical topology between the introductory texts and the more specialised monographs. The authors review fit developments in general topology and discuss important new areas of research and the importance of defining a methodology applicable to this active field of mathematics. The concept of normal cover and related ideas is considered in detail, as are the characterisations of normal spaces, collectionwise normal spaces and their interrelationships with paracompact spaces (and other weaker forms of compactness). Various methods of embedding subspaces are studied, before considering newer concepts such as M-spaces and their relationships with established ideas. These ideas are applied to give new results pertaining to the extension of continuous vector-valued functions. Wallman-Frink compactifications and realcompactifications are also studied to assist in unifying the ideas through the use of the more general L-filter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95303/cover/9780521095303.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parliament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jennings, Ivor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1939 Parliament sought to analyse the parliamentary institutions of the United Kingdom as pieces of constitutional machinery.  This reprint is from the revised version of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95327/cover/9780521095327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Convexity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eggleston, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This account of convexity includes the basic properties of convex sets in Euclidean space and their applications, the theory of convex functions and an outline of the results of transformations and combinations of convex sets. It will be useful for those concerned with the many applications of convexity in economics, the theory of games, the theory of functions, topology, geometry and the theory of numbers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95365/cover/9780521095365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Ideas in Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, J. Maynard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a lucid introduction to some of the mathematical ideas which are useful to biologists. Professor Maynard Smith introduces the reader to the ways in which biological problems can be expressed mathematically, and shows how the mathematical equations which arise in biological work can be solved. Each chapter has a number of examples which present further points of biological and mathematical interest. interest. Professor Maynard Smith's book is written for all biologists, from undergraduate level upwards, who need mathematical tools. Only an elementary knowledge of mathematics is assumed. Since there are already a number of books dealing with statistics for biologists, this book is particularly concerned with non-statistical topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95501/cover/9780521095501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109559X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109559X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Written Arabic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Approach to the Basic Structures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beeston, A. F. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this introduction to modern written Arabic is to bring the student quickly to a reading knowledge of the language so that he can use Arabic sources in subjects like history, economics and sociology. The book can also be used in conjunction with others as an ordinary grammar. Professor Beeston presents essential features of Arabic needed for an accurate comprehension of written material. He excludes the mass of linguistic detail contained in traditional Arabic grammars which assume the student wishes to master all aspects of the language. On the other hand the book provides for a sound understanding of abstract literature on scholarly subjects, in contrast to manuals teaching a quick understanding of journalistic Arabic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95594/cover/9780521095594.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Exercises in Pure Mathematics with Expository Comments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weston, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godwin, H. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about some of the ideas that are important for students of mathematics at the stage of transition from school to university. It contains 200 exercises on a wide range of interrelated topics in algebra, analysis and geometry, with explanations and informative comments. It has a comprehensive index, and can be used either as a reference book or as a framework for a systematic course of study. The book originated in sets of annotated exercises prepared for students and teachers working to an experimental syllabus of the Welsh Joint Education Committee. It will be useful to undergraduates and others who wish to develop their understanding of fundamental mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95617/cover/9780521095617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19681101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in African Prehistory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fage, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Fage and Professor Oliver, the editors of this collection, are distinguished historians of Africa, and as founding editors of the Journal of African History they both established the journal and used it to mark out developing areas of the subject. In directing the journal they have pursued an active policy of commissioning articles in fields where the literature was scanty, and in this volume they have collected together some of the most important articles they have published on African prehistory. It is designed for the student of African history, and the library that needs copies of frequently consulted papers to supplement its sets of periodicals. All the articles contain either accounts of important research or more general review articles. The book is illustrated with line diagrams and photographs. One article which originally appeared in French has been translated into English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95662/cover/9780521095662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19701201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cabinet Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jennings, Ivor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Ivor Jennings' classic account of the evolution of Cabinet government in England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95709/cover/9780521095709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Four Hundred Years of English Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armytage, W. H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Armytage's well-known book has become established as a very useful guide to the history of education in England. Not only does it provide a thorough and detailed account of the subject itself, but it also explains how education was shaped by the political, religious and economic background of the times. In this edition the final chapter has been extended and revised to take account of developments in education since the book first appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95839/cover/9780521095839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521095840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Wordsworth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Durrant, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most people agree, perhaps without enthusiasm, that Wordsworth is 'great'; it is not easy to say why. Professor Durrant sets out to show this clearly, freshly and forcibly, with detailed reference to particular poems. He accepts that the great creative period of Wordsworth's life was from 1798 to 1805; that in those few years he produced the poems in which his genius was realised; that these poems express a particular vision, which later faded. The vision was of the life of man in the universe of Newtonian science, subject to its universal laws, finding poignancy, even tragedy, in this acquiescence, but winning strength from the acceptance. After a general introduction, individual chapters examine representative poems in close detail: particularly such lyrics as 'I wandered lonely as a cloud', 'Tintern Abbey' the 'Immortality' ode, 'The Prelude' and the sonnets. Professor Durrant builds up from the details of these poems a cumulative sense of Wordsworth's preoccupations, how his mind worked, his characteristic imagery, how original and successful he was and how relevant his poetry still is.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95846/cover/9780521095846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19691101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521095948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521095945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroscopic Theories of Superfluids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521095945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grioli, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on lectures delivered at a meeting organised by the academia Nazionale dei Lincei with contributions from some of the leading research workers in the field. They deal with topics of contemporary interest such as: solitons, hydrodynamic and nonlinear problems in superfluids, turbulence, thermodynamics, first and second sound, and the comparison between superconductivity and superfluidity. Experimental results and theoretical considerations are included. Thus the book will be an invaluable survey for research workers in superfluidity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/95945/cover/9780521095945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking with Concepts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his preface Mr Wilson writes 'I feel that a great many adults ... would do better to spend less time in simply accepting the concepts of others uncritically, and more time in learning how to analyse concepts in general'. Mr Wilson starts by describing the techniques of conceptual analysis. He then gives examples of them in action by composing answers to specific questions and by criticism of quoted passages of argument. Chapter 3 sums up the importance of this kind of mental activity. Chapter 4 presents selections for the reader to analyse, followed by questions of university entrance/scholarship type. This is a book to be worked through, in a sense a text-book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96010/cover/9780521096010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Templets and the Explanation of Complex Patterns</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Where does the particular form or configuration of a pattern come from, and how is it propagated from pattern to pattern? Templets and the Explanation of Complex Patterns provides a natural language for analysing such questions. Using it, the organisational forces that underlie the fabrication of any pattern can be divided into two classes. First, there are the 'universal laws' of pattern assembly, the configurational rules and constraints inherent within the fabric of the pattern elements themselves. Second, there are the 'templets' - external, situational constraints imposed on the pattern elements. From the perspective of templeting, simple patterns can be directly contrasted with complex patterns: the former are completely determined by their universal laws, whereas the latter also require extensive templets. Natural patterns range along the entire spectrum from simple to complex, and the most complex of these include both random patterns and many biological patterns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96027/cover/9780521096027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maximum Entropy and Bayesian Methods in Applied Statistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Fourth Maximum Entropy Workshop University of Calgary, 1984</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Justice, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers by leading researchers in their respective fields contains contributions showing the use of the maximum entropy method in many of the fields in which it finds application. In the physical, mathematical and biological sciences it is often necessary to make inferences based on insufficient data. The problem of choosing one among the many possible conclusions or models which are compatible with the data may be resolved in a variety of ways. A particularly appealing method is to choose the solution which maximizes entropy in the sense that the conclusion or model honours the observed data but implies no further assumptions not warranted by the data. The maximum entropy principle has been growing in importance and acceptance in many fields, perhaps most notably statistical physics, astronomy, geophysics, signal processing, image analysis and physical chemistry. The papers included in this volume touch on most of the current areas of research activity and application, and will be of interest to research workers in all fields in which the maximum entropy method may be applied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96034/cover/9780521096034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109609X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combination of Observations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In many of the sciences there is no means of ensuring absolute accuracy in the measurement of a particular quantity. The difficulty can to some extent be overcome by making several independent sets of observations and by combining these to give the most probable result. This done, the degree of precision of the calculated value can in its turn be assessed. It is seldom a straightforward matter of taking the average reading, and in many cases a knowledge of the theory behind the methods of combining observations becomes essential. It is this knowledge that Professor Smart provides.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96096/cover/9780521096096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social and Political Thought of Karl Marx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avineri, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ever since the discovery of Marx's Early Writings, most of the literature concerned with Marx's intellectual development has centred around the so-called gap between the 'young' Marx, who was considered to be a humanist thinker, and the 'older' Marx, who was held to be a determinist with little concern for anything outside his narrow theory of historical materialism. Dr Avineri claims that such a gap between the 'young' and 'older' Marx did not exist. He supports his claim by a detailed study of the whole corpus of Marx's writing on social and political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96195/cover/9780521096195.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19701101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Recreational Mathmatics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cadwell, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows something of the fascination, beauty and power of mathematical ideas. It is based on talks which the author has given to mathematical and scientific audiences, many of whom found the material unfamiliar. The fifteen topics range from the distribution of prime numbers among the integers to the enumeration of the seventeen distinct types of wall-paper pattern. (The standard of mathematics assumed in the reader is roughly that of British university entrance requirements and its equivalent overseas.) The book should be of particular value in sixth-form libraries and to teachers of mathematics at various levels who are looking for new and unusual examples to enliven their work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96201/cover/9780521096201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incompressible Computational Fluid Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Trends and Advances</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunzburger, Max D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicolaides, Roy A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Incompressible computational fluid dynamics is an emerging and important discipline, with numerous applications in industry and science. Its methods employ rigourous mathematical analysis far beyond what is presently possible for compressible flows. Vortex methods, finite elements, and spectral methods are emphasised. Contributions from leading experts in the various sub-fields portray the wide-ranging nature of the subject. The book provides an entr&#233;e into the current research in the field. It can also serve as a source book for researchers and others who require information on methods and techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96225/cover/9780521096225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Criticism and the Growth of Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the International Colloquium in the Philosophy of Science, London, 1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakatos, Imre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Musgrave, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two books have been particularly influential in contemporary philosophy of science: Karl R. Popper's Logic of Scientific Discovery, and Thomas S. Kuhn's Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Both agree upon the importance of revolutions in science, but differ about the role of criticism in science's revolutionary growth. This volume arose out of a symposium on Kuhn's work, with Popper in the chair, at an international colloquium held in London in 1965. The book begins with Kuhn's statement of his position followed by seven essays offering criticism and analysis, and finally by Kuhn's reply. The book will interest senior undergraduates and graduate students of the philosophy and history of science, as well as professional philosophers, philosophically inclined scientists, and some psychologists and sociologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96232/cover/9780521096232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19701101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109626X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109626X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speech Acts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in the Philosophy of Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in an outstandingly clear and lively style, it provokes its readers to rethink issues they may have regarded as long since settled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96263/cover/9780521096263.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Heavenly Counsellor in Isaiah xl 13-14</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Sources of the Theology of Deutero-Isaiah</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whybray, R. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>100</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most rewarding of recent approaches to the study of Deutero-Isaiah has been the attempt to understand his teaching against the background of his ministry to the second generation of Jewish exiles in Babylonia. Two factors have been taken into account: the nature of the Israelite religious tradition which the exiles had inherited from the past, and the actual circumstances of their life in Babylonia, where they were subject to the cultural and religious pressures of their environment. Each of these may be expected to have exercised some influence on the teaching of Deutero-Isaiah. Dr Whybray's study of this one short passage has been made in order to explore the relationships between the two factors. The passage, which has long been the subject of vigorous controversy, admirably raises the question of the sources of Deutero-Isaiah's theology. This detailed study, which employs as far as possible all the techniques of modern critical investigation, is an attempt to shed some light on the interpretation of Deutero-Isaiah as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96270/cover/9780521096270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Austen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooneratne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A critical introduction to Jane Austen's writings, which considers in turn her letters, the minor works and the six complete novels, Northanger Abbey, Sense and Sensibility, Pride and Prejudice, Mansfield Park, Emma and Persuasion. Biographical material has been kept to a minimum. Contemporary criticism is referred to where useful, but the aim of the book is to direct new and old readers of Jane Austen to the structure and intentions of the works themselves, to the richness and subtlety of their language and to the record they provide of the writer's gradual achievement, through self-discipline and continuous experimentation, of artistic and emotional maturity. The books in the series British Authors: Introductory Critical Studies are aimed at the widest student readership and are all written by authors who have experience of university teaching outside Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96300/cover/9780521096300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Book of Samuel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ackroyd, P. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Ackroyd's introduction summarizes the place of the First Book of Samuel in the Old Testament canon, its relationship with history and its theological purpose. The main divisions of the text are those provided by the New English Bible itself, but the text is further subdivided for the purposes of the commentary, which draws out the kind of significance indicated in the introduction. As in the series of Cambridge Bible Commentaries on the New English Bible New Testament, short passages of text and the editor's commentary are interspersed so that the reader does not have to refer to another part of the book to find the commentary. A final brief section asks what is the theological message today of this account of the beginnings of the line of David, of Samuel's role as judge and of Saul's as king.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96355/cover/9780521096355.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradise Lost: Introduction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broadbent, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this, the first introductory volume of the Cambridge Milton for Schools and Colleges, Professor Broadbent, the general editor of the series, presents background and introductory material essential to students for a proper understanding of Paradise Lost. Chapters on mythology, the epic, the writing, publication and subsequent editing of PL and on Milton's ideology and world-view, provide the background to the poem as a whole. The second half of the book engages with the poetry at a more detailed level and examines themes, structures, allusion, language, syntax, rhetoric, similes, rhythm and style, always showing the reader how he can best understand and appreciate Milton's usage. Extensive quotation from PL and other works by Milton and others helps to make all clear.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96393/cover/9780521096393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Doctrine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eight Lectures Delivered in the University of Cambridge to Undergraduates of All Faculties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whale, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christian Doctrine offers a clear re-statement of the fundamental beliefs of Christians. Dr Whale describes - and meets - the difficulties which the great Christian doctrines raise for us today, and makes clear how the Christian faith understands human history and the abiding issues of good and evil, life and death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96423/cover/9780521096423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old Testament Illustrations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Clifford M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the illustrations volume which accompanies the Old Testament series of the Cambridge Bible Commentary. It is arranged on the same general plan as Mr Jones's successful companion volume on the New Testament. It contains 201 photographs, maps and drawings arranged in groups with a connected commentary which describes each picture in detail, explaining its significance. The whole collection provides a background study of the Old Testament lands and peoples. The sections deal with the geographical setting, the archaeology of the region, the periods of Old Testament history from the earliest times to the Hellenistic period, the social background, the Old Testament books as literary productions, the background of Jewish religious life. Maps are skilfully simplified to give only the information relevant to understanding the Old Testament itself The diagrams explain technical subjects. The photographs, of scenes, buildings and works of art, and the continuing tradition of Jewish religious practice, give life and visible confirmation to the study of the Scriptures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96461/cover/9780521096461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Books of Amos, Hosea, Micah</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKeating, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The plan of this volume of commentary on the New English Bible text of three Old Testament books follows the pattern established by the New Testament series of Cambridge Bible Commentaries on the New English Bible. The main divisions of the text are those provided by the New English Bible itself. The text is further subdivided for the purposes of the commentary, which is printed in short sections following the relevant portion of text. In his introduction Dr McKeating discusses the chronology of the books in this volume, indicating briefly the historical events of the period. He examines the structure and content of these books and shows how these three men, alike in their intensity but utterly different in background and in temperament, reflect three different attitudes to a corrupt society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96478/cover/9780521096478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emergence of Indian Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Competition and Collaboration in the Later Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seal, Anil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume Dr Seal analyses the social roots of the rather confused stirrings towards political organisations of the 1870s and 1880s which brought about the foundation of the Indian National Congress. He is concerned not only with the politicians, viceroys and civil servants but with the social structure of those parts of India where political movements were most prominent at the time. The emphasis of this work is more upon Indian politics than upon British policy: the associations in Bengal and Bombay, the genesis of the Congress and the Muslim breakaway which accentuated the political divisions in India.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96522/cover/9780521096522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and the Stages of Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rostow, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Stages of Economic Growth, for which he is known around the world, W. W. Rostow distinguished five basic stages of growth experienced by societies as they change from a pre-industrial state to full economic maturity. In this book the analysis is continued but the focus is shifted, from economic growth to politics. Professor Rostow see politics as an eternal triangle of competing imperatives - of security, welfare, and constitutional order. Using this concept, he examines the political meaning and content of each of the stages as experienced by eight countries; Great Britain, France, China, Japan, Russia, Turkey, Mexico and the United States. He goes on to consider, in the heart of the book, a uniquely political stage: the search for quality which is possible in an age of high mass consumption. Special attention is given the United States. Professor Rostow also examines the character of politics in the developing nations of today, and makes explicit what he sees to be the lessons of history and the contemporary world for these nations. He concludes by using his analysis to speculate on possibilities for peace in the global community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96539/cover/9780521096539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exodus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clements, Ronald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Clements' volume, like others in the series, contains the text in the New English Bible translation, divided into sections, with introductory material preceding, and a commentary directly following each section of the text. Dr Clements discusses the content and historical background of the book, and the theories about the authorship of Exodus, identifying briefly the four main sources. Although the content of Exodus is largely devoted to the narrative of the escape of the Israelites from Egypt, Dr Clements treats the book as a truly religious work, in which history and faith are inseparably woven together.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art and Experience in Classical Greece</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollitt, Jerome Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>205</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An account of the development of Greek art in the Classical period (about 480-320 BC) which places particular emphasis on the meaning and content of Greek sculpture, architecture and painting. Professor Pollitt reminds us that the visual arts in Greece, as elsewhere, were primarily vehicles of expression. He does not ignore formal development but always relates this to social and cultural history, which it reflected and from which it grew. While his subject is art, he refers frequently to the literature and philosophy of the period which were shaped by the same influences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96621/cover/9780521096621.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek thought, entitled The Fifth-Century Enlightenment, deals in two parts with the Sophists and Socrates, the key figures in the dramatic and fundamental shift of philosophical interest from the physical universe to man. Each of these parts is now available as a paperback with the text, bibliography and indexes amended where necessary so that each part is self-contained. The Sophists assesses the contribution of individuals like Protagoras, Gorgias and Hippias to the extraordinary intellectual and moral fermant in fifth-century Athens. They questioned the bases of morality, religion and organized society itself and the nature of knowledge and language; they initiated a whole series of important and continuing debates, and they provoked Socrates and Plato to a major restatement and defence of traditional values.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96669/cover/9780521096669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek thought, entitled The Fifth-Century Enlightenment, deals in two parts with the Sophists and Socrates, the key figures in the dramatic and fundamental shift of philosophical interest from the physical universe to man. Each of the two parts is available as a paperback with the text, bibliography and indexes amended where necessary so that each part is self-contained. Socrates dominated the controversies of this period, as he has dominated the subsequent history of western philosophy. He was the first to identify and grapple with some of the most intractable and persistent logical and philosophical problems; but he was also and has remained a highly controversial figure because of his extraordinary personal qualities and his remarkable career. Professor Guthrie offers a balanced and comprehensive picture of the man, his life, and his thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96676/cover/9780521096676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19711213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Cambridge Controversies in the Theory of Capital</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harcourt, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capital theory traditionally spans two major compartments of economic theory: the theory of production of both individual products and the total product, and the theory of the distribution of the aggregate product between the different classes of capitalist society. It has always been controversial, partly because the subject matter is difficult and partly because rival ideologies and value systems impinge directly on the subject matter. In the present book the various topics associated with the exchanges between the 'neo-Keynesians' and the 'neo-neoclassicals' are discussed and evaluated. The topics include the measurement of capital, the revival of interest in Irving Fisher's rate of return on investment, the double-switching debate, Sraffa's prelude to a critique of neoclassical theory, and the 'new' theories of the rate of profits in capitalist society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of the Old Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellor, Enid B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Making of the Old Testament is one of three books accompanying the volumes of commentary in the Old Testament and Apocrypha series of Cambridge Bible Commentaries on the New English Bible. This volume is concerned with the formation of the books of the Old Testament and Apocrypha in the context of the ancient Near Eastern World, and with the ways in which these books have come down to us through the Jewish and Christian communities. Individual chapters discuss other literary documents contemporary with events in the Old Testament; the style of and critical approaches to the Old Testament books; other Jewish writing (Apocrypha and pseudepigrapha); the development of the Old Testament canon; the development of the modern English text from the various earlier versions; and the place of the Old Testament in modern Judaism and Christianity. Each of the chapters is followed by suggestions for further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96737/cover/9780521096737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Harley Psalter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noel, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fascinating study of the making of the Harley Psalter, an illustrated manuscript which was produced at Christ Church, Canterbury, over a period of about 100 years, from c. 1020 to c. 1130. The Harley Psalter was closely based on the Utrecht Psalter, the most celebrated of all Carolingian illuminated manuscripts. Through meticulous observation of the Harley Psalter, William Noel analyses how the artists and scribes worked with each other and with their manuscript exemplars in making their illustrated text. The author demonstrates that this work is best understood not as a copy of the Utrecht Psalter, but rather as one of a series of Anglo-Saxon manuscript experiments that incorporated its imagery. This is a crucial work for understanding the development of art, script and book making during what has been termed the 'golden age' of Anglo-Saxon art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96768/cover/9780521096768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of Proverbs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whybray, R. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Whybray's volume, like the others in the series, contains the text in the New English Bible translation, with introductory material preceding, and a commentary directly following, each section of text. Dr Whybray describes the ancient Near Eastern tradition of producing collections of 'wisdom': instructions in the form of aphorisms and proverbs, for the education of the young for a happy and successful career. He indicates the dependence of Proverbs on this tradition, but also points out how the Israelite authors modified it. The book contains three kinds of material: sections whose form and character are hardly distinguishable from the instructions of Egypt and Mesopotamia; others where, in spite of a more specifically Israelite dress, the aim remains the achievement of a successful life; and finally passages in which the main purpose has now become the pursuit of a wisdom conforming entirely with the 'fear of the Lord'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96799/cover/9780521096799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19721127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Onset of Modernization in Brazil 1850-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of British influence in Brazil as a theme within the larger story of modernization. The British were involved at key points in the initial stages of modernization. Their hold upon the import-export economy tended to slow down industrialization, and there were other areas in which their presence acted as a brake upon Brazilian modernization. But the British also fostered change. British railways provided primary stimulus to the growth of coffee exports, and since the British did not monopolize coffee production, a large proportion of the profits remained in Brazilian hands for other uses. Furthermore, the burgeoning coffee economy shattered traditional economic, social and political relationships, opening up the way for other areas of growth. The British role was not confined to economic development. They also contributed to the growth of 'a modern world-view'. Spencerianism and the idea of progress, for instance, were not exotic and meaningless imports, but an integral part of the transformation Brazil was experiencing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96812/cover/9780521096812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109691X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109691X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding the Old Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lace, O. Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New English Bible has benefited not only from advances in the understanding of ancient language and discoveries of new manuscripts and methods, but also from the recent growth in knowledge of the social and political history of the biblical period and the development of new ways of evaluating prehistory. In Understanding the Old Testament the essentials of the background and context of the Old Testament and Apocrypha are set out as concisely as possible to enable the reader to understand the meaning and significance of much that can only be appreciated fully with the help of this background material. The geographical setting, the prehistory, the social and political history, as well as the nature of the ideas which grew in this context are all described. The literary point i=of view is on the Old Testament and Apocrypha presented in the companion volume, The Making of the Old Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96911/cover/9780521096911.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Embossed Bindings 1825-50</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jamieson, Eleanore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The decorative art of embossed book binding was a small but significant facet of the Gothic Revival. Mrs Jamieson studies the social and technological conditions which made possible the mass-production of handsomely bound books and analyses recurrent motifs and styles of binding of a number of books produced in the second quarter of the nineteenth century. She gives detailed bibliographical descriptions of sixty-two bindings, twenty-four of which are illustrated. The plates are reproduced by a fine screen letterpress process from rubbings made by the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96935/cover/9780521096935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521096952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521096952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521096959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Handbook of Terms used in Algebra and Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521096959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howson, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Degree students of mathematics are often daunted by the mass of definitions and theorems with which they must familiarize themselves. In the fields algebra and analysis this burden will now be reduced because in A Handbook of Terms they will find sufficient explanations of the terms and the symbolism that they are likely to come across in their university courses. Rather than being like an alphabetical dictionary, the order and division of the sections correspond to the way in which mathematics can be developed. This arrangement, together with the numerous notes and examples that are interspersed with the text, will give students some feeling for the underlying mathematics. Many of the terms are explained in several sections of the book, and alternative definitions are given. Theorems, too, are frequently stated at alternative levels of generality. Where possible, attention is drawn to those occasions where various authors ascribe different meanings to the same term. The handbook will be extremely useful to students for revision purposes. It is also an excellent source of reference for professional mathematicians, lecturers and teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/96959/cover/9780521096959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19721106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integration and Harmonic Analysis on Compact Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes provide a reasonably self-contained introductory survey of certain aspects of harmonic analysis on compact groups. The first part of the book seeks to give a brief account of integration theory on compact Hausdorff spaces. The second, larger part starts from the existence and essential uniqueness of an invariant integral on every compact Hausdorff group. Topics subsequently outlined include representations, the Peter-Weyl theory, positive definite functions, summability and convergence, spans of translates, closed ideals and invariant subspaces, spectral synthesis problems, the Hausdorff-Young theorem, and lacunarity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97178/cover/9780521097178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19721106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eucharist in Bible and Liturgy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kilpatrick, G. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the central act of Christian worship, call it Eucharist, Holy Communion, Liturgy, Last Supper or Mass. First it investigates in some detail the New Testament accounts of its institution at the Last Supper, dealing with the problems of scholarship involved. Professor Kilpatrick argues that Mark XIV and I Corinthians XI are basic, Mark being more archaic. Secondly, the book examines three themes of the Eucharist which are foreign to Western thinking of today: sacrifice, the sacred meal and the pattern of charter story and ritual. This pattern is common ground to anthropologists and biblical scholars. It is argued that the observance is not a Passover but a sacrifice in Biblical terms and certain features which we find in Biblical sacrifice have parallels in the religion of ancient Rome and Greece. The bearing of these conclusions on present-day liturgical revision is then discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97208/cover/9780521097208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Books of the Apocrypha</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dancy, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The plan of this volume of commentary on the New English Bible texts of the shorter books of the Apocrypha follows the pattern of the now well established New Testament series. The main divisions of the text are those provided by the New English Bible itself, but these are further subdivided for the purposes of the commentary which is printed in short sections following the relevant portion of the text. The books presented in this volume are Tobit, in which the angel Raphael guides Tobit's son Tobias on various adventures, Judith, with its dramatic tale of the beheading of Holophernes, The Rest of the Chapters of the Book of Esther (together with the Book of Esther), Baruch, A Letter of Jeremiah, The Apocryphal Additions to Daniel (The Song of the Three, Daniel Daniel, Bel, and the Snake), and The Prayer of Manasseh.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97291/cover/9780521097291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Book of Kings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The plan of this volume of commentary on the New English Bible text of the First Book of Kings follows the pattern of the now well-established series on the Old and New Testaments. The main divisions of the text are those provided by the New English Bible itself, but these are further subdivided for the purposes of the commentary, which is printed in short sections following the relevant portion of the text. Canon Robinson suggests that the editors of I Kings compiled their history in order to teach the Hebrews that their existence as Israel, the covenant people of God, depended upon their continuing loyalty to their own religious traditions, and their refusal to exchange them for the very different traditions of the Canaanites among whom they lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97345/cover/9780521097345.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belief, Truth and Knowledge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A wide-ranging study of the central concepts in epistemology - belief, truth and knowledge. Professor Armstrong offers a dispositional account of general beliefs and of knowledge of general propositions. Belief about particular matters of fact are described as structures in the mind of the believer which represent or 'map' reality, while general beliefs are dispositions to extend the 'map' or introduce casual relations between portions of the map according to general rules. 'Knowledge' denotes the reliability of such beliefs as representations of reality. Within this framework Professor Armstrong offers a distinctive account of many of the main questions in general epistemology - the relations between beliefs and language, the notions of proposition, concept and idea, the analysis of truth, the varieties of knowledge, and the way in which beleifs and knowledge are supported by reasons.  The book as a whole if offered as a contribution to a naturalistic account of man.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97376/cover/9780521097376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>About the Gospels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodd, C. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>56</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By recovering the world for whom the first three gospels were written, Professor Dodd, in this short book, confers upon his readers the ability to make fresh approach and a new understanding to turn a worn-out experience into tone that is vivd and moving. He discusses the events of the Old World into which the gospels entered, their date of writing, their authenticity in the light of modern biblical criticism, the early communities of Christians whose needs the gospels met and the fundamentals of early Christian society. All is tersely dealt with, but one feels the authority of learning behind the summary. The chapters were originally broadcast as part of the Sunday morning services of the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97451/cover/9780521097451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>25.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dyirbal Language of North Queensland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, R. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1972, this study is dedicated to the surviving speakers of the Dyirbal, Giramay and Mamu dialects. For more than ten thousand years they lived in harmony with each other and with their environment. Over one hundred years ago many of them were shot and poisoned by European invaders. Those allowed to survive have been barely tolerated tenants on their own lands, and have had their beliefs, habits and language help up to ridicule and scorn. In the last decade they have seen their remaining forests taken and cleared by an American company, with the destruction of sites whose remembered antiquity is many thousands of years older than the furthest event in the shallow history of their desecrators. The survivors of the three tribes have stood up to these diversities with dignity and humour. They continue to look forward to the day when they may again be allowed to live in peaceful possession of some of their own lands, and may be accorded a respect that they have been denied, but which they have been forcibly made to accord to others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97482/cover/9780521097482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First and Second Books of the Maccabees</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Bartlett's volume, like the others in the series, contains the text in the New English Bible. After a general introduction to the book as a whole, the text is given in short passages, with a commentary directly following each. These Jewish historical works, the two books of the Maccabees, were written to describe the struggles of the Jews in the second century BC against encroachment of the Greek way of life and against the political domination of the Syrians. The particular purpose of this commentary is to bring out the political and religious motives of the various parties to the struggle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97499/cover/9780521097499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles and Problems of Biblical Translation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Some Reformation Controversies and their Background</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the foreword by Dr C. H. Dodd: 'Those who are hardy enough to put their hands to the fascinating but elusive task of Bible translation soon become aware of a host of problems which must be settled one way or other in the course of the work. Questions cannot be either evaded or answered out of hand. That they are no new questions we may learn from this book. The controversy between Erasmus and Luther was essentially the same as the controversy between Jerome and Augustine centuries earlier; and indeed the main issues may be said to have been raised as soon as the Septuagint made a bid for acceptance as the equivalent of the Hebrew Scriptures. All this we may read, set forth with learning and penetration, in Dr Schwarz's book. A study of it will be illuminating to the translator, salutary to the critic and profitable to anyone interested either in the art of translation in general or, particularly, in the enterprise of making the biblical writings accessible in the vernacular to the mind of this generation.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97536/cover/9780521097536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Book of Samuel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ackroyd, Peter A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Like the other volumes of the Cambridge Bible Commentary, this contains an introduction followed by the text of the New English Bible divided into sections. Each section of the text is followed by the commentary upon it. The Second Book of Samuel tells how David took full control of both the northern and southern Hebrew kingdoms and consolidated his power throughout the region. Professor Ackroyd's commentary concentrates on interpretation rather than historical reconstruction, and part of his introduction dealing with the theological significance of the Books of Samuel relates the religious tradition stemming from the Bible to present-day ways of thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109755X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109755X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of the Prophet Ezekiel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carley, Keith W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The prophet Ezekiel, in exile from the land of Judah ,came, to see the reason for his country's downfall, and prophesied its eventual restoration with the revival of faith and moral responsibility. This visionary book is often difficult to understand. Dr Carley's commentary makes its meaning available to the modern reader, particularly by explaining the historical context. When so explained, the book has a relevance still for people looking for meanings in a time of national and moral crisis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97550/cover/9780521097550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Wisdom of Solomon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Ernest G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this series is to provide the text of the New English Bible closely linked to a commentary in which the results of scholarship are made available to the general reader. Teachers and young people have been especially kept in mind. The commentators have been asked to assume no specialized theological knowledge, and no knowledge of Greek and Hebrew. Bare references to other literature and multiple references to other parts of the Bible have been avoided. Actual quotations have been given as often as possible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97567/cover/9780521097567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First and Second Books of Esdras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coggins, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knibb, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two books of the Apocrypha treated here have little in common apart from the attribution of their authorship to Ezra (Esdras in Greek), the 'second founder' of Judaism. The commentators resolve the confusion arising from different ways of referring to the various Ezra writings before examining each book separately.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97574/cover/9780521097574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First and Second Books of the Chronicles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coggins, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Chronicles, divided into two books purely for convenience, have long suffered from neglect; this is partly because much of their content can be found elsewhere in the Old Testament and partly because their presentation, emphasizing genealogies and ritual ceremonies, has lacked appeal for modern man over the last few hundred years. Yet these books, with their theological interpretation of historical events, are a valuable source of illumination about the Judaean community living under Persian rule about 350 B.C. and its special relationship with Jerusalem and its temple and with God. In his introductory section, Mr Cog ,ins discusses the probable origins and the nature and purpose of 'the Chronicler's' work (whether that of a single writer or a group) and then examines each book separately. In the established style of the series the N.E.B. translation of the text then follows, divided into brief sections and alternating with passages of commentary. The results of recent Old Testament scholarship and modern theological thought are conveyed in simple language to the student and layman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Books of Ezra and Nehemiah</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coggins, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Unlike the First and Second Books of the Chronicles, the Books of Ezra and Nehemiah have received considerable attention; partly because their presentation is more attractive, but more importantly because they illuminate a period of history about which very little is known: Jerusalem in the context of the Persian domination of South-West Asia from 539 to 336 B.C. In other respects, however, there are striking similarities between these books, textually, linguistically and theologically: the opening of Ezra repeats the end of 2 Chronicles, suggesting that the works were originally continuous and possibly by the same hand or hands; and there is constantly a theological motivation in the recording of 'historical' events.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97598/cover/9780521097598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genesis 1-11</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters 1-11 of Genesis are like a poetic prologue to the early history of the Jewish people and to their religion. For Christianity also they later fulfil a similar purpose. Professor Davidson takes these chapters as a separate unity, comments on them, and explains their religious significance and their place in the Bible as a whole. Introductory sections on the sources and purpose of the book, and the meaning of myth, lead straight into the text and commentary which alternate with each other in the style of the series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97604/cover/9780521097604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bible and the Comic Vision</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whedbee, J. William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores in a comprehensive and provocative way the presence of comedy in the Hebrew Scriptures. Apart from the occasional recognition of comic forms or motifs in biblical dress, the vast majority of interpreters have usually discounted or even disdained the possibility of the Bible having any significant place for the comic vision. This book attempts to make amends for this short-sighted, prejudicial perspective. Using a broad, eclectic view of comedy, it offers an in-depth analysis of such richly diverse biblical texts as Genesis, Exodus, Esther, Jonah, Job and the Song of Songs. Showing how comedy oscillates between the poles of attack and affirmation, critique and celebration, this exploration brings to light the biblical appropriation of the comic vision as a vital strategy to overcome death and despair and to revel in life and laughter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97611/cover/9780521097611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Books of Haggai, Zechariah and Malachi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Rex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As in other volumes of the Cambridge Bible Commentary, there are introductions to the books dealt with, followed by the text of the New English Bible divided into sections. Each section of the text is followed by the commentary upon it. The preaching of the prophets Haggai and Zechariah gave a new impetus to the life of the 'remnant' of the Jewish people returned from the Babylonian exile. Haggai stresses the importance of the relationship to God of the community as a whole, while Zechariah is seen as a prophet of hope, promising Yahweh's salvation to his people. Dr Mason considers Malachi, dating perhaps from a little later than the other two, a fitting conclusion to the group of prophetic books, in that it reminds its readers of the role of the prophets in preparing the people for God's coming, that they might enjoy salvation rather than suffer punitive judgement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baron Friedrich von H&#252;gel and the Modernist Crisis in England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barmann, Lawrence F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1890 and 1910 the Roman Catholic Church underwent a severe moral and intellectual crisis. A group of progressive Catholic scholars, later dubbed the 'modernists', challenged the authority of official Catholic teaching in many areas, basing their ideas on contemporary movements generally. The official reaction was at first discouraging and then openly hostile - most of the modernists were forced to leave the Church and their writings were placed in the Index. As one might expect, the accounts of the crisis by those who were closely involved in it are generally strongly partisan; moreover, its effects are still evident in present disputes in the Church but in 1972 the time came for an objective historical assessment of the major figures of the crisis as a means for understanding the movement as a whole. In this authoritative study Dr Barmann reconstructs in detail von Hugel's involvement in the modernist movement, particularly in England and rejects the received explanations of his survival in the Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97642/cover/9780521097642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of Daniel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammer, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Book of Daniel was compiled in the second century B.C.; as we have it, it is written partly in Hebrew and partly in Aramaic. The first part contains stories about Daniel, a Jewish exile in the Babylonian captivity, and his companions. The later chapters consist of an account of visions granted by God to Daniel. Canon Hammer's commentary shows that the book carries a message of hope to those who live in the faith. This volume contains an introduction dealing with the background and content of the book, following the pattern set by other commentaries in the series. A section-by-section presentation of the New English Bible text with commentary follows.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97659/cover/9780521097659.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of the Prophet Isaiah, 1-39</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbert, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Isaiah 1-39 are included the oracles of a prophet who lived in the closing half of the eighth century B.C. His interest in contemporary politics and understanding of international affairs was the product of his faith in the Holy God, who rules in and over all history. Professor Herbert introduces the book with sections on its date, context, nature and content. The text is then given with the detailed commentary in the style now established for this series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97666/cover/9780521097666.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Councils and Assemblies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuming</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ecclesiastical History Society has devoted two meetings to the theme of 'Councils and Assemblies'; this seventh volume of Studies in Church History, covering a wide span of time, contains twenty-two papers on varying aspects of the subject. Starting in the early Middle Ages, it moves through the great medieval councils to Vatican I and II. Geographically the gatherings range from Byzantium to Cornwall, from Edinburgh to Cape Town. Some produced valuable legislation in the fields of welfare or education, others were sterile debates between irreconcilable viewpoints. Some of the papers raise issues of the first importance, others fill gaps in our knowledge. All are well worth the attention of historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97673/cover/9780521097673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of Judges</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Book of Judges forms part of that section of the Old Testament known as the 'Historical Books'. These books are theological interpretations of history, the word of God revealed in the events of Israel's past. The Book of Judges describes the continuing attempts of the Israelites to settle in central Palestine in the period between 1250 and 1000 BC and consists of a series of stories about individual judges who, in the earlier period of settlement, as military leaders, saved the people in attacks by hostile neighbours and in the later period of settlement became judicial figures of considerable importance. In his introductory section Dr Martin tries to discern the objective truths behind the theological interpretations of historical events; he also discusses the original form of the book, its chronology, multiple authorship, sources, and the nature and role of the judges. In the established style of the series the N.E.B. translation of the text then follows, divided into brief sections and alternating with passages of commentary. The results of recent Old Testament scholarship and modern theological thought are conveyed in simple language to the student and layman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97680/cover/9780521097680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109769X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109769X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of the Prophet Jeremiah, Chapters 1-25</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Ernest W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Nicholson's commentary on Jeremiah will occupy two volumes. The first deals with chapters 1-25 and also contains an introduction. This introduction surveys the historical background to the life and prophetic ministry of the prophet during the last decades of the kingdom of Judah. In a further section the composition of the book is discussed and this is followed by an outline of its dominant religious ideas. The main body of the volume, in the style now established for this series, gives the text, divided into brief sections, and alternating with sections of commentary. The results of recent Old Testament scholarship and modern theological thought are conveyed to the student and the layman in simple language. Chapters 26 onwards will be covered in a second volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97697/cover/9780521097697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between Two Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>George Tyrrell's Relationship to the Thought of Matthew Arnold</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagovsky, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tyrrell and Arnold take their place in a peculiarly English theological tradition. Appreciation of this tradition is of the first importance in understanding the background to contemporary Anglicanism and contemporary Catholicism. More than that, it offers a way of bridging the gulf between the world that to Tyrrell and Arnold was dead or dying and the world of the late twentieth century with all the questions that they began to perceive - two prophetic individuals unable to live with the Church of their day and unable to find the Church of the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97703/cover/9780521097703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109772X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109772X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deuteronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Phillips's volume, like the others in the series, contains the text in the NEB translation, with introductory material preceding it, and a commentary directly following each section of text. Dr Phillips explains the nature and function of the whole book, its place in Jewish religious history and thought, and among the Old Testament books, and its continuing relevance today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97727/cover/9780521097727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leviticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book of Leviticus originally formed part of a larger whole comprising what are now the first four or five books of the Old Testament. Its name is descriptive - 'the Levitical book' being about the personnel of the temple, all of whom were supposed to be descended from Levi. In one way the description is accurate, since the material was produced among the priesthood which had survived the fall of Judah to the Babylonians in 587 BC as a manual of instruction for its members. However, since priests in Israel gradually emerged as leaders of the nation, the book of Leviticus is also directed at the laity and, by the promulgation of laws set in a historical narrative, intended to instruct them in their religious and civil obligations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97734/cover/9780521097734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Book of Kings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As in the other Cambridge Bible Commentary volumes, an introduction is followed by the text of the New English Bible translation divided into sections. Each section of the text is followed by the commentary upon it. Canon Robinson shows that 2 Kings is truly a continuation of the story told in the preceding historical books. The narrative now passes to the decline of the kingdoms of Israel and Judah and their territorial absorption into the empires of Assyria and Babylon. The compilers of 2 Kings attributed this downfall to the Hebrews' disregard of the prophets and of the covenant with God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97741/cover/9780521097741.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecclesiasticus or the Wisdom of Jesus, Son of Sirach</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snaith, John G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jesus ben Sira was a Jewish teacher who probably lived in Jerusalem and wrote this book in about 190 BC. Translated into Greek by his grandson, it became popular among the Greek-speaking Jews of the Dispersion and passed into use in the Christian church because of that traditional popularity. It is a collection of wise sayings, in poetic form and always practical, much of it looking forward to later rabbinic and Christian teaching. Mr Snaith introduces the book and comments on it in the style established for this series. The full text is given, and the commentary is interwoven between short passages of text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97758/cover/9780521097758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numbers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sturdy, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Like the other Cambridge Bible Commentary volumes, this contains an introduction followed by the texts of the N.E.B.  translation divided into sections. Each section of the text is followed by the commentary upon it. Mr Surdy discusses the the content, structure and authorship of the book, pointing to material from two distinct periods: 500-400 BC and some 500 years earlier.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97765/cover/9780521097765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of Joshua</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, J. Maxwell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, Gene M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Bible Commentary gives the full text in the N.E.B. version, with a lucid untechnical commentary designed for students in schools and colleges, for ministers of religion, and laymen generally. The volume is meant to be read as an uninterrupted unity, with introductory sections leading straight into the text, which is itself interwoven with the commentary. The central theme of Joshua is the acquisition of the land of Canaan by the people of Israel under the leadership of Joshua, the successor of Moses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97772/cover/9780521097772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19741104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coming of Christ</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodd, C. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>48</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor C. H. Dodd's four English broadcast talks upon the enduring significance of Advent are contained in this little book, uniform with his other broadcast brochure, 'About the Gospels'. The author's movingly simple, reasonable presentation, his acceptance of the problems, and his gift of interpreting his theme inspiringly and broadly, must make many new friends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97789/cover/9780521097789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>25.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reunion Without Compromise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The South and Reconstruction: 1865-1868</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the political leadership of the Southern States during the decisive three years immediately after the American Civil War. This was the crucial moment when the terms and shape of the post-war sectional settlement were being deliberated and determined and its outcome depended on the policy pursued by the Federal government towards the leaders of the Confederacy as well as on the Southerners' response to whatever course was adopted. Consequently, the Southern politicians were at the centre of the whole problem of reunion. It is very surprising, therefore, that until this study there has been virtually no analysis by historians of the goals, strategies and priorities of the Confederates. Yet without this, the struggle over Southern readmission cannot properly be understood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97796/cover/9780521097796.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19731112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Muslims of British India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Hardy has attempted a general history of British India's Muslims with a deeper perspective. He shows how the interplay of memories of past Muslim supremacy, Islamic religious aspirations and modern Muslim social and economic anxieties with the political needs of the alien ruling power gradually fostered a separate Muslim politics. Dr Hardy argues (contrary to the usual view) that Muslims were able to take political initiatives because, in the region of modern Uttar Pradesh, British rule before 1857 and even the events of the Mutiny and Rebellion of 1857-8 had not been economically disastrous for most of them. He stresses the force of religion in the growth of Muslim political separatism, showing how the 'modernists' kept the conversation among Muslims within Islamic postulates and underlining the role of the traditional scholars in heightening popular religious feeling. Regarding any sense of Muslim political unity and nationhood as an outcome of the period of British rule, Dr Hardy shows the limitations and frailty of that unity and nationhood by 1947.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97833/cover/9780521097833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Homological Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Homological algebra, because of its fundamental nature, is relevant to many branches of pure mathematics, including number theory, geometry, group theory and ring theory. Professor Northcott's aim is to introduce homological ideas and methods and to show some of the results which can be achieved. The early chapters provide the results needed to establish the theory of derived functors and to introduce torsion and extension functors. The new concepts are then applied to the theory of global dimensions, in an elucidation of the structure of commutative Noetherian rings of finite global dimension and in an account of the homology and cohomology theories of monoids and groups. A final section is devoted to comments on the various chapters, supplementary notes and suggestions for further reading. This book is designed with the needs and problems of the beginner in mind, providing a helpful and lucid account for those about to begin research, but will also be a useful work of reference for specialists. It can also be used as a textbook for an advanced course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97932/cover/9780521097932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer and Medieval Estates Satire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an attempt to discover the origins and significance of the General Prologue-to the Canterbury Tales. The interest of such an inquiry is many-sided. On the one hand, it throws light on the question of whether `life' or 'literature' was Chaucer's model in this work, on the relationship between Chaucer's twenty-odd pilgrims and the structure of medieval society, and on the role of their `estate' in determining the elements of which Chaucer composes their portraits. On the other hand, it makes suggestions about the ways in which Chaucer convinces us of the individuality of his pilgrims, about the nature of his irony, and the kind of moral standards implicit in the Prologue. This book suggests that Chaucer is ironically substituting for the traditional moral view of social structure a vision of a world where morality becomes as specialised to the individual as his work-life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97956/cover/9780521097956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521097991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521097991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521097994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Milton: Introductions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521097994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broadbent, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the head of the Cambridge Milton series stand two general books: John Milton: Introductions and Paradise Lost: Introduction. These set the tone for and give the background to the editions of individual books. John Broadbent and the contributors to the present volume provide original studies on different aspects of John Milton's life, times, work and ideas. There are chapters on his relation to the music, science and visual arts of the age and there is ample material to stimulate further reading, thought and research. The book can be used by a wide range of readers and students of Milton as an original work of reference - a bank of ideas and resources on which to draw and to develop.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/97994/cover/9780521097994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Measure and Integration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This paperback, which comprises the first part of Introduction to Measure and Probability by J. F. C. Kingman and S. J. Taylor, gives a self-contained treatment of the theory of finite measures in general spaces at the undergraduate level. It sets the material out in a form which not only provides an introduction for intending specialists in measure theory but also meets the needs of students of probability. The theory of measure and integration is presented for general spaces, with Lebesgue measure and the Lebesgue integral considered as important examples whose special properties are obtained. The introduction to functional analysis which follows covers the material to probability theory and also the basic theory of L2-spaces, important in modern physics. A large number of examples is included; these form an essential part of the development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98045/cover/9780521098045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lessons on Rings, Modules and Multiplicities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a clear and self-contained introduction to important results in the theory of rings and modules. Assuming only the mathematical background provided by a normal undergraduate curriculum, the theory is derived by comparatively direct and simple methods. It will be useful to both undergraduates and research students specialising in algebra. In his usual lucid style the author introduces the reader to advanced topics in a manner which makes them both interesting and easy to assimilate. As the text gives very full explanations, a number of well-ordered exercises are included at the end of each chapter. These lead on to further significant results and give the reader an opportunity to devise his own arguments and to test his understanding of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98076/cover/9780521098076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reform &amp; Renewal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholarship has established the prevalence of a reformist ideal of 'the Commonwealth' in early Tudor England, but concentration on scholars and writings has led to a neglect of affairs and politics. This study attempts to discover the fate of reforming programmes when efforts were made to translate them into reality, and it uses the administration of Thomas Cromwell as a test-case. Cromwell, it is well known, favoured advanced thinkers and promoted much parliamentary legislation; how far can we see him as a proponent of 'commonwealth' politics and what success did we have? A close look establishes him as a man who without formal training practised the techniques of the learned and behaved as an intellectual. He also emerges as an evangelical in religion, a believer in the via media between extremes on which the Church of England was to erect its particular form of religion. As the only experienced parliamentarian in the group, he also knew how to handle the instrument of reform. The study discusses this work in two main respects: reforms in the economy and reform of the law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98090/cover/9780521098090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locality, Province and Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Indian Politics 1870 to 1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallagher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seal, Anil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the steady growth of interest in the history of India under the British, interpretations have emerged, and they may sharply alter much of our thinking about Indian nationalism and British Imperialism. Some of these historical revisions, and the conclusions which may flow from them, are illustrated by the essays in this book. All of them grapple with questions of Indian political organization in different parts of the British Raj. They enquire how these organizations worked at different level; in the towns and in the countryside, in the provinces and in the subcontinent itself. They examine how these kinds of politics came to be bonded together into what were called 'nationalist' movements. They suggest that the interplay between these movements and British Imperialism was very much more ambiguous than has been commonly supposed. All these essays are preliminary announcements of findings which will later appear in longer versions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98113/cover/9780521098113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730924</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classical Heritage and its Beneficiaries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolgar, R. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its first publication in 1954, The Classical Heritage has become established as a classic introduction to cultural and intellectual history from the Carolingian age to the end of the Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98120/cover/9780521098120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109822X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109822X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utilitarianism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>For and Against</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, J. J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>155</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two essays on utilitarianism, written from opposite points of view, by J. J. C. Smart and Bernard Williams. In the first part of the book Professor Smart advocates a modern and sophisticated version of classical utilitarianism; he tries to formulate a consistent and persuasive elaboration of the doctrine that the rightness and wrongness of actions is determined solely by their consequences, and in particular their consequences for the sum total of human happiness. This is a revised version of Professor Smart's famous essay 'an outline of a system of utilitarian ethics', first published in 1961 but long unobtainable. In Part II Bernard Williams offers a sustained and vigorous critique of utilitarian assumptions, arguments and ideals. He finds inadequate the theory of action implied by utilitarianism, and he argues that utilitarianism fails to engage at a serious level with the real problems of moral and political philosophy, and fails to make sense of notions such as integrity, or even human happiness itself. Both authors are agreed on utilitarianism's importance: it cuts across a number of different philosophical disputes and combines a systematic account of mata-ethical problems with a distinctive and substantive moral stand. It thus is, or involves, philosophy in both the traditional and the narrower, professional sense of the word, and is a key topic (often the first topic) in introductory philosophy courses. This book should also be of interest to welfare economists, political scientists and decision-theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98229/cover/9780521098229.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19731119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aristocracy of Labour</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKenzie, Gavin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of change in the middle levels of the American class structure. Dr Mackenzie's study is designed to test the common assertion in the press and in recent American academic sociology that the line separating the working class from the middle class is becoming increasingly blurred, leading to the embourgeoisement of large numbers of skilled blue-collar workers. In the course of his research he conducted intensive interviews with skilled craftsmen, routine white-collar workers and managers. (The latter were seen as being a middle class 'control group'.) The survey was carried out in Providence, Rhode Island. The author's central conclusion is that class barriers are not breaking down in American society at the present time - that large numbers of blue collar workers are not becoming absorbed into the middle class. Rather, it is suggested, craftsmen are in a class by themselves, isolated both from the traditional working class and the established middle class.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98250/cover/9780521098250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Puritan Imagination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Revaluation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last two decades a major revaluation has been taking place of the colonial Puritan imagination. With the growth of interest in early American literature has come increasing recognition of its quality and a better understanding of its place in the continuity of American culture. However, much of the best critical work to date has been published as articles in scholarly journals, and in bringing together for the first time the best work in this growing field the present anthology fills a number of important needs. It is at once a valuabale and accessible introduction for students, a summing-up of a new enterprise, and a guide for further studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98410/cover/9780521098410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marriage, Class and Colour in Nineteenth Century Cuba</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Racial Attitudes and Sexual Values in a Slave Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez-Alier, Verena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of marriage patterns in nineteenth-century Cuba, a society with a large black population the majority of which was held in slavery but which also included considerable numbers of freedmen. Dr Martinez-Alier uses as her main source of evidence the records in Havana of administrative and judicial proceedings of cases in which parents opposed a marriage, of cases involving elopement, and of cases of interracial marriage. Dr Martinez-Alier develops a model of the relation between sexual values and social inequality. She considers the importance of the value of virginity in supporting the hierarchy of Cuban society, based on ascription rather than achievement. As a consequence of the high evaluation of virginity, elopement was often a successful means of overcoming parental dissent to an unequal marriage. However, in cases of interracial elopement, the seduced coloured woman had little chance of redress through marriage. In this battle of the sexes and the races, the free coloured women and men played roles and acquired values which explain why matrifocality became characteristic of black free families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98465/cover/9780521098465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polyhedron Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wenninger, Magnus J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Models of the regular and semi-regular polyhedral solids have fascinated people for centuries. The Greeks knew the simplest of them. Since then the range of figures has grown; 75 are known today and are called, more generally, 'uniform' polyhedra. The author describes simply and carefully how to make models of all the known uniform polyhedra and some of the stellated forms. Fully illustrated with drawings and photographs, this is the first practical guide to making these intricate and beautiful solids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98595/cover/9780521098595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elementary Real Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eggleston, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook covers all the theoretical aspects of real variable analysis which undergraduates reading mathematics are likely to require during the first two or three years of their course. It is based on lecture courses which the author has given in the universities of Wales, Cambridge and London. The subject is presented rigorously and without padding. Definitions are stated explicitly and the whole development of the subject is logical and self-contained. Complex numbers are used but the complex variable calculus is not. 'Applied analysis', such as differential equations and Fourier series, is not dealt with. A large number of examples is included, with hints for the solution of many of them. These will be of particular value to students working on their own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98687/cover/9780521098687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama Stage and Audience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how a play 'works' in the theatre: how it generates life, meaning and excitement on the stage for the audience. It is self evident that a play must communicate or it is not a play at all. Professor Styan argues that, while communication in drama begins with the script, the value or power of a play must be tested upon an audience. In the theatre experience, it is not so much the elements of drama on the stage or the perceptions of the audience which are important, as the relationships between them. It follows that the study of drama is the study of how the stage compels its audience to be involved in its actual processes; it is a study of a particular social situation. Professor Styan discusses in detail the particular social situation, conditions of performance and physical playhouse in which a play thrives. There is a wealth of examples from all periods of Western drama. He especially deals with plays which make no pretence to 'realism', and much of the discussion turns upon the power and success of Shakespeare as a playwright. This book will appeal to students, actors and directors of drama, as well as the theatregoers. Professor Styan's insistence on criticism based on the theatrical experience will make this an important book for other drama critics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98694/cover/9780521098694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109870X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109870X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Books of Joel, Obadiah, Jonah, Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, John D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The six Old Testament books dealt with in this volume of the Commentary are part of a larger unit originally copied on one scroll and called, for the sake of simplicity, the books of the twelve or minor prophets. The prophetic visions, liturgies and oracles contained in the twelve books were collected over a period of more than 300 years and given their final shape not earlier than the middle of the fifth century BC. In his opening chapter Dr Watts provides the historical and liturgical background to the books and discusses the nature and role of prophecy in worship. In the style established for the series, the NEB translation of the text then follows, divided into brief sections alternating with sections of commentary. The results of Old Testament scholarship and modern theological though are conveyed to the student and the layman in simple language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technical Choice Innovation and Economic Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on American and British Experience in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>David, Paul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with technological innovations of the nineteenth century. In a number of self-contained but related essays it treats the salient aspects of technological change that have interested modern economists and economic historians, as well as historians of technology: economically induced invention and innovation, learning by doing in industrial operations, the diffusion of new production techniques, and the bearing of these upon the growth of a society's productivity. The studies are detailed, in the sense that they focus not upon the economy as a whole, but rather upon the experiences of specific industries, branches of manufacturing, and individual productive units such as the mid-Victorial grain farm and the New England cotton textile mill. They attempt to integrate traditional historical methods and materials with a more explicit reliance on economic theorizing and applications of statistical analysis to test hypotheses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98755/cover/9780521098755.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery, Race and the American Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLeod, Duncan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the impact of American Revolutionary ideology upon conceptions of the place of slavery in American society. The ambivalence involved in a libertarian revolution occurring in a slave society was as obvious to eighteenth-century Americans as it is to twentieth-century historians yet the obvious sincerity of Southern Republicanism and the persistence of slavery have presented a paradox with which historians have hardly come to terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98779/cover/9780521098779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Matrix Analysis of Vibration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, R. E. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gladwell, G. M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michaelson, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vibration problems arise in the design of almost all engineering machinery and structures. Many of these problems are extremely complex but their solution is essential if a safe and satisfactory design is to be achieved. The equations of motion are often insoluble by the classical methods of the calculus and so it is necessary to approximate on order to reduce them to a set of linear equations. The use of matrices simplifies the solution of sets of linear equations. This book describes the matrix formulation of the equations of motion and techniques for the solution of matrix equations. The book describes some typical computer methods and also includes a large number of problems (with solutions) which may conveniently be solved by using a desk calculating machine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98854/cover/9780521098854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521098939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521098939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521098939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521098939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copson, E. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Copson gives a rigorous account of the theory of partial differential equations of the first order and of linear partial differential equations of the second order, using the methods of classical analysis. In spite of the advent of computers and the applications of the methods of functional analysis to the theory of partial differential equations, the classical theory retains its relevance in several important respects. Many branches of classical analysing have their origins in the rigourous discussion of problems in applies mathematics and theoretical physics, and the classical treatment of the theory of partial differential equations still provides the best method of treating many physical problems. A knowledge of the classical theory is essential for pure mathematics who intend to undertake research in this field, whatever approach they ultimately adopt. The numerical analyst needs a knowledge of classical theory in order to decide whether a problem has a unique solution or not.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/98939/cover/9780521098939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Household and Family in Past Times</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laslett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an extremely important collection of essays in historical social structure. The volume represents the first attempt to examine in historical and comparative terms the general belief that in the past all families were larger than they are today; that the nuclear family of man, wife and children living alone is particularly characteristic of the present time and came into being with the arrival of industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99011/cover/9780521099011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109903X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109903X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems of Suffering in Religions of the World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowker, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comparative general study of the problems of suffering as treated by Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Marxism, Hinduism and Buddhism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99035/cover/9780521099035.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Society in Classical Weimar 1775-1806</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruford, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A paperback of the hardcover edition, first published in 1962. The book describes Goethe's Weimar from documents and research and interprets the connections between German culture and German society both in the age of Goethe and later. To this book Professor Bruford has written a sequel, The German Tradition of Self-Cultivation, and the two books together offer an introduction to the whole evolution of the German intellectual tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99103/cover/9780521099103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistic Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Special Reference to English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Samuels presents a comprehensive explanation of the reasons for linguistic change, applying his theory in particular to the history of English. He assesses and mediates between the conflicting dogmas of different schools of linguistics, and offers an alternative theory of linguistic change which is basically simple but has the scope to cover any type of change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99134/cover/9780521099134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documents in Early Christian Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Santer, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to bring within a single volume a representative selection of extracts from the writings of the Early Christian fathers, covering the main areas of Christian thought. The extracts, for the most part newly translated by the editors, are arranged by topic under the following headings: God, Trinity, Christ, Holy Spirit, Sin and Grace, Tradition and Scripture, Church, Sacraments, Christian Living, Church and Society, and Final Goal. Care has been taken to reflect the full range of  writing on these themes - exposition and commentary, homily, epistle and polemic - and the extracts are of sufficient length to show the distinctive flavour of each individual writer. Annotation has been kept to a minimum, but each main section has a short introduction which places the extracts in their particular context within the development of Christian thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99158/cover/9780521099158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109920X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109920X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Books of Ruth, Esther, Ecclesiastes, The Song of Songs, Lamentations: The Five Scrolls</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuerst, Wesley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The five Old Testament books dealt with in this volume of the Commentary occupied a special place in Hebrew tradition as selected readings for major festivals and were accordingly brought together in Hebrew manuscripts to form a group of five scrolls. The books of The Five Scrolls vary greatly; debate about their holiness and authority is recorded from the second century AD onwards, and they pose many problems of interpretation today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99202/cover/9780521099202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English-SerboCroatian Dictionary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, Morton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The term 'SerboCroatian' denotes a South Slavic language with several varieties. These varieties are spoken in areas that compromised the former Yugoslavia. People living in Serbia and Montenegro now usually call their language 'Serbian'. People living in Croatia now usually call their language 'Croatian'. People living in Bosnia and Hercegovina now usually call their language 'Bosnian'. The varieties of SerboCroatian, as used by educated speakers, are mutually intelligible in the same manner as the varieties of English are mutually intelligible. The dictionary is a guide for speakers of SerboCroatian who are learning English at any level, and for speakers of English who are studying SerboCraoatian at an advanced level. Professional translators have called earlier editions of this work and its companion volume 'the ultimate authority'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99219/cover/9780521099219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of the Prophet Isaiah, Chapters 40-66</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbert, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters 40-66 of the Book of the Prophet Isaiah, addressed to the Jews in exile in Babylon, belong to a period from about 547 BC when Babylonian power was weakening before the might of King Cyrus of Persia. Isaiah not only saw this as the will of God, but asserted that God was directing events in order that Yahweh's people might be released from exile. The lyrical, exhortatory quality of the earlier chapters in particular resulted from his conviction that it was his task to prepare the exiles for their new role and to restore their faith and confidence. The first volume of Professor Herbert's commentary on Isaiah, dealing with chapters 1-39, was published in 1973. In this second volume, Professor Herbert again introduces the text with a discussion of its nature, form and composition and historical setting. The N.E.B. translation of the text then follows, alternating with sections of commentary in the style now established for this series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99332/cover/9780521099332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Value and Distribution since Adam Smith</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideology and Economic Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobb, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Dobb examines the history of economic thought in the light of the modern controversy over capital theory and, more particularly, the appearance of Sraffa's book The Production of Commodities by Means of Commodities, which was a watershed in the critical discussions constituted a crucial turning-point in the history of economics: an estimate not unconnected with his reinterpretation of nineteenth-century economic thought as consisting of two streams or traditions commonly confused under the generic title of 'the classical tradition' against which Jevons so strongly reacted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99363/cover/9780521099363.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Book of Job</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Habel, Norman C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book of Job, which deals with deep-seated conflict between the integrity of God and the integrity of man and belongs to a group of writings known as wisdom literature, surpasses any of its known Babylonian or Egyptian forerunners in the beauty of its poetic discourses and in its insight - the poet struggles to probe the meaning of life, especially life where suffering and injustice prevail for no apparent reason.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99431/cover/9780521099431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109948X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109948X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Islamic Civilization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savory, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a wide-ranging and general introduction to Islamic civilisation from its origins to the present day. Writing in clear and non-technical language, Professor Savory's contributors seek answers to broad and important questions: how did a single civilisation develop in a multi-ethnic, multi-cultural region; how did Islamic internationalism come to be translated into powerful nationalist movements in modern times; how has the West been affected by its continuing contact with Islam; what factors have threatened Islamic civilisation in modern times, and is there a future for it at all. The book begins with a section on the geographical, ethnic and linguistic background of the Middle East, continues with an historical r&#233;sum&#233; of the Islamic period, and moves on to the core chapters on the religious, philosophical and legal foundations of Islamic society and its contributions to world civilisation in the fields of literature, art, science and medicine. The time-scale covers the pre-Islamic, medieval and modern periods, and care has been taken to draw out the implications of the interaction between Christian West and Islamic East from the Crusades down to the massive encroachment of the West upon the Muslim world - at military, political, economic and cultural levels - in the modern era. Introduction to Islamic Civilisation is based on a successful series of adult-education programmes broadcast on Canadian radio, organised by members of the Department of Islamic Studies at the University of Toronto. The material has been revised and rewritten for book publication and is offered as a genuinely introductory handbook on a vital and fascinating subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99486/cover/9780521099486.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of Advanced Quantum Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a textbook of advanced quantum theory for graduate students and research workers which gives a connected mathematical derivation of the important results, concentrating on the central ideas without burdening the exposition with elaborate detail or unnecessary rigour, and explains, in the simplest possible terms, the symbols and concepts which frequently confront the active research worker in solid state, nuclear and high-energy physics, and in theoretical chemistry. Professor Ziman brings to his task the sympathetic guidance of a lecturer who has not forgotten the difficulties that he himself had to surmount in mastering his subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99493/cover/9780521099493.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>France under the Directory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, Martyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On 9 thermidor Year 2, Robespierre fell; on18 brumaire Year 8, a coup d'&#233;tat brought Bonaparte to power. This book demonstrates that the interval between these two momentous events was also of crucial importance. Using the findings of recent research, it presents a balanced appraisal of the thermidorean and directorial regimes to the English student. For Jacobin sympathizers thermidor and the Directory represented the betrayal of the revolutionary idea; for Bonapartist propagandists it represented chaos and corruption, and the darker the Directory could be painted, the more Bonaparte's reputation would be flattered. Dr Lyons attempts to dispose of these myths. He stresses the Directory's successes as well as its failures, and emphasizes elements of continuity which link it both with the Jacobin regime and with the Consulate. The regime inherited a heavy burden of war, inflation and food shortages, yet it remained revolutionary in its Republicanism, its anticlericalism, and its desire to carry the fruits of the Revolution to the rest of Europe. At the same time it laid the foundations of financial stability and administrative efficiency on which Bonaparte was to build.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99509/cover/9780521099509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099560</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Suffering and Martyrdom in the New Testament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies presented to G. M. Styler by the Cambridge New Testament Seminar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horbury, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNeil, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of studies of suffering and martyrdom concentrating on the link, historically envisaged in different ways, between the sufferings of the faithful and the figure of Christ (or the messianic hope, in relation to one Jewish writer). The distinguished scholars contributing to this cohesive but many-sided book are C. F. D. Moule, J. C. O'Neill, B. E. Beck, B. Lindars, M. D. Hooker, W. F. Flemington, E. Bammel, J. P. M. Sweet, B. McNeil, W. Horbury, N. L. A. Lash and the late G. W. H. Lampe. All have been associated closely with the Cambridge New Testament Seminar and Professor Moule prefaces the volume with an account of the history of the Seminar and of its secretary for many years, G. M. Styler, in whose honour the collection is published. The importance and centrality of the topic will make the book of interest beyond the immediate circle of students of the New Testament, to those interested in patristic and Jewish studies and systematic theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99561/cover/9780521099561.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rope of Moka</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Big-men and Ceremonial Exchange in Mount Hagen New Guinea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the Mount Hagen area of central New Guinea, warfare has been replaced since the arrival of the Europeans by a vigorous development of moka, a competitive ceremonial exchange of wealth objects. The exchanges of pigs, shells and other valuables are interpreted as acting as a bond between groups, and as a means whereby individuals, notably the big-men, can maximize their status. Professor Strathern analyses the ways in which competition between big-men actually takes place, and the effects of this competition on the overall political system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99578/cover/9780521099578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buddhism and the Spirit Cults in North-East Thailand</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambiah, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Tambiah describes the religious practices and beliefs of the people of a remote village in north-east Thailand, relating them to the wider context of the civilization in which they are embedded, and examining the relationship of the religious practices of the villagers to the classical Buddhist tradition. Because they have based their studies on the Sanskrit and Pali literature, Western observers have tended to dismiss much of the popular manifestation of Buddhism as debased. Dr Tambiah demonstrates that this judgement is misleading, and emphasizes that the contemporary village religion that he describes manifests continuities as well as transformations with respect to the classical literary tradition. The village religion is described primarily through ritual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99585/cover/9780521099585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Christian Doctrine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Principles of Early Doctrinal Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A paperback edition of this well-known study. Since its first publication in 1967 this book has aroused a lively debate among theologians and practicising clergy. The author had since returned to the discussion (The Remaking of Christian Doctrine, SCM Press 1974) and has stressed the contemporary need to define and develop Christian doctrine. In the earlier work Professor Wiles asks how the early Church fathers' doctrinal affirmations - expressed for example in the Nicene Creed and Chalcedonian Definition - remain valid today when the framework of the fathers' learning and discourse has disappeared. Doctrine was necessary, he argues, to answer objections to Christianity in a largely non-Christian world, to tackle the problem of heresy and to satisfy the desire of Christians to express their faith more deeply. He also considers the sources of doctrinal reasoning - Scripture, the practice of worship and the nature of salvation. These sources are still vital to any development of Christian doctrine today and the author concludes his study with a call for 'the continuation of the same task of interpreting the Church's Scriptures, her worship and her experience of salvation'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99622/cover/9780521099622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Bible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ackroyd, P. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, C. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 1 of The Cambridge History of the Bible concerns the earliest period down to Jerome and takes as its central theme the process by which the books of both Testaments came into being and emerged as a canon of scripture, and the use of canonical writings in the early church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99738/cover/9780521099738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles Darwin's Notebooks, 1836-1844</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Geology, Transmutation of Species, Metaphysical Enquiries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, Paul H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gautrey, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbert, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohn, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Darwin's notebooks provide an invaluable record of his scientific thinking and most importantly, the development of his theory of natural selection. This edition of the notebooks, prepared to the highest standard of textual editing, thus affords a unified view of Darwin's professional interests. The Red Notebook, used on the voyage of H. M. S. Beagle and afterwards in England, contains Darwin's first evolutionary statements. In July of 1837, Darwin began his 'Transmutation Notebooks' (B - E) devoted to the solution of the species problem and in the third notebook of this series he first formulated the theory of natural selection. This volume also contains Notebook A and the glen Roy Notebook on geology, Notebooks M and N on man and behaviour and a notebook labelled Questions and Experiments. Fresh transcriptions have been done for all previously published manuscripts, with readings made directly from Notebooks B, C, D and E, presenting them with previously excised pages and restored to their original sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99752/cover/9780521099752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109979X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Religious Dissent</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Routley, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religious Dissent (which Dr Routley takes to include all free Church denominations) is as English an institution as the House of Commons. That it was not always so is well enough known; why it became so is not. The Dissenters have never been adept at public relations, and many who are ignorant of their faith regard them as an uncomely - though worthy - body of men. This historical portrait does not paint out their blemishes; but it does give attention to their virtues. The main purpose is to show the changing nature of Dissent and what it has dissented against. Dr Routley does not trace the history of each denomination: he is concerned rather with the overall pattern of non-conformity. However, he gives special attention to the early origins of Puritanism and he re-examines in detail the cultural and intellectual 'Dissent' of the Reformation, in which the English dissenting tradition has its roots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99790/cover/9780521099790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberia and Sierra Leone</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Comparative Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clapham, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Very similar in some ways, but strikingly different in others, Sierra Leone and Liberia have an obvious appeal for comparative analysis. They share the legacy of foundation by immigrants of African descent and the juxtaposition of these with indigenous peoples, but within the contrasting institutional frameworks of settler independence and British colonialism. They have similar social and economic structures but sharply dissimilar political records: Liberia has long been regarded as the classic case of stability at the price of oligarchy, whereas Sierra Leone, after a period as West Africa's most successful two-party democracy, suffered a succession of military coups and by 1973 was effectively a single-party state. This study seeks to analyse and account for both similarities and differences, looking at the two countries' experience in the 1960s and early 1970s, not only in central politics but also at the local level and in economic policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99806/cover/9780521099806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Letters and People of the Spanish Indies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockhart, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Otte, Enrique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The public and private letters of merchants which present a lively panorama of early life in Spanish-American society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Tragedy and Triumph</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Modern Jewish Thought and the American Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berenbaum, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The story of American Jewry is inextricably entwined with the awesome defeat of the Holocaust and the rebirth of the state of Israel. However, for Michael Berenbaum, and others of his generation, whose adult consciousness included the war in Lebanon and the Palestinian Uprisings, the tale is more anguished, for the Jewish people is now divided, uncertain about the implications of the past and the direction of its future. Berenbaum explores the Jewish identity of this generation, the first to mature after tragedy and triumph. He probes the Holocaust's impact on Jewish consciousness and the imprint of American culture on Jewish identity. Challenging Zionism's conventional assumptions, he details American Jews' changing relationship to Israel as he examines the tensions created within Jewish tradition between a history of victimisation and the empowerment of Jews. While demonstrating that the security of victory is one step from the anguish of victims, even when the victors have recently emerged from the fire, Berenbaum holds out the hope of liberation for Judaism, maintaining that five thousand years of history, with its chapter of Holocaust and empowerment, provide a unique foundation upon which to build a future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99929/cover/9780521099929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052109996X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052109996X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Challenge of the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>80</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This personal account expresses a dissatisfaction with the social system under which we live; it arises from the author's wide experience of the relations between the developing countries and the Western world. Sir Joseph's thesis is that in taking that the West has to offer and deploying it in the Third World one can see more clearly the constraints and drawbacks of our own social and economic system. This is the challenge. The book sets out to explore the ways in which we could move away from the limitations and injustices of our system towards something better. Based on the Eddington Memorial Lectures given at the University of Cambridge in November 1974, the book sets out the belief that the Christian faith offers the incentive to undertake a revision of our social life that will call for sacrifice from those of us who are now affluent and powerful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99967/cover/9780521099967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521099986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521099986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521099981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Does Language Matter to Philosophy?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521099981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hacking, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many people find themselves dissatisfied with recent linguistic philosophy, and yet know that language has always mattered deeply to philosophy and must in some sense continue to do so. Ian Hacking considers here some dozen case studies in the history of philosophy to show the different ways in which language has been important, and the consequences for the development of the subject. There are chapters on, among others, Hobbes, Berkeley, Russell, Ayer, Wittgenstein, Chomsky, Feyerabend and Davidson. Dr Hacking ends by speculating about the directions in which philosophy and the study of language seem likely to go. The book will provide students with a stimulating, broad survey of problems in the theory of meaning and the development of philosophy, particularly in this century. The topics treated in the philosophy of language are among the central, current concerns of philosophers, and the historical framework makes it possible to introduce concretely and intelligibly all the main theoretical issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/99981/cover/9780521099981.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Belief and Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers Read at the Ninth Summer Meeting and the Tenth Winter Meeting of the Ecclesiastical History Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuming, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This eighth volume of Studies in Church History contains twenty-six papers read at two recent meetings of the Ecclesiastical History Society. Popular religion, in theory and practice, within established religious forms and outside them, against a background of acceptance or of controversy, is examined in studies ranging from Professor Momigliano's analysis of the attitude of the later Roman historians to Professor Latreille's discussion of popular piety in modern France. A number of papers focus on the attitudes to sanctity and relics in the central Middle Ages. There is also a significant and wide-ranging discussion centred on the theme of the Presidential Address: post-Reformation popular religion both in its local and general setting. These contributions clearly demonstrate the significance of current research into social and economic influences upon popular faith, practice and allegiance, and indicate the large areas and difficult problems which require further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00007/cover/9780521100007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Medieval Bible</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Production, Decoration and Use</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gameson, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The significance of the Bible in the life, thought and culture of the early Middle Ages can hardly be overstated. Here eleven linked studies, embracing palaeography, history, art history, theology and textual scholarship, examine and interpret the evidence of Bible manuscripts (including gospel books and Psalters) in their cultural context from late antiquity to the thirteenth century. Subjects include the earliest Bible manuscripts, the Gospels in a missionary context, the scriptorium of Tours, the development of the early glossed Psalter, the Old Testament in tenth- and eleventh-century England, the Italian Giant Bibles, the origins of the Paris Bible, the illustration of the early Gothic Psalter and the planning and production of the Hamburg Bible. Together these essays provide a broad-ranging, authoritative treatment of themes which are of central importance for the history and culture of the times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00014/cover/9780521100014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110002X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Bible Illustrations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short Study Based on some Fifteenth and Early Sixteenth Century Printed Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strachan, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Strachan was asked if he could identify or explain the illustrations in an edition of the English Great Bible of 1541. Some were simple, others quite baffling. He set out to discover their meaning and history, and succeeded in tracing their derivation. At each stage a possible influence or explanation pointed a stage farther back; in the end he found that he had to cover virtually the whole history of illustration in printed bibles during their first century. He has set down his findings in this study. There is a considerable detective interest; one sees how successive renderings of a subject produced strange garblings, until certain pictures became apparently meaningless. It is all quite easy to understand, now that Mr Strachan has explained it; but he was working backwards in time, and it was a feat of ingenuity and perseverance to have reached his conclusions. All the more so in that he had to survey the entire range of bible-printing in every important European country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00021/cover/9780521100021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Generalised Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, D. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Starting from an elementary level Professor Jones discusses generalised functions and their applications. He aims to supply the simplest introduction for those who wish to learn to use generalised functions and there is liberal provision of exercises with which to gain experience. The study of more advanced topics such as partial differential equations, Laplace transforms and ultra-distributions should also make it a valuable source for researchers. The demands placed upon the reader's analytical background are the minimum required to approach this topic. Therefore, by selecting chapters it is possible to construct a short introductory course for students, a final-year option for honours undergraduates or a comprehensive postgraduate course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00045/cover/9780521100045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vegetation of the Soviet Polar Deserts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aleksandrova, V. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Love, Doris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a translation of Vera Aleksandrova's classic book, first published in Russian, which characterizes the vegetation of this rather special botanical region. Much important botanical research concerned with Arctic ecology is carried out in the Soviet Union, but is seldom available in English. Dr Aleksandrova's book is based on her own extensive research in the northern areas of the Soviet Arctic. Dividing the high Arctic into areas based on the characteristics of their vegetation, the book presents a probing analysis of the ecology of such regions worldwide. After describing the general characteristics, geographic and climatic, of this latitude, the book discusses in more detail the region's peculiarities of soil and microclimate, followed by an analysis of the plant community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00052/cover/9780521100052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Canada's Arctic Waters in International Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pharand, Donat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The crossing of the Northwest Passage in August 1985 by a US icebreaker, without requesting authorisation, raised the whole question of Canada's sovereignty over the waters of its Arctic Archipelago. Given this controversy and the existence of similar situations in other parts of the world, this book presents an examination of the international legal validity of Canada's claim by an in-depth study of three possible bases in international law: the sector theory, the doctrine of historic waters and the Straight baseline system. This work is the second of a series of monographs arising from the Canadian Northern Waters Project of the Dalhousie Ocean Studies Programme, It draws on examples from other parts of the world, and, as such it will have relevance beyond the development of the Canadian Arctic. Professor Pharand is a recognised authority in this field. His earlier book, The Law of the Sea of the Arctic is still one of the standard reference works in the area, but with changes in the general law of the sea, this monograph presents a timely reappraisal of the relevant legal theories and practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00069/cover/9780521100069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Antarctic Mineral Exploitation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emerging Legal Framework</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vicuna, Francisco Orrego</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The system of international co-operation in the Antarctic has been evolving rapidly since the signing of the Antarctic Treaty in 1959. Inextricably linked to this co-operation is the question of the rational management of Antarctic resources. In this book Professor Orrego Vicuna examines in depth the legal framework - the Antarctic Treaty, sovereignty, jurisdiction and the law of the sea - as it relates to the exploitation of Antarctic minerals. This is fast becoming a live issue with the ever-growing potential for the development of these resources. The first part of the book examines the main characteristics of the international legal framework governing the co-operation of states in Antarctica, particularly in relation to resource conservation. Against this background, in the second part of the book, the regime for mineral resources is discussed in sufficient detail to identify the basic issues and interests which have to be accommodated in order to attain an acceptable convention. The final part of the book considers the important set of questions raised by the interest of the world community at large in the Antarctic: most significantly, the initiatives concerning a broader international participation under the auspices of the United Nations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00076/cover/9780521100076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Antarctic Treaty Regime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law, Environment and Resources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Triggs, Gillian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Antarctic Treaty regime is a uniquely successful legal system which preserves Antarctica for peaceful purposes and guarantees freedom of scientific research. This volume based on an international conference, examines the legal, political and environmental issues that it raises. After setting the scene of the Antarctic environment, the early chapters discuss the legal issues involved in the Treaty. Later chapters consider protection of the marine environment and the regulation of mineral exploitation. The book concludes with a discussion of Antarctica and its development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00083/cover/9780521100083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Allegory and Epic in English Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heroic Form in Sidney, Spenser, and Milton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borris, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Challenging conventional notions that literary allegorism declined precipitously around 1600, Kenneth Borris reassesses the Renaissance relations between allegory and heroic poetry, particularly in the major texts of Sidney, Spenser and Milton. Through wide-ranging consideration of Homeric and Virgilian reception and its influence on both continental and English literary theory, he shows that allegorical epic tended to double for and displace epic throughout the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Borris offers a fresh approach to the interaction of allegory with literary genres; focusing on epic, he further analyses the distinctive codes and conventions that constituted the generic repertoire of Renaissance allegorical epic poetry. Whereas standard literary history assumes Sidney opposes allegory, and that Milton minimises or rejects it in following Spenser, Borris's detailed readings demonstrate that Sidney and Milton are also major allegorists, and that Spenser remained so even in the latter books of The Faerie Queene.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00090/cover/9780521100090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110016X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class, Power and Ideology in Ghana</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Railwaymen of Sekondi</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffries, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although there is a growing body of literature on the process and potential political consequences of class-formation in Africa, there are virtually no detailed studies of the political attitudes and behaviour of African industrial workers. First published in 1978, this study analyses the political history and sociology of one particular group - the railway workers of Ghana's third city, Sekondi-Takoradi, who are renowned for their leading role in the Ghanaian nationalist movement and for their sustained opposition to the elitism and authoritarianism of post-Independence governments. In seeking to explain the ideological consistency which has informed the political activities of the railway workers, Richard Jeffries shows how, within a close-knit and relatively stable community, a keen sense of their own history has provided the basis for a shared political culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00168/cover/9780521100168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Trade in Mexico 1750-1821</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamnett, Brian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The province of Oaxaca in southern Mexico was one of the main sources of Spanish wealth during the colonial period. The largely indigenous population supplied dyes and cotton for the Spanish merchants trading both with Spain and within Mexico itself. Much of the trade was conducted in violation of the Laws of the Indies and the royal decrees. The present study traces the struggles of the Spanish Metropolitan Government and the local episcopal authorities in Oaxaca to secure observation of the law. The effects of the eighteenth-century Bourbon reforms and of the Mexican Independence movement of 1810-21 are discussed. Brian Hamnett has based his study on archival sources in Seville and Mexico and provides statistical information in both the text and appendices. In addition the author has supplied detailed information concerning individuals - administrators, merchants, landowners, clerics - involved in politics and commerce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00205/cover/9780521100205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ghanaian Factory Worker</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrial Man in Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peil, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A pioneering study of the social aspects of industrialisation in a developing country in tropical Africa. Though industrial workers form a relatively small proportion of the Ghanaian population, they represent the 'modern' sector of the economy and industrial jobs are much sought after by school leavers. The occupational and migration histories, the work and home lives of these men and women are examined in the framework of current theories of modernity to demonstrate the effects of industrialisation in those countries where the process has not yet gone very far. This book surveys the field of industrialisation in Ghana and its effects through such other factors as migration. It provides a valuable comparison both with industrialisation elsewhere and with other aspects of African social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00229/cover/9780521100229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics of Decolonization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kenya Europeans and the Land Issue 1960-1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wasserman, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decolonization in the Third World has most often been approached by tracing the ties of nationalist movements to the attainment of independence. This book attempts to revise the perspective. It presents a model of decolonization centring on the idea that the process was shaped by the reaction of colonial interests to the ascendancy of a nationalist elite. Rather than tracing the upward development of a nationalist movement, it traces the downward manipulation of that movement into a colonial system. The study concludes that instead of being a separating step to remove colonial influence, decolonization in more important respects ensured the continuity of the colonial political economy. The book is of interest to scholars, students and others interested in decolonization, white settles, East African affairs and land reform, as well as the general reader following current events in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00236/cover/9780521100236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Variety of Catholic Modernists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vidler, Alec R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an 'Autobiographical Introduction' Dr Vidler explains how, since his undergraduate days, he has been interested in those who sought to reconcile Roman Catholicism with modernity between the years 1890 and 1910 when their movement was stamped out by Pius X. In this expanded and annotated version of his Lectures Dr Vidler shows that the modernists, while they shared a common aim, differed much from one another both in temperament and in ideas. In addition to his familiarity with the literature of the movement, he has had access to many unpublished letters as well as to personal sources of information and so has been able to illustrate the characteristics of the modernists with many lively touches. Among the English modernists those treated most fully are Baron von Hugel, A. L. Lilley and Edmund Bishop. A full bibliography gives details of older bibliographical studies of the modernists and of their own writing and the book is illustrated by eight portraits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00274/cover/9780521100274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing and Political Engagement in Seventeenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strier, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume focuses on the relationship between writing and public concerns in seventeenth-century England before, during and after the civil wars and revolution of the mid-century. The distinguished list of contributors represent a variety of disciplines - political scientists, social and political historians and literary critics. They share an intense concern with the relationship between the act of writing and the political and public issues of this extraordinary period. The essays suggest that in the seventeenth-century the private and the public intersected so thoroughly that ostensibly 'private' writing was engaged with public issues and public rhetoric, while on the other hand, political writing was deeply involved with questions of style and inward conscience. This volume illuminates the complex issues of 'public' and 'private', 'art' and 'conscience' in the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00304/cover/9780521100304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110033X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Culture of Publicity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the writings of Henry James and the historical formation of mass culture. Throughout his career, James was concerned with such characteristically modern cultural forms as advertising, biography and the New Journalism, forms which together constituted the 'devouring publicity' of modern life. Richard Salmon's study situates James's fiction and criticism within the context of the contemporary debates surrounding these rival discursive practices. He explores both the nature of James's contribution to the critique of mass culture and the extent of his immersion within it. James's persistent and ambivalent negotiation of the boundaries between private and public experience ranged from a defence of the artist's right to privacy, to his own counter-practice of publicity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00335/cover/9780521100335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empedocles' Cosmic Cycle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reconstruction from the Fragments and Secondary Sources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cosmic cycle described in the surviving fragments of Empedocles' poem is the alternation, in endless succession, of Love and Strife. Love is the cause of happiness and unity; Strife the cause of separation and misery. These forces rule in turn as they cause the One and the Many. Love makes the elements into a blissful whole, the Sphere; Strife breaks into the Sphere and causes movement and division - the condition of the world, according to Empedocles, in which we now live. Dr O'Brien's book is primarily an analysis of this elaborate system. It seeks to determine the positions which Love and Strife occupy in the world at different times, the processes involved in becoming one and becoming many and the duration of being one and being many. It examines such associated themes as Empedocles' view of the nature of the soul and his use of the traditional motif 'like to like'. Finally, Dr O'Brien considers Empedocles; place in the subsequent development of Greek philosophy. He sees Empedocles' work as a primitive anticipation of Plato, a significant union of spiritual other-worldliness with the philosophical and scientific traditions of the Presocratics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00373/cover/9780521100373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vitruvius and Later Roman Building Manuals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plommer, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An edition and translation of Faventinus' Compendium of Vitruvius' De architectura. There is an introductory account of the relationship between Vitruvius and the world of Faventinus and Palladius, both of whom made great use of Vitruvian material, Palladius apparently deriving it exclusively from Faventinus. But they did not borrow it slavishly. Both adapted it and added to it in the light of the practical concerns of their own day and technical developments not available to Vitruvius. Dr Plommer holds the view, orthodox since Nohl, that Faventinus wrote in the early fourth century AD and Palladius probably a century later. The text has a translation on facing pages and is followed by a commentary on the main points of interest in it. This is the first translation of the text to appear and the book will be of interest to historians of technology and of architecture in the ancient world, as well as to classicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00380/cover/9780521100380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Myth of Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Righter, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is critical theory, and to what extent can it claim to exist as a free-standing entity independent of the object of enquiry? Is the much-discussed gulf between Anglo-Saxon empiricism and Continental post-structuralism more apparent than real? In The Myth of Theory William Righter explores the nature of thinking about literature and the assumed polarities between the abstract reasonings of philosophy and the concrete exploratory manoeuvres of critical practice. He goes on to examine the role of theory in critical observation, through extended case studies of the work of critics including Barthes. Bloom, Poulet, Eliot, Empson, Kristeva and Derrida. His underlying argument is that criticism uses theory but is never effectively directed or controlled by it: the inherent radicalism built into critical practice fragments and transforms general concepts in the act of applying them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45443/cover/9780521445443.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Desert Meteorology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warner, Thomas T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aridity prevails over more than one third of the land area of the Earth and over a significant fraction of the oceans as well. Yet to date there has been no comprehensive reference volume or textbook dealing with the weather processes that define the character of desert areas. Desert Meteorology fills this gap by treating all aspects of desert weather, such as large-scale and local-scale causes of aridity; precipitation characteristics in deserts; dust storms; floods; climate change in deserts; precipitation processes; desertification; land-surface physics of deserts; numerical modelling of desert atmospheres; and the effect of desert weather on humans. A summary is provided of the climates and surface properties of the desert areas of the world. The book is written with the assumption that the reader has only a basic knowledge of meteorology, physics and calculus, making it useful to those in a wide range of disciplines. It includes review questions and problems for the student. This comprehensive volume will satisfy all who need to know more about the weather and climate of arid lands. It will appeal especially to advanced students and researchers in environmental science, meteorology, physical geography, hydrology and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00489/cover/9780521100489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Approaches to Monetary Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Second International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Approaches to Monetary Economics brings together presentations of innovative research in the field of monetary economics. Much of this research develops and applies approaches to modelling financial intermediation, aggregate fluctuations, monetary aggregation and transactions-motivated monetary equilibrium. The contents of this volume comprise the proceedings of the second in a conference series entitled International Symposia in Economic Theory and Econometrics. This conference was held in 1985 at the IC2 Institute at the University of Texas at Austin. The symposia in this series are sponsored by the IC2 Institute and the RGK Foundation. New Approaches to Monetary Economics, edited by Professors William A. Barnett and Kenneth J. Singleton, consists of five parts. Part I examines transactions-motivated monetary holding in general equilibrium; Part II, financial intermediation; Part III, monetary aggregation theory, Part IV, issues in aggregate fluctuation; and Part V, theoretical issues in the foundations of monetary economics and macroeconomics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00496/cover/9780521100496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Textile Manufacture in the Northern Roman Provinces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wild, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Wild has written an account of textile manufacture in the northern and western Roman provinces. He begins with a chapter on ancient textile fibres and their sources including an account of Roman production of wool, silk imports, flax and hemp and experimental fibres such as asbestos. Then he studies methods of fibre preparation and spinning and the tools used by the ancient craftsmen. The main body of Dr Wild's survey is a detailed account of the evidence, archaeological and literary, for Roman looms, and an examination of surviving textiles. The final section considers the problems of Roman industrial cloth-finishing and dyeing. The text is supported by tables of implements, two catalogues of textiles and over 100 illustrations. This is an important work of reference on a major, but neglected, aspect of Roman technology and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00519/cover/9780521100519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tanganyika Under German Rule 1905-1912</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iliffe, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of Tanganyika from the Maji Maji rebellion of 1905 (the greatest African rebellion against early European rule) to the last years of German administration. It examines a colonial situation in depth, ranging from the processes of change in African societies to the decisions of policy-makers in Berlin. In the aftermath of rebellion an imaginative Governor, Freiherr von rechenberg, initiated a programme of African cash-crop agriculture. This programme was reversed by a settler community which successfully manipulated the German political system. Meanwhile, after their defeat in armed rebellion, Africans sought power through educational and economic advancement. Tanganyika in 1912 was poised for that struggle for control between European settler and educated African which has been a fundamental theme of the modern history of East and Central Africa. Dr Illiffe's book is one of the few available studies of German colonial administration. He has drawn on a wide range of sources, both in East Africa and Germany. Written in the light of current reappraisal of African history, the book gives valuable insight into African initiatives during the early years of European rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00526/cover/9780521100526.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modality, Morality and Belief</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Ruth Barcan Marcus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinnott-Armstrong, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raffman, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modality, morality and belief are among the most controversial topics in philosophy and few philosophers have shaped these debates as deeply as Ruth Barcan Marcus. Inspired by her work, a distinguished group of philosophers explore these issues, refine and sharpen arguments and develop fresh positions on such topics as possible worlds, moral dilemmas, essentialism and the explanation of actions by beliefs. This 'state-of-the-art' collection honours one of the most rigourous and iconoclastic of philosophical pioneers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00571/cover/9780521100571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Catholic Side of Henry James</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fussell, Edwin Sill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Catholic Side of Henry James reveals the profound Catholic imagery in the work of Henry James. Edwin Fussell questions conventional critical assumptions about James' secularity and shows that James; career began with narratives of Catholic conversion and ended with his masterpiece of Catholic eccentricity and alienation, The Golden Bowl. The interplay of men and women, of America and Europe - those acknowledged Jamesian themes - comes to be overlaid with the interplay between Protestant and Catholic. Fussell's examination ranges from James' early reviews of religious books for the Nation and early tales like 'De Grey: A Romance' through much of the canon, along the way re-examining James' overlooked play Guy Domville and climaxing with a magnificent reading of The Golden Bowl, convincingly demonstrating James' involvement with Catholic themes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00588/cover/9780521100588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradoxes of Belief and Strategic Rationality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koons, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a framework for analysing strategic rationality, a notion central to contemporary game theory, which is the formal study of the interaction of rational agents and which has proved extremely fruitful in economics, political theory and business management. The author argues that a logical paradox lies at the root of a number of persistent puzzles in game theory, in particular those concerning rational agents who seek to establish some kind of reputation. Building on the work of Parsons, Burge, Gaifman and Barwise and Etchemendy, Robert Koons constructs a context-sensitive solution to the whole family of liar-like paradoxes including, for the first time, a detailed account of how the interpretation of paradoxical statements is fixed by context. This analysis provides an understanding of how the rational agent model can account for the emergence of rules, practices and institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00595/cover/9780521100595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beliefs in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Philosophy and Social Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100601</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Da Fonseca, Eduardo Giannetti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the role of economic philosophy ('ideas') in the processes of belief-formation and social change. Its aim is to further our understanding of the behaviour of the individual economic agent by bringing to light and examining the function of non-rational dispositions and motivations ('passions') in the determination of the agent's beliefs and goals. Drawing on the work of David Hume and Adam Smith the book spells out the particular ways in which the passions come to affect our ordinary understanding and conduct in practical affairs and the intergenerational and interpersonal transmission of ideas through language. Concern with these problems, it is argued, lies at the heart of an important tradition in British moral philosophy. This emphasis on the non-rational nature of our belief-fixation mechanisms has important implications: it helps to clarify and qualify the misleading claims often made by utilitarian, Marxist, Keynesian and neo-liberal economic philosophers, all of whom stress the overriding power of ideas to shape conduct, policy and institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00601/cover/9780521100601.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christianity According to St Paul</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson Scott, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Anderson Scott examines St Paul's conception of Christianity. He shows that the influence of Hellenistic thought on St Paul's interpretation of Christianity was negligible and that the content of his teaching was derived almost exclusively from Judaism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00618/cover/9780521100618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beowulf</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Study of the Poem with a Discussion of the Stories of Offa and Finn</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chambers, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chamber's introduction to Beowulf is the most comprehensive study of the whole problem of this remarkable Anglo-Saxon manuscript. The original edition, published in 1921, began with a summary of the views held by previous writers on historical and non-historical elements in the poem, its date, origin and structure; this was followed by a collection of the Latin and Scandinavian documents furnishing parallels for various episodes and a detailed discussion of the Fight at Finnsberg and the relation of the Finn-episode in Beowulf and the relevance of archaeological finds. The second edition provided a supplement on work up to 1930 and an additional bibliography. This third edition, similarly, accounts for scholarship and publications since 1930. The Sutton Hoo discoveries of 1939, in particular, have made additions necessary. The original text remains unaltered since no major change of emphasis or interpretation is needed; but Professor Wrenn's new supplement and bibliography brings the book up to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00625/cover/9780521100625.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110064X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology of Arctic Environments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>13th Special Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodin, Sarah J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marquiss, Mick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Once thought of as a pristine environment it is now all too apparent that the Arctic is a sink for pollutants transported northwards over long distances in the atmosphere and oceans and is also likely to be subject to major climate change as a result of global warming. Many ecologists are currently seeking to further our understanding of how Arctic ecosystems function and to detect and predict anthropogenic changes which may occur within them. This book, resulting from a British Ecological Society Special Symposium, addresses these issues. Early chapters provide a background to the soils and periglacial processes of the Arctic and to the role of microbial and plant communities in ecosystem function. The following chapters consider the relationship between individual Arctic species and their environment, particularly in the context of climate change, whilst a further chapter draws together terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems in a consideration of trophic cascades. The book ends with four chapters concentrating on man's impacts on the Arctic environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00649/cover/9780521100649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molyneux's Question</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vision, Touch and the Philosophy of Perception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If a man born blind were to gain his sight in later life would he be able to identify the objects he saw around him? Would he recognise a cube and a globe on the basis of his earlier tactile experiences alone? This was William Molyneux's famous question to John Locke and it was much discussed by English and French empiricists in the eighteenth century as part of the controversy over innatism and abstract ideas. Dr Morgan examines the whole history of this debate: Locke's own (negative) answer to the question, the contributions of Berkeley, Condillac, Diderot and Voltaire and the factual accounts of early cataract operations and modern laboratory studies. He shows how this debate is involved in the development and eventual separation of philosophy and experimental psychology after the eighteenth century and considers why the original question is effectively still unanswered. This is one problem-area with its intricate cluster of connected conceptual and technical difficulties which suggests the need for some reunion or at least collaboration between the two subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00670/cover/9780521100670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pions to Quarks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Particle Physics in the 1950s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Laurie Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dresden, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoddeson, Lillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Editors Laurie Brown, Max Dresden and Lillian Hoddeson have assembled a prestigious group of physicists and historians of science to present a broadly balanced picture of this exciting scientific era that witnessed the coming of age of particle physics and its development into 'big science'. The historical studies and analyses provided in the volume are unique in their scope and level of detail. Major topics and developments addressed include the important experiments and their theoretical explanations, the design and construction of scientific instruments and the establishment of major research centres - especially the national laboratories that played a key role in the transformation of particle physics into 'big science'. These essays also range from sociological analyses of the particle physics subculture and the political aspects of research funding to discussions of symmetry and axiomatic field theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00731/cover/9780521100731.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Japanese Trajectory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modernization and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCormack, Gavan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sugimoto, Yoshio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging and innovative collection of essays addresses the Japanese dimension of one of the major sociological issues of our time: the nature of socio-economic modernisation and the emergence or otherwise of 'post-modern' industrial society. The rise to economic supremacy of post-war Japan constitutes an enormous challenge to that western orthodoxy which posits an essentially unilinear process of modernisation from the seventeenth century to the present day in which national and regional diversity has been eroded by the gradual social convergence of the major industrial powers. How does a society of contrasting social and cultural traditions fit within this pattern? Can one sensibly speak of Japanese society as 'modern' when such usage is effectively defined by other, western, presuppositions? In this volume an international team of contributors assesses these questions and investigates the real impact of modernisation upon the Japanese themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00755/cover/9780521100755.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religio Medici</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denonain, Jean-Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The son of a London mercer, Thomas Browne pursued a career as doctor and scholar; after extensive travels in Europe he settled down in Yorkshire and wrote, over time, the series of reflections now known as Religio Medici. As a self-portrait of a mind and soul and a prominent landmark in the history of ideas, Religio Medici proved a document of inexhaustible interest and persisting value; and ever since its first publication in 1642 it has exerted a powerful influence on its readers. This classic edition, first published in 1953, offers a carefully edited version of the 'authorised' edition of 1643, including readings preserved in extant manuscript copies of the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00762/cover/9780521100762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110078X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proletarians and African Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Kenya Case, 1960-1972</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandbrook, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the role of unionised workers in Kenya, this places the workers and their unions within the broad context of an evolving political economy. Similar studies, often restricted to a single trade union, have usually focused either on union-government relations or on internal union politics. This work is distinguished by its attempt to reveal the interrelation between these two facets of working-class life within a peculiar type of socio-economic environment - a predominantly peasant society governed by an elite committed to a capitalist economic strategy, closely associated with an 'external estate' of foreign interests, intertwined with local business concerns, and deeply involved in clientelist politics. Professor Sandbrook demonstrates that Frantz Fanon's sketch of the role of the unionised workers in an economically dependent former colony is largely correct in its application to Kenya. Top union leaders, drawn from the more privileged occupations, receiving relatively high rewards, and understandably apprehensive of the sanctions wielded by the ruling elite, have generally seen their role as obtaining a larger share of the economic pie for the workers within the capitalist political economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00786/cover/9780521100786.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miscellaneous Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamb, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Lamb (1775-1834) was one of the great masters of the essay, at a time when the essay was a powerful and influential literary form. This collection, first published in 1921, presents a range of Lamb's essays from throughout his career, each accompanied by explanatory notes. Lamb here addresses topics as diverse as moral and personal deformity, recollections of Christ's Hospital, and the inconveniences resulting from being hanged. He discusses the work of Hogarth and Shakespeare, and records his sadness at the death of his friend Samuel Taylor Coleridge. Together the essays offer a fascinating insight into the Romantic age through the eyes of one of its most prominent literary figures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00885/cover/9780521100885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholicism in the English Protestant Imagination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalism, Religion, and Literature, 1660-1745</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tumbleson, Raymond D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the role of anti-Catholic rhetoric in late seventeenth- and early eighteenth-century England. This role was long neglected, being at once obvious and distasteful, a reproach to the heirs of the Enlightenment who prided themselves on their tolerance and did not want to confront its origins in intolerance. Raymond Tumbleson discusses how the fear of Popery, a potentially destabilising force under the Stuarts, ultimately became a principal guarantor of the Hanoverian oligarchy. The range of authors discussed runs from Middleton, Milton and Marvell to Swift, Defoe and Fielding, as well as numerous pamphleteers. Crossing traditional generic, disciplinary and chronological boundaries, this book examines hitherto neglected relationships between poetry and prose, literature and polemic, the Reformation and the Augustan age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00892/cover/9780521100892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521100992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521100991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Dissent in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521100991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shatz, Marshall S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book places the dissent movement in the Soviet Union within the framework of modern Russian history. Professor Shatz outlines the historical and geographical conditions that led to a pattern of autocratic rule in Russia, and traces the sources of dissent in both tsarist and Soviet Russia. Professor Shatz examines the relationship between the Russian state and the educated classes from Peter the Great to the time of the book's first publication in 1980, explaining why the educated elite was the source of dissidents throughout the period. Autobiographical and literary sources are emphasized in an effort to determine the personal roots of dissent in Russia. Professor Shatz explores the family life, education, and life experience of dissidents in an attempt to explain why they became nonconformists or rebels. The first half of the book is an historical overview, dealing with Russia from Peter the Great to Stalin. The second half traces in greater detail the development of Soviet dissent from Stalin's death to the latter part of the twentieth century, contending that Soviet dissent, although it had its own unique characteristics, was the product of a pattern of development Russia has been following since the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/00991/cover/9780521100991.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>3-Transposition Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aschbacher, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1970 Bernd Fischer proved his beautiful theorem classifying the almost simple groups generated by 3-transpositions, and in the process discovered three new sporadic groups, now known as the Fischer groups. Since then, the theory of 3-transposition groups has become an important part of finite simple group theory, but Fischer's work has remained unpublished. 3-Transposition Groups contains the first published proof of Fischer's Theorem, written out completely in one place. Fischer's result, while important and deep (covering a number of complex examples), can be understood by any student with some knowledge of elementary group theory and finite geometry.  Thus Part I has minimal prerequisites and could be used as a text for an intermediate level graduate course. Parts II and III are aimed at specialists in finite groups and are a step in the author's program to supply a strong foundation for the theory of sporadic groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71968/cover/9780521571968.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equivalence, Invariants and Symmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a wide range of mathematical disciplines, including geometry, analysis, applied mathematics and algebra, this book presents an innovative synthesis of methods used to study problems of equivalence and symmetry which arise in a variety of mathematical fields and physical applications. Systematic and constructive methods for solving equivalence problems and calculating symmetries are developed and applied to a wide variety of mathematical systems, including differential equations, variational problems, manifolds, Riemannian metrics, polynomials and differential operators. Particular emphasis is given to the construction and classification of invariants, and to the reductions of complicated objects to simple canonical forms. This book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers in geometry, analysis, algebra, mathematical physics and other related fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78113/cover/9780521478113.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saints and Politicians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Donal B. Cruise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political life among the Wolof (the largest and most powerful of Senegal's 'tribal' groups) is the principal theme of this collection of essays. The focus of study is on African political leadership, in towns and villages. Within the constraints of alien control or influence, it is argued, cultural and organisational barriers have consistently allowed a wide range of initiative to African leaders and communities in a creative and flexible adjustment to new and unfamiliar demands. Exploration of this African initiative in various contexts suggests a complex, fascinating pattern of cultural and structural interaction. The multidisciplinary approach to politics in these essays will interest historians and social anthropologists as well as political scientists. These studies are indeed relevant to any student of the problems of 'underdeveloped' societies involved in the modern state. Parts of the essays have been published elsewhere, but all have been extensively revised, updated and integrated to a coherent pattern of analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01097/cover/9780521101097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Government Finance and the Amsterdam Capital Market 1740-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the eighteenth century European governments began systematically using an international credit structure whose centre was the Amsterdam capital market. This book reconstructs that system and surveys its principal effects on the European and especially the Dutch economies. Eighteenth-century states borrowed chiefly to finance wars and, increasingly toward the century's end, debts from earlier wars. Military and naval spending and debt service together consumed up to eighty percent of peacetime revenues and more in war. Borrowing on international markets stabilised previously disruptive deficit financing techniques and moderated the economic consequences of sharply irregular war spending. This development however, eased the problems of war-making more than it developed national economies or enhanced prosperity. The Dutch, heretofore seen as having squandered the advantage of cheap credit, actually faced the difficult problem of finding productive uses for their savings at satisfactory returns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01103/cover/9780521101103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Lineage in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of T'ung-Ch'eng County, Anhwel, in the Ming and Ch'ing Dynasties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beattie, Hilary J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of landholding, taxation and social structure in one county of central China that became famous in the Ming and Ch'ing periods for producing great officials and remarkable intellectual traditions. The primary aim of the author is to investigate the composition, organisation and economic basis of the local elite, in particular the role played by large kinship groups and among her sources are local gazetteers and lineage genealogies. The importance of the book is that it looks at the elite in a local context, rather than focusing on the national elite of top degree-holders and officials. As an in-depth case study of the history of elite families and lineages, social structure and social mobility and also economic history in one locality over five centuries or so the book, is unique and will be of interest to anthropologists as well as sociologists and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01110/cover/9780521101110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bureaucracy of Han Times</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bielenstein, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive and fully documented study of Chinese bureaucracy during the Han period, when many of the basic lines of Chinese government practice were laid down. It is also more detailed and wider in scope than similar works on other periods of Chinese history. The book covers the time from 202 BC to AD 9 and from AD 25 to 189, analysing and describing the central and local administrations, the army, official salaries, civil service recruitment and power in government. Professor Bielenstein translates all Chinese official titles and includes alphabetical lists of these titles with their English and Chinese equivalents. Thus his book will serve both as a description for the names of offices at every level of government. The book will be of interest to all scholars of Chinese history, as well as to experts in other fields of institutional history, government and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01127/cover/9780521101127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110114X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stoicism, Politics and Literature in the Age of Milton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>War and Peace Reconciled</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shifflett, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a fresh examination of key seventeenth-century writers in the context of their common interest in the republican, libertarian and oppositional potential of the philosophical tradition of Stoicism. The Stoic ethos embraced several paradoxical moral and political concepts, notably 'constancy' accompanied by a fascination with violence, 'indifference' that mirrors extremities of anger and 'retirement' that involves quests for honour and authority. Indeed, Stoicism in England involved not actual withdrawal from society but an intense kind of literacy - reading and writing focused on Seneca, Tacitus, Lucan and Lipsius as they could be seen to comment on contemporary political situations and ideological problems. Through subtly nuanced close readings of Marvell, Katherine Philips and Milton, Andrew Shifflet shows that these writers had more in common than previous philosophical, political and aesthetic categories have allowed, both in their keen Stoic interests and in the struggle to wrest this tradition from absolutist interpretations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01141/cover/9780521101141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam and Postcolonial Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erickson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Islam and Postcolonial Narrative, John Erickson examines four major authors from the 'third world' - Assia Djebar, Adelkebir Khatibi, Tahar ben Jelloun and Salman Rushdie - all of whom have engaged in a critique of the relationship between Islam and the West. Erickson analyses the narrative strategies they deploy to explore the encounter between Western and Islamic values and reveals their use of the cultural resources of Islam, as well as their intertextual exchanges with other third-world writers. Erickson argues against any homogenising mode of writing labelled 'postcolonial' and any view of Islamic and Western discourses as monolithic or totalising. He reveals the way these writers valorise expansiveness, polyvalence and indeterminacy as part of an attempt to represent the views of individuals and groups that live on the cultural and political margins of society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01158/cover/9780521101158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictions of Loss in the Victorian Fin de Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Identity and Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arata, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been widely recognised that British culture in the 1880s and 1890s was marked by a sense of irretrievable decline. Fictions of Loss in the Victorian Fin de Si&#232;cle explores the ways in which that perception of loss was cast into narrative, into archetypal stories which sought to account for the culture's troubles and perhaps assuage its anxieties. Stephen Arata pays close attention to fin de si&#232;cle representation of three forms of decline - national, biological and aesthetic - and reveals how late Victorian degeneration theory was used to 'explain' such decline. By examining a wide range of writers - from Kipling to Wilde, from Symonds to Conan Doyle and Stoker - Arata shows how the nation's twin obsessions with decadence and imperialism became intertwined in the thought of the period. His account offers new insights for students and scholars of the fin de si&#232;cle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63529/cover/9780521563529.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110131X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerson and the Conduct of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pragmatism and Ethical Purpose in the Later Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'I like not the man who is thinking how to be good,' Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, 'but the man thinking how to accomplish his work'. The ethical emphasis on work and activity signals the shift in his thinking that is the subject of Emerson and the Conduct of Life. In this book, David M. Robinson describes Emerson's evolution from mystic to pragmatist and shows the importance of Emerson's undervalued later writing. Emerson's reputation has rested on the addresses and essays of the 1830s and 1840s, in which he propounded a version of transcendental idealism and memorably portrayed moments of mystical insight. But Emerson's later thinking suggests an increasing concern over the elusiveness of mysticism and an increasing emphasis on ethical choice and practical power. Robinson discusses each of Emerson's major later works noting their increasing orientation to a philosophy of the 'conduct of life'. These books represent Emerson's attempt to forge a philosophy based on the centrality of domestic life, vocation and social relations and they reveal Emerson as an ethical philosopher who stressed the spiritual value of human relations, work and social action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44972/cover/9780521444972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scientific Letters and Papers of James Clerk Maxwell</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, James Clerk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1055</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive edition of Maxwell's manuscript papers published virtually complete and largely for the first time. Maxwell's work was of central importance in establishing and developing the major themes of the physics of the nineteenth century: his theory of the electromagnetic field and the electromagnetic theory of light and his special place in the history of physics. His fecundity of imagination and the sophistication of his examination of the foundations of physics give particular interest and importance to his writings. Volume II: 1862-1873 contains texts which illuminate Maxwell's scientific maturity. In this period he wrote the classic works on field physics and statistical molecular theory which established his unique status in the history of science. His important correspondence with Thomson and Tait provides remarkable insight into the major themes of his physics and the writing of his seminal Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism (1873).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/56261/cover/9780521256261.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dr John Walker and The Sufferings of the Clergy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tatham, G. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the origins, writing and reception of Dr John Walker's 'The Sufferings of the Clergy' (1714), which was an important account of the events of the Civil War period as they affected individual localities and parishes as well as the clergy themselves. Dr Tatham explores the circumstances in which Walker wrote the book, the nature of the sources used to compile it and the manner in which he used them as well as the contemporary criticism that greeted its publication. He also includes a calendar of Walker's collection of manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, two letters from Walker concerning the book and a list of the principal printed authorities cited by Walker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Niger 1850-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuglestad, Finn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive history of Niger during the colonial period is a work based on primary research which attempts an overall appraisal of the colonial past. Dr Fuglestad questions the assumption that the colonial conquest constituted a clear break in African history. He traces the main trends of the colonial period back to their origins in the pre-colonial past. He also demonstrates that the power of colonial officials was less effective than is generally thought and that, though French colonial rule was the single most important factor in shaping the present-day societies of Niger, it was still only one of the many contributing factors. While the main events of the modern history of Niger and the neighbouring regions of the Central Sudan and the Central Sahara are discussed and analysed in detail, the book focuses on long-term trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01394/cover/9780521101394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Afrikaners of the Kalahari</TitleText>

<Subtitle>White Minority in a Black State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Margo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The popular image of the Kalahari is a romantic one of desert space and untouched Bushmen. The popular image of the Afrikaners is of a unique and vicious racialism. Yet Afrikaners have been living in the Kalahari for more than a hundred years, their presence often studiously ignored by writers; and since 1961 independent Botswana with its policy of scrupulous non-racialism has embraced both Afrikaner and Bushman in common citizenship. This book attempts to describe the complex and mundane reality of ethnic relations in the Kalahari, not only in the present, harried by relentless pressure to enter the cash economy of modernisation, but in the past. Using oral history as a source, the authors describe the 'Africanisation' of these poor white pastoralists of the interior, cut off by the thirstland from those influences which gave contemporary Afrikanerdom its particular cast. They describe the pragmatic relations developed by Afrikaners with other peoples of the interior, and how these have been perceived and redefined with the decisive shift in political power from British to Tswana hands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01400/cover/9780521101400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Modern Belize</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Society and British Colonialism in Central America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, C. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Belize (formerly British Honduras) is a residue of the British Empire and the last colony in the Americas. Like most colonies in this age of decolonisation Belize was willing to break the colonial ties and in fact achieved internal self-government in 1964. It is, however, deterred from taking its full independence by Guatemala's century-old claim to its territory, a claim famous in international law. Belize is more than a British enclave in Central America, it is a meeting place, the borderland of two quite different cultural worlds. These are the White - Creole - Carib and the Spanish - Mestizo - Indian complexes which together produce among Belize's 120,000 inhabitants a racial, linguistic and cultural heterogeneity that is unusual either in the Commonwealth Caribbean or in Central America. There Belize's distinctiveness ends. Structurally, it is as economically dependent as its neighbours. Endowed with luxuriant forest resources, it was from the start a classical example of colonial exploitation, of taking away and not giving back in terms of permanent improvement and capital development. It was only when the forest resources were depleted after the Second World War that its other natural resource, agriculture, received attention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01417/cover/9780521101417.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Warfare in the Sokoto Caliphate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical and Sociological Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smaldone, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The successful jihad of 1804 in Hausaland - perhaps the most important Islamic revolution in West African history, with consequences still apparent in Nigeria today - resulted in the establishment of the Sokoto Caliphate, the largest and most enduring West African polity in the nineteenth century. The book is a full length study of traditional Sudanic military history, and an authoritative analysis of warfare in its most prominent Islamic state. After a brief survey of the evolution of Sudanic warfare and military organisation before 1800, Dr Smaldone examines the historical development and sociological implications of the two important revolutions in military technology which occurred in the nineteenth century: the adoption of cavalry during the jihad period and the introduction of firearms in the latter half of the century. He argues that these two revolutions were causal factors in producing two structural transformations in the emirates of the Caliphate, first from relatively egalitarian combatant communities to feudal systems, and then to centralised bureaucratic state organisations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01424/cover/9780521101424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lions of Dagbon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Change in Northern Ghana</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staniland, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The political conflict that has taken the most violent form and proved costliest in human lives in Ghana in the last half century has been a chieftaincy dispute in the northern kingdom of Dagomba, known as the Yendi skin dispute. The major loss of life took puce in 1969 but the dispute has continued to trouble Ghanaian politics and has affected the careers of national leaders under both civilian and military regimes. It is one of the most complex, explosive and intractable disputes in a country noted for conflicts over chieftaincy. Mr Staniland examines the political history of Dagomba, one of the most important pre-colonial states in what is now Ghana, from its partition between the British and the Germans in 1899. He analyses the attitudes and policies of successive governments towards chieftaincy and `traditionalism', and the effects which outside control has had on dynastic politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01431/cover/9780521101431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110145X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Library of Isaac Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Newton died in 1727 he left a library of some 2,100 volumes. This was largely a collection of books regarded by him as a set of working tools - several of the well-thumbed surviving items are evidence of this. The books Newton owned are of considerable interest and importance principally to Newtonian scholars and to historians of science, as well as to booksellers, librarians and book-collectors. The library was kept virtually intact until 1920 when more than half the volumes were auctioned and subsequently dispersed. Scholars have hitherto had to rely on the unpublished Huggins List (1727) and Musgrave Catalogue (c. 1766), or on their less than satisfactory transcription issued in 1931. John Harrison has now remedied this deficiency by compiling a complete and comprehensive catalogue of Newton's library.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01455/cover/9780521101455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judgment Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design, Analysis, and Meta-Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Because of the complexity of human behaviour a great many research variables must be constructed from the building blocks of human judgement. A teacher's warmth, a psychotherapist's ability to create rapport, a patient's inner state - these all tend ultimately to be defined by the judgements of others. The purpose of this book is to describe the design, the analysis and the meta-analysis of studies employing judgements in sufficient detail that readers can conduct such studies, and more wisely evaluate them. While the author's examples are drawn primarily from research on non-verbal behaviour, the book is designed for any investigators employing judges, observers, raters, coders, or decoders, whether or not the behaviour being assessed is non-verbal. Judgment Studies: Design, Analysis, and Meta-Analysis constitutes a unique resource for advanced students and researchers in the behavioural and social sciences. It offers the first integrated summary of methodological issues in judgement studies, and the first guide to their planning and analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31913/cover/9780521331913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifty Poems of H&#257;fiz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arberry, Arthur J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>H&#257;fiz, the greatest lyric poet of Persia, was first introduced to English readers in the translation by Sir William Jones in the latter half of the eighteenth century. The present selection (fifty poems, with their English poetical versions by fourteen different hands) has the double object of exhibiting the various aspects of H&#257;fiz' style and thought, and of representing how English scholars have attempted to render his poetry in their own language. Professor Arberry writes a long introduction, biographical and critical, suggesting fresh approaches to the study and some lines along which future research might with advantage be directed. The fifty Persian texts are printed first; these are followed by the English translations, and these again by the editor's notes on the texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01509/cover/9780521101509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Continued Fractions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analytic Theory and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, William B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thron, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an exposition of the analytic theory of continued fractions in the complex domain with emphasis on applications and computational methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01523/cover/9780521101523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Literary Works of Ou-yang Hsui (1007-72)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Egan, Ronald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is a literary study of one of the greatest of Chinese writers, Ou-yang Hsiu. He was a major writer in each of several genres: prose, poetry, rhapsodies, and tz'u 'songs'. The striking diversity of his work presents an opportunity to investigate how one man's literary talent is manifested in different genres. Ou-yang Hsiu's achievements in each genre are examined, and set in the context of his age. Topics include the broad shift between T'ang and Sung dynasty prose styles that Ou-yang Hsiu helped to effect, his contributions to the new poetic values of the Northern Sung, and his place in the evolution of Sung dynasty songs (together with a reconsideration of a group of supposedly spurious songs). An appendix provides additional translations of Ou-yang Hsiu's prose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetics of the Feminine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Authority and Literary Tradition in William Carlos Williams, Mina Loy, Denise Levertov, and Kathleen Fraser</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinnahan, Linda A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the early work of William Carlos Williams in relationship to a woman's tradition of American poetry, as represented by Mina Loy, Denise Levertov and Kathleen Fraser - three generations of women poets working in or directly from a modernist tradition. Linda Kinnahan traces notions of the feminine and the maternal that develop as Williams seeks to create a modern poetics. The impact of first-wave American feminism is examined through an extended analysis of Mina Loy's poetry as a source of a feminist modernism for Williams. Levertov and Fraser are discussed as poetic daughters of Williams who strive to define their voices as women and to reclaim an enabling poetic tradition. In the process, each woman's negotiations with poetic authority and tradition call into question the relationship of poetic father and daughter. Positioning Williams in relation to these three generations of Anglo-American writing within and descending from the modernist movement, the book pursues two questions: what can women poets, writing with an informed awareness of Williams teach us about his modernist poetics of contact, and just as importantly, what can they teach us about the process, for women, of constructing a writing self within a male-dominated tradition?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51277/cover/9780521451277.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110159X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Profits in the Long Run</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Dennis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Profits in the Long Run asks two questions: Are there persistent differences in profitability across firms? If so, what accounts for them? This book answers these questions using data for the 1000 largest US manufacturing firms in 1950 and 1972. It finds that there are persistent differences in profitability and market power across large US companies. Companies with persistently high profits are found to have high market shares and sell differentiated products. Mergers do not result in synergistic increases in profitability, but they do have an averaging effect. Companies with above normal profits have their profits lowered by mergers. Companies with initially below normal profits have them raised. In addition, the influence of other variables on long-run profitability, including risk, sales, diversification, growth and managerial control, is explored. The implications of antitrust policy are likewise addressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01592/cover/9780521101592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalist Development and the Peasant Economy in Peru</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Figueroa, Adolfo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study analyses the functioning of the peasant economy in Peru in the context of the present predominantly capitalist system. The central themes are the economic relationships of the peasantry to the rest of the economy of the country and the role of the peasant economy in the entire system, together with the changes that have taken place in that role over time. These themes are investigated by means of a study in detail of a sample of peasant communities in the most traditional and backward region of Peru, the southern sierra. The historical process has generated in Peru one of the most extreme cases of inequality, rural poverty and cultural duality. Nowhere else does the notion of 'economic duality' seem more applicable. Thus an investigation of the case of Peru has methodological value for the understanding of the peasant economy throughout Latin America, and the results of this survey have important implications for the whole region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01608/cover/9780521101608.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dictionary of Russian Personal Names</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With a Revised Guide to Stress and Morphology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, Morton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Dictionary has been compiled to meet the need for a reference work on the stress and morphology of Russian personal names. It indicates the stress of approximately 23,000 surnames and describes general rules that enable users to determine the stress shifts, and lists the most frequently used Russian given names and their principal diminutives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11653/cover/9780521411653.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110162X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gene Expression and Manipulation in Aquatic Organisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ennion, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldspink, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The techniques of molecular biology offer a powerful means of investigating and controlling the genetic basis of mechanisms operating in living organisms. The development of these techniques in aquatic animals has now reached the stage where important questions relating to growth, development and adaptation to the environment can be addressed at the level of gene expression, and the introduction and expression of novel genes achieved. This volume presents some of the most exciting advances in this rapidly expanding area, with contributions on the evolution of adaptation to low temperature, adaptation to short-term fluctuations in temperature and salinity, gene expression during growth and development, myosin polymorphism and the generation of transgenic fish.  As such, it will be of interest to all those working in the fields of marine and freshwater biology and also to those working in aquaculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolutionary Physiological Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calow, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physiological ecology is concerned with the way that physiological traits fit organisms for the ecological circumstances in which they live, so there is always an implicit evolutionary component to it. This book is concerned with physiological studies that make the evolutionary considerations explicit. The first part explores physiological models that predict how, under different ecological pressures, resources should be invested in such metabolic processes as costs of maintenance, growth patterns and allometries, ageing and physiological adaptability. In the context of the integrated metabolism of whole organisms, the second part of the volume considers aspects of the physiological ecology of specific organisms. The underlying theme of these chapters is the link between genotype and physiological phenotype.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01653/cover/9780521101653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society for Experimental Biology, Seminar Series</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book will be of value to all disciplines of science concerned with the influence of the environment on biological systems. With the revolution in microprocessors, 'intelligent' instruments can be constructed that control the operation and collect, validate and store the data. A review of the present technology and its applications for the immediate future is overdue. The text is aimed at two levels: first, to introduce the student to the science of environmental measurement, its importance in biological systems and the various techniques available; second, as a reference book to allow the research worker to assess the relative merits of each device. An important feature is the inclusion of detailed information on the accuracy, precision and calibration of each technique, which will assist in the selection of appropriate instruments and point to any practical problems that may be encountered. Obvious users of this book will be environmental biologists, plant and animal physiologists, and ecologists, although it will also be of value to mycologists, entomologists, zoologists, soil scientists and agricultural engineers at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01660/cover/9780521101660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas and Politics of Chilean Independence 1808-1833</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers the years from the breakdown of the Spanish Empire in America to the stabilisation of the new republic of Chile. It is a survey of the political ideas and the interplay of ideas and political action during the independence period. Whilst examining the influences making for change in late colonial Chile and the implications of political experiment and instability, much of the text is devoted to a description of the common ideology of the revolution. The author considers that the political theory was based on the notions of the social contract, the sovereignty of the people, representative government, the division of powers and a system of natural rights. It was derived from the liberal thought of the enlightenment and from the doctrines of the North American and French revolutions. But it was a complex of vaguer emotions and attitudes such as utopianism, anti-Spanish feeling, the 'black legend', an incipient nationalism and the idealisation of the Araucanian Indian which gave the revolution its mystique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01691/cover/9780521101691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bolivia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land, Location and Politics Since 1825</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fifer, J. Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deas, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Clifford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the earliest days of independence, Bolivia's foreign policy has been largely determined by geographical circumstances. This study examines the related aspects of location, accessibility, exploitation, attempted colonisation and boundary changes in Bolivia since 1825 and reviews the political and economic geography of the western, northern and southern sectors today. Dr Fifer examines Bolivia's role as a buffer state and the progressive reduction of its territory to about half of what was originally claimed in exchange, effectively, for railways and transit agreements. The consequences of the country's position in the South American interior have been no less evident in the wider context of international relations and this study also traces the influence of location in the political and commercial attitudes displayed towards Bolivia by Britain and the USA during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Finally the long-term effects of a landlocked position on the country's national growth and development are reviewed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01707/cover/9780521101707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mackinnon and East Africa 1878-1895</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the 'New Imperialism'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galbraith, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1870s Britain dominated the coast of east Africa by informal influence exerted from Zanzibar through the renowned consul-general, Sir John Kirk. This unchallenged position ended with the decision of Bismarck to back Carl Peters in his treaty-making activities and the mainland opposite Zanzibar was partitioned in 1886 into British and German spheres. The British government was not willing to assume the responsibility and expense involved in administration of its area of influence and it assigned control to the Imperial British East Africa Company headed by William Mackinnon. The company's life was short and inglorious. The government attributed its failure to the ineffectuality of Mackinnon and the Company's directors blamed the government for using the Company to advance political objects and not providing it with proper support. Professor Galbraith's book considers this episode in British Imperial History, the factors involved and Mackinnon's part in it. The book considers the interaction of Mackinnon and the government from the 1870s when his first efforts in east Africa were frustrated by Salisbury to the liquidation of the Company in the mid-1890s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01714/cover/9780521101714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Merchants of Moscow 1580-1650</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bushkovitch, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using evidence drawn from archives in Moscow, Professor Bushkovitch challenges conventional analyses of trade and industry during this period. The Merchants of Moscow 1580-1650 examines the formation of the merchant class in Russia before the reforms of Peter the Great, focusing on the role of the Muscovite merchants in the establishment of foreign and domestic trade and commerce. Bushkovitch places the merchants of Moscow within the context of Eastern Europe, a region whose economic complexities and contradictions make it a more apt standard for comparison than the Western European nations against whom the merchants are usually measured. By shifting his focus to Eastern Europe, Bushkovitch is able to re-evaluate their position in the state and other branches of the Russian economy as well as their role in international commerce. Rather than presenting them as debilitated by an absolutist state whose demands depleted their time and wealth, Bushkovitch finds that the merchants of Moscow were a stable and prosperous group whose activities were central to the emerging Russian economy and whose relations with the state formed a contradictory pattern of dependence and independence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01721/cover/9780521101721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism and Politics in Russia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social History of the Moscow Merchants, 1855-1905</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Thomas C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph - based largely on memoirs, diaries, archival documents and other primary sources - represents a comprehensive social history of the Moscow merchants in the period between 1855 and 1905. The author first examines the essential aspects of traditional merchant culture in the early nineteenth century. He then discusses the emergence of 'capitalist' manufacturers and traders, a group who implemented modern business techniques in the 1840s without however, adopting the political liberalism of the western bourgeoisie. Committed to economic modernisation as a means of redressing Russia's humiliation in the Crimean War, these merchants cooperated with sympathetic intellectuals in railroad management, banking, journalism and the struggle to gain tariff protection. The study concludes with an analysis of the 'bourgeois' class consciousness that resulted from the Moscow commercial-industrial leaders' conflicts with both the tsarist government and the militant labour movement during the Revolution of 1905. Owen contributes to discussions about the distinctive features of Russian social and economic development in the final years of the Russian Empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01738/cover/9780521101738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chilean Rural Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Spanish Conquest to 1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauer, Arnold J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to place in historical perspective the evolution of Chilean rural society from its foundation in the sixteenth century to 1975 and especially to explain the unusual result of accelerated economic growth after 1860. The study is placed in the broader context of general Chilean development and the rise of the Atlantic market. Professor Bauer also points out the connections and similarities between the Chilean case and other areas peripheral to the expanding world economy. Chapters are devoted to markets, prices and credit, but the main part of the book is concerned with the social and political impact of economic expansion on rural workers and the land-owning classes. A detailed explanation of agrarian structure and the position and importance of landlord and peon within national development is essential for an understanding of modern Latin America. This book is a contribution to that understanding and people interested in other times and places will find in the experience of Chile an instructive contrast in the larger pattern on modern history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01752/cover/9780521101752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110176X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Photian Schism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Legend</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dvornik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Photius, Patriarch of Constantinople, has been for a thousand years denounced by the Western Church as an arch-heretic and arch-schismatic of the Church and at the same time venerated in the East as a saint, scholar and a model churchman. Dr Dvornik reviews the whole history, reconsiders all the arguments, reconstitutes the facts, re-examines all the witnesses and comes to the conclusion that in the Photian case the Churchmen, Canonists and historians of the West were mistaken, that Photius was indeed a great churchman. In the second part of his book Dr Dvornik examines the reasons for this miscarriage of justice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01769/cover/9780521101769.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schism, Heresy and Religious Protest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thirty papers which comprise this volume are selected from those delivered at the summer and winter conferences of the Ecclesiastical History Society in 1971 and 1972. The volume opens with three important, wide ranging surveys of the nature and types of religious orthodoxy and dissent in the early Christian centuries. A further group of papers considers the emergence and treatment of earlier medieval heresies, while a number of contributions concerned with Lollardy have their focus in M. J. Wilks' examination of relations between Wyclif and Hus. For developments in more modern times K.T. Ware supplies a wider perspective to a rich and varied series of papers on more familiar matters in British, Continental and American history. In this volume, considerable attention is paid to the relationship of movements of protest and dissent to their social, intellectual, cultural and political backgrounds: in this many of the authors reflect the interest in 'religious sociology' which characterises much contemporary Continental work in the field of ecclesiastical history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01783/cover/9780521101783.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mission of the Church and the Propagation of the Faith</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers read at the Seventh Summer Meeting and the Eighth Winter Meeting of the Ecclesiastical History Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuming, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ecclesiastical History Society devoted two meetings to the topical theme of 'The Mission of the Church' and this sixth volume of Studies in Church History contains eleven papers on widely varying aspects of the subject. The theme of foreign missions is comprehensively examined, with papers on both the conversion of Europe and the missions to Asia and Africa. A later development considered if the missionary situation facing the church at home after the Industrial Revolution. The volume concludes with a masterly survey of the literature of missionary history by Bishop Neill.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01790/cover/9780521101790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dependence with Complete Connections and its Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iosifescu, Marius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grigorescu, Serban</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dependence with complete connections is a more general type of stochastic process than the well-known Markovian dependence, accounting for a complete history of a stochastic evolution. This book is an authoritative survey of knowledge of the subject, dealing with the basic theoretical understanding and also with applications. These arise in a variety of situations as diverse as stochastic models of learning, branching processes in random environments, continued fractions and dynamical systems. Thus the book will appeal to mathematicians working in probability theory, ergodic theory and number theory, as well as applied mathematicians, engineers, biologists and social scientists interested in applications of stochastic methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01806/cover/9780521101806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vision and Meaning in Ninth-Century Byzantium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Image as Exegesis in the Homilies of Gregory of Nazianzus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brubaker, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Byzantines used imagery to communicate a wide range of issues. In the context of Iconoclasm - the debate about the legitimacy of religious art conducted between c. AD 730 and 843 - Byzantine authors themselves claimed that visual images could express certain ideas better than words. Vision and Meaning in Ninth-Century Byzantium deals with how such visual communication worked and examines the types of messages that pictures could convey in the aftermath of Iconoclasm. Its focus is on a deluxe manuscript commissioned around 880, a copy of the fourth-century sermons of the Cappadocian church father Gregory of Nazianzus which presented to the Emperor Basil I, founder of the Macedonian dynasty, by one of the greatest scholars Byzantium ever produced, the patriarch Photios. The manuscript was lavishly decorated with gilded initials, elaborate headpieces and a full-page miniature before each of Gregory's sermons. Forty-six of these, including over 200 distinct scenes, survive. Fewer than half however were directly inspired by the homily that they accompany. Instead most function as commentaries on the ninth-century court and carefully deconstructed both provide us with information not available from preserved written sources and perhaps more important show us how visual images communicate differently from words.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01813/cover/9780521101813.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton's Warring Angels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Critical Engagements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolbrener, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The centrality of Milton to the study of English literature often obscures the intense debates that rage about this ideological allegiances. The reception and interpretation of Milton's texts consistently present him as either a Christian republican or a committed individualist, a radical, heretical free thinker, or a traditional absolutist. In Milton's Warring Angels, William Kolbrener provides a critical account of the reception and interpretation of Milton's texts. He argues that the governing scheme of Milton criticism, the opposition of 'satanic' and 'angelic' readings, derives from historiographical tradition rooted in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment antithesis between reason and authority, Kolbrener argues, has generated a set of interpretive approaches that inevitably end up violating the meaning of Milton's texts. Kolbrener shows how Milton articulates his thought in lexicons which are never fully assimilable to paradigms of modernity drawn from the Enlightenment. Instead, Milton's prose and poetry mediate between apparently contradictory positions; they join without ever reconciling the satanic and the angelic. By showing how Milton has for centuries resisted tendentioys appropriations and reductive readings, Kolbrener explains the continuing critical fascination with this most enigmatic of writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01820/cover/9780521101820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'The Lament for the South'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Yu Hsin's 'Ai Chiang-Nan Fu'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Jr, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ai Chiang-nan fu by the sixth-century poet Yu Hsin is one of the most famous and difficult of all Chinese medieval poems. It relates in a highly allegorical and elliptical manner the fall of the Liang dynasty, which the poet served. The poem belongs to the genre of the fu; rhapsodical, elegiac works written in an irregular metre. It is, however not at all typical of the genre, which is more often associated with descriptions of hunting parks, sacrifices, plants and birds. The poem thus deserves study both for its literary merits and for its uniqueness. Dr Graham provides a translation of the poem with a very detailed literary and historical commentary. Most previous studies of the fu have concentrated on the Han period but Dr Graham offers an extended discussion in any language of the genre in the period of the six dynasties (222-589). The book also includes an introduction to the history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01868/cover/9780521101868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reform in Soviet Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lessons of Recent Policies on Land and Water</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafson, Thane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the record of the Brezhnev regime in its only major domestic innovation: the attempt to modernise Soviet agriculture. Under Brezhnev, the Soviets have invested more than half a trillion dollars in the countryside, but the Kremlin has remarkably little to show for the effort. The reason for the poor return, Gustafson argues is that it is fundamentally flawed because it has been conducted along traditional Soviet lines. For all its innovative features the agricultural programme resembles nothing so much as the Stalinist industrialising campaigns of the fifties. The Soviets cannot afford another such 'reform'. Consequently the agricultural programme cannot stand as a model for meeting the complex problems the Soviets will have to deal with in the next twenty years. Gustafson asserts that whatever solution they devise will depend on whether the Soviet political elite can develop resources and instruments of power more appropriate to the needs of a mature industrial economy. But whether such changes are possible rests on fundamental questions about the essence of power in the Soviet regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01875/cover/9780521101875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coal Mining in China's Economy and Society 1895-1937</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an important contribution to the economic history of modern China. It examines the history of the coal mining industry - one of China's largest and most important - from the beginnings of modernisation around 1895 to the start of the Sino-Japanese War in 1937. It addresses questions of both economic and socio-political history and contributes to our knowledge of many aspects of early twentieth-century Chinese history. It examines the slow growth of the modern sector of the Chinese economy and considers the effects of foreign investment and ownership, the supply of capital, the technology of production, the availability of local entrepreneurship and compares the evolution of the Chinese coal industry with development elsewhere. This book will be of interest to those concerned with the problems of industrial growth in general as well as to specialists on modern China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01882/cover/9780521101882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proceedings of the Nineteenth European Marine Biology Symposium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These edited proceedings provide a thematic review of four important areas of marine biology. The theme of the first part of the volume is production at boundary systems and in particular it deals with rates of production and related processes at boundary systems, including shelf breaks, thermoclines and the fronts between stratified and mixed waters and the contribution of the production of such systems to the overall productivity of a region. The second part look sat the dynamics of deep-sea life: new techniques of and results from direct observation, in situ experimentation and sampling, especially those concerning rates and processes in the deep sea. The third part examines concepts of community organisation in the benthos: theoretical and empirical studies that synthesise the structural and functional properties of benthic communities. The final section on adaptive relevance of variability in biochemical and physiological processes, with particular emphasis on relationships between population genetics and physiological and biochemical ecology. This volume provides an international perspective of marine biology; it will appeal to marine biologists throughout the world and in particular to those studying marine production, deep-sea life, the ecology of benthic communities and the physiological and biochemical adaptations of marine organisms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01912/cover/9780521101912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cyclopenta[a]phenanthrenes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coombs, Maurice M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhatt, Tarlochan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume looks in detail at the chemistry and carcinogenicity of the cyclopenta[a]phenanthrenes; these are fully aromatic (i.e. dehydrogenated) derivatives of physiologically important hormones, the steroids and some have been shown to be powerful carcinogens in animal models. Others have been found to be of widespread occurrence in the environment where they are probably derived from plant steroids. This book covers all aspects of this class of compounds including their chemical syntheses and chemistry, occurrence, physical and spectral properties, metabolism, carcinogenicity and mutagenicity. It also outlines how steroid biochemistry indicates the way in which these molecules might be formed in vivo as a result of incorrect steroid metabolism and ends with a call for the application of powerful modern analytical techniques to the problem of whether they do occur in this way and are a cause of human cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01929/cover/9780521101929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maya Postclassic State Formation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Segmentary Lineage Migration in Advancing Frontiers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Fox here offers a fresh and persuasive view of the crucial Classic-Postclassic transition that determined the shape of the later Maya state. Drawing this data from ethnographic analogy and native chronicles as well as archaeology, he identifies segmentary lineage organisation as the key to understanding both the political organisation and the long-distance migrations observed among the Quiche Maya of Guatemala and Mexico. The first part of the book traces the origins of the Quiche, Itza and Xiu to the homeland on the Mexican Gulf coast where they acquired their potent Toltec mythology and identifies early segmentary lineages that developed as a result of social forces in the frontier zone. Dr Fox then matches the known anthropological characteristics of segmentary lineages against the Mayan kinship relationships described in documents and deduced from the spatial patterning within Quiche towns and cities. His conclusion, that the inherently fissile nature of segmentary lineages caused the leapfrogging migrations of up to 500km observed amongst the Maya, offers a convincing solution to a problem that has long puzzled scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01950/cover/9780521101950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New English Bible</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Old Testament</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New English Bible, completed in 1970, was the culmination of more than twenty years' work by scholars and literary advisers representing the major Protestant churches of the British Isles. An authoritative translation made directly from the best Hebrew and Greek texts and founded on all the resources of contemporary scholarship, it aimed to present the full meaning of the original in clear and natural modern English. This approach marked a departure from the prevailing Bible translation philosophy and to this day the NEB has a significant place in the history of the Bible in English. The New English Bible is now reissued in this classic 'Library Edition' format to coincide with the reissue of the complete Cambridge Bible Commentaries series, which was itself based on the NEB text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01974/cover/9780521101974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>68.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Farmers as Hunters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Implications of Sedentism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kent, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Farmers as hunters analyses from an essentially ethnographic perspective the role of hunters in small-scale farming societies. The twelve contributors examine the effects of hunting and mobility on behaviour, diet, economy and material culture at both culture-specific and cross-cultural levels. The influence of sedentism and the increasing use of domesticates is also explored across a wide range of societies from the American southwest and Amazonian to Africa, New Guinea and the Phillipines. Differing perceptions of the status of animals and plants are reviewed and cultural values are throughout given due weight in a field where discussion too often verges on the economically deterministic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01981/cover/9780521101981.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521101999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521101998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African Perspectives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in the History, Politics and Economics of Africa Presented to Thomas Hodgkin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521101998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholars from all over the world contributed to the Festschrift volumes presented as a tribute to Thomas Hodgkin on his sixtieth birthday. This book contains a selection from those contributions, reflecting the wide scope of Hodgkin's own interests, work and influence in the field of African and Tiers Monde studies. All the contributions represent original and previously unpublished work in the fields of African history, Islamic studies and the sociology of religion, and also of contemporary political and economic studies. They are particularly concerned to examine questions of a general and theoretical importance, often by means of detailed case studies. Among the countries thus discussed are Ghana, Guinea, Nigeria, Senegal, Guin&#233; Bissao, Zambia, Ivory Coast, Tanzania, Gambia - and, as part of the African diaspora, Jamaica. Fittingly, these essays share one of the main features which have distinguished Thomas Hodgkin's own work - they take a critically evaluative view of some of the established interpretations and conventional wisdoms surrounding their subjects. This book will provide an introduction in depth to the whole field of African studies as well as being essential material for specialists in many disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01998/cover/9780521101998.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roots of Ghana Methodism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartels, F. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a scholarly book by a leading Ghanaian historian and Methodist. It gives a full and co-ordinated story of the growth of the Methodist Church in Ghana which achieved autonomy in 1961 after 126 years of tutelage under the British Methodist Conference. The last Synod of the Ghana District of the Methodist Church was held at Winneba in 1961 and requested Mr Bartels to produce an authoritative record of its history. This book is the result of his researches. The main sources have been dispatches in the Public Records Office, the London archives of the Methodist Missionary Society, the records of the Methodist Church in Ghana and the oral history of the Ghanaian people. From this material, so largely consisting of the writings of one European to another, Bartels has wrested the story of what was essentially an African institution and one which played a leading role in the political, social and economic life of the Gold Coast and in the formation of modern Ghana.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02001/cover/9780521102001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parties and Politcal Change in Bolivia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1880-1952</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1952 Bolivia experienced a profound social, economic and political revolution, one of the very few such revolutions which have occurred in Latin America. As Professor Klein points out, the remarkable fact about the Bolivian National Revolution was that it occurred at all. In terms of political, economic and social development Bolivia was one of the most retarded states of the continent and was not particularly riven by rapid or dislocating social and economic change. In this detailed study, Professor Klein stresses the origins and development of the Bolivian political system as it evolved into a stable two-party regime in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. He then analyses the causes which led to the mutation of this system and the rise of class politics and social revolutionary movements in the middle decades of this century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02018/cover/9780521102018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>West African Food in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>According to Arabic Sources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewicki, Tadeusz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is important for historians studying West Africa before the sixteenth century, particularly social and economic historians, to know what the basic foods were before the arrival of crops from the Americas such as maize, cassava, ground nuts, red peppers and tomatoes. Medieval Arabic historians and geographers recorded a great deal of information about social and economic life in Africa during the period and this is a full-scale attempt to make use of the material related to foodstuffs and the preparation of the food. The references collected from the Arabic texts are interpreted in the light of the work of modern ethnographers and the descriptions given by travellers in more recent times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02025/cover/9780521102025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toward 'Uhuru' in Tanzania</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Participation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maguire, G. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the belief that intensive study of selected local areas is an important development in scholarship on Africa, the author presents a micropolitical study of an important region of one of East Africa's Rew nations. Sukumaland, an area of Tanzania which contains one tenth of the country's population and its largest tribe, was chosen for the study. Before independence it exhibited the most organized nationalist political activity of any part of the country and developed the largest African-owned co-operative movement in all of Africa. In the final decade of the colonial era Sukumaland was the British administration's principal experimental area for attempts at radical transformation of indigenous political institutions and traditional agricultural techniques. After independence it became a critical testing ground for President Julius Nyerere's concepts of African socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02032/cover/9780521102032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic History of Colombia 1845-1930</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGreevey, William Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1850 and 1930 the local economies of several major primary-producing countries in Latin America became increasingly dependent on foreign trade. Professor McGreevey examines the relations between the external sector and the domestic economy by analysing the history of economic development in Colombia in this period. Part I traces the development of the economy from the period of exploitation under Spanish rule until 1845. In Part II the author makes an overall assessment of the movement of per capita product between 1845 and 1885. In order to assess the impact of trade on Colombian economic development Professor McGreevey has assembled a new and more reliable set of estimates of Colombian foreign trade between 1845 and 1930. He pays particular attention to the reasons for economic decline in the latter half of the nineteenth century. Part III examines the economic development of Colombia between 1890 and 1930 from a subsistence economy with little specialisation and exchange to a market-oriented agricultural economy with greater division of labour and a more extensive trade network. Professor McGreevey analyses the spectacular development of the Antioqueno region and the way in which coffee cultivation and transport improvements facilitated regional and national economic transformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02049/cover/9780521102049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cristero Rebellion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mexican People Between Church and State 1926-1929</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Jean A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cristero movement is an essential part of the Mexican Revolution. When in 1926 relations between Church and state, old enemies and old partners, eventually broke down, when the churches closed and the liturgy was suspended, Rome, Washington and Mexico, without ever losing their heads, embarked upon a long game of chess. These years were crucial, because they saw the setting up of the contemporary political system. The state established its omnipotence, supported by a bureaucratic apparatus and a strong privileged class. Just at the moment when the state thought that it was finally supreme, at the moment at which it decided to take control of the Church, the Cristero movement arose, a spontaneous mass movement, particularly of peasants, unique in its spread, its duration, and its popular character. For obvious reasons, the existing literature has both denied its reality and slandered it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02056/cover/9780521102056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State, Society and University in Germany 1700-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClelland, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive history of the German university system in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. It examines the evolution of the universities from their moribund state in 1700 to their rise to the pinnacle of world prestige and scientific leadership in 1914. In contrast to traditional university histories published in Germany, Professor McClelland's book surveys the entire university system. It explores the influence of political, social and economic forces that helped to shape the growth, reform and scholarly excellence of the late nineteenth-century 'research university'. It thus uncovers the motivating forces behind the change of the system of higher education to meet the needs of the expanding German society. The book will be of interest to historians of education and particularly to the many historians of modern Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02063/cover/9780521102063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Colonial History of Spanish America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#243;ngora, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Southern, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seven essays that are contained in Mario G&#243;ngora's Studies in the Colonial History of Spanish America demonstrate his exceptional range as a historian, as they run from the eve of discovery and conquest of the Indies to the end of the Spanish Empire, and connect matters as seemingly distant as the place of the New World in Spanish utopian thought and the humble workings of the native labour system. Professor G&#243;ngora draws on his own previous work on the theory and technique of conquest, showing its European precedents and context, and displaying the mastery of local detail that readers of his previous books will expect. In these essays he also reflects on the advances in scholarship that have been made in the last decades, and relates one monograph to another, one local study to a larger issue, practical developments and ideological currents, in a manner that will appeal not only to all students of the Spanish Empire and of Spain, but to historians of many different interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02087/cover/9780521102087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110209X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caudillo and Peasant in the Mexican Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brading, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until quite recently, the Mexican Revolution was usually defined as an agrarian movement, as a peasant war, with Emiliano Zapata, leader of the villagers of Morelos, taken as its most typical figure. Yet this interpretation leaves many questions unanswered. It ignores the sheer diversity in both regional background and social goals of the revolutionary forces. It does not explain why the partition of the great estates and effective land distribution was delayed until the 1930s, almost two decades after the cessation of hostilities. More important, it fails to account for the emergence of a one party political system, in which the resources of the state are concentrated on industrialization and economic growth. This book consists of case-studies and general perspectives, all based on research, which follow the careers of several caudillos, some conservative, some progressive, with the aim of analysing the means by which these revolutionary chieftains first obtained power and then promoted or opposed the authority of the national state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02094/cover/9780521102094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Socioeconomic History of Argentina, 1776-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Jonathan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys Argentina's development from the establishment of the Viceroyalty of the Rio de la Plata within the Spanish-American empire to the building of the first railways in the independent nation. Two aspects of Argentina's development receive special attention. First, the author examines the international markets for Argentina's products, taking into account the industrial revolution then under way in Europe and the United States. Second, he discusses the influence of traditional native technology on Argentine production and transport. In addition to describing commercial development at the port of Buenos Aires, the study discusses the expansion of ranching and farming onto the virgin pampas. Although the prosperity of Buenos Aires was not duplicated in the interior provinces, the export trade did permit commercial recovery from depression and civil war throughout Argentina. The author concludes that the conventional dependent or neo-colonial theory of Latin American development does not apply to Argentina's economic expansion. The staple theory of economic growth proves to be more accurate, for the linkages produced by the export trade actually diversified domestic economic activity and broadened entrepreneurial and labour opportunities in Argentina.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02100/cover/9780521102100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Professionalization of Psychology in Nazi Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geuter, Ulfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been widely believed that psychology in Germany, faced with political antipathy and mass emigration of its leading minds, withered under national Socialism. Yet in The Professionalisation of Psychology in Nazi Germany Ulfried Geuter tells a radically different story of how German psychology, rather than disappearing, rapidly grew into a fully developed profession during the Third Reich. Geuter makes it clear that the rising demands of a modern industrial nation gearing up for a war afforded psychology with a unique opportunity in Nazi Germany: to transform itself from a marginal academic discipline into a state-sanctioned profession. This opportunity was mainly presented byWehrmacht, whose demand for psychological expertise led to increasing support for academic departments, and to the expansion and standardisation of training programmes - a process of professionalization which culminated in 1941 with the creation of a state examination for Diplom, a professional psychology degree. Although the Wehrmacht's demand for its services fell along with the fortunes of the Nazi regime, the professional base psychology has carved for itself remained for the duration of the war and to this date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02131/cover/9780521102131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christ and Spirit in the New Testament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Honour of Charles Francis Digby Moule</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindars, Barnabas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smalley, Stephen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The editors have grouped the studies in this volume around the themes 'Christ and Spirit', two of the most controversial areas in current New Testament study, which are also the areas with which Professor Moule has been most concerned as editor, author and teacher. All the contributions are original and have been specifically commissioned from an impressive team of international scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02162/cover/9780521102162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romanticism and Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tradition of Coleridge and Wordsworth in the Victorian Church</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern scholarship has tended to separate literature and theology. Yet it is impossible to understand the ideas of such Victorian theologians as Hare and Maurice, Keble and Newman without reference to contemporary literary criticism - just as it is impossible to understand criticism of the period (and the sensibility it implies) isolated from its theology. This book is an attempt to reinterpret a whole theological tradition in the light of its members' views on language and poetry, and associated ideas of imagination, myth and symbol. Dr Prickett argues that Coleridge and Wordsworth began a theological revolution by reintroducing to the Anglican Church a mode of thinking that had become submerged, or died out. "Their 'organic' aesthetics, with roots both in England and Germany, carried with them a theory of symbolism and of the unconscious, which, while originally derived from theology, provided an independent and parallel tradition to contemporary 'Paleyite' apologetic. From them Maurice, Keble and Newman were able to draw the conception of an 'idea' as living and creative, and of the Church itself as 'poetic'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02179/cover/9780521102179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Coalition Rule in Colombia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartlyn, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From 1958 to 1986, Colombian politics were characterised by a series of coalition governments. This book analyses the historical antecedents, establishment and subsequent evolution of the political regime created in 1958. For most of this period, the country was governed by a National Front power-sharing system between the Conservatives and the Liberals, the country's two major parties. This system was initially established to prevent a return to the intense violence between the parties that had earlier led to a political breakdown and military rule. In crucial respects, the Colombian governing arrangement was similar to a number of other cases of coalition governments (termed consociational democracies), to which it is compared in the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02193/cover/9780521102193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mark Twain and the Feminine Aesthetic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoneley, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the ways in which Mark Twain was formed by, and sought to manipulate, the ideology of gender. Feminine and masculine values exist via their opposition to and interplay with each other, and Twain, a representative masculine figure, provides a useful focal point for an exploration of the subject. Not only did Twain address himself directly to the conflicting and complementary aspects of gendered culture, but his models of history are strongly marked by the same issue: his exploitation of North/male - South/female associations is investigated, as well as the significance of individual figures such as Joan of Arc. Stoneley considers the range of Twain's writing, including classic works such as Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, genteel fiction such as The Prince and the Pauper and embittered autobiographical fragments. Twain's preoccupation with the nature and value of the 'feminine' has long been recognised as a central feature of his writing. Stoneley goes beyond generalizations to provide a detailed analysis; his book will be of interest to scholars and students of American literature, cultural history and gender studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02285/cover/9780521102285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Big Men and Great Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personifications of Power in Melanesia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godelier, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The societies of Melanesia have been a constant stimulus to anthropological theory. In this collection of essays, anthropologists who have worked in all parts of the Melanesian region of the Pacific bring their expertise to bear on a single theoretical issue. This is a hypothesis formulated by Maurice Godelier concerning the relationship between power, kinship and wealth. Although tightly focused on Godelier's work, the book opens up a major enquiry into the constitution of society in a part of the world where men of prominence come to personify the nature of power. 'Big men', entrepreneurs of exchanges, and 'great men', who flourish in societies characterised by restricted exchanges and ritual complexity, appear to belong to quite different systems. This book considers how substantial the difference between them really is.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02292/cover/9780521102292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Analysis of Primary Medical Care</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An International Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephen, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the provision of primary medical care in twenty-three different, predominantly developed countries, selected because of their variety and importance. An analysis is made of the problems and fundamental requirements of primary care (known as general practice in many countries). Arguments are put forward on priorities of spending and allocation of resources. Reasons for failure in the provision of adequate medical care are advanced. The role of the medical profession in education and in the quality of advice it has given to governments throughout the world are examined. Who should provide primary care? How should doctors be paid? Does the method of payment influence the quality of treatment received by the patient? Are any general lessons to be drawn from particular countries that could be of help in others? These and other questions are examined and answered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02308/cover/9780521102308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coronelismo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Municipality and Representative Government in Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leal, Victor Nunes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its first appearance in Brazil in 1949, Victor Nunes Leal's Coronelismo, Enxada e Voto, here entitled Coronelismo: the Municipality and Representative Government in Brazil, has come to be recognized as a classic analysis of the system that emerges from 'the superimposition of structural forms evolved through the representative process on an inadequate social and economic structure'. The text is here published without any substantial change or addition, according to the author's wish. His insights and approach remain as suggestive as when they first appeared; as Barbosa Lima Sobrinho pointed out in the preface to the second Brazilian edition, the work is not only the analysis of a structure, but the record of that structure and of the arguments about it at a certain time, a record important in itself. Its place in the development of political analysis in Brazil is set out in Alberto Venancio Filho's introduction: 'a divide in the history of political science in Brazil... the first landmark of the study of politics in our Universities'. The work is recognized everywhere as an essential text for the student of that country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02315/cover/9780521102315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics in Argentina, 1890-1930</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of Radicalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rock, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is concerned with the forty-year period before 1930, when Argentina experienced rapid economic and social growth broken only by the First World War. The Radical Civic Union appeared in the 1912 elections and in 1916 its leader, Hipolito Yrigoyen, became President. Dr Rock discusses the origins and course of this experiment in representative government, and the distribution of power and political benefits under the new system in the light of the society created by the growth of the primary export economy: how it came about that the established political elite ceded control to the Radicals; whom they represented and towards which groups they directed their attentions. The work also deals with the methods of organization and mobilization used by them in a complex urban environment to develop and uphold their political support. It examines in some detail the class conflicts of the wartime period, the strikes whereby the workers sought to guard against the erosion of their wages by inflation, and the counter-mobilization of elite and middle-class groups, most notably in the bloody 'Tragic Week' of 1919.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02322/cover/9780521102322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adam Kok's Griquas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Development of Stratification in South Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the ways in which racial and economic stratification were brought to coincide in pre-industrial South Africa by describing in detail the history of one group, the Griquas of Philippolis and Kokstad. These people, of very mixed origins, were central, both physically and symbolically, to the processes of South African history in the nineteenth century. They were able to gain control over a very large area of the southern Orange Free State, where they established what was, for a time, a prosperous little state. Very many Griquas became Christian, although this did not mean that they were dominated by the missionaries - rather the reverse. A substantial number were literate. Moreover, they made use of all possible means of developing their own wealth, first as ivory hunters and then as successful horse and sheep ranchers. In short, they fulfilled all the criteria for acceptance into the ruling class of white South Africa. except that they were not white.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02339/cover/9780521102339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchants of Buenos Aires 1778-1810</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family and Commerce</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Socolow, Susan Migden</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the end of the eighteenth century, Buenos Aires was one of the major commercial entrepots of the Spanish American empire. Chief among the beneficiaries of the new prosperity of the area were the wholesale merchants, a group of men who came to control the commerce of the entire Viceroyalty of Rio de la Plata. This study, a contribution to the fields of social history and group biography, looks at the formation of the merchant group, and at the social patterns which assured the merchants' primacy in the economic and social life of the colony. Origin, education, recruitment, group perpetuation and social mobility are treated in depth. The role of women and marriage in recruiting individual merchants into mercantile families and clans is a central issue. Professor Socolow also looks at the merchants' roles in commerce and society, lay religious institutions and local government. A biography of one merchant, Gaspar de Santa Coloma, provides a case study of the multiple roles of a porteno merchant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02346/cover/9780521102346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education and Social Change in Nineteenth-Century Massachusetts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaestle, Carl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vinovskis, Maris A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important contribution to scholarship in social science history examines the development of public education in nineteenth-century Massachusetts. Until the 1950s educational historians emphasized the relationship of schooling to the political system and the development of a common American culture. In recent years a social history perspective has emerged that stresses the socioeconomic influences that tie education to other institutions and processes in society rather than to political ideals. Carl Kaestle's and Maris Vinovskis's study is firmly grounded in this newer perspective. However, their work questions the adequacy of any single-factor explanation of the broad educational changes that occurred during this period - whether it be the emergence of factory production or the broader concept of modernization. They argue that these educational changes were the result of the complex interaction of cultural, demographic and economic variables operating in varying ways in different communities over time. Ethnicity, religion, urban status, the occupational structure, income distribution and wealth of the community all emerge as significant factors in this interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02353/cover/9780521102353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Haciendas and Ranchos in the Mexican Baj&#237;o</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Le&#243;n 1700-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brading, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the eighteenth century the Bajio emerged from its frontier condition to become the pace-maker of the Mexican economy. Silver mining boomed and population increased rapidly. It is the aim of this book to examine the impact of these dramatic changes on the structure of agricultural production and the pattern of rural society. In his Miners and Merchants in Bourbon Mexico 1763-1810 (Cambridge Latin American Studies 10) Dr Grading demonstrated how the local entrepreneurial elite accumulated vast fortunes during the mining bonanza at Guanajuato. In this present work he describes how many of the same men invested their capital in the purchase and improvement of haciendas in the nearby district of Leon. The countryside was transformed as wasteland was cleared for ploughing, or was irrigated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02360/cover/9780521102360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aristocratic Families in Early Imperial China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study of the Po-Ling Ts'ui Family</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ebrey, Patricia Buckley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much scholarly work has been published on the Chinese medieval 'aristocracy', in Chinese, Japanese and Western languages. It is commonly accepted that the change from an aristocratic society to a 'meritocracy' was one of the turning points of Chinese history. But since almost every aspect of political, economic and cultural history is involved in questions of the nature of the aristocracy, perhaps the only way to test theories of the means by which a small elite preserved its social status and political prestige for seven or eight hundred years is by tracing the fortunes of a single family in great detail. The present work is a fully documented case study of the Ts'uis of Po-ling from the first through the ninth centuries. By observing OW evolution of the Ts'uis as an aristocratic kinship group - and an unusual quantity of rich and original source material was available to Dr Ebrey - the author demonstrates OW fluctuation in aristocratic influence and tic changing basis of such families' prestige and power. Studies such as this are essential to enlarge our knowledge not only of medieval society and politics in China but also the development of family and lineage. In the light of the detailed evidence Dr Ebrey provides, many conventional views many well have to be abandoned.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02377/cover/9780521102377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102383</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Doctors and Slaves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Medical and Demographic History of Slavery in the British West Indies, 1680-1834</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheridan, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Professor Sheridan presents a rich and wide-ranging account of the health care of slaves in the British West Indies, from 1680-1834. He demonstrates that while Caribbean island settlements were viewed by mercantile statesmen and economists as ideal colonies, the physical and medical realities were very different. The study is based on wide research in archival materials in Great Britain, the West Indies and the United States. By steeping himself in the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century sources, Professor Sheridan is able to recreate the milieu of a past era: he tells us what the slave doctors wrote and how they functioned, and he presents a storehouse of information on how and why the slaves sickened and died. By bringing together these diverse medical demographic and economic sources, Professor Sheridan casts new light on the history of slavery in the Americas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02384/cover/9780521102384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Behavior of Chemical Elements in Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Mercedes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite more than one century of observational stellar spectroscopy, the resulting data is not available in an easily accessible format. The necessity of such basic information is greater than ever, because new wavelength regions (ultraviolet, infrared) are now accessible and modern receivers can only analyse short stretches of spectra, so that a careful pre-selection of strategic elements is mandatory. This book presents a summary of our knowledge of the behaviour of all chemical elements identified in stars, based on observations rather than on their interpretations. Whenever possible the behaviour is described quantitatively, with the help of equivalent widths in different types of stars, or different ionization stages, for both absorption and emission features. It will provide an authoritative reference book for the astrophysical community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02407/cover/9780521102407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chrysophyte Algae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology, Phylogeny and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandgren, Craig D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smol, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristiansen, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research activity involving algae in the classes Chrysophyceae and Synurophyceae ('chrysophytes') has increased dramatically over the last decade. These beautiful and delicate organisms are pivotal for studies of protistan evolution, food web dynamics in oligotrophic freshwater ecosystems, and for the assessment of environmental degradation resulting from eutrophication and acid rain. They also represent excellent model cellular systems for studying processes inherent in basic metabolism, biomineralization, endo- and exo-cytosis and macro-assembly of cell surface layers. This book gives a broad overview of current research, emphasizing the phylogeny, ecology and development of these organisms. Each chapter also contains reviews of the literature, and presents ideas for future research. Phycologists, palaeoecologists, limnologists and plankton ecologists will find this a mine of invaluable information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Legislation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Legal-Political Model for Indirect Consequentialist Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Conrad D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about moral reasoning: how we actually reason and how we ought to reason. It defends a form of 'rule' utilitarianism whereby we must sometimes judge and act in moral questions in accordance with generally accepted rules, so long as the existence of those rules is justified by the good they bring about. The author opposes the currently more fashionable view that it is always right for the individual to do that which produces the most good. Among the salient topics covered are: an account of the utilitarian function in society of generally accepted moral rules; a discussion of how we interpret existing moral rules and create new ones; and a defence of 'rule' utilitarianism against the charge that it either commits one to irrational rule worship, or collapses into a form of 'act' utilitarianism. This is a book about moral reasoning:  how we actually reason and how we ought to reason. It defends a form of 'rule' utilitarianism whereby we must sometimes judge and act in moral questions in accordance with generally accepted rules, so long as the existence of those rules is justified by the good they bring about.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02421/cover/9780521102421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110243X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measurement Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Applications to Decisionmaking, Utility, and the Social Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Fred S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to measurement theory for non-specialists and puts measurement in the social and behavioural sciences on a firm mathematical foundation. Results are applied to such topics as measurement of utility, psychophysical scaling and decision-making about pollution, energy, transportation and health. The results and questions presented should be of interest to both students and practising mathematicians since the author sets forth an area of mathematics unfamiliar to most mathematicians, but which has many potentially significant applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02438/cover/9780521102438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Angular Momentum in Quantum Physics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Application</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biedenharn, L. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louck, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>748</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text develops the theory of angular momentum from the viewpoint of a fundamental symmetry in nature and shows how this concept relates to applied areas of research in modern quantum physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02445/cover/9780521102445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Settler Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Economic History of Kenya and Southern Rhodesia 1900-1963</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosley, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The economic history of developing countries, particularly the former colonies, has become polarized between two ideologies. The apologists for colonialism have emphasized the stimulus given to the indigenous economy by the introduction of foreign capital; the 'underdevelopment theorists' have turned this interpretation on its head and represented the relationship as being, particularly in 'settler colonies' such as Kenya and Zimbabwe, one not of stimulus but of rape and plunder. In this study, Dr Mosley considers the economies of colonial Kenya and Southern Rhodesia and argues, in the light of recently assembled statistical data, that the truth is more complex than either of these simple interpretations allows. At the level of policy, most white producers acknowledged that they could not afford to let 'white mate black in a very few moves': they needed his cheap labour, cattle and maize too much to wish to damage seriously the peasant economy that sustained them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02452/cover/9780521102452.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Demography of Inequality in Brazil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carvalho, Jose Alberto Magno</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how transformations in Brazil's social, economic and political organization affect the demographic behaviour of people who live in different parts of the country and who occupy different positions in the social system. The authors review the history of unequal development and document the concentration of income and land ownership. Using data from the 1970 and 1980 censuses, they show how the Brazilian style of economic growth unequally affected different population subgroups. Mortality estimates for white and non-white people measure the consequences of racial inequality on the life chances of children. Other chapters investigate rural out-migration, the impact of Amazon colonization schemes on rural poverty, and the implications of differential rates of population growth among rich and poor households for future patterns of inequality and underemployment. The overall perspective places the concept of inequality at the centre of the study of demographic and structural change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02469/cover/9780521102469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Political Finance in the 1980s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Herbert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Federman, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book concerns the financing of politics, political parties, candidates and elections in eleven countries. It contains case studies of individual countries, various country-by-country comparisons, and a conceptual framework enabling the reader to understand the context of financial sources and implications of funding sources. All the chapters demonstrate the problems common to democracies seeking to regulate uses and abuses of money in politics in pluralistic societies in which there are numerous openings for political disbursements; many present themes emphasizing forms of public funding (alternatively called state aid in some countries) in which governments assist parties or candidates to subsist and compete. Professor Alexander has assembled a distinguished international team of contributors to present this first major appraisal of such a vital aspect of democratic practice for nearly twenty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02483/cover/9780521102483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Union in the Horn of Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diplomacy of Intervention and Disengagement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patman, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an attempt to address the paradoxes of Soviet behaviour in the Horn of Africa. Dr Patman, editor of the journal Third World in Soviet Perspective, traces the impact of history, superpower relationships and competition on Soviet perceptions and motives. Dr Patman provides a careful historical background to the recent conflicts and shows how the Soviet Union and its East European partners dramatically switched from being close allies of Somalia to allies of Ethiopia and then intervened in the Ethiopian-Somali war of 1977-8 to ensure the military defeat of their former ally. However, he does not confine himself simply to retrospective analysis. He also assesses the Soviet experience in the region in the period since 1978, and considers in particular the impact of Gorbachev's thinking and the new diplomacy. The Soviet Union in the Horn of Africa provides the most detailed examination yet of Soviet policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60227/cover/9780521360227.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Breaking from Taylorism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Forms of Work in the Automobile Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#252;rgens, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malsch, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dohse, Knuth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the future of one of the world's most important industries is examined from the perspective of work structures and labour relations policies. The authors examine the restructuring of the world automobile industry in the 1980s, and draw data from an in-depth empirical study of three leading car companies in three different countries: the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany. They demonstrate that the different strategies employed by firms and trades unions in industrial relations, and different national characteristics, have had a major impact on the dismantling of Taylorism and Fordism and the introduction of new structures of work. This book is an important contribution to the study of change in mass production industries throughout the world.  It will be of interest to students of industrial relations and industrial sociology, as well as specialists in government and business.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05447/cover/9780521405447.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life and Works of Juan Chi, A.D. 210-263</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holzman, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poetry and Politics is the first full-length study in any language of the life and works of the Chinese poet and thinker, Juan Chi (AD 210-263). This book contains translations of all Juan Chi's important works, in verse and prose, his letters and all the historical accounts of his life. The reader is thus enabled, for the first time in a work of this kind, to see a Chinese writer in the round, in his works and in his setting. Juan Chi's attachment to traditional Confucian values kept him in the centre of political and social life, but eventually his disgust with the disloyalty and self-seeking he saw in Wei society made him turn away. He attempted in Taoism and in the pursuit of Taoist immortality to find the purity and permanence so lacking in the world, but without an ultimate commitment. Juan Chi was accused both in his lifetime and subsequently of being a Confucian hero and a Taoist iconoclast, and in him can be seen the contradictory intellectual and religious forces t hat were slowly bringing in the Chinese Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02568/cover/9780521102568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Welsh</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Transformational Study of the Passive</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Awbery, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-length study of a Celtic language from the standpoint of modern linguistic theory. Dr Awbery particularly discusses a topic - the passive form of the verb - which has itself been of central interest in previous work on transformational grammar. She is thus able to test certain tenets of transformational theory against data from a previously unconsidered language. The results are significant, and argue clearly for a separation of syntactic and semantic analysis; constructions which are related syntactically are shown to have no necessary semantic relation, and the type of description which can reveal one set of relationships is not able to reveal the other. The book is therefore a contribution both to linguistic theory and to the study of the Welsh language. Each step in the argument is carefully explained and documented, and no prior knowledge of Welsh is assumed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02599/cover/9780521102599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110260X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeology, Annales, and Ethnohistory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knapp, A. Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection considers the relevance of the Annales 'school' for archaeology. The Annales movement regarded orthodox history as too much concerned with events, too narrowly political, too narrative in form and too isolated from neighbouring disciplines. Annalistes attempted to construct a 'total' history, dealing with a wide range of human activity, and combining divergent material, documentary, and theoretical approaches to the past. Annales-oriented research utilizes the techniques and tools of various ancillary fields, and integrates temporal, spatial, material and behavioural analyses. Such an approach is obviously attractive to archaeologists, for even though they deal with material data rather than social facts, they are just as much as historians interested in understanding social, economic and political factors such as power and dominance, conflict, exchange and other human activities. Three introductory essays consider the relationship between Annales methodology and current archaeological theory. Case studies draw upon methodological variations of the multifaceted Annales approach. The volume concludes with two overviews, one historical and the other archaeological.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02605/cover/9780521102605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Secular Buildings in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Archaeological Gazetteer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a descriptive gazetteer of all the secular buildings (including industrial sites) known by their surviving remains to have existed within the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem. The site descriptions take the form of brief notes with full bibliographical references and location maps, accompanied in most cases by photographs and drawings. The gazetteer is preceded by an introduction which analyses the range of building types to be found in the Crusader Kingdom and is followed by a supplementary gazetteer listing other sites as 'possibles', 'rejects' or 'don't knows'. This gazetteer has been compiled under the auspices of the British School of Archaeology in Jerusalem and is published as a companion volume to Dr Pringle's three-volume work The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02636/cover/9780521102636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wage Patterns and Wage Policy in Modern China 1919-1972</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howe, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an analysis of changes in the level and structure of wages in China from the 1920s to 1972. In the first part of the study Dr Howe uses this analysis as a starting point to evaluate the degree to which wage policy objectives have been achieved, particularly since 1949. The author explains both fluctuations in policy and discrepancies between plans and reality and examines the mechanisms of wage determination. In so doing, he makes it clear that even in a highly planned society there are some limits to what is possible in the regulation of wages and incomes. He goes on to argue that the wage system can only be understood within a common analysis of the whole framework of incentives and controls affecting the workforce. This approach sheds new light, not only on the development of the wage system but on economic aspects of the Cultural Revolution and its aftermath.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02643/cover/9780521102643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Common Labour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Workers and the Digging of North American Canals 1780-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Way, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of canal construction workers between 1780 and 1860 challenges labour history's focus on skilled craftsmen and the model of working-class culture it generated. Canallers, part of the mass of unskilled labour thrown up by industrial capitalism, had an experience that differed in many ways from artisans. Once on the labour market, they were wholly alienated, more fully exploited, worse off economically and socially fragmented. Their struggle as members of a class pivoted on material conditions not on skill and shop-floor control. Canal construction played a significant role in the rise of industrial capitalism by opening new markets, providing an army of workers and initiating the state-capital ties so important in later years. Increasingly dominated by Irish immigrants the workforce lived in shanty towns at the work site or in nearby cities, the setting for much vice and violence. These were not the vibrant working-class communities of later labour history and the situation deteriorated in the late 1830s as labour surplus caused massive unemployment and depressed wages. The history of canal workers traces another strand of the labour story, one where the absence of skills bred powerlessness that made common labour's engagement with capital markedly unequal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02650/cover/9780521102650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advanced Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scope and treatment of Dr Maxwell's two-volume course covering the transition from school to university is directed towards training students in algebraic thinking, so that processes do not become too mechanical. The explanations are full, the difficulties of the beginner are foreseen and overcome. Indeed, the course should prove excellent for the lone student as well as for the supervised class. Topics in part one include polynomial theory, equations, inequalities, partial fractions, permutations and combinations, the binomial theorem and series and determinants. The 'feel' of the book may be illustrated by reference to the treatment of partial fractions, which is novel in several ways. A theoretical exposition is given in some detail and varies from standard treatments in leading to a method of calculation that arises directly from it. The book contains many 'drill' examples, which the author considers essential.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02674/cover/9780521102674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unions and Politics in Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of the Automobile Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roxborough, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The orthodox view of Mexican history asserts that the political stability and rapid economic growth of the post-war period were due inter alia to state control over the labour movement. On the evidence of his extensive research in Mexico between 1977 and 1982, Ian Roxborough challenges this conventional wisdom, arguing that control over Mexican unions has been more fragile and problematic than appears at first sight. Taking the car industry as a case study, he discusses the upsurge of industrial militancy in the 1970s and explores its possible implications for continued political stability. Focusing on variations in the factory-level organisations of the working class, the account in this book de-emphasises theories which stress class consciousness or which focus on the aristocracy of labour, in favour of a theory that places political and organisational power at the centre of analysis. This study of the grass roots of industrial militancy will have relevance not only for the study of contemporary Mexico but also for general explanations of the politics of labour in the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02681/cover/9780521102681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interstate Crisis Behavior, 1816-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leng, Russell J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why have some interstate crises escalated to war when other have not? Are there patterns of behavior that war-prone disputes share in common? These are some of the questions considered by Russell Leng as he examines the behavior of nations in forty militarised crises occurring between 1816 and 1980. Leng considers the conditions under which crises are more or less likely to escalate to war or be resolved peacefully and compares the descriptive and prescriptive validity of two competing perspectives on conflict behavior: classical realism and the psychological approaches of behavioral scientists. The author concludes that elements of both realist and psychological perspectives are necessary for an adequate understanding of interstate crisis behavior and that the most effective approach to crisis bargaining combines each perspective in a firm-but-flexible 'reciprocating' strategy. The epilogue presents a provocative critique of the bargaining strategies pursued by the United States and Iraq during the Gulf Crisis of 1990-1991.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02698/cover/9780521102698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110274X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics and Poetics of Journalistic Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frus, Phyllis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Politics and Poetics of Journalistic Narrative investigates the textuality of all discourse, arguing that the ideologically charged distinction between 'journalism' and 'fiction' is socially constructed rather than natural. Phyllis Frus separates literariness from aesthetic definitions, regarding it as a way of reading a text through its style to discover how it 'makes' reality. Frus examines narratives by Stephen Crane and Ernest Hemingway, showing that conventional understanding of the categories of fiction and non-fiction frequently determines the differences we perceive in texts. When journalists writing about historical events adopt the Hemingway-esque, understated narrative style that is commonly associated with both 'objectivity' and 'literature', it leads to an audience unable to face the historical and social conditions in which it must function. She interprets New Journalistic narratives, such as that of Truman Capote, as ways to counter the reification of modern consciousness to which both objective journalism and aestheticised fiction contribute.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02742/cover/9780521102742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Ecology of Plant Species Competition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pakes, Anthony G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maller, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presented in this document is a class of deterministic models describing the dynamics of two plant species whose characteristics are common to the majority of annual plants that have a seedbank. Formulated in terms of elementary dynamical systems, these models were developed in response to four major questions on the long-term outcomes of binary mixtures of plant species: Is ultimate coexistence possible? If not, which strain will win? Does the mixture approach an equilibrium? If so, how long does the mixture take to attain it? The book gives a detailed account of model construction, analysis and application to field data obtained from long-term trials. In the particular case study modelled, the species involved are two pastural strains whose dynamics have critical agricultural and economic implications for the areas in which they are found, including North America, the Mediterranean region and Australia. This study will be valuable to researchers and students in mathematical biology and to agronomists and botanists interested in population dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Temperature Regulation in Laboratory Rodents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rodents are the predominant experimental animals found in life-sciences research laboratories. The body temperature of a rodent is markedly affected by surgical, chemical or environmental manipulation. Because temperature regulation is controlled essentially  by a 'holistic' regulatory system, meaning that its responses affect the activities of all other psychological and behavioural processes, it is clear that researchers working with rodents must be familiar with thermoregulatory physiology. With the help of extensive data tables and figures, this book explains the key facets of rodent thermal physiology, including neurological control and gender and intraspecies variations. There is a novel chapter on the effects of trauma, toxic chemicals and other factors. The book should therefore find use in government, academic or industrial laboratories whose researchers are working with rodents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14265/cover/9780521414265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anatomy and Physiology of the Mammalian Larynx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, D. F. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unique book, Sir Donald Harrison draws on his wide-ranging experience as a surgeon and comparative anatomist to produce an authoritative and detailed account of the anatomy and physiology of the mammalian larynx. His investigation of the larynx has involved the study of over 1400 specimens of mammalian larynges from around the world, as well as using data from his own clinical experiences. The comparative morphology of the larynx is discussed from a developmental and functional perspective and the involvement of the larynx in respiration, locomotion and vocalisation is highlighted. Throughout the book the relationship of structure to function is drawn out and the clinical relevance of features of the human larynx is emphasised. This book will be an invaluable reference for all researchers and clinicians involved in laryngology as well as for anatomists, zoologists and anaesthesiologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02803/cover/9780521102803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hsi-Yu-Chi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Antecedents to the Sixteenth-Century Chinese Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dudbridge, Glen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the early versions of the classic Chinese novel known to readers in English as Monkey. Dr Dudbridge examines a long tradition of earlier versions in narrative and dramatic form through which the great episodic cycle slowly took shape. The two main fields of interest are popular culture and folklore and the development of Chinese vernacular literature. Dr Dudbridge provides a very thorough survey of present knowledge about the whole topic and discusses critically a good deal of theorising about it. This is a study for experts. It uses Chinese characters, both in text pages and in the bibliography, which is very extensive. The plates reproduce paintings, carvings and sections of text relevant to the tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02810/cover/9780521102810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparison of Statistical Experiments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torgersen, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are a number of important questions associated with statistical experiments: when does one given experiment yield more information than another; how can we measure the difference in information; how fast does information accumulate by repeating the experiment? The means of answering such questions has emerged from the work of Wald, Blackwell, LeCam and others and is based on the ideas of risk and deficiency. The present work which is devoted to the various methods of comparing statistical experiments, is essentially self-contained, requiring only some background in measure theory and functional analysis. Chapters introducing statistical experiments and the necessary convex analysis begin the book and are followed by others on game theory, decision theory and vector lattices. The notion of deficiency, which measures the difference in information between two experiments, is then introduced. The relation between it and other concepts, such as sufficiency, randomisation, distance, ordering, equivalence, completeness and convergence are explored. This is a comprehensive treatment of the subject and will be an essential reference for mathematical statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/50306/cover/9780521250306.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Numerical Solution of Integral Equations of the Second Kind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson, Kendall E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an extensive introduction to the numerical solution of a large class of integral equations. The initial chapters provide a general framework for the numerical analysis of Fredholm integral equations of the second kind, covering degenerate kernel, projection and Nystrom methods. Additional discussions of multivariable integral equations and iteration methods update the reader on the present state of the art in this area. The final chapters focus on the numerical solution of boundary integral equation (BIE) reformulations of Laplace's equation, in both two and three dimensions. Two chapters are devoted to planar BIE problems, which include both existing methods and remaining questions. Practical problems for BIE such as the set up and solution of the discretised BIE are also discussed. Each chapter concludes with a discussion of the literature and a large bibliography serves as an extended resource for students and researchers needing more information on solving particular integral equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02834/cover/9780521102834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justifying Toleration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conceptual and Historical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendus, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the growth of philosophical justifications of toleration. The contributors discuss the grounds on which we may be required to be tolerant and the proper limits of toleration. They consider the historical and conceptual relation between toleration and scepticism and ask whether toleration is justified by considerations of autonomy or of prudence. The papers cover a range of perspectives on the subject, including Marxist and Socialist as well as liberal views. The editor's introduction prepares the ground by discussing the essential features of the subject and offers a lucid survey of the theories and arguments put forward in the book. The collection arises out of the Morrell Toleration Project at the University of York and all the papers were written as contributions to that project. The discussion will be of interest to specialists in philosophy, in political and social theory and in intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02858/cover/9780521102858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mental Disorder and Legal Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bean, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1983 Mental Health Act in England and Wales introduced far-reaching changes in the control of mentally disordered people and this series of essays describes various features of that Act. The book is divided into three main sections, which discuss the admission of mentally ill patients, their control in hospital and community and their rights. The concluding essay points out that the act is a piece of reforming legislation and not a radical one, but it is also innovative. Although the discussion is based on the provisions of the 1983 Mental Health Act in England and Wales, the topics covered are of international importance and the interest in the book will be correspondingly wide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02865/cover/9780521102865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Being Unemployed in Northern Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ethnographic Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howe, Leo E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Age-old ideas about the deserving and undeserving poor are still pervasive in our society. Stereotypes of the scrounger and the malingerer, and the widespread belief that much joblessness is voluntary, continue to constitute the ideological basis of conservative social policy on unemployment and poverty. In this study of unemployment in Belfast, Dr Howe successfully refutes some of the widely held myths about the black economy, the welfare benefit system and the so-called culture of dependency. This is a major ethnography of unemployment and the first community-based book on contemporary unemployment in the United Kingdom. It is an account of the social, psychological and material circumstances of working-class, long-term unemployed married men in both Catholic and Protestant communities in Belfast. Dr Howe shows how the experience of unemployment is shaped both by local factors and by factors that are more generally characteristic of industrial societies. These include the bureaucratic administration of welfare benefits, the exploitation of opportunities in the black economy and the conflict between those with and those without jobs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02872/cover/9780521102872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110288X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thoughtful Foragers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Prehistoric Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mithen, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thoughtful Foragers is about hunter-gatherer decision making. The author explores the implications of the human mind as a product of biological evolution for the way in which humans solve foraging problems. He draws on studies form ethology, psychology and ethnography prior to turning his attention to prehistoric hunter-gatherers. He attempts to construct explanations for patterns in the archaeological record by an explicit focus on decision making by individuals. Thoughtful Foragers will appeal to specialists in European prehistory as well as to those interested in archaeological theory and method. It makes some very significant advances, which will be of real importance for the field of evolutionary theory in relation to human evolution and the evaluation of human social systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02889/cover/9780521102889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis Without Measurement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katzner, Donald W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In plying their trade, social scientists often are confronted with significant phenomena that appear incapable of measurement. Past practice would suggest that the way to deal with these cases is to work harder at finding appropriate measures so that standard quantitative analysis can still be applied. Professor Katzner's approach, however is quite different. Rather than concentrating on the construction of measures, he raises the question of how such phenomena can be investigated and understood in the absence of numerical gauges to represent them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02902/cover/9780521102902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110291X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Enterprise in Less Developed Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Leroy P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume consists of papers chosen from the Boston Area Public Enterprise Group Conference that was held in 1980 and concentrated on public enterprises in less-developed countries. The Boston Area Public Enterprise Group is composed of scholars dedicated to understanding the public enterprises operating in the world's mixed economies. Public enterprises are government-owned firms that sell goods or services in a market. Involved in public production for private consumption, they are a hybrid of government and private enterprise. Thus, an analysis of public enterprise requires insights from economics, management, political science and law. Each of these disciplines is represented in addressing the following questions: Why public enterprise? Who should control public enterprise? How are decisions made in practice? How do public enterprises behave in international markets? How does risk and uncertainty alter public enterprise decisions'? How are incentive structures to be designed'? How do public enterprises compare with other public policy tools for dealing with particular problems'? The contributions combine theory and practice in analysing a variety of less-developed countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02919/cover/9780521102919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Text of the Septuagint</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Corruptions and their Emendation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This posthumous edition of Dr Walters' The Text of the Septuagint provides a valuable working tool for specialists in Hellenistic and Classical Greek and the Old and New Testaments. The book is directed first to the practical task of producing a critical edition of the Septuagint, the Greek version of the Old Testament. Byzantine and Renaissance scholars both regarded the Greek Old Testament as belonging to the Church rather than to the heritage of classical literature which formed the proper object of their critical endeavours. It was therefore reproduced for centuries in much the same corrupt form and no complete critical edition was produced. The present work is a detailed study of the grammatical corruptions and semitisms in the LXX and is intended to stand as the prolegomenon to such an edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02933/cover/9780521102933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works of Thomas Dekker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1953, this was the first edition of Dekker's plays to appear in print since the late nineteenth century. Thus, for many years prior, Dekker had been the least accessible of the prominent Elizabethan dramatists, with the result that his anthologized plays had received undue attention at the expense of other highly readable works of the second rank. Professor Fredson Bowers here presents a critical old-spelling text of the ordinarily accepted canon, together with a few works not collected previously but which seem to merit inclusion in an edition of Dekker's plays. The text of the complete plays is in four volumes and a complementary four-volume set contains detailed introductions and notes to all the plays. In a general textual introduction Professor Bowers sets forth a reasoned account of his editorial method and procedures for a critical edition according to bibliographical principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02940/cover/9780521102940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works of Thomas Dekker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This was the first edition of Dekker's plays to appear in print since the late nineteenth century. Thus, for many years prior, Dekker had been the least accessible of the prominent Elizabethan dramatists, with the result that his anthologized plays had received undue attention at the expense of other highly readable works of the second rank. Professor Fredson Bowers here presents a critical old-spelling text of the ordinarily accepted canon, together with a few works not collected previously but which seem to merit inclusion in an edition of Dekker's plays. The text of the complete plays is in four volumes and a complementary four-volume set contains detailed introductions and notes to all the plays. In a general textual introduction Professor Bowers sets forth a reasoned account of his editorial method and procedures for a critical edition according to bibliographical principles. Separate introductions provide textual analyses of the individual plays, including the circumstances of publication and of textual transmission. Apparatus for each play consists of textual notes, tables of press-variants derived from collation of a substantial number of copies of original editions, lists of editorial emendations to the copy-text, and historical collations of all early editions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02957/cover/9780521102957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works of Thomas Dekker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume III of the Cambridge Dekker contains The Roaring Girl, If this be not a Good Play..., Troia-Nova Triumphans, Match me in London, The Virgin Martyr, The Witch of Edmonton and The Wonder of a Kingdom. Professor Bowers's edition is recognized as a model critical old-spelling text, where the techniques of strong textual and bibliographical study have been methodically applied to one of the least accessible of the Elizabethan dramatists. The introductions to each play provide textual analyses which set out the circumstances of publication and transmission. The critical apparatus gives press variants derived from collations, editorial emendations to the copy-text and other textual notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02964/cover/9780521102964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521102979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521102971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works of Thomas Dekker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521102971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The final volume of the Cambridge Dekker contains The Welsh Ambassador, The Noble Spanish Soldier, Lust's Dominion, The Sun's Darling, London's Tempe and Britannia's Honour. Professor Bowers's edition is recognized as a model critical old-spelling text,  where the techniques of strong textual and bibliographical study have been methodically applied to one of the least accessible of the Elizabethan dramatists. The introductions to each play provide textual analyses that set out the circumstances of publication and transmission. The critical apparatus gives press variants derived from collations, editorial emendations to the copy-text and other textual notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/02971/cover/9780521102971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fertility and Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landers, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fertility in animals reflects access to scarce resources, such as food and territory. In humans the situation is more complex. Patterns of breast feeding, contraception and ideas about age at marriage and desired family size all affect fertility. The relation between these and access to scarce resources such as housing and employment, via income, education and other factors that affect status, is explored. In this book, the gap between socio-ecology and population demography is bridged, by showing how animals and humans adjust their fertility to environmental conditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95267/cover/9780521395267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seasonality and Human Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strickland, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seasonality has effects on a wide range of human functions and activities, and is important in the understanding of human-environment relationships. In this volume, distinguished contributors including human biologists, anthropologists, physiologists and nutritionists consider many of the different ways in which seasonality influences human biology and behaviour. Topics addressed include the influence of seasonality on hominid evolution, seasonal climatic effects on human physiology, fertility and physical growth, seasonality in morbidity, mortality and nutritional state, and seasonal factors in food production, modernization and work organization in Third World economies. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in human biology, anthropology and nutrition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Ecology and Health in the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schell, Lawrence M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bilsborough, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume looks at the relationship between specific aspects of Third World cities and human health. Rapid and extensive urbanization of the less developed nations is perhaps the most dramatic demographic phenomenon of our times, but its impact on human biology is not well understood. Here, a cross-section of work is presented on this subject allowing human biologists, urban planners, public health workers and other specialists to assess our knowledge and the current approaches available to increase it. Contributions fall into two groups: studies of urban ecology including the social, economic and physical domains, and studies of biological responses to the urban environment. Health is not merely the absence of specific diseases, but is construed more broadly to include a wide range of biological parameters that are correlated with various states of sub-optimal health. These include patterns of child growth and development, frequencies of specific diseases, nutritional status, immunological characteristics and physiological parameters. This important volume will be of interest to a wide range of researchers and academics, including human biologists, anthropologists, healthcare professionals, human geographers, urban and regional planners, and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110307X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singular-Perturbation Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction with Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an introduction to singular-perturbation problems, problems which depend on a parameter in such a way that solutions behave non-uniformly as the parameter tends toward some limiting value of interest. The author considers and solves a variety of problems, mostly for ordinary differential equations. He constructs (approximate) solutions for oscillation problems, using the methods of averaging and of multiple scales. For problems of the nonoscillatory type, where solutions exhibit 'fast dynamics' in a thin initial layer, he derives solutions using the O'Malley/Hoppensteadt method and the method of matched expansions. He obtains solutions for boundary-value problems, where solutions exhibit rapid variation in thin layers, using a multivariable method. After a suitable approximate solution is constructed, the author linearizes the problem about the proposed approximate solution, and, emphasizing the use of the Banach/Picard fixed-point theorem, presents a study of the linearization. This book will be useful to students at the graduate and senior undergraduate levels studying perturbation theory for differential equations, and to pure and applied mathematicians, engineers, and scientists who use differential equations in the modelling of natural phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00421/cover/9780521300421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fruits of Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Property Rights, Litigation and French Agriculture, 1700-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Jean-Laurent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Fruits of Revolution Jean-Laurent Rosenthal investigates two central questions in French economic history: To what extent did institutions hold back agricultural development under the Old Regime, and did reforms carried out during the French Revolution significantly improve the structure of property rights in agriculture? Both questions have been the subject of much debate. Historians have touched on them in a number of local studies, yet usually they have been more concerned with community conflict than with economic development. Economists generally have researched the performance of the French economy without paying much attention to the impact of institutions on specific areas of the economy. This book attempts to utilize the best of both approaches: It focuses on broad questions of economic change, yet it is based on detailed archival investigations of the impact of property rights on water control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92204/cover/9780521392204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Metropolis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Demography of London 1580-1650</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finlay, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the population of London during the early modern period and a detailed book about the population of a European metropolitan city at that time. Much is now known about the historical demography of rural England, but very little is understood about the larger towns and cities. Roger Finlay applies new techniques in historical demography, principally family reconstitution and aggregative analysis of parish registers, to study the growth of population in London. He shows that parish registers are as reliable for the analysis of population trends in London as in rural England. The death rate was much higher in London than in the countryside, and this difference was not offset by a markedly higher birth rate, so the population would have declined but for migration. There were striking variations in both fertility and mortality between contrasting social areas of London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03145/cover/9780521103145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Battle Against Heart Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Physician Traces the History of Man's Achievements in this Field for the General Reader</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldry, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Operations on the heart and the prevalence of coronary thrombosis are widely discussed in newspapers and magazines; the importance of this book is that by simple and accurate information it enables the layman as well as doctors to understand the disturbances produced by disease and how they may be corrected or avoided. By discussing our methods against the background of their gradual evolution throughout history the reader is enabled to view the advances of the day in their proper perspective and to appreciate our indebtedness to the work of doctors and scientists in past centuries. It is stressed that the magnificent achievements of present-day surgeons must not be allowed to detract from the very important though less spectacular advances which have been made both in the medical treatment and prevention of heart disease. This book describes, in historical sequence, the progress in understanding the heart's action, the diagnosis of its disorders and their treatment from the time of Hippocrates to the second half of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03152/cover/9780521103152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gypsy-Travellers in Nineteenth-Century Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayall, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Gypsy is traditionally portrayed as a black-eyed, tousle-haired savage from a distant land who makes a living by deceit and parasitism on the host society. This book critically examines the nature and source of such stereotypes, locating the image of the wild but often romantic Romany in various works of fiction and the writings of lorists and gypsiologists, fascinated by the need to classify, categorize and describe. The author reveals the inadequacies of the racial construct, and replaces it with a definition that allows for the coming together and coexistence of indigenous itinerants and the original, foreign immigrants. A picture emerges of a distinctive group living on the fringes of industrialized society and economy, but necessarily involved in a close economic relationship with the settled community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03169/cover/9780521103169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Powerplay in Tibullus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading Elegies Book One</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee-Stecum, Parshia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the subtle, many-faceted interplay of power in Tibullus' first book of elegies. A series of power relationships are created by the text (lover and beloved, poet and patron) and the processes through which power of various sorts can be exercised are brought to the foreground. Such power-play within the text of Tibullus I has ramifications well beyond the erotic sphere. Gender categories, rural life, religion, militia, patronage are among the areas subsumed within and determined by the operation of power dynamics in this consistently underrated Augustan text. As secure meaning becomes elusive, the reader is also drawn into this nexus of power-play. Taking a linear reading of Book One as its basis, this study uncovers the shifting, unstable ground of Tibullan elegy. The result is a picture of the poet and text of Book I far removed from the bland, safe and urbane 'Tibullus' of previous criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03183/cover/9780521103183.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Auxiliaries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structure and History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warner, Anthony R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Auxiliaries are one of the most complex areas of English syntax. Disagreement over both the principles and details of their grammar has been substantial. Anthony Warner here offers a detailed account of both their synchronic and diachronic properties. He first argues that lexical properties are central to their grammar, which is relatively non-abstract. He then traces in detail the history of processes of grammaticalisation in their development and claims most notably that we can identify a group of auxiliaries in English from an early period on formal, not just semantic, grounds. This book meets the dual challenge of accounting for both the grammar and the history of the English auxiliary. It will be essential reading for all those interested in English syntax and its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03213/cover/9780521103213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infinitival Complements in German</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Lassen', 'Scheinen' and the Verbs of Perception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKay, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Terence McKay demonstrates how the principles of the theory of Government and Binding apply to German syntax and in particular to an aspect that has exposed especially problematic and interesting issues: the properties of the infinitival constructions with lassen, scheinen and the verbs of perception. Previous attempts to account for the syntactic ambivalence between mono- and bisententiality of these constructions have been demonstrably inadequate or incomplete. Here Dr McKay argues convincingly for a bisentential approach, which is compatible not only with standard constituency tests but also with the Projection Principle. Such an approach, interacting with government, binding, theta and case theories, successfully accounts for the specific facts concerning relativisation, extraposition, topicalisation, quantifier movement and negative scope interpretation. The book not only offers important insights into the structural complexity of German but also makes a valuable contribution to Government and Binding theory and its application to German, about which very little has been published so far.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03220/cover/9780521103220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Acquisition of Deictic Terms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanz, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is spoken at a particular time, in a particular place, by a particular person; and certain words, the deictic terms, can only be fully defined by recourse to this extra-linguistic context. Consequently many linguists considered deixis as something peripheral in the working language and its central importance in what Quine has called the ontogenesis of reference has only recently been recognised. In these studies Dr Tanz investigates children's acquisition of the deictic distinctions involved in the (single) personal pronouns, the spatial terms in back of and in front of, the verbs come and go, the demonstratives and the locatives here and there. Her experimental work leads to a number of important methodological insights and is the basis of a broad discussion of semantic development. In particular, she evaluates a number of current influential hypotheses, notably those of H. Clark and E. Clark. The volume will be of interest to psychologists and linguists and particularly to researchers in child language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03237/cover/9780521103237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thirty Six Psalms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendon, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>76</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frank Samuel Herbert Kendon (1893-1959) was a Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge, a scholar of ancient and medieval Christianity and a published poet and novelist. He was commissioned to translate the Psalms for the New English Bible, a project that was first discussed by Cambridge University Press and Oxford University Press in the 1930s and that began in earnest after World War II. Ill health prevented Kendon from finishing his translation and eventually a new translator was found to begin the task afresh so as to ensure uniformity of style. The committee overseeing the project felt that the translations Kendon has completed were so distinctive that they deserved to be issued as a literary work in their own right and Cambridge University Press published this volume as a memorial to him in 1963 in a limited edition of 1,000 copies. The book is now reissued to make Kendon's work available to a new generation of readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03251/cover/9780521103251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>25.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nomads and Settlers in Syria and Jordan, 1800-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Norman N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the land and people of parts of the interior of Syria and Jordan. At the beginning of the nineteenth century most of the people were nomads and only a small proportion of the land was cultivated. Today nomads are few, peasants are numerous and nearly all the land that will bear a crop is under cultivation. This study shows how the present situation came about as the state extended and strengthened its hold on the countryside, the economy of the country developed, landlords and peasants took up hitherto uncultivated land and nomads settled down to become farmers. The concluding chapters discuss the effects of population growth, mechanised farming and overgrazing on the semi-arid environment and its inhabitants. Norman Lewis combines geographical, historical and ethnographical material derived from an immense variety of sources, including unpublished manuscripts and fieldwork undertaken over a period of forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03275/cover/9780521103275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saint Anselm and his Biographer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Monastic Life and Thought 1059-c.1130</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Southern, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of Anglo-Norman monastic life and thought between about 1060 and 1130 as seen through the lives and writings of two men: Anslem, Archbishop of Canterbury, the most penetrating intellect between Augustine and Aquinas and the more commonplace observant Eadmer, his biographer. Taken together, the writings of the two men embrace almost every side of contemporary monastic experience. Professor Southern surveys all these aspects as they affect the writings of Anselm and Eadmer. In the first part of this book, he studies Anselm's development as a writer and statesman. In the second part, attention is directed to the community at Canterbury, which provided the background for Anselm's life as archbishop and gave him, in Eadmer, his closest disciple and biographer. The work concludes with a study of Eadmer's writings, especially of his Life of Anselm and with an assessment of the importance of the two men as complementary examples of the Benedictine life of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03312/cover/9780521103312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enterprise and Technology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German and British Steel Industries, 1897-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wengenroth, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed account of the British and German steel industries' performances during three decades that were marked by radical changes in technology, in sources of raw materials and in product markets. Relying on governmental and corporate archives as well as on the contemporary trade literature, Professor Wengenroth has drawn a meticulous picture of how managements in the two countries met strategic problems raised by these changes. The author does not however, merely trace technological developments; rather he uses them as a backdrop for a contribution to the long-running debate on Britain's relative industrial decline in the late nineteenth century. Was this the result of massive entrepreneurial failure or was it merely the by-product of evolutionary changes that bestowed automatic competitive advantage on latecomers such as the Germans? The author argues a detailed case for the latter scenario and, in doing so, makes a major contribution to the debate on the 'Great Depression'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03336/cover/9780521103336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Thought in Medieval Islam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introductory Outline</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Erwin I. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Muhammad founded a World-State as well as a faith; as Islam spread from its first centres, Muslim political thinkers had to apply the divinely revealed law of the Prophet to new circumstances. They had to relate new realities of power and authority to the ideal constitution which he had laid down and which his immediate successors had elaborated. Against this background Dr Rosenthal discusses the later Muslim philosophers who were influenced by the political thought of Plato and Aristotle. He shows how Greek thought modified the Islamic and yet was always subordinated to Muslim categories of thought and political needs. Dr Rosenthal thus surveys the chief traditions of Islamic political thought from the eighth to the end of the fifteenth centuries. He emphasises the basic unity given by the shared faith of the writers, without diminishing the individuality of each. Orientalists will welcome the book; so will historians of the medieval West, for it shows them the religious, political and intellectual positions underlying the expansion of Islam.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03350/cover/9780521103350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time-Series Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comprehensive Introduction for Social Scientists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the 1970s social scientists and scientists in a variety of fields - psychology, sociology, education, psychiatry, economics and engineering - have been interested in problems that require the statistical analysis of data over time and there has been in effect a conceptual revolution in ways of thinking about pattern and regularity. This book is a comprehensive introduction to all the major time-series techniques, both time-domain and frequency-domain. It includes work on linear models that simplify the solution of univariate and multivariate problems. The author begins with a non-mathematical overview: throughout, he provides easy-to-understand, fully worked examples drawn from real studies in psychology and sociology. Other, less comprehensive, books on time-series analysis require calculus: this presupposes only a standard introductory statistics course covering analysis of variance and regression. The chapters are short, designed to build concepts (and the reader's confidence) one step at a time. Many illustrations aid visual, intuitive understanding. Without compromising mathematical rigour, the author keeps in mind the reader who does no have an easy time with mathematics: the result is a readily accessible and practical text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03367/cover/9780521103367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muon &amp; Muonium Chemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, D. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers all aspects of the chemical behaviour of the muon - a rare, short-lived, elementary particle having a mass intermediate between that of the proton and the electron. Muons provide an exceptional opportunity to investigate basic chemical interactions, simply because they are so short-lived: they can thus be studied using the powerful technique of muon spin rotation, in which the yield, decay rate and identity of the muon in several different states is observed. Although originally of principal interest to nuclear and particle physicists, muons have recently become important as probes in solid-state physics and in all phases of chemistry. This book will be a valuable source of information for research scientists, university teachers and graduate students interested in physical chemistry, chemical physics and the application of nuclear science to the life sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03374/cover/9780521103374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fenland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Ancient Past and Uncertain Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godwin, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The features so characteristic of the Fenland, its flatness, its flooding, its vast stretches of silt land and black peat, its drainage channels, meres, buried forests, abundant water fowl and aquatic plants, its special crops, all relate to the special conditions in which the Fenland was formed and ultimately was taken over by man. This is the story, by one of the active participants, of how the researches of natural scientists, biologists, geologists, geographers, historians and archaeologists, over the last fifty years have, by active co-operation and the use of modern techniques, reconstructed Fenland history through the last 10,000 years and have provided fresh understanding both of its ancient past and its uncertain future. It is the only such synthesis for either specialist or general reader in a hundred years and it is written in simple non-technical language and fully illustrated both by photographs and drawings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03398/cover/9780521103398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Factors in American History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is based upon the lectures which Professor Pollard delivered in 1924 on the Sir George Watson Foundation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03404/cover/9780521103404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110341X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Economy in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Econometric Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;vy-Leboyer, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bourguignon, Frangois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryant, Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perotin, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modernisation of the French economy in the nineteenth century raises a difficult question for the historian. The country experienced definite advances but also a long period of stagnation that for a while threatened its competitiveness and capacity to expand. The alternation of advances and setbacks is sometimes attributed to the effects of long-run cycles or to political events. Although these factors play a significant role in this study, the objective is to examine whether the French performance followed a fundamental pattern at a macro-economic level and, specifically, whether it was determined by collective behaviour that made adaptation to the constraints of technical progress and international competition more difficult and slower. The work is divided into two complementary parts. The first is historical and reviews the stages of French growth and the main hypotheses that explain this development. The second uses econometric analysis to test the validity of the mechanisms proposed and, by modelling the economy, examines its evolving structure and dynamics with greater precision. The statistical series that form the basis of this study are collected in the appendix for easy reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03411/cover/9780521103411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giles of Rome's De regimine principum</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading and Writing Politics at Court and University, c.1275-c.1525</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the time of its composition (c.1280) for Philip the Fair of France until the early sixteenth century, Giles of Rome's mirror of princes, the De regimine principum, was read by both lay and clerical readers in the original Latin and in several vernacular translations, and served as model or source for several works of princely advice. This study examines the relationship between this didactic political text and its audience by focusing on the textual and material aspects of the surviving manuscript copies, as well as on the evidence of ownership and use found in them and in documentary and literary sources. Briggs argues that lay readers used De regimine for several purposes, including as an educational treatise and military manual, whereas clerics, who often first came into contact with it at university, glossed, constructed apparatus for, and modified the text to suit their needs in their later professional lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03442/cover/9780521103442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Empire Unpossess'd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Gibbon's Decline and Fall</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gossman, Lionel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of a small number of historical texts that have become classics, Gibbon's Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire demands and deserves the kind of attention readers habitually grant to the classics of fictional literature. In Lionel Gossman's thematic and rhetorical study of Gibbon's masterpiece, the foundation of authority is seen as the historian's chief concern. The central problem of the work - the foundation of political authority - also appears in another form, Gossman contends, as a central problem of the work - that of the authority of the historical text itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03459/cover/9780521103459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Han Rhapsody</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Fu of Yang Hsiung (53 B.C.-A.D.18)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knechtges, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An attempt at an analysis in depth of the work of Yang Hsiung (53 BC-AD 18), and of the Fu or rhapsody (a mixture of rhythmical prose passages interspersed with free, rhymed verse). Yang Hsiung has figured prominently in Chinese literary history, though he is better known for his philosophical and historical writings than for his literary work. Professor Knechtges shows that Yang is important in the development of the Fu, a poetic genre popular in the Former Han dynasty (206 BC-AD 8) and the mastery of which brought him recognition and honours at the imperial court. The work and development of the genre are analysed from a modern critical viewpoint. Professor Knechtges' book will be of interest to specialists in Chinese literature and to historians of the Han period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03466/cover/9780521103466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conservation in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryde, Philip R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1972 this was a systematic and comprehensive survey in English of resource management in the former Soviet Union, analysing attitudes and accomplishments in the field of conservation of natural resources. The book reviews the most important and unique features of Soviet natural resource management and conservation, examines approaches toward the use of natural resources and the consequent problems, and attempts to define the meaning of 'conservation' in the Soviet Union. Early chapters discuss the historical background of natural resource management in tsarist Russia and the Soviet Union, and the legal and institutional framework. Successive chapters deal with land and soil resources, nature reserves, wildlife and fish management, mineral and forestry resources and environmental pollution. The final chapter evaluates conservation attitudes and the political and philosophical implications of Soviet conservation. The book includes an extensive bibliography of Soviet and foreign literature and a large and varied group of appendices covering key terminology, legal documents, and resource and environmental data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03510/cover/9780521103510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Content of Social Explanation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the central questions of explanation in the social sciences, and a defence of 'holism' against 'individualism'. In the first half of the book Susan James sets out very clearly the philosophical background to this controversy. She locates its source not at the analytical level at which most of the debate is usually conducted but at a more fundamental, moral level, in different conceptions of the human individual. In the second half of the book she examines critically three case studies of holistic approaches - Althusser, Poulantzas and the Annales historians - and progressively refines our sense of the strengths and deficiencies of their programmes. She ends by arguing for a form of concessive holism, which offers some accommodation to liberal conceptions of individual autonomy but continues to emphasise the explanatory importance of social regularities and environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03527/cover/9780521103527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Centre and Province in the People's Republic of China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sichuan and Guizhou, 1955-1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, David S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to common misconception the Chinese political system is highly centralized. One result of this widely accepted view is that China specialists have often neglected the study of decision-making as a process. Concentrating upon the neighbouring but contrasting provinces of Sichuan and Guizhou during the decade before the Cultural Revolution, this book examines the interaction between centre and province and, without adopting a 'centralist' or a 'pluralist' viewpoint, argues that a spatial dimension is of necessity part of the Chinese decision-making process. Particular attention is paid to the variability of this interaction over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03534/cover/9780521103534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models of Spatial Processes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Approach to the Study of Point, Line and Area Patterns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Getis, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boots, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book approaches the study of patterns by emphasising the processes responsible for them; it emphasises the logical format of process-to-pattern rather than the more wasteful pattern-to-process approach. The concern is primarily with two-dimensional surfaces, which is the way most maps are used for analysis. The material is organised into sections on process models responsible for point patterns, for line patterns and then for area patterns. It represents a synthesis of the work done on patterns in a number of fields and a large literature is reviewed in the process of the synthesis. In many respects this book represents a translation of complex mathematical materials into a readable and relatively simple verbal approach to the subject and thus brings the more sophisticated aspects to a larger number of students than has been done before. The reader need only have an elementary background in statistics. The basic probability theory required by the text is given in an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03541/cover/9780521103541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110355X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanical Properties, Performance, and Failure Modes of Coatings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shives, T. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, Marshall B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The use of coatings in industry is growing and will continue to grow because of the economic and technical advantages they offer over uncoated materials. Although a wide variety of materials and application of techniques are available, much less is known about the properties of specific coatings and their measurement. This volume contains some 26 papers that were presented at a 1983 symposium organized to explore these questions. The symposium was divided into five sessions dealing with coating technologies, measurement of coating properties, marine coatings, field applied coatings for corrosion control and tribological coatings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03558/cover/9780521103558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sulfur Analogues of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (Thiaarenes)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environmental Occurrence, Chemical and Biological Properties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1990. Sulfur containing polycyclic aromatic compounds (thiaarenes) play a potentially important role in environmentally induced cancers. The main sources of these compounds being fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum and shale oils from which they are released either directly or via combustion into the environment. Information on the specific contribution of thiaarenes to the mutagenic and carcinogenic potencies of environmental matter is very limited but this book gives credit to new and exciting data in this field. Our present knowledge of the occurrence, chemical and physical properties, analysis, synthesis, toxicology and biochemistry of the sulfur containing aromatic compounds is summarized in this volume. The first half of the book covers all aspects of chemistry and carcinogenicity, whilst the remainder summarizes information on the various thiaarene systems, compound by compound. This volume will provide a valuable source of reference for chemists, ' toxicologists, biologists and environmentalists working in cancer research institutes and universities and for research scientists working in the areas of pollution monitoring, public health and fuel chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03565/cover/9780521103565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory and Context for Language Interpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alshawi, Hiyan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents computational mechanisms for solving common language interpretation problems including many cases of reference resolution, word sense disambiguation, and the interpretation of relationships implicit in modifiers. The proposed memory and context mechanisms provide the means for representing and applying information about the semantic relationships between entities imposed by the cultural context. The effects of different 'context factors', derived from multiple sources, are combined for disambiguation and for limiting memory search; the factors having been created and manipulated gradually during discourse processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03589/cover/9780521103589.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iron Age Community of Osteria dell'Osa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Socio-political Development in Central Tyrrhenian Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sestieri, Anna Maria Bietti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anna Maria Bietti Sestieri, one of the finest Italian protohistorians, deals in this monograph with a major archaeological site, the Iron Age cemetery of Osteria dell'Osa, near Rome. The cemetery materials provide rich insights into the emergence of the city-state in central Italy in the crucial period 900-580 BC. Paying particular attention to the causes of variation in burials - ritual, gender, age, status - Dr Bietti Sestieri is able to develop a convincing picture of the late Bronze Age and Early Iron Age Latium vetus in the wider context of southern Etruria and Campania.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03596/cover/9780521103596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forest Farmers and Stockherders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Agriculture and its Consequences in North-Central Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogucki, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing extensively on anthropological theory and ecological models of human adaptation, Forest Farmers and Stockherders explores the single most radical transformation in all European prehistory - the growth of a food-producing economy in the period 5000-3000 BC. Dr Bogucki seeks to develop a coherent view of the introduction of food production to north-central Europe, identifying new environmental zones being exploited for the first time and new ecological adaptations being adopted by both indigenous and colonizing populations. He lays particular emphasis on the strategies developed by Neolithic communities for coping with the environmental risks and uncertainties inherent in the introduction of new economic systems and the social implications of these strategies for the organization of human behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03602/cover/9780521103602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cell Division Cycle in Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryant, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francis, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1985, information is presented and summarised in this account of how plant cells divide. The chapters give information on control points in the cell cycle, on DNA replication and on the stages of cell and chloroplast division. The specialist authors together provide a general overview which will interest and inform all advanced students of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03619/cover/9780521103619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Control of Leaf Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, N. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ong, C. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1985, this book covers the physiological and environmental factors that regulate leaf growth. It opens with a consideration of the importance to the plant of leaf size, form and development, and then divides naturally into two sections: the first covers the intrinsic factors within the leaf that influence development, including solute and hormonal status, cellular components, and energy transducing systems; the second considers the role of some major environmental variables in the regulation of leaf growth, including temperature, light, water and nutrients, atmospheric influences and the interactive effects of climatic variables.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03626/cover/9780521103626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>SEBS 28 Biochemistry of Plant Cell Walls</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, C. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hillman, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1985, this book contains twelve contributions from scientists of international repute concerning the chemistry of the cell wall, its biosynthesis, and biochemical aspects of its functions. The common theme is the emphasis on the molecules that make up the cell wall: their chemical structure, the enzymic mechanisms by which they are formed, and the interactions between molecules that enable them to perform their structural and growth-controlling functions. The book contains reviews of recent developments, together with critical assessments of the methods used, and analyses of the major challenges that face cell-wall scientists today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03633/cover/9780521103633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>SEBS 30 Root Development and Function</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lake, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1987 this book looks at root development and functions. Besides affecting the development of roots directly, the physical environment also influences the organisms associated with roots and thus affects their function. The papers presented in this volume pay equal attention to root development and root function in relation to the whole range of environmental factors including temperature, light, water, aeration, gravity and the mechanical strength of the soil. Consideration is also given to the effects of some of these factors on mycorrhizae and nitrogen-fixing bacteria. The final chapter reviews some of the main themes raised in the volume and indicates the way that research at the cellular and tissue levels may progress in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03640/cover/9780521103640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interactions with Nutrition and Environment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawlor, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1991. Nutrition is a major environmental factor in regulating plant growth, and is therefore of significant practical concern to agriculturalists and ecologists. In order to achieve efficient plant production, it is essential to gain a full understanding of the basic principles underlying the three-way interaction between the plant, its nutrition and its environment. This book addresses the role of nutrition in regulating plant growth, at the level of both the individual and the community, by exploring the biochemical, cellular and physiological processes involved in energy metabolism and nutrient absorption. In the final section of the book, case studies are used to illustrate the practical implications of the interaction between plant and environment for crop and resource management. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers of agriculture, horticulture, forestry and ecology concerned with the complex ways in which plants interact with their environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03657/cover/9780521103657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vertebrate Blood Cells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowley, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ratcliffe, N. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1988, Vertebrate Blood Cells provided a comprehensive review of our knowledge of the structure and function of vertebrate blood cells. This was the first book to attempt to draw together such a guide, and this volume was essential reading for this subject. The book consists of six chapters on general evolutionary aspects, fish, amphibian, reptilian, avian and mammalian haematology written by experts in his/her field. Of particular importance is the standardized format used from chapter to chapter which allows the reader to compare the information available on a particular aspect from one group of animals to another. The book should be of interest to immunologists, haematologists and general biologists as well as undergraduate students of zoology, cell biology, microbiology and veterinary and human medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03664/cover/9780521103664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Das Bild des Kaisers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Novelle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hauff, Wilhelm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1889, this is an edition of Wilhelm Hauff's novel Das Bild des Kaisers by the Cambridge scholar, and the University's first Lecturer in German, Karl Breul. The present edition contains an English introduction with a brief account of Hauff's life and works, as well as a short sketch of Napolean's career to give some context to the allusions of the novel. The volume also contains copious English notes, for various classes of readers, intended to assist with difficult portions of the text and to draw attention to points of special interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03688/cover/9780521103688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Organization of Science and Technology in France 1808-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weisz, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers in this volume represent the first attempt at a coherent analysis of the institutional structure of French science and technology in the nineteenth century. They treat both research and education and cover the main developments in the period from the establishment of the Napoleonic University in 1808 to the outbreak of the First World War. The papers reflect the intense interest in the social history of French science since the Revolution and convey a vivid impression of different modes of thought in a particularly active field of research. The contributions stress and develop more clearly than in any previous study, the theme of structural change in a complex interlocking network of institutions. Far from being an unresponsive monolith, France's system of scientific research and education proved capable of significant modification and expansion, especially in the later nineteenth century. To an extent that has not been fully recognised by historians, the French did respond to the changing demands of an industrialising economy and to the intellectual, economic and political challenge of the new Germany - a point that needs to be taken into account in discussions of the supposed decline of French science in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03701/cover/9780521103701.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incroyables Gazettes et Fabuleux M&#233;taux</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Les Retours des Tr&#233;sors Am&#233;ricains d'Apr&#232;s les Gazettes Hollandaises (XVI-XVII Si&#232;cles)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morineau, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The discovery of America was followed by the discovery of her silver and gold. Year after year these precious metals were mined and sent to Spain and to Portugal and from there throughout the world. From the beginning of the sixteenth century, historians and economists have accorded great importance to these movements of treasure. The whole of European economic development has been linked to them by way of increases in prices (the quantitative theory). Nevertheless prior to this work, no exhaustive documentation of the actual volumes transferred was undertaken: the well-known work of E. J. Hamilton covers only a part of the period; that of Soetbeer is imprecise and out of date. The primary object of this book, written in French, is thus to establish complete and reliable statistics. Morineau has finally located these in the Dutch gazettes, faithful observers of the Spanish Carerra. His reconstruction of actual movements has led him to question many widely accepted hypotheses and concepts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03718/cover/9780521103718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110372X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Conquest of Western Sudan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in French Military Imperialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kanya-Forstner, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes how, at the end of the nineteenth century, France came to govern large areas of the West African interior. French rule in the Western Sudan developed as a result of military expansion and the influence with which the officers with experience in the field exerted on the direction of official thinking forms the central theme of the book. French policies in West Africa are set within the context of France's wider interests as a European power at a time when colonial expansion was supposedly of minor importance in the government's eyes. The African response to the French military advance is also described. The subject with which the book deals has received little attention in the past and is an important one in understanding the expansion of European influence and rule in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03725/cover/9780521103725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berl: The Biography of a Socialist Zionist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Berl Katznelson 1887-1944</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapira, Anita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For almost fifty years, the Zionist labour movement led the Jewish community in Palestine and later, in the State of Israel. Among the close-knit group of its founding fathers, Berl Katznelson was a unique figure. He was an intellectual, a politician, a man of letters, a statesman and the initiator of many of the social and economic institutions THAT shaped the face of the movement and in its wake, the character of the country as a whole. The biography of Berl is more than the biography of an individual: it is the story of a movement. The book traces Berl from a young Russian socialist and romantic pioneer on the shores of the Sea of Galilee, into the propounder of a work ethic and the founder of the central political current of the Israeli labour movement. The development of this movement is depicted against the background of the major political events of the period: Jewish-Arab relations, the European crisis of the thirties as it affected the Jewish people and the successes and failures of Zionist policy. It is required reading for anyone who wants to understand in depth the complexity of Israeli society today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03732/cover/9780521103732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Yeh Ming-Ch'en</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Viceroy of Liang Kuang 1852-8</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wong, J. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The western reader is here presented with a biography of a major figure on the Chinese side in the crucial period of China's political contact with the western world, which describes a man of his own time and country, with his own background of education, endeavour and achievement and not merely a figure symbolic of Chinese obstruction of British purposes as he was seen from London or Hong Kong. This important work will be studied with interest by historians of both China and England and of Anglo-Chinese relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03749/cover/9780521103749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Sexuality in American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morey, Ann-Janine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although sometimes religion and sexuality are treated as an aberrant theme in American literary and religious history, American writers from Nathaniel Hawthorne to John Updike have been fascinated with the connection between religious and sexual experience. Through the voice of American fiction, Religion and Sexuality in American Literature examines the relations of body and spirit (religion and sexuality). Using both canonical and non-canonical fiction, Ann-Janine Morey examines novels dealing with the ministry as the medium wherein so many of the tensions of religion and sexuality are dramatised and then moves to contemporary novels that deal with moral and religious issues through metaphor. Based upon a sophisticated and selective application of metaphor theory, deconstruction and feminist postmodernism, Morey argues that while American fiction has replicated many traditional animosities, there are also some rather surprising resources here for commonality between men and women if we acknowledge and understand the intimate relationship between language and physical life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03763/cover/9780521103763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Metaphysics of the Tractatus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this remarkably clear and original study of the Tractatus Peter Carruthers has two principal aims. He seeks to make sense of Wittgenstein's metaphysical doctrines, showing how powerful arguments may be deployed in their support. He also aims to locate the crux of the conflict between Wittgenstein's early and late philosophies. This is shown to arise from his earlier commitment to the objectivity of logic and logical relations, which is the true target of attack of his later discussion of rule-following. Within this general framework Dr Carruthers explores a number of themes, including the early Wittgenstein's doctrine of the priority of logic over metaphysics, the nature and purpose of his programme of analysis for ordinary language and the various possible arguments supporting the existence of Simples. He offers many original interpretations and defends them with considerable attention to textual detail, yet the book's clarity and directness will make it accessible to anyone acquainted with the Tractatus. It will be required reading for all serious students of Wittgenstein's philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03824/cover/9780521103824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantity in Historical Phonology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Icelandic and Related Cases</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#193;rnason, Kristj&#225;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of syllable quantity and vowel length raises issues of considerable importance for phonology and historical linguistics in general. Among Indo-European languages, the phonological structure of Modern Icelandic is of particular interest because of the so-called 'quantity shift', which is part of its historical background and which changed the inherited Old Icelandic structure. In this rich case-study Dr Arnason analyses the changes that led to the shift, using among other things the metrical works as evidence. He shows that in Modern Icelandic vowel length is determined by syllabic quantity, which is in turn defined by stress. Close attention is paid to related phenomena in other languages and, against this comparative background, Dr Arnason calls into question the validity and theoretical status of existing 'explanations' of linguistic change. This is then a study for those interested in Scandinavian languages but it has wider theoretical implications for all historical linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03831/cover/9780521103831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Theoretical Phonology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foley, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'standard theory' of Chomsky and Halle has dominated phonology in recent years. It has been subject to modification and to criticism but not of a really fundamental kind. Dr Foley does here offer a fundamental criticism and a genuine theoretical alternative. He argues that transformational phonology, like previous phonological systems, is primarily concerned with the description of superficial sound changes and not with the underlying processes and rules; it is perhaps more accurately termed 'transformational phonetics' for that reason. A theoretical phonology, he argues, will consist of a system of phonological elements, a set of universal rules relating these elements and a set of principles governing the operation of the phonological rules. The basic phonological elements are therefore defined not by physical acoustic or articulatory parameters, but by their participation in rules. Such a theory is developed here and illustrated in the analysis of various phonological problems. It is shown that many apparently diverse phenomena can thus be connected and explained and so be subject to genuinely scientific enquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03848/cover/9780521103848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Urbanization of Rural Dialect Speakers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociolinguistic Study in Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bortoni-Ricardo, Stella Maris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates, from a linguistic point of view, how rural migrants adjust to an urban environment. The focus of Dr Bortoni-Ricardo's study is speakers of Caipira, a dialect of Brazilian Portuguese, who moved into a satellite city of Brasilia. The volume examines in careful detail the historical and synchronic sociolinguistic background of the migrants and the changes that have taken place in their linguistic repertoire, with particular emphasis on phonological variables. Both the theoretical framework and novel methodology employed here derive from the assumption that there are statistically measurable relations between the characteristics of a person's social network and his/her linguistic behaviour. The volume will thus be of interest to all readers, whether linguists, psychologists or anthropologists, interested in language accommodation. As an empirical study of cross-cultural communication problems, it will also be of value to social scientists concerned with the process of rural-urban migration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03855/cover/9780521103855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110386X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge and the Torres Strait</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Centenary Essays on the 1898 Anthropological Expedition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herle, Anita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rouse, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Torres Strait has an established place in the history of anthropology because of its association with the Cambridge University Expedition of 1898 organised by A. C. Haddon. This early British anthropological expedition is regarded as a seminal event in the formation of academic anthropology in Britain. Its goal was to make an unprecedentedly comprehensive anthropological study embracing ethnology, physical anthropology, psychology, linguistics, sociology and ethnomusicology. The nine interdisciplinary essays in this centenary volume offer ways of looking at and situation the Expedition's work in historical and intellectual debates. Central themes covered are the relationship between the expedition members and the Torres Strait Islanders: the innovations associated with the Expedition and the Expedition's influence on the development of anthropology and psychology. One hundred years on, the results of the Expedition have a contemporary relevance for anthropology and for the Torres Strait Islanders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03862/cover/9780521103862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The House that Giacomo Built</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History of an Italian Family, 1898-1978</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitkin, Donald S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The House that Giacomo Built is the engaging story of the struggle, perseverance and success of an Italian working-class family to achieve its goal of stability and family unity. It begins with the unremittingly impoverished lives of Giulia and Giovanni Tassoni. We later follow the fortunes of Maria, their daughter and her husband Giacomo. They continue the struggle for a life of greater ease, which is eventually achieved when Giacomo builds the family a new house on a plot of seven acres won in a lottery, thereby transporting them into modern times. Industrialism in the area brings further prosperity to the family. In addition to being a compelling family story, the book also vividly shows how extended families, like the one established by Giacomo and Maria, seem to defy the widely held beliefs concerning the alleged disintegrative effects of industrialism and consequent prosperity on family organisation. Although they have achieved a relative affluence, members of Italian families like theirs do not seek independence from the family group but choose to remain together, without feeling that they are forfeiting their right to be individuals in their own way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03879/cover/9780521103879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of Prehistoric Chronology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dating Methods and Dating Systems in Nineteenth-Century Scandinavian Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gr&#228;slund, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of European archaeology as a scholarly discipline in the nineteenth century was closely connected with the appearance of systematic methods for dating archaeological materials and these methods evolved largely in Scandinavia. Professor Gr&#228;slund's book is the first in-depth study of what is now recognised as a crucial stage in the history of archaeology. Beginning with an analysis of the basic elements of archaeological dating systems, he traces the origin and subsequent development of these systems, examining in detail how they were built up and refined. The Three Age System, methods of dating by find associations and the applications of typology for relative dating are themes that receive particular attention. Individuals, however, are never lost from sight. Throughout the book the author seeks to assess the contribution of the often colourful personalities involved and the volume concludes with a valuable biographical appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03886/cover/9780521103886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems in Neolithic Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittle, Alasdair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Problems in Neolithic Archaeology is a notable contribution to the debate about how we can write prehistory. Drawing on both processual and post-processual approaches, it reaffirms the central role of theory and interpretation while accepting as permanent the uncertainty which makes the testing of archaeological hypotheses difficult or even impossible. Dr Whittle asserts in particular the need for greater self-confidence and for the formulation of new theory and questions more appropriate to the archaeological record. The book's specific strength lies, however, in a close contextual study of the Neolithic period in western and central Europe. In this respect it provides an admirable complement to his textbook Neolithic Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03893/cover/9780521103893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Island Polity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Archaeology of Exploitation in Melos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagstaff, J. Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Greek island of Melos in the Cyclades has been inhabited for at least five thousand years. Two periods of its history are well documented: the late Bronze Age, when it supported an important urban centre at Phylakopi and the late fifth century BC, when as an independent city-state it briefly defied and was then destroyed by the expansionist power of Athens. The case of Melos is thus relevant to the understanding of the processes of early state-formation and of the integration of small-scale societies into larger political units. As the contributors to this volume show, a small island provides a very suitable area - clearly defined, self-contained - in which to examine the processes of social, cultural and economic change and the forces - sometimes gradual and almost imperceptible in their effect, sometimes sudden and dramatic - by which changes are initiated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03909/cover/9780521103909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geographical Change and Industrial Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coalmining in South West Lancashire 1590-1799</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The economic changes of the industrial revolution came to different parts of England at different times. By examining the geography of these changes, this book shows how the pattern of production in an important coalfield changed as it became part of the regional economic system developing around the port of Liverpool. In the first part of the book the author develops a model for studying the geography of economic change by combining the economic location theory of August Losch with concepts from systems theory. He concludes that normative theories possess great value in allowing an ordered description of the process of growth, if not an explanation of it. The theoretical model allows the author to analyse the complex process of change in the coalfield. The combination of theoretical enquiry and detailed archival work provides a thorough account of the transformation of an important industry. In doing so, the book casts considerable light on the process of regional economic development in the English industrial revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03923/cover/9780521103923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Traditions of Gamelan Music in Java</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Musical Pluralism and Regional Identity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, R. Anderson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a wide-ranging study of the varieties of gamelan music in contemporary Java seen from a regional perspective. While the focus of most studies of Javanese music has been limited to the court-derived music of Surakarta and Yogyakarta, Sutton goes beyond them to consider also gamelan music of Banyumas, Semarang and east Java as separate regional traditions with distinctive repertoires, styles and techniques of performance and conceptions about music. Sutton's description of these traditions, illustrated with numerous musical examples in Javanese cipher notation, is based on extensive field experience in these areas and is informed by the criteria that Javanese musicians judge to be most important in distinguishing them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03930/cover/9780521103930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Theatre in the 1890s</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Drama and the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foulkes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The final decade of the nineteenth century was one of the most exciting and productive in the history of the British theatre. In this fascinating collection, twelve leading scholars examine the playwrights, actors, designers and theatrical environment of the period. As well as shedding light on such familiar figures as Pinero, H.A. Jones, Beerbohm Tree and Mrs Patrick Campbell, much of the hitherto neglected activity of the period is explored including toga plays, painting and the theatre, theatre architecture and travelling theatres. The volatile issue of indecency and the music hall is also explored and the question of the immorality of the stage is analysed as a recurring theme of the decade. The volume contains numerous illustrations from the period and will be of interest to students and specialists of drama, theatre and social history and British literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03947/cover/9780521103947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pierre Corneille</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetics and Political Drama under Louis XIII</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this three-part study of the serious plays that Corneille wrote between 1630 and 1643, David Clarke first explores the Norman experience and identity of the dramatist himself. A second section reviews the principles and distinctiveness of his poetics in a period when literary activity, and particularly historical drama, became increasingly subject to central government pressures. The third and final section discusses the political and tragic significance of Corneille's plays and seeks to re-establish a link between their reflection of contemporary ideological tensions and the 'collective mind' of their intended audience with reference to popular, but now little-read, contemporary moralists and political theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03954/cover/9780521103954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism to Realism on the Soviet Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tairov- Vakhtangov-Okhlopkov</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worrall, Nick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to deal with the work of three important Soivet theatre directors - Alexander Tairov, Evgeni Vakhtangov and Nikolai OkHlopkov - who, although familiar names in the West, are not often the subjects of full-length studies. The present one therefore sets out to introduce their work to theatre specialists and non-specialists alike, analysing individual productions and placing them within the context of their time. The active working life of the three directors spans, in varying stages, the period of revolution and civil war with its accompanying radical artistic innovations; the conservative phase of socialist realism in the 1930s and 1940s; and the more flexible and creative artistic years of the late 1950s and 1960s. The book contains a number of photographs of the original productions as well as a chronology of theatrical and historical events. Worrall's study will be of interest to students and scholars of Russian studies and theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03961/cover/9780521103961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Select Documents for Queen Anne's Reign</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Down to the Union with Scotland 1702-7</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trevelyan, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume Professor Trevelyan has made accessible a number of documents THAT are essential for the study of Queen Anne's reign down to 1707, including some from the British Museum MSS.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03978/cover/9780521103978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521103983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521103985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotle's Theory of Language and Meaning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521103985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Modrak, Deborah K. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about Aristotle's philosophy of language, interpreted in a framework that provides a comprehensive interpretation of Aristotle's metaphysics, philosophy of mind, epistemology and science. The aim of the book is to explicate the description of meaning contained in De Interpretatione and to show the relevance of that theory of meaning to much of the rest of Aristotle's philosophy. In the process Deborah Modrak reveals how that theory of meaning has been much maligned. This is a major reassessment of an underestimated aspect of Aristotle that will be of particular interest to classical philosophers, classicists and historians of psychology and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03985/cover/9780521103985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Biology and Social Inequality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strickland, Simon S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shetty, Prakash S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Measures of biological variation have long been associated with many indices of social inequality. Data on health, nutrition, fertility, mortality, physical fitness, intellectual performance and a range of heritable biological markers show the ubiquity of such patterns across time, space and population. This volume reviews the current evidence for the strength of such linkages and the biological and social mechanisms that underlie them. A major theme is the relationship between the proximate determinants of these linkages and their longer-term significance for biologically selective social mobility. This book therefore addresses the question of how social stratification mediates processes of natural selection in human groups. Data like this pose difficult and sensitive issues for health policy and developments in this area and in eugenics are reviewed for industrialised and developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04012/cover/9780521104012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rotation of the Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Geophysical Discussion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munk, Walter H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, Gordon J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives an account of certain observed irregularities on the rotation of the Earth, both in its rate of rotation (giving a variable length of day) and in the position of its axis. These irregularities are caused by events on and within the Earth and provide a means of studying a number of geophysical problems. Seasonal shifts in air masses and variable winds are causes of short-period fluctuations in the rotation. Climatic changes and their attendant sea levels are in part responsible for long-term fluctuations. Modern observations of the Moon and descriptions of ancient elipses both establish a secular increase in the length of day. The interpretation involves atmospheric, oceanic and bodily tides. The book provides a unified treatment of the rotation of the Earth, making this method of studying geophysical phenomena more readily accessible to geophysicists and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04067/cover/9780521104067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Philosophical Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Merle A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry James and the Philosophical Novel breaks fresh ground by examining James's unique position as a philosophical novelist, closely associated with the climate of ideas generated by his brother, William and his father, the elder Henry. The book offers a detailed consideration of story-telling as a mode of philosophical enquiry, showing how a range of distinguished thinkers have relied on fictional narrative as a vital technique for formulating and clarifying their ideas. At the same time, it investigates (with close reference to his novels) the affiliations between James's practice as a novelist and the epistemological, moral and linguistic concerns pursued by members of the Phenomenological movement. The study brings to light striking similarities between James's later works and the philosophical project of Merleau-Ponty; it emphasises James's growing attraction to and versatility with deconstructive strategies such as those later employed by Jacques Derrida.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04074/cover/9780521104074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Amos's Oracles Against the Nations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first two chapters of the book of Amos, the prophet denounces a number of neighbouring nations for committing atrocities in war and then declares Israel to be equally blameworthy in view of the social injustices prevailing in his time (the eighth century BC). Amos is widely held to be ahead of his age, not only in recognising the idea of 'war crimes' but also in attributing to the God if Israel any concern with or power over other nations. In this detailed study of Amos 1 and 2, Dr Barton shows that the book in fact presupposes both these notions; there were already accepted conventions of warfare in the ancient Near Eastern cultures and there was already recognition in Israel of the universality of God's power. The essential contribution of Amos to Old Testament theology is to be found in his radical criticism of Israel and in his prediction that it is about to be destroyed by its own God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04081/cover/9780521104081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Way of the Wilderness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Geographical Study of the Wilderness Itineraries in the Old Testament</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, G. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Old Testament accounts of the Exodus contain various indications of the routes taken by the Israelites and the so-called wilderness itineraries appear to be very precise. From the earliest times, students of the Bible have tried to relate references in the texts to place names known in their own day. In this monograph Dr Davies traces the beginnings of such studies as they emerge from Jewish, Christian and Arabic writings and reviews both these and more recent theories in the light of modern biblical scholarship and archaeological exploration. In the process he finds it necessary to look again at major problems of bibliographical geography such as the identity of the 'Red Sea' and the location of Mount Sinai. Old Testament scholars will not be alone in finding this monograph of interest. Archaeologists, historical geographers and ancient historians will value it as a background to their own work on the period and Dr Davies' presentation ensures that this book may usefully be studied by the non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04098/cover/9780521104098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meaning of B&#363;m&#226; in the Old Testament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Etymological, Textual and Archaeological Evidence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, Patrick H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph is a study of the Hebrew word bama, which is used frequently in the Old Testament to describe cultic sites and has commonly been translated 'high place'. The word however occurs in a variety of contexts, which would indicate a wider range of meanings. By careful analysis of these occurrences in the Old Testament and by comparison with cognate words in Semitic languages and with the translations in the Septuagint, the author attempts to categorise these meanings and to challenge certain current views. Three groups of meanings of bama emerge from this study: topographical, as in 'hillside' and possibly 'grave-mound'; anatomical, as in 'backs' and possible 'beasts'; and cultic senses, as in 'cultic platform' (bamah) and by extension 'altar' and 'sanctuary'. This first book-length study of all aspects of the meaning of bama will be of interest equally to Old Testament scholars and archaeologists of the near East and is likely to be an invaluable monograph on its subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04104/cover/9780521104104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Transformation of Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Social Change in Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Monica</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When previously isolated societies come into contact with the outside world they undergo certain obvious changes. Professor Wilson has long been interested in these changes, particularly as they affect the peoples of Africa as they come into ever closer contact with European society. She sees, as the most general change going on in society, a change in scale, that is in the number of people interacting and the closeness of their interaction. In small societies the few people react closely, in large-scale societies more people react with more people, but less closely. The total amount of interaction is seen as constant. The religious aspect of a changing society is not immune to change. Ritual and religion in primitive society were directed towards the well-being of the group. In larger scale societies it is the individual aspect which is more important. Religion becomes more personalised. In her final two chapters Professor Wilson considers the implications for modern industrialised society of the lessons which may be drawn from religious change in traditional African societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04111/cover/9780521104111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relics of Ancient Exegesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Miscellanies in 3 Reigns 2</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooding, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth book in this established series of monographs on aspects of Old Testament studies is a detailed analysis of two passages that may well hold the key to the major textual problems raised by the ancient Greek translation of 1 Kings (3 Reigns in the Septuagint). The existence of these two extended passages, standing in 3 Reigns 2 at verses 35 and 46, has long been noticed and partial studies have been made by some scholars. In the present study Dr Gooding not only offers a detailed analysis of all the diverse elements that go to make up these passages but also demonstrates that these originally diverse elements, many of which were themselves either variant readings or alternative translations and interpretations of the Hebrew, have been carefully edited and arranged by some ancient scholar-exegete to form a discourse or midrash on two aspects of Soloman's reign. This monograph will therefore be of interest not only to Septuagintal experts but also to all who are interested in the history of Biblical interpretation and canon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04135/cover/9780521104135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Modernist Short Story</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modernist period saw a revolution in fictional practice, most famously in the work of novelists such as Joyce and Woolf. Dominic Head shows that the short story, with its particular stress on literary artifice, was a central site for modernist innovation. Working against a conventional approach and towards a more rigourous and sophisticated theory of the genre, using a framework drawn from Althusser and Bakhtin, he examines the short story's range of formal effects, such as the disunifying function of ellipsis and ambiguity. Separate chapters on Joyce, Woolf and Katherine Mansfield highlight their strategies of formal dissonance, involving a conflict of voices within the narrative. Finally, Dominic Head's challenging conclusion takes the implications of his study into the age of postmodernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04210/cover/9780521104210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110422X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Australian Realism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Systematic Philosophy of John Anderson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinton, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book outlines the realist and pluralist philosophy of John Anderson, Australia's most original thinker, whose articles and teaching at Sydney University have deeply influenced Australian intellectual life. Several main themes run though his work, but Anderson never gave an overall account of his views. This is remedied here: in exhibiting the range of Anderson's thought, from logic, epistemology and theory of mind, to language and social theory, Baker's work sketches realism as a systematic philosophical position and shows something of the history of ideas in Australia. This book will be of particular interest to historians of modern philosophy and those studying realism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04227/cover/9780521104227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Expedient Utopian</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bandaranaike and Ceylon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manor, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of S. W. R. D. Bandaranaike, the pivotal figure in the emergence of modern politics in Sri Lanka, makes a major contribution to an important yet neglected period in the country's political history. Dr James Manor explores the personal and political dimensions of Bandaranaike's life, concentrating on the economic, social, political and cultural forces which had a substantial bearing upon his story. Bandaranaike is assessed as a member of that generation of Asian and African leaders who presided over the transition from imperial rule to assertive self-government and helped to develop new modes of politics. Bandaranaike's story illuminates the development of democratic politics in Sri Lanka as well as the origins of current tensions between Sinhalese and Tamils, which threaten to destroy democracy and the island's social cohesion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04234/cover/9780521104234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two Phase Flows in Chemical Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Azbel, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph is a highly technical analysis of the interaction of two phases in controlled experiments. By using a perforated plate and stirred tank, Dr Azbel has conducted experiments involving flow, mass bubbling, mass transfer during bubbling and in a liquid-solid system and the calculation of bubbling reactors for the two-phase oxidation reaction. The last chapter investigates the design of a reactor for microbiological processes. The behaviour of bubbles is a unifying theme of this book. From an explanation of the fundamentals of bubbles formation at a single orifice, Dr Azbel goes on to set up equations for bubble motion, bubble size, bubble-size distribution and pressure drop across a perforated plate. His treatment of bubbles is expanded in later chapters to include mass transfer in the dispersion of solid particles in a liquid and mass transfer accompanied by chemical reactions in a bubble dispersion system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04241/cover/9780521104241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cellular Defence Reactions of Insects</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salt, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Insects counteract infection by a variety of reactions, partly humoral but principally cellular. This monograph considers their cellular reactions, especially the phagocytosis of micro-organisms and the encapsulation of larger parasites, from two main points of view: parasitological and cytologica. The first aspect involves description of the reactions and of their effects on parasites. This part of the subject is basic to the biological control of insect pests, because a better understanding of cellular defence reactions could lead to improved methods of using insect parasites to human advantage. The second aspect involves analysis of the stimuli that evoke cellular reactions. This part of the monograph attempts to relate the defensive activities of insect blood cells to general problems of cytology, such as the recognition of foreign bodies, the aggregation of cells and their adhesion to foreign surfaces and their extreme flattening on each other as they form capsules. Two final chapters discuss the efficiency and specificity of insect defence mechanisms and compare them with the immunity reactions of vertebrates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04258/cover/9780521104258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monsoon Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lighthill, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearce, R. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a survey of our state of knowledge of the physical and dynamical processes involved in the Asian monsoon. Although traditionally the main emphasis has been on the study of the atmospheric component, it has long been known that the oceans play a vitally important part in determining the occurrence of this spectacular seasonal event. A scientific study of this phenomenon involves a detailed investigation of the dynamical processes which occur in both the atmosphere and the ocean, on timescales on up to at least a year and on spatial scales from a few hundred kilometres or so up to that of the global atmospheric and oceanic circulations. The editors present a coherent survey of each of the meteorological, oceanographic and hydrological aspects and of their implications for weather forecasting and flood prediction. Monsoon Dynamics is a timely survey of a dramatic meteorological phenomenon which will interest meteorologists, climatologists and geophysicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04265/cover/9780521104265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adapting to Drought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Farmers, Famines and Desertification in West Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimore, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book embodies the results of thirteen years of research in drought-prone rural areas in the semi-arid zone of northern Nigeria. It describes the patterns of adaptive behaviour observed among Hausa, Ful'be and Manga communities in response to recurrent drought in the 1970s and 1980s. The question of desertification is explored in an area where the visible evidence of moving sand dunes is dramatic blame are examined in relation to the field evidence. A critique is offered of deterministic theories and authoritarian solutions. Professor Mortimore demonstrates a parallel between the observable resilience of semi-arid ecosystems and the adaptive strategies of the human communities that inhabit them and suggests policy directions for strengthening that resilience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04272/cover/9780521104272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Music History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Music History is devoted to the study of music from the early Middle Ages to the end of the seventeenth century. It demands the highest standards of scholarship from its contributors, all of whom are leading academics in their fields. It gives preference to studies pursuing interdisciplinary approaches and to those developing novel methodological ideas. The scope is exceptionally broad and includes manuscript studies, textual criticism, iconography, studies of the relationship between words and music and the relationship between music and society. Articles in volume sixteen include: The dialectic between Occitania and France in the thirteenth century; Du Fay the poet? Problems in the texts of his motets; A mirror of monarchy: Music and musicians in the household chapel of the Lady Margaret Beaufort, mother of Henry VII.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Music History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Music History is devoted to the study of music from the early Middle Ages to the end of the seventeenth century. It demands the highest standards of scholarship from its contributors, all of whom are leading academics in their fields. It gives preference to studies pursuing interdisciplinary approaches and to those developing novel methodological ideas. The scope is exceptionally broad and includes manuscript studies, textual criticism, iconography, studies of the relationship between words and music and the relationship between music and society. Articles in volume twenty-three include: Guillaume de Machaut and his canonry of Reims 1338-1377; 'Notes as a garland': the chronology and narrative of Byrd's Gradualia; Reading carnival: the creation of a Florentine carnival song; Schein's occasional music and the social order in 1620s Leipzig.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104505</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Music History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Music History is devoted to the study of music from the early Middle Ages to the end of the seventeenth century. It demands the highest standards of scholarship from its contributors, all of whom are leading academics in their fields. It gives preference to studies pursuing interdisciplinary approaches and to those developing novel methodological ideas. The scope is exceptionally broad and includes manuscript studies, textual criticism, iconography, studies of the relationship between words and music and the relationship between music and society. Articles in volume twenty-five include: Lorenzo Corsisni's 'Libri di canzone' and the madrigal in mid-sixteenth-century Florence; Antonio Squarcialupi: man and myth; Children's voices: singing and literacy in sixteenth-century France; Phillipe de Monte: new autobiographical documents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T'ao Y&#252;an-ming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>His works and their meaning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All the works of the Chinese poet T'ao Yuan-ming (AD 365-427) generally considered genuine have been translated here with commentary and annotation. T'ao, in the author's opinion, is of all the major Chinese poets especially concerned with personal integrity and the meaning of man's life. His poetry for this reason may be able to transcend the barriers of cultural difference. For centuries of Chinese readers, however, the image of T'ao Yuan-ming as an eccentric wine-loving recluse who embraced purity and simplicity and rejected the corruption of political society has virtually been as important as his own writing. Studies of the poet, from the Sung dynasty on, have applied a political interpretation of his work. The author believes that this approach is generally mistaken and seeks to combat it in detail. The work has been arranged in two volumes. The first, containing the translations with explanatory commentary and notes, is aimed at a wider audience than the professional. The second contains a complete Chinese text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04524/cover/9780521104524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110453X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T'ao Y&#252;an-ming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>His Works and their Meaning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All the works of the Chinese poet T'ao Yuan-ming (AD 365-427) generally considered genuine have been translated here with commentary and annotation. T'ao, in the author's opinion, is of all the major Chinese poets especially concerned with personal integrity and the meaning of man's life. His poetry for this reason may be able to transcend the barriers of cultural difference. For centuries of Chinese readers, however, the image of T'ao Yuan-ming as an eccentric wine-loving recluse who embraced purity and simplicity and rejected the corruption of political society has virtually been as important as his own writing. Studies of the poet, from the Sung dynasty on, have applied a political interpretation of his work. The author believes that this approach is generally mistaken and seeks to combat it in detail. The work has been arranged in two volumes. The first, containing the translations with explanatory commentary and notes, is aimed at a wider audience than the professional. The second contains a complete Chinese text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04531/cover/9780521104531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Housing, the State and the Poor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Policy and Practice in Three Latin American Cities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Peter M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1985, this book is concerned with the housing and service needs of the poor in Latin America and how they are articulated and satisfied. It examines the aims and implementation of government policies towards low-income housing dwellers and tries to relate those policies to the wider interests of the state. It discusses how the poor perceive the constraints on barrio servicing and improvement, their involvement in community organisations and the role the community and its leaders play in influencing state action. Since housing and servicing issues directly impinge on the interests of politicians, bureaucrats, landowners and real-estate developers, as well as on those of the poor, patterns of provision mirror closely the nature of the relationships between the poor and the wider urban society. The main theme of this book is thus the allocation of resources within urban society and the operation of political and administrative power at city level. The book will interest not only those concerned with housing and planning but also those who wish to understand social and economic policies towards the poor in most kinds of Third World city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04548/cover/9780521104548.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medical Renaissance of the Sixteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wear, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, R. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lonie, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship of medicine to those intellectual and social changes which historians call the Renaissance. The contributors describe how the whole range of medicine, from practical therapeutics to surgery, anatomy and pharmacy, was developing. Some important questions about the nature of medicine as it was taught and practised are raised. These include the continuing vigour of Arabic and scholastic medicine, how this was reconciled with the renaissance love of all things Greek and the nature of medicine in different parts of Europe. The chapters are written by acknowledged experts in their subjects and are based on contributions read at a meeting called for the purpose in Cambridge and supported by the Wellcome Trust.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04562/cover/9780521104562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oral Poetry and Somali Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Sayid Mahammad 'Abdille Hasan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samatar, Said S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the influence of oral poetry on Somali politics. By reconstructing the history of the Somali nationalist resistance movement, mainly through the use of political oratory in verse form by its leader, Sayyid Mahammad 'Abdille Hasan', the 'Mad Mullah' of British history, Said Samater shows how an indigenous resource can be harnessed in a non-literate society, not only as a medium of mass communication but also as a tool for acquiring political power. He traces the intimate correlation between language, politics and oral poetry and seeks to suggest to students of African societies ways of examining indigenous forms of communication used by traditional African creators of large-scale organisations in the absence of writing, to influence public opinion. The book is an important contribution to the history of the Horn of Africa and its new material on the role of oral literature in a non-literate society will interest linguists, sociologists and anthropologists, as well as students of folklore and comparative literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04579/cover/9780521104579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Southern Nigeria in Transition 1885-1906</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice in a Colonial Protectorate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anene, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Southern Nigeria in Transition fills a gap in the literature of Nigerian history. Professor Anene now offers his material in a book which will become a standard text in many universities in Africa and elsewhere. The book begins by examining the traditional political structure of the peoples of Southern Nigeria. In 1885 Britain secured international recognition of her 'freedom of action' on the Lower Niger and in the Oil Rivers. The process through which Britain imposed a new political order is clearly analysed. Other changes in the social and economic life of the people resulting both from the new order and also from missionary enterprises are considered. The beginning of the process of amalgamation which culminated in the emergence of a politico-territorial unit called Nigeria are described. Professor Anene develops his narrative well and a sense of movement is maintained throughout the work. Non-Nigerian writers have been apt to refer to the inhabitants of Southern Nigeria as a mere conglomeration of groups whose associations before the advent of the British were artificial. Professor Anene demonstrates the extent to which this traditional view ignores the cultural and other unities which were pervasive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04586/cover/9780521104586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>UK Tax Policy and Applied General Equilibrium Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piggott, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whalley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the time of this volume's publication in 1985, general equilibrium modelling had become a significant area of applied economic research. Its focus was to develop techniques to facilitate economy-wide quantitative assessment of allocative and distributional impacts on policy changes. UK Tax Policy and Applied General Equilibrium Analysis was the first book-length treatment of the development and application of an applied general equilibrium model of the Walrasian type, constructed to analyse UK taxation and subsidy policy. As a whole, UK Tax Policy and Applied General Equilibrium Analysis offers the reader two things. First, it gives a detailed account of the development of an applied general equilibrium model of the UK. Second, it provides results of model experiments which have been designed to inform the policy debate, not only in the UK but also in other countries. It should thus be of interest to both researchers and students undertaking research in the applied general equilibrium area and to policy makers concerned with tax reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04593/cover/9780521104593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Power and Non-Proliferation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Remaking of U.S. Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brenner, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Professor Brenner recounts how the United States dealt with the problem of nuclear proliferation in the period from 1974 to 1981 when this book was first published. The year 1974 is critical because of three highly coincidental events: India's explosion of a bomb; an upsurge in the demand for nuclear energy triggered by the oil crisis; and the commercialisation of fuel-producing technologies that could be used for weapons purposes. Nuclear Power and Non-Proliferation is at once a narrative account of how nuclear policy was made at the highest levels of the American government and a critical assessment of those policies. Professor Brenner places the chronicle of how policy is shaped within the context of interagency and legislative politics, as well as within the larger context of international conflicts concerning access to and control of nuclear power. The author locates the proliferation problem historically, emphasising the dual personality of atomic power and noting the tendency of military and civilian programmes to diverge steadily until the events of 1974 forced an attempt to bring them into single focus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04654/cover/9780521104654.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subsidizing Success</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Export-Import Bank in the U.S. Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feinberg, Richard E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1982, this book was the first comprehensive study of the US Export-Import Bank, a US government export promotion agency with worldwide loans and insurance of $30 billion. By using analytical tools from several disciplines, the author examines many different sides of the operations and effectiveness of the Eximbank. A historical section explains the political and economic forces behind Exim's creation in the 1930s and details the activities of Exim until 1980. Subsidizing Success illuminates a strategic - and little-known or understood - element in US foreign trade and relations. More than this, however, it serves as a penetrating study of the relationship between the public and private sectors and the role of government in both domestic and international economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04661/cover/9780521104661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110467X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Volkskapitalisme</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class, Capital and Ideology in the Development of Afrikaner Nationalism, 1934-1948</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Meara, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1982 split in the Ruling Nationalist Party in South Africa focused attention on the relationship between Afrikaner nationalism and capitalism. Volkskapitalisme (the nationalist term for Afrikaner capital) analyses the development of Afrikaner nationalism from the early thirties to the election victory of the Nationalist Party in 1948. The book sets out to refute the commonly held belief that the nationalist policies of apartheid are simply the product of 'irrational' racial ideology. Dan O'Meara examines here for the first time the relationship between the emergence of 'Afrikaner' capital in the so-called Economic Movement of the 1940s and the political and ideological forms of development of Afrikaner nationalism. During these years, far from being a monolithic movement of an ethnically mobilised group, Afrikaner nationalism emerged as an alliance of conflicting class forces. Dan O'Meara's examination of the development of Afrikaner capital and the interplay of ideology, class and economic interests in Afrikaner nationalism is essential reading for all concerned with past political struggles in southern Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04678/cover/9780521104678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110470X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Ecological Approach to Acanthocephalan Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crompton, D. W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Acanthocephalan worms are parasitic throughout their life cycles and the environments they experience are to be found in the bodies of vertebrates, in which they achieve sexual maturity and in the tissues of arthropods, in which they develop. This monograph, first published in 1970, aims to relate present knowledge of acanthocephalan physiology to the physical and biotic factors occurring in the environments occupied at different stages of the life cycle. This theme is illustrated by considering feeding, metabolism and reproduction of adult worms, certain aspects of the physiology of the eggs and developmental stages and the processes of infection of the hosts. The author emphasises the necessity of culturing acanthocephalans in vitro if their biology is to be understood in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04708/cover/9780521104708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diet and Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Traditional and Developing Societies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Geoffrey Ainsworth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waterlow, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNH3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between diet and those diseases caused by, or related to, poor nutrition is influenced by anthropological and physiological factors. This volume, first published in 1990 and based on a symposium organised in collaboration with the International Commission on the Anthropology of Food, emphasises the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to the study of diet and disease. Distinguished contributors, from nutritionists to anthropologists, examine the ways in which nutrition may affect sociocultural circumstances and how the causation and distribution of disease is linked to anthropological factors. Amongst the topics addressed are the extent to which human beings can adapt to food shortage, how nutritional factors affect people's capacity to work and develop properly mentally, how nutritional status influences susceptibility to infectious disease, who is most at risk in the community and why, the relationship between environment , economy and malnutrition and how people perceive food in relation to health. This research level text will interest both nutritionists and anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04722/cover/9780521104722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran and the Cold War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Azerbaijan Crisis of 1946</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fawcett, Louise L Estrange</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Azerbaijan crisis of 1946 represented a landmark in the early stages of the Cold War and played a major role in shaping the future course of Iran's political development. In this book, originally published in 1992, Louise Fawcett presents a comprehensive study of the five-year struggle for control of Iran which culminated in the crisis of 1946. Dr Fawcett examines both the Iranian domestic scene and the role played by the three great powers. She explores the causes, course and consequences of the Azerbaijan crisis from an Iranian perspective. Dr Fawcett then argues that the Iranian crisis was a far more complex affair than was once realised. It brought into play the competitive and often conflicting relationship between not only the United States and the former Soviet Union, but also between Britain and these two superpowers. This study is firmly located within the extensive international relations literature of the Cold War. Iran and the Cold War is an ideal text for students and specialists of both international relations and Middle East studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04739/cover/9780521104739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inherited Susceptibility to Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Clinical, Predictive and Ethical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foulkes, William D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodgson, Shirley V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many cancers, both common and rare, are known to have a hereditary predisposition and advances in genetics have clarified the risks and in some cases the mechanisms of cancer developing in an individual. First published in 1998, this important contribution to the literature of cancer genetics covers all the key issues, reviewing both the technology behind genetic risk assessment and the ethical dilemmas it poses. It is divided into two parts. The first deals with ethical, legal and social issues. The second systematically outlines current knowledge of the inheritance patterns of many different cancer types, both from a site-by-site perspective and for special groups. This authoritative volume will be of interest to oncologists, physicians and surgeons in other specialities and to health professionals in the areas of primary care, counselling and cancer risk assessment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04746/cover/9780521104746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Vitro Methods in Toxicology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atterwill, C. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1987, this book describes tissue (cell and organ) culture techniques which could be used at a critical predevelopment stage to screen for drug-inducing toxicity or to analyse the molecular mechanisms of toxicity at a later stage in parallel with investigative studies. This type of research has important ethical, financial and scientific implications. In particular, less animals and compound are required in in vitro research and more detailed information at the cellular and subcellular levels can be obtained. The volume brings together the once disparate knowledge of cultural techniques and thus provides an important reference work for industrial and academic toxicologists. It could also form a framework for discussion of potential improvements and modification of toxicity testing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04753/cover/9780521104753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relational Models of the Lexicon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Representing Knowledge in Semantic Networks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evens, Martha Walton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the first publication of this book in 1988, the centrality of the lexicon in language research was becoming increasingly apparent and the use of relational models of the lexicon had been the particular focus of research in a variety of disciplines since the early 1980s. This convergence of approach made the present collection especially welcome for bringing together reports of theoretical developments and applications in relational semantics in computer science, linguistics, cognitive science, anthropology and industrial research. It explains in detail some important applications of relational models to the construction of natural language interfaces, the building of thesauri for bibliographic information retrieval systems and the compilation of terminology banks for machine translation systems. Relational Models of the Lexicon not only provides an invaluable survey of research in relational semantics, but offers a stimulus for potential research advances in semantics, natural language processing and knowledge representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04760/cover/9780521104760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychological Reality in Phonology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linell, Per</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Generative linguists have always claimed that the transformational models of language offer the best descriptive accounts of language. But they have often made a further and more ambitious claim for these models: that they have some psychological validity and represent our mental organisation of linguistic knowledge. The models are therefore supposed to explain at least some aspects of how, as speakers and listeners, we produce, perceive and understand all human utterances. Dr Linell attacks this claim and particularly its application to phonology and offers fundamental criticisms of the 'orthodox' school of generative phonology associated with Chomsky and Halle. His own positive proposals stress the importance of surface phenomena as opposed to abstract underlying forms and lead to a new typology of phonological rules and a new consideration of the relations between phonology and phonetics and between phonology and morphology. The book will interest a wide range of linguists and some psychologists as well as specialists in phonology and phonetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04777/cover/9780521104777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Xhosa Oral Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of a Black South African Tadition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Opland, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Xhosa-speaking peoples of south-eastern South Africa have a long tradition of oral poetry, extending back at least two hundred years. This book, first published in 1983, was the first detailed study of that tradition. Jeff Opland has assembled a large corpus of Xhosa oral poetry making his the first analysis of an active South African oral poetic tradition to be based on actual fieldwork. The book focuses in particular on the poetry produced by the imbongi, or court poet, and Professor Opland examines the poetry and careers of four such individuals. He describes the imbongi's informal training, the diction of his poetry and its improvisational character and the relationship of the poet to the chief and the community, revealing that the role of the poetry is essentially political. He also considers the nature of the poetry in relation to ritual. His discussion of Xhosa poetry in relation to theoretical constructs of oral poetry and of oral mental processes is an important contribution to the debate about the nature and distinctiveness of 'oral literature'. With its interdisciplinary approach, it will appeal to readers from many disciplines as well as to general readers interested in African culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04784/cover/9780521104784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eagle and the Spade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Archaeology in Rome during the Napoleonic Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridley, Ronald T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an account of an almost completely neglected archaeological epic, the uncovering and restoration of all the classical monuments of Rome during the French occupation (1809-14). This was the first large-scale archaeological programme in the city. Based on archives in Rome and Paris, the archaeology of these five years is placed against its essential background: the fate of the monuments since antiquity and the contemporary Napoleonic political and cultural history. Mr Ridley describes the enormously complicated organisation which carried out the work and identifies the leading administrators, archaeologists and architects. The bulk of the work is a detailed account of the excavation and restoration work on the Forum Romanum, the Colosseum and the Forum of Trajan, the main classical monuments. There are numerous illustrations of the monuments both before and after the French intervention, as well as unpublished plans from the archives. There is an extensive specialist index. The book is intended for anyone interested in archaeology, in Napoleonic Europe and above all, in Rome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04807/cover/9780521104807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy-Transducing ATPases - Structure and Kinetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tonomura, Yuji</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1986, Professor Tonomura's book explains at the molecular level how cells use energy harnessed as adenosine triphosphate to perform the fundamental physiological functions such as muscle contraction and the active transport of cations. In all cases, ATPases enzymes are involved and the detailed reaction mechanisms are carefully described. Young collaborators helped Professor Tonomura to put together the first draft of the book, for he was particularly anxious that the text should be accessible to students who were less familiar with the intricacies of the field than he himself, and should reflect their needs. After his sudden, untimely death, Professor Ebashi and his colleagues at the National Institute of Physiological Sciences, Okazaki, updated and completed the text. The result is a well-written, interesting account of the field and this volume forms a worthy memorial to one of the foremost workers in this area of biochemical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04814/cover/9780521104814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110484X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musical Life in Biedermeier Vienna</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Alice M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the impact of the daily life, political climate and artistic institutions of Vienna on its musicians and musical tastes between 1815 and 1830. Emphasis is given to Beethoven, Schubert, Paganini and Johann Strauss where their careers reflect typically Viennese musical life and when Viennese conventions may explain important turns in their lives. Attention is also paid to the incomes, service contracts and welfare of lesser-known musicians of the same period. An entire chapter is devoted to the regulation of music by the Austrian government, secret police and censors, since this period coincides with the height of Metternich's political power. Although the study is mainly intended for music historians and listeners, the book should also interest the Austrian, literary, theatre and political historian. Furthermore, the research presented here suggests that many of the intriguing questions and social issues in Vienna at the end of the nineteenth century, currently widely discussed by Schorske, Toulim and McGrath, are already present in Vienna in 1815.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04845/cover/9780521104845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins and Development of the Andean State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haas, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pozorski, Shelia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pozorski, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together research on the evolution of civilisation in the Andean region of South America from the work of sixteen leading scholars, at one time actively engaged in fieldwork in Peru. Beginning with early chiefdom societies living along the Peruvian coast 2000 years before Christ, the authors trace the growing complexity of Andean states and empires over the next 3000 years. They examine the accomplishments of the ancient Andeans in the rise of magnificent monumental architecture and the construction of unparalleled prehistoric irrigation systems. They also look at the dominant role of warfare in Andean societies and at the collapse of empires in the millennia before the arrival of the Spanish in 1534. Together, the contributors provide the first systematic study of the evolution of polities along the dry coastal plains and high mountain valleys of the Peruvian Andes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04852/cover/9780521104852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taiping Rebel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The deposition of Li Hsiu-ch'eng</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curwen, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Li Hsiu-ch'eng - the Loyal Prince - was the most important military leader on the rebel side during the last years of the Taiping Rebellion in China (1851-64). The Taiping Rebellion has been called the greatest popular revolt in modern history, and it came remarkably close to toppling the Ch'ing empire some fifty years before it was finally overthrown in 1911. Captured in June 1864 by government forces, Li Hsiu-ch'eng spent the final days before his inevitable execution writing a personal account of the Rebellion and his role in it. His Deposition is the fullest narrative by a participant and an invaluable historical document. The original manuscript of the Deposition was withheld by the government commander Tseng Kuo-fan and his descendants, and a shortened, bowdlerized version prepared for publication. Li himself was considered a great revolutionary hero in China until the Cultural Revolution when he was reassessed in a major public debate of considerable political significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04869/cover/9780521104869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taxation and Governmental Finance in Sixteenth-Century Ming China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1974, this is a detailed study of the financial administration of the Chinese government during the Ming dynasty (1368-1644), with particular attention to the sixteenth century, a topic about which very little has been published either in Chinese or any Western language. Professor Huang has worked through an enormous quantity and variety of source material - in particular the 133 substantial volumes of the Ming Veritable Records - and has compared the documents on financial matters with the entries in local gazetteers. The complicated workings of government finance present great difficulties to all specialists in Chinese financial and administrative history and in different branches of local Chinese history from the fifteenth century onwards. Professor Huang's study will provide all such researchers with an authoritative work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04876/cover/9780521104876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Region and Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Kwangsi Clique in Chinese Politics 1925-1937</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lary, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the tensions between region and nation in Republican China. Diana Lary gives a detailed examination of Kwangsi province in south-west China, the home base of a major warlord clique that was important both for its interesting internal politics and for its national influence in the late 1920s and the 1930s. She reconstructs with imagination and thoroughness the intricate political and military history of the nation, but without losing sight of the overall regional character of the Kwangsi government and its policies. She shows how the regional leaders responded to central breakdown, what sense they had of the nation even in its weakened condition. China is usually studied as a monolithic entity; Diana Lary demonstrates that such a simple view must fail, that China also consists of a large number of distinct regions with special patterns of relationship to the centre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04883/cover/9780521104883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arte of English Poesie</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puttenham, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doidge Willcock, Gladys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A full reprint of the text of The Arte of English Poesie, a vivid record of the critical and creative methods of a prolific age, the late sixteenth century. In the critical and bibliographical introduction the disputes about the date of writing and the author's name (the book appeared anonymously) are examined and the purpose and contents of the book are analysed. Cambridge University Press is delighted to bring back into print, after a lapse of several decades, this classic edition first published in 1936 and still widely cited by scholars today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04890/cover/9780521104890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Erasmus on His Times</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Shortened Version of the 'Adages' of Erasmus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Margaret Mann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Adagia of Erasmus (surely the original best-seller) was first published in 1500. It went through numerous impressions and ten major revisions in the course of Erasmus's life. Its influence was incalculable. It disseminated humanist learning and humanist attitudes among the new reading public to such an extent that it can be claimed as one of the books that contributed most to form the European mind. The adages were proverbs or popular sayings taken from classical literature. Many are part of the common stock of our speech today. A necessary evil, cupboard love, a rare bird, an iron in the fire, are all to be found in the Adagia. Erasmus refers each to its source; then follows with a commentary on the meaning and with whatever ideas and personal observations arose from it. The book's influence waned after his death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04920/cover/9780521104920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nitration and Aromatic Reactivity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoggett, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moodie, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penton, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1971 this volume claims that nitration is important for two reasons. First, because it is the most general process for the preparation of aromatic nitro-compounds, and secondly, on account of the part it has played in the development of theoretical organic chemistry. The special concern of this monograph is with those nitrating systems in which mechanistic studies have established, or made probable, the identity of the agent through which they effect nitration. It presents a summary of the understanding of the nitration process. A discussion of the various types of nitrating systems leads to the conclusion that nitration is generally effected through the nitronium ion. The mechanism of the substitution is examined, and discussed in terms of reactivity for particular groups of aromatic compounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04944/cover/9780521104944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experimental Physical Chemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1941, this book is a useful guide to many aspects of experimental chemistry, with detailed instructions and procedures, and based upon the use of comparatively simple laboratory apparatus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04951/cover/9780521104951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Valency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Classical and Modern</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second edition was first published in 1959. The first four chapters present a compact elementary account of classical and modern conceptions of valency, suitable for the more general reader and for students preparing for university examinations. The concluding chapters are more advanced: chapter five shows how the electronic theory is applied to the heavier elements and their principal compounds; and the last chapter is devoted to current developments, and theories still in their early stages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04968/cover/9780521104968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Who Shall Succeed?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agricultural Development and Social Inequality on a Philippine Frontier</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eder, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book records the emergence and institutionalization of social inequality in San Jose, a pioneer farming village located on Palawan Island in the Philippines. Early chapters reconstruct the historical circumstances surrounding San Jose's settlement and growth under conditions of relative equality of opportunity. The community's development is examined in detail through the experiences of eight migrant farmers, all self-made men some conspicuous successes, others conspicuous failures. Comparing and evaluating the causes of pioneers' successes and failures, Professor Eder stresses that the origins of inequality in San Jose depended less upon the individuals' time of arrival or amounts of starting capital or other such factors than it did upon personal differences. Social inequality, for the most part, had its basis in a level of motivation and in a kind of 'on-the-job competence' that some men and women brought to the frontier and others did not.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04975/cover/9780521104975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110498X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Craft to Industry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethnography of Proto-Industrial Cloth Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Esther N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume focus on two themes: the centrality of the production of and trade in cloth in the emergence of market activity; and the nature of the industrialization process. The core of the book is formed by four detailed ethnographic studies of the development and current organization of cloth production for the market, in different parts of the world: tailoring in Kano City, northern Nigeria (Pokrant); dyeing and weaving in Daboya, northern Ghana (Goody); 'fashion'- shirt production in Bombay, India (Swallow); and the manufacture of 'handmade' Harris tweed in the Hebrides (Ennew). Each study examines access to raw materials and to the market, relations of production, the investment of capital and the reproduction of the system. Individually, they raise such questions as the role of fashion, the effects of national economic policies and legislation, and factors related to the modification of traditional technologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04982/cover/9780521104982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521104998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521104999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Gifts Engender</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Relations and Politics in Mendi, Highland Papua New Guinea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521104999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lederman, Rena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gift exchange plays a crucial role in the social and political organization of Mendi in Papua New Guinea. This book reveals how considerable light can be shed on Mendi society, particularly on its political economy, by examining both the well-known ceremonial exchange festivals and the hitherto relatively little-studied everyday gift-giving practices. The author shows that the latter are crucial for understanding inter-group politics, the process of leadership, male-female relationships and the status of women, and the production, distribution and circulation of wealth. Currently the only book available on this society, the work offers an unusual combination of a social structural analysis with a study of local history and change. It is also of interest for its integration of the study of gift exchange and politics with the study of gender roles and relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04999/cover/9780521104999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caste Ideology and Interaction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGilvray, Dennis B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the publication of the book by E. R. Leach, ed., Aspects of Caste in South India, Ceylon and North-West Pakistan (1960), much additional information was gathered on caste hierarchies in South Asia, and two major attempts were made to identify the underlying unity of this material - a structuralist one by Louis Dumont and a ethnosocialogical one by McKim Marriott et al. This quest for unity seemed attractive, yet at the same time, as the contributions to the present volume indicate, premature. The four papers collected here and published in 1982 are all concerned with caste ideology and caste interaction in different locales of South Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05002/cover/9780521105002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neolithic Cultures of the British Isles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Stone-using Agricultural Communities of Britain in the Second Millenium BC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piggott, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After an outline of the continental background of the British neolithic cultures the book contains two subdivisions. Professor Piggott first describes those cultures that he classes as primary: that is those bought to Britain by colonists who bought a knowledge of agriculture. He then shows how there arose derivative secondary neolithic cultures showing a resurgence of earlier characteristics. Finally all the British neolithic cultures are considered in relation to one another and to their continental setting, and an outline of relative and absolute chronology is made.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05026/cover/9780521105026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110503X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship at the Core</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropology of Elmdon, a Village in North-west Essex in the Nineteen-Sixties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the village of Elmdon in north-west Essex, members of certain families are distinguished from other residents as being `real Elmdon'. Through a detailed ethnography of the structure of the village, and the interrelationships between its various families, work patterns and community activities, Marilyn Strathern provides an understanding of the characteristics of those who most vehemently claim to be 'real' village people. Yet this account goes far beyond ethnographic description. Its inspiration lies with Dr Audrey Richards, a distinguished anthropologist whose most substantial contribution has been in Africa, while Dr Strathern herself has had many years' field experience in Papua New Guinea. As 'outsiders' they bring a fresh approach to English village studies. The book takes the idea of 'village' not for granted, but as a dogma to be accounted for. Dr Strathern argues that in order to appreciate why the village should be so salient a reference point in people's self-classifications, it is necessary to understand what the village stands for in their ideas of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05033/cover/9780521105033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defiant Maids and Stubborn Farmers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Invention in Mende Story Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cosentino, Donald J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The domei is a popular narrative art form among the Mende people of Sierra Leone. Although it is a traditional form, the narratives are not remembered or retold, but on each occasion the performers recreate out of a common stock of characters and plots domeisia, which are singular and sometimes brilliant expressions of a singular, and often brilliant, culture. In this book Donald Cosentino presents a large selection of these narratives, as he collected them in dramatic performance on the verandahs and around the cooking fires of a Mende village. The domei is told to please, and Dr Cosentino details the various elements that constitute the pleasure of an oral performance. But beneath the surface glitter of these ironic, horrifying, bawdy and haunting narrative performances, there is an intellectual hardness of argument and debate which shines through the domeisia included here. Dominating these performances, and emblematic of the entire artistic tradition, are the 'everywoman' figure of the Defiant Maid, Yombo, and the 'everyman' Stubborn Farmer, Kpana.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05040/cover/9780521105040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sijobang</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sung Narrative Poetry of West Sumatra</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sijobang - the singing of a poetic narrative about the legendary hero Anggun Nan Tungga - is a form of popular entertainment in the area around Payakumbuh, in the highlands of West Sumatra. Although the story exists as a written text, it is best known locally as drama and sung narrative, and it is its character as an oral performance that forms the subject of this book. Nigel Phillips begins by setting sijobang in its cultural and literary context, and then goes on to describe the social background and training of the paid storytellers who perform the narrative. He presents a summary of the story, and discusses its transient, fragmentary and unstandardized form. Transcriptions and translations of two recorded performances follow, leading into a description of sijobang's main linguistic and literary features. Finally, Dr Phillips examines in some detail the extent to which performances vary from one occasion to another, and what connection this may have with the storyteller's degree of experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05057/cover/9780521105057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early European Agriculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Foundation and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarman, M. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarman, H. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First printed in 1982, this is the third and final volume to be published as a result of the British Academy Major Research Project on the Early History of Agriculture, carried out in the Department of Archaeology in Cambridge under the direction of the late Eric Higgs. After his death in 1976, the Project was drawn to its conclusion by his associates, and this book is effectively a summary of the results of the Project. The first two volumes, Papers in Economic Prehistory and Palacoeconomy, argued that the development of agriculture was a much more gradual and widespread phenomenon than had been thought previously. This book now discusses the origins and early development of prehistoric agriculture within the framework of prehistoric subsistence economies in general. Early human economies are viewed in their adaptation to three crucial resource zones: the uplands, the lowlands and the littorals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05064/cover/9780521105064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Production and Exchange of Stone Tools</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prehistoric Obsidian in the Aegean</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torrence, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1986, the aim of this important study was to develop methods for reconstructing the processes of prehistoric exchange. Previous archaeological work had concentrated on mapping obsidian finds relative to source areas using trace-element analysis and on investigating the effect of trade on particular cultural groups. Dr Torrence, in contrast, drew extensively on ethnographic analogy to develop an approach that uses differences in the level of efficiency for the acquisition of raw materials and the production of goods to infer the type of exchange. Regional patterns of tool manufacture, specialist craft production at central places and quarrying are analysed in detail in the context of the prehistoric Aegean and previous ideas about the importance of trade in the growth of civilisations are re-assessed. The methodology developed will be applicable to a wide range of artefact types and the book will therefore be of value to archaeologists working in many different places and periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05071/cover/9780521105071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symbols in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethnoarchaeological Studies of Material Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Material culture - the objects made by man - provides the primary data from which archaeologists have to infer the economies, technologies, social organization and ritual practices of extinct societies. The analysis and interpretation ofmaterial culture is therefore central to any concern with archaeological theory and methodology, and in order to understand better the relationship between material culture and human behaviour, archaeologists need to draw upon models derived from the study of ethnographic societies. First published in 1982, this book presents the results of a series of field investigations carried out in Kenya, Zambia and the Sudan into the 'archaeological' remains and material culture of contemporary small-scale societies, and demonstrates the way in which objects are used as symbols within social action and within particular world views and ideologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05088/cover/9780521105088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ranking, Resource and Exchange</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspect of the Archaeology of Early European Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shennan, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ranked societies are characterized by disparities in personal status that are often accompanied by the concentration of power and authority in the hands of a few dominant individuals. They stand between the sophistication of developed, states and the relative simplicity of most hunter-gatherer groups and early agriculturalists. In some places and times they represented relatively brief phases of transition to more complex forms of organization; in others they existed as stable forms of adaptation for thousands of years. They are thus of great interest for archaeologists seeking to understand the dynamics of cultural evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05095/cover/9780521105095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seabirds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Feeding Ecology and Role in Marine Ecosystems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croxall, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1986, this book is concerned with the ways in which seabirds function as predators in the marine environment; in particular about how they find and catch food and how much of it they consume. It reviews both the feeding ecology of seabirds (including adaptations for flight and diving) and also most of the leading field studies (in polar, temperate and tropical regions) that have quantitatively examined the interactions of seabird communities with their prey.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05101/cover/9780521105101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology of the Acanthocephala</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crompton, D. W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nickol, Brent B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume was first published in 1985. A knowledge of this phylum of parasitic worms is essential for helminthologists and instructive for all research workers investigating the principles of parasitism. Each of the chapters is written by a specialist on the biology of the Acanthocephala. Systematics, functional morphology, feeding, nutrition, metabolism, reproduction, embryology, development, epizootiology, life-history patterns and population ecology are reviewed and analysed in detail; problems for further investigation are identified. Special features of the book include a taxonomic revision and list of valid species, anatomical illustrations and extensive tables covering morphological terms, host-parasite associations, life-history parameters and reproductive biology. The three indices (parasite, author and subject) and the comprehensive list of over a thousand references help the reader to use this major source of reference on a fascinating group of parasites.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05118/cover/9780521105118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tributyltin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Case Study of an Environmental Contaminant</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Mora, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative volume reviews the environmental chemistry and toxicological effects of a marine pollutant of exceptional potency, tributyltin (TBT), and outlines the international response to control TBT. TBT compounds have been widely utilized in marine anti-fouling paint formulations to obtain increased fuel efficiencies and long lifetimes for maritime vessels and structures. However, its extreme toxicity has resulted in numerous adverse biological effects, and its persistence ensures that such problems are likely to continue. A wide variety of disciplines are brought together to illustrate the general principles, pathways and problems involved in identifying and quantifying an environmental toxin, elucidating deleterious biological consequences, and the legal framework that can invoke mitigation via regulation. This text not only has wide appeal for undergraduate courses in environmental science, chemistry and marine ecology, but also forms a valuable sourcebook for environmental planners and serves as a 'successful' case study for undergraduate courses in environmental law, planning and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05125/cover/9780521105125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry Purcell and the London Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book was the first comprehensive survey of Purcell's dramatic music. It is concerned as much with the London theatre world - playhouses, poets, actors, singers, producers - as with the music itself. Purcell wrote music for more than fifty plays of various types, most of them produced at the Theatre Royal, Drury Lane, between 1690 and 1695. The songs, dialogues, choruses, act tunes and larger musical scenes are often active participants in the spoken drama, not simply grafted-on entertainments. The extraordinary semi-operas - Dioclesian, King Arthur, and The Fairy-Queen - are placed in the context of a theatre that thrived mainly on plays that, though less lavish, were no less musical. The traditional picture of a composer trapped within a degraded musical society, his natural predilection for opera ignored, is redrawn to show a consummate dramatist exploiting a remarkably musical theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05156/cover/9780521105156.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debussy and the Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orledge, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Debussy and the Theatre means, in effect, 'Debussy and Pellias et Milisande', the only stage work Debussy chose and completed himself without a definite production in view. The opera both established Debussy's mature style and reputation in the forefront of contemporary composers and changed the course of operatic history. But Pell&#233;as was also largely responsible for Debussy's `compulsive inachievement' in the theatre. Before it he delayed completing other works so that Albert Carr&#233;'s production at the Op&#233;ra-Comique would be his theatre debut; and then its traumatic dress-rehearsal in April 19o2 left him reluctant to undergo another similar experience. This, coupled with his search for lyrical librettos or scenarios that could inspire the rhythm and colour that he regarded as vital ingredients in theatre music, resulted in a career littered with abandoned projects. The story of this most fascinating of love-hate relationships with the stage is told, as far as possible, in the composer's own words or from contemporary documents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05163/cover/9780521105163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110517X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Olduvai Gorge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leakey, L. S. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Olduvai is one of the most important prehistoric sites in the world; indeed, the only Middle Pleistocene site of comparable importance is Choukoutien and Olduvai can show deposits far older. The site has produced a mass of material of the highest archaeological and palaeontology importance and in this first of five volumes Dr Leakey and his collaborators make their preliminary reports. The story of the excavations initiated by Dr Leakey in 1951 is well known. Their purpose was to locate and uncover a series of living-floors of early Hand-axe man and, if possible, of the preceding Olduwan culture. The discoveries were of striking and far-reaching importance. They included, besides a mass of tools and artefacts, small animal and human remains and the famous skull of Zinjanthropus boisei, the earliest tool-making man. Against this background Leakey and his collaborators discuss the geological evidence, its relation to the fauna and other fossil evidence, the problems of climatic sequence and the use of potassium-argon dating. The purpose of this volume is to provide a context in which the fossil human remains and the Stone Age cultural sequence at Olduvai can be studied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05170/cover/9780521105170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Olduvai Gorge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leakey, M. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Olduvai Groge is a valley in the Serengeti Plains at the western margin of the Eastern Rift Valley in northern Tanzania. The formations discussed in this volume, Beds I and II, were deposited in the Lower and Middle Pleistocene and have yielded large quantities of the remains of early man, in the form of bones and stone tools and evidence of the environment in which they lived. Bed I, in which remains of Australopithecus boisei and Homo habilis have been found, is firmly dated between 1.9 million years for the lowest level and 1.65 million years for a level below the top. This third volume describes the excavations. In Part I, starting with the lowest levels and devoting a chapter to each main level, Dr Leakey describes the actual process of excavation and the finding of the principal remains. In Part II, Dr Leakey describes the circumstances of the discovery of the hominid skeletal remains. These range from purposive excavation to accidental discovery while collecting small stones for mixing in concrete. Finally, mammalian bones, as tools and as food remains are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05187/cover/9780521105187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Olduvai Gorge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobias, P. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On 15 August 1959 Dr L. S. B. Leakey announced the discovery, in the lowest level of Olduvai Gorge, of a new and beautifully preserved fossil cranium of a hominid, which he tentatively named Zinjanthropus boisei. For this second volume, Professor Tobias has undertaken a definitive analysis of the cranium. This is a most comprehensive study to be made on a hominid skull belonging to the early and mid-Pleistocene group of australopithecines. The fossilised skull provides a wealth of information on taxonomic status, way of life and age at death. To evaluate Zinjanthropus fully, the author has reviewed in detail the cranial and dental anatomy of all australopithecines from Tanzania and South Africa and has placed on record much valuable information about the group as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05194/cover/9780521105194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110520X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Olduvai Gorge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leakey, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roe, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At Olduvai Gorge natural erosion exposed a deep series of superimposed geological beds containing rich artefact and fossil assemblages spanning the last 1.8 million years. The sire ot famous as a rsult of excavations conducted there since 1951 under the direction of Mary Leakey and her husband, the late Louis Leakey. This volume, written largely by Mary Leakey herself, is the last of the reports and records the archaeological finds in the upper part of the Olduvai sequence from excavations carried out from the end of 1968 until 1971. The period covered here is from about 1.2 to 0.4 million years ago and th efinds include artefacts and faunal remains excavated from sites in beds II, IV na the Masek beds. The volume follows on from the archaeological record in beds I and II published in volume 3 of the series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05200/cover/9780521105200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>City Bankers, 1890-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassis, Youssef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rocques, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>City Bankers, 1890-1914 is a major contribution to a controversial area of economic history and to the debate about the nature of British society in the late Victorian and Edwardian eras. Translated here into English for the first time, it provides a detailed analysis of the banking community of London between 1890 and 1914 when the City of London was the undisputed financial centre of the world. Attention is paid to the social origins, education, careers , business interests and fortunes of its members, to the networks of relationships of its most important dynasties, as well as to the political influence of the world of banking. The analysis is based on a sample of 460 bankers at the heart of international finance and the author has used a wide range of banking archives and private papers. Business historians and economists will welcome this comprehensive study of a most important group of capitalists at the junction of the business world and aristocratic society in the Edwardian age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05217/cover/9780521105217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies on Byzantine Literature of the Eleventh and Twelfth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kazhdan, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Byzantine literature is often regarded as little more than an agglomeration of stereotyped forms and generic conventions which allows no scope for individual thought or expression. Accordingly, histories of Byzantine literature tend to focus on the history of genres. The essays in this book challenge the traditional view. They attempt to show the coherence and individuality not of the genre but of author. By careful analysis of all the works of a given author, regardless of genre, these studies aim to reach behind the facade of convention, to discover not only biographical facts but also the writer's own likes and dislikes, his social views, his political sympathies and antipathies, his ethical and aesthetic standards. Most of the authors under consideration lived in the twelfth century. Several of them experienced or wrote about the same set of events; often they were acquainted with one another, or else had mutual friends. Thus each essay is both complete in itself and complementary to the others in the book; the individuality of each writer is most fully revealed in the comparison with his contemporaries and conversely the separate portraits may be combined to form a broader picture of Byzantine literary society of the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05224/cover/9780521105224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Corruption of Morals in Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shcherbatov, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentin, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the Corruption of Morals in Russia, is the most celebrated work of the Russian historian, philosopher and publicist Prince M. M. Shcherbatov (1733-90). Written towards the close of the reign of Catherine the Great, it is half memoir, half polemic, comprising a survey of Russian history in the eighteenth century from the point of view of a moral censor, and an outspoken attack on the decline of morals at the Court of St Petersburg, written by an aristocrat of exceptional erudition and strong conservative views, who was present at the Court of Catherine II, and knew well the persons and events which he describes. The work was not published during the author's lifetime; not surprisingly, since its contents were highly treasonable. The text, which is collated from the three primary manuscript copies of the original, is the first to include all important textual variants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05248/cover/9780521105248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Codex Climaci Rescriptus Graecus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moir, I. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The manuscript discussed in this book is thought to date originally from the seventh century, but was later overwritten with two Syriac treatises by John Climacus. The original, partly erased, seventh-century text consisted of Syriac material but also contained substantial extracts from the Gospels in Greek, predominantly from Matthew and John but with some verses from Luke and Mark. The text is extremely unusual in being neither a straightforward set of Gospels, nor a harmonised compilation produced to create a single narrative, nor a lectionary with extracts selected for liturgical use. The readings and variants in the Gospel texts preserved in the manuscript remain of considerable interest to serious New Testament scholars today. The present volume is a reissue of Ian A. Moir's classic 1956 study of this intriguing codex.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05279/cover/9780521105279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Modernist in History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bush, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The centenary of Eliot's birth in 1988 provided the salutary occasion for a fresh look at his life and work and a reassessment in light of issues raised by the various critical movements - the new historicism, feminism, reader-reception theory - that have succeeded the New Criticism, loosely subsumable under the rubric post-structuralist. The essays assembled here vary in approach, but they share a commitment to the discipline of history and an awareness that history can function as critique as well as celebration. Several contributors take issue with Eliot's self-presentation and include documents Eliot chose not to emphasise. Others address topics including the business of producing culture in twentieth-century writing, the impact of self-professed masculinist poetry on women readers and modernism's social vouchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05286/cover/9780521105286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics in Urban Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichfield, Nathaniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The role of economics in urban conservation is relatively underdeveloped. Professor Lichfield has added to his other pioneering studies in this innovative and important exposition of approach, method and techniques for the systematic application of economics in the conservation of urban areas. In order to establish an appropriate base for the economic analysis and application in parts III, IV and V of the book, the opening sections provide essential background information about the management and planning for conservation in the urban system in general and examine the special place of the cultural built heritage: those building and objects chosen by society for particular protection. Written in a highly accessible style, Economics in Urban Conservation makes a major contribution to an understanding of how economics in conservation can help in achieving a sensible balance between continuity and change in the built environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05309/cover/9780521105309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biochemistry of Natural Pigments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britton, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the natural world colour is obvious and its importance in advertising the presence of flowers to pollinators and in camouflage is well known. In most cases the property of colour is due to the presence in the tissues of natural pigments. But these pigments are of much greater importance than merely to give colour, e.g. the fundamental light-harvesting molecules of photosynthesis, the light-detecting molecules of vision and haemoglobin in the blood. This book describes the structures and properties of the main groups of natural pigments, their distribution in Nature, their biosynthesis and functions and their associated chemistry and biology. Industrial applications, and medical significance and uses, of certain groups of pigments are outlined and some ecological aspects of colour and pigmentation are touched upon. The book was written as a textbook for advanced undergraduates and graduate students and concentrates on the main features of each class of pigments and on general principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05316/cover/9780521105316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fundamentals of Deformation and Fracture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eshelby Memorial Symposium Sheffield 2-5 April 1984</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bilby, B. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willis, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises the papers presented at the symposium of the Internation Union of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, Sheffield April 1984, held in memory of the late J. D. Eshelby FRS, Professor of the Theory of Materials at the University of Sheffield. The papers reflect the range of Professor Eshelby's interests. Topics include conservation laws and their applications; inclusions, inhomogeneities and composites; short cracks; the dynamics of dislocations and cracks; dislocations and point defects; and creep fracture. There is also an obituary of Professor Eshelby, together with a complete list of his publications. The 45 papers in this volume provide an international survey of current work in the field of deformation and fracture, with theoretical examinations, reports of empirical investigations and descriptions of experimental techniques. It will be of interest to professionals and researchers in the science of materials, mechanics of solids and mechanical engineering and to related areas of science and technology to which Professor Eshelby contributed both directly and by inspiration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05323/cover/9780521105323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Synchrony and Diachrony of the Balkan Infinitive</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Areal, General and Historical Linguistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joseph, Brian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study offers a comprehensive and illuminating account of one of the characteristics shared to some degree by the languages of the Balkan peninsula - Greek, Albanian, Macedonian, Bulgarian, Serbo-Croatian and Romanian - namely the loss of the infinitive and its replacement by finite verb forms. Dr Joseph meticulously examines the documentary evidence for this loss and, in the light of his findings, many of the oversimplifications, misinterpretations and omissions in earlier accounts are rectified. Many of the issues raised in his discussion, for example how 'infinitive' or 'finiteness' should be defined, have important implications for synchronic syntactic theory and description. In addition, the study is of significance for diachronic linguistics, for it makes a valuable contribution to the debate on constraining possible syntactic changes and syntactic borrowing. This study will also offer insights to linguistics interested in areal typology, since it is one of the fullest accounts available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05330/cover/9780521105330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110534X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symbolic Structures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Exploration of the Culture of the Dowayos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barley, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many opposing theories have been elaborated by different anthropologists in an attempt to explain the nature of symbolism. In this work Nigel Barley uses a particular ethnographic case to examine the relevance and limitations of these existing theories and to develop a new alternative approach which draws on areas of linguistics and folkloristics at one time neglected by symbolic theorists. The book is a detailed study of the symbolic universe of the Dowayos of north Cameroon, as displayed in their ritual and beliefs. Considering matters as diverse as their oral literature, their material culture and their festivals, Dr Barley's analysis develops by unfolding sequentially a map of the symbolic structures that underlie Dowayo culture and shape their apperception of the world about them. This book will be particularly useful for students. It will also interest all anthropologists concerned with the study of symbolism and with the application to anthropology of models derived from linguistics and folklore.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05347/cover/9780521105347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dual Classification Reconsidered</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nyamwezi Sacred Kingship and Other Examples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tcherk&#233;zoff, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The deep structure of symbolism in religious and ritual activities has hitherto mostly been studied from perspectives deriving from classical and contemporary Western thought, which values symmetry, non-contradiction, equality of terms and the rationality of linear discourse and classification systems have therefore come to be defined in binary terms (right/left, male/female, black/white). In this book, Serge Tcherkezoff presents a new perspective on the study of ritual classification. On the basis of a detailed ethnography of the rituals of the Nyamwezi of Tanzania, Tcherkezoff argues for an analysis which recognised contradictions and asymmetry within ritual systems. Following Dumont, he shows that societies are characterised by a hierarchal structure of values, in which each individual element has a meaning only through its position within the whole, thereby replacing the rigid classical structuralist dichotomy with a rich multidimensional approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05354/cover/9780521105354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Elusive Granary</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Herder, Farmer, and State in Northern Kenya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Little, Peter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1992, this book examines the social and political dimensions of Africa's food and environmental crises. Written by an anthropologist, it focuses on the changes and the problems faced during the last century by one particular ethnic group, the Il Chamus of Kenya and traces the area's transformation from a food-surplus 'granary' to one that is dependent on food imports and aid. By documenting the history, social structure and ecology of the area, Peter Little is able to show that the crisis among the region's herders is rooted in processes that preceded the devastating droughts of the 1980s. Drought is in fact a 'normal' state of affairs in semiarid Kenya, but the processes that have inhibited herders from adequately coping with it are not. The author analyses the relationships between social, political and ecological variables and he treats topics such as land management, food production, marketing, state policy making and labour organisation in an integrated fashion. This is a book that challenges many of the stereotypes about African social life, agriculture and ecology and it will be of interest to anthropologists, academics and practitioners in development studies, historians, ecologists and geographers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05361/cover/9780521105361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miners, Peasants and Entrepreneurs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Regional Development in the Central Highlands of Peru</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Long, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume traces the development of the central highlands, one of Peru's major mining regions. It draws on extensive fieldwork carried out in Peru between 1970 and 1982, spanning a reforming military government, reaction and a return to civilian politics under Belaunde. Through historical material combined with field studies of villages and of the major town of the region, Huancayo, the book examines the economic and cultural processes underlying the 'progressive' reputation of the region in Peru and in the literature on development. Since the major enterprise of the region, the Cerro de Pasco Mining Corporation, was, until the 1970s, foreign owned, a persisting theme is the type of economic growth associated with and the distortions produced by, foreign capitalist economic enclaves on predominantly peasant economies. The political consequences are examined, showing the weakness of regional interest groups and the failure of contemporary regional development policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05378/cover/9780521105378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quadripartite Structures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Categories, Relations and Homologies in Bush Mekeo Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosko, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite almost a century of contact with Europeans, the Bush Mekeo people of Papua New Guinea are still essentially unknown to the anthropological world. This book was the first detailed, comprehensive study of Bush Mekeo culture and society. Using a rigourous structuralist approach to interpret in a consistent and systematic way the principal meanings and social practices of this South Seas way of life, Mark Mosko provides a convincing portrayal of Bush Mekeo culture and society as a unified, coherent and logical 'whole'. The main force of the book is to explore empirically the logic by which Bush Mekeo symbols are connected. Beginning with native symbolic constructions of space and time, Professor Mosko carefully unfolds the associated beliefs and practices pertaining to the body, to the relations between genders, to the system of social organisation and to the dramatic and resplendent Bush Mekeo mortuary ceremonial.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05385/cover/9780521105385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anthropological History of Andean Polities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murra, John V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wachtel, Nathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Revel, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by scholars from the Andes, Europe and the United States was originally published in the French journal Annales as a special double issue entitled The Historical Anthropology of Andean Societies. It combines the perspectives of archaeology, anthropology and history to present a complex view of Andean societies over various millenia. The unique features of the Andean landscape, the impact of the Inka state on different regions and ethnic groups, the transformations wrought through the colonial presence and the creation of nineteenth-century republics are all analysed, as are the profound continuities in some aspects of Andean culture and social organisation to the present day. The book reflects some of the most innovative research that occurred in the 1970s and 80s. Apart from its substantive interest for students of the Andes and American civilisations in general, it shows the possibility of closer collaboration between history and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05392/cover/9780521105392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchants of Essaouira</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Urban Society and Imperialism in Southwestern Morocco, 1844-1886</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schroeter, Daniel J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Essaouira was founded n 1764 by Sultan Sidi Muhammad b. Abdullah as his port for developing trade with Europe. Through a group of Jewish middlemen, it served as a link between Europe, Morocco and su-Saharan Africa. In the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries its fame rivalled Tripoli, Tunis and Algiers. Based on extensive untapped archive in Morocco, papers of Jewish merchant houses and consular records of Britain, France and the United States, this book gives an account of the city in its heyday. Essaouira was an opening to foreign penetration, but it was also important to the Moroccan government, because potentially dissident regions became tied to its commercial and political activities. The control of the sultans was undermined as foreign powers imposed liberal trade and intervened in Moroccan affairs. This study of a specific city and region throws light on the problems of traditional societies in the age of European economic imperialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05408/cover/9780521105408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stone Age Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Memory of Charles McBurney</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callow, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The studies in this wide-ranging volume focus on the analysis of stone artefacts and industries and on the ways these can be used to throw light on human behaviour from the earliest times. They have a broad chronological and geographical spread and pay particular attention to the information that may be sought at different levels of investigation, from the detailed examination of individual objects to regional or even continental perspectives. Papers on two parallel lines of enquiry - prehistoric art and the physical development of the early hominids in Africa - demonstrate the wider relevance of many of the theoretical issues raised in the course of enquiries into lithic technology. The volume has been produced in memory of Charles McBurney, formerly Professor of Quaternary Prehistory in the University of Cambridge and its authorship is drawn largely from his former pupils. As such, the book reflects both the powerful influence of his teaching and a diversity of approach arising from the experiences of prehistorians working in different parts of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05422/cover/9780521105422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicinal Plants in Tropical West Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver-Bever, Bep</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1986, this book describes the most important medicinal plants in tropical West Africa and similar humid tropical climates. After a short introduction about early traditional medicine, the bulk of the book gives an account of locally occurring plants, grouped by their medicinal actions. Plants that affect the cardiovascular and nervous systems are discussed, as are those with antibiotic, insecticidal and molluscicidal properties. Those which affect the hormonal systems of humans are catalogued and so are others that act as adrenal-cortex, sex and thyroid hormones. There is a full botanical index, which includes the commonly found synonyms for many of the plants and the work is illustrated by the author's own water colours. It may be of particular interest and use to pharmacists, biochemists, botanists and pharmacologists and of great value to those who exploit locally available resources in treating diseases in tropical areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05446/cover/9780521105446.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nutrition of the Dog and Cat</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Waltham Symposium Number 7</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burger, I. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivers, J. P. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1989, this volume presents a detailed series of scientific reviews concerned with most of the key areas of dog and cat nutrition; for example, the volume surveys and provides data on protein and energy requirements, calcium metabolism and essential fatty acids. It shows the substantial developments in knowledge that have occurred in the subject and discusses potential trends. The volume is an expanded, updated and edited version of papers originally presented at the Seventh Waltham Symposium on advances in dog and cat nutrition, held at Queens' College Cambridge in 1985. This is a comprehensively reference volume in a subject which is scientifically challenging and of immense practical importance. The volume will provide an essential source of reference and information for practitioners and students of veterinary medicine and for nutritionists and food research scientists in academia and industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05453/cover/9780521105453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Practical Approach to Toxicological Investigations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leslie, George B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1989, this book acknowledges that new drugs, food additives and other compounds need to be carefully screened for toxic side-effects. The bulk of this study is devoted to the practical questions of 'what toxicological studies should we perform?' and 'how should we perform them?' Compounds which undergo toxicity testing may be conveniently categorised as those which are intended for administration to man and those which are not. The former include pharmaceuticals to be used medicinally or prophylactically and chemicals which are added to our food, drinks or medicine to improve their stability, appearance or palatability. Since it is on pharmaceuticals that the most comprehensive toxicological evaluations are generally performed, this book has been directed primarily towards to toxicological evaluation of potential new drugs. The principles and methodology of toxicological evaluation of other types of compounds are essentially similar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05460/cover/9780521105460.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110548X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Light and Life in the Sea</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herring, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Anthony K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitfield, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddock, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Without light there would be no life in the sea. Since the seas were the cradle for the evolution of all life forms, the theme of this book is central to our understanding of the interaction between living organisms and their environments. To express the breadth of research in this area, leading experts in topics as diverse as satellite imagery and molecular biology have contributed to this collection of essays on light and life in the sea, first published in 1990. Intended for all with an interest in the marine environment, this book aims to present the reader with a sampler of the exciting research that is underway and to provide an introduction to its broad compass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05484/cover/9780521105484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jonglei Canal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Impact and Opportunity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howell, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lock, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cobb, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The vast area of swamp and wetlands of the Southern Sudan, the Sudd, absorbs and dissipates by evaporation about half the inflow from the upper catchment of the White Nile. Ways and means of reducing these losses by canalisation have been under engineering investigation since the beginning of the twentieth century, the objective being to provide additional water for irrigation and hydro-electric power in Egypt and the northern Sudan. Construction of the Jonglei Canal began in 1977; at the end of 1983 it was halted by civil war, 260 kilometre from its outfall and 100 kilometres short of completion. In the area through which it passes it will, if ever completed, have varied local effects; it will reduce the seasonally river-flooded grasslands, which are of crucial importance to the pastoral sector of the local economy and cut the line of seasonal migration of man, livestock and wildlife. Yet it will bring benefits and opportunities as well as adverse effects. Based on scientific studies of the area carried out in the early 1950s and again between 1978 and 1983, the aim of the book is to present a multi-disciplinary survey of the very complex interrelated hydrological, ecological, biological and human problems involved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05491/cover/9780521105491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110551X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian History and Interpretation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies Presented to John Knox</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farmer, W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niebuhr, R. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of studies is unified by two main themes of Professor John Knox's own work. It is therefore in two parts: the first - 'Problems of History and Faith' - deals with questions related to the historicity of Jesus Christ, his humanity, and his place as the turning-point of history for the Christian. The second part: ' Chapters in Paul's Life and Thought' considers questions of Pauline interpretation. The division is functional only, for a concern with the nature of history, memory and the Christian community runs through the whole book. The editors have aimed to produce a coherent volume, which in places comments on Knox's own thought, and which also shows his influence at work in the minds of colleagues and former pupils. Contributors include both systematic theologians and New Testament scholars, reflecting the fact that Knox's work has not only stimulated New Testament specialists, but also has a far-reaching significance for contemporary theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05514/cover/9780521105514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Methods in Fluid Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Initial and Initial Boundary-Value Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sod, Gary A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Here is an introduction to numerical methods for partial differential equations with particular reference to those that are of importance in fluid dynamics. The author gives a thorough and rigorous treatment of the techniques, beginning with the classical methods and leading to a discussion of modern developments. For easier reading and use, many of the purely technical results and theorems are given separately from the main body of the text. The presentation is intended for graduate students in applied mathematics, engineering and physical sciences who have a basic knowledge of partial differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05521/cover/9780521105521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis in the Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of New York State since 1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClelland, Peter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magdovitz, Alan L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines in detail the fiscal and more general economic crisis of New York State and City. The authors show that the crisis was as much the fruit of political manoeuvering as it was the outcome of long-term economic trends and fiscal ineptitude. The book examines the roots of fiscal excesses and economic retardation and explores the interaction of fiscal and economic factors that ultimately imperiled the credit rating of the Empire State and the city that remains the financial capital of the United States. In uncovering the causes of these problems, McClelland and Magdovitz present both an analysis of the past and a warning for the future. The implications reach well beyond the borders of New York. The major causes of economic retardation first emerged in the period immediately following World War II, and show no signs of improving significantly in the immediate future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05538/cover/9780521105538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Complicity of Imagination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Renaissance, Contests of Authority, and Seventeenth-Century English Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grey, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Complicity of Imagination examines the rich and complex relationship between four nineteenth-century authors and the culture and politics of seventeenth-century England. Challenging the notion that antebellum Americans were burdened by a sense of cultural inferiority in both their thought and their writing, this study portrays an American Renaissance whose writers were deeply enough read in the literature and controversies of seventeenth-century England to appropriate its cultural artifacts for their own purposes. By exploring the broader cultural implications of intertextual relationships, this book demonstrates how literary texts participate in the artistic, political and theological tensions within American culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05545/cover/9780521105545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Orientalism, Modernism, and the American Poem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kern, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a critical and historical interpretation of 'Oriental' influences on American modernist poetry. Kern equates Fenollosa and Pound's 'discovery' of Chinese writing with the American pursuit of a natural language for poetry, what Emerson had termed the 'language of nature'. This language of nature is here shown to be a mythic conception continuous with the Renaissance idea of the language of Adam - a language lacking any difference between what it is and what it means.  Through analysing and contextualising the nineteenth-century works of Ralph Waldo Emerson and Ernest Fenollosa and the twentieth-century creations of Ezra Pound and Gary Snyder, Kern sheds light on the three contemporary nexuses of his search: the cultural study of Orientalism and the West, the evolution of Indo-European linguistic theory, and the intellectual tradition of American modernist poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05552/cover/9780521105552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marine Production Mechanisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunbar, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book was first published in 1979. If we are to improve our control and conservation of the food resources of the oceans of the world it is particularly important to increase our understanding of the basic mechanisms that control the abundance, distribution and production of marine organisms. The Productivity Marine (PM) section of the IBP filled an important role in concentrating international effort on specific problems of production, ecosystem structure and function, aquaculture, and the effects of mankind upon the marine environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05576/cover/9780521105576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Functioning of Freshwater Ecosystems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Cren, E. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe-McConnell, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1980, this important book brings together the results of worldwide research (from the tropics to the Arctic) to determine the relative productivity of different freshwater environments, especially lakes. The investigations are presented in a comparative manner and the underlying causes considered. In addition this book is a useful summary of the extensive work done in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union and it makes these results available to a wider audience. The many authors are internationally recognized authorities and their syntheses are based on special studies of over ninety sites around the world during the 10 years of the IBP investigations, as well as on published material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05583/cover/9780521105583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empiricism and Geographical Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Francis Bacon to Alexander von Humbolt</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, Margarita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The age of Francis Bacon marked the beginning of a long period when empirical science was seen as the key to progress in extending man's control over nature. Recently, however, a breakdown of confidence in the outcome of worldwide industrialism and a growing concern over threats to the earth's ecosystems have brought mounting criticism of specialized, exploitative science. Demands for conservation and social responsibility are leading to a reappraisal of the whole philosophy of science that has been dominant for three centuries, and many observers see this as a new scientific revolution, comparable in significance with that of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05590/cover/9780521105590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105609</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Organisation and Location</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to advance locational explanation in industrial geography by more fully exploring relationships between organizations and the environments within which they operate. The volume is in two parts, the first developing a theoretical framework and the second testing this framework with data for firms in the electronics industry in the UK. To produce the theoretical framework, ideas derived from geographers' studies of linkages and information flows are reviewed and amalgamated with ideas embodied in organization theorists' contingency models of organisational structure. These two sets of studies are complementary. The geographical studies are empirically strong but conceptually weak, and are cast in an explicitly spatial framework. The structural contingency models, however, are empirically weak, conceptually strong and almost entirely aspatial. The amalgamation of these two sets of ideas yields an a priori model of organization environment interactions, which is tested in the second half of the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05606/cover/9780521105606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water Management in England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1978, when this book was first published, the provision of water services was a fundamental environmental issue. In England and Wales, organizations were created to protect and enhance the nation's water resources. This book considers the problems involved in achieving those objectives and attempts to assess the potential of the organizational arrangements to assist. Each type of water management problem is presented in the context of an actual example. The conflicts inherent in the need for surface reservoirs are discussed using the Lake District as an example. The Severn Trent river system is used as the basis for an examination of flood damage reduction. The Mersey and Trent river systems are used similarly when effluent disposal and river quality are discussed. Amongst other questions covered are spray irrigation and the control of groundwater resources. A final chapter deals with national aspects of water management including the proposal in 1973 for a 'national water grid'. This is a book for those seriously concerned with water management both in the United Kingdom and elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05613/cover/9780521105613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Housing and the Spatial Structure of the City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Residential mobility and the housing market in an English city since the Industrial Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an investigation of the manner in which the provision and operation of the housing market in Britain has influenced the spatial evolution of urban areas. In particular, the pattern of residential mobility and intra-urban migration is used to demonstrate the way in which changes in the housing market have produced changes in the social geography of the city. One English city, Leicester, is used as a case-study to show how such processes have operated since the Industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05620/cover/9780521105620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Optical Activity and the Chiral Discriminations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Stephen F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, first published in 1982, presents a comprehensive introduction to studies of the singular chemical and physical properties of chiral molecules, both organic and inorganic. The topics discussed include the physical basis of the optical activity and the selective interactions of chiral molecules, and the general principles underlying enantiomer separation and asymmetric synthesis. In addition, the successive stages in the development of structural theory that were dependent upon the study of optically active materials are briefly surveyed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05637/cover/9780521105637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scientific Management of Hazardous Wastes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cope, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willetts, S. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, first published in 1983, three independent scientists examine the results of research and development into the environmental aspects of hazardous wastes management. Within a legislative framework, the limits of our scientific knowledge are carefully defined and the ways in which this knowledge is extrapolated and applied are examined. Significant areas of uncertainty are identified and the authors have not been afraid to draw attention to the fallibility of certain interpretations. Landfill science, leachate characteristics, pollutant attenuation and toxicity measurement are reviewed. Alternative technologies such as chemical treatment and incineration are compared. Risk assessment, cost implications and public acceptance are examined. It provides an objective assessment of the scientific and practical issues involved and constitutes a valuable source book for all concerned with hazardous wastes management, planning and regulatory control, pollution prevention and environmental protection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05644/cover/9780521105644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110565X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemistry of Cyclo-Octatetraene and its Derivatives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fray, G. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saxton, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cyclo-octatetraene is a compound of fundamental importance to theoretical chemists and has played an outstanding role in many aspects of organic and organometallic chemistry. As [8]annulene, the next higher vinylogue of benzene, it is essential to the understanding of cyclic alternating pi systems. As a medium-ring polyene, it undergoes a wide variety of reactions that are often accompanied by skeletal transformations, and it is the progenitor of a large number of interesting species, ranging in complexity from cyclobutadiene to triamantane. It also forms an exceptional variety of complexes with transition metals, important from the viewpoint of bonding theory, and increasingly useful in providing routes to systems that are not readily available by the conventional transformations of organic chemistry. The recent rapid developments and growth of interest in the study of cyclo-octatetraenes and its derivatives make this comprehensive review especially timely.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05651/cover/9780521105651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ligand-Field Parameters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerloch, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slade, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume was originally published in 1973. The nature of the non-symmetry determined aspects of ligand-field theory receives inadequate treatment in most texts. This book is concerned with the nature of the ligand-field parameters used to describe the electronic properties of transition metal complexes having cubic and lower symmetries. These radial parameters constitute the non-symmetry-determined part of ligand-field theory. Symmetry-based properties are discussed here only to emphasize the separate roles of splitting factors and symmetry. The reader is assumed to be familiar with the usual approach to ligand-field theory and with elementary group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05668/cover/9780521105668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Determination and Interpretation of Molecular Wave Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Erich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1976, this monograph presents an exposition of some of the more important theoretical and computational techniques that have been developed for the determination and interpretation of molecular wave functions. Although a comprehensive theory of the electronic structure and bonding in molecules had been developed by 1960, only with the advent of the electronic computer in the late 1950s did it become possible to perform accurate non-empirical calculations for molecules of chemical interest; indeed, much of the subsequent evolution of the theory has occurred in parallel with the development of computing machines and techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05675/cover/9780521105675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atlas of Post-Mortem Techniques in Neuropathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, J. Hume</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Margaret F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume was first published in 1982. Hume Adams and Margaret Murray have produced an atlas that illustrates basic post-mortem techniques in neuropathology. It shows how to remove the brain, the spinal cord, samples of peripheral nerve and muscle, the eye and the contents of the orbit, the arteries in the neck that supply the brain and the structures in the base of the skull. These structures can then be examined in a sequence that will help to elucidate the sequence of events leading to a person's death. How a brain should be dissected is also illustrated, and there is a final chapter on brain neuro-anatomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05682/cover/9780521105682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future in Thought and Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diachronic Evidence from Romance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fleischman, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Questions about the development of the Romance future have engaged scholars since Thielmann's classic statement of 1885, yet a century later a number of the fundamental issues remain unresolved. Professor Fleischman suggests that this is in part due to the narrow sense in which the question has traditionally been formulated - as simply the history of the `future-tense' slot in the grammar - and in part the result of the investigative approach, which until recently has taken little account of important advances in general linguistics in the field of diachronic syntax. The present volume examines 'future' as a conceptual category and discusses the various strategies that have been used to map this conceptual category on to grammar in Romance. The data are taken in the main from Western Romance languages, particularly French, and frequent parallels are drawn with English. To account for the evolution of the future, Professor Fleischman proposes a network of interrelated, often cyclical developments in syntax and semantics, and seeks to place the individual diachronic events within a broader framework of syntactic typology and universal patterns of word-order change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05705/cover/9780521105705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Referential-Semantic Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of a Theory of Linguistic Reference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thrane, Torben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Thrane makes an original contribution to one of the central topics in syntax and semantics: the nature and mechanisms of reference in natural language. He makes a fundamental distinction between syntactic analyses that are internal to the structure of a language and analyses of the referential properties that connect a language with the 'outside world' - and therefore derive in some sense from common human capacities for perceptual discrimination. Dr Thrane argues that the failure to make this distinction and to attend separately to both kinds of analysis has vitiated previous general accounts of linguistic structure. The book focuses particularly on pronouns and on the role of determiners, quantifiers and other components of the noun phrase. Most of the data come from the modern Germanic languages, especially English, but Dr Thrane considers also the structural peculiarities of 'classifier languages' like Vietnamese. The book will be important for students of English language as well as for general linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05712/cover/9780521105712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerging Complexity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Later Prehistory of South-East Spain, Iberia and the West Mediterranean</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How, when and why did inherited differences of wealth, status and power arise in human communities? At the heart of Emerging Complexity is the thesis that complex societies developed independently during the Copper and Bronze Ages in south-east Spain, and in the wider context of the Iberian peninsula and the west Mediterranean. Chapman rejects the concept of diffusion from the Aegean and east Mediterranean, until recently seen as the cradle of complex society in later prehistoric Europe. The unprecedented amount of new data on south-east Spain since the 1970s unavailable to many prehistorians. This detailed synthesis is therefore valuable as a general introduction to the area, as well as being important for prehistorians concerned with the emergence of complexity in the Aegean and throughout Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05729/cover/9780521105729.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flora Europaea Check-List and Chromosome Index</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book simultaneously provides a useful checklist of all taxa published in Flora Europaea and documents the sources of all the chromosome numbers cited therein. It will be useful to anyone wishing to have ready access to the names and sequence of taxa used in Flora Europaea (for example in botanical libraries and herbaria) and for those involved with chromosome studies of the European flora.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05736/cover/9780521105736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coated Vesicles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ockleford, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whyte, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume was first published in 1980. Coated vesicles are distinct organelles whose existence has been recognized for many years. Since the original observations of the invaginations of erythroblast and oocyte membranes, coated vesicles have been found associated with a wide variety of membranes and they have been seen to be of importance in the uptake and transport of peptides, proteins and lipoproteins as well as in some cases as mediators of immune function. This book is a comprehensive treatment of coated vesicles and their involvement in the process of endocytosis (the engulfment of material in membranous enclosures).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05743/cover/9780521105743.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Current Developments in Biological Nitrogen Fixation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rao, N. S. Subba</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concern over the depletion of world energy resources and the increase in the cost of nitrogen fertilizer has prompted considerable interest and research in biological nitrogen fixation. This volume discusses the most recent advances in the field, with chapters written by experts on the ecology, physiology, biochemistry and genetics of biological nitrogen fixation. Grain legumes, rice, sugar cane, sorghum and millet are all covered in the book. Some of the chapters particularly focus on the genetics and molecular biology of nitrogen fixing bacteria, and summarize the biotechnological strategies that are being applied in the hope of rendering plants self-sufficient with regard to nitrogen fertilization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05750/cover/9780521105750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Yiddish</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Linguistic Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Neil G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Yiddish, the language of Ashkenazic Jewry, arose some 900-1200 years ago as a result of contact with indigenous varieties of medieval German. Over the next few centuries, it grew to cover the second-largest language area in Europe, with Yiddish-speaking colonies being created in North and South America, Palestine/Israel, Australia and South Africa. It is estimated that just before the Nazi genocide in World War II, there were between 11 and 13 million Yiddish speakers worldwide. This broad yet comprehensive introduction provides an authoritative overview of all aspects of Yiddish language and linguistics. As well as looking at key features of its syntax, phonology and morphology, Neil Jacobs discusses its history, its dialectology, and the sociolinguistic issues surrounding it. Presenting linguistic data in a way that is compatible with general theoretical issues, it will be welcomed by scholars of general linguistics, Germanic linguistics, and Jewish Studies alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05781/cover/9780521105781.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110579X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Culture and the Idea of Rome in Eighteenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayres, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at the aristocratic adoption of Roman ideals in eighteenth-century English culture and thought. Philip Ayres shows how, in the century following the Revolution of 1688, the ruling class promoted - by way of its patronage - a classical frame of mind embracing all the arts, on the foundations of 'liberty' and 'civic virtue'. The historical fact of a Roman Britain lent an added authenticity to a new 'Roman' present constructed by Lord Burlington and his circle. Ayres's study shows that the propensity to adopt the self-image of virtuous Romans was the attempt of a newly empowered oligarchy to dignify and vindicate itself by association with an idealized image of Republican Rome. This sense of affinity with the ideals of the free Roman Republic gave British classicism an authenticity impossible under the various versions of absolutism on the continent. Its discourse precluded any more thoroughgoing revolution by suggesting that Britain's liberty had been won by an 'oligarchy of virtue', which now defended, defined and emblematized the nation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05798/cover/9780521105798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Underdraining of Farmland in England During the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, A. D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Underdraining has been recognized as one of the major capital-intensive agricultural improvements of the nineteenth century. Over half the agricultural area of England is subject to waterlogging and is in need of some form of underdraining, rendering the improvement both technically and economically basic to much of English agriculture. By removing excess soil water, the object of underdraining was to reproduce as far as possible the conditions of free-draining land, which was workable all year round, and to create an optimum soil-moisture content for both plant growth and cultivation. Despite the necessity for the improvement, a wide-ranging debate exists in the literature on the extent, effectiveness and agricultural importance of underdraining in the nineteenth century. The present study attempts to resolve this debate. By examining the evidence of draining loans under the Public Money Draining Acts and of the various land improvement companies and the accounts of estates in Devon, Northamptonshire and Northumberland, a precise record has been provided for the, first of the spread of underdraining in England in the nineteenth century, of the factors involved in its adoption and of its impact on agricultural practice in that period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05804/cover/9780521105804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Geography of Europe, 1500-1840</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pounds, Norman John Greville</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, like its companion volume, An Historical Geography  of Europe 450 BC-AD 1330, seeks to examine the complex of natural and man-made features that have influenced the course of history and have been influenced by it. It follows the general pattern of the earlier volume and spans the period from the early sixteenth century to the eve of the Industrial Revolution in continental Europe, approximately 1500 to 1840. It first presents a picture of the geography of Europe - political, social and economic - in the early sixteenth century, and it ends with a similar picture of continental Europe in the early nineteenth. The intervening period of about three centuries is too short to be presented in a series of cross-sections. Instead, between these two horizontal pictures a series of vertical studies has been inserted. These trace the development of the main facets of European geography during this period. There are chapters on population, urban development, agriculture, manufacturing and trade and transport. As in the earlier volume, no attempt has been made to include either the British Isles or Russia, and these are referred to only incidentally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05811/cover/9780521105811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lakes of the Warm Belt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serruya, Colette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollingher, Utsa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book was the first to give a detailed description of the lakes of the Warm Belt of the earth. The book is composed of three parts. The first part gives the general geological, meteorological and hydrological features of the tropical and subtropical areas and permits the location of the warm lakes in the world hydrology. The second part presents the main lakes and rivers of South America, Central America, Africa, the Middle East, South-East Asia and Australia with an up-to-date description of their history, hydrology, hydrodynamics, chemistry and biology. The third part is an attempt to analyse the mechanisms of water circulation in warm lakes and to determine the dominant and common features which explain the chemistry of warm lakes and the composition of their biota, such as phytoplankton, bacteria, zooplankton and fish. The last chapter of the book synthesises all these elements by presenting the typical food webs of tropical lakes. This volume will be invaluable to students of ecology, liminology and hydrobiology, particularly those doing post-graduate and research work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05842/cover/9780521105842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Property Companies and the Construction Industry in Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smyth, Hedley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book was the first detailed and systematic account of the property and construction sectors of the British economy. Developing out of a materialist theoretical perspective, Dr Smyth provides an alternative explanation of the different characteristics of the two sectors and rejects traditional notions of the 'backwardness' of the construction sector. The specific historical experience of the Second World War and the rebuilding it necessitated, provides the basis of this analysis and it is argued that the particular divergencies of the construction sector stem from periods of wider economic crisis. Similar periods of crisis have shaped the property sector which, dependent upon the complex relationship between ground rent, the value of the building and building rent, cannot be understood in terms of 'urban rent'. Property companies and the construction industry in Britain challenges both established and radical thinking and its historical account of the development, management and production of the built environment in the years since 1939 addresses some of the central concerns of human geography today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05859/cover/9780521105859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quantum Theory of Unimolecular Reactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, H. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When this book was first published in 1984, the discovery of laser-induced mutliphoton chemical reactions had led to a resurgence of interest in the theory of unimolecular reactions. Attempts to explain these phenomena had been built on a very imperfectly understood theory of thermal unimolecular reactions. In this book, Professor Pritchard presents a treatment that dissects the unimolecular reaction process into a sequence of distinct phases, so that the assumptions of the theory can be clearly seen, and confusion over the theory avoided. As such it provides a self-consistent foundation upon which to begin to treat these phenomena. Postgraduate students and research workers in physical chemistry will find this an invaluable textbook on a topic that has suddenly become of primary importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05866/cover/9780521105866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dibenzanthracenes and Environmental Carcinogenesis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karcher, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1992, this volume provides a systematic survey of the dibenzanthracenes and of their chemical, physiochemical and biological properties. The carcinogenic potential of the dibenzanthracenes - an important subclass of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons - has been extensively studied and documented since their identification as animal skin carcinogens was first demonstrated in the 1930s. the volume treats the nomenclature, the chemical and physical properties and the synthesis and preparation of the five principal isomers of the dibenzanthracenes series: dibenz (a, h),- dibenz (a, c), -dibenz (aj) anthracene, benzo(a)naphthacene and pentacene. Other chapters are devoted to their occurrence and analysis in the environment, in industrial processes and effluents, and in foodstuffs. The second part addresses their biological activity and reviews the metabolism, cellular interactions, toxicology mutagenicity and carcinogenicity of the dibenzanthracenes. The final chapter is devoted to structure-activity relationships in this class of aromatic compounds. This is the first comprehensive account of this important group of environmental pollutants and carcinogens. It will be of interest to all scientists studying carcinogenesis, and the mutagenicity and toxicology of environmental pollutants.K</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05880/cover/9780521105880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemistry and Biology of Benz[a]anthracenes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tierney, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veeraraghavan, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1988, this volume surveys the chemical synthesis and biological activity of the benz[a]anthracenes. These compounds occur in smoke and mineral oils and a few have been shown to be potent carcinogens. This volume was the first to review, systematically and in depth, the organic synthesis of these compounds as well as their metablolism, interactions with nucleic acids and protein, mutagenicity and carcinogenicity. Such studies have important implications in determining mechanism and specificity of chemically induced carcinogenesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05897/cover/9780521105897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychopharmacology of Smoking</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mangan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golding, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do individuals smoke? In discussing this central question, the authors first examine a number of studies of the complex interaction between the toxicology of smoking and genetically based susceptibility to smoking-related disease, which suggest that the link between smoking and disease is more equivocal than recent epidemiological studies have claimed. Several theories of smoking recruitment and maintenance are considered and judged in the light of the known pharmacological effects of nicotine, a psychoactive drug that is the primary reinforcer in smoking. A review of psychological and behavioural evidence from animal and human studies indicates that nicotine can promote psychological comfort and performance enhancement in a variety of tasks; such effects are produced by self-titration, evidenced in smoking style, which itself is subject to some genetically imposed constraints. The effectiveness of smoking intervention and cessation strategies is assessed, and some improvements suggested, against the background of these putative smoking motives. The book is of value to pharmacologists, psychologists, and specialists in the treatment of drug abuse and in preventive health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05903/cover/9780521105903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mass Terms and Model-Theoretic Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bunt, Harry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Mass terms' like water, rice and traffic, have proved very difficult to accommodate in any theory of meaning since, unlike count nouns such as house or dog, they cannot be treated as denoting sets of individuals. In this study, motivated by the need to design a computer program for understanding natural language utterances containing mass terms, Harry Bunt provides a thorough analysis of the problem and offers an original and detailed solution. An extension of classical set theory, Ensemble Theory, is defined. This provides the formal basis of a framework for the analysis of natural language meaning which Dr Bunt calls two-level model-theoretic semantics. The validity of the framework is convincingly demonstrated by the detailed analysis of a fragment of English including sentences with quantified and modified mass terms. This significant advance in our understanding of the formal syntactic and semantic properties of mass terms will be of interest not only to linguists and logicians, but also to all those concerned with the processing of natural language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05910/cover/9780521105910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collared Urns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Of the Bronze Age in Great Britain and Ireland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longworth, Ian H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Collared Urns represent a unified pottery tradition in the prehistory of the British Isles. They serve the archaeologist not only as a source for defining the Bronze Age, but as the basis for understanding regional diversities and as a context for explaining social and cultural development. In this definitive study Dr Longworth bases his new and exhaustive analysis on a complete corpus of known Collared Urns. Each surviving example has been studied; this volume presents a detailed description, notes on the archaeological context and wherever possible, an analytical drawing. The resultant catalogue will serve as a reference book for all concerned with the prehistory of Britain and Ireland, while the discussion of the urns and their prehistoric context sets a firm foundation for the understanding of the Bronze Age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05927/cover/9780521105927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>France: A Geographical, Social and Economic Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinchemel, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balley, Chantal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathieu, Nicole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinchemel, Genevieve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pumain, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes available to the English-speaking world the most authoritative single survey of the geography of France yet published. A translation from the fully revised French edition of 1981, updated by additional material provided by the authors, Pinchemel's work embraces every aspect of the relationship between the social and the spatial in contemporary France and provides the reader with a vast quantity of detailed information on specific geographical questions. The work is divided into eight parts and within that overall structure each section is further subdivided for ease of reference. The author's concern for clarity of exposition is reflected in the numerous tables, maps, charts and diagrams that supplement the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05958/cover/9780521105958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110596X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Asian and other Musics Presented to Laurence Picken</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Widdess, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolpert, R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Laurence Picken has long been recognised as a pioneer in the study of Oriental and other non-Western musics. Some of his pupils, colleagues and friends from four continents have here brought together this volume of essays as a tribute to him on his seventieth birthday. The book aims to reflect characteristic aspects of Dr Picken's work: his conception of musicology as a science, his sense of historical perspective and - perhaps most importantly - his delight in music of almost every kind. Appealing in particular to those engaged in the study of non-Western music, the volume will also interest everyone concerned with musical structures and their development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05965/cover/9780521105965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saibara</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Japanese Court Songs of the Heian Period</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markham, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Saibara ('Drover's Songs') is the title of a genre of measured Japanese court song, traditionally believed to have been derived from the songs of pack-horse drivers bringing tribute from the provinces to the Heian capital and known to have formed part of the official court repertory at least since AD 859. From literature of the Heian period (782-1184) it is evident that these songs enjoyed great popularity at court as entertainment music practised by noble amateurs. Six songs are still performed today, albeit vastly modified. As well as being of value to musicologists, these volumes will interest readers concerned with early Japanese literature and paleography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05972/cover/9780521105972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saibara</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Japanese Court Songs of the Heian Period</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markham, Elizabeth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Saibara ('Drover's Songs') is the title of a genre of measured Japanese court song, traditionally believed to have been derived from the songs of pack-horse drivers bringing tribute from the provinces to the Heian capital and known to have formed part of the official court repertory at least since AD 859. From literature of the Heian period (782-1184) it is evident that these songs enjoyed great popularity at court as entertainment music practised by noble amateurs. Six songs are still performed today, albeit vastly modified. As well as being of value to musicologists, these volumes will interest readers concerned with early Japanese literature and paleography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05989/cover/9780521105989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521105994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521105996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Duet for Two Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Informal Biography of Edward Dent compiled from his Letters to Clive Carey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521105996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edward Dent was a prolific correspondent and hundreds of letters remain, many in the Rowe Library at Kings College, Cambridge, bearing witness that what he wrote was treasured by the recipients. Clive Carey was no exception: during a friendship that began in Cambridge in 1901 when he was an organ scholar at Clare and Dent a newly elected Fellow of King's and lasted till Dent's death in 1957, Carey kept every letter he received, more than four hundred in all. Using some of these letters as a framework, Carey's nephew has compiled an informal biography of Edward Dent. The book is illustrated throughout with pictures taken for the most part from personal sources. Production pictures, costume designs and sets will be of particular interest to the theatre and opera historian, while the period flavour of the book in general will appeal to anyone with interest in or nostalgia for an era that ended with the fifties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05996/cover/9780521105996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward J Dent: Selected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dent, Edward J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During his long career, Edward Dent wrote on a variety of musical subjects, ranging from substantial articles in the most learned journals to less weighty pieces in Radio Times. This volume aims to reflect that variety. Some of the articles are now of primarily historical interest, others offer insights of a fundamental kind; all are informed by Dent's witty and distinctive prose style. In editing this collection, Hugh Taylor has drawn on writings from 1903 to 1951 and included two pieces originally written in Italian and published here in English for the first time. As well as providing footnotes, which amplify certain of Dent's statements and draw attention to subsequent research, Mr Taylor has listed sources for Dent's many textual references and quotations. Brought together in this way Dent's learned but always readable criticism will appeal to the reader with a general interest in music as well as to the music student and specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06009/cover/9780521106009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110601X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interiors of the Planets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planets have excited the minds of man since prehistory. In our own time planetary science has become a rapidly developing area of astronomical research, as the instruments carried by spacecraft have vastly increased our knowledge of planetary surfaces and interiors. the rocky planets of the inner solar system bear countless craters, scars of their encounters with innumerable meteorites, although the active surface of the earth has contrived to erase these features from our own planet. The outer giants, particularly Jupiter, have vigorous atmospheres, while Io, a satellite of Jupiter, has sulphur volcanoes. In this book Alan Cook explains how the mechanical properties of the planets are determined, how planetary materials behave at high pressure, and how celestial mechanics and the quantum physics of highly condensed matter may be combined to determine the general constitution of the planets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06016/cover/9780521106016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Darkness Born</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Story of Star Formation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1988 In Darkness Born brings together diverse work from many different branches of astronomy and shows clearly the synthesis of ideas that has resulted. The book presents the basic physical and astronomical ideas that are adequate for the lay reader to grasp the nature of our galaxy and to understand the way in which it formed. These basic concepts are used to develop a theoretical picture of how stars are born from giant clouds of gas and dust, and to understand the evidence from optical, radio, X-ray, ultraviolet and infrared observation. Martin Cohen is a recognised authority in this field. His knowledge and lucid style have resulted in a book which provides a stimulating introduction to most of the major concepts of astronomy. Any reader who prefers to grasp these concepts and ideas without tangling with theory and equations will find this a fascinating and illuminating book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06054/cover/9780521106054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour Market Adjustment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Microeconomic Foundations of Short-run Neoclassical and Keynesian Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pissarides</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main purpose of this book is to develop a general theoretical framework within which it is possible to analyse the interaction of markets in disequilibrium. It considers optimal firm and household behaviour in a dynamic sequence of the labour and commodity markets when there is imperfect information about wage offers and the supply price of labour. The study is mainly theoretical but several empirical phenomena are shown to have an important interpretation within the framework of the model. Models of individual behaviour dealt with in the book increase our understanding of the working of an economic system out of equilibrium by providing the foundation for such dynamic processes as the Keynesian multiplier and the Phillips curve. The analysis points to a short-run dynamic process which exhibits Keynesian features when involuntary unemployment coexists with frictional unemployment and Neoclassical features when involuntary unemployment falls to a very low level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06061/cover/9780521106061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metrical Phonology and Phonological Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German and English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giegerich, Heinz J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this monograph, the first to be exclusively concerned with a model of phonological structure that is becoming increasingly influential, Heinz Giegerich pursues two major aims. First, he explores the theoretical foundations of 'metrical phonology' and in so doing suggests that the current model should be significantly simplified: auxiliary devices such as 'prosodic categories', ' metrical grids' and segmental stress features are shown to be unnecessary in this study. Secondly, he applies the model to a wide range of German and English data and in particular provides a detailed account of the stress patterns of German words - native and nonnative, morphologically simple and complex. The many similarities between German and English phonological structure are thereby strikingly illustrated. The book's clarity of exposition will enable readers not wholly familiar with metrical phonology to appreciate fully the elegance of this model in, arguably, its most basic form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06078/cover/9780521106078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Identification of Progress in Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;gerstrand, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of essays discusses how progress is identified in a range of disciplines - physics, mathematics, biology, medicine, sociology, linguistics, art history, history, economics and ecology. The articles are based on discussions at a symposium organised by the European Science Foundation and are by acknowledged leaders in the fields covered. They seek to promote communication between the different disciplines, to identify the criteria of advancement and to examine problems in assessing them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06085/cover/9780521106085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonological Variation and Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Hiberno-English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an investigation of a number of areas of interest in the study of language change, dealing in particular with questions of how patterns of pronunciation vary across both time and space. Most of the illustrative material is drawn from non-standard dialects of English, especially the varieties spoken in Ireland (Hiberno-English). The theoretical issues discussed include the following: what role do articulatory and linguistic constraints play in determining the direction of sound change? How do social and political pressures influence the resolution of competition between conflicting local non-standard linguistic norms? Besides addressing such general issues, the book also offers insights into several specific areas in the history of English, both in its standard and vernacular forms. It will thus be of interest to English-language specialists as well as to historical linguists, sociolinguists and phonologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06115/cover/9780521106115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Form in Postmodern Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>O'Hara, Bishop, Ashbery, and Merrill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blasing, Mutlu Konuk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Approaching post-World War II poetry from a postmodern critical perspective, this study challenges the prevailing assumption that experimental forms signify political opposition while traditional forms are politically conservative. Such essentialist alignments of forms with extra-formal values, and the oppositional framework of innovation versus conservation that they yield, reflect modernist biases inappropriate for reading postwar poetry. Biasing defines postmodern poetry as a break with modernism's valorization of technique and its implicit collusion with technological progress. She shows that four major postwar poets - Frank O'Hara, Elizabeth Bishop, John Ashbery and James Merrill (two traditional and two experimental) - cannot be read as politically conservative because formally traditional or as culturally oppositional because formally experimental. All of these poets acknowledge that no one form is more natural than another, and no given form grants them a superior position for judging cultural and political arrangements. Their work plays an important cultural role precisely by revealing that meanings and values do not inhere in forms but are always and irreducibly rhetorical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06139/cover/9780521106139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Imamate Tradition of Oman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, John Craven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the core of this book is an attempt to explain a conflict in Oman in the 1950s and 1960s between two claimants to authority: the Imam of the Ibadi sect in the interior and the Sultan with his capital at Muscat on the coast. The crisis, precipitated by two rival oil companies, acquired wider dimensions because the Sultan was supported by the British, whilst the Imam was eventually backed by Saudi Arabia. In his analysis of the roots of this conflict John Wilkinson traces the themes of regional identity, tribal organization and political authority over some 1200 years of history in south-eastern Arabia. The constitution of the Imamate has periodically unified the tribes of central Oman into a form of statehood capable of creating an overseas empire. But in spite of the accruing wealth, notably from Eastern Africa in the nineteenth century, the institutions necessary for permanent government were never created.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06146/cover/9780521106146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110615X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Agricultural Revolution in South Lincolnshire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grigg, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The new farming methods that so radically changed English agriculture in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries were not adopted immediately by all farmers. The rate of improvement was uneven, not only between one farmer and another, but between different farming regions. This book suggests an approach to the problem of regional agricultural change and the factors which determined the different rates of change. Dr Grigg begins by describing the differences between the agricultural regions of South Lincolnshire - that is the two parts of Kesteven and Holland, an area fairly typical of eastern England - at the end of the eighteenth century. These were differences not only of land use and soil type but of landownership and farm size, productivity and location. The diffusion and adoption of new methods in each region is considered against the general economic background of the late eighteenth century and the boom conditions of the period of the Napoleonic Wars. The later part of the book traces the rate of farming improvement in the less favourable price conditions after 1815, and finds a marked contrast between this period and the preceding forty years. The way in which the agricultural geography of the area was changed by the new methods is discussed, and in addition Dr Grigg shows how the conditions of each agricultural region affected farmers' response to the new methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06153/cover/9780521106153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Contact in a Plantation Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociolinguistic History of Fiji</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegel, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jeff Siegel's fascinating book provides a sociolinguistic history of language contact in Fiji where, from the 1860s until 1920, some 90,000 labourers from other Pacific islands and from India worked on the European-owned plantations. It focuses on the pidgins and other language varieties developed to meet the needs of peoples from different linguistic backgrounds and different cultures, and it brings a new standard of coverage and comprehensiveness to the notion of the 'life cycle' of pidginization and koineization. Importantly, it also includes data on the linguistic situation that is the legacy of the plantation era. The study is therefore a valuable contribution to our knowledge of an area that has been relatively neglected in sociolinguistics. At the same time, it is a far-sighted and lucid contribution to the continuing and controversial debates about the origins and structure of pidgin languages and about other sociolingustic phenomena that result from language contact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06160/cover/9780521106160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gecekondu</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Migration and Urbanization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karpat, Kemal H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The gecekondu are the shantytowns of Turkey. This study by Kemal Karpat investigates within a broad historical, conceptual and comparative framework the migration and urbanization of the people of these settlements. It is based on personal interviews with people living in three gecekondu in the northern hills of Istanbul, along the Bosporus. The gecekondu are considered here as a part of the entire process of rural migration and urbanization - and so of the transformation of the economic, political, social and cultural order in the Third World nations. Special emphasis has been placed on the historical factors that undermined the traditional social structure in the third world and freed a large number of people for migration and resettlement, and also on the impact of the gecekondu upon the home villages. The author draws on several academic points of view - economics, political science, sociology, anthropology, history - and, himself a native Turk, brings a long acquaintance with that land and its people to this study of an institution whose importance has been largely unrecognized.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06184/cover/9780521106184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gift of Kinship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structure and Practice in Maring Social Organization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>LiPuma, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the societies of the New Guinea Highlands have been extensively studied by anthropologists since the Second World War, it is generally acknowledged that a comprehensive explanation of their social structure is yet to emerge. In this book, Edward LiPuma presents an ethnography of Maring social organization in order to develop a generative theory of Highland societies that takes account of both social structure and its reproduction in practice. Arguing for the inseparability of the symbolic and the material, norm and action, and structure and practice, the study has three objectives. The first is to demonstrate how cultural categories fashion generative schemes for practice, and how practice in turn reproduces social groups and the concepts they embody. The second is to develop through ethnography an analysis of the relationship between structure and practice, while the third is to identify some of the ways in which the situation of the ethnographer informs the production of ethnography and the making of theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06191/cover/9780521106191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hunter-Gatherer Economy in Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A European Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Geoff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been said that for 99 per cent of their cultural history human societies have made their living through the collection of wild resources. It is therefore perhaps not surprising that the study of hunters and gatherers has become an increasingly popular and central topic of research. Within archaeology it has created an international focus for people working in many different areas of the world. At the same time it has provided a meeting ground for a range of disciplines, all concerned in one way or another with aspects of human behaviour. However, analysis of the prehistoric record has inevitably lagged behind the development of fresh theoretical perspectives. Hunter-gatherer economy in prehistory seeks to bridge this gap by combining the discussion of recent developments in ecological and social theory with the analysis of prehistoric data from many of the classic areas of palaeolithic studies in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06207/cover/9780521106207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prehistoric Adaptation in the American Southwest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter-Anderson, Rosalind L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about post-Pleistocene adaptive change among the aboriginal cultures of the mountains and deserts of Arizona and New Mexico. Conceived essentially as a natural science alternative to the prevailing culture history paradigm, it offers both a general theoretical framework for interpreting the archaeological record of the American South-West and a persuasive evolutionary model for the shift from a hunter-gatherer economy to horticulture at the Mogollon/Anasazi interface. Technical, architectural and settlement adaptations are examined and the rise of matrilineality, ethnic groupings and clans are modelled using ecological and ethnographic data and the innovative idea of anticipated cultural response. In the last part of the book, Dr Hunter-Anderson evaluates the 'fit' between her model and the archaeological record and argues vigorously for research into the evolution of ethnicity in the adaptive context of regional competition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06214/cover/9780521106214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pitt Rivers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life and Archaeological Work of Lieutenant-General Augustus Henry Lane Fox Pitt Rivers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowden, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A flamboyant polymath, General Augustus Henry Lane Fox Pitt Rivers (1827-1900) was influential in four fields during his lifetime: military training, anthropology, archaeology and public education. Yet very little is known about his career, character, or motivation. Mark Bowden has written an entertaining and thoroughly researched biography of the General, which describes his stormy relationships with his wife, children, colleagues, tenants and dependants; his military career; his activities in public education; and his contributions to anthropology and archaeology. In particular he assesses his impact as excavator, field archaeologist, theoretician and first Inspector of Ancient Monuments on the development of British archaeology. This is the most complete biography of a controversial man whose methods and ideals have been much quoted but frequently misunderstood and misrepresented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06221/cover/9780521106221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fungi and Environmental Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankland, Juliet C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magan, Naresh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, Geoffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite an upsurge in national and international debate on environmental issues since the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992, fungi, vital to the functioning of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, are rarely mentioned. This volume helps redress this imbalance by considering fungi in the context of the impact of humankind's activity on their habitats. The presentation of experimental evidence is a major feature of the volume. Contributions on the effects of global warming, UV-B radiation, atmospheric and terrestrial pollutants, deforestation in the tropics, loss of biodiversity, genetic engineering and chaos theory ensure a topical and balanced coverage, with both ecological and physiological viewpoints being represented. This timely review will be of interest to all mycologists and those ecologists concerned with environmental change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06252/cover/9780521106252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of Personification</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paxson, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literary personification has long been taken for granted as an important aspect of Western narrative; Paul de Man has given it still greater prominence as 'the master trope of poetic discourse'. James Paxson here offers a much-needed critical and theoretical appraisal of personification in the light of poststructuralist thought and theory. The poetics of personification provides a historical reassessment of early theories, together with a sustained account of how literary personification works through an examination of narratological and semiotic codes and structures in the allegorical texts of Prudentius, Chaucer, Langland and Spenser. The device turns out to be anything but an aberration, oddity or barbarism, from ancient, medieval or early modern literature. Rather, it works as a complex artistic tool for revealing and advertising the problems and limits inherent in narration in particular and poetic or verbal creation in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06313/cover/9780521106313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mendelssohn's Musical Education</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study and Edition of His Exercises in Composition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, R. Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study and critical edition of Mendelssohn's composition exercise book from his early period of study with Carl Friedrich Zelter (1819-1821). The workbook illustrates in considerable detail the young musician's struggle to master the rules of part writing and principles of counterpoint. Much of Zelter's systematic teaching method is grounded in the eighteenth-century theoretical tradition of Berlin; not surprisingly, the exercises bear the stamp of the music of J. S. Bach, which heavily influenced such Berlin musicians as C. P. E. Bach, C. F. C. Fasch, Marpurg, Kirnberger, Zelter and Mendelssohn. There is little doubt that the historicist attitude of the mature Mendelssohn - as seen in his efforts to revive the works of Bach and Handel and in his propensity toward strict contrapuntal techniques in his own music - was conditioned by these studies with Zelter. The publication of the workbook sheds new light on the early development of one ofthe most important nineteenth-century composers who, though affected by the new wave of romanticism that swept over Europe, never lost his respect for the past. No less important, the manuscript includes several previously unpublished pieces which rank among Mendelssohn's earliest compositions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06337/cover/9780521106337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, Politics and Culture from Cort&#233;s to the 1980s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vers&#233;nyi, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Adam Vers&#233;nyi explores the history of Latin American Theatre from pre-Columbian days to contemporary drama. Theatre in Latin America has historically been a powerful force for social change and has frequently combined religious and political concerns with performance practice to create a style of drama unique to the region. In this fascinating account, Vers&#233;nyi investigates this special interconnection of religion, politics and theatre, and finds this relationship present from the earliest contacts between Cort&#233;s and the Aztecs through Spanish-influenced theatre to the politically charged contemporary drama of Cuba, Argentina, Chile and elsewhere. The volume offers a detailed understanding of how theatrical, political and theological elements have consistently intertwined in Latin American history and why that has been the case. All quotations are translated into English and the book contains an appendix of playwrights. It will be of interest to scholars and students of theatre history, Latin American and Spanish studies and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06344/cover/9780521106344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Libertarian Conflicts in Social Choice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wriglesworth, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a systematic and comprehensive survey and evaluation of the problems of incorporating individual and group rights and values into social procedures and judgements, and examines the solutions that have been proposed. The book begins by defending the presence of libertarian requirements in social choice. A framework for incorporating individual rights into social choice is then formally presented, and libertarian conditions are formulated which can be satisfied for all conceivable sets of individual preferences. Further chapters then show how such libertarian conditions can conflict with other well-known social conditions in social choice, in particular the Pareto condition. Resolution approaches to this latter conflict are evaluated, and are shown not to be appropriate for all types of conflict environments. Instead a more pragmatic approach is called for, based on more information regarding the environment from which choice is to be made.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06368/cover/9780521106368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Young People's Dyirbal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Example of Language Death from Australia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1972 when R. M. W. Dixon's classic grammar, The Dyirbal Language of North Queensland, was published, under thirty speakers of the 'traditional' language remained. Now only some of their children and grandchildren use the language; these younger people speak a simplified version. In this impressive empirical survey, Annette Schmidt analyses the changes that have taken place in the Dyirbal spoken by that last generation of its speakers at the levels of phonology, morphology, syntax, the lexicon and semantics. She also provides a detailed account of the socio-linguistic setting of the community and the attitudes towards Dyirbal among younger speakers, their elders and English speakers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06399/cover/9780521106399.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Contextual Meanings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This companion volume to Archaeology as Long-term History focuses on the symbolism of artefacts. It seeks at once to refine the theory and method relating to interpretation and show, with examples, how to conduct this sort of archaeological work. Some contributors work with the material culture of modern times or the historic period, areas in which the symbolism of mute artefacts has traditionally been thought most accessible. However, the book also contains a good number of applications in prehistory to demonstrate the feasibility of symbolic interpretation where good contextual data survive from the distant past. In relation to wider debates within the social sciences, the volume is characterised by a concern to place abstract symbolic codes within their historical context and within the contexts of social actions. In this respect, it develops further some of the ideas presented in Dr Hodder's Symbolic and Structural Archaeology, an earlier volume in this series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06405/cover/9780521106405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>They Built for the Future</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Chronicle of Makerere University College 1922-1962</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacPherson, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the story of Makerere College from its inception in 1922 when fourteen day boys began to study carpentry, building and mechanics. In 1949 the greatly developed college entered into a special relationship with the University of London and began to prepare students for degrees of that university. The story is brought up to 1962 when with one thousand graduate and undergraduate students and with impressive buildings spread over 400 acres the University College was preparing to merge its identity with the Royal College, Nairobi and the University College, Dar es Salaam to form the new degree-granting University of East Africa. Throughout East Africa these men and women of all races hold prominent positions in the civil services and form the backbone of the professions. The chronicle of Makerere is so closely bound up with the history of East Africa that this book will be welcomed by students of African affairs as well as by alumni of the College and by those concerned with education in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06702/cover/9780521106702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Melville's City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary and Urban Form in Nineteenth-Century New York</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelley, Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Melville's City argues that Melville's relationship to the city was considerably more complex than has generally been believed. By placing him in the historical and cultural context of nineteenth-century New York, Kelley presents a Melville who borrowed from the colourful cultural variety of the city while at the same time investigating its darker and more dangerous social aspects. She shows that images both from Melville and from popular sources of the time represented New York variously as Capital, Labyrinth, City of Man and City of God and she goes on the demonstrate that he resisted a generalising or totalising representation of the city by revealing its hybrid identity and giving voice to the poor, the displaced and the racially excluded. Through close examination of works spanning Melville's career, Kelley forges an analysis of connections between urban and literary form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06726/cover/9780521106726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Healing the Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Language of Health and the Culture of Nationalism in Nineteenth-Century America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burbick, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Joan Burbick interprets nineteenth-century narratives of health written by physicians, social reformers, lay healers and literary artists in order to expose the conflicts underlying the creation of a national culture in America. These 'fictions' of health include annual reports of mental asylums, home-physician manuals, social reform books and novels consumed by the middle class that functioned as cautionary tales of well-being. Read together these writings engage in a counterpoint of voices at once constructing and debating the hegemonic values of the emerging American nation. In studying these narratives of health, Healing the Republic: The Language of Health and the Culture of Nationalism in Nineteenth-Century America confronts what Burbick sees as a certain fundamental uneasiness about democracy in America. Fearing the political freedom they hoped to embrace, Americans designed ways to control the body in the effort to create, impose or embrace social order in a corporeal politics whose influences are felt to this day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06733/cover/9780521106733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grounding of American Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles Olson and the Emersonian Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fredman, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stephen Fredman asserts in his work that American poetry is groundless - that each generation of American poets faces the problem of identity anew and has to discover fresh meaning for itself. His argument focuses on four pairs of poets - Eliot/Williams, Thoreau/Olson, Emerson/Duncan and Whitman/Creeley - and points out that although the later ones all were influenced by their predecessors to some extent, ultimately their poetry is, paradoxically, grounded in an essential groundlessness. In order to demonstrate how approaches to groundlessness have persisted over time, Fredman explores the various measures taken by these American poets to provide a provisional ground upon which to construct their poetry: inventing idiosyncratic traditions, forming poetic communities, engaging in polemical prose, assessing all the dimensions of particular places and treating words as emblematic and mysterious objects. At the very core of the book stands Charles Olson, whose work so dramatically articulates the whole range of issues arising from the American poet's anxious search for and resistance t, an authentic and unified tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06740/cover/9780521106740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Cultural Reckonings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Triptych of Russian, American and Canadian Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelfant, Blanche H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blanche H. Gelfant's book Cross-Cultural Reckonings both demonstrates and questions the applicability of postmodern cultural and literary theories to realistic texts - to fiction and autobiographies valued for their truth. Drawing together an unusual combination of Russian, American and Canadian writers, the various essays of this book provide original perspectives upon the puzzling issues of national identity, of historical change and continuity, of gender and the integrity of literary genres, the boundaries between text and context and the underlying if overlooked conflicts between the post-modern critic's scepticism and a writer's belief in the transcendence of art and truth. These writers are discussed singly and in comparative essays, each of which is discrete and self-contained, while all interconnect and reflect upon each other as exemplary demonstrations of cross-cultural literary criticism and the deferred final judgement that results from a weighing and reweighing of books.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06757/cover/9780521106757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>H. D. and Hellenism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Classic Lines</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Eileen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>H. D. and Hellenism: Classic Lines concerns a prominent aspect of the writing of the modern American poet H. D. (Hilda Doolittle): a lifelong engagement with hellenic literature, mythology and art. H. D.'s hellenic intertextuality is examined in the context of classical fictions operative at the turn of the century: the war of words among literary critics establishing a new 'classicism' in reaction to romanticism; the fictions of classical transmission and the problem of women within the classical line; nineteenth-century romantic hellenism, represented in the writing of Walter Pater; and the renewed interest in ancient religion brought about by anthropological studies, represented in the writing of Jane Ellen Harrison. Eileen Gregory explores at length H. D.'s intertextual engagement with specific classical writers: Sappho, Theocritus and the Greek Anthology, Homer and Euripides. The concluding chapter sketches chronologically H. D.'s career-long study and reinvention of Euripidean texts. An appendix catalogues classical subtexts in Collected Poems, 1912-1944, edited by Louis Martz.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06764/cover/9780521106764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110677X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Re-making it New</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary American Poetry and the Modernist Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, Lynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a tradition modernism has fostered particularly polarised impulses - though the great modernist poems offer impressive models, modernist principles, epitomised in Ezra Pound's exhortation to 'make it new', encourage poets to reject the methods of their immediate predecessors. Re-making it New explores the impact of this polarised tradition on contemporary American poets by examining the careers of John Ashbery, Elizabeth Bishop, Robert Creeley and James Merrill. To demonstrate how these four have extended modernist attitudes to create a distinctive post-modern art, each one's poetry is compared with that of a modernist who has been an important influence: Ashbery is discussed in conjunction with Wallace Stevens, Bishop with Marianne Moore, Creeley with William Carlos Williams and Merrill with W. H. Auden. Lynn Keller's book shows that contemporary poets have chosen not to reach for order as their modernist predecessors did; instead, they attempt to dissolve hierarchical distinction and polarising categories in a modest spirit of accommodation and acceptance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06771/cover/9780521106771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Are Norms?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Beliefs and Action in a Maya Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106795</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cancian, Francesca M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are Norms? challenges the traditional Parsonian theory of the basis of social order and proposes a theoretical perspective that emphasises shared definitions of reality rather than personal motivation. The book begins by describing conceptions of good and bad in a Maya community. Then it explores how such normative beliefs relate to the actions of individuals and the organisation of society. Parsons' theory is not supported by previous research on attitudes and behaviour. The final chapter describes a new theoretical approach to norms and society that provides a better explanation of how people's norms relate to their actions and how norms change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06795/cover/9780521106795.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110680X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decomposer Basidiomycetes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Biology and Ecology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankland, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hedger, J. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swift, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume concerns the breakdown of dead organic materials by the basidiomycetes or toadstools, one of the three major groups of fungi. Although the decomposer members of this group are ecologically and commercially of immense importance, this is the first symposium to focus on them. Various aspects of the taxonomy, sporulation, growth, enzyme activity and genetics of the organisms are discussed first. The roles of basidiomycetes in the nutrient cycles and energy flow of terrestrial and aquatic habitats and their activities as aggressive rotters of trees, outdoor and indoor timber and plant litter and composts are described in the later chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06801/cover/9780521106801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Third European Bioenergetics Conference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sch&#228;fer, G&#252;nter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>796</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third volume of Short Reports from the International Council of Scientific Unions comprises the proceedings of the conference on bioenergetics held at Hannover in September 1984. The reports are divided into two sections. Those in the first section come from the symposia and colloquia lectures and are grouped under ten topics in microbial bioenergetics and the relation between protein structure and function. Those in the second section come from the poster sessions, covering a further ten topics ranging from electron transport and proton motive forces to metabolic regulation and energy transducing membrane components. The format of the short report makes it possible to present a great deal of information in compact and easily accessible form, which can be followed up in greater depth using the bibliographies included in each report. The comprehensiveness and convenience of this book will make it most useful to researchers interested in historical developments across the range of bioenergetics, as well as those in related fields such as biochemistry and biophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06825/cover/9780521106825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Colonisation of Land</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Origins and Adaptations of Terrestrial Animals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Little, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book traces the ways in which terrestrial animals have evolved from aquatic ancestors and discusses the means by which they are adapted to life on land. The most important physiological adaptations are those involving salt and water balance, the excretion of nitrogen, reproductive mechanisms and the sense organ and these are given priority. Evidence from fossil history is combined with that from the ecology and physiology of present-day species to assess the probable routes along which various evolutionary lines had moved on to land. Individual chapters are concerned with specific animal groups and emphasis is placed on comparisons of physiological mechanisms between closely related animals before attempting wider generalisations. The book closes with a brief account of the recolonisation of the sea and fresh waters by terrestrial animals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06832/cover/9780521106832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Teleconnections Linking Worldwide Climate Anomalies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glantz, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, Neville</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Teleconnections is a central concept in the scientific search for an improved understanding of potential linkages between weather and climate anomalies that occur over relatively large distances. The editors of this volume have brought together contributions from experts in the field, which together provide a comprehensive review of this important subject. This book will be of importance to all professional scientists and researchers in climatology and meteorology, particularly those concerned with air-sea interactions and their environmental impacts and the physical basis for and societal responses to forecasting. Graduate students in environmental science, meteorology and climate-related impact assessments will also find the book useful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06849/cover/9780521106849.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Draining of the Somerset Levels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of how the Somerset Levels, originally a large tract of marsh, were drained and reclaimed to becomes one of the most agriculturally productive areas of south-west England. The story of the draining of this region brings to light significant comparisons and contrasts with other reclaimed lowlands and extends our knowledge of one of the processes by which the British landscape has changed. This is an important book, which brings together information on an area that has until now received very little attention; it also shows just how early massive reclamation began. It will be of interest to both geographers and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06856/cover/9780521106856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schenker Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegel, Hedi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays contained in this volume provide a focus on the work of the music theorist Heinrich Schenker - a figure of legendary status who has had an incalculable influence on developments in music theory and analysis in this century. His theories, not always fully understood, have aroused some controversy. The broad spectrum of essays presented here will help clarify Schenker's ideas and their application and will also serve as a useful introduction to his work for music theorists. The essays, written by fourteen leading theorists, originate in papers delivered at the Schenker Symposium held at The Mannes College of Music, New York in 1985.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06863/cover/9780521106863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music of the Korean Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Songs and Dances of the Fifteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Condit, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Koreans of the fifteenth century recorded for posterity a large body of music which has been preserved to the present day. This book presents that music in transcription, with an introductory section providing detailed background on the music itself and on the sources, the song texts, court dances, musical instruments and possibilities for performance on western instruments. The fact that the song texts are translated makes this the largest published anthology of early Korean verse in translation. The book concludes with a detailed bibliography and glossaries including the original Chinese for the titles of the pieces, names of the instruments, etc. Though its origins are distant from us in both time and place, the fifteenth-century Korean repertoire is immediately appealing to the occidental ear: hence this collection will be of interest not only to the student of Asian music but also to any musician with a taste for the unusual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06870/cover/9780521106870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plainsong in the Age of Polyphony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Thomas Forrest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From at least the eighth century and for about a thousand years the repertory of music known as Georgian chant, or plainsong, formed the largest body of written music AND was the most frequently performed and the most assiduously studied in Western civilisation. But plainsong did not follow rigid conventions. It seems increasingly clear that, whatever may have been intended with respect to uniformity and tradition, the practice of plainsong varied considerably within time and place. It is just this variation, this living quality of plainsong, that these essays address. The contributors have sought information from a wide variety of areas: liturgy, architecture, art history, secular and ecclesiastical history and hagiography, as a step towards reassembling the tesserae of cultural history into the rich mosaic from which they came.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06894/cover/9780521106894.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Early Music Dictionary</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Musical Terms from British Sources 1500-1740</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strahle, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this dictionary of early music, Graham Strahle has compiled definitions of musical terms in English as used and understood during the Renaissance and Baroque periods. He includes terms relating to instruments, performance, theory and composition and draws entirely from original printed and manuscript sources in Britain in the period 1500-1740. The first group of sources are lexicographic works, mainly general English dictionaries but also Latin, Italian, French and Spanish dictionaries published in England. These give a representation of continental as well as English music traditions. The second group of sources are musical treatises, performance and composition books and other musical writings. The dictionary reveals how terms and definitions were understood by musicians using their own words. Definitions are grouped in chronological order under the relevant head-word so that changes in meaning can be easily traced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06900/cover/9780521106900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry Purcell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins and Development of his Musical Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book thoroughly to explore the musical style of Henry Purcell. In this comprehensive study, Martin Adams identifies music by other composers, both within England and from abroad, which influenced Purcell's compositional decisions. Using a mix of broad stylistic observation and detailed analysis, Adams distinguishes between late seventeenth-century English style in general and Purcell's style in particular and chronicles the changes in the composer's approach to the main genres in which he worked, especially the newly emerging ode and English opera. As a result, Adams reveals that although Purcell went through a marked stylistic development, encompassing an unusually wide range of surface changes, special elements of his style remained constant. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of music and theatre history and of British cultural and social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06917/cover/9780521106917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arnold Schoenberg</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Notes, Sets, Forms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milstein, Silvina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this thought provoking study, Silvina Milstein proposes a reconstruction of Schoenberg's conception of compositional process in his twelve-tone works, which challenges the prevalent view that this music is to be appropriately understood exclusively in terms of the new method. Her claim that in Scoenberg we encounter hierarchical pitch relations operating in a twelve-tone context is supported by in-depth musical analysis and the commentary on the sketch material, which shows tonal considerations to be a primary concern and even an important criterion in the composition of the set itself. The core of the book consists of detailed analytical studies; yet its heavy reliance on factors outside the score places this work beyond the boundaries of textual analysis into the field of this history of musical ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06924/cover/9780521106924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Retreats from Realism in Recent English Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, Ruby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ruby Cohn assumes realism to be the dominant mode in English theatre since 1956, the year of John Osbourne's Look Back in Anger. She argues, however, that the most provocative plays of the last few decades have departed from realism and she traces certain patterns of departure which are familiar in the long tradition of English drama. The patterns, which form the chapters of the book, include the theme of England as dramatic metaphor, modernisations or adaptations of Shakespeare, stage verse, theatre within theatre, explorations of madness, dreams, ghosts and the reviewing of history through a contemporary lens. Among the playwrights who avail themselves of these devices are John Arden, Edward Bond, Howard Brenton, Caryl Churchill, David Edgar, Pam Gems, Christopher Hampton, David Hare, Peter Nichols, Tom Stoppard, David Storey, Heathcote Williams and Charles Wood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06931/cover/9780521106931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110694X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atlas of Historical Eclipse Maps</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East Asia 1500 BC-AD 1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houlden, M A</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephenson, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a series of computer-drawn maps and tables for all total and annular eclipses of the Sun calculated to have been observable in East Asia in the 3400 years from 1500 BC to AD 1900. The study of past eclipses is a useful tool in both geophysics and chronology, for example in determining the long-term behaviour of the Earth's rate of rotation. The eclipses of the Sun that occurred in East Asia - notably in China, Korea and Japan - are particularly useful because numerous reliable written records of them are extant. The book will be of interest to professional astronomers whose work can benefit from long-term historical data, especially those interested in studying the Earth's rotation and to historians of Chinese astronomy. It will be an essential reference work for research libraries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06948/cover/9780521106948.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Programming Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1998, this textbook is a broad but rigourous survey of the theoretical basis for the design, definition and implementation of programming languages and of systems for specifying and proving programme behaviour. Both imperative and functional programming are covered, as well as the ways of integrating these aspects into more general languages. Recognising a unity of technique beneath the diversity of research in programming languages, the author presents an integrated treatment of the basic principles of the subject. He identifies the relatively small number of concepts, such as compositional semantics, binding structure, domains, transition systems and inference rules, that serve as the foundation of the field. Assuming only knowledge of elementary programming and mathematics, this text is perfect for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate courses in programming language theory and also will appeal to researchers and professionals in designing or implementing computer languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06979/cover/9780521106979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521106982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521106986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reindeer on South Georgia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ecology of an Introduced Population</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521106986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leader-Williams, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction earlier this century of Norwegian reindeer to the sub-Antarctic island of South Georgia provided scientists with the unusual opportunity of studying the interaction between a large arctic herbivore and a southern ecosystem that had not previously been exposed to grazing by mammals. Originally published in 1988, this book synthesises the results of many years' research into this fascinating ecological situation. The author develops the observations into two main themes. First,a comparative study of the biology and ecology of a deer that occurs in a wide variety of Arctic habitats. Secondly, an investigation into the ways in which an introduced population adapts to a new environment, its relevance to the population ecology of mammals and to the conservation of southern island ecosystems. In doing this, the author discusses many topics including reproductive biology, feeding ecology, growth, mortality and population dynamics. This in-depth study of a single species in an alien environment will appeal to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students, research workers in wildlife management and ecology, conservationists and polar scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06986/cover/9780521106986.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Puritan-Provincial Vision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scottish and American Literature in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manning, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book suggests an interpretation of the characteristic qualities of Scottish and American literatures. Considering the self-consciously different stance which sets them apart from English literature, the author develops the constituents of the 'puritan-provincial vision': a particular way of looking at life and man's relationship to what lies beyond himself. The book begins with the writings of Calvin and culminates in detailed comparisons of individual works of Scottish and American nineteenth-century prose, questioning the literary and human consequences of this vision through theological, philosophical, political and literary contexts. This puritan-provincial vision is not exclusive to Scottish and American literature so the features discussed here will interest those concerned with other literatures written in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07013/cover/9780521107013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transforming a Genre, 1770-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McWilliams, Jr, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John McWilliams's book is the first thorough account of the many attempts to fashion an epic literature (the anxiously anticipated 'American Epic') from a wide range of potentially heroic New World subjects. At the outset, McWilliams considers the many problems - cultural, political and literary' - of adapting Enlightenment views of republican progress to a genre that had traditionally celebrated the greatness of warriors. After a survey of the many epic poems written during and after the American Revolution, McWilliams shows how and why the epic had to be transformed from imitative narrative poetry into the new, open genres of prose history (Irving, Prescott and Parkman), fictional romance (Cooper and Melville) and free verse (Whitman). Believing that reviews are an important and slighted agent of literary change, McWilliams has written his book in the form of chronological literary history. His book, however, is no march of dates within tired categories. The American Epic suggests that imaginative writers of the Romantic era were in fact far less proscriptive about the boundaries of literary genre than many a twentieth-century writer and scholar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07020/cover/9780521107020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novel Arguments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading Innovative American Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Novel Arguments argues that innovative fiction - by which is meant writing that has been variously labelled as postmodern, metafictional, experimental - extends our ways of thinking about the world, rejecting the critical consensus that, under the rubrics of postmodernism and metafiction, homogenises this fiction as autonomous and self-absorbed. Play, self-consciousness and immanence - supposed symptoms of innovative fiction's autonomy - are here reconsidered as integral to its means of engagement. The book advances a concept of the 'argument' of fiction as a construct wedding structure and content into a highly evolved and expressive form. The argument, not the content, is established as the site of a fiction's 'aboutness' and thus the usual emphasis upon the generalities of innovative form is replaced by a concern for the logic of specific literary effects. Walsh deftly argues for an understanding of fictional cognition at the theoretical level and in an act of unmatched critical creativity, discards altogether the flattening totalities of received postmodern formulations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07037/cover/9780521107037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Marketing Settlements in Ch'ing China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rozman, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The historical records of Ch'ing China (1644-1911) contain numerous statistics concerning the population in local areas and the distribution of markets. These figures provide information on two of the most important and least understood factors that were to affect China's modern development: the massive population growth prior to 1850 and the tenacity of small-scale markets as the focus of commercialisation. This book presents and evaluates the data from northern China to ascertain the quality of available records and to determine what they can tell is about variations from area to area and from period to period. The analysis of population centres on sex rations, age distributions, mean household size and growth rates. Without overlooking limitations in the data, this study emphasises the implications of the findings for general problems in the social history of the Ch'ing period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07044/cover/9780521107044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unrewarding Wealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Commercialization and Collapse of Agriculture in a Spanish Basque Town</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, Davydd J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work contains a history of farming in a Spanish Basque town where the farmers changed their subsistence farms into highly profitable commercial enterprises in response to demand created by tourism and industrialisation. In the period of highest profits however, the young Basques began to abandon their farms and turned to factory work at a much lower standard of living. The institutional problems within both the farm families and the local municipality are described along with the Basque ideas about the dignity of work to help explain why such successful maximisers of economic gain should ultimately reject economic rewards in favour of other values. Davyyd Greenwood carefully examines the relationships between workers of economic gain and the institutional and cultural aspects of human behaviour. In particular he argues that human behaviour is a complex mix of motivations and that our methods must reflect this complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07075/cover/9780521107075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population, Prosperity and Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Kano, 1900 and 1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Polly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, which reports on fieldwork done in an exceedingly densely populated locality of rural Hausaland (Dorayi) in 1971-1972, is complete in itself. In it Dr Hill compares and contrasts Dorayi with the much less densely populated village of her previous study, with special reference to the consequences of high and persistent population density; she also attempts to interpret the present-day stability of this stagnating, impoverished, overcrowded community in terms of socio-economic conditions in rural Kano Emirate generally in very early colonial times, utilising archival as well as field material. Some of the consequences of persistent population pressure are most surprising (an example is the brake it puts on outward migration): they will be eagerly studied by demographers who commonly search in vain for relevant socio-economic studies, particularly any dealing with the plight of the most impoverished, who tend to get overlooked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07082/cover/9780521107082.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Families Divided</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of Migrant Labour in Lesotho</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the effects of migrant labour in a southern African labour reserve. Politically independent, Lesotho is acutely dependent on the export of labour to South Africa. Men spend long periods on contract labour in the South African mines, leaving their wives and families at home. This system of oscillating migration is analysed in its historical context - the development of industrial capitalism in South Africa - and with particular emphasis on its contemporary implications. Dr Murray draws on the experience of particular migrants and their families in Northern Lesotho to illustrate the problems which arise where household members move repetitively between home in Lesotho and workplace in South Africa. This monograph on social structure in the rural periphery of southern Africa places the results of detailed anthropological fieldwork in the framework of the post-1970 radical historiography in southern African studies. It offers an account of changing perspectives on migrant labour in the subcontinent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07099/cover/9780521107099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nomads South Siberia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pastoral Economies of Tuva</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vainshtein</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are few, if any, detailed first-hand accounts of Inner Asian pastoralism available to Western readers. Drawing on archival sources and his own extensive fieldwork Sevyan Vainshtein describes the economy of the nomadic pastoralists of Tuva, a region on the borders of Mongolia and the USSR. It is a detailed account of the migratory movements, the husbandry of the different herds, the reindeer economy and the hunting, fishing, agriculture and technology of the peoples of the region. Dr Vainshtein includes a section on the history and social structure of the nomads and reaches some conclusions on the rise of the State among the nomads of Central Asia. The main aim of the book is to acquaint readers with accurate and detailed field material on the economy of Inner Asian nomads - a subject which has invited much speculation hitherto, but usually on the basis of inadequate data. It will be invaluable to all anthropologists and to specialists in Soviet and Asian Studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07105/cover/9780521107105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verbal Art in San Blas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kuna Culture through its Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherzer, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, by one of the leading scholars in linguistic anthropology, concerns the verbal art of the Kuna Indians of San Blas, Panama. The author describes a rich and varied array of Kuna verbal practices, ranging from reporting, formal speechmaking and political oratory to chants and magical communication with the spirit world. This is a world in which all knowledge and information, from history and geography to the latest sport news from Panama City, is orally conceived, perceived and transmitted, and Joel Sherzer demonstrates how experience is shaped by these verbal discourses. This book represents the complete range of verbal performances in a single Native American society. These are transcribed in the original native language from tape recordings of actual events and translated into English. It is a significant contribution to theory, practice and method in anthropology, folklore and oral literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07112/cover/9780521107112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107121</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archives of Peat Bogs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godwin, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Harry Godwin has written a companion volume to his widely acclaimed Fenland: its ancient past and uncertain future. He follows the same historical approach that made Fenland so interesting. Vast rain-fed peat bogs still cover the landscape of northern and western Britain, their ecology, vegetation and flora unfamiliar to most of our population. Yet, through the millennia since last Ice Age, they have accumulated ever-deepening acidic peat, whose plant remains are a precious archive of the events of the past. Upon investigation, the reconstructed bog vegetation gave clues to former climatic history, pollen analysis provided a chronological scale dependent upon changes in upland forest composition and archaeological objects from the Mesolithic to the Roman period were recovered by peat-diggers from observed horizons in the bogs. The Archives of Peat Bogs will be of great interest to a wide readership comprising both amateur and professional biologists, geologists, geographers, archaeologists, naturalists and antiquarians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07129/cover/9780521107129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110713X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Vines</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putz, Francis E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mooney, Harold A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The climbing habit in plants has apparently evolved numerous times. Species that climb are well represented in habitats ranging from tropical rain forests through temperate forests to semi-deserts. The Biology of Vines, first published in 1991, is a treatment of what is known about climbing plants, written by a group of experts and covering topics ranging from the biomechanics of twining to silvicultural methods for controlling vine infestations. Also included are detailed accounts of climbing plant evolution, stem anatomy and function, climbing mechanics, carbon and water relations, reproductive ecology, the role of vines in forest communities and their economic importance. The chapters are based on research on herbaceous vines and woody climbers (lianas) in both temperate and tropical zones, deserts and rain-forests and Old and New World areas. Much remains to be learned about the biology of these plants, but this volume provides a substantial foundation upon which further research can be based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07136/cover/9780521107136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wagner Rehearsing the 'Ring'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Eye-Witness Account of the Stage Rehearsals of the First Bayreuth Festival</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porges, Heinrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents Wagner's view of how the Ring should be performed. He requested Heinrich Porges, a member of his circle, to 'follow all my rehearsals very closely and note down everything I say, even the smallest details, about the interpretation and performance, so that a tradition goes down in writing'. In the opinion of the eminent Wagner scholar, Curt von Westernhagen, Porges conscientious record shows 'amazing insight and perception' since what distinguishes it is his 'ability to always locate the endless detail of Wagner's instructions in an overall intellectual context'. The book is therefore required reading not only for conductors, producers, instrumentalists and singers but also for musicologists and critics. In addition it is a fascinating read for anyone who knows and loves the Ring since it takes the form of a blow-by-blow commentary on the stage action as it unfolds. The writing has vitality and flow and one is caught up in the spirit of the thing as Wagner felt it. It provides a re-experience of the Ring through his eyes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07181/cover/9780521107181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schubert's Dramatic Lieder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirsch, Marjorie Wing</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the way in which Schubert revolutionised the Lied, transforming folk song into art song through the mixture of dramatic and lyrical vocal genres. By introducing dramatic poetry and musical traits within solo song settings, he turned the Lied into a highly expressive musical medium capable of conveying the complexities and nuances of the new Romantic poetry. In so doing, he created an art form which attracted nearly every subsequent composer of the period. Schubert's numerous dramatic songs have baffled critics from his day to our own. Their unusual stylistic characteristics - through composed form, progressive tonal structures, declamatory vocal lines, illustrative accompaniments - fly in the face of traditional conceptions of the Lied. Dr Hirsch's discussion and analysis of selected dramatic Lieder illuminate Schubert's compositional innovation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07198/cover/9780521107198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Casting Shakespeare's Plays</TitleText>

<Subtitle>London Actors and their Roles, 1590-1642</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Invaluable source material for professional theatre directors and for students of English dramatic literature is provided by this detailed examination of playhouse procedures for Shakespeare's own acting company. In careful analysis, T. J. King reveals how the size and composition of the casts of characters for Shakespeare's plays were determined by common theatrical practices at London playhouses between 1590 and 1642. King closely examines manuscripts, contemporary play-books and authoritative texts of Shakespeare to determine the numbers of actors required and the procedures for actors doubling roles. The volume contains numerous illustrations of playhouse documents as well as tables and lists of actors, plays and roles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07211/cover/9780521107211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gems, Granites, and Gravels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Knowing and Using Rocks and Minerals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dietrich, R. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Every person on earth uses, either directly or indirectly, ten metric tons of minerals each year.' So write Dr R. V. Dietrich and Dr Brian J. Skinner in their new book Gems, Granites, and Gravels. Minerals and mineral products are involved in all aspects of our lives; we depend on them to keep us alive and ensure the continuity of our society. As a consequence, they have been a source of fascination and study throughout human history. In this book, Drs Dietrich and Skinner consider not only the beauty of minerals and rocks, but also their utility and their roles in our everyday well-being. Gems, Granites and Gravels is a valuable introduction to mineralogy and to related specialities such as petrology (the study of rocks), crystallography (the study of crystals), and soil science. Discoveries in these fields are described in a historical context, while the authors explain what minerals and rocks are, how they are distributed around the world, how we depend on them, and where to see the most beautiful specimens of both minerals and rocks. This book will appeal to anyone interested in natural history and curious about rocks and minerals, including rock and mineral collectors, students of geology, and professional geologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07228/cover/9780521107228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tanebar-Evav</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Une Soci&#233;t&#233; de Maisons Tourn&#233;e vers le Large</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barraud, C&#233;cile</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is written in French. The islands of Kei in the Moluccan archipelago are little known. This is a study of one of them, Tanebar-Evav, a small isolated island of fewer than 1000 inhabitants, situated at the south-west end of the archipelago. Cecile Barraud has carried out an intensive study of this small community and has made a detailed analysis of its social organisation. Here, as in other parts of Indonesia, the fundamental social unit is the house, which is the agent and focal point of all social relations. The houses are partners of exchange in all social events: marriages, funerals, seasonal rituals and others. The houses are thus the concrete units of an immediate and lasting social order, according to which the society persists, maintaining a the same time a strong sense of its own identity and an ancient and deep awareness of the outside world and history. This book will be of interest to anthropologists and to specialists in South-east Asian studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07266/cover/9780521107266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Painterly Abstraction in Modernist American Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporaneity of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altieri, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Altieri's book sets modernist American poetry in a precise cultural context by analysing how major poets reacted to the challenge posed by modernist painting's radical critique of traditional representational models for art. It argues that modernist poets have tended to resist the received values of their contemporary culture by finding idealising principles in modes of pure abstraction. It traces the use of such abstraction in literature from Wordsworth, through Baudelaire and Mallarme, to T. S. Eliot, William Carlos Williams, Marianne Moore, and Gertrude Stein. There are summary chapters also on Wallace Stevens and Ezra Pound, considerations of Cezanne and the Cubists, and a substantial theoretical discussion of the nature of abstract art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07297/cover/9780521107297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110730X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A House Undivided</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domesticity and Community in American Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A whole range of major American writers have focused on images of the household, of domestic virtue, and the feminine or feminized hero. This important new book examines the persistance and flexibility of such themes in the work of a tradition of classic writers from Ann Bradstreet through Jefferson and Franklin to Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman and Emily Dickinson. Without minimizing the differences that divide these figures, Anderson shows the extent to which, in their various circumstances, they were all committed to a common enterprise - a social and cultural reconstruction based on the domestic values of the ideal private household.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07303/cover/9780521107303.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Regenerate Lyric</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theology and Innovation in American Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>New, Elisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elisa New presents a major revision of the accepted account of Emerson as the source of the American poetic tradition. New challenges the view that Emerson not only overthrew New England religious orthodoxy but founded a poetic tradition that fundamentally renounced that orthodoxy in favour of a secular, Romantic approach. She contends that Emerson's reinvention of the religion as a species of poetry is tested and found wanting by the very poetic innovators whom Emerson addressed and that a counter-tradition is evident in his major heirs - Whitman, Dickinson, Crane, Stevens, Frost and Lowell. Indeed, Emerson's own poetry failed in many ways to live up to his views and instead revealed an inherent paradox: that co-opting of religion by a poetic theory alienates religion from its life principle&#160;-&#160;theology - and disables the poem as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07310/cover/9780521107310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Esthetics of Negligence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Fontaine's Contes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapp, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of traditional humorous verse tales about the relationships between the sexes, La Fontaine's Contes have tended to be dismissed as merely scabrous, although they were favourably regarded by his contemporaries. In this book devoted to the Contes, Professor Lapp re-establishes them as repaying serious study, as examples of La Fontaine's skill in 'the esthetics of negligence'. This he defines in a striking opening chapter comparing La Fontaine with Rabelais and Montaigne, both of whom made an art of writing naturally yet seemingly without art. Montaigne in particular explored the problem of writing naturally about sex. Professor Lapp shows that La Fontaine writes in the tradition of easy relationships with the reader which these writers initiated, and in a tradition of folk-tale material put into earlier literary form by Boccaccio and Marguerite de Navarre, with narrative devices borrowed from Ariosto. Finally, La Fontaine's own verse style is analysed, as a medium that allowed the poet to maintain a varied range of easy conversational tones, and to bring the sophisticated resources of seventeenth-century poetry into play as a 'veil' that both shadows and reveals what would be merely crude in its nakedness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07334/cover/9780521107334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas, Qualities and Corpuscles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Locke and Boyle on the External World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study presents a substantial and often radical reinterpretation of some of the central themes of Locke's thought. Professor Alexander concentrates on the Essay Concerning Human Understanding and aims to restore that to its proper historical context. In Part I he gives a clear exposition of some of the scientific theories of Robert Boyle, which, he argues, heavily influenced Locke in employing similar concepts and terminology. Against this background, he goes on in Part II to provide an account of Locke's views on the external world and our knowledge of it. He shows those views to be more consistent and plausible than is generally allowed, demonstrating how they make sense and enable scientific explanations of nature. In examining the views of Locke and Boyle together, the book throws light both on the development of philosophy and the beginnings of modern science, and in particular it makes a considerable and original contribution to our understanding of Locke's philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07341/cover/9780521107341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benjamin Kidd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Portrait of a Social Darwinist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crook, D. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an intellectual biography of Benjamin Kidd, a leading Social Darwinist in the years before World War I, and a social prophet in the tradition of Comte and Spencer. His first book Social Evolution, published in 1894, was an immediate and enormous success around the world. In it, Kidd developed a collectivist form of Social Darwinism in tune with the values of Progressivism in America and the 'new liberalism' in Britain. By many it was regarded as the basis for a properly scientific sociology, and the combination of its claims to scientific methodology, with an emphasis on non-rational forces as the agents of progress accurately caught the temper of its times. Launched on his career as a writer, Kidd's subsequent books and journalism continued to exercise extraordinary influence. His 'social imperialism', linking a bio-political defence of empire with a programme of social reform, won currency in the Anglo-American world at a time of expansionary fervour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07358/cover/9780521107358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in Medieval and Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patronage, Sources and Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume consists of original papers first read at King's College, Cambridge, in 1979 at an international conference on medieval and Renaissance music. The contributors are distinguished in a wide variety of musicological interests but all are concerned in one way or another with pursuing the most urgent and promising directions for research in early music history. The result, far from being merely a further collection of essays applying well-tried approaches to familiar material, constantly seeks to expand the scope of musicology itself, and many of the contributions arc inter-disciplinary in method. The four main topics of the conference were carefully chosen, with some editorial control exercised for each session. This is reflected in four sections of closely related papers in the book. Two of these are concerned with the patronage of music: by the Church in fifteenth-century England, Italy and France, and in a broader context in Italy from 1450 to 1550. A group of essays on sixteenth-century instrumental music separates these, and the book concludes with five papers on theories of filiation as applied to music sources from the tenth to the sixteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07389/cover/9780521107389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gustav Mahler and Guido Adler</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Records of a Friendship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reilly, Edward R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Edward Reilly provides the essential documents connected with the friendship between the eminent Viennese music-historian Guido Adler and the composer Gustav Mahler. The nature and extent of that friendship has been the source of a number of questions for some years. Although Adler was the author of one of the important early studies of Mahler, he was reticent about speaking of his personal connection with the composer, and for many years the single available published letter from Mahler to Adler was one that was sharply critical in tone. A few somewhat disparaging references in Alma Mahler's recollections also raised questions about the degree of friendship between the two men.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07396/cover/9780521107396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lutoslawski and His Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stucky, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The composer Witold Lutostawski (born 1913) is one of the outstanding musical personalities of the twentieth century. In this critical biography Steven Stucky traces Lutostawski's development from the Stravinsky-influenced music of his student days to his emergence in the 1960s as a leading avant-gardist. Since the vicissitudes of cultural life in his native Poland have profoundly affected the composer's career, the book includes detailed accounts of Lutostawski's official censure for 'formalism' in the late 1940s and the leading role he later played in a flourishing Polish modernist movement. Both well-known works, such as the Concerto for Orchestra, Trois poemes d'Henri Michaux and the Second Symphony, and the lesser-known early music are considered in detail. Fragments of many compositions never before published in the West are included. There are also analytical summaries of each major work from Jeux v&#233;itiens (1961) to Mi-parti (1976).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07402/cover/9780521107402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Globalization, Politics, and Financial Turmoil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Asia's Banking Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Satyanath, Shanker</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a world where capital moves freely across national borders, developing countries have increasingly been subjected to devastating financial crises caused by the sudden withdrawal of foreign capital. How do such crises come about? This book focuses on a novel causal path: that of miscommunication. By examining the determinants of Asia's financial crisis of 1997-98, it demonstrates why developing democracies are exceptionally vulnerable to breakdowns in communication between financial officials and the chief executive and outlines the disastrous consequences of such breakdowns. The book offers a framework for predicting where chief executives are most likely to be ill informed about critical economic variables. It also considers those situations in which politicians are dependent on financial officials whom they cannot completely trust or in which multiple veto players damage the flow of information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07433/cover/9780521107433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110744X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Philosophy and Rhetoric</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Origins of American Party Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zvesper, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the origins of modern party politics in America. Dr Zvesper argues that the partisan conflict between Federalists and Republicans in the 1790s was not merely an interesting historical sequel to the American Revolution and the framing of the Constitution, but was a confrontation of two of the fundamental alternatives of modern political philosophy. Consideration of this fact, along with evidence of the class structure of American society, is then used to explain why the Republican party was the natural superior in the dispute with Federalism, and why Republican philosophy and rhetoric have been so essential to American politics ever since.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07440/cover/9780521107440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax and Semantics of Middle Constructions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study with Special Reference to German</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fagan, Sarah M. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study provides a comprehensive description and analysis of the syntax and semantics of middle constructions in German, including those formed by using the auxiliary lassen 'let'. English and French middles are also treated in depth for comparative purposes. Sarah Fagan argues that middle constructions are not to be accounted for in the syntax, but rather in a bipartite lexicon consisting of Static and Dynamic components. This division of the lexicon helps to clarify the analysis in a number of ways. The author also considers middles in the context of recent work on generics, and examines Vendler's typology of aspectual verb classes in the light of middle formation in German and English. The study addresses a number of issues in the syntax of modern German relevant to our understanding of universal grammar: 1. the appearance of ergative predicates in German: 2. the implications of impersonal clauses in German: and 3. the use of reflexives in argument positions. The value of this study is greatly enhanced by the wealth of language data and descriptive detail given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07464/cover/9780521107464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Adaptation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coulmas, Florian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language Adaptation examines the process by which a speech community is forced to adopt an active role in making its language suitable for changing functional requirements. This wide-ranging collection of essays looks at this phenomenon from a variety of historical and synchronic perspectives, and brings together the work of a number of leading scholars in the field. Several different languages are examined at different stages of their history, including Hebrew, Arabic, Chinese, Japanese, Kiswahili, German and Hindi. This well-informed book is a significant contribution to the existing literature on language planning, and is the first to use one theoretical concept to deal with the relationship between natural and deliberate language change. It shows that language adaptation is a particular aspect of language change, and thus establishes a link between the social and the historical study of language. It will appeal to graduate students and professionals in linguistics and the social sciences, as well as to practitioners of language planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07471/cover/9780521107471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110758X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Entry of the Slavs into Christendom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Medieval History of the Slavs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vlasto, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Vlasto reviews the early history of the various Slav peoples (from about AD 500 onwards) and traces their gradual emergence as Christian states within the framework of either West or East European culture. Special attention is paid to the political and cultural rivalry between East and West for the allegiance of certain Slav peoples, and to the degree of cultural exchange within the Slav world, associated in particular with the use of the Slav liturgical language. His examination of all the Slav peoples and extensive use of original source material in many different languages enables Dr Vlasto to give a particularly comprehensive study of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07587/cover/9780521107587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hyperbolic Boundary Value Problems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakamoto, Reiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boundary value problems are of central importance and interest not only to mathematicians but also to physicists and engineers who need to solve differential equations which govern the behaviour of physical systems. In this book, Professor Sakamoto introduces the general theory of the existence and uniqueness of solutions to the wave equation. The reader is assumed to have some familiarity with Lebesgue integration and complex function theory but other than that the book is essentially self-contained. It is therefore suited to senior undergraduates and graduates in mathematics and the mathematical sciences but can be read with profit by professionals in those subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07594/cover/9780521107594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Writing of Race and Nation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes a new Henry James who, rather than being paraded as a beacon of high culture, actually expresses a nuanced understanding of, and engagement with, popular culture. Arguing against recent trends in critical studies which locate racial resistance in popular culture, Sara Blair uncovers this resistance within literature and high modernism. She analyses a variety of texts from early travel writing to The Princess Casamassima, The American Scene and The Tragic Muse, always setting the scene through descriptions of key events of the time such as Jack the Ripper's murders. Blair makes a powerful case for reading James with a sense of sustained contradiction and her project absorbingly argues for the historical and ongoing importance of literary texts and discourses to the study of culture and cultural value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07600/cover/9780521107600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110761X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetry of Marianne Moore</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Voice and Value</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holley, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the development of Marianne Moore's poetry throughout her sixty-year career as one of America's finest poets. Margaret Holley examines changes in Moore's approach to moral and artistic values, and discusses how language and form were distinctive in each of the poet's major phases. The study shows how the solitary, satirical voice of Moore's early verses matured into the wise observer of the later, major poems. Holley demonstrates how the virtuoso work of the middle years, infused with compassion and a sense of community, relaxed into the playful meditations of Moore's old age, when fame had brought her wide readership and acclaim. In exploring how shifts in Moore's poetic voice reflected important stages of her overall poetic growth, Holley provides detailed readings of the poems. The poetic strategies examined include: Moore's deployment of emblems and mottoes, her blend of overt and covert quotation, changes in her metaphoric language, her use of model stanzas in syllabic verse, her preferences for rhyme and closure, and her distinct spatial imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07617/cover/9780521107617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Place of Fiction in the Time of Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Disciplinary History of American Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Limon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book John Limon examines the various ways American authors have approached the writing of fiction (and justified that writing) in an age increasingly dominated by science. He focuses in particular on Charles Brockden Brown, Edgar Allen Poe and Nathaniel Hawthorne - three highly articulate and highly alarmed witnesses to the professionalisation of science, the great crisis in modern intellectual history. It was, he argues, especially specially difficult for American writers to face this crisis since they could make no appeal to traditional values: America, after all, had never really been a pre-scientific society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07631/cover/9780521107631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elites in South Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leach, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mukherjee, S. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of elitism particularly concerned with Indian elites in the context of British influence and its aftermath. The problems delineated are by no means peculiar to the Indian subcontinent. Nearly all the developing countries of contemporary Asia, Africa and Latin America are entangled with their post-colonial heritage and the history of political elitism in all these countries has been similar. The papers consider who were members of the elites, in the sense of 'men at the top'. They enquire how they got there, how they continued to recruit themselves and what was their relationship with the British. The contributors, sociologists, economists, anthropologists, political scientists and historians, present each other with forms of evidence which are unfamiliar and, in sum, result in a study which destroys many of the conventional clich&#233;s of colonial historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07655/cover/9780521107655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fighting With Food</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Leadership, Values and Social Control in a Massim Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanner, W. E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Melanesians of Goodenough Island, off the eastern coast of New Guinea, have developed the principle of gift-giving to an extraordinary degree. Instead of resorting to arms in their quarrels or demanding compensation for offences, they present enemies and offenders with pigs and yams in order to shame them. This custom of coercive gift-giving operates at various organizational levels and through two main institutional forms: competitive food exchange and festivals. Dr Young analyses in depth the social and political structure of a single village, dealing in detail with its system of social control and those vexed topics of Melanesian ethnography - leadership and sorcery. Of particular interest is the author's description of the configuration of values which makes food-giving-to-shame meaningful to the Goodenough Islander for whom 'happiness is a rotting yam', and the worst evil 'hunger-producing sorcery'. The careful use of case material gives vivid insights into the lifestyle, world view and humanity of these proud and fractious people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07662/cover/9780521107662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Earlier Stone Age Settlement of Scandinavia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Grahame</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Ice Age Scandinavia was submerged under thick ice sheets, and it was only in the subsequent warmer conditions, as the ice receded, that colonisation by plants, animals and men became possible. In this book Grahame Clark examines the expansion of human settlement into this area, with particular emphasis on the economic aspects of the societies under discussion. The account is carried down to the time (3500-3000 BC) when mixed farming, including cereal agriculture, was being introduced into the area. The book is fully illustrated and documented by many maps and tables. It provides a rounded picture of the economy of the first settlers and their descendants in an area whose archaeological past has been exceptionally fully investigated and documented. The colonisation of Scandinavia is considered in its European context, but the main emphasis lies on the process of change and the continuity of settlement in the territory itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07679/cover/9780521107679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Excavations At Star Carr</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Early Mesolithic Site at Seamer Near Scarborough, Yorkshire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. G. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book was originally published in 1954. Grahame Clark's excavations at Star Carr from 1949 to 1951 have long been regarded as a model of how archaeological investigation should be conducted. In addition to this, the importance of the site itself, the first early mesolithic site in Europe from which a full complement of bone, antler, wood and other organic material was recovered alongside the flint industry, has established for this report on the excavations a permanent place in all archaeological libraries. The book is now reissued.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07686/cover/9780521107686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107695</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Engines of the Soul</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is an unusual contribution to the philosophy of mind in that it argues for the sometimes unfashionable view of dualism: that mind and matter are distinct and separate entities as Descartes believed. The author takes as his point of departure the imaginative hypothesis of disembodiment, which establishes the possibility of the mind's being a quite non-material thing. There are clear casual correlations between what is physical and what is mental, and the most serious issue confronting dualism since Descartes has been how such an interaction is possible. Dr Hart sets out to answer this question by showing that the issue is as much about the nature of causation as it is about the natures of mind and matter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42902/cover/9780521342902.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McConnell, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a complete exposition of the theory of nuclear magnetic relaxation caused by the thermal motion of the molecule containing the relaxing nucleus. The author begins by defining the physical quantities encountered in nuclear magnetic resonance studies and surveying pioneering investigations in the field. Nuclear magnetic relaxation by scalar, dipolar, quadrupolar and spin-rotational interactions and by anisotropic chemical shift are then examined in detail. Relaxation rates are expressed in terms of spectral densities, and the values of the spectral densities for various molecular shapes are calculated by random walk or Brownian motion dynamics. The text should be within the grasp of readers who have taken undergraduate courses in electromagnetic theory and in classical and quantum mechanics, although topics in these fields of particular relevance are to be found in appendices. This book will be of value to postgraduate students and research workers using n.m.r. in physics and physical chemistry departments, and by scientists in industrial and medical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07716/cover/9780521107716.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Economic Decline</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Management and Political Behaviour in Britian since 1964</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alt, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book originally published in 1979, deals with popular perceptions and expectations of economic trends, popular preferences among economic policies, and the relationships between these and broader aspects of political behaviour like voting, attachment to the party system, and political and social attitudes. The economy has long been held to be a critical determinant of the ability of governments to gain election. This book provides unique evidence about popular expectations of inflation, evaluation of economic management, and preferences among competing economic goals and policies, without which the connection between economic management and electoral success cannot be understood. At the same time, by dealing extensively with electoral survey data for Britain since 1964, the book provides a contemporary history of electoral and political behaviour in an age of unprecedented economic management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07730/cover/9780521107730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selected Essays on Employment and Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kahn, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lord Kahn was a leading figure in the development of modern economic theory. Not only did he play a vital role in the conception of the new theories of employment and money in the inter-war period, but he also made important contributions to the further development of monetary theory and the theories of economic growth during the last half of the twentieth century. This selection of essays illustrates the broad range of Lord Kahn's achievement, from the path-breaking 'multiplier' article to a recent essay on the growth of corporate firms. It brings together both papers previously published in academic journals and papers published elsewhere, including his important evidence to the Radcliffe Committee and two radio talks on Lord Keynes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07747/cover/9780521107747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110775X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Conscience of the State in North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book strongly challenges the commonly held view that Great Britain, Canada and the United States are dissimilate in one important aspect of their histories - the relations between Church and state, between religious opinion and public life. In this comparative study, Dr Norman traces the movements towards the formal separation of Church and state since the mid-eighteenth century. He demonstrates that the redefinition of their mutual relationships has followed an essentially similar, though independent and chronologically uneven, course in all three countries. Viewed from the perspectives of British experience, North American problems and their solutions are shown to conform to a recognisably similar pattern. Dr Norman outlines the common elements making for change: the combined forces of religious pluralism which undermined the strength of the established Churches, allied with radical politicians who demanded the end of state protection of religious institutions in the name of political justice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07754/cover/9780521107754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Syntactic Chains</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Safir, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Government and Binding, developed by Noam Chomsky and his associates, is probably the most striking and promising development in theoretical syntax. In this book Kenneth Safir refines and extends this framework by re-examining the primitive syntactic relations - the means by which all syntactic relationships and interdependencies are defined and expressed with Universal Grammar. Dr Safir proposes the 'Unity of Indexing Hypothesis', which represents a significant constraint on two central concepts in syntactic theory: syntactic chains and the theory of indexing. Syntactic Chains ranges widely across a number of key constructions in syntactic theory, among them impersonal constructions and 'definiteness', the PRO-drop parameter, and Case Theory; and data from an impressive number of European languages are considered. Dr Safir writes lucidly and the technical exposition is always carefully structured. For readers who are unfamiliar with the latest developments in Government and Binding theory his book will provide a valuable introduction to the main principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07761/cover/9780521107761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeology as Long-Term History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In marked contrast with the anthropological and cross-cultural approaches that  featured so prominently in archaeological research this contributory volume emphasises the archaeological significance of historical method and philosophy. Drawing particularly on the work of R. G. Collingwood, the contributors show that the notion of 'history seen from within' is a viable approach that can be applied in ethnoarchaeology and in both historic and prehistoric archaeology. There is a discussion of short, medium and long-term historical structures in relation to social events generating observed material culture patterning. Examination of the relationship between structure and event within historical contexts leads to insights into the interdependence of continuity and change, and into the nature of widely recognised processes such as acculturation, diffusion and migration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07860/cover/9780521107860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cotton Mather and Benjamin Franklin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Price of Representative Personality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breitwieser, Mitchell Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It might seem difficult to find more disparate personalities than Cotton Mather, the alternately tortured and punishing epitome of American Puritanism and Benjamin Franklin, the liberal and affable American philosopher. This opposition is not an objective historical judgement but what Franklin himself wished to communicate to readers. Though he promoted himself, his opinions and his actions as a release from the discipline Mather represented, Franklin owes a greater intellectual and emotional debt to Mather than he admits. According to Breitwieser, Franklin's conception of the well-designed life is a modernised and sophisticated revision of Mather's rather than a clean break from unreason to sanity. Breitwieser suggests that the continuity between Mather and Franklin can illuminate the larger continuity between American Puritanism and the American Enlightenment and that certain abiding questions about American identity are raised clearly for the first time in the writings of these two brilliant founders of the national literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07877/cover/9780521107877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interpretation of Material Shapes in Puritanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Rhetoric, Prejudice, and Violence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kibbey, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Interpretation of Material Shapes in Puritanism overturns many of our long-held assumptions about the social and artistic values of Protestantism. Dr Ann Kibbey offers a detailed analysis of the rhetoric of the Puritan plain style, centring her argument on the influential preacher John Cotton and discloses a general theory of figuration in the Protestant tradition that has been overlooked by literary critics, historians and sociologists alike. The author explores the immense variety of ways in which early Protestants in Europe and America granted significance to material shapes. Kibbery finds that in their perception of icons, their use of acoustic design in rhetoric and their interpretations of human beings as physical objects, early Protestants - and especially Puritans - worshipped the figurations of material life as privileged sources of meaning. In this book, Ann Kibbey draws conclusions far wider than her nominal subject, proposing that still-prevalent attitudes toward gender, culture and race were central to the fundamental beliefs of American Puritans.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07884/cover/9780521107884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110789X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>H. D. and the Victorian Fin de Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender, Modernism, Decadence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laity, Cassandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>H. D and the Victorian Fin de Siecle argues foremost that H. D. eluded the male modernist flight from Romantic 'effeminacy' and 'personality' by embracing the very cults of personality in the Decadent Romanticism of Oscar Wilde, A. C. Swinburne, Walter Pater and D. G. Rossetti that her male contemporaries most deplored: the cult of the demonic femme fatale and of the 'effeminate' Aesthete androgyne. H. D., Laity maintains, used these sexually aggressive masks to shape a female modernism that freely engaged female and male androgyny, homoeroticism, narcissism and maternal eroticism. Focusing on the early Sea Garden , the plays and poetry of the 1920s and her late epic Trilogy, H. D. and the Victorian Fin de Siecle demonstrates H. D.'s shift from the homoerotic 'white', vanishing tropology of the male androgyne fashioned by Pater and Wilde to the 'abject' monstrously sexual body of the Pre-Raphaelite and Decadent femme fatale.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07891/cover/9780521107891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wyndham Lewis and the Art of Modern War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corbett, David Peters</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection is a specialised study to deal with the important question of Lewis's aggression. The eight contributors consider Lewis's career, from its inception to his final novels, within a major focus on the First World War and the interwar period. Their chapters examine Lewis's First World War art, his postwar politics and aesthetics, the new turn his painting and thought took in the 1930s and the connections between modernism, war and aggression. Overall, the volume offers a reassessment of the conventional view of Lewis as the uncontrolled aggressor of British modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07907/cover/9780521107907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Film at the Intersection of High and Mass Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Film at the Intersection of High and Mass Culture analyses the contradictions and interaction between high and low art, with particular reference to Hollywood and European cinema. Written in the essayistic speculative tradition of Walter Benjamin and Thedor Adorno, this study also includes analyses of several key films of the 1980s. Tracing the boundaries of such genres as film noir, science fiction and melodrama, it demonstrates how these genres were radically expanded by such film makers as Neil Jordan, Chris Marker and Georges Franju. This work also reflects on kitsch, the star system, racial and gender stereotypes and the nature of audience participation. While defining the conditions under which the symbiotic relationship between high and mass culture can be cross-fertilising, the study stresses their inevitably contradictory characteristics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07914/cover/9780521107914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evidence and Assurance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nathan, N. M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A systematic study of rational or justified belief, which throws fresh light on current debates about foundations and coherence theories of knowledge, the validation of induction and moral scepticism. Dr Nathan focuses attention on the largely unsatisfiable desires for active and self-conscious assurance of truth liable to be engendered by philosophical reflection about total belief-systems and the sources of knowledge. He extracts a kernel of truth from the doctrine that a regress of justification is both necessary and impossible, contrasts the resultant scepticism with more familiar complaints about the inapplicability of supposedly essential cognitive concepts and explores the feasibility of non-Humean modes of consolation. This is an original and carefully constructed book, which will interest professional philosophers and advanced students of epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07938/cover/9780521107938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perception</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A representative theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the nature of, and what is the relationship between, external objects and our visual perceptual experience of them? In this book, Frank Jackson defends the answers provided by the traditional Representative theory of perception. He argues, among other things that we are never immediately aware of external objects, that they are the causes of our perceptual experiences and that they have only the primary qualities. In the course of the argument, sense data and the distinction between mediate and immediate perception receive detailed defences and the author criticises attempts to reduce perceiving the believing and to show that the Representative theory makes the external world unknowable. Jackson recognises that his views are unfashionable but argues in detail that they are to be preferred to their currently favoured competitors. It will become an obvious point of reference for all future work on the philosophy of perception.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07945/cover/9780521107945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God's Courtier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Configuring a Different Grace in George Herbert's Temple</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, Marion White</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Herbert is regarded as a metaphysical and at times a solely religious poet. In this book, Marion Singleton focuses on the relation between Herbert's poetry and the cultural background of his life. Singleton examines the style, structure and thematic basis of The Temple in the context of the Renaissance ideal of aristocratic courtliness. She provides a detailed study of Herbert's association with the literary tradition of the courtier and his strategic use of it in The Temple. God's Courtier touches upon issues of relevance not only to its nominal subject but also to the courtier poet tradition in general. Thus, it will interest literary historians as well as scholars of sixteenth- and seventeenth- century literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07952/cover/9780521107952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521107962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521107969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Secret Rites and Secret Writing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Royalist Literature, 1641-1660</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521107969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Lois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the various kinds of royalist writing during the period of the English Civil War and the Interregnum, when printing and publishing were largely controlled by Parliament. Lois Potter examines the effectiveness of this control and the means by which writers evaded it: illicit publication; the use of various kinds of code, such as ciphers, emblems, secret languages, symbolism and allegory; the exploitation of genres such as romance and tragicomedy; the submerging of personal identity through literary quotation and allusion. By looking at a very wide sample of texts ranging from anonymous pamphlets to the works of well-known 'Cavalier poets', the book brings greater precision to the controversial subject of the relation of literature to politics and the relation of both to the psychology of secrecy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07969/cover/9780521107969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hungarian Economic Reforms 1953-1988</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berend, Ivan T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Berend presents a comprehensive inside account of Hungary's economic reforms since the 1950s. Working from Communist Party archives, which have hitherto partially remained closed to scholars, Berend situates the history of these economic reforms within their political context, looking in particular at the role of the Soviet Union. He examines the theoretical background to reform, the obstacles that arose during implementation and the gradual realisation that minor reforms of the old system could no longer work. The Hungarian Economic Reforms 1953-1988 comes at a time when many centrally planned economies are examining their performance and structure and seeking suitable forms of change. The Hungarian reforms have attracted those countries wishing to rid themselves of their Stalinist command economies. Thus the book indirectly sheds light upon Chinese economic reforms and on Gorbachev's Soviet perestroika. It will be of interest to specialists and students of East European studies, with special reference to the EMEA, planned economies and economic reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08010/cover/9780521108010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sociological Domain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Durkheimians and the Founding of French Sociology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Besnard, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coser, Lewis A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emile Durkheim, one of the founding fathers of sociology, has been the subject of many studies. But this book is the first to introduce the individual and collective work of his colleagues and disciples who formed with him the 'French school of sociology'. Such an association of talented scholars was a unique event in the history of sociology and a decisive landmark in the development of the discipline. In this book, examination of the texts of the Durkheimians is combined with analysis of the social and intellectual group attempted to create a new social science. In this respect, the present book is also instructive about the birth and institutionalisation of academic disciplines in general. But studying the work of the Durkheimians goes beyond historical research; the Durkeimians can still offer lessons in the exploration of the territory of sociology, an area in which so much virgin land remains unmapped.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08034/cover/9780521108034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marx's Theory of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maguire, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has often been said that Marx never achieved a comprehensive treatment of the specifically political area, but in fact there is far more, and far more coherent, material on the topic in his writings than has been assumed. This book brings together everything in Marx's work which bears on politics and treats his approach as a living, evolving theory. For every stage of his career it examines the theory he held, what were its inner tensions and weaknesses, how these were brought out in actual events and how Marx reacted to his successes and failures. A particular virtue of the book's approach is that Marx's views on, for example, the French Revolution or the events of 1848 are set against what historians now tell us of these events and the adequacy of Marx's accounts is assessed. This is an important book because of the exceptional combination of historical and theoretical perspectives Dr Maguire brings to the examination of Marx's theory of politics. Although he does not attempt to solve all the problems of applying Marxism to the twentieth century, he has provided a clear and comprehensive account of Marx's approach in, and to, his own time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08041/cover/9780521108041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>De Republica Anglorum</TitleText>

<Subtitle>By Sir Thomas Smith</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dewar, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>De Republica Anglorum was written by Sir Thomas Smith in 1562-5 when he was Queen Elizabeth's ambassador to France. His avowed intention was to describe English social institutions, judicial system and governmental procedures for the benefit of foreigners, explaining in what way the English system 'differs from the others'. A renowned scholar, with considerable experience in government, he succeeded in producing an account which has always been considered a major source of information and insight into Elizabethan England. This edition endeavours to establish the original text as written in the 1560s. The discovery of several manuscript texts written before the 1583 printed edition and their collation with the 1583 edition allow us to see the nature and extent of the alterations made. For the first time one can read De Republica Anglorum without the heavy amending hand of the 1583 editor and approach the text as Smith wrote it in the 1560s. The new text throws light on the old problem of plagiarism in certain chapters of the work and on the question of changing procedures in Elizabethan government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08058/cover/9780521108058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planning, Politics and Public Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British, French and Italian Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayward, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this collection of essays is the interrelationship between planning conceived as a technique of public economic policy-making and the working of political and administrative institutions in three West European states after the early 1960s. The emphasis is on the impact of the attempts to plan upon political and administrative relationships at national and regional levels and the constraints that they in turn imposed upon planning. An overall judgement is made on the aptitudes of the three countries for planning and on the implications for contemporary capitalism within liberal democracies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08164/cover/9780521108164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saint and Singer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Edward Taylor's Typology and the Poetics of Meditation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, Karen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the works of America's premier colonial poet, Edward Taylor (1642-1729). This study analyses typology in Taylor's Christographia and Treatise Concerning the Lord's Supper and examining Taylor's adaptations of figural analogies to suit his personal spiritual needs, Professor Rowe advances a theory which unites Taylor's exegetical discipline as a preacher with his creativity as a poet. This is the first work to draw on the collection of unpublished sermons, discovered in 1977, Upon the Types of the Old Testament. Professor Rowe links Taylor's sermons with corresponding poetic meditations, thus providing insights into typological theories, groupings and analogies. In her conclusion, the author sees Taylor as neither metaphysical or baroque, nor a historian in the typological school, but rather as the quintessential Puritan preacher and poet, a contemplative lyricist and devotional typologist in the tradition of Herbert, Milton and Bunyan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08195/cover/9780521108195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individual Interests and Collective Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Rationality and Social Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, James S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together the most important theoretical work of James S. Coleman on problems of collective action. Coleman's work has formed a consistent and highly distinguished attempt to find an account of the workings of social and political processes rooted in the rationality of the individual participants. The chapters address in various ways the fundamental Hobbesian problem of order; the question of how a set of self-interested individuals can arrive at some kind of social order. The volume is organised in three parts. The essays in Part I address the problem of social choice as a fundamental problem of the functioning of social systems. Those in Part II deal with relations of power as a crucial aspect of the relations between individual actions and their social consequences. Part III considers the question of the creation of collectivities and the rights that are allocated under them. As a whole, the volume demonstrates the integration and force of the views Coleman has developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08201/cover/9780521108201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Philosophy of the British Idealists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Peter P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a reassessment of the political philosophy of the British Idealists, a group of once influential and now neglected nineteenth-century Hegelian philosophers, whose work has been much misunderstood. Peter Nicholson focuses on F. H. Bradley's idea of morality and moral philosophy; T. H. Green's theory of the Common Good, of the social nature of rights, of freedom, and of state interference; and Bernard Bosanquet's notorious theory of the General Will. By examining the arguments offered by the Idealists and by their critics the author is able to penetrate the deep layers of hostile comment laid down by several generations of later writers and to show that these ideas, once properly understood, are not only defensible but interesting and important.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08218/cover/9780521108218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reason and Prediction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackburn, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An original study of the philosophical problems associated with inductive reasoning. Like most of the main questions in epistemology, the classical problem of induction arises from doubts about a mode of inference used to justify some of our most familiar and pervasive beliefs. The experience of each individual is limited and fragmentary, yet the scope of our beliefs is much wider; and it is the relation between belief and experience, in particular the belief that the future will in some respects resemble the past and the unobserved the observed, which forms the subject of this book. Dr Blackburn's first aim is to state the problem of induction properly, to show that there does exist a genuine problem immune to the solutions in vogue at present, yet no tin principle insoluble. He gives an extended and original account of the concept of a reason and goes on to discuss prediction. In the end Dr Blackburn produces a rationale for belief in certain short-term predictions based on his reinterpretation of the classical principle of indifference. He claims that a justification for induction can be found along the lines he has suggested and must indeed be found there if anywhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08225/cover/9780521108225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Light and Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What was the extent of intellectual contact between England and Holland, the two principal Protestant powers of Europe in the seventeenth century? In this book, Rosalie L. Colie answers that question, focusing on the intellectual milieu which proved so stimulating for John Locke and certain Dutch intellectuals and contextualises them within the broader scope of the Dutch Arminians and the Cambridge Platonists. Although the eighteenth century is traditionally thought of as the age of enlightenment, here Colie argues that the seventeenth century was no less preoccupied with the search for divine light and truth. She draws attention to the ideological influence of the Dutch Arminians and the Cambridge Platonists, both on each other and on their intellectual heirs as they attempted to interpret the world for their successors. This book demonstrates the sometimes undervalued influence and significance of the Dutch Arminians and the Cambridge Platonists and their place in the international enlightening of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08232/cover/9780521108232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Turin Fragments of Tyconius' Commentary on Revelation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lo-Bue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tyconius Afer, a Donatist of the latter half of the fourth century, was an influential figure in the struggle between the Donatist and Catholic Churches in Africa and writer of at least two important exegetical works: the Book of Rules, published in 1894 in the third volume Texts and Studies by F. C. Burkitt and the Commentary on the Apocalypse here restored in a critical text by the late Francesco Lo Bue. Tyconius' Commentary is generally thought to survive only in the work of other writers but it is Dr Lo Bue, using critical techniques, who can be said to have restored something like the original text and, what is more, to have proved the ascription to Tyconius beyond reasonable doubt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08249/cover/9780521108249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110825X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Diary Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martens, Lorna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the diary novel is often regarded as a twentieth-century genre due to its particular popularity in this century, the form actually has a long history that originates in the eighteenth century. The Diary Novel is the first book to trace that history, concentrating on French, German and English works with some attention given to Russian and Scandinavian traditions as well. Beginning with a discussion of the definition of the diary novel and some observations about genre study and criticism, Lorna Martens proceeds with interpretations of major diary novels by writers such as Defoe, Gide, Rilke, Frisch, Butor and Lessing. The Diary Novel includes sections on the influence of Richardson and the letter journal novel, the publication of the journaux intimes, psychological fiction, reliability of the narrator and the contemporary diary novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08256/cover/9780521108256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concorde and Dissent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explaining High Technology Project Failures in Britain and France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Elliot J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the joint British and French construction of Concorde, and their separate projects to build new international airports in London (the repeatedly abandoned third airport) and Paris (Charles de Gaulle). Conventional explanations of these projects, all of which can be seen as 'failures' in some sense, contrast French professional and rational planning expertise with the amateurishness of the British. Professor Feldman challenges such stereotypes, arguing instead that policy failures in the two countries can be explained in terms of political instability. His book is unique in developing such detailed, controlled case studies for the comparison of political systems, and offers new insights into public policy-making in Britain and France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08263/cover/9780521108263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistic Realities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Autonomist Metatheory for the Generative Enterprise</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carr, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can we reasonably speak of 'linguistic realities'? Do theoretical linguists devise accounts of a reality which exists outside of their theories? In this provocative and insightful study of the philosophy of linguistics, the author first investigates the realist/instrumentalist debate in the philosophy of science, and shows what relevance it has for the sort of questions linguists might ask themselves about the nature of their discipline. He proposes a realist philosophy of linguistics, which takes as its starting point Popper's falsificationist philosophy of science, coupled with his objective knowledge ontology. The automist methatheory he proposes for generative linguistics holds, in contradistinction to Chomskyan psychologism, that there are such realities, but that they are neither Platonic, nor normative in nature. Rather, they belong properly to Popper's category of objective knowledge. Linguistic Realities is a major contribution to the philosophy and methodology of linguistics. Its application of Popperian philosophy of science to the philosophy of linguistics will arouse much debate among philosophers and linguists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08287/cover/9780521108287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantics and Syntax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parallels and Connections</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the relationship between semantics and surface structure and in particular with the way in which each is mapped into the other. Jim Miller argues that semantic and syntactic structure require different representations and that semantic structure is far more complex than many analysts realise. He argues further that semantic structure should be based on notions of location and movement. The need for a semantic component of greater complexity is demonstrated by an examination of prepositions, particles, adverbs and verb-prefixes, and is shown to accord with cross-language and historical facts. The volume goes on to consider the sort of rules that are required to map semantic structures onto syntax. Semantics and Syntax tackles fundamental issues and draws together many of the key concepts of traditional grammar and formal linguistics. The general framework for handling syntax, semantics and morphology that it outlines is perhaps a controversial one, but it will be recognized as challenging and original.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08294/cover/9780521108294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regaining Paradise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Milton and the Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Dustin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the way in which Milton's poems served as a rich and fruitful resource for the English poets of the eighteenth century. It refutes the old argument about Milton's allegedly 'bad influence' and challenges suggestions that great writers generally inhibit or oppress their successors. Regaining Paradise argues that what interested eighteenth-century poets was primarily Milton's garden myth and that the best writers typically found Milton, not a burden, but an inspiring resources available for their appropriation. Regaining Paradise cuts across some of the boundaries that traditionally divide English studies. It looks at Milton not in a Renaissance but an eighteenth-century context and it combines the perspectives of literary history and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08362/cover/9780521108362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110839X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The River Scene</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Cultural Heritage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haslam, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The River Scene is a uniquely stimulating guide to the appreciation and preservation of rivers. In this highly illustrated account, Sylvia Haslam presents a new scheme for the evaluation of river quality which can be used by a wide range of users, from amateur conservationists to water-management professionals. The book presents an overview of river ecology, looking first at the natural environment - river structure, classification and pollution. This is followed by a discussion of the cultural environment, the importance of which is often overlooked: the history, archaeology, and social and legal contexts of rivers. Dr Haslam is a leading international authority on rivers and their vegetation. By understanding the natural and cultural environments of rivers and applying the methods she describes, our awareness and appreciation of these beautiful resources can be greatly enhanced, and their conservation for the future aided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08393/cover/9780521108393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Biblical Interpretation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Nineteenth-Century Conflict</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Addinall, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the nature of the conflict between science and religion.  It shows through a detailed examination of this conflict as it was manifested in nineteenth-century Britain that religion and science, properly understood, cannot co-exist in mutual harmony. The legacy of their conflict in the last century has been passed on to the twentieth century, greatly to the detriment of religious belief.  It is the author's contention that a return to the essentials of Kant's critical philosophy would lay bare the profound differences between religious and scientific approaches to the world, and the nature of the choice to be made between them.  In its effort to demarcate the outlines of a genuine biblical theology (and to articulate the proper procedures for producing one) the book casts light on important questions of biblical interpretation, and demands a radical reassessment of the meaning of science for society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08409/cover/9780521108409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Prehistoric Coastlines</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Geoff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parkington, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Archaeology of Prehistoric Coastlines offers a conspectus of recent work on coastal archaeology examining the various ways in which hunter-gatherers and farmers across the world exploited marine resources such as fish, shellfish and waterfowl in prehistory. Changes in sea levels and the balance of marine ecosystems have altered coastal environments significantly over the last ten thousand years and the contributors assess the impact of these changes on the nature of human settlement and subsistence. An overview of coastal archaeology as a developing discipline is followed by ten case studies from a wide variety of places including Scandinavia, Japan, Tasmania and New Zealand, Peru, South Africa and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08416/cover/9780521108416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110842X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Centre and Periphery in the Ancient World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowlands, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsen, Mogens</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristiansen, Kristian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collaborative volume is concerned with long-term social change. Envisaging individual societies as interlinked and interdependent parts of a global social system, the aim of the contributors is to determine the extent to which ancient societies were shaped over time by their incorporation in - or resistance to - the larger system. Their particular concern is the dependent relationship between technically and socially more developed societies with a strong state ideology at the centre and the simpler societies that functioned principally as sources of raw materials and manpower on the periphery of the system. The papers in the first part of the book are all concerned with political developments in the Ancient Near East and the notion of a regional system as a framework for analysis. Part 2 examines the problems of conceptualising local societies as discrete centres of development in the context of both the Near East and prehistoric Europe during the second millennium BC. Part 3 then presents a comprehensive analytical study of the Roman Empire as a single system showing how its component parts often relate to each other in uneven, even contradictory, ways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08423/cover/9780521108423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Mind &amp; Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butterfield</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of eleven original essays in analytical philosophy by British and American philosophers, centring on the connection between mind and language. Two themes predominate: how it is that thoughts and sentences can represent the world; and what having a thought - a belief, for instance - involves. Developing from these themes are the questions: what does having a belief require of the believer, and of the way he or she relates to the environment? In particular, does having a belief require speaking a language? The volume concludes the informal series stemming from the meetings sponsored by the Thyssen Foundation. It will interest analytical philosophers, students doing courses in philosophy of mind within the analytical tradition and philosophically interested researchers in cognitive psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08447/cover/9780521108447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poems of Al-Mutanabb&#238;</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arberry, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Al-Mutanabbi (AD 915-965), though universally considered the greatest of all the Arab poets, has seldom been translated or discussed outside Arab countries. This study uses the same format as and is intended to supplement Professor Arberry's Arabic Poetry: A Primer for Students. The introduction discusses Al-Mutanabbi's life, style, influence and critics. There follows a selection from his poems, in the original Arabic, with a literal translation into English on the facing page and notes on points of language and style at the foot. There is also a concluding chapter on textual variants, the problems of translation and a bibliography. Students of Arabic will find this a convenient introduction to one of the classics of the literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08485/cover/9780521108485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Linguistic Basis of Text Generation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Danlos, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study presents an original and penetrating analysis of the complex problems surrounding the automatic generation of natural language text. Laurence Danlos provides a valuable critical review of research in this important and increasingly active field and goes on to describe a theoretical model that is thoroughly grounded in linguistic principles. The model emphasises the semantic, syntactic and lexical constraints that must be dealt with when establishing a relationship between meaning and form and it is consideration of such linguistic constraints that determines Danlos' generation algorithm. The book concludes with a description of a generation system based on this algorithm which produces texts in several domains and also a system for the synthesis of spoken messages from semantic representation. The book is a significant addition to the literature on text generation and will be of particular interest to all computational linguists and AI researchers who have wrestled with the problem of vocabulary selection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08492/cover/9780521108492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantifying Diversity in Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, Robert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, George T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the enduring aims of archaeological research has been to explain why human material culture is so diverse, both across the world and through history. Recognising that diversity exists is not, however, to explain it nor to measure it effectively. The aim of the contributors to Quantifying Diversity in Archaeology is therefore to examine what we mean by diversity, to review the methods of measurement and formulae we an apply and assess the pitfalls that exist. Richness and evenness, the two main components of diversity measures developed in the biological sciences are considered, as are the value of diversity measures in the study of style, ecology, cultural geography and faunal, lithic and spatial analysis. Subsequent papers consider critically why the archaeological remains of particular cultures vary so markedly between sites, localities and regions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08508/cover/9780521108508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers on Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Grahame</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout his career Grahame Clark has pioneered on a world scale the use of the archaeological record to document the economic and social life of prehistoric communities. In Europe he was the first to employ the concept of the ecosystem in archaeology and to underscore the necessarily reciprocal relationship that exists between culture and environment. In Britain he has played a major role in moving archaeology away from its preoccupation with typology and spurring on the newly emergent discipline of bioarchaeology. Economic Prehistory reflects all these concerns. Following a comprehensive bibliography of Professor Clark's writing, the volume opens with a series of classic papers on basic subsistence activities such as seal hunting, whaling, fowling, fishing, forest clearance, farming and stock raising. Subsequent sections then deal with world prehistory and the thorny relationship between archaeology, education and society. The volume closes with a retrospective which looks critically at such figures of the past as Gordon Childe and Mortimer Wheeler and to the author's own renowned excavations at the Mesolithic site of Starr Carr.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08515/cover/9780521108515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Film and Phenomenology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards a Realist Theory of Cinematic Representation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casebier, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Film and Phenomenology, Allan Casebier develops a theory of representation first indicated in the writings of the father of phenomenology, Edmund Husserl, and then applies it to the case of cinematic representation. This work provides one of the clearest expositions of Husserl's highly influential but often obscure thought. It also demonstrates the power of phenomenology to illuminate the experience of the art form unique to the twentieth-century cinema. Film and Phenomenology is intended as an antidote to all hitherto existing theories about the nature of cinematic representation, whether issuing from classic sources such as the film theory of Andre Bazin or the post-structuralist synthesis of Lacanian psychoanalysis, Barthesian textual analysis and Metzean cine-semiotics. Casebier shows how a phenomenological account of representation will further the aims of any film theory. Developing a viable feminist film theory, legitimising the documentary, answering the challenge of Derridean deconstruction, properly theorising narrativity, Film and Phenomenology argues that theory of film must be Realist both with respect to epistemology and ontological issues. In this way, this work runs contrary to the whole course of contemporary film theory, which has been deeply anti-Realist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08546/cover/9780521108546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110856X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphor and Film</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittock, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Metaphor and Film, Trevor Whittock demonstrates that feature films are permeated by metaphors that were consciously introduced by directors. An examination of cinematic metaphor forces us to reconsider the nature of metaphor itself, and the ways by which such visual imagery can be recognised and understood, as well as interpreted. Metaphor and Film identifies the principal forms of cinematic metaphor, and also provides an analysis of the mental operations that one must bring to it. Recent developments in cognitive psychology, especially those relating to the nature and formation of categories, are called upon to explain these processes. Metaphor and Film ranges widely over film theory as it does over philosophical, literary, linguistic, and psychological accounts of metaphor. Particularly useful to those studying film, literature, and aesthetics, this study is also a provocative contribution to an important debate in which film theorists and philosophers are currently engaged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08560/cover/9780521108560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ontology, Modality and the Fallacy of Reference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jubien, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the concept of a physical thing and about how the names of things relate to the things they name. It questions the prevalent view that names 'refer to' or 'denote' the things they name. Instead it presents a new theory of proper names, according to which names express certain special properties that the things they name exhibit. This theory leads to some important conclusions about whether things have any of their properties as a matter of necessity.  This will be an important book for philosophers in metaphysics and the philosophy of language, though it will also interest linguists concerned with the semantics of natural language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08577/cover/9780521108577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dominant Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language and Hierarchy in Britain and France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grillo, Ralph D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes an interdisciplinary approach to the relations between power and language. Many societies are 'multilingual' throughout their history, but there is often a hierarchical ordering of their languages, dialects and ways of speaking. These are rarely of equal status, power or authority. Through a detailed and systematic comparison of Britain and France, Ralph Grillo examines the concept of language dominance, and the causes and consequences of linguistic hierarchy. In both France and Britain language has been a major political battleground, and the study traces the history of their various conflicts from the late Middle Ages to the present day. By relating these linguistic struggles to the principal social, economic, cultural and political factors at work in society as a whole, the book demonstrates the continuity between small-scale, 'local' even interpersonal relationships and general, large-scale processes. The investigation brings together an unusual and rich combination of material from a wide range of sources and a variety of academic disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08614/cover/9780521108614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Norms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bicchieri, Cristina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffrey, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skyrms, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the social sciences norms are sometimes taken to play a key explanatory role. Yet norms differ from group to group, from society to society, and from species to species. How are norms formed and how do they change? This 'state-of-the-art' collection of essays presents some of the best contemporary research into the dynamic processes underlying the formation, maintenance, metamorphosis and dissolution of norms. The volume combines formal modelling with more traditional analysis, and considers biological and cultural evolution, individual learning, and rational deliberation. In filling a significant gap in the current literature this volume will be of particular interest to economists, political scientists and sociologists, in addition to philosophers of the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08744/cover/9780521108744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Relations and Ideas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of R. H. Hilton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aston, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coss, P. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyer, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thirsk, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays in honour of Professor R. H. Hilton is presented by some of his numerous friends and pupils. It attempts to reflect his wide-ranging interests while highlighting certain themes and preserving some distinct degree of unity. The essays illustrate his abiding concern with the social structure, the rural economy and the mentalit&#233; of the Middle Ages. They also indicate that his interests have have always been pursued with the use of the widest possible range of sources so that archaeological and literary evidence are employed, as in his own work, alongside the sources more usually familiar to social historians. This book will be of permanent interest to all historians and particularly those specialising in social and economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08751/cover/9780521108751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Business, Politics and International Relations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Steel, Cotton and International Cartels in British Politics, 1924-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wurm, Clemens</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of commercial diplomacy, which investigates the responses of British industry and government to foreign competition, sectoral depression and decline. It examines the attitude of the British iron and steel industry towards the cartel of the continental steel industries, and the attempt of the Lancashire cotton industry in 1932-4 to reach a market-sharing agreement with Japan. Using a wide range of primary sources the author provides an analysis of the role of the state in British industrial policies and in the management of industrial decline. He shows that the outcome of international negotiations in the steel and cotton industries was not determined by economic factors alone, but was decisively influenced by political and diplomatic considerations and by the role of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08768/cover/9780521108768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Alexander</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cary, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, D. J. A</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many books were written in the Middle Ages about Alexander the Great and still more books have been written about those books in the last hundred years. In this classic study of the medieval Alexander, first published in 1956, George Cary approached the problem from an altogether different angle, using material which none of his predecessors had exploited. He asked himself the simple question: What did people really think about Alexander in the Middle Ages? The resultant answers proved various and unexpected, changing from age to age and from group to group. Published posthumously, Cary's study was edited by D. J. A. Ross, who corrected certain details, added some footnotes and included an additional section on the Histoire ancienne jusqu'a Cesar. To this were also added a number of illustrative plates and an appendix on the origins of the Greek Alexander Romance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08775/cover/9780521108775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Searches for an Imaginary Kingdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legend of the Kingdom of Prester John</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gumilev, Lev Nikolaevich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, R. E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The so called 'Kingdom of Prester John' was a Christian power thought to exist in Central Asia at the time of the twelfth-century crusades. At a deeper level, for the steppe peoples it constitutes a distant dynamic which led to the world-shattering rise of Mongol power under Chinggis (Genghis) Khan. The book ranges widely in subject matter, space and time. Christian history and ecological, demographic, social and economic history are all interwoven with the politics, religions and literature of the vast and varied area between European Russia and China from c800 to 1300. The author's views are distinctive and stimulating and are not always accepted by western specialists. But his bold synthesis fills in many of the missing links between histories of Europe and medieval China and makes it possible to think of these vast areas as, in some senses, parts of a greater whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08799/cover/9780521108799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Holy Greyhound</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Guinefort, Healer of Children since the Thirteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidtt, Jean-Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The legend of a dog which is unjustly killed by its master in error, after it has defended his child from attack  by a snake or wolf, appears in several popular cultures of Indo-European origin. This book concentrates on one local manifestation of the legend: a cult among the peasants of the Dombes, north of Lyons, who brought their sick child to the grave of 'Saint Guinefort', the martyred greyhound, for preservation from disease. Providing a rare access to the underlying cultural traditions of Europe, all too often submerged in the survivals of literate culture, this book will be welcomed by a wide range of historians and anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08805/cover/9780521108805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Wild and the Sown</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Botany and Agriculture in Western Europe, 1350-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambrosoli, Mauro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the spread of new agricultural practice in the half millennium after 1350, and reconstructs a neglected part of Europe's agricultural past: the introduction of fodder crops, and the continuous reorganisation of traditional botanical inputs within a new system of farming. New agricultural systems, based on convertible husbandry, clovers, turnips and roots, were introduced to some areas of Europe from the 1750s, and gave new impetus to productivity. However this so-called 'agricultural revolution' had demanded a learning process in which recourse to ancient and medieval botany helped farmers and scholars to overcome a situation of stalemate in early modern technology. The book breaks entirely new ground by showing the distant historical origins of a major transformation in land potential and farm productivity. A vast range of evidence is cited from Italy, France, England and elsewhere to provide a history of the 'agricultural revolution' in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08812/cover/9780521108812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prussia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History of a Lost State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>von Thadden, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Angi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a series of reflective essays which pose fundamental and deceptively simple questions about Prussia, which for over fifty years has ceased to exist as a political entity but which continues to exert a strong and unusual influence upon German history and contemporary affairs. Professor von Thadden succeeds in demolishing many of the legends which have surrounded Prussia but pays tribute to the unique role it has played in ushering Germany into the modern world. After dealing with comparatively straightforward questions about periodisation and geographical location, Professor von Thadden proceeds to examine Prussia's social structure, its political character, its relations with Germany, its church and finally, its relations with Europe. Based on a series of radio talks in 1979, the book was originally published as Fragen an Preussen in 1981.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08836/cover/9780521108836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Illocutionary Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vanderveken, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a formal and systematic study of the logical foundations of speech act theory. The study of speech acts has been a flourishing branch of the philosophy of language and linguistics over the last two decades, and John Searle has of course himself made some of the most notable contributions to that study in the sequence of books Speech Acts (1969), Expression and Meaning (1979) and Intentionality (1983). In collaboration with Daniel Vanderveken he now presents the first formalised logic of a general theory of speech acts, dealing with such things as the nature of an illocutionary force, the logical form of its components, and the conditions of success of elementary illocutionary acts. The central chapters present a systematic exposition of the axioms and general laws of illocutionary logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08850/cover/9780521108850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110887X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Situations and Strategies in American Land-use Planning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudel, Thomas K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerous analyses have identified local land-use controls as the source of our continuing problems with residential segregation and environmental deterioration. Although recent efforts to resolve these problems have focused on policy-making in local government, the existing literature on land-use control provides little guidance for these efforts. In this context Situations and Strategies in American Land-use Planning meets a need. From case studies of regulatory processes in rural, rural-urban fringe, suburban and urban communities in Connecticut it develops an empirically grounded theory of land-use planning which has clear implications for reforming the local planning process. Thomas Rudel's book will be invaluable to all those involved in planning as well as being of interest to environmental and rural sociologists, geographers and political scientists concerned with local government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08874/cover/9780521108874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education and the French Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, H. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The French Revolution was the first of the great social upheavals which transformed European society; its effects on the French national educational system and its wider influence on education is obviously important. Little has been written on the topic and Professor Barnard offers a modern study. He begins with a survey of the educational system under the Ancien R&#233;gime and describes the criticisms and schemes of reform which had already been offered before the Revolution. Then follow accounts of the educational activities of the revolutionary assemblies and the individual institutions set up during the period. The story ends with an account of the lasting influence of these reforms. Throughout, Professor Barnard emphasises the importance of the concept of education as a fundamental civic right and the duty of the state to provide and regulate it. The book gives the student of the history of education, of social history and modern France a useful survey of a central topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08881/cover/9780521108881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phonetic Description of Voice Quality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laver, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of an individual's voice in everyday social interaction can scarcely be overestimated. It is an essential element in the listener's analysis of the speaker's physical, psychological and social characteristics. Differences in voice quality reflect different habitual adjustments, or settings, of the vocal apparatus. Individual consonant and vowel segments can be thought of as momentary actions superimposed on these settings and voice quality, as the characteristic sound of a speaker's voice, thus pervades and to a certain extent determines the phonetic character of these linguistic segments. This volume sets out a phonetic description of voice quality, which has largely been neglected in other studies. Dr Laver's integrative approach is a major advance in general phonetic theory and his standardisation of descriptive terminology for the voice will be welcomed by those working in the fields of speech therapy, speech pathology, social psychology and communications engineering, as well as by students and specialists in speech science, phonetics and phonology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08898/cover/9780521108898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanism and the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science in the Narrative Process</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Martha A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Martha Turner's book examines the relationship between British fiction and the tradition of mechanistic science derived from Isaac Newton, and provides a bridge between the mechanical philosophy of the eighteenth century and present-day habits of thought.Tracing the evolution of the concept of mechanism among science writers and novelists of the past 200 years, it shows how the pre-mechanistic world of Pride and Prejudice and the relatively unproblematic empiricism of The Bride of Lammermoor were succeeded by the quandaries of Bleak House, The Ordeal of Richard Feverel, and The Egoist, and how alternatives to the mechanistic tradition were worked out in The Secret Agent and Women in Love. Analysis of Doris Lessing's Canopus in Argos: Archives identifies features of the tradition which still survive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08966/cover/9780521108966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521108993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521108997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Petrushka</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Russian Carnival Puppet Theatre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521108997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Catriona</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Petrushka, the Russian equivalent of Punch and Judy, was one of the most popular spectacles at fairgrounds and in city courtyards for over a century. Catriona Kelly's study, the first to appear in English, traces the history of Petrushka, illustrating how it reflected the tensions of Russian urban life both before and after the Revolution. Written from a standpoint informed by literary theory, her book at the same time breaks open the categories traditionally applied, both in the Soviet Union and in the West, to the study of Russian literature and popular culture. Contemporary interpretations of Petrushka on the street, high-cultural appropriations of it for a bourgeois and intellectual readership (notably the famous ballet by Benois and Stravinsky), and adaptations made for agit-prop purposes are all analysed. Based on a wide range of unusual materials, this lively and very readable account will appeal not only to literary specialists, but also to those interested in cultural politics, folklore, women's studies and popular theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08997/cover/9780521108997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics Economics and Society in Argentina in the Revolutionary Period</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halper&#236;n-Donghi, Tulio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the birth of political life and the rise of a political leadership in the River Plate area during the struggle for independence from Spain. Professor Halperin's book is set against the background of economic uncertainty associated with independence: the problems of adapting not only to a more thorough incorporation into the Atlantic economy and the associated economic dependence on Britain, but also to the loss of the mining areas in Upper Peru that had supplied the main export staples and most of the revenue that made possible the growth of a complex administrative and military apparatus there.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09031/cover/9780521109031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church in Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godfrey, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is likely that the gospel was brought to Britain in Roman times by merchants and soldiers from Gaul.  The author offers a details and balanced history of the events of these years. While his main theme is the conversion of the English to the Christian faith, his account is not narrowly ecclesiastical: he is concerned as much with the notable personalities and cultural achievements as with the fluctuating fortunes of the Church itself, the growth of its institutions and the work of its missions. The sixteen plates, including some illustrations seldom or never previously reproduced, give rich evidence of Anglo-Saxon taste and skill. there are six maps, an extensive bibliography, and full notes and references. No history of the Old English Church of a comparable size and scope has appeared in this century; and since Mr Godfrey's approach is both informed and uncomplicated, his book will be equally enjoyed by the scholar and the general reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09048/cover/9780521109048.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land Use Planning and the Mediation of Urban Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British Planning System in Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Healey, Patsy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNamara, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elson, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doak, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, originally published in 1988, provides an account of an analysis of British planning in practice, as observed through empirical research including a range of case studies. It shows how the procedures of the system have been used in the political processes through which policies come to be defined and implemented, and related these to the interests in land and environmental issues generated by urban and regional change. Its distinctive contribution lies in the linking of the procedures and practices of planning to the political economy of urban development, and in the way empirical evidence and theoretical argument are interlaced to advance our understanding of planning as a political process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09147/cover/9780521109147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetism and Ligand-Field Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerloch, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, originally published in 1983, a synthesis of old and new notions straddling the disciplines of physics and chemistry is described; and this provides a means of exploiting ligan-field properties of transition-metal and lathanide complexes leading to a quantified chemical insight into the individual metal-ligand interactions in these molecular species. Electronic spectroscopy and the ESR technique are well documented, but there has long been a need for a thorough description of magnetochemistry. A major section of this book therefore provides a details account of the physics and chemistry of paramagnetism. The second main section is concerned with those aspects of ligand-field theory that are required to construct the working composite defining ligand-field analysis. Though the book is intended for the research chemist, the subject matter and level of some of the material is suitable for both advanced undergraduate and postgraduate chemists and solid-state physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09154/cover/9780521109154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parallel Structures in Syntax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coordination, Causatives, and Restructuring</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodall, Grant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a radical revision in the definition of phrase markers, the fundamental object in the generative theory of syntax. Phrase markers have traditionally been defined in such a way that each node in the phrase marker must satisfy a relation of either dominance or precedence with every other node. Grant Goodall argues convincingly that the dominance and precedence requirement should be dropped. The argument is lucidly articulated and is supported by a comprehensive description and analysis of of coordination in English and of causative and restructuring constructions in the Romance languages. Parallel Structures in Syntax is a significant and thoughtful contribution to syntactic theory, and arguably provides the simplest and most elegant account available of many of the complex phenomena observed in coordination, causatives, and restructuring. It will interest not only theoretical linguists, but also computational linguists and cognitive scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09161/cover/9780521109161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Spatial Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herskovits, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a precise and thorough description of the meaning and use of spatial expressions, using both a linguistics and an artificial intelligence perspective, and also an enlightening discussion of computer models of comprehension and production in the spatial domain. The author proposes a theoretical framework that explains many previously overlooked or misunderstood irregularities. The use of prepositions reveals underlying schematisations and idealisations of the spatial world, which, for the most part, echo representational structures necessary for human action (movement and manipulation). Because spatial cognition seems to provide a key to understanding much of the cognitive system, including language, the book addresses one of the most basic questions confronting cognitive science and artificial intelligence, and brings fresh and original insights to it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09185/cover/9780521109185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hazlitt, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Hazlitt (1778-1830) was one of the greatest of English essayists, and this selection offers a wide range of his writings: it begins with Hazlitt's comments on the romantic poets who were his contemporaries, Wordsworth and Coleridge; it goes on to give a flavour of his influential views on the theatre and the visual arts; and it finishes with some fascinating accounts of the leisure activities of the Romantics, from boxing to juggling to rambles in the countryside. The selection was made by George Sampson in 1917 and reprinted many times thereafter, and the essays are offered with annotations that not only illuminate the texts, but are themselves now of interest as reflecting the period in which they were written. Cambridge University Press is delighted to bring this classic edition back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09246/cover/9780521109246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selections</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruskin, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This selection from the works of the writer and critic John Ruskin (1819-1900) is designed to illustrate the development of Ruskin's personality and literary style. What emerges is an extraordinary record of Ruskin's life and times, spanning most of the nineteenth century. Beginning with his reflections on his childhood, the volume proceeds chronologically, through his education and his European travels. It includes extracts from major essays on Venice, and observations on a range of contemporary writers, artists and architects, and it finishes with a moving passage on the sorrows of old age. The selections were made by the prominent Cambridge scholar A. C. Benson from the Library Edition of Ruskin's works, and the volume was first published in 1927. Cambridge University Press is delighted to bring this classic edition back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09260/cover/9780521109260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of English Drama 1660-1900 Paperback Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>907</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Allardyce Nicoll's History of English Drama, 1660-1900 was an immense scholarly achievement and the work of one man. Nicoll's History, which tells the story of English drama from the reopening of the theatres at the time of the Restoration right through to the end of the Victorian period, was viewed by Notes and Queries (1952) as 'a great work of exploration, a detailed guide to the untrodden acres of our dramatic history, hitherto largely ignored as barren and devoid of interest'. The History is reissued in seven paperback volumes, available separately and as a set. In volumes 1-5 Nicoll describes the conditions of the stage, actors and managers as well as dramatic genres. The sixth and seventh volumes offer a comprehensive list of all the plays known to have been produced or printed in England between 1660 and 1930, with their authors and alternative titles; it has thus independent value as well as providing an index to the earlier volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110940X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deeper into Pictures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Pictorial Representation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schier, Flint</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an original theory of the nature of pictorial representation. The most influential recent theory of depiction, put forward by Nelson Goodman, holds that the relation between depictions and what they represent is entirely conventional. Flint Schier argues to the contrary that depiction involves resemblance to the things depicted, providing a sophisticated defence of our basic intuitions on the subject. Canvassing an attractive theory of 'generativity' rather than resemblance, Dr Schier provides a detailed account of depiction, showing how it illuminates and resolves many of the enigmas of pictorial representation while remaining true to our basic intuitions on the subject. Philosophers, psychologists and art theorists will find this a sophisticated and stimulating treatment of one of the central topics in aesthetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09406/cover/9780521109406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>LEDA 2 Part Set</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Platform for Combinatorial and Geometric Computing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehlhorn, Kurt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>N&#228;her, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1034</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>LEDA is a library of efficient data types and algorithms and a platform for combinatorial and geometric computing on which application programs can be built. In each of the core computer science areas of data structures, graph and network algorithms, and computational geometry, LEDA covers all (and more) that is found in the standard textbooks. LEDA is the first such library; it is written in C++ and is available on many types of machine. Whilst the software is freely available worldwide and is installed at hundreds of sites, this is the first book devoted to the library. Written by the main authors of LEDA, it is the definitive account, describing how the system is constructed and operates and how it can be used. The authors supply ample examples from a range of areas to show how the library can be used in practice, making the book essential for all workers in algorithms, data structures and computational geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63291/cover/9780521563291.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Drama 1900-1930 2 Part Set</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Beginnings of the Modern Period</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1093</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Allardyce Nicoll's History of English Drama, 1660-1900 was an immense scholarly achievement and the work of one man. Nicoll's History, which tells the story of English drama from the reopening of the theatres at the time of the Restoration right through to the end of the Victorian period, was viewed by Notes and Queries (1952) as 'a great work of exploration, a detailed guide to the untrodden acres of our dramatic history, hitherto largely ignored as barren and devoid of interest'. The History is reissued in seven paperback volumes, available separately and as a set. In volumes 1-5 Nicoll describes the conditions of the stage, actors and managers as well as dramatic genres. The sixth and seventh volumes offer a comprehensive list of all the plays known to have been produced or printed in England between 1660 and 1930, with their authors and alternative titles; it has thus independent value as well as providing an index to the earlier volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberal Utilitarianism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Choice Theory and J. S. Mill's Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about liberal democratic values and their implications for the design of political institutions. Its distinctive feature is the use of some simple mathematical techniques (known as social choice theory) to clarify and defend a rather complex utilitarian conception of the liberal democratic 'way of life' based on John Stuart Mill's work. More specifically, the text focuses on three well-known 'social choice paradoxes' which are commonly held to destroy any possibility of an ideal harmony among liberal democratic values; and draws upon suggestions implicit in Mill's writings to develop an ethically appealing liberal democratic social choice framework in which the aforementioned paradoxes no longer cause concern. The revised framework is a rather complex version of utilitarianism and should be of special interest to welfare economists, social choice theorists, democratic political theorists and philosophers concerned with utilitarian ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09512/cover/9780521109512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resistance and Compromise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Thought of the Elizabethan Catholics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The plight of Catholics in Elizabethan England has long attracted the interest of historians and it has long been appreciated that the key to understanding their position lies partly in the voluminous polemical literature which they published. Nearly three hundred tracts were printed in English and Latin and more circulated in manuscript. The purpose of this book is to use such material as a source for understanding the political ideas of this religious minority in the age of the Wars of Religion. Dr Holmes concentrates on the two principal dilemmas which faced Catholics: whether they should remain loyal to the Queen or might resist her government and how far, if loyal, they might accommodate themselves to the religious laws she imposed on all Englishmen. He sees the Catholic response to both these problems as being in essence an interplay between the desire to resist and the need to find compromise or some means of peaceful accommodation with the political and religious status quo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09536/cover/9780521109536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scramble for Southern Africa, 1877-1895</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The politics of partition reappraised</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schreuder, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Scramble for Southern Africa formed one of the most dramatic episodes in the more general European assault on Africa by the forces of the New Imperialism in the later nineteenth century. This book offers a fresh reappraisal of the complex sequence of events that surrounded the Partition of Africa south of the Zambesi in the years 1877-95. The Scramble for Southern Africa was, as Professor Schreuder powerfully argues, really a scramble for mastery of the land and its resources - both physical and human - and not merely a diplomatic strategy. The era of the Scramble made the white man master of Southern Africa; it was left to the years of the 'South African War', 1899-1902, and the decade of Unification to 1910, to decide which white men were to be the ultimate masters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09598/cover/9780521109598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exercises in Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays by Students of Casimir Lewy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hacking, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of specially commissioned essays of analytical philosophy, on topics of current interest in ethics and the philosophy of logic and language. Among the topics discussed are the making of wicked promises, G. E. Moore's early ethical views, as well as indexicals, tense, indeterminism, conventionalism in mathematics, and identity and necessity. The essays are all by former students of Casimir Lewy, until recently Reader in Philosophy at the University of Cambridge and an exponent of a particularly thoroughgoing form of philosophical analysis. Together, they represent some of the best work in these areas at present, and express what may be described as a characteristic 'Cambridge' voice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09659/cover/9780521109659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Existentialism and Sociology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Jean-Paul Sartre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craib, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the work of Jean-Paul Sartre and of its relevance for contemporary sociology. Dr Craib sees Sartre as a central figure in modern European thought - providing links between Husserl and Heidegger on the one hand and Marxists and Structuralists on the other. He is concerned to relate Sartre's apparently abstract and often obscure philosophical work to methodological and other research problems in sociology; in particular he uses Sartrean philsophy to criticize the very influential work of Gouldner, Goffman and Garfinkel. In the first part of the book Dr Craib concentrates on Being and Nothingness and considers the way in which Sartre's brand of phenomenology can inform studies of inter-personal relationships. In the second part, he examines La Critique de la raison dialectique, which deals with the wider structure of society, the nature of social classes and the development of history. He goes on to investigate the connections between these two levels of analysis, and the complex inter-relationships between the sociologist, his fellows, his objects of study and his theoretical work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09673/cover/9780521109673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110968X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophical Frontiers of Christian Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays presented to D.M. Mackinnon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hebblethwaite, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, Stewart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the 'borderlands' of theology is the area in which it concerns overlap with those of philosophy. This book charts some of the frontiers that are of most concern in contemporary discussion. Beginning with a study of ontology in the New Testament, it proceeds to consider the borderlands between theology and philosophy from different standpoints in four main groups: the apostolic and patristic age, Enlightenment and post-Enlightenment thought, morality and ethics and, finally, contemporary reflection about meaning and truth. This distinguished collection of essays has been produced to honour Donald McKinnon, who retired from the Norris-Hulse Professorship of Divinity in the University of Cambridge in 1978, a bibliography of whose published writings is included in the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09680/cover/9780521109680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fenelon on Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, H. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The learned, pious and gentle Archbishop F&#233;nelon (1651-1715), author of T&#233;l&#233;maque and royal tutor, was one of the great European educationists and especially important for his writings on the education of girls; but his work is little known to students of the history and theory of education because suitable translations of the main texts have been lacking. Professor Barnard now makes them available in English, with a substantial introduction and notes. The introduction gives a biography and character sketch of F&#233;nelon, against the religious, political and educational background of his times; a second section analyses F&#233;nelon's educational theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09703/cover/9780521109703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reshaping Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cadbury Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Child, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowlinson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cadbury, Sir Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the management of organisational change. It focuses on Cadbury Ltd and provides an in-depth study of change within this famous British company. Cadbury Ltd is famous for its pioneering personnel management. One of the purposes of this study is to assess how this established company ethos facilitated change by examining the development and implementation of a capital investment programme that radically changed working practices at the company's Bournville plant in Birmingham. At a more general level the authors develop a theory of organisational change that emphasises the interaction between external market forces and internal management action. This approach unites an emphasis on the structural parameters that limit a firm's capacity for independent change, with a recognition of the vital role performed by influential members of an organisation in initiating and managing change. This book will be of interest to teachers and students of business history, organisational behaviour, industrial relations and industrial sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09741/cover/9780521109741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sheffield Steel and America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Century of Commercial and Technological Interdependence 1830-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tweedale, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book provides an important contribution to the technological and commercial history of crucible and electric steelmaking by thoroughly examining its development in Sheffield and American centres such as Pittsburgh. It also discusses cutlery, saw and file manufacturing, where the Americans quickly shed Sheffield's traditional technologies and, with the help of superior marketing, established a word lead by 1900. It is also shown, however, that this did not free the US from its dependence on Sheffield steel. Sheffield's innovation in special steelmaking, which began with the Hunstman crucible process in 1742, continued with a series of brilliant 'firsts', which gave the world tool, manganese, silicon, vanadium and stainless steel alloys. Thus the US continued to draw from Sheffield know-how, even in the twentieth century - a transfer of technology that was facilitated by the foundation of Sheffield's own subsidiary firms in America, the history of which is recounted here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09758/cover/9780521109758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reminiscence and Re-creation in Contemporary American Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olster, Stacey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Post-modernist fiction apparently presents a world of chance and randomness, devoid of historical intelligibility. Focusing on American post-modernist writers, Stacey Olster offers a challenge to this perception, showing how the experience of political and historical events has shaped the novelist's perspective. Communism after World War II proved particularly instrumental in this capacity; the failure of the Communist ideal in Russia forced a change in the literary perspective of history during the 1950s. Olster analyzes in detail historical narrative configurations in the works of a pivotal group of writers. Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, John Barth, Robert Coover and E. L. Doctorow share a common vision of historical movement in the shape of an open-ended spiral. The modes of temporal movement constructed by these authors manage to recall an early Puritan prototype while remaining nonapocalyptic in direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09802/cover/9780521109802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109825</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Picture, Image and Experience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do pictures represent? In this book Robert Hopkins casts new light on an ancient question by connecting it to issues in the philosophies of mind and perception. He starts by describing several striking features of picturing that demand explanation. These features strongly suggest that our experience of pictures is central to the way they represent, and Hopkins characterizes that experience as one of resemblance in a particular respect. He deals convincingly with the objections traditionally assumed to be fatal to resemblance views, and shows how his own account is uniquely well placed to explain picturing's key features. His discussion engages in detail with issues concerning perception in general, including how to describe phenomena that have long puzzled philosophers and psychologists, and the book concludes with an attempt to see what a proper understanding of picturing can tell us about that deeply mysterious phenomenon, the visual imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09826/cover/9780521109826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem: A Corpus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of a series of four volumes that are intended to present a complete corpus of all the church buildings, of both the western and the oriental rites, rebuilt or simply in use in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem between the capture of Jerusalem for the First Crusade in 1099 and the loss of Acre in 1291. This volume completes the general topographical coverage begun in volume I, and will be followed by a third volume dealing specifically with the major cities of Jerusalem, Acre and Tyre (which are excluded from the preceding volumes). The project, of which this series represents the final, definitive publication, has been sponsored by the British School of Archaeology in Jerusalem. On completion the corpus will contain a topographical listing of all the 400 or more church buildings of the Kingdom that are attested by documentary or surviving archaeological evidence, and individual descriptions and discussion of them in terms of their identification, building history and architecture. Some of the buildings have been published before, but many others are published here for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09833/cover/9780521109833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novy Mir</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study in the Politics of Literature 1952-1958</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Edith Rogovin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1981, this book is an examination of the politics of literary publishing in the Soviet Union, and in particular during the period after Stalin's death, in the 1950s. Dr Frankel focuses on the leading literary journal of the 1950s, Novy Mir, between whose covers so much important literary work first appeared: Pomerantsev's essay on sincerity in literature, Abramov's literary criticism, and Dudintsev's Not By Bread Alone. It was Novy Mir that published Solzhenitsyn's One Day in the Life of Ivan Denisovich in November, 1962. Under the editorship, first of Aleksandr Tvardovsky, then of Konstantin Simonov, the journal was strongly identified with the 'thaw', which, as Dr Drankel shows, had, paradoxically, been antcipated in the literary criticism of the last year of Stalin's life, a year known in other spheres for its repressive character. A detailed study of the journal combined with an analysis of the political and economic issues of the day enables the reader to appreciate the constant interaction of literature and politics in the Soviet Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09864/cover/9780521109864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pretoria's Praetorians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Civil-Military Relations in South Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Philip H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1984 when this volume was first published, the balance of power in South Africa was rapidly changing as apartheid faced growing international pressure. New social formations and institutions previously on the political margins moved into the mainstream to influence the course of events in ways which complicated the workings of local politics and challenged prevailing theories about the future of South Africa's racial order. Within the white elite, the military, in alliance with business leaders and technocrats in the bureaucratic and executive arms of government, emerged from virtual political obscurity to play a major role in shaping contemporary apartheid society. This full-scale study of the South African military as a racially heterogenous agent of the white state examines the origins of this development, with its capacity to alter the delicate balance between evolution and revolution. Set firmly in a framework deriving from contemporary literature on civil-military relations, it analyses the ideological and practical mechanics of the 'total strategy' enunciated as a programme for counterrevolution by the military establishment and seeks to determine the consequences of militarisation for political and social relations in South African society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09895/cover/9780521109895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nathaniel Hawthorne</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swann, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first analysis of the fiction of Nathaniel Hawthorne and his perception of history. In his study, Charles Swann examines the whole of Hawthorne's literary career and gives proper weight to the unfinished work. Hawthorne saw history as a struggle between the authoritative claims of tradition on the one hand and the conflicting but equally valid claims of the desires for revolutionary transformation on the other. To evaluate Hawthorne's view of history, Swann provides close readings of such key shorter works as Alice Doane's Appeal and Main Street, as well as the most detailed analysis to date of the unfinished works The American Claimant Mss and The Elixir of Life Mss (two works which exemplify the temptations of tradition and the exhilaration of the revolutionary moment). This study asks us to explore how Hawthorne presents and interprets history through his fiction: for example, the history of crucial sins of the past (and the contemporary placing of such sins) in Alice Doane's Appeal, the problematic nature of the American Revolution in The Elixir of Life Mss, and the role of society in The Scarlet Letter. Swann's innovative study will be of interest to students and scholars of American literature, history, cultural studies, and literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09932/cover/9780521109932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cliffs of Solitude</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reading of Robinson Jeffers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaller, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cliffs of Solitude offers a comprehensive assessment of the career of one of America's most neglected major poets, Robinson Jeffers. Jeffers' reputation, once one of the most substantial in American letters, was founded chiefly on the publication of 'Tamar' (1924) and the other verse narratives of the California coast that followed it in the next two decades. Most previous studies have cast no more than a backward glance at the considerable body of work that preceded 'Tamar', much of which was presumed to be lost. The recent recovery of major portions of Jeffers' verse drama 'The Alpine Christ', however, as well as a significant quantity of other early material, compels reassessment of this phase of his career and casts the mature poetry in a radically altered light. Such an attempt is particularly timely now that the rhetoric of modernist criticism, which tended for so long to obscure the scope and importance of Jeffers' achievement, has itself receded into the historical record.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09949/cover/9780521109949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521109965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James' Last Romance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making Sense of the Past and the American Scene</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haviland, Beverly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major new study of Henry James's classic text of cultural criticism, The American Scene, Beverly Haviland shows how James confronted the vexing problem of making sense of the past so that he could make culture work. In this record of James's 1904-5 return to America and in his unfinished novels, The Sense of the Past and The Ivory Tower, he interpreted the social conflicts that seemed to be paralysing relations between men and women, between black and white Americans, between 'natives' and 'aliens', between defenders of taste and censors of waste. Although James has been represented as conservative by liberal critics, it is just such simplifying oppositions that his method of interpretation works to transform. Haviland's own metonymical method follows James's interpretative practice by bringing historical and theoretical readings of these texts into conversation with each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09963/cover/9780521109963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052110999X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521109994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discrepant Engagement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dissonance, Cross-Culturality and Experimental Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521109994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackey, Nathaniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discrepant Engagement addresses work by a number of authors not normally grouped under a common rubric - black writers from the United States and the Caribbean and the so-called Black Mountain poets. Nathaniel Mackey examines the ways in which the experimental aspects of their work advance a critique of the assumptions underlying conventional perceptions and practice. Arguing that the work of these writers engages the discrepancy between presumed norms and qualities of experience such norms fail to accommodate, Mackey highlights their valorization of dissonance, divergence and formal disruption. He advances a cross-cultural mix that is uncommon in studies of experimental writing, frequently bringing the works and ideas of the authors it addresses into dialogue and juxtaposition with one another, insisting that parallels, counterpoint and relevance to one another exist among writers otherwise separated by ethnic and regional boundaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09994/cover/9780521109994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ezra Pound and Italian Fascism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redman, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ezra Pound's vocal support for Benito Mussolini and Italian fascism and his indictment, arrest, and imprisonment without trial have been a source of considerable puzzlement and embarrassment to an entire generation of poets and critics. In this book, Tim Redman draws from previously unexamined and unpublished archival material, to provide the first detailed and historical account of Pound's support for Italian fascism.  Beginning with Pound's earliest political journalism for the socialist paper The New Age during the First World War, the book traces Pound's growing interest in the economic theories of C. H. Douglas and Silvio Gesell, his move to Italy, his meeting with Mussolini, and his increasing activity as an apologist and propagandist for the Italian fascist regime up to the time of his arrest. This fascinating account of Ezra Pound and Italian Fascism allows the reader to understand the causes and results of Pound's ideology and actions as well as the broader implications they have for the poetry and politics of this century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10013/cover/9780521110013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American T. S. Eliot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Early Writings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigg, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his old age T. S. Eliot said on a number of occasions that the American experience of his childhood and youth had had the deepest influence on his poetry. This is the first book to explore in detail how Eliot's writings at once preserved and reacted against his complex American heritage: his intellectually and socially prominent family, their strong Unitarian culture and their experience in nineteenth-century St Louis and Boston. Besides demonstrating how Eliot's preoccupation with theatricality and self-consciousness descends from a line of American writers with similar impulses, the book pursues the theme of doubleness in rhetoric and the self and traces the influence on Eliot of the philosopher F. H. Bradley. Analysing major poems from 'Prufrock' through The Waste Land, Sigg draws upon Eliot's early philosophical writing, essays and reviews to reveal Eliot's early poetry both as a distinct entity and as a stage in his development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10037/cover/9780521110037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism, Mass Culture and Professionalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strychacz, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Modernism, Mass Culture and Professionalism Thomas Strychacz argues that modernist writers need to be understood both in their relationship to professional critics and in their relationship to an era and ethos of professionalism.  In studying four modernist writers - Henry James, Theodore Dreiser, John Dos Passos and Nathanael West - Strychacz finds that contrary to what most studies suggest, modernist writers (in the period of 1880-1940) are thoroughly caught up in the ideas and expressive forms of mass culture rather than opposed to them. Despite this, modernist writers seek to distinguish their ideas and styles from mass culture, particularly by making their works esoteric. In doing so, they are reproducing one of the main tenets of all professional groups, which is to gain social authority by forming a community around a difficult language inaccessible to the public at large. Finally Strychacz explores his own world of academia and observes that the work of professional critics in the university reproduces the strategies of modernist writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10044/cover/9780521110044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America and the Patterns of Chivalry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Fraser explores a paradox about the USA: that a country dedicated to rationality, progress, equality and success has always had a strong attachment to the medieval ideas of nobility and chivalry and the high toned violence that goes with them. The strange consequences of this attachment spread deep into US history and politics: They were at the heart of the Civil War but also give a flavour to domestic politics, especially industrial relations. They also sound a special note in American fiction, from Twain to The Great Gatsby and beyond and in the whole of popular culture, especially the movies. This aspect of the American spirit is one of the many admirable things about this country and Fraser has written a book that will move its readers as well as instruct, enlighten and amuse them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10099/cover/9780521110099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jackson Elk Herd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intensive Wildlife Management in North America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyce, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The management of the elk population at Jackson Hole, Wyoming, has been the subject of a long-standing controversy among wildlife biologists, with critics of the winter feeding program predicting that such intervention would result in overpopulation, habitat destruction, disease and chaos. After more than 75 years in which hay has been provided during the winter months in most years, the elk population is flourishing and is for good measure one of the most intensively studied and managed wildlife populations in North America. This detailed study of migration, population dynamics, harvesting strategies, winter feeding programs and range relationships in the Jackson elk herd provides a classic study in wildlife management. As such it will have wide appeal to professionals and students in wildlife biology, resource management and applied ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10204/cover/9780521110204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Enigma of Gogol</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Examination of the Writings of N. V. Gogol and their Place in the Russian Literary Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peace, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gogol's place in Russian literature is unique. He is Russia's classic comic writer, yet the phrase 'laughter through tears', which has been applied to him, hints at darker and more tragic overtones. One of the most idiosyncratic of writers, his influence has nevertheless been profound. Appearing to shun psychological analysis, he is yet the father of the Russian psychological novel and originator (in his unfulfilled plans for Dead Souls) of the novel of spiritual regeneration brought to fruition by Tolstoy and Dostoevsky. A great innovator in his work for the theatre and widely hailed throughout the nineteenth century (and even today in the Soviet Union) as the exponent of a socially conscious literature championing the underdog, his work has been interpreted quite differently by the Formalist and many present-day Western critics who see the significance of his art residing in its manner, not its meaning. Surveying the complete oeuvre, Professor Peace argues that Gogol has, as a writer, close affinities with the Russian Middle Ages and that his ambiguous position in the great humanist tradition of nineteenth-century Russian literature springs from his attempts to come to terms with the cultural impact of Sentimentalism, and its later development Romanticism. Moreover, misunderstanding of Gogol has been further compounded by a contradiction in his work: on the one hand the striving for national significance and universality; on the other the treatment of art as a form of personal catharsis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Arnold on Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bamford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Arnold, headmaster of Rugby School from 1828 till his death, is famous as the reformer of public schools. Dr Bamford sees this reputation as a misleading one and in his introduction he presents Arnold as a paradoxical figure. 'He had a very large family, but did not really understand children at all, he ran a public school but his heart was in the religious and social struggles outside the gates. Again, he adored the classics and despised the moderns but thought that the future hope of mankind lay with industry. As a headmaster it was his duty to educate and prepare boys for the professions and yet openly he despised these occupations. Even after he died the paradox remains, for he is said to have reformed the public schools whereas in fact there is precious little evidence of it.' In this book, a selection of his writings on education is presented to students of education. The writings are preceded by a full introduction which describes Arnold's social, religious and educational ideas and evaluates his influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10266/cover/9780521110266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>One Hundred Ballades, Rondeaux and Virelais from the Late Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkins, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>French lyric poets of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries continued many of the traditions of the earlier Provencal troubadours and northern trouveres and they inherited and developed the fixed forms - the ballade, the rondeau and the virelai. Dr Wilkins's anthology includes many of the finest poems of this period, showing the diversity of themes and structure and their richness and vitality. In his introduction, Dr Wilkins explains the structure and derivation of the fixed forms and gives an exposition of the characteristic themes. A biographical note introduces each poet or school of poets and there is a commentary for each of the poems, bibliographies, a glossary and indexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10327/cover/9780521110327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism and the Progress of Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the philosophical foundations of the realist view of the progress of science as cumulative. It is a view that has recently been faced with a number of powerful attacks in which successive scientific theories are seen, not as extending their scope and honing their explanations, but as incommensurable. There is, it is held, in principle no way of establishing that they are about the same things. From the voluminous literature on the topic, Dr Smith has selected relevantly and incisively and his exposition of the contending arguments is vigourous and clear, without undue technicality. As an explication and defence of realism it will interest all those concerned with this basic question in the philosophy of science and the philosophy of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10341/cover/9780521110341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetical Works</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Giles and Phineas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boas, Frederick S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in two volumes in 1908 and 1909, the present work remains the standard edition of the poetical works of Giles Fletcher and his brother Phineas Fletcher. The first volume contains all the extant poems of Giles Fletcher and the undisputed poetical works of Phineas published before 1633. The second volume includes the poems, original or translated, of Phineas Fletcher which appeared in or after that year.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10396/cover/9780521110396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetical Works</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Giles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Phineas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in two volumes in 1908 and 1909, the present work remains the standard edition of the poetical works of Giles Fletcher and his brother Phineas Fletcher. The first volume contains all the extant poems of Giles Fletcher and the undisputed poetical works of Phineas published before 1633. The second volume includes the poems, original or translated, of Phineas Fletcher which appeared in or after that year.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10402/cover/9780521110402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical and Scientific Writing in Late Medieval English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taavitsainen, Irma</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pahta, P&#228;ivi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Medical and scientific writing in English has evolved over more than a millennium, from its genesis in the Anglo-Saxon era to its present-day position as the 'lingua franca' of science. This volume focuses on its development as a genre in late medieval English. During this period it emerged in the vernacular, as its Graeco-Roman conventions were modified in a new socio-historical context. Seven experts discuss the various linguistic and textual processes involved in vernacularising science, and how they related to communicative practices and to the writers and readers of medical and scientific texts. Referring to authentic medieval texts, they show how discourse communities adopted scriptorial 'house-styles', how vocabulary and code-switching patterns reflect the multilingual context of the period, and how intertextuality featured between shared materials. Bringing together several perspectives on this new research area for the first time, this book will be welcomed by linguists and historians of science alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10419/cover/9780521110419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Joyce and the Problem of Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Negotiating Sexual and Colonial Difference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valente, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of James Joyce to subject his work to ethical and political analysis. It addresses important issues in contemporary literary and cultural studies surrounding problems of justice, as well as discussions of gender, homosociality and the colonial condition. Valente uses an original theory and psychology of justice through which to explore both the well-known and the more obscure of Joyce's works. He traces the remarkable formal and stylistic evolution that defined Joyce's career, and his progressive attempt to negotiate the context of social difference in racial, colonial, class and sexual terms. By analysing Joyce's verbal strategies within both the psychobiographical and sociohistorical contexts, Valente unlocks the politics of Joyce's unconscious and reveals the legacy of Western political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10457/cover/9780521110457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blake, Kierkegaard, and the Spectre of Dialectic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Lorraine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blake's late prophecies, The Four Zoas, Milton and Jerusalem, feature a conflict between the poet-prophet Los and a Spectre embodying all he most opposes: intellectual scepticism, religious despair and a systematic philosophical logic of contraries, which is for Blake an abstraction from, and negation of, his ideal of 'life'. Lorraine Clark traces the analogy between Blake's Spectre and Soren Kierkegaard's concept of 'dread', whose spirit of negation and irony he seeks to conquer, in both its philosophical and aesthetic manifestations. Using Kierkegaard's philosophy to illuminate Blake's prophecies, Lorraine Clark shows these concepts to offer the basis for a profound critique both of romanticism, as it has come to be identified with the spirit of dialectic, and of the postmodern irony which it has spawned. Their attempt to rescue an ideal of life from its abstraction within idealist dialectics is itself deeply romantic, and offers a dramatisation of tensions - between scepticism and affirmation, religion and nihilism, philosophy and poetry - central to our understanding of romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10471/cover/9780521110471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111053X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documentary Culture and the Making of Medieval English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Emily</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emily Steiner describes the rich intersections between legal documents and English literature in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. The literature of this period, from Passion lyrics to Lollard sermons, abounds in documentary language and metaphors. Steiner argues that documentary culture (including charters, testaments, patents and seals) enabled writers to think in new ways about the conditions of textual production in late medieval England. She explains that the distinctive rhetoric, material form and ritual performance of legal documents offered writers of Chaucer's generation and the generation succeeding him a model of literary practice. Covering a wide variety of medieval texts: sermons, lyrics, Piers Plowman, Mum and the Sothsegger, The Book of Margery Kempe, heretical writings and trial records, this study will be of interest to scholars of medieval literary studies and medieval studies in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10532/cover/9780521110532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romantic National Tale and the Question of Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferris, Ina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ina Ferris examines the way in which the problem of 'incomplete union' generated by the formation of the United Kingdom in 1800 destabilised British public discourse in the early decades of the nineteenth century. Ferris offers the first full-length study of the chief genre to emerge out of the political problem of Union: the national tale, an intercultural and mostly female-authored fictional mode that articulated Irish grievances to English readers. Ferris draws on current theory and  archival research to show how the national tale crucially intersected with other public genres such as travel narratives, critical reviews and political discourse. In this fascinating study, Ferris shows how the national tales of Morgan, Edgeworth, Maturin, and the Banim brothers dislodged key British assumptions and foundational narratives of history, family and gender in the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10556/cover/9780521110556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beckett's Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Different Words</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new account of the prose fiction of Samuel Beckett from Murphy (1938) to Worstward Ho (1983). Drawing on contemporary literary theory, the book rejects the idea that Beckett is an author committed to expressing a particular view of the world. Instead, Beckett's fiction writing is examined in terms of its struggle with the perplexities and uncertainties of difference and identity. Beckett's literary bilingualism, his experiments with literary form, his treatment of sexuality and the body are seen as part of an exploration of the process by which the differences and distinctions which sustain the meaning of words are liable at any moment to collapse into indifference and indeterminacy. Dealing with questions of modernism, translation, fiction, genealogy, names, experimentation and fragmentation in relation to Beckett's writing, Beckett's Fiction: In Different Words undertakes a major reassessment of the aims and methods of Beckett's novels and prose fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10563/cover/9780521110563.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flaubert's Characters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Language of Illusion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major new study takes issue both with the traditional critical view that Flaubert's central characters are weak and with the approach adopted by a number of contemporary critics who claim that character is deliberately undermined in the interests of non-representational writing. Rather, Dr Knight explores the relationship between the contents of Flaubert's stories and his practice as a writer, thereby reinstating the functional value of character in his work. She shows that essential aspects of Flaubert's aesthetic - the opaqueness of language, stupidity, fascination and reverie as the object of art - depend on the psychological make-up of fictional characters: their pathological relationship to language and reality mirrors Flaubert's conception of the readers' stupefied response to his own stylistic effects and to his wilfully naive stories. Flaubert emerges as a representational writer, but one who is supremely self-conscious of the fictional status of his representations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10587/cover/9780521110587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pictorialist Poetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry and the Visual Arts in Nineteenth-Century France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, David H. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive description of how writers, in particular poets in nineteenth-century France, became increasingly aware of the visual element in writing from the point of view both of content and of the formal organisation of the words in the text. This interest encouraged writers such as Baudelaire, Mallarme and Rimbaud to recreate in language some of the vivid, sensual impact of the graphic or painterly image. This was to be achieved by organising texts according to aesthetic criteria so that as far as possible the form of the text as visually perceived would be closely interrelated to its content as reconstructed through the reading process. The result of this development was a radical redefinition of the scope and function of poetry, raising important general questions about the nature of the relationship between language and the visual image that are still very much of concern today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10594/cover/9780521110594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Musil's 'The Man Without Qualities'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Musil's The Man without Qualities is perhaps the most important novel in German written in the twentieth century - certainly it is among the most brilliant, puzzling and profound. This, the first comprehensive study of the work to appear in English, guides the reader towards Musil's central concerns. It examines how Musil laboured through draft after draft to produce material that would pass his own strict literary 'quality control' and traces major themes through different layers of narrative with the aid of close textual analysis. It details how Musil subjects leading figures of fin-de-siecle Vienna to intense ironic scrutiny and how, by drawing on his extensive knowledge of philosophy, psychology, politics, sociology and science, he works into his novel essayistic statements which record the state of contemporary European civilisation. Through a disturbing and deeply serious liaison with his sister, Musil's hero Ulrich, is shown to struggle through to the brink of self-discovery and enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10600/cover/9780521110600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frankenstein's Island</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England and the English in the Writings of Heinrich Heine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prawer, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Prawer's new book documents Heinrich Heine's lifelong involvement with England and the English. It shows him to have been a witty and intelligent observer of English men and women, institutions and politics, and books and journals of his own day; and to have extended his observation backwards into English history and literature of the past in a way that constantly welds the past to the present. The picture which emerges is one shaped by traditional preconceptions, political considerations, social philosophies and aesthetic experiences. The author (who is an authority on Heine) has amassed a vast amount of quotations; many of these passages have never been available in English before. The book will be an important reference work for scholars of nineteenth-century German literature and history; and, since all quotations are rendered in English, it will appeal to general readers interested in verbal caricature and in the changing image of England and the English in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10624/cover/9780521110624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drawing and Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Descriptive and Experimental Studies of Graphic Production Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sommers, Peter van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When we do something as apparently simple as sketching a map, constructing a working diagram, or drawing an imaginary face to amuse ourselves, we utilise a complex set of abilities: perceptual, mechanical, strategic, representational, pragmatic. Peter van Sommers sets out to distinguish and describe the various layers of organisation in the drawing performances of ordinary people - adults and children. Drawings, like language, have a multi-layered structure. Because much of the structure represents tacit knowledge, a variety of special observational and analytic methods must be developed to provide a comprehensive empirical account of graphic production. This book illuminates the link between laboratory methods and the study of an important skill exercised in the real world. It will be of interest to a wide range of cognitive psychologists as well as to many neuropsychologists and others concerned with art, aesthetics, writing and script evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton, the Metaphysicals, and Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harding, Anthony John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Both the English Civil War and the French Revolution produced in England an outpouring of literature reflecting intense belief in the arrival of a better world, and new philosophies of the relationship between mind, language and cosmos. Milton, the Metaphysicals, and Romanticism is the first book to explore the significance of the connections between the literature of these two periods. The volume analyses Milton's influence on Romantic writers including Blake, Beckford, Wordsworth, Shelley, Radcliffe and Keats, and examines the relationships between other seventeenth-century poets - Donne, Marvell, Vaughan, Herrick, Cowley, Rochester and Dryden - and Romantic writers. Representing a wide range of theoretical approaches, and including original contributions by leading British, American and Canadian scholars, this is a provocative and challenging assessment of the relationship between two of the richest periods of British literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10693/cover/9780521110693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Golden Age of the Chinese Bourgeoisie 1911-1937</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg&#232;re, Marie-Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Favoured by the exceptional economic circumstances of the First World War and the immediate post-war years, Chinese entrepreneurs made their mark by modernising and establishing themselves as a business bourgeoisie. Focusing upon Shanghai, this study explores the astonishing growth of Western-style industry, commerce and banking during the Republic's first decade. Marie-Claire Bergere analyses how the bourgeoisie gradually constituted itself as a specific and coherent social class, with its own ideology and type of political action, built upon family solidarities and regional links; and she examines the relations between this class and the State, the Revolution and the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10716/cover/9780521110716.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Critical Phase in Tanzania</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nyerere and the Emergence of a Socialist Strategy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pratt, Cranford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'How can a country which is poor, with few socialists and without either a strong proletariat or a radicalised peasantry be led to a socialist transformation of its values and institutions?' In January 1967 Julius Nyerere, President of Tanzania, made this the central preoccupation of his government and of his party, the Tanganyika African National Union. The emergence of that socialist commitment provides the central focus for this study of political leadership in Tanzania. Many independent countries are in the 'critical phase' in which the aspirations of their peoples race ahead of their productive capabilities. This study of the forces and considerations that led to the emergence of a democratic and socialist strategy of development in Tanzania is therefore of wide relevance elsewhere in Africa and the developing world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10723/cover/9780521110723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ion-Selective Electrodes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koryta, Jirm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stul&#237;k, Karel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ion-selective electrodes are widely used for non-destructive, rapid, sensitive and precise determination of many ions in a great variety of media and therefore, provide a powerful analytic tool. Since the appearance of the first edition of Professor Koryta's book in 1975 progress in the whole field of ion-selective electrodes has been rapid and a vast amount of diverse data has appeared. In this edition, based on the literature to mid-1981, a compact and unified treatment of the theory of ion-selective electrodes is presented along with an updated account of their analytical, biomedical and physicochemical applications. The book will be of interest to advanced undergraduate and graduate chemists, biophysicists, physiologists, biochemists and environmental scientists, as well as research workers in both universities and industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10761/cover/9780521110761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Element Order</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bivon, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is concerned with element order in written literary Russian, a study usually known as word order, a term which is slightly misleading in that it is concerned not only with the order of individual words, but with the order of various groupings of words (or elements of grammatical structure). In this, the only book in English devoted to the subject, Dr Bivon examines both types of order. The study also contains a bibliography of the most important works, arranged under three headings: works on 'word order' itself, on grammatical analysis and on contextual analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10792/cover/9780521110792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacKinnon, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Metaphysics is usually taken to be that part of analytical philosophy which offers an account of the most basic and persuasive concepts we use, an inventory and analysis of such fundamental structural features of our world as existence, substance, change and quality. But there is a revisionary as well as a descriptive metaphysics. Some philosophers and theologians have sought to reach beyond these familiar conceptual categories and to extend the scope of human understanding and language. What sort of an intellectual enterprise would that be, and what sort of facts, truths or understanding could it yield? Professor MacKinnon devotes this book to a study of these questions - the nature and possibility of a revisionary metaphysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10839/cover/9780521110839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Portraying Analogy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The attention of philosophers. linguists and literary theorists has been converging on the diverse and intriguing phenomena of analogy of meaning:the different though related meanings of the same word, running from simple equivocation to paronymy, metaphor and figurative language. So far, however, their attempts at explanation have been piecemeal and inconclusive and no new and comprehensive theory of analogy has emerged. This is what James Ross offers here. In the first full treatment of the subject since the fifteenth century, he argues that analogy is a systematic and universal feature of natural languages, with identifiable and law-like characteristics which explain how the meanings of words in a sentence are interdependent. Throughout he contrasts his with classical and medieval views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10860/cover/9780521110860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth's Cambridge Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, B. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wordsworth came up to St John's College, Cambridge in 1787. He began his academic career with obvious advantages: talent, the grounding given at his school - which had scored notable successes at Cambridge - useful connections and the incentive to success given by his lack of means and the expectations of his family. Before long it became clear that he had altogether rejected the course of studies leading to academic honours. It was, Schneider argues, a most significant decision in effect, though the young poet was not at first fully aware of having made it: it was a turning away from what Cambridge represented at the time, a rejection of a whole system of beliefs and attitudes about the world, man, society and art. This book is important for students of Wordsworth; but it also examines certain central features of eighteenth-century intellectual and social life and will be valuable to general students of English literature, history and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10907/cover/9780521110907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521110939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521110938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer on Interpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferster, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chaucer on Interpretation enters the current dialogue about whether modern literary theory can illuminate medieval works. Dr Fester argues that the insights of modern phenomenological hermeneutics can enrich our understanding of Chaucer and shows that interpretation is one of the central concerns of his poems. The book demonstrates that the hermeneutical circle is a model for the interdependent relationship between self and other, between characters, between the poet and his literary sources and between a poem and its readers. Ferster shows how Chaucer examines different aspects and consequences of the hermeneutical circle and its implications for personal identity, political power and literary meaning. Taking interpretation as a theme, she gives readings of the Knight's Tale, the Parliament of Fowls, the Clerk's Tale, the Wife of Bath and the narrative frame of the Canterbury Tales.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10938/cover/9780521110938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Fulfilling Prophecies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readership and Authority in the First Roman de la Rose</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hult, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thirteenth-century poem Roman de la Rose is one of the most significant literary contributions of the Middle Ages. The poem is a composite work by two separate authors; the first part, By Guillaume de Lorris, has always been viewed as an unfinished fragment made complete thanks to the work of his continuator. In Self-Fulfilling Prophecies David F. Hult offers a reading of the 'first' poem by Guillaume, viewed within its literary and cultural context. The book ultimately places into question such modern literary concerns as 'authorial intentionality', 'unity', 'originality' and 'textual closure', and will therefore be of interest to students of literary theory as well as to those specialising in medieval French literature. English translations of quotations from the poems are provided to ensure that a broader audience will benefit from this clearly argued study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11003/cover/9780521111003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voice and Song</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butenschon, Sine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borchgrevink, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>76</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Singing involves the correct co-ordination of the whole body. This book explains the mechanisms involved by presenting the anatomical, physiological and phonological data relevant to voice production. Scientific data and explanations are presented alongside teaching instructions, so that they can be linked to familiar experiences to the singer. The book is addressed to the singer, to teachers and students of singing and to anyone of the medical profession dealing with vocal disorders. No prior knowledge is needed. It can be used either for individual study or in lessons. A useful index is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11072/cover/9780521111072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Formal Semantics of Natural Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keenan, Edward L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A volume of studies in natural language semantics which brings together work by philosophers, logicians and linguists. The main topics treated are: quantification and reference in natural language; the relations between formal logic, programming languages and natural language; pragmatics and discourse meaning; surface syntax and logical meaning. The volume derives from a colloquium organised in 1973 by the Kings College Research Centre, Cambridge and the papers have been edited for publication by Professor Keenan. It is hoped that the collection will make available some of the best work in this fast-moving field and will stimulate further progress by juxtaposing the different approaches and interests represented here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11119/cover/9780521111119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bello and Bol&#237;var</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry and Politics in the Spanish American Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cussen, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Andr&#233;s Bello predicted in 1823, the glory of Sim&#243;n Bol&#237;var has continued to grow since the Spanish American Revolution. The Revolution is still viewed as an almost mythical quest, and the name of the Libertador has become synonymous with the region's hopes for integration. In this book, the official history of the Revolution - the heroic history of Bol&#237;var - is replaced by the account of Bello, who was first Bol&#237;var's teacher and later his critic. Through a detailed study of the manuscripts of Bello's unfinished poem Am&#233;rica, Antonio Cussen reconstructs Bello's version of the Revolution and seeks to understand its political and cultural consequences. The author argues that Bello recorded the disintegration of the Augustan model of power and intimated the inevitable approach of liberalism with a certain longing for the classical culture of his youth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11393/cover/9780521111393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nabokov's Early Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns of Self and Other</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connolly, Julian W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the evolution of Vladimir Nabokov's prose fiction from the mid-1920s to the late 1930s. While individual works by Nabokov have attracted extensive commentary, the precise contours of Nabokov's development as a writer of fiction have received little attention. Julian Connolly traces this development by focusing on a crucial subject: the relationship between self and other in its various forms (including character to character, character to author, author to reader). At the core of Professor Connolly's analysis is the discovery of a powerful structure of bifurcation in Nabokov's work, between the character dimensions of a protagonist's identity and its latent authorial dimensions. As Nabokov's works grow more sophisticated, the author manipulates the relationship between these two dimensions, creating a series of memorable characters who seek to attain the status of authentic author by shedding that aspect of the self which functions as a character. Julian Connolly's investigation into the relationship between self and other in the early fiction provides an original model for approaching all of Nabokov's fictional writing, and constitutes a major contribution to Nabokov scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11423/cover/9780521111423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nikolay Novikov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Enlightener of Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, W. Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nikolay Novikov (1744-1818) was a key figure in Russian cultural life under Catherine the Great. He was in turn a successful journalist, historiographer, educator, publisher, leading freemason and philanthropist and he left his distinctive mark on each of these spheres at a formative moment in Russia. This book is a Western study of Novikov's complete career and it shows how he responded to Catherine's enlightened despotism in cultural matters and why their ways eventually parted. Novikov is viewed here not only as a founding father of the Russian intelligentsia, but as a representative of the general European Enlightenment, who discovered and encouraged a new generation of writers. A knowledge of Novikov and the kind of enlightenment he strove to spread in Russia is important for an understanding of the particular cast of mind evident in Russian thought and writings in the nineteenth century. The book will therefore be of interest to a wide range of scholars and students of Russian literature and intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11447/cover/9780521111447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joseph Brodsky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Poet for our Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polukhina, Valentina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Russian poet Joseph Brodsky has in recent years commanded increasing attention among both Russian specialists and a wider audience interested in modern culture. In 1987 he received the Nobel Prize for Literature. This book, the first in English to be devoted entirely to him, presents a sustained and comprehensive analysis of his work to date, and offers an interpretation of his major themes: love, faith, creation, time, exile and empire. Individual poems are closely scrutinised to show the complexity and sophistication of Brodsky's ideas about perennial human problems, and the ways in which his language conveys his perception of certain values. Valentina Polukhina locates Brodsky in relation to other Russian writers from Derzhavin to Akhmatova, as well as drawing comparisons between his work and poetry in English. She also provides a comprehensive bibliography. Her book constitutes a timely study of the poetry and poetics, style and ideas of one of the most important poets of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11461/cover/9780521111461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brothers Karamazov and the Poetics of Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Diane Oenning</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Brothers Karamazov is Dostoevsky's last and most complex novel. It represents the fullest expression of his quest to achieve a literary work which would express the dilemmas and aspirations of his time and also represent the eternal, absolute values he perceived in the Christian tradition. Diane Thompson's study focuses on the meaning and poetic function of memory in the novel, and seeks to show how Dostoevsky used cultural memory to create a synthesis between his Christian ideal and art. Memory is considered not only as a theme or subject, but also as a principle of artistic composition. This interpretation identifies those aspects of cultural memory Dostoevsky incorporated into his novel, and analyses how he used them as significant components of his characters' memories. This challenging study sets Dostoevsky's work in a new perspective. It will appeal to scholars of Russian and comparative literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11478/cover/9780521111478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voice and the Victorian Storyteller</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreilkamp, Ivan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nineteenth-century novel has always been regarded as a literary form pre-eminently occupied with the written word, but Ivan Kreilkamp shows it was deeply marked by and engaged with vocal performances and the preservation and representation of speech. He offers a detailed account of the many ways Victorian literature and culture represented the human voice, from political speeches, governesses' tales, shorthand manuals, and staged authorial performances in the early- and mid-century, to mechanically reproducible voice at the end of the century. Through readings of Charlotte Bront&#235;, Browning, Carlyle, Conrad, Dickens, Disraeli and Gaskell, Kreilkamp re-evaluates critical assumptions about the cultural meanings of storytelling, and shows that the figure of the oral storyteller, rather than disappearing among readers' preference for printed texts, persisted as a character and a function within the novel. This innovative study will change the way readers consider the Victorian novel and its many ways of telling stories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/51930/cover/9780521851930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sartre and 'Les Temps Modernes'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a history of Jean-Paul Sartre's monthly review Les Temps Modernes, an immensely influential publication launched in 1945. The journal set out from the beginning to effect a revolutionary redefinition of psychology, sociology, political theory and anthropology, in order to assist in the socialist transformation of France and the world. Dr Davies is the first author to examine the review from a multidisciplinary viewpoint. The result is a panorama of forty years of French intellectual history, of debate and rivalry informed by and influencing the political struggles of the time - the Cold War, the Algerian revolution, the Gaullist era, May 1968, the Maoism of the 1970s. It is also an important chapter in the biography of Sartre which offers a new sense of the magnitude of his philosophical and moral aspirations and a revaluation of his work and status.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11508/cover/9780521111508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flaubert and the Gift of Speech</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dialogue and Discourse in Four "Modern" Novels</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haig, Stirling</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study of Flaubert's use of dialogue, an important but neglected component of his fictional texts. Professor Haig's starting point is Sartre's observation that 'Flaubert does not believe that we speak: we are spoken'. Dialogue in Flaubert does not attempt to represent an individual style but to circumscribe a larger phenomenon of language. Speech defines man both in the sense that it describes him as a set of human characteristics, and inscribes him within a system of social values. The author explores the development of Flaubert's use of dialogue in Madame Bovary, L'Education Sentimentale (both versions), and Bouvard et P&#233;cuchet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11522/cover/9780521111522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Pianoforte</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollens, Stewart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive historical and technological study of the pianoforte based on important primary source material. Most histories of the piano begin with its invention by Bartolomeo Cristofori in Florence in about 1700: this study begins with the earliest fifteenth- and sixteenth-century manuscript sources and extends over Cristofori's rediscovery of the principle of the hammer action, the early exportation of Florentine pianofortes to prominent European courts, and the building of copies of these instruments in Portugal, Spain and Germany. Technical information is presented in a comparative format and the text is illustrated with many photographs, measurements, line drawings and tables. While written primarily for the technical specialist, there is much here of significance for the history of the piano and performance practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11553/cover/9780521111553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Evolution of Metazoa and the Significance of Problematic Taxa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simonetta, Alberto M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Simon Conway</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the great enigmas of evolutionary biology has been how to treat animals of problematic systematic position. Many are known only as fossils, so this area has been of particular interest to palaeobiologists. This book represents a wide synthesis. It embraces not only general problems of animal classification of animals and new information on their molecular sequences that bear on their wider relationships, but also addresses more specific problems. These include details appraisals of both living and fossil groups. From the fossil record special emphasis is laid on examples from exceptionally preserved biotas that include the Burgess shale-type faunas of the Cambrian of south China and western North America, the Carboniferous Mazon Creek beds of Illinois, and the Jurassic Osteno beds of northern Italy. In addition, experimental studies of soft-patrt preservation in jellyfish are relevant to comparable preservation in the fossil record.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11584/cover/9780521111584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>El Ni&#241;o</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical and Paleoclimatic Aspects of the Southern Oscillation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diaz, Henry F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markgraf, Vera</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The El Nino/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) phenomenon is a recurrent feature of the climate in tropical regions. A primary example of large scale coupled ocean-atmosphere interactions, ENSO has received much attention in past years, as a result of widespread climatic anomalies (severe drought and floods, Indian monsoon failure, etc.) that are often associated with the development of such episodes. To enhance our understanding of the mechanisms involved in the low frequency behavior of ENSO and to help improve our ability to forecast the future behavior of this phenomenon, we have combined analysis of the modern aspects of ENSO morphology, modelling and variability with chapters dealing with its historical and prehistorical behavior. this volume examines different approaches to reconstructing ENSO based on a variety of proxy sources. It also illustrates how, in the past, the climatic manifestations associated with ENSO may have been different, in the frequency of occurrence as well as amplitude. This book will be of importance to all professional scientists and researchers in climatology, meteorology and the earth and environmental sciences, while graduate students in these disciplines will find the book a useful reference source.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11614/cover/9780521111614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empiricism and Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monro, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Monro presents an original view of ethics based on empiricism, which leads him to a subjectivist position about moral values. He starts by examining the central problem in moral philosophy: are moral statements objectively true, or are they expressions of preference? The first view conflicts with the empiricist beliefs current in modern thought; the opposing naturalistic theory seems to lead to moral scepticism. After discussing both views, the author presents a detailed defence of the subjectivist position. In the course of his argument he gives a detailed analysis and criticism of the 'universalisability thesis', the theory that moral aspirations differ from others in being applicable to all men, and that it is this that makes them moral. He then offers an alternative account of the nature of moral attitudes. The author illustrates his explanations with straightforward analogies and examples. His clear exposition of the fundamental concepts arising in his argument makes this a book for students as well as for professional moral philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11621/cover/9780521111621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Account of the Tabernacle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Translation and Textual Problems of the Greek Exodus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooding, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relation of the Septuagint to the original Hebrew is of major importance to the study of the Old Testament. In the closing chapters of Exodus this relation becomes notoriously obscure; in recording the execution of God's instructions for the making of the tabernacle and the priests' vestments, the Greek differs seriously both in order and content from our present Hebrew text. This raises the problem of how the Greek and Hebrew accounts came to stand in their present form, why they differ so widely, and which represents the older tradition. Scholars during the last century have been almost unanimous in maintaining that the Greek account is earlier than the Hebrew and is translated from a primitive (and now supposedly lost) text. Moreover, because of inconsistencies in technical terms, this part of the Greek Exodus is thought to be the work of a second translator. Dr Gooding puts forward a completely different explanation. This lively, clearly written and controversial book will be of particular interest to theologians and biblical scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11638/cover/9780521111638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writings on Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kipling, Rudyard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemp, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Unlike his contemporaries Virginia Woolf and Henry James, Kipling always denied he was a critic. But his letters, speeches, and stories are full of comments on writing and writers. This collection, including many formerly unpublished private letters and papers, details Kipling's response to the commercialisation of literature and the emerging role of the writer as celebrity in the turbulent literary world of the 1890s and beyond. They reveal a mind intensely concerned with questions of literary value, with language and imagination, with truth, realism, and romanticism. Kipling's fame made him a significant spokesperson for important segments of the reading public - the soldiers, engineers, and functionaries central to Britain's imperial expansion. He profoundly influenced English literary language and our perception of English national character. This book offers access to the private and public history of a writer whose continuing influence is still a matter of fierce controversy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11751/cover/9780521111751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Portraits of Early Russian Liberals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Thought of T. N. Granovsky, V. P. Botkin, P. V. Annenkov, A. V. Druzhinin, and K. D. Kavelin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Offord, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the work of five Russian liberal thinkers who were active in the period 1840-60 against the general background of Russian history, literature and thought in that period. All five thinkers (to each of whom a separate chapter is devoted) played an important part in the flowering of Russian letters in the 1840s, and were involved in the attempt of the intelligentsia, the conscience of the nation, to bring more humane and enlightened values to their backward and semi-feudal country. By the 1850s, when a more radical wing began to emerge in the intelligentsia, the moderation of these liberals became more apparent. While the radicals were prepared to countenance revolutionary upheaval, the liberals counselled patience, toleration, and gradualism. In his conclusion Dr Offord explores the possible reasons for the failure of the liberal tendency, represented by these thinkers, to establish itself properly in Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11812/cover/9780521111812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521111943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521111942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voices of Persuasion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staub, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study, Michael Staub recasts 1930s cultural history by analysing those genres so characteristic of the Depression era: Staub argues that several thirties writers - precisely because of their encounters with disinherited peoples - anticipated the dilemmas poststructuralist theory would identify; an awareness of the ambiguousness of historical truth, and the impossibility of representing reality without being complicit in its distortion. New interpretations of such canonised authors as James Agee, John Dos Passos, Zora Neale Hurston, John G. Neihardt and Tille Olsen are coupled with critical discussions of previously little-known works of ethnography, journalism, oral history and polemical fiction. This book will interest all who are concerned with the problematic relationship betweeen representation and social reality and their mutual inextricability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11942/cover/9780521111942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Fable</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Mythological Narrative in Sixteenth-Century France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moss, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major study of the development of French poetry in the Renaissance, which examines changes in style and vision by looking both at how poetry was read in this period and how it was written. Dr Moss examines vernacular versions of fables from Ovid's Metamorphoses, published between the end of the fifteenth century and beginning of the seventeenth century, which reveal fundamental changes both in reading habits and in assumptions about literary aesthetics and the relationship of literature to truth. Through detailed analysis of mythological narratives in the Ovidian tradition composed by Lemaire de Beiges, Francois Habert, Baif and Ronsard, among others, and by concentrating on a few specific mythological subjects Dr Moss is able to identify the salient features in these developments and so broaden our understanding of the aesthetic revolution which transformed the literature and mentality of France and Western Europe during the Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12147/cover/9780521112147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The City Of Ibadan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, P. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mabogunje, A. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Awe, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of Ibadan, the largest indigenous African city south of the Sahara. Ibadan began its existence as a war-camp and has retained, to a large extent, the structure of an overgrown village. In the core of the town, settled in the nineteenth century, the people live together in large family compounds. The new elites live in the peripheral modern suburbs but here individual homes are the rule. The two sections of the city depend on one another economically and the commercial and industrial development of new Ibadan is modifying the life of the old city. The book is a symposium based on a series of papers presented at a seminar organised by the Institute of African Studies at the University of Ibadan. Each contributor is an expert in his own field and together they provide a comprehensive survey of the history, geography, sociology and political structure of this remarkable city. All sides of the city's life and structure are examined in relation to one another; the book deals with the city as a whole and not single aspects of it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12178/cover/9780521112178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Properties of Forest Ecosystems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reichle, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, which is based upon years of research effort and numerous meetings by a large number of scientists throughout the world, brings together different 'schools' of ecological investigation of woodlands. After a description of the structure and floristic composition of the research sites, involving a comparison of boreal, temperate, Mediterranean and tropical forest, the study goes on to consider the dynamic aspects of the woodland formation. These include growth and succession, carbon dioxide balance, water relations, soil processes and chemical cycling. Further chapters discuss comparative productivity, biomass and carbon metabolism. Forest growth and water balance are investigated using complex ecosystem models and the predictive value of such models is tested against observations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12208/cover/9780521112208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Origin of Earthquakes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in 1912 by the Cambridge scholar and mathematician Charles Davison, The Origin of Earthquakes offers an overview of what Davison described as 'the varied phenomena of earthquakes'. Using case studies from around the world, Davison considers the origin of several different classes of earthquakes, including simple, twin and complex. Further attention is devoted to the growth of faults, fore-shocks and after-shocks, sympathetic earthquakes, earthquake sounds and distribution, with supplementary illustrations and maps. Offering contemporary assessments of events ranging from the Mino-Owari earthquake of 1891 to the Californian earthquake of 1906, this volume will appeal to anyone interested in the history and development of seismology in the early part of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12215/cover/9780521112215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Critique of Freedom and Equality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charvet, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the grounds of ethical life, or the nature and basis of our ethical obligations. It contains an original account of these grounds and shows how this understanding requires specific forms of social and political life. Charvet considers the ideas of the freedom and equality of men in the many forms they have taken and shows that there is a radical incoherence underlying them which consists in the failure to integrate in a coherent way the particular and the moral or communal dimensions of individual life. These two dimensions are separated and opposed to each other. In the final section of the book Charvet develops an original account of the grounds of ethical life which satisfactorily integrates these particular and communal elements of individuality. It is designed to show how the moral claims of individuals are grounded in their associated wills in a community and yet how such a conception preserves the separate individuality of the community's members.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12260/cover/9780521112260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socio-Historical Linguistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Status and Methodology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Romaine, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Synchronic sociolinguistics has been particularly convincing in its use of quantitative models to demonstrates how 'the present might explain the past'. However, the relevance of sociolinguistics to historical linguistics 'using the past to explain the present', has been largely ignored. In this volume Dr Romaine lays the foundation for a field of research encompassing both historical linguistics and sociolinguistics, which aims to investigate and account for language variation within a particular speech community over time. The socio-historical approach is illustrated here by a detailed analysis of the development of relative clause formation strategies in Middle Scots. This case study raises fundamental questions about the epistemological status of sociolinguistic theory and in particular its claims to an empirical foundation. Her own preliminary suggestions for a truly integrative sociolinguistic theory will be of interest to sociolinguists, historical linguists and general linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12338/cover/9780521112338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton's Good God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Literary Theodicy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Danielson, Dennis Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few writers have achieved the synthesis of art and idea that was attained by John Milton in Paradise Lost. In that work the poet addressed one of the most important questions in philosophy and religion: How could God, if he is omnipotent and wholly good, have made a world in which there is so much evil? In this book Professor Danielson examines Paradise Lost, focusing on Milton's treatment of creation, chaos, predestination, free will, God's foreknowledge, the Fall of Man and the nature of human existence before the Fall. The author thereby not only lays a systematic foundation for understanding Milton's defence of the creator's justice and goodness but also explores how the literary character of that defence gives it a unique human vitality, dramatic consistency and logical coherence. Milton's Good God is an interdisciplinary study, which will lead the student of literature to a deeper appreciation of Paradise Lost while drawing the student of ideas to a fuller awareness of the importance of Milton's work for the fields of philosophy, theology and intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12383/cover/9780521112383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miguel Angel Asturias's Archeology of Return</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prieto, Reni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Miguel Angel Asturias (1899-1974) is one of the notable literary figures in Latin America who in the 1920s contrived both to explore and to define Latin literature within the mainstream of Western history. He managed to be poetic, political and mythological at the same time, and with a degree of synthesis rarely achieved then or since. As is the case with many Latin American writers, his work is inextricably linked with politics, and he lived in exile for many years. He was influenced by Indian mythology, fantasy and Surrealism and was the first Latin American novelist to understand the implications of anthropology and structural linguistics for culture and for fiction. Ren&#233; Prieto examines how Miguel Angel Asturias turns to the cultural traditions of the ancient Maya and combines them with the rhetoric of surrealism in order to produce three highly complex and widely misunderstood masterpieces; the Leyendas de Guatemala (1930), Hombres de maiz (1949) and Mulata de tal (1963). Asturias is the first American author to succeed in portraying an indigenous world vision that is blatantly non-Western.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12451/cover/9780521112451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Knowledge of Ignorance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Genesis to Jules Verne</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly original study is concerned with the theory of knowledge. It approaches the subject in a new way by exploring the recurrent paradox which equates pure ignorance with perfect knowledge, twin ideals free from the impurities and imperfections of discourse. The author combines the techniques of literary criticism and intellectual history in order to examine the literary, philosophical, theological, and political ramifications of this anxiety about, and ambition to transcend, the limits of the text. Dr Martin begins by tracing a network of interlocking motifs and images - beginning and end, nescience and omniscience, genesis and renascence, savagery and civilization - across a broad spectrum of texts from the Book of Genesis through the Renaissance (in particular the works of Nicholas of Cusa and Erasmus) to Rousseau. The central section of the book translates these temporal oppositions into the spatial antithesis of East and West in the Orientalism of Hugo, Napoleon and Chateaubriand. A final chapter draws together these apparently disparate themes in a consideration of the dichotomy of science and literature in Jules Verne's Voyages Extraordinaires.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12482/cover/9780521112482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irony and Ideology in Rabelais</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structures of Subversion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past two decades since the appearance in the West of Mikhail Bakhtin's study of Rabelais and popular culture, Rabelais's work has been a focus of debate in contemporary literary and cultural criticism. The subjects under discussion include questions of fixed authorial meaning and intention versus open and changing readings, and the competing claims of literary history as traditionally practised versus dialectical criticism, according to which criticism itself is not outside ideology and history. Jerome Schwartz's book attempts to straddle both tendencies. Schwartz reads the four authentic books of Rabelais's Gargantua and Pantagruel as polyvalent texts in which ironic, parodic and satiric discourses continually intersect to prevent the univocal closure of ideological meaning. His book is about the way in which the Rabelaisian text functions as an interdiscursive play of elements that both encode meanings and subvert the reader's attempts at coherent interpretation. In close textual analyses of major episodes, examination in context of semantic, syntactic and narrative elements, including quotations and references that undermine the apparent ideological objective at the surface of the text, Schwartz reveals 'loopholes' in the text, spaces of social and political conflict and deviance that are woven into its humanist, evangelical structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12505/cover/9780521112505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>David Ricardo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Notes on Malthus's 'Measure of Value'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porta, Pier Luigi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a companion volume to the Royal Economic Society edition of The Works and Correspondence of David Ricardo, edited by Piero Sraffa with the collaboration of Maurice Dobb. It completes the record on Ricardian value theory by showing Ricardo's reaction to Malthus's pamphlet The Measure of Value Stated and Illustrated of 1823. Ricardo's Notes are, in Sraffa's words, 'the only considerable item' not appearing in the Royal Economic Society edition of his works. In addition, the recent publication by Cambridge of the variorum edition of Malthus's Principles of Political Economy, edited by J. M. Pullen, makes it possible to understand Malthus's pamphlet as an intermediate step between the 1820 and 1836 editions of the Principles. In his introduction Pier Luigi Porta highlights the place of these Notes in the development of Ricardo's thinking. When taken with Ricardo's paper on 'Absolute Value and Exchangeable Value', these Notes provide the essentials of Ricardian value theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12536/cover/9780521112536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walt Whitman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, a significant contribution to the reception history of Leaves of Grass, Specimen Days and other works, reproduces the full range of the contemporary reviews of Whitman's various books. Brash and iconoclastic, revered and reviled at various times, Whitman - because of his bold literary experiments and frank treatment of sexuality - came in for an astonishing array of commentary ranging from sympathy with his 'hearty wholesomeness' to hostility toward poems that were a 'mass of stupid filth'. Reviews by Rufus Griswold, Fanny Fern, John Burroughs, William Dean Howells, Henry James, Hamlin Garland, Oscar Wilde and (writing anonymously) Whitman himself, together with a host of lesser-known writers clarify much about both the poet and nineteenth-century American culture and its tastes and preoccupations, its myopia and acuity. These reviewers first framed the issues for critical debate and shaped Whitman's long-term reputation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12598/cover/9780521112598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Physiological Work Capacity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shephard, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the objectives of investigations carried out within the Human Adaptability section of the International Biological Programme was to obtain comparable data on population characteristics over a wide range of ecosystems. This volume provides a brief survey of the variables affecting the physiological work capacity of various populations. The items considered include body weight, fatness, maximum oxygen intake, muscular strength, and the process of oxygen transport from the air to the working muscles. The discussion is based largely on data collected under the auspices of the IBP, using methods standardised for the programme. The influence of race, heredity, environment and disease are considered, and a detailed analysis is made of various classes of athlete. The material will be useful to human and environmental physiologists, anthropologists, and those interested in physical education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12642/cover/9780521112642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machina Carnis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Biochemistry of Muscular Contraction in its Historical Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Dorothy M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1971, this is an account of the centuries of experiment and speculation that have led to our understanding of how muscles work. The book traces all the developments in the field since 1600 and devotes special attention to the breakthroughs made in the last century. It considers the nature of the muscle machine and its fuel, as well as the intricate regulation of energy supply under different conditions. It also examines the very varied kinds of muscle and the effects of some diseases on their structure and function. Finally it shows how the energy metabolism first elucidated for the mechanical work of muscle has been found to explain most of the other kinds of work done by cells, as in light production, secretion, ionic transport and electrical discharge. The biochemistry of muscle, carbohydrate metabolism and phosphorylations was the author's chosen field of research for over forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12673/cover/9780521112673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychiatry, Human Rights and the Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bluglass, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This thought-provoking volume is based on papers given by practising and academic lawyers, judges, psychiatrists, forensic experts and sociologists to a recent conference in Cambridge. The contributors consider possible approaches towards the resolution of the main dilemmas that face psychiatry, society and the law, and towards healing the rifts that have developed between the different professions concerned with the mentally ill. They also consider the best means of promoting more humane, successful and socially efficient services.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12789/cover/9780521112789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the History of Mycology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ainsworth, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, first published in 1976, Dr Ainsworth gives a straightforward account of the main views held about fungi for the past three millennia and the development of the study of fungi as a branch of science for the last 250 years. The existing literature is widely scattered and much of it suffers from difficulty of access. In this volume there is documented an outline of the development of the main areas of mycology, with emphasis on the solution of the major problems that have confronted students of fungi and novel discoveries which have given new insights.  A number of important themes form the basis of the account, each one being traced from early times  to the twentieth century. The themes are arranged in the chronology of their appearance in mycological studies. Most chapters are thus self-contained. Whilst an elementary knowledge of mycology is assumed, technicalities have been kept to a minimum so that not only mycologists but other biologists and historians of science can understand the history of the development of knowledge of an important group of organisms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12956/cover/9780521112956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grassland Ecosystems of the World: Analysis of Grasslands and their Uses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coupland, R. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1976, this volume describes the structure and functioning of grassland ecosystems. Five kinds of grassland are considered, namely natural temperate grasslands, semi-natural temperate meadows and pastures, tropical grasslands, arable grassland and cropland. Descriptions of the abundance and biomass of plants, animals and micro-organisms are provided, as well as an assessment of the activities of each functional group of organisms in relation to production, consumption and decomposition. Static models of energy flow and nutrient cycling are included, and the effects on the ecosystem of the management of grazing land and cropland are also considered. The volume is based on data collected in more than 50 studies made during the International Biological Programme studies in 22 countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12970/cover/9780521112970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521112990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521112994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Potato in the Human Diet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfe, Jennifer A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the latter half of the twentieth century, the rate of increase in potato production in developing countries has outpaced growth rates of most other major food crops. When this book was first published in 1987, the potato was being produced in 132 of the 167 independent countries of the world and more than three billion people, 75 per cent of the world's population at the time, inhabited the 95 developing countries that produced potatoes. As potato cultivation continues to expand at a rapid pace, particularly in the tropics, more attention has been directed towards understanding and improving the nutritional contribution potatoes can make to the human diet. The book reviews the knowledge about the nutritional value of the potato and its role in the nutrition of both children and adults. The synthesis presented in this volume will be of value to students and research workers in nutrition and food science in both developed and developing countries. Dieticians, nutritionists, policy makers and aid personnel involved in agricultural and rural development will also find this book informative and of practical use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12994/cover/9780521112994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A&#235;des Aegypti (L.) The Yellow Fever Mosquito</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Life History, Bionomics and Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christophers, S. Rickard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>752</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A&#235;des Aegypti, the yellow fever mosquito, is widely used as a laboratory type for research on the bionomics, structure and physiology of the mosquito and for many other research purposes, such as in the testing of insecticides, research on essential food requirements and genetical studies. The book brings together in a systematic way all that is known about this species. It presents, in a readily usable form, information scattered in a vast and diffuse literature and adds much from the author's own work. The scope of the book covers: the history of early research, a review of the species systematics, its distribution, natural enemies and parasites, its relation to disease and the measures taken in its control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13021/cover/9780521113021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insect Hemocytes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development, Forms, Functions and Techniques</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gupta, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The function of insect blood cells has long puzzled scientists. This much-needed volume, first published in 1979, attempts to explain the forms and functions of insect hemocytes, creating a solid basis from which work in the field may proceed. Insect Hemocytes had its origins in a symposium held at the XV International Congress of Entomology (1976). It is a coherent presentation whose contributors were some of the most eminent specialists in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13038/cover/9780521113038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives in Ornithology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays Presented for the Centennial of the American Ornitholgists' Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brush, Alan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Jr., George A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1983 to celebrate the centennial of the American Ornithologists' Union, Perspectives in Ornithology collects together a series of essays and commentaries by leading authorities about especially active areas of research on the biology of birds. Readers will find in this collection a useful overview of many major concepts and controversies in ornithology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13045/cover/9780521113045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113067</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate from Tree Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, M. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pilcher, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>LaMarche, Jr., V. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of climatic change on human affairs has been demonstrated dramatically in past years. Climatic extremes have placed increasing pressure on world food supplies leading to a doubling, then trebling, of grain prices during the 1970s. Moreover, there is mounting concern that society itself may soon bring about an unparalleled climatic shift by atmospheric pollution and changing land use. In order  to deal wisely with the Earth's limited natural resources and to assess society's potential to alter future climate, more information is needed about the course of past climatic change. Climate from Tree Rings brings together basic accounts of the methodology, techniques, available data and potential of dendroclimatology, the reconstruction of past climates from tree rings. The material presented in this volume, first published in 1982, represents a major step in the reconstruction of the past climatic record. It will be of particular interest to research workers, postgraduates, and advanced graduates in many branches of the atmospheric, earth and life sciences, especially those with an interest in climatic change and palaeoenviornments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13069/cover/9780521113069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Weather of the 1780s Over Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kington, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Kington's book, the first of its kind, gives a definitive account of the weather in the 1780s over Europe based on historical weather maps. These charts are unique in forming the earliest series of daily synoptic weather maps constructed with quantitative instrumental data, and as such represent an important contribution to the history of climate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13076/cover/9780521113076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method and Appraisal in the Physical Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Critical Background to Modern Science, 1800-1905</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1976, this is a volume of studies on the problems of theory-appraisal in the physical sciences - how and why important theories are developed, changed and are replaced, and by what criteria we judge one theory an advance on another. The volume is introduced by a classic paper of Imre Lakatos's, which sets out a theory for tackling these problems - the methodology of scientific research programmes. Five contributors then test this theory against particular and celebrated case-studies in the history of the physical sciences (particularly in the nineteenth century). The volume ends with a characteristically forceful and original critique of the whole enterprise by Paul Feyerabend. the book is a companion volume to Method and Appraisal in Economics. Both are natural sequels to Criticism and the Growth of Knowledge and attempt to work out in particular cases the implications of some of the theories presented in that book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13083/cover/9780521113083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rotating Fields in General Relativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islam, Jamal Nazrul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to introduce the reader to research work on a particular aspect of rotating fields in general relativity. The account begins with a short introduction to the relevant aspects of general relativity, written at a level accessible to a beginning graduate student in theoretical physics. There follows a detailed derivation of the Wehl-Lewis-Papapetrou form of the stationary axially symmetric metric. The Kerr and Tomimatsu-Sato forms of the rotating interior and exterior solutions of the Einstein equations are then discussed. The last three chapters of the book illustrate the applications of the theory to rotating neutral dust, rotating Einstein-Maxwell fields, and rotating charged dust. The author has drawn on his own research work to produce a timely discussion of this important area of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13113/cover/9780521113113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111313X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-Ray Emission from Clusters of Galaxies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sarazin, Craig L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1988, this book is a comprehensive survey of the astrophysical characteristics of the hot gas which pervades clusters of galaxies. In our universe, clusters of galaxies are the largest organised structures. Typically they comprise hundreds of galaxies moving through a region of space ten million light years in diameter. The volume between the galaxies is filled with gas having a temperature of 100 million degrees. This material is a strong source of cosmic X-rays. Dr Sarazin describes the theoretical description of the origin, dynamics, and physical state of the cluster gas. Observations by radio and optical telescopes are also summarised. This account is addressed to professional astronomers and to graduate students. It is an exhaustive summary of a rapidly expanding field of research in modern astrophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13137/cover/9780521113137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structures of Power and Constraint</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in Honor of Peter M. Blau</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calhoun, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Marshall W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, W. Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are social structures products of human action, expressions of individual or group power? Or are they essentially external constraints on human action, necessarily analyzed at a different level? How are themes of power and constraint to be joined in a common analytic approach? These have long been central questions for sociologists. since the collapse of functionalism as a unifying paradigm, however they have often appeared as the basis for sharp divisions between competing analytic paradigms. The divide between structuralism and rational-choice theory has been one of the most prominent such splits. Yet each approach has undergone a revival in past years. The editors of this book, in honour of Peter Blau, brought together a wide range of distinguished sociologists who have taken positions on different sides of this issue and brings them into focus as parts of a common discourse on the place of social structure and concepts of strategic action in sociological explanation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13168/cover/9780521113168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glegg, Gordon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How to develop a bright idea and how to decide if an invention is worthy of development? That is the theme of this entertaining book, which presents its message in a way that can be readily understood by anyone from a student to a senior consultant. The book is academically respectable without being obscure. The inventor is taught to be inventive and a scheme of scoring is suggested for assessing the viability of a new idea. The author illustrates his points with vivid and sometimes hilarious examples. He presents a pattern of thinking that  can be applied to almost every area of engineering innovation. The book is based on the author's experiences as a successful consulting engineer; he has been variously an inventor, designer, company director, production manager, adviser to merchant bankers, he has headed research organisations, has lectured on the subject at the University of Cambridge, and is a chartered engineer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13175/cover/9780521113175.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glegg, Gordon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book by Mr Glegg on the principles of the design process is concerned with carrying out the scientific research needed to obtain data for engineering design. He discusses the various kinds of experiments THAT are appropriate to particular situations and which are likely to yield the required data at minimum cost. Mr Glegg's objectives are essentially practical and he aims to help the designer, who often tends to become a specialist when he ought to be a general practitioner, to think through a research problem, even in an area totally outside the range of his previous experience. As in Mr Glegg's previous books, the principles are illustrated and brought home by further, often entertaining, examples from his wide range of experience as an inventor, consulting engineer, director of research and company director.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13199/cover/9780521113199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selection of Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glegg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Glegg writes about the adventure of inventing: where to begin, how to think about a problem, what principles to apply in tackling it, choosing between one possible design and another, and so on. He takes the reader through each of these stages in turn, illuminating his discussion with often highly entertaining examples from his own wide experience as an inventor, consulting engineer, company director and university teacher. Although he here adopts a more systematic approach than in his earlier book, The Design of Design, Mr Glegg's evident enjoyment of engineering is still apparent and is communicated to the reader. It is a book that will be especially helpful to the young designer who lacks experience and self-confidence, while also appealing to the old hand, who will find that he still has something fresh to learn from it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13205/cover/9780521113205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Non-linear Vibrations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tondl, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book expounds the theory of non-linear vibrations, a topic of great interest at present because of its many applications to important fields in physics and engineering. After introducing chapters giving the basic techniques for the study of non-linear systems the authors develop in detail the theory of selected topics encountered in their own work, presenting original material, approaches and results of analysis, and providing illustrations of useful applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13229/cover/9780521113229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Phonology and Phonological Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Synchronic and Diachronic Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lass, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Lass examines certain crucial issues in phonological and general linguistic theory through detailed studies of English phonetics, dialectology and language-history. He argues that contemporary 'standard' phonological theory is inhibited and misled by the related disadvantages of an artificially constrained formalism and a restricted database. He confronts theories of English phonology with a  much wider range of material than is usual, drawing for example on Scots, Northern and North-Midland English, East Coast American dialects, and many others. Dr Lass offers solutions to many outstanding problems in the history of English. All the detailed discussions are informed by an overriding concern for the methodological and philosophical issues suggested by such problems. What kind of discipline is linguistics? What kinds of knowledge do its procedures yield and how are they validated?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13243/cover/9780521113243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Sounds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddieson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patterns of Sounds describes the frequency and distributional patterns of the phonemic sounds in a large and representative sample of the world's languages. The results are based on UPSID (the UCLA Phonological Segment Inventory Database), a computer file containing the phonemes of 317 languages selected on the basis of genetic diversity. The book contains nine chapters analysing the UPSID data, as well as fully labelled phoneme charts for each language and a comprehensive segment index. Questions of the frequency and co-occurrence of the particular segment types are discussed in detail and possible explanations for the patterns observed are evaluated. The book is thus both a report on the research into phoneme inventory structure that has been done using UPSID and a resource that provides the reader with the tools to extend that research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13267/cover/9780521113267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111327X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Conditionals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traugott, Elizabeth Closs</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meulen, Alice Ter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reilly, Judy Snitzer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On Conditionals provides the first major cross-disciplinary account of conditional (if-then) constructions. Conditional sentences directly reflect the language user's ability to reason about alternatives, uncertainties, and unrealised contingencies. An understanding of the conceptual and behavioural organisation involved in the construction and interpretation of these kinds of sentences therefore provides fundamental insights into the inferential strategies and the cognitive and linguistic processes of human beings. The present volume brings together studies from several perspectives - philosophical, linguistic and psychological - and aims to emphasise the intrinsic connections between the issues to be addressed and to point to new directions for interdisciplinary work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13274/cover/9780521113274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Use of Definite and Indefinite Reference in Young Children</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Experimental Study of Semantic Acquisition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maratsos, Michael M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book presents a series of studies that probe young children's knowledge of a relatively well-defined, abstract semantic realm, that of definite and indefinite reference. Topics investigated include children's knowledge of the difference between referring to particular objects (e.g. I have a dog, which refers to a particular dog) and no particular objects at all (e.g. I don't have a dog, which makes reference to no particular dog) and their knowledge of how to account for the knowledge of their listeners  in situations, e.g. in which they have in mind a particular reference but their listen does not. Because overlapping problems are investigated by a wide variety of methods, it is possible to verify more certainly the true level of children's performance. At the same time, the investigation by many methods illustrates how methodological problems may systematically affect and at times even distort our picture of development if not carefully allowed for.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13281/cover/9780521113281.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies of Mascarene Island Birds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diamond, Anthony William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1987, this volume presents the scientific results of an expedition, promoted by the British Ornithologists' Union, to study the endangered birds of the Mascarene Islands in the Indian Ocean. This group of islands is of unique importance to bird conservation and is perhaps best known as the last home of the famous dodo. Thirty endemic species of birds are already extinct and the populations of several others are now so small as to be of doubtful validity. The data presented here will enable the appropriate government departments and conservation bodies to proceed on the basis of a sound knowledge of the needs of the threatened birds, and it is hoped that the survival of at least a proportion of the unique wildlife of this island group can be ensured. Studies of Mascarene Island Birds will also provide the keen amateur ornithologist with a serious interest in conservation with a direct appreciation of field work aimed at protecting rate species in their natural habitat.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13311/cover/9780521113311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mammalian Skull</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, originally published in 1981, provides a comprehensive account of the structure, development, evolution, functional adaptations and growth of the skull of the placental mammals. A special feature, and indeed principal purpose of the approach, is the integration of the purely anatomical aspects of structure and development of the skull largely worked out in the later years of the nineteenth and early years of the twentieth century with the findings of modern investigations of the evolution, function and postnatal growth of the skull. The significance of further advances becomes more readily understandable when seen against the background of comparative anatomy and embryology. Professor Moore's fresh approach to his subject will be welcomed by anatomists, embryologists, palaeontologists, comparative zoologists and physical anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13328/cover/9780521113328.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arctic Skua</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A study of the ecology and evolution of a seabird</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Donald, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillmor, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the results of a long-term study of the ecology, evolutionary genetics and sociobiology of a seabird, the Arctic Skua. This species is polymorphic: the birds show one of three, genetically different forms of plumage - pale, intermediate and dark. The forms vary in frequency from predominantly pale in the north to dark in the south. The study was undertaken with the aim of explaining how natural and sexual selection act to maintain all three forms of skua in its populations. The results show that natural selection for pale is balanced by sexual selection for intermediate and dark. Models derived from Darwin's theories of female choice and sexual selection in monogamous birds fit the breeding data of the Arctic Skua. Darwibn's views on sexual selection are fully confirmed. The study produced original data on breeding ecology, demography, population regulation, sexual behaviour and territoriality. A chapter on feeding ecology is also included in the book, which gives a complete and largely original account of the population ecology and sociobiology of a single species of bird.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13342/cover/9780521113342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taste and Ideology in Seventeenth-Century France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moriarty, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the use of the crucial concept of 'taste' in the works of five major seventeenth-century French authors, M&#233;r&#233;, Saint Evremond, La Rochefoucauld, La Bruy&#232;re and Boileau. It combines close readings of important texts with a thoroughgoing political analysis of seventeenth-century French society in terms of class and gender. Dr Moriarty shows that far from being timeless and universal, the term 'taste' is culture-specific, shifting according to the needs of a writer and his social group. The notion of 'taste' not only helped to shape a new dominant culture, but also registered the conflicts within that culture between a view of taste that presupposted the values of 'polite society' as an exclusive (though not necessarily aristocratic) group, and a view that stressed the value of the classical-humanist tradition as a source of standards ratified by a broader public. this study sheds light not only on the central concept, but also on the individual authors discussed and on the norms of French classical literature in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13366/cover/9780521113366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spatial Policy Problems of the British Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chisholm, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manners, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in the geography of economic and social change has grown in Britain over recent years as people have become more aware of regional imbalances and as government influence on the evolution of the country's spatial systems has increased. The processes of spatial allocation are becoming better understood as new techniques of analysis are developed. But weaknesses and inconsistencies in public policies remain and have attracted the attention of workers in various disciplines, particularly geographers. This awareness is reflected in these essays, most of which deal with economic rather than the social problems. They demonstrate the wide range of issues on which geographers can make a relevant contribution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13397/cover/9780521113397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Councils in Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuper, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of seven papers by social anthropologists on the processes of decision-making in councils. Types of council described are one community-in-council, two arena councils, an elite council, two modern local government councils and a non-council, a temporary negotiating group which nevertheless displays certain features of the council proper. Most of the examples come from Africa (including Madagascar), but there is also an account of politics and decision-making in an English town council. The editors discuss the papers in a comparative framework, considering also other accounts of conciliar structure and decision-making. They review the ways in which decisions are reached and implemented in societies with very different structures and activities and discuss the impact of written records, colonial overrule and political independence. They attempt to outline some general principles of conciliar structure and process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13410/cover/9780521113410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photosynthesis and Productivity in Different Environments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>744</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1975, this volume provides a unique comparative treatment of annual and seasonal photosynthetic production in both terrestrial and aquatic environments on a world scale and examines the efficiency with which incoming light energy is utilised in different types of natural and managed vegetation, including agricultural crops. It discusses the characteristics of the vegetation which determine this productivity, including such features as leaf or plant arrangement in relation to light interception, the photosynthetic activity of the individual leaves or other organs and the strategy of the plant in making use of assimilates for growth and development. Most professional ecologists and plant physiologists will find much to interest them here and the book should form valuable background reading for students in plant biology, ecology and agriculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13427/cover/9780521113427.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ronsard and the Age of Gold</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Age of Gold was one of the so-called 'commonplaces' inherited by the Renaissance from classical antiquity, a myth (taking many different forms) telling of an era of human happiness without war or want. Most writers used it as a convenient device, predicting its return as an age of peace and plenty upon the accession of a ruler or the signing of a treaty: others moralized it as a reformed or spiritually regenerated society. Elizabeth Armstrong's search for an answer to this question has entailed a study of a wide range of possible influences, classical, medieval and contemporary, and an examination of neglected areas of Ronsard's own vast literary output. Most of all an explanation is sought in his temperament and tastes, which made the theme of the Age of Gold at one period in his life a welcome vehicle for poetry expressing his love of freedom and his sensibility to untouched nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13434/cover/9780521113434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Encyclop&#233;die of Diderot and D'Alembert</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Articles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diderot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lough, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of the Encyclopedie in the middle of the eighteenth century is generally recognised as a decisive factor in the conflict ideas which led to the French Revolution of 1789. Yet, despite its importance in the history of eighteenth-century French thought, no outstanding work of the period is less read today, simple because of its bulk and inaccessibility. Those parts reproduced in this edition cover religion, philosophy, science and political and social ideas and include articles which reflect the humanitarian outlook of the contributors and their attitude to the abuses of the ancien regime. The selection is of value not only to students of French literature and thought, but also to all those interested in the history and political ideas of France on the eve of the Revolution; in these pages Diderot, D'Alembert and D'Holbach are allowed to speak for themselves, instead of having their ideas summarised (and sometimes misinterpreted) by others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13465/cover/9780521113465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Meaning, Reference and Necessity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Studies in Semantics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackburn, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A volume of studies in philosophical logic by a group of younger philosophers in the UK. There is a core of problems in the theory of meaning which have been accorded a central importance by philosophers, logicians and theoretical linguists, and which have stimulated some of the most powerful and original work in these subjects. The contributors to the volume have a common interest in these topics, insist on their continuing and fundamental importance, and offer here a distinctive and original contribution to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13502/cover/9780521113502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Games as a Tool for the Moral Philosopher</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braithwaite, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>80</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is a common complaint against moral philosophers that their abstract theorising bears little relation to the practical problems of everyday life. Professor Braithwaite believes that this criticism need not be inevitable. With the help of the Theory of Games he shows how arbitration is possible between two neighbours, a jazz trumpeter and a classical pianist, whose performances are a source of mutual discord. The solution of the problem in the lecture is geometrical, and is based on the formal analogy between the logic of the situation and the geometry of a parabola. But an appendix provides the alternative algebraic treatment of a general two-person collaboration situation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13519/cover/9780521113519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Defence of Theological Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hulsean Lectures 1964</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book comprises six lectures delivered in the Divinity School, Cambridge in the Lent Term of 1964. The main concern of the author is the moral challenge to Christian theological ethics from the secular humanist who has a high sense of moral responsibility without any belief in God or in personal immortality. If these lectures only touch upon the ultimate questions about the nature and status of moral personal being, they will enable some secular humanists and some Christians to enter upon conversations which may prove useful to both. In his first chapter the author considers the contemporary challenge to theological ethics from highly moral secular humanism. In particular, he examines the vocabulary which the secular humanist and the Christian are using in speaking of the moral standard. In the five chapters which follow, he deals largely with the diversity of ethical judgement as applied to particular situations. He avoids the use of technical terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13533/cover/9780521113533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Fusion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niu, Keishiro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sugiura, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nuclear Fusion describes the state and ultimate goals of nuclear fusion research. The book concentrates on the energy problem in the near future, the role of nuclear fusion reactions for a solution of the energy problem, the requirements for releasing fusion energy and the methods likely to lead to fusion reactions. The book is organised into four sections. In turn these cover the fundamentals of nuclear fusion, methods of magnetic confinement, methods of innertial confinement and the fusion reactor itself. The book has a strong theoretical content, covering those areas of plasma physics which are necessary for an understanding of the confinement problem. This book was first published in Japanese. This edition in English has been thoroughly revised by Keishiro Niu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13540/cover/9780521113540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dependence and Opportunity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Change in Ahafo</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1973, this is a study of the historical relationship between the system of colonial control and local social and political structures in the Ahafo region of Ghana since the arrival of the British. There has been much academic writing about African policies in the past but it has not on the whole been very successful in illuminating to outsiders what political conflicts in African countries are concerned with or what political actors in Africa understand themselves to be doing. This is particularly true in the case of the political actions of those who, like the great majority of the population of Africa, are not members of elites educated in European languages. The authors of this book, a political scientist and an anthropologist, have attempted to convey enough of the context and complexity of political intention and action in one traditional area of Ghana for someone who knows nothing about Africa to begin to understand what politics there means.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13564/cover/9780521113564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111358X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Machiavellian Treatise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardiner, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Peter S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this work, which has survived only in manuscript form and in Italian, Gardiner analyses the great dynastic changes in England's past in order to provide Phillip II with a guide to ruling England and establishing a Catholic dynasty. He adapts historical example to practical political purposes with great subtlety, quoting at length (but without saying so) from Machiavelli to show that a new prince can rule England - if he eliminates those of royal blood and respects the laws and customs of his new possessions. This edition is a carefully edited text of the Italian and Professor Donaldson has provided an English translation and an introduction setting the treatise in its immediate historical context. Gardiner's work is perhaps the clearest example of an attempt to relate Machiavelli's political theories to practical political problems. Its publication will interest historians and students of politics as well as those with an interest in the influence of Machiavellianism as an important strand in European intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13588/cover/9780521113588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111392X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bertrand Russell and Trinity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardy, G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>76</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1916 Bertrand Russell was prosecuted and fined for publishing (in defence of a conscientious objector) 'statements likely to prejudice the recruiting and discipline of His Majesty's forces.' He was almost immediately afterwards dismissed from his Lectureship at Trinity College, Cambridge, by the College Council. This expulsion provoked a storm of protest and the true facts of the case became obscured by misconceptions, prejudices and uninformed gossip, to the discredit of the College. In 1942, therefore G. H. Hardy the mathematician printed for private circulation to another generation of Fellows at Trinity a full account of the incident in an attempt to explain what really happened. This is now made public. Besides provoking an authoritative record of a celebrated but misinterpreted episode in Russell's eventful academic career, this document contains interesting evidence about attitudes to pacifism in the First World War and in particular about the sympathies of such distinguished colleagues and contemporaries of Russell as Cornford, Housman, McTaggart and Whitehead.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13922/cover/9780521113922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sentence in Written English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Syntactic Study Based on an Analysis of Scientific Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huddleston, Rodney D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A substantially revised edition of Huddleston's contribution to Sentence and Clause in Scientific English, the final report of a research project into the linguistic properties of scientific English carried out at University College London in 1964-7. The book has two complementary aims: to analyse certain areas of the grammar of 'common-core' English - the grammar that is common to all varieties of the language - and to apply this analysis to a selective grammatical description of a corpus of some 135,000 words of written scientific English. The theoretical framework underlying the description is that of transformational grammar but the author also draws heavily on M. A. K. Halliday's work on English grammar. Full details of the corpus are given in the appendix. The texts are arranged in three levels, high, middle and low, according to the audience addressed by the author - scholarly, student and general/popular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13953/cover/9780521113953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521113997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521113991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in the Modern Russian Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1. Verbs of Motion Use Genitive 2. The Use of the Genitive in Negative Constructions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521113991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foote, I. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>68</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first two of these studies are published together in one booklet; Foote's study is of those verbs of motion which have two distinct imperative forms. The distinction between these 'determinate' and 'indeterminate' forms is discussed and analysed at length. Davison deals with a problem of case choice which arises in the earliest stages of learning the language. He gives clear rules for making the choice. Both studies give numerous examples, in cyrillic type, from modern authors and refer the reader to other technical studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/13991/cover/9780521113991.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Steinbeck</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McElrath, Jr, Joseph R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crisler, Jesse S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shillinglaw, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is the first to collect the critical responses of Steinbeck's generation to his many fiction and non-fiction works, as they appeared from the late 1920s onwards. The articles trace the record of Steinbeck's progress through the 1930s and go on to reflect Steinbeck's steady series of achievements through the 1960s, including his attainment of the Nobel Prize in 1967. These articles offer a means of seeing Steinbeck's writings as they were perceived by his contemporaries, whose task it was first to evaluate and interpret them for an ever-growing readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14097/cover/9780521114097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerson and Thoreau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myerson, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American Critical Archives was a series of reference books that provide representative selection of contemporary reviews of the main works of major American authors. Specifically each volume contains both full reviews and excerpts from reviews that appeared in newspapers and weekly and monthly periodicals generally within a few months of the publication of the work concerned. There is an introductory historical overview by the volume editor, as well as checklists of additional reviews located but not quoted. This book represents the first comprehensive collection of contemporary reviews of the writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau. Many of the reviews are reprinted from hard-to-locate contemporary newspapers and periodicals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14103/cover/9780521114103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111411X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plants and UV-B</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responses to Environmental Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lumsden, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the predicted consequences of the depletion of stratospheric ozone is an increase in the amount of ultraviolet light reaching the surface of the earth, in particular UV-B (320-280nm). Although the real effects are as yet unknown, this change in radiation could have profound consequences for plant growth and productivity. The need for information concerning the relationship between plants and UV-B is therefore pressing. This volume brings together authoritative contributions from leading experts in UV-B/plant studies and is unique in considering interactions at various scales, ranging from the level of the cell through to the level of the community. Information concerning ozone depletion and physical aspects of UV-B radiation complements the biological information to provide a thorough and comprehensive review of the present status of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14110/cover/9780521114110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire in 1859</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Sources of Poetic Creativity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Richard D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an intensive study of what was by far the most productive year in Baudelaire's literary career. It combines biographical investigation with detailed textual analysis in order to locate the sources of the extraordinary 'explosion' (Baudelaires' own word) of poetic creativity that he experienced during that year, and which resulted, amongst other things, in the writing of his greatest 'Paris poems'. Baudelaire in 1859 differs from 'synchronic' approaches in stressing the need for a reappraisal of his development as man and poet. To this end, Dr Burton devotes a large part of the book and thorough investigation of the fundamental difference between the first (1857) edition of Les Fleurs du mal  and its successor of 1861. A picture of Baudelaire emerges, which calls into question the received view of him as a poet committed - in Sartre's words - to a life-long quest for sterility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14141/cover/9780521114141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Baudelaire, Flaubert, Rimbaud and Mallarme</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wing, Nathaniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the problematic area of narrative structure under conditions of severe stress. Each of the four authors is shown to be concerned with the tension between narrative coherence as a desirable goal and an unfortunate check placed on the 'free' play of fantasy. This tension produces powerful disruptions of literary form in the lyric (Baudelaire, Mallarm&#233;), prose poetry (Baudelaire, Rimbaud) and the novel (Flaubert) which are examined here. A final chapter draws out some of the historical implications of these readings in a discussion of Baudelaire's and Flaubert's trials for obscenity and of Marx's writings on France from 1848 to 1871.  Professor Wing demonstrates that all these texts retain an unstable balance between earlier modes of thought, feeling and expression and the depersonal, fragmented modern text. He revises notions of modernity and invites us to reconsider traces of earlier forms of writing in more canonically modern texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14158/cover/9780521114158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Finite Linear Spaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Combinatorics of Points and Lines</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batten, Lynn Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beutelspacher, Albrecht</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive text to cover finite linear spaces. It contains all the important results that have been published up to the present day, and is designed to be used not only as a resource for researchers in this and related areas, but also as a graduate-level text.  In eight chapters the authors introduce and review fundamental results, and go on to cover the major areas of interest in linear spaces. A combinatorial approach is used for the greater part of the book, but in the final chapter recent advances in group theory relating to finite linear spaces are presented. At the end of each chapter there is a set of exercises which are designed to test comprehension of the material, and there is also a section of problems for researchers. It will be an invaluable book for researchers in geometry and combinatorics as well as forming an excellent text for graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14189/cover/9780521114189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arctic and Antarctic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Division into Geobotanical Areas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aleksandrova, Vera D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lvve, Doris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1977, this is an authoritative work by one of the world's leading ecologists. Aleksandrova's account is a very full one with much detail. The methods of classification are as interesting as the results. A wide variety of floristic, vegetational, structural, faunistic and ecological data, both qualitative and quantitative, are used to diagnose and characterise vegetation units. The vegetation of the Arctic and Antarctic is classified according to diagnostic and characteristic features. The Arctic is divided into two provinces, tundra and polar desert and the Antarctic into subantarctic herbaceous cushion vegetation and antarctic polar desert. The arctic tundra is further subdivided into subarctic with shrubby Betula (Birch) or true arctic tundra without Betula. The end result is an analysis of plant communities in the polar regions that enables ecologists to generalise and, perhaps more important, to limit correctly the scope of that generalisation when it is drawn from careful local studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14264/cover/9780521114264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerson's Epistemology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Argument of the Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leer, David Van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ralph Waldo Emerson, an important figure in the popular understanding of America has been rediscovered by scholars and critics, yet there has been no critical study of Emerson's relation to traditional nineteenth-century questions about ethics and epistemology. In Emerson's Epistemology David Van Leer turns to this unexplored area of Emerson's philosophy and especially to the problem of his relation to the central intellectual issue of his age - the transcendental idealism of Immanuel Kant. Although Emerson would throughout his life try a number of vocational roles, he considered himself primarily a thinker. He saw his roles as poet and prophet as versions of the more fundamental one of philosopher. Thus an understanding of Emerson's relation to traditional problems about the theory of knowledge clarifies not only the arguments of the specific essays, but the shape of his complex career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14318/cover/9780521114318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Magnetic Resonance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrew, E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Like the earth itself, the nucleus of an atom frequently rotates about an axis. Under the influence of a magnetic field the axis of rotation itself rotates. The rate of this 'precessional' motion is proportional to the strength of the magnetic field and usually lies in the region of radio-frequencies. If a collection of such nuclei is placed in a magnetic field is subjected to radio waves at exactly the frequency of precession, there is a resonance effect, which can be used to measure the frequency of the precession. This effect is called nuclear magnetic resonance. The subject concerns all physicists, particularly nuclear physicists and those interested in the solid state. It is of growing importance to chemists, metallurgists and electrical engineers and there have been some biological and geophysical applications. Nuclear magnetic resonance has already found considerable uses in the oil industry, in industries connected with magnet construction, isotope extraction, plastics and rubber.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14332/cover/9780521114332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Theory of Solid Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garcia-Moliner, Federico</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flores, Fernando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1979, this is a self-contained account of the theory of surface physics. In drawing together many results only previously reported in research papers, the authors emphasise basic disciplines such as electrodynamics and electron gas theory and demonstrate their application to simple models. Connections between intuitive derivations and more rigourous formulations are explained and there is an extensive treatment of the general problem of matching at a surface as a mathematical formalism with a physical meaning. Commonly recurring concepts such as surface modes, Green functions and phase shifts link different parts of the book, so giving coherence to the theory as a whole. A good background in physics is assumed but no previous acquaintance with surface physics. Starting from first principles, the reader is led from elementary analysis to the level of current research literature. The book is thus suitable for postgraduate students, post-doctoral workers or anyone wanting a systematic introduction to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14356/cover/9780521114356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114381</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semi-Classical Methods for Nucleus-Nucleus Scattering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brink, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During past years many countries constructed large accelerators for investigating heavy ion collisions, and new theoretical techniques for analysing results and making predictions were developed. Semi-classical methods were studied in the early days of quantum mechanics. Their application to heavy ion collisions has led to new advances and a number of different schools have grown up, each one emphasising different aspects of the theory. The aim of this book is to present a unified treatment of various lines of development. This book will be of great interest to graduate students wishing to learn about semi-classical methods in nuclear physics and to theoretical and experimental nuclear physicists, especially those working in heavy ion physics. It will also be of interest to research workers in other areas, such as atomic physics and quantum chemistry, where similar techniques are used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14387/cover/9780521114387.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111439X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radio Waves in the Ionosphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Budden, K. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1961, this book gives the full mathematical theory of the propagation of radio waves in the ionosphere and their reflection from it. It is complementary to J. A. Ratcliffe's books The Magneto-ionic Theory, which concentrates on the physical principles involved, since Dr Budden gives the mathematical development of many topics mentioned by Ratcliffe. The book will serve as a textbook for those comparatively new to the subject and as a reference book for practising engineers and research workers in the field of radio communication, for whom an understanding of the mathematical methods is important in solving practical problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14394/cover/9780521114394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vladimir Akimov on the Dilemmas of Russian Marxism 1895-1903</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Second Congress of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party. A Short History of the Social Democratic Movement in Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vladimir Akimov was the leading spokesman for the 'Economists' in Russia in the early twentieth century. This group of Marxists rebelled in 1898 against Plekkanov, causing within the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party a schism which preceded the major split between the Bolsheviks and the Mensheviks in 1903. The two major works of Akimov included in this edition have not been republished since 1969. The first is an analysis of the Party Programme inspired by Plekkanov and Lenin as editors of Iskra. The second is a history of the Russian Marxist movement from the early 1890s to Akimov's day. This was the first history of the movement ever published. Dr Frankel has annotated the texts and provided an important introduction, tracing in general terms the development of Russian Marxism up to 1898 and describing in greater detail the forces which caused the dispute between Plakkanov and Lenin and the 'Economists'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14417/cover/9780521114417.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bird Life of Coasts and Estuaries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferns, P. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bird Life of Coasts and Estuaries describes the bird life of the British coastline and adjacent off-shore waters from an ecological point of view, using information from research to show how bird distribution and abundance are related to important environmental variables such as marine currents, weather, coastal landform and the influence of man. First published in 1992, the book will appeal to the layman who wants to know more about coastal birds, the birder who wants to find out how birds interact with their environment and all those who are interested in the habitats that make up what is arguably Britain's most important natural asset.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14493/cover/9780521114493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Physiology of Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loughna, P. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pell, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do hormones and growth factors regulate animal growth in the developing embryo and after injury? What processes at the molecular level determine the growth patterns of different tissues? In this diverse synthesis of recent research the regulation of growth in response to environmental and genetic stimuli is discussed at the level of the animal, tissues and cells. Contrasts are drawn between regulation in foetal and adult tissues, and in different tissues such as the CNS, bone and muscle. Functional chapters focus on the molecular links between mechanical tension and muscle growth, for example, while other chapters review the roles of specific molecules such as growth hormone. This state-of-the-art review will be of significant interest to graduate students and research scientists in the fields of animal growth, endocrinology and cell biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14530/cover/9780521114530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetic Imagination of Vyacheslav Ivanov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Russian Symbolist's Perception of Dante</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vyacheslav Ivanov, poet, philosopher and critic, played a key role in the formation of the early twentieth-century Russian literature as leader of the religious branch of the Symbolist movement and his influence spread to Europe after his emigration to Italy in 1924. Pamela Davidson explores Ivanov's poetic method, relating his art to his central beliefs (in particular his interpretation of the ancient Greek religion of Dionysus and of the teachings of Vladimir Solovyov) and considering the ways in which he attempted to embody these ideas in his own life. She focuses on Ivanov's interpretation of Dante and in so doing, opens up fresh perspectives on the wider question of Russia's relation to the Western cultural tradition and Catholicism. Detailed analyses of Ivanov's pre-revolutionary poetry and of his translations from Dante form the basis of the second part of the study and extensive use is made of unpublished archival materials from the Soviet Union and Italy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14554/cover/9780521114554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Claude Simon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing the Visible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britton, Celia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major study of the Nobel prize-winning French novelist Claude Simon. Simon is a complex figure: for all that he writes in a distinctively modern fictional tradition (exemplified by Proust, Joyce, Beckett and Robbe-Grillet), his novels contain strong elements of visual representation alongside a very different king of free-floating, anti-realist writing. This combination and tension between vivd representation of experience and the free play of language is a focus of Dr Britton's book. She exposes the limitations of literary theory in dealing with Simon's novels and reveals how concepts from psychoanalysis can illuminate this problematic juxtaposition of vision and text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14578/cover/9780521114578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Mating Patterns</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyce, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1988, this book examines the causes and consequences of different mating patterns in man with particular reference to biological, medical and demographic factors. Although the effects of inbreeding on genetic structure and gene frequencies have been well covered in the medical genetics literature, and specific social systems have been described in social anthropology texts, this attempts to present an holistic approach. Four main areas are covered: historical and demographic aspects; mate choice and assortative mating; social systems, religious rules and mating practices; medical and genetic issues. The papers in each section have been carefully edited and integrated to present a cohesive treatment of value to advanced students and research workers in human biology and genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14684/cover/9780521114684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Insanity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is widely known for its lucid account of the modern theory that sanity and insanity are not to be divided in a clear-cut way, but rather shade gradually into one another. Since this book deals mainly with the fundamental general principles of abnormal psychology, and these were already clearly formulated at the time it was first written in 1912, a considerable part of the text needs no amendment. The author has revised the introductory chapter on the historical development of the subject, and his preface explains the scope and purpose of those textual changes which he feels to be necessary. The contents include chapters on the history and psychological conception of mental disorder, the phenomena of mental disorder, dissociation, complexes, conflict, repression, manifestation of repressed complexes, projection, the irrationality of the insane, phantasy, and the significance of conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14691/cover/9780521114691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infinitival Complement Clauses in English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Syntax in Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mair, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study, the first in the series Studies in English Language, is concerned with the functional and communicative foundations of English grammar, and takes as its specific focus the study of infinitival complement clauses. Much of the illustrative material is taken from the Survey of English Usage at University College London. The work draws on a large amount of data from spontaneous speech, and provides a close analysis of numerous examples in their authentic discourse context. It is based on the assumption that syntactic structures are closely connected with, and partly determined by, conventions of human discourse and the speaker's or writer's desire to express meaning efficiently. The ample documentation will appeal to those interested in the structure of modern British English. For those interested in syntactic theory and discourse, this is an empirical contribution to the debate on discourse-based approaches to functional syntax.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14721/cover/9780521114721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matter and Sense</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critique of Contemporary Materialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The assumption of materialism (in its many forms) Howard Robinson believes is false. In his book he presents a very forceful critique of the modern forms that materialism has taken. In telling discussions of the theory of supervenience put forward by Davidson and Peacocke, the central state materialism attributable to Smart, Armstrong and others, Putnam's functionalism, and Rorty's disappearance theory, he shows that, whatever their local inconsistencies, these forms of materialism all overlook or quite inadequately explain elementary and unimpeachable intuitions about our own mental experiences. Robinson concludes with a consideration of the alternative views of the matter of which the mind is held to consist. These arguments will either serve to crystallise for the most part inchoate opposition to materialism among a number of philosophers, and will challenge its proponents to find a more secure defence for the basis of their view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14745/cover/9780521114745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Hollis of Lincoln's Inn</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Whig and his Books</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bond, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Hollis, a connoisseur and collector of art and antiquities, devoted the greater part of his substance and his energy to promoting the ideals of civil and religious liberty. Hollis is best known to modern bibliophiles for the distinctive bindings that he commissioned for the many books he distributed in Britain, the American colonies, and all over Europe. This book contains the first comprehensive catalogue and interpretation of his emblematic binding tools and a discussion of the several binders who worked for him. It also explores other activities that are less well known: his patronage of writers, printers, publishers, and artists, and his work as a designer of books and medals. This study should encourage a re-evaluation of Hollis's influence in the Age of Enlightenment and the Age of Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14806/cover/9780521114806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resonance Radiation and Excited Atoms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Allan C. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zemansky, Mark W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First printed in 1934, this book gives a critical survey of the principles and limitations of methods for studying resonance radiation that is the re-emission of absorbed radiation without change of wavelength and of the theoretical interpretation of the phenomenon. At the time of first publication, physicists had come to the limit of the then existing techniques in the field and the book was more useful to astronomers who were interested in line shapes existing in the spectra of stars. In past years other fields and techniques have developed for which the information in this book is of interest. These fields are: (1) those having to do with the determination of spins, magnetic moments and hyperfine structure separations by the methods of 'optical pumping' and 'optical double resonance': (2) optical MASERS; and (3) nuclear resonance absorption of gamma rays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14820/cover/9780521114820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arrays of Cylindrical Dipoles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, R. W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, first published in 1968, King and his co-authors develop a theory of the behaviour of arrays of rod-shaped antennas such as are used to achieve directive transmission and reception of radio waves for use in communication between points on the earth, between the earth and a space vehicle, or in radio astronomy. They use quantitative analysis of arrays of practical types and wide range of lengths over a wide frequency band, which makes possible the design of new arrays with desired characteristics. After the introductory chapter reviewing the foundations and conventions antenna theory, each subsequent chapter takes into account the authors own particular theories on isolated antennas, two-coupled antennas, N-element circular array, N-element curtain array of identical elements, to arrays containing elements of different lengths and finally to planar and three-dimensional arrays. The final chapter is concerned with problems of measurement and the correlation of theory with experiment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14851/cover/9780521114851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Problem in the Philosophy of Rousseau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charvet, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a critical study of the political and social ideas of Jean Jacques Rousseau. Charvet analyses Rousseau's arguments in his three main works, The Discourse on the Origins of Inequality, Emile, and The Social Contract. The aim is to show how Rousseau's ideas are interrelated and how their development is governed by presuppositions which entail their ultimate incoherence. he shows that the consequences is a corrupt and destructive view of human society and human relations. These presuppositions are implicit in terms of which social relations are to be rethought. What is good about nature is that in it each individual can pursue his own good innocently without regard to others. It is the attempt to translate this natural egoism into social terms that, Charvet argues, produces the incoherent and destructive view of human society. This importance of the book lies in the originality and the implications of Charvet's critical analysis of this attempted translation, and thus of Rousseau's social philosophy in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14868/cover/9780521114868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Glossary of the British Flora</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert-Carter, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1950, this alphabetical glossary gives the meaning, pronunciation, and derivation of the generic, trivial, and varietal names of plants mentioned in British Floras. It should become a small but essential reference book to all users of Floras, including beginners in botany, whether students or amateurs. Intelligent, familiar, and confident use of the scientific names of plants is desirable in any serious work. This book will put it in the power of every reader, whether trained in Latin and Greek or not, to speak and write and understand the international names of British plants. This third edition contains the names of further plants and entries listed in the second edition of the Flora of the British Isles, edited by Clapham, Tutin and Warburg, and also incorporates a number of corrections to earlier editions of the Glossary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14882/cover/9780521114882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521114977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521114974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mikhail Zoshchenko</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolution of a Writer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scatton, Linda Hart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mikhail Zoshchenko was a household name in the Soviet Union from the 1920s until the crackdown on the arts after World War II. This is a full-length study in English of his career, and of his critical and political reception in a society where the purpose of art was service to the state. It places his longer works and the events leading up to his literary assassination in 1946 in the context of the short, riotous works that won him mass readership and a devoted following among contemporary writers who agreed with each other on little else. Dr Scatton identifies stylistic and thematic unities in his prose, and argues that Zoshchenko's later works were natural outgrowths of his earlier experiments and not, as is often stated, aberrations or expressions of subservience to the regime. Both as a master of Russian prose and a victim of Stalinist literary politics, Zoshchenko has been the object of critical rediscovery and reassessment over the last 15 years. This book describes that process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14974/cover/9780521114974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean-Paul Sartre and the Politics of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrew Dobson charts Sartre's transformation from novelist and apolitical philosopher of existentialism, before the Second World War, to a committed defender of Marxism and Marxist method after it. Examining Sartre's post-war work in detail, he shows how the biographies of Baudelaire, Genet and Flaubert, often considered tangential to his main oeuvres, are in fact central to this defence of Marxism, and should therefore be read as acts of political commitment. Andrew Dobson's study of posthumous sources, including the extended commentaries in English of Volume II of the Critique of dialectical reason, and in its insistence on reading Sartre's philosophical development as primarily politically motivated.  It provides a clear reading of some of Sartre's less familiar works, situating them in an overarching social and political project.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15070/cover/9780521115070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and the People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in English Political Culture, 1815-1867</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vernon, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious and provocative study provides a unique narrative of nineteenth-century English political history. Based on extensive research the book draws on critical theory to read and interpret a vast range of oral, visual and printed sources, in an attempt to expand our conception of the politics of the period. Read in the context of such sources, nineteenth-century English politics becomes resolved into a story about the struggle to define the nation's constitution, past, present and future. It suggests the existence of a popular strain of English libertarian politics, albeit one whose radical and democratic potential was gradually closed down. In short, despite the invention of a liberal constitution in this period, politics became less (not more) democratic, a lesson which the author sees as pertinent for many struggling to live in, or establish, liberal democratic constitutions in our own times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15087/cover/9780521115087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Vision and the Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important contribution to the poetics of fiction Dr Jay Clayton examines the way the Romantic visionary moment alters narrative structure in the novel. This study provides the first account of the relationship between Romanticism and the English novel, giving detailed attention to the formal issues of genre and representation, as well as to the social and ethical assumptions that govern apparently formal considerations. Informed by literary, psychoanalytic and narrative theory, Romantic Vision and the Novel is written in a clear and forceful style that will help many readers come to terms with these difficult subjects. Through detailed and original interpretations of works by Richardson, Austen, Emily Bronte, Dickens, George Eliot and Lawrence, Clayton establishes the importance for what they can reveal about each other and for what their relationship reveals about the larger functional of literature in society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15117/cover/9780521115117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concepts of Illness, Disease and Morbus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, F. Kraupl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSXM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Taylor's book analyses the disease concept as it developed in medical history and seeks to clarify it with the help of concepts largely derived from logical class theories. A solution is proposed to the problem of how to distinguish between the class of 'patients' and the class of 'healthy persons' which corresponds to the actual diagnostic practices of doctors. The earliest theories of disease postulated concrete entities which exist independently of the body. The notion of disease entity has lost its original ontological connotations and instead its important feature has become the possession of a unitary and self-contained character. Dr Taylor describes the modern theories as essentially 'reactive' in character, that is the symptoms of a disease are the bodily reactions to the 'noxae'. After seeing the subject in its historical content, Dr Taylor goes on to discuss in detail the notion of the classification of diseases, making extensive use of modern views on the logic of classes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15155/cover/9780521115155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concepts of Classical Thermodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchdahl, H. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Buchdahl presents a systematic exposition of classical thermodynamics, against a background of general physical theory and on a purely phenomenological (i.e. non-statistical) level. Although particular attention is paid to the meaning of the various concepts introduced, Professor Buchdahl is not afraid of making simplifications where these are likely to enhance the reader's understanding of the subject and the relationships between the principal and ancillary laws. The emphasis throughout is on meaning and physical significance. Specific applications of the general theory are discussed in two final chapters. This book, first published in 1966, is intended for the student who has taken a first course in analytical, though not axiomatic, development of the subject. It will supplement rather than replace, the many familiar introductory treatments of thermodynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15193/cover/9780521115193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052111523X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intraspecific Variation in the Social Systems of Wild Vertebrates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lott, Dale F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has often been assumed by those studying animal behaviour that the social system adopted by a species is a fixed product of natural selection. There is now an interesting body of evidence that this is not always the case and that alternative forms of social organisation may be adopted according to circumstance. In this book, first published in 1991, Professor Lott presents an overview of the understanding of this phenomenon and its implications for animal conservation and management. Those interested in social systems and more generally in animal behaviour and ecology will find this book to be an invaluable source of information and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15230/cover/9780521115230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structural Modeling by Example</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applications in Educational, Sociological, and Behavioral Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuttance, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ecob, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Structural Modeling by Example offers a comprehensive overview of the application of structural equation models in the social and behavioural sciences and in educational research. It is devoted in roughly equal proportions to substantive issues and to methodological ones. The substantive section comprises case studies of the use of these models in a number of disciplines. The authors emphasize the reasons for modeling by these methods, the processes involved in defining the model, and the interpretation of the results. Each substantive chapter includes an exemplary data set and formal model construction of give readers practice in setting up the models and interpreting the results. The methodological section comprises investigations of the behaviour of structural equation modeling methods under a number of conditions. The aim is to clarify the situations in which these methods can usefully be applied and the interpretations that can be made. Introductory and concluding chapters relate structural equation models to the mainstream statistical methods, regression and factor analysis, of which they are a synthesis and generalization, and place in perspective the current status, scope, and limitations of these models with reference to other methodological studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15247/cover/9780521115247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Metaphysics of Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tye, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this provocative book, Michael Tye presents his unique account of the metaphysical foundations of psychological discourse. In place of token identity theory or eliminative materialism, he advocates a generalisation of the adverbial approach to sensory experience, the 'operator theory'. He applies this to the analysis of prepositional attitudes, arguing that mental statements cannot involve reference to mental events or objects and that therefore causal statements about the mental cannot be regarded as asserting relations between events. This adverbial theory has the virtue of being both simple and systematic and is an important contribution to the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15261/cover/9780521115261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Discourses on Sexuality and Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maynard, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Maynard's original and provocative study looks at sexuality and religion as creations of language, in the literary and cultural discourses of Victorian England. After a wide-ranging introduction (drawing on myth, anthropology, comparative religion and the history of sexuality) Maynard goes on to articulate and interpret the strikingly complex and varied ways in which the earnest sceptic Arthur Hugh Clough, the Protestant Charles Kingsley, and the Catholic convert Coventry Patmore placed the relation of sexuality and religion at the centre of their work. A final chapter on Jude the Obscure demonstrates Thomas Hardy's deconstruction of the endeavour to make sense of sexuality and religion, fragmenting this inherited discourse into mere words and bodily parts, in a disintegration of the great constructive vision of his predecessors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15339/cover/9780521115339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521115361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521115360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ocean Acoustic Tomography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munk, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worcester, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wunsch, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problem of ocean acoustic tomography is to infer from precise measurements of travel time, or other properties of acoustic propagation, the state of the ocean traversed by a sound field. Tomography takes advantage of two facts: that travel time and other measurable acoustic parameters are functions of temperature, water velocity, and other parameters of oceanographic interest, and can be interpreted to provide information about the intervening ocean using inverse methods; and that the ocean is virtually transparent to low-frequency sound, so that signals can be transmitted over distances of many thousands of kilometres. It is therefore possible to prepare a practical system of transmitters and receivers to interpret the behaviour of the oceans. This book gives a comprehensive presentation of the underlying oceanography and mathematics necessary to understand and develop such a system. It covers the forward and inverse tomography problem, as well as numerous models for data interpretation. Also included is an epilogue outlining the history of tomographic techniques. It should prove a valuable resource to oceanographers and climatologists, as well as applied mathematicians and engineers interested in applications of fluid mechanics tools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15360/cover/9780521115360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521116783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Literary History of Persia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly a hundred years since its publication, E. G. Browne's A Literary History of Persia remains a classic work in English on the subject. Spanning four volumes, it took Browne over 25 years to write and whilst it concentrates on Persian literature, it surveys many aspects of Persian culture from pre-history to the twentieth century. Volume one covers the period from the earliest periods of Persian history until Firdawsi (AD 935-1020) a highly revered poet. Volume two looks at the early medieval period and in particular on the poet Saadi (1184-1283). Volume three focuses on the Tartar Dominion (1265-1502) and volume four 'Modern Times' covers from 1500 to 1924.  A remarkable achievement upon first publication, Cambridge University Press is pleased to be able to bring its edition of this seminal work back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521116821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Literary History of Persia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly a hundred years since its publication, E. G. Browne's A Literary History of Persia remains a classic work in English on the subject. Spanning four volumes, it took Browne over 25 years to write and whilst it concentrates on Persian literature, it surveys many aspects of Persian culture from pre-history to the twentieth century. Volume one covers the period from the earliest periods of Persian history until Firdawsi (AD 935-1020) a highly revered poet. Volume two looks at the early medieval period and in particular on the poet Saadi (1184-1283). Volume three focuses on the Tartar Dominion (1265-1502) and volume four 'Modern Times' covers from 1500 to 1924.  A remarkable achievement upon first publication, Cambridge University Press is pleased to be able to bring its edition of this seminal work back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521116856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Literary History of Persia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly a hundred years since its publication, E. G. Browne's A Literary History of Persia remains a classic work in English on the subject. Spanning four volumes, it took Browne over 25 years to write and whilst it concentrates on Persian literature, it surveys many aspects of Persian culture from pre-history to the twentieth century. Volume one covers the period from the earliest periods of Persian history until Firdawsi (AD 935-1020) a highly revered poet. Volume two looks at the early medieval period and in particular on the poet Saadi (1184-1283). Volume three focuses on the Tartar Dominion (1265-1502) and volume four 'Modern Times' covers from 1500 to 1924.  A remarkable achievement upon first publication, Cambridge University Press is pleased to be able to bring its edition of this seminal work back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521116899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521116893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Literary History of Persia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly a hundred years since its publication, E. G. Browne's A Literary History of Persia remains a classic work in English on the subject. Spanning four volumes, it took Browne over 25 years to write and whilst it concentrates on Persian literature, it surveys many aspects of Persian culture from pre-history to the twentieth century. Volume one covers the period from the earliest periods of Persian history until Firdawsi (AD 935-1020) a highly revered poet. Volume two looks at the early medieval period and in particular on the poet Saadi (1184-1283). Volume three focuses on the Tartar Dominion (1265-1502) and volume four 'Modern Times' covers from 1500 to 1924.  A remarkable achievement upon first publication, Cambridge University Press is pleased to be able to bring its edition of this seminal work back into print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521117062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521117067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521117067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poets and Power from Chaucer to Wyatt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer-Lee, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the early fifteenth century, English poets responded to a changed climate of patronage, instituted by Henry IV and successor monarchs, by inventing a new tradition of public and elite poetry. Following Chaucer and others, Hoccleve and Lydgate brought to English verse a style and subject matter writing about their King, nation, and themselves, and their innovations influenced a continuous line of poets running through and beyond Wyatt. A crucial aspect of this tradition is its development of ideas and practices associated with the role of poet laureate. Robert J. Meyer-Lee examines the nature and significance of this tradition as it developed from the fourteenth century to Tudor times, tracing its evolution from one author to the next. This study illuminates the relationships between poets and political power and makes plain the tremendous impact this verse has had on the shape of English literary culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/63551/cover/9780521863551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521117461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521117463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521117463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locke, Shaftesbury, and Hutcheson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contesting Diversity in the Enlightenment and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Daniel Carey examines afresh the fundamental debate within the Enlightenment about human diversity. Three central figures - Locke, Shaftesbury, and Hutcheson - questioned whether human nature was fragmented by diverse and incommensurable customs and beliefs or unified by shared moral and religious principles. Locke's critique of innate ideas initiated the argument, claiming that no consensus existed in the world about morality or God's existence. Testimony of human difference established this point. His position was disputed by the third Earl of Shaftesbury who reinstated a Stoic account of mankind as inspired by common ethical convictions and an impulse toward the divine. Hutcheson attempted a difficult synthesis of these two opposing figures, respecting Locke's critique while articulating a moral sense that structured human nature. Daniel Carey concludes with an investigation of the relationship between these arguments and contemporary theories, and shows that current conflicting positions reflect long-standing differences that first emerged during the Enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/45021/cover/9780521845021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521125480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of English Drama, 1660-1900 Paperback Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>4629</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Allardyce Nicoll's History of English Drama, 1660-1900 was an immense scholarly achievement and the work of one man. Nicoll's History, which tells the story of English drama from the reopening of the theatres at the time of the Restoration right through to the end of the Victorian period, was viewed by Notes and Queries (1952) as 'a great work of exploration, a detailed guide to the untrodden acres of our dramatic history, hitherto largely ignored as barren and devoid of interest'. The History is reissued in seven paperback volumes, available separately and as a set. In volumes 1-5 Nicoll describes the conditions of the stage, actors and managers as well as dramatic genres. The sixth and seventh volumes offer a comprehensive list of all the plays known to have been produced or printed in England between 1660 and 1930, with their authors and alternative titles; it has thus independent value as well as providing an index to the earlier volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>560.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052112560X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Sovereigns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The People and America's Constitutional Tradition Before the Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fritz, Christian G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American Sovereigns: The People and America's Constitutional Tradition Before the Civil War challenges traditional American constitutional history, theory and jurisprudence that sees today's constitutionalism as linked by an unbroken chain to the 1787 Federal constitutional convention. American Sovereigns examines the idea that after the American Revolution, a collectivity - the people - would rule as the sovereign. Heated political controversies within the states and at the national level over what it meant that the people were the sovereign and how that collective sovereign could express its will were not resolved in 1776, in 1787, or prior to the Civil War. The idea of the people as the sovereign both unified and divided Americans in thinking about government and the basis of the Union. Today's constitutionalism is not a natural inheritance, but the product of choices Americans made between shifting understandings about themselves as a collective sovereign.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/25604/cover/9780521125604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521125995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521125994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Propertius: Elegies Book 4</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Propertius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Camps, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this edition of Propertius Book IV, Camps follows the general lines of his earlier edition of Book I (Cambridge, 1960). He has presented, without concealing difficulties and uncertainties, a fairly conservative but readable and coherent text, together with such annotation as may help the modern reader of Latin to understand the language and follow the thought of this difficult, much disputed, but very rewarding poet. While the book may be of interest to students and amateurs of Latin in general, the editor has had in mind the particular needs of undergraduates and of sixth forms. The notes are weighted differently from those in Butler and Barber's edition of 1933 and the text of that edition and from the Oxford text of 1960. As far as we know, this is the poet's last work. He has moved away from his earlier preoccupation with the theme of love and the eleven careful elegies that compose the present book are on a variety of subjects. Most are concerned with Roman antiquities. The last is an elaborate and celebrated epitaph on a lady of Roman nobility. But perhaps the poems likely to appeal most to a modern reader are the two in which Propertius recalls and exhibits in a new light, the figure of Cynthia, the declared inspiration of the elegies of Book I.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052112610X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521126106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521126106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Corpus of Anglo-Saxon Pottery of the Pagan Period 2 Part Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521126106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myres, J. N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author's chief purpose in compiling and presenting this illustrated guide to Anglo-Saxon pottery of the period from about AD 400-650 is to show how this pottery can be used as evidence for the early Anglo-Saxon period in England in terms of both political history and culture. Introductory chapters in Volume I explain the typology employed in classifying the pots and give evidence for the dating and development of each type and for the relationship which the English pieces bear to the corresponding series on the continent, mainly to be found in north Germany, Scandinavia and the Low Countries. The core of the work is the inventory of some 3,500 pots typologically arranged and described according to standardised formulae, each one illustrated in the catalogue of drawings which forms Volume 2. These volumes provide the detailed evidence on which Dr Myres' earlier book Anglo-Saxon Pottery and the Settlement of England was based and therefore of value as much for the general history of early England as for the study of an important branch of archaeology. They will be of great help and interest to museum curators and archaeologists and students of ceramics generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521127750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521127752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521127752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Economic Growth in Africa, 1960-2000</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ndulu, Benno J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Connell, Stephen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soludo, Chukwuma C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>470</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period from 1960 to 2000 was one of remarkable growth and transformation in the world economy. Why did most of Sub-Saharan Africa fail to develop over this period? Why did a few small African economies succeed spectacularly? The Political Economy of Economic Growth in Africa, 1960-2000 is by far the most ambitious and comprehensive assessment of Africa's post-independence economic performance to date. Volume 1 examines the impact of resource wealth and geographical remoteness on Africa's growth and develops a new dataset of governance regimes covering all of Sub-Saharan Africa. Separate chapters analyze the dominant patterns of governance observed over the period and their impact on growth, the ideological formation of the political elite, the roots of political violence and reform, and the lessons of the 1960-2000 period for contemporary growth strategy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27752/cover/9780521127752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521137241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521137249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521137249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmopolitan Islanders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Historians and the European Continent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521137249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Cosmopolitan Islanders one of the world's leading historians asks why it is that so many prominent and influential British historians have devoted themselves to the study of the European continent. Books on the history of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and many other European countries, and of Europe more generally, have frequently reached the best-seller lists both in Britain and (in translation) in those European countries themselves. Yet the same is emphatically not true in reverse. Richard J. Evans traces the evolution of British interest in the history of Continental Europe from the Enlightenment to the twentieth century. He goes on to discuss why British historians who work on aspects of European history in the present day have chosen to do so and why this distinguished tradition is now under threat. Cosmopolitan Islanders ends with some reflections on what needs to be done to ensure its continuation in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/37249/cover/9780521137249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521141508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521141505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521141505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of the British Petroleum Company 2 part set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521141505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferrier, Ronald W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>830</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume of a comprehensive history of British Petroleum, which covers the history of the company from its origin up to 1975. Volume one covers the years 1901-32 and deals with the earlier years of the D'Arcy Concession from its granting in 1901 by the Shah of Persia, to the discovery of oil in 1908, the formation of the company in 1909 and its formative years until the cancellation of the concession in 1932. Dr Ferrier places the origin and growth of the company not only within the context of the oil industry but in the wider perspective of the evolving energy requirements in the twentieth century. This History has been based firmly on the evidence from contemporary records. The company archives have proved much indispensable and often hitherto unknown information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20091022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521199980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521199988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521199988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmopolitan Islanders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Historians and the European Continent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Cosmopolitan Islanders one of the world's leading historians asks why it is that so many prominent and influential British historians have devoted themselves to the study of the European continent. Books on the history of France, Germany, Italy, Russia, and many other European countries, and of Europe more generally, have frequently reached the best-seller lists both in Britain and (in translation) in those European countries themselves. Yet the same is emphatically not true in reverse. Richard J. Evans traces the evolution of British interest in the history of Continental Europe from the Enlightenment to the twentieth century. He goes on to discuss why British historians who work on aspects of European history in the present day have chosen to do so and why this distinguished tradition is now under threat. Cosmopolitan Islanders ends with some reflections on what needs to be done to ensure its continuation in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99988/cover/9780521199988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth volume of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek thought deals exclusively with Plato. Plato, however, so prolific a writer, so profoundly original in his thought, and so colossal an influence on the later history of philosophy, that it has not been possible to confine him to one volume. Volume IV therefore offers a general introduction to his life and writings, and covers the so-called 'early' and 'middle' periods of his philosophical development (up to and including the Republic).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00028/cover/9780521200028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00035/cover/9780521200035.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kalambo Falls Prehistoric Site</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. Desmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cormack, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chin, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The local basin in the Kalambo River valley above the famous Falls on the boundary between Zambia and Tanzania provides one of the longest and richest records of man's activity so far recovered from a single site in the African continent. Successive human occupation levels and horizons cover the last 60,000 years from the close of the Acheulian Industrial Complex to the present day. The site is unique in that, besides very rich and representative series of cultural finds, wood, other vegetable remains, charcoals, and pollens have been preserved, often in association with undisturbed, prehistoric camping places. The final volume of this major site report, which deals with the Middle and Earlier Stone Age period completes the project, initiated with the publication of Volume I (1969) on the geology, palaeoecology and detailed stratigraphy of the excavations, and Volume II (1974) on the later Prehistoric Cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00714/cover/9780521200714.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>580.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gershevitch, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>964</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second volume describes the formation, in the sixth century BC, of the earliest multi-national empire, its administration, its confrontation with Greece, and its eventual dissolution under the impact of Alexander's conquest of Iran in 331 BC. This was a time of great importance in the history of the entire Middle East, and embraced figures of the stature of Cyrus, Darius and Xerxes. The sources for this period are more diverse than for any other in Iran's history, the bulk of the evidence being preserved in Babylonian, Elamite, Egyptian and Greek. The involvement in this volume of specialists in each of these fields has ensured that the results of the intensive research of recent years are incorporated in this synthesis. In addition to the strictly historical accounts there are chapters on art and architecture, metalwork and glyptic, calendar systems, weights and measures, religion, and the eastern Iranian world as reflected in the Avesta.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00912/cover/9780521200912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>325.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frye, R. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>747</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 4 is a survey of every aspect of the civilisations which flourished in the Iranian region from the Arab conquests to the Saljuq expansion: in particular, it studies the gradual transition of Iran from Zoroastrianism to Islam, the uniting of all Iranians under one rule, the flowering into full magnificence of the Persian language, and the establishment of those other acts which were to flourish so brilliantly after the Mongol conquest. The volume as a whole provides a comprehensive record of the formative centuries of Islam in Iran.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00936/cover/9780521200936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockhart, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Iran is an eight-volume survey of Iranian history and culture, and its contribution to the civilisation of the world. All aspects of the religious, philosophical, political, economic, scientific and artistic elements in Iranian civilisation are studied, with some emphasis on the geographical and ecological factors which have contributed to that civilisation's special character. The aim is to provide a collection of readable essays rather than a catalogue of information. The volumes offer scope for the publication of new ideas as well as providing summaries of established facts. They should act as a stimulus to specialists, but are primarily concerned to answer the sort of questions about the past and present of Iran that are asked by the non-specialist. This volume covers the history of Iran from the collapse of the Il-Khanid empire (c. 1335) to the second quarter of the 18th century. The period id of special interest as one which, in the traditional view, witnessed the emergence of Iran as a 'national state'. It is in the latter half of this era that moderate Shi'ism acquired the definitive hold on the country which has been maintained to the present day, and which helps to differentiate Iran from the other Islamic states of south-west Asia. In addition to chapters on commercial and diplomatic contacts with Europe - contacts usually fortified by a common hostility to the Ottoman Turks - which became prominent from the 16th century, the volume contains chapters on social and economic history, the arts and architecture, the exact sciences, religion, philosophy and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00943/cover/9780521200943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521200954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521200954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521200950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521200950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avery, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hambly, G. R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melville, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1096</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This final volume of The Cambridge History of Iran covers the period from 1722 to 1979. Part I sets out the political framework. Beginning in the reign of Nadir Shah, it traces the establishment of the Qajar dynasty and the rise and fall of the Pahlavi autocracy. Part II discusses relations with the Ottoman Empire, Russia, European countries, Britain and British India. Part III covers economic and social developments, including systems of land tenure and revenue administration, the tribes, the traditional Iranian city, European economic penetration and the impact of the oil industry. In Part IV religious and cultural life is examined. There are chapters on religious change and Iranian arts and crafts - including architecture, ceramics, painting, metalwork and textiles, from the eighteenth to the twentieth centuries - and popular entertainment, literature, and the press in modern Iran. The contributors to this volume represent the most informed and up-to-date international scholarship on the region. Together they have provided a unique survey of the modern period in Iranian history, leading up to the formation of the Islamic Republic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/00950/cover/9780521200950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521201594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521201594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521201599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521201599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martindale, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1355</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire provides a complete secular biographical dictionary of the period AD 527 (the beginning of the reign of Justinian) to 641 (the death of Heraclius). The information has been gathered from a wide variety of sources in Latin, Greek, Arabic, Syriac and other languages. The project makes available for the first time in one work  mass of information relating to the personnel of the Roman Empire and the western kingdoms that were its heirs, and of other nations with which Rome had dealings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>625.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521202272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521202272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521202275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Ranges II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521202275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonsall, F. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical Ranges II is a sequel to Numerical Ranges of Operators on Normed Spaces and of Elements of Normed Algebras written by the same authors and published in this series in 1971. The present volume reflects the progress made in the subject, expanding and discussing topics under the general headings of spatial and algebra numerical ranges and further ranges.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/02275/cover/9780521202275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19731001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521202779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521202779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521202770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Art 2 volume set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521202770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A large scale illustrated history of Greek art from the Archaic to the Hellenistic period. Professor Robertson's treatment is chronological rather than topical; he presents changes in the different branches of representational art as aspects of a single historical developement, concentrating on the genuinely Greek and markedly different artistic tradition whose first impulse appears at about 1000 BC and that atrophies eventually in the first century BC.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/02770/cover/9780521202770.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>345.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521203546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521203546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521203548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Developments in Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521203548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segal, Graeme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eleven of the fourteen invited speakers at a symposium held by the Oxford Mathematical Institute in June 1972 have revised their contributions and submitted them for publication in this volume. The present papers do not necessarily closely correspond with the original talks, as it was the intention of the volume editor to make this book of mathematical rather than historical interest. The contributions will be of value to workers in topology in universities and polytechnics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/03548/cover/9780521203548.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521204100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521204100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521204101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Astronomer as Natural Philosopher</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521204101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>48</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the full text of the inaugural lecture for the Jacksonian Chair at the University of Cambridge, given by A. H. Cook in 1973, with the subject of the Astronomer as Natural Philosopher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/04101/cover/9780521204101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19731231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521204135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521204135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521204132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521204132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gray, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>752</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seventeenth and eighteenth centuries in Africa were a period of transition, with the trade in slaves and firearms on the Atlantic coast laying some of the foundations for European colonialism. But for most of the continent, external forces were still of marginal significance. African initiative remained supreme and produced a rich variety of political, social and intellectual innovations. In eight regional chapters the contributors to this volume, all established experts in their field, bring together for the first time these developments as they affected the whole of Africa. A concluding chapter surveys Africa in Europe and the Americas during this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/04132/cover/9780521204132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521204526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521204526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521204521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proceedings of the Symposium on Complex Analysis Canterbury 1973</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521204521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clunie, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayman, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An international conference on complex analysis was held in Canterbury in July 1973. Some of the world's most prominent complex analysts attended and some outstanding open problems had their first solutions announced there. These are reflected in this set of Proceedings. Almost all of the contributions are abstracts of talks given at the symposium. The final part of this volume is a section on research problems contributed by members of the conference and a report on a previous collection of problems edited by Professor W. K. Hayman after an earlier conference in 1964. This book is essential reading for research workers and graduate students interested in complex analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/04521/cover/9780521204521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19741007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521204542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521204542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521204545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521204545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonough, T. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mavron, V. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is a record of the papers presented to the fourth British Combinatorial Conference held in Aberystwyth in July 1973. Contributors from all over the world took part and the result is a very useful and up-to-date account of what is happening in the field of combinatorics. A section of problems illustrates some of the topics in need of further investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/04545/cover/9780521204545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521205263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521205263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521205269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytic Theory of Abelian Varieties</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521205269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swinnerton-Dyer, H. P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of abelian manifolds forms a natural generalization of the theory of elliptic functions, that is, of doubly periodic functions of one complex variable. When an abelian manifold is embedded in a projective space it is termed an abelian variety in an algebraic geometrical sense. This introduction presupposes little more than a basic course in complex variables. The notes contain all the material on abelian manifolds needed for application to geometry and number theory, although they do not contain an exposition of either application. Some geometrical results are included however.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/05269/cover/9780521205269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521205271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521205271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521205276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Topological Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521205276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgins, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Graduate students in many branches of mathematics need to know something about topological groups and the Haar integral to enable them to understand applications in their own fields. In this introduction to the subject, Professor Higgins covers the basic theorems they are likely to need, assuming only some elementary group theory. The book is based on lecture courses given for the London M.Sc. degree in 1969 and 1972, and the treatment is more algebraic than usual, reflecting the interests of the author and his audience. The volume ends with an informal account of one important application of the Haar integral, to the representation theory of compact groups, and suggests further reading on this and similar topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/05276/cover/9780521205276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521205719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521205719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521205719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates to Volumes 1 and 2</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521205719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gadd, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sollberger, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>223</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new Plates Volume to accompany the four new Parts of The Cambridge Ancient History, Volumes I and II. The editors have selected many new as well as familiar subjects for illustration, and contributors to the text Volumes have made frequent references to these illustrations. The Plates Volume can also, however, stand on its own as a visual guide to the formative period of civilization in Egypt, the Middle East and the Aegean region from earliest times to about 1000 B.C.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/05719/cover/9780521205719.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19771114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521206812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521206812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521206815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Differentiable Germs and Catastrophes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521206815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Br&#246;cker, Theodor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lander, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes give a fairly elementary introduction to the local theory of differentiable mappings. Sard's Theorem and the Preparation Theorem of Malgrange and Mather are the basic tools and these are proved first. There follows a number of illustrations including: the local part of Whitney's Theorem on mappings of the plane into the plane, quadratic differentials, the Instability Theorem of Thom, one of Mather's theorems on finite determinacy and a glimpse of the theory of Toujeron. The later part of the book develops Mather's theory of unfoldings of singularities. Its application to Catastrophe theory is explained and the Elementary Catastrophes are illustrated by many pictures. The book is suitable as a text for courses to graduates and advanced undergraduates but may also be of interest to mathematical biologists and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/06815/cover/9780521206815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521207843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521207843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521207843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sheaf Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521207843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tennison, B. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sheaf theory provides a means of discussing many different kinds of geometric objects in respect of the connection between their local and global properties. It finds its main applications in topology and modern algebraic geometry where it has been used as a tool for solving, with great success, several long-standing problems. This text is based on a lecture course for graduate pure mathematicians which builds up enough of the foundations of sheaf theory to give a broad definition of manifold, covering as special cases the algebraic geometer's schemes as well as the topological, differentiable and analytic kinds, and to define sheaf cohomology for application to such objects. Exercises are provided at the end of each chapter and at various places in the text. Hints and solutions to some of them are given at the end of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/07843/cover/9780521207843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521208300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521208300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521208307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Automatic Continuity of Linear Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521208307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair, Allan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>100</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the results on automatic continuity of intertwining operators and homomorphisms that were obtained between 1960 and 1973 are here collected together to provide a detailed discussion of the subject. The book will be appreciated by graduate students of functional analysis who already have a good foundation in this and in the theory of Banach algebras.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/08307/cover/9780521208307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521209293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521209293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521209298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Anthology of Modern French Poetry (1850-1950)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521209298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broome, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chesters, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This anthology is the companion volume to The Appreciation of Modern French Poetry, the aim of which was to give detailed preliminary help with the problems of poetic appreciation. The fourteen poets represented here provide a varied and exciting introduction to what is probably the richest century of French poetry, from 1850 to 1950. Hugo, the colossus of the nineteenth century, whose work gives new resonance and vitality to imaginative vision, opens the anthology, and Michaux, the most individual and 'modern' of twentieth-century poets in that he bridges the gap between poetry and contemporary science, closes it. Almost all the major poets of the period are included: Nerval, Baudelaire, Mallarm&#233;, Verlaine, Rimbaud and Laforgue from the second half of the nineteenth century; Val&#233;ry, Apollinaire, Supervielle and Eluard in the twentieth. The lesser known Cros and Desnos, fresh and spontaneous poets with an immediate appeal, invite a new look at the lyric traditions of french verse and offer an attractive new avenue for study. The choice of poems, dictated above all by their individual poetic value, reflects also the trends of recent criticism and the tastes of present-day readers. The texts are all accompanied by full notes, which not only explain local difficulties of vocabulary, syntax and expression, but lead the reader directly into the heart of the richness of theme, style and interpretation. These will prove of value not only to the student who is grappling with the basics of french verse, or is anxious to give depth to his familiarity, but to the general reader seeking to rekindle his enjoyment of French poetry. In addition, there are introductions to each poet summarizing the essence of his art, useful suggestions for further reading, and groups of dicussion topics to stimulate comparative insights and a wider responsiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/09298/cover/9780521209298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521209307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521209307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521209304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Appreciation of Modern French Poetry (1850-1950)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521209304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broome, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chesters, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biographies of poets are often rich in human interest; manuals of literary history can be full of broad insight and suggestive parallels. But it is all too easy to let the study of French poetry drift towards lives, loves and -isms and away from the appreciation of its supremely creative use of language.  Born of the belief that the proper study of poetry is the poem itself, this book seeks to concentrate on the poetic process at work on the page. Its aim is to encourage the student and the general reader to penetrate the textual richness of modern French verse where verbal artistry combines so powerfully with imaginative vision. The full introduction deals with such questions as metre and rhythm, uses of verse-form, sonority, imagery and structure, studying them not in the abstract but in particular, 'living' contexts. This leads on to detailed commentaries on individual poems illustrating, after the consideration of the problems of reading poetry in general, how one might approach poems as artistic unities in their own right. These guided commentaries are essentially an invitation to the reader to explore certain paths into the poem for himself. They do not provide a wrapped, sealed and delivered explanation; they call for and depend upon the reader's active involvement. Both the illustrations of the introduction and the commentary texts are taken from the fourteen poets who feature in the companion volume to this work, An Anthology of Modern French Poetry. In this way a complete overlap is created, and one is invited to pass from preliminary exercises in appreciation into the wider, more stimulating world of a fully balanced anthology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/09304/cover/9780521209304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521209404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521209404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521209403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Geometric Approach to Homology Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521209403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buonchristiano, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rourke, C. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanderson, B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of these notes is to give a geometrical treatment of generalized homology and cohomology theories. The central idea is that of a 'mock bundle', which is the geometric cocycle of a general cobordism theory, and the main new result is that any homology theory is a generalized bordism theory. The book will interest mathematicians working in both piecewise linear and algebraic topology especially homology theory as it reaches the frontiers of current research in the topic. The book is also suitable for use as a graduate course in homology theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/09403/cover/9780521209403.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521209811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521209811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521209816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521209816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The five and a half centuries described in this volume were those in which Iron Age cultures passed from their early and experimental phases into stages of maturity characterized by long-distance trade and complex, many-tiered political systems. In Egypt and North Africa it was a period of religious and cultural consolidation when the Arabic language and the faith of Islam were adopted by the majority of the indigenous Copts and Berbers. In the sub-Saharan Savanna it was a period rather of penetration when Muslim merchants and clerics built up small but significant minorities of Negro African converts. Muslim migrants conquered the Nilotic Sudan, encircled Christian Ethiopia and settled the coastline of eastern Africa. Intercontinental trade developed across the whole width of the Sahara and also toward the Indian Ocean ports. During the last century and a half of the period the Portuguese opened the Atlantic coasts and competed with the Muslim traders of the Indian Ocean. But throughout the period African states, large and small, were strong enough, relatively, to control their visitors from the outside world. The main significance of the outsiders, whether Muslim or Christian, was as literate observers of the African scene.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>430.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052121002X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052121002X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521210027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Finite Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521210027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gagen, Terence M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes derive from a course of lectures delivered at the University of Florida in Gainesville during 1971/2. Dr Gagen presents a simplified treatment of recent work by H. Bender on the classification of non-soluble groups with abelian Sylow 2-subgroups, together with some background material of wide interest. The book is for research students and specialists in group theory and allied subjects such as finite geometries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/10027/cover/9780521210027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521210283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521210283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521210287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521210287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth volume of Dr Needham's immense undertaking, like the fourth, is subdivided into parts for ease of presentation and assimilation, each part bound and published separately. The volume as a whole covers the subjects of alchemy, early chemistry, and chemical technology (which includes military invention, especially gunpowder; paper and printing; textiles; mining and metallurgy; the salt industry; and ceramics).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/10287/cover/9780521210287.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521211158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521211158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521211154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Roman Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>By the Cambridge University Research Seminar in Ancient History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521211154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finley, Moses I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The actual practice of the Romans with regard to property and investment must be distinguished from the formal rules of the emperors and the moralistic generalizations of the ancient writers. With this in mind the Cambridge Research Seminar in Ancient History spent two years examining various aspects of Roman property, investigating individual topics in greater detail than has been attempted before. The studies which make up this volume deal with Roman investment in property - scale and concentration of holdings, rural and urban property, methods of exploitation and how this was organized, and the extent of marginal lands. The editor has formed the volume into a coherent unit by eliminating excessive duplication and overlapping between chapters. The book is of particular value to specialists in ancient history, economic and social history and in Roman law, but also contains materials of interest to medieval and agrarian historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/11154/cover/9780521211154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521211387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521211387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521211383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Advisory Council, 1930-1939</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Economic Advice during Depression and Recovery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521211383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howson, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winch, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The experience of the Economic Advisory Council provides the relevant policy background to the Keynesian revolution in economic theory, and to the adoption of the principles of economic management in Britain during the Second World War. This study of this pioneering advisory institution against the inter-war setting of depression, financial crisis and recovery is based on government records, supplemented by other contemporary sources. The book deals with the political and economic origins of the E.A.C. in the post-1918 decade; the role of the Council and its committees of inquiry as the world slump began to make an impact on an already depressed British economy; and the part played by individual economic advisers in the dramatic events which led to the fall of the second Labour Government and Britain's departure from the gold standard in 1931. Throughout the nineteenthirties the work of the Council was carried on by the Committee on Economic Information, which helped to provide the National Government with solutions to the complex and novel problems of a post-gold standard world. In addition to assessing the significance of the E.A.C. experiment, the book reprints a number of reports and gives a guide to the relevant documents in the public archives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/11383/cover/9780521211383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521211603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521211603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521211604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parallelisms of Complete Designs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521211604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes present an investigation of a condition similar to Euclid's parallel axiom for subsets of finite sets. The background material to the theory of parallelisms is introduced and the author then describes the links this theory has with other topics from the whole range of combinatorial theory and permutation groups. These include network flows, perfect codes, Latin squares, block designs and multiply-transitive permutation groups, and long and detailed appendices are provided to serve as introductions to these various subjects. Many of the results are published for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/11604/cover/9780521211604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521213347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521213347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521213349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Topology of Stiefel Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521213349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stiefel manifolds are an interesting family of spaces much studied by algebraic topologists. These notes, which originated in a course given at Harvard University, describe the state of knowledge of the subject, as well as the outstanding problems. The emphasis throughout is on applications (within the subject) rather than on theory. However, such theory as is required is summarized and references to the literature are given, thus making the book accessible to non-specialists and particularly graduate students. Many examples are given and further problems suggested.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/13349/cover/9780521213349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521213401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521213401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521213400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lie Groups and Compact Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521213400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Lie groups is a very active part of mathematics and it is the twofold aim of these notes to provide a self-contained introduction to the subject and to make results about the structure of Lie groups and compact groups available to a wide audience. Particular emphasis is placed upon results and techniques which explicate the interplay between a Lie group and its Lie algebra, and, in keeping with current trends, a coordinate-free notation is used. Much of the general theory is illustrated by examples and exercises involving specific Lie groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/13400/cover/9780521213400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521214084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521214084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521214087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family Life and Illicit Love in Earlier Generations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Historical Sociology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521214087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laslett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the history of family life in several senses. The author puts forward a thesis about the European family in relation to the conspicuous differences between European economic and social development and that of the rest of the world. He discusses the numbers and functions of servants, the numbers and situation of orphans and the aged, and the difficult question of whether American slaves lived in families at all. There is an extended analysis of the extraordinary turnover in population in England and in Europe in pre-industrial times, and a full discussion of the figures for English illegitimacy since Shakespeare's day. There is also a consideration of the elusive topic of the age of sexual maturity and its variations over time. The book represents some of the results of the first fifteen years of work in the newly instituted subject of historical sociology with particular reference to the family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/14087/cover/9780521214087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521215129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521215129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521215121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brownian Motion, Hardy Spaces and Bounded Mean Oscillation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521215121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, K. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This exposition of research on the martingale and analytic inequalities associated with Hardy spaces and functions of bounded mean oscillation (BMO) introduces the subject by concentrating on the connection between the probabilistic and analytic approaches. Short surveys of classical results on the maximal, square and Littlewood-Paley functions and the theory of Brownian motion introduce a detailed discussion of the Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein characterization of HP in terms of maximal functions. The book examines the basis of the abstract martingale definitions of HP and BMO, makes generally available for the first time work of Gundy et al. on characterizations of BMO, and includes a probabilistic proof of the Fefferman-Stein Theorem on the duality of H11 and BMO.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/15121/cover/9780521215121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521215226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521215226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521215220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Resource Allocation Processes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521215220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arrow, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurwicz, Leonid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the central questions of economics relates to the coordination of individual units within a large organization to achieve the central objectives of that organization. This book examines the problems involved in allocating resources in an economic system where decision-making is decentralized into the hands of individuals and individual enterprises. The decisions made by these economic agents must be coordinated because the input decisions of some must eventually equal the output decisions of others. Coordination arises naturally out of the mathematical theory of optimization but there is still the question of how it can be achieved in practice with dispersed knowledge. The essays here explore the many facets of this problem. Nine papers are grouped under the title 'Economies with a single maximand'. They include papers on static and dynamic optimization, decentralization within firms, and nonconvexities in optimizing problems. Fourteen papers are concerned with 'Economies with multiple objectives'. Among the topics covered here are stability of competitive equilibrium, stability in oligopology, and dynamic shortages. The final part of the book includes three papers on informational efficiency and informationally decentralized systems. Leonid Hurwitcz is the Nobel Prize Winner 2007 for The Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel, along with colleagues Eric Maskin and Roger Myerson, for his work on the effectiveness of markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/15220/cover/9780521215220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521215439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521215439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521215435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pontryagin Duality and the Structure of Locally Compact Abelian Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521215435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Sidney A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These lecture notes begin with an introduction to topological groups and proceed to a proof of the important Pontryagin-van Kampen duality theorem and a detailed exposition of the structure of locally compact abelian groups. Measure theory and Banach algebra are entirely avoided and only a small amount of group theory and topology is required, dealing with the subject in an elementary fashion. With about a hundred exercises for the student, it is a suitable text for first-year graduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/15435/cover/9780521215435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19771003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521217040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521217040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521217040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illustrating BASIC</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521217040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To make a computer do a calculation, however simple, you must describe every step of that calculation in a language the computer can understand: this description is called a program. This book presents a popular and widely available language called BASIC and explains how to write simple programs in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/17040/cover/9780521217040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19771128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521217709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521217709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521217705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interaction Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521217705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biggs, Norman L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a set of lectures given to a mixed audience of physicists and mathematicians. The desire to be intelligible to both groups is the underlying preoccupation of the author. Physicists nowadays are particularly interested in phase transitions. The typical situation is that a system of interacting particles exhibits an abrupt change of behaviour at a certain temperature, although the local forces between the particles are thought to be smooth functions of temperature. This account discusses the theory behind a simple model of such phenomena. An important tool is the mathematical discipline known as the Theory of Graphs. There are five chapters, each subdivided into sections. The first chapter is intended as a broad introduction to the subject, and it is written in a more informal manner than the rest. Notes and references for each chapter are given at the end of the chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/17705/cover/9780521217705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521219043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521219043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521219044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Growth and Distribution in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521219044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lardy, Nicholas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study maintains that China's system of economic planning tends to mitigate the trade-off between economic growth and equity that has been found to prevail in the early stages of development in most less developed countries. The analysis focuses on the Chinese leadership's attempt to improve economic efficiency by decentralizing economic management without encouraging, as a consequence, increased economic inequality among different regions. By examining the budgetary and planning process, focusing in particular on the fiscal relations between the centre and the far-reaching degree of resource redistribution undertaken by the central government through its control of interprovincial and intersectoral resource transfers. Professor Lardy's analysis highlights the essential features of Chinese economic growth and relates these to the experience of both developing and Soviet-type economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/19044/cover/9780521219044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521219299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521219299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521219297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Judaism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521219297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finkelstein, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>756</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of four volumes covering the history of Judaism from the Persian period, roughly 539-322 BCE, to the Tannaitic period, which culminated in the codification of the Mishnah around 250 CE. It deals with the encounter of Judaism with the Hellenistic culture spread throughout the Mediterranean world and beyond by Alexander the Great and his successors. The volume describes both the rejection and adoption of Hellenism by Judaism. Religiously the rejection provoked new developments and politically the Maccabaean Revolt, which resulted in the creation of the independent Hasmonean state, 142-63 BCE. Culturally, the adoption of Hellenistic forms by Judaism led to a significant Jewish-Greek and Hebrew and Aramaic literature. At the same time, the tensions in the religious, intellectual, social and political life of Jews spawned apocalyptic thought and literature. In the light of the interpenetration of Judaism and Hellenism in this period the volume questions some established dichotomies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/19297/cover/9780521219297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>305.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521219752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521219752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521219754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Continuous Crossed Products and Type III Von Neumann Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521219754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daele, A. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>80</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of von Neumann algebras has undergone rapid development since the work of Tonita, Takesaki and Conner. These notes, based on lectures given at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, provide an introduction to the subject and demonstrate the important role of the theory of crossed products. Part I deals with general continuous crossed products and proves the commutation theorem and the duality theorem. Part II discusses the structure of Type III von Neumann algebras and considers crossed products with modular actions. Restricting the treatment to the case of o-finite von Neumann algebras enables the author to work with faithful normal states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/19754/cover/9780521219754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521220238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521220238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521220231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Modern Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521220231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A two-volume study of political thought from the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, the decisive period of transition from medieval to modern political theory. The work is intended to be both an introduction to the period for students, and a presentation and justification of a particular approach to the interpretation of historical texts. Quentin Skinner gives an outline account of all the principal texts of the period, discussing in turn the chief political writings of Dante, Marsiglio, Bartolus, Machiavelli, Erasmus and more, Luther and Calvin, Bodin and the Calvinist revolutionaries. But he also examines a very large number of lesser writers in order to explain the general social and intellectual context in which these leading theorists worked. He thus presents the history not as a procession of 'classic texts' but are more readily intelligible. He traces by this means the gradual emergence of the vocabulary of modern political thought, and in particular the crucial concept of the State. We are given an insight into the actual processes of the formation of ideologies and into some of the linkages between political theory and practice. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/20231/cover/9780521220231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521220297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521220297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521220293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521220293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairbank, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liu, Kwang-Ching</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of two volumes in this major Cambridge history dealing with the gradual decline of the Ch'ing empire in China (the first was volume 10). Volume 11 surveys the persistence and deterioration of the old order in China during the late nineteenth century, and the profound stirring during that period, which led to China's great twentieth-century revolution. The contributors focus on commercial and technological growth, foreign relations, the stimulation of Chinese intellectual life by the outside world, and military triumphs and disasters. The impact of Japan is emphasized and there is consideration of the movements of reform and revolution in the two decades before 1911. As the contributors to this volume show, the effects of the accelerating changes were to fragment the old ruling class and the ancient monarchy, finally bringing the Chinese people face to face with the challenges of the new century. Each chapter is written by a specialist from the international community of sinological scholars. Many of the accounts break new ground; all are based on fresh research. For readers with Chinese, proper names and terms are identified with their characters in the glossary, and full references to Chinese, Japanese and other works are given in the bibliographies. Numerous maps illustrate the text, and there are bibliographical essay decribing the source materials on which each author's account is based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/20293/cover/9780521220293.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521220513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521220513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521220514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Immigrants in Early Bourbon Mexico, 1700-1760</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521220514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nunn, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The kings of Spain forbade foreigners and other 'undesirables' to immigrate to Spanish America. They saw aliens as threatening imperial, religious and mercantile security, and it might therefore be assumed that the Spaniards were xenophobic and intolerant. Dr Nunn's study shows that statutes tell only part of the story. In the years 1700-60 some 3 per cent of the foreign-born in Mexico were non-Spaniards who had entered the colony illegally. Who were these people, where did they come from, and what were their motives? In answering these questions, Dr Nunn demonstrates how illegal immigrants often escaped official detection and how even those known to the authorities were usually allowed to remain and make new lives for themselves. Neither Protestant nor Jew went to the stake in eighteenth-century Mexico. Harassment was more likely to come from officials seeking funds for an impecunious government than from the Inquisition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/20514/cover/9780521220514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521221471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521221471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521221474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521221474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume I of the Letters, edited by James T. Boulton, gives the first 580 letters in the series, covering the period September 1901 to May 1913. This is the time of Lawrence's youth in Eastwood, his first year out of England - in Italy with Frieda - to the publication of Sons and Lovers. There are letters to his early loves, Jessie Chambers, Louie Burrows and Helen Corke. He writes The White Peacock, The Trespasser, Sons and Lovers, the early stories and poems. He is welcomed into the literary world by editors such as Ford and Garnett; he meets Pound and other writers; he reads widely. His mother dies; he grows away from the younger women; he meets Frieda and elopes with her. Professor Boulton's discreet annotation conceals an enormous labour of patient detection. There are over thirty photographs of his friends and correspondents and a newly discovered portrait miniature of Lawrence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/21474/cover/9780521221474.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521222141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521222141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521222143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Middle East in China's Foreign Policy, 1949-1977</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521222143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shichor, Yitzhak</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Within the growing literature on China's international behaviour, China's Middle Eastern policy has been somewhat neglected and misinterpreted. It has been assumed that the Middle East played a rather marginal role in Chinese strategic calculations; yet at times the Chinese have been portrayed as a disruptive and subversive force in this area. This volume attempts to correct both views by providing a comprehensive analysis of China's Middle Eastern policy. It argues that the Chinese were indeed unable or unwilling to become involved in the Middle East, let alone to threaten it. However, in their view, this area has always been strategically important as a key battleground for the struggle between the superpowers, the outcome of which could have serious implications for the security of China as well as for the rest of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/22143/cover/9780521222143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052122215X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052122215X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521222150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521222150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. Desmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1173</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume I of The Cambridge History of Africa provides the first relatively complete and authoritative survey of African prehistory from the time of the first hominids in the Plio-Pleistone up to the spread of iron technology after c.500 B.C. The volume therefore sets the stage for the history of the continent contained in the subsequent volumes. The material remains of past human life recovered by excavation are described and interpreted in the light of palaeo-ecological evidence, primate studies and ethnographic observation, to provide a record of the evolving skills and adaptive behaviour of the prehistoric populations. The unique discoveries in East and South Africa of early hominid fossils, stone tools and other surviving evidence are discussed with full documentation, leading on to the coming of Modern Man (with new evidence showing the much greater antiquity of the 'Middle Stone Age' in the continent than had previously been thought) and the beginning of regional patterning. The volume provides a survey of the now considerable material showing the different ways of life in the forests, savannas and arid zones during the 'Later Stone Age', from its beginnings some 20,000 years ago. The divergence in cultural patternings between northern Africa and those parts of the continent south of the Sahara now becomes more apparent. Following an account of the evidence for the origins and spread of domesticates and the beginnings of village farming, the volume concludes with three chapters that trace the development of urban centres and of the political state in the Nile Valley and the changing administrative, socio-economic and religious aspects of Egyptian civilization from the Pre-Dynastic up to the Late Period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>430.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052122280X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052122280X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521222808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uniform Algebras and Jensen Measures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521222808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gamelin, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These lecture notes are devoted to an area of current research interest that bridges functional analysis and function theory. The unifying theme is the notion of subharmonicity with respect to a uniform algebra. The topics covered include the rudiments of Choquet theory, various classes of representing measures, the duality between abstract sub-harmonic functions and Jensen measures, applications to problems of approximation of plurisubharmonic functions of several complex variables, and Cole's theory of estimates for conjugate functions. Many of the results are published here for the first time in monograph form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/22808/cover/9780521222808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521222842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521222842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521222846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Modern Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521222846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A two-volume study of political thought from the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, the decisive period of transition from medieval to modern political theory. The work is intended to be both an introduction to the period for students, and a presentation and justification of a particular approach to the interpretation of historical texts. Quentin Skinner gives an outline account of all the principal texts of the period, discussing in turn the chief political writings of Dante, Marsiglio, Bartolus, Machiavelli, Erasmus and more, Luther and Calvin, Bodin and the Calvinist revolutionaries. But he also examines a very large number of lesser writers in order to explain the general social and intellectual context in which these leading theorists worked. He thus presents the history not as a procession of 'classic texts' but are more readily intelligible. He traces by this means the gradual emergence of the vocabulary of modern political thought, and in particular the crucial concept of the State. We are given an insight into the actual processes of the formation of ideologies and into some of the linkages between political theory and practice. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/22846/cover/9780521222846.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521222877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521222877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521222877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Permutation Groups and Combinatorial Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521222877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biggs, Norman L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, A. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of this book is the action of permutation groups on sets associated with combinatorial structures. Each chapter deals with a particular structure: groups, geometries, designs, graphs and maps respectively. A unifying theme for the first four chapters is the construction of finite simple groups. In the fifth chapter, a theory of maps on orientable surfaces is developed within a combinatorial framework. This simplifies and extends the existing literature in the field. The book is designed both as a course text and as a reference book for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. A feature is the set of carefully constructed projects, intended to give the reader a deeper understanding of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/22877/cover/9780521222877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Delmer M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>650</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Japan's ancient age was a period of radical and political change during which a Chinese-style empire emerged. This volume of The Cambridge History of Japan spans the beginnings of human existence to the end of the eighth century, focusing on the thousand years between 300 BC and 784, the end of the fabulous Nara period. The volume explores this period in four stages: (1) The Yayoi period (to about AD 250) when small kingdoms and kingdom federations accumulated enough power to dispatch diplomatic missions to Korea and China; (2) the Yamato period (to 587) when priestly rulers, having gained economic and military power, conquered most of Japan; (3) the Century of Reform (to 710) when Japanese leaders, pressed by China's expanding T'ang empire, set out to build a strong Chinese-style empire of their own; (4) the Nara period (to 784) when spectacular literary, artistic, architectural, and religious advances were made.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/23522/cover/9780521223522.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shively, Donald H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCullough, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides the most comprehensive treatment of the Heian period, the golden age of the Japanese imperial court, in any Western language. From Heian-kyo, founded in 794, the Japanese emperor ruled over an elaborate government modelled on China's absolute monarchy. Ambassadors to the T'ang court and students studying in China brought back laws, ideas, Buddhism, temple architecture, sculpture, and wall-painting. Chinese influences blended with native Japanese elements in courtly painting, calligraphy, poetry and prose. The world's first novel, The Tale of Genji, was completed about 1020. In 1185 the elegant and peaceful world of the court was shattered by the struggle of the Taira and Minamoto warrior clans, who usurped real political power and left the emperor with a symbolic, legitimizing role.  Contributors to this volume emphasize political history, the land system, provincial administration, the capital and its society, aristocratic culture, and the acceptance of Buddhism and popular religious practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yamamura, Kozo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>734</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third volume of the Cambridge History of Japan is devoted to the three and a half centuries spanning the final decades of the twelfth century when the Kamakura bakufu was founded to the mid-sixteenth century when civil wars raged following the demise of the Muromachi bakufu. Volume 3 contains 13 specially commissioned essays written by leading Japanese and American scholars that survey the historical events and developments in medieval Japan's polity, economy, society and culture, as well as its relations with its Asian neighbours. The essays reflect the most recent scholarly research on the history of this period. The volume creates a rich tapestry of the events that took place during these colourful centuries, when the warrior class ruled Japan, institutions underwent fundamental transformations, the economy grew steadily, and Japanese culture and society evolved with surprising vitality to leave legacies that still characterize and affect contemporary Japan. A meticulously prepared glossary of terms and a chronological table of major historical events and developments are included. As with other volumes in The Cambridge History of Japan, Volume 3 was carefully prepared so as to be accessible to specialists and students as well as to general readers wishing to increase their understanding of the period. This is the most extensive treatment available on medieval Japan, and it will serve as an indispensible tool and authoritative guide for all interested in Japan's medieval age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/23546/cover/9780521223546.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, John Whitney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClain, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>976</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth of six volumes designed to explore the history of Japan from prehistoric to modern times. Volume 4 covers the years from 1550 to 1800, a short but surprisingly eventful period in Japanese history commonly referred to as Japan's Early Modern Age. At the start, in the sixteenth century, much of the country was being pulled apart by local military lords engaged in a struggle for land and local hegemony. These daimyo succeeded in dividing Japan into nearly autonomous regional domains. Before the end of the seventeenth century, however, the daimyo in turn were subjected to a powerful unification movement led by three colourful figures, Nobunaga, Hideyoshi, and Ieyasu. It was under Tokugawa Ieyasu, the last of the unifiers, that Japan was brought together under a single powerful command vested in the office of shogun. The Tokugawa hegemony lasted until 1868 when it was brought down by the Meiji Restoration. This volume attempts to flesh out the historical tale with insights into the way that people lived and worked. It examines the relationship between peasant and local lord, and between the lord, as a unit of local government, and the emerging shogunate. It offers new insights into the evolution of indigenous thought and religion and it also deals with Japan's foreign relations, particularly the impact of the Christian missionary movement. Each of these themes is examined by thirteen distinguished Japanese and American scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansen, Marius B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>886</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Nineteenth Century provides the most comprehensive account available in any Western language of Japan's transformation from a feudal society to a modern nation state. This volume traces the roots and course of political, social, and institutional change that took place in Japan from late Tokugawa times to the early twentieth century.  During this period Japan, under pressure from the intrusive West, abandoned its policy of national seclusion and remodeled its institutions to build the strength necessary to join the great powers and to fashion an empire in East Asia. It was an era remarkable for sweeping changes undertaken in the name of tradition, symbolized by the shift of authority from the shogun as military hegemon to the emperor who professed to cloak his sacrosanct prerogatives in constitutional procedures. The volume consists of an interrelated collection of authoritative and analytical chapters by specialists in the history of nineteenth-century Japan that discuss the fissures in late feudal society, the impact of and responses to the West, the overthrow of the shogunal government, and the revolutionary changes that were instituted as defensive measures to strengthen the country against what seemed a dangerous competition with the Western world. All of the chapters are based on current research and were writeen for students and scholars as well as for general readers who do not have a specialized knowledge of Japanese history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521223571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521223571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521223577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521223577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duus, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>836</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the major transformations in world history during the twentieth century has been the slow shift of world economic and political power from the Atlantic to the Pacific Rim.  Japan has played a key role in spurring this transformation. Once an isolated island society, little known to its neighbours and practically unknown to the West, Japan has emerged today as a leading economic power. The country's rise to a position of international prominence has not been a smooth process, however - it has come only after a period of turmoil and conflict. The Cambridge History of Japan is the first major collaborative synthesis to present the current state of knowledge of Japanese history for the English-reading world. Volume 6 provides a general introduction to Japan's history during the first three quarters of the twentieth century, with emphasis on political, economic, social and intellectual trends. Leading historians have contributed essays, based on recent Western and Japanese scholarship, dealing with the development of domestic politics, particularly the politics of representative institutions, and Japan's relations with the outside world, including its prewar territorial expansion and aggrandizement on the Asian continent. The essays also survey Japan's economic development, describe the changes that took place in the working and farming classes (which until recently constituted the majority of the Japanese population), and assess the ways in which intellectuals viewed these and other long-term social and economic changes. Although written by specialists, this volume will be an important reference work for general readers as well as scholars and students of modern Japanese history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521224098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521224098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521224093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521224093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crowder, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1027</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eighth and final volume of The Cambridge History of Africa covers the period 1940-1975. It begins with a discussion of the role of the Second World War in the political decolonisation of Africa. Its terminal date of 1975 coincides with the retreat of Portugal, the last European colonial power in Africa, from its possessions and their accession to independence. The fifteen chapters which make up this volume examine on both a continental and regional scale the extent to which formal transfer of political power by the European colonial rulers also involved economic, social and cultural decolonisation. A major theme of the volume is the way the African successors to the colonial rulers dealt with their inheritance and how far they benefited particular economic groups and disadvantaged others. Special attention is paid in the chapters on Southern Africa and East and Central Africa to the problems posed by the continued role of white minority regimes in the Republic of South Africa, Rhodesia under UDI and Namibia. In the independent countries the limitations imposed on their options - political and economic - by poverty, population growth and the continued commercial domination of the former colonial powers and their allies, are analysed in the context of current theories of dependence and underdevelopment. The contributors to this volume represent different disciplinary traditioins - history, political science, economics and sociology - and do not share a single theoretical perspective on the recent history of the continent, a subject that is still the occasion for passionate debate, and for which the primary sources are still largely unavailable. Rather they reflect the variety of views and vigour of scholarship that have been brought to bear on a continent for which scholarly concern has itself been a comparatively recent development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/24093/cover/9780521224093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521224217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521224217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521224215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Status of Australian Aborigines</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521224215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altman, Jon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nieuwenhuysen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years there has been a substantial growth in the literature of Australian Aboriginal Studies. While much of this has touched on past and present economic issues from a historical, political or social viewpoint, its result has been to emphasize the need for a synthesis of the available information on the economic status of Aborigines in Australia. This book provides a survey of studies so far made on various aspects of current Aboriginal economic life in different environments in Australia, and raises questions of economic policy which follow from their results. In this the authors break new ground in the breadth of their canvass and by their extension of issues previously limited to the realm of social welfare to that of economic policy. This book is prefaced by a brief description of the historical background to the Aboriginal 'economy', and introduced by an overview of the relatively unequal economic status of Aborigines in the Australian economy today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/24215/cover/9780521224215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521224586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521224586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521224581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irony in the Medieval Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521224581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the fashionable standing of irony in studies of modern literature and its occasional application to medieval studies in a number of recent works, no sustained analysis of this phenomenon has yet been attempted for medieval literature. Professor Green attempts to fill the most important part of this lacuna by discussing irony in the medieval genre in which it is employed most frequently and with the greatest sophistication, the romance. The approach is therefore directed more towards the genre as such than to any specific example, and, although the book is written primarily from a Germanist's point of view, it also takes into account the romances of Chr&#233;tien de Troyes and their German adaptations, various examples from the Tristan tradition in France and Germany, Flamenca as an example from Provence, as well as Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde, and Sir Gawain and the Green Knight from England. Proceeding from a working definition of medieval irony and a survey of the signals which may allow us to perceive its presence, Professor Green considers the possibilities, rhetorical and otherwise, of registering irony in courtly literature at large. From this he moves on to discuss the major themes to which irony may be applied (chivalry and love), as well as the ways in which the narrative is organised so as to bring out any ironic implications of these themes. Subsequent chapters are concerned with the various types of irony to be distinguished: verbal irony, irony of the narrator, dramatic irony, the irony of values, and structural irony. A concluding chapter sums up the reasons, aesthetic and social, for the prevalence of irony in this particular genre of medieval literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/24581/cover/9780521224581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521224667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521224667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521224666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Phycological Methods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental and Cytological Methods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521224666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gantt, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors include some of the most eminent specialists in the field of phycology. This volume focuses on cytological and developmental methods, each method already has been applied successfully to algae, and practical examples are given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/24666/cover/9780521224666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521224969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521224969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521224963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521224963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sollberger, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1059</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume III of The Cambridge Ancient History was first published in 1925 in one volume. The new edition has expanded to such an extent, owing to the immense amount of new information now available, that it has had to be divided into three parts. Volume III Part 1 opens with a survey of the Balkans north of Greece in the Prehistoric period. This is the first time such a survey has been published of this area which besides its intrinsic interest is important for its influence on the cultures of the Aegean and Anatolia. The rest of the book is devoted to the tenth to the eighth centuries B. C. In Greece and the Aegean the main theme is the gradual regeneration from the Dark Age and the emergence of a society in which can be seen the beginnings of the city-state. During the same period in Western Asia and the Middle East the Kingdoms of Assyria and Babylonia rise to power, the Urartians appear, and in Palestine the kingdoms of Israel and Judah flourish. In Egypt the country's fortunes revive briefly under Shoshenq I. The final chapter in this part deals with the languages of Greece and the Balkans and with the invention and spread of alphabetic writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521225051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521225051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521225052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521225052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1087</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By 1905 most of Africa had been subjected to European rule; in the 1940s, the colonial regimes faced widespread and mounting opposition. Yet the period surveyed in this volume was no mere interlude of enforced quiescence. The cash nexus expanded hugely, as Africans came to depend for access to household necessities upon the export overseas of primary products. For the first time, tropical Africa began to constitute a significant economic counterweight to North and South Africa. The impact of white rule on African health and welfare was extremely uneven, and African lives were stunted by the labour requirements of capitalist enterprise. Many Africans suffered greatly in the First World War and in the world depression of the 1930s. By then, however, population was generally on the increase, after half a century of widespread decline. Mental horizons were much enlarged especially in the fast-growing towns. By 1940 a majority of Africans were either Muslim or Christian. South of the Sahara, mission education helped Africans to challenge white monopolies of power. Literate Africans developed new solidarities: tribal, territorial, regional and Pan-African. Meanwhile, the colonial powers were themselves improving their understanding of Africa and trying to frame policies accordingly. Co-operation with indigenous rulers often seemed the best way to retain control at minimum cost, but the search for revenue entailed disruptive economic change. By the Second World War, most colonial regimes confronted not only the criticisms of literate Africans but organised protest among wage-earners and farmers, even though anti-colonial nationalism was sitll embryonic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/25052/cover/9780521225052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>430.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052122571X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052122571X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521225717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crop Evolution, Adaptation and Yield</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521225717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Lloyd T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major new work, Lloyd Evans provides an integrated view of the domestication, adaptation and improvement of crop plants, bringing together genetic diversity, plant breeding, physiology and aspects of agronomy. Considerations of yield and maximum yield provide continuity throughout the book. Food, feed, fibre, fuel and pharmaceutical crops are all discussed. Cereals, grain legumes and root crops, both temperate and tropical, provide many of the examples, but pasture plants, oilseeds, leafy crops, fruit trees and others are also considered. After the introductory chapter, the increasing significance of crop yields to the world's food supply is highlighted. The next three chapters consider changes to crop plants over the last ten thousand years, including domestication, adaptation and improvement. These are treated at length because their nature is often misunderstood, yet has important implications for the relation between plant breeding and agronomy, for development policy and for environmental management. The crucial roles of input innovation and synergism are illustrated, along with examples of how diminishing returns to input energy have been avoided. The final chapter hazards some guesses about the way in which agriculture may be transformed over the next fifty years. Aimed at research workers and advanced students in crop physiology and ecology, agronomy and plant breeding, this book also reaches conclusions of relevance to those concerned with developmental policy, agricultural research and management, environmental quality, resource depletion and human history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/25717/cover/9780521225717.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521225795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521225795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521225793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall of the House of Labor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Workplace, the State, and American Labor Activism, 1865-1925</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521225793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montgomery, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the changing ways in which American industrial workers mobilised concerted action in their own interests between the abolition of slavery and the end of open immigration from Europe and Asia. Sustained class conflict between 1916 and 1922 reshaped governmental and business policies, but left labour largely unorganised and in retreat. The House of Labor, so arduously erected by working-class activists during the preceeding generation, did not collapse, but ossified, so that when labour activism was reinvigorated after 1933, the movement split in two. These developments are analysed here in ways which stress the links between migration, neighbourhood life, racial subjugation, business reform, the state, and the daily experience of work itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/25793/cover/9780521225793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521225817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521225817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521225816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stylistic Variation in Prehistoric Ceramics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design Analysis in the American Southwest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521225816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plog, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using data drawn primarily from the American Southwest, Stephen Plog shows that there are basic problems with the methods archaeologists traditionally use to classify and analyse prehistoric pottery. Archaeologists have studied the painted designs and other stylistic (that is, non-functional) characteristics on different types of prehistoric artifacts in order to infer information about prehistoric social organization and cultural change. Such studies usually argue that the degree of similarity between the designs found on ceramic vessels at different prehistoric sites were occupied or from the amount of interaction between the people who occupied them. In Stylistic Variation in Prehistoric Ceramics, the author proposes that many factors, rather than just two, cause design or stylistic variation on artifacts. He demonstrates flaws in the logic and method of previous studies and suggests that the ways in which designs have been classified and understood are often inappropriate. Employing archaeological information from the Chevelon Canyon area of east-central Arizona, he constructs his own proposal for a new analytic framework. Professor Plog's study provides a major contribution to archaeological method and theory and should be of interest to a broad range of archaeologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/25816/cover/9780521225816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521226368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521226368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521226363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theory of Lie Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521226363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atiyah, M. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bott, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helgason, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kazhdan, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kostant, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lustztig, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lie groups and their representations occupy an important place in mathematics with applications in such diverse fields as differential geometry, number theory, differential equations and physics. In 1977 a symposium was held in Oxford to introduce this rapidly developing and expanding subject to non-specialists. This volume contains the lectures of ten distinguished mathematicians designed to provide the reader with a deeper understanding of the fundamental theory and appreciate the range of results. This volume contains much to interest mathematicians and theoretical physicists from advanced undergraduate level upwards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/26363/cover/9780521226363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521226449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521226449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521226448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Swedish</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Elementary Grammar-Reader</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521226448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hird, Gladys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huss, G&#246;ran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartman, G&#246;ran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This grammar-reader is based on almost twenty years' experience of teaching beginners the Swedish language and is reassuringly practical in approach. Miss Hird's aims are threefold: to provide a compromise between the traditional grammar-readers and the new textbooks which are not designed for beginners outside Sweden; to supply grammatical information and exercises and reading texts together for ease of reference; and to stimulate the student's interest in Swedish life, institutions and culture. The grammar part of the book is in seventeen lessons, each comprising a text in Swedish which Miss Hird has specially composed to include useful vocabulary and graded grammatical points upon which exercises (including translation exercises) are set for practice. The central theme of the texts is Stockholm, and attractive drawings illustrate it. To help the student, there is a full vocabulary list covering all the lessons, a brief summary of Swedish grammar, a glossary of grammatical terms, a check list of irregular verbs and a comprehensive index of the grammatical points covered in the book. In the reader part of the book, the texts chosen range from a short play by Strindberg to a sketch by Stig Claesson, one of Sweden's most popular contemporary authors. Each text is preceded by a short biographical and literary introduction and is followed by questions designed to test the student's comprehension and to stimulate his appreciation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/26448/cover/9780521226448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521226686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521226686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521226684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creative Imitation and Latin Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521226684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poets and prose-writers of Greece and Rome were acutely conscious of their literary heritage. They expressed this consciousness in the regularity with which, in their writings, they imitated and alluded to the great authors who had preceded them. Such imitation was generally not regarded as plagiarism but as essential to the creation of a new literary work: imitating one's predecessors was in no way incompatible with originality or progress. These views were not peculiar to the writers of Greece and Rome but were adopted by many others who have written in the 'classical tradition' right up to modern times. Creative Imitation and Latin Literature is an exploration of this concept of imitation. The contributors analyse selected passages from various authors - Greek, Latin and English - in order to demonstrate how Latin authors created new works of art by imitating earlier passages of literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/26684/cover/9780521226684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521226708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521226708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521226707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Change in Public Bureaucracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521226707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Marshall W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines in detail the process of change in 240 city, county and state public bureaucracies responsible for local finance administration. Using the longitudinal method of analysis, the data show organizational structures to be much less stable than conventional stereotypes have suggested. Variables such as organizational leadership, claims to domain, and survival (as opposed to replacement or reorganization) were found to mediate environmental effects on bureaucracies. The book also discusses traditional theories of bureaucracy, theories emphasizing the importance of environment for organizational theory is possible. The concluding chapter draws extensive theoretical implications from the empirical findings of the study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/26707/cover/9780521226707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521227178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521227178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521227179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521227179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, I. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sollberger, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>962</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume III Part II carries on the history of the Near East from the close of Volume III Part I and covers roughly the same chronological period as Volume III Part III. During this period the dominant powers in the East were Assyria and then Babylonia. Each established an extensive empire which was based on Mesopotamia, and each in turn fell largely through internal strife. Assyrian might was reflected in the imposing palaces, libraries and sculptures of the Assyrian kings. Babylonian culture was outstanding in literature, mathematics and astronomy, and the great buildings of Nebuchadnezzar II surpassed even those of the Assyrian kings. Israel and Judah suffered at the hands of both imperial powers, Jerusalem being destroyed and part of the population deported to Babylon; and Egypt was weakened by an Assyrian invasion. The Phoenicians found a new outlet in colonising and founded Carthage. A number of small, vigorous kingdoms developed in Asia Minor, while from the north and north east the Scythian nomadic tribes pressed down upon Turkey and the Danube valley, but found their match in the Thracian tribes which held south-eastern Europe and parts of western Turkey. The burials of the chieftains of both peoples were remarkable for the great wealth of offerings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/27179/cover/9780521227179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521227224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521227224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521227223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Essay on Anaxagoras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521227223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Aristotle's view, Anaxagoras stood out from the other Presocratics as a sober man among the incoherent. This book explores the fragmentary evidence both for Anaxagoras' concept of mind - to which Aristotle was particularly referring - and for his subtle, complex and elusive theory of matter and change. It is concerned with two aspects of his writing in particular: its comparatively high ratio of dogmatic assertion to argument, and a pervasive ambiguity or indeterminacy in the presentation of Anaxagoras' philosophical theses. The problems posed by Anaxagoras' work are examined not only by means of philosophical comparison with what survives of other Presocratics, but in the light of the development of the prose book as a vehicle for the communication of ideas in early Greece. A book for the scholar of ancient philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/27223/cover/9780521227223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521227291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521227291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521227292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homological Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521227292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, C. T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1977 several eminent mathematicians were invited to Durham to present papers at a short conference on homological and combinatorial techniques in group theory. The lectures, published here, aimed at presenting in a unified way new developments in the area. Group theory is approached from a geometrical viewpoint and much of the material has not previously been published. The various ways in which topological ideas can be used in group theory are also brought together. The volume concludes with an extensive set of problems, ranging from explicit questions demanding detailed calculation to fundamental questions motivating research in the area. These lectures will be of interest mainly to researchers in pure mathematics but will also prove useful in connection with relevant postgraduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/27292/cover/9780521227292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521228042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521228042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521228046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521228046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostwald, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>949</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years covered by this volume saw events and developments of major significance in the Mediterranean world. The first section of the book examines the Persian empire, the regions it comprised and its expansion during the reigns of Cyrus, Darius and Xerxes. In Greece, Sparta was attending maturity as the leader of a military coalition and Athens passed through a period of enlightened tyranny to a moderate democracy of dynamic energy and clear-sighted intelligence. Given the contrast between Greek ideas and Persian absolutism a clash between Greece and Persia became inevitable, and important chapters deal with the revolt of the Ionian Greeks against the Persians, and the two Persian invasions of Greece including the epic battles of Marathon, Thermopylae and Salamis. The third part of the volume turns to the Western Mediterranean. Italy now becomes a significant factor in the history of the area and this section covers the Italic peoples and their languages from the Bronze to the Iron age, and examines the Etruscans and their culture. Sicily is the subject of the final chapter. There the Greek city-states under Gelon of Syracuse and Theron ruler of Acragas repelled a Carthaginian onslaught at the battle of Himera. This new edition has been completely replanned and rewritten in order to reflect the advances in scholarship and changes in perspective which have been taking place in the sixty years since the publication of its predecessor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/28046/cover/9780521228046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521228220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521228220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521228220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Production Ecology of Wetlands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The IBP Synthesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521228220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westlake, D. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kvet, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szczepanski, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wetlands are unique and fragile environments that provide a transition between aquatic and terrestrial habitats. Focusing on freshwater wetlands with emergent vegetation, this book considers productivity in relation to communities of animals and plants and their environments, mineral cycling, hydrology and management. Emphasis is given to the biological interactions and processes underlying the structure and functioning of wetlands, revealing the need to appreciate the dynamics of the system to establish appropriate management and conservation practices. Based largely on research carried out during the International Biological Programme, this unique synthesis brings together a wealth of information, hitherto widely dispersed in the literature and often difficult to locate. As such it will be an important resource for all those concerned with the ecology, management and conservation of these sensitive natural habitats.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/28220/cover/9780521228220.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052122845X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052122845X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521228459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partially Ordered Rings and Semi-Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521228459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brumfiel, Gregory W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this unique book is to establish purely algebraic foundations for the development of certain parts of topology. Some topologists seek to understand geometric properties of solutions to finite systems of equations or inequalities and configurations which in some sense actually occur in the real world. Others study spaces constructed more abstractly using infinite limit processes. Their goal is to determine just how similar or different these abstract spaces are from those which are finitely described. However, as topology is usually taught, even the first, more concrete type of problem is approached using the language and methods of the second type. Professor Brumfiel's thesis is that this is unnecessary and, in fact, misleading philosophically. He develops a type of algebra, partially ordered rings, in which it makes sense to talk about solutions of equations and inequalities and to compare geometrically the resulting spaces. The importance of this approach is primarily that it clarifies the sort of geometrical questions one wants to ask and answer about those spaces which might have physical significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/28459/cover/9780521228459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521228468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521228468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521228466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521228466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Combinatorics is an active field of mathematical study and the British Combinatorial Conference, held biennially, aims to survey the most important developments by inviting distinguished mathematicians to lecture at the meeting. The contributions of the principal lecturers at the Seventh Conference, held in Cambridge, are published here and the topics reflect the breadth of the subject. Each author has written a broadly conceived survey, not limited to his own work, but intended for wide readership. Important aspects of the subject are emphasized so that non-specialists will find them understandable. Topics covered include graph theory, matroids, combinatorial set theory, projective geometry and combinatorial group theory. All those researching into any aspect of Combinatorics and its applications will find much in these articles of use and interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/28466/cover/9780521228466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521229839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521229839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521229838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Much Ado about Nothing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theories of Space and Vacuum from the Middle Ages to the Scientific Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521229838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The primary objective of this study is to provide a description of the major ideas about void space within and beyond the world that were formulated between the fourteenth and early eighteenth centuries. The second part of the book - on infinite, extracosmic void space - is of special significance. The significance of Professor Grant's account is twofold: it provides a comprehensive and detailed description of the scholastic Aristotelian arguments for and against the existence of void space; and it presents (again for the first time) an analysis of the possible influence of scholastic ideas and arguments on the interpretations of space proposed by the nonscholastic authors who made the Scientific Revolution possible. The concluding chapter of the book is unique in not only describing the conceptualizations of space proposed by the makers of the Scientific Revolution, but in assessing the role of readily available scholastic ideas on the conception of space adopted for the Newtonian world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/29838/cover/9780521229838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521230144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521230144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521230148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naturalism and Symbolism in European Theatre 1850-1918</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521230148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schumacher, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, the fourth volume to be published in the series Theatre in Europe: A Documentary History, charts the development of theatrical presentation at a time of great cultural and political upheaval and is, for today's theatre practitioner, historian and theoretician, the most inspiring and important period in the evolution of our art. Putting on plays was no longer an end in itself, but the creation of imaginary worlds had to be justified on ethical, sociological, political, as well as aesthetic grounds. It is also a period that still affects every aspect of play-making today. With few exceptions, the documents from France, Germany, Russia, Scandinavia, Italy and Spain are unavailable to an English-reading public and many are out of print (or unpublished) in their original language. The volume contains numerous illustrations, the source location for each document and substantial bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/30148/cover/9780521230148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seneca the Elder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairweather, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A feature of Roman rhetorical education under the early empire was the dominance of the declamatio - the declamation on a mythological, historical or quasi-legal theme designed in the first place to train students for the law courts and political debating but indulged in for its own sake by amateurs as well as students and teachers of rhetoric. The elder Seneca, father of the philosopher and dramatist, compiled an anthology of the often bizarre utterances of the declaimers. Janet Fairweather's book is a detailed study of the anthologist's literary criticism. From Seneca's prefactory descriptions of declaimers and passing remarks on their work, she derives evidence for all the stages in the preparation and delivery of declamations; and from the same source, in conjunction with select declamatory extracts, she shows that rhetorical taste in Seneca's time was not so uniform as is commonly supposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31015/cover/9780521231015.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in the Theory of Group Presentations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, D. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes comprise an introduction to combinatorial group theory and represent an extensive revision of the author's earlier book in this series, which arose from lectures to final-year undergraduates and first-year graduates at the University of Nottingham. Many new examples and exercises have been added and the treatment of a number of topics has been improved and expanded. In addition, there are new chapters on the triangle groups, small cancellation theory and groups from topology. The connections between the theory of group presentations and other areas of mathematics are emphasized throughout. The book can be used as a text for beginning research students and, for specialists in other fields, serves as an introduction both to the subject and to more advanced treatises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31084/cover/9780521231084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zytaruk, George J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>710</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume II of the Letters presents more than 700 letters, covering the period from June 1913 to October 1916, from the enthusiastic reception of Sons and Lovers to the completion of the first manuscript of Women in Love. Lawrence visits England in June 1913 and receives recognition as the author of Sons and Lovers. He returns to Italy in the autumn of 1913 to work on his new novel 'The Sisters', which subsequently becomes The Rainbow and Women in Love. Lawrence and Frieda return to England in June 1914 to be married and are caught there by the War. The letters vividly record his reaction to the War. The editors' introduction considers the initial widening scope of Lawrence's literary life with his later isolation in Cornwall. Over two hundred letters are previously unpublished and others are printed for the first time in their entirety.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31114/cover/9780521231114.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>776</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains 942 letters written between October 1916 to June 1921. These letters show the frustration he experienced in finding a publisher for Women in Love in the wake of the Rainbow prosecution. Concurrently he began to write the essays which subsequently formed Studies in Classical American Literature, he also planned and wrote a school textbook, Movements in European History. There were important changes in his business affairs: the beginning of his association with the American publisher Thomas Seltzer and the change from the literary agent Pinker to Mountsier in New York and Curtis Brown in London. There is a particularly interesting correspondence with Compton Mackenzie, and the rupture of his old friendship with Middleton Murry and Katherine Mansfield. This period was a turning point, the beginning of his break with England and with Europe, before he made his journey to Ceylon and Australia en route for the USA. Published in two volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, covering three years from March 1924 to March 1927, comprises over 890 letters, of which about 350 are previously unpublished. In 1924 Lawrence is again in the USA. He and Frieda, with his disciple the Honourable Dorothy Brett, return to Taos, New Mexico where Frieda soon becomes the owner of a ranch, Kiowa. The tensions among them contribute to Lawrence's falling dangerously ill. He recovers at Kiowa; he and Frieda go to England and Germany in Autumn 1925; they then settle in Italy, where - except for his final visit the next summer to the Midlands - they remain. After leaving the USA he writes short and long stories with European settings, book reviews, and the first two versions of Lady Chatterley's Lover. It is a productive period, but Lawrence's health becomes a serious concern. The volume provides annotation identifying persons and allusions, and includes a biographical introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31145/cover/9780521231145.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This final volume of The Letters of D. H. Lawrence has a threefold purpose. The first is to publish 148 letters to or from Lawrence, and two from Frieda Lawrence, which came to light too late to be entered in their correct chronological positions in earlier volumes. The second is to correct errors in the first seven volumes and offer additional annotation which clarifies some obscurities as well as enhancing our response to the letters. And the third is to provide a comprehensive critical index to the entire edition. The index includes not only specific persons and places but also general topics from Animals and Architecture to War and Youth, via such subjects as Insects, Literary Agents, Religion and Sexuality. The Cambridge Edition of Lawrence's letters has been described by one reviewer as creating itself 'a major new literary work'. This volume brings that work to a fitting conclusion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31176/cover/9780521231176.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Celtic Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacAulay, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume describes the six modern Celtic languages. Four of these, Modern Irish, Scottish Gaelic, Welsh and Breton, are living community languages. The other two, Manx and Cornish, survived into the modern period, but are no longer extant as community languages, though they are the subject of enthusiastic revivals. The Celtic Languages sets them briefly in their Indo-European context, and states their general relationships within the broader Celtic language family. Individual linguistic studies are first placed in their sociolinguistic and sociohistorical context. A detailed synchronic account of each language then follows, including syntax, morphology, phonology, morphophonology, dialect variation and distribution. Each description is based on a common plan, thus facilitating comparison amongst the different languages. This latest volume in the Cambridge Language Surveys will be welcomed by all scholars of the Celtic languages, but has also been designed to be accessible to any reader with only a basic knowledge of linguistics. It is the only modern account to deal with all surviving Celtic languages in this detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31275/cover/9780521231275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Graphs, Codes and Designs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lint, J. H. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the relations between graphs, error-correcting codes and designs, in particular how techniques of graph theory and coding theory can give information about designs. A major revision and expansion of a previous volume in this series, this account includes many examples and new results as well as improved treatments of older material. So that non-specialists will find the treatment accessible the authors have included short introductions to the three main topics. This book will be welcomed by graduate students and research mathematicians and be valuable for advanced courses in finite combinatorics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31411/cover/9780521231411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applicable Differential Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crampin, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirani, F. A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to geometrical topics that are useful in applied mathematics and theoretical physics, including manifolds, metrics, connections, Lie groups, spinors and bundles, preparing readers for the study of modern treatments of mechanics, gauge fields theories, relativity and gravitation. The order of presentation corresponds to that used for the relevant material in theoretical physics: the geometry of affine spaces, which is appropriate to special relativity theory, as well as to Newtonian mechanics, is developed in the first half of the book, and the geometry of manifolds, which is needed for general relativity and gauge field theory, in the second half. Analysis is included not for its own sake, but only where it illuminates geometrical ideas. The style is informal and clear yet rigorous; each chapter ends with a summary of important concepts and results. In addition there are over 650 exercises, making this a book which is valuable as a text for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31909/cover/9780521231909.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521231981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521231981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521231985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shanghai</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Revolution and Development in an Asian Metropolis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521231985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howe, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shanghai is Asia's largest city and for over a hundred years has played a critical role both in China's internal political arid economic affairs, and in the history of international relations in the Far East. Before 1949, Shanghai was the principal point of western and, later, Japanese penetrations of China. Under foreign control the city saw the beginnings of modern economic growth, of new forms of westernized education and culture, and of fierce social and political conflicts. This book is a comprehensive study of the way in which old Shanghai was transformed and developed by the Communist Party between 1949 and the later 1970s. It throws light on the paradox that a city that for years was the object of hostility and distrust has become in the Post-Mao era the spearhead of China's new programme for economic and technological modernization. The book is divided into sections dealing with political, economic and cultural change, and with the special characteristics of Shanghai's rural suburbia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/31985/cover/9780521231985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052123221X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052123221X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Teaching and Learning about Science and Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Science, Technology, and Society' - STS - has become a major educational theme. There are many courses in schools, universities and other institutions, dealing with all sorts of topics such as the history of science, energy policy, industrial innovation, technology assessment, Third World development, scientific method, and so on. But what is this subject really about? Why should it be taught? Who should study it? What should they learn? How should the subject be approached? Who should teach it? These questions are being asked by both teachers and students in many fields of science, engineering, medicine, social studies, and the humanities. This informal account of the rationale of STS education shows how many diverse factors are involved - the philosophy and sociology of science and education, social and cultural objectives, political ideologies, vocational needs, scholarly standards, institutional capabilities, etc., not to mention the practical realities of teaching and learning at all levels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32210/cover/9780521232210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>666</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32234/cover/9780521232234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>960</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume III opens with five chapters which survey the revolutions and wars of independence in Spanish America and the relatively peaceful transition to independence in Brazil during the first quarter of the nineteenth century - after three centuries of Spanish and Portuguese rule. Part Two is devoted to the Caribbean and consists of chapters on Haiti, the former French colony and the first independent Latin American republic, Santo Domingo, the former Spanish colony, and on Cuba, which remained a Spanish colony, from the late eighteenth century to c. 1870. Parts Three and Four, the central core of this volume, examine the economic, social and political history of Latin America during the first half-century after independence. There are two general chapters on post independence Spanish America, followed by chapters on Mexico, Central America, Venezuela, Colombia and Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia, Chile and the River Plate republics, and there are two chapters on the empire of Brazil.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is the first authoritative large-scale history of the whole of Latin America - Mexico and Central America, the Spanish-speaking Caribbean (and Haiti), Spanish South America and Brazil - from the first contacts between the native peoples of the Americas and Europeans in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present day. A major work of collaborative international schoarship, the Cambridge History of Latin America has been planned, co-ordinated and edited by a single editor, Dr Leslie Bethell, reader in Hispanic American and Brazilian History at University College London. It will be published in eight volumes. Each volume or set of volumes examines a period in the economic, social, political, intellectual and cultural history of Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32258/cover/9780521232258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume VI brings together general essays on major themes in the economic, social, and political history of Latin America from 1930 to 1990. It begins with a chapter on population growth, followed by four chapters on the economies of Latin American states from the Depression to 1990. The evolution of urban and rural social structures, and of state organisation, is discussed. There is a chapter on the role of the military in Latin American politics as well as a chapter on democracy during the period. The role of the Left in Latin American politics, labour movements and the urban working class, and rural mobilization and violence are analysed, as is the role of women in twentieth-century Latin American economy, society, and politics. The volume concludes with a discussion of the actions and importance of the Catholic and Protestant Churches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32265/cover/9780521232265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Diplomacy of Ideas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>U.S. Foreign Policy and Cultural Relations, 1938-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ninkovich, Frank A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An interpretive history of the uses of cultural relations in U.S. foreign policy. Analyzes the links between fundamental foreign policy outlooks and American institutional structures. Shows how the U.S. made the transition from foreign policy passivity in the 1930s to global activism in the 1950s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Variable Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percy, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Variable stars are those that change brightness. Their variability may be due to geometric processes such as rotation, or eclipse by a companion star, or physical processes such as vibration, solar flares, or cataclysmic explosions. In each case, variable stars provide unique information about the properties of stars, and the processes that go on within them. This book provides a concise overview of variable stars, including a historical perspective, an introduction to stars in general, the techniques for discovering and studying variable stars, and a description of the main types of variable stars. It ends with short reflections about the connection between the study of variable stars, and research, education, amateur astronomy, and public interest in astronomy. This book is intended for anyone with some background knowledge of astronomy, but is especially suitable for undergraduate students and experienced amateur astronomers, who can contribute to our understanding of these important stars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32531/cover/9780521232531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England, Maurice Cowling defines the principles according to which the intellectual history of modern England should be written and argue that the history of Christianity is of primary importance. In this volume, which is self-contained, he makes a further contribution to understanding the role which Christianity has played in modern English thought. There are critical accounts of the thought of Toynbee, T. S. Eliot, Collingwood, Butterfield, Oakeshott, David Knowles, Evelyn Waugh and Churchill. It also contains less extended accounts of the thought of A. N. Whitehead, of Enoch Powell Minister. The book is given coherence by the connected ideas of the ubiquity of religion, of literature as an instrument of religious indoctrination, and of the intimacy of the connections between the political, philosophical, literary and religious assumptions that are to be found among the leaders of the English intelligentsia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32890/cover/9780521232890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521232929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521232929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521232920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spindle Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521232920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloss, Fred Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Describes new methods for optical characterization of crystals as well as for supplementing more conventional methods for determination of crystal structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/32920/cover/9780521232920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521233089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521233089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motivated Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evyatar, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenbloom, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ideas of mathematics can be understood through the techniques needed to solve problems which crop up in everyday life. Conversely, these problems can illustrate how mathematics develops 'naturally'. The essence of this informal book is to motivate mathematics by examining mathematical models of situations and problems that occur in the real world. Each chapter deals with a specific mathematical topic and each topic is introduced at different levels to provide motivation for students of varying mathematical maturity. The authors emphasize that although applications provide motivation, they are not trying to supply aids for teaching applied mathematics. It is mathematical notions and how they can be developed that are important. We thus have an interesting inversion of aims: physics, biology, linguistics, etc., are here applied to the teaching of mathematics. The bank of ideas in this practical manual will be valuable to teachers of mathematics at schools, colleges and, to a certain extent, universities. Student teachers will also find here a great deal of material of use and interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521233291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521233291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Power to Tax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analytic Foundations of a Fiscal Constitution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brennan, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Should government's power to tax be limited? The events of the late 1970s in the wake of California's Proposition 13 brought this question very sharply into popular focus. Whether the power to tax should be restricted, and if so how, are issues of immediate policy significance. Providing a serious analysis of these issues, the authors offer an approach to the understanding and evaluation of the fiscal system, one that yields profound implications. Fiscal arrangements are analysed in terms of the preferences of citizen-taxpayers who are permitted at some constitutional level of choice to select the fiscal institutions to which they themselves are to be subject over an uncertain future. The central question becomes: How much 'power to tax' would the citizen voluntarily grant to government as a party to some initial social contract devising a fiscal constitution? Those in office are assumed to exploit the power assigned to them to the maximum possible extent: government is modelled as 'revenue-maximizing Leviathan'. Armed with such a model, the authors proceed to trace out the restrictions on the power to tax that might be expected to emerge from the citizen's constitutional deliberations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/33293/cover/9780521233293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052123347X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052123347X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostwald, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth century BC was not only the first Classic age of European civilisation. It was the first and last period before the Romans in which great political and military power was located in the same place as cultural importance. This volume therefore is more narrowly focused geographically than its predecessors and successors, and hardly strays beyond Greece. Athens is at the centre of the picture, both politically and culturally, but events and achievements elsewhere are assessed as carefully as the nature of our sources allows. Two series of narrative chapters, one on the growth of the Athenian empire and the development of Athenian democracy, the other on the Peloponnesian War which brought them down, are divided by a series of studies in which the artistic and literary achievements of the fifth century are described. This new edition has been completely replanned and rewritten in order to reflect the advances in scholarship and changes in perspective which have been taking place in the sixty years since the publication of its predecessor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/33477/cover/9780521233477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521233488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521233488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornblower, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostwald, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1097</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume VI of the new edition of The Cambridge Ancient History begins with Sparta attempting to consolidate its leadership of mainland Greece and ends with the death of Alexander the Great after he had conquered the Persian Empire and marched far into India. It is correspondingly wide-ranging in its treatment of the politics and economy, not only of old Greece, but of the Near East and the western Mediterranean. The century also saw the continued development of Classical Greek art and the moulding of Greek prose as an uniquely flexible means of expression. The formation of the great philosophical schools assured to Athens in her political decline a long future as a cultural centre, and established patterns of thought which dominated western civilization for two thousand years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/33484/cover/9780521233484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521233496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521233496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates to Volumes 5 and 6</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume complements the publication of the second edition of The Cambridge Ancient History Volumes V and VI, which cover the history of Greece and associated areas between the Persian wars and the death of Alexander the Great - the Classical Period par excellence. It is also, however, intended to be an independent account of the physical evidence for Greek culture in this period and deals, therefore, with some subjects barely discussed in the text volumes, as well as serving as an illustrated commentary on their main themes. Major sections are devoted to the art and architecture of a period which was to prove the most influential in the development of the arts in the western world. Other sections deal with subjects for which the archaeological evidence is particularly illuminating and where it supplements the record of ancient authors in important ways: these include consideration of the economy and trade, the social and civic life of Athens, religion, the theatre, warfare and coinage. The volume will serve the general reader with an interest in the prime period of classical antiquity no less than ancient historians, archaeologists and art historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/33491/cover/9780521233491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521233836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521233836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521233835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German and Dutch Theatre, 1600-1848</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521233835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, George W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume to be published in the series Theatre in Europe. This book makes available for the first time an overview of a significant segment of European theatre history and, with few exceptions, none of the documents presented have been published in English before. Gathered from a rich variety of sources, including imperial and municipal edicts, contracts, architectural descriptions, playbills, stage directions and actors' memoirs among others, the book sheds light on one of the most fascinating areas of cultural life in the German- and Dutch-speaking countries. Explanatory passages put these documents into their historical context, and numerous illustrations bring the material even more vividly to life. Also included is the source location for each document and a substantial bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/33835/cover/9780521233835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521234409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521234409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521234405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations and Characters of Finite Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521234405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Representation theory and character theory have proved essential in the study of finite simple groups since their early development by Frobenius. The author begins by presenting the foundations of character theory in a style accessible to advanced undergraduates requiring only a basic knowledge of group theory and general algebra. This theme is then expanded in a self-contained account providing an introduction to the application of character theory to the classification of simple groups. The book follows both strands of the theory: the exceptional characters of Suzuki and Feit and the block character theory of Brauer and includes refinements of original proofs that have become available as the subject has grown. This account will be of value as a textbook for students with some background in group theory, and as a reference for specialists and researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/34405/cover/9780521234405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052123445X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052123445X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521234450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521234450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walbank, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Astin, A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frederiksen, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>655</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published in 1928, Volume VII of the Cambridge Ancient History orginally covered both the history of the Hellenistic world from the battle of Ipsus in 301 BC down to the Peace of Naupactus and the battle of Raphia in 217 BC and the history of Rome from its foundation down to the same date. In the new edition the Greek and Roman sections have been assigned to two separate volumes. Of these, VII part I opens after the death of Alexander, in 323 BC, as being a more logical starting-point for Hellenistic history; but 217 has been retained as the terminal date since, as Polybius noted, it is from then onwards that Rome begins to play a substantial role in Greek affairs. The volume has been completely rewritten by specialists from Great Britain, France, Italy, Germany and Canada, and takes full account of the vast amount of new material that has become available in the last fifty years. Separate chapters deal with the main kingdoms - Ptolemaic Egypt, Seleucid Asia and Macedonia - and with mainland Greece, Sicily and the smaller states including Pergamum. Political events are fully described and assessed, but there is less emphasis on military detail than in the first edition. The space thus saved has been given over to chapters on the historical sources, on the institution of monarchy and the ideology surrounding it, on the main cultural, social and economic aspects of the Hellenistic world and on the development of Hellenistic science, especially in relation to its application in peace and war. This up-to-date and authoritative account of the early Hellenistic world is designed to serve both the student and the general reader of this and subsequent generations as the first edition has served those of the last fifty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/34450/cover/9780521234450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521234468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521234468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521234467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521234467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walbank, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Astin, A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frederiksen, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drummond, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>828</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the second edition of the Cambridge Ancient History traces the history of Rome from its origins to the eve of the Second Punic War. Although the period covered is essentially the same as in the undivided Volume VII of the first edition, the treatment of the material is completely fresh and is much more extensive. Account is taken of new scholarly insights and of the considerable amount of new evidence, much of it archaeological, which has become available since the first edition was published. After a survey of the sources of our information the origins of Rome are discussed, beginning with the first discernible traces of the bronze Age settlement and going on to an assessment of the regal period. The complex and often controversial history of the early Republic is examined with reference to its internal development, the evolution of its relationships with the Latins, and the remorseless, if occasionally erratic, advance of Roman power in parts of Italy less immediately adjacent to the city. These developments are traced further in relation to the intervention of Pyrrhus and its aftermath, leading to consideration of Rome's relationships with Carthage, the First Punic War, and the beginnings of overseas empire. Rome is considered from a different perspective in a chapter on society and religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/34467/cover/9780521234467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521234476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521234476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521234474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521234474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammond, N. G. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>530</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of the Greek world from the Dark Ages to the height of its Geometric civilization was described in The Cambridge Ancient History Volume III Part I. Volume III Part III explores the new prosperity and growth of the young city-states in the eighth to the sixth centuries B.C. This was the great period of expansion and colonization which saw the establishment of Greek city-states from the Western Mediterranean to the Black Sea. This volume describes the East and Egypt, the importance of West Greece and the Aegean islands in trading and exploration, the special characteristics of the societies which were established by colonization. While societies outside the mainstream of expansion and trade retained their old institutions, those at the centre changed rapidly and the period was a time of warfare in mainland Greece. Athens is seen developing into a leading state under the influence of the reforms of Solon and assessment of the social, economic and material history of Greece during these years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/34474/cover/9780521234474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521234484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521234484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521234481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521234481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Astin, A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walbank, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frederiksen, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>650</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume VIII of the second edition of The Cambridge Ancient History, like its counterpart in the first edition, deals with the comparatively short but eventful period in which Rome acquired effective political mastery of the Mediterranean lands. From the Carthaginians in Spain, the Second Punic War and the first Roman involvement across the Adriatic, the advance of Roman power is traced through the conquests in Cisalpine Gaul, Spain and Africa in the west and through the conflicts in the east with Macedonia, the Seleucid empire, and finally the Greeks. Interspersed with these themes are chapters on the Seleucids and their rivals and on the Greeks of Batria and India, on the internal political life of Rome, and on developments in Rome's relationship with her allies and neighbours in Italy. In conclusion, two chapters explore the interaction between the Roman and Italian tradition and the Greek world, the first dealing mainly with intellectual and literary developments, the Second Punic War and the first Roman involvement across the Adriatic, the advance of Roman power is traced through the conflicts in the east with Macedonia, the Seleuid empire, and finally the Greeks. Interspersed with these themes are chapters on the Seleucids and their rivals and on the Greeks of Bactria and India, on developments in Rome's relationships with her allies and neighbours in Italy. In conclusion, two chapters explore the interaction between the Roman and Italian tradition and the Greek world, the first dealing mainly with intellectual and literary developments, the second with the material evidence for such interaction at many levels ranging from the basis of economic production to architecture and major works of art. This new edition has been completely replanned and rewritten in order to reflect the advances in scholarship and changes in perspective which have been achieved in the half-century since the publication of its predecessor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/34481/cover/9780521234481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521235162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521235162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521235167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution from Without</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Yucat&#225;n, Mexico, and the United States, 1880-1924</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521235167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joseph, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By focusing on Yucatan, this history of the Mexican Revolution not only advances the understanding of the Revolution in that region but also contributes to the understanding of the Revolution as a whole. If historians agree on anything in the highly charged field of Mexican revolutionary history, it is that the Revolution can no longer be viewed as a monolithic event. It was a series of regional phenomena, each governed by a set of local social, economic, political, geographical, and cultural factors. Thus far, historians have concentrated on the victorious caudilloled armies of the north, which was the birthplace of the Revolution, or on the popular social movements of central Mexico, most notably Zapatismo, the agrarian movements of Veracruz and Michoacan, and the more widespread Cristero rebellion. In bypassing southeastern Mexico, modern writers seem to have concurred with the assessment of some contemporary observers that, in the remote Yucatan peninsula, the Revolution followed a strange and exceptional course. Professor Joseph shows that in certain respects, Yucatan's revolutionary experience was indeed unique. It was later to arrive, less violent, and probably more radical in its first decade than it was elsewhere in the republic. Although Yucatan was not important in the genesis and early development of the Revolution, it became a celebrated social laboratory, first for bourgeois reform under Constitutionalist general Salvador Alvarado, and later for 'socialist' experiment under civilian governor Felipe Carrillo Puerto. Professor Joseph argues that the Yucatecan case has important implications for understanding such central problems as export dependency and regional development, agrarian reform, mass mobilization and caciquismo (bossism), and the relationship between revolutionary ideology and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/35167/cover/9780521235167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521235324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521235324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521235327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Opera</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Beginnings to Wagner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521235327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warrack, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>German opera from its primitive origins up to Wagner is the subject of this wide-ranging history. It traces the growth of the humble Singspiel into a vehicle for the genius of Mozart and Beethoven, together with the persistent attempts at German Grand Opera. Seventeenth-century Hamburg opera, the role of the travelling companies and Viennese Singspiel are all explored. Discussions that from early days absorbed Germans concerned for the development of a national art are followed, together with the influence of new critical thought at the start of the nineteenth century. The many operas studied are placed in their historical, social and theatrical context, and attention is paid to the literary, artistic and philosophical ideas that made them part of the country's intellectual history. Warrack assesses the contributions of Schubert, Mendelssohn and Schumann, as well as Weber and Hoffmann, among others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/35327/cover/9780521235327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521235413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521235413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521235419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521235419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairbank, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twitchett, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of two volumes of this authoritative Cambridge history which review the Republican period, between the demise of imperial China and the establishment of the People's Republic. These years from 1912 to 1949 were marked by civil war, revolution and invasion; but also by change and growth in the economic, social, intellectual and cultural spheres. The chapters in this volume represent new syntheses by leading scholars concerned with Republican China. They examine economic trends in the period and the rise of the new middle class. Intellectual trends are surveyed to show the changes in traditional Chinese values and the foreign influences which played a major role in Republican China. Political development and events are traced until 1928; and the second, companion volume will complete the historical coverage. An introduction by John K. Fairbank placed the period in the context of international trade and influence. Although it is written by specialists, the goals and approach of this Cambridge history are to explain and discuss republican China for an audience which will include scholars, students and general readers who do not have special knowledge of Chinese history. It will be useful both as narrative history and as a reference source on the history and politics of China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/35419/cover/9780521235419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052123543X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052123543X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521235433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recursion Theory, its Generalisations and Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521235433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drake, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wainer, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recursion theory - now a well-established branch of pure mathematics, having grown rapidly over the last 35 years - deals with the general (abstract) theory of those operations which we conceive as being `computable' by idealized machines. The theory grew out of, and is usually still regarded, as a branch of mathematical logic. This book is a collection of advanced research/survey papers by eminent research workers in the field, based on their lectures given at the Leeds Logic Colloquium 1979. As such it provides an up-to-date view of current ideas and developments in the field of recursion theory as a whole. The individual contributions fit together naturally so as to provide an overview of all the main areas of research in the field. It will therefore be an important and invaluable source for advanced researchers and research students in mathematics and computer science (particularly in Europe, USA and USSR).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/35433/cover/9780521235433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521235731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521235731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521235730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521235730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/35730/cover/9780521235730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521236118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521236118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521236119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mammon and the Pursuit of Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of British Imperialism, 1860-1912</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521236119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Lance E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huttenback, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historians have so far made few attempts to assess directly the costs and benefits of Britain's investment in empire. This book presents answers to some of the key questions about the economics of imperialism: how large was the flow of finance to the empire? How great were the profits on empire investment? What were the social costs of maintaining the empire? Who received the profits, and who bore the costs? The authors show that colonial finance did not dominate British capital markets; returns from empire investment were not high in comparison to earnings in the domestic and foreign sectors; there is no evidence of continued exploitative profits; and empire profits were earned at a substantial cost to the taxpayer. They depict British imperialism as a mechanism to effect an income transfer from the tax-paying middle class to the elites in which the ownership of imperial enterprise was heavily concentrated, with some slight net transfer to the colonies in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/36119/cover/9780521236119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521236460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521236460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521236461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Herophilus: The Art of Medicine in Early Alexandria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Edition, Translation and Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521236461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herophilus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staden, Heinrich von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Herophilus, a contemporary of Euclid, practiced medicine in Alexandria in the third century B.C., and seems to have been the first Western scientist to dissect the human body. He made especially impressive contributions to many branches of anatomy and also developed influential views on many other aspects of medicine. Von Staden assembles the fragmentary evidence concerning one of the more important scientists of ancient Greece. Part 1 of the book presents the Greek and Latin texts accompanied by English translation and interpretative commentary. Significant background information is given in the introductory essay preceding each chapter. Part 2 briefly sketches the major developments within the Herophilean school after Herophilus, and discusses the individual members within it. Anyone interested in the history of science, the history of medicine, or intellectual history will find this book a rich source of information about an unusual and important aspect of Greek culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/36461/cover/9780521236461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521236649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521236649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521236645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Another Dimension to the Black Diaspora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diet, Disease and Racism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521236645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiple, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Virginia Himmelsteib</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an engrossing study of black disease immunities and susceptibilities and their impact on both slavery and racism. Its pages interweave the nutritional, biological, and medical sciences with demography. The book begins with an examination of the pre-slavery era in Africa and then pursues its subject into the slave societies of the West Indies and the United States. This truly interdisciplinary approach permits the blending of two distinctive concepts of racial differences, that of the hard sciences based on gene frequencies and that of the social sciences stressing environmental factors. The authors investigate black health and white medical practice in the United States during the antebellum period, and establish a link between black-related diseases and white racism. A final section traces major black disease susceptibilities from the Civil War to the present, arguing that the different nutritional and medical needs of blacks are still largely unappreciated or ignored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/36645/cover/9780521236645.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521237106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521237106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521237109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521237109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in the major six-volume commentary on The Iliad now being prepared under the general editorship of Professor Kirk. Volume I was published in 1985. As before the volume consists of four introductory essays followed by the commentary itself. The Greek text is not included. This project is the first large-scale commentary on The Iliad for nearly 100 years, and takes special account of language, style and thematic structure as well as of the complex social and cultural background to the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/37109/cover/9780521237109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521237165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521237165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521237161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brazil's State-Owned Enterprises</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study of the State as Entrepreneur</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521237161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trebat, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a systematic analysis of the performance of Brazil's large state-owned enterprises. The Brazilian economic system encourages private enterprise, but the government itself owns and operates such critical industries as petrochemicals, steel, electricity and telecommunications. The Brazilian state has assumed the role of an entrepreneur not for ideological reasons, but as a pragmatic means of speeding up the process of economic growth. The author examines the economic and financial performance of these state-owned enterprises in terms of their contribution to economic growth. He concludes that in Brazil they have been effective substitutes for private investment in a number of strategic industries and that their ability to assemble large amounts of capital, to attract skilled managers, and to earn reasonable profits permitted the Brazilian economy to grow more rapidly during the 1960s and 1970s than would have been the case in their absence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/37161/cover/9780521237161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052123865X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052123865X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521238656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oil and Politics in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalist Movements and State Companies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521238656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philip, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a study of the transformation of the Latin American oil system from one in which the international oil companies dominated to one which is dominated by the main state oil companies, and an account of how some of the more important of the state companies have operated. This comprehensive guide to the evolution of the Latin American oil system combines in one volume a synthesis of material from secondary sources and original research and thus provides an invaluable reference for all concerned with the history and economy of Latin America and with the development and functioning of the international oil industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/38656/cover/9780521238656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521239206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521239206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521239202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry Realized in Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Samuel Taylor Coleridge and Early Nineteenth-Century Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521239202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levere, Trevor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poetry Realized in Nature shows Coleridge's method at work and, more generally, explores German philosophical science, Naturphilosophie, and the relations between science and romantic thought. It combines a biographical approach with intellectual history, reconstructing Coleridge's imaginative enterprise across the whole range of the physical and life sciences. Coleridge strove for coherence in all realms of thought, and so the ways in which he explored scientific ideas illuminate all aspects of his inquiring spirit. He sought self-knowledge, which required a knowledge of man and mind in relation to nature and God. There was, accordingly, an intimate relationship between his theology and philosophy, and his ideas about the natural world. Science functioned as a touchstone in his philosophy, thus indirectly reinforcing his theology. The ideas he derived from science also bore directly on his critical doctrines, including the theory of imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/39202/cover/9780521239202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521239532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521239532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521239530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berlioz's Orchestration Treatise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Translation and Commentary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521239530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berlioz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macdonald, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Berlioz's Orchestration Treatise is a classic textbook which has been used as a guide to orchestration and as a source book for the understanding both of Berlioz's music and of orchestral practice in the nineteenth century. This was the first English translation of Berlioz's complete text since 1856, and it is accompanied throughout by Hugh Macdonald's extensive and authoritative commentary on the instruments of Berlioz's time and on his own orchestral practice, as revealed in his scores. It also includes extracts from Berlioz's writings on instruments in his Memoirs and in his many articles for the Parisian press. The Treatise has been highly valued both for its technical information about instruments but also for its poetic and visionary approach to the art of instrumentation. Berlioz was not only one of the great orchestrators of the nineteenth century, he was also the author with the clearest understanding of the art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/39530/cover/9780521239530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521239958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521239958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521239950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demographic Collapse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indian Peru, 1520-1620</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521239950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, Noble David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While many scholars have been interested in the size of the Indian population of the Americas at the time of first contact with Europeans, this book is the first to make a thorough examination of the question. Focusing on Peru, Professor Cook estimates population size on the basis of archaeology, carrying capacity of the agricultural systems, disease mortality, depopulation ratios, and census projection. He also analyses the catastrophic population decline that resulted from contact with Europeans, and compares this experience with that of the coastal region and the Andean highlands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/39950/cover/9780521239950.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521240166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521240166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521240161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Abbasid Belles Lettres</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521240161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashtiany, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnstone, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Latham, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serjeant, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of The Cambridge History of Arabic Literature covers artistic prose and poetry produced in the heartland and provinces of the 'Abbasid empire during the second great period of Arabic literature, from the mid-eighth to the thirteenth centuries AD. 'Abbasid literature was characterised by the emergence of many new genres and of a scholarly and sophisticated critical consciousness. This volume deals chronologically with the main genres and provides extended studies of major poets, prose-writers and literary theorists. It concludes with a comprehensive survey of the relatively unknown literature of the Yemen to appear in a European language since the manuscript discoveries of recent years. To make the material accessible to non-specialist readers, 'Abbasid authors are quoted in English translation wherever possible, and clear explanations of their literary techniques and conventions are provided. With chapters by leading specialists from the Middle East, Europe and America, the volume represents a wide cross-section of current academic opinion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521241774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521241774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521241779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521241779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among topics covered in this volume, two important authorship questions are settled; the discovery of a major Northumbrian settlement is reported; the conceptions of Old English literature which have prevailed during the last three hundred years are paraded for critical inspection and substantial contributions are made to our knowledge of subjects as diverse as a monastic library of the first rank, eighth-century Latin poetic activity, metrical technique and literary convention in our greatest surviving vernacular poem; the family basis of political power in the tenth century; late Anglo-Saxon legal concepts; and scientific exposition in the early eleventh century. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book (with a separate section onomastic section). There is also an index to volumes 6 - 10, complementing the index found in volume 5.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/41779/cover/9780521241779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521241901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521241901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521241908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ordered Permutation Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521241908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glass, A. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a result of the work of the nineteenth-century mathematician Arthur Cayley, algebraists and geometers have extensively studied permutation of sets. In the special case that the underlying set is linearly ordered, there is a natural subgroup to study, namely the set of permutations that preserves that order. In some senses. these are universal for automorphisms of models of theories. The purpose of this book is to make a thorough, comprehensive examination of these groups of permutations. After providing the initial background Professor Glass develops the general structure theory, emphasizing throughout the geometric and intuitive aspects of the subject. He includes many applications to infinite simple groups, ordered permutation groups and lattice-ordered groups. The streamlined approach will enable the beginning graduate student to reach the frontiers of the subject smoothly and quickly. Indeed much of the material included has never been available in book form before, so this account should also be useful as a reference work for professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/41908/cover/9780521241908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521241987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521241987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521241984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Russian Symbolism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521241984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pyman, Avril</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first detailed history of the Russian Symbolist movement, from its initial hostile reception as a symptom of European decadence to its absorption into the mainstream of Russian literature, and eventual disintegration. It focuses on the two generations of writers whose work served as the seedbed of Existentialism in thought and of Modernism in prose and the performing arts, and reassesses their achievements in the light of modern research. At the centre of the study are the texts themselves, with prose quoted in English translation and poetry given in the original Russian with prose translations. There is a valuable bibliography of primary sources and an extensive chronological appendix. This book will fill a long-felt gap, and will be invaluable to students and teachers of Russian and comparative literature, Symbolism, Modernism, and pre-revolutionary Russian culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/41984/cover/9780521241984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521242169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521242169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521242165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521242165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karl, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first of a projected eight-volume edition of all the surviving letters of Joseph Conrad. Volume One opens with a child, not yet four, writing to comfort his imprisoned father and closes with an author, exile, and master mariner just turned forty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42165/cover/9780521242165.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521242177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521242177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521242172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Once Charitable Enterprise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hospitals and Health Care in Brooklyn and New York 1885-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521242172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosner, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the changes in hospital care in New York that occurred around the turn of the twentieth century. It represents a fundamental departure from traditional medical history, which has usually emphasised 'progress' through science and technology. Professor Rosner identifies the economic, political and demographic pressures that brought about a reshaping of the health care system, and analyses the dramatic reorganisation of hospitals that took place. He also discusses major scientific advances such as the discovery of anaesthetic properties of ether, nitrous oxide and chloroform, and the consequent increase in surgical solutions to medical problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42172/cover/9780521242172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521242223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521242223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521242226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Arabic Drama in Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521242226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Badawi, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first critical survey of modern Egyptian drama during the period of its maturity from the 1930s to the present day. A discussion of the work of Tawfiq al-Hakim is followed by an examination of the less experimental plays of his successors, Mahmud Taymur, Bakathir and Fathi Radwan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42226/cover/9780521242226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521242452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521242452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521242455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Baden Powell and the Anglican Debate, 1800-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521242455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corsi, Pietro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science and Religion assesses the impact of social, political and intellectual change upon Anglican circles, with reference to Oxford University in the decades that followed the French Revolution and the Napoleonic wars. More particularly, the career of Baden Powell, father of the more famous founder of the Boy Scout movement, offers material for an important case-study in intellectual and political reorientation: his early militancy in right-wing Anglican movements slowly turned to a more tolerant attitude towards radical theological, philosophical and scientific trends. During the 1840s and 1850s, Baden Powell became a fearless proponent of new dialogues in transcendentalism in theology, positivism in philosophy, and pre-Darwinian evolutionary theories in biology. He was for instance the first prominent Anglican to express full support for Darwin's Origin of Species. Analysis of his many publications, and of his interaction with such contemporaries as Richard Whately, John Henry and Francis Newman, Robert Chambers, William Benjamin Carpenter, George Henry Lewes and George Eliot, reveals hitherto unnoticed dimensions of mid-nineteenth-century British intellectual and social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42455/cover/9780521242455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521242894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521242894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521242899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates to Volume 3</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521242899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of the Plates Volume to accompany the Cambridge Ancient History Volume III and that for Volume II part I inaugurates a new style and format for these books. The illustrations are now presented with a descriptive text and commentary, so that each chapter is a self-contained account of matters of archaeological and art-historical interest, relevant to the history of a period and place. The order of illustration is not always that of the chapters in the text volumes, but is determined by the material illustrated and the principal subjects it suggests. The intention is thus both to complement the text volumes and to provide an independent commentary on the material evidence of antiquity. The Plates for Volume III covers the prehistory of the Balkans, the Near Eastern kingdoms and Egypt, the rise of the Greek States in the period of colonisation and of their 'Archaic' art and culture, down to the later part of the sixth century BC. The narrative draws upon the evidence of topography, excavation and art history to demonstrate how these studies have succeeded in both illustrating and supplementing our knowledge of antiquity, won mainly from written sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/42899/cover/9780521242899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Early Inner Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinor, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume introduces the geographical setting of Central Asia and follows its history from the palaeolithic era to the rise of the Mongol empire in the thirteenth century. From earliest times Central Asia linked and separated the great sedentary civilisations of Europe and Asia. In the pre-modern period 'Inner Asia' was definable more as a cultural than a geographical entity, its frontiers shifting according to the changing balances of power. Written by distinguished international scholars who have pioneered the exploration of Central Asia's poorly documented past, this volume discusses chronologically the varying historical achievements of the disparate population groups in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43049/cover/9780521243049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052124322X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052124322X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds Apart</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Market and the Theater in Anglo-American Thought, 1550-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agnew, Jean-Christophe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a variety of disciplines and documents, Professor Agnew illuminates one of the most fascinating chapters in the formations of Anglo-American market culture. Worlds Apart traces the history of our concepts of the marketplace and the theatre and the ways in which these concepts are bound together. Focusing on Britain and America in the years 1550 to 1750, the book discusses the forms and conventions that structured both commerce and theatre. As marketing practice broke free of its traditional boundaries and restraints, it challenged longstanding popular assumptions about the constituents of value, the nature of identity, the signs of authenticity, and the limits of liability. New exchange relations bred new legal and commercial fictions to authorise them, but they also bred new doubts about the precise grounds upon which the self and its 'interests' were to be represented. Those same doubts, Professor Agnew shows, animated the theatre as well. As actors and playwrights shifted from ecclesiastical and civic drama to professional entertainments, they too devised authenticating fictions, fictions that effectively replicated the bewildering representational confusions of the new 'placeless market'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43223/cover/9780521243223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Medieval Political Thought c.350-c.1450</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a comprehensive and authoritative account of  the history of a complex and varied body of ideas over a period of more than a thousand years. A work of both synthesis and assessment, The Cambridge History of Medieval Political Thought presents the results of several decades of critical scholarship in the field, and reflects in its breadth of enquiry precisely that diversity of focus which characterised the medieval sense of the 'political', preoccupied with universality at some levels, and with almost minute particularity at others. Thus among the vital questions explored by the distinguished team of contributors are the nature of authority, of justice, of property; the problem of legitimacy, of allegiance, of resistance to the powers that be; the character and function of law, and the role of custom in sustaining a social structure. While the predominant emphasis of the volume is necessarily upon those ideas that developed within Latin Christendom, full weight is also given to the impact of Byzantine, Jewish, and Islamic thought, and the whole comprises a unique distillation of knowledge upon a multi-faceted screen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43247/cover/9780521243247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mote, Frederick W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twitchett, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1008</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume in The Cambridge History of China is devoted to the history of the Ming dynasty (1368-1644), with some account of the three decades before the dynasty's formal establishment, and for the Ming courts that survived in South China for a generation after 1644. Volume 7 deals primarily with the political developments of the period, but it also incorporates background in social, economic, and cultural history where this is relevant to the course of events. The Ming period is the only segment of later imperial history during which all of China proper was ruled by a native, or Han, dynasty. The success of the Chinese in regaining control over their own government is an important event in history and the Ming dynasty has thus been regarded, bith in Ming times and even more so in this century, as an era of Chinese resurgence. The volume provides the largest and most detailed account of the Ming period in any language. Summarizing all modern research,  both in Chinese, Japanese, and Western languages, the authors have gone far beyond a summary of the state of the field, but have incorporated original research on subjects that have never before been described in detail. Although it is written by specialists, the goals and approach of this Cambridge history are to explain and describe the Ming dynasty to an audience that wilol include scholars and students as well as general readers who do not have a specialized knowledge of Chinese history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twitchett, Denis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mote, Frederick W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volumes seven and eight of The Cambridge History of China are devoted to the Ming dynasty (1368-1644), the only segment of later imperial history during which all of China proper was ruled by a native, or Han, dynasty. These volumes provide the largest and most detailed account of the Ming period in any language. Summarising all modern research, volume eight offers detailed studies of governmental structure, the fiscal and legal systems, international relations, social and economic history, transportation networks, and the history of ideas and religion, incorporating original research on subjects never before described in detail. Although it is written by specialists, this Cambridge History intends to explain and describe the Ming dynasty to general readers who do not have a specialised knowledge of Chinese history, as well as scholars and students. This volume can be utilised as a reference work, or read continuously.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43339/cover/9780521243339.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, Willard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the Cambridge History of China considers the political, military, social, and economic developments of the Ch'ing empire to 1800. The period begins with the end of the resurgent Ming dynasty, covered in volumes 7 and 8, and ends with the beginning of the collapse of the imperial system in the nineteenth century, described in volume 10.  Taken together, the ten chapters elucidate the complexities of the dynamic interactions between emperors and their servitors, between Manchus and non-Manchu populations, between various elite groups, between competing regional interests, between merchant networks and agricultural producers, between rural and urban interests, and, at work among all these tensions, between the old and new. This volume presents the changes underway in this period prior to the advent of Western imperialist military power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43346/cover/9780521243346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052124336X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052124336X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFarquhar, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairbank, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>739</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A century of revolutionary upheaval in China reached a climax in 1949 with the creation of the People's Republic. A central government had now gained full control of the Chinese mainland, thus achieving the national unity so long desired. Moreover, this central government was committed for the first time to the overall modernization of the nation's polity, economy, and society. This is the first of the two final volumes of The Cambridge History of China, which describe the efforts of the People's Republic of China to grapple with the problems of adaptation to modern times. Volume 14 deals with the achievements of the economic and human disasters of the new regime's first sixteen years (1949-65). Part I chronicles the attempt to adapt the Soviet model of development to China, and Part II covers the subsequent efforts of China's leaders to find native solutions that would provide more rapid and appropriate answers to China's problems. Each of the two parts of the volume analyzes the key issues and developments in the spheres of politics, economics, culture, education, and foreign relations. The contributors, all leading scholars of the period, show the interrelation of Chinese actions in all these spheres, and the describe how, gradually, events led to the Cultural Revolution launched by Mao Tse-tung in 1966.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFarquhar, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairbank, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1134</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 15 of The Cambridge History of China is the second of two volumes dealing with the People's Republic of China since its birth in 1949. The harbingers of the Cultural Revolution were analyzed in Volume 14 and Volume 15 traces a course of events still only partially understood by most Chinese. It begins by analysing the development of Mao's thought since the Communist seizure of power, and, in doing so, attempts to understand why he launched the movement. The contributors grapple with the conflict of evidence between what was said favourably about the Cultural Revolution at the time and the often diametrically opposed retrospective accounts. Volume 15, together with Volume 14, provides the most comprehensive and clearest account of how revolutionary China has developed in response to the upheavals initiated by Mao and Teng Hsiao-p'ing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>305.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairbank, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feuerwerker, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of two volumes of this authoritative history which review the Republican period. The titanic drama of the Chinese Revolution is one of the major world events of modern times. The fifteen authors of this volume are pioneers in its exploration and analysis, and their text is designed to meet the needs of non-specialist readers. After a preliminary overview stressing economic and social history, the History presents a narrative of events in China's foreign relations to 1931, and in the political history of the Nationalist government and its Communist opponents from 1927 to 1937. Subsequent chapters analyse key governmental, educational and literary - offering critical appraisal of the major achievements and problems in each of these areas. Finally, the volume examines China's war of resistance, the civil war to 1949, and the portentous development of the thought of Mao Tse-tung before coming to power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates to Volume 7, Part 1</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ling, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of the Plates Volume to accompany the Cambridge Ancient History Volume III and that for Volume VII Part 1 inaugurates a new style and format for these books. The illustrations are now presented with a descriptive text and commentary, so that each chapter is a self-contained account of matters of archaeological and art-historical interest, relevant to the history of a period and place. The order of illustration is not always that of the chapters in the text volumes, but is determined by the material illustrated and the principal subjects it suggests. The intention is thus both to complement the text volumes and to provide an independent commentary on the material evidence of antiquity. The plates for Volume VII Part 1 covers the history and culture of the Hellenistic period from 323 to the first century B.C. Individual chapters deal with particular areas of the Hellenistic world - Ptolematic Egypt, the Seleucid kingdom, Bactria and India, Asia Minor, Macedonia, Greece and the Cyclades, Sicily and Magna Graecia. Other chapters cover aspects of life and society such as warfare, religion, trade, sport and education. The narrative draws on the evidence of topography, excavation and art-history to provide a well-rounded and coherent survey of the period, illustrating the positive contributions of the Hellenistic world to the story of Greek civilization and thus, through the medium of the Romans, to the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43544/cover/9780521243544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Luck</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers 1973-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new volume of philosophical essays by Bernard Williams. The book is a successor to Problems of the Self, but whereas that volume dealt mainly with questions of personal identity, Moral Luck centres on questions of moral philosophy and the theory of rational action. That whole area has of course been strikingly reinvigorated over the last deacde, and philosophers have both broadened and deepened their concerns in a way that now makes much earlier moral and political philosophy look sterile and trivial. Moral Luck contains a number of essays that have contributed influentially to this development. Among the recurring themes are the moral and philosophical limitations of utilitarianism, the notion of integrity, relativism, and problems of moral conflict and rational choice. The work presented here is marked by a high degree of imagination and acuity, and also conveys a strong sense of psychological reality. The volume will be a stimulating source of ideas and arguments for all philosophers and a wide range of other readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43728/cover/9780521243728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521243777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521243777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521243773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Judaism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521243773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horbury, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, W. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sturdy, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume covers the history of Judaism in the Roman period. Political history is treated from Pompey to Vespasian, but many chapters on Jewish life and thought go beyond the period of the Flavian emperors to present themes and evidence of importance for Judaism up to the 3rd century CE. The approach has concentrated on the study of institutions and schools of thought through consideration of archaeological finds and inscriptions. Jewish-Gentile relations, temple and synagogue, groups and schools of thought - Pharisees, Sadducees, Essenes, Baptist sects, the 'fourth philosophy' and similar groups, Samaritans and the Christian movement - are examined. An unusual feature of the volume is its historical treatment of Christianity within the context of ancient Judaism. The Qumran texts, Philo and Josephus receive attention as does Jewish society in Judaea and Galilee.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/43773/cover/9780521243773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521245001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521245001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Recognition in Wolfram's 'Parzival'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although much work has recently been done on the relationship between poet, narrator and audience in medieval literature, no sustained attempt has yet been made to inquire into the ways in which the listener's responses are rhetorically controlled and guided in the case of the Parzival of Wolfram von Eschenbach. This book attempts such an inquiry by combining five approaches which have so far been used only separately or partially: the narrator's use of a point of view technique, a specific problem concerning the medieval technique, a specific problem concerning the medieval reception of his work, a procedure best described as 'revealing while concealing', the technique used in naming characters, and the theme of recognition in Parzival. These approaches are combined and applied in detail to the narrative sequence of Wolfram's romance. Although the narratives dealing with Gahmuret, Parzival and Gawan are all dealt with, the lion's share falls to Parzival as the hero of the work (whereby special importance is attached to his crucial dialogue with the hermit Trevrizent in Book IX), but due regard is also paid to Gawan as a means of highlighting the special position of the hero. The discussion throughout is organised around the various encounters in the work in which recognition or non-recognition plays a part.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/45005/cover/9780521245005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521245168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521245168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>932</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>04</TextTypeCode>

<Text>List of maps; List of figures; Note on currency and measurement; General preface; preface to volumes I and II; Part I. Population: 1. The population of colonial Spanish America Nicol&#225;s S&#225;nchez-Albornoz; 2. The population of colonial Brazil Maria Luiza Marc&#237;lio; Part II. Economic and Social Structures: Spanish America: 3. The urban development of colonial Spanish America Richard M. Morse; 4. Mining in colonial Spanish America Peter Bakewell; 5. The formation and economic structure of the hacienda in New Spain Enrique Florescano; 6. The rural economy and society of colonial Spanish South America Magnus M&#246;rner; 7. Aspects of the internal economy of colonial Spanish America: labour; taxation; distribution and exchange Murdo J. MacLeod; 8. Social organization and social change in colonial Spanish America James Lockhart; 9. Women in Spanish American colonial society Asunci&#243;n Lavrin; 10. Africans in Spanish American colonial society Frederick P. Bowser; 11. Indian societies under Spanish rule Charles Gibson; Part III. Economic and Social Structures: Brazil: 12. Colonial Brazil, c.1580-c.1750: plantations and peripheries Stuart B. Schwartz; 13. Indians and the frontier in colonial Brazil John Hemming; 14. Colonial Brazil: the gold cycle, c.1690-1750 A. J. R. Russell-Wood; 15. Late colonial Brazil, 1750-1808; Part IV. Intellectual and Cultural Life: 16. Literature and intellectual life in colonial Spanish America Jacques Lafaye; 17. The architecture and art of colonial Spanish America Dami&#225;n Bay&#243;n; 18. The architecture and art of colonial Brazil J. B. Bury; 19. The music of colonial Spanish America Robert Stevenson; A note on the music of colonial Brazil Robert Stevenson; Bibliographical essays; Index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521245176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521245176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>970</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is the first authoritative large-scale history of the whole of Latin America - Mexico and Central America, the Spanish-speaking Caribbean (and Haiti), Spanish South America and Brazil - from the first contacts between the native peoples of the Americas and Europeans in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present day. A major work of collaborative international scholarship, The Cambridge History of Latin America has been planned, co-ordinated and edited by a single editor, Dr Leslie Bethell, Reader in Hispanic American and Brazilian History at University College London. It will be published in eight volumes. Each volume or set of volumes examines a period in the economic, social, political, intellectual and cultural history of Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521245184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521245184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>970</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The volume consists of the separate histories of Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, and Panama. Part One covers in depth the history of Mexico. Part Two deals with the five countries of Central America: Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. Part Three covers Cuba, including the revolution, the Dominican Republic, Haiti, and Puerto Rico. The fourth and final section is devoted to Panama, with a separate chapter discussing the history of the Canal Zone up to 1979.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052124546X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052124546X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Noradrenergic Neurons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fillenz, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Noradrenergic Neurons examines the mechanisms that regulate the release and synthesis of the neurotransmitter noradrenaline. Noradrenaline (or norepinephrine) and the physiological activity of the cells that manufacture and release it, play an important role in response to stress and the development of resistance to stress, as well as psychological mood itself. This book discusses the response of the various noradrenergic receptor subtypes to noradrenaline, and the long-lasting changes that underlie the striking plasticity of function manifested by noradrenergic cells, which in turn are reflected in observable behavioural plasticity. In recent years there has been no single book that presents an up-to-date synthesis of current knowledge on the biochemical anatomical and physiological aspects of this important group of brain and peripheral nervous system cells and their function in the whole behaving organism and this book aims to fill that gap.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87807/cover/9780521287807.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521245850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521245850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521245852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Holors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Generalization of Tensors</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521245852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moon, Parry Hiram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Domina Eberle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The word holor is a term coined by the authors to describe a mathematical entity that is made up of one or more independent quantities, and includes complex numbers, scalars, vectors, matrices, tensors, quaternions, and other hypernumbers. Holors, thus defined, have been known for centuries but each has been developed more or less independently, accompanied by separate nomenclature and theory. This book demonstrates how these complicated subjects can be made simple by using a single notation that applies to all holors, both tensor and nontensor. The authors consider all possible types of holors and develop holor algebra and holor calculus in the most general sense. Thus the reader will learn to develop a new holor that fits the application, rather than forcing an application onto a holor representation that is known but that does not perfectly describe the application. The discussion includes nontensors having no transformation and holors that transform in more complicated ways than allowed with ordinary tensors. This opens up the possibility to devise a holor for a new physical application, without being limited to a few conventional types of holor. This book should establish a method by which students and teachers can learn vector and tensor analysis via a uniform treatment. Graduate students and professionals in engineering, physics. applied mathematics, chemistry, biology, psychology, and other analytical sciences should find this to be a useful and innovative work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/45852/cover/9780521245852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval European Stage, 500-1550</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tydeman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>782</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a wide selection of primary source materials from the theatrical history of the Middle Ages. The focus is on Western Europe between the fall of the Roman Empire and the emergence of markedly Renaissance forms in Italy. Early sections of the volume are devoted to the survival of Classical tradition and the development of the liturgical drama of the Roman Catholic Church, but the main concentration is on the genesis and growth of popular religious drama in the vernacular. Each of the major medieval regions is featured, while a final section covers the pastimes and customs of the people, a record of whose traditional activities often only survives in the margins of official recognition. The documents are compiled by a team of leading scholars in the field and the over 700 documents are all presented in modern English translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46095/cover/9780521246095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community, Anarchy and Liberty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can social order be maintained in a stateless society? Is anarchy viable? The contention of this book is that stateless social order is possible only if relations between people are those characteristic of community. Rejecting the libertarian argument that the goods and services which make up 'social order' can be provided by private firms competing in the marketplace, and the liberal argument that because social order is a public good its maintenance requires the state, Michael Taylor goes on to examine the methods actually used to maintain order in anarchic and quasi-anarchic societies and shows how these methods can be effective only in a small and stable community. Community in turn requires a rough economic equality. But according to a traditional argument (recently revitalised by Robert Nozick), no equality would survive for long without state interference - so that communitarian anarchy must break down. Here this argument is shown to be fallacious: the development of gross inequality can be prevented in an anarchic community. At the same time, the small community is not portrayed as continuously harmonious, free from constraint and coercion - the contention is rather that community is necessary if we are to live without the state or substantially reduce its role. But community is defended against the charge of being incompatible with individual liberty. That claim is shown to be no more accurate than the opposite and equally simple assumption, that liberty is possible only in community. For evidence and illustration, the book draws on the experience of stateless primitive societies, peasant communities and utopian and other 'intentional' communities. It sets a new standard of clarity and rigour for theoretical studies in anarchism and will interest a wide range of readers, including political theorists, political anthropologists and sociologists, and anyone concerned with the justification of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46217/cover/9780521246217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Politics in Muslim Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Order and Conflict in Pakistan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahmed, Akbar S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This analysis of Muslim unrest is based on an extended case study of northwestern Pakistan. Professor Ahmed examines power, authority, and religious status as the critical intermediary level of society: that of the district or Agency, which was the key unit of administration in British India. Amhed has joined his insights as anthropologist with his experience as a political agent in Waziristan to produce an innovative and detailed work. The book focuses on the emergence of a mullah in Waziristan who challenges the state. A religious leader's challenge of the state is not new; but contemporary Muslim society's widespread concern over these conflicts reveals that the influence of religion in a traditional society undergoing modernization is greater than many scholars have assumed. The author identifies three types of leaders: traditional leaders, usually elders; representatives of the established state authority; and religious functionaries. From this analysis he constructs an 'Islamic district paradigm,' which he uses not only in making sense of contemporary Muslim society, but also in understanding some aspects of the legacy of the colonial encounter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46354/cover/9780521246354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of the British Petroleum Company</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferrier, Ronald W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>698</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume of a comprehensive history of British Petroleum, which covers the history of the company from its origin up to 1975. Volume one covers the years 1901-32 and deals with the earlier years of the D'Arcy Concession from its granting in 1901 by the Shah of Persia, to the discovery of oil in 1908, the formation of the company in 1909 and its formative years until the cancellation of the concession in 1932. Dr Ferrier places the origin and growth of the company not only within the context of the oil industry but in the wider perspective of the evolving energy requirements in the twentieth century. This History has been based firmly on the evidence from contemporary records. The company archives have proved much indispensable and often hitherto unknown information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46477/cover/9780521246477.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>AB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accents of English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geography and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bridging the Divide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geography and History is the first book for more than a century to examine comprehensively the interdependence of the two disciplines. Alan Baker, an internationally honoured historical geographer, focuses upon the work of North American, British and French historians and geographers but takes a global and interdisciplinary perspective upon the theory and practice of historical geography and geographical history. He analyses the views of historians on the relationship of their discipline to geography, and geographers on the relationship of theirs to history. He considers in turn locational geographies and spatial histories, environmental geographies and histories, landscape geographies and histories, and regional geographies and histories. Seeking to bridge the 'Great Divide' between history and geography, Dr Baker identifies some basic principles relating historical geography not only to history but also to geography, a reworking which signifies a 'new beginning' for this scholarly hybrid.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46835/cover/9780521246835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns in Plant Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steeves, Taylor A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sussex, Ian M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patterns in Plant Development offers an introduction to the development of the whole plant. It is essentially a factual book that describes the complex phenomena of development in vascular plants. The point of view is structural, and emphasis is placed on the experimental approach to development. The book deals with lower vascular plants (e.g. ferns) as well as seed plants, so that the treatment of the plant, beginning with the embryo and continuing through the phase of secondary growth (the vascular cambium) is presented. This volume is an extensively revised and completely updated version of a book that was first published in 1972. Much new material has been introduced; rapid advances in molecular biology in recent years have made a significant contribution to the understanding of development, and these exciting findings have been drawn into the interpretations provided in this new edition. At the same time, it is recognized that plant morphologists have made major strides in understanding the organization of the whole plant, and thus the developmental significance of architectural analysis is also stressed. The book is written so that anyone who has completed a basic first-year university course in biology or botany will be able to use it without difficulty. Sufficient background information is provided so that the reader is not required to have an extensive technical background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46880/cover/9780521246880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seleucid Parthian</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yarshater, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>883</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume, published in two parts, is an account of every aspect of Iranian civilisation from the death of Alexander in 323 BC to the advent of Islam in the seventh century AD. This complex period, of major importance in Iranian history and extending for almost a thousand years, encompasses the reigns of the Seleucid, the Parthian, the Kushan and Sasanian dynasties. As additions to the general objectives of these volumes, Professor Yarshater has included in this volume chapters on the institutional, administrative, legal, numismatic, linguistic and literary aspects of the period; and he further develops the scope of the volume by including studies of Iran's interaction with neighbouring societies, of Iran's mythical and legendary history, and of Iranian settlements outside the geographical boundaries of Iran and Afghanistan. This volume is the most comprehensive study published of this very important period of Iran's history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46934/cover/9780521246934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521246954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521246954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521246958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Minority Influence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521246958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moscovici, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mugny, Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avermaet, Eddy van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does a minority exert influence on a majority? Traditionally social psychologists have characterised influence as a process leading to conformity - the minority coming to accept the view of the majority. For the contributors to this volume, working in a society where the reverse process is frequently exemplified - a society characterised by change and innovation - such an approach is no longer tenable. They believe that only by examining social processes also in terms of minority influence can the paradox be resolved. The volume is organised into two broadly based but interconnected parts. Part I analyses the process of influence itself, while Part II sets it within the context of groups. The influence of minorities is thus located within the cognitive and social field in which interaction between minorities and majorities occurs. The original and dynamic research paradigms presented here and the theoretical and empirical results that are reported offer alternative insights not only into the phenomenon of influence per se, but also into such classical notions as 'the group' , 'deviance' and 'convergence'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/46958/cover/9780521246958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052124742X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052124742X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521247429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Nerve Functions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Animal Spirits to Molecular Mechanisms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521247429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent developments have extended our knowledge of the basic functions of nerves: notably, the demonstration of the mechanism within nerve fibers which transports a wide range of essential materials. In order to understand how this discovery occurred, it is necessary to examine its history. The story begins in ancient Greece when nerves were conceived of as channels through which animal spirits carried sensory impressions to the brain. As science developed, the discoveries of various physical and chemical agents supplanted the agency of animal spirits until the molecular machinery of transport was recognized. In this fascinating and complete history, Sidney Ochs begins with a chronological look at this path of discovery, followed in the second half by a thematic approach wherein the author describes the electrical nature of the nerve impulse, fiber form and its changes in degeneration and regeneration, reflexes, learning, memory and other higher functions in which transport participates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/47429/cover/9780521247429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521247616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521247616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521247610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tun-huang Popular Narratives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521247610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mair, Victor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tun-huang Popular Narratives presents authoritative translations of four vernacular Chinese stories, taken from fragmentary texts usually referred to as pien-wen or 'transformation texts'. Dating from the late T'ang (618-907) and Five Dynasties (907-959) periods, the texts were discovered early last century in a cave at Tun-huang, in Chinese Central Asia. However, written down in an early colloquial language by semi-literate individuals and posing formidable philological problems, the texts have not been studied critically before. Nevertheless they represent the only surviving primary evidence of a widespread and flourishing world of popular entertainment during these centuries. The tales deal with both religious (mostly Buddhist) and secular themes, and make exciting and vivid reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/47610/cover/9780521247610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521247845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521247845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521247849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frustration Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Dispositional Learning and Memory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521247849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amsel, Abram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We live in a world in which inconsistency is the rule rather than the exception and this is particularly true for rewards and frustrations. In some cases, rewards and frustrative non-rewards appear randomly for what seems to be the same behaviour; in others a sequence of rewards is suddenly followed by non-rewards, or large rewards by small rewards. The important common factor in these and other cases is frustration - how we learn about it and how we respond to it. This book provides a basis in learning theory and particularly in frustration theory, for a comprehension not only of the mechanisms controlling these dispositions, but also of their order of appearance in early development and, to an approximation at least, their neural underpinnings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/47849/cover/9780521247849.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521248043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521248043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521248044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Slumber of Apollo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Recent Art, Literature, Language and the Individual Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521248044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holloway, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this challenging new book John Holloway explores one of the most significant aspects of contemporary culture, arguing that over the last hundred years or so there has been a radical change in the very nature of individual consciousness. He traces a crucial shift from an 'Apollonian' ideal of human involvement in the widest range of experience (implying a sense of the individual consciousness as spacious, orderly, and comprehensive) to a narrower and less integrated engagement with the world (and a more reductive conception of consciousness as random and fragmented). He plots this shift through a number of quite different fields: there are chapters on the visual arts, on colloquial language and slang, on cartoons, on political rhetoric, and on 'personality' studies by psychologists. He goes on to examine the work of certain literary figures (notably Hardy, Edwin Muir, Wyndham Lewis, Patrick White, John Cowper Powys, and Gary Snyder) who seem to have recognized, and registered in imaginative terms, the pervasive but generally unrecorded changes in consciousness for which the book is arguing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/48044/cover/9780521248044.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521248507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521248507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521248501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Quarks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521248501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCusker, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short account of elementary particles written for the layman poses the questions: are quarks the fundamental building blocks of matter; what are they like; how many different kinds exist; and can they exist in the free state? What is the ultimate structure of matter? Is it made of atoms, small, simple, indivisible particles, or not? John Dalton's 'chemical atoms' turned out to be composite, composed of an electron cloud and a very small, very dense nucleus. This nucleus, in turn, was found to be composite, made up of protons and neutrons bound together by pions. All three of these (and many like particles) have now been found to be made of quarks. At first there were only three of these and they were thought to be long sought after fundamental building blocks. But now we know of at least 18 quarks, 18 anti-quarks and eight 'gluons' that hold the quarks together. The whole atomic idea is in doubt and the alternate possibility of a Universe that is one, whole and indivisible opens up. This fascinating book will be an inspiration to anyone wishing a first exposure to this intriguing and mystical area of modern physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/48501/cover/9780521248501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521248590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521248590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521248594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Garden Flora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Manual for the Identification of Plants Cultivated in Europe, Both Out-of-Doors and under Glass</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521248594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The European Garden Flora Editorial Committee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The European Garden Flora is the definitive manual for the accurate identification of cultivated ornamental plants. It is designed to meet the highest scientific standards but the vocabulary is kept as uncomplicated as possible so that it is fully accessible to the informed gardener and landscape architect as well as to the professional botanists. Although based upon Europe the series will be an extremely useful reference on plants in cultivation throughout the world. Families, genera and species are described, keys are provided and guidance is given on the cultivation of each genus. Volume I is the first in a series of six; it contains accounts of the ferns and their allies, the conifers and 16 families of monocotyledons, including the Liliaceae, Amaryllidaceae and Iridaceae, to which most of the popular bulbous garden plants belong.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521248620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521248620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521248624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring Economic Welfare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Methods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521248624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKenzie, George W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor McKenzie proposes and formulates a method composed of operational procedures designed to facilitate the evaluation of economic projects and policies. This method is discussed fully, illustrated by simple examples, and compared with alternative procedures. An outline of a computer program that enables readers to undertake their own calculations is included. In order to present the approach clearly, the author provides an exposition of the fundamental ideas and the main alternative approaches to the problem. These rely on various forms of index numbers and consumer surplus. However, as is well known, such measures are not capable of correctly ordering the various alternatives under consideration, except under highly unrealist assumptions. In this book the author suggests the abandonment of this traditional approach based on the concept of 'willingness-to-pay' or the conpensating variation. Instead, the measure that Samuelson has called the 'money-metric' should become the cornerstone of applied welfare economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/48624/cover/9780521248624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521249155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521249155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521249157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Phycological Methods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecological Field Methods: Macroalgae</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521249157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littler, Mark M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littler, Diane S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fourth volume of the Handbook of Phycological Methods, with its field-oriented perspective, is a comprehensive treatment of recently developed methodologies in the rapidly advancing field of marine benthic algal ecology. Both traditional and modern methods are presented along with the limitations of various projectspecific examples. References and discussions include how procedures may be adapted to suit different habitats, diverse algal systems, or other conditions. This book contains sufficient detail to be valuable to a wide audience, including both advanced and student researchers and educators throughout the academic and technical community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/49157/cover/9780521249157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521249309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521249309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521249300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catecholamines and Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521249300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Stephen T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Extensive discoveries have been made about the roles of the neurotransmitter substances noradrenaline and dopamine in human beings as well as in experimental animals. The book starts with a description of the anatomy of the catecholamine pathways of the brain and a summary of the pharmacological manipulations available for studying them. Stephen Mason's main concerns, however, are with the studies of the part played by these brain systems in motor behaviour, learning and reward mechanisms, and cognitive and vegetative behaviour. Finally, he deals with the catecholamines in human clinical psychopathology. Throughout, the book details the experiments from which conclusions are drawn in such a way as to illuminate the process of scientific discovery for students, and to highlight the limitations and the gaps in our present knowledge. There are many illustrations, and commonly used behavioural paradigms and terminology are explained in an appendix. Included are over 1200 references to the original research literature. The book will thus be of particular interest to students in brain and behaviour courses, in psychology, physiology, pharmacology and a wide range of neurosciences, and to their teachers. It will also be valuable to research workers as the most comprehensive and detailed summary of the present state of knowledge in this fascinating research area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/49300/cover/9780521249300.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521249864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521249864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521249867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socio-Religious Reform Movements in British India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521249867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Kenneth W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third part of The New Cambridge History of India is devoted to the Indian Empire and the Beginnings of Modern Society. In the first volume, Kenneth Jones looks at the numerous nineteenth-century movements for social and religious change - Christian, Hindu, Muslim, Sikh and Zoroastrian - that used various forms of religious authority to legitimize their reform programmes. Such movements were both indigenous and colonial in their origins and Professor Jones shows how each adapted to the challenge of competing nationalisms as political circumstances changed. The volumes in this part of the History consider the overall impact of British rule upon the whole sphere of religion, social behaviour and culture. Its coverage is both historical and religious and Socio-religious Reform Movements in British India will appeal to students and scholars in a wide variety of social scientific disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/49867/cover/9780521249867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521250307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521250307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521250306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparison of Statistical Experiments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521250306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torgersen, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are a number of important questions associated with statistical experiments: when does one given experiment yield more information than another; how can we measure the difference in information; how fast does information accumulate by repeating the experiment? The means of answering such questions has emerged from the work of Wald, Blackwell, LeCam and others and is based on the ideas of risk and deficiency. The present work which is devoted to the various methods of comparing statistical experiments, is essentially self-contained, requiring only some background in measure theory and functional analysis. Chapters introducing statistical experiments and the necessary convex analysis begin the book and are followed by others on game theory, decision theory and vector lattices. The notion of deficiency, which measures the difference in information between two experiments, is then introduced. The relation between it and other concepts, such as sufficiency, randomisation, distance, ordering, equivalence, completeness and convergence are explored. This is a comprehensive treatment of the subject and will be an essential reference for mathematical statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/50306/cover/9780521250306.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>325.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521250803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521250803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521250801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic and Revolutionary Theatre, 1789-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521250801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emeljanow, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Laura</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taking as notional parameters the upheaval of the French Revolution and the events leading up to the Unification of Italy, this volume charts a period of political and social turbulence in Europe and its reflection in theatrical life. Apart from considering external factors like censorship and legal sanctions on theatrical activity, the volume examines the effects of prevailing operational conditions on the internal organization of companies, their repertoire, acting, stage presentation, playhouse architecture and the relationship with audiences. Also covered are technical advances in stage machinery, scenography and lighting, the changing position of the playwright and the continuing importance of various street entertainments, particularly in Italy, where dramatic theatre remained the poor relation of the operatic, and itinerant acting troupes still constituted the norm. The 460 documents, many of them illustrated, have been drawn from sources in Britain, France and Italy and have been annotated, and translated where appropriate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/50801/cover/9780521250801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125082X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125082X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521250825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad under Familial Eyes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521250825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Najder, Zdzislaw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll-Najder, Halina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a wide range of letters and documents which collectively shed a great deal of light on Joseph Conrad's cultural roots, a subject of growing interest in recent years. The texts have been edited by Professor Zdzislaw Najder, one of the most eminent of Conrad scholars, and translated by Halina Carroll-Najder. Very few of the texts collected here have been made available in English before; many have never appeared in the original Polish. The texts are grouped according to the events and subjects referred to. A significant collection of letters by Conrad's parents is particularly revealing. His mother, Ewa, emerges as a deeply patriotic and religious woman who was intensely loyal to her husband. His father, Apollo, was a complex man; proud, self-centered, even opinionated, he was a poet and writer of satirical comedies as well as being an outspoken democrat and fierce patriot. A different influence on the young Conrad was exerted by his uncle - guardian, Tadeusz Bobrowski, a levelheaded rationalist and enlightened liberal; numerous fragments of his memoirs are included in the book. His book will be an essential tool of reference for all serious students of Conrad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/50825/cover/9780521250825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521250927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521250927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521250924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521250924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayly, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past twenty years have seen a proliferation of specialist scholarship on the period of India's trasition to colonialism. This volume provides a synthesis of some of the most important themes to emerge from recent work and seeks in particular to reassess the role of Indians in the politics and economics of early colonialism. It discusses new views of the 'decline of the Moghuls' and the role of the Indian capitalists in the expansion of the English East Indian Company's trade and urban settlements. Professor Bayly considers the reasons for the inability of indigenous states to withstand the British, but also highlights the relative failure of the Company to transform India into a quiescent and profitable colony. Later chapters deal with changes in India's ecology, social organisation and ideologies in the nineteenth century, and analyse the nature of Indian resistance to colonialism, including the rebellion of 1857.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/50924/cover/9780521250924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521251044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521251044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521251044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521251044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmitt, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kessler, Eckhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraye, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>922</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy offers a balanced and comprehensive account of philosophical thought from the middle of the fourteenth century to the emergence of modern philosophy. This is the first volume in English to synthesise for a wider audience the substantial and sophisticated research now available. The volume is organised by branch of philosophy rather than by individual philosopher or school, and the intention has been to present the internal development of different aspects of the subject in their own historical context. The structure also naturally emphasises the international nature of philosophy in the Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/51044/cover/9780521251044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125115X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125115X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521251150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Mattheson Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521251150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buelow, George J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, Hans Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays brings together the research on Johann Mattheson (1681-1764), an influential musician and chronicler of musical thought in eighteenth-century Germany. The essays explore the cultural climate of Hamburg during Mattheson's lifetime; Mattheson as a composer; Mattheson's relationship to his contemporaries; and Mattheson's influence on developing musical theories and aesthetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33312/cover/9780521033312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521251427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521251427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521251426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Jaffe's Essays on Walras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521251426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Donald A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Dr Walker brings together Dr William Jaff&#233;'s essays on the important and interesting work of L&#233;on Walras, the founder of general equilibrium analysis. The essays were selected on the basis of their importance to the Walrasian literature, in that they provide information on Walras's intellectual biography with which we would otherwise be unfamiliar or they make a contribution to the interpretation and analysis of his ideas. One of Jaff&#233;'s main interests was to explain the genesis of Walras's work, which he did by examining Walras's biography. Using a wide variety of sources, Jaff&#233; pieced together an account of these matters in the belief that biography is essential for understanding the origins and development of a scientist's work. Jaff&#233; corrected what he regarded as errors of interpretation of Walras by other writers, evaluated Walras's contributions, and indicated his significance for modern economics. The essays are informative, illuminating, and - as a result of Jaff&#233;'s scholarly and literary craftsmanship - aesthetically satisfying.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/51426/cover/9780521251426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521251516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521251516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521251518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth, Accumulation, and Unproductive Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of the Postwar US Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521251518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolff, Edward N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book documents the growth of unproductive activity in the United States economy since World War II and its relation to the economic surplus, capital accumulation, and economic growth. Unproductive activities broadly consist of those involved in the circulation process, including wholesaling and retailing, banking and financial services, advertising, legal services, business services and many (though not all) government activities. The results indicate that the level of unproductive activity in the postwar economy has been a significant factor in the slowdown in the rate of capital accumulation, productivity growth and the overall growth rate. Here, the villain is shown to be the gradual but persistent shift of resources to unproductive activities. The consequence has been a reduction in new capital formation and productivity growth and an erosion in the rate of growth in per capita living standards. Moreover, the rise in unproductive activity is itself seen to be rooted in the logic of advanced capitalism. The forces of competition, which in the early stages of capitalism lead to rapid technical change and productivity growth, promote non-productive and even counterproductive activities in its more advanced stages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/51518/cover/9780521251518.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521252393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521252393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Republic of de Gaulle 1958-1969</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berstein, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Republic of De Gaulle offers a comprehensive account - the fullest yet available in English - of the eleven years that followed the establishment of the Fifth Republic in 1958. Serge Berstein analyses the new constitutional and political system that emerged under De Gaulle, and shows how France was able to disengage from the ruinous Algerian War. He then conducts a detailed analysis of the socio-economic changes wrought during this period, and discusses the aims of De Gaulle's highly individualistic foreign policy. In the final section Professor Berstein traces the decline of De Gaulle's ascendancy up to his eventual resignation in 1969. In conclusion the author assesses the contribution of a remarkable political leader to the not less remarkable changes that took place in France during his presidency. This volume, lucidly translated by Peter Morris, features all those student aids now associated with the series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52393/cover/9780521252393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521252458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521252458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proprietary Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Textile Manufacture at Philadelphia, 1800-1885</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scranton, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The greatest textile manufacturing centre in America used to be, not Lowell, Massachusetts, but Philadelphia, where in 1880 over eight hundred textile firms employed over fifty thousand workers producing fabrics, carpets, yarns, and knit-goods of every description. Proprietary Capitalism presents a careful reconstruction of the rise of textile capitalism in the Quaker City, whose distinguishing features were immigrant family firms, flexible strategies for production, and an emphasis on skill, quality, and market responsiveness. The small and middle-sized firms in Philadelphia, far from being displaced by corporate competitors, proved durable, functioning through networks of linked specializations, with spinning, weaving, dyeing, and finishing often performed in separate establishments. Proprietary Capitalism documents the development of a fully realized alternative to the corporate style of mass production that brought fame to New England's mill cities. This book presents a strong challenge for a rethinking of the role of 'small business' in the saga of American industrial development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52454/cover/9780521252454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521252466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521252466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agriculture in China's Modern Economic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lardy, Nicholas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explores the relationship between the Chinese peasantry, who are the fundamental base of support for the revolutionary Chinese Communist Party, and the state-led economic system established by the Party after 1949.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/71703/cover/9780521071703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125261X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125261X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemistry of Macrocyclic Ligand Complexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindoy, L. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains an overview of complex formation by macrocyclic ligand systems. The study of macrocyclic chemistry represents a major area of activity which impinges on a range of other areas in both chemistry and biochemistry. The field has characteristically yielded many interesting and unusual compounds. The text discusses the structures and properties of macrocyclic compounds; the synthesis of macrocycles; polyether crown and related systems; metal-ion and molecular recognition (host-guest chemistry); as well as kinetic, thermodynamic and electrochemical aspects of a range of macrocyclic systems. A discussion of the different categories of naturally occurring macrocycles is also included. Specialist and non-specialist alike will find this a useful text. Apart from serving as a convenient reference for established workers in the field, it should also prove useful to new graduate students as well as to researchers from other areas who seek a general introduction to the subject. The topics discussed also provide a suitable basis for a senior undergraduate or graduate course in macrocyclic chemistry and inorganic complexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52614/cover/9780521252614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521252806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521252806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Estimation, Inference and Specification Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Halbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the consequences of misspecifications ranging from the fundamental to the nonexistent for the interpretation of likelihood-based methods of statistical estimation and interference. Professor White first explores the underlying motivation for maximum-likelihood estimation, treats the interpretation of the maximum-likelihood estimator (MLE) for misspecified probability models, and gives the conditions under which parameters of interest can be consistently estimated despite misspecification, and the consequences of misspecification, for hypothesis testing in estimating the asymptotic covariance matrix of the parameters. Although the theory presented in the book is motivated by econometric problems, its applicability is by no means restricted to economics. Subject to defined limitations, the theory applies to any scientific context in which statistical analysis is conducted using approximate models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52805/cover/9780521252805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125289X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125289X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reformers and War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Progressive Publicists and the First World War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of this book is the confrontation between the American reform tradition, historically inward-looking, and the first of the world conflicts in which the United States has been involved in the twentieth century. It focuses upon those writers and journals most prominently associated with 'the progressive movement' and examines their response to the First World War and the effect of the war on their thinking. During 'the progressive era' a number of journalists and authors had acquired national reputations as social critics or as spokesmen for reform. This thoroughly researched account revises earlier views about both the attitudes of progressives toward the war and the decline of 'the progressive movement.' It will be of interest to students of the intellectual history of American foreign policy as well as of progressivism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52898/cover/9780521252898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125292X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125292X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521252928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolutionary Ecology of Marsupials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521252928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Anthony K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockburn, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ecological literature on marsupials is dominated by descriptive natural history, and there has hitherto been little attempt at either synthesis or evolutionary interpretation. This book attempts to provide such a synthesis, by drawing on both the descriptive data base and predictions from the burgeoning literature on behavioural and evolutionary ecology. It documents the excellent potential the study of marsupials provides for resolution of theoretical questions of general importance in biology. It does this in three ways. First, by describing the impressive diversity of marsupial life history strategies and trophic roles. Second, by careful comparison with the eutherians, the scope of the marsupial radiation is used to analyse the role of developmental constraints and adaptive radiation in determining the diversification of higher taxa. Lastly, it is suggested that the accessibility of marsupial young during their obligatory pouch life facilitates measurement, manipulation and assessment of kinship not possible in other mammalian groups. Further special topics include marsupial/plant mutualism, marsupial competition and the empirical uses of mammals with simple life histories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/52928/cover/9780521252928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521253306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521253306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521253307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bengal: The British Bridgehead</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eastern India 1740-1828</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521253307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of Bengal: The British Bridgehead is to explain how, in the eighteenth century, Britain established her rule in eastern India, the first part of the subcontinent to be incorporated into the British Empire. Though the British were not in firm control of Bengal, Bihar and Orissa until 1765, to illustrate the circumstances in which they gained power and elucidate the Indian inheritance that so powerfully shaped the early years of their rule, professor Marshall begins his analysis around 1740 with the reign of Alivardi Khan, the last effective Mughal ruler of eastern India. He then explores the social, cultural and economic changes that followed the imposition of foreign rule and seeks to assess the consequences for the peoples of the region; emphasis is given throughout as much to continuities rooted deep in the history of Bengal as to the more obvious effects of British domination. The volume closes in the 1820s when, with British rule firmly established, a new pattern of cultural and economic relations was developing between Britain and eastern India.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/53307/cover/9780521253307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521253357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521253357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521253352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Movement and Speech in Medical Interaction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521253352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a substantial collection of video recordings of everyday medical consultations in the UK, and offers a micro-analysis of the visual and vocal aspects of the interaction between doctors and patients. Using actual examples, accompanied by numerous illustrations, Christian Heath explores the moment-by-moment coordination of body movement and speech by and between doctor and patient. He discusses various aspects of medical examination, leave-taking, and the ways in which the participants sustain each other's attention. He also raises certain practical issues of medical work, such as the use of records and computers during the consultation, and the impact of 'bureaucratic' demands on the flow of information between doctor and patient. The book reveals the delicacy and precision which enter into the articulation and synchrony of visual behaviour and speech, and throws light on the systematics - the social organization - underlying the seeming minutiae of everyday life. In this way, it contributes both to our understanding of doctor-patient communication, and to the growing body of research on face-to-face interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/53352/cover/9780521253352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phoenix Assurance and the Development of British Insurance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trebilcock, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1088</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second and final volume of the business history of one of the UK's oldest and largest insurance offices, based upon probably the best archive in the business. This volume covers the period from 1870 to the absorption of the Phoenix by Sun Alliance (now Royal and Sun Alliance) in 1984. The Phoenix papers are used to analyse the triumphs and trials, not only of a single insurance venture, but of an entire financial sector in a notably turbulent century. Insurance is concerned with the way people drive, the way they retire, or buy their houses, or invest, or educate their children, or go to war. It follows that a major insurance history also throws light on many aspects of modern British social history. As the great composite offices expanded to offer fire, accident, marine, and life insurance across a single 'counter', so they caught within their dealings an increasingly representative slice of British commercial and social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Consequences of Chromosome Imbalance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles, Mechanisms, and Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, Charles J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>514</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers in detail the mechanisms of a major human problem. Chromosome imbalance affects all stages of life in ways ranging from spontaneous abortion and retardation to behavioural problems and malignancy. In The Consequences of Chromosome Imbalance: Principles, Mechanisms, and Models, Charles J. Epstein concerns himself with how and why a particular chromosome imbalance produces a specific phenotype. His fundamental goal is to connect chromosome aberrations with functional abnormalities in terms of gene expression, developmental and cell biology, and metabolism. Through his examination of this relationship, we learn more about normal development and function. The book begins with an exploration of several human autosomal aneuploid phenotypes, with particular emphasis on the relationship between genotype and phenotype. In the next part, broad theoretical considerations of the mechanisms which generate these phenotypes are examined with reference to studies on man and other organisms such as bacteria and mice. Experimental approaches to study the effects of aneuploidy are presented next with special attention paid to the development of model systems for studying human aneuploidy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/54649/cover/9780521254649.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe, America, and the Wider World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Economic History of Western Capitalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, William N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume collects Professor Parker's major writings on American agricultural and industrial history, including some previously unpublished essays. Taken as a whole, these essays give an account of why and how the United States grew rich in the nineteenth century, as well as a background against which to judge the present position of the economy and its international position. Professor Parker focuses on the nineteenth-century experience of the three regions of the United States - northeast, south and midwest, and shows wherein lay the sources of their wealth and growth into a flourishing nation. A final chapter, looking at European development from an American perspective, is especially timely in view of the recent movements toward integration and democratisation in the 'mother continent'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/54663/cover/9780521254663.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on the History of British Sociological Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bulmer, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the history of British sociology and empirical social research over the last hundred years. Its coverage includes the census of population, the classic poverty surveys of Booth and Rowntree, the slow growth of social science between the wars, mass-observation, the rise of the Government Social Survey, the establishment of academic sociology after 1945 outside Oxford and Cambridge, and independent initiatives such as the foundation of the Institute of Community Studies. A concluding section considers the uses made of British sociology, the place of the citizen as the subject of research, social surveys for policy-making, and the success of social science in predicting the future. These essays reflect the interests of the distinguished British sociologist, the late Philip Abrams. In addition to him the contributors include a number of distinguished sociologists such as A. H. Halsey, Hannan C. Selvin, Edward Shils, Peter Townsend and Peter Willmott, as well as several well-known younger scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/54779/cover/9780521254779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521254841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521254841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521254847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Social History of the Deccan, 1300-1761</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eight Indian Lives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521254847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eaton, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this fascinating account of one of the least known parts of South Asia, Eaton recounts the history of the Deccan plateau in southern India from the fourteenth century to the rise of European colonialism. He does so, vividly, through the lives of eight Indians who lived at different times during this period, and who each represented something particular about the Deccan. In the first chapter, for example, the author describes the demise of the regional kingdom through the life of a maharaja. In the second, a Sufi sheikh illustrates Muslim piety and state authority. Other characters include a merchant, a general, a slave, a poet, a bandit and a female pawnbroker. Their stories are woven together into a rich narrative tapestry, which illumines the most important social processes of the Deccan across four centuries. This is a much-needed book by the most highly regarded scholar in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/54847/cover/9780521254847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peruvian Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Overview of Pre-Inca and Inca Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keatinge, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peruvian Prehistory offers an authoritative and up-to-date survey of the cultural evolution of Peru from the appearance of the first inhabitants around 10,000 BC to the arrival of the Spanish in 1534. The book is divided chronologically into three main parts, which examine in turn the highland and lowland zones in the Preceramic and Initial periods; the development of complex society at Chavin, Tiwanaku and Fluari and in the Moche and Nazca cultures; and the culmination of this process, the Pan-Andean empire of the Incas, and the way this can be studied through a combination of archaeology and ethnohistoric research. A fourth, concluding section deals with the often neglected tropical forest region of Peru and its formative influence on the evolution of Andean culture. The first collective assessment of Peruvian archaeology for a generation, this volume traces the processes of political, social and economic change in Andean civilisation in a manner that will attract many with no specialist interest in Peru.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75552/cover/9780521275552.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Controversies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Case Studies in the Resolution and Closure of Disputes in Science and Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engelhardt, Jr., H. Tristram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caplan, Arthur L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the ways in which disputes and controversies about the application of scientific knowledge are resolved. Four concrete examples of public controversy are considered in detail: the efficacy of Laetrile, the classification of homosexuality as a disease, the setting of safety standards in the workplace, and the utility of nuclear energy as a source of power. The essays in this volume show that debates about these cases are not confined to matters of empirical fact. Rather, as is seen with most scientific and technical controversies, they focus on and are structured by complex ethical, economic, and political interests. Drs. Engelhardt and Caplan have brought together a distinguished group of scholars from the sciences and humanities, who sketch a theory of scientific controversy and attempt to provide recommendations about the ways in which both scientists and the public ought to seek more informed resolutions of highly contentious issues in science and technology. Scientific Controversies is offered as a contribution to the better understanding of the roles of both science and nonscientific interests in disputes and controversies pertaining to science and technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55653/cover/9780521255653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Penelope's Web</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender, Modernity, H. D.'s Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Susan Stanford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>469</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Penelope's Web should appeal to a wide spectrum of readers interested in twentieth-century modernism, women's writing, feminist criticism, post-structuralist theory, psychoanalysis, autobiography, and women's studies. It is the first book to examine fully the brilliantly innovative prose writings of H.D., the pen-name for Hilda Doolittle (1886-1961), who has been known primarily as a poet. Her prose, more personal, experimental, and postmodern than her poetry, raises central questions about the relation of women writers to language, desire and history. She suppressed in her lifetime many of these texts because of their daring exploration of her bisexuality and their radical critique of the social order. H.D.'s prose writings contribute importantly to the many histories and theories of modernism that are redrawing boundaries to include the achievement of women writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55790/cover/9780521255790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohn, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montgomery, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>752</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume inaugurates a complete edition of The Correspondence of Charles Darwin. For the first time full authoritative texts of Darwin's letters are available, edited according to modern textual editorial principles and practice. The first volume of the edition contains the letters of the years 1821-1836. They begin with one written to Darwin at the age of twelve and continue through his school days at Shrewsbury, his two years as a medical student at Edinburgh, the undergraduate years at Cambridge, and his five years of exploration and learning during the voyage of the Beagle. These were Darwin's years of initiation and preparation for a life of science. In the earliest letters Darwin appears already keenly interested in natural history and an avid collector of minerals, plants, marine invertebrates, and insects - especially beetles. The letters of the succeeding years tell the story of the young Darwin's development up to his return to England when, at the age of twenty-seven, he was received as a colleague by Charles Lyell, Adam Sedgwick, and other leading scientists, who had already heard of his discoveries and observations during the Beagle voyage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55875/cover/9780521255875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>646</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume of the complete edition of The Correspondence of Charles Darwin. For the first time full authoritative texts of Darwin's letters are available, edited according to modern textual editorial principles and practice. The letters in this volume were written during the seven years following Darwin's return to England from the Beagle voyage. It was a period of extraordinary activity and productivity in which he became recognised as a naturalist of outstanding ability, as an author and editor, and as a professional man with official responsibilities in several scientific organisations. During these years he published two books and fifteen papers and also organised and superintended the publication of the Zoology of the Voyage of HMS Beagle, for which he described the locations of the fossils and the habitats and behaviour of the living species he had collected. Busy as he was with scientific activities, Darwin found time to re-establish family ties and friendships, and to make new friends among the naturalists with whom his work brought him into close contact. In November 1838, two years after his return Darwin became engaged to his cousin, Emma Wedgwood, whom he subsequently married.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55882/cover/9780521255882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of the complete edition of The Correspondence of Charles Darwin. For the first time full authoritative texts of Darwin's letters are available, edited according to modern textual editorial principles and practice. The letters in this volume were written during the years 1844-1846. By 1844 Darwin had become an established figure within the circle of London naturalists and his life at Down had assumed the regularity that the responsibility for a thriving and growing household entailed. Despite his move to rural Kent, Darwin was not isolated, and this volume shows how frequent were his trips to London and further afield, how regular his meetings with his scientific colleagues, and how extensive his network of correspondents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55899/cover/9780521255899.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521255902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521255902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521255905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521255905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>752</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth volume of the complete edition of The Correspondence of Charles Darwin. For the first time full authoritative texts of Darwin's letters are available, edited according to modern textual editorial principles and practice. This volume covers the first years of Darwin's study of the structure and systematics of barnacles: work that involved a worldwide search for specimens, detailed microscopic investigations, a consideration of the theoretical assumptions underlying classification schemes, and the solution of practical problems of zoological nomenclature. Darwin's convictions about the nature and origin of species influenced his observations and conclusions and provided insights that led to some remarkable discoveries. Throughout this period Darwin also maintained his involvement in major geological debates, as shown by important exchanges with Charles Lyell, Robert Chambers, James Dwight Dana, Bernhard Studer, and others. The letters to Darwin include Joseph Dalton Hooker's descriptions of his dramatic and frequently dangerous travels through previously closed regions of Sikkim and Tibet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/55905/cover/9780521255905.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521256054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521256054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521256056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blueprints for Thinking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Planning in Cognitive Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521256056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Sarah L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scholnick, Ellin Kofsky</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cocking, Rodney R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planning is an important human ability that guides behaviour and thereby complements instinctual fixed action patterns. How do people learn to plan? How do they develop the various skills that are implied by planfulness? This volume explores these questions as well as the concept of planning and its relationships to the concepts of problem-solving and organizational skills. The editors of this volume have drawn upon an international cadre of scholars to discuss the issues of planning and planful behaviours from a broad range of perspectives. The volume offers a comprehensive review and critical analysis of research and theory on the development of planning ability. Cognitive and developmental psychologists, educational researchers, and students hitherto frustrated by the complexity of the thinking about planning and fragmentation of the literature will find Blueprints for Thinking an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/56056/cover/9780521256056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521256275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521256275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521256278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scientific Letters and Papers of James Clerk Maxwell</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521256278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, James Clerk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>960</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive edition of Maxwell's manuscript papers published virtually complete and largely for the first time. Maxwell's work was of central importance in establishing and developing the major themes of the physics of the nineteenth century: his theory of the electromagnetic field and the electromagnetic theory of light and his special place in the history of physics. His fecundity of imagination and the sophistication of his examination of the foundations of physics give particular interest and importance to his writings. Volume III: 1874-1879 covers the period of Maxwell's direction of the Cavendish Laboratory and documents the espousal of his theories by a wider circle of physicists. During this last period of his life his work began to achieve the pre-eminence in the classical physics of the nineteenth century, which it has retained ever since.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/56278/cover/9780521256278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>550.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125633X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125633X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521256339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline of Transit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Urban Transportation in German and U.S. Cities, 1900-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521256339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yago, Glenn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Automobiles dominate transportation today in most American cities. After World War II, urban planners embraced highway transportation as the solution to urban congestion, while mass transit was shunned as outmoded and appropriate only for older, densely populated cities. Yet the prolonged energy crisis, beginning in 1973, shattered most previously held attitudes about the role of mass transit, and it was now promoted as central to energy efficiency and rational land use. If mass transit is now possible and even desirable in new, auto-oriented cities - Los Angeles, Frankfurt, Tokyo - why did it decline in the first place? In examining the historical conditions that led to the current crisis of urban transportation, the book offers an explanation of past urban and economic policy failures. The Decline of Transit will be essential reading for urban planners, politicians, economists, historians, and all others interested in the state of urban transportation today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27632/cover/9780521027632.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521256356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521256356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521256353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cansos and Sirventes of the Troubadour, Giraut de Borneil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Edition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521256353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borneil, Giraut de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharman, Ruth Verity</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>518</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Amongst the troubadour poets, those writers of courtly love poetry that flourished in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries in the south of France, Giraut de Borneil was one of the most important and influential. Dante thought very highly of him. Little serious attention has been paid to his work, however, largely due to the absence of a modern critical edition. Dr Sharman has now rectified this situation with a scrupulously researched edition which covers Giraut's entire output. Translations into English and detailed commentaries on each poem are provided. In her introduction, Dr Sharman discusses what is known of Giraut's life and patrons. She places his work in the context of troubadour poetry while highlighting his particular originality: more than any other troubadour poet before or after, he involves the lady as an equal participant in love. His work integrates the moral and social convention of courtly love into a wider framework of Christian behaviour, and contains an extraordinarily wide range of styles, the apparently easy manner of which conceals deeper levels of meaning than have been elucidated hitherto.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/56353/cover/9780521256353.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521256585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521256585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521256582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in the Ministry of Jesus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Jesus' Attitudes to Women and their Roles as Reflected in His Earthly Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521256582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Women in the Ministry of Jesus is a study of both of Jesus' attitudes towards women as reflected in his words and deeds, and of the women who were part of his ministry, or who interacted with him according to the Gospel accounts. The book seeks to provide a balanced analysis of the relevant Biblical material, and also the historical background necessary to illuminate the setting of the Gospel events. Particular attention is given to related issues such as Jesus' views on marriage, the family and the single life, as well as his teaching on adultery, the laws of the clean and unclean and the sabbath. Witherington concludes that Jesus cannot be categorized neatly either as chauvinist or as feminist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/56582/cover/9780521256582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521257131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521257131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521257138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Portuguese in India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521257138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, M. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Portuguese were the first European imperial power in Asia. Dr Pearson's volume of their history is a clear account of their activities in India and the Indian Ocean from the sixteenth century onwards written squarely from an Indian point of view. Laying particular stress on social, economic and religious interaction between Portuguese and Indians, the author argues that the Portuguese in fact had a more limited impact on everyday life in India than is sometimes supposed. Their imperial effort was characterized throughout more by reciprocity and interaction than by any unilateral imposition of Portuguese mores and political structures. The book as a whole has a significance well beyond its ostensible subject since it illuminates a whole range of more general historical themes including religious conversion, race relations, the nature of pre-modern society and early colonialism, and the very beginnings of the world economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/57138/cover/9780521257138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521257271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521257271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521257275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Provident Sea</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521257275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cushing, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Provident Sea describes the history of fish stock management (including whales and seals). The need for management arose from the industrialization of capture. Hence the preindustrial fisheries are covered, in particular the old cod fishery on the Grand Bank and the herring fishery in the North Sea. The origins of fishery science and of whaling science are described, as it the development of science and institution until 1965 in fisheries, whaling and sealing. In the 1960s and 1970s the second industrialization took place over the world ocean mainly through the activities of the Russians and Japanese. The consequence of this was the 'law of the Sea' Conference and the eventual management by the coastal state. This book traces, on the basis of the original scientific material, the history of the management of 'the provident sea' up to when problems of overexploitation have had dramatic effects upon stocks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/57275/cover/9780521257275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521257530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521257530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521257534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trafficking in Drug Users</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professional Exchange Networks in the Control of Deviance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521257534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beniger, James Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Control of illegal drug use and abuse requires an elaborate network of organizations and professions: medical, legal, political, educational, and welfare. This book explores the way in which these diverse sectors coordinate the control of deviance in a complex society and how they respond to a sudden widespread increase in deviance spanning many institutional and professional domains. The latter of these concerns, James Beniger argues, affords us a unique insight into the more general question of societal control. He takes as an example of this phenomenon the dramatic appearance of the 'drug problem' in America in the Vietnam war era of the late 1960s and early 1970s. Exploiting this as an approximation of an experimentally induced disruption of society, Professor Beniger examines its impact on the interorganizational and professional networks that together constitute a system for the control of a social deviance. His study produces the startling finding that as various rewards - raises in salary, promotions, government funds, media exposure, enhanced status - accrued to the new social problem, many drug specialists gained increasing stake in the very deviance they were professionally charged to control.  Societal control of the drug problem became transformed - quite literally - into a trafficking by professionals in young drug users.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521257565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521257565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521257565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>High Vacuum Techniques for Chemical Syntheses and Measurements</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521257565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plesch, P. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the physico-chemical principles of the high vacuum techniques used by chemists. It is a guide to the choice of suitable equipment, the methods of constructing the systems, and the ways of using them. Professor Plesch's book is the only up-to-date work on the type of high vacuum systems (HVS) used by chemists and it is the first ever to describe in detail the actual construction, manifold uses, method of operation, and final dismantling of an HVS. It includes descriptions of a very wide range of devices for making measurements (conductivity, spectra, kinetics, etc.) in vacuum. The author draws on over 40 years of his own experiences and those of others in many parts of the world, and many of the tricks and gadgets have not been published before. The book will be an essential companion on the bench of every chemist involved in the synthesis of, or measurements on, air-sensitive compounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/57565/cover/9780521257565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521257581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521257581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521257589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Commercial Enterprise in Pre-colonial India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521257589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prakash, Om</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>European traders first appeared in India at the end of the fifteenth century and began exporting goods to Europe as well as to other parts of Asia. In a detailed analysis of the trading operations of European corporate enterprises such as the English and Dutch East India Companies, as well as those of private European traders, this book considers how, over a span of three centuries, the Indian economy expanded and was integrated into the pre-modern world economy as a result of these interactions. The book also describes how this essentially market-determined commercial encounter changed in the latter half of the eighteenth century as the colonial relationship between Britain and the subcontinent was established. By bringing together and examining the existing literature, the author provides a fascinating overview of the impact of European trade on the pre-modern Indian economy which will be of value to students of Indian, European and colonial history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/57589/cover/9780521257589.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Baldwin Government and the United States, 1924-1929</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Attitudes and Diplomacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKercher, B. J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has long been argued that Baldwin's second government, especially the Foreign Office led by Austen Chamberlain, was to blame for the deterioration in Anglo-American relations in 1927-9. This book argues that Austen Chamberlain, by suggesting a reduction in maritime belligerent rights, consistently worked for an improvement in relations and found the means for a settlement in 1929, though Labour's success in the general election caused the credit to go to others and Chamberlain's reputation remained tarnished. While the earlier view was based mainly on the memoirs of contemporary critics, Dr McKercher bases his analysis on a wide range of public and private archival material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/58029/cover/9780521258029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategies of Political Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Post-War British Playwrights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a theoretical framework for some of the most important play-writing in Britain in the second half of the twentieth century. Examining representative plays by Arnold Wesker, John Arden, Trevor Griffith, Howard Barker, Howard Brenton, Edward Bond, David Hare, John McGrath and Caryl Churchill, the author analyses their respective strategies for persuading audiences of the need for a radical restructuring of society. The book begins with a discussion of the way that theatre has been used to convey a political message. Each chapter is then devoted to an exploration of the engagement of individual playwrights with left-wing political theatre, including a detailed analysis of one of their major plays. Despite political change since the 1980s, political play-writing continues to be a significant element in contemporary play-writing, but in a very changed form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/58555/cover/9780521258555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Garden Flora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Manual for the Identification of Plants Cultivated in Europe, Both Out-of-Doors and under Glass</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The European Garden Flora Editorial Committee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>347</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The European Garden Flora is the definitive manual for the accurate identification of cultivated ornamental plants. It is designed to meet the highest scientific standards but the vocabulary is kept as uncomplicated as possible so that it is fully accessible to the informed gardener and landscape architect as well as to the professional botanists. Although based upon Europe the series will be an extremely useful reference on plants in cultivation throughout the world. Families, genera and species are described, keys are provided and guidance is given on the cultivation of each genus. This volume is the first to be published in a series of six; it contains accounts of 17 families, 402 genera and 1663 species of monocotyledons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Meteorites, Ice, and Antarctica</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Personal Account</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassidy, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bill Cassidy has led meteorite recovery expeditions in the Antarctic for fifteen years. His searches have resulted in the collection of thousands of meteorite specimens from the ice. This fascinating story is a first hand account of his field experiences on the US Antarctic Search for Meteorites Project, which he carried out as part of an international team of scientists. Cassidy describes this hugely successful field program in Antarctica and its influence on our understanding of the moon, Mars and the asteroid belt. He describes the hardships and dangers of fieldwork in a hostile environment, as well as the appreciation he developed for the beauty of the place. In the final chapters he speculates on the results of the trips and the future research they might lead to.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/58722/cover/9780521258722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Conventional Quantization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klauder, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text describes novel treatments of quantum problems using enhanced quantization procedures. When treated conventionally, certain systems yield trivial and unacceptable results. This book describes enhanced procedures, generally involving extended correspondence rules for the association of a classical and a quantum theory, which, when applied to such systems, yield nontrivial and acceptable results. The text begins with a review of classical mechanics, Hilbert space, quantum mechanics, and scalar quantum field theory. Next, analytical skills are further developed, a special class of models is studied, and a discussion of continuous and discontinuous perturbations is presented. Later chapters cover two further classes of models both of which entail discontinuous perturbations. The final chapter offers a brief summary, concluding with a conjecture regarding interacting covariant scalar quantum field theories. Symmetry is repeatedly used as a tool to help develop solutions for simple and complex problems alike. Challenging exercises and detailed references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/58845/cover/9780521258845.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521258901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521258901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521258906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monoclonal Antibodies in Biotechnology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theoretical and Practical Aspects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521258906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCullough, Kenneth C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spier, Raymond E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Monoclonal antibodies are one of the most exciting developments in biotechnology in recent years; this book provides a comprehensive description of principles, methodologies and applications of this powerful technology to modern science and industry. The immune system of the body, in particular the role of antibodies, is described; and details provided on the isolation of antibody-producing cells, how hybridomas are formed and maintained in culture such that the required antibody can be produced to a very high degree of purity. The material is presented in such a way that students, researchers and managers in research and development will be able to make choices as to which are the most suitable techniques for their particular requirements. The text is comprehensively referenced and, in short, the book is a necessary resource for all those who have the need to be involved in the production of monoclonal antibodies from hybridoma cells in culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/58906/cover/9780521258906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052125910X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052125910X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasantry to Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Western &#214;sterg&#246;tland in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppe, G&#246;ran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do peasants, producing mainly for themselves, become capitalist farmers, producing largely for sale? What happens to farm sizes, farming practices, and the relationships between cultivators and others in the process of this transition? How far does it vary from region to region? Is it inherent in the peasantry, or must it be instigated by landlord, townsfolk or the state? These are some of the questions addressed by G&#246;ran Hoppe and John Langton in this study of rural change in Sweden. Eschewing both traditional narrow empiricism, and the recent trend to over-employ modern social theory, the authors have carefully combined theories about the transition from peasantry to capitalism with meticulous analysis of the abundant Swedish records. In doing so, they reveal the wide geographical variety and rich socioeconomic complexity of the changes which occurred in the process of modernization in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59101/cover/9780521259101.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Profession of the Playwright</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Theatre, 1800-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephens, John Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the working world of the playwright in nineteenth-century Britain. It was often a risky and financially uncertain profession, yet the magic of the theatre attracted authors from widely different backgrounds - journalists, lawyers, churchmen, civil servants, printers and actors, as well as prominent poets and novelists. In a fascinating account of the frustrations and the rewards of dramatic authorship, Stephens uncovers information on the playwright's earnings, relationships with actors, managers, publishers and audience, and offers a perspective on his growing status as a professional. Further chapters focus on the struggle for copyright reform and the complexities of dramatic publishing. A large number of major and minor authors are discussed, among them Planche, Fitzball, Boucicault, Pinero, Grundy, Gilbert, Jones and Shaw.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59132/cover/9780521259132.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of the British Petroleum Company</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bamberg, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>667</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on unrestricted access to papers and personnel at BP, as well as numerous other sources, this second volume of BP's history aims to be an honest and comprehensive examination of the company in the period 1928-1954. Such a history inevitably touches on many different historical interests ranging from international relations to social, economic, political and military topics, primarily in Britain and the Middle East. The book includes penetrating insights into the direction and management of the company, the achievements and shortcomings of successive chairmen, and the relationship between the company and its major shareholder, the British Government. It also deals in detail with matters which have retained an aura of controversy and mystique long after their occurrence, most notably the international petroleum cartel which sought to control world oil markets, and the major international crisis arising from Iran's oil nationalisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59507/cover/9780521259507.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Petroleum and Global Oil 1950-1975</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Challenge of Nationalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bamberg, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>666</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dramatic narrative, arresting analysis and original research are combined in this book, which addresses the history of one of the world's biggest oil businesses between 1950 and 1975. Assessing BP's comparative performance, the book focuses on how BP responded politically, economically and culturally to the rise of new competitors, the decline of Britain's imperial power, and the determination of nation states to assert national sovereignty over the vital commodity, oil. Climaxing with the OPEC crisis which shook the world in the 1970s, the book - authorised by BP with uniquely unrestricted access to its records - is of wide interest and relevance, especially for those interested in big business, globalisation and nationalism, international affairs, OPEC, the Middle East, and oil.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59514/cover/9780521259514.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boris Pasternak</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Literary Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative new biography of the Russian poet and prose writer Boris Pasternak is the first part of a two-volume set, covering the period 1890-1928. Drawing on archives and many eyewitness accounts, Barnes' study sheds light on currently unexplored aspects of Pasternak's character and family background, and his artistic, social and historical environment. He combines biographical investigation with detailed textual analysis of translated quotations in verse and prose to reveal the source of Pasternak's extraordinary writings. The book examines a wide range of topics that include his musical enthusiasm and relations with Scriabin, his philosophical studies, his activities in World War I and his response to the 1917 revolutions, and his stance as a liberal artistic intellectual in the 1920s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59576/cover/9780521259576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boris Pasternak</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Literary Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concluding volume of Christopher Barnes's acclaimed biography of the Russian poet and prose-writer Boris Pasternak covers the period from 1928 to his death, during which he wrote the famous Dr Zhivago and was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature. Drawing on archive material (including the Pasternak family archive), eyewitness accounts and a huge range of biographical and background information, Barnes brings to light many aspects of Pasternak's personality and private life, while illuminating his relations with the Communist r&#233;gime and the literary establishment. There is a detailed discussion of Pasternak's original writing (with ample quotation in English translation), and his translations of Goethe, Shakespeare and others. The growth story of Dr Zhivago is traced, and the personal and political implications of the novel's controversial publication explored. The biography concludes with a discussion of Pasternak's Nobel Prize award, final years and death, with a brief account of his posthumous and artistic legacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59583/cover/9780521259583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Volume 1 of Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England, Maurice Cowling defined the principles according to which the intellectual history of modern England should be written and argued that the history of Christianity was of primary importance. In this volume, which is self-contained, he makes a further contribution to understanding the role which Christianity has played in modern English thought. The book is unusual in its concentration on argument. Cowling relates Christian argument to secular argument and secular argument to Christian argument, discussing Tractarianism and Ultramontanism in the context of secular humanism and pessimistic illusionlessness, and vice versa. The roles of science and history are discussed. The book is given coherence by the connected ideas of the ubiquity of religion, of literature as an instrument of religious indoctrination, and of the intimacy of the connections between the political, philosophical, literary and religious assumptions that are to be found among the leaders of the English intelligentsia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59590/cover/9780521259590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>790</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third and concluding volume of Maurice Cowling's magisterial sequence examines three related strands of English thought - latitudinarianism, the Christian thought which has assumed that latitudinarianism gives away too much, and the post-Christian thought which has assumed that Christianity is irrelevant or anachronistic. As in previous volumes, Maurice Cowling conducts his argument through a series of encounters with individual thinkers, including Burke, Disraeli, the Arnolds, Tennyson and Tawney in the first half, and Darwin, Keynes, Orwell, Leavis and Berlin in the second. Central to the whole is Mr Cowling's contention that the modern mind cannot escape from religion. Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England represents a massive contribution to the intellectual and cultural history of modern England, of interest to historians, literary and cultural critics, theologians, philosophers, economists, as well as to that broader reading public with a serious interest in the making of the English mental landscape.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59606/cover/9780521259606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Genetic Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodds, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For those working in molecular biology, this book describes the latest techniques in plant genetic research and the practical application of genetic engineering to important crop plants such as the potato. The various chapters detail methods used for the genetic modification of plants, including protoplast fusion and the use of Agrobacterium and viruses as vectors for plant genes. The types of agricultural and industrial processes that will be improved by these technologies are indicated throughout the book. The contributors to this volume, among the world's foremost authorities on plant genetic engineering, have prepared a comprehensive and pertinent bibliography that is a key to the literature. Their scientific reports will enlighten advanced students, research workers and technicians in botany, biochemistry and biotechnology. All scientists in plant molecular biology, genetics, biochemistry, and , agriculture should find this book a valuable aid in their understanding of current techniques, principles and applications in plant genetic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59668/cover/9780521259668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521259673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521259673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521259675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Theories in a Non-Walrasian Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521259675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Negishi, Takashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers a broad range of topics in the history of economics that have relevance to current economic theories. The author believes that one of the tasks for a historian of economics is to analyze and interpret theories currently outside the mainstream of economic theory, in this case non-Walrasian economics. By doing so, he argues, new directions and new areas for research can be developed that will extend the current theories. Familiar topics covered include: the division of labor, economies of scale, wages, profit, international trade, market mechanisms, and money. These are considered in the light of the well-known non-Walrasian schools of thought: the classical, Marxian, Austrian, and Cambridge schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78604/cover/9780521378604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521260604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521260604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521260602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Works of John Webster</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521260602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnegie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, MacDonald P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>676</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume to appear in the Cambridge edition of the works of John Webster and includes The Devil's Law-Case, A Cure for a Cuckold and Appius and Virginia. This critical edition preserves the original spelling of all the plays; incorporates editorial scholarship, including valuable information on Webster's share in the collaborative plays; and employs alternative critical methods and textual theory. In particular, the edition integrates theatrical aspects of the plays with their bibliographical and literary features in a way not previously attempted in a scholarly edition of a Jacobean dramatist. The edition presents all of Webster's plays (with the exception of those collaborative plays already published in the Cambridge editions of Dekker, and Beaumont and Fletcher) and provides a brief biography, an account of Webster canon, illustrations, and critical and theatrical history of each play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/60602/cover/9780521260602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521260868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521260868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521260862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpreting Ricardo</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521260862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peach, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Ricardo was the leading political economist of the early nineteenth century. This book presents a reconstruction of the substance and evolution of Ricardo's thought on the interrelated topics of value, distribution and accumulation. It also provides a detailed summary of, and critical commentary on, the vast secondary literature. The author rejects Sraffa's influential 'corn model' interpretation of Ricardo's early writings; the alleged similarity between the work of Ricardo and Sraffa; the Hollander and Hicks view of Ricardo's treatment of wages; and the neoclassical interpretation of Marshall and others. He also addresses the role of Ricardo's labour theory of value in his analysis, and Marx's interpretation of it. Dr Peach argues that Ricardo's work has been persistently, and sometimes wilfully, misinterpreted, and that this can be remedied only through an attempt to understand Ricardo's writings in his terms, taking account of his objectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/60862/cover/9780521260862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521261015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521261015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521261012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>M&#246;ssbauer Spectroscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521261012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickson, Dominic P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, Frank J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an assessment of the unique contribution M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy can make to the study of the bonding, structural, magnetic, dynamical and time-dependent properties of various systems. It comprises an edited collection of chapters by an international body of distinguished scientists writing on their individual areas of specialisation. The editors and authors aim to give the reader an in-depth understanding of the technique of M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy in terms of the types of information it can provide, together with an appreciation of how this information can be related to that obtained from complementary techniques. This book will be of value to postgraduate students and research workers with no previous knowledge of the technique, but also to those experienced in the use of M&#246;ssbauer spectroscopy in a particular area wishing to gain either a wider overview of the technique or information about its use in another area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/61012/cover/9780521261012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521261929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521261929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521261920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flowering Plants in West Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521261920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steentoft, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is an account of the flowering plant flora of West Africa south of the Sahara (Gambia-Nigeria inclusive) with the emphasis upon species of ecological or economic importance. The vegetative and reproductive morphological characters, pollination and dispersal mechanisms of representatives of 38 families are described, and these families appear in the same order as in the Flora of West Tropical Africa. The first chapter deals with interspecific relationships (between flowering plant species, and between these and bacteria, fungi and animals), while the second chapter describes the vegetation formed by the flowering plant species of West Africa. Then follow the family chapters, each one ending with a section on the field recognition of its most important species, and a bibliography of the literature, so that further studies may be pursued. This flora should prove to be of value to teachers and students of tropical biology, agriculture, forestry and economic botany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/61920/cover/9780521261920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521261953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521261953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521261951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structural Modeling by Example</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applications in Educational, Sociological, and Behavioral Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521261951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuttance, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ecob, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Structural Modeling by Example offers a comprehensive overview of the application of structural equation models in the social and behavioural sciences and in educational research. It is devoted in roughly equal proportions to substantive issues and to methodological ones. The substantive section comprises case studies of the use of these models in a number of disciplines. The authors emphasize the reasons for modeling by these methods, the processes involved in defining the model, and the interpretation of the results. Each substantive chapter includes an exemplary data set and formal model construction of give readers practice in setting up the models and interpreting the results. The methodological section comprises investigations of the behaviour of structural equation modeling methods under a number of conditions. The aim is to clarify the situations in which these methods can usefully be applied and the interpretations that can be made. Introductory and concluding chapters relate structural equation models to the mainstream statistical methods, regression and factor analysis, of which they are a synthesis and generalization, and place in perspective the current status, scope, and limitations of these models with reference to other methodological studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15247/cover/9780521115247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521262046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521262046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521262040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Goals and Social Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Elisha Pazner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521262040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurwicz, Leonid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmeidler, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sonnenschein, Hugo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published as a tribute to the memory of Elisha Pazner, this book contains a collection of essays providing a comprehensive view of the design and evaluation of economic mechanisms, written and edited by the major contributors to the field. Amongst the topics included are bargaining theory and the economics of competitive bidding. The surveys are preceded by 'A Perspective', by Leo Hurwicz which contains a systematic account of the development of the literature on mechanism design, and this provides a context for both the surveys and the six published papers authored or co-authored by Elisha Pazner that complete the book and demonstrate Pazner's interest in and contribution to the study of economic mechanisms. Leonid Hurwitcz is the Nobel Prize Winner 2007 for The Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences in Memory of Alfred Nobel, along with colleagues Eric Maskin and Roger Myerson, for his work on the effectiveness of markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/62040/cover/9780521262040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521262305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521262305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521262309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Underground Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tax Evasion and Information Distortion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521262309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feige, Edgar L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most disturbing aspects of the growth of underground economies are the interrelated problems of unreported and unrecorded income. A large and growing underground economy can thwart fiscal efforts to establish budget balance and may significantly undermine the veracity of a nation's economic information system. The notion that economic information is itself endogenous raises the possibility that at least part of the economic malaise observed in most Western nations during the past two decades is essentially the result of a statistical illusion. The essays in this volume examine the problems of defining, measuring and understanding the implications of the underground economies that have emerged in many of the world's developed nations. Empirical chapters examine the conceptual problems of how to measure a phenomenon that attempts to defy detection. Alternative measurement procedures are evaluated. Specific studies are included for the United States, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Italy, Norway, Canada, France, the Soviet Union and Hungary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32841/cover/9780521032841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521262712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521262712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521262712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology in a Socialist State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poland 1956-1983</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521262712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taras, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideology in a Socialist State describes the changes in the ideology of Poland's rulers from the October events of 1956 to the lifting of martial law in 1983. Ideology has been one of the most debated and equivocal concepts in social science, yet this is one of the first attempts to examine it in a systematic, longitudinal and empirical way. Dr Taras analyses how central principles of Marxism-Leninism (the leading role of the party, party influence on trade unions, the church, culture and science) were interpreted by Poland's political leaders. Ideological change, he suggests, represents the chief means adopted by, the regime to respond to a postwar cycle of crises. The rulers' ideology is also linked to political developments in other socialist states (the 1968 Czech reform movement, Soviet doctrinal shifts). Taras concludes that as a result of both external and internal factors, ideology in Poland underwent a combination of transformations, innovations and reification that has produced a new hybrid and highly unstable ideology - Leninist Marxism of People's Poland. This puts the tumultuous Polish events of 1981-3 into historical perspective and focuses on the response of the party leadership to the challenge of Solidarity, and of martial law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/62712/cover/9780521262712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521262801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521262801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521262804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-rays in Atomic and Nuclear Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521262804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyson, N. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the methods of X-ray production at a level which is accessible to advanced undergraduates and researchers who use X-rays. It also discusses the fundamentals of these physical properties from an experimental viewpoint which is not covered in more specialised texts. The book begins with a survey of work carried out before 1945. Continuous and characteristic spectra are discussed followed by a description of techniques used in their study. Further studies of production, absorption and scattering in atomic and nuclear processes are described, including a completely new chapter on X-ray production by protons, alpha-particles and ions. The concluding chapter surveys some more advanced fields of study. It will be very valuable to all research and industrial physicists working with X-rays who need to know about their fundamental properties in more detail. In this second edition SI units are used throughout and the material reflects the changes in the use of X-rays and the developments in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/62804/cover/9780521262804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126281X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126281X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521262811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Illusion: A Critical Study of Calder&#243;n</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521262811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cascardi, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first thorough study of Calder&#243;n in comparison with other important dramatists of the period: Lope de Vega and Tirso de Molina in Spain, Racine and Corneille in France, and Shakespeare and Marlowe in England. Cascardi studies Calder&#243;n's paradoxical engagement with illusion in its philosophical guise as scepticism. He shows on the one hand Calder&#243;n's moral will to reject illusion and on the other his theatrical need to embrace it. Cascardi discusses plays from every period to show how in Calder&#243;n's best work illusion is not rejected; instead, scepticism is absorbed. Calder&#243;n is placed in and defined against the philosophical line of Vives, Descartes, and Spinoza. Of central importance to this argument is Calder&#243;n's idea of theatre and the various transformations of that idea. This emphasis will give the book an additional interest to students, readers in philosophy and comparative literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/62811/cover/9780521262811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521263352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521263352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521263351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521263351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, Alan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rathbone, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume XI of the second edition of The Cambridge Ancient History covers the history of the Roman empire in the period from AD 70 to 192, from Vespasian to the Antonines. The volume begins with the political and military history of the period. Developments in the structure of the empire are then examined, including the organisation and personnel of the central government and province-based institutions and practices. A series of provincial studies follows, and the society, economy and culture of the empire as a whole are reviewed in a group of thematic chapters. This edition is entirely rewritten from the 1936 edition. There is much more extensive discussion of social, economic and cultural issues, reflecting trends in modern scholarship, and the increase of archaeological evidence and development of new approaches to it. New documentary evidence, from texts on stone, wood and papyrus, has advanced knowledge in every chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/63351/cover/9780521263351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, Alan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Champlin, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lintott, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1090</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period described in Volume 10 of the second edition of The Cambridge Ancient History begins in the year after the death of Julius Caesar and ends in the year after the fall of Nero, the last of the Julio-Claudian emperors. Its main theme is the transformation of the political configuration of the state and the establishment of the Roman Empire. Chapters 1-6 supply a political narrative history of the period. In chapters 7-12 the institutions of government are described and analysed. Chapters 13-14 offer a survey of the Roman world in this period region by region, and chapters 15-21 deal with the most important social and cultural developments of the era (the city of Rome, the structure of society, art, literature, and law). Central to the period is the achievement of the first emperor, Augustus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64303/cover/9780521264303.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caste, Society and Politics in India from the Eighteenth Century to the Modern Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayly, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The phenomenon of caste has probably aroused more controversy than any other aspect of Indian life and thought. Susan Bayly's cogent and sophisticated analysis explores the emergence of the ideas, experiences and practices which gave rise to the so-called 'caste society' from the pre-colonial period to the end of the twentieth century. Using an historical and anthropological approach, she frames her analysis within the context of India's dynamic economic and social order, interpreting caste not as an essence of Indian culture and civilization, but rather as a contingent and variable response to the changes that occurred in the subcontinent's political landscape through the colonial conquest. The idea of caste in relation to Western and Indian 'orientalist' thought is also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64341/cover/9780521264341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optimal Control, Expectations and Uncertainty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holly, Sean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes Hallet, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rational expectations revolution and other developments in economics (notably game theory) have fundamentally altered the application of optimal control theory to economic forecasting and planning. In particular, they have shown that economic systems cannot be modelled simplistically on physical systems. However, as the authors of this volume show, these developments have greatly enhanced our understanding of how an economy functions, and now make it possible for optimal control theory to be applied much more effectively to economic modelling and planning. This book is divided into two parts. The first presents the orthodox framework but extends it to allow for multiplicative uncertainty, risk and non-linearities in the econometric model. The second part looks explicitly at the question of expectations. It provides methods by which forward-looking expectations can be treated jointly with the determination of economic policy. It also examines game-theoretic considerations - where, for instance, policy makers may have incentive to renege on their commitments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64440/cover/9780521264440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martial</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Unexpected Classic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of the Roman poet Martial's life, poetry and politics, as well as of the survival of his fifteen books of epigrams and short poems from his death around AD 104 to the present. The subjects examined include his defence of epigram as an art form, his misogyny and obscenity, his style, wit and humour, and, not least, his imperial propaganda. The concluding part of the work examines his high reputation in the Renaissance and the later censorship and neglect of his work until comparatively recently. All the material is presented for a modern objective assessment of his achievement, without in any way disguising the unpleasant aspects of his genius, and the political and literary pressures on poets in Rome at that period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64587/cover/9780521264587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge University Press 1584-1984</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1984 the Press celebrated 400 years of continuous printing and publishing. This history, now published as a paperback, provides a readable introduction to that unique period, with a new foreword by Gordon Johnson which comments on the continuing achievement of the Press today. The story is of the development of the printing and publishing arm of the University of Cambridge, from the medieval system of resident stationers to the modern international printing and publishing house of today. The narrative is set within the development of the University; in the history of the book trade as a whole; and in the intellectual and political history of England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64730/cover/9780521264730.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126474X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126474X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogg, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>633</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of the English Language is the first multi-volume work to provide a full account of the history of English. Its authoritative coverage extends from areas of central linguistic interest and concern to more specialised topics such as personal and place names. The volumes dealing with earlier periods are chronologically based, whilst those dealing with more recent periods are geographically based, thus reflecting the spread of English over the last 300 years. Volume 1 deals with the history of English up to the Norman Conquest, and contains chapters on Indo-European and Germanic, phonology and morphology, syntax, semantics and vocabulary, dialectology, onomastics, and literary language. Each chapter, as well as giving a chronologically-oriented presentation of the data, surveys scholarship in the area and takes full account of the impact of developing and current linguistic theory on the interpretation of the data. The chapters have been written with both specialists and non-specialists in mind; they will be essential reading for all those interested in the history of English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64747/cover/9780521264747.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blake, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of the English Language is the first multi-volume work to provide a comprehensive and authoritative account of the history of English from its beginnings to its present-day worldwide use. Volume 2 deals with the Middle English period, approximately 1066-1476, and describes and analyses developments in the language from the Norman Conquest to the introduction of printing. This period witnessed important features like the assimilation of French and the emergence of a standard variety of English. There are chapters on phonology and morphology, syntax, dialectology, lexis and semantics, literary language, and onomastics. Each chapter concludes with a section on further reading; and the volume as a whole is supported by an extensive glossary of linguistic terms and a comprehensive bibliography. The chapters are written by specialists who are familiar with modern approaches to the study of historical linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64754/cover/9780521264754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Romaine, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with the history of the English language from 1776 to 1997. An extensive introduction details the changing socio-historical setting in which English has developed in response to a continuing background of diversity as it was transplanted to North America and beyond. Separate chapters on phonology, syntax, and vocabulary chronicle the linguistic features of the language during this period, taking as the basis for discussion the common core inherited from the sixteenth century and shared by what are now the two principal varieties, American and British English. In addition, there are chapters on English as a literary language, English grammar and usage, and onomastics. A separate volume on North American English is in preparation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64778/cover/9780521264778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burchfield, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>685</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of the English Language is the first multi-volume work to provide a full account of the history of English. Its authoritative coverage extends from areas of central linguistic interest and concern to more specialised topics such as personal names and place names. The volumes dealing with earlier periods are chronologically based, whilst those dealing with more recent periods are geographically based, thus reflecting the spread of English over the last 300 years. Volume 5 looks at the dialects of England since 1776, the historical development of English in the former Celtic-speaking countries of Scotland, Wales, and Ireland, and at varieties of English in Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Caribbean, and South Asia. This unique volume will be welcomed by all those interested in the spread of English around the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64785/cover/9780521264785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521264790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521264790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521264792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the English Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521264792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Algeo, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>662</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume VI of The Cambridge History of the English Language traces the history of English in North America from its British background to its present position among the varieties of English used around the globe. The influences that have formed American English include the political, social, and cultural changes in American life, contact with other languages in North America, and continuing immigration from the British Isles and around the globe. In this book, sixteen leading authorities in the field consider how the vocabulary (both standard and slang), grammar, spelling, and usage in both the standard language and regional and social dialects have evolved in response to these influences, and examine the relationship of and interaction between British and American English. Separate chapters deal with African-American English, Canadian English and Newfoundland English and the volume also includes suggestions for further reading, a glossary of linguistic terms, and an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/64792/cover/9780521264792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interpretation of Material Shapes in Puritanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Rhetoric, Prejudice, and Violence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kibbey, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Interpretation of Material Shapes in Puritanism overturns many of our long-held assumptions about the social and artistic values of Protestantism. Dr Ann Kibbey offers a detailed analysis of the rhetoric of the Puritan plain style, centring her argument on the influential preacher John Cotton and discloses a general theory of figuration in the Protestant tradition that has been overlooked by literary critics, historians and sociologists alike. The author explores the immense variety of ways in which early Protestants in Europe and America granted significance to material shapes. Kibbery finds that in their perception of icons, their use of acoustic design in rhetoric and their interpretations of human beings as physical objects, early Protestants - and especially Puritans - worshipped the figurations of material life as privileged sources of meaning. In this book, Ann Kibbey draws conclusions far wider than her nominal subject, proposing that still-prevalent attitudes toward gender, culture and race were central to the fundamental beliefs of American Puritans.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65096/cover/9780521265096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rate Equations in Semiconductor Electronics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a novel approach to the teaching of dynamic aspects of the operation of semiconductor and opto-electronic devices. Such dynamic aspects often determine the steady state conditions. Also, the dynamical operation of such devices is of increasing importance as modern methods of communicating data and information require electronic devices that switch electrical or optical signals at ever faster rates. The author discusses the rates at which electrons and holes can reach equilibrium, the rates at which transistors and diodes can switch, and the rates at which electrons and holes can interact with photons, and with protons. He also applies the rate equations in a unified way to models of light-emitting diodes, injection lasers and photodiodes. Finally, the author discusses more-advanced topics on the photon statistics of injection lasers, mode-locking and the application of rate equations and Maxwell's equations to opto-electronic devices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65331/cover/9780521265331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Tax Reform in Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahmad, Etisham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study approaches the subject of tax reform from basic economic principles. The objectives are to develop guidelines for the design of tax policy; to show how the principles can structure systematic research into tax reform in terms of the consequences for households, producers and government; and finally, to combine the guidelines and applied research into a practical tax package for Pakistan, where tax reform has become an urgent priority. Professors Ahmad and Stern provide a coherent framework to show how principles can be formulated, applied research structured, and policies developed and appraised in a systematic manner. The majority of developing countries are currently facing severe budgetary pressures with rising demands for expenditures and limited scope for raising  extra government revenues. In addition, the revenue systems which are in place may themselves generate strong impediments to efficiency, the expansion of the economy, the growth of the tax base, equity and the achievement of development objectives. Tax reform should therefore be central to public policy and development planning and is seen as such by many governments. It has also moved to the forefront of discussion in international agencies. This book will be useful to graduate students, academic economists, and professional economists in international organisations and governments interested in public policy and development planning. The careful application of the ideas presented here should lead to a real improvement in the development of policy and to further empirical and theoretical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65638/cover/9780521265638.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mind at Work</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ergonomics is a multi-disciplinary activity concerned mainly with people at work, but also with other human purposeful activities such as war, sport, games and leisure. The objective of ergonomics is to make these activities more effective and safer by applying established principles of anatomy, physiology and psychology. Together with the earlier volume, The Body at Work, this book forms a comprehensive textbook of ergonomics for all students of the subject, whether they be undergraduates or postgraduates on specialist ergonomics courses or those concerned with ergonomics as part of courses in psychology, physiology, management, industrial engineering and industrial design. This volume covers the psychological aspects of people at work; practices over the past twenty years stimulated by high technology systems and computerisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65799/cover/9780521265799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Whiston</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Honest Newtonian</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Force, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Whiston succeeded Sir Isaac Newton as Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at Cambridge in 1703. Like his predecessor, Whiston presents an interesting combination of the scientific and the theological mind, but whereas Newton carefully concealed the true nature of his religious beliefs, Whiston, a well-known preacher, did not. This is the first modern full-length study of Whiston's Newtonian rapprochement between science and religion. Professor Force examines the writings in which Whiston applies his Newtonian Biblical interpretation to social, political, and theological issues in the context of the Newtonian movement at the turn of the eighteenth century. The book revises the conventional view of Whiston as a figure peripheral to the Newtonian movement and reveals the nature of Whiston's 'Newtonianism' and his individual eccentricities. It also offers valuable insights into Newton himself and the religious beliefs he so often concealed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65904/cover/9780521265904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy and the Missing Resource</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A View from the Laboratory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dostrovsky, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Energy and the Missing Resource provides a nontechnical analysis of present and future energy resources and their potential development to meet future demand. The prevailing impression in popular discussion of future energy supply is that a crisis will occur, sooner or later, owing to the exhaustion of present resources. In this informative and thought-provoking book, Professor Dostrovsky, who is a leading energy researcher, demonstrates that sufficient resources are available to meet all energy needs for the foreseeable future. However, this does not remove the threat of an energy-supply crisis. What is lacking - the missing resource - is the knowledge of how to use these resources in a practical and environmentally acceptable manner. The author argurs that long-term technical development will be necessary to ensure future energy sufficiency and that international cooperation on technical research, environmental impact, and energy use is needed now to prevent a succession of energy crises in the future. The book avoids technical jargon, and mathematics is kept to a minimum. All those involved with energy in a technical, business, or governmental policy capacity will find book essential and rewarding reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19652/cover/9780521319652.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521265975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521265975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521265973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Callimachus: Hymn to Demeter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521265973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callimachus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkinson, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Callimachus was one of the most important and influential writers in the ancient world. He was the outstanding poet of the Hellenistic period, and had a profound effect on the subsequent course of Greek and Roman literature. The hymns are intricate, allusive and difficult poetry, and need elucidation for the modern reader. Dr Hopkinson has established a new text of Callimachus' Sixth Hymn, The Hymn to Demeter, which is printed here with a facing English translation. In his thorough analysis of the poem it is the editor's aim to show how Callimachus adapts and borrows from Homer and other early poetry to form a new type of poetic diction. The introduction has full discussions of the poem's ritual setting, of its extraordinary inset narrative, and of Callimachus' treatment of dialect and metre. The extensive commentary elucidates difficulties in the text and treats critical, linguistic and stylistic points with reference to the Latin and later Greek hexameter writers. This is the first full edition of and commentary on the work in English. It will be welcomed by Greek scholars and those interested in Greek and Roman poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65973/cover/9780521265973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vascular Epiphytes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>General Biology and Related Biota</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benzing, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Epiphytes (plants which grow on other plants, not parasitically but for support), comprise more than one-third of the total vascular flora in some tropical forests. Growing within tropical forest canopies, epiphytes are subject to severe environmental constraints, and their diverse adaptations make them a rich resource for studies of water balance, nutrition, reproduction and evolution. This book synthesizes the body of information from research on epiphytes and their relations with other tropical biota, and provides a comprehensive overview of basic functions, life history, evolution, and the place of epiphytes in complex tropical communities. Tropical ecologists and zoologists as well as plant scientists will find this volume a useful guide to research on the twenty-five thousand species of epiphytes which root in the crowns of tropical trees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66307/cover/9780521266307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativity on Curved Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Felice, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, C. J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained exposition of general relativity with emphasis given to tetrad and spinor structures and physical measurements on curved manifolds. General relativity is now essential to the understanding of modern physics, but the power of the theory cannot be fully explained without a detailed knowledge of its mathematical structure. The aim of this book is to introduce this structure, and then to use it to develop those applications that have been central to the growth of the theory. An overview of differential geometry is provided and properties of a tetrad field are then extensively analysed. These are used to introduce spinors, to describe the geometry of congruences and define the physical measurements on a curved manifold. The coupling of fields and geometry is investigated in terms of Lagrangeans and a detailed discussion of some exact solutions of the Einstein equations are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66390/cover/9780521266390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Illustrated History of the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fossier, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Airlie, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsack, Robyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume of one of the finest general introductions to the medieval world of recent times, first published in French by Armand Colin. Volume II begins at the turn of the millennium and covers the extraordinary rebirth of Europe, in terms of demographic expansion, agrarian settlement and organisation, the establishment of towns and villages, the ascendancy of the feudal system, the appearance of formal states and kingdoms, and the dramatic controlling ascendancy of the western Church. In the east, despite the external appearance of grandeur, the Islamic countries were being torn apart by mutual rivalry, while the Byzantime empire lost massive border territories through political and economic incompetence. Full coverage is given to both east and west, and their artistic heritage is displayed lavishly in many of the colour plates. A comprehensive bibliography is also included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66451/cover/9780521266451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>935</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume consists of the separate histories of the countries of Spanish South America. Part One covers in depth the history of Argentina, Uruguay and Paraguay. Part Two is devoted to Chile. Part Three covers Peru and Bolivia. The fourth and final section is devoted to Colombia, Ecuador and Venezuela.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66529/cover/9780521266529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applying General Equilibrium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoven, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whalley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to make more widely available a body of recent research activity that has become known as applied general equilibrium analysis. The central idea underlying this work is to convert the Walrasian general equilibrium structure (formalized in the 1950s by Kenneth Arrow, Gerard Debreu and others) from an abstract representation of an economy into realistic models of actual economies. Numerical, empirically based general equilibrium models can then be used to evaluate concrete policy options by specifying production and demand parameters and incorporating data reflective of real economies. Shoven and Whalley describe all aspects of developing applied general equilibrium models, including developing an appropriate equilibrium structure, calibrating the model, compiling counterfactual equilibria, and interpreting results. The authors contend that the Walrasian general equilibrium model provides an ideal framework for appraising the effects of policy changes on resource allocation, assessing who gains and who loses, and the policy impacts not well covered by empirical macro models. The applications in the book illustrate a number of ways in which fresh insights are provided in longstanding policy controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66550/cover/9780521266550.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Policy in America since 1945</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Business-Government Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vietor, Richard H. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the political economy of energy, World War II was a significant watershed: It accelerated the transition from dependence on coal to petroleum and natural gas. At the same time, mobilization provided an unprecedented experience in the management of energy markets by a forced partnership of business and government. Vietor covers American policy from 1945 to 1980. For readers convinced that big business contrived the energy crisis of the 1970s, this story will be disappointing, but enlightening. For those committed to theories of regulatory capture or public interest reform it should be frustrating. More than a history of government policy making, this book provides us with an innovative and insightful approach to the study of business-government relations in modern America. For managers, bureaucrats, and anyone interested in seeing a more effective national industrial policy, this history should put the relationship of business and government in a critical new perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66581/cover/9780521266581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant Labour and Colonial Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Bengal since 1770</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bose, Sugata</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a critical work of synthesis and interpretation on one of the central themes in modern Indian history - agrarian change under British colonial rule. Sugata Bose analyses the relationships between demography, commercialization, class structure and peasant resistance unfolding over the long term between 1770 and more recent times. By integrating the histories of land and capital, he examines the relationship between capitalist 'development' of the wider economy under colonial rule and agrarian continuity and change. Drawing most of his empirical evidence from rural Bengal, the author makes comparisons with regional agrarian histories of other parts of South Asia. Thus, this study stands on its own in the field of modern Indian social and economic history in its chronological sweep and comparative context and makes the complex subject of India's peasantry accessible to students and the interested non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66949/cover/9780521266949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521266955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521266955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521266956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pope and Horace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Imitation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521266956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stack, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pope printed his Imitations of Horace alongside the original Horatian poems on which they were based, and to understand these works fully it is necessary to compare in detail each Imitation with its original. This is the first book to do so. Through a close analysis of each Horatian poem (translated anew, for the many readers of Pope who do not know Latin), Mr Stack explores the complex and subtle intertextual relationship between Pope's Imitations and their originals. An important feature of the book is the detailed comparison with other eighteenth-century views of Horace. Two chapters on the interpretation of Horace in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries highlight the power and originality of Pope's treatment. By drawing upon a wide range of twentieth-century criticism of Horace, Mr Stack shows that Pope's Imitations are still challenging and can make us look afresh at Horace's poems. The thrust of the book is to emphasize the radical nature of Pope's interpretation of Horace, an engagement which is both dynamic and changing. Pope responds to the most significant aspects of Horace - the treatment of human inconsistency, the explorations of the nature of the self, the movement between scepticism and idealism - and re-explores these themes in his own poetry. In their profound debt to Horace, and in their attempt to become vigorously independent from him, these Imitations stand as one of the most remarkable examples of intertextuality in English literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/66956/cover/9780521266956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126703X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126703X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Q. D. Leavis: Collected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, Q. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third volume of Q. D. Leavis's essays brings together pieces on hitherto unexplored aspects of Victorian literature. Most of these date from towards the end of her life and are previously unpublished. There are also essays and reviews which appeared originally in Scrutiny. Mrs Leavis focuses on the novel of religious controversy, the Anglo-Irish novel, women writers of the nineteenth century, and certain aspects of George Eliot's work. She examines these, and other relevant writing, from literary, historical and sociological points of view. The volume affords valuable new insights into nineteenth-century literature, and affirms Mrs Leavis's standing as a pioneering and penetrating critic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67038/cover/9780521267038.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolving International Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chichilnisky, Graciela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heal, Geoffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the main issues of trade and development, and on the attainment of the major development goals generally espoused in the international community: rapid development in the Third World, sustained economic expansion in the industrial countries and the eradication of deep inequalities and of extreme poverty. It consists of four parts. The first three give an overall analysis of the world economy, with commentary and conclusions on major issues of trade and development. The fourth part provides the intuitive basis for the main results within the context of the formal models, and rigorous proofs are found in the references given to the technical literature. The analysis is descriptive, focusing on the particulars of market behaviour and tracing the ways in which markets respond to policies, in the belief that policies cannot be viewed in a vacuum, but must be confronted with the responses of the market. The interplay of domestic policies and international markets is a main feature of the authors' analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67168/cover/9780521267168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Indian Princes and their States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramusack, Barbara N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the princes of India have been caricatured as oriental despots and British stooges, Barbara Ramusack's study argues that the British did not create the princes. On the contrary, many were consummate politicians who exercised considerable degrees of autonomy until the disintegration of the princely states after independence. Ramusack's synthesis has a broad temporal span, tracing the evolution of the Indian kings from their pre-colonial origins to their roles as clients in the British colonial system. The book breaks ground in its integration of political and economic developments in the major princely states with the shifting relationships between the princes and the British. It represents a major contribution, both to British imperial history in its analysis of the theory and practice of indirect rule, and to modern South Asian history, as a portrait of the princes as politicians and patrons of the arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67274/cover/9780521267274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture of Mughal India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, Catherine B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Architecture of Mughal India Catherine Asher presents the first comprehensive study of Mughal architectural achievements. The work is lavishly illustrated and will be widely read by students and specialists of South Asian history and architecture as well as by anyone interested in the magnificent buildings of the Mughal empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Individual, Communication, and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Memory of Gregory Bateson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rieber, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Individual, Communication, and Society is a collection of original essays on communication written by leading scholars in honor of the work of the late Gregory Bateson. Bateson, who began his career as a zoologist at Cambridge University, was one of the most provocative social scientists of the twentieth century. His major contribution was a theory of communication that integrated biological, psychological, and social phenomena. The theory had an important impact on the thinking of a number of influential anthropologists, psychologists, zoologists, and psychiatrists, who found Bateson's ideas not only relevant in their own research settings, but productive for the practical insights they offered into the nature of broader cultural systems. All of the chapters were written by scholars whose own work has been inspired by Bateson. The contributions are diverse, but each extends the implications of Bateson's concepts to the problems of human communication. The volume is designed not only as a tribute to Gregory Bateson, but also as an effort to advance the study of diverse problems involving communication across disciplinary boundaries that engaged Bateson in his lifetime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67410/cover/9780521267410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Game-Theoretic Models of Bargaining</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Alvin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Game-Theoretic Models of Bargaining provides a comprehensive picture of the new developments in bargaining theory. It especially shows the way the use of axiomatic models has been complemented by the new results derived from strategic models. The papers in this volume are edited versions of those given at a conference on Game Theoretic Models of Bargaining held at the University of Pittsburgh. There are two distinct reasons why the study of bargaining is of fundamental importance in economics. The first is that many aspects of economic activity are directly influenced by bargaining between and among individuals, firms, and nations. The second is that bargaining occupies an important place in economic theory, since the 'pure bargaining problem' is at the opposite pole of economic phenomena from the case of 'perfect competition'. This volume is an outgrowth of the renewed interest in the strategic approach to the theory of bargaining and to the general theory of non-cooperative games.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67571/cover/9780521267571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Categorical Perception</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Groundwork of Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we sort the objects, people, events and ideas in the world into their proper categories? What transforms the 'blooming, buzzing confusion' that enters our eyes and ears when we are born into the orderly world which we eventually experience and interact with? This most basic of questions about human (and animal) perception and cognition is the subject of Categorical Perception, an exhaustive survey and integration of a diverse array of findings. Categorical Perception brings together all the known examples of categorical perception, from research on humans and animals, infants and adults, in all the sense modalities: hearing, seeing and touch. The perceptual findings are interpreted in terms of the available cognitive and neuroscientific theories of how categorical perception is accomplished by the brain: is it inborn? is it learned? what is it that the mind does to the incoming continuous information to sort it into the discrete categories we can see, manipulate, name and describe? Work on elementary perceptual and psychophysical categories (colours, sounds) is then compared with work on higher-order categories: objects, patterns, abstract concepts. From a focus on the most thoroughly investigated case of categorical perception - speech perception - the book proceeds to an integrative view of categorization in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67588/cover/9780521267588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521267765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521267765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521267762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Discovery of Classical Attika</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521267762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborne, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demos is a study of a classical city-state. It is the first attempt to provide an integrated account which gives due attention to the countryside as well as the urban areas of a polis. Concentrating on classical Athens, for which the literary and archaeological evidence is richest, Dr Osborne establishes the nature of settlement in the countryside and explores how this relates to the farming of the land, the exploitation of mineral resources, and the nature of political participation in both local and central politics. Further studies reveal the way in which the countryside was structured by religious institutions and cults and by the nature of the family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67762/cover/9780521267762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>East Germany and Detente</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Building Authority after the Wall</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAdams, A. James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of East Germany as one of Europe's most vocal advocates of East-West d&#233;tente in the 1980s represented a remarkable political transformation. Prior to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, East Germany had been amongst the most intransigent proponents of the Cold War, largely because of the perceived threat to the domestic authority of its own leadership. Renewed exposure, however, prompted that leadership to regard good relations with the West as integral rather than inimical to its own pursuit of legitimacy. Of interest not only to scholars of communist politics but to all students of East-West affairs, Professor McAdams' study demonstrates both the changing historical significance of the idea of detente, and the way in which non-superpower states can take initially adverse circumstances and turn them into instances of opportunity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68356/cover/9780521268356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Our Green and Living World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Wisdom to Save It</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayensu, Edward S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Vernon H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucas, Grenville L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Defilipps, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors survey the ways in which we are losing our ability to survive biologically and present new approaches to regaining it. They examine our planet's green life-layer from every point of view: cultural and artistic, religious, ecological, economic, and scientific. These world respected botanists highlight the true worth of the Plant Kingdom for our lives - from Amazonian rain forests to African violets or tropical foliage plants at the windowsill. India and other lands help provide us with a remarkable arsenal of plant-derived medicines that cure leukemia and other malignancies, that control hypertension, and that also prevent the body from rejecting transplanted organs. Mexico, for instance, produces the wild yams that provide chemical raw materials for the contraceptive pill. And in Kenya, we meet a young wife who brings her to a respected dispenser of traditional medicines extracted from jungle greenery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68424/cover/9780521268424.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Song on Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first volume of Song on Record, devoted to Lieder, provides a critical guide to performance on record from the early days of the gramophone to the present day. Alan Blyth, with a team of distinguished writers and critics, has covered comprehensively the main strands of each composer's output in the field, from Haydn and Mozart to Schoenberg and Berg, together with illuminating and entertaining discussion of the differing interpretations found on the selected recordings. The book is thus as much a history of the Lied and its interpretation as a guide to available recordings and will be of interest to musicologists and performers as well as to music lovers and record collectors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68448/cover/9780521268448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maritime Traders in the Ancient Greek World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reed, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full work since Hasebroek's Trade and Politics in the Ancient World to deal directly with the place of maritime traders in ancient Greece. Its main assumption is that traders' juridical, economic, political and unofficial standing can only be viewed correctly through the lens of the polis framework. It argues that those engaging in inter-regional trade with classical Athens were mainly poor and foreign (hence politically inert at Athens). Moreover, Athens, as well as other classical Greek poleis, resorted to limited measures, well short of war or other modes of economic imperialism, to attract them. However, at least in the minds of individual Athenians considerations of traders' indispensability to Athens displaced what otherwise would have been low estimations of their social status.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68486/cover/9780521268486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collective Farms which Work?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swain, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJVW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses Hungarian collectivization from a sociological perspective. Rather than consider Eastern European societies in the light of social stratification and social mobility surveys, it takes as its point of departure the commitment of Eastern European societies to industrialization within the constraints of a socialist economy and, by examining social change from the viewpoint of labour and those who control it, places the focus more strongly than has traditionally been the case on the production of social wealth, and the relations which circumscribe it, rather than on the ways in which wealth is distributed and consumed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68530/cover/9780521268530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grief and English Renaissance Elegy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pigman, III, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For most of the sixteenth century, English poets were clearly anxious about the grief expressed in their funeral poems and often rebuked themselves for indulging in it, but towards the end of the century this defensiveness about mourning became less pressing and persistent. The shift is part of a wider cultural change which has escaped recognition: the emergence of a more compassionate attitude towards the process of mourning. In charting the development of elegy this book analyses poems by Surrey, Spenser, Jonson, Henry King and Milton, and also surveys a wide range of forgotten verse, both English and neo-Latin, as well as letter-writing handbooks and moral-theological tracts. The book culminates in a detailed study of the most famous elegy in the language, Milton's Lycidas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68714/cover/9780521268714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126877X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126877X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islands, Islanders and the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Colonial and Post-colonial Experience of Eastern Fiji</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayliss-Smith, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bedford, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brookfield, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Latham, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fiji is a country whose recent political instability can be directly traced to its distinctive colonial and post-colonial experience. For one particular region of Fiji the authors examine the environmental, social and economic aspects of this experience, at scales ranging from national and regional to island, village and household. Discussions in Third World geography, regional economics and development planning have been full of rhetoric about 'underdevelopment', 'centre-periphery relations' and 'dependency', but seldom are the actual processes which give rise to these phenomena examined in detail. In this book the authors explore in depth the interrelations between the island landscape, the cultural geography of the islanders and the intrusive values and opportunities of the market economy. Some important lessons are to be learnt from the gap between what might be predicted from abstract theories of development and what is actually happening in the real world of politicians, planners, farmers and fishermen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68776/cover/9780521268776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Electrical Properties of Disordered Metals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dugdale, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of how metals conduct electronically has, until recently, been confined to metals that are crystalline with the constituent atoms in regular arrays. The discovery of how to make solid amorphous alloys led to an explosion of measurements of the electronic properties of these new materials, and the emergence of a range of interesting low temperature phenomena. The book describes in physical terms the theory of the electrical conductivity, Hall coefficient, magnetoresistance and thermopower of disordered metals and alloys. The author begins by showing how conventional Boltzmann theory can be extended and modified when the mean free path of the conduction electrons becomes comparable with their wavelength and interionic separation. The consequence of this is explored and the theory tested by application to experimental data on metallic glasses. Designed as a self-contained review, the book will appeal to non-specialist physicists, metallurgists and chemists with an interest in disordered metals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68820/cover/9780521268820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Marathas 1600-1818</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Stewart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Dr Stewart Gordon presents a comprehensive history of one of the most colourful and least-understood kingdoms of India: the Maratha Empire. The empire was founded by Shivaji in the mid-seventeenth century, spread across most of India during the following century, and was conquered by the British in the nineteenth century. Using administrative documents of the Maratha polity, family papers and Histories of the Empire, Stewart Gordon explores the origin of the Marathas, their emergence as elite families, patterns of loyalty and strategies for maintaining legitimacy. He traces how the armies developed into European-style infantry and artillery and assesses the economics that funded the polity, especially taxation and credit. Finally the author considers the lasting effects the empire had on administrations, law and trade patterns of Central India, Gujarat and Maharashtra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68837/cover/9780521268837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521268842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521268842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521268844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sikhs of the Punjab</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521268844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grewal, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a revised edition of his original book, J. S. Grewal brings the history of the Sikhs from its beginnings in the time of Guru Nanak, the founder of Sikhism, right up to the present day. Against the background of the history of the Punjab, the volume surveys the changing pattern of human settlements in the region until the fifteenth century and the emergence of the Punjabi language as the basis of regional articulation. Subsequent chapters explore the life and beliefs of Guru Nanak, the development of his ideas by his successors and the growth of his following. The book offers a comprehensive statement on one of the largest and most important communities in India today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/68844/cover/9780521268844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Has Japan 'Succeeded'?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Western Technology and the Japanese Ethos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morishima, Michio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, by a distinguished Japanese economist now resident in the West, offers a new interpretation of the current success of the Japanese economy. By placing the rise of Japan in the context of its historical development, Michio Morishima shows how a strongly-held national ethos has interacted with religious, social and technological ideas imported from elsewhere to produce highly distinctive cultural traits. While Professor Morishima traces the roots of modern Japan back as far as the introduction of Confucianism, Taoism and Buddhism from China in the sixth century, he concentrates his observations on the last 120 years during which Japan has had extensive contacts with the West. He describes the swift rise of Japan to the status of a first-rate power following the Meiji Revolution after 1867, in which Japan broke with a long history of isolationism, and which paved the way for the adoption of Western technology and the creation of a modern Western-style nation state; and a similarly meteoric rise from the devastation of the Second World War to Japan's present position. A range of factors in Japan's economic success are analysed: her characteristic dualistic social structure - corresponding to the divide between large and medium/small enterprises - the relations of government and big business, the poor reception of liberalism and individualism, and the strength of the Japanese nationalism. Throughout, Professor Morishima emphasises the importance of the role played in the creation of Japanese capitalism by ethical doctrines as transformed under Japanese conditions, especially the Japanese Confucian tradition of complete loyalty to the firm and to the state. This account, which makes clear the extent to which the economic rise of Japan is due to factors unique to its historical traditions, will be of interest to a wide general readership as well as to students of Japan and its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69032/cover/9780521269032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Properties of Condensed Matter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barber, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loudon, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers the basic, mainly classical, physics of the properties of solids and liquids. The main emphasis is on macroscopic characteristics of materials, although their is some discussion of the atomic or molecular phenomena that underlie the macroscopic effects. Topics that are discussed in detail include the elastic properties of solids, with applications to acoustic waves and the deformation and stability of rods and struts; static and dynamic properties of liquids, with applications to interfacial phenomena and fluid flow characteristics; and diffusion in solids and liquids, with applications to Brownian motion, heat conduction and creep. The coverage combines treatments of the more traditional aspects of these topics with details of developments, such as novel materials, catastrophe theory and soliton propagation. This textbook will be suitable for second- and third-year undergraduates in universities and polytechnics taking courses in the properties of condensed matters in departments of physics, materials science and to some extent in engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69070/cover/9780521269070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Physical Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harper, P.G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weaire, D. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Directed primarily at college and university undergraduates, this book covers at basic level the essential applications of mathematics to the physical sciences. It contains all the usual topics covered in a first-year course such as vectors, matrices, differential equations, basic mathematical functions and their analysis, and power series. There is a strong emphasis on qualitative understanding (such as curve sketching) and practical methods of solution. The latter take due account of the impact of computers on the subject. The principles of mathematical expression are illustrated by copious examples taken from a wide range of topics in physics and chemistry. Each of the short chapters concludes with a summary and a large number of problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69087/cover/9780521269087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269121</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Foundations of Econometric Modelling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spanos, Aris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hendry, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook provides an introduction to econometrics through a grounding in probability theory and statistical inference. The emphasis is on the concepts and ideas underlying probability theory and statistical inference, and on motivating the learning of them both at a formal and an intuitive level. It encourages the mastering of fundamental concepts and theoretical perspectives which guide the formulation and solution of problems in econometric modelling. This makes it an ideal introduction to empirical econometric modelling and the more advanced econometric literature. It is recommended for use on courses giving students a thorough grounding in econometrics at undergraduate or graduate level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69124/cover/9780521269124.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bianconi, Lorenzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryant, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seventeenth century was a period of profound change in the history of music. In this volume Lorenzo Bianconi considers the radical developments of the century as long-lived musical traditions died out and others were created in response to new social functions. This period saw, for example, the flowering of the polyphonic madrigal and its subsequent decline in favour of a new concertato style, the rise of the basso continuo and the growth of purely instrumental composition. Most importantly it saw the rapid rise and persistent growth of a new genre of immeasurable significance: opera. In examining the plurality of coexistent musical styles Lorenzo Bianconi also discusses the socio-historical and cultural aspects of seventeenth-century music history: the opening out towards rational modes of scientific enquiry and theoretical speculation; the social position of the musician in the age of the first theatrical and musical entrepreneurs; the decline of Italian music publishing and the spread of the market to northern Europe. In considering these problems Lorenzo Bianconi presents a fresh picture of musical life in the seventeenth century, taking, like other books from the Italian series Storia della Musica, a broadly contextual approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69155/cover/9780521269155.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prophecy and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Socialism, Nationalism, and the Russian Jews, 1862-1917</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the period from 1881 to 1917 socialist movements flourished in every major centre of Russian Jewish life, but, despite common foundations, there was often profound and bitter disagreement between them. This book describes the formation and evolution of these movements, which were at once united by a powerful vision and sundered by the contradictions of practical politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69193/cover/9780521269193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Results and Problems in Combinatorial Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boltjansky, Vladimir G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gohberg, Israel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this short book, the authors discuss three types of problems from combinatorial geometry: Borsuk's partition problem, covering convex bodies by smaller homothetic bodies, and the illumination problem. They show how closely related these problems are to each other. The presentation is elementary, with no more than high-school mathematics and an interest in geometry required to follow the arguments. Most of the discussion is restricted to two- and three-dimensional Euclidean space, though sometimes more general results and problems are given. Thus even the mathematically unsophisticated reader can grasp some of the results of a branch of twentieth-century mathematics that has applications in such disciplines as mathematical programming, operations research and theoretical computer science. At the end of the book the authors have collected together a set of unsolved and partially solved problems that a sixth-form student should be able to understand and even attempt to solve.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69230/cover/9780521269230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126927X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126927X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectroscopy of Astrophysical Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dalgarno, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Layzer, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A group of acknowledged experts describe the use of spectroscopy as a diagnostic probe of astronomical environments. The broad sweep of the book enables good coverage to be given to all the situations in which plasmas are encounteres in astronomical investigations. Specifically, the articles include quasars, Seyfert galaxies, active galactic nuclei, the solar chromosphere and corona, galactic HII regions, circumstellar shells, interstellar gas, supernova remnants and interstellar clouds. The book includes an account of the basic aspects of spectroscopy in a chapter on laboratory astrophysics. The book was stimulated by the extraordinary contributions to astronomical spectroscopy of Leo Goldberg, and is dedicated to him. Throughout, this book is written with the needs of students in astronomy and astrophysics in mind. Each chapter includes a summary or conclusions about the future direction of research. Furthermore there are extensive bibliographies. This textbook is therefore an excellent introduction to research in astrophysics and it will act as a pathfinder to the primary literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69278/cover/9780521269278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Cultural Trade in World History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curtin, Philip D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A single theme is pursued in this book - the trade between peoples of differing cultures through world history. Extending from the ancient world to the coming of the commercial revolution, Professor Curtin's discussion encompasses a broad and diverse group of trading relationships. Drawing on insights from economic history and anthropology, Professor Curtin has attempted to move beyond a Europe-centred view of history, to one that can help us understand the entire range of societies in the human past. Examples have been chosen that illustrate the greatest variety of trading relationships between cultures. The opening chapters look at Africa, while subsequent chapters treat the ancient world, the Mediterranean trade with China, the Asian trade in the east, and European entry into the trade with maritime Asia, the Armenian trade carriers of the seventeenth century, and the North American fur trade. Wide-ranging in its concern and the fruit of exhaustive research, the book is nevertheless written so as to be accessible and stimulating to the specialist and the student alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69315/cover/9780521269315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic Theorist's Book of Tales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Akerlof, George A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays explore what happens when a skilful economist makes unconventional assumptions. Economic theory has traditionally relied upon a tacit and 'classical' set of assumptions that have gradually acquired a life of their own in defining how economists write and how they justify economic models. Similarly, these assumptions have acquired an autonomous character: they guide the way economists think about the world. In consequence, consideration of alternative assumptions has become taboo. These essays are substantively and stylistically novel because they break these taboos and bring new assumptions into economic theory. The papers apply this adventurous approach to a wide range of issues - from insurance markets and trade in underdeveloped countries to unemployment and discrimination. Some of the essays derive the implications for economic markets of costly asymmetric information. Others explore the findings of other social sciences such as anthropology, psychology and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69339/cover/9780521269339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Songsters and Saints</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vocal Traditions on Race Records</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovatory book the celebrated writer on the blues, Paul Oliver, rediscovers the wealth of neglected vocal traditions presented on Race records. When blues first reached a large audience it was through the 'Race records' issued specifically for black purchasers in the 1920s. Blues South have been extensively discussed by many writers. Paul Oliver shows that this emphasis has drawn attention away from the other important vocal traditions also available on Race records: the songs of Southern rural dances, the comic and social songs and ballads of the medicine shows and travelling entertainments, and, even more neglected, the sacred vocal traditions, from the song-sermons of the Baptist and Sanctified preachers to the gospel songs of the church congregations and of the 'jack-leg' preachers and street evangelists. Over 500 artists and 700 song titles are indexed and there is a guide to reissued recordings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69421/cover/9780521269421.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Talmudic Argument</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Talmudic Reasoning and Methodology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, the only one in English that can serve as a textbook for beginners and more advanced students of the Babylonian Talmud, examines in detail a number of typical lengthy passages with a view to showing how Talmudic reasoning operates and how the Talmud was compiled by its final editors. The book serves as an introduction to the nature of this fascinating work on which the Jewish mind has been intellectually stimulated and nourished for over 1500 years. Original insights into the Talmudic debates are provided for the consideration of Talmudic experts but the work is intended chiefly as a guide to students who wish to obtain a more than superficial idea of what the Talmud really is about.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69483/cover/9780521269483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representaions of General Linear Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, G. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most important examples of finite groups are the group of permutations of a set of n objects, known as the symmetric group, and the group of non-singular n-by-n matrices over a finite field, which is called the general linear group. This book examines the representation theory of the general linear groups, and reveals that there is a close analogy with that of the symmetric groups. It consists of an essay which was joint winner of the Cambridge University Adams Prize 1981-2, and is intended to be accessible to mathematicians with no previous specialist knowledge of the topics involved. Many people have studied the representations of general linear groups over fields of the natural characteristic, but this volume explores new territory by considering the case where the characteristic of the ground field is not the natural one. Not only are the results in the book elegant and interesting in their own right, but they suggest many lines for further investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69810/cover/9780521269810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Low Dimensional Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenn, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, which is dedicated to H. Seifert, are papers based on talks given at the Isle of Thorns conference on low dimensional topology held in 1982.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69827/cover/9780521269827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diophantine Equations over Function Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Diophantine equations over number fields have formed one of the most important and fruitful areas of mathematics throughout civilisation. In recent years increasing interest has been aroused in the analogous area of equations over function fields. However, although considerable progress has been made by previous authors, none has attempted the central problem of providing methods for the actual solution of such equations. The latter is the purpose and achievement of this volume: algorithms are provided for the complete resolution of various families of equations, such as those of Thue, hyperelliptic and genus one type. The results are achieved by means of an original fundamental inequality, first announced by the author in 1982. Several specific examples are included as illustrations of the general method and as a testimony to its efficiency. Furthermore, bounds are obtained on the solutions which improve on those obtained previously by other means. Extending the equality to a different setting, namely that of positive characteristic, enables the various families of equations to be resolved in that circumstance. Finally, by applying the inequality in a different manner, simple bounds are determined on their solutions in rational functions of the general superelliptic equation. This book represents a self-contained account of a new approach to the subject, and one which plainly has not reached the full extent of its application. It also provides a more direct on the problems than any previous book. Little expert knowledge is required to follow the theory presented, and it will appeal to professional mathematicians, research students and the enthusiastic undergraduate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69834/cover/9780521269834.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Society in Byzantium under the Comneni, 1081-1261</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Angold, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major study the theme of 'church and society' provides a means of examining the condition of the Byzantine Empire at an important period of its history, up to and well beyond the fall of Constantinople in 1204. Of all the Byzantine dynasties, the Comneni came closest to realising the Caesaro-papist ideal. However, Comnenian control over the Orthodox church was both deceptive and damaging: deceptive because the church's institutional strength increased, and with it its hold over lay society, damaging because the church's leadership was demoralised by subservience to imperial authority. The church found itself with the strength but not the will to assert itself against an imperial establishment that was in rapid decline by 1180; and neither side was in a position to provide Byzantine society with a sense of purpose. This lack of direction lay at the heart of the malaise that afflicted Byzantium at the time of the fourth crusade. The impasse was resolved after 1204, when in exile the Orthodox church took the lead in reconstructing Byzantine society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69865/cover/9780521269865.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126989X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126989X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brentano and Intrinsic Value</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chisholm, Roderick M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Franz Brentano developed an original theory of intrinsic value which he attempted to base on his philosophical psychology. Roderick Chisholm presents here a critical exposition of this theory and its place in Brentano's general philosophical system. He gives a detailed account of Brentano's ontology, showing how Brentano tried to secure objectivity for ethics not through a theory of practical reason, but through his theory of the intentional objects of emotions and desires. Professor Chisholm goes on to develop certain suggestions about intrinsic value made by Brentano and his students, and discusses their relevance to theodicy and the problem of evil. Brentano, as the teacher of Husserl, Meinong, Twardowski, and others, stands at the origin of the phenomenological tradition and of the Polish school of philosophy that developed after World War I. He has also had considerable influence on Anglo-American philosophy. This book will interest those concerned with the origins of phenomenological value theory and more generally with the connections between ethics and philosophical psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69896/cover/9780521269896.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052126992X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052126992X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Womanpower</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Arab Debate on Women at Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hijab, Nadia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Womanpower unveils the lively but little-reported debate on women's position in the modern Arab world. It paints a picture drawn from individual stories as well as from national development programmes and attempts to explain why the process of social change in the region has been slow and uneven by linking it to political and economic developments. By illustrating particular themes - personal status laws, development policies, political rights - with examples from specific countries, Nadia Hijab builds up an informative overview of the Arab world today. The title sums up the two-pronged approach: the process of integrating women into the modern work-force and of empowering them to enjoy equal rights and opportunities. The book argues that those seeking equal rights for Arab women cannot isolate this aim from the search to liberate Arab potential and resources and for democratic political systems. The Arab world is a region in search of an identity. The book discusses the differing views of liberals and conservatives, most of whom are concerned that Arab identity be developed in an indigenous context rather than by slavish imitation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69926/cover/9780521269926.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521269970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521269970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521269971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individual and Society in Guiana</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Amerindian Social Organisation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521269971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riviere, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Amerindian peoples of Guiana, the geographical region of north-east South America, have long been recognized as forming a distinct variety of the tropical forest culture. In this book, Peter Rivi&#232;re employs a comparative perspective to reveal that Guianan societies, generally characterized as socially fluid and amorphous, are in fact much more highly structured than they first appear, and he identifies certain common patterns of social organization that result from sets of individual choices and relationships. By contrasting the characteristics of Guianan society with those from elsewhere in Lowland South America, he constructs a spectrum of complexity of Amerindian social structure, and argues that the Guianan variant represents the logically simplest form of organization in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/69971/cover/9780521269971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community, Anarchy and Liberty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can social order be maintained in a stateless society? Is anarchy viable? The contention of this book is that stateless social order is possible only if relations between people are those characteristic of community. Rejecting the libertarian argument that the goods and services which make up 'social order' can be provided by private firms competing in the marketplace, and the liberal argument that because social order is a public good its maintenance requires the state, Michael Taylor goes on to examine the methods actually used to maintain order in anarchic and quasi-anarchic societies and shows how these methods can be effective only in a small and stable community. Community in turn requires a rough economic equality. But according to a traditional argument (recently revitalised by Robert Nozick), no equality would survive for long without state interference - so that communitarian anarchy must break down. Here this argument is shown to be fallacious: the development of gross inequality can be prevented in an anarchic community. At the same time, the small community is not portrayed as continuously harmonious, free from constraint and coercion - the contention is rather that community is necessary if we are to live without the state or substantially reduce its role. But community is defended against the charge of being incompatible with individual liberty. That claim is shown to be no more accurate than the opposite and equally simple assumption, that liberty is possible only in community. For evidence and illustration, the book draws on the experience of stateless primitive societies, peasant communities and utopian and other 'intentional' communities. It sets a new standard of clarity and rigour for theoretical studies in anarchism and will interest a wide range of readers, including political theorists, political anthropologists and sociologists, and anyone concerned with the justification of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70144/cover/9780521270144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computer Models of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computational approaches in theoretical psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boden, Margaret A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the mind? How does it work? How does it influence behavior? Some psychologists hope to answer such questions in terms of concepts drawn from computer science and artificial intelligence. They test their theories by modeling mental processes in computers. This book shows how computer models are used to study many psychological phenomena - including vision, language, reasoning, and learning. It also shows that computer modeling involves differing theoretical approaches. Computational psychologists disagree about some basic questions. For instance, should the mind be modeled by digital computers, or by parallel-processing systems more like brains? Do computer programs consist of meaningless patterns, or do they embody (and explain) genuine meaning?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70335/cover/9780521270335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cunning of Reason</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a philosophers' attempt to bring together ideas put forward by economists, sociologists and political theorists. The author begins by exploring the economist's assumption that action is rational if it helps to achieve the agent's goals as efficiently as possible. The assumption is explored with the aid of rational-choice theory and game-theory, but it is rejected in the end for failing to account for the elements of trust and morality which rational social life requires. A discussion of 'Rational Expectations' and of 'maximising' and 'satisficing' leads to a portrait of social actors as rational role-players. Rationality is, finally, the expression of the self in a social world. The book intervenes in intense current debates within and among several disciplines. Its concern is with the true nature of social actors and the proper character of social science. Its arguments are the more challenging for being presented in a simple, incisive and lucid prose. It will be of particular interest to philosophers, social theorists and social scientists interested in the philosophical aspects of their discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70397/cover/9780521270397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiscal and Monetary Policies and Problems in Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eshag, Eprime</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the use of fiscal and monetary policies to overcome three major obstacles to development commonly faced by less developed countries: inadequate investment; misallocation of investment resources; and internal and external imbalances i.e. inflation and balance of payments deficits. The book is divided into six chapters the first two of which are devoted to the definition of concepts and to an explanation of the Keynesian model of income determination and of Kalecki's model of financing investment, within the framework of which the role of fiscal and monetary measures and of foreign capital is later examined. Chapters 3 and 4 discuss the role of fiscal measures and of foreign capital, respectively, in promoting domestic investment. Chapter 5 examines the use of both fiscal and monetary instruments, including industrial and agricultural development banks, to influence the pattern of investment. The last chapter is devoted to the problems of internal and external imbalances. The author examines policies pursued by a representative sample of developing countries and concludes that most of them fail adequately to exploit the potential of fiscal and monetary instruments and of foreign capital to overcome the three sets of obstacles to development largely bacause of institutonal (socio-political) constraints. The approach to inflation and balance of payments difficulties followed in the book differs significantly from that of monetarists, notably the Chicago school and the IMF, whose basic propositions are reviewed and critically examined in some detail in Chapters 2 and 6. Although the primary focus of the book is on developing economies, this part of it is also relevant to industrial countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70496/cover/9780521270496.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With the First and Second Introductions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fichte, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lachs, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A modern translation of J. G. Fichte's best known philosophical work (including his two explanatory Introductions), which contributed to the development of 19th Century German Idealism from Kant's critical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70502/cover/9780521270502.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Puritanism and Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heinemann, Margot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The closing of the theatres by Parliament in 1642 is perhaps the best-known fact in the history of English drama. As the Parliamentary Puritans were then in power, it is easy to assume that all opponents of the theatre were Puritans, and that all Puritans were hostile to the drama. The reality was more interesting and more complicated. Margot Heinemann looks at Thomas Middleton's work in relation to the society and social movements of his time, and traces the connections this work may have had with radical, Parliamentarian or Puritan groups or movements. In the light of the recent work of seventeenth-century historians we can no longer see these complex opposition movements as uniformly anti-theatre or anti-dramatist. The book suggests fresh meanings and implications in Middleton's own writings, and helps towards rethinking the place of drama in the changing life of early Stuart England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70526/cover/9780521270526.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Curriculum Development in Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howson, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the mid- 1970s the curriculum development boom in mathematics was to end almost as rapidly as it had begun. In this book the authors, who come from countries with differing educational traditions and patterns, consider these developments in their historical, social and educational context. They give not only a descriptive account of developmental work in a variety of countries, its aims and the patterns of management utilised, but also attempt to identify trends and characteristics and thus provide a theoretical base for criticism and analysis. The reader will find numerous case studies, including extracts from such renowned authors as Bruner, Dieudonne and Piaget.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70533/cover/9780521270533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inflation Accounting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Debate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittington, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a clear and concise summary of the present state of the theory of inflation accounting for students and practitioners. It describes all of the main alternative methods of inflation accounting and illustrates them, using simple numerical examples. The theoretical and practical aspects of each method are discussed, in order to give the reader the framework within which he can evaluate the relative merits of the various practical solutions to the inflation accounting problem which are now being implemented in the UK, USA and elsewhere throughout the English-speaking world. The emphasis throughout is on a comparison of the relative merits of alternative systems, rather than aiming to give a single 'best' solution. Indeed the latter aim is seen as most probably illusory, because different types of accounting information may be needed for different purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70557/cover/9780521270557.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organizing Interests in Western Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pluralism, Corporatism, and the Transformation of Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berger, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The chapters in this volume reconsider fundamental premises about state and society in advanced capitalist countries. That social scientists in different disciplines of varying methodological and political persuasions should have found it useful to collaborate in such an undertaking is testimony to the profound social, economic and political shocks experienced by all advanced capitalist nations since to late 1960s. The energy crisis, the end of rapid economic growth, inflation, high unemployment and rising social conflict challenge conventional conceptions about the functioning of industrial societies and their future course. Social science theories have been unable to illuminate these realities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70625/cover/9780521270625.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prostitution and Victorian Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women, Class, and the State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walkowitz, Judith R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The state regulation of prostitution, as established under the Contagious Diseases Acts of 1864, 1866 and 1869, and the successful campaign for the repeal of the Acts, provide the framework for this study of alliances between prostitutes and feminists and their clashes with medical authorities and police. Prostitution and Victorian Society makes a major contribution to women's history, working-class history, and the social history of medicine and politics. It demonstrates how feminists and others mobilized over sexual questions, how public discourse on prostitution redefined sexuality in the late nineteenth century, and how the state helped to recast definitions of social deviance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70649/cover/9780521270649.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catecholamines and Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Stephen T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Extensive discoveries have been made about the roles of the neurotransmitter substances noradrenaline and dopamine in human beings as well as in experimental animals. The book starts with a description of the anatomy of the catecholamine pathways of the brain and a summary of the pharmacological manipulations available for studying them. Stephen Mason's main concerns, however, are with the studies of the part played by these brain systems in motor behaviour, learning and reward mechanisms, and cognitive and vegetative behaviour. Finally, he deals with the catecholamines in human clinical psychopathology. Throughout, the book details the experiments from which conclusions are drawn in such a way as to illuminate the process of scientific discovery for students, and to highlight the limitations and the gaps in our present knowledge. There are many illustrations, and commonly used behavioural paradigms and terminology are explained in an appendix. Included are over 1200 references to the original research literature. The book will thus be of particular interest to students in brain and behaviour courses, in psychology, physiology, pharmacology and a wide range of neurosciences, and to their teachers. It will also be valuable to research workers as the most comprehensive and detailed summary of the present state of knowledge in this fascinating research area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70823/cover/9780521270823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British and Public Policy 1776-1939</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic, Social and Political Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Checkland, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The evolution of British public policy through the industrial revolution, the Victorian age and the inter-war years to 1939 is an essential element of British history. It is also a necessary preliminary to the understanding of today's policy choices as they confront governments. It has not previously been viewed as a totality, embodying the economic aspects, both macro and micro, together with social and welfare provision and the patterns of ideas affecting both. Sydney Checkland's treatment, first published in 1983, embraces all these aspects, and is set within the changing configuration of class and politics as the franchise extended. As successive governments responded to these challenges they sought to improve the operation of the market economy and to ease the social pressures that it generated. They had to find an acceptable level of consent to what they were doing; this often involved limiting the choices of individuals and of groups. Of the latter, in large-scale business the trade unions were an increasing problem. Reciprocally these interests tried both to limit the actions of governments as these affected themselves and, indeed, to influence the general course of policy. Account is taken of the fact that Britain was not one nation, but four, each with its perspective and aspirations. The pattern increases in complexity with the passage of time, so that the discussion of the First World War and the troubled decades of the twenties and thirties comprise the largest section of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70861/cover/9780521270861.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Background of Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Concept and Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntosh, Robert P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Background of Ecology is a critical and up-to-date review of the origins and development of ecology, with emphasis on the major concepts and theories shared in the ecological traditions of plant and animal ecology, limnology, and oceanography. The work traces developments in each of these somewhat isolated areas and identifies, where possible, parallels or convergences among them. Dr McIntosh describes how ecology emerged as a science in the context of nineteenth-century natural histor</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521270936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521270936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521270939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Societies Remember</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521270939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connerton, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In treating memory as a cultural rather than an individual faculty, this book provides an account of how bodily practices are transmitted in, and as, traditions. Most studies of memory as a cultural faculty focus on written, or inscribed transmissions of memories. Paul Connerton, on the other hand, concentrates on bodily (or incorporated) practices, and so questions the currently dominant idea that literary texts may be taken as a metaphor for social practices generally. The author argues that images of the past and recollected knowledge of the past are conveyed and sustained by ritual performances and that performative memory is bodily. Bodily social memory is an essential aspect of social memory, but it is an aspect which has until now been badly neglected. An innovative study, this work should be of interest to researchers into social, political and anthropological thought as well as to graduate and undergraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/70939/cover/9780521270939.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on the Political Economy of Rural Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses several of the classic questions in African Studies. In the pre-colonial era what were the sources of order in societies without states? And what were the origins of 'traditional' states in Africa? In the colonial period, what caused the divergent patterns of agricultural development? And what were the issues that drove the peasantry into the rebellions which brought an end to colonial rule? Since independence what has been the fate of the African peasantry? What has been the content of the agricultural policies adopted by the governments of Africa? And how can these policies be accounted for? In answering these questions, the book explores various forms of explanation and advances a form of political economy based upon rational-choice analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71011/cover/9780521271011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of John Webster</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The White Devil, The Duchess of Malfi, The Devil's Law Case</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dollimore, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinfield, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The plays of John Webster are read and seen more widely today than at any time since they were written - provoking much disagreement in the process. The continuing debate about his political, religious and philosophical attitudes, his formal skills and the importance of his plays for understanding the changing culture in which they were written, make Webster the most controversial of all Jacobean dramatists. This volume includes freshly collated, fully annotated and cross-referenced texts of his three best-known plays, together with introductions and a useful critical bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Humanities in Review 1</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dworkin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in this volume cover a wide range of intellectually exciting issues, written by people who were considered at the summit of their fields of enquiry. Though the individual topics addressed are diverse, each article can be taken as representative of 'humanistic understanding' of its stated subject. The volume is the first of a series based upon lectures given under the auspices of the New York Institute for the Humanities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71059/cover/9780521271059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127110X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127110X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Games Programming</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomon, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Games Programming has been written for the personal computer owner who is setting out to write fams programs. It charts the territory which lies beyond the simplistic arcade game and which leads to the more intellectually exciting game moderators and learning programs. This is not another book of program listings, nor does it present game algorithms in isolation from the computer methods which make them work. The aim is to equip the reader with an awareness of modern techniques of structured programming, a robust attitude to computer languages, and a source of valuable 'know how'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71103/cover/9780521271103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presidential Decision Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Economic Policy Board</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roger B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presidential Decision Making describes two organizational challenges the President faces - the interrelatedness of the issues he is expected to address and the fragmented structure of the executive departments and offices he presides over. The dynamics and problems of the Presidency are illuminated in this inside account of decision making in the White House. Newly elected presidents invariably proclaim their commitment to an enlarged role for cabinet, department, and agency heads but often abandon the effort after a few months in office. The Economic Policy Board, a cabinet-level body established shortly after Gerald Ford became President, was one of the most systematic and sustained attempts to organize advice for the President in recent decades. This book examines in detail the Board's deliberations over three controversial policy issues: the 1975 State of the Union tax proposals, the U.S.-U.S.S.R. Grain Agreement, and the 1976 footwear import decision. In evaluating these decisions and assessing the Board, which Gerald Ford called 'the most important institutional innovation of my administration', the author draws on scores of interviews with cabinet officials and career civil servants. The author proposes methods for organizing the decision-making process in the White House and for structuring the cabinet-level committees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71127/cover/9780521271127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Critical Introduction to Twentieth-Century American Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, C. W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of two volumes in which Christopher Bigsby offers extended critical readings of the work of the leading dramatists and theatre groups in twentieth-century America. In this century drama has emerged as one of the most exciting expressions of American creativity, and during the 1930s became a primary means of addressing the cultural, political and economic changes of the period. But it has received surprisingly little attention. This is a chronological and selective study related to American culture as a whole and providing a picture of a vigorous theatre in the process of discovering its own special strengths. Volume 1 begins with the companies who first broke away from the stifling world of melodrama and naturalism - the Provincetown and Washington Square Players. Christopher Bigsby describes the emergence of important individuals and companies throughout the period to 1940, giving extended critical accounts of some playwrights, particularly Eugene O'Neill, Elmer Rice, Clifford Odets. Thornton Wilder and Lillian Hellman, and distinguishing between the aims and policies of the various companies, including the Theatre Guild and the Group Theatre. The development of left-wing theatre from 1914 is separately discussed, followed by a chapter on the brief flowering of the Federal Theatre which popularised theatre for a mass audience via its successful Living Newspaper productions. A chapter on black drama includes works by and about black Americans during this period. Some of the important figures and productions are illustrated, and there are useful appendices listing performances by major theatre companies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71165/cover/9780521271165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Death and Renewal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociological Studies in Roman History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of studies concerned with death and its impact on the social order. The first topic considered is gladiatorial combat; not merely popular entertainment, it was also an important element in Roman politics. The book then investigates the composition of the political elite in the late Republic and Principate (249 BC - AD 235), showing that ideals of hereditary succession disguised high rates of social mobility. The final chapter ranges over aristocratic death rituals and tombs, funerals and ghost stories, to the search for immortality and the power of the Roman dead in distributing property by written wills.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71172/cover/9780521271172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rome and the Greek East to the Death of Augustus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherk, Robert K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection in English translation of Greek and Latin sources for the study of Greek and Roman history, sources which are mainly inscriptions and papyri. They do not include the major authors such as Polybius and Livy. Where those authors have provided us with the broad outline of the Roman presence in the Greek world, this collection allows the student and reader to penetrate beneath what they have to tell us and to see details otherwise unreported. Much of this documentary material having never before been translated into English, it has been all too often neglected in colleges and universities at all levels. The theme of the present collection is the Roman presence in the Greek East, the nature of the Roman hegemony, the diplomatic moves on both sides, and the reaction of the Greeks, during the period from the last decades of the third century BC to the death of Augustus in AD 14. It includes such materials as treaties of alliance and friendship, honorary decrees, official letters of Roman governors, decrees of the Roman senate, dedications of statues, Roman laws, reports of embassies, religious cults, legal decisions, loyalty oaths to Rome, athletic contests, calendars, and minutes of an audience in Rome given by the emperor. Brief commentary and notes accompany the translations, making this book a collection to be welcomed by students and teachers of ancient history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71233/cover/9780521271233.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forgotten Children</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parent-Child Relations from 1500 to 1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollock, Linda A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The history of childhood is an area so full of errors, distortion and misinterpretation that I thought it vital, if progress were to be made, to supply a clear review of the information on childhood contained in such sources as diaries and autobiographies.' Dr Pollock's statement in her Preface will startle readers who have not questioned the validity of recent theories on the evolution of childhood and the treatment of children, theories which see a movement from a situation where the concept of childhood was almost absent, and children were cruelly treated, to our present western recognition that children are different and should be treated with love and affection. Linda examines this thesis particularly through the close and careful analysis of some hundreds of English and American primary sources. Through these sources, she has been able to reconstruct, probably for the first time, a genuine picture of childhood in the past, and it is a much more humane and optimistic picture than the current stereotype. Her book contains a mass of novel and original material on child-rearing practices and the relations of parents and children, and sets this in the wider framework of developmental psychology, socio-biology and social anthropology. Forgotten Children admirably fulfils the aim of its author. In the face of this scholarly and elegant account of the continuity of parental care, few will now be able to argue for dramatic transformations in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71332/cover/9780521271332.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Thought of John Locke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Historical Account of the Argument of the 'Two Treatises of Government'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study provides a comprehensive reinterpretation of the meaning of Locke's political thought. John Dunn restores Locke's ideas to their exact context, and so stresses the historical question of what Locke in the Two Treatises of Government was intending to claim. By adopting this approach, he reveals the predominantly theological character of all Locke's thinking about politics and provides a convincing analysis of the development of Locke's thought. In a polemical concluding section, John Dunn argues that liberal and Marxist interpretations of Locke's politics have failed to grasp his meaning. Locke emerges as not merely a contributor to the development of English constitutional thought, or as a reflector of socio-economic change in seventeenth-century England, but as essentially a Calvinist natural theologian.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71394/cover/9780521271394.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Discourse on Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>John Locke and his Adversaries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Locke's theory of property is perhaps the most distinctive and the most influential aspect of his political theory. In this book James Tully uses an hermeneutical and analytical approach to offer a revolutionary revision of early modern theories of property, focusing particularly on that of Locke. Setting his analysis within the intellectual context of the seventeenth century, Professor Tully overturns the standard interpretations of Locke's theory, showing that it is not a justification of private property. Instead he shows it to be a theory of individual use rights within a framework of inclusive claim rights. He links Locke's conception of rights not merely to his ethical theory, but to the central arguments of his epistemology, and illuminates the way in which Locke's theory is tied to his metaphysical views of God and man, his theory of revolution and his account of a legitimate polity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71400/cover/9780521271400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Natural Monopoly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharkey, William W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of natural monopoly has been substantially transformed in previous years. Ina clear and straightforward style, Dr. Sharkey gives an integrated presentation of the modern approach to this subject. Although the book is mainly conceptual in nature, the final chapter on natural monopoly in the telecommunications industry shows the practical applications of the theory. After an historical survey of natural monopoly, there follows a chapter stating and explaining the main results as well as giving a preliminary overview of the rest of the book, where concepts such as the subadditivity of costs, optimal pricing, sustainability, and destructive competition are presented. The essence of the subject is presented in a manner accessible to the general reader, though the book also provides a synthesis of the subject suitable for advanced students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71943/cover/9780521271943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521271975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521271975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521271974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Other Tribes, Other Scribes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Symbolic Anthropology in the Comparative Study of Cultures, Histories, Religions and Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521271974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boon, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Any interpretation of another culture is itself embedded in a specific cultural context and historical moment. In this book, James A. Boon investigates the history, dialectics and practice of the symbolic analysis of cultural diversity. His aim is to formulate a general comparative approach to the study of symbolic processes, integrating the major different theories about symbolic forms that have been developed by other writers. In so doing, he discusses the varying theories and practice of such figures as Durkheim, Weber, Marx, Mauss, Frazer, Saussure, Peirce, Lowie, Malinowski, Sapir, Hocart, Benedict, Parsons, Levi-Strauss, Geertz, Barthes, Foucault and others; and brings together a wide range of related issues in anthropology, linguistics, intellectual history, the sociology of religion and comparative mythology and literature. This original integration of social scientific and literary analysis will appeal to a wide range of readers interested in anthropology, history, philosophy and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/71974/cover/9780521271974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mate Choice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bateson, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Animals may be careful in their choice of mates for a variety of reasons. The ideal mate may have to hold valuable resources as well as being highly fertile or fecund. As likely as not, it should be neither too closely related nor too distantly related, and it should be maximally attractive. All these aspects of a member of the opposite sex may influence how many descendants the pair could produce, but the importance of each will usually depend on the sex and the species of the individual making the choice. This book brings together modern thinking on the various functions of mate choice and its role in evolution. The ways in which finely tuned preferences for a particular member of the opposite sex develop are described, as is the importance of compatibility between mates in long-lived species. Finally, the book deals with the underlying mechanisms and the decision rules involved in choosing a mate. The different approaches of the authors combine to make an excellent overview of an attractive and fascinating topic. The book is particularly directed at students, teachers, and research workers, who are interested in evolution and behaviour, but the surveys it contains will be of considerable use to others whose main field of interest is in the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72070/cover/9780521272070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Palestinian Liberation Organisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>People, Power and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cobban, Helena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive political analysis of the PLO. A correspondent in Beirut from 1976 to 1981, Helena Cobban has been able to study developments at close quarters and use documentary sources and first-hand recollections which have never been included in previous Western analyses of the movement. The book maintains that one key to understanding the development of the PLO is an examination of the development of its predominant member-group, Al-Fateh. The first part focuses on the history of Fateh, showing how its interests and the PLO's became intertwined. The latter part discusses the interrelations between the Fateh leadership and various factors which affect and are affected by its performance, such as the internal Palestinian opposition, the Arab milieu, and the resistance movement inside the Israeli-occupied areas. The final chapter draws together all the strands to arrive at the precise sources of the Fateh leadership's relative stability, as well as to assess its effectiveness in key areas of its operations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72162/cover/9780521272162.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127219X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mafia, Peasants and Great Estates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society in Traditional Calabria</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arlacchi, Pino</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinberg, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nature of traditional societies in Mediterranean countries and the effect on those societies brought about in the twentieth century, have long been debated; but in general these debates has started from an assumption of the relatively homogenous nature of traditional peasant society. In this book Pino Arlacchi demolishes that assumption by demonstrating that within the Italian region of Calabria there existed not one but a range of 'traditional' societies. This book will be of interest to a wide range of sociologists, anthropologists, historians and development economists concerned with the nature of traditional societies and the impact of modernisation on them. Written in a vivd style and offering fascinating insights into the people and history of Calabria, the book will also appeal to general readers interested in the Italian south and the mafia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72193/cover/9780521272193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black People and the South African War 1899-1902</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warwick, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The South African War was a costly and bitterly contested struggle. It was fought in a region populated by five million people, four million of whom were black. This is the first history of the war to focus upon the wartime experiences of black people, and to examine the war in the context of a complex and rapidly changing colonial society increasingly shaped, but not yet transformed, by mining capital. The ways in which the war influenced the lives and livelihoods of different sections of the black population are studied - from chiefs and newspaper editors to peasant farmers and artisans, to farm tenants and industrial workers. Dr Warwick shows that black people were far more than either spectators to, or passive victims of, a white man's quarrel, and presents a thorough revision of accepted views on the war. He reveals the vital roles performed by black people in both the British and Boer armies, and shows how the regular and irregular participation of blacks exercised an influence upon the course of war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72247/cover/9780521272247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aaron's Rod</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalnins, Mara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence called Aaron's Rod 'the last of my serious English novels - the end of The Rainbow, Women in Love line.' Written in the years following the First World War, Aaron's Rod questions many of the accepted social and political institutions of Lawrence's own generation and raises issues still important in our time. Aaron's Rod, completed in 1921,was censored by both Lawrence's American and English publishers. The Cambridge Edition of the novel, based on the only authoritative surviving typescript, restores these cut passages and eliminates the errors and house-styling of previous editions. The volume contains an introduction setting out the genesis of the novel, its transmission, publishing history and reception, as well as explanatory notes and a textual apparatus. The appendix contains some early cancelled passages from the novel, here published for the first time, which reveal the kinds of conceptual and stylistic changes that often occurred in Lawrence's revisions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72469/cover/9780521272469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mr Noon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mr Noon is a sardonic tale about the amorous adventures of Gilbert Noon, a young schoolmaster in Lawrence's home county of Nottinghamshire who gets entangled with a girl, loses his job, and decides to leave the country to escape the narrow provincial middle-class morality. It was first known as a long story posthumously published in A Modern Lover (1934) and collected in the volume called Phoenix II (1968). Lawrence in fact wrote a long continuation of the novel, but the manuscript disappeared for many years. The Cambridge edition brought the two parts together for the first time. It is like a sequel to Sons and Lovers, but much more straightforwardly autobiographical. The publication of the complete work added a new work of major importance to the canon of a great writer, and was widely hailed as a major literary event.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72476/cover/9780521272476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Study of Thomas Hardy and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence's 'Study of Thomas Hardy', written in the early months of World War I, was originally intended to be a short critical work on Hardy's  characters, but developed into a major statement of Lawrence's philosophy of art. The introduction to this work shows its relation to Lawrence's final rewriting of The Rainbow and its place among his continual attempts to express his philosophy in a definitive form. Previously published posthumously from a corrupt typescript, the 'Study' is now more firmly based on Koteliansky's typescript - Lawrence having destroyed the manuscript. The other essays in this volume span virtually the whole of Lawrence's writing career, from 'Art and the Individual' (1908) to his last essay 'John Galsworthy', written in 1927. The introduction sets these essays in the context of Lawrence's life and work. The textual apparatus gives variant readings, and explanatory notes identify references and quotations, and offer background information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72483/cover/9780521272483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Treatise on Social Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this first volume of a projected trilogy, the author argues that a methodology adequate to solve the long-standing debate over the status of the social as against the natural sciences can be constructed in terms of a fourhold distinction between the reportage, explanation, description and evaluation of human behaviour. The distinction rests on an analysis of the scope and nature of social theory which is not only original in conception but far-reaching in its implications for the assessment of the results of sociological, anthropological and historical research. In this volume, there are set out the separate and distinctive criteria by which the reports, explanations, descriptions and evaluations put forward by social scientists of rival theoretical schools require to be tested. These criteria will then be applied in Volume II to a substantive theory of social relations, social structure and social evolution, and in Volume III to a detailed analysis of the society of twentieth-century England. Each of the three volumes can be read independently of the others. Thus the trilogy will, when completed, be seen to form a coherent and unified whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72513/cover/9780521272513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche on Tragedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silk, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of Nietzsche's earliest (and extraordinary) book, The Birth of Tragedy (1872). When he wrote it, Nietzsche was a Greek scholar, a friend and champion of Wagner, and a philosopher in the making. His book has been very influential and widely read, but has always posed great difficulties for readers because of the particular way Nietzsche brings his ancient and modern interests together. The proper appreciation of such a work requires access to ideas that cross the boundaries of conventional specialisms. This is now provided by M. S. Silk and J. P. Stern in their joint study of Nietzsche's book. They examine in detail its content, style and form; its strange genesis and hybrid status; its biographical background and the controversy engendered by its publication; its value as an account of ancient Greek culture and as a theory of tragedy and music; its relation to other theories of tragedy; and its place in the history of German ideas and in Nietzsche's own philosophical career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72551/cover/9780521272551.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ceramic Theory and Cultural Process</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, Dean E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This much-praised book aims to develop a theory of ceramics which will elucidate the complex relationship between ceramics and culture and society. Drawing upon the theoretical perspectives of systems theory, cybernetics and cultural ecology, Dr Arnold develops cross-cultural generalizations to explain the origins and evolution of the craft of pottery making. These processes are organized into a series of feedback mechanisms which limit or stimulate the initial production of pottery and its transition from a part-time to a full-time specialized activity. The author provides extensive ethnographic documentation, taken from a wide-ranging synthesis of the available literature and employing many data from his own fieldwork in Peru, Guatemala and Mexico, to illustrate the existence of these feedback relationships in societies around the world. Each mechanism is viewed, not as a relationship which exists in a few of the world's cultures, but as a universal generalization often based on some unique physical or chemical aspect of the pottery itself. Ceramic theory and cultural process is an innovative approach to the archaeological interpretation of ceramics which significantly extends our understanding of the social, cultural and environmental processes of ceramic production.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72599/cover/9780521272599.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Skew Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Draxl, P. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is written in three parts. Part I consists of preparatory work on algebras, needed in Parts II and III. This material is presented in a classical, though unusual, way. Part II consists of a modern description of the theory of Brauer groups over fields (from as elementary a point of view as possible). Part III covers some new developments in the theory which, until now, have not been available except in journals. The principal topic discussed in this section is reduced K,-theory. This book will be of interest to graduate students in pure mathematics and to professional mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72742/cover/9780521272742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models of Category Counts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fingleton, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been a surge of interest in methods of analysing data that typically arise from surveys of various kinds of experiments in which the number of people, animals, places or objects occupying various categories are counted. Such observations are known variously as category counts, contingency tables, or cross-tabulated or cross-classified categorical data. In this textbook, first published in 1984, Dr Fingleton describes some techniques centred on the log-linear model from the perspective of the social, behavioural and environmental scientist. His aim is to provide a route from conceptual appreciation to the practicalities of fitting models to data, and he therefore gives some consideration to appropriate computer software. The emphasis throughout is on data analysis and interpretation. Recently developed methods are clearly explained and mathematics has been kept to a minimum.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72834/cover/9780521272834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521272890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521272890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521272896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebra Through Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Collection of Problems in Algebra with Solutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521272896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, T. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Problem-solving is an art central to understanding and ability in mathematics. With this series of books, the authors have provided a selection of worked examples, problems with complete solutions and test papers designed to be used with or instead of standard textbooks on algebra. For the convenience of the reader, a key explaining how the present books may be used in conjunction with some of the major textbooks is included. Each volume is divided into sections that begin with some notes on notation and prerequisites. The majority of the material is aimed at the students of average ability but some sections contain more challenging problems. By working through the books, the student will gain a deeper understanding of the fundamental concepts involved, and practice in the formulation, and so solution, of other problems. Books later in the series cover material at a more advanced level than the earlier titles, although each is, within its own limits, self-contained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/72896/cover/9780521272896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange-Rate Determination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krueger, Anne O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is intended to provide a survey of thought about exchange-rate determination as it emerged in the decade of the 1970s. This survey differs from many, however, in that the field itself is in a state of rapid change. Understanding the changes and the reasons for them is therefore essential if the reader is to have a basis for understanding future advances in knowledge and the further evolution of the system. The survey is also intended to reach non-specialist professional economists whose balance-of-payments theory was learned before the 1970s, as well as to provide graduate students and advanced undergraduates with an up-to-date account of the field. In most respects, the theory of exchange-rate determination is based upon an analytical structure equivalent to that analyzing the determinants of the balance of payments under fixed exchange rates. The difference is that the shifts in excess demand for foreign exchange lead to quantity adjustments under fixed rates and price adjustment under flexible rates. Thus, attention turns first to exchange-rate, or balance-of-payments, determination. Thereafter formal analyses of differences and similarities between the functioning of the alternative systems are considered, reflecting the focus of the profession and the mainstream of research of this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73015/cover/9780521273015.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intentionality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in the Philosophy of Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Searle's Speech Acts (1969) and Expression and Meaning (1979) developed a highly original and influential approach to the study of language. But behind both works lay the assumption that the philosophy of language is in the end a branch of the philosophy of the mind: speech acts are forms of human action and represent just one example of the mind's capacity to relate the human organism to the world. The present book is concerned with these biologically fundamental capacities, and, though third in the sequence, in effect it provides the philosophical foundations for the other two. Intentionality is taken to be the crucial mental phenomenon, and its analysis involves wide-ranging discussions of perception, action, causation, meaning, and reference. In all these areas John Searle has original and stimulating views. He ends with a resolution of the 'mind-body' problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73022/cover/9780521273022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structural Models in Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hage, Per</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harary, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hage and Harary present a comprehensive introduction to the use of graph theory in social and cultural anthropology. Using a wide range of empirical examples, the authors illustrate how graph theory can provide a language for expressing in a more exact fashion concepts and notions that can only be imperfectly rendered verbally. They show how graphs, digraphs and networks, together with their associated matrices and duality laws, facilitate the study of such diverse topics as mediation and power in exchange systems, reachability in social networks, efficiency in cognitive schemata, logic in kinship relations, and productivity in subsistence modes. The interaction between graphs and groups provides further means for the analysis of transformations in myths and permutations in symbolic systems. The totality of these structural models aids in the collection as well as the interpretation of field data. The presentation is clear, precise and readily accessible to the nonmathematical reader. It emphasizes the implicit presence of graph theory in much of anthropological thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73114/cover/9780521273114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computer Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bez, H. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computing is an exact science and the systematic study of any aspect necessarily involves the use of mathematical models. Moreover, the rate at which the subject is evolving demands a facility for developing new mathematical systems to keep pace with new computing systems and this requires an appreciation of how mathematics works. An understanding of the underlying mathematical structure facilitates the construction of suitable computer programs to perform computations. Assuming no specific knowledge of mathematics, the authors describe all the basic concepts required and progress from sets (rather than numbers) through a variety of algebraic structures that permit the precise description, specification and subsequent analysis of many problems in computing. The material included provides the essential mathematical foundations for core topics of computer science and extends into the areas of language theory, abstract machine theory and computer geometry. Computer Mathematics will be of interest to undergraduate students of computer science and mathematics, post-graduate computing 'conversion' course students and computer professionals who need an introduction to the mathematics that underpins computer science theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73244/cover/9780521273244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shakespeare Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do our ways of perceiving and producing Shakespeare differ from those of the nineteenth century, and how interrelated has the work of scholars and directors become over this century? Professor Styan's purpose in this book is to discuss the 'revolution' in Shakespeare studies implied by these questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73282/cover/9780521273282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy in History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Historiography of Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rorty, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneewind, Jerome B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sixteen essays in this volume confront the current debate about the relationship between philosophy and its history. On the one hand intellectual historians commonly accuse philosophers of writing bad - anachronistic - history of philosophy, and on the other, philosophers have accused intellectual historians of writing bad - antiquarian - history of philosophy. The essays here address this controversy and ask what purpose the history of philosophy should serve. Part I contains more purely theoretical and methodological discussion, of such questions as whether there are 'timeless' philosophical problems, whether the issues of one epoch are commensurable with those of another, and what style is appropriate to the historiography of the subject. The essays in Part II consider a number of case-histories. They present important revisionist scholarship and original contributions on topics drawn from ancient, early modern and more recent philosophy. All the essays have been specially commissioned, and the contributors include many of the leading figures in the field. The volume as a whole will be of vital interest to everyone concerned with the study of philosophy and of its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73305/cover/9780521273305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Ancient Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sources and Documents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollitt, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, a companion volume to Professor Pollitt's The Art of Rome: Sources and Documents (published by the Press in 1983), presents a comprehensive collection in translation of ancient literary evidence relating to Greek sculpture, painting, architecture, and the decorative arts. Its purpose is to make this important evidence available to students who are not specialists in the Classical languages or Classical archaeology. The author's translations of a wide selection of Greek and Latin texts are accompanied by an introduction, explanatory commentary, and a full bibliography. An earlier version of this book was published twenty-five years ago by Prentice-Hall. In this new publication Professor Pollitt has added a considerable number of new passages, revised some of his earlier translations and presented the texts in a different order which allows the reader to follow more easily the development of sculpture and painting as perceived by the ancient writers. The new and substantial bibliography, organised by topics as they appear in the book, emphasises works that deal directly with the literary sources or that supplement our knowledge of the personalities and monuments described in the sources. This collection will be welcomed by students and teachers of Greek art who have long been in need of an authoritative and reliable sourcebook for their subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73664/cover/9780521273664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inside the Black Box</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Technology and Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Nathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have long treated technological phenomena as events transpiring inside a black box and, on the whole, have adhered rather strictly to a self-imposed ordinance not to inquire too seriously into what transpires inside that box. The purpose of Professor Rosenberg's work is to break open and examine the contents of the black box. In so doing, a number of important economic problems be powerfully illuminated. The author clearly shows how specific features of individual technologies have shaped a number of variables of great concern to economists: the rate of productivity improvement, the nature of learning processes underlying technological change itself, the speed of technology transfer, and the effectiveness of government policies that are intended to influence technologies in particular ways. The separate chapters of this book reflect a primary concern with some of the distinctive aspects of industrial technologies in the twentieth century, such as the increasing reliance upon science, but also the considerable subtlety and complexity of the dialectic between science and technology. Other concerns include the rapid growth in the development of costs associated with new technologies as well as the difficulty of predicting the eventual performance characteristics of newly emerging technologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73671/cover/9780521273671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenney, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clausen, W. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Perfection is finality; finality is death'. The poets and prose writers of the first and early second centuries AD were not deterred by the towering stature of their Augustan predecessors from attempting new and often brilliant variations on the now traditional themes and genres. The so-called 'Silver' Age of Latin literature has tended to be characterized in terms of dismissive or question- begging stereotypes - 'decadent', 'rhetorical', 'baroque', 'mannerist' - as a substitute for close critical argument. From the sympathetic but searching appraisals in this volume the best writers of the age - Lucan, Seneca, Statius, Juvenal, Tacitus - emerge as men having something important to say and not merely technicians preoccupied with the most extravagant or paradoxical way of saying it. Complementary to these central figures as giving the age its special character and atmosphere are the minor poets, the satirists, the scholars and rhetoricians, the lesser historians, epistolographers and technical writers, whose varied activity provides the background to the main developments. The whole offers a detailed portrait of the literary interests of an age that was of necessity becoming increasingly more conscious of the past and of the problems of coping with its cultural heritage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73725/cover/9780521273725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenney, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clausen, W. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sixty years between 43 BC, when Cicero was assassinated, and AD 17, when Ovid died in exile and disgrace, saw an unexampled explosion of literary creativity in Rome. Fresh ground was broken in almost every existing genre, and a new kind of specifically Roman poetry, the personal love-elegy, was born, flourished, and succumbed to its own success. Latin literature now became, in the familiar modern sense of the word, classical: a balanced fusion of what was best and most stimulating in earlier Greek and Roman writing, charged with new and original life by the individual genius of, most particularly, Virgil, Horace and Ovid. Augustan literature, conventionally viewed as the expression in writing of the age itself - political and social stability reflected in artistic equilibrium - turns out on a close and critical reading to have been subject to the same stresses and strains as the society in and for which it was produced. In appraising the monumental literary achievements of the age the underlying tensions and contradictions are not ignored. The critical discussions in this volume do full justice to the complexity and subtlety of the literature itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73732/cover/9780521273732.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenney, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clausen, W. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume covers a relatively short span of time, rather less than the first three-quarters of the first century BC; but it was an age of profoundly important developments, with enduring consequences for the subsequent history of Latin literature. Original and innovative in widely differing ways as was the work of Lucretius, Sallust and Caesar in particular, the scene is dominated, historically, by two figures: Cicero and Catullus. Cicero was a politician and a man of affairs as well as a man of latters, whose vast literary output reflects a range of intellectual interests unparalleled among surviving Roman writers; creator of a prose style the Quintilian regarded as synonymous with eloquence itself; and better known to us, from his letters, as a human being, than any other figure from classical antiquity. Catullus was a poet, single-mindedly devoted to fostering the tradition of learned Alexandrian poetry at Rome; the author of one slender volume of verse that has attracted more critical attention in proportion to its size than any other ancient poetry-book; and the lover of Lesbia. In these chapters it is shown how these, and other, Roman writers of genius continued the process of transforming their traditional Greek models into new and vigorous Latin forms, with lasting effects for oratory, historiography, and the higher genres of poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73749/cover/9780521273749.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenney, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clausen, W. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the third century BC Rome embarked on the expansion which was ultimately to leave her mistress of the Mediterranean world. As part of that expansion a national literature arose, springing from the union of native linguistic energy with Greek literary forms. Shortly after the middle of the century the first Latin play took the stage; by 100 BC most of the important genres invented by the Greeks - epic, tragedy, comedy, historiography, oratory - were solidly established in their adoptive Roman forms, and a new genre, satire, had been born. The chapters in this volume describe and analyse the process of creative adaptation which shaped the beginnings of Latin literature and laid the foundations for its future development as one of the great literatures of the world. Essential background is provided by introductory chapters on readers and critics in the Roman world. In these are described the form of the books themselves and the conditions under which they were produced, circulated and read. The whole volume offers an indispensable introduction to the understanding of the nature and quality of Latin literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73756/cover/9780521273756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Change in World Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilpin, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>War and Change in World Politics introduces the reader to an important new theory of international political change. Arguing that the fundamental nature of international relations has not changed over the millennia, Professor Gilpin uses history, sociology, and economic theory to identify the forces causing change in the world order. The discussion focuses on the differential growth of power in the international system and the result of this unevenness. A shift in the balance of power - economic or military - weakens the foundations of the existing system, because those gaining power see the increasing benefits and the decreasing cost of changing the system. The result, maintains Gilpin, is that actors seek to alter the system through territorial, political, or economic expansion until the marginal costs of continuing change are greater than the marginal benefits. When states develop the power to change the system according to their interests they will strive to do so- either by increasing economic efficiency and maximizing mutual gain, or by redistributing wealth and power in their own favour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73763/cover/9780521273763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the New Model Army</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kishlansky, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a meticulously-researched and highly controversial study of the origins and development of parliamentary and extra-parliamentary politics during the English Civil War. Professor Kishlansky challenges the fundamental assumptions upon which all previous interpretations of this period have been based. It is his contention that during the years 1643-6, Parliament operated on a model of consensus rather than on one of party conflict as has been traditionally assumed. The New Model Army was thus the product of compromise and, Professor Kishlansky argues, it embodied the ideology that created it. The political invention of the Army occurred only after the machine of consensus politics had broken down with Parliament. The New Model Army, perpetuating the belief in consensus and balance but also representing its own interests, then became one of many factions competing for dominance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73770/cover/9780521273770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127379X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127379X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>White Servitude in Colonial America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An economic analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galenson, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>White servitude was one of the major institutions in the economy and society of early colonial British America. In fact more than half of all the white immigrants to the British colonies sold themselves into bondage for a period of years in order to migrate to the New World. Professor Galenson's study of the system of indentured servitude analyses rigourously the composition of this labour force and provides a quantitative description of the demographic, social and economic characteristics of more than 20,000 indentured immigrants. The author examines the interactions between indentured, free and slave labour and provides a framework for analysing why black slavery prevailed over white servitude in the British West Indies and the southern mainland colonies and why both types of bound labour declined to insignificance in the northern colonies of the mainland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73794/cover/9780521273794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Newtonian Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, I. Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents Professor Cohen's original interpretation of the revolution that marked the beginnings of modern science and set Newtonian science as the model for the highest level of achievement in other branches of science. It shows that Newton developed a special kind of relation between abstract mathematical constructs and the physical systems that we observe in the world around us by means of experiment and critical observation. The heart of the radical Newtonian style is the construction on the mind of a mathematical system that has some features in common with the physical world; this system s then modified when the deductions and conclusions drawn from it are tested against the physical universe. Using this system Newton was able to make his revolutionary innovations in celestial mechanics and, ultimately, create a new physics of central forces and the law of universal gravitation. Building on his analysis of Newton's methodology, Professor Cohen explores the fine structure of revolutionary change and scientific creativity in general. This is done by developing the concept of scientific change as a series of transformations of ecxisting ideas. It is shown that such transformation is characteristic of many aspects of the sciences and that the concept of scientific change by transformation suggests a new way of examining the very nature of scientific creativity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73800/cover/9780521273800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Newton's Alchemy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobbs, B. J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Isaac Newton left at his death a large collection of papers on alchemy, mostly in his own handwriting; the importance of this legacy has been debated ever since. When it first appeared, Professor Dobb's detailed analysis of the foundations of Newton's alchemical pursuits further stimulated interest in the subject by firmly establishing the importance of alchemy in Newton's thought. This book sets the foundations of Newton's alchemy in their historical context in Restoration England. It is shown that alchemical modes of thought and particularly those of a Neoplatonic kind, were quite strong in many of those who provided the dynamism for the scientific revolution of the seventeenth century and that these modes of thought had important relationships with general movements for reform in the same period: reform of religion, philosophy, learning, society and of man himself. Newton's alchemy is thus seen as a critical link between Renaissance Hermeticism and the rational chemistry and mechanics of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73817/cover/9780521273817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127382X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127382X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mystical Bedlam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Madness, Anxiety and Healing in Seventeenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mystical Bedlam explores the social history of insanity of early seventeenth-century England by means of a detailed analysis of the records of Richard Napier, a clergyman and astrological physician, who treated over 2000 mentally disturbed patients between 1597 and 1634. Napier's clients were drawn from every social rank and his therapeutic techniques included all the types of psychological healing practised at the time. His vivid descriptions of his clients' afflictions and complaints illuminate the thoughts and feelings of ordinary people. This book goes beyond simply analysing mental disorder in a seventeenth-century astrological and medical practice. It reveals contemporary attitudes towards family life, describes the appeal of witchcraft and demonology to ordinary villagers, and explains the social and intellectual basis for the eclectic blend of scientific, magical, and religious therapies practised before the English Revolution. Not only is it a contribution to the history of medicine but also a survey of some of the darkest regions of the mental world of the English people of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521273900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521273900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521273909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante Philomythes and Philosopher</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Man in the Cosmos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521273909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyde, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to a full and lucid exposition of Boyde's ideas. In the first two parts, the author presents a systematic account of the universe as Dante accepted it, and explains the processes of 'creation' and 'generation' as they operate in the non-human parts of the cosmos. Dr Boyde then shows how the two processes combine in Dante's theory of human embryology, and how this combination affects the issues of love, choice and freedom. The third and last part of the book consolidates these expository sections with a generous selection of quotations from Dante's authorities and from his own works in prose. At the same time, the book offers far more than a clear account of Dante's cosmology and anthropology. Dr Boyde is interested in Dante's ideas in so far as they inspired and gave shape to the Divine Comedy. Furthermore, in every chapter he demonstrates how the relevant concepts and habits of thought were transmuted into imagery, symbolism, and dramatic scenes, or simply transformed by the energy and concision of Dante's poetic style.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/73909/cover/9780521273909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cradle of the Middle Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Family in Oneida County, New York, 1790-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryan, Mary P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Focusing primarily on the middle class, this study delineates the social, intellectual and psychological transformation of the American family from 1780-1865. Examines the emergence of the privatized middle-class family with its sharp division of male and female roles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74036/cover/9780521274036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asset Markets and Exchange Rates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modeling an Open Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Polly Reynolds</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenen, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This paperback edition consists of the first three parts of Allen and Kenen's major book, Asset Markets, Exchange Rates, and Economic Integration. These three parts stand alone, as the authors intended and as reviewers have commented. In parts four and five of that volume they extend their model to two countries trading with the outside world and analyze questions of economic integration. The authors synthesize and extend recent developments in international monetary theory using a general model of an open economy that trades goods and assets with the outside world. The model embodies the asset market or portfolio approach to analyzing balance-of-payments adjustment. Exchange rates are determined in the short run by conditions in the asset markets and in the long run by conditions in the goods markets. The goods markets include an export good, and import good, and a nontradeable good. Allen and Kenen show that different assumptions about the substitutability between goods or between assets can generate several popular models as special cases of their own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74067/cover/9780521274067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslim Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gellner, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of all the great world religions, Islam appears to have the most powerful political appeal in the twentieth century. It sustains some severely traditional and conservative regimes, but it is also capable of generating intense revolutionary ardour and of blending with extreme social radicalism. As an agent of political mobilisation, it seems to be overtaking Marxism, arid surpassing all other religions. The present book seeks the roots of this situation in the past. The traditional Muslim society of the arid zone has, in the past, displayed remarkable stability and homogeneity, despite great political fragmentation, and the absence of a centralised religious hierarchy. The book explores the mechanisms which have contributed to this result - a civilisation in which (in the main) weak states co-existed with a strong culture, which had a powerful hold over the populations under its sway. A literate Great Tradition, in the keeping of urban scholars, lived side by side with a more emotive, ecstatic folk tradition, ill tile keeping of holy lineages, religious brotherhoods and freelance saints. One tradition was sustained by the urban trading class and periodically swept the rest of the society in waves of revivalist enthusiasm; the other was based on the multiple functions it performed in rural tribal society and amongst the urban poor. The two traditions were intertwined, yet remained in latent tension which from time to time came to tile surface. The book traces the manner in which the impact of the modern world, acting through colonialism arid industrialisation upset the once stable balance, and helped the erstwhile urban Great Tradition to become the pervasive arid dominant one, culminating in the zealous arid radical Islam which is so prominent now. The argument is both formulated in the abstract and illustrated by a series of case studies and examinations of specific aspects, and critical examinations of rival interpretations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74074/cover/9780521274074.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restoration Comedy in Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Restoration comedy disappeared from the stage for nearly 200 years until it was revived early this century. Without the benefit of a performance tradition has suffered from an inappropriate literary and moralistic criticism which continues to this day. Yet this brilliant court and coterie comedy of sexual and social behaviour was an extraordinary success in its own time, and enjoys a unique place in theatrical history as an example of the interplay possible between the stage and the audience. In this book John Styan persuades us that only through a performance approach to the great plays of Etherege, Wycherley, Dryden, Shadwell, Vanbrugh, Congreve and Farquhar can we recover a sense of their value. Restoration Comedy in Performance is liberally illustrated with contemporary drawings and modern photographs, and it draws extensively upon documentary and visual evidence of the seventeenth century in order to suggest the importance of the costume and customs, manners and behaviour of the age to an understanding of the sort of theatre and drama it produced. Professor Styan also discusses the problems encountered in the early attempts to revive the comedies in the twentieth century, and pauses frequently in order to offer a descriptive account of a moment of staging or to recreate a scene or a sequence of comic repartee or action. The book aims to bring back to life, therefore, something of a lost art form, not as a piece of conventional stage or production history, but as a true attempt to recognize the virtues of Restoration comedy as a performing art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74210/cover/9780521274210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solitons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drazin, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A 'soliton' is a localized nonlinear wave of permanent form which may interact strongly with other solitons so that when they separate after the interaction they regain their original forms. This textbook is an account of the theory of solitons and of the diverse applications of the theory to nonlinear systems arising in the physical sciences. The essence of the book is an introduction to the method of inverse scattering. Solitary waves, cnoidal waves, conservation laws, the initial-value problem for the Korteweg-de Vries equation, the Lax method, the sine-Gordon equation and Backlund transformations are treated. The book will be useful for research workers who wish to learn about solitons as well as graduate students in mathematics, physics and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74227/cover/9780521274227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arabic Thought in the Liberal Age 1798-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hourani, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arabic Thought in the Liberal Age is the most comprehensive study of the modernizing trend of political and social thought in the Arab Middle East. Albert Hourani studies the way in which ideas about politics and society changed during the nineteenth and the first half of the twentieth centuries, in response to the expanding influence of Europe. His main attention is given to the movement of ideas in Egypt and Lebanon. He shows how two streams of thought, the one aiming to restate the social principles of Islam, and the other to justify the separation of religion from politics, flowed into each other to create the Egyptian and Arab nationalisms of the present century. The last chapter of the book surveys the main tendencies of thought in the post-war years. Since its publication in 1962, this book has been regarded as a modern classic of interpretation. It was reissued by the Cambridge University Press in 1983 and has subsequently sold over 8000 copies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74234/cover/9780521274234.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renaissance Notion of Woman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Fortunes of Scholasticism and Medical Science in European Intellectual Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the world of scholarship and scholarly texts in the Renaissance, the so-called respublica literaria, affords insights into the intellectual infrastructure and modes of thought of the period by its examination of contemporary attitudes towards women. It addresses the questions: What is the notion of woman to be found in Renaissance texts, and how does it evolve? What is the relationship between the notion of woman and that of sex difference, and how is sex difference related in turn to other differences and to the concept of difference itself? Theology, medicine, ethics, politics, and law are examined in succeeding chapters. The threads of the investigation are then drawn together and Dr Maclean shows how the notion of woman was influenced by both forces of conservatism and forces which fostered change, forces which were to be found both inside the confines of intellectual life and beyond them. The final section offers a context for the understanding of European Renaissance feminism and sketches its connections with social and political evolution, humanist scholarship, religious thought and finally problems of language and expression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74364/cover/9780521274364.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanisms of Drug Action on the Nervous System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryall, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drugs affecting the nerves and the brain are among the most commonly used in contemporary medicine. This book examines the mechanism by which such substances cause their therapeutic effects or undesirable side-effects, in relation to underlying physiological and pathological processes. This new edition has been extensively revised and reorganised; the section on the autonomic system has been greatly expanded. Other changes reflect the significant advances in our understanding of drug action in the peripheral and central nervous systems which have arisen through the application of new electrophysiological and computer techniques. The volume summarises the explosion of information concerning endogenous opioids, other peptides, the benzodiazepines and their receptors. Later chapters deal with the activity and role of drugs in a number of disorders including epilepsy, schizophrenia and depression. This textbook is suitable for undergraduates in pre-clinical medical sciences, pharmaceutical and natural sciences; and for post-graduates and trainees in neuroscience, psychiatry and anaesthesia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74371/cover/9780521274371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music of the English Parish Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temperley, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most thorough and extensive history of English parish church music ever published, covering the period from the late middle ages to the present day. Through the ages English parish churches have resounded to all manner of music, ranging from the rich choral polyphony of Henry VIII's or Victoria's reigns to the bare unaccompanied psalm tunes of the seventeenth century. Temperley has found in this neglected field a wealth of fascinating music, as well as a host of intellectual problems to intrigue the scholar. A recurring theme of the book is the conflict between two incompatible goals for Protestant parish church music: artistic performance and popular expression. Professor Temperley suggests that the Elizabethan metrical psalm tunes were survivors of a mode of popular music that preceded the familiar corpus of ballad tunes. Passed on by oral transmission through several generations of unregulated singing, these once lively tunes changed gradually into very slow, quavering chants. This later style, which came to be called 'the old way of singing', is fully described and explained here for the first time. Temperley guides the reader through the complex social, theological and aesthetic movements that played their part in the formation of the late Victorian ideal of the surpliced choir in every chancel, and he makes a fresh assessment of that old bugbear, the Victorian hymn tune. His findings show that the radical liturgical experiments of the last few years have not dislodged the Victorian model for the music of the English parish church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74579/cover/9780521274579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of the Balkans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jelavich, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume I discusses the history of the major Balkan nationalities.  It describes the differing conditions experienced under Ottoman and Habsburg rule,  but the main emphasis is on the national movements, their successes and failures to 1900, and the place of events in the Balkans in the international relations of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74586/cover/9780521274586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of the Balkans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jelavich, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume concentrates on the Balkan wars and World War II, which both had their origins in the desire of nationalist circles to complete the territorial unification of their states. A substantial part of this book deals with the wartime experience, the establishment of the postwar regimes and their internal development to 1980 and the divergent paths followed by the five states (Bulgaria, Greece, Montenegro, Romania and Serbia) since 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74593/cover/9780521274593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127477X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127477X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modeling Dynamic Phenomena in Molecular and Cellular Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segel, Lee A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dynamic development of various processes is a central problem of biology and indeed of all the sciences. The mathematics describing that development is, in general, complicated, because the models that are realistic are usually nonlinear. Consequently many biologists may not notice a possible application of theory. They may be unable to decide whether a particular model captures the essence of a system, or to appreciate that analysis of a model can reveal important aspects of biological problems and may even describe in detail how a system works. The aim of this textbook is to remedy the situation by adopting a general approach to model analysis and applying it several times to problems (drawn primarily from molecular and cellular biology) of gradually increasing biological and mathematical complexity. Although material of considerable sophistication is included, little mathematical background is required - only some exposure to elementary calculus; appendixes supply the necessary mathematics and the author concentrates on concepts rather than techniques. He also emphasizes the role of computers in giving a full picture of model behavior and complementing more qualitative analysis. Some problems suitable for computer analysis are also included. This is a class-tested textbook suitable for a one-semester course for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students in biology or applied mathematics. It can also be used as a source book for teachers and a reference for specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74777/cover/9780521274777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe, America, and the Wider World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Economic History of Western Capitalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, William N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume collects Professor Parker's major writings on American agricultural and industrial history, including some previously unpublished essays. Taken as a whole, these essays give an account of why and how the United States grew rich in the nineteenth century, as well as a background against which to judge the present position of the economy and its international position. Professor Parker focuses on the nineteenth-century experience of the three regions of the United States - northeast, south and midwest, and shows wherein lay the sources of their wealth and growth into a flourishing nation. A final chapter, looking at European development from an American perspective, is especially timely in view of the recent movements toward integration and democratisation in the 'mother continent'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74791/cover/9780521274791.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127480X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127480X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe, America, and the Wider World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Economic History of Western Capitalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, William Nelson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taken together, the essays in this volume offer a particular, yet comprehensive, view of the economic history of Western Europe since the Renaissance. The focus is wide and the level of treatment deep. Between 1550 and 1940, Professor Parker contends, the development of European capitalism was, in a sense, all of a piece. He separates the development into three periods and processes - 'Malthusian', 'Smithian', and 'Schumpeterian'. Each period was governed by a characteristic dynamic that produced productivity growth, in the presence of other favourable elements, and influenced also the evolution of the forms of industrial and economic life. A certain internal logic is claimed for this progression, which in the nineteenth century extended this system and technology efficiently over much of the globe. In the concluding essay, Professor Parker examines the break-up of the capitalist synthesis and speculates on its transmutation into other forms. Essays and reviews previously available in widely scattered sources are brought together here for the first time and arranged and amplified to develop the central theses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74807/cover/9780521274807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Liberal Descent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Victorian historians and the English past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burrow, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The idea of a 'Whig interpretation' of English history incorporates the two fundamental notions of progress and continuity. The former made it possible to read English history as a 'success story', the latter endorsed a pragmatic, gradualist political style as the foundation of English freedom. Dr Burrow's book explore these ideas, and the tensions between them in studies of four major Victorian historians: Macaulay, Stubbs, Freeman and (as something of an anti type) Froude. It analyses their works in terms of their rhetorical suggestiveness as well as their explicit arguments, and attempts to place them in their cultural and historiographical context. In doing so, the book also seeks to establish the significance for the Victorians of three great crises of English history - the Norman conquest, the reformation and the revolution of the seventeenth century - and the nature and limits of the self-confidence they were able to derive from the national past. The book will interest students and teachers working on nineteenth-century English history, literature or social and political thought, the history of ideas, and legal and constitutional history. It will also be of value to the general reader interested in Victorian literature and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74821/cover/9780521274821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginning of Ideology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Consciousness and Society in the French Reformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelley, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There was much talk about 'the end of ideology' in the last half of the twentieth century but little attempt to understand the obverse of this phenomenon - the 'beginning of ideology'. This book examines not the exhaustion but the generation of sentiments, values, ideals, justifications and actions which underlie one spectacular case of profound intellectual and social change. The Protestant Reformation, especially in its French phase, is a locus classicus of this process, viewed here in terms of individual and group consciousness, organisation and action which moved from religious disaffection to a social dissent and finally to political revolution. Although a wide variety of sources is used, the book is based on the vast body of pamphlet material produced in the sixteenth century. most abundantly in the Francophone world. The aim of the book is to present an anatomy of the private and public consciousness reflected in the thought and action of Protestant parties and their supported during their ideological supremacy in the late sixteenth century. A case study in the 'beginning of ideology', this book is also a multi-levelled interpretation of modern Europe's first age of revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74838/cover/9780521274838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on the History of British Sociological Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bulmer, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the history of British sociology and empirical social research over the last hundred years. Its coverage includes the census of population, the classic poverty surveys of Booth and Rowntree, the slow growth of social science between the wars, mass-observation, the rise of the Government Social Survey, the establishment of academic sociology after 1945 outside Oxford and Cambridge, and independent initiatives such as the foundation of the Institute of Community Studies. A concluding section considers the uses made of British sociology, the place of the citizen as the subject of research, social surveys for policy-making, and the success of social science in predicting the future. These essays reflect the interests of the distinguished British sociologist, the late Philip Abrams. In addition to him the contributors include a number of distinguished sociologists such as A. H. Halsey, Hannan C. Selvin, Edward Shils, Peter Townsend and Peter Willmott, as well as several well-known younger scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74845/cover/9780521274845.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Short History of the Yugoslav Peoples</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are few countries in Europe which contain within an area as small as the British Isles such a variety of natural environments and cultures as Yugoslavia. This book provides a survey of the history of the South Slav peoples who came together at the end of the First World War to form the first Yugoslav kingdom, and who emerged from the chaos of the Second World War to become citizens of a socialist federal republic, led by the Communist Party under the leadership of Marshal Tito. Beginning in Roman times, the book traces the rise and fall of the medieval Slav principalities, the dominance of the Ottoman and Habsburg empires, the proclamation of the kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes in 1918, the disastrous effects of the German occupation and the creation of a new socialist order under President Tito.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74852/cover/9780521274852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Beckett</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Andrew Karpati</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While providing a critical introduction for the student of Samuel Beckett's work and for other readers and theatre-goers who have been influenced by it, this study also presents an original perspective on one of the twentieth century's greatest writers of prose fiction and drama. Andrew Kennedy links Beckett's vision of a diminished humanity with his art of formally and verbally diminished resources, and traces the fundamental simplicity and coherence of Beckett's work beneath its complex textures. In the section on the plays, Dr Kennedy stresses the humour and tragicomic humanism alongside the theatrical effectiveness; and in a discussion of the fiction (the celebrated trilogy of novels) he relates the relentless diminution of 'story' to the diminishing selfhood of the narrator. An introduction outlines the personal, cultural and specifically literary contexts of Beckett's writing, while a concluding chapter offers up-to-date reflections on his &#339;uvre, from the point-of-view of the themes highlighted throughout the book. This study, complete with a chronological table and a guide to further reading, will prove stimulating for both new and advanced students of Beckett.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74883/cover/9780521274883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homogeneous Structures on Riemannian Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tricerri, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vanhecke, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central theme of this book is the theorem of Ambrose and Singer, which gives for a connected, complete and simply connected Riemannian manifold a necessary and sufficient condition for it to be homogeneous. This is a local condition which has to be satisfied at all points, and in this way it is a generalization of E. Cartan's method for symmetric spaces. The main aim of the authors is to use this theorem and representation theory to give a classification of homogeneous Riemannian structures on a manifold. There are eight classes, and some of these are discussed in detail. Using the constructive proof of Ambrose and Singer many examples are discussed with special attention to the natural correspondence between the homogeneous structure and the groups acting transitively and effectively as isometrics on the manifold.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74890/cover/9780521274890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis of Feudalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bois, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Guy Bois' study of late medieval Normandy is a work of many dimensions. It should be of particular interest to English readers because of the close historical associations of England with Normandy and because of the natural resemblances between these two countries, separated only by the English Channel. This study does not, however, cover the period of close political association but that of invasion and warfare, of destruction and pillage. Although Guy Bois' book follows through the movements of population, prices, rents and wages over two and a half centuries, it does not consist simply of the delineation of trends. The realities of the land and its occupants are fitted into this boarder scheme, their economic and social activities are described as well as the impact on them of the military campaigns. All this is based on a meticulous analysis of every type of documentation available, ranging from tax returns to ecclesiastical surveys, from chronicles to rentals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74906/cover/9780521274906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Actions, Norms and Representations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Foundations of Anthropological Enquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holy, Ladislav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuchlik, Milan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The verbal statements of the actors and the researchers' own observations of their behaviour constitute two basic kinds of data which every anthropologist collects during his or her fieldwork. Yet the nature of social reality, and its availability to the observer, remains a fundamental methodological problem for the social anthropologist. In this book the authors argue that the difference between these two kinds of data is not merely a casual difference in the way in which the information comes to the anthropologist. Rather, it connotes the difference between the areas or domains of the social reality under study. One of these domains is formed by the notions or ideas people hold (i.e. their norms and their representations of the world and the existing state of affairs) and the other by the actions which they actually perform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74937/cover/9780521274937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127494X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127494X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Elements of Aerofoil and Airscrew Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glauert, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than half a century has elapsed since the first edition of The Elements of Aerofoil and Airscrew Theory appeared in 1926, a period in which massive advances have been made in the understanding and description of aerodynamic phenomena. Yet Glauert was an acknowledged master of his subject and his book remains the most lucid and best organised introduction to the fundamental principles of aerodynamics that has ever been written. This new paperback edition reprints the text of the second edition of 1947, with supplementary notes by H. B. Squire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74944/cover/9780521274944.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521274958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521274958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521274951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Age of Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary and Philosophical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521274951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Erich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The guiding theme of these essays is the fate of the imagination and the condition of art in the modern world, where both appear to be enfeebled by scientific hubris, undermined by psychological self-questioning and compromised by political disaster. Erich Heller traces this predicament with subtlety and profundity, from Hegel's and Nietzsche's diagnoses to the various truces and manoeuvres through which remarkable victories have nonetheless been achieved - such as the comic triumphs of Wilhelm Busch. As elsewhere in Professor Heller's work, Thomas Mann's attempt to outwit and redeem his circumstances through art - 'despite' them, as he said himself - occupies a central place. Three of the present essays are devoted to him. Others consider Kleist, Fontane, Hamsun, Karl Kraus and the crucial figures of H&#246;lderlin (who plays such a central role in Heidegger's later philosophical writings) and Rilke. Written with feeling, and the distinctive elegance and wit that have characterized all of Professor Heller's work, the essays here reaffirm the vital interdependence of literature and human values.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/74951/cover/9780521274951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Poland Since 1863</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leslie, R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of the evolution of Poland from conditions of subjection to its reconstruction in 1918, development in the years between the two World Wars, and reorganisation after 1945. It begins at a time when Poland was still suffering from the legacy of the eighteenth-century Partitions and burdened with problems of sizeable ethnic minorities, inadequate agrarian reforms and sluggish industrial development sustained by foreign capital. It traces the history through to independence and then to the transformation of the country in the last thirty years. Although many of the problems of the past have now disappeared, industrialisation, the structure of peasant agriculture, and political association with the Soviet Union present the Polish People's Republic with difficulties that have yet to be resolved. Substantial achievements in an ethnically homogeneous state must be set against substantial discontents. This history provides the English-speaking reader with a scholarly synthesis based mainly on literature in Polish and other East European languages. It will be essential reading for historians of Eastern Europe and for those interested in modern Polish society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75019/cover/9780521275019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127527X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127527X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Power of the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays for Eric Hobsbawm</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thane, Pat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crossick, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Floud, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern industrial societies are the creation of forced of change embedded in their pre-industrial and pre-capitalist past, forces which have shaped their economic structures, their politics of domination and resistance, their social ideas and relationships. In this book a distinguished group of historians focuses on this dialectal relationship between capitalism and its pre-capitalist heritage, revealing the ways in which older forms - whether they be social and economic structures and institutions, movements or ideologies, rituals or vocabulary - help to shape new, and are themselves reshaped in the process. The book thus develops a central theme in the writing of Eric Hobsbawm, to whom these essays are presented as a tribute on his retirement from Birkbeck College. An additional essay provides a major reappraisal of Hobsbawm's work. A number of different themes in modern European history are discussed in the context of the interrelationship of capitalism and the pre capitalist past. Several essays explore the history of the working class, its ideas and strategies of resistance, in France, Britain, Germany and Spain. Others discuss the place of landowners and bankers in the European ruling classes, and the development of central and eastern European societies. Their common concern is with the power of the past over patterns of change, and as such they are both a tribute to an outstanding British historian and a major contribution to the analysis of modern European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75279/cover/9780521275279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utopia and the Ideal Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of English Utopian Writing 1516-1700</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While great interest has been shown recently in the nature of utopian thought and its significance in western development, much of the discussion has been marked by imprecision and generality. This book opens with an attempt to give clarity, substance and precision to the definition of utopia by isolating its characteristics in contrast with those of other forms of ideal society. The value of these distinctions is shown in a detailed re-examination of the sixteenth-century European writers who developed the re-emergent form of utopia. As a whole, the book brings the discussion of utopian thought closer to the mainstream concerns of the history of political ideas, and provides a major study for all those working in the fields of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century political and social thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Dimensions of Privacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoeman, Ferdinand David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of compiling the various essays presented here is to make readily accessible many of the most significant and influential discussions of privacy to be found in the literature. In addition to being representative of the diversity of attitudes toward privacy, this collection has a coherence that results from the authors' focus on the same issues and theories. The main issue addressed in this book is the moral significance of privacy. Some social science and legal treatments are included because of their direct bearing on the moral issues that privacy raises. In addition to the classics on privacy, the author has included an interpretative essay on the privacy literature, which provides a philosophical guideline as to what the issues are and how various thinkers have contributed to their resolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75545/cover/9780521275545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peruvian Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Overview of Pre-Inca and Inca Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keatinge, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peruvian Prehistory offers an authoritative and up-to-date survey of the cultural evolution of Peru from the appearance of the first inhabitants around 10,000 BC to the arrival of the Spanish in 1534. The book is divided chronologically into three main parts, which examine in turn the highland and lowland zones in the Preceramic and Initial periods; the development of complex society at Chavin, Tiwanaku and Fluari and in the Moche and Nazca cultures; and the culmination of this process, the Pan-Andean empire of the Incas, and the way this can be studied through a combination of archaeology and ethnohistoric research. A fourth, concluding section deals with the often neglected tropical forest region of Peru and its formative influence on the evolution of Andean culture. The first collective assessment of Peruvian archaeology for a generation, this volume traces the processes of political, social and economic change in Andean civilisation in a manner that will attract many with no specialist interest in Peru.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75552/cover/9780521275552.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Controversies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Case Studies in the Resolution and Closure of Disputes in Science and Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engelhardt, Jr., H. Tristram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caplan, Arthur L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the ways in which disputes and controversies about the application of scientific knowledge are resolved. Four concrete examples of public controversy are considered in detail: the efficacy of Laetrile, the classification of homosexuality as a disease, the setting of safety standards in the workplace, and the utility of nuclear energy as a source of power. The essays in this volume show that debates about these cases are not confined to matters of empirical fact. Rather, as is seen with most scientific and technical controversies, they focus on and are structured by complex ethical, economic, and political interests. Drs. Engelhardt and Caplan have brought together a distinguished group of scholars from the sciences and humanities, who sketch a theory of scientific controversy and attempt to provide recommendations about the ways in which both scientists and the public ought to seek more informed resolutions of highly contentious issues in science and technology. Scientific Controversies is offered as a contribution to the better understanding of the roles of both science and nonscientific interests in disputes and controversies pertaining to science and technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75606/cover/9780521275606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marina Tsvetaeva</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Woman, her World, and her Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karlinsky, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major critical biography of the poet Maria Tsvetaeva by one of the foremost authorities on her work. It draws on a profusion of recent documentation and research, some of it hitherto unpublished, and encompasses the whole course of her life. Professor Karlinsky is careful to supply the reader with the necessary context for understanding the work by setting out the historical, political and literary background against which Tsvetaeva's life and literary development evolved. A particular feature of the book is a discussion of Tsvetaeva's relationships with her literary contemporaries, especially Mandelstam, Rilke, Akhmatova, Pasternak, and Mayakovsky, and of her emotional involvement with various men and women that are reflected in her poetry, plays and prose. Interest in Tsvetaeva's work has grown considerably and this important book will be essential reading both to scholars of twentieth-century Russian literature and cultural studies and to all serious students of modern literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75743/cover/9780521275743.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topological Topics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Articles on Algebra and Topology Presented to Professor P J Hilton in Celebration of his Sixtieth Birthday</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Peter Hilton is one of the best known mathematicians of his generation. He has published almost 300 books and papers on various aspects of topology and algebra. The present volume is to celebrate the occasion of his sixtieth birthday. It begins with a bibliography of his work, followed by reviews of his contributions to topology and algebra. These are followed by eleven research papers concerned with various topics of current interest in algebra and topology. The articles are contributed by some of the many mathematicians with whom he has worked at one time or another. This book will be of interest to both topologists and algebraists, particularly those concerned with homotopy theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75811/cover/9780521275811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An F-space Sampler</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalton, N. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peck, N. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, James W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a theory motivated by the spaces LP, 0 &#8804; p &lt; l. These spaces are not locally convex, so the methods usually encountered in linear analysis (particularly the Hahn-Banach theorem) do not apply here. Questions about the size of the dual space are especially important in the non-locally convex setting, and are a central theme. Several of the classical problems in the area have been settled in the last decade, and a number of their solutions are presented here. The book begins with concrete examples (lp, LP, L0, HP) before going on to general results and important counterexamples. An F-space sampler will be of interest to research mathematicians and graduate students in functional analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75859/cover/9780521275859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freud, Proust and Lacan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory as Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The views of Freud, Proust and Lacan are depicted through this staging of a series of provocative dialogues between psychological science and imaginative literature of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75880/cover/9780521275880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521275903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521275903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521275903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Nobility in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Feudalism to Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521275903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaussinand-Nogaret, Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doyle, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most lively of France's younger historians, Guy Chaussinand-Nogaret argues in this pioneering essay that the traditional picture of the pre-revolutionary French nobility as a caste of intransigent reactionaries and parasites is a fabrication of revolutionary propaganda. Using a whole range of new research and calculations, he argues that the nobility represented all that was most vigorous and forward-looking in eighteenth-century French society. Constantly renewing itself by recruiting the richest members of the middle classes or marrying their daughters, the nobility was in the forefront of French economic and intellectual life, and until 1789 was at the head of the movement for reform of the old regime state. In an afterword specially written for the English edition, the author explains how the revolutionaries came to turn against a group that had done more than any other to bring about the Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/75903/cover/9780521275903.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Languages of Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in English Working Class History 1832-1982</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Gareth Stedman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by Gareth Stedman Jones proposes a different way of seeing both historians' analytical conceptions of 'class', and the actual manifestation of class in the history of English politics and English culture since the 1830s. As the progenitor of the first generally acknowledged working-class movement, the English working class provided the initial empirical basis for not only the original Marxist theory of modern industry and proletarian revolution, but also subsequent historians' reactions against, or adaptations of, the Marxist theory of class. In Languages of Class Gareth Stedman Jones draws a distinction between two conceptions of class: the everyday and commonplace perception of its pervasiveness in England, and the Marxist idea of its revolutionary significance. He proceeds to challenge the predominant conceptions of the meaning and development of 'class consciousness' by stressing the political and discursive conditions in which particular languages appeared and receded. Among the themes of individual essays in the book are a rethinking of 'the making of the English working class' and the phenomenon of Chartism, a novel exploration of the formation and components of 'working-class culture', and, in the light of these, a new approach to understanding the history of the Labour Party.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76313/cover/9780521276313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Piety and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion and the Rise of Absolutism in England, Wurttemberg and Prussia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulbrook, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the context of continuing debates over Protestantism, capitalism and the absolutist state, this book presents a fresh historical and theoretical analysis of religion and politics in early modern Europe. The author undertakes a systematic comparative-historical analysis of the very different contributions made by the Puritan and Pietist movements to the success or failure of absolutist rule in England, W&#252;rttemberg and Prussia. While Puritans and Pietists shared similar religious ideas, aspirations and ethos, they developed quite different political attitudes and alliances in each case. English Puritans made a crucial contribution to the overthrow of attempted absolutism, as the English Revolution helped ensure the further development of parliamentary rule. Pietists in W&#252;rttemberg shared the anti-absolutist attitudes of the English Puritans, yet tended to remain politically passive in the constitutional struggles against absolutism. And in complete contrast, Pietists in Prussia made a vital positive contribution to the successful establishment of the militaristic, bureaucratic Prussian absolutist state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microbial Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Organisms, Habitats, Activities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stolp, Heinz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rapid expansion od industry and the excessive demands made on limited natural resources have caused genuine concern at all levels of society. In the past this concern has concentrated on plants and animals and their relationships with their environments, but now attention is also turning towards microorganisms whose role is crucial to so many natural processes - from global life and mineral cycles through to the production of beer and milk products. After a brief introduction to microbiology this book concentrates on the ecological aspects of microbial life covering a wide variety of topics including structure, behaviour, growth, dispersal, interactions and how microbes act as symbionts and pathogens. Such a wide-ranging interdisciplinary approach will appeal to undergraduate and graduate students of microbiology, plant and animal ecology, agronomy, forestry and environmental sciences. Professionals working in the same fields will also find it informative as will those working in plant pathology and soil, aquatic, medical and food microbiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76368/cover/9780521276368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Modes of Scepticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient Texts and Modern Interpretations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Annas, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Modes of Scepticism is one of the most important and influential of all ancient philosophical texts. The texts made an enormous impact on Western thought when they were rediscovered in the 16th century and they have shaped the whole future course of Western philosophy. Despite their importance, the Modes have been little discussed in recent times. This book translates the texts and supplies them with a discursive commentary, concentrating on philosophical issues but also including historical material. The book will be of interest to professional scholars and philosophers but its clear and non-technical style makes it intelligible to beginners and the interested layman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76443/cover/9780521276443.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtue, Commerce, and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Political Thought and History, Chiefly in the Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pocock, J. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book collects essays by Professor Pocock concerned principally with the history of British political thought in the eighteenth century. Several of the essays have been previously published (though they have not all been widely available), and several appear here for the first time in print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76603/cover/9780521276603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Marx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farr, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These twelve original essays are 'after' Marx in several senses. The first and most obvious is the purely chronological sense: They are written one hundred years after Marx's death. The authors are therefore able to see more clearly what Marx did not or could not see and to see more clearly that which he foresaw only dimly. The second sense in which they are after Marx is political: In this century virtually all revolutionaries call themselves Marxists and purport to apply Marx's precepts to political practice. Armed with their different interpretations of a nineteenth-century theory, they have altered - and continue to reshape - the political contours of the twentieth century. Marx raised more questions than he, or anyone else, could ever reasonably hope to answer. To raise anew some of these questions and to approach them in the critical spirit of Marx's own thinking, are the common themes running through and uniting these essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Donizetti and His Operas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276634</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashbrook, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>756</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new imprint is established to publish in paperback for an individual readership the Press's most outstanding original monographs.  These are titles that would normally appear only in hardback editions for specialists, but whose quality and general academic importance justify their special promotion in this prestige imprint. The series will include both new and recent titles drawn from the whole range of the Press's very substantial publishing programs in the humanities and social sciences, and therefore represents some of the best current scholarship in the English language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76634/cover/9780521276634.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Hermeneutics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Thought of Paul Ricoeur and J&#252;rgen Habermas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study in the philosophy of social science. It takes the form of a comparative critique of three contemporary approaches: ordinary language philosophy, hermeneutics and critical theory, represented here respectively by Ludwig Wittgenstein, Paul Ricoeur and J&#252;rgen Habermas. Part I is devoted to an exposition of these authors' views and of the traditions to which they belong. Its unifying thread is their common concern with language, a concern which nonetheless reveals important differences of approach. For whereas ordinary language philosophers tend to treat linguistic activity as the ultimate object of inquiry, both Ricoeur and Habermas regard it as a medium which betrays more fundamental dimensions of human experience and the social world. Part II complements the exposition with a critical analysis of its central themes: the conceptualisation of action, the methodology of interpretation, and the theory of reference and truth. The author defends many aspects of the work of Ricoeur and Habermas, such as the emphasis on power and ideology, the strategy of depth interpretation, and the link between consensus and truth; but he argues that there are serious deficiencies and obscurities in their work. He proposes solutions to these difficulties and concludes with a sketch of a critical and rationally justified theory for the interpretation of action - a critical hermeneutics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76665/cover/9780521276665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Anthropology of the Family</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segalen, Martine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehouse, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This historical anthropology of the family represents a new departure in family studies. Over the past ten years or so, the social scientific sociological analysis of the family has undergone a change, and has been obliged to reconsider its traditional view that industrialisation triggered a shift within society from the 'large family', which fulfilled all social functions from socialising the children to caring for the sick and the old, to the modern nuclear family, which was regarded solely as being the locus for emotional relationships. Historians have shown that in the past there was in fact a great variety of different family structures within a wide range of varying demographic, economic and cultural frameworks, distinctive for each society. At the same time, the interaction between sociology and social anthropology has led to a clearer conceptual analysis of that vague, polysemic term 'family'; and notions of dwelling-place, descent, marriage, the relative roles of husband and wife and parent-child relations, as well as the more general relations between generations, have in a variety of past and present social contexts been taken apart and analysed. In this book, Martine Segalen reviews and synthesises a rich wealth of often little-known European and North American historical and social anthropological material on the family. This results in a reversal of the frequently held view of the family as an institution in decline, showing it instead to be both dynamic and resistant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76702/cover/9780521276702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art in the Hellenistic Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollitt, Jerome Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The best reason to study Hellenistic art is for its own sake' writes Professor Pollitt in the Preface to Art in the Hellenistic Age. 'But', he continues, 'I would suggest that there is an additional quality that should make the art of the Hellenistic age of particular interest to modern audiences: the fact that in background and content it was the product of an age in many ways similar to our own ... The result of the historical conditions (of the age) was an art which, like much modern art, was heterogenous, often cosmopolitan, increasingly individualistic, and frequently elite in its appeal'. This book is an interpretative history of Greek art during the Hellenistic period  - i.e. from the death of Alexander the Great in 323 BC, to the establishment of the Roman Empire at the end of the first century BC - which also explores ways in which that art is an expression of the cultural experience and aspirations of the Hellenistic age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76726/cover/9780521276726.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Collected Essays</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Volume 1.  The Englishness of the English Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, Q. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Queenie Dorothy Leavis was one of the best critics of the novel. Her primary interest was in the English novel in its greatest period the nineteenth-century, but she had wide interests and wrote on the American novel as well; and her anthropological view of literature caused her to ask how the novel rose and why it flourished and that occasioned her to look at European literatures. Her published essays appeared as articles or reviews of remarkable trenchancy in Scrutiny, or as lectures or introductions to editions of classic novels. They have been much read but she never collected them in her lifetime. They are here reprinted in three volumes. The whole is prefaced by her own 'A Glance Backward, 1965' concerning her life and work and there is an introduction by the editor, Professor G. Singh.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trafficking in Drug Users</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professional Exchange Networks in the Control of Deviance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beniger, James Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Control of illegal drug use and abuse requires an elaborate network of organizations and professions: medical, legal, political, educational, and welfare. This book explores the way in which these diverse sectors coordinate the control of deviance in a complex society and how they respond to a sudden widespread increase in deviance spanning many institutional and professional domains. The latter of these concerns, James Beniger argues, affords us a unique insight into the more general question of societal control. He takes as an example of this phenomenon the dramatic appearance of the 'drug problem' in America in the Vietnam war era of the late 1960s and early 1970s. Exploiting this as an approximation of an experimentally induced disruption of society, Professor Beniger examines its impact on the interorganizational and professional networks that together constitute a system for the control of a social deviance. His study produces the startling finding that as various rewards - raises in salary, promotions, government funds, media exposure, enhanced status - accrued to the new social problem, many drug specialists gained increasing stake in the very deviance they were professionally charged to control.  Societal control of the drug problem became transformed - quite literally - into a trafficking by professionals in young drug users.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Threshold of a Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in English and Irish Drama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This imprint is established to publish in paperback for an individual readership the Press's most outstanding original monographs. These are titles which would normally appear in specialist hardback editions only, but whose quality and general academic importance justify their special promotion in this prestige imprint. The series will include both new and recent titles drawn from the whole range of the Press's very substantial publishing programmes in the Humanities and Social Sciences, and therefore represents some of the best current scholarship in the English language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76955/cover/9780521276955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521276985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521276985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521276986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade, Plunder and Settlement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maritime Enterprise and the Genesis of the British Empire, 1480-1630</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521276986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Kenneth R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Not since 1945 has a general account of the origins of the British Empire been published, as if the demise of the empire freed us from our imperial past and historians from any obligation to digest it. Of course, it has done nothing of the kind, but it does enable the historian today to approach that past in a more critical spirit and to attempt a deeper and more detached analysis than could have been expected a generation ago. The purpose of this work is therefore not merely to recount but to explain the course of English overseas  expansion and the beginning of the overseas empire; a prolonged pregnancy, culminating in a difficult birth and sickly infancy. The introductory essay discusses the forces and motives involved in the expansion movement, which is seen as being part of a wider European movement and derivative in many ways from it. The author considers the attitude and conduct of the Tudors and early Stuarts towards this fundamentally commercial movement and examines the nature and importance of sea power, the contribution of different social groups, and the relevance of religious and economic ideals as well as nationalistic sentiment. These various themes are taken up again in the narrative chapters which follow, dealing with the enterprises of exploration, trade, plunder and colonisation successively through from the early Bristol quest for 'Brasil' to the diverse ventures of the 1620s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/76986/cover/9780521276986.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and the Rule of Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An introduction to the philosophy of law, which offers a modern and critical appraisal of all the main issues and problems. This has become a very active area in the last ten years, and one on which philosophers, legal practitioners and theorists and social scientists have tended to converge. The more abstract questions about the nature of law and its relationship to social norms and moral standards are now seen to be directly relevant to more practical and indeed pressing questions about the justification of punishment, civil disobedience, the enforcement of morality, and problems about justice, rights, welfare, and freedom. David Lyons is a shrewd, clear and systematic guide through this tangled area. The book presupposes no formal training in law or philosophy and is intended to serve as a textbook in a range of introductory courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77129/cover/9780521277129.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sky Catalogue 2000.0</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stars to Visual Magnitude 2000.0</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirshfield, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinnott, Roger W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a standard reference work for telescope users which gives positional and other data for galaxies, double and variable stars, and star clusters. This companion to Volume One includes comprehensive tables on 20,000 objects. Comprehensive treatment is given for each object: position for epoch 2000.0, magnitudes in the UBV photometric system; color index; surface brightness and Hubble classification for galaxies; and many other characteristics. This is a re-issue of a book first published in 1985 which has been out-of-print for several years. It has been made available again in response to many requests from users of Sky Catalogue 2000.0 Volume 1.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Set Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathias, A. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises five expository articles and two research papers on topics of current interest in set theory and the foundations of mathematics. Articles by Baumgartner and Devlin introduce the reader to proper forcing. This is a development by Saharon Shelah of Cohen's method which has led to solutions of problems that resisted attack by forcing methods as originally developed in the 1960s. The article by Guaspari is an introduction to descriptive set theory, a subject that has developed dramatically in the last few years. Articles by Kanamori and Stanley discuss one of the most difficult concepts in contemporary set theory, that of the morass, first created by Ronald Jensen in 1971 to solve the gap-two conjecture in model theory, assuming G&#246;del's axiom of constructibility. The papers by Prikry and Shelah complete the volume by giving the reader the flavour of contemporary research in set theory. This book will be of interest to graduate students and research workers in set theory and mathematical logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77334/cover/9780521277334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>FPF Ring Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Faithful Modules and Generators of Mod-R</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faith, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book on the subject of FPF rings and the systematic use of the notion of the generator of the category mod-R of all right R-modules and its relationship to faithful modules. This carries out the program, explicit of inherent, in the work of G Azumaya, H. Bass, R. Dedekind, S. Endo, I. Kaplansky, K. Morita, T. Nakayama, R. Thrall, and more recently, W. Brandal, R. Pierce, T. Shores, R. and S. Wiegand and P. Vamos, among others.  FPF rings include quasi-Frobenius rings (and thus finite rings over fields), pseudo-Frobenius (PF) rings (and thus injective cogenerator rings), bounded Dedekind prime rings and the following commutative rings; self-injective rings, Prufer rings, all rings over which every finitely generated module decomposes into a direct sum of cyclic modules (=FGC rings), and hence almost maximal valuation rings. Any product (finite or infinite) of commutative or self-basic PFP rings is FPF. A number of important classes of FPF rings are completely characterised including semiprime Neotherian, semiperfect Neotherian, perfect nonsingular prime, regular and self-injective rings. Finite group rings over PF or commutative injective rings are FPF. This work is the culmination of a decade of research and writing by the authors and includes all known theorems on the subject of noncommutative FPF rings. This book will be of interest to professional mathematicians, especially those with an interest in noncommutative ring theory and module theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77389/cover/9780521277389.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polytopes and Symmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Stewart A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Convex polytopes are the analogues in space of any dimension of convex plane polygons and of convex polyhedra in ordinary space. This book describes a fresh approach to the classification of these objects according to their symmetry properties, based on ideas of topology and transformation group theory. Although there is considerable agreement with traditional treatments, a number of new concepts emerge that present classical ideas in a quite new way. For example, the family of regular convex polytopes is extended to the family of 'perfect polytopes'. Thus the familiar set of five Platonic polyhedra is replaced by the less familiar set of nine perfect polyhedra. Among the many unsolved problems that arise, that of finding all perfect polytopes, and more generally all perfect convex bodies, is perhaps  the most attractive. This book will be of value to specialists and graduate students in pure mathematics, especially those studying symmetry theory, convex bodies, and polytopes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77396/cover/9780521277396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ben Jonson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dramatist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the Romantic period, Jonson has been an author more respected than read. Frequently compared with Shakespeare, he usually suffers unfairly from the comparison. In this book Anne Barton gives a reading of the plays which completely re-evaluates Jonson as a dramatist. Describing in detail his experimentation with different comic styles and his changing relationship to other Elizabethan and Jacobean poets, particularly Shakespeare, she brings us closer than ever before to Jonson as a man, and as a great artist in comedy. The book proceeds chronologically, play by play, examining such important topics as Jonson's treatment of women, trust among individuals, father and son relationships, and proper names. Anne Barton argues that, despite his espousal of classical principles of decorum and restraint, Jonson was always drawn temperamentally towards the irregular, romantic Elizabethan tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77488/cover/9780521277488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giuseppe Verdi: Otello</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepokoski, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Hepokoski provides a reliable summary of what is currently known about Otello, along with an interpretation of the significance of  the work within Verdi's career. The book begins with a detailed synopsis which interweaves some of the specific stage action from the 1887 Milanese premi&#232;re. There follows a close consideration of how the opera was actually written: Arrigo Boito's derivation of the libretto from Shakespeare and the subsequent textual revisions; Verdi's composition of the opera from 1884 to 1887 and an overview of the revisions of the opera for Venice in 1887 and Paris in 1894. A further chapter outlines Verdi's own ideas for the performance of Otello and this is followed by William Ashbrook's summary of the opera's stage history up to the present. Professor Hepokoski continues by suggesting a new model for understanding the musical structure of Otello. The book concludes with a study of the opera as a work of Shakespearean adaptation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77495/cover/9780521277495.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Category of the Person</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anthropology, Philosophy, History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrithers, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lukes, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept that people have of themselves as a 'person' is one of the most intimate notions that they hold. Yet the way in which the category of the person is conceived varies over time and space. In this volume, anthropologists, philosophers, and historians examine the notion of the person in different cultures, past and present. Taking as their starting point a lecture on the person as a category of the human mind, given by Marcel Mauss in 1938, the contributors critically assess Mauss's speculation that notions of the person, rather than being primarily philosophical or psychological, have a complex social and ideological origin. Discussing societies ranging from ancient Greece, India, and China to modern Africa and Papua New Guinea, they provide fascinating descriptions of how these different cultures define the person.  But they also raise deeper theoretical issues: What is universally constant and what is culturally variable in people's thinking about the person? How can these variations be explained? Has there been a general progressive development toward the modern Western view of the person? What is distinctive about this? How do one's notions of the person inform one's ability to comprehend alternative formulations? These questions are of compelling interest for a wide range of anthropologists, philosophers, historians, psychologists, sociologists, orientalists, and classicists. The book will appeal to any reader concerned with understanding one of the most fundamental aspects of human existence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77570/cover/9780521277570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of the World-Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The States, the Movements and the Civilizations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallerstein, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In these essays, written (with one exception) between 1978 and 1982, Immanuel Wallerstein elaborates on the political and theoretical implications of the world-systems perspective outlined in his celebrated books The Modern World-System and The Capitalist World-Economy. Whereas those books centred on the historical development of the modern world-system, the essays in this volume explore the nature of world politics in the light of Wallerstein's analysis of the world-system and capitalist world-economy. Throughout, the essays offer new perspectives on the central issues of political debate today: the roles of the USA and the USSR in the world-system, the relations of the Third World states to the capitalist 'core', and the potential for socialist or revolutionary change. Different sections deal with the three major political institutions of the modern world-system: the states, the antisystemic movements, and the civilizations. The states are a classic rubric of political analysis. For Wallerstein, the limits of sovereignty are at least as important as the powers - these limits deriving from the obligatory location of the modern state in the interstate system. Social movements are a second classic rubric. For Wallerstein, the principal questions are the degree to which such movements are antisystemic, and the dilemmas state power poses for antisystemic movements. Civilizations, in contrast, are not normally seen as a political institution. That however is for Wallerstein the key to the analysis of their role in the contemporary world, and thereby a key to understanding the politics of social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77600/cover/9780521277600.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslim Cities in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidus, Ira M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1967, Muslim Cities in the Later Middle Ages is one of the most influential works in the field of Islamic history. Primarily a study of the main cities of the Mamluk state of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries AD, Professor Lapidus' book serves to provide a framework for understanding the long evolution of Muslim political and social institutions and urban societies. The relationships between military rulers, the bourgeoisie and the common people are presented in a study of wide relevance to social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77624/cover/9780521277624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127768X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127768X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Expansion and Social Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England 1500-1700</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clay, C. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historical understanding of the dynamics of economic and social change in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries has been transformed by an enormous volume of original research. A fascinating picture has emerged of an economy and society in turmoil under the influence of population growth, inflation, the commercialization of agriculture, the growth of a huge capital city, the emergence of new forms of manufacturing, and changes in the international economic context. Traditional forms of production, traditional social structures and traditional values all came under increasingly insistent attack from the forces of change, leading to radical economic and social readjustments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77686/cover/9780521277686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>That Noble Science of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Nineteenth-Century Intellectual History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collini, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winch, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burrow, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unusual and important work, three well-known historians of ideas examine the diverse forms taken in nineteenth-century Britain by the aspiration to develop what was then known as a 'science of politics'. This aspiration encompassed a more extensive and ambitious range of concerns than is implied by the modern term 'political science': in fact, as this book demonstrates, it remained the overarching category under which many nineteenth-century thinkers grouped their attempts to achieve systematic understanding of man's common life. As a result of both the over-concentration on closed abstract systems of thought and the intrusion of concerns which pervade much writing in the history of political theory and of the social sciences, these attempts have since been neglected or misrepresented. By deliberately avoiding such approaches, this book restores the subject to its centrality in the intellectual life and political culture of nineteenth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77709/cover/9780521277709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magna Carta</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fully revised and extended edition of J. C. Holt's study of Magna Carta, the Great Charter, which sets the events of 1215 and the Charter itself in the context of the law, politics and administration of England and Europe in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. The author has added to the first edition (1965) further comment on the development of local liberties, the significance of the famous provision nullus liber homo, the political manoeuvres of 1215, and the later history of the Charter, and many other matters. The book is broadened by the addition of an extensive chapter on justice and jurisdiction which embodies an entirely new approach to some of the most crucial and longest-lasting provisions of the Charter. New appendices have been added. Some of these are concerned with the political crisis of 1213-15, for example the alleged meeting at Bury St Edmunds; others examine the Anglo-Norman translations of the Charter and related documents, or the development of perpetual liberties. References are brought up to date throughout, and there is an entirely new index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77785/cover/9780521277785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Acquisition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in First Language Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the first edition of Language Acquisition was to provide as comprehensive a description and explanation as possible of the changes in the child's language as he or she grows older. In this second edition Paul Fletcher and Michael Garman have the same fundamental aim. Six years later the field has not changed dramatically, but there have been fruitful theoretical developments - the learnability hypothesis, in particular, has been influentially expounded - and empirical work seeking evidence of specific language capacities in children has made notable advances. Equally significant are shifts in emphasis: the growing interest in cross-linguistic studies, for example, or accounts of language development of reading and writing. All these changes are reflected in the second edition. About half the chapters are entirely new, having been specially commissioned for this edition. The remainder of the book consists of substantially revised versions of chapters from the first edition. Like its predecessor, this collection is the work of distinguished specialists from many countries and will provide an invaluable resource for students and professionals alike who have an interest in the field of child language acquisition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77808/cover/9780521277808.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution in History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All serious historical inquiry constantly encounters these major questions: what are the forces of historical change? and are there any general patterns shaping historical development? Theories of revolution have figured large in historians' explanations, yet they have remained deeply controversial, not least because of the complexity - and often ambiguity - of such notions of revolution themselves. In this book fifteen contributors, leading historians and renowned experts in particular fields or periods, examine the interpretative value of ideas of revolution for explaining historical development within their own specialism, assessing the existing historiography and offering their own personal views. The book presents a conspectus of modern historical opinion, provides a sweeping historical overview, and offers students an invaluable introduction to major questions of historiographical interpretation and controversy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77846/cover/9780521277846.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illness and Culture in Contemporary Japan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ohnuki-Tierney, Emiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Health care in contemporary Japan - a modern industrial state with high technology, but a distinctly non-Western cultural tradition - operates on several different levels. In this book Emiko Ohnuki-Tierney provides a detailed and historically informed account of the cultural practices and cultural meaning of health care in urban Japan. In contrast to most ethnomedical studies, this book pays careful attention to everyday hygienic practices and beliefs, as well as presenting a comprehensive picture of formalized medicine, health care aspects of Japanese religions, and biomedicine. These different systems compete with one another at some levels, but are complementary in providing health care to urban Japanese, who often use more than one system simultaneously. As an unequalled portrayal of health care in a modern industrial, but non-Western, setting, it will be of widespread interest to scholars and students of anthropology, medicine, and East Asian studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77860/cover/9780521277860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521277876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521277876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521277877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Buddhist Saints of the Forest and the Cult of Amulets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521277877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambiah, Stanley Jeyaraja</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central actors in this book are some reclusive forest-dwelling ascetic meditation masters who have been acclaimed as 'saints' in contemporary Thailand. These saints originally pursued their salvation quest among the isolated villages of the country's periphery, but once recognized as holy men endowed with charisma, they became the radiating centres of a country-wide cult of amulets. The amulets, blessed by the saints, are avidly sought by royalty, ruling generals, intelligentsia and common folk alike for their alleged powers to influence the success of worldly transactions, whether political, economic, martial or romantic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/77877/cover/9780521277877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052127804X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052127804X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>H. G. Wells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>H. G. Wells wrote almost a hundred books, yet he is generally remembered for only a handful of them. He is known above all as a writer who heralded the future, yet throughout his life he clung to fixed attitudes from the Victorian past. He began his career as a draper's apprentice; by the age of forty-five he had secured an international reputation as the author of The Time Machine, The War of the Worlds, Kipps and Tono Bungay; he went on to establish himself as an influential educator, polemicist and sage. In this book John Batchelor offers a readable introduction to Wells's huge and varied output as a writer and thinker. He guides the reader through the whole oeuvre, and argues persuasively that at his best Wells was a great artist: a man with a remarkable, restless imagination (not limited, as many critics have implied, merely to his early romances) and with a coherent and responsible theory of fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78041/cover/9780521278041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on the Principles of Political Obligation and Other Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Thomas Hill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrow, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains the political writing of T. H. Green and selections from those of his ethical writings which bear on his political philosophy. Green's best known work, Lectures on the Principles of Political Obligation, is included in full, as are the essay on freedom and the lecture 'Liberal Legislation and Freedom of Contract'. There are also extracts from Green's lectures on the English Revolution and from the Prolegomena to Ethics, and a number of previously unpublished essays and notes. All the texts have been corrected against Green's manuscripts, held in Balliol College. The editors have provided a list of variants, full notes and an introductory essay on the importance of Green's form of revitalised liberalism. The volume will be a valuable sourcebook for students of Green's thought and the history of nineteenth-century liberalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78102/cover/9780521278102.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aspects of Topology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Memory of Hugh Dowker 1912-1982</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronheimer, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a memorial volume to the distinguished Canadian-born mathematician Hugh Dowker, one of the most highly regarded topologists in the United Kingdom and sometime Professor at Birkbeck College, London. The volume comprises specially written articles on various topological topics by experts in many countries who worked with Dowker at one time or another. These include survey, expository and research articles on general topology, algebraic topology and related subjects such as knot theory and graph theory. The volume will be of great interest to graduate students and professional mathematicians whose speciality is topology, in all its aspects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78157/cover/9780521278157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fish People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linguistic Exogamy and Tukanoan Identity in Northwest Amazonia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Jean E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Bar&#225;, or Fish People, of the Northwest Amazon form part of an unusual network of intermarrying local communities scattered along the rivers of this region. Each community belongs to one of sixteen different groups that speak sixteen different languages, and marriages must take place between people not only from different communities but with different primary languages. In a network of this sort, which defies the usual label of 'tribe', social identity assumes a distinct and unusual configuration. In this book, Jean Jackson's incisive discussions of Bar&#225; marriage, kinship, spatial organization, and other features of the social and geographic landscape show how Tukanoans (as participants in the network are collectively known) conceptualize and tie together their universe of widely scattered communities, and how an individual's identity emerges in terms of relations with others. As theoretically challenging as it is unique, the Tukanoan system bears on a wide range of issues of current anthropological concern, such as how to analyze open-ended regional systems in small-scale societies, ideal versus actual patterns of behaviour, identity as both structure and action, and indigenous use of multiple, even conflicting, models of social structure. Professor Jackson's thoughtful discussions also extend to broader social scientific issues concerning the relation of language to culture, the presence or absence of individualism in pre-state societies, the nature of ethnic boundaries, the interplay between observation of behaviour and its interpretation (on the part of both native and anthropologist), and the achievement of flexibility and self-interested goals while applying seemingly rigid social structural principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/39219/cover/9780521239219.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship and Marriage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robin Fox's study of systems of kinship and alliance has become an established classic of the social science literature. It has been praised above all for its liveliness of style and clarity of exposition in an area that students and general readers have found difficult to master. It was the first attempt to produce an overview of this central subject and has maintained its unique position over the years. Fox's reconciliation of 'descent' and 'alliance' theories, and his 'deductive' approach to the logic of kinship systems based on four universal premises, give the book its distinctive flavour and make it not only the best available introductory text but a contribution to theory in its own right. It has been used throughout the world as an introduction for both academic and lay readers and has been translated into numerous languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78232/cover/9780521278232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Medical Biochemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luzio, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The many exciting developments in cell and molecular biology in recent years have important implications for the practice of medicine. The purpose of this new text is to bring these developments to the attention of undergraduates taking courses in biochemistry. The emphasis is on topics (membrane structure and function, hormone action and secretion) where current knowledge of macromolecular and cellular structure and function is likely to contribute most to understanding the underlying pathology of common multifactorial diseases. The book also outlines the basic features of recombinant DNA techniques and the impact they are having in the diagnosis, treatment and knowledge of disease processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78287/cover/9780521278287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musica Asiatica</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Picken, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this fourth volume of studies in the historical musicology and organology of Asia, Jonathan Condit completes his survey of Korean scores in mensural notation, and Roger Blench examines the morphology and distribution of sub-Saharan musical instruments of North African, Middle Eastern, and Asian origin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78379/cover/9780521278379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism in Nineteenth-Century Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlhaus, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The music of the nineteenth century was - and still is - thought of as a 'romantic' art, whereas the main current of the literature and fine arts of the age was 'realist' from about 1830. Yet some works are consistently described as 'realistic': Nusorgsky's Boris and Bizet's Carmen are only the most frequently cited examples. Professor Dahlhaus sets out the criteria of realism, with particular reference to French and German theorists and examines the extent to which they apply to music too. While his findings do not reverse the verdict that the music of the age was in general romantic, he demonstrates that musical realism consists in much more than imitation of natural sounds or tone-painting. The notes are revised here for the English-speaking reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78416/cover/9780521278416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creep of Crystals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>High-Temperature Deformation Processes in Metals, Ceramics and Minerals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poirier, Jean-Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook describes the physics of the plastic deformation of solids at high temperatures. It is directed at geologists or geophysicists interested in the high-temperature behaviour of crystals who wish to become acquainted with the methods of materials science in so far as they are useful to earth scientists. It explains the most important models and recent experimental results without losing the reader in the primary literature of materials science. In turn the book deals with the essential solid-state physics; thermodynamics and hydrostatics of creep; creep models and their applications in the geological sciences; diffusion creep; superplastic deformation and deformation enhanced by phase transformations. Five concluding chapters give experimental results for metals, ceramics and minerals. There are extensive bibliographies to aid further study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78515/cover/9780521278515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Rings over Skew Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first half of the book is a general study of homomorphisms to simple artinian rings; the techniques developed here should be of interest to many algebraists. The second half is a more detailed study of special types of skew fields which have arisen from the work of P. M. Cohn and the author. A number of questions are settled; a version of the Jacobian conjecture for free algebras is proved and there are examples of skew field extensions of different but finite left and right dimension.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78539/cover/9780521278539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Theory of Modern Societies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anthony Giddens and his Critics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Held, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive appraisal of the work of Anthony Giddens, who is known worldwide as one of the leading figures in social theory and the social sciences. During the last decade Giddens has published a series of substantial volumes which have defined a distinctive and original theoretical approach. The twin focal points of his approach are the 'theory of structuration' and the analysis of 'modernity'. Giddens's writings on these and related themes are widely recognized as among the most important contributions to theoretical debate in the social sciences. Social Theory of Modern Societies is the first volume to provide a systematic and critical assessment of Giddens's contributions. The volume includes eleven critical essays - all of which were specially commissioned for this volume - by authors who are well known in their own fields: Zygmunt Bauman, Richard J. Bernstein, Derek Gregory, Nicky Gregson, David Held, Bob Jessop, Linda Murgatroyd, Peter Saunders, Martin Shaw, John B. Thompson and Erik Olin Wright. In a long concluding chapter, Anthony Giddens responds to the criticisms raised by these and other authors, clarifying and elaborating his current views. The result is a unique and engaging book which gives both a critical evaluation of Giddens's work and a guide to some of the theoretical issues which are at the forefront of the social sciences today. It will be of interest to students and academics in sociology, politics and geography, and to students in the social sciences and humanities generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78553/cover/9780521278553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Fields in Curved Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, N. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, P. C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive review of the subject of gravitational effects in quantum field theory. Although the treatment is general, special emphasis is given to the Hawking black hole evaporation effect, and to particle creation processes in the early universe. The last decade has witnessed a phenomenal growth in this subject. This is the first attempt to collect and unify the vast literature that has contributed to this development. All the major technical results are presented, and the theory is developed carefully from first principles. Here is everything that students or researchers will need to embark upon calculations involving quantum effects of gravity at the so-called one-loop approximation level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78584/cover/9780521278584.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of New Zealand</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawke, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive study of the economic history of New Zealand. It is for use as a textbook, and will be of interest to economic historians for its comprehensive coverage of the subject. It provides a clear and readable account that will be accessible to those without a background in economics. The book covers the period since European settlement, with particular emphasis on the postwar economy. It deals with the economic problems encountered in establishing a trading economy in New Zealand and in maintaining it and adapting it to the evolving international economy. It looks closely at the development and performance of different sectors of the economy, the influence of the government and the response to international economic conditions. It also considers the way in which New Zealand society has been shaped by the problems encountered and by the solutions to those problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78690/cover/9780521278690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classgroups of Group Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a self-contained account of the theory of classgroups of group rings. The guiding philosophy has been to describe all the basic properties of such classgroups in terms of character functions. This point of view is due to A. Frohlich and it achieves a considerable simplification and clarity over previous techniques. A main feature of the book is the introduction of the author's group logarithm, with numerous examples of its application. The main results dealt with are: Ullom's conjecture for Swan modules of p-groups; the self-duality theorem for rings of integers of tame extensions; the fixed-point theorem for determinants of group rings; the existence of Adams operations on classgroups. In addition, the author includes a number of calculations of classgroups of specific families of groups such as generalized dihedral groups, and quaternion and dihedral 2-groups. The work contained in this book should be readily accessible to any graduate student in pure mathematics who has taken a course in the representation theory of finite groups. It will also be of interest to number theorists and algebraic topologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78706/cover/9780521278706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Zwingli</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Huldrych Zwingli was widely known as a humanist and admirer of Erasmus when he came to Zurich from Glarus and Einsiedeln in 1519. The stages of the Zwinglian Reformation there were marked by the attack on compulsory fasting, images in churches and the doctrine of purgatory, culminating in the rejection of the sacrificial nature of the mass. Like Luther, Zwingli accepted sola scripture as the only criterion by which religious beliefs were to be judged, but he parted company with Luther on the central issue of the nature of the eucharist. Their confrontation at Marburg failed to bring about agreement. A further important challenge came from the Anabaptists, who rejected infant baptism, military service, oaths and payment of tithe. Zwingli's many verbal and written discussions with them and his relations with Grebel, Mentz, Blaurock and Hubmaier form part of the story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78881/cover/9780521278881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Swedish Imperial Experience 1560-1718</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his Wiles Lectures for 1977 Professor Roberts examines some of the problems raised by Sweden's brief career as a great power, and seeks to answer some of the questions that flow from them. Were the underlying considerations which prompted the unexpected development geopolitical, or social, or economic? How was it possible to produce the financial resources and the manpower which the enterprise demanded? How far was seventeenth-century Sweden a militarized society? What importance had official propaganda and national myths? Did the consititutional situation help to make an expansionist foreign policy easier? The structure of the empire is next examined: its administration, the ties that held it together, the differing interests of the provinces, the varying responses of the metropolitan power was there, in fact, anything deserving the name of an imperial policy? How did the provinces view the Swedish connexion? In a final chapter the author tries to answer the question why, if Sweden could acquire an empire without undue strain, she could not retain it; why the collapse was so rapid and so total; and whether her career as a great power had real relevance to the country's subsequent history. On almost all these topics little information is available in English, and no comparable treatment of them on this scale exists in any language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78898/cover/9780521278898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Revolt of the Catalans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The revolution of Catalonia in 1640 was a signal event in seventeenth-century Europe. Its causes and antecedents - essential for an understanding of the revolution itelf - form the basis of Professor Elliott's study of the Spanish monarchy at this time. They throw remarkable light on the whole question of the decline of Spain in the seventeenth century from its position of pre-eminence in Europe. From the fierce suppression of Catalan bandits by their Castilian overlords during the second decade of the century, Professor Elliott traces the gradual deterioration of relations between the principality of Catalonia and the government in Madrid. He shows how Olivares, the favourite and chief minister of Philip IV, attempted to use Catalan resources to fight Spain's foreign wars, and how the growing tension led ultimately to a revolution, which he suggests played a crucial part in Spain's decline. Professor Elliott's story is almost entirely based on previously unknown documents found in the Spanish national and local archives. These sources enabled him to write the first full-scale treatment of Olivares and his policies. While exciting as a story in its own right, it also stands as a case-history of the perennial struggle between regional liberties and the claims of central governments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Acceptable Risk</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischhoff, Baruch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichtenstein, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slovic, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Derby, Steven L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keeney, Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The common denominator of a growing number of hard decisions facing modern societies is the need to determine 'how safe is safe enough?'. The authors begin by defining acceptable-risk problems and analysing why they are so difficult to resolve, considering such issues as uncertainty about their definition, lack of relevant facts, conflicting and conflicted social values, and disagreements between technical experts and the lay public. Drawing on their own experience in risk management as well as the relevant research literatures, they identify and characterise the variety of methods that have been proposed for resolving acceptable-risk problems. They subject these methods to a rigorous critique in terms of philosophical presuppositions, technical feasibility, political acceptability, and validity of underlying assumptions about human behaviour. The authors construct a framework for deciding how to make decisions about risks, and offer recommendations for research, public policy, and practice. Although their principal focus is on technological hazards, their analysis applies to many risks, such as those from new medical treatments or  innovative programmes in criminal justice. The necessity of balancing risks and benefits impinges on most people's lives, and a broad audience will find this book thought-provoking and useful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78928/cover/9780521278928.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521278961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521278961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521278966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Critical Introduction to Twentieth-Century American Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521278966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, C. W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this, the third and final volume of his critical account of American drama in the twentieth century, Christopher Bigsby turns from the text-oriented drama of Williams, Miller and Albee (volume 2) in order to trace other, parallel theatrical developments of the post-war period, including contemporary groups and playwrights. Beyond Broadway denotes the geographical and spiritual challenges to prevailing standards which so fragmented the theatre of the 1960s in particular. Following his analysis of the Off-Broadway and Off-Off Broadway playwrights and theatres, Dr Bigsby separates the period into four main areas: performance theatre (including the Living Theatre and the Performance Group); the conjunction of dance, music and painting with drama in the 'theatre of images'; two successful contemporary playwrights, Sam Shepard and David Mamet; and finally the committed theatre exemplified in the San Francisco Mime Troupe and Chicano, black and women's theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/78966/cover/9780521278966.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128001X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128001X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature, Culture and Gender</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacCormack, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Categories of analysis in the social sciences include the binary pair 'nature' and 'culture', as defined by western societies. Anthropologists have often imputed these categories to the world-views of non-western people and the construct has acquired the status of a universal. It has been further argued that culture (that which is regulated by human thought and technology) is universally valued as being superior to nature (the unregulated); and that female is universally associated with nature (and is therefore inferior and to be dominated) and male with culture. The essays in this volume question these propositions. They examine the assumptions behind them analytically and historically, and present ethnographic evidence to show that the dichotomy between nature and culture, and its association with a contrast between the sexes, is a particularity of western thought. The book is a commentary on the way anthropologists working within the western tradition have projected their own ideas on to the thought systems of other peoples. Its form is largely anthropological, but it will have a wide appeal within the social sciences and the humanities, especially among those interested in structuralist thought and women's studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80013/cover/9780521280013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hermeneutics and the Human Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Language, Action and Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ricoeur, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection in translation of essays by Paul Ricoeur which presents a comprehensive view of his philosophical hermeneutics, its relation to the views of his predecessors in the tradition and its consequences for the social sciences. The volume has three parts. The studies in the first part examine the history of hermeneutics, its central themes and the outstanding issues it has to confront. In Part II, Ricoeur's own current, constructive position is developed. A concept of the text is formulated as the implications of the theory are pursued into the domains of sociology, psychoanalysis and history. Many of the essays appear here in English for the first time; the editor's introduction brings out their background in Ricoeur's thought and the continuity of his concerns. The volume will be of great importance for those interested in hermeneutics and Ricoeur's contribution to it, and will demonstrate how much his approach offers to a number of disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80020/cover/9780521280020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Workers' Control in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the History of Work, Technology, and Labor Struggles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montgomery, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of essays on workers' efforts in the 19th and 20th centuries to assert control over the processes of production in US. It describes the development of management techniques and includes discussions of various worker and union responses to unemployment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80068/cover/9780521280068.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Esthetics of Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlhaus, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Austin, William W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the esthetics of music. Aesthetics, which were of prime importance in thinking about music in the nineteenth century, are today sometimes suspected of being idle speculation. Yet judgments about music and every sort of musical activity are based on aesthetic presuppositions. Carl Dahlhaus gives an account of developments in the aesthetics of music from the mid-eighteenth century onwards. He combines a historical and systematic approach. Central themes in music are grouped together to illustrate both the historical course of events and a systematic unity of the essential elements in the aesthetics of music. For this edition, the late Carl Dahlhaus provided an annotated bibliography. William Austin has added books for the English-speaking reader, and has also supplied notes to the text to help the student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80075/cover/9780521280075.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Little I Remember</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frisch, Otto Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Otto Frisch took part in some of the most momentous developments in modern physics, notably the discovery of nuclear fission (a term which he coined). His work on the first atom bomb, which he saw explode in the desert 'like the light of a thousand suns', brought him into contact with figures such as Robert Oppenheimer, Edward Teller, Richard Feynman and the father of electronic computers, John von Neumann.  He also encountered the physicists who had made the great discoveries of recent generations: Einstein, Rutherford and Niels Bohr.  This characterful book of reminiscences sheds an engagingly personal light on the people and events behind some of the greatest scientific discoveries of this century, illustrated with a series of fascinating photographs and witty sketches by the author himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80105/cover/9780521280105.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Darwin to Behaviourism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychology and the Minds of Animals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boakes, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume surveys the way that understanding of the minds of animals and ideas about the relationship between animal and human behaviour developed from around 1870 to 1930. In describing the research and theories which contributed to these developments, this book looks at the people who undertook such studies and the reasons why they did so. Its main purpose is to examine the different ways in which the outcome of this work affected their ideas about the human mind and exerted such a formative influence on psychology in general. This book will be used by first and second year undergraduates studying psychology, and will also appeal to students of the history of science and philosophy. In addition, the lucid, non-technical style of this book will provide an excellent introduction to the general reader who would like to know more about this interesting subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80129/cover/9780521280129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giuseppe Verdi: Falstaff</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepokoski, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a compact, up-to-date guide to the history and construction of Verdi's last - and possibly greatest - opera. Incorporating the findings of the most recent research, it provides performers, opera enthusiasts, students and scholars alike with a reliable summary of what is currently known about the work. The book gives a full synopsis of the plot and a detailed account both of Verdi's aims in composing the opera and of how he actually composed it: which portions were difficult for him, which he considered crucial, which were afterthoughts, etc. Special attention is given to separating the three versions of Falstaff that Verdi approved - versions that are still confused in almost all performances today. Professor Hepokoski also supplies extensive discussions of Boito's derivation of the plot and text from Shakespeare (and others); of the musical technique and structure of Falstaff; and of Verdi's own guidelines for interpretation, staging and singing. A guide to critical assessments of the opera illustrates the widely differing receptions the opera has had in the twentieth century, and a concluding essay by Graham Bradshaw discusses Shakespearean aspects of both Otello and Falstaff. The book contains a bibliography, a discography (by Malcolm Walker), illustrations of the original stage designs and costumes, and extensive musical examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80167/cover/9780521280167.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematics, Science and Epistemology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakatos, Imre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worrall, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Currie, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Imre Lakatos' philosophical and scientific papers are published here in two volumes. Volume I brings together his very influential but scattered papers on the philosophy of the physical sciences, and includes one important unpublished essay on the effect of Newton's scientific achievement. Volume 2 presents his work on the philosophy of mathematics (much of it unpublished), together with some critical essays on contemporary philosophers of science and some famous polemical writings on political and educational issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80303/cover/9780521280303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methodology of Scientific Research Programmes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakatos, Imre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worrall, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Currie, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Imre Lakatos' philosophical and scientific papers are published here in two volumes. Volume I brings together his very influential but scattered papers on the philosophy of the physical sciences, and includes one important unpublished essay on the effect of Newton's scientific achievement. Volume II presents his work on the philosophy of mathematics (much of it unpublished), together with some critical essays on contemporary philosophers of science and some famous polemical writings on political and educational issues. Imre Lakatos had an influence out of all proportion to the length of his philosophical career. This collection exhibits and confirms the originality, range and the essential unity of his work. It demonstrates too the force and spirit he brought to every issue with which he engaged, from his most abstract mathematical work to his passionate 'Letter to the director of the LSE'. Lakatos' ideas are now the focus of widespread and increasing interest, and these volumes should make possible for the first time their study as a whole and their proper assessment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80310/cover/9780521280310.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Companion to Russian Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Russian History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Auty, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Obolensky, Dimitri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An introduction, complete in one volume, to the history of Russia from medieval times to the fall of Khrushchev and beyond. A study of the geographical setting in which the Russian state grew to its present super-power status is followed by five chapters which discuss the political, social, and economic history of the country, and four final chapters examine respectively the role of the Church, Soviet government and politics, the economy of the Soviet state, and the international relations of the USSR. Each chapter has been specially commissioned for this volume, and the writers are acknowledged experts in their fields. Every chapter is followed by a guide to further reading. This is perhaps the most comprehensive and authoritative collaborative history of Russia yet to appear. It will be read as a continuous account, and will also be consulted as a standard reference guide in libraries of universities, colleges, and schools wherever Russian and Soviet history, European history, and international relations are studied. It forms the first part of the three-volume Companion to Russian Studies, the two other parts of which deal with Russian language and literature, and Russian art and architecture respectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coding the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beller, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Axiomatic set theory is the concern of this book. More particularly, the authors prove results about the coding of models M, of Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory together with the Generalized Continuum Hypothesis by using a class 'forcing' construction. By this method they extend M to another model L[a] with the same properties. L[a] is G&#246;dels universe of 'constructible' sets L, together with a set of integers a which code all the cardinality and cofinality structure of M. Some applications are also considered. Graduate students and research workers in set theory and logic will be especially interested by this account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80402/cover/9780521280402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in Love</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farmer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence's Women in Love - 'the beginning of a new world', as he called it - suffered in the course of its revision, transcription, and publication some of the most spectacular damage ever inflicted upon one of his books. Until now no text of Women in Love has ever been published which is faithful to all of Lawrence's revisions. This edition, edited by scholars in England and America, clears the text of literally thousands of accumulated errors allowing its readers to read and understand the novelist's work as he himself created it. The edition includes the 'Foreword' Lawrence wrote in 1919 and two preliminary and discarded chapters which have attracted widespread critical and biographical discussion. The introduction gives a full history of the novel's composition, revision, publication and reception, and notes explain allusions and references; the textual apparatus records all variants between the base-text and the first printed editions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80419/cover/9780521280419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Autobiography of Francis Place</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1771-1854</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thale, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thale, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Francis Place's autobiography presents a vivid and readable account of the early life of one of the best-known radical reformers of the early 19th century. The publication of Place's manuscript for the first time in book form is a landmark in the expanding field of studies in artisan self-consciousness of the pre-Victorian era. The book will be of obvious value to those interested in the origins of the Reform Movement and especially of the controversial reform group, the London Corresponding society. In his description of the rise and fall of the LCS and of the men who composed it and other reform groups. Place brings to life the human feelings and failings of the working-class democratic movement, and his own lifelong attempts to 'promote the welfare of the working class'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80488/cover/9780521280488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method and Appraisal in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Latsis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central problem of the essays in this volume is the problem of theory appraisal in economics. In the history of economic theory we find few widely recognised theoretical achievements and in the history of the methodology of economics we find little agreement concerning the standards by which we should judge a theory as an improvement on its predecessors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80501/cover/9780521280501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ZZ/2 - Homotopy Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crabb, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This account is a study of twofold symmetry in algebraic topology. The author discusses specifically the antipodal involution of a real vector bundle - multiplication by - I in each fibre; doubling and squaring operations; the symmetry of bilinear forms and Hermitian K-theory. In spite of its title, this is not a treatise on equivariant topology; rather it is the language in which to describe the symmetry. Familiarity with the basic concepts of algebraic topology (homotopy, stable homotopy, homology, K-theory, the Pontrjagin-Thom transfer construction) is assumed. Detailed proofs are not given (the expert reader will be able to supply them when necessary) yet nowhere is credibility lost. Thus the approach is elementary enough to provide an introduction to the subject suitable for graduate students although research workers will find here much of interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80518/cover/9780521280518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by W. S. Gilbert</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Palace of the Truth, Sweethearts, Princess Toto, Engaged, Rosencrantz and Guildenstern</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition includes four plays and one libretto, covering more than twenty years of the dramatist's career: The Palace of Truth (1870), Sweethearts (1874), Princess Toto (1876), Engaged (1877) and Rosencrantz and Guildenstern (1891). The collection demonstrates that Gilbert was an original dramatist in his own right. The sophisticated irony of his plays challenged the conventions of the Victorian burlesque and sentimental comedy by demanding, and receiving, an intelligent response from the audience. George Rowell's useful and thorough introduction, which presents the theatrical background to Gilbert's development, also shows the dramatist's influence on Pinero, Wilde and Shaw. Gilbert's style combines a technique rarely realistic and stretching to fantasy with a tone apparently cynical and in fact deeply pessimistic. This odd pairing of fantasy and fatalism was recognized by his own and later generations as 'Gilbertian' and the term has been widely applied even outside the theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by David Garrick and George Colman the Elder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As playwrights David Garrick and George Colman the Elder showed themselves to be practical men of the theatre, providing excellent acting parts and well-constructed scenes capable of provoking laughter in any age. At one time they were rival managers of the two main London theatres, Drury Lane and Covent Garden, but their friendship was greater than their rivalry and survived until Garrick's death. This volume includes five plays: three short farces by Garrick, a full-length play by Colman and the famous collaborative work The Clandestine Marriage. The playwrights' abilities complemented each other and their eventual parting illustrates the divergence of comic styles that were popular at the time - the satirical and the sentimental. In his introduction Mr Wood describes the composition and expectations of the contemporary London audiences and the theatrical careers of the two playwright-managers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Birds of Passage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Migrant Labor and Industrial Societies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piore, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Birds of Passage presents an unorthodox analysis of migration ion to urban industrial societies from underdeveloped rual areas. It argues that such migrations are a continuing feature of industrial societies and that they are generated by forces inherent in the nature of industrial economies. It explains why conventional economic theory finds such migrations so difficult to comprehend, and challenges a set of older assumptions that supported the view that these migrations were beneficial to both sending and receiving societies. Professor Piore seriously questions whether migration actually relieves population pressure and rural unemployment, and whether it develops skills necessary for the emergence of an industrial labour force in the home country. Furthermore, he criticizes the notion that in the long run migrant labour complements native labour. On the basis of this critique, he develops an alternative theory of the nature of the migration process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80587/cover/9780521280587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A User's Guide to the Gottman-Williams Time-Series Analysis Computer Programs for Social Scientists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Esther A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottman, John Mordechai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Esther Williams and John Gottman describe a complete set of programs they have written in Fortran IV to enable even beginners to use all the techniques presented in John Gottman's Time-Series Analysis: A Comprehensive Introduction for Social Scientists. There are three packages, available on IBM card source desks from the authors, for (1) time and frequency domain model fitting, including detecting cycles, (2) forecasting and interrupted time-series analysis, and (3) multivariate time-series analysis, in both time and frequency domains. The packages have been tested for portability. Modification specific computers are noted in the guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80594/cover/9780521280594.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>P-adic Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short Course on Recent Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koblitz, Neal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to recent work in p-adic analysis and number theory will make accessible to a relatively general audience the efforts of a number of mathematicians over the last five years. After reviewing the basics (the construction of p-adic numbers and the p-adic analog of the complex number field, power series and Newton polygons), the author develops the properties of p-adic Dirichlet L-series using p-adic measures and integration. p-adic gamma functions are introduced, and their relationship to L-series is explored. Analogies with the corresponding complex analytic case are stressed. Then a formula for Gauss sums in terms of the p-adic gamma function is proved using the cohomology of Fermat and Artin-Schreier curves. Graduate students and research workers in number theory, algebraic geometry and parts of algebra and analysis will welcome this account of current research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80600/cover/9780521280600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128063X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128063X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Translations of Medieval Philosophical Texts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kretzmann, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stump, Eleonore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a three-volume anthology intended as a companion to The Cambridge History of Later Medieval Philosophy. Volume 1 is concerned with the logic and the philosophy of language, and comprises fifteen important texts on questions of meaning and inference that formed the basis of Medieval philosophy. As far as is practicable, complete works or topically complete segments of larger works have been selected. The editors have provided a full introduction to the volume and detailed introductory headnotes to each text; the volume is also indexed comprehensively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80631/cover/9780521280631.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Studies in Tropical Fish Communities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe-McConnell, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tropical fish present some of the best examples of how new species evolve and how complex ecological communities are maintained. Their study has generated important new ideas on the roles of ecology and behaviour in the evolution of species and communities. This book brings together for the first time the results of widely scattered research on fish in tropical rivers, lakes and seas, research that has been stimulated by the splendid opportunities to observe the behaviour of fish in their natural habitats in the clear warm waters. The book opens with an overview of the ecology of tropical freshwater and marine environments and their associated fish faunas, and then presents a number of freshwater studies drawn from the African, South American, Asian and New Guinea tropics. Special consideration is given to the new man-made lakes which have provided large-scale experiments on the change of riverine fish communities to lacustrine ones, and to the great lakes of East Africa for examples of recent species evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80648/cover/9780521280648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of Pharmacology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Primer on Drug Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bentley, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written primarily for students of medicine, pharmacy, and pharmacology, this introductory book provides a concise summary of the principles that underlie the science of pharmacology. It presents the basic concepts required for understanding the use, mechanisms of action, toxicity and side effects, and therapeutic application of drugs in man. Thus the book may also be of interest to medical practitioners and to biological and medical scientists. Among topics covered are the sources of drugs, the way they are administered and dealt with in the body, as well as concepts about the nature of their actions. The last include their chemical interactions with components of cells and the manner in which these lead to therapeutically desirable as well as undesirable and even toxic effects. In addition, clinically related subjects, such as drug interactions, teratogenic and carcinogenic effects are discussed. The development and testing of new drugs are also described. For easy reference, at the back of the book there is a glossary of drugs named in the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Female Power and Male Dominance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Origins of Sexual Inequality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanday, Peggy Reeves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Peggy Sanday provides a ground-breaking examination of power and dominance in male-female relationships. How does the culturally approved interaction between the sexes originate? Why are women viewed as a necessary part of political, economic, and religious affairs in some societies but not in others? Why do some societies clothe sacred symbols of creative power in the guise of one sex and not of the other? Professor Sanday offers solutions to these cultural puzzles by using cross-cultural research on over 150 tribal societies. She systematically establishes the full range of variation in male and female power roles and then suggests a theoretical framework for explaining this variation. Rejecting the argument of universal female subordination, Professor Sanday argues that male dominance is not inherent in human relations but is a solution to various kinds of cultural strain. Those who are thought to embody, be in touch with, or control the creative forces of nature are perceived as powerful. In isolating the behavioural and symbolic mechanisms which institute male dominance, professor Sanday shows that a people's secular power roles are partly derived from ancient concepts of power, as exemplified by their origin myths. Power and dominance are further determined by a people's adaptation to their environment, social conflict, and emotional stress. This is illustrated through case studies of the effects of European colonialism, migration, and food stress, and supported by numerous statistical associations between sexual inequity and various cultural stresses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80754/cover/9780521280754.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521280761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521280761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521280761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pattern of Imperialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States, Great Britian and the Late-Industrializing World Since 1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521280761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principal ambition of this book is to provide an avowedly eclectic, although largely political, explanation of American and British imperialism, as comprehensive and ultimately as unified as that offered by Marxist interpretations. Geopolitical considerations are assumed to be basic (but not exclusive) concerns of foreign policy elites in Britain and the United States; and the ability of people in Latin America, Africa and Asia to coordinate their activities, that is, to act politically, is assumed to be the central (but not sole) feature determining the character of their response to Western imperialism. The book provides profiles of various southern political regimes and categorises their different reactions to the impact of imperialism in the nineteenth century and to the impetus for decolonisation after 1945. The author concludes by considering the dilemma of American policy toward the Third World in the early 1980s, when traditional modes of conduct can no longer prescribe a clear plan of action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/80761/cover/9780521280761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Low-Dimensional Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thickstun, T. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume consists of the proceedings of a conference held at the University College of North Wales (Bangor) in July of 1979. It assembles research papers which reflect diverse currents in low-dimensional topology. The topology of 3-manifolds, hyperbolic geometry and knot theory emerge as major themes. The inclusion of surveys of work in these areas should make the book very useful to students as well as researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81461/cover/9780521281461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Fertility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Arab Christian-Muslim Differentials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chamie, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is a critical investigation into the relationship between religious affiliation, on the one hand, and fertility, family size preferences and family planning behaviour, on the other. Dr Chamie works from a set of unique data: the 1971 Fertility and Family Planning Survey in Lebanon. This survey is not only a national study of Lebanese fertility but also a large-scale survey (2,800 people) offering the opportunity to study Arab Christian-Muslim differentials. Lebanon's demographic situation has far greater scientific and practical importance than might be supposed from its relatively small population. From observing the important religious communities at different stages of social and economic development, Dr Chamie has thus been able to analyse the interacting effects of religion and socio-economic development on reproductive behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81478/cover/9780521281478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stomatal Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvis, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfield, T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains a collection of papers on the anatomy, physiology and action of stomata by experts in the field, presented in a form suitable for students of botany and plant science, and related subjects such as agriculture, forestry, and horticulture, at the undergraduate and postgraduate level. Special care has been taken to ensure that the book can be used as a text for undergraduate courses in plant, environmental and cell physiology at a reasonably advanced level. It provides an up-to-date assessment of our knowledge of stomata and the articles include: the structure and development of stomata; the measurement of stomatal aperture and conductance; the ion exchanges and metabolism of guard cells; work on isolated guard-cell protoplasts; the responses of stomata to a wide range of stimuli, including light, carbon dioxide, humidity, water stress, pollutants and disease organisms; the behaviour of stomata in the field; and a discussion of stomatal control of transpiration and photosynthesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81515/cover/9780521281515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128158X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128158X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hellenistic Age from the Battle of Ipsos to the Death of Kleopatra VII</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burstein, Stanley M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Greek and Roman history has largely been reconstructed from the works of Herodotus, Thucydides, Livy, Tacitus, and other major authors who are today well represented in English translations. But much equally valuable documentary material is buried in inscriptions and papyri and in the works of Greek and Roman grammarians and scholars, and less well known historians and literary figures, of whose writings only isolated quotations have been preserved. Translated Documents of Greece and Rome has been planned to provide, above all, primary source material for the study of the classical world. It makes important historical documents available in English to scholars and students of classical history. The format of the translations is remarkable in attempting to reproduce faithfully the textual difficulties and uncertainties inherent in the documents, so that the reader without a knowledge of classical languages can assess the reliability of the various readings and interpretations. The author's purpose in compiling this book is to help the teaching of Hellenistic history at undergraduate and graduate level by providing students and teachers with a representative selection of accurately translated documents dealing with the political and social history of Greece and the Near and Middle East from c. 300 to c. 30 BC. The continuing vitality of the Greek cities in the Hellenistic period and the interaction of Greek and non-Greek cultures in the Near and Middle East after Alexander are the two themes to which the author pays particular attention. In accordance with the principles of this series, selections from readily available major authors such as Polybius and Plutarch have been excluded except where unavoidable. Instead the bulk of the selections have been drawn from papyrological and epigraphical sources, many of which have never been translated into English before. The texts include city decrees and regulations, royal letters and ordinances, records of embassies and judicial decisions, dedications, treaties, statue bases, and documents dealing with the establishment of festivals, dynastic and other religious cults, education and other endowments. Brief commentaries and bibliographical notes accompany each text. Students and teachers of ancient history and classical civilization will welcome this book. Those studying Jewish history and the historical background of early Christianity will also find it interesting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81584/cover/9780521281584.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume of a projected six-volume Commentary on Homer's Iliad, under the General Editorship of professor G. S. Kirk. Professor Kirk himself is the editor of the present volume, which covers the first four Books of Iliad. It consists of four introductory chapters, dealing in particular with rhythm and formular techniques, followed by the detailed commentary which aims at helping serious readers by attempting to identify and deal with most of the difficulties which might stand in the way of a sensitive and informed response to the poem. The Catalogues in Book 2 recieve especially full treatment. The book does not include a Greek text - important matters pertaining to the text are discussed in the commentary. It is hoped that the volume as a whole will lead scholars to a better understanding of the epic style as well as of many well-known thematic problems on a larger scale. This Commentary will be an essential reference work for all students of Greek literature. Archaeologists and historians will also find that it contains matters of relevance to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81713/cover/9780521281713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in the major six-volume commentary on The Iliad now being prepared under the general editorship of Professor Kirk. Volume I was published in 1985. As before the volume consists of four introductory essays followed by the commentary itself. The Greek text is not included. This project is the first large-scale commentary on The Iliad for nearly 100 years, and takes special account of language, style and thematic structure as well as of the complex social and cultural background to the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81720/cover/9780521281720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hainsworth, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume in the major six-volume Commentary on Homer's Iliad prepared under the General Editorship of Professor G. S. Kirk. It opens with two introductory chapters: the first on Homeric diction (on which emphasis is maintained throughout the Commentary); the second on the contributions that comparative studies have made to seeing the Homeric epics in sharper perspective. In the commentary Dr Hainsworth confronts in an intentionally even-handed manner the serious problems posed by the ninth, tenth and twelfth books of The Iliad, seeking by means of a succinct discussion and a brief bibliography of recent contributions to furnish the user with a point of entry into the often voluminous scholarship devoted to these questions. The Greek text is not included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81737/cover/9780521281737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janko, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, the fourth volume in the six-volume Commentary on The Iliad being prepared under the General Editorship of Professor G. S. Kirk, covers Books 13-16, including the Battle for the Ships, the Deception of Zeus and the Death of Patroklos. Three introductory essays discuss the role of Homer's gods in his poetry; the origins and development of the epic diction; and the transmission of the text, from the bard's lips to our own manuscripts. It is now widely recognised that the first masterpiece of Western literature is an oral poem; Professor Janko's detailed commentary aims to show how this recognition can clarify many linguistic and textual problems, entailing a radical reassessment of the work of Homer's Alexandrian editors. The commentary also explores the poet's subtle creativity in adapting traditional materials, whether formulae, typical scenes, mythology or imagery, so as best to move, inspire and entertain his audience, ancient and modern alike. Discussion of the poem's literary qualities and structure is, where possible, kept separate from that of more technical matters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81744/cover/9780521281744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521281814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521281814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521281812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conquerors and Slaves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521281812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The enormous size of the Roman empire and the length of time it endured call for an understanding of the institutions which sustained it. In this book, Keith Hopkins, who is both classicist and sociologist, uses various sociological concepts and methods to gain new insights into how traditional Roman institutions changed as the Romans acquired their empire. He examines the chain reactions resulting from increased wealth; various aspects of slavery, especially manumission and the cost of freedom; the curious phenomenon of the political power wielded by eunuchs at court; and in the final chapter he discusses the Roman emperor's divinity and the circulation of untrue stories, which were a currency of the political system. Professor Hopkins has developed an exciting approach to social questions in antiquity and his book should be of interest to all students of ancient history and of historical sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/81812/cover/9780521281812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enlightenment in the National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Enlightenment has often been written about as a sequence of disembodied 'great ideas'. The aim of this book is to put the beliefs of the Enlightenment firmly into their social context, by revealing the national soils in which they were rooted and the specific purposes for which they were used. It brings out the regional divergences of the Enlightenment experience, shaped by different local intellectual and economic priorities. At the same time it also shows how central concerns (with virtue, patriotism, liberty and modernisation) were shared everywhere, and how the writings of certain key areas (such as France and England) came to be influential elsewhere. The thirteen essays, each written by a historian specialising in the particular country, examine national contexts from Sweden to Italy, from Russia to North America. As well as focusing attention on the interplay of thought and action, ideology and society, the book offers important insights into the place of the intelligentsia in the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82123/cover/9780521282123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate and Plant Distribution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodward, F. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central thesis for plant ecology is that climate exerts the dominant control on the distribution of the major vegetation types of the world. This book sets out to examine this often neglected area in two ways. In the first part the author analyses the distribution of species in relation to climate over different scales of time and place. In the second, he reviews the various approaches to explaining observed correlation between plant distribution and climate, and to establishing the mechanisms of control in physiological and biochemical terms. Dr Woodward is an authority on plant-climate relationships, and has made some of the most important contributions to our understanding of the subject. This book builds on his extensive knowledge of the subject to provide a modern text on this basic problem of plant ecology, encompassing the techniques of palaeoecology, climatology, ecology, physiology, biochemistry and genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82147/cover/9780521282147.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning through Interaction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Study of Language Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bridges, Allayne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLure, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinha, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walkerdine, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been many studies of children learning to talk, but perhaps none as comprehensive - in terms of the number of children involved, the period of continuous observation and the scope of the analysis - as the Bristol Study of Language Development. This is the first full-length volume to be written by members of the research team and it is a fundamental study of language development from infancy to primary school. It synthesises the research to date and discusses some key socio- and psycholinguistic themes with reference to transcribed excerpts from spontaneous conversations recorded by the team and to experimental data. The authors' central argument is that conversation provides the natural context of language development and that the child learns through exploring his world of interaction with other people. The quality of learning is seen to depend particularly on the strategies that adults employ to develop and extend children's contributions to interaction. This has important practical implications for the transition from home to school, and the second part of the book examines the differences and similarities between the talk that goes on in these two environments. The final chapter considers the development of literacy. The model of language development presented here will make stimulating and challenging reading for a wide range of sociologists, psychologists and educationalists as well as being of particular interest to linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82192/cover/9780521282192.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Freshwater Phytoplankton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the lifestyles of phytoplankton, the microscopic plant life living in the open waters of lakes, ponds and rivers and makes frequent references to the phytoplankton of the sea. It reviews adaptations required of organisms to live their lives independently of solid surfaces and the different ways that these have been achieved. Chapters dealing with particular topics are arranged in approximately the order in which they become a problem to the organism: How can it stay up in the water? Can it gain sufficient light and nutrients? How fast can it grow under different conditions? And what are the results of sinking out, feeding by animals, attacks by parasitic fungi and bacteria? The final chapter assembles this information to show ways in which plankton changes with season and through much longer periods of time, contrasting the behaviours in different types of lakes. This book is important for two reasons: it is the first major book on the subject for some years and projects many recent research findings; and the approach departs from previous volumes in concentrating on needs and adaptive responses to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82222/cover/9780521282222.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine and the Reign of Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiser, Stanley Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based chiefly on material from primary sources, this book describes some technological advances made in the art and practice of medicine during the past three centuries and shows how these advances have altered the methods of diagnosing illness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82239/cover/9780521282239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industiarlization before Industiarlization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kriedte, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medick, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schlumbohm, Jurgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning in the late Middle Ages, and accelerating in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, there developed in many rural regions of Europe a domestic industry, mass-producing craft goods for distant markets. This book presents an analysis of this 'industrialization before industrialization', and considers the question whether it constituted a distinct mode of production, different from the preceding feudal economy and from subsequent industrial capitalism, or was part of a process of continuous evolution characterized by the spread of wage labour and the penetration of capitalism into the process of production. It is a full-scale attempt to take a look at the place of proto-industrialization in the genesis of capitalism, and will interest economic and social historians, as well as anthropologists, sociologists, and others concerned with the development of capitalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82284/cover/9780521282284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128239X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128239X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nuclear Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International politics Before and after Hiroshima</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandelbaum, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How have nuclear weapons affected the way countries deal with one another? The Nuclear Revolution answers this question by comparing the nuclear age with previous periods of international history, from the fifth century B.C. to the twentieth century. The Nuclear Revolution offers insightful and provocative perspectives on the Soviet-American nuclear arms race, comparing it with the Anglo-German naval rivalry before World War I and with modern tariff competitions. The work also compares the advent of nuclear weapons with the two other modern revolutions in warfare: Napoleon's military innovations and the industrial warfare of World War I. It assesses the impact of nuclear armaments on the balance of power, alliances, and the behaviour of national leaders. Also included is an analysis of the differences between nuclear weapons and chemical and biological weapons of mass destruction. The concuding chapter, bringing together ideas from history, religion, and psychology, explores the effects that the threat of nuclear annihilation has on everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multivariate Analysis in Community Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gauch, Hugh G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ecologists are making increasing use of computer methods in analyzing ecological data on plant and animal communities. Ecological problems naturally involve numerous variables and numerous individuals or samples. Multivariate techniques permit the summary of large, complex sets of data and provide the means to tackle many problems that cannot be investigated experimentally because of practical restraints. Ecologists are thus enabled to group similar species and similar sample sites together, and to generate hypotheses about environmental and historical factors that affect the communities. This timely book presents a full critical description of three methodologies - direct gradient analysis, ordination, and classification - from both theoretical and practical viewpoints. Both traditional and new methods are presented. Using a wide range of illustrative examples, Hugh Gauch provides an up-to-date synthesis of this field, which will be of interest to advanced students and ecologists. These mathematical tools are also used in a wide variety of other areas, from natural resource management and agronomy to the social and political sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82406/cover/9780521282406.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in Trespassing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economics to Politics and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschman, Albert O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together fourteen articles and papers written by Albert O. Hirschman. About half deal with the interaction of economic development with politics and ideology, the area in which Hirschman perhaps has made most noted contributions. Among these papers are 'The Rise and Declines of Development Economics', a magisterial and yet pointed essay in intellectual history and his famous article 'The Changing Tolerance for Income Inequality in the Course of Economic Development'. Hirschman's ability to trespass - or rather his inability not to trespass - from one social science to another and beyond is the unifying characteristic of the volume. Authoritative, searching surveys alternate here with essays presenting some of Hirschman's characteristic inventions, for instance the 'tunnel effect' and 'obituary-improving activities'. Three of the papers have not been published previously and a number of introductory notes have been especially drafted for the present volume to evoke the intellectual-political climate in which certain groups of essays were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82437/cover/9780521282437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oligopoly Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Friedman provides a thorough survey of oligopoly theory using numerical examples and careful verbal explanations to make the ideas clear and accessible. While the earlier ideas of Cournot, Hotelling, and Chamberlin are presented, the larger part of the book is devoted to the modern work on oligopoly that has resulted from the application of dynamic techniques and game theory to this area of economics. The book begins with static oligopoly theory. Cournot's model and its more recent elaborations are covered in the first substantive chapter. Then the Chamberlinian analysis of product differentiation, spatial competition, and characteristics space is set out. The subsequent chapters on modern work deal with reaction functions, advertising, oligopoly with capital, entry, and oligopoly using noncooperative game theory. A large bibliography is provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521282454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521282454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bertolt Brecht</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chaos, according to Plan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuegi, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in any language of Bertolt Brecht's day-to-day work as a theatre director. Professor Fuegi has researched his subject extensively over many years, and this book is the result of interviews with Brecht's closest associates (including Helene Weigel, Angelika Hurwicz, Elisabeth Hauptmann and Hans Bunge), inspection of the unpublished typescripts recording several years of Brecht rehearsals at the Berlin Ensemble, and consultation of archival materials in Moscow, Berlin and Harvard University. Although Brecht is acknowledged worldwide as having changed our whole conception of playwriting, acting and directing, virtually nothing has been previously published which tells how he worked and reacted with actors, and how his productions were actually put together in rehearsal. John Fuegi now tells the story, evoking the excitement and controversy which surrounded Brecht's work on the stage. He examines the way Brecht applied his manic but brilliant character, in both personal and professional life (though these cannot easily be separated), in order to create the tension and confusion, contradiction and chaos, from which his best productions emerged. He shows how the plays must be seen in the light of their evolution on the stage through innumerable arduous rehearsals, themselves conditioned by the intense magnetism, spontaneity and unpredictability of Brecht's personality. Most importantly, the book charts the evolution of Brecht's own dramatic theory from his early rejection of Stanislavskian realism and his demands for emotional coolness from the spectator to his later acceptance of the power of theatre to involve, even to move, the audience. The book goes behind the scenes to look at the playwright's negotiation of contracts for his productions, commercial agreements which were often highly beneficial to himself but markedly less so to his collaborators such as Kurt Weill, Ruth Berlau and Elisabeth Hauptmann, and it talks frankly of Brecht's use of the 'casting couch', bestowing and withholding favours with the same volatility that characterized his remarkable love-life. The story is accompanied by illustrations, many of which have not been published before. It provides a much-needed antidote to some of the more sterile accounts of Brechtian theory, concentrating very much on the 'practice' but remaining at the same time vividly aware of the social and political context in which and about which Brecht was writing. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of theatre and of dramatic and comparative literature, and it is presented in a lively style that should also appeal to the general reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128256X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128256X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521282567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Methods of Population Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521282567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppensteadt, Frank C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to mathematical methods that are useful for studying population phenomena is intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and will be accessible to scientists who do not have a strong mathematics background. The material is graded in mathematical difficulty. The earlier parts of the book involve elementary diference equations while later chapters present topics that require more mathematical preparation. Models of total population and population age structure are first derived and studied, and then models of random population events are presented in terms of Markov chains. The last two chapters deal with mathematical methods used to uncover qualitative behaviour of more complicated difference equations. Each chapter begins with a simple model, usually of some historical interest, that defines the primary goals of the chapter. Exercises, for which solutions are provided, illustrate material in the text and also deal with models more advanced than those derived and studied in the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/82567/cover/9780521282567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benjamin Britten: The Turn of the Screw</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed to introduce the non-specialist music lover to Britten's opera, The Turn of the Screw. The opening chapters by Vivien Jones and Patricia Howard deal with the literary source of the opera Oames's novella), the structure of the libretto, and the technique by which a short story was transformed into an opera. The central chapter, on the musical style and structures of the opera, includes an account of the composition process deduced from early sketches of the work by John Evans, an analysis of the unique form of the opera with a more detailed examination of the last scene by Patricia Howard, and an account of the significance and effect of the orchestration by Christopher Palmer. Finally, Patricia Howard traces the stage history of the work, from its initial reception in Venice in 1954, through some seminal reinterpretations in the 1960s to its present established position in the repertoire. The book is generously illustrated and there is also a bibliography and discography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sophistic Movement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerferd, G. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an introduction to the Sophists of fifth-century Athens and a new overall interpretation of their thought. Since Plato first animadverted on their activities, the Sophists have commonly been presented as little better than intellectual mountebanks - a picture which Professor Kerferd forcefully challenges here.  Interpreting the evidence with care, he shows them to have been part of an exciting and historically crucial intellectual movement. At the centre of their teaching was a form of relativism, most famously expressed by Protagoras as 'Man is the measure of all things', and which they developed in a wide range of views - on knowledge and argument, virtue, government, society, and the gods. On all these subjects the Sophists did far more than simply provoke Plato to thought. Their contributions were substantial and serious; they inaugurated the debate on many central philosophical questions and decisively shifted the focus of philosophical attention from the cosmos to man.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83571/cover/9780521283571.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Second Course on Real Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rooij, A. C. M. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schikhof, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When considering a mathematical theorem one ought not only to know how to prove it but also why and whether any given conditions are necessary. All too often little attention is paid to to this side of the theory and in writing this account of the theory of real functions the authors hope to rectify matters. They have put the classical theory of real functions in a modern setting and in so doing have made the mathematical reasoning rigorous and explored the theory in much greater depth than is customary. The subject matter is essentially the same as that of ordinary calculus course and the techniques used are elementary (no topology, measure theory or functional analysis). Thus anyone who is acquainted with elementary calculus and wishes to deepen their knowledge should read this.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83618/cover/9780521283618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genealogical Genetic Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannings, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the long-term processes of evolution are selection and mutation, the infrastructure of a population is a no less important force in determining the distributions of genetic characteristics observable within populations. In small populations, and in particular in human populations, complex patterns of genealogical relationship between individuals can be an important factor in the maintenance of genetic variability. The aim of this book is to develop the quantitative theory of the interrelationship between the genealogical and the genetic structures of a population. Aspects of other structural features, such as migration patterns, are also discussed, but are not central to the development. There are three major aspects; each comprises two chapters of the text. First, genealogical relationships are characterized in a way which can illuminate their genetic consequences. Second, the evolutionary aspects of genealogical structure are developed. Finally, the last two chapters present methods of characterizing the complete structure of a genealogy, and of computing relevant parameters of genealogical structure; these topics are of relevance to genetic epidemiology as well as to population genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83632/cover/9780521283632.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Dimension</TitleText>

<Subtitle>European Developments in Social Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tajfel, Henri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two volumes of The Social Dimension present a comprehensive survey of the major developments in social psychology which took place in Europe during the very active 1970s and 1980s. They aim to capture the diversity and vitality of the discipline, stress the growing emphasis on fully social analyses of social psychological phenomena - hence 'the social dimension' - and to provide a valuable resource for researchers in the future. Although comprehensive in scope, the volumes are not written in the formal style of a reference handbook. Instead, the authors of the thirty-three chapters, drawn from more than a dozen mainly European countries and all experts in their own fields, were invited to present their own personal overviews of the issues in social psychology on which they were actively working. Both volumes are organized into three main Parts. Volume 1 is concerned with the social development of the child, interpersonal communication and relationships, and the social reality, group processes, and intergroup relations. This ambitious enterprise has produced a distinctive yet authoritative summary and evaluation of the growth points of social psychology in Europe which will interest and influence not only social psychologists but many readers from related disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128385X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128385X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sigmund Freud</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wollheim, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This intellectual biography of Freud presents a fresh and thorough analysis of the whole body of his writings. Each of these is studied in its context, and their chronology is shown to be of great importance. The author demonstrates how Freud's exploratory and sometimes hesitant efforts to explain all that he discovered of mental abnormality are to be properly understood only in light of his quest for a general theory of the mind. This reissue contains a new Preface by Professor Wollheim that takes account of recent critical work on Freud.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83854/cover/9780521283854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Savage Pilgrimage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Narrative of D. H. Lawrence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carswell, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Catherine Carswell (1879-1945), the novelist and biographer of Burns, was also a regular reviewer of new fiction in her early career. She became convinced that D. H. Lawrence was a great writer when she reviewed his first books, made his acquaintance, and became a lifelong and faithful friend. When John Middleton Murry's Son of Woman appeared shortly after Lawrence's death, Catherine Carswell was stung by its assumption that Murry understood Lawrence's 'case' and had explained it in his book. The Savage Pilgrimage was written partly in reply to Murry. Since it took angry exception to his criticisms, Murry thought it libellous, took legal action, and had it first suppressed, and then expurgated. This is a reprint of the original edition of 1932. The book survives the controversy with Murry: it was the first substantial biography of Lawrence, written by a close friend from direct knowledge, full of first-hand information, very sympathetic and understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Dimension</TitleText>

<Subtitle>European Developments in Social Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tajfel, Henri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two volumes of The Social Dimension present a comprehensive survey of the major developments in social psychology which took place in Europe during the very active 1970s and 1980s. They aim to capture the diversity and vitality of the discipline, stress the growing emphasis on fully social analyses of social psychological phenomena - hence 'the social dimension' - and to provide a valuable resource for researchers in the future. Although comprehensive in scope, the volumes are not written in the formal style of a reference handbook. Instead, the authors of the thirty-three chapters, drawn from more than a dozen mainly European countries and all experts in their own fields, were invited to present their own personal overviews of the issues in social psychology on which they were actively working. Both volumes are organized into three main Parts. Volume 1 is concerned with the social development of the child, interpersonal communication and relationships, and the social reality, group processes, and intergroup relations. This ambitious enterprise has produced a distinctive yet authoritative summary and evaluation of the growth points of social psychology in Europe which will interest and influence not only social psychologists but many readers from related disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83878/cover/9780521283878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Price Discrimination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phlips, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a theoretical and unified explanation of how prices are determined in practice. Pricing, as observed in real life, turns out to be almost discriminatory. Four broad areas are covered: the spatial pricing of bulky products (Part I); the intertemporal pricing of storable goods, exhaustible resources, new durables, and nonstorable goods and services (Part II); two-part tariffs, commodity bundling, tie-ins, and nonlinear prices in general (Part III); and pricing of goods of different quality (Part IV). Each essay contains an introductory chapter describing the business practices that are to be rationalized and evaluated. This is the first unified treatment of a recent and growing body of literature in the 'new industrial organization' field. It fills the gap between textbook microeconomics and real-life antitrust cases. The treatment is as nontechnical and down to earth as possible to permit a wide audience for this comprehensive discussion of industrial pricing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/83946/cover/9780521283946.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521283957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521283957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521283953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Dion Boucicault</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521283953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Five plays by this virtuoso of the theatre have been gathered in one volume and given scholarly attention. Dion Boucicault, the most popular dramatist of the second half of the nineteenth century, was also one of the most prolific and representative. Irish in origin, he worked and wrote in England and America where for twenty years he led the touring circuit. His plays reflect the different theatrical traditions, Irish, English and American, in which he was a crucial figure. Two plays are published here for the first time this century, Used Up and Jessie Brown. The Shaughraun and The Octoroon are outstanding examples of melodrama; Old Heads and Young Hearts is one of the few notable nineteenth-century comedies. Peter Thomson's introduction assesses Boucicault's place in the nineteenth century in both England and America, and shows that his work cannot be ignored by any serious student of drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by George Colman the Younger and Thomas Morton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Inkle and Yarico, The Surrender of Calais, The Children in the Wood, Blue Beard or Female Curiosity, Speed the Plough</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutcliffe, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains edited texts of five plays by two late eighteenth-century dramatists. The plays have been chosen to represent the range of the two playwrights and the variety of dramatic material on offer during the period. The full-length plays and afterpieces by George Colman the Younger and Thomas Morton were as popular as Sheridan's works in their time, but today are seldom performed or read. This discrepancy lies at the heart of Barry Sutcliffe's extensive introduction, which explores the critical and social background to the dramatic activity of the period and relates the dramas to the shifting demands of the theatre audiences for whom these plays were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128404X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128404X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Underdevelopment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bagchi, Amiya Kumar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The division of the world into rich and poor nations, and the division within poor nations between a minority of rich people and a majority of poor people living at a minimum subsistence level, has been obvious to careful observers for a long time. This book gives an overview of the problems of underdevelopment confronting third-world countries, making use of both Marxist and neo-Keynesian methods of analysis. It makes clear the historical origins of these contemporary problems, particularly with reference to the major countries of Asia and Latin America, and discusses the ways in which inequalities, both within and between countries, are propaged and perpetuated. Other problems analysed are the typical patterns of fluctuating growth faced by third-world countries; the social structures in both rural and urban areas and their influence on the behaviour of governments and private investors in these countries; and environmental control and population planning issues faced by these countries. Finally, an introduction is provided to the planning methods adopted by most third-world countries and the hurdles such planning has encountered. The illustrations are drawn widely from among third-world countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84042/cover/9780521284042.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Treasury of English Church Music 1545-1650</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huray, Peter le</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period covered by this volume is one of the most eventful and fruitful in the history of English music. This selection - embracing the motet, festal psalm, anthem, canticle and devotional song - has been edited according to modern scholarly standards, but with the needs of practical performance in mind. The choice of music gives a comprehensive picture of the period, with many well-known works included as outstanding examples of their kind. Less familiar compositions are also featured, and they fill important gaps in the available repertory - notably settings of the Nunc dimittis by Tye, Robert Parsons and Thomas Tomkins, a festal psalm by Tallis, verse anthems by William Mundy and Walter Porter, and full anthems by Amner, Batten, Thomas Tomkins and William Child. A general historical introduction and a calendar of events are supplied, together with notes on each piece and a list of the sources used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84059/cover/9780521284059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and History in Band Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leacock, Eleanor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers collected in this volume present important information on the history and culture of contemporary gathering and hunting peoples from Canada, India, Africa, Australia and the Philippines. The volume focuses on two themes: first, on the techniques which band-living foraging peoples employ to organise their social and economic lives; and second, on their fight for the right to their own lands and for a measure of cultural and political autonomy. The contributors maintain that gatherer-hunters are not examples of a disappearing way of life, but peoples who have maintained their social and economic practices through long periods of contact with stratified societies. The aim of this volume it to make known to as wide an audience as possible the daily lives, the patterns of relations between the sexes and the political orientations of the world's contemporary foragers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Idea of a Critical Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Habermas and the Frankfurt School</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geuss, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Habermas and earlier members of the Frankfurt School have presented critical theory as a radically new form of knowledge. It is differentiated from the natural sciences as essentially 'reflective': the knowledge it provides guides us towards enlightenment as to our true interests, and emancipation from often unsuspected forms of external and internal coercion. Its first paradigms are in the writings of Marx and Freud. In this book Raymond Geuss sets out these fundamental claims and asks whether they can be made good. Is a science which does not simply describe and explain social phenomena, but also criticizes? The concept of ideology plays a crucial role in this discussion. Geuss carefully analyses it here, its relation to our beliefs and interests, and the account of truth and confirmation required by its critique and the concomitant goal of self-knowledge. The book does not presuppose acquaintance with the works of the Frankfurt School and can serve as a lucid introduction to their central, distinctive theses. But in its scrupulous and incisive consideration of these, and the modified support for them that emerges, it will also interest experts on critical theory and others concerned with the methods and purposes of the social sciences in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84226/cover/9780521284226.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of West African Agriculture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>West Africa's agriculture has, for 150 years, been heavily geared toward export, yet the region is one of the world's poorest. Keith Hart examines this question, focusing particularly on how this situation has affected the indigenous peoples of West Africa. Commerce has grown impressively, but productivity remains low and capital accumulation is retarded. The reasons exist primarily in internal conditions shaping social institutions. Before, during, and since colonialism, the particular problems of these preindustrial states have shaped agricultural development more than the pressure supposedly emanating from the 'world system' of international capitalism. This book, following the classical economists as well as Marx and Lenin, argues for the necessity of rapid capitalist penetration into West African agriculture. The book is also a readable introduction to the history and ethnography of the region as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commutator Calculus and Groups of Homotopy Classes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baues, Hans Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A fundamental problem of algebraic topology is the classification of homotopy types and homotopy classes of maps. In this work the author extends results of rational homotopy theory to a subring of the rationale. The methods of proof employ classical commutator calculus of nilpotent group and Lie algebra theory and rely on an extensive and systematic study of the algebraic properties of the classical homotopy operations (composition and addition of maps, smash products, Whitehead products and higher order James-Hopi invariants). The account is essentially self-contained and should be accessible to non-specialists and graduate students with some background in algebraic topology and homotopy theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84240/cover/9780521284240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Essays on Freud</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wollheim, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophers are increasingly coming to recognize the importance of Freudian theory for the understanding of the mind. The picture Freud presents of the mind's growth and organization holds implications not just for such perennial questions as the relation of mind and body, the nature of memory and personal identity, the interplay of cognitive and affective processes in reasoning and acting, but also for the very way in which these questions are conceived and an interpretation of the mind is sought. This volume of essays, by some of today's leading philosophers, explores all these topics, as well as the methods, results and status of the theory itself, while two 'classical' discussions by Wittgenstein and Sartre are also included. A number of the contributions - those by Donald Davidson, W. D. Hart, Jim Hopkins, Adam Morton, David Pears and Richard Wollheim - have not been published before, and a very useful bibliography is provided. It is an anthology that will be vital to anyone interested in Freudian theory and, more generally, in philosophical psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84257/cover/9780521284257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by William Hooker Gillette</TitleText>

<Subtitle>All the Comforts of Home, Secret Service, Sherlock Holmes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmeth, Don B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American playwright and actor William Gillette is best remembered today for the role of Sherlock Holmes that he first created for the stage in 1899 and played for more than thirty years. Gillette also adapted foreign plays for the American stage and wrote strong melodramas and spy stories in which he frequently appeared himself. This volume includes All the Comforts of Home (1890), Secret Service (1895) and Sherlock Holmes (1899). Gillette's sure grasp of the keys to theatrical success, together with his technical innovations, makes him an interesting and important theatre figure. In his time, as playwright and player, he achieved a new combination of melodramatic suspense with a cool, understated acting style. These three plays represent the range of his dramatic talent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Augustin Daly</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Flash of Lightning, Horizon, Love on Crutches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmeth, Don M. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American playwright and manager-director Augustin Daly dominated the theatrical scene in the United States during the last half of the nineteenth century. His plays and productions set a new standard for American theatre and exerted a strong influence in England, beginning with a first European tour in 1884 and culminating in the opening of Daly's own theatre in London in 1893. Daly, with the assistance of his brother Joseph, had over ninety of his plays or adaptations performed. This unique collection brings together three disparate examples from his prolific output: A Flash of Lightning (1868), Horizon (1871) and Love on Crutches (1884). Daly, an exceptional contriver of theatrical effects, offered the theatre of the 1870s and 1880s melodramas and comedies greatly superior to those of his competitors. These three plays represent the range and energy of his talent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128435X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128435X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ferment of Realism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Literature 1884-1919</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berthoff, Warner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the central developments in American literature between and 1919. It opens with an account of the consolidation of realism as the dominant standard of critical value and brings the reader forward to the moment, at the end of World War I, when American writers began to take a recognized place among the masters of literary modernism. The ascendancy of the novel as the principal genre of the realists is presented against a broader cultural and historical background. Professor Berthoff reviews and evaluates American fiction from the time when Howells, Twain, and Henry James were still under attack by old-school idealizers, to the emergence of a new critical and testamentary realism with Crane, Dreiser, and Gertrude Stein. He shows how the writers under discussion reacted to the work of their predecessors and contemporaries, to foreign literary currents, innovations in journalism, contemporary events, and to changing mores. Using specific examples and direct quotations, Professor Berthoff appraises the strengths and limitations of each. All his discussions, even of secondary writers, are rounded out with a wide range of critical opinion. This approach gives depth and objectivity to the examination of a turbulent and vigorously creative age in American letters. During this period the writings of Henry Adams, Henry George, William James, Thorstein Veblen, and others, though primarily concerned with disciplined reflective inquiry, were part of the essential imaginative effort of realism. The master works of this highly literate group of speculative thinkers had a profound effect on the literature of the era and on the era directly following. Important figures discussed in the final chapters of this history include Willa Cather, Edith Wharton, Frank Norris, Vachel Lindsay and Jack London. Professor Berthoff notes that there is no manifesto or turning point in literature exactly comparable to the turning point in American art created by the Armory Show of 1913. But the emergence in a single generation of Robinson, Frost, Stevens, Pound, Anderson, Stein, O'Neill, and Eliot was to have immense influence, not only in America but throughout the Western world. The thirty-five years that this book spans are among the most important and interesting in the history of American letters. The main currents traced are still vital, and the principal writers of this period are as important now as they were then.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84356/cover/9780521284356.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Tom Taylor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Still Waters Run Deep, The Contested Election, The Overland Route, The Ticket-of-Leave Man</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banham, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tom Taylor was one of the most successful and popular playwrights of the Victorian theatre. His plays are humorous and theatrically powerful, showing a social concern that was advanced for his times - particularly on matters such as the rehabilitation of criminals and corruption in public life. Taylor's work at the bar, in the civil service, and as a journalist and art critic inspired themes which he dramatized in more than seventy plays. Four of the best known are collected in this volume, the only edition of Taylor's works available. They are Still Waters Run Deep (1855), The Contested Election (1859), The Overland Route (1860) and the most popular, revived in modern productions at the National Theatre and the Victoria Theatre in Stoke, The Ticket-of-Leave Man (1863). Martin Banham discusses these and others in his introduction, and lists the original London cast at the beginning of each play. He provides a biographical record of Taylor's life and a list of all the principal plays. There are illustrations and a bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by A. W. Pinero</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Schoolmistress, The Second Mrs Tanqueray, Trelawny of the 'Wells', The Thunderbolt</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains four plays by the leading late Victorian and Edwardian playwright Arthur Wing Pinero (1855-1934). It provides a representative sample of the work of a writer who far outshone his rivals (including both Wilde and Shaw) in his own day, and inspired such successors as Somerset Maugham and Terence Rattigan in the genre of the 'wellmade play', and Ben Travers in the writing of farce. The plays are The Schoolmistress (1866), one of the famous Court farces; The Second Mrs Tanqueray (1893), the best known of all the plays about 'a woman with a past'; Trelawny of the 'Wells' (1898), a much-loved backstage romance; and The Thunderbolt (1908), a pioneering social drama. Two of the plays (The Schoolmistress and The Thunderbolt), are not available in print elsewhere. This scholarly edition includes an introduction, a biographical account, a full list of Pinero's plays in performance and publication, and several important appendixes, including an alternative ending to The Schoolmistress and significant variants in the text of The Second Mrs Tanqueray.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by James Robinson Planch&#233;</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Vampire, the Garrick Fever, Beauty and the Beast, Foutunio and his Seven Gifted Servants, The Golden Fleece, The Camp at the Olympic, The Discreet Princess</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Robinson Planch&#233; was one of the most prolific and successful of nineteenth-century playwrights. In a career spanning fifty years he wrote over one hundred and eighty pieces of all types, from pantomime and farce to melodrama and opera, for production at a wide range of London theatres. This book offers a representative selection of his most popular plays. It includes one melodrama - The Vampire; or The Bride of the Isles (1820), which represents the first treatment of the vampire theme on the English stage; one farce - The Garrick Fever (1839); three 'fairy' extravaganzas - Beauty and the Beast (1841), Fortunio and his Seven Gifted Servants (1843), and The Discreet Princess; or, The Three Glass Distaffs (1855); one 'classical' extravaganza - The Golden Fleece; or, Jason in Colchis and Medea in Corinth (1845); and one revue of events in contemporary London - The Camp at the Olympic (1853). The volume includes a lengthy introduction which sets the plays in the theatrical context of their time, a chronological record of Planch&#233;'s life, a complete list of his plays, and a bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Theory of Linear Differential Operators and Comparison Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cordes, Heinz Otto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main aim of this book is to introduce the reader to the concept of comparison algebra, defined as a type of C*-algebra of singular integral operators. The first part of the book develops the necessary elements of the spectral theory of differential operators as well as the basic properties of elliptic second order differential operators. The author then introduces comparison algebras and describes their theory in L2-spaces and L2-Soboler spaces, and in particular their importance in solving functional analytic problems involving differential operators. The book is based on lectures given in Sweden and the USA.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84431/cover/9780521284431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Central Africa to 1870</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Zambezia, Zaire and the South Atlantic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birmingham, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The complete Cambridge History of Africa was intended to present the most comprehensive and up-to-date synthesis of historical development on the African continent. Central Africa to 1870: Zambezia, Za&#239;re and the South Atlantic consists of chapters written for the History by David Birmingham. They were originally published in three separate volumes, and are reprinted here to provide a continuous survey of the political, social, and economic changes that took place in Central Africa during the eight centuries before the colonial era. The first chapter covers the transition from the early Iron Age culture to more mature cultures, characterized by long-distance trade, by more varied technologies and by the emergence of complex political systems. The expansion of European influence, from the late fifteenth century onwards, is considered in the second chapter, together with the modification of economic and political structures in areas affected by the development of the slave trade. The final chapter deals with the last phase of Central Africa's pre-colonial history during which a series of new dynamic forces intruded into the region. A new bibliographical essay of suggestions for further reading has been compiled for this edition. It will be valuable to both students and teachers of African history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84448/cover/9780521284448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Samuel Foote and Arthur Murphy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Minor, The Nabob, The Citizen, Three Weeks After Marriage, Know Your Own Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For this volume George Taylor has edited five plays by two largely forgotten eighteenth-century playwrights, Samuel Foote and Arthur Murphy. The plays are The Minor and The Nabob by Foote and The Citizen, Three Weeks after Marriage and Know Your Own Mind by Murphy. All, apart from the last, are two- or three-act farces, the main popular fare of the eighteenth-century theatre. They are still eminently playable today, each exploring a different aspect of London society. Both playwrights have an acute ear for amusing and socially revealing dialogue, with a deft sense of situation comedy. Foote was an important theatre manager who established the success of the Haymarket Theatre by his particular brand of satire and mimicry. Had Murphy been more assiduous in his theatrical career and maintained good relations with David Garrick, his reputation as a dramatist might now have ranked him alongside Goldsmith and Sheridan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Goethe and the Greeks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trevelyan, Humphry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd-Jones, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The revolution that is going on in me is that which has taken place in every artist who has studied Nature long and diligently and now seeks the remains of the great spirit of antiquity; his soul wells up, he feels a transfiguration of himself from within, a feeling of freer life, higher existence, lightness and grace.' It is Mr Trevelyan's purpose, in this profoundly interesting book, to trace the course of this development in Goethe, to determine its extent, to test its sincerity. To this task he brings, not only a complete knowledge of Goethe's life and works and of classical literature, but also a fine critical sense which enables him to direct his detailed knowledge towards a philosophical conclusion.' So wrote Herbert Read in The Spectator in December 1941 on the first publication of Goethe and the Greeks. Trevalyan's account of Goethe's fascination with the Greeks, his striving to master their culture, his vision of Hellenic man, is judged not to have been supplanted by any later work in English. Professor Lloyd-Jones has written a substantial Foreword for this reissue of Trevelyan's book, giving his own assessment of Goethe's search for Hellenism and its influence on his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84714/cover/9780521284714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Tables for the Social Biological and Physical Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>100</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is practical compilation of tables required for the usual tests based on classical probability distributions and for the more commonly used distribution-free (non-paraetric) tests, which are important in the behavioural sciences. In addition to the tables there is a substantial amount of explanatory text with diagrams and examples. The treatment is non-mathematical and the nature and use of the tabulated functions is clearly explained. The usual (Neymann-Pearson) procedure for testing statistical hypotheses is simply described and numerical examples given. The tables have been designed for use with calculators, and, since most calculators have keys for logarithms, squares, square-roots and reciprocal, these functions have not been included. This, and the fact that maximum use has been made of the space available, has enabled the book to be compact while remaining fully comprehensive. The tables will be invaluable to students in the social, biological and physical sciences and also to more experienced workers who require a useful collection of tables that could previously only be found scattered among textbooks, much larger collections and in some cases only in the periodicals in which they were first published.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84738/cover/9780521284738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Age of Mozart and Beethoven</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pestelli, Giorgio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Giorgio Pestelli examines one of the crucial periods of musical history, from the middle of the eighteenth century to the era of Beethoven. This was a time of great cultural, technical and social changes. The free professional composer, in direct contact with the wide musical public, replaced the dependent court musician. Instrumental music became the centre of new developments, and sonata form, the cornerstone of nineteenth-century musical architecture, dominated its language. With the decrease in private patronage came the birth of the public concert; there was a vast increase in music publishing, and important developments were made in instrumental techniques, the dominant feature being the rise of the piano. Standing out from this common background are three major figures; Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven, whose specific characteristics are discussed in detail, along with their links with many other musicians. Dr Pestelli also emphasizes general lines of development: the galant style, the passion for antiquity and curiosity for the exotic, the debate over 'literary' opera, the Sturm und Drang movement, the influence of the French Revolution and the Restoration, and the origins of romanticism. The originality of the book arises from the fact that it views the music against the background of social, political, philosophical and cultural trends of the time, rather than relying on detailed analyses of specific works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84790/cover/9780521284790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alban Berg: Lulu</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarman, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a guide to Berg's second opera, Lulu, written in non-technical language and intended for those students and music lovers wishing to become familiar with one of the masterpieces of twentieth-century music. Jarman presents a clear and concise introduction to the musical language and to the intricate musical and dramatic structure of Berg's opera. The volume also examines the literary background, the genesis, composition, and tortuous posthumous career of the work. The final chapters survey the performance history and suggest a possible interpretation of this complex and challenging composition.  An important feature of the book is the inclusion of source documents and critical responses to the opera. Illustrated with photographs from the premiere and from recent productions, the volume also includes a synopsis, bibliography, and discography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84806/cover/9780521284806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alban Berg: Wozzeck</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarman, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alban Berg's Wozzeck is one of the most significant operas of the twentieth century. Douglas Jarman's study provides a clear and accessible introduction to this work, placing it in the context of the radical developments in musical language during the early decades of the century and of the development of Berg's own musical style. The book covers all aspects of the work. Early chapters are devoted to the history and discovery of the Buchner play Woyzeck on which Berg based the libretto and to the background and composition of the opera. A detailed synopsis takes the reader through the events on stage in relation to the structured musical effects. Particular attention is given in the subsequent chapter to the unique dramatic and musical design of the opera. In offering a possible interpretation of the work Douglas Jarman considers this closely organized structure in relation to the expressionistic language of the music. A final chapter charts the performances of the opera, in particular early productions, which are illustrated with many hitherto unpublished photographs from Berg's own lifetime. An important feature of the book is the inclusion of many important and otherwise unobtainable contemporary documents concerned with the play and the opera, includine Karl Emil Franzos's description of the reconstruction of the fragmented Buchner play and three commentaries by Berg himself on the opera. This comprehensive guide will be invaluable to the student and opera-goer wishing to unravel the musical and dramatic complecities of this important work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84813/cover/9780521284813.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128483X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128483X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music of the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallo, F. Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new and illuminating study of medieval polyphony examines the links between music and contemporary political, civil and religious events. The period from the second half of the twelfth century to the second half of the fifteenth is of great historical interest since it marks the development of polyphonic forms and the birth of mensural music. There is also the earliest evidence of individual composers, from L&#233;onin and P&#233;rotin to Machaut, Landini and Dufay. Alberto Gallo pays particular attention to the elaboration of refined techniques of composing, often drawing a parallel with the techniques of rhetoric and poetry. The writing down of music and also theory are shown to be essential stages of composition. Professor Gallo also describes the birth of the professional composer and the flowering of those permanent institutions within which musicians worked and which for centuries characterized European music. Professor Gallo has taken the opportunity of this first English edition to update the text, and to add notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84837/cover/9780521284837.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music of the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cattin, Giulio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botterill, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Uniquely among histories of mediaeval music, this book is specifically devoted to the vast repertory of monophonic music. Too often treated as a preamble to polyphony, this music forms the basis of Europe's musical tradition. (A companion volume by F. A. Gallo, forthcoming in English translation, covers polyphonic music of the Middle Ages.) Giulio Cattin outlines the birth and evolution of Christian chant in the early centuries of the Church and describes a number of partly independent Byzantine and Western chant traditions. Fr Cattin's own background in the Church gives a particular authority to his writing on liturgical music, and he presents the latest original research without being too technical. In addition to offshoots of the main liturgical tradition such as tropes, metrical offices and liturigical drama, Fr Cattin covers the birth of secular music, first in Latin monody, and then in a growing variety of music in vernacular languages - the Italian laude and the lyrics of the Proven&#231;al troubadours, the French trouv&#232;res and the German Minnesinger. Chapters on early instrumental music and on the philosopher's view of the ars musica complete the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84899/cover/9780521284899.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521284953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521284953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by H. J. Byron</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Babes in the Wood, The Lancashire Lass, Our Boys, The Gaiety Gulliver</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume introduces the works of an important but neglected dramatist, one of the most prolific and popular of the mid-Victorian period. H. J. Byron wrote an enormous number of comedies, burlesques and pantomimes. He invented the characters of Widow Twankay and Buttons, still beloved by modern pantomime audiences. His burlesques of melodrama helped to bring an end to the more outlandish examples of the genre; inveterate punning became his trademark. Byron was also a competent editor, theatre manager and actor specializing in the eccentric roles of his own plays. As playwright he was second only to W. S. Gilbert and Tom Robertson, whose careers he helped to further. Jim Davis has edited four of the plays, illustrating them with contemporary drawings and providing an extensive introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128497X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128497X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521284974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Business of Risk</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521284974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Risk pervades virtually all areas of human endeavour, whether these endeavours be for social, personal, commercial or national purposes. It is vitally important for all those involved in decision making in these areas to know how to evaluate the risks involved in any action if choices are to be made meaningfully. In this introduction, Professor Moore begins by summarising the basic concepts that lie behind a formal approach to decision making under conditions of uncertainty. There then follows a discussion of general questions of the determination of probabilities that measure risk, first the theoretical approach then the collective principle allied to the actuarial approach and the controversial subjective or personal approach. A chapter on measuring utility, or worth, leads in to the second part of the book in which more specific questions about handling risk are studied by looking at examples drawn from a number of different fields: commercial, industrial and financial investment decisions, portfolio management, physical risks, medical diagnosis and finally questions of public policy. The book ends with three appendices covering the basic principles for the handling of probabilities, the various decision making procedures that have been advanced and ways in which risk reduction can be achieved. This account of risk will not only be an essential purchase for practising managers, but will also be necessary reading for those students seeking qualification in business and management studies, accounting, banking, insurance and public administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/84974/cover/9780521284974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Experimentation and Economic Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferber, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirsch, Werner Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social experimentation is a tool that enables economists and policy makers to test proposed economic policies in the real world. Instead of testing policies by analytical methods or by laboratory simulation, the policies are tested on people who would be affected were these policies implemented. The authors describe how such social experiments are set up and carried out, and consider the advantages and disadvantages of social experimentation relative to other means of evaluating economic and social policies. The main part of the book is a review and a critical evaluation of the principal social experiments in economics that have been carried out in the United States, where this method has been used most extensively. The authors examine in detail the first large-scale experiment in the United States (the New Jersey Income Maintenance Experiment) and subsequent experiments with the labour force, electricity rates, and cash housing allowances. A consideration of the social utility of social experimentation follows, and the book closes with a set of recommendations on the conditions under which social experimentation might best be used in evaluating economic and social policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85070/cover/9780521285070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Rights Theories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Origin and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuck, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how political argument in terms of rights and natural rights began in medieval Europe, and how the theory of natural rights was developed in the seventeenth century after a period of neglect in the Renaissance. Dr Tuck provides a new understanding of the importance of Jean Gerson in the formation of the theories, and of Hugo Grotius in their development; he also restores the Englishman John Selden's ideas to the prominence they once enjoyed, and shows how Thomas Hobbes's political theory can best be understood against this background. In general, the book enables us to understand more fully the characteristics of the natural rights theories available to the men of the Enlightenment, and thereby to appreciate the complexity and equivocal nature of modern right theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85094/cover/9780521285094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singularity Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, V. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Arnold is a prolific and versatile mathematician who has done striking work in differential equations and geometrical aspects of analysis. In this volume are collected seven of his survey articles from Russian Mathematical Surveys on singularity theory, the area to which he has made most contribution. These surveys contain Arnold's own analysis and synthesis of a decade's work. All those interested in singularity theory will find this an invaluable compilation. Professor C. T. C. Wall has written an introduction outlining the significance and content of the articles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85117/cover/9780521285117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markov Processes and Related Problems of Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dynkin, E. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Markov Processes has become a powerful tool in partial differential equations and potential theory with important applications to physics. Professor Dynkin has made many profound contributions to the subject and in this volume are collected several of his most important expository and survey articles. The content of these articles has not been covered in any monograph as yet. This account is accessible to graduate students in mathematics and operations research and will be welcomed by all those interested in stochastic processes and their applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85124/cover/9780521285124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Journ&#233;es Arithm&#233;tiques 1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armitage, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For a number of years, French mathematicians have run regular number theory conferences to which they have invited number theorists from many countries. To repay their hospitality, the London Mathematical Society arranged for the 1980 'Journees Arithmeiques' to be held in Exeter. The papers published here are either based on the main invited lectures or on selected research talks given at the conference. They cover all branches of the subject: combinatorial and elementary methods; analytic number theory; transcendence theory; Galois module theory and algebraic number theory in general; elliptic curves and modular functions; local fields; additive number theory; Diophantine geometry, and uniform distribution. It will be necessary reading for all those undertaking research in number theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85131/cover/9780521285131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temperley, H. N. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles collected here are the texts of the invited lectures given at the Eighth British Combinatorial Conference held at University College, Swansea. The contributions reflect the scope and breadth of application of combinatorics, and are up-to-date reviews by mathematicians engaged in current research. This volume will be of use to all those interested in combinatorial ideas, whether they be mathematicians, scientists or engineers concerned with the growing number of applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85148/cover/9780521285148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Post-Darwinian Controversies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Protestant Struggle to Come to Terms with Darwin in Great Britain and America, 1870-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Post-Darwinian Controversies offers an original interpretation of Protestant responses to Darwin after 1870, viewing them in a transatlantic perspective and as a constitutive part of the history of post-Darwinian evolutionary thought. The impact of evolutionary theory on the religious consciousness of the nineteenth century has commonly been seen in terms of a 'conflict' or 'warfare' between science and theology. Dr. Moore's account begins by discussing the polemical origins and baneful effects of the 'military metaphor', and this leads to a revised view of the controversies based on an analysis of the underlying intellectual struggle to come to terms with Darwin. The middle section of the book distinguishes the 'Darwinism' of Darwin himself amid the main currents of post-Darwinian evolutionary thought, and is followed by chapters which examine the responses to Darwin of twenty-eight Christian controversialists, tracing the philosophical and theological lineage of their views. The paradox that emerges - that Darwin's theory was accepted in substance only by those whose theology was distinctly orthodox theology and of other evolutionary theories with liberal and romantic theological speculation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Core Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodd, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The core model, K, is a generalization of G&#246;del's constructible universe of set theory; K is used to produce 'fine structural' results of a less restrictive kind. This book aims to introduce the core model to those with a basic knowledge of axiomatic set theory. The covering lemma for K is the main technical result but other applications are also considered. The author gives a full exposition of general fine structure and of iterated ultrapowers and concludes the work with a short section on the difficulties encountered in constructing more general core models using 'extenders'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85308/cover/9780521285308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Mosses and Liverworts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introductory Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, E. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Watson's lucid introduction to British Mosses and Liverworts, first published in 1955, has since become a standard work. The author gives full descriptions and ecological details of over 200 of the commoner or more notable species, illustrating each to show its diagnostic microscopic and macroscopic features, and also provides brief notes on many other species. The introduction on the general characteristics of bryophytes, and the simple terminology (technical terms are kept to a minimum and defined in a glossary) enable a beginner to use the book without difficulty; the keys and habitat lists will be invaluable to beginners and specialists alike. This third edition incorporates a further 26 species and has brought the taxonomy and nomenclature into line with contemporary practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accents of English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accents of English is about the way English is pronounced by different people in different places. Volume 1 provides a synthesizing introduction, which shows how accents vary not only geographically, but also with social class, formality, sex and age; and in volumes 2 and 3 the author examines in greater depth the various accents used by people who speak English as their mother tongue: the accents of the regions of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland (volume 2), and of the USA, Canada, the West Indies, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, India, Black Africa and the Far East (volume 3). Each volume can be read independently, and together they form a major scholarly survey, of considerable originality, which not only includes descriptions of hitherto neglected accents, but also examines the implications for phonological theory. Readers will find the answers to many questions: Who makes 'good' rhyme with 'mood'? Which accents have no voiced sibilants? How is a Canadian accent different from an American one, a New Zealand one from an Australian one, a Jamaican one from a Barbadian one? What are the historical reasons for British-American pronunciation differences? What sound changes are currently in progress in New York, in London, in Edinburgh? Dr Wells his written principally for students of linguistics, phonetics and English language, but the motivated general reader will also find the study both fascinating and rewarding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accents of English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accents of English is about the way English is pronounced by different people in different places. Volume 1 provides a synthesizing introduction, which shows how accents vary not only geographically, but also with social class, formality, sex and age; and in volumes 2 and 3 the author examines in greater depth the various accents used by people who speak English as their mother tongue: the accents of the regions of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland (volume 2), and of the USA, Canada, the West Indies, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, India, Black Africa and the Far East ( volume 3). Each volume can be read independently, and together they form a major scholarly survey, of considerable originality, which not only includes descriptions of hitherto neglected accents, but also examines the implications for phonological theory. Readers will find the answers to many questions: Who makes 'good' rhyme with 'mood'? Which accents have no voiced sibilants? How is a Canadian accent different from an American one, a New Zealand one from an Australian one, a Jamaican one from a Barbadian one? What are the historical reasons for British-American pronunciation differences? What sound changes are currently in progress in New York, in London, in Edinburgh? Dr Wells his written principally for students of linguistics, phonetics and English language, but the motivated general reader will also find the study both fascinating and rewarding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85414/cover/9780521285414.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and Civilisation in the Indian Ocean</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic History from the Rise of Islam to 1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaudhuri, K. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Before the age of Industrial Revolution, the great Asian civilisations - whether located in the Middle East, India, South-East Asia, or the Far East - constituted areas not only of high culture but also of advanced economic development. They were the First World of human societies. This book examines one of the driving forces of that historical period: the long chain of oceanic trade which stretched from the South China Sea to the eastern Mediterranean, passing through a series of rich urban emporia. It also looks at the natural complement of the seaborne commerce, its counterpart in the caravan trade. In analytical terms, the book emphasises the methods of multi-dimensional history by highlighting the intricate relationship between space, time and structure. Its main achievement is to show how socially determined demand derived from cultural habits and interpretations operated through the medium of market forces and relative prices. It points out, for the first time, the unique and limiting features of Asian commercial capitalism, and shows how the contribution of Asian merchants was valued universally, in reality if not legally and formally. Professor Chaudhuri's book, based on more than twenty years' research and reflection on pre-modern trade and civilisations, is a landmark in the analysis and interpretation of Asia's historical position and development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85421/cover/9780521285421.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Functional Approach to Child Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Determiners and Reference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karmiloff-Smith, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When A Functional Approach to Child Language first appeared in hardback in 1979, it was quickly recognized as a research report of the first rank and a timely, critical exposition of Piaget's views on language and thought. Whilst accepting the fundamental importance of Piaget's epistemology, the author argues that language acquisition will only be adequately explained if such an epistemology is explicitly focused on children's constructive interaction with their linguistic environment. In her own experimental work on referential expressions, Dr Karmiloff-Smith is concerned with the problem of ad-hoc experiment-generated behaviour and the analysis of children's normal language procedures. The results are carefully analysed and have significant theoretical implications. The volume as a whole makes a substantial contribution to child language studies and will be of interest to students of linguistics and of developmental and experimental psychology, and to those following advanced courses in language acquisition and child development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85490/cover/9780521285490.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128550X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128550X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allchin, Bridget</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allchin, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many spectacular discoveries of archeaological significance have been made in the Indian subcontinent since the first appearance of Raymond and Bridget Allchin's book The Birth of Indian Civilization, for long the most authoritative and widely read text on its subject. Advances in related fields, particularly in geomorphology, palaeobotany and palaeoclimatology, have also radically altered our picture of the emergence of Indian civilisation. In The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan the authors have completely revised and rewritten their earlier work to present an integrated and dynamic account of human culture in South Asia. Drawing primarily upon the archaeological record, and supported by ethnographic, linguistic and historical evidence, the authors trace the origins and development of culture in India and Pakistan from its earliest roots in Palaeolithic times, through the rise and disintegration of the great Indus Civilization to the emergence of regional cultures, and the arrival and spread of Indo-Aryan speaking peoples. They conclude with the early Buddhist period and the appearance of city states right across Pakistan and North India, establishing the pattern of subcontinental unity and regional diversity that was to characterize the country henceforward. The authors have made every attempt to incorporate the results of the most recent research and their book is illustrated throughout with photographs, maps and line diagrams. Offering an original and stimulating perspective on the archaeology of the subcontinent, The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan will be invaluable to students of South Asian culture and early history. It will also appeal to anyone interested in historical geography, world prehistory and archaeology in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85506/cover/9780521285506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in the Hellenistic World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Josephus, Aristeas, The Sibylline Oracles, Eupolemus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims to introduce the work of Hellenistic Jewish writers of the period 200 BC to AD 200. Four in particular are studied. The authors of the Letter of Aristeas and the Sibylline Oracles came from second-century BC Egypt. Eupolemus wrote probably in Jerusalem at the same time. Josephus, a priest from Judaea, wrote in Rome in the late first century AD. Using Greek, not Hebrew or Aramaic, and conscious of the position of Jews in the Graeco-Roman world, they wished to demonstrate that their cultural and religious heritage stood comparison with the Graeco-Roman tradition and that Jews were neither so philosophically naive nor so politically troublesome as they were often supposed to be. An opening chapter describing the position of Jews in the Hellenistic world is followed by selected passages, all newly translated, with introductory essays and commentary. The collection makes available to students much material hitherto not easily accessible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85513/cover/9780521285513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Qumran Community</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knibb, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a new translation of substantial extracts from the Qumran writings, which comprise an important part of the Dead Sea scrolls. The writings reflect the beliefs and practices of a religious community which existed on the shores of the Dead Sea between the middle of the second century BC and AD 68. They shed considerable light on the Essenes, whose movement had an important focus at Qumran. In addition to selecting the most significant legislative, poetic and liturgical writings, Professor Knibb provides a commentary dealing with major interpretative problems raised by the extracts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85520/cover/9780521285520.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Rabbinic Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacCoby, Hyam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rabbinic texts are often cited in New Testament and Old Testament studies, but hitherto there has been no easy way for a student to grasp the scope and variety of the relevant rabbinic writings. This book introduces the student to the full range of the early rabbinic writings, with a thorough introduction and notes, so that both a bird's eye view of the literature as well as close aquaintance with typical and important texts can be obtained. This will enable the reader to embark on further study with a clearer orientation. The book also aims to correct many mistaken views about rabbinic Judaism arising from outdated conceptions of the relation between Christianity and Judaism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Outside the Old Testament</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonge, Marinus de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume gives extracts from and introductions to twelve writings dealing with prominent Old Testament figures. The writings tell what happened to them, what God revealed to them and try to bring home to their readers what can be learned from their example. They give many explicit exhortations; often there is an outlook on the future intended to comfort and to encourage the readers in difficult circumstances. These writings belong to the so-called 'Pseudepigrapha of the Old Testament', a term used, rather loosely, to cover writings connected with biblical books, personalities or themes, which were not included in the Hebrew or Greek Old Testament canon. The various contributions to this volume, written by experts in the field, aim at introducing readers to this fascinating collection of documents and at showing them the ways to explore this area a little further.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85544/cover/9780521285544.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews and Christians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Graeco-Roman Views</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, Molly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to give access to sources which illustrate Graeco-Roman views on Jews and Christians from 200 BC to AD 200. Passages range from longer extracts written by historians to short incidental references by disparate authors which throw light on attitudes towards beliefs and social customs. The pagan religious background, especially the Mystery religions, is also described and illustrated by selected passages, so that the reader may have some idea of the general religious climate during this period. Every quotation is prefixed by a brief biography of the author and all passages have been translated into English, with explanatory comment when necessary. Connecting essays act as summaries and focus the attention on essential issues. These, together with a chronological chart and maps should enable a student coming fresh to the subject, without previous specialized knowledge, to see the period in historical perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85568/cover/9780521285568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jewish and Christian World 200 BC to AD 200</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leaney, A. R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The three general editors of the Cambridge Bible Commentary series have all, in their teaching, experienced a lack of readily usable texts of the literature which is often called psuedepigrapha but which is more accurately defined as extra-biblical or parabiblical literature. The aim of this series is to help fill this gap. The welcome accorded to the Cambridge Bible Commentary has encouraged the editors to follow the same pattern here, except that carefully chosen extracts from the texts, rather than complete books, have normally been provided for comment. The introductory material leads naturally into the text which itself leads into alternating sections of commentary. Within the severe limits imposed by the size and scope of the series each contributor will attempt to provide for the student and general reader the results of modern scholarship, but has been asked to assume no specialized theological or linguistic knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85575/cover/9780521285575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>No Man's Land</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Combat and Identity in World War 1</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leed, Eric J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on the firsthand accounts of German, French, British, and American front-line soldiers, No Man's Land examines how the first modern, industrialized war transformed the character of the men who participated in it. Ancient myths about war eroded in the trenches, where the relentless monotony and impotence of the solder's life was interrupted only by unpredictable moments of annihilation. Professor Leed looks at how the traumatic experience of combat itself and the wholesale shattering of the conventions and ethical codes of normal social life turned ordinary civilians into 'liminal men', men living beyond the limits of the accepted and the expected. He uses the concept of liminality to illuminate the central features of the war experience: the separation from 'home': the experience of pollution, death, comradeship, and 'the uncanny': and the ambivalence of returning veterans about civilian society. In a final chapter Professor Leed assesses the long-term political impact of the front experience. He finds that the end of hostilities did not mean the end of the war experience as much as the beginning of a process by which that experience was framed, institutionalized, celebrated and relived in political action as well as in fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85735/cover/9780521285735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sea and Sardinia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalnins, Mara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written after the First World War when he was living in Sicily, Sea and Sardinia records Lawrence's journey to Sardinia and back in January 1921. It reveals his response to a new landscape and people and his ability to transmute the spirit of place into literary art. Like his other travel writings the book is also a shrewd inquiry into the political and social values of an era which saw the rise of communism and fascism. On one level an indictment of contemporary materialism, Sea and Sardinia is nevertheless an optimistic book, celebrating the creativity of the human spirit and seeking in the fundamental laws which governed human nature in the past fresh inspiration for the present. This edition restores censored passages and corrects corrupt textual readings to reveal for the first time the book Lawrence himself called 'a marvel of veracity'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85759/cover/9780521285759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability, Statistics and Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kingman, J. F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reuter, G. E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers is dedicated to David Kendall (Professor of Mathematical Statistics in the University of Cambridge) on the occasion of his 65th birthday. The content of the contributions indicates the breadth of his interests in mathematics and statistics, and the interrelation between mathematical analysis, the theory of probability, and mathematical statistics. The topics will interest postgraduate and research mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85902/cover/9780521285902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resource and Environmental Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Anthony C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the major themes of the economic literature on natural resources and the environment. It is designed to bring the reader, in part with the aid of a unified model of optimal resource use, to the frontiers of the discipline, using only elementary mathematical models. Features special to exhaustible and renewable resources, including the problems posed by market imperfections, are treated as extensions of the basic model. The theoretical discussion is enriched with examples and applications, including a systematic investigation of the behaviour of resource reserves, costs, prices, and substitution possibilities. Substantial attention to environmental, as well as extractive, resources is a distinctive aspect of this book. The author describes methods of estimating the environmental costs of resource development and other projects, and presents some key empirical findings. Policy instruments to protect the environment, such as taxes, subsidies, marketable permits, and direct controls, are carefully analysed from a welfare-theoretic point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85940/cover/9780521285940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ben Jonson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>To the First Folio</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dutton, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a critical assessment of the career of one of the most formidable figures of English literature, the most influential poet and dramatist of the early seventeenth century. Richard Dutton focuses on the greatest landmark of Jonson's career, the 1616 folio collection of his works with which he crowned his growing reputation as a man of letters, collecting together the majority of his most enduring works - including Every Man in his Humour, Volpone, The Alchemist; the tragedies Sejanus and Catiline; and the major masques and poems. The book relates these works (and another masterpiece, Bartholomew Fair, which belongs to the same period) to Jonson's tempestuous life and times, touching on such issues as his involvement with the Gunpowder Plot, his frequent confrontations with the political authorities, his emergence as Poet Laureate at Court and his often touchy relations with fellow authors like Shakespeare and Donne. But the principal aim throughout is to offer detailed critical analyses of Jonson's major works showing how, for all that they are rooted in the concerns of his own age, they are far more accessible and relevant to modern readers than is often assumed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85964/cover/9780521285964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521285984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521285984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521285988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Continuous Semigroups in Banach Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521285988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair, Allan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In these notes the abstract theory of analytic one-parameter semigroups in Banach algebras is discussed, with the Gaussian, Poisson and fractional integral semigroups in convolution Banach algebras serving as motivating examples. Such semigroups are constructed in a Banach algebra with a bounded approximate identity. Growth restrictions on the semigroup are linked to the structure of the underlying Banach algebra. The Hille-Yosida Theorem and a result of J. Esterle's on the nilpotency of semigroups are proved in detail. The lecture notes are an expanded version of lectures given by the author at the University of Edinburgh in 1980 and can be used as a text for a graduate course in functional analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/85988/cover/9780521285988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Patronage in Sixteenth-Century Mantua</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a companion volume to Music and Patronage in Sixteenth-Century Mantua I. The relationship between the volumes is not direct in the sense that specific references are made in volume I to specific features of the works in volume II. Rather, the present volume stands on its own as an anthology of compositions which could all be described as products of the system of patronage discussed in volume I. In various ways these ceremonial and domestic compositions illuminate the environment that brought them into being and that enabled them to survive. At the same time, the selection illustrates the variety of styles employed by composers in the Gonzaga service from Jacques of Mantua to Claudio Monteverdi. The collection includes works both by little-known Mantuan musicians and by some of the most important composers of the sixteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86039/cover/9780521286039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128614X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128614X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics for Mathematicians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassels, J. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the expanded notes of a course intended to introduce students specializing in mathematics to some of the central ideas of traditional economics. The book should be readily accessible to anyone with some training in university mathematics; more advanced mathematical tools are explained in the appendices. Thus this text could be used for undergraduate mathematics courses or as supplementary reading for students of mathematical economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86145/cover/9780521286145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Charles Reade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Masks and Faces, The Courier of Lyons, It is Never too Late to Mend</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammet, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition contains the three most important works of Charles Reade (1814-1884). Reade adapted the social purpose and concern for detail of the realistic novel to the stage. He was much concerned with poverty, the brutality of the prison regime of his time and the abuse of mental asylums. He assigned a specially important role to women in his plays, choosing to write for the charismatic actresses of his day. Masks and Faces (1852) is concerned with the public image and private life of a leading Covent Garden actress; The Courier of Lyons (1854) is based upon a real case of mistaken identity; and It Is Never Too Late to Mend (1865) describes the legal and financial oppression of poor English farming folk. All these plays were very popular and successful, performed and revived many times. Dr Hammet provides alongside them an informative introduction, notes on the text, a short biography of Reade, a full list of his plays and productions, and a bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberals and Social Democrats</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious and wide-ranging book is about the relationship between liberalism and socialism in Britain in the late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It focuses largely on a group of intellectuals whose names are familiar but whose work has been neglected or misunderstood. Graham Wallas is the forgotten man of early Fabianism. L. T. Hobhouse has misleadingly been typecast as the last major exponent of a dying liberal tradition. J. A. Hobson's reputation has been obscured by repeated claims that he was a precursor either of the Leninist theory of imperialism or of the Keynesian revolution in economics. The historical work of J. L. and Barbara Hammond has suffered similar revenges from the whirligig of time. There are other liberals or socialists - notably Gilbert Murray, Bernard Shaw, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, R. H. Tawney and J. M. Keynes - who receive considerable attention. In the later chapters the economic approaches of Hobson and Keynes are disentangled and put in their proper historical setting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86510/cover/9780521286510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Burke, Paine, Godwin, and the Revolution Controversy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge English Prose Texts consists of volumes devoted to selections of non-fictional English prose of the late sixteenth to the mid nineteenth centuries. The series provides students, primarily though not exclusively those of English literature, with the opportunity of reading significant prose writers who, for a variety of reasons (not least their generally being unavailable in suitable editions), are rarely studied, but whose influence on their times was very considerable. Marilyn Butler's volume centres on the great Revolution debate in England in the 1790s, inspired by the French Revolution. The debate consists of a single series of works which depend for their meaning upon one another, and upon the historical situation which gave them birth. Major tracts by Burke (Reflections on the Revolution in France), Paine (The Rights of Man), and Godwin (Enquiry Concerning Political Justice) are given at length, while important shorter pieces by such writers as Hannah More, Thomas Spence, and William Cobbett appear virtually complete. The volume is especially interesting for its portrait of a community of oppositional writers. Many of them knew one another personally, and stimulated and sustained one another against the pro-government majority. Their collaborative literary enterprise, and its break up, offer a fascinating perspective on Romanticism and the growth of an extra-parliamentary opposition functioning through the press. The volume also reveals the impact of the great debate on writers such as Mary Wollstonecraft, Coleridge, and Wordsworth. As with other titles in the series, the volume is comprehensively annotated: obscure allusions to people, places, and events are glossed in footnotes and endnotes, while prefactory headnotes comment on the circumstances surrounding the composition of each extract. In a substantial introduction Dr Butler offers a broad examination of this pamphlet war and its main participants. There is a helpful critical guide to further reading for those wishing to pursue their study of the subject. The volume will be a vital sourcebook for students of English Romantic literature, history, and political history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86565/cover/9780521286565.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adamson, Iain T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Field Theory is a fascinating branch of algebra, with many interesting applications, and its central result, the Fundamental Theorem of Galois Theory, is by any standards one of the really important theorems of mathematics. This book brings the reader from the basic definitions to important results and applications, and introduces him to the spirit and some of the techniques of abstract algebra. It is addressed to undergraduates in pure mathematics and presupposes only a little knowledge of elementary group theory.  Chapter I develops the elementary properties of rings and fields including the notions of characteristic, prime fields and various types of homomorphisms. In Chapter II extension fields and various ways of classifying them are studies. Chapter III gives an exposition of the Galois Theory, following Artin's approach, and Chapter IV provides a wide variety of applications of the preceding theory. For the second edition Dr Adamson has improved the exposition in places, made corrections and updated the references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Religion in the 19th Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cosslett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge English Prose Texts consists of volumes devoted to substantial selections from non-fictional English prose of the late sixteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries. The series provides students, primarily though not exclusively those of English literature, with the opportunity of reading significant prose writers who, for a variety of reasons (not least their generally being unavailable in suitable editions) are rarely studied, but whose influence on their times was very considerable. This volume contains selections from nineteenth-century writers involved in the debate about the relation of science and religion. It centres on the Darwinian controversy, with extracts from The Origin Of Species and The Descent of Man, and from opponents and supporters of Darwin. This controversy is placed in the wider context of the earlier debates on geology and evolution; the relation of science to Natural Theology; the effect of Biblical Criticism on the interpretation of Genesis; and the professionalisation of science by aggressively agnostic scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86688/cover/9780521286688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isolated Singular Points on Complete Intersections</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Looijenga, E. J. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Singularity theory is not a field in itself, but rather an application of algebraic geometry, analytic geometry and differential analysis. The adjective 'singular' in the title refers here to singular points of complex-analytic or algebraic varieties or mappings. A tractable (and very natural) class of singularities to study are the isolated complete intersection singularities, and much progress has been made over the past decade in understanding these and their deformations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86749/cover/9780521286749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>BCPL</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Language and its Compiler</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitby-Strevens, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>BCPL is a simple systems programming language with a portable compiler that has been implemented on many machines from large mainframes to mini computers and microprocessors. The book provides an introduction to the language, paying particular attention to programming style. In addition, it covers the more machine-independent parts of the BCPL library and outlines various debugging aids that most implementations provide. The syntax analysis phase of the compiler is described in detail, giving a realistic example of a typical application of the language. This and other substantial examples given in the book will be of interest both to serious users of BCPL and to computer writers. There is a chapter concerned with the portability code generator design. The reference for BCPL appears as the final chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86817/cover/9780521286817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamlyn, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to metaphysics. At the outset Professor Hamlyn distinguishes two conceptions of metaphysics running through the history of the subject. One, which goes back to Aristotle, is concerned with ontology, and with what has to exist for beings such as we are; the other separates appearance and reality and attempts to establish what really exists. Professor Hamlyn's account of metaphysics conforms with the first tradition. This is not, however, primarily a historical exposition. The discussion concentrates on central metaphysical concepts and problems, including the principles of ontology, substance, particulars and universals, monism and pluralism, space and time, minds, selves and personal identity. Throughout, Professor Hamlyn's thoroughly informed and argued consideration of the topics presents both a persuasive view of the subject and an excellent grounding in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86909/cover/9780521286909.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Luck</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers 1973-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new volume of philosophical essays by Bernard Williams. The book is a successor to Problems of the Self, but whereas that volume dealt mainly with questions of personal identity, Moral Luck centres on questions of moral philosophy and the theory of rational action. That whole area has of course been strikingly reinvigorated over the last deacde, and philosophers have both broadened and deepened their concerns in a way that now makes much earlier moral and political philosophy look sterile and trivial. Moral Luck contains a number of essays that have contributed influentially to this development. Among the recurring themes are the moral and philosophical limitations of utilitarianism, the notion of integrity, relativism, and problems of moral conflict and rational choice. The work presented here is marked by a high degree of imagination and acuity, and also conveys a strong sense of psychological reality. The volume will be a stimulating source of ideas and arguments for all philosophers and a wide range of other readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86916/cover/9780521286916.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128693X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128693X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetric Designs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Algebraic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lander, Eric S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symmetric designs are an important class of combinatorial structures which arose first in the statistics and are now especially important in the study of finite geometries. This book presents some of the algebraic techniques that have been brought to bear on the question of existence, construction and symmetry of symmetric designs - including methods inspired by the algebraic theory of coding and by the representation theory of finite groups - and includes many results. Rich in examples and containing over 100 problems, the text also provides an introduction to many of the modern algebraic approaches used, through six lengthy appendices and supplementary problems. The book will be of interest to both combinatorialists and algebraists, and could be used as a course text for a graduate course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86930/cover/9780521286930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521286964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521286964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521286961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooking, Cuisine and Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Comparative Sociology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521286961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The preparation, serving and eating of food are common features of all human societies, and have been the focus of study for numerous anthropologists - from Sir James Frazer onwards - from a variety of theoretical and empirical perspectives. It is in the context of this previous anthropological work that Jack Goody sets his own observations on cooking in West Africa. He criticises those approaches which overlook the comparative historical dimension of culinary, and other, cultural differences that emerge in class societies, both of which elements he particularly emphasises in this book. The central question that Professor Goody addresses here is why a differentiated 'haute cuisine' has not emerged in Africa, as it has in other parts of the world. His account of cooking in West Africa is followed by a survey of the culinary practices of the major Eurasian societies throughout history - ranging from Ancient Egypt, Imperial Rome and medieval China to early modern Europe - in which he relates the differences in food preparation and consumption emerging in these societies to differences in their socio-economic structures, specifically in modes of production and communication. He concludes with an examination of the world-wide rise of 'industrial food' and its impact on Third World societies, showing that the ability of the latter to resist cultural domination in food, as in other things, is related to the nature of their pre-existing socio-economic structures. The arguments presented here will interest all social scientists and historians concerned with cultural history and social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/86961/cover/9780521286961.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Party Ideology and Popular Politics at the Accession of George III</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a reappraisal of English politics in the first decade of George III's reign. It sets out to explain how party politics changed, and what problems that created for the parliamentary elite. The issues of party, of patriotism as it manifested itself in the elder Pitt's political career, and of the relations between the notions of ministerial responsibility and the powers of the Crown are all used to illuminate the nature of political conflict. Special emphasis is placed on Burke's notions of party. The schisms created by this reconfiguration of party politics, Dr Brewer argues, had effects beyond Westminster. He discusses extra-parliamentary forms of political expression, notably the press, and goes on to show how the career of John Wilkes and the critique of British politics developed by American radicals gave focus to a variety of political discontents, and produced new arguments in favour of parliamentary reform. Throughout his study he emphasises the interplay between popular and parliamentary politics. His work is designed to show that the 'political nation' included many other than the parliamentary classes, and that the political conflicts of the period cannot be properly understood without a full examination of political ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87012/cover/9780521287012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environment, Subsistence and System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ecology of Small-Scale Social Formations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellen, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human ecology is ultimately part of a general theory of society. This is the argument developed here by Roy Ellen, whose exploration of the interplay between social organization and ecology in small-scale subsistence systems has direct bearings both on the investigation of human environmental relations in general and on contemporary social theory. He argues that while ecological study of non-industrial societies cannot be elevated to the status of theory, domain or discipline, it can be represented as a single 'problematic' that historically has acquired some degree of autonomy and which continues to make a significant contribution to a wider anthropology. Dr Ellen introduces his subject matter through an extended and systematic discussion of some major frameworks developed within the last hundred years to examine and explain facets of the relationship between culture, social organization and the environment: determinism, possibilism, cultural ecology, systems theory and ideas derived from modern biology. He follows this with a detailed review and appraisal of important recent research involving the use of ecological models, methods and data. This original and innovative study of the pre-eminently social character of human ecological relations will be of considerable interest to all students and researchers concerned with understanding the nature of the relationship between human beings and their environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bereavement and Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psychological and Physical Consequences of Partner Loss</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroebe, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroebe, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Does the popular notion of a 'broken heart' have some grounding in reality? How can grief affect the body in ways that necessitate medical care and may even be life-threatening? Bereavement and Health constitutes a comprehensive review of what is known about the impact of bereavement on surviving partners. Drawing on the work of psychologists, sociologists, epidemiologists, and psychiatrists, Wolfgang and Margaret Stroebe offer a theoretically coherent perspective focused on conjugal loss. After a thorough discussion of stress and depression models of bereavement, the authors present their own theoretical approach, emphasizing social contacts and the interpersonal nature of grief. They then examine the psychological and medical consequences of bereavement: Are the bereaved at higher risk than those who have not lost a partner? What has research revealed about the causes, symptoms, and outcomes of grief? Key questions about recovery from grief are also addressed: Is the health risk of bereavement severe enough to have lasting or even fatal consequences? Is it possible to identify those bereaved who are at high risk before their health suffers? What are the strategies that are most likely to lead to effective coping? Can attempts at intervention be effective? The Stroebes' combination of theoretical integration and methodological rigor will make Bereavement and Health a standard text for years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87104/cover/9780521287104.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rebels and Rulers, 1500-1600</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society, States, and Early Modern Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagorin, Perez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rebels and Rulers, 1500-1660 is a comparative historical study of revolution in the greatest royal states of Western Europe during the sixteenth and the first half of the seventeenth centuries. Revolution as a general problem and the causes and character of revolution in early modern Europe have been among the most widely discussed and debated topics in history and the social sciences since the 1940s. Although the subject of social and political unrest and revolution in the early modern period has received much attention, and despite the existence of a very large literature devoted to particular revolutions of the time, no one has attempted the broad comparative synthesis that is given by Professor Zarogin in this study. Volume I of Rebels and Rulers presents a critical discussion of different concepts and interpretations of revolution, including Marxism. It reviews previous attempts to deal with early modern revolutions and suggests a typology appropriate to the latter. It then provides an extensive survey of the historical context in which these revolutions occurred: the social structures of orders and estates, the political system of monarchy and the process of absolutist state building, economic trends and fluctuations, and ideology. The volume concludes with a detailed treatment of peasant rebellions, especially in Germany and France, and with an equally close look at urban rebellions in France and the possessions of the Spanish monarchy, including the revolution of the Comuneros in Castile.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128712X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128712X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rebels and Rulers, 1500-1660</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagorin, Perez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rebels and Rulers, 1500-1660 is a comparative historical study of revolution in the greatest royal states of Western Europe during the sixteenth and the first half of the seventeenth centuries. Revolution as a general problem and the causes and character of revolution in early modern Europe have been among the most widely discussed and debated topics in history and the social sciences since the 1940s. Although the subject of social and political unrest and revolution in the early modern period has received much attention, and despite the existence of a very large literature devoted to particular revolutions of the time, no one has attempted the broad comparative synthesis that is given by Professor Zarogin in this study. Volume II deals first with provincial rebellions in the French, English, and Spanish monarchies. The remaining chapters are devoted to a synoptic account of the French civil war or wars of religion, the Netherlands rebellion, the English revolution, and the Fronde. Rebels and Rulers is a comprehensive discussion of early modern revolution that contains an examination of the most significant revolutions of Western Europe in the period before 1789. It offers fresh understanding of both well-known and neglected revolutionary events and is the first work to consider the many diverse revolutions of this seminal epoch in comparative historical perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87128/cover/9780521287128.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virgil's Iliad</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Epic Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gransden, K. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about Virgil's Aeneid, especially the second half of the poem, are explores in some detail Virgil's use of Homer's Iliad. The author's main purpose is to try to re-establish the value and importance of books VII-XII of the Aeneid, which he argues, far from constituting a falling off from the more familiar earlier books, Aeneid VII-XII presents a continuous epic narrative of sustained power, planned and executed on the largest scale and offering a structural unity which matches that of its great model. His secondary purpose is to try to give the modern reader an impression of what Homer's Iliad meant to the implied reader of the Aeneid and to Virgil himself. Throughout, Gransden places emphasis on the text as a piece of continuous narrative, finding that the experience of reading VII-XII modifies the reader's sense of books I-VI. This book will interest all those who enjoy Virgil, whether they are studying Latin or reading the poet in translation. A knowledge of Latin is not essential and those concerned with the techniques of narrative in epic and other fiction will also find the book of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87562/cover/9780521287562.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Machinery Question and the Making of Political Economy 1815-1848</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg, Maxine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For those who lived through it, Britain's Industrial Revolution was experienced as the Machinery Question. It was far from clear to contemporaries whether the first forms of mechanized factory production heralded an inevitable economic revolution, or were but one course among several which might be modified or eventually rejected altogether, Opinion about the necessity or beneficence of machines was profoundly divided at all levels of society; the often acrimonious debate that arose reverberated through economic, political, cultural and intellectual life. Crucially important for the development of this debate, because it was the source of the very terms of discussion, was the new discipline of Political Economy. The major contention of this book is that the Machinery Question was also the making of Political Economy. Dr Berg argues that technical change was one of the foremost theoretical concerns of Ricardo and his successors, and the foundation for their distinctly optimistic view of the future. She shows how the Machinery Question fostered the social conditions in which the status of Political Economy as a discipline was established, and concludes that by the 1840s the divisions over machinery were firmly embedded in the great rival creeds of the future, liberalism and socialism. The book will interest teachers and students of British social and economic history, the history of economic thought and the history of science and technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87593/cover/9780521287593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Sociology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldthorpe, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This has proved to be an excellent introduction to what sociology is and what kinds of information and useful knowledge the practice of this discipline provides. In discussing family structure, the relation between the economy and society, social class, social control, and religion, the author uses appropriate examples of African experience. For this third edition, Dr Goldthorpe has thoroughly revised the text to take account of the changes affecting men and women in contemporary societies. Major revisions have been made to the chapter on the family, in the light of recent research on child care. The chapter on social class has been extensively revised to incorporate new material (including work by the author's namesake J. H. Goldthorpe) on social mobility and inequality in contemporary societies, and the debate on socialism has been updated. Changes have been made too in the passages on hunting and food-gathering societies, and on peasants, while there has been a general up dating of statistics, references, and suggestions for further reading throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87791/cover/9780521287791.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Noradrenergic Neurons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fillenz, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Noradrenergic Neurons examines the mechanisms that regulate the release and synthesis of the neurotransmitter noradrenaline. Noradrenaline (or norepinephrine) and the physiological activity of the cells that manufacture and release it, play an important role in response to stress and the development of resistance to stress, as well as psychological mood itself. This book discusses the response of the various noradrenergic receptor subtypes to noradrenaline, and the long-lasting changes that underlie the striking plasticity of function manifested by noradrenergic cells, which in turn are reflected in observable behavioural plasticity. In recent years there has been no single book that presents an up-to-date synthesis of current knowledge on the biochemical anatomical and physiological aspects of this important group of brain and peripheral nervous system cells and their function in the whole behaving organism and this book aims to fill that gap.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87807/cover/9780521287807.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The War Against Paris, 1871</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tombs, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Paris Commune of 1871 is one of the great romantic failures in revolutionary history. Yet very little is known about its enemies, and especially the army, which first fraternized with the revolutionaries and then, two months later, crushed them with the utmost violence. This book, based on extensive archival research, is the first serious study of the role of the army in the civil war. It examines its composition and organization, its weaknesses and their effect on government policy, the steps taken to improve morale and discipline, the state of mind of officers and men and, finally, the conduct of the army in battle and the causes of the final bloodshed, in which about 20,000 Parisians were killed in the fighting or executed afterwards. Its purpose is to cast new light on the policy of the government and the problems of using an army in a civil war, and to tell for the first time the full tragedy of the suppression of the Comune, one of the bloodiest and least understood social conflicts in the history of modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design with Energy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Conservation and Use of Energy in Buildings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littler, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Randall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originating from their work at Cambridge University on the design of energy efficient homes in Northern Europe, the authors consider the site constructions, building designs, available renewable energy sources, and servicing systems in different types of low energy houses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87876/cover/9780521287876.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science in Russia and the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Loren R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the 1980s the Soviet scientific establishment had become the largest in the world, but very little of its history was known in the West. What has been needed for many years in order to fill that gap in our knowledge is a history of Russian and Soviet science written for the educated person who would like to read one book on the subject. This book has been written for that reader. The history of Russian and Soviet science is a story of remarkable achievements and frustrating failures. That history is presented here in a comprehensive form, and explained in terms of its social and political context. Major sections include the tsarist period, the impact of the Russian Revolution, the relationship between science and Soviet society, and the strengths and weaknesses of individual scientific disciplines. The book also discusses the changes brought to science in Russia and other republics by the collapse of communism in the late 1980s and early 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87890/cover/9780521287890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classification Problems in Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuncel, Selim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The isomorphism problem of ergodic theory has been extensively studied since Kolmogorov's introduction of entropy into the subject and especially since Ornstein's solution for Bernoulli processes. Much of this research has been in the abstract measure-theoretic setting of pure ergodic theory. However, there has been growing interest in isomorphisms of a more restrictive and perhaps more realistic nature which recognize and respect the state structure of processes in various ways. These notes give an account of some recent developments in this direction. A special feature is the frequent use of the information function as an invariant in a variety of special isomorphism problems. Lecturers and postgraduates in mathematics and research workers in communication engineering will find this book of use and interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87944/cover/9780521287944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521287995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521287995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521287999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays on the Writer and his Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521287999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cocking, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Proust's A la recherche du temps perdu is an imaginative achievement without parallel in the twentieth century. Any critic who sets out to discuss the book in the full variety of its concerns will find that his own powers of insight and judgement are relentlessly put to the test. John Cocking is one of the few critics who have taken up this challenge with outstanding success and have tackled all the major Proustian issues in a consistently illuminating way. When first published in the fifties, his critical monograph on Proust soon established itself as one of the finest introductions to its subject available in either English or French. The aim of the present collection is to bring together all Professor Cocking's main writings on Proust in a single volume. His powers of detailed observation and his alert analytic intelligence make him a first-rate guide to the complexities and the sheer surprisingness of Proust's novel. This book offers both an introduction that is fully accessible to the newcomer and a series of original judgements that will provide stimulus and excitement for the specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/87999/cover/9780521287999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128810X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128810X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illustrating FORTRAN</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fortran is a computer language that has been around for a quarter of a century, and is still much used despite predictions throughout its life that it would be replaced by more elegant languages. But Fortran is still the only language in which it is possible to write truly portable programs. Using his own special formula, Donald Alcock now does for Fortran what he did for BASIC in his earlier book, Illustrating BASIC. The Fortran described and illustrated is that defined by the American National Standards Institute in 1966 but with allusions to the same Institute's standard published in 1978. For both the person who is new to computers and programming, and the person who has met only BASIC before, this book will give an excellent introduction to standard Fortran; it also provides a reference manual for the language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88101/cover/9780521288101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy, Force and Matter</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Conceptual Development of Nineteenth-Century Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, Peter M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By focusing on the conceptual issues faced by nineteenth century physicists, this book clarifies the status of field theory, the ether, and thermodynamics in the work of the period. A remarkably synthetic account of a difficult and fragmentary period in scientific development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88125/cover/9780521288125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exploring the Urban Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Urban History by H. J. Dyos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannadine, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reeder, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the 1960s and 1970s, the growth of interest in the urban past was one of the most prominent developments in historical studies in the United Kingdom. In large part, this was due to the work of the late H. J. Dyos, Professor of Urban History at the University of Leicester, as teacher, writer and propagandist. This book brings together some of Dyos's most important and influential essays, written over nearly thirty years. At one level, this book may be read as a fitting memorial to the work, influence and writings of a first-rate historian; at another, it furnishes an indispensable guide to the study of urban development and the nineteenth-century city and to the perspective which that study affords on the urban present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building a New American State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Expansion of National Administrative Capacities, 1877-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skowronek, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about governmental change in America. It examines the reconstruction of institutional power relationships that had to be negotiated among the courts, the parties, the president, the Congress and the states in order to accommodate the expansion of national administrative capacities around the turn of the twentieth century. Stephen Skowronek argues that new institutional forms and procedures do not arise reflexively or automatically in response to environmental demands on government, but must be extorted through political and institutional struggles that are rooted in and mediated by pre-established governing arrangements. As the first full-scale historical treatment of the development of American national administration, this book will provide a useful textbook for public administration courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88651/cover/9780521288651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Traveller-Gypsies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Okely, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Judith Okely challenges popular accounts of Gypsies which suggest that they were once isolated communities, enjoying an autonomous culture and economy now largely eroded by the processes of industrialisation and western capitalism. Dr Okely draws on her own extensive fieldwork and on contemporary documents. The Traveller-Gypsies is the first monograph to be published on Gypsies in Britain using the perspective of social anthropology. It examines the historical origins of the Gypsies, their economy, travelling patterns, self-ascription, kinship and political groupings, and their marriage choices, upbringing and gender divisions. A detailed analysis of pollution beliefs reveals an underlying system which expresses and reinforces the separation of Gypsies from non-Gypsies. Explanations for beliefs are sought in their contemporary meaning as opposed to their alleged Indian origin. None of these aspects are analysed independently of the wider society, its policies, beliefs, and practices. This book will be invaluable for teaching purposes, both as a study of a Gypsy community per se, and for its discussion of the problems involved in carrying out fieldwork within the anthropologist's own society. It will also interest the general reader and the academic specialist; social anthropologists, sociologists, historians, geographers, planners and all those concerned with minority groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88705/cover/9780521288705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeology as Human Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Method and Theory for a Contextual Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butzer, Karl W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeology as Human Ecology is a new introduction to concepts and methods in archaeology. It deals not with artifacts, but with sites, settlements, and subsistence. Karl W. Butzer's goal is to interpret the ecosystem of which an archaeologicial site or site network was part. Components of this study include geo-archaeology, archaeobotany, zoo-archaeology, and archaeometry. These methods are then used in examining interactions between human communities and their biophysical environment: the impact of settlement on site formation and the effects of subsistence activities on plants, animals, soils, and overall landscape modification. Finally, the methods and theoretical approach, are applied to examine the processes of cultural change and continuity. The approach of Archaeology as Human Ecology goes far beyond traditional environmental archaeology, which is concerned with simple reconstruction. It provides a clear, systemic approach that immediately allows an assessment of interactions. For the first time, it attempts to develop a comprehensive spatial archaeology - one that is far more than derivative spatial analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88774/cover/9780521288774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geography and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bridging the Divide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geography and History is the first book for more than a century to examine comprehensively the interdependence of the two disciplines. Alan Baker, an internationally honoured historical geographer, focuses upon the work of North American, British and French historians and geographers but takes a global and interdisciplinary perspective upon the theory and practice of historical geography and geographical history. He analyses the views of historians on the relationship of their discipline to geography, and geographers on the relationship of theirs to history. He considers in turn locational geographies and spatial histories, environmental geographies and histories, landscape geographies and histories, and regional geographies and histories. Seeking to bridge the 'Great Divide' between history and geography, Dr Baker identifies some basic principles relating historical geography not only to history but also to geography, a reworking which signifies a 'new beginning' for this scholarly hybrid.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88859/cover/9780521288859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052128886X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052128886X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecological Implications of Body Size</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, Robert Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is generally recognized that larger animals eat more, live longer, have larger offspring, and so on; but it is unusual to see these commonplace observations as a basis for scientific biology. A large number of empirically based relationships describe biological rates as simple functions of body size; and other such relations predict the intrinsic rate of population growth, animal speed, animal density, territory size, prey size, physiology, and morphology. Such equations almost always exist for mammals and birds, often for other vertebrates and invertebrates, sometimes for protozoa, algae, and bacteria, and occasionally even for plants. There are too many organisms to measure all aspects of the biology of every species of population, so scientists must depend on generalizations. Body size relations represent our most extensive and powerful assemblage of generalizations, but they have never been organized for use in ecology. This book represents the largest single compilation of interspecific size relations, and instructs the reader on the use of these relationships; their comparison, combination, and criticism. Both strengths and weaknesses of our current knowledge are discussed in order to indicate the many possible directions for further research. This important volume will therefore provide a point of departure toward a new applied ecology, giving quantitative solutions to real questions. It will interest advanced students of ecology and comparative physiology as well as professional biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88866/cover/9780521288866.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Several Complex Variables and Complex Manifolds II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Field, Mike</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This self-contained and relatively elementary introduction to functions of several complex variables and complex (especially compact) manifolds is intended to be a synthesis of those topics and a broad introduction to the field. Part I is suitable for advanced undergraduates and beginning postgraduates whilst Part II is written more for the graduate student. The work as a whole will be useful to professional mathematicians or mathematical physicists who wish to acquire a working knowledge of this area of mathematics. Many exercises have been included and indeed they form an integral part of the text. The prerequisites for understanding Part I would be met by any mathematics student with a first degree and together the two parts provide an introduction to the more advanced works in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88880/cover/9780521288880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patrons, Clients and Friends</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interpersonal Relations and the Structure of Trust in Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenstadt, S. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roniger, Luis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The form of social relations described by the terms 'patronage' and 'patron-client relations' is of central concern to sociologists, anthropologists and political scientists today. Characterised by its voluntary and highly personal but often fully institutionalised nature, it is a type of behaviour found in almost every human society. It touches upon basic aspects of the construction and regulation of social order and is therefore closely connected to major theoretical problems and controversies in the social sciences. This book analyses some special types of these interpersonal relations - ritual kinship, patron-client relations and friendship - and the social conditions in which they develop. The authors draw upon a wide range of examples, from societies as diverse as these of the Mediterranean, Latin America, the Middle and Far East and the U.S.S.R., in their study of the core characteristics of such relationships. They look at them as mechanisms of social exchange, examine their impact on the institutional structures in which they exist, and assess the significance of the variations in their occurrence. Their analysis highlights the importance of these relationships in social life and concludes with a stimulating discussion of the ensuring tensions and ambivalences and the ways in which these are dealt with - though perhaps never fully overcome. Patrons, clients and friends is the first systematic comparative study of these interpersonal relations and makes the first attempt to relate them to central aspects of social structure. It will therefore be an important contribution to both comparative analysis and social theory and will be of interest to a wide range of social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88903/cover/9780521288903.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns in Plant Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steeves, Taylor A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sussex, Ian M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patterns in Plant Development offers an introduction to the development of the whole plant. It is essentially a factual book that describes the complex phenomena of development in vascular plants. The point of view is structural, and emphasis is placed on the experimental approach to development. The book deals with lower vascular plants (e.g. ferns) as well as seed plants, so that the treatment of the plant, beginning with the embryo and continuing through the phase of secondary growth (the vascular cambium) is presented. This volume is an extensively revised and completely updated version of a book that was first published in 1972. Much new material has been introduced; rapid advances in molecular biology in recent years have made a significant contribution to the understanding of development, and these exciting findings have been drawn into the interpretations provided in this new edition. At the same time, it is recognized that plant morphologists have made major strides in understanding the organization of the whole plant, and thus the developmental significance of architectural analysis is also stressed. The book is written so that anyone who has completed a basic first-year university course in biology or botany will be able to use it without difficulty. Sufficient background information is provided so that the reader is not required to have an extensive technical background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88958/cover/9780521288958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discourse Strategies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gumperz, John J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To understand the role of language in public life and the social process in general, we need first a closer understanding of how linguistic knowledge and social factors interact in discourse interpretation. This volume is a major advance towards that understanding. Professor Gumperz here synthesizes fundamental research on communication from a wide variety of disciplines - linguistics, sociolinguistics, anthropology and non-verbal communication - and develops an original and broadly based theory of conversational inference which shows how verbal communication can serve either between individuals of different social and ethnic backgrounds. The urgent need to overcome such barriers to effective communication is also a central concern of the book. Examples of conversational exchanges as well as of longer encounters, recorded in the urban United States, village Austria, South Asia and Britain, and analyzed to illustrate all aspects of the analytical approach, and to show how subconscious cultural presuppositions can damagingly affect interpretation of intent and judgement of interspeaker attitude. The volume will be of central interest to anyone concerned with communication, whether from a more academic viewpoint or as a professional working, for example, in the fields of interethnic or industrial relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88965/cover/9780521288965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521288975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521288975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521288972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Social Identity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521288972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gumperz, John J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout Western society there are now strong pressures for social and racial integration but, in spite of these, recent experience has shown that greater intergroup contact can actually reinforce social distinctions and ethnic stereotypes. The studies collected here examine, from a broad sociological perspective, the sorts of face-to-face verbal exchange that are characteristic of industrial societies, and the volume as a whole pointedly demonstrates the role played by communicative phenomena in establishing and reinforcing social identity. The method of analysis that has been adopted enables the authors to reveal and examine a centrally important but hitherto little discussed conversational mechanism: the subconscious processes of inference that result from situational factors, social presuppositions and discourse conventions. The theory of conversation and the method of analysis that inform the author's approach are discussed in the first two chapters, and the case studies themselves examine interviews, counselling sessions and similar formal exchanges involving contacts between a wide range of different speakers: South Asians, West Indians and native English speakers in Britain; English natives and Chinese in South-East Asia; Afro-Americans, Asians and native English speakers in the United States; and English and French speakers in Canada. The volume will be of importance to linguists, anthropologists, psychologists, and others with a professional interest in communication, and its findings will have far-reaching applications in industrial and community relations and in educational practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/88972/cover/9780521288972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stalin's Successors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Leadership, Stability and Change in the Soviet Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bialer, Seweryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive overview of the ways in which the structure and process of Soviet politics have been transformed since Stalin's death, and particularly during the years of the Brezhnev regime. In explaining the Soviet Union's political stability, the author analyzes the Soviet combination of harsh authoritarian rule with political flexibility in the treatment of its citizens, and he describes the social processes that contribute to this stability. He also analyzes the Soviet perception of the current international situation and discusses trends in Soviet foreign policy, including the imbalance between military power on the one hand and political, economic, ideological, and cultural resources on the other. Professor Bialer explains the Soviet concept of d&#233;tente and explores the difference between Soviet and American perceptions of this process. A major part of the work is devoted to an examination of the imminent succession of the Soviet leadership. The book gives a profile of the new generation of potential leaders and identifies the characteristics that make them different form those whom they will replace. The Soviet leadership, while embroiled in its succession struggle, will have to make difficult decisions concerning the allocation of national resources and overall changes in management, planning, and incentives. Professor Bialer concludes by analyzing the kinds of economic reform that could make the problems manageable and the conditions under which the new Soviet leadership will need to institute reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Control, Corporate Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Twentieth Century Fund Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herman, Edward S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Deep and detailed research into the workings of corporate enables Professor Herman to throw considerable light on how the board of directors operates, how important outside directors are, how new members are selected, and how multiple directorships interlock the large corporations. Throughout the book the author contrasts the power of the managers with that of other interest groups - bankers, family - and he concludes that power lies with the managers. But this has not changed the basic objectives of the corporation - the pursuit of growth and profits - nor has it enhanced social responsibility. After thorough investigation Edward Herman concludes that government regulation has done surprisingly little to reduce the autonomy of the corporation. Just as the influence of bankers and investors has been resisted, so has the effect of regulation. Improved communications and controls, geographic dispersion, and the enhanced adaptability and mobility of the large corporation have all played a part in maintaining corporate power and managerial control. Corporate Control, Corporate Power will be essential reading for executives, policy makers, regulators, and all those concerned to make the corporation more responsible and accountable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89078/cover/9780521289078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of the Family and Marriage in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Around 300 A.D. European patterns of marriage and kinship were turned on their head. What had previously been the norm - marriage to close kin - became the new taboo. The same applied to adoption, the obligation of a man to marry his brother's widow and a number of other central practices. With these changes Christian Europe broke radically from its own past and established practices which diverged markedly from those of the Middle East, North Africa and Asia. In this highly original and far-reaching work Jack Goody argues that from the fourth century there developed in the northern Mediterranean a distinctive but not undifferentiated kinship system, whose growth can be attributed to the role of the Church in acquiring property formerly held by domestic groups. He suggests that the early Church, faced with the need to provide for people who had left their kin to devote themselves to the life of the Church, regulated the rules of marriage so that wealth could be channelled away from the family and into the Church. Thus the Church became an 'interitor', acquiring vast tracts of property through the alienation of familial rights. At the same time, the structure of domestic life was changed dramatically, the Church placing more emphasis on individual wishes, on conjugality, and on spiritual rather than natural kinship. Tracing the consequences of this change through to the present day, Jack Goody challenges some fundamental assumptions about the making of western society, and provides an alternative focus for future study of the European family, kinship structures and marriage patterns. The questions he raises will provoke much interest and discussion amongst anthropologists, sociologists and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89252/cover/9780521289252.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Comedies of William Congreve</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Old Batchelour, Love for Love, The Double Dealer, The Way of the World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Congreve, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henderson, Anthony G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The career of William Congreve as comic dramatist was brief but highly successful. From the beginning he showed a useful knack for cultivating influential literary friends and for giving audiences what they were sure to like. Early in 1693, his first comedy, The Old Batchelour, pleased the public at Drury Lane, and critics hailed the appearance of a new talent in the theatre who gave a sharp edge to the theatrical conventions at the time. Much was expected of Congreve's second offering, The Double Dealer, mounted later the same year. Its surprisingly bitter tone disconcerted many listeners, however, and the play drew only moderate praise. But this setback proved temporary, and Congreve found his reputation regained with Love for Love, and in 1700 his finest comedy of manners The Way of the World. After this he wrote no more comedies. Aware of changing tastes in his audience, and annoyed by critical squabbles over the question of morality in his plays, he retired at the age of thirty to the life of a gentleman of leisure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frustration Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Dispositional Learning and Memory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amsel, Abram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We live in a world in which inconsistency is the rule rather than the exception and this is particularly true for rewards and frustrations. In some cases, rewards and frustrative non-rewards appear randomly for what seems to be the same behaviour; in others a sequence of rewards is suddenly followed by non-rewards, or large rewards by small rewards. The important common factor in these and other cases is frustration - how we learn about it and how we respond to it. This book provides a basis in learning theory and particularly in frustration theory, for a comprehension not only of the mechanisms controlling these dispositions, but also of their order of appearance in early development and, to an approximation at least, their neural underpinnings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89603/cover/9780521289603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy in Theory and Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, Brian V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges conventional theories about literacy, and the practices which often arise from them. It attempts to provide a new perspective through which the variety of literacy practices across different cultures can be viewed and from which the practical issues that arise in specific literacy campaigns and programmes can be approached. Dr Street first examines the explicit theories developed about literacy within different academic disciplines, on the premise that these underlie statements about literacy within development campaigns and in everyday usage. He analyses in detail arguments about the 'technical' and 'neutral' nature of literacy and its supposed 'cognitive' consequences in the work of some psychologists, linguists and social anthropologists. He claims that these amount to a coherent but flawed model that he terms the 'autonomous' model of literacy. Against this he poses an 'ideological' model, one which pays greater attention to the social structure. He attempts to bring together recent shifts in this direction in writings on literacy and to construct a coherent model for further work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89610/cover/9780521289610.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Economic Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Preindustrial Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, Katherine S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The question why certain kinds of legal institutions are found in certain kinds of societies has been little explored by anthropologists. In this book Katherine Newman examines a sample of some sixty different preindustrial societies, distributed across the world, in an attempt to explain why their legal systems vary. The key to understanding this variation, Professor Newman argues, is to be found in economic organization. Adopting a Marxian, or materialist, approach, she draws on original ethnographic sources for each culture in order to investigate how legal processes and institutions regulate basic aspects of economic life in societies with differing types of economic organization. She also examines the commonalities of law within various preindustrial 'modes of production' and shows that the patterning of legal institutions arises from underlying tensions in production systems. In offering an explanation of the distribution of legal institutions across preindustrial societies, as well as for the sources of conflict in such societies, the book makes an important contribution to the comparative study of legal systems. It will interest anthropologists and other readers concerned with the operation and development of legal institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89665/cover/9780521289665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bachelard: Science and Objectivity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiles, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first critically evaluative study of Gaston Bachelard's philosophy of science to be written in English. Bachelard's professional reputation was based on his philosophy of science, though that aspect of his thought has tended to be neglected by his English-speaking readers. Dr Tiles concentrates here on Bachelard's critique of scientific knowledge. Bachelard emphasised discontinuities in the history of science; in particular he stressed the ways of thinking about and investigating the world to be found in modern science. This, as the author shows, is paralleled by those debates among English-speaking philosophers about the rationality of science and the 'incommensurability' of different theories. To these problems Bachelard might be taken as offering an original solution: rather than see discontinuities as a threat to the objectivity of science, see them as products of the rational advancement of scientific knowledge. Dr Tiles sets out Bachelard's views and critically assesses them, reflecting also on the wider question of how one might assess potentially incommensurable positions in the philosophy of science as well as in science itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89733/cover/9780521289733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups - St Andrews 1981</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains selected papers from the international conference 'Groups - St Andrews 1981', which was held at the University of St Andrews in July/August 1981. Its contents reflect the main topics of the conference: combinatorial group theory; infinite groups; general groups, finite or infinite; computational group theory. Four courses, each providing a five-lecture survey, given by J. Neubuser (Aachen), D. J. S. Robinson (Illinois), S. J. Tobin (Galway) and J. Wiengold (Cardiff), have been expanded into articles, forming the first part of the book. The second part consists of surveys and research articles written by other conference participants. More than two-thirds of the book is composed of survey articles providing a remarkably clear and up-to-date picture of those areas of group theory. The articles which comprise this book, together with their extensive bibliographies, will prove an invaluable tool to researchers in group theory, and, in addition, their detailed expositions make them very suitable for relevant postgraduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89740/cover/9780521289740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Representation Theory of Compact and Locally Compact Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robert, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Because of their significance in physics and chemistry, representation of Lie groups has been an area of intensive study by physicists and chemists, as well as mathematicians. This introduction is designed for graduate students who have some knowledge of finite groups and general topology, but is otherwise self-contained. The author gives direct and concise proofs of all results yet avoids the heavy machinery of functional analysis. Moreover, representative examples are treated in some detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89757/cover/9780521289757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelfand, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The unifying theme of this collection of papers by the very creative Russian mathematician I. M. Gelfand and his co-workers is the representation theory of groups and lattices. Two of the papers were inspired by application to theoretical physics; the others are pure mathematics though all the papers will interest mathematicians at quite opposite ends of the subject. Dr. G. Segal and Professor C-M. Ringel have written introductions to the papers which explain the background, put them in perspective and make them accessible to those with no specialist knowledge in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89818/cover/9780521289818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521289858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521289858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521289856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prussian Officer and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521289856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Prussian Officer and Other Stories, Lawrence's first collection of short stories, was published in England in 1914 and in the USA in 1916. It contains some of the greatest stories he ever wrote: 'Odour of Chrysanthemums', 'Daughters of the Vicar', 'The Prussian Officer', and 'The White Stocking', with settings ranging from the mining community of Eastwood to Germany before the First World War. The text of this new edition is based on Lawrence's manuscripts, typescripts and corrected proofs, and is the first to remove the corruptions introduced by copyists, typists and printers. The introduction sets out the history of each story and of the collection itself. There is a textual apparatus recording variant readings and full notes explain historical references and other allusions, dialect forms and foreign words. Two important appendixes print the earliest surviving fragment of 'Odour of Chrysanthemums' and the 1911 version of 'Daughters of the Vicar'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/89856/cover/9780521289856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Character of Kinship</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of specially commissioned essays dealing with general aspects of kinship, family and marriage from an anthropological point of view, that is, considering the total range of human societies. In his editorial introduction, Jack Goody explains that his aim has been to provide 'essays dealing with general themes rather than ethnographic conundrums or descriptive minutiae' in the hope of achieving 're-consideration of some central problem areas including those examined by an earlier generation of anthropologists and still raised by scholars outside the discipline itself'. Individual essays cover problems such as the nature of kinship and the family; why monogamy?; intermarriage and the creation of castes. The contributors include R. G. Abrahams, J. A. Barnes, Fredrik Barth, Maurice Bloch, Derek Freeman, Jack Goody, Grace Harris, Jean La Fontaine, Edmund Leach, Julian Pitt-Rivers, Raymond T. Smith, Andrew Strathern and S. J. Tambiah.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90029/cover/9780521290029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129004X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129004X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Participation and Democratic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pateman, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shows that current elitist theories are based on an inadequate understanding of the early writings of democratic theory and that much sociological evidence has been ignored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90043/cover/9780521290043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy in Traditional Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of writing as a means of communication in a society formerly without it, or where writing has been confined to particular groups, is enormous. It objectifies speech, provides language with a material correlative, and in this material form speech can be transmitted over space and preserved over time. In this book the contributors discuss cultures at different levels of sophistication and literacy and examine the importance of writing on the development of these societies. All the articles except the first were specially written for this book and the extensive introduction unites and synthesizes the material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90050/cover/9780521290050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Nathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Perspectives on Technology consists of papers written by Nathan Rosenberg over a ten-year period, from the early 1960s to the early 1970s. Their origin was in Professor Rosenberg's interest in long-term economic growth processes and, especially, in the behaviour of industrializing societies. The form and direction which this book has taken reflect two basic influences: (1) a growing awareness of the centrality of technological phenomena in generating economic growth, and (2) a growing sense that, in spite of the basic and genuine insights into technological phenomena provided by the neo-classical economics, a deeper and richer understanding of the phenomena can only be achieved by a willingness to step outside the limited intellectual boundaries of this mode of reasoning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90111/cover/9780521290111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Non-verbal Communication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinde, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance in social relationships of the exchange of information by non-verbal gestures and expressions, though long appreciated by artists and writers, has only recently become the subject of serious scientific study. The subject has been approached from different angles by psychologists studying the relevance of non-verbal communication to interpersonal relationships, by anthropologists interested in how these processes help to integrate societies, and by ethologists extrapolating the results of animal studies to human behaviour. The scope of the volume ranges from formal analysis of the communication process by an information theorist (Professor Mackay) and by a linguist (Professor Lyons), to accounts of the role of expression in the theatre (Dr Jonathan Miller) and in the visual arts (Professor Gombrich). There are contributions to the discussion written from the point of view of the zoologist, the ethologist, the psychologist and anthropologist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90128/cover/9780521290128.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Bible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenslade, S. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 3 covers the effects of the Bible on the history of the West between the Reformation and the publication of the New English Bible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90166/cover/9780521290166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Bible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lampe, G. W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History treats the Bible as a central document of Western civilization, a source of exegesis and of doctrine, an influence on education, on the growth of scholarship, on art and literature, as well as on the liturgy and the life of the Christian church and its members. This volume commences the study of the Bible in the West. It begins with Jerome and the Fathers and goes on to the time of Erasmus. Introductory chapters look back and rapidly survey the growth of the biblical canon in the pre-Christian period and the early church, and early Christian book-production. The central portion of the volume discusses exposition and exegesis of the Scriptures: in the hands of the Fathers, in the Medieval Schools, in the Liturgy and in the tradition of medieval Jewish scholarship. The permeation of European culture by the Scriptures is illustrated by themes in art and manuscript illustration, and by separate sections on each of the main vernacular languages, giving special attention to English. Each chapter is written by a scholar and expert on the subject, who summarizes existing knowledge and, in many cases, advances it by reporting his own research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90173/cover/9780521290173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>5</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demography is the study by statistical methods of human populants involving the measurement of their size, growth and diminution, the proportions living within some areas, being born, marrying, having children or dying and the related functions of fertility, nuptially and morality. This book begins by defining a number of concepts which are useful for demographic analysis, including the significant events in life and types of statistical data which are collected, published and used. It then describes the various kinds of change which can occur and the underlying causes - social, economic and political. The central section provides an account of the history of population growth and development, and of the situation on an international and national scale. Resources available for the support of mankind and their relationship with living standards are explored. The politics of population and the prospects for the future are also described.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90203/cover/9780521290203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Critical Introduction to Modern Arabic Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Badawi, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first critical survey of the development and achievements of 'modern' Arabic poetry, here signifying the period from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present day. It ranges over the entire Arabic-speaking world and includes a discussion of the work of poets who emigrated to the United States and Latin America. Four main stages are examined in the development of a specifically modern Arabic poetry: the 'neoclassical', in which poets turned to their literary heritage for their ideals and inspiration; the pre-romantic', which was marked by a tension between a modified classical style and new romantic sentiments, itself the reflection of a wider cultural movement towards change and modernization; the 'romantic', in which the tensions between form and content were resolved, and a lyricism and simplicity of language become the norm; and the 'modern' or 'contemporary' which is typified by a reaction against romanticism, and dominated by either committed social realism or symbolism and surrealism. In the absence of any similar published work in a European language, the book, as well as being designed for students of Arabic literature and of comparative literature,  will also be of interest to the general reader. No knowledge of Arabic is presupposed: all the verse (newly translated by the author) is given in English translation, and technical terminology has been reduced to a minimum.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90234/cover/9780521290234.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proofs and Refutations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Logic of Mathematical Discovery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakatos, Imre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worrall, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zahar, Elie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Proofs and Refutations is essential reading for all those interested in the methodology, the philosophy and the history of mathematics. Much of the book takes the form of a discussion between a teacher and his students. They propose various solutions to some mathematical problems and investigate the strengths and weaknesses of these solutions. Their discussion (which mirrors certain real developments in the history of mathematics) raises some philosophical problems and some problems about the nature of mathematical discovery or creativity. Imre Lakatos is concerned throughout to combat the classical picture of mathematical development as a steady accumulation of established truths. He shows that mathematics grows instead through a richer, more dramatic process of the successive improvement of creative hypotheses by attempts to 'prove' them and by criticism of these attempts: the logic of proofs and refutations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90388/cover/9780521290388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Commercial Revolution of the Middle Ages, 950-1350</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lopez, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Robert Lopez provides an incisive analysis of the economic structure of the Middle Ages. He makes use of modern economic concepts to explain how an underdeveloped economic system gave birth to the commercial revolution through which Europe succeeded in developing itself. The book goes far beyond the familiar picture of medieval European society, with its magnificent cathedrals and imposing castles, to concentrate instead on the walled cities and open countryside, for it was here that the revolution was born. Deftly and concisely, Professor Lopez traces the history of this remarkable economic upheaval which saw the rise of merchants and craftsmen and the decline of agricultural dependence by the society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90463/cover/9780521290463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economy of Europe in an Age of Crisis, 1600-1750</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Vries, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By relating economic changes to the political backdrop, The Economy of Europe in an Age of Crisis, 1600-1750 describes and analyzes the economic civilisation of Europe in the last epoch before the Industrial Revolution. The author makes a special effort to apply economic reasoning to the economic forces of the period and challenges some longstanding opinions about what was and was not important in explaining economic performance. The significance of this study rests in its identification of the ways a 'traditional' society developed its economy despite the absence of the obvious growth factors of the nineteenth century. The approach is consciously comparative: problems of interpretation are identified; research not yet available elsewhere is incorporated into the text; and examples are drawn from minor as well as major countries in western and central Europe. Topics dealt with include the development of agriculture and industry, foreign and regional trade, urbanization, a study of demand in explaining economic growth, the bourgeoisie, and the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90500/cover/9780521290500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Statistical Techniques</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A First Course from the Beginnings, for Schools and Universities, with Many Examples and Solutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a straightforward and practical introduction to statistics for students without any advanced knowledge of mathematics who need to use statistical techniques. The author provides a wide selection of effective tools of the trade so that the reader can tackle a whole variety of concrete situations. No attempt is made to give a comprehensive account of the subject. Enough technique is explained so that the reader can appreciate when there is a need to turn to more advanced material elsewhere. The basic mathematics required is at the level of senior secondary school education, although even less is necessary for the earlier chapters of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90555/cover/9780521290555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems of the Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers 1956-1972</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of philosophical studies, centred on problems of personal identity and extending to related topics in the philosophy of mind and moral philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90609/cover/9780521290609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vector Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Physicist's Guide to the Mathematics of Fields in Three Dimensions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemmer, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vector analysis provides the language that is needed for a precise quantitative statement of the general laws and relationships governing such branches of physics as electromagnetism and fluid dynamics. The account of the subject is aimed principally at physicists but the presentation is equally appropriate for engineers. The justification for adding to the available textbooks on vector analysis stems from Professor Kemmer's novel presentation of the subject developed through many years of teaching, and in relating the mathematics to physical models. While maintaining mathematical precision, the methodology of presentation relies greatly on the visual, geometric aspects of the subject and is supported throughout the text by many beautiful illustrations that are more than just schematic. A unification of the whole body of results developed in the book - from the simple ideas of differentiation and integration of vector fields to the theory of orthogonal curvilinear coordinates and to the treatment of time-dependent integrals over fields - is achieved by the introduction from the outset of a method of general parametrisation of curves and surfaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90647/cover/9780521290647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dictionary of German Synonyms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrell, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The English-speaking student translating into German frequently finds it difficult to choose from an English-German dictionary the German word which is correct in a given context, since distinctions are not made there between the German synonyms, nor is their usage illustrated. This reference work, now in its third edition, has been and will continue to be an invaluable source of help to the student. Professor Farrell always takes common English terms - whether concrete or abstract - as his starting point and lists them alphabetically, often in groups of similar meanings and often with their standard dictionary definitions. German synonyms are then given for each different meaning, accompanied by their definitions and numerous pithy sentences illustrating their usage. Explanatory footnotes complement textual comments on individual difficulties. The two word lists of English and German words included in the Dictionary enable the reader to turn easily to the particular word or words he is interested in. For the third edition of the Dictionary, the text has been thoroughly revised and misprints and errors have been corrected: where space permitted, attempts have also been made to improve example sentences and explanations. Professor Farrell has added, as an appendix, his commentary on certain German words which frequently pose problems, either because their meaning is not readily understood or because they have no exact equivalent in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90685/cover/9780521290685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Development of Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Background and Contemporary Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furtado, Celso</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macedo, Suzette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory survey of the history and recent development of Latin American economy and society from colonial times to the establishment of the military regime in Chile. In the second edition the historical perspective has been enlarged and important events since the Cuban Revolution, such as the agrarian reforms of Peru and Chile, the difficulties of the Central America Common Market and LAFTA, the acceleration of industrialisation in Brazil and the consolidation of the Cuban economy, are discussed. The statistical information has been extended to the early 1970s and the demographic data to 1975.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90708/cover/9780521290708.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Popular Education 1780-1975</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wardle, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An account of the development of education in England from the closing years of the eighteenth century when an attempt was first made to provide an education for all children. The author looks in turn at the children being taught, the teachers who taught them, the methods they used, the curriculum, and the social and intellectual influences which affected them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90739/cover/9780521290739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129083X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129083X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alienation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Marx's Conception of Man in a Capitalist Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ollman, Bertell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the most thorough account of Marx's theory of alienation yet to have appeared in English, Professor Ollman reconstructs the theory from its constituent parts and offers it as a vantage point from which to view the rest of Marxism. The book further contains a detailed examination of Marx's philosophy of internal relations, the much neglected logical foudation of his method, and provides a systematic account of Marx's conception of human nature. Because of its almost unique concern with helping readers understand Marx's unusual use of language, Alienation has proven very popular in university courses on Marxism on both undergraduate and graduate levels. The first edition was widely reviewed, and in this new edition Professor Ollman replies to his critics in 'More on internal relations,' published here as Appendix II. In addition to this new appendix the author now provides a more systematic discussion of Marx's theory of ideology, elements of which were formerly dispersed throughout the book. He also attempts to set the treatment of political alienation within the broader framework of Marx's theory of the state as a model of how an approach based on internal relations can be used to integrate various apparently contradictory interpretations of Marx's views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90838/cover/9780521290838.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Production and Reproduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of the Domestic Domain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an attempt to see the development of domestic institutions, the family, marriage, conjugal roles, in relation to changes in the mode of productive activity, and specifically with the change from hoe to plough agriculture. These differences are related to societies in Africa on the one hand, and in Asia and Europe on the other. The author tries to do this in two ways. He compares information derived from a range of human societies, historical as well as contemporary, employing the impressionistic techniques of the social scientist and comparative historian. But in addition, he has tried to make systematic use of material on a range of world societies, coded in the Ethnographic Atlas. In the main chapters of the book, the author examines general features of the network of traditional social roles found in these two continental areas of the Old World. He discusses the reasons why Europe and Asia should stress marriage within the social group, monogamous unions as well as the roles of concubine, step-parent, spinster and adopted child, whereas in Africa, the emphasis is on marriage outside the group, polygyny and co-wives. Similar differences emerge in a range of other features, including the division of labour by sex. Behind all these lie differences in the systems of agriculture and the nature of the social hierarchies which they support. Professor Goody is firmly committed to the idea that the social sciences have no alternative but to be comparative and explicitly historical if they are to contribute to the serious causal analysis of fundamental features of social organisation and development. His broad and ambitious book will appeal to anyone with a professional interest in social sciences - historians, anthropologists, sociologists, geographers and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90883/cover/9780521290883.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521290996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521290996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521290999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the Western World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Economic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521290999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Douglass C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Robert Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>179</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A radically new interpretation, offering a unified explanation for the growth of Western Europe between 900 A. D. and 1700, provides a general theoretical framework for institutional change geared to the general reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/90999/cover/9780521290999.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Italian Renaissance in its Historical Background</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hay, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Hay provides a clear picture of what the Renaissance was, what it meant and how it spread. He shows the Renaissance as a growing and changing series of attitudes and ideas, rooted firmly in the general history of the period, and not as a static and isolated phenomenon. Most current ideas of the Italian Renaissance are derived from Burckhardt's Civilization of the Renaissance in Italy, published in 1860. Professor Hay provides a completely fresh appraisal which goes back to the basic texts, to the great monuments of art and architecture, to the men - Boccaccio, Petrarch and the others - and their achievements: the essence of which historical movements are made. He has taken note of recent Italian scholarship and provides a fresh and readable account of one of the great epochs in European history. There is no other book in English, except the translation of Burckhardt, which embraces the political history of the Renaissance period as well as the history of art and ideas. The book will appeal to the general reader as well as to students of history and art. In this second edition, which has been revised and brought up to date by the author, a more ample treatment of the 'reception' of the Renaissance in England is given in the concluding chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91040/cover/9780521291040.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Traditions of Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salingar, Leo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book relates Shakespeare's comedies to a broad European background. At the beginning and again at the end of his career, Shakespeare was attracted by a tradition of stage romances which can be traced back to Chaucer's time. But the main shaping behind his comedies came from the classical tradition. Mr Salingar therefore examines the underlying theme of 'errors' in Greek and Roman comedies and, taking three Italian comedies famous in the sixteenth century as examples, he then reveals how the Italian Renaissance revived the classical tradition, and what effect this revival had on Shakespeare the Elizabethan playwright and discusses such topics as the device of the play within a play and Shakespeare's choice of Italian short stories as plot material. This book shows how Shakespeare changed the motifs he took over from previous traditions of comedy and highlights the innovations he introduced, as an actor-dramatist writing in the first period of commercial theatre in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91132/cover/9780521291132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad's Eastern World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A book for those interested in Conrad's life and work and/or literary detection convincingly performed. Professor Sherry establishes how well Conrad knew the East and how the original material he garnered there was supplemented from other sources; he also shows what Conrad made of his experiences, thus revealing clearly what the artist's own contribution was.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91200/cover/9780521291200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carl Maria von Weber</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warrack, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of John Warrack's study of Weber was published in 1968 and quickly became recognized as the standard 'life and works' - indeed the best book on Weber in any language. The second edition was produced in 1976 to mark the 150th anniversary of Weber's death in London, and is reissued here. John Warrack's study gives a detailed account of the life in which the music is discussed (with analysis and music examples) in chronological order. It is a scholarly study based on first-hand research in German and other archives, but it is also elegantly written, and fully alive to general cultural and historical implications. It is a book for the music-lover as well as the scholar. This second edition contains a new concluding chapter, an important select bibliography of over 100 entries, and a useful family tree which was not in the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91217/cover/9780521291217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Tradition in the Fourth Gospel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodd, C. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To distinguish between history and interpretation is difficult in all the gospels, and perhaps most difficult in the Fourth Gospel. In his sequel to The Interpretation of the Fourth Gospel, Dr Dodd attempts, with the historical question in mind, to discover the particular strain of common tradition on which the unknown author worked. This detailed study of St John's Gospel is in two parts. In the first Dr Dodd examines the narrative material - the Passion narrative, the Ministry and the chapters on John the Baptist and the first disciples - and in the second he makes a detailed examination of the Sayings. As against theories which assert the dependence of the Fourth Gospel on one or more of the Synoptic Gospels, Dr Dodd marshals a mass of evidence to show that behind it there lies an ancient tradition independent of the Synoptic Gospels, deserving serious consideration as a contribution to our knowledge of the historical facts concerning Christ. This critical and historical investigation of the most significant and original of books completes Dr Dodd's study of the Fourth Gospel. It is persuasive in the coherence of its results, as well as of absorbing interest in its working. It has been welcomed by all students of Christian origins as an important addition to our understanding of the earliest traditions about Jesus, and of the character of this Gospel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91231/cover/9780521291231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Islam</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1970, The Cambridge History of Islam is the most comprehensive and ambitious collaborative survey of Islamic history and civilization yet to appear in English. On publication it was welcomed as a work useful for both reference and reading, for the general reader, student and specialist alike. It has now been reprinted, with corrections, and for ease of handling the original two hardcover volumes have each been divided into two separate paperbacks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91354/cover/9780521291354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Islam</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1970, The Cambridge History of Islam is the most comprehensive and ambitious collaborative survey of Islamic history and civilisation yet to appear in English. On publication it was welcomed as a work useful both for reference and reading, for the general reader, students and specialist alike. The History has now been reprinted, with corrections, and for ease of handling the original two hardcover volumes have each been divided into two separate paperbacks. Volume 1B covers the history of the central Islamic lands from 1918 to the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91361/cover/9780521291361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Islam</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>966</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1970, The Cambridge History of Islam is the most comprehensive and ambitious collaborative survey of Islamic history and civilization yet to appear in English. On publication it was welcomed as a work useful both for reference and reading, for the general reader, student and specialist alike. It has now been reprinted, with corrections, and for ease of handling the original two hardcover volumes have each been divided into two separate paperbacks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91378/cover/9780521291378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Islam</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holt, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambton, Ann K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1970, The Cambridge History of Islam is a most comprehensive and ambitious collaborative survey of Islamic history and civilization. On publication it was welcomed as a work useful both for reference and reading, for the general reader, student and specialist alike. It has now been reprinted, with corrections, and for ease of handling the original two hardcover volumes have each been divided into two separate paperbacks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91385/cover/9780521291385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England 1200-1640</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the year 1200, the English Government initiated regular series of record-archives; in 1640, the fall of Charles I's personal government led to the abolition of several central offices and their archives. These events, which both profoundly altered the state of the evidence for the historian, therefore set the limits of this book. For though those 450 years must be studied from a great variety of sources, to the historian they constitute above all the period for which he depends overwhelmingly on official records of all kinds. The core of this book, therefore, is an analysis and description of such materials - their origin, present state and usefulness. However, other materials are not ignored, from the chronicles which provide the main outline of the history that can be known, through the records of the law, private letters (almost non-existent before 1450, suddenly plentiful after 1550) and estate documents, to less familiar historical sources like books, buildings and landscape, and the contribution of the archaeologist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91521/cover/9780521291521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Great Britain Since 1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mowat, C. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contemporary history poses its own particular and very difficult problems. On one hand, the materials are usually available in overwhelming quantity; on the other, a great many things that historians of earlier periods familiarly rely on remain secret for those concerned with very recent times. The actors in the story sometimes remain accessible, but while this has its advantages it also poses unusual problems of assessment and evaluation. Above all, the historian lacks the perspective, knowledge and preliminary sorting bestowed by the passage of time. In this book, a notable practitioner in this difficult field sets out to describe the types of sources available for the history of Great Britain since about the beginning of the First World War, and analyses the advantages and the difficulties involved in their use. For this period the student has to rely in particular on vast masses of official paper, the recollections of participants (in written or spoken form), and the accounts of contemporaries (especially in newspapers). None of these materials, nor the lesser sources of evidence, can be effectively used without instruction of which far too little is at present available. Professor Mowat brings his range of experience to bear on the problem providing it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91538/cover/9780521291538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Western European Powers, 1500-1700</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Uses of Historical Evidence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern diplomatic system, originating in Italy, spread rapidly over the rest of Europe around 1500. For 'history' this had a two-fold result: an enormous amount of historical documentation produced by the new diplomatic machinery, and a vastly important new area for historical study - the relations of modern states with each other. Two large, overlapping bodies of historical materials are thus the subject of this volume: documents of diplomatic origin, which might be about anything and in fact are important sources for political, economic and other kinds of history besides diplomatic; and the sources essential for writing diplomatic history, which include types that are neither manuscript in form nor even documentary in nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91552/cover/9780521291552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scotland 11 Century 1603</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The amount of research in Scottish history has increased enormously, particularly in the earlier periods. Scotland from the Eleventh Century to 1603 is an attempt to show how our understanding of Scotland's past is affected by the kind of evidence that has come down to us; and also how that evidence itself is the result of the sort of history Scotland has had. The sources are easy enough to find, for most of them are in print; but they are not always so easy to use. This book is both a guide for those who want to study the original sources at first hand and a description of them for those who could like to know what lies behind the accounts in textbooks and general histories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91590/cover/9780521291590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19761227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psalms 1-50</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogerson, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKay, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume follows the general pattern of the series, opening with a discussion of content, of authorship, and of the way the collection came to be put together, followed by a psalm-by-psalm presentation of the NEB text with commentary. Dr Rogerson and Dr McKay stress the richness and variety of the material in the Psalms, and provide an analytical table of the predominant themes. They discuss the literary characteristics of Hebrew poetry with special reference to devices such as the acrostic, and examine the problems faced by the NEB translators. Over the years many different approaches have been made to the interoperation of the Psalms. The authors characterize these as the spiritual, the historical, the form-critical and the cultic approach, and their own commentary strikes an effective balance between them. One of their primary purposes is to bring out the religious teaching of permanent value within the Psalms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psalms 51-100</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogerson, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKay, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume follows the general pattern of the series, opening with a discussion of content, of authorship and of the way the collection came to be put together, followed by a psalm-by-psalm presentation of the N.E.B. text with commentary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91613/cover/9780521291613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psalms 101-150</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogerson, John William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKay, John William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume follows the general pattern of the series, opening with a discussion of content, of authorship, and of the way the collection came to be put together, followed by a psalm-by-psalm presentation of the New English Bible text with commentary. Dr Rogerson and Dr McKay stress the richness and variety of the material in the Psalms, and provide an analytical table of the predominant themes. They discuss the literary characteristics of Hebrew poetry with special reference to devices such as the acrostic, and examine the problems faced by the New English Bible translators. Over the years many different approaches have been made to the interpretation of the Psalms. The authors characterize these as the spiritual, the historical, the form-critical and the cultic approaches, and their own commentary strikes an effective balance between them. One of their primary purposes is to bring out the religious teaching that is of permanent value within the Psalms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91620/cover/9780521291620.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Stanford J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Empire of the Gazis: The Rise and Decline of the Ottoman Empire, 1280-1808 is the first book of the two-volume History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey. It describes how the Ottoman Turks, a small band of nomadic soldiers, managed to expand their dominions from a small principality in northwestern Anatolia on the borders of the Byzantine Empire into one of the great empires of fifteenth- and sixteenth-century Europe and Asia, extending from northern Hungary to southern Arabia and from the Crimea across North Africa almost to the Atlantic Ocean. The volume sweeps away the accumulated prejudices of centuries and describes the empire of the sultans as a living, changing society, dominated by the small multinational Ottoman ruling class led by the sultan, but with a scope of government so narrow that the subjects, Muslim and non-Muslim alike, were left to carry on their own lives, religions, and traditions with little outside interference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91637/cover/9780521291637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Stanford J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Ezel Kural</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reform, Revolution and Republic: The Rise of Modern Turkey, 1808-1975 is the second book of the two-volume History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey. It discusses the modernization of the Ottoman Empire during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the spread of nationalism among its subject peoples, and the revolutionary changes in Ottoman institutions and society that led to the Empire's demise and the rise of the democratic Republic of Turkey. Based on extensive research in the Ottoman archives as well as Western sources, this volume analyzes the external pressures, reform measures, institutional changes, and intellectual movements that affected the heterogeneous Ottoman society during the Empire's last century. It concludes with an analysis of contemporary Turkey's constitutional and political structures and principal domestic and foreign problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91668/cover/9780521291668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise History of Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Hidalgo to C&#225;rdenas 1805-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bazant, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jan Bazant has woven into a coherent whole the chaotic series of political and social upheavals that characterised Mexican history from the start of the struggle for independence through the completion of basic social reforms in 1940. The colonial reaction to the forced loans exacted by the Spanish government in 1805 to finance its war against Great Britain was, in Professor Bazant's view, the starting point of the Mexican independence movement. She argues that a new phase of Mexican history began when the liberals abolished the power and wealth of the Catholic Church. Mexico's rapid economic growth in the last quarter of the nineteenth century was largely the result of the stable political climate created by the dictatorship of Porfirio Diaz. Under Diaz however, most rural areas remained backward and it was precisely the contradiction between the urban, industrial economy and the traditional structure of the countryside that led to the Mexican civil war between 1910 and 1920. The agrarian reform finally transformed the rigid social system and created Mexico as we see it today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91736/cover/9780521291736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129181X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129181X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models of Man</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Thoughts on Social Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All social theorists and philosophers who seek to explain human action have a 'model of man', a metaphysical view of human nature. Some make man a plastic creature of nature and nurture, some present him as the autonomous creator of his social world, some offer a compromise. Each view needs its own theory of scientific knowledge calling for philosophic appraisal and the compromise sets harder puzzles than either. Passive accounts of man, for example, have a robust notion of causal explanation but cannot either find or dispense with a self to apply them to. Active accounts rightly stress an autonomous self, but lack a proper concept of explanation. Martin Hollis takes these tensions and contrasts from the thought of sociologists, economists, and psychologists. He then develops a model of his own - one which seeks to connect personal and social identity through an ambitious theory of rational action and a priori knowledge, proposing a sense in which men can act freely and still be a subject for scientific explanation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91811/cover/9780521291811.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, which can be read independently, deals with more specifically linguistic problems in semantics and contains substantial original material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91866/cover/9780521291866.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19771226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Economic Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eckstein, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Eckstein's book is a study of China's efforts to achieve rapid modernization of its economy within a socialist framework. Eckstein begins with an examination of economic development in pre-Communist China, specifically focusing on the resources and liabilities inherited by the new regime in 1949 and their effects on development policies. He then analyses the economic objectives of the Communist leadership - narrowing income disparities, maintaining full employment without inflation, and achieving rapid industrialization - and argues that the implementation of these goals required a potent ideology capable of providing a strong faith and motivational force for the mass mobilization of resources. In discussing the methods used by the government to achieve its aims, Eckstein makes a thorough evaluation of China's general framework for economic planning, particularly in regard to the distribution and pricing of farm products and the allocation of resources in the industrial sector. The author also evaluates the radical institutional changes in property relations and in economic organization in the People's Republic of China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91897/cover/9780521291897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521291992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521291992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521291996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521291996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major and comprehensive study of the philosophy of Hegel, his place in the history of ideas, and his continuing relevance and importance. Professor Taylor relates Hegel to the earlier history of philosophy and, more particularly, to the central intellectual and spiritual issues of his own time. He sees these in terms of a pervasive tension between the evolving ideals of individuality and self-realization on the one hand, and on the other a deeply-felt need to find significance in a wider community. Charles Taylor engages with Hegel sympathetically, on Hegel's own terms and, as the the subject demands, in detail. We are made to grasp the interconnections of the system without being overwhelmed or overawed by its technicality. We are shown its importance and its limitations, and are enabled to stand back from it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/91996/cover/9780521291996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economy of Later Renaissance Europe 1460-1600</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miskimin, Harry A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an economic history of sixteenth-century Europe that combines the virtues of a scholarly monograph with those of a general history. Professor Miskimin describes the intellectual and philosophical context in which economic decisions were made, and on which the fundamental economic categories of the period were based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92085/cover/9780521292085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19751124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Propertius: Elegies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Book 1</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Propertius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Camps, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Propertius, though his works are small in volume, is one of the foremost poets of the Augustan age, and his writing has a certain appeal to modern tastes (witness the admiration of Ezra Pound). Book I is especially suitable for the reader wanting a representative selection of Propertius' poetry. It stands on its own, having appeared in the first place as a separate collection; it reflects a distinct phase of the poet's activity (and of his emotional development); and it is the book which made his reputation. This edition is designed for the pocket of the university student, but it should find a wider audience among classicists of all ages. The introduction provides the necessary historical and critical background and relates Book I to the rest of the elegies; the notes are helpful and to the point; and the text has a reasonable minimum of apparatus. There are no modern editions of this size and scope.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92108/cover/9780521292108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rump Parliament 1648-53</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worden, Blair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rump Parliament was brought to power in 1648 by Pride's Purge and forcibly dissolved by Oliver Cromwell in 1653. This book is a detailed account of the intervening years. Dr Worden concentrates particularly on the Rump's policies in the contentious fields of legal, religious and electoral reform; its attempts to live down its revolutionary origins, to disown its more radical supporters, to conciliate those Puritans alienated by the purge and the King's death, and to re-create the Roundhead party of the 1640s. He examines the Rump's struggles for survival in the face of the Royalist threat between 1649 and 1651, and its fatal quarrel with the Cromwellian army thereafter. A concluding chapter deals with the Rump's forcible dissolution. This novel and challenging interpretation of the most dramatic phase of the English Revolution will interest all specialists in seventeenth-century political and constitutional history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19770704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129228X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129228X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anthropological Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structure of Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pelto, Pertti J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pelto, Gretel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is a comprehensive introduction to research methods in social and cultural anthropology. The Peltos focus their discussion on the essential elements of preparing and analyzing the supporting evidence from which generalizations about human nature are derived. The specific elements of anthropological research - such as interviewing informants, observing ceremonial behaviour, and designing surveys - are all covered, but the primary aim is to show how basic observations can be systematically translated into socio-cultural generalizations. The authors place strong emphasis not only on quantification and statistics, but also on the more qualitative aspects of anthropological working styles that are essential to effective research. The two main themes of the book can be stated as follows: (1) anthropological generalizations and more complex theoretical structures can be built up only through careful implementation of basic concepts, the building blocks of all theory, and (2) successful description and hypothesis testing depend on the judicious mixing of quantitative and quantitative research materials. The second edition, in which Professor Gretel Pelto has collaborated with her husband, expands the discussion of tools of research and offers a more comprehensive analysis of current ideas concerning the 'theory-building' process. An entirely new chapter has been added on the research methods and relevance of applied anthropology. Throughout the text, many new and updated examples are cited to illustrate statistical and methodological approaches to anthropological research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92283/cover/9780521292283.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays of Cyril Tourneur</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Revenger's Tragedy, The Atheist's Tragedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parfitt, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two plays which make up this volume are of different quality. While no one would claim that The Atheist's Tragedy is a masterpiece, it is an important play because in it the exhortation 'Vengeance is mine, saith the Lord' is acted upon with unusual consistency, and because stringent `puritan' moral attitudes are dramatised in the context of traditional revenge themes. The Revenger's Tragedy, on the other hand, is a masterpiece; a satirical tragedy with farce structure and poetic vision focused upon the vice and corruption of the imagined Italy of the Jacobean period. Its bleak view of humanity links the play with the strongly satirical theatre of the early seventeenth century, showing the dramatist's affinity with Jonson and Marston. Although The Atheist's Tragedy and The Revenger's Tragedy are commonly linked in readers' minds, there has 'been much disagreement since the end of the nineteenth century about the authorship of The Revenger's Tragedy. The issue is fully aired in the Introduction to the volume, the editor's view being that the play is best regarded as anonymous; however, the two plays, are printed together here to enable readers to compare them as discussions of the morality of revenge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of Thomas Middleton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frost, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>T. S. Eliot said of the Jacobean dramatist Thomas Middleton (1580-1627) that 'he wrote one tragedy which more than any other play except those of Shakespeare has a profound and permanent moral value and horror': Middleton has increasingly been recognised as one of the most important, if not the most important, Jacobean dramatist after Shakespeare himself. This volume contains The Changeling (of which Eliot gave so high an estimate), together with Middleton's other surviving tragedy, Women Beware Women, his best comedy, A Chaste Maid in Cheapside, and a more light-hearted early play, A Mad World, My  Masters. Though Middleton is typical of many university-trained writers of the period who eked out a living in popular entertainment, his work has a cold satiric stance, a grimly determinist flavour and a savage economy which make it unique. He wrote plays for the boys' companies in the early 1600s and later for Shakespeare's own company, the King's Men, but seems never to have established himself as more than a jobbing dramatist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Domestication of the Savage Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Current theories and views on the differences in the 'mind' of human societies depend very much on a dichotomy between 'advanced' and 'primitive', or between 'open' and 'closed', or between 'domesticated' and 'savage', that is to say, between one of a whole variety of 'we-they' distinctions. Professor Goody argues that such an approach prevents any serious discussion of the mechanisms leading to long-term changes in the cognitive processes of human cultures or any adequate explanation of the changes in 'traditional' societies that are taking place in the world around us. In this book he attempts to provide the framework for a more satisfactory explanation by relating certain broad differences in 'mentalities' to the changes in the means of communication, and specifically to the series of shifts involved in the development of writing. The argument is based upon theoretical considerations, as well as empirical evidence derived from recent fieldwork in West Africa and the study of a wide range of source material on the ancient societies of the Near East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92429/cover/9780521292429.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of Philip Massinger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Duke of Milan, The Roman Actor, A New Way to Pay Old Debts, The City Madam</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a selection of four plays by Philip Massinger who, from 1625 to 1640, replaced John Fletcher as principal dramatist for the King's Men, the chief London theatre company for more than forty years. The selection consists of two of Massinger's finest comedies, A New Way to Pay Old Debts and The City Madam, and his two best known tragedies, The Duke of Milan and The Roman Actor. These plays have interested readers, scholars and critics for hundreds of years, and although the tragedies have seldom been performed since the seventeenth century, the comedies have a long stage tradition. A New Way to Pay Old Debts has been performed more often than any other play by Shakespeare's contemporaries, and together with The City Madam continues to delight modern audiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of John Marston</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Macdonald Pearman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neill, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition brings five of Marston's most interesting plays together in a readable and helpful form. They are collected with modern spelling, full commentaries, textual notes and introductions, in texts newly edited from the original quartos. A survey of criticism of Marston is included. The edition of Sophonisba (a play highly praised by T. S. Eliot) is the first modernised text to appear in one hundred years. Another textual innovation is the relegation to an appendix of Webster's obtrusive additions to The Malcontent. Marston's plays have enjoyed popular revivals in English theatres over the last decade, and the authors' commentary is designed to alert readers to theatrical effects. The playwright's language is elucidated here far more fully than in any other collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of Ben Jonson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sejanus, Volpone, Epicoene or the Silent Woman</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonson, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Procter, Johanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains three of Ben Jonson's greatest plays - Sejanus (1603), Volpone (1606) and Epicoene, or The Silent Woman (1609). Sejanus, an experimental tragedy written in the classical manner, was labelled a seditious work at the time of its first production and embroiled Jonson with the Privy Council. Volpone is the first of his mature comedies, with a remarkable cast of Venetian legacy-hunters: using verse of mock-heroic grandeur Jonson created in the character of Volpone one of his most flamboyant and cynical swindlers. Epicoene is a brilliant farce which makes fun of the pretensions of the courtiers, wits and bluestockings of contemporary London. Jonson was unique in his own time for the close personal supervision he gave to the publication of his plays. As a result, the early published texts of the plays in this volume carry an unusually high degree of authorial intention. In preparing this modernised edition an attempt has been made to conserve something of the author's highly individual treatment of names, verb forms and punctuation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92481/cover/9780521292481.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Hardy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, Lance St John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Thomas Hardy provides a substantial introduction to his six major novels and his poems. It deals more briefly with the minor fiction. Hardy now seems a more important novelist and poet than at any previous time. This is only partly due to his capabilities as a social historian or provincial chronicler. Far more important is his faithful exploration of the daily trials and tragedies of men and women as feeling beings. Man and woman in love, man and woman 'up against it', are the central themes of his fiction and poetry. His ability to universalise his tragic material, in which he is akin to Shakespeare, is seen as his abiding achievement. Detailed analyses are made of some crucial passages in the major novels and a serious attempt is made to counter the proposition that Hardy 'wrote badly'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92719/cover/9780521292719.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D. H. Lawrence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Novels</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niven, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since his death in 1930, D. H. Lawrence has become not only one of the most controversial English novelists of the twentieth century, but also one of the most widely read and quoted writers in the language. In this new study of his major fiction, Alistair Niven revalues all the novels, tracing Lawrence's development through them, both as an artist and as a thinker. At the centre of the book Dr Niven discusses The Rainbow and Women in Love as the diverse products of a single creative intention, nothing less than an exploration of where modern man is going. Lawrence's early novels, The White Peacock and The Trespasser, receive exceptionally close scrutiny. There are also full-length chapters on Lawrence's well-known fiction of sexual self-discovery, Sons and Lovers and Lady Chatterley's Lover. The 'travel' novels - The Lost Girl, Aaron's Rod, The Plumed Serpent and especially the Australian novel Kangaroo, which the author believes has been seriously underestimated by previous critics - are given prominence as evidence of Lawrence's restless desire to find a superior set of values to those he believed had failed in England. Dr Niven's conclusions are derived solely from his close reading of the novels themselves and, when relevant, from Lawrence's correspondence and short stories. This study, with its unusually lively and commonsense approach, confirms Lawrence as not only a great novelist, but a central figure in the development of the modern mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92726/cover/9780521292726.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129276X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129276X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Just War in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Frederick H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first systematic attempt to reconstruct from original manuscript sources and early printed books the medieval doctrines relating to the just war, the holy war and the crusade. Despite the frequency of wars and armed conflicts throughout the course of western history, no comprehensive survey has previously been made of the justifications of warfare that were elaborated by Roman lawyers, canon lawyers and theologians in the twelfth and thirteenth century universities. After a brief survey of theories of the just war in antiquity, with emphasis on Cicero and Augustine, and of thought on early medieval warfare, the central chapters are devoted to scholastics such as Pope Innocent IV, Hostiensis and Thomas Aquinas. Professor Russell attempts to correlate theories of the just war with political and intellectual development in the Middle Ages. His conclusion evaluates the just war in the light of late medieval and early modern statecraft and poses questions about its compatibility with Christian ethics and its validity within international law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>West African States: Failure and Promise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Comparative Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1956 the West African coast between southern Mauretania and western Cameroon was lined with no less than ten European colonial territories, along with a single independent African state. All of these colonial units have joined Liberia in formal political independence. Their political experiences since 1956 and indeed the forms of their present political regimes themselves have varied very widely over this period, from the defiant and paranoid austerity of Guinea to the gleeful surge of Nigeria's oil-generated capitalist expansion. In political taste the present governments cover almost the full spectrum of Third World regimes. Yet the societies themselves have many geographical and historical features in common, certainly far more in common than in the case of most units studied by analysts of comparative politics. This book was first published in 1978.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joseph Needham's Science and Civilisation in China is a monumental piece of scholarship which breaks new ground in presenting to the Western reader a detailed and coherent account of the development of science, technology and medicine in China from the earliest times until the advent of the Jesuits and the beginnings of modern science in the late seventeenth century. It is a vast work, necessarily more suited to the scholar and research worker than the general reader. This paperback version, abridged and re-written by Colin Ronan, makes this extremely important study accessible to a wider public. The present book covers the material treated in volumes I and II of Dr Needham's original work. The reader is introduced to the country of China, its history, geography and language, and an account is given of how scientific knowledge travelled between China and Europe. The major part of the book is then devoted to the history of scientific thought in China itself. Beginning with ancient times, it describes the milieu in which arose the schools of the Confucians, Taoists, Mohists, Logicians and Legalists. We are thus brought on to the fundamental ideas which dominated scientific thinking in the Chinese Middle Ages, to the doctrines of the Two Forces (Yin and Yang) and the Five Elements (wu hsing), to the impact of the sceptical tradition and Buddhist and Neo-Confucian thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92863/cover/9780521292863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adam Smith's Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Historiographic Revision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winch, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For most of the two hundred years or so that have passed since the publication of the Wealth of Nations, Adam Smith's writings on political and economic questions have been viewed within a liberal capitalist perspective of nineteenth- and twentieth- century provenance. This essay in interpretation seeks to provide a more historical reading of certain political themes which recur in Smith's writings by bringing eighteenth-century perspectives to bear on the problem. Contrary to the view that sees Smith's work as marking the point at which 'politics' was being eclipsed by 'economics', it claims that Smith has a 'politics' which goes beyond certain political attitudes connected with the role of the state in economic affairs. It argues that he employs a consistent mode of political analysis which cannot be encompassed within the standard liberal capitalist categories, but can be understood by reference to the language and qualities of contemporary political debate, and of the eighteenth-century science of politics cultivated by Montesquieu and, above all, Hume, particularly as revealed by recent scholarship. A concluding chapter draws the various strands of the interpretation together to form a portrait of what Smith might legitimately be said to have been doing when he wrote on these matters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92887/cover/9780521292887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vectors in Three-Dimensional Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chisholm, J. S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with vector algebra and analysis and with their application to three-dimensional geometry and the analysis of fields in three dimensions. While many treatments of the application of vectors have approached the fundamentals of the subject intuitively, assuming some prior knowledge of Euclidean and Cartesian geometry, Professor Chrisholm here bases the subject on the axioms of linear space algebra, which are fundamental to many branches of mathematics. While developing the properties of vectors from axioms, however, he continually emphasizes the geometrical interpretation of vector algebra in order to build up intuitive relations between the algebraic equations and geometrical concepts. Throughout, examples are used to illustrate the theory being developed; several sets of problems are incorporate in each chapter, and outline answers to many of these are given. Written primarily for undergraduate mathematicians in the early part of their courses, this lucidly written book will also appeal to mathematical physicists and to mathematically inclined engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92894/cover/9780521292894.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World Conqueror and World Renouncer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Buddhism and Polity in Thailand against a Historical Background</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambiah, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>World Conqueror and World Renouncer is the first comprehensive and authoritative work on the relationship between Buddhism and the polity (political organization) in Thailand. The book conveys the historical background necessary for full comprehension of the contemporary structural relationship between Buddhism, the sangha (monastic order), and the polity, including the historic institution of kingship. Professor Tambiah delineates the overall relationship, as postulated in early Buddhism, between the monk's otherworldly quest on one side and the this-worldly ordinating role of the monarchy on the other. He also examines the complementary and dialectical tensions that occur in this classical relationship, the king's duty to both protect and purify the sangha being a notable example.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92900/cover/9780521292900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129293X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129293X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems of Form, Function and Transformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The term 'biology' first appeared in a footnote in an obscure German medical publication of 1800, but a century of subsequent activity was needed to create a thriving science. This book offers a concise yet comprehensive examination of essential themes in this development. To one group of nineteenth-century biologists, largely comprised of anatomists, histologists and embryologists, the appearance and constituent structures of the plant or animal body seemed all-important; they studied organic form and the means by which it was brought into being. A second group concentrated on the vital processes diversely exhibited by all living creatures. They studied function, their self-assigned task as physiologists being to understand the innermost workings of the body. To a third group of workers the greatest concern was the relationship, past and present, between the various kinds of plants  and animals and between living things and their changing environment; in studying the transformation of life over vast spans of time, they largely recast the scientific objectives of natural history. Form, function, and transformation thus offer useful vantage points from which to observe the development of the life sciences during the nineteenth century, and it is on a discussion of these themes and their interactions that Professor Coleman's account is based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92931/cover/9780521292931.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521292948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521292948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521292948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Science in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521292948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise introduction to the history of physical science in the Middle Ages begins with a description of the feeble state of early medieval science and its revitalization during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, as evidenced by the explosion of knowledge represented by extensive translations of Greek and Arabic treatises. The content and concepts that came to govern science from the late twelfth century onwards were powerfully shaped and dominated by the science and philosophy of Aristotle. It is, therefore, by focussing attention on problems and controversies associated with Aristotelian science that the reader is introduced to the significant scientific developments and interpretations formulated in the later Middle Ages. The concluding chapter presents a new interpretation of the medieval failure to abandon the physics and cosmology of Aristotle and explains why, despite serious criticisms, they were not generally repudiated during this period. As detailed critical bibliography completes the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/92948/cover/9780521292948.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Economic Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deane, Phyllis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The failure of orthodox economic analysis to provide acceptable answers to the dominant contemporary policy problems has given rise to a widespread feeling of 'methodological crisis' in the discipline. Students find it increasingly hard to relate to a textbook-authenticated paradigm which seems to be in the process of disintegration. The object of this book is to put some of the current theoretical controversies into long term perspective by tracing their historical antecedents. A connected object is to interpret some of the doctrinal divisions in the modern debate by showing that they spring from profound disagreements about what economics is and what questions the economist ought to be trying to answer. It examines the way leading theorists have adapted their theories and concepts to major changes in the problem-situation facing policy makers. The book is in no sense exhaustive (either in the range of theories or in the selection of theorists discussed) but focuses particularly on changes in economists' views on the scope and methodology of economics and on the evolution of strategic ideas in the fields of value theory, monetary theory and growth theory. It raises questions of a socio-historical kind, such as: when did economics acquire a sufficently coherent and well-attested paradigm to rank as a distinct discipline? What were the distinguishing characteristics of successive paradigms for economics? How revolutionary were the changes attributable to periods of significant theoretical change? How can we explain the success or failure of alternative paradigms in gaining a hold over the minds of a majority of professional economists? All economists will find valuable insights in this book. For undergraduate students it is a compact and readable introduction to the history of economic thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93150/cover/9780521293150.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Grammarians' Funeral</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critique of Noam Chomsky's Linguistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is probably the sharpest consideration of Chomskyan linguistics yet to appear. Ian Robinson argues that it is important to recognise Chomsky's positive achievement as a definition of the domain of traditional syntax in the context of an adherence to traditional grammar. But this strictly limited achievement offers no basis for many of the claims made for linguistics. Chomsky's views of language as a whole are narrow and conceptually confused; his psychology is based on the predication of unnecessary entities; and the central ambition to make linguistics a natural science is deeply misconceived. The common reader will find the argument clear and invigorating. The study of language necessarily interests philosophers as well as linguists: so the ordinary person with no more than an interest in poetry or speech may feel himself disadvantaged as an amateur. On the contrary: it is by the common reader that the discussion of language is finally judged, and Mr Robinson speaks for the central common sense of speakers and readers of language and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93167/cover/9780521293167.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Ted Hughes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagar, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Sagar believes that when we see Ted Hughes work as a whole, with each book a stage in a psychic adventure involving new stylistic challenge, we shall see it to be the achievement of a major poet. In this study of Ted Hughes, Dr Sagar gives most of his attention to individual poems, their meaning and coherence, their relation to each other and to the poetic tradition, their sources and background (often in mythology and folklore), and their relevance to living in our time. He began reading Hughes in 1957 when The Hawk in the Ruin appeared, and has followed his development closely ever since: here, with benefit of hindsight, he attempts to retrace that journey. A chapter is devoted to each major work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93211/cover/9780521293211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Man and Nature in the Renaissance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Debus, Allen George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Man and Nature in the Renaissance offers an introduction to science and medicine during the earlier phases of the scientific revolution, from the mid-fifteenth century to the mid-seventeenth century. Renaissance science has frequently been approached in terms of the progress of the exact sciences of mathematics and astronomy, to the neglect of the broader intellectual context of the period. Conversely, those authors who have emphasized the latter frequently play down the importance of the technical scientific developments. In this book, Professor Debus amalgamates these approaches: The exact sciences of the period are discussed in detail, but reference is constantly made to religious and philosophical concepts that play little part in the science of our own time. Thus, the renewed interest in mystical texts and the subsequent impact of alchemy, astrology, and natural magic on the development of modern science and medicine are central to the account. Major themes that are followed throughout the book include the effects of humanism, the search for a new method of science, and the dialogue between proponents of the mystical-occult world view and the mathematical-observational approach to nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93280/cover/9780521293280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weil, Simone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Simone Weil's Le&#231;ons de Philosophie are derived from a course she taught at the lyc&#233;e for girls at Roanne in 1933-4. Anne Reynaud-Gu&#233;rithault was a pupil in the class; her notes are not a verbatim record but are a very full and, as far as one can judge, faithful rendering, often catching the unmistakable tone of Simone Weil's voice as well as the force and the directness of her thought. The lectures form a good general introduction to philosophy, ranging widely over problems about perception, mind, language, reasoning and problems in moral and political philosophy too. Her method of presentation is a characteristic combination of abstract argument, personal experience and literary or historical reference. Peter Winch points out in his introduction to the book some of the more systematic connections in her philosophical work (and between this philosophical work and her other concerns), and makes a number of suggestive comparisons between Simone Weil and Wittgenstein. The translation is by Hugh Price from the Plon edition of 1959. Dr Price has added some notes to explain references in the text that might be unfamiliar to English speaking students beginning philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93334/cover/9780521293334.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Modern Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A two-volume study of political thought from the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, the decisive period of transition from medieval to modern political theory. The work is intended to be both an introduction to the period for students, and a presentation and justification of a particular approach to the interpretation of historical texts. Quentin Skinner gives an outline account of all the principal texts of the period, discussing in turn the chief political writings of Dante, Marsiglio, Bartolus, Machiavelli, Erasmus and more, Luther and Calvin, Bodin and the Calvinist revolutionaries. But he also examines a very large number of lesser writers in order to explain the general social and intellectual context in which these leading theorists worked. He thus presents the history not as a procession of 'classic texts' but are more readily intelligible. He traces by this means the gradual emergence of the vocabulary of modern political thought, and in particular the crucial concept of the State. We are given an insight into the actual processes of the formation of ideologies and into some of the linkages between political theory and practice. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93372/cover/9780521293372.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chekhov in Performance 095298</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For a full understanding of any text, careful consideration must be given to its life in performance. In this rewarding study of four of Chekhov's major plays - Uncle Vanya, The Seagull, The Cherry Orchard and Three Sisters - J. L. Styan demonstrates the development of Chekhov's skills as a dramatist and discusses stage action, portrayal of character, differing twentieth-century productions and the audience reactions they evoked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93457/cover/9780521293457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maritime Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muckelroy, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeology has made enormous advances recently, both in volume of discoveries and in its character as an intellectual discipline; new techniques have helped to further the range and rigour of enquiry, and encouraged interdisciplinary communication. The aim of this series is to make available to a wider audience the results of these developments. The coverage will be world-wide and will extend from the earliest period to medieval and industrial archaeology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93488/cover/9780521293488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel and Modern Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Introduction to Hegel's thought for the student and general reader, emphasizing in particular his social and political thought and his continuing relevance to contemporary problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93518/cover/9780521293518.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public and Private Morality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hampshire, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How far can we apply the same moral principles to both public and private behaviour. In the interests of effective political action, are we right to accept acts of deceit, exploitation or force which we would regard as unacceptable in private relations with individuals? What means can be properly adopted in the promotion of great public causes? The problem of 'dirty hands' in politics was posed most strikingly by Machiavelli. It has re-emerged this century in a pressing and, to some extent, a new form, in connection with the two World Wars and more recently the Vietnam War, where the political decisions and the destruction, and risks of destruction, have been of a scale and character not previously experienced. The contributors, including Bernard Williams, Thomas Nagel, T. M. Scanlon, and Ronald Dworkin, examine the background to this problem in moral and political theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93525/cover/9780521293525.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family and Inheritance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Society in Western Europe, 1200-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thirsk, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering book examines different aspects of the inheritance customs in rural Western Europe in the pre-industrial age: for families and whole societies, the roles of lawyers in reducing them to a common system, and the recurring debate on the merits of various inheritance customs in shaping particular kinds of society. At first sight the study of inheritance customs may appear to be a dull affair, concerned with outdated practices of hair-splitting lawyers; certainly, little academic interest has been shown in the subject. Yet inheritance customs are vital means for the reproduction of the social system, by the transmission of property and other rights through the family. Various family structures and social arrangements are linked by different means of inheritance. This book will interest a wide range of historians, students, postgraduates and teachers alike, whether they are concerned with social, economic, demographic or legal history, in the medieval, early modern or modern periods, and whether their interests are directed to England or other countries of Western Europe; it will also be valuable to social anthropologists, sociologists and historians of ideas. A comprehensive glossary of technical terms has been added for the non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93549/cover/9780521293549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Capitalist World-Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallerstein, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Capitalist World-Economy Immanuel Wallerstein focuses on the two central conflicts of capitalism, bourgeois versus proletarian and core versus periphery, in an attempt to describe both the cyclical rhythms and the secular transformations of capitalism, conceived as a singular world-system. The essays include discussions of the relationship of class and ethnonational consciousness, clarification of the meaning of transition from feudalism to capitalism, the utility of the concept of the semi peripheral state, and the relationship of socialist states to the capitalist world-economy. This book is the first in a three volume collection of Wallerstein's essays. The Politics of World-Economy (1984) elaborates on the role of states, the antisystemic movements and the civilizational project. Geopolitics and Geoculture (1991) analyses both the events leading up to the collapse of the Iron Curtain, and the subsequent process of perestroika in the light of Wallerstein's own interpretations, and the ways in which the renewed concern with culture is a product of the changing world-system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93587/cover/9780521293587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin of Christology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the processes by which Christians of the first century came to understand Jesus as they did. Some writers represent these as 'evolutionary', as though a merely human teacher came to be thought of as a divine figure (a new species, so to speak). Professor Moule suggests that 'development' is a preferable analogy, implying not the evolution of a new species of figure, but the development of understanding of what was there in Jesus from the beginning. The author re-examines four familiar characterizations of Jesus as 'the Son of Man', 'the Son of God', 'Christ' and 'Lord'; then he considers the reflexion in the Pauline epistles of an experience of Jesus as more than individual. In his concluding chapter Professor Moule speculates, in dialogue with Dr Haddon Willmer, about the implications of his findings for Christian doctrine. The book, which earned for the author the Collins Biennial Religious Book Award in 1977, embodies his 1974 Moorhouse Lectures in Melbourne, Australia. It was first published in June 1977.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93631/cover/9780521293631.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19781016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis and Legitimacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Administrative Process and American Government</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freedman, James O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most striking developments in American history has been the steady growth in the administrative process, to the point that the regulatory agencies of the federal government now affect the lives of more citizens more pervasively than the courts and possibly the Congress. In virtually every relevant respect, the administrative process has become a fourth branch of government, comparable in the scope of its authority and the impact of its decision making to the three more familiar constitutional branches. This book identifies and examines the causes of the enduring sense of crisis associated with the administrative process. This book argues a theory of legitimacy for the administrative process must be created. The author seeks to develop such a theory from the quality of administrative justice, taking as a premise the conviction that the capacity of government to devise fair procedures for the discharge of its decision-making responsibilities is the essence of democratic practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Radio Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drakakis, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been little serious attempt in Britain to deal critically and historically with the subject of radio drama. This volume of essays concentrates upon a small group of influential writers who have devoted all or part of their attention to writing plays for radio. The introduction charts the development of radio drama since its inception in the 1920s and its changing relationships with the theatre and later with television. It shows how the early ideal of broadcasting significant works of established literature and drama helped to provide a broad foundation for the growth of a body of dramatic literature which fully exploited the medium's reliance upon sound alone. Separate contributions contain full appraisals of the radio writing of Louis MacNeice, Dylan Thomas and Henry Reed, while detailed studies of particular aspects of the work of Dorothy L. Sayers, Susan Hill, Giles Cooper and Samuel Beckett explore the practical as well as the critical issues involved in the study of radio drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93839/cover/9780521293839.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Market Structure and Innovation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kamien, Morton I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Nancy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technical advance requires resources and is motivated by the quest for profits; therefore, the rate and direction of advance is determined by the economic system. Recognition of this fact has focused attention on the performance of the market economy in the allocation of resources to technical advance, and the consequent body of research is surveyed and synthesised in this book. The theories of market structure and innovation proposed by Schumpeter, Galbraith, Arrow, Schmookler, Scherer, Mansfield, Phillips, Barzel, Kamien and Schwartz, Loury, Nelson and Winter, Grabowski, Dasgupta and Stiglitz, and others are presented in an integrated form. These theories deal with the nature of competition, the incentives to innovate and the pace of innovative activity under different market structures, and the existence of a market structure that yields the most rapid rate of innovation. In addition, the findings of seventy empirical studies dealing with various facets of the microeconomics of technical innovation are presented. The book is designed to be accessible to economists working in a variety of situations - in universities, business and government - and who are concerned with questions of technical innovation. It is also suitable for senior-level undergraduates and first year graduate students approaching the subject in a comprehensive way for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93853/cover/9780521293853.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521293979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521293979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521293976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of African Christianity 1950-1975</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521293976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hastings, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The churches in Africa probably constitute the most important growth area for Christianity in the second half of the twentieth century. From being a number of rather tightly controlled 'mission fields' zealously guarded by the great missionary societies, Catholic and Protestant, they have emerged across the last decades in bewildering variety to selfhood, a membership of close on a hundred million adherents and an influential role both within their own societies and in the world Church. This book surveys the history of Christianity throughout sub-Saharan Africa during the third quarter of this century. It begins in 1950 at a time when the churches were still for the most part emphatically part of the colonial order and it takes the story on from there across the coming of political independence and the transformations of the 1960s and early 1970s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/93976/cover/9780521293976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Drama of Revolt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Study of Georg B&#252;chner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benn, Maurice B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Georg B&#252;chner is one of the most important dramatists of the nineteenth century, both intrinsically and on account of his enormous influence on the drama of our own time. Professor Benn attempts a comprehensive study of the art and thought of this distinguished writer, emphasising throughout that attitude of revolt which is so characteristic of B&#252;chner. After a brief introduction in which he pinpoints the positive nature of B&#252;chner's revolt and establishes links between his thought and that of H&#246;lderlin and Camus, Professor Benn discusses in the first three theoretical chapters B&#252;chner's revolutionary political principles, his sceptical and iconoclastic philosophical speculations and his fierce attacks on classical theories in art. He then examines each of B&#252;chner's major works - Dantons Tod, Leonce und Lena, Lenz and Woyzeck - analysing the genesis and interpretation of the last in detail. A short concluding chapter summarises the results of the inquiry and assesses the value of the methods used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94157/cover/9780521294157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and the Reformation in England 1549-1660</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Huray, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the years following the Act of Uniformity in 1549, musicians seemed to thrive on the challenge of the New Prayer Book, and the successive reigns of Elizabeth I, James I and Charles I bought a rich and varied repertory of vernacular church music. Peter Le Huray traces these developments in great detail, drawing on many contemporary sources to illuminate the music and its social and religious background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94188/cover/9780521294188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plumed Serpent</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, L. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Plumed Serpent is set in Mexico in the 1920s, an era of political turmoil, and centres on a revolutionary movement to revive the religion of the ancient Aztecs. The brilliant vision of place, the violent action and the rituals and myth for the new religion all combine to make it one of Lawrence's most vivid novels. The Cambridge edition establishes for the first time a meticulously edited text based on the manuscript, typescript and proof material, nearly all of which survives. Several lengthy passages rejected in the course of composition and here included in the textual apparatus offer a close look at the intricacies of Lawrence's progress toward a final conception of the novel. Full annotation and appendixes on Mexican politics and Aztec religion are also provided to assist in comprehending the often arcane concepts to which Lawrence applied his imaginative power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94225/cover/9780521294225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lost Girl</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge edition of The Lost Girl uses the manuscript which D. H. Lawrence wrote in Sicily in 1920 to recapture his direct relationship with the text, and in particular to recover the characteristically fluent punctuation which the novel's original printers obscured or ignored. The edition prints all four of the passages which the publisher censored without Lawrence's full knowledge and the hero's name is correctly spelled for the first time in an English edition. The novel is set mainly in the Eastwood of Lawrence's youth, the full annotation identifies a great many real-life characters and settings. John Worthen's introduction gives an accurate account of The Lost Girl's development, composition and publication, and the influence upon the book of Lawrence's desire to write a commercially successful novel. The textual apparatus records all variant readings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94232/cover/9780521294232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129424X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129424X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trespasser</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfield, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence's second novel The Trespasser is based on the tragic love affair of his friend Helen Corke and her violin teacher. After reading Miss Corke's diary, Lawrence first urged her to write her story and then received her permission to do it himself. Between his rapid composition of the first draft in the spring and summer of 1910 and his final revisions in early 1912, Lawrence's view of Helen Corke, and consequently of her story, changed. The manuscript survives, and this edition presents the text for the first time as Lawrence wrote it, restoring his sentence-structure and punctuation and correcting numerous typesetters' errors. In her substantial introduction Elizabeth Mansfield explores the background of the novel, presents the complications of the publishing history and the novel's reception. A full textual apparatus records the history of the text and the editor annotates topical and other references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94249/cover/9780521294249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>St Mawr and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finney, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>St Mawr and Other Stories consists of the long novella St Mawr, two short stories 'The Overtone' and 'The Princess', and two unfinished stories 'The Wilful Woman' and 'The Flying Fish', all written during D. H. Lawrence's stay on the American continent between 1922 and 1925. The texts are newly edited from Lawrence's original manuscripts and typescripts, eliminating mistranscriptions and unauthorised alterations made by publishers and printers for reasons of housestyling, fear of prosecution or moral censoriousness. In some cases whole lines of text, which have been omitted in the first and subsequent editions, have been restored. The textual apparatus records all variants. The introduction uses unpublished material to trace the genesis and reception of each work. The notes give the translation of foreign words, the explanation of classical, biblical, literary and historical references and the reasoning behind some of the more involved textual cruces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94256/cover/9780521294256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The White Peacock</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence's first novel The White Peacock was begun in 1906, rewritten three times, and published in 1911. The Cambridge edition uses the final manuscript as base-text, and faithfully recovers Lawrence's words and punctuation from the layers of publishers' house-styling and their errors; original passages, changed for censorship reasons, are reinstated. Andrew Robertson's introduction sets out the history of Lawrence's writing and revision, and the generally favourable reception by friends and reviewers. Lawrence incorporated much of his own experience and reading on to the novel which is set just north-east of Eastwood, and modelled characters on his friends and family. The notes identify real-life places and people, explain dialect forms, literary allusions, and historical references, and include sensitive passages deleted before publication. The textual apparatus records all the variant readings and the appendix prints the two surviving fragments from the earliest manuscripts of the novel, then entitled 'Laetitia'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94270/cover/9780521294270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Woman Who Rode Away and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehl, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansohn, Christa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thirteen short stories in this volume were written between 1924 and 1928, and are set in Europe and America. Eleven were collected in The Woman Who Rode Away (1928), though 'The Man Who Loved Islands' appeared in the American edition only and the other two in The Lovely Lady (1933). An unpublished fragment 'A Pure Witch' is also included here. The stories reflect Lawrence's experiences in New Mexico, Mexico, Italy, Germany and England in the post-war period. Many were considerably revised by Lawrence after he first wrote them; some were completely rewritten and subsequently published in different versions. The editors give composition histories and discuss publication difficulties, including Compton Mackenzie's objections to 'The Man Who Loved Islands'. Appendices record manuscript revisions for three stories and give complete, unpublished early versions of four. Explanatory notes elucidate literary allusions and give topographical and biographical information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94300/cover/9780521294300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Modern Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A two-volume study of political thought from the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, the decisive period of transition from medieval to modern political theory. The work is intended to be both an introduction to the period for students, and a presentation and justification of a particular approach to the interpretation of historical texts. Quentin Skinner gives an outline account of all the principal texts of the period, discussing in turn the chief political writings of Dante, Marsiglio, Bartolus, Machiavelli, Erasmus and more, Luther and Calvin, Bodin and the Calvinist revolutionaries. But he also examines a very large number of lesser writers in order to explain the general social and intellectual context in which these leading theorists worked. He thus presents the history not as a procession of 'classic texts' but are more readily intelligible. He traces by this means the gradual emergence of the vocabulary of modern political thought, and in particular the crucial concept of the State. We are given an insight into the actual processes of the formation of ideologies and into some of the linkages between political theory and practice. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94355/cover/9780521294355.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photosynthesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Physical Mechanisms and Chemical Patterns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Roderick K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Life on earth depends on the photosynthetic use of solar energy by plants, and efforts to develop alternative sources of energy include a major thrust toward the use of photosynthesis to yield fuels. The study of photosynthesis is an especially convincing way of bringing together the disciplines of physics, chemistry, and biology and can be a valuable element in the teaching of biophysics and biochemistry. This book provides the only detailed modern treatment of the subject in a concise form. Part I outlines the historical development of the subject, emphasizing the chemical nature of photosynthesis and the roles of chlorophylls and other pigments. Part II reviews our present knowledge of the structure and components of photosynthetic tissues in relation to their function. Part III deals with the photo-chemistry of photosynthesis and with the patterns of chemical events, principally electron and proton transfer, that follow the photo-chemistry. Part IV treats the relationships of electron and proton transport to ATP formation, and the metabolic patterns of carbon assimilation. An epilogue exposes major areas of confusion and ignorance and indicates potentially fruitful directions of research, including the development of photosynthetic systems for solar energy conversion. Throughout the book, there are frequent digressions into those aspects of optics and molecular physics relevant to the subject matter. Suitable for upper undergraduate and graduate course use, this book is also sufficiently detailed to give professional scientists a perspective of the subject at the level of contemporary research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94430/cover/9780521294430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microfoundations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Compatibility of Microeconomics and Macroeconomics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weintraub, E. Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length survey of current work which examines the compatibility of microeconomics and macroeconomics. Its particular distinction is that it makes accessible, to non-specialists, those extensive modern refinements of general equilibrium theory which are linked to macroeconomics and monetary theory. Part I traces the development and interlocking nature of two scientific research prgrams, macroeconomics and neo-Walrasian analysis. The five chapters in this part examine general equilibrium theory, Keynes' contribution, the 'neoclassical synthesis', and the Clower-Leijonhufvud contributions to questions of systemic coordination. The four chapters of Part II place recent work on the micro-foundations of macroeconomics within a taxonomic scheme of Walrasian equilibrium, Walrasian disequilibrium, Edgeworthian equilibrium, and Edgeworthian disequilibrium. Part III, a single chapter, provides an overview of the subject and ventures some conclusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94454/cover/9780521294454.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Families in Former Times</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flandrin, Jean Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the author provides a detailed analysis of kinship, household and family relations in early modern France. He discusses the strength of kinship and family ties, the structure of households, the rights and duties of husband and wife, their authority over their children, the role of the family in education, the position of servants within the family, the attitudes and sentiments of different family members towards each other and the differences between noble and peasant families. He also deals with the changes in the patterns of sexual life that occurred in this period and investigates the beginnings of birth control in the late eighteenth century, and the possibilities or abortion and divorce. Professor Flandrin uses primarily documentary evidence from early modern France, but also draws comparisons with England in the same period, and with the medieval and modern family. His book provides a fascinating account of the intimate life of men and women in past society, and shows how that society has exerted a lasting influence on the behaviour of our contemporaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94492/cover/9780521294492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islamic History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaban, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a sequel to the author's Islamic History A.D. 600-750 (A.H. 132). A New Interpretation. It presents for the first time a clear narrative analysis of the central events in the Islamic domains between the rise of the 'Abbasids and the Saljuq invasion (A.D. 750-1055/ A.H. 132-448). This period witnessed the establishment of a new regime, its failure to live up to its revolutionary ideals and the gradual dissolution of a vast empire into lesser political entitles. The task of creating a political structure supported by viable institutions to rule their territories proved beyond the 'Abbasids. Nor were they able to accomplish the economic integration of the empire, largely expanding urban centres with those of the rural communities. The result was endemic revolts in rural areas, notably those of Babak, the Zanj and the Qaramita. The wealth of the 'Abbasid empire attracted vast volumes of international trade. Each region in the empire wished to pursue its own interest in this trade, and competition for an ever-larger share soon developed into uncontrollable interregional strife. Lacking political and economic organization to maintain the integrity of their empire, the 'Abbasids resorted to military power. Consequently military leaders established their own rule in the regions and became powerful adversaries to central government. On the other hand the local populations in the outer provinces rose under their chiefs and also became aggressive opponents. It is these developments that explain the rise of the Tahirids, Samanids, Saffarids, Buyids, Ghaznavids, Tulunids, Hamdanids, and other regional power groups. Dr Shaban also studies the rise to power in Tunisia and later in Egypt, replacing the crumbling rule of military dynasties in both provinces. The revolutionary idealism of the Fatimids, however, failed to win the support of their subject populations, and their economic policies led to the ruination of their regime. The arrival of the Saljuqs on the scene marks the beginning of a new epoch in Islamic history. Dr Shaban has based his book on a fresh study of the original sources, and he offers many new and challenging insights into the historical account of the period. He has kept in view the needs of the reader who might be bewildered by the mass of proper names involved and has deliberately concentrated on the main outlines of the period as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94539/cover/9780521294539.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Red Black and Green</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Black Nationalism in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinkney, Alphonso</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the first slaves who rose up against their master in the early period of American history to the prominent modern figures such as Malcolm X, Elijah Muhammed, Eldridge Cleaver, Red, Black, and Green traces the origins, the struggles and the accomplishments of black nationalism. Its broad discussion of the ideology of black nationalism and of the conditions that gave rise to this ideology provides the foundation for a thorough account of the black nationalist movement in the peak years of its momentum, roughly the decade 1963 to 1973. The author deals both with specific milestones, such as Marcus Garvey's Universal Negro Improvement Association in the early twentieth century, and with the far-reaching implications of the movement for the black community and for the United States as a whole. He looks at the many facets of black nationalism - revolutionary nationalism, cultural nationalism, religious nationalism, and educational nationalism - analyses the relationship between this movement and liberation movements in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94591/cover/9780521294591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294800</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Past is a Foreign Country</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowenthal, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this remarkably wide-ranging book Professor Lowenthal analyses the ever-changing role of the past in shaping our lives. A heritage at once nurturing and burdensome, the past allows us to make sense of the present whilst imposing powerful constraints upon the way that present develops. Some aspects of the past are celebrated, others expunged, as each generation reshapes its legacy in line with current needs. Drawing on all the arts, the humanities and the social sciences, the author uses sources as diverse as science fiction and psychoanalysis to examine how rebellion against inherited tradition has given rise to the modern cult of preservation and pervasive nostalgia. Profusely illustrated, The Past is a Foreign Country shows that although the past has ceased to be a sanction for inherited power or privilege, as a focus of personal and national identity and as a bulwark against massive and distressing change it remains as potent a force as ever in human affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/94805/cover/9780521294805.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521294991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521294991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521294997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>States and Social Revolutions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Analysis of France, Russia and China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521294997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skocpol, Theda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>State structures, international forces, and class relations: Theda Skocpol shows how all three combine to explain the origins and accomplishments of social-revolutionary transformations. From France in the 1790s to Vietnam in the 1970s, social revolutions have been rare but undeniably of enormous importance in modern world history. States and Social Revolutions provides a new frame of reference for analyzing the causes, the conflicts, and the outcomes of such revolutions. And it develops in depth a rigorous, comparative historical analysis of three major cases: the French Revolution of 1787 through the early 1800s, the Russian Revolution of 1917 through the 1930s, and the Chinese Revolution of 1911 through the 1960s. Believing that existing theories of revolution, both Marxist and non-Marxist, are inadequate to explain the actual historical patterns of revolutions, the author urges us to adopt fresh perspectives. She argues for structural rather than voluntarist analysis, and for an emphasis on the effects of transnational and world-historical contexts upon domestic political conflicts. Above all, she maintains that states conceived as administrative and coercive organizations potentially autonomous from class controls and interests must be made central to explanations of revolutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Max Reinhardt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Max Reinhardt (1873-1943), one of the major theatre figures of the twentieth century, was among the first to establish the importance of the director in modern theatre. His fame outside Germany rests somewhat unfairly on his distorted image as producer of giant, Gothic spectacles staged in vast auditoria or cathedral squares. In this book Professor Styan is concerned to illustrate Reinhardt's astonishing versatility as director of more than six hundred productions, which together cover almost all the dramatic genres and all the major theatrical movements of the time. Professor Styan explains Reinhardt's place in the history of Austrian and German culture and world theatrical movements. Using contemporary reviews and the Regiebuch, or director's promptbook, he describes in detail the organization, performance and impact of some of the director's major productions: his symbolist interpretation of Ghosts and Salome; the expressionist experiment with plays by Wedekind, Strindberg, Sorge and Buchner; the Shakespeare sequence, including the classic A Midsummer Night's Dream; productions of Greek tragedy, Goethe, and the baroque spectacles such as Everyman, which together cover almost all the dramatic genres and all the major theatrical movements of the time. Professor Styan explains Reinhardt's place in the history of Austrian and German culture and world theatrical movements. Using contemporary reviews and the Regiebuch, or director's promptbook, he describes in detail the organization, performance and impact of some of the director's major productions: his symbolist interpretation of Ghosts and Salome; the expressionist experiment with plays by Wedekind, Strindberg, Sorge and Buchner; the Shakespeare sequence, including the classic A Midsummer Night's Dream; productions of Greek tragedy, Goethe, and the baroque spectacles such as Everyman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95048/cover/9780521295048.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Inflation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frisch, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A survey of the new theories of inflation that have developed over the past two decades in response to the inflationary pressures experienced by Western countries examines the shifting debate from explaining inflation as a "causal" process to explaining its increase as a result of constantly changing expectations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95123/cover/9780521295123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modal Logic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chellas, Brian F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A textbook on modal logic, intended for readers already acquainted with the elements of formal logic, containing nearly 500 exercises. Brian F. Chellas provides a systematic introduction to the principal ideas and results in contemporary treatments of modality, including theorems on completeness and decidability. Illustrative chapters focus on deontic logic and conditionality. Modality is a rapidly expanding branch of logic, and familiarity with the subject is now regarded as a necessary part of every philosopher's technical equipment. Chellas here offers an up-to-date and reliable guide essential for the student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95154/cover/9780521295154.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genesis 12-50</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters 12-50 of the book of Genesis may be considered as enshrining the patriarchal traditions of the Jewish people. Besides the elements of poetry and legend embodied in these traditions, Professor Davidson shows that there can be a historical basis for the narratives and offers guidelines for exploring it. The Genesis stories cannot simply be seen as a reading back into earlier times of the background to the social customs and religious outlook of their later editors. Introductory sections deal with the sources, historicity and general character&#172;istics of the narratives, and are followed by a section-by-section presentation of the text with commentary in the established style of the series.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95208/cover/9780521295208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295505</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putnam, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Hilary Putnam has been one of the most influential and sharply original of recent American philosophers in a whole range of fields. His most important published work is collected here, together with several new and substantial studies, in two volumes. The first deals with the philosophy of mathematics and of science and the nature of philosophical and scientific enquiry; the second deals with the philosophy of language and mind. Volume one is now issued in a new edition, including an essay on the philosophy of logic first published in 1971.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95505/cover/9780521295505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putnam, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Hilary Putnam has been one of the most influential and sharply original of recent American philosophers in a whole range of fields. His most important published work is collected here, together with several new and substantial studies, in two volumes. The first deals with the philosophy of mathematics and of science and the nature of philosophical and scientific enquiry; the second deals with the philosophy of language and mind. Volume one is now issued in a new edition, including an essay on the philosophy of logic first published in 1971.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95512/cover/9780521295512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crop Evolution, Adaptation and Yield</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Lloyd T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major new work, Lloyd Evans provides an integrated view of the domestication, adaptation and improvement of crop plants, bringing together genetic diversity, plant breeding, physiology and aspects of agronomy. Considerations of yield and maximum yield provide continuity throughout the book. Food, feed, fibre, fuel and pharmaceutical crops are all discussed. Cereals, grain legumes and root crops, both temperate and tropical, provide many of the examples, but pasture plants, oilseeds, leafy crops, fruit trees and others are also considered. After the introductory chapter, the increasing significance of crop yields to the world's food supply is highlighted. The next three chapters consider changes to crop plants over the last ten thousand years, including domestication, adaptation and improvement. These are treated at length because their nature is often misunderstood, yet has important implications for the relation between plant breeding and agronomy, for development policy and for environmental management. The crucial roles of input innovation and synergism are illustrated, along with examples of how diminishing returns to input energy have been avoided. The final chapter hazards some guesses about the way in which agriculture may be transformed over the next fifty years. Aimed at research workers and advanced students in crop physiology and ecology, agronomy and plant breeding, this book also reaches conclusions of relevance to those concerned with developmental policy, agricultural research and management, environmental quality, resource depletion and human history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95581/cover/9780521295581.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Passion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosaldo, Michelle Zimbalist</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michelle Rosaldo presents an ethnographic interpretation of the life of the Ilongots, a group of some 3,500 hunters and horticulturists in Northern Luzon, Philippines. Her study focuces on headhunting, a practice that remained active among the Ilongots until at least 1972. Indigenous notions of 'knowledge' and 'passion' are crucial to the Ilongots' perceptions of their own social practices of headhunting, oratory, marriage, and the organization of subsistence labour. In explaining the significance of these key ideas, Professor Rosaldo examines what she considers to be the most important dimensions of Ilongot social relationships: the contrasts between men and women and between accomplished married men and bachelor youths. By defining 'knowledge' and 'passion' in the context of their social and affective significance, the author demonstrates the place of headhunting in historical and political processes, and shows the relation between headhunting and indigenous concepts of curing, reproduction, and health. Theoretically oriented toward interpretive of symbolic ethnography, this book clarifies some of the ways in which the study of a language - both vocabulary and patterns of usage - is a study of a culture; the process of translation is presented as a method of cultural interpretation. Professor Rosaldo argues that an appreciation of the Ilongots' specific notions of 'the self' and the emotional concepts associated with headhunting can illuminate central aspects of the group's social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95628/cover/9780521295628.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129567X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129567X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Orders Vol 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers a period (1336-1485) neglected by historians, when many features of the modern world were germinating under the surface of medieval institutions: the age of Chaucer, Langland, Bradwardine and Wyclif, of the new Nominalism and the Conciliar Movement. David Knowles devotes part of his book to narrative, and part to analysis. The great abbeys are at their height of outward splendour, we see the building schemes of Ely and Glouster, the impact of the Black Death, and the recovery from it; we see the monks and friars in controversy at Oxford, the attacks of Wyclif and the Lollards, helped by the satire of the poets; the conservative reaction, and the foundations and reforms of Henry V, followed by the Indian summer of the feudal aristocracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95673/cover/9780521295673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Religious Orders in England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, Dom David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume opens with a survey of monastic life and activities in the early Tudor period, which throws new light on the fortunes of the Cistercian abbeys and on the influence upon the monks of the new humanist education. Chapters are devoted to Bishop Redman's visitations of the white canons, to the rural pursuits of Prior More of Worcester, to the friars ranged for and against the New Learning, and to the Carthusians; there are also a number of character sketches of notable abbots and others. There follows a review of the changing religious climate: of Wolsey's attempts at reform, of the all-perspective influence of Erasmus and of the career of Elizabeth Barton. The economic state of the monasteries is discussed as a prelude to the sombre story of the Suppression, illuminated by rare gleams of heroism. The fate and after-careers of the religious are treated in full from the record sources; there are chapters on the aftermath in Mary's reign and the linking with modern Benedictines, and an epilogue looks back over six centuries of English monasticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95680/cover/9780521295680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matthew Paris</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Vaughan's book on the life and works of Matthew Paris is a full-scale study of one of the most important of the medieval chroniclers of European as well as British history. First published in 1958, it is re-issued in recognition of its continuing importance as an essential reference for all students of medieval and ecclesiastical history. A supplementary bibliography has been added to take account of updated scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95758/cover/9780521295758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Portraits of 'the Whiteman'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linguistic Play and Cultural Symbols among the Western Apache</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Basso, Keith H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The Whiteman' is one of the most powerful and pervasive symbols in contemporary American Indian cultures. Portraits of 'the Whiteman': linguistic play and cultural symbols among the Western Apache investigates a complex form of joking in which Apaches stage carefully crafted imitations of Anglo-Americans and, by means of these characterizations, give audible voice and visible substance to their conceptions of this most pressing of social 'problems'. Keith Basso's essay, based on linguistic and ethnographic materials collected in Cibecue, a Western Apache community, provides interpretations of selected joking encounters to demonstrate how Apaches go about making sense of the behaviour of Anglo-Americans. The portraits developed in these texts are understood as models of Whitemen and for dealing with Whitemen created by Apaches for Apaches. More obliquely, they also express Apaches' conception of themselves, for 'the Whiteman' has long been a symbol of what 'the Apache' is not. This study draws on current theory in symbolic anthropology, sociolinguistics, and the dramaturgical model of human communication developed by Erving Goffman. Although the assumptions and premises that shape these areas of inquiry are held by some to be quite disparate, this analysis shows them to be fully compatible and mutually complementary. In order to make explicit the meanings of joking texts, Basso examines in detail the abstract principles, both linguistic and nonlinguistic, for constructing and interpreting joking imitations in the context of face-to-face encounters. An exercise in cultural interpretation, this essay is also a study of ethnographic theory, the anthropology of play, American Indian humor, and the function of ethic boundaries in the everyday life of a modern Western Apache community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95932/cover/9780521295932.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521295955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521295955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521295956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Recreations in English Society 1700-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521295956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malcolmson, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the challenge of seventeenth-century puritanism, many aspects of popular leisure continued to flourish in the century which followed: bull-baiting and cock-fighting; football, wrestling, cudgelling and cricket; and such holiday festivities as parish feasts, Michaelmas fairs, May Day rituals and Whitsun ales. In this book, Professor Malcolmson provides a full account of the sports, pastimes and festive celebrations of the English labouring people in the eighteenth century and examines their gradual decline up to the mid-nineteenth centuries. He describes how widespread social and cultural changes in the later eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries - the enclosure movement, the rapid growth of cities, the rise of evangelicalism, the increasingly rigorous approaches to labour discipline, the decline of paternalistic values - undermined many of these recreations: while others were vigorously suppressed by 'respectable society'. Throughout, full attention is given not only to the actual conduct of popular recreations, but also to their social contexts, their relevance to the culture of genteel society and their involvement in those broader patterns of change which we have come to associate with the 'modernization' of traditional society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/95956/cover/9780521295956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Comparative Approach to Policy Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Health Care Policy in Four Nations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leichter, Howard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a framework for explaining why governments adopt the policies they do. In addition, it establishes a basis for comparing political systems in terms of their public policies rather than their institutions or political processes. The book begins by placing in a historical perspective the worldwide role of the state as a major provider of goods and services. Following this general background is an 'accounting scheme' that brings some semblance of order to the seemingly infinite variety of policy-relevant variables and makes the comparative study of public policy more manageable. It is suggested that any nation's public policies can be explained in terms of situational, structural, environmental and cultural factors. The second part of the book applies the accounting scheme to an increasingly specific and narrow range of public policies. The author examines one crucial area of public policy - health care - and the evolution of that policy in four diverse nations: Germany, Great Britain, the Soviet Union and Japan. The book concludes with an assessment of the prospects for an American national health care programme in the light of the experiences of these other nations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96014/cover/9780521296014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Farm Planning and Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nix, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although there are many motives for farming, the achievement of a worthwhile financial return, coupled with a good standard of living, ranks high among them. This implies the need for sound business organisation - the more so as holdings become larger, more specialised and more capital intensive. The present book offers a comprehensive treatment of farm business organisation and control. Although designed primarily as an intermediate text for students in universities and agricultural colleges, it is of interest and value to all those concerned with farm business, including business advisers, land agents, accountants and bank managers. The book's wide coverage is made possible by a mainly non-mathematical presentation coupled with a liberal use of examples drawn from farming practice. The book is divided into four parts: the organisation of resources, the organisation of enterprises, the combination of enterprises and the control of resources and enterprises. The overtaking theme is that, in order to make the most economic use of the resources at his disposal, the farmer has to decide what resources to use, how to organise their use within individual enterprises and how to combine the enterprises into an integrated farming system. Lastly, if these efforts are not to be largely wasted, he must initiate the keeping of suitable records to provide both planning data and a system of checks and controls when his plans are put into practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96045/cover/9780521296045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peter Brook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reeves, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Brook is regarded as one of the most important and influential directors today. In this fascinating study, Albert Hunt and Geoffrey Reeves chronicle Brook's development beginning with his earliest productions and concluding with some of his most recent and innovative work. The authors trace the director's work from the Birmingham Repertory Theatre to the Royal Shakespeare Company, the establishment of his own company and theatre at the Bouffes du Nord in Paris, and the creation of his unique theatrical style. Reeves and Hunt also focus on Brook outside the theatre including the film version of Mahabharata and his work for the opera house. The book will be of interest to theatre practitioners, students and scholars as well as to the general reader. It includes a chronology of Brook's theatre career and is illustrated with photographs from key productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96052/cover/9780521296052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Corporate Strategy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, first published in 1980, discusses corporate strategy for those interested in applying economic analysis to business problems. Drawing on a wide range of economics and management literature, the book shows how an understanding of industrial economics can help in analysing strategic decisions. Furthermore, the author explains how a firm's development must be adapted to its environment, its history and the experience of its personnel. Other topics discussed include integration and diversity, the growing importance of multinational operations, the strategic role of mergers, and innovation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96106/cover/9780521296106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Modern History of Tanganyika</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iliffe, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive and fully documented history of modern Tanganyika (mainland Tanzania). After introductory chapters on the nineteenth century, Dr Iliffe concentrates on the colonial period, and especially on economic, social and intellectual change among Africans as the core of their colonial experience and the basis of their political behaviour. Particularl attention is paid to the consequences for small-scale societies of their incorporation into the international order; the impact of capitlaism and the emergence of capitalist relationships and attitudes; African attempts to defend or reform indigenous institutions and to organise movements of protest or revolt against European control; the successive formation and dissolution of a specifically colonial society; and the effects of economic change on Tanganyika's ecology in modern times. The book brings together the research which scholars of many nationalities have carried out in Tanzania over the last twenty years, and attempts to synthesise their findings with the evidence available from African and European records in Tanzania, Britain and Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96113/cover/9780521296113.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nuclear Question</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States and Nuclear Weapons, 1946-1976</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandelbaum, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1979, this book is a history of American nuclear weapons policy that tells how the United States learned to live with the bomb. Little of what has been written about nuclear weapons is historical. Most people concerned with the problems of nuclear armaments have asked 'what is to be done?' rather than 'what has happened and why?' But The Nuclear Question is more than a chronology. It offers original and provocative arguments about the development of military strategy and arms limitations with the Soviet Union, and focuses in particular on the Kennedy administration. During that period the innovations of Secretary of Defense Robert S. McNamara, the Cuban missile crisis, and the Limited Test Ban Treaty combined to establish the main lines of nuclear policy that the United States follows today. This book will have great appeal to specialists who follow the technical developments of armaments and the political responses to those developments  and to the general reader who does not feel at home in discussions of throw-weights, cruise missiles and MIRVs. Written in a clear, readable style, The Nuclear Question will be a valuable book for anyone who wishes to understand better the nuclear issues of our time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96144/cover/9780521296144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Marxist Conception of Ideology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Essay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seliger, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive and systematic account of the ways in which Marx and Engels and their immediate followers made use of the conception of ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96250/cover/9780521296250.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129648X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129648X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy of Mathematics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Readings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benacerraf, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putnam, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twentieth century has witnessed an unprecedented 'crisis in the foundations of mathematics', featuring a world-famous paradox (Russell's Paradox), a challenge to 'classical' mathematics from a world-famous mathematician (the 'mathematical intuitionism' of Brouwer), a new foundational school (Hilbert's Formalism), and the profound incompleteness results of Kurt G&#246;del. In the same period, the cross-fertilization of mathematics and philosophy resulted in a new sort of 'mathematical philosophy', associated most notably (but in different ways) with Bertrand Russell, W. V. Quine, and G&#246;del himself, and which remains at the focus of Anglo-Saxon philosophical discussion. The present collection brings together in a convenient form the seminal articles in the philosophy of mathematics by these and other major thinkers. It is a substantially revised version of the edition first published in 1964 and includes a revised bibliography. The volume will be welcomed as a major work of reference at this level in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96489/cover/9780521296489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Russian Literature since Stalin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Deming Bronson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study describes and evaluates the main trends in Soviet Russian prose and poetry since the death of Stalin in the light of the cultural, ideological, social and political developments of the past quarter-century. It relates the literary history of the period to the evolution of Soviet literature as a whole, and is the only study to approach the topic so comprehensively and in such depth. Professor Brown begins with an account of the general literary situation as it evolved during this period and describes how the Soviet literary community is organised. He then examines Soviet poets who have written since 1953 and traces the general thematic and stylistic trends that their writing represents. Beginning with Akhmatova, Pasternak, and other members of the generation of Soviet poets who established their greatness before the Revolution, the author discusses this and each succeeding generation. He concludes with a consideration of the post-World War II generation as exemplified by Voznesensky and Evtushenko.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96496/cover/9780521296496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129651X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129651X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophers of Peace and War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kant, Clausewitz, Marx, Engles and Tolstoy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallie, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intellectual eminence apart, what did Kant, Clausewitz, Marx and Engels, and Tolstoy have in common? Professor Gallic argues that they made contributions to 'international theory' - to the understanding of the character and causes of war and of the possibility of peace between nations - which were of unrivalled originality in their own times and remain of undiminished importance in ours. But these contributions have been either ignored or much misunderstood ; chiefly because, as with all intellectual efforts in unexplored fields, they were often imperfectly expressed, and were also overshadowed by their author's more striking achievements. Professor Gallic has sorted out, compared and contrasted, criticised and re-phrased the teachings of his chosen authors on peace and war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96519/cover/9780521296519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chinese</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, Jerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This general introduction to the study of the Chinese language traces its history from its beginings in the second millennium BC to the present day and provides a clear picture of the contemporary language and its sociolinguistic status. Chinese in its numerous dialect forms, has more speakers than any language in the modern world, and this vast extension in time and space brings to its study an exceptional complexity. Nevertheless, Professor Norman handles this extraordinary range of material with a deftness of organization and lucid elegance of style that make his book of real interest to any reader with only an elementary knowledge of linguistics. It includes information on the genetic and typological connections of Chinese, traditional Chinese phonology, the writing system, the classical and early vernacular languages, the modern language and the non-standard dialects, and the history of linguistic reform in China, concluding with a discussion of present and future prospects. This latest volume in the Cambridge Language Surveys will not only be welcomed by scholars and students of the Chinese language, but also by readers with a wider interest in Chinese studies and Asian language specialists in general. Like previous volumes in the series, it makes a significant contribution to general descriptive linguistics and language typology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96533/cover/9780521296533.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wagner: Parsifal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckett, Lucy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Lucy Beckett gives a comprehensive account of Wagner's last and strangest opera. The literary sources of this work, its many links with Wagner's life and thought, its libretto, music and stage history, are all thoroughly examined. There is a full commentary, with extensive quotation, on the work's critical history, and finally, a fresh assessment of its place in the Wagner canon and of its unique quality as a music drama that is both modern and Christian. Full references, a bibliography and a discography are provided. A special chapter of musical analysis is contributed by Arnold Whittall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96625/cover/9780521296625.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>W. A. Mozart: Don Giovanni</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of Mozart's Don Giovanni, his second opera to a libretto by da Ponte. Although it is one of the handful of best-known and most often performed operas of the last two hundred years, Don Giovanni is seldom given in an authentic form and arguments persist as to its nature. Julian Rushton takes the view that, notwithstanding the tragic nature of certain scenes, it must be regarded as an opera buffa. He gives a brief summary of its history and life in the theatre, but the chief historical essay (by Edward Forman) concerns the subject-matter before it reached da Ponte. The book includes a very detailed synopsis which forms the basis of an extended commentary on the librettist's handling of a plot constructed of both original and inherited ideas. Bernard Williams contributes an essay on Don Giovanni as an idea in literature and philosophy since Mozart. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography, and a discography of complete recordings compiled by Malcolm Walker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96632/cover/9780521296632.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19811228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mesoamerican Indian Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suarez, Jorge A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At least a hundred indigenous Indian languages are known to have been spoken in Mesoamerica, the cultural area that includes most of Mexico and part of South America, but it is only in the past fifty years that many of them have been adequately described. For some we still have no more than a partial description, often in an obscure source. Professor Su&#225;rez draws together this considerable mass of scholarship in a general survey that will provide an invaluable source of reference. The approach is primarily descriptive, and a major part of the volume is concerned with synchronic descriptions of phonology, morphology and syntax. The volume will be of interest and importance both to general linguists and to others with a serious interest in Mesoamerican culture and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96694/cover/9780521296694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern French Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Descombes, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott-Fox, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harding, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a critical introduction to modern French philosophy, commissioned from one of the liveliest contemporary practitioners and intended for an English-speaking readership. The dominant 'Anglo-Saxon' reaction to philosophical development in France has for some decades been one of suspicion, occasionally tempered by curiosity but more often hardening into dismissive rejection. But there are signs now of a more sympathetic interest and an increasing readiness to admit and explore shared concerns, even if these are still expressed in a very different idiom and intellectual context. Vincent Descombes offers here a personal guide to the main movements and figures of the last forty-five years. He traces over this period the evolution of thought from a generation preoccupied with the 'three H's' - Hegel, Husserl and Heidegger, to a generation influenced since about 1960 by the 'three masters of suspicion' - Marx, Nietzsche and Freud. In this framework he deals in turn with the thought of Sartre, Merleau-Ponty, the early structuralists, Foucault, Althusser, Serres, Derrida, and finally Deleuze and Lyotard. The 'internal' intellectual history of the period is related to its institutional setting and the wider cultural and political context which has given French philosophy so much of its distinctive character.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96724/cover/9780521296724.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy in France Today</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montefiore, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eleven leading contemporary French philosophers give here more or less direct presentations and exemplifications of their work. All the essays, with one exception, were specifically written for this volume and for an English-speaking readership - the exception is the first publication anywhere of Jacques Derrida's defence of his th&#232;se d'&#233;tat in 1980, based on his published works. As a collection the essays convey the style, tone and preoccupations, as well as the range and diversity, of French philosophical thinking as it is being practised today. They will stimulate and inform the rapidly growing interest in this area outside France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Consumer Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deaton, Angus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muellbauer, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The idea of duality has proved to be a powerful device in modern work on the economics of consumer behaviour. The authors have used duality to provide an integrated and accessible treatment of this subject. The book focuses on applications of the theory to welfare economics and econometric analysis. The book begins with four chapters that provide a self-contained presentation of the basic theory and its use in applied econometrics. These chapters also include elementary extensions of the theory to labour supply, durable goods, the consumption function, and rationing. The rest of the book is divided into three parts. In the first of these the authors discuss restrictions on choice and aggregation problems. The next part consists of chapters on consumer index numbers; household characteristics, demand, and household welfare comparisons; and social welfare and inequality. The last part extends the coverage of consumer behaviour to include the quality of goods and household production theory, labour supply and human capital theory, the consumption function and intertemporal choice, the demand for durable goods, and choice under uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96762/cover/9780521296762.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129679X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129679X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education and Society in Tudor England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simon, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses educational developments during a crucial period of English history in their social context, revising a long-standing interpretation of the effect of Reformation legislation. Tracing trends from the fifteenth to the seventeenth century, it is in three parts. The first considers the pattern in the later maiddle ages and the conditions favouring the spread of humanist ideas which were to be adapted and applied at the Reformation. In Part II there is a detailed survey of measures takeen under Henry VIII and during the reign of Edward VI when state intervention to control the organisation and curriculum of schools and universities laid the foundations of the modern system of education. Finally, after a review of the relation between educational and social change, the focus is on three main aspects during the conservative Elizabethan age: consolidation of the school system, the pattern devised for the institution of the gentleman; the extension of the popular education fostered by the puritan ethic and the pressure of practical needs - forecasting the next major move for educational reform in the mid-seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Basalla, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an evolutionary theory of technological change based upon recent scholarship in the history of technology and upon relevant material drawn from economic history and anthropology. It challenges the popular notion that technology advances by the efforts of a few heroic individuals who produce a series of revolutionary inventions owing little or nothing to the technological past. Therefore, the book's argument is shaped by analogies taken selectively from the theory of organic evolution, and not from the theory and practice of political revolution. Three themes appear, and reappear with variations, throughout the study. The first is diversity: an acknowledgment of the vast numbers of different kinds of made things (artifacts) that have long been available to humanity; the second is necessity: the belief that humans are driven to invent new artifacts in order to meet basic biological requirements such as food, shelter, and defense; and the third is technological evolution: an organic analogy that explains both the emergence of novel artifacts and their subsequent selection by society for incorporation into its material life without invoking either biological necessity or technological progress. Although the book is not intended to provide a strict chronological account of the development of technology, historical examples - including many of the major achievements of Western technology: the waterwheel, the printing press, the steam engine, automobiles and trucks, and the transistor - are used extensively to support its theoretical framework. The Evolution of Techology will be of interest to all readers seeking to learn how and why technology changes, including both students and specialists in the history of technology and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96816/cover/9780521296816.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tibullus: A Hellenistic Poet at Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tibullus was one of the leading poets of Augustan Rome. Professor Cairns examines in detail aspects of Tibullus' poetic craftsmanship - his learning, his interest in the meanings of words, his use of suspense and deception, his control of the structures of his elegies - and demonstrates the original qualities of Tibullus' verse. This examination is carried out by relating Tibullus' work at all points to the Hellenistic poetic tradition and the literary genres and conventions it developed. This book will be of particular interest to students of Latin and Hellenistic Greek literature, and, as all Greek is translated, it should also be useful to students of comparative literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96830/cover/9780521296830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sophocles: An Interpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winnington-Ingram, R. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this interpretation of the seven extant tragedies of Sophocles, Professor Winnington-Ingram provides not so much a straightforward account of Sophocles as an exploration of his tragic vision of the world. The Sophoclean 'hero' lies at the centre of this vision. Taking the plays individually but without losing sight of the single consistent mind behind them, the author faces the questions of how the hero is to be regarded, what we are to make of the fates he suffered and the divine powers who controlled those fates. He proceeds by a detailed study of what Sophocles wrote, by close attention to form and recurrent themes, and especially by close analysis of a number of choral odes. Students of Greek drama will find that this detailed study provides invaluable insights into the meaning of the tragedies. Greek in the text is translated or paraphrased, so that the book will also be of interest to students of the literature and drama of other cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96847/cover/9780521296847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ritual and Religion in the Making of Humanity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rappaport, Roy A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>562</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roy Rappaport argues that religion is central to the continuing evolution of life, although it has been been displaced from its original position of intellectual authority by the rise of modern science. His book, which could be construed as in some degree religious as well as about religion, insists that religion can and must be reconciled with science. Combining  adaptive and cognitive approaches to the study of humankind, he mounts a comprehensive analysis of religion's evolutionary significance, seeing it as co-extensive with the invention of language and hence of culture as we know it. At the same time he assembles the fullest study yet of religion's main component, ritual, which constructs the conceptions which we take to be religious and has been central in the making of humanity's adaptation. The text amounts to a manual for effective ritual, illustrated by examples drawn from anthropology, history, philosophy, comparative religion, and elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96908/cover/9780521296908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521296951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521296951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Themes and Conventions of Elizabethan Tragedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradbrook, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of this book formed the basis of the modern approach to Elizabethan poetic drama as a performing art, an approach pursued in subsequent volumes by Professor Bradbrook. Its influence has also extended to other fields; it has been studied by Grigori Kozintesev and Sergei Eisenstein for instance. Conventions of open stage, stylized plot and characters, and actors' traditions of presentation are related to the special expectations which a rhetorical training produced in the listeners. The general discussion of tragic conventions is followed by individual studies of how these were used by Marlowe, Tourneur, Webster and Middlewon. For this second edition Professor Bradbrook has revised her material and written a new introduction. A new final chapter on performace and characterization describes the conventions of role-playing. Dramatists before and after Shakespeare are compared with him in their methods of showing a complex identity on stage. This chapter also considers the work of Marston, Chapman and Ford in relation to the themes and conventions studied in earlier chapters, providing a link with the subsequent volumes in A History of Elizabethan Drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/96953/cover/9780521296953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129696X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129696X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521296960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on John Maynard Keynes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521296960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Milo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twenty-eight essays in this fascinating and important collection may be divided into three groups: the first is concerned with Keynes's early life and his relations with 'Bloomsbury' and Cambridge, the second with his major contributions to economics and to British and world affairs (written for the general reader as well as for economists), and the third deals with various aspects of his life and work which reveal the immense range of his intellectual and other interests. The book is, in effect, a biography by many authors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Individual and Population Aging</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spengler, Joseph J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study aims to identify and describe the principle economic issues associated with individual and population ageing. In addition, the study surveys and assess the existing knowledge - including research by scholars of many countries and different fields in the social sciences - of the economic and social problems associated with ageing. Although the study covers a wide range of issues, it focuses primarily on the economic complexities of individual ageing and the macro-economic problems that arise from age-structure changes in the population. The authors, giving examples from many countries, trace the development of concern for population ageing and examine theoretical concepts and changing demographic conditions. Cross-national econometric studies are cited along with time series and cross-sectional research on individual countries. In assessing the state of the literature on the economic problems of ageing, the authors have attempted to indicate fruitful avenues for further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97028/cover/9780521297028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Theory and Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burmeister, Edwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capital theory and dynamics are cornerstones for almost every branch of economics. Except in a fictional world where the economies of yesterday, today, and tomorrow are identical, issues of capital formation and dynamic behaviour must always arise. Although the specialist literature is technically demanding, Professor Burmeister shows that its important results can be understood and their economic significance grasped by those who do not possess the "mathematical literacy" required to follow rigorous proofs. Even if future events are known with certainty, they still influence the current economic state. This is the pure role of time. That future events are not known with certainty adds another complexity. This book focuses mainly on the pure role of time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Marx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A systematic, critical examination of Karl Marx's social theories and their philosophical presuppositions. Through extensive discussions of the texts Jon Elster offers a balanced and detailed account of Marx's views that is at once sympathetic, undogmatic and rigorous. Equally importantly he tries to assess 'what is living and what is dead in the philosophy of Marx', using the analytical resources of contemporary social science and philosophy. Professor Elster insists on the need for microfoundations in social science and provides a systematic criticism of functionalism and teleological thinking in Marx. He argues that Marx's economic theories are largely wrong or irrelevant; historical materialism is seen to have only limited plausibility (and is not even consistently applied by Marx); Marx's most lasting achievements are the criticism of capitalism in terms of alienation and exploitation and the theory of class struggle, politics and ideology under capitalism, though in these areas too Elster enters substantial qualifications. The book should take its place as the most comprehensive and sophisticated modern study available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97059/cover/9780521297059.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art and its Objects</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wollheim, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What defines a work of art and determines the way in which we respond to it? This classic reflection was written with the belief that the nature of art has to be understood simultaneously from the artist's as well as the spectator's viewpoint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97066/cover/9780521297066.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maidens, Meal and Money</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Capitalism and the Domestic Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meillassoux, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For over twenty years, Claude Meillassoux has been concerned with the study of the different modes of production which existed in Africa prior to colonisation, and the ways in which they responded to colonisation. In this book Professor Meillassoux draws both on his extensive fieldwork in Africa and on the anthropological literature to provide a detailed theoretical analysis of the self-sustaining agricultural community and its articulation with capitalism through the process of colonisation. Using evidence from the usually separated disciplines of ethnology and economics, he explores the major contradiction created by the persistence within the heart of capitalism of the self-sustaining domestic community as a means of reproduction of labour power, and shows that in fact there is a logical connection between the kinship structures which control reproduction in such communities and the forms of exploitation of workers from groups dominated by imperialism. This book offers the elements both of an advanced theory of the domestic mode of production and of a radical critique of classical and structuralist anthropology. just as Professor Meillassoux's earlier work, L'Anthropologie iconomique des Gouro de C&#244;te d'Ivoire was received as a 'turning point in the history of anthropology', this study, which goes beyond a discussion of concepts in an attempt to further the practical steps taken by Marx and Engels, represents a major contribution to the contemporary progress of historical materialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97080/cover/9780521297080.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of Giuseppe Verdi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Oberto to Un Ballo in Maschera</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldini, Gabriele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>d'Amico, Fedele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abitare la battaglia, Gabriele Baldini's study of the operas of Verdi from Oberto to Un ballo in maschera, has, since its posthumous publication in 1970, received much critical acclaim both in Italy and elsewhere. Its lack of technical language makes it easily accessible to the general music lover, but its original and sometimes controversial ideas have stimulated a great deal of discussion among Verdi specialists. The book's central concern is to present an analysis of Verdi the musical dramatist, and its conclusions constitute a radical reassessment of the vexed relationship between opera and literary form, between words and music. As Julian Budden says in his foreword: 'It blows a breath of fresh air into the weary platitudes of traditional Verdian criticism.' This English translation, The Story of Giuseppe Verdi, includes some new editorial additions, bringing various factual matters into line with recent Verdi scholarship. But the book's discussion of the music is always left to speak for itself. While many of the comments may offend the purist, they are always based on a profound knowledge and love of Verdi's operatic masterpieces as seen on the stage. They rarely fail to stimulate the reader into thinking more deeply about this immensely rich repertoire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97127/cover/9780521297127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129715X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129715X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Integration and Measure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weir, Alan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a sequel to Dr Weir's undergraduate textbook on Lebesgue Integration and Measure (CUP. 1973) in which he provided a concrete approach to the Lebesgue integral in terms of step functions and went on from there to deduce the abstract concept of Lebesgue measure. In this second volume, the treatment of the Lebesgue integral is generalised to give the Daniell integral and the related general theory of measure. This approach via integration of elementary functions is particularly well adapted to the proof of Riesz's famous theorems about linear functionals on the classical spaces C (X) and LP and also to the study of topological notions such as Borel measure. This book will be used for final year honours courses in pure mathematics and for graduate courses in functional analysis and measure theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97158/cover/9780521297158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benjamin Britten: Peter Grimes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Benjamin Britten's Peter Grimes is one of the few operas of the last half-century to have gained a secure place in the repertory. Its appearance in 1945 shortly after the end of the war in Europe was a milestone in operatic history as well as in British music. But the origins of the work lie in the United States, where Britten and his friend Peter Pears (the first Grimes) spent the years 1939-42. In 1941 they read an evocative essay by the novelist E. M. Forster on the Suffolk poet George Crabbe (1754-1832); this precipitated Britten's decision to return to his native country, and sent them both to Crabbe's poem, The Borough, which gave them the idea for the plot they drafted together. This book opens with Forster's original essay and his later one on Crabbe and Peter Grimes. From there the reader can trace the history of the opera: in Donald Mitchell's annotated interview with the wife of the librettist, Montagu Slater; in Philip Brett's detailed study of the fascinating documents preserved in the Britten-Pears Library at Aldeburgh; and in his history of the work's stage presentation and critical reception. Hans Keller's remarkable synopsis, first printed in 1952, is complemented by a fine new analytical study by David Matthews of Act II scene 1, the crux of the opera.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97165/cover/9780521297165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accents of English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accents of English is about the way English is pronounced by different people in diffeent places. Volume I provides a synthesizing introduction, which shows how accents vary not only geographically, but also with social class, formality, sex and age; and in volumes 2 and 3 the author examines in greater depth the various accents used by people who speak English as their mother tongue: the accents of the regions of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland (volume 2), and of the USA, Canada, and West Indies, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, India, Black Africa and the Far East (volume 3). Each volume can be read independently, and together they form a major scholarly survey of considerable originality, which not only includes descriptions of hitherto neglected accents, but also examines the implications for phonological theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97196/cover/9780521297196.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Participation and Political Equality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Seven-Nation Comparison</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verba, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nie, Norman H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Jae-on</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this survey of political participation in seven nations - Nigeria, Austria, Japan, India, the Netherlands, Yugoslavia and the United States - the authors examine the relationship between social, economic, and educational factors and political participation. The book provides insight into an ongoing debate among political scientists and sociologist: why is political participation in some nations distributed evenly across economic, social, and educational lines, whereas other nations foster participation only by their privileged classes? The book treats politics not only as a dependent variable influenced by socioeconomic factors, but also as an independent variable that affects levels of political participation through variations in party systems and linkages between parties and other organizations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97219/cover/9780521297219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Well-Weighed Syllables</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elizabethan Verse in Classical Metres</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sidney's statement in his Apology for Poetry that quantitative verse on the Latin model is more suitable than the accentual verse of the English tradition 'lively to express divers passions, by the low and lofty sound of the well-weighed syllable' is only one of numerous assertions of the superiority of classical over native metres made by English scholars and poets during the Renaissance, stretching from Roger Ascham some twenty years earlier to Ben Jonson some fifty years later.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97226/cover/9780521297226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Savagism and Civility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indians and Englishmen in Colonial Virginia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheehan, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When the English settlers arrived in Virginia in 1607 they carried with them a fully developed mythology about native Indian cultures. This mythology was built around the body of English writing about America that began to appear in the 1550s, prior to any significant contact between the English and the native groups, and was founded upon the assumption of the savagism of the Indian and the civility of European culture. Professor Sheehan argues that English commitment to this myth was at the root of the violence that broke out almost immediately between the settlers and the Indians. On the one hand, the Indians were seen as noble savages, free from and innocent of the deficiencies of European society. But as ignoble savages they were seen as immature, even bestial, lacking the civilising and ordering social structure that characterised European culture. Whichever perspective was adopted, this mythology was a product of the white man's world, developed without accurate information about Indian culture. This mythology justified both the exploitation that came to characterise settler-native relations and the inevitability of the violence that culminated in the massacre of 1622.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97233/cover/9780521297233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vision and Method in Historical Sociology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skocpol, Theda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the most important questions of the social sciences in the twentieth century have been posed by scholars working at the intersections of social theory and history viewed on a grand scale. The core essays of this book focus on the careers and contributions of nine of these scholars: Marc Bloch, Karl Polanyi, S. N. Eisenstadt, Reinhard Bendix, Perry Anderson, E. P. Thompson, Charles Tilly, Immanuel Wallerstein, and Barrington Moore, Jr. The essays convey a vivid sense of the vision and values each of these major scholars brings (or bought) to his work and analyze and evaluate the research designs and methods each used in his most important works. The introduction and conclusion discuss the long-running tradition of historically grounded research in sociology, while the conclusion also provides a detailed discussion and comparison of three recurrent strategies for bringing historical evidence and theoretical ideas to bear upon one another. informative, thought-provoking, and unusually practical, the book offers fascinating and relevant reading to sociologists, social historians, historically oriented political economists, and anthropologists - and, indeed, to anyone who wants to learn more about the ideas and methods of some of the best-known scholars in the modern social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97240/cover/9780521297240.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buoyancy Effects in Fluids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The phenomena treated in this book all depend on the action of gravity on small density differences in a non-rotating fluid. The author gives a connected account of the various motions which can be driven or influenced by buoyancy forces in a stratified fluid, including internal waves, turbulent shear flows and buoyant convection. This excellent introduction to a rapidly developing field, first published in 1973, can be used as the basis of graduate courses in university departments of meteorology, oceanography and various branches of engineering. This edition is reprinted with corrections, and extra references have been added to allow readers to bring themselves up to date on specific topics. Professor Turner is a physicist with a special interest in laboratory modelling of small-scale geophysical processes. An important feature is the superb illustration of the text with many fine photographs of laboratory experiments and natural phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>My Apprenticeship</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, Beatrice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>My Apprenticeship has long been cited as an important and fascinating source for students of social attitudes and conditions in late Victorian Britain, and this new paperback edition makes it once more generally available. Beatrice Webb, the eighth of the nine daughters of the railway magnate Richard Potter, was an exceptionally able person, with a zest for observation, a knack for pointed comment, and a habit of self-examination - all of which gifts she put to good account in the private diary she kept all her life and in this brilliant volume of autobiography which she based on that diary. It tells the story of a craft and a creed, of a withdrawn but talented girl, growing up in a prosperous household, who turned to social investigation and social reform, moving between the two starkly contrasted worlds of West End smart society and East End squalor. She served a hard apprenticeship, as a woman as well as a professional worker, and in a new introduction to this edition Norman MacKenzie describes the severe personal stresses which lay behind her life of dedication to social improvement, particularly her frustrated passion for Joseph Chamberlain and the troubled courtship which preceded her marriage to Sidney Webb. This volume ends on the eve of that marriage, when she was about to begin her famous and astonishingly productive collaboration with her husband. As historians, publicists and Fabian politicians the Webbs were pioneers of the modern age. The ensuring volume, which chronicles their mature career and was appropriately titled Our Partnership, is also published by the Cambridge University Press in collaboration with the London School of Economics and Political Science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97318/cover/9780521297318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of the Theory of Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Ziman's classic textbook on the theory of solids was first pulished in 1964. This paperback edition is a reprint of the second edition, which was substantially revised and enlarged in 1972. The value and popularity of this textbook is well attested by reviewers' opinions and by the existence of several foreign language editions, including German, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Polish and Russian. The book gives a clear exposition of the elements of the physics of perfect crystalline solids. In discussing the principles, the author aims to give students an appreciation of the conditions which are necessary for the appearance of the various phenomena. A self-contained mathematical account is given of the simplest model that will demonstrate each principle. A grounding in quantum mechanics and knowledge of elementary facts about solids is assumed. This is therefore a textbook for advanced undergraduates and is also appropriate for graduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97332/cover/9780521297332.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129746X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129746X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mizohata, Sigeru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The basis of this graduate-level textbook is a careful survey of a wide range of problems affecting the solution of linear partial differential equations. The book begins with a fairly elementary introduction to the theory of Fourier series of continuous functions and goes on to describe the fundamental theory of linear partial differential equations of elliptic and hyperbolic types, equations of evolution, semi-linear hyperbolic equations and selected topics on Green's functions and spectra of some special operators. The book is intended for use by pure mathematicians in functional analysis. The selection of material is interesting and differs from existing literature in European languages. This paperback edition will make it particularly attractive to graduate students in pure and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97462/cover/9780521297462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contrasting Communities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Villages in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spufford, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a detailed history of the economic, educational and religious life of three contrasting communities, Chippenham, Orwell and Willingham in Cambridgeshire from 1525 to 1700. The three villages had very difference economic settings, in which the pattern of landholding changed over this period and the general and particular reasons for the changes that took place. The study also covers the educational opportunities open to the villagers, and examines religious affairs, the effect on peasant communities of the Reformation and the disturbance in the devotional life of the ordinary villager, which often culminated in dissent and disruption under the Commonwealth. Dr Spufford has penetrated into the social life of the English village at all levels, and with fascinating detail has created a whole social universe around her villagers or a 'picture in the round' view. The book will be invaluable to economic, social, and ecclesiastical historians of England in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, as well as historians of Britain generally, and those with a special interest in Cambridgeshire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97486/cover/9780521297486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Handbook of Numerical and Statistical Techniques</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Examples Mainly from the Life Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook is designed for experimental scientists, particularly those in the life sciences. It is for the non-specialist, and although it assumes only a little knowledge of statistics and mathematics, those with a deeper understanding will also find it useful. The book is directed at the scientist who wishes to solve his numerical and statistical problems on a programmable calculator, mini-computer or interactive terminal. The volume is also useful for the user of full-scale computer systems in that it describes how the large computer solves numerical and statistical problems. The book is divided into three parts. Part I deals with numerical techniques and Part II with statistical techniques. Part III is devoted to the method of least squares which can be regarded as both a statistical and numerical method. The handbook shows clearly how each calculation is performed. Each technique is illustrated by at least one example and there are worked examples and exercises throughout the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97509/cover/9780521297509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pitmen Preachers and Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of four Durham mining villages in the period 1870 to 1926 which examines the effects of Methodism on the political life of the villages during an especially important phase of trade union and political history. Professor Moore's research is both vivid and scholarly. He lived in the community, he can report first-hand on the villagers he talked with, and at the same time he produces an ambitious contribution to the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97523/cover/9780521297523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Theory and Exhaustible Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dasgupta, P. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heal, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A presentation of the economic principles relating to the use and management of natural resources, including analysis of optimal use policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97615/cover/9780521297615.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peasant and the Raj</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Agrarian Society and Peasant Rebellion in Colonial India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These twelve essays explore the nature of south Asian agrarian society and examine the extent to which it changed during the period of British rule. The central focus of the book is directed to peasant agitation and violence and four of the studies look at the agrarian explosion that formed the background to the 1857 Mutiny. The essays give a coherent historical treatment of the Indian peasant world, and the paperback edition of this successful book will be of interest to the student of peasant studies and to the sociologist as well as to development economists and agronomists generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97707/cover/9780521297707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129780X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129780X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discovering Relativity for Yourself</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lilley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discovering Relativity for yourself explains Einstein's Theory of Relativity to readers who are daunted by the standard mathematical approach to that profound theory. For twenty years Sam Lilley taught this subject to adults with no science background. Now he has written an explanation of the theory that demands no prior knowledge of mathematics or physics beyond an ability to do simple arithmetic. The first quarter of the book uses no more than arithmetic and a little simple geometry to introduce some of the main concepts of the theory, as well as discussing an impressive experimental test, which comes down strongly in its favour. When eventually further progress demands use of algebra and other mathematical techniques, these are carefully explained in a way that makes them accessible to absolute beginners, using many new and unorthodox methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/97806/cover/9780521297806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521297907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521297907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521297905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies of Field Systems in the British Isles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521297905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butlin, Robin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An enormous amount of research into British field systems has been undertaken by historical geographers, economic historians and others since H. L. Gray's classic work on English Field Systems was published. Detailed local studies have been legion, generalized explanations of the origins and functioning of field systems few but influential in promoting further studies. This book both synthesises and advances our knowledge of field systems in the British Isles. An introduction by the editors outlines the sources and methods of studies of field systems. There then follow twelve chapters concerned with specific areas within the British Isles. In their own conclusion, the editors consider the problems and perspectives of field system studies in the context of the British Isles as a whole. This chapter is an attempt at generalisation in historical geography, generalization in relation to both existing models of British field systems and putative problems which only further research can resolve.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Bible Commentaries: New Testament 17 Volume Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Various Editors</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>3064</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reissue of Cambridge's classic series of commentaries on the New English Bible conveys some of the best biblical scholarship of its time, with many of its contributors going on to become famous scholars in their field and the church. The commentaries are designed for use in schools and colleges, as well as for the minister and general reader. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books, of the New Testament and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the general reader: there is no Greek or Hebrew and no strings of biblical reference, making them an accessible and thought provoking read. In addition to the general introductory volume, Understanding the New Testament, there is a volume of maps and plates: New Testament Illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>520.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Bible Commentaries: Apocrypha 5 Volume Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Various Editors</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reissue of Cambridge's classic series of commentaries on the New English Bible conveys some of the best biblical scholarship of its time, with many of its contributors going on to become famous scholars in their field and the church. The commentaries are designed for use in schools and colleges, as well as for the minister and general reader. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books of the Apocrypha and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the general reader: there is no Greek or Hebrew and no strings of biblical references, making them an accessible and thought provoking read.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Bible Commentaries: Old Testament 32 Volume Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Various Editors</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>7640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reissue of Cambridge's classic series of commentaries on the New English Bible conveys some of the best biblical scholarship of its time, with many of its contributors going on to become famous scholars in their field and the church. The commentaries are designed for use in schools and colleges, as well as for the minister and general reader. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books, of the Old Testament and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the general reader: there is no Greek or Hebrew and no strings of biblical reference, making them an accessible and thought provoking read. In addition to the general introductory volume, Understanding the Old Testament, there is a volume of maps and plates: Old Testament Illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1096.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Bible Commentaries: Complete 54 Volume Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Various Editors</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>12104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reissue of Cambridge's classic series of commentaries on the New English Bible conveys some of the best biblical scholarship of its time, with many of its contributors going on to become famous scholars in their field and the church. The commentaries are designed for use in schools and colleges, as well as for the minister and general reader. Each volume comments on one book, or a few short books, of the Bible and in each the text is given in full. Sections of text and commentary alternate, so that the reader does not have to keep two books open, or turn from one part of the book to the other, or refer to a commentary in small type at the foot of the page. Great care has been taken to see that the commentary is suitable for the student and the general reader: there is no Greek or Hebrew and no strings of biblical reference, making them an accessible and thought provoking read. In addition to the two general introductory volumes, there are two volumes of maps and plates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19791005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1770.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Kubla Khan' and the Fall of Jerusalem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mythological School in Biblical Criticism and Secular Literature 1770-1880</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Schaffer outlines the development of the mythological school of European Biblical criticism, especially its German origins and its reception in England, and studies the influence of this movement in the work of specific writers: Coleridge H&#246;lderlin, Browning, and George Eliot. The 'higher criticism' treated sacred scripture as literature and as history, as the product of its time, and the highest expression of a developing group consciousness; it challenged current views on the authorship and dating of the Pentateuch and the Gospels, on inspiration, prophecy, and canonicity, and formulated a new apologetics closely linked with the growth of Romantic aesthetics. The importance of this study is that it shows that readings of specific literary texts can intersect with general movements of thought and action through the scrutiny of a clearly defined intellectual discipline, here the higher criticism, which developed as a particular expression of the larger trends in the history of the period. Dr Shaffer throws light on individual works of literature, the formation between England and Germany, and the bases of European Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98070/cover/9780521298070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad's Western World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conrad's Western World traces the sources of Heart of Darkness, Nostromo, The Secret Agent and some of the short stories related to these novels. As in his highly acclaimed Conrad's Eastern World, Professor Sherry provides an interesting blend of biographical reconstruction and investigation into the originals of the main incidents and characters - Kurtz, Nostromo, Verloc and many of the minor figures as well. It has been possible to show in the study of Conrad's source material a movement away from analyses of personal experience or the narrated experiences of others to a manipulation of material entirely outside the bounds of his own experience. This change reveals also a movement in interest from personal and private dilemmas to wider and more public concerns, and shows Conrad developing a progressive sense of the frightening underside of human society. Finally, Professor Sherry considers the play of Conrad's mind over his source material and traces the development of individual works from the given sources to the completed fiction. This reconstruction of Conrad's original materials and the tracing of their development into literary works of great distinction gives us a unique insight into Conrad's preoccupations and art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98087/cover/9780521298087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China and the Overseas Chinese</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Peking's Changing Policy: 1949-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1972, this is a detailed examination of the policy of the People's Republic of China towards the overseas Chinese - those people of Chinese origin living outside China, mostly in South-East Asia. The overseas Chinese have often been regarded as a kind of fifth column used by the Chinese Communist Party to stir up revolution in their home countries. Dr Fitzgerald convincingly demonstrates the falseness of this view and traces the development of the CCP from 1949 through to the Cultural Revolution. He  has succeeded in producing a valuable, new, and carefully researched study of Chinese policy, which contains many new insights and much new material of interest to those dealing with modern Chinese politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98100/cover/9780521298100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problems of Theology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hebblethwaite, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Faculties of theology are a traditional feature of most western European universities, yet in colleges of education, schools and in some newer universities the subject is studied, if at all, under the heading of 'religious studies'. Taking the question 'Is there such a subject?' as his point of departure, the author sets out to explore the relation between theology and the broader field of religious studies. Theology primarily means 'rational talk about God', but the word is used in other wider and looser senses as well. Mr Hebblethwaite discusses in what ways it is possible for non-believers to engage in theology, and stresses the need for all to pursue the subject openly and self-critically in a religiously pluralist world. Criteria for truth-claims in religion and the problem of revelation are among the topics examined. In the course of his study the author looks at the relationship between theology and a number of adjacent subjects: psychology and the social sciences, philosophy, history and ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98117/cover/9780521298117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of Turbulent Shear Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Townsend, A. A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Turbulent flow is a most important branch of fluid dynamics yet its complexity has tended to make it one of the least understood. Empirical data have been appearing rapidly for more than twenty years but a consistent theory of turbulent flow based on the results has been lacking. The original edition of Dr Townsend's book was the first to attempt a systematic and comprehensive discussion of all kinds of turbulent motion and to provide a reliable analysis of the processes which occur. The theory and associated concepts are applied to the description of a variety of flows: free turbulent flows such as wakes and jets, wall flows in pipes and boundary layers, flows affected by buoyancy forces such as heat plumes and the atmospheric boundary layer and flows with curved streamlines. This monograph will appeal to practitioners and researchers in engineering, meteorology, oceanography, physics and applied mathematics. This paperback edition was first issued in hard covers in 1976 as a complete revision, taking into account developments since 1955, of the first edition. It will be useful as an advanced text in applied mathematics, and the other disciplines mentioned above.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98193/cover/9780521298193.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topological Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porteous, Ian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The earlier chapter of this self-contained text provide a route from first principles through standard linear and quadratic algebra to geometric algebra, with Clifford's geometric algebras taking pride of place. In parallel with this is an account, also from first principles, of the elementary theory of topological spaces and of continuous and differentiable maps that leads up to the definitions of smooth manifolds and their tangent spaces and of Lie groups and Lie algebras. The calculus is presented as far as possible in basis free form to emphasize its geometrical flavour and its linear algebra content. In this second edition Dr Porteous has taken the opportunity to add a chapter on triality which extends earlier work on the Spin groups in the chapter on Clifford algebras. The details include a number of important transitive group actions and a description of one of the exceptional Lie groups, the group G2. A number of corrections and improvements have also been made. There are many exercises throughout the book and senior undergraduates in mathematics as well as first-year graduate students will continue to find it stimulating and rewarding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98391/cover/9780521298391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Organization of Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moulton, Janice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, George M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are the essential features that permit a sentence to convey a complex idea? What must language users do in order to produce and understand meaningful sentences? And what enables humans, and perhaps apes and robots, to learn this remarkable skill? Janice Moulton and George Robinson offer a fresh and readable approach to these questions. They present an important new theory that clarifies the relationship of language to thought. This theory, which will attract considerable critical attention, combines a general analysis of language with an original cognitive model of syntax and language acquisition; it is a refreshing alternative to recent theories that attempt to formalize all aspects of the relationship of language to thought. The authors provide a helpful review of current theories- including transformational grammar and case theory- and show how they are related to their own 'orrery' and 'syntax crystal' formulations. This book includes a series of simple simulations and 'games' to help readers master the model and test for themselves how well the theory explains the complexities of human language. An appendix describes a computer model that closely follows the authors' description of language processing. This clear account will be of interest to people concerned with language from a variety of perspectives: linguists, cognitive and developmental psychologists, philosophers, computer scientists, and their students will all find it a work of major significance, one that both advances theory and provides a stimulating introduction to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98513/cover/9780521298513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty, Inequality, and Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fields, Gary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have traditionally concentrated on aggregate economic growth to measure a country's development, but previously they have also considered income distribution performance. In this book Gary Fields reverses conventional approaches by using income distribution as the primary indicator. He examines what is known about the distribution of income and poverty, inequality, and development. He explores the main causes of poverty and inequality and the extent to which they have been reduced by individual countries in the course of their economic growth. Recognizing that conclusions vary with the type of income distribution measure used, Fields proposes that changes in absolute poverty be adopted as the primary index of a developing nation's progress and suggests that the growth rate of the GNP and character of that growth be regarded as the principal determinants of the levels of poverty and inequality. This framework calls for new models new data. and new microanalytic techniques in order to understand the results of development efforts. Fields employs evidence from case studies of six developing nations to suggest some explanations for differing patterns of development and calls for development planning founded on a firm commitment to helping the poor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98520/cover/9780521298520.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leos Jan&#225;cek: K&#225;t'a Kabanov&#225;</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyrrell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>K&#225;t'a Kabanov&#225; is both the first Jan&#225;cek opera to have been performed in Britain and the one which has received the most productions in Britain and the USA. In this book John Tyrrell brings together letters, early reviews and other documents (most of them translated from Czech for the first time) on the opera's composition and its early performances. A group of key interpretations of the opera ranges from one by the opera's German translator and Jan&#225;cek's first biographer Max Brod to specially commissioned essays by Wilfrid Mellers and by David Pountney, producer of the highly successful Welsh National Opera/Scottish Opera Jan&#225;cek cycle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98537/cover/9780521298537.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129858X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129858X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Prediction Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aitchison, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunsmore, I. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Practitioners of many skills face the need to make some realistic statement about the likely outcome of a future 'experiment of interest' on the basis of observed variability of outcomes in previously conducted related experiments. In this book the authors provide the predictor with the data and formulae which will assist in accurate forecasting, and suggest that an effective answer is to be found in the concept of predictive distribution within the framework of statistical prediction analysis. An applied mathematical approach is adopted throughout and the book is aimed at readers with some statistical knowledge, final year undergraduates, numerate scientists, technologists and medical workers interested in predictive techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98582/cover/9780521298582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129861X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129861X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Abstract Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, F. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-volume course on abstract algebra provides a broad introduction to the subject for those with no previous knowledge of it but who are well grounded in ordinary algebraic techniques. It starts from the beginning, leading up to fresh ideas gradually and in a fairly elementary manner, and moving from discussion of particular (concrete) cases to abstract ideas and methods. It thus avoids the common practice of presenting the reader with a mass of ideas at the beginning, which he is only later able to relate to his previous mathematical experience. The work contains many concrete examples of algebraic structures. Each chapter contains a few worked examples for the student - these are divided into straightforward and more advanced categories. Answers are provided. From general sets, Volume 1 leads on to discuss special sets of the integers, other number sets, residues, polynomials and vectors. A chapter on mappings is followed by a detailed study of the fundamental laws of algebra, and an account of the theory of groups which takes the idea of subgroups as far as Langrange's theorem. Some improvements in exposition found desirable by users of the book have been incorporated into the second edition and the opportunity has also been taken to correct a number of errors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98612/cover/9780521298612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Probability and Statistics from a Bayesian Viewpoint</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindley, D. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two parts of this book treat probability and statistics as mathematical disciplines and with the same degree of rigour as is adopted for other branches of applied mathematics at the level of a British honours degree. They contain the minimum information about these subjects that any honours graduate in mathematics ought to know. They are written primarily for general mathematicians, rather than for statistical specialists or for natural scientists who need to use statistics in their work. No previous knowledge of probability or statistics is assumed, though familiarity with calculus and linear algebra is required. The first volume takes the theory of probability sufficiently far to be able to discuss the simpler random processes, for example, queueing theory and random walks. The second volume deals with statistics, the theory of making valid inferences from experimental data, and includes an account of the methods of least squares and maximum likelihood; it uses the results of the first volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98667/cover/9780521298667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Probability and Statistics from a Bayesian Viewpoint</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindley, D. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two parts of this book treat probability and statistics as mathematical disciplines and with the same degree of rigour as is adopted for other branches of applied mathematics at the level of a British honours degree. They contain the minimum information about these subjects that any honours graduate in mathematics ought to know. They are written primarily for general mathematicians, rather than for statistical specialists or for natural scientists who need to use statistics in their work. No previous knowledge of probability or statistics is assumed, though familiarity with calculus and linear algebra is required. The first volume takes the theory of probability sufficiently far to be able to discuss the simpler random processes, for example, queueing theory and random walks. The second volume deals with statistics, the theory of making valid inferences from experimental data, and includes an account of the methods of least squares and maximum likelihood; it uses the results of the first volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98674/cover/9780521298674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays of William Wycherley</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>`Mr Wycherley is universally allowed the first place among the English comic poets who have writ since Ben Jonson. His Plain-Dealer is the best comedy that ever was composed in any language.' Yet in spite of the extreme praise many of his contemporaries accorded to his work, William Wycherley (1641-1715) is now only remembered for one play, The Country Wife. Even though The Country Wife is frequently performed by both amateur and professional companies (including a production at the National Theatre in 1977), Wycherley's three other plays, Love in a Wood, The Gentleman Dancing-Master and The Plain-Dealer, are rarely read and even more rarely performed. But Wycherley's satire is as sharp now as ever and his revelation of the follies and crimes of his society is still both wickedly funny and savagely perceptive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Situations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Argyle, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furnham, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Jean Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book not only documents the authors' own studies of real life social situations, but also provides an extensive review of other literature in this field. Michael Argyle and his colleagues are particularly concerned with the practical applications of situational analysis - to social skills training, mental health and deviance, intergroup behaviour, personnel selection and consumer research. In addition, by concentrating on situational variables, the volume makes an important contribution to the study of personality, since personality-situational interaction is at least as important in determining behaviour as are general personality traits. During recent years there has been extensive criticism of the conduct of research in social psychology. Social Situations points the way forward to a resolution of the crisis in the discipline. It marks an important advance in our understanding of social behaviour which will interest social and clinical psychologists and sociologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98810/cover/9780521298810.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Music History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlhaus, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first thoroughgoing study in any language of the philosophy of music history. Drawing on competing philosophies of history throughout the ages, from the Enlightenment to the French structuralists, from the German idealist tradition to Russian formalism, the late Carl Dahlhaus applies the thoughts of these various schools to the specialist requirements of music history and assesses their advantages and shortcomings. Special attention is given to an appraisal of whether Marxist critiques are still viable and where they stand in need of rethinking. For this English edition, the author provided an extensive annotated bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98902/cover/9780521298902.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521298946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521298946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521298940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The African Middle Ages, 1400-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521298940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atmore, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The African Middle Ages covers the period of African history from 1400 to 1800. During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway and as maritime trade with Europe and Asia increased. The notorious slave-trade created the black population of North and South America, the Caribbean and the Indian Ocean islands. The authors, however, emphasize the extent to which Africans dealt with outsiders on equal terms. The peoples of Africa were coalescing into tribal states rather like those of early medieval Europe. These states were often capable of providing a high degree of law and order, of exploiting resources and organising trade; of redistributing the products of local industries, and of defending themselves against outside attack. Though eventually subordinated by the colonial conquests of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the tribal states of pre-colonial Africa continue to exert a powerful residual influence upon the post-colonial states of modern Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/98940/cover/9780521298940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Western Music as Exemplified in Settings of the MAss</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Georgiades, Thrysabulos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a time of ever-increasing specialisation this work focuses on the broader aspects of Western music, seeking to view its history as a whole and to probe its relationship to other aspects of Western cultural thought. Its basic point of departure is the author's concern with that main aspect of language which is also shared by music, namely rhythm. As a native of Greece Georgiades was struck by the fundamental differences in rhythmic structure between the languages of the ancient world, Greek and Latin, on the one hand and those of the modern Western world on the other and by the resulting differences in the demands thus placed on music. Here is a totally unique approach to the history of music, one which is equally far removed both from the bare factual account and from the broad survey or integrated arts view of the discipline. In its combination of close attention to detail with an unwavering awareness of the significance of the whole it reveals many new relationships and interdependencies which should be of interest to all those concerned with the history of Western intellectual-cultural thought, both in music and in other disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19830613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Analysis: A Straightforward Introduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Book 1 Logic, Sets and Numbers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Binmore, K. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In elementary introductions to mathematical analysis, the treatment of the logical and algebraic foundations of the subject is necessarily rather skeletal. This book attempts to flesh out the bones of such treatment by providing an informal but systematic account of the foundations of mathematical analysis written at an elementary level. This book is entirely self-contained but, as indicated above, it will be of most use to university or college students who are taking, or who have taken, an introductory course in analysis. Such a course will not automatically cover all the material dealt with in this book and so particular care has been taken to present the material in a manner which makes it suitable for self-study. In a particular, there are a large number of examples and exercises and, where necessary, hints to the solutions are provided. This style of presentation, of course, will also make the book useful for those studying the subject independently of taught course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99152/cover/9780521299152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labor Supply</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Killingsworth, Mark R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Labor Supply is a survey of and critical guide to recent theoretical and empirical work on labor supply models, both static and dynamic. The chapters on recent empirical studies and on dynamic models are of particular interest, because neither topic has so far been discussed in any detail in standard texts. Integrated within this survey is an extensive discussion of public policy issues relating to labor supply, including income transfer programs, such as welfare and Social Security, and the income tax system. A concluding chapter discusses secular trends in labor supply in the U.S. economy, in particular the long-run increase in female labor force participation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99169/cover/9780521299169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Topological Analysis: A Striaghtforward Introduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Book 2 Topological Ideas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Binmore, K. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the ideas from general topology that are used in elementary analysis. It is written at a level that is intended to make the bulk of the material accessible to students in the latter part of their first year of study at a university or college although students will normally meet most of the work in their second or later years. The aim has been to bridge the gap between introductory books like the author's Mathematical Analysis: A Straightforward Approach, in which carefully selected theorems are discussed at length with numerous examples, and the more advanced book on analysis, in which the author is more concerned with providing a comprehensive and elegant theory than in smoothing the ways for beginners. An attempt has been made throughout not only to prepare the ground for more advanced work, but also to revise and to illuminate the material which students will have met previously but may have not fully understood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99305/cover/9780521299305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurones without Impulses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Significance for Vertebrate and Invertebrate Nervous Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bush, B. M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent improvements in techniques of recording from single neurones have revealed that many do not usually fire impulses. This book reviews all known examples and considers how neurones can function without impulses. The results summarised are of central importance to our understanding of how nervous systems function at the cellular level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99350/cover/9780521299350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Henry Arthur Jones</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Henry Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Arthur Jones was among the most prominent British dramatists of his day. A contemporary of Pinero, Wilde and Shaw, he did his best to elevate drama to the level of literature whilst constructing plays that were also successful in the commercial theatre. Though some of his contemporaries considered him cynical and daring, he strove to confront major issues without offending accepted social and dramatic conventions. This volume contains three of Jones's ninety-odd plays, representing the best of his work in different styles: melodrama and society drama. The Silver King (1882), the story of a man, falsely accused of murder, was Jones's first great success. It is one of the best melodramas ever written, and won high praise from Matthew Arnold for its literary merit and convincing characterisation. Jones's interest in the 'New Woman' of the 1890s is expressed in the lively dialogue of The Case of Rebellious Susan (1894), whose heroine is advised to renounce her new lover and return to her faithless husband - scarely a radical conclusion, but sympathetically handled. The Liars (1897) is a fine comedy of manners which again considers the question of marriage and the role of women in society. Dr Jackson's full introduction places Jones in the context of late Victorian society and theatre and describes his other literary activities - the published letters and essays on drama - as well as discussing some of the plays not included here. The volume is illustrated by contemporary production prints.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99367/cover/9780521299367.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19821108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129939X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129939X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Tom Robertson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society, Ours, Caste, School</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tydeman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'After years of sham heroics and superhuman balderdash, Caste delighted everyone by its freshness, its nature, its humanity.' Thus, after watching a revival in 1897, did Shaw generously recognize the impact made thirty years earlier by Tom Robertson's best-known play. Yet, in spite of the acknowledged importance of these seminal dramas, they are not easily accessible in print, and this edition therefore comprises four of Robertson's most successful comedies: Society (1865), Ours (1866), Caste (1867) and School (1869). Beginning his career as a theatrical hack-of-all-trades, Robertson ultimately found his niche with the Bancrofts at the Prince of Wales's Theatre, establishing a vogue for comedies of everyday Victorian life, and creating vehicles for casts whose particular talents he learnt to exploit. The playwright's distinctive trademarks - fairytale contrivance and domestic realism, tender romance and mild debunking of convention - offered a refreshing change from the prevailing genres of burlesque and melodrama. William Tydeman's substantial introduction follows each phase of Robertson's creative development, stressing the historical significance of his works as well as their intrinsic merits as drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measurement in the Social Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Link Between Theory and Data</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zeller, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carmines, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook is designed to bridge the gap between the theorist and the methodologist by presenting an integrated approach to measurement. By differentiating between random and systematic error, it conveys both statistical techniques and their theoretical underpinnings essential to students of sociology and political science. Rather than developing new technical methods of new theoretical structures, Professors Zeller and Carmines provide thorough explanations of the assumptions, limitations and interpretations of previously established techniques and theories. Written at a level accessible to students of social science with some statistical training, the book does not presume a sophisticated mathematical background.  By concentrating on synthesizing the methodological and theoretical realms, Zeller and Carmines demonstrate why measurement considerations are important to research and how measurement principles can be most effectively applied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99411/cover/9780521299411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19800714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052129942X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052129942X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Platonists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patrides, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the selected discourses of four seventeenth-century philosophers, carefully chosen to illustrate the tenets characteristic of the influential movement known as Cambridge Platonism. Fundamental to their beliefs is the statement most clearly voiced by Benjamin Whichcote, their leader by common consent, that the spiritual is not opposed to the rational, nor Grace to nature. Religion is based on reason, even in the presence of 'mystery'. Free will and Grace are not mutually exclusive. The editor's comprehensive introduction delineates the main principles of the Cambridge Platonists, in the light of their heritage. It compares their attitude to contemporary thought, stressing their mistrust both of institutionalised religion and of the rising tide of materialism. The sermons are reprinted from the original texts and fully annotated with comparisons and references to a wide range of works. The editor also includes a useful list for further reading, biographical notes and a comprehensive index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99428/cover/9780521299428.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Indo-Aryan Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masica, Colin P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his ambitious survey of the Indo-Aryan languages, Colin Masica has provided a fundamental introduction which will interest not only general and theoretical linguists but also students of one or more of these languages who want to acquaint themselves with the broader linguistic context. Generally synchronic in approach, concentrating on the phonology, morphology and syntax of the modern representatives of the group, the volume also covers their historical development, areal context, writing systems and aspects of sociolinguistics.  The survey is organised not on a language-by-language basis but by topic, so that salient theoretical issues may be discussed in a comparative context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99442/cover/9780521299442.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Work and Revolution in France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Language of Labor from the Old Regime to 1848</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sewell, Jr, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Work and Revolution in France is particularly appropriate for students of French history interested in the crucial revolutions that took place in 1789, 1830, and 1848. Sewell has reconstructed the artisans' world from the corporate communities of the old regime, through the revolutions in 1789 and 1830, to the socialist experiments of 1848. Research has revealed that the most important class struggles took place in craft workshops, not in 'dark satanic mills'. In the 1830s and 1840s, workers combined the collectivism of the corporate guild tradition with the egalitarianism of the revolutionary tradition, producing a distinct artisan form of socialism and class consciousness that climaxed in the Parisian Revolution of 1848. The book follows artisans into their everyday experience of work, fellowship, and struggles and places their history in the context of wider political, economic, and social developments. Sewell analyzes the 'language of labor' in the broadest sense, dealing not only with what the workers and others wrote and said about labour but with the whole range of institutional conventions, economic practices, social struggles, ritual gestures, customs, and actions that gave the workers' world a comprehensive shape.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99510/cover/9780521299510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Working Class in Modern British History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Henry Pelling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winter, Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thirteen essays in this book reflect the dual character of writing about the history of the British working class. The first section focuses on the outlook, organization, and policies of the Labour movement. The second section is concerned with central aspects of the social history of the working class. Together, these essays provide striking evidence of the ways in which the experience of class has pervaded virtually every corner of this nation's public life. They also show that the mixed political record of organized Labour, its hesitations and failures as well as its struggles and successes, cannot be understood without a full appreciation of the collective and individual lives of working people outside the political arena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99541/cover/9780521299541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Printing Press as an Agent of Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenstein, Elizabeth L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>832</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in two volumes, The Printing Press as an Agent of Change is now issued in a paperback edition containing both volumes. The work is a full-scale historical treatment of the advent of printing and its importance as an agent of change. Professor Eisenstein begins by examining the general implications of the shift from script to print, and goes on to examine its part in three of the major movements of early modern times - the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the rise of modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99558/cover/9780521299558.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Problem Reconsidered:Germany and the World Order 1870 to the Present</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calleo, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this provocative book, David Calleo surveys German history - not to present new material but to look afresh at the old. He argues that recent explanations for Germany's external conflicts have focused on flaws in the country's traditional political institutions and culture. These German-centred explanations are convenient Calloe notes, for they tend to exonerate others from their responsibilities in bringing about two world wars, namely the American and Russian hegemonies in Europe. As a result of this approach the big questions in German history are still answered with the ageing clich&#233;s of a generation ago despite the proliferation of German historical studies. Throughout Professor Calleo examines with some scepticism the concept of Germany's uniqueness and its consequences. In effect, his study stresses the continuing relevance of traditional issues among the Western states. This book, he asserts, should be regarded as a modest dissent from the prevailing view that history either began or ended in 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99664/cover/9780521299664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19810330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of International Trade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dual, General Equilibrium Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixit, Avinash</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book expounds trade theory emphasizing that a trading equilibrium is general rather than partial, and is often best modelled using dual or envelope functions. This yields a compact treatment of standard theory, clarifies some errors and confusions, and produces some new departures. In particular, the book (i) gives unified treatments of comparative statics and welfare, (ii) sheds new light on the factor-price equalization issue, (iii) treats the modern specific-factor model in parallel with the usual Heckscher-Ohlin one, (iv) analyses the balance of payments in general equilibrium with flexible and fixed prices, (v) studies imperfect competition and intra-industry trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99695/cover/9780521299695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A First Course of Homological Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on a series of lectures given at Sheffield during 1971-72, this text is designed to introduce the student to homological algebra avoiding the elaborate machinery usually associated with the subject. This book presents a number of important topics and develops the necessary tools to handle them on an ad hoc basis. The final chapter contains some previously unpublished material and will provide additional interest both for the keen student and his tutor. Some easily proven results and demonstrations are left as exercises for the reader and additional exercises are included to expand the main themes. Solutions are provided to all of these. A short bibliography provides references to other publications in which the reader may follow up the subjects treated in the book. Graduate students will find this an invaluable course text as will those undergraduates who come to this subject in their final year.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99763/cover/9780521299763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19801103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521299780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521299780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521299787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval and Modern Greek</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521299787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browning, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To speakers of modern Greek the Homeric poems of the 7th century BC are not written in a foreign language. The Greek language has enjoyed a continuous tradition from earliest times until now. This book traces its history from the immediately post-classical or Hellenistic period to the present day. The aim is both to analyse the changing structure of a language stabilised by a peculiarly long and continuous literary tradition, and to show how changing historical circumstances are reflected in its development. In particular the historical roots of modern Greek's internal bilingualism are traced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/99787/cover/9780521299787.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19831017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521300061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521300061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521300063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521300063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, George Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Surveying the beginnings of critical consciousness in Greece and proceeding to the writings of Aristophanes, Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic and Roman authors, this volume is not only for classicists but for those with no Greek or Latin who are interested in the origins of literary history, theory, and criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00063/cover/9780521300063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130007X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130007X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521300070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521300070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Minnis, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>882</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first-ever history of the literary theory and criticism produced during the Middle Ages that covers all the main traditions in Latin, the major European vernaculars and Byzantine Greek. Starting with the study of grammar and the formal 'arts' of poetry, letter-writing and preaching, it proceeds to offer a full description of the Latin commentary tradition on classical and classicising literature, followed by explanations of medieval views on literary imagination and memory and the ways in which certain texts were believed to achieve moral profit through pleasure. Subsequent essays explore the diverse theoretical and critical traditions which developed in the vernacular languages, ranging from Medieval Irish to Old Norse, Occitan to Middle High German, concentrating particularly on Dante and his commentators and Italian humanist criticism. The volume concludes with an examination of the attitudes to literature and its uses in Greek Byzantium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00070/cover/9780521300070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130010X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130010X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521300100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521300100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Marshall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the celebrated Cambridge History of Literary Criticism series addresses literary criticism of the Romantic period, chiefly in Europe. Its seventeen chapters are by internationally-respected academics and explore a range of key topics and themes. The book is designed to help readers locate essential information and to develop approaches and viewpoints for a deeper understanding of issues discussed by Romantic critics or those that were fundamental to their works. Primary and secondary bibliographies provide a guide for further research. The coverage of the book, focusing on themes and genres but drawing in discussion of the key authors, has made the hardback edition the standard reference work on the period c.1780-c.1830. These remain in many ways the formative years for modern Anglo-American as well as European literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00100/cover/9780521300100.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521300428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521300428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521300421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singular-Perturbation Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction with Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521300421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an introduction to singular-perturbation problems, problems which depend on a parameter in such a way that solutions behave non-uniformly as the parameter tends toward some limiting value of interest. The author considers and solves a variety of problems, mostly for ordinary differential equations. He constructs (approximate) solutions for oscillation problems, using the methods of averaging and of multiple scales. For problems of the nonoscillatory type, where solutions exhibit 'fast dynamics' in a thin initial layer, he derives solutions using the O'Malley/Hoppensteadt method and the method of matched expansions. He obtains solutions for boundary-value problems, where solutions exhibit rapid variation in thin layers, using a multivariable method. After a suitable approximate solution is constructed, the author linearizes the problem about the proposed approximate solution, and, emphasizing the use of the Banach/Picard fixed-point theorem, presents a study of the linearization. This book will be useful to students at the graduate and senior undergraduate levels studying perturbation theory for differential equations, and to pure and applied mathematicians, engineers, and scientists who use differential equations in the modelling of natural phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00421/cover/9780521300421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521300886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521300886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521300889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in the Age of Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Early Nineteenth-Century Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521300889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reardon, Bernard M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents studies of early-nineteenth century religious thought in Germany, France and Italy in so far as it reflected the influence of the Romantic movement. Romanticism may be notoriously difficult to define, but the cast of mind usually associated with it - manifest in philosophy, theology and social theory as well as in literature, music and the visual arts - is never hard to detect, even though the forms of its expression may vary widely. The authors considered, including Schleiermacher, Hegel, Schelling, Rosmini, Lamennais, Renan and Comte, all took religion seriously as voicing a fundamental impulse of the human spirit, even if the doctrines and institutions of Christianity had in their view to be either radically modified or else rejected outright. They were not satisfied with what they were apt to regard as the 'soulless' rationalism of the preceding century, as equally they feared the growing encroachment of natural science upon the freedom and indeed the self-identity of the human consciousness. A middle way, they sensed, had to be found - one grounded in man's moral and aeshetic experience - between the old orthodoxy and sterile unbelief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/00889/cover/9780521300889.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>944</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fullest and richest account of the American Renaissance available in any literary history. The narratives in this volume made for a four-fold perspective on literature: social, cultural, intellectual and aesthetic. Michael D. Bell describes the social conditions of the literary vocation that shaped the growth of a professional literature in the United States. Eric Sundquist draws upon broad cultural patterns: his account of the writings of exploration, slavery, and the frontier is an interweaving of disparate voices, outlooks and traditions. Barbara L. Packer's sources come largely from intellectual history: the theological and philosophical controversies that prepared the way for transcendentalism. Jonathan Arac's categories are formalist: he sees the development of antebellum fiction as a dialectic of prose genres, the emergence of a literary mode out of the clash of national, local and personal forms. Together, these four narratives constitute a basic reassessment of American prose-writing between 1820 and 1865. It is an achievement that will remain authoritative for our time and that will set new directions for coming decades in American literary scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01060/cover/9780521301060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>826</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume covers a pivotal era in the formation of American identity. Four leading scholars connect the literature with the massive historical changes then underway. Richard Brodhead describes the foundation of a permanent literary culture in America. Nancy Bentley locates the origins of nineteenth century Realism in an elite culture's responses to an emergent mass culture, embracing high literature (writers like William Dean Howells and Henry James) as well as a wide spectrum of cultural outsiders: African Americans, women, and Native Americans. Walter Benn Michaels emphasizes the critical role that turn-of-the-century fiction played in the re-evaluation of the individual at the advent of modern bureaucracy. Susan L. Mizruchi analyzes the literary responses to a new national heterogeneity that helped shape the multicultural future of modern America. Together, these narratives constitute the richest, most detailed account to date of American literature and culture between 1860 and 1920.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01077/cover/9780521301077.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first complete narrative history of nineteenth-century American poetry. Barbara Packer explores the neoclassical and satiric forms mastered by the early Federalist poets; the creative reaches of once-celebrated, and still compelling, poets like Longfellow and Whittier; the distinctive lyric forms developed by Emerson and the Transcendentalists. Shira Wolosky provides a new perspective on the achievement of female poets of the period, as well as a close appreciation of African-American poets, including the collective folk authors of the Negro spirituals. She also illuminates the major works of the period, from Poe through Melville and Crane, to Whitman and Dickinson. The authors of this volume discuss this extraordinary literary achievement both in formal terms and in its sustained engagement with changing social and cultural conditions. In doing so they recover and elucidate American poetry of the nineteenth century for our twenty-first century pleasure, profit, and renewed study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01084/cover/9780521301084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fullest account to date of American poetry and literary criticism in the Modernist period. Andrew Dubois and Frank Lentricchia examine the work of Robert Frost, T. S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, and Wallace Stevens. They show how the conditions of literary production in a democratic, market-driven society forced the boldest of the Modernists to try to reconcile their need for commercial remuneration with their knowledge that their commitment to high art might never pay. Irene Ramalho Santos broadens the scope of the poetic scene through attention to a wide diversity of writers - with special emphasis on writers including Gertrude Stein, Marianne Moore, and Langston Hughes. William Cain traces both the rise of an internationalist academic aesthetics and the process by which the study of a distinctive national literature was instituted. Considered together, these three narratives convey the astonishing Modernist poetic achievement in its full cultural, institutional, and aesthetic complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01091/cover/9780521301091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Literary Hermeneutics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szondi, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodmansee, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinsheimer, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Szondi is widely regarded as being among the most distinguished post-war literary critics. This first English edition of one of his most lucid and interesting series of lectures opens up his work in hermeneutics for English-speaking readers. The question of what is involved in understanding a text occupied Biblical and legal scholars long before it became a concern of literary critics. Peter Szondi here traces the development of hermeneutics through examination of the work of eighteenth-century German scholars. Ordinarily treated only as prefigurations of Schleiermacher, the work of Enlightenment theorists Johann Martin Chladenius, George Friedrich Meier, and Friedrich Ast yields valuable insight into the 'material theory' of interpretation, on which a practical interpretive methodology might be built.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01114/cover/9780521301114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biophysical Basis of Excitability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferreira, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A sound knowledge of biology, mathematics, physics and chemistry in needed to understand how excitable cells function and the many basic concepts involved in acquiring this knowledge are described from first principles in this book. As these principles equally apply to other biological fields such as the study of membrane transport, artificial membranes, signal capturing, analysis in biological systems and general applications of mathematics and physics to biology, they are of general interest. An important feature of the book is the appendices, in which mathematical functions are derived, and which ensure the usefulness of the volume as a reference manual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01510/cover/9780521301510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organogenesis of the Kidney</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saxen, Lauri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This description of a model system for cell differentiation and organogenesis is written by one of the foremost researchers in the area. The main emphasis is on the mammalian kidney, but the book also deals with the development of the transien excretory organs. It includes discussions of induction, proliferation, early cytodifferentiation and morphogenesis and organogenesis. This authoritative account will be valuable to developmental biologists and also to scientists working in paediatric nephrology. As it gives the background of normal development and of control systems, it will also be of use to nephrologists working on abnormalities in the urinary tract.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01527/cover/9780521301527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130170X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130170X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Experimental Particle Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fernow, Richard Clinton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together the most important topics in experimental particle physics over the past forty years to give a brief but balanced overview of the subject. The author begins by reviewing particle physics and discussing electromagnetic and nuclear interactions. He then goes on to discuss three nearly universal aspects of particle physics experiments: beams, targets, and fast electronics. The second part of the book treats in detail the properties of various types of particle detector, such as scintillation counters, Cerenkov counters, proportional chambers, drift chambers, sampling calorimeters, and specialized detectors. Wherever possible the author attempts to enumerate the advantages and disadvantages of performance. Finally, he discusses aspects of specific experiments, such as properties of triggers, types of measurement, spectrometers, and the integration of detectors into coherent systems. Throughout the book, each chapter begins with a discussion of the basic principles involved, followed by selective examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79403/cover/9780521379403.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narcissism, Collectivism, and the Development of Morals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westen, Drew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relation between individual and collective processes is central to the social sciences, yet difficult to conceptualize because of the necessity of crossing disciplinary boundaries. The result is that researchers in different disciplines construct their own implicit, and often unsatisfactory, models of either individual or collective phenomena, which in turn influence their theoretical and empirical work. In this book, Drew Westen attempts to cross these boundaries, proposing an interdisciplinary approach to personality, to culture, and to the relation between the two. Part I of the book sets forth a model of personality that integrates psychodynamic analysis with an understanding of cognitively mediated conditioning and social learning. In Part II, Westen offers a view of culture that blends symbolic and materialist modes of discourse, examining the role of both ideals and 'material' needs in motivating symbolic as well as concrete social structural processes. In Part III, he combines these models of personality and culture through an examination of cultural evolution and stasis, identity and historical change, and the impact of technological development on personality. Throughout the book, Westen provides reviews of the state of the art in a variety of fields, including personality theory, moral development, ego development, and culture theory. He also addresses and recasts central issues in psychology, sociology, anthropology, and social theory, such as the relations between emotion and cognition; social learning and psychodynamics; ideals and material forces; and individual and collective action. His book will appeal to students and scholars in all the social sciences, as well as to any reader concerned with understanding the relation between individuals and the world in which they live.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01718/cover/9780521301718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideologies and Institutions in Urban France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Representation of Immigrants</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grillo, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increasingly, anthropological techniques have been applied to the study of urban life in Western Europe. In this book, based on intensive fieldwork in a major French provincial city (Lyon), Grillo shows how an anthropological perspective enhances our understanding of institutional processes and ideological forces in industrial society, presenting a detailed account of relations between the indigenous French population and immigrant workers and their families of non-French origin. The framework of the book is provided by two linked themes. First, the study shows how the situation of immigrants is represented ideologically by various elements of French society, as well as by the immigrants themselves, in different ways as 'problematic'. Dr Grillo examines this ideological dimension initially by contrasting the discourses of the political Right and Left concerning a range of immigrant 'problems', for example in the fields of housing, family life, school, language use and work. He then shows that not only are there significant ideological differences within both Right and Left, but also similarities between them which stem from certain basic cultural preoccupations of French thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01794/cover/9780521301794.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Democratic Dilemma</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, Reform, and the Social Order in the Connecticut River Valley of Vermont, 1791-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Randolph A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Democratic Dilemma seeks to explain Vermonters' extraordinary faith and idealism. It argues that Vermonters, as the most radical democrats of the Age of Revolution and conservators of New England's traditions, faced a dilemma: how to reconcile their commitment to competition, toleration, and popular sovereignty with their desire to defend an orderly and pious way of life. By embedding democratic ideals in their institutions and their society. Denominations and political parties clashed, townspeople and church members proved ungovernable, and young people grew wayward and rebellious. An economic and demographic crisis in the 1830s and 1840s compounded these problems by denying many inhabitants what they wanted most independent shops and farms for themselves and their descendants. None of these problems could he solved without restraining spiritual, political, and economic freedom and compromising the principles of Vermont's revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01831/cover/9780521301831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521301998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521301998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521301992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521301992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Averil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>982</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume covers the history of the Roman Empire from the accession of Septimius Severus in AD 193 to the death of Constantine in AD 337. This period was one of the most critical in the history of the Mediterranean world. It begins with the establishment of the Severan dynasty as a result of civil war. From AD 235 this period of relative stability was followed by half a century of short reigns of short-lived emperors and a number of military attacks on the eastern and northern frontiers of the empire. This was followed by the First Tetrarchy (AD 284-305), a period of collegial rule in which Diocletian, with his colleague Maximian and two junior Caesars (Constantius and Galerius), restabilised the empire. The period ends with the reign of the first Christian emperor, Constantine, who defeated Licinius and established a dynasty which lasted for thirty-five years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/01992/cover/9780521301992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Averil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>905</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the publication of Volume 13 The Cambridge Ancient History moves into fresh territory. The first edition was completed by Volume 12 which closed in AD 324. The editors of the new edition have enlarged the scope of Volume 12 to include the foundation of Constantinople and the death of Constantine, and extended the series with two new volumes taking the history down to AD 600. Volume 13 covers the years 337-425, from the death of Constantine to the reign of Theodosius II. It begins with a series of narrative chapters, followed by a part on government and institutions. The economy and society of the Empire are grouped together, as are chapters on foreign relations and the barbarian world. A part on religion marks the importance of Christianity in the Roman Empire by this period. The volume concludes with chapters on the various literary cultures of the Empire, and on art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02005/cover/9780521302005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Truth and Convention in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rhetoric, Representation and Reality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morse, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Medieval assumptions about the nature of the representation involved in literary and historical narratives were widely different from our own. Writers and readers worked with a complex understanding of the relations between truth and convention, in which accounts of presumed fact could be expanded, embellished, or translated in a variety of accepted ways. Ruth Morse's challenging and wide-ranging book explores how these assumptions operated in a broad range of genres, including romance, history, and biography. The book recovers the rhetorical principles which governed the creation and interpretation of such writings, and demonstrates their educational centrality in medieval Europe. Drawing upon this background, Truth and Convention in the Middle Ages examines in detail the diverse ways in which ostensibly 'historical' narratives established their legitimacy, notably through their invocation of earlier textual authorities or 'sources'. In analysing these complex processes of narrative reconstruction, this lucid and accessible book itself reconstructs medieval habits of reading and writing, and raises far-reaching questions about language and representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02111/cover/9780521302111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cauchy Problem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fattorini, Hector O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerber, Adalbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>668</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with the Cauchy or initial value problem for linear differential equations. It treats in detail some of the applications of linear space methods to partial differential equations, especially the equations of mathematical physics such as the Maxwell, Schr&#246;dinger and Dirac equations. Background material presented in the first chapter makes the book accessible to mathematicians and physicists who are not specialists in this area as well as to graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02388/cover/9780521302388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Birkhoff Interpolation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lorentz, G. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jetter, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riemenschneider, S. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reference book provides the main definitions, theorems and techniques in the theory of Birkhoff interpolation by polynomials. The book begins with an article by G. G. Lorentz that discusses some of the important developments in approximation and interpolation in the last twenty years. It presents all the basic material known at the present time in a unified manner. Topics discussed include; applications of Birkhoff interpolation to approximation theory, quadrature formulas and Chebyshev systems; lacunary interpolation at special knots and an introduction to the theory of Birkhoff interpolation by splines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02395/cover/9780521302395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The One-Dimensional Heat Equation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, John Rozier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browder, Felix E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a version of Gevrey's classical treatise on the heat equations. Included in this volume are discussions of initial and/or boundary value problems, numerical methods, free boundary problems and parameter determination problems. The material is presented as a monograph and/or information source book. After the first six chapters of standard classical material, each chapter is written as a self-contained unit except for an occasional reference to elementary definitions, theorems and lemmas in previous chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02432/cover/9780521302432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130279X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130279X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liquid Metals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Concepts and Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>March, Norman Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liquid metals remain of both fundamental and technological interest and the concepts needed to understand their properties are set out in this book, starting from a survey of the basic experimental facts to be explained. The quantitative theory of liquid pair correlation functions, effective ion-ion interactions, thermodynamic properties and electronic and atomic transport is then developed. The book goes on to discuss inelastic neutron scattering, critical behaviour, magnetism, the liquid/metal surface, binary liquid metal alloys, the two component theory of pure liquid metals, shock wave studies, liquid hydrogen plasmas and the constitution of giant planets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02791/cover/9780521302791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130282X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130282X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interacting Boson Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iachello, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arima, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interacting boson model was introduced in 1974 as an attempt to describe collective properties of nuclei in a unified way. Since 1974, the model has been the subject of many investigations and it has been extended to cover most aspects of nuclear structure. This book gives an account of the properties of the interacting boson model. In particular, this book presents the mathematical techniques used to analyze the structure of the model. It also collects in a single, easily accessible reference all the formulas that have been developed throughout the years to account for collective properties of nuclei. Suitable for both theorists and experimentalists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02821/cover/9780521302821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521302854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521302854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521302852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surnames and Genetic Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521302852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lasker, Gabriel Ward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Surnames are inherited in much the same way as are biological traits. Since surnames were generally adopted - in Europe during Medieval times - their distribution has become very uneven: analysis of the present geographic patterns provides an insight into the kind of redistribution of genes that has resulted from all the migrations of the intervening years.  Using non-technical language and a minimum of mathematics, this book presents a lucid description and evaluation of these studies of the genetic structure of human populations. A special feature is the appendix which presents computer-generated maps and distribution diagrams of 100 common surnames in England and Wales.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/02852/cover/9780521302852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521303001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521303001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521303002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategies and Norms in a Changing Matrilineal Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Descent, Succession and Inheritance among the Toka of Zambia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521303002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holy, Ladislav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this book is the analysis of the changes that have occurred in the kinship patterns of the Toka of South Zambia as a result of a shift in their form of production from hoe agriculture to ox-drawn ploughing. Dr Holy uses the rich, detailed ethnography that he provides about these changes to confront several theoretical issues of current anthropological interest, as well as to examine the basic methodological problems of anthropological enquiry. Emphasizing the distinction between the conceptual and cognitive world of the actors, and the transactions and events in which they engage, he argues that anthropological explanation has to account not only for structure, but also for the purposeful interaction between actors that generates that structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/03002/cover/9780521303002.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521303141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521303141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521303149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Height, Health and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nutritional Status in the United Kingdom, 1750-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521303149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Floud, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wachter, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Annabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In historical accounts of the circumstances of ordinary people's lives, nutrition has been the great unknown. Nearly impossible to measure or assess directly, it has nonetheless been held responsible for the declining mortality rates of the nineteenth century as well as being a major factor in the gap in living standards, morbidity and mortality between rich and poor. The measurement of height is a means of the direct assessment of nutritional status. This important and innovative study uses a wealth of military and philanthropic data to establish the changing heights of Britons during the period of industrialization, and thus establishes an important dimension to the long-standing controversy about living standards during the Industrial Revolution. Sophisticated quantitative analysis enables the authors to present some striking conclusions about the actual physical status of the British people during a period of profound social and economic upheaval, and Height, Health and History will provide an invigorating statistical edge to many debates about the history of the human body itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/03149/cover/9780521303149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521303273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521303273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521303279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Aid, War, and Economic Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>South Vietnam, 1955-1975</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521303279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dacy, Douglas C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Foreign Aid, War, and Economic Development traces the economic history of South Vietnam from 1955 to 1975. During this period encompassing the Vietnam war, high-level officials paid relatively little attention to the economy of South Vietnam even though economic development was a necessary condition for the country's survival. A generous foreign aid program was designed to pay local troops and improve the standard of living of the population. Professor Dacy documents this growth in national income and the progress or lack thereof in a number of development indicators. He discusses the goals of United States economic aid and measures the net resources transferred. Additionally, the book analyzes wartime inflation and the Vietnamese tax system, and in so doing shows that the measures which would have promoted long-run viability were shunned in favor of short-run expediencies that practically doomed the country in the long run. Finally, economic development in South Vietnam is compared to that in Israel, South Korea, and Taiwan, three nations that faced high military threats during the same period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/03279/cover/9780521303279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521303451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521303451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521303453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Earthquake Source Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521303453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kostrov, B. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Das, Shamita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kostrov and Das present a general theoretical model summarizing our current knowledge of fracture mechanics as applied to earthquakes and earthquake source processes. Part I explains continuum and fracture mechanics, providing the reader with some background and context. Part II continues with a discussion of the inverse problem of earthquake source theory and a description of the seismic moment tensor. Part III presents specific earthquake source models. Although data processing and acquisition techniques are discussed only in simplified form for illustrative purposes, the material in this book will aid in better orienting and developing these techniques. The aim of this book is to explore the phenomena underlying earthquake fracture and present a general theoretical model for earthquake source processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/03453/cover/9780521303453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521303664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521303664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521303668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transatlantic Manners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Patterns in Nineteenth-Century Anglo-American Travel Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521303668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mulvey, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christopher Mulvey has entered the world of travellers writing about their journeys abroad - Americans in their travels through England, and the English in their forays to the United States - during the eighty years following the end of the 1812-15 War. The writings of travellers from one country about the other dispel the myth that good manners were a universal value, and any variations were to be explained in terms of moral or political corruptions of one or the other nation. The impact of different yet somehow familiar cultures is highlighted in chapters which explore the contemporary issues of the nineteenth-century American woman, slavery, and the English poor. Mulvey also examines the American traveller's view of such English institutions as those of the gentleman, the aristocracy, and the servant and, in comparison, the English opinion of American merchant society, planter society and the American West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/03668/cover/9780521303668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304067</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativistic Fluids and Magneto-fluids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Applications in Astrophysics and Plasma Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anile, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly acclaimed series of monographs provides introductory accounts of specialized topics in mathematical physics for graduate students and research workers. The monographs in this series are of outstanding scholarship and written by those at the very frontiers of research. Subject areas covered include cosmology, astrophysics, relativity theory, particle physics, quantum theory, nuclear physics, statistical mechanics, condensed matter physics, plasma physics and the theory of chaos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04061/cover/9780521304061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lignans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chemical, Biological and Clinical Properties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayres, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loike, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lignans are widely occurring plant compounds and are closely related to lignin, which forms the woody component of trees and other plants. The lignans are characterized by their dimeric composition from cinnamic acids, and they are attracting increasing attention as a result of their pharmacological properties. The volume surveys the chemical, biological and clinical properties of lignans as well as providing information on their isolation, purification, identification and chemical synthesis. The volume also explores fully the potential use of these compounds as antiviral and antitumour agents, and thus provides a wide-ranging survey of their pharmacology and chemistry. The text is fully documented and referenced and provides the only up-to-date compilation on this subject. The volume is suitable for research scientists in the fields of organic chemistry, biochemistry, oncology, pharmacology, toxicology and botany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04214/cover/9780521304214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Model Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodges, Wilfrid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>788</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an up-to-date and integrated introduction to model theory, designed to be used for graduate courses (for students who are familiar with first-order logic), and as a reference for more experienced logicians and mathematicians. Model theory is concerned with the notions of definition, interpretation and structure in a very general setting, and is applied to a wide variety of other areas such as set theory, geometry, algebra (in particular group theory), and computer science (e.g. logic programming and specification). Professor Hodges emphasises definability and methods of construction, and introduces the reader to advanced topics such as stability. He also provides the reader with much historical information and a full bibliography, enhancing the book's use as a reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04429/cover/9780521304429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130444X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130444X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conceptual Anomalies in Economics and Statistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lessons from the Social Experiment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neuberg, Leland Gerson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do economics and statistics succeed in explaining human social behaviour? To answer this question. Leland Gerson Neuberg studies some pioneering controlled social experiments. Starting in the late 1960s, economists and statisticians sought to improve social policy formation with random assignment experiments such as those that provided income guarantees in the form of a negative income tax. This book explores anomalies in the conceptual basis of such experiments and in the foundations of statistics and economics more generally. Scientific inquiry always faces certain philosophical problems. Controlled experiments of human social behaviour, however, cannot avoid some methodological difficulties not evident in physical science experiments. Drawing upon several examples, the author argues that methodological anomalies prevent microeconomics and statistics from explaining human social behaviour as coherently as the physical sciences explain nature. He concludes that controlled social experiments are a frequently overrated tool for social policy improvement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04443/cover/9780521304443.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Walter P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starr, Ross M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starrett, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Kenneth J. Arrow is one of the most distinguished economic theorists. He has played a major role in shaping the subject and is honoured by the publication of three volumes of essays on economic theory. Each volume deals with a different area of economic theory. The books include contributions by some of the best economic theorists from the United States, Japan, Israel and Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04542/cover/9780521304542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Walter P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starr, Ross M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starrett, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Kenneth J. Arrow is one of the most distinguished economic theorists. He has played a major role in shaping the subject and is honoured by the publication of three volumes of essays on economic theory. Each volume deals with a different area of economic theory. The books include contributions by some of the best economic theorists from the United Stated, Japan, Israel and Europe. This second volume is entitled Equilibrium Analysis and is divided into sections on general equilibrium and on the microfoundations of macroeconomics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04559/cover/9780521304559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Process Development in Antibiotic Fermentations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calam, C. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Process development in antibiotic fermentation is of microbiological and commercial importance and this book gives a consistent treatment of the area. It is divided into three parts: the first deals with the scientific background to the subject, the second with process development in the laboratory and the third with industrial fermentation plants and pilot plants. The discussion shows how problems change as processes are scaled up and yields increase. The book is written from a practical angle and examples of development work are given to support the background information. It will be particularly useful to students of applied microbiology and to those postgraduate microbiologists who are widening their experience with the development of antibiotic fermentations in relation to the production plant, both as a lecturer and as an industrial consultant and he has made use of his wide knowledge of all these areas in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04900/cover/9780521304900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521304962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521304962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521304962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vision and the Emergence of Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Blind and Sighted Children's Early Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521304962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlea, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between language and other aspects of conceptual development is one of the central issues in child language acquisition. One view holds that language is a special capacity, separate from other areas of cognition and learning. Another maintains that language is part of a larger, more general cognitive system, and is crucially dependent on other cognitive domains. Recent research has turned to blind children and their acquisition of language as a way of evaluating whether and how language development relies on the non-linguistic context. Vision and the Emergence of Meaning addresses this complex problem through a detailed empirical analysis of early language development in a group of blind, partially sighted and fully sighted children who took part in a pioneering longitudinal investigation at the University of Southern California. By exploring the strategies which blind children bring to selected aspects of the language learning task, Anne Dunlea not only identifies some important differences between blind and sighted children, but also offers new insights on semantic and pragmatic development in general. Further, the study demonstrates the role of conceptual information in language learning and, at a more fundamental level, reveals a convergence of early language and conceptual development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/04962/cover/9780521304962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rotodynamic Pump Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turton, R. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a brief but thorough account of the basic principles of good pump design. The first three chapters present the basic hydraulic equations, including cavitation, and discuss the principles that underlie the correct performance of the impeller and casing of centrifugal pumps and the blading of axial machines. The fourth chapter outlines analytical methods for flow calculations, including special techniques used in computer aided design. The following two chapters work through two examples: the impeller and casing of a simple volute type centrifugal pump; and an axial flow pump impeller. Shafts, bearings, seals and drives are discussed in a separate chapter. The last two chapters deal with design for difficult fluids, and codes and practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/05020/cover/9780521305020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology of the Grapevine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mullins, Michael G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bouquet, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Larry E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVSW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Information on the evolution, taxonomy, morphology, anatomy, physiology and genetics of grapevines has been scarce and thinly spread in the literature on horticulture and the plant sciences. This book aims to provide a concise but comprehensive overview of the biology and cultivation of the grapevine, accessible to all concerned with viticulture. After a description of the essential features of viticulture, including a concise history from antiquity to modern times, the taxonomy of the grapevine and the evolutionary processes which gave rise to the diversity within the Vitaceae is considered. Particular attention is paid to the genera Vitis and Muscadinia, which are considered a reserve of genetic variation for the improvement of grapevines. A description of the vegetative and reproductive anatomy of the grapevine precedes a full discussion of the developmental and environmental physiology of these fascinating and economically  important plants. The concluding chapter considers the potential for genetic improvement of grapevines and includes coverage of the problems encountered, and the methods and strategies employed in breeding for scions and rootstocks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/05075/cover/9780521305075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Studies in Medieval Religious and Social Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Interpretation of Mary and Martha, the Ideal of the Imitation of Christ, the Orders of Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Constable, Giles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>443</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume concentrates on the changes in religious thought and institutions in the eleventh and twelfth centuries, and includes not only monks and nuns but also less organised types of life such as hermits, recluses, crusaders, and penitents. It is complimentary to Professor Constable's subsequent book, The Reformation of the Twelfth Century (now also published as a paperback), but is dissimilar to it in examining three themes over a long period, from late Antiquity to the seventeenth century, in order to show how they changed over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/05150/cover/9780521305150.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vlasov and the Russian Liberation Movement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Soviet Reality and Emigr&#233; Theories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andreyev, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vlasov and the Russian Liberation Movement deals with the attempt by Soviet citizens to create a Russian anti-Stalinist liberation movement during the Second World War. These Soviet citizens were mainly prisoners-of-war, forced labourers or part of the population of the occupied territories of the USSR. The Liberation Movement was encouraged by German officers who disagreed with Nazi policy towards the USSR, as their experience showed that treating the population as 'subhumans' (Untermensch) merely increased resistance to Nazi occupation. Throughout the development of the Liberation Movement there existed a divergence of aims between the Russian members who wished to form an army and a political movement which would effect change within the USSR, and its German supporters who merely wished to alter the type of propaganda directed towards the population of the USSR. Catherine Andreyev provides an account of the evolution of the Russian Liberation Movement and examines the motivation of the titular leader of the movement, Lieutenant-General Andrey Andreyevich Vlasov. The main focus of the book is the ideology of the Liberation Movement, the importance of which lies in the fact that it represented the first grass-roots opposition movement within the Soviet Union since the end of the Civil War in 1922. The programme of the Movement reflects issues which would have been raised by citizens in the 1930s had they been free to do so. Catherine Andreyev examines influences on the programme, and the ideas expressed are placed within the context of the pre-war Soviet and Russian &#233;migr&#233; society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/05457/cover/9780521305457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Imperfect Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Spatial Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenhut, Melvin L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hung, Chao-Shun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes a new approach to traditional price theory and to the analysis of imperfect competition. It represents a breakthrough in the development of a 'new' microeconomic theory. Increasingly, it has been recognized that the perfectly competitive paradigm is inappropriate to the explanation of pricing behaviour in many 'real life' markets characterized by a significant separation between producers and consumers. The spatial perspective adopted by the authors provides a natural separation of markets, but provides as well a powerful analogy for apparently nonspatial issues such as product differentiation, pricing over time, problems of storage and transportation, and the economics of intraindustry trade and of the multinational enterprise. A major concern of The Economics of Imperfect Competition: A Spatial Approach is to make these analogies explicit by applying this spatial analysis to a wide variety of nonspatial problems. In addition, the analysis and results presented in this book are shown to carry signficant policy implications with respect, for example, to the Robinson-Patman legislation, antimerger policies, and antidumping legislation. In particular, the authors have addressed issues that are of increasing concern to specialists, researchers, policy makers, and students in the areas of price theory, industrial organization, international trade, and regional and urban economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/05525/cover/9780521305525.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>95.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521305802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521305802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521305808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates to Volume 4</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521305808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boardman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume complements the publication of the second edition of the text volume of The Cambridge Ancient History Volume IV, but can also be used as an independent, illustrated account of the period (c. 525 to 479 BC), and of the evidence for the life and arts of Greeks and Persians in the years when they first crossed swords with one another, and the freedom of Greece was at stake. It presents a full pictorial survey, with detailed commentary, of the art and archaeology of the Persian empire and its provinces, from Thrace to India. The section on Greece concentrates on Athens of the late Archaic period, immediately before the Persian Wars, with consideration of progress in the arts and of the archaeological evidence for various aspects of Greek life and society. The fortunes of the Western Greek, colonial area and of the Etruscan and Italic peoples are similarly treated, and the volume ends with a study of the invention of coinage and its use in Greece and the Persian empire. This book should be consulted by ancient historians, archaeologists and art historians and also by the general reader interested in the ancient world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keynes's Monetary Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Different Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meltzer, Allan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this rigorous study of John Maynard Keynes's views on economic theory and policy from 1920-1946, Professor Meltzer argues that some of Keynes's main ideas have been ignored or misstated. While attention has focused on short-term countercyclical policies, the main policy implications have been neglected. Keynes placed great emphasis on rules, predictability, and reduction of uncertainty. In keeping with his theoretical work, he opposed discretionary fiscal changes and favored rules to reduce instability and increase the capital stock. These policies are consistent with, and provide evidence for, the interpretation of Keynes's theory developed here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06157/cover/9780521306157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Efficient Cooperation and Competition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Telser, Lester G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at competition in a new way. It attacks the notion that competition always leads to good results and that more competition is better. It also attacks the notion that cooperation is always harmful. An efficient economic equilibrium requires an optimal combination of both cooperation and rivalry. Telser first examines the genesis of certain late nineteenth-century laws that affected competition in the United States. Going on to give new theoretical insights into cooperation and rivalry, he shows when unrestricted competition can lead to an efficient equilibrium, as well as when restrictions on competition can provide for the same. The tensions between these two forces are especially pertinent to the study of innovation - the more costly it is to protect the property rights of ideas, the greater is the reliance on secrecy, and hence, the more likely is the wasteful duplication of results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06195/cover/9780521306195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Psychology of Education</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Research and Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the ways in which the theory and data of social psychology can be applied to teaching, learning, and other experiences in schools. Its focus ranges in level from the individual (e.g., student attitudes and attributions), to teacher-student interaction, to the impact of society (e.g., racial and cultural influences on school performances). The editor and distinguished contributors have two major purposes. The first is to illustrate the scope and sophistication of the emerging field known as the social psychology of education. The second is to provide solid, informed suggestions to educators for the amelioration of current educational problems. To that end, each author explicitly discusses implications for educational practice. Psychologists and educational researchers will find The Social Psychology of Education a useful and comprehensive guide to an increasingly active research area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06201/cover/9780521306201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>For Bread with Butter</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life-Worlds of East Central Europeans in Johnstown, Pennsylvania, 1890-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morawska, Ewa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fifty years ago, enactment of the Wagner National Labor Relations Act gave American organized labour what it has regarded ever since as one of its greatest assets: a legislative guarantee of the right of workers to organize and bargain collectively. Yet although the Wagner Act's guarantees remain substantially unaltered, organized labour in America today is in deep decline. Addressing this apparent paradox, Christopher Tomlins offers here a critical examination of the impact of the National Labor Relations Act on American unions. By studying the intentions and goals of policy makers in the context of the development of labour law from the late nineteenth century, and by looking carefully at the course of labour history since the act's passage, Dr Tomlins shows how public policy has been shaped to confine labour's role in the American economy, and that many of the unions' problems stem from the laws which purport to protect them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06331/cover/9780521306331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology, Strategy and Party Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatial Analyses of Post-War Election Programmes in 19 Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Budge, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hearl, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relevance of this book to central concerns of political and social science hardly needs emphasizing. Parties are the organizing force of democratic governments, giving coherence and direction to their policies and relating them to popular preferences. Election programmes are crucial to this role, providing electors with some insight into the policies they are voting for, and parties themselves with a starting point for their activity in government. Discussion begins with a comparative assessment of the impact of election pledges on government action. The book goes on to describe systematically the place of the programmes in the political process of nineteen democracies. It subjects them to detailed qualitative, quantitative and spatial analyses to answer such questions as: Who prepares election programmes and how? What is the nature of modern party divisions? Do they differ across countries? Is there indeed an 'end of ideology' or an intensification? Does the need to attract votes weaken old partisan attachments? Combining individual studies of each country with comparative analyses on a scale never previously undertaken, the book will interest country specialists and comparativists and prove indispensable to research on voting and party behaviour, coalition formation, ideology, and rational choice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06485/cover/9780521306485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Upland Communities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environment, Population and Social Structure in the Alps since the Sixteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viazzo, Pier Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book follows the social, economic and demographic transformations of the Alpine area from the late Middle Ages. Its aim is to reassess the image of the upland community which emerges from the work of historians, geographers and social anthropologists. The book therefore deals at length with such problems as the causes and consequences of emigration and patterns of marriage and inheritance in favouring or hampering the adjustments of local populations to changing economic or ecological circumstances, and tackles the vexed question of the relative importance of cultural and environmental factors in shaping family forms and community structures. Although its foundation lies in a long period of anthropological fieldwork conducted in an Alpine community, Upland Communities relies on the methods and conceptual tools of historical demography. Combined with a long-term historical perspective, its broad comparative approach unveils an unexpected diversity in regional and spatial demographic patterns and questions a number of deep-rooted but ultimately misleading notions concerning mountain society and its alleged backwardness in the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06638/cover/9780521306638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinetic Theory of Living Pattern</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Lionel G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Development of the shapes of living organisms and their parts is a field of science in which there are no generally accepted theoretical principles. What form these principles are likely to take, when they emerge, is a subject in which there is a wide gulf of disagreement between physical scientists and experimental biologists. This book contains both an extensive philosophical commentary on this dichotomy in views and an exposition of the type of theory most favoured by physical scientists. In this theory living form is a manifestation of the dynamics of chemical change and physical transport or other physics of spatial communication. The reaction-diffusion theory, as initiated by Turing in 1952 and since elaborated by Prigogine and by Gierer and Meinhardt among others, is discussed in detail at a level that requires a good knowledge of a first course in calculus, but no more than that. The great growth of molecular biology has tended to overshadow the increase in our understanding of the nature of these kinetic processes. This book seeks to reawaken interest in dynamics in the hope that a better balance between the importance of things and the importance of actions may emerge in the biology of the 21st century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06911/cover/9780521306911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Profits in the Long Run</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Dennis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Profits in the Long Run asks two questions: Are there persistent differences in profitability across firms? If so, what accounts for them? This book answers these questions using data for the 1000 largest US manufacturing firms in 1950 and 1972. It finds that there are persistent differences in profitability and market power across large US companies. Companies with persistently high profits are found to have high market shares and sell differentiated products. Mergers do not result in synergistic increases in profitability, but they do have an averaging effect. Companies with above normal profits have their profits lowered by mergers. Companies with initially below normal profits have them raised. In addition, the influence of other variables on long-run profitability, including risk, sales, diversification, growth and managerial control, is explored. The implications of antitrust policy are likewise addressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06935/cover/9780521306935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521306949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521306949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521306942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Before Newton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life and Times of Isaac Barrow</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521306942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feingold, Mordechai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive re-evaluation of Isaac Barrow (1630-1677), one of the more prominent and intriguing of all seventeenth-century men of science. Barrow is remembered today - if at all - only as Sir Isaac Newton's mentor and patron, but he in fact made important contributions to the disciplines of optics and geometry. Moreover, he was a prolific and influential preacher as well as a renowned classical scholar. By seeking to understand Barrow's mathematical work, primarily within the confines of the pre-Newtonian scientific framework, the book offers a substantial rethinking of his scientific acumen. In addition to providing a biographical study of Barrow, it explores the intimate connections among his scientific, philological and religious worldviews in an attempt to convey the complexity of the seventeenth-century culture that gave rise to Isaac Barrow, a breed of polymath that would become increasingly rare with the advent of modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/06942/cover/9780521306942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Handbook of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salzman, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bardrick, Cameron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bongiorno, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henigman, Laura</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lott, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNeil, Paul M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comprising over 750 entries in a single alphabetical sequence, the Cambridge Handbook of American Literature offers a compact and accessible guide to the major landmarks of American literature from colonial times to the present day. Entries on 500 separate authors, from Henry Adams to Louis Zukofsky, from Cotton Mather to Norman Mailer, give a full account of the subject's literary career. Entries on individual works - on major novels, plays, and volumes of poetry, from Absalom, Absalom! to The Zoo Story, from Moby-Dick to Catch-22, provide publication details and convenient plot summaries. There are entries also on the principal literary magazines past and present, and on literary movements as diverse as Transcendentalism and the Beats. There are helpful guides to further reading and chronological tables of American history and literature. Containing a wealth of authoritative, clearly presented information on the whole range of the American literary heritage, this is an invaluable reference work for the student and general reader alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07031/cover/9780521307031.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interactions of Thought and Language in Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>541</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Clemoes brings a lifetime's close study of Anglo-Saxon texts to this appreciation of Old English poetry, with an alternative interpretation which relates the poetry to both the entire Anglo-Saxon way of thinking and the structures of its society. Clemoes proposes a dynamic principle of Old English poetry, very different from the common notion of formulas slotted into poems for stylistic variation. In extended discussions of particular poems and images as well as of changes in language, he shows how the poetic medium became a vehicle for increasing transformation to Christian literacy and to that religion's conceptions of the natural world, morality, and individuality. Carefully thought out and elegantly written, this book is also accessible to students: its numerous quotations are accompanied by modern English translations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07116/cover/9780521307116.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Statistical Consultant in Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hand, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everitt, B. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the human side of statistical consulting and illustrates the problems and opportunities that can arise for the modern consultant. Statistical problems occur in almost all areas of science, in medicine, in industry, in marketing, and in finance, and a wide range of interests is catered for by the twelve contributions to this unique volume. These contributions demonstrate that statistical consultancy provides a broad spectrum of intellectually stimulating problems, as well as being a vital tool in many aspects of modern life. The book will be valuable to university and college students of statistics and to all those who use statistical techniques in a consultancy environment of any kind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07178/cover/9780521307178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Receptors and Ligands in Neurological Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sen, Amar K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Tyrone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book summarises current studies which involve receptors and ligands in neurological disorders. The advance in the study of receptors in general enables investigators to explore the mechanism of action of psychotropic drugs and to minimise their side effects. It will lead to the study of molecular events and an understanding of the nature and cause of the various diseases and to more accurate diagnoses which may give more effective therapeutic treatments. Each chapter is written by experts in the field and the volume has been carefully edited to ensure its usefulness to pharmacologists, neurologists and neuroscieentists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07208/cover/9780521307208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The American</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banta, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American (1877) was written the very year Henry James committed himself to making his way as an author outside America. It thus formed part of the brief that James had to draw up both for and against his countrymen. This collection of original essays casts new light on this and other major aspects of the novel: the French literary influences on James as he gravitated between the genres of the romantic and the realistic novel; the many-layered French political scene that he incorporated into the novel; the complex gender roles of his characters; and the pervasive effect of capitalism upon them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07307/cover/9780521307307.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giorgio Strehler</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For at least the last half-century, Strehler has been an influential and integral part of European theatrical life; today he is most closely associated with the Teatro Piccolo in Milan, Italy's foremost repertory theatre. Outside Italy, Strehler is best known through his directorship of the Paris-based Th&#233;&#226;tre de l'Europe, his opera productions, and the plays in the Piccolo repertoire which have toured widely. In this detailed study, David Hirst evaluates the particular qualities which typify Strehler's work: the lyrical realism which has become the hallmark of his mature style, the fusion of naturalism, epic theatre, commedia dell'arte and lyric opera, and the gift of interpretation and production. Hirst traces this unique style through Strehler's development from the foundation of the Piccolo to the present day and analyses his productions of Goldoni, Shakespeare, Brecht and Verdi among others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07680/cover/9780521307680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Francis Bacon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Politics and Science, 1561-1626</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wormald, Brian Harvey Goodwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the centuries since his death, Francis Bacon has been perceived as a promoter and prophet of 'natural science'. Certainly Bacon expected to fill the vacuum which he saw existing in the study of nature; but he also saw himself as a clarifier and promoter of what he called 'policy', that is, the study and improvement of the structure and function of civil states including the then new British state. In this major study, Brian Wormald's first since his work on Clarendon, Bacon is shown resolving this conflict by attending assiduously to both fields, arguing that work on one would help progress in the other. In his teaching, in his practice and in terms of what was actually achieved, the junction between the two enterprises was affected by Bacon's work in history - civil and natural. In this fundamental reappraisal of one of the most complex and innovative figures of the age, Brian Wormald reveals how Bacon's conception and practice of history provided an answer to his strivings in both policy and natural philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07734/cover/9780521307734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Century Miniatures in the Collection of Her Majesty The Queen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>571</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of three planned volumes which will catalogue the miniatures in the Royal Collection.  It covers the period between the reigns of George I and William  IV.  The volume includes miniatures and enamels by Zinke and Liotard, commissioned by George II, Queen Caroline and their son Frederick Prince of Wales; the splendid collection of miniatures by Meyer, Miles, Smart and Ozias Humphrey; the magnificent portraits by Cosway, Henry Bone and Grimaldi, collected by the Prince Regent; the Coburg portraits brought into the Royal Collection by Prince Albert, who, together with Queen Victoria herself, first classified and catalogued the collection of miniatures as we know it today.  The history of the Collection's formation is set out in the introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07819/cover/9780521307819.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From SU(3) to Gravity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Festschrift in Honor of Yuval Ne'eman</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gotsman, Errol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tauber, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>475</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of specially written essays and articles celebrates the sixtieth birthday of Professor Yuval Ne'eman. Professor Ne'eman has been active at the forefront of many areas of modern physics; this book pays tribute to him by reporting and reflecting on the recent developments in these areas. The contributions have been grouped under five main headings: Groups and Gauges; Particles; Science Policy; Astronomy and Astrophysics; Gravity and Supergravity. Within each group are accounts of new work, developments and extensions of established approaches and discussions of current problems and future prospects. The resulting book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in cosmology and astrophysics, particle theory and relativity, and to all who wish to keep up to date with the interactions and interrelations between these subject areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521307864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521307864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bringing the State Back In</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rueschemeyer, Dietrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skocpol, Theda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently, dominant theoretical paradigms in the comparative social sciences did not highlight states as organizational structures or as potentially autonomous actors. Indeed, the term 'state' was rarely used. Current work, however, increasingly views the state as an agent which, although influenced by the society that surrounds it, also shapes social and political processes. The contributors to this volume, which includes some of the best recent interdisciplinary scholarship on states in relation to social structures, make use of theoretically engaged comparative and historical investigations to provide improved conceptualizations of states and how they operate. Each of the book's major parts presents a related set of analytical issues about modern states, which are explored in the context of a wide range of times and places, both contemporary and historical, and in developing and advanced-industrial nations. The first part examines state strategies in newly developing countries. The second part analyzes war making and state making in early modern Europe, and discusses states in relation to the post-World War II international economy. The third part pursues new insights into how states influence political cleavages and collective action. In the final chapter, the editors bring together the questions raised by the contributors and suggest tentative conclusions that emerge from an overview of all the articles. As a programmatic work that proposes new directions for the analysis of modern states, the volume will appeal to a wide range of teachers and students of political science, political economy, sociology, history, and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07864/cover/9780521307864.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130797X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130797X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521307970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grain Legumes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolution and Genetic Resources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521307970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smartt, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a wide-ranging survey of all the major grain legumes from the standpoint of both their evolution and their potential for further development and improvement as economically important food crops. The legumes have a vital role to play in both the developed and developing worlds by providing an alternative nitrogen source to the artificial fertilizers, which, although boosting cereal yields, often have had adverse environmental effects. The grain legumes are a valuable crop possessing the ability to fix nitrogen by Rhizobium biosynthesis and thus contribute to the natural nitrogen cycle. The book surveys the changes which have occurred in the course of domestication of the plants which have evolved into our pulse crops and oilseed legume crops. The author then discusses the benefits to be gained from evaluation and improvement of grain legume genetic resources. It is through this comparative approach that the overall potential of these crops is highlighted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/07970/cover/9780521307970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Cambridge University Press</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of three volumes concerning the history of the oldest press in the world, a history that extends from the sixteenth century to the present day. Although there was, briefly, a press at Cambridge in the early 1520s, the origins of the modern University Press spring from a charter granted to the University by Henry VIII in 1534, to provide for printers who would be able to work outside London and serve the University. In the event no book was printed until fifty years later, but from 1583 to the present the line of University Printers stretches in unbroken succession. Covering the period from the Reformation to the end of the seventeenth century, and drawing on a wealth of unpublished or unfamiliar materials, this volume explores the University's attitude to its Printers, the books they chose to print, and the circumstances in which they worked. For the first time, the early history of the Press is set in its context - of authors, University authorities, and readers, and its activities are fully related to the wider issues of the book trade in Britain and overseas. This book will be of interest to all involved in the history of politics, literature, the Church, education and social life in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08014/cover/9780521308014.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130802X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130802X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Cambridge University Press</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>535</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of the history of Cambridge University Press deals with a period of fundamental changes in printing, publishing, and bookselling. The purpose of this book is not only to chronicle the history of the Press, but also to set it in this context of change: to examine how the forces of commerce collided with the hopes or demands of scholarship and education, and how, in the end, one was made to exploit the other. The volume opens with the new arrangements made by the University for printing in Cambridge in the 1690s, and closes on the eve of the opening of new premises in London. In the first years, the leading figure was Richard Bentley, whose controversial part in the activities of the Press was critical to its fortunes. As always, the success of the Press depended on London and the London book trade. This book explores the changing nature of this relationship, and the extent to which the University Press also became an international publisher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08021/cover/9780521308021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Cambridge University Press</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume completes the history of Cambridge University Press from the sixteenth century to the late twentieth. It examines the ways by which the Press launched itself as a London publisher in the 1870s, building up its educational and academic lists. It charts how interests in America were advanced, how subjects were extended and the Press became an international organisation with authors and customers across the world, while at the same time developing both its printing and its publishing. The volume explores changes in the printing industry, showing how the Press assumed a leading part in the typographical renaissance of the 1920s and 1930s, and built on this after the Second World War to acquire an international reputation for the quality of its work. In publishing as in printing, this book analyses both the pitfalls and the successes in a century of change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08038/cover/9780521308038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Light in August</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millgate, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Light in August (1932) is one of William Faulkner's most important, most challenging, and most widely studied novels, demanding to be approached from many angles and with a variety of critical and scholarly skills. Here five distinguished critics offer just such a range of approaches, discussing the novel in terms of its composition and its place in Faulkner's oeuvre; its structure and narrative techniques; its relation to the religious, racial, and sexual assumptions of the society it depicts; its presentation of women and handling of gender-related issues; and the social and moral implications of the 'hero' status accorded to a figure like Joe Christmas. Each contributor has had a double ambition: to write clearly and directly, thus making the volume accessible to the widest possible audience, and to write freshly and originally, so as to enhance - even for those thoroughly familiar with the existing criticism - understanding and appreciation of Light in August itself and of Faulkner's work as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08144/cover/9780521308144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Friedrich Schiller</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drama, Thought and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, Lesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important study, Lesley Sharpe assesses Schiller's development as a dramatist, poet and thinker, and provides detailed discussions of all his major works, including his essays on aesthetics. His works are viewed against the social, political and literary background of the late eighteenth century. Spanning a period from the late 1770s to 1805 they explore the insistent themes of the age - the loss of tradition and authority, the individual's claim to self-expression and the search for stability. While the early works focus on the turbulent individual, Schiller later turns to the great public concerns of the French Revolutionary era - legitimacy and power, the exercise of freedom and the relationship between morality and politics. The aesthetic essays explore the vital role of art in integrating the aesthetic, moral and political realms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08175/cover/9780521308175.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Synchrotron Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofmann, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the underlying physics of synchrotron radiation and derives its main properties. It is divided into four parts. The first covers the general case of the electromagnetic fields created by an accelerated relativistic charge. The second part concentrates on the radiation emitted by a charge moving on a circular trajectory. The third looks at undulator radiation, covering plane weak undulators, strong undulators and other more general undulators. The final part deals with applications and investigates the optics of synchrotron radiation dominated by diffraction due to the small opening angle. It also includes a description of electron storage rings as radiation sources and the effect of the emitted radiation on the electron beam. This book provides a valuable reference for scientists and engineers in the field of accelerators, and all users of synchrotron radiation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08267/cover/9780521308267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musica Getutscht</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Treatise on Musical Instruments (1511) by Sebastian Virdung</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Virdung, Sebastian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullard, Beth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Musica getutscht (Basel, 1511) is the earliest printed treatise on musical instruments in the West. Written by a priest and chapel singer named Sebastian Virdung, it provided rudimentary instruction on playing three instruments: the clavichord, the lute and the recorder. This early 'do-it-yourself' manual of instruction not only tells us about music-making in that era, it also illumines other aspects of society in the years just before the Reformation. Its author communicates in a popular style, choosing a mixture of media: a written text in the guise of an informal conversation, coupled with woodcut illustrations and visual aids. Enthusiasts of early music and its performance as well as historians of art, society and the German language will welcome Beth Bullard's substantial introduction and annotations, which help explain the text of this important work and its place in intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08304/cover/9780521308304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newmeyer, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey is a comprehensive introduction to current research in all branches of the field of linguistics, from syntactic theory to ethnography of speaking, from signed language to the mental lexicon, from language acquisition to discourse analysis. Each chapter has been written by a specialist particularly distinguished in his or her field who has accepted the challenge of reviewing the current issues and future prospects in sufficient depth for the scholar and with sufficient clarity for the student. Each volume can be read independently and has a particular focus. Volume I covers the internal structure of the language faculty itself, while Volume II considers the evidence for, and the implications of, a generativist approach to language. Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics are covered in Volume III, and Volume IV concentrates on sociolinguistics and the allied fields of anthropological linguistics and discourse and conversation analysis. Several of the chapters in the work concentrate on the interface between different aspects of linguistic theory or the boundaries between linguistic theory and other disciplines. Thus in both its scope and in its approach the Survey is a unique and fundamental work of reference. It undoubtedly fulfils the editor's principal aim of providing a wealth of information, insight and ideas that will excite and challenge all readers with an interest in linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08342/cover/9780521308342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newmeyer, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey is a comprehensive introduction to current research in all branches of the field of linguistics, from syntactic theory to ethnography of speaking, from signed language to the mental lexicon, from language acquisition to discourse analysis.  Each chapter has been written by a specialist particularly distinguished in his or her field who has accepted the challenge of reviewing the current issues and future prospects in sufficient depth for the scholar and with sufficient clarity for the student.   Each volume can be read independently and has a particular focus.  Volume I covers the internal structure of the language faculty itself, while Volume II considers the evidence for, and the implications of, a generativist approach to language.  Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics are covered in Volume III, and Volume IV concentrates on sociolinguistics and the allied fields of anthropological linguistics and discourse and conversation analysis.   Several of the chapters in the work concentrate on the interface between different aspects of linguistic theory or the boundaries between linguistic theory and other disciplines.  Thus in both its scope and in its approach the Survey is a unique and fundamental work of reference. It undoubtedly fulfils the editor's principal aim of providing a wealth of information, insight and ideas that will excite and challenge all readers with an interest in linguistics.   'The contributions are informed, up-to-date and lucid, and many of them make unusual  - in fact, unprecedented - efforts to present opposing viewpoints fairly and to look at what they have in common rather than at what divides them.  ...The mixture of detached overviews and strongly argued positions works very well, in my view, and the editor is to be congratulated for the high standards that are maintained throughout.  The tremendous intellectual energy and excitement of the field come through strongly, and I shan't hesitate to recommend many of the chapters to students.' -- The Times Higher Education Supplement</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08359/cover/9780521308359.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Critical Mass in Collective Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marwell, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problem of collective action is that each member of a group wants other members to make necessary sacrifices while he or she 'free rides', reaping the benefits of collective action without doing the work. Inevitably the end result is that no one does the work and the common interest is not realized. This book analyses the social pressure whereby groups solve the problem of collective action. The authors show that the problem of collective action requires a model of group process and cannot be deduced from simple models of individual behaviour. They employ formal mathematical models to emphasize the role of small subgroups of especially motivated individuals who form the 'critical mass' that sets collective action in motion. The book will be read with special interest by sociologists, social psychologists, economists and political scientists. It will also be of concern to those in industrial relations and communications research working on issues in collective action and rational choice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08397/cover/9780521308397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Library of Emmanuel College, Cambridge, 1584-1637</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bush, Sargent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rasmussen, Carl J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed record of the early history of the library at Emmanuel College, Cambridge, from the foundation of the College in 1584 to the completion of the seventh major inventory of the library's contents in 1637. This half-century formed a dynamic period in the religious and political as well as the educational life of the nation. The influence of Emmanuel, a notoriously Puritan college from its founding, was felt especially in the striking prominence of its alumni among New World settlers (among them John Harvard) and, during the English Civil War, in the placement of Emmanuel men in many key positions, including the Masterships of numerous Cambridge colleges. While these men were being educated Emmanuel's library expanded dramatically, and the seven increasingly large inventories of library books recorded there during the period give an indication of their concerns and their scholarship. Now, for the first time, the intellectual resources - by no means narrowly 'Puritan' - of this major institutional library are available for the study of all who are interested in the history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08465/cover/9780521308465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sources of Social Power</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first part of a three-volume work on the nature of power in human societies. In it, Michael Mann identifies the four principal 'sources' of power as being control over economic, ideological, military, and political resources. He examines the interrelations between these in a narrative history of power from Neolithic times, through ancient Near Eastern civilisations, the classical Mediterranean age, and medieval Europe, up to just before the Industrial Revolution in England. Rejecting the conventional monolithic concept of a 'society', Dr. Mann's model is instead one of a series of overlapping, intersecting power networks. He makes this model operational by focusing on the logistics of power - how the flow of information, manpower, and goods is controlled over social and geographical space-thereby clarifying many of the 'great debates' in sociological theory. The present volume offers explanations of the emergence of the state and social stratification; of city-states, militaristic empires, and the persistent interaction between them; of the world salvation religions; and of the peculiar dynamism of medieval and early modern Europe. It ends by generalising about the nature of overall social development, the varying forms of social cohesion, and the role of classes and class struggle in history. Volume II will continue the history of power up to the present, centering on the interrelations of nation-states and social classes. Volume III will present the theoretical conclusions of the whole work. This ambitious and provocative attempt to provide a new theoretical frame for the interpretation of the theory of societies will be challenging and stimulating reading for a wide range of social scientists, historians, and other readers concerned with understanding large-scale social and historical processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08519/cover/9780521308519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saint and Singer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Edward Taylor's Typology and the Poetics of Meditation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, Karen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the works of America's premier colonial poet, Edward Taylor (1642-1729). This study analyses typology in Taylor's Christographia and Treatise Concerning the Lord's Supper and examining Taylor's adaptations of figural analogies to suit his personal spiritual needs, Professor Rowe advances a theory which unites Taylor's exegetical discipline as a preacher with his creativity as a poet. This is the first work to draw on the collection of unpublished sermons, discovered in 1977, Upon the Types of the Old Testament. Professor Rowe links Taylor's sermons with corresponding poetic meditations, thus providing insights into typological theories, groupings and analogies. In her conclusion, the author sees Taylor as neither metaphysical or baroque, nor a historian in the typological school, but rather as the quintessential Puritan preacher and poet, a contemplative lyricist and devotional typologist in the tradition of Herbert, Milton and Bunyan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08195/cover/9780521108195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521308747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521308747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521308748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Neuropsychology to Mental Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521308748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shallice, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a cognitive neuropsychologist, Tim Shallice considers the general question of what can be learned about the operation of the normal cognitive system from the study of the cognitive difficulties arising from neurological damage and disease. He distinguishes two types of theories of normal function - primarily modular and primary non-modular - and argues that the problems of making valid inferences about normal function from studies of brain-damaged subjects are more severe for the latter. He first analyzes five well-researched areas in which some modularity can be assumed: short-term memory, reading, writing, visual perception, and the relation between input and output language processing. His aim is to introduce the methods about normal function mirror ones derived directly from studies of normal subjects and indeed at times preceded them. He then more theoretically examines these inferences, from group studies and individual case studies to modular and non-modular systems. Finally, he considers five areas where theories of normal function are relatively undeveloped and neuropsychology provides counterintuitive phenomena and guides to theory-building: the organization of semantic systems, visual attention, concentration and will, episodic memory, and consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/08748/cover/9780521308748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052130900X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052130900X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521309004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joint Approaches to Social Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rationality and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521309004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Challis, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henwood, Melanie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plowden, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittingham, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wistow, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is in essence concerned with the quest for rationality in decision-making, and is founded on the premise that improvements in the machinery of decision-making can actually lead to better decisions. The numerous initiatives of the 1960s and 1970s established specifically to foster greater policy coordination (notably the Central Policy Review Staff or 'Think Tank') had, by the beginning of the 1980s, fallen foul of an altogether changed political climate, in which policy formation was increasingly determined by the pressures of the marketplace, rather than by the pursuit of rationally-determined consensual goals. Paradoxically, however, this process has led, in turn, to renewed interest in the possibilities of interdepartmental policy coordination, at both centre and periphery, and in Joint Approaches to Social Policy the authors seek to provide a clear understanding of what the reality, rather than the rhetoric, of policy coordination actually entails. They endeavour to familiarise policy-makers at all levels with the basic conceptual tools necessary for successful policy coordination. A research project which began almost as an elegy for a vanished world of consensual, rational decision-making, has thus become, albeit in very different circumstances, a manual for effective policy coordination in the 1980s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/09004/cover/9780521309004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521309050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521309050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521309059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal and Human Calorimetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521309059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLean, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobin, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a useful survey of the theory, practice and techniques of calorimetry as applied to the study of energy metabolism in humans and animals. Calorimetry is used to estimate nutritional requirements of man and farm livestock and to evaluate different foods. It is also a powerful tool used in research into fundamental nutritional and physiological life-processes and to evaluate stresses imposed by abnormal or severe environments. It is currently being applied in various branches of medical research and can be used as a diagnostic tool in hospitals for investigation of metabolic disorders. The volume encompasses both direct calorimetry, which measures heat loss directly, and indirect calorimetry, where heat loss is inferred by measurement of some of the chemical by-products of metabolism. In addition, guidance is provided to the instrumentation, technical problems and precautions necessary to obtain accurate calorimetric measurements. The volume will be essential for those scientists who practise or study calorimetry as part of their research: food scientists, clinical and non-clinical nutririonists, physiologists, veterinarians and agriculturalists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/09059/cover/9780521309059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521309077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521309077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521309073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logarithmic Integral</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521309073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koosis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this work, the logarithmic integral, lies athwart much of twentieth-century analysis. It is a thread connecting many apparently separate parts of the subject, and so is a natural point at which to begin a serious study of real and complex analysis. Professor Koosis' aim is to show how, from simple ideas, one can build up an investigation which explains and clarifies many different, seemingly unrelated problems; to show, in effect, how mathematics grows. The presentation is straightforward, so that by following the theme, Professor Koosis has produced a work that can be read as a whole. He has brought together here many results, some unpublished, some new, and some available only in inaccessible journals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/09073/cover/9780521309073.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521309441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521309441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521309448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry in a Divided World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Clark Lectures 1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521309448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gifford, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book (comprising four lectures presented at Trinity College, Cambridge in 1985) is concerned with the function and status of poetry in the twentieth century, and is particularly concerned to contrast attitudes in Britain and America with those in the USSR and Eastern Europe. Beginning with the function of poetry today, Professor Gifford goes on to consider the nature and validity of 'poetic witness', the problem of the poet's solitude and his relation to the community, and finally the question of how far the 'international code' of poetry can be understood by those who care for it seriously in their own language. The author, who has published on many aspects of twentieth-century poetry, has attempted an 'apology for poetry' in an age which needs, but tends to ignore, this art formerly at the centre of European civilization. Amongst the poets discussed are Blok, Akhmatova, Mandelstam, Tsvetaeva, Emily Dickinson, Yeats, Pound, Eliot, Cavafy and Seferis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/09448/cover/9780521309448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521309646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521309646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521309646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Verse Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History of a Genre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521309646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Hermann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollans, Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hermann Fischer's lively and original study of Romantic verse narrative traces in comprehensive detail the origins and development of this poetic form in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. It brings together the longer epic verse tales of Scott, Byron and Southey and the more lyrical forms of Romantic narrative poetry, thus presenting familiar poems such as Shelley's 'Alastor' and Keats's 'The Eve of St Agnes' in the revealing but neglected context of the genre and its history. Professor Fischer addresses the question of genre from a viewpoint that is both theoretical and historical, and his study also proves illuminating in many areas of Romantic literature, covering issues such as the role of the medieval revival and the decline of neoclassicism, the relative importance of popular and more literary sources, and questions of changing taste and the reading public. This translation, extensively revised and updated, makes Hermann Fischer's acclaimed study available for the first time in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/09646/cover/9780521309646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domesday England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darby, H. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Domesday Book is the most famous English public record, and it is probably the most remarkable statistical document in the history of Europe. It calls itself merely a descriptio and it acquired its name in the following century because its authority seemed comparable to that of the Book by which one day all will be judged (Revelation 20:12). It is not surprising that so many scholars have felt its fascination, and have discussed again and again what it says about economic, social and legal matters. But it also tells us much about the countryside of the eleventh century, and the present volume is the seventh of a series concerned with this geographical information. As the final volume, it seeks to sum up the main features of the Domesday geography of England as a whole, and to reconstruct, as far as the materials allow, the scene which King William's clerks saw as they made their great inquest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10260/cover/9780521310260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Stars, and Nebulae</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aller, Lawrence H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the story of how astronomy and physics work together to unravel many mysteries of stars and nebulae. Stress is laid on a non-technical description of how an understanding of these objects is obtained, not on just a mere review of facts. After a succinct, non-mathematical excursion into the principles of radiation and atomic structure, the text explains in simple terms the physical processes at work in stars and gaseous nebulae. A survey of masses, dimensions, luminosities, temperatures and chemical composition of stars is followed by an exploration of their interiors and how stars generate energy. The life histories of many double stars, some of which produce novae, are described. The origins of chemical elements in dense stellar cores and the vital role played by gas and dust between the stars are explained. An account of the exciting new field of high energy astronomy and the origin of cosmic rays is given at the end of the book. This is the ideal introduction for physics and astronomy students to the important field of modern astronomics. It should also appeal to amateur astronomers and the reader interested in the life history of a star, be it a modest one like our sun or a massive object destined to become a supernova.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10406/cover/9780521310406.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A First Course in Linear Algebra</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Concurrent Examples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Alan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a short, readable introduction to basic linear algebra, as usually encountered in a first course. The development of the subject is integrated with a large number of worked examples that illustrate the ideas and methods. The format of the book, with text and relevant examples on facing pages means that the reader can follow the text uninterrupted. The student should be able to work through the book and learn from it sequentially. Stress is placed on applications of the methods rather than on developing a logical system of theorems. Numerous exercises are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10413/cover/9780521310413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Myth of Black Progress</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinkney, Alphonso</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important analysis of the status of black Americans since the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Professor Alphonso Pinkey refutes the popular neoconservative stance that race is no longer a major factor in the efforts of black Americans to achieve socioeconomic parity. Instead, Professor Pinkey argues, race continues to be an ever-present factor in American life. He bases his argument on detailed analysis of data that support his discussion of income and unemployment, the black middle class, the growing underclass and educational issues such as open admissions, busing and affirmative action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10475/cover/9780521310475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Framework for Collective Decisions and Individual Judgements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craven, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook provides a survey of the literature of social choice. It integrates the ethical aspects of the subject, (discussing potentially desirable conditions for social judgements) with positive aspects of decision mechanisms that centre on the revelation of true preferences. The literature on the subject presently consists of a great many papers. This book draws them together in common notation and points out interpretations which are often missing in specialist papers. Applications in economics, electoral politics, and ethics are discussed. The book will be used by senior undergraduate and graduate students of economics, political science and philosophy as a text book in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10512/cover/9780521310512.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of the Nitrogen Cycle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sprent, Janet I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many people learn the rudiments of the nitrogen cycle while at school, but the details of the various processes in the cycle are still not widely understood. Some of them are of great current interest, such as the use of nitrogen fixing crops to feed an increasing world population and the problems of pollution of groundwaters by nitrates. Denitrification (forming nitrogen gas) as a way of getting rid of waste from human and intensively farmed animals. This book describes the general processes of the nitrogen cycle, then gives examples of how the cycle is modified under particular ecological and geographical conditions. These examples are drawn from all the major areas of the world, and the impact of man via agriculture, forestry and fuel combustion is discussed. Numerous references are included. The book provides a background for all those whose specialist interests interact with nitrogen cycling, whether they are involved in research or have responsibility for managing the environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10529/cover/9780521310529.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life-styles of the Underprivileged in Recent Years</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book deals with the continuing problem of poverty in Soviet society, a problem which the Revolution of 1917 was supposed to solve in a planned and expeditious manner. The topic is important both because it involves large numbers of people, and because it illustrates a major failing of Marxism-Leninism in practice. The book attempts to analyse Soviet poverty both from Soviet and western sources: the former are very limited, because discussion of poverty in the USSR falls under a strict censorship ban. This is one of the reasons why it has been so sadly neglected by western observers. The analysis concerns itself with most of the common problems of poverty and under-privilege in an industrialised society. Exclusion from the political process, and the particular social implications of the constitutional status of labour as both a right and a duty, are examined in an account that emphasises life-style and social problems, rather than merely the content of the wage-packet. Dr Matthews concludes with a survey of social mobility both into and out of the poverty state, and makes a cautious comparison between the situation of the poor in the Soviet Union and that pertaining to the USA and other 'Soviet-type' societies in eastern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10598/cover/9780521310598.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>W. A. Mozart: Die Entf&#252;hrung aus dem Serail</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This addition to the Cambridge Opera Handbooks series is also the first full-length study of Mozart's Die Entf&#252;hrung aus dem Serail. It aims to familiarize the reader with all aspect of the work: Mozart's writing of the opera and its literary antecedents, its plot, its musical structure, its reception and performance history. The reader will find much that is new in Thomas Bauman's study. He discusses the opera in relation to other Oriental operas, in the light of eighteenth-centruy apprehensions of the East, and as an attempt to reconcile the conventions of German opera in the early 1780s with Viennese taste and Mozart's own maturing operatic aesthetic. The text is well illustrated with pictures and music examples and a full discography lists the available recordings of the opera. This will be essential reading for all who have an interest in Mozart's operas, whether as student, scholar or opera-lover.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10604/cover/9780521310604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131061X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131061X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spiders in Ecological Webs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wise, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As experimental organisms, spiders offer ecologists a unique opportunity to examine the concept of the ecological community and the role which field experimentation can play in evaluating theories of population and community ecology. In this book, David Wise provides a balanced critique of field experiments designed to uncover details of spider ecology, with the dual aim of clarifying the ecology of these fascinating organisms and providing insight into the advantages and challenges of performing field experiments with a predator ubiquitous in terrestrial ecosystems. This book will be an essential reference for all ecologists wishing to learn more about the ecology of a major terrestrial predator and the use of field experimentation as a powerful technique to test ecological hypotheses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10611/cover/9780521310611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Thought of Mao Tse-Tung</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schram, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most general and probably the most lasting expression of Mao Tse-tung's contribution to the Chinese revolution was his thought. Stuart Schram's book examines the unfolding of Mao's ideas, and in so doing sheds light on other aspects of Mao Tse-tung's life and times. The author traces the stages in the formation of Mao's thought from the May Fourth period through the peasant movement, the long years of armed struggle against the Kuomintang and the Japanese invaders, the foundation of a new state, his efforts to devise a 'Chinese road to socialism', the Sino-Soviet split, and the so-called 'Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution'. Professor Schram offers a fascinating and sure-footed analysis of Mao's intellectual itinerary, recognizing the positive value of the participatory and anti-bureaucratic thrust of his thought, and of his efforts to link Marxism with Chinese reality, but underscoring also the irrationality of the Great Leap strategy, and the destructive consequences of the personality cult, which led in the end to a combination of anarchy and despotism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10628/cover/9780521310628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The USSR in Third World Conflicts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Soviet Arms and Diplomacy in Local Wars 1945-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Bruce D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a thorough and sophisticated study of one of the most critical current issues in world politics. Bruce Porter examines Soviet policy and behaviour in Third World conflicts in the postwar period, focusing particularly on five examples: the Yemeni civil war, the Nigerian civil war, the Yom Kippur war, the Angolan civil war, and the Ogaden war. Aiming to illuminate various complex tactical and operational aspects of the USSR's policy in local conflicts, the author draws on a wide and eclectic range of sources. He pays close attention to the Soviet role as arms supplier and diplomatic actor in relation to both US policy and the dynamics of the local conflict, and he concludes with a careful consideration of the effectiveness of Soviet policy and of the implications for the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10642/cover/9780521310642.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Archaeology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dincauze, Dena F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeologists today need a wide range of scientific approaches in order to delineate and interpret the ecology of their sites. Dena Dincauze has written an authoritative and essential guide to a variety of archaeological methods, ranging from techniques for measuring time with isotopes and magnetism to the sciences of climate reconstruction, geomorphology, sedimentology, soil science, paleobotany and faunal paleoecology. Professor Dincauze insists that borrowing concepts from other disciplines demands a critical understanding of their theoretical roots. Moreover, the methods that are chosen must be appropriate to particular sets of data. The applications of the methods needed for an holistic human-ecology approach in archaeology are illustrated by examples ranging from the Paleolithic, through classical civilizations, to recent urban archaeology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/10772/cover/9780521310772.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521310911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521310911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521310918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Issues in Aristotle's Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521310918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gotthelf, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lennox, James G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aristotle's biological works - constituting over 25% of his surviving corpus and for centuries largely unstudied by philosophically oriented scholars - have been the subject of an increasing amount of attention of late. This collection brings together some of the best work that has been done in this area, with the aim of exhibiting the contribution that close study of these treatises can make to the understanding of Aristotle's philosophy. The book is divided into four parts, each with an introduction which places its essays in relation to each other and to the wider issues of the book as a whole. The first part is an overview of the relationship of Aristotle's biology to his philosophy; the other three each concentrate on a set of issues central to Aristotelian study - definition and demonstration; teleology and necessity in nature; and metaph themes such as the unity of matter and form and the nature of substance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Greek Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, W. K. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All volumes of Professor Guthrie's great history of Greek philosophy have won their due acclaim. The most striking merits of Guthrie's work are his mastery of a tremendous range of ancient literature and modern scholarship, his fairness and balance of judgement and the lucidity and precision of his English prose. He has achieved clarity and comprehensiveness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11021/cover/9780521311021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drifting Continents and Shifting Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Grand, H. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative book uses the story of how a modern science achieved its present shape and focus to examine the nature of scientific change and its philosophical and social analysis. The 'modern revolution in geology' of the 1960s and 1970s saw the triumph of the global theory of plate tectonics; a decisive turning point in fifty years' controversy and competition, first sparked in 1912 by Wegener's proposal of continental drift. Here, Professor Le Grand interweaves a history of this episode of scientific change with reflective discussions of its historical, philosophical and social circumstances, and of the development of science more generally. The approach of the book is exploratory rather than dogmatic. The reader is encouraged to be an active participant - to use the historical narrative to understand and criticize some of the more recent, influential ideas about science and scientists; to draw conclusions and especially to pose questions about how and why changes occur in scientific knowledge and practice. The book may be read as an introduction to and history of central concepts of modern geology; as a social and intellectual account of a major revolution in science; and as an incisive commentary on and constructive criticism of several interpretations of the nature of science and the process of scientific change. Its structure, content and approach make it accessible to general readers, yet at the same time of interest to professionals and students of geology and of the history, philosophy and sociology of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11052/cover/9780521311052.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Geography of Europe Abridged version</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pounds, Norman J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central theme of this book is the changing spatial pattern of human activities during the last 2,500 years of Europe's history. Professor Pounds argues that three factors have determined the locations of human activities: the environment, the attitudes and forms of social organization of the many different peoples of Europe and lastly, the levels of technology. Within the broad framework of the interrelationships of environment, society and technology, several important themes pursued from the fifth century BC to the early twentieth century: settlement and agriculture, the growth of cities, the development of manufacturing and the role of trade. Underlying each of these themes are the discussions of political organization and population. Although the book is based in part of Professor Pound's magisterial three volumes An Historical Geography of Europe (1977, 1980, 1985), it was written especially for students and readers interested in a general survey of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11090/cover/9780521311090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131111X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131111X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Story, Performance, and Event</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contextual Studies of Oral Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on a corpus of Texan oral narratives collected by the author over the past fifteen years, this study presents an analysis of the literary qualities or orally performed verbal art, focusing on the significance of its social context. Although the tales included are all from Texas, they are representative of oral storytelling traditions in other parts of the United States, including tall tales, hunting stories, local character anecdotes, accounts of practical jokes, and so on. They are also highly entertaining in their own right. Professor Bauman's main emphasis is on the act of storytelling, not just the text. His central analytical concern is to demonstrate the interrelationships that exist between the events recounted in the narratives (narrated events), the narrative texts, and the situations in which the narratives are told (narrative events). He identifies these interrelationships by combining a close formal analysis of the texts with an ethnographic examination of the way in which their telling is accomplished, paying particular attention to the links between form and function. He also illuminates other more general concerns in the study of oral narrative, such as stability and variation in the oral text, the problem of genre, and the rhetorical efficacy of literary forms. As an important contribution to the theoretical and practical literary analysis of orally performed narratives, the book will appeal to students and teachers of folklore, sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology, and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11113/cover/9780521311113.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Environmental Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baumol, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oates, Wallace E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professors Baumol and Oates provide a rigorous and comprehensive analysis of the economic theory of environmental policy. They present a formal, theoretical treatment of those factors influencing the quality of life. By covering both the theory of externalities and its application to environmental policy, the authors have retained the basic structure and organization of the first edition, which has become a standard reference in the field. In this edition, however, they have updated their analysis to incorporate recent research in environmental economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11120/cover/9780521311120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning How to Ask</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociolinguistic Appraisal of the Role of the Interview in Social Science Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Charles L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interviews are ubiquitous in modern society, and they play a crucial role in social scientific research. But, as Charles Briggs convincingly argues in this book, received interviewing techniques rest on fundamental misapprehensions about the nature both of the interview as a communicative event, and of the nature of the data that it produces. Furthermore, interviewers rarely examine the compatibility of interviews as a means of acquiring information to one another. These oversights often blind interviewers to ensuing errors of interpretation, as well as to the limitations of the interview as a means of acquiring data. To conflict these problems, Professor Briggs presents an analysis of the 'communicative blunders' that he himself committed in conducting research interviews among Spanish-speakers in northern New Mexico. By focusing on these errors and exploring how they may be avoided, he is able to propose new techniques for designing, implementing, and analyzing interview-based research. These rest on identifying the subjects' resources for conveying information, and the relative compatability of the shared rules and understandings that underlie their strategies with those associated with interviews. Critical of existing paradigms of interviewing, which he sees as deriving from Western 'folk' theories of reality and communication, Briggs shows that the development of more sophisticated interviewing methodologies requires further research into interviewing itself. Briggs's conclusions provide a basis for the reexamination of current uses of interviews in a wide range of contexts - from social science research to job applications, welfare and health care delivery, criminal and legal investigations, journalism and broadcasting, and other areas of everyday life. His book will appeal to linguists, sociologists, anthropologists, historians, psychologists, as well as other readers whose research or professional activities depend on the use of interviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11137/cover/9780521311137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divine Hunger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cannibalism as a Cultural System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanday, Peggy Reeves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The practice of cannibalism is in certain cultures rejected as evil, while in others it plays a central part in the ritual order. Anthropologists have offered various explanations for the existence of cannibalism, none of which, Peggy Sanday claims, is adequate. In this book she presents a new approach to understanding the phenomenon. Through a detailed examination of ritual cannibalism in selected tribal societies, and a comparison of those cases with others in which the practice is absent, she shows that cannibalism is closely linked to people's orientation to the world, and that it serves as a concrete device for distinguishing the 'cultural self' from the 'natural other'. Combining perspectives drawn from the work of Ricoeur, Freud, Hegel, and Jung and from symbolic anthropology, Sanday argues that ritual cannibalism is intimately connected both with the constructs by which the origin and continuity of life are understood and assured from one generation to the next and with the way in which that understanding is used to control the vital forces considered necessary for the cannibalism in a culture derives from basic human attitudes toward life and death, combined with the realities of the material world. As well as making an original contribution to the understanding of the significant human practice, Sanday also develops a theoretical argument of wider relevance to anthropologists, sociologists, and other readers interested in the function and meaning of cannibalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11144/cover/9780521311144.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing International Risk</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays Commissioned in Honor of the Centenary of the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herring, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The point of departure for this book is the fundamental assertion that managers of international enterprises must cope not only with the hazards that jeopardize the success of ordinary domestic transactions but also with additional perils that are uniquely international. Two of the most important of these are the risk of a breakdown in the rules and practices that govern international trade and investment flows, and country risk - the risk that a sovereign power will interfere with the repatriation of profits, interest payments, principal repayments, or the control of foreign assets. The issues addressed include the prospects for foreign exchange crises, trade wars, international banking crises, and oil shortages; the factors that generate economic, political, and social risk; organizational strategies for mitigating country risk; and the scope for insuring against international risks. The contributors include academic experts from the fields of economics and finance and distinguished practitioners from international corporations, financial institutions, and international agencies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11212/cover/9780521311212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on the Asymptotic Theory of Ideals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rees, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Rees introduces and proves some of the main results of the asymptotic theory of ideals. The author's aim is to prove his Valuation Theorem, Strong Valuation Theorem, and Degree Formula, and to develop their consequences. The last part of the book is devoted to mixed multiplicities. Here the author develops his theory of general elements of ideals and gives a proof of a generalised degree formula. The reader is assumed to be familiar with basic commutative algebra, as covered in the standard texts, but the presentation is suitable for advanced graduate students. The work is an expansion of lectures given at Nagoya University.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11274/cover/9780521311274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sterman, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a systematic presentation of quantum field theory from first principles, emphasizing both theoretical concepts and experimental applications. Starting from introductory quantum and classical mechanics, this book develops the quantum field theories that make up the 'Standard Model' of elementary processes. It derives the basic techniques and theorems that underly theory and experiment, including those that are the subject of theoretical development. Special attention is also given to the derivations of cross sections relevant to current high-energy experiments and to perturbative quantum chromodynamics, with examples drawn from electron-positron annihilation, deeply inelastic scattering and hadron-hadron scattering. The first half of the book introduces the basic ideas of field theory. The discussion of mathematical issues is everywhere pedagogical and self contained. Topics include the role of internal symmetry and relativistic invariance, the path integral, gauge theories and spontaneous symmetry breaking, and cross sections in the Standard Model and in the parton model. The material of this half is sufficient for an understanding of the Standard Model and its basic experimental consequences. The second half of the book deals with perturbative field theory beyond the lowest-order approximation. Exercises are included for each chapter, and several appendices complement the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11328/cover/9780521311328.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soil Chemistry and its Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cresser, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Killham, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central role of soil chemistry in the ecosystem and other disciplines is becoming increasingly important. For example the effects of the increased levels of atmospheric carbon dioxide, and accelerated use of pesticides, on soil fertility has been a focus of much high-level debate. This text begins by defining the relationship between soil chemistry and other fields such as plant science and pollution science. A detailed description of the components of soils follows, including inorganic, mineral and organic matter. The book addresses cogent issues such as soil fertility and soil pollution. In a concluding chapter, a review of future analytic advances in the study of soil chemistry is given, emphasising the importance of the soil chemist in equitable and sustainable land use and agricultural policy. The book is an ideal starting point for the student undertaking undergraduate study in the environmental and soil sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11342/cover/9780521311342.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debussy in Proportion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Musical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howat, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first paperback edition of Roy Howat's stimulating and provocative study of Debussy's unorthodox use of musical form. Throught detailed analyses of the piano pieces Reflets dans l'eau and L'isle joyeuse and the symphonic poem La mer, Dr Howat shows how the pieces are built precisely and intricately around the two ratios of Golden Section and bisection so that the music is organised in various geometrical patterns which contribute substantially to its expansive and dramatic impact. The final chapter traces evidence of whether the proportional systems were designed consciously, and if so, where and why Debussy might have learnt such techniques. The evidence includes his involvement in the Symbolist movement and in esotericism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11458/cover/9780521311458.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hawthorne Melville and the American Character</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Looking-Glass Business</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McWilliams, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the portrayal of the American national character in the writings of Nathaniel Hawthorne and Herman Melville. It examines Hawthorne's abiding concern with the development of New England from colony to province to republic, and analyses Melville's changing evocation of 'the new American', and the difficulties he faced in sustaining his heady nationalistic faith.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11465/cover/9780521311465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Domination in Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chabal, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays brings together historians and political scientists from Britain, France and the United States, who, from widely differing perspectives and traditions, have been involved in the process of rethinking African politics. They present here the outline of a new approach, grounded in universal political theory rather than on theories of Third World political development. This seeks to integrate the history of Africa (from pre- to post-colonial) with concepts of political theory as they have been applied historically to the analysis of Europe and America. The book addresses a wide audience: students of African history and politics, of Third World development and of political theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11489/cover/9780521311489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Medieval Narrative in the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boitani, Piero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Joan Krakover</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a wide-ranging and detailed study of English narrative verse in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. Piero Boitani describes and analyses the undisputed masterpieces of narrative (such as the works of the Gawain poet, Langland, Gower and Chaucer), as well as the anonymous romances and specimens of religious and comic narrative which form the background to the better-known poems. The book is divided by literary genres or structural systems: chapters on the religious, comic and romance traditions are followed by a discussion of dream and visionary narratives and a chapter on story collections including those of Gower. The rest of the book is devoted to Chaucer, who mastered all these types.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11496/cover/9780521311496.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Empson: Essays on Shakespeare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Empson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the time of his death in 1984, the poet and critic William Empson was preparing and revising a collection of his essays on Shakespeare. This collection edited by David Pirie, is a book which the literary world has wanted for over half a century. Here, in a single volume, are major readings of Hamlet and Macbeth; a witty and sometimes impassioned defence of Falstaff, and a new piece on the architecture of the Globe theatre and other Renaissance playhouses, in which Empson explores the problems that the design of contemporary stages posed for a working playwright; there are also essays on the narrative poems, A Midsummer Night's Dream and the last plays. The essays demonstrate the subtlety and agility of Empson's mind, as well as his remarkable breadth of knowledge, while the almost racy wit of his informal prose style argues for a literary criticism which should never become solemn if it is to be truly serious.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11502/cover/9780521311502.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scenes of Nature, Signs of Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on 19th and 20th Century American Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the relationship of the American writer to his land and language - to the 'scene' and the 'sign', to the natural landscape and the inscriptions imposed upon it by men. Among the questions considered in the first section of the book are how does American Romantic writing differ from European; what are the peculiar problems faced by the American artist, and what roles does he adopt to tackle them; what kind of writing results when authors as different as Henry Adams and Mark Twain lament the vanishing of an earlier America, or when Adams and Henry James review their complex relationship to their homeland, or when W. D. Howells and Stephen Crane seek to define their themes in a specifically American setting. The second section of the book examines similar concerns in a number of contemporary writers, notably Thomas Pynchon, John Barth, Donald Barthelme, John DeLillo, and William Gass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11557/cover/9780521311557.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Etymology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malkiel, Yakov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Etymology has been largely neglected since the beginning of this century. Professor Yakov Malkiel here sets out to rescue it from its fate. He enquires into the style, structure, presuppositions, and purposes of etymological enquiries over the last two centuries, and sets them against the practice of etymology in Antiquity and the Middle Ages. He also examines the complex and changing interrelationship between etymology and general linguistics in recent times, with the intention of revitalising etymological research. Professor Malkiel is undoubtedly one of the most distinguished practitioners of the discipline, and brings to this work a remarkable breadth and depth of scholarship. Wide-ranging and imaginative, Etymology will be welcomed by all historical linguists and Romance linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11663/cover/9780521311663.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict and Compromise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Slavery, Emancipation and the American Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ransom, Roger L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No series of events has had a more dramatic impact on the course of American history than the Civil War and the emancipation of four million black slaves. In this book Professor Roger Ransom examines the economic and political factors that led to the attempt by Southerners to dissolve the Union in 1860, and the equally determined effort of Northerners to preserve it. Drawing on recent research in economic, political, and social history, Ransom argues that the system of capitalist slavery in the South not only 'caused' the Civil War by producing tensions that could not be resolved by compromise; it also played a crucial role in the outcome of that War by crippling the southern war effort at the same time that emancipation became a unifying issue for the North.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11670/cover/9780521311670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultural Models in Language and Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Dorothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Naomi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers in this volume, a multidisciplinary collaboration of anthropologists, linguists, and psychologists, explore the ways in which cultural knowledge is organized and used in everyday language and understanding. Employing a variety of methods, which rely heavily on linguistic data, the authors offer analyses of domains of knowledge ranging across the physical, social, and psychological worlds, and reveal the importance of tacit, presupposed knowledge in the conduct of everyday life. The authors argue that cultural knowledge is organized in 'cultural models' - storylike chains of prototypical events that unfold in simplified worlds - and explore the nature and role of these models. They demonstrate that cultural knowledge may take either proposition-schematic or image-schematic form, each enabling the performance of different kinds of cognitive tasks. Metaphor and metonymy are shown to have special roles in the construction of cultural models. The authors also demonstrates that some widely applicable cultural models recur nested within other, more special-purpose models. Finally, it is shown that shared models play a critical role in thinking, allowing humans to master, remember, and use the vast amount of knowledge required in everyday life. This innovative collection will appeal to anthropologists, linguists, psychologists, philosophers, students of artificial intelligence, and other readers interested in the processes of everyday human understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11687/cover/9780521311687.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enter the Whole Army</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Pictorial Study of Shakespearean Staging, 1576-1616</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodges, C. Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Hodges enjoys a unique reputation as both illustrator and scholar of the Renaissance theatre. This book consists of fifty of his drawings, with accompanying text, which together reconstruct the original staging of scenes from Shakespeare's plays. It offers imaginative solutions to the puzzling questions which surround those early performances at the large public and smaller private theatres. Hodges creates visual explanations for specific scenes and incidents in the plays, such as Cleopatra's monument, or the siege of Orleans. He shows different uses of the 'discovery space' and upper stage, the creative use of stage posts and trap doors and the employment of special effects. With the rebuilding of the Globe Theatre on Bankside scholars, actors and directors are confronting again the problems of staging which Shakespeare's theatre provokes. Walter Hodges' ingenious and practical solutions will appeal to students and theatregoers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11700/cover/9780521311700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Resource Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neher, Philip A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The events of our time reveal a world where people are more able than ever before to exploit their environment. There are questions about when and how to use resources and about the ability of current institutions to make the appropriate decisions concerning their allocation. Natural Resource Economics explores the positive contribution that economics can make to resolving issues of all kinds: the atmosphere, the land and water, and wild animals and plants. This book establishes a concert framework for thinking about resource allocation that borrows from the familiar microeconomic theory of the firm by elaborating the concept of capital asset management and extends these concepts to deal with the problems of resource utilization. In addition, the idea of market failures is used to justify the assertion that collective action is needed to achieve a more economical allocation of resources when ordinary markets are conspicuously inefficient. The book serves the student who wants to learn how to solve natural resource problems as opposite to merely read about them. By working with this volume the reader acquires a tool kit to formulate and solve intertemporal allocation problems. The first section offers an introduction to the main topics and introduces basic ideas to the general reader. The remaining three sections build on university and college lavel micro-economics and on the first university course in mathematics. The use of mathematics is motivated by the pressing need to confront problems that are difficult to solve with less powerful tools. Mathematical appendixes are provided to refresh the reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11748/cover/9780521311748.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Renormalization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Renormalization, the Renormalization Group and the Operator-Product Expansion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most of the numerical predictions of experimental phenomena in particle physics over the last decade have been made possible by the discovery and exploitation of the simplifications that can happen when phenomena are investigated on short distance and time scales. This book provides a coherent exposition of the techniques underlying these calculations. After reminding the reader of some basic properties of field theories, examples are used to explain the problems to be treated. Then the technique of dimensional regularization and the renormalization group. Finally a number of key applications are treated, culminating in the treatment of deeply inelastic scattering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11779/cover/9780521311779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experience and its Modes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oakeshott, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic work is here published for the first time in paperback in recognition of its enduring importance. Its theme is Modality: human experience recognized as a variety of independent, self-consistent worlds of discourse, each the invention of human intelligence, but each also to be understood as abstract and an arrest in human experience. The theme is pursued in a consideration of the practical, the historical and the scientific modes of understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11793/cover/9780521311793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Vasas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Sweden 1523-1611</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive history of sixteenth-century Sweden has remained a standard work for English-speaking historians since its publication in 1968. It is now available in paperback for the first time. The book includes a full account of the reign of Gustav Vasa (1523-60), one of the greatest rulers of his age, and of the half-century after his death that paved the way for Sweden's emergence as a great power. Professor Roberts provides an account of the course of the Swedish Reformation: he analyses those trans-Baltic entanglements which were to assume such importance, both for Sweden and for Europe, in the next century; and he pays particular attention to the constitutional controversies which reached their climax, though not their end, with the deposition of King Sigismund and the 'Bloodbath of Link&#246;ping'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11823/cover/9780521311823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Behaviour and Bargaining Equilibrium in Games and Social Situations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harsanyi, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a paperback edition of a major contribution to the field, first published in hard covers in 1977. The book outlines a general theory of rational behaviour consisting of individual decision theory, ethics, and game theory as its main branches. Decision theory deals with a rational pursuit of individual utility; ethics with a rational pursuit of the common interests of society; and game theory with an interaction of two or more rational individuals, each pursuing his own interests in a rational manner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11830/cover/9780521311830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521311969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521311969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521311960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deciding for Others</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethics of Surrogate Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521311960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Allen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, Dan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most comprehensive treatment available of one of the most urgent - and yet in some respects most neglected - problems in bioethics: decision-making for incompetents. Part I develops a general theory for making treatment and care decisions for patients who are not competent to decide for themselves. It provides an in-depth analysis of competence, articulates and defends a coherent set of principles to specify suitable surrogate decisionmakers and to guide their choices, examines the value of advance directives, and investigates the role that considerations of cost ought to play in decisions concerning incompetents. Part II applies this theoretical framework to the distinctive problems of three important classes of individuals, many of whom are incompetent: minors, the elderly and psychiatric patients. The authors' approach combines a probing analysis of fundamental issues in ethical theory with a sensitive awareness of the concrete realities of health care institutions and the highly personal and individual character of difficult practical problems. Its broad scope will appeal to health professionals, moral philosophers and lawyers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/11960/cover/9780521311960.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Theory of Surreal Numbers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gonshor, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The surreal numbers form a system which includes both the ordinary real numbers and the ordinals. Since their introduction by J. H. Conway, the theory of surreal numbers has seen a rapid development revealing many natural and exciting properties. These notes provide a formal introduction to the theory in a clear and lucid style. The the author is able to lead the reader through to some of the problems in the field. The topics covered include exponentiation and generalized e-numbers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12059/cover/9780521312059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Mark W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fifth volume in the major six-volume Commentary on Homer's Iliad now being prepared under the general- editorship of Professor G. S. Kirk. Volume I was published in 1985, Volume II in 1990; both were edited by Professor Kirk himself. Like its predecessors, the present volume (the first to appear from the hand of one of Professor Kirk's four collaborators) consists of four introductory essays (including discussions of similes and other features of narrative style) followed by the Commentary. The Greek text is not included. This project is the first large-scale commentary on The Iliad,  for nearly one hundred years, and takes special account of language, style and thematic structure as well as of the complex social and cultural background to the work. The Commentary is an essential reference work for all students of Greek literature, and archaeologists and historians will also find that it contains matters of relevance to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12080/cover/9780521312080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iliad: A Commentary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the sixth and final volume of the major Commentary on Homer's Iliad issued under the General Editorship of Professor G. S. Kirk. It consists of introductory chapters dealing with the structure and main themes of the poem, book division, the end of the Iliad in relation to the Odyssey, and the criticism and interpretation of the Homeric poems in antiquity. The commentary follows. (The Greek text is not included.) This volume contains a consolidated index of the Greek words in all six volumes. This project is the first large-scale commentary in English on the Iliad for nearly one hundred years, and takes special account of language, style, thematic structure and narrative technique, as well as of the cultural and social background to the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12097/cover/9780521312097.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Great Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Male Domination and Power among the New Guinea Baruya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godelier, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swyer, Rupert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Baruya are a tribal society in highlands Papua New Guinea, with whom Western contact was first made in 1951. During the last twenty years, Maurice Godelier has spent many long periods of time living among this people, and in this book he presents a detailed account of their lives and their forms of social organization. The focus of the book is on inequality and power in this classless society. Godelier discusses both the power that certain men (the Great men) have over others through their control of war, shamanism, hunting, and rites of initiation, as well as the extraordinary power and domination that men in general exert over women. He explores how this domination is produced and maintained, examining it in particular through a detailed study of male and female initiation. He also analyzes the role that sexuality plays in Baruya thought and theories, showing that in the Baruya view, every aspect of domination - be it (in Western categorization) economic, political, or symbolic - can be explained by sexuality, and the different role of the sexes in human reproduction. A major contribution both to the ethnography of Melanesia and to anthropological theory, the book will interest scholars and students of anthropology, as well as other readers interested in power and inequality, and in the relationships between the sexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12127/cover/9780521312127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wealth and Virtue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Shaping of Political Economy in the Scottish Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hont, Istvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ignatieff, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wealth and Virtue reassesses the remarkable contribution of the Scottish Enlightenment to the formation of modern economics and to theories of capitalism. Its unique range indicates the scope of the Scottish intellectual achievement of the eighteenth century and explores the process by which the boundaries between economic thought, jurisprudence, moral philosophy and theoretical history came to be established. Dealing not only with major figures like Hume and Smith, there are also studies of lesser known thinkers like Andrew Fletcher, Gershom Carmichael, Lord Kames and John Millar as well as of Locke in the light of eighteenth century social theory, the intellectual culture of the University of Edinburgh in the middle of the eighteenth century and of the performance of the Scottish economy on the eve of the publication of the Wealth of Nations. While the scholarly emphasis is on the rigorous historical reconstruction of both theory and context, Wealth and Virtue directly addresses itself to modern political theorists and economists and throws light on a number of major focal points of controversy in legal and political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Small Books and Pleasant Histories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Fiction and its Readership in Seventeenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spufford, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Attention has increasingly turned in recent years from the economic and agricultural framework of the life of the English villager in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries to his or her social and mental world. Margaret Spufford's interest in literacy, and particularly in the ability to read, which laid the villager open to all sorts of external influences other than those coming from the pulpit and the manor house, has led her in this book to examine both the spread of reading ability, and one of the principal forms of cheap print available in the late seventeenth century at a price within the reach of the day labourer. Many historians, notably history of education specialists, had not realized the extent of elementary schooling and the consequent existence of a mass readership and a popular literature created especially for it before the Charity School movement. This book provides them with a radical new emphasis. Dr Spufford's book examines the profits made by these publishers, the scale of their operations, and the way the 'small books' were distributed throughout the country. It also examines their content, and compares the English chapbooks with their French counterparts. By so doing, the author throws light on one of the influences at work on the seventeenth-century villager, and illuminates some of the concepts and imagery that formed the imaginative stock-in-trade of the man behind the plough.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12189/cover/9780521312189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monetary Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Federal Reserve and the Politics of Monetary Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolley, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to describe and analyze the relationships between the Federal Reserve and the president, Congress, bankers, and economists. Far from being politically independent, the Federal Reserve is shown to be sensitive to a wide range of political influences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12479/cover/9780521312479.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wickham, Glynne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a thoroughly revised edition of Glynne Wickham's important history of the development of dramatic art in Christian Europe. Professor Wickham surveys the foundations on which this dramatic art was built: the architecture, costumes and ceremonial of the imperial court at Byzantium, the liturgies of countires in the Eastern and Western Empires and the triumph of the Roman rite and the Romanesque style in Western art. Within this context Professor Wickham describes three major influences upon the drama: religion, recreation and commerce. The first produced the liturgical music drama rooted in praise of Christ the King, vernacular Corpus Christi drama, Saint Plays and Moralities centred on the humanity of Christ. The second gave rise to the secular theatres of social recreation based on the games and dances of village communities ad the more sophisticated sex and war games of the nobility. The section on commerce shows how the development of the drama was intimately related to questions of funding and management which led, during the sixteenth century, to the substitution of a professional for an amateur theatre, and to a growing emphasis on stage spectacle. For this third edition the author has added a substantial section on monastic reform and its effect on Biblical translation and the use of allegory; a final chapter charts the transition in different European countries from this medieval Gothic theatre to the neoclassical methods of play construction and representation which flourished for the next two hundred years. The book gorges a coherent pattern through a very large and complicated subject. It is an excellent introduction to medieval theatre for undergraduates and to the growing number of theatregoers who enjoy contemporary revivals of medieval plays. A large plate section gives a pictorial version of the story, using photographs of contemporary manuscript illuminations, mosaics, frescoes, paintings and sculptures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, O. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a straightforward, elementary textbook for beginning students of philosophy. The general aim is to provide a clear introduction to the main issues arising in the philosophy of mind. Part I discusses the Cartesian dualist view which many find initially appealing, and contains a careful examination of arguments for and against. Part II introduces the broadly functionalist type of physicalism which has Aristotelian roots. This approach is developed to yield accounts of perception, action, belief and desire, and the emerging theory of the mind is compared at each stage with rival historical and contemporary views. In Part III the functionalist approach is further explored in giving analyses of sensation, thought and freedom of will. The discussions throughout are exceptionally clear, and the writing uncomplicated, to make available to the students a wealth of detailed argument in the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12509/cover/9780521312509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Popular Front in France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Defending Democracy, 1934-38</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of the Popular Front, the left-wing coalition which emerged in France during the 1930s in response to the threat of fascism and which went on to win the elections of 1936, giving France her first socialist premier, L&#233;on Blum. After a brief narrative history of the Popular Front the book is organised thematically around the main historiographical debates to which the Popular Front has given rise. Among the issues considered are the origins of the strikes of 1936, the reasons for the failure of the Popular Front economic policy, the relationship between culture and politics in France in the 1930s and the causes of France's policy of non-intervention in the Spanish Civil War. The book views the Popular Front at three levels - as a mass movement, political coalition and government - and argues that it must not be seen just as a narrowly political phenomenon but as a political, social and cultural explosion which attempted to break down the barriers between all areas of human activity in the highly compartmentalised society of France in the 1930s. Even if the Popular Front ultimately failed in this aim it has acquired legendary status in France, and the epilogue to the book briefly examines the 'myth' of the Popular Front from 1936 to the present day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12523/cover/9780521312523.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compactification of Siegel Moduli Schemes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chai, Ching-Li</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Siegel moduli scheme classifies principally polarised abelian varieties and its compactification is an important result in arithmetic algebraic geometry. The main result of this monograph is to prove the existence of the toroidal compactification over Z (1/2).  This result should have further applications and is presented here with sufficient background material to make the book suitable for seminar courses in algebraic geometry, algebraic number theory or automorphic forms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12530/cover/9780521312530.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sterne: Tristram Shandy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iser, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, David Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Without a beginning and without an end, Tristram Shandy moves in many different directions, defying the conventional expectations of its readers. Wolfgang Iser shows how Sterne exploits the philosophy of his day and its cognitive deficiencies, using digression, humour and play to convey experience of subjectivity, and implicitly to expose the traditional concept of the self.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12639/cover/9780521312639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthology from Klopstock to Enzenberger</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swales, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This anthology of German poetry prints a representative section from the work of seventeen poets writing from the mid eighteenth century to the present. There are poems by Klopstock, Goethe, Schiller, H&#246;lderlin, Novalis, Brentano, Eichendorff, Heine, Droste-H&#252;lshoff, M&#246;rike, Hofmannsthal, Rilke, Trakl, Benn, Brecht, Celan, and Enzensberger. The aim of the volume is to dispel whatever fears students may have about reading German poetry by suggesting that lyric poetry offers the most economical and enjoyable way of comprehending the range and variety of German literature over the past two hundred years. In his introduction Professor Swales discusses the nature of lyric poetry in general and then presents a brief historical survey of the themes and modes of German lyric poetry in this period. Notes are provided on individual poems, not with the aim of offering definitive interpretations, but in order to highlight points of theme and style and to facilitate class discussion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12646/cover/9780521312646.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hildenbrand, Werner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the Fourth World Congress of the Econometric Society, a number of Symposia were held at which invited papers were given. The purpose of these Symposia was to survey as completely as possible those areas in Economic Theory and Econometrics where important research had come to light during the last few years. This volume includes papers delivered at the Congress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12660/cover/9780521312660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hildenbrand, Werner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes papers delivered at the Fourth World Congress of the Econometric Society. It will interest economic theorists and econometricians working in universities, government, and business and financial institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12677/cover/9780521312677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131268X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131268X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rituals and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Roman Imperial Cult in Asia Minor</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, S. R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his study of the Greek cults of the Roman emperor in Asia minor, Simon Price attempts to discover why the Roman Emperor was treated like a god. He contends that ever since the emergence of Christianity within the Roman Empire the problem has been misinterpreted; a Christianizing distinction between religion and politics has led to the cult being considered simply as a form of political honours. Drawing on anthropology as well as numismatics and archaeology, literary sources and inscriptions, Dr Price offers a fundamentally different perspective. He examines how the Greek cults of the Roman Emperor located the Emperor with their subjection to the external power of Rome. The book falls into two major parts. The first analyses the historical, social and cultural contexts of the Imperial cult, showing that the cult was deeply rooted in the Greek cities. The second focusses on the evocations of the rituals of temples, images and sacrifices. It casts light on the architechural development of Greek Cities, on cult statues in the ancient world and on the vitality and flexibility of the Greek religious system. In his concluding chapter the author draws out some of the general implications of the book; comparative material from Africa and Cambodia help our understanding of the relationship between religious ritual and political power. This book, which assumes no knowledge of Latin or Greek, will appeal to students and teachers of ancient history and archaeology. It will also attract anthropologists, historians and others interested in the interpretation of rituals and in the history of early Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12684/cover/9780521312684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Peasantry in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goubert, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pierre Goubert is perhaps the foremost contemporary historian of the French peasantry, and in this book he synthesises the work of a lifetime to produce a vivid, readable, and uniquely accessible account of rural life in seventeenth-century France. Much of the very latest scholarship is incorporated in Professor Goubert's survey, which examines not only such crucial external relationships as those between peasant and priest, that existed within the peasantry themselves. In clear and uncondescending prose Professor Goubert paints a broad picture of peasant life as it was lived from the cradle to the grave, and depicts above all the multi-faceted variety (whether regional, social, or economic) of pre-modern France. As a further aid to students this English-language edition also contains a new supplementary bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12691/cover/9780521312691.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Bochner-Riesz Means</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Katherine Michelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chang, Yang-Chun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the modern theory of Fourier series. Treating developments since Zygmund's classic study, the authors begin with a thorough discussion of the classical one-dimensional theory from a modern perspective. The text then takes up the developments of the 1970s, beginning with Fefferman's famous disc counterexample. The culminating chapter presents Cordoba's geometric theory of Kayeka maximal functions and multipliers. Research workers in the fields of Fourier analysis and harmonic analysis will find this a valuable account of these developments. Second year graduate students, who are familiar with Lebesgue theory and are acquainted with distributions, will be able to use this as a textbook which will bring them up to the exciting open questions in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12776/cover/9780521312776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Efficiency Wage Models of the Labor Market</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Akerlof, George A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yellen, Janet L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the more troubling aspects of the ferment in macroeconomics that followed the demise of the Keynesian dominance in the late 1960s has been the inability of many of the new ideas to account for unemployment remains unexplained because equilibrium in most economic models occurs with supply equal to demand: if this equality holds in the labor market, there is no involuntary unemployment. Efficiency Wage Models of the Labor Market explores the reasons why there are labor market equilibria with employers preferring to pay wages in excess of the market-clearing wage and thereby explains involuntary unemployment. This volume brings together a number of the important articles on efficiency wage theory. The collection is preceded by a strong, integrative introduction, written by the editors, in which the hypothesis is set out and the variations, as described in subsequent chapters, are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521312884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521312884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521312882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Algebras</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Durham Symposium 1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521312882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the latest developments in representation theory are surveyed in a series of expository articles based on lectures given at the 1985 LMS Durham Symposium on representations of algebras. The emphasis is on the representation type of finite-dimensional algebras. Topics covered include almost split sequences, the theory of tubes, tilting functions, hammocks, and triangulated categories. There are also papers on the representation type of local rings of singularities, and on recent results in the modular representation theory of finite groups. All the articles are designed to be self contained and should be a useful aid to someone wishing to bring themselves up to date in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/12882/cover/9780521312882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Physical Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series in intended for those students following advanced level social biology and related syllabuses. Each text deals with a specific topic area and the series as a whole provides a stimulating introduction to a subject of growing importance. The control of disease and the active encouragement of good health is a major priority of nations worldwide. This book gives a detailed study of a number of diseases and health problems from which common themes and underlying principles emerge. Details of transmission, treatment and control are covered as well as epidemiology and sociooeconomic factors - particularly the implications of AIDS. Topics range from infectious diseases, pulmonary disease and malaria to immunology, transplantation and physical fitness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Policy and Police</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Enforcement of the Reformation in the Age of Thomas Cromwell</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>G. R. Elton's Policy and Police, first published in 1972, has since acquired classic status in the literature on the government of sixteenth-century England. The book examines what actually happened during Henry VIII's break with Rome, the widespread resistance which necessitated constant vigilance on the part of the government, and the role of Thomas Cromwell, whose surviving correspondence permits a detailed insight both into the purposes of government and the manner in which it was experienced by the people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13094/cover/9780521313094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Defiance of Oligarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tory Party 1714-60</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colley, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In English history the years between 1714 and 1760 are peculiar in two ways. They have received only scant attention from historians, and they witnessed the exclusion of the tory sector of the nation's landed elite from all central as well as from prime local offices. In this book Linda Colley explores the fate of the tory party which has dominated both Parliament and the constituencies throughout of the reigns of William III and Anne. She refutes any simple identification of the party with cryto-Jacobitism, and explains both the ideological, electoral, and organisational factors which enabled it to survive under the early Hanoverians, and the circumstances which prevented it from regaining total or limited access to the political centre. Like canaries down a mine, the proscribed tories are also used to gauge the atmosphere of their high-and low-political environment. By examining the tory party's persistent if unavailing parliamentary lobbies and opinion, Dr Colley brings into question many of the current orthodoxies about England's political stability under George I and George II, and casts doubt on the repidity and novelty of political and social developments thereafter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bringing the State Back In</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rueschemeyer, Dietrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skocpol, Theda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently, dominant theoretical paradigms in the comparative social sciences did not highlight states as organizational structures or as potentially autonomous actors. Indeed, the term 'state' was rarely used. Current work, however, increasingly views the state as an agent which, although influenced by the society that surrounds it, also shapes social and political processes. The contributors to this volume, which includes some of the best recent interdisciplinary scholarship on states in relation to social structures, make use of theoretically engaged comparative and historical investigations to provide improved conceptualizations of states and how they operate. Each of the book's major parts presents a related set of analytical issues about modern states, which are explored in the context of a wide range of times and places, both contemporary and historical, and in developing and advanced-industrial nations. The first part examines state strategies in newly developing countries. The second part analyzes war making and state making in early modern Europe, and discusses states in relation to the post-World War II international economy. The third part pursues new insights into how states influence political cleavages and collective action. In the final chapter, the editors bring together the questions raised by the contributors and suggest tentative conclusions that emerge from an overview of all the articles. As a programmatic work that proposes new directions for the analysis of modern states, the volume will appeal to a wide range of teachers and students of political science, political economy, sociology, history, and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13131/cover/9780521313131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Local Spectral Theory for Closed Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erdelyi, Ivan N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shengwang, Wang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, which is almost entirely devoted to unbounded operators, gives a unified treatment of the contemporary local spectral theory for unbounded closed operators on a complex Banach space. While the main part of the book is original, necessary background materials provided. There are some completely new topics treated, such as the complete spectral duality theory with the first comprehensive proof of the predual theorem, in two different versions. Also covered are spectral resolvents of various kinds (monotomic, strongly monotonic, almost localized, analytically invariant), and spectral decompositions with respect to the identity. The book concludes with an extensive reference list, including many papers published in the People's Republic of China, here brought to the attention  of Western mathematicians for the first time. Pure mathematicians, especially those working in operator theory and functional analysis, will find this book of interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13148/cover/9780521313148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Light in August</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millgate, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Light in August (1932) is one of William Faulkner's most important, most challenging, and most widely studied novels, demanding to be approached from many angles and with a variety of critical and scholarly skills. Here five distinguished critics offer just such a range of approaches, discussing the novel in terms of its composition and its place in Faulkner's oeuvre; its structure and narrative techniques; its relation to the religious, racial, and sexual assumptions of the society it depicts; its presentation of women and handling of gender-related issues; and the social and moral implications of the 'hero' status accorded to a figure like Joe Christmas. Each contributor has had a double ambition: to write clearly and directly, thus making the volume accessible to the widest possible audience, and to write freshly and originally, so as to enhance - even for those thoroughly familiar with the existing criticism - understanding and appreciation of Light in August itself and of Faulkner's work as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13322/cover/9780521313322.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy, Society, and Schooling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reader</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Castell, Suzanne de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luke, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Egan, Kieran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the current 'literacy crisis' alleged in professional journals and the popular press. Literacy is at once a contentious social and educational issue, a continuing concern of parents and teachers, and the focal point of a range of disciplinary inquiries. Literacy, Society, and Schooling draws together especially commissioned essays on the nature, history, and pedagogy of literacy by social historians, philosophers, literary scholars, linguists, educators, and psychologists. The editors have attempted to convey, in an accessible format, the range and diversity of the scholarly debate about literacy-theory, research, and practice. Students, teachers, and researchers will find Literacy, Society, and Schooling an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Politics of his Day</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bammel, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moule, C. F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection - which has established itself since publication as one of the best surveys of the subject - investigates issues of great importance to our knowledge of Jesus in its balanced appraisal of his contact with the armed resistance movement of his day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131349X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131349X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sources of Social Power</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>559</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first part of a three-volume work on the nature of power in human societies. In it, Michael Mann identifies the four principal 'sources' of power as being control over economic, ideological, military, and political resources. He examines the interrelations between these in a narrative history of power from Neolithic times, through ancient Near Eastern civilisations, the classical Mediterranean age, and medieval Europe, up to just before the Industrial Revolution in England. Rejecting the conventional monolithic concept of a 'society', Dr. Mann's model is instead one of a series of overlapping, intersecting power networks. He makes this model operational by focusing on the logistics of power - how the flow of information, manpower, and goods is controlled over social and geographical space-thereby clarifying many of the 'great debates' in sociological theory. The present volume offers explanations of the emergence of the state and social stratification; of city-states, militaristic empires, and the persistent interaction between them; of the world salvation religions; and of the peculiar dynamism of medieval and early modern Europe. It ends by generalising about the nature of overall social development, the varying forms of social cohesion, and the role of classes and class struggle in history. Volume II will continue the history of power up to the present, centering on the interrelations of nation-states and social classes. Volume III will present the theoretical conclusions of the whole work. This ambitious and provocative attempt to provide a new theoretical frame for the interpretation of the theory of societies will be challenging and stimulating reading for a wide range of social scientists, historians, and other readers concerned with understanding large-scale social and historical processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13490/cover/9780521313490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speech Physiology, Speech Perception, and Acoustic Phonetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lieberman, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blumstein, Sheila E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook has been carefully designed to provide a thorough introduction to the study of speech. It assumes no technical background, and students from the wide variety of disciplines contributing to this new and exciting field will find the exposition always accessible. Each chapter progresses from simple examples to more detailed discussions of recent primary research and concludes with problem sets which student's will find interesting and enlightening. All the topics that are essential for a basic understanding of the field are covered - the physiological, biological, and neurological bases of speech; the physics of sound; the source-filter theory of speech production; and the principles underlying electrical and computer models of speech production. All students, whatever their area of special interest speech therapy, phonological theory, psycholinguistics. neurolinguistics, anthropology, etc. - will discover in this text the challenge and fascination of the scientific study of speech. The authors undoubtedly succeed in their explicit aim: not only, to prepare students to evaluate critically the latest research, but also to encourage them to undertake their own research projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13575/cover/9780521313575.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Neuropsychology to Mental Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shallice, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a cognitive neuropsychologist, Tim Shallice considers the general question of what can be learned about the operation of the normal cognitive system from the study of the cognitive difficulties arising from neurological damage and disease. He distinguishes two types of theories of normal function - primarily modular and primary non-modular - and argues that the problems of making valid inferences about normal function from studies of brain-damaged subjects are more severe for the latter. He first analyzes five well-researched areas in which some modularity can be assumed: short-term memory, reading, writing, visual perception, and the relation between input and output language processing. His aim is to introduce the methods about normal function mirror ones derived directly from studies of normal subjects and indeed at times preceded them. He then more theoretically examines these inferences, from group studies and individual case studies to modular and non-modular systems. Finally, he considers five areas where theories of normal function are relatively undeveloped and neuropsychology provides counterintuitive phenomena and guides to theory-building: the organization of semantic systems, visual attention, concentration and will, episodic memory, and consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13605/cover/9780521313605.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sour Grapes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Subversion of Rationality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sour Grapes aims to subvert orthodox theories of rational choice through the study of forms of irrationality. Dr Elster begins with an analysis of the notation of rationality, to provide the background and terms for the subsequent discussions, which cover irrational behaviour, irrational desires and irrational belief. These essays continue and complement the arguments of Jon Elster's earlier book, Ulysses and the Sirens. That was published to wide acclaim, and Dr Elster shows the same versatility here in drawing on philosophy, political and social theory, decision-theory, economics and psychology, as well as history and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13681/cover/9780521313681.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Invisible Man</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Meally, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Published less than fifty years ago, Ralph Ellison's Invisible Man shares with older classic works the odd quality of seeming to have been in place much longer. It is a novel that encompasses much of the American scene and character: though told by a single Afro-American voice and set in the contemporary South and then in modern New York City, its references are to the First World War, to Reconstruction, to the Civil War and slavery, to the founding of the American republic, to Columbus, and to the country's frontier past. In his introduction to this volume Robert O'Meally discusses Ellison's fictional strategies for reaching a wide audience while remaining true to his own artistic vision and voice. Then each of five critical essays explores a different aspect of this capacious novel. One looks at the novel's protagonist as an embattled artist-in-training: another focuses on the novel's political and philosophical backgrounds; a third discusses the style and meaning of the nameless narrator's speeches; a fourth examines the novel's modernism in light of its references to jazz and anthropology: and the final essay considers Invisible Man as a kind of war novel. Written in an accessible style, these essays represent the best of recent scholarship and provide students with a useful introduction to this major novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13698/cover/9780521313698.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Corporate Reconstruction of American Capitalism, 1890-1916</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Market, the Law, and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sklar, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the turn of the twentieth century American politics underwent a profound change, as both regulatory minimalism and statist command were rejected in favor of positive government engaged in both regulatory and distributive roles. Through a fresh examination of the judicial, legislative, and political aspects of the antitrust debates in the years from 1890-1916, Martin Sklar shows that the arguments did not arise simply because of competition versus combination, but because of the larger question of the proper relations between government and the market and between state and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13827/cover/9780521313827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Earliest Life of Gregory the Great</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colgrave, Bertram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his role of apostle of the English and promoter of Augustine's mission, Gregory the Great became the subject of what is one of the earliest pieces of literature surviving from the Anglo-Saxon period: a Life written by an unknown author at Whitby around 680-704. Although crude in its latinity and idiosyncratic in its presentation, this work is a fascinating source of early traditions about the conversion of the English - including the famous story of Gregory's encounter with the Anglian slave boys - and an important witness to the veneration felt for the saint himself. It casts valuable light on English history in the seventh century, particularly on the career of Edwin of Northumbria, and is the source of two of the most famous legends of the Middle Ages, the Mass of St Gregory and the story of Trajan's rescue from hell. The Life of Gregory seems to be the earliest of the Saints' lives of this period and it is in many ways the most remarkable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13841/cover/9780521313841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two Lives of St. Cuthbert</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colgrave, Bertram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two complementary lives of Cuthbert illuminate both the secular history of the golden age of Northumbria and the historic shift from Celtic to Roman ecclesiastical practice which took place after the Synod of Whitby. Cuthbert was very much in the Irish monastic tradition. He adopted Roman usages, becoming prior and eventually bishop of Lindisfarne, but the essential nature of his commitment changed little and he lived for much of his later life as a hermit on the island of Farne, with the birds as his only companions. The two lives make an interesting contrast: the earlier, anonymous Life of 698-705 is clear, concise and rich in Lindisfarne tradition, viewing Cuthbert as no more than the great saint of his own house. Bede's prose Life of 721, however, is polished, literary, more than twice as long and altogether more didactic; treating Cuthbert as a model from which to draw lessons about how to be a perfect bishop and monk. Taken together, the lives vividly evoke the character of a remarkable churchman and provide a compelling picture of early monastic life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13858/cover/9780521313858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Bishop Wilfrid</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephanus, Eddius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colgrave, Bertram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Life of Wilfrid offers us a graphic portrait of one of the most forceful characters in the history of the English Church: a man courageous and energetic yet at the same time litigious, ostentatious and overbearing, his life punctuated by restless travels and the most violent quarrels. Of noble birth, Wilfrid (c.634-709) gained his first experience of monastic life as a boy at Lindisfarne. Thereafter we find him at various times, crossing Gaul, staying in Lyons, visiting Rome, back in England at York, Ripon or Hexham, preaching to heathens in Sussex or Frisia, quarrelling with kings and bishops, imprisoned in Northumbria, again in Rome seeking papal support for his claims, founding monasteries in the Midlands and at last, in his old age, reconciled to those with whom he had earlier quarrelled so bitterly. Partisan but highly detailed, the Life was probably written within a decade of the saint's death. It is a remarkable account of a powerful personality who aroused affection and dislike in almost equal proportions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13872/cover/9780521313872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forces of Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, P. C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new edition of Paul Davies' very highly regarded text on high-energy particle physics aimed at the scientifically educated general reader. Since the appearance of the first edition in 1979 there have been many major developments in the field, and the author has taken this opportunity to bring the text completely up to date. Paul Davies includes details of one of the most significant of these developments, the experimental discovery in 1983 of the W and Z intermediate vector bosons, and discusses the implications for the eventual unification of the four forces of nature. In addition to this, the discovery of the top and bottom quarks, the details and predictions of modern grand unified theories (GUTs), and the application of the results of high-energy physics to studies of the very early universe are all included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Expression and Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Theory of Speech Acts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Searle's Speech Acts made a highly original contribution to work in the philosophy of language. Expression and Meaning is a direct successor, concerned to develop and refine the account presented in Searle's earlier work, and to extend its application to other modes of discourse such as metaphor, fiction, reference, and indirect speech arts. Searle also presents a rational taxonomy of types of speech acts and explores the relation between the meanings of sentences and the contexts of their utterance. The book points forward to a larger theme implicit in these problems - the basis certain features of speech have in the intentionality of mind, and even more generally, the relation of the philosophy of language to the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13933/cover/9780521313933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521313945</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521313945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putnam, Hilary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of Hilary Putnam's philosophical papers, published in paperback for the first time. The volume contains his major essays from 1975 to 1982, which reveal a large shift in emphasis in the 'realist'&#160;position developed in his earlier work. While not renouncing those views, Professor Putnam has continued to explore their epistemological consequences and conceptual history. He now, crucially, sees theories of truth and of meaning that derive from a firm notion of reference as inadequate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13940/cover/9780521313940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131397X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131397X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521313971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eight Hours for What We Will</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Workers and Leisure in an Industrial City, 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521313971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenzweig, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first comprehensive study of American working-class recreation, Professor Rosenzweig takes us to the saloons, the ethnic and church picnics, the parks and playgrounds, the amusement parks, and the movie houses where industrial workers spent their leisure hours. Focusing on the city of Worcester, Massachusetts, he describes the profound changes that popular leisure underwent. Explaining what these pastimes and amusements tell us about the nature of working-class culture and class relations in this era, he demonstrates that in order fully to understand the working class experience it is necessary to explore the realm of leisure. For what workers did in the corner saloon, the neighbourhood park, the fraternal lodge hall, the amusement park, and the nickelodeon had a good deal of bearing on what happened inside the factories, the union halls, and the voting booths of America's industrial communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/13971/cover/9780521313971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Public Utility Pricing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sibley, David Sumner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Debate about deregulation has focused considerable attention on the pricing policies of public utilities. Much work has been done by economists on this subject, and in this book the results of that research are presented and made accessible to students of economics. The main subject is the policy to be followed by a regulated monopoly, but the analysis is broadened to take account of a fringe of competitive suppliers, making it relevant to electric utilities and local telephone companies in the US, to PTT's in Europe, to the possible privatisatibn of telecommunications in Australia, and to the telecommunications structure in the UK where the dominant supplier has recently been privatised. The book gives a unified and simplified exposition of the modern theory of efficient pricing which is not available elsewhere. The theoretical discussion is supplemented by numerical simulation comparing Fully Distributed Cost Pricing, Ramsey Pricing, and Optimal Non-uniform Pricing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131402X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131402X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Treatise on Harpsichord Tuning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denis, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panetta, Vincent J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Treatise on Harpsichord Tuning was the first French document to discuss keyboard performance practice in any detail. Jean Denis was both a harpsichord builder of renown and the organist of a prominent Parisian church, and is thus an authority worthy of careful study. The treatise addresses numerous matters of interest to both scholars and performers, including temperament, ornamentation, fugue, and the use of the organ in liturgical practice. Also included in the treatise are a keyboard prelude designed to reveal errors in tuning, and two delightful anecdotes attesting to the power of music. The forthright character of Denis's writing lends a unique and distinctly enjoyable tone to the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14022/cover/9780521314022.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds of Reference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McArthur, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Worlds of Reference is a history of dictionaries, encyclopedias and reference materials, but it is also far more than that, because it is concerned with the growth of civilisation, education and culture - and particularly how the human race learned to store information beyond the brain. It looks at how our species moved from being able to communicate only orally and to store information only in the head (rote memorisation) to the evolution of technologies for external reference: clay- and cunieform, reed-and-hieroglyph, bamboo-and-ideogram, parchment-and-alphabet, codices, books, pages, columns and so forth through the print revolution to the current electronic revolution. Along the way it looks at how this has affected languages like Latin, french, and English and people's attitudes to those languages - and to words and the listing of information about words. This intensely human subject is as compelling and important today as any account of kings, queens, wars and social upheaval.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14039/cover/9780521314039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Blessing to Violence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Ideology in the Circumcision Ritual of the Merina</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The circumcision ritual of the Merina of Madagascar is seen by them primarily as a blessing, involving the transfer of the love and concern of the ancestors of their descendants. Yet the ritual ends in an act of ciolent wounding of the child. Similarily, while the ritual involves a symbolic assault on women, it is nonetheless welcomed by them as a mark of receiving the blessing of the ancestors. In this book, Maurice Bloch provides a detailed description and analysis of the Merina circumcision ritual today, offers an account of its history, and discusses the significance of his analysis for anthropological theories of ritual in general. Pursuing the theme of the combination of religious joy and illumination with violence, Professor Bloch explains how, at various times, the circumcision ceremony can be a familial ritual as well as glorification of a militarist and expansionist state, or associated with anti-colonial nationalism. Describing changes that have occurred in the form of the ritual over two centuries, Professor Bloch argues that in order to understand the properties of ritual in general, it is necessary to view it over a longer time scale than anthropologists have tended to do previously. Adopting such an historical perspective enables him to identify the stability of the Merina ritual's symbolic content, despite changes in its organisation, and dramatically changing politico-economic contexts. As well as presenting an original historical approach to the anthropological study of ritua;, Professor Bloch discusses a range of general theoretical issues, including the nature of ideology, and the relationship between images created in ritual and other types of knowledge. The book will appeal widely to scholars and students of anthropology, history, African studies, and comparative religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14046/cover/9780521314046.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plays by Harley Granville Barker</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Marrying of Ann Leete, The Voysey Inheritance, Waste</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Granville-Barker, Harley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harley Granville Barker, one of the most versatile figures in twentieth-century theatre, was the leader of the campaign to reform the English stage in the Edwardian period. His work as an actor, director, playwright, and manager set new standards of production and gave Shaw his first successful showings; his later career as a critic, after he abandoned the stage, opened new interpretations of Shakespeare and led the way to the establishment of a national theatre. This volume presents three of Granville Barker's best plays: The Marrying of Ann Leete (about a young woman rebelling against convention), The Voysey Inheritance (digging at middle-class hypocrisy), and Waste (banned by the Lord Chamberlain, the tragedy of a politician caught in a sexual trap). Written between 1899 and 1907, and collected here for the first time in a scholarly edition, they reveal Barker as an exciting, subtle and innovative dramatist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in Nineteenth-Century Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, Judith E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nineteenth century in Egypt was a period of rapid social and economic change, brought about by the country's developing ties with the European economy. Focusing on lower-class women, this study traces changes in the work role and family life of peasant women in the countryside and craftswomen and traders in Cairo, and explores the world of the slave woman. The effects of capitalist transformation on women are studied in detail, using material from the Islamic court records. The effects of the Egyptian process of state formation and colonial rule are discussed: the growth of the state apparatus, its social services and repressive means, brought new kinds of intervention into women's lives. The book provides a unique account of the very active economic, social and political roles of nineteenth-century women, from the peasant and street pedlar to the slave of the harem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14206/cover/9780521314206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Weberian Sociological Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Randall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Randall Collins convincingly argues that much of Max Weber's work has been misunderstood, and that many of his most striking and sophisticated theories have been overlooked. By analysing hitherto little known aspects of Weber's writings, Professor Collins is able both to offer a new interpretation of Weberian sociology and to show how the more fruitful lines of the Weberian approach can be projected to an analysis of current world issues. Professor Collins begins with Weber's theory of the rise of capitalism, examining it in the light of Weber's later writings on the subject and extending the Weberian line of reasoning to suggest a 'Weberian revolution' in both medieval Europe and China. He also offers a new interpretation of Weber's theory of politics, showing it to be a 'world-system' model; and he expands this into a theory of geopolitics, using as a particular illustration the prediction of the future decline of Russian world power. Another 'buried treasure' in the corpus is Weber's conflict theory of the family as sex and property, which Professor Collins applies to the historical question of the conditions that led to the initial rise in the status of women. The broad view of Weber's works shows that Weberian sociology remains intellectually alive and that many of his theories still represent the frontier of our knowledge about large-scale social processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14268/cover/9780521314268.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Production Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dual Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chambers, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a modern treatment of production economics from a dual perspective, with special emphasis on recent developments. Results that were scattered throughout professional journals and monographs are now gathered into an integrated approach using a common notation. The book prepares the reader to apply the tools of the dual approach to real world problems and data sets. Particular care has been devoted to choosing topics for discussion that achieve this goal. Throughout the book there are worked examples and exercises, which are geared toward developing the reader's facility in using modern developments in production economics. Separate chapters are devoted to production, cost, and profit functions. Other topics include flexible functional forms, aggregation across inputs and outputs using the theory of separable structures, aggregation over economic optimizing firms, the representation of multioutput technologies, and the analysis and measurement of technical change from both a primal and a dual perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14275/cover/9780521314275.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Awakening</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When The Awakening was first published in 1899 it was an extraordinarily controversial book. One of the first American novels to concern itself with themes of adultery and divorce, it was widely attacked as 'vulgar' and 'unhealthy'. In her introduction to this collection, Wendy Martin discusses the historical background of the novel and analyses the heroine's evolution from a role of traditional femininity to one of autonomous individualism. The essays that follow explore other central themes of the novel, as well as locating Chopin in the tradition of American women novelists and discussing her status as a pre-modernist writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14459/cover/9780521314459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Claude Debussy: Pell&#233;as et M&#233;lisande</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Richard Langham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first comprehensive guide to Pell&#233;as et M&#233;lisande, Debussy's only completed opera, this book is written by three of the leading authorities on French music of the period. As a background to the opera Richard Langham Smith discusses the play, by the Belgian dramatist Maeterlinck, and considers its literary roots. David Grayson then traces the genesis and composition of the opera, examining also the sketches and rejected versions in order to illuminate Debussy's compositional strategies. A detailed synopsis by Roger Nichols, which considers carefully Debussy's musical response to the text, forms a central chapter. The book then moves on to consider more detailed aspects of the style and language of the opera. The relationship between symbols and musical motives forms the basis of a chapter by Richard Langham Smith, and a subsequent chapter by him considers the themes of darkness and light and the key-schemes used to portray them. Two chapters by Roger Nichols on the various performances since 1902 and on the ideas of interpreters and commentators complete the text. The book concludes with a detailed bibliography and a discography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14466/cover/9780521314466.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Wisdom of Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Relevance to Culture and Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Hanbury</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We live in a culture which, while largely dependent on science for its material welfare, is largely ignorant of the new ideas and perspectives on which science is based. This book examines the true significance of science and technology for society over the last three hundred years. Professor Hanbury Brown's insight and experience have resulted in a novel approach to the discussion of the cultural role of science. After reviewing the history of how science grew to be both useful to, and feared by society, the book traces the same period in the context of new ideas and concepts in scientific research. Later chapters deal with society's current view of science and the need for attitudes to be changed, and then a discussion of the religious dimensions of science. This book aims to clear away some of the popular misconceptions about science and to put in their place a wider and deeper understanding of the nature of science and its value to society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14480/cover/9780521314480.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The American</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banta, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American (1877) was written the very year Henry James committed himself to making his way as an author outside America. It thus formed part of the brief that James had to draw up both for and against his countrymen. This collection of original essays casts new light on this and other major aspects of the novel: the French literary influences on James as he gravitated between the genres of the romantic and the realistic novel; the many-layered French political scene that he incorporated into the novel; the complex gender roles of his characters; and the pervasive effect of capitalism upon them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14497/cover/9780521314497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131481X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131481X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What is a Law of Nature?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of a crucial and controversial topic in metaphysics and the philosophy of science: the status of the laws of nature. D. M. Armstrong works out clearly and in comprehensive detail a largely original view that laws are relations between properties or universals. The theory is continuous with the views on universals and more generally with the scientific realism that Professor Armstrong has advanced in earlier publications. He begins here by mounting an attack on the orthodox and sceptical view deriving from Hume that laws assert no more than a regularity of coincidence between instances of properties. In doing so he presents what may become the definitive statement of the case against this position. Professor Armstrong then goes on to establish his own theory in a systematic manner defending it against the most likely objections, and extending both it and the related theory of universals to cover functional and statistical laws. This treatment of the subject is refreshingly concise and vivid: it will both stimulate vigorous professional debate and make an excellent student text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14817/cover/9780521314817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521314828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521314828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Age Class Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Institutions and Polities Based on Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernardi, Bernardo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kertzer, David I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All societies are differentiated by age. But in some, this differentiation takes the form of institutionalized, formally graded age classes, the members of which share an assigned 'structural' age, if not necessarily the same physiological age. The nature of formal age group systems has become one of the classic issues in modern social anthropology, although until now there has been no comprehensive explication of these complex forms of social organization. In this book, Bernardo Bernardi, one of the pioneers of the anthropological study of age class systems, provides a way of making sense of the diversity of such systems by analysing cross-culturally their common features and the pattern of their differences, and showing that they serve a general purpose for the organization of society and for the distribution and rotation of power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14824/cover/9780521314824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131495X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131495X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521314954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illustrating BBC Basic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521314954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book may be used as a self-contained manual for BBC-BASIC, the main language of the BBC Microcomputer and Master Series Computers. Information is presented in a form handy for reference. Page 163, for example, tabulates all characters in the ASCII range; pages 124-5 summarize all information needed when composing screens of MODE 7 graphics. A quick reference to all functions and operators is given on page 179; the syntax of every statement and command of BBC-Basic is summarized on pages 180-1. But there is more to this book. How do you make a computer sort names into alphabetical order? Not as obvious as it might seem. Three different sorting techniques are explained by example in this book: bubble sort, monkey puzzle (more formally the 'binary tree') and Quicksort relies on 'recursion' - an important programming concept which is explained and demonstrated. Making coloured objects rebound around the walls of a squash court is another technique demonstrated; so is making voices sing in harmony; so is computerizing a humble address book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/14954/cover/9780521314954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Sixty-Five</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dilemma of Old Age in America's Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the changing roles and perceptions of old age in nineteenth-century America. It shows how the economic and social transformation of the nation affected the condition of the aged, as it altered beliefs about their abilities and needs. Focusing on the ideas of doctors, charity workers, and social planners, it traces the process by which their view of senescence was incorporated into geriatric medicine, the development of the nation's first old-age homes and mandatory retirement plans. With the adoption of these programmes, old age came to be seen as a widespread social problem. By the early twentieth century, it had become characterized as a time of dependence and disease - an attitude which continues to influence the way that modern Americans perceive and treat the elderly.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15074/cover/9780521315074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pursuit of Happiness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family and Values in Jefferson's Virginia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an unusual and challenging study of the 'inner world' of the Virginia gentry during Jefferson's lifetime. It argues that, in the years after the Revolution, the gentry turned away from public life into the privacy of their homes and families. A new, sentimental religion agreed that the world was filled with woe and advised detachment from it in preparation for a better one to come. Notions of success, likewise, offered little cheer, as men and women reluctantly accepted the individualistic proposition that their destinies were in their own hands. Neither religion nor success assured earthly happiness; instead, Virginians sought their salvation in love. There, in the family and in feeling, men and women broke through the eighteenth-century's emotional restraint to pursue, but not always to find, the happiness they believed awaited them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15081/cover/9780521315081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money and Liberty in Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critique of Historical Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reddy, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of class, along with its correlates -m class interest, class conflict, class consciousness - ramain indispensable tools of historical explanation. Yet research over the last twenty-five years, especially on the histories of England, France, and Germany, has revealed an increasingly poor fit between these concepts and the reality they purport to explain. Some historians have reacted by rejecting class; others have proposed bold revisions in our understanding of it that enable it to encompass new research findings. This study does neither. Instead, building on interpretive method Professor Reddy proposes to replace class with an alternative concept that seeks to capture from a new angle the fundamental relations of exchange and authority that have shaped social life in modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15098/cover/9780521315098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sounds of French</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tranel, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introductory textbook is principally addressed to English speakers who want systematically to improve their pronunciation of French - whether relative beginners or more advanced students. It describes the difficulties typically encountered, explains why they occur. and suggests ways to resolve them. It also explains how certain properties of the French sound system came about as the language changed over time, and it includes an examination of the relationship between French spelling and French pronunciation. Although focusing on the pronunciation of standard French, different pronunciations in other varieties of French (Qu&#233;bec French, Southern French, etc.) are also considered. In addition, from a more theoretical perspective, the book provides readers with a fundamental understanding of the way French sounds are produced and how they behave according to general linguistic principles. Overall the book stands as a multifaceted introduction to French sounds, drawing for its account on contrastive analysis, general phonetics, traditional knowledge and modern developments in phonology, historical linguistics, and orthography. Teachers of French will welcome Bernard Tranel's wide scholarship and firm grasp of teaching principles, while students will welcome the refreshing clarity of style and organization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15104/cover/9780521315104.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Red Badge of Courage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Lee Clark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1895, The Red Badge of Courage found immediate success and brought its author immediate fame. In his introduction to this volume, Lee Clark Mitchell discusses how Crane broke with the conventions of both fiction and journalism to create a uniquely 'disruptive' prose style. The five essays that follow each explore different aspects of the novel. One studies the problem of establishing the authentic text; another examines it as a war novel; a third considers it as a critique of the rising mood of militant imperialism in the 1890s; a fourth focuses on the double perspective of the novel - its shift between the hero's perspective and a larger, 'cosmic' one; and the final essay examines the novel's deconstruction of courage/cowardice. Written in a highly accessible style, these essays represent the best of recent scholarship and provide students with a useful introduction to this major novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15128/cover/9780521315128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Education of Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Purposes and Practices of Schools</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lazerson, Marvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLaughlin, Judith Block</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McPherson, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Stephen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Education of Value is about the problems involved in reforming American schools - in the past and in the decades to come. The authors consider the historical, political, and philosophical tensions between the perennial twin goals of American education: equality and excellence. They discuss the necessary preconditions for enduring progress: enhancing the conditions of teaching, improving the education and re-education of teachers, rethinking the curriculum, developing learning through the use of computers, and strengthening the leadership of schools. The issues raised in this book concern every modern society, and the authors' ideas will challenge a wide audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15159/cover/9780521315159.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space-Time Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schr&#246;dinger, Erwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In response to repeated requests this classic book on space-time structure by Professor Erwin Schr&#246;dinger is now available in the Cambridge Science Classics series. First published in 1950, and reprinted in 1954 and 1960, this lucid and profound exposition of Einstein's 1915 theory of gravitation still provides valuable reading for students and research workers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15203/cover/9780521315203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassels, J. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The p-adic numbers, the earliest of local fields, were introduced by Hensel some 70 years ago as a natural tool in algebra number theory. Today the use of this and other local fields pervades much of mathematics, yet these simple and natural concepts, which often provide remarkably easy solutions to complex problems, are not as familiar as they should be. This book, based on postgraduate lectures at Cambridge, is meant to rectify this situation by providing a fairly elementary and self-contained introduction to local fields. After a general introduction, attention centres on the p-adic numbers and their use in number theory. There follow chapters on algebraic number theory, diophantine equations and on the analysis of a p-adic variable. This book will appeal to undergraduates, and even amateurs, interested in number theory, as well as to graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15258/cover/9780521315258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homological Questions in Local Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strooker, Jan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an account of several conjectures arising in commutative algebra from the pioneering work of Serre and Auslander-Buchsbaum. The approach is via Hochster's 'Big Cohen-Macaulay modules', though the complementary view point of Peskine-Szpiro and Roberts, who study the homology of certain complexes, is not neglected. Various refinements of Hochster's construction, obtained in collaboration with Bartijn, are included. A special feature is a long chapter written by Van den Dries which explains how a certain type of result can be 'lifted' from prime characteristic to characteristic zero. Though this is primarily a research monograph, it does provide introductions to most of the topics treated. Non-experts may therefore find it an appealing guide into an active area of algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15265/cover/9780521315265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quarks, Gluons and Lattices</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Creutz, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the lattice approach to quantum field theory. The spectacular successes of this technique include compelling evidence that exchange of gauge gluons can confine the quarks within subnuclear matter. The lattice framework enables novel schemes for quantitative calculation and has caused considerable cross-disciplinary activity between elementary particle and solid state physicists. The treatment begins with the lattice definition of a path integral and ends on Monte Carlo simulation methods. Other topics include invariant group integration, duality, mean field theory and renormalization group techniques. The reader is assumed to have a basic background in relativistic quantum mechanics and some exposure to gauge theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15357/cover/9780521315357.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the second volume of his abridgement of Joseph Needham's original text, Colin Ronan looks in detail at the early Chinese contributions to various sciences. The first section deals with mathematics, and it is shown that the Chinese works were comparable with the pre-Renaissance achievements of the old world. This account is written with the non-mathematician in mind. The text is next concerned with the sciences of astronomy and meteorology, followed by the Earth sciences: geography, cartography, geology, seismology and mineralogy. Volume 2 closes with a description of some aspects of Chinese physics, including their predilection for the wave theory as opposed to particles, metrology, statics, hydrostatics, heat, light and sound.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15364/cover/9780521315364.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in the Hellenistic World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philo</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An extremely important Jewish writer and thinker of the first century AD, Philo of Alexandria exercised through his ideas and language a lasting influence on the development and growth of Christianity in the New Testament period and later. This book provides an introduction to the major themes and ideas in the religious and philosophical thinking of Philo and outlines the importance of his thought by means of introductory treatments and sections of freshly translated text and commentary. Dr Williamson illustrates in his work the place and significance of Philo within Judaism and as part of the background to Christianity, and so provides a valuable resource for scholars and students in this area of study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15487/cover/9780521315487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society and the Dance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Anthropology of Process and Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dancing has its place in all societies; yet the phenomenon of dance has been oddly neglected by most anthropologists. This volume is intended to further anthropological awareness of its critical relevance. It is claimed that, in a very important sense, society creates the dance, and it is to society and not just to the dancer's experience that we must turn to understand its significance. Performance has meaning within social process. The anthropological analysis of dance can be approached in a variety of ways. These are identified in the introduction to the volume, and then illustrated by seven case examples drawn from Africa, Southeast Asia, Melanesia, and Oceanis. In successive chapters, dancing is presented as a controlled emotional outlet whose form reflects cosmology; as a creative experience that draws adolescent girls into the adult world; as an extension of speech and gesture that adds further levels of meaning to formal occasions; as a strategy for orchestrating the climax of a successful exchange; as a challenge to the power of elders that generates an alternative reality; as a communial response to crisis that recreates order out of confusion; and as a sequence of transformations that periodically resolves an inherent social dilemma. The volume concludes with an assessment of the relevance of the work by a dance scholar. By revealing dance as an aspect - often the most spectacular aspect - of ritual behaviour, this work is intended to stimulate more anthropologists and those in related disciplines to realise the full potential of its study. It also offers insights to those who are principally interested in dance itself, as well as appealing to any reader who shares a curiosity about the ways in which the spectacle of dance can be interpreted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15500/cover/9780521315500.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third volume of Colin Ronan's abridgement of Joseph Needham's monumental work is devoted to Chinese contributions to nautical science and technology. In the original text, these subjects were dealt with in separate parts; in this abridgement they are coveniently presented in a single unified account. The book opens with an examination of what is perhaps the greatest single contribution of Chinese civilisation to nautical science, the magnetic compass. Then follow chapters on navigation, nautical history, and voyages and discoveries, together with design and methods of construction of Chinese shipping. A final chapter looks at nautical technology in war and peace. In the original text, the material covered here appeared in Volume IV Part I and Volume IV Part 3. In abridging the text, the opportunity has been taken to include the official Pin Yin transliterations alongside those of the original work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15609/cover/9780521315609.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virginia Woolf: The Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolf, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eric Warner places The Waves in the context of Virginia Woolf's career and of the 'modern' age in which it was written. He examines how she came to write the novel, what her concerns were at the time, and how it is linked both in style and theme with her earlier, more accessible works. A final chapter explores the problematic relation of the book to the genre of the novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15630/cover/9780521315630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Imperfect Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Spatial Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenhut, Melvin L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hung, Chao-Shun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>427</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes a new approach to traditional price theory and to the analysis of imperfect competition. It represents a breakthrough in the development of a 'new' microeconomic theory. Increasingly, it has been recognized that the perfectly competitive paradigm is inappropriate to the explanation of pricing behaviour in many 'real life' markets characterized by a significant separation between producers and consumers. The spatial perspective adopted by the authors provides a natural separation of markets, but provides as well a powerful analogy for apparently nonspatial issues such as product differentiation, pricing over time, problems of storage and transportation, and the economics of intraindustry trade and of the multinational enterprise. A major concern of The Economics of Imperfect Competition: A Spatial Approach is to make these analogies explicit by applying this spatial analysis to a wide variety of nonspatial problems. In addition, the analysis and results presented in this book are shown to carry signficant policy implications with respect, for example, to the Robinson-Patman legislation, antimerger policies, and antidumping legislation. In particular, the authors have addressed issues that are of increasing concern to specialists, researchers, policy makers, and students in the areas of price theory, industrial organization, international trade, and regional and urban economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15647/cover/9780521315647.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131576X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131576X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elliptic Structures on 3-Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Charles Benedict</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume will give a systematic exposition of known results for free actions by finite groups on S. The text begins with preliminary material on Seifert manifolds and group classification. This is followed by sections dealing with related topics including free bZe/2 and bZe/3 actions on lens/prism manifolds, the reduction theorem and tangential structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15760/cover/9780521315760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classification, Evolution, and the Nature of Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panchen, Alec L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historically, naturalists who proposed theories of evolution, including Darwin and Wallace, did so in order to explain the apparent relationship of natural classification. This book begins by exploring the intimate historical relationship between patterns of classification and patterns of phylogeny. However, it is a circular argument to use the data for classification. Alec Panchen presents other evidence for evolution in the form of a historically based but rigorously logical argument. This is followed by a history of methods of classification and phylogeny reconstruction including current mathematical and molecular techniques. The author makes the important claim that if the hierarchical pattern of classification is a real phenomenon, then biology is unique as a science in making taxonomic statements. This conclusion is reached by way of historical reviews of theories of evolutionary mechanism and the philosophy of science as applied to biology. The book is addressed to biologists, particularly taxonomists, concerned with the history and philosophy of their subject, and to philosophers of science concerned with biology. It is also an important source book on methods of classification and the logic of evolutionary theory for students, professional biologists, and paleontologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15784/cover/9780521315784.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131593X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131593X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Game Theory and Political Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ordeshook, Peter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Formal political theory seeks to develop formal, mathematical models of political and economic processes. This book attempts to integrate the last twenty years of development in this field. Professor Ordeshook uses the modern developments in the theory of games (decision making with multiple, interactive decision makers) as the basis for the synthesis. Topics covered include models of elections and of committee processes, the demand and supply of public goods, and surveys of game theory and social-choice theory. Game Theory and Political Theory is designed as a textbook for graduate courses in formal political theory and political economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15937/cover/9780521315937.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521315956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521315956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521315951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Painting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521315951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ling, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>261</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first general history of Roman painting written specifically for English-language readers. Large numbers of wall-paintings have survived from the Roman world, and particularly from Rome itself and from the cities of Pompeii, Herculaneum and Stabiae, buried in the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in AD 79; they include examples of elaborate decorative schemes as well as mythological pictures, landscapes, still lifes, and scenes from everyday life. Their influence upon European artists of the Renaissance and Neo-Classical periods has been considerable. Recent research has provided a much clearer idea of the chronology of these paintings, of their sources of inspiration, and of their meaning to the various classes of patrons who commissioned them. Now for the first time all aspects of our knowledge are brought together in an up-to-date survey. Among other topics the book discusses the so-called Four Pompeian Styles, their spread to the provinces, the broad developments in scheme, style and subject-matter which followed them, the relation of mythological pictures to Greek 'old masters', the factors which dictated the choice of particular subjects and the way in which they were represented, the technical processes of ancient wall-painting, and what we know about the painters and the organisation of their workshops.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/15951/cover/9780521315951.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frijda, Nico H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are 'emotions'? Drawing together the threads of current research on the nature and funactions of emotional expression, of physiological reactions, and of emotional experience, this book offers a balanced survey of facts and theory. Nico Frijda discusses the motivational and neurophysiological preconditions for emotions, and the ways in which emotions are regulated by the individual. Considering the kinds of events that elicit emotions, he argues that emotions arise because events are appraised by people as favorable or harmful to their own interests. he takes an information-processing perspective: Emotions are viewed as outcomes of the process of assessing the world in terms of one's own concerns, which, in turn, modify action readiness. This analysis leads him to address such fundamental issues as the place of emotion in motivation generally and the discrepancy between the functions of the emotions and their often irrational and disruptive character. An important contribution to recent debates, The Emotions does not presuppose extensive prior knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>W. A. Mozart: Le Nozze di Figaro</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Le nozze di Figaro (1786) was Mozart's first mature opera buffa. It was also the first of his three major collaborations with the librettist Lorenzo da Ponte. Unlike Don Giovanni (1787) and Cos&#236; fan tutte (1790), Figaro has few obvious problems, and even if it is not without flaws, it nevertheless contains a remarkable mixture of all those elements that go to produce a good opera: a sound plot, a well-structured text and fine music. This opera handbook examines the work from historical and musical perspectives, to set it in the context of Mozart's age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16064/cover/9780521316064.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Red Petrograd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Revolution in the Factories, 1917-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the impact of the 1917 Revolution on factory life in the Russian capital. It traces the attempts of workers to take control of their working lives from the February Revolution through to June 1918, when the Bolsheviks nationalised industry. Although not primarily concerned with the political developments of the Revolution, the book demonstrates that the sphere of industrial production was a crucial arena of political as well as economic conflict. Having discussed the structure and composition of the factory workforce in Petrograd prior to 1917 and the wages and conditions of workers under the old regime, Dr Smith shows how workers saw the overthrow of the autocracy as a signal to democratise factory life and to improve their lot. After examining the creation and activities of the factory committees, he analyses the relationship of different groups of workers to the new labour movement, and assesses the extent to which it functioned democratically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of Literary Understanding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olsen, Stein Haugom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does a reader respond to a work of literature and how does he begin to evaluate it? Mr Olsen attempts to answer these and related questions. The book is in two parts. In the first three chapters, the author demolishes established theories that literature has a special language, provides a heightened insight into 'truth' and has emotion as its prime currency. In the remaining chapters Mr Olsen constructs and fully illustrates the theory that understanding of a work of literature comes in two complementary stages: first, judgements about the author's aesthetic intentions (interpretation); second, appreciation of the aesthetic qualities of the work (evaluation). At the end of his argument, attempting an answer to the question 'Why is literature important?', Mr Olsen characterizes literature as an institution and thus forges links with contemporary philosophy which sees all human action as ordered and defined by social institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16316/cover/9780521316316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Powers of Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Capitalism, the State, and Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alford, Robert R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedland, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Existing theories of the nature of the state in Western capitalist democracies have been mostly propounded from one of three major theoretical perspectives, each emphasising a particular aspect of the state: the 'pluralist', which emphasises its democratic aspect: the 'managerial', which emphasises its bureaucratic elements: and the 'class', which focuses on its capitalistic aspect. Each of these theoretical perspectives has contributed something to our understanding of the state, but each also has its limitations. In this book, Alford and Friedland evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of each perspective and present a new, synthetic framework for a more comprehensive theory of the state. Impartially reviewing the major historical and empirical works within each theoretical tradition, they reveal how empirical study has been shaped by theoretical assumptions. They agree that each perspective has a distinctive 'power' to understand part of the reality of the modern state, although it is powerless to explain other parts. In each case, the part that can be explained is the perspective's 'home domain', or the aspect of the state that it emphasises, while other aspects are either rejected or reinterpreted. The authors argue that the state cannot be adequately understood unless full account is taken of each of these home domains, and they suggest how the contributions of each perspective to the explanation of its own domain can be integrated into a new, and more powerful, theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16354/cover/9780521316354.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cavour and Garibaldi 1860</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Political Conflict</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Denis Mack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1954, and now re-issued with a fresh preface, Cavour and Garibaldi remains the single most important contribution yet made by an English-speaking historian to the study of the Risorgimento. Devoted to seven crucial months in 1860, the work examines in detail the sequence of events between the Sicilian rebellion in April, and the absorption of all the south into the Italian kingdom of Victor Emmanuel in November. It shows, in the contrasting priorities of the two great leaders, the creative tensions that underlay the movement for Italian unification. Against Cavour's desire to extend to the rest of the peninsula the benefits of Piedmontese liberalism, the author juxtaposes Garibaldi's dream of a united Italy, achieved if necessary by force. The diplomat and political strategist is compared with the soldier and popular hero, and in the comparison it is Garibaldi who emerges as the realist, and Cavour as the inspired but dogmatic muddler.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16378/cover/9780521316378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316383</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Christian Polity of John Calvin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#246;pfl, Harro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the relationship between Calvin's thought about civil and ecclesiastical order and his own circumstances and activities. The early chapters argue that in his pre-Genevan writings, including the first edition of the Institution, Calvin's political thinking was entirely conventional; his subsequent thought and conduct were not an implementation of previously formulated ideas. Later chapters examine whether and to what extent Calvin developed a distinctive vision of the Christian polity as part of an overall conception of the Christian life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16385/cover/9780521316385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study William Lyons presents a sustained and coherent theory of the emotions, and one which draws extensively on the work of psychologists and physiologists in the area. Dr Lyons starts by giving a thorough and critical survey of other principal theories, before setting out his own 'causal-evaluative' account. In addition to giving an analysis of the nature of emotion - in which, Dr Lyon argues, evaluative attitudes play a crucial part - his theory throws light on the motivating role of emotions in our lives, our attitudes towards our emotions and our responsibility for them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16392/cover/9780521316392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism, Rationalism and Scientific Method</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feyerabend, Paul K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past thirty years Paul Feyerabend has developed an extremely distinctive and influentical approach to problems in the philosophy of science. The most important and seminal of his published essays are collected here in two volumes, with new introductions to provide an overview and historical perspective on the discussions of each part. Volume 1 presents papers on the interpretation of scientific theories, together with papers applying the views developed to particular problems in philosophy and physics. The essays in volume 2 examine the origin and history of an abstract rationalism, as well as its consequences for the philosophy of science and methods of scientific research. Professor Feyerabend argues with great force and imagination for a comprehensive and opportunistic pluralism. In doing so he draws on extensive knowledge of scientific history and practice, and he is alert always to the wider philosophical, practical and political implications of conflicting views. These two volumes fully display the variety of his ideas, and confirm the originality and significance of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16422/cover/9780521316422.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131643X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131643X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ancient Constitution and the Feudal Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of English Historical Thought in the Seventeenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pocock, J. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Pocock's subject is how the seventeenth century looked at its own past. In the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, one of the most important modes of studying the past was the study of the law - the historical outlook which arose in each nation was in part the product of its law, and therefore, in turn of its history. In clarifying the relation of the historical outlook of seventeenth-century Englishmen to the study of law, and pointing out its political implication, Pocock shows how history's ground was laid for a more philosophical approach in the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16439/cover/9780521316439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metrical Phonology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Course Book</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogg, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCully, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the theory of metrical phonology, one of the most exciting developments in linguistic theory in the last decade. Metrical phonology has revolutionised our ideas and knowledge of such phenomena as stress patterning, and contributed to a better understanding of quite basic phonological issues. Up to now the material which has been published in this field has taken the form of scholarly articles and dissertations: the aim of this book is to provide a simple and accessible introduction to the topic. It concentrates on stress and rhythmical phenomena in English - as the most profitable introduction to the theory - and discusses fully the comparative merits of different approaches; but the authors leave the reader to determine for himself the most appropriate solution, having presented a wide range of evidence and alternative analyses. There are frequent exercises to encourage the student to practise the analytical techniques and understand developments in the theory. Each chapter ends with a list of topics for discussion, and a section on further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16514/cover/9780521316514.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Comedy of Greece and Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In writing this book on the plays of New Comedy the author's aim is to fill a gap in the existing literature by concentrating on what one might look for in watching and reading these plays and why such an exercise might be pleasurable. The social comedy of Menander, Plautus and Terence provided a style of comic drama which was to prove the root of all subsequent western comedy. Dr Hunter gives a literary account of this drama, placing it in its ancient context and then ranging over a number of specific topics and themes: the dramatic craft of the poets, their exploration of how to give variety to stereotyped plots and characters, the presentation of women, the use of language and themes from tragedy, the place of moralising and philosophy. All Greek and Latin is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16521/cover/9780521316521.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Major Novels</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolf, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Judith Woolf's elegantly written book introduces school and university students, as well as the interested general reader, to the major novels of Henry James (1843-1916), the American writer who became a great European novelist and died a naturalised Englishman. The principal novels in which James explored his central theme, the betrayal of innocence, are discussed in a lucid way which offers fresh intrepretations and communicates to the non-specialist reader the excitement rather than the difficulty of reading James. Difficulty is nonetheless often a feature of his work, and Judith Woolf does not shun important questions. She places him in the context of the history of the English novel (Fielding, Richardson, Dickens, and George Eliot), focusing on traditions of tragic and comic vision and on the subtleties of expression and perspective enabled by the narrative form. The book includes a short account of James's life, a list of his works and their dates, and a selected guide to further criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16552/cover/9780521316552.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verdi in the Age of Italian Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kimbell, David R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Kimbell's classic study illuminates the first fifteen years of Verdi's composing career, the era that culminated in his trio of masterpieces, Rigoletto, Il Trovatore and La Traviata. Verdi had become an acknowledged master of the peculiar brand of Romanticism that flourished in Italy in the 1830s and 40s; this background is examined in its political, social and literary light, and his consequent transformation of Italian operatic conventions is analysed. The four parts of Professor Kimbell's book range over biographical, documentary, literary and close-analytical ground. Attention is given to individual operas in order to show how Verdi assimilated and developed the Romantic tradition in his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Science: Bacon to Newton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seventeenth-century England witnessed an unprecedented flourishing of natural philosophy, inspired by Francis Bacon's call for a new science based on observation and experiment, to be carried out in collective research projects,whose findings would be communicated in clear language. This anthology documents the effect of Bacon's ideas in the remarkably fruitful period following 1660. It includes his sketch of a scientific research institute in the New Atlantis (1627), which inspired the founding of the Royal Society in 1662, as acknowledged by Thomas Sprat in its History, excerpted here. Bacon's plea for an appropriate language for science also affected the Royal Society, as Sprat records, and gave birth to a number of schemes for man-made artificial languages, represented here by John Wilkins's Essay Towards a Real Character and a Philosophical Language (1668). The selections are accompanied by a general introduction, extensive notes, contemporary illustrations, a glossary of obsolete and technical terms and an updated bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16835/cover/9780521316835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Music in the Arab World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Culture and Artistry of Tarab</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Racy, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A. J. Racy is well known as a scholar of ethnomusicology and as a distinguished performer and composer. In this pioneering book, he provides an intimate portrayal of the Arab musical experience and offers insights into how music generally affects us all. The focus is tarab, a multifaceted concept that has no exact equivalent in English and refers to both the indigenous music and the ecstatic feeling associated with it. Richly documented, the book examines various aspects of the musical craft, including the basic learning processes, how musicians become inspired, the love lyrics as tools of ecstasy, the relationship between performers and listeners, and the influence of technological mediation and globalization. Racy also probes a variety of world musical and ecstatic contexts and analyses theoretical paradigms from other related disciplines. Written in a lucid style, Making Music in the Arab World will engage the general reader as well as the specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16859/cover/9780521316859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Tragedies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehl, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the students and the general reader to Shakespeare's tragedies and to many of the problems, both old and new, of interpreting them. Traditional questions and answers regarding the texts, as well as teir realization in performance, are freshly examined, and it is shown how the plays do not offer easy of final solutions to the tragic dilemmas presented, but engage the reader and spectator in a debate with more than one possible outcome. Each of the tragedies (Titus Andronicus, Romeo and Juliet, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, Julius Caesar, Antony and Cleopatra, Coriolanus, Timon of Athens, and Troilus and Cressida) is examined separately, with discussions of its provenance, its stage history and critical history, and of the problems associated with its categorization as part of the 'tragic' genre. The analyses do not pretend to lead up to a single authoritative thesis; Professor Mehl's intention is rather to point out conventions, difficulties, possible solutions, and crucial moments within the plays, and the ways they have been treated by critics and theatre-goers alike. He refers widely to a representative body of Shakespearian criticism, and provides a useful bibliography which indicates the best sources for a reader wishing to pursue individual themes further. The book is carefully written and should serve as a valuable introduction for anyone wanting to gain a sense of the richness of the plays and the diversity of debate and interpretation that has surrounded them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16903/cover/9780521316903.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez: One Hundred Years of Solitude</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One Hundred Years of Solitude is perhaps the most important landmark of the so-called 'Boom' in contemporary Latin American fiction. Published in 1967, the novel was an instant success, running to hundreds of editions, winning four international prizes, and being translated into 27 languages. In 1982, its author received the Nobel Prize for Literature. Michael Wood places the novel in the context of modern Colombia's violent history, and helps the reader to explore the rich and complex vision of the world which Garcia Marquez presents in it. Close reference is made to the text itself (in English translation), and there is a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16927/cover/9780521316927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mann: Buddenbrooks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridley, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook series is ambitious in scope. It provides concise and lucid introductions to major works of world literature from classical antiquity to the twentieth century. It is not confined to any single literary tradition or genre, and will cumulatively form a substantial library of textbooks on some of the most important and widely read literary masterpieces. Each book is devoted to a single work and provides a close reading of that text, as well as a full account of its historical, cultural, and intellectual background, a discussion of its influence, and a guide to further reading. The contributors to the series give full consideration to the linguistic issues raised by each text, and, within the overall framework of the series, are given complete freedom in the choice of their critical method. Where the text is written in a language other than English, full account is taken of readers studying the text in English translation. While critical jargon is avoided, important technical terminology is fully explained and thus this series will be genuinely accessible to students at all levels and to general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16972/cover/9780521316972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521316995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521316995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521316996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Goethe: The Sorrows of Young Werther</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521316996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swales, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The tradition of the German novel, before the emergence of its 'classic' writers in the first half of the twentieth century (Thomas Mann, Kafka, Hesse, Musil), does not have an assured place in the canon of European literature. Not that it has wanted for spirited advocates; but, despite all efforts, it has remained firmly on the periphery. The one signal exception is Goethe's novel Die Leiden des jungen Werthers usually rendered as 'The Sorrows of Young Werther'. Werther was an extraordinary and immediate bestseller both in Germany and abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/16996/cover/9780521316996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Localization in Noetherian Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jategaonkar, A. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph first published in 1986 is a reasonably self-contained account of a large part of the theory of non-commutative Noetherian rings. The author focuses on two important aspects: localization and the structure of infective modules. The former is presented in the opening chapters after which some new module-theoretic concepts and methods are used to formulate a new view of localization. This view, which is one of the book's highlights, shows that the study of localization is inextricably linked to the study of certain injectives and leads, for the first time, to some genuine applications of localization in the study of Noetherian rings. In the last part Professor Jategaonkar introduces a unified setting for four intensively studied classes of Noetherian rings: HNP rings, PI rings, enveloping algebras of solvable Lie algebras, and group rings of polycyclic groups. Some appendices summarize relevant background information about these four classes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17139/cover/9780521317139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Topology via Differential Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karoubi, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leruste, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume the authors seek to illustrate how methods of differential geometry find application in the study of the topology of differential manifolds. Prerequisites are few since the authors take pains to set out the theory of differential forms and the algebra required. The reader is introduced to De Rham cohomology, and explicit and detailed calculations are present as examples. Topics covered include Mayer-Vietoris exact sequences, relative cohomology, Pioncare duality and Lefschetz's theorem. This book will be suitable for graduate students taking courses in algebraic topology and in differential topology. Mathematicians studying relativity and mathematical physics will find this an invaluable introduction to the techniques of differential geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17146/cover/9780521317146.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stopping Time Techniques for Analysts and Probabilists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Egghe, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers convergence of adapted sequences of real and Banach space-valued integrable functions, emphasizing the use of stopping time techniques. Not only are highly specialized results given, but also elementary applications of these results. The book starts by discussing the convergence theory of martingales and sub-( or super-) martingales with values in a Banach space with or without the Radon-Nikodym property. Several inequalities which are of use in the study of the convergence of more general adapted sequence such as (uniform) amarts, mils and pramarts are proved and sub- and superpramarts are discussed and applied to the convergence of pramarts. Most of the results have a strong relationship with (or in fact are characterizations of) topological or geometrical properties of Banach spaces. The book will interest research and graduate students in probability theory, functional analysis and measure theory, as well as proving a useful textbook for specialized courses on martingale theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17153/cover/9780521317153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, George Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Surveying the beginnings of critical consciousness in Greece and proceeding to the writings of Aristophanes, Plato, Aristotle, and Hellenistic and Roman authors, this volume is not only for classicists but for those with no Greek or Latin who are interested in the origins of literary history, theory, and criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17177/cover/9780521317177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Literary Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nisbet, H. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rawson, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>970</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the most comprehensive account to date of the history of literary criticism in Britain and Europe between 1660 and 1800. Unlike previous histories, it is not just a chronological survey of critical writing, but a multidisciplinary investigation of how the understanding of literature and its various genres was transformed, at the start of the modern era, by developments in philosophy, psychology, the natural sciences, linguistics, and other disciplines, as well as in society at large. In the process, modern literary theory - at first often implicit in literary texts themselves - emancipated itself from classical poetics and rhetoric, and literary criticism emerged as a full-time professional activity catering for an expanding literate public. The volume is international both in coverage and in authorship. Extensive bibliographies provide guidance for further specialised study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17207/cover/9780521317207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prodigals and Pilgrims</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Revolution against Patriarchal Authority 1750-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fliegelman, Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author traces a constellation of intimately related ideas - about the nature of parental authority and filial rights, of moral obligation of Scripture, of the growth of the mind and the nature of historical progress - from their most important English and continental expressions in a variety of literary and theological texts, to their transmission, reception and application in Revolutionary America and in the early national period of American culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Foundations of Marxism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As John Roemer says in his introduction to this volume, 'During the past decade, what now appears as a new species in social theory has been forming: analytically sophisticated Marxism. Its practitioners are largely inspired by Marxian questions which they pursue with contemporary tools of logic, mathematics, and model building ... These writers are, self-consciously, products of both the Marxian and non-Marxian traditions.' This volume assembles substantial and original essays, both published and unpublished, by some of the leading practitioners of 'analytical Marxism'. The essays discuss a number of the fundamental issues of Marxian thought as well as questions that conventional Marxists see no need to raise. They exemplify the ways in which analytical Marxists are beginning to reinvigorate the Marxian tradition and, in doing so, to break down the barriers that have divided it from other forms of social theory. The volume will make an excellent textbook and an ideal introduction to this new approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17313/cover/9780521317313.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Applied Psycholinguistics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes, part of the Cambridge Monographs and Texts in Applied Psycholinguistics, present contemporary, high-level reviews of research, theory, and practice in reading, writing, and language-learning and in disorders of first language development. Each review focuses wherever possible on the work of its author or authors. This series will help those involved in psychology, linguistics, education, and speech sciences keep abreast of major developments in the many sub-areas of applied psycholinguistics. Volumes 1 and 2 are bound together in cloth, but for greater accessibility are published separately in paper.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Russian Revolutionary Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Turgenev to Pasternak</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeborn, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Freeborn's book is an attempt to identify and define the evolution of a particular kind of novel in Russian and Soviet literature: the revolutionary novel. This genre is a uniquely Russian phenomenon and one that is of central importance in Russian literature. The study begins with a consideration of Turgenev's masterpiece Fathers and Children and traces the evolution of the revolutionary novel through to its most important development a century later in Pasternak's Doctor Zhivago and the emergence of a dissident literature in the Soviet Union. Professor Freeborn examines the particular phases of the genre's development, and in particular the development after 1917: the early fiction which explored the relationship between revolution and instinct, such as Pil'nyak's The Naked Year; the first attempts at mythmaking in Leonov's The Badgers and Furmanov's Chapayev; the next phase, in which novelists turned to the investigation of ideas, exemplified most notably by Zamyatin's We; the resumption of the classical approach in such works as Olesha's Envy, which explore the interaction between the individual and society. and finally the appearance of the revolutionary epic in Gorky's The Life of Klim Samgin, Sholokhov's Quiet Flows the Don, and Alexey Tolstoy's The Road to Calvary. Professor Freeborn also examines the way this kind of novel has undergone change in response to revolutionary change; and he shows how an important feature of this process has been the implicit assumption that the revolutionary novel is distinguished by its right to pass an objective, independent judgement on revolution and the revolutionary image of man. This is a comprehensive and challenging study of a uniquely Russian tradition of writing, which draws on a great range of novels, many of them little-known in the West. As with other titles in this series all quotations have been translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17375/cover/9780521317375.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saladin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of the Holy War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, Malcolm Cameron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, D. E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Saladin is one of the best known figures of the Middle Ages, and this study makes use of hitherto neglected Arabic sources, including unpublished manuscript material - -notably the correspondence, both private and official, of Saladin's own court -to set the whole of Saladin's career and achievements, civil and military, within the specific framework of his age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17399/cover/9780521317399.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Promoting Racial Harmony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banton, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years 1965-8 were the 'liberal hour' for race relations policy in Britain. Laws were then enacted, enforcement agencies created, and community relations councils established. These bodies, and their personnel, have been called 'the race relations industry'. To many people, the output of this 'industry' appears disappointing relative to the input into it. This book examines a variety of optimistic assumptions about the speed with which immigrants adjust to a new environment; inadequate minority bargaining power; insufficiently speedy and decisive action by the central government; unwillingness on the part of the white majority to accept the desirability of such action; and the difficulty of fitting a race relations policy into an administrative system created to serve an ethnically homogeneous population. The policies initiated in 1965 reflected the ascendancy of liberal over conservative assumptions about race relations. Now these are under sharp attack from a radical standpoint. Promoting Racial Harmony shows how the debate has changed, drawing upon recent economic theory to formulate the issues in an original but non-technical manner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17405/cover/9780521317405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simone Weil: "The Just Balance"</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winch, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the religious, social, and political thought of Simone Weil in the context of the rigorous philosophical thinking out of which it grew. It also explores illuminating parallels between these ideas and ideas that were simultaneously being developed by Ludwig Wittgenstein. Simone Weil developed a conception of the relation between human beings and nature which made it difficult for her to explain mutual understanding and justice. Her wrestling with this difficulty coincided with a considerable sharpening of her religious sensibility, and led to a new concept of the natural and social orders involving a supernatural dimension, within which the concepts of beauty and justice are paramount. Professor Winch provides a fresh perspective on the complete span of Simone Weil's work, and discusses the fundamental difficulties of tracing the dividing line between philosophy and religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in the Age of Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Early Nineteenth-Century Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reardon, Bernard M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents studies of early-nineteenth century religious thought in Germany, France and Italy in so far as it reflected the influence of the Romantic movement. Romanticism may be notoriously difficult to define, but the cast of mind usually associated with it - manifest in philosophy, theology and social theory as well as in literature, music and the visual arts - is never hard to detect, even though the forms of its expression may vary widely. The authors considered, including Schleiermacher, Hegel, Schelling, Rosmini, Lamennais, Renan and Comte, all took religion seriously as voicing a fundamental impulse of the human spirit, even if the doctrines and institutions of Christianity had in their view to be either radically modified or else rejected outright. They were not satisfied with what they were apt to regard as the 'soulless' rationalism of the preceding century, as equally they feared the growing encroachment of natural science upon the freedom and indeed the self-identity of the human consciousness. A middle way, they sensed, had to be found - one grounded in man's moral and aeshetic experience - between the old orthodoxy and sterile unbelief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17450/cover/9780521317450.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Taylor has been one of the most original and influential figures in contemporary philosophy: his 'philosophical anthropology' spans an unusually wide range of theoretical interests and draws creatively on both Anglo-American and Continental traditions in philosophy. A selection of his published papers is presented here in two volumes, structured to indicate the direction and essential unity of the work. He starts from a polemical concern with behaviourism and other reductionist theories (particularly in psychology and the philosophy of language) which aim to model the study of man on the natural sciences. This leads to a general critique of naturalism, its historical development and its importance for modern culture and consciousness; and that in turn points, forward to a positive account of human agency and the self, the constitutive role of language and value, and the scope of practical reason. The volumes jointly present some two decades of work on these fundamental themes, and convey strongly the tenacity, verve and versatility of the author in grappling with them. They will interest a very wide range of philosophers and students of the human sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17504/cover/9780521317504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131755X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Babi and Baha'i Religions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Messianic Shiism to a World Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of the Baha'i Faith from the messianic Babi movement in nineteenth-century Iran to become an independent religion established in many countries and commanding the devotion of people from many different cultures provides a vivid example of religious change in the modern world. The process is more fully documented than that by which any other religion emerged and Peter Smith is able to trace in detail the development of the major beliefs and values in their social and historical contexts. Beginning with the rise of the dissident Babi sect within Shi'i Islam, the book examines the origin of the Baha'i Faith and its dominant religious concerns in Qajar Iran, its initial establishment and subsequent growth in the United States, the development of its administration, and its present global expansion. A conclusion outlines possible future developments. Chronologies of the main events, a glossary and a bibliographical guide add to the usefulness of the book for both students and general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17559/cover/9780521317559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot: The Poems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scofield, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed to provide a  comprehensive and stimulating introduction to T. S. Eliot's poetry for those reading and studying it. The poems, as well as some of the poetic drama (particularly Sweeney Agonistes) and relevant sections of the prose criticism, are discussed in detail and placed in relation to the development of Eliot's &#339;uvre, and more briefly to his life and a wider context of philosophical and religious enquiry. In sections devoted to each major poem or group of poems, Martin Scofield examines Eliot's techniques of personae or masks; his use of musical effects; the tension between fragmentation and cohesion in The Waste Land and other verse; the place in his work of symbolism and imagism, as well as less explored elements such as surrealism and comedy; the relevance to his poetry of concepts worked out in his critical writing; and the criticism of his 'poetic workshop', those essays on other poets which he saw as part of the development of his own verse. One recurring theme in the study is the poetic treatment of the relationship (often conflict) between experience in life and experience in art; another is the relation between Eliot's beliefs and his poetry, and between poetry and belief in general. Eliot in his finest poems is seen above all as a poet of what he called 'the first voice', 'oppressed by the burden which he must bring to birth'. The book concludes with a detailed and helpful study of Four Quartets: here as elsewhere Martin Scofield is concerned to look first of all at the texture of the verse and the qualities of the poetic 'surface', while clarifying obscurities and explaining allusions where appropriate. Both students and general readers will find his book informative and his commitment to the poetry infectious.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17610/cover/9780521317610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social History of Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317634</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last few years, social historians have discovered what might be called the 'linguistic dimension' of their discipline, just as sociolinguists have been discovering the 'historical dimension' and historians of language the 'social dimension'. They have become interested in language both as a source for social history and also as a historical phenomenon in its own right. This volume of essays brings together some of this recent work by social historians of Britain, France and Italy from the sixteenth to the twentieth century. The authors concern themselves with the politics as well as the sociology of language; with dialect as well as standard languages; with writing as well as speech; with the language of women as well as that of men; with the language of politeness and the language of insult; the language of deference and the language of revolt; the language of sub-cultures and counter-cultures as well as those of the elites and 'the people'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17634/cover/9780521317634.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131769X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131769X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>United States Taxes and Tax Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>United States Taxes and Tax Policy supplements and complements the theoretical material on taxes found in public finance texts using a combination of institutional, theoretical and empirical information. By adding flesh to theoretical bones, this textbook provides insight into the behaviour of individuals in both the private and public sectors. Specifically, the economic effects of taxes and tax policy are stressed and, as a result, students will gain an appreciation and understanding of how tax policy actually affects the economy. For example, where many texts typically stop with a rather pristine treatment of the income and substitution effects of a tax, this book goes further by examining econometric studies of the supply of labour, and the relationship of this work to taxes, the Laffer curve, and the role and magnitude of the underground economy. Using this approach, Professor Davies brings life to what can be a dull subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17696/cover/9780521317696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narcissism, Collectivism, and the Development of Morals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westen, Drew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relation between individual and collective processes is central to the social sciences, yet difficult to conceptualize because of the necessity of crossing disciplinary boundaries. The result is that researchers in different disciplines construct their own implicit, and often unsatisfactory, models of either individual or collective phenomena, which in turn influence their theoretical and empirical work. In this book, Drew Westen attempts to cross these boundaries, proposing an interdisciplinary approach to personality, to culture, and to the relation between the two. Part I of the book sets forth a model of personality that integrates psychodynamic analysis with an understanding of cognitively mediated conditioning and social learning. In Part II, Westen offers a view of culture that blends symbolic and materialist modes of discourse, examining the role of both ideals and 'material' needs in motivating symbolic as well as concrete social structural processes. In Part III, he combines these models of personality and culture through an examination of cultural evolution and stasis, identity and historical change, and the impact of technological development on personality. Throughout the book, Westen provides reviews of the state of the art in a variety of fields, including personality theory, moral development, ego development, and culture theory. He also addresses and recasts central issues in psychology, sociology, anthropology, and social theory, such as the relations between emotion and cognition; social learning and psychodynamics; ideals and material forces; and individual and collective action. His book will appeal to students and scholars in all the social sciences, as well as to any reader concerned with understanding the relation between individuals and the world in which they live.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17702/cover/9780521317702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Democratic Dilemma</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, Reform, and the Social Order in the Connecticut River Valley of Vermont, 1791-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Randolph A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Democratic Dilemma seeks to explain Vermonters' extraordinary faith and idealism. It argues that Vermonters, as the most radical democrats of the Age of Revolution and conservators of New England's traditions, faced a dilemma: how to reconcile their commitment to competition, toleration, and popular sovereignty with their desire to defend an orderly and pious way of life. By embedding democratic ideals in their institutions and their society. Denominations and political parties clashed, townspeople and church members proved ungovernable, and young people grew wayward and rebellious. An economic and demographic crisis in the 1830s and 1840s compounded these problems by denying many inhabitants what they wanted most independent shops and farms for themselves and their descendants. None of these problems could he solved without restraining spiritual, political, and economic freedom and compromising the principles of Vermont's revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17733/cover/9780521317733.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131786X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131786X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Uncle Tom's Cabin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sundquist, Eric J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increased interest in the role of women and minorities in establishing the canon of American literature has led to renewed interest in Uncle Tom's Cabin. The essays in this volume set out to provide contemporary readers with a critical and historical interpretation of the novel that reflects the best of recent scholarship. In his introduction Eric J. Sundquist attempts to show that Uncle Tom's Cabin boldly takes issue with both proslavery arguments and prevailing prejudices among abolitionists, employing the forms of popular melodrama and heated rhetoric to carry its complex argument. The individual essays examine the influence of Stowe's novel on the characterization of women in the American novel and on later women writers, the role of women in the antislavery movement, the literary exchanges between Stowe and her contemporaries; Uncle Tom's Cabin and the tradition of the Gothic novel, and the characterizations of blacks in this novel and in later works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17863/cover/9780521317863.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521317932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521317932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521317931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521317931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kimura, Motoo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motoo Kimura, as founder of the neutral theory, is uniquely placed to write this book. He first proposed the theory in 1968 to explain the unexpectedly high rate of evolutionary change and very large amount of intraspecific variability at the molecular level that had been uncovered by new techniques in molecular biology. The theory - which asserts that the great majority of evolutionary changes at the molecular level are caused not by Darwinian selection but by random drift of selectively neutral mutants - has caused controversy ever since. This book is the first comprehensive treatment of this subject and the author synthesises a wealth of material - ranging from a historical perspective, through recent molecular discoveries, to sophisticated mathematical arguments - all presented in a most lucid manner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/17931/cover/9780521317931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Varieties of Constructive Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bridges, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richman, Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to, and survey of, the constructive approaches to pure mathematics. The authors emphasise the viewpoint of Errett Bishop's school, but intuitionism. Russian constructivism and recursive analysis are also treated, with comparisons between the various approaches included where appropriate. Constructive mathematics is now enjoying a revival, with interest from not only logicans but also category theorists, recursive function theorists and theoretical computer scientists. This account for non-specialists in these and other disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18020/cover/9780521318020.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Industrial Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morishima, Michio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a stimulating and original introduction to the economics of industrial society. It is intended for use as a student text, but will also be of interest to all those - whether students or teachers - looking for new ways of understanding the economic problems of industrialised countries. It provides an effective critique of current economic theories, and develops an original model of the economics (whether neo-classical, Marxist, or Keynesian) of modern industrial society. Throughout the book the analysis is oriented towards the solution of problems in the real world, and towards explaining the operation of economic institutions in different countries. The work looks at the way individual markets operate, the determination of foreign exchange rates, the problem of unemployment, and the fiscal and monetary policies needed to tackle unemployment. This book analyses the case of an industrial country entirely dependent on other countries for its raw materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18235/cover/9780521318235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Q. D. Leavis: Collected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, Q. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Q. D. Leavis was one of the finest critics of the novel. Her published essays appeared as articles and reviews of remarkable trenchancy in Scrutiny (of which she was effectively co-editor with her husband F. R. Leavis), or as lectures or as introductions to editions of classic novels. Now, for the first time, they have been collected and reprinted in three volumes. This volume collects her lecture 'The American Novel'; essays and lectures on Henry James, Hawthorne, Melville and Edith Wharton; and the lectures 'The French Novel', 'The Russian Novel' and 'The Italian Novel'. There is an introduction by the editor, Professor G. Singh. All the essays are informed by that broad 'sociological view of literature that caused Q. D. Leavis to ask how the novel rose and why it flourished.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Q. D. Leavis: Collected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leavis, Q. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third volume of Q. D. Leavis's essays brings together pieces on hitherto unexplored aspects of Victorian literature. Most of these date from towards the end of her life and are previously unpublished. There are also essays and reviews which appeared originally in Scrutiny. Mrs Leavis focuses on the novel of religious controversy, the Anglo-Irish novel, women writers of the nineteenth century, and certain aspects of George Eliot's work. She examines these, and other relevant writing, from literary, historical and sociological points of view. The volume affords valuable new insights into nineteenth-century literature, and affirms Mrs Leavis's standing as a pioneering and penetrating critic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/67038/cover/9780521267038.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aspects of Symmetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Erice Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For almost two decades, Sidney Coleman has been giving review lectures on frontier topics in theoretical high-energy physics at the International School of Subnuclear Physics held each year at Erice, Sicily. This volume is a collection of some of the best of these lectures. To this day they have few rivals for clarity of exposition and depth of insight. Although very popular when first published, many of the lectures have been difficult to obtain recently. Graduate students and professionals in high-energy physics will welcome this collection by a master of the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18273/cover/9780521318273.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Machine at the Bedside</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategies for Using Technology in Patient Care</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiser, Stanley Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anbar, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first work to examine comprehensively concepts and strategies for using health care technology effectively and humanely at the bedside. Applying knowledge from the decision sciences. ethics, economics, sociology, the physical sciences, law, history, and clinical medicine, this book provides a multidisciplinary framework for practitioners, educators, policy makers, and the public who must decide about and implement the technological agents of health care. Twelve chapters present basic knowledge about this technology, from the forces that create and disseminate it to the perspectives and techniques crucial for directing its use. The second part of the book consists of twenty-three case studies depicting the benefits and liminations of the chief health care technologies of our times, such as electronic fetal monitoring, imaging technology, intensive care, and genetic diagnosis. By discussing both theory and practice in the context of legal, economic, ethical, and other concerns, this work devolops concepts and tools that will help prepare health care students and professionals - and all concerned members of society - to deal with the complex issues and dilemmas associated with the rapidly increasing use of technology in health care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Socialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Political Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Why do any human beings choose to be socialists? Why has socialist politics proved in practice so frequently disappointing? How far can socialist ideas still serve to inform and guide political judgement in modern states for the better? Are the evident weaknesses of socialist politics in all its varieties likely to lead to its disappearance from modern political activity in the readily imaginable future?' These are the questions John Dunn faces in this book, offering an appraisal of the strengths and weaknesses of socialism as a political theory. Its strengths, he argues, will always lie in its hostility to the manifest injustices of capitalist property relations. But its weaknesses stem from an inadequate and disingenuous conception of political power and political action, and from the widespread failures of socialist economic planning. Dunn goes on to examine how these failings might be remedied or minimized, given the options available from present conditions and the history of socialist politics. The conclusions of his analysis are not optimistic: the future for socialism will not be a comfortable one. But, he says, an honest recognition of the real problems that exist and an understanding of their causes is the only way of renewing confidence in socialism's promises of democracy and material security. This book is an attempt to confront problems which have arisen largely from the practice of socialist politics itself and to locate their sources within the confusions and equivocations of existing understandings of socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18402/cover/9780521318402.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Selected Plays of Ben Jonson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Alchemist, Bartholomew Fair, The New Inn, A Tale of a Tub</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonson, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together four of Ben Jonson's plays, two of his major works - The Alchemist (1610) and Bartholomew Fair (1614) and two from his later oeuvre: The New Inn (1629) and A Tale of a Tub (1633). The Alchemist is a major satire on folly and greed, brilliantly plotted and dazzling in its use of language. Bartholomew Fair, possibly Jonson's greatest achievement, reveals a panoramic depiction of London society. The New Inn and A Tale of a Tub suggest a different Jonson, exploring new forms and writing from a profoundly modified perspective. In The New Inn, a romantic comedy overlaid with an atmospheric melancholy and an ethical urgency, Jonson engages seriously for the first time with the conventions of non-satiric comedy. A Tale of a Tub, a riotous farce set in the early years of the reign of Queen Elizabeth, is now widely regarded as a nostalgic Jonsonian pastiche of Elizabethan popular drama. In recent criticism, Jonson's later career has been undergoing considerable reassessment, and this edition is the first that attempts to take this new view of Jonson into account. Dr Butler's edition is full and informative in its annotations and survey of criticisms to date, and cautiously respectful of Jonsonian punctuation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18426/cover/9780521318426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vsevolod Meyerhold</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leach, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the career of the Russian revolutionary theatre director, Vsevolod Meyerhold, from his early years as a founding member of the Moscow Art Theatre with Stanislavsky and Nemirovich-Danchenko, through his Symbolist period, his experiments with commedia dell'arte and other popular forms, to his demise in the Stalin era. Leach describes in detail Meyerhold's 'system' of theatre: his attitude to the audience, the place of the fore stage, 'biomechanics' and actor training, and the importance of the mise-en-sc&#232;ne. Finally, Leach explores Meyerhold's legacy, which can be detected in the work of Brecht, Eisenstein, Peter Brook and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18433/cover/9780521318433.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Definition of Literature and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robson, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor W. W. Robson is an eminent literary critic, best known for his work on nineteenth- and twentieth-century literature. His natural form of expression is the critical essay, and this book comprises a collection of essays on a variety of topics written in plain and straightforward language. What holds the collection together is a preoccupation with critical theory deployed in the first four essays. In 'The definition of literature', the title essay, the discussion turns on what kind of definition is to be recommended rather than on a particular formulation. 'On liberty of interpreting' examines the much-canvassed question of the relevance or otherwise to criticism of the author's intentions. In another essay it is argued that one widely favoured account of literary appraisal - that it deals with literature as literature - is in fact empty, while in an essay on the novel the author raises the question of how prose fiction can be thought of as being true to life. From these general questions Professor Robson moves on to consider particular works and authors in the light of the preceding discussion of critical principles. Essays on Treasure Island, Kidnapped and The Wind in the Willows are followed by surveys of Tennyson and Robert Frost, while the last four essays discuss literary questions by analysing what has been written about them by four distinguished poet critics: Hopkins, T. S. Eliot, I. A. Richards, and Yvor Winters. The overall aim of the volume is to take conversation about prose and poetry out of the limited and specialized literary or academic worlds in which it so often takes place and open it up to a broader world of reflective people, whoever and wherever they happen to be.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840924</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industry and Inequality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Anthropology of Indian Labour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmstr&#246;m, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on the uneasy relationship between permanent 'organised sector' and temporary 'unorganised sector' workers in India. Does India indeed have a dual economy and society in which these two groups of workers, only one side enjoying the protection of the Factory Acts and Trades Unions, regard themselves and act as distinct classes with opposed interests? Drawing upon his own extensive fieldwork amongst Indian workers, employers and unionists, and on his familiarity with the anthropological and sociological literature, Dr Holmstr&#246;m strives to come to a better understanding of the thoughts and actions of the workers and the wider economic and political aspects of their situation. He uses a wide range of material, from the opinions and life stories of workers to accounts of recent union movements in the 'unorganized sector', and contributes critically to the- debate on 'dualism' and its underlying assumptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18488/cover/9780521318488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Dialectic and its Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hegel's philosophy has often been compared to a circle of circles: an ascending spiral to its admirers, but a vortex to its critics. The metaphor reflects Hegel's claim to offer a conception of philosophical reason so comprehensive as to include all others as partial forms of itself. It is a claim which faces the writer on Hegel with peculiar difficulties. Criticism, it would appear, can always be outflanked; criticism of the system can be turned back into criticism within the system. Michael Rosen discusses the philosophical issues involved in historical interpretation before presenting a novel and challenging solution to the problem of Hegel's openness to criticism. Contrary to received opinion, Hegel's philosophy does not, he argues, draw upon a universal and pre-suppositionless conception of rationality. Rather, Hegel's originality lies in founding his system upon a particular, avowedly mystical conception of philosophical experience. This experience - Hegel calls it 'pure Thought' - is fundamental. Pure Thought makes speculative reasoning intelligible and, hence, underpins the claim to rationality of the entire system. Dr Rosen's conclusion is that all attempts at rehabilitation of Hegel are based on misunderstanding. When restored to their speculative-mystical shell the irrational kernel of Hegel's concepts becomes apparent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18600/cover/9780521318600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nationalist Revolution in China, 1923 -1928</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilbur, C. Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lively history of China's Nationalist revolution tells the story of a small group of Chinese patriots headed by Sun Yat-sen until his death in 1925. They mobilised men, money, and propaganda to create a provincial base from which they launched a revolutionary military campaign to unify the country, end imperialist privilege, and bring the Kuomintang to power. Soviet Russia induced the fledgling Chinese Communist Party to join the effort, and sent money, arms, military and political experts to guide the revolution. But there was a fatal flaw in this co-operation, and when the fighting was over, the remnant Communist Party had been driven underground, the Russian experts had been expelled, and a faction-riven Nationalist Party led by Chiang Kai-shek could claim to be China's new government. This study of a key period in China's history, reprinted from Volume 12 of The Cambridge History of China, is solidly based in Chinese, Russian, and Western languages sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18648/cover/9780521318648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Mental Retardation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding Mental Retardation constitutes an up-to-date guide to current research and theory for specialists and students alike. Throughout, Edward Zigler and Robert M. Hodapp draw on our knowledge of normal development to inform their discussion of various aspects of retardation. Two introductory chapters provide the developmental framework for this discussion. Topics addressed include issues of definition, classification, and prevalence; motivation and personality factors; intervention in the lives of organically and so-called familial retarded persons; the possibility of 'miracle cures'; and the problems of institutionalization and mainstreaming. The authors' clear presentation and judicious evaluation of the available evidence will attract the attention of a wide audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18785/cover/9780521318785.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Israel's Prophetic Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Peter R. Ackroyd</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coggins, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knibb, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This successful volume of essays by distinguished scholars not only makes a contribution to the study of Old Testament prophets but also summarizes scholarship in a way particularly appropriate to students, giving access to material available otherwise only in other languages or in journals difficult to obtain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divided Staffs, Divided Selves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Approach to Mental Health Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiser, Stanley Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bursztajn, Harold J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appelbaum, Paul S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutheil, Thomas G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ethical decision making in the context of conflicting values takes on a fresh immediacy when the self itself is in conflict. Divided Staffs, Divided Selves: A Case Approach to Mental Health Ethics brings the immediacy of a clinical case conference to a wide range of students and clinicians. The book provides both clinical case material and a method for engaging in a dialogue choices in the mental health care field. The essays that introduce the volume place the ethical problems of treating mentally ill people in the context of the health care ethics movement and traditions of ethical decision making. The individual cases arise from clinical and consultative experiences. This case material will serve as the basis for learning and reflection by clinicians in interaction with their colleagues, and it also will be especially valuable to students studying ethical concepts who do not have access to real-life cases or problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18907/cover/9780521318907.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521318963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521318963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521318969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dynamics of Aztec and Inca Expansionism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521318969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Geoffrey W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demarest, Arthur A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religion and Empire is an innovative and provocative study of the two largest states of the Precolumbian Americas, the Aztec and Inca Empires. By examining the causes of the formation and expansion of these two empires, the authors identify similar patterns and processes underlying their rise and decline. They demonstrate that in both examples among the critical elements in the transition from marginal people to imperial power to disintegrating society were changes in traditional religion, including the elaboration of Aztec human sacrifice and Inca worship of the corpses of their kings. The authors show that the complex interaction between such ideological shifts and political and economic factors generated the spectacular historical trajectories of these Pre-Colombian empires.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/18969/cover/9780521318969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Work and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Division of Labour in Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabel, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Work and Politics develops a historical and comparative sociology of workplace relations in industrial capitalist societies. Professor Sabel argues that the system of mass production using specialized machines and mostly unskilled workers was the result of the distribution of power and wealth in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Great Britain and the United States, not of an inexorable logic of technological advance. Once in place, this system created the need for workers with systematically different ideas about the acquisition of skill and the desirability of long-term employment. Professor Sabel shows how capitalists have played on naturally existing division in the workforce in order to match workers with diverse ambitions to jobs in different parts of the labor market. But he also demonstrates the limits, different from work group to work group, of these forms of collaboration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19096/cover/9780521319096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giacomo Puccini: La Boh&#232;me</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groos, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This guide presents a unique collection of critical, analytical, and documentary essays on Puccini's most popular opera. There are new studies on the background to Parisian bohemianism (by Jerrold Seigel), on Puccini's musical language (by William Drabkin), and on the opera's stage history (by William Ashbrook). Following research in Italian archives, and a thorough study of the published sources (many of them previously unknown to modern scholarship), the editors have added further essays on the genesis of the opera, the structure of the libretto, and aspects of the work's reception. The book also contains a brief study of Puccini's working methods as seen through the autograph score, a full synopsis, discography, many illustrations, and an appendix of related documents (some published in English for the first time).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19133/cover/9780521319133.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth, Profits and Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Revival of Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nell, Edward J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is designed to illustrate the variety, complexity and power of non-neoclassical economic thinking. The essays define the fundamental questions differently, employ different analytical tools and arrive at different conclusions. The two strands of non-neoclassical thinking that occupy most of the book are the neo-Keynesian and the neo-Marxian. The bulk of the book is composed of essays on microeconomics, macroeconomics, trade, comparative systems and welfare, with an unusual section on property rights and social hierarchy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19188/cover/9780521319188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Repertory Movement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Regional Theatre in Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of the origins, development and current state of the repertory theatre movement in Britain. The movement had its roots in ideas, experiments and traditions stretching back into the nineteenth century, and first found its voice in 1907 with Miss Horniman's company in Manchester. Since then it has played a vital - often a dominant - role in British twentieth-century theatre. As a method of theatre organisation, repertory refers to those theatres based primarily in the regions, housing a resident acting company and seeking to maintain each season a programme of plays catering for the tastes of the whole community. But the theory has never been dogmatic and the movement has evolved from a gamut of complex factors, not least the visions of particular personalities. Major landmarks in the history include the effects of the two World Wars, the advent of substantial state funding for the Arts, the growth of cinema and television and the renewal of theatre's link with the community in the form of such initiatives as Theatre- in-Education. The history concludes with a detailed study of six representative regional theatres: The Nottingham Playhouse; The Citizens' Theatre, Glasgow; The Salisbury Playhouse; The Victoria Theatre, Stoke; The Everyman, Liverpool; and The Royal Exchange, Manchester. Appendixes include a Chronology, sample repertory programmes from the period, audience attendance figures and some comparative statistics about funding. Interspersed through the text are photographs of selected theatre exteriors, auditoria, stages and productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19195/cover/9780521319195.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opus Postumum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>F&#246;rster, Eckart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is the first ever English translation of Kant's last major work, the so-called Opus Postumum, a work Kant himself described as his 'chef d'oeuvre' and as the keystone of his entire philosophical system. It occupied him for more than the last decade of his life. Begun with the intention of providing a 'transition from the metaphysical foundations of natural science to physics,' Kant's reflections take him far beyond the problem he initially set out to solve. In fact, he reassesses a whole series of fundamental topics of transcendental philosophy: the thing in itself, the nature of space and time, the concept of the self and its agency, the idea of God, and the unity of theoretical and practical reason. Though never completed, the text reaches a logical albeit not fully developed, conclusion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19287/cover/9780521319287.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Emotion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319386</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNaughton, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been rapid and important advances in all behavioural sciences in recent years. These advances have in one sense been very diverse and specialised - sufficiently so for a scientist to quickly lose touch with the current concerns of even neighbouring researches: but in some cases the developments have seemed also to be fundamental and perhaps convergent, with implications across a range of disciplines. In either case there is a real, and increasing, need for scientists to communicate their discoveries and to a new generation of students in their own. Problems in the Behavioural Sciences is designed to meet this need. The books are by leading researchers, and deal with problems or topics that are attracting a special current interest. The central subject matter is psychology, but many of the issues will need to be pursued across existing (and fluid) boundaries between psychology and other behavioural sciences like physiology, pharmacology, sociology, ethology and linguistics. The central idea of this book is that biology, and particularly evolution, provides the best starting point for the study of emotion. In particular, it is argued that all the conventional properties of emotion such as expression, feeling, and motivation can be considered in a scientific manner, and useful conclusions drawn therefrom. The major part of the book involves the application of this central idea to a wide variety of the phenomena of emotion. The resultant review should be useful as an undergraduate text, and so explanations in the text are aimed at the non-specialist. At the same time, the specific conclusions drawn in the book should be of interest to all those who do research on emotion, and particularly those who need a solid framework on which to base interdisciplinary studies. Biology and Emotion differs from the majority of books in the field in that it does not present a specific theory of emotion. The material covered is therefore more general than is often the case, and has not been selected to support a particular point of view. It combines an organised, yet artheoretical, approach with coverage of both animal and human emotions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19386/cover/9780521319386.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benjamin Britten: Death in Venice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is exceptional amongst those that have appeared so far in this well-established series, in that it is largely written by those who worked with the composer and assisted him during the period in which the opera was composed and first put on the stage. It will thus remain a source of first-hand information on Britten's final operatic achievement. Donald Mitchell was Britten's publisher at the time of Death in Venice and his Introduction includes many personal observations on the genesis of the work. The latter part of the book contains essays by T. J. Reed and Patrick Carnegy on the libretto's source in Thomas Mann's novella and Philip Reed compares briefly Visconti's cinematic interpretation of the novella. The volume is richly illustrated with music examples, sketches and extracts from the autograph score, and pictures from the first production. It will make an essential reference work and indispensable companion for opera-goers, students and scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People in Cities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Urban Environment and its Effects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krupat, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>People in Cities is about the experience of urban life. Edward Krupat analyzes current research and theory about the ways in which cities affect people. He contrasts urban living with life in smaller communities, and compares popular notions and stereotypes about city dwellers with the results of empirical research. Taking a social psychological perspective, he integrates ideas from psychology, sociology, urban planning, and architecture. Non-technical and readable, the book offers a sophisticated examination of models of urban life and explores the issues of stress and crowding, urban social relationships, images of the city, and the impact of good and poor design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19461/cover/9780521319461.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19851223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131948X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131948X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and the State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at the rise, during this century, of planned development. Most discussion has stressed differences in the style, content and organization of planning in various countries, but this book focuses on the similarities, arguing that it is done in much the same way everywhere, and for basically the same reasons. It begins by tracing the history of modern planning to the efforts of Russia and the western countries earlier this century to organize and control industrialization and economic growth. It looks at the characteristic structures, processes and organizations; of planning and the conflicts in intentions and aspirations of modern states and of ordinary people. A detailed case study of planning in Malaysia is also included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19485/cover/9780521319485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19841217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monks and Laymen in Byzantium, 843-1118</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Byzantium monks did not form a separate caste, apart from society. They were not only loyal to their own houses or monastic leaders, but also formed part of a nexus of social, economic and spiritual relationships which bound together the 'powerful' in the middle Byzantine state. Their monasticism, unlike the Western religious 'orders', displayed a highly individualistic streak. Using hagiography, chronicles and, in particular, the archives of the Athonite monasteries, this book reassesses the role of monks in Byzantine society and examines the reasons for the flowering of the monastic life in the period from the end of iconoclasm to the beginning of the twelfth century. The first study of its kind in English, it is aimed at anyone interested in either the Western or the Byzantine early medieval religious life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19508/cover/9780521319508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Africa's Economic Stagnation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandbrook, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African states are not, in any real sense, capitalist states. Elsewhere, the state has played a crucial role in facilitating capitalist expansion, but in postcolonial Africa one finds a form of neopatrimonialism - personal rule - that introduces a variety of economic irrationalities. Productive economic activities are impeded by the political instability, systemic corruption and maladminstration associated with personal rule. In extreme cases, a downward spiral of political-economic decline is set in motion that is difficult to halt and reverse. Is personal rule simply a euphemism for ineptitude and mismanagement? The authors argue that it is not; it operates according to a particular political rationality that shapes a ruler's actions when, in the absence of legitimate authority, he is confronted with the challenge of governing an unintegrated peasant society. Neopatrimonialism is essentially an adaptation of colonial-inspired political institutions to peculiar historical and social conditions. This book focuses on the political factor as an important cause of Africa's economic ills. It analyses the social conditions impelling political adaptation and the consequences of personal rule for economic life, and surveys creative responses to the predicament African people now face.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19614/cover/9780521319614.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critics of Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Victorian Reactions to 'Political Economy'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jay, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jay, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the start of the Victorian period the school of British economists acknowledging Adam Smith as its master was in the ascendancy. 'Political Economy', a catch-all title which ignored the diversity of viewpoints to be found amongst the discipline's leading proponents, became associated in the popular mind with moral and political forces held to be uniquely conducive to the progress of an increasingly industrialised and competitive society. 'Political Economy' served in turn as the focus for critics of equally diverse moral and political persuasions, who sought to challenge the materialism of contemporary society and offer their own assessments of the profound social changes of the time. In the introductory essay to the collection of readings from such 'critics of capitalism', the editors review the principles of the early economists, the way in which these principles were appropriated and applied by their Victorian successors and the contrasting modes which critics of popular economic ideas assumed. Subsequent extracts from the writings of the Owenite Socialist John Bray, Carlyle, Marx and Engels, J. S. Mill, Ruskin, Arnold, T. H. Green, William Morris and G. B. Shaw, demonstrate both the breadth of the possible grounds for ideological opposition to the prevailing philosophy and the shifting nature of the debate as 'Political Economy' itself was revealed as incapable of explaining or responding to the changing conditions of the 1870s. Headnotes to the extracts describe the genesis of individual debate and discuss distinctive stylistic features. Annotation in the form of footnotes and endnotes has been designed to gloss obscure allusions and arguments. In making more accessible the socio-economic writings of those authors now better known for their imaginative work, this volume will enable readers to reach a more profound appreciation of the central role such work played in developing the moral vision embodied in their more lastingly popular books and essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Great Gatsby</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruccoli, Matthew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction to this volume charts the fortunes of The Great Gatsby from its mixed reception and disappointing sales on publication in 1925, through its increasing popularity in the 1940s, to its critical and popular elevation from the standing of an important 'period piece' to that of an undisputed classic of American literature. Of the five essays that follow, one traces this revival in greater detail, and another sets the book in the context of the perennial quest for the 'great American novel'. Two other essays examine the central from the perspective of a practising contemporary novelist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19638/cover/9780521319638.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052131965X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052131965X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy and the Missing Resource</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A View from the Laboratory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dostrovsky, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Energy and the Missing Resource provides a nontechnical analysis of present and future energy resources and their potential development to meet future demand. The prevailing impression in popular discussion of future energy supply is that a crisis will occur, sooner or later, owing to the exhaustion of present resources. In this informative and thought-provoking book, Professor Dostrovsky, who is a leading energy researcher, demonstrates that sufficient resources are available to meet all energy needs for the foreseeable future. However, this does not remove the threat of an energy-supply crisis. What is lacking - the missing resource - is the knowledge of how to use these resources in a practical and environmentally acceptable manner. The author argurs that long-term technical development will be necessary to ensure future energy sufficiency and that international cooperation on technical research, environmental impact, and energy use is needed now to prevent a succession of energy crises in the future. The book avoids technical jargon, and mathematics is kept to a minimum. All those involved with energy in a technical, business, or governmental policy capacity will find book essential and rewarding reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19652/cover/9780521319652.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Evaluation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perception and Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zube, Ervin H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can the quality of environments be evaluated? This book describes ways of assessing the perceptions and experiences of the users so that planners, designers, and managers may take them into account. Ervin Zube first presents the problem of environmental evaluation in the context of public policies promulgated for the planning, design, and management of urban, rural, and wild environments in North America. After a brief history of US environmental policy, he goes on to consider the differences between policy mandates for evaluation and the actual conduct of evaluation studies. He identifies three stages as important for assessment: the 'inventory', or evaluation of existing environments; consideration of alternatives, or evaluation of possible future environments; and, after the plan is implemented, the design or management programme, or evaluation of the modified environment. He illustrates his points with reference to actual evaluations of environments from housing projects to Niagara Falls, at each of these stages, considering each case study in the relevant policy context. Applied behavioural and social scientists and all those in the planning and design and management professions will find this a useful text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19720/cover/9780521319720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applying General Equilibrium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoven, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whalley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to make more widely available a body of recent research activity that has become known as applied general equilibrium analysis. The central idea underlying this work is to convert the Walrasian general equilibrium structure (formalized in the 1950s by Kenneth Arrow, Gerard Debreu and others) from an abstract representation of an economy into realistic models of actual economies. Numerical, empirically based general equilibrium models can then be used to evaluate concrete policy options by specifying production and demand parameters and incorporating data reflective of real economies. Shoven and Whalley describe all aspects of developing applied general equilibrium models, including developing an appropriate equilibrium structure, calibrating the model, compiling counterfactual equilibria, and interpreting results. The authors contend that the Walrasian general equilibrium model provides an ideal framework for appraising the effects of policy changes on resource allocation, assessing who gains and who loses, and the policy impacts not well covered by empirical macro models. The applications in the book illustrate a number of ways in which fresh insights are provided in longstanding policy controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19867/cover/9780521319867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competitive Equilibrium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellickson, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of general equilibrium theory represents one of the greatest advances in economic analysis in the latter half of the twentieth century. This book, intended for advanced undergraduates and graduate students, provides a broad introduction to competitive equilibrium analysis with an emphasis on concrete applications. The first three chapters are introductory in nature, paving the way for the more advanced second half of the book. Relative to the competition, it is much more 'user friendly' while offering exceptionally broad coverage of topics. Well-designed and interesting applications help to make potentially abstract material more accessible. The book includes 92 illustrations and nearly 200 exercises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19881/cover/9780521319881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521319900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521319900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521319904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resource Allocation Mechanisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521319904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Resource Allocation Mechanisms derives the general welfare properties of systems in which individuals are motivated by self-interest. Satisfactory outcomes will emerge only if individual incentives are harnessed by means of a communication and payoff process, or mechanism, involving every agent. Professor Campbell employs a formal and abstract model of a mechanism that brings into prominence the criteria by which the performance of an economy is to be judged. The mechanism approach is used to prove some fundamental theorems about the possibility of designing an economic system satisfying the criteria. It also establishes a way of thinking about economic issues that is becoming increasingly useful in special branches of economics, such as industrial organization and public finance. This book can be viewed as two different texts: one constitutes an introduction to the theory of mechanism design and the other is a treatment of welfare economics with conventional emphasis on Pareto optimality as well as providing substantial material on incentives, uncertainty, and existence of equilibrium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/19904/cover/9780521319904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Explanations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Psycholinguistic Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Morag L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How and when does the ability to give and understand explanations develop? Morag Donaldson directly addresses this question in the present study, providing evidence from a series of imaginative experiments she carried out with 3- to 10-year-olds. In contrast to many earlier accounts, she demonstrates that children can distinguish between cause and effect and among physical, psychological and logical relations well before the age of 7. The study focuses primarily on the linguistic abilities that are needed for explanation, in particular the understanding of because, so, why?, and how do you know?, and it makes a substantial contribution to our understanding of the semantics and pragmatics of causal connectives. However, the study also provides valuable insights into children's related cognitive abilities. Children's Explanations is a book that will be of equal interest to cognitive and developmental psychologists and to psycholinguistics, as well as to researchers in education for whom its topic must be of crucial importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20061/cover/9780521320061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Agrarian Question and the Peasant Movement in Colombia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Struggles of the National Peasant Association, 1967-1981</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zamosc, Leon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Leon Zamosc provides an account of the history of ANUC and its struggle on three main fronts: for land, for the defence of the colonists, and for the protection of smallholders. The main focus of the book is on the land struggles. Professor Zamosc adopts a structural perspective, examining the agrarian contradictions that propelled the peasant struggles, the changing relationship between the peasant movement and the state, and the political and ideological content of the peasant challenge. He explores these issues in the light of the shifting patterns of class alignments and antagonisms that marked the rise and decline of peasant radicalism during the 1970s, and offers some suggestions about the significance of ANUC's struggles for the understanding of peasant movements in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20108/cover/9780521320108.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corpus of Mycenaean Inscriptions from Knossos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godart, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Killen, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olivier, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sacconi, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakellarakis, I. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the definitive publication, by the world's major Mycenaean epigraphists, of the Linear B tablets found by Sir Arthur Evans at Knossos. It includes all the fragments discarded by Evans and subsequently recovered from the museum storerooms and elsewhere, and represents the results of thirty years' work on reconstituting the documents. Each tablet or fragment is given as a photograph, a drawing and in transcription. The notes are purely textual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>500.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corpus of Mycenaean Inscriptions from Knossos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godart, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Killen, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sacconi, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakellarakis, I. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth and final volume of the definitive publication, by the world's major Mycenaean epigraphists, of the Linear B tablets found by Sir Arthur Evans at Knossos in Crete. It includes all the fragments discarded by Evans and subsequently recovered from the Museum storerooms and elsewhere, and represents the results of more than 30 years' work on reconstituting the documents. Each tablet or fragment is given as a photograph, a drawing and in transcription. The notes are purely textual. In addition to fragments 8000-9947 this volume contains an index to all four volumes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>465.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132033X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132033X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domestic Policy and Ideology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Presidents and the American State, 1964-1987</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKay, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presidential leadership in America can and does make a great deal of difference to what is debated and eventually legislated. At the same time presidents are obviously constrained by what is always a complex and difficult political environment. In this study Dr McKay examines the interaction between presidential policy preferences and the political environment, concentrating on welfare and urban policy and intergovernmental relations under Johnson, Nixon, Carter and Reagan. McKay traces the origins of domestic initiatives, assesses the intellectual coherence of policies and examines the ways in which the four presidents adapted their strategies according to their legislative fortunes and the experience of implementing policies. Throughout the work, McKay measures the independent influence of the White House on policy and draws conclusions for theories of American political development, in particular for the opportunities and constraints provided by the fragmentation of the New Deal political regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20337/cover/9780521320337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernization, Value Change and Fertility in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grupp, Fred W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about social change in the Soviet Union. It explores the way in which the social, economic and political transformations encompassed by modernization affect values and behaviours. Its analytical focus is the family and the system of norms and values governing sex roles and familial relations. The study is part of a larger effort to unravel the complex linkages between modernization, value change, demographic change and public policy. It has two related objectives. First, it explores the relationship between value change and fertility, using statistical material from the Soviet census, birth registry, and social surveys, to test specific hypotheses relating to the modernization/value change relationship. Second, it examines the impact of public policies, both intended and unintended, on family values and fertility trends. A model of Soviet fertility dynamics, based on the empirical findings of the study, is also presented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20344/cover/9780521320344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Historical Anthropology of Early Modern Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Perception and Communication</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on archival material from the cities of Genoa, Milan, Venice, Florence, Rome, and Naples, as well as on published sources, such as travel journals, and artistic representations, this volume presents an original view of the culture of early modern Italy. The book addresses particular themes - specifically those of perception and communication - as well as serving to exemplify modes of analysis in the currently developing field of historical anthropology. In the first part of the book, Peter Burke examines the stereotyped ways in which contemporaries perceived social groups such as saints, beggars, and working women, and shows how these stereotypes were used, consciously and unconsciously, both by the authorities and by ordinary people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20412/cover/9780521320412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521320763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521320763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Polymer Molecules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to polymers and focuses on the synthesis, structure and properties of the individual molecules that constitute polymeric materials. It approaches polymeric materials from a molecular basis on the belief that there is a common core of knowledge and principles concerning polymer molecules that can be set out in an introductory work. Subjects treated include an introductory overview of synthesis, an introduction of the concept and definition of molecular weight and its distribution, experimental methods for measuring molecular weight, a more detailed view of polymerization including kinetics and mechanism, and the three-dimensional architecture of polymers as determined by conformation and stereochemistry. The statistical description of the conformational disorder of the molecules is covered and then built upon in treating rubber elasticity and polymer solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20764/cover/9780521320764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132078X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132078X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521320788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521320788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, O. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a straightforward, elementary textbook for beginning students of philosophy. The general aim is to provide a clear introduction to the main issues arising in the philosophy of mind. Part I discusses the Cartesian dualist view which many find initially appealing, and contains a careful examination of arguments for and against. Part II introduces the broadly functionalist type of physicalism which has Aristotelian roots. This approach is developed to yield accounts of perception, action, belief and desire, and the emerging theory of the mind is compared at each stage with rival historical and contemporary views. In Part III the functionalist approach is further explored in giving analyses of sensation, thought and freedom of will. The discussions throughout are exceptionally clear, and the writing uncomplicated, to make available to the students a wealth of detailed argument in the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/20788/cover/9780521320788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521321158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521321158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521321150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algae and Human Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521321150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lembi, Carole A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waaland, J. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>606</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Algae and Human Affairs provides a comprehensive survey of the major roles of algae in present and future human life. This detailed synthesis is divided into four sections. The first reviews the natural roles of algae as sources of oxygen, organic carbon compounds, and as bases of food-chains for higher trophic levels. The second group of chapters deals with the commercial and economic value of algae to industry, energy, waste treatment and agriculture (i.e. algae as an important source of food and food additives, such as the carageenan used in dairy products). The third section discusses the detrimental, sometimes disastrous, effects of algae in the form of red-tide organisms, weeds, producers of freshwater toxins, and marine biofouling. The final section considers applications and the potential of algae to industry, in general, and, in particular, to space exploration and genetic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/44400/cover/9780521044400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521321549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521321549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521321549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Surface and Superlattice Excitations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521321549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cottam, Michael G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilley, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An introduction to the properties of wavelike excitations associated with surfaces and interfaces. The emphasis is on acoustic, optic, and magnetic excitations, and, apart from one section on liquid surfaces, the text concentrates on solids. The important topic of superlattices is also discussed, in which the different kinds of excitation are considered from a unified point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/21549/cover/9780521321549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Geography of France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Planhol, Xavier de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claval, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>589</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Xavier de Planhol and Paul Claval, two of France's leading scholars in the field, trace the historical geography of their country from its roots in the Roman province of Gaul to the present day. They demonstrate how, for centuries, France was little more than an ideological concept, despite its natural physical boundaries and long territorial history. They examine the relatively late development of a more complex territorial geography, involving political, religious, cultural, agricultural and industrial unities and diversities. The conclusion reached is that only in the twentieth century had France achieved a profound territorial unity and only now are the fragmentations of the past being overwritten.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22089/cover/9780521322089.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel F. B. Morse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staiti, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the definitive study of one of America's major artists and inventors, Samuel F. B. Morse (1791-1872). It covers his prodigious achievements in painting and technology, his passionate cultural ambitions, and his key role in the historical development of American art. The book imaginatively combines intellectual biography with interpretation of more than one hundred pictures. Three chapters consider Morse's most extraordinary artistic achievements: The House of Representatives, The Gallery of the Louvre and The National Academy of Design. In a final chapter on the electromagnetic telegraph, an invention that imprinted his name on our language, there is a special discussion of the conceptual relationship between artistic and mechanical inventions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22188/cover/9780521322188.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Mediterranean Emporium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Catalan Kingdom of Majorca</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abulafia, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Situated astride the trade routes of the western Mediterranean, the Catalan kingdom of Majorca has long deserved attention. It was established under the will of King James I of Aragon, who conquered Majorca in 1229, but was ruled from 1276 to 1343 by a cadet dynasty. In addition to the Balearic Islands the kingdom included the key business centres of Montpellier and Perpignan, and other lands in what is now southern France. It was also home to important Jewish and Muslim communities, and was the focus of immigration from Catalonia, Provence and Italy. This book emphasises the major transformations in the trade of the Balearic Islands from the eve of the Catalan conquest to the Black Death, and the effect of the kingdom's creation and demise on the economy of the region. Links between the island and mainland territories, and as far afield as England and the Canaries, are analysed in depth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22447/cover/9780521322447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorial Matrix Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brualdi, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryser, Herbert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to the exposition of combinatorial matrix theory.  This subject concerns itself with the use of matrix theory and linear algebra in proving results in combinatorics (and vice versa), and with the intrinsic properties of matrices viewed as arrays of numbers rather than algebraic objects in themselves. There are chapters dealing with the many connections between matrices, graphs, digraphs and bipartite graphs. The basic theory of network flows is developed in order to obtain existence theorems for matrices with prescribed combinatorial properties and to obtain various matrix decomposition theorems.  Other chapters cover the permanent of a matrix, and Latin squares. The final chapter deals with algebraic characterizations of combinatorial properties and the use of combinatorial arguments in proving classical algebraic theorems, including the Cayley-Hamilton Theorem and the Jordan Canonical Form. The book is sufficiently self-contained for use as a graduate course text, but complete enough for a standard reference work on the basic theory. Thus it will be an essential purchase for combinatorialists, matrix theorists, and those numerical analysts working in numerical linear algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22652/cover/9780521322652.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spinners and Weavers of Auffay</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Industry and the Sexual Division of Labor in a French Village</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gullickson, Gay L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cottage industry of France enjoyed enormous growth from the mid-eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth century. Through an intensive analysis of the social and economic impact of the expansion of this female-dominated industry, Gay Gullickson broadens our understanding of the variety and complexity of proto-industrial regions and of the proto-industrial processes. Focusing on the village of Auffay, located in the pays de Caux, a thriving agricultural region, Gullickson recreates the experiences of the women and men who spun and wove for the urban putting-out merchants. Social analysis of local memoirs, government reports, notarial and judicial records, and village cahiers de dol&#233;ances, enables Gullickson to offer a more nuanced and accurate view of the causes and consequences of the expansion of the cottage textile industry in the pre-factory era. Her study is further enhanced by a quantitative analysis based primarily on the reconstitution of the families of the 727 couples who married in Auffay between 1750 and 1850.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22805/cover/9780521322805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521322820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521322820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521322829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Business of Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>RCA and the VideoDisc</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521322829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Margaret B. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The story of the RCA VideoDisc is a rare inside look at a company and the way it conducts the complex process of science-based innovation. For nearly fifty years the RCA name was synonymous with innovation in the industries it helped to build - radio and television broadcasting and manufacturing, and electronics. Under David Sarnoff's leadership the company developed an organization and a management style that gave it the ability to turn scientific discoveries into business achievement time after time. VideoDisc was RCA's attempt to recapture that leadership after a decade in which David Sarnoff's successors tried to follow the more fashionable paths to corporate growth of unrelated diversification and acquisition. But RCA's ability to innovate had been undermined through disuse, and it proved unable to innovate as effectively as its Japanese competitors. Margaret Graham's book presents an absorbing account of how RCA shaped a sophisticated consumer electronics technology in a research and development effort that spanned fifteen years. We see how the company's history, its structure, its technical capability, and its competition all influenced the choices that were made in moving VideoDisc from laboratory to development group to market, and ultimately to withdrawal from the marketplace. Graham's book seeks to examine the nature of science-based innovation as a management problem. It also describes the complex workings of a large corporate R&amp;D organization and the relationship that exists between it and the other components of a major diversified corporation. Above all RCA and the VideoDisc shows that there is nothing innate about the ability to innovate technologically. It is an organizational and managerial skill that must be fostered, maintained, supported, and understood if it is to be practiced effectively. For those inside and outside corporate life who have wondered what industrial research is, why it costs so much, and why it often seems to take so long to produce commercial results, this book will be a valuable introduction to the 'business of research'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/22829/cover/9780521322829.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People, Food and Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaxter, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The current problems of sub-Saharan peoples who are subject to recurrent famine and shortages of food are only one facet of a wider problem which confronts the peoples of the world. This problem, which is a vast in scale, concerns the relationship between the physical and biological resources which the world can muster and the provision of food for the adequate nutrition of its peoples. Overshadowing much of the thought about the future is the theorem propounded by Malthus almost 200 years ago, namely that population, unless checked in some way, has the capacity to outstrip the productivity of the earth in supplying food. Malthus' views are examined in this book and estimates are made of the need to increase and the possibilities of increasing both the nutritional status of the world's population and the production of food and other essentials. The enormous dilemmas that face mankind, the economic arguments that, while apparently logical, pose large moral questions, and the possible role of new scientific advances are outlined. The likely solutions to the many and vexed problems are analysed and their urgency emphasised. The book is a definitive account of the problems of meeting world needs for food, both now and in the immediate future, discussed dispassionately and analytically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132310X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132310X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Non-verbal Communication in Depression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellgring, Heiner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does mood affect non-verbal communication, the gazes, gestures and facial expressions which accompany dialogue? This important monograph, based on a longitudinal study of five hundred interviews with depressed patients and normal subjects, systematically examines the ways in which mental illness may affect non-verbal interaction patterns. A number of specific patterns of non-verbal behaviour are identified which relate directly to psychological state and also depend on the interaction of the participants in a dialogue. Non-verbal Communication in Depression is not only rich in much-needed empirical data, but it also offers a fresh theoretical and methodological perspective on communicative behaviour in general. Most importantly, perhaps, it represents a real advance in our understanding of the functions of various non-verbal mechanisms and thus provides the clinical psychologist and psychiatrist with an important diagnostic tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23109/cover/9780521323109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society and Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Toward a Sociological Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weigert, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teitge, J. Smith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teitge, Dennis W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>162</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the 1940s, there has been an explosion of writings, both scientific and nonscientific, about the question of 'identity' and what it means to be an individual in today's world. This book examines sociological perspectives on identity in order to illuminate the perennial problem of defining the human person, and to pose an alternative definition of identity based on it being socially constructed. Beginning with a review of previous studies of identity, the authors present a set of propositions for organizing the wide range of uses of the term, and for arriving at an adequate definition of it. Identity is then analysed in two contexts: gender identity, linked to present bodies; and prenatal and postmortem identities, linked to future and past bodies. Whereas gender identity reveals the powerful but breakable link between body type and identity, prenatal and postmortem identities illustrate the symbolic reality and partial independence of identity from any corporeal existence. This is an innovative and insightful study which will appeal to all those concerned with understanding the nature of human identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23253/cover/9780521323253.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays, 1953-1988</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leakey, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Eva</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pichois, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book of linked essays contains the first critical study of Baudelaire's development as a poet, from his youth onwards. It also includes studies of the development of Baudelaire's aesthetic, detailed commentaries on a number of his finest poems, and accounts of three intriguing and crucial 'encounters' with notable contemporaries. Of the essays, three are previously unpublished and four appeared as recently as 1988; the others have been thoroughly updated, revised and in some cases substantially expanded to take full account of recent scholarship. Summaries in English are provided for the seven essays in French, and vice versa. Together, the essays in this volume constitute a new and important contribution to the understanding and appreciation of Baudelaire's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25560/cover/9780521025560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pathways in the Workplace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Effects of Gender and Race on Access to Organizational Resources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rationalistic theories of the workplace and the claims typically made by organizations stress that an individual's access to the resources and advantages of an organization are determined by his or her qualifications and contributions to the collective enterprise, and that the payoffs for effort are essentially the same for all doing similar work. However, as Jon Miller shows in this book, negotiating for workplace rewards is actually far more complicated than this model allows, and he demonstrates that access to networks of organizational communication is in fact fundamentally influenced by race and gender. Comparing patterns of access to informal colleague networks and relations to the decision-making apparatus for white and non-white men and women in American public service organizations, he shows that only white males experienced a fairly close correspondence between their bureaucratic 'investments' and their workplace rewards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23659/cover/9780521323659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karl, Frederick R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third of the projected eight-volume edition comprising all the surviving letters of Joseph Conrad under the general editorship of Professor Frederick R. Karl. When completed, it will have assembled about 4,000 letters, over a third of them published before only in defective versions. As with previous volumes in the series, this volume contains an editorial introduction, illustrations, and extensive annotation. The period covered by the third volume is 1903 to 1907 when Conrad stood at the height of his powers. It was during these years that he completed Nostromo and The Secret Agent. Yet this was not a happy time for him: his plans for leisurely, contemplative work were constantly interrupted by dangerous illnesses in the family, his own bad health, financial worries, and the pleas of editors desperate for copy. Conrad maintained his correspondence with old friends such as Galsworthy, Wells, and Ford Madox Ford, and developed a number of new friendships. This is also the period in which Conrad became absorbed in political fiction, and this is reflected in an intriguing sequence of America, and censorship. As always, the letters to his literary agent J. B. Pinker provide a detailed (and largely unpublished) account of Conrad's plans and literary commitments, week by week, month by month.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23871/cover/9780521323871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karl, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth of eight volumes comprising all the surviving letters of Joseph Conrad. Conrad spent half the period of Volume Four writing Under Western Eyes and the other half recovering from the ensuing mental and physical breakdown. During the early months of 1908, the short story 'Razumov' began growing into a novel that embodied Conrad's appalled fascination with Russian politics, his misgivings about language, and his acute sense of loneliness. After the completion of the novel in 1910 and a vehement quarrel with J. B. Pinker, his agent, Conrad suffered a breakdown whose effects lingered for many months. By the spring of 1911, however, he was able to resume the long-delayed Chance. The tale of these years emerges vividly from the correspondence. Of special interest are frank critiques of John Galsworthy's work, manoeuvrings around the new and distinguished English Review, an indignant falling out with Ford Madox Ford, mercurial transactions with Pinker, enlightening accounts of writing in progress (The Secret Sharer and A Personal Record as well as the two novels), reactions to the tumultuous politics of the day, anecdotes about John and Borys Conrad, and evidence of new friendships with American and French writers, among them Andr&#233; Gide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23888/cover/9780521323888.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Politics and Society in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooks, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Law, like religion, provided one of the principal discourses through which early-modern English people conceptualised the world in which they lived. Transcending traditional boundaries between social, legal and political history, this innovative and authoritative study examines the development of legal thought and practice from the later middle ages through to the outbreak of the English civil war, and explores the ways in which law mediated and constituted social and economic relationships within the household, the community, and the state at all levels. By arguing that English common law was essentially the creation of the wider community, it challenges many current assumptions and opens new perspectives about how early-modern society should be understood. Its magisterial scope and lucid exposition will make it essential reading for those interested in subjects ranging from high politics and constitutional theory to the history of the family, as well as the history of law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23918/cover/9780521323918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberal Parties in Western Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirchner, Emil J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comparative study of liberal parties in Western Europe, examining the role and development of liberal parties within individual countries; their internal party structure and organization; electoral audience; coalitions and government participation; party programmes and strategies; and international and cross-national links.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23949/cover/9780521323949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521323991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521323991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521323994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall into Eden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Landscape and Imagination in California</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521323994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book David Wyatt examines the mythology of California as it is reflected in the literature of the region. He argues that in the literature of the West, the energies, which, in other regions, had been concentrated in covenant theology or the rationalisation of Southern history, are displaced into an encounter with landscape. Tracing the early literature of California to Dana, Leonard, and Fremont, Wyatt studies their development of self-consciousness and awareness of the physical beauty in nature. He then examines in separate chapters the writings of Muir, King, and Mary Austin during a time of domestication and exploitation of the land when landscape became, of necessity, an idea or lost ideal. Of twentieth-century writers, the book focuses on Norris, Steinbeck, and Chandler, who seemed to struggle against the land, charting the advance of human hopes against the vast open spaces of the West. Professor Wyatt concludes with the writer's return to landscape as source and end in the poetry of Jeffers and Snyder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/23994/cover/9780521323994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521324009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521324009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantized Vortices in Helium II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donnelly, Russell J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the properties of quantized vortex lines in superfluid helium-4 in the light of research on vortices in modern fluid mechanics, and gives the first comprehensive treatment of the problem. The author begins with a review of the knowledge of classical fluid dynamics which is relevant to the main topics of the book. This is followed by a presentation of basic material on helium II and quantized vortices. The following chapters deal with various different aspects of the subject, and the book concludes with substantial introductions to two currently active topics, namely superfluid turbulence and the nucleation of quantized vortices. Both quantum tunnelling and thermal activation nucleation processes are also discussed, including the Kosterlitz-Thouless transition in thin films. The author's comprehensive approach will make this book invaluable for students taking advanced undergraduate or graduate courses, and for all those involved in research on classical and quantum vortices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24007/cover/9780521324007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132405X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132405X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Investigating Obsolescence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Language Contraction and Death</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dorian, Nancy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Languages die for political, economic and cultural reasons, and can disappear remarkably quickly. Between ten and fifty per cent of all languages currently spoken can be considered endangered, but it is only in the past ten years or so that due importance has been given to the study of contracting and dying languages. This volume represents the first attempt to give a broad overview of current research in a developing field, and to examine some of the crucial methodological and theoretical issues to which it has given rise. It includes twenty studies by scholars who, taken together, have worked on a range of languages currently under threat across the globe. They occur in diverse speech communities where the expanding languages are not only those that are very familiar - English, Spanish, or French, for example - but also Swedish, Arabic, Thai etc. The final part of the volume is devoted to a consideration of the implications of research into language obsolescence for other aspects of linguistics and anthropology - first and second language acquisition, historical linguistics, and the study of pidgins and creoles and of language and social process. As a whole, this collection will certainly stimulate further and better co-ordinated research into a topic of direct relevance to sociolinguistics and anthropological linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24052/cover/9780521324052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132422X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132422X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deciding for Others</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethics of Surrogate Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Allen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, Dan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most comprehensive treatment available of one of the most urgent - and yet in some respects most neglected - problems in bioethics: decision-making for incompetents. Part I develops a general theory for making treatment and care decisions for patients who are not competent to decide for themselves. It provides an in-depth analysis of competence, articulates and defends a coherent set of principles to specify suitable surrogate decisionmakers and to guide their choices, examines the value of advance directives, and investigates the role that considerations of cost ought to play in decisions concerning incompetents. Part II applies this theoretical framework to the distinctive problems of three important classes of individuals, many of whom are incompetent: minors, the elderly and psychiatric patients. The authors' approach combines a probing analysis of fundamental issues in ethical theory with a sensitive awareness of the concrete realities of health care institutions and the highly personal and individual character of difficult practical problems. Its broad scope will appeal to health professionals, moral philosophers and lawyers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24229/cover/9780521324229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132436X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132436X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dostoyevsky and the Process of Literary Creation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Catteau, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littlewood, Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacques Catteau's much-acclaimed book on Dostoyevsky, which has already received three literary prizes (and one medical) in France, appears here in English for the first time. It is an original and detailed attempt to re-examine Dostoyevsky the artist, tracing the creative process from its beginnings in the notebooks to its expression in the novels, and at the same time analysing the structures of time and space, the role of colour, and other important features of the texts. For this edition the author has taken the opportunity to revise his text and bring the bibliography up to date, where possible giving references to the Soviet Academy of Sciences' edition of Dostoyeysky's works and to English versions of critical sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24366/cover/9780521324366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521324394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521324394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot and Indic Traditions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Poetry and Belief</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Cleo McNelly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>T. S. Eliot's allusions to Indic philosophy in several poems - from the Sanskrit ending of The Waste Land to the 'What Krishna meant' section of Four Quartets - have puzzled and intrigued readers since the poems first appeared. In T. S. Eliot and Indic Traditions, Professor Cleo McNelly Kearns places Eliot's lifelong interest in Indic philosophy and religion in the context of his concomitant studies in Western philosophy and his views on literary theory and poetic practice. The author establishes the depth and extent of his knowledge not only of Sanskrit and Pali texts but also of the scholarly tradition through which they were interpreted in the West. She explores as well Eliot's keen sense of the important distinctions between specific schools of thought. Kearns concludes that Eliot was less interested in synthesizing various traditions than in comparing texts and traditions for what he called 'the difference they can make to one another'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24397/cover/9780521324397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521324580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521324580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521324588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Production of New Potato Varieties</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Technological Advances</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521324588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jellis, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The potato is one of the world's most important food crops. It produces more nutritious food from less land in a shorter time than any other major crop. Therefore advances in the production of new potato varieties will greatly contribute to the world's food supply. The book outlines strategies used in the breeding and testing of potato varieties. It considers prospects for varietal improvement using both traditional and new techniques, including genetic manipulation, tissue culture and protoplast fusion. Opportunities for breeding varieties suitable for propagation from true seed, of particular significance to the agricultural systems of developing countries, are also featured, together with an extensive and bibliography. The book is based on the proceedings of a joint meeting of EAPR and EUCARPIA at King's College, Cambridge, December 1985. It contains contributions from many leading authorities in potato breeding and variety assessment throughout the world, and will interest post-graduate students in plant breeding, genetics and molecular biology, together with professionals engaged in potato research and the application of molecular biology to agriculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/24588/cover/9780521324588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Stars, and Nebulae</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aller, Lawrence H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the story of how astronomy and physics work together to unravel many mysteries of stars and nebulae. Stress is laid on a non-technical description of how an understanding of these objects is obtained, not on just a mere review of facts. After a succinct, non-mathematical excursion into the principles of radiation and atomic structure, the text explains in simple terms the physical processes at work in stars and gaseous nebulae. A survey of masses, dimensions, luminosities, temperatures and chemical composition of stars is followed by an exploration of their interiors and how stars generate energy. The life histories of many double stars, some of which produce novae, are described. The origins of chemical elements in dense stellar cores and the vital role played by gas and dust between the stars are explained. An account of the exciting new field of high energy astronomy and the origin of cosmic rays is given at the end of the book. This is the ideal introduction for physics and astronomy students to the important field of modern astronomics. It should also appeal to amateur astronomers and the reader interested in the life history of a star, be it a modest one like our sun or a massive object destined to become a supernova.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25127/cover/9780521325127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Framework for Collective Decisions and Individual Judgements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craven, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook provides a survey of the literature of social choice. It integrates the ethical aspects of the subject, (discussing potentially desirable conditions for social judgements) with positive aspects of decision mechanisms that centre on the revelation of true preferences. The literature on the subject presently consists of a great many papers. This book draws them together in common notation and points out interpretations which are often missing in specialist papers. Applications in economics, electoral politics, and ethics are discussed. The book will be used by senior undergraduate and graduate students of economics, political science and philosophy as a text book in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25363/cover/9780521325363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life-styles of the Underprivileged in Recent Years</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book deals with the continuing problem of poverty in Soviet society, a problem which the Revolution of 1917 was supposed to solve in a planned and expeditious manner. The topic is important both because it involves large numbers of people, and because it illustrates a major failing of Marxism-Leninism in practice. The book attempts to analyse Soviet poverty both from Soviet and western sources: the former are very limited, because discussion of poverty in the USSR falls under a strict censorship ban. This is one of the reasons why it has been so sadly neglected by western observers. The analysis concerns itself with most of the common problems of poverty and under-privilege in an industrialised society. Exclusion from the political process, and the particular social implications of the constitutional status of labour as both a right and a duty, are examined in an account that emphasises life-style and social problems, rather than merely the content of the wage-packet. Dr Matthews concludes with a survey of social mobility both into and out of the poverty state, and makes a cautious comparison between the situation of the poor in the Soviet Union and that pertaining to the USA and other 'Soviet-type' societies in eastern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25448/cover/9780521325448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132548X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132548X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>States and Collective Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The European Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birnbaum, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has become something of an orthodoxy of contemporary sociology that modern democratic industrial societies are essentially alike, and that they are confronted by uniform challenges, whether industrial (strikes and demonstrations), social (the 'crisis of the welfare state'), or political. In this important collection of studies Professor Birnbaum asserts, however, that the very existence of differentiation, challenge such a hypothesis. Linking historical and sociological investigation, Birnbaum argues that it is only through divergent state-formation that regional and national state variations in, for example, industrial conflict, policing or ideological configuration can be explained. His analysis of the influence of each type of state upon the development of various collective action and mobilisation processes establishes the crucial importance of the state as a quasi-independent variable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25486/cover/9780521325486.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132579X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132579X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Society in Renaissance Crete</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>351</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive study of the literature of the Cretan Renaissance and relates it to the historical, social and cultural context. Crete, ruled by Venice from 1211 to 1669, responded to the stimulus of the Renaissance in a body of narrative, written in the Cretan dialect, and now regarded as an important influence on Modern Greek literature. These Cretan literary works are part of a more general phenomenon of cultural fusion which occurred in Crete and can be observed in art and architecture, as well as in learning. The historical background is related to an examination of the structure of Veneto-Cretan society, while the central chapters concentrate on the small but distinguished group of literary texts which have survived, among which drama is especially important, with examples of tragedy, comedy, pastoral and religious drama. Finally, there is a pioneering study of the interrelations between popular poetry and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25790/cover/9780521325790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Question of Syllables</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Nineteenth-Century French Verse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Scott argues that only by attending to the precise locations of words in line or stanza, and to the specific value of syllables, or by understanding the often conflicting demands of rhythm and metre, can the reader of poetry acquire a real grasp of the intimate life of words in verse with all their fluctuations of meaning, mood and tone. The analyses through which the book pursues its argument address two principal concerns: the way in which syllabic position projects words and colours their complicated and challenged by the relationship of rhythm to metre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25844/cover/9780521325844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Romantic Literary Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Behler, Ernst</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nisbet, H. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swales, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of a new theory of literature in the German Romantic period constituted a decisive turning point in the history of criticism. Prepared by new trends in critical thought during the latter half of the eighteenth century, a view of the literary work and the artistic process developed which diverged sharply from the dominant classicist understanding of aesthetics and poetics. It recognised the infinite changeability of genres, their constant mingling, and the frequent emergence of new literary forms, and asserted the rights of genius and creative imagination. It was also characterised by its intimate connection with the prevailing philosophy of its time, transcendental idealism. Professor Behler provides a new account of this crucial movement, illustrating each theoretical topic with close reference to a characteristic work by a major writer of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25851/cover/9780521325851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stratification and Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stinchcombe, Arthur L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection, on stratification, organization and the discipline of sociology, all bear upon a general theoretical question: what models of rationality are necessary or suitable to explain individual and collective action in institutional contexts? Professor Stinchcombe was one of the first sociologists to write on this question; and this collection includes a new essay which takes account of recent work done in the tradition Stinchcombe did much to institute. The first group of essays - on class, stratification and mobility - addresses core problems of the discipline and offers imaginative conceptualizations with interesting empirical consequences. The second section - essays on the sociology of organizations - displays, like the first, Stinchcombe's wide knowledge of sociological traditions from structuralism to Marxism. The final section, 'comments on the discipline', deepens the readers understanding of sociological theorizing by presenting different modes of analysis of universities and research institutions and providing challenging, and often funny, insights into the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Ancient History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Averil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward-Perkins, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitby, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1186</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With Volume 14 The Cambridge Ancient History concludes its story. This latest volume embraces the wide range of approaches and scholarship which have in recent decades transformed our view of Late Antiquity. In particular, traditional political and social history has been enormously enhanced by integrating the rich evidence of Christian writing, and the constantly expanding results of archaeological research. A picture emerges of a period of considerable military and political disruption, but also of vibrant intellectual and cultural activity. The volume begins with a series of narrative chapters. These are followed by sections on government and institutions, economy and society, and religion and culture. A section on the provinces and the non-Roman world marks the rise of new and distinct political and cultural entities. This volume, and the CAH, ends in around AD 600, before the Arab conquests shattered for ever what remained of the unity of the Roman world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25912/cover/9780521325912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521325927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521325927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521325929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Text Processing and Document Manipulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the International Conference, University of Nottingham, 14-16 April 1986</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521325929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vliet, J. C. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers all aspects of computer document preparation text processing and printing. Computers are being used increasingly in the processing of documents, from simple textual material, such as letters and memos, to complete books with mathematical formulae and graphics. The material may be extensively edited and manipulated on the computer before subsequent output on media such as typewriters, laser printers or photocomposers. This volume contains contributions from several established leaders in the field, and a number of research articles referred by an international programme committee. As such, the book gives a good impression of the state-of-the art in this area, which is of major importance in this 'electronic age' where on-line information retrieval and electronic publishing will increasingly affect our everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/25929/cover/9780521325929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Analysis for Tribology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Terence F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical Analysis for Tribology presents a unified approach to the study of wear in mechanical systems. Written by a leading expert who has studied and taught the subject both in Britain and the USA, this book will be valuable to researchers and students with a wide range of experience in tribology. The book concentrates on the methods of physical analysis and the applications of these techniques. This is then illustrated by a discussion of specific tribosystems. The early chapters provide an introduction to physical analysis that is thorough and rigorous. This prepares the reader with all the knowledge necessary to understand the subsequent discussion of applications. Although the description of systems is not exhaustive, the treatment and the theory are universal and will therefore be relevant to individual case studies. The book will appeal to tribologists from a wide variety of disciplines and will be of interest to researchers in physics, chemistry, metallurgy and mechanical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26025/cover/9780521326025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patriarchy, Property and Death in the Roman Family</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saller, Richard P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The figure of the Roman father has traditionally provided the pattern of patriarchy in European thought. This book shows how the social realities and cultural representations diverged from this paradigm. Demographic analysis and computer simulation demonstrate that before adulthood most Romans lost their fathers by death. Close reading of Latin texts reveals Roman fathers as devoted and loving and not harsh exploitative masters of slaves. The demographic and cultural contexts deepen our understanding of how the patrimony was transmitted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26032/cover/9780521326032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms 2</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biographical, Documentary and Analytical Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Musgrave, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of Brahms studies contains twelve contributions by leading international authorities on various music. Like the preceding volume of the same title (edited by Robert Pascall), Michael Musgrave's volume aims to provide original scholarly material on different facets of a major composer still inadequately discussed in book form and employs more precise methods of analysis and more critical approaches to materials then generally available in writings on Brahms in English. Half of the volume takes the music itself as focus, though from very different vantage points. There are two studies of a single opus (the two String Quartets Op. 51 Nos, 1 and 2), discussions of the Fourth Symphony and the motet 'Warum', and a view of Brahms's harmony. The underlying historical theme emerges more openly in an account of Brahms's interest in German Renaissance music. The remaining essays give details of the state of Brahms's unpublished compositions and arrangements at his death and the problematic disposal of his possessions (including musical ones), explore his own attitude to his historical position, and outline the reception of his music in Germany and, to begin with, in England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26063/cover/9780521326063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saussure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Signs, System and Arbitrariness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holdcroft, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Swiss linguist Ferdinand de Saussure (1857-1913) has exerted a profound influence not only on twentieth century linguistics but on a whole range of disciplines within the humanities and social sciences. His central thesis was that the primary object in studying a language is the state of that language at a particular time - a so-called synchronic study. He went on to claim that a language state is a socially constituted system of signs that are quite arbitrary and that can only be defined in terms of their relationship within the system. This new perspective has changed the way people think about linguistics and has led to important attempts to apply structuralist ideas in anthropology, literary criticism, and philosophy. Professor Holdcroft's book expounds and elaborates Saussure's central ideas.  It also offers a critical assessment of them, arguing that many of Saussure's claims are either questionable or have been misunderstood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39186/cover/9780521339186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Functionalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategy and Tactics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faia, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last several decades, functional theory in the social sciences has fallen into disfavour. Alleged to be a static form of theory incapable of explaining social change, methodologically impotent and ideologically tainted, functionalism stands accused of being socially and politically reactionary. In this book, Michael Faia challenges the view that functionalism should be rejected. He claims that because functional theories are causal, multivariate, time-ordered, and characterized by reciprocal causation, they are in fact inherently dynamic, demand the highest methodological rigour, and also force sociology to transcend its infamous 'paradigm disputes' by recognizing that the social sciences have already achieved an 'integrated methodological paradigm'. The central arguments of the book are illustrated by a wide variety of examples drawn from several academic disciplines. These range from the incest taboo to witchcraft, from tenure in the US Congress to duration of marriage. The reader thus gains a strong appreciation of the wide applicability of the functionalist mode of explanation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26575/cover/9780521326575.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Velimir Khlebnikov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Khlebnikov is becoming recognized as one of the major Russian poets of the twentieth century, having for years been dismissed as a purveyor of unintelligible verbal trickery. This book provides a broad survey of his work. Dr Cooke's aim is to be both informative and interpretative by mapping out the contours of Khlebnikov's still largely uncharted poetic world. He highlights the complex relations between the poet and his public, draws attention to Khlebnikov's preoccupation with the meaning as well as the poetry of language, points to the significance of images of war and conflict in his work, and shows how the figure of the poet-warrior can metamorphose into the poet-prophet. There is also an examination of the vexed problem of Khlebnikov's attitudes towards his manuscripts and his concept of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26704/cover/9780521326704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Turned to Account</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Forms and Functions of Criminal Biography in Late Seventeenth- and Early Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faller, Lincoln B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, widespread fear of criminal assault motivated the publication of hundreds of pamphlets tracing the lives and misdeeds of London's most notorious rogues. Turned to Account is a study that focuses on the popular genre of criminal biography, examining how it played upon and reflected English society's fears and interest in aberrant behaviour. The author has not produced a criminal history, but an intriguing distillation of some 2,000 separate narratives describing the lives, deeds, and dying words of thieves, murderers, and various scoundrels. Lincoln Faller examines ways in which ordinary Englishmen read, wrote, and presumably thought on the subject of criminal actions and character. He completes his treatment by showing how the pamphlets served to delineate the lines of socially acceptable behaviour. Faller has chosen his examples with skill and economy to produce a comprehensive and interesting work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26728/cover/9780521326728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132677X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132677X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adhesives in Civil Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mays, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a complete and clear introduction to the use of adhesives to form load-bearing joints in bridges, civil engineering and building structures. Recent advances in adhesive technology have led to a rapid growth in the use of adhesives and in many cases, the use of adhesives can prove more convenient, less expensive, stronger, and more durable than traditional methods of joining. The first part of this book addresses the crucial factors involved in the formation of a successful adhesive joint, including adhesive selection, surface preparation, joint design, fabrication and protection from the environment. The second part of the book describes the growing uses of adhesives to repair and strengthen existing structures, in addition to describing their use in new constructions and applications which are now being developed for the future. The connections between the two parts of the book are brought out wherever possible so that the links between theory and practice are emphasized. The book gives the reader all the information required to fully exploit the economic and technical advantages of adhesives over conventional methods. Professional civil and structural engineers in higher education and industry will find this book invaluable as will graduate students of construction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26773/cover/9780521326773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Germany in the Age of Absolutism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vierhaus, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knudsen, Jonathan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rudolf Vierhaus's work is much more than a political history of Germany from the Thirty Years' War to the end of the Seven Years' War: His study reconstructs the historical structures that marked this age. He examines economic developments, the social system, and cultural life, even as he continues to pay close attention to Germany's political organization, its war, and political conflicts. German history is presented within both the diverse pattern of its regional life and the larger European context, in order to restore a full analytical complexity to the age of absolutism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26865/cover/9780521326865.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Construction of Reality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arbib, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hesse, Mary B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Michael Arbib, a researcher in artificial intelligence and brain theory, joins forces with Mary Hesse, a philosopher of science, to present an integrated account of how humans 'construct' reality through interaction with the social and physical world around them. The book is a major expansion of the Gifford Lectures delivered by the authors at the University of Edinburgh in the autumn of 1983. The authors reconcile a theory of the individual's construction of reality as a network of schemas 'in the head' with an account of the social construction of language, science, ideology and religion to provide an integrated schema-theoretic view of human knowledge. The authors still find scope for lively debate, particularly in their discussion of free will and of the reality of God. The book integrates an accessible exposition of background information with a cumulative marshalling of evidence to address fundamental questions concerning human action in the world and the nature of ultimate reality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26896/cover/9780521326896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132694X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132694X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sources of Dramatic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sidnell, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conacher, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerslake, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kleber, Pia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonough, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pietropaolo, Damiano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes major theoretical writings on drama from the Greeks, through the Renaissance up to the late seventeenth century, compiled and edited for students of drama and theatre. There are substantial extracts from twenty-eight writers including Plato, Aristotle, Horace, Scaliger, Castelvetro, Guarini, Sidney, Jonson, Corneille, Racine, Dryden and Congreve. The compilers have chosen writers who present detailed arguments about issues that are sill relevant to our understanding of drama and theatre. Many of the texts have been freshly translated and all have newly been annotated and introduced by the compilers, who draw attention to recurrent themes by a system of cross-references. Michael Sidnell's useful introduction explores the issues which frequently concern these writers and practitioners: the nature of imitation, the relation of dramatic text to live performance, the effect of stage action on audience emotion and behaviour - issues which still concern critics and theorists of drama today.  Later volumes will cover the period from Diderot to Victor Hugo, modern dramatic theory and performance theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26940/cover/9780521326940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521326958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521326958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521326957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sources of Dramatic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521326957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sidnell, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in Sources of Dramatic Theory. This volume includes the major theoretical writing on drama and theatre from the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, focusing on issues that are still relevant to our understanding of drama and theatre. Among the writers represented by their own essays or substantial extracts from longer works are: Voltaire, Diderot, Goldoni, Dr Johnson, Lessing, Goethe, Schiller, Hegel, and Coleridge. Many of the texts have been freshly translated for this volume and all have been newly annotated and introduced. Recurrent topics and allusions are traced by a system of cross-references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/26957/cover/9780521326957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Walter P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starr, Ross M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starrett, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Kenneth J. Arrow is one of the most distinguished economic theorists. He has played a major role in shaping the subject and is honoured by the publication of three volumes of essays on economic theory. Each volume deals with a different area of economic theory. The books include contributions by some of the best economic theorists from the United Stated, Japan, Israel and Europe. This third volume is entitled Uncertainty, Information, and Communication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27046/cover/9780521327046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Realism and American Drama, 1880-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Brenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of Native American realism is traced through a study of the evolution of dramatic theory from the early 1890s through World War I and the uniquely American innovations in realistic drama between world wars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27114/cover/9780521327114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Responsibility, Character, and the Emotions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays in Moral Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoeman, Ferdinand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of original essays addresses a range of issues concerning the responsibility individuals have for their actions and for their characters. Among the central questions considered are the following: What scope is there for regarding a person as responsible for his or her character given genetic and environmental factors? Does an account of responsibility provide a legitimate basis for the retributive emotions? Are we ever justified in feeling guilty for occurences over which we have no control? Does responsibility for the consequences of our acts require that they were intended or simply expected? How have a number of influential previous philosophers, including Aristotle, Maimonides, and Spinoza, approached these questions?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27206/cover/9780521327206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Russian Revolutionary Movement in the 1880s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Offord, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book deals with the various revolutionary groups active in Russia in the 1880s. The first chapter attempts a definition of Populism, examines the main strategies on which revolutionary activity was based in the 1870s, traces the development of the main organisations of that decade and discusses their relationship to the prevailing theories. The three following chapters examine the history of the organisations of the 1880s in the light of this discussion and against the background of a reactionary political atmosphere, cultural stagnation, despondency in the intelligentsia, and industrial development. The early political activity and sympathies of Lenin are also discussed at some length. The conclusion assesses the significance of the organisations of the 1880s in the larger history of the Russian revolutionary movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27237/cover/9780521327237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Mystics of the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Windeatt, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition brings together for the first time key texts representing the writings of the medieval English mystics. The texts have been newly edited from early manuscripts, and are supplemented with textual and explanatory notes and a glossary. The book focuses on five major authors, Richard Rolle, Walter Hilton, the anonymous author of The Cloud of Unknowing, Dame Julian of Norwich, and Margery Kempe. Shorter works are presented whole, where possible, and accompanied by extracts from the mystics' longer works; extracts from contemporary translations into English are also included to illustrate the reception of European mystical texts in later medieval England. Overall, this volume makes accessible some of the finest writing by English contemplatives and visionaries of the Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27404/cover/9780521327404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cuban Condition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Translation and Identity in Modern Cuban Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firmat, Gustavo P&#233;rez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sense of the radical newness of Spanish America found in literary works from the chronicles of the conquest to the work of the criollistas has more recently given way to a stronger recognition of the transatlantic roots of much Spanish-American literature. This indebtedness does not imply subservience; rather, the New World's cultural and literary autonomy lies in the distinctive ways in which it assimilated its cultural inheritance. Professor P&#233;rez Firmat explores this process of assimilation or transculturation in the case of Cuba, and proposes a new understanding of the issue of Cuban national identity through revisionary readings of both literary and non-literary works by Juan Marinello, Fernando Ortiz, Nicolds Guill&#233;n, Alejo Carpentier and others, dating from the early decades of the twentieth century, a time of intense self-reflection in the nation's history. Using a critical vocabulary derived from these works, he argues that Cuban identity is translational rather than foundational and that cuban&#237;a emerges from a nuanced, self-conscious recasting of foreign models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27473/cover/9780521327473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Corporate Strategy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Du Pont R and D, 1902-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hounshell, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, John Kenly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on voluminous corporate records and extensive interviews with key employees, Science and Corporate Strategy: Du Pont R and D, 1902-1980 provides a comprehensive, critical study of research and development in a large US corporation. Du Pont was among a handful of US corporations that established formal research and development laboratories at the turn of the century to improve competitive positions in their respective industries. Initially, Du Pont's executives viewed R&amp;D as an important though not central part of the corporations strategy. However the gains made by the company's laboratories soon demonstrated that R&amp;D would be a critical ingredient in the firm's success. The industrial research and development laboratory became a major part of corporate structure; science became a central part of corporate strategy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27671/cover/9780521327671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affect and Social Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Bert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isen, Alice M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Affect and Social Behavior provides for the first time a comprehensive and integrative examination of current research and theory into the role that emotion plays in influencing social behavior. The contributors investigate a number of important domains such as aggression, altruism, romantic attraction, and consumer behavior and the role that affect plays in instigating and regulating these behaviors. The chapters were written by some of the most prominent researchers in the field and they provide an up-to-date review of research and theory in this important area of study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class Formation and Urban Industrial Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bradford, 1750-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koditschek, Theodore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1750 Bradford was a small market town of about 4000 inhabitants in the Yorkshire, West Riding. By 1850 it had become a major industrial city of 100,000, the international centre of the worsted production and trade. Behind this massive expansion of population there occurred a fundamental transformation of society. This book examines the process by which a capitalist society emerged in Bradford. Although Bradford represents an unusual social environment where industrial development began very early and proceeded very fast, its history discloses with unusual force and clarity a process that was more gradually transforming the wider society of nineteenth-century Britain and that subsequently spread throughout the world. By explaining the process of class formation in industrialising Bradford, this book seeks to shed some historical light on the character, contradictions and ultimate resilience of the competitive liberal social order we still occupy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27718/cover/9780521327718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hidden Balance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion and the Social Theories of Charles Chauncy and Jonathan Mayhew</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corrigan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>178</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Congregationalist ministers Charles Chauncy and Jonathan Mayhew were among the most influential social and religious thinkers in Boston in the mid-eighteenth century. This study argues that Chauncy and Mayhew produced a complex but coherent body of ideas and that these ideas were organized closely and self-consciously around the principle of 'balance'. Writings on society and government are treated alongside theological works, rather than separate from them, and each man's corpus is placed against the background of English ideas as well as within the context of intellectual and social life in Boston. Investigation of the ideas of Chauncy and Mayhew in this way leads to the conclusion that although the two men believed that a cosmic principle of 'balance' organized social and religious life, they believed as well that full philosophical comprehension of this principle was beyond human capability. In order to express their understanding of cosmic order, Chauncy and Mayhew appropriated the metaphor of the 'great chain of being'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27770/cover/9780521327770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Abraham</TitleText>

<Subtitle>James Fenimore Cooper and the Frontier Patriarch</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Motley, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Warren Motley offers an original interpretation of James Fenimore Cooper's career. Whereas most studies of Cooper have centered on the figure of the Leatherstocking - that solitary model of the self-sufficient American hero untrammeled by civilization - this book examines Cooper's interest in the pioneer patriarchs who built new societies in the wilderness. Throughout his career Cooper explored an essential American problem: how to achieve the right balance between freedom and authority. He did this by retelling the story of the frontier settlement and thereby assessing its successes and failures. Like other writers in the decades before the Civil War, Cooper struggled with the legacy of the Revolutionary fathers - a legacy made more personal in Cooper's case by his father's role as a frontier land developer, judge, and Federalist politician. This book breaks new ground by relating Cooper's artistic development, and his ideas about authority in society, to his efforts to become independent of his father.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27824/cover/9780521327824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Structures in Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fritsch, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piccinini, Renzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the construction and the properties of CW-complexes. These spaces are important because firstly they are the correct framework for homotopy theory, and secondly most spaces that arise in pure mathematics are of this type. The authors discuss the foundations and also developments, for example, the theory of finite CW-complexes, CW-complexes in relation to the theory of fibrations, and Milnor's work on spaces of the type of CW-complexes. They establish very clearly the relationship between CW-complexes and the theory of simplicial complexes, which is developed in great detail. Exercises are provided throughout the book; some are straightforward, others extend the text in a non-trivial way. For the latter; further reference is given for their solution. Each chapter ends with a section sketching the historical development. An appendix gives basic results from topology, homology and homotopy theory. These features will aid graduate students, who can use the work as a course text. As a contemporary reference work it will be essential reading for the more specialized workers in algebraic topology and homotopy theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27848/cover/9780521327848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521327911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521327911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521327916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychoanalysis and the Unconscious and Fantasia of the Unconscious</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521327916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in Lawrence's most productive period, Psychoanalysis and the Unconscious (1921) and Fantasia of the Unconscious (1922) were undertaken initially in response to psychoanalytic criticism of his novel Sons and Lovers. They soon developed more generally to propose an alternative to what Lawrence perceived as the Freudian psychoanalytic theory of the unconscious and the incest motive. The essays also develop his ideas about the upbringing and education of children, about marriage, and about social and even political action. Lawrence described them as 'this pseudo-philosophy of mine which was deduced from the novels and poems, not the reverse. The absolute need one has for some sort of satisfactory mental attitude towards oneself and things in general makes one try to abstract some definite conclusions from one's experiences as a writer and as a man'. These conclusions form an illuminating guide to his works and therein lies their peculiar value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27916/cover/9780521327916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Lectins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pusztai, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume surveys the chemistry, biochemistry, biosynthesis, metabolism and pharmacological properties of lectins. Lectins, which are most commonly found in plants, are widespread natural products with striking biological activities. Their specific ability to recognise and bind to simple or complex saccharides facilitates their role as effective information protein molecules. As agents of cell-to-cell recognition, lectins promote symbiosis between plants and specific nitrogen-fixing soil bacteria. As natural defensive molecules, they can protect plants against predators such as bacteria, fungi and insects. As part of our diet, lectins are powerful exogenous growth factors in the small intestine and influence our health, the digestive function and the bacterial ecology of the alimentary tract. Lectins are also important research tools in preparative biochemistry and cell science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28241/cover/9780521328241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vanquished Nation, Broken Spirit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Virtues of the Heart in Formative Judaism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neusner, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the destruction of the Second Temple in 70 A.D. to the creation of the State of Israel in 1948, the Jews were a conquered nation. Yet Jewish sages and holy works preached a doctrine of both interior and exterior virtue that allowed the Jewish people to feel and believe in the dignity and nobility of their earthly condition. Neusner's book explores the attitudes in Jewish canonical writings and asks how these virtues relate to the politics of the Jews as a vanquished people. Jacob Neusner, the author of over 166 books on Judaism and Jewish history, is a frequent lecturer both in America and throughout the world. He has been a Fulbright Fellow at the Hebrew University, and twice has been a Guggenheim Fellow.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28326/cover/9780521328326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money Capital in the Theory of the Firm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Preliminary Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The place of money capital in the theory of the firm has remained a relatively neglected question in traditions of economic analysis. In this highly integrative work, issues in production, pricing, capital investment and financial theory are brought to new levels of interdependence. Developing a three-part argument, Money Capital in the Theory of the Firm deals successively with the theoretical issues and analytic motivation, the neoclassical tradition and postclassical perspectives. In doing so, it presents a self-contained foundation in the basic structures of microeconomic analysis relating to optimize decision making in the firm and in the accounting concepts and statistical apparatus of probability theory relevant to the neoclassical aspects of the argument. Additionally, the book provides the essential mathematical development of such advanced topics as utility functions defined over stochastic arguments, the equilibrium theory of financial asset prices and yields, the cost of money capital, and investment decision criteria. This book makes an important contribution to the formation of new and analytically richer perspectives in the important area of economics it addresses. It will be of particular interest to those working in economic theory and microeconomics, and their advanced students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28418/cover/9780521328418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurohormones in Invertebrates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorndyke, M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldsworthy, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a particularly timely survey of invertebrate peptide hormones. Interest has been growing in invertebrate peptide hormones. This interest has focused upon two important and related aspects, both of which are fully covered in this volume. First, many of these peptides are neurohormones with chemical characteristics resembling, sometimes closely, established vertebrate neurohormonal peptides. In this way these findings have had considerable impact on our standing of the origin and evolution of peptide regulators. Second, with the availability of techniques such as HPLC and cDNA probes, which have allowed detailed study of vertebrate peptides, significant advances have been made in our understanding of the physiology and biochemistry of native invertebrate peptides. The volume aims to provide a synthesis between these two aspects of investigative activity. As such, it should have a broad appeal to scientists from a number of disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28432/cover/9780521328432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Storytelling Rights</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Uses of Oral and Written Texts by Urban Adolescents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shuman, Amy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on intensive fieldwork in an urban American junior high school, this original study explores the relationship between oral and written texts in everyday life by analysing tellings and retellings of local events, diaries, writings and discussions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28463/cover/9780521328463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminism and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Suffrage and Reform Politics in Britain, 1900-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holton, Sandra Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Previous studies of the women's suffrage movement in Britain have focused their attention primarily on the activities of the well-known Women's Social and Political Union, and its famous leading figures, Emmeline and Christabel Pankhurst. This book offers a reinterpretation of the movement, looking instead at the lesser-known provincial suffragists, especially that group, identified by Sandra Holton as the 'democratic suffragists', who guided the campaigns of the National Union of Women's Suffrage Societies. These women directed their efforts towards integrating the demand for the vote with other calls for a more democratic society, and, Dr Holton argues, it was their successful attempt to bring about an alliance between the suffrage movement and the labour movement that ensured the ventual winning of the vote for women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28555/cover/9780521328555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in the Soviet Countryside</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Roles in Rural Development in the Soviet Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bridger, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on women's roles in rural development has found that women's contribution to the rural economy is commonly underestimated and that women may find it difficult to benefit from the development process. Within this context, this book looks at the Soviet experience of development as reflected in the lives of rural women. It attempts to analyse the gains made and the problems still faced by rural women in a country where development policies have been accompanied by a formal commitment to sexual equality. In its introduction, the book briefly outlines the impact on rural women of social, economic and political change in the countryside from the revolution to 1960. It then goes on to examine in depth changes in the role and status of women in the Soviet countryside.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28623/cover/9780521328623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Security</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Visions and Revisions: A Twentieth Century Fund Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Achenbaum, W. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As social security comes of age in an uncertain climate, Americans find news reports and 'official' projections disturbing in ways they do not fully understand - but dare not ignore. The challenges that beset social security, however, are not just actuarial or fiscal in nature. The choices before us require a confrontation with the political and philosophical underpinnings of the American experiment. Fifty years ago, Franklin Roosevelt envisioned social security to be the cornerstone 'for the kind of protection America wants' from the financial troubles people faced due to old age and family tragedies. By fulfilling its initial promise, social security has evolved into the nation's largest, costliest, and most successful domestic institution. But the optimistic assumptions that inspired its incremental expansion have dissipated in the face of demographic, political, economic, and cultural shifts in American society. Despite past successes, social security no longer enjoys solid support. Critics predict further trouble in coming decades. Social Security: Visions and Revisions encourages lawmakers, academic experts, and general readers alike to think more broadly and boldly about social security and its relation to public assistance and other income-maintenance and health-care programs. Pulling together information and insights previously scattered and fragmentary, this book draws lessons from the past that free us of outdated assumptions and unexamined shibboleths. The re-vision of social security that Achenbaum advocates - one that highlights intergenerational features and underscores the provision of a socially acceptable, universal minimum standard of living - should become the basis of all discussions of government's responsibility to promote 'the general welfare' in our aging society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28661/cover/9780521328661.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Post Keynesian Price Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Frederic S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frederic Lee sets out the foundations of a post-Keynesian price theory through developing an empirically grounded production schema. The administered, normal cost and mark-up price doctrines are explained in parts I-III of the book, as many of their theoretical arguments are important for developing the foundations. This involves discussing the work of Gardiner Means, Philip Andrews, and Michal Kalecki as well as the developers of the doctrines, such as Edwin Nourse, Paolo Sylos Labini, Harry Edwards, Josef Steindl and Alfred Eisner. Drawing upon the arguments and formal modelling offered by the doctrines, in conjunction with empirical evidence from one hundred studies on pricing and production, Dr Lee develops an empirically grounded pricing model and production schema. He argues that the model and the schema together constitute the foundations for post-Keynesian price theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28708/cover/9780521328708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Fire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whelan, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wildfires kill many animals, but are populations of animals affected? How do animals survive the passage of fire? Why do some tree species survive and others die in a fire? Do frequent fires cause changes in plant community composition? Answering questions such as these requires an understanding of the ecological effects of fire. Aimed at senior undergraduate students, researchers, foresters and other land managers, Dr Whelan's book examines the changes wrought by fires with reference to general ecological theory. The impacts of fires on individual organisms, populations and communities are examined separately, and emphasis is placed on the importance of fire regime. Each chapter includes a listing of 'outstanding questions' that identify gaps in current knowledge. The book finishes by summarising the major aspects of ecology that are of particular relevance to management of fires - both protection against wildfires and deliberate use of fire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28722/cover/9780521328722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052132873X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052132873X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Child's World of Illness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Development of Health and Illness Behaviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, Simon R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do I decide I am ill; how do I decide that my children are ill? How do I learn effective ways of conveying to others that I am ill? This book discusses the languages of illness which we use to present our discomforts to others through an exploration of the child's world of illness. It looks at how illness concepts are introduced to children, how the causes of illness and 'germ' rationales are incorporated into the socialisation of children, and how a particular morality about health and illness is expressed. Besides the analysis of the social context within which the children's views are developing, the book presents the children's own views from three years old up to thirteen. How we talk about illness can have as important consequences as the methods we use to cure it. This book persuades the reader to look more closely at the language of illness, allowing a reappraisal to medical practice, school health programmes and class teaching, health education and even the differences in health between the social classes. In this way it forges a link between physical medicine and psychotherapy, providing the developmental perspective of illness behaviour which has long been lacking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28739/cover/9780521328739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University of Cambridge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leader, Damian Riehl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume of a four-part History of the University of Cambridge, under the general editorship of Professor C. N. L. Brooke, and the first volume on the medieval university as a whole to be published in over a century. It provides a synthesis of the intellectual, social, political and religious life of the early university, and gives serious attention to the development of classroom studies and how they changed with the coming of the Renaissance and the Reformation. Following the first stirrings in the early thirteenth century, the evolution of the university is traced from the original corporation of masters and scholars through the early development of the colleges. The second half of the book focuses on the century from the 1440s to the 1540s, which saw the flowering of the university under Tudor patronage. In the decades preceding the Reformation many colleges were founded, the teaching structures reorganised and the curriculum made more humanistic. The place of Cambridge at the forefront of northern European universities was eventually assured when Henry VIII founded Trinity College in 1546, in the face of changes and difficulties experienced during the course of the Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28821/cover/9780521328821.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521328942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521328942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521328944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>We Shall Live Again</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 1870 and 1890 Ghost Dance Movements as Demographic Revitalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521328944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornton, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the 1870 and 1890 Ghost Dance movements among North American Indians offers an innovative theory about why these movements arose when they did. Emphasizing the demographic situation of American Indians prior to the movements, Professor Thornton argues that the Ghost Dances were deliberate efforts to accomplish a demographic revitalization of American Indians following their virtual collapse. By joining the movements, he contends, tribes sought to assure survival by increasing their numbers through returning the dead to life. Thornton supports this thesis empirically by closely examining the historical context of the two movements and by assessing tribal participation in them, revealing particularly how population size and decline influenced participation among and within American Indian tribes. He also considers American Indian population change after the Ghost Dance periods and shows that participation in the movements actually did lead the way to a demographic recovery for certain tribes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/28944/cover/9780521328944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521329701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521329701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521329705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saponins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521329705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hostettmann, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marston, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is now a large body of theory concerning algebraic varieties over finite fields, and many conjectures exist in this area that are of great interest to researchers in number theory and algebraic geometry. This book is concerned with the arithmetic of diagonal hypersurfaces over finite fields, with special focus on the Tate conjecture and the Lichtenbaum-Milne formula for the central value of the L-function. It combines theoretical and numerical work, and includes tables of Picard numbers. Although this book is aimed at experts, the authors have included some background material to help non-specialists gain access to the results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/29705/cover/9780521329705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521329957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521329957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521329958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521329958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three previous volumes of this series by Colin Ronan are each available in hardback as well as paperback. Volume I introduces the reader to the country of China: its history, geography and language. The major part of this book is devoted to the history of scientific thought in China itself. In Volume II, the first section deals with mathematics, and this is followed by a section dealing with mathematics. Then follow sections on astronomy, meteorology and the earth sciences. The volume closes with a description of various aspects of Chinese physics. Volume III looks in some detail at one of the greatest contributions the Chinese made to physics - the discovery of the magnetic compass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/29958/cover/9780521329958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Multisectoral Dynamic Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the econometric analysis of single-equation and simultaneous-equation models in which the jointly dependent variables can be continuous, categorical, or truncated. Despite the traditional emphasis on continuous variables in econometrics, many of the economic variables encountered in practice are categorical (those for which a suitable category can be found but where no actual measurement exists) or truncated (those that can be observed only in certain range). Such variables are involved, for example, in models of occupational choice, choice of tenture in housing, and choice of type of schooling. Models with regulated prices and rationing and models for program evaluation also represent areas of application for the techniques presented by the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bristol and the Atlantic Trade in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first detailed examination for many years of the transatlantic trade and shipping of Bristol during the eighteenth century. It compares the performance of Bristol as a port during this period with the growth of other out ports, especially Liverpool and Glasgow. Dr Morgan's analysis shows that the absolute growth of Bristol's Atlantic trade between 1700 and 1800 was concomitant with the relative decline of Bristol as a port; the main reasons for this decline were the lack of improvement to port facilities, increasing specialisation among the Bristol merchant community, the impact of war on trade, and the superior business acumen in the tobacco and slave trades manifested by Glasgow and Liverpool merchants respectively. Bristol and the Atlantic Trade is based on a great variety of primary sources in the British Isles, the USA, the West Indies, Australia and continental Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30176/cover/9780521330176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pastor and Laity in the Theology of Jean Gerson</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, D. Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pastor and Laity in the Theology of Jean Gerson explores the pastoral teaching of one of Europe's most influential churchmen of the early fifteenth century. Chancellor of the University of Paris from 1395 to 1429, Gerson is probably best known for his activities towards ending the Great Schism. But behind his public life lay a deep concern for the spiritual welfare of the people. Through an examination of Gerson's sermons and writings for the laity, and of his many works giving guidance to bishops and parish priests about their roles as pastors, preachers and confessors, the book throws light on what the late medieval, pre-Reformation Church was teaching the laity, and also on popular religious mentality in the period. The topics dealt with range from matters of high theological import such as justification, predestination and mysticism to the seven capital sins and all their branches, the art of preaching, women, marriage and children.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30299/cover/9780521330299.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leaf Protein</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And its By-products in Human and Animal Nutrition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirie, N. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an extensively revised second edition of N. W. Pirie's much acclaimed earlier work, Leaf Protein and Other Aspects of Fodder Fractionation (Cambridge University Press 1978). The fibrous character and flavour of many leaf crops impede their use as green vegetables, and feeding them directly to animals is relatively inefficient. The advantages of separating a fraction for use as human food, and a residue for animal feeding, have gained recognition during the last ten years. In suitable climates, fractionating leafy material can yield more edible protein than other forms of agriculture. The book concludes with a discussion of the problems that arise when leaf protein is made and used in practice, and of the potential role of fodder fractionation in human and animal nutrition. This volume will be of practical importance to students and research workers in animal and human nutrition, agriculture and rural development, particularly those with an interest in developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30305/cover/9780521330305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remembering Reconsidered</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecological and Traditional Approaches to the Study of Memory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neisser, Ulric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winograd, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Remembering Reconsidered, the new ecologically oriented study of memory makes contact with more traditional approaches. The emerging result may be what several of the authors have begun to call 'functionalism': a concern with the adaptive significance of memory in ordinary life coupled with a careful analysis of the variables on which it depends. In different ways, the chapters reflect this concern. The editors bring together a diverse collection of studies on remembering, using subjects ranging from folk songs to 'crib talk'. Introductory chapters weave these themes together, developing an underlying sense of the project of the volume as a whole. This is the second volume in the Emory Symposia on Cognition. The Emory Cognition Project, directed by Ulric Neisser, emphasizes an ecological approach to problems in theoretical, experimental, and applied cognitive psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30312/cover/9780521330312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Decision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pure Theory of Electoral Preference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brennan, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lomasky, Loren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do voters in large scale democracies reliably vote for the electoral outcomes most in their interest? Much of the literature on voting predicts that they do, but this book argues that fully rational voters will not, in fact, consistently vote for the political outcomes they prefer. The authors offer a theory of voting which they term an 'expressive' theory of electoral politics. This theory is shown to be more coherent and more consistent with actual observed voting behaviour. This important book offers a compelling challenge to the central premises of the prevailing theories of voting behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30404/cover/9780521330404.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamics of Chemical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Scott Emerson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Battino, Rubin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNRW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to develop the concepts and relations pertinent to the solution of many thermodynamic problems encountered in multi-phase, multi-component systems. In doing so, it emphasizes a comprehension and development of general expressions for solving such problems, rather than ready-made equations for particular applications. Throughout the book, the methods of Gibbs are used with emphasis on the chemical potential. Many topics omitted in more elementary texts are amply discussed defining the state of a thermodynamic system, particularly the indifferent systems; the use of the Gibbs-Duhem equation in single-phase and multi-phase component systems; the conditions of stability for single-phase and multi-phase component systems; and the graphical representation of the thermodynamic functions. Special attention is given to reference and standard states. The material is presented in a rigorous and mathematical manner, and SI units are used throughout. A detailed bibliography is also included. Thermodynamics of Chemical Systems is intended for all those concerned with the application of thermodynamics to chemical systems, including biochemists, metallurgists, physicists, and materials scientists as well as chemists. Research workers and graduate students in these areas will find this work to be a valuable textbook and reference book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30411/cover/9780521330411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information, Incentives and the Economics of Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibald, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>189</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines alternative methods for achieving optimality without all the apparatus of economic planning (such as information retrieval, computation of solutions, and separate implementation systems), or a vain reliance on sufficiently 'perfect' competition. All rely entirely on the self-interest of economic agents and voluntary contract. The author considers methods involving feedback iterative controls which require the prior selection of a 'criterion function', but no prior calculation of optimal quantities. The target is adjusted as the results for each step become data for the criterion function. Implementation is built in by the incentive structure, and all controls rely on consistency with the self-interest of individuals. The applicability of all the methods is shown to be independent of the form of ownership of enterprises: examples are given for industries which are wholly privately owned, wholly nationalized, mixed and labour-managed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30459/cover/9780521330459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133053X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133053X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Reform, and Politics in Victorian Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Science Association 1857-1886</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldman, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the relationships between social thought, social policy and politics in Victorian Britain. Goldman focuses on the activity of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science, known as the Social Science Association. For three decades this served as a forum for the discussion of Victorian social questions and as an influential adviser to governments, and its history discloses how social policy was made in these years. The Association, which attracted many powerful contributors, including politicians, civil servants, intellectuals and reformers, had influence over policy and legislation on matters as diverse as public health and women's legal and social emancipation. The SSA reveals the complex roots of social science and sociology buried in the non-academic milieu of nineteenth-century reform. And its influence in the United States and Europe allows for a comparative approach to political and intellectual development in this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30534/cover/9780521330534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133070X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133070X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peasantry in the French Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book fills a gap in the literature on the French Revolution, and offers a synthesis which brings together the fruits of two generations' research in the field of French rural and agrarian history. The contention of Georges Lefebvre (the greatest authority on eighteenth-century rural history) that the peasantry occupied the centre-stage during the early years of the Revolution is vindicated with the support of fresh evidence culled from local and national archives, unpublished theses and little-known printed sources. Lefebvre's subsidiary argument, that peasant participation in the Revolution ran counter to its main capitalist thrust, receives a more qualified endorsement. The hook also offers a comprehensive survey of the fortunes of country dwellers from the end of the ancien r&#233;gime until the advent of Napoleon. Chapters are arranged both chronologically and thematically to provide a complete history of the Revolution as experienced at 'grass-roots'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30701/cover/9780521330701.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The High-Latitude Ionosphere and its Effects on Radio Propagation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunsucker, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hargreaves, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>638</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The physical properties of the ionized layer in the Earth's upper atmosphere enable us to use it to support an increasing range of communications applications. This book presents a modern treatment of the physics and phenomena of the high latitude upper atmosphere and the morphology of radio propagation in the auroral and polar regions. Chapters cover the basics of radio propagation and the use of radio techniques in ionospheric studies. Many investigations of high latitude radio propagation have previously only been published in Conference Proceedings and organizational reports. This book includes many examples of the behavior of quiet and disturbed high latitude HF propagation. Ample cross-referencing, chapter summaries and reference lists make this book an invaluable aid for graduate students, ionospheric physicists and radio engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30831/cover/9780521330831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Painterly Abstraction in Modernist American Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporaneity of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altieri, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>537</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Altieri's book sets modernist American poetry in a precise cultural context by analysing how major poets reacted to the challenge posed by modernist painting's radical critique of traditional representational models for art. It argues that modernist poets have tended to resist the received values of their contemporary culture by finding idealising principles in modes of pure abstraction. It traces the use of such abstraction in literature from Wordsworth, through Baudelaire and Mallarme, to T. S. Eliot, William Carlos Williams, Marianne Moore, and Gertrude Stein. There are summary chapters also on Wallace Stevens and Ezra Pound, considerations of Cezanne and the Cubists, and a substantial theoretical discussion of the nature of abstract art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30855/cover/9780521330855.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Catalogue of Southern Peculiar Galaxies and Associations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arp, Halton C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madore, Barry F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the largest sample yet compiled of over 6,000 disturbed galaxies: observations of galaxies in collision, galaxies exploding or ejecting material, distorted galaxies, and galaxies in near collision with each other. Volume I contains positions in right ascension and declination, galactic latitude and longitude, and super-galactic latitude and longitude, accurate to 15 arcseconds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30862/cover/9780521330862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521330890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521330890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521330893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biblical Commentaries from the Canterbury School of Theodore and Hadrian</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521330893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bischoff, Bernhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes the first edition of a previously unknown text which throws light on the intellectual history of early medieval Europe. The biblical commentaries represent the teaching of two gifted Greek scholars who came to England from the Byzantine East. Theodore, Archbishop of Canterbury (668-90) and his colleague Hadrian (d. 710) taught the Bible to a group of Anglo-Saxon scholars, who recorded their teaching. The resulting commentaries illustrate the high point of biblical scholarship between late antiquity and the Renaissance. The commentaries, found by Professor Bischoff in Milan in 1936, constitute one of the most important medieval texts discovered this century. The edition is introduced by substantial chapters on the intellectual background of the texts and their manuscript sources. The Latin texts themselves are accompanied by facing English translations and extensive notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/30893/cover/9780521330893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Acquisition of Aspect and Modality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Past Reference in Turkish</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aksu-Ko&#231;, Ayhan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ayhan Aksu-Ko&#231;'s empirical research on Turkish children's acquisition of the past tense forms the basis for this original and important contribution to the current debate among psycholinguistics on the interrelationship between language and cognitive development. Turkish, in its grammar, makes a clear distinction between direct and indirect experiencing, separating personal observation of processes from both inference and narrative. This distinction thus provides an ideal means by which linguistic and nonlinguistic conceptual development can be observed. Dr Aksu-Ko&#231; has exploited this to full advantage in her broadly based longitudinal and cross-sectional study, conducted across a wide age range. The data are meticulously analyzed, and the theoretical implications for a neo-Piagetian paradigm are carefully considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31197/cover/9780521331197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roger North's The Musicall Grammarian 1728</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chan, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kassler, Jamie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>323</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger North's The Musicall Grammarian 1728 is a treatise on musical eloquence in all its branches. Of its five parts, I and II, on the orthoepy, orthography and syntax of music, constitute a grammar; III and IV, on the arts of invention and communication, form a rhetoric; and V, on etymology, consists of a history. Two substantial chapters of commentary introduce the text, which is edited here for the first time in its entirety: Jamie Kassler places his treatise within the broader context not only of North's musical and non-musical writings but also their relation to the intellectual ferment of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and Mary Chan describes physical and textual aspects of the treatise as evidence for North's processes of thinking about musical thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31319/cover/9780521331319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sustainable Dryland Farming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Combining Farmer Innovation and Medic Pasture in a Mediterranean Climate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chatterton, Lynne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chatterton, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sheep and wheat are the staples of dryland farms in the Mediterranean zone of the Northern hemisphere. The commonly used dryland farming system introduced in the 1950s is proving unsustainable. Erosion has reached a critical level and pastures have all but disappeared. Experts advise more cropping (forage crops for instance) and more fertiliser. Yet intensification of the present system will only hasten erosion. Is there an alternative system that is both environmentally sustainable and within the means of most farmers in the region? Innovative farmers in a similar climate in Australia discovered a sustainable rotation using annual medics as both fertiliser and pasture. Attempts to transfer their knowledge have often foundered. Why is this so? How much do the experts know about this system? This book pulls apart the warp and weft of development on dryland farms to try to find some answers to these questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31418/cover/9780521331418.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Song on Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of Song on Record covers the repertory of song not included in the category of Lieder. It contains chapters on the major French composers, on Russian, Scandinavian, Spanish and American song, on Bart&#243;k and Jan&#225;cek, Britten and English song, and ends with a bonne bouche entitled 'Encore'. Once again Alan Blyth has brought together a distinguished group of contributors to provide a valuable and informed discussion of interpretation. Indispensable for record collectors, it is also fascinating reading for all musicians and music lovers with an interest in song.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31555/cover/9780521331555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A World Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Central Spiritual Reality of Humankind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reat, N. Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Edmund F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the authors, a Christian theologian and an atheistic Buddhist philosopher, examine the five major world religions - Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity and Islam - in order to demonstrate that each is a particular expression of one, common world theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31593/cover/9780521331593.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Antarctica: The Next Decade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Report of a Group Study Chaired by Sir Anthony Parsons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parsons, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Antarctic Treaty, set up in 1961 to provide a means for managing international relations in Antarctica, was reviewed in 1991. The book considers the question of the region's future with the ever growing international interest in the area as a source of important mineral resources. In this survey, a study group, brought together by the David Davies Memorial Institute of International Studies, looks at the political and environmental questions raised by the potentially conflicting interests in the Antarctic. What are the stresses, internal and external, on the Antarctic Treaty System and can it develop to cope with these? Could these stresses be resolved in a new instrument? If not, what is the likely political outlook for Antarctica? This book does not describe the components of the Antarctic Treaty System. These are discussed in The Antarctic Treaty Regime, edited by Gillian Triggs. Together, the two books will form an authoritative basis for the study of the Antarctic Treaty and its future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31814/cover/9780521331814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Resource Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Notes and Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Jon M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Colin Whitcomb</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Jon Conrad and Colin Clark develop the theory of resource economics. To begin, they provide an introduction to the required techniques of dynamic optimization. Throughout the book they build the reader's understanding with many fully-worked problems and numerical examples. The authors have written this text in the belief that the theory and concepts of resource are more quickly learned, more effectively made operational, and more truly understood if the reader is exposed to carefully explained numerical examples. By working through the problems at the end of each chapter, students will learn the techniques to be used in empirical studies of natural resource systems. The first chapter provides an introduction to optimization, including constrained optimization, dynamic allocation problems, dynamic programming, continuous time problems, and the maximum principle, and a discussion of various numerical and graphical techniques. The remaining chapters deal in depth with the economics of renewable resources, nonrenewable resources, with environmental management and with stochastic resource models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31883/cover/9780521331883.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applications of Environment-Behavior Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Case Studies and Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cherulnik, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Architects, city planners, and other design professionals have used theory and research from psychology and other behavioral sciences to make their work more responsive to the needs of the people who use the buildings, parks, and city streets they help to shape. This book describes in detail thirteen cases in which that approach was followed. It analyzes the use of environmental design research in each case, demonstrating how it has made a positive contribution in these cases and how its use can improve design and planning processes in general and thus the quality of the built and natural environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31890/cover/9780521331890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judgment Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design, Analysis, and Meta-Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Because of the complexity of human behaviour a great many research variables must be constructed from the building blocks of human judgement. A teacher's warmth, a psychotherapist's ability to create rapport, a patient's inner state - these all tend ultimately to be defined by the judgements of others. The purpose of this book is to describe the design, the analysis and the meta-analysis of studies employing judgements in sufficient detail that readers can conduct such studies, and more wisely evaluate them. While the author's examples are drawn primarily from research on non-verbal behaviour, the book is designed for any investigators employing judges, observers, raters, coders, or decoders, whether or not the behaviour being assessed is non-verbal. Judgment Studies: Design, Analysis, and Meta-Analysis constitutes a unique resource for advanced students and researchers in the behavioural and social sciences. It offers the first integrated summary of methodological issues in judgement studies, and the first guide to their planning and analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31913/cover/9780521331913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pascal and the Arts of the Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Hugh M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the ways in which Pascal posed and solved intellectual problems in three very different areas of his work: mathematics and mathematical physics, religious experience and theology, communication and controversy. Hugh Davidson shows how three of the classical 'liberal arts', rhetoric, dialectic and geometry, pervade Pascal's method as liberating and guiding influences in his search for truth. They appear throughout his production and are used and adapted with great skill both in his attacks on tradition in mathematics and physics and in his defences of tradition in the sphere of religion and morality. Professor Davidson throws light on both the diversity and the unity of Pascal's thought, and places it in the context of other seventeenth-century innovations in the use of traditional disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31937/cover/9780521331937.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>At Face Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Autobiographical Writing in Spanish America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Molloy, Sylvia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Spanish American autobiography from its beginnings in the post-colonial nineteenth century to the present day concentrates mainly on cultural and historical issues. Spanish American autobiographies are fascinating hybrids, often wielding several discourses at once. They aspire to documentary status while unabashedly exalting the self, and dwell on personal experience while purporting to be exercises in historiography, the founding texts of a national archive. Professor Molloy examines a wide range of texts, from Sarmiento's Recuerdos de provincia to Victoria Ocampo's Autobiografia. She analyses their textual strategies, the generic affiliations they claim, their relationship to the European canon and their dialogue with precursor texts, as well as their problematic use of memory and the ideological implications of their repressive tactics. This method enables her to identify perceptions of self and tensions between self and other, thus shedding light on the fluctuating place of the subject within a community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31951/cover/9780521331951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133196X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133196X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interval Methods for Systems of Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumaier, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An interval is a natural way of specifying a number that is specified only within certain tolerances. Interval analysis consists of the tools and methods needed to solve linear and nonlinear systems of equations in the presence of data uncertainties. Applications include the sensitivity analysis of solutions of equations depending on parameters, the solution of global nonlinear problems, and the verification of results obtained by finite-precision arithmetic. In this book emphasis is laid on those aspects of the theory which are useful in actual computations. On the other hand, the theory is developed with full mathematical rigour. In order to keep the book self-contained, various results from linear algebra (Perron-Frobenius theory, M- and H- matrices) and analysis (existence of solutions to nonlinear systems) are proved, often from a novel and more general viewpoint. An extensive bibliography is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31968/cover/9780521331968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521331978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521331978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521331975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Arabic Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521331975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Badawi, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the Cambridge History of Arabic Literature provides an authoritative, comprehensive critical survey of creative writing in Arabic from the mid-nineteenth century to the present day. With the spread of secular education, printing and journalism, a new reading public emerged. Against the background of the disintegration of the Ottoman Empire, the rise of nationalism, and the conflict between Islam and increasing Westernization, the traditional conception of literature as a display of verbal skill was replaced by the view that literature should reflect and indeed change social and political reality. A significant translation movement resulted in the borrowing of Western ideas and literary forms: the novel, the short story and drama. This book examines the attempts made by Arab men and women to adapt the new imported forms as well as the indigenous literary tradition to meet the requirements of the modern world. Quoted material is given in English translation, and there is an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31975/cover/9780521331975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Four very different kinds of Anglo-Saxon thinking are clarified in this volume: traditions, learned and oral, about the settlement of the country, study of foreign-language grammar, interest in exotic jewels as reflections of the glory of God, and a mainly rational attitude to medicine. Publication of no less than three discoveries augments our corpus of manuscript evidence. The nature of Old English poetry is illuminated, and a useful summary of the editorial treatment of textual problems in Beowulf is provided. A re-examination of the accounts of the settlement in Bede's Historia Ecclesiastica and the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle yields insights into the processes of Anglo-Saxon learned historiography and oral tradition. A thorough-going analysis of an under-studied major work, Bald's Leechbook, demonstrates that the compiler, perhaps in King Alfred's reign, translated selections from a wide range of Latin texts in composing a well-organized treatise directed against the diseases prevalent in his time. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38348/cover/9780521038348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemoes, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the diverse topics covered in this volume is a pioneer account of a unique group of Anglo-Saxon embroideries preserved on the continent and the publication of a previously unknown charter. Themes illuminated are as varied as the status of women, early urban history, the nature of medical collections, the standing of Marian feasts and the function of musical notation. The study of Old English poetry is advanced textually, codicologically, culturally, linguistically and critically. Innovation and established practice go hand-in-hand: a record of the first conference of the International Society of Anglo-Saxonists and versions of six papers read at conference are included. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38379/cover/9780521038379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetic Variation and its Maintenance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Derek F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Stefano, G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume considers the genetic variability of human populations, particularly in the tropics: its origins and maintenance, and its contribution to the phenotypic variability of complex characters. The first section deals with the ways of analysing genetic variation and provides a valuable review of relevant developments in molecular biology. The origin and maintenance of genetic diversity is considered in the second section with data presented for Pacific, African, Asian and Central American populations. The final section concerns characters in which the genetic contribution to variability is complex and shows how such characters may be used to elucidate biological problems of affinity and differentiation, of adaptation and survival. Published as part of the Decade of the Tropics research programme of the International Union of Biological Sciences, this volume will be of particular interest to human geneticists, physical and biological anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32576/cover/9780521332576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Historical Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the tradition of American historical fiction from its origins in the early nineteenth century to the eve of World War II.  It examines the historical novel's connections with Enlightenment and Romantic theories of history; with the rise of literary regionalism; with the ambitions of Romantic writers to revive the epic and romance; with changing conceptions of gender roles; and with the authors' troubled responses to the great revolutionary and imperialistic conflicts of the  modern era. However, though inevitably much concerned with the theory of genre and with the specific contents of the genre of historical romance, Professor Dekker devotes most of his book to new readings of major texts by James Fenimore Cooper, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville, Mark Twain, Allen Tate, Edith Wharton, Willa Cather, and William Faulkner, as well as to the Briton whose name was synonymous with the genre for most of the nineteenth century - Sir Walter Scott.   'The American Historical Romance is the richest, most fully meditated and most rewarding yet written by this author ...  It is the most important book on the relations of British and American fiction to come out for many years. No devotee of the American novel will ignore it.' -- The Times Literary Supplement</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32828/cover/9780521332828.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge World History of Human Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiple, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Combining recent medical discoveries with historical and geographical scholarship, this is the most comprehensive history of human disease since August Hirsch's monumental Handbook of Geographical and Historical Pathology in 1880. Accessible to laypeople and specialists alike, The Cambridge World History of Human Disease explores the patterns of disease throughout the world as well as the variety of approaches that different medical traditions have used to fight it. The volume traces the concept of disease as medicine developed from an art to a science, then addresses the history of disease in each major world region. The final and largest part offers the history and geography of each significant human disease - both historical and contemporary - from AIDS to yellow fever. A truly interdisciplinary history, it includes contributions from over 160 medical and social scientists from across the globe. Together with The Cambridge World History of Food (2000), The Cambridge World History of Human Disease provides an extraordinary glimpse of what is known about human health as the twenty-first century begins.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32866/cover/9780521332866.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>425.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Synagogue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sanctuary Transformed</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wertheimer, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adapting to the shifting characteristics of the American Jewish population and the larger society of the United States, the synagogue has consistently served as American Jewry's vital forum for the exploration of the evolving ideological and social concerns of American Jews. From the Americanization of an immigrant congregation in Seattle to the growth of a synagogue center in Brooklyn, and from the agitation for religious reform in early nineteenth-century Charlestown to the introduction of American folk music in a Houston temple, the cases studied in this volume attest to the prominent role of the synagogue in shaping, as well as adapting to, social, cultural, and ideological trends. The book begins with an overview of the historical transformation and denominational differentiation of American synagogues. The essays in the second section offer in-depth analyses of the critical challenges to and changes in synagogue life through innovative studies of representative congregations. The problems of geographic relocation, the conflict between ethnic preservation and acculturation, the development of education in the synagogue, and the changing role of women in the congregation are all examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32903/cover/9780521332903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Job Rights in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Consequences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Granick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is concerned with the right of an employee of a Soviet state enterprise to keep his existing job, unless he/she voluntarily quit it to search for another, and with the maintaining of overfull employment in all regional labor markets of the Soviet Union. The author hypothesises that over most other objectives to preserving these conditions favorable for labor. This hypothesis is contrasted with that which explains the low unemployment and low dismissal rate in the Soviet Union simply by the oberheating of the economy, finding a parallel here with capitalist economies in high-boom periods. The novelty of the book is twofold. It is the first examination of the Soviet economy from the theoretic viewpoint described above. Second, it is a full length treatment of labor markets in the Soviet Union and is the first study of such markets since that of Abram Bergson published in the 1940s. Indeed, no similar treatment of labor markets exists for any centrally planned socialist economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32958/cover/9780521332958.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521332974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521332974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521332972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Professionalization of Psychology in Nazi Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521332972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geuter, Ulfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>359</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been widely believed that psychology in Germany, faced with political antipathy and mass emigration of its leading minds, withered under national Socialism. Yet in The Professionalisation of Psychology in Nazi Germany Ulfried Geuter tells a radically different story of how German psychology, rather than disappearing, rapidly grew into a fully developed profession during the Third Reich. Geuter makes it clear that the rising demands of a modern industrial nation gearing up for a war afforded psychology with a unique opportunity in Nazi Germany: to transform itself from a marginal academic discipline into a state-sanctioned profession. This opportunity was mainly presented byWehrmacht, whose demand for psychological expertise led to increasing support for academic departments, and to the expansion and standardisation of training programmes - a process of professionalization which culminated in 1941 with the creation of a state examination for Diplom, a professional psychology degree. Although the Wehrmacht's demand for its services fell along with the fortunes of the Nazi regime, the professional base psychology has carved for itself remained for the duration of the war and to this date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/32972/cover/9780521332972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bending and Stretching of Plates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfield, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Bending and Stretching of Plates is written by one of the world's leading authorities on plate-behaviour. Although the mathematical content is necessarily high, the aim is to give a clear physical insight into elastic plate behaviour; the style is thus appropriate to engineers and applied mathematicians. Small-deflexion theory is treated in Part 1, with a discussion of basic equations (including thermal effects and multi-layered anisotropic plates, rectangular plates, circular and other shaped plates, plates whose boundaries are amenable to conformal transformation, plates with variable thickness, and approximate methods). Large-deflexion theory is treated in Part 2 in chapters dealing with basic equations and exact solutions, approximate methods (including post-buckling behaviour), and asymptotic theories for very thin plates (including tension field theory and inextensional theory).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33047/cover/9780521333047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Security Policies in Industrial Countries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After 25 years of expansion and liberalisation in the post-war period, social security policies in industrial countries have been encountering stresses and strains in the 1970s and 1980s in an environment of slower economic growth, concern over inflation and high unemployment. This has led to intensified controversy between conservatives, who blame economic instability on the generosity of the welfare state and liberals who defend the role of social security programmes in contributing to economic stability and preventing people from falling into poverty. The discussion focuses on questions such as the relative merits of earnings-related, income-tested and universal benefits; who bears the financial burden; and the impact of social security benefits on incentives to work. Among the controversial issues receiving considerable attention are the arguments over the persistence of high unemployment in Western Europe, the attacks on 'entitlements' that benefit the middle class and the growing problem of disadvantaged youth, especially in the ghetto areas of large cities in some of the Western European countries and in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33115/cover/9780521333115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Finite Linear Spaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Combinatorics of Points and Lines</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batten, Lynn Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beutelspacher, Albrecht</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive text to cover finite linear spaces. It contains all the important results that have been published up to the present day, and is designed to be used not only as a resource for researchers in this and related areas, but also as a graduate-level text.  In eight chapters the authors introduce and review fundamental results, and go on to cover the major areas of interest in linear spaces. A combinatorial approach is used for the greater part of the book, but in the final chapter recent advances in group theory relating to finite linear spaces are presented. At the end of each chapter there is a set of exercises which are designed to test comprehension of the material, and there is also a section of problems for researchers. It will be an invaluable book for researchers in geometry and combinatorics as well as forming an excellent text for graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33177/cover/9780521333177.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Citrus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spiegel-Roy, Pinhas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldschmidt, Eliezer E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology of Citrus provides a concise and comprehensive discussion of all major developmental, genetic and horticultural aspects of citriculture in an easily readable text. The book deals with the history, distribution and climatic adaptation of the crop, followed by taxonomy and systematics, including a horticultural classification of edible citrus species. Subsequent chapters cover tree structure and function, reproductive physiology, including flowering, fruiting, productivity, ripening, post-harvest and fruit constituents. The main aspects of cultivated citrus, such as rootstocks, irrigation, pests, viruses and diseases are dealt with, leading to a concluding chapter that considers genetic improvement, including the use of tissue culture and plant biotechnology. The book includes many specially produced original illustrations and the extensive reading lists will make it invaluable for students and citrus specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33214/cover/9780521333214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Numerical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumaier, Arnold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical analysis is an increasingly important link between pure mathematics and its application in science and technology. This textbook provides an introduction to the justification and development of constructive methods that provide sufficiently accurate approximations to the solution of numerical problems, and the analysis of the influence that errors in data, finite-precision calculations, and approximation formulas have on results, problem formulation and the choice of method. It also serves as an introduction to scientific programming in MATLAB, including many simple and difficult, theoretical and computational exercises. A unique feature of this book is the consequent development of interval analysis as a tool for rigorous computation and computer assisted proofs, along with the traditional material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33238/cover/9780521333238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Government Policy towards Industry in the United States and Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoven, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays contained in this volume represent state-of-the-art thinking on many important issues relating to government policies in the Japanese and American economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33252/cover/9780521333252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Literary Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olsen, Stein Haugrom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection are concerned with the philosophical problems that arise in connection with the understanding and evaluation of literature - such problems as the relationship between the work and the author (authorial intention), between the work and the world (reference and truth), the definition of a literary work, and the nature of literary theory itself. Professor Olsen attacks many of the orthodoxies of modern literary theory, in particular the enterprise to build a comprehensive systematic literary theory. His own work is informed by a consistent perspective: the assumption that literature is a social institution governed by conventions, and that answers to problems of interpretation and appreciation can be found only through an analysis of these conventions. This is an important book for scholars and students of literary theory and philosophy, especially for those who see an ever-increasing cross-fertilization between the two disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33269/cover/9780521333269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Greek Cosmologists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first volume takes the story from its beginnings in Ionian philosophy as far as the formation of the Atomic Theory and the first criticisms of it by Plato and Aristotle. The second volume will describe the cosmology of Plato and Aristotle, the attempt by Epicurean opponents to revive Atomism and later developments of the debate in classical philosophy and science up to the sixth century of our era. Both are accessible to anyone interested in the history of science and philosophy, even if they have no specialized knowledge of Greek philosophy and no Greek; but professional scholars too will find much of importance to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33283/cover/9780521333283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasants, Politicians and Producers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Organisation of Agriculture in France since 1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, Mark C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the social history and historical geography of the most important agricultural pressure groups in France since about 1918. Some were practical and pragmatic groups (co-operatives, banks and mutual-aid associations), others were inspired by right- or left-wing political movements (the Peasant Corporation under Vichy), yet others were sponsored by the Catholic Church (the Young Christian Farmers). Whatever their origins, all were important in shaping the evolution of French farming this century. The transformation of an isolated, autarkic peasantry into highly efficient agricultural producers, the role of the state in influencing agricultural modernization and the place of the European community in French political and agricultural life have been affected by an increasingly complex and interlinked network of organizations that are the subject of this book. Their history and geography are revealing indicators of the social, cultural and economic evolution of rural France and, by combining an historical approach with a consideration of their contemporary role, the book serves to elucidate their role in shaping the countryside of the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33474/cover/9780521333474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital and Labour on the Kimberley Diamond Fields, 1871-1890</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turrell, Robert Vicat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This academic history of diamond mining in Kimberley is a major study of the beginning of South Africa's mineral revolution. It includes the first analysis of the formation of De Beers Consolidated Mines, one of the most successful companies ever to have been established in Africa. Based on documentary sources, notably in the Standard Bank Archive, the Rothschild Archive and the Philipson Stow Papers, it includes an interpretation of the Black Flag Revolt and of the celebrated amalgamation struggle between Cecil Rhodes and Barney Barnato for the control of the diamond-mining industry. It also contains a narrative and analysis of strikes in mines in South Africa and an extended treatment of the social and economic structure of illicit diamond buying.  But at its heart lies the introduction of the compound system and the structural explanation of the role played by this institution in the accummulation of diamond-mining capital.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33542/cover/9780521333542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Planning and Social Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the ways in which politicians, church leaders, generals, leaders of national movements and others try to influence our use of language. Professor Cooper argues that language planning is never attempted for its own sake. Rather it is carried out for the attainment of nonlinguistic ends such as national integration, political control, economic development, the pacification of minority groups, and mass mobilization. Many examples are discussed, including the revival of Hebrew as a spoken language, feminist campaigns to eliminate sexist bias in language, adult literacy campaigns, the plain language movement, efforts to distinguish American from British spelling, the American bilingual education movement, the creation of writing systems for unwritten languages, and campaigns to rid languages of foreign terms. Language Planning and Social Change is the first book to define the field of language planning and relate it to other aspects of social planning and to social change. The book is accessible and presupposes no special background in linguistics, sociology or political science. It will appeal to applied linguists and to those sociologists, economists and political scientists with an interest in language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33597/cover/9780521333597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Markets and Regional Trade in Medieval Exeter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowaleski, Maryanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the vital role of market towns in the medieval economy. It focuses on Exeter, and on how it served as an important link in a marketing chain that connected local, regional, and overseas trade. Although small by most standards (the population stood at around 3,100 in 1377), Exeter was the largest town in south-western England and had long played a central role in the marketing hierarchy of the region. Its functions can be illustrated through prosopographical analysis, a methodology which creates 'collective biographies' of specific groups of traders, thereby revealing the identity - status, occupation, residence - of buyers and sellers, the goods they exchanged, where they traded, and how they marketed their goods. Such an approach also helps to characterise the town's regional networks of trade and hinterland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33719/cover/9780521333719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Homotopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baues, Hans Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a general outlook on homotopy theory; fundamental concepts, such as homotopy groups and spectral sequences, are developed from a few axioms and are thus available in a broad variety of contexts. Many examples and applications in topology and algebra are discussed, including an introduction to rational homotopy theory in terms of both differential Lie algebras and De Rham algebras. The author describes powerful tools for homotopy classification problems, particularly for the classification of homotopy types and for the computation of the group homotopy equivalences. Applications and examples of such computations are given, including when the fundamental group is non-trivial. Moreover, the deep connection between the homotopy classification problems and the cohomology theory of small categories is demonstrated. The prerequisites of the book are few: elementary topology and algebra. Consequently, this account will be valuable for non-specialists and experts alike. It is an important supplement to the standard presentations of algebraic topology, homotopy theory, category theory and homological algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33764/cover/9780521333764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Essays on Economic Growth and Welfare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abramovitz, Moses</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this book explore the forces behind modern economic growth and, in particular, the causes of the extraordinary surge of growth since the Second World War. The introductory essay is an extended treatment of how economists now view the growth process and its causes. Other essays consider the contributions of capital formation, education, and the changed nature of industries and occupations. Professor Abramovitz asks why elevated incomes failed to bring the social progress and personal satisfaction that people had looked for. The final chapters in the book take up the causes of our discontent and consider whether the Welfare State has itself become an obstacle to further economic progress.The essays in this book explore the forces behind modern economic growth and, in particular, the causes of the extraordinary surge of growth since the Second World War. The introductory essay is an extended treatment of how economists now view the growth process and its causes. Other essays consider the contributions of capital formation, education, and the changed nature of industries and occupations. Professor Abramovitz asks why elevated incomes failed to bring the social progress and personal satisfaction that people had looked for. The final chapters in the book take up the causes of our discontent and consider whether the Welfare State has itself become an obstacle to further economic progress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33962/cover/9780521333962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521333997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521333997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521333993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Bible as Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521333993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>505</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early-eighteenth-century literary critics thought the King James Bible had 'all the disadvantages of an old prose translation'. But from the 1760s on criticism became increasingly favourable. In the nineteenth century it welled into a chorus of praise for 'the noblest monument of English prose'. This volume, the second of a two-volume work, traces how that reversal of opinion came about and helped to shape the making and reception of modern translations such as the Revised Version and the New English Bible. At the same time the story of the development of modern literary discussion of the Bible in general is told. From the Augustan discovery of Longinus' comments on Genesis through such major figures as Robert Louth to modern critics such as Frank Kermode and Robert Alter, this story reveals a fascinating world of original insights and repetitions of received opinions. It shows not only how criticism has shaped understanding of the Bible, but how the Bible has shaped literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/33993/cover/9780521333993.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eastern Europe in the World Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Csaba, Laszlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>403</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this original and authoritative study of international economic relations, L&#225;szl&#243; Csaba examines the power structures, economic reforms and economic developments within Eastern Europe. He explores the history of intra-regional cooperation and conflicts and international trade, evaluating the changes within the system created by the standards and requirements of the world economy. Particular attention is paid to Soviet-East European relations, assessing the merits and limitations of recent policies and the implications for Eastern Europe of the change and challenge of Gorbachev's reforms. The author addresses many key issues of the economic system. These include price formation in intra-CMEA trade; the impact of the settlement on transferable rouble accounts on intra-CMEA prices and finance; the consequences the CMEA's complex programme of 1971 has had for trade and development and its long-term target programmes initiated in 1976. Csaba looks forward to the new preoccupations for the 1990s: the coordination of economic policy, convertibility, direct interfirm relations and technology transfer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34266/cover/9780521334266.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Acid Toxicity and Aquatic Animals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, D. J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume aims to review and present research on acid waters and their effects on aquatic animals. Starting initially with the environment in order to assess why the problems have arisen in particular areas, the volume then deals with field and survival studies on invertebrates and vertebrates and examines the extent of the biological problem and the attempts which have been made to relate water quality and the susceptibility of animals. Major advances in this area have included the realization that declining populations are often the result of acid waters and their interactions with traces of other ions and that these situations produce the most severe physiological problems. The natural progression of environmental and field studies, toxicity and survival tests provide the background information for the physiological studies which follow. These form the major component of the book and they seek to analyse the toxic effects of acid waters and trace metals on acid-base balance, respiration, ionic balance together with cardiovascular and endocrinological effects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34358/cover/9780521334358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adjustment, Structural Change, and Economic Efficiency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of Monetary Cooperation in Eastern Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brabant, Jozef M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the indirect instruments and the related institutions that help to coordinate key economic decisions within and among the economies belonging to the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (CMEA). The chief purpose is two-fold: to assess thier adequacy in light of the forced economic adjustments of the early 1980s and to formulate feasible changes for both in order to avert a recurrence of such developmental obstacles. Jozef van Brabant argues that these instruments and institutions are inadequate. He proposes that a resumption of rapid growth depends largely upon bolstering factor productivity growth, which can only be achieved through positive structural changes and a root-and-branch reform of the individual and groupwide economic mechanisms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34556/cover/9780521334556.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brazil and the Struggle for Rubber</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Environmental History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brazil once enjoyed a near monopoly in rubber when the commodity was gathered in the wild. By 1913, however, cultivated rubber in South-east Asia swept the Brazilian gathered product from the market. In this innovative study, Warren Dean demonstrates that environmental factors have played a key role in the many failed attempts to produce a significant rubber crop again in Brazil. In the Amazon attempts to shift to cultivated rubber failed repeatedly. Brazilian social and economic conditions have been blamed for these failures, in particular the failure of local capitalists and the refusal of the working class to accept wage labour. Dean shows in this study, however, that the difficulty was mainly ecological: the rubber tree in the wild lives in close association with a parasitic leaf fungus; when the tree was planted in close stands, the blight appeared in epidemic proportions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34778/cover/9780521334778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Documentary Film Movement, 1926-1946</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swann, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most important and internationally influential development in British cinema was the documentary film movement led by John Grierson in the 1930s and 1940s. Paul Swann's study is a political and social history of this movement, which was characterized by actuality-based films made outside the commercial industry. Based upon examinations of official government records, this book provides a fascinating picture of how Grierson manipulated the civil service bureaucracy both for his own ends and, in his view, for the good of his country. The documentary movement was both a socially conscious group intent upon raising the consciousness - and consciences - of viewers, and something like a film school, providing opportunities to fledgling film-makers. Working in reaction to the escapist Hollywood films that then dominated British screens, the documentary film-makers drew upon traditions such as Soviet realism and the European avant-garde and used ordinary men and women instead of actors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34792/cover/9780521334792.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heterochromatin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Molecular and Structural Aspects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verma, Ram Sagar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ram Verma has assembled ten distinguished contributors to survey what is currently known about the relationship of the structure of DNA to its role in the function and expression of genes. The crucial role of heterochromatin in the organization of chromosomes is thoroughly explored in this resulting landmark edited volume. Cytogeneticists and other geneticists, molecular biologists, cytologists, biochemists and their advanced students will also find this an invaluable reference source.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Steeples and Stacks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion and Steel Crisis in Youngstown, Ohio</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuechtmann, Thomas G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Steeples and Stacks is a study of the religion-based community group that formed in Youngstown, Ohio, in 1977 in response to the proposed shutdown of a portion of the Youngstown Sheet and Tube's steelworks. The closing was one of the most dramatic of the plant closings that have come to symbolise American deindustrialisation. Church leaders and steelworkers joined together in Youngstown to form a powerful ecumenical political coalition, establishing links with Washington lobbyists and proposing eventually to buy the plant and run it as a community industry. Though the proposal ultimately failed, the story of the coalition provides an illuminating view of the growing interaction between religious and public affairs in American life. The book also provides an original analysis of the dynamics of intergovernmental, corporate and community relations at the local level. The author, who became involved in the coalition as a participant-observer, focuses on the pivotal role of religious leaders that distinguished the Youngstown case from so many other plant closings across the nation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34815/cover/9780521334815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Aspects of Hodgkin-Huxley Neural Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cronin, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the study of mathematical models of electrically active cells, which play an essential role in, for example, nerve conduction and cardiac functions. This is an important and vigorously researched field. In the book, Dr Cronin synthesizes and reviews this material and provides a detailed discussion of the Hodgkin-Huxley model for nerve conduction, which forms the cornerstone of this body of work. Her treatment includes a derivation of the Hodgkin-Huxley model, which is a system of four nonlinear differential equations; a discussion of the validity of this model; and a summary of some of the mathematical analysis carried out on this model. Special emphasis is placed on singular perturbation theory, and arguments, both mathematical and physiological, for using the perturbation viewpoint are presented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34822/cover/9780521334822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521334837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521334837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521334839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes, and the Immune Response</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521334839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ninnemann, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study looks at the way the products of arachidonic acid metabolism are active both in normal and abnormal immune responses. While some of the fundamental issues such as whether lymphocytes are capable of producing prostaglandins and leukotrienes are still hotly debated, the evidence is overwhelming that many specific immunological problems and disease states are associated with alterations in the normal balance of arachidonic acid metabolism. This book provides a review of the history and chemistry of the arachidonic acid cascade as well as an exhaustive survey of the literature concerning the interaction of arachidonic acid metabolites with cells of the immune system. The author also presents and discusses the evidence demonstrating prostaglandin and leukotriene participation in response to injury and in malignancy, tissue and organ rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, autoimmunity and allergy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/34839/cover/9780521334839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Cato Maior de Senectute</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, J. G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dover, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a complete critical edition of Cicero's Cato Maior de Senectute (On Old Age) with an introduction and commentary. The text is based on a fresh examination of the manuscript tradition while the introduction aims to place the work in the context of Cicero's writings on old age in the ancient world. The Roman and Ciceronian qualities of the work are emphasized, rather than the search for lost sources that occupied scholars in the past. Matters of text, language, and content are all considered equally in the commentary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35010/cover/9780521335010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133506X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133506X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Metamorphosis of Persephone</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ovid and the Self-conscious Muse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinds, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ovid, a poet unashamedly in love in poetry, including his own, has enjoyed a recent renaissance in popularity. Yet there is still a certain tendency amongst critics to withhold from his writing the close, word-by-word, engagement which is its due. The primary aim of The Metamorphosis of Persephone is to celebrate this poet's detailed verbal art. Ovid twice treated the myth of Persephone. Dr Hinds' work is a close reading of the account in Metamorphoses 5. The book is at once a literary historical enquiry into the double transformation of the rape of Persephone, and a critical exploration of the self-conscious delight in language and in writing manifested in and between these twin Ovidian narratives. This attractively written and subtly nuanced literary study, which offers many quiet challenges to established modes of reading Latin narrative poetry, will be of interest both to scholars of Latin and to students of narrative in other languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35065/cover/9780521335065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aristocracy of Norman England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Judith A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>513</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first rounded account of the new ruling elite of England in the century after 1066. It deals with the revolution in landholding by which the old English aristocracy was swept aside, and the nature of aristocratic power, as demonstrated by the control of castles and knights, and lordship over men and land. The book stresses the vitality of aristocratic power throughout the period, particularly during the civil war under King Stephen. The part played by kinship and family in building up and extending influence are emphasised, and a separate chapter is devoted to the crucial role played by women in the transmission of land. The role of aristocratic benefactors in the wave of generosity which brought great wealth to the church is also examined and, finally, the extent to which the newcomers identified themselves with the country they had conquered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35096/cover/9780521335096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History, Humanity and Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays for John C. Greene</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, James Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>History, Humanity and Evolution brings together thirteen original essays by prominent scholars in the history of evolutionary thought. The volume is intended both to represent the best of today's research in the field and also to celebrate the work of the distinguished historian, John C. Greene, whose historical writings have had a unique influence on this volume's contributors as well as the field as a whole. Using contemporary sources as diverse as medicine, literature, and natural history tableaux, and drawing on the resources of publishing history, feminist scholarship, and the histories of politics, sociology, and philosophy, the contributors offer new perspectives not only on familiar figures such as Erasmus and Charles Darwin, Lamarck, Chambers, Huxley, and Haeckel, but also on many lesser known participants in the evolutionary debates. The volume contains a fascinating introductory conversation with John C. Greene and an afterword by him that responds to the contributors' essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35119/cover/9780521335119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Theory of Product Differentiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beath, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katsoulacos, Yannis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are few industries in modern market economies that do not manufacture differentiated products. This book provides a systematic explanation and analysis of the widespread prevalence of this important category of products. The authors concentrate on models in which product selection is endogenous. In the first four chapters they consider models that try to predict the level of product differentiation that would emerge in situations of market equilibrium. These market equilibria with differentiated products are characterised and then compared with social welfare optima. Particular attention is paid to the distinction between horizontal and vertical differentiation as well as to the related issues of product quality and durability. This book brings together the most important theoretical contributions to these topics in a succinct and coherent manner. One of its major strengths is the way in which it carefully sets out the basic intuition behind the formal results. It will be useful to advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in industrial economics and microeconomic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35263/cover/9780521335263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Business in Asia since 1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davenport-Hines, R. P. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the experience of British business in Asia since 1860. Following a wide-ranging introduction by the editors, there are essays by leading specialist historians on British business in Iran, India, Thailand, Malaysia, China, Russian Asia and Japan. The primary focus is on the impact of British commerce in the region, and the essays, based on research in British business archives and government papers, discuss the activities and performance of British companies. However, the book seeks to avoid a 'Euro-centred' approach by using Asian as much as British sources and by paying particular attention to the indigenous response to British commercial activity. The secondary theme is the relationship between British business and British and foreign government. The book, therefore, contributes to the wider debate on the business aspects of imperialism. In general, the essays, although drawing on extensive research in primary sources, are written as general surveys, and are thus easily accessible to non-specialists and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30583/cover/9780521530583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interest-Group Politics in France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Frank L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a comprehensive examination of interest-group politics in France. Rather than the narrow case studies usually employed to study group politics, the book focuses on the overall pattern of interaction between interest groups and government. Drawing upon extensive interviews with French interest-group leaders and politicians, Wilson examines the structures and methods of group politics, the perspectives and attitudes of group leaders, and the place of interest groups in the broader pattern of French politics. He concludes that neither of the two major conceptualizations of interest-group/government relations is adequate to explain group politics in France. He suggests that the French state is much more powerful than recognized by these or other models of interest-group politics. Political influence is difficult for groups to develop and, once achieved, is fleeting. Consequently, groups engage in a wide range of activities, some of which are pluralist, others corporatist, and still others simply protest. Wilson concludes with some guidelines in the search for a middle-range theory of democratic interest-group politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35300/cover/9780521335300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equivocal Endings in Classic American Novels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Scarlet Letter; Adventures of Huckleberry Finn; The Ambassadors; The Great Gatsby</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, Joyce A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An original approach to four mainstream texts for the study of American literature and the novel in general. It examines the strangely equivocal nature of the vision with which each of them ends, with the central protagonists illogically clinging to their own transcendent image of selfhood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35324/cover/9780521335324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Theory of Product Differentiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beath, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katsoulacos, Yannis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are few industries in modern market economies that do not manufacture differentiated products. This book provides a systematic explanation and analysis of the widespread prevalence of this important category of products. The authors concentrate on models in which product selection is endogenous. In the first four chapters they consider models that try to predict the level of product differentiation that would emerge in situations of market equilibrium. These market equilibria with differentiated products are characterised and then compared with social welfare optima. Particular attention is paid to the distinction between horizontal and vertical differentiation as well as to the related issues of product quality and durability. This book brings together the most important theoretical contributions to these topics in a succinct and coherent manner. One of its major strengths is the way in which it carefully sets out the basic intuition behind the formal results. It will be useful to advanced undergraduate and graduate students taking courses in industrial economics and microeconomic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35522/cover/9780521335522.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Mycorrhizae</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A great many terrestrial plants live in close association with fungi. The features of this association, which is known as mycorrhiza, are those of a mutualistic symbiosis. Almost all plants from mycorrhizae whereby the fungus provides soil resources to the plant in exchange for energy provided by the plant. The symbiosis means greater productivity under stress for the plant and a steady energy supply for the fungus. This book addresses the diverse and complex ways in which mycorrhizae affect the mechanism for plant survival as individuals and populations, for community structure and functioning. An evolutionary/ecological approach is used to describe how and under what conditions mycorrhizal symbioses range from managing natural and agricultural lands to biotechnological processes that enhance agricultural productivity and sustainability. The Ecology of Mycorrhizae will be an invaluable book, applicable to all levels of theoretical and applied research in agronomy, botany, ecology, environmental microbiology, and plant pathology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35539/cover/9780521335539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vox Graeca</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pronunciation of Classical Greek</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, W. Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and enlarged edition of Professor Allen's highly successful book on the pronunciation of Attic Greek in classical times. In this edition, Professor Allen has in particular revised the presentation of the controversial question of stress; the chapter on quantity has been extensively recast; and an appendix has been added on the names of the letters of the Greek alphabet. In addition to the new material, the supplementary notes of the second edition are now incorporated into the main text making this a very convenient book to use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35553/cover/9780521335553.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Annals of the Labouring Poor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Change and Agrarian England, 1660-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snell, K. D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of inter-connected essays is concerned with the impact of social and economic change upon the rural labouring poor and artisans in England, and combines a sensitive understanding of their social priorities with innovative quantitative analysis. It is based on an impressive range of sources, and its particular significance arises from the pioneering use made of a largely neglected archival source - settlement records - to address questions of central importance in English social and economic history in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Levels of employment, wage rates, poor relief, the sexual division of labour, the social consequences of enclosure, the decline of farm service and traditional apprenticeship, and th equality of family life are amongst the issues discussed in a profound re-assessment of a perennial problem: the standard of living (in its widest sense) of the labouring poor during the period of industrialisation. The author's conclusions challenge much of the prevailing orthodoxy, and his extensive use of literary and attitudinal material is closely integrated with the quantitative restatement of an interpretation that owes much to the older tradition of the Hammonds' Village Labourer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35584/cover/9780521335584.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Twenty Papers of Gerard Debreu</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Debreu, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hildenbrand, Werner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These twenty papers were selected by the author. The book includes a major introduction by Werner Hildenbrand, who assesses Professor Debreu's contribution to economic theory and explains the part played by these papers in the development of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35614/cover/9780521335614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Doing Social Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Laboratory and Field Exercises</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breakwell, Glynis M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foot, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilmour, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of classroom-tested laboratory and field exercises engages students and their instructors in a thorough exploration of current central problems and topics in social psychology. The book is divided into three sections: technique demonstrations, technique applications, and problem investigations. Each section includes exercises on topics such as questionnaire design, interviewing, speech style, the observation of children, eyewitness testimony, and co-operation and competition. Students are provided with the necessary background knowledge of each social phenomenon investigated to make their research effort involving and meaningful. An instructor's manual accompanies the book and provides the supplementary information instructors need to organise the exercises for their students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35638/cover/9780521335638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristocratic Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Peerage of Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the work of Butterfield and Namier in the 1930s, it has commonly been said that eighteenth-century England appears atomised, left with no overall interpretation. Subsequent work on religious differences and on party strife served to reinforce the image of a divided society, and in the last ten years historians of the poor and unprivileged have suggested that beneath the surface lurked substantial popular discontent. Professor Cannon uses his 1982 Wiles Lecture to offer a different interpretation - that the widespread acceptance of aristocratic values and aristocratic leadership gave a remarkable intellectual, political and social coherence to the century. He traces the recovery made by the aristocracy from its decade in 1649 when the House of Lords was abolished as useless and dangerous. After the Glorious Revolution of 1688, the peerage re-established its hold on government and society. Professor Cannon is forced to challenge some of the most cherished beliefs of English historiography - that Hanoverian society, at its top level, was an open elite, continually replenished by vigorous recruits from other groups and classes. He suggests that, on the contrary, in some respects the English peerage was more exclusive than many of its continental counterparts and that the openness was a myth which itself served a potent political purpose. Of the prospering burgeoisie, he argues that the remarkable thing was not their assertiveness but their long acquiescence in patrician rule, and he poses the paradox of a country increasingly dominated by a landed aristocracy giving birth to the first industrial revolution. His final chapter discusses the ideological under-pinning which made aristocratic supremacy acceptable for so long, and the emergence of those forces and ideals which were ultimately to replace it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Agrarians' and 'Aristocrats'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Party Political Ideology in the United States, 1837-1846</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashworth, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a paperback edition of a book originally published in hard covers by the Royal Historical Society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35676/cover/9780521335676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Policy in America since 1945</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Business-Government Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vietor, Richard H. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the political economy of energy, World War II was a significant watershed: It accelerated the transition from dependence on coal to petroleum and natural gas. At the same time, mobilization provided an unprecedented experience in the management of energy markets by a forced partnership of business and government. Vietor covers American policy from 1945 to 1980. For readers convinced that big business contrived the energy crisis of the 1970s, this story will be disappointing, but enlightening. For those committed to theories of regulatory capture or public interest reform it should be frustrating. More than a history of government policy making, this book provides us with an innovative and insightful approach to the study of business-government relations in modern America. For managers, bureaucrats, and anyone interested in seeing a more effective national industrial policy, this history should put the relationship of business and government in a critical new perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35720/cover/9780521335720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Policies and the Misuse of Forest Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Repetto, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillis, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Six contributors explore the role of governments in accelerating the rate of forest destruction by providing direct and indirect subsidies to support what would otherwise be non-commercial logging operations. Without these financial incentives, most timber operations in the tropics would cease. In a series of country-by-country investigations, including examples from the developed and developing worlds, this book documents the government policies that are leading to the misuse of forest resources. Each is written by an authority on the county, and each contains descriptive, analytical and empirical material on key policies and their effects. The final country analysis focuses on the United States, where the consequences of the subsidized timber sales by the US Forest Service from most of the national forests are discussed. The book concludes with an overview of the impact of forest policies and the role of bilateral and multilateral agencies in their formulation. By directing attention toward the political dimension involved in forest clearance, this book will provide a clearer insight into the basic reasons why forests continue to be destroyed despite the outcry raised by conservationists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35744/cover/9780521335744.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beams and Jets in Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to provide students and researchers in the field of astrophysical jets with a comprehensive and up-to-date account of current research. An important feature of the book is that it combines discussions of both extragalactic and Galactic jets. There are ten chapters, authored by fourteen active researchers, each of whom is an expert on their chosen topic, and the book has been edited to provide a cohesive account of this field of study. This is the first volume to integrate studies of jets on all length scales. It will be an important textbook for graduate students, and a valuable reference source for researchers in many areas of extragalactic and Galactic astronomy. It will also be of interest to plasma physicists and space scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Strauss: Arabella</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birkin, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive guide to Richard Strauss's Arabella. The opening chapters explore the literary background of the work, and examine the Strauss-Hofmannsthal collaboration. Arabella is seen as the culmination of specific ideas and techniques: an attempt to win something of the subtlety of the spoken theatre for the operatic stage and to find a balance between words and music. A full synopsis of the work provides an insight into the psychological motivation of the drama and an impression of the musical shape and substance of the opera. More detailed analytical comment considers Strauss's 'long-range' tonal procedures and his use of key and Motiv for characterisation, allusion and particular expressive purposes. Special features of this guide are a comentary on one of the Strauss Arabella sketchbooks and an investigation of a series of as yet unpublished letters from Strauss to B&#246;hm, Krauss and Fanto.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35775/cover/9780521335775.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Theory and Socialism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cunningham, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an important contribution to the theory of democracy and socialism. The underlying question it poses is: how, if at all, can one have both socialism and democracy? In posing an answer to this question, Professor Cunningham addresses the following topics: the definition of democracy and whether socialism is necessary to its progress: the socialist retrieval of liberal democracy associated with the work of C. B. Macpherson: the political consciousness that Gramsci placed at the center of socialist politics: and attempts by those in women's and national liberation movements to go beyond 'class reductionism' in socialist theory and practice. Unlike other works on this topic, the book devotes much attention to defining key terms and drawing politically relevant conclusions. It will therefore be fully accessible to undergraduates as well as graduates and teachers of philosophy and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35782/cover/9780521335782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521335876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521335876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521335874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charlotte Bront&#235; and Sexuality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521335874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maynard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book raises fundamental questions about our understanding of Victorian sexuality. Charlotte Bront&#235; was no 'other Victorian' living out a secret life in a sexual underworld, but she did centre her life's work on exploring the complexities of our sexual nature. John Maynard shows how Bront&#235;'s early stories and novelettes, written from her teens to young maturity for a private audience of her sisters and brother, deal openly with a 'world below' of consuming passion, adultery, seduction, promiscuity, frigidity and incest. He traces how these themes are incorporated into Bront&#235;'s mature published work, where her psychological insight into the complexities of sexual need finds its consummate expression. Bront&#235;'s mature novels, especially Jane Eyre and Villette offer an intensely felt but finely realised vision of sexual awakening. They are however, deeply aware of the difficulties that beset sexual experience. Unlike a number of studies, this book stresses the insight, achievement and artistic mastery of Charlotte Bront&#235;, who still challenges us to comprehend the subtleties and complexities of her impressively articulated discourse on sexuality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/35874/cover/9780521335874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Duality and Modern Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dual arguments have become a standard tool for analysis of problems involving optimization by consumers and producers. The principal aim of this book is to provide a fairly systematic yet simple exposition of the basic structure of such arguments. The emphasis is not on providing mathematically general proofs; instead, a geometric approach is used to provide, in an informal way, an intuitive understanding of duality theory. This book introduces the most common alternative ways of representing preferences and technologies, such as indirect utility and distance functions, expenditure and cost functions, and profit and revenue functions. and it discusses the assumptions under which alternative formulations contain precisely the same information. Results such as Roy's identity. the Hotelling-Wold identity, and Shephard's lemma are fully explained. as are their roles in facilitating analysis of behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36017/cover/9780521336017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Participation and Democracy in Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, Geraint</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moyser, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Day, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do some people involve themselves in politics and others not? Which issues are they concerned with? What do they get out of it? Answering such questions is fundamental to understanding political life and the workings of liberal democracies. This book presents the results of one of the most extensive surveys ever undertaken on the levels and patterns of political involvement in Britain. It is based on the findings of a sample survey of nearly 1,600 people across England, Scotland and Wales as well as a further 1,600 men and women and nearly 300 leaders in six specially selected and contrasting communities. These people were asked about the extent to which they had taken political action, particularly at a local level, and the authors found higher levels of participation than previous research has revealed. They analyse these findings in terms of age, gender, social class and education and look at the reactions of local leaders to the efforts people make to influence them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36024/cover/9780521336024.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optimisation and Stability Theory for Economic Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beavis, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobbs, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a coherent and systematic exposition of the mathematical theory of the problems of optimization and stability. Both of these are topics central to economic analysis since the latter is so much concerned with the optimizing behaviour of economic agents and the stability of the interaction processes to which this gives rise. The topics covered include convexity, mathematical programming, fixed point theorems, comparative static analysis and duality, the stability of dynamic systems, the calculus of variations and optimal control theory. The authors present a more detailed and wide-ranging discussion of these topics than is to be found in the few books which attempt a similar coverage. Although the text deals with fairly advanced material, the mathematical prerequisites are minimised by the inclusion of an integrated mathematical review designed to make the text self-contained and accessible to the reader with only an elementary knowledge of calculus and linear algebra. A novel feature of the book is that it provides the reader with an understanding and feel for the kinds of mathematical techniques most useful for dealing with particular economic problems. This is achieved through an extensive use of a broad range of economic examples (rather than the numerical/algebraic examples so often found).This is suitable for use in advanced undergraduate and postgraduate courses in economic analysis and should in addition prove a useful reference work for practising economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36055/cover/9780521336055.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Numerical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumaier, Arnold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical analysis is an increasingly important link between pure mathematics and its application in science and technology. This textbook provides an introduction to the justification and development of constructive methods that provide sufficiently accurate approximations to the solution of numerical problems, and the analysis of the influence that errors in data, finite-precision calculations, and approximation formulas have on results, problem formulation and the choice of method. It also serves as an introduction to scientific programming in MATLAB, including many simple and difficult, theoretical and computational exercises. A unique feature of this book is the consequent development of interval analysis as a tool for rigorous computation and computer assisted proofs, along with the traditional material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36109/cover/9780521336109.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spacetime and Singularities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naber, Gregory L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an elementary introduction to the geometrical methods and notions used in special and general relativity. Particular emphasis is placed on the ideas concerned with the structure of spacetime and those which play a role in the Penrose-Hawking singularity theorems. Indeed, the author's prime purpose is to give a rigorous proof of the simplest of these theorems yet one which is representative of the whole. No previous exposure either to relativity theory or differential geometry is required to the reader, as necessary concepts are developed when needed, though in order to keep the presentation reasonably accessible, some restrictions are imposed on the types of space considered. Each chapter is liberally supplied with exercises and examples. The book will therefore be attractive to senior undergraduate and first year graduate students of mathematics and physics for independent study or courses preparatory to more advanced works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36123/cover/9780521336123.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Reformation Revised</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haigh, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Twenty years ago, historians thought they understood the Reformation in England. Professor A. G. Dickens's elegant The English Reformation was then new, and highly influential: it seemed to show how national policy and developing reformist allegiance interacted to produce an acceptable and successful Protestant Reformation. But, since then, the evidence of the statute book, of Protestant propagandists and of heresy trials has come to seem less convincing, Neglected documents, especially the records of diocesan administration and parish life, have been explored, new questions have been asked - and many of the answers have been surprising. Some of the old certainties have been demolished, and many of the assumptions of the old interpretation of the Reformation have been undermined, in a wide-ranging process of revision. But the fruits of the new 'revisionism' are still buried in technical academic journals, difficult for students and teachers to find and to use. There is no up-to-date textbook, no comprehensive new survey, to challenge the orthodoxies enshrined in older works. This volume seeks to fulfill two crucial needs for students of Tudor England. First, it brings together some of the most readable of the recent innovative essays and articles into a single book. Second, it seeks to show how a new 'revisionist' interpretation of the English Reformation can be constructed, and examines its strengths and weaknesses. In short, it is an alternative to a new textbook survey - until someone has time (and courage) to write one. The new Introduction sets out the framework for a new understanding of the Reformation, and shows how already published work can be fitted into it. The nine essays (one printed here for the first time) provide detailed studies of particular problems in Reformation history, and general surveys of the progress of religious change. The new Conclusion tries to plug some of the remaining gaps, and suggests how the Reformation came to divide the English nation. It is a deliberately controversial collection, to be used alongside existing textbooks and to promote rethinking and debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine in Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wear, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The social history of medicine over the last fifteen years has redrawn the boundaries of medical history. Specialised papers and monographs have contributed to our knowledge of how medicine has affected society and how society has shaped medicine. This book synthesises, through a series of essays, some of the most significant findings of this 'new social history' of medicine. The period covered ranges from ancient Greece to the present time. While coverage is not exhaustive, the reader is able to trace how medicine in the West developed from an unlicensed open market place, with many different types of practitioners in the classical period, to the nineteenth- and twentieth-century professionalised medicine of State influence, of hospitals, public health medicine, and scientific medicine. The book also covers innovatory topics such as patient-doctor relationships, the history of the asylum, and the demographic background to the history of medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36390/cover/9780521336390.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Incarnation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays in Christology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hebblethwaite, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gathers together essays, published and unpublished, in which Brian Hebblethwaite explores and defends the Christian doctrine of the Incarnation against its modern critics. He shows what would be lost from the Christian religion if non-incarnational Christology (a way of understanding Jesus Christ without belief in his divinity) were to be adopted by the Christian churches. He begins by examining some of the problems raised by this challenge to traditional doctrine, then considers the contribution of Austin Farrer to Christology, and goes on to analyse the recent trend towards Unitarianism in contemporary theology. In a new, concluding essay, Canon Hebblethwaite answers criticisms of his contribution to the current debate on the Incarnation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36406/cover/9780521336406.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Planning and Social Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the ways in which politicians, church leaders, generals, leaders of national movements and others try to influence our use of language. Professor Cooper argues that language planning is never attempted for its own sake. Rather it is carried out for the attainment of nonlinguistic ends such as national integration, political control, economic development, the pacification of minority groups, and mass mobilization. Many examples are discussed, including the revival of Hebrew as a spoken language, feminist campaigns to eliminate sexist bias in language, adult literacy campaigns, the plain language movement, efforts to distinguish American from British spelling, the American bilingual education movement, the creation of writing systems for unwritten languages, and campaigns to rid languages of foreign terms. Language Planning and Social Change is the first book to define the field of language planning and relate it to other aspects of social planning and to social change. The book is accessible and presupposes no special background in linguistics, sociology or political science. It will appeal to applied linguists and to those sociologists, economists and political scientists with an interest in language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36413/cover/9780521336413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Stochastic Analysis: Diffusion Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroock, Daniel W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a course given at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It is intended to be a reasonably self-contained introduction to stochastic analytic techniques that can be used in the study of certain problems. The central theme is the theory of diffusions. In order to emphasize the intuitive aspects of probabilistic techniques, diffusion theory is presented as a natural generalization of the flow generated by a vector field. Essential to the development of this idea is the introduction of martingales and the formulation of diffusion theory in terms of martingales. The book will make valuable reading for advanced students in probability theory and analysis and will be welcomed as a concise account of the subject by research workers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36451/cover/9780521336451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Whitehead Groups of Finite Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book's aim is to make accessible techniques for studying Whitehead groups of finite groups, as well as a variety of related topics such as induction theory and p-adic logarithms. The author has included a lengthy introduction to set the scene for non-specialists who want an overview of the field, its history and its applications. The rest of the book consists of three parts: general theory, group rings of p-groups and general finite groups. The book will be welcomed by specialists in K- and L-theory and by algebraists in general as a state-of-the art survey of the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36468/cover/9780521336468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manifolds and Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gray, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutton, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an easy introduction to the theory of differentiable manifolds. The authors then show how the theory can be used to develop, simply but rigorously, the theory of Lanrangian mechanics directly from Newton's laws. Unnecessary abstraction has been avoided to produce an account suitable for students in mathematics or physics who have taken courses in advanced calculus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism and Social Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the choices faced by socialist movements as they developed within capitalist societies. Professor Przeworski examines the three principal choices confronted by socialism: whether to work through elections; whether to rely exclusively on the working class; and whether to try to reform or abolish capitalism. He brings to his analysis a number of abstract models of political and economic structure, and illustrates the issues in the context of historical events, tracing the development of socialist strategies since the mid-nineteenth century. Several of the conclusions are novel and provocative. Professor Przeworski argues that economic issues cannot justify a socialist programme, and that the workers had good reasons to struggle for the improvement of capitalism. Therefore, the project of a socialist transformation, and the fight for economic advancement, were separate historical phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36567/cover/9780521336567.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Viable Populations for Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soul&#233;, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the minimum viable population (MVP) of a particular species? Besides the obvious implications for conservation, especially of endangered species, this question raises important issues in population biology. MVP obviously varies with demographic, life history and environmental factors, but also depends upon genetic load and genetic variability. This book addresses the most recent research in the rapidly developing integration of conservation biology with population biology. Chapters consider the roles of demographic and environmental variability; the effects of latitude, body size, patchiness and metapopulation structure; the implications of catastrophes; and the relevance of effective population size on inbreeding and natural selection. Other topics addressed include the role of decision theory in clarifying management alternatives for endangered species, and the opportunities for improved co-operation between agencies responsible for management. The book concludes with a forward-looking and plain-speaking summary on future research and its application for conservation practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36574/cover/9780521336574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decision, Probability and Utility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Readings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#228;rdenfors, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sahlin, Nils-Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decision theory and the theory of rational choice have recently been the subjects of considerable research by philosophers and economists. However, no adequate anthology exists which can be used to introduce students to the field. This volume is designed to meet that need. The essays included are organized into five parts covering the foundations of decision theory, the conceptualization of probability and utility, pholosophical difficulties with the rules of rationality and with the assessment of probability, and causal decision theory. The editors provide an extensive introduction to the field and introductions to each part.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36581/cover/9780521336581.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Agricultural Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Markets and Prices in Less Developed Countries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook addresses the main economic principles required by agricultural economists involved in rural development. The principles of 'micro-economics' or 'price-theory' are of relevance to economists everywhere, but this book reinforces the message of their relevance for rural development by explaining the theory in the specific context of the agricultural and food sectors of developing countries. Hypothetical and actual empirical illustrations drawn almost exclusively from such countries distinguish this book from other economic principles texts that draw their examples almost invariably from industrialised countries, and also from books more oriented to the issue of rural development. The first half of the book deals with the underlying principles of production, supply and demand. These are essential tools for the study and management of the agricultural sector and food markets. In the second half, supply and demand are bought together into a chapter of equilibrium and exchange. This is followed by chapters on trade and the theory of economic welfare. In the final chapter it is shown that much of the material in the earlier chapters can be combined by agricultural economists into a system for analysing and comparing the effects of alternative agricultural policies. The ability of agricultural economics to provide a consistent framework for the analysis of policy problems thus enables it to make a key contribution to rural development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36642/cover/9780521336642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture, Identity, and Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gellner, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays explore the relationship between culture and politics in the modern world. They range in space from Iran to Algeria, and the eastern marchlands of Europe to the Atlantic, and in time over the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. But they are all inspired by a cluster of linked preoccupations with the nature of the social order now emerging in the world and the kinds of moral and political legitimation it requires and permits. The essays are also linked by Ernest Gellner's distinctive, and highly arresting, intellectual temper and style. The volume will interest a wide range of readers in the social sciences and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36673/cover/9780521336673.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Love Among the Haystacks and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Love Among the Haystacks and Other Stories gathers together all of Lawrence's short stories not collected in the Prussian Officer volume. It offers a range of work from Lawrence's earliest surviving published story, 'A Prelude', to 'New Eve and Old Adam' written at the height of his early maturity in 1913. Each story in this edition appears in a new, authoritative text based on the manuscripts, typescripts, corrected proofs and early printings drawn from libraries and private collections in England, Italy and America. All the stories have thus been stripped of the layers of errors introduced by typists, editors and printers in their previous publication. John Worthen's introduction sets out the composition and publication history of each story, and gives a full account of the context in which it was created. A textual apparatus records all variant readings and explanatory notes explain allusions, dialect forms and foreign words.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36741/cover/9780521336741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Bossuet to Newman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The coming of modern historical research had religious consequences, especially in the more traditional churches to which history was very important and which themselves helped to create the historical sense. In this classic work, long unobtainable but now revised with a new introduction, Owen Chadwick traces the development of the notion that change in Christian doctrine was both possible and legitimate. Bossuet in the seventeenth century represented the opinion that Christian doctrine never or hardly changed: Newman in the second half of the nineteenth century saw that its expression necessarily changed in a changing society. This book shows how one opinion changed into the other, and explains the difficulties and tensions behind Newman's attempt to persuade an inherently conservative institution to face reality. In so doing it thus illuminates one vital aspect of the arrival into European thought of a distinct historical sensibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36765/cover/9780521336765.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Tropical Food Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muller, Hans Gerd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to tropical food science is meant for two groups of people. First, there are those living in the tropics who require a simple introductory text. Food science is perhaps the most important science affecting their lives. The second group consists of students, administrators and workers in industry and research in temperate zones, who are concerned with food problems but who have no first-hand knowledge of the tropics. The text provides a concise and accessible guide to all the major elements of the subject, including the nutritional value of tropical foodstuffs, its digestion, and the preparation and preservation of food. The author has taken care to avoid the use of jargon and the text is supplemented by many useful explanatory illustrations. The volume is suitable for first-year food science students at universities, polytechnics and colleges; graduate students taking conversion courses in food science; administrators, practitioners and students of food science in the tropics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36864/cover/9780521336864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Irish Prehistory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Kelly, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Engagingly written and packed with illustrations, Early Ireland offers an authoritative introduction to the riches of Irish prehistory - a span of eight thousand years from the end of the Ice Age to the first centuries of the Christian era. It provides a clear account of the development of Irish society from its beginnings as a postglacial culture of hunters and gatherers, through the glory of its golden age in the second millennium BC, to the technological advances stimulated by the discovery of iron and, in the last centuries BC, the growth of a Celtic art style of unrivalled power and individuality. Many of the developments in research and excavation detailed in the book were carried out or initiated by the author himself. In Early Ireland he encapsulates in inimitable style the fruits of more than three decades spent imparting his love and knowledge of Ireland, its people and its antiquities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36871/cover/9780521336871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Particles and Paradoxes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Limits of Quantum Logic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbins, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum theory is our deepest theory of the nature of matter. It is a theory that, notoriously, produces results which challenge the laws of classical logic and suggests that the physical world is illogical. This book gives a critical review of work on the foundations of quantum mechanics at a level accessible to non-experts. Assuming his readers have some background in mathematics and physics, Peter Gibbins focuses on the questions of whether the results of quantum theory require us to abandon classical logic and whether quantum logic can resolve the paradoxes produced by quantum mechanics. He argues that quantum logic does not dispose of the problems faced by classical logic, that no reasonable interpretation of quantum mechanics in terms of 'hidden variables' can be found, and that after all these years quantum mechanics remains a mystery to us. Particles and Paradoxes provides a much-needed and valuable introduction to the philosophy of quantum mechanics and, at the same time, an example of just what it is to do the philosophy of physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36918/cover/9780521336918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, Morality and the Person</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Tallensi Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fortes, Meyer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Meyer Fortes (1906-1982) was one of the foremost anthropologists of this century, who for many years worked among the Tallensi of northern Ghana. Although he published seminally important monographs on Tallensi family and kinship and on political organization, his work on their religion has hitherto remained confined to disparate journals and edited volumes. This collection brings together in one place his major writings on religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36932/cover/9780521336932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521336953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521336953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521336956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illustrating Pascal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521336956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, written entirely by hand, is an introduction to programming in Pascal. It starts with the fundamental concept of a stored program and works through to the manipulation of records in dynamic storage. The style of presentation is pictorial. This book may be used as a self-contained reference manual for Pascal to BS 6192 and ISO 7185. Besides defining the statements and structures of Pascal this book illustrates the use of such features in small but complete programs. These programs introduce fundamental techniques of programming such as symbol-state tables, bubble sort, quicksoft, stacks and queues, reverse Polish notation, linked lists, shortest-route technique, doubly linked rings, binary trees, hashing technique and other tools of the programmer's trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/36956/cover/9780521336956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>100 Families of Flowering Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hickey, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed to enable students of botany to gain some knowledge of the relationships between families of plants. The text of each of the 100 plant families described is in two parts. The first part gives the general characteristics of the family, mentions some of the principal economic and ornamental plants and includes a section on classification. The second part describes in detail a typical representative of the family, as far as possible a plant which is common in the wild or in cultivation and therefore easily obtainable. In this new edition there is a larger page-size, and also a different layout of the text. In addition, a considerable number of illustrations have been redrawn and many more added, including drawings of whole plants. Alterations to the text include extensive revision of the introduction, an increase in the number of comparative tables, and the addition of a table of family characters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37007/cover/9780521337007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133702X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133702X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Littlewood's Miscellany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B&#233;la</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Littlewood's Miscellany, which includes most of the earlier work as well as much of the material Professor Littlewood collected after the publication of A Mathematician's Miscellany, allows us to see academic life in Cambridge, especially in Trinity College, through the eyes of one of its greatest figures. The joy that Professor Littlewood found in life and mathematics is reflected in the many amusing anecdotes about his contemporaries, written in his pungent, aphoristic style. The general reader should, in most instances, have no trouble following the mathematical passages. For this publication, the new material has been prepared by B&#233;la Bollob&#225;s; his foreword is based on a talk he gave to the British Society for the History of Mathematics on the occasion of Littlewood's centenary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37021/cover/9780521337021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall of Natural Man</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Indian and the Origins of Comparative Ethnology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pagden, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a new interpretation of the reception of the new world by the old. It is the first in-depth study of the pre-Enlightenment methods by which Europeans attempted to describe and classify the American Indian and his society. Between 1512 and 1724 a simple determinist view of human society was replaced by a more sophisticated relativist approach. Anthony Pagden uses new methods of technical analysis, already developed in philosophy and anthropology, to examine four groups of writers who analysed Indian culture: the sixteenth-century theologian, Francisco de Vitoria, and his followers; the 'champion of the Indians' Bartolom&#233; de Las Casas; and the Jesuit historians Jos&#233; de Acosta and Joseph Fran&#231;ois Lafitau. Dr Pagden explains the sources for their theories and how these conditioned their observations. He also examines for the first time the key terms in each writer's vocabulary - words such as 'barbarian' and 'civil' - and the assumptions that lay beneath them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37045/cover/9780521337045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Geometry of Fractal Sets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falconer, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a rigorous mathematical treatment of the geometrical aspects of sets of both integral and fractional Hausdorff dimension. Questions of local density and the existence of tangents of such sets are studied, as well as the dimensional properties of their projections in various directions. In the case of sets of integral dimension the dramatic differences between regular 'curve-like' sets and irregular 'dust like' sets are exhibited. The theory is related by duality to Kayeka sets (sets of zero area containing lines in every direction). The final chapter includes diverse examples of sets to which the general theory is applicable: discussions of curves of fractional dimension, self-similar sets, strange attractors, and examples from number theory, convexity and so on. There is an emphasis on the basic tools of the subject such as the Vitali covering lemma, net measures and Fourier transform methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37052/cover/9780521337052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spinors and Space-Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penrose, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rindler, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume introduces and systematically develops the calculus of 2-spinors. This is the first detailed exposition of this technique which leads not only to a deeper understanding of the structure of space-time, but also provides shortcuts to some very tedious calculations. Many results are given here for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37076/cover/9780521337076.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Internal Constitution of the Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eddington, Arthur S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of The Internal Constitution of the Stars by Arthur Eddington in 1926 was a major landmark in the development of modern theoretical astrophysics. Not only did Eddington effectively create the discipline of the structure, constitution, and the evolution of the stars, but he also recognised and established the basic elements of our present understanding of the subject. The influence of the book is indicated by the remark by H. N. Russell in 1945: 'This volume has every claim to be regarded as a masterpiece of the first rank'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37083/cover/9780521337083.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space, Time and Gravitation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Outline of the General Relativity Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eddington, Arthur S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic book is essential reading for all those interested in the development of modern physics. Sir Arthur Eddington's account of the general theory of relativity, 'without,' as he says in his preface, 'introducing anything very technical in the way of mathematics, physics or philosophy', was first published in the exciting days of 1920 soon after the first objective tests of the theory had demonstrated its validity. The book was at once received with acclamation by reviewers and remains today one of the simplest and most straightforward accounts in print. The reviewer in the Athenaeum described it as 'a masterly book. The arrangement, the vigour and ease of the reasoning, the felicity of illustration, the clear, flexible prose and (we must mention it) the wit, make this book one of the most adequate and engaging attempts at the non-technical exposition of a scientific theory that it has ever been our good fortune to encounter.' This reissue includes a foreword by Sir Hermann Bondi, FRS, giving a brief appraisal of the book, and placing it in its historical and scientific context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37090/cover/9780521337090.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution and Rebellion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>State and Society in England in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. C. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This iconoclastic and satirical book provides a radical reconstruction of the recent historiography of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It creates an alliance between those revisionist historians who have rewritten the received account of the origins of the English Civil War and those historians who have been rethinking the Hanoverian era. Revolution and Rebellion is thus a companion volume to the author's English Society 1688-1832. The book counters the Marxist interpretation of the 1640s and the 'English Revolution' by developing our new understanding of the non-revolutionary nature of the world after 1660: it challenges the appropriateness of 'revolution' as a description of events like those of 1688, 1715, 1745, the American Revolution, the Industrial Revolution or the Reform Bill, drawing attention instead to the idea of 'rebellion'. This is the first book so to link English history in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and it will be required reading for students and teachers of both eras.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37106/cover/9780521337106.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Invertebrate Relationships</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns in Animal Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willmer, Pat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Phylogenetic study is an important corner-stone of biology, for the evolutionary relationships between groups of animals bear heavily on the analysis of their physiology, behaviour and ecology. Despite this, there have been few books which analyse the diversity of animal life in terms of its origins, and the relationships between different groups. In this book Pat Willmer draws on her experience of teaching invertebrate zoology to produce a stimulating account of both the relationships between invertebrate phyla and of the phylogenetic pattern of the animal kingdom. After reviewing the current state of the subject, the author discusses the various sources of evidence - structural, chemical, genetic, embryological and fossil - which bear upon the question of how living animals are related to each other. Much of this evidence has accumulated over the last two decades, yet there has been surprisingly little appreciation of the implications it has on phylogenetic research. Dr Willmer goes on to apply these lines of evidence to particular groups of invertebrates, discussing many of the classical problems of invertebrate phylogeny - the origins and relations of the lower metazoa, arthropod phylogeny, the protostome/deuterostome question, and the origin of chordates from invertebrates. The prevalence of convergent evolution is a strong theme of the book, as it becomes clear that many features, from details of cell chemistry and structure to overall body plan and life history, have been invented repeatedly and independently under similar selection pressures. This book succeeds in bringing together the previously scattered literature on invertebrate phylogeny, forming a unique introduction to this fascinating and controversial subject, and up-to-date review of invertebrate zoology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37120/cover/9780521337120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133716X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133716X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peasantry in the French Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book fills a gap in the literature on the French Revolution, and offers a synthesis which brings together the fruits of two generations' research in the field of French rural and agrarian history. The contention of Georges Lefebvre (the greatest authority on eighteenth-century rural history) that the peasantry occupied the centre-stage during the early years of the Revolution is vindicated with the support of fresh evidence culled from local and national archives, unpublished theses and little-known printed sources. Lefebvre's subsidiary argument, that peasant participation in the Revolution ran counter to its main capitalist thrust, receives a more qualified endorsement. The hook also offers a comprehensive survey of the fortunes of country dwellers from the end of the ancien r&#233;gime until the advent of Napoleon. Chapters are arranged both chronologically and thematically to provide a complete history of the Revolution as experienced at 'grass-roots'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37168/cover/9780521337168.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restoration Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Synthetic Approach to Ecological Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilpin, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aber, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although interest in ecological restoration has grown rapidly in recent years, restoration efforts have been highly empirical and have therefore been of only marginal interest to theoretical ecologists concerned with the structure and dynamics of communities. The ability to reassemble a community or ecosystem and to make it function properly actually represents a critical test of ecological understanding in the most fundamental sense. It is this idea of restoration as a technique - and even a paradigm - for ecological studies, leading in turn to improved restoration methods, that is the subject of this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37281/cover/9780521337281.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social Science Textbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is criminal behaviour? How is it identified? What is the role of the police and the courts? What is the evidence for hopes of controlling and changing criminal behavior? This book represents the systematic application of contemporary psychology to the study of crime, from biological factors, through child development to social learning. Feldman's work includes systematic contributions from sociology. The breadth of coverage and the firm base in psychology are unique in the current literature. It will appeal as a systematic text in criminal behavior and in the criminal justice system for both undergraduate and postgraduate courses, across the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37328/cover/9780521337328.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inorganic Substances</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Prelude to the Study of Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Derek W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inorganic Substances is complementary in its approach to conventional inorganic chemistry textbooks. Written with the undergraduate in mind, it gives an introduction to descriptive inorganic chemistry, a systematic survey of the chemistry of the elements according to the Periodic Classification. In this way, the reader acquires a firm grasp of the principles which underlie which inorganic substances can be made, their preparations, structures, chemical reactions and physical properties. The book presents theory as a background to the facts of inorganic chemistry, rather than as an end in itself. It does not concentrate on structural detail or reaction mechanisms but stresses the interplay between thermodynamic and kinetic considerations in understanding stability. The ways in which the various theories of structure and bonding are related are thoroughly dealt with throughout. The approach of this book makes it a useful companion to any intermediate inorganic chemistry course. It should also be useful to other science students, especially earth and material scientists who need a good grounding in modern inorganic chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37380/cover/9780521337380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sustainable Dryland Farming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Combining Farmer Innovation and Medic Pasture in a Mediterranean Climate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chatterton, Lynne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chatterton, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sheep and wheat are the staples of dryland farms in the Mediterranean zone of the Northern hemisphere. The commonly used dryland farming system introduced in the 1950s is proving unsustainable. Erosion has reached a critical level and pastures have all but disappeared. Experts advise more cropping (forage crops for instance) and more fertiliser. Yet intensification of the present system will only hasten erosion. Is there an alternative system that is both environmentally sustainable and within the means of most farmers in the region? Innovative farmers in a similar climate in Australia discovered a sustainable rotation using annual medics as both fertiliser and pasture. Attempts to transfer their knowledge have often foundered. Why is this so? How much do the experts know about this system? This book pulls apart the warp and weft of development on dryland farms to try to find some answers to these questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37410/cover/9780521337410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between Two Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, the Environmental Movement and Policy Choice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caldwell, Lynton Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The focus of this book is on changes in the human situation wrought by unprecedented changes in science-based technology and expanding populations. Increasing scientific information concerning these changes and their consequences is beginning to alter people's perceptions, thus providing a rational basis for a worldwide environmental movement. This movement - complex and differentiated - works through political and educational means to establish new social priorities consistent with scientific findings and the sustainability of life on Earth. The success of this effort would signify a new phase of social development. The thesis of this book is that human-made changes in the condition of the Earth, accompanied by the changing attitudes and values implicit in the environmental movement, constitute an historical discontinuity. The present era represents a transition between the assumptions and conditions that have hitherto characterized the modern world, and those of the post-modern world that is emerging.  Science and technology, so vividly symbolized in the view from outer space, are fundamentally changing our traditional beliefs about human opportunities and limitations - and these changes are slowly being reflected in international policies and laws. If humanity today succeeds in establishing a sustainable relationship to Earth, a higher level of civilisation will have been achieved. This thought-provoking view will interest students and professionals in the science and politics of the environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37434/cover/9780521337434.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Maghrib in the Islamic Period</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abun-Nasr, Jamil M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building on the two previous editions of his History of the Maghrib, Professor Abun-Nasr has written a completely new history of North Africa within the Islamic period which begins with the Arab conquest and brings the story up to the present day. He emphasises the factors which led to the adoption of Islam by practically the entire population, the geographical position of the area, which made it the main trade link between the Mediterranean world and the Sudan and led to its involvement in the confrontation between the Christian and Islamic worlds. In Morocco, this confrontation led to the emergence of a distinct religio-political community ruled by sharifian dynasties and, in the rest of the Maghrib, to integration in the Ottoman empire. The political and economic developments of the 'piratical' regencies of Algeria, Tunisia and Libya, the establishment of European colonial rule, the nationalist movements and Islamic religious reform are all treated in detail. The balance between factual account and interpretation makes the book especially useful to students of African and Islamic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37670/cover/9780521337670.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uses of Experiment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Natural Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooding, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinch, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schaffer, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Experiment is widely regarded as the most distinctive feature of natural science and essential to the way scientists find out about the world. Yet there has been little study of the way scientists actually make and use experiments. The Uses of Experiment fills this gap in our knowledge about how science is practised. Presenting 14 original case studies of important and often famous experiments, the book asks the questions: What tools do experimenters use? How do scientists argue from experiments? What happens when an experiment is challenged? How do scientists check that their experiments are working? Are there differences between experiments in the physical sciences and technology? Leading scholars in the fields of history, sociology and philosophy of science consider topics such as the interaction of experiment; instruments and theory; accuracy and reliability as hallmarks of experiment in science and technology; realising new phenomena; the believability of experiments and the sort of knowledge they produce; and the wider contexts on which experimentalists draw to develop and win support for their work. Drawing on examples as diverse as Galilean mechanics, Victorian experiments on electricity, experiments on cloud formation, and testing of nuclear missiles, a new view of experiment emerges. This view emphasises that experiments always involve choice, tactics and strategy in persuading audiences that Nature resembles the picture experimenters create.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37687/cover/9780521337687.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Resource Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Notes and Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Jon M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Colin Whitcomb</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Jon Conrad and Colin Clark develop the theory of resource economics. To begin, they provide an introduction to the required techniques of dynamic optimization. Throughout the book they build the reader's understanding with many fully-worked problems and numerical examples. The authors have written this text in the belief that the theory and concepts of resource are more quickly learned, more effectively made operational, and more truly understood if the reader is exposed to carefully explained numerical examples. By working through the problems at the end of each chapter, students will learn the techniques to be used in empirical studies of natural resource systems. The first chapter provides an introduction to optimization, including constrained optimization, dynamic allocation problems, dynamic programming, continuous time problems, and the maximum principle, and a discussion of various numerical and graphical techniques. The remaining chapters deal in depth with the economics of renewable resources, nonrenewable resources, with environmental management and with stochastic resource models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37694/cover/9780521337694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applications of Environment-Behavior Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Case Studies and Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cherulnik, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Architects, city planners, and other design professionals have used theory and research from psychology and other behavioral sciences to make their work more responsive to the needs of the people who use the buildings, parks, and city streets they help to shape. This book describes in detail thirteen cases in which that approach was followed. It analyzes the use of environmental design research in each case, demonstrating how it has made a positive contribution in these cases and how its use can improve design and planning processes in general and thus the quality of the built and natural environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37700/cover/9780521337700.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roots of Prosocial Behavior in Children</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenberg, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mussen, Paul Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What kinds of childbearing practices foster the development of helping, sharing, and other prosocial behaviours? What roles do biology and culture play in the development of prosocial behaviour? In this book, Nancy Eisenberg and Paul Mussen review and summarize scholarly research that has been devoted to the development of prosocial behaviour in children, and examine the variety of influences that contribute to children's prosocial development, including the media, parents, peers, biology, culture, personal characteristics, as well as situational determinants. The authors argue that prosocial behaviour can be learned and is modifiable, and they suggest ways that parents, teachers, and other can enhance prosocial development. In addition, the authors attempt to communicate the advances in the study of prosocial development that have taken place over the last decade. The book highlights some questions that have not yet been addressed adequately by researchers, and suggests areas for future work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37717/cover/9780521337717.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant and the Claims of Knowledge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a radically new account of the development and structure of the central arguments of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason: the defense of the objective validity of such categories as substance, causation, and independent existence. Paul Guyer makes far more extensive use than any other commentator of historical materials from the years leading up to the publication of the Critique and surrounding its revision, and he shows that the work which has come down to us is the result of some striking and only partially resolved theoretical tensions. Kant had originally intended to demonstrate the validity of the categories by exploiting what he called 'analogies of appearance' between the structure of self-knowledge and our knowledge of objects. The idea of a separate 'transcendental deduction', independent from the analysis of the necessary conditions of empirical judgements, arose only shortly before publication of the Critique in 1781, and distorted much of Kant's original inspiration. Part of what led Kant to present this deduction separately was his invention of a new pattern of argument - very different from the 'transcendental arguments' attributed by recent interpreters to Kant - depending on initial claims to necessary truth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133781X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133781X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Group Characters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ledermann, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To an algebraist the theory of group characters presents one of those fascinating situations, where the structure of an abstract system is elucidated by a unique set of numbers inherent in the system. But the subject also has a practical aspect, since group characters have gained importance in several branches of science, in which considerations of symmetry play a decisive part. This is an introductory text, suitable for final-year undergraduates or postgraduate students. The only prerequisites are a standard knowledge of linear algebra and a modest acquaintance with group theory. Especial care has been taken to explain how group characters are computed. The character tables of most of the familiar accessible groups are either constructed in the text or included amongst the exercise, all of which are supplied with solutions. The chapter on permutation groups contains a detailed account of the characters of the symmetric group based on the generating function of Frobenius and on the Schur functions. The exposition has been made self-sufficient by the inclusion of auxiliary material on skew-symmetric polynomials, determinants and symmetric functions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37816/cover/9780521337816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schoenberg and the New Music</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays by Carl Dahlhaus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlhaus, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puffett, Derrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a collection of essays, by the leading German musicologist of our day, on one of the most controversial and influential composers of our century: Arnold Schoenberg. Schoenberg is considered here as a historical figure, as a thinker and theoretician and as a composer whose works may be subjected to technical analysis and/or examined in relation to the history of ideas. Above all, he is considered in the context of the 'New Music', the historical and cultural movement of the first two decades of this century which embrace musicians such as Webern, Schreker and Scriabin (all of whom are allotted individual essays), as well as Schoenberg himself. In addition to historical and analytical essays there are essays of a broader cultural-historical and even sociological import which should interest all those involved with twentieth-century music and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37830/cover/9780521337830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Testing in Software Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ould, Martyn A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Unwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the increasing application of software in systems, especially safety- or even life-critical systems, it is no longer sufficient for the software developer to rely solely on testing the code produced. Testing must begin with the specification of requirements, continue on the design and finally on the implemented system. This book gives guidance on how testing can be carried out at each of the stages of software development. It does this by looking at the development process from four viewpoints: that of the intended user of the system, of its designers, of its programmers, and of the manager responsible for development. The product of each stage of development is individually examined to see how it can be checked for correctness and consistency with earlier specifications. References are given to techniques available to the software developer and there are many helpful checklists. The contributors are all members of the British Computer Society's Working Group on Testing, and between them have an impressive breadth of practical experience in the commercial development of small and large software systems. Their combined experience makes this a most valuable book for the computing professional.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reproductive Physiology of Marsupials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyndale-Biscoe, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renfree, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW71</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marsupials differ from most other mammals in their method of reproduction, in that they have chosen, in an evolutionary sense, to develop lactation rather than placentation for the nurture of their young. The neonate is therefore born with a mixture of advanced and embryonic characters, and yet is readily accessible within the pouch, providing a unique system for the study of the ontogeny of various physiological and endocrinological parameters. Marsupials are therefore ideal animals for research into mammalian reproductive physiology. The results of this exciting new research are summarized in this book by two of the foremost workers in the field. Individual chapters analyse the genetic and hormonal control of sexual differentiation, male and female reproductive structures and their functions, the role of the corpus luteum in the oestrous cycle and pregnancy, the hormonal control of embryonic diapause and the role of the marsupial placenta in the development of the embryo. This book is more than just a straightforward review of marsupial reproduction for its detailed analyses and broad comparative coverage will attract mammalogists and reproductive physiologists with a wide range of research interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37922/cover/9780521337922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interface between the Written and the Oral</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whilst the fundamental significance of the spoken language for human interaction is widely acknowledged, that of writing is less well known, and in this wide-ranging series of essays Jack Goody examines in depth the complex and often confused relationship between oral and literate modes of communication. He considers the interface between the written and the oral in three cultures or societies with and without writing, and that within the linguistic life of an individual. Specific analyses of the sequence of historical change within writing systems, the historic impact of writing upon Eurasian cultures, and the interaction between distinct oral and literate cultures in West Africa, precede an extensive concluding examination of contemporary issues in the investigation, whether sociological or psychological, of literacy. A substantial corpus of anthropological, historical and linguistic evidence is produced in support of Goody's findings, which form a natural complement to his own recently published study of The Logic of Writing and the Organization of Society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37946/cover/9780521337946.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521337984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521337984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521337984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativism and the Social Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521337984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gellner, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays deals with the problem of relativism, in particular cultural relativism. If our society knows better than other societies, how do we know that it knows better? There is a profound irony in the fact that this self-doubt has become most acute in the one civilisation that has persuaded the rest of the world to emulate it. The claim to cognitive superiority is often restricted, of course, to the limited sphere of natural science and technology; and that immediately raises the second main theme of this volume - the differences between the human and natural sciences. These essays reach towards a new style and mode of enquiry - a mixture of philosophy, history and anthropology - that promises to prove more revealing and fruitful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/37984/cover/9780521337984.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphysics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Structure and Function</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>K&#246;rner, Stephan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an ambitious and substantial study of metaphysics: its nature and inescapability. Professor K&#246;rner's method may be described as 'philosophical anthropology', and aims to arrive at a characterisation of the metaphysical beliefs with which we (have to) operate. Professor K&#246;rner begins by describing how the categorical framework of a person's metaphysical beliefs may be embedded in more ordinary beliefs and practical attitudes to the world. He illustrates the variety of such frameworks and describes their role, going on to explain how they may be modified by argument and reflection. This is an independent inquiry, but also the culmination of a series of Professor K&#246;rner's earlier works. The writing is extremely clear and the material sensitively controlled, revealing great learning and many suggestive insights and comparisons. It presents overall a comprehensive and carefully thought-out account of metaphysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38028/cover/9780521338028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Qualitative Analysis for Social Scientists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strauss, Anselm L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The teaching of qualitative analysis in the social sciences is rarely undertaken in a structured way. This handbook is designed to remedy that and to present students and researchers with a systematic method for interpreting qualitative data', whether derived from interviews, field notes, or documentary materials. The special emphasis of the book is on how to develop theory through qualitative analysis. The reader is provided with the tools for doing qualitative analysis, such as codes, memos, memo sequences, theoretical sampling and comparative analysis, and diagrams, all of which are abundantly illustrated by actual examples drawn from the author's own varied qualitative research and research consultations, as well as from his research seminars. Many of the procedural discussions are concluded with rules of thumb that can usefully guide the researchers' analytic operations. The difficulties that beginners encounter when doing qualitative analysis and the kinds of persistent questions they raise are also discussed, as is the problem of how to integrate analyses. In addition, there is a chapter on the teaching of qualitative analysis and the giving of useful advice during research consultations, and there is a discussion of the preparation of material for publication. The book has been written not only for sociologists but for all researchers in the social sciences and in such fields as education, public health, nursing, and administration who employ qualitative methods in their work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38066/cover/9780521338066.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Gender, and Sex in Comparative Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philips, Susan U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanz, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most studies of gender differences in language use have been undertaken from exclusively either a sociocultural or a biological perspective. By contrast, this innovative volume places the analysis of language and gender in the context of a biocultural framework, examining both cultural and biological sources of gender differences in language, as well as the interaction between them. The first two parts of the volume on cultural variation in gender-differentiated language use, comparing Western English-speaking societies with societies elsewhere in the world. The essays are distinguished by an emphasis on the syntax, rather than style or strategy, of gender-differentiated forms of discourse but also often carry out the same forms differently through different choices of language form. These gender differences are shown to be socially organized, although the essays in Part I also raise the possibility that some cross-cultural similarities in the ways males and females differentially use language may be related to sex-based differences in physical and emotional makeup. Part III examines the relationship between language and the brain and shows that although there are differences between the ways males and females process language in the brain, these do not yield any differences in linguistic competence or language use. Taken as a whole, the essays reveal a great diversity in the cultural construction of gender through language and explicity show that while there is some evidence of the influence of biologically based sex differences on the language of women and men, the influence of culture is far greater, and gender differences in language use are better accounted for in terms of culture than in terms of biology. The collection will appeal widely to anthropologists, psychologists, linguists, and other concerned with the understanding of gender roles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decision Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Integrative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kleindorfer, Paul R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kunreuther, Howard G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoemaker, Paul J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This long-awaited textbook provides a unified perspective of a rich and varied field. It recognises that in order to develop strategies for improving the decision-making process one needs to understand how decisions are made in practice and in what ways behaviour differs from guidelines implied by normative theories of choice. It is the interplay between descriptive, normative, and prescriptive analysis that gives this book a special flavour. Using a set of illustrative examples, Decision Sciences synthesises current research about different types of decision making, including individual, group, organisational, and societal. Special attention is given to the linkage between problem finding and problem solving.  The principal message emerging from the book is that decision making entails a complex set of processes that need to be understood in order to develop sound prescriptions or policy advice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38127/cover/9780521338127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>White Talk, Black Talk</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Inter-racial Friendship and Communication amongst Adolescents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewitt, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the relations between black and white adolescents in an urban environment (South London); the processes by which racism is relayed within adolescent communities, and the strategies which subvert or encourage them. More specifically Hewitt examines the sociolinguistic impact of the 'London Jamaican' creole used by young black Londoners on the language and culture of young whites. Basing his work on extensive fieldwork amongst racially mixed groups in youth clubs, schools and 'street corner' contexts. Hewitt is able to examine the way racial attitudes and cultural allegiances are expressed in, and affected by, inter-racial friendships. White Talk Black Talk is a uniquely ethnographic account which places the use of black language forms in the speech of whites firmly in its social and political setting: integrating disciplines in a creative way, Hewitt sites a practical sociolinguistic study within a much wider and systematic sociological context of group interaction. This study will be of special interest within sociolinguistics, the sociology of race relations and of youth culture, and urban anthropology, but its rich and fascinating ethnographic detail will also make it of interest to the non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38240/cover/9780521338240.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Churchland, Paul M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study in the philosophy of science, proposing a strong form of the doctrine of scientific realism' and developing its implications for issues in the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38271/cover/9780521338271.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Karl Marx</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reader</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains a selection of Karl Marx's most important writings, organized thematically under eight headings: methodology, alienation, economics, exploitation, historical materialism, classes, politics, and ideology. Jon Elster provides a brief introduction to each selection to explain its context and its place in Marx's argument. The volume is designed as a companion to Elster's An Introduction to Karl Marx and the thematic structure of each book is the same. But the Reader can also stand on its own and offers the student a substantial and revealingly organized selection of the crucial texts needed to understand and assess Marx's views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38325/cover/9780521338325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reactionary Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Technology, culture, and politics in Weimar and the Third Reich</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a unique application of critical theory to the study of the role of ideology in politics, Jeffrey Herf explores the paradox inherent in the German fascists' rejection of the rationalism of the Enlightenment while fully embracing modern technology. He documents evidence of a cultural tradition he calls 'reactionary modernism' found in the writings of German engineers and of the major intellectuals of the. Weimar right: Ernst Juenger, Oswald Spengler, Werner Sombart, Hans Freyer, Carl Schmitt, and Martin Heidegger. The book shows how German nationalism and later National Socialism created what Joseph Goebbels, Hitler's propaganda minister, called the 'steel-like romanticism of the twentieth century'. By associating technology with the Germans, rather than the Jews, with beautiful form rather than the formlessness of the market, and with a strong state rather than a predominance of economic values and institutions, these right-wing intellectuals reconciled Germany's strength with its romantic soul and national identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38332/cover/9780521338332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D&#233;tente and the Nixon Doctrine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Foreign Policy and the Pursuit of Stability, 1969-1976</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Litwak, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although many volumes have been written on the Nixon-Kissinger foreign policy, this book provides the first sustained treatment of the Nixon Doctrine. Enunciated by President Nixon in July 1969, the Nixon Doctrine established the basis not only for the subsequent American withdrawal from Vietnam, but also, more broadly, for US security policy towards the Third World. Along with US-Soviet detente, it stood as one of the two central elements of the Nixon-Kissinger diplomatic strategy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38349/cover/9780521338349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mussolini Unleashed, 1939-1941</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Strategy in Fascist Italy's Last War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, MacGregor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the motives, preparation, objectives, contact and consequences of Italy's war of 1940, which ended the country's role as a great power and reduced it to the status of first among Germany's satellites. What Professor Knox demonstrates more clearly than any previous biographer or historian is the limits of Mussolini's power. In particular, thanks to exhaustive research in the relevant archives, he has been able to throw important new light on Mussolini's relations with his military advisers and commanders. His scholarship is first-class, and for once a publisher's blurb does not exaggerate in claiming that his book is 'superbly written'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38356/cover/9780521338356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Occult Scientific Mentalities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume present a collective study of one of the major problems in the recent history of science: To what extent did the occult 'sciences' (alchemy, astrology, numerology, and natural magic) contribute to the scientific revolution of the late Renaissance? These studies of major scientists (Kepler, Bacon, Mersenne, and Newton) and of occultists (Dee, Fludd, and Cardano), complemented by analyses of contemporary official and unofficial studies at Cambridge and Oxford and discussions of the language of science, combine to suggest that hitherto the relationship has been too crudely stated as a movement 'from magic to science'. In fact, two separate mentalities can be traced, the occult and the scientific, each having different assumptions, goals, and methodologies. The contributors call into question many of the received ideas on this topic, showing that the issue has been wrongly defined and based on inadequate historical evidence. They outline new ways of approaching and understanding a situation in which two radically different and, to modern eyes, incompatible ways of describing reality persisted side-by-side until the demise of the occult in the late seventeenth century. Their work, accordingly, sets the whole issue in a new light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Industrial Cities of the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social Geography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dennis, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To contemporaries the nineteenth century was 'the age of great cities'. As early as 1851 over half the population of England and Wales could be classified as 'urban'. In the first full-length treatment of nineteenth-century urbanism from a geographical perspective, Richard Dennia focuses on the industrial towns and cities of Lancashire, Yorkshire, the Midlands and South Wales, that epitomised the spirit of the new age. In recent years urban historians and geographers have produced a wide range of detailed studies, both of particular cities and of specific aspects of nineteenth-century urban society, including the housing system, local government, public transport, class structure, residential segregation and social and geographical mobility. Dr Dennis offers a critical review of this research, integrated with his own original study of mobility, social interaction and community in the West Yorkshire town of Huddersfield.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Native American Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetics and Rhetoric</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherzer, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodbury, Anthony C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1987, the aim of this book is to advance a fresh perspective on the presentation, philology, analysis, and interpretation of oral literature and verbal art. Developed through commentaries and analysis of a range of texts from Native American communities, past and present, this original approach is centered on discourse, which the contributors take as being the richest point of intersection among language, culture, society, and individual expression. In discourse, individuals draw on their own artistry at the same time as they draw on the special and unique resources of the language and culture of their communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38448/cover/9780521338448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reality and the Physicist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Knowledge, Duration and the Quantum World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Espagnat, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehouse, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the nature of reality from the viewpoint of a physicist. Contemporary physics, especially quantum theory, has raised profound questions about the relationship between the methods of science and the reality these methods seek to investigate. These questions, and how we should answer them, are the subject of this book. Part I examines the practices of contemporary physicists and addresses the criticisms that philosophers of science have made of these practices. The doctrine of physical realism, adopted by most physicists and many philosophers of science, is subjected to detailed investigation in Part II. When tested against recent discoveries and developments in physics, it is shown to be in considerable difficulty. Part III explores the consequences of this for our understanding of what science can seek to know of reality, and concludes by outlining the position contemporary physics indicates we should take on the nature of reality generally considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38462/cover/9780521338462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coming Over</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Migration and Communication Between England and New England in the Seventeenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cressy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Coming Over discusses the English migration to New England in the seventeenth century and shows the importance of English connections in the lives of American colonists. David Cressy reviews the information available to prospective migrants, the decisions they had to reach and the actions necessary before they could settle in America. English men and women moved to New England with a variety of motives, and in a multitude of circumstances. 'Puritanism', involving religious harassment in England and the desire to follow God's ordinances in America, was only one of many factors impelling people to move. Rather than developing in wilderness isolation, the society and culture of seventeenth-century New England were constantly shaped by their English roots. A two-way flow of correspondence, messages and information linked colonists to their homeland. Family duties, political sympathies, friendships, business and legal obligations all led to a continuing attachment across the Atlantic. In treating early America from a British perspective, as a part of English history, Professor Cressy provides us with many insights into the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38509/cover/9780521338509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Rights in Liberal Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Ian Shapiro offers a systematic comparative evaluation of the writings of contemporary liberal rights theorists and those of their seventeenth-century predecessors. He shows how contemporary arguments about rights and justice evolved out of the contractarian tradition of the seventeenth century but he argues that they are lethal mutation of that tradition. Some of the deepest difficulties of contemporary rights theories derive from the appropriation of parts of the older tradition without the unifying assumptions about knowledge and science that gave the seventeenth-century arguments their underlying coherence. Those assumptions are no longer available to us, making it impossible for us to return to the internally more consistent philosophies of the liberal past. Shapiro draws out the implications of his analysis for current disputes within liberalism between rights theorists and utilitarians and for disputes between liberals and communitarians, arguing that the communitarian critics of liberalism are in danger of incorporating its most serious weaknesses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38530/cover/9780521338530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proceedings of Groups - St. Andrews 1985</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Colin Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains selected papers from the international conference Groups - St Andrews 1985. Five leading group theorists - Bachmuth, Baumslag, Neuman, Roseblade and Tits - have presented survey articles based on short lecture courses given at the conference and the rest of the book comprises both survey and research articles contributed by other conference speakers. The many articles with their wealth of references demonstrate the richness and vitality of modern group theory and its many connections with other area of mathematics. The book will prove invaluable to both experienced researchers and new postgraduates whose interests involve group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38547/cover/9780521338547.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecules and Morphology in Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conflict or Compromise?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews the phylogenetic data derived from molecular methods and from classical morphology, and analyses the contribution each can make to the study of evolution. Molecular biology and traditional areas of evolutionary biology such as morphology have not enjoyed a particularly happy marriage. Molecular biologists have the advantages of modernity, high technology, and visibility: their results often seem to represent the cutting edge of science, superseding and outmoding what went before. Nevertheless, this book shows that the partnership between those who study morphology and those who study molecules is alive and well: reconciliation is possible, necessary and inevitable because the problems involved in reconstructing the history of life do not change, whatever the source of the data. In eight chapters, leading exponents of molecular and morphological methods explore phylogeny, starting with hominoids, the most thoroughly studied group, then working outwards through the vertebrates, and ending at the level of the prokaryote and eukaryote kingdoms. Theoretical problems are also covered, including the concepts of homology, the molecular clock and neutral or 'non-Darwinian' evolution. The book concludes with an example in laboratory mice where the reliability of different methods for determining phylogeny can be tested against a known genealogy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38608/cover/9780521338608.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imaginary Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contexts of Mythology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buxton, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of Greek mythology in relation to its original contexts.  Part one deals with the contexts in which myths were narrated: the home, public festivals, the lesche.  Part two, the heart of the book, examines the relation between the realities of Greek life and the fantasies of mythology: the landscape, the family and religion are taken as case-studies. Part three focuses on the function of myth-telling, both as seen by the Greeks themselves and as perceived by later observers. The author sees his role as that of a cultural historian trying to recover the contexts and horizons of expectation which simultaneously make possible and limit meaning. He seeks to demonstrate how the seemingly endless variations of Greek mythology are a product of a particular community, situated in a particular landscape, and with these particular institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38653/cover/9780521338653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critics of the Bible, 1724-1873</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drury, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English critics were brilliant initiators and exploiters of biblical criticism. This momentous exercise, whereby the 'Holy Scriptures' became the object of human critique independent of church control, is illustrated by John Drury in the present volume with excerpts from such famous critics as Coleridge, Blake and Matthew Arnold, and lesser names such as Collins and Deist and Bishop Sherlock. Robert Lowth's famous lectures on the Psalms, which had an important influence on Blake and Christopher Smart, are well represented here, as is the famous contribution to Essays and Reviews by Benjamin Jowett. This book provides the only available collection of biblical criticism from this important period of critical enquiry, the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The extracts are accompanied by a full editorial introduction, notes and a bibliography. They should be read by all students of literature and theology interested in the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three previous volumes of this series by Colin Ronan are each available in hardback as well as paperback. Volume I introduces the reader to the country of China: its history, geography and language. The major part of this book is devoted to the history of scientific thought in China itself. In Volume II, the first section deals with mathematics, and this is followed by a section dealing with mathematics. Then follow sections on astronomy, meteorology and the earth sciences. The volume closes with a description of various aspects of Chinese physics. Volume III looks in some detail at one of the greatest contributions the Chinese made to physics - the discovery of the magnetic compass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38738/cover/9780521338738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sartre: Literature and Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldthorpe, Rhiannon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major study Rhiannon Goldthorpe takes up the challenge of Sartre's diversity in an original and provocative way. Her detailed and comprehensive exploration of the relationship between the theoretical and literary works pays due attention to their characteristic complexity. The discussion of La Naus&#233;e, Les Mouches, Huis clos, Les Mains sales and Les S&#233;questr&#233;s e'Altona, for example, does not present these literary texts as mere 'illustrations' of Sartre's theories of consciousness, imagination and emotion, but as subtle philosophical and linguistic investigations in their own right. In addition, by reference to recently published fragments from Sartre's earlier work, Goldthorpe calls into question existing views of Sartre's intellectual development and provides a new history of the crucial Sartrean concept of 'commitment'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38783/cover/9780521338783.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Herbals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Origin and Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arber, Agnes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Herbals deal primarily with medicinal and culinary herbs, their real and supposed properties and virtues, and in origin they go back at least to the Ancient Greeks. During the 16th and 17th centuries they developed into attractively illustrated printed books, the forerunners of modern botanical and pharmaceutical textbooks. Agnes Arber's Herbals (first published in 1912, much revised in 1938) stands as the major survey of the period 1470 to 1670 when botany evolved into a scientific discipline separate from herbalism, a development reflected in contemporary herbals. Every work on herbals since 1912 has been indebted to Arber's classic. The present volume in the Cambridge Science Classics series, while retaining her main text unaltered, supplements this with two of her later writings on herbals, provides a biographical introduction, greatly extends the bibliography and has annotations modifying the original text through later enquiry. This added material will make this re-issue invaluable to librarians, historians of science, book-lovers and all with an interest in the early development of botany, pharmacy and book production, even if they already possess the long-unobtainable 1938 edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38790/cover/9780521338790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alban Berg</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Master of the Smallest Link</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adorno, Theodor W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hailey, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brand, Juliane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adorno's study of Alban Berg is a unique document. Itself now a part of music history, it is a personal account, by a pre-eminent philosopher and aesthetician, of the life and musical works of his mentor, friend and composition teacher. Shortly after Berg's death in 1935, Adorno contributed several analyses to the first Berg biography. Thirty years later he incorporated these chapters and several subsequent essays into one volume. Beyond analyses of individual pieces, the book explores the historical and cultural significance of Berg's music, its relationship to that of other twentieth-century composers, and to the larger issues of contemporary life. This is a classic study, made available here for the first time in English, and it provides a key to understanding Adorno himself as well as offering an individual perspective on one of the major composers of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38844/cover/9780521338844.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roman Empire: Augustus to Hadrian</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherk, Robert K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of Greek and Latin inscriptions and papyri in English translation. They are all primary sources for our knowledge of the history of Rome from the first emperor, Augustus, to Hadrian. The theme of the present collection is the political and military activity of the Roman emperors to the period of Hadrian, the men who carried out their policies, the institutions of their administrations, the wars they conducted, the reaction of their subjects, the imperial ruler cult, their letters and orders. A second part is concerned with the society of the ordinary citizen or provincial subject in his daily life. Brief commentary and notes accompany the translations, making this book a collection of historical material to supplement the major literary sources like Tacitus, Suetonius, Dio and others in the study of Roman imperial history. This book will be useful to students and teachers of Roman history and classical civilisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38875/cover/9780521338875.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kurt Weill: The Threepenny Opera</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinton, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book on the best known of the Weill-Brecht collaborations which explores the extent and significance of the composer's contribution. After a detailed reconstruction of the work's genesis and continued revision over three decades, Stephen Hinton examines the spin-offs on which Weill and Brecht participated: the instrumental suite, the film, the lawsuit, the novel, and the musical and textual revisions of songs. In a survey of the stage history, Hinton pays particular attention to pioneering productions in Germany and Great Britain. Kim Kowalke provides an exhaustive account of the history of The Threepenny Opera in America, Geoffrey Abbott addresses questions concerning authentic performance practice, and David Drew analyses large-scale motivic relationships in the music. Among the earliest writings on the work reprinted here, those by Theodor W. Adorno, Ernst Bloch and Walter Benjamin appear for the first time in English translation. The book contains numerous illustrations, a discography, and music examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38882/cover/9780521338882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Moral Complexity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larmore, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Larmore aims to recover three forms of moral complexity that have often been neglected by moral and political philosophers. First, he argues that virtue is not simply the conscientious adherence to principle. Rather, the exercise of virtue apply. He argues - and this is the second pattern of complexity - that recognizing the value of constitutive ties with shared forms of life does not undermine the liberal ideal of political neutrality toward differing ideals of the good life. Finally Larmore agrues for what he calls the heterogeneity of morality. Moral thinking need not be exclusively deontological or consequentialist, and we should recognize that the ultimate sources of moral value are diverse. The arguments presented here do not attack the possibility of moral theory. But in addressing some of the central issues of moral and political thinking today thay attempt to restore to that thinking greater flexibility and a necessary sensitivity to our common experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38912/cover/9780521338912.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133893X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133893X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Monopoly Regulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg, Sanford V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tschirhart, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Considered the cutting edge of microeconomic theory in the 1970s, natural monopoly research remains an active and fertile field. Policy makers and regulators have begun to implement entry and pricing policies that are based on theoretical and empirical analyses. This book develops a comprehensive framework for analyzing natural monopoly. The authors first present a historical overview of regulatory economics, followed by analyses of optimal pricing and investment for single- and multiproduct natural monopolies. Topics covered include cost and demand structures, efficiency impacts of linear and multipart pricing, peak-load pricing, capacity determination, and the sustainability of natural monopolies. After a survey and analysis of natural monopoly regulation in practice, the links between technological change and regulation are identified. The book concludes with a discussion of the alternatives to traditional regulation, including public ownership, franchise schemes, quality regulation, and new incentive systems. Throughout the book, issues from the telecommunications and energy industries are used to illustrate key points. Its integrated framework will make it useful to academic economists, regulatory analysts, business researchers, and advanced students of public utility economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38936/cover/9780521338936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521338948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521338948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521338943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamics of Chemical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521338943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Scott Emerson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Battino, Rubin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNRW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to develop the concepts and relations pertinent to the solution of many thermodynamic problems encountered in multi-phase, multi-component systems. In doing so, it emphasizes a comprehension and development of general expressions for solving such problems, rather than ready-made equations for particular applications. Throughout the book, the methods of Gibbs are used with emphasis on the chemical potential. Many topics omitted in more elementary texts are amply discussed defining the state of a thermodynamic system, particularly the indifferent systems; the use of the Gibbs-Duhem equation in single-phase and multi-phase component systems; the conditions of stability for single-phase and multi-phase component systems; and the graphical representation of the thermodynamic functions. Special attention is given to reference and standard states. The material is presented in a rigorous and mathematical manner, and SI units are used throughout. A detailed bibliography is also included. Thermodynamics of Chemical Systems is intended for all those concerned with the application of thermodynamics to chemical systems, including biochemists, metallurgists, physicists, and materials scientists as well as chemists. Research workers and graduate students in these areas will find this work to be a valuable textbook and reference book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/38943/cover/9780521338943.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Words and Music in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Song, Narrative, Dance and Drama, 1050-1350</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relation of words and music in England and France during the three centuries following the Norman Conquest. The basic material of the study includes the chansons of the troubadours and trouv&#232;res and the varied Latin songs of the period. In addition to these 'lyric' forms, the author discusses the relations of music and poetry in dance-song, in narrative and in the ecclesiastical drama. Professor Stevens examines the ready-made, often unconscious, and misleading assumptions we bring to the study and performance of early music. In particular he affirms the importance of Number, in more than one sense, as a clue to the 'aesthetic' of the greater part of repertoire, to the relation of words and melody. and to the baffling problem of their rhythmic interpretation. This is the first wide-ranging study of words and music in this period in any language. It will be essential reading for scholars of the music and the literature of medieval Europe and will provide a basic and comprehensive introduction to the repertoire for students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39049/cover/9780521339049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19861215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Astronomical Observations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Optical Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an up-to-date and comprehensive account of current observational techniques with particular emphasis on optical astronomy. Dr Walker, a world expert in astronomical instrumentation, has written a complete survey of the basic electromagnetic spectrum. The author discusses the types and sources of stellar electromagnetic radiation and the range of telescopes that are used to observe them. Topics covered include the construction of sensitive low-noise detectors, preservation of image quality, and the limits to measurement precision. The book is particularly timely because astronomers now have access to a wide range of telescopes on the ground and in orbit. With increasing demand for observing time, it is important to understand the principles and limitations of the instruments and techniques. This book is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students studying observational astronomy. It will provide a ready source of reference for professional astronomers. Physicists and electronic engineers will also find this an absorbing account of the techniques of astronomical observation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39070/cover/9780521339070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romanticism in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main literary and artistic currents of Romanticism are well known. This volume aims uniquely to set them in their wider contexts. Thirteen distinguished contributors examine the particular configurations of the Romantic movement within individual national contexts. Parallels, influences and differences are explored between the course of Romanticism in England, France, Germany and ten other European nations, and special emphasis is placed upon the interplay between Romantic culture and social, political and economic change. Narrow definitions of Romanticism are avoided: the contributors emphasize the Romantic strands within science, philosophy and political thinking as well as within art and literature. The book also forms part of a sequence of collections of essays which started with The Enlightenment in National Context (1981).  In preparation are Fin-de-Si&#232;cle and its Legacy and the Renaissance in National Context. The purpose of these and other envisaged collections is to bring together comparative, national and inter-disciplinary approaches to the history of great movements in the development of human thought and action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39131/cover/9780521339131.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>By Means of Performance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intercultural Studies of Theatre and Ritual</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schechner, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appel, Willa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The field of performance studies embraces performance behaviour of all kinds and in all contexts, from everyday life to high ceremony. This volume investigates a wide range of performance behaviour - dance, ritual, conflict situation, sports, storytelling and display behaviour - in a variety of circumstances and cultures. It considers such issues as the relationship between training and the finished performance; whether performance behaviour is universal or culturally specific; and the relationships between ritual aesthetics, popular entertainment and religion, and sports and theatre and dance. The volume brings together essays from leading anthropologists, artists and performance theorists to provide a definitive introduction to the burgeoning field of performance studies. It will be of value to scholars, teachers and students of anthropology, theatre, folklore, semiotics and performance studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39155/cover/9780521339155.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Socialization across Cultures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schieffelin, Bambi B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Elinor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children's aquisition of language and their acquisition of culture are processes that have usually been studied separately. In exploring cross-culturally the connections between the two, this volume provides a new, alternative, integrated approach to the developmental study of language and culture. The volume focuses on the ways in which children are both socialized through language and socialized to use language in culturally specific ways. The contributors examine the verbal interactions of small children with their caregivers and peers in several different societies around the world, showing that these interactions are socially and culturally organized, and that it is by participating in them that children come to understand sociocultural orientations. They emphasize the salient language behaviours of children and others, and show how these are embedded in broader patterns of social behaviour and cultural knowledge. They reveal that various features of discourse - phonological, morpho-syntactic, lexical, pragmatic, and conversational - carry sociocultural information, and that language in use is a major resource for conveying and displaying socio-cultural knowledge. As children acquire language, so they are also acquiring a world view. This innovative approach to the study of language acquisition and socialization will appeal widely to anthropologists, linguists, psychologists, specialists in communication studies, and educationists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39193/cover/9780521339193.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Triangulated Categories in the Representation of Finite Dimensional Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Happel, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the use of triangulated categories in the study of representations of finite-dimensional algebras. In recent years representation theory has been an area of intense research and the author shows that derived categories of finite-dimensional algebras are a useful tool in studying tilting processes. Results on the structure of derived categories of hereditary algebras are used to investigate Dynkin algebras and interated tilted algebras. The author shows how triangulated categories arise naturally in the study of Frobenius categories. The study of trivial extension algebras and repetitive algebras is then developed using the triangulated structure on the stable category of the algebra's module category. With a comprehensive reference section, algebraists and research students in this field will find this an indispensable account of the theory of finite-dimensional algebras.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39223/cover/9780521339223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diophantine Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings at the Number Theory Section of the 1985 Australian Mathematical Society Convention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loxton, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poorten, A. J. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers in this volume, which were presented at the 1985 Australian Mathematical Society convention, survey recent work in Diophantine analysis. The contributors are leading mathematicians in the world, and their articles are state of the art accounts, many of which include open problems pointing the way to further research. The contributions will be of general interest to number theorists and of particular interest to workers in transcendence theory, Diophantine approximation and exponential sums.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Skew Linear Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shirvani, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wehrfritz, B. A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with subgroups of groups of the form GL(n,D) for some division ring D. In it the authors bring together many of the advances in the theory of skew linear groups. Some aspects of skew linear groups are similar to those for linear groups, however there are often significant differences either in the method of proof or the results themselves. Topics covered in this volume include irreducibility, unipotence, locally finite-dimensional division algebras, and division algebras associated with polycyclic groups. Both authors are experts in this area of current interest in group theory, and algebraists and research students will find this an accessible account of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39254/cover/9780521339254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Van der Corput's Method of Exponential Sums</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, S. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolesnik, Grigori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a self-contained account of the one- and two-dimensional van der Corput method and its use in estimating exponential sums. These arise in many problems in analytic number theory. It is the first cohesive account of much of this material and will be welcomed by graduates and professionals in analytic number theory. The authors show how the method can be applied to problems such as upper bounds for the Riemann-Zeta function. the Dirichlet divisor problem, the distribution of square free numbers, and the Piatetski-Shapiro prime number theorem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39278/cover/9780521339278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmic Rays and Particle Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaisser, Thomas K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over recent years ther has been a marked growth in interest in the study and techniques of cosmic ray physics by astrophysicists and particle physicists. Cosmic radiation is important for the astrophysicist because of the information it can yield about energetic astrophysical processes in the further reaches of the galaxy and beyond. For particle physicists, it provides the opportunity to study neutrinos and very high energy particles of cosmic origin. In addition, cosmic rays constitute the background, but also the calibration source, for searches for exotic hypothesized particles and processes such as monopoles, sparticles and proton decay. Concentrating on the highest energy cosmic rays, this book describes where they may originate, acquire energy, and interact, in large-scale shock waves, in supernova remnants and in accreting neutron stars. It also describes their interactions in the atmosphere and in the earth, how they are studied in surface and very large underground detectors, and what they tell us.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39315/cover/9780521339315.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Germany in the Age of Absolutism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vierhaus, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knudsen, Jonathan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rudolf Vierhaus's work is much more than a political history of Germany from the Thirty Years' War to the end of the Seven Years' War: His study reconstructs the historical structures that marked this age. He examines economic developments, the social system, and cultural life, even as he continues to pay close attention to Germany's political organization, its war, and political conflicts. German history is presented within both the diverse pattern of its regional life and the larger European context, in order to restore a full analytical complexity to the age of absolutism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39360/cover/9780521339360.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Topics in Graph Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yap, Hian Poh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a rapid introduction to topics in graph theory typically covered in a graduate course. The author sets out the main recent results in several areas of current research in graph theory. Topics covered include edge-colourings, symmetries of graphs, packing of graphs, and computational complexity. Professor Yap is able to lead the reader to the forefront of research and to describe some of the open problems in the field. The choice of material presented has arisen from courses given at the National University of Singapore and each chapter contains numerous examples and exercises for the reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39445/cover/9780521339445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Ancient Christianity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markus, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with one central historical problem: the nature of the changes that transformed the intellectual and spiritual horizons of the Christian world from its establishment in the fourth century to the end of the sixth. The End of Ancient Christianity examines how Christians, who had formerly constituted a threatened and beleaguered minority, came to define their identity in a changed context of religious respectability in which their faith had become a source of privilege and power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39490/cover/9780521339490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Responsibility, Character, and the Emotions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays in Moral Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoeman, Ferdinand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of original essays addresses a range of issues concerning the responsibility individuals have for their actions and for their characters. Among the central questions considered are the following: What scope is there for regarding a person as responsible for his or her character given genetic and environmental factors? Does an account of responsibility provide a legitimate basis for the retributive emotions? Are we ever justified in feeling guilty for occurences over which we have no control? Does responsibility for the consequences of our acts require that they were intended or simply expected? How have a number of influential previous philosophers, including Aristotle, Maimonides, and Spinoza, approached these questions?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39513/cover/9780521339513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Element Methods in Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kikuchi, Noboru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a textbook written for mechanical engineering students at first-year graduate level. As such, it emphasizes the development of finite element methods used in applied mechanics. The book starts with fundamental formulations of heat conduction and linear elasticity and derives the weak form (i.e. the principle of virtual work in elasticity) from a boundary value problem that represents the mechanical behaviour of solids and fluids. Finite element approximations are then derived from this weak form. The book contains many useful exercises and the author appropriately provides the student with computer programs in both BASIC and FORTRAN for solving them. Furthermore, a workbook is available with additional computer listings, and also an accompanying disc that contains the BASIC programs for use on IBM-PC microcomputers and their compatibles. Thus the usefulness and versatility of this text is enhanced by the student's ability to practise problem solving on accessible microcomputers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39728/cover/9780521339728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emily Dickinson and Her Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Soul's Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armand, Barton Levi St</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The great American poet Emily Dickinson has long been seen as a figure isolated from her contemporaries and insulated from her surrounding culture. This book attempts to place her texts in their cultural contexts by exploring her attitude towards death, romance, the afterlife, God, nature and art. Using pertinent parallels, analogues, and glosses, it assesses her response to three levels of general culture: elite, popular, and folk. It attempts to find coherence in the entire canon of her poetry, and to reconstruct the lost sensibility that produced it. The author stresses Dickinson's visual acuity and the pictorial elements of her art, taking issue with recent criticism, which has focused on that art's supposed abstraction and 'scenelessness'. At its widest, the book is not only a cultural biography of Emily Dickinson as an American Victorian, but a biography of American Victorian culture itself, where Dickinson emerges as a 'Representative Woman'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39780/cover/9780521339780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language in Australia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Romaine, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language in Australia provides a wide-ranging account of the present linguistic situation in Australia, primarily from a sociolinguistic perspective. The focus is mainly descriptive, and the chapters aim to provide a comprehensive overview and summary of what is known about Australia's languages as well as a guide to current areas of research interest.   Throughout the volume, the contributors pay special attention to issues arising from the socio-historical situation in which Australia's languages and language varieties coexist. The volume covers both indigenous and non-indigenous languages, and contains a section specifically on 'community' languages, and also one on public policy and social issues relating to English. No other book offers such a broad survey of the language situation in Australia. Linguists as well as non-linguists will find in this volume, which is a companion to Language in the USA and Language in the British Isles, a guide and reference source to the rich linguistic heritage of Australia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39834/cover/9780521339834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052133988X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052133988X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sovereignty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinsley, F. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Hinsley's book, first published in 1966, offers a general survey of the history of the theory of sovereignty, which seeks to illuminate the theory's character and function by stressing the changing social, political and economic frameworks within and between the political societies in which it has developed. It also spans and connects the different intellectual aspects of the concept of sovereignty: philosophical, legal, historical and political. For this new edition Professor Hinsley has wholly rewritten the last chapter to bring the history up to date, and to make some new concluding remarks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39889/cover/9780521339889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socialism, Radicalism, and Nostalgia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Criticism in Britain, 1775-1830</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stafford, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years of the first industrial revolution saw a remarkable flowering of radical social criticism in Britain. This is a study of the ideas that emerged then and of the social and intellectual conditions from which they developed. Dr Stafford begins in Part I by presenting what will be seen as a very valuable general account of the historical and cultural setting, showing how the language of social debate had been affected by intellectual developments and the increasingly rapid transformations of society. Then in Part II he discusses ten major critics of British society, from Thomas Spence to William Cobbett, who represent a wide range of political opinion from anarchism to Tory radicalism. Dr. Stafford takes a key text by each author, sets out its argument, and analyzes it both critically and historically, showing the particular influences that shaped it and revealing the ways in which the social thought of the time resembles or diverges from our own. This book will help to recover from unwarranted neglect this important tradition of writing that did much to form subsequent thinking about society. It will make a valuable contribution to the study of the literature and the social and intellectual history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39896/cover/9780521339896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Rights and International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the impact of human rights on the relations among states. It seeks to bring together in one place an account of the theory of human rights (what they are; where they come from; whether they are universal); a discussion of the part they play in contemporary international politics (including East-West and North-South relations); and a view of what ought to be done about them - especially by the western powers. The central policy recommendation made by Dr Vincent is that, as a project for international society, provision for subsistence rights has a strong claim to priority over other human rights. Dr Vincent's conclusion about the place of human rights in contemporary international society neither simply endorses the notion of the advance of cosmopolitan values on the society of states, nor rests on an observation of the continuing strength of state sovereignty. He shows how the grip of the sovereign state might in fact be tightened by its successful co-option of the international doctrine of human rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39957/cover/9780521339957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521339960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521339960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521339964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Independence for Analysts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521339964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dales, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodin, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Forcing is a powerful tool from logic which is used to prove that certain propositions of mathematics are independent of the basic axioms of set theory, ZFC. This book explains clearly, to non-logicians, the technique of forcing and its connection with independence, and gives a full proof that a naturally arising and deep question of analysis is independent of ZFC. It provides an accessible account of this result, and it includes a discussion, of Martin's Axiom and of the independence of CH.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/39964/cover/9780521339964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Doing Social Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Laboratory and Field Exercises</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breakwell, Glynis M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foot, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilmour, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of classroom-tested laboratory and field exercises engages students and their instructors in a thorough exploration of current central problems and topics in social psychology. The book is divided into three sections: technique demonstrations, technique applications, and problem investigations. Each section includes exercises on topics such as questionnaire design, interviewing, speech style, the observation of children, eyewitness testimony, and co-operation and competition. Students are provided with the necessary background knowledge of each social phenomenon investigated to make their research effort involving and meaningful. An instructor's manual accompanies the book and provides the supplementary information instructors need to organise the exercises for their students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40151/cover/9780521340151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphysical Wit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English metaphysical poetry, from Donne to Marvell, is notoriously witty. A. J. Smith seeks the reason for the central importance of wit in the thinking of the metaphysical poets and argues that metaphysical wit is essentially different from other modes of wit current in Renaissance Europe. Formal theories and rhetorics of wit are considered both for their theoretical import and their appraisals of wit in practice. Prevailing fashions of witty invention are scrutinized in Italian, French and Spanish writings, so as to bring out the nature and effect of various forms of wit: conceited, hieroglyphic, transformational and others from which the metaphysical mode is distinguished. He locates the basis of Renaissance wit in the received conception of the created order and a theory of literary innovation inherent in Humanist belief, which led to novel couplings of time and eternity, body and soul, man and God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40274/cover/9780521340274.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sacrifice and Redemption</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Durham Essays in Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sykes, S. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays explore the role sacrificial metaphor has to play in theological interpretation of the death of Christ, and ask whether such a metaphor makes sense today. They make clear that the political and psychological connotations of sacrifical language have in modern times given rise to great unease, and examine, in particular, the Catholic tradition of the eucharistic sacrifice, a tradition which was vigorously challenged at the Reformation. Looking at the various controversies from a variety of perspectives, the contributions to the book have a pronounced ecumenical slant, and illuminate sacrifice at the major, formative moments in history, from Old Testament times to contemporary theology. As a whole the collection suggests that claims to an ecumenical consensus are premature; that sacrificial language in the Christian tradition is more complex than is often supposed; but that, finally, the role of sacrifice in Christian thought is still vital in coming to terms with Christianity in the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40335/cover/9780521340335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pieces of Resistance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodheart, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Criticism, as I understand and practice it, is evaluative as well as interpretive', writes Eugene Goodheart. Pieces of Resistance is a collection of Goodheart's essays and reviews written between 1960 and 1985. The book responds to the political, cultural, and literary changes expressed during this period by novelists, critics, and journalists. Goodheart's exemplary figures include Lionel Trilling, Philip Rahv, and V. S. Naipaul: writers he believes share a particular sensitivity to literary and cultural ideologies that distort and diminish our understanding of the world. Goodheart's book is divided into three parts. The first section discusses critics Trilling, Rahv, Leslie Fiedler, Geoffrey Hartman, David Bleich, and Susan Sontag - to name a few. The second part devotes itself to contemporary culture and includes essays on journals such as The New York Review of Books, Commentary, and The Evergreen Review, which in the 1960s and early 1970s provided a well-lit playground for various political, cultural, and literary themes. Finally, Goodheart examines the work of many modern writers with essays on Isaac Bashevis Singer, Daniel Fuchs, Ralph Ellison, Nadine Gordimer, V. S. Naipaul, Bernard Malamud, William Styron, Donald Barthelme, Raymond Carver, and Saul Bellow. Goodheart does not pretend to impersonal objectivity; his commitment to evaluative criticism - seeing a text in its relationship to political and cultural movements - is a deliberate response to current, increasingly specialized forms of criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40366/cover/9780521340366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authors to Themselves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Milton and the Revelation of History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grossman, Marshall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Grossman examines the narrative form of Paradise Lost to discover Milton's thoroughly modern concept of self. Banished from paradise, the epic poem's protagonists become 'authors to themselves in all/Both what they judge and what they choose', left to create their own story in relation to the story already written by God. Grossman believes the resulting structure of the poem must be understood in the context of seventeenth-century historical and theological developments, specifically Bacon's notion of history as progress and Protestant theology's notion of the inner voice. The book draws upon recent works in hermeneutics and analytic history to develop the argument that there is a common structure to the experience of time in action and in narrative. In developing this thesis, Grossman draws on the work Stephen Greenblatt, Ricoeur, Todorov, Genette, Derrida and Lacan to construct an original reading of Paradise Lost that will fascinate Miltonists, specialists in seventeenth-century literature, and readers concerned with narrative theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40373/cover/9780521340373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340381</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analyzing Love</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Analyzing Love is concerned with four basic and neglected problems concerning love. The first is identifying its relevant features: distinguishing it from liking and benevolence and from sexual desire; describing the objects that can be loved and the judgements and aims required by love. The second question is how we recognize the presence of love and what grounds we may have for thinking it present in any particular case. The third is that of relating it to other emotions such as anger and fear, and, more generally, deciding where love stands in the contrast between emotions and attitudes. Finally, the book examines how we justify our loves: can we have, and do we need, reasons for loving? What types of judgement are appropriate to love? Can we criticize a lover for his or her choices?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40380/cover/9780521340380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134042X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134042X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pollution and the Struggle for the World Product</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Multinational Corporations, Environment, and International Comparative Advantage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, H. Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the early 1970s, observers have noted that complying with environmental regulations might be a significant new factor in determining the locations of industries involved in world trade. Two related hypotheses have been offered to explain how environmental regulations are altering international comparative advantage in industrial production: first, that stringent regulations push industries out of the United States and other advanced industrial nations (the 'industrial flight' hypothesis); second, that less developed countries compete to attract multinational industries by minimizing their own regulations (the 'pollution haven' hypothesis). This study examines the validity of the industrial-flight and pollution-haven hypotheses within a broad political and economic framework of theories purporting to explain international trade and investment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40427/cover/9780521340427.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature as the Laboratory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Darwinian Plant Ecology in the German Empire, 1880-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cittadino, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The science of botany underwent a dramatic change in the late nineteenth century. A reform movement originating in Germany took the traditionally destructive approach to the study of plant structure and physiology and transformed it into a study of plant adaptation. The young scientists who initiated this approach were influenced by factors both scientific and political. Darwin's natural selection theory and the German Reich's interest in colonial expansion provided the background for a new botanical methodology, which treated Nature as the Laboratory. The work of these botanists, including Gottlieb Haberlandt, Georg Volkens, A. F. W. Schimper, and Ernst Stahl, influenced the subsequent development of botanical science in the twentieth century and contributed significantly to the emergence of the new science of ecology. Eugene Cittadino describes in detail their early careers, their zeal for Darwinian selection theory, and their sometimes hazardous expeditions into exotic environments from Africa to the East Indies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40458/cover/9780521340458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marxism and Social Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Revisionist Debate, 1896-1898</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tudor, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tudor, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an anthology in English translation of the major texts concerned with the nineteenth-century debates between democratic socialism and revolutionary Marxism. The central figure is Eduard Bernstein, a leading German social democrat and former associate of Engels, who argued that Marx's analysis of society had been overtaken by events, and that his doctrine of revolution should be replaced by a policy of evolutionary reform by democratic means. The ensuing controversy between Bernstein and his opponents (Bebel, Kautsky, Parvus, Rosa Luxemburg, and Belfort Bax) helped create the split between center and far left, which is still a feature of socialist politics in Europe. Most of the articles and letters contained in this book have never been translated before, so the English-speaking reader is able to follow the debate for the first time. The debate is analysed in the introduction and the editors also provide detailed annotation and a bibliography. This volume will be a critical sourcebook for all serious students of nineteenth-century political theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40496/cover/9780521340496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Echevarr&#237;a, Roberto Gonzalez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pupo-Walker, Enrique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>690</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature is by far the most comprehensive work of its kind ever written. Its three volumes cover the whole sweep of Latin American literature (including Brazilian) from pre-Columbian times to the present, and contain chapters on Latin American writing in the USA. Over forty specialists in North America, Latin America and Britain have contributed to what is not only the most reliable, up-to-date, and convenient reference work on its subject, but also a set of books containing innovative approaches and fresh research that will expand and animate the field for years to come. The History is unique in its thorough coverage of previously neglected areas, in its detailed discussion of countless writers in various genres, and in its inclusion of extensive annotated bibliographies. Volume 1 begins with pre-Columbian traditions and their first contact with European culture, continuing through to the end of the nineteenth century. New World historiography, epic poetry, theatre, the novel, and the essay form are among the areas covered in this comprehensive and authoritative treatment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40694/cover/9780521340694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Echevarr&#237;a, Roberto Gonzalez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pupo-Walker, Enrique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>639</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature is by far the most comprehensive work of its kind ever written. Its three volumes cover the whole sweep of Latin American literature (including Brazilian) from pre-Colombian times to the present, and contain chapters on Latin American writing in the USA.  Volume 2 provides coverage of all genres from the end of the nineteenth century up to Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez's One Hundred Years of Solitude and beyond to 1990, thus including discussion of Spanish American literature's best-known works. The novel, poetry, autobiographical narrative, the short story, Afro-Hispanic American literature, theatre, and Chicano literature are among the areas treated in this wide-ranging volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40700/cover/9780521340700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sense of the People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Culture and Imperialism in England, 1715-1785</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>479</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book demonstrates the central role of the 'people', the empire, and the citizen in eighteenth-century English popular politics. Pioneering in its focus on provincial towns, its attention to the imperial contexts of urban politics and its use of a rich and diverse array of sources - from newspapers, prints and plays to pottery and tea-cloths - it shows how the wide-ranging political culture of English towns attuned ordinary men and women to the issues of state power and thus enabled them to stake their own claims in national and imperial affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40724/cover/9780521340724.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judges, Legislators and Professors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chapters in European Legal History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Judges, legislators and professors one of the world's foremost legal historians shows how and why continental and common law have come to diverge so sharply. Using ten specific examples he investigates the development of European law, not as the manifestation of certain ideological and intellectual trends, but as largely the result of power struggles between the judiciary, the legislators, and legal scholars, each representing certain political and social ambitions. Now available in paperback, Judges, legislators and professors provides an historical introduction to continental law which is readily accessible to readers familiar with the common law tradition and vice-versa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40779/cover/9780521340779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economy and Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Essay on the Interdependence of Economic and Environmental Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perrings, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental external effects are evidence of the inability of market prices to reflect the interdependence of economic activities undertaken within a common environment. They are an essential - not a peripheral - feature of all market economics. This essay shows how external effects are produced by the interaction of the economy with its environment, using a classical mass-balance model. No matter how efficient the market may seem to be, the use of market prices to determine depletion and pollution decisions creates more problems than it solves. Far from sharing the stable or relatively stable equilibrium properties of most economic models, the market economy is shown to be forced by its environment through a seemingly chaotic sequence of states. Reliance on the market to accommodate each change of direction merely exaggerates the general instability of the system. The 'market solution' to environmental problems is shown to generate only increasing uncertainty, a progressive myopia, and a heightened risk of conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40816/cover/9780521340816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Delay Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linear Stability Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannings, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppensteadt, Frank C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segel, Lee A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In studying the dynamics of populations, whether of animals, plants or cells, it is crucial to allow for intrinsic delays, due to such things as gestation, maturation or transport. This book is concerned with one of the fundamental questions in the analysis of the effect of delays, namely determining whether they effect the stability of steady states. The analysis is presented for one or two such delays treated both as discrete, where an event which occurred at a precise time in the past has an effect now, and distributed, where the delay is averaged over the population's history. Both of these types occur in biological contexts. The method used to tackle these questions is linear stability analysis which leads to an understanding of the local stability. By avoiding global questions, the author has kept the mathematical prerequisites to a minimum, essentially advanced calculus and ordinary differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40847/cover/9780521340847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transformed Cladistics, Taxonomy and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott-Ram, N. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between classification and evolutionary theory, with reference to the competing schools of taxonomic thinking. Emphasis is placed on one of these schools, the transformed cladists, who have attempted to reject all evolutionary thinking in classification and to cast doubt on evolution in general. The author examines the limits to this line of thought from a philosophical and methodological perspective rather than from a biological viewpoint. He concludes that transformed cladistics does not achieve what it claims and that it either implicity assumes a Platonic World View, or is unintelligible without taking into account evolutionary processes - the very processes it claims to reject. Through this analysis the author attempts to formulate criteria, of an objective and consistent nature, that can be used to judge competing methodologies and theories without resorting to any particular theoretical standpoint for justification. Philosophers of science, zoologists interested in taxonomy and evolutionary biologists will find this a compelling study of an area of biological thought that has been attracting a great deal of attention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40861/cover/9780521340861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521340888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521340888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521340885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Control of Microbial Plant Pathogens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521340885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book describes the biological ways in which diseases of plants, caused by pathogenic microbes, can be controlled without the use of chemical pesticides. The basis of biocontrol (in microbiology, ecology and plant pathology) is described and many examples of control measures in commercial use or development are given. There is increasing interest in biocontrol from the general public, environmentalists and the major world agrochemical companies, and this easily read text presents recent developments in the subject. The book provides enough references and literature citations to allow a more detailed investigation of particular diseases or control systems to be made. This textbook is suitable for graduate and undergraduate students in botany, biology, microbiology, plant pathology, agriculture, horticulture, crop science, microbial ecology, crop protection and related courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/40885/cover/9780521340885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134106X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134106X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regions and Industries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Perspective on the Industrial Revolution in Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Pat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is the contention of this book that industrialization in Britain (and elsewhere) occurred first and foremost within regions rather than in the nation as a whole and that attempts to understand the 'first industrial revolution' as a fundamentally important economic, social and political process are best undertaken with the regional perspective at centre stage. In Regions and Industries a team of distinguished historians contribute a series of interconnected essays illustrative of the richness and variety of fundamental change at regional level. Each essay is focused around a set of clearly articulated themes, concerning the relations between agriculture, population, resources, communications and cultures, and the changing national and international context within which regional economies functioned. The volume provides a comprehensive analysis of the existing theoretical and empirical literature, and emphasizes again the need to evaluate aggregate studies of 'national' variables in the light of contrasting regional experiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41066/cover/9780521341066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Western Textiles 2 Volume Boxed Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Textiles have been essential to the everyday lives of all societies. Besides helping provide protection and warmth, they have fulfilled social, cultural, military, legal and symbolic functions, and have been an essential part of the economic activity of societies from ancient times. The Cambridge History of Western Textiles brings together and extends current knowledge on the production and uses of textiles, through the eyes of archaeologists, economic and social historians, historians of fashion and the history of dress, and museum curators familiar with surviving artefacts. The history of all the major textile industries, including wool, linen, silk, cotton and artificial fibres is explored. Processes and technical terms are explained carefully, while the role and impact of textiles in western economies and societies are examined. In sum, the book offers an authoritative account of three thousand years of the production and consumption of textiles in the western world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41073/cover/9780521341073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>640.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Independence of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341295</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Independence of Latin America is a selection of chapters from the Cambridge History of Latin America Volume 3. The first chapter deals with the origins of independence from Spain; the next two consider the struggle for independence in Mexico and Central America and in Spanish South America. The independence of Brazil is discussed in a separate chapter, while the final chapters examine the relationship of the newly independent countries with the rest of the world and the role of the Church in the independence of Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41295/cover/9780521341295.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Secret Agent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Simple Tale</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harkness, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, S. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>469</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Secret Agent (1907) is a compelling tale of espionage and terrorism set in Edwardian London. Ironically subtitled 'A Simple Tale', it paints a terrifying portrait of revolutionaries and anarchists whose personal lives are as barren and futile as their public acts of violence. It concludes with the unwitting accomplice of a would-be terrorist blowing himself to bits with his own bomb, the terrorist's subsequent murder by his own wife, and the wife's own suicide. This new edition is based on a painstaking comparison of the original manuscript of the work with its first, truncated appearance in the American magazine Ridgeway's: A Militant Weekly for God and Country, and with all subsequent book-form publications overseen by Conrad himself. The result is a new text, purged of the printers' errors and editorial interventions that have been reproduced in all previous printings. There is also a critical introduction, an essay on the text, a textual apparatus, and helpful explanatory notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41356/cover/9780521341356.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134137X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134137X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christ, Ethics and Tragedy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Donald MacKinnon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Surin, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Donald MacKinnon, Emeritus Professor of Divinity at Cambridge, has been the most influential philosopher of religion in Britain during the twentieth century. His work has ranged widely, covering such topics as the metaphysics of Aristotle, the ethical significance of tragedy, Kant's epistemology, Christology, the relations between Marxism and Christianity, and trinitarian reflection. The essays in this volume constitute the proceedings of a conference on MacKinnon's work, held in Cambridge in 1986. They take as their starting point the writings of Professor MacKinnon, and are presented to him by colleagues, students and friends on his seventy-fifth birthday. This multi-contributor volume covers such topics as: the relation between Barth's theology and MacKinnon's thought; the controversy between realism and idealism; Trinity and ontology; incarnation and kenosis; the problem of evil; and MacKinnon and ethical reflections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41370/cover/9780521341370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Costs and Productivity in Automobile Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Challenge of Japanese Efficiency</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuss, Melvyn A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waverman, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motor vehicles are prominent among the flows of exports and imports for Canada, Germany, Japan and the United States, and these trade flows are heavily influenced by the basic relative competitiveness of the production processes for automotive manufacturing. In this book the authors analyse in depth the factors that contributed to the comparative cost competitiveness of the four countries' auto industries over the period 1961-84, and disentangle the factors contributing to the Japanese cost and efficiency advantages. Their main contribution is to provide estimates of comparative costs of automobile production (both short-run and long-run) and the sources of these cost differences, based on the econometric cost-function methodology. An innovation is the careful treatment of capacity utilization, one of the most important sources of short-run cost and efficiency differences. This methodology is also used effectively in an analysis of the Canada-US Auto Pact, a unique experiment in trade liberalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41417/cover/9780521341417.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Diversity and Social Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Cities, 1890-1906</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christiano, Kevin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Floods of immigration and rapid industrialization and urbanization in America at the turn of the century set in motion the transformation of many long-established institutions. This book examines specific ways in which cultural changes affected the structure of the religious establishment. Statistical models are applied to United States Census data from 1890 and 1906 on city and church populations, revealing connections between the growth of cities, the increase in literacy, and the formation of ethnic subcommunities that led to a new level of religious diversity. The author analyses evidence of growing competition among churches and of a level of individual commitment to congregations, demonstrating that the patterns of religious community established at the turn of the century provided the basis for the current denominational system. The author further analyses the relationship of religious diversity to urban secularization, as well as its role as a catalyst to sectarian conflict. In offering a quantitative assessment of issues central to the history of American religion, this book is a significant contribution to the study of religion in America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41455/cover/9780521341455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judaisms and their Messiahs at the Turn of the Christian Era</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neusner, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, William Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frerichs, Ernest S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While Jews in the land of Israel in ancient times shared much in common - scripture, reverence for the Temple and its cult, some traits as one 'Orthodox' Judaism. Diverse 'Judaisms' flourished, each with its particular way of life, world view, and definition of the social entity, or 'Israel'. Because there was no single, unitary Judaism, there also was no one 'Messiah-idea' or 'Messianic doctrine'. Various readings of the Messiah-theme reached definition in the various, unrelated religious systems or Judaisms produced by those Jews - hence 'Judaisms' and 'their Messiahs'. In this book, distinguished specialists in various Judaisms of late antiquity, including Christian scholars, take up the differing roles of the Messiah-idea in the various traditions examined. Dealing with the best-documented Judaic systems - the Essene community at Qumran, Christian Judaisms represented by Mark and by Matthew, the nascent rabbinic Judaism portrayed in the Mishnah, the Judaic system implicit in the writings of Philo - the authors work out how a given system treats the Messiah theme. Some systems - Philo's and the Mishnah's - find the theme important. Others place it at the center of their systems and treat the Messiah as the purpose and goal of their respective Judaisms, their expectations varying from a political-military figure to an eschatological diety. In its approach to evidence, not harmonizing but analyzing and differentiating, this book marks a revolutionary shift in the study of ancient Judaism and Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41462/cover/9780521341462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalist Development in the Twentieth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Evolutionary-Keynesian Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornwall, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornwall, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capitalism in the twentieth century was marked by periods of persistent bad performance alternating with episodes of good performance. A lot of economic research ignores this phenomenon; other work concentrates almost exclusively on developing technology as its cause. Cornwall and Cornwall draw upon Schumpeterian, Institutional and Keynesian economics to investigate how far these swings in performance can be explained as integral to capitalist development. The authors consider the macroeconomic record of the developed capitalist economies over the past 100 years (including rates of growth, inflation and unemployment) as well as the interaction of economic variables with the changing structural features of the economy in the course of industrialization and transformation. This approach allows for changes both in the economic structure and in the economic variables to be generated within the system. This study will be essential reading for macroeconomists and economic historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41493/cover/9780521341493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fire and Vegetation Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies from the North American Boreal Forest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Edward A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is almost dogma that the boreal forest in North America is a fire-dependent forest, yet ecologists often do not consider in any technical detail how forest fires produce effects on individual plants and on plant populations. Consequently, the causal connection between the behaviour of fire and its ecological consequences is poorly understood. This book sets out to correct this deficiency by assembling the relevant studies of fire intensity, rate of spread, fuel consumption, fire frequency and fire weather in the North American boreal forest. The central thesis is that the North American boreal forest has at least four wildfire characteristics that are important in understanding the dynamics of its plant populations: the large size of the burns with respect to dispersal distances, the short recurrence time of fire with respect to tree lifespans, the high mortality of plants due to the predominance of crown fires, and a good germination surface due to the large area of the forest floor which is covered by ash.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41516/cover/9780521341516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Turnings of Darkness and Light</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Philosophical and Systematic Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Surin, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, written between 1975 and 1987, covers the doctrine of analogy; the Trinity; 'theological realism'; the problems of evil and suffering; the doctrine of God, tragedy and Christian life; the doctrine of the atonement, christology, the theology of religions, ecclesiology, discipleship and the so-called theistic 'proofs'. The earlier essays reflect the author's training as a philosopher in the Anglo-American 'analytic' tradition. Later essays have a more explicitly theological focus, and they represent an attempt to come to terms with, and to proceed beyond, this tradition. More importance is attached to issues in hermeneutics and literary and social theory in the later essays. This collection therefore tends to address a wider list of topics than is usual in works of philosophical theology, and it is also distinctive in respect of the methods and approaches used in considering these topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41592/cover/9780521341592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ninth volume of this annual journal is concerned with the theme of 'Cultural perceptions and literary values', and continues the consideration of the relations of European with non-European literatures begun in volume 8. Among others, Indian art and its reception in the West is taken as a paradigm case for the interpretation of works of art. Victor Turner, an anthropologist who contributed a great deal to the understanding of the role of ritual in African societies, in 'social drama' and in the theatre, is represented by a posthumous essay displaying his characteristic verve, boldness, and innovative power. The crucial case of magic as 'alien wisdom' is considered, as is the exportation of the 'Faust theme', as represented in Spanish sources, to South America, and the case for its absorption into native Indian drama. This volume brings the series of special bibliographies on the history of comparative literary studies in the UK up to 1965, within a decade of the beginning of our annual bibliographies (1975) in volume 1. It also contains the annual bibliography of comparative literature, covering 1984.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41721/cover/9780521341721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computer Simulation in Brain Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cotterill, Rodney M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been an enormous increase in research activity aimed at elucidating the basis for cortical activity in the brain. Among modern techniques used in this area of scientific endeavour, few have proved as popular as computer simulation. Model neural networks are the subject of intense study, and some remarkable properties have already come to light: these networks are able to discriminate, remember and associate. Professor Cotterill has assembled leading experts in this burgeoning field to produce an exciting review of advances. The volume covers the creation of computer models of neural networks, and their use in the study of neural function, of cognition, memory and vision. The results and future directions explored here will have an important bearing on research into brain function, physiology, psychology, biophysics and artificial intelligence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41790/cover/9780521341790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century Lives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockridge, Laurence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maynard, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stone, Donald D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staines, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Nineteenth-Century Lives ten distinguished critics and biographers consider what it means to narrate a life. Their illustrative texts are largely taken from nineteenth-century biography, autobiography and the novel, but narrative is the broader genre that unites their various inquiries. The principal issues, theoretical and practical, are framed by Margaret Atwood, J. Hillis Miller and Phyllis Rose. 'The biographer, like the novelist, is a constructor of narratives; it's just that the ground rules are a little different,' writes Atwood. Among the matters they debate are the boundaries of fact and fiction, the professed power of the narrator, and the figurative underpinings of autobiography. But many of these essays are delightful and provocative biographical and autobiographical excursions in themselves. Atwood describes her early fear of biography, Morton Cohen narrates an exciting bit of detective work into the life of Lewis Carroll, and John Rosenberg gives a vivid and frequently revisionary reading of many aspects of Darwin's life. Other critics - Carl Woodring, Richard Altick, Norman Kelvin, Margaret Stetz, and Robert Kiely - consider related topics: the autobiographical poem as Bildungsroman, the nineteenth-century art biography, the relationship of William Morris's life to the structural principles of his art, the guilt-ridden fiction of the 1890s, and a seemingly marginal character in fiction, the 'nobody'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90506/cover/9780521090506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War's Other Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women Writers on the Lebanese Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Miriam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges the assumption that men write of war, women of the hearth. The Lebanese war has seen the publication of many more works of fiction by women than by men. Miriam Cooke has termed these women the Beirut Decentrists, as they are decentred or excluded from both literary canon and social discourse. Although they may not share religious or political affiliation, they do share a perspective, which holds them together. The author traces the transformation in consciousness that has taken place among women who observed and recorded the progress towards chaos in Lebanon. During the so-called 'two-year' war of 1975-6 little comment was made about those (usually men in search of economic security) who left the saturnalia of violence, but with time attitudes changed. Women became aware that they had stayed out of a sense of responsibility for others and that they had survived. Consciousness of survival was catalytic: the Beirut Decentrists began to describe a society that had gone beyond the masculinisation normal in most wars and achieved an almost unprecedented fernininisation. Emigration, the expected behaviour for men before 1975, was rejected. Staying, the expected behaviour for women before 1975, became the sine qua non for Lebanese citizenship. The writings of the Beirut Decentrists offer hope of a way out of the anarchy. If men and women could espouse the Lebanese women's sense of responsibility, the energy that had fuelled the unrelenting savagery could be turned to reconstruction. But that was before the invasion of 1982.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/41929/cover/9780521341929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521341973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521341973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521341974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vernacular Literary Theory in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German Tradition, 800-1300, in its European Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521341974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haug, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of this book appeared in German in 1985, and set an agenda for the study of medieval literary theory. Rather than seeing vernacular writers' reflections on their art, as found in prologues, epilogues and interpolations in literary texts, as merely deriving from established Latin traditions, Walter Haug shows that they marked the gradual emancipation of an independent vernacular poetics that went hand in hand with changing narrative forms. While focusing primarily on medieval German writers, Haug also takes into account French literature of the same period, and the principles underlying his argument are equally relevant to medieval literature in English or any other European language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27991/cover/9780521027991.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wagner and Beethoven</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Richard Wagner's Reception of Beethoven</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kropfinger, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the lifelong impact of Beethoven's music on Wagner and its importance for his conception of music drama. Kropfinger charts and scrutinises Wagner's early responses to the composer and considers his experience as a conductor of Beethoven's music. A discussion of the Romantic 'Beethoven image' leads to a careful study of Wagner's aesthetic writings, including his 'programmatic explanations', the text 'Concerning Franz Liszt's symphonic poems', and his Beethoven centenary essay. The penultimate chapter addresses Wagner's theory and practice of music drama which he came to regard as the preordained successor to the Beethovenian symphony. Through his study, Kropfinger offers a fresh understanding of Wagner, music drama, and the development of musical structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42018/cover/9780521342018.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Love in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and Self-Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cancian, Francesca M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last twenty-five years, Americans have gained considerable freedom in thier personal lives. Relationships are now more flexible, and self-development has become a primary goal for both men and women. Most scholars have criticized this trend to greater freedom, arguing that it undermines family bonds and promotes selfishness and extreme independence, Francesca Cancian is more optimistic. In this book she shows that many American couples succeed in combining self-development with commitment, and that interdependence, not independence, is their ideal. In interdependent relationships, love and self-development do not conflict, but reinforce each other. Love in America compares 'traditional' forms of marriage with these newer forms of close relationships. Starting with the nineteenth century, Cancian shows how gender roles became polarized, with love, which was identified with emotional expression, no practical help, being the responsibility of women, while self-development was regarded as a masculine concern. These traditional images of love and relationships are still held by many Americans today, even though, as Cancian points out, this can lead to marital conflict and individual stress and illness. By contrast, new images of love, emphasizing self-development for men and women and flexible, androgynous roles, began to emerge around 1900, accelerating in the 1960s. She concludes that this trend to self-development and androgyny will continue, but that whether it will lead to more interdependent relationships, or to more independence and isolation, depends partly on economic and political changes in the wider society. The evidence for Cancian's argument comes from sociological, historical, and psychological sources. Her book will interest readers in these disciplines, as well s appeal to a wide general audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42025/cover/9780521342025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Y&#252;an Hung-tao and the Kung-an School</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chou, Chih-P'ing</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Chou here offers a new perspective on the rise and fall of the Kung-an school as a key to understanding the development of Chinese literary criticism in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. His book focuses upon the literary theories of Y&#252;an Hung-tao (1568-1610) - the leader of the Kung-an school - and his two brothers. Its core is a detailed study of the poetry and prose of Y&#252;an Hung-tao, comparing his theories with his writings and analysing systematically the merits and flaws of his work. The book concludes with a discussion of the legacy of the Kung-an school, treating the school not only as the major force behind the expressive trend in the late Ming period, but also as one of the precursors of the modern Chinese literary movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42070/cover/9780521342070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brutus: Vindiciae, contra tyrannos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>or, Concerning the Legitimate Power of a Prince over the People, and of the People over a Prince</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brutus, Stephanius Jurius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnett, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>309</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Vindiciae, contra tyrannos was the most infamous of the monarchomach treatises produced during the French wars of religion, and continued to be revered (or execrated) as a key part of the radical canon for well over a century after its publication. It is one of the first attempts to advance a systematic justification, with interlocking secular and religious arguments, of resistance against legitimately constituted political authority. This edition presents the first complete and accurate English translation of the work, a comprehensive apparatus, and an introduction which provides the first detailed analysis of the argument and also reconsiders the much-disputed question of authorship. It will be of interest to a wide range of scholars working on the history of political thought and early modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134249X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134249X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genres in Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todorov, Tzvetan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection in translation of recent essays by Tzvetan Todorov, one of the most eminent of today's literary critics. The essays concentrate on the idea of genre, literary or otherwise, and ask such questions as: What is literature? What is genre? Which are the major literary genres? In the first section, Todorov proposes definitions for the notions of literature, discourse, and genre. Following is a general discussion of the two principal literary genres, fiction and poetry. In the final section, Todorov examines individual authors as case studies: among them Poe, Dostoyevsky, Baudelaire, Conrad, and James.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42490/cover/9780521342490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Editing Piers Plowman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of the Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer, Charlotte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifty-plus extant manuscripts of Piers Plowman have always posed a puzzle to editors and readers. This book is an account of the editions of the poem which have appeared since 1550, when it was first published by the protestant reformer Robert Crowley. It examines the circumstances in which the editions were produced, the lives and intellectual motivations of the editors, and the relationship between one edition and the next. Brewer places the work of W. W. Skeat at the centre of Piers Plowman editing, showing how he towered above his predecessors and determined the path subsequently taken by editors of the poem, and presents much new biographical information about this extraordinary man. She uses a wide range of published and unpublished material to explain the difficulties of editing and to shed light on attempts to crack one of the major editorial conundrums in medieval studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42506/cover/9780521342506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Cognitive Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of George Armitage Miller</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cognitive Science is a relatively new field that has grown to maturity over the past 30 years. It represents the convergence of workers in diverse disciplines- artificial intelligence, cognitive psychology- in a unified effort to understand human mental life. This book is a collection of essays about the development of cognitive science by colleagues of George A. Miller, a central figure whose own intellectual history is to a large extent a history of the field. The distinguished contributors were invited to write about the period in which each of them was most closely associated with him - to try to recapture on paper the intellectual climate of the time and to place, retrospectively, each successive research venture in its larger context. They take the story from work on formalism in psychology in the late 1950&#64257;s to the organization of the Center for Cognitive Studies at Harvard, where many first-generation cognitive psychologists were trained, to the expanding interdisciplinary enterprises of first psycholinguistics and then the cognitive neuroscience, and finally to the institutionalization of cognitive science within universities. Together, they essays constitute a fascinating and readable personal account of the way in which an exciting new science has come into being. The Making of Cognitive Science  will be welcomed by broad audience in the cognitive science community, as well as by historians of psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benn, Stanley I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the study of the philosophy of action, moral philosophy, and political philosophy. Its central idea is a radically unorthodox theory of rational action. Most contemporary Anglo-American philosophers believe that action is motivated by desire. Professor Benn rejects the doctrine and replaces it with a reformulation of Kant's ethical and political theory, in which rational action can be determined simply by principles, regardless of consequences. The book analyzes the way in which value conflicts can be rationally resolved, the objectivity of value, the concept of moral personality, the principles of non-interference and respect of persons, the ideals of autonomy and community and various aspects of individual rights - focusing on the rights to freedom, welfare, and privacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42605/cover/9780521342605.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making the Grade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Self-Worth Perspective on Motivation and School Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Achievement behaviour in schools can best be understood in terms of attempts by students to maintain a positive self-image. For many students, trying hard is frightening because a combination of effort and failure implies low ability, which is often equated with worthlessness. Thus many students described as unmotivated are in actuality highly motivated - not to learn, but to avoid failure. Students have a variety of techniques for avoiding failure, ranging from cheating to setting low goals which are easily achieved. In Making the Grade, Martin Covington extracts powerful educational implications from self-worth theory and other contemporary views of motivation that will be useful for everyone concerned with the educational dilemmas we face. He provides a comprehensive, insightful review of research and theory, both contemporary and historical, on the topic of achievement motivation, and arranges this knowledge in ways that lead to imminently practical recommendations for restructuring schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42612/cover/9780521342612.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making and Unmaking of an Evangelical Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Edward Carnell</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Rudolph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first half of this book takes a biographical approach to its subject, examining Carnell's early life and education, while the second half of the book looks topically at the issues that shaped Carnell's career and, as the author proposes, may have led to his psychological undoing. Through the lens of Carnell's personal struggle, this book offers a provocative view into the larger cultural tensions, unleashed by new modes of secular thought, that challenged the framework of American religious life during the middle years of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42636/cover/9780521342636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Consequences of Economic Rhetoric</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klamer, Arjo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCloskey, Donald N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solow, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The field of economics proves to be a matter of metaphor and storytelling - its mathematics is metaphoric and its policy-making is narrative. Economists have begun to realize this and to rethink how they speak. This volume is the result of a conference held at Wellesley College, involving both theoretical and applied economists, that explored the consequences of the rhetoric and the conversation of the field of economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42865/cover/9780521342865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hamlet versus Lear</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Politics and Shakespeare's Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foakes, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the two plays of Shakespeare that have generally contended for the title of 'greatest' among his works. Hamlet remained a focal point of reference until about 1960, when it was displaced by King Lear, a play which at the same time ceased to be perceived as a play of redemption and became a play of despair. Foakes attempts to explain these shifts by analysing the reception of the plays since about 1800, an analysis which necessarily engages with the politics of the plays and the politics of criticism. Recent critical theorising has destabilised the texts and undermined the notion of 'greatness' or any consideration of the plays as works of art. Foakes takes issue with such theories and reconsiders textual revisions, in order to argue for the integrity of the plays as reading texts, and to recover a flexible sense of their artistry in relation to meaning. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of Shakespeare and to theatre-goers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42926/cover/9780521342926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521342937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521342937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521342933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre and Politics in Nineteenth-Century Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Juan De Grimaldi as Impresario and Government Agent</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521342933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gies, David Thatcher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Frenchman Juan de Grimaldi was instrumental in the development of the Spanish theatre in the 1820s and 30s, at a time when censorship, repression, and economic chaos had left it in a state of stagnation. As impresario and stage director, he trained actors in the new style of declamation, made physical changes in sets and lighting, translated recent French plays into Spanish, and encouraged the writing of original Spanish plays. His own magical comedy, La Pata de Cabra (1829), was outstandingly successful. Grimaldi was also a wealthy businessman and newspaper editor, and the patron of many important Spanish Romantic writers. He was active in politics, vigorously defending the moderate policies of the Queen Regent, Mar&#237;a Cristina, and of Prime Minister Ram&#243;n de Nerv&#225;ez. Even after his return to Paris, Grimaldi continued to work secretly as an agent of the Spanish government. Based on original archival materials, this is the first in-depth study of Grimaldi's involvement in the literary and political progress of nineteenth-century Spain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/42933/cover/9780521342933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hungarian Model</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Markets and Planning in a Socialist Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richet, Xavier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehouse, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an exceptionally thorough treatment of the Hungarian economy and its experience of economic reform. Within a wider discussion of the appliance and success of Soviet-type economies (STEs), the author investigates the decentralizing measures and market mechanisms which have been progressively introduced and considers the limits on and limitations of the Hungarian economic model. The reforms adopted since 1968, known initially as the New Economic Mechanism, were intended to build a system of market socialism combining micro-economic efficiency, indirect regulation and socialist ethical principles. However, the predicted improvements in the economy still have not fully materialized: living standards have begun to drop, output is sluggish and hard currency trade and payments have been a real difficulty. Indeed, change in the country's leadership is perhaps a recognition of the need for a clearer direction in the field of social and economic reform. This English version of Xavier Richet's French original provides much insight into what has gone wrong in Hungary and also suggests ways future pitfalls might be avoided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43145/cover/9780521343145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biological Universe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Twentieth Century Extraterrestrial Life Debate and the Limits of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dick, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the twentieth century, from the furor over Percival Lowell's claim of canals on Mars to the sophisticated Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence, otherworldly life has often intrigued and occasionally consumed science and the public. Does 'biological law' reign throughout the universe? Are there other histories, religions, and philosophies outside of those on Earth? Do extraterrestrial minds ponder the mysteries of the universe? The attempts to answer these often asked questions form one of the most interesting chapters in the history of science and culture, and The Biological Universe is the first book to provide a rich and colorful history of those attempts during the twentieth century. Covering a broad range of topics, including the search for life in the solar system, the origins of life, UFOs, and aliens in science fiction, Steven J. Dick shows how the concept of extraterrestrial intelligence is a world view of its own, a 'biophysical cosmology' that seeks confirmation no less than physical views of the universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43268/cover/9780521343268.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>That Noble Dream</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 'Objectivity Question' and the American Historical Profession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novick, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aspiration to relate the past 'as it really happened' has been the central goal of American professional historians since the late nineteenth century. In this remarkable history of the profession, Peter Novick shows how the idea and ideal of objectivity were elaborated, challenged, modified, and defended over the last century. Drawing on the unpublished correspondence as well as the published writings of hundreds of American historians from J. Franklin Jameson and Charles Beard to Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., and Eugene Genovese, That Noble Dream is a richly textured account of what American historians have thought they were doing, or ought to be doing, when they wrote history - how their principles influenced their practice and practical exigencies influenced their principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43282/cover/9780521343282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Virginia Statute for Religious Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Evolution and Consequences in American History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, Merrill D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book colourfully examines a famous Jeffersonian document which set the precedent for the US Constitution's guarantee of religious liberty. Jefferson wrote the Virginia Statute, shepherded it through a decade-long struggle to adoption, and included it in his epitaph (along with the Declaration of Independence and the founding of the University of Virginia). The Statute's history reflects two key revolutionary principles: absolute freedom of religious conscience; and the separation of church and state. Both principles remain lively topics of debate on the contemporary religious and political scene. Papers collected here were presented at a conference sponsored by the National Endowment for the Humanities and the Virginia Foundation for the Humanities and Public Policy. Among the contributors are several of America's most prominent religious and political historians and experts on jurisprudence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/92988/cover/9780521892988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology and Strategy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Century of Swedish Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewin, Leif</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideology and Strategy is an analysis of issues in Swedish parliamentary history over the past 100 years. Leif Lewin has chosen eight issues and scrutinized them using traditional analysis and, importantly, game-theoretic reasoning. For each, he presents the outcome and its history and the strategic behaviour of the actors. He gives special attention to the strategy used by the potential loser. The first chapter presents the methodology to be employed in the analysis and introduces concepts and strategies such as voter's paradox, prisoners' dilemma, the Condorcet method, logrolling and others. The final chapter includes a review of the concept of politics as rational action. Lewin's analysis begins with the tariff dispute of the 1880s and ranges from suffrage reform, parliamentary government, the crisis programme of the 1930s, economic planning, the pension system, nuclear energy, to employee investment funds. Ideology and Strategy blends history, substantive issues and potential analysis, and is an important contribution to rational choice theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43305/cover/9780521343305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>To Speak in Pairs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Ritual Languages of eastern Indonesia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is a major contribution to the study of oral composition and ritual communication, and in particular to the use of 'parallelism' (the poetic ordering of words and phrases in alternative, duplicate form). The introduction by James J. Fox sets the topic in historical perspective, beginning with Robert Lowth's introduction of the term 'parallelism' in 1753 in his study of biblical language, demonstrating that what was once viewed as a form of composition unique to Ancient Hebrew is a feature common to many literatures around the world. The volume thus presents a remarkable picture of life in eastern Indonesia, which is both valuable in itself and useful for comparative analysis. All of the essays contain original texts with translations, together with detailed commentaries on their content and the context of their performance. The study of parallelism and its use in situations of formal communication has been receiving increasing attention from anthropologists, linguists, and all those interested in oral literature, as a topic of real theoretical and ethnographic interest. To Speak in Pairs represents an important advance in the study of oral literature in context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43329/cover/9780521343329.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suganami, Hidemi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How profitable is it for world order to transfer the legal and political principles, which sustain order within states to the domain of relations between states? This has been one of the central and most contentious questions in the study of international relations. The term 'domestic analogy' refers to the idea that inter-state relations are amenable to the same type of institutional control as the relations of individuals and groups within states. In this study Dr Suganami discusses the role the domestic analogy has played in proposals about world order, peace, justice and welfare in the period since 1814. As well as analysing the ideas of major writers on international law and relations, Hidemi Suganami examines the creation of the League of Nations, the United Nations and its agencies, and the European Community - all of which have sprung from the domestic analogy. The Domestic Analogy and World Order Proposals makes an important contribution to the history of ideas about world order, exploring how this particular mode of reasoning about international relations has evolved against changing historical backgrounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43411/cover/9780521343411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134350X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134350X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University of Cambridge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, Christopher N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>678</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourth volume of A History of the University of Cambridge and explores the extraordinary growth in size and academic stature of the University between 1870 and 1990. Though the University has made great advances since the 1870s, when it was viewed as a provincial seminary, it is also the home of tradition: a federation of colleges, one over 700 years old, one of the 1970s. This book seeks to penetrate the nature of the colleges and of the federation; and to show the way in which university faculties and departments have come to vie with the colleges for this predominant role. It attempts to unravel a fascinating institutional story of the society of the University and its place in the world. It explores in depth the themes of religion and learning, and of the entry of women into a once male environment. There are portraits of seminal and characteristic figures of the Cambridge scene, and there is a sketch - inevitably selective but wide-ranging - of many disciplines, an extensive study in intellectual and academic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43503/cover/9780521343503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmic Perspectives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biswas, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mallik, D. C. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vishveshwara, C. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern cosmology and its relationship to the development of human civilization is the subject of this book. Astronomers, cosmologists and historians have contributed fourteen essays covering a wide range of subjects. These include the place of astronomy in China by Joseph Needham, frontiers in cosmology by Fred Hoyle, the dark matter problem by Bernard Carr and the origin of life by Cyril Ponnamperuma. There are also contributions on astrology, science fiction and science. The collection as a whole is an engaging selection of modern astronomy. All the chapters are written at a level suitable for general readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/68901/cover/9780521068901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The ANZUS Crisis, Nuclear Visiting and Deterrence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pugh, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of nuclear weapons has been a critical problem for the NATO alliance. In the Pacific, a region of increasing strategic interest for the United States and Soviet Union, nuclear weapons have been an environmental concern since the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Opposition to nuclear tests has now been taken a step further with the creation of a South pacific Nuclear Free Zone and the decision by a New Zealand Government to ban port visits by vessels believed to be carrying nuclear weapons. 'Bizarrely inappropriate' is how the colourful New Zealand Prime Minister, David Lange, described nuclear weapons in relation to his country's security needs. This attempt to disengage from nuclear deterrence, which provoked a crisis in the ANZUS alliance with Australia and the United States, has been followed closely by political parties and pressure groups in the Northern hemisphere. Some states, such as Norway, Denmark, Iceland, Japan and Spain, already have declaratory policies against nuclear visiting but merely assume that the declarations are honoured by the United States and United Kingdom. New Zealand's proposal to back its policy with legislation had been seen by the Reagan and Thatcher administrations as a threat to the principle of 'neither confirm nor deny' the presence of nuclear weapons on vessels, and as a significant challenge to alliance cohesion. This study examines the questions of principle at issue, the evolution of the ANZUS crisis, its implications for the Western alliance structure as a whole, and the degree to which the 'nuclear-free' virus' in the South Pacific might be catching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43558/cover/9780521343558.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Recent Work of J&#252;rgen Habermas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reason, Justice and Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J&#252;rgen Habermas is one of the foremost philosophers and social theorists in the world today. But the complexity and breadth of his thought make him often difficult to understand. In this book, Stephen White offers a clear, accessible, and reliable introduction to Habermas's work, particularly that which he has written since the publication of Knowledge and human interest (produced in English in 1971). During this period, new themes and directions have emerged in Habermas's thought, which culminated in The Theory of Communicative Action, a massive work that has not hitherto been the subject of extended commentary and analysis. This book is the first to provide a full-length study of Habermas's mature thought. Locating the latter in the context of contemporary debates, White explains Habermas's ideas about action, rationality, communicative ethics, contemporary capitalism, and new social movements, which characterize his later work. He also examines Habermas's interpretation of modernity, showing that although, like his forerunners in the Frankfurt School, Habermas maintains a critical stance towards modernity's instrumentalization of reason, he nonetheless offers a sophisticated defense of the universal significance of other aspects of modern consciousness that are too often forgotten by many recent radical critics of modernity. Throughout, White presents Habermas's work in such a way as to emphasize its coherence, and to demonstrate how it constitutes the beginnings of a distinctive new research program in the social sciences. As a well-researched and lucid account of Habermas's thought, this book will appeal to readers wanting an introduction to the complexity of his ideas, as well as to those already conversant with them. It will also interest social and political theorists concerned with the general theoretical issues that it covers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43602/cover/9780521343602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ends of the Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives on Modern Environmental History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worster, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since 1492, when Columbus 'discovered' America, the world has been moving toward an increasingly integrated global economy, higher population levels and consequently greater resource demands, and an increasingly precarious state of the biosphere. These developments play a major part in both modern history and in daily life. Understanding their interrelationships and development is crucial to the future of humanity and of the Earth, and is the unifying theme of this collection of readings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43657/cover/9780521343657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Changing Boundaries of the Political</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Evolving Balance between the State and Society, Public and Private in Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maier, Charles S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new understanding of the nature of advanced industrial economies is derived from this extensive investigation of the ways in which the boundaries of the political have changed in Europe since the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Palm Oil and Protest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic History of the Ngwa Region, South-Eastern Nigeria, 1800-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Susan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ngwa region lies in the heart of the Nigerian palm belt. Palm oil is one of the oldest foodstuffs of the region and has also been an export crop, produced mainly by women, from the early nineteenth century to the present day. This book describes the rise and fall of the oil palm export industry. In contrast to the views of both dependency and vent-for-surplus theorists, it is shown that patterns of export growth and capital investment were heavily influenced by locally inspired changes in food production methods, gender and intergenerational relationships. The processes of change within the domestic and export economies became increasingly closely intertwined after 1924, when African coastal middlemen began to settle further inland and to spread the knowledge of cassava and Christianity, and when colonial officials introduced direct taxation and consolidated their Native Court system. This book draws upon a wide range of economic, botanical, anthropological and historical studies as well as on colonial archives, but its heart lies in the oral evidence and life histories generously provided by Ngwa men and women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43763/cover/9780521343763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Axiomatic Theory of Bargaining with a Variable Number of Agents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lensberg, Terje</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Thomson and Professor Lensberg extrapolate upon the Nash (1950) treatment of the bargaining problem to consider the situation where the number of bargainers may vary. The authors formulate axioms to specify how solutions should respond to such changes, and provide new characterizations of all the major solutions as well as generalizations of these solutions. The book also contains several other comparative studies of solutions in the context of a variable number of agents. Much of the theory of bargaining can be rewritten within this context. The pre-eminence of the three solutions at the core of the classical theory is confirmed. These are the solutions introducted by Nash (1950) and two solutions axiomatized in the 1970s (Kalai-Smorodinsky and egalitarian solutions).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43831/cover/9780521343831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Development, the Family, and Income Distribution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuznets, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of essays by Simon Kuznets, winner of the 1971 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences, published posthumously. It represents the primary concerns of his research at a late phase of his career, as well as themes from his earlier work. The first four chapters deal with 'modern economic growth'. Chapters five to seven introduce the main theme of the remainder of the volume: interrelations between demographic change and income inequality. Chapters eight to ten draw on a wider set of data to make comparisons of income inequality among societies at widely different levels of development. Chapter eleven returns to data for the United States to develop more fully the importance of differing childbearing patterns for income inequality. In the introduction Professor Richard Easterlin discusses the relationship of the essays to the balance of Kuznets's writings. In the afterword Professor Robert Fogel discusses the methodologies favoured by Kuznets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43848/cover/9780521343848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare on the German Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hortmann, Wilhelm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>519</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare has been a central figure in German literature and theatre. This book tells the story of Shakespeare in the German-speaking theatre against the background of German culture and politics in the twentieth century. It follows the earlier volume by Simon Williams on the reception of Shakespeare during the previous 300 years (Shakespeare on the German Stage, 1586-1914). Hortmann concentrates on the two most important and fruitful periods: the years of the Weimar Republic (1919-1933) and the turbulent decades of the sixties and seventies, when the German theatre was revitalised by a stormy marriage of avant-garde art and revolutionary politics. A section by Maik Hamburger covers developments in the theatres of the German Democratic Republic. Hortmann focuses on the most representative and colourful directors and actors, describing and illustrating individual productions as examples of particular trends or movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43862/cover/9780521343862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521343879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521343879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521343879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Policy Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Open Economies with Quantity Constraints</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521343879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amos, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the concept of public sector rationing in asset markets and provides a non-Walrasian approach to macroeconomic policy analysis. The detailed treatment of credit rationing regimes makes this work particularly relevant to economies where the interest rate is regulated. Other topics covered include the disaggregation of the government into the treasury and the central bank, the specification behavior of households, firms, and the central bank as intertemporal optimizers. The book provides models that can be easily extended to take into account both institutional and economic structures of all economies and the particular needs of the policy analysts before empirical implementation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/43879/cover/9780521343879.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physiology of Human Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, James Mourilyan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preece, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-day symposium in the annual Society for the Study of Human Biology Symposium Series covers a wide spectrum of growth physiology, and presents a state-of-the-art review of human auxology, from factors affecting cellular growth, through nutritional factors affecting the growth of the infant, to endocrine and other factors affecting the growth of the child before and after adolescence. Wiith contributions from some of the leading workers in the various fields, the book starts with a consideration of the effects of experimental removal of parts of mouse embryos on final body size and the part played by local tissue interactions in the specification of limb segments in insects. Discussion of the growth-promoting actions of the somatomedins in foetal, post-natal and brain growth follow, leading to two chapters on Man, dealing with energy requirements and body composition in infants, and the endocrine control of body size and sexual development during puberty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44104/cover/9780521344104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Organic Memory Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayes, Andrew R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brain damage can cause memory to break down in a number of different ways, the analysis of which can illuminate how the intact brain mediates memory processes. After first considering the problems involved in assessing memory, this book provisionally advances a taxonomy of elementary memory disorders and, for each in turn, reviews both the specific processes that are disrupted and the lesions responsible for the disruption. These disorders include short-term memory deficits, deficits in previously well-established memory, memory decifits caused by frontal lobe lesions, the organic amnesias, the disorders of conditioning and skill acquisition. Particular attention is paid to the organic amnesias, about which we know the most, and to the contributions of animal models to our knowledge. Andrew Mayes argues that the memory deficits found in several neurological and psychiatric syndromes comprise co-occurring elementary memory disorders. Finally, he outlines the implications of his taxonomy for our understanding of normal memory. A wide audience of researchers and students will find Human Organic Memory Disorders a helpful guide to a complex problem area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48799/cover/9780521348799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Herbicides and Plant Metabolism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodge, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a review of the most important areas of the biochemistry of herbicide action. The introductory chapter is a review of the field of herbicide discovery, and this is followed by chapters dealing with the herbicidal inhibition of photosynthesis, carotenoid biosynthesis, lipid biosynthesis, and amino acid biosynthesis. The metabolism of herbicides is discussed with particular reference to the formation of toxic components from non-toxic chemicals, and also the inactivation of toxic chemicals as a basis for selectivity. The final chapters are concerned with mechanisms of herbicide resistance in plants and the possibility of transferring resistance to susceptible crops. The book is completed with a glossary of the most important herbicidal chemicals mentioned in the text. The volume is suitable for senior undergraduates and graduates in agriculture, horticulture, applied biology and plant biochemistry and for M.Sc. students in crop protection; it will also appeal to industrial research scientists involved in herbicide development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44227/cover/9780521344227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plants under Stress</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biochemistry, Physiology and Ecology and their Application to Plant Improvement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Hamlyn G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flowers, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, M. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The volume identifies how stressful conditions affect plants. Various stresses, such as drought, salinity, waterlogging, high and low temperatures, can have a major impact on plant growth and survival - with important economic consequences in crop plants. This book examines some of the more important stresses, shows how they affect the plant and then reviews how new varieties or new species can be selected which are less vulnerable to stress. The wide-ranging and important consequences of stress should ensure that the volume is widely read by plant biologists at the graduate and research level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44234/cover/9780521344234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biblical Narrative in the Philosophy of Paul Ricoeur</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Hermeneutics and Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vanhoozer, Kevin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Paul Ricoeur's writings are widely and appreciatively read by theologians, this book offers a full, sympathetic yet critical account of Ricoeur's theory of narrative interpretation and its contribution to theology. Unlike many previous studies of Ricoeur, Part I argues that Ricoeur's hermeneutics must be viewed in the light of his overall philosophical agenda, as a fusion and continuation of the unfinished projects of Kant and Heidegger. Particularly helpful is the focus on Ricoeur's recent narrative theory as the context in which Ricoeur deals with problems of time and the creative imagination; and it becomes clear that narrative stands at the crossroads of Ricoeur's search for the meaning of human being as well as his search for the meaning of texts. Part II examines the potential of Ricoeur's narrative theory for resolving certain theological problems, such as the dichotomy betweens the Jesus of history and the Christ of faith.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44258/cover/9780521344258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>First Language Attrition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seliger, Herbert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vago, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First Language Attrition examines linguistic aspects of the attrition or loss of first language abilities in bilinguals through a collection of studies in various language groups. The phenomena of attrition are examined at both the individual bilingual and societal levels. This volume is divided into three sections: Part I surveys different aspects of existing empirical evidence to arrive at theoretical generalisations about language attrition. Part II comprises group studies examining attrition in societal bilingualism or in groups of bilingual individuals. Part III contains individual case studies of bilingual children and adults. The research reported in this text investigates first language attrition in a variety of linguistic areas such as syntax, morphology, semantics, phonology and lexicon with the following first languages: Spanish, German, Hebrew, Dyirbal, English, Breton, Dutch, Hungarian, Russian, French and Pennsylvania German. Although there is growing interest in bilingualism, this is the first work to examine the effects of the acquisition of a second language on linguistic abilities in the first language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44265/cover/9780521344265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134431X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134431X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computing and Change on Campus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiesler, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sproull, Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What do computers mean for organizations and for the people in them? Computing and Change on Campus constitutes a fascinating study of the advantages and costs of massive experimentation with new technology. It chronicles the computerization of Carnegie Mellon University, now perhaps the most computer-intensive university in the world. Drawing on the results of an extensive and systematic research program, Sara Kiesler, Lee Sproull, and their colleagues describe how available resources, behavior, and attitudes to computing evolved campus-wide over the period from 1981 to 1985. They examine the impact of computerization on faculty, staff, administrators, and students, and find that the new technology has social consequences - changes in patterns of attention, social contact, norms, and social structure. The authors' conclusions transcend particular computer systems and will be of interest to all educators, managers, and social scientists who care about the social implications of technological change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Play out of Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transferring Plays from Culture to Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scolnicov, Hanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of essays, which examines the relationship between the play and its historical and cultural contexts. Transferring plays from one period or one culture to another is so much more than translating the words from one language into another. The contributors vary their approaches to this problem from the theoretical to the practical, from the literary to the theatrical, with plays examined both historically and synchronically. The articles interact with each other, presenting a diversity of views of the central theme and establishing a dialogue between scholars of different cultures. With play texts quoted in English, the range of themes stretches from a Japanese interpretation of Chekhov to Shakespeare in Nazi Germany, and Racine borrowing from Sophocles. Most of the essays are based on papers presented at the Jerusalem Theatre Conference in 1986. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of the theatre and of literature and literary theory as well as to theatregoers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44333/cover/9780521344333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain Ascendant</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in British and Franco-British Economic History: Comparative Studies in Franco-British Economic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crouzet, Frangois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Franqois Crouzet devoted much of his life to the study of European industrialisation, and Britain ascendant draws together a series of essays, written in the course of his career and  thoroughly revised, examining the rise of Britain to the position of dominance in the world economy of the nineteenth century, and the concomitant decline of France. This theme is explored from several angles, and the crucial question of 'why was Britain first?' discussed extensively. Special attention is paid to the problems of capital formation, foreign trade and the consequences of empire, but the political and military vicissitudes of the 'second One Hundred Years War' (1689-1815) and their economic implications are not neglected. In the concluding chapters of Britain ascendant Professor Crouzet examines some more contemporary aspects of Anglo-French economic relations. Throughout the book conventional wisdom is attacked and new views proposed of central issues like the linkages between the Napoleonic Wars and the Industrial Revolution. The approach is systematically comparative, and draws on Professor Crouzet's unparalleled knowledge of the economic structure and organisation of both Britain and France at the onset of industrialisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44340/cover/9780521344340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gems, Granites, and Gravels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Knowing and Using Rocks and Minerals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dietrich, R. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Every person on earth uses, either directly or indirectly, ten metric tons of minerals each year.' So write Dr R. V. Dietrich and Dr Brian J. Skinner in their new book Gems, Granites, and Gravels. Minerals and mineral products are involved in all aspects of our lives; we depend on them to keep us alive and ensure the continuity of our society. As a consequence, they have been a source of fascination and study throughout human history. In this book, Drs Dietrich and Skinner consider not only the beauty of minerals and rocks, but also their utility and their roles in our everyday well-being. Gems, Granites and Gravels is a valuable introduction to mineralogy and to related specialities such as petrology (the study of rocks), crystallography (the study of crystals), and soil science. Discoveries in these fields are described in a historical context, while the authors explain what minerals and rocks are, how they are distributed around the world, how we depend on them, and where to see the most beautiful specimens of both minerals and rocks. This book will appeal to anyone interested in natural history and curious about rocks and minerals, including rock and mineral collectors, students of geology, and professional geologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44449/cover/9780521344449.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critique of the Power of Judgment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Critique of the Power of Judgment (a more accurate rendition of what has hitherto been translated as the Critique of Judgment) is the third of Kant's great critiques following the Critique of Pure Reason and the Critique of Practical Reason. This entirely new translation of Kant's masterpiece follows the principles and high standards of all other volumes in The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Immanuel Kant. This volume includes: for the first time the indispensable first draft of Kant's introduction to the work; the only English edition notes to the many differences between the first (1790) and second (1793) editions of the work; and relevant passages in Kant's anthropology lectures where he elaborated on his aesthetic views. All in all this new edition offers the serious student of Kant a dramatically richer, more complete and more accurate translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44470/cover/9780521344470.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Bibliographic Guide to the Comparative Study of Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#252;rgensmeyer, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This bibliography is the culmination of four years' work by a team of noted scholars; its annotated entries are organised by religious tradition and cover each tradition's central concepts, offering a judicious selection of primary and secondary works as well as recommendations of cross-cultural topics to be explored. Specialists in the history and literature of religions and comparative religion will find this bibliography a valuable research tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44487/cover/9780521344487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Boundaries of Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winston, Gordon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichgraeber III, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines themes that complicate the conventional economist's view of the world and thereby provide for a notably more complex, and humane, subject of study than the traditional Homo economicus. Written by economists and philosophers, these essays attempt to place neoclassical economic theory, especially conventional textbook micro-economic theory, in the broader context of other social sciences and modern economics. In doing so, the book aims to find the boundaries of economics and to define more sharply its relationship to other kinds of inquiry. Though the widespread use of textbook microtheory in business, economic, and political analysis is a clear testament to its power, the restrictions and artificialities of neoclassical assumptions give cause for worry even to many economists. This book examines the extent to which the economist's paradigm - that man is characterized chiefly by self-interested goals and rational choice of means - is useful in studying traditional noneconomic fields such as philosophy, political theory, and rhetoric. It also looks at how insights from other disciplines are changing - and perhaps improving - the current practice of economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44500/cover/9780521344500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Autonomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dworkin, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new book develops a new concept of autonomy. The notion of autonomy has emerged as central to contemporary moral and political philosophy, particularly in the area of applied ethics. professor Dworkin examines the nature and value of autonomy and uses the concept to analyse various practical moral issues such as proxy consent in the medical context, paternalism, and entrapment by law enforcement officials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44524/cover/9780521344524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Millikelvin Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betts, David S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a concise introduction to the experimental technicalities of low and ultralow temperature physics research. The author has made extensive use of diagrams as aids to understanding, and refers the reader to the professional literature at appropriate points in the text. The book begins with an introduction to the thermodynamic principles of refrigeration and thermometry. It covers the properties of fluid 3He/3He mixtures and the most important practical means of achieving low temperatures, including dilution and Pomeranchuk refrigeration and adiabatic nuclear demagnetisation. The basic introduction to the subject will be of value to postgraduate students beginning research in low temperature physics, and to seasoned researchers moving into the field. It could also be used by advanced undergraduates taking low temperature physics courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44562/cover/9780521344562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Poetics, and Hermeneutics in Milton's Prose</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loewenstein, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, James Grantham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book some of the most eminent critics of seventeenth-century literature and some of the liveliest younger scholars explore the interconnections between Milton's politics, poetics and prose writings. While the essays focus on Milton's prose, they open up interesting perspectives on his major poems and on seventeenth-century ideologies, theologies and interpretative practices. Their aim is to bridge the gap between a history-of-ideas approach and literary/textual analysis, showing how key ideas - such as authority, divorce, martyrdom or iconoclasm - stimulate and trouble the imagination of a great writer. These essays challenge the notion of Milton's prose as an 'achievement of the left hand', and propose a complex relation between text and context, the aesthetic and the sociopolitical, issues of representation and the politics of gender.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44586/cover/9780521344586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134459X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134459X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Union, Eastern Europe and the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kanet, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Soviet policy towards the countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America has undergone substantial expansion and change during the three decades since Khrushchev first initiated efforts to break out of the international isolation in which the USSR still found itself in the immediate post-Stalin years. Over the course of the past thrity years the Soviet Union has expanded significantly both the geographical range of its involvement with developing countries, and the intensity of its political, military and economic activities. Moreover the USSR has increasingly acted in consort with 'allies' such as Cuba and the countries of Eastern Europe. The studies in the present volume examine various aspects of recent Soviet and East European policy towards the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Union: Party and Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potichnyj, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection is derived from the Third World Congress for Soviet and East European Studies, and provides an up-to-date and comprehensive survey of contemporary Soviet political and economic problems. It concentrates upon three major themes; the Soviet party apparat, socialization and political discourse, and social policy, all which have been the subject of considerable and at times confusing fluctuations during the past decade. The first section focuses on party organization within the Soviet ministries, and examines the changes within the elite during the last years of Brezhnev's rule. In Part 2 the emphasis is upon processes of political socialization, and the nature of political language in the Soviet Union, whilst in the concluding part the contributors examine the mechanism and impact of social policy, and its ethnic and nationalist implications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44609/cover/9780521344609.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mediterranean City in Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Change and Urban Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leontidou, Lila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Postwar capitalist development has involved a transition from polarization toward diffuse urbanization and flexibility. The timing and form of this transition and its effects on spatial structures have varied, as is especially evident in the case of Mediterranean Europe. Focusing upon Greater Athens between 1948 and 1981 - the crucial period of the transition - Lila Leontidou explores the role of social classes in urban development. The emergence of new processes in cities such as Athens, Salonica, Rome, Naples, Milan, Madrid, Barcelona and Lisbon is different in both timing and manner from that of northern European cities, but, as Dr Leontidou argues, this should not be attributed to poverty or inexplicable cultural peculiarities. Instead interaction between popular spontaneity, economic forces and State control has played a major role.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44678/cover/9780521344678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521344689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521344689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521344685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Galileo and the Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Inquisition or Critical Dialogue?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521344685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldhay, Rivka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book questions the traditional 'grand narratives' of science and religion in the seventeenth century. The binary oppositions underlying the story - between reason and faith, between knowledge and authority, between scripture and the light of nature - have moulded it into a formative myth: the banner of modern rationalism, liberalism and individualism. While deconstructing the oppositions behind the conflict, the book offers an analysis of the complex power/knowledge field in which the drama of Galileo and the Church unfolded. The act of silencing exemplified in the trials of Galileo is in no need of demonstration. It has been so imprinted in our consciousness that to reassert it is to state the obvious. The author's story is not about the repression of truth by religious authority. It is the story of an encounter between different types of power/knowledge structures within the framework of a dialogical model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/44685/cover/9780521344685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystals in Gels and Liesegang Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henisch, Heinz K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Providing the first comprehensive overview of the method of crystal growth in gels, Professor Henisch reviews the field, covering the underlying physics as well as the empirical experience of growth techniques accumulated over the past century. In addition, the book discusses the phenomenon of periodic precipitation, which often governs the distribution of crystal in laboratory growth systems. For the first time, computer techniques are brought to bear on the subject, the diffusion equations being solved numerically, in association with the conditions governing precipitations and crystal growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45033/cover/9780521345033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Portrait of a Lady</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porte, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Portrait of a Lady is arguably Henry James's most appealing and accessible novel. The introduction to this volume of specially written essays situates the novel in its cultural and historical context: its treatment of a modern woman 'affronting' her destiny, its relation to the contemporary controversy over 'morality' in fiction, its use of an Italian setting, and its late nineteenth century elegiac mood. It also discusses James's revisions of the novel and his late Preface. The essays that follow deal with the place of Portrait in the tradition of modern narrative, its relation to popular women's fiction on the question of marriage, the influence of James's 'family romance' and his brother William, and the character of Isabel Archer seen from a psychoanalytic point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47532/cover/9780521347532.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134526X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134526X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making a Medical Living</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Doctors and Patients in the English Market for Medicine, 1720-1911</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Digby, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did doctors make a living? Making a Medical Living explores the neglected socio-economic history of medical practice, beginning with the first voluntary hospital in 1720 and ending with national health insurance in 1911. It looks at public appointments in hospitals and dispensaries, office under public welfare systems, and at private practice. In this innovative study, Anne Digby makes use of new sources of information, looks at ordinary rather than &#233;lite doctors, and analyses provincial rather than metropolitan practice. From the mid-eighteenth century medicine became more commercialised; doctors travelled to see ordinary patients, developed specialisms, and were entrepreneurial in expanding institutional forms of health care. This entrepreneurial activity helped shape English medicine into a distinctive pattern of general and specialist practice, and of public and private health care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45262/cover/9780521345262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Coherent Splendor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Poetic Renaissance, 1910-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Albert Gelpi traces the emergence of American Modernist poetry as a reaction to, and outgrowth of, the Romantic ideology of the nineteenth century. He focuses on the remarkable generation of poets who came to maturity in the years of the First World War and whose works constitute the principal body of poetic Modernism in English. Gelpi argues that the essential dialectic in Modernism extends and reconstitutes issues central to Romanticism. This is expressed in the interaction between two important strains in Modernism: the Symbolist exemplified in Wallace Stevens, T. S. Eliot, Allan Tate, and Hart Crane; and the Imagist, exemplified in Ezra Pound, H. D. and William Carlos Williams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45330/cover/9780521345330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Factorization Calculus and Geometric Probability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambartzumian, R. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique book develops the classical subjects of geometric probability and integral geometry, and the more modern one of stochastic geometry, in rather a novel way to provide a unifying framework in which they can be studied. The author focuses on factorisation properties of measures and probabilities implied by the assumption of their invariance with respect to a group, in order to investigate non-trivial factors. The study of these properties is the central theme of the book. Basic facts about integral geometry and random point process theory are developed in a simple geometric way, so that the whole approach is suitable for a non-specialist audience. Even in the later chapters, where the factorisation principles are applied to geometrical processes, the prerequisites are only standard courses on probability and analysis. The main ideas presented here have application to such areas as stereology and tomography, geometrical statistics, pattern and texture analysis. This book will be well suited as a starting point for individuals working in those areas to learn about the mathematical framework. It will also prove valuable as an introduction to geometric probability theory and integral geometry based on modern ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45354/cover/9780521345354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Modern History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>751</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second, amended and enlarged edition of a familiar standard work, first published in 1958. Like its predecessor, it describes the open conflicts of the Reformation from Luther's first challenge to the uneasy peace of the 1560's. Reforming movements in all the principal countries are discussed, against the background of constitutional development and the political struggles of the ruling dynasties. Europe's relations with the outside world are given due prominence. The second edition incorporates the results of some thirty years of further research and fills some of the gaps, especially in the history of central Europe, which beset the first edition. All chapters which remain from 1958 have been revised, some very substantially.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45361/cover/9780521345361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stakhanovism and the Politics of Productivity in the USSR, 1935-1941</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegelbaum, Lewis H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study in English of a major and instructive episode in the history of the Soviet Union. The Stakhanovite movement commemorated the mining of 102 tons of coal by Aleksei Stakhanov on August 30-1, 1935, and it was an important symbol by which the state urged workers to achieve greater productivity. As Lewis Siegelbaum demonstrates, Stakhanovism can be used to explore the social relations within Soviet industry at a critical stage in its development. In this sense, Stakhanovism was an important symbol of a shift in official priorities from construction of the means of production via increasing inputs of labor, to intensive use of capital and labor. Siegelbaum argues that Stakhanovism evolved neither as the product of a master plan nor of spontaneity from below. It developed in response to economic and political contingencies, local initiatives and inertia, and the maneuvering of workers and their bosses alike. Stakhanovism was the characteristic mode of what he calls 'the politics of productivity'. Stakhanovites did not constitute an aristocracy of labor, but rather were a diverse and often changing group. For all but a relative few, Stakhanovite status was provisional, depending as much on managerial favoritism and technical assistance as on individual skill and ambition. Eventually, however, Stakhanovites assumed a number of roles, including that of informers against managers, party officials, and engineers. Many were rewarded for their services by promotion to managerial and technical positions. As 'cultured' individuals who supposedly led fulfilled and contented lives during non-working hours, Stakhanovites served an integrative function that was perhaps more important than their contributions to production. Through an interpretation of Stakhanovites as models of the New Soviet Man, this book advances a unique contribution to our understanding of Soviet life in the 1930s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45484/cover/9780521345484.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old French-English Dictionary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hindley, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langley, Frederick W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first Old French-English dictionary of its kind to provide a comprehensive reference tool for a broad range of English-speaking users. In the form of a compendious but manageable single volume, it is designed for both the general and specialist reader of Old French texts including students, scholars, philologists and historians. The dictionary is based on a large and varied number of texts up to c.1350, starting from the 'classics' of medieval French literature and extending through all the genres: epic, romance, religious, moral, didactic and allegorical texts, lyric poetry, drama, humour and satire, as well as non-literary historical, political and legal documents. The aim has been to include a wide range of variant spellings as well as the main dialectal forms to help the anglophone user in particular. Detailed definitions and grammatical functions are provided, together with common phrases with their translations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45644/cover/9780521345644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and Policy in Liberal Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrop, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why has Japan found it easier than the United States to pursue a consistent industrial policy? Why does Britain provide health care collectively whereas France relies on private provision? Why is the American government unable to ensure the safety of its citizens whereas personal safety is not even an issue in Japan? Such questions are central to the study of comparative public politics and this textbook seeks to answer them by integrating policy analysis with mainstream comparative politics. The authors examine power and policy in four liberal democracies: France, Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States. They provide an introduction to the politics of these four leading democracies, setting out the actors, arenas and agendas of policy in each country. The following sections explore four contrasting areas of policy: industrial, health, ethnic minorities and law and order. In the final part these countries and sectors are discussed from the perspectives of policy implementation, evaluation and comparison.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47983/cover/9780521347983.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia's Cotton Workers and the New Economic Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shop-Floor Culture and State Policy, 1921-1929</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Russia's Cotton Workers and the New Economic Policy Chris Ward uses a wide range of published and unpublished Soviet sources to examine key aspects of life on the shop floor of the Russian cotton mill in the 1920s. He reveals the existence of a complex world of work which grew out of the interaction between the experience of industrialisation in late nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Russia and the mechanisation of the cotton industry in Britain in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. The author explores the manner in which a 'mill culture' emerged from these developments and demonstrates that by the 1920s this culture was often very resistant to change. Russia's Cotton Workers and the New Economic Policy provides a realistic understanding of the relationship between worker, state policy and technology in Russia in the 1920s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45804/cover/9780521345804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521345863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521345863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521345866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electoral Allegiance in Sri Lanka</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521345866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jayanntha, Dilesh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sri Lanka is one of the few new Commonwealth countries to have had a strong democratic tradition and a vibrant electoral life since Independence. In this book, Dilesh Jayanntha examines the basis for Sri Lankan electoral allegiance since 1947. He challenges the prevalent notion that caste is the basis for electoral allegiance and convincingly argues that the patron-client relationship is its primary determinant. Following an introduction outlining recent Sri Lankan political history, Dilesh Jayanntha then examines electoral allegiance in three contrasting constituencies which have a different history up until 1947. Yet, as the author demonstrates throughout, patronage networks determined electoral allegiance, and often, the patronage network was congruent with caste. Yet, as Jayanntha shows, where the patron-client tie cut across the caste tie it was the former which proved decisive in deciding electoral allegiance. This comparative analysis of electorates in Sri Lanka addresses issues that are relevant not only to South Asia but to the developing world in general and will therefore be of interest to specialists and students of South Asia, comparative politics, sociology and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/45866/cover/9780521345866.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Issues in the Developmental Approach to Mental Retardation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burack, Jacob A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Issues in the Developmental Approach to Mental Retardation is one of the first books exclusively devoted to applying the theories, findings and approaches used in work with nonretarded children to several types of retarded individuals. The editors and contributors define the developmental approach and explore theoretical issues as they relate to retarded populations. Problems involving similar sequences of development, cross-domain relations, the environment, and motivation are all discussed, as is the importance of separating the various etiological groups for research and intervention purposes. The contributors also examine the nature of development in specific etiological groups; types of retardation that are addressed include: cultural-familial retardation, Down syndrome, fragile X syndrome, autism, and children with sensory and motor handicaps. This significant volume demonstrates how data from nonretarded development can inform work with retarded populations and how findings from children with mental retardation enrich developmental theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46191/cover/9780521346191.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Autonomy Theme in the Church Dogmatics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Karl Barth and his Critics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macken, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problem of human freedom before God echoes through the conflicts of western theology since Augustine and Pelagius and has posed an acute question to theologians for the past 200 years. Karl Barth, perhaps the greatest Protestant theologian of the twentieth century, faced not only the question of autonomy but also the theological answers that liberals had attempted to provide to it. His dissatisfaction with their answers led him to start a theological counter-revolution, which was thought to adopt a negative answer to the question of autonomy. In this careful study Fater Macken shows that a major re-interpretation of Barth's thought in this regard took place since 1968, and that - far from being an opponent of human freedom in relation to God - Barth is now thought to have proposed a positive account of human autonomy as his theology developed. Dr Macken demonstrates that Barth was neither fundamentalist nor conservative, but a creative and original thinker. This notable book, written by a Roman Catholic theologian, provides a comprehensive and useful guide to the 'new wave' of German Barth interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46269/cover/9780521346269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resistance and Integration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peronism and the Argentine Working Class, 1946-1976</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the relationship between Peronism and the Argentine working class from the foundation of the Peronist movement in the mid 1940s to the overthrow of Peron's widow in 1976. It presents an account of such crucial issues as the role of the Peronist union bureaucracy and the impact of Peronist ideology on workers. Drawing on a variety of untapped sources, Daniel James confronts many of the dominant myths which have surrounded the movement. He argues that its role in containing working-class militancy cannot be explained solely in terms of manipulation, corruption or union gangsterism. The integration of Peronism into Argentine society has always been a complex and fragile operation, constantly undermined by the survival of the movement's original heretical content: its vision of a juster society in which the claim of the working class for a recognition of its social and political weight would be accepted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46351/cover/9780521346351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clifford Algebras and Dirac Operators in Harmonic Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to unite the seemingly disparate topics of Clifford algebras, analysis on manifolds and harmonic analysis. The authors show how algebra, geometry and differential equations all play a more fundamental role in Euclidean Fourier analysis than has been fully realized before. Their presentation of the Euclidean theory then links up naturally with the representation theory of semi-simple Lie groups. By keeping the treatment relatively simple, the book will be accessible to graduate students, yet the more advanced reader will also appreciate the wealth of results and insights made available here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46542/cover/9780521346542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Economic Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land Use and City Size</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujita, Masahisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the economic reasons why people choose to live where they live and develops, through analysis of the bid rent function, a unified theory of urban land use and city size. The first part of the book explicates the basic theory of urban land use and optimal city size. Residential location behavior of households is examined in a microeconomic framework and equilibrium and optimal patterns of residential land use are discussed. The corresponding equilibrium and optimal city sizes are studied in a variety of contexts. Part Two extends the classical theories of von Thunen and Alonso with the addition of externality factors such as local public goods, crowding and congestion, and racial prejudice. The rigorous mathematical approach and theoretical treatment of the material make Urban Economic Theory of interest to researchers in urban economics, location theory, urban geography, and urban planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46627/cover/9780521346627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sequential Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Behavorial Researchers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottman, John Mordechai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Anup Kumar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the observational study of social systems, the major conceptual innovation of the last century was General Systems Theory. Yet the General Systems Theory conceptions of interacting social systems were doomed to remain at the prescientific level of metaphor until a set of statistical techniques were developed and applied. These techniques have come to be known as sequential analysis. Sequential analysis has as its first objective the detection of recurring sequential patterns in a stream of coding categories describing social interaction. These techniques can be employed to study the repertoires of individuals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46658/cover/9780521346658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Absolutism and the Eighteenth-Century Origins of Compulsory Schooling in Prussia and Austria</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melton, James van Horn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Compulsory schooling is widely held to be a creation of modern industrial society. Yet already in the eighteenth century, Prussian and Austrian rulers attempted to introduce universal education in societies that were overwhelmingly rural and 'premodern'. Focusing on the reigns of Frederick the Great of Prussia (1740-86) and Maria Theresa of Austria (1740-80), this book examines the origins, aims, and achievements of the compulsory school movements in those states. It draws on a broad range of sources in showing how school reform was part of a broader campaign to strengthen relationships of authority and dependence. Local resistance as well as the contradictory aims of absolutist rule severely limited the success of school reform. But in their effort to promote literate culture on an unprecedented scale, reformers established pedagogical institutions and practices that would decisively shape public education not only in Central Europe, but throughout the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46689/cover/9780521346689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134669X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134669X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Trade Protection</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vousden, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past two decades there has been a gradual but fundamental change in the nature of trade protection. Even as international negotiation has succeeded in reducing tariffs to low levels, national governments have resorted to a range of increasingly intricate policies to protect their domestic industries from foreign competition. Direct quantitative restrictions on international trade have become particularly widespread. Such nontariff barriers often have very different effects from tariffs and require careful analysis in their own right. This book presents a systematic overview of the modern theory of trade protection. The material in the book divides naturally into four sections. The first section covers trade restrictions in competitive markets, the second trade restrictions and imperfect competition, the third the political economy of trade protection, and the fourth the theory of policy reform. The presentation makes extensive use of diagrams, with the more difficult mathematics included in six appendixes. This approach emphasises microeconomics and makes the book suitable for graduate and advanced undergraduate students in the social sciences who have taken one intermediate microeconomics course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46696/cover/9780521346696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346800</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Science Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Philosophical and Social Aspects of Science and Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to give a coherent account of the different perspectives on science and technology that are normally studied under various disciplinary heads such as philosophy of science, sociology of science and science policy. It is intended for students embarking on courses in these subjects and assumes no special knowledge of any science. It is written in a direct and simple style, and technical language is introduced very sparingly. As various perspectives are sketched out in this book, the reader moves towards a consistent conception of contemporary science as a rapidly changing social institution that has already grown out of its traditional forms and plays a central role in society at large. It will appeal to students in a wide range of scientific disciplines and complement well Professor Ziman's earlier books.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46801/cover/9780521346801.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Multiple Self</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume consider the question of whether the self is a unity or whether it should be conceived without metaphor as divided - as a 'multiple self'. The issue is a central one for several disciplines. It bears directly on the account of rationality and the explanation of individual decision-making and behaviour. Is the hypothesis of a multiple self required to deal with the problems of self-deception and weakness of will; and can the conceptual tools developed in the study of interpersonal conflict be applied to the analysis of intra-personal struggle? Most of the essays, by a number of leading philosophers, psychologists and economists, appear here for the first time. They bring out the interdisciplinary importance of the question, and will interest readers in all those areas. The volume will also usefully supplement The Foundations of Social Choice Theory, edited by Jon Elster and Aanund Hylland, which appears in the same series and is also concerned with the foundations of rationality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46832/cover/9780521346832.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Intercropping</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vandermeer, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The practice of growing two or more crops together is widespread throughout the tropics and is becoming increasingly practised in temperate agriculture. The benefits of nutrient exchange, reduced weed competition and pathogen control can generate substantial improvements in growth and yield. In this book John Vandermeer, a leading worker on the subject, shows how classical ecological principles, especially those relating to competition and population ecology, can be applied to intercropping. Despite the large amount of research activity directed towards the subject over the last 20 years, the practice of intercropping has, until now, received very little serious academic attention. The Ecology of Intercropping is unique in approaching the question of intercropping from a theoretical point of view. In addition the details of the approach will take as their starting point well-accepted ecological theory. Using this basis the author shows how the approach can be used to design and evaluate intercropping systems to improve agricultural yields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46894/cover/9780521346894.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Experiments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Purpose, Design and Execution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hairston, Nelson G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ecological Experiments stresses the importance to ecology of field experiments, where variables are manipulated in order to collect data on specific hypotheses, as opposed to the more passive observational method. The book begins by introducing a series of ecological questions that can be addressed experimentally for example, what is the significance of competition among species? The minimal requirements of experimental design that must be met are then introduced, together with examples of good and poor experiments from the ecological literature and a consideration of the trade-offs that may be forced on the experimenter by field conditions. All ecologists, and especially students beginning their careers in field study, will find in this text a good introduction to the experimental foundation of ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46924/cover/9780521346924.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521346983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521346983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521346986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Search of Stability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Historical Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521346986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maier, Charles S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Search of Stability: Explorations in Historical Political Economy ponders the issue of how Western industrial societies overcame major challenges to political and economic stability in the twentieth century. Successive essays ask: what ideological messages did American influence transmit to Europe after World War I, then again after World War II? Did Nazis and Italian fascists share an economic ideology or impose a unique economic system in the interwar period and during World War II? How do their accomplishments stack up comparatively against those of the liberal democracies? After 1945, what was the relationship between concepts of productivity and class division? How have the major experiences of twentieth-century inflation arisen out of class and interest-group rivalry? Most generally, what has been the representation of interests in capitalist political economies?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/46986/cover/9780521346986.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Czech Opera</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyrrell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Opera is the grandest and most potent cultural expression of the nationalist movement which led to the establishment of the Czechoslovak Republic in 1918. During this period Czech opera developed into a genre of major artistic importance cultivated by composers of the stature of Smetana, Dvor&#225;k and Jan&#225;cek. Czech Opera examines opera in its national contexts, and is a study not only of operas written in Czech, but also of the specific circumstances which shaped them. These include the historical and political background to the period, the theatres in which Czech plays and operas were first performed, and the composers and performers who worked in them. The role of the librettists is given particular prominence and is complemented by a detailed chapter on the subject matter of the librettos shedding light on the subject matter of the historical and mythic background of the genre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47136/cover/9780521347136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginnings of the Nobel Institution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Science Prizes, 1901-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Elisabeth T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Nobel Prizes have long been the most prestigious awards in the world of science. Established according to the wishes expressed in the will of Alfred Nobel (1895), the annual awards began in 1901. The Nobel Archives preserve the detailed study of the inner workings of the prize committees, and the archival documents, available for historical research since 1974, open the door to important new scholarship in the history and sociology of the prizes. Elisabeth Crawford was one of the first to gain access to the Nobel Archives at the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences and in this book she analyzes the early history of the prizes in physics and chemistry. Crawford sets out in detail the story of the intricate inner workings of the process whereby the prizewinners were selected. A fascinating picture of the contemporary international scientific establishment emerges, one shedding light on how the developing Nobel institution became enmeshed in speciality and other networks, notably those of Arrhenius and Mittag-Leffler, the two Swedish scientists who were best known internationally at the time. While the general development of disciplines and the standing of scientists in international and national communities heavily influenced the selection process, the cases presented in this book show that the specific choices of specialities, discoveries, and people to be honored were determined by the Swedish participants in the process. The question of how, after some initial uncertainties, the Nobel Prizes became synonymous with the highest achievements in science and culture is also addressed. This detailed study of the birth of what have become science's highest accolades will interest historians and scientists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47471/cover/9780521347471.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics at Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zangwill, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physics at Surfaces is a unique graduate-level introduction to the physics and chemical physics of solid surfaces, and atoms and molecules that interact with solid surfaces. A subject of keen scientific inquiry since the last century, surface physics emerged as an independent discipline only in the late 1960s as a result of the development of ultra-high vacuum technology and high speed digital computers. With these tools, reliable experimental measurements and theoretical calculations could at last be compared. Progress in the last decade has been truly striking. This volume provides a synthesis of the entire field of surface physics from the perspective of a modern condensed matter physicist with a healthy interest in chemical physics. The exposition intertwines experiment and theory whenever possible, although there is little detailed discussion of technique. This much-needed text will be invaluable to graduate students and researchers in condensed matter physics, physical chemistry and materials science working in, or taking graduate courses in, surface science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47525/cover/9780521347525.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134753X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134753X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Portrait of a Lady</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porte, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Portrait of a Lady is arguably Henry James's most appealing and accessible novel. The introduction to this volume of specially written essays situates the novel in its cultural and historical context: its treatment of a modern woman 'affronting' her destiny, its relation to the contemporary controversy over 'morality' in fiction, its use of an Italian setting, and its late nineteenth century elegiac mood. It also discusses James's revisions of the novel and his late Preface. The essays that follow deal with the place of Portrait in the tradition of modern narrative, its relation to popular women's fiction on the question of marriage, the influence of James's 'family romance' and his brother William, and the character of Isabel Archer seen from a psychoanalytic point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47532/cover/9780521347532.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Theories of the Middle Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gierke, Otto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, Frederick William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This re-issue of F. W. Maitland's translation of a vital section from Otto Gierke's monumental Das Deutsche Genossenschaftsrecht makes available once again one of the seminal texts in the historiography of political thought. Famed, inter alia, for the elegance and lucidity of Maitland's own expository introduction, Political Theories of the Middle Age is concerned in essence with the medieval development of the doctrine of State and Corporation - a concept which, as Maitland indicates, has been prone to misunderstanding by English minds versed in the tradition of the common law. Gierke identifies the peculiar characteristic of medieval political thought as its vision of the universe as one articulated whole, and every being, whether a joint-being (community) or a single-being - as both a part and a whole: his text examines the potentially revolutionary effect upon this of certain crucial intellectual intrusions, derived in part from Roman Law, described by Gierke as 'ancient-modern'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47648/cover/9780521347648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134767X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134767X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Other World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spiritualism and Psychical Research in England, 1850-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheim, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Other World examines the public fascination with spiritualism and psychical research in Britain from the mid-nineteenth to the early twentieth century. It explores the variety of social background, education, and professional expertise that characterized the men and women who attended s&#233;ances and investigated psychic phenomena, and it places them in the context of their times without ridiculing their beliefs. It is not concerned with the question of whether psychic phenomena are 'real', but rather attempts to understand the reasons why artisans, intellectuals, and aristocrats alike embraced spiritualism as a surrogate religion or endorsed psychical research as the science of the future. Whether self-educated workers, medical doctors, clergymen, housewives, university professors, journalists, comparative psychologists, or Nobel prize-winning physicists, they cannot be dismissed as cranks and eccentrics. Their efforts to mediate between the demands of science and the comforts of faith reflected anxieties central to the Victorian and Edwardian decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47679/cover/9780521347679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Tis Nature's Fault</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Unauthorized Sexuality during the Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maccubbin, Robert Purks</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume address sexual phenomena in eighteenth-century Europe that were for one reason or another outside the legal or sanctified systems of acceptability: most notably, unwed heterosexual domesticity, masturbation, prostitution, libertinism, homosexuality, and pornography. The contributors, drawn from England, France, Italy, Holland, and the United States, illustrate the range of unauthorized sexual expression during the Enlightenment. The essays take an important first step toward integrating sexuality into our general understanding of eighteenth-century culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Foundations of Marxian Economic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Roemer's goal in this book is to give a rigorous view of classical Marxian economic theory by presenting specific analytic models. The theory is not extended to deal with new problems, but it is deepened: Marxian theory is given micro-foundations and upon those foundations the author begins to rebuild a tightly constructed Marxian economics. The book begins, after a methodological introduction, with an examination of the Marxian notion of equilibrium and the theory of exploitation, and goes on to deal with the theory of the falling rate of profit. The next section explores one of the points made in the first section of the book, that the Marxian theory of exploitation can be constructed completely independently of the labor theory of value as a theory of exchange. Technical study of this problem allows comment on various issues, such as the relative importance of 'marginal utilities' and 'class struggle' in determining relative prices. The final part examines models of various Marxian concepts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47754/cover/9780521347754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power in the Blood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Culture and Village Discourse in Early Modern Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabean, David Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a substantial reassessment of peasant society and popular culture in early modern Europe. The book is based on a series of episodes from village or small town life of the duchy of W&#252;rttemberg in southwest Germany from 1580 and 1800, in which state authorities conducted a special investigation into local events. The cases and characters involved include peasants' refusal to celebrate church rituals; a self-proclaimed prophet who encountered an angel in his vineyard; a thirteen-year-old witch; a paranoid pastor; a murder; and the live burial of a village bull. Each case offers vivid insights into the state's attitude towards local communities and individuals, and the latter's conception of the state, as well as internal relations among the villagers. Throuhgout, the important but ambiguous role of the church and of religious ideology in the reformation and transformation of popular culture is made apparent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47785/cover/9780521347785.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in the Ministry of Jesus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Jesus' Attitudes to Women and their Roles as Reflected in His Earthly Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Women in the Ministry of Jesus is a study of both of Jesus' attitudes towards women as reflected in his words and deeds, and of the women who were part of his ministry, or who interacted with him according to the Gospel accounts. The book seeks to provide a balanced analysis of the relevant Biblical material, and also the historical background necessary to illuminate the setting of the Gospel events. Particular attention is given to related issues such as Jesus' views on marriage, the family and the single life, as well as his teaching on adultery, the laws of the clean and unclean and the sabbath. Witherington concludes that Jesus cannot be categorized neatly either as chauvinist or as feminist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47815/cover/9780521347815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Group Structure of Gauge Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Raifeartaigh, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph provides an account of the structure of gauge theories from a group theoretical point of view. The first part of the text is devoted to a review of those aspects of compact Lie groups (the Lie algebras, the representation theory, and the global structure) which are necessary for the application of group theory to the physics of particles and fields. The second part describes the way in which compact Lie groups are used to construct gauge theories. Models that describe the known fundamental interactions and the proposed unification of these interactions (grand unified theories) are considered in some detail. The book concludes with an up to date description of the group structure of spontaneous symmetry breakdown, which plays a vital role in these interactions. This book will be of interest to graduate students and to researchers in theoretical physics and applied mathematics, especially those interested in the applications of differential geometry and group theory in physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47853/cover/9780521347853.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Canal Irrigation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Practical Analysis from South Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chambers, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The many billions of dollars invested in canal irrigation in recent decades have had disappointing results. Rarely have projected benefits in well-being or production been achieved. In consequence, in the mid-1980s, further vast sums are being spent throughout the Third World on programmes for rehabilitation, canal lining, on farm development, and farmers' organisation. In this book, Robert Chambers shows that much of this policy and practice is based on misleading research and misdiagnosis. When applied to the complexity and uniqueness of canal irrigation systems, the normal professionalism of civil and agricultural engineers, agronomists, economists, and sociologists, leaves gaps which are keys to better performance. In successive chapters, five such gaps are analysed and presented: main system management, including the scheduling and delivery of water, and communications; canal irrigation at night; management of canal systems jointly by farmers and officials; professional conditions and incentives for irrigation managers; and methods for diagnostic analysis to identify cost-effective actions for improvement. Managing Canal Irrigation has been written for policy-makers, irrigation managers, consultants, researchers, trainers and teachers. It challenges all concerned with improving the performance and anti-poverty impact of canal irrigation, whether in government departments, aid agencies, consultancy firms, training and research institutes or universities, to re-examine their beliefs, biases and actions. By going beyond the limits of normal professionalism, the book presents a new syllabus for training, a new agenda for research and development, and points to new policies and to practical action to be taken in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47884/cover/9780521347884.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Practical Handbook for Software Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, N. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ould, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The designer of a software system, like the architect of a building, needs to be aware of the construction techniques available and to choose the ones that are the most appropriate. This book provides the implementer of software systems with a guide to 25 different techniques for the complete development processes, from system definition through design and into production. The techniques are described against a common background of the traditional development path, its activities and deliverable items. In addition the concepts of metrics and indicators are introduced as tools for both technical and managerial monitoring and control of progress and quality. The book is intended to widen the mental toolkit of system developers and their managers, and will also introduce students of computer science to the practical side of software development. With its wide-ranging treatment of the techniques available and the practical guidance it offers, it will prove an important and valuable work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47921/cover/9780521347921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521347963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521347963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contact Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, K. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This treatise is concerned with the stresses and deformation of solid bodies in contact with each other, along curved surfaces which touch initially at a point or along a line. Examples are a railway wheel and rail, or a pair of gear wheel teeth. Professor Johnson first reviews the development of the theory of contact stresses since the problem was originally addressed by H. Hertz in 1882. Next he discusses the influence of friction and the topographical roughness of surfaces, and this is incorporated into the theory of contact mechanics. An important feature is the treatment of bodies which deform plastically or viscoelastically. In addition to stationary contact, an appreciable section of the book is concerned with bodies which are in sliding or rolling contact, or which collide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47969/cover/9780521347969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134798X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134798X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521347983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and Policy in Liberal Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521347983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrop, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why has Japan found it easier than the United States to pursue a consistent industrial policy? Why does Britain provide health care collectively whereas France relies on private provision? Why is the American government unable to ensure the safety of its citizens whereas personal safety is not even an issue in Japan? Such questions are central to the study of comparative public politics and this textbook seeks to answer them by integrating policy analysis with mainstream comparative politics. The authors examine power and policy in four liberal democracies: France, Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States. They provide an introduction to the politics of these four leading democracies, setting out the actors, arenas and agendas of policy in each country. The following sections explore four contrasting areas of policy: industrial, health, ethnic minorities and law and order. In the final part these countries and sectors are discussed from the perspectives of policy implementation, evaluation and comparison.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/47983/cover/9780521347983.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations in Public Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starrett, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor David Starrett organizes within a single framework the major theoretical foundations of modern public sector economics. He presents a unified treatment of market failure that encompasses externalities, pure public goods, local public goods and natural monopolies. Professor Starrett then develops and assesses the efficacy of the various planning procedures - including representative voting, benefit cost analysis, incentive compatible design mechanisms and the free market. He devotes attention to both national and local issues, with the aim of identifying those methods that are best suited to each arena separately. Special attention is paid to financial arrangements, techniques for eliciting necessary information that is not readily available, and identification of biases that will result from incorrect procedures. This study will be useful to graduate students and economists who are interested in public finance or welfare economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48010/cover/9780521348010.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benn, Stanley I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the study of the philosophy of action, moral philosophy, and political philosophy. Its central idea is a radically unorthodox theory of rational action. Most contemporary Anglo-American philosophers believe that action is motivated by desire. Professor Benn rejects the doctrine and replaces it with a reformulation of Kant's ethical and political theory, in which rational action can be determined simply by principles, regardless of consequences. The book analyzes the way in which value conflicts can be rationally resolved, the objectivity of value, the concept of moral personality, the principles of non-interference and respect of persons, the ideals of autonomy and community and various aspects of individual rights - focusing on the rights to freedom, welfare, and privacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48027/cover/9780521348027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134803X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134803X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making the Grade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Self-Worth Perspective on Motivation and School Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Achievement behaviour in schools can best be understood in terms of attempts by students to maintain a positive self-image. For many students, trying hard is frightening because a combination of effort and failure implies low ability, which is often equated with worthlessness. Thus many students described as unmotivated are in actuality highly motivated - not to learn, but to avoid failure. Students have a variety of techniques for avoiding failure, ranging from cheating to setting low goals which are easily achieved. In Making the Grade, Martin Covington extracts powerful educational implications from self-worth theory and other contemporary views of motivation that will be useful for everyone concerned with the educational dilemmas we face. He provides a comprehensive, insightful review of research and theory, both contemporary and historical, on the topic of achievement motivation, and arranges this knowledge in ways that lead to imminently practical recommendations for restructuring schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48034/cover/9780521348034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles Darwin's Natural Selection</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Being the Second Part of his Big Species Book Written from 1856 to 1858</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stauffer, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Darwin's On the Origin of Species is unquestionably one of the chief landmarks in biology. The Origin (as it is widely known) was literally only an abstract of the manuscript Darwin had originally intended to complete and publish as the formal presentation of his views on evolution. Compared with the Origin, his original long manuscript work on Natural Selection, which is presented here and made available for the first time in printed form, has more abundant examples and illustrations of Darwin's argument, plus an extensive citation of sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48072/cover/9780521348072.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Theory and Measurement of Environmental Benefits</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johansson, Per-Olov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an advanced text in welfare economics and its application to environmental economics. It provides, in the first chapters, a comprehensive survey of developments in the theory of measurement of welfare, and then applies this theory to environmental economics. The first part derives consumer surplus measures to be held in a timeless world. Throughout the emphasis is on the circumstances in which a money measure correctly reflects the underlying utility change. Four main cases are considered: unrationed private goods, rationed private goods, public goods or externalities, and discrete choices. Reviews of practical methodologies for the calculation of consumers' surplus for these classes of goods are also given. The second part looks at intertemporal issues. In particular, it derives comsumer faces risk and uncertainty. The book is intended for advanced courses in environmental and welfare economics, and as a reference work for those interested in the theory of measurement of welfare and its application to environmental economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48102/cover/9780521348102.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hector Berlioz: Les Troyens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemp, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a series of studies of individual operas written for the opera-goer or record-collector as well as the student or scholar. Each volume has three main concerns: historical, analytical and interpretative. There is a detailed description of the genesis of each work, the collaboration between librettist and composer, and the first performance and subsequent stage history. A full synopsis considers the opera as a structure of musical and dramatic effects, and there is also a musical analysis of a section of the score. The analysis, like the history, shades naturally into interpretation: by a careful combination of new essays and excerpts from classic statements the editors of the handbooks show how critical writing about the opera, like the production and performance, can direct or distort appreciation of its structural elements. A final section of documents gives a select bibliography, a discography, and guides to other sources. Each book is published in both hard covers and as a paperback.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48133/cover/9780521348133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Native Son</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinnamon, Keneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Essays on Native Son provides original insights into this major American novel by Richard Wright. After an introductory essay by the editor on the conception, composition, and reception of the novel, four leading Afro-Americanists examine various aspects of this classic fictional account of violent life and death in a racist society. John M. Reilly shows how carefully Wright utilises narrative techniques to subvert conventional American racial discourse and to establish the authority and authenticity of the protagonist's voice. Trudier Harris explores some of the social ironies involved in the novel's unfavourable presentation of female characters. Houston A. Baker Jr, focuses precisely on the concept of place in a new historicists treatment of black male and female roles in Native Son against Wright's own interpretation of Afro-American history in 12 Million Black Voices. Finally, Craig Werner convincingly relates Native Son to modernism as a literary movement. Moving beyond the old debate between protest and art, these essays, informed by new critical theory and perspectives, reveal previously unsuspected depth, complexity, and resonance in Wright's vision of black life and his literary resources in expressing it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48225/cover/9780521348225.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Model Theory and Modules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prest, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years the interplay between model theory and other branches of mathematics has led to many deep and intriguing results. In this, the first book on the topic, the theme is the interplay between model theory and the theory of modules. The book is intended to be a self-contained introduction to the subject and introduces the requisite model theory and module theory as it is needed. Dr Prest develops the basic ideas concerning what can be said about modules using the information which may be expressed in a first-order language. Later chapters discuss stability-theoretic aspects of modules, and structure and classification theorems over various types of rings and for certain classes of modules. Both algebraists and logicians will enjoy this account of an area in which algebra and model theory interact in a significant way. The book includes numerous examples and exercises and consequently will make an ideal introduction for graduate students coming to this subject for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48331/cover/9780521348331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre in the Victorian Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Michael Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines all major aspects of theatre practice and dramatic literature of the Victorian period. Michael Booth's comprehensive survey explores the social and cultural context of the theatre including theatre management, the audience, architecture and production methods, acting and the job of actor, as well as the drama itself. Within this framework, Booth discusses such topics as the effect on theatre of population growth and the spread of the railway system, the typical organization of a Victorian theatre company, the contribution to theatre of several important actor-managers, the use of stage machinery and lighting instruments, and the stock company and rehearsal system. The volume also includes a chapter on sources, numerous previously unpublished illustrations, and a chronology. The result is a lively and informative account of the diversity, energy, and colour of the Victorian stage. Theatre in the Victorian Age will be of interest to students and scholars of theatre history, Victorian studies, cultural history and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48379/cover/9780521348379.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Central America since 1920</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bulmer-Thomas, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Victor Bulmer-Thomas uses his previously unpublished estimates of the national accounts to explore economic and social development in the five Central American republics from 1920. He examines in detail variations in economic policy between countries which help to account for differences in performance. The major political developments are woven into the analysis and linked to changes in internal and external conditions. Growth under liberal oligarchic rule in the 1920s, heavily dependent on exports of coffee and bananas, was accompanied by modest reform programmes. The 1929 depression, which hit the region hard, undermined most of the reforms and ushered in a period of dictatorial rule in all republics except Costa Rica. The Second World War, particularly after the entry of the United States, at first strengthened the dictatorships, but ultimately produced challenges to rule by authoritarian caudillos. The social upheavals accompanying the post-war export-led boom forced governments in each republic to address the question of economic, social and political reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48393/cover/9780521348393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ends of the Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives on Modern Environmental History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worster, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since 1492, when Columbus 'discovered' America, the world has been moving toward an increasingly integrated global economy, higher population levels and consequently greater resource demands, and an increasingly precarious state of the biosphere. These developments play a major part in both modern history and in daily life. Understanding their interrelationships and development is crucial to the future of humanity and of the Earth, and is the unifying theme of this collection of readings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48461/cover/9780521348461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche on Truth and Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Maudemarie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Friedrich Nietzsche haunts the modern world. His elusive writings with their characteristic combination of trenchant analysis of the modern predicament and suggestive but ambiguous proposals for dealing with it have fascinated generations of artists, scholars, critics, philosophers, and ordinary readers. Maudemarie Clark's highly original study gives a lucid and penetrating analytical account of all the central topics of Nietzsche's epistemology and metaphysics, including his views on truth and language, his perspectivism, and his doctrines of the will-to-power and the eternal recurrence. The Nietzsche who emerges from these pages is a subtle and sophisticated philosopher, whose highly articulated views are of continuing interest as contributions to a whole range of philosphical issues. This remarkable reading of Nietzsche will interest not only philosophers, but also readers in neighbouring disciplines such as literature and intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48508/cover/9780521348508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134851X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmic Odyssey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heidmann, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The immensity of the cosmos, the richness of the Universe, the limits of space and time: these are the themes of Cosmic Odyssey, which takes the reader on imaginary journeys through the past, present and future of our universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48515/cover/9780521348515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134865X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134865X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Robert McNeill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the major groups of animals, their structure, physiology and ways of life. Each chapter, except the first, deals with a taxonomic group of animals, usually a phylum or class. Brief descriptions of a few examples are followed by more detailed discussion of selected topics. Some of the topics are peculiarities of the groups (for example, the shells of molluscs and the flight of insects). Others are more widespread features or properties of animals which can be illustrated particularly well by reference to the group. Many experiments are described, on the grounds that it is as important and interesting to know how information is obtained, as to know the information itself. The text demonstrates the extraordinary diversity of animals, without becoming encumbered with excessive morphological and taxonomic information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48652/cover/9780521348652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery and African Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Occidental, Oriental, and African Slave Trades</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manning, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interpretation of the impact of slavery on African life emphasizes the importance of external demand for slaves - from Occidental and Oriental purchasers - in developing an active trade in slaves within Africa. The book summarizes a wide range of recent literature on slavery for all of tropical Africa. It analyzes the demography, economics, social structure, and ideology of slavery in Africa from the beginning of large-scale exports in the seventeenth century to the gradual elimination of slavery in the twentieth century. While the book is primarily a general survey, it presents interesting research and analysis, especially in the author's demographic model, computer simulation of the slave trade, and analysis of slave prices. The demographic, economic, and social analyses are carefully introduced, so that the book may serve not only as a general introduction to African slavery for an undergraduate audience, but as a primer on interdisciplinary application of social science methodology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48676/cover/9780521348676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;hm-Vitense, Erika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook introduces basic elements of fundamental astronomy and astrophysics which serve as a foundation for understanding the structure, evolution, and observed properties of stars. The first half of the book explains how stellar motions, distances, luminosities, colours, radii, masses and temperatures are measured or derived. The author then shows how data of these sorts can be arranged to classify stars through their spectra. Stellar rotation and stellar magnetic fields are introduced. Stars with peculiar spectra and pulsating stars also merit special attention. The endpoints of stellar volutions are briefly described. There is a separate chapter on the Sun and a final one on interstellar absorption. The usefulness of this text is enhanced by the inclusion of problems for students, tables of astronomical constants, and a selective bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48690/cover/9780521348690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;hm-Vitense, Erika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive textbook conveys the basic physical ideas and laws used in the study of the outer layers of a star. The stellar atmosphere emits the light which we see. The only layers of a star where we can get direct information about temperature, pressure and composition are in the atmosphere. This complete account first introduces stellar magnitudes, spectra and temperatures. This is followed by a full discussion of radiative transfer in a stellar atmosphere, which leads to descriptions of line formation, the spectrum of hydrogen, and spectral analysis. Finally the structural components that are accessible, such as the convestion zone, chromosphere, corona, and mass outflow are described. The book will interest any student with a knowledge of physics and mathematics who needs to learn about stellar atmospheres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48706/cover/9780521348706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;hm-Vitense, Erika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the final one in a series of three texts which together provide a modern, complete and authoritative account of our present knowledge of the stars. It discusses the internal structure and the evolution of stars, and is completely self-contained. There is an emphasis on the basic physics governing stellar structure and the basic ideas on which our understanding of stellar structure is based. The book also provides a comprehensive discussion of stellar evolution. Careful comparison is made between theory and observation, and the author has thus provided a lucid and balanced introductory text for the student. As for volumes 1 and 2, volume 3 is self-contained and can be used as an independent textbook. The author has not only taught but has also published many original papers in this subject. Her clear and readable style should make this text a first choice for undergraduate and beginning graduate students taking courses in astronomy and particularly in stellar astrophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48713/cover/9780521348713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology, Community and Lifestyle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Outline of an Ecosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naess, Arne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothenberg, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The basic thesis of the work is that environmental problems are only to be solved by people - people who will be required to make value judgements in conflicts that go beyond narrowly conceived human concerns. Thus people require not only an ethical system, but a way of conceiving the world and themselves such that the intrinsic value of life and nature is obvious, a system based on 'deep ecological principles'. The book encourages readers to identify their own series of such parameters - their own ecosophies. Ecology, Comunity and Lifestyle will appeal to philosophers, specialists working on environmental issues, and the more general reader who is interested in learning some of the foundational ideas of the rapidly expanding field of environmental philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48737/cover/9780521348737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maximum and Minimum Principles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Unified Approach with Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sewell, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In many problems of applied mathematics, science, engineering or economics, an energy expenditure or its analogue can be approximated by upper and lower bounds. This book provides a unified account of the theory required to establish such bounds, by expressing the governing conditions of the problem, and the bounds, in terms of a saddle functional and its gradients. There are several features, including a chapter on the Legendre dual transformation and some of its singularities. Many substantial examples and exercises are included, especially from the mechanics of fluids, elastic and plastic solids and from optimisation theory. The saddle functional viewpoint gives the book a wide scope. The treatment is straightforward, the only prerequisite being a basic knowledge of the calculus of variations. Part of the book is based on final-year undergraduate courses. This is developed into an account which will interest a wide range of students and professionals in applied mathematics, engineering, physics and operations research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48768/cover/9780521348768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Holographic and Speckle Interferometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wykes, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Holographic and speckle interferometry are optical techniques which use lasers to make non-contracting field view measurements at a sensitivity of the wavelength of light on optically rough (i.e. non-mirrored) surfaces. They may be used to measure static or dynamic displacements, the shape of objects, and refractive index variations of transparent media. As such, these techniques have been applied to the solution of a wide range of problems in strain and vibrational analysis, non-destructive testing (NDT), component inspection and design analysis and fluid flow visualisation. This book provides a self-contained, unified, theoretical analysis of the basic principles and associated opto-electronic techniques (for example Electronic Speckle Pattern Interferometry). In addition, a detailed discussion of experimental design and practical application to the solution of physical problems is presented. In this new edition, the authors have taken the opportunity to include a much more coherent description of more than twenty individual case studies that are representative of the main uses to which the techniques are put. The Bibliography has also been brought up to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48782/cover/9780521348782.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134879X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134879X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Organic Memory Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayes, Andrew R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brain damage can cause memory to break down in a number of different ways, the analysis of which can illuminate how the intact brain mediates memory processes. After first considering the problems involved in assessing memory, this book provisionally advances a taxonomy of elementary memory disorders and, for each in turn, reviews both the specific processes that are disrupted and the lesions responsible for the disruption. These disorders include short-term memory deficits, deficits in previously well-established memory, memory decifits caused by frontal lobe lesions, the organic amnesias, the disorders of conditioning and skill acquisition. Particular attention is paid to the organic amnesias, about which we know the most, and to the contributions of animal models to our knowledge. Andrew Mayes argues that the memory deficits found in several neurological and psychiatric syndromes comprise co-occurring elementary memory disorders. Finally, he outlines the implications of his taxonomy for our understanding of normal memory. A wide audience of researchers and students will find Human Organic Memory Disorders a helpful guide to a complex problem area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48799/cover/9780521348799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions in Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bedford, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swift, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamical systems is an area of intense research activity and one which finds application in many other areas of mathematics. This volume comprises a collection of survey articles that review several different areas of research. Each paper is intended to provide both an overview of a specific area and an introduction to new ideas and techniques. The authors have been encouraged to include a selection of open questions as a spur to further research. Topics covered include global bifurcations in chaotic o.d.e.s, knotted orbits in differential equations, bifurcations with symmetry, renormalization and universality, and one-dimensional dynamics. Articles include comprehensive lists of references to the research literature and consequently the volume will provide an excellent guide to dynamical systems research for graduate students coming to the subject and for research mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48805/cover/9780521348805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134882X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134882X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lie Groupoids and Lie Algebroids in Differential Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a striking synthesis of the standard theory of connections in principal bundles and the Lie theory of Lie groupoids. The concept of Lie groupoid is a little-known formulation of the concept of principal bundle and corresponding to the Lie algebra of a Lie group is the concept of Lie algebroid: in principal bundle terms this is the Atiyah sequence. The author's viewpoint is that certain deep problems in connection theory are best addressed by groupoid and Lie algebroid methods. After preliminary chapters on topological groupoids, the author gives the first unified and detailed account of the theory of Lie groupoids and Lie algebroids. He then applies this theory to the cohomology of Lie algebroids, re-interpreting connection theory in cohomological terms, and giving criteria for the existence of (not necessarily Riemannian) connections with prescribed curvature form. This material, presented in the last two chapters, is work of the author published here for the first time. This book will be of interest to differential geometers working in general connection theory and to researchers in theoretical physics and other fields who make use of connection theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48829/cover/9780521348829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>First Language Attrition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seliger, Herbert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vago, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First Language Attrition examines linguistic aspects of the attrition or loss of first language abilities in bilinguals through a collection of studies in various language groups. The phenomena of attrition are examined at both the individual bilingual and societal levels. This volume is divided into three sections: Part I surveys different aspects of existing empirical evidence to arrive at theoretical generalisations about language attrition. Part II comprises group studies examining attrition in societal bilingualism or in groups of bilingual individuals. Part III contains individual case studies of bilingual children and adults. The research reported in this text investigates first language attrition in a variety of linguistic areas such as syntax, morphology, semantics, phonology and lexicon with the following first languages: Spanish, German, Hebrew, Dyirbal, English, Breton, Dutch, Hungarian, Russian, French and Pennsylvania German. Although there is growing interest in bilingualism, this is the first work to examine the effects of the acquisition of a second language on linguistic abilities in the first language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48836/cover/9780521348836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521348900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521348900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521348904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Work, and Daily Life in the USSR</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey of Former Soviet Citizens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521348904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Politics, work, and daily life in the USSR is designed to illustrate how the Soviet social system really works and how the Soviet people cope with it. This study is based on the first comprehensive survey of life in the USSR since the Harvard Project over thiry-three years ago. The essays contained analyze the variations in attitude and behaviour reflected in the findings of the Soviet Interview Project, a five-year investigation of contemporary daily life in the USSR. The survey involved interviewing thousands of recent emigrants from the USSR to the United States as a means of learning about their former day-to-day lives. Some aspects of this survey dealt with areas the Soviets themselves had never investigated, so the data were not, and indeed still are not, available even in unpublished Soviet sources. This study of a large volume of firsthand observations is extremely valuable to anyone interested in the inner workings and behavioural dynamics of the contemporary Soviet social system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/48904/cover/9780521348904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Control of Microbial Plant Pathogens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book describes the biological ways in which diseases of plants, caused by pathogenic microbes, can be controlled without the use of chemical pesticides. The basis of biocontrol (in microbiology, ecology and plant pathology) is described and many examples of control measures in commercial use or development are given. There is increasing interest in biocontrol from the general public, environmentalists and the major world agrochemical companies, and this easily read text presents recent developments in the subject. The book provides enough references and literature citations to allow a more detailed investigation of particular diseases or control systems to be made. This textbook is suitable for graduate and undergraduate students in botany, biology, microbiology, plant pathology, agriculture, horticulture, crop science, microbial ecology, crop protection and related courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49000/cover/9780521349000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134915X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134915X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fin de Si&#232;cle and its Legacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years the term fin de si&#232;cle has been used to imply a state of decadence which was thought to have pervaded 'civilised' European society in the years around 1900. This volume of essays, which draw on a very wide range of disciplines, argues that the period was in fact one of dramatic change, essentially positive and forward-looking in character. This was the period of the rise of the giant corporation, of mass production and mass consumption, and of the development of the generation and distribution of electrical energy. Novel social features such as mass politics, mass media, and mass sport involved the body of ordinary people and in the arts, complex reactions to contemporary social reality were aroused and expressed. This was also the period which gave birth to the study of quantum mechanics, relativity physics, mental processes and genetics. This volume forms part of a sequence of collections of essays which began with The Enlightenment in National Context (1981) and has continued with Romanticism in National Context (1988). They bring together comparative, national and interdisciplinary approaches to the history of great movements in the development of human thought and actions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49154/cover/9780521349154.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domesday Book and Beyond</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Essays in the Early History of England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maitland, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Why still read it? Why should scholars consult it and undergraduates study it? The plan answer is that still after ninety years remains the greatest single book on English medieval history': thus J. C. Holt in his foreword to this new impression of one of the classic historical texts in any language. In three extended essays Maitland exploits the information in Domesday to analyse and reconstruct the society, law, government, economy and even something of the mental and imaginative world of early medieval England. Essay I examines the nature of English society in 1066 and how, by 1086, this had changed. The second essay explores pre-Conquest England, stretching back through the Anglo-Saxon law codes and land-books to the English settlement, its social structure and administrative geography. Essay III uses an exhaustive discussion of the hide (that 'dreary old question') to look again at methods of assessment and measurement, and their relationship to the wealth and resources of England; in this Maitland displays, in addition to his customary lucidity, subtlety and enormous powers of historical insight, very considerable statistical competence, of an order hitherto foreign to English historical writing. In his foreword Professor Holt looks afresh at this monument of medieval scholarship, assessing its place both within the wider context of historical study, and also, more specifically, its continued contribution to that debate on the nature of Domesday Book with which scholars have been preoccupied for nearly one hundred years. That Maitland's hypotheses and conclusions should still be central to such a debate is not the least remarkable feature of this extraordinary book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49185/cover/9780521349185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Readings in the Economics of Contract Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, Victor P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic analysis is being applied by scholars to an increasing range of legal problems. This collection brings together some of the main contributions to an important area of this work, the economics of contract law. The essays and illuminating notes, questions, and introductions provided by the editor outline the Law and Economics framework for analyzing contractual relationships. The first two parts of the book present a number of useful concepts - adverse selection, moral hazard, and rent seeking - and a general way of thinking about the economics of contracting and contract law. The remainder of the book considers a wide range of topics and issues. The recurring theme is that contracting parties want to assign the responsibility for adjusting to particular contingencies to the party best able to control the costs of adjustment. The adjustment problem is exacerbated by the fact that the parties might engage in various types of strategic behavior, such as opportunism, moral hazard, and rent-seeking. Many contract law doctrines can best be understood as attempts to replicate how reasonable parties might resolve this adjustment problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49208/cover/9780521349208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19820731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colonial Brazil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Colonial Brazil is a selection of chapters from the Cambridge History of Latin America volumes 1 and 2  brought together to provide a continuous history of the Portuguese Empire in Brazil from the beginning of the sixteenth to the beginning of the nineteenth centuries. The chapters cover early Portuguese settlement, political and economic structures, plantations and slavery, the gold rushes, the impact of colonial rule on Indian societies, imperial reorganization in the eighteenth century, and demographic and economic change during the final decades of the empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49253/cover/9780521349253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Independence of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Independence of Latin America is a selection of chapters from the Cambridge History of Latin America Volume 3. The first chapter deals with the origins of independence from Spain; the next two consider the struggle for independence in Mexico and Central America and in Spanish South America. The independence of Brazil is discussed in a separate chapter, while the final chapters examine the relationship of the newly independent countries with the rest of the world and the role of the Church in the independence of Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49277/cover/9780521349277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Non-Classical Continuum Mechanics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society Symposium, Durham, July 1986</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knops, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains a selection of the invited papers presented at a LMS Durham Symposium on modern developments in non-classical continuum mechanics. A major aim was to bring together workers in both the abstract and practical aspects of the subject in order to achieve enhanced appreciation of each others' approach and hence of the mathematical techniques and physical intuition essential for successful research in this field. As a result, the present collection consists of a series of concise articles which are introductions to, and succinct accounts of, current activity in many branches of non-classical continuum mechanics. Research workers in applied mathematics, physics, theoretical mechanics, and structural and aeronautical engineering will find much of interest in this collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49352/cover/9780521349352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorial Group Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Topological Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Daniel E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, developed from courses taught at the University of London, the author aims to show the value of using topological methods in combinatorial group theory. The topological material is given in terms of the fundamental groupoid, giving results and proofs that are both stronger and simpler than the traditional ones. Several chapters deal with covering spaces and complexes, an important method, which is then applied to yield the major Schreier and Kurosh subgroup theorems. The author presents a full account of Bass-Serre theory and discusses the word problem, in particular, its unsolvability and the Higman Embedding Theorem. Included for completeness are the relevant results of computability theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49369/cover/9780521349369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summing and Nuclear Norms in Banach Space Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jameson, G. J. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook is an introduction to the techniques of summing and nuclear norms. The author's aim is to present a clear and simple account of these ideas and to demonstrate the power of their application to a variety of Banach space questions. The style is expository and the only prerequisite is a beginner's course on Wormed linear spaces and a minimal knowledge of functional analysis. Thus, Dr Jameson is able to concentrate on important, central results and gives concrete and largely non-technical proofs, often supplying alternative proofs which both contribute something to the understanding. Final-year undergraduates and postgraduates in functional analysis will enjoy this introduction to the subject, and there are many examples and exercises throughout the text to help the reader and to demonstrate the range of application these techniques find. A list of references indicates the way for further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49376/cover/9780521349376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions in Ecological Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feder, Martin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Albert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burggren, Warren W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huey, Raymond B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past fifty years have witnessed major achievements in ecological physiology, the study of physiological adaptations that improve survival or permit organisms to exploit extreme environments. New Directions in Ecological Physiology outlines novel conceptual approaches to the study of physiological adaptation in animals, approaches that will stimulate the continued growth of this field. Twenty leading ecological physiologists and evolutionary biologists have contributed critical evaluations of developments in their respective areas, highlighting major conceptual advances as well as research questions yet to be answered. The volume is organized into three parts: The first deals with comparisons of different species and populations; the second, with comparisons of individuals within a population; the last, with interacting physiological systems within individual animals. New Directions in Ecological Physiology, by encouraging critical debate about general issues and directions of growth in this field, is intended to foster the invigoration of ecological physiology in particular and of organismal biology in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judaisms and their Messiahs at the Turn of the Christian Era</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neusner, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, William Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frerichs, Ernest S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While Jews in the land of Israel in ancient times shared much in common - scripture, reverence for the Temple and its cult, some traits as one 'Orthodox' Judaism. Diverse 'Judaisms' flourished, each with its particular way of life, world view, and definition of the social entity, or 'Israel'. Because there was no single, unitary Judaism, there also was no one 'Messiah-idea' or 'Messianic doctrine'. Various readings of the Messiah-theme reached definition in the various, unrelated religious systems or Judaisms produced by those Jews - hence 'Judaisms' and 'their Messiahs'. In this book, distinguished specialists in various Judaisms of late antiquity, including Christian scholars, take up the differing roles of the Messiah-idea in the various traditions examined. Dealing with the best-documented Judaic systems - the Essene community at Qumran, Christian Judaisms represented by Mark and by Matthew, the nascent rabbinic Judaism portrayed in the Mishnah, the Judaic system implicit in the writings of Philo - the authors work out how a given system treats the Messiah theme. Some systems - Philo's and the Mishnah's - find the theme important. Others place it at the center of their systems and treat the Messiah as the purpose and goal of their respective Judaisms, their expectations varying from a political-military figure to an eschatological diety. In its approach to evidence, not harmonizing but analyzing and differentiating, this book marks a revolutionary shift in the study of ancient Judaism and Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49406/cover/9780521349406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fire and Vegetation Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies from the North American Boreal Forest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Edward A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is almost dogma that the boreal forest in North America is a fire-dependent forest, yet ecologists often do not consider in any technical detail how forest fires produce effects on individual plants and on plant populations. Consequently, the causal connection between the behaviour of fire and its ecological consequences is poorly understood. This book sets out to correct this deficiency by assembling the relevant studies of fire intensity, rate of spread, fuel consumption, fire frequency and fire weather in the North American boreal forest. The central thesis is that the North American boreal forest has at least four wildfire characteristics that are important in understanding the dynamics of its plant populations: the large size of the burns with respect to dispersal distances, the short recurrence time of fire with respect to tree lifespans, the high mortality of plants due to the predominance of crown fires, and a good germination surface due to the large area of the forest floor which is covered by ash.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49437/cover/9780521349437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epistemology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with Epistemology. The period from the sixth century BC to the second and third centuries AD was one of the most fertile for the theory of knowledge, and the range of 'epistemic states' explored in the ancient texts is much wider than those to be found in contemporary discussions of epistemology or cognition. Greek philosophers approached these problems in a great variety of ways, from the extreme relativism of Protagoras to the scepticism of the Pyrrhonists, and the contributors demonstrate both the familiarity and novelty of this range of views in their critical essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49697/cover/9780521349697.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Workers' Revolution in Russia, 1917</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The View from Below</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaiser, Daniel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this book address the process of worker alienation and the way that the Bolsheviks appealed to, rather than exploited, the working population, especially in the capital cities of Petrograd and Moscow. James Bater surveys the growing demographic and social crisis in the capitals that accompanied rapid industrialization. Steve Smith then traces the revolution in Petrograd, particularly in the factories where worker radicalism often outpaced the leadership of parties of the left that came to power after the tsar was overthrown in February. Diane Koenker finds a similar process at work in Moscow, despite the differences between the two cities. Finally, both Ronald Suny and William Rosenberg demonstrate how significant these findings are for a more accurate understanding of the Russian Revolution and ultimately of the survival of the Bolsheviks' government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49710/cover/9780521349710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational Physics of Stellar and Galactic Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saslaw, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text describes the gravitational interactions and evolution of astronomical systems on all scales, from small groups of stars through galaxies and clusters of galaxies to the Universe itself. In a rapidly developing area of astronomy, it is the first comprehensive treatise on the subject to be published since the early 1960s. Concentrating on the basic physics, at a graduate student level, it also develops many astronomical applications in considerable detail. The book is self-contained. Most results are derived from preceding ones in a straightforward way. It is written to bring out the physical content behind the mathematical formulae, and contains a number of exercises and suggestions for research topics. Bibliographies with nearly 300 selected references provide gateways into the literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Expanding Universe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Astronomy's 'Great Debate', 1900-1931</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eddington, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic book, long out of print, investigates the experimental determination of one of the fundamental constants of astrophysics and its significance for astronomy. The equations of general relativity include a constant lambda in their solution. If lambda is non-zero and positive, this represents the existence of a phenomenon of cosmical repulsion. In this book Eddington discussed the implications of this for models of the universe. The book offers a unique sidelight upon the history of ideas and Eddington's artistry. His evident enjoyment of writing and exposition shine through, and astrophysicists and historians of science will find that this reissue throws fascinating light on one of Britain's greatest scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49765/cover/9780521349765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052134980X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052134980X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domestication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Decline of Environmental Appreciation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hemmer, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckhaus, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A unified approach to the study of domestic animals is an important step in achieving a proper understanding of the nature of domestication. In this book, the author has successfully brought together data from many different fields. It emphasises the importance of domestic animals to the development of human civilization and demonstrates how human control of domestication may result in the planned production of distinct kinds of domestic animals, bred specifically to improve food production, build up alternative methods of land use or provide new laboratory animals for use in scientific research. The text concentrates on the importance of changes in animal behaviour to the process of domestication and describes how one of the characteristics of domesticated animals is a lack of the same kind of perception of their surrounding environment as is shown by wild animals. New results and ideas are presented and the book demonstrates how the practical application of a theoretical strategy for domestication resulted in the production of the first primitive, but truly domestic, fallow deer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49802/cover/9780521349802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Automorphisms of Surfaces after Nielsen and Thurston</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casson, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bleiler, Steven A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, which grew out of Steven Bleiler's lecture notes from a course given by Andrew Casson at the University of Texas, is designed to serve as an introduction to the applications of hyperbolic geometry to low dimensional topology. In particular it provides a concise exposition of the work of Neilsen and Thurston on the automorphisms of surfaces. The reader requires only an understanding of basic topology and linear algebra, while the early chapters on hyperbolic geometry and geometric structures on surfaces can profitably be read by anyone with a knowledge of standard Euclidean geometry desiring to learn more abour other 'geometric structures'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49857/cover/9780521349857.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brutus: Vindiciae, contra tyrannos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>or, Concerning the Legitimate Power of a Prince over the People, and of the People over a Prince</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brutus, Stephanius Jurius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnett, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Vindiciae, contra tyrannos was the most infamous of the monarchomach treatises produced during the French wars of religion, and continued to be revered (or execrated) as a key part of the radical canon for well over a century after its publication. It is one of the first attempts to advance a systematic justification, with interlocking secular and religious arguments, of resistance against legitimately constituted political authority. This edition presents the first complete and accurate English translation of the work, a comprehensive apparatus, and an introduction which provides the first detailed analysis of the argument and also reconsiders the much-disputed question of authorship. It will be of interest to a wide range of scholars working on the history of political thought and early modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conservation in Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peoples, Policies and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grove, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a new inter-disciplinary look at the practice and policies of conservation in Africa. Bringing together social scientists, anthropologists and historians with biologists for the first time, the book sheds some light on the previously neglected but critically important social aspects of conservation thinking. To date conservation has been very much the domain of the biologist, but the current ecological crisis in Africa and the failure of orthodox conservation policies demand a radical new appraisal of conventional practices. This new approach to conservation, the book argues, cannot deal simply with the survival of species and habitats, for the future of African wildlife is intimately tied to the future of African rural communities. Conservation must form an integral part of future policies for human development. The book emphasises this urgent need for a complementary rather than a competitive approach. It covers a wide range of topics important to this new approach, from wildlife management to soil conservation and from the Cape in the nineteenth century to Ethiopia in the 1980s. It is essential reading for all those concerned about people and conservation in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49901/cover/9780521349901.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521349990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521349990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521349994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genres in Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521349994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todorov, Tzvetan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection in translation of recent essays by Tzvetan Todorov, one of the most eminent of today's literary critics. The essays concentrate on the idea of genre, literary or otherwise, and ask such questions as: What is literature? What is genre? Which are the major literary genres? In the first section, Todorov proposes definitions for the notions of literature, discourse, and genre. Following is a general discussion of the two principal literary genres, fiction and poetry. In the final section, Todorov examines individual authors as case studies: among them Poe, Dostoyevsky, Baudelaire, Conrad, and James.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/49994/cover/9780521349994.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phonological Structure of Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ewen, Colin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hulst, Harry van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed to provide students of phonology with an accessible introduction to the phonological architecture of words. It offers a thorough discussion of the basic building blocks of phonology - in particular features, sounds, syllables and feet - and deals with a range of different theories about these units. Colin Ewen and Harry van der Hulst present their study within a non-linear framework, discussing the contributions of autosegmental phonology, dependency phonology, government phonology and metrical phonology, among others. Their coherent, integrated approach reveals that the differences between these models are not as great as is sometimes believed. The book provides a more detailed analysis of this subject than previously available in introductory textbooks and is an invaluable and indispensable first step towards understanding the major theoretical issues in modern phonology at the word level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50198/cover/9780521350198.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microalgae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biotechnology and Microbiology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The utilization of unconventional microbial sources, particularly microalgae, for the production of feed, food, food additives, pharmaceuticals and fine chemicals is growing in importance. Research in the field is expanding worldwide. The author presents an account of research in algal production and utilization. The book explores in detail all steps of the subject, from the preparation of stock cultures to the growth in large outdoor ponds. Dr Becker provides a compilation of the different methods employed worldwide for the artificial cultivation of different microalgae, including recipes for culture media, description of outdoor and indoor cultivation systems as well as harvesting and processing methods. The book will be essential reading for advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50204/cover/9780521350204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cohomological Methods in Transformation Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allday, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puppe, Volker</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of the theory of certain types of compact transformation groups, namely those that are susceptible to study using ordinary cohomology theory and rational homotopy theory, which in practice means the torus groups and elementary abelian p-groups. The efforts of many mathematicians have combined to bring a depth of understanding to this area. However to make it reasonably accessible to a wide audience, the authors have streamlined the presentation, referring the reader to the literature for purely technical results and working in a simplified setting where possible. In this way the reader with a relatively modest background in algebraic topology and homology theory can penetrate rather deeply into the subject, whilst the book at the same time makes a useful reference for the more specialised reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50228/cover/9780521350228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worldwide Variation in Human Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eveleth, Phyllis B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The health of a population is most accurately reflected in the rate of growth of its children. It is this theme which underlies the analysis and presentation of what is by far the largest compilation of growth data ever assembled. The first edition, published in 1976, included all known reliable recent results on height, weight, skinfolds and other body measurements from all parts of the globe. In this edition, the very numerous measurements taken between 1976 and 1988 have been included as well as the results of the large number of new studies made on rate of maturation as evinced by bone age and pubertal development stages. Many sections of the book dwell on disentangling the effects of the environment and heredity on growth, and thus answer the question of whether one universal standard suffices for all peoples of the world, or whether different populations (such as races or nations) should each have their own optimal growth standards. Written by practical people with experience of the problems in developing countries, this book explains in simple terms the different sorts of growth surveys, how to set about making them, and which sort to choose. All who are professionally concerned with child health should read it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50242/cover/9780521350242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oral Tradition and Written Record in Classical Athens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite its written literature, ancient Greece was in many ways an oral society. This is the first serious attempt to study the implications of this view. Dr Thomas stresses the coexistence of literacy and oral tradition in Greece and examines their character and interaction. Concentrating on the plentiful evidence from Classical Athens, she shows how the use of writing developed only gradually and under the influence of the previous oral communication. Drawing on anthropological discussion, the author isolates different types of Athenian oral tradition, building up a picture of Athens' traditions about its past and examining why they changed and disappeared. This study provides crucial insights into the methods and achievements of the Greek historians. It also has major implications for the interpretation of ancient literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50259/cover/9780521350259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grace, Talent, and Merit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poor Students, Clerical Careers, and Professional Ideology in Eighteenth-Century Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>La Vopa, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poor students experienced a kind of upward mobility that was not uncommon in old-regime Europe. They were also objects of controversy. and as such they reveal the many dimensions of the issue of opening careers to talent. At stake were socially and politically sensitive questions about the relative importance of nature and nurture, of natural talent and 'birth', in realizing human potential; about the proper reconciliation of collective imperatives and individual freedom, of hierarchical stability and progress; about how national systems of education should be structured; about the kind and degree of upward mobility the society and the culture needed and could tolerate. This book shows how a cluster of familiar eighteenth-century ideas about grace, talent, and merit shaped a formative social experience for men whose importance is still celebrated today, as well as for members of the educated elite who were and have remained obscure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50419/cover/9780521350419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays in Democratic Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brennan, H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lomasky, Loren E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of the most interesting and controversial work in analyzing democratic institutions over the recent past has its intellectual origins in public choice economics. The political arena provides the analytical framework for the study of human behaviour in markets, and the currency in votes and party competition is a primary mechanism for the implementation of public policy. This book explores the strengths and weaknesses of democratic institutions in a series of essays representing a variety of disciplinary perspectives, which compare the merits of the democratic market with those of more conventional markets. Ultimately, the public choice analysis in these studies leads to a deep-seated political skepticism which must confront the customary unquestioning enthusiasm for democracy. This challenge to its enthusiasts should provoke a more profound understanding of democracy's purposes and, in general, a more refined form of political theorizing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50433/cover/9780521350433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Out of Sight!</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Quarks to Living Cells</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kullander, Sven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsson, B&#246;rje</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a popular introduction to modern natural science and provides an insight into the advanced and expensive technology that is required in the exploration of the universe too small for the eye to see. This is the domain of the living cell, and even smaller, the basic building blocks of all matter: quarks, atoms and molecules. It is possible with modern technology to obtain images of objects as small as an individual atom. It is even possible to hold one atom in place and study it individually. This book will explain, in non-technical language, how we obtain our knowledge of the micro-universe. With the help of many clear diagrams, it goes on to describe the structure of living cells, of atoms and molecules as they are found in everyday objects, as well as in more exotic and dramatic forms of matter, such as anti matter, stars and black holes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50440/cover/9780521350440.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introductory Lectures on Siegel Modular Forms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klingen, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From their inception, Siegel modular forms have been studied extensively because of their significance in both automorphic functions in several complex variables and number theory. The comprehensive theory of automorphic forms to subgroups of algebraic groups and the arithmetical theory of modular forms illustrate these two aspects in an illuminating manner. The author's aim is to present a straightforward and easily accessible survey of the main ideas of the theory at an elementary level, providing a sound basis from which the reader can study advanced works and undertake original research. This book is based on lectures given by the author for a number of years and is intended for a one-semester graduate course, though it can also be used profitably for self-study. The only prerequisites are a basic knowledge of algebra, number theory and complex analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50525/cover/9780521350525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Meiosis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>John, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Meiosis, the antithesis of fertilization, is the unique genetically programmed mode of nuclear division associated with a halving of the chromosome number in sexually reproducing eukaryotes. It thus represents a key cellular and developmental pathway in the life of an organism. In this book, Bernard John presents the first complete, and the most authoritative, review of the events and mechanisms of meiosis including their scheduling, their mechanics and their biochemistry as well as their genetic control and the variations to be found in them in both sexual and subsexual systems. The text is superbly illustrated with 131 figures and 73 tables. Meiosis must be regarded as essential reading for all students, teachers and research workers with an interest in eukaryotic cell biology and genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50532/cover/9780521350532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wages and Unemployment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Non-Walrasian Macroeconomics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Picard, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the problem of wage rigidities in macroeconomic theory, and their implications for public policy. It offers an analysis of the microeconomic foundations of rigid wages, considering their implications for normative economics, and their role in explaining involuntary unemployment. The initial chapters examine short-run macroeconomic equilibrium with nominal rigidities within the framework of fixed-price temporary equilibria. This is followed by an overview and assessment of the main microeconomic mechanisms likely to account for real wage rigidity. In this context new findings concerning microeconomic mechanisms likely to account for real wage rigidity, including implicit contract theory, union behaviour and efficiency wage models are reported. The effect of efficiency wages on macroeconomic fluctuations is also considered. Finally an analysis of the important public policy issues raised in the book is provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50570/cover/9780521350570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135059X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135059X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University of Cambridge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings to completion the four-volume A History of the University of Cambridge, and is a vital contribution to the history not only of one major university, but of the academic societies of early modern Europe in general. Its main author, Victor Morgan, has made a special study of the relations between Cambridge and its wider world: the court and church hierarchy which sought to control it in the aftermath of the Reformation; the 'country', that is the provincial gentry; and the wider academic world. Morgan also finds the seeds of contemporary problems of university governance in the struggles which led to and followed the new Elizabethan Statutes of 1570. Christopher Brooke, General Editor and part-author, has contributed chapters on architectural history and among other themes a study of the intellectual giants of the late seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50594/cover/9780521350594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University of Cambridge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searby, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>815</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries was a place of sharp contrasts. At one extreme a gifted minority studied mathematics intensively for the Tripos, the honours degree. At the other, most undergraduates faced meagre academic demands and might idle their time away. The dons, the fellows of the colleges that constituted the University, were chosen for their Tripos performance and included scholars of international reputation such as Whewell and Sidgwick, but also men who treated their fellowships as sinecures. A pillar of the Church of England that denied membership to non-Anglicans, the University functioned largely as a seminary, while teaching more mathematics than theology. This volume describes the complex institution of the University, and also the beginnings of its transformation after 1850 - under the pressure of public opinion and the State - into the University as it exists today: inclusive in its membership, diverse in its curricula, and staffed by committed scholars and teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50600/cover/9780521350600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135076X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135076X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Systemic Text Generation as Problem Solving</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patten, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores an approach to text generation that interprets systemic grammar as a computational representation. Terry Patten demonstrates that systemic grammar can be easily and automatically translated into current AI knowledge representations and efficiently processed by the same knowledge-based techniques currently exploited by expert systems. Thus the fundamental methodological problem of interfacing specialized computational representations with equally specialized linguistic representations can be resolved. The study provides a detailed discussion of a substantial implementation involving a relatively large systemic grammar, and a formal model of the method. It represents a fundamental and productive contribution to the literature on text generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50761/cover/9780521350761.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>That Nothing is Known</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#225;nchez, Francisco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Limbrick, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, Douglas F. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an edition of one of the crucial texts of Renaissance scepticism, Quod nihil scitur, by the Portuguese scholar Franciso Sanches. The treatise, first published in 1581, is a refutation of Aaristotelian dialectics and scientific theory in the search for a true scientific method. This volume provides a critical edition of the original text, an English translation, a substantial introduction, and comprehensive annotation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50778/cover/9780521350778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Realism and the Foundations of Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brink, David Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a systematic and constructive treatment of a number of traditional issues at the foundation of ethics, the possibility and nature of moral knowledge, the relationship between the moral point of view and a scientific or naturalistic world view, the nature of moral value and obligation, and the role of morality in a person's rational life plan. In striking contrast to many traditional authors and to other recent writers in the field, David Brink offers an integrated defense of the objectivity of ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50808/cover/9780521350808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Authority, and Indigenous History in the Comentarios reales de los Incas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zamora, Margarita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Comentarios reales de los incas, a classic of Spanish Renaissance prose narrative, was written by Garcilaso Inca de la Vega, the son of an Inca princess and a Spanish conquistador. It is full of ideological tensions and apparent contradictions as Garcilaso attempts to reconcile a pagan new-world culture with the fervent Christian evangelism of the period of the discovery and conquest of America. This study of the Comentarios is original both in adopting the perspective of discourse analysis and in its interdisciplinary approach. Margarita Zamora examines the rhetorical complexities of the Comentarios, and shows how, in order to present Inca civilization to Europeans, Garcilaso turned to disciplines other than traditional historiography, and in particular to the linguistic strategies of humanist philology and hermeneutics. Professor Zamora reveals how Garcilaso's views of the Incas were shaped by the dual nature of his background, by his commitment to humanism and Christianity, by the expectations he had of his readers, and by the discursive practices of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50877/cover/9780521350877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Theoretical Neurobiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuckwell, Henry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The human brain contains billions of nerve cells whose activity plays a critical role in the way we behave, feel, perceive, and think. This two-volume set explains the basic properties of a neuron - an electrically active nerve cell - and develops mathematical theories for the way neurons respond to the various stimuli they receive. Volume 1 contains descriptions and analyses of the principal mathematical models that have been developed for neurons in the past thirty years. It provides a brief review of the basic neuroanatomical and neurophysiological facts that will form the focus of the mathematical treatment. Tuckwell discusses the mathematical theories, beginning with the theory of membrane potentials. He then goes on to treat the Lapicque model, linear cable theory, and time-dependent solutions of the cable equations. He concludes with a description of Rall's model nerve cell. Because the level of mathematics increases steadily upward from Chapter Two, some familiarity with differential equations and linear algebra is desirable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50969/cover/9780521350969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transmission Electron Microscopy of Minerals and Rocks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLaren, Alex C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of the many techniques that have been applied to the study of crystal defects, none has contributed more to our understanding of their nature and influence on the physical and chemical properties of crystalline materials than transmission electron microscopy (TEM). TEM is now used extensively by an increasing number of earth scientists for direct observation of defect microstructures in minerals and rocks. Transmission Electron Microscopy of Minerals and Rocks is an introduction to the principles of the technique and is the only book to date on the subject written specifically for geologists and mineralogists. The first part of the book deals with the essential physics of the transmission electron microscope and presents the basic theoretical background required for the interpretation of images and electron diffraction patterns. These explanations require mathematics, but nothing more advanced than elementary differential and integral calculus is used. A knowledge of elementary crystallography is assumed, and some familiarity with optics and electromagnetic theory is helpful but not essential. The final chapters are concerned with specific applications of TEM in mineralogy and deal with such topics as planar defects, intergrowths, radiation-induced defects, dislocations and deformation-induced microstructures. The examples cover a wide range of rock-forming minerals from crustal rocks to those in the lower mantle, and also take into account the role of defects in important mineralogical and geological processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50983/cover/9780521350983.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521350999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521350999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521350990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Risk and Protective Factors in the Development of Psychopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521350990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rolf, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masten, Ann S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicchetti, Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>N&#252;chterlein, Keith H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weintraub, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important volume presents a definitive review of the origins and implications of developmental psychopathology and what has been learned about the phenomenon of psychosocial resilience in diverse populations at risk. Chapters by distinguished investigators in clinical psychology, psychiatry, and child development, many of whose work led to the new developmental model of psychopathology, provide a unique review of research on vulnerability and resistance to disorder spanning from infancy to adulthood. The volume is a tribute to Professor Norman Garmezy, a pioneer in developmental psychopathology and a renowned researcher of resilience in children at risk. Highlighted throughout the volume is Professor Garmezy's theme that it is as important to understand successful outcomes as it is to study pathology in the search for better treatments and the prevention of developmental behavioural problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/50990/cover/9780521350990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Breaking of Bread</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>FitzPatrick, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years, the Roman Catholic Church has used the term 'transubstantiation' to express the presence of Christ in the Eucharist. Of late, however, although proposed replacements have not found favour, the term itself no longer has the place and setting it once had, and debates about transubstantiation have died down. This book is written in the belief that reflection upon the matter is indispensable. It proposes that transubstantiation and its proposed replacements are all fundamentally similar in their confusions - they divorce appearance from reality because they fail to do justice to the Eucharist as a rite. The changes in Roman Catholic worship have sharpened the need for an account that will do justice to this, and the book is an attempt to provide one. It is also an endeavour to discuss central problems in the Roman Church today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27335/cover/9780521027335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Somatotyping</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, J. E. Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Barbara Honeyman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Somatotyping is a method of description and assessment of the body on three shape and composition scales: endomorphy (relative fatness), mesomorphy (relative musculoskeletal robustness), and ectomorphy (relative linearity). This book (the first major account of the field for thirty years) presents a comprehensive history of somatotyping, beginning with W. J. Sheldon's introduction of the method in 1940. The controversies regarding the validity of Sheldon's method are described, as are the various attempts to modify the technique, particularly the Heath-Carter method, which has come into widespread use. The book reviews present knowledge of somatotypes around the world, how they change with growth, ageing and exercise, and the contributions of genetics and environment to the rating. Also reviewed are the relationships between somatotypes and sport, physical performance, health and behaviour. Students and research workers in human biology, physical and biological anthropology and physical education will all find valuable information in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51171/cover/9780521351171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Central American Security System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>North-South or East-West?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calvert, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study, arising from the Ford Foundation Southampton project on North-South security relations, focuses on the concept of security in Central America and the Caribbean, and on perceptions by states in the region of the rival claims of political independence, economic well-being, national security and regional stability. The Central American region is of particular interest because of the range it displays of crisis-management regimes and crisis-control techniques; it also provides an illuminating example of the contemporary interaction of East-West and North-South relations. Specific case studies are combined with theoretical analysis in this integrated assessment of the Central American situation that includes contributions from leading scholars in the UK, United States and Central America itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51324/cover/9780521351324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monteverdi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fabbri, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, originally published in Italian, is a leading biographical study of the greatest composer of late Renaissance and early Baroque Italy. Monteverdi's contribution to secular, sacred and theatrical music in the period was unparalleled: his madrigals, church music and operas remain very much alive today. A large number of contemporary documents, including some 130 of his own letters, offer rich insights into the composer and his times, also illuminating the many and varied contexts for music making in the most important musical centres in Italy. Fabbri uses these documents and other sources to present a rich narrative focusing on a composer who has perhaps rightly been called the 'father of modern music'. This translation brings an indispensable text to a much broader readership, providing a vivid picture of a fascinating period in music history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51331/cover/9780521351331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lord of Uraniborg</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography of Tycho Brahe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thoren, Victor E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christianson, John Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lord of Uraniborg is a comprehensive biography of Tycho Brahe, father of modern astronomy, famed alchemist and litt&#233;rateur of the sixteenth-century Danish Renaissance. Written in a lively and engaging style, Victor Thoren's biography offers interesting perspectives on Tycho's life and presents alternative analyses of virtually every aspect of his scientific work. A range of readers interested in astronomy, history of astronomy and the history of science will find this book fascinating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51584/cover/9780521351584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflexive Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reported Speech and Metapragmatics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucy, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the nature and significance of the reflexive aspect of natural language, its capacity to represent its own structure and use through reported speech and explicit statements about language-use (metapragmatics). It adopts a truly interdisciplinary approach. Part I contains papers outlining the volume's theoretical scope. Parts II and III contain anthropological case studies which show the formal devices behind reflexive usage in a variety of different languages and how they function in cultural life. Finally, Part IV shows the importance of understanding reflexive language in many other areas of the humanities and social sciences, including philosophy, psychology, religious studies, sociology and literary studies. Many of the contributors are senior scholars of international reputation: all are innovative researchers. Cumulatively their work here represents a critique of those researchers in the humanities and social sciences who fail to take language seriously both in the lives of those they study and in their own research practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51645/cover/9780521351645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Native Peoples of the Americas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Richard E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLeod, Murdo J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of the Native Peoples of the Americas, Volume II: Mesoamerica (Part One), gives a comprehensive and authoritative overview of all the important native civilizations of the Mesoamerican area, beginning with archaeological discussions of paleoindian, archaic and preclassic societies and continuing to the present. Fully illustrated and engagingly written, the book is divided into sections that discuss the native cultures of Mesoamerica before and after their first contact with the Europeans. The various chapters balance theoretical points of view as they trace the cultural history and evolutionary development of such groups as the Olmec, the Maya, the Aztec, the Zapotec, and the Tarascan. The chapters covering the prehistory of Mesoamerica offer explanations for the rise and fall of the Classic Maya, the Olmec, and the Aztec, giving multiple interpretations of debated topics, such as the nature of Olmec culture. Through specific discussions of the native peoples of the different regions of Mexico, the chapters on the period since the arrival of the Europeans address the themes of contact, exchange, transfer, survivals, continuities, resistance, and the emergence of modern nationalism and the nation-state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51652/cover/9780521351652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchant Enterprise in Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Industrial Revolution to World War I</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies of the British Industrial Revolution and of the Victorian period of economic and social development have until very recently concentrated on British industries and industrial regions, while commerce and finance, and particularly that of London, have been substantially neglected. This has distorted our view of the process of change, since financial services and much trade continued to be centred on the metropolis, and the south-east region never lost its position at the top of the national league of wealth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51782/cover/9780521351782.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Caribbean in the Wider World, 1492-1992</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Regional Geography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Bonham C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>251</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the eve of the quincentenary of Christopher Columbus's epic voyage, this major new textbook survey explains how the region's present geography is intimately tied to the past. The Caribbean was Europe's first colony, its landscapes transformed to produce tropical staples and its decimated aboriginal populace replaced with African slaves. As European power has waned in the Caribbean, it has been replaced by the geopolitical domination of the United States. Professor Richardson examines this colonisation and recolonisation of the Caribbean during the past half millennium, portraying a region victimised by natural hazards, soil erosion, over population and gunboat diplomacy. Most importantly, he explains the ways in which Caribbean peoples have reacted and adapted to their external influences. No other single survey of the region provides equivalent breadth - ranging from aboriginal ecologies to today's narcotic traffic - or harnesses so effectively elements of the past to illuminate the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51867/cover/9780521351867.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521351987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521351987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521351980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Famine and Food Supply in the Graeco-Roman World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responses to Risk and Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521351980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first full-length study of famine in antiquity. The study provides detailed case studies of Athens and Rome, the best known states of antiquity, but also illuminates the institutional response to food crisis in the mass of ordinary cities in the Mediterranean world. Ancient historians have generally shown little interest in investigating the material base of the unique civilisations of the Graeco-Roman world, and have left unexplored the role of the food supply in framing the central institutions and practices of ancient society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/51980/cover/9780521351980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352029</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debt Games</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategic Interaction in International Debt Rescheduling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aggarwal, Vinod K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International debt rescheduling, both in earlier epochs and our present one, has been marked by a flurry of bargaining. In this process, significant variation has emerged over time and across cases in the extent to which debtors have undertaken economic adjustment, banks or bondholders have written down debts, and creditor governments and international organizations have intervened in negotiations. Debt Games develops and applies a situational theory of bargaining to analyze the adjustment undertaken by debtors and the concessions provided by lenders in international debt rescheduling. This approach has two components: a focus on each actor's individual situation, defined by its political and economic bargaining resources, and a complementary focus on changes in their position. The model proves successful in accounting for bargaining outcomes in eighty-four percent of the sixty-one cases, which include all instances of Peruvian and Mexican debt rescheduling over the last one hundred and seventy years as well as Argentine and Brazilian rescheduling between 1982 and 1994.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52024/cover/9780521352024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Providence Island, 1630-1641</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Other Puritan Colony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kupperman, Karen Ordahl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Providence Island was founded in 1630 at the same time as Massachusetts Bay by English puritans who thought an island off the coast of Nicaragua was far more promising than the cold, rocky shores of New England. Although they expected theirs to become a model godly society, the settlement never succeeded in building the kind of united and orderly community that the New Englanders created. In fact, they began large-scale use of slaves, and plunged into the privateering that invited the colony's extinction by the Spanish in 1641. As a well-planned and well-financed failure, Providence Island offers historians a standard by which to judge other colonies. By examining the failure of Providence Island, the author illuminates the common characteristics in all the successful English settlements, the key institutions without which men and women would not emigrate and a colony's economy could not thrive. This study of Providence Island reveals the remarkable similarities in many basic institutions among the early colonial regions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52055/cover/9780521352055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135207X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135207X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulating Big Business</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Antitrust in Great Britain and America, 1880-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freyer, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late nineteenth century a new form of capitalism emerged in Great Britain and the United States. Before the revolutions in communication and transportation, the owners of firms managed the processes of production, distribution, transportation and communication personally. By the end of the century, however, technological innovation and mass markets fostered the development of large-scale corporate structures, leading to a separation between owners and operators. In this new form of capitalist enterprise managers were increasingly the principal decision makers.  This economic transformation spawned social and political tensions which compelled the public and policy makers to decide upon an appropriate response to big business. A primary focus of public discourse was antitrust. This book explores the development of big business and the antitrust response in a comparative context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52079/cover/9780521352079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Theoretical Neurobiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuckwell, Henry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second part of this two-volume set contains advanced aspects of the quantitative theory of the dynamics of neurons. It begins with an introduction to the effects of reversal potentials on response to synaptic input. It then develops the theory of action potential generation based on the seminal Hodgkin-Huxley equations and gives methods for their solution in the space-clamped and non-space-clamped cases. The remainder of the book discusses stochastic models of neural activity and ends with a statistical analysis of neuronal data with emphasis on spike trains. The mathematics is more complex in this volume than in the first volume and involves numerical methods of solution of partial differential equations and the statistical analysis of point processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52178/cover/9780521352178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge University Historical Register Supplement 1981-85</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>University of Cambridge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>545</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume carries on the plan described in the preface to the Historical Register of the University of Cambridge, Supplement 1911-20. All holders of University Offices, who took up or left their posts, have been included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Convex Bodies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Brunn-Minkowski Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Rolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the heart of this monograph is the Brunn-Minkowski theory. It can be used to great effect in studying such ideas as volume and surface area and the generalizations of these. In particular the notions of mixed volume and mixed area arise naturally and the fundamental inequalities that are satisfied by mixed volumes are considered in detail. The author presents a comprehensive introduction to convex bodies and gives full proofs for some deeper theorems. Many hints and pointers to connections with other fields are given, and an exhaustive reference list is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52208/cover/9780521352208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135224X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135224X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bacteria</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, L. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirsop, B. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is a unique international compilation for biotechnologists of data on the location and use of bacterial cells. The volume provides details of the location and scope of major culture collections around the world holding bacteria; information on how to access their data, administration and safety, identification, culture and media recipes, preservation, patents, specialist services and international organisations. The authors are international authorities who have combined with the resource centres to provide a source book for microbiologists in industry, research establishments and universities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52246/cover/9780521352246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Filamentous Fungi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawksworth, D. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirsop, B. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jong, S. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitt, J. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tubaki, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is an international compilation for biotechnologists of data on the location and use of filamentous fungi. The volume provides details of the location and scope of major culture collections around the world holding fungi; information on how to access their data, administration and safety, identification, culture and media recipes, preservation, patents, specialist services and international organization. The authors are international authorities who have combined with the resource centres to provide a source book for mycologists in industry, research establishments and universities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52260/cover/9780521352260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Johannine Epistles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lieu, Judith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Johannine Epistles have long been recognised as contributing a vital element to the theology of the New Testament. Usually it is to the Gospel that the reader turns first in order to explore that contribution; the First Epistle is treated as a supplement, while 2 and 3 John - on account of their brevity - receive little attention. This book allows the Epistles to speak for themselves, and shows that they sound a distinctive note within Johannine theology, in particular, and the thought of the New Testament, in general. Dr Lieu carefully outlines their most important theological themes (comprising, for example, tensions-in-unity between confidence and imperative, individual and community, and faith and tradition) which - when understood in their original setting - are seen to have rich potential for the continuing theology of the Church. By focusing on the Johannine Epistles in their proper context and in their own right, the author of this book thus provides a timely reassessment of the substantial theological contribution they have to make.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52468/cover/9780521352468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Modern Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melissinos, Adrian C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late twentieth century is undoubtedly the age of technology. Each technological development leads to more sophisticated devices and further scientific advances. Because of the pace of change, it is difficult to obtain a broad overview of the way fundamental science is linked to its everyday applications. Principles of Modern Technology describes the physical principles on which modern technology is based. Four primary areas have been singled out: computers and microelectronics, communications, nuclear energy and space flight. Each topic is treated in a way that gives the reader an insight into the underlying physics which makes the technology possible as well as the orders of magnitude involved. Based on a course taught at the University of Rochester, the book will be useful both as a textbook for courses in applied physics and engineering and as a reference book. It will be of interest to undergraduates taking introductory physics courses and anyone interested in modern technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52499/cover/9780521352499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Place of Fiction in the Time of Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Disciplinary History of American Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Limon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book John Limon examines the various ways American authors have approached the writing of fiction (and justified that writing) in an age increasingly dominated by science. He focuses in particular on Charles Brockden Brown, Edgar Allen Poe and Nathaniel Hawthorne - three highly articulate and highly alarmed witnesses to the professionalisation of science, the great crisis in modern intellectual history. It was, he argues, especially specially difficult for American writers to face this crisis since they could make no appeal to traditional values: America, after all, had never really been a pre-scientific society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52512/cover/9780521352512.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the First Letter to the Corinthians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furnish, Victor Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study shows that the common view of 1 Corinthians as mainly about 'ethics' and therefore of little importance for 'theology' needs correcting. Furnish argues that 1 Corinthians is an even better place to take the apostle's theological pulse than the allegedly 'more theological' letters to the Galatians and Romans, because here it is especially evident how his thinking about the gospel took place within the crucible of his missionary and pastoral labours. Paul's complex theological legacy is not a systematic theology or even the basis for constructing a theological system. However, we come close to the heart of Paul's legacy in his clear-sighted identification of the gospel with the saving power of God's love as disclosed in Christ, and his insistence that those who are called to belong to Christ are thereby summoned to be agents of God's love wherever in the world they have received that call.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52529/cover/9780521352529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Romanticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockridge, Laurence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Ethics of Romanticism Laurence Lockridge vigorously revives ethical criticism and at the same time brings to light the Romantics' profound engagement with ethical questions. He argues that a will to value is the pervasive motive of Romantic writers from Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge and De Quincey to Shelley, Hazlitt, Keats and Byron. They articulate a compelling ethics that has had a significant influence on modern thought. Yet its character has never before been systematically explored within the larger contexts of European thought. Lockridge argues that a focus on the ethical dimension of literature is the single most powerful strategy for structuring a writer's work as a whole, and that it can even prove congenial. He gives original, interrelated readings of the eight major British Romantic writers. In discussing the place of ethical criticism in modern letters, he qualifies or refutes opposing views - conservative, Marxist, and deconstructive. His book gives strong evidence of one direction criticism might fruitfully take in future years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52567/cover/9780521352567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Form and Meaning in Word Formation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Afrikaans Reduplication</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botha, Rudolf P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of reduplication in Afrikaans provides a unified and principled analysis of an unusual and highly complex word formation process, shedding new light on the scope and content of various fundamental lexicalist principles of word formation. Surprisingly, Rudolf Botha concludes that the principles involved in Afrikaans reduplication are not unique to Afrikaans, as has often been thought, and are used by many other languages. Moreover, the interpretation of Afrikaans reduplications depends on principles of conceptual structure that are restricted neither to Afrikaans nor to the interpretation of reduplications, thus supporting recent work on cognition and meaning undertaken by Ray Jackendoff and other scholars. In analysing the data, Professor Botha has also provided a concrete illustration of how the Galilean style of linguistic inquiry can fruitfully be applied in the study of word formation and meaning. The study thus represents an important theoretical and methodological advance which will be of as much interest for its method of inquiry and argumentation as for the fresh insights it provides for scholars and researchers in the fields of morphology, word formation and semantics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52604/cover/9780521352604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Monopoly to Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformations of Alcoa, 1888-1986</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, George David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Charles Martin Hall patented the process for refining the metal in 1886, it was far from self-evident that the new technology would be a business success. Problems involving the technology had to be solved. Capital and a labour force were needed. The most pressing entrepreneurial dilemma was the need to develop markets for what was then a novelty product. George David Smith examines how Alcoa met these problems, with special attention to innovation, from Alcoa's beginnings through its development into one of the most successful monopolies in American history. By World War II, no other American corporation had developed its industry's markets more dramatically and then dominated them more completely. The book then analyzes the undoing of Alcoa's monopoly by war and antitrust, and examines how the firm adapted to evolving forms of oliogopolistic and global competition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52611/cover/9780521352611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Equations in Several Variables</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aczel, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dhombres, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This treatise deals with modern theory of functional equations in several variables and their applications to mathematics, information theory, and the natural, behavioural and social sciences. The authors have chosen to emphasize applications, though not at the expense of theory, so they have kept the prerequisites to a minimum; the reader need be familiar only with calculus and elementary algebra, and have a basic knowledge of Lebesgue integration. Where, for certain applications, more advanced topics are needed, the authors have included references and explained the results used. Moreover, the book has been designed so that the chapters can be read almost independently of each other, enabling a selection of material to be chosen for introductory and advanced courses. At the end of each chapter are included exercises and further results, some 400 in all, which extend the material presented in the text and also test it. The history of functional equations is well documented in a final chapter which is complemented by an encyclopedic bibliography running to over 1600 items.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52765/cover/9780521352765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Detection of Gravitational Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>505</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gravitational radiation has not been positively detected. Over the past two decades an army of extremely sensitive detectors has been built up, so that today its detection appears inevitable. In the opening chapters of this book David Blair introduces the concepts of gravitational waves within the context of general relativity. The sources of gravitational radiation for which there is direct observational evidence and those of a more speculative nature are described. He then gives a general introduction to the methods of detection. In the subsequent chapters he has drawn together the leading scientists in the field to give a comprehensive practical and theoretical account of the physics and technology of gravitational wave detection. David Blair has extensive knowledge of the subject and has visited most of the gravitational radiation experiments over the world. He has compiled a book which will be of lasting value to specialists, both the postgraduates and researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21029/cover/9780521021029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in the Spatial Theory of Voting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Enelow, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arrow, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together eight original essays selected to provide an overview of the developments in the spatial theory of voting. The spatial theory of self-interest and explores the consequences of this assumption for elite behaviour and for the choices voters make in representative and direct democracies. The book summarizes work in eight major areas: elections with possible entry by new candidates who have policy preferences, experimental testing of spatial models of committees and elections, elections with imperfect information about voting intentions, voting on alternatives that are linked to future decisions, elections with candidates who have policy preferences, experimental testing of spatial manoeuvres designed to alter voting outcomes, elections with experimental testing of spatial models of committees and elections, elections with imperfect information about voting intentions, voting on alternatives that are linked to future decisions, elections with more than two candidates under different election rules, and bureaucratic efforts to manipulate referendum voting. Recognized scholars in these areas summarize the major results of their own and others' work, providing self-contained discussions that will apprise readers of important recent advances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52840/cover/9780521352840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strikes, Wars, and Revolutions in an International Perspective</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strike Waves in the Late Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haimson, Leopold H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributions to this volume are concerned with the patterns of continuity and change in industrial labour conflicts in major industrialized countries before, during, and in the immediate aftermath of the First World War. The articles have been conceived as part of a series of efforts to assist the further development of comparative labour history, and in particular the application of quantitative techniques to the analysis of industrial labour conflicts in comparative perspective. The intensive examination of strike waves in the volume offers a nuanced critique of economic models of strike activities. Political and organizational explanations come in for trenchant analysis as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52857/cover/9780521352857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521352916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521352916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521352918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algernon Sidney and the Restoration Crisis, 1677-1683</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521352918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book completes the study of the life and political thought of Algernon Sidney (1623-1688), which began with Algernon Sidney and the English Republic, 1623-1677 (1988). In the process it offers a reinterpretation of the major political crisis of Charles II's reign, and of its European and seventeenth-century contexts. Like its predecessor, the book spans the disciplines of intellectual and political history. Its twin focus is the last six years of Sidney's life, which culminated in the famous public drama of his trial and execution for treason in 1683, and in his major political work, the Discourses Concerning Government, which was used as evidence against him at the trial. This intertwining of events and ideas calls for an examination of the relationship between the practical and intellectual aspects of the crisis of 1678-1683 in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/52918/cover/9780521352918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrialisation and Everyday Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braun, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanbury Tenison, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Industrialising und Volksleben by Rudolf Braun is widely regarded as a classic of modern social history, inspiring a whole series of profound debates about the transition from pre-industrial society to the modern world. Utilising evidence from an upland Swiss canton, Industrialisation and Everyday Life provides a comprehensive survey of the impact upon popular life styles of the development of widespread cottage industry, as land-hungry labourers added textile manufacture to their existing agricultural concerns. Professor Braun analyses the structure of such 'proto-industry', looking at the changes wrought upon family life, domestic housing and popular culture in general. A great variety of literary and artistic sources are drawn together in a vivid portrayal of the ways in which early industrial development and social modernisation became fused together.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53113/cover/9780521353113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brito, Manuel Carlos de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed documentary history of opera in Portugal from the beginning of the eighteenth century to the inauguration of the still existing Teatro de S. Carlos in 1793. The study shows how the introduction of opera into the country at the beginning of the century was connected with the recruitment of Italian singers and players during the reign of Joao V, even though the court's interest in opera was small and the activity of public opera houses was hampered by the church and the King himself. This study is valuable not only as a much-needed authoritative and thorough history of the Portuguese musical theatre in the eighteenth century, paralleling existing studies for all other major European operatic centres of the time, but also for the significant contribution it makes to the study of Italian opera with which it interconnects, and of musical theatre in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53120/cover/9780521353120.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church in an Age of Danger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parsons and Parishioners, 1660-1740</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spaeth, Donald A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores popular support for the Church of England during a critical period, from the Stuart Restoration to the mid-eighteenth century, when Churchmen perceived themselves to be under attack from all sides. In many provincial parishes, the clergy also found themselves in dispute with their congregations. These incidents of dispute are the focus of a series of detailed case studies, drawn from the diocese of Salisbury, which help to bring the religion of the ordinary people to life, while placing local tensions in their broader national context. The period 1660-1740 provides important clues to the long-term decline in the popularity of the Church. Paradoxically, conflicts revealed not anticlericalism but a widely shared social consensus supporting the Anglican liturgy and clergy: the early eighteenth century witnessed a revival. Nevertheless, a defensive clergy turned inwards and proved too inflexible to respond to lay wishes for fuller participation in worship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53137/cover/9780521353137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on the Implications of Human Ethology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology and Freedom is an essay on human nature: an attempt to make a just assessment of a species often presented as predominantly and unavoidably violent, grasping, selfish and stupid. Likening human beings to animals is a traditional method of influencing attitudes on morals and politics. But in this book Professor Barnett shows that modern ethology, experimental psychology, genetics and evolutionary theory give the now fashionable misanthropy no authentic support. In doing so he asks whether the theory of evolution has any bearing on Machiavellianism in politics or the concept of original sin; and whether laboratory experiments on the effects of reward and punishment tell us anything about the enigma of free will. Combining the findings of up-to-date biology with logic and humour, Professor Barnett gives a lucid alternative portrait of humanity in which he stresses the questions that the complexities of human existence will raise long after current myths have faded. This book is for all interested about human nature and the future of human society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18203/cover/9780521018203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second Companion deals with the ancient theories of the psyche. The essays range over more than eight hundred years of psychological enquiry and provide critical analyses not only of the ancient discussions of the nature of the psyche and its states, but of such central topics as perception, subjectivity, the explanation of action, and what it is to be a person. In examining the wide variety of the different psychological theories offered by the ancient thinkers, from the increasingly complex materialism of the Presocratics and Hellenistics to the dualism of Plato and Plotinus, the collection demonstrates that psychology had become a wide-ranging and sophisticated discipline long before Descartes. The essays will be of interest not only to ancient philosophers but also to all those studying psychology and its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58613/cover/9780521358613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scripts and Scenarios</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Performance of Comedy in Renaissance Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Italian Renaissance produced a new type of stage comedy, experimental and even revolutionary in its time, by copying and updating the dramatic formats of Plautus and Terence from ancient Rome. These scripted comedies, first written and performed for private audiences, ranged in tone from sober moralism to scurrilous farce, and influenced European dramatists from Shakespeare to Moli&#232;re and Lope de Vega. This book gives an account of how the new dramatic experiment was born and grew, moving from closed courtly audiences to a wider public. It examines the performing values of these scripts rather than their literary qualities, in order to demonstrate their links with improvised commedia dell'arte, and thus explores a crucial phase in the development of European theatre. It will be of interest to scholars and students in both theatre history and Italian studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53571/cover/9780521353571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virgil's Augustan Epic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An examination of the main characters in the Aeneid - Aeneas himself, Dido and Turnus - in the light of Virgil's contemporary Augustan political and literary ideology. The characters and the plot and incident of the epic are seen as embodying and exemplifying first the ancient ideals of kingship and concord, and second the Roman self-identification as at once 'Italian' and 'Trojan', and finally as reflecting the literary self-evaluation of the Augustan age. In the literary area, Virgil's relations with contemporary Roman elegy, with early Greek lyric and, most important, with Homer, are studied and reevaluated. Virgilian scholars and students of Augustan literature in general will find this book of interest to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53588/cover/9780521353588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Milky Way Galaxy and Statistical Cosmology, 1890-1924</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Erich Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the years 1890 and 1924, the dominant view of the universe suggested a cosmology largely foreign to contemporary ideas. First, astronomers believed they had confirmed that the sun was roughly in the centre of our star system, the Milky Way galaxy. Second, considerable evidence indicated that the size of the galaxy was only about one-third the value now accepted by today's astronomers. Third, it was thought that interstellar space was completely transparent, that there was no absorbing material between the stars. Fourth, astronomers believed that the universe was composed of numerous star systems comparable to the Milky Way galaxy. The method that provided this picture and came to dominate cosmology was 'statistical' in nature, because it was based on the counts of stars and their positions, motions, brightnesses and stellar spectra. Drawing on previously neglected archival material, Professor Paul describes the rise of this statistical cosmology in light of developments in nineteenth-century astronomy and explains how this cosmology set the stage for many of the most significant developments we associate with the astronomy of the twentieth century. Statistical astronomy was the crucial link that provided much of modern astronomical science with its foundation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53632/cover/9780521353632.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sodium Hunger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for a Salty Taste</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulkin, Jay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hunger for sodium has been used as a model system in which to study how the brain produces motivated behaviour. In this account of the field Jay Schulkin draws together information across a range of disciplines and topics, ranging from the ecology of salt ingestion to the sodium molecule and the action of various hormones. The phenomenon of sodium hunger was discovered by Curt Richter, the great American psychobiologist, over 50 years ago. Its study has been of interest for some time: to naturalists, psychologists, endocrinologists, physiologists and neuroscientists. This book offers a systematic account of the behaviour of the sodium hungry animal, the endocrine and physiological mechanisms that act to maintain sodium balance and then act on the brain to promote the search for and the ingestion of salt.  Finally, the book provides a description of a neural network that orchestrates the behaviour of salt seeking and salt ingestion. Graduate students and research workers in psychology, physiology and neuroscience will find valuable information in this review.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53687/cover/9780521353687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Last Resort</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychosurgery and the Limits of Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pressman, Jack D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>574</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the 1940s and 1950s, tens of thousands of Americans underwent some form of psychosurgery; that is, their brains were operated upon for the putative purpose of treating mental illness. From today's perspective, such medical practices appear foolhardy at best, perhaps even barbaric; most commentators thus have seen in the story of lobotomy an important warning about the kinds of hazards that society will face whenever incompetent or malicious physicians are allowed to overstep the boundaries of valid medical science. Last Resort challenges the previously accepted psychosurgery story and raises new questions about what we should consider its important lessons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53717/cover/9780521353717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis and Geometry on Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varopoulos, Nicholas T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saloff-Coste, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coulhon, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The geometry and analysis that is discussed in this book extends to classical results for general discrete or Lie groups, and the methods used are analytical but have little to do with what is described these days as real analysis. Most of the results described in this book have a dual formulation; they have a 'discrete version' related to a finitely generated discrete group, and a continuous version related to a Lie group. The authors chose to centre this book around Lie groups but could quite easily have pushed it in several other directions as it interacts with opetators, and probability theory, as well as with group theory. This book will serve as an excellent basis for graduate courses in Lie groups, Markov chains or potential theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53823/cover/9780521353823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Adult Odontometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Study of Variation in Adult Tooth Size</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kieser, Julius A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An appreciation of the genetic and environmental determinants of tooth size is fundamental to an understanding of the metric variation of teeth in humans. Thus, besides imparting a sound knowledge of the theories of dental inheritance, development and evolution, this book has an important role in demonstrating the diverse practical applications of odontometrics. A particular feature of the book is the inclusion of numerous tables which bring together a vast body of information on tooth size in different population groups. Students of oral biology, orthodontics, physical anthropology, human biology, forensic science and archaeology will find this work of great value as a text and reference source. As Professor Phillip Tobias writes in the foreword, 'The breadth of Dr Kieser's reading, and his mastery of a staggering array of anthropological, evolutionary, embryological, orthodontic and statistical concepts shine through every page of this work'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53908/cover/9780521353908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521353963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521353963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521353960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Creation of the Anglo-Australian Observatory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521353960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gascoigne, S. C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Proust, K. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, M. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wild, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wison, Sir Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>315</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the official history of the Anglo-Australian Telescope which started to be built at Coonabarabran in New South Wales in 1968 and came into operation in 1974. The telescope is part of the Anglo-Australian Observatory which provides facilities for research in optical astronomy for scientists from Britain and Australia. The authors of this book were all involved in different capacities throughout the development of the telescope. As such it gives a detailed and personal record of the scientific, administrative and political developments from the moment negotiations began to the present day. The AAT has been, and continues to be, an outstanding success and can lay claim to being the best instrumented telescope in the world, with a very wide capability and high sensitivity. This is a unique and important book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53960/cover/9780521353960.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Correspondence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zweig, Arnulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a most complete English edition of Kant's correspondence. The letters are concerned with philosophical and scientific topics but many also treat personal, historical and cultural matters. On one level the letters chart Kant's philosophical development. On another level they expose quirks and foibles, and reveal a good deal about Kant's friendships and philosophical battles with some of the prominent thinkers of the time: Herder, Hamann, Mendelssohn and Fichte. What emerges from these pages is a vivid picture of the intellectual, religious and political currents of the late eighteenth-century Prussia, in which there is much to be learnt about topics such as censorship, and the changing status of Jews and women in Europe. Amongst the special features of this volume are: a substantial introduction, detailed explanatory notes, a glossary, and biographical sketches of correspondents and people referred to in the letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37259/cover/9780521037259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Congressman's Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogue, Allan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the historical literature of the American Civil War, the president, the generals, and the cabinet secretaries have won the war of words. Of the hundreds of men who served in the House of Representative during this great struggle, only a handful appear typically in general discussions of the period. Yet without a deeper understanding of the contributions of the members of Congress to the successful prosecution of the war we cannot fully appreciate the desperate nature of that conflict and its significance in the building of the nation. This book explores important aspects of the Civil War from the perspective of Capital Hill. It is an effort to reconnoiter some of the possibilities for understanding the congressmen, their relations with one another, and their interaction with President Lincoln. Designed as an exploration rather than as a full-scale history of the Civil War Congress, this book reveals a legislature in which the average length of service was very short, although a relatively small core of national public figures provide continuity. The era was one of strong ideology and fateful policy decisions, but the congressmen continued to think also as politicians. The author suggests that not one but many political agendas were at issue in Congress during the Civil War. The Republicans had significant success in achieving the goals represented by their national platform of 1860, but the necessity of developing an ad hoc wartime agenda resulted in major struggles between party leaders and between elements in Congress and in party caucuses, as well as between the legislative and executive branches. In such activity neither the president nor any particular congressional group was the clear victor, and the war ended with momentous issues still undecided. While public attention focused on such issues and great armies marched to victory or disaster, the federal lawmakers fulfilled their institutional roles to their own best advantages and thought in terms of patronage, personal power, and career advancement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54059/cover/9780521354059.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Democracy in Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Grass-Roots Struggle in the South, 1955-1975</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foweraker, Joe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, exploring the making of democracy in Spain during the twenty long years before the death of Franco, seeks out the beginnings of democratic struggles at the grass roots of civil society. Rather than one more account of the transition to democracy in Spain, this is the story of the countless unsung heroes who prepared the political terrain of this transition. The story suggests that it was social needs and economic demands which spawned individual discontent and political dissent, but that the struggle itself required continual political organization and calculation. The book therefore explores the personal networks and political strategies which sustained the struggle, and reveals that their contribution to the making of democracy was often contradictory and always piecemeal. Democratic struggle is not defined by a single idea of democracy, but by myriad attempts to achieve more autonomous action and more effective forms of representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54066/cover/9780521354066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judaism and its Social Metaphors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Israel in the History of Jewish Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neusner, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The current crisis in Palestine is only the most recent manifestation of Israel's historical significance to the Jewish people. Jacob Neusner examines the crucial role of the definition of Israel in the history of Judaic thought. He argues that Judaic sages have constructed various metaphoric images of Israel - as family, as chosen people, as a nation - in order to express changing theological concerns as the religion evolved. The history of the definition of Israel is revealed as the reflection of the history of Judaism itself. This is a bold and original interpretation of the way in which Jews, as well as other peoples, define themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54714/cover/9780521354714.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Budget Reform Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Design of the Appropriations Process in the House of Representatives, 1865-1921</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Charles Stewart analyses the development of the budgetary process in the House of Representatives between 1865 and 1921. The period began with the creation of the House Appropriations Committee and ended with the passage of the Budgetary Accounting Act. Attempts at change were closely related to societal and economic, but also to institutional, developments during this period. Both the electoral system and the national party system, as well as war and other economic crises, impacted upon the budgetary process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54721/cover/9780521354721.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure and Scale in the Roman Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan-Jones, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book by the author of The Economy of the Roman Empire: Quantitative Studies considers important interlocking themes. Did the Roman Empire have a single 'national' economy, or was its economy localised and fragmented? Can coin and pottery survivals demonstrate the importance of long-distance trade? How fast did essential news travel by sea, and what does that imply about Mediterranean sailing-patterns? Further subjects considered include taxation, commodity-prices, demography, and army pay and manpower. The book is very wide-ranging in its geographical coverage and in the evidence that it explores. By analysing specific features of the economy the contrasting discussions examine important questions about its character and limitations, and about how surviving evidence should be interpreted. The book throws new and significant light on the economic life of Europe and the Mediterranean in antiquity, and will be valuable to ancient historians and students of European economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54776/cover/9780521354776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135482X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135482X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microstructural Design of Fiber Composites</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chou, Tsu-Wei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the issue of designing the microstructure of fiber composite materials in order to obtain optimum performance. Besides the systematic treatment of conventional continuous and discontinuous fiber composites, the book also presents the state-of-the-art of the development of textile structural composites as well as the nonlinear elastic finite deformation theory of flexible composites. The author's experience during twenty years of research and teaching on composite materials is reflected in the broad spectrum of topics covered, including laminated composites, statistical strength theories of continuous fiber composites, short fiber composites, hybrid composites, two- and three-dimensional textile structural composites and flexible composites. This book provides the first comprehensive analysis and modeling of the thermo-mechanical behavior of fiber composites with these distinct microstructures. Overall, the inter-relationships among the processing, microstructures and properties of these materials are emphasized throughout the book. The book is intended as a text for graduate or advanced undergraduate students, but will also be an excellent reference for all materials scientists and engineers who are researching or working with these materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54820/cover/9780521354820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521354854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521354854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521354851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mannerism in Arabic Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Structural Analysis of Selected Texts (3rd Century AH/9th Century AD - 5th Century AH/11th Century AD)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521354851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sperl, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to identify elements of mannerism and classicism in medieval Arabic poetry. Mannerism in Arabic has usually been linked with the appearance of an ornate rhetorical style called badi which became characteristic of poetry and prose from the fifth century AH/ninth century AD onwards. This study, however, is not so much concerned with the discussion of rhetorical devices as manifest in selected passages and individual lines of poetry; rather, it seeks to attain its objective through a structuralist analysis of complete poems. After the formulation of a hypothesis on the structural coherence of a cardinal form of poetic expression, the panegyric, structuralist analyses of selected poems from the medieval era follow, and the final chapter describes mannerism and classicism as contrasting styles in which the individual poem relates in fundamentally different ways to the literary convention from which it arises and the subject matter it portrays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/54851/cover/9780521354851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Discovery of Buddhism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Almond, Philip C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the British discovery of Buddhism during the Victorian period. It was only during the nineteenth century that Buddhism became, in the western mind, a religious tradition separate from Hinduism. As a result, Buddha emerged from a realm of myth and was addressed as a historical figure. Almond's exploration of British interpretations of Buddhism - of its founder, its doctrines, its ethics, its social practices, its truth and value - illuminates more than the various aspects of Buddhist culture: it sheds light on the Victorian society making these judgements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55032/cover/9780521355032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selected Christian Hebraists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKane, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concern of these studies is with how the exercise of critical methods can be reconciled with the assumption that the Hebrew Bible is a Christian book. With Andrew of St Victor this concern is expressed as a robust, human and historical interest. William Fulke, influenced by Renaissance linguistic science, asserted that the quality of a translation from Hebrew into English is determined entirely by scholarly competence and integrity. Gregory Martin accepted the idea of an English translation with the greatest reluctance; he even rejected Fulke's demand for a return to the 'original' languages of Hebrew and Greek, and translated from the Latin Vulgate. McKane thus reviews the shifts in the Church's understanding of the nature and authority of its scriptures, particularly the Old Testament, and shows how the beginnings of the critical scholarship of modern times is connected with, and has grown out of, that change in understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55070/cover/9780521355070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Union and the Strategy of Non-Alignment in the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allison, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study investigates the overall Soviet conception of non-alignment in the Third World and assesses Soviet policy in relation to this issue. The author argues that official Soviet encouragement for the policy of non-alignment and Soviet support for the programme of the Non-Aligned Movement in the 1960s and 1970s have been part of a broad Soviet strategy aimed at weakening and ultimately supplanting Western military and political ties with Third World states. Soviet officials have been reluctant, therefore, to view neutrality, nuetralism or non-alignment as concepts or policies which denote an intermediate status between the blocs. This study assesses the implications of such perceptions for Soviet policy and considers how far Soviet leaders have accepted the independent foreign policy aspirations of non-aligned states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55117/cover/9780521355117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Control of Introduced Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myers, Judith H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bazely, Dawn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The global spread of plant species by humans is both a fascinating large scale experiment and, in many cases, a major perturbation to native plant communities. Many of the most destructive weeds today have been intentionally introduced to new environments where they have had unexpected and detrimental impacts. This book considers the problem of invasive introduced plants from historical, ecological and sociological perspectives. We consider such questions as 'What makes a community invasible?', 'What makes a plant an invader?' and 'Can we restore plant communities after invasion?' Written with advanced students and land managers in mind, this book contains practical explanations, case studies and an introduction to basic techniques for evaluating the impacts of invasive plants. An underlying theme is that experimental and quantitative evaluation of potential problems is necessary, and solutions must consider the evolutionary and ecological constraints acting on species interactions in newly invaded communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55162/cover/9780521355162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Peasants</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Anthropology of a Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Sulamith Heins</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Jack M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This landmark study of Zengbu, a Cantonese community, is the first comprehensive analysis of a rural Chinese society by foreign anthropologists since the Revolution in 1949. Jack and Sulamith Potter examine the revolutionary experiences of Zengbu's peasant villagers and document the rapid changeover from Maoist to post-Maoist China. In particular, they seek to explain the persistence of the deep structure of Chinese culture through thirty years of revolutionary praxis. The authors assess the continuities and changes in rural China, moving from the traditional social organization and cultural life of the pre-revolutionary period through the series of large-scale efforts to implement planned social change which characterized Maoism - land reform, collectivization, the Great Leap Forward, and the Cultural Revolution. They examine in detail late Maoist society in 1979-80 and go on to describe and analyse the extraordinary changes of the post-Mao years, during which Zengbu was decollectivized, and traditional customs and religious practices reappeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55216/cover/9780521355216.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ernst Kurth: Selected Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurth, Ernst</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothfarb, Lee A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a selection of annotated translations from Ernst Kurth's three best-known publications: Grundlagen des linearen Kontrapunkts (1917), Romantische Harmonik und ihre Krise in Wagners 'Tristan' (1920), and Bruckner (1925). Kurth's contemporaries considered these books to be pioneering studies in the music of J. S. Bach, Wagner and Bruckner. Professor Rothfarb's extensive introductory essay discusses the intellectual and socio-cultural environment in which Kurth was writing, referring to aspects of the early twentieth-century cultural renewal movements and to intellectual developments of the day in phenomenology, aesthetics and psychology. By reading Kurth against the cultural-intellectual background provided in the essay and commentaries, today's music historians and theorists can round out their picture of music theory in the early twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55223/cover/9780521355223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physiology of Fungal Nutrition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jennings, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nutrition of a vegetative fungal colony can be viewed as a web of interconnected processes. In this volume, the author provides a mechanistic basis to the subject, focusing on the processes at the plasma membrane, the modulating effects of the fungal wall, and the fate of nutrients entering the fungus. The major emphasis is physiological, but biochemical and molecular biological information has also been drawn upon when appropriate, to reflect the power of a multifaceted approach and further encourage such study. A comprehensive review of what is known about the more commonly studied fungal species is complemented by information on other fungi, to provide an indication of the diversity of nutritional processes which exist in the fungal kingdom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55247/cover/9780521355247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135532X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135532X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Analysis for Physical Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percival, Donald B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walden, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an up-to-date introduction to univariate spectral analysis at the graduate level, which reflects a new scientific awareness of spectral complexity, as well as the widespread use of spectral analysis on digital computers with considerable computational power. The text provides theoretical and computational guidance on the available techniques, emphasizing those that work in practice. Spectral analysis finds extensive application in the analysis of data arising in many of the physical sciences, ranging from electrical engineering and physics to geophysics and oceanography. A valuable feature of the text is that many examples are given showing the application of spectral analysis to real data sets. Special emphasis is placed on the multitaper technique, because of its practical success in handling spectra with intricate structure, and its power to handle data with or without spectral lines. The text contains a large number of exercises, together with an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55322/cover/9780521355322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Excavation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roskams, Steve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fieldwork in archaeology has been transformed over the past three decades. Drawing on a wealth of experience in excavating some of the most complex, deeply-stratified sites in Britain, Steve Roskams describes the changes that have taken place in the theory and practice of excavation. He then provides a clear account of contemporary techniques, covering pre-excavation reconnaissance and site evaluation, the preparations for full excavation, the actual process of excavation, and the recording of photographic, spatial, stratigraphic and physical evidence. A final chapter discusses the future of excavation. This manual will be welcomed by the professional excavator,  the academic researcher, students, and the interested amateur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55346/cover/9780521355346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physiology and Biochemistry of Cestodes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smyth, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McManus, D. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cestodes, or tapeworms, are a group of parasitic worms many species of which cause serious, often fatal, diseases in man and domestic animals throughout the world. This book is an updated and expanded version of Professor Smyth'sThe Physiology of Cestodes (1969). The text has now been entirely rewritten, taking into account advances in investigative techniques such as immunocytochemistry, in vitro culture and scanning electron microscopy, which have immensely increased our understanding of these organisms. The biochemical coverage now includes the spectacular advances in molecular biology that have occured. The book also shows how cestodes are increasingly being recognized as valuable models for investigating fundamental biological phenomena such as membrane transport and asexual/sexual differentiation. Students of medicine, veterinary medicine, parasitology and zoology will find this book invaluable. Its high research content and extensive references also make it an essential reference book for researchers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55575/cover/9780521355575.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iterative Functional Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuczma, Marek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Choczewski, Bogdan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ger, Roman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A cohesive and exhaustive account of the modern theory of iterative functional equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55612/cover/9780521355612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135563X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135563X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Complexity: Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geweke, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shell, Karl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contents of this volume comprise the proceedings of the International Symposia in Economic Theory and Econometrics conference held in 1987 at the IC^T2 (Innovation, Creativity, and Capital) Institute at the University of Texas at Austin. The essays present fundamental new research on the analysis of complicated outcomes in relatively simple macroeconomic models. The book covers econometric modelling and time series analysis techniques in five parts. Part I focuses on sunspot equilibria, the study of uncertainty generated by nonstochastic economic models. Part II examines the more traditional examples of deterministic chaos: bubbles, instability, and hyperinflation. Part III contains the most current literature dealing with empirical tests for chaos and strange attractors. Part IV deals with chaos and informational complexity. Part V, Nonlinear Econometric Modelling, includes tests for and applications of nonlinearity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55636/cover/9780521355636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonparametric Econometrics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pagan, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ullah, Aman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book systematically and thoroughly covers the vast literature on the nonparametric and semiparametric statistics and econometrics that has evolved over the last five decades. Within this framework this is the first book to discuss the principles of the nonparametric approach to the topics covered in a first year graduate course in econometrics, e.g. regression function, heteroskedasticity, simultaneous equations models, logit-probit and censored models. Nonparametric and semiparametric methods potentially offer considerable reward to applied researchers, owing to the methods' ability to adapt to many unknown features of the data. Professors Pagan and Ullah provide intuitive explanations of difficult concepts, heuristic developments of theory, and empirical examples emphasizing the usefulness of the modern nonparametric approach. The book should provide a new perspective on teaching and research in applied subjects in general and econometrics and statistics in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55643/cover/9780521355643.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135577X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135577X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persons in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolger, Niall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caspi, Avshalom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Downey, Geraldine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moorehouse, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social changes, including women's entry into the labour force and higher rates of divorce and remarriage, have dramatically altered family life and raised complex questions about how individuals develop in the ever changing contexts of family, community and society. The goal of this volume is to enhance our understanding of human development in an evolving social context. Featuring contributions by eminent scholars in developmental, clinical and personality psychology, behavioural genetics and sociology, Persons in Context: Developmental Processes presents advances in theory and research on two central topics: how environments influence individuals in the course of development and how individuals select and shape the very environments that influence their development. The volume assembles a theoretically convergent body of research on how individuals and environments are linked in the course of development, including studies of genetics - environment relations, social interns, social interchanges in family systems, and linkages between the family and other major settings, such as peer groups, communities, and the larger social structure. Designed for scholars and researchers in developmental psychology, the volume will also serve as an excellent source for those interested in personality and social psychology, family psychology, and human ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35842/cover/9780521035842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pay Up and Play the Game</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professional Sport in Britain, 1875-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vamplew, Wray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on a vast range of club and association records, Pay Up and Play the Game presents the first systematic economic analysis of the emergence of mass spectator sport during the years prior to World War I. It explores the tensions behind an increasingly commercialised activity that was nonetheless suffused with 'gentlemanly' values at many levels, and highlights the retreat of the latter as working-class consumption and participation became predominant, symbolised most dramatically by the celebrated victory of proletarian Blackburn Olympic over the Old Etonians in the FA Cup final of 1883. Wray Vamplew examines the linkages between sport, gambling, crime and spectator violence, and concludes that many supposedly 'recent' developments (notably football hooliganism) in fact have their origins in this, the 'Golden Age' of sport in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55971/cover/9780521355971.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Phantasy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easthope, Antony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the author examines the relation between historical materialism and psychoanalysis for the understanding of literature. He analyzes central poems in the canonical tradition, poems of courtly love, Romantic poetry, and the modernism and post-modernism of Eliot and Pound.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55988/cover/9780521355988.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521355990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521355990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521355995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Death and the Metropolis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Demographic History of London, 1670-1830</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521355995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landers, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Death and the Metropolis offers a powerful analysis of demographic patterns in London over the 'long eighteenth century', concentrating on mortality but also including data on marital fertility, population structure and migration. The study is based on a variety of sources including weekly and annual Bills of Mortality, parish registers and Quaker vital registers, and employs the techniques of family reconstitution and aggregative analysis. The data are analysed within the framework of a structural model of mortality change comprising the proximate determinants of exposure to, and resistance against, infectious agents on the the part of populations. Within this framework a model is established describing the specific demographic and epidemiological characteristics of early modern metropolitan centres. The evidence indicates that mortality in London was much higher than in other settlements in England for most of the period, but declined steeply in the later eighteenth century. This apparently reflected changes in exposure to infections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/55995/cover/9780521355995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Studies in International Corporate Business</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichova, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;vy-Leboyer, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussbaum, Helga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the sequel to Multinational Enterprise in Historical Perspective (1986), in which the same editorial team continues the historical exploration of a vital but often misconstrued commercial phenomenon. The contributory essays, each written by an authority in the field, raise further questions on the idea of the firm, on periodisation and on research and development, and examine the international financial operations of worldwide corporate business. With the aid of trans-industrial and transnational comparisons, the range of policies pursued by business and government is fully discussed. Above all, this discussion is extended to include the production of mass-consumer goods and the areas of China, Japan and Latin America. All the contributions are based on original historical research undertaken in national and private bank and business archives in Europe, the USA and Japan. In their critical assessments and interpretations the authors are also able to combine economic theory with history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56008/cover/9780521356008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mind of John Locke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Political Theory in its Intellectual Setting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Locke (1632-1704) is a central figure in the history of thought, and in liberal doctrine especially. This major study brings a range of his wider views to bear upon his political theory. Every political theorist has a vision, a view about the basic features of life and society, as well as technique which mediates this into propositions about politics. Locke's vision spanned questions concerning Christian worship, ethics, political economy, medicine, the human understanding, revealed theology and education. This study shows how the character of these wider concerns informed Two Treatises of Government, especially in respect of a view of divine teleology, and situated a distinctive view of politics which treated the state and the church in parallel terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56039/cover/9780521356039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940314</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rhetoric of Sexuality and the Literature of the French Renaissance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kritzman, Lawrence D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between psychoanalytic theory and the literature of the French Renaissance by exploring the issues of gender, the body, and repression in many of the key literary texts of the period, including Sc&#232;ve, Rabelais, Marguerite de Navarre, Ronsard, and Montaigne. By means of detailed readings of individual texts, Lawrence Kritzman examines how sexuality functions as a rhetorical trope through which desire is represented. Professor Kritzman's study concentrates on three major objectives: the issues of gender identity and sexual difference in French Renaissance texts; the question of how the body is represented in the blasons, love poetry and prose of the period; and the way in which figural language depicts the libidinal, political and social tensions at work in texts. It is the first wide-ranging theoretical study to provide reading models to investigate the taboo subject of sexuality underlying literary production in the French Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56244/cover/9780521356244.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rural Society and the Search for Order in Early Modern Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robisheaux, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the rural societies of Germany the early sixteenth century was a time of massive upheavals. In this probing study of village life, based upon rich manuscript sources from the old County of Hohenlohe, Thomas Robisheaux seeks to understand how petty German princes, Lutheran pastors, and villagers struggled to create order out of their confusing world. The Hohenlohe region experienced all of the turmoil associated with the sixteenth century, including a peasant near-rising in 1600, the brutal effects of the wage-price scissors, chronic shortages of land, famines, impoverishment, and the destructive cycles of war. By using concepts borrowed from anthropology, Professor Robisheaux looks for the way social hierarchy and discipline countered the disruptive changes of the age. The years between 1550 and 1620 saw new sources of stability and order created in the family; through systematized customs of inheritance; through market relationships; and in the practice of state power within the village.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56268/cover/9780521356268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Anger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Juvenal's Third Book of Satires</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braund, Susan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Anger is a detailed literary analysis of the three poems which make up Juvenal's third book of Satires (i.e. Satires 7, 8 and 9). Dr Braund pays particular attention to the satiric techniques Juvenal employs in this book, arguing that in Book III Juvenal uses a new, ironic persona, which makes his satire more indirect, subtle and double-edged than does the angry approach found in the earlier books. This is an in-depth treatment of Juvenal's third book of Satires, which has previously suffered neglect from scholars. It also gives a welcome overview of the development of Juvenal's satiric output.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56374/cover/9780521356374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Images of Prehistory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Views of Early Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fowler, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharp, Mick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This large format collection of stunning and atmospheric images of Britain's prehistoric past is a showcase for the work of one of the country's leading landscape photographers. Accompanied by a text and commentary at once authoritative and accessible, it will attract anyone interested in landscape photography and archaeology. After a brief illustrated introduction, the book falls into two parts. A Portfolio from Prehistory vividly illuminates the principal themes of prehistoric life: earning a living from the land, building to provide shelter, defending the community, and erecting tombs and devising rituals to honor the dead and ensure contact with the ancestral past. Prehistory in Landscapes then offers a sharper regional focus to illustrate the sheer density and variety of the prehistoric remains that survive on the uplands of Britain: on Orkney, and in North Wales, the Avebury area of Wiltshire and West Cornwall. Mick Sharp's sensitivity to skies, stone, subtle light and rugged landscape counterpoints perfectly with Peter Fowler's affectionate but trenchant commentary. Together they make Images of Prehistory a potent memorial to a vanished way of life. Peter Fowler, Professor of Archaeology at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne is known for his writings and broadcasting on the history of the British landscape. Mick Sharp, a professional photographer and archaeologist, runs a photographic library devoted to archaeology and the history of the landscape.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56466/cover/9780521356466.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Income Distribution in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brenner, Y. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaelble, Hartmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume a distinguished team of international contributors consider some of the central long-term issues raised by the problem of income distribution. The Kuznets curve - i.e. the notion that income distribution became increasingly unequal during the period of industrialisation, and progressively less unequal during the drive to maturity - lies at the centre of much of the analysis, and its relevance is discussed in a wide-ranging series of articles covering the British, Belgian, German, Australian, Austrian and American experiences. This volume is the first for many years to take such a broad, comparative approach to income distribution, and makes an important and authoritative contribution to an area of perennial debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Altichiero</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Artist and his Patrons in the Italian Trecento</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study in English of Altichiero, one of the most important painters of the later Italian Trecento. Altichiero, a native of Verona, worked exclusively for the despotic rulers of Verona and Padua and their courtiers, translating their chivalric aspirations into fresco cycles of extraordinary beauty and originality and serving as the favourite artist of the proponents of the revival of classical learning at these courts. Altichiero, whose work is indebted to Giotto, worked in close collaboration with Petrarch, the greatest of early Italian Humanists, and with his friends and followers in Padua. In addition to an informative catalogue and bibliography, the book also contains a wealth of illustrations in both colour and black and white, which bring the work and world of Altichiero to life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Higher-Order Categorical Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambek, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the authors reconcile two different viewpoints of the foundations of mathematics, namely mathematical logic and category theory. In Part I, they show that typed lambda-calculi, a formulation of higher order logic, and cartesian closed categories are essentially the same. In Part II, it is demonstrated that another formulation of higher order logic (intuitionistic type theories) is closely related to topos theory. Part III is devoted to recursive functions. Numerous applications of the close relationship between traditional logic and the algebraic language of category theory are given. The authors have included an introduction to category theory and develop the necessary logic as required, making the book essentially self-contained. Detailed historical references are provided throughout, and each section concludes with a set of exercises. Thus it is well-suited for graduate courses and research in mathematics and logic. Researchers in theoretical computer science, artificial intelligence and mathematical linguistics will also find this an accessible introduction to a subject of increasing application to these disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56534/cover/9780521356534.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Undergraduate Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Miles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Algebraic geometry is, essentially, the study of the solution of equations and occupies a central position in pure mathematics. This short and readable introduction to algebraic geometry will be ideal for all undergraduate mathematicians coming to the subject for the first time. With the minimum of prerequisites, Dr Reid introduces the reader to the basic concepts of algebraic geometry including: plane conics, cubics and the group law, affine and projective varieties, and non-singularity and dimension. He is at pains to stress the connections the subject has with commutative algebra as well as its relation to topology, differential geometry, and number theory. The book arises from an undergraduate course given at the University of Warwick and contains numerous examples and exercises illustrating the theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56626/cover/9780521356626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quasar Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weedman, Daniel W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book utilises the author's twenty years of research experience to describe conclusions on the nature of quasars, their distribution, and their evolution in the universe. Concentrating on observational astrophysics rather than theory, Quasar Astronomy serves as both a summary of what is known about quasars and a guide to research methods and unanswered questions. After reviewing the cosmological framework and necessary equations, the book discusses all aspects of observed quasar properties. Techniques are summarised for analysing quasar data obtained with various kinds of telescopes and extensive references are given to recent publications. The major original contributions in chapters 5 and 6 deal with the distribution of quasars in spacetime, a subject extensively discussed in the current research literature. The book not only summarises existing results from various techniques but refers to the potentialities of new instruments that are presently being developed, resulting in a unified, up-to-date and practical account of the astronomy of quasars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56749/cover/9780521356749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135675X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135675X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Supersymmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freund, Peter G. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Just as ordinary symmetries relate various forms of matter to each other, and various basic forces to each other, so the novel concept of supersymmetry relates (Fermi) matter to (Bose) force. It is the aim of this book to provide a brief introductory description of the new physical and mathematical ideas involved in formulating supersymmetric theories. The book starts with a physical motivation of supersymmetry, a presentation of the mathematics of Lie superalgebras, supergroups and superspace. Techniques for constructing manifestly globally supersymmetric field theories are given, using the superfield formalism. To allow for a clear flow of ideas, the basic ideas and techniques are worked out in low space dimensionalities where the formulae do not obscure the concepts. Generalizations to four space-time dimensions are then readily come by. Some quantum aspects are discussed. Possible phenomenological applications are not emphasized. Supergravities, locally supersymmetric theories are then considered in 4 and 11 dimensions, in component formalism. An introduction to supersymmetry will be of interest to postgraduate students and researchers in theoretical and particle physics, especially those working in quantum field theory, quantum gravity, general relativity and supergravity. The book will also be of interest to mathematicians with an interest in theoretical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56756/cover/9780521356756.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356792</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Principles of Plant Taxonomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sivarajan, V. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robson, N. K. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although one of the earliest of biological disciplines, plant taxonomy remains an important and relevant aspect of modern botany. A disproportionate emphasis on the practice of plant taxonomy has to some extent caused the science to be seen solely as the activity of plant identification. This book attempts to redress the balance by providing an introduction to the taxonomic theory upon which the identification procedure is based. The second edition has been completely revised and updated by the author and edited by Norman Robson to reflect the rapid advances which have occurred in plant taxonomy since publication of the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56794/cover/9780521356794.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135692X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135692X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Forecasting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holden, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peel, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the methods employed in forecasting the future state of the economy. It provides a comprehensive coverage of methods and applications in this fast-growing area and is intended for use in postgraduate and upper-level undergraduate courses. Part I outlines the available techniques, particularly those used in business forecasting and econometric forecasting. The state of the art in time series modelling is reviewed and includes a discussion of Box-Jenkins models, the vector autogressive approach and cointegration. Ways of combining forecasts are also examined in detail. Part II considers the most important applications of forecasting. Applications in microeconomics include demand and sales forecasting, the use of anticipations data, leading indicators and scenario analysis. In macroeconomics the emphasis is on why errors occur in forecasting asset market prices, including implications of the efficient markets hypothesis for foreign markets, stock market prices and commodity market prices. The book ends with a discussion of the appropriateness of various techniques, recent developments in forecasting, and the links between economic forecasting and government policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56923/cover/9780521356923.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maximal Cohen-Macaulay Modules over Cohen-Macaulay Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yoshino, Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of these notes is to explain in detail some topics on the intersection of commutative algebra, representation theory and singularity theory. They are based on lectures given in Tokyo, but also contain new research. It is the first cohesive account of the area and will provide a useful synthesis of recent research for algebraists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56947/cover/9780521356947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521356954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521356954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521356954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Modern Welfare Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521356954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johansson, Per-Olov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book in welfare economics to be primarily intended for undergraduates and non-specialists. Concepts such as Pareto optimality in a market economy, the compensation criterion, and the social welfare function are explored in detail. Market failures are analysed by using different ways of measuring welfare changes. The book also examines public choice, and the issues of provision of public goods, median voter equilibrium, government failures, efficient and optimal taxation, and intergenerational equity. The three final chapters are devoted to applied welfare economics: methods for revealing people's preferences, cost-benefit analysis, and project evaluation in a risky world. The book is intended for introductory and intermediate courses in welfare economics, microeconomics, and public economics. It will also be suitable for courses in health economics, environmental economics, and cost-benefit analysis, as well as those undertaking project evaluations in government agencies and private firms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/56954/cover/9780521356954.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Variation in German</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Approach to German Sociolinguistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barbour, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevenson, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the interrelations between language and society in the German-speaking countries. The questions 'what is German and who speaks it?' and 'how does the language vary dependent on social, political and geographical factors?' are addressed and placed in their historical context. This is a comprehensive account of major topics in the contemporary study of German sociolinguistics, and topics covered include the history and development of the German language, German as a minority language, minority languages in German-speaking countries, traditional dialects, variation in contemporary colloquial speech, the influence of English on German, and German in East and West. It draws together much otherwise inaccessible material from a great range of sources. The authors also assess critically research work carried out in German-speaking countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57043/cover/9780521357043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Congressman's Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogue, Allan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the historical literature of the American Civil War, the president, the generals, and the cabinet secretaries have won the war of words. Of the hundreds of men who served in the House of Representative during this great struggle, only a handful appear typically in general discussions of the period. Yet without a deeper understanding of the contributions of the members of Congress to the successful prosecution of the war we cannot fully appreciate the desperate nature of that conflict and its significance in the building of the nation. This book explores important aspects of the Civil War from the perspective of Capital Hill. It is an effort to reconnoiter some of the possibilities for understanding the congressmen, their relations with one another, and their interaction with President Lincoln. Designed as an exploration rather than as a full-scale history of the Civil War Congress, this book reveals a legislature in which the average length of service was very short, although a relatively small core of national public figures provide continuity. The era was one of strong ideology and fateful policy decisions, but the congressmen continued to think also as politicians. The author suggests that not one but many political agendas were at issue in Congress during the Civil War. The Republicans had significant success in achieving the goals represented by their national platform of 1860, but the necessity of developing an ad hoc wartime agenda resulted in major struggles between party leaders and between elements in Congress and in party caucuses, as well as between the legislative and executive branches. In such activity neither the president nor any particular congressional group was the clear victor, and the war ended with momentous issues still undecided. While public attention focused on such issues and great armies marched to victory or disaster, the federal lawmakers fulfilled their institutional roles to their own best advantages and thought in terms of patronage, personal power, and career advancement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57050/cover/9780521357050.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emperor Romanus Lecapenus and his Reign</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Tenth-Century Byzantium</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study, centred around the reign of the usurping Emperor Romanus Lecapenus, was originally published in 1929, reissued in 1963, and has been out of print for several years. It contributed to the revival of interest in Byzantine studies at that time, and has since remained one of the most authoritative and readable accounts of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mammon and the Pursuit of Empire Abridged Edition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Economics of British Imperialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Lance Edwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huttenback, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historians have so far made few attempts to assess directly the costs and benefits of Britain's investment in empire. This book presents answers to some of the key questions about the economics of imperialism: how large was the flow of finance to the empire? How great were the profits on empire investment? What were the social costs of maintaining the empire? Who received the profits, and who bore the costs? The authors show that colonial finance did not dominate British capital markets; returns from empire investment were not high in comparison to earnings in the domestic and foreign sectors; there is no evidence of continued exploitative profits; and empire profits were earned at a substantial cost to the taxpayer. They depict British imperialism as a mechanism to effect an income transfer from the tax-paying middle class to the elites in which the ownership of imperial enterprise was heavily concentrated, with some slight net transfer to the colonies in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57234/cover/9780521357234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Byzantine Art and Architecture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodley, Lyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Byzantine empire began with the transformation of the Roman empire initiated by the official acceptance of Christianity and the establishment of Constantinople as the capital city. It ended with the fall of that city to the Ottoman Turks in 1453. The art and architecture of the empire reflects its changing fortunes, the development of Christianity, and the cultural influences that affected it. This book offers a systematic introduction to the material culture of the Byzantine empire, from the fourth to the fourteenth centuries. It provides for the student or any other interested reader a compendium of material which is generally difficult to access: much of the writing on Byzantine art and architecture is not in English, and is published as articles in scholarly journals. The book sets out the subject in an accessible manner, describing and discussing by period the surviving material - and that which can be reconstructed from documentary sources - and exploring its social/historical context. The text is copiously illustrated by well over 400 halftones, plans and maps.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57241/cover/9780521357241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metric Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copson, E. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Metric space topology, as the generalization to abstract spaces of the theory of sets of points on a line or in a plane, unifies many branches of classical analysis and is necessary introduction to functional analysis. Professor Copson's book, which is based on lectures given to third-year undergraduates at the University of St Andrews, provides a more leisurely treatment of metric spaces than is found in books on functional analysis, which are usually written at graduate student level. His presentation is aimed at the applications of the theory to classical algebra and analysis; in particular, the chapter on contraction mappings shows how it provides proof of many of the existence theorems in classical analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57326/cover/9780521357326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognition in Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mind, Mathematics and Culture in Everyday Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lave, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most previous research on human cognition has focused on problem-solving, and has confined its investigations to the laboratory. As a result, it has been difficult to account for complex mental processes and their place in culture and history. In this startling - indeed, disco in forting - study, Jean Lave moves the analysis of one particular form of cognitive activity, - arithmetic problem-solving - out of the laboratory into the domain of everyday life. In so doing, she shows how mathematics in the 'real world', like all thinking, is shaped by the dynamic encounter between the culturally endowed mind and its total context, a subtle interaction that shapes 1) Both tile human subject and the world within which it acts. The study is focused on mundane daily, activities, such as grocery shopping for 'best buys' in the supermarket, dieting, and so on. Innovative in its method, fascinating in its findings, the research is above all significant in its theoretical contributions. Have offers a cogent critique of conventional cognitive theory, turning for an alternative to recent social theory, and weaving a compelling synthesis from elements of culture theory, theories of practice, and Marxist discourse. The result is a new way of understanding human thought processes, a vision of cognition as the dialectic between persons-acting, and the settings in which their activity is constituted. The book will appeal to anthropologists, for its novel theory of the relation of cognition to culture and context; to cognitive scientists and educational theorists; and to the 'plain folks' who form its subject, and who will recognize themselves in it, a rare accomplishment in the modern social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57340/cover/9780521357340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary French Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, A. Phillips</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a lively and accessible guide to some of the major issues current in French philosophy today and to some of the figures who are or have been influential in shaping its development. The collection is unusual and interesting in bringing together a range of contributors from both Britain and France, and is intended not only for professional philosophers but also for those with a more general interest in the French intellectual scene.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early History of the Viol</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodfield, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the development of the viol from its late medieval Spanish origins to the sixteenth century, when it became the most widely played bowed instrument in western Europe. Ian Woodfield examines the two most important ancestors of the instrument, the Moorish rahab and the vihuela de mano. From these two instruments emerged an early form of viol, the Valencian vihuela de arco, which spread rapidly across the Mediterranean during the papacy of Rodrigo Borgia. The viol was enthusiastically accepted by the d'Este and Gonzaga families and other Italian arbiters before migrating across the Alps and into the rest of Europe. The author discusses all aspects of the viol during its Renaissance hey-day: the growing perfection of viol design at the hands of Italian craftsmen; the gradual evolution of tuning systems; the development of advanced playing techniques and the wide range of music, both solo and consort. The final chapter examines the growth of a viol playing tradition in sixteenth-century England, in particular in the London choir-schools. Dr Woodfield brings iconographic evidence and an interesting approach to this study which will be of interest to musicologists, iconographers, organologists and viol players.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57432/cover/9780521357432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managerial Job Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Men and Women in Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Work role transitions are among the most significant yet least understood forms of social change, and how they affect individuals' careers, self-concepts and organizational adjustment is of great practical and theoretical importance. This book provides the first comprehensive, large-scale study of the causes, form and outcomes of job change. Focussing on one of the most influential segments of society - middle to senior managers - the book offers a new theoretical approach to the analysis and understanding of job change. The authors ask how much job change is taking place, assess who is most affected, and evaluate the psychological consequences for the individual manager. They discuss organizations' handling of job transitions, and provide a unique focus on women in management, evaluating how their experience of careers and job change differs from men's. This book presents important new findings to specialists in life-span development, careers, managerial performance and organizational behaviour. It also offers the non-specialist insights into wider questions, such as the relationship between social change and organizational life, and the individual's experience of changes in industrial society's structures, practices and values.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57449/cover/9780521357449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Letter to the Hebrews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindars, Barnabas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Letter to the Hebrews is of particular significance for the most important explanation of the sacrificial death of Christ contained in the New Testament. In this study, Barnabas Lindars explains the circumstances in which it was written, and expounds the writer's argument at length. At each stage in his survey the teaching of Hebrews is related to the major topics of New Testament theology, so that the distinctive character of the Letter's contribution can be assessed in depth. At the same time this topical arrangement serves the purpose of a systematic theology, so that the reader can discover what Hebrews has to say on such subjects as christology, the atoning death of Jesus, the new covenant, the Holy Spirit, and the use of the Old Testament. Special attention is paid to the rhetorical power of the Epistle, which is seen to mark it out as a work of great persuasive power, written in response to an urgent practical situation. A summary chapter indicates the place of Hebrews in the context of the development of early Christianity, while a final section assesses the influence Hebrews has had on subsequent Christian theology, and the way it has been used as a resource for liturgy and worship from ancient times to the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57487/cover/9780521357487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superstring Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Michael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witten, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, superstring theory has emerged as a promising approach to reconciling general relativity with quantum mechanics and unifying the fundamental interactions. Problems that have seemed insuperable in previous approaches take on a totally new character in the context of superstring theory, and some of them have been overcome. Interest in the subject has greatly increased following a succession of exciting recent developments. This two-volume book attempts to meet the need for a systematic exposition of superstring theory and its applications accessible to as wide an audience as possible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57524/cover/9780521357524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Living Tundra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernov, Yu I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging account of the life of the tundra provides a fascinating insight into the ways in which animals, plants and climate interact in an inhospitable environment. Although the tundra is not rich in species compared with habitats in the tropics or even in temperate regions, it is an area of great interest to ecologists, botanists and zoologists alike, as an excellent example of nature contending with extreme environmental stress. As a biogeographer and ecologist the author has used his firsthand experience of the Eurasian Sub-Arctic to present an overview of life on the tundra of the Soviet Northlands that has become a classic of ecological literature. The tradition of interdisciplinary studies is very strong among Soviet tundra scientists. This important book is a valuable guide to the life of the tundra and will interest all those interested in the conservation of its flora and fauna.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial State and Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States and Cuba, 1952-1986</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Morris H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The United States played a decisive role in Cuba's political and economic development during the first half of the twentieth century. The emergence in the 1950s of a broad-based opposition movement to the Batista dictatorship was viewed by American policy makers as a threat to American interests. The paramount concern of the Eisenhower administration was to deny political power to the Castro forces, a goal pursued by all means short of direct military intervention. Subsequently, American policy toward Cuba, as Morris Morley shows in this book, has focused on reasserting US influence over the island. Drawing on personal interviews, classified documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, and other primary sources, this study presents the most comprehensive analysis to date of the Kennedy and Johnson administrations' efforts to isolate Cuba politically within Latin America and economically throughout the capitalist world. During the Nixon, Ford, and Carter presidencies, as Morley shows, the global economic blockade unraveled, as did Cuba's political pariah status in Latin America. The book also traces the responses of the US Congress and the American business community to White House policy in the 1970s. In the epilogue, Morley discusses the Reagan administration's antagonistic policies toward Havana, which recalls the policies, rhetoric, and instrumentalities displayed by Washington during the early 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57623/cover/9780521357623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visionary Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Millennial Themes in American Thought, 1756-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Ruth H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An account of the role of millennial thinking in the age of the American Revolution, this book demonstrates the popularity and diffusion of millennial expectations among several types of American Protestants by the middle of the eighteenth century and illuminates the way these hopes shaped the understanding of the Revolution and the symbolic meaning of the new nation. Unlike most previous works, this study extends well beyond the social and geographic perimeters of the New England clergy and is based on a wide range of secular as well as religious literature. The book not only sheds light on the role of religion in the American Revolution, but it also surveys an important facet of the intellectual history of the early Republic. Analysing the interplay of millennial, republican and Enlightenment ideas about the future, the author reveals both complementary and contradictory themes in American thought of an older cultural tradition of millennialism while at the same time tracing variations and changes within that tradition during this formative period of American history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57647/cover/9780521357647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Security</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Visions and Revisions: A Twentieth Century Fund Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Achenbaum, W. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As social security comes of age in an uncertain climate, Americans find news reports and 'official' projections disturbing in ways they do not fully understand - but dare not ignore. The challenges that beset social security, however, are not just actuarial or fiscal in nature. The choices before us require a confrontation with the political and philosophical underpinnings of the American experiment. Fifty years ago, Franklin Roosevelt envisioned social security to be the cornerstone 'for the kind of protection America wants' from the financial troubles people faced due to old age and family tragedies. By fulfilling its initial promise, social security has evolved into the nation's largest, costliest, and most successful domestic institution. But the optimistic assumptions that inspired its incremental expansion have dissipated in the face of demographic, political, economic, and cultural shifts in American society. Despite past successes, social security no longer enjoys solid support. Critics predict further trouble in coming decades. Social Security: Visions and Revisions encourages lawmakers, academic experts, and general readers alike to think more broadly and boldly about social security and its relation to public assistance and other income-maintenance and health-care programs. Pulling together information and insights previously scattered and fragmentary, this book draws lessons from the past that free us of outdated assumptions and unexamined shibboleths. The re-vision of social security that Achenbaum advocates - one that highlights intergenerational features and underscores the provision of a socially acceptable, universal minimum standard of living - should become the basis of all discussions of government's responsibility to promote 'the general welfare' in our aging society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57661/cover/9780521357661.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Autonomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dworkin, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new book develops a new concept of autonomy. The notion of autonomy has emerged as central to contemporary moral and political philosophy, particularly in the area of applied ethics. professor Dworkin examines the nature and value of autonomy and uses the concept to analyse various practical moral issues such as proxy consent in the medical context, paternalism, and entrapment by law enforcement officials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57678/cover/9780521357678.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Control of Introduced Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myers, Judith H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bazely, Dawn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The global spread of plant species by humans is both a fascinating large scale experiment and, in many cases, a major perturbation to native plant communities. Many of the most destructive weeds today have been intentionally introduced to new environments where they have had unexpected and detrimental impacts. This book considers the problem of invasive introduced plants from historical, ecological and sociological perspectives. We consider such questions as 'What makes a community invasible?', 'What makes a plant an invader?' and 'Can we restore plant communities after invasion?' Written with advanced students and land managers in mind, this book contains practical explanations, case studies and an introduction to basic techniques for evaluating the impacts of invasive plants. An underlying theme is that experimental and quantitative evaluation of potential problems is necessary, and solutions must consider the evolutionary and ecological constraints acting on species interactions in newly invaded communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57784/cover/9780521357784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135787X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135787X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Peasants</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Anthropology of a Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Sulamith Heins</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, Jack M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This landmark study of Zengbu, a Cantonese community, is the first comprehensive analysis of a rural Chinese society by foreign anthropologists since the Revolution in 1949. Jack and Sulamith Potter examine the revolutionary experiences of Zengbu's peasant villagers and document the rapid changeover from Maoist to post-Maoist China. In particular, they seek to explain the persistence of the deep structure of Chinese culture through thirty years of revolutionary praxis. The authors assess the continuities and changes in rural China, moving from the traditional social organization and cultural life of the pre-revolutionary period through the series of large-scale efforts to implement planned social change which characterized Maoism - land reform, collectivization, the Great Leap Forward, and the Cultural Revolution. They examine in detail late Maoist society in 1979-80 and go on to describe and analyse the extraordinary changes of the post-Mao years, during which Zengbu was decollectivized, and traditional customs and religious practices reappeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57876/cover/9780521357876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This third Companion To Ancient Thought is devoted to ancient theories of language. The chapters range over more than eight hundred years of philosophical enquiry, and provide critical analyses of all the principal accounts of how it is that language can have meaning and how we can come to acquire linguistic understanding. The discussions move from the naturalism examined in Plato's Cratylus to the sophisticated theories of the Hellenistic schools and the work of St Augustine. The relations between thought about language and metaphysics, philosophy of mind and the development of grammar are also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57951/cover/9780521357951.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521357969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521357969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521357968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Methods for Integral Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521357968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Delves, L. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mohamed, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Integral equations form an important class of problems, arising frequently in engineering, and in mathematical and scientific analysis. This textbook provides a readable account of techniques for their numerical solution. The authors devote their attention primarily to efficient techniques using high order approximations, taking particular account of situations where singularities are present. The classes of problems which arise frequently in practice, Fredholm of the first and second kind and eigenvalue problems, are dealt with in depth. Volterra equations, although attractive to treat theoretically, arise less often in practical problems and so have been given less emphasis. Some knowledge of numerical methods and linear algebra is assumed, but the book includes introductory sections on numerical quadrature and function space concepts. This book should serve as a valuable text for final year undergraduate or postgraduate courses, and as an introduction or reference work for practising computational mathematicians, scientists and engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/57968/cover/9780521357968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135806X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135806X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Johannine Epistles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lieu, Judith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Johannine Epistles have long been recognised as contributing a vital element to the theology of the New Testament. Usually it is to the Gospel that the reader turns first in order to explore that contribution; the First Epistle is treated as a supplement, while 2 and 3 John - on account of their brevity - receive little attention. This book allows the Epistles to speak for themselves, and shows that they sound a distinctive note within Johannine theology, in particular, and the thought of the New Testament, in general. Dr Lieu carefully outlines their most important theological themes (comprising, for example, tensions-in-unity between confidence and imperative, individual and community, and faith and tradition) which - when understood in their original setting - are seen to have rich potential for the continuing theology of the Church. By focusing on the Johannine Epistles in their proper context and in their own right, the author of this book thus provides a timely reassessment of the substantial theological contribution they have to make.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58064/cover/9780521358064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>3K: The Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Partridge, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What processes fixed the designs etched on the cosmic background radiation (CBR)? And what can they tell us about the early Universe, and the origin and evolution of cosmic structure? This review covers all aspects of three decades of study of this ghostly remnant of the hot Big Bang origin of the Universe, and examines the consequences for astrophysics, cosmology and theories of the evolution of large-scale cosmic structure. The observational techniques used to measure the spectrum of CBR, and its angular distribution on the sky, are examined in clear but critical detail: from the work of Penzias and Wilson in 1964, to results from NASA's Cosmic Microwave Background Explorer (COBE) satellite. This review takes these observations and shows how they have shaped our understanding of the early history of the Universe, and of the origin and evolution of the large-scale structures in it. As a reference this book is suitable for researchers, with introductory chapters in cosmology and radio astronomy provided for graduates in physics and astronomy entering into cosmology or CBR research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58088/cover/9780521358088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linear Algebraic Monoids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putcha, Mohan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the field of linear algebraic monoids. This subject represents a synthesis of ideas from the theory of algebraic groups, algebraic geometry, matrix theory and abstract semigroup theory. Since every representation of an algebraic group gives rise to an algebraic monoid, the objects of study do indeed arise naturally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58095/cover/9780521358095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Descriptive Set Theory and the Structure of Sets of Uniqueness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kechris, Alexander S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louveau, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of sets of uniqueness for trigonometric series has a long history, originating in the work of Riemann, Heine, and Cantor in the mid-nineteenth century. Since then it has been a fertile ground for numerous investigations involving real analysis, classical and abstract harmonic analysis, measure theory, functional analysis and number theory. In this book are developed the intriguing and surprising connections that the subject has with descriptive set theory. These have only been discovered recently and the authors present here this novel theory which leads to many new results concerning the structure of sets of uniqueness and include solutions to some of the classical problems in this area. In order to make the material accessible to logicians, set theorists and analysts, the authors have covered in some detail large parts of the classical and modern theory of sets of uniqueness as well as the relevant parts of descriptive set theory. Thus the book is essentially self-contained and will make an excellent introduction to the subject for graduate students and research workers in set theory and analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58118/cover/9780521358118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England, My England and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourteen stories collected in this volume were written between 1913 and 1921, most of them against the background of the 1914-1918 War. All but one were published in slightly different versions by magazines and periodicals on both sides of the Atlantic. Ten were selected and revised by Lawrence for his collection England, My England. The texts aim to recover Lawrence's own intentions, which editors and publishers all too frequently ignored or altered. Where possible manuscripts and corrected typescripts are used as base-texts. The introduction traces the composition and revision of the stories, setting them in the context of Lawrence's life and work. The textual apparatus gives variant readings, and explanatory notes identify sources, references and quotations. The 1915 version of 'England, My England' is given as an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58149/cover/9780521358149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Recorder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, John Mansfield</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowland-Jones, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to offer a complete introduction to the recorder. Seven contributors from four different countries write on topics such as the recorder and its music through the centuries, the recorder as orchestral instrument, the professional recorder player through history and today, and the phenomenon of the recorder revival. The Companion also contains basic reference material previously unavailable in one volume. A special feature is found in the rich collection of illustrations which in themselves provide a history of the instrument.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58163/cover/9780521358163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflections on the Death of a Porcupine and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbert, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflections on the Death of a Porcupine and Other Essays contains what Lawrence himself called the 'philosophicalish' essays written in the decade 1915-1925. The essays range from short pieces like 'Love' and 'Life' to the lengthy 'Education of the People'; from the light-hearted 'Climbing Down Pisgah' to the serious meditation 'Resurrection'; from political pieces like 'Democracy' and 'Aristocracy' to poetical essays on nature such as 'Whistling of Birds'. This edition restores what Lawrence himself wrote before typists, editors and compositors made the extensive alterations which have been followed in all previous versions of the texts. Sometimes entire passages, removed by mistake or for reasons of censorship, have been recovered. The introduction describes the genesis, textual history, and reception of the essays; the textual apparatus records variant readings; and the explanatory notes offer help with allusions and other points of difficulty in the texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58477/cover/9780521358477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Fall of the Second Empire, 1852-1871</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358569</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plessis, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandelbaum, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Second Empire lasted longer than any French regime since 1789, yet most historical accounts of the government of Napoleon III have been overshadowed by knowledge of its disastrous and tragic end. As Professor Plessis shows in this detailed thematic study, such an approach ignores the major social, economic and political developments of a period which witnessed the gradual acceptance of universal suffrage, the establishment of large-scale industrial capitalism, a massive improvement in communications and the birth of impressionism in art. The transition of French society from that familiar to Honor&#233; de Balzac to that dissected by Emile Zola was nonetheless a fitful process, spasmodic and irregular, and the role of the imperial government in that process of modernization equally uncertain. The paradox, emphasized by Professor Plessis, of a dictatorship that progressively liberalized itself, and was indeed resoundingly endorsed by the electorate only months before its fall, is not the least perplexing phenomenon of an age in which stagnation and innovation were constantly juxtaposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58569/cover/9780521358569.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Third Republic from its Origins to the Great War, 1871-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayeur, Jean-Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rebirioux, Madeleine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foster, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed account of French history from the origins of the Third Republic, born out of the collapse of Napoleon III's Second Empire, to the coming of the Great War in 1914. The earlier years of the Republic were characterized by slow social change, yet French society managed to emancipate itself from the influence of the Church and acquire a more positively democratic outlook. Part I begins with the fall of the 'notables' and the victory of the republicans. Then follows a picture of the economy and society of late nineteenth-century France, and an examination of spiritual and cultural development under the increasing threat from nationalist and socialist forces. The moderate's brief ascendancy at the end of the century, followed by the extreme sentiments unleashed at the time of the Dreyfus affair, brings the story in Part II to a more passionately political period, when the Republic finally became established as a bulwark of bourgeois prosperity, witnessing the rise of the banks and big business, and the dangerous revival of colonial expansion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58576/cover/9780521358576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fading Miracle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Four Decades of Market Economy in Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giersch, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paqui, Karl-Heinz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmieding, Holger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Fading Miracle provides a lucid account of economic policy in West Germany from the late 1940s up to the present. First published in hardback in 1992, this paperback edition has been updated to include events since then. The authors describe and evaluate the major policy controversies and decisions, and place particular emphasis on the characteristically German institutions of policy counselling and their role in policy formation. The book will be of interest to students and teachers of economics, and to all those with an interest in the development of the greatest economic power in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58699/cover/9780521358699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135871X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135871X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aggression and War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Biological and Social Bases</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groebel, Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinde, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Derived from a meeting of natural and social scientists, this interdisciplinary book aims to summarize the main issues regarding the problem of human aggression, as well as human beliefs about the subject. This study brings together internationally known authorities and presents their recent contributions which range in complexity from the physiological to individual aggression, group conflict, and international war. The study concludes with a multilevel approach to the problems of aggression and war. In nontechnical language suitable for general science readers, the book provides a valuable framework for the development of ideas and new attitudies in a field rife with misconceptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piper, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Design theory has grown to be a subject of considerable interest in mathematics, not only in itself, but for its connections to other fields such as geometry, group theory, graph theory and coding theory. This textbook, first published in 1985, is intended to be an accessible introduction to the subject for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students which should prepare them for research in design theory and its applications. The first four chapters of the book are designed to be the core of any course in the subject, while the remaining chapters can be utilized in more advanced or longer courses. The authors assume some knowledge of linear algebra for the first half of the book, but for the second half, students need further background in algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58729/cover/9780521358729.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Objectivity, Relativism, and Truth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rorty, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Rorty's collected papers, written during the 1980s and now published in two volumes, take up some of the issues which divide Anglo-Saxon analytic philosophers and contemporary French and German philosophers and offer something of a compromise - agreeing with the latter in their criticisms of traditional notions of truth and objectivity, but disagreeing with them over the political implications they draw from dropping traditional philosophical doctrines. In this volume Rorty offers a Deweyan account of objectivity as intersubjectivity, one that drops claims about universal validity and instead focuses on utility for the purposes of a community. The sense in which the natural sciences are exemplary for inquiry is explicated in terms of the moral virtues of scientific communities rather than in terms of a special scientific method. The volume concludes with reflections on the relation of social democratic politics to philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58774/cover/9780521358774.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Heidegger and Others</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rorty, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Rorty's collected papers, written during the 1980s and now published in two volumes, take up some of the issues which divide Anglo-Saxon analytic philosophers and contemporary French and German philosophers and offer something of a compromise - agreeing with the latter in their criticisms of traditional notions of truth and objectivity, but disagreeing with them over the political implications they draw from dropping traditional philosophical doctrines. The second volume pursues the themes of the first volume in the context of discussions of recent European philosophy focusing on the work of Heidegger and Derrida.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58781/cover/9780521358781.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inequalities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardy, G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littlewood, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#243;lya, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic of the mathematical literature forms a comprehensive study of the inequalities used throughout mathematics. First published in 1934, it presents clearly and exhaustively both the statement and proof of all the standard inequalities of analysis. The authors were well known for their powers of exposition and were able here to make the subject accessible to a wide audience of mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58804/cover/9780521358804.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Applications of Harmonic Integrals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodge, W. V. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1941, this book, by one of the foremost geometers of his day, rapidly became a classic. In its original form the book constituted a section of Hodge's essay for which the Adam's prize of 1936 was awarded, but the author substantially revised and rewrote it. The book begins with an exposition of the geometry of manifolds and the properties of integrals on manifolds. The remainder of the book is then concerned with the application of the theory of harmonic integrals to other branches of mathematics, particularly to algebraic varieties and to continuous groups. Differential geometers and workers in allied subjects will welcome this reissue both for its lucid account of the subject and for its historical value. For this paperback edition, Professor Sir Michael Atiyah has written a foreword that sets Hodges work in its historical context and relates it briefly to developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58811/cover/9780521358811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Treatise on the Analytical Dynamics of Particles and Rigid Bodies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, E. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCrae, Sir William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic book is a encylopaedic and comprehensive account of the classical theory of analytical dynamics. The treatment is rigorous yet readable, starting from first principles with kinematics before moving to equations of motion and specific and explicit methods for solving them, with chapters devoted to particle dyanmics, rigid bodies, vibration, and dissipative systems. Hamilton's principle is introduced and then applied to dynamical systems, including three-body systems and celestial mechanics. Very many examples and exercisies are supplied throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58835/cover/9780521358835.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fourier Integral and Certain of its Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiener, Norbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book was written from lectures given at the University of Cambridge and maintains throughout a high level of rigour whilst remaining a highly readable and lucid account. Topics covered include the Planchard theory of the existence of Fourier transforms of a function of L2 and Tauberian theorems. The influence of G. H. Hardy is apparent from the presence of an application of the theory to the prime number theorems of Hadamard and de la Vallee Poussin. Both pure and applied mathematicians will welcome the reissue of this classic work. For this reissue, Professor Kahane's Foreword briefly describes the genesis of Wiener's work and its later significance to harmonic analysis and Brownian motion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58842/cover/9780521358842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hunters, Pastoralists and Ranchers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reindeer Economies and their Transformations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingold, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the northern circumpolar tundras and forests, and over many millennia, human populations have based their livelihood wholly or in part upon the exploitation of a single animal species-the reindeer. Yet some are hunters, others pastoralists, while today traditional pastoral economies are being replaced by a commercially oriented ranch industry. In this book, drawing on ethnographic material from North America and Eurasia, Tim Ingold explains the causes and mechanisms of transformations between hunting, pastoralism and ranching, each based on the same animal in the same environment, and each viewed in terms of a particular conjunction of social and ecological relations of production. In developing a workable synthesis between ecological and economic approaches in anthropology, Ingold introduces theoretically rigorous concepts for the analysis of specialized animal-based economies, which cast the problem of 'domestication' in an entirely new light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58873/cover/9780521358873.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Day of Shining Red</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anthropologists, in studying other cultures, are often tempted to offer their own explanations of strange customs when they feel that the people involved have not given a good enough reason for these customs. The question how the anthropologist can justify interpretations of customs which go beyond those offered by the people themselves runs through this book. The book focuses on the various interpretations that have been offered by anthropologists of ritual and symbolism. It offers a critical discussion of theories in this field in general, identifying their strengths and weaknesses when applied to the particular case of puberty rituals in a West Sepik village in Papua New Guinea. It then goes on to suggest an alternative approach, which draws on aesthetic as well as anthropological theory, and pays particular attention to the emotional and aesthetic experiences of people as they perform the rites.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58880/cover/9780521358880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From the Milk River: Spatial and Temporal Processes in Northwest Amazonia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hugh-Jones, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its first publication in 1979, this book, together with its companion volume, The Palm and the Pleiades by Stephen Hugh-Jones, has become established as 'the most competent and sophisticated ethnography to date of any South American tropical forest people' (The Times Higher Education Supplement). Both are now available for the first time in paperback. The book is an integrated account of a Northwest Amazonian society, which elucidates the structural models that underlie and unify the domains of kinship, religion, politics and economics. These dynamic models are built from a rich corpus of ethnographic data drawn from extensive field research, and are developed in such a way that, as far as possible, they reproduce an Indian theory of society. Besides enhancing anthropological understanding of a fascinating culture area, the book's highly original approach makes it an important contribution to the general theory of social and cultural structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58897/cover/9780521358897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Palm and the Pleiades</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Initiation and Cosmology in Northwest Amazonia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hugh-Jones, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When it was first published in 1979, this book, together with its companion volume, From the Milk River, by Christine Hugh-Jones, was hailed as setting 'a new standard for South American ethnographers, one to be emulated' (Third World Quarterly). Both are now available for the first time in paperback. The book is an extended study in English of Amazonian ritual. Through an analysis of a secret men's cult widespread throughout Northwest Amazonia, Hugh-Jones builds up a general picture of a South American Indian society, and of a religious and cosmological system that is common to a large area of Northwest Amazonia. The book is also an exercise in the anthropological interpretation of ritual, myth and religious symbolism from a structuralist point of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58903/cover/9780521358903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Geography of Europe 1800-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pounds, N. J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the last of three and continues the Historical Geography of Europe down to the outbreak of the First World War in 1914. The previous volume ended with a survey of Europe at the time when the Industrial Revolution began and railways were beginning to spread across the continent. This book picks up the main threads in the geography of Europe at this time and follows them into the twentieth century. First, changes in the political map are examined, because spatial variations in the role of government were becoming increasingly important. This is followed by a review of the physical resources of the continent and of their importance in the growth of manufacturing and the expansion of agricultural production.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58910/cover/9780521358910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521358981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521358981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521358989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Second Letter to the Corinthians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521358989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy-O'Connor, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Second Letter to the Corinthians is one of Paul's most intriguing epistles. In reality, it comprises two documents. In the first, Paul cautiously attempts to repair the damage done to his relations with the Corinthians by an earlier letter (1 Corinthians) and to deal with the upset caused by the presence in Corinth of rival missionaries from Jerusalem. In the second, he reacts angrily against an unexpected further deterioration of the situation at Corinth. The resonances in the dialogue between Paul and the parties in question cannot be detected easily without some awareness on the reader's part of the social, religious, and economic situation of the Christian community to which Paul was writing. The aim of this book is to integrate such background information into a flowing exposition of the apostle's thought, and thus to bring Paul's theology to life by highlighting the complex interplay of factors which prompted him to write in the way he did. Father Murphy-O'Connor is an experienced New Testament scholar, and his lucid survey - while providing an accessible introduction to the epistle and its central concerns - brings new insights into the relation of Christ to the ministry of the church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/58989/cover/9780521358989.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Aesthetics in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huray, Peter le</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Day, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an abridged, paperback edition of Peter le Huray and James Day's invaluable anthology of writings concerned with the role of music in eighteenth- and early-nineteenth-century aesthetics. This volume retains all the most important and significant items from the original hardcover edition. Over fifty writers are represented here, including such major figures as Rousseau, Kant, Schlegel, Schopenhauer and Hegel, and the useful introductions and biographical details of the original are also retained. The aesthetic literature of the period is profuse but this carefully edited volume offers a balanced selection which illuminates the ways people experienced music and how they came to an understanding in particular of the new music of their day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59016/cover/9780521359016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worldwide Variation in Human Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eveleth, Phyllis B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The health of a population is most accurately reflected in the rate of growth of its children. It is this theme which underlies the analysis and presentation of what is by far the largest compilation of growth data ever assembled. The first edition, published in 1976, included all known reliable recent results on height, weight, skinfolds and other body measurements from all parts of the globe. In this edition, the very numerous measurements taken between 1976 and 1988 have been included as well as the results of the large number of new studies made on rate of maturation as evinced by bone age and pubertal development stages. Many sections of the book dwell on disentangling the effects of the environment and heredity on growth, and thus answer the question of whether one universal standard suffices for all peoples of the world, or whether different populations (such as races or nations) should each have their own optimal growth standards. Written by practical people with experience of the problems in developing countries, this book explains in simple terms the different sorts of growth surveys, how to set about making them, and which sort to choose. All who are professionally concerned with child health should read it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59160/cover/9780521359160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic, Extremal and Metric Combinatorics 1986</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deza, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankl, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, I. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a comprehensive overview of the present state of progress in three related areas of combinatorics. It comprises selected papers from a conference held at the University of Montreal. Topics covered in the articles include association schemes, extremal problems, combinatorial geometrics and matroids, and designs. All the papers contain new results and many are extensive surveys of particular areas of research. Particularly valuable will be Ivanov's paper on recent Soviet research in these areas. Consequently this volume will be of great attraction to all researchers in combinatorics and to research students requiring a rapid introduction to some of the open problems in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Out of Sight!</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Quarks to Living Cells</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kullander, Sven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsson, B&#246;rje</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a popular introduction to modern natural science and provides an insight into the advanced and expensive technology that is required in the exploration of the universe too small for the eye to see. This is the domain of the living cell, and even smaller, the basic building blocks of all matter: quarks, atoms and molecules. It is possible with modern technology to obtain images of objects as small as an individual atom. It is even possible to hold one atom in place and study it individually. This book will explain, in non-technical language, how we obtain our knowledge of the micro-universe. With the help of many clear diagrams, it goes on to describe the structure of living cells, of atoms and molecules as they are found in everyday objects, as well as in more exotic and dramatic forms of matter, such as anti matter, stars and black holes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59269/cover/9780521359269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Realism and the Foundations of Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brink, David Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a systematic and constructive treatment of a number of traditional issues at the foundation of ethics, the possibility and nature of moral knowledge, the relationship between the moral point of view and a scientific or naturalistic world view, the nature of moral value and obligation, and the role of morality in a person's rational life plan. In striking contrast to many traditional authors and to other recent writers in the field, David Brink offers an integrated defense of the objectivity of ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59375/cover/9780521359375.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary Debates</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Jeffrey C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seidman, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together the major statements by the leading contemporary scholars of cultural analysis on the relationship between culture and society. Part one surveys the range of current analytical debate over culture, focusing on the relationship of culture to social structure and power. Approaches to the study of culture covered include functionalism, semiotics, and Weberian, Durkheimian, and Marxian analysis. While individual contributions differ in defining the nature of culture and its relation to society, they are in agreement in assessing the relative autonomy of culture and the centrality of symbolic analysis. Part two turns to substantive debates, including those over the role of religion, secular ideology, and mass culture and brings to light disputes about the meaning of modernity. The book testifies to the remarkable development in the last two decades of a cultural paradigm for social and political analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pidgins and Creoles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holm, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of John Holm's Pidgins and Creoles provides an overview of the socio-historical development of each of some one hundred known pidgins and creoles. Each variety is grouped according to the language from which it drew its lexicon - Portuguese, Spanish, Dutch, French, English, African and other languages. John Holm convincingly demonstrates the historical and linguistic reasons for this organisation, which also enables the reader to perceive with ease the interrelationship of all varieties within each group. The section devoted to each variety provides a discussion of its salient linguistic features and presents a brief text, usually of connected discourse, with a morpheme-by-morpheme translation. Readers thus have access to data from all known pidgins and creoles in the world, and the volume provides possibly the most comprehensive reference source on pidginization and creolization yet available. The emphasis of John Holm's first volume was on linguistic structure and theory. Each volume can be read independently, but together the two volumes of Pidgins and Creoles provide a major survey of current pidgin and creole linguistics which lays new foundations for research in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59405/cover/9780521359405.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transmission Electron Microscopy of Minerals and Rocks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLaren, Alex C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of the many techniques that have been applied to the study of crystal defects, none has contributed more to our understanding of their nature and influence on the physical and chemical properties of crystalline materials than transmission electron microscopy (TEM). TEM is now used extensively by an increasing number of earth scientists for direct observation of defect microstructures in minerals and rocks. Transmission Electron Microscopy of Minerals and Rocks is an introduction to the principles of the technique and is the only book to date on the subject written specifically for geologists and mineralogists. The first part of the book deals with the essential physics of the transmission electron microscope and presents the basic theoretical background required for the interpretation of images and electron diffraction patterns. These explanations require mathematics, but nothing more advanced than elementary differential and integral calculus is used. A knowledge of elementary crystallography is assumed, and some familiarity with optics and electromagnetic theory is helpful but not essential. The final chapters are concerned with specific applications of TEM in mineralogy and deal with such topics as planar defects, intergrowths, radiation-induced defects, dislocations and deformation-induced microstructures. The examples cover a wide range of rock-forming minerals from crustal rocks to those in the lower mantle, and also take into account the role of defects in important mineralogical and geological processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59436/cover/9780521359436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Artificial Intelligence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sourcebook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Partridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilks, Yorick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This outstanding collection is designed to address the fundamental issues and principles underlying the task of Artificial Intelligence. The editors have selected not only papers now recognized as classics but also many specially commissioned papers which examine the methodological and theoretical foundations of the discipline from a wide variety of perspectives: computer science and software engineering, cognitive psychology, philosophy, formal logic and linguistics. Carefully planned and structured, the volume tackles many of the contentious questions of immediate concern to AI researchers and interested observers. Is Artificial Intelligence in fact a discipline, or is it simply part of computer science? What is the role of programs in AI and how do they relate to theories? What is the nature of representation and implementation, and how should the challenge of connectionism be viewed? Can AI be characterized as an empirical science? The comprehensiveness of this collection is further enhanced by the full, annotated bibliography. All readers who want to consider what Artificial Intelligence really is will find this sourcebook invaluable, and the editors will undoubtedly succeed in their secondary aim of stimulating a lively and continuing debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59443/cover/9780521359443.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonstandard Analysis and its Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cutland, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook is an introduction to non-standard analysis and to its many applications. Non standard analysis (NSA) is a subject of great research interest both in its own right and as a tool for answering questions in subjects such as functional analysis, probability, mathematical physics and topology. The book arises from a conference held in July 1986 at the University of Hull which was designed to provide both an introduction to the subject through introductory lectures, and surveys of the state of research. The first part of the book is devoted to the introductory lectures and the second part consists of presentations of applications of NSA to dynamical systems, topology, automata and orderings on words, the non- linear Boltzmann equation and integration on non-standard hulls of vector lattices. One of the book's attractions is that a standard notation is used throughout so the underlying theory is easily applied in a number of different settings. Consequently this book will be ideal for graduate students and research mathematicians coming to the subject for the first time and it will provide an attractive and stimulating account of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59474/cover/9780521359474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135949X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135949X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subgroup Structure of the Finite Classical Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kleidman, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liebeck, Martin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the classification of the finite simple groups complete, much work has gone into the study of maximal subgroups of almost simple groups. In this volume the authors investigate the maximal subgroups of the finite classical groups and present research into these groups as well as proving many new results. In particular, the authors develop a unified treatment of the theory of the 'geometric subgroups' of the classical groups, introduced by Aschbacher, and they answer the questions of maximality and conjugacy and obtain the precise shapes of these groups. Both authors are experts in the field and the book will be of considerable value not only to group theorists, but also to combinatorialists and geometers interested in these techniques and results. Graduate students will find it a very readable introduction to the topic and it will bring them to the very forefront of research in group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59498/cover/9780521359498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of Paul's Letter to the Galatians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, James D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul's Letter to the Galatians is one of the fiercest and most polemical writings in the Bible. That is what makes it, for the author of this study, such an exciting document to deal with. It emerges from the early days of a vigorous new movement (Christianity), when basic principles were first being formulated, and when the whole character of the movement was at stake. In the pages of Galatians we witness fundamental features of Christian theology taking shape before our eyes, where the living heart of Paul's gospel is encountered. For James D. G. Dunn there is an elemental quality about the letter, to which those tired of compromising half-truths are drawn when they feel the impulse to return to first principles. This book, which benefits from this perspective on Paul, explains more clearly than hitherto both the issues which confronted Paul and the powerful theological arguments he brought to bear in response, and casts light on a document still capable of shaping lives and theology today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59535/cover/9780521359535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money, Interest and Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Foundations of Monetary Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a study in the foundations of monetary theory with several unique features. It consists of two parts: a critique of the varieties of neoclassical monetary theory, and a rigorous statement of the foundations of Post Keynesian monetary theory. The two parts reflect Joseph Schumpeter's distinction between monetary theories in the divergent traditions of Real and Monetary Analysis. Part I offers a novel critique of Wicksellian and neo-Walrasian general equilibrium versions of Real analysis. The critique of Wicksell's monetary theory demonstrates the general impossibility of defining the natural rate of interest without which the loanable funds theory collapses. The critique of neo-Walrasian monetary theory, on the other hand, exploits the inessential role of 'money' in temporary equilibrium and overlapping generations models and develops a novel interpretation of the Patinkin controversy and the Clower finance constraint. The implications of these developments are then traced through the debates between monetarists and Keynesians. Part II presents a rigorous argument for securing the foundations of Post Keynesian monetary theory in the tradition of Monetary Analysis. In the context of the evolution of the monetary system from commodity money to credit money. Wicksell's natural rate of interest is replaced by Keynes's marginal efficiency of capital which is in turn applied to Myrdal's notion of monetary equilibrium to derive a formal definition of Keynes's point of effective demand.  This leads to the most novel feature of the book: the demonstration of the existence of a long-run unemployment equilibrium without the assumptions of rigid wages. The principle of effective demand is shown to break Say's Law by placing a limit on the profitable expansion of output before full employment is reached.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59566/cover/9780521359566.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing a Sociology of the Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zolberg, Vera L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At a time when a pile of bricks is displayed in a museum, when music is composed for performance underwater, and the boundaries between popular and fine art are fluid, conventional understandings of art are strained in describing what art is, what it includes or excludes, whether and how it should be evaluated, and what importance should be assigned the arts in society. In this book, Vera Zolberg examines diverse theoretical approaches to the study of the arts. Ranging over humanistic and social scientific views representing a variety of scholarly traditions, American and European, she then develops a sociological approach that evaluates the institutional, economic, and political influences on the creation of art, while also affirming the importance of the question of artistic quality. The author examines the arts in the social contexts in which people become artists, the institutions in which their careers develop, the supports and pressures they face, the publics they need to please, and the political forces with which they must contend. Particular subjects covered include the process by which works are created and 're-created' at different times, with changed meanings, and for new social uses; the role of the audience in the realization of artistic experiences; the social consequences of taste preferences; the reasons for change in artistic styles and for the coexistence of many art forms and styles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59597/cover/9780521359597.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wind as a Geological Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On Earth, Mars, Venus and Titan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greeley, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iversen, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives an account of geological aspects of windblown material. Aeolian processes play an important role in modifying the surface of the Earth, and they are also active on Mars. Additionally, they are thought to occur on Venus and possibly Titan as well. The authors describe the following aspects: wind as a geological process, the aeolian environment, physics of particle motion, aeolian abrasion and erosion; aeolian sand deposits and bedforms, interaction of wind and topography and windblown dust. A particular strength of the book is that it deals with aeolian processes in a planetary context, rather than as a purely terrestrial phenomenon. In so doing, the authors ably demonstrate how we can gain better understanding of the Earth through comparative planetology. This paperback reissue will enable the book to be used as a text for advanced students in planetary science. Special terms are defined when they are first used. There is a glossary and an exhaustive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59627/cover/9780521359627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19871102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century Religious Thought in the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, Ninian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Steven T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a set of three volumes which provide a fresh appraisal of the most important thinkers of the nineteenth century in the West. Some essays centre on major figures of the period; others cover topics, trends and schools of thought between the French Revolution and the First World War. The contributors are among the leading scholars in their field in Europe and North America. They seek to engage their subjects not only in order to see what was said but also why it was said and explore what is of lasting value in it. Readers, therefore, will find the essays not only highly informative about their subject matter but also distinctively personal contributions to the task of re-evaluating the thought of the nineteenth century. Contributions are sufficently clear to be of use to students in religious studies and cognate disciplines but have enough depth and detail to appeal to scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59641/cover/9780521359641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century Religious Thought in the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, Ninian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Steven T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now available in paperback, the successful three volumes of Nineteenth-Century Religious Thought in the West provide a fresh appraisal of the most important thinkers of that time. Some essays centre on major figures of the period; others cover topics, trends and schools of thought between the French Revolution and the First World War. The contributors are among the leading scholars in their field and analyse not only what was said but also why it was said, and explore what is of lasting value in it. Contributions are sufficiently clear to be of use to students in religious studies and cognate disciplines, but have enough depth and detail to appeal to scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59658/cover/9780521359658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135966X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135966X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century Religious Thought in the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, Ninian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Steven T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The successful three volumes of Nineteenth Century Religious Thought in the West provide a fresh appraisal of the most important thinkers of that time. Soames essays centre on major figures of the period; others cover topics, trends and schools of thought between the French Revolution and the First World War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59665/cover/9780521359665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Strauss: Salome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puffett, Derrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This full-length study of Salome is the first in English since Lawrence Gilman's introductory guide of 1907. The handbook presents an informative collection of historical, critical and analytical studies of one of Strauss's most familiar operas. Classic essays by Mario Praz and Richard Ellmann cover the literary background. How Strauss adopted Wilde's play for his libretto is discussed by Roland Tenschert in a fascinating essay which has been updated by Derrick Puffett. In three central analytical chapters, Derrick Puffett considers Salome in relation to Wagnerian music drama, Tethys Carpenter examines its tonal and dramatic structure, and Craig Ayrey analyses the final monologue. The last part of the book moves from analysis to criticism, with a review by John Williamson of the opera's critical reception and an interpretative essay by Robin Holloway. The book also contains a synopsis, bibliography, and discography; Strauss's little-known scenario for the 'Dance of the Seven Veils' is reprinted as an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59702/cover/9780521359702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Strauss</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elektra</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puffett, Derrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributions to this handbook bring together a full-length study of Elektra in English. The volume examines the many facets of one of Richard Strauss's most complex operas. First, P. E. Easterling surveys the mythological background, while Karen Forsyth discusses Hofmannsthal's adaptation of his sources. The second part brings the music to the fore. Derrick Puffett offers an introductory essay and synopsis; Arnold Whittall considers the tonal and dramatic structure of the composition; Tethys Carpenter explores the musical language of the work in detail, with special focus given to part of the Klytaemnestra scene. The third part of the volume offers two contrasting critical essays: Carolyn Abbate provides an interpretation informed by her recent work on narrative, and Robin Holloway analyses Strauss's orchestration of the opera. The book also contains a discography and an appendix of excerpts from the Strauss-Hofmannsthal correspondence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59719/cover/9780521359719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ocean of Truth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defence of Objective Theism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hebblethwaite, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short book offers an alternative reading of the impact of modernity on Christian faith to that advanced by Don Cupitt in the TV series and book The Sea of Faith. It is a spirited defence of belief in the objective reality of God and in life after death, as opposed to Cupitt's radically interiorised and expressivist conception of religion. As attractive as many may find a denial of the traditional doctrines of the Church in favour of an anti-metaphysical, non-dogmatic expressivist version of Christian faith, Hebblethwaite insists that of greater importance is the question of truth at stake here, and it is on the question of truth that he focusses his attention. After arguing against Cupitt's response to the modern situation, the author tries to show how belief in an objective God is not only possible despite the impact of modern science and historical criticism, but indeed highly plausible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59757/cover/9780521359757.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Caribbean in the Wider World, 1492-1992</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Regional Geography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Bonham C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the eve of the quincentenary of Christopher Columbus's epic voyage, this major new textbook survey explains how the region's present geography is intimately tied to the past. The Caribbean was Europe's first colony, its landscapes transformed to produce tropical staples and its decimated aboriginal populace replaced with African slaves. As European power has waned in the Caribbean, it has been replaced by the geopolitical domination of the United States. Professor Richardson examines this colonisation and recolonisation of the Caribbean during the past half millennium, portraying a region victimised by natural hazards, soil erosion, over population and gunboat diplomacy. Most importantly, he explains the ways in which Caribbean peoples have reacted and adapted to their external influences. No other single survey of the region provides equivalent breadth - ranging from aboriginal ecologies to today's narcotic traffic - or harnesses so effectively elements of the past to illuminate the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59771/cover/9780521359771.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Innovation and Conceptual Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farr, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Russell L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book defends the claim that politics is a linguistically constituted activity and shows that the concepts which inform political beliefs and behaviour undergo changes related to real political events. Having set out and discussed this theme, the editors and contributors go on to analyse the evolution of thirteen particular concepts, all central to political discourse in the western world. They include revolution, rights, democracy, property, corruption, public interest, public opinion, and ideology. The volume will be illuminating to political theorists, intellectual historians, and philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59788/cover/9780521359788.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easterling, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, Bernard M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period from the eighth to the fifth centuries B.C. was one of extraordinary creativity in the Greek-speaking world. Poetry was a public and popular medium, and its production was closely related to developments in contemporary society. At the time when the city states were acquiring their distinctive institutions epic found the greatest of all its exponents in Homer, and lyric poetry for both solo and choral performance became a genre which attracted poets of the first rank, writers of the quality of Sappho, Alcaeus and Pindar, whose influence on later literature was to be profound. This volume covers the epic tradition, the didactic poems of Hesiod and his imitators, and the wide-ranging work of the iambic, elegiac and lyric poets of what is loosely called the archaic age. The contributors make use of recent papyrus finds (particularly in the case of Archilochus and Stesichorus) to fill out the picture of a cosmopolitan and highly sophisticated literary culture which had not yet found its intellectual centre in Athens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59818/cover/9780521359818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easterling, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, Bernard M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series provides individual textbooks on early Greek poetry, on Greek drama, on philosophy, history and oratory, and on the literature of the Hellenistic period and of the Empire.  A chapter on books and readers in the Greek world concludes Part 4.  Each part has its own appendix of authors and works, a list of works cited, and an index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59825/cover/9780521359825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052135983X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052135983X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easterling, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, Bernard M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume ranges in time over a very long period and covers the Greeks' most original contributions to intellectual history. It begins and ends with philosophy, but it also includes major sections on historiography and oratory. Although each of these areas had functions which in the modern world would not be considered 'Literary', the ancients made a less sharp distinction between intellectual and artistic production, and the authors included in this volume are some of Europe's most powerful stylists: Plato, Herodotus, Thucydides and Demosthenes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59832/cover/9780521359832.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Classical Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Easterling, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, B. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series provides individual textbooks on early Greek poetry, on Greek drama, on philosophy, history and oratory, and on the literature of the Hellenistic period and of the Empire. Each part has its own appendix of authors and works, a list of works cited, and an index. This volume studies the revolutionary movement represented by the more creative of the Hellenistic poets and finally the very rich range of authors surviving from the imperial period, with rhetoric and the novel contributing a distinctive flavour to the culture of the time. Appropriately enough, the volume closes with a survey of books and readers in the ancient world, which draws attention to the bookish nature of Greek literature from the Hellenistic period onwards and points forward to its survival into the Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59849/cover/9780521359849.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets in History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Studies of the Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galenson, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Markets in History leading economic historians present the results of their research on the scope of markets in economies past and present, ranging from English open fields in the age of Chaucer to racial discrimination in the age of Martin Luther King, Jr. All of these studies illustrate the rewards that are gained by blending the economist's use of analytical and statistical techniques with the historian's careful attention to reconstructing the past through the use of a variety of types of evidence. Markets in History will be of interest to all social scientists for its demonstration of the value of economic theory and econometrics in helping to understand the causes of changing allocations of resources and their consequences for economies and societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59870/cover/9780521359870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aesthetic as the Science of Expression and of the Linguistic in General</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croce, Benedetto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyas, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Italian philosopher Benedetto Croce (1866-1952) spent most of his life as a private scholar in Naples.  His Estetica, which first appeared in 1902, has remained a seminal work not only for aesthetics but also for general linguistics.   As the full title indicates, this is not a narrow work dealing with the theory of art and criticism.  For Croce intended this to be the first part of his 'philosophy of the spirit' and he thus presents a systematic general theory intended to solve all philosophical problems. The work presents an account of the structure of the human mind and shows how art arises naturally from that structure, as well as introducing the influential notion of the organic unity of a work of art.  As a result, art is shown to be integral to any life and an essential aspect of what it is to be human.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59962/cover/9780521359962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521359988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521359988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521359986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bilingualism across the Lifespan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of Acquisition, Maturity and Loss</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521359986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyltenstam, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Obler, Loraine K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bilingualism Across the Lifespan examines the dynamics of bilingual language processing over time from the perspectives of neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. This multidisciplinary approach is fundamental to an understanding of how the bilingual's two (or more) language systems interact with each other and with other higher cognitive systems, neurological substrates, and social systems - a central theme of this volume. Contributors examine the nature of bilingualism during various phases of the lifecycle - childhood, adulthood, and old age - and in various health/pathology conditions. Topics range from code separation in the young bilingual child, across various types of language pathologies in adult bilinguals, to language choice problems in dementia. The volume thus offers a broad overview of current theoretical and empirical approaches to the study of bilingualism. It will interest and stimulate researchers and graduate students in the fields of linguistics, neuropsychology, and developmental psychology, as well as in foreign language teaching, speech pathology, educational psychology, and special education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/59986/cover/9780521359986.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grammatical Voice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klaiman, M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Categories of the verb in natural languages include tense, aspect, modality (mood) and voice. Among these, voice, in its rich and diverse manifestations, is perhaps the most complex. But most prior research concentrates on only certain types, predominantly passives. Voice expresses relations between a predicate and a set of nominal positions - or their referents - in a clause or other structure. Grammatical Voice is the first typological study of voice systems based on a multi-language survey. It introduces a threefold classification of voice types, in the first place distinguishing passivization phenomena (derived voice) from active-middle systems (basic voice); and further, distinguishing each of these from pragmatically grounded voice behaviours, such as focus and inverse systems. As the first comprehensive study of voice systems and voice typology, this book makes a significant contribution to current research in linguistics and grammatical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60012/cover/9780521360012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subversive Oratory of Andokides</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Ideology and Decision-Making in Democratic Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Missiou, Anna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oratory was a vital element in the Athenian democracy. In this study Anna Missiou analyses the ideological content of the speeches of the crypto-oligarch Andokides (active c. 420-390 BC). Drawing on modern communication studies, she proposes a contextual and historical approach to oratory rather than one that concentrates on the speaker. She insists that there was a rational as well as an emotional element in the responses of both orator and audience, and that there was a tension between political equality and socio-economic inequality lying at the centre of Athenian democratic society. She suggests that the political ideology of a speaker can be evaluated in the light of his rhetorical techniques. A detailed analysis of Andokides' arguments for peace in On the Peace with the Lakedaimonians reveals that the intense controversy in Athens over the continuation of the war with Sparta in 391 reflected class antagonism among the Athenians. Dr Missiou argues that the speech was essentially subversive, aimed at spreading pro-Spartan and antiwar feelings rather than persuading the audience to take a particular decision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60098/cover/9780521360098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vortex Element Methods for Fluid Dynamic Analysis of Engineering Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, R. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with advanced fluid flow methods for design and analysis of engineering systems. Panel methods employing surface distributions of source and vortex singularities based on the solution of boundary integral equations have been extensively used for modelling external and internal aerodynamic flows. Part 1 describes the surface vorticity method and illustrates applications of this technique over a wide range of engineering problems in aerodynamics and turbo-machines, including lifting aerofoils and cascades, mixed-flow and rotating cascades for fans, pumps or turbines, meridional flows in turbo-machines, flow past axisymmetric bodies, ducts and ducted propellers or fans. Part 2 extends surface vorticity modelling to the fairly new CFM field of vortex dynamics or vortex cloud theory, including foundation chapters on convection and viscous diffusion by the random walk technique. Vortex cloud methods are developed, again from first principles, to deal with shear layers, boundary layers, periodic wakes, bluff-body flows, cascades and aerofoils including the use of stall control spoilers. A number of useful computer programs are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60104/cover/9780521360104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Renaissance Tragedy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dramatic Word</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jondorf, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>186</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principle aim of this book is to encourage readers to find pleasure in sixteenth-century tragedies. To this end, Gillian Jondorf examines a range of plays (all accessible in modern editions) in two ways. She suggests, by means of comparisons with other works, that techniques such as allusiveness need be no more forbidding in humanist tragedy than in, say, Racine or Lamartine. She shows how other features, such as characterization, structure, and the use of Choruses, become not only comprehensible but satisfying when the guiding theme or id&#233;e ma&#238;tresse of a play has been identified and its organizing principles understood. Dr Jondorf argues that these plays should be seen not as pardonably clumsy experiments by the first practitioners of a genre, but as competent works which display skilful deployment of technique in the service of dramatic aims which are, in the broadest sense, didactic. French Renaissance tragedy has too often been treated, even by its defenders, merely as a staging post on the road that leads to Corneille and Racine. This book corrects that perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60142/cover/9780521360142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Union in the Horn of Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diplomacy of Intervention and Disengagement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patman, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an attempt to address the paradoxes of Soviet behaviour in the Horn of Africa. Dr Patman, editor of the journal Third World in Soviet Perspective, traces the impact of history, superpower relationships and competition on Soviet perceptions and motives. Dr Patman provides a careful historical background to the recent conflicts and shows how the Soviet Union and its East European partners dramatically switched from being close allies of Somalia to allies of Ethiopia and then intervened in the Ethiopian-Somali war of 1977-8 to ensure the military defeat of their former ally. However, he does not confine himself simply to retrospective analysis. He also assesses the Soviet experience in the region in the period since 1978, and considers in particular the impact of Gorbachev's thinking and the new diplomacy. The Soviet Union in the Horn of Africa provides the most detailed examination yet of Soviet policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60227/cover/9780521360227.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World, Mind, and Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Ethical Philosophy of Bernard Williams</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altham, J. E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bernard Williams is one of the most influential figures in recent ethical theory, where he has set a considerable part of the current agenda. In this collection a distinguished international team of philosophers who have been stimulated by Williams's work give new responses to it. The topics covered include equality; consistency; comparisons between science and ethics; integrity; moral reasons; the moral system; and moral knowledge. Williams himself provides a substantial reply, which shows both the current directions of his own thought and also his present view of earlier work of his which has been extensively discussed for twenty years (such as that on utilitarianism). This volume will be indispensable reading for all those interested in current ethical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79301/cover/9780521479301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems and Fractals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computer Graphics Experiments with Pascal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Karl-Heinz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D&#246;rfler, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about chaos, fractals and complex dynamics, and is addressed to all people who have some familiarity with computers and enjoy using them. The mathematics has been kept simple, with few formulae, yet the reader is introduced to and can learn about an area of current scientific research which was scarcely possible before the availability of computers. The introduction is achieved through the extensive use of computer graphics. The book is divided into two main parts: in the first the most interesting problems are described, with, in each case, a solution in the form of a computer program. A large number of exercises enable the reader to undertake his or her own experimental work. In the second part, example programs are given for specific machines and operating systems; details refer to MS-DOC and Turbo-Pascal, UNIX 4.2 BSD with Berkley Pascal and C. Other implementations of the graphics routines are given for Apple Macintosh, Apple IIE and IIGS and Atari ST.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60258/cover/9780521360258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Navier-Stokes Equations and Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foias, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manley, O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosa, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temam, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims to bridge the gap between practising mathematicians and the practitioners of turbulence theory. It presents the mathematical theory of turbulence to engineers and physicists, and the physical theory of turbulence to mathematicians. The book is the result of many years of research by the authors to analyse turbulence using Sobolev spaces and functional analysis. In this way the authors have recovered parts of the conventional theory of turbulence, deriving rigorously from the Navier-Stokes equations what had been arrived at earlier by phenomenological arguments. The mathematical technicalities are kept to a minimum within the book, enabling the language to be at a level understood by a broad audience. Each chapter is accompanied by appendices giving full details of the mathematical proofs and subtleties. This unique presentation should ensure a volume of interest to mathematicians, engineers and physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60326/cover/9780521360326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aesthetics and the Art of Musical Composition in the German Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Writings of Johann Georg Sulzer and Heinrich Christoph Koch</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koch, Heinrich Christoph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sulzer, Johann Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Christensen, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can an abstract theory of Empfindsamkeit aesthetics have any value to a musician wishing to study composition in the classical style? The eighteenth-century German theorist and pedagogue Heinrich Koch showed how this question could be answered with a resounding yes. Starting with the systematic aesthetic theory of the Swiss encyclopedist Johann Sulzer, Koch was creatively able to adapt Sulzer's conservative ideas on ethical mimesis and rhetoric to concrete problems of music analysis and composition. In this collaborative study, Thomas Christensen and Nancy Baker have translated and analysed selected writings of Sulzer and Koch respectively, bringing to life a little-known confluence of philosophical and musical thought from the German Enlightenment. Koch's appropriation of Sulzer's ideas to the service of music represents an important development in the evolution of Western musical thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60357/cover/9780521360357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biogeography of Mediterranean Invasions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groves, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Castri, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mediterranean Basin, California, Chile, the western Cape of South Africa and southern Australia share a Mediterranean climate characterized by cool wet winters and hot dry summers. These five regions have differing patterns of human settlement but similarities in natural vegetation and some faunal assemblages. The similarities are being enhanced by an increasing level of biotic exchange between the regions as time passes since European settlement in each region. This unique documentation of the introduced floras and faunas in these five regions of Mediterranean climate both increases our understanding of the ecology of biological invasions, and points the way to more effective management of the biota of these regions. This book is an initiative of a subcommittee of SCOPE (Scientific Committee on Problems of the Environment) which realized that the integrity of many natural ecosystems was being threatened by the ingress of invasive species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60401/cover/9780521360401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality and Dynamic Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Foundational Explorations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClennen, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major contribution to the theory of rational choice which will be of particular interest to philosophers and economists. The author sets out the foundations of rational choice, and then sketches a dynamic choice framework in which principles of ordering and independence follow from a number of apparently plausible conditions. However, there is potential conflict among these conditions, and when they are weakened to avoid it the usual foundations of rational choice no longer prevail. The thrust of the argument is to suggest that the theory of rational choice is less deterministic than many suppose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60470/cover/9780521360470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probabilistic Voting Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coughlin, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Coughlin provides the most comprehensive and integrated analysis of probabilistic voting models to date. Probabilistic voting theory is the mathematical prediction of candidate behaviour in, or in anticipation of, elections in which candidates are unsure of voters' preferences. The theory asks first whether optimal candidate strategies can be determined given uncertainty about voter preferences, and if so, what exactly those strategies are given various circumstances. It allows the theorist to predict what public policies will be supported and what laws passed by elected officials when in office and what positions will be taken by them when running in elections. One of the leading contributors to this rapidly developing literature, at the leading edge of public choice theory, Coughlin both reviews the existing literature and presents results that unify and extend developments in the theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60524/cover/9780521360524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Search Models and Applied Labor Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiefer, Nicholas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumann, George R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers marks the development of empirical application of the search approach to labor economics - an approach which arose as a theoretical development of the 1960s and led to numerous insights in the 1970s. The search approach naturally incorporates uncertainty in the economic model, making up some of the early work in what is now called 'the economics of information'. Included are econometric issues such as estimation and specification of search models for wages and unemployment duration, continuous time models of turnover, and identification of structural parameters. Applications to policy questions including Unemployment Insurance and wage subsidy programs are given, and data collection issues are discussed within the search framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60531/cover/9780521360531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Law and Economic Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bebchuk, Lucian Arye</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection uses economic analysis to study some of the most pressing issues in corporate law. The last decade has brought certain corporate transactions and arrangements to the forefront of public attention and public debate. At the same time, a new mode of corporate law analysis has been developed - one that uses the tools of economics to identify the consequences and desirable features of corporate law rules. By bringing together work at the frontier of this method of analysis, the volume provides a good picture of the power, current state, and future direction of the economic analysis of corporate law. Written by some of the most prominent contributors to the field, many of the chapters focus directly on the corporate control transactions that have recently attracted the most interest and controversy - corporate takeovers, buy-outs, recapitalizations, and reorganizations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60548/cover/9780521360548.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Different Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociological Study of Taste, Choice and Success in Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenfeld, Liah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using a wealth of data collected in Israel, this study depicts a complete system in which art is created and evaluated - the scale of Israeli society allowing for a comprehensive and detailed description of all the agents involved in the production and consumption of modern art. The author analyses the patterns of social relations and behaviour created around two art worlds - the world of abstract avant-garde art and the world of traditional figurative painting. She argues that the two worlds differ radically both in terms of the factors that affect the formation of taste, the process of evaluation and the patterns of success in them and in the ways in which these factors exert their influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60647/cover/9780521360647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60715/cover/9780521360715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136082X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136082X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Estates of the English Crown, 1558-1640</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoyle, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is the first full account of the largest estate in early modern England, against which the fortunes of all other estates may be judged. Previous accounts have tended to regard the Crown lands as a resource to be plundered by successive monarchs in times of need: much of the monastic land confiscated by Henry VIII had been sold by the time of his death, and the estates had mostly been liquidated to meet the demands of expenditure by 1640. It is not denied in these essays that the estates suffered from the attrition of periodic sale, but the estates are also seen as a continuing enterprise of complexity and sophistication. Each essay is concerned with the dialogue between the Exchequer and its local administrators and tenants. The success and failure of initiatives launched by the Exchequer is illustrated by examples drawn from many communities throughout England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60821/cover/9780521360821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Thought in Africa and the West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Magic, Religion and Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>483</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robin Horton's critical and creative writings on African religious thought have influenced anthropologists, philosophers, and all those interested in the comparative study of religion and thought. This selection of some of his classic papers, with a new introduction and postscript by the author, traces Horton's theoretical ideas over thirty years. In attempting to understand African religious thought, he also tackles broader issues in the history and sociology of thought, such as secularisation and modernisation. Part I is a critical assessment of two established interpretive approaches, the Symbolist and the Theological. Part II proposes an alternative 'Intellectualist' approach that emphasises the structural and processual similarities between religious and scientific thinking. The postscript appraises the Intellectualist approach in the light of recent theorising about religion and world views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60876/cover/9780521360876.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Allometry of Growth and Reproduction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiss, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The technique of allometry investigates the effects of size on such variables as food intake, energy requirements, growth rates and age at first reproduction. This book brings together much of what is known about the consequences of size and provides a new and mathematically rigorous framework within which many quantitative predictions are made and tested using published and unpublished data. Explanations are proposed for many previously unexplained phenomena such as why in some species females are thousands of times heavier than males, whereas in no species are males more than about eight times heavier than females. The models presented afford a synthesis of the effects of size and open up pathways for further theoretical investigation and experimental testing. Care has been taken to give verbal presentations of all the mathematical conclusions to ensure that the text is widely intelligible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60913/cover/9780521360913.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521360994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521360994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521360999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Size in Mammalian Paleobiology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Estimation and Biological Implications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521360999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Damuth, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFadden, Bruce J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a growing interest in the biological implications of body size in animals. This parameter is now being used to make inferences and predictions about not only the habits and habitat of a particular species, but also as a way to understand patterns and biases in the fossil record. This valuable collection of essays presents and evaluates techniques of body-mass estimation and reviews current and potential applications of body-size estimates in paleobiology. Coverage is particularly detailed for carnivores, primates and ungulates, but information is also presented on marsupials, rodents and proboscideans. Body Size in Mammalian Paleobiology will prove useful to researchers and graduate students in paleontology, mammalogy, ecology and evolution programmes. It is designed to be both a practical handbook for researchers making and using body-size estimates, and a sourcebook of ideas for applying body size to paleontological problems and directions for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/60999/cover/9780521360999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136101X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136101X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics in Atmospheric Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindzen, Richard A</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motion is manifest in the atmosphere in an almost infinite variety of ways. In Dynamics in Atmospheric Physics, Dr Richard Lindzen describes the nature of motion in the atmosphere, develops fluid dynamics relevant to the atmosphere, and explores the role of motion in determining climate and atmospheric composition. The author presents the material in a lecture note style, and the emphasis throughout is on describing phenomena that are at the frontiers of current research, but due attention is given to the methodology of research and to the historical background of these topics. The author's treatment and choice of topics is didactic. Problems at the end of each chapter will help students assimilate the material. In general the discussions emphasize physical concepts, and throughout Dr Lindzen makes a concerted effort to avoid the notion that dynamic meteorology is simply the derivation of equations and their subsequent solution. His desire is that interested students will delve further into solution details. The book is intended as a text for first year graduate students in the atmospheric sciences. Although the material in the book is self contained, a familiarity with differential equations is assumed; some background in fluid mechanics is helpful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61019/cover/9780521361019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridder-Symoens, Hilde de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, the first in the series, is also the first volume on the medieval University as a whole to be published in over a century. It provides a synthesis of the intellectual, social, political and religious life of the early University, and gives serious attention to the development of classroom studies and how they changed with the coming of the Renaissance and the Reformation. Following the first stirrings of the University in the thirteenth century, the evolution of the University is traced from the original Corporation of masters and Scholars through the early development of the colleges. The second half of the book focuses on the century from the 1440s to 1540s, which saw the flowering of the University under Tudor patronage. In the decades preceding the Reformation many colleges were founded, the teaching structures reorganised and the curriculum made more humanistic. The place of Cambridge at the forefront of northern European universities was eventually assured when Henry VIII founded Trinity College in 1546, in the face of changes and difficulties experienced during the course of the Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61057/cover/9780521361057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridder-Symoens, Hilde de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume of a four-part history of the university in Europe, written by an international team of authors, which covers the development of the university in Europe (east and west) from its origins up until more recent years. It focuses not only on the history of individual institutions, nor on the universities in any individual country, but on a number of major themes viewed from a European perspective. The chief originality of this work lies in its comparative, interdisciplinary, collaborative and transnational nature. Volume II looks at the university in Early Modern Europe, and attempts to situate the universities in their social and political context throughout the three centuries spanning the period 1500 to 1800.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61064/cover/9780521361064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>R&#252;egg, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>772</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of a four-part series which covers the development of the university in Europe (east and west) from its origins to the present day, focusing on a number of major themes viewed from a European perspective. The originality of the series lies in its comparative, interdisciplinary, collaborative and trans-national nature. It deals also with the content of what was taught at the universities, but its main purpose is an appreciation of the role and structures of the universities as seen against a backdrop of changing conditions, ideas and values. This volume deals with the modernisation, differentiation and expansion of higher education which led to the triumph of modern science, changing the relations between universities and national states, teachers and students, their ambitions and political activities. Special attention is focused on the fundamental advances in 'learning' - the content of what was taught at the universities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61071/cover/9780521361071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Recently-deglaciated Terrain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Geoecological Approach to Glacier Forelands</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Glacier forelands provide a unique type of field laboratory for the study of landscape ecology. Their restricted physical size and the relatively simple ecosystems which they support allow comprehensive investigations to be carried out, but their particular attraction is the existence of terrain of increasing age with increasing distance from a retreating glacier, allowing inference of ecological change over long time periods. This book provides the first comprehensive review of the available information on the ecology of recently-deglaciated terrain and evaluates critically the methodology currently employed in such studies. The theme developed is that the ecology of these regions can only be understood fully by giving due consideration to the role and interaction of  both physical and biological processes in the development of the landscape. By adopting this geoecological approach, the spatial variation and dynamics of vegetation and soils are considered in relation to other aspects of the landscape such as topographic variation, climate and geomorphic processes. A geoecological model is thus outlined which provides both a framework for interpreting the varied ecological nature of glacier forelands found throughout the world, and also an agenda for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61095/cover/9780521361095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bonapartism and Revolutionary Tradition in France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The F&#233;d&#233;r&#233;s of 1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bonapartism and Revolutionary Tradition in France is a study of the personnel, organisation and activities of the F&#233;d&#233;r&#233;s, the massive paramilitary political associations that supported Napoleon during the Hundred Days. In tracing federe backgrounds the author demonstrates that the federations were politically and socially heterogeneous - composed of old revolutionaries, Bonapartists and future Liberals, and drawn from both the lower and middle classes. Analysis of F&#233;d&#233;r&#233; literature and symbolism reveals the common ground of ideology and self-interest that enabled these diverse groups to unite in opposition to Bourbon rule, and thereby reverse the process of fragmentation that had beset the Revolutionary movement since 1789. Discussion of relations between the Imperial government and the F&#233;d&#233;r&#233;s explains why Bonaparte encouraged this development, despite his realisation that old Jacobins dominated the associations of 1815.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61125/cover/9780521361125.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fascist Revolution in Tuscany, 1919-22</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowden, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of the social origins of the fascist reaction in Tuscany, which played a key role in the rise of Italian fascism to power. Tuscan fascism was second to none in its violence, organisational strength, intransigence and missionary zeal. The central question is who supported fascism, and why. To what extent did Tuscany, a major agricultural region, conform to national patterns? What are the implications of the pattern of support for fascism in Tuscany for the wider interpretation of the movement? Dr Snowden offers a thematic approach, discussing in turn agrarian fascism, industrial and urban activity, and relations between the black-shirts and state officials. Thus the significance of the fascist militancy of particular social groups and classes can be assessed for the period between the mass strikes in 1919 and the end of labour militancy marked by the beginning of the fascist dictatorship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61170/cover/9780521361170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Korean Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sohn, Ho-Min</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed survey of the Korean language, covering its speakers, genetic affiliation, historical development, dialects, lexicon, writing systems, sound patterns, word structure, and grammatical structure. It is designed to be accessible to a wide readership, and provides a wealth of data in a user-friendly format that does not presuppose an in-depth knowledge of the latest linguistic theories. It will be used by general linguists and Korean linguists who are interested in the typological characteristics of the language from both synchronic and diachronic perspectives, and by undergraduates and graduate students in those disciplines who seek a comprehensive introduction to the linguistics of Korean. Likewise, advanced students of the Korean language and language educators will find it offers valuable insights into lexical, phonological, morphological and syntactic aspects of the language for their purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61231/cover/9780521361231.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Officialdom in Crisis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Autocracy and Local Self-Government, 1861-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, Thomas S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full account of the development of rural self-government in Russia from the emancipation of the serfs to its bureaucratisation in the counter-reforms of 1889-90. Through analysis of central and provincial perceptions of local self-government and conflicting ideologies of reform. Professor Pearson challenges the conventional view of the counter-reforms as a concession to gentry class interests and a reaction against 'zemstvo' political activity. The study illuminates the rural administrative breakdown during Russia's 'crisis of autocracy', beginning in the late 1870s, and reinterprets the role of the landed gentry, prominent state officials, and key commissions, ministries and administrative ideologies in the debates leading to the counter-reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61279/cover/9780521361279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>River Towns in the Great West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structure of Provincial Urbanization in the American Midwest, 1820-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mahoney, Timothy R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyzes, with unprecedented breadth and coverage, the development, maturation, growth, and sudden decline of a distinctive, regional urban economic system that developed along the upper Mississippi River north of St. Louis during the middle third of the nineteenth century. Between 1820 and the Civil War the upper Mississippi River valley was at the center of national and international attention. At the edge of the northern frontier, this area, known as 'The Great West,' was the destination of hundreds of thousands of immigrants from the East and from northern Europe. To many, its rich lands, temperate climate, and vast rivers offered an opportunity to establish a better life, as well as a chance to enter, if desired, the mainstream of American life. Drawing from a variety of methods used in historical geography, economic history, systems analysis, and social and urban history, Timothy Mahoney analyzes how early settlement patterns were affected by experience, climate, and geography and how they, in turn, shaped the initial patterns of economic, urban, and transportation development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61309/cover/9780521361309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136132X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136132X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compartmentation of Plant Metabolism in Non-Photosynthetic Tissues</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emes, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many of the most important plant crop products, including oils, starch and protein, are produced in non-photosynthetic tissues such as seeds, roots and tubers. Unlike the situation found in leaves, metabolism in these tissues is not necessarily dominated by plastidial activities, and the provision of energy for biosynthetic processes is therefore different from that in green cells. In this book, leading researchers in the field present a fine overview of the latest thinking on the organisation of metabolism in such organs and the development of the cellular compartments responsible for the synthesis of important crop products. Graduate students as well as researchers in the field of plant biochemistry will find this book of great interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations and Cohomology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of two volumes which will provide an introduction to modern developments in the representation theory of finite groups and associative algebras. The subject is viewed from the perspective of homological algebra and the theory of representations of finite dimensional algebras; the author emphasises modular representations and the homological algebra associated with their categories. This volume is self-contained and independent of its successor, being primarily concerned with the exposition of the necessary background material. The heart of the book is a lengthy introduction to the (Auslander-Reiten) representation theory of finite dimensional algebras, in which the techniques of quivers with relations and almost split sequences are discussed in detail. Much of the material presented here has never appeared in book form. Consequently students and research workers studying group theory and indeed algebra in general will be grateful to Dr Benson for supplying an exposition of a good deal of the essential results of modern representation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61347/cover/9780521361347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>National Crisis and National Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Politics, the Economy and Empire, 1926-1932</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>587</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From 1926 Britain fell into a condition of deep national crisis, which seemed to threaten its domestic stability and international power. By 1932 the effort to contain these problems had transformed British politics and policy. Strains produced by three-party politics, economic recession and imperial difficulties resulted during 1931 in such a severe financial and political crisis that the Labour government collapsed and Conservative, Liberal and some Labour leaders joined together in a National government. Despite large public expenditure cuts and tax increases, and despite devaluation of sterling and a new crisis in the Indian Empire, this government obtained the greatest British election victory of modern times. This book is the first to examine all aspects of the crisis together and in depth, using an extensive range of official, institutional and personal papers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61378/cover/9780521361378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex and Death in Protozoa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History of Obsession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is ageing inevitable, or can senescence and death be evaded? Large animals and plants always age if they live long enough; even individual cells from their bodies cannot continue living and dividing indefinitely. Whether or not single-celled organisms also age and die, and what relation sex bore to the process of senescence, was the subject of vigorous debate and experimentation early in the last century. In this book, Dr Bell disinters and reanalyzes these forgotten experiments, and argues that protozoan lineages do indeed senesce, as the result of an accumulated load of mutations that can be shed only through sexual reproduction. This unexpected connection between sex and death is the central theme of a book that will interest all students of evolutionary biology, sexuality and senescence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61415/cover/9780521361415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plantation Slaves of Trinidad, 1783-1816</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Mathematical and Demographic Enquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>John, A. Meredith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the slave plantation of Trinidad is based on the Trinidadian slave registration of 1813, 1815, and 1816, when the Registrar of Slaves recorded information on 17,087 plantation slaves. The principal goal of the study is to draw plausible upper and lower bounds on the levels of plantation slave mortality and fertility in Trinidad in the early nineteenth century. The book examines in detail the collection of the slave registration data in 1813 and the ensuing controversy over slave smuggling. Further chapters describe Trinidad's population in 1813, including what little is known about the free population, the methods used in studying the mortality and fertility of the plantation slaves, the findings about plantation slave mortality and a discussion of these findings. The final chapter discusses the conclusions in a wider historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26999/cover/9780521526999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exceptional Language Development in Down Syndrome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for the Cognition-Language Relationship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rondal, Jean A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is normal language acquisition possible in spite of serious intellectual impairment? The answer, it would appear, is positive. This book summarizes and discusses recent evidence in this respect. The bulk of the argument comes from the in depth study of a Down Syndrome adult woman with standard trisomy 21, exhibiting virtually normal expressive and receptive grammar. The case is compared to a small number of other exceptional cases of language development in mental retardation, as published in the recent specialized literature. Cases such as those are powerful arguments against 'cognition drives language' or better 'cognition drives grammar' theories and hypotheses. Data analysis and comparison with other empirical indications in language pathology (specific language impaired children, aphasic syndromes, degenerative syndromes, dementias) suggest dividing lines in the language system relevant to the modularity problem. Also, comparison of data on language exceptional and language-typical mentally retarded subjects supplies interesting arguments in favor of a conception of grammatical development as the gradual unfolding of innate species-specific dispositions, which are prevented to be realized ontogenetically in typical mental retardates for reason of the anomalies of early brain development in these subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61675/cover/9780521361675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Times</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Travail of the Protestant Establishment in America, 1900-1960</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchison, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the first six decades of this century, the so-called mainline Protestant denominations in America were compelled to accommodate to the growing influences of diverse religions and growing secularization. In this book, twelve historians examine the nature of the American Protestant establishment and its response to the growing pluralism of the times. The goals of the establishment are first examined from the inside, as they were voiced from the pulpit, expressed in education and through the media, and applied in ecumenical and social-reforming ventures. The establishment is then viewed through the eyes of outsiders - Jews and Catholics - and those at the periphery of the establishment's core - and women. The authors conclude that the period surveyed forms a distinct epoch in the evolution of American Protestantism. The days when Protestant cultural authority could be taken for granted were certainly over, but a new era in which religious pluralism would be widely accepted had not yet arrived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61682/cover/9780521361682.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Monetary Economics, 1870-1960</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Between the Classical and the New Classical</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flanders, M. June</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a history of international monetary thought from the end of the nineteenth to the middle of the twentieth century. It provides a comprehensive survey of the literature produced on international macroeconomics for that period. It will be of interest to teachers of and graduate students in international monetary economics, monetary theory, and the history of economic thought. Professor Flanders argues that progress in the field of international monetary economics (or in the discipline as a whole) has not been linear. Instead of writing a sequential, chronological story, she has classified the literature according to groupings of ideas and classes of models. After a brief survey of the Classical doctrines, the book covers the developments of major approaches, which are labelled Neoclassical, Late Classical, and Keynesian. The models are conceptualized in two streams: stream F encompasses formal, long-run equilibrium models, all of which emerge from a common proto-model involving the endogeneity of the money supply under fixed exchange rates. Stream P deals with policy-oriented short-run equilibrium and disequilibrium approaches. There is emphasis throughout on the varying roles assigned by the several approaches to international trade in financial assets, that is, to international capital flows.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61705/cover/9780521361705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Garden Flora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Manual for the Identification of Plants Cultivated in Europe, Both Out-of-Doors and under Glass</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The European Garden Flora Editorial Committee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>494</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The European Garden Flora is the definitive manual for the accurate identification of cultivated ornamental plants. It is designed to meet the highest scientific standards but the vocabulary is kept as uncomplicated as possible so that it is fully accessible to the informed gardener and landscape architect as well as to the professional botanist. Although based upon Europe the series will be an extremely useful reference on plants in cultivation throughout the world. Families, genera and species are described, keys are provided and guidance given on the cultivation of each genus. Volume III is the third in a series of six; it contains accounts of the first 49 families of dicotyledons, including many well-known trees (Salicaceae, Betulaceae, Fagaceae, Ulmaceae etc.), two large families of popular succulents (Cactaceae and Aizoaceae) and the horticulturally important genus Berberis. Volumes I and II, which have already been published, contain the ferns and their allies, the conifers and the monocotyledons.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61712/cover/9780521361712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Free Banking and Monetary Reform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glasner, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The power of the state to issue currency and control the monetary system is so entrenched, and the presumption among economists that money must be supplied monopolistically by a central authority is so widespread, that the notion that money could be supplied competitively has rarely been taken seriously. This book boldly challenges the conventional view that the state must play a dominant role in the monetary system. Part I explores the historical evidence and examines how a well-developed monetary system might have developed without any special role for the state. Part II offers a theory for a competitive supply of money and uses it to shed light on the development of monetary theory and the course of monetary history over the past two centuries. In Part III the author outlines new proposals for monetary reform that will protect the financial system against instability and will ensure macroeconomic stability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61750/cover/9780521361750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cournot Oligopoly</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Characterization and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daughety, Andrew F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Celebrating the 150th anniversary of Cournot's work, which Mark Blaug has characterized as 'a book that for sheer originality and boldness of conception has no equal in the history of economics thought', this volume focuses on the properties and uses of Cournot's model of competition among the few. While there are many issues that Cournot explored in researches into the mathematical principles of the theory of wealth, the topic that he is most readily associated with - and which now is also enjoying a revival - is his model of oligopolistic interaction among firms. This revival of interest in Cournot's model is due largely to increased emphasis by economists on capturing elements of imperfect competition and strategic behavior.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61767/cover/9780521361767.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136177X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136177X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shapley Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Lloyd S. Shapley</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Alvin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Composed in honour of the sixty-fifth birthday of Lloyd Shapley, this volume makes accessible the large body of work that has grown out of Shapley's seminal 1953 paper. Each of the twenty essays concerns some aspect of the Shapley value. Three of the chapters are reprints of the 'ancestral' papers: Chapter 2 is Shapley's original 1953 paper defining the value; Chapter 3 is the 1954 paper by Shapley and Shubik applying the value to voting models; and chapter 19 is Shapley's 1969 paper defining a value for games without transferable utility. The other seventeen chapters were contributed especially for this volume. The first chapter introduces the subject and the other essays in the volume, and contains a brief account of a few of Shapley's other major contributions to game theory. The other chapters cover the reformulations, interpretations and generalizations that have been inspired by the Shapley value, and its applications to the study of coalition formulation, to the organization of large markets, to problems of cost allocation, and to the study of games in which utility is not transferable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61774/cover/9780521361774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dramatic Works in the Beaumont and Fletcher Canon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaumont, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowers, Fredson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>758</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the tenth and final volume in a ten-volume series of the critical old-spelling texts of the plays in the Beaumont and Fletcher canon, in which the texts are established on modern bibliographical principles. This volume contains the texts of six plays written by Fletcher and his collaborators, Nathan Field, Philip Massinger, Ben Jonson, George Chapman, John Ford and John Webster. Each play is introduced by a discussion of the text and authorship, has variant readings in footnotes, and is followed by full textual notes and lists of press-variants, emendations of accidentals and historical collations. At the back of this concluding volume there is a useful index showing how the plays are distributed between the volumes, and a table giving the authorship of the plays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61897/cover/9780521361897.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach and the Riddle of the Number Alphabet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tatlow, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1947 the theologian and musicologist Friedrich Smend published a study which claimed that J. S. Bach regularly employed the natural-order number alphabet (A=1 to Z=24) in his works. Smend provided historical evidence and music examples to support his theory which demonstrated that by this means Bach incorporated significant words into his music, and provided himself with a symbolic compositional scheme. Since then many people have taken up Smend's theory, interpreting numbers of bars and notes in Bach scores according to the natural-order alphabet. By presenting a thorough survey of different number alphabets and their uses in seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Germany, Dr Tatlow investigates the plausibility of Smend's claims. Her new evidence fundamentally challenges Smend's conclusions and the book sounds a note of caution to all who continue to use his number-alphabet theory. Dr Tatlow's painstaking research will fascinate all those with an interest in the music of J. S. Bach and German Baroque culture, and will be of particular importance for music historians and analysts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61910/cover/9780521361910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modest Musorgsky and Boris Godunov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Myths, Realities, Reconsiderations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emerson, Caryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oldani, Robert William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Caryl Emerson (a literary specialist) and Robert William Oldani (a music historian) take a comprehensive look at the most famous Russian opera, Modest Musorgsky's Boris Godunov. The result is both a historical study of a famous work and an interpretative piece of scholarship. The topics discussed include: the 'Boris Tale' in history; Karamzin's history and Pushkin's drama as literary sources; Musorgsky's innovations as a librettist and as a theorist of the sung Russian word; the strange story of the opera's composition and revision; its first productions at home and abroad; and an in-depth musical analysis. In the process, several often-met errors in Musorgsky scholarship are clarified and corrected. A final chapter speculates on the opera's themes of political murder, guilt and legitimacy - so important to Russian literary and national identity in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries - and the new role the 'Boris plot' and its composer might come to play in more recent phases of Russian cultural life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61934/cover/9780521361934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521361966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521361966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521361965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morphogenesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cellular and Molecular Processes of Developmental Anatomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521361965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bard, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>315</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Morphogenesis, the set of processes that generate shape and form in the embryo, remains a central area in developmental biology. This book provides a contemporary overview of the events and mechanisms of morphogenesis, reviewing the major molecular and cellular mechanisms underlying morphogenetic change and describing how these processes are integrated during normal development. Most of the major embryological systems, both vertebrate and invertebrate, are discussed, with extensive coverage of the molecular mechanisms of morphogenesis involving the extracellular matrix, the membrane and the cytoskeleton. The major focus of the book, however, is on those properties of mesenchymal and epithelial cells responsible for organogenesis, while the extensive reference cover of the historical and contemporary literature (more than 500 titles) provides a useful research tool in this very wide field. This book is aimed at both scholars in the field of embryology, and postgraduate and final-year students in development and anatomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61965/cover/9780521361965.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poland's Journalists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professionalism and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curry, Jane L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Polish joumalists: professionalism and politics is a study of how, in the face of constant political instructions and restrictions, Polish journalists have come to act as independent forces in their society, acting like professionals do in Western societies. Based on a survey of Polish journalists and interviews carried out with working journalists and editors before and after the Solidarity era, as well as published and unpublished studies, documents, and discussions, the book examines how individuals who go into journalism come to think of themselves as journalists, create a strong community of fellow professionals, and work publicly and privately to protect their own interests and serve their own goal of being the 'watchdogs and advocates for a better society'. In doing this, the book answers the long untouched questions of how groups come to be independent critical forces in communist societies lobbying for their own interests and influencing broader public policy when the ideology denies their existence. Through journalists' work we see, too, how policies are created and remolded behind the scenes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62016/cover/9780521362016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>India and the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Trade and Technology Transfer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehrotra, Santosh K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>India is the Soviet Union's most important trading partner among the less developed countries (LDCs) and the largest recipient of Soviet aid to non-socialist LDCs. Similarly the Soviet Union is one of India's largest trade partners. In this book, Santosh Mehrotra presents for the first time a comprehensive study of this trading relationship and the transfer of technology from the Soviet Union. The author begins by outlining Indian economic strategy since the 1950s and the role of Soviet and East European technical assistance. He considers Soviet economic interests in LDCs in general and India in particular and discusses the special geopolitical relationship between India and the Soviet Union. In Part II, Mehrotra examines Soviet technological transfer to India since 1955. He analyses legal contracts, markets, labour and managerial skills, technical adaptation and the provision of 'follow-up' facilities; and he provides illuminating and detailed case studies of particular industries. In the final chapters, the author analyses Indo-Soviet trade in the 1970s and 1980s, covering payment arrangements and bilateral trading, and he compares the terms of the relationship with India's trade relations with the rest of the world. India and the Soviet Union: trade and technology transfer is an exhaustive analysis of economic relations between an industrialised planned economy and a developing market economy. It will therefore become essential reading for students and specialists of development economics and international relations as well as for government and institutional economists in international trade and finance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62023/cover/9780521362023.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Biology of the Islets of Langerhans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Okamoto, Hiroshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The islets of Langerhans, the primary source of hormone production in the pancreas, have been the focus of research into the nature of diabetes for decades. In recent years, the molecular biology of this multiendocrine organ has been intensively investigated, with a corresponding increase in our understanding of the normal and pathological functioning of islet cells. Molecular Biology of the Islets of Langerhans provides a comprehensive treatment of molecular studies on the synthesis of insulin, glucagon, somatostatin and pancreatic polypeptide. In addition, this volume presents contemporary hypotheses and explanations, at the molecular level, of the defects in islet cells that may lead to diabetes. The material presented here will be essential reading for researchers in human endocrinology and, in particular, for those working in the area of diabetes research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62047/cover/9780521362047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wa and the Wala</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Islam and Polity in Northwestern Ghana</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilks, Ivor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late seventeenth century Wala emerged as a small state in what is now northwestern Ghana. Its creation involved on the one hand warrior groups of Mande, Dagomba and Mamprusi origins, and on the other hand scholars from the centres of Muslim learning on the Middle Niger. Ivor Wilks traces the history of Wala from its beginnings to the present, paying particular attention to relations between the Muslim and non-Muslim elements in its population. He also examines the impact of Zabarima, Samorian, British and French intrusions into Wala affairs. By the use of orally transmitted traditions and recensions of these in Arabic and Hausa, he is able to show how the Wala themselves view their past. Wala is periodically convulsed by crises often resulting in communal violence. He suggests that the policy maker involved in the region's political problems needs a sound knowledge of Wala history and an understanding of the deeper structures of Wala society, especially in the context of official support for decentralization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62108/cover/9780521362108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Violence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Birth to Adulthood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denno, Deborah W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author examines criminal behaviour from birth to adulthood in a sample of nearly 1,000 subjects in order to determine the biological and sociological influences on violence. Over 100 predictors of violent behaviour found to be significant in past biological and sociological studies of crime are analysed. The results indicate that both biological and environmental factors produce strong, and independent, effects on both delinquency and adult crime and violence among both males and females. Powerful influences on violence include behavioural disorder during youth, low school achievement, hyperactivity, lead poisoning, and low levels of parental education. The results do not confirm the findings of previous studies that indicate direct relationships between delinquency and early intelligence, mental retardation, socioeconomic status, or early central nervous system dysfunction. The author concludes that many of the factors contributing to criminal and violent behaviour can be prevented because they have clear environmental origins that can be eliminated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62191/cover/9780521362191.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Work of Reconstruction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Slave to Wage Laborer in South Carolina 1860-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saville, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines social, political, and cultural conflicts opened by the abolition of slavery and the fashioning of wage relations in the era of the American Civil War. It offers a new, close look at the origins, goals, and tactics of popular political clubs created by emancipated workers in the countryside of one of the Deep South's oldest plantation states. The Work of Reconstruction draws on a rich documentary record that allowed ex-slaves to express in their own words and behavior the aspirations and goals that underlay their efforts. Not satisfied to render freed men and women as objects of theoretical inquiry, this book vividly recovers the concrete practices and language in which ex-slaves achieved freedom and the expectations that they had of liberty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62214/cover/9780521362214.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planetary Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Esposito, Larry W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A summary of the present understanding of planetary rings, including results from the Cassini space mission to Saturn. It covers all aspects of the subject with particular emphasis on ring history and evolution. Basic physical processes and simple mathematical approaches are presented in a clear and accessible way, supported by many images and diagrams that display the spectacular phenomena seen in these fascinating structures. Highlighted topics include Saturn's F ring, Neptune's rings, Jupiter's rings, stochastic models, ring age and evolution, and Cassini results. The book is suitable for students and professionals in planetary science, astronomy and space research and includes the latest results, explanations and speculations. The text is supported by a glossary of terms and an extensive bibliography directs the reader to original references and resources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62221/cover/9780521362221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136230X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136230X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economy of Modern India, 1860-1970</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlinson, B. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first comprehensive and wide-ranging account of the modern Indian economy, B. R. Tomlinson considers the history of economic growth and change over the last hundred years. By summarising and expounding on the available literature, the author considers the debates over imperialism, development and under development and sets them in the context of historical change in agriculture, trade and manufacture, and the relations between business, the economy and the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62306/cover/9780521362306.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spread of Economic Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colander, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coats, Alfred William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a spirited debate between eminent economists, journalists, and publishers about the spread of economic ideas. Using many of the same ideas as do the rhetorical and sociological philosophical schools, the contributors to this book discuss the spread of economic ideas in readily understandable English. The examination of the flow of ideas among economists and from economists to the public is followed by a discussion of the public policy use and abuse of these concepts. A final section provides insights into the funding of ideas and the incentives to make economics more relevant. The dialogue among the book's contributors provides both the lay reader and the interested professional with fascinating insights into what happens behind the scenes in academia, publishing, and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46501/cover/9780521446501.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rousing Minds to Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Teaching, Learning, and Schooling in Social Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tharp, Roland G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallimore, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Addressing widespread discontent with contemporary schooling, Roland Tharp and Ronald Gallimore develop a unified theory of education and offer a prescription: the reconstitution of schools as 'educating societies'. Drawing on studies  from the family nursery through the university seminar, and on their own successful experiences with thousands of students over two decades, their theory is firmly based in a culture-sensitive devellopmental psychology but seeks to integrate all the recent work in the Vygotskian tradition with basic concepts in cognitive science, anthropology, and sociolinguistics. One of the authors' primary resources is the Kamehameha Elementary Education Program (KEEP), generally regarded as the world's outstanding research and development program for elementary schooling.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62344/cover/9780521362344.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Laboratory Phonology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kingston, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckman, Mary E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers presents current research in speech science. The unifying theme of the collection is the relationship between phonological representations of the grammatical structure of speech, and physical models of the production and perception of actual utterances. The authors, including leading specialists from the fields of phonology, electrical engineering, linguistic phonetics and psychology, provide a wide range of views on this question. There are papers dealing with the relationship between phonology and phonetics as it applies to tone in Hausa, to intonation, stress and phrasing in English and German, to universals of patterning in sonority and syllable structure, and in consonant place assimilation, to speech synthesis tools for testing phonological and phonetic theories, and to three different models of articulatory structure. An introductory chapter by the editors outlines the aim of the volume and provides a short overview of the papers. The book is aimed at specialists in all areas of speech science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62382/cover/9780521362382.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Hole Tariffs and Endogenous Policy Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Economy in General Equilibrium</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magee, Stephen P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>458</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a special interest theory of protection, developing a full general equilibrium theory that explains the distribution of income with goods markets, factor markets, lobbies, political parties, and voters all pursuing their self interest. This probabilistic voting model shows how well-organized groups can use seemingly irrational government policies to exploit poorly organized groups. Given rational predatory behaviour between these groups, protection or any other redistributive policy that improves the chances of election of a party increases political efficiency. This can create an economic black hole, conditions under which an entire economy can disappear into lobbying. Paradoxically, the tariff rates accompanying an economic black hole are very low. The economic waste is confined to lobbying costs. The book contains both theoretical and empirical work explaining protection in the United States (1900-1988) and levels of protection in about sixty foreign countries in the 1980s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62474/cover/9780521362474.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between East and West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Israel's Foreign Policy Orientation 1948-1956</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bialer, Uri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Israel's political allegiance to the West is unquestioned. In the early years after 1948, however, the direction of Israel's foreign policy remained uncertain. In this important book Dr Bialer describes the internal debates within the Israeli political parties, and particularly the highly ideological labour movement, on the choices between pro-Soviet, pro-Western or non-aligned foreign policies. Making use of declassified documents, the author has carried out extensive research in the State Archives and other archives, and his account is based overwhelmingly on primary sources. This book examines the ideological components of these debates as well as the more material motivation factors, such as dependence on US aid, trade links with the Soviet bloc, the reliance on Czech arms supplies and the degree of freedom allowed to the Soviet and East European Jewish communities to emigrate to Israel. Dr Bialer concludes that there was no alternative strategy for Israel to adopt; the tilt towards the West was inevitable. This book provides valuable material for comparative research on the foreign policies and security relationships of small states in the international system immediately after the Second World War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62498/cover/9780521362498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Development and Individual Differences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Auxiliary Verb Learning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the variation between children in early language development, focusing on their acquisition of the auxiliary verb. Learning auxiliary verbs and the syntactic and pragmatic functions with which they are associated is an essential component in the child's language development from an early stage. At the same time, children vary extensively in the age and stage at which auxiliaries emerge and also in the style and rate at which subsequent development takes place. Some aspects of this variation have been linked with the quality of interaction with the child's conversation partners, others with a tendency to acquire language holistically through unanalysed 'chunks'. Using data drawn both from the Bristol Longitudinal Study of Language Development and from independent case studies conducted in Wales, Dr Richards points to a number of important areas of variation between children, for example in sequence of syntactic development and in the relationship between pragmatic and syntactic factors, and raises a number of important methodological and theoretical issues, such as how to assess the level of unanalytical usage and how to measure real syntactic advance. By analysing relationships between input and auxiliary growth, the study attempts to resolve some of the inconsistencies in the results of previous studies which have included the auxiliary as a measure. The book will be of value to all those interested in language acquisition, whether linguists, psychologists, speech therapists or lecturers in nursery, infant and special education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62535/cover/9780521362535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalist Collective Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Competition, Cooperation and Conflict in the Coal Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique volume presents a theory of capitalist collective action and a case study of the pre-World War II American coal industry to which the theory is applied. The author examines the irony of capitalist firms that do not want to compete with each other, but often cannot avoid doing so. He then explains under what conditions businesses would be able to organize their competition and identifies the economic and political factors that facilitate or inhibit this organization. The case study not only illustrates the theory, but demonstrates how the competitive relations of capitalist firms are critically important determinants of their political behavior. The author argues that the traditional Marxist concern with conflict between workers and capitalists should be supplemented with a concern for the competitive conflicts among capitalists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62658/cover/9780521362658.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Composition in Biological Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shephard, Roy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a thought-provoking perspective on the empirical and analytic study of body form and composition. The techniques used for measuring body components such as fat, water, lean tissue, bone mass and bone density are evaluated against potential 'gold standards'. The nature of regional differences, developmental changes, pathological abnormalities, and the impact of heredity and environment in shaping body composition are discussed in the context of human evolution. All those concerned with biological anthropology, both clinicians and researchers, will find this book of great interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62672/cover/9780521362672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Respect to Egotism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in American Romantic Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porte, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joel Porte offers a timely reassessment of nineteenth-century literature, focusing on the general question of the American Romantic ego and its varying modalities of self-creation, self-display, self-projection, and self-concealment. The book begins by exploring the status of the 'text' in nineteenth-century American writing, the relationship of 'rhetorical' reading to historical context, and the nature of 'Romanticism' in an American setting. Porte then concentrates on the great authors of the period through a series of thematically linked but critically discrete essays on Brown, Irving, Parkman, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Hawthorne, Thoreau, Melville, Douglass, Stowe, Whitman, and Dickinson. Throughout his important new study, Porte offers provocative reassessments of familiar texts while at the same time casting an illuminating critical eye on less well-known territory. Readers of this book will come away with increased respect for the achievement of American Romantic writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62733/cover/9780521362733.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Color of the Sky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Stephen Crane</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliburton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Halliburton's book is a richly textured study of the complete writings of Stephen Crane, including Maggie: A Girl of the Streets, The Red Badge of Courage, and the less well-known fiction, newswriting, and poetry. Offering close readings of the works within a broad framework, Halliburton sets out to explore the imaginative world Crane created in his total &#339;uvre of fiction, poetry and reportage. Comparative and interdisciplinary methods, combined with insights from historians such as Toynbee and Hofsteader, enable Halliburton to shed light on a number of issues. These include Crane's interest in musicality, the importance of his poetry and journalism to his other writings, the phenomenology of his social structures, his mastery of prosody, and the relation of his writings to the ideas of thinkers such as William James, Santayana, Weber and Sartre. This ambitious and comprehensive book sets a standard by which to measure all future interpretations of Crane.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62740/cover/9780521362740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136275X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136275X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Languages of the Andes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adelaar, Willem F. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muysken, Pieter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>748</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Andean and Pacific regions of South America are home to a remarkable variety of languages and language families, with a range of typological differences. This linguistic diversity results from a complex historical background, comprising periods of greater communication between different peoples and languages, and periods of fragmentation and individual development. The Languages of the Andes documents in a single volume the indigenous languages spoken and formerly spoken in this linguistically rich region, as well as in adjacent areas. Grouping the languages into different cultural spheres, it describes their characteristics in terms of language typology, language contact, and the social perspectives of present-day languages. The authors provide both historical and contemporary information, and illustrate the languages with detailed grammatical sketches. Written in a clear and accessible style, this book will be a valuable source for students and scholars of linguistics and anthropology alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62757/cover/9780521362757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Migration in Colonial Spanish America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of innovative essays an international team of contributors provides theoretical, methodological and substantive empirical analysis of migration in Latin America. Ranging in time from the sixteenth through the mid-nineteenth century, the studies will attract the attention of all Latin American specialists. They provide conclusive evidence of the ubiquity of migration in the early modern period, challenging views of immobile peasants held in the grip of static colonialism. They show that to migrate was one of the most important means of coping with Spanish colonialism. The essays are written from a multi-disciplinary perspective and thus provide data and interpretations that are novel and represent important contributions to colonial Latin American studies. They address the basic questions of who migrated, why did they migrate, how can one interpret migration fields, what role did economic opportunity or ecological conditions play, and not least, what was the impact of migrants on non-migrant communities in both rural and urban areas. The picture that emerges is one of colonial Spanish America in continual flux: spatial mobility was no less pronounced than social/racial change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62818/cover/9780521362818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Medieval History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1142</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sixth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the fourteenth century, a period dominated by plague, other natural disasters and war which brought to an end three centuries of economic growth and cultural expansion in Christian Europe, but one which also saw important developments in government, religious and intellectual life, and new cultural and artistic patterns. Part I sets the scene by discussion of general themes in the theory and practice of government, religion, social and economic history, and culture. Part II deals with the individual histories of the states of western Europe; Part III with that of the Church at the time of the Avignon papacy and the Great Schism; and Part IV with eastern and northern Europe, Byzantium and the early Ottomans, giving particular attention to the social and economic relations with westerners and those of other civilisations in the Mediterranean.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62900/cover/9780521362900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Medieval History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fouracre, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1000</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the transitional period between the later Roman world and the early middle ages, c. 500 to c. 700. This was an era of developing consciousness and profound change in Europe, Byzantium and the Arab world, an era in which the foundations of medieval society were laid and to which many of our modern myths of national and religious identity can be traced. This book offers a comprehensive regional survey of the sixth and seventh centuries, from Ireland in the west to the rise of Islam in the Middle East, and from Scandinavia in the north to the Mediterranean south. It explores the key themes pinning together the history of this period, from kingship, trade and the church, to art, architecture and education. It represents both an invaluable conspectus of current scholarship and an expert introduction to the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62917/cover/9780521362917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521362970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521362970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521362979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arms Races, Arms Control, and Conflict Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions from Peace Science and Peace Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521362979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isard, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderton, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>554</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demonstrating the ways in which work in a broad range of fields can be pulled together in the analysis of conflict, this book provides the reader with a general introduction to the principles of conflict analysis and lays a methodological foundation for the further development of the interdisciplinary field of peace science. The text begins with an extensive survey of arms race models, from the classic Richardson model to models exploring the effects of factors such as the domestic and international economic environment, public opinion and party politics, and weapons technology and information development. The processes of individual and group problem-solving, in both crisis and non-crisis conditions, are examined, drawing on work in economics, operations research, cognitive science, and artificial intelligence. Building on this diverse body of work, the author moves on to develop a framework for conflict management with which to approach a variety of conflict situations and applies this procedure to the United States-Soviet arms control conflict. Walter Isard is cited by Mark Blaug as one of the Great Economists Since Keynes (CUP, 1989 paper edition).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/62979/cover/9780521362979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computer-Aided Sculpture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, K. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains detailed examples of application of the basic programs on mainframe computers to all phases of application of the system to machined engineering and medical examples. Its successor, Computer-Aided Sculpture, presents the essentials of the system concisely with programs, and their documentation, adapted to microcomputer technology. This is a concise introduction to the theory and program documentation of a powerful computer-aided general-shape machining system called Polyhedral NC&#174;.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63037/cover/9780521363037.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latent Inhibition and Conditioned Attention Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lubow, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Latent inhibition is an exquisitely simple, robust and pervasive behavioural phenomenon - the reduced ability of an organism to learn new associations to previously inconsequential stimuli. It has been demonstrated in a variety of animals, including humans, across many different learning tasks. The ease of demonstrating the latent inhibition effect, on the one hand, is matched by the difficulty of incorporating it into contemporary conditioning and learning theories, on the other. R. E. Lubow offers a complete survey of the basic data that comprise the latent inhibition effect and a review of theories that attempt to explain it. He then elaborates his own Conditioned Attention Theory and derives applications for learned helplessness and schizophrenia. A wide range of experimental psychologists and neuroscientists will find this a stimulating and useful book for themselves and their students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63075/cover/9780521363075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136308X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136308X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Place in Pope's World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rumbold, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How was Alexander Pope's personal experience of women transformed into poetry, and how in turn did he and his writing figure in the lives of the women he wrote about? How characteristic of his age was Pope's attitude towards women? What exactly was the role in his life of individual women such as his mother, Patty Blount and Lady Mary Wortley Montagu? Valerie Rumbold's is the first full-length study of these important issues. Making use of previously little-known manuscripts, she focuses both on Pope's own life and art, and on early eighteenth-century assumptions about women and gender. She offers readings of some of the well-known poems in which women feature prominently, and follows Pope's response throughout his writings in general. His own alienation from the dominant culture (through religion, politics and physical handicap) and his troubled fascination with certain kinds of women make this subject complex and compelling, with wide implications. Dr Rumbold brings to light new information, and shows how the women with whom Pope dealt can themselves be seen as individuals with presence and dignity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63082/cover/9780521363082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Choral Music on Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blyth, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the successful volumes of Song on Record, this book surveys all the recordings of major choral works from the Monteverdi Vespers to Britten's War Requiem. Discussion of the various interpretations on record is preceded, in each chapter, by informed criticism of the work concerned, including - where appropriate - a clarification of editions, revisions, etc. (all the many changes in Messiah are, for instance, described in detail). The coverage of recordings is exhaustive and its value is enhanced by detailed discographies, with numbers of each recording. Each contributor is an authority within his or her specialist area and, collectively, their insights and observations make the book invaluable to record collectors, music lovers and all with an interest in changing tastes and styles of musical performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63099/cover/9780521363099.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Modern German Economic History and Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borchardt, Knut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambert, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays covers themes central to German economic history while considering their interaction with other historical phenomena. Among the essays Borchardt considers Germany's late start as an industrial nation, the West-East developmental gradient, key patterns of long-term economic development, and unusual changes in the phenomena of business cycles. The collection also contains the essays which have become the subject of so-called 'Borchardt controversies', in which hypotheses are presented on the economic causes of the collapse of the parliamentary regime by 1929-30, at the very end of the 'crisis before the crisis'. He also explains why there were no alternatives to the economic policies of the slump, and in particular why there was no 'miracle weapon' against Hitler's seizure of power. These are among the most original and stimulating contributions of recent years to the economic history of modern Germany and will be of interest to anyone who ponders deeply the meaning of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63105/cover/9780521363105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quasars, Redshifts and Controversies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arp, Halton C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For twenty years, the author has contested the 'establishment' view of quasars as the most distant objects in the universe. In this book, Arp presents the original observations and fundamental data on quasars and galaxies, and explains why he has concluded that: far from being the most distant objects in the universe, quasars are associated in space with relatively nearby galaxies; quasars' enormous redshifts do not arise from the expansion of the universe, but rather are intrinsic properties of the quasars themselves; many galaxies show redshift anomalies related to quasars' redshifts; quasars and galaxies have an origin far different from that assumed in the 'standard' big-bang model of the universe; many astronomers, despite the accumulation of compelling evidence, defend what Arp believes is a fundamentally incorrect assumption about cosmic objects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Policy Analysis and Modelling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munasinghe, Mohan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meier, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Energy plays a vital role in economic and social development. The analysis of energy issues and policy options is therefore a vital area of study. This book presents a hierarchical modelling scheme intended to support energy planning and policy analysis in developing countries. The authors introduce the concept of 'Integrated National energy Planning' (INEP), and examine the spreadsheet models, optimization models, and linear planning models which energy planners use. Environmental considerations are also introduced into the analysis. Techniques are then applied to two important energy subsectors, electricity and fuelwood, before problems of integration and policy implementation are discussed. Throughout the book, the authors examine actual practice in developing countries. Illustrative case material is drawn from Egypt, West Africa, Sudan, Pakistan, Colombia, India, Sri Lanka and Morocco. This book will be of interest to students and practitioners of energy planning, and to those concerned with the wider development implications of energy policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63266/cover/9780521363266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Catholic Beliefs in England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Customary Catholicism and Transformations of Religious Authority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornsby-Smith, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes available an empirical study of the transformations in religious beliefs that have occurred amongst English Catholics. It complements Dr Hornsby-Smith's well received Roman Catholics in England (1987) which provides the social and historical context for this present study. In Roman Catholic beliefs in England, Michael Hornsby-Smith explores Catholic beliefs over a range of concerns from doctrinal matters to questions of personal and social morality and assesses how religious beliefs are differentiated between different types of Catholics. He also examines the legitimacy accorded by English Catholics to both papal authority and religious authority in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63273/cover/9780521363273.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proust as Musician</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nattiez, Jean-Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Puffett, Derrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Does one need to know the rules of harmony to be considered a musician? Throughout A la recherche du temps perdu, and particularly ' Swann in Love', Proust displays a surprising sensitivity to the way music is heard, a sensitivity to which we owe some of the most beautiful writing on music. Through a study of the texts devoted to the Sonata and Septet of Vinteui, Jean-Jacques Nattiez demonstrates the fundamental role played by music in the evolution of the novel. He also shows how Debussy, Wagner and Beethoven provide the basis for a mystical quest whose goal is pure music and the literary absolute. Music as model for literature: this is the subject of Professor Nattiez's essay, which unravels the various musical themes running through Proust's work, and which thus constitutes a particularly clear and perceptive introduction to his writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63495/cover/9780521363495.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biotechnology of Microbial Exopolysaccharides</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, Ian W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a thorough account of the structure and synthesis of microbial exopolysaccharides and of their widespread application across a broad range of industries, including food, oil and medicine. The successful exploitation of these polysaccharides requires a sound scientific understanding of their chemical and physical properties and also their biochemistry and biosynthesis; this volume covers all these aspects in a concise and coherent way. Interest in these polysaccharides has been fuelled by their increasing use in food, in the oil industry and in medicine. The author provides an account of all these areas as well as looking further ahead to speculate how their unique properties might be harnessed for future products and processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63501/cover/9780521363501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health and Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamburg, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sartorius, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is clear evidence of causal links between specific forms of behaviour and the improvement or deterioration of health states. Unless human behaviour can be influenced, there can be no progress in promoting health, preventing disease and alleviating suffering. This book is an important contribution to the understanding of the relationship between health and behaviour. Topics have been selected for expert review on the basis of their intrinsic importance and also their relative neglect in the published literature. They cover all stages of the life cycle and a range of social and cultural settings. Health workers and behavioural scientists, particularly those working in the fields of mental health, human development and community medicine, will find this a stimulating and informative work of direct relevance to their practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63525/cover/9780521363525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Representations and the Development of Knowledge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duveen, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book raises for the first time developmental issues in relation to the theory of social representations, which Duveen and Lloyd introduced to account for the influence of social life on psychological processes. He describes a society's values, ideas, beliefs and practices as social representations which function both as rule systems structuring social life and as codes facilitating communication. The editors' introduction identifies the need to expand the theory of social representations to consider developmental changes in social beliefs, in individual understanding, and in the process of communication. Individual chapters examine aspects of such processes in the domains of nursery-school life, of gender, of social divisions in society, of images of childhood, of emotion, of intelligence and of psychology. In the final chapter Moscovici considers the contribution which these developmental perspectives make to the theory. The book will interest specialists and students in the human and social sciences, including developmental and social psychology, sociology, and communication studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63686/cover/9780521363686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Costs of Regime Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Racial Mobilization, Elite Domination and Control of the State in Guyana and Trinidad</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hintzen, Percy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comparative study of two republics - Guyana in South America, and Trinidad and Tobago in the Caribbean - examines the conditions which determine regime survival in less developed countries. Given the structure of political and economic organization typical of these countries, and of the web of international relations of which they are a part, political survival can very often depend on a leader's willingness to serve the interests of a small, but politically strategic minority. In both Guyana and Trinidad post-independence leaders made politically expedient decisions that foreclosed policy choices consistent with the satisfaction of collective needs. As a result both countries experienced a series of political and economic crises. This in-depth comparative study of Guyana and Trinidad will be of interest to all scholars, students and policy-makers concerned with aspects of political and economic development in the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63785/cover/9780521363785.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reminiscence and Re-creation in Contemporary American Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olster, Stacey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>227</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Post-modernist fiction apparently presents a world of chance and randomness, devoid of historical intelligibility. Focusing on American post-modernist writers, Stacey Olster offers a challenge to this perception, showing how the experience of political and historical events has shaped the novelist's perspective. Communism after World War II proved particularly instrumental in this capacity; the failure of the Communist ideal in Russia forced a change in the literary perspective of history during the 1950s. Olster analyzes in detail historical narrative configurations in the works of a pivotal group of writers. Norman Mailer, Thomas Pynchon, John Barth, Robert Coover and E. L. Doctorow share a common vision of historical movement in the shape of an open-ended spiral. The modes of temporal movement constructed by these authors manage to recall an early Puritan prototype while remaining nonapocalyptic in direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63839/cover/9780521363839.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restructuring the Soviet Economic Bureaucracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Paul R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Restructuring the Soviet Economic Bureaucracy, Paul R. Gregory takes an inside look at how the system worked and why it has traditionally been so resistant to change. Gregory's findings shed light on a bureaucracy that was widely considered the greatest threat to Gorbachev's efforts at perestroika, or restructuring. Restructuring the Soviet Economic Bureaucracy is based on Soviet and Western published accounts as well as interviews with former members of the Soviet economic bureaucracy, mainly from the middle elite. These informants, with their expert knowledge of the system, tell how bureaucrats big and small made the routine and extraordinary decisions that determined Soviet resource allocation. The often-criticized irrationalities of the Soviet bureaucracy are revealed to contain their own internal logic and consistency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63860/cover/9780521363860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mechanism of Human Facial Expression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duchenne de Boulogne, G. -B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cuthbertson, R. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In M&#233;canisme de la physionomie humaine, the great nineteenth-century French neurologist Duchenne de Boulogne combined his intimate knowledge of facial anatomy with his skill in photography and expertise in using electricity to stimulate individual facial muscles to produce a fascinating interpretation of the ways in which the human face portrays emotions. This book was pivotal in the development of psychology and physiology as it marked the first time that photography had been used to illustrate, and therefore 'prove', a series of experiments. In this volume, Andrew Cuthbertson has provided an English translation of Duchenne, complete with a reproduction of the marvellous Album of photographs. The four commentary chapters by modern experts describe the relevance of Duchenne's findings to the fields of experimental psychology, plastic surgery, neurology and physiology. This book will therefore be valued by all those who deal with facial expression, including psychologists, physicians and those involved in the fine arts and photography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63921/cover/9780521363921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Christian Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charles-Edwards, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>728</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a fully documented history of Ireland and the Irish between the fourth and ninth centuries AD, from St Patrick to the Vikings - the earliest period for which historical records are available. It opens with the Irish raids and settlements in Britain, and the conversion of Ireland to Christianity. It ends as Viking attacks on Ireland accelerated in the second quarter of the ninth century. The book takes account of the Irish both at home and abroad, including the Irish in northern Britain, in England and on the continent. Two principal thematic strands are the connection between the early Irish Church and its neighbours, and the rise of U&#237; N&#233;ill and the kingship of Tara.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63952/cover/9780521363952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521363977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521363977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521363976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Noose of Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readings of Desire, Violence and Language in Euripides' Hippolytos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521363976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goff, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a reading of Euripides' Hippolytos central play for the study of Euripides and of Greek tragedy. Dr Goff approaches the play through the techniques of modern literary criticism, including deconstruction and feminism, and is able to shed light on this influential text through her close examination of the language of the play. She divides her discussion into five important critical issues: gender, desire, violence, language and the status of poetry and drama. Throughout she is concerned to site the play in the historical and cultural context of fifth-century Athens, and her analysis of the position of women is particularly illuminating for the role of Phaedra, and for female characters throughout Greek tragedy. This is a provocative book which brings critical insights to one of the most extensively discussed of all Greek tragedies. It will be accessible both to classicists and students of drama and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/63976/cover/9780521363976.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise History of Britain, 1707-1975</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Speck, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a concise, illustrated history of Great Britain over the past three centuries, from its formation as a sovereign state between the Union of England and Scotland in 1707 to its partial loss of sovereignty in the accession to the European Community, confirmed in the referendum result of 1975. Professor Speck emphasises political and social trends. In particular he argues that conservative politics prevailed largely in a deeply conservative society, and that reactionary causes generally obtained more support than radical campaigns. The book is highly illustrated with pictures and photographs and contains a bibliography and other features of use to students and general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64003/cover/9780521364003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136406X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136406X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Emotion Regulation and Dysregulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garber, Judy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodge, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a developmental perspective of the regulation and dysregulation of emotion, in particular, how children learn about feelings and how they learn to deal with both positive and negative feelings. Emotion regulation involves the interaction of physical, behavioural and cognitive processes in response to changes in one's emotional state. The changes can be brought on by factors internal to the individual (e.g. biological) or external (e.g. other people). Featuring contributions from leading researchers in developmental psychopathology, the volume concentrates on theories and data concerning the development of emotion regulation with an emphasis on both intrapersonal and interpersonal processes. Original conceptualizations of the reciprocal influences among the various response systems - neurophysiological-biochemical, behavioral-expressive, and subjective-experiential - are provided, and the individual chapters address both normal and psychopathological forms of emotion regulation, particularly depression and aggression, from infancy through adolescence. This book will appeal to specialists in developmental, clinical and social psychology, psychiatry, education, and others interested in understanding the developmental processes involved in the regulation of emotion over the course of childhood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64065/cover/9780521364065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last of the Fathers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>James Madison and the Republican Legacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCoy, Drew R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Born in the middle of the eighteenth century as a subject of King George II, James Madison, father of the United States Constitution, lived until 1836, dying as a citizen of Andrew Jackson's republic. For over forty years he played a pivotal role in the creation and defence of a new political order but he also lived long enough to see the system of government he had nurtured threatened by disruptive forces that would ultimately lead to civil war. In this book, Drew McCoy tells the poignant story of Madison's reckoning of his generation's spectacular political achievement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64072/cover/9780521364072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiction against History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scott as Storyteller</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerr, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Scott was acutely conscious of the fictionality of his historical novels. James Kerr reads the Waverley novels as a grand fictional project constructed around the relationship between the language of fiction and historical reality. We can see throughout Scott's novels a tension between the romancer, recasting the events of the past in accordance with recognizably literary logics, and the historian, presenting an accurate account of the past. This contradiction, reflected in Scott's generic mixture of romance and realism, remains unresolved, even in the most self-conscious of his works. It is in this interplay of fiction and history that Professor Kerr identifies the rich complexity of the Waverley novels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64256/cover/9780521364256.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Polish Christianity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kloczowski, Jerzy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>423</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a single-volume history of Christianity in Poland, a subject at the core of religious history and European secular history alike. The book covers the development of Polish Christianity from the tenth century to the year 2000, placing it in the broader context of East-Central European political, social, religious and cultural history. Jewish-Christian relations, and the problematic religious history of the Jews in the region, play an important part in the story, and there are pervasive references to countries historically linked to Poland, such as Lithuania, Belarus and the Ukraine. Jerzy Kloczowski shows how the history of Poland, and Polish Christianity, are embedded in the complex systems of relations with other countries and religious denominations. A History of Polish Christianity should be read by anyone interested in the confrontation between Christianity and the totalitarian systems of the twentieth century, and in the interplay between Eastern and Western Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64294/cover/9780521364294.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to New Testament Textual Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaganay, Lion</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amphoux, Christian-Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heimerdinger, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises a general survey of the study of New Testament manuscripts, and outlines for students of the New Testament the basic tools and skills involved in studying those manuscripts. The present edition is a thoroughly revised and updated version of Leon Vaganay's Initiation &#225; la critique du Nouveau Testament, published in 1933, and each section of that original work has been brought up to date in light of the latest research in the field. In its aim to provide a solid foundation to study of New Testament textual criticism, this comprehensive survey will be of great value to those who are looking for basic information about the subject; while the documentary information it contains about the extant manuscripts, and its original theoretical sections, will ensure that the book has much of value to offer the more advanced student of the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64331/cover/9780521364331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis at Urbana</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkson, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peck, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uhl, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the academic year 1986-87, the University of Illinois was host to a symposium on mathematical analysis which was attended by some of the leading figures in the field. This book arises out of this special year and lays emphasis on the synthesis of modern and classical analysis at the current frontiers of knowledge. The contributed articles by the participants cover the gamut of mainstream topics. This book will be essential to researchers in mathematical analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64362/cover/9780521364362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136437X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136437X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis at Urbana</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkson, Earl R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peck, N. Tenney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Uhl, J. Jerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the academic year 1986-7, the University of Illinois was host to a symposium on mathematical analysis which was attended by some of the leading figures in the field. This book arises out of this special year and lays emphasis on the synthesis of modern and classical analysis. The contributed articles by the participants cover the gamut of mainstream topics. This book will be essential to researchers in mathematical analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64379/cover/9780521364379.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Unemployment 1919-1939</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garside, W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive study of government reactions to the interwar unemployment problem. Drawing upon an extensive range of primary and secondary sources, it analyses official ameliorative policy towards unemployment and contemporary reactions to such intervention. In doing so, it highlights the struggle that emerged between conventional economic thinking and the calls made by radical economists, industrialists and politicians (including Keynes, Mosley and Lloyd George) for the state to play a more determinant role in economic recovery. There is detailed treatment of the nature and scale of interwar unemployment, regional policy and the complex history of unemployment assistance. In addition, careful study is made of the impact which unemployment had in influencing the conduct of public policy in related areas of economic concern, including industrial policy, overseas trade, colonial development, wage determination, labour supply and the content and purpose of monetary and fiscal policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64430/cover/9780521364430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Standardizing Written English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diffusion in the Case of Scotland, 1520-1659</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devitt, Amy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new view of the linguistic process of standardization, the movement of specific language features towards uniformity. Drawing on theoretical arguments and empirical data, it examines the way in which linguistic conformity develops out of variation, and the textual and social factors which influence this process. After defining and clarifying the general theoretical issues involved, Professor Devitt takes as a specific case study the standardization of written English in Scotland in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, and shows that standardization is a gradual process, that it encompasses periods of great variation and that it occurs concurrently with sociopolitical shifts. The interrelationship of linguistic features, genres and social pressures shapes the nature and direction of standardization. This is a readable and accessible book which will appeal to those involved in the study of Scots-English, and is of importance for linguistic methodology and the study and teaching of literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64461/cover/9780521364461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Medieval History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reuter, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>891</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period of the tenth and early eleventh centuries was crucial in the formation of Europe, much of whose political geography and larger-scale divisions began to take shape at this time. It was also an era of great fragmentation, and hence of differences which have been magnified by modern national historiographical traditions. This volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History reflects these varying traditions, and provides an authoritative survey in its own terms. The volume is divided into three sections. The first covers general themes such as the economy, government, and religious, cultural, and intellectual life. The second is devoted to the kingdoms and principalities which had emerged within the area of the former Carolingian empire as well as the 'honorary Carolingian' region of England. The final section deals with the emergent principalities of eastern Europe and the new and established empires, states and statelets of the Mediterranean world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64478/cover/9780521364478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Political Finance in the 1980s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Herbert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Federman, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book concerns the financing of politics, political parties, candidates and elections in eleven countries. It contains case studies of individual countries, various country-by-country comparisons, and a conceptual framework enabling the reader to understand the context of financial sources and implications of funding sources. All the chapters demonstrate the problems common to democracies seeking to regulate uses and abuses of money in politics in pluralistic societies in which there are numerous openings for political disbursements; many present themes emphasizing forms of public funding (alternatively called state aid in some countries) in which governments assist parties or candidates to subsist and compete. Professor Alexander has assembled a distinguished international team of contributors to present this first major appraisal of such a vital aspect of democratic practice for nearly twenty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64645/cover/9780521364645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Newtonian Calculus in Britain, 1700-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guicciardini, Niccol-</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the development of calculus in Britain during the century following Newton. It is usually maintained that this was a period of decline in British mathematics. However, the author's research has shown that the methods used by researchers of the period yielded considerable success in laying the foundations and investigating the applications of the calculus. Even when 'decline' was at its worst point, in mid-century, the foundations of the reform, which were to change the direction and nature of the mathematics community, were being laid. The book considers the importance of the work of mathematicians such as Isaac Newton, Roger Cotes, Brook Taylor, James Stirling, Abraham de Moivre, Colin Maclaurin, Thomas Bayes, John Landen and Edward Waring. It will be useful to science historians and philosophers studying the period, and to students of British history studying the teaching of mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24841/cover/9780521524841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Qur'anic Christians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Classical and Modern Exegesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAuliffe, Jane Dammen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Muslim perception of Christianity and Christians is an issue of longstanding debate among scholars of both Islam and Christianity. In this book, Jane McAuliffe analyses a series of passages from the Qur'an that make ostensibly positive remarks about Christians. She conducts this analysis through a close examination of Muslim exegesis of the Qur'an, spanning ten centuries of commentary. In this effort to trace various interpretations of these passages, the author attempts to determine whether these positive passages can justifiably serve as proof-texts of Muslim tolerance of Christianity. She finds that commentators have consistently distinguished between the vast majority of Christians, who are denounced for having turned from the true word of God, and a small minority, who accepted the prophethood of Muhammed and are praised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64706/cover/9780521364706.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic History of the English Poor Law, 1750-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyer, George R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the last third of the eighteenth century, most parishes in rural southern England adopted policies providing poor relief outside workhouses to unemployed and underemployed able-bodied labourers. The debate over the economic effects of 'outdoor' relief payments to able-bodied workers has continued for over 200 years. This book examines the economic role of the Poor Law in the rural south of England. It presents a model of the agricultural labour market that provides explanations for the widespread adoption of outdoor relief policies, the persistence of such policies until the passage of the Poor Law Amendment Act in 1834, and the sharp regional differences in the administration of relief. The book challenges many commonly held beliefs about the Poor Law and concludes that the adoption of outdoor relief for able-bodied paupers was a rational response by politically dominant farmers to changes in the rural economic environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64799/cover/9780521364799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coping with City Growth during the British Industrial Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Jeffrey G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Coping with City Growth assesses Britain's handling of city growth during the First Industrial Revolution by combining the tools used by Third World analysts with the archival attention and eclectic style of the economic historian. What emerges is an exciting and provocative accounts that have long occupied problem development economists: urban unemployment, underemployment, and the alleged failure of city labour markets to absorb the flood of rural emigrants; the persistent influx of newcomers, which makes it difficult for municipal planners to improve the quality of social overhead; the crowding of migrants into densely packed urban slums with few, if any, social services; and rising density and city size which augment pollution while lowering the quality of the urban environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64805/cover/9780521364805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuronal Networks of the Hippocampus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traub, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The questions of how a large population of neurons in the brain functions, how synchronized firing of neurons is achieved, and what factors regulate how many and which neurons fire under different conditions form the central theme of this book. Using a combined experimental-theoretical approach unique in neuroscience, the authors present important techniques for the physiological reconstruction of a large biological neuronal network. They begin by discussing experimental studies of the CA3 hippocampal region in vitro, focusing on single-cell and synaptic electrophysiology, particularly the effects a single neuron exerts on its neighbours. This is followed by a description of a computer model of the system, first for individual cells then for the entire detailed network, and the model is compared with experiments under a variety of conditions. The results shed significant light into the mechanisms of epilepsy, electroencephalograms, and biological oscillations and provide an excellent test case for theories of neural networks. Researchers in neurophysiology and physiological psychology, physicians concerned with epilepsy and related disorders, and researchers in computational neuroscience will find this book an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64812/cover/9780521364812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136485X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136485X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valenzuela, Raul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Magnetic Ceramics describes the structure, preparation techniques, magnetic properties and applications of iron-based oxides also known as ferrites; metallic magnetic materials are also covered in depth. The main purpose of the book is to provide an up-to-date overview of the relevant aspects of ferrites, which cover a wide range of magnetic properties and applications such as high-frequency transformer cores, permanent magnet cements, microwave telecommunication devices, magnetic recording media and heads. The approach is that of materials science, characteristically interdisciplinary, where chemical aspects are covered in terms of synthesis/fabrication methods and crystal structures, and physics is introduced to provide a theoretical basis to magnetic properties. A special emphasis is given to the relationship between microstructure and properties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64850/cover/9780521364850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Confraternities in the Sixteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Christopher F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Confraternities were - and are - religious brotherhoods for lay people to promote their religious life in common. Though designed to prepare for the afterlife, they were fully involved in the social, political and cultural life of the community and could affect all men and women, as members or as the recipients of charity. Confraternities organised a great range of devotional, cultural and indeed artistic activities in addition to other functions such as the provision of dowries and the escort of condemned men to the scaffold. Other works have studied the local activities of specific confraternities, but this is the first to attempt a broad survey of such organisations across the breadth of early modern Italy. Christopher Black demonstrates clearly the extent, diversity and influence of confraternal behaviour, and shows how such brotherhoods adapted to the religious and social crises of the sixteenth century - thus illuminating current debates about Catholic Reform, the Counter-Reformation, poverty, philanthropy and social control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64874/cover/9780521364874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521364892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521364892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stewards, Lords and People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Estate Steward and his World in Later Stuart England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hainsworth, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The landed estates were one of the fundamental structures of early modern England. They were omnipresent, for they were not confined to the countryside but penetrated into every borough and city. English society was composed largely of landlords and tenants. It follows that to understand the nature of this society the relationship between the two must be studied, and in particular the role of the man who linked them: the estate steward. Stewards, Lords and People analyses the role of the estate stewards in the social mechanisms of later Stuart England. It is based on many years of research among more than 10,000 letters exchanged by stewards and their masters about estates as widely distributed as Northumberland and Cornwall, Cumberland and Sussex.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64898/cover/9780521364898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136499X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136499X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521364997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urbanising Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Class and Community in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521364997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Gerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Withers, Charles W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Urbanising Britain brings together the work of some leading British historical geographers of the younger generation to consider nineteenth-century urbanization as a process, emphasizing the dimensions of class and community. The essays in this collection reflect the use of social science concepts within the field of historical geography, and are organized to follow urbanization from its origins in migration, to its consequences in urban culture and public health. The contributions combine conceptual sophistication with original empirical research to present a series of important and innovative statements about the changing nature of the Victorian city, and reflect the value of a critical theoretical perspective, hitherto absent from much work in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/64997/cover/9780521364997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Assembly of Listeners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jains in Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrithers, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphrey, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Jains have exerted an influence on Indian Society and religion out of proportion with their relatively small numbers. The Assembly of Listeners: Jains in Society addresses the sociology of the Jains and discusses the notion of the 'community' based on religious affiliation in India. Topics covered include Jain ideals and identity; women in the Jains community; popular Jainism; Jain reform and Jain identity in the UK. This collection is an important theoretical addition to the study of Indian society, which has previously focused mainly on caste and class politics as the fundamental social units. With much recent fieldwork providing unique information on the ethnography of the Jains, this study will prove indispensable to any scholar interested in this little-known but highly influential social group.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65055/cover/9780521365055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Baudelaire and Intertextuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry at the Crossroads</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Margery A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new reading of Baudelaire's Le Spleen de Paris is a response to Baudelaire's own challenge to read his text as one in which 'everything ... is head and tail, alternately and reciprocally'. Margery Evans proposes that Le Spleen de Paris serves to question the conventions of prose forms such as the unitary narrator, the extended plot, and the artifice of beginnings and endings. She shows how Baudelaire's text probes the relationship between individuality and conformity to pre-existing codes, both in literature and in the world, and how the giant metropolis provides a symbol of that drama. Dr Evans explores the interconnections between the prose poems which make up Le Spleen de Paris and their intertextual relations with other, mostly prose, works, and argues that this anomalous, hybrid work raises far-reaching questions of relevance to narratology and to literary theory as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65086/cover/9780521365086.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Perspectives on Human Pigmentation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, Ashley H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Skin colour is perhaps the most decisive and abused physical characteristic of humankind. This book presents a multidisciplinary overview of how and why human populations vary so markedly in their skin colour. The biological aspects of the pigment cell and its production of melanin are reviewed. The functions of melanin in the skin, brain, eye and ear are considered, and the common clinical abnormalities of pigmentation, such as albinism, are described and illustrated. Detailed reflectance data from worldwide surveys of skin colour are also presented. The historical and contemporary background of the phenomenon is explored in relation to the so-called 'colour problem' in society. Finally, the possible evolutionary forces which shape human pigmentation are assessed. This fascinating account will be of interest to graduate students and researchers of biological anthropology, anatomy, physiology and dermatology, as well as medical practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65147/cover/9780521365147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unions and Communities under Siege</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Communities and the Crisis of Organized Labor</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Gordon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essential argument of this book is that the current crisis of US unions ought to be considered in terms of the local context of labor-management relations; that is, the communities in which men and women live and work. Whether by design or necessity, the structure of New Deal national labor legislation has sustained, and maintained, distinctive local labor-management practices. As the economies of American communities (and the world) have become highly interdependent, reflecting the evolution of corporate structure and trade between economies, unions movement can be traced to unions' dependence upon inter-community solidarity, a fragile democratic ideal which is often overwhelmed by economic imperatives operating at higher scales in other places.  An important objective of Professor Clark in this work is to demonstrate the significance of the intersection between communities, unions, and institutions, in understanding the prospects for American unionism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65161/cover/9780521365161.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Concepts and Measures of Multifactor Productivity in Canada, 1961-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cas, Alexandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rymes, Thomas K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents new estimates of the sources of economic growth in Canada. The experimental measures account for the reproducibility of capital inputs in an input-output framework and show that advances in technology are more important for economic growth than previously estimated. Traditional measures of multifactor productivity advance are also presented. Extensive comparisons relate the two approaches to each change and labour productivity. The book will be of interest to macroeconomists studying economic growth, capital accumulation, technical advance, growth accounting, and input-output analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65369/cover/9780521365369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Credit-Anstalt Crisis of 1931</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schubert, Aurel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Austria played a prominent role in the worldwide events of 1931 as the largest bank in Central and Eastern Europe, the Viennese Credit-Anstalt, collapsed and led Europe into a financial panic that spread to other parts of the world. The events in Austria were pivotal to the economic developments of the 1930s, yet the literature about them has been sparse. In this book, Schubert analyses the crisis using theories of financial crises, identifies the causes of the crisis, examines the market's efficiency in predicting events, analyses how the crisis was transmitted to the real sector, and studies the behaviour of the Austrian as well as international authorities as lenders of last resort. His main conclusion is that even decades after the crisis, many of its lessons are still valid. Managerial and regulatory deficiencies led to the collapse of the bank; the subsequent currency crisis was not an irrational and unexplainable panic by a confused public, but rather a rational response to inconsistencies in policy; and the reactions of the largely unprepared authorities - in Austria as well as abroad - did not help to resolve the crisis quickly.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65376/cover/9780521365376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uncertainty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Dealing with Uncertainty in Quantitative Risk and Policy Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Millett Granger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henrion, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors explain the ways in which uncertainty is an important factor in the problems of risk and policy analysis. This book outlines the source and nature of uncertainty, discusses techniques for obtaining and using expert judgment, and reviews a variety of simple and advanced methods for analyzing uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65420/cover/9780521365420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Where the Truth Lies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Franz Moewus and the Origins of Molecular Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sapp, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Where the Truth Lies is an absorbing account of a case of suspected fraud involving the tragic career of the molecular biologist Franz Moewus that illustrates all that can go wrong in scientific knowledge-making. Jan Sapp follows Moewus' meteoric flight among the greatest scientists of the twentieth century, to his denunciation as the perpetrator of one of the most ambitious cases of fraud in the history of science. The author reopens the case not to vindicate Moewus, but to show the lessons that the controversy reveals to the scientist. Professor Sapp demonstrates how what counts as evidence is negotiated in science, and reveals the difficulties scientists face in objectively testing the validity of their results. The author emphasizes the creative nature of science, the rhetorical nature of scientific reports, and the fictitious elements inherent in the construction and maintenance of scientific knowledge-making and knowledge-breaking claims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65505/cover/9780521365505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Annotated Bibliography 1984-1988</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salzman, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1096</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume supplements the acclaimed three-volume set published in 1986 and consists of an annotated listing of American Studies monographs published between 1984 and 1988. There are more than 6,000 descriptive entries in a wide range of categories: anthropology and folklore, art and architecture, history, literature, music, political science, popular culture, psychology, religion, science and technology, and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American T. S. Eliot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Early Writings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigg, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his old age T. S. Eliot said on a number of occasions that the American experience of his childhood and youth had had the deepest influence on his poetry. This is the first book to explore in detail how Eliot's writings at once preserved and reacted against his complex American heritage: his intellectually and socially prominent family, their strong Unitarian culture and their experience in nineteenth-century St Louis and Boston. Besides demonstrating how Eliot's preoccupation with theatricality and self-consciousness descends from a line of American writers with similar impulses, the book pursues the theme of doubleness in rhetoric and the self and traces the influence on Eliot of the philosopher F. H. Bradley. Analysing major poems from 'Prufrock' through The Waste Land, Sigg draws upon Eliot's early philosophical writing, essays and reviews to reveal Eliot's early poetry both as a distinct entity and as a stage in his development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65611/cover/9780521365611.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365627</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet-East German Military Alliance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macgregor, Douglas A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The German Democratic Republic's emergence as the key political player within the Warsaw Pact intensified debates concerning the critical East German military role in Soviet strategy for the future of Eastern Europe. Douglas Macgregor traces the origins of collaboration to earlier forms of Russo-German military alliance. He explores the development of military cooperation since the formation of the GDR National People's Army in 1956 and discusses the importance of East Germany as a military model for the Warsaw Pact's Northern Tier. German cooperation is historically as normal as one of conflict. The need for cooperation has been alternately balanced by the propensity to conflict of incompatible nationalisms. Specific historical circumstances have determined which tendency has prevailed at any given point; contemporary elites in East Berlin and Moscow do no more than revive an earlier convergence of strategic and political interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65628/cover/9780521365628.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Musical Dilettante</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Treatise on Composition by J. F. Daube</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daube, Johann Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snook-Luther, Susan P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an English translation of Johann Friedrich Daube's Musical Dilettante: A Treatise on Composition (Vienna, 1773). Written as a practical, comprehensive guide for aristocratic dilettantes wishing to compose instrumental chamber music for their social entertainment, the treatise covers genres from duets to double fugues, and includes the earliest instruction in string quartets and idiomatic orchestration of symphonies. Daube's Musical Dilettante has long been overlooked due to his better-known Thorough-Bass in Three Chords (1756). Nevertheless, Musical Dilettante is the keystone of Daube's theoretical writing, and offers a most comprehensive view of galant composition available in a single volume. The signature of Musical Dilettante is its unique textural emphasis and Daube's examples sparkle with concertante interplay, conversational part-writing and idiomatic instrumentation. These features combine to create a volume which is not only a theoretical treatise but a record of the aesthetic and musical values of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30656/cover/9780521030656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Theories in China, 1979-1988</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsu, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In China, the decade 1989-1988 featured an unprecedented willingness to depart from the traditional dogmatic interpretations of socialism and to enter into a discourse aimed at promoting economic reforms and development. Robert C. Hsu systematically explores the substance and logic of the evolution of the most vital economic-reform theories prevalent in China during those years (before the recent slow-down). He also examines and assesses the delicate interaction between these theories and the practical policies of the Chinese government. Hsu's analysis covers the debates over exactly how to combine the market mechanism with socialist planning. Chinese economists argued about how to diversify the ownership system, how to implement price-wage reforms, how to invigorate state-owned enterprises and make them more efficient, and how to develop China's agriculture, industry and foreign trade. Though Hsu critically dissects the diversity of views and describes the shortcomings which will affect future economic policies and theories, his mood is primarily an affirmation of the new dynamic age of China's economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65673/cover/9780521365673.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Models for Social Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pattison, Philippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the analysis of social networks, or networks of interpersonal and social relationships among social groups, has become an increasingly important method of research in several of the social and behavioural sciences, the gathering of network data has outpaced the development of new methods for its analysis. Addressing the need for analytical tools, Philippa Pattison presents a number of algebraic models for the analysis of network data, explaining in the process the rationale for an algebraic approach. Models are developed for both complete networks, meaning those representing the social ties between all pairs of members in a given group, and local networks, meaning those structured around the social ties of one particular group member. Many applications are presented and the ways that these methods can address a number of important issues confronting network analysis are explained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65680/cover/9780521365680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Factors for Informatics Usability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackel, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human factors is one of the critical issues in Information Technology, as industry realizes the need to change from technology-oriented goals to meet the demands of computer users. Human factors can help to improve Informatics Usability for real people, and to reduce the huge people-costs of human machine interactions. This book has been developed from lectures given at an Advanced Study course, sponsored by the European Science and Technology Research Committee of the Commission of the European Communities (CREST), and by the Science and Engineering Research Council (SERC) of the UK. It has three objectives: 1. To review the knowledge and methods available from the field of human factors for improving the usability of informatics systems; 2. To describe recent theoretical and methodological developments in the area; 3. To stimulate increased application of this expertise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65703/cover/9780521365703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explorers of the Southern Sky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Australian Astronomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Roslynn D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malin, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGee, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>541</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This well-illustrated volume is the most comprehensive account of Australian astronomy to date. It is both an indispensable reference book on the history of astronomy in Australia, and a highly readable study of a scientific discipline in the context of emerging nationhood. It covers not only the science, but the individuals involved and the social and economic climate in which they worked. Starting from the ancient Aboriginal beliefs about the Sky World - the earliest known astronomy, anywhere in the world - we are led through to the most exciting high-tech current and projected research being carried out at Australia's world-class national astronomy facilities, and by groups in Australian universities. All branches of astronomy are covered - optical, infrared, X-ray, gamma-ray, microwave, gravitational wave and theoretical - including the contribution of amateur astronomers. The non-technical language, many illustrations, and explanatory figures, ensure that this guide will appeal to a wide range of readers - including professional astronomers, historians of science, students, amateur astronomers and general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65758/cover/9780521365758.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water Science Reviews 5</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Molecules of Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franks, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in water will continue to grow for a long time to come. It will continue to spread over a large number of disciplines and technologies. Research into water in all its aspects has become so diverse that even those with a direct interest find it impossible to keep up with the original literature beyond a very limited range. On the other hand, scientists want to keep in touch with a wide spectrum of basic and applied research on water and the role played by aqueous solvents in physical, chemical, biological, technological and environmental processes. Water Science Reviews contains three or four critical reviews of the type previously published in the seven volume work Water - A Comprehensive Treatise. Some reviews update previously published topics while others feature areas of Water Sciences that have never yet been reviewed. A common focus is the central position adopted by water in the systems and processes described.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65772/cover/9780521365772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water Science Reviews 4</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hydration Phenomena in Colloidal Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franks, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth volume of Water Science Reviews presents three fascinating accounts of hydration phenomena in collodial systems. O. Fennell Evans and David Miller provide a reappraisal of the role of water in promoting amphiphilic assembly and structure. Donald Eagland's review of water-soluble polymers highlights those which show unique solution properties or where there is contention as to the explanation for the behaviour. The final review, from Kenneth Newman, deals with the hydration of surfaces, a topic of profound scientific and technological importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65789/cover/9780521365789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dutch in the Atlantic Slave Trade, 1600-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postma, Johannes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presenting a thorough analysis of the Dutch participation in the transatlantic slave trade, this book is based upon extensive research in Dutch archives. The book examines the whole range of Dutch involvement in the Atlantic slave trade from the beginning of the 1600s to the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65857/cover/9780521365857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Leibniz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolley, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gottfried Leibniz was a remarkable thinker who made fundamental contributions not only to philosophy, but also to the development of modern mathematics and science. At the centre of Leibniz's philosophy stands his metaphysics, an ambitious attempt to discover the nature of reality through the use of unaided reason. This volume provides a systematic and comprehensive account of the full range of Leibniz's thought, exploring the metaphysics in detail and showing its subtle and complex relationship to his views on logic, language, physics, and theology. Other chapters examine the intellectual context of his thought and its reception in the eighteenth century. New readers and nonspecialists will find this the most accessible and comprehensive guide to Leibniz currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Leibniz.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65888/cover/9780521365888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society and Politics in the Age of the Risorgimento</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Denis Mack Smith</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginsborg, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Society and Politics in the Age of the Risorgimento contains ten essays written in honour of Denis Mack Smith by leading British and Italian specialists. The volume is intended both as a tribute to Denis Mack Smith's outstanding contribution to Italian history and as an attempt to open up wider debate on Italian society and politics in the period of the Risorgimento, bringing aspects of nineteenth-century Italian politics and social history into a comparative European context. Topics discussed in the volume include the collapse of the ancien r&#233;gime in southern Italy; the Italian armies in the Napoleonic period; debates on poverty in Italy and Europe in the early nineteenth century; family and marriage; the origins of the mafia in Sicily; peasant protest in the Po valley; Garibaldi and England in the 1860s; the emergence of an Italian middle class; women workers; and the politics of the critic Francesco De Sanctis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65925/cover/9780521365925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>National Choices and International Processes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maoz, Zeev</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>National Choices and International Processes brings together the various conflicting approaches to the study of foreign policy decision-making under a single theoretical framework. Initially examining decision processes within states, Zeev Maoz continues by exploring the relationship between the creation of national choices and their outcomes, the interactions between states and the manner in which international processes evolve over time. This he calls the 'bottom up' approach which is contrasted in his last chapter with the 'top down' approach of systems analysis. Although the focus of this study is on theoretical construction, Maoz provides a thorough analysis of the literature on foreign policy decision-making and international bargaining. His arguments are supported both by separate chapters of mathematical analysis and by numerous historical examples, often from the Middle East - an area where the author has particular expertise. National Choices and International Processes is the culmination of many years work. It will be of interest to students and specialists in foreign policy and international relations theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65956/cover/9780521365956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521365961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521365961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict and Effective Demand in Economic Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skott, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All capitalist economies experience fluctuations in employment and economic activity around a long-term growth rate. How is this cyclical pattern of growth to be explained? Are the causes of fluctuations in output and employment to be found outside the system or are they intrinsic to the system? Will the long-term growth rate correspond to the growth of the labour force? It is the search for answers to these questions which motivates Peter Skott's analysis. The book develops a theory of dynamic interaction between three types of agent: firms, households and banks. Firms are profit-maximisers operating under conditions of imperfect competition and their production and investment decisions are influenced by monetary and financial factors as well as by the state of the labour market. Households hold financial assets, supply labour and have a direct influence on nominal wage rates. Banks set interest rates on bank loans and deposits. No assumptions are made about nominal price rigidities and the capital-output ratio is determined endogenously. Using a framework of analysis which is rigorous and which does not exclude traditional neoclassical mechanisms, this book demonstrates the validity of important Marxian and Keynesian insights into the growth process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65963/cover/9780521365963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136597X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136597X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521365970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money and the Morality of Exchange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521365970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with the way in which money is symbolically represented in a range of different cultures, from South and South-east Asia, Africa and South America. It is also concerned with the moral evaluation of monetary and commercial exchanges as against exchanges of other kinds. The essays cast radical doubt on many Western assumptions about money: that it is the acid which corrodes community, depersonalises human relationships, and reduces differences of quality to those of mere quantity; that it is the instrument of man's freedom, and so on. Rather than supporting the proposition that money produces easily specifiable changes in world view, the emphasis here is on the way in which existing world views and economic systems give rise to particular ways of representing money. But this highly relativistic conclusion is qualified once we shift the focus from money to the system of exchange as a whole. One rather general pattern that then begins to emerge is of two separate but related transactional orders, the majority of systems making some ideological space for relatively impersonal, competitive and individual acquisitive activity. This implies that even in a non-monetary economy these features are likely to exist within a certain sphere of activity, and that it is therefore misleading to attribute them to money. By so doing, a contrast within cultures is turned into a contrast between cultures, thereby reinforcing the notion that money itself has the power to transform the nature of social relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/65970/cover/9780521365970.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136602X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136602X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physiological Strategies for Gas Exchange and Metabolism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woakes, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grieshaber, M. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bridges, C. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>281</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews the various metabolic and functional mechanisms that animals possess in order to live successfully in their own particular, often unique, environments. The book's purpose is to demonstrate both the diversity of responses that are shown (be they biochemical, physiological or behavioural) and to demonstrate the underlying principles of gas exchange and transport for a wide range of diverse organisms. What results is a useful review and analysis of our modern understanding of the respiratory physiology of helminths, crustacea, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. The approach taken by the editors is essentially comparative and the individual authors were chosen so as to provide a useful, complementary view of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Evaluation of Mutagenicity Test Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirkland, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This rigorous and practical account of the interpretation of mutagenicity test data draws upon the expertise of toxicologists and statisticians. Chemicals, such as drugs, food additives and pesticides, all need careful screening to eliminate potentially mutagenic compounds. Although guidelines exist on the performance of these tests, advice on data evaluation is scarce; this volume provides the statistical background necessary for toxicologists to understand, design and interpret mutagenicity tests. In addition to the nine chapters dealing with the different tests employed, there is an introductory chapter on some of the statistical principles involved, a glossary of useful terms and an appendix providing vital information on the availability of computer software. A large team of contributors and editors working under the auspices of the United Kingdom Environmental Mutagen Society (UKEMS) have contributed a wealth of first-hand experience in compiling this immensely practical book of use to both research and industrial toxicologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66052/cover/9780521366052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Virgin and the Gipsy and Other Stories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbert, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Bethan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence's best-known late fictions are presented in this volume, which is dominated by two powerful novellas, The Virgin and the Gipsy and The Escaped Cock (also known as The Man Who Died). In the first, a young woman from a restrictive English rectory discovers further dimensions to life through her contact with a gipsy; in the second, an unnamed man - in fact Lawrence's vision of Christ - is resurrected and escapes from his tomb. Both novellas deal with the themes of escape and sexual awakening, which are echoed in the four short stories and three fragments also collected here. This edition restores Lawrence's final texts, before the changes introduced by censorship, mistakes in transmission and various other forms of interference, with variants recorded. The introduction traces the history of the stories, while the notes offer help with allusions, contexts and other points of potential difficulty or interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66076/cover/9780521366076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Receptor Subunits and Complexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burgen, Arnold S. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a wide-ranging review of the variety and specificity of receptors, including those for neurotransmitters, hormones, growth factors, oncogenes and antigens, and looks in depth at the fundamental features of multi-subunit complexes and their vital role in coordinating and controlling the functions of the body. These receptors for hormones and drugs are mostly constituted from protein subunits. They may be organised as ligand-operated ion channels in a cell membrane or they may be concerned with enzyme activation to generate second messengers or DNA transcription following a change in the association-disassociation state of the receptor complex. Advances at the molecular level have enabled scientists to relate the structure of these receptor subunits to their specific mode of action and their function and this in turn is leading the way forward to exciting new research with important medical consequences for the treatment of disease. The fourteen chapters in this volume summarise these advances across a wide range of disciplines and the resulting publication will therefore be of interest to research scientists in endocrinology, immunology, pharmacology, oncology and neurobiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Michel Foucault's Archaeology of Scientific Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and the History of Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutting, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an important introduction to the critical interpretation of the work of the major French thinker Michel Foucault. Through comprehensive and detailed analyses of such important texts as The History of Madness in the Age of Reason, The Birth of the Clinic, The Order of Things, and The Archaeology of Knowledge, Professor Gutting provides a lucid exposition of Foucault's 'archaeological' approach to the history of thought - a method for uncovering the 'unconscious' structures that set boundaries on the thinking of a given epoch. The book also casts Foucault in a new light, relating his work to two major but neglected influences: Gaston Bachelard's philosophy of science and Georges Canguilhem's history of science. This perspective yields a new and valuable understanding of science, balancing and complementing the more common view that he was primarily a social critic and theorist. An excellent guide for those first approaching Foucault's work, the book will also be a challenging interpretation and evaluation for those already familiar with his writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66199/cover/9780521366199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Descartes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cottingham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Descartes occupies a position of pivotal importance as one of the founding fathers of modern philosophy; he is, perhaps the most widely studied of all philosophers. In this authoritative collection an international team of leading scholars in Cartesian studies present the full range of Descartes' extraordinary philosophical achievement. His life and the development of his thought, as well as the intellectual background to and reception of his work, are treated at length. At the core of the volume are a group of chapters on his metaphysics: the celebrated 'Cogito' argument, the proofs of God's existence, the 'Cartesian circle' and the dualistic theory of the mind and its relation to his theological and scientific views. Other chapters cover the philosophical implications of his work in algebra, his place in the seventeenth-century scientific revolution, the structure of his physics, and his work on physiology and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66236/cover/9780521366236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Marx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carver, Terrell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marx was a highly original and polymathic thinker, unhampered by disciplinary boundaries, whose intellectual influence has been enormous. Yet in the wake of the collapse of Marxism-Leninism in Eastern Europe the question arises as to how important his work really is for us now. An important dimension of this volume is to place Marx's writings in their historical context and to separate what he actually said from what others (in particular, Engels) interpreted him as saying. Informed by current debates and new perspectives, the volume provides a comprehensive coverage of all the major areas to which Marx made significant contributions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66250/cover/9780521366250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Modes of the Phanerozoic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frakes, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francis, Jane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Syktus, Jozef I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The changes in the Earth's climate over the past 600 million years, from the Cambrian to the Quaternary, come under scrutiny in this book. The geological evidence for ancient climates is examined, such as the distribution of climate-sensitive sediments. The Earth's climate has changed many times throughout the Phanerozoic. Thus in this book the climate history has been divided into Warm and Cool modes, intervals when either the Earth was in a former 'greenhouse' state with higher levels of atmospheric CO2 and polar regions free of ice, or the global climate was cooler and ice was present in high latitudes. The studies presented here highlight the complex interactions between the carbon cycle, continental distribution, tectonics, sea level variation, ocean circulation and temperature change as well as other parameters. In particular, the potential of the carbon isotope records as an important signal of the past climates of the Earth is explored. This book will be useful to all students and researchers with an interest in palaeoclimates and palaeoenvironments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66274/cover/9780521366274.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Perceptual Study of Intonation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Experimental-Phonetic Approach to Speech Melody</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collier, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an experimental-phonetic approach to the study of intonation, defined as the ensemble of pitch variations in speech. It brings together in a single volume a detailed explication of the stylization method used in the analysis of intonation; theoretical insights and the experimental evidence that supports them, the results of physiological measurements that substantiate hypotheses about the production of intonation; and applications arising from the research. Johan't Hart, Rene Collier and Antonie Cohen argue that a perception-oriented approach, carried out by studying the perceptual consequences of deliberate manipulations of the speech signal, is the only way in which it can be decided what, out of the abundant information in the acoustic domain, is important for the listener and hence may be relevant for communication. The method they employ is fruitful not only for the analysis of Dutch, but also of British English, German and Russian intonation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66434/cover/9780521366434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Immutability of God in the Theology of Hans Urs von Balthasar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hanlon, Gerard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study shows how the trinitarian theology of Hans Urs von Balthasar opens up an aproach to the controverted question of God's immutability and impassibility which succeeds in respecting both the transcendence and the immanence of God. Contrary to both Process thought and the classical Thomist position, von Balthasar's scattered treatment is here presented thematically, in a way which makes it clear that his idea of an analogous event in the trinitarian God (in which we participate) is a radical reinterpretation of the traditional Christian axiom of divine immutability. In the course of outlining the distinctiveness of von Balthasar's approach, O'Hanlon introduces the reader to some of the fundamental themes of one of the major Roman Catholic theologians of this century, who is still relatively unknown in the English-speaking world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66496/cover/9780521366496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136650X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136650X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On L1-Approximation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinkus, Allan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph is concerned with the qualitative theory of best L1-approximation from finite-dimensional subspaces. It presents a survey of recent research that extends 'classical' results concerned with best uniform approximation to the L1 case. The work is organized in such a way as to be useful for self-study or as a text for advanced courses. It begins with a basic introduction to the concepts of approximation theory before addressing one- or two-sided best approximation from finite-dimensional subspaces and approaches to the computation of these. At the end of each chapter is a series of exercises; these give the reader an opportunity to test understanding and also contain some theoretical digressions and extensions of the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66502/cover/9780521366502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Acquisition of Two Languages from Birth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houwer, Annick de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the question of how children exposed to two languages simultaneously from birth learn to speak those two languages. After a critical and comprehensive survey of most of the literature on the subject, the author concludes that empirically well-documented knowledge in this area is very scant indeed. The core of the book concerns a naturalistic study of a Dutch-English bilingual girl around the age of three. The study's main aim is to explore the nature of early bilingual morphosyntactic development. Detailed analyses of most aspects of this development show that a child who hears two separate languages spoken to her reflects this distinctness in the utterances she produces: each language is handled as a system in its own right. Furthermore, the young bilingual three-year-old greatly resembles her monolingual peers in either language. Both these findings, the author concludes, highlight the language-specific nature of the morphosyntactic development process. This book will interest linguists, psycholinguists, developmental psychologists, and child language specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66526/cover/9780521366526.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models and Interpretations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>281</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Barnes's collection of essays, published over the last forty years, covers a variety of topics in sociology and anthropology, including lineage systems, social networks, colonialism, underlying assumptions of social science, and the significance of time in social analysis. Together they identify the author's particular view of social science: he is primarily interested in 'what really happens'. Rather than revamp articles written with a distinctive set of assumptions to bring them into line with current intellectual fashion, Professor Barnes has chosen to let them stand as they are, products of identifiable theoretical stance and modes of exposition. But introductory notes to each chapter set out the context in which the piece was originally written and draw attention to later publications and events that bear on it. A new introduction discusses in detail the author's view of social science as the construction of models rather than a search for social laws, while the final chapter presents a model of the modelling process itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66533/cover/9780521366533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fossils as Information</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Recording and Stratal Correlation Techniques</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Norman F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses procedures for handling information derived from the fossil record, and the application of this information to solving problems in geological succession and earth history. The main purpose of the book is to analyse shortcomings of the existing procedures, and to propose in their place an alternative set of data-handling arrangements of much greater simplicity and efficiency. The author argues that the procedures in current use are cumbersome and inefficient, and that, partly as a consequence of these information-handling methods, palaeontology has failed to make advances commensurate with technological improvements. In this book he proposes a system which could make possible the integrated use of every detail of geological information taken from the rocks. This would achieve better resolution in sequence correlation, in paleoecologic interpretation and in logging the course of evolution. Compatibility of style with existing records has been maintained to avoid any danger of loss of valuable data, and to simplify the process of reevaluating old records. The book will be of interest to all paleontologists, particularly those dealing with microfossils, and is intended to stimulate discussion and criticism of both the analysis and the proposals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66564/cover/9780521366564.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shade of Homer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Modern Greek Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ricks, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In exploring the significance of Homer for the poetry of modern Greece - benign shade or looming shadow? - Dr Ricks is tackling a theme that has implications for the study of poetic influence in general. He takes the work of Sikelianos, Cavafy and Seferis and subjects a selection of poems to a careful scrutiny. These poems are not imitations of Homer but fresh engagements with Homeric themes, and comparison of the modern versions with the original is found to be illuminating for the poets' methods of composition. Dr Ricks does not lose sight of the larger significance of his subject, and modern poets from outside Greece - Eliot and Pound, in particular - find their way into the discussion. All Greek is translated and the reader has no need to be a specialist in modern or in ancient Greek to find this study absorbing and instructive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66632/cover/9780521366632.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Body</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coakley, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims to highlight the distinctive and unfamiliar ways in which diverse religious traditions understand the 'body', and also, in doing this, to raise to greater consciousness some of the assumptions and problems of contemporary attitudes to it. It brings together essays by established experts in the history of religion, the social sciences, and philosophy. Part I is devoted to an analysis of current secularized discourses on the 'body', and to exposing both their anti-religious and their covertly religious content. Parts II and III provide essays on traditional 'Western' and 'Eastern' religious attitudes to the 'body'. Each contributor focuses on some (especially characteristic) devotional practices or relevant texts; each carefully outlines the total context in which a distinctive religious attitude to 'bodiliness' occurs. The result is a rich source for comparative studies of the 'body', and of its relation to society and to the divine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66694/cover/9780521366694.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seismic Ray Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cerveny, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>722</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seismic Ray Theory presents the most comprehensive treatment of the seismic ray method available. This method plays an important role in seismology, seismic exploration, and in the interpretation of seismic measurements. Many new concepts which extend the possibilities and increase the efficiency of the seismic ray method are included. The book has a tutorial character: derivations start with a relatively simple problem, in which the main ideas are easier to explain, and then advance to more complex problems. Most of the derived equations in the book are expressed in algorithmic form and may be used directly for computer programming. This book will prove to be an invaluable advanced textbook and reference volume in all academic institutions in which seismology is taught or researched. It will also be an invaluable resource in the research and exploration departments of the petroleum industry and in geological surveys.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66717/cover/9780521366717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demystifying Mentalities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366809</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Geoffrey Ernest Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If faraway peoples have different ideas from our own, is this because they have different mentalities? Did our remote ancestors lack logic? The notion of distinct mentalities has been used extensively by historians to describe and explain cultural diversity. Professor Lloyd rejects this psychologising talk of mentalities and proposes an alternative approach, which takes as its starting point the social contexts of communication. Discussing apparently irrational beliefs and behaviour (such as magic), he shows how different forms of thought coexist in a single culture but within conventionally defined contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66809/cover/9780521366809.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136681X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136681X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Recorder Today</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Kelly, Eve E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about one of the most widely played and yet least understood of instruments, the recorder. Initially revived at the turn of the century, it now has an impressive modern repertoire, much of it using innovative instrumental techniques. The aim of the present work has been to make available to players, composers, teachers and interested non-specialists the sort of practical information they need in order to approach the modern recorder repertoire with understanding. History, music, technique and the leading figures in the field are discussed and described in an informal and readable style. The scope and content of the catalogue of contemporary compositions contained in the second part of the book will come as a surprise to many. Out of about 800 works currently in print Eve O'Kelly has made a selection of some 400, classified by instrumentation which will be of tremendous use to players and teachers at all levels.  As a work of reference for the specialist, or as a companion for the amateur player, this book is invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66816/cover/9780521366816.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the Modern Educational System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structural Change and Social Reproduction 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;ller, Detlef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ringer, Fritz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simon, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rise of the Modern Educational System is a pioneering socio-historical analysis of change and development in secondary education in three European countries (England, France, Germany) in the mid to late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The authors develop novel theoretical forms of analysis - in particular those of 'systematisation' (Muller) and 'segmentation' (Ringer) - which enables a genuine cross-cultural study and assessment to be effectively carried through. Although clear historical and institutional differences between the three countries are apparent, overall patterns of development emerge as remarkably similar. In particular a common basic transformation of secondary education is shown to have taken place during the period covered (1870-1920), having the objective result of ensuring social reproduction. Special attention is given to the basic restructuring of education in England during this period, where processes of systematisation and segmentation, similar to those operating in France and Germany, resulted in the establishment of a sharply differentiated, hierarchical structure by the close of the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66854/cover/9780521366854.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Church and the Papacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Conquest to the Reign of John</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, Zachary Nugent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, Christopher N. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since this book was first published in 1931 the English church in the eleventh and twelfth centuries has been studied in depth, yet Z. N. Brooke's The English Church and the Papacy, now reissued with a new introduction by C. N. L. Brooke, remains the indispensable point from which all expeditions over this territory begin. The author set out first to determine what the law of the English Church was, and to seek the books on which it was based; then to draw out the consequences of what he had discovered in a general survey of the relations of England and Rome. The crisp, clear judgements on themes and characters in the second half are still worth pondering, for all the nuances that have been added since.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66878/cover/9780521366878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Differential Equations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Solution Using Symmetries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephani, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacCallum, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the theory and application of the solution of differential equations using symmetries, a technique of great value in mathematics and the physical sciences. In many branches of physics, mathematics, and engineering, solving a problem means a set of ordinary or partial differential equations. Nearly all methods of constructing closed form solutions rely on symmetries. The theory and application of such methods have therefore attracted increasing attention in the last two decades. In this text the emphasis is on how to find and use the symmetries in different cases. Many examples are discussed, and the book includes more than 100 exercises. This book will form an introduction accessible to beginning graduate students in physics, applied mathematics, and engineering. Advanced graduate students and researchers in these disciplines will find the book an invaluable reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66892/cover/9780521366892.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electroweak Interactions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Physics of Quarks and Leptons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renton, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the theory of electroweak interactions, starting from a level understandable to students with only a first degree in physics. This theory, the Glashow-Salam-Weinberg (GSW) model, unifies the weak and electromagnetic forces of nature and gives a detailed description of the interactions between quarks and leptons, the basic building blocks of matter. The various experimental tests of the model that have been made and that are planned are described in detail, with reference to the fact that all results obtained so far are in agreement with the model. The interactions of quarks by the strong force, the theory of quantum chromodynamics, are also discussed. The GSW model, together with quantum chromodynamics, constitute the so-called 'standard model'. Theories proposing further unification of the forces of nature are outlined. This is a rapidly moving subject, and this up-to-date book will be of great value to researchers and beginning graduate students in high energy physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66922/cover/9780521366922.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Marx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carver, Terrell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marx was a highly original and polymathic thinker, unhampered by disciplinary boundaries, whose intellectual influence has been enormous. Yet in the wake of the collapse of Marxism-Leninism in Eastern Europe the question arises as to how important his work really is for us now. An important dimension of this volume is to place Marx's writings in their historical context and to separate what he actually said from what others (in particular, Engels) interpreted him as saying. Informed by current debates and new perspectives, the volume provides a comprehensive coverage of all the major areas to which Marx made significant contributions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66946/cover/9780521366946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136695X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136695X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus as Teacher</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perkins, Pheme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Perkins compares Jesus with other types of teachers in his day: philosophers, interpreters of the law, prophets, and visionaries. Jesus is characterized as a charismatic teacher and prophet who addressed his message to all people, as opposed to the elite groups taught in formal schools in ancient times. Readers are shown how Jesus used parables, proverbs, and legal and prophetic sayings to challenge the imagination and to allow his listeners to discover his message. The book contains detailed analyses of many Gospel passages and covers themes of particular prominence in Jesus' teaching, including justice, wealth, forgiveness and love.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66953/cover/9780521366953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521366984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521366984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521366984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Michel Foucault's Archaeology of Scientific Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and the History of Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521366984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutting, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an important introduction to the critical interpretation of the work of the major French thinker Michel Foucault. Through comprehensive and detailed analyses of such important texts as The History of Madness in the Age of Reason, The Birth of the Clinic, The Order of Things, and The Archaeology of Knowledge, Professor Gutting provides a lucid exposition of Foucault's 'archaeological' approach to the history of thought - a method for uncovering the 'unconscious' structures that set boundaries on the thinking of a given epoch. The book also casts Foucault in a new light, relating his work to two major but neglected influences: Gaston Bachelard's philosophy of science and Georges Canguilhem's history of science. This perspective yields a new and valuable understanding of science, balancing and complementing the more common view that he was primarily a social critic and theorist. An excellent guide for those first approaching Foucault's work, the book will also be a challenging interpretation and evaluation for those already familiar with his writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66984/cover/9780521366984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136700X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136700X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fundamentals of Nonverbal Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Robert Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rim&#233;, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last decade has seen a resurgence of interest in both the nature and expression of emotion and in the process of social interaction. Researchers from a number of disciplines - psychology, anthropology, psychiatry, ethology, sociology, linguistics, and semiotics - have been attacking what are really a series of overlapping problems. These range from studies of brain mechanisms in emotion at one end of the spectrum to detailed analyses of the rule structure governing conversational sequences at the other. This series is intended to be an easily identifiable resource for scholars and students with shared methodological concerns whose work derives from historically separate research traditions. Research monographs, scholarly surveys, methodological treatises, and multi-author collections will all be included if they break new ground.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67004/cover/9780521367004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spaceship Neutrino</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reines, Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Try to imagine a spaceship that could pass right through the Earth without even noticing it was there. And one that could cross the vastness of space at the speed of light, and then penetrate into the very heart of subatomic matter to seek out its fundamental structure. Imagine, then, a particle that is almost nothing that can tell you almost everything about the structure of matter and the evolution of the Universe. Impossible? In fact, all of these descriptions can be applied to the neutrino, a subatomic particle that is so elusive it is almost undetectable. Spaceship Neutrino charts the history of the neutrino, from its beginnings in the 1930s, when it was postulated as a way of explaining an otherwise intractable problem in physics, to its crucial role in modern theories of the Universe. Christine Sutton is well known for her popular science writing. In this book she describes how the detection and measurement of neutrino properties have tested technology to its limits, requiring huge detectors, often located deep in mines, under mountains or even under the sea. As part of the story she explains without the use of mathematics how our understanding of the structure of matter and the forces that hold it together have come from work with neutrinos, and how these insignificant particles hold the key to our understanding of the beginning and the end of the Universe. This fascinating, well-written and highly illustrated book will be enjoyed by anyone with an interest in modern physics or astronomy, from school level right through to the professional scientist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67035/cover/9780521367035.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buddhist Monastic Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>According to the Texts of the Theravada Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wijayaratna, Mohan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grangier, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a brief yet detailed account of the ideal way of life prescribed for Buddhist monks and nuns in the Pali texts of the Theravada school of Buddhism. The author describes the way in which the Buddha's disciples institutionalized his teachings about such things as food, dress, money, chastity, solitude and discipleship. This tradition represents an ideal of religious life that has been followed in South and Southeast Asia for over two thousand years. In previous writing on the early period of Buddhist monasticism, scholars have usually tried to give an historical account of the evolution of the monastic order, and so have seen the extant Vinaya texts as coming from distinct historical periods. This book takes a different approach by presenting a synchronic account, which allows the author to show that sources are in fact predominantly consistent and coherent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67080/cover/9780521367080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructive Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Origins and Development of Piaget's Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents an attempt to understand the evolution of Jean Piaget's basic ideas in the context of his own intellectual development. Piaget sought to elucidate human knowledge by studying its origins and development. In this book, Michael Chapman applies the same method to Piaget's own thinking. Dr Chapman shows that some of the Swiss psychologist's essential ideas originated in adolescent philosophical speculations about the relation between science and value. These same ideas were then developed step by step in Piaget's investigations of children's cognitive development. Dr Chapman claims that Piaget's use of developmental psychology as a means for addressing questions about the evolution of knowledge has been misunderstood by psychologists approaching his work exclusively from the perspectives of their own discipline. Reconstructing Piaget's intellectual biography makes possible a better understanding of the questions he originally posed and the answers he subsequently provided. Dr Chapman concludes with an assessment of Piaget's relevance for contemporary psychology and philosophy and suggests ways in which Piagetian theory might be further developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67127/cover/9780521367127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plankton Stratigraphy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolli, Hans M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perch-Nielsen, Katharina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive synthesis of our knowledge of the biostratigraphy of marine plankton is the work of an international team of eighteen authors. It covers all the major fossil groups that can be used to date sediments and rocks in the time interval Late Mesozoic to Holocene. Altogether more than 3200 taxa are considered, almost all of which are illustrated and depicted on range charts, making the book a valuable work of reference in the earth sciences. For ease of reference by specialists interested in either calcareous or non-calcareous microfossils, the original work is now divided into two independent volumes. Volume I covers the calcareous microfossils and includes planktic foraminifers, calcareous nannofossils and calpionellids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67196/cover/9780521367196.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plankton Stratigraphy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolli, Hans M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perch-Nielsen, Katharina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive synthesis of our knowledge of the biostratigraphy of marine plankton is the work of an international team of eighteen authors. It covers all the major fossil groups that can be used to date sediments and rocks in the time interval Late Mesozoic to Holocene. Altogether more than 3200 taxa are considered, almost all of which are illustrated and depicted on range charts, making the book a valuable work of reference in the earth sciences. For ease of reference by specialists interested in either calcareous or non-calcareous microfossils, the original work is now divided into two independent volumes. Volume 2 describes siliceous and other non-calcareous microfossils, covering radiolaria, diatoms, silicoflagellates, dinoflagellates and ichthyoliths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67202/cover/9780521367202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Later Pauline Letters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wedderburn, A. J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume investigates the respective theologies of the Letters to the Colossians and the Ephesians, and in so doing provides an accessible introduction to the themes and significance of these New Testament books. A. J. M. Wedderburn examines the background to Colossians, and considers both its readers' situation and that of its author. He asks whether the proponents of the teaching against which this letter is written were Christians, putting forward their views as the true form of Christianity (as in Galatia), or whether they existed outside the Christian community as a seductive alternative to it. Andrew T. Lincoln examines in turn the authorship of Ephesians, and tries to explain the letter's strategy of persuasion and the key elements of its teaching about the new identity of the Christian believer. The similarities and differences between the thought of Ephesians and that of Paul are thereby set out clearly. Both sections of the book reflect on the relevance of these letters for today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67219/cover/9780521367219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136728X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136728X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Earnings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polachek, Solomon W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siebert, W. Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Economics of Earnings analyses the wages that people earn, the jobs they do, and the labour market laws and rules within which they operate. Moving away from the conventional emphasis on point-in-time one-period decisions, it stresses informed worker choice over the life-cycle - the human capital approach. Within this framework, the book synthesises research results so as to point the way to better labour market policies. Government policy is often directed towards labour market issues such as education subsidies, training programmes, health and safety laws, and employment protection laws. By using models based on informed worker choice - the supply side - this book will assist concerned individuals in government, industry and academic study to evaluate and improve labour market policies and practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67288/cover/9780521367288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre of Robert Wilson</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmberg, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Wilson, the leading American avant-garde theatre director, revolutionised the stage by making visual communication more important than words. His productions cut across the boundaries that traditionally have defined theatre, dance, opera and the visual arts to create a total work of art. This book, the first comprehensive study of Wilson, traces the evolution of the director's astonishing career as well as his complex relationship to language and his visual rhetoric. It explains how he renovated the stage and describes in detail major productions such as: Deafman Glance, Einstein on the Beach, and the Civil Wars. Arthur Holmberg's numerous personal interviews and first-hand observations of Wilson's creative process, provide an intimate, behind-the-scenes view of one of our most original directors. Photographs and sketches from Wilson's private collection are included, along with a chronology of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67325/cover/9780521367325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abstract Expressionism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Record</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Cecile</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abstract Expressionism was the dominant movement in experimental American painting from the 1940s through the early 1960s. This book is a collection of articles, reviews and essays that chronicle the history of the movement. Drawing upon a range of sources, including newspapers, magazines and exhibition catalogues, the original debates about the validity of 'action painting' are dramatically illustrated, and can be compared with later, retrospective views. The articles selected for the volume include classic statements from the most influential and prolific critics, including Clement Greenberg, Harold Rosenberg, and Hilton Kramer. However the Shapiros have also striven to include iconoclasts from the 1950s and 1960s such as Leon Golub and John Canaday to suggest the full range of critical discussion. Six representative artists are the subject of extended sections that include biographical chronologies, reviews, and the artists' own comments: Willem de Kooning, Adolph Gottlieb, Franz Kline, Barnett Newman, Jackson Pollock, and Mark Rothko.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67332/cover/9780521367332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and the Genesis of Christianity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents in as clear a way as possible the New Testament material dealing with women and their roles in the context of the movement Jesus began. Dr Witherington begins by illustrating the roles of women in Judaism, in the Hellenistic world, and in the Roman Empire. She goes on to show how Jesus broke significantly with convention in the way he viewed women and their roles, offering as he did a wholly new conception of the legitimate rights of women in society. An analysis follows of the apostle Paul's attitude toward women, which shows how he agreed with and differed from the ideas of his contemporaries. The concluding chapters discuss the evangelists, whose selection and presentation of material with respect to women casts much light on the early Church's understanding of women and their roles. This comprehensive survey, which avoids slanting its material to serve a modern patriarchal or feminist bias, comes to the exciting conclusion that we can see in the New Testament an attempt to reform the patriarchal orientation of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67356/cover/9780521367356.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From New Era to New Deal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Herbert Hoover, the Economists, and American Economic Policy, 1921-1933</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barber, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In popular imagery, Herbert Hoover is often stereotyped as a 'do-nothing' president who offered only nineteenth-century slogans for the greatest economic catastrophe in twentieth-century American history. Nothing could be further from the truth. This study examines the properties of an innovative approach to economic growth and stability formulated by Hoover and his associates during his years as secretary of commerce (1921-9) and inspects his deployment of this strategy from the White House following the Great Crash in the autumn of 1929. Attention is then focused on Hoover's attempts to reformulate his macro-economic programme as the depression deepened in late 1931 and 1932. Archival materials provide arresting insights into Hoover's aspirations for a new institution - the Reconstruction Finance Corporations - as a vehicle for stimulating investment through a novel form of 'off-budget' financing. To complement the discussion of Hoover's theories of economic policy in their various manifestations, the views of contemporary economists on problems of the day are surveyed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67370/cover/9780521367370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropology of Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law as Culture in Islamic Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Law has often been seen as a relatively autonomous domain, one in which a professional elite sharply control the impact of broader social relations and cultural concepts. By contrast this study asserts that the analysis of legal systems, like the analysis of social systems generally, requires an understanding of the concepts and relationships encountered in everyday social life. Using as its substantive base the Islamic law courts of Morocco, the study explores the cultural basis of judicial discretion. From the proposition that in Arabic culture relationships are subject to considerable negotiation the idea is developed that the shaping of facts in a court of law, the use of local experts, and the organization of the judicial structure all contribute to the reliance on local concepts and personnel to inform the range of judicial discretion. By drawing comparisons with the exercise of judicial discretion in America the study demonstrates that cultural concepts deeply inform the evaluation of issues and the shapes of a judge's decision. The Anthropology of Justice is not only the first full-scale study of the actual operations of the actual operations of a modern Islamic law court anywhere in the Arab world but a demonstration of the theoretical basis on which a cultural analysis of the law may be founded.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67400/cover/9780521367400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Where the Truth Lies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Franz Moewus and the Origins of Molecular Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sapp, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Where the Truth Lies is an absorbing account of a case of suspected fraud involving the tragic career of the molecular biologist Franz Moewus that illustrates all that can go wrong in scientific knowledge-making. Jan Sapp follows Moewus' meteoric flight among the greatest scientists of the twentieth century, to his denunciation as the perpetrator of one of the most ambitious cases of fraud in the history of science. The author reopens the case not to vindicate Moewus, but to show the lessons that the controversy reveals to the scientist. Professor Sapp demonstrates how what counts as evidence is negotiated in science, and reveals the difficulties scientists face in objectively testing the validity of their results. The author emphasizes the creative nature of science, the rhetorical nature of scientific reports, and the fictitious elements inherent in the construction and maintenance of scientific knowledge-making and knowledge-breaking claims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67516/cover/9780521367516.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Aspects of Banach Spaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Antonio Plans</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin-Peinador, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rod&#233;s, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, dedicated to Professor A. Plans, concentrates on some important and contemporary themes in Banach space theory. The articles are by leading researchers and cover topics such as sequences, operators, eigenvalues, s-numbers and projection constants, so will be of interest to functional analysts and approximation theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67523/cover/9780521367523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136759X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136759X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on the Bible as a landmark of literature, showing both how it has influenced writers through the ages and how it in turn has been influenced by contemporary literature. It describes what is known about the historical context of the documents, the changes of interpretation they have undergone over the centuries, and the problems and influence of various translations, ranging from Tyndale to the Good News Bible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67592/cover/9780521367592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Oriental, the Ancient and the Primitive</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Systems of Marriage and the Family in the Pre-Industrial Societies of Eurasia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Oriental, the Ancient and the Primitive one of the world's most foremost anthropologists looks in depth at kinship practice in Asia, and continues the comparative survey of pre-industrial family formation undertaken in The Development of Family and Marriage in Europe (1983) and elsewhere. Professor Goody's findings cause him to question many traditional assumptions about the 'primitive' east, and he suggests that, in contrast to pre-colonial Africa, kinship practice in Asia has much in common with that prevailing in parts of pre-industrial Europe. Goody examines the transmission of productive and other property in relation both to the prevailing political economy and to family and ideological structures, and then explores the distribution of mechanisms and strategies of management across cultures. He concludes that notions of western 'uniqueness' are often misplaced, and that much previous work on Asian kinship has been unwittingly distorted by the application of concepts and approaches derived from other, inappropriate, social formations, simple or post-industrial.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67615/cover/9780521367615.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Study of International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Dr Lynch's book is an insightful and incisive examination of Soviet theories and concepts of international politics and foreign policy. Not only does he provide a concise exposition of the orthodox Marxist, Leninist and Stalinist foundations of Soviet thinking on international affairs, but he also examines the important departures from that orthodoxy under Khrushchev and Brezhnev. More important, however, he focuses on the intellectual ferment which characterized the infrastructure of the Soviet foreign policy establishment during the past twenty years ... His elegantly written words and powerful expository style enable us to understand better both Soviet thinking and Soviet behaviour in international affairs.' Vernon Aspaturian, Chair of the Shulman Prize Committee, 1987</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67639/cover/9780521367639.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commutative Ring Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matsumura, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Miles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In addition to being an interesting and profound subject in its own right, commutative ring theory is important as a foundation for algebraic geometry and complex analytical geometry.  Matsumura covers the basic material, including dimension theory, depth, Cohen-Macaulay rings, Gorenstein rings, Krull rings and valuation rings. More advanced topics such as Ratliff's theorems on chains of prime ideals are also explored. The work is essentially self-contained, the only prerequisite being a sound knowledge of modern algebra, yet the reader is taken to the frontiers of the subject. Exercises are provided at the end of each section and solutions or hints to some of them are given at the end of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67646/cover/9780521367646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Leibniz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolley, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gottfried Leibniz was a remarkable thinker who made fundamental contributions not only to philosophy, but also to the development of modern mathematics and science. At the centre of Leibniz's philosophy stands his metaphysics, an ambitious attempt to discover the nature of reality through the use of unaided reason. This volume provides a systematic and comprehensive account of the full range of Leibniz's thought, exploring the metaphysics in detail and showing its subtle and complex relationship to his views on logic, language, physics, and theology. Other chapters examine the intellectual context of his thought and its reception in the eighteenth century. New readers and nonspecialists will find this the most accessible and comprehensive guide to Leibniz currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Leibniz.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67691/cover/9780521367691.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money and the Morality of Exchange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with the way in which money is symbolically represented in a range of different cultures, from South and South-east Asia, Africa and South America. It is also concerned with the moral evaluation of monetary and commercial exchanges as against exchanges of other kinds. The essays cast radical doubt on many Western assumptions about money: that it is the acid which corrodes community, depersonalises human relationships, and reduces differences of quality to those of mere quantity; that it is the instrument of man's freedom, and so on. Rather than supporting the proposition that money produces easily specifiable changes in world view, the emphasis here is on the way in which existing world views and economic systems give rise to particular ways of representing money. But this highly relativistic conclusion is qualified once we shift the focus from money to the system of exchange as a whole. One rather general pattern that then begins to emerge is of two separate but related transactional orders, the majority of systems making some ideological space for relatively impersonal, competitive and individual acquisitive activity. This implies that even in a non-monetary economy these features are likely to exist within a certain sphere of activity, and that it is therefore misleading to attribute them to money. By so doing, a contrast within cultures is turned into a contrast between cultures, thereby reinforcing the notion that money itself has the power to transform the nature of social relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67745/cover/9780521367745.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginning of the Age of Dinosaurs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Faunal Change across the Triassic-Jurassic Boundary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Padian, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Around 210 million years ago, life on Earth experienced sweeping changes. Many archaic reptiles and mammalian predecessors became extinct and were replaced by dinosaurs, pterosaurs, crocodiles, turtles, mammals, and essentially all of the major modern vertebrate groups except the birds. This period of change, which took place over a period of approximately five to ten million years, ushered in the beginning of the 'Age of Dinosaurs,' a period that lasted 160 million years to the end of the Cretaceous 65 million years ago. In the past decade, paleontologists have come to know a great deal more about this crucial interval of time. New discoveries, ideas, and insights from scientists in many related- disciplines have created new paradigms about the beginning of the 'Age of Dinosaurs.' What were the animals that preceded the dinosaurs like? How did the dinosaurs originate, and what do we know of their early history? Was their ascent tied to evolutionary innovations, global climatic and ecological changes, or just chance factors? How do paleontologists decide about the evidence preserved in the fossil record, and what areas now require major thought and reevaluation? In this book, 31 specialists in the paleontology of this era consider these and other questions related to Late Triassic and Early Jurassic times - the beginning of the 'Age of Dinosaurs,' its fauna, flora, climate, stratigraphic relationships, and major evolutionary changes. The book is divided into sections on background, Late Triassic taxa and faunas, changes across the boundary, Early Jurassic taxa and faunas, and major macroevolutionary patterns. This comprehensive volume is richly illustrated and is intended for students and professionals in the areas of paleontology, evolutionary biology, geology, and vertebrate zoology. Introductory and summary chapters are provided to acquaint the non-specialist with the issues and the setting of this interval of time in which the ancestral components of the modem fauna, as well as the Dinosauria, first appeared to rule the Earth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67790/cover/9780521367790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Post-Structuralism and the Question of History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennington, Geoff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent developments in literary theory (such as structuralism and deconstruction) have come under attack for ignoring history, while historically based approaches have been criticised for failing to take account of the problems inherent in their methodological foundations. This collection of essays is unique in focusing on this central debate in literary studies today: the relation between post-structuralist and historical (especially Marxist) literary theory and criticism. The volume includes a deconstructive reading of Marx, essays which relate history to the philosophical and institutional context, and a number of studies of particular texts, literary theory with particular force.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67806/cover/9780521367806.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Absolutism and Society in Seventeenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>State Power and Provincial Aristocracy in Languedoc</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beik, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why was Louis XIV successful in pacifying the same aristocrats who had caused so much trouble for Richelieu and Mazarin? What role did absolutism play in reinforming or changing the traditional social system in seventeenth-century France? In this analysis of the provincial reality of absolutism, Professor Beik argues that the answers to these questions lie in the relationship between the regional aristocracy and the crown. Starting with a critical examination of current approaches to state and society by institutional, social , 'Annales', and Marxist historians, he calls for a new class analysis based on the findings of all these schools. This is the first appearance as a paperback of Professor Beik's book, which won the 1986 Herbert Baxter Adams Prize awarded by the American historical Association for the year's outstanding work in European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67820/cover/9780521367820.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gladstone and the Liberal Party 1867-1875</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book relates the political history of mid-nineteenth-century Britain to the assumptions which then prevailed about the abstract moral purposes of political activity. A great number of mid-Victorian writers and politicians expressed far-reaching hopes for the future development of British society, indeed for its regeneration; and such hopes were inspired by their religious outlook. They contended that these aims would be promoted by the pursuit, by governments, of particular educational, ecclesiastical, Irish and other policies. Part I of this book examines at length the varying aspirations, in this direction, of the different elements of Gladstone's Liberal party. In addition to Gladstone's own views, those of whigs, broad churchmen, theist intellectuals, high churchmen's interests are all analysed, in an account which ranges far beyond the time limits suggested by the book's title. Part II recounts the disputes within the party which these conflicting aims provoked between 1867 and 1875. These years were marked by the rise and fall of Gladstone's first and most active government, by the disestablishment of Irish Church in 1869 and the passage of the 1870 Elementary Education Act. In addition, politicians were introduced to a long series of broader and more intangible problems with connotations for religious and political stability - including those thrown up by the 1867 Reform Act, the Vatican Council, the Franco-Prussian war, the progress of the free-thinking movement, the rise of the home rule party in Ireland, and the growth of ritualism within the Church of England. Dr Parry shows how the attempt to tackle these issues slowly paralysed the effectiveness of Gladstone's government, leading to its fall in 1874, and to a crisis about the identity of British Liberalism which was never subsequently resolved. A long introduction and conclusion reassess the history of the Liberal party between 1832 and 1886, in the light of the book's findings. Dr Parry's work offers a radically new synthesis of political, intellectual and ecclesiastical history. It challenges the view that nineteenth-century politics can be understood properly if it is treated in primarily secular terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Logic of Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hillier, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Julienne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book presents a new theory of space: how and why it is a vital component of how societies work. The theory is developed on the basis of a new way of describing and analysing the kinds of spatial patterns produced by buildings and towns. The methods are explained so that anyone interested in how towns or buildings are structured and how they work can make use of them. The book also presents a new theory of societies and spatial systems, and what it is about different types of society that leads them to adopt fundamentally different spatial forms. From this general theory, the outline of a 'pathology of modern urbanism' in today's social context is developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67844/cover/9780521367844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plain Lives in a Golden Age</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Culture, Religion and Society in Seventeenth-Century Holland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deursen, A. Th. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ultee, Maarten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>st comprehensive study yet published of the plain lives of a 'golden age'.f plague from the first outbreak of the Black Death in 1348 to the mid-fifteenth century. Through an innovative study of this evidence, Professor Carmichael develops two related strands of analysis. First, she discusses the extent to which true plague epidemics may have occurred, by considering what other infectious diseases contributed significantly to outbreaks of 'pestilence'. She finds that there were many differences between the fourteenth- and fifteenth-century epidemics. She then sh</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67851/cover/9780521367851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Hankel Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Partington, Jonathan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hankel operators are of wide application in mathematics (functional analysis, operator theory, approximation theory) and engineering (control theory, systems analysis) and this account of them is both elementary and rigorous. The book is based on graduate lectures given to an audience of mathematicians and control engineers, but to make it reasonably self-contained, the author has included several appendices on mathematical topics unlikely to be met by undergraduate engineers. The main prerequisites are basic complex analysis and some functional analysis, but the presentation is kept straightforward, avoiding unnecessary technicalities so that the fundamental results and their applications are evident. Some 45 exercises are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67912/cover/9780521367912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521367921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521367921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521367929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Woodland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Conservation in Northern Temperate Regions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521367929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterken, George F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural Woodland describes how woodlands grow, die and regenerate in the absence of human influence, and the structures and range of habitats found in natural woods. The underlying theme is that natural woodlands should form a basis for forest management, policies and practices. George Peterken compares the ecology of both North American and European forests, to produce a fascinating account of woodland natural history for all those concerned with woodland management and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/67929/cover/9780521367929.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Laboratory Phonology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kingston, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckman, Mary E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers presents current research in speech science. The unifying theme of the collection is the relationship between phonological representations of the grammatical structure of speech, and physical models of the production and perception of actual utterances. The authors, including leading specialists from the fields of phonology, electrical engineering, linguistic phonetics and psychology, provide a wide range of views on this question. There are papers dealing with the relationship between phonology and phonetics as it applies to tone in Hausa, to intonation, stress and phrasing in English and German, to universals of patterning in sonority and syllable structure, and in consonant place assimilation, to speech synthesis tools for testing phonological and phonetic theories, and to three different models of articulatory structure. An introductory chapter by the editors outlines the aim of the volume and provides a short overview of the papers. The book is aimed at specialists in all areas of speech science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68087/cover/9780521368087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermoluminescence of Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKeever, S. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>McKeever gives us a comprehensive survey of thermoluminescence, an important, versatile, and widely used experimental technique. Bringing together previously isolated specialized approaches, he stresses the importance of the solid state aspects of the phenomenon. The book contains chapters on analysis and special properties, on instrumentation, and on the variety of defect reaction - using the alkali halides and SiO2 as examples - that can take place within a material to yield thermoluminescence. Three chapters concerning applications discuss the features of the solid state reactions to expain some of the properties observed in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68117/cover/9780521368117.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136812X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136812X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fabry-Perot Interferometers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hernandez, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the Fabry-Perot interferometer and its variants as well as its use, optimisation and applications. The author begins with an historical perspective on the development of the instrument. Because of the quantitative uses of the device, the text tends to be mostly mathematical in its treatment. However, there is also much practical detail on the use and optimization of the Fabry-Perot interferometer and discussion of its classical uses (such as in metrology) and its contemporary applications (such as in lasers). In addition the book contains a comprehensive bibliography summarizing the extensive literature on the subject. This book will appeal both to high-resolution practitioners, such as spectroscopists, and to the laser community, since the Fabrv-Perot is not only an integral part of the laser but is also usea to characterize its optical and spectroscopic behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keynes's General Theory and Accumulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asimakopulos, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes Keynes's writings in his General Theory accessible to students by presenting this theory in a careful, consistent manner that is faithful to the original.  Keynes's theory continues to be important, because the issues it raised, such as the problems of involuntary unemployment, the volatility of investment, and the complexity of monetary arrangements in modern capitalist economies, are still with us. Keynes's method of analysis, which tries to allow for the complications of dealing with historical time, deserves the careful attention given in this book. Keynes's formal analysis dealt only with a short period of time during which changes in productive capacity as a result of net investment were small relative to initial productive capacity. Roy Harrod and Joan Robinson were the two most prominent followers of Keynes who attempted to extend his analysis to the long period by allowing for the effects of investment on productive capacity as well as on effective demand. The careful examination of their writings on this topic is a natural complement to the presentation of Keynes's General Theory and makes clear the severe limitations on any use of equilibrium concepts in dealing with accumulation in models which try to observe Keynes's warnings about an unknowable future in the type of world we inhabit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68155/cover/9780521368155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Players of Shakespeare 1</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Shakespearean Performance by Twelve Players with the Royal Shakespeare Company</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brockbank, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is believed to be the first book of its kind. Twelve distinguished actors were asked to write about the preparation and performance of a Shakespeare role they had played in a production with the Royal Shakespeare Company.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68179/cover/9780521368179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Predication Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study for Indexing Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368209</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Napoli, Donna Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Donna Jo Napoli takes a common-sense approach to the notions of argument and predicate. Discussions of predication within Government and Binding theory have stressed the configurational properties of the phrases involved, and Napoli argues that this has led to proposals for more and more elaborate syntactic structures that nevertheless fail to provide genuinely explanatory accounts. She presents a convincing case for viewing the notion of predicate as a semantic primitive which cannot be defined by looking simply at the lexicon or simply at the syntactic structure, and offers a theory or predication where the key to the subject-predicate relationship is theta-role assignment. The book then goes on to offer principles for the coindexing of a predicate with its subject role player. These coindexing principles make use of Chomsky's 1986 notion of barriers, but instead of being sensitive to configurational notions like c-command and governing category, Napoli argues that they are sensitive to thematic structure. In the final chapter of the book Napoli extends the principles for predication coindexing to anaphor binding, by introducing the notion of argument ladders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68209/cover/9780521368209.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Business of Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>RCA and the VideoDisc</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Margaret B. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The story of the RCA VideoDisc is a rare inside look at a company and the way it conducts the complex process of science-based innovation. For nearly fifty years the RCA name was synonymous with innovation in the industries it helped to build - radio and television broadcasting and manufacturing, and electronics. Under David Sarnoff's leadership the company developed an organization and a management style that gave it the ability to turn scientific discoveries into business achievement time after time. VideoDisc was RCA's attempt to recapture that leadership after a decade in which David Sarnoff's successors tried to follow the more fashionable paths to corporate growth of unrelated diversification and acquisition. But RCA's ability to innovate had been undermined through disuse, and it proved unable to innovate as effectively as its Japanese competitors. Margaret Graham's book presents an absorbing account of how RCA shaped a sophisticated consumer electronics technology in a research and development effort that spanned fifteen years. We see how the company's history, its structure, its technical capability, and its competition all influenced the choices that were made in moving VideoDisc from laboratory to development group to market, and ultimately to withdrawal from the marketplace. Graham's book seeks to examine the nature of science-based innovation as a management problem. It also describes the complex workings of a large corporate R&amp;D organization and the relationship that exists between it and the other components of a major diversified corporation. Above all RCA and the VideoDisc shows that there is nothing innate about the ability to innovate technologically. It is an organizational and managerial skill that must be fostered, maintained, supported, and understood if it is to be practiced effectively. For those inside and outside corporate life who have wondered what industrial research is, why it costs so much, and why it often seems to take so long to produce commercial results, this book will be a valuable introduction to the 'business of research'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68216/cover/9780521368216.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Peasants to Farmers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Migration from Balestrand, Norway, to the Upper Middle West</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gjerde, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines a trans-Atlantic chain migration from a Norwegian fjord district to settlements in the nineteenth-century rural Upper Middle West and considers the social and economic conditions experienced in Europe as well as the immigrants' cultural adaptations to America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Vatican during the Second World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book studies the use made by the British government of its envoy, immured inside the Vatican from 1940 to 1944, and what the envoy made of such opportunities during the Second World War to help the Allied cause. We see the Vatican, the Fascist Italy, from 'inside', and so gain a new and rare perspective into the predicament of the papacy. Owen Chadwick gives insight into the workings of the Vatican, including such questions as the struggle to keep Italy out of the war, the relations between the Vatican and the Fascist government, the use which the British sought to make of Vatican radio, the question of condemning atrocities, the bombing of Rome, the fall of Fascism, the armistice between the Allies and Italy, the German occupation of Rome, and the escape line for British prisoners of war. The author has used several groups of hitherto unexplored archives, and makes a fresh contribution both to the history of the Second World War and to the modern history of the papacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68254/cover/9780521368254.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136826X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136826X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Thought of Gregory the Great</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gregory the Great was, after Augustine of Hippo, perhaps the most influential of the Fathers in the Latin West during the Middle Ages. He put Augustine's thought into a form which proved accessible and acceptable to mediaeval readers, and he added much of his own, notably in his preaching, in which he interpreted the Bible with equal emphasis on the practical living of a good Christian life and the aspiration of the soul towards God and the life to come. This study looks at Gregory's thought as a whole and tries to show what was most important to him and the way he arrived at a balance between the active and the contemplative, the 'outward' and the 'inward' in his own mind. There is a tailpiece on the influence of his ideas in later centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68261/cover/9780521368261.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hobbes and the Social Contract Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hampton, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study of Hobbes' political philosophy draws on recent developments in game and decision theory to explore whether the thrust of the argument in Leviathan, that it is in the interests of the people to create a ruler with absolute power, can be shown to be cogent. Professor Hampton has written a book of vital importance to political philosophers, political and social scientists, and intellectual historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68278/cover/9780521368278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wave Interactions and Fluid Flows</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craik, Alex D. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wave Interactions and Fluid Flows is a coherent, up-to-date and comprehensive account of theory and experiment on wave-interaction phenomena, both in fluids at rest and in shear flows. On the one hand, this includes water waves, internal waves, their evolution and interaction and associated wave-driven mean flows; on the other, phenomena of nonlinear hydrodynamic stability, especially those leading to the onset of turbulence. Close similarities - and crucial differences - exist between these two classes of phenomena and their treatment in this single study provides a particularly valuable bridge between more specialised, but related, disciplines. As a result, this unique book will appeal to researchers and graduate students of fluid mechanics in its widest sense, including the study of wave-interaction phenomena in such diverse fields as meteorology, aeronautical and hydraulic engineering, optics, solar physics and population dynamics. Dr Craik is an active researcher of long-standing at the University of St Andrews and has wide experience in the field of fluid mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68292/cover/9780521368292.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaotic Evolution and Strange Attractors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruelle, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, based on lectures given at the Accademia dei Lincei, is an accessible and leisurely account of systems that display a chaotic time evolution. This behaviour, though deterministic, has features more characteristic of stochastic systems. The analysis here is based on a statistical technique known as time series analysis and so avoids complex mathematics, yet provides a good understanding of the fundamentals. Professor Ruelle is one of the world's authorities on chaos and dynamical systems and his account here will be welcomed by scientists in physics, engineering, biology, chemistry and economics who encounter nonlinear systems in their research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68308/cover/9780521368308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brazil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Empire and Republic, 1822-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The complete Cambridge History of Latin America presents a large-scale authoritative survey of Latin America's unique historical experience from the first contact between Indians and Europeans at the end of the fifteenth century to the present day. Brazil: Empire and Republic, 1822-1930 is a selection of five chapters from volumes III and IV - three on the Empire (1822-89) and two on the First Republic (1889-1930) - brought together to provide a continuous history of Brazil from independence in 1822 to the Revolution of 1930. A chapter on the separation of Brazil from Portugal (1808-22) forms an introduction to the volume and a link with Colonial Brazil, a collection of chapters drawn from volumes I and II of the Cambridge History of Latin America. Bibliography essays are included for all chapters. The book will be a valuable text for both teachers and students of Latin American history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68377/cover/9780521368377.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368383</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Words and The Word</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language, Poetics and Biblical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1986, Stephen Prickett's Words and the 'Word' has had a major impact among scholars of literature and literary theory as well as among theologians and biblical critics. In this highly-acclaimed book Prickett pursues the question of the relationship between religion and poetics, and in particular the nature of religious language, investigating the hermeneutic, epistemological and linguistic reverberations of eighteenth, nineteenth, and twentieth-century theories of biblical interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68384/cover/9780521368384.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Standard of Living</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sen, Amartya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawthorn, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Amartya Sen reconsiders the idea of 'the standard of living'. He rejects the more conventional economic interpretations in terms of 'unity' and of wealth or 'opulence', and suggests an interpretation in terms of the 'capabilities and freedoms' that states of affairs do or do not allow. His argument is conceptual, but it refers to a wide range of examples. In elaborations of it, John Muellbauer explains how parts of it might be applied; Ravi Kanbur discusses the difficulties raised by choice ex ante, under uncertainty, and choice ex post; Keith Hart discusses the ways in which one might think about living standards in societies in which there is a substantial amount of what he calls 'self provisioning' outside the market; and Bernard Williams reflects on some of the moral and political implications of Sen's argument. There is a bibliography of most of the more important works on the subject. The book will be of interest to economists, sociologists, students of development and moral and political philosophers; it will also be of interest to those concerned with public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68407/cover/9780521368407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arms Races, Arms Control, and Conflict Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions from Peace Science and Peace Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isard, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderton, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demonstrating the ways in which work in a broad range of fields can be pulled together in the analysis of conflict, this book provides the reader with a general introduction to the principles of conflict analysis and lays a methodological foundation for the further development of the interdisciplinary field of peace science. The text begins with an extensive survey of arms race models, from the classic Richardson model to models exploring the effects of factors such as the domestic and international economic environment, public opinion and party politics, and weapons technology and information development. The processes of individual and group problem-solving, in both crisis and non-crisis conditions, are examined, drawing on work in economics, operations research, cognitive science, and artificial intelligence. Building on this diverse body of work, the author moves on to develop a framework for conflict management with which to approach a variety of conflict situations and applies this procedure to the United States-Soviet arms control conflict. Walter Isard is cited by Mark Blaug as one of the Great Economists Since Keynes (CUP, 1989 paper edition).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68421/cover/9780521368421.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136843X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136843X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Operator Algebras and Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takesaki, Masamichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes form an authoritative statement of the current state of research in Operator Algebras. They consist of papers arising from a year-long symposium held at the University of Warwick. Contributors include many very well-known figures in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68438/cover/9780521368438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Operator Algebras and Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takesaki, Masamichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes form an authoritative statement of the current state of research in Operator Algebras. They consist of papers arising from a year-long symposium held at the University of Warwick. Contributors include many very well-known figures in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68445/cover/9780521368445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and Chemistry of the Upper Atmosphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rees, M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook focuses on the physics and chemistry of the Earth's upper atmosphere, which is bounded at the bottom by a pressure level at which most of the incoming ionizing radiation has been absorbed, and bounded at the top by the level at which the escape of gas becomes important. The plan of the book is to identify the multitude of processes that operate in the upper atmosphere, and to relate them to observed phenomena by detailed mathematical and physical descriptions of the governing processes. Basic information from many disciplines such as radiation physics and chemistry, fluid dynamics, optics, and spectroscopy is skilfully marshalled to give a coherent account of the upper atmosphere. This book is outstanding as an introduction to the primary literature and current problems for students of physics or chemistry. The text is supported by numerous diagrams, bibliography and index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68483/cover/9780521368483.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autobiographical Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubin, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Autobiographical memory is a major form of human memory. it is the basis of most psycotherapies, an important repository of legal, historical, and literary information, and, in some views, the source of the concept of self. When it fails, it is the focus of serious complaints in many neurological disorders. This timely book brings together and integrates the best contemporary work on the cognitive psychology of autobiographical memory. Introductory chapters place the study of autobiographical memory in its historical, methodological, and theoretical contexts; chapters reporting original research probe the recollections people have for substantial portions of their lives. Topics include the schematic and temporal organization of autobiographical memory, the temporal distribution of autobiographical memories, and the failures of autobiographical memory in various forms of amnesia. Autobiographical Memory constitutes the first tutorial in this exciting new area of research. Cognitive psychologists, clinicians, researchers in artificial intelligence, and their students - indeed, anyone interested in the processes that preserve and distort autobiography - will find it a useful resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68506/cover/9780521368506.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decision Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Descriptive, Normative, and Prescriptive Interactions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raiffa, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tversky, Amos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The analysis of decision making under uncertainty has again become a major focus of interest. This volume presents contributions from leading specialists in different fields and provides a summary and synthesis of work in this area. It is based on a conference held at the Harvard Business School. The book brings together the different approaches to decision making - normative, descriptive, and prescriptive - which largely correspond to different disciplinary interests. Mathematicians have concentrated on rational procedures for decision making - how people should make decisions. Psychologists have examined how poeple do make decisions, and how far their behaviour is compatible with any rational model. Operations researchers study the application of decision models to actual problems. Throughout, the aim is to present the current state of research and its application and also to show how the different disciplinary approaches can inform one another and thus lay the foundations for the integrated analysis of decision making. The book will be of interest to researchers, teachers - for use as background reading for a decision theory course - students, and consultants and others involved in the practical application of the analysis of decision making. It will be of interest to specialists and students in statistics, mathematics, economics, psychology and the behavioural sciences, operations research, and management science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Joyce and Sexuality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly original study seeks to correct the critical misapprehension that James Joyce was a figure who remained aloof and disengaged from the intellectual and social concerns of his time. By exploring Joyce's interest in sexual questions, Dr Brown shows that, on the contrary, his work represents a more complex and subtle kind of engagement with such concerns. There are four main areas of interest. The first is Joyce's extensive reading on the question of marriage and its impact on his work, a subject invested with greater interest through Joyce's elopement with and delayed marriage to Nora Barnacle. The second is Joyce's responsiveness to the new sexual ideology as expounded in the writings of Freud and Havelock Ellis. Thirdly, Dr Brown considers the feminist dimension of the oeuvre and explores Joyce's profound concern with twentieth-century discussions of sexual divisions and difference, a topic hitherto neglected in the classic critical treatments. Finally, the book argues for a new type of Joycean aesthetic in which the major works are analysed as responses to readings of other texts. Dr Brown offers a substantial and original account of Joyce's work as modern in its social ideas as well as in its literary form, and suggests how the stylistic modernity itself may be seen to arise in part as a response to the difficulties of dealing with sex.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68520/cover/9780521368520.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saeculum</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Society in the Theology of St Augustine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markus, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Markus's main concern is with those aspects of Augustine's thought which help to answer questions about the purpose of human society, and particularly with his reflections on history, society and the Church. He relates Augustine's ideas to their contemporary context and to older traditions, and shows which aspects of his thought he absorbed from his intellectual environment. Augustine appears from this study as a thinker who rejected the 'sacralization' of the established order of society, and the implications of this for a theology of history are explored in the last chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68551/cover/9780521368551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Medical Welfare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendus, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of papers, arising from the Royal Institute of Philosophy Conference on Philosophy and Medical Welfare, includes contributions from doctors, nurses, and administrators in the field of health care as well as academics in the disciplines of philosophy, economics, and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Modern German Economic History and Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borchardt, Knut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambert, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays covers themes central to German economic history while considering their interaction with other historical phenomena. Among the essays Borchardt considers Germany's late start as an industrial nation, the West-East developmental gradient, key patterns of long-term economic development, and unusual changes in the phenomena of business cycles. The collection also contains the essays which have become the subject of so-called 'Borchardt controversies', in which hypotheses are presented on the economic causes of the collapse of the parliamentary regime by 1929-30, at the very end of the 'crisis before the crisis'. He also explains why there were no alternatives to the economic policies of the slump, and in particular why there was no 'miracle weapon' against Hitler's seizure of power. These are among the most original and stimulating contributions of recent years to the economic history of modern Germany and will be of interest to anyone who ponders deeply the meaning of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68582/cover/9780521368582.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Regulation of Monopoly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherman, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Competition may not function well where technology calls for large and complex investments, as in the electrivity industry where public utilities often provide service. This book presents economic welfare foundations for the purpose of evaluating how well, from a social point of view, an enterprise performs when competition is unable to function. Problems with existing institutions are emphasized. Topics treated include welfare measures and their uses in peak-load pricing, second-best pricing, and income distribution. Professor Sherman covers public choice difficulties of government intervention, and describes problems with incentives in statutory monopolies and efforts to overcome them through the study of principal-agent relationships. Contestability and sustainable prices are also discussed, as well as effects of uncertainty and imperfect information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scottish Political System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kellas, James G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1973, Professor Kellas's account of Scottish government and politics has long been recognised as the standard textbook in the field. Its scope includes a definition of the Scottish political system, and critical descriptions of Scottish administration (central and local), parliamentary activity, parties, electoral behaviour, and pressure groups. Scottish nationalism is given a wider interpretation than usual, covering not only the support for the Scottish National Party, but the manifestations of national feeling in Scottish life generally. The General Election of 1987 provided further evidence of the distinctive character of politics in Scotland, with the Conservative Party reduced to ten MPs, barely sufficient to fill the existing Scottish ministerial posts. In a new postscript Professor Kellas looks at the principal political developments of the period since 1983, and examines the political and constitutional implications of the current imbalance of forces as between Westminster and Scotland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68643/cover/9780521368643.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Divided Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideology and Imagination in America, 1898-1917</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conn, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Divided Mind examines the debate between innovation and tradition in American culture of the early years of the twentieth century. Peter Conn discusses literature, painting, music, architecture and politics, using illustrations of the artwork, buildings and popular graphics of the period. The major figures studied include: Henry James, David Graham Phillips, Jack London, W. E. B. DuBois, Booker T. Washington, Edith Wharton, Kate Chopin, Charles Ives, John Sloan, Frank Lloyd Wright, Alfred Steiglitz and Emma Goldman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68681/cover/9780521368681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Path Integral Methods in Quantum Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivers, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a concise graduate level introduction to analytical functional methods in quantum field theory. Functional integral methods provide relatively simple solutions to a wide range of problems in quantum field theory. After introducing the basic mathematical background, this book goes on to study applications and consequences of the formalism to the study of series expansions, measure, phase transitions, physics on spaces with nontrivial topologies, stochastic quantisation, fermions, QED, non-abelian gauge theories, symmetry breaking, the effective potential, finite temperature field theory, instantons and compositeness. Serious attention is paid to the shortcomings of the conventional formalism (e.g. problems of measure) as well as detailed appraisal of the ambiguities of series summation. This book will be of great use to graduate students in theoretical physics wishing to learn the use of functional integrals in quantum field theory. It will also be a useful reference for researchers in theoretical physics, especially those with an interest in experimental and theoretical particle physics and quantum field theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68704/cover/9780521368704.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Nutrition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on European Demographic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livi-Bacci, Massimo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croft-Murray, Tania</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ipsen, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the time of Malthus, the insufficient supply of food resources has been considered the main constraint of population growth and the main factor in the high mortality prevailing in pre-industrial times. In this essay, the mechanisms of biological, social and cultural nature linking subsistence, mortality and population and determining its short and long term cycles are discussed. The author's analysis examines the existing evidence from the century of the Great Plague to the industrial revolution, interpreting the scanty quantitative information concerning caloric budgets and food supply, prices and wages, changes in body height and epidemiological history, demographic behaviours of the rich and of the poor. The emerging picture sheds doubts on the existence of a long term interrelation between subsistence of nutritional levels and mortality, showing that the level of the latter was determined more by the epidemiological cycles than by the nutritional level of the population.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68711/cover/9780521368711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society, Politics and Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Mervyn Evans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a number of related case-studies, this book traces the social political, and cultural factors making for conformity and obedience, and those promoting dissidence and revolt in sixteenth- and early seventeenth-century England. The essays explore the significance of the concept of honour in forming the mentality of the ruling elites, the role of region, humanism, and law in promoting social and political solidarity, and the influences at work in the changing styles of political action as illustrated by the careers of four magnates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68773/cover/9780521368773.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kinematics of Mixing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stretching, Chaos, and Transport</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ottino, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In spite of its universality, mixing is poorly understood and generally speaking, mixing problems are attacked on a case-by-case basis. This is the first book to present a unified treatment of the mixing of fluids from a kinematical viewpoint. The author's aim is to provide a conceptually clear basis from which to launch analysis and to facilitate an understanding of the numerous mixing problems encountered in nature and technology. After presenting the necessary background in kinematics and fluid dynamics, Professor Ottino considers various examples of dealing with necessary background in dynamical systems and chaos. The book assumes little previous knowledge of fluid dynamics and dynamical systems and can be used as a textbook by final-year undergraduates, graduate students and researchers in applied mathematics, engineering science, geophysics and physics who have an interest in fluid dynamics, continuum mechanics and dynamical systems. It is profusely illustrated in colour, with many line diagrams and half-tones. Systems which illustrate the most important concepts, many exercises and examples are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68780/cover/9780521368780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chapters of The Agrarian History of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barley, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales, volumes IV and V part II, now appear for the first time in five paperback volumes, designed primarily for a student readership. Dealing respectively with pieces, wages, profits and rents; estate management and the condition of the farm labourer; agricultural techniques and enclosure; marketing; and rural building, these studies bring together the fruits of co-operative scholarship from authorities on the social and economic history of rural England and Wales in the early modern period. To set each subject in context and to update material where necessary, new introductions have been written by the authors of each volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chartres, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales, volumes IV and V part II, now appear for the first time in five paperback volumes, designed primarily for a student readership. Dealing respectively with pieces, wages, profits and rents; estate management and the condition of the farm labourer; agricultural techniques and enclosure; marketing; and rural building, these studies bring together the fruits of co-operative scholarship from authorities on the social and economic history of rural England and Wales in the early modern period. To set each subject in context and to update material where necessary, new introductions have been written by the authors of each volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thirsk, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales, volumes IV and V part II, now appear for the first time in five paperback volumes, designed primarily for a student readership. Dealing respectively with pieces, wages, profits and rents; estate management and the condition of the farm labourer; agricultural techniques and enclosure; marketing; and rural building, these studies bring together the fruits of co-operative scholarship from authorities on the social and economic history of rural England and Wales in the early modern period. To set each subject in context and to update material where necessary, new introductions have been written by the authors of each volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68827/cover/9780521368827.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chapters from the Agrarian History of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clay, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales, volumes IV and V part II, now appear for the first time in five paperback volumes, designed primarily for a student readership. Dealing respectively with pieces, wages, profits and rents; estate management and the condition of the farm labourer; agricultural techniques and enclosure; marketing; and rural building, these studies bring together the fruits of co-operative scholarship from authorities on the social and economic history of rural England and Wales in the early modern period. To set each subject in context and to update material where necessary, new introductions have been written by the authors of each volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowden, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chapters from The Agrarian History of England and Wales, volumes IV and V part II, now appear for the first time in five paperback volumes, designed primarily for a student readership. Dealing respectively with pieces, wages, profits and rents; estate management and the condition of the farm labourer; agricultural techniques and enclosure; marketing; and rural building, these studies bring together the fruits of co-operative scholarship from authorities on the social and economic history of rural England and Wales in the early modern period. To set each subject in context and to update material where necessary, new introductions have been written by the authors of each volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68841/cover/9780521368841.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136891X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136891X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experimental Approaches to Mammalian Embryonic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rossant, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The editors present, in a single volume, a valuable reference source for students of mammalian embryology, genetics, and physiology, this book provides a thorough overview of the field of embryonic development - its current status along with possible directions in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68919/cover/9780521368919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521368936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521368936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521368933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary West African States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521368933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Donal Cruise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rathbone, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The West African states have reached maturity. This new volume - appearing a decade after the successful West African States: Failure and Promise - provides up-to-date studies of nine states, including Chad, Burkina Faso and Cameroon, which were neglected in the earlier volume, and introduces contemporary theories of West African politics. The book reflects changes on the ground and also in academic debate, notably the remarkable retreat of dependency theory and Marxian analysis and the rise of free-market theorising by both governments and scholars. The volume also contains important observations on the political importance of religious fundamentalism in the region, and the growth of sub-national forms of political activity. The writers are well-known scholars in the field, and include contributors to the influential journal Politique Africaine. This will be a useful textbook for everyone interested in African politics, but it is also a provocative contribution to the debate on the nature of the state and political processes in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/68933/cover/9780521368933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136910X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136910X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems and Fractals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computer Graphics Experiments with Pascal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Karl-Heinz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D&#246;rfler, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about chaos, fractals and complex dynamics, and is addressed to all people who have some familiarity with computers and enjoy using them. The mathematics has been kept simple, with few formulae, yet the reader is introduced to and can learn about an area of current scientific research which was scarcely possible before the availability of computers. The introduction is achieved through the extensive use of computer graphics. The book is divided into two main parts: in the first the most interesting problems are described, with, in each case, a solution in the form of a computer program. A large number of exercises enable the reader to undertake his or her own experimental work. In the second part, example programs are given for specific machines and operating systems; details refer to MS-DOC and Turbo-Pascal, UNIX 4.2 BSD with Berkley Pascal and C. Other implementations of the graphics routines are given for Apple Macintosh, Apple IIE and IIGS and Atari ST.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69107/cover/9780521369107.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Languages of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shibatani, Masayoshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a detailed survey of the two main indigenous languages of Japan, Japanese and Ainu. No genetic relationship has been established between them, and structurally they differ significantly. Professor Shibatani has therefore divided his study into two independent parts. The first is a most comprehensive study of the polysynthetic Ainu language. The second part deals extensively with Japanese. It discusses topics from the evolution of the writing system and the differences between men's and women's speech, to issues of greater theoretical complexity, such as phonology, the lexicon and word-formation, and the syntax of agglutinative morphology. As an American-trained scholar in Japan, the author is in an unique postion that affords him a dual perspective on language deriving from Western linguistic scholarship and the Japanese grammatical tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69183/cover/9780521369183.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Number Theory and Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodson, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, J. A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains selected contributions from a very successful meeting on Number Theory and Dynamical Systems held at the University of York in 1987. There are close and surprising connections between number theory and dynamical systems. One emerged last century from the study of the stability of the solar system where problems of small divisors associated with the near resonance of planetary frequencies arose. Previously the question of the stability of the solar system was answered in more general terms by the celebrated KAM theorem, in which the relationship between near resonance (and so Diophantine approximation) and stability is of central importance. Other examples of the connections involve the work of Szemeredi and Furstenberg, and Sprindzuk. As well as containing results on the relationship between number theory and dynamical systems, the book also includes some more speculative and exploratory work which should stimulate interest in different approaches to old problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69190/cover/9780521369190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Thought in Africa and the West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Magic, Religion and Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>483</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robin Horton's critical and creative writings on African religious thought have influenced anthropologists, philosophers, and all those interested in the comparative study of religion and thought. This selection of some of his classic papers, with a new introduction and postscript by the author, traces Horton's theoretical ideas over thirty years. In attempting to understand African religious thought, he also tackles broader issues in the history and sociology of thought, such as secularisation and modernisation. Part I is a critical assessment of two established interpretive approaches, the Symbolist and the Theological. Part II proposes an alternative 'Intellectualist' approach that emphasises the structural and processual similarities between religious and scientific thinking. The postscript appraises the Intellectualist approach in the light of recent theorising about religion and world views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69268/cover/9780521369268.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toxicological Evaluation of Certain Food Additives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume in the WHO Food Additives Series contains monographs prepared by the 31st Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives, which met in Geneva in 1987. The monographs examine four groups of substances: enzyme preparations; smoke flavorings; food colors (beet red, canthaxanthin, carbon black, citranaxanthin); and glutamic acid and its salts. Four appendices give further information, including acceptable daily intakes. As with earlier volumes in the series, this book is an essential reference for chemists and biochemists engaged in food processing. It is the authoritative source of information on the toxicological effects of food additives and will be required by corporations and institutions responsible for food processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69282/cover/9780521369282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Diversity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Coexistence of Species</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huston, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The key to preserving and managing biodiversity is understanding which processes are important at different scales, and how changes affect different components of biodiversity. In this book, existing theories on diversity are synthesised into a logical framework. Global and landscape-scale patterns of biodiversity are described in the first section. In the second, the spatial and temporal dynamics of diversity are emphasised. The third section develops an integrated set of mechanistic explanations for diversity patterns at the levels of population, community, ecosystem and landscape. Finally, case studies examine diversity patterns in marine and terrestrial ecosystems and the effects of biological invasions. The book concludes with a discussion of the economics of preserving biological diversity. This book will interest research workers and students of ecology, biology and conservation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69305/cover/9780521369305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Race and Ethnic Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rex, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together internationally known scholars from a wide range of disciplines and theoretical traditions, all of whom have made significant contributions to the field of race and ethnic relations. As well as identifying important and persistent points of controversy, the collection reveals a complementary and multifaceted approach to theorisation. The theories represented include contributions from the perspective of sociology. These range from the established perspectives of Marx and Weber through to the more recent interventions of rational choice theory, symbolic interactionism and identity structure analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69398/cover/9780521369398.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Shell Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calladine, C. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>788</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shell structures form key components in a very wide range of engineering enterprise. The theory of shell structures is an old and large subject, with a huge literature. However, this book is not a compilation of results from the past. Instead, it is an attempt to bring the essence of the subject within the grasp of engineers. It tackles the fundamental question of how bending and stretching effects combine and interact in shell structures from a physical point of view; and it shows that this approach leads to an understanding of the structural mechanics of shells in general, and to useful results in particular problems. The first half of the book is concerned mainly with the basic ideas and equations of equilibrium, geometry and elasticity, and their combination in various useful ways. In particular, it includes a simple treatment of the geometry of general curved surfaces. The second half of the book first investigates the behaviour of various practical shell structures under static loading. Then there are chapters on the buckling of shells, on vibration, and on the application of plastic theory to analysis and design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69459/cover/9780521369459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>W. A. Mozart: La Clemenza di Tito</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rice, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to be devoted to Mozart's opera, La clemenza di Tito. Rice considers the opera from a variety of historical and critical viewpoints. Tito is a political opera. The author examines its origins in the politically unstable Habsburg Empire of 1791, interpreting it as a response to revolutionary threats both inside and outside the empire. Tito is also a literary opera: much of its dramatic power lies in its libretto.  Rice analyses Metastasio's libretto and the revised version that Mozart set. The volume explores aspects of Mozart's compositional process, the premiere in Prague, and subsequent critical reception through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In a concluding chapter, Rice reviews recent performances as well as scholarly research that sheds light on the interpretation of the opera. The volume, which contains illustrations of recent productions, a discography, and a bibliography, will be of interest to students, scholars and opera-goers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69497/cover/9780521369497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Propagation of Radio Waves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Theory of Radio Waves of Low Power in the Ionosphere and Magnetosphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Budden, K. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the ionosphere and the magnetosphere, and the theory of their effect on radio waves. It includes accounts of some mathematical topics now widely used in this study, particularly W. K. B. approximations, Airy integral functions and integration by steepest descents. The subject is divided into ray theory and full wave theory. Ray theory is useful for high frequencies when the ionosphere is treated as a horizonally stratified medium. The discussion of the magnetosphere, whose structure is more complicated, includes an account of whistlers and ion cyclotron whistlers. The book has been planned both for final year undergraduates and as a reference book for research. It is suitable as a course book on radio propagation for students of physics or electrical engineering or mathematics. Some of the topics are presented from an elementary viewpoint so as to help undergraduates new to the subject. The later parts are more advanced. Because the subject is so large and has seen many important recent advances, some topics have had to be treated briefly, but there is a full bibliography with about 600 references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69527/cover/9780521369527.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prehistory in the Pacific Islands</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terrell, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How, asks John Terrell in this richly illustrated and original book, can we best account for the remarkable diversity of the Pacific Islanders in biology, language, and custom?  Traditionally scholars have recognized a simple racial division between Polynesians, Micronesians, Melanesians, Australians, and South-east Asians: peoples allegedly differing in physical appearance, temperament, achievements, and perhaps even intelligence. Terrell shows that such simple divisions do not fit the known facts and provide little more than a crude, static picture of human diversity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69565/cover/9780521369565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19880801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exceptional Language Development in Down Syndrome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for the Cognition-Language Relationship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rondal, Jean A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is normal language acquisition possible in spite of serious intellectual impairment? The answer, it would appear, is positive. This book summarizes and discusses recent evidence in this respect. The bulk of the argument comes from the in depth study of a Down Syndrome adult woman with standard trisomy 21, exhibiting virtually normal expressive and receptive grammar. The case is compared to a small number of other exceptional cases of language development in mental retardation, as published in the recent specialized literature. Cases such as those are powerful arguments against 'cognition drives language' or better 'cognition drives grammar' theories and hypotheses. Data analysis and comparison with other empirical indications in language pathology (specific language impaired children, aphasic syndromes, degenerative syndromes, dementias) suggest dividing lines in the language system relevant to the modularity problem. Also, comparison of data on language exceptional and language-typical mentally retarded subjects supplies interesting arguments in favor of a conception of grammatical development as the gradual unfolding of innate species-specific dispositions, which are prevented to be realized ontogenetically in typical mental retardates for reason of the anomalies of early brain development in these subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69664/cover/9780521369664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renaissance in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Renaissance in National Context aims to dispel the commonly held view that the great efflorescence of art, learning and culture in the period from around 1350 to 1550 was solely or even primarily an Italian phenomenon. A team of distinguished scholars addresses the development of art, literacy and humanism across the length and breadth of Europe - from Rome to the Netherlands, from Poland to France. The book demonstrates that the revival of letters, and the generation of new currents in artistic expression had many sources independent of Italy, meeting numerous local needs, and serving various local functions, specific to the political, economic, social and religious climates of particular regions and principalities. In particular the authors emphasise that while the Renaissance was in a fashion backward looking, recovering the culture of Greece and Rome, it nevertheless served as the springboard for many specifically modern developments, including the diplomacy of the 'new princes', the spread of education and printing, the growth of nationalist feeling, and the birth of the 'new science'. Bridges of cultural transmission are given equal emphasis with the barriers which were to generate increased separation of linguistic and cultural domains. Three essays on major Italian centres do moreover demonstrate that the diversity of the Renaissance applies to the peninsula no less than to the rest of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69701/cover/9780521369701.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Order of Mimesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Balzac, Stendhal, Nerval and Flaubert</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prendergast, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a challenging investigation of the idea of literary mimesis in the light of contemporary literary theory. Drawing on a range of theoretical perspectives developed in and around the work of Barthes, Kristeva, Genette and Derrida, Dr Prendergast explores approaches to the concept of mimesis and relates these to a number of narrative texts produced in the period which literary history familiarly designates as the age of realism: Balzac's Illusions Perdues and Splendeurs et Mis&#232;res des Courtisanes, Stendhal's Le Rouge et le Noir, Nerval's Sylvie and Flaubert's L'Education Sentimentale. The book is not merely expository however: one of the author's aims is to engage with much of the polemical debate which has surrounded the topic, in the belief that a recognition of the historical conditions determining both the theory and practice of mimesis must be recovered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69770/cover/9780521369770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marx's Lost Aesthetic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Karl Marx and the Visual Arts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Margaret A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original and challenging study of Marx's contact with the visual arts, aesthetic theories, and art policies in nineteenth-century Europe. It differs from previous discussions of Marxist aesthetic theory in looking at Marx's views from an art-historical rather than from a literary perspective, and in placing those views in the context of the art practices, theories, and policies of Marx's own time. Dr Rose begins her work by discussing Marx's planned treatise on Romantic art of 1842 against the background of the philosophical debates, cultural policies, and art practices of the 1840s, and looks in particular at the patronage given to the group of German artists known as the 'Nazarenes' in those years, who are discussed in relation to both the English Pre-Raphaelites, popular in the London known to Marx, and to the Russian Social Realists of the 1860s. The author goes on to consider claims of twentieth-century Marxist art theories and practices to have represented Marx's own views on art. The book the conflicting claims made on Marx's views by the Soviet avant-garde Constructivists of the 1920s and of the Socialist Realists who followed them are considered, and are related back to the aesthetic theories and practices discussed in the earlier chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69794/cover/9780521369794.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19881114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369800</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water for Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Water Management and Environmental Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wescoat, Jr, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Gilbert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Successful water management is crucial for the proper operation of natural environmental systems and for the support of human society. These two aspects are interdependent, but decisions about one are often made without regard to effects upon the other. A persistent challenge is to consider them together. This book fully analyzes the relationship between water management, environmental conditions and public policy. It combines a careful review of the character and evolution of water management and evaluates management from the standpoint of the quality of the natural environment. Topics covered include domestic and industrial water supply and waste disposal, groundwater use, river channel and floodplain management, and integrated river basins. The processes of social decision-making are examined against a backdrop of plant-soil-water-ecosystem relationships and ecosystem change. Examples are drawn from around the world, from local watershed management to international river basin planning, with emphasis on integrative approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69800/cover/9780521369800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Treatise on Social Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second of three volumes sets out a general account of the structure and evolution of human societies. The author argues first that societies are to be defined as sets of roles whose incumbents are competitors for access to, or control of, the means of production, persuasion and coercion; and second, that the process by which societies evolve is one of competitive selection of the practices by which roles are defined analagous, but not reducible, to natural selection. He illustrates and tests these theses with evidence drawn from the whole range of societies documented in the historical and ethnographic record. The result is an original, powerful and far-reaching reformulation of evolutionary sociological theory which will make it possible to do for the classification and analysis of societies what Darwin and his successors have done for the classification and analysis of species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052136986X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052136986X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Popular Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Entertainment and Society since 1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stites, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a side of Russian life that is largely unknown to the West - the world of popular culture. By surveying detective and science fiction, popular songs, jokes, box office movie hits, stage, radio and television, Professor Richard Stites introduces the people and cultural products that are household words to Russian people. Spanning the entire twentieth century, the author examines the subcultures that draw upon and enrich Russian popular culture. He explores the relationship between popular culture and the national and social values of the masses, including their heroes and myths, and assesses the phenomenon of the celebrity from the silent screen star to the latest rock music idol. Richard Stites pays particular attention to the dramatic battle between elite and popular culture and to the intervention of revolutions, wars, and the state in the production and control of this culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69862/cover/9780521369862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521369878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521369878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521369879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet State and Society between Revolutions, 1918-1929</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521369879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegelbaum, Lewis H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to analyse the relationship between the Soviet state and society from the October Revolution of 1917 to the revolution under Stalin of the late 1920s and early 1930s. Professor Lewis Siegelbaum examines the ways in which the promise of a new society made by the 1917 Revolution informed the thinking of those who had experienced the order which preceded it. But how did that old order limit possibilities? How did the new Party leaders, worker activists, artists, and scientists know what to abolish, what to retain, and what to transform? The author explores these questions by tracing the evolution of the ruling Communist Party and its New Economic Policy and the changing fortunes of industrial workers, peasants, and the scientific and cultural intelligentsia. He demonstrates how these different actors sought to appropriate the promise of the 1917 Revolution for their own purposes, highlights the compromises they made, and explains why in the late 1920s these compromises had started to break down.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/69879/cover/9780521369879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Noun Phrases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Configuration, Parameters and Empty Categories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giorgi, Alessandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longobardi, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alessandra Giorgi and Giuseppe Longobardi's important study of the argument structure of lexical projections, in particular of Noun Phrases, makes substantial advances in this relatively neglected area. Working within a Government and Binding framework, the authors present strong new arguments in favour of the existence of empty categories, and evidence for the correct understanding of word order parameters and of Chomsky's Projection Principle. In particular, they elaborate and discuss a number of tests intended to define under which lexical and syntactic conditions an empty pronominal subject may or must occur in a Noun Phrase. The levels of structural attachment of the arguments of a head Noun are carefully established by supporting assumptions made in this domain with independent evidence. As well as its theoretical advances, this book provides a descriptive analysis of nominal structure in Romance, and compares it with corresponding structure in Germanic languages. It offers a valuable introduction to Italian phrase structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70042/cover/9780521370042.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perception and Passion in Dante's Comedy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyde, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Patrick Boyde argues that the way in which Dante represents what he (or his fictional self) saw and felt was profoundly influenced by the thirteenth-century science of psychology. Professor Boyde offers an authoritative account of the way in which vision and the emotions were understood in Dante's lifetime, and rereads many of the most dramatic and moving episodes in the Comedy, throwing light on Dante's narrative technique. Seeing and feeling were known to be inextricably bound up with thinking and voluntary action, and were treated as special cases of motion and motive forces. Dante's treatment of perception and passion is set in the context of Aristotelian epistemology, ethics and physics. In these areas too a knowledge of Dante's philosophical ideas is shown to illuminate his poetic representation of mental processes and value judgements, and the meaning of his journey towards the source of goodness and truth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70097/cover/9780521370097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mundane Matter of the Mental Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maloney, J. Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christopher Maloney offers an explanation of the fundamental nature of thought. He posits the idea that thinking involves the processing of mental representations that take the form of sentences in a covert language encoded in the mind. The theory relies upon traditional categories of psychology, including such notions as belief and desire. It also draws upon and thus inherits some of the problems of artificial intelligence which it attempts to answer, including what bestows meaning or content upon a thought and what distinguishes genuine from simulated thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70318/cover/9780521370318.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politeness and its Discontents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems in French Classical Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>France, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>257</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of writing of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, mainly in France, but also in Britain and Russia. Its focus is on the establishing and questioning of rational, 'civilized' norms of 'politeness', which in the ancien r&#233;gime meant not just polite manners, but a certain ideal of society and culture. Within this general context, a series of familiar oppositions, between polite and rude, tame and wild, urban(e) and rustic, &#233;lite and popular, adult and child, reason and unreason, gives the initial impetus to enquiries which often show how these opposites interpenetrate, how hierarchies are reversed, and how compromises are sought. Polite society, like polite literature, needs and desires its opposite. The ideal is often the meeting of garden and wilderness, where the savage encounters the civilized and gifts are exchanged. Professor France points to the centrality, but also the vulnerability, in classical culture, of the ideal of 'politeness', and his discussion embraces revolutionary eloquence and enlightened primitivism, the value of hyperbole, and the essay as a form of polite sociability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29865/cover/9780521029865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ways of Communicating</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellor, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ways of Communicating is a stimulating exploration of the single most powerful force that gives humankind its control over the natural world - the communication between us. So integral a part of everyday life as to be taken for granted, yet so multi-faceted as to be notoriously slippery to describe and analyse, the world of communication is treated here for once from the standpoint of the arts quite as much as the sciences. Speech and body-language, fiction and music, communication by neutral networks within the brain and by satellite around the globe, all are considered together to give a fascinating view of this elusive aspect of our common humanity. The volume originates in the highly successful fourth series of Darwin College Lectures, given in 1989 under the title 'Communication'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19040/cover/9780521019040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuropsychological Impairments of Short-Term Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vallar, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shallice, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work summarizes the empirical and theoretical work on impairments of short-term memory (often caused by damage in the left cerebral hemisphere) and contains chapters from virtually every scientist in Europe and North America working on the problem. The chapters present evidence from both normal and brain-damaged patients. Two neuropsychological issues are discussed in detail: first, the specific patterns of immediate memory impairment resulting from brain damage with reference to both multistore and the interactive-activation theoretical frameworks. Also considered is the relation between verbal STM and sentence comprehension disorders in patients with a defective immediate auditory memory: an area of major controversy in more recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/42758/cover/9780521042758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonparametric and Semiparametric Methods in Econometrics and Statistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tauchen, George E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>507</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers delivered at the Fifth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics in 1988 is devoted to recent advances in the estimation and testing of models that impose relatively weak restrictions on the stochastic behaviour of data. Particularly in highly non-linear models, empirical results are very sensitive to the choice of the parametric form of the distribution of the observable variables, and often nonparametric and semiparametric models are a preferable alternative. Methods and applications that do not require string parametric assumptions for their validity, that are based on kernels and on series expansions, and methods for independent and dependent observations are investigated and developed in these essays by renowned econometricians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70905/cover/9780521370905.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521370914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521370914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism, Socialism, and Serfdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays by Evsey D. Domar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Domar, Evsey D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The collection consists of four parts: Part I presents three non-technical essays on economic development and economic systems. Four out of five essays in Part II deal with the theory and measurement of the so-called Index of Total Factor Productivity for several countries. The fifth essay is on the theory of index numbers. The first essay of Part III compares the American and Soviet patterns of economic development and finds that the path followed by each country might have been optimal for it at the time. The second essay develops a general theory of a producer cooperative. The third essay discusses a method for avoiding monopolistic exploitation, under either system, without price control. Part IV presents three applications of economic theory to historical problems - in particular, to serfdom and slavery. The first, on 'The Causes of Slavery or Serfdom', has become a classic. The second challenges the widely accepted view that Russian serfdom had become unprofitable for the serf-owners before the Emancipation of 1861. The last shows that the oft-repeated estimate of the overcharge for land allotted to the former serfs by the Emancipation has little basis in fact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70912/cover/9780521370912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137099X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137099X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521370998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Role Analysis in the Study of Religious Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mass Educational Development in Norway, 1740-1891</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521370998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flint, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study in historical sociology explores the relationship between educational development and religious change in Norwegian society during a period of significant social and economic transition. John Flint traces the processes whereby the laity radically reduced clerical control over religious institutions. He examines census materials, reports to the Ministries of the Church and Education, and information from organizational histories, using historical role analysis to describe the changing relationships among state church pastors, parish school teachers, pupils, parents, and lay preachers. In his examination of the movement toward mass literacy, John Flint draws on and contributes to the sociology of comparative education development. His findings from this Norwegian study have wider theoretical and methodological implications, and will be of interest to historians and sociologists studying religion and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/70998/cover/9780521370998.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregor, Mary J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Allen W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first English translation of all of Kant's writings on moral and political philosophy collected in a single volume. No other collection competes with the comprehensiveness of this one. As well as Kant's most famous moral and political writings, the Groundwork to the Metaphysics of Morals, the Critique of Practical Reason, the Metaphysics of Morals, and Toward Perpetual Peace, the volume includes shorter essays and reviews, some of which have never been translated before. The volume has been furnished with a substantial editorial apparatus including translator's introductions and explanatory notes to each text by Mary Gregor, and a general introduction to Kant's moral and political philosophy by Allen Wood. There is also an English-German and German-English glossary of key terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71032/cover/9780521371032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interactive Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Healey, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the most important books on quantum mechanics to have appeared in recent years. It offers a dramatically new interpretation that resolves puzzles and paradoxes associated with the measurement problem and the behavior of coupled systems. A crucial feature of this interpretation is that a quantum mechanical measurement can be certain to have a particular outcome even when the observed system fails to have the property corresponding to that outcome just prior to the measurement interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71056/cover/9780521371056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transition Mechanisms in Child Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Longitudinal Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ribaupierre, Anik de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new collection brings together the latest work in an important new area that has become the focus of major research in European developmental psychology: the longitudinal study of the interaction of cognition and emotion in individual development. Leading international researchers in developmental psychology have prepared chapters that examine transition mechanisms in areas including cognitive and memory development, language development, social and emotional development, and motor development in children. The volume is an outgrowth of a workshop on longitudinal research in individual development, sponsored by the European Science Foundation. It reflects the many conceptual and methodological advances that have taken place in the application of longitudinal strategies to research in developmental psychology, and demonstrates the need for the longitudinal perspective in future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unification of Fundamental Forces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The First 1988 Dirac Memorial Lecture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salam, Abdus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>153</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrian Maurice Dirac, one of the greatest physicists of the twentieth century, died in 1984. Dirac's college, St John's of Cambridge, generously endowed annual lectures to be held at Cambridge University in his memory. This volume includes an expanded version of the third Dirac Memorial Lecture presented by Abdus Salam, in addition to two previously unpublished lectures by Paul Dirac and by Werner Heisenberg.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71407/cover/9780521371407.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Expansion in the Byzantine Empire, 900-1200</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Dr Harvey shows that, if we broaden our comprehension of feudalism, the economic developments of the Byzantine Empire and of the medieval west were far more comparable than Byzantine historians have been prepared to admit. Previous interpretations have linked economic trends too closely to the political fortunes of the state, and have consequently regarded the twelfth century as a period of economic stagnation. Yet there is considerable evidence that the empire's population expanded steadily during the period covered by this book, and that agricultural production was intensified. A wealth of evidence serves to reinforce the point that the disintegration of the empire in the late twelfth century should no longer be associated with economic decline. Dr Harvey's conclusions, in particular that there is no incompatibility between the development of the landed wealth of a feudalising aristocracy and the growth of commerce and urbanisation, will affect all future interpretations of Byzantine history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71513/cover/9780521371513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrogenated Amorphous Silicon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the properties and device applications of hydrogenated amorphous silicon. It covers the growth, the atomic and electronic structure, the properties of dopants and defects, the optical and electronic properties which result from the disordered structure and finally the applications of this technologically very important material. There is also an important chapter on contacts, interfaces and multilayers. The main emphasis of the book is on the new physical phenomena which result from the disorder of the atomic structure. The book will be of major importance to those who are researching or studying the properties and applications of a-Si:H. It will have a wider interest for anyone working in semiconductor physics and electronic engineering in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71568/cover/9780521371568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Novel of the Spanish Civil War (1936-1975)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major English study of the novels of the Spanish Civil War. The book is based on an analysis of some eighty Spanish novels, written in Spain and abroad (in exile) during the Franco period (1936-1975), in which the Civil War is the major theme. The works are related to earlier examples of war literature, such as the French novels of World War I. Dr Thomas examines the effects of propaganda from both Left and Right in the early Civil War novels, as well as the disillusionment of later works when the sincerity of Republican and Nationalist ideals is seriously questioned. The effects of propaganda and censorship on literary style are also discussed. Major writers like Max Aub, Francisco Ayala, Ramon Sender and Camilo Jose Cela are covered in depth; and there is a comprehensive bibliography covering primary and secondary sources, together with a glossary of Civil War terms.  The Novel of the Spanish Civil War offers a highly illuminating view of the perception by creative writers of the political, religious and moral issues of war throughout a troubled period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71582/cover/9780521371582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Vision and Professional Decisions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Values of Women and Men Lawyers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jack, Rand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jack, Dana Crowley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does it mean today to 'think like a lawyer'? Drawing on extensive interviews with men and women attorneys, the authors explore how moral reasoning affects lawyers' understanding of justice and their own role in promoting it. This examination of personal and institutional imperatives in the legal profession, illustrated with quotations from the lawyers themselves, raises questions that transcend traditional discussions of legal ethics. The authors examine: the relationship between gender and patterns of moral thinking; the ways that personal morality affects public and professional responsibility; the legal system's response to social changes in public ethics and in women's roles. In conclusion the authors offer suggestions for constructive changes in legal education and the code of professional ethics to foster morally responsive democracy. All those concerned with moral reasoning, gender roles, and the evolution of the legal system will find this stimulating and timely reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71612/cover/9780521371612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eddington's Search for a Fundamental Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Key to the Universe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kilmister, C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Arthur Eddington, the celebrated astrophysicist, made great strides towards his own 'theory of everything'in his last two books published in 1936 and 1946. Unlike his earlier lucid and authoritative works, these are strangely tentative and obscure - as if he were nervous of the significant advances that he might be making. This volume examines both how Eddington came to write these uncharacteristic books - in the context of the physics and history of the day - and what value they have to modern physics. The result is an illuminating description of the development of theoretical physics, in the first half of the twentieth century, from a unique point of view: how it affected Eddington's thought. This will provide fascinating reading for scholars in the philosophy of science, theoretical physics, applied mathematics and the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71650/cover/9780521371650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137166X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137166X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphors in the History of Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leary, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>397</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When psychologists speak of human memory as a matter of 'retrieving' earlier 'input' from 'storage', they are basing their discussion of memory upon a series of metaphors drawn from cybernetic theory (the science of communications and control) and computer technology. Similarly, when clinical psychologists try to 'relieve' the 'pressure' that someone has been 'repressing' inside, their actions are directed by the hydraulic metaphors that have shaped their understanding of the 'linear workings' of 'psychodynamics'. The contributors to this volume argue that psychologists and their predecessors have invariably turned to metaphor in order to articulate their descriptions, theories, and practical interventions with regard to psychological functioning. By specifying the major metaphors in the history of psychology, these contributors have offered a new key' to understanding this critically important area of human knowledge. Metaphors in the History of Psychology describes and analyses the ways in which psychological accounts of brain functioning, consciousness, cognition, emotion, motivation, learning, and behaviour have been shaped - and are still being shaped - by the central metaphors used by contemporary psychologists and their predecessors. The volume is a stylistically and substantively coherent work of essays on a theme which has become an issue of central concern in a variety of disciplines ranging from linguistics and literary studies to cognitive science, psychology, and philosophy. Through the identification of these metaphors, the contributors to this volume have provided a remarkably useful guide to the history, current orientations, and future prospects of modern psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71667/cover/9780521371667.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commercialization and Agricultural Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Central and Eastern China, 1870-1937</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, Loren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on material previously available only in Chinese, this book provides an assessment of China's recent reform of the foreign trade system and discusses the benefits of such reform in terms of higher growth for its economy. The result suggests that the benefits from foreign trade reforms have been reduced by the lack of responsiveness among China's businesses to changes in domestic and foreign market conditions, and by the tendency for foreign trade to aggravate the inflation problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71964/cover/9780521371964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137197X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137197X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Foreign Trade Reforms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Impact on Growth and Stability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsu, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>233</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent events in China have revealed a nation struggling to reconcile its new thinking with its traditional institutions and practices. This book provides an assessment of one aspect of the reform process: the foreign trade system. The reforms in China have heralded a new openness in Chinese economic policy. In this book, his first full length work on the subject, Dr Hsu investigates the impact of the reforms on China's foreign trade and, consequently, on the domestic economy. In the process, he examines such issues as the role of foreign trade in China's economic development, the institutional changes involved in the foreign trade reforms, and the efficiency of the new foreign trade incentive system. He then evaluates the possibilities for further foreign trade reforms in the future. In conclusion, Dr Hsu suggests that Chinese enterprises have been slow to respond to changes in domestic and international market conditions, and that exposure to foreign markets has exacerbated inflation problems in the Chinese economy. As a result, he finds that China has not enjoyed the full potential benefits of its reform program. This book will be of interest to economists, political scientists, Asian studies specialists, and others interested in the economic ramifications of China's reform process. It is a timely and thorough account of this crucial aspect of reform and an important addition to the growing body of literature on the restructuring of modern communist states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71971/cover/9780521371971.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Profession, Old Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Engineers and German Society, 1815-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gispen, Kees</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Profession, Old Order explores the creative tension between modern technology and preindustrial Germany. It offers an explanation of why the engineering profession is so successful in transforming the physical world, did not achieve the professional power, cohesion, and prestige that its technological accomplishments would seem to have warranted. On the one hand, engineers were agents of modern instrumental rationality, specialization, practical knowledge, and entrepreneurial capitalism - forces antiasthetical to the quasi-aristocratic world of Bildung and bureaucracy that was the life blood of the preindustrial social hierarchy. On the other hand, it was this latter universe in which engineers had to survive and by whose standards they were judged for membership in the educated middle class or for access to prestigious careers. The result was an orientation that combined the old and the new in ways that were at once uniquely German and paradigmatic for modern industrial society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71988/cover/9780521371988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521371996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521371996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521371995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Digital Design for Computer Data Acquisition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521371995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Charles D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a digital electronics text focused on 'how to' design, build, operate and adapt data acquisition systems. The book is intended to serve people whose goals include teaching or learning one or more of the following: digital electronics, circuit design for computer expansion slots, software which interacts with outside hardware, the process of computer based data acquisition, and the design, adaptation, construction and testing of measurement systems. The fundamental idea of the book is that parallel I/O ports (available for all popular computers) offer a superior balance of simplicity, low cost, speed, flexibility and adaptability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/71995/cover/9780521371995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Changing Relationship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bulmer-Thomas, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British relations with Latin America have declined dramatically. The strength of British influence in Latin America in the nineteenth century could not be sustained as a consequence of the two world wars, the intervening depression and the emergence of the United States of America as the major power in the region. Since 1945, despite opportunities to re-establish its presence, Britain has seen a further decline in its relations with Latin America, and the consequences of neglect were brought home in spectacular fashion by the war between Britain and Argentina in 1982. Britain and Latin America: A Changing Relationship studies the reasons for this decline, examines the sources of friction and explores the prospect of strengthening relations in the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72053/cover/9780521372053.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Corporatism and Proto-Industry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The W&#252;rttemberg Black Forest, 1580-1797</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, Sheilagh C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>539</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>State Corporatism and Proto-Industry focuses on an industrial countryside in south-west Germany, where a dense worsted industry dominated the rural economy from 1580 to 1800. This is an example of 'proto-industry', the dense, export-oriented rural manufacturing which arose throughout Europe before factory industrialization. But although the W&#252;rttemberg worsted industry possessed all the features of a classic proto-industry, closer scrutiny throws doubt on basic assumptions about European proto-industrialization. In this book, Sheilagh Ogilvie shows that proto-industries did not break down traditional society. Instead, corporate institutions such as guilds, merchant companies, village communities and manorial systems retained enormous power. This was a result of 'state corporatism': the expanding early modern state granted privileges to favoured groups in return for fiscal and regulatory co-operation. As Ogilvie shows, these corporate privileges profoundly constrained both individual decisions and economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72091/cover/9780521372091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish American Regional Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modernity and Autochthony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alonso, Carlos J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Carlos Alonso's study provides a radical re-examination of the novela de la tierra or regional novel, which plays a central part in the development of Latin American fiction in the first half of the twentieth century. He identifies the regional novel as a specific literary manifestation of the persistent meditation on cultural authochthony that has characterized Latin American cultural production from its beginnings, and which in his view springs from Latin America's problematic relationship with Modernity. He proposes a view of the autochthonous as a discourse rather than a referent. Professor Alonso presents his argument through challenging readings of three works that are universally acknowledged as archetypes of the autochthonous modality: Rivera's La voragine, Gallegos's Dona Barbara and Guiraldes's Don Segundo Sombra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72107/cover/9780521372107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Normal Forms and Bifurcation of Planar Vector Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chow, Shui-Nee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Li, Chengzhi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Duo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the bifurcation theory, the study of the changes in the structures of the solution of ordinary differential equations as parameters of the model vary. The theory has developed rapidly over the past two decades. Chapters 1 and 2 of the book introduce two systematic methods of simplifying equations: centre manifold theory and normal form theory, by which the dimension of equations may be reduced and the forms changed so that they are as simple as possible. Chapters 3-5 of the book study in considerable detail the bifurcation of those one- or two-dimensional equations with one, two or several parameters. This book is aimed at mathematicians and graduate students interested in dynamical systems, ordinary differential equations and/or bifurcation theory. The basic knowledge required by this book is advanced calculus, functional analysis and qualitative theory of ordinary differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72268/cover/9780521372268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The House of Mirth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Esch, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edith Wharton's The House of Mirth captured the attention of a large portion of the reading public when it was published in a serial version in Scribner's for most of 1905 and then as a hardback in October of that year. Wharton's story of Lily Bart, a 'social parasite', according to reviewer Edmund Wilson, 'on the fringes of the very rich', topped the American bestseller list for four months. Furthermore, the novel sealed the author's reputation as one of the major English-language fiction writers of her generation. Each of the four articles collected in this New Essays volume makes distinctive new claims for the historical, critical, and theoretical significance of Wharton's seminal work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78338/cover/9780521378338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Republic in Danger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>General Maurice Gamelin and the Politics of French Defence, 1933-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Martin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>587</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of the career of one of France's most controversial military leaders, General Maurice Gamelin (1872-1958). Gamelin was reviled by many of his contemporaries and denigrated by historians as 'the man who lost the Battle of France'. Here Gamelin is re-appraised in the context of the unstable civil-military relations and national decline of the years 1933-40. Basing his account on hitherto inaccessible primary sources and on public and private archives. The evidence reviewed, including Gamelin's private headquarters' diary, provides the basis for a revision of the earlier hostile portraits of the general. The author argues that less attention should be paid to the campaign in France in 1940, by which time Gamelin's role was that of co-ordinator and  adviser. Rather, he suggests that great credit is due to Gamelin for his success in holding together the pre-war civil-military consensus, and for re-arming France by 1939.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72343/cover/9780521372343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Uncounselled King</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles I and the Scottish Troubles, 1637-1641</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donald, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of kingship as Charles I understood it was challenged by the Covenanters in a struggle of protest over the government of Scotland. Although many aspects of this episode have received historical attention, Charles's own role has not hitherto been investigated in detail. Using a large body of newly available evidence, Dr Donald here attempts to redress the balance, and in doing so offers a substantially new perspective on the Scottish troubles in the crisis years of 1637-41. This study sheds light on the processes whereby Charles, with counsel and yet often in spite of it, tried to uphold his case.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72350/cover/9780521372350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity in Troubadour Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kay, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The songs of the troubadour poets of the south of France were a pervasive influence in the development of the European lyric (and indeed other genres) from the twelfth century to the Renaissance and beyond. Much troubadour poetry is on the topic of love, and is composed from a first-person position. This book is a full-length study of this first-person subject position in its relation to language and society. Using theoretical approaches where appropriate, Sarah Kay discusses to what extent this first person is a 'self' or 'character', and how far it is self-determining. Dr Kay draws on a wide range of troubadour texts, and provides close readings of many of them, as well as translating all medieval quotations into English in order to make the discussion accessible to the non-specialist. Her book will be of interest both to scholars of medieval literature, and to anybody investigating subjectivity in lyric poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72381/cover/9780521372381.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach Interpretation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Articulation Marks in Primary Sources of J. S. Bach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is a comprehensive assessment of J. S. Bach's use of articulation marks (i.e. slurs and dots) in the large body of primary sources. Dr Butt analyses the role of such markings within the compositional process, how they relate to the norms of articulation of the period, and how they might assist us in a deeper understanding and evaluation of Bach's style. With its extensive catalogue of the most common slurring patterns based on a study of over 100 concerted vocal works, this book is invaluable both for performers on all baroque instruments, and for scholars with an interest in Bach's style and source studies. It also contributes to our perception of Bach's position in music history: the purpose of music in the Lutheran Germany of Bach's time and its rhetorical power; the close relationship between composer and performer within the context of 'practical' music; and the functions and development of notation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72398/cover/9780521372398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kings, Barons and Justices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making and Enforcement of Legislation in Thirteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brand, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of two important and related pieces of thirteenth-century English legislation - the Provisions of Westminster of 1259 and the Statute of Marlborough of 1267 - and is the first on any of the statutes of this period of major legislative change. The Provisions of Westminster were the first major legislation enacted in England after Magna Carta, when Henry III surrendered control of government to a baronial council with an agenda of institutional reform. The Provisions were revised and reissued by the king in 1263, and a further revision in 1267 produced the Statute of Marlborough. Exceptionally good surviving documentation is used to follow the evolution of the individual clauses from initial suggestions for reform, through a series of drafts, to the various versions of the final texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72466/cover/9780521372466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hierarchy of States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reform and Resistance in the International Order</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hierarchy of states presents Ian Clark's Reform and resistance in the international order, a well-established text on international relations first published in 1980, in a completely revised form. Combining a detailed examination of theory with a full account of historical developments, Dr Clark analyses the nature of international order - the hierarchical state system - and its potential for reform. The theory of international order is explored tracing two traditions of thought epitomised in the writings of Kant and Rousseau, whilst in a historical survey Dr Clark covers the main attempts to implement international order since 1815 and includes such aspects as concert diplomacy, alliance systems, international organisations as well as such informal understandings as nuclear deterrence, crisis management and spheres of influence. This revised edition contains two new chapters - one on international/world order issues and the other on 'macro' changes between 1815 and 1990. Dr Clark has updated his discussion on the course of superpower relations and most of the material on the post-1945 period is introduced in this edition for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72527/cover/9780521372527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton and the Drama of History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Vision, Iconoclasm, and the Literary Imagination</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loewenstein, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did Milton's understanding of history relate to his literary expression of it? This book explores the role of history in Milton's literary works. It focuses on the writer's imaginative responses to the historical process - his interpretations of the past, visions of the future, and sense of the contemporary historical moment. David Loewenstein presents Milton as a controversial writer actively engaged in shaping, representing and participating in the drama of history of his age. Highlighting the apocalyptic and iconoclastic components of Milton's historical vision, the book examines the more turbulent dimensions of his polemic and poetic works. It stresses the importance of his less canonical texts, including Eikonoklastes and the History of Britain, and shows how they illuminate the sense of history dramatized in Paradise Lost and Samson Agonistes. Analysing the literary expressions of Milton's radicalism, this study reveals a complex interaction between consciousness and figurative expression, political vision and textual effects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72534/cover/9780521372534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Algebra of Soviet Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elite Circulation in the Belorussian Republic 1966-86</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Urban, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Control of office has long been regarded as the key element in understanding power and policy in the Soviet system. What, however, accounts for the control of office and how are individuals recruited into positions of power and responsibility? In An Algebra of Soviet Power, Michael Urban adopts a fresh approach and introduces into the field of political elite studies the sociological technique of vacancy chain analysis. This treats the movements of actors as sequences of complex inter-relations that are structured by the properties and powers of the personnel system rather than by the consequences of individual intentions or characteristics. This algebraic method is applied to a large body of career data of officials from the Soviet Republic of Belorussia for the period 1966-86. The author documents how, despite the formal systems of nomenklatura - central control over personnel placement - the flow of individuals through the hierarchy of offices in Belorussia has not been influenced by any coordinating policy issuing from Moscow or Minsk. Instead regionalism has played an important, and patronage the decisive, role in the system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72565/cover/9780521372565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contesting Cultural Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Victorian Intellectual Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Frank M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays by a leading scholar of Victorian intellectual history reflects research, teaching and writing carried out over more than twenty years. Five of the essays are new; seven, although published previously, have been revised for this collection. The essays cover an extremely wide spectrum of Victorian thought, including the issues of secularization, cultural apostasy, the crisis of faith, Victorian scientific naturalism, the conflict between science and religion, the relationship of science and politics, and the Victorian attitude towards the ancient world. Taken as a whole the essays constitute a major revisionist overview of the Victorian intellectual enterprise which will be of interest to scholars in a wide variety of fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72572/cover/9780521372572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meaning of General Theoretical Sociology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Formalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fararo, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book sets out a generative structuralist conception of general theoretical sociology; its philosophy, its problems, and its methods. The field is defined as a comprehensive research tradition with many intersecting subtraditions that share conceptual components. The focus is on formalization and unification as processes that can help advance the state of theory today. An integrative philosophy of the field is set out in terms of a process worldview, with a focus on generativity in explanation and a conception of the structure of theories as hierarchical meaning control systems. This philosophy is implemented in two phases. In the first phase, Professor Fararo defines the core problems of theoretical sociology in the context of setting out and illustrating the logic of a nonlinear dynamical social systems framework. A critical analysis of the outcome of this phase then leads, in the second phase, to formal treatments of action principles and structural analysis. A variety of traditions are drawn upon to treat theoretical problems of order and integration, as well as to examine searchingly problems of formalization and unification in theoritical sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72589/cover/9780521372589.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kin Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepper, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>469</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kin recognition, the ability to identify and respond differentially to one's genetic relatives, is one of the fastest growing and most exciting areas of ethology. Dr Hepper has brought together leading researchers in the field to create a thought-provoking and critical analysis of our current knowledge of the phenomenon, with particular emphasis on the underlying processes involved, and their significance for the evolution of social behaviour. Students of animal behaviour and evolutionary biology will find this book an invaluable source of information and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72671/cover/9780521372671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Cohomology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Algebraic Introduction with Geometric Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brodmann, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharp, R. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a careful and detailed algebraic introduction to Grothendieck's local cohomology theory, and provides many illustrations of applications of the theory in commutative algebra and in the geometry of quasi-affine and quasi-projective varieties. Topics covered include Castelnuovo-Mumford regularity, the Fulton-Hansen connectedness theorem for projective varieties, and connections between local cohomology and both reductions of ideals and sheaf cohomology. It is designed for graduate students who have some experience of basic commutative algebra and homological algebra, and also for experts in commutative algebra and algebraic geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72862/cover/9780521372862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seed Dormancy in Grasses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Grasses are a principal source of food for mankind and play an important role in stabilizing the land surface of much of the globe. Understanding seed dormancy in the Gramineae is therefore of considerable significance to world agriculture and global ecology. This book provides a comprehensive review of the occurrence and explanation of seed dormancy in grasses. Experimental evidence is considered in depth for a single species, the wild oat (Avena fatua), probably the most widely studied species for understanding seed dormancy in the plant kingdom. The evidence for this species is compared with other examples among the Gramineae to reach some general conclusions about the nature of seed dormancy in grasses. Essential reading for all those who need to understand the mechanisms of seed dormancy, this book will be a valuable text for advanced students and professionals in plant physiology, crop science, plant breeding and agronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72886/cover/9780521372886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Volterra Integral and Functional Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gripenberg, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Londen, S. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staffans, O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rapid development of the theories of Volterra integral and functional equations has been strongly promoted by their applications in physics, engineering and biology. This text shows that the theory of Volterra equations exhibits a rich variety of features not present in the theory of ordinary differential equations. The book is divided into three parts. The first considers linear theory and the second deals with quasilinear equations and existence problems for nonlinear equations, giving some general asymptotic results. Part III is devoted to frequency domain methods in the study of nonlinear equations. The entire text analyses n-dimensional rather than scalar equations, giving greater generality and wider applicability and facilitating generalizations to infinite-dimensional spaces. The book is generally self-contained and assumes only a basic knowledge of analysis. The many exercises illustrate the development of the theory and its applications, making this book accessible to researchers in all areas of integral and differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72893/cover/9780521372893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Three Crowns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structures of Communal Politics in Early Rabbinic Jewry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Stuart A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Jewish national revival of our times has stimulated scholarly interest in the historical origins and manifestations of Jewry's distinctive traditions of constitutional thought and political action. This study is a contribution to that enquiry. Focusing on the structures of communal rule forged during the first five centuries of the common era, the book presents an analysis of the processes whereby the rabbis and their disciples replaced both priests and civic rulers as foci of political royalty and instruments of domestic government throughout the Jewish world. Cohen argues that much of Jewish political history during the age of the Mishnah and Talmud can be read as a record of the attempt to reinterpret the ancient concept of the three crowns (or clusters of rulership which determined Jewish public behaviour) and adapt it to rabbinic purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72909/cover/9780521372909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Methods in Orchid Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, H. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject matter of this text is conference based and deals with the physiology, ecology and management of orchid conservation. It offers information not only to the orchid research scientist, but also to the orchid enthusiast curious about the scientific background to this topic. Interest and support for plant conservation has increased considerably and a great deal of attention has been focused on the plight of members of the orchid family. The development makes it desirable to collect existing information and to consider areas of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72947/cover/9780521372947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521372984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521372984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521372985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperative Breeding in Birds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Long Term Studies of Ecology and Behaviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521372985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stacey, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koenig, Walter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>633</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cooperative breeding is an unusual kind of social behaviour, found in a few hundred species worldwide, in which individuals other than the parents help raise young. Understanding the apparently altruistic behaviour of helpers has provided numerous challenges to evolutionary biologists. This book includes detailed first-hand summaries of many of the major empirical studies of cooperatively breeding birds. It provides comparative information on the demography, social behaviour and behavioural ecology of these unusual species and explores the diversity of ideas and the controversies which have developed in this field. The studies are all long-term and consequently the book summarises some of the most extensive studies of the behaviour of marked individuals ever undertaken. Graduate students and research workers in ornithology, sociobiology, behavioural ecology and evolutionary biology will find much of value in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78901/cover/9780521378901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137300X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137300X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marc Bloch</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Life in History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fink, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first biography of Marc Bloch (1886-1944), historian, soldier in both world wars, and leader of the Resistance, who was captured, tortured, and died a heroic death.  Based largely on Bloch's private letters, diaries and papers, as well as on other unpublished documents, it traces the remarkable life of this French-Jewish patriot under the Third Republic.  As an historian, Bloch is perhaps best known for The Historian's Craft, an inspiring set of meditations on his life's work, and as co-founder of the now legendary journal Annales, which gave rise to a major school of historical writing. Profoundly influenced by the dark events that shaped his era - world wars, anti-semitism, and totalitarianism - Bloch has become something of an intellectual hero of our century, his life an epitome of the endeavour to uphold, in the face of such events, the spirit of unfettered critical enquiry.   'One of the twentieth century's most important intellectual figures.' -- Sir Keith Thomas, The Observer   'Virtually every European historian has a warm place in his or her heart for Marc Bloch ... Carole Fink's well-researched, sympathetic biography, the first in any language, reminds us why.' -- New York Times Book Review   'Carole Fink has written the first full-length biography of Marc Bloch with thoroughness, sympathy and perceptiveness ... an absorbing book ... [which would have] pleased Bloch, for whom history was both a fascinating story and a science always in motion.' -- New York Review of Books</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73005/cover/9780521373005.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sociocultural Approaches to Language and Literacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interactionist Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>John-Steiner, Vera</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panofsky, Carolyn P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Larry W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most crucial areas of education - the development of oral language and the acquisition of literacy -  is examined here with an effective combination of theory and practice. The sociocultural perspective is illustrated through descriptions of learning by populations usually neglected in treatments of literacy: American Sign Language Users, second-language speakers and minority students. The book covers a broad range of ages, ethnic backgrounds, locations, and literacy concerns from pre-school to law school. Although the populations and literacy issues are diverse, the book's unity is provided by a broadly shared theoretical framework. As such, Interactionist Approaches to Language and Literacy will be valuable to educators at every level and to researchers in applied linguistics, psychology, adult literacy programs, and English as a second language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73012/cover/9780521373012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America through Soviet Eyes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of Soviet Perceptions during the Brezhnev Era 1964-1982</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prizel, Ilya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Latin America through Soviet Eyes provides an original and comprehensive assessment of changing Soviet perceptions of politics in Latin America during the Brezhnev years. Dr Prizel surveys the views of Soviet academics and journalists as well as of politicians on three main areas. He explores the changing Soviet perceptions of Latin America's domestic politics including the Church, the military and national liberation movements; he examines the role of Latin America in global politics and the way in which the USA has influenced regional events, and he discusses the emerging Soviet-Latin American relationship. Case studies of Mexico, Chile, Brazil and Argentina provide a framework for understanding changing Soviet perceptions in the context of the domestic dynamics of specific individual countries. This book is based on a wealth of Russian, Spanish and English language sources. Soviet academic journals, newspapers, communist party journals and the numerous books published by the Institute of Latin America of the Academy of Sciences in the USSR provide the Soviet view of Latin America and this is examined against a background of regional perceptions expressed in Spanish-American material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73036/cover/9780521373036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ezra Pound and Italian Fascism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redman, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ezra Pound's vocal support for Benito Mussolini and Italian fascism and his indictment, arrest, and imprisonment without trial have been a source of considerable puzzlement and embarrassment to an entire generation of poets and critics. In this book, Tim Redman draws from previously unexamined and unpublished archival material, to provide the first detailed and historical account of Pound's support for Italian fascism.  Beginning with Pound's earliest political journalism for the socialist paper The New Age during the First World War, the book traces Pound's growing interest in the economic theories of C. H. Douglas and Silvio Gesell, his move to Italy, his meeting with Mussolini, and his increasing activity as an apologist and propagandist for the Italian fascist regime up to the time of his arrest. This fascinating account of Ezra Pound and Italian Fascism allows the reader to understand the causes and results of Pound's ideology and actions as well as the broader implications they have for the poetry and politics of this century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73050/cover/9780521373050.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Sentence Perspective in Written and Spoken Communication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firbas, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inspired by the ideas of the Prague School, the theory of functional sentence perspective (FSP) is concerned with the distribution of information as determined by all meaningful elements, from intonation (for speech) to context. A central feature of FSP is communicative dynamism. Jan Firbas discusses the distribution of the degrees of communicative dynamism over sentence elements, which determines the orientation or perspective of the sentence. He examines also the relation of theme and rheme to, and implementation by, syntactic components. Special attention is paid to the relation between FSP and word order. The second part of the book deals with spoken communication and considers the place of intonation in the interplay of FSP factors, establishing the concept of prosodic prominence. It tackles the relationship between the distribution of degrees of communicative dynamism as determined by the interplay of the non-prosodic FSP factors and the distribution of degrees of prosodic prominence as brought about by intonation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73081/cover/9780521373081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Weak Chaos and Quasi-Regular Patterns</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaslavski&#238;, Georgin Moiseevich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagdeev, R. Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Usikov, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernikov, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagdeeva, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, the first in the Cambridge Nonlinear Science Series, presents the fundamentals of chaos theory in conservative systems, providing a systematic study of the theory of transitional states of physical systems which lie between deterministic and chaotic behaviour. The authors' treatment of transitions to chaos, the theory of stochastic layers and webs, and the numerous applications of this theory, particularly to pattern symmetry, will make the book of importance to scientists from many disciplines.The authors have been meticulous in providing a detailed presentation of the material, enabling the reader to learn the necessary computational methods and to apply them in other problems. The inclusion of a significant amount of computer graphics is also an important aid to understanding. The final section of the book contains a fascinating collection of patterns in art and living nature. The book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in physics and mathematics who are interested in problems of chaos, irreversibility, statistical mechanics and theories of spatial patterns and symmetries. The perhaps unconventional links between chaos theory and other topics make the book particularly interesting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73173/cover/9780521373173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Epic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transforming a Genre, 1770-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McWilliams, Jr, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John McWilliams's book is the first thorough account of the many attempts to fashion an epic literature (the anxiously anticipated 'American Epic') from a wide range of potentially heroic New World subjects. At the outset, McWilliams considers the many problems - cultural, political and literary' - of adapting Enlightenment views of republican progress to a genre that had traditionally celebrated the greatness of warriors. After a survey of the many epic poems written during and after the American Revolution, McWilliams shows how and why the epic had to be transformed from imitative narrative poetry into the new, open genres of prose history (Irving, Prescott and Parkman), fictional romance (Cooper and Melville) and free verse (Whitman). Believing that reviews are an important and slighted agent of literary change, McWilliams has written his book in the form of chronological literary history. His book, however, is no march of dates within tired categories. The American Epic suggests that imaginative writers of the Romantic era were in fact far less proscriptive about the boundaries of literary genre than many a twentieth-century writer and scholar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73227/cover/9780521373227.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First 'Women in Love'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The First 'Women in Love' is one of Lawrence's greatest works, and is the only full length work of fiction which he completed between The Rainbow and the extensively revised Women in Love. It is a piece of fiction generated in the England, and the Europe, of the First World War. Publishers were alarmed by the fate of his previous novel The Rainbow and The First 'Women in Love' was rejected by every publisher who saw it. As a result it is a novel whose very existence as an independent text has been ignored, and which has not been published until now. The First 'Women in Love' shares much of its material with Women in Love, but its central relationships are dissimilar,  and the ending radically different.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07092/cover/9780521007092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lending and Borrowing in Ancient Athens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millett, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lending and borrowing were commonplace in Athens during the fourth century BC and could involve interest rates, security and banks, but the part played by credit was very different from its familiar role in capitalist society. Using a combination of sources, but concentrating on the law-court speeches of the Attic orators, Dr Millett shows that it is possible to see how lending and borrowing were a way of ordering social relations between Athenian citizens. Although debt could be disruptive, it had as its more positive side the strengthening of ties between individuals. That was, in turn, an aspect of the solidarity between citizens that was a part of the Athenian democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73333/cover/9780521373333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fruit and Seed Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of Development, Environmental Physiology and Ecology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grace, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flowering and fruiting are key processes in the biology of higher plants, ensuring the transfer of genetic material from one generation to the next. In addition, as almost all of the world's agricultural and horticultural industries depend on the production of flowers, fruits and seeds, the study of the reproductive biology of cultivated plants is of fundamental importance to humankind. Surprisingly, therefore, this topic has received relatively little attention from environmental physiologists compared with studies on the growth and development of vegetative structures. This book, based on a meeting held by the Environmental Physiology Group of the Society of Experimental Biology, sets out to correct this deficiency. The topic is given a broad and comprehensive treatment, with chapters covering the onset of flowering through to the development and growth of fruits and seeds, and finally to ecological and evolutionary aspects of fruiting. This volume will therefore serve as a useful introduction to the various aspects of flowering and fruiting and will also provide a thorough general overview of the subject for students and researchers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73500/cover/9780521373500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Search for a Naturalistic World View</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shimony, Abner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abner Shimony is one of the most eminent of present-day philosophers of science, whose work has exerted a profound influence in both the philosophy and physics communities. This two-volume collection of his essays written over a period of forty years explores the interrelations between science and philosophy. Shimony regards the knowing subject as an entity in nature whose faculties must be studied from the points of view of evolutionary biology and empirical psychology.  He maintains that the twentieth century is one of the great ages of metaphysics, given the deep implications of quantum mechanics, relativity theory and molecular biology. Nevertheless he rejects the thesis that mentality is entirely explicable in physical terms and argues that mind has a fundamental place in nature. Though distinguishing between values and scientifically established facts, Shimony holds that the sense of wonder cultivated by the natural sciences is one of the noblest of human values. The first volume deals with the dialectic of subject and object, epistemic probability, induction and scientific theories, perception and conception, and fact and values. The focus of the second volume is on quantum mechanical measurement and non-locality, parts and wholes, time, and mind and matter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73524/cover/9780521373524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Systems Development and Data Modeling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conceptual and Philosophical Foundations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschheim, Rudy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Heinz K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyytinen, Kalle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Information systems development is not merely a technical intervention but involves social and ethical dilemmas that affect the human, social and organizational domains. To demonstrate this point, the authors conduct a thorough and substantive description and analysis of the conceptual and philosophical underpinnings of systems development. In particular they analyse a number of systems development methodologies including structured methods, prototyping, ETHICS and Soft Systems Methodology to reveal the underlying conceptual and philosophical foundations. The book provides an in-depth analysis of data modelling theory and its links with theories of language and cognition. It offers a framework to describe and analyse different systems development approaches and to explain their strengths and weaknesses. The book is aimed at graduate students taking courses in information systems and data modelling, but will also appeal to information systems managers and professionals for whom the summary of methodologies will be useful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73692/cover/9780521373692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137376X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137376X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ion-Solid Interactions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nastasi, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirvonen, James K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern technology depends on materials with precisely controlled properties. Ion beams are a favoured method  to achieve controlled modification of surface and near-surface regions. In every integrated circuit production line, for example, there are ion implantation systems. In addition to integrated circuit technology, ion beams are used to modify the mechanical, tribological and chemical properties of metal, intermetallic and ceramic materials without altering their bulk properties. Ion-solid interactions are the foundation that underlies the broad application of ion beams to the modification of materials. This text is designed to cover the fundamentals and applications of ion-solid interactions and is aimed at graduate students and researchers interested in electronic devices, surface engineering, reactor and nuclear engineering and material science issues associated with metastable phase synthesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73760/cover/9780521373760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naturalist Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Entropic Vision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baguley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of naturalist fiction as a distinct literary genre. It focuses mainly on French naturalist literature, analysing a number of key works in detail, but also draws examples from other national traditions, particularly from the English novel. Professor Baguley questions and revises many traditional assumptions on important theoretical issues such as the nature of literary history, the concepts of 'realism' and 'naturalism', and the relations between science and literature. He demonstrates the prevalence of certain recurrent generic patterns, themes and techniques in the general body of naturalist literature, ranging from disquieting tragic developments to the most outrageous ironic and parodic effects. He argues persuasively that, far from being a mere record of the external aspects of reality, naturalist fiction is a literature of 'scandalous' provocation which employs the strategies of realist art to convey a profoundly disturbing vision of that reality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73807/cover/9780521373807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seven Jewish Cultures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reinterpretation of Jewish History and Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shmueli, Efraim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shmueli, Gila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Professor Shmueli, a distinguished Israeli scholar, has synthesized history, philosophy, biblical scholarship, sociology, literature and psychology into an original and profound view of Jewish history. Jewish history is viewed as an unfolding of seven successive systems of cultures, where each culture emerges in its time both as a rebel and a successor of previous cultures. Each presents itself as a distinct and often startlingly different framework in which the meaning of Jewish life is always interpreted anew. In this sense, Jewish history may be said to have undergone seven great 'Renaissances'. Seven Jewish Cultures emphasizes the chasm which divides the five 'cultures of faith' from the secular cultures of the Emancipation and nationalist-Israeli periods. Shmueli argues that the cultures of modernity have created a new frame of reference for the Jewish people. No longer is Jewish history viewed as a divine drama, and no longer is the Bible seen as the hermeneutical key to all Jewish problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/73814/cover/9780521373814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Ecology of Plant Species Competition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pakes, Anthony G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maller, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presented in this document is a class of deterministic models describing the dynamics of two plant species whose characteristics are common to the majority of annual plants that have a seedbank. Formulated in terms of elementary dynamical systems, these models were developed in response to four major questions on the long-term outcomes of binary mixtures of plant species: Is ultimate coexistence possible? If not, which strain will win? Does the mixture approach an equilibrium? If so, how long does the mixture take to attain it? The book gives a detailed account of model construction, analysis and application to field data obtained from long-term trials. In the particular case study modelled, the species involved are two pastural strains whose dynamics have critical agricultural and economic implications for the areas in which they are found, including North America, the Mediterranean region and Australia. This study will be valuable to researchers and students in mathematical biology and to agronomists and botanists interested in population dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521373891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521373891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521373890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-Linked Traits</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of Loci in Non-human Mammals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521373890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently, comparative studies have not played a major role in mammalian genetics because there was little to compare. However, this situation has been changed by rapid developments in molecular biology which have revealed details of the genetic structures of a wide range of mammalian species. The resulting flood of information on comparative aspects of mammalian genomes has been scattered across a great many journals and books, and no single source has been available. X-Linked Traits: A Catalog of Loci in Non-Human Mammals presents just such a source for the mammalian X-chromosome. X-Linked Traits will serve as a useful guide for researchers in comparative mammalian genetics, developmental biology, cell biology, and biochemistry, as well as clinical disciplines in human and veterinary medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind, Body and Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anthropology and the Biological Interface</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuel, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concerned with the aspects of human behaviour which have been traditionally described as cultural or social, the author draws on his background in physics to suggest a scientific approach involving a reconceptualization of many of our assumed concepts. Are culture, society and similar concepts from anthropology and sociology of any real use in making sense of human social life? How can we understand the relationship between the social group and the individual human beings, with their self-awareness and sense of personal identity, who make it up? Drawing on his background in physics, Dr Samuel suggests a scientific approach involving a reconceptualization of many of the concepts we take for granted. The multimodal framework, or MMF, derives from this approach. It incorporates many of the insights of social and cultural anthropology, particularly the work of Gregory Bateson and Victor Turner, as well as being influenced by recent developments in the philosophy of science and related fields. Finally, the book considers some of the implications of the MMF for biological approaches, and focuses on questions of brain structure and on evolutionary explanations for human social behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74118/cover/9780521374118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137412X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137412X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Muses of Resistance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Laboring-Class Women's Poetry in Britain, 1739-1796</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landry, Donna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this original and challenging study, Donna Landry shows how an understanding of the remarkable but neglected careers of laboring-class women poets in the eighteenth century provokes a reassessment of our ideas concerning the literature of the period. Poets such as the washerwoman Mary Collier, the milkwoman Ann Yearsley, the domestic servants Mary Leapor and Elizabeth Hands, the dairywoman Janet Little, and the slave Phyllis Wheatley can be seen adapting the conventions of polite verse for the purposes of social criticism. Some of their strategies relate to earlier texts, revealing ideological blind spots in the tropes of male poets. Elsewhere, they made interesting innovations in poetic form. Mary Leapor's 'Crumble Hall', for instance, by attending to sexual politics, extends the critique of aristocratic privilege in the country-house poem beyond that of Pope and Crabbe. In Ann Yearsley's verse, landscape description, historical narrative, and philosophical meditation are infused with political comment. Historically important, technically impressive and often aesthetically innovative, the poetic achievements of these plebeian women writers constitute an exciting literary discovery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74125/cover/9780521374125.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rhetoric of Berkeley's Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walmsley, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The works of George Berkeley (1685-1753) have been the object of much philosophical analysis; but philosophers are writers as well as thinkers, and Berkeley was himself positively interested in the functions of language and style. He recognized that words are used not just to convey ideas, but to stir the emotions and influence the behaviour of the hearer or reader. The Rhetoric of Berkeley's Philosophy offers rhetorical and literary analyses of his four major philosophical texts, A Treatise Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge, Three Dialogues between Hylas and Philonous, Alciphron and Siris. The Berkeley that emerges from this study is an accomplished stylist, one who builds structures of affective imagery, who creates dramatic voices in his texts, and who masters the range of philosophical genres - the treatise, the dialogue and the essay. Above all, Berkeley's awareness of the rhetorical functions of language is everywhere evident in his own style. His texts persuade as well as prove, enacting a process of inquiry so that the reader may, in the end, grasp Berkeley's truths as his own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74132/cover/9780521374132.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tradition as Truth and Communication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cognitive Description of Traditional Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyer, Pascal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tradition is a central concept in the social sciences, but it is commonly treated as unproblematic. Dr Boyer insists that social anthropology requires a theory of tradition, its constitution and transmission. He treats tradition 'as a type of interaction which results in the repetition which results in the repetition of certain communicative events', and therefore as a form of social action. Tradition as Truth and Communication deals particularly with oral communication and focuses on the privileged role of licensed speakers and the ritual contexts in which certain aspects of tradition are characteristically transmitted. Drawing on cognitive psychology, Dr Boyer proposes a set of general hypotheses to be tested by ethnographic field research. He has opened up an important new field for investigation within social anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74170/cover/9780521374170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Eighteenth-Century Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldie, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wokler, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>936</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major work of academic reference provides a comprehensive overview of the development of western political thought during the European enlightenment. Written by a distinguished team of international contributors, this Cambridge History is the latest in a sequence of volumes that is now firmly established as the principal reference source for the history of political thought. Every major theme in eighteenth-century political thought is covered in a series of essays at once scholarly and accessible, and the essays are complemented by extensive guides for further reading, and brief biographical notes of the major characters in the text, including Rousseau, Montesquieu and David Hume. Of interest and relevance to students and scholars of politics and history at all levels from beginning undergraduate upwards, this volume chronicles one of the most exciting and  rewarding of all periods in the development of western thinking about politics, man (and increasingly woman), and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74224/cover/9780521374224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Social Situations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Alternative Game-Theoretic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>197</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new and integrative approach to the study of formal models in the social and behavioural sciences. The theory presented here unifies both the representation of the social environment and the equilibrium concept. The theory requires that all alternatives that are available to the players be specified in an explicit and detailed manner, and this specification is defined as a social 'situation'. A situation, therefore, not only consists of the alternatives currently available to the players, but also includes the set of opportunities that might be induced by the players from their current environment. The theory requires that all recommended alternatives be both internally and externally stable; the recommendation cannot be self-defeating and, at the same time, should account for alternatives that were not recommended. In addition to unifying the representation and the solution concept, the theory also extends the social environments accommodated by current game theory. For example, the theory naturally accommodates coalition formation as well as bounded rationality concerning both the perception and the computation abilities of the players. Moreover, the theory forces the specification of all relevant aspects for rational decision making, such as the existing institutions and the negotiation process. The theory of social situations relates many of the currently disparate game-theoretic solution concepts, in addition to suggesting new and interesting ones.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74255/cover/9780521374255.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137426X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137426X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Epistemology of Religious Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yandell, Keith E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses fundamental questions in the philosophy of religion. Can religious experience provide evidence for religious belief? If so, how? Keith Yandell argues against the notion that religious experience is ineffable, while advocating the view that strong numinous experience provides some evidence that God exists. He contends that social science and other non-religious explanations of religious belief and experience do not cancel out the evidential force of religious experience. The core of Yandell's argument concerns the formulation and application of an appropriate principle of experimental evidence. A final chapter considers the relevance of nonexperimental, conceptual issues. An attractive feature of the book is that it does not confine its attention to any one religious cultural tradition, but tracks the nature of religious experience across different traditions in both the East and the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74262/cover/9780521374262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Agency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on the Causal Theory of Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From a moral point of view we think of ourselves as capable of responsible actions. From a scientific point of view we think of ourselves as animals whose behaviour, however highly evolved, conforms to natural scientific laws. Natural Agency argues that these different perspectives can be reconciled, despite the scepticism of many philosophers who have argued that 'free will' is impossible under 'scientific determinism'. This scepticism is best overcome, according to the author, by defending a causal theory of action, that is by establishing that actions are constituted by behavourial events with the appropriate kind of mental causal history. He sets out a rich and subtle argument for such a theory and defends it against its critics. Thus the book demonstrates the importance of philosophical work in action theory for the central metaphysical task of understanding our place in nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74309/cover/9780521374309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Government and Majority Rule</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Str&#248;m, Kaare</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Minority governments in parliamentary democracies are conventionally considered to be unstable and ineffective aberrations from the principle of majority rule. Through analysis of over 350 postwar governments, the author shows that minority governments are neither exceptional nor unstable but in fact a common feature of parliamentary democracies and frequently perform as well as, or better than, majority coalitions. Using the Italian and Norwegian governments as case studies, he suggests that minority governments are particularly likely to form when parties anticipate competitive elections and when opposition parties are able to influence legislative decisions. As an attempt to document and explain a very common form of government in parliamentary democracies, this book will contribute significantly to the understanding of the importance of electoral competition in democratic politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74316/cover/9780521374316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth, Maturation, and Body Composition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fels Longitudinal Study 1929-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roche, Alex F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Growth, Maturation and Body Composition documents one of the most remarkable and significant studies in the field of human biology. The Fels Longitudinal Study is the longest, largest and most productive serial study of human growth, maturation and body composition. This book shows how data collected from more than 1000 participants during the past 60 years have been analysed to test a wide range of hypotheses, and describes how the findings have led to the development of improved research methods. Topics covered include the management and analysis of data, prenatal, familial and genetic studies, physical growth, development and maturation, bones and teeth, body composition, and risk factors for cardiovascular disease. With more than 1000 specialized publications of Fels data, the present book provides a unique overview of this fascinating research programme, which will be of interest to a wide range of researchers, including those in the fields of physical anthropology, nutrition science, pediatrics, gerontology, epidemiology, endocrinology, human genetics, as well as statistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74491/cover/9780521374491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Athletes and Oracles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformation of Olympia and Delphi in the Eighth Century BC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the origins and development of cult practice at Olympia and Delphi. It traces changing patterns of activity through the material record, and challenges many assumptions about the nature and role of the archaeological data. Dr Morgan considers the economics of dedication, technology and the organization of craft production, which provide insights into the behaviour of producers and purchasers of material dedicated at sanctuaries. Her study is exceptional for the emphasis placed upon the two sites in their contemporary local contexts and their changing roles in society. The progression of state formation is discussed through the relationship between changes in dedicatory practice during the eighth century and the changing needs of communities. The book concludes with a detailed study of the wider roles of Olympia and Delphi as two major sanctuaries in Archaic Greece, considering their relationships with other sites and their place in the Greek festival calendar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74514/cover/9780521374514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State and Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Political Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisk, Milton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new political theory combining elements from the Marxist and liberal traditions.  It presents the reader with a disturbing view of the contemporary state as at war with itself.  This internal conflict is no accident but stems from the state's having the double task of spuring on the economy and protecting the welfare and rights of all its citizens.  Such conflict does not end at national boundaries but extends through the system of any imperial state.  This perspective illuminates the fractures and instability within the imperial system.   This book will be of particular interest to political scientists, political philosophers, and those engaged in policy studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74736/cover/9780521374736.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space and the Eighteenth-Century English Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varey, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this challenging and illustrated study, Simon Varey relates the idea of space in the major novels of Defoe, Fielding and Richardson to its use in the theory and practice of eighteenth-century architecture. Concepts of divine design, expressed in the work of philosophers and theologians, introduced an ideological element to the notion of space which gave it a heightened significance in contemporary thought. Professor Varey's central argument is that space becomes a political instrument used to establish conformity, assert power and give form to the aspirations of social classes. He draws on a wide range of architectural books, both English and European, and on the example of Bath (focusing in particular on its chief architect in the eighteenth century, John Wood). The discussion of novels such as Robinson Crusoe, Tom Jones and Clarissa examines narrative as a form of spatial design, the use of architectural imagery to describe people, and the political control of social space. The result is a work which makes fertile conjunctions between literary criticism, architecture and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74835/cover/9780521374835.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137488X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137488X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hypertext in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKnight, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dillon, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hypertext is the term coined for the electronic storage of data, whether it be textual or graphical, in such a way that the whole file transcends simple word processing and becomes more an 'electronic concordance'. In this book the authors cut through the hype surrounding hypertext and evaluate the simple ideas that underlie it. These ideals have led to a variety of claims for hypertext's potential, and the claims are considered here in such contexts as the development of a written tradition, the psychology of navigation, and the use of computers as educational aids. Only within context can the true worth of hypertext be assessed. Consequently, software authors, publishers, psychologists and all those involved in the information industry will turn to this volume for the advice they need in evaluating hypertext.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74880/cover/9780521374880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet-British Relations since the 1970s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pravda, Alex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Peter J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together empirical and analytical studies of the nature and evolution of Soviet-British relations during the 1980s. The relationship is placed within the wider context of Soviet policy towards the West and NATO and the pivotal security role played by Britain between the United States and its West European allies. The contributors examine the historical background; mutual perceptions and policy perspectives; Soviet and British interests, objectives and concerns; and the role of economic, political, diplomatic, non-governmental and security factors in shaping the overall relationship. A concluding section evaluates trends in relations throughout the 1980s. The work of specialists on Soviet and British policies, Soviet-British Relations since the 1970s provides perspectives for policy-makers and academic specialists concerned with Soviet and British foreign and defence policy, as well as security and international affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74941/cover/9780521374941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>First Verbs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case Study of Early Grammatical Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomasello, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the second year of his daughter's life, Michael Tomasello kept a detailed diary of her language, creating a rich database. He made a careful study of how she acquired her first verbs and analysed the role that verbs played in her early grammatical development. Using a Cognitive Linguistics framework, the author argues persuasively that the child's earliest grammatical organization is verb-specific (the Verb Island hypothesis). He argues further that early language is acquired by means of very general cognitive and social-cognitive processes, especially event structures and cultural learning. The richness of the database and the analytical tools used make First Verbs a particularly useful and important book for developmental psychologists, linguists, language development researchers and speech pathologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74965/cover/9780521374965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Language and Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interrelations in Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelman, Susan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byrnes, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the time of birth through the early school years, young children rapidly acquire two complex cognitive systems: They organize their experiences into concepts and categories, and they acquire their first language. How do children accomplish these critical tasks? How do conceptual systems influence the structure of the language we speak? How do linguistic patterns influence how we view reality? These questions have captured the interest of such theorists as Piaget, Vygotsky, Chomsky and Whorf but until recently very little has been known about the relation between language and thought during development. Perspectives on Language and Thought presents current observational and experimental research on the links between thought and language in young children. Chapters from leading figures in the field focus on the acquisition of hierarchical category systems, concepts of time, causality, and logic and the nature of language learning in both peer and adult-child social interactions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74972/cover/9780521374972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521374995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521374995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521374996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bread of Affliction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Food Supply in the USSR during World War II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521374996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moskoff, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells how the Soviet Union fed itself after the invasion by the Germans during World War II. The author argues that central planning became much less important in feeding the population, and civilians were thereby forced to become considerably more self reliant in feeding themselves. A rationing system was instituted soon after the war began, but quickly became irrelevant because of the chronic food shortages. The breakdown in central supplies of food was accompanied by the diminished importance of the rouble, which in many places was replaced by bread and clothing as the medium of exchange. Although the Soviet army was given high precedence over civilians, the author also shows that the population living under German occupation was much worse off than were Soviet civilians living in the rear. In addition to extensive use of American and German archives from the war period, the author interviewed more than thirty Soviet emigres who survived the war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/74996/cover/9780521374996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Recipes in Pascal (First Edition)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Scientific Computing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Press, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flannery, Brian P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teukolsky, Saul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vetterling, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>781</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical Recipes: The Art of Scientific Computing was first published in 1986 and became an instant classic among scientists, engineers, and social scientists. In this book the original, time-tested programs have been completely reworked into a clear, consistent Pascal style. This represents a significant improvement to the immensely successful programs contained in the first edition, which were originally written in Fortran. The authors make extensive use of pointers, dynamic memory allocation, and other features utilized by this language. The explanatory text accompanying the programs replicates the lucid, and easy-to-read prose found in the original version, and incorporates corrections, improvements, and explanations of special Pascal features. The product of a unique collaboration among four leading scientists in academic research and industry, Numerical Recipes in Pascal fills a long-recognized need for a practical, comprehensive handbook of scientific computing in the Pascal language. The book is designed both for the Pascal programmer who wants exposure to the techniques of scientific computing, and for the working scientist, social scientist, and engineer. The scope of the book ranges from standard areas of numerical analysis (linear algebra, differential equations, roots) through subjects useful to signal processing (Fourier methods, filtering), data analysis (least squares, robust fitting, statistical functions), simulation (random deviates and Monte Carlo), and more. The lively, informal text combined with an underlying degree of mathematical sophistication makes the book useful to a wide range of readers, beginning at the advanced undergraduate level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75160/cover/9780521375160.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feeding and the Texture of Food</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, J. F. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lillford, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A large part of the effort of the food industry is spent in attempting to understand the limitations of the type of food that animals can eat. An understanding of the factors that influence feeding behaviour can then be used to produce foodstuffs that are more attractive to the animal in question, whether it be man, cattle, dogs or cats. This book examines both the texture of food and the adaptations of various animals (including fish, mammals, primates and man) to the type of food they commonly eat. Zoologists, material scientists and food scientists have got together to present an integrated overview of feeding by vertebrates. The mechanical properties of various foods are considered in conjunction with the mechanics of eating them and more subjective behavioural parameters such as acceptability and palatability. The book consequently will be of interest to food scientists, zoologists and animal behaviouralists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75214/cover/9780521375214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nuclear Deterrence Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Credibility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applying advances in game theory to the study of nuclear deterrence, Robert Powell examines the foundations of deterrence theory. Game-theoretic analysis allows the author to explore some of the most complex and problematic issues in deterrence theory, including the effects of first-strike advantages, limited retaliation, and the number of nuclear powers in the international system on the dynamics of escalation. With the formalizations he develops, the author is able to demonstrate the fundamental similarity of the two seemingly disparate deterrrent strategies that have evolved in response to the nuclear revolution and the condition of mutually assured destruction: the strategy of limited retaliation. The author argues that the logic underlying both strategies centres on a search for ways to make the use of force or the threat of its use credible when any use of force might escalate to mutual devastation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75276/cover/9780521375276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visible Song</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transitional Literacy in Old English Verse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Keeffe, Katherine O'Brien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years there has been lively debate about the 'orality' or 'literacy' of Old English verse: about whether the Old English verse which has come down to us is primarily the product of oral composition or primarily written, insofar as it is transmitted only in manuscript. The present book throws light on this question by drawing our attention to a largely unexplored body of evidence, namely the graphic realization of Old English verse in the surviving manuscripts - how it is set out spatially, how it is marked up for reading with punctuation of various kinds. Professor O'Keeffe shows that by the late tenth century scribes had apparently ceased to alter the poems which they were transcribing by recourse to residual orality, and had begun to copy verbatim the poetic text before them. The entire orality-literacy debate has been lifted on to a new plane; the book makes a major contribution to our understanding of the way Old English verse has come down to us.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75504/cover/9780521375504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conversational Competence and Social Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dimitracopoulou, Ioanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides insight into the development of the child's ability to become a competent participant in conversation. It follows efforts to apply the insights of pragmatic philosophers of language to the psychology of language development, and holds that the meaning of a communication is embedded in social life. Language use and social function are thus closely intertwined. The author combines a pragmatic analysis of the functions language can perform with an innovative empirical investigation of the development of young children's language use and sociocognitive skills. She gives a detailed description of the development of children's language between the ages of three and a half and seven, broadens the scope of theorizing about language development by placing it in relation to the development of social understanding speech problems and designing ways to solve them. As a result, a strong link between language, sociocognitive development and social development is discovered. It will be welcomed by child language specialists, developmental and social psychologists, conversation and discourse analysts, and their advanced students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75511/cover/9780521375511.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structural Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knoke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines almost two decades of research using the structural or network approach to political behaviour. Network analysis begins with the assumption that the most important elements of political power are the relationships of influence and domination among social actors. Influence is exchange of information about preferences and intentions; domination is the exchange of material sanctions to reward or punish compliance with commands. By examining the confluence of these two networks, analysts can develop a structural picture of the political process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75528/cover/9780521375528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Blocs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems and Prospects for Europe's Neutral and Nonaligned States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kruzel, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haltzel, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today's major European neutrals - Austria, Finland, Ireland, Sweden and Switzerland - are heirs to a venerable and adaptable tradition. In the turmiol of the past two centuries, many neutral states have diasppeared, othes have joined alliance systems, and those that have remained or become neutral have often seen themselves as misunderstood, even as their international positions have solidified. Neurality is no longer an easily defined, static legal concept, but an evolving political practice. In Between the Blocs many of the preeminent scholars and political figures who have crafted the shape and meaning of the modern policy of neutrality in their own problems of neutrality and nonalignment in comporary Europe. The credibility of the military defenses of the European neutrals in the late twentieth century is perhaps the most heatedly debated question addressed in the book. Of particular significance are the political and military challenges to Sweden by foreign submarine incursions, which were a major topic of domestic Swedish debate in the 1980s. A number of challenging economic issues confronting the neutral states are also examined. The technological gap between the neutrals and the two military blocs is large and widening, and the restructuring of the global economy is pushing the neutrals into closer cooperation with the European Community. Maintaining a national policy is costly and requires widespread public support, yet open discussion of sensitive issue may jeopardize the neutral status a government is trying to maintain. Another topic discussed by a number of contributors is the limits of public debate in Austria, Finland and Sweden. With its wide-ranging and nonideological analysis of the phenomenon of Europe's neutral analysis of the phenomenon of Europe's natural and nonaligned states, Between the Blocs promises to become a modern classic in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Twentieth-Century American Intellectual Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Michael James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concerned primarily with relations between Protestant Christianity and the main currents in secular intellectual life over the course of the past century, the essays in this volume disclose the persistence, complexity, and fragility of religious thought in the new university dominated intellectual environment of the modern period. Arguing that three important patterns of response emerged from the challenges to religious belief posed by nineteenth-century science and scholarship - the traditionalist, the naturalist, and the modernist responses - the volume is organized to bring out the continuing interplay of reciprocal influences among them. The contributors show that a dialectic between naturalistic and religious points of view has contributed significantly to the character and style of modern American thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>95.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals and Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the History of Comparative Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, Lise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Man's attempts to learn about aspects of the human body and its functions by observation and study of animals are to be found throughout history, especially at times and in cultures where the human body was considered sacrosanct, even after death. This book describes the origins and later development, especially in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, of comparative medicine and its interrelationship with medicine and veterinary medicine and the efforts of its practitioners to understand and control outbreaks of infectious, epidemic diseases in humans and in domestic animals. In the nineteenth century their efforts and increasing professionalism led to the creation of specialised institutes devoted to the study of comparative medicine. This book sheds much new light on the medical and veterinary history of this period and will provide a new perspective on the history of bacteriology. Historians of science will find the book of great value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75733/cover/9780521375733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Soviet Withdrawal from Afghanistan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saikal, Amin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maley, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nearly ten years of bloodshed and political turmoil have followed the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979. Soviet occupation not only proved a major trauma for the people of Afghanistan; invasion ended the growth in superpower dentents that had characterised the late 1970s; and in the Soviet Union the effects of escalating military costs and over 13,000 young military casualties have been felt at every level of society. The decision to withdraw combat forces under the provisions of the Geneva Accords of April 1988 is one of the most dramatic developments in the international system since the end of the Second World War. The effects of this decision will be felt not only in Afghanistan, but in the Soviet Union, in Southwest Asia, and in the wider world. The Soviet Withdrawal from Afghanistan has been designed to explore the background to the decision to withdraw and its broader implications. The authors, all established specialists, examine the Geneva Accords; the future for post-withdrawal Afghanistan; and the impact of withdrawal on regional states, Soviet foreign and domestic policies, the Soviet armed forces, Sino-Soviet relations and world politics. They write from diverse disciplinary traditions, while bringing together a shared sensitivity to the issues which complicate the Afghan question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75771/cover/9780521375771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newmeyer, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey is a comprehensive introduction to current research in all branches of the field of linguistics, from syntactic theory to ethnography of speaking, from signed language to the mental lexicon, from language acquisition to discourse analysis.  Each chapter has been written by a specialist particularly distinguished in his or her field who has accepted the challenge of reviewing the current issues and future prospects in sufficient depth for the scholar and with sufficient clarity for the student.   Each volume can be read independently and has a particular focus.  Volume I covers the internal structure of the language faculty itself, while Volume II considers the evidence for, and the implications of, a generativist approach to language.  Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics are covered in Volume III, and Volume IV concentrates on sociolinguistics and the allied fields of anthropological linguistics and discourse and conversation analysis.   Several of the chapters in the work concentrate on the interface between different aspects of linguistic theory or the boundaries between linguistic theory and other disciplines.  Thus in both its scope and in its approach the Survey is a unique and fundamental work of reference. It undoubtedly fulfils the editor's principal aim of providing a wealth of information, insight and ideas that will excite and challenge all readers with an interest in linguistics.   'The contributions are informed, up-to-date and lucid, and many of them make unusual  - in fact, unprecedented - efforts to present opposing viewpoints fairly and to look at what they have in common rather than at what divides them.  ...The mixture of detached overviews and strongly argued positions works very well, in my view, and the editor is to be congratulated for the high standards that are maintained throughout.  The tremendous intellectual energy and excitement of the field come through strongly, and I shan't hesitate to recommend many of the chapters to students.' -- The Times Higher Education Supplement</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75825/cover/9780521375825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newmeyer, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey is a comprehensive introduction to current research in all branches of the field of linguistics, from syntactic theory to ethnography of speaking, from signed language to the mental lexicon, from language acquisition to discourse analysis. Each chapter has been written by a specialist particularly distinguished in his or her field who has accepted the challenge of reviewing the current issues and future prospects in sufficient depth for the scholar and with sufficient clarity for the student. Each volume can be read independently and has a particular focus. Volume I covers the internal structure of the language faculty itself, while Volume II considers the evidence for, and the implications of, a generativist approach to language. Psycholinguistics and neurolinguistics are covered in Volume III, and Volume IV concentrates on sociolinguistics and the allied fields of anthropological linguistics and discourse and conversation analysis. Several of the chapters in the work concentrate on the interface between different aspects of linguistic theory or the boundaries between linguistic theory and other disciplines. Thus in both its scope and in its approach the Survey is a unique and fundamental work of reference. It undoubtedly fulfils the editor's principal aim of providing a wealth of information, insight and ideas that will excite and challenge all readers with an interest in linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75832/cover/9780521375832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Democratic Thinking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Invention of Politics in Classical Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrar, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ancient Greeks invented democracy. They also invented political theory. This book seeks to show that these were not unrelated achievements. The development of political theory accompanied the growth of democracy at Athens in the fifth century BC. By analysing the writings of Protagoras the sophist, Thucydides the historian, and Democritus the cosmologist in the context of political developments and speculation about the universe, Dr Farrar reveals the existence of a distinctive approach to the characterisation of democratic order, and in doing so demonstrates the virtues of Thucydides' historical conception of politics. Thucydides' history is shown to be an argument for the political force of historical judgement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75849/cover/9780521375849.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Famine and Food Supply in the Graeco-Roman World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responses to Risk and Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first full-length study of famine in antiquity. The study provides detailed case studies of Athens and Rome, the best known states of antiquity, but also illuminates the institutional response to food crisis in the mass of ordinary cities in the Mediterranean world. Ancient historians have generally shown little interest in investigating the material base of the unique civilisations of the Graeco-Roman world, and have left unexplored the role of the food supply in framing the central institutions and practices of ancient society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75856/cover/9780521375856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Common Peace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Participation and the Criminal Law in Seventeenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herrup, Cynthia B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Common Peace traces the attitudes behind the enforcement of the criminal law in early modern England. Focusing on five stages in prosecution (arrest, bail, indictment, conviction and sentencing), the book uses a variety of types of sources - court records, biographical information, state papers, legal commentaries, popular and didactic literature - to reconstruct who actually enforced the criminal law and what values they brought to its enforcement. A close study of the courts in eastern Sussex between 1592 and 1640 allows Dr Herrup to show that an amorphous collection of modest property holders participated actively in the legal process. These yeomen and husbandmen who appeared as victims, constables, witnesses and jurors were as important to the credibility of the law as were the justices and judges. The uses of the law embodied the ideas of these middling men about not only law and order but also religion and good government. By arguing that legal administration was part of the routine agenda of obligation for middling property holders, Dr Herrup shows how the expectations produced by legal activities are important for understanding the decades immediately before the outbreak of the English Civil War. As the first book to use early seventeenth-century legal records outside of Essex, The Common Peace adopts an explicitly comparative framework, attempting to trace the ways that social conditions influenced legal process as well as law enforcement in various counties. By blending social history, legal history and political history, this volume offers a complement to more conventional studies of legal records and of local government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultural Alternatives and a Feminist Anthropology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Culturally Constructed Gender Interests in Papua New Guinea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Errington, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gewertz, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Chambri of Papua New Guinea are well known as being the 'Tchambuli' of Margaret Mead's influential work, Sex and Temperament, in which she described them as a people among whom, in contrast to Western society, women dominated over men. In this book, however, Frederick Errington and Deborah Gewertz re-analyse Mead's data, and present original material of their own, to reveal that Mead misinterpreted the Chambri situation, and that in fact Chambri women neither dominate Chambri men, nor vice versa. They use this reformulated interpretation to discuss the relevance of the Chambri case for the understanding of gender relations in Western society today, showing that male dominance is not inevitable. At the same time, they also use their knowledge of cultural alternatives to clarify Western feminist objectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75917/cover/9780521375917.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marlborough</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Churchill, first duke of Marlborough, was one of the two greatest military commanders in British history and the first subject to achieve and exercise a dominating influence in European affairs. With Wellington and Nelson he is the nearest that Britain has had to a national hero, yet today his reputation has faded. Few, apart from specialists in military history, have any appreciation of the extent of his achievements. This new study sets Marlborough's career in its contexts: the royal Court of the last Stuart monarchs, the desperate struggle against French attempts to establish hegemony in western Europe and the bitter political strife in Britain between the Whig and the Tory parties. It examines the opportunistic ways in which John Churchill rose from obscurity and poverty to wealth and greatness, his decisive role in the Revolution of 1688 and the circumstances and reasons for his dramatic fall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75931/cover/9780521375931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521375975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521375975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521375979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Documentary Record, 1967-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521375979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lukacs, Yehuda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Israeli-Palestinian conflict has generated a vast quantity of documents from many quarters and a plethora of suggestions for its resolution. No comparable regional conflict has been subject to such scrutiny or given rise to such radically different interpretations of the same basic facts. Any serious analysis of the conflict demands a thorough familiarity with its documentary history. This collection, compiled and edited by Yehuda Lukacs, brings together in one volume key documents and statements of the position of the parties directly and indirectly involved: Israel, the Palestinians, the Arab states, the United States, the Soviet Union, the European Community and the United Nations. This book covers the period 1967-1990. It begins with UN Security Council Resolution 242 and ends with documents pertaining to Israel's 1989 West Bank elections proposal, Egypt's Ten Point Plan, and US Secretary of State James Baker's Five Point Proposal for Israeli-Palestinian negotiations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75979/cover/9780521375979.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137605X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137605X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Paradox to Reality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Our Basic Concepts of the Physical World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rohrlich, Fritz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses, in clear non technical language, the two major theories of twentieth-century physics: relativity and quantum mechanics. They are discussed conceptually and philosophically, rather than using mathematics, and the philosophical issues raised pertain to much of science, not only physics. The book is based on successful courses taught by the author, who shows how new discoveries forced physicists to accept often strange and unconventional notions. He aims to remove the mystery and misrepresentation that often surround the ideas of modern physics and to show how modern scientists construct theories. In this way, the reader can appreciate their successes and failures and understand problems which are as yet unsolved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76051/cover/9780521376051.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solomonic Judgements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Limitation of Rationality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays is very much a sequel to the two earlier collections by Jon Elster, Ulysses and the Sirens and Sour Grapes. His topic is rationality - its scope, its limitations, and its failures. Elster considers rational responses to the insufficiency of reason itself, and to the 'indeterminacies' in deploying rational-choice theory and discusses the irrationality of not seeing when, where, and what these are. A key essay which gives the collection its title examines disputes in cases of child custody, which are paradigmatically indeterminate. Leaving aside cases where one parent is patently unfit and assuming that protracted dispute is against the immediate interests of the child, Elster argues that three options present themselves: a strong presumption in favour of the mother, a strong presumption in favour of the primary caretaker (also likely to be the mother), and tossing a coin. Though the first two options may be preferable in the short/medium term, Elster argues that there is a case for randomisation in the long term. The book will be read with interest by anyone concerned with political and social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76082/cover/9780521376082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Death-Ritual and Social Structure in Classical Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative book Dr Morris seeks to show the many ways in which the excavated remains of burials can and should be a major source of evidence for social historians of the ancient Graeco-Roman world. Burials have a far wider geographical and social range than the surviving literary texts, which were mainly written for a small elite.  They provide us with unique insights into how Greeks and Romans constituted and interpreted their own communities. In particular, burials enable the historian to study social change. Ian Morris illustrates the great potential of the material in these respects with examples drawn from societies as diverse in time, space and political context as archaic Rhodes, classical Athens, early imperial Rome and the last days of the western Roman empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76112/cover/9780521376112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Balance of Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stability in International Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niou, Emerson M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ordeshook, Peter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Gregory F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the fundamental issues of international relations concerns whether, and under what conditions, stability prevails in anarchic systems, these being systems in which all authority and institutional restraints to action are wholly endogenous. This book uses the tools of game theory to develop a comprehensive theory of such systems and details both necessary and sufficient conditions for stability. The authors first define two forms of stability: system and resource stability. International political systems are said to be stable when no state confronts the possibility of a loss of sovereignty. Resource stability, in contrast, requires that the current distribution of wealth and power among states can change only due to differences in the vitality of economies. The theory developed in this book refines the classic balance-of-power theory and formally incorporates into that theory the consideration of endogenous resource growth, preventive war, war costs and the imperatives of geography, revealing a fundamental conflict between the concepts of 'balancers' and 'central powers'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76150/cover/9780521376150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corticonics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Neural Circuits of the Cerebral Cortex</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abeles, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding how the brain works is probably the greatest scientific and intellectual challenge of our generation. The cerebral cortex is the instrument by which we carry the most complex mental functions. Fortunately, there exists an immense body of knowledge concerning both cortical structure and the properties of single neurons in the cortex. With the advent of the supercomputer, there has been increased interest in neural network modeling. What is needed is a new approach to an understanding of the mammalian cerebral cortex that will provide a link between the physiological description and the computer model. This book meets that need by combining anatomy, physiology, and modeling to achieve a quantitative description of cortical function. The material is presented didactically, starting with descriptive anatomy and comprehensively examining all aspects of modeling. The book gradually leads the reader from the macroscopic cortical anatomy and standard electrophysiological properties of single neurons to neural network models and synfire chains. The most modern trends in neural network modeling are explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76174/cover/9780521376174.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handel: Messiah</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burrows, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new guide to Handel's most celebrated work traces the course of Messiah from Handel's initial musical response to the libretto, through the oratorio's turbulent first years to its eventual popularity with the Foundling Hospital performances. Different chapters consider the varying reception the work received in Dublin and London, the uneasy relationship between the composer and his librettist Charles Jennens and the many changes Messiah underwent through the varying needs and capacities of Handel's performers. As well as tracing the history of the work's development, the book addresses musical and technical issues such as Messiah's place in the oratorio genre, Handel's treatment of structural design, tonal relationships and English word-setting. An edited libretto elucidates the variants between the text that Handel set and the texts of the early printed word-books. Donald Burrows brings many new insights to this fascinating account of one of the favourite works of the concert hall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76204/cover/9780521376204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>F. P. Ramsey: Philosophical Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramsey, F. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellor, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frank Ramsey was the greatest of the remarkable generation of Cambridge philosophers and logicians which included G. E. Moore, Bertrand Russell, Ludwig Wittgenstein and Maynard Keynes.  Before his tragically early death in 1930 at the age of twenty-six, he had done seminal work in mathematics and economics as well as in logic and philosophy. This volume, with a new and extensive introduction by D. H. Mellor, contains all Ramsey's previously published writings on philosophy and the foundations of mathematics. The latter gives the definitive form and defence of the reduction of mathematics to logic undertaken in Russell and Whitehead's Principia Mathematica; the former includes the most profound and original studies of universals, truth, meaning, probability, knowledge, law and causation, all of which are still constantly referred to, and still essential reading for all serious students of these subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76211/cover/9780521376211.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in Early Christian Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKinnon, James W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a collection of some 400 passages on music from early Christian literature - New Testament to c. 450 AD - newly translated from the original Greek, Latin, and Syriac. As there are no musical sources of the period, music historians must rely upon remarks about music in literary sources to gain some knowledge of early Christian liturgical music. This volume makes a large and representative collection of the material conveniently available. The passages are arranged chronologically and regionally in eleven chapters with brief commentary. An introduction sets out the major subjects and themes of the original source material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76242/cover/9780521376242.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of a Legislator</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Natural Jurisprudence of David Hume and Adam Smith</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haakonssen, Knud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Combining the methods of the modern philosopher with those of the historian of ideas, Knud Haakonssen presents an interpretation of the philosophy of law which Adam Smith developed out of - and partly in response to - David Hume's theory of justice. While acknowledging that the influences on Smith were many and various, Dr Haakonssen suggests that the decisive philosophical one was Hume's analysis of justice in A Treatise of Human Nature and the second Enquiry. He therefore begins with a thorough investigation of Hume, from which he goes on to show the philosophical originality of Smith's new form of natural jurisprudence. At the same time, he provides an over all reading of Smith's social and political thought, demonstrating clearly the exact links between the moral theory of The Theory of Moral Sentiments, the Lectures on Jurisprudence, and the sociohistorical theory of The Wealth of Nations. This is the first full analysis of Adam Smith's jurisprudence; it emphasizes its normative and critical function, and relates this to the psychological, sociological, and histroical aspects which hitherto have attracted most attention. Dr Haakonssen is critical of both purely descriptivist and utilitarian interpretations of Smith's moral and political philosophy, and demonstrates the implausibility of regarding Smith's view of history as pseudo-economic or 'materialist'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76259/cover/9780521376259.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Temple</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Church, State and Society in Britain, 1880-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kent, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Temple (1881-1944) was the outstanding British religious leader of the twentieth century. He believed that the 'modern state' was incomplete without a modern Christian church, which should set the moral and political tone of the community. His political and religious best seller, Christianity and Social Order, which was published as a Penguin Special in 1942, was one of the sources of the wide support for the British welfare state of the 1950s. Temple was the most successful and controversial of British 'priests in politics' because as an Archbishop he combined the idea of national unity rooted in a common set of religious/moral values with a constant demand for political change in the direction of greater social equality. He thus combined conservative and radical impulses to a remarkable degree. This is a study of Temple's public life and policy in Britain, and of his part in the movement to unite the world's Protestant churches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76303/cover/9780521376303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magic, Science and Religion and the Scope of Rationality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambiah, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Tambiah, one of today's leading anthropologists, is known particularly for his penetrating and scholarly studies of Buddhism. In this accessible and illuminating book he deals with the classical opposition between magic, science and religion. He reviews the great debates in classical Judaism, early Greek science, Renaissance philosophy, the Protestant Reformation, and the scientific revolution, and then reconsiders the three major interpretive approaches to magic in anthropology: the intellectualist and evolutionary theories of Tylor and Frazer, Malinowski's functionalism, and Levy Bruhl's philosophical anthropology, which posited a distinction between mystical and logical mentalities. There follows a wide-ranging and suggestive discussion of rationality and relativism. The book concludes with a discussion of thinking in the history and philosophy of science, which suggests interesting perspectives on the classical opposition between science and magic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76310/cover/9780521376310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Talk at Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interaction in Institutional Settings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drew, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heritage, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first collection of its kind, Paul Drew and John Heritage bring together the latest advances in the application of conversation analysis to the study of language and interaction in institutional settings. Leading American and European scholars contribute to Talk at Work original empirical research into the interactions between professionals and 'clients' in a wide variety of settings, including doctor-patient consultations, legal hearings, news interviews, visits by health visitors, psychiatric interviews, and calls to the emergency services. Taken together, their reports are an illuminating exploration of how key aspects of an organisations' work are managed through talk and of the distinctively asymmetric character of institutional discourse. The use of a method at the forefront of research, on recordings of naturally occurring interactions in the settings under scrutiny, uncovers the relationships between social contexts and social actions and offers invaluable insight into the traditional concerns of the sociology and ethnography of organisations, sociolinguistics and pragmatics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76334/cover/9780521376334.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137636X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137636X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simon de Montfort</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddicott, J.  R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a new account of one of the most famous men of the English middle ages: Simon de Montfort. It traces his career from his origins as the younger son of a French noble family, through his elevation in England as the close friend and counsellor of King Henry III, to his break with the king, his rise to royal power, and his death in battle at Evesham in 1265. Montfort was a creature of contradictions. A superb soldier, an ardent religious idealist, and a forcefully able politician, he won the friendship and loyalty of some of the greatest men of his day; yet he was also ambitious and avaricious for political power. Through the chronicles, the public records and Montfort's family archives, this biography offers not only a narrative of his life but a more unusual study of character and temperament which can hardly be attempted for any other nobleman of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76365/cover/9780521376365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ergodic Theory of Discrete Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interaction between ergodic theory and discrete groups has a long history and much work was done in this area by Hedlund, Hopf and Myrberg in the 1930s. There has been a great resurgence of interest in the field, due in large measure to the pioneering work of Dennis Sullivan. Tools have been developed and applied with outstanding success to many deep problems. The ergodic theory of discrete groups has become a substantial field of mathematical research in its own right, and it is the aim of this book to provide a rigorous introduction from first principles to some of the major aspects of the theory. The particular focus of the book is on the remarkable measure supported on the limit set of a discrete group that was first developed by S. J. Patterson for Fuchsian groups, and later extended and refined by Sullivan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76747/cover/9780521376747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521376955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521376955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521376952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Early Historic South Asia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emergence of Cities and States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521376952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allchin, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cities and states developed in South Asia between c.800 BC and AD 250, as Hinduism and Buddhism arose and spread. Drawing on archaeological studies and also on texts and inscriptions, this book explores the character of the early Indian cities, paying particular attention to their art and architecture and analysing the political ideas that shaped the state systems. The authors chart the development of the settlement pattern in the Ganges valley through to the rise of cities and the formation of the Mauryan empire and its successor states. They also trace the spread of cities and states throughout South Asia to the opening centuries of the Christian era, offering an Indian perspective on the contacts with the Greek and Roman worlds that followed the invasion of Alexander the Great.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/76952/cover/9780521376952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Orality in Ancient Greece</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the role of written and oral communication in Greece and is the first systematic and sustained treatment at this level. It examines the recent theoretical debates about literacy and orality and explores the uses of writing and oral communication, and their interaction, in ancient Greece. It is concerned to set the significance of written and oral communication as much as possible in their social and historical context, and to stress the specifically Greek characteristics in their use, arguing that the functions of literacy and orality are often fluid and culturally determined. It draws together the results of recent studies and suggests further avenues of enquiry. Individual chapters deal with (among other things) the role of writing in archaic Greece, oral poetry, the visual and monumental impact of writing, the performance and oral transmission even of written texts, and the use of writing by the city-states; there is an epilogue on Rome. All ancient evidence is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77423/cover/9780521377423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Search for a Naturalistic World View</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shimony, Abner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abner Shimony is one of the most eminent of present-day philosophers of science, whose work has exerted a profound influence in both the philosophy and physics communities. This two-volume collection of his essays written over a period of forty years explores the interrelations between science and philosophy. Shimony regards the knowing subject as an entity in nature whose faculties must be studied from the points of view of evolutionary biology and empirical psychology.  He maintains that the twentieth century is one of the great ages of metaphysics, given the deep implications of quantum mechanics, relativity theory and molecular biology. Nevertheless he rejects the thesis that mentality is entirely explicable in physical terms and argues that mind has a fundamental place in nature. Though distinguishing between values and scientifically established facts, Shimony holds that the sense of wonder cultivated by the natural sciences is one of the noblest of human values. The first volume deals with the dialectic of subject and object, epistemic probability, induction and scientific theories, perception and conception, and fact and values. The focus of the second volume is on quantum mechanical measurement and non-locality, parts and wholes, time, and mind and matter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77447/cover/9780521377447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superconductivity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Next Revolution?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vidali, Gianfranco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1987 scientists and engineers were seized with excitement at the discovery of 'high temperature superconductors': these new materials become superconducting at temperatures four times higher than any previously known superconductor. Suddenly all kinds of applications of superconductivity, from magnetically levitated trains to lossless power lines, became possible. As a result of the intense media coverage of these discoveries, superconductivity has become almost a household word, although most people have only a vague idea of what it is. In this book Professor Vidali describes in plain, non-technical terms how conventional superconductivity was discovered 80 years ago, why it took nearly 50 years to understand it, and the physical explanation of why it exists. He chronicles the developments that led up to the discovery of high temperature superconducting materials, and describes the excitement generated by announcements of the new discoveries in 1987 at a scientific conference that became known as the 'Woodstock of physics'. Finally, he speculates on possible future applications of these new materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77577/cover/9780521377577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Course of German Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Frederick the Great to Bismarck 1763-1867</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulze, Hagen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanbury-Tenison, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The arduous path from the colourful diversity of the Holy Roman Empire to the Prussian-dominated German nation-state, Bismarck's German Empire of 1871, led through revolutions, wars and economic upheavals, but also through the cultural splendour of German Classicism and Romanticism. Hagen Schulze takes a fresh look at late eighteenth- and nineteenth-century German history, explaining it as the interaction of revolutionary forces from below and from above, of economics, politics, and culture. None of the results were predetermined, and yet their outcome was of momentous significance for all of Europe, if not the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77591/cover/9780521377591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gestures and Speech</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychological Investigations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feyereisen, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lannoy, Jacques-Dominique de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do people gesture while speaking? What role does this activity play in verbal exchanges? Which kind of relationship does it exhibit between the verbal and the gestural domains? This book attempts to answer these questions by surveying research on gestures carried out from various perspectives: psycho- and sociolinguistic, ethological, social, cognitive, and developmental psychological, and neuropsychological. This large coverage makes it unique in the field. Furthermore, the delineation of several approaches to the topic yields a clearer picture of their respective contributions than a commitment to a single view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77621/cover/9780521377621.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berlioz: Rom&#233;o et Juliette</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Berlioz's 'dramatic symphony' Rom&#233;o et Juliette is regarded by many as his finest work; it is certainly among the most original. It is played less often than his earlier symphonies, because it requires solo voices and chorus; yet at its heart is some of the most inspired orchestral music of the nineteenth century. This book summarises the complex genesis of the work before examining the music closely and always with a view to understanding its dramatic implications. The early and later critical reception is quoted and discussed and Julian Rushton concludes by suggesting a way of hearing the work which recognises the value of its mixed genre. The complete libretto is provided in both English and French.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77676/cover/9780521377676.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Last of the Mohicans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peck, H. Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>153</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Last of the Mohicans is the most widely read and internationally acclaimed of James Fenimore Cooper's Leatherstocking tales, and has traditionally been regarded as an exciting and well-made adventure story. In recent years, however, critics have found in this classic tale of colonial warfare deeper levels of meaning. In the introduction to this volume, H. Daniel Peck studies these developments by tracking critical responses to the novel from the time of its publication in 1826 to the present day. The essays that follow present contemporary re-assessments of The Last of the Mohicans from a variety of critical perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77713/cover/9780521377713.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Combinatorial Theory of Possibility</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Armstrong's book is a contribution to the philosophical discussion about possible worlds. Taking Wittgenstein's Tractatus as his point of departure, Professor Armstrong argues that nonactual possibilities and possible worlds are recombinations of actually existing elements, and as such are useful fictions. There is an extended criticism of the alternative-possible-worlds approach championed by the American philosopher David Lewis. This major work will be read with interest by a wide range of philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77805/cover/9780521377805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leibniz's Philosophy of Logic and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ishiguro, Hide</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second edition of an important introduction to Leibniz's philosophy of logic and language first published in 1972. It takes issue with several traditional interpretations of Leibniz (by Russell amongst others) while revealing how Leibniz's thought is related to issues of great interest in current logical theory. For this new edition, the author has added new chapters on infinitesimals and conditionals as well as taking account of reviews of the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77812/cover/9780521377812.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137782X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137782X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Ethical Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Allen W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new study offers a powerful exposition of the ethical theory underlying Hegel's philosophy of society, politics, and history. Professor Woodshows how Hegel applies his theory to such topics as human rights, the justification of legal punishment, criteria of moral responsibility, and the authority of individual conscience. The book includes a critical discussion of Hegel's treatment of other moral philosophers (especially Kant, Fichte and Fries), provides an account of the controversial concept of 'ethical life', and shows the relation between the theory and Hegel's critical assessment of modern social institutions. The book is nontechnical and should interest anyone concerned with Hegel's ethical and political thought, including philosophers, political scientists, intellectual historians and students of German culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77829/cover/9780521377829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Old English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces students to the literature of Anglo-Saxon England, the period from 600-1066, in a collection of fifteen specially commissioned essays. The Companion is aimed at students encountering Old English literature for the first time, who require clear guidance and orientation in an unfamiliar field. The first chapters describe briefly the political, social and ecclesiastical history of the period and how poetry and prose developed and flourished. A succinct account of Old English language provides beginners with a guide to grammar, syntax and vocabulary. Subsequent chapters explore such topics as Germanic legend and heroic ideals, paganism and fatalism, the cult of saints and responses to the Bible. Important prose texts, such as those by Bede, Alfred, Aelfric and Wulfstan, are covered under these thematic headings. Poems such as The Battle of Maldon, The Wanderer, The Seafarer and The Dream of the Rood, are discussed in detail, but in association with related texts, in prose as well as poetry. A separate chapter is devoted to Beowulf, but aspects of the poem are also discussed in other chapters. Finally a bibliography lists essential editions, reference works and critical studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77942/cover/9780521377942.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521377986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521377986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521377980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Catcher in the Rye</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521377980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salzman, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1951, Catcher in the Rye continues to be one of the most popular novels ever written as well as one of the most frequently banned books in the United States. In his introduction to this volume, Jack Salzman discusses the history of the novel's composition and publication, the mixed reception it received from critics and scholars, the arguments surrounding the attempts at censorship, and its position in a postmodernist literary world. The five essays that follow focus on various aspects of the novel: its ideology within the context of the Cold War, its portrait of a particular subculture within American society, its account of patterns of adolescent crisis, and its rich and complex narrative structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/77980/cover/9780521377980.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137801X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137801X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New England Literary Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Revolution through Renaissance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buell, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the development of New England literature and literary institutions from the American Revolutionary era to the late nineteenth century. Professor Buell explores the foundations, growth and literary results of the professionalization of the writing vocation. He pays particular attention to the major writers - Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Stowe and Dickinson - but surveys them with a number of lesser-known authors, and explores the conventions, values and institutions which affected them all. Some of the main topics covered include the distinctive features of the Early National and Antebellum periods in New England writing; the importance of certain literary genres (poetry, oratory and religious narrative; etc.); the impact of Puritanism and its values; and the invention of acceptable conventions for portraying the New England landscape and institutions in literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78017/cover/9780521378017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Lowell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Axelrod, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deese, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Lowell is one of the most widely recognised and influential poets of the second half of this century. Yet his career is problematical and raises many questions about direction and quality, particularly in light of his repeated reorientation of thematic concern and poetic technique. Many previous studies of the poet have accounted for these radical differences in Lowell's work by examining the poet's private life, but this collection of essays attempts to reassess Lowell's poetry and to restimulate critical thinking about it by focusing on his texts to raise new questions and discussions about the work. The twelve essays in this volume, by many of the most distinguished scholars in the field, offer a chronological review of Robert Lowell's career as a poet. The book includes pieces on major works such as Lord Weary's Castle, Life Studies, For the Union Dead, 'Skunk Hour', Notebook, the sonnets of 1969-73 as well as four essays devoted to Lowell's last complete and often neglected work, Day by Day. Employing a variety of methodologies, the essays arrive at innovative and, often, controversial interpretations of Lowell's poems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>2-Knots and their Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hillman, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To attack certain problems in 4-dimensional knot theory the author draws on a variety of techniques, focusing on knots in S^T4, whose fundamental groups contain abelian normal subgroups. Their class contains the most geometrically appealing and best understood examples. Moreover, it is possible to apply work in algebraic methods to these problems. Work in four-dimensional topology is applied in later chapters to the problem of classifying 2-knots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78123/cover/9780521378123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137815X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137815X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alternatives to Capitalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moene, Karl O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this provocative collection survey and assess institutional arrangements that offer possible alternatives to capitalism as it exists today. The point of departure agreed upon by the contributors is that on the one hand, capitalism produces unemployment, a lack of autonomy in the workplace, and massive income inequalities; while on the other, central socialist planning is characterized by underemployment, inefficiency, and bureaucracy. In Part I of the volume, various alternatives are proposed: profit-sharing systems, capitalism combined with some central planning, worker-owned firms in a market economy into a centrally planned economy, as has occurred recently in Hungary. Part II provides a theoretical analysis and assessment of these systems. This book is the first to cover such a wide range of subjects as central planning, market socialism, and profit sharing. It will prove indispensable to political and social scientists, and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78154/cover/9780521378154.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Differential Geometry, Gauge Theories, and Gravity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#246;ckeler, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sch&#252;cker, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cambridge University Press is committed to keeping scholarly work in print for as long as possible. A short print-run of this academic paperback has been produced using digital technology. This technology has enabled Cambridge to keep the book in print for specialists and students when traditional methods of reprinting would not have been feasible. While the new digital cover differs from the original, the text content is identical to that of previous printings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78215/cover/9780521378215.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strafford in Ireland 1633-1641</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Absolutism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearney, Hugh F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Wentworth, Earl of Strafford (1593-1641) is one of the great controversial figures of English history. For many he was 'the Great Apostate' who abandoned the cause of liberty in the 1620s. For others he was a herioc figure who died on the scaffold as the King's good servant. In making a judgement about Strafford, his years of power, as Lord Deputy of Ireland (1633-40), are or crucial importance. Professor Kearney's definitive account, first published in 1959 provides essential reading for those studying the origins of the Civil Wars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78222/cover/9780521378222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics, 1989</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Invited Papers at the Twelfth British Combinatorial Conference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siemons, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the invited lectures given at the Twelfth British Combinatorical Conference. The lectures survey the many areas of current research activity in combinatorics and its applications, including graph theory, designs, and probabilistic graphs. This book provides a valuable survey of the present status of knowledge in combinatorics for mathematicians, computer scientists and engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven: Missa Solemnis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drabkin, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Missa Solemnis is a document of extraordinary richness from the last decades of Beethoven's creative life. In this compendious and accessible guide, William Drabkin considers the work as a musical expression of the most celebrated text of the Roman Catholic faith and as an example from a tradition of Mass settings in eighteenth and early nineteenth-century Austria. The opening chapters present various critical perspectives on the Missa Solemnis and chart the history of its composition, first performances and publication. But, above all, the work itself is considered in detail, including the overall design, connections between the movements, the orchestration, word painting and programmatic elements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78314/cover/9780521378314.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The House of Mirth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Esch, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edith Wharton's The House of Mirth captured the attention of a large portion of the reading public when it was published in a serial version in Scribner's for most of 1905 and then as a hardback in October of that year. Wharton's story of Lily Bart, a 'social parasite', according to reviewer Edmund Wilson, 'on the fringes of the very rich', topped the American bestseller list for four months. Furthermore, the novel sealed the author's reputation as one of the major English-language fiction writers of her generation. Each of the four articles collected in this New Essays volume makes distinctive new claims for the historical, critical, and theoretical significance of Wharton's seminal work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78338/cover/9780521378338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Marshall Plan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>America, Britain and the Reconstruction of Western Europe, 1947-1952</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Hogan shows how The Marshall Plan was more than an effort to put American aid behind the economic reconstruction of Europe. American officials hoped to refashion Western Europe into a smaller version of the integrated single-market and mixed capitalist economy that existed in the United States. Professor Hogan's emphasis on integration is part of a major reinterpretation that sees the Marshall Plan as an extension of American domestic and foreign-policy developments stretching back through the interwar period to the Progressive Era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78406/cover/9780521378406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Franklin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most common mode of analysis in economic theory is to assume equilibrium. Yet, without a proper theory of how economies behave in disequilibrium, there is no foundation for such a practice. The necessary step in proposing a foundation is the formulation of a theory of stability, and Professor Fisher is primarily concerned with this subject, although disequilibrium behavior itself is analyzed. The author first undertakes a review of the existing literature on the stability of general equilibrium. He then proposes a more satisfactory general model in which agents realize their state of disequilibrium and act on arbitrage opportunities. The interrelated topics of the role of money, the nature of quantity constraints, and the optimal behaviour of arbitraging agents are extensively treated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78567/cover/9780521378567.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Econometric Applications of Maximum Likelihood Methods</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cramer, Jan Salomon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advent of electronic computing permits the empirical analysis of economic models of far greater subtlety and rigour than before, when many interesting ideas were not followed up because the calculations involved made this impracticable. The estimation and testing of these more intricate models is usually based on the method of Maximum Likelihood, which is a well-established branch of mathematical statistics. Its use in econometrics has led to the development of a number of special techniques; the specific conditions of econometric research moreover demand certain changes in the interpretation of the basic argument. This book is a self-contained introduction to this field. It consists of three parts. The first deals with general features of Maximum Likelihood methods; the second with linear and nonlinear regression; and the third with discrete choice and related micro-economic models. Readers should already be familiar with elementary statistical theory, with applied econometric research papers, or with the literature on the mathematical basis of Maximum Likelihood theory. They can also try their hand at some advanced econometric research of their own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78574/cover/9780521378574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics as a Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the New Institutional Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langlois, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in Economics as a Process are all concerned with exploring theoretical approaches alternative to the conventional or 'neoclassical' paradigm. Among the schools of thought represented are transaction-cost economics: evolutionary theories: modern 'Austrian' economies: law and economics: reliability theory: and the game-theory approach to the economics of social institutions. The essays are united not by a single topic but by a coherent set of themes - themes best described under the heading of the New Institutional Economics. These include an interest in economic processes as well as in states of equilibrium: a sensitivity to the limits and contours of human rationality: and an emphasis on the various sorts of social institutions that aid and inform economic action. But the essays are not solely methodological or critical. They also include substantive essays that illustrate the New Institutional Economics in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78598/cover/9780521378598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Theories in a Non-Walrasian Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Negishi, Takashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers a broad range of topics in the history of economics that have relevance to current economic theories. The author believes that one of the tasks for a historian of economics is to analyze and interpret theories currently outside the mainstream of economic theory, in this case non-Walrasian economics. By doing so, he argues, new directions and new areas for research can be developed that will extend the current theories. Familiar topics covered include: the division of labor, economies of scale, wages, profit, international trade, market mechanisms, and money. These are considered in the light of the well-known non-Walrasian schools of thought: the classical, Marxian, Austrian, and Cambridge schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78604/cover/9780521378604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hierarchy of States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reform and Resistance in the International Order</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The hierarchy of states presents Ian Clark's Reform and resistance in the international order, a well-established text on international relations first published in 1980, in a completely revised form. Combining a detailed examination of theory with a full account of historical developments, Dr Clark analyses the nature of international order - the hierarchical state system - and its potential for reform. The theory of international order is explored tracing two traditions of thought epitomised in the writings of Kant and Rousseau, whilst in a historical survey Dr Clark covers the main attempts to implement international order since 1815 and includes such aspects as concert diplomacy, alliance systems, international organisations as well as such informal understandings as nuclear deterrence, crisis management and spheres of influence. This revised edition contains two new chapters - one on international/world order issues and the other on 'macro' changes between 1815 and 1990. Dr Clark has updated his discussion on the course of superpower relations and most of the material on the post-1945 period is introduced in this edition for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78611/cover/9780521378611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Haydn: The Creation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temperley, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Haydn's Creation is one of the great masterpieces of the classical period. In this absorbing and original account the author places the work within the oratorio tradition, contrasting the theological and literary character of the English libretto with the Viennese milieu of the first performances. The complete text is provided in both English and German versions as a reference point for discussion of the design of the work and the musical treatment of the words. A more detailed musical chapter examines the work through the movement types it employs - arias and ensembles, recitative and choruses - distinguishing the Handelian model from Haydn's own classical idiom. Nicholas Temperley also discusses the changing performance traditions of this work, surveys the critical reception throughout its history and quotes from the most signifcant critical literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78659/cover/9780521378659.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A-Morphous Morphology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Stephen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In A-Morphous Morphology, Stephen Anderson presents a theory of word structure which relates to a full generative grammar of language. He holds word structure to be the result of interacting principles from a number of grammatical areas, and thus not localized in a single morphological component. Dispensing with classical morphemes, the theory instead treats morphology as a matter of rule-governed relations, minimizing the non-phonological internal structure assigned to words and eliminating morphologically motivated boundary elements. Professor Anderson makes the further claim that the properties of individual lexical items are not visible to, or manipulated by, the rules of the syntax, and assimilates to morphology special clitic phenomena. A-Morphous Morphology maintains significant distinctions between inflection, derivation, and compounding, in terms of their place ina grammar. It also contains discussion of the implications of this new A-Morphous position analysis of word structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78666/cover/9780521378666.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Performance Theory of Order and Constituency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major new book John A. Hawkins presents a new theory of linear ordering in syntax. He argues that processing can provide a simple, functional explanation for syntactic rules of ordering, as well as for the selection among ordering variants in languages and structures in which variation is possible. Insights from generative syntax, typological studies of language universals, and psycholinguistic studies of language processing are combined to show that there is a profound correspondence between performance and grammar. The major ordering principle proposed, Early Immediate Constituents, is tested on performance data from ten distinct languages. The result is a unified theory of free and fixed word orders, in which ordering is driven by efficient structure recognition. This major work will be welcomed by a wide cross-section of readers in syntax, language typology, psycholinguistics, and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78673/cover/9780521378673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brain Circuits and Functions of the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Roger Wolcott Sperry, Author</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trevarthern, Colwyn B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the history of American neuroscience, Roger Sperry and his contribution are outstanding. In this book, over twenty of his students, research colleagues and scientific friends, themselves all notable neuroscientists, review fifty years of his tireless experimentation and brilliant theoretical argument, also reviewing their own work in the context of Sperry's contributions to their fields. Sperry's challenging and controversial theories are very much alive in contemporary brain science, cognitive psychology and the philosophy of mind. Curiosity about the most difficult questions, such as those concerning conscious awareness, memory and volition led Sperry from the study of the control of complex patterns in brain circuit growth to discovery of the split brain phenomenon, which illuminated how the two halves of the brain integrate their different functions. In revolutionary tests on patients whose hemispheres had been disconnected to prevent the build-up of severe epileptic seizures, two complementary realms of mind were revealed, one verbal and rational ('left brain') nd the other more spatial, metaphorical and intuitive ('right brain'). He was awarded the Nobel Prize for this work in 1981. Although this book is written for students and researchers in the fields of psychology and neuroscience, it will hold interest for any reader who is curious about the workings of the mind and the brain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78741/cover/9780521378741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State and Poverty in India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This analysis of the role of government in eradicating India's rural poverty raises a whole series of crucial contemporary issues relating to the state, its degree of autonomy in the developing world and the problems of effecting genuine redistributive reform. The particular importance of the book is that it focuses attention on the nature of ruling political parties as an important factor influencing the success or failure of redistributive and welfare politics in a democratic capitalist setting. Dr Kohli compares in detail three state-level Indian governments of the late seventies: Communist-ruled West Bengal, Karnataka under the Congress Party, and Uttar Pradesh under the Janata Party. Comparing these in terms of their success in redistributing agricultural land and creating employment for the rural poor, the author argues cogently that well-organised, left-of-centre parties in government - like that in West Bengal - are the most effective in implementing reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78765/cover/9780521378765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Property</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munzer, Stephen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a major new statement on the issue of property rights. It argues for the justification of some rights of private property while showing why unequal distributions of private property are indefensible. Three features of the book are especially salient:  it offers a challenging new pluralist theory of justification; the argument integrates perceptive analyses of the great classical theorists Aristotle, Locke, Hegel and Marx with a discussion of contemporary philosophers such as Nozick and Rawls; and the author moves with assurance among philosophy, law and economics to present a very broad, interdisciplinary study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78864/cover/9780521378864.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery and Society at Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradley, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with discovering what it was like to be a slave in the classical Roman world, and with revealing the impact the institution of slavery made on Roman society at large. It shows how and in what sense Rome was a slave society through much of its history, considers how the Romans procured their slaves, discusses the work roles slaves fulfilled and the material conditions under which they spent their lives, investigates how slaves responded to and resisted slavery, and reveals how slavery, as an institution, became more and more oppressive over time under the impact of philosophical and religious teaching. The book stresses the harsh realities of life in slavery and the way in which slavery was an integral part of Roman civilisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78871/cover/9780521378871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scott: Waverley</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphrey, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scott's Waverley (1814), set in and around the Jacobite Rising in the Scotland of 1745-6, was the first historical novel in world literature. Innovative and humane in its plot, rich in social detail, and truly international in popularity, it not only launched a genre, but also became a landmark in literary realism, in historiography and in bookselling. In this study, Richard Humphrey traces and accounts for the text's impact on historical fiction and shows its originality in tackling the manifold issues of rebellion and warfare, separatism and union, prejudice and cultural tolerance. He sets Waverley in its social and literary context, provides detailed analysis of key portions of the text, and offers guidance on further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78888/cover/9780521378888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperative Breeding in Birds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Long Term Studies of Ecology and Behaviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stacey, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koenig, Walter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>636</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cooperative breeding is an unusual kind of social behaviour, found in a few hundred species worldwide, in which individuals other than the parents help raise young. Understanding the apparently altruistic behaviour of helpers has provided numerous challenges to evolutionary biologists. This book includes detailed first-hand summaries of many of the major empirical studies of cooperatively breeding birds. It provides comparative information on the demography, social behaviour and behavioural ecology of these unusual species and explores the diversity of ideas and the controversies which have developed in this field. The studies are all long-term and consequently the book summarises some of the most extensive studies of the behaviour of marked individuals ever undertaken. Graduate students and research workers in ornithology, sociobiology, behavioural ecology and evolutionary biology will find much of value in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78901/cover/9780521378901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521378982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521378982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521378987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Rise of Silas Lapham</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521378987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pease, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rise of Silas Lapham (1885) established William Dean Howells's reputation in the annals of American literature. This collection of essays argues the renewed importance of Howells's novel for an understanding of literature as a social force as well as a literary form. In his introduction Donald Pease recounts the fall and rise of the novel's value in literary history, outlines the various critical responses to Silas Lapham, and restores the novel to its social context. The essays that follow expand on this theme, challenging the accepted views of literary critics by explicating narrative methods and the genre of literary realism. Focusing much of its attention on economics of morality, manners, and pain, as well as the marketplace, the volume as a whole argues that a relationship exists between Howells's realism and its socioeconomic context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/78987/cover/9780521378987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Noun Phrases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Configuration, Parameters and Empty Categories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giorgi, Alessandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longobardi, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alessandra Giorgi and Giuseppe Longobardi's important study of the argument structure of lexical projections, in particular of Noun Phrases, makes substantial advances in this relatively neglected area. Working within a Government and Binding framework, the authors present strong new arguments in favour of the existence of empty categories, and evidence for the correct understanding of word order parameters and of Chomsky's Projection Principle. In particular, they elaborate and discuss a number of tests intended to define under which lexical and syntactic conditions an empty pronominal subject may or must occur in a Noun Phrase. The levels of structural attachment of the arguments of a head Noun are carefully established by supporting assumptions made in this domain with independent evidence. As well as its theoretical advances, this book provides a descriptive analysis of nominal structure in Romance, and compares it with corresponding structure in Germanic languages. It offers a valuable introduction to Italian phrase structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79021/cover/9780521379021.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Homotopy Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in Honour of I M James, Cortona 1988</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salamon, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steer, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume records the lectures given at a conference to celebrate Professor Ioan James' 60th birthday. Ioan James has made significant contributions to homotopy theory, highlighting problems and initiating new methods. The present volume contains papers from internationally distinguished researcher workers which lead on from recent and exciting breakthroughs. It will be important for all homotopy theorists as both a statement of current research and as a signpost for new directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79076/cover/9780521379076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds Apart</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Market and the Theater in Anglo-American Thought, 1550-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agnew, Jean-Christophe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a variety of disciplines and documents, Professor Agnew illuminates one of the most fascinating chapters in the formations of Anglo-American market culture. Worlds Apart traces the history of our concepts of the marketplace and the theatre and the ways in which these concepts are bound together. Focusing on Britain and America in the years 1550 to 1750, the book discusses the forms and conventions that structured both commerce and theatre. As marketing practice broke free of its traditional boundaries and restraints, it challenged longstanding popular assumptions about the constituents of value, the nature of identity, the signs of authenticity, and the limits of liability. New exchange relations bred new legal and commercial fictions to authorise them, but they also bred new doubts about the precise grounds upon which the self and its 'interests' were to be represented. Those same doubts, Professor Agnew shows, animated the theatre as well. As actors and playwrights shifted from ecclesiastical and civic drama to professional entertainments, they too devised authenticating fictions, fictions that effectively replicated the bewildering representational confusions of the new 'placeless market'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79106/cover/9780521379106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Idealism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Satisfactions of Self-Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippin, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the most important book on Hegel to have appeared in the past ten years. Robert Pippin offers a completely new interpretation of Hegel's idealism, which focuses on Hegel's appropriation and development of kant's theoretical project. Hegel is presented neither as a precritical metaphysician nor as a social theorist, but as a critical philosopher whose disagreements with Kant, especially on the issue of intuitions, enrich the idealist arguments against empiricism, realism and naturalism. In the face of the dismissal of absolute idealism as either unintelligible or implausible, Pippin explains and defends an original account of the philosophical basis for Hegel's claims about the historical and social nature of selfconsciousness, and so of knowledge itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79236/cover/9780521379236.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137927X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137927X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Niels Bohr's Philosophy of Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murdoch, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a clear and comprehensive exposition of Niels Bohr's philosophy of physics. Bohr's ideas are of major importance, for they are the source of the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum physics; yet they are obscure, and call for the sort of close analysis that this book provides. The book describes the historical background of the physics from which Bohr's ideas grew. The core of the book is a detailed analysis of Bohr's arguments for complementarity and of the interpretation which he put upon it. Special emphasis is placed throughout on the contrasting views of Einstein, and the great debate between Bohr and Einstein is thoroughly examined. The book traces the philosophical influences on Bohr, and unravels the realist and anti-realist strands in his thinking. Bohr's philosophy is critically assessed in the light of recent developments in the foundations of quantum physics (the work of Bell and others) and in philosophy (the realism-anti-realism debate) and it is revealed as being much more subtle and sophisticated than it is generally taken to be. While the book will be of interest to specialists, it is written in a style that will make it accessible to those who have no specialist knowledge of the relevant physics and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79274/cover/9780521379274.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schr&#246;dinger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Centenary Celebration of a Polymath</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kilmister, C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Schr&#246;dinger's influence in almost every field of science is still felt. He was a man who single-handedly reshaped thinking in cosmology, wave mechanics, statistical mechanics, unified field theories, theoretical chemistry and molecular biology. In this volume, which was prepared in 1987 to celebrate the centenary of Schr&#246;dinger's birth, leading figures in all these fields have collaborated to produce this carefully integrated and edited survey of the man and his science. Some of the contributions are biographical in nature, revealing much about the character of the man. Others deal with modern-day theories in different fields of science in which Schr&#246;dinger worked and his influence in those areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79298/cover/9780521379298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Pastoral Letters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Frances Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Pastoral Letters have often been marginalised in modern New Testament studies. Regarded as not authentically Pauline, not very theological, and mostly evidence of the church settling down in the world, their patriarchal orientation has more recently futher alienated readers. Yet it was these little letters which mediated Paul to the Patristic church, and then provided scriptural material for debate about church order and ministry from the Reformation to the present. This study attempts to re-read the Pastorals in their original setting, revising many of the standard scholarly assessments in the light of recent work (especially developments in sociological study of the New Testament), and exploring the development of a tradition which proves to be theological in its fundamental structure and in its mode of addressing practical and organisational issues. The letters are then related to the very different context of the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79311/cover/9780521379311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Experimental Particle Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fernow, Richard Clinton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together the most important topics in experimental particle physics over the past forty years to give a brief but balanced overview of the subject. The author begins by reviewing particle physics and discussing electromagnetic and nuclear interactions. He then goes on to discuss three nearly universal aspects of particle physics experiments: beams, targets, and fast electronics. The second part of the book treats in detail the properties of various types of particle detector, such as scintillation counters, Cerenkov counters, proportional chambers, drift chambers, sampling calorimeters, and specialized detectors. Wherever possible the author attempts to enumerate the advantages and disadvantages of performance. Finally, he discusses aspects of specific experiments, such as properties of triggers, types of measurement, spectrometers, and the integration of detectors into coherent systems. Throughout the book, each chapter begins with a discussion of the basic principles involved, followed by selective examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79403/cover/9780521379403.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regular Variation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bingham, N. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldie, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teugels, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive account of the theory and applications of regular variation. It is concerned with the asymptotic behaviour of a real function of a real variable x which is 'close' to a power of x. Such functions are much more than a convenient extension of powers. In many limit theorems regular variation is intrinsic to the result, and exactly characterises the limit behaviour. The book emphasises such characterisations, and gives a comprehensive treatment of those applications where regular variation plays an essential (rather then merely convenient) role. The authors rigorously develop the basic ideas of Karamata theory and de Haan theory including many new results and 'second-order' theorems. They go on to discuss the role of regular variation in Abelian, Tauberian, and Mercerian theorems. These results are then applied in analytic number theory, complex analysis, and probability, with the aim above all of setting the theory in context. A widely scattered literature is thus brought together in a unified approach. With several appendices and a comprehensive list of references, analysts, number theorists, and probabilists will find this an invaluable and complete account of regular variation. It will provide a rigorous and authoritative introduction to the subject for research students in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79434/cover/9780521379434.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137944X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137944X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sensibility and English Song</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical Studies of the Early Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banfield, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly acclaimed study of English song is the first detailed account of an unusually fruitful interrelationship between English music and English poetry. The period covered is known as the English Musical Renaissance and runs from the last years of the nineteenth century to the Second World War. Stephen Banfield traces the late flowering of Romantic impulses in solo song during these years, surveying it from critical, analytical and historical angles. He plots the growth of the English stylistic sensibility in song in the decades leading up to the First World War, discusses in detail the plateau it reached between the wars (particularly in the 1920s), and shows how and why it declined as other musical concerns took the field. Poets whose verse was set to music most frequently, including Housman, Hardy, de la Mare and Yeats, are treated at length, as are pre-eminent song composers such as Butterworth, Finzi, Gurney, Ireland, Quilter, Somervell, Stanford, Vaughan Williams and Warlock. In all, more than fifty composers are discussed, and numerous individual songs. In the final section of the book, besides providing an extensive bibliography, Dr Banfield catalogues over 5,000 songs, giving dates of composition and publication and much other detail, listed by composer. This comprehensive survey will prove an invaluable reference guide to all students of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79441/cover/9780521379441.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Observer's Guide to Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, Storm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can you find new minor planets, comets and novae? How can you use photoelectric detectors to derive the temperatures of stars? And how can you predict future eclipses and occultations of stars by minor planets? The questions asked by serious amateur astronomers are answered in this authoritative and wide-ranging guide. For each topic, sound practical methods of observation and the scientific background are given to lead you to better observations. Guidelines also show you how to record and catalogue your observations using the recognised professional terminology and classification schemes. From the simplest pencil drawings of the moon to observations of the most distant galaxies with state-of-the-art CCD cameras and photoelectric photometers, this guide is packed with practical tips for all types of amateur observations. It will develop the observational skills of the keen novice and satisfy the more demanding needs of the experienced amateur astronomer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79458/cover/9780521379458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mahler: Symphony No. 3</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mahler's Third Symphony was conceived as a musical picture of the natural world. This handbook describes the composition of Mahler's grandiose piece of philosophical programme music in the context of the ideas that inspired it and the artistic debates and social conflicts that it reflects. In this original and wide ranging account, Peter Franklin takes the Third Symphony as a representative modern European symphony of its period and evaluates it as the culmination of Mahler's early symphonic style and a as work whose contradictory effects mirror the complexity of contemporary social and musical manners. The music is described in detail, movement by movement, with chapters on the genesis, early performance and subsequent reception of the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79472/cover/9780521379472.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin and Prevention of Major Wars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rotberg, Robert I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rabb, Theodore K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilpin, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guilmartin, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutmann, Myron P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Jeffrey L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jervis, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Jack S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>9</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maier, Charles S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>10</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Mesquita, Bruce Bueno</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>11</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nye, Joseph S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>12</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quester, George H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>13</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothenberg, Gunther E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>14</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagan, Scott D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>15</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waltz, Kenneth N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>16</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Samuel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the development of the modern state system in Europe four centuries ago, there have been ten general wars involving a majority of the major powers and a high level of casualties. Another major war is difficult to conceive of, since it would presumably be the last such conflict, and yet it is not an impossibility. In this volume a distinguished group of political scientists and historians examine the origins of major wars and discuss the problems in preventing a nuclear war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79557/cover/9780521379557.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Instabilities in Space and Laboratory Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melrose, D. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introductory account of instabilities in plasma. It concentrates on laboratory plasmas, such as those encountered in fusion research, and the space plasmas studied in physics of the magnetosphere and solar atmosphere. This account bridges the gap between a graduate textbook on plasma physics and specialist monographs. An important feature is the stress placed on the similarities between astrophysical and laboratory plasmas, which are traditionally regarded as quite separate. The natural way in which the author unifies the treatment gives a wider perspective to the subject. Professor Melrose is an expert in plasma astrophysics, and has already written a two-volume book on that topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79625/cover/9780521379625.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neglect of Experiment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What role have experiments played, and should they play, in physics? How does one come to believe rationally in experimental results? The Neglect of Experiment attempts to provide answers to both of these questions. Professor Franklin's approach combines the detailed study of four episodes in the history of twentieth century physics with an examination of some of the philosophical issues involved. The episodes are the discovery of parity nonconservation ( or the violation of mirror symmetry) in the 1950s; the nondiscovery of parity nonconservation in the 1930s, when the results of experiments indicated, at least in retrospect, the symmetry violation, but the significance of those results was not realized; the discovery and acceptance of CP ( combined parity-charge conjugations, paricle-antiparticle) symmetry; and Millikan's oil-drop experiment. Franklin examines the various roles that experiment plays, including its role in deciding between competing theories, confirming theories, and calling fo new theories. The author argues that one can provide a philosophical justification for these roles. He contends that if experiment plays such important roles, then one must have good reason to believe in experimental results.  He then deals with deveral problems concerning such reslults, including the epistemology of experiment, how one comes to believe rationally in experimental results, the question of the influence of theoretical presuppositions on results, and the problem of scientific fruad. This original and important contribution to the study of the philosophy of experimental science is an outgrowth of many years of research. Franklin brings to this work more than a decade of experience as an experimental high-energy physicist, along with his significant contributions to the history and philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79656/cover/9780521379656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Piaget's Construction of the Child's Reality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sugarman, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Swiss psychologist Jean Piaget is generally considered to be the founder of modern developmental psychology. This book provides a conceptual critique of six of Piaget's central, earlier works, including his account of the child's conception of the world, the development of morality, and the origins of intelligence in infancy. Sugarman's detailed, step-by-step analysis of some of Piaget's major arguments shows exactly where, and why, they fail. Through the same analysis she suggests the alternative lines of inquiry that might result in a clearer and more basic understanding of the child's mind and of the origins of adult thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79670/cover/9780521379670.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379695</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Child Maltreatment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Research on the Causes and Consequences of Child Abuse and Neglect</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicchetti, Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carlson, Vicki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFE1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new volume provides a comprehensive account of the causes and consequences of child maltreatment from a developmental perspective. The chapters in the volume offer an historical and definitional context for future studies: What constitutes physical, sexual, and emotional abuse? What is child neglect and how has its definition changed over time? Why has the theory of the intergenerational transmission of maltreatment been overstated for so long? The heart of the volume lies in its careful description of well controlled research on the impact of maltreatment on the developmental process. Specific chapters address the effects of maltreatment on congitive, linguistic, social, and emotional development. Special attention is paid to age-specific deficits in social interaction, to parent-child interaction and attachment in the early years, and to peer relationships during later childhood and adolescence. The psychology of abusive and neglecting parents is also addressed. Who are the maltreating parents and how are they different from comparison parents? What are the conditions under which maltreatment recurs in subsequent generations? The volume concludes with a chapter on the processes at work in maltreatment can be applied to reducing the problem. Child Maltreatment will appeal to both researchers and clinicians in a range of disciplines including developmental and clinical psychology, psychiatry, social work, pediatrics, sociology, and law, as well as to policymakers and students in all of these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79694/cover/9780521379694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137975X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137975X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neutrino Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bahcall, John N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative text provides a lively, thought-provoking and informative summary of neutrino astrophysics. Neutrino astronomy is being revolutionized by the availability of new observational facilities. Theoretical work in astrophysics and in particle physics in increasing rapidly. The subject of solar neutrinos has many seemingly independent aspects, both in its theoretical basis (involving nuclear, atomic, and particle physics, geochemistry, and astronomy). For many physicists, solar neutrinos constitute the low-energy frontier of high-energy physics. Results from all these disciplines are combined here, providing a timely and unified discussion of the field. Each chapter begins with a succinct overview of material to be presented and ends with an annotated bibliography. For advanced undergraduate students, but will be essential reading for all researchers interested in the physics of neutrinos and what they reveal about the nature of the Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79755/cover/9780521379755.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Hundred Years of Gravitation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawking, S. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Israel, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To commemorate the 300th anniversary of the publication of Isaac Newton's Philosophiae Naturalis Principia Mathematica, Stephen Hawking and Werner Israel have assembled a series of unique review papers by many of the world's foremost researchers in cosmology, relativity and particle physics. The resulting volume reflects the significant and exciting advances that have been made in these fields since the editor's acclaimed volume published in 1979: General Relativity: An Einstein Centenary Survey. Newton's immense contribution to the physical sciences is assessed, and its relevance to today's physics made clear. The international contributors then chart the major developments in the study of gravitation, from Newtonian gravity to black hole physics. In the fields of galaxy formation, inflationary and quantum cosmology, and superstring unification, the book provides important overviews written by workers involved in many of the advances described. By shaping such a wide-ranging and scholarly series of articles into a cohesive whole, the editors have created a fitting and lasting memorial to the man who continues to inspire scientists the world over. This book is an essential reference source of the latest advances in gravitational physics and relativistic cosmology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79762/cover/9780521379762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Composition, Performance and Reception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leppert, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClary, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This provocative volume of essays is now available in paperback. The contributors to this volume - musicologists, sociologists, cultural theorists - all challenge the view that music occupies an autonomous aesthetic sphere. Recently, socially and politically grounded enterprises such as feminism, semiotics and deconstruction have effected a major transformation in the ways in which the arts and humanities are studied, leading in turn to a systematic investigation of the implicit assumptions underlying the critical methods of the last two hundred years. Influenced by these approaches, the writers here question a prevailing ideology that insists there is a division between music and society and examine the ways in which the two do in fact interact and mediate one another within and across socio-cultural boundaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79779/cover/9780521379779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall of the House of Labor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Workplace, the State, and American Labor Activism, 1865-1925</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montgomery, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the changing ways in which American industrial workers mobilised concerted action in their own interests between the abolition of slavery and the end of open immigration from Europe and Asia. Sustained class conflict between 1916 and 1922 reshaped governmental and business policies, but left labour largely unorganised and in retreat. The House of Labor, so arduously erected by working-class activists during the preceeding generation, did not collapse, but ossified, so that when labour activism was reinvigorated after 1933, the movement split in two. These developments are analysed here in ways which stress the links between migration, neighbourhood life, racial subjugation, business reform, the state, and the daily experience of work itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79823/cover/9780521379823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War against the Idols</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Reformation of Worship from Erasmus to Calvin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eire, Carlos M. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the second decade of the sixteenth century medieval piety suddenly began to be attacked in some places as 'idolatry', or false religion. Wherever these ideas became accepted, churches were sacked, images smashed and burned, relics destroyed, and the Catholic Mass abolished. This study calls attention to the centrality of the idolatry issue for the Reformation. It traces the development of Protestant iconoclastic theology and practice, provides a survey and synthesis of its unfolding from Erasmus through Calvin, and lays a foundation for understanding the Reformed ideology that stood in conflict with Catholicism and Lutheranism. Professor Eire's main thesis is that the argument against 'idolatry' was central to Reformed Protestantism, both in its theological aspect and in its political ramifications, and that it reached its fullest and most enduring expression in Calvinism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79847/cover/9780521379847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Great Depression</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Delayed Recovery and Economic Change in America, 1929-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernstein, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the real puzzle of 1930s America: why did the economy fail to recover from the downturn of 1929-1933? The author presents a convincing case that there were important long-run tendencies within the economy that are crucial to understanding this failure. From a wealth of detail about individual industries emerges a bold thesis about the interwar economy that emphasizes both cyclical and secular factors and shows that some sectors of the economy demonstrated technological dynamism during the 1930s. His approach cuts across the more traditional explanations which have been for the most part tests of economic theories rather than historical explanations of the depression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79854/cover/9780521379854.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052137992X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052137992X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Environmental Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The message of this book is that a concern for environmental issues no longer needs justification. Its aim is to put environmental conservation into perspective by looking at its achievements, failures and problems, and by examining the challenges and opportunities it faces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79922/cover/9780521379922.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British or American English?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook of Word and Grammar Patterns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Algeo, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Speakers of British and American English display some striking differences in their use of grammar. In this detailed survey, John Algeo considers questions such as: &#8226;Who lives on a street, and who lives in a street? &#8226;Who takes a bath, and who has a bath? &#8226;Who says Neither do I, and who says Nor do I? &#8226;After 'thank you', who says Not at all and who says You're welcome? &#8226;Whose team are on the ball, and whose team isn't? Containing extensive quotations from real-life English on both sides of the Atlantic, collected over the past twenty years, this is a clear and highly organized guide to the differences - and the similarities - between the grammar of British and American speakers. Written for those with no prior knowledge of linguistics, it shows how these grammatical differences are linked mainly to particular words, and provides an accessible account of contemporary English in use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79939/cover/9780521379939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521379962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521379962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521379960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Granville Barker and the Dream of Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521379960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full treatment of Harley Granville Barker's active work in the theatre. It sheds new light on the actor, director, manager, playwright and critic who was one of the most fascinating and versatile men of the twentieth-century stage, and provides vivid accounts of the crucial productions of the time. Granville Barker was the chief force in establishing a place in Edwardian London for the 'New Drama' of Shaw and the European playwrights, and he also became known for his revolutionary productions of Shakespeare and Euripides. By 1915 he was generally regarded as the most important theatre artist in England. Using original documents and contemporary press reports, Dennis Kennedy recreates the excitement of Granville Barker's accomplishment in the context of an era that proved a turning-point for the arts in general. The book is supported by more than forty photographs from his theatre productions, most of them published here for the first time since the Edwardian years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/79960/cover/9780521379960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19890717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jan&#225;cek: Glagolitic Mass</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wingfield, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Glagolitic Mass, written between 1926 and 1927, is not only one of Jan&#225;cek's most important works: it is also a masterpiece of the twentieth-century choral repertoire. In this fascinating account of the work and its history, Paul Wingfield brings together material from early articles and reviews, letters and manuscripts which form a comprehensive account of the work's genesis and performance history. The author also provides a thorough revision of the Old Church Slavonic text along with English translation, and reconstructs Jan&#225;cek's 'ideal' version of the work - far more exciting than the less adventurous rearrangement currently performed. Chapters on the music itself offer a full synopsis of the Glagolitic Mass, an in-depth discussion of its musical organisation and a selection of key interpretations of the piece by Jan&#225;cek and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80133/cover/9780521380133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Taming of Chance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hacking, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important new study Ian Hacking continues the enquiry into the origins and development of certain characteristic modes of contemporary thought undertaken in such previous works as the best-selling The Emergence of Probability. Professor Hacking shows how by the late nineteenth century it became possible to think of statistical patterns as explanatory in themselves, and to regard the world as not necessarily deterministic in character. In the same period the idea of human nature was displaced by a model of normal people with laws of dispersion. These two parallel transformations fed into each other, so that chance made the world seem less capricious: it was legitimated because it brought order out of chaos. Professor Hacking argues that these developments have led to a new style of scientific reasoning gaining its hold upon us. The greater the level of indeterminism in our conception of the world and of people, the more we expect control and intervention in our lives, and the less we expect freedom. Combining detailed scientific historical research with characteristic philosophic breadth and verve, The Taming of Chance brings out the relations between philosophy, the physical sciences, mathematics and the development of social institutions, and provides a unique and authoritative analysis of the 'probabilisation' of the western world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80140/cover/9780521380140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Apples and Pears</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology of Apples and Pears is a comprehensive reference book on all aspects of pomology at the organ, tree and orchard level. It provides detailed information on propagation, root and shoot growth, root stock effects, canopy development in relation to orchard design, flowering, pollination, fruit set, fruit growth, fruit quality factors and quality retention in store. It also deals with mineral nutrition, water-relations and irrigation, diseases and pests and biotechnology. The book emphasises the scientific basis of modern tree and orchard management and fruit storage. It describes key cultivar differences and their physiology and genetics and environmental effects and cultivar x environment interactions in tropical and sub-tropical as well as temperate zone conditions. It is written for fruit growers, extension workers, plant breeders, biotechnologists and storage and crop protection specialists as well as for researchers and students of pomology and horticulture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80188/cover/9780521380188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Thought and Economic Reform in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutela, Pekka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>207</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the history of centrally planned economies has been widely studied, the development of socialist thinking on the subject has remained largely uncharted. In this pathbreaking work, Pekka Sutela presents a detailed analysis of recent and contemporary Soviet economic thought and theory. Dr Sutela traces the competing currents in the Marxist tradition of socialist economies from the Revolution to the present day. In particular he shows how the Gorbachev economic reform programme of 1987 rose from the work of Nobel Prize economist L. V. Kantorovich and his followers. However, this programme failed and the author explains in some detail why this happened. Since then, Soviet economists have tried to abandon their traditional theory of central planning and move along the path and long established contacts with leading Soviet economists, Pekka Sutela is able to show how Soviet economic thinking has moved from dogmatism through reformism to pragmatism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80201/cover/9780521380201.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banking and Business in the Roman World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andreau, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first century BC lending and borrowing by the senators was the talk of Rome and even provoked political crises. During this same period, the state tax-farmers were handling enormous sums and exploiting the provinces of the Empire. Until now no book has presented a synthetic view of Roman banking and financial life as a whole, from the time of the appearance of the first bankers' shops in the Forum between 318 and 310 BC down to the end of the Principate in AD 284. Professor Andreau writes of the business deals of the elite and the professional bankers and also of the interventions of the state. To what extent did the spirit of profit and enterprise predominate over the traditional values of the city of Rome? And what economic role did these financiers play? How should we compare that role to that of their counterparts in later periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80317/cover/9780521380317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80348/cover/9780521380348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stalin, Siberia and the Crisis of the New Economic Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes an important contribution to the current re-evaluation of the origins of Stalinism. Although it is widely acknowledged by Western scholars that the Soviet grain crisis of 1927-8 and Stalin's Siberian tour of January 1928 were crucial factors in the decision to abandon the New Economic Policy (NEP) and return to a more ideologically rigid policy of collectivisation and rapid industrialisation, studies have hitherto concentrated on the role of leading personalities and 'high politics'. In this book, Dr James Hughes presents an in depth examination of the crisis of the NEP from the regional perspective of Siberia and analyses the events and pressures 'from below', at the grassroots level of Soviet society. Using publications of the Siberian party and statistical investigations of the countryside, Dr Hughes offers new insights into several largely uncharted features of the Soviet system in these years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80393/cover/9780521380393.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropology of War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haas, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book brings together a group of authors who are addressing the nature and causes of warfare in simpler, tribal societies. The authors represent a range of different opinions about why humans engage in warfare, why wars start, and the role of war in human evolution. Warfare in cultures from several different world areas is considered, ranging from the Amazon, the Caribbean, the Andes, the Southwestern US, Southeast Asia, Polynesia, and Malaysia. To explain the origins and maintenance of war in tribal societies, different authors appeal to a broad spectrum of demographic, environmental, historical and biological variables. Competing explanatory model of warfare are presented with overlapping bodies of data offered in support of each model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80423/cover/9780521380423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre in Nineteenth-Century Spain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gies, David Thatcher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the theatre of nineteenth-century Spain, a most important genre which produced more than 10,000 plays during the course of the century. David Gies assesses this mass of material - much of it hitherto unknown - as text, spectacle, and social phenomenon. His book sheds light on political drama during Napoleonic times, the theatre of dictatorship (1820s), Romanticism, women dramatists, socialist drama, neo-Romantic drama, the relationship between parody and the dominant literary currents of the day, and the challenging work of Gald&#243;s. A chapter on the battle to create a National Theatre reveals the deep conflicts generated by the various interested factions in the middle of the century. This readable account will at last allow students and scholars properly to re-evaluate the canon of texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80461/cover/9780521380461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Light on Boswell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical and Historical Essays on the Occasion of the Bicententary of the 'Life' of Johnson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clingham, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daiches, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boswell's Life of Johnson is established as one of the foremost literary biographies in the English language. This collection of new essays, commemorating its bicentenary, investigates Boswell's achievements and limitations in both literary and personal contexts, and goes beyond the Life to examine the full range of Boswell's writings and interests (in legal, social, theological, political and linguistic fields). Drawing Boswell out of Johnson's shadow, the volume places him in a wider context, juxtaposing Boswell with other contemporaries and compatriots in the Scottish enlightenment, such as Hume, Robertson and Blair. In addition it investigates some of the critical and theoretical questions surrounding the notion of biographical representation in the Life itself. Boswell emerges as a writer engaged throughout his literary career in constructing a self or series of selves out of his divided Scottish identity. This collection combines new archival research with fresh critical perspectives and constitutes a timely review of Boswell's current status in eighteenth-century literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80478/cover/9780521380478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Innovation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of British and Japanese Factories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittaker, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Innovation is a key to corporate success, particularly in times of rapid technological change. This book sheds new light on the introduction of technology in the manufacturing sector. The author considers the use of innovative technology in both Britain and Japan by examining nine firms in each country. He focuses on computerised machine tools (CNC) and shows how the various firms have risen to the challenge of implementing the new technology. Particular emphasis is placed on the differing employment relations in the factories, the nature of operating training and workload distribution. Dr Whittaker identifies fundamentally different approaches in the two countries which have implications for competiveness as well as future innovation. The contrast is especially attractive since Japanese industrial relations is commonly distinguished by its cooperative nature whilst industrial relations in Britain has tended to be more confrontational. These conventional views are challenged with an original perspective on the labour process and new technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80553/cover/9780521380553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138057X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138057X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Tragedy and Triumph</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Modern Jewish Thought and the American Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berenbaum, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The story of American Jewry is inextricably entwined with the awesome defeat of the Holocaust and the rebirth of the state of Israel. However, for Michael Berenbaum, and others of his generation, whose adult consciousness included the war in Lebanon and the Palestinian Uprisings, the tale is more anguished, for the Jewish people is now divided, uncertain about the implications of the past and the direction of its future. Berenbaum explores the Jewish identity of this generation, the first to mature after tragedy and triumph. He probes the Holocaust's impact on Jewish consciousness and the imprint of American culture on Jewish identity. Challenging Zionism's conventional assumptions, he details American Jews' changing relationship to Israel as he examines the tensions created within Jewish tradition between a history of victimisation and the empowerment of Jews. While demonstrating that the security of victory is one step from the anguish of victims, even when the victors have recently emerged from the fire, Berenbaum holds out the hope of liberation for Judaism, maintaining that five thousand years of history, with its chapter of Holocaust and empowerment, provide a unique foundation upon which to build a future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80577/cover/9780521380577.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Situ Hybridisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Application to Developmental Biology and Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkinson, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances in our understanding of biological mechanisms have frequently been associated with the development of new techniques. In situ hybridisation is a classic case of just such an advance. The technique effectively combines histochemistry with molecular biology and enables the rapid analysis of the distribution of RNA, or DNA, in the tissues. The information gained from this has caused something of a revolution in our understanding of developmental biology, since a fundamental aspect of development is the spatial and temporal expression of genes. In addition the technique has found application in the field of medicine, where it is giving new insights into the functioning of healthy tissues and the diagnosis and study of diseases. This book brings together contributions from leaders in the application of this technique and will help the reader review and help the would-be exponent through the various options and variations of the technique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Ingmar Bergman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalin, Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a concise overview of the career of one of the modern masters of world cinema. Jesse Kalin defines Bergman's conception of the human condition as a struggle to find meaning in life as it is played out. For Bergman, meaning is achieved independently of any moral absolute and is the result of a process of self-examination. Six existential themes are explored repeatedly in Bergman's films: judgment, abandonment, suffering, shame, a visionary picture, and above all, turning toward or away from others. Kalin examines how Bergman examines these themes cinematically, through close analysis of eight films: well known favorites such as Wild Strawberries, The Seventh Seal, Smiles of a Summer Night, and Fanny and Alexander; and important but lesser known works, such as Naked Night, Shame, Cries and Whispers, and Scenes from a Marriage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89778/cover/9780521389778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domination and Conquest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience of Ireland, Scotland and Wales, 1100-1300</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, a revised and extended version of Professor Davies's 1988 Wiles Lectures, explores the ways in which the kings and aristocracy of England sought to extend their domination over Ireland, Scotland and Wales in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. It analyses the mentalities of domination and subjection - how the English explained and justified their pretensions and how native rulers and societies in Ireland and Wales responded to the challenge. It also explains how the English monarchy came to claim and exercise a measure of 'imperial' control over the whole of the British Isles by the end of the thirteenth century, converting a loose domination into sustained political and governmental control. This is a study of the story of the Anglo-Norman and English domination of the British Isles in the round. Hitherto historians have tended to concentrate on the story in each country - Ireland, Scotland and Wales - individually. This book looks at the issue comparatively, in order to highlight the comparisons and contrasts in the strategies of domination and in the responses of native societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80690/cover/9780521380690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Farmer-Financed Irrigation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Economics of Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Leslie E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Leslie Small and Ian Carruthers examine in detail the potentials and limitations of user fees for financing irrigation operation and maintenance. Both authors have extensive field experience in irrigation in developing countries and have combined this experience with simple concepts of economics to examine possible institutional and financial reforms which would not simply ask farmers to pay for an inadequate irrigation service, but would create the potential for significant improvements in the quality of the service provided. The proposed elements of any such reform are discussed in depth - a system of user fees covering the recurrent costs of irrigation; a financially autonomous irrigation agency that can retain and use the fees to operate and maintain the irrigation facilities; and a macro policy environment that is not unduly skewed against the agricultural sector. Written in a style intended to convey economic perspectives and insights to non-economists, this book will be essential reading for all those concerned with the financing and performance of irrigation in developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80737/cover/9780521380737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Janus Faces of Genius</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Alchemy in Newton's Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobbs, Betty Jo Teeter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major re-evaluation of Isaac Newton's intellectual life, Betty Jo Teeter Dobbs shows how his pioneering work in mathematics, physics, and cosmology was intertwined with his study of alchemy. Directing attention to the religious ambience of the alchemical enterprise of early modern Europe, Dobbs argues that Newton understood alchemy - and the divine activity in micromatter to which it spoke - to be a much needed corrective to the overly mechanized system of Descartes. The same religious basis underlay the rest of his work. To Newton it seemed possible to obtain partial truths from many different approaches to knowledge, be it textual work aimed at the interpretation of prophecy, the study of ancient theology and philosophy, creative mathematics, or experiments with prisms, pendulums, vegetating minerals, light, or electricity. Newton's work was a constant attempt to bring these partial truths together, with the larger goal of restoring true natural philosophy and true religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80843/cover/9780521380843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reform without Liberalization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>China's National People's Congress and the Politics of Institutional Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Kevin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its founding in 1954, the National People's Congress of China (NPC) has followed a difficult course of development, a course which has been characterized by periods of limited progress intermingled with periods of stagnation and regression. Political campaigns from the Anti-Rightist Movement (1957-1958) to the Great Leap Forward (1958-1960) to the Cultural Revolution (1966-1976) frustrated the establishment of any consistent policy concerning the appropriate role of the legislature within the one-party, Maoist regime. Mao's death in 1976, however, ushered in a new era of political reform which has included the strengthening of the NPC. In this detailed study of the NPC, Kevin O'Brien examines how the NPC has changed from its founding under Mao through the regime of Deng Xiaoping. He describes the various functions it has served, from the management of intra-elite relations; to the incorporation, and co-optation, of criticisms of regime policies into regime debates; to legislation and supervision of government agencies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80867/cover/9780521380867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dirac</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Scientific Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kragh, Helge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac was undoubtedly one of the most brilliant and influential physicists of the twentieth century. Between 1925 and 1934, this Nobel Laureate revolutionized physics with his contributions to quantum theory. This book, the first full length biography of Dirac, offers a comprehensive account of his life and presents his physics in its historical context, including known areas such as cosmology and classical electron theory. The author examines Dirac's successes and failures, and pays particular attention to Dirac's opposition to modern quantum electrodynamics - an opposition based on aesthetic objections. This book, which draws extensively from unpublished sources, including Dirac's correspondence with Bohr, Heisenberg, Pauli, Schr&#246;dinger, Gamow, and other physicists, is a history of modern physics as seen through one scientist's career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80898/cover/9780521380898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Configural Frequency Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Types and Antitypes in Cross-Classification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eye, Alexander von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Configural Frequency Analysis (CFA) is a method for analysis of groups of individuals in cross-classifications. Individuals belong to a type if their particular pattern of characteristics occurs more often than expected, and to an antityte if their particular pattern of characteristics occurs less often than expected. The author's original contribution is his linking of CFA to log-linear modeling and the General Linear Model, enabling the reader to relate CFA to a well-known statistical background. It is shown that CFA and log-linear modeling are methods that complement each other. Introduction to Configural Frequency Analysis covers the latest developments in CFA, and it will be easy to read even for those with only an elementary statistics course as a background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80904/cover/9780521380904.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138091X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138091X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Data Quality in Longitudinal Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magnusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergman, Lars R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>297</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an overview of the central issues of data quality in longitudinal research, with a focus on data relevant for studying individual development. Topics covered include reliability, validity, sampling, aggregation, and the correspondence between theory and method; more specific, practical issues in longitudinal research, such as the drop-out problem and issues of confidentiality are also addressed. The volume is the result of an interdisciplinary endeavour by leading European scientists to discuss appropriate ways of handling various types of longitudinal data, including psychiatric data, alcohol data, and criminal data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521380928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521380928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521380928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interacting Boson-Fermion Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521380928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iachello, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isacker, P. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interacting boson-fermion model has become in recent years the standard model for the description of atomic nuclei with an odd number of protons and/or neutrons. This book describes the mathematical framework on which the interacting boson-fermion model is built and presents applications to a variety of situations encountered in nuclei. The book addresses both the analytical and the numerical aspects of the problem. The analytical aspect requires the introduction of rather complex group theoretic methods, including the use of graded (or super) Lie algebras. The first (and so far only) example of supersymmetry occurring in nature is also discussed. The book is the first comprehensive treatment of the subject and will appeal to both theoretical and experimental physicists. The large number of explicit formulas for level energies, electromagnetic transition rates and intensities of transfer reactions presented in the book provide a simple but detailed way to analyse experimental data. This book can also be used as a textbook for advanced graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/80928/cover/9780521380928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Place of their Own</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family Farming in Eastern Finland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrahams, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on field research in eastern Finland not far from the Russian border, this book is an account of the main features of rural society in the area. It pays detailed attention to the adaptability of farming families in a rapidly changing world. Subjects treated include marriage and the family, work and mechanization, succession to farms, and the paradoxical combination of fierce individualism and co-operation. Two major themes of the book are the relation between law and custom, which is not always what it seems on the surface, and the complex interlocking of farm, family and the wider society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81000/cover/9780521381000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Tribute to Paul Erdos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hajnal, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is dedicated to Paul Erdos, who profoundly influenced mathematics in the twentieth century, with over 1200 papers in number theory, complex analysis, probability theory, geometry, interpretation theory, algebra set theory and combinatorics. One of Erdos' hallmarks was the host of stimulating problems and conjectures, to many of which he attached monetary prices, in accordance with their notoriety. A feature of this volume is a collection of some 50 outstanding unsolved problems, together with their 'value'! Eminent mathematicians from around the world have contributed articles to this volume that reflect the diversity of Erdos' interests, and it will be a fund of insight for number theorists, combinatorialists, set theorists and analysts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81017/cover/9780521381017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legislatures in the Policy Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dilemmas of Economic Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mezey, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The role legislatures play in the public policy-making process is of central concern to political scientists. Conventional wisdom claims that all legislatures except perhaps the US Congress are either marginal to the policy-making process or becoming increasingly so. In Legislatures in the Policy Process leading specialists in comparative government reassess this view and significantly advance research on the influence of legislatures. In the opening chapter, David Olson and Michael Mezey identify three categories of variables - external influences, internal influences and policy attributes - which can affect the policy-making role of legislatures. They specify sixteen hypotheses that describe the relationship between these variables and the policy participation of legislatures. In subsequent chapters, these hypotheses are examined through a series of individual and comparative country studies which focus upon the role of the legislatures in various aspects of economic policy making. These include the influence of the French, German, British and US legislatures on monetary policy; the role of the Brazilian Congress and Indian Parliament in computer and electronics policy and the part played by the Polish Sejm in labour policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81031/cover/9780521381031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of French Syntax</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Michael Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Designed for students, this detailed analysis of the principal areas of French grammar combines the insights of modern linguistic theory with those of more traditional grammarians. Theory is placed firmly in the service of description and analysis, and students are guided to an understanding of the French language which will complement the information offered by traditional reference grammars. The book includes discussion of verbs and verb phrases, voice, tense and mood, the noun phrase and pronouns, prepositions and variations in sentence-structure. The author pays special attention to those areas of French grammar which pose difficulties for an English-speaking reader. Each chapter is followed by a set of problems and exercises, and by a useful guide to further reading. Foundations of French Syntax assumes no prior knowledge of linguistics, and will appeal to students and teachers of linguistics, French and other Romance languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81048/cover/9780521381048.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applications of Biological Anthropology to Human Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lasker, Gabriel W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The unique contribution made by biological anthropology to human welfare lies in the fundamental understanding it can provide of the dynamic interrelationships between physical and social factors. By understanding these patterns, we can interpret the significance of variation in such measures of human well-being in terms of the incidence of disease and mortality rates. Topics covered include reproductive ecology and fertility, nutritional status in relation to health, and the effects of pollution on growth. In the later chapters, the concepts of physiological adaptation, and Darwinian fitness and its relation to individual physical fitness are explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81123/cover/9780521381123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Sartre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howells, Christina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the most comprehensive and up-to-date surveys of the philosophy of Sartre, by some of the foremost interpreters in the United States and Europe. The essays are both expository and original, and cover Sartre's writings on ontology, phenomenology, psychology, ethics, and aesthetics, as well as his work on history, commitment, and progress; a final section considers Sartre's relationship to structuralism and deconstruction. Providing a balanced view of Sartre's philosophy and situating it in relation to contemporary trends in Continental philosophy, the volume shows that many of the topics associated with Lacan, Foucault, Levi-Strauss, and Derrida are to be found in the work of Sartre, in some cases as early as 1936. A special feature of the volume is the treatment of the recently published and hitherto little studied posthumous works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81147/cover/9780521381147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructions of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations of Kant's Practical Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Onora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two centuries after they were published, Kant's ethical writings are as much admired and imitated as they have ever been, yet serious and long-standing accusations of internal incoherence remain unresolved. Onora O'Neill traces the alleged incoherences to attempt to assimilate Kant's ethical writings to modern conceptions of rationality, action and rights.  When the temptation to assimilate is resisted, a strikingly different and more cohesive account of reason and morality emerges. Kant offers a `constructivist' vindication of reason and a moral vision in which obligations are prior to rights and in which justice and virtue are linked. O'Neill begins by reconsidering Kant's conceptions of philosophical method, reason, freedom, automony and action. She then moves on to the more familiar terrain of interpretation of the Categorical Imperative, while in the last section she emphasises differences between Kant's ethics and recent 'Kantian' ethics, including the work of John Rawls and other contemporary liberal political philosophers. This reassessment will add significantly to the understanding of Kantian practical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81215/cover/9780521381215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uniting the Dual Torah</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sifra and the Problem of the Mishnah</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neusner, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Jacob Neusner analyzes the text of Sifra, a commentary on the book of Leviticus, arguing that Sifra should be understood as successfully relating the Mishnah, the authoritative writing down of the Oral Torah, to Jewish Scripture, or the written Torah. Neusner shows how Sifra's authors adopted a mediating position between the written Torah and the Mishnah, reconstructing large tracts of the Mishnah according to the logic and program of the written Torah of Leviticus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81253/cover/9780521381253.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naukar, Rajput, and Sepoy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethnohistory of the Military Labour Market of Hindustan, 1450-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolff, Dirk H. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of an aspect of the ethnohistory of North Indian peasant society: the importance of its military labour market for state and sect formation, for social change as well as for the energetic survival strategies of the villages of Hindustan. It traces the history of the British Indian sepoy to at least as far back as the fifteenth century, firmly rooting him in India's medieval past. It also shows that, from the anthropological point of view, not the hierarchically arranged castes, but the multiple alliances and fluid identities of the peasantry were the central phenomena of North Indian politics and decision making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81321/cover/9780521381321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900716</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Nature and Historical Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hume, Hegel and Vico</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pompa, Leon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a study of the nature and conditions of historical knowledge, conducted through a study of the relevant theories of Hume, Hegel and Vico. It is usually thought that in order to establish historical facts, we have to have a theory of human nature to support our arguments. Hume, Hegel and Vico all subscribed to this view, and are therefore discussed in detail. Professor Pompa goes on to argue that there is in fact no way of discovering anything about human nature except through historical investigation. It is necessary therefore to find a different way of thinking about how we discover historical facts. This is done in the last chapter where, in opposition to almost all present views, it is argued that we must have a framework of inherited knowledge before we can believe in anything which results from historical enquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81376/cover/9780521381376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disraeli</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Brief Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'There was', Gladstone declared in 1895, 'no life which required so much to be written as that of Disraeli.' Benjamin Disraeli was born in London in 1804, the grandson of an Italian Jew. In this fresh account of his life, Paul Smith looks at Disraeli's unique character as a fuse of Jewishness and Anglicanism, outsider and insider, nationalist and European, Romantic and Tory; and shows how this formed his 'appeal as an original and a card, the most piquant joker in the pack. His indomitable nerve, as a faintly raffish outsider, in scaling the highest peaks of public life, added spice ... to an increasingly unpopular government.'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81505/cover/9780521381505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education, Technology and Industrial Performance in Europe, 1850-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guagnini, Anna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Education, Technology and Industrial Performance in Europe explores the development of advanced scientific and technical education in seven European countries and the USA between the mid nineteenth century and the 1930s. The essays seek to replace the conventional notion of a simple interaction between education and industry with a far broader perspective in which not only educational institutions and industrial employers but also national and local governments, professional bodies, and private patrons can be seen to have made distinctive and often conflicting contributions. Although most of the essays are concerned with individual countries, the thrust of the volume is comparative. As the authors show, in nations as diverse as Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Sweden there were similarities in the conditions from which the spectacular innovations in higher technical education emerged in the later nineteenth century. But the results that were achieved were by no means uniform. A provision for education that was highly effective in one industrialized or industrializing economy could well be ineffectual in another. And everywhere the balance between the supply of educated manpower and the capacity of industry to exploit knowledge and skills was a delicate one. As educational innovators throughout Western Europe (as well as the USA) came to realize, there was no universally applicable ideal of education for industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81536/cover/9780521381536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bartered Brides</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Gender and Marriage in an Afghan Tribal Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tapper, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bartered Brides is a detailed study of marriage among the Maduzai, a tribal society in Afghan Turkistan. It is the first study of the area which looks in depth at both the domestic aspects of marriage and its relation to the productive and reproductive activities of women, as well as marriage as a means of managing political and economic conflict and competition. The fieldwork was carried out in the early 1970s before the 1978 coup and Soviet invasion. In this respect the book offers a unique account of a world that has disappeared. Nancy Tapper presents both male and female perspectives, detailed case studies and historical and statistical material. As an ethnographic and historical record, Bartered Brides breaks new ground in the study of Islam, the Middle East and South-west Asia. As the most detailed and extensive discussion of a Middle Eastern marriage system to date, it contributes to wider anthropological studies of marriage, politics and gender.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81581/cover/9780521381581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Crying of Lot 49</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Donnell, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Pynchon's novel, The Crying of Lot 49, is widely recognized as a significant contemporary work that frames the desire for meaning and the quest for knowledge within the social and political contexts of the fifties and sixties in America. In the introduction to this collection of original essays, Patrick O'Donnell discusses the background and critical reception of the novel. Further essays by five experts on contemporary literature examine: the novel's 'semiotic regime' or the way in which it organizes signs; the comparison of postmodernist Pynchon and the influential South American writer, Jorge Luis Borges; metaphor in the novel; the novel's narrative strategies; and the novel within the cultural contexts of American Puritanism and the Beat movement. Together, these essays provide an examination of the novel within its literary, historical, and scientific contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81635/cover/9780521381635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanisms in Blood Coagulation, Fibrinolysis and the Complement System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halkier, Torben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolley, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive account of the proteins involved in blood coagulation, fibrinolysis and the complement system. A major section of the book is devoted to each of these three systems, with separate chapters dealing in detail with structural aspects and different functional processes. Topics covered in the blood coagulation section include the activation of factors IX and X and prothrombin, and the formation and stabilisation of fibrin. The fibrinolysis section includes the activation of plasminogen, the degradation of fibrin and the regulation of fibrinolysis. The complement system itself is covered in chapters dealing with classical activation, alternative activation, the lytic complex and the regulatory processes involved. In addition, one section deals with special topics, including the kinin system, signal peptides, haemostasis, and the evolution of protein structure. This volume will be of use to researchers and advanced students in the fields of haematology, immunology and clinical chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81871/cover/9780521381871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Canon Law in Reformation England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helmholz, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book one of the world's foremost legal historians draws upon the evidence of the canon law, court records and the English common-law system to demonstrate the extent to which, contrary to received wisdom, Roman canon law survived in England after the upheavals of the Protestant Reformation. R. H. Helmholz provides an extensive examination of the manuscript records of the ecclesiastical courts and professional literature of the English civilians. Rebutting the views of Maitland and others, he shows how English looked to the Continent for guidance and authority in administering the system of justice they had inherited from the Middle Ages. Intellectual links between England and the Continent are shown to have survived the Reformation and the abolition of papal jurisdiction. The extent to which papal material was still used in England during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries will interest all readers and surprise many.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81918/cover/9780521381918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Warren I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an elegant and concise history of American foreign relations during the Cold War era, based on the most recent American, Chinese, and Soviet literature, written from a post-Cold War perspective. All of the major foreign policy issues, including the origins of the Soviet-American conflict; the extension of the confrontation to Asia, the Middle East, and elsewhere on the periphery; wars in Korea and Vietnam; crises involving the Taiwan Straits, Berlin, and Cuba; the rise and fall of d&#233;tente; imperial overreach; and the critical roles of Reagan and Gorbachev in the 1980s are carefully analysed and clearly explained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81932/cover/9780521381932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521381983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521381983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521381987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Sciences and Modern States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>National Experiences and Theoretical Crossroads</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521381987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagner, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiss, Carol Hirschon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wittrock, Bj&#246;rn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wollman, Hellmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern social sciences have been committed to the improvement of public policy. However, doubts have arisen about the possibility and desirability of a policy-oriented social science. In this book, leading specialists in the field analyse both the development and failings of policy-oriented social science. In contrast to other writings on the subject, this volume presents a distinctively historical and comparative approach. By looking at earlier periods, the contributors demonstrate how policy orientation has been central to the emergence and evolution of the social sciences as a form of professional activity. Case studies of rarely examined societies such as Poland, Brazil and Japan further demonstrate the various ways in which intellectual developments have been shaped by the societal contexts in which they have emerged and how they have taken part in the shaping of these societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/81987/cover/9780521381987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transition to Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Power, Wealth and Belief</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, I. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This set of essays is concerned with the explanation of large scale social change. Concentration is on the social stagnation characteristic of agrarian circumstances, the conditions for exit from that world and the varied social orders that inhabit, sometimes precariously, the modern world community. The distinguished contributors, from archaeology, anthropology, sociology, economic history and philosophy, have all been stimulated by the work of Ernest Gellner, and the essays are in dialogue with his view of our social condition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82021/cover/9780521382021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experiment, Right or Wrong</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Experiment, Right or Wrong, Allan Franklin continues his investigation of the history and philosophy of experiment presented in his previous book, The Neglect of Experiment. Using a combination of case studies and philosophical readings of those studies, Franklin again addresses two important questions: (1) What role does and should experiment play in the choice between competing theories and in the confirmation or refutation of theories and hypotheses? (2) How do we come to believe reasonably in experimental results? Experiment, Right or Wrong makes a significant contribution to an important area in contemporary history and philosophy of science. Philosophers and historians of science, physicists, and advanced students in these areas will find much of interest in this engaging study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82076/cover/9780521382076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physician-Legislators of France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Medicine and Politics in the Early Third Republic, 1870-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Jack D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the birth of the Third Republic and the outbreak of World War I, French medical doctors gained a far-reaching influence over the political life of their country, serving as mayors on the local level and ranking second only to lawyers in parliament. Their frequent medical contact with the people served as the foundation for their political success. In this volume Ellis explores the causes and significance of this phenomenon by examining the careers of the members of parliament who held degrees in medicine. It is the first book to deal explicitly with the backgrounds and careers of the physician-legislators, and uses a wealth of previously untapped sources. This study places medical history within a larger political framework and will be of interest to all concerned with modern French and European history, the social history of medicine, and the evolution of the professions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82083/cover/9780521382083.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perkins, Bradford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Creation of a Republican Empire traces American foreign relations from the colonial era to the end of the Civil War, paying particular attention not only to the diplomatic controversies of the era but also to the origins and development of American thought regarding international relations. The primary purpose of the book is to describe and explain, in the diplomatic context, the process by which the United States was born, transformed into a republican nation, and extended into a continental empire. Central to the story are the events surrounding the American Revolution, the Constitutional Convention, the impact on the United States of the European wars touched off by the French Revolution, the Monroe Doctrine, the expansionism of the 1840s, and the ordeal of the Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82090/cover/9780521382090.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eminent Economists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Life Philosophies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szenberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An intimate view of the dominant economists of this century, scholars whose work changed the direction of the discipline, is presented in this volume. The contributors, who come from quite divergent points of the ideological compass, present their life philosophies and reflect on their conceptions of human nature, society, justice and the source of the creative impulse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82120/cover/9780521382120.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boojums All the Way through</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communicating Science in a Prosaic Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mermin, N. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boojums All the Way Through is a collection of essays that deals in a variety of ways with the problem of communicating modern physics to both physicists and non-physicists. The author is Professor David Mermin, a well-known theoretical physicist, who recently won the first Julius Edgar Lileinfeld prize of the American Physical Society 'for his remarkable clarity and wit as a lecturer to nonspecialists on difficult subjects'. David Mermin's wry humour is clearly apparent in most of these articles, but even those that are more serious are characterized by a liveliness and commitment to finding startlingly simple ways of presenting ideas that are traditionally regarded as complex. This book will appeal to physicists at all levels, to mathematicians, scientists and engineers, and indeed to anyone who enjoys reading non-technical accounts of new ways of looking at modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82311/cover/9780521382311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ECOOP'89</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1989 European Conference on Object-Oriented Programming</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the refereed papers presented at ECOOP 89. They cover topics of contemporary interest in this increasingly active area of computer science research, from formal methods through software engineering to implementations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exact Constants in Approximation Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Korneichuk, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ivanov, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is intended as a self-contained introduction for non-specialists, or as a reference work for experts, to the particular area of approximation theory that is concerned with exact constants. The results apply mainly to extremal problems in approximation theory, which in turn are closely related to numerical analysis and optimization. The book encompasses a wide range of questions and problems: best approximation by polynomials and splines; linear approximation methods, such as spline-approximation; optimal reconstruction of functions and linear functionals. Many of the results are based on deep facts from analysis and function theory, such as duality theory and comparison theorems; these are presented in chapters 1 and 3. In keeping with the author's intention to make the book as self-contained as possible, chapter 2 contains an introduction to polynomial and spline approximation. Chapters 4 to 7 apply the theory to specific classes of functions. The last chapter deals with n-widths and generalises some of the ideas of the earlier chapters. Each chapter concludes with commentary, exercises and extensions of results. A substantial bibliography is included. Many of the results collected here have not been gathered together in book form before, so it will be essential reading for approximation theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82342/cover/9780521382342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medical Enlightenment of the Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cunningham, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A series of essays on the development of medicine in the century of the Enlightenment, illustrating the decline in the role of religion in medical thinking, and the increased use of reason.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82359/cover/9780521382359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methodology of Herbert Blumer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baugh, Jr, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>118</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Methodology of Herbert Blumer is a comprehensive critical account of the contributions of this important American sociologist to the methodology of social research. In a close reading of Blumer's texts, the author charts the development of Blumer's thinking, revealing a tension between a reductive empiricism and an emphasis on the importance of theory in social research. The author describes Blumer's conception of methodology as extending beyond narrow questions of technique to encompass broad critical reflection on the principles underlying scientific inquiry. Blumer's concentration on the integral unity of theory and method relates suggestively to current thinking about methodology, while his examinations of this theme in such areas as public opinion research and variable analysis provide provocative criticisms of some current research practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82465/cover/9780521382465.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138267X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138267X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protectionism and Economic Revival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British Inter-war Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomou, Solomos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of protectionism is currently a contentious policy issue. This book evaluates the effects of protectionism on the British interwar economy. In contrast to most studies of the period and the conclusions of orthodox economic theory, Kitson and Solomou show that the introduction of the General Tariff in 1932 provided a substantial stimulus to the domestic economy - a stimulus which can help to explain the trend improvement in British economic growth in the 1930s. The authors show that the tariff made encouraging import substitution and macroeconomic expansion. The empirical evidence is examined at two levels. First, a sectoral study shows that the newly protected sector of the 1930s saw an improvement in performance following the introduction of the tariff. Secondly, the large fall in manufacturing imports generated favourable effects on macroeconomic performance by helping to reduce the import propensity of the economy. The policy implication of this study is that trade policies should be constructed in the context of prevailing economic conditions and not solely with reference to sometimes inappropriate theoretical perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82670/cover/9780521382670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Body in Swift and Defoe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flynn, Carol Houlihan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original book takes a new look at problems surrounding the physical, material nature of the human body, in particular as represented in the works of Jonathan Swift and Daniel Defoe. It examines the role that literary invention (with its rhetorical and linguistic strategies) plays in expressing and exploring the problems of physicality, and deals with issues such as sexuality, cannibalism, scatology and the fear of contagion. Swift and Defoe are seen as writers confronting the essentially modern problem of what it is to be human in a rapidly developing consumer economy, where individual bodies, beset by poverty and disease, are felt to be threatened by the enveloping masses of urban crowds. In an eclectic synthesis of recent approaches, Carol Flynn works into her study the insights provided by biographical and psychoanalytic criticism, Marxism and social history, studies of eighteenth-century philosophy, and feminist readings. Her challenging approach reviews the cost of being human, the 'expense' of material as opposed to spiritual life in eighteenth-century society, as it is revealed in its literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82687/cover/9780521382687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality, Prudence, and Nuclear Weapons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Steven P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the passing of the Cold War, a chapter in the history of nuclear deterrence has come to an end. Nuclear weapons remain, however, and nuclear deterrence will again be practiced. Rather than simply assume that the policy of deterrence has worked we need to learn the proper lessons from history in order to ensure that its mistakes are not repeated. Professor Lee furnishes us with the kind of analysis that will enable us to learn those lessons. This book is the first post-Cold War assessment of nuclear deterrence. It provides a comprehensive normative understanding of nuclear deterrence policy, examining both its ethical and strategic dimensions. The book poses the question: What kind of nuclear policy, if any, deserves both moral and prudential endorsement?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82724/cover/9780521382724.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooker, Jewel Spears</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>644</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Widely regarded as one of the most important and influential poets of the twentieth century, T. S. Eliot was also extremely prolific. T. S. Eliot: The Contemporary Reviews is a testament to both these aspects of Eliot's work. In it, Jewel Spears Brooker presents the most comprehensive gathering of newspaper and magazine reviews of Eliot's work ever assembled. It includes reviews from both American and British journals. Brooker expands on the major themes of the reviews and shows how the reviews themselves influenced not only Eliot, but also literary history in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82779/cover/9780521382779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Province and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Brittany and the Carolingians</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Julia M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers ideas about the processes of political and cultural change in the early Middle Ages. The main focus is on relations between the centre and periphery of the Carolingian empire, in particular on the development of Brittany as a territorial principality in the ninth and tenth centuries. A major theme is the interaction of Carolingian imperial policies, Frankish aristocratic feuding, and local Breton communities. Other issues discussed include economy and society in Brittany and Neustria, the impact of Carolingian imperialism on local Breton communities, changes in the political, ecclesiastical and social structures arising from Carolingian overlordship of Brittany, the interaction of Celtic and Carolingian culture, and the construction of an early medieval ethnic identity. The book shows how regional autonomy and self-regulating villages were as integral to the Carolingian world as court politics, cultural imperialism and frontier strife, and it argues that, in order to understand both the establishment and the collapse of the Carolingian empire, politics at the periphery demand as much attention as politics at the centre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82854/cover/9780521382854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A House Undivided</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domesticity and Community in American Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A whole range of major American writers have focused on images of the household, of domestic virtue, and the feminine or feminized hero. This important new book examines the persistance and flexibility of such themes in the work of a tradition of classic writers from Ann Bradstreet through Jefferson and Franklin to Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman and Emily Dickinson. Without minimizing the differences that divide these figures, Anderson shows the extent to which, in their various circumstances, they were all committed to a common enterprise - a social and cultural reconstruction based on the domestic values of the ideal private household.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82878/cover/9780521382878.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Metric Fixed Point Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goebel, Kazimierz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Metric Fixed Point Theory has proved a flourishing area of research for many mathematicians. This book aims to offer the mathematical community an accessible, self-contained account which can be used as an introduction to the subject and its development. It will be understandable to a wide audience, including non-specialists, and provide a source of examples, references and new approaches for those currently working in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82892/cover/9780521382892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521382963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521382963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521382960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Medieval History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521382960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allmand, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1072</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume covers the last century (interpreted broadly) of the traditional western Middle Ages. Often seen as a time of doubt, decline and division, the period is shown here as a period of considerable innovation and development, much of which resulted from a conscious attempt by contemporaries to meet the growing demands of society and to find practical solutions to the social, religious and political problems which beset it. The volume consists of four sections. Part I focuses on both the ideas and other considerations which guided men as they sought good government, and on the practical development of representation. Part II deals with aspects of social and economic development at a time of change and expansion. Part III discusses the importance of the life of the spirit: religion, education and the arts. Moving from the general to the particular, Part IV concerns itself with the history of the countries of Europe, emphasis being placed on the growth of the nation states of the 'early modern' world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/82960/cover/9780521382960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Writings of Bronislaw Malinowski</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornton, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skalnik, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krzyzanowski, Ludwik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bronislaw Malinowski, born and educated in Poland, helped to establish British social anthropology. His classic monographs on the Trobriand Islanders were published between 1922 and 1935, when he was professor of anthropology at the London School of Economics. The present collection of Malinowski's early writings, establishes the intellectual background to this achievement. Written between 1904 and 1914, before he went to Melanesia, all but two of the essays are published here in English for the first time. They show how Malinowski's considerable impact on twentieth-century thought is rooted in the late nineteenth-century philosophy of central Europe, especially the work of philosopher and physicist Ernst Mach, Friedrich Nietzsche, and in the ethnological theories of James Frazer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83004/cover/9780521383004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quiet Days in Burgundy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Local Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ab&#233;l&#232;s, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Annella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ethnographic study of political life in the department of the Yonne, in the Burgundy region, explores a still richly Balzacian provincial world. The author, a French anthropologist, has extensive field experience in Ethiopia. Deploying the insights and methods of social anthropology by drawing on local history, interviews and participant observation, Ab&#233;l&#232;s describes politicians at every level, from municipal officers to Members of Parliament and Ministers. He provides a clear picture of the process of 'decentralization' initiated by the Socialist government in 1982, and undermines the simplistic notion of 'centralist France'. This book, which develops a fresh perspective on political life in France, past and present, illustrates more generally an exciting approach to modern political phenomena, from the point of view of anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83028/cover/9780521383028.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preaching the Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Homily and Hermeneutics after the Exile</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Rex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this study is to examine the speeches given to leading characters in the Books of Chronicles, including those which formed the basis of Gerhard von Rad's book The Levitical Sermon in the Books of Chronicles. These are compared with similar material in the Books of Ezra and Nehemiah and in the post-exilic prophets. It is Dr Mason's contention that recurring themes and homiletical devices suggest that these 'addresses' (while not to be classified as 'Sermons') do reveal something of the exegetical and teaching methods employed in the Second Temple period, which are here echoed. By studying the contents and aims of this preaching, the author tries to clarify the process by which pre-exilic Davidic Yahwism became the living faith of the post-exilic community in the challenging circumstances of the Persian and Greek periods through the careful reinterpretation of earlier scriptural material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83042/cover/9780521383042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Author and Audience in Latin Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between the author and his audience has received much critical attention from scholars in non-classical disciplines yet the nature of much ancient literature and of its 'publication' meant that audiences in ancient times were more immediate to their authors than in the modern world. This book contains essays by distinguished scholars on the various means by which Latin authors communicated effectively with their audiences. The authors and works covered are Cicero, Catullus, Lucretius, Propertius, Horace's Odes, Virgil's Aeneid, Ovid's Metamorphoses, Senecan tragedy, Persius, Pliny's letters, Tacitus' Annals and medieval love lyric. Contributors have provided detailed analyses of particular passages in order to throw light on the many different ways in which authors catered for their audiences by fulfilling, manipulating and thwarting their expectations; and in an epilogue the editors have drawn together the issues raised by these contributions and have attempted to place them in an appropriate critical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83073/cover/9780521383073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From the Idyll to the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Karamzin's Sentimentalist Prose</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammarberg, Gitta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Karamzin was the foremost Russian representative of the late eighteenth-century Sentimentalist movement. In this study, Gitta Hammarberg makes use of recent advances in literary theory (especially those based on the work of Bakhtin and Voloshinov) in order to develop a new theory of Sentimentalist literature, which she applies to Karamzin's prose fiction. Professor Hammarberg situates Sentimentalism in its historical context, as a reflection of contemporary shifts in world view, a reaction against the neo classicist view of literature, and a vehicle for legitimizing prose fiction. She stresses the importance of the role of the author-reader in the structure of Sentimentalist texts, and relates this to the style and genres of these works. Through close readings of a representative selection of Karamzin's prose fiction, including works previously disregarded as trivial or frivolous, she shows the range of Sentimentalist fiction, its place in literary evolution, and ways in which it anticipates the Romantic movement and the modern Russian novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83103/cover/9780521383103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138317X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138317X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proton Conductors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Solids, Membranes and Gels - Materials and Devices</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colomban, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Protonic conduction in liquid electrolytes is commonplace but is relatively rare in solids. There is much interest worldwide in proton conducting solids, both from the scientific aspect, as materials with novel properties, but also for their possible applications in high-density solid-state batteries, sensors and other electrochemical devices. This book gives a comprehensive review of proton conductors, including theory, techniques, the materials themselves and applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83172/cover/9780521383172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diffraction Effects in Semiclassical Scattering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussenzveig, H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Critical effects in semiclassical scattering, in which the standard approximations break down, are associated with forward peaking, rainbows, glories, orbiting and resonances. Besides giving rise to beautiful optical effects in the atmosphere, critical effects have important applications in many areas of physics. However, their interpretation and accurate treatment is difficult. This book, based on the Elliott Montroll Lectures, given at the University of Rochester, deals with the theory of these critical effects. After a preliminary chapter in which the problem of critical effects is posed, the next three chapters on coronae, rainbows and glories are written so as to be accessible to a broader audience. The main part of the book then describes the results obtained from the application of complex angular momentum techniques to scattering by homogeneous spheres. These techniques lead to practically usable asymptotic approximations, and to new physical insights into critical effects. A new conceptual picture of diffraction, regarded as a tunnelling effect, emerges. The final two chapters contain brief descriptions of applications to a broad range of fields, including linear and nonlinear optics, radiative transfer, astronomy, acoustics, seismology, atomic, nuclear and particle physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83189/cover/9780521383189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Johnson in the Medical World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Doctor and the Patient</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiltshire, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Samuel Johnson has become known to posterity in two capacities: through his own works as the great literary essayist of the eighteenth century, and, through Boswell's Life, as a man - notoriously a medical patient with a string of physical and psychological ailments. John Wiltshire brings the two together in this original study of Johnson the writer as 'Doctor' and patient. The subject of modern medical historians' case studies, Johnson also cultivated the acquaintance of doctors in his own day, and was himself a 'dabbler in physics'. John Wiltshire illuminates Johnson's life and work by setting them in their medical context, and also examines the importance of medical themes in Johnson's own writings. He discusses the many parts of Johnson's work touching on doctors, medicines, hospitals and medical experimentation, and analyses the central theme of human suffering - in body and mind - and its alleviation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83264/cover/9780521383264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Order in Ancient Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nippel, Wilfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>173</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The absence of a professional police force in the city of Rome in classical times is often identified as a major cause of the collapse of the Republic. But this alleged 'structural weakness' was not removed by the Emperor Augustus and his successors, and was in fact shared with other pre-modern states: a specialised police force is a modern invention. In this critical new study of the system of law and order in ancient Rome in both Republican and Imperial periods, Wilfried Nippel identifies the mechanisms of self-regulation which operated as a stabilising force within Roman society. This case-study of ancient Rome has a comparative dimension and will interest legal historians of other pre-modern societies as well as ancient historians, anthropologists, sociologists and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83271/cover/9780521383271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verbal Violence in Contemporary Drama</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Handke to Shepard</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malkin, Jeanette R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Jeanette Malkin considers a broad spectrum of post-war plays in which characters are created, coerced and destroyed by language. The playwrights examined include Handke, Pinter, Bond, Albee, Mamet and Shepard, as well as Vaclav Havel and two of his plays: The Garden Party and The Memorandum. These playwrights portray language's power within our political, social and interpersonal worlds. The violence that language does, the 'tyranny of words', grabs centre stage in their plays. Characters are manipulated and defined through language, their actions and identity limited by verbal options, in order to reveal the links between language and power. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of drama, theatre history, American and European literature, and comparative literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83356/cover/9780521383356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerson and Thoreau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myerson, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American Critical Archives was a series of reference books that provide representative selection of contemporary reviews of the main works of major American authors. Specifically each volume contains both full reviews and excerpts from reviews that appeared in newspapers and weekly and monthly periodicals generally within a few months of the publication of the work concerned. There is an introductory historical overview by the volume editor, as well as checklists of additional reviews located but not quoted. This book represents the first comprehensive collection of contemporary reviews of the writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson and Henry David Thoreau. Many of the reviews are reprinted from hard-to-locate contemporary newspapers and periodicals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14103/cover/9780521114103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Toils of Scepticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the works of Sextus Empiricus, scepticism is presented in its most elaborate and challenging form. This book investigates - both from an exegetical and from a philosophical point of view - the chief argumentative forms which ancient scepticism developed. Thus the particular focus is on the Agrippan aspect of Sextus' Pyrrhonism. Barnes gives a lucid explanation and analysis of these arguments, both individually and as constituent parts of a sceptical system. For, taken together, these forms amount to a formidable and systematic challenge to any claim to knowledge or rational belief. The challenge had a great influence on the history of philosophy. And it has never been met. This study reflects the growing interest in ancient scepticism. Quotations from the ancient sources are all translated and Greek terms are explained. Notes on the ancient authors give a brief guide to the sources, both familiar and unfamiliar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83394/cover/9780521383394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reason, Grace, and Sentiment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Language of Religion and Ethics in England 1660-1780</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivers, Isabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period 1660-1780 saw major changes in the relationship between religion and ethics in English thought. In this first part of an important two-volume study, Isabel Rivers examines the rise of Anglican moral religion and the reactions against it expressed in nonconformity, dissent and Methodism. Her study investigates the writings which grew out of these movements, combining a history of the ideas of individual thinkers (including both prominent figures such as Bunyan and Wesley and a range of lesser writers) with analysis of their characteristic terminology, techniques of persuasion, literary forms and styles. The intellectual and social milieu of each movement is explored, together with the assumed audiences for whom the texts were written. The book provides an accessible, wide-ranging and authoritative new interpretation of a crucial period in the development of early modern religious and moral thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83400/cover/9780521383400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrical Trauma</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pathophysiology, Manifestations and Clinical Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cravalho, E. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive treatise on the subject of electrical trauma in humans. Several of the world's leading experts describe the basic mechanisms of tissue injury in victims of electrical trauma, the complex and varied manifestations of electrical trauma, and state-of-the-art clinical treatment protocols. Coverage of the topic is broad, ranging from mathematical models of molecular processes to intra-operative clinical care. Promising therapies are also discussed and assessed. The volume describes the basic physiochemical mechanisms responsible for tissue damage and explains the complex and variable ways in which electrical trauma manifests itself. Electrical Trauma serves as an important source of information from a variety of perspectives that contribute to the understanding of the electrical injury problem and development of rational therapy. It is suitable for clinicians in trauma surgery, emergency medicine, plastic surgery, intensive care and burns units and for those with an academic and research interest in the mechanisms and causes of electrical trauma.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83455/cover/9780521383455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Planned Economies and International Economic Organizations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brabant, Jozef M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the role of socialist countries within the international economic order. The author presents an overview of the emergence of the postwar economic order and examines the key features of three kinds of centrally planned economies. He then analyses the role of financial frameworks and the international trade system in ensuring smooth economic relations among market-type economies and he details the problems of associating typical CPEs within them. Finally Jozef van Brabant explores the possibility of reconstituting a multilateral economic order that can provide greater security, predictability, stability, and reliability in international economic relations. The Planned Economies and International Economic Organizations is written at a time when the Soviet Union and other centrally planned economies are seeking closer links with the mainstream world economy. It will therefore be of interest to governments and institutional economists as well as to students and specialists of Soviet and East European studies, international relations and comparative economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83509/cover/9780521383509.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Embryo Experimentation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuhse, Helga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckle, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawson, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kasimba, Pascal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>279</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New developments in reproductive technology have made headlines since the birth of the world's first in vitro fertilization baby in 1978. But is embryo experimentation ethically acceptable? What is the moral status of the early human embryo? And how should a democratic society deal with so controversial an issue, where conflicting views are based on differing religious and philosophical positions? These controversial questions are the subject of this book, which, as a current compendium of ideas and arguments on the subject, makes an original contribution of major importance to this debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83592/cover/9780521383592.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Becoming a Reader</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience of Fiction from Childhood to Adulthood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appleyard, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Becoming a Reader argues that, whatever our individual differences of personality and background, there is a regular sequence of attitudes we go through as we mature, which affect how we experience fiction, from the five-year-old child absorbed in the world of fantasy play, through the seventeen year old critical seeker of the truth, to the middle-aged reader recognizing their own experiences in fictional characters. Becoming a Reader argues that this sequence of responses can be worked out and described. The evidence for these claims is drawn from numerous studies of reading and from interviews with a great many readers, young and old. The developmental perspective provides a useful framework for assessing the implications of competing theories of reading and for charting the evolution of individual readers. Finally, in allowing us to predict our reading experience, the book allows us, as adults, to choose what to do with the power which reading gives us.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83646/cover/9780521383646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Vincente Minnelli</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naremore, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Vincente Minnelli examines the career of MGM's leading director of musicals, melodramas, and comedies in the 1940s and 1950s. Widely admired for his flamboyant sense of colour and camera movement, Minnelli played a crucial role in maintaining the studio's reputation as the 'home of the stars'. Describing the director's contributions to some of the most celebrated works of Hollywood's golden era, this volume also includes a close analysis of five important films that represent the full range of Minnelli's career: Cabin in the Sky, Meet Me in St Louis, Father of the Bride, The Bad and the Beautiful, and Lust for Life. These lively readings provide commentary on problems of genre, directorial style, cultural politics, and the connection between aestheticism and mass culture during the first half of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83660/cover/9780521383660.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mr Bligh's Bad Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Passion, Power and Theater on H. M. Armed Vessel Bounty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dening, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>459</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Bligh was one of the least physically violent disciplinarians in the British Navy, why, then, did he have a mutiny? Mr Bligh's Bad Language is a study of the mutiny on the Bounty, and its role in society and culture. Greg Dening draws on a wide range of influences, including modern cinematic portrayals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83707/cover/9780521383707.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Company Profits</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Dennis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do company profits eventually converge on a common, competitive level? How long does the convergence process take? This book seeks to answer these questions through a comparison of company profitability using time-series data compiled at the firm level and at the industry level in Canada, France, Japan, Sweden, West Germany, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The emphasis is on long-run, dynamic processes, and the perspective is that of Joseph Schumpeter, with profits converging, if at all, to competitive levels only in the long run. The basic methodology of the book is presented in one chapter, with the subsequent chapters focusing on results for individual countries. A summary chapter presenting major resolutions and their implications concludes the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83721/cover/9780521383721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fusion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Endless Energy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herman, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fusion: The Search for Endless Energy is the story of the international race to build the first atomic fusion reactor. It is the story of a fraternity of scientists, whose members included such greats as Andrei Sakharov and Edward Teller. Transcending political boundaries, their utopian mission was to create a source of safe, clean, inexhaustible energy from the elements of seawater. The book abounds with fascinating anecdotes about fusion's rocky path. Aimed at a general audience, the book describes the scientific basis of controlled fusion - the fusing of atomic nuclei, under conditions hotter than the sun, to release energy. Using personal recollections of scientists involved, the book traces the history of this little-known international race that began during the Cold War in secret laboratories in the United States, Great Britain and the Soviet Union, and evolved into an astonishingly open collaboration between East and West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83738/cover/9780521383738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Faulkner</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Inge, M. Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive collection of contemporary published reactions to the writing of William Faulkner from 1926 to 1962, these articles document the response of reviewers to specific works, and chronicle the development of Faulkner's reputation among the nation's book reviewers. It has often been assumed that a poor reception in the popular review publications contributed to Faulkner's lack of commercial success. The material presented here tends to refute that assumption, clarifying the development of Faulkner's literary career and providing a fuller understanding of the part played by book reviewing in the sales, promotion and success of American literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83776/cover/9780521383776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521383978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521383978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521383974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fallen Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kant on Radical Evil and Moral Regeneration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521383974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michalson, Jr, Gordon E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Professor Michalson attempts to clarify the complex tangle of issues connected with Kant's doctrines of radical evil and moral regeneration, and to set the problems resulting from these doctrines in an interpretive framework that tries to make sense of the instability of his overall position. In his late work Religion Within the Limits of Reason Alone (1793), Kant charts out these doctrines in a manner that represents a fresh development in his own thinking on moral and relgious matters, apparently at variance with the mainstream Enlightenment outlook which Kant otherwise embodies. His position appears to amount to a retrieval of the supposedly outmoded Christian doctrine of original sin, and this ambivalence is seen to stem from his desire to do justice both to the Protestant Christian, and the Enlightenment rationalist, tradition, which weigh equally heavily upon him. In this study Professor Michalson attempts to clarify the complex tangle of issues connected with Kant's doctrines of radical evil and moral regeneration, and to set the problems resulting from these doctrines in an interpretive framework that tries to make sense of the instability of his overall position.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/83974/cover/9780521383974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gorgon's Gaze</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Cinema, Expressionism, and the Image of Horror</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Gorgon's Gaze is an interdisciplinary study of recurrent themes in German cinema as it has developed since the early twentieth century. Focusing on pertinent films of the pre- and post-World War II eras, Paul Coates explores the nature of expressionism, which is generally agreed to have ended with the advent of sound cinema, and its persistence in the styles of such modern masters of Film noir as Orson Welles and Ingmar Bergman. In considering the possibility of homologies between the necessary silence of pre-sound cinema and the widespread modernist aspiration to an aesthetic of silence, Coates relates theories of the sublime, the uncanny, and the monstrous to his subject. He also reflects upon problems of representability and the morality of representation of events that took place during the Nazi era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84094/cover/9780521384094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dostoyevsky after Bakhtin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readings in Dostoyevsky's Fantastic Realism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Malcolm V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Malcolm Jones, the author of an earlier, widely read book on Dostoyevsky, here approaches his subject afresh in the light of recent developments in Dostoyevsky studies and in critical theory. He takes as his starting point the vexed question of Dostoyevsky's 'fantastic realism', which he attempts to redefine. Accepting Bakhtin's reading of Dostoyevsky in its essentials, he seeks out its weaknesses and develops it in new directions. Taking well-known texts by Dostoyevsky in turn, Professor Jones illustrates aspects of their multivoicedness. In Part 1, he concentrates on the internal, emotional and intellectual, reversals of 'the underground'. In Part 2, he focuses on the disruptive and subversive aspects of the relationships between characters and between text and reader. In Part 3 he examines textual multivoicedness in its diachronic aspect, showing some of the ways in which Dostoyevsky's texts echo and exploit the voices of precursors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84230/cover/9780521384230.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enterprise and Technology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German and British Steel Industries, 1897-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wengenroth, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed account of the British and German steel industries' performances during three decades that were marked by radical changes in technology, in sources of raw materials and in product markets. Relying on governmental and corporate archives as well as on the contemporary trade literature, Professor Wengenroth has drawn a meticulous picture of how managements in the two countries met strategic problems raised by these changes. The author does not however, merely trace technological developments; rather he uses them as a backdrop for a contribution to the long-running debate on Britain's relative industrial decline in the late nineteenth century. Was this the result of massive entrepreneurial failure or was it merely the by-product of evolutionary changes that bestowed automatic competitive advantage on latecomers such as the Germans? The author argues a detailed case for the latter scenario and, in doing so, makes a major contribution to the debate on the 'Great Depression'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84254/cover/9780521384254.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pathology and Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Work of Mother Earth in Trinidad</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littlewood, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first new religion in the Caribbean since Rastafari, the Earth People draw on West African sources, assert a renascent African identity, and celebrate female creativity. They argue that Black people are the guardians of a natural environment, which is constantly under threat from European science. Dr Littlewood, who is both a psychiatrist and a social anthropologist, criticizes received ideas about pathology and creativity. The founder's ideas emerged in her experience of cerebral disease, and Dr Littlewood shows how the Earth People reinterpret radical personal experiences to build a community. While naturalistic and personalistic interpretations of human life are both valid and necessary, neither can be reduced to the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84278/cover/9780521384278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Relativity and Gravitation, 1989</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on General Relativity and Gravitation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashby, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyss, Walker</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the proceedings of the 12th triannual International Conference on General Relativity and Gravitation, the premier conference for presentation and discussion of new ideas in relativity and cosmology. The volume contains invited talks in addition to short reports on the parallel workshops that took place at the meeting. It is essential reading for all research workers in relativity, cosmology and astrophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84285/cover/9780521384285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Riparian Landscapes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malanson, George P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Riparian Landscapes examines the ecological systems of streamside and floodplain areas from the perspective of landscape ecology. The specific spatial pattern of riparian vegetation is seen as a result of, and a control on, the ecological, geomorphological, and hydrological processes that operate along rivers. Riparian structures are controlled by the spatial dynamics of channels, flooding and soil moisture. These dynamics are part of integrated cascades of water, sediment, nutrients and carbon, to which animal and plant species respond in ways that illuminate community structure and competition. The role of the riparian zone in controlling species distribution and abundance is discussed. Intelligent management of these valuable ecological resources is highlighted. The potential for linking hydrological, geomorphological and ecological simulation models is also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84315/cover/9780521384315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Common Property Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A General Theory and Land Use Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevenson, Glenn G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Common property economics defines and clarifies the theoretical distinction between open access and common property and empirically tests the adequacy of resource allocation under common property and empirically tests the property in comparison with private property. Group use of natural resources has often received the blame for overexploitation and mismanagement, whether of fisheries, grazing land, oil and gas pools, groundwater, or wildlife. In this book two types of group use are identified: open access and utilization without any controls on extraction rates, a situation in which resource overexploitation often occurs. In contrast, common property refers to the situation where the group controls the access to and extraction rates of the resource. The common property solutions differ from those associated with open access. The nonoptimality of open access is demonstrated with graphic, game theoretic, and mathematical models. The necessary and sufficient conditions for common property to overcome the difficulties of open access are examined. Stevenson discusses historical examples, the basis in legal concepts, the contrast with public goods, the formation, and the stability of common property. In a detailed, empirical study of alpine grazing in Switzerland, the author compares the performance of common property with that of private property. He also notes the similarity in structure between the Swiss grazing commons and the English open field system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84414/cover/9780521384414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defoe's Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parliament, Power, Kingship and 'Robinson Crusoe'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schonhorn, Manuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Defoe's politics aims to challenge the critical demand to see Defoe as a 'modern' and to counter misrepresentations of his political writings by restoring them to their seventeenth-century context. Offering a full examination of Defoe's years as a political reporter and journalist (1689-1715), it recovers his traditional, conservative and anti-Lockean ideas on contemporary issues: the origins of society, the role of the people in the establishment of a political society and how monarchies are created and maintained as the means of achieving a beneficent political order. At the heart of Defoe's political imagination, Manuel Schonhorn finds the vision of a warrior-king, derived from sources in the Bible and in ancient and English history. This model illuminates his original reading of Defoe's greatest political fiction, Robinson Crusoe, which emerges less in terms of a family romance, a tract for the rising bourgeoisie or a Lockean parable of government, than as a dramatic re-enactment of Defoe's lifelong political preoccupations concerning society, government and kingship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84520/cover/9780521384520.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Genetic Resources of Ethiopia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engels, J. M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkes, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worede, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the world centres of crop evolution and origin, Ethiopia has long been recognized as an important area of diversity for several major and various minor crops. Based on an international conference held in Addis Ababa, this book describes how this genetic diversity is of vital importance in breeding varieties of crops with desirable characteristics such as increased resistance to pests and diseases and greater adaptation to heat and drought. The three main sections in the book consider the Ethiopian centre of diversity, germplasm collection and conservation in Ethiopia and the evaluation and utilization of Ethiopian genetic resources. A broad range of food and feed crops and plants of medicinal and industrial importance are discussed, both at a national and international level. A brief account of those conservation strategies and genebank problems unique to Ethiopia is also given. The importance of Ethiopia's plant genetic resources to world agriculture has been demonstrated on more than one occasion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84568/cover/9780521384568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chopin: The Four Ballades</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chopin's four ballades are widely regarded as being amongst the most significant extended works for solo piano of the nineteenth century. In an illuminating discussion, Jim Samson combines history and analysis to provide the reader with a comprehensive picture of these popular piano works. He begins by investigating the social and musical background to Chopin's unique style. He describes the manuscript sources and evaluates the many subsequent printed editions, then considers the critical reception of the ballades and the differing interpretations of well-known nineteenth- and twentieth-century pianists. The final two chapters examine the music of all four works analytically. There is a clearly presented formal synopsis of each ballade in turn, followed by a discussion of the works collectively which explores Chopin's own conception of the title 'ballade' and how it may be understood as a musical genre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84612/cover/9780521384612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Face of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hervouet, Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joseph Conrad has up to now been regarded as a novelist with 'dual' Polish and English national affinities. This study argues for a triple identity by presenting the French face of Conrad's work, and demonstrates that his knowledge of the French language and its literature (which preceded his acquisition of the English language) has profound implications for the study of the novels. A survey of Conrad's literary and cultural background leads into an analysis of the effect on his writing of numerous French authors, chief among them Flaubert, Maupassant and Anatole France. Documenting these influences chronologically, Yves Hervouet builds up a picture of Conrad at work. In addition he discusses in more theoretical terms their aesthetic, philosophical and technical aspects and examines possible implications for Conrad's creative originality. A large-scale account of Conrad's extensive involvement with the French literary tradition, Yves Hervouet's book is a milestone in our understanding of his work. It will have a major impact on Conrad scholarship and as a study of cross-cultural influence, it will be of interest to all students of comparative literature in the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84643/cover/9780521384643.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walt Whitman and the American Reader</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenspan, Ezra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>281</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Walt Whitman and the American Reader, Ezra Greenspan casts Whitman as the central actor on the stage of nineteenth-century American literary culture - a culture redefining its democratic identity. Against the context of the major changes revolutionising the professions of printer, publisher, bookseller and author, he examines the connection between the bookmaking culture of mid-century and Leaves of Grass, and between the conditions for authorship and Whitman's career. The result is a far-ranging study of Whitman as a model of the nineteenth-century American writer writing for - and sometimes reacting against - the newly enfranchised, expanded reading public of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84698/cover/9780521384698.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alexander A Friedmann</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Man who Made the Universe Expand</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tropp, Eduard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frenkel, Viktor Ya.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernin, Artur D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dron, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burov, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our universe can be described mathematically by a simple model developed in 1922 at Petrograd (St Petersburg) by Alexander Friedmann (1888-1925), who predicted that the whole universe would expand and evolve with time before there was any observational evidence. He was an outstanding Soviet physicist, and this vivid biography is set in a wide historical background. The book is a window on the school and university years, military service, teaching and research during a seminal period of Soviet history. The authors include unique archival material, such as Friedmann's letters from the Front, as well as contemporary records and reminiscences of colleagues. There is a detailed treatment of his work in Theoretical Cosmology (1922-1924), set in the context of the organization of Soviet science at the time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84704/cover/9780521384704.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Braids and Coverings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Topics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Vagn Lundsgaard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a graduate course taught by the author at the University of Maryland, USA. The lecture notes have been revised and augmented by examples. The work falls into two strands. The first two chapters develop the elementary theory of Artin Braid groups both geometrically and via homotopy theory, and discuss the link between knot theory and the combinatorics of braid groups through Markov's Theorem. The final two chapters give a detailed investigation of polynomial covering maps, which may be viewed as a homomorphism of the fundamental group of the base space into the Artin braid group on n strings. This book will be of interest to both topologists and algebraists working in braid theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84797/cover/9780521384797.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521384966</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521384966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521384964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English-SerboCroatian Dictionary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521384964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, Morton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>774</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The term 'SerboCroatian' denotes a South Slavic language with several varieties. These varieties are spoken in areas that compromised the former Yugoslavia. People living in Serbia and Montenegro now usually call their language 'Serbian'. People living in Croatia now usually call their language 'Croatian'. People living in Bosnia and Hercegovina now usually call their language 'Bosnian'. The varieties of SerboCroatian, as used by educated speakers, are mutually intelligible in the same manner as the varieties of English are mutually intelligible. The dictionary is a guide for speakers of SerboCroatian who are learning English at any level, and for speakers of English who are studying SerboCraoatian at an advanced level. Professional translators have called earlier editions of this work and its companion volume 'the ultimate authority'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/84964/cover/9780521384964.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stealing People's Names</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Politics in a Sepik River Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Simon J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the people of Avatip, a community in the Sepik region of Papua New Guinea, the most prestigious and valued forms of wealth are personal names. In this intriguing study, Simon Harrison analyses the significance of names in the context of Avatip ritual, cosmology and concepts of the person, and shows how the Avatip system of names parallels the gift-exchange systems of many other Melanesian societies. In ritualized debates, which form the public arena of Avatip political life, rival leaders and the groups they represent struggle in oratorical contests for the possession of strategic names, and, as they do so, continually manipulate possibilities of this symbolically constituted economy, these competitive processes over the past century have been progrssively egalitarian type to one based on hereditary inequality and rank. The author offers a critique of the analytical arguing that it obscures the processes of political evolution in Melanesia and disguises the fundamental similarities underlying the sociocultural diversity of the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85046/cover/9780521385046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relevance Relations in Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study with Special Reference to Sissala</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blass, Regina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book uses Sperber and Wilson's relevance theory to show that connectivity in discourse is a pragmatic rather than a semantic matter: it results from relevance relations between text and context rather than from relations linguistically encoded in the text. In two introductory chapters, Regina Blass argues that relevance theory offers a more explanatory account of discourse connectivity than do alternative approaches based on notions of cohesion, coherence and topic. In subsequent chapters, she introduces data from the language Sissala and shows how relevance theory can play an important role in guiding and constraining semantic and pragmatic analyses of these data. This approach reveals unexpected results - for example the detection of an interpretive use marker in Sissala, with implications for the analysis of so-called 'hearsay phenomena' in other languages - and leads to an alternative basis for particle typology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85152/cover/9780521385152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Body Divine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Symbol of the Body in the Works of Teilhard de Chardin and Ramanuja</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Overzee, Anne Hunt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Body Divine explores the ways in which two spiritual teachers, one Christian (Teilhard de Chardin) and one Hindu (Ramanuja) have seen the world as inherently divine, and have presented this insight theologically through the use of a symbol, that of the 'body of the divine' (the body of Christ/Brahman). In a careful study of their beliefs, Dr Hunt Overzee shows how both thinkers came to understand reality in terms of consciousness, believing that salvation/release is realized through attaining the Lord. This goal is approximated through a changed view of things, in which everything is seen to belong to the Lord and to manifest his presence. The author compares those spiritual practices taught by each thinker in order to help people attain the Lord, and places these practices in a broader context of practices for transforming consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85169/cover/9780521385169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early History of Greed</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Sin of Avarice in Early Medieval Thought and Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newhauser, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of avarice as the deadliest vice in western Europe has been said to begin in earnest only with the rise of capitalism or, earlier, the rise of a money economy. In this first full-length study of the early history of greed, Richard Newhauser shows that avaritia, the sin of greed for possessions, has a much longer history, and is more important for an understanding of the Middle Ages, than has previously been allowed. His examination of theological and literary texts composed between the first century CE and the tenth century reveals new significance in the portrayal of various kinds of greed, to the extent that by the early Middle Ages avarice was available to head the list of vices for authors engaged in the task of converting others from pagan materialism to Christian spirituality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85220/cover/9780521385220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Equations in Infinite Dimensions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Da Prato, Guiseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabczyk, Jerzy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to give a systematic and self-contained presentation of basic results on stochastic evolution equations in infinite dimensional, typically Hilbert and Banach, spaces. These are a generalization of stochastic differential equations as introduced by It&#244; and Gikham that occur, for instance, when describing random phenomena that crop up in science and engineering, as well as in the study of differential equations. The book is divided into three parts. In the first the authors give a self-contained exposition of the basic properties of probability measure on separable Banach and Hilbert spaces, as required later; they assume a reasonable background in probability theory and finite dimensional stochastic processes. The second part is devoted to the existence and uniqueness of solutions of a general stochastic evolution equation, and the third concerns the qualitative properties of those solutions. Appendices gather together background results from analysis that are otherwise hard to find under one roof. The book ends with a comprehensive bibliography that will contribute to the book's value for all working in stochastic differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138530X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138530X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Religion' and the Religions in the English Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the changes which took place in the understanding of 'religion' and 'the religions' during the Enlightenment in England, the period when the decisive break with Patristic, Medieval and Renaissance notions of religion occurred. Dr Harrison's view is that the principles of the English Enlightenment not only made a special contribution to our modern understanding of what religion is, but they pioneered, in addition, the 'scientific', or non-religious approach, to religious phenomena. During this period a crisis of authority in the Church necessitated a rational enquiry into the various forms of Christianity, and in addition, into the claims of all religions. This led to a concept of 'religion' (based on 'natural' theology) which could link together the apparently disparate religious beliefs and practices found in the empirical religions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85305/cover/9780521385305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explanations, Accounts, and Illusions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClure, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a lucid survey of the major viewpoints in social psychology concerning people's self-awareness (or lack of it), their explanations of their own actions, and their cognitive illusions and self-misunderstandings. In this readable but scholarly review, John McClure examines the major approaches to social cognition developed in America and Europe, including the more orthodox models which draw on information-processing and behavioural concepts; and the innovative approaches which draw on hermeneutic models, discourse analysis and, in particular, critical theory. The book provides a clear picture of what social psychology shows about people's awareness of the causes of their own actions. It also describes the nature of the misperceptions and cognitive distortions that underlie psychological disorders, and that contribute to people's failure to achieve their aims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85329/cover/9780521385329.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consciousness and Revolution in Soviet Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Bolsheviks to Evald Ilyenkov</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bakhurst, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first critical study of the philosophical culture of the USSR, and the first substantial treatment of a Soviet philosopher's work by a Western author. The book identifies a tradition within Soviet Marxism that has produced significant theories of the nature of the self and human activity, of the origins of value and meaning, and of the relation of thought and language. The tradition is presented through the work of Evald Ilyenkov (1924-1979), the man who did most to rejuvenate Soviet philosophy after its suppression under Stalin. Professor Bakhurst sets Ilyenkov's contribution against the background of the bitter debates that divided Soviet philosophers in the 1920s, of Vygotsky's 'socio-historical psychology', of the controversies over Lenin's legacy, and of the philosophy of Stalinism. He traces Ilyenkov's tense relationship with the Soviet philosophical establishment and his passionate polemics with Soviet opponents. This book offers a unique insight into the world of Soviet philosophy, the place of politics within it, and its prospects in the age of glasnost and perestroika.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85343/cover/9780521385343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hadrons and Quark-Gluon Plasma</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Letessier, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rafelski, Johann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Before matter as we know it emerged, the universe was filled with the primordial state of hadronic matter called quark-gluon plasma. This hot soup of quarks and gluons is effectively an inescapable consequence of our current knowledge about the fundamental hadronic interactions: quantum chromodynamics. This book covers the ongoing search to verify the prediction experimentally and discusses the physical properties of this novel form of matter. It begins with an overview of the subject, followed by discussion of experimental methods and results. The second half of the book covers hadronic matter in confined and deconfined form, and strangeness as a signature of the quark-gluon phase. Covering the basics as well as more advanced material, it is ideal as an introduction for graduate students, as well as providing a valuable reference for researchers already working in this and related fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85367/cover/9780521385367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Who Has the Youth, Has the Future'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Campaign to Save Young Workers in Imperial Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linton, Derek S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>331</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Virtually all discussions of the problematic character of youth and society in twentieth-century Germany begin with the middle class Wandervogel and end with the Hitler Youth. In this revisionist study Derek S. Linton argues that youth emerged as an important social problem around 1900 without any reference to the Wandervogel. Instead, fears of socialism, urban disorder, mass culture, and youthful independence prompted liberal social reformers to constitute young workers as a social problem. Linton traces the 'natural history' of this social problem from recognition to institutional reform. He especially explores such institutions as mandatory evening vocational schools and adult sponsored youth clubs designed to integrate young workers into Wilhelmine society. Based on his analysis of youth reform, Linton ends by discussing some of the debates between historians over the reformability of Imperial Germany and relations between the Empire and the Nazi regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85374/cover/9780521385374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Property, Production, and Family in Neckarhausen, 1700-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabean, David Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>537</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This landmark study of family relations in a village in southern Germany is the product of deep reflection on anthropological approaches to historical problems. David Sabean is concerned to recover the tenor of marital relationships within a particular context of production and surplus extraction; he is concerned equally with capturing the logic of gender and generational conflict within strategies of subsistence and survival, the fabric of rights and obligations, and the coherence of life trajectories. Sabean's analysis of Neckarhausen is a challenge to conventional notions about modernization and family and kinship. As population increased and an influx of captial brought about a reorganization of agricultural production, for managing the forces of social reproduction. Peasants, it turns out, were innovative and flexible, experimenting with new commodity markets. The 'green revolution' at the dawn of the modern era is shown to have had a tremendous impact on the utilization of labor. Intensification of agriculture completely reorganized women's schedules, bringing about a new labor discipline and a crisis in marital relationships. Arguing for the concept of 'property' as a fundamental tool for social analysis, Sabean examines the peculiarities of property devolution, the distribution of tools, and the sale of land. His book is a stunning example of history written from the perspective of 'everyday life'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85381/cover/9780521385381.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discoveries of America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personal Accounts of British Emigrants to North America during the Revolutionary Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeWolfe, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailyn, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discoveries of America  is a collection of personal letters written by eighteen of the thousands of British emigrants who came to North America in the fifteen years preceding the onset of the American Revolution. These accounts are rare: few letters sent by emigrants during the colonial period exist. The letters reveal the motivations, experiences, characteristics, and emotions of these people, who populated America at a crucial time in its history, and provide new insights into the mechanisms of the British-American migration, especially the organisation of personal networks of family and friends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85428/cover/9780521385428.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of F. P. Ramsey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sahlin, Nils-Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>F. P. Ramsey was a remarkably creative and subtle philosopher who in the briefest of academic careers (he died tragically in 1930 aged 26) made significant contributions to logic, philosophy of mathematics, philosophy of language and decision theory. His few published papers reveal him to be a figure or comparable importance to Russell, Carnap and Wittgenstein in the history of analytical philosophy. This book was the first critical study of Ramsey's work, offering a thorough exposition and interpretation of his ideas, setting the ideas in their historical context, and assessing their significance for contemporary research. The study is intended to complement the reissue of Ramsey's papers edited by Professor Hugh Mellor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85435/cover/9780521385435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138544X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138544X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ontology of Physical Objects</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Four-Dimensional Hunks of Matter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This provocative book attempts to resolve traditional problems of identity over time. It seeks to answer such questions as 'How is it that an object can survive change?' and 'How much change can an object undergo without being destroyed'? To answer these questions Professor Heller presents a theory about the nature of physical objects and about the relationship between our language and the physical world. According to his theory, the only actually existing physical entities are what the author calls 'hunks', four-dimensional objects extending across time and space. This is a major contribution to ontological debate and will be essential reading for all philosophers concerned with metaphysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85442/cover/9780521385442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Future</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiede, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>109</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jesus' statements about the future provoked conflict among his own people and reprisal from the Romans; they remain controversial even today. Some readers of the New Testament study Jesus' words for specific predictions, searching for a road map to the future. Others transform Jesus' words into spiritual truths with little current relevance. This book challenges the reader to understand the historical realities that Jesus addressed. How did his message interpret Israel's hope in the midst of the ominous events of his time? How did his declaration of God's reign redefine the meaning of the present and the future of humanity and the world? Important passages concerning the future are examined in close connection to their real life contexts. Special attention is given to the book of Revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85527/cover/9780521385527.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138561X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138561X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bedouin of Cyrenaica</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Personal and Corporate Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, Emrys L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, Emanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emrys Peters studied the Bedouin of Libya for more than thirty years. The handful of articles published during his lifetime were widely admired and are still essential reading for anthropologists. He left further significant papers unpublished at his death, and the editors have drawn on these for half of this collection, which brings together his major writings on the Bedouin. These seminal essays are not only of ethnographic interest. All Peters' work is informed by a rigorous theoretical intelligence, and his analysis of power in Bedouin society has fascinated many discerning social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85619/cover/9780521385619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>709</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The letters in this volume cover two of the most momentous years in Darwin's life. Begun in 1856 and the fruit of twenty years of study and reflection, Darwin's manuscript on the species question was a little more than half finished, and at least two years from publication, when in June 1858 Darwin unexpectedly received a letter and a manuscript from Alfred Russel Wallace indicating that he too had independently formulated a theory of natural selection. The letters detail the various stages in the preparation of what was to become one of the world's most famous works: Darwin's On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, published by John Murray in November 1859. They reveal the first impressions of Darwin's book given by his most trusted confidants, and they relate Darwin's anxious response to the early reception of his theory by friends, family members, and prominent naturalists. This volume provides the capstone to Darwin's remarkable efforts for more than two decades to solve one of nature's greatest riddles - the origin of species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Colonial Origins of Korean Enterprise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1910-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNamara, Dennis L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>South Korean conglomerates, or 'chaebol,' such as Hyundai and Samsung, play a far more important role in the Korean economy than do comparable large firms in the US and Japanese economies. Despite the importance of the chaebol to the rapid postwar development of the Korean economy, little has been written about their origins during the Japanese occupation. Through case studies of local ownership in major financial, commercial, and industrial ventures, this book provides a detailed picture of indigenous capitalism during Japanese colonization. Drawing on Japanese government sources, Korean biographies and diaries, interviews and US intelligence material, the author gives a compelling account of key personalities in the Korean business elite and of the personal dilemmas of balancing nationalism against success under dependent, colonial conditions. The author concludes that dependent rather than comprador capitalism characterized leading Korean businesses through 1945. Patterns of concentration within family enterprises, close ties with the colonial state, and mutual support among a Korean inner circle of business leaders constitute a legacy of the colonial period important to the subsequent development of Korean conglomerates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85657/cover/9780521385657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inverse Methods in Physical Oceanography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Andrew F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Observations of ocean circulation have increased as a result of international field programmes and of remote sensing systems on artificial earth satellites. Oceanographers are increasingly turning to inverse methods for combining these observations with numerical models of ocean circulation. Professor Bennett's work explores the potential for inverse theory, emphasizing possibilities rather than expedient or rudimentary applications. In addition to interpolating the data and adding realism to the model solutions, the methods can yield estimates for unobserved flow variables, forcing fields, and model parameters. Inverse formulations can resolve ill-posed modelling problems, lead to design criteria for oceanic observing systems, and enable the testing of models as scientific hypothesis. Exercises of varying difficulty rehearse technical skills and supplement the central theoretical development. Thus this book will be invaluable for environmental scientists and engineers, advanced undergraduates in applied mathematics, and graduate students in physical oceanography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85688/cover/9780521385688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Seismological Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howell, Jr, Benjamin F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>201</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern seismology is a relatively new science; most current ideas originated no earlier than the latter half of the nineteenth century. The focus of this book is on seismological concepts, how they originated and how they form our modern understanding of the science. A history of seismology falls naturally into four periods: a largely mythological period previous to the 1755 Lisbon earthquake; a period of direct observation from then to the development of seismometers in the late 19th century; a period during which study of seismic arrival times were used to outline the structure of the earth's interior extending to the 1960s; the modern era in which all aspects of seismic waves are used in combination with trial models and computers to elucidate details of the earthquake process. This history attempts to show how modern ideas grew from simple beginnings. Ideas are rarely new, and their first presentations are often neglected until someone is able to present the evidence for their correctness convincingly. Much care has been used to give the earliest sources of ideas and to reference the basic papers on all aspects of earthquake seismology to help investigators find such references in tracing the roots of their own work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85718/cover/9780521385718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inventing the French Revolution `</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on French Political Culture in the Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Keith Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did the French Revolution become thinkable? Keith Michael Baker, a leading authority on the ideological origins of the French Revolution, explores this question in his wide-ranging collection of essays. Analyzing the new politics of contestation that transformed the traditional political culture of the Old Regime during its last decades, Baker revises our historical map of the political space in which the French Revolution took form. Some essays study the ways in which the revolutionaries' break with the past was prepared by competition between agents and critics of absolute monarchy to control the cultural resources and political meanings of French sought before 1789 to reconstitute their body politic; and by the invention of 'public opinion' as a new form of political authority displacing notions of 'representation', 'constitution', 'sovereignty' - and of 'the French Revolution' itself - the ambiguities, tensions, and contradictions that were to drive the revolutionary dynamic in subsequent years. The result is a substantial and unified set of studies, stimulating renewed reflection on one of the central themes in modern European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85787/cover/9780521385787.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Materials and the Designer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornish, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the reader to methods of selecting materials for engineering applications. With the rapid growth in the variety of manufacturing materials available, the choice of the optimum material for an engineering design is of increasing importance and difficulty. Materials have to be chosen that satisfy several, often conflicting, criteria including strength, durability, flammability, and cost. The author, an acknowledged expert on materials, provides a guide to many of the classes of engineering materials currently available. He includes tables and lists of standards, along with lists of consultants' addresses and references. Materials covered include metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites, and there are chapters on surface finishes, materials' performance, and the impact of manufacturing processes on design possibilities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85800/cover/9780521385800.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Future</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiede, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>109</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jesus' statements about the future provoked conflict among his own people and reprisal from the Romans; they remain controversial even today. Some readers of the New Testament study Jesus' words for specific predictions, searching for a road map to the future. Others transform Jesus' words into spiritual truths with little current relevance. This book challenges the reader to understand the historical realities that Jesus addressed. How did his message interpret Israel's hope in the midst of the ominous events of his time? How did his declaration of God's reign redefine the meaning of the present and the future of humanity and the world? Important passages concerning the future are examined in close connection to their real life contexts. Special attention is given to the book of Revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85817/cover/9780521385817.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Instrumental Variables</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowden, Roger J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turkington, Darrell A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent advances in establishing the nature and scope of estimators in econometrics have shed more light on the importance of instrumental variables. In this book, the authors argue that such methods may be regarded as a strong organizing principle for a wide variety of estimation and hypothesis testing problems in econometrics and statistics. In support of this claim they present and develop the methodology of instrumental variables in its most general and explanatory form. They show, for instance, that techniques commonly used to handle simultaneity and related problems can be reduced to one of two generic variables of instrumental variables estimators, allowing them to explore further the conditions under which different proposed estimators are efficient.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85824/cover/9780521385824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rivalry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Business, Science, among Nations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brenner, Reuven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rivalry is an attempt to understand facets of entrepreneurial societies by integrating the economic analysis with historical, political and psychological considerations, customarily shunned by economists. The author argues that decisions to make new business ventures, and readiness to take risks are both related to concepts of ranking hierarchies on local, national or international levels. He then constructs a theory of business enterprise and of rivalry supported by evidence on entrepreneurship, innovation, advertising, all examined with their historical, political or organisational concerns. This notion of rivalry among businessmen is used to derive guidelines for anti-trust legislation. Instead of pricing, profitability, concentration ratios and other criteria used today to infer non-competitive behaviour, he suggests using a measure of a firm's relative rate of innovation to infer it. By extending the notion of rivalry to the political sphere, national and international, guidelines are derived to evaluate the performance of state-owned enterprises and to examine policies related to free trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85848/cover/9780521385848.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Woodrow Wilson and the American Diplomatic Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Treaty Fight in Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambrosius, Lloyd E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Woodrow Wilson's contributions to the creation of the League of Nations as well as his failures in the Senate battles over the Versailles treaty are stressed in this account of his leadership in international affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85855/cover/9780521385855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fisherman's Problem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Law in the California Fisheries, 1850-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEvoy, Arthur F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The living resources of California's rivers and coastal waters are among the most varied and productive in the world. They also offer a laboratory example of the mismanagement and waste that have attended the settlement and development of the North American continent. The Fisherman's Problem is a study of the interaction among resource ecology, economic enterprise, and law in the history of the California fishing industry. It analyzes the ways in which the natural environment not only provided the raw material for economic development but played an active role in it as well. As this book shows, the natural environment has a history both independent of, and yet influenced by, classic example of 'common property' re-environmental conservation generally, as well as in the management of the fisheries of the world's rivers and oceans. Professor McEvoy discusses the different ways in which human communities have harvested and managed the region's fisheries, from those of the American Indians and immigrants from Europe and Asia to those of modern, industrial-bureaucratic society. By reconstructing the ecological history of the fisheries during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, this study develops a new perspective on environmental problems as contemporary observers understood them and on the results of their efforts to deal with those problems. The book concludes with an analysis of significant changes taking place in the 1970s and 1980s in the politics and theory of resource management. By combining a synthesis of recent scholarship in such disciplines as law, economics, marine biology, and anthropology with original research into the fishing industry's history, the book represents a significant new departure in the study of ecology and change in human society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85862/cover/9780521385862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nationalist Era in China, 1927-1949</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eastman, Lloyd E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ch'en, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pepper, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slyke, Lyman P. Van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years historians of China have focused increased attention on the critical decades of National rule on the mainland. This recent scholarship has substantially modified our understanding of the political events of this momentous period, shedding light on the character of Nationalist rule and on the sources of the Communist victory in 1949. Yet no existing textbook on modern China presents the events of the period according to these new findings. The five essays in this volume were written by leading authorities on the period, and they synthesize the new research. Drawn from Volume 13 of The Cambridge History of China, they represent the most complete and stimulating political history of the period available in the literature. The essays selected deal with Nationalist rule during the Nanking decade, the Communist movement from 1927 to 1937, Nationalist  rule during the Sino-Japanese War, the Communist movement during the Sino-Japanese war, and the Kuomintang-Communist struggle from 1945 to 1949.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138592X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138592X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Taste for Beauty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rohmer, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Volk, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Taste for Beauty is a collection of essays by the film-maker and critic Eric Rohmer which were originally written for the French Film review Cahiers du Cinema between 1948-1979.  Rohmer, one of the founding members of the French 'New Wave' cinema, was also one of the journal's original critics and served as its editor. Divided into four sections, the essays deal with fundamental and theoretical questions of film-making from a single theoretical viewpoint. Rohmer, a film-maker of great eloquence and erudition, writes in depth on the issues most fundamental to film: what the camera best portrays; the role of sound and colour; the use of drama and comedy; the role of speech; and the problem of literary adaptation; he also includes a personal defence of his films. The final section is devoted entirely to the film-maker Jean Renoir. The Taste for Beauty will be appreciated by students and critics of film, as well as those who love French cinema in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85923/cover/9780521385923.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Categorical Perception</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Groundwork of Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we sort the objects, people, events and ideas in the world into their proper categories? What transforms the 'blooming, buzzing confusion' that enters our eyes and ears when we are born into the orderly world which we eventually experience and interact with? This most basic of questions about human (and animal) perception and cognition is the subject of Categorical Perception, an exhaustive survey and integration of a diverse array of findings. Categorical Perception brings together all the known examples of categorical perception, from research on humans and animals, infants and adults, in all the sense modalities: hearing, seeing and touch. The perceptual findings are interpreted in terms of the available cognitive and neuroscientific theories of how categorical perception is accomplished by the brain: is it inborn? is it learned? what is it that the mind does to the incoming continuous information to sort it into the discrete categories we can see, manipulate, name and describe? Work on elementary perceptual and psychophysical categories (colours, sounds) is then compared with work on higher-order categories: objects, patterns, abstract concepts. From a focus on the most thoroughly investigated case of categorical perception - speech perception - the book proceeds to an integrative view of categorization in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85947/cover/9780521385947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary Approaches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moser, Paul K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This anthology is intended for advanced undergraduates and graduate students in such disciplines as philosophy, psychology, economics, and political science. It includes twenty-one selections falling under three main categories: individual decision theory; game theory and group decision-making; reasons, desires and intentionality. All the pieces have been published before in journals and have proven long term importance to theoretical work in rational action. The volume includes a general introduction on decision theory and a topical bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85985/cover/9780521385985.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521385997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521385997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521385992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pagan and Christian in an Age of Anxiety</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Some Aspects of Religious Experience from Marcus Aurelius to Constantine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521385992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodds, E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in the world of Late Antiquity is currently undergoing a significant revival, and in this provocative book, now reissued in paperback, E. R. Dodds anticipated some of the themes now engaging scholars. There is abundant material for the study of religious experience in late antiquity, and through it Professor Dodds examines, from a sociological and psychological standpoint, the personal religious attitudes and experiences common to pagans and Christians in the period between Marcus Aurelius and Constantine. He looks first at general attitudes to the world and the human condition before turning to specific types of human experience. World-hatred and asceticism, dreams and states of possession, and pagan and Christian mysticism are all discussed. Finally Dodds considers both pagan views of Christianity and Christian views of paganism as they emerge in the literature of the time. Although primarily written for social and religious historians, this study will also appeal to all those interested in the ancient world and its thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85992/cover/9780521385992.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computation and Human Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agre, Philip E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a critical reconstruction of the fundamental ideas and methods of artificial intelligence research. Through close attention to the metaphors of artificial intelligence and their consequences for the field's patterns of success and failure, it argues for a reorientation of the field away from thought in the head and towards activity in the world. By considering computational ideas in a large, philosophical framework, the author eases critical dialogue between technology and the social sciences. AI can benefit from an understanding of the field in relation to human nature, and in return, it offers a powerful mode of investigation into the practicalities of physical realization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86036/cover/9780521386036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musorgsky: Pictures at an Exhibition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russ, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The piano cycle Pictures at an Exhibition is perhaps the most widely known of Musorgsky's compositions, especially as orchestrated by Ravel. This informative and wide-ranging guide places the original piano work in the context of Russian cultural life, considering in particular the work of the artist Victor Hartman, creator of the pictures which inspired Musorgsky's composition. A detailed synopsis takes the reader through each piece in turn, describing the forms, the external references, and drawing connections with Musorgsky's other musical works. Chapters on the music itself consider, for example, folk elements, key relations and motivic structures. Dr Russ also describes the fate of the work in the hands of editors and performers and closes by surveying the best of the orchestrations, particularly that by Ravel. The book is illustrated with photographs of the existing pictures from Hartman's exhibition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86074/cover/9780521386074.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chopin: The Four Ballades</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chopin's four ballades are widely regarded as being amongst the most significant extended works for solo piano of the nineteenth century. In an illuminating discussion, Jim Samson combines history and analysis to provide the reader with a comprehensive picture of these popular piano works. He begins by investigating the social and musical background to Chopin's unique style. He describes the manuscript sources and evaluates the many subsequent printed editions, then considers the critical reception of the ballades and the differing interpretations of well-known nineteenth- and twentieth-century pianists. The final two chapters examine the music of all four works analytically. There is a clearly presented formal synopsis of each ballade in turn, followed by a discussion of the works collectively which explores Chopin's own conception of the title 'ballade' and how it may be understood as a musical genre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86159/cover/9780521386159.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>L-Functions and Arithmetic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is an outgrowth of the LMS Durham Symposium on L-functions, held in July 1989. The symposium consisted of several short courses, aimed at presenting rigorous but non-technical expositions of the latest research areas, and a number of individual lectures on specific topics. The contributors are all outstanding figures in the area of algebraic number theory and this volume will be of lasting value to students and researchers working in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86197/cover/9780521386197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Uniform Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a course taught to an audience of undergraduate and graduate students at Oxford, and can be viewed as a bridge between the study of metric spaces and general topological spaces. About half the book is devoted to relatively little-known results, much of which is published here for the first time. The author sketches a theory of uniform transformation groups, leading to the theory of uniform spaces over a base and hence to the theory of uniform covering spaces. Readers interested in general topology will find much to interest them here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86203/cover/9780521386203.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hard Choices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Decision Making under Unresolved Conflict</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is a commonplace that in making decisions agents often have to juggle competing values, and that no choice will maximise satisfaction of them all. However, the prevailing account of these cases assumes that there is always a single ranking of the agent's values, and therefore no unresolvable conflict between them. Isaac Levi denies this assumption, arguing that agents often must choose without having balanced their different values and that to be rational, an act does not have to be optimal, only what Levi terms 'admissible'. This book explores the consequences of denying the assumption and develops a general approach to decision-making under unresolved conflict. Professor Levi discusses conflicts of value in several domains - those arising in moral dilemmas, the drawing of scientific inferences, decisions taken under uncertainty, and in social choice. In each of these he adapts his theoretical framework, showing how conflict may often be reduced though not always altogether eliminated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86302/cover/9780521386302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Judgment of Sense</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Renaissance Naturalism and the Rise of Aesthetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Summers, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the rise of naturalism in the art of the late Middle Ages and the Renaissance there developed an extensive and diverse literature about art which helped to explain, justify and shape its new aims. In this book, David Summers provides an investigation of the philosophical and psychological notions invoked in this new theory and criticism. From a thorough examination of the sources, he shows how the medieval language of mental discourse derived from an understanding of classical thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86319/cover/9780521386319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphors of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conceptions of the Nature of Intelligence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Metaphors of Mind seeks to help readers understand human intelligence as viewed from a variety of standpoints, such as those of psychology, anthropology, computational science, sociology, and philosophy. Much of the present confusion surrounding the concept of intelligence stems from our having looked at it from these different standpoints without considering how they relate to each other or how they might be combined into a unified view that goes beyond the boundaries of a particular discipline. Readers of Metaphors of Mind will come away with a comprehensive understanding of the concept of intelligence and how ideas about it have evolved and are continuing to evolve.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86333/cover/9780521386333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven's Critics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesthetic Dilemmas and Resolutions during the Composer's Lifetime</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallace, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a survey of the critical reaction to Beethoven's music as it appeared in the major musical journals, French as well as German, of his day, and represents the first book-length history of Beethoven reception. The author discusses the philosophical and analytical implications of these reviews - by, among others, Hoffmann, A. B. Marx and Berlioz - and reassesses what has come to be the accepted view of a nineteenth-century musical aesthetics rooted in Romantic Idealism. Wallace sees Beethoven's critics as in fact providing a link between two apparently antithetical approaches to music: the eighteenth-century emphasis on expression and extra-musical interpretation and the nineteenth-century emphasis on `absolute' music and formal analysis. This book thus provides, in addition to a carefully documented study of Beethoven's critical reception, a re-evaluation of his oeuvre and its significance in music history. An index of all reviews cited is provided, and a further appendix contains the quoted material in its original language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayly, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past twenty years have seen a proliferation of specialist scholarship on the period of India's trasition to colonialism. This volume provides a synthesis of some of the most important themes to emerge from recent work and seeks in particular to reassess the role of Indians in the politics and economics of early colonialism. It discusses new views of the 'decline of the Moghuls' and the role of the Indian capitalists in the expansion of the English East Indian Company's trade and urban settlements. Professor Bayly considers the reasons for the inability of indigenous states to withstand the British, but also highlights the relative failure of the Company to transform India into a quiescent and profitable colony. Later chapters deal with changes in India's ecology, social organisation and ideologies in the nineteenth century, and analyse the nature of Indian resistance to colonialism, including the rebellion of 1857.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86500/cover/9780521386500.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The West Indies: Patterns of Development, Culture and Environmental Change since 1492</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This magisterial survey of the historical geography of the West Indies is at bottom concerned with the causes and consequences of three complex and inter-related phenomena: the rapid and total removal of a large aboriginal population; the development of plantation agriculture and the arrival of enforced labour, in the form of many thousands of African slaves; and the environmental, ecological and cultural changes that resulted. Dr Watts shows how the initial European vision of a land of plenty has been replaced by an awareness of the geographic and ecological fragiliaty of the area, and explains how the exploitative agricultural systems of the colonial and recent West Indies have not adjusted to the demands of the environment. An enormous array of historical, biological and literary sources are marshalled in support of Dr Watts' analysis, which is likely to remain the standard work on the subject for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86517/cover/9780521386517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church Courts, Sex and Marriage in England, 1570-1640</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingram, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adultery, fornication, breach of marriage contract, sexual slander - these, along with religious offences of various kinds, were typical of the cases dealt with by the ecclesiastical courts in Elizabethan and early Stuart England. What was it like to live in a society in which personal morality was regulated by law in this fashion? How far-reaching was such surveillance in actual practice? How did ordinary people view the courts - as useful institutions upholding accepted standards, or as an alien system purveying unwanted values? How effective were the church courts in influencing attitudes and behaviour? Previous assessments of ecclesiastical justice, coloured by contemporary puritan and common law criticisms, have mostly been unfavourable. This in-depth, richly documented study of the sex and marriage business dealt with under church law, based on the records of the courts in Wiltshire, Cambridgeshire, Leicestershire and West Sussex in the period 1570-1640, presents a more balanced and more positive view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86555/cover/9780521386555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138656X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138656X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution Principles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Party 1689-1720</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenyon, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period from 1680 to about 1720 was one of the most complex and difficult in the history of British politics, to contemporaries as well as to posterity. The parameters of political obligation were decisively shifted by the Revolution of 1688; statesmen and politicians had now to accustom themselves to the novelty of a parliament in session every year; Britain was almost continuously engaged in the most ambitious and expensive wars in her history to date; political parties were slow to form, and of doubtful repute when they did. Professor Kenyon's Ford Lectures, delivered in Oxford in 1976 and now published as a paperback for the first time, remain a standard account of the period. For this reissue, Professor Kenyon has written a new preface which discusses the book in the light of recent historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86562/cover/9780521386562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eternal Victory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Triumphal Rulership in Late Antiquity, Byzantium and the Early Medieval West</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCormick, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the Roman empire declined and 'fell', contemporary glorification of the emperor's triumphal rulership reached new heights, strewing traces of the empire's perennial victory across the physical and mental landscape of late antiquity. In this, the first comprehensive study of how a great imperial ceremony actually developed and how it influenced both the eastern and western heirs to the Roman legacy, the Roman triumph's resurgence and afterlife is documented from the Tetrarchy to the end of the Macedonian dynasty in Byzantium and to Charlemagne's successors in the early medieval West. This perspective shows that celebrations of the ruler's victory experienced unceasing change in ritual form and content and that these changes mirrored broader trends in the development of society and the monarchy. At the same time, it casts new light on the late Roman origins of the trappings of early medieval kingship. Far from the imperial capital, the cult of triumphal rulership permeated local elites, as commanders in the provinces imitated the supreme victor by staging triumphs of their own, and the new Germanic kings followed suit. Classicists, medievalists, Byzantinists, specialists of art and ritual will find here new data and approaches to a central problem in the transformation of the Roman Empire which culminated in the new civilization by Byzantium and the Germanic Kingdoms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86593/cover/9780521386593.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Criticism and Compliment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Literature in the England of Charles I</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Criticism and Compliment examines the poems, plays and masques of the three figures who succeeded Ben Jonson as authors of court entertainments in the England of Charles I. The courtly literature of Caroline England has been dismissed by critics and characterised by historians as propaganda for Charles I's absolutism penned by sycophantic hirelings. Kevin Sharpe questions the assumptions on which these evaluations have been based. Challenging the traditional argument for a polarity between court and country cultures in early Stuart England, he re-reads the plays, poems and masques as primary documents of political attitudes articulated at court. Far from being confined to a decade or a party, the courtly literature of the 1630s is relocated within the broader humanist tradition of counsel. Through the language of love - a language, it is argued, that was part of the discourse of politics in Caroline England - the court poets criticised fundamental premises of the King's political ideology, and counselled traditional and moderate modes of government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86616/cover/9780521386616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cognitive Structure of Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ortony, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clore, Gerald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has long been clear that the way in which people interpret the world affects our emotional reactions. What has been less clear is exactly how such different interpretations lead to different emotions. This is the central question addressed by The Cognitive Structure of Emotions. Taking a cognitive science perspective, a systematic account is presented of the cognitive structures that underlie a wide range of different emotions. Detailed proposals about the factors that affect intensity are also offered. The authors propose three broad classes of emotions, each corresponding to a different attentional focus. One class consists of reactions to events, one of reactions to the actions of agents, and one of reactions to objects. By basing their analysis of the antecedents of emotions on an analysis of the perceived situational conditions that elicit them, the authors offer the prospect of accounting for variations in the emotions of different individuals, different cultures, and perhaps even different species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86647/cover/9780521386647.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Languages of Political Theory in Early-Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pagden, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume studies the concept of a political 'language', of a discourse composed of shared vocabularies, idioms and rhetorical strategies, which has been widely influential on recent work in the history of political thought. The collection brings together a number of essays by a distinguished group of international scholars, on the four dominant languages in use in Europe between the end of the fourteenth and the beginning of the nineteenth century. They are: the language of political Aristotelianism and the natural law; the language of classical republicanism; the language of commerce and the commercial society; and the language of a science of politics. Each author has chosen a single aspect of his or her language, sometimes the work of a single author, in one case the history of a single team, and shown how it determined the shape and development of that language, and the extent to which each language was a response to the challenge of other modes of discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86661/cover/9780521386661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children with Down Syndrome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Developmental Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicchetti, Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beeghly, Marjorie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a state-of-art review of what is known about young children with Down syndrome from a developmental perspective. The underlying theme of the book is that children with Down syndrome, despite their constitutional anomalies and their additional medical and biological problems, can be understood from a normative developmental framework. Interventions guided by developmental principles in the biological, educational and psychological realms are more likely to result in informed knowledge about how best to help children with Down syndrome and their families. Children with Down Syndrome will appeal to researchers, theoreticians, educators, and clinicians in a range of disciplines, as well as to parents, social policymakers, and other advocates for the best interests of children with Down syndrome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86678/cover/9780521386678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900820</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music of Britten and Tippett</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Themes and Techniques</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittall, Arnold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this classic study of Benjamin Britten and Michael Tippett, Arnold Whittall builds up a unique double portrait of the two leading composers of their generation. For this second, revised edition Whittall includes a new chapter on Tippett's major works of the 1980s: the Piano Sonata No. 4, the large-scale choral composition The Mask of Time and the most recent opera, New Year. In addition, new information on the Britten repertoire and an updated bibliography are also presented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86685/cover/9780521386685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hamiltonian Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chaos and Quantization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ozorio de Almeida, Alfredo M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to the theory of Hamiltonian chaos outlines the main results in the field, and goes on to consider implications for quantum mechanics. The study of nonlinear dynamics, and in particular of chaotic systems, is one of the fastest growing and most productive areas in physics and applied mathematics. In its first six chapters, this timely book introduces the theory of classical Hamiltonian systems. The aim is not to be comprehensive but, rather, to provide a mathematical trunk from which the reader will be able to branch out. The main focus is on periodic orbits and their neighbourhood, as this approach is especially suitable as an introduction to the implications of the theory of chaos in quantum mechanics, which are discussed in the last three chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86708/cover/9780521386708.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Colonial Moment in Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Movement of Minds and Materials, 1900-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Andrew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book includes the first five, thematic, chapters from the Cambridge History of Africa, Volume 7. They deal with Africa south of the Sahara, during a period in which economic and cultural changes greatly enlarged the horizons of Africans, even though colonial rule seemed set to last for a very long time. The contributors break much new ground in exploring a variety of topics which transcend colonial frontiers: the impact of Africa on the thought of the colonial powers; impulses to economic growth, and new frameworks directing the movement of people, goods and money; the rapid expansion of world religions and their interaction with indigenous beliefs and colonial regimes; the circulation of ideas among Africans, and the growth of new social identities, as reflected in the press, literature, art and music. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliography updated for this edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World of Jesus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>First-Century Judaism in Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riches, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the social, economic, political, and cultural context of first-century Judaism. Precipitated by the coming of the Romans during the previous century, Judaism experienced a crisis of cultural erosion in the first century A.D. The author first describes the ways in which foreign domination threatened the Jewish community - for example, by causing a migration away from the countryside into cities. He then discusses how various groups of Jews tried to preserve their cultural identity through their definitions of Jewishness and through the ethical codes they devised. Groups examined include the Pharisees, the Sadducees, the Zealots, the Essenes, and John the Baptist and his followers. The author locates Jesus' teaching in relation to the teachings of these groups, arguing that Jesus was deeply committed to the values of the Jewish tradition even while he proposed radical change that he believed would bring renewal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86760/cover/9780521386760.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chronic Childhood Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Psychological Theory and Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eiser, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author draws extensively on the published research findings in child health psychology, and also on her own experience of working with paediatric medical and nursing staff. The emphasis throughout her book is on coping, and helping families to cope, with the stresses imposed by chronic childhood illness. Frequent hospital admissions, pain and its evaluation and control, adjustment and sources of support, communication, education and programmes for intervention, all of these topics are discussed sensitively and with authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86821/cover/9780521386821.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138687X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138687X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Coherent Splendor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Poetic Renaissance, 1910-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Albert Gelpi traces the emergence of American Modernist poetry as a reaction to, and outgrowth of, the Romantic ideology of the nineteenth century. He focuses on the remarkable generation of poets who came to maturity in the years of the First World War and whose works constitute the principal body of poetic Modernism in English. Gelpi argues that the essential dialectic in Modernism extends and reconstitutes issues central to Romanticism. This is expressed in the interaction between two important strains in Modernism: the Symbolist exemplified in Wallace Stevens, T. S. Eliot, Allan Tate, and Hart Crane; and the Imagist, exemplified in Ezra Pound, H. D. and William Carlos Williams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86876/cover/9780521386876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reminiscences about a Great Physicist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kursunoglu, Behram N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigner, Eugene Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Dirac, who died in 1984, was without question one of the greatest physicists of the twentieth century. His revolutionary contribution to modern quantum theory is remembered for its insight and creativity. He is especially famous for his prediction of the magnetic moment and spin of the electron and for the existence of antiparticles. He was awarded the Nobel Prize for physics in 1933 at the age of 31. In this memorial volume, 24 of Dirac's friends, colleagues and contemporaries remember him with affection. There are chapters describing Dirac's personality, and many anecdotes about the man with a reputation for silence. Other chapters describe Dirac's science and its impact on modern physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86883/cover/9780521386883.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900625</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Economic Decisions under Uncertainty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dr&#232;ze, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Dreze is a highly respected mathematical economist and econometrician. This book brings together some of his major contributions to the economic theory of decision making under uncertainty, and also several essays. These include an important essay on 'Decision theory under moral hazard and state dependent preferences' that significantly extends modern theory, and which provides rigorous foundations for subsequent chapters. Topics covered within the theory include decision theory, market allocation and prices, consumer decisions, theory of the firm, labour contracts, and public decisions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86975/cover/9780521386975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521386993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521386993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521386999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wallace Stevens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poetics of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521386999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, seven renowned critics present different views of Wallace Stevens' place in the evolution of Modernist poetry. The essays offer a fresh scrutiny of the poet's work and influence, re-examining the critical consensus that has developed since Stevens first gained the attention of critics in the fifties. The collection traces both the development of Modernist poetics and Stevens' place in it, from the poet's relation to such contemporaries as Ezra Pound, William Carlos Williams and Marianne Moore to his influence on current writers such as John Ashbery and Robert Duncan. The contributions examine the cultural influences, or 'context', from which Stevens emerges: the Symbolist and Imagist traditions, the social and political context of the war years, and contemporary movements in the visual arts. Finally, two essays investigate the influence of Stevens on later poets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/86999/cover/9780521386999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Network Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methods and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wasserman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faust, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>857</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social network analysis is used widely in the social and behavioral sciences, as well as in economics, marketing, and industrial engineering. The social network perspective focuses on relationships among social entities and is an important addition to standard social and behavioral research, which is primarily concerned with attributes of the social units. Social Network Analysis: Methods and Applications reviews and discusses methods for the analysis of social networks with a focus on applications of these methods to many substantive examples. It is a reference book that can be used by those who want a comprehensive review of network methods, or by researchers who have gathered network data and want to find the most appropriate method by which to analyze it. It is also intended for use as a textbook as it is the first book to provide comprehensive coverage of the methodology and applications of the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87071/cover/9780521387071.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant's Theory of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allison, Henry E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his new book the eminent Kant scholar Henry Allison provides an innovative and comprehensive interpretation of Kant's concept of freedom. The author analyzes the concept and discusses the role it plays in Kant's moral philosophy and psychology. He also considers in full detail the critical literature on the subject from Kant's own time to the present day. In the first part Professor Allison argues that at the centre of the Critique of Pure Reason there is the foundation for a coherent general theory of rational agency. The second part employs this account of rational agency as a key to understanding Kant's concept of moral agency and associated moral psychology.  The third part focuses on Kant's attempt to ground both moral law and freedom in the Groundwork and the Critique of Practical Reason. This is a major contribution to the interpretation of Kant which will be of special interest to scholars and graduate students of Kant's moral theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87088/cover/9780521387088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Individuality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious and sweeping book presents a powerful argument against moral relativism and in favor of the objectivity of a theory of democratic individuality. Unlike much recent work in this field, the book does not simply adumbrate such a view.  Rather, it develops the parallels between various versions of scientific and moral realism, and then reinterprets the history and internal logic of democratic theory, maintaining, for example, that the abolition of slavery represents genuine moral progress. The book also recasts the clashes between Marxist and Weberian, radical and liberal sociologies in the light of these moral claims, and sketches the institutions of a radical democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87095/cover/9780521387095.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Cognitive Abilities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey of Factor-Analytic Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>828</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This long awaited work surveys and summarizes the results of more than seventy years of investigation, by factor analysis, of a variety of cognitive abilities, with particular attention to language, thinking, memory, visual and auditory perception, creativity and the production of ideas, and the speed and accuracy of mental processing. The author describes his detailed findings resulting from reanalysis of more than 460 data sets from the factor-analytic literature, followed by a presentation of a hierarchical, three-stratum theory of cognitive ability and its implications for further research. A set of three computer disks (IBM 3-1/2" 1.4 megabytes, ASCII format) containing the numerical data sets and Dr. Carroll's statistical results is also available. Representing over 4 megabytes of data or roughly 2000 printed pages the disks are major resources for the interested researcher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87125/cover/9780521387125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach: The Brandenburg Concertos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Brandenburg Concertos represent a pinnacle in the history of the Baroque Concerto, as well as being among the most universally admired of all Bach's works. This fascinating new guide places the concertos in their historical context, investigates their sources, traces their origins and discusses the changing traditions of performance that have affected the way listeners have understood them since Bach's time. The works' rich instrumentarium is carefully described, and a substantial chapter considers each concerto individually, revealing those aspects of their style and structure that make this  group of works a unique and towering landmark in the history of the genre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87132/cover/9780521387132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Sister Carrie</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pizer, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sister Carrie (1900), Theodore Dreiser's first novel, is one of the  seminal works in American literature because of Dreiser's ground-breaking dramatization of the tragic life led by men and women in the modern American city. The introduction by Donald Pizer describes in detail the biographical and historical background of the novel and its critical reputation. The four original essays in the volume not only touch on long-established approaches to Sister Carrie but also reflect a number of the concerns of scholarly and critical movements. Each of the essays is a self-standing examination of a major area of interest in the novel, including such topics as the impact of Dreiser's own life on the creation of Carrie and Hurstwood, the relationship of  Carrie and the theater, and Dreiser's naturalism and his narrative technique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87149/cover/9780521387149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schoenberg: Pierrot Lunaire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunsby, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pierrot Lunaire (1912) is one of the most important music theatre works ever written. This is the first guide in English to a work which continues to be performed, broadcast and recorded worldwide. The book describes the artistic environment around the turn of the century from which Pierrot emerged and discusses Schoenberg's working methods and intentions in its composition. The composer's artistic development up to 1912 is contemplated as a backdrop to this extraordinarily original creative act, and the significance of Pierrot in the unfolding of twentieth-century music is a recurrent topic of the text. In a clear  and imaginative description of the work itself, the author takes each of the 21 melodramas in turn, considering both the music and the narrative. The text of all 21 poems is provided in German and in a new English translation by Andrew Porter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87156/cover/9780521387156.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach: Mass in B Minor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mass in B Minor is arguably Bach's greatest single work. In this short guide John Butt considers the work from many angles offering the reader basic information in a concise and accessible form. The Mass in B Minor is fraught with difficulties regarding its origin, and ambiguities concerning its function. John Butt looks again at the historical sources and provides an up-to-date summary of existing research and opinions together with new insights of his own. He gives a vivid account of the work's genesis, its historical context, and its reception by later generations. One chapter considers the work movement by movement providing the text in both Latin and English. The final group of chapters on the music itself suggests some new approaches to the work - its forms, style and overall structure - which are both critically and historically based. This is an informative and lucid guide, valuable for student and music lover alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87163/cover/9780521387163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138723X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138723X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Winesburg, Ohio</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crowley, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>141</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sixty years after its first publication, Sherwood Anderson's Winesburg, Ohio continues to stand as a 'classic' of modernist American fiction. In original new essays by David H. Stouck, Marcia Jacobson, Clare E. Colquitt, and Thomas Yingling, Winesburg is reconsidered in the contexts of the expressionist movement, the American boy-book tradition, the work of Sarah Orne Jewett, and the rise of industrial capitalism. An introduction by John W. Crowley reviews the career of Sherwood Anderson and his assimilation into the literary canon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87231/cover/9780521387231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solitons, Nonlinear Evolution Equations and Inverse Scattering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ablowitz, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarkson, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Solitons have been of considerable interest to mathematicians since their discovery by Kruskal and Zabusky. This book brings together several aspects of soliton theory currently only available in research papers. Emphasis is given to the multi-dimensional problems arising and includes inverse scattering in multi-dimensions, integrable nonlinear evolution equations in multi-dimensions and the &#8706; method. Thus, this book will be a valuable addition to the growing literature in the area and essential reading for all researchers in the field of soliton theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87309/cover/9780521387309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cosmologies in the Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Generative Approach to Cultural Variation in Inner New Guinea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barth, Fredrik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All culture, particularly that of non-literate traditions, is constantly being recreated, and in the process also undergoes changes. In this book, Fredrik Barth examines the changes that have taken place in the secret cosmological lore transmitted in male initiation ceremonies among the Mountain Ok of Inner New Guinea, and offers a new way of explaining how cultural change occurs. Professor Barth focuses in particular on accounting for the local variations in cosmological traditions that exist among the Ok people, who otherwise share similar material and ecological conditions, and similar languages. Rejecting existing anthropological theory as inadequate for explaining this, Professor Barth constructs a new model of the mechanisms of change, based on his close empirical observation of the processes of cultural transmission. This model emphasises the role of individual creativity in cultural reproduction and change, and maintains that cosmologies can be adequately understood only if they are regarded as knowledge in the process of communication, embedded in social organization, rather than as fixed bodies of belief. From the model he derives various theoretically grounded hypotheses regarding the probable courses of change that would be generated by such mechanisms. He then goes on to show that these hypotheses fit the actual patterns of variation that are found among the Ok.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87354/cover/9780521387354.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A New Face on the Countryside</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indians, Colonists, and Slaves in South Atlantic Forests, 1500-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Timothy Silver traces the effects of English settlement on South Atlantic ecology, showing how three cultures - Indian, European, and African - interacted with and were, in turn, affected by, their changing environment. In assessing such ecological changes, Silver pays particular attention to regional variations, explaining how local geography and settlement patterns influenced the environment. And although his focus is the English South, Silver also shows us how economic and ecological developments in Europe, the Caribbean, and elsewhere frequently dictated how South Atlantic colonists used their land. Consequently, his book provides an engaging and detailed look at the complex relationships between humans, plants, and animals in a unique and diverse region of North America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87392/cover/9780521387392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stalin's Industrial Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Workers, 1928-1931</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuromiya, Hiroaki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first political and social history in English of Stalin's industrial revolution during the first Five-Year Plan, 1928-1932. The rapid diversion of vast resources into industrialization severely squeezed national consumption, imposing a heavy burden and sacrifice upon the entire nation. Dr Kuromiya argues that Stalin and his advisers made industrialization politically possible by presenting it as 'class war.' True to their ideological convictions, mercilessly suppressed those suspected of opposition as 'class enemies' and 'wreckers,' and actively sought the support of industrial workers, Komsomols (members of youth organizations) and Communists. Examining the vision, passion, commitment, and resentments of these people, the author shows that Stalin's leadership gained an important degree of support while brutally crushing resistance. Stalin's industrialization was also a war of central economic planning against market forces. This book vividly describes the way in which the objectives and capabilities of various institutions and organizations affected the formation of the Soviet planned economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87415/cover/9780521387415.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice of Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, Richard S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drummond, Lynne M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marks, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The integration of behavioural and cognitive approaches to psychotherapy has much to offer in the treatment of a wide range of disabling conditions in psychiatry. In this book the authors, both experienced clinicians and teachers, provide what they describe as a 'tool-kit' for the management of patients using behavioural and cognitive psychotherapy. Based firmly on the work of the pioneers of behavioural and cognitive approaches, the authors illustrate the application of these principles through a vivid and instructive series of case histories. They show how, properly applied, behavioural and cognitive psychotherapy can contribute to the treatment and rehabilitation of even severely incapacitated patients. The cases discussed range from obsessive compulsive disorders and anxiety states through to chronically disabled patients with schizophrenia or depression. Always the emphasis is on practical work with patients for the alleviation of maladaptive or unwanted behaviour and thoughts, and the authors also give guidance on some of the pitfalls to be avoided and on the concomitant use of medication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87422/cover/9780521387422.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conversations in Colombia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Domestic Economy in Life and Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gudeman, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivera, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing upon their joint fieldwork, the authors cast this book as a conversation involving themselves, a Colombian rural people, and the writings of past economists. In their view, the material practices of the rural folk constitute a house model of the economy, and the Colombian voices provide a window on prior European fold conversations about the house. The house and the corporation have been the principal modes of material organization in Western life: the former is older, but the latter now predominates. The authors suggest, through use of the Colombian conversations, that textualists of the past transformed and inscribed similar folk voices for their emerging theories of the corporation and the market. They argue that economic knowledge is not simply the product of a scientific community but is often appropriated from folk practices. By situating the knowledge gained from fieldwork within their own traditions, and by using that knowledge to reflect upon the origins of contemporary wisdom, the book implicates the modern-day ethnographer, rural folk, and economist as participants in a long conversation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87453/cover/9780521387453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Order in Ancient Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nippel, Wilfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The absence of a professional police force in the city of Rome in classical times is often identified as a major cause of the collapse of the Republic. But this alleged 'structural weakness' was not removed by the Emperor Augustus and his successors, and was in fact shared with other pre-modern states: a specialised police force is a modern invention. In this critical new study of the system of law and order in ancient Rome in both Republican and Imperial periods, Wilfried Nippel identifies the mechanisms of self-regulation which operated as a stabilising force within Roman society. This case-study of ancient Rome has a comparative dimension and will interest legal historians of other pre-modern societies as well as ancient historians, anthropologists, sociologists and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87491/cover/9780521387491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benjamin Britten: Billy Budd</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reed, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Billy Budd, based on Herman Melville's nautical allegory, is one of Britten's most challenging operas. This comprehensive guide considers the work from both literary and musical viewpoints. Melville's novella is discussed, as is the interpretation given to the novella by the librettists E. M. Forster and Eric Crozier. A detailed synopsis guides the reader through the musical and dramatic action of the opera and in a chapter devoted to the music, Britten's distinctive technique of tonal symbolism is analysed to demonstrate the effectiveness of his musical response to the dramatic suggestions of Melville's story. The most important critical writings on Billy Budd are represented by an expanded version of Donald Mitchell's 1979 notebook on the opera. A final chapter charts the opera's stage history and fluctuating critical reception.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87507/cover/9780521387507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Braids and Coverings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Topics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Vagn Lundsgaard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a graduate course taught by the author at the University of Maryland, USA. The lecture notes have been revised and augmented by examples. The work falls into two strands. The first two chapters develop the elementary theory of Artin Braid groups both geometrically and via homotopy theory, and discuss the link between knot theory and the combinatorics of braid groups through Markov's Theorem. The final two chapters give a detailed investigation of polynomial covering maps, which may be viewed as a homomorphism of the fundamental group of the base space into the Artin braid group on n strings. This book will be of interest to both topologists and algebraists working in braid theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87576/cover/9780521387576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alien Wisdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Limits of Hellenization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Momigliano, Arnaldo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this classic study of cultural confrontation Professor Arnaldo Momigliano looks at the attitude of the Greeks to four different civilizations - the Roman, Celtic, Jewish and Persian - and analyses their cultural and intellectual interactions from the fourth to the first centuries BC. He argues that in the Hellenistic period the Greeks, Romans and Jews formed a special exclusive relationship and effectively established what until recent times was the normal horizon of Western civilization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87613/cover/9780521387613.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Vincente Minnelli</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naremore, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Vincente Minnelli examines the career of MGM's leading director of musicals, melodramas, and comedies in the 1940s and 1950s. Widely admired for his flamboyant sense of colour and camera movement, Minnelli played a crucial role in maintaining the studio's reputation as the 'home of the stars'. Describing the director's contributions to some of the most celebrated works of Hollywood's golden era, this volume also includes a close analysis of five important films that represent the full range of Minnelli's career: Cabin in the Sky, Meet Me in St Louis, Father of the Bride, The Bad and the Beautiful, and Lust for Life. These lively readings provide commentary on problems of genre, directorial style, cultural politics, and the connection between aestheticism and mass culture during the first half of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87705/cover/9780521387705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Their Eyes Were Watching God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Awkward, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After decades of relegation to the margins of American literary history, Zora Neale Hurston's Their Eyes Were Watching God has recently been rediscovered by American literary and cultural scholars who have begun to explore the novel's thematic, ideological, and aesthetic complexity. In the introduction to this volume Michael Awkward provides an overview of the critical reception of Hurston's novel, from the largely dismissive reviews accompanying the novel's publication in 1937, to factors which helped revive interest in Hurston in the 1960s, to its recent establishment as a central American novel. The other essays in the volume discuss Hurston's sophisticated use of black folklore, the autobiographical resonances in the novel, Hurston's definition of the relationship between black artists and the Afro-American masses, and the usefulness of feminist modes of inquiry. This collection offers fresh insight for approaching Hurston's compelling exploration of a black woman's extended search for self and community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87750/cover/9780521387750.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Early Childhood Intervention</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meisels, Samuel J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shonkoff, Jack P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early in childhood intervention is a young and rapidly growing field. In little more than a decade it has been transformed from an emerging service with a primitive empirical base, scant funding, and virtually no public mandate to a robust area of theory, research, and practice. Moreover, since the passage of the Education for All Handicapped Children Act Amendments of 1986 (Public Law 99-497), early intervention has acquired a growing national audience, increased funding, a promise of more comprehensive programmes and services, and unprecedented attention from major state and federal policymaking groups. The Handbook of Early Childhood Intervention has been designed to serve as a core textbook for those who are interested in young children with disabilities or developmental vulnerabilities, and their families. Its intent is to integrate the theory, research, and practical knowledge that guide current practice in this field and to frame the agenda for its continued growth and maturation. The editors of this volume have brought together an outstanding collection of contributions from many of the most creative thinkers and influential leaders in the field. The overall goal of the Handbook is to present sophisticated, state-of-the-art material in a format that is accessible to a broad audience that cuts across such diverse disciplines as education, psychology, social service, pediatrics, nursing, speech and language, pathology, occupational and physical therapy, public health, and child care. Within and across each of these professional domains, the Handbook of Early Childhood Intervention can serve as a definitive source for those involved in academic training programmes, research and scholarly endeavours, policy development, and service provision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87774/cover/9780521387774.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521387973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521387973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521387972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Diversity and Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reformulation of the Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521387972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucy, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language Diversity and Thought examines the Sapir-Whorf linguistic relativity hypothesis: the proposal that the grammar of the particular language we speak affects the way we think about reality. Adopting an historical approach, the book reviews the various lines of empirical inquiry which arose in America in response to the ideas of anthropologists Edward Sapir and Benjamin L. Whorf. John Lucy asks why there has been so little fruitful empirical research on this problem and what lessons can be learned from past work. He then proposes a new, more adequate approach to future empirical research. A companion volume, Grammatical Categories and Cognition, illustrates the proposed approach with an original case study. The study compares the grammar of American English with that of Yucatec Maya, an indigenous language spoken in southeastern Mexico, and then identifies distinctive patterns of thinking related to the differences between the two languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/87972/cover/9780521387972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of French Syntax</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Michael Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Designed for students, this detailed analysis of the principal areas of French grammar combines the insights of modern linguistic theory with those of more traditional grammarians. Theory is placed firmly in the service of description and analysis, and students are guided to an understanding of the French language which will complement the information offered by traditional reference grammars. The book includes discussion of verbs and verb phrases, voice, tense and mood, the noun phrase and pronouns, prepositions and variations in sentence-structure. The author pays special attention to those areas of French grammar which pose difficulties for an English-speaking reader. Each chapter is followed by a set of problems and exercises, and by a useful guide to further reading. Foundations of French Syntax assumes no prior knowledge of linguistics, and will appeal to students and teachers of linguistics, French and other Romance languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88054/cover/9780521388054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul, Judaism, and the Gentiles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociological Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is novel in its questioning of the adequacy of interpreting Paul from the perspective of the Reformation and in its application of sociological methods to the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88078/cover/9780521388078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Helices and Vector Bundles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seminaire Rudakov</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudakov, A. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is devoted to the use of helices as a method for studying exceptional vector bundles, an important and natural concept in algebraic geometry. The work arises out of a series of seminars organised in Moscow by A. N. Rudakov. The first article sets up the general machinery, and later ones explore its use in various contexts. As to be expected, the approach is concrete; the theory is considered for quadrics, ruled surfaces, K3 surfaces and P3(C).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88115/cover/9780521388115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Sartre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howells, Christina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the most comprehensive and up-to-date surveys of the philosophy of Sartre, by some of the foremost interpreters in the United States and Europe. The essays are both expository and original, and cover Sartre's writings on ontology, phenomenology, psychology, ethics, and aesthetics, as well as his work on history, commitment, and progress; a final section considers Sartre's relationship to structuralism and deconstruction. Providing a balanced view of Sartre's philosophy and situating it in relation to contemporary trends in Continental philosophy, the volume shows that many of the topics associated with Lacan, Foucault, Levi-Strauss, and Derrida are to be found in the work of Sartre, in some cases as early as 1936. A special feature of the volume is the treatment of the recently published and hitherto little studied posthumous works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88122/cover/9780521388122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Street Mathematics and School Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nunes, Terezinha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carraher, David William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schliemann, Analucia Dias</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>People who learn to solve problems 'on the job' often have to do it differently from people who learn in theory. Practical knowledge and theoretical knowledge is different in some ways but similar in other ways - or else one would end up with wrong solutions to the problems. Mathematics is also like this. People who learn to calculate, for example, because they are involved in commerce frequently have a more practical way of doing mathematics than the way we are taught at school. This book is about the differences between what we call practical knowledge of mathematics - that is street mathematics - and mathematics learned in school, which is not learned in practice. The authors look at the differences between these two ways of solving mathematical problems and discuss their advantages and disadvantages. They also discuss ways of trying to put theory and practice together in mathematics teaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88139/cover/9780521388139.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of John Cassavetes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pragmatism, Modernism, and the Movies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carney, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first book to tell in detail the story of a maverick filmmaker who worked outside the studio system. Providing extended critical discussion on six of his most important films (Shadows, Faces, Minnie and Moskowitz, A Woman Under the Influence, The Killing of a Chinese Bookie, and Love Streams), Ray Carney argues that Cassavetes' work is a distinctly life-affirming form of modernist expression that is at odds with the world-denying modernism of many of the most important art works produced in this century. Cassavetes is revealed to be a profoundly thoughtful and self-aware filmmaker and a deeply philosophical thinker, whose work takes its place in the American tradition along with the writing of Ralph Waldo Emerson and William James. The six films treated here emerge as expressive interpretations of the bewildering challenges in contemporary American cultural experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88153/cover/9780521388153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructions of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations of Kant's Practical Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Onora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two centuries after they were published, Kant's ethical writings are as much admired and imitated as they have ever been, yet serious and long-standing accusations of internal incoherence remain unresolved. Onora O'Neill traces the alleged incoherences to attempt to assimilate Kant's ethical writings to modern conceptions of rationality, action and rights.  When the temptation to assimilate is resisted, a strikingly different and more cohesive account of reason and morality emerges. Kant offers a `constructivist' vindication of reason and a moral vision in which obligations are prior to rights and in which justice and virtue are linked. O'Neill begins by reconsidering Kant's conceptions of philosophical method, reason, freedom, automony and action. She then moves on to the more familiar terrain of interpretation of the Categorical Imperative, while in the last section she emphasises differences between Kant's ethics and recent 'Kantian' ethics, including the work of John Rawls and other contemporary liberal political philosophers. This reassessment will add significantly to the understanding of Kantian practical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88160/cover/9780521388160.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138818X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138818X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginet, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with foundational issues in the theory of the nature of action, the intentionality of action, the compatibility of freedom of action with determinism, and the explantion of action. Ginet's is a volitional view: that every action has as its core a 'simple' mental action. He develops a sophisticated account of the individuation of actions and also propounds a challenging version of the view that freedom of action is incompatible with determinism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88184/cover/9780521388184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Propositional Attitudes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Thoughts and How We Ascribe Them</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richard, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes a stimulating contribution to the philosophy of language and philosophy of mind. It begins with a spirited defence of the view that propositions are structured and that propositional structure is 'psychologically real'. The author then develops a subtle view of propositions and attitude ascription. The view is worked out in detail with attention to such topics as the semantics of conversations, iterated attitude ascriptions, and the role of propositions as bearers of truth. Along the way important issues in the philosophy of mind are addressed. Though intended primarily for professional philosophers and graduate students the book will also interest cognitive scientists and linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88191/cover/9780521388191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Crystallization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Microscopic Interfacial Phenomena</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiller, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, together with its companion volume The Science of Crystallization: Macroscopic Phenomena and Defect Generation, make up a complete course that will teach an advanced student how to understand and analyse scientifically any of the phenomena that are observed during natural or technological crystallization from any medium and via any technique of crystallization. It is an advanced text that goes into considerable detail concerning the many elements of knowledge needed to understand quantitatively a crystallization event. This particular volume deals with the important atomistic-level processes occurring at the interface between a crystal and its nutrient. It also provides the necessary scientific background of both thermodynamics and kinetics needed for the understanding of crystallization for both bulk crystals and thin film formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88276/cover/9780521388276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Crystallization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Macroscopic Phenomena and Defect Generation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiller, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, together with its companion volume The Science of Crystallization: Microscopic Interfacial Phenomena, make up a complete course that will teach an advanced student how to understand and analyse scientifically any of the phenomena that are observed during natural or technological crystallization from any medium and via any technique. It is an advanced text that goes into considerable detail concerning the many elements of knowledge needed to understand both quantitatively and qualitatively a crystallization event. Both the present book and its companion volume are sufficiently broad to provide the scientific basis necessary to address any area of application. The book and its companion can be used independently of each other, and together they provide the basis for advanced courses on crystallization in departments of materials science, metallurgy, electrical engineering, geology, chemistry, chemical engineering and physics. In addition the books will be invaluable to scientists and engineers in the solid state electronics, optoelectronics, metallurgical and chemical industries involved in any form of crystallization and thin film formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88283/cover/9780521388283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Crying of Lot 49</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Donnell, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Pynchon's novel, The Crying of Lot 49, is widely recognized as a significant contemporary work that frames the desire for meaning and the quest for knowledge within the social and political contexts of the fifties and sixties in America. In the introduction to this collection of original essays, Patrick O'Donnell discusses the background and critical reception of the novel. Further essays by five experts on contemporary literature examine: the novel's 'semiotic regime' or the way in which it organizes signs; the comparison of postmodernist Pynchon and the influential South American writer, Jorge Luis Borges; metaphor in the novel; the novel's narrative strategies; and the novel within the cultural contexts of American Puritanism and the Beat movement. Together, these essays provide an examination of the novel within its literary, historical, and scientific contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88337/cover/9780521388337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oligomorphic Permutation Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of permutation groups has always been closely associated with that of highly symmetric structures. The objects considered here are countably infinite, but have only finitely many different substructures of any given finite size. They are precisely those structures which are determined by first-order logical axioms together with the assumption of countability. This book concerns such structures, their substructures and their automorphism groups. A wide range of techniques are used: group theory, combinatorics, Baire category and measure among them. The book arose from lectures given at a research symposium and retains their informal style, whilst including as well many recent results from a variety of sources. It concludes with exercises and unsolved research problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88368/cover/9780521388368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Violence, and Community in Classical Athens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this book is the legal regulation of violence and the role of litigation in Athenian society. Using comparative anthropological and historical perspectives, David Cohen challenges traditional evolutionary and functionalist accounts of the development of legal process. Examining Athenian theories of social conflict and the rule of law, as well as actual litigation involving the regulation of violence, he emphasises the way in which the judicial process operates in an agonistic social field. This perspective illuminates the social dimensions of litigation and the legal regulation of violence, and helps to explain otherwise puzzling features of Athenian litigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88375/cover/9780521388375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Efficient Parallel Algorithms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbons, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rytter, Wojciech</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to the field of efficient parallel algorithms and to the techniques for efficient parallelisation. It is self-contained and presumes no special knowledge of parallel computers or particular mathematics. The book emphasises designing algorithms within the timeless and abstracted context of a high-level programming language rather than within highly specific computer architectures. This is an approach which concentrates on the essence of algorithmic theory, determining and taking advantage of the inherently parallel nature of certain types of problem. The authors present regularly-used techniques and a range of algorithms which includes some of the more celebrated and well-known. Efficient Parallel Algorithms is targeted at non-specialists who are considering entering the field of parallel algorithms. It will be particularly useful for courses aimed at advanced undergraduate or new postgraduate students of computer science and mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88412/cover/9780521388412.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138849X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138849X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Polymer Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gennes, Pierre-Gilles de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>68</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, based on lectures given at the Polytechnic of Milan, gives a broad overview of the field of polymer dynamics. In these lectures the aim is to stress the fundamental concepts of the behaviour of polymers without drawing on the more advanced mathematical formalism which often obscures the natural elegance of the subject matter. Professor De Gennes is one of the most distinguished workers in the field of material science. Therefore this book will be welcomed by both the experienced researcher in the area and the interested layman. It will be of particular value to graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88498/cover/9780521388498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138866X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138866X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rate Equations in Semiconductor Electronics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a novel approach to the teaching of dynamic aspects of the operation of semiconductor and opto-electronic devices. Such dynamic aspects often determine the steady state conditions. Also, the dynamical operation of such devices is of increasing importance as modern methods of communicating data and information require electronic devices that switch electrical or optical signals at ever faster rates. The author discusses the rates at which electrons and holes can reach equilibrium, the rates at which transistors and diodes can switch, and the rates at which electrons and holes can interact with photons, and with protons. He also applies the rate equations in a unified way to models of light-emitting diodes, injection lasers and photodiodes. Finally, the author discusses more-advanced topics on the photon statistics of injection lasers, mode-locking and the application of rate equations and Maxwell's equations to opto-electronic devices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88665/cover/9780521388665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religions of the Ancient Greeks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the religious life of the Greeks from the eighth century BC to the fifth century AD, looked at in the context of a variety of different cities and periods. Simon Price does not describe some abstract and self-contained system of religion or myths but examines local practices and ideas in the light of general Greek ideas, relating them for example, to gender roles and to cultural and political life (including Attic tragedy and the trial of Socrates). He also lays emphasis on the reactions to Greek religions of ancient thinkers - Greek, Roman, Jewish and Christian. The evidence drawn on is of all kinds: literary texts, which are translated throughout; inscriptions, including an appendix of newly translated Greek inscriptions; and archaeology, which is highlighted in the numerous illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88672/cover/9780521388672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and the Politics of Emotion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, Catherine A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abu-Lughod, Lila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emotions have long been a central concern in philosophy, psychological and sociological studies. When anthropologists began to study emotion, they challenged many assumptions shared by Western academics and lay persons by exposing the cultural variability of emotional meanings. In this collection of original essays by anthropologists concerned with the relationship of language and emotion, it is argued that the key focus to the study of emotion might be the politics of social life rather than the psychology of the individual. Through close studies of talk about emotion and emotional discourses in social contexts from poetry and song to therapeutic narratives, scholars who have worked in India, Fiji, the United States, Egypt, Senegal and the Solomon Islands show how emotion is tied to politics of everyday interaction. Their arguments and cross-cultural findings will intrigue and provoke anyone who has thought about the relationship between emotion, language and social life. The book will be of special interest to those who find the boundaries between cultural, psychological and linguistic anthropology, sociology, cross-cultural psychiatry, and social psychology too confining.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88689/cover/9780521388689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Theory and Medical Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulford, K. W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warnock, Baroness</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unique study Fulford combines the disciplines of rigorous philosophy with an intimate knowledge of psychopathology to overturn traditional hegemonies. The patient replaces the doctor at the heart of medicine. Moral theory and the logic of evaluation replace epistemology as the focus of philosophical enquiry. Ever controversial, mental illness is at the interface of philosophy and medicine. Mad or bad? Dissident or diseased? Dr Fulford shows that it is possible to achieve new insights into these traditional dilemmas, insights at once practically relevant and philosophically significant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88696/cover/9780521388696.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of General Economic Equilibrium</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Differentiable Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mas-Colell, Andreu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andreu Mas-Colell has been doing pioneering work using differential topology in the analysis of general equilibrium. This work is regarded as outstanding and one of the major contributions to the development of rigorous economic theory in the last twenty years. The articles he has written have been difficult and technically demanding. In this book he brings this work together to show its scope and its power. He presents the analysis in a way which makes it accessible to the broader range of economic theorists and advanced students. This book has been long awaited as a seminal contribution to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88702/cover/9780521388702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the 'New Science'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pompa, Leon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Pompa's study of Vico has done a great deal to stimulate and inform the growing interest in the English-speaking world in this remarkable figure. It remains the only work devoted almost exclusively to an interpretation of the New Science and offers a comprehensive guide to the main theoretical problems to which the text gives rise. For this second edition Professor Pompa has responded to the reactions of reviewers and critics and added a new chapter which analyses Vico's conception of the principles which govern the development of law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88719/cover/9780521388719.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mill and Liberalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mill and Liberalism was first published in 1963. Initial reactions varied from the uncomprehending to the splenetic. In the intervening quarter-century the intellectual climate has changed as reflected by its greatest exemplar, to warrant fresh consideration. Unlike many commentators, before or subsequently, Maurice Cowling endeavours to view Mill's thought as a coherent whole with a specific proselytising purpose, geared to the emasculation of Christianity and its replacement by a libertarian public doctrine. This interpretation aroused much contemporary hostility, and in a new introduction Cowling locates Mill and Liberalism within the broader intellectual history of post-war Britain, looking at the various strands of the 'new Right' and relating the academic to more specifically journalistic or political manifestations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88726/cover/9780521388726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boojums All the Way through</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communicating Science in a Prosaic Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mermin, N. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boojums All the Way Through is a collection of essays that deals in a variety of ways with the problem of communicating modern physics to both physicists and non-physicists. The author is Professor David Mermin, a well-known theoretical physicist, who recently won the first Julius Edgar Lileinfeld prize of the American Physical Society 'for his remarkable clarity and wit as a lecturer to nonspecialists on difficult subjects'. David Mermin's wry humour is clearly apparent in most of these articles, but even those that are more serious are characterized by a liveliness and commitment to finding startlingly simple ways of presenting ideas that are traditionally regarded as complex. This book will appeal to physicists at all levels, to mathematicians, scientists and engineers, and indeed to anyone who enjoys reading non-technical accounts of new ways of looking at modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88801/cover/9780521388801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521388848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521388848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521388849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Taming of Chance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521388849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hacking, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important new study Ian Hacking continues the enquiry into the origins and development of certain characteristic modes of contemporary thought undertaken in such previous works as the best-selling The Emergence of Probability. Professor Hacking shows how by the late nineteenth century it became possible to think of statistical patterns as explanatory in themselves, and to regard the world as not necessarily deterministic in character. In the same period the idea of human nature was displaced by a model of normal people with laws of dispersion. These two parallel transformations fed into each other, so that chance made the world seem less capricious: it was legitimated because it brought order out of chaos. Professor Hacking argues that these developments have led to a new style of scientific reasoning gaining its hold upon us. The greater the level of indeterminism in our conception of the world and of people, the more we expect control and intervention in our lives, and the less we expect freedom. Combining detailed scientific historical research with characteristic philosophic breadth and verve, The Taming of Chance brings out the relations between philosophy, the physical sciences, mathematics and the development of social institutions, and provides a unique and authoritative analysis of the 'probabilisation' of the western world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/88849/cover/9780521388849.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jan&#225;cek: Glagolitic Mass</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wingfield, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Glagolitic Mass, written between 1926 and 1927, is not only one of Jan&#225;cek's most important works: it is also a masterpiece of the twentieth-century choral repertoire. In this fascinating account of the work and its history, Paul Wingfield brings together material from early articles and reviews, letters and manuscripts which form a comprehensive account of the work's genesis and performance history. The author also provides a thorough revision of the Old Church Slavonic text along with English translation, and reconstructs Jan&#225;cek's 'ideal' version of the work - far more exciting than the less adventurous rearrangement currently performed. Chapters on the music itself offer a full synopsis of the Glagolitic Mass, an in-depth discussion of its musical organisation and a selection of key interpretations of the piece by Jan&#225;cek and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89013/cover/9780521389013.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052138902X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052138902X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Thought and Economic Reform in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutela, Pekka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>207</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the history of centrally planned economies has been widely studied, the development of socialist thinking on the subject has remained largely uncharted. In this pathbreaking work, Pekka Sutela presents a detailed analysis of recent and contemporary Soviet economic thought and theory. Dr Sutela traces the competing currents in the Marxist tradition of socialist economies from the Revolution to the present day. In particular he shows how the Gorbachev economic reform programme of 1987 rose from the work of Nobel Prize economist L. V. Kantorovich and his followers. However, this programme failed and the author explains in some detail why this happened. Since then, Soviet economists have tried to abandon their traditional theory of central planning and move along the path and long established contacts with leading Soviet economists, Pekka Sutela is able to show how Soviet economic thinking has moved from dogmatism through reformism to pragmatism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89020/cover/9780521389020.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Players of Shakespeare 2</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Further Essays in Shakespearean Performance by Players with the Royal Shakespeare Company</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smallwood, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume of essays by actors with the Royal Shakespeare Company.  Fourteen actors describe the Shakespearean roles they played in productions between 1982 and 1987. The contributors are Roger Allam, Frances Barber, Kenneth Branagh, Niamh Cusack, Ben Kingsley, Ian McDiarmid, Daniel Massey, Edward Petherbridge, Alan Rickman, Fiona Shaw, Antony Sher, Juliet Stevenson, David Suchet and Zoe Wanamaker. Each gives a unique insight into the preparation and performance of a major Shakespearean role and how a character is created through responding to Shakespeare's text, within the context of a particular director's conception and the environment established by the designer. A brief biographical note is provided for each of the contributors and an introduction places the essays in the context of the Stratford and London stages, and of the music and design for the particular productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89037/cover/9780521389037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phases of Economic Growth, 1850-1973</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kondratieff Waves and Kuznets Swings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomou, Solomos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Solomos Solomou presents a clear and systematic examination of the evidence for long-term patterns of economic growth. Using data on Britain, France, Germany, the USA and the world economy between 1850 and 1973 he refutes the existence of long (Kondratieff) waves in the course of economic development. Instead he presents persuasive evidence for a growth pattern characterised by shock-induced, long-term variations in growth at the level of the world economy. The findings show that national patterns of growth did not necessarily coincide with those of the world economy, but followed episodic long swing fluctuations of twenty to thirty years before the Second World War and trend-accelerated growth in the post-war period. The author provides new historical perspectives on the pre-1913 era, the inter-war years and the post-war boom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89044/cover/9780521389044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anthropology through the Looking-Glass</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical Ethnography in the Margins of Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herzfeld, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite having emerged in the heyday of a dominant Europe, of which Ancient Greece is the hallowed spiritual and intellectual ancestor, anthropology has paradoxically shown relatively little interest in contemporary Greek culture. In this innovative and ambitious book, Michael Herzfeld moves Greek Ethnography from the margins to the centre of anthropological theory, revealing the theoretical insights that can be gained by so doing. He shows that the ideology that originally led to the creation of anthropology also played a large part in the growth of the modern Greek nation-state, and that Greek ethnography can therefore serve as a mirror for an ethnography of anthropology itself.  He further demonstrates the role that scholarly fields, including anthropology, have played in the construction of contemporary Greek culture and Greek identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89082/cover/9780521389082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magomero</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Portrait of an African Village</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Landeg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Magomero is a vivid historical portrait of a Malawian village from 1859 to the present day. It focuses on a region which saw historically important political activity, in the founding of a colony of freed slaves and the rising of an independent church movement against white estate owners. With the dual concerns of a Southern African specialist and a poet, Landeg White offers an 'inside' view of social, political and economic change in Malawi, seen through the lives of individuals: the ordinary men and women, whose situation and poverty have hitherto prevented recognition of their vital contribution to African history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89099/cover/9780521389099.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greek Musical Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first of two volumes offering a selection of Greek writings on music, newly translated into English and equipped with an extensive commentary. This volume contains passages from Greek poets, historians and essayists, evoking or describing aspects of the practical activities of musical performance and composition, together with excerpts from philosophers and social critics who comment on the moral, education and aesthetic dimensions of the art. Music was of fundamental importance in the culture of ancient Greece. Its nature and significance cannot now, perhaps, be fully recaptured, but we have a rich fund of information about the Greek experience of music, its forms, its meanings, its social roles, and the practical details of its composition and performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89112/cover/9780521389112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, Economics, and the Politics of Spirit, 1770-1807</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickey, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study of Hegel's intellectual development up to the writing of The Phenomonology of Spirit argues that his work is best understood in the context of the liberalisation of German Protestantism in the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89129/cover/9780521389129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Iconography of Landscape</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Symbolic Representation, Design and Use of Past Environments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cosgrove, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daniels, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Iconography of Landscape draws together fourteen scholars from diverse disciplines across the humanities and social sciences to explicate the status of landscape as a cultural image, 'a pictorial way of representing, structuring or symbolising surroundings'. By applying the art-historical method of iconography - interpreting levels of meaning in human artifacts - to landscapes on paper or canvas, in literary form or on its ground, its contributors show how landscape is an important mode of human signification, informed by, and itself informing, social, cultural and political issues. The range of examples is wide in terms of medium, period and place. It covers poetry and promotional literature, architectural design and urban ceremonial, maps and paintings. The historical periods discussed include sixteenth-century Italy, eighteenth-century England, eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Scotland and twentieth-century Canada. The book is introduced by the editors' discussion of the meanings of landscape and of the iconographic method in the context of contemporary theoretical and methodological debates on culture and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89150/cover/9780521389150.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Historiography of Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kragh, Helge S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the methodological and philosophical problems with which modern history of science is concerned, offering a comprehensive and critical review through description and evaluation of significant historiographical viewpoints. Incorporating discussion of key problems in general historical writing, with examples drawn from a range of disciplines, this non-elementary introduction bridges the gap between general history and history of science. Following a review of the early development of the history of science, the theory of history as applied to science history is introduced, examining the basic problems which this generates, including problems of periodisation, ideological functions, and the conflict between diachronical and anachronical historiography. Finally, the book considers the critical use, and analysis, of historical sources, and the possibility of the experiemental reconstruction of history. Aimed primarily at students, the book's broad scope and integration of historical, philosophical and scientific matters will interest philosophers, sociologists and general historians, for whom there is no alternative introduction to the subject at this level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89211/cover/9780521389211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beauty, Health, and Permanence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environmental Politics in the United States, 1955-1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hays, Samuel P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bringing together a wide range of environmental issues that have been debated since the mid-1950s, this book views these issues as a result of changes in values in American society since World War II. The author explores such substantive issues as pollution, natural lands, chemical carcinogens, and population-resources balances. He examines the politics of environmental science, economic analysis, planning, and management, and traces the impact of environmental issues on local, state, and federal government. The book explores political controversy to shed light on the working of political institutions and to establish their relationship to social change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89280/cover/9780521389280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall of the Bell System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Prices and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galambos, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>AT&amp;T's divestiture was the largest corporate reorganization in history and has had international repercussions. It was a major development in American economic policy, and a prominent part of the deregulation movement of the late 1970s. This study reveals the internal decision-making process at AT&amp;T and explains how private and public interests combined to shape corporate and public policy in late 20th-century America. Temin weaves the strands of politics, economics, business, and law into an accessible narrative history that will be of interest to the general reader who wants to know about government business interaction and how it affects American citizens. Temin portrays divestiture as a great experiment in public policy, competition, openness, and international policy. He concludes that the experiment has been a mix of deliberate design and uncontrollable forces whose outcome was not foreseen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89297/cover/9780521389297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banking and Business in the Roman World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andreau, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first century BC lending and borrowing by the senators was the talk of Rome and even provoked political crises. During this same period, the state tax-farmers were handling enormous sums and exploiting the provinces of the Empire. Until now no book has presented a synthetic view of Roman banking and financial life as a whole, from the time of the appearance of the first bankers' shops in the Forum between 318 and 310 BC down to the end of the Principate in AD 284. Professor Andreau writes of the business deals of the elite and the professional bankers and also of the interventions of the state. To what extent did the spirit of profit and enterprise predominate over the traditional values of the city of Rome? And what economic role did these financiers play? How should we compare that role to that of their counterparts in later periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89327/cover/9780521389327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Function of Futures Markets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Jeffrey C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an explanation of why commodity processors and dealers use futures markets. It argues that they use futures contracts as part of an implicit method of borrowing and lending commodities, contrary to the accepted view of dealers averse to the fluctuating value of their inventories wanting insurance against price risk. Employing models developed to explain the demand for money, this book demonstrates that risk-neutral dealers have sufficient reason to use futures markets. Moreover, the book exposes major internal inconsistencies in the accepted explanation. Rather than insurance markets, the appropriate analogy is the money market, which is the point the book establishes through discussing actual loan markets in commodities. This insight into the function of futures markets is then used to explain how futures prices for different delivery dates express a term structure of commodity-specific interest rates and why futures markets flourish for some types of commodities and not for others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Similarity and Analogical Reasoning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vosniadou, Stella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ortony, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Similarity and analogy are fundamental in human cognition. They are crucial for recognition and classification, and have been associated with scientific discovery and creativity. Successful learning is generally less dependent on the memorization of isolated facts and abstract rules than it is on the ability to identify relevant bodies of knowledge already stored as the starting point for new learning. Similarity and analogy play an important role in this process - a role that in recent years has received much attention from cognitive scientists. Any adequate understanding of similarity and analogy requires the integration of theory and data from diverse domains. This interdisciplinary volume explores current developments in research and theory from psychological, computational, and educational perspectives, and considers their implications for learning and instruction. Well-known cognitive scientists examine the psychological processes involved in reasoning by similarity and analogy, the computational problems encountered in simulating analogical processing in problem solving, and the conditions promoting the application of analogical reasoning in everyday situations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89358/cover/9780521389358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology and the Pursuit of Economic Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mowery, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Nathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technology's contribution to economic growth and competitiveness has been the subject of vigorous debate in recent years. This book demonstrates the  importance of a historical perspective in understanding the role of technological innovation in the economy. The authors examine key episodes and institutions in the development of the U.S. research system and in the development of the research systems of other industrial economies. They argue that the large potential contributions of economics to the understanding of technology and economic growth have been constrained by the narrow theoretical framework employed within neoclassical economies. A richer framework, they believe, will support a more fruitful dialogue among economists, policymakers, and managers on the organization of public and private institutions for innovation. David Mowery is Associate Professor of Business and Public Policy at the School of Business Administration, University of California, Berkeley. Nathan S. Rosenberg is Fairleigh Dickinson Professor of Economics at Stanford University. He is the author of Inside the Black Box: Technology and Economics (CUP, 1983).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89365/cover/9780521389365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Historical Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dekker, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the tradition of American historical fiction from its origins in the early nineteenth century to the eve of World War II.  It examines the historical novel's connections with Enlightenment and Romantic theories of history; with the rise of literary regionalism; with the ambitions of Romantic writers to revive the epic and romance; with changing conceptions of gender roles; and with the authors' troubled responses to the great revolutionary and imperialistic conflicts of the  modern era. However, though inevitably much concerned with the theory of genre and with the specific contents of the genre of historical romance, Professor Dekker devotes most of his book to new readings of major texts by James Fenimore Cooper, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville, Mark Twain, Allen Tate, Edith Wharton, Willa Cather, and William Faulkner, as well as to the Briton whose name was synonymous with the genre for most of the nineteenth century - Sir Walter Scott.   'The American Historical Romance is the richest, most fully meditated and most rewarding yet written by this author ...  It is the most important book on the relations of British and American fiction to come out for many years. No devotee of the American novel will ignore it.' -- The Times Literary Supplement</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89372/cover/9780521389372.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conducting Interaction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns of Behavior in Focused Encounters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendon, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes available five classic studies of the organisation of behaviour in face-to-face interaction. It includes Adam Kendon's well-known study of gaze-direction in interaction, his study of greetings, of the interactional functions of facial expression and of the spatial organisation of naturally occurring interaction, as recorded by means of film or videotape. They represent some of the best work undertaken within the 'natural history' tradition of interaction studies, as originally formulated in the work of Bateson, Birdwhistell and Goffman. Chapter 2, written especially for this new book, provides an historical and theoretical discussion of this tradition, and a new final chapter takes up the theme of the organisation of attention in interaction. The introduction provides details of the circumstances of how each paper came to be written. Each of the papers reprinted is accompanied by a short postscript, placing the work in the context of more recent research. Several of the papers presented in this volume, although widely referred to, have long been difficult to obtain. Their republication will be warmly welcomed by all students and teachers who are concerned with face-to-face interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89389/cover/9780521389389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Construction Zone</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Working for Cognitive Change in School</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Peg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In its description of several years of painstaking classroom observations and carefully crafted experimental interventions, the 'construction zone' makes clear the cleavage lines between the everyday requirements of classroom teaching and the practice of experimental psychologists. The best intentions of researchers to improve education are often undermined by such differences. The 'construction zone' is the shared psychological space within which teachers construct environments for their students' intellectual development and students construct deeper understandings of the cultural heritage embodied in the curriculum. The core of the book is a set of analyses of children's developmental changes during classroom lessons and individual tutorials designed to teach basic concepts in such diverse areas as natural science, social studies, and arithmetic. Fusing techniques currently in wide use in microsociology, experimental psychology, and ethnographic studies of the classroom, the authors offer a compelling vision of intellectual development as a process of joint constructive interaction mediated by cultural artifacts. Their approach makes it possible to retain the strength of a developmental perspective which treats intellectual change as a constructive process in the spirit of Piaget, while making it clear that developmental change is simultaneously a social process of cultural transformation as emphasized by Vygotsky and his students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89426/cover/9780521389426.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Career Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arthur, Michael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Douglas T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, Barbara S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This cross-disciplinary text is designed to appeal to a diversity of social science scholars. The central focus is on new ways of viewing the career, or how working lives unfold over time. Fresh views from psychology, social psychology, sociology, anthropology, organization theory, economics, and political science are among those represented in the twenty-five chapter anthology. The design of the handbook in three parts - current approaches, new ideas, and future directions - is intended to engage the reader in the debate from which new and better career theories can be developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89440/cover/9780521389440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnomethodology and the Human Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Button, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditionally, when the human sciences consider foundational issues such as epistemology and method, they do so by theorising them. Ethnomethodology, however, attempts to make such foundational matters a focus of attention, and directly enquires into them. This book reappraises the significance of ethnomethodology in sociology in particular, and in the human sciences in general. It demonstrates how, through its empirical enquiries into the ordered properties of social action, ethnomethodology provides a radical respecification of the foundations of the human sciences, an achievement that has often been misunderstood. The chapters, by leading scholars, take up the specification of action and order in theorising, logic, epistemology, measurement, evidence, the social actor, cognition, language and culture, and moral judgement, and underscore the ramifications for the human sciences of the ethnomethodologist's approach. This is a systematic and coherent collection which explicitly addresses fundamental conceptual issues. The clear exposition of the central tenets of ethnomethodology is especially welcome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89525/cover/9780521389525.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Recent Work of J&#252;rgen Habermas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reason, Justice and Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J&#252;rgen Habermas is one of the foremost philosophers and social theorists in the world today. But the complexity and breadth of his thought make him often difficult to understand. In this book, Stephen White offers a clear, accessible, and reliable introduction to Habermas's work, particularly that which he has written since the publication of Knowledge and human interest (produced in English in 1971). During this period, new themes and directions have emerged in Habermas's thought, which culminated in The Theory of Communicative Action, a massive work that has not hitherto been the subject of extended commentary and analysis. This book is the first to provide a full-length study of Habermas's mature thought. Locating the latter in the context of contemporary debates, White explains Habermas's ideas about action, rationality, communicative ethics, contemporary capitalism, and new social movements, which characterize his later work. He also examines Habermas's interpretation of modernity, showing that although, like his forerunners in the Frankfurt School, Habermas maintains a critical stance towards modernity's instrumentalization of reason, he nonetheless offers a sophisticated defense of the universal significance of other aspects of modern consciousness that are too often forgotten by many recent radical critics of modernity. Throughout, White presents Habermas's work in such a way as to emphasize its coherence, and to demonstrate how it constitutes the beginnings of a distinctive new research program in the social sciences. As a well-researched and lucid account of Habermas's thought, this book will appeal to readers wanting an introduction to the complexity of his ideas, as well as to those already conversant with them. It will also interest social and political theorists concerned with the general theoretical issues that it covers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89594/cover/9780521389594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19891113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vlasov and the Russian Liberation Movement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Soviet Reality and Emigr&#233; Theories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andreyev, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Vlasov and the Russian Liberation Movement deals with the attempt by Soviet citizens to create a Russian anti-Stalinist liberation movement during the Second World War. These Soviet citizens were mainly prisoners-of-war, forced labourers or part of the population of the occupied territories of the USSR. The Liberation Movement was encouraged by German officers who disagreed with Nazi policy towards the USSR, as their experience showed that treating the population as 'subhumans' (Untermensch) merely increased resistance to Nazi occupation. Throughout the development of the Liberation Movement there existed a divergence of aims between the Russian members who wished to form an army and a political movement which would effect change within the USSR, and its German supporters who merely wished to alter the type of propaganda directed towards the population of the USSR. Catherine Andreyev provides an account of the evolution of the Russian Liberation Movement and examines the motivation of the titular leader of the movement, Lieutenant-General Andrey Andreyevich Vlasov. The main focus of the book is the ideology of the Liberation Movement, the importance of which lies in the fact that it represented the first grass-roots opposition movement within the Soviet Union since the end of the Civil War in 1922. The programme of the Movement reflects issues which would have been raised by citizens in the 1930s had they been free to do so. Catherine Andreyev examines influences on the programme, and the ideas expressed are placed within the context of the pre-war Soviet and Russian &#233;migr&#233; society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89600/cover/9780521389600.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nationalism and International Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayall, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is meant by international society? On what principles is the notion of international society based? How has the notion of nationalism influenced its evolution? In this book James Mayall addresses these questions and sheds important new light upon the issues of nation and international society by bringing together subjects which have hitherto been examined separately. Mayall locates his study within a theoretical discussion of the relationship between the ideas of nationalism and international society, maintaining that it is one of challenge and accommodation. He then explores three central issues. First, the manner in which nationalism has created new states and pushed the boundaries of international society outwards. Second, how the confrontation between nationalist and liberal ideas about international economic relations has impelled state activity downward into the lives of ordinary people and outward into the international political economy. And third, the way Third World nationalism has reacted against the postwar international economic order but has been unable to alter it in its favour. Nationalism and international society will be of interest to specialists and students of international relations with special reference to nationalism and sovereignty, and to modern historians of world order, decolonisation and economic nationalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89617/cover/9780521389617.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Modern Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melissinos, Adrian C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late twentieth century is undoubtedly the age of technology. Each technological development leads to more sophisticated devices and further scientific advances. Because of the pace of change, it is difficult to obtain a broad overview of the way fundamental science is linked to its everyday applications. Principles of Modern Technology describes the physical principles on which modern technology is based. Four primary areas have been singled out: computers and microelectronics, communications, nuclear energy and space flight. Each topic is treated in a way that gives the reader an insight into the underlying physics which makes the technology possible as well as the orders of magnitude involved. Based on a course taught at the University of Rochester, the book will be useful both as a textbook for courses in applied physics and engineering and as a reference book. It will be of interest to undergraduates taking introductory physics courses and anyone interested in modern technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89655/cover/9780521389655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State and Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Political Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisk, Milton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new political theory combining elements from the Marxist and liberal traditions.  It presents the reader with a disturbing view of the contemporary state as at war with itself.  This internal conflict is no accident but stems from the state's having the double task of spuring on the economy and protecting the welfare and rights of all its citizens.  Such conflict does not end at national boundaries but extends through the system of any imperial state.  This perspective illuminates the fractures and instability within the imperial system.   This book will be of particular interest to political scientists, political philosophers, and those engaged in policy studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89662/cover/9780521389662.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnic Differences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Schooling and Social Structure among the Irish, Italians, Jews, and Blacks in an American City, 1880-1935</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perlmann, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>339</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ethnic Differences explores how and why the Irish, Italians, Jews, and blacks of Providence, Rhode Island differed in their schooling and economic success. Drawing on new evidence from thousands of students recors of public, Catholic, and private schools, as well as on census manuscripts, city directories, and other sources, the book offers an integrated study of American ethnicity, education, and social structure. Joel Perlmann examines the extent to which differing career patterns, and reconsiders the relation between ethnicity and social class.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89754/cover/9780521389754.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Ingmar Bergman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalin, Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a concise overview of the career of one of the modern masters of world cinema. Jesse Kalin defines Bergman's conception of the human condition as a struggle to find meaning in life as it is played out. For Bergman, meaning is achieved independently of any moral absolute and is the result of a process of self-examination. Six existential themes are explored repeatedly in Bergman's films: judgment, abandonment, suffering, shame, a visionary picture, and above all, turning toward or away from others. Kalin examines how Bergman examines these themes cinematically, through close analysis of eight films: well known favorites such as Wild Strawberries, The Seventh Seal, Smiles of a Summer Night, and Fanny and Alexander; and important but lesser known works, such as Naked Night, Shame, Cries and Whispers, and Scenes from a Marriage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89778/cover/9780521389778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community Design and the Culture of Cities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Crossroad and the Wall</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lozano, Eduardo E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Having perceived a widespread failure of most community-scale plans, Eduardo Lozano has created a large and humane vision for community design, geared towards urban planners and designers, as well as those concerned with the communities of the future. Lozano strives to unify theory and practice, seeing that design at community scale is a relatively new responsibility for professionals and seeing the need for an awareness of the systemic nature of urban design. He also highlights relevant lessons from historical examples in order to rediscover the community design m&#233;tier forgotten after the Industrial Revolution. The author relies on interdisciplinary studies, drawing from biology, ecology, and political science, as well as from history for his fascinating study. Throughout the book there is an emphasis on the interrelationship of design and culture-society, technology, institutions, and values. There is also a stress on the need for an agenda for political and cultural change. The audience for Community Design and the Culture of Cities goes beyond designers and planners to include urban sociologists, anthropologists, historians, and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89792/cover/9780521389792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symplectic Techniques in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guillemin, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symplectic geometry is very useful for clearly and concisely formulating problems in classical physics and also for understanding the link between classical problems and their quantum counterparts. It is thus a subject of interest to both mathematicians and physicists, though they have approached the subject from different view points. This is the first book that attempts to reconcile these approaches. The authors use the uncluttered, coordinate-free approach to symplectic geometry and classical mechanics that has been developed by mathematicians over the course of the last thirty years, but at the same time apply the apparatus to a great number of concrete problems. In the first chapter, the authors provide an elementary introduction to symplectic geometry and explain the key concepts and results in a way accessible to physicists and mathematicians. The remainder of the book is devoted to the detailed analysis and study of the ideas discussed in Chapter 1. Some of the themes emphasized in the book include the pivotal role of completely integrable systems, the importance of symmetries, analogies between classical dynamics and optics, the importance of symplectic tools in classical variational theory, symplectic features of classical field theories, and the principle of general covariance. This work can be used as a textbook for graduate courses, but the depth of coverage and the wealth of information and application means that it will be of continuing interest to, and of lasting significance for mathematicians and mathematically minded physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89907/cover/9780521389907.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Paul Morrissey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yacowar, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Paul Morrissey is the first appraisal of one of the major figures of American independent cinema. An innovator in the narrative cinema that emerged from Andy Warhol's Factory, Morrissey, as established in this study, was also the force who shaped the most important films that have up till now been attributed to Warhol. The director's experiments in the use of non-professional actors, controversial subject matter, and language are demonstrated through analysis of his most accomplished achievements, including Mixed Blood, 40 Deuce, and Spike of Bensonhurst. The Films of Paul Morrissey furthermore reveals the director's challenge to the moral, social and political values of contemporary liberalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89938/cover/9780521389938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classification of Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Mercedes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The classification of stars into their various types is one of the fundamental areas of astronomy. This book is a comprehensive handbook on the tools, methods and results of stellar taxonomy. Although this subject is firmly rooted in classical astronomy, vast improvements in observational techniques have transformed the subject and greatly broadened the wavelength regions available for study. The first six chapters describe modern methods of spectroscopic and photometric classification. The remaining nine chapters describe particular families of stars, progressing from the hottest to the coolest. Within each category a description is given of the normal type and all the peculiar stars. Throughout the emphasis is on the phenomenology of classification, rather than the underlying astrophysics. Both authors have devoted themselves to developing the international centre for stellar data at Strasbourg, which uniquely qualifies them to write this definitive handbook for professional astronomers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89969/cover/9780521389969.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900924</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521389976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521389976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521389976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521389976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Karl E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of dynamical systems forms a vast and rapidly developing field even when one considers only activity whose methods derive mainly from measure theory and functional analysis. Karl Petersen has written a book which presents the fundamentals of the ergodic theory of point transformations and then several advanced topics which are currently undergoing intense research. By selecting one or more of these topics to focus on, the reader can quickly approach the specialized literature and indeed the frontier of the area of interest. Each of the four basic aspects of ergodic theory - examples, convergence theorems, recurrence properties, and entropy - receives first a basic and then a more advanced, particularized treatment. At the introductory level, the book provides clear and complete discussions of the standard examples, the mean and pointwise ergodic theorems, recurrence, ergodicity, weak mixing, strong mixing, and the fundamentals of entropy. Among the advanced topics are a thorough treatment of maximal functions and their usefulness in ergodic theory, analysis, and probability, an introduction to almost-periodic functions and topological dynamics, a proof of the Jewett-Krieger Theorem, an introduction to multiple recurrence and the Szemeredi-Furstenberg Theorem, and the Keane-Smorodinsky proof of Ornstein's Isomorphism Theorem for Bernoulli shifts. The author's easily-readable style combined with the profusion of exercises and references, summaries, historical remarks, and heuristic discussions make this book useful either as a text for graduate students or self-study, or as a reference work for the initiated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/89976/cover/9780521389976.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume explores a theme that has become central in our time, as 'the death of God' is widely seen to be succeeded by 'the death of Man'. Our contributors set forth its urgency in a variety of contexts. Among these, Peter Stern gives the paradigmatic history of the bereft, damaged, and repudiated self in German philosophy and literature from Kleist to Ernst Jilnger. In 'Not I' Michael Edwards pursues the theological and psychological consequences of a self without substance. Peter France supplies a witty account of the marriage of self and commerce more at home in the eighteenth-century tradition of British empiricism, and the challenge of Rousseau's refusal of the terms of commerce. Raman Selden explores views of the self from the Romantics to the poststructuralists. Roger Cardinal probes the secret diary: is the genre a contradiction in terms? Stephen Bann explores the representations of Narcissus in recent psychoanalytic theory. Other contributors include Pierre Dupuy, David James, Julie Scott Meisami, Gregory Blue,Mark Ogden and A. D. Nuttall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90026/cover/9780521390026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>439</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 10, dedicated to 'Comedy, Irony, Parody', celebrates the first decade of Comparative Criticism in a light-hearted vein. Michael Silk opens with a wide-ranging essay asserting the primacy of comedy and declaring its independence of tragedy. T. L. S. Sprigge explores philosophers who dared to write on laughter: Schopenhauer and Bergson. Bernard Harrison looks at the twentieth century's favourite comic novel, Tristram Shandy, in the light of Locke's views on 'the particular'. Peter Brand pursues the theatrical arts of disguises, masking, and gender-swapping through Renaissance Europe, from Ariosto to Shakespeare. Jane H. M. Taylor traces the danse macabre in modern 'black humour'. Christine Brooke-Rose, distinguished novelist and critic, reads from and comments on her own witty fictions. Michael Wood describes how Lolita outwitted her seducer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Rolle and the Invention of Authority</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a literary study of the career of Richard Rolle (d. 1349), a Yorkshire hermit and mystic who was one of the most widely read English writers of the late Middle Ages. Nicholas Watson proposes a chronology of Rolle's writings, and offers a literary analyses of a number of his works. He shows how Rolle's career, as a writer of passionate religious works in Latin and later in English, has as its principal focus the establishment of his own spiritual authority. The book also addresses wider issues, suggesting an alternative way of looking at mystical writing in general and challenging the prevailing view of the relationship between medieval and renaissance attitudes to authors and authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90170/cover/9780521390170.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>True Love and Bartholomew</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rebels on the Burmese Border</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falla, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Falla, a nurse and prizewinning playwright, spent an illegal year living with the Karen rebels. His richly illustrated account of life in the Burmese jungle creates an evocative portrait of a people fighting to preserve their way of life. The Karen, one of Burma's many minority peoples, have been waging an increasingly desperate war for autonomy against the Burmese government since 1949. Burma's 'closed door' policies have prevented any close study of Karen society since the 1920s and more recent writers have been forced to concentrate on Karen refugee communities in Thailand. Discussing all aspects of Karen life, this is no ordinary anthropological study but a highly personalized account. Based on the lives of individual Karen there are chapters on music, food, love, the patterns of forest and river life, on women, language, weaponry and mercenaries, and on the symbols of rebel nationalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90194/cover/9780521390194.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narration and Discourse in the Book of Genesis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Hugh C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a fine example of what can be contributed to theological understanding through a study of narrative. By means of a semiotic analysis of the Genesis stories, White shows how each stage in the growth of the biblical tradition is an interpretation of some body of prior tradition, while the writing of the Genesis narrative centres around the types of possible relations of the writer's discourse to the discourse of that writer's characters (a theory developed from Bakhtin). This book's approach is distinctive in its use of semiotic theory to engage in close readings of the texts to show the way in which the style and plots of specific narratives lead to new perceptions and understandings. This contrasts to studies which aim for a more formal description of biblical narratives (Fokkelman), or more global descriptions of biblical poetics (Sternberg).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90200/cover/9780521390200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design Theory and Computer Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dasgupta, Subrata</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The logic and methodology of design is examined in this book from the perspective of computer science. Computers provide the context for this examination both by discussion of the design process for hardware and software systems and by consideration of the role of computers in design in general. The central question posed by the author is whether or not we can construct a theory of design. This book concentrates upon the relationship between design, mathematics and science and thus its audience must include designers and software designers as well as computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90217/cover/9780521390217.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth Factors in Fertility Regulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haseltine, Florence P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Findlay, Jock K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been known for some time that certain types of cells, including those in reproduction tissues, produce substances that act by autocrine and paracrine means to control cellular functions, including promotion and inhibition of cell growth. This volume is based on a symposium held under the sponsorship of the World Health Organization to review the many newly recognised growth factors controlling physiological functions of the reproductive tract. The contributions presented here offer new and expanded insights into the functioning of the reproductive tract, examining many basic physiological and molecular mechanisms with potential in the development of new approaches to fertility regulation. Promising areas for further research are identified, and new systems for in vitro study of growth factors discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Necessity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bigelow, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pargetter, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book espouses a theory of scientific realism in which due weight is given to mathematics and logic. The authors argue that mathematics can be understood realistically if it is seen to be the study of universals, of properties and relations, of patterns and structures, the kinds of things which can be in several places at once. Taking this kind of scientific platonism as their point of departure, they show how the theory of universals can account for probability, laws of nature, causation and explanation, and explore the consequences in all these fields. This will be an important book for all philosophers of science, logicians and metaphysicians, and their graduate students. The readership will also include those outside philosophy interested in the interrelationship of philosophy and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90279/cover/9780521390279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pace of Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, K. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The mechanisms of macroevolutionary change have long been a contentious issue. Palaeoecological evidence, presented in this book, shows that evolutionary processes visible in ecological time do not build up into macroevolutionary trends, contrary to Darwin's original thesis. The author discusses how climatic oscillations on ice-age time-scales are paced by variations in the Earth's orbit, and have thus been a permanent feature of Earth history. There is, however, little evidence for macroevolutionary change in response to these climatic changes, suggesting that over geological time macroevolution does not occur as a result of accumulated short term processes. These conclusions are used to construct a post-modern evolutionary synthesis in which evolution and ecology play an equal role. Written by a leading palaeoecologist, this book will be of interest to researchers in both ecology and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90286/cover/9780521390286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139032X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139032X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scaling Fisheries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Science of Measuring the Effects of Fishing, 1855-1955</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Tim D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the industrialization of fishing, fisheries scientists have been subject to intense economic and political pressures, which have affected the way the science has developed. The origins and effects of these pressures are traced in this book to concerns about determining the causes of fluctuations in fish and whale catches, and to resistance to regulation of fishing activity when populations are depleted. The development of partial theories of fish population dynamics are described using examples of both national and international fisheries. The causes of the difficulties encountered in generalizing these theories are examined, setting the stage for the limitation of scope of these studies that still influences the form and extent of fisheries research today. This is a fascinating resource for all those interested in fisheries science and the way it has developed in the last 150 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90323/cover/9780521390323.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Letters of Lucien to Camille Pissarro, 1883-1903</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pissarro, Lucien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorold, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>818</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Impressionist painter Camille Pissarro's eldest son, Lucien, lived in England in 1883, then in Paris until 1890 when he finally settled in England. These travels gave rise to a substantial exchange of letters, most of which have survived. Camille Pissarro's letters are well-known but Lucien's replies, which describe the world of post-William Morris London, have hitherto lacked a full scholarly edition. Lucien, also a painter, exhibited only in the last of the Impressionist exhibitions in Paris, although both he and his father were members of the neo-Impressionist group. To earn a living, Lucien turned to wood engraving, which led to his printing of rare books illustrated and printed by him on his Eragny Press in London. He even ceased to paint for a period. The technical discussion of the translation of drawings to woodblocks engraved by Lucien gives a unique insight into the methods employed, while intimate views on the work of their now famous friends, mainly painters, writers of anarchist theoreticians in Paris, or contemporary painters reacting to the Pre-Raphaelites in London and the Private Press movement inspired by William Morris, mingle advice on painting methods with views on current art trends, family matters, and their struggles for recognition and enough money to even post their letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21678/cover/9780521021678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>325.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of a Saint</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life, Times and Sanctification of Neophytos the Recluse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galatariotou, Catia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Every case of sanctification is unique - as unique as the holy man or woman at its centre. Yet at the same time the problem posed is a general one: how does an individual become a Saint? In this bold and pioneering study the author answers the question by providing a detailed analysis of the case of the late twelfth- and early thirteenth-century Byzantine holy man, the Cypriot Saint Neophytos the Recluse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90354/cover/9780521390354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem: A Corpus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of a series of four volumes that are intended to present a complete corpus of all the church buildings, of both the western and the oriental rites, rebuilt or simply in use in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem between the capture of Jerusalem for the First Crusade in 1099 and the loss of Acre in 1291. This volume completes the general topographical coverage begun in volume I, and will be followed by a third volume dealing specifically with the major cities of Jerusalem, Acre and Tyre (which are excluded from the preceding volumes). The project, of which this series represents the final, definitive publication, has been sponsored by the British School of Archaeology in Jerusalem. On completion the corpus will contain a topographical listing of all the 400 or more church buildings of the Kingdom that are attested by documentary or surviving archaeological evidence, and individual descriptions and discussion of them in terms of their identification, building history and architecture. Some of the buildings have been published before, but many others are published here for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/09833/cover/9780521109833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Corpus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third in a series of four volumes that are intended to present a complete Corpus of all the church buildings, of both the Western and the Oriental rites, built, rebuilt or simply in use in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem between the capture of Jerusalem by the First Crusade in 1099 and the loss of Acre in 1291. This volume deals exclusively with Jerusalem, the capital of the Kingdom from 1099 to 1187, leaving the churches of Acre and Tyre to be covered in the fourth and final volume. The Corpus will be an indispensable work of reference to all those concerned with the medieval topography and archaeology of the Holy Land, with the history of the church in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem, with medieval pilgrimage to the Holy Places, and with the art and architecture of the Latin East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90385/cover/9780521390385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Before the Luddites</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Custom, Community and Machinery in the English Woollen Industry, 1776-1809</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Randall, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Before the Luddites is a study of the early Industrial Revolution in the English woollen cloth-making industry in the West of England and Yorkshire which concentrates upon the social background of and response to change. It is particularly concerned to explain the reasons for and the effect of Luddism. This book argues that resistance to machinery had a long history before the Luddite disturbances of 1811-12 and that this response to change sprang from a community culture which was deep-rooted and hostile to the values of economic individualism embodied by the new economy and to laissez-faire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90422/cover/9780521390422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Faulkner's Subject</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cosmos No One Owns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Philip M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Faulker's Subject: A Cosmos No One Owns offers a reading of William Faulkner by viewing his masterpieces through the lens of current critical theory. The book addresses both the power of his work and the current theoretical issues that call that power into question. Drawing on poststructuralist, ideological and gender theory, Weinstein examines the harrowing process of 'becoming oneself' at the heart of Faulkner's work, and suggests that the cosmos Faulkner called his own - the textual world he produced - emerges as a cosmos no one owns, a verbal territory generated and biased by the larger culture's discourses of gender and race.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90477/cover/9780521390477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropological Character of Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conditioning Theological Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pailin, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study looks at the various ways in which theological conclusions are affected by the rationality of those who produce them. The author's critique of the study of theology arises out of a conviction that theology has to establish its credibility as a mode of understanding if it is to be of value. In considering what follows once it is recognised that - since theologians are human - their conclusions are affected by the nature of human thought, Dr Pailin offers a clarification of faith, belief and reason, and how they are related to each other. The book shows that while theology can no longer credibly pretend to divine authority in determining the truth in all disciplines, it is committed to understanding the fundamental character of reality as a whole. Against the conservative backlash in religious thought, and the secularist trend towards scepticism when references are made to the reality of God, the author takes up the challenge of current thinking to show that it is possible for theology to affirm God's reality in a positive way which is, at the same time, self-critically aware of the human character of thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90699/cover/9780521390699.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Egg Incubation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Effects on Embryonic Development in Birds and Reptiles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deeming, D. Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, Mark W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>462</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews comprehensively incubation effects on embryonic development in birds and reptiles and presents the first ever synthesis of data from these two vertebrate classes. The book is in three parts. The first deals with the structure, shape and function of eggs. The second examines the effects of the four main parameters on the process of incubation: temperature, water relations, respiratory gas exchange, and turning. The third section deals with early embryonic development and the methods used to investigate and manipulate the embryo. Further chapters deal with aestivation, megapodes and oviparity. International experts in each field have contributed to this extensively referenced volume and it will be of great interest not only to research biologists, but also to bird and reptile breeders, whether in commercial organisations or in zoos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12036/cover/9780521612036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aim&#233; C&#233;saire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Gregson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aim&#233; C&#233;saire is arguably the best-known poet in the French Caribbean. His poetry and drama have established his formidable reputation as the leading francophone poet and elder statesman of the twentieth century. In this study Gregson Davis examines the evolution of C&#233;saire's poetic career and his involvement with many of the most seminal political and aesthetic movements of the twentieth century. Davis relates C&#233;saire's extraordinary dual career as writer and elected politician to the recurrent themes in his writings. As one of the most profound critics of colonialism, C&#233;saire, the acknowledged inventor of the famous term 'negritude', has been a hugely influential figure in shaping the contemporary discourse on the postcolonial predicament. Gregson Davis's account of C&#233;saire's intellectual growth is grounded in a careful reading of the poetry, prose and drama that illustrates the full range and depth of his literary achievement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90729/cover/9780521390729.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Modernist in History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bush, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The centenary of Eliot's birth in 1988 provided the salutary occasion for a fresh look at his life and work and a reassessment in light of issues raised by the various critical movements - the new historicism, feminism, reader-reception theory - that have succeeded the New Criticism, loosely subsumable under the rubric post-structuralist. The essays assembled here vary in approach, but they share a commitment to the discipline of history and an awareness that history can function as critique as well as celebration. Several contributors take issue with Eliot's self-presentation and include documents Eliot chose not to emphasise. Others address topics including the business of producing culture in twentieth-century writing, the impact of self-professed masculinist poetry on women readers and modernism's social vouchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05286/cover/9780521105286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139080X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139080X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Wave Processes in Acoustics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naugolnykh, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostrovsky, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The investigation of nonlinear phenomena in acoustics has a rich history stretching back to the mechanical physical sciences in the nineteenth century. The study of nonlinear phenomena, such as explosions and jet engines, prompted the sharp growth of interest in nonlinear acoustic phenomena. The authors consider models of different 'acoustic' media as well as equations and behaviour of finite-amplitude waves. Consideration is given to the effects of nonlinearity, dissipation, dispersion, and for two- and three-dimensional problems, reflection and diffraction upon the evolution and interaction of acoustic beams. This book will be of interest not only to specialists in acoustics, but also to a wide audience of mathematicians, physicists, and engineers working on nonlinear waves in various physical systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90804/cover/9780521390804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Professionals, Power and Solidarity in Poland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Sociology of Soviet-Type Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Michael D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Solidarity movement of the early 1980s not only triggered a transformation in Polish society, it forced a fundamental reconsideration of the nature of socialism throughout the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Seen as one of the most important social movements of the twentieth century, Michael Kennedy develops a theoretical conception of Soviet-type societies by analysing Solidarity's significance. He explains the background to the nature of the conflict between Solidarity and the authorities and considers the implications of Solidarity's struggle for the theory of the Soviet-type system's reproduction and transformation. Then, the internal constitution of Solidarity in terms of gender and, in particular, cross-class alliances is examined, which is followed by the implications of his analysis both for understanding perestroika in the Soviet Union and more generally for reformulating a critical sociology of Soviet-type societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90835/cover/9780521390835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Struggle for Soviet Jewish Emigration, 1948-1967</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ro'i, Yaacov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important study of Soviet Jewry, Yaacov Ro'i examines the cultural, social, political and international context of the movement for emigration, from the establishment of the state of Israel to the outbreak of the Six Day War. A discussion of the lives of Soviet Jews, based upon oral testimony, shows how Jewish self-awareness arose as a product of the Holocaust, of the founding of the State of Israel, and of popular antisemitism and Soviet policy, and how local groups developed in clandestine conditions to sustain Jewish cultural interests. The author also analyses the campaign conducted in the West on behalf of Soviet Jewish rights as a whole and emigration in particular. By 1967 Soviet Jewish efforts to maintain even a minimal Jewish existence seemed doomed to constant frustration, and most nationalistically minded Jews accepted that the only way of fulfilling their aspirations was to emigrate to Israel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90842/cover/9780521390842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Princes and Territories in Medieval Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the most important question in pre-modern German political history: why did a multiplicity of states and territories emerge by the end of the Middle Ages instead of an incipient 'nation state' under the crown? The answer is found not in the supposed failures of German kingship, but instead in the creative aristocratic successes of the secular dynasties and princes of the Church. We see how their collective efforts in the centuries after 1050 added up to a more markedly territorial structure of regional power, already emerging by the thirteenth century as a result of their endeavours in the economy, internal and external colonization, and the establishment of new castles, towns, monasteries and communications; in local, ecclesiastical and imperial law, and the jurisdictional reform which they imposed in their regions; and in the uses of dynastic politics, including feuds as well as alliances, inheritance and partition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90859/cover/9780521390859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last of the Prince Bishops</TitleText>

<Subtitle>William Van Mildert and the High Church Movement of the Early Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the significance of the influential High Church 'Hackney Phalanx' at the beginning of the nineteenth century, and opens up a little-explored area of Anglican history. Drawing extensively upon original correspondence, Elizabeth Varley reconstructs the work of the Hackney Phalanx and their defence of traditional Anglican ascendancy against the forces of political and religious reform during the final crisis of the English confessional state. The study focuses upon William Van Mildert, Bishop of Durham from 1826-36, and shows that, while Van Mildert's influence as 'Prince Bishop' bore little resemblance to his medieval forebears, he made effective use of it to cause considerable irritation to the Whig establishment of the day, local and national. Varley brings skilfully to life many of the tensions of that time - political and ecclesiastical - which culminated in the Catholic Emancipation Act of 1829 and the passing of the Parliamentary Reform Bill in 1832.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90934/cover/9780521390934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521390982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521390982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521390989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poet's Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Crisis in American Verse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521390989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fredman, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poet's Prose is the first scholarly work devoted exclusively to American prose poetry and has been recognised as a pioneering study in contemporary American poetry. Many recent American poets have been writing prose; Fredman has set out to determine why and what it means. Three central works of American poets' prose are discussed in detail: William Carlos Williams' Kora in Hell, Robert Creeley's Presences, and John Ashbery's Three Poems. In these chapters, Fredman both demonstrates how to read these difficult works and examines their philosophical seriousness. In a final chapter and a new epilogue, he discusses the newest trends in contemporary poetry, the 'talk poems' of David Antin and the prose of the Language poets, in which poet's prose forms an important aspect of the 'theoretical poetry' now being written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/90989/cover/9780521390989.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shattock, Joanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Covering the nineteenth century, this is volume four of the third edition of the standard primary bibliography of English literature. This volume offers a comprehensive revision and updating of the first and second editions with an expanded list of writers emphasising women writers and non-canonical writing; the literature of political economy and household books; and an expanded section on philosophy and science. Individual author entries include sections on manuscript locations, bibliographies, collected works, details of all individual works, contributions to periodicals, letters, journals, translations, pseudonymous works, imitations and attributed or spurious works. The Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature is accepted internationally as the single most important reference work in its field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91009/cover/9780521391009.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Perspectives on the Late Victorian Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Quantitative Economic History, 1860-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foreman-Peck, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through channels both open and concealed, the Victorian economy continues to influence us powerfully. Much economic thinking today gains support from perceptions of how the nineteenth-century British economy worked and how well it satisfied wants. Contemporary oligopolistic industrial structure is contrasted with Victorian self-regulating competition; the gross inequalities of Victorian laissez-faire are compared with support for the needy provided by the modern welfare state; and some regard Victorian values as vital principles of social organisation which should be regained. By examining the behaviour of the British economy between 1865 and 1914, the present work casts light upon some of these views. It does so in a variety of ways. New methods or evidence are deployed to establish accepted conclusions more firmly; unwarrantedly neglected aspects of the economy are analysed with present day concerns in mind; and traditional conclusions are reassessed. The book focuses upon three central themes: industrial organisation and technology, wages and living standards, and the monetary system. These are at the heart of discussions of productivity growth, the standard of living, well-being and poverty; the criteria by which the Victorian economic system should ultimately be judged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91078/cover/9780521391078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Change in Modern France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards a Cultural Anthropology of the Fifth Republic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendras, Henri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social Change in Modern France is concerned with the radical transformations which have taken place within French society since the mid-twentieth century. The authors contended that these changes constitute a revolution in French affairs as important as that of 1789. From the late 1950s onwards, the traditional social structures of the Third Republic have been transformed: peasantry and bourgeoisie have disappeared or mutated; the great national institutions of church, army, trade unions and schools have declined or severely weakened, and a late and rapid industrialisation has wrought profound economic changes. Even the French Communist Party has become a virtual irrelevance. All these institutions, so characteristic of French society throughout the Third Republic, have now ceased to be the object of major conflicts and tensions. In their stead local institutions, voluntary associations and the family have acquired a renewed strength and serve as the basic network for social relations and social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91085/cover/9780521391085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperation and Prosocial Behaviour</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinde, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groebel, Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H. R. H. The Princess Royal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>381</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An increasing number of people accept competitiveness as a basis for living. However, while competitiveness may have its place, cooperation is more important in many contexts, and interpersonal relationships are the most important elements in our lives. This is true not only of individuals, but also of groups and nations. In this book, prominent authors have come together to consider the nature of cooperation and prosocial behaviour at levels of social complexity ranging from the individual to the international. Successive sections cover key topics such as the relations between cooperation in animals and humans; the development of prosocial propensities in humans; aspects of the situation and of personality that increase the probability that individuals will behave prosocially; the relationships between trust, cooperation and commitment; and cooperation between groups and nations. Case studies illustrating the important issue of international cooperation are also included. The chapters are integrated by a series of useful editorials which emphasise that a full understanding of cooperation and prosocial behaviour requires us to move between different levels of social complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91108/cover/9780521391108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Long Distance Anaphora</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koster, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reuland, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are a number of persistent anomalies in binding theory. One is the lack of an integrated view of long distance anaphora. Anaphors generally require an antecedent, but languages have been shown to show striking differences as to where such antecedents may occur. This volume is a collection of original articles by distinguished contributors on the nature of anaphoric systems in a wide variety of genetically and structurally different languages, and it examines the general laws underlying the apparent diversity of data from the perspective of current linguistic theory. There is a surprising degree of convergence in the analyses proposed. A substantive introduction summarises and discusses the main results, providing an integrative picture of individual and common results. This is the first representative collection of articles on this important topic. It is both conceptually coherent and of real theoretical importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00008/cover/9780521400008.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139113X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139113X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sporting with the Gods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rhetoric of Play and Game in American Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oriard, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sporting with the Gods examines the metaphors of 'play', 'game' and 'sport' as they are reflected in American literature and culture. The 'race' for salvation and success, the great 'games' of business and politics, the distinctive American version of 'fair play', the desperate 'game' against an all-powerful opponent and the cruelties of chance and fate by which man becomes the 'sport of the gods' - all of these metaphors touch fundamental American beliefs about fate and freedom, competition and chance, finitude and possibility. The book traces the cultural history of these metaphors primarily through American literary texts (from Cooper and Hawthorne to Updike and Mailer) but also through a wide range of nonliterary writings (sermons, dime novels, success writing, countercultural manifestoes, political rhetoric, etc.). The result is a cultural history of America from its inception.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91139/cover/9780521391139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Shopkeeping in Milan, 1886-1922</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the mid-1880s a shopkeeper movement developed in Milan, centred around a shopkeeper newspaper, a federation of shopkeeper trade associations, and a shopkeeper bank. In 1904 shopkeeper representatives initiated a sequence of events that led to the fall of the first radical-socialist administration within the city. The author explains these events with reference to the business of shopkeeping itself. He analyses the trades, techniques, tax structure and topography of the Milanese retail sector, and traces the history of the contest between shops and cooperatives and the shopkeeper's changing relationship with his employees and with his clientele. The final chapter confronts the crucial question of why the Milanese shopkeepers were to be found on the political right in the years leading up to the Fascist takeover. This is the first book to deal with any aspect of the Italian petite bourgeoisie.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91191/cover/9780521391191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Seismicity of Egypt, Arabia and the Red Sea</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Historical Review</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambraseys, N. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melville, C. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>201</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A careful and intensive study of historical sources and a review of the instrumental data of this century have led to this detailed catalogue of earthquakes. Egypt, Arabia, the Red Sea region and the surrounding areas of Libya, Sudan and Ethiopia are studied from the earliest times to the present day. Each earthquake is described as fully as possible from the available data, and is analysed in a geographical and historical context. The completeness of the earthquake catalogue over time is analysed and the range of sources and problems associated with the scrutiny of historical sources is discussed. The information is then placed in a geophysical framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91207/cover/9780521391207.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Representation and the Quest for Voting Equality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grofman, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Handley, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niemi, Richard G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an up-to-date analysis of American voting rights law and the numerous controversies surrounding minority representation. Written by authors with first-hand experience in the case law, the book details the evolution of the law and precedent from 1965 onwards. The authors explain the logic underlying the major decisions, introduce the reader to the procedures for establishing standards of representation and measuring discrimination, and discuss the major points of recent contention. In conclusion, they address the implications of recent developments in voting rights law for the future of representation in America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91283/cover/9780521391283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tikopia Songs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetic and Musical Art of a Polynesian People of the Solomon Islands</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firth, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLean, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Raymond Firth is one of the most distinguished British anthropologists, and one internationally acclaimed. His work here forms part of one of the fullest and most professional ethnographic accounts by any anthropologist of a non-industrial people, an account which extends over many years. This book is about the songs of a Western Pacific people, the Tikopia, who not so long ago lived entirely on a small remote island of the Solomons. Their songs vary from lively dance chants to mournful funeral laments. All are novel to western ears. The book provides about 100 examples, in text and translation. It also discusses the relation of the songs to the social life of the people, and it includes an analysis of the structure of their music, by Mervyn McLean, a noted musicologist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91290/cover/9780521391290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy, Culture and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Becoming Literate in Morocco</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagner, Daniel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>383</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy is thought to be one of the primary cultural transmitters of information and beliefs within any society where it exists. Yet, when considered as a social phenomenon, literacy is remarkably difficult to define, because its functions, meanings, and methods of learning vary from one cultural group to the next. This book compares and contrasts our understanding of literacy and its acquisition and retention. It addresses major debates in education policy today, such as the importance of 'mother-tongue' literacy programs, the notion of literacy 'relapse', and the concept of educational poverty. The author focuses on Moroccan children whose parents are unschooled, whose language is often different from that used in the classroom, and whose first instruction often involves rote religious teaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91320/cover/9780521391320.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Alfred Hitchcock</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sterritt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction gives an overview of Hitchcock's long career, with special attention to the varied influences on his work; themes that run through many of his films, from the 'transference of guilt', to the connection between knowledge and danger; the overlooked importance of his presence within his films, including his famous cameo appearances and characters who represent him within the story; his fascination with performance and the ambiguities of illusion and reality; the question of viewing him and his work through the auteur theory; and other issues. Also discussed is the relationship between Hitchcock as a serious, even tormented artist and Hitchcock as a magician with a weakness for cinematic practical jokes. Six chapters then provide in-depth examinations of key films: Blackmail, his first talkie; Shadow of a Doubt, one of his personal favourites; The Wrong Man, which questions the nature of guilt and innocence; Vertigo, arguably his most profound work; Psycho, his most savage look at the nature of evil; and The Birds, his last masterpiece and one of his most widely misunderstood works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91337/cover/9780521391337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contractarianism and Rational Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on David Gauthier's Morals by Agreement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vallentyne, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Gauthier's Morals by Agreement (1986) is the most complete and suggestive contractarian theory of morality since the work of Rawls. In this anthology a number of prominent moral and political philosophers offer a critical assessment of Gauthier's theory and its three main projects: developing a contractarian foundation for morality, defending a theory of rational choice, and supporting the claim that rationality requires one to keep one's agreements. An introduction sets out Gauthier's project, while Gauthier himself has the last word, responding to the critiques. This collection will interest moral and political philosophers, social theorists, and specialists in the philosophy and theory of law as well as management sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91344/cover/9780521391344.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Yankee Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Central State Authority in America, 1859-1877</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bensel, Richard Franklin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the impact of the American Civil War on the development of central state authority in the late nineteenth century. The author contends that intense competition for control of the national political economy between the free North and slave South produced secession, which in turn spawned the formation of two new states, a market-oriented northern Union and a southern Confederacy in which government controls on the economy were much more important. During the Civil War, the American state both expanded and became the agent of northern economic development. After the war ended, however, tension within the Republican coalition led to the abandonment of Reconstruction and to the return of former Confederates to political power throughout the South. As a result, American state expansion ground to a halt during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. This book makes a major contribution to the understanding of the causes and consequences of the Civil War and the legacy of the war in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91368/cover/9780521391368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World of Bede</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, Peter Hunter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An engaging and accessible introduction to the writings and intellectual development of the Venerable Bede (d.735), this book (originally published in 1970) is available again for the enjoyment of all those interested in the early medieval world. With an updated preface and supplementary bibliography by Michael Lapidge, the book is based almost entirely on primary sources, particularly Bede's own writings. The book surveys the fragmented state of Britain after the Anglo-Saxon conquests, tracing the - sometimes faltering - rebirth of Christianity from the time of St. Augustine through to the glories of the golden age of Northumbria in the eighth century. What was Bede's contribution to the growth of scholarship? Why is his famous Ecclesiastical History of the English Church and People still so highly regarded? How did Bede see his own age? What traditions most influenced him? Peter Hunter Blair answers all these questions, assessing Bede sympatheticaly in all the fields in which he was active, as teacher, orthographer, moral philospher, grammarian, theologian, natural scientist and, above all, as our first modern historian.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91382/cover/9780521391382.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bank of England and Public Policy, 1941-1958</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fforde, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>881</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The official history of the Bank of England, already available up to the Second World War, is here continued into the late wartime and early postwar periods. The author is a central banker by trade and a former Executive Director of the Bank. His account examines mainly how the Bank moved on after the hurried nationalization of 1946 and led a vigorous though often frustrated life in the postwar years, when sterling was subject to recurrent external weakness and when domestic monetary policy was beset by difficulties of content and conduct. The Bank's relationship with the Treasury is central to the story, but Mr. Fforde also examines its evolving relationship with the financial community and with central banks overseas. The Bank's contribution to public policy, in a frequently controversial field, is explained and assessed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91399/cover/9780521391399.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interstate Crisis Behavior, 1816-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leng, Russell J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why have some interstate crises escalated to war when other have not? Are there patterns of behavior that war-prone disputes share in common? These are some of the questions considered by Russell Leng as he examines the behavior of nations in forty militarised crises occurring between 1816 and 1980. Leng considers the conditions under which crises are more or less likely to escalate to war or be resolved peacefully and compares the descriptive and prescriptive validity of two competing perspectives on conflict behavior: classical realism and the psychological approaches of behavioral scientists. The author concludes that elements of both realist and psychological perspectives are necessary for an adequate understanding of interstate crisis behavior and that the most effective approach to crisis bargaining combines each perspective in a firm-but-flexible 'reciprocating' strategy. The epilogue presents a provocative critique of the bargaining strategies pursued by the United States and Iraq during the Gulf Crisis of 1990-1991.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91412/cover/9780521391412.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nathaniel Hawthorne</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Idol, Jr, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Buford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Inge, M. Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the self-withdrawn Fanshawe through the posthumously issued Dr Grimshaw's Secret, this compilation of reviews and notices traces Nathaniel Hawthorne's rise from obscurity to world renown as a writer placed in the ranks of Carlyle, Dickens and Shakespeare. Reviews by Henry Fothergill Chorley, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Edgar Allan Poe, Herman Melville, Margaret Fuller, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody, Edwin Whipple, Henry James, Edith Simcox, William Dean Howells and many others respond to Hawthorne's tales, romances, notebooks, and fragmentary works in efforts to capture and define the nature of Hawthorne's mind and the quality of his art. The introduction explores the thematic concerns taken up by reviewers, focusing on the elements of Hawthorne's life and art of most interest to his contemporary readers. Several retrospective reviews, one appearing as early as the 1840s, provide thoughtful estimates of Hawthorne's achievement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91429/cover/9780521391429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of Anglicanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From State Church to Global Communion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sachs, William L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the various contexts - historical, social, cultural, and ideological - which have shaped the modern efforts of the Anglican tradition at self-understanding. The author's thesis is that modernity and world mission have changed Anglicanism in ways that are deep and pervasive, just as other Christian traditions have also been profoundly affected by worldwide extension. In the case of the Anglican tradition, however, a distinctive way of relating Christianity to local culture and a distinctive kind of indigenous leader produced a church identity different from other forms of Christendom. Dr Sachs' aim is to contrast Anglicanism both with the style of Roman Catholicism and with the characteristically Protestant emphasis upon individual conversion apart from concern for the Church and its tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91436/cover/9780521391436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139144X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139144X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martin Bucer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reforming Church and Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, D. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Martin Bucer (1491-1551) was one of the most important sixteenth-century Reformers, who became leader of the Reformed Churches in Switzerland and South Germany after the death of Zwingli. An international team of specialists on Bucer (several of them involved in the new critical edition of his works) highlight his contribution in thought and practice to building the community of the Church - in Strasbourg, but also elsewhere in Europe, and in England, where he spent the last years of his life in Cambridge. The issues raised emphasise Bucer's distinctiveness, as a Reformer of the Church and its ordered life, as well as raising matters of contemporary significance, such as Church-state relations, Protestant-Catholic unity, and tensions between a church of true believers and a 'people's' church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91443/cover/9780521391443.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Struggle for Market Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrial Relations in the British Coal Industry, 1800-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaffe, James Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the Industrial Revolution, class relations were defined largely through the struggle to control the terms of exchange in the market. Integrating aspects of economic and social history as well as industrial sociology, this book examines the sources of the perception of the market on the part of both capital and labour and the elaboration of their alternative market ideologies. Of particular import is the argument that working-class culture expressed a fundamental acceptance of the utility of the market, a point that is supported by a detailed analysis of the labour process, workplace bargaining, and early-nineteenth-century trade unionism. The determination of market relations in this era therefore became a function of both class power and ideological prescription.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91467/cover/9780521391467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life and Mind of Oriental Jones</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sir William Jones, the Father of Modern Linguistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, Garland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir William Jones is best known for his famous Third Discourse of 1786 in which he proposed that Sanskrit's affinity to Greek and Latin could be explained by positing a common, earlier source, one known today as Indo-European. This brilliant thesis of language families laid the groundwork for modern comparative linguistics. Jones's interests and achievements, however, ranged far beyond language. He studied and made contributions to astronomy, botany, history, law, literature, music, physiology, politics, and religion. He served as a Supreme Court justice in India and founded the Asiatic Society, which stimulated worldwide interest in India and the Orient. He was friends with many of the leading intellectuals of his day and corresponded with Benjamin Franklin in America and with Burke, Gibbon, Johnson, Percy, and Reynolds in Britain. In his short life he mastered so many languages that even in his own time he was regarded as a phenomenon; and so he was. Garland Cannon, editor of The Letters of Sir William Jones, has written a new definitive biography of this fascinating man, who in his life and works teaches us that the path to understanding and appreciating the art and literature of a great culture very different from our own is through devoted study, a tolerant spirit, and an unquenchably curious mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91498/cover/9780521391498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratizing France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political and Administrative History of Decentralization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Vivien A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The focus of this book is on the decentralization reforms legislated by the Socialist government in France from 1982 to 1986. These reforms redefined the role of the central state in the periphery and gave extensive new powers to territorial governments. In order to assess more fully the causes and effects of this recent decentralization, Vivien Schmidt examines these reforms and their impact in comparative historical perspective. Tracing the history of decentralization from the French Revolution to the present, the book highlights the significant reforms at the beginning of the Third Republic in the 1870s. It then analyses the actual impact of the reforms of both the 1870s and the 1980s on local government institutions and processes. Professor Schmidt uses an innovative mix of methods borrowed from political sociology and cultural anthropology, combined with historical analysis and extensive interviews with national and local politicians and civil servants. She provides important theoretical insights into the changing nature of the French state in addition to revealing significant historical patterns, particularly in the parallel between the role of decentralization in the Third and Fifth Republics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91566/cover/9780521391566.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139161X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139161X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Discontent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>India's Growing Crisis of Governability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli, Atul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long considered one of the great successes of the developing world, India has more recently experienced growing challenges to political order and stability. Institutional mechanisms for the resolution of conflict have broken down, the civil and police services have become highly politicized, and the state bureaucracy appears incapable of implementing an effective plan for economic development. In this book, Atul Kohli analyzes political change in India from the late 1960s to the late 1980s. Based on research conducted at the local, state and national level, the author analyzes the changing patterns of authority in and between the centre and periphery. He combines rich empirical investigation, extensive interviews and theoretical perspectives in developing a detailed explanation of the growing crisis of governance his research reveals. The book will be of interest to both specialists in Indian politics and to students of comparative politics more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91610/cover/9780521391610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children in Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Child Development and Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huston, Aletha C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The number of children living in poverty in the United States increased dramatically during the 1980s and remains high. Why are so many children growing up in poor families? What are the effects of poverty on children's physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development? What role can public policy and policy research play in preventing or alleviating the damaging effects of poverty on children? Children in Poverty examines these questions, focusing on the child rather than on parents' income or self-sufficiency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91627/cover/9780521391627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domestic Strategies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Work and Family in France and Italy, 1600-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolf, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on historical processes such as commercialisation traditionally concentrated on the motors of change and measurement of their impact, and considered the labouring classes as the passive objects of such changes. Developments in the social sciences in recent years have stimulated a new reading of the historical sources in terms of the social relations and strategies of families in interpreting and adapting to their own use institutional settings and economic resources. The essays presented here explore the relationship between the historical experiences of social relations and the demands and opportunities offered by the economy in early modern Europe through a focus on the strategies of labouring families. Critical discussion of the historian's use of sources characterises the essays, which provide case-studies of social groups in north-central Italy and the French Alps. They relate to three specific themes: the exploitation of non-agricultural resources in the countryside, urban guilds and charitable provision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91641/cover/9780521391641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Plant Communities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodwell, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>638</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British Plant Communities is the first systematic and comprehensive account of the vegetation types of this country. It covers all natural, semi-natural and major artificial habitats in Great Britain (but not Northern Ireland), representing the fruits of fifteen years of research by leading plant ecologists. The book breaks new ground in wedding the rigorous interest in the classification of plant communities that has characterized Continental phytosociology with the deep concern traditional in Great Britain to understand how vegetation works. The published volumes have been greeted with universal acclaim, and the series has become firmly established as a framework for a wide variety of teaching, research and management activities in ecology, conservation and land-use planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/27207/cover/9780521627207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Plant Communities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodwell, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pigott, C. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ratcliffe, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malloch, A. J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birks, H. J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Proctor, M. C. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>526</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British Plant Communities is the first systematic and comprehensive account of the vegetation types of this country. It covers all natural, semi-natural and major artificial habitats in Great Britain (but not Northern Ireland), representing the fruits of fifteen years of research by leading plant ecologists. The book breaks new ground in wedding the rigorous interest in the classification of plant communities that has characterized Continental phytosociology with the deep concern traditional in Great Britain to understand how vegetation works. The published volumes have been greeted with universal acclaim, and the series has become firmly established as a framework for a wide variety of teaching, research and management activities in ecology, conservation and land-use planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91672/cover/9780521391672.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational Experiments in the Laboratory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chen, Y. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an up-to-date account of the precise experiments used to explore the nature of universal gravitation that can be performed in a terrestrial laboratory. The experiments required are at the limits of sensitivity of mechanical measurements. The problems of experiment design are discussed, and critical accounts given of the principal experiments testing the inverse square law and the principle of equivalence, and measuring the constant of gravitation. An analysis of the effects of noise and other disturbances is also provided, further highlighting the care that is needed in experimental design and performance. The motivation for undertaking such experiments is also discussed. The book will be of value to graduate students, researchers and teachers who are engaged in either theoretical or experimental studies of gravitation, and who wish to understand the nature and problems of laboratory experiments in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91719/cover/9780521391719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial Visions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalist Imagination and Geographical Expansion in the Russian Far East, 1840-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bassin, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the middle of the nineteenth century, the Russian empire made a dramatic advance on the Pacific by annexing the vast regions of the Amur and Ussuri rivers. Although this remote realm was a virtual terra incognita for the Russian educated public, the acquisition of an 'Asian Mississippi' attracted great attention nonetheless, even stirring the dreams of Russia's most outstanding visionaries. Within a decade of its acquisition, however, the dreams were gone and the Amur region largely abandoned and forgotten. In an innovative examination of Russia's perceptions of the new territories in the Far East, Mark Bassin sets the Amur enigma squarely in the context of the Zeitgeist in Russia at the time. Imperial Visions demonstrates the fundamental importance of geographical imagination in the mentalit&#233; of imperial Russia. The work offers a truly novel perspective on the complex and ambivalent ideological relationship between Russian nationalism, geographical identity and imperial expansion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91740/cover/9780521391740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139175X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139175X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophers and Kings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Education for Leadership in Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCulloch, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophers and Kings examines how the theme of 'education for leadership' has developed, changed and declined in English secondary education during the twentieth century. Once celebrated as an authentic and distinctive English tradition, education for leadership has fallen into decline and disrepute, usurped by the ideals of equality and competitive individualism and discredited by its own inherent limitations and implications. There have, however, been important attempts during the present century to revive and reassert education for leadership by adapting it to a rapidly changing social and political context. These efforts at rehabilitation originally centred on the elite public schools, but increasingly involved state secondary schools that catered for larger groups of the population: the classic tradition began to mutate in directions that allowed it to support the claims of industry and science. Indeed, education for leadership could prove attractive to radical and even socialist educational initiatives, but the perceived failure of the latter, and the deepening of other forms of educational and social inequality, rendered the concept increasingly suspect in the changing educational and political climate of the 1980s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91757/cover/9780521391757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of John Fisher</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rex, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the intellectual career of Bishop John Fisher (1469-1535), the early sixteenth-century bishop of Rochester and victim of Henry VIII's Reformation, whose numerous writings included one of the most influential refutations of the century of Martin Luther. Richard Rex investigates the life and work of Fisher the scholar from his arrival in Cambridge in the 1480s to his prolonged literary campaign against Henry's divorce from Catherine of Aragon in the years 1527-31. He traces the intellectual influences of scholasticism and humanism in his education and his subsequent career, and the way in which Fisher attempted to cope with the tensions between the authority of the church and the critical implications of humanist study. The heart of the book is concerned with Fisher's most important works, his treatises against Luther and Oecolompadius in the 1520s. Rex draws attention to the perceptiveness and originality of his critique of Protestant doctrines, and attempts to restore one of the greatest intellectuals of early sixteenth-century England to his rightful place as a central figure in the scholarship of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91771/cover/9780521391771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Images of the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stott, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Images of the Universe is a special collection of essays written to celebrate astronomy and the centenary of the British Astronomical Association. Colin Ronan opens the book with a fascinating account of the developments over the last hundred years. For the first time in history astronomers can detect radiation emanating from the Universe across the entire electromagnetic spectrum. Space probes have visited the planets and various missions have beamed back to Earth historically and scientifically important images, many of which appear in this book. Astronomy is a science where the amateur and the professional interact constructively. This book is a testament to this relationship. The work of amateurs is presented alongside that of the professional and in each chapter the future discoveries are anticipated. Each planet is explored and beautifully illustrated. The stars, birth place of the elements are examined. Paul Murdin, gives an account of the brightest supernova to be seen from earth since 1604.  Iain Nicolson, explores G2 the single dwarf called the Sun. Heather Couper and Nigel Henbest look at the Milky Way, the hazy band of light that is the edge on view of our galaxy. Malcolm Longair looks beyond our own galaxy into the deep sky. Paul Davies gives an account of the first one second of the existence of our expanding Universe. How did it all happen? Martin Rees, the cosmologist, speculates on the origin of the Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91788/cover/9780521391788.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stories, Theories and Things</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke-Rose, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The novelist and critic Christine Brooke-Rose reflects on her own fictional craft and turns her well-developed analytic abilities on other writers fictional and critical, from Hawthorne to Pound to Bloom and Derrida, in an attempt to investigate those difficult border zones between the 'invented' and the 'real'. The result is an extended meditation in a highly personal idiom, on the creative act and its relation to modern theoretical writing and thinking. Like her fiction, Professor Brooke-Rose's criticism is self-consciously experimental, trying out and discarding ideas, adopting others. Her linguistic prowess, her uncommon role as a recognised writer of fiction and theory and the relevance of her work to the feminist and other other movements, all contribute to the interest of this unusual sequence of essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91818/cover/9780521391818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Kinetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segel, Lee A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As interest in theoretical biology grows, so does the need for an accessible link between these theories and experiments. The central purpose of this book is to illustrate the premise that examination of the kinetics of biological processes can give valuable information concerning the underlying mechanisms that are responsible for these processes. Topics covered range from co-operativity in protein binding, through receptor-infector coupling, to theories of biochemical oscillations in yeast and slime mould. In addition, an introduction to the explosively growing theoretical topic of chaos details attempts to apply this theory in physiology. The material of this book originally appeared as part of the volume Mathematical Models in Molecular and Cellular Biology (edited by L. A. Segel). However each article has been revised and updated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91849/cover/9780521391849.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Definiteness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study with Special Reference to English and Finnish</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chesterman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a new theory of definiteness in language. It argues that definiteness should be viewed as a cover-term comprising three basic oppositions within the areas of familiarity (locatability), quantity (inclusiveness) and generality (extensivity). Further, the oppositions are not discrete but scalar, and lend themselves to characterization in terms of fuzzy theory. Dr Chesterman examines these themes, firstly by drawing on several traditions of research on the rich system of articles in English, and then by looking at how the concept of definiteness is realized in Finnish, a language which has no articles and typically leaves definiteness to be inferred by a variety of means. On Definiteness provides a thorough and sensitive discussion of an intricate semantic problem. It highlights two important theoretical points: the fuzziness of the linguistic concept of definiteness and the differences between languages in the way in which they draw the line between syntax, semantics and pragmatics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91948/cover/9780521391948.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cabinet Decisions on Foreign Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British Experience, October 1938-June 1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Parliament is the principal source of authority in the British political system, it is the Cabinet which stands at the pinnacle of government. Yet what actually happens at Cabinet meetings? How are decisions made, particularly in the arena of foreign policy? Such questions have hitherto been largely overlooked by both historians and political scientists. In this book, Dr Christopher Hill presents a detailed case-study of the British government and foreign policy, during the dramatic period from the Munich Conference of 1938 to the German invasion of the Soviet Union three years later. Using extensive archival material, he examines how far the strong personalities of Neville Chamberlain and Winston Churchill respectively were really able to dominate their Cabinets in an area of policy where Prime Ministers have traditionally been supposed to exercise considerable freedom. This analysis concentrates on six decisions that were of key importance in committing Britain to the war which began in September 1939 but which changed so sharply in character in June 1940 with the fall of France. An original study of foreign policymaking at the highest level, this book will be widely read by international relations specialists while historians will welcome the close-textured account of key episodes of this period. It will also reinvigorate debates among political scientists on the nature of Cabinet government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91955/cover/9780521391955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521391962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521391962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521391962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Unifying Framework for Structured Analysis and Design Models</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Approach Using Initial Algebra Semantics and Category Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521391962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tse, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>191</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Structured methodologies are a popular and powerful tool in information systems development. Many different ones exist, each employing a number of models and so a specification must be converted from one form to another during the development process. To solve this problem, Dr Tse here proposes a unifying framework behind popular structured models. He approaches the problem from the viewpoints of algebra and category theory. He not only develops the frameworks but also illustrates their practical and theoretical usefulness. Thus this book will provide insight for software engineers into how methodologies can be formalised and will open up a range of applications and problems for theoretical computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91962/cover/9780521391962.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D. H. Lawrence: Language and Being</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence once wrote that 'we have no language for the feelings'. The remark testifies to the struggle in his novels to express his sophisticated understanding of the nature of being through the intransigent medium of language. Michael Bell argues that Lawrence's unfashionable status stems from a failure to perceive within his informal expression the nature and complexity of his ontological vision. He traces the evolution of the struggle for its articulation through the novels, and looks at the way in which Lawrence himself made it a conscious theme in his writing. Embracing in this argument Lawrence's failures as a writer, his rhetorical stridency and also his primitivist extremism, Michael Bell creates a powerful and fresh sense of his true importance as a novelist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92006/cover/9780521392006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classification Theory of Polarized Varieties</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujita, Takao</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A polarised variety is a modern generalization of the notion of a variety in classical algebraic geometry. It consists of a pair: the algebraic variety itself, together with an ample line bundle on it. Using techniques from abstract algebraic geometry that have been developed over recent decades, Professor Fujita develops classification theories of such pairs using invariants that are polarised higher-dimensional versions of the genus of algebraic curves. The heart of the book is the theory of D-genus and sectional genus developed by the author, but numerous related topics are discussed or surveyed. Proofs are given in full in the central part of the development, but background and technical results are sometimes just sketched when the details are not essential for understanding the key ideas. Readers are assumed to have some background in algebraic geometry, including sheaf cohomology, and for them this work will provide an illustration of the power of modern abstract techniques applied to concrete geometric problems. Thus the book helps the reader not only to understand about classical objects but also modern methods, and so it will be useful not only for experts but also non-specialists and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92020/cover/9780521392020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analyzing Shakespeare's Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scene versus Sequence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallett, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallett, Elaine S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Charles and Elaine Hallett invite the reader to follow the actions of Shakespeare's plays. They show that the conventional division of the plays into scenes does not help the reader or play goer to discover how the narrative works. They offer instead a division into smaller units which they define as beats, sequences and frames. Detailed analysis of the unfolding action reveals that Shakespeare's scenes frequently consist of a series of sequences, each with its own individual climax, and these sequences are regularly built up of a succession of smaller units, or beats. Several sequences usually work together to create a still larger action, or frame. Study of these components yields valuable information about Shakespeare's playwriting techniques. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of Shakespeare and theatre studies as well as to actors and directors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92037/cover/9780521392037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139208X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139208X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Newman and Heresy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Anglican Years</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the close relationship between the historical researches and the teeming world of early nineteenth-century controversy. The setting is Oxford between the 1820s and the 1840s, when Newman made his ambitious and doomed attempt to re-invent the 'catholicity' of the Church of England. The author shows that in Newman's battle against the Protestant wing of the Church of England, and the (to him) even more sinister 'liberals', he saw parallels with the struggle of the early Church against heresy.  Newman's 'rediscovery' of ancient Patristic writers and heretics was thus part of a strategy to revive Catholicism within the Anglican Church. Dr Thomas shows how Newman's eventual conversion to Rome in 1845 may be understood as a change in his perception of heresy, and a realisation of the applicability of his own polemic to his Anglican self.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92082/cover/9780521392082.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drawing the Line</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Decision to Divide Germany, 1944-1949</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenberg, Carolyn Woods</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this fresh and challenging study of the origins of the Cold War, Professor Eisenberg traces the American role in dividing post-war Germany. Drawing upon many original documentary sources, she examines the Allied meeting on the Elbe, follows the Great Powers through their confrontation in Berlin, and culminates with the creation of the West German state in the fall of 1949. In contrast to many works in the field, the book argues that the partition of Germany was fundamentally an American decision. US policy-makers chose partition, mobilized reluctant West Europeans behind that approach, and, by excluding the Soviets from West Germany, contributed to the isolation of East Germany and the emergence of the post-World War II US-Soviet rivalry. The volume casts new light on the Berlin blockade, demonstrating that the United States rejected United Nations mediation and relied on its nuclear monopoly as the means of protecting its German agenda.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92129/cover/9780521392129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liability and Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Law and Morals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frey, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of contemporary essays by a group of well-known philosophers and legal theorists covers various topics in the philosophy of law, focusing on issues concerning liability in contract, tort and criminal law. The book is divided into four sections. The first provides a conceptual overview of the issues at stake in a philosophical discussion of liability and responsibility. The second, third and fourth sections present, in turn, more detailed explorations of the roles of notions of liability and responsibility in contracts, torts and punishment. The collection not only presents some of the most challenging work in legal philosophy, but it also demonstrates the interdisciplinary character of the field of philosophy of law, with contributors taking into account recent developments in economics, political science and rational choice theory. This thought-provoking volume will help to shed light on the underexplored ground that lies between law and morals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92167/cover/9780521392167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Orality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torrance, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The debate on the social and psychological implications of literacy enters a new stage with the publication of this volume. Distinguished scholars provide a sustained and detailed examination of the relations between orality and literacy, the traditions based on them, the functions served by them, and the psychological and linguistic processes recruited and enhanced by them. By shedding the romantic view that literacy is the royal road to rationality and modernity, the volume provides a more functional view of literacy. It places a new emphasis on the relationship between speaking and writing, and highlights the different ways in which people exploit the particular resources of speech and writing for special purposes such as building community, creating records, specialising genres such as prose fiction, enhancing private study and meditation, and enhancing the specialisation and organisation of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92174/cover/9780521392174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finding the Muse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociopsychological Inquiry into the Conditions of Artistic Creativity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeman, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Finding the Muse explores the lives of a group of aspiring fine artists from the mid-1960s, when they completed art school, to the mid-1980s. It focuses on problems of artistic creativity as they relate to such issues as the mystique of the artist, the challenge of establishing community among artists, the place of the art market in the construction of artistic identity, and the limits and possibilities of modern and postmodern art itself. By identifying the salient problems of artistic creativity, the author provides a realistic portrayal of the contemporary artist and some useful suggestions for addressing the  problems that curb creativity. Focusing on problems of creativity that have arisen in recent years, the book articulates the more optimal conditions within which the process of artistic creation might occur. Part psychology of creativity, part sociology of art, and part cultural criticism, the book will be of interest to psychologists, sociologists, philosophers, art historians, art educators and especially aspiring artists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92181/cover/9780521392181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equilibrium Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Sixth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornet, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Aspremont, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gabszewicz, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mas-Colell, Andreu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sixth Annual International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics was dedicated to Jacques Dr&#232;ze on the occasion of his retirement. During his career, he worked on the development extension and applications of general equilibrium theory, and he also was essential to the founding of the Center for Operations Research and Econometrics (CORE) in Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium. The papers in this volume are those given at the conference, and present some of the recent developments in general equilibrium theory in perspective of actual and potential applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fruits of Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Property Rights, Litigation and French Agriculture, 1700-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Jean-Laurent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Fruits of Revolution Jean-Laurent Rosenthal investigates two central questions in French economic history: To what extent did institutions hold back agricultural development under the Old Regime, and did reforms carried out during the French Revolution significantly improve the structure of property rights in agriculture? Both questions have been the subject of much debate. Historians have touched on them in a number of local studies, yet usually they have been more concerned with community conflict than with economic development. Economists generally have researched the performance of the French economy without paying much attention to the impact of institutions on specific areas of the economy. This book attempts to utilize the best of both approaches: It focuses on broad questions of economic change, yet it is based on detailed archival investigations of the impact of property rights on water control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92204/cover/9780521392204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Legislation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Legal-Political Model for Indirect Consequentialist Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Conrad D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about moral reasoning: how we actually reason and how we ought to reason. It defends a form of 'rule' utilitarianism whereby we must sometimes judge and act in moral questions in accordance with generally accepted rules, so long as the existence of those rules is justified by the good they bring about. The author opposes the currently more fashionable view that it is always right for the individual to do that which produces the most good. Among the salient topics covered are: an account of the utilitarian function in society of generally accepted moral rules; a discussion of how we interpret existing moral rules and create new ones; and a defence of 'rule' utilitarianism against the charge that it either commits one to irrational rule worship, or collapses into a form of 'act' utilitarianism. This is a book about moral reasoning:  how we actually reason and how we ought to reason. It defends a form of 'rule' utilitarianism whereby we must sometimes judge and act in moral questions in accordance with generally accepted rules, so long as the existence of those rules is justified by the good they bring about.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92242/cover/9780521392242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parsec-Scale Radio Jets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zensus, J. Anton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quasars and active galaxies are the most powerful emitters of radiation in the universe. Modern radio telescope arrays have shown that the ultimate energy source resides in the central few parsecs of the galactic nucleus, and powers the emitting regions by way of two oppositely-directed relativistic jets. This volume presents the latest observations and theories of these remarkable objects. Topics discussed include superluminal motions, the physics of jets and shock fronts in jets, related optical observations and cosmic evolution. Particular attention is given to the 'unified theories' which attempt to show that many of the phenomena in powerful extragalactic objects are different aspects of a single basic mechanism, the main difference in their appearance being due to their different orientations with respect to the observer. The book is based on papers presented at a workshop in October 1989 held at the National Radio Astronomy Observatory's Array Operations Center in Socorro, New Mexico, and attended by about 60 astronomers from around the world. It provides an up-to-date review of the subject and is supplemented with a comprehensive bibliography. It should serve as a useful introduction and reference for professional astronomers and graduate students whose research interests include active galactic nuclei, quasars, and astrophysical fluid dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnicity, Religion and Class in Israeli Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ben-Rafael, Eliezer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharot, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major sociological analysis of the characteristics and interrelationships of ethnicity, religion, and socio-economic class in Israeli society. The analysis of ethnicity focuses on the differences among Jews from different countries of origin (from Europe, North Africa and Asia), although there is also a chapter on Palestinian Arabs in Israel. This work takes the analysis of ethnic identities and relations much further than previous studies of Israeli society, and is the first to compare the importance of ethnicity with both religion and class and to illustrate the nature of the relationships between all three divisions. The combination of sophisticated theory and research advances the study of Israeli society in particular and the study of social cleavages and conflicts within society in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92297/cover/9780521392297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lidl, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niederreiter, Harald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>772</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of finite fields is a branch of algebra that has come to the fore because of its diverse applications in such areas as combinatorics, coding theory and the mathematical study of switching ciruits. This book is devoted entirely to the theory of finite fields, and it provides comprehensive coverage of the literature. Bibliographical notes at the end of each chapter give an historical survey of the development of the subject. Worked-out examples and lists of exercises found throughout the book make it useful as a text for advanced-level courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92310/cover/9780521392310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>325.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Roberto Rossellini</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bondanella, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Roberto Rossellini traces the career of one of the most influential Italian filmmakers through close analysis of the seven films that mark important turning points in his evolution: The Man with a Cross (1943), Open City (1945), Paisan (1946), The Machine to Kill Bad People (1948-52), Voyage in Italy (1953), General della Rovere (1959) and The Rise to Power of Louis XIV (1966).  Beginning with Rossellini's work within the fascist cinema, it discusses his invention of neorealism, a new cinematic style that resulted in several classics during the immediate postwar period. Almost immediately, however, Rossellini's continually evolving style moved beyond mere social realism to reveal other aspects of the camera's gaze, as is apparent in the films he made with Ingrid Bergman during the 1950s; though unpopular, these works had a tremendous impact on the French New Wave critics and directors. Rossellini's late career marks a return to his nonrealist period, now critically reexamined, in such works as the commercially successful General della Rovere, and his eventual turn to the creation of didactic films for television.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92365/cover/9780521392365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Economic Stagnation in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Local Party Organs in Economic Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Peter Rutland analyses the role played by regional and local organs of the Soviet Communist Party in economic management from 1970 to 1990. Using a range of political and economic journals, newspapers and academic publications, he examines interventions in the construction industry, energy, transport, consumer goods and agriculture. Rutland argues that party interventions hindered rather than assisted the search for efficiency in the Soviet economy, and repeated attempts to introduce more economically rational management methods failed to alter these traditional patterns of party intervention. He further demonstrates how as the Soviet economy matured and grew more complex over the last three decades, party interventions became increasingly out of tune with the needs of the economy. Yet even the calls for radical reform of the economy since 1985 were not accompanied by any decisive changes in this pattern of party intervention; this, argues Peter Rutland, casts serious doubts on the political feasibility of economic reform in a Soviet-type system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92419/cover/9780521392419.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideals as Interests in Hobbes's Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Power of Mind over Matter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>S. A. Lloyd proposes a radically new interpretation of Hobbes's Leviathan that shows transcendent interests - interests that override the fear of death - to  be crucial to both Hobbes's analysis of social disorder and his proposed remedy to it. Most previous commentators in the analytic philosophical tradition have argued that Hobbes thought that credible threats of physical force could be sufficient to deter people from political insurrection.Professor Lloyd convincingly shows that because Hobbes took the transcendence of religious and moral interests seriously, he never believed that mere physical force could ensure social order. Lloyd's interpretation demonstrates the ineliminability of that half of Leviathan devoted to religion, and attributes to Hobbes a much more plausible conception of human nature than the narrow psychological egoism traditionally attributed to Hobbes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92433/cover/9780521392433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probabilistic Causality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eells, Ellery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important book, Ellery Eells explores and refines philosophical conceptions of probabilistic causality. In a probabilistic theory of causation, causes increase the probability of their effects rather than necessitate their effects in the ways traditional deterministic theories have specified. Philosophical interest in this subject arises from attempts to understand population sciences as well as indeterminism in physics. Taking into account issues involving spurious correlation, probabilistic causal interaction, disjunctive causal factors, and temporal ideas, Professor Eells advances the analysis of what it is for one factor to be a positive causal factor for another. A salient feature of the book is a theory of token level probabilistic causation in which the evolution of the probability of a later event from an earlier event is central. This will be a book of crucial significance to philosophers of science and metaphysicians; it will also prove stimulating to many economists, psychologists, and physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92440/cover/9780521392440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Plastic Deformation of Crystalline Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Havner, K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reviews and interrelates a large number of theoretical and experimental contributions to the research on finite plastic deformation of single crystals and polycrystalline metals. An overall theoretical framework for investigation of large strains in crystalline materials is presented that enables the blending of contemporary and earlier experimental research with modern concepts in solid mechanics. Professor Havner has provided a historical perspective throughout, including accurate attribution of ideas and emphasis on pioneering studies, beginning with G. I. Taylor and the German researchers in the 1920s. Early chapters deal with single crystals, including extensive analyses of particular experimental configurations. Then connections between single crystals and polycrystalline material behaviour are considered. Necessary background to the most general theoretical sections is presented in an appendix and approximately 200 references to the primary scientific literature are included. Engineering scientists, applied mathematicians and physical metallurgists will find this volume an invaluable guide to the development of finite plastic deformation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92457/cover/9780521392457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conditions on Phonological Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charette, Monik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first extended study written within the framework of Government Phonology. Following the presentation of the main aspects of this theory, the process of vowel-zero alternations is addressed and analysed together with the idea that phonological processes are determined by principles of Universal Grammar along with parameters that distinguish languages. By using predominantly the alternation between schwa and zero in French, Monik Charette demonstrates that vowel-zero alternations are neither cases of insertion nor of deletion. Rather, they involve the interpretation of 'empty nuclei', i.e. nuclei with no segmental content, which must be licensed by proper government. It is when proper government fails to apply that a vowel is realized. Dr Charette also gives consideration to the constraints to which proper government is subject. She argues that these constraints result from phonological principles in conflict. This book represents a major development in the analysis of phonological processes. The extension of grammatical principles and parameters to phonological phenomena is well argued, and will interest theoretical phonologists and specialists of French alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92464/cover/9780521392464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Vines</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putz, Francis E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mooney, Harold A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>542</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The climbing habit in plants has apparently evolved numerous times. Species that climb are well represented in habitats ranging from tropical rain forests through temperate forests to semi-deserts. The Biology of Vines, first published in 1991, is a treatment of what is known about climbing plants, written by a group of experts and covering topics ranging from the biomechanics of twining to silvicultural methods for controlling vine infestations. Also included are detailed accounts of climbing plant evolution, stem anatomy and function, climbing mechanics, carbon and water relations, reproductive ecology, the role of vines in forest communities and their economic importance. The chapters are based on research on herbaceous vines and woody climbers (lianas) in both temperate and tropical zones, deserts and rain-forests and Old and New World areas. Much remains to be learned about the biology of these plants, but this volume provides a substantial foundation upon which further research can be based.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/07136/cover/9780521107136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Distributed Ada: Developments and Experiences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Distributed Ada '89 Symposium, University of Southampton, 11-12 December 1989</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, Judy M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the proceedings of the Distributed Ada '89 Symposium held at the University of Southampton in December. The objective of the symposium was to provide a platform for developers and users with experience in the areas of distributed and parallel environments to reveal the advantages and difficulties encountered. The impact of Ada-9X and other enhancements to the language were also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92518/cover/9780521392518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>East Coast Fever in Rhodesia and the Transvaal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cranefield, Paul F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>403</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>East Coast fever is a lethal disease of cattle, caused by a parasite that multiplies within T-lymphocytes, causing them to become lymphoblasts that behave like cells in leukaemia and lymphoma. This is the story of the disease and its effects on farmers, as well as of the scientists who studied it. The disease was unknown to western science or to veterinary practice until it was introduced into Rhodesia in 1901. It devastated the cattle-raising and ox-cart dependent transport systems of Rhodesia and South Africa and was not fully brought under control for some 50 years. The book describes the social and economic impact of the outbreak, the scientific investigations into it, and the effort to control it. The scientific study of the disease was done in part by the famous bacteriologist Robert Koch, whose many early errors had a negative effect on later investigators whose work was far more sound.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92532/cover/9780521392532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139256X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139256X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information and Frontiers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Roman Foreign Relations in Late Antiquity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During late antiquity the Roman empire faced serious threats from the peoples to the east and to the north. This book is concerned with the role played by information and intelligence in the empire's relations with these peoples, how well-informed about them the empire was, and how such information was acquired. It deals with an important facet of late Roman history which has not previously received systematic treatment, and does so in a wide-ranging manner which relates the military/diplomatic history to its broader social/cultural and economic context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92563/cover/9780521392563.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socialism and War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Spanish Socialist Party in Power and Crisis, 1936-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book recovers the lost history of Spanish socialism during the turbulent years of the Civil War (1936-39). Just as the energy of the socialist movement had sustained the pre-war Second Republic as an experiment in reform, so too it underwrote the Republican war effort in the crucial years of the conflict which would determine Spain's long-term future.  Leading Socialist Party (PSOE) cadres formed the bedrock of the government, while thousands of Party and union militants helped bear the tremendous weight of the war effort. The role of the PSOE in the construction of Republican political unity during the Civil War was pivotal. Yet, paradoxically, previous accounts of wartime Republican politics have virtually written the PSOE out of the script by concentrating exclusively on the fierce ideological dispute between anarchists and communists. But the key issues of revolution and State power marked all the forces in Republican Spain, none more so than the Socialist movement. As the traditional party of the working class and the only mass party in Spain as late as 1931, PSOE militants were to be found on both sides of the revolutionary/reformist divide which split fatally the Republican forces during the Civil War. The PSOE's disintegration was a function of that of the Republic itself; but the reverse was no less true. The book investigates the responses of organised socialism to the complex issues raised by the conflict, as it charts the PSOE's devastating experience of political power and desperate crisis in a war it could not win.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92570/cover/9780521392570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Structure and Rural Development in the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berger, Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rural development is linked crucially with rural structure, though the latter is often difficult to analyse. This book analyses rural classes and the diverse relations between producers in order to understand the relationship between Third World farmers and the international economy, and the significance of this for development and underdevelopment. The author introduces a number of theoretical distinctions and devises a systematic framework which is applied to the analysis of a range of rural producers. The book assesses a number of strategies employed in planned development in the light of their implications for rural social structure, and thus for development in the Third World. This book provides an intensive and original conceptual and practical discussion of the possibilities for development under capitalism, and will be of interest to economists, political scientists and sociologists, as well as those working in development studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92587/cover/9780521392587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nobility of Holland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Knights to Regents, 1500-1650</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nierop, H. F. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ultee, Maarten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-scale analysis of the social and political transformation of the nobility of Holland during the revolt against Spain. In the late medieval county of Holland the nobility played a significant role, but in the seventeenth century it appears to have been obliterated by bourgeois merchants and urban regents. The author argues that this 'decline' needs re-examination and bases his study on three key aspects: the demographic evidence for the decline of the nobility; the economic vicissitudes of the sixteenth century, which gave rise to the myth of its impoverishment; and finally the political and administrative powers of the nobility in the reigns of Charles V and Phillip II during the Dutch Revolt in the Republic. The conclusions are surprising. The nobility of Holland was extremely successful in maintaining its position in a bourgeois republic. In conjunction with the urban regents, the nobles formed the country's administrative, political and economic elite and from a social point of view, they maintained a strict apartheid by marrying exclusively within their group. Widely acclaimed in the Dutch edition of 1984, this is an important contribution to the history of the Netherlands as well as to the more general study of European elites.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92600/cover/9780521392600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preserve your Love for Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Life of William A Hammond, American Neurologist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blustein, Bonnie Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Alexander Hammond, M. D. (1828-1900), one of the most successful American physicians of the nineteenth century, was first recognized in the 1850s as a natural history collector and as an original investigator in physiological chemistry. Appointed surgeon general of the United States Army in 1862, he supervised a sweeping reorganization of the Medical Department along lines of centralization and efficiency. Some of his more controversial projects, however, provided Hammond's political enemies with the opportunity to engineer his court-martial and dismissal from the army in 1864. He then established himself in New York as an exclusive specialist in neurology, one of the first in the country. In this first full-length biography of a major nineteenth-century American medical personality, Bonnie Ellen Blustein shows how Hammond developed his specialty practice as a vehicle for pursuing broad scientific interests within the limits set by the solo-practitioner structure of the medicine of his day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92624/cover/9780521392624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The USSR and Marxist Revolutions in the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Mark N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>163</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does Mikhail Gorbachev's policy of perestroika mean for future Soviet support of Marxist revolution in the third world? In this timely book, four experts on Soviet relations with the third world take a sharp-eyed look at the role the Soviet Union has played in providing assistance to Marxist revolutionaries and assess the changes in policy that have occurred under Gorbachev's leadership. Throughout the Cold War, the United States and other Western nations regarded Soviet support of revolutions in developing countries as a serious threat to Western security interests. Yet the Soviet Union learned that it could not successfully initiate revolution in other countries; at best, it could only assist revolutionary groups that rose up against existing governments. Even then, the success of revolution in third-world countries was by no means guaranteed. Often the Soviet Union pursued a patient strategy of providing relatively limited amounts of military assistance to revolutionary movements to ensure that they would not be defeated. Even when revolutionaries were able to seize power without a surge of Soviet military support, the Marxist movements often required substantial military assistance from the USSR and other communist states to stay in power. Under Gorbachev, the Soviet government realized that its previous support for revolution had saddled it with the burden of propping up weak Marxist regimes and had undermined efforts to achieve d&#233;tente with the United States. To accomplish his more important domestic and foreign policy goals, Gorbachev acted to reduce the political and economic cost of supporting existing Marxist third-world regimes, but in a way designed to avoid their immediate overthrow. Nevertheless, the future course of Soviet policy toward Marxist revolutions in third-world countries has not been carved in stone. Just as previous Soviet support for revolution ebbed and flowed at various times, the current Soviet dispermanent, especially if Gorbachev succeeds in implementing perestrokia. Because the authors do not share a common perspective, their essays offer a detailed and challenging analysis of the complexities that have defined the Soviet Union's support of Marxist revolutions in the past and that will shape Soviet policy in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Debt Management</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dornbusch, Rudiger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Draghi, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Europe proceeds towards economic and monetary union, fiscal convergence and the prospect of a common money are at the centre of discussion. This volume from the Centre for Economic Policy Research brings together theoretical, applied and historical research on the management of public debt and its implications for financial stability. Gale fills a gap in the literature, using a consistent framework to investigate the welfare economics of public debt, while Calvo and Guidotti analyse the trade-off between indexation and maturity when it comes to minimizing debt service. Confidence crises have become relevant again in view of the high debt ratios in countries such as Belgium, Italy and Ireland. Alesina, Prati and Tabellini develop a formal model of the propagation of a debt run and use it to interpret Italian debt panics. Giavazzi and Pagano concentrate on how inappropriate debt management can precipitate a run on the currency while Makinen and Woodward review a broad sweep of historical experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92662/cover/9780521392662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationale for the Design of the Ada Programming Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ichbiah, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firth, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodger, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the rationale behind the design and development of the programming language Ada. The materials incorporating corrections to its original printing by the Ada Joint Program Office (AJPO), will be essential reading for all those currently using the language as well as those considering its adoption.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92679/cover/9780521392679.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Regeneration Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Milestones in the Evolution of a Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dinsmore, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the eighteenth century the phenomenon of animal regeneration captured the attention and imagination of the era's leading naturalists and intellectuals.  Importantly, their research of the phenomenon spurred on the transition from descriptive natural history to modern experimental zoology. A History of Regeneration Research chronicles this crucial evolutionary stretch in the history of developmental biology, offering a penetrating analysis of the milestones in regeneration research. The book not only presents the leading researchers and their seminal discoveries in the field, but also brings together critical commentaries on the social context and philosophical commitments that shaded their interpretations. This strategic weaving of content with context raises the discussion above the field of regeneration research; exploring the societal influences on the perception of nature, the book sheds light on the nature of the scientific enterprise itself, and the way scientific discoveries are interpreted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British and French Writers of the First World War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies in Cultural History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Field, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The First World War dealt a profound shock to European society. In this original and stimulating book, the historian Frank Field looks at the experiences of France and Britain during the war years as revealed in the work of some of their most prominent writers responding to the unfolding catastrophe. Brooke, Wells, Shaw, Kipling, Lawrence, Owen and Rosenberg are set alongside Jaur&#232;s, Barr&#232;s, Maurras, P&#233;guy, Psichari and Rolland, as case studies of the war's impact on intellectual life in their respective countries. The comparative perspective reveals deep differences between the French and the British experience, and yet a shared ordeal marked by the terrible ironies attendant on the shattering of common ideals. Literary images of war as a purification rite were effaced by the bloody realities of the conflict and the prophecies of writers who came to feel increasingly distanced from the essential innocence of the world before 1914 took on a new tone, grimly apocalyptic or bitterly disillusioned.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92778/cover/9780521392778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Privilege</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Old Regime and Revolution in Lille</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bossenga, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study analyzes the political and fiscal origins of the French Revolution by looking at the relationship between the royal government and privileged, corporate bodies at local level. Utilizing a neo-Tocquevillian approach, it argues that the monarchy undermined its own attempts at reform by extending central authority, while at the same time it continued to rely upon corporate structures and monopolies to finance the state. The unresolvable, institutional conflicts had the effect of politicising members of the privileged elite and eventually led many of them to embrace a rhetoric of citizenship, accountability, and civic equality that had far-reaching and unanticipated consequences. When Lille's bourgeoisie consolidated a municipal revolution in 1789, they followed a programme that was politically liberal, but economically conservative. Arranged as a series of case-studies, the book illuminates the structure of political power in the Flemish provincial estates, the growth of royal taxation, the problem of municipal credit, the role of venal officeholders, and the relationship of the revolutionary bourgeoisie to monopolies of the guilds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92822/cover/9780521392822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on White Noise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentricchia, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>127</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>White Noise, the story of a professor of Hitler Studies and his family was DeLillo's breakthrough book and has received much attention and critical acclaim. In the introduction to this volume, Frank Lentricchia provides an overview of the critical reception of the novel and examines it in the context of other works by Don DeLillo. The other essays in the volume discuss DeLillo's view of family and divorce, Hitler's role in the twentieth century, technology as a mortal threat, and postmodern America. This collection offers suggestive means by which to approach DeLillo's important contemporary work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98930/cover/9780521398930.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Lattice Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dove, Martin T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The vibrations of atoms inside crystals - lattice dynamics - is basic to many fields of study in the solid-state and mineral sciences. Lattice dynamics is becoming increasingly important for work on mineral stability. This book provides a self-contained text that introduces the subject from a basic level and then takes the reader through real applications of the theory. The book is aimed at advanced undergraduates, graduate students and research workers in the earth and solid-state sciences who need to incorporate lattice dynamic treatments into their work. Applications include the use of lattice dynamics instabilities to study the origin of phase transitions in crystals and the use of vibrational spectra to obtain information about inter-atomic forces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92938/cover/9780521392938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521392942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521392942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521392945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Methodological Foundations of Macroeconomics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Keynes and Lucas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521392945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vercelli, Allessandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an investigation of the methodological and epistemological foundations of macroeconomic theory, based on an examination of the theories of Keynes and Lucas. It is divided into two parts. In the first Professor Vercelli discusses the methodological issues which lie behind the conflict among different schools of thought in macroeconomics (equilibrium and disequilibrium, risk and uncertainty, rationality and causality). These issues are central to the current debate not only in many branches of economics, but also in other scientific disciplines. The traditional point of view of science based on equilibrium, stability and determinism has been increasingly challenged by a new point of view in which disequilibrium, instability and uncertainty play a crucial role. This, the author argues, is bound to put macroeconomics in a new, more promising position. In the second part of the book the author compares the two main alternative research programmes in macroeconomics: that outlined by Keynes in his 'General Theory', and that suggested by Lucas, the leader of the new classical economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/92945/cover/9780521392945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dramatic Strategies in the Plays of Edward Bond</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Jenny S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edward Bond is considered one of Britain's most important and innovative playwrights today. In this book, Jenny Spencer presents an in-depth examination of Bond's work and sheds new light on the state of contemporary British drama. Rather than a chronological discussion, Spencer evaluates the plays through the dramatic strategies and techniques which are key elements in Bond's theatre. In a fascinating analysis of the plays as well as previously unpublished material, and in discussion with the playwright himself, Spencer provides insights into Edward Bond and his style of theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93041/cover/9780521393041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139306X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139306X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beliefs in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Philosophy and Social Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Da Fonseca, Eduardo Giannetti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the role of economic philosophy ('ideas') in the processes of belief-formation and social change. Its aim is to further our understanding of the behaviour of the individual economic agent by bringing to light and examining the function of non-rational dispositions and motivations ('passions') in the determination of the agent's beliefs and goals. Drawing on the work of David Hume and Adam Smith the book spells out the particular ways in which the passions come to affect our ordinary understanding and conduct in practical affairs and the intergenerational and interpersonal transmission of ideas through language. Concern with these problems, it is argued, lies at the heart of an important tradition in British moral philosophy. This emphasis on the non-rational nature of our belief-fixation mechanisms has important implications: it helps to clarify and qualify the misleading claims often made by utilitarian, Marxist, Keynesian and neo-liberal economic philosophers, all of whom stress the overriding power of ideas to shape conduct, policy and institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93065/cover/9780521393065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Bereavement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Research, and Intervention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroebe, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroebe, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansson, Robert O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Handbook of Bereavement constitutes a comprehensive review of scientific knowledge on the consequences of losing a loved person through death. The volume brings into focus a wide variety of theoretical approaches that have recently been incorporated into bereavement research. Physiological changes associated with the mental and physical consequences of bereavement, where significant advances in knowledge have recently been made, are surveyed. The phenomenology of grief, distinctions between normal and pathological grief, as well as measurement and assessment techniques, are given detailed coverage. Chapters document not only detrimental effects to mental and physical health, but a much broader range of consequences associated with loss. They explore the relative vulnerability and coping styles of different individuals and groups. Analyses also go beyond the consideration of marital bereavement to reflect upon many different types of loss, including the special cases of bereavement among AIDS survivors and Holocaust survivors. Evaluations are provided of the availability and efficact of the different kinds of support for bereaved people, ranging from informal help to self-help groups to various counseling and therapy intervention programs. The Handbook of Bereavement brings together an international, interdisciplinary group of scholars to report research and explore key issues on the topic of bereavement. Focusing on methodologically sound, theoretically oriented, and empirically derived knowledge, the authors provide a structured framework for researchers and practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93157/cover/9780521393157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Underemployment Equilibria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Theory, Econometrics and Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dr&#232;ze, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>594</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a selection of Jacques Dr&#232;ze's work over the last decade on the topics of lasting unemployment, stagflation and unused capacity. At the theoretical level, the author has contributed to the formulation and analysis of general equilibrium models which allow for price rigidities and excess supply and lend themselves to econometric implementation, thus represents an attempt to integrate micro- and macroeconomics, and to use theory for empirical and policy purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93188/cover/9780521393188.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Metrical Grammar of Beowulf</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendall, Calvin B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that the formal art of the Old English epic Beowulf is shaped and determined by the poetic language which the poet inherited from the traditional, oral culture of Anglo-Saxon England. The patterns of metre and alliteration exhibited in the poem were not imposed by the poet on his language, but were part of the language which he spoke, the rules of which constituted his metrical grammar. Professor Kendall investigates the constraints of syntax, metre and alliteration which govern the formal art of Beowulf. He shows how the half-lines of the poem, which are the basic units of composition, are marked by the metrical grammar for placement in the verse clause; he also establishes conditions for the presence or absence of alliteration, which enable him to say whether in any given instance the alliterative device is a mandatory function of the rules of the metrical grammar or an option exercised by the poet. Professor Kendall alters traditional views of metre; he concludes the book with a complete index of scansion according to the rules he has established.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93256/cover/9780521393256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Peasant Servitude in Medieval Catalonia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freedman, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the history of peasants in Catalonia, the wealthiest and politically dominant part of the medieval Kingdom of Aragon, between the ninth and fifteenth centuries. It focuses on the period from 1000 to 1300, when free peasants who had held property under favourable frontier conditions were progressively subjugated by their lords. Between 1462 and 1486 Catalan peasants mounted the most successful peasants' war of the Middle Ages, and achieved the formal abolition of servitude. Professor Freedman seeks to explain both the process by which servitude was strengthened over the centuries, and its eventual weakening before a direct moral and military challenge. He addresses both the causes of enserfment and the limitations on its effectiveness. The book integrates archival evidence with the theories of society elaborated by medieval jurists. Comparisons are drawn between Catalonia and other regions, and its experience is situated within a spectrum of different social and economic conditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93270/cover/9780521393270.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Computer Semiotics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Semiotic Approaches to Construction and Assessment of Computer Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersen, Peter B&#248;gh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Semiotics is the science of signs: graphical, such as pictures; verbal (writing or sounds); or others such as body gestures and clothes. Computer semiotics studies the special nature of computer-based signs and how they function in use. As computers have become a feature of daily life, work and education, the design of the interface has become of prime importance, so that the machines can be used quickly and easily. Systems are more easily learned if the designer takes his or her departure point in the established sign usage of the users, for example, their language, and conscious use of signs in designs improves the benefits and ease of using computers. This book is based on ten years of empirical research on computer usage in work situations and contains material from a course taught by the author. It introduces basic traditional semiotic concepts and adapts them so that they become useful for analysing and designing computer systems in their symbolic context of work. It presents a novel approach to the subject, rich in examples, in that it is both theoretically systematic and practical. The author refers to and reinterprets techniques already used so that readers can deepen their understanding. In addition, it offers new techniques and a consistent perspective on computer systems that is particularly appropriate for new hardware and software (e.g. hypermedia) whose main functions are presentation and communication. This is a highly important work whose influence will be wide and longlasting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93362/cover/9780521393362.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions to an Historical Science of the Subject</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tolman, Charles W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maiers, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Critical psychology, which has been developing in Germany for over thirty years, constitutes a radical critique and reconstruction of scientific psychology from a dialectical and historical-materialistic point of view. Its aim is to provide a firmer foundation than presently exists for a psychology that is methodologically sound, practically relevant and theoretically determinate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31004/cover/9780521031004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521393477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521393477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521393478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Basic Mutagenicity Tests</TitleText>

<Subtitle>UKEMS Recommended Procedures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521393478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirkland, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a brief but important summary of the essential tests that need to be performed on all new compounds, whether they be new drugs, pesticides or food additives, before they can be registered for use in the United Kingdom. These basic tests for mutagenicity were originally drawn up by the United Kingdom Environmental Mutagen Society (UKEMS) in 1983. They have now been fully revised by expert working groups from academia and industry under the auspices of UKEMS.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93478/cover/9780521393478.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Love Aesthetics of Maurice Sc&#232;ve</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry and Struggle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nash, Jerry C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reassesses the love poetry of Maurice Sc&#232;ve from a phenomenological viewpoint. It calls into question the traditional critical view of Sc&#232;ve as a poet consumed by the anguish and darkness of unrequited love, and frustrated by poetic and erotic quests which lead him nowhere. Professor Nash argues instead that the conflicting forces in Sc&#232;ve's poetic expression of love (light and dark, night and day, heaven and hell) lead ultimately to a sense of equilibrium and a transcendent paradisal state, and that the poet's struggle is actually directed towards this coming to terms with the meaning of ineffable love. Contemplation and portrayal of the ineffable are shown to constitute the central and unifying concern of this compelling body of Renaissance love poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94123/cover/9780521394123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Douglass C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Continuing his groundbreaking analysis of economic structures, Douglass North develops an analytical framework for explaining the ways in which institutions and institutional change affect the performance of economies, both at a given time and over time. Institutions exist, he argues, due to the uncertainties involved in human interaction; they are the constraints devised to structure that interaction. Yet, institutions vary widely in their consequences for economic performance; some economies develop institutions that produce growth and development, while others develop institutions that produce stagnation. North first explores the nature of institutions and explains the role of transaction and production costs in their development. The second part of the book deals with institutional change. Institutions create the incentive structure in an economy, and organisations will be created to take advantage of the opportunities provided within a given institutional framework. North argues that the kinds of skills and knowledge fostered by the structure of an economy will shape the direction of change and gradually alter the institutional framework. He then explains how institutional development may lead to a path-dependent pattern of development. In the final part of the book, North explains the implications of this analysis for economic theory and economic history. He indicates how institutional analysis must be incorporated into neo-classical theory and explores the potential for the construction of a dynamic theory of long-term economic change. Douglass C. North is Director of the Center of Political Economy and Professor of Economics and History at Washington University in St. Louis. He is a past president of the Economic History Association and Western Economics Association and a Fellow, American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He has written over sixty articles for a variety of journals and is the author of The Rise of the Western World: A New Economic History (CUP, 1973, with R.P. Thomas) and Structure and Change in Economic History (Norton, 1981). Professor North is included in Great Economists Since Keynes edited by M. Blaug (CUP, 1988 paperback ed.)</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94161/cover/9780521394161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sensations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defense of Type Materialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Christopher S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about sensory states and their apparent characteristics.  It confronts a whole series of metaphysical and epistemological questions and presents an argument for type materialism:  the view that sensory states are identical with the neural states with which they are correlated.  According to type materialism, sensations are only possessed by human beings and members of related biological species; silicon-based androids cannot have sensations. The author rebuts several other rival theories (dualism, double aspect theory, eliminative materialism, functionalism), and explores a number of important issues: the forms and limits of introspective awareness of sensations, the semantic properties of sensory concepts, knowledge of other minds, and unity of consciousness. The book is a significant contribution to the philosophy of mind, and has much to say to psychologists and cognitive scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94239/cover/9780521394239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Distribution of the Galaxies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gravitational Clustering in Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saslaw, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This topical volume examines one of the leading problems in astronomy today - how galaxies cluster in our Universe. This book describes gravitational theory, computer simulations and observations related to galaxy distribution functions. It embeds distribution functions in a broader astronomical context, including other exciting contemporary topics such as correlation functions, fractals, bound clusters, topology, percolation and minimal spanning trees. Key results are derived and the necessary gravitational physics provided to ensure the book is self-contained. Throughout the book, theory, computer simulation and observation are carefully interwoven and critically compared. The book also shows how future observations can test the theoretical models for the evolution of galaxy clustering at early times in our Universe. This clear and authoritative volume is written at a level suitable for graduate students, and will be of key interest to astronomers, cosmologists, physicists and applied statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94260/cover/9780521394260.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Effects of Ion Implantation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Townsend, P. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandler, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zhang, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to give a detailed description of the factors and processes which govern the optical properties of ion implanted materials, as well as an overview of the variety of devices which can be produced in this way. Beginning with an overview of the basic physics and practical methods involved in ion implantation, the topics of optical absorption and luminescence are then discussed. A chapter on waveguide analysis then provides the background for a description of particular optical devices, such as waveguide lasers, mirrors, and novel non-linear materials. The book concludes with a survey of the exciting range of potential applications. Combining both theoretical and practical aspects of the subject, the book will be invaluable to graduate students, scientists and engineers in the fields of solid state physics, quantum electronics and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94307/cover/9780521394307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Predestination, Policy and Polemic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conflict and Consensus in the English Church from the Reformation to the Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major study of the theology of grace in the English Church between the Reformation and the Civil War. On the basis of a wide reading of both English and continental writings, the author challenges the prevailing view that there was essentially a 'Calvinist' consensus in the Elizabethan and Jacobean Church, and stresses instead an indigenous latitudinarianism of doctrine against which a concerted campaign was conducted in the last decade of the sixteenth century in the controversies which led to the Lambeth Articles. Mr White reviews the impact Arminian ideas had in England, firstly through a detailed exposition of the theology of Arminius, and subsequently by means of a review of the links between the English and Dutch churches as the quarrel between the Remonstrants and Contra-Remonstrants reached its climax in the Synod of Dort. Other chapters discuss the place of Hooker in English theology, the impact of Richard Montagu, the ideas of Thomas Jackson, the writings of Neile and Laud on predestination, and the regulation of doctrine in the period of Personal Rule. At all stages the theological debate is related to its political - and often polemical - context, not least in a carefully documented reassessment of the role of the court both in the last years of James' reign and in the early years of the rule of Charles I.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94338/cover/9780521394338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Role of Banks in the Interwar Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindgren, Hekan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichova, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>289</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although international finance and banking has been the subject of much research and writing, the economic impact of banks on industrial structures and the relations between banking and industry in the twentieth century have remained a relatively unexplored area. This volume examines and interprets the economic effect of the financing of industry by banks and of the banks' credit intermediation in industrialised economies. Particular attention is given to the interplay of economics and politics, to the connections between bankers and industrialists, and to the significance of interlocking directorships. A special section is devoted to a hitherto wholly neglected problem in economic history: the vital influence of universal banking in small but highly industrialised countries in central Europe and Scandinavia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94376/cover/9780521394376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engerman, Stanley L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallman, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the past several decades there has been a significant increase in our knowledge of the economic history of the United States. This three-volume History has been designed to take full account of new knowledge in the subject, while at the same time offering a comprehensive survey of the history of economic activity and change in the United States. This first volume surveys the economic history of British North America, including Canada and the Caribbean, and of the early United States, from early settlement by Europeans to the end of the eighteenth century. The book includes chapters on the economic history of Native Americans (to 1860), and also on the European and African backgrounds to colonization. Subsequent chapters cover the settlement and growth of the colonies, including special surveys of the northern colonies, the southern colonies, and the West Indies (to 1850). Other chapters discuss British mercantilist policies and the American colonies; and the American Revolution, the constitution, and economic developments through 1800. Volumes II and III will cover, respectively, the economic history of the nineteenth century and the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94420/cover/9780521394420.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Philosophy and the Romantic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Russell B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professional philosophers have tended either to shrug off American philosophy as negligible or derivative or to date American philosophy from the work of twentieth-century analytical positivists such as Quine.  Russell Goodman expands on the revisionist position developed by Stanley Cavell, that the most interesting strain of American thought proceeds not from Puritan theology or from empirical science but from a peculiarly American kind of Romanticism. This insight leads Goodman, through Cavell, back to Emerson and Thoreau and thence to William James and John Dewey, as they assimilated to American circumstances and intellectual habits the currents of European thought from Kant to Wittgenstein.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94437/cover/9780521394437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution, Economics and Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Christian Political Economy, 1798-1833</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waterman, A. M. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Malthus's Essay on Population was seen in 1798 as a complete refutation of Godwin and all 'Jacobin' ideology. It proved that a state of equality and justice for all was unfeasible; and it demonstrated the inevitability and beneficence of private property and political institutions. But its central theme, the dominance of scarcity in human affairs, presented the theological 'problem of evil' in novel and threatening form. For thirty-five years both the economics and the theology of the Essay were modified and refined: first by Paley, Sumner and Malthus himself, and later by Copleston, Whately and Chalmers. The result was 'Christian Political Economy': an ideological alliance of political economy and Christian theology, congenial to a new 'liberal-conservatism' in the early nineteenth century, which found middle ground between the ultra-tory defence of the ancien r&#233;gime and a 'radical' repudiation of existing institutions. Professor Waterman analyses this story of the 'intellectual repulse of revolution', and describes the ideological alliance of political economy and Christian theology after 1798.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94475/cover/9780521394475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139452X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139452X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Coastal Wilderness to Fruited Plain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Environmental Change in Temperate North America from 1500 to the Present</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitney, Gordon G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Coastal Wilderness to Fruited Plain is an account of the making of a large part of the American landscape following European settlement. Drawing upon land survey records and early travellers' accounts, Dr Whitney reconstructs the 'virgin' forests and grasslands of the north-eastern and central United States during the pre-settlement period. He then documents successively the clearance and fragmentation of the region's woodlands, the harvest of the forest and its game, the ploughing of the prairies, and the draining of wetlands. The degree to which these activities altered the soil, climate, plant and animal communities, and water cycle are evaluated, and the sustainability of present-day ecosystems is brought into question in this account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94529/cover/9780521394529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Reformation in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pettegree, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the generation that followed Martin Luther's protest the evangelical movement in Europe attracted very different levels of support in different parts of the continent. Whereas in eastern and central Europe the new movement brought a swift transformation of the religious and political landscape, progress elsewhere was more halting: in the Mediterranean lands and western Europe initial enthusiasm for reform failed to bring about the wholesale renovation of society for which evangelicals had hoped. These fascinating contrasts are the main focus of this volume of specially commissioned essays, each of which charts the progress of reform in one country or region of Europe. Written in each case by a leading specialist in the field, they provide a survey based on primary research and a thorough grasp of the vernacular literature. For both scholars and students they will be an invaluable guide to recent debates and literature on the success or failure of the first generation of reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94543/cover/9780521394543.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Currents of Radicalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Radicalism, Organised Labour and Party Politics in Britain, 1850-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biagini, Eugenio F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Alastair J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Those who were originally called radicals and afterwards reformers, are called Chartists', declared Thomas Duncombe before Parliament in 1842, a comment which can be adapted for a later period and as a description of this collection of papers: 'those who were originally called Chartists were afterwards called Liberal and Labour activists'. In other words, the central argument of this book is that there was a substantial continuity in popular radicalism throughout the nineteenth and into the twentieth century. The papers stress both the popular elements in Gladstonian Liberalism and the radical liberal elements in the early Labour party. The first part of the book focuses on the continuity of popular attitudes across the commonly-assumed mid-century divide, with studies of significant personalities and movements, as well as a local case study. The second part examines the strong links between Gladstonian Liberalism and the working classes, looking in particular at labour law, taxation, and the Irish crisis. The final part assesses the impact of radical traditions on early Labour politics, in Parliament, the unions, and local government. The same attitudes towards liberty, the rule of law, and local democracy are highlighted throughout, and new questions are therefore posed about the major transitions in the popular politics of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94550/cover/9780521394550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Experience of Professionalization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modern Learned Professions and their Organizations from the Early Nineteenth Century to the Hitler Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClelland, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern learned professions (medicine, law, teaching, engineering, and others) developed in central Europe just as vigorously as in England or America. Yet their close relationship with state power - more typical of the world development of professions than the Anglo-American model - led to a different historical experience of professionalization. This work is the first  to explore that experience in a comprehensive way from the time when modern learned professions arose until the eve of World War II. Based on the history and surviving records of German professional organizations, it shows how the learned professions emerged gradually in the nineteenth century from the shadow of strong state regulation to achieve a high degree of autonomy  and control over professional standards by the First World War. By studying professional groups collectively, it gives a more contoured picture of their fate under National Socialism than works dedicated primarily to the phenomenon of fascism itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94574/cover/9780521394574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing the Franc Poincar&#233;</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Understanding and Political Constraint in French Monetary Policy, 1928-1936</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mour&#233;, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Defence of the franc Poincar&#233; dominated French economic policy during the Depression. While most countries took their currencies off gold to permit a wider range of domestic policies to foster recovery, in France policy makers resolved to preserve the gold parity of the franc by balancing the budget and lowering domestic prices. Novelty and experimentation were rejected in the conviction that a durable recovery was possible only through a return to strict neoclassical orthodoxy. Managing the Franc Poincar&#233; examines French monetary management from 1928 to 1936 in order to explain this stubborn determination to achieve recovery through deflation despite evidence of its failures abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94581/cover/9780521394581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability and the Art of Judgment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffrey, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Jeffrey is beyond dispute one of the most distinguished and influential philosophers working in the field of decision theory and the theory of knowledge. His work is distinctive in showing the interplay of epistemological concerns with probability and utility theory. Not only has he made use of standard probabilistic and decision theoretic tools to clarify concepts of evidential support and informed choice, he has also proposed significant modifications of the standard Bayesian position in order that it provide a better fit with actual human experience. Probability logic is viewed not as a source of judgment but as a framework for explaining the implications of probabilistic judgments and their mutual compatability. This collection of essays spans a period of some 35 years and includes what have become some of the classic works in the literature. There is also one completely new piece, while in many instances Jeffrey includes afterthoughts on the older essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94598/cover/9780521394598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autonomy and Self-Respect</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Jr, Thomas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This stimulating collection of essays in ethics eschews the simple exposition and refinement of abstract theories. Rather, the author focuses on everyday moral issues, often neglected by philosophers, and explores the deeper theoretical questions which they raise. Such issues are: Is it wrong to tell a lie to protect someone from a painful truth? Should one commit a lesser evil to prevent another from doing something worse? Can one be both autonomous and compassionate? Other topics discussed are servility, weakness of will, suicide, obligations to oneself, snobbery, and enviornmental concerns. A feature of the collection is the contrast of Kantian and utilitarian answers to these problems. The essays are crisply and lucidly written and will appeal to both teachers and students of philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94642/cover/9780521394642.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agents and Lives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, S. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Agents and Lives offers a new and important rethinking of the traditional 'humanist' view of literature. That tradition's valuation of literature for its 'moral import' is extended in a wider, more complex, open, and exploratory understanding of those terms. Goldberg demonstrates the way in which literature combines a sense of people as voluntary agents and as moral beings whose lives extend well beyond the voluntary and deliberate, manifesting themselves in feeling and suffering as well as in action. The book argues that this double way of thinking about people corresponds to traditional literary criticism's most vital insights into the way works of literature both depict and themselves manifest modes of human life. Goldberg's argument ranges across literature since the Renaissance, focusing on examples from George Eliot's novels and Pope's poetry. An appendix assesses the relationship of his argument to recent accounts of literature offered by a variety of moral philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94680/cover/9780521394680.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adelard of Bath, Conversations with his Nephew</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Same and the Different, Questions on Natural Science, and On Birds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnett, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronca, Italo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Espa&#241;a, Pedro Mantas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abeele, Baudouin van den</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adelard of Bath was one of the most colourful personalities of the Middle Ages. He travelled to the Crusader kingdoms, to Sicily and south Italy, and translated texts on astronomy, astrology and magic from Arabic into Latin. He acquired a lasting reputation as a pioneering mathematician, and he was a gifted teacher. He addressed one of these works, on cosmology and the astrolabe, to the future King Henry II, and it is in the context of the education of the nobility that the three works edited in this book are to be viewed. Adelard meant them to be both entertaining  and instructive. They deal with all kinds of topics, from the nature of the soul to the cause of earthquakes, from the effects of music to how to train a hawk. A preface provides the results of research on Adelard's life and work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97759/cover/9780521397759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Digenis Akritis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Grottaferrata and Escorial Versions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffreys, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Digenis Akritis is Byzantium's only epic poem, telling of the exploits of a heroic warrior of 'double descent' on the frontiers between Byzantine and Arab territory in Asia Minor in the ninth and tenth centuries. It survives in six versions, of which the two oldest, dating from the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries, are presented here in an edited version. The manuscripts are preserved in the Grottaferrata monastery near Rome and the Escorial Library in Spain. Behind these two versions lies a twelfth-century poem that can now be glimpsed at but not reconstructed. This edition and translation aims at highlighting the nature of the lost poem, and at providing a guide through the maze of recent discussions about the epic and its background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97766/cover/9780521397766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apposition in Contemporary English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Apposition in Contemporary English is a full-length treatment of apposition. It provides detailed discussion of its linguistic characteristics and of its usage in various kinds of speech and writing, derived from the data of British and American computer corpora. Charles Meyer demonstrates the inadequacies of previous studies and argues that apposition is a grammatical relation realized by constructions having particular syntactic, semantic and pragmatic characteristics, of which certain are dominant. The language of press reportage, fiction, learned writing and spontaneous conversation is analysed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94758/cover/9780521394758.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Distinctive Industrialization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cotton in Barcelona 1728-1832</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, J. K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the development of Barcelona's cotton industry from its origins in calico-printing in 1728 to its introduction of steampower in 1832. It thus describes the experiences of the leading industry of the city, and one which provides the only Mediterranean exception to the tendency of early industrialization to be concentrated in northern Europe. The book bridges the 'pre-industrial' and early 'industrial' periods, offering answers to such questions as: what caused 'merchant capital' to move into industrial investment? what were the links between 'pre-industrial' industrial activity and industrialization proper? is it apt to refer to the economic changes of these years as an 'industrial revolution'? should industrialization be studied on a regional or a national basis? A further purpose is to provide an interpretation of the characteristics of the Catalan economy and of its relationship to that of Spain as a whole thereby contributing to the understanding of the 'Catalan question'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94826/cover/9780521394826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Order in Thin Organic Films</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tredgold, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the various methods currently used to deposit highly ordered organic films, and the physical techniques employed in characterising their properties. Such films are the subject of a great deal of research, motivated by their potential application in micro-electronics. Beginning with a discussion of the necessary basic physics and chemistry, the book proceeds to a description of the main topics of current research in this field. The Langmuir-Blodgett technique, self-assembly, and methods of film deposition exploiting the ordered structure of mesophases are described in detail. Liquid crystals, films at the air/water interface and biomembranes are also discussed. The book is aimed at those graduate students and established research workers with an interest in the physics and chemistry of these fascinating structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94840/cover/9780521394840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Custom in a Muslim Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Berti of Sudan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holy, Ladislav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the Berti of Northern Darfur (Sudan), as among many Muslim societies, the formal religious practices are predominantly the concern of men, while local, unorthodox customary rituals are performed mainly by women. It is usual to dismiss such local, popular practices as pre-Islamic survivals, but Professor Holy shows that the customary rituals constitute an integral part of the religious system of the Berti. Carefully analysing the symbolic statements made in Berti rituals, Professor Holy demonstrates that the distinction between the two classes of rituals is an expression of the gender relationships characteristic of the society. He also examines the social distribution of knowledge about Islam, and explains the role of the religious schools in sustaining religious ideas. The work is not only an ethnographic study of ritual, belief and gender in an African society. It also makes a significant contribution to current anthropological discussion of the interpretation and meaning of rituals and symbols.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94857/cover/9780521394857.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Itinerant Kingship and Royal Monasteries in Early Medieval Germany, c.936-1075</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernhardt, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In examining the relationship between the royal monasteries in tenth- and eleventh-century Germany and the German monarchs, this book assimilates a great deal of European scholarship on a central problem - that of the realities and structures of power. It focuses on the practical aspects of governing without a capital and while constantly in motion, and on the payments and services which monasteries provided to the king and which in turn supported the king's travel economically and politically. Royal-monastic relations are investigated in the context of the 'itinerant kingship' of the period to determine how this relationship functioned in practice. It emerges that German rulers did in fact make much greater use of their royal monasteries than has hitherto been recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94895/cover/9780521394895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Documentary History of Emancipation, 1861-1867</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berlin, Ira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glymph, Thavolia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Steven F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reidy, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowland, Leslie S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saville, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>975</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Union occupation of parts of the Confederacy during the Civil War forced federal officials to confront questions about the social order that would replace slavery. This volume of Freedom presents a documentary history of the emergence of free-labor relations in the large plantation areas of the Union-occupied Lower South. The documents illustrate the experiences of former slaves as military laborers, as residents of federally sponsored "contraband camps," as wage laborers on plantations and in towns, and in some instances, as independent farmers and self-employed workers. Together with the editors' interpretative essays, these documents portray the different understandings of freedom advanced by the many participants in the wartime evolution of free labor--former slaves and free blacks; former slaveholders; Union military officers and officials in Washington; and Northern planters, ministers and teachers. The war sealed the fate of slavery only to open a contest over the meaning of freedom. This volume documents an important chapter of that contest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521394953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521394953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521394956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Care of the Burned Patient</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521394956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rylah, Lindsey T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary account provides an integrated and practical guide to the management and treatment of burns. Experts from all the major disciplines involved in critical care have focused their attention on specific problems and areas of treatment involved in the care of burned patients. Although it is essentially a practical guide to the management of thermal injury, with explicit recommendations for courses of treatment, it also provides explanatory background information on the manifestations and clinical consequences of this common source of injury. Between them, the contributors encompass all the major facets of critical care of the burned patient: from initial assessment and monitoring, resuscitation, nutritional aspects, infection, anaesthesia and surgical management, right through to postoperative care and prognosis. The volume will be useful to specialists in critical care, intensive and emergency medicine, surgery and anaesthesia, and to all staff associated with intensive care and burns units.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/94956/cover/9780521394956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Hellenistic Coinage from the Accession of Alexander to the Peace of Apamaea (336-188 BC)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#248;rkholm, Otto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westermark, Ulla</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grierson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>295</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full study of early Hellenistic coinage to be published. It provides a general history of the coinage of Alexander the Great and his successors, and of the cities of Greece and Asia Minor, over the century and a half 336-188 BC. Dr M&#248;rkholm's detailed descriptions of the coins, and the 40 pages of plates illustrating over 600 items, will provide a standard work of reference for ancient historians, numismatists and collectors. His original intention was to write a survey of Hellenistic coinage down to the Roman acquisition of Egypt in 30 BC, but he died with his project only half finished. The survey of early Hellenistic coinage, however, is complete in itself. A short epilogue has been added by Professor Grierson describing the main features of the coinage after 188 BC.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95045/cover/9780521395045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Today</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language in its Social Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>337</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>French Today is a profile of the French language in its social context. British and French linguists examine trends in French throughout the French-speaking world, and address issues around prescriptivism, gender and language, and regional languages and dialects. The collection includes overviews of work done in particular areas and deeper analyses of sociolinguistic questions. One theme is how to represent and interpret data relating to language varieties that have been marginalised. Another concerns the ways in which French is adapting to the future, whether as a language of new technology, or as a vehicular language on the continent. All chapters of this book are in English, with examples and quotations in French, and a mixture of references given in both languages. At the end of each chapter, there are also texts in French, serving as illustration and as pointers to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95052/cover/9780521395052.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blake, Kierkegaard, and the Spectre of Dialectic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Lorraine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blake's late prophecies, The Four Zoas, Milton and Jerusalem, feature a conflict between the poet-prophet Los and a Spectre embodying all he most opposes: intellectual scepticism, religious despair and a systematic philosophical logic of contraries, which is for Blake an abstraction from, and negation of, his ideal of 'life'. Lorraine Clark traces the analogy between Blake's Spectre and Soren Kierkegaard's concept of 'dread', whose spirit of negation and irony he seeks to conquer, in both its philosophical and aesthetic manifestations. Using Kierkegaard's philosophy to illuminate Blake's prophecies, Lorraine Clark shows these concepts to offer the basis for a profound critique both of romanticism, as it has come to be identified with the spirit of dialectic, and of the postmodern irony which it has spawned. Their attempt to rescue an ideal of life from its abstraction within idealist dialectics is itself deeply romantic, and offers a dramatisation of tensions - between scepticism and affirmation, religion and nihilism, philosophy and poetry - central to our understanding of romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95090/cover/9780521395090.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scientific Revolution in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'scientific revolution' of the sixteenth and seventeenth century continues to command attention in historical debate. Controversy still rages about the extent to which it was essentially a 'revolution of the mind', or how far it must also be explained by wider considerations. In this volume, leading scholars of early modern science argue the importance of specifically national contexts for understanding the transformation in natural philosophy between Copernicus and Newton. Distinct political, religious, cultural and linguistic formations shaped scientific interests and concerns differently in each European state and explain different levels of scientific intensity. Questions of institutional development and of the transmission of scientific ideas are also addressed. The emphasis upon national determinants makes this volume an interesting contribution to the study of the Scientific Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95106/cover/9780521395106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representative Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Literature, and the American Language, 1776-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafson, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ralph Waldo Emerson's dictum - 'The corruption of man is followed by the corruption of language' - belongs to a long tradition of writing connecting political disorders and the corruption of language that stretches back in Western culture. Representative Words, which gives an account of the tradition from its classical and Christian origins through the Enlightenment, is primarily a study of how and why Americans renewed and developed it between the ages of the Revolutionary  and the Civil Wars. It is the first comprehensive treatment of the background to and the appearance of the wealth of theories about language in the early era of American political and cultural discourse. Professor Gustafson's argument demonstrates the interconnectedness of the state of language and the state of society and turns on the question of representation and misrepresentation - whether and how words represent or misrepresent nature, social reality, truth, and value in the new American experiment in representative republican government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95120/cover/9780521395120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intonation Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey of Twenty Languages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Cristo, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the intonation of different languages of the world, written by a team of leading scholars in the field, most of whom are native speakers of the language in question and who live or work in that country. Surveying intonation of twenty languages, the volume describes how, paradoxically, every language possesses intonation, yet the specific features of a speaker's intonation system are also highly dependent on the language, the dialect, and even the style, the mood and the attitude of the speaker. The volume introduces a new system for the multi-lingual transcription of intonation patterns. The chapters are organised following the same general outline to highlight the differences between languages. The emphasis is on description and comparison, rather than on theory, making this an invaluable sourcebook for researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95137/cover/9780521395137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legal Medicine in History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays presents fresh interpretations of the growth of medico-legal ideas, institutions and practices in Britain, Europe and America over the past four hundred years. Based on a wealth of new research, it brings the historical study of legal medicine firmly into the realm of social history. Case studies of infanticide, abortion, coroners' inquests and criminal insanity show that legal medicine has often been the focus of social change and political controversy. The contributors also emphasise the formative influence of legal systems on medico-legal knowledge and practice. Legal Medicine in History enlarges our understanding of the public role of medicine in modern western societies, while opening up new perspectives on social, cultural and political history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95144/cover/9780521395144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Education and Psychology in England c.1860-c.1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wooldridge, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>458</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central claim of Measuring the Mind is that, contrary to popular opinion, the psychologists who dominated educational policy-making between the wars were educational progressives and political radicals. They argued that education should reflect the requirements of children rather than the convenience of adults, and regarded intelligence testing as an instrument of child-centred education. These psychologists owed their political inspiration to the meritocratic ideal and lost popularity with the waning of this ideal after the war. Four main themes dominate the discussion: the emergence of educational psychology as a distinct discipline; the recent history of ideas about children's mental development; the role of experts in formulating educational policy; and the rise and fall of the measurement of merit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95151/cover/9780521395151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physiology and Form of Fish Circulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Satchell, Geoffrey H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a clear and concise account of the physiology and form of the fish circulatory system. Emphasis is primarily placed on the function of the system although details of structure have been included. Following some revisionary ideas on haemodynamics, attention is focused on the heart as the primary pump in the fish circulatory system. The fine structure and the electrical and ionic myocytes are described and the major events of the cardiac system are outlined. This is followed by a description of the structure of the peripheral vessels and of circulation in certain special areas such as the gills, the renal portal system and the secondary blood system. Further chapters are devoted to the blood and the haemopoetic tissues and include an account of the different types of retial system that concentrate oxygen or heat in various parts of the body. This book is well illustrated and written in a style comprehensible to anyone with a basic knowledge of the biological and physical sciences. Both undergraduate and graduate students of physiology, zoology and marine science will find this an invaluable reference text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95199/cover/9780521395199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ada: Experiences and Prospects</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Ada-Europe International Conference, Dublin, 1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the proceedings of the Ada-Europe International Conference held in Dublin, June 1990. These meetings constitute the most significant events in this field within Europe, and attract delegates from around the world. This year's conference takes as its theme the impact of technical and management issues in the software engineering economics of Ada, as well as technology transfer and training. With the start of a new decade in which Ada comes of age both in terms of use and acceptability, papers also assess the impact of Ada through descriptions of projects in which Ada has been used throughout their life cycle. Discussion of topical issues affecting the development of Ada-9X is also presented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395240</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America, the first large-scale authoritative survey of Latin American history from ca. 1500 to the present day, is a work of international collaborative scholarship. It aims to provide a high-level synthesis of existing knowledge in chapters written by leading scholars in their fields. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay. Volume IX, Brazil since 1930, is the final volume of the 12 volume History to be published. It examines the profound political, economic, and social changes experienced by Brazil in the 70 years from 1930 to the present day. Part I consists of four chapters on politics in Brazil: 1930-1945, 1945-1964, 1964-1985, and 1985-2002. Part II consists of three chapters on the Brazilian economy: 1930-1980, 1980-1994, and 1994-2004, and one chapter on social continuity and social change in Brazil from 1930 to 2000.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95243/cover/9780521395243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>992</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume XI contains bibliographical essays from the complete Cambridge History of Latin America, Volumes I-X. It will be the definitive bibliographic reference for scholars of Latin America in the European era. It is the first authoritative large-scale history of the whole of Latin America from the first contacts between the native peoples of the Americas and Europeans in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present day. A major work of collaborative international scholarship, this History has been planned, co-ordinated and edited by a single editor, Leslie Bethell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95250/cover/9780521395250.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fertility and Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landers, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fertility in animals reflects access to scarce resources, such as food and territory. In humans the situation is more complex. Patterns of breast feeding, contraception and ideas about age at marriage and desired family size all affect fertility. The relation between these and access to scarce resources such as housing and employment, via income, education and other factors that affect status, is explored. In this book, the gap between socio-ecology and population demography is bridged, by showing how animals and humans adjust their fertility to environmental conditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95267/cover/9780521395267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95298/cover/9780521395298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prices, Profits and Rhythms of Accumulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abraham-Frois, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berrebi, Edmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the relationship between processes of accumulation and aspects of distribution. The analyses of Ricardo and Marx are reevaluated and redeveloped in the light of advances made by von Neumann, Sraffa and more contemporary theoreticians. Joint production systems are integrated into the analysis, which allows the authors to define the effect of the theorem of non-substitution, and to reconsider the problem of obsolescence and the choice of technique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95328/cover/9780521395328.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139533X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139533X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Surface Waters Acidification Programme</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>562</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents the results of a major international and interdisciplinary study of the mechanism and consequences of surface water acidification, which is a growing environmental problem. This detailed, long-term study provides an authoritative overview of the chemical process involved in acidification and of its biological impact on freshwater life. The surface waters acidification programme (SWAP) has drawn together the many facets of this complex phenomenon. The volume includes sections on hydrochemical studies in catchments, catchment process studies, catchment manipulation experiments, chemical processes, palaeolimnological studies, biological effects on freshwater life, and modelling studies. The volume finishes with an assessment of the SWAP and its conclusions. Though the results are presented in a predominantly European context, the findings and conclusions are applicable to all those areas suffering the consequences of acidification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31677/cover/9780521031677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasantry and Society in France since 1789</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moulin, Annie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, Mark C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, M. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the social, economic and cultural evolution of the peasantry in France and its place in French society since 1789. Within an overall chronological framework, Annie Moulin analyses the changes experienced by the peasantry, which as a subsistence economy has been gradually replaced by a commercial, capitalist farming system. From a position of numerical dominance in French society prior to 1789, the relative population levels of the French rural sector numbers have declined dramatically, with corresponding political implications. Cultural and social shifts in diet, housing and education have combined to vastly alter the patterns of rural life in France, and in this lucid account Annie Moulin explores the problems and tensions that have beset the peasantry since the Great Revolution. Peasantry and Society in France since 1789 is intended for a student readership, and will complement neatly successful earlier works by Pierre Goubert and Peter Jones, dealing respectively with the seventeenth-century and revolutionary peasantries. Important undergraduate aids include a chronology and bibliographies of both French and English works, and these, together with the Clearys' expert translation, should make Annie Moulin's the standard introductory account of the post-revolutionary peasantry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95342/cover/9780521395342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Romance and Transformations of the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Gothic, Scott, Dickens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern Romance examines the relationship between the revival of romance form and the ascendancy of the novel in British literary culture, from 1760 to 1850. The revival of romance as the literary embodiment of a national cultural identity provided a metaphor for the 'authenticity' of the novel itself, set against the changing formations of modern life. The material conditions, cultural status and formal repertoire of prose fiction were given a canonical transformation, leading to the form's nineteenth-century heyday, in Scott's Waverley novels.  Ian Duncan's illuminating and innovative study begins with the first identification of modern prose fiction with romance form in the late eighteenth-century Gothic novel, and moves through Scott's highly influential dialectical blend of romance and history, to his relations with his successor in the role of national author, Charles Dickens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95359/cover/9780521395359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Clouds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of molecular clouds has received increasing interest over recent years, particularly in the UK with the advent of powerful new instruments such as MERLIN and the Maxwell millimetre wave telescope. This book is based on the proceedings of the Seventh Manchester International Astronomy Conference which brought together an international list of speakers to discuss important new developments in this field. The book covers a wide range of topics relevant to the general subject of molecular clouds, with review articles and papers from an impressive list of contributors. Much new work in this area is covered, and consequently this book should become an important reference source for workers in this and related fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hugh Primas and the Archpoet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adcock, Fleur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Renowned poet Fleur Adcock here provides modern verse translations of the complete work of two of the most exciting poets of the twelfth century, Hugh Primas of Orleans and the so-called Archpoet, beside their Latin originals. Included are witty epigrams, treatments of classical themes, poems on religious and ecclesiastical topics, depictions of low life, begging-poems, and the Archpoet's famous Confession. The work is characterised by its liveliness and its touches of satire and coarse realism, features which Fleur Adcock captures superbly in her modern renderings. There are textual notes, explanatory notes, a historical note, and an introduction. This unique resource will appeal not only to medievalists but to all lovers of poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95465/cover/9780521395465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139547X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139547X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideologies of the Raj</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metcalf, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideologies of the Raj examines how the British sought to justify their rule over India. The author argues that two divergent strategies were devised to legitimate their authority: the one defined characteristics which the Indians shared with the British themselves, while the other emphasised qualities of enduring 'difference'. In the end, however, the differences predominated in the colonial view of India. Since the British constructed few explicit ideologies of empire, the author explores the workings of the Raj through the study of its underlying assumptions as revealed in policies and writings. Students of modern India and the British Empire will find Thomas Metcalf's book relevant and accessible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95472/cover/9780521395472.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139550X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139550X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intonation Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Survey of Twenty Languages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Cristo, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the intonation of different languages of the world, written by a team of leading scholars in the field, most of whom are native speakers of the language in question and who live or work in that country. Surveying intonation of twenty languages, the volume describes how, paradoxically, every language possesses intonation, yet the specific features of a speaker's intonation system are also highly dependent on the language, the dialect, and even the style, the mood and the attitude of the speaker. The volume introduces a new system for the multi-lingual transcription of intonation patterns. The chapters are organised following the same general outline to highlight the differences between languages. The emphasis is on description and comparison, rather than on theory, making this an invaluable sourcebook for researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95502/cover/9780521395502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biotechnology of Malting and Brewing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hough, James S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now available in paperback for the first time, this book gives a clear, concise account of malting and brewing processes and the science on which they are based. There are chapters about barley and the malting of grain, about water, hops, and yeasts and bacteria as well as descriptions of fermentation and post-fermentation processes. The techniques of production of high-quality beers are also described. The whole description is placed within a biotechnological content: modern developments and the wider significance of the bacteria that commonly contaminate beer are carefully examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95533/cover/9780521395533.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Geometry and Physics of Knots</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atiyah, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes arise from lectures presented in Florence under the auspices of the Accadamia dei Lincee and deal with an area that lies at the crossroads of mathematics and physics. The material presented here rests primarily on the pioneering work of Vaughan Jones and Edward Witten relating polynomial invariants of knots to a topological quantum field theory in 2+1 dimensions. Professor Atiyah here presents an introduction to Witten's ideas from the mathematical point of view. The book will be essential reading for all geometers and gauge theorists as an exposition of new and interesting ideas in a rapidly developing area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95540/cover/9780521395540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stakhanovism and the Politics of Productivity in the USSR, 1935-1941</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegelbaum, Lewis H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study in English of a major and instructive episode in the history of the Soviet Union. The Stakhanovite movement commemorated the mining of 102 tons of coal by Aleksei Stakhanov on August 30-1, 1935, and it was an important symbol by which the state urged workers to achieve greater productivity. As Lewis Siegelbaum demonstrates, Stakhanovism can be used to explore the social relations within Soviet industry at a critical stage in its development. In this sense, Stakhanovism was an important symbol of a shift in official priorities from construction of the means of production via increasing inputs of labor, to intensive use of capital and labor. Siegelbaum argues that Stakhanovism evolved neither as the product of a master plan nor of spontaneity from below. It developed in response to economic and political contingencies, local initiatives and inertia, and the maneuvering of workers and their bosses alike. Stakhanovism was the characteristic mode of what he calls 'the politics of productivity'. Stakhanovites did not constitute an aristocracy of labor, but rather were a diverse and often changing group. For all but a relative few, Stakhanovite status was provisional, depending as much on managerial favoritism and technical assistance as on individual skill and ambition. Eventually, however, Stakhanovites assumed a number of roles, including that of informers against managers, party officials, and engineers. Many were rewarded for their services by promotion to managerial and technical positions. As 'cultured' individuals who supposedly led fulfilled and contented lives during non-working hours, Stakhanovites served an integrative function that was perhaps more important than their contributions to production. Through an interpretation of Stakhanovites as models of the New Soviet Man, this book advances a unique contribution to our understanding of Soviet life in the 1930s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95564/cover/9780521395564.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toward a Social History of the American Civil War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exploratory Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vinovskis, Maris A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American Civil War has been the subject of thousands of books and articles, but only a small fraction of this literature examines the impact of the war on society and on the lives of the participants. This volume of essays, which focuses on the North, is intended as an initial reconnaissance by social historians into the study of the Civil War. The first essay, 'Have Social Historians Lost the Civil War?' places the war in the broader context of other American wars by comparing casualty rates. The essay also examines rates of enlistment for the North and the South, and the significance of pensions for Union soldiers and their windows. Subsequent essays look at the support for the war in small towns; the influence of nineteenth-century values and culture on Union soldiers; the nature and role of large-scale relief efforts for soldiers in Philadelphia; and the impact of the war on the politics of Chicago. The final two essays discuss the continuing importance of the war for its survivors: one by looking at those who joined the major national organization of Union veterans; and the other by studying the impact of the Civil War on Union widows in three Northern towns. Taken together, the essays demonstrate the need for historians to rediscover the impact of the Civil War on nineteenth-century society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95595/cover/9780521395595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic and Computation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interactive Proof with Cambridge LCF</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395601</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paulson, Lawrence C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with techniques for formal theorem-proving, with particular reference to Cambridge LCF (Logic for Computable Functions). Cambridge LCF is a computer program for reasoning about computation. It combines the methods of mathematical logic with domain theory, the basis of the denotational approach to specifying the meaning of program statements. Cambridge LCF is based on an earlier theorem-proving system, Edinburgh LCF, which introduced a design that gives the user flexibility to use and extend the system. A goal of this book is to explain the design, which has been adopted in several other systems. The book consists of two parts. Part I outlines the mathematical preliminaries, elementary logic and domain theory, and explains them at an intuitive level, giving reference to more advanced reading; Part II provides sufficient detail to serve as a reference manual for Cambridge LCF. It will also be a useful guide for implementors of other programs based on the LCF approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95601/cover/9780521395601.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900924</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scented Ape</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Biology and Culture of Human Odour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoddart, David Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Both men and women devote time and effort to removing natural body odour and replacing it with sexual attractant odours derived from plants and animals - we seem to need to smell of something other than people! Yet of all the apes, we are the most richly endowed with scent producing glands. This book examines the sense of smell in humans, comparing it with the known functions of the same sense in other animals. Odorous cues play a role in sexual physiology and behaviour in animals and there are claims that odour can play the same role in humans. The place of odours and scents in aesthetics and in psychoanalysis serves to illustrate the link between the emotional centres and the brain. The book presents arguments to explain the way in which our ancestral past has given rise to our modern day olfactory enigmas. The material is presented with as much explanation of the technical detail as possible to make the book accessible to a wide readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95618/cover/9780521395618.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English around the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociolinguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheshire, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Only a few centuries ago the English language consisted of a collection of dialects spoken mainly by monolinguals and only within the shores of a small island. Now the English language includes such typologically distinct varieties as pidgins and creoles, 'new' Englishes, and a range of different standard and nonstandard varieties that are spoken on a regular basis in many different countries throughout the world. English is also, of course, the main language used for communication at an international level. The use of English in such a diverse range of social contexts around the world provides us with a unique opportunity to analyse and document the linguistic variation and change that is occurring within a single language, on a far greater scale - as far as we know - than has ever happened in the world's linguistic history before. This volume is intended to give a comprehensive account of our current knowledge of variation in the use of the English language around the world. Overview papers, written by specialist authors, survey the social context in which English is spoken in those parts of the world where it is widely used. Case study papers then provide representative examples of the empirical research that has been carried out into the English that is spoken in that part of the world. The volume therefore contributes both to our understanding of the English language worldwide and to a more general understanding of language as it is used in its social context. It assesses the extent of our current knowledge of variation in the English language and points to gaps in our understanding which future research might set out to remedy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95656/cover/9780521395656.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of Emotions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Investigations in Cognitive Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Structure of Emotions argues that emotion concepts should have a much more important role in the social and behavioural sciences than they now enjoy, and shows that certain influential psychological theories of emotions overlook the explanatory power of our emotion concepts. Professor Gordon also outlines a new account of the nature of commonsense (or 'folk') psychology in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95687/cover/9780521395687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Epidemics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Charles E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Medicine has always had its historians; but until recently it was a history written by and for practitioners. Charles Rosenberg has been one of the key figures in recent decades in opening up the history of medicine beyond parochial concerns and instead viewing medicine in the rich currents of intellectual and social change of the past two centuries. This book brings together for the first time in one place many of Professor Rosenberg's most important essays. The first two sections of essays, focusing on ideas and institutions, are meant at the same time to underline interactions between these realms. The essays treat such topics as therapeutics and its relationship to social change in the nineteenth century; the practice of medicine in New York a century ago; and the rise and fall of the dispensary. The third section of the book focuses on the attempt to use history as a resource for discussion of a medical world that often seems out of control and in a semi-permanent crisis, economic, organizational, and humane. The essays discuss themes that have become visible to the public - deinstitutionalization of the mentally ill and the status of psychiatry; the hospital as a social and economic problem; and the social negotiations surrounding AIDS.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95694/cover/9780521395694.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poet's Voice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Poetics and Greek Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldhill, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The project of this book', writes the author in his Preface, 'is to investigate how poetry and the figure of the poet are represented, discussed, contested within the poetry of ancient Greece'. Dr Goldhill seeks to discover how ancient authors broached the questions: From what position does a poet speak? With what authority? With what debts to the past? With what involvement in the present? Through a series of interrelated essays on Homer, lyric poetry, Aristophanes, Theocritus and Apollonius of Rhodes, key aspects in the history of poetics are discussed: tale-telling and the representation of man as the user of language; memorial and praise; parody, comedy and carnival; irony, masks and desire; the legacy of the past and the idea of influence. Detailed readings of major works of Greek literature show how richly rewarding and revealing this approach can be. The author makes liberal use of critical writings from areas of study other than Classics and focuses on problems central to contemporary critical debate. His book is uniquely placed to bring together modern and ancient poetics in a way that is enlightening for both. The work is written as much for the serious scholar of literary criticism as for the Classicist, and all Greek is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95700/cover/9780521395700.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasantry and Society in France since 1789</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moulin, Annie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, Mark C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, M. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the social, economic and cultural evolution of the peasantry in France and its place in French society since 1789. Within an overall chronological framework, Annie Moulin analyses the changes experienced by the peasantry, which as a subsistence economy has been gradually replaced by a commercial, capitalist farming system. From a position of numerical dominance in French society prior to 1789, the relative population levels of the French rural sector numbers have declined dramatically, with corresponding political implications. Cultural and social shifts in diet, housing and education have combined to vastly alter the patterns of rural life in France, and in this lucid account Annie Moulin explores the problems and tensions that have beset the peasantry since the Great Revolution. Peasantry and Society in France since 1789 is intended for a student readership, and will complement neatly successful earlier works by Pierre Goubert and Peter Jones, dealing respectively with the seventeenth-century and revolutionary peasantries. Important undergraduate aids include a chronology and bibliographies of both French and English works, and these, together with the Clearys' expert translation, should make Annie Moulin's the standard introductory account of the post-revolutionary peasantry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95779/cover/9780521395779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sublime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reader in British Eighteenth-Century Aesthetic Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashfield, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Bolla, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of texts on the Sublime provides the historical context for the foundation and discussion of one of the most important aesthetic debates of the Enlightenment. The significance of the Sublime in the eighteenth century ranged across a number of fields - literary criticism, empirical psychology, political economy, connoisseurship, landscape design and aesthetics, painting and the fine arts, and moral philosophy - and has continued to animate aesthetic and theoretical debates to this day. However, the unavailability of many of the crucial texts of the founding tradition has resulted in a conception of the Sublime often limited to the definitions of its most famous theorist Edmund Burke. Andrew Ashfield and Peter de Bolla's anthology, which includes an introduction and notes to each entry, offers students and scholars ready access to a much deeper and more complex tradition of writings on the Sublime, many of them never before printed in modern editions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95823/cover/9780521395823.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hugh Primas and the Archpoet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adcock, Fleur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Renowned poet Fleur Adcock here provides modern verse translations of the complete work of two of the most exciting poets of the twelfth century, Hugh Primas of Orleans and the so-called Archpoet, beside their Latin originals. Included are witty epigrams, treatments of classical themes, poems on religious and ecclesiastical topics, depictions of low life, begging-poems, and the Archpoet's famous Confession. The work is characterised by its liveliness and its touches of satire and coarse realism, features which Fleur Adcock captures superbly in her modern renderings. There are textual notes, explanatory notes, a historical note, and an introduction. This unique resource will appeal not only to medievalists but to all lovers of poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95830/cover/9780521395830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Twisted Histories, Altered Contexts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Representing the Chambri in the World System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gewertz, Deborah B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Errington, Frederick K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Deborah Gewertz and Frederick Errington have worked as anthropologists in Papua New Guinea for nearly two decades. In this, their second joint study of the Chambri, they consider the way those in a small-scale society, peripheral to the major centres of influence, struggle to sustain some degree of autonomy. They describe the Chambri caught up in world processes of social and cultural change, and attempt to create a 'collective biography' which conveys the intelligibility and significance of the twentieth-century experience of these Papua New Guineans whom they have come to know well. This  biography consists of interlocking stories, twisted histories, commentaries and contexts about Chambri who are negotiating their objectives while entangled in systemic change and confronting Western representations of modernization and development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95878/cover/9780521395878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Critique for Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, Robert Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book of criticism. It is directed at contemporary ecology, but would apply to any science or indeed any statement that claims to contain information. Application of simple criteria to judge the information in ecological statements reveals deep inadequacies in the science. Furthermore, the complexity of the contemporary field of ecology and the mistraining of a generation of ecologists has obscured its weakness. As a result, many ecologists are unaware of the failings of the science although others are deeply concerned for the future of the field. The author, Professor Peters, argues that a return to simple question of fact, to observations, and to questions of general relevance to science and society can make ecology a useful, practical and informative science. Such science is desperately needed to meet the problems of the age. A thought-provoking book that will be of interest to all scientists, but in particular ecologists from undergraduates to senior academics and professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95885/cover/9780521395885.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521395984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521395984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521395984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explanation and its Limits</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521395984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, Dudley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of new essays explores the nature of explanation and causality. It provides a stimulating and wide ranging debate on one of the central issues that has concerned philosophers and scientists alike - the epistemological nature of their enquiries. The volume not only sheds light on some of the general questions involved, but also addresses specific problems involved in explanation in different fields - physics, biology, psychology and the social sciences. Explanation and its Limits is an up-to-date, sharply focused and comprehensive review for all philosophers, scientists and social scientists interested in methodology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Psychology of Education</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Research and Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the ways in which the theory and data of social psychology can be applied to teaching, learning, and other experiences in schools. Its focus ranges in level from the individual (e.g., student attitudes and attributions), to teacher-student interaction, to the impact of society (e.g., racial and cultural influences on school performances). The editor and distinguished contributors have two major purposes. The first is to illustrate the scope and sophistication of the emerging field known as the social psychology of education. The second is to provide solid, informed suggestions to educators for the amelioration of current educational problems. To that end, each author explicitly discusses implications for educational practice. Psychologists and educational researchers will find The Social Psychology of Education a useful and comprehensive guide to an increasingly active research area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96424/cover/9780521396424.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge in Perspective</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays in Epistemology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sosa, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ever since Plato, philosophers have faced one central question: what is the scope and nature of human knowledge? In this volume the distinguished philosopher Ernest Sosa collects essays on this subject written over a period of twenty-five years.  All the major topics of contemporary epistemology are covered:  the nature of propositional knowledge; externalism versus internalism; foundationalism versus coherentism; and the problem of the criterion.   'Sosa is one of the most prominent and most important epistemologists on the current American scene.'  William P. Alston, Syracuse University</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96431/cover/9780521396431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139645X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139645X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Economic Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land Use and City Size</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujita, Masahisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the economic reasons why people choose to live where they live and develops, through analysis of the bid rent function, a unified theory of urban land use and city size. The first part of the book explicates the basic theory of urban land use and optimal city size. Residential location behavior of households is examined in a microeconomic framework and equilibrium and optimal patterns of residential land use are discussed. The corresponding equilibrium and optimal city sizes are studied in a variety of contexts. Part Two extends the classical theories of von Thunen and Alonso with the addition of externality factors such as local public goods, crowding and congestion, and racial prejudice. The rigorous mathematical approach and theoretical treatment of the material make Urban Economic Theory of interest to researchers in urban economics, location theory, urban geography, and urban planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96455/cover/9780521396455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Durkheimian Sociology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Jeffrey C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The classic works of Emile Durkheim are characterized by a structural approach to the understanding of collective behaviour, and it is this element of his writings that has been most taken up by modern social science. This volume, however, rejects the dominant structural approach, and draws instead on Durkheim's later work, in which he shifted to a symbolic theory of modern industrial societies that emphasized the importance of ritual and placed the tension between the sacred and the profane at the center of society. In so doing, the contributors offer both a radically different approach to Durkheimian sociology and a new way of linking the interpretation of culture and the interpretation of society. In his introduction to the volume, Jeffrey Alexander elaborates the new interpretation of Durkheim that informs the contributions. His arguments form a background for the lively and provacative chapters that follow, which provide broadly cultural interpretations of such topics as popular upheavals and social movements, ranging from the French Revolution to the massive rebellions in Poland and Nicaragua in the 1980s; political crisis, from Watergate to the crisis of legitimation in contemporary capitalism; and the creative and contingent element in symbolic behaviour, including the symbolics of intimate friendship, and the ritual and rhetoric of media events. In addition to re-examining Durkheimian sociology, the essays also demolish the myth that attention to cultural values implies conservatism or the inability to analyze social change, and challenge the common antithesis between normative theory and microsociology. Its exploration of the links between Durkheimian sociology and the most important developments in contemporary sociology, history, anthropology and semiotics will ensure it a broad appeal across the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96479/cover/9780521396479.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pukapukan and Anthropological Constructions of Knowledge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borofsky, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Making History begins with a puzzle. In 1976 the inhabitants of Pukapuka, a Polynesian island in the South Pacific, revived a traditional form of social organization that several authoritative Pukapukan informants claimed to have experienced previously in their youth. Yet five professional anthropologists, who conducted research on the island prior to 1976, do not mention it in any of their writings. Had the Pukapukans 'invented' a new tradition? Or had the anthropologists collectively erred in not recording an old one? In unraveling this puzzle, Robert Borofsky compares two different ways of 'making history', two different ways of constructing knowledge about the past. He examines the dynamic nature of Pukapukan knowledge focusing on how Pukapukans, in the process of learning and validating their traditions, continually change them. He also shows how anthropologists, in the process of writing about such traditions for Western audiences, often overstructure them, emphasizing uniformity at the expense of diversity, stasis at the expense of change. As well as being of interest for what it reveals about Pukapukan (and more generally Polynesian) culture, Making History helps clarify important strengths and limitations of the anthropological approach. It provides valuable insights into both the anthropological construction of knowledge and the nature of anthropological understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96486/cover/9780521396486.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship and Class in the West Indies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Genealogical Study of Jamaica and Guyana</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Raymond T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is a family system that permits freedom to enter, dissolve, and re-enter sexual unions, that tolerates high illegitimacy rates, and allows a large proportion of households to be headed by women, viable, natural and healthy? This is an appropriate question to ask of many modern industrial societies in the 1980s. Yet a system with just those factors has been in place in the West Indies for 150 years. In this book, Raymond T. Smith explores the extensive family and kinship ties of West Indians in Jamaica and Guyana, and in so doing dispels many of the myths that exist about West Indian family life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96493/cover/9780521396493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Princes of Orange</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Stadholders in the Dutch Republic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowen, Herbert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study provides the first comprehensive assessment of an important European institution, the Stadholderate of the Dutch Republic. Professor Rowen looks at the career of each Prince of Orange in turn, from William I ('The Silent'), to the last and saddest, William V, examining their roles as Stadholder and interweaving their personal lives and characters with the development of the institution. Without engaging in psycho-history, Rowen treats the individual personality of each Stadholder as a significant factor, and shows how the Stadholderate contributed to a distinctive political and constitutional coloration that rendered the United Provinces unique in Europe. The work assesses the contribution of the Stadholderate to the rise and subsequent fall of the Dutch Republic as one of the great powers of early modern Europe, and analyses each prince within his contemporary context, avoiding the highly present-minded approach of many of the Republic's subsequent historians. The Princes of Orange is thus neither a work of hagiography, glorifying the Dutch royal house, nor a piece of destructive iconoclasm, but an authoritative account of a most unusual political, dynastic and diplomatic institution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96530/cover/9780521396530.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>1848</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The British State and the Chartist Movement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saville, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of the workings of the various parts of the British state in their confrontation with the radical movements of Chartism and Irish nationalism. The year 1848 was notable, first, for the immense influence of the French revolution of February upon the whole of Britain and, second, for the decisive defeats suffered by the radical movements. Professor Saville's analysis is based upon government and municipal archives, newspapers and contemporary writings, and proceeds chronologically from January to late summer, when mass arrests ended the insurgent movements on both sides of the Irish Channel. A further chapter looks at length at the workings of the legal system, and the volume concludes with a general commentary on the political consequences of the decline of Chartism which followed the defeats of 1848.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96561/cover/9780521396561.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ricardo's Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A General Equilibrium Theory of Distribution and Growth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morishima, Michio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, together with Marx's Economic and Walras' Economics, completes a sequence of titles by Professor Morishima on the first generation of scientific economists. The author's assessment of Ricardo differs substantially from the established views adopted by economists and historians of economic thought. While economists such as Pasinetti, Caravale and Samuelson have concentrated on macroeconomic interpretations of Ricardo, and historians of economic thought have emphasised his labour theory of value, Morishima takes a different course. In this book the author concentrates on Ricardo's main work, The Principles, and shows that his economics is the prototype of mathematical economies without the symbols and formulae. Morishima then translates Ricardo's economics into mathematical language to find a general equilibrium system (very similar to Walras') concealed within. The analysis also contradicts the conventional view that marginalism emerged in opposition to classical economics, showing instead that Ricardian analysis is firmly based on marginalist principles, using prices, wages and profits rather than labour values. The book ends with a discussion of the historical character of economic theory and an attempt to specify the epoch of Ricardian economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96882/cover/9780521396882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foreign Exchange Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Econometric Evidence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baillie, Richard T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMahon, Patrick C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The flotation of exchange rates in the early 1970s saw a significant increase in the importance of foreign exchange markets and in the interest shown in them. Apart from the consequent institutional changes, this period also witnessed a revolution in macroeconomic analysis and finance theory based on the concept of rational expectations. This book provides an integrated approach to recent developments in the understanding of foreign exchange markets. It begins by charting the institutional background and looks at the recent history of movements in some of the major exchange rates. The theoretical sections focus on the economic and finance theory of the asset market approach, the macroeconomic models developed from this approach, and on interest rate parity theory. The empirical chapters draw on the authors' own research from a high quality set of exchange rate and interest rate data. The statistical properties of exchange rates are analysed; the relationship between spot and forward rates is examined; and the modelling and impact of new information on the forward and spot relationship is considered. The final chapter is devoted to the estimation and testing of exchange rate models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96905/cover/9780521396905.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Love in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and Self-Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cancian, Francesca M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last twenty-five years, Americans have gained considerable freedom in thier personal lives. Relationships are now more flexible, and self-development has become a primary goal for both men and women. Most scholars have criticized this trend to greater freedom, arguing that it undermines family bonds and promotes selfishness and extreme independence, Francesca Cancian is more optimistic. In this book she shows that many American couples succeed in combining self-development with commitment, and that interdependence, not independence, is their ideal. In interdependent relationships, love and self-development do not conflict, but reinforce each other. Love in America compares 'traditional' forms of marriage with these newer forms of close relationships. Starting with the nineteenth century, Cancian shows how gender roles became polarized, with love, which was identified with emotional expression, no practical help, being the responsibility of women, while self-development was regarded as a masculine concern. These traditional images of love and relationships are still held by many Americans today, even though, as Cancian points out, this can lead to marital conflict and individual stress and illness. By contrast, new images of love, emphasizing self-development for men and women and flexible, androgynous roles, began to emerge around 1900, accelerating in the 1960s. She concludes that this trend to self-development and androgyny will continue, but that whether it will lead to more interdependent relationships, or to more independence and isolation, depends partly on economic and political changes in the wider society. The evidence for Cancian's argument comes from sociological, historical, and psychological sources. Her book will interest readers in these disciplines, as well s appeal to a wide general audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96912/cover/9780521396912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Discontent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>India's Growing Crisis of Governability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli, Atul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long considered one of the great successes of the developing world, India has more recently experienced growing challenges to political order and stability. Institutional mechanisms for the resolution of conflict have broken down, the civil and police services have become highly politicized, and the state bureaucracy appears incapable of implementing an effective plan for economic development. In this book, Atul Kohli analyzes political change in India from the late 1960s to the late 1980s. Based on research conducted at the local, state and national level, the author analyzes the changing patterns of authority in and between the centre and periphery. He combines rich empirical investigation, extensive interviews and theoretical perspectives in developing a detailed explanation of the growing crisis of governance his research reveals. The book will be of interest to both specialists in Indian politics and to students of comparative politics more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96929/cover/9780521396929.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Today</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language in its Social Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>French Today is a profile of the French language in its social context. British and French linguists examine trends in French throughout the French-speaking world, and address issues around prescriptivism, gender and language, and regional languages and dialects. The collection includes overviews of work done in particular areas and deeper analyses of sociolinguistic questions. One theme is how to represent and interpret data relating to language varieties that have been marginalised. Another concerns the ways in which French is adapting to the future, whether as a language of new technology, or as a vehicular language on the continent. All chapters of this book are in English, with examples and quotations in French, and a mixture of references given in both languages. At the end of each chapter, there are also texts in French, serving as illustration and as pointers to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96950/cover/9780521396950.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521396999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521396999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521396998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scientific Revolution in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521396998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'scientific revolution' of the sixteenth and seventeenth century continues to command attention in historical debate. Controversy still rages about the extent to which it was essentially a 'revolution of the mind', or how far it must also be explained by wider considerations. In this volume, leading scholars of early modern science argue the importance of specifically national contexts for understanding the transformation in natural philosophy between Copernicus and Newton. Distinct political, religious, cultural and linguistic formations shaped scientific interests and concerns differently in each European state and explain different levels of scientific intensity. Questions of institutional development and of the transmission of scientific ideas are also addressed. The emphasis upon national determinants makes this volume an interesting contribution to the study of the Scientific Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/96998/cover/9780521396998.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam and Resistance in Afghanistan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Olivier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this new edition, Olivier Roy expands his penetrating study of the history, ideology and structures of the Afghan resistance movement to mid-1989. He examines the evolution of the military and political situation inside Afghanistan during the last years of the Soviet presence and discusses relations between the Afghan resistance and the Islamic fundamentalist movement. The situation created by the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan is also explored, and in a new conclusion Professor Roy assesses to what extent the war has altered the traditional fabric of Afghan society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97001/cover/9780521397001.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139726X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139726X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selfless Persons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Imagery and Thought in Theravada Buddhism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks to explain carefully and sympathetically the Buddhist doctrine of anatta ('not-self'), which denies the existence of any self, soul or enduring essence in man. The author relates this doctrine to its cultural and historical context, particularly to its Brahmanical background, and shows how the Theravada Buddhist tradition has constructed a philosophical and psychological account of personal identity and continuity on the apparently impossible basis of the denial of self.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97261/cover/9780521397261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Jewish Philosophy in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sirat, Colette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jewish medieval philosophy has formed the subject of much research over the past thirty years since the appearance of Gutmann's Philosophies of Judaism, resulting in greater understanding and a new need for summation. This important work, now available in paperback, aims to supply that need, and devotes ample discussion to the major figures of the period like Saadiah Gaon, Maimonides, Abraham Ibn Ezra and Judah Halevi. It also gives much attention to the discussion and presentation of texts by lesser known authors clustering around the greater men and movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97278/cover/9780521397278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sociolinguistics and Contemporary French</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ager, Dennis Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the ways in which French is used in different circumstances and settings in France and abroad, with the language attitudes of French speakers and with language policy. It is concerned to examine not only the linguistic data, but also the social, political and economic environment in which contemporary French is used. At the same time it offers an introduction to contemporary sociolinguistic theory, methods and results. After a brief historical introduction and a review of approaches to regionalism, Professor Ager looks at such questions as the conflicts between standard French and regional languages such as Breton, the changing role of French in the world; the distinctiveness of social and professional varieties such as the language of the working class, scientists or immigrants and language variation correlating with interactional factors such as formality or medium. A final chapter deals with language attitude, language policy and language planning. This volume sets language information in its social context and shows how to investigate and evaluate both language variation and the social and political reaction to it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97308/cover/9780521397308.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Value and Justification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Foundations of Liberal Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaus, Gerald F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new book takes as its points of departure two questions: What is the nature of valuing? and What morality can be justified in a society that deeply disagrees on what is truly valuable? In Part One, the author develops a theory of value that attempts to reconcile reason with passions. Part Two explores how this theory of value grounds our commitment to moral action. The author argues that rational moral action can neither be seen as a way of simply maximising one's own values, nor derived from reason independent of one's values. Rather, our commitment to the moral point of view is presupposed by our value systems. The book concludes with a defense of liberal political morality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97339/cover/9780521397339.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sensations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defense of Type Materialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Christopher S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about sensory states and their apparent characteristics.  It confronts a whole series of metaphysical and epistemological questions and presents an argument for type materialism:  the view that sensory states are identical with the neural states with which they are correlated.  According to type materialism, sensations are only possessed by human beings and members of related biological species; silicon-based androids cannot have sensations. The author rebuts several other rival theories (dualism, double aspect theory, eliminative materialism, functionalism), and explores a number of important issues: the forms and limits of introspective awareness of sensations, the semantic properties of sensory concepts, knowledge of other minds, and unity of consciousness. The book is a significant contribution to the philosophy of mind, and has much to say to psychologists and cognitive scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97377/cover/9780521397377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Solvable Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manz, Olaf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolf, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Representation theory plays an important role in algebra, and in this book Manz and Wolf concentrate on that part of the theory which relates to solvable groups. The authors begin by studying modules over finite fields, which arise naturally as chief factors of solvable groups. The information obtained can then be applied to infinite modules, and in particular to character theory (ordinary and Brauer) of solvable groups. The authors include proofs of Brauer's height zero conjecture and the Alperin-McKay conjecture for solvable groups. Gluck's permutation lemma and Huppert's classification of solvable two-transive permutation groups, which are essentially results about finite modules of finite groups, play important roles in the applications and a new proof is given of the latter. Researchers into group theory, representation theory, or both, will find that this book has much to offer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97391/cover/9780521397391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Tax Reform in Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahmad, Etisham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study approaches the subject of tax reform from basic economic principles. The objectives are to develop guidelines for the design of tax policy; to show how the principles can structure systematic research into tax reform in terms of the consequences for households, producers and government; and finally, to combine the guidelines and applied research into a practical tax package for Pakistan, where tax reform has become an urgent priority. Professors Ahmad and Stern provide a coherent framework to show how principles can be formulated, applied research structured, and policies developed and appraised in a systematic manner. The majority of developing countries are currently facing severe budgetary pressures with rising demands for expenditures and limited scope for raising  extra government revenues. In addition, the revenue systems which are in place may themselves generate strong impediments to efficiency, the expansion of the economy, the growth of the tax base, equity and the achievement of development objectives. Tax reform should therefore be central to public policy and development planning and is seen as such by many governments. It has also moved to the forefront of discussion in international agencies. This book will be useful to graduate students, academic economists, and professional economists in international organisations and governments interested in public policy and development planning. The careful application of the ideas presented here should lead to a real improvement in the development of policy and to further empirical and theoretical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97421/cover/9780521397421.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139743X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139743X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Augustine on Evil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Gillian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Augustine, perhaps the most important and most widely read Father of the Church, first became preoccupied with the problem of evil in his boyhood and this preoccupation continued throughout his life. This well-written, and highly-acclaimed study follows him in his progress towards a solution, and beyond, to consider the influence his thinking had upon the study of the problem of evil for a thousand years and more.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97438/cover/9780521397438.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violin Technique and Performance Practice in the Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stowell, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is one of the first to examine in detail the numerous violin treatises of the late-eighteenth and early-nineteenth centuries. It provides a scholarly historical and technical guide to violin pedagogical method, technique and performance practice during the most critical period in the history of the instrument. Extracts in translation from the most significant and authoritative sources are presented with introductions, commentary, illustrations, extensive musical examples and a glossary of specific ornaments. It will be of interest and use to students, performers, and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fall into Eden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Landscape and Imagination in California</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book David Wyatt examines the mythology of California as it is reflected in the literature of the region. He argues that in the literature of the West, the energies, which, in other regions, had been concentrated in covenant theology or the rationalisation of Southern history, are displaced into an encounter with landscape. Tracing the early literature of California to Dana, Leonard, and Fremont, Wyatt studies their development of self-consciousness and awareness of the physical beauty in nature. He then examines in separate chapters the writings of Muir, King, and Mary Austin during a time of domestication and exploitation of the land when landscape became, of necessity, an idea or lost ideal. Of twentieth-century writers, the book focuses on Norris, Steinbeck, and Chandler, who seemed to struggle against the land, charting the advance of human hopes against the vast open spaces of the West. Professor Wyatt concludes with the writer's return to landscape as source and end in the poetry of Jeffers and Snyder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97513/cover/9780521397513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verdi: Requiem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Verdi's Messa da Requiem is one of the most frequently performed works of the choral repertoire, and one of Verdi's most important non-operatic works. This new handbook offers an up-to-date account of the work's genesis, its performance history, and issues regarding performing practice. The central chapters provide a descriptive analysis of the work, while exploring some of the critical issues raised by individual sections, such as Verdi's interpretation of the text, his reactions to previous Requiems by Mozart and Berlioz, as well as the reception of his Requiem by critics. Subsequent chapters discuss some of the most important changes and revisions Verdi made in fashioning the Requiem. The author's final discussions investigate two critical issues: the work's unit... musicale, and the central issue in its reception history, its generic status and the extent to which the Requiem is operatic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97674/cover/9780521397674.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Reformation in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pettegree, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the generation that followed Martin Luther's protest the evangelical movement in Europe attracted very different levels of support in different parts of the continent. Whereas in eastern and central Europe the new movement brought a swift transformation of the religious and political landscape, progress elsewhere was more halting: in the Mediterranean lands and western Europe initial enthusiasm for reform failed to bring about the wholesale renovation of society for which evangelicals had hoped. These fascinating contrasts are the main focus of this volume of specially commissioned essays, each of which charts the progress of reform in one country or region of Europe. Written in each case by a leading specialist in the field, they provide a survey based on primary research and a thorough grasp of the vernacular literature. For both scholars and students they will be an invaluable guide to recent debates and literature on the success or failure of the first generation of reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97681/cover/9780521397681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability and the Art of Judgment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffrey, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Jeffrey is beyond dispute one of the most distinguished and influential philosophers working in the field of decision theory and the theory of knowledge. His work is distinctive in showing the interplay of epistemological concerns with probability and utility theory. Not only has he made use of standard probabilistic and decision theoretic tools to clarify concepts of evidential support and informed choice, he has also proposed significant modifications of the standard Bayesian position in order that it provide a better fit with actual human experience. Probability logic is viewed not as a source of judgment but as a framework for explaining the implications of probabilistic judgments and their mutual compatability. This collection of essays spans a period of some 35 years and includes what have become some of the classic works in the literature. There is also one completely new piece, while in many instances Jeffrey includes afterthoughts on the older essays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97704/cover/9780521397704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autonomy and Self-Respect</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Jr, Thomas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This stimulating collection of essays in ethics eschews the simple exposition and refinement of abstract theories. Rather, the author focuses on everyday moral issues, often neglected by philosophers, and explores the deeper theoretical questions which they raise. Such issues are: Is it wrong to tell a lie to protect someone from a painful truth? Should one commit a lesser evil to prevent another from doing something worse? Can one be both autonomous and compassionate? Other topics discussed are servility, weakness of will, suicide, obligations to oneself, snobbery, and enviornmental concerns. A feature of the collection is the contrast of Kantian and utilitarian answers to these problems. The essays are crisply and lucidly written and will appeal to both teachers and students of philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97728/cover/9780521397728.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adelard of Bath, Conversations with his Nephew</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Same and the Different, Questions on Natural Science, and On Birds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnett, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronca, Italo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Espa&#241;a, Pedro Mantas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abeele, Baudouin van den</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adelard of Bath was one of the most colourful personalities of the Middle Ages. He travelled to the Crusader kingdoms, to Sicily and south Italy, and translated texts on astronomy, astrology and magic from Arabic into Latin. He acquired a lasting reputation as a pioneering mathematician, and he was a gifted teacher. He addressed one of these works, on cosmology and the astrolabe, to the future King Henry II, and it is in the context of the education of the nobility that the three works edited in this book are to be viewed. Adelard meant them to be both entertaining  and instructive. They deal with all kinds of topics, from the nature of the soul to the cause of earthquakes, from the effects of music to how to train a hawk. A preface provides the results of research on Adelard's life and work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97759/cover/9780521397759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Digenis Akritis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Grottaferrata and Escorial Versions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffreys, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Digenis Akritis is Byzantium's only epic poem, telling of the exploits of a heroic warrior of 'double descent' on the frontiers between Byzantine and Arab territory in Asia Minor in the ninth and tenth centuries. It survives in six versions, of which the two oldest, dating from the thirteenth and fifteenth centuries, are presented here in an edited version. The manuscripts are preserved in the Grottaferrata monastery near Rome and the Escorial Library in Spain. Behind these two versions lies a twelfth-century poem that can now be glimpsed at but not reconstructed. This edition and translation aims at highlighting the nature of the lost poem, and at providing a guide through the maze of recent discussions about the epic and its background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97766/cover/9780521397766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139788X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139788X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Guide to the Sun</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Kenneth J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sun has been an object of scientific interest since the time of the ancient Greeks. The vast amounts of observational data acquired in recent years have led to a greatly improved knowledge of the physics of the Sun. With a minimum of technicalities, this book gives an account of what we now know about the Sun's interior, its surface and atmosphere, its relation to the solar system including the earth, and its relation to other stars. The way that solar power is being converted to useful forms of energy is explained. The book is aimed at anyone with a broad science background interested in learning about the latest developments in solar studies, from those at high-school level to the non-specialist professional.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97889/cover/9780521397889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Distribution of Prime Numbers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingham, A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1934 in the Cambridge Tracts, this volume presents the theory of the distribution of the prime numbers in the series of natural numbers. The major part of the book is devoted to the analytical theory founded on the zeta-function of Riemann. Despite being out of print for a long time, this Tract still remains unsurpassed as an introduction to the field, combining an economy of detail with a clarity of exposition which eases the novice into this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97896/cover/9780521397896.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521397901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521397901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kummer's Quartic Surface</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, R. W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barth, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, H. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of surfaces has reached a certain stage of completeness and major efforts concentrate on solving concrete questions rather than developing further the formal theory. Many of these questions are touched upon in this classic volume: such as the classification of quartic surfaces, the description of moduli spaces for abelian surfaces, and the automorphism group of a Kummer surface. First printed in 1905 after the untimely death of the author, this work has stood for most of this century as one of the classic reference works in geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97902/cover/9780521397902.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139791X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139791X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521397919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transcendental Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521397919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1975, this classic book gives a systematic account of transcendental number theory, that is those numbers which cannot be expressed as the roots of algebraic equations having rational coefficients. Their study has developed into a fertile and extensive theory enriching many branches of pure mathematics. Expositions are presented of theories relating to linear forms in the logarithms of algebraic numbers, of Schmidt's generalisation of the Thue-Siegel-Roth theorem, of Shidlovsky's work on Siegel's |E|-functions and of Sprindzuk's solution to the Mahler conjecture. The volume was revised in 1979: however Professor Baker has taken this further opportunity to update the book including new advances in the theory and many new references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/97919/cover/9780521397919.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pitt the Elder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a readable yet scholarly account of the life of one of the greatest statesmen of empire, William Pitt the Elder, First Earl of Chatham (1708-78).  Chatham is seen as a political outsider who rose to direct British policy in the Seven Years War, the crucial struggle that gave Canada to Britain. A critic of domestic corruption, he was subsequently a champion of American liberties. Chatham's achievement was all the more remarkable for a politician who was dogged for much of his life by poor physical health and considerable mental stress. His position as an outsider was crucial: it helped make his reputation, and to make him an unsettling figure. It also caused problems when he gained office, but it ensured Chatham was and seemed, 'different'. He was a man with whom the national interest could be associated, not simply because he made the claim himself, but also because he seemed apart from the world of court and connection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98060/cover/9780521398060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139810X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139810X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality and the Analysis of International Conflict</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Nicholson outlines social scientific approaches to international relations and then describes the problems of rational decision-making in conflict situations. He shows how rationality is in many strategic situations hard to define and often leads to paradoxes such as the prisoners' dilemma. In the following part the author explores rational beliefs about the international system. He examines theories of arms races, alliances and the international problems of ecology. Here he is critical of the classical school of international relations for a lack of rigour in dealing with the problems of evidence and belief. Finally, Michael Nicholson discusses the philosophy of science, policy and ethics. This book is both an exposition and a defence of a social scientific approach to international relations. With its emphasis on social scientific approaches, theory building and testing - and above all its clarity and accessibility - it provides students with a key to understanding the complex field of conflict analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98107/cover/9780521398107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy, Culture and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Becoming Literate in Morocco</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagner, Daniel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy is thought to be one of the primary cultural transmitters of information and beliefs within any society where it exists. Yet, when considered as a social phenomenon, literacy is remarkably difficult to define, because its functions, meanings, and methods of learning vary from one cultural group to the next. This book compares and contrasts our understanding of literacy and its acquisition and retention. It addresses major debates in education policy today, such as the importance of 'mother-tongue' literacy programs, the notion of literacy 'relapse', and the concept of educational poverty. The author focuses on Moroccan children whose parents are unschooled, whose language is often different from that used in the classroom, and whose first instruction often involves rote religious teaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98138/cover/9780521398138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Alfred Hitchcock</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sterritt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction gives an overview of Hitchcock's long career, with special attention to the varied influences on his work; themes that run through many of his films, from the 'transference of guilt', to the connection between knowledge and danger; the overlooked importance of his presence within his films, including his famous cameo appearances and characters who represent him within the story; his fascination with performance and the ambiguities of illusion and reality; the question of viewing him and his work through the auteur theory; and other issues. Also discussed is the relationship between Hitchcock as a serious, even tormented artist and Hitchcock as a magician with a weakness for cinematic practical jokes. Six chapters then provide in-depth examinations of key films: Blackmail, his first talkie; Shadow of a Doubt, one of his personal favourites; The Wrong Man, which questions the nature of guilt and innocence; Vertigo, arguably his most profound work; Psycho, his most savage look at the nature of evil; and The Birds, his last masterpiece and one of his most widely misunderstood works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98145/cover/9780521398145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contractarianism and Rational Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on David Gauthier's Morals by Agreement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vallentyne, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Gauthier's Morals by Agreement (1986) is the most complete and suggestive contractarian theory of morality since the work of Rawls. In this anthology a number of prominent moral and political philosophers offer a critical assessment of Gauthier's theory and its three main projects: developing a contractarian foundation for morality, defending a theory of rational choice, and supporting the claim that rationality requires one to keep one's agreements. An introduction sets out Gauthier's project, while Gauthier himself has the last word, responding to the critiques. This collection will interest moral and political philosophers, social theorists, and specialists in the philosophy and theory of law as well as management sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98152/cover/9780521398152.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frege's Theory of Sense and Reference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Origin and Scope</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carl, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gottlob Frege has exerted an enormous influence on the evolution of twentieth-century philosophy, yet the real significance of that influence is still very much a matter of debate. This book provides a completely new and systematic account of Frege's philosophy by focusing on its cornerstone: the theory of sense and reference. Two features distinguish this study from other books on Frege. First, sense and reference are placed absolutely at the core of Frege's work; the author shows that no adequate account of the theory can avoid analysing the notion of thought that underpins it, or explaining how it has clarified our concept of judgement. Second, the theory is situated within the development of Frege's thought; the author reveals how the theory caused Frege to alter many of his fundamental views. In doing so the author presents a clearer picture of the problems the theory was intended to solve, and delineates more sharply the characteristic features of Frege's philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98169/cover/9780521398169.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Yankee Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Central State Authority in America, 1859-1877</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bensel, Richard Franklin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the impact of the American Civil War on the development of central state authority in the late nineteenth century. The author contends that intense competition for control of the national political economy between the free North and slave South produced secession, which in turn spawned the formation of two new states, a market-oriented northern Union and a southern Confederacy in which government controls on the economy were much more important. During the Civil War, the American state both expanded and became the agent of northern economic development. After the war ended, however, tension within the Republican coalition led to the abandonment of Reconstruction and to the return of former Confederates to political power throughout the South. As a result, American state expansion ground to a halt during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. This book makes a major contribution to the understanding of the causes and consequences of the Civil War and the legacy of the war in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98176/cover/9780521398176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World of Bede</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, Peter Hunter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An engaging and accessible introduction to the writings and intellectual development of the Venerable Bede (d.735), this book (originally published in 1970) is available again for the enjoyment of all those interested in the early medieval world. With an updated preface and supplementary bibliography by Michael Lapidge, the book is based almost entirely on primary sources, particularly Bede's own writings. The book surveys the fragmented state of Britain after the Anglo-Saxon conquests, tracing the - sometimes faltering - rebirth of Christianity from the time of St. Augustine through to the glories of the golden age of Northumbria in the eighth century. What was Bede's contribution to the growth of scholarship? Why is his famous Ecclesiastical History of the English Church and People still so highly regarded? How did Bede see his own age? What traditions most influenced him? Peter Hunter Blair answers all these questions, assessing Bede sympatheticaly in all the fields in which he was active, as teacher, orthographer, moral philospher, grammarian, theologian, natural scientist and, above all, as our first modern historian.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98190/cover/9780521398190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pastons and their England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in an Age of Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, H. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Paston letters have long exercised a tremendous fascination for their capacity to recreate in vivid detail the lives of an ordinary well-to-do fifteenth-century family. H. S. Bennett's classic study recreates beautifully their historical context and offers the additional perspectives provided by the letters of their correspondents:  bishops and serving men, prisoners and dukes, priests and ribald companions. Among the intriguing areas of late medieval life which are explored are marriage, women's lives, education, travelling, the law and lawlessness, the clergy and the changing face of the English countryside. This account of the Pastons' England reveals an age of historical transition as it was played out in the daily challenges of individual lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98268/cover/9780521398268.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seven Clues to the Origin of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Scientific Detective Story</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns-Smith, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the question of how life may have arisen on earth, in the spirit of an intriguing detective story. It relies on the methods of Sherlock Holmes, in particular his principle that one should use the most paradoxical features of a case to crack it. This approach to the essential biological problems is not merely light-hearted, but a fascinating scrutiny of some very fundamental questions.  'I know of no other book that succeeds as well as this one in maintaining the central question in focus throughout. It is a summary of the best evolutionary thinking as applied to the origins of life in which the important issues are addressed pertinently, economically and with a happy recourse to creative analogies.'  Nature '... a splendid story - and a much more convincing one than the molecular biologists can offer as an alternative. Cairns-Smith has argued his case before in the technical scientific literature, here he sets it out in a way from which anyone - even those whose chemistry and biology stopped at sixteen - can learn.'   New Statesman</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98282/cover/9780521398282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Secularization of the European Mind in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The declining hold of the Church and its doctrines on European society represents a major shift in Western life and thought. Owen Chadwick's acclaimed lectures on the secularisation of the European mind trace this movement in the nineteenth century, identifying and exploring both the social and the intellectual aspects of this momentous change. The rise of technology, the growth of big cities and a cheap press take their place alongside evolutionary science and Marxism in this fascinating analysis of the erosion of the Church's power. Woven into its brilliant discussion are brief but very illuminating studies of familiar major thinkers, including Marx, Darwin, Mill and Comte.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98299/cover/9780521398299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decipherment of Linear B</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The languages of the ancient world and the mysterious scripts, long undeciphered, in which they were encoded have represented one of the most intriguing problems of classical archaeology in modern times. This celebrated account of the decipherment of Linear B in the 1950s by Michael Ventris was written by his close collaborator in the momentous discovery. In revealing the secrets of Linear B it offers a valuable survey of late Minoan and Myceanean archaeology, uncovering fascinating details of the religion and economic history of an ancient civilisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98305/cover/9780521398305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Words</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language - in its communicative and playful functions, its literary formations and its shifting meanings - is a perennially fascinating topic. C. S. Lewis's Studies in Words explores this fascination by taking a series of words and teasing out their connotations using examples from a vast range of English literature, recovering lost meanings and analysing their functions. It doubles as an absorbing and entertaining study of verbal communication, its pleasures and problems. The issues revealed are essential to all who read and communicate thoughtfully, and are handled here by a masterful exponent and analyst of the English language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98312/cover/9780521398312.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Return of Grand Theory in the Human Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past quarter of a century has seen dramatic developments in social and political thought. These essays offer an indispensable introduction to some of the most influential amongst them. Quentin Skinner's Introduction traces broad transformations such as the erosion of empiricist assumptions and the undermining of the positivist ideal of the unification of the sciences by the impact of foreign traditions on English-speaking social science. The essays themselves discuss major figures such as Gadamer, Derrida, Foucault, Habermas, Althusser and Levi-Strauss, giving valuably lucid introductory studies of some difficult but unquestionably major thinkers of our time. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98336/cover/9780521398336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myth, Literature and the African World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soyinka, Wole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wole Soyinka, winner of the Nobel Prize for Literature and one of the foremost living African writers, here analyses the interconnecting worlds of myth, ritual and literature in Africa. The ways in which the African world perceives itself as a cultural entity, and the differences between its essential unity of experience and literary form and the sense of division pervading Western literature, are just some of the issues addressed. The centrality of ritual gives drama a prominent place in Soyinka's discussion, but he deals in equally illuminating ways with contemporary poetry and fiction. Above all, the fascinating insights in this book serve to highlight the importance of African criticism in addition to the literary and cultural achievements which are the subject of its penetrating analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98343/cover/9780521398343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139838X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139838X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Empire of Chance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Probability Changed Science and Everyday Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gigerenzer, Gerd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swijtink, Zeno</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Theodore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daston, Lorraine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beatty, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kruger, Lorenz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Empire of Chance tells how quantitative ideas of chance transformed the natural and social sciences, as well as daily life over the last three centuries. A continuous narrative connects the earliest application of probability and statistics in gambling and insurance to the most recent forays into law, medicine, polling and baseball. Separate chapters explore the theoretical and methodological impact in biology, physics and psychology. Themes recur - determinism, inference, causality, free will, evidence, the shifting meaning of probability - but in dramatically different disciplinary and historical contexts. In contrast to the literature on the mathematical development of probability and statistics, this book centres on how these technical innovations remade our conceptions of nature, mind and society. Written by an interdisciplinary team of historians and philosophers, this readable, lucid account keeps technical material to an absolute minimum. It is aimed not only at specialists in the history and philosophy of science, but also at the general reader and scholars in other disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98381/cover/9780521398381.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plants in Changing Environments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linking Physiological, Population, and Community Ecology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bazzaz, F. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Forces of nature and human intervention lead to innumerable local, regional and sometimes global changes in plant community patterns. Irrespective of the causes and the intensity of change, ecosystems are often naturally able to recover most of their attributes through natural succession. In this thoughtful and provocative new book, Fakhri Bazzaz integrates and synthesises information on how disturbance changes the environment, how species function, coexist, and share or compete for resources in populations and communities, and how species replace each other over successional time. Furthermore, the book shows how a diverse array of plant species have been used to examine fundamental questions in plant ecology by integrating physiological, population and community ecology. Graduate students and research workers in plant ecology, global change, conservation and restoration will find the perspective and analysis offered by this book an exciting contribution to the development of our understanding of plant successional change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98435/cover/9780521398435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>London Crowds in the Reign of Charles II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Propaganda and Politics from the Restoration until the Exclusion Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the political attitudes of ordinary Londoners during the reign of Charles II examines not only the manifestations of public opinion - for example, riot and demonstration - but also the manner of its formation - religious experience, economic activity, and exposure to mass political propaganda. Professor Harris shows to be misleading the conventional view, that the whigs enjoyed the support of the London masses, and the tories were essentially anti-populist. Both sides had public support during the exclusion crisis, and this division stemmed from fundamental religious tensions within London political culture, dating back to 1660 and before. Attractively illustrated with polemical contemporary engravings, London Crowds demonstrates clearly the value of bringing together both high and low activity into a truly integrated social history of politics, and sheds important new light not just on urban agitation but on the nature of late-Stuart party conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98459/cover/9780521398459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900730</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Orality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torrance, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The debate on the social and psychological implications of literacy enters a new stage with the publication of this volume. Distinguished scholars provide a sustained and detailed examination of the relations between orality and literacy, the traditions based on them, the functions served by them, and the psychological and linguistic processes recruited and enhanced by them. By shedding the romantic view that literacy is the royal road to rationality and modernity, the volume provides a more functional view of literacy. It places a new emphasis on the relationship between speaking and writing, and highlights the different ways in which people exploit the particular resources of speech and writing for special purposes such as building community, creating records, specialising genres such as prose fiction, enhancing private study and meditation, and enhancing the specialisation and organisation of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98503/cover/9780521398503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Positive Political Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alt, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shepsle, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume serves as an introduction to the field of positive political economy and the economic and political processes with which it is concerned. This new research tradition is distinct from both normative and historical approaches to political economy. Grounded in the rational-actor methodology of microeconomics, positive political economy is the study of rational decisions in a context of political and economic institutions. More analytical than traditional approaches, it is concerned with the derivation of principles and propositions against which real-world experience may be compared. Its focus is on empirical regularities, and its goal is theoretical explanation. The field has focused on three main areas of research: models of collective action, constraints on competitive market processes, and the analysis of transaction costs. Developments in all of these areas are covered in the book. The first part of the volume surveys the field, while the second part displays positive political economy at work, examining a variety of subjects. The final part contains essays by leading political economists on the theoretical foundations of the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98510/cover/9780521398510.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminist Literary Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruthven, K. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rise of feminism is undeniably one of the major events in the development of literary criticism this century. Feminist approaches have pushed forward both the theory of literary criticism and the understanding of individual works of literature. K. K. Ruthven's lucid introduction to the subject offers a broad survey, looking at the impact of Marxism, structuralism, and post-structuralism on feminist critical practice; the argument that literary language has been shaped by masculine bias; and feminist claims for distinctive styles and traditions of women's writing. As a lively contribution written by a man to a highly controversial topic dominated by women, K. K. Ruthven's study is original and even provocative, but above all serves as a valuably clear and sympathetic guide to the complexities of an important issue in modern literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98527/cover/9780521398527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematics of Projectiles in Sport</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mestre, Neville de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The mathematical theory underlying many sporting activities is of considerable interest to both applied mathematicians and sporting enthusiasts alike. Here Professor de Mestre presents a rigorous account of the techniques applied to the motion of projectiles. This equips the reader for the final section of the book in which an enlightening collection of sporting applications is considered, ranging from soccer to table-tennis and high-jump to frisbees. The presentation should be accessible to most undergraduate science students and provides an ideal setting for the development of mathematical modelling techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98572/cover/9780521398572.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Roberto Rossellini</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bondanella, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Roberto Rossellini traces the career of one of the most influential Italian filmmakers through close analysis of the seven films that mark important turning points in his evolution: The Man with a Cross (1943), Open City (1945), Paisan (1946), The Machine to Kill Bad People (1948-52), Voyage in Italy (1953), General della Rovere (1959) and The Rise to Power of Louis XIV (1966).  Beginning with Rossellini's work within the fascist cinema, it discusses his invention of neorealism, a new cinematic style that resulted in several classics during the immediate postwar period. Almost immediately, however, Rossellini's continually evolving style moved beyond mere social realism to reveal other aspects of the camera's gaze, as is apparent in the films he made with Ingrid Bergman during the 1950s; though unpopular, these works had a tremendous impact on the French New Wave critics and directors. Rossellini's late career marks a return to his nonrealist period, now critically reexamined, in such works as the commercially successful General della Rovere, and his eventual turn to the creation of didactic films for television.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98664/cover/9780521398664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Scandinavian Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Lise-Lone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theatrical heritage from which both Ibsen and Strindberg sprang is rich in tradition and achievement. This study of the history and development of theatre in Scandinavia examines dominant styles and trends in various periods, from the earliest performances in the Middle Ages to the provocative productions and experiments of the present day. It also demonstrates that the manifest vitality of theatrical activity in the three Nordic countries has depended on a vigorous interaction with European theatre at large. By the second half of the nineteenth century, as Ibsen and Strindberg began their rise to international prominence, Scandinavian theatre came to occupy a more dominant position in the wider European framework. In our own day, more forcefully than ever before, major Scandinavian stage directors and designers have continued to influence the shape and outlook of contemporary theatre as a whole. This book provides a balanced and authoritative account of the theatrical history of all three Scandinavian countries. It is generously illustrated and comprehensively documented, with an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98671/cover/9780521398671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on White Noise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentricchia, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>White Noise, the story of a professor of Hitler Studies and his family was DeLillo's breakthrough book and has received much attention and critical acclaim. In the introduction to this volume, Frank Lentricchia provides an overview of the critical reception of the novel and examines it in the context of other works by Don DeLillo. The other essays in the volume discuss DeLillo's view of family and divorce, Hitler's role in the twentieth century, technology as a mortal threat, and postmodern America. This collection offers suggestive means by which to approach DeLillo's important contemporary work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98930/cover/9780521398930.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521398975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521398975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521398978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Georges Bizet: Carmen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521398978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClary, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bizet's Carmen is probably the best known opera of the standard repertoire, yet its very familiarity often prevents us from approaching it with the seriousness it deserves. This handbook explores the opera in a number of contexts, bringing to the surface the controversies over gender, race, class and musical propriety that greeted its premiere and that have been rekindled by the recent spate of film versions. Beginning with a study of the M&#233;rim&#233;e story by Peter Robinson and an examination of the social tensions in nineteenth-century France that inform both that story and the opera, the book traces the latter through its genesis and reception. The central core of the book presents a close reading of the opera that offers new interpretive possibilities. The handbook concludes with discussions of four films based on the opera: Carmen Jones and the versions of Carmen by Carlos Saura, Peter Brook, and Francesco Rosi. The volume contains a bibliography, music examples, and a synopsis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/98978/cover/9780521398978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Filming Shakespeare's Plays</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Adaptations of Laurence Olivier, Orson Welles, Peter Brook and Akira Kurosawa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare's plays provide wonderfully challenging material for the film maker. While acknowledging that dramatic experiences for theatre and cinema audiences are significantly different, this book reveals some of the special qualities of cinema's dramatic language in the film adaptations of Shakespeare's plays by four directors - Laurence Olivier, Orson Welles, Peter Brook and Akira Kurosawa - each of whom has a distinctly different approach to a film representation. Davies begins his study with a comparison of theatrical and cinematic space showing that the dramatic resources of cinema are essentially spatial. The central chapters focus on Laurence Olivier's Henry V, Hamlet and Richard III; Orson Welles' Macbeth, Othello and Chimes at Midnight; Peter Brook's King Lear and Akira Kurosawa's Throne of Blood. Davies discusses the dramatic problems posed by the source plays for these films for the film maker and he examines how these films influenced later theatrical stagings. He concludes with an examination of the demands that distinguish the work of the Shakespearean stage actor from that of his counterpart in film.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99135/cover/9780521399135.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900903</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rock Music</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture, Aesthetics and Sociology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wicke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fogg, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rock music - powerful, sensual, loud and full of energy. It has changed the face of modern music. But what is its fascination for, and its significance in contemporary society and what cultural values does it reflect? Peter Wicke addresses these issues in a stimulating and penetrating study of rock music tracing the genesis and influence of this diverse strand of popular music. Beginning with the advent of rock 'n' roll, Wicke chronicles the development through Elvis Presley and the Beatles to the current music industry, its performers, and the impact of the music video. The book will appeal to readers with an interest in music history, popular culture, and media studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99142/cover/9780521399142.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900806</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>True Love and Bartholomew</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rebels on the Burmese Border</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falla, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Falla, a nurse and prizewinning playwright, spent an illegal year living with the Karen rebels. His richly illustrated account of life in the Burmese jungle creates an evocative portrait of a people fighting to preserve their way of life. The Karen, one of Burma's many minority peoples, have been waging an increasingly desperate war for autonomy against the Burmese government since 1949. Burma's 'closed door' policies have prevented any close study of Karen society since the 1920s and more recent writers have been forced to concentrate on Karen refugee communities in Thailand. Discussing all aspects of Karen life, this is no ordinary anthropological study but a highly personalized account. Based on the lives of individual Karen there are chapters on music, food, love, the patterns of forest and river life, on women, language, weaponry and mercenaries, and on the symbols of rebel nationalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99203/cover/9780521399203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pace of Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, K. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The mechanisms of macroevolutionary change have long been a contentious issue. Palaeoecological evidence, presented in this book, shows that evolutionary processes visible in ecological time do not build up into macroevolutionary trends, contrary to Darwin's original thesis. The author discusses how climatic oscillations on ice-age time-scales are paced by variations in the Earth's orbit, and have thus been a permanent feature of Earth history. There is, however, little evidence for macroevolutionary change in response to these climatic changes, suggesting that over geological time macroevolution does not occur as a result of accumulated short term processes. These conclusions are used to construct a post-modern evolutionary synthesis in which evolution and ecology play an equal role. Written by a leading palaeoecologist, this book will be of interest to researchers in both ecology and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99210/cover/9780521399210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139922X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139922X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Attractors for Semi-groups and Evolution Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ladyzhenskaya, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an expansion of the highly successful lectures given by Professor Ladyzhenskaya at the University of Rome, 'La Sapienza', under the auspices of the Accademia dei Lencei. The lectures were devoted to questions of the behaviour of trajectories for semi-groups of non-linear bounded continuous operators in a locally non-compact metric space and for solutions of abstract evolution equations. The latter contain many boundaries value problems for partial differential equations of a dissipative type. Professor Ladyzhenskaya was an internationally renowned mathematician and her lectures attracted large audiences. These notes reflect the high calibre of her lectures and should prove essential reading for anyone interested in partial differential equations and dynamical systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99227/cover/9780521399227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Symphony No. 9</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beethoven's Ninth Symphony is acknowledged as one of the supreme masterpieces of the Western tradition. More than any other musical work it has become an international symbol of unity and affirmation. Yet early critics rejected it as cryptic and eccentric, the product of a deaf and ageing composer. Nicholas Cook's guide charts the dramatic transformation in the reception of this work. The story begins in Vienna, with the responses of listeners at the first performance, and ends in contemporary China and Japan, where the symphony has acquired diametrically opposed interpretations. The account embraces many of the major figures of nineteenth- and twentieth-century music, among them Wagner and Schenker. Including an account of the sketches, an examination of the performance tradition, and a suggested new interpretation, this book opens up new dimensions in our understanding of Beethoven's last symphony.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99241/cover/9780521399241.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authenticity in Performance: Eighteenth-Century Case Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huray, Peter Le</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last ten years or so an interest in 'authenticity' has reached a wide public. Many of the best-selling records of Bach, Handel, Haydn and Mozart are those in which period techniques and period instruments are used. There is however a danger that new 'authentic' dogmas of style and interpretation will come to replace the anachronistic dogmas of the late romantic tradition. 'The search for an 'authentic' interpretation',  writes Peter le Huray in his opening chapter, 'is not the search for a single hard and fast answer, but for a range of possibilities from which to make performing decisions.' This book introduces the performer to the problems that must be faced when preparing an 'authentic' interpretation. It does so by focusing on nine representative and well-known works from the Baroque and Classical periods, defining some of the more important questions that the performer and listener should ask, and suggesting fruitful lines of enquiry. It is essential reading and reference material for player, student and listener alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99265/cover/9780521399265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fichte's Theory of Subjectivity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neuhouser, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book in English to elucidate the central issues in the work of Johann Gottlieb Fichte (1762-1814), a figure crucial to the movement of philosophy from Kant to German idealism. The book explains Fichte's notion of subjectivity and how his particular view developed out of Kant's accounts of theoretical and practical reason. Fichte argued that the subject has a self-positing structure which distinguishes it from a thing or an object. Thus, the subject must be understood as an activity rather than a thing and is self-constituting in a way that an object is not. In the final chapter, Professor Neuhouser considers how this doctrine of the self-positing subject enables us to understand the possibility of the self's autonomy, or self-determination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99388/cover/9780521399388.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Illustrated Dictionary of Natural History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boxshall, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Roberta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>&#8226; 10,000 entries on plants, animals, micro-organisms and fossils &#8226; Complete and up-to-date taxonomic coverage &#8226; Authoritative background information on habitat, feeding, reproductive strategies, behaviour and physiology &#8226; Handy reference charts giving biogeographical areas, geological time scales, ocean currents, and schemes of zonation and scaling &#8226; Over 700 informative illustrations</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99418/cover/9780521399418.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Continuous and Discrete Modules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mohamed, Saad H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;ller, Bruno J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Continuous and discrete modules are, essentially, generalizations of infective and projective modules respectively. Continuous modules provide an appropriate setting for decomposition theory of von Neumann algebras and have important applications to C*-algebras. Discrete modules constitute a dual concept and are related to number theory and algebraic geometry: they possess perfect decomposition properties. The advantage of both types of module is that the Krull-Schmidt theorem can be applied, in part, to them. The authors present here a complete account of the subject and at the same time give a unified picture of the theory. The treatment is essentially self-contained, with background facts being summarized in the first chapter. This book will be useful therefore either to individuals beginning research, or the more experienced worker in algebra and representation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99753/cover/9780521399753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900423</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berg: Violin Concerto</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Described by Aaron Copland as 'among the finest creations in the modern repertoire', Alban Berg's Violin Concerto has become a twentieth-century classic. In this authoritative and highly readable guide to the work the reader is introduced not only to the concerto itself but to all that surrounded and determined its composition. This is a book about musical culture in the 1930s, about the Second Viennese School, about tonality, atonality and serialism, about Berg's own musical development, compositional method and the private significance the Violin Concerto held for him. The book describes the genesis of the work, its performance history and critical reception and, in two detailed musical chapters, provides a section-by-section account of the book and a closer analysis of the musical language and structure. Anthony Pople's ability to combine musical anecdote with scholarly discussion makes this guide compelling reading for the amateur and the specialist alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99760/cover/9780521399760.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Virtuoso Flute-Player</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tromlitz, Johann George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Ardal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadidian, Eileen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an English translation of Tutor for Playing the Flute (1791) by Johann George Tromlitz. The most explicit of the eighteenth-century tutors for flute-playing, it now serves as a record of instrumental practice as well as a useful guide to the performance of German classical music. The Tutor covers all aspects of flute playing, including intonation, articulation, flute maintenance, posture and breathing, dynamics, ornaments, musical style, cadenzas, and the construction of the flute. This edition will be an indispensable manual for players of baroque and modern flutes, and the information it contains will be invaluable for all musicians, students, and specialists interested in the historically informed performance of German classical music. The text is annotated with critical notes and all of the original music examples are newly printed in modern notation. The volume also contains a fingering chart and a historical introduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry of Low-Dimensional Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is based on lecture courses and seminars given at the LMS Durham Symposium on the geometry of low-dimensional manifolds. This area has been one of intense research during the 1990s, with major breakthroughs that have illuminated the way a number of different subjects interact (for example: topology, differential and algebraic geometry and mathematical physics). The workshop brought together a number of distinguished figures to give lecture courses and seminars in these subjects; the volume that has resulted is the only expository source for much of the material, and will be essential for all research workers in geometry and mathematical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99784/cover/9780521399784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reference and Computation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Applied Philosophy of Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronfeld, Amichai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with a major problem in the study of language: the problem of reference.  The ease with which we refer to things in conversation is deceptive.  Upon closer scrutiny, it turns out that we hardly ever tell each other explicitly what object we mean, although we expect our interlocutor to discern it.  Amichai Kronfeld provides an answer to two questions associated with this: how do we successfully refer, and how can a computer be programmed to achieve this?   Beginning with the major theories of reference, Dr Kronfeld provides a consistent philosophical view which is a synthesis of Frege's and Russell's semantic insights with Grice's and Searle's pragmatic theories.  This leads to a set of guiding principles, which are then applied to a computational model of referring.   The discussion is made accessible to readers from a number of backgrounds: in particular, students and researchers in the areas of computational linguistics, artificial intelligence and the philosophy of language will want to read this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99821/cover/9780521399821.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139984X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139984X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Wave Processes in Acoustics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naugolnykh, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostrovsky, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The investigation of nonlinear phenomena in acoustics has a rich history stretching back to the mechanical physical sciences in the nineteenth century. The study of nonlinear phenomena, such as explosions and jet engines, prompted the sharp growth of interest in nonlinear acoustic phenomena. The authors consider models of different 'acoustic' media as well as equations and behaviour of finite-amplitude waves. Consideration is given to the effects of nonlinearity, dissipation, dispersion, and for two- and three-dimensional problems, reflection and diffraction upon the evolution and interaction of acoustic beams. This book will be of interest not only to specialists in acoustics, but also to a wide audience of mathematicians, physicists, and engineers working on nonlinear waves in various physical systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99845/cover/9780521399845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poet's Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Crisis in American Verse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fredman, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poet's Prose is the first scholarly work devoted exclusively to American prose poetry and has been recognised as a pioneering study in contemporary American poetry. Many recent American poets have been writing prose; Fredman has set out to determine why and what it means. Three central works of American poets' prose are discussed in detail: William Carlos Williams' Kora in Hell, Robert Creeley's Presences, and John Ashbery's Three Poems. In these chapters, Fredman both demonstrates how to read these difficult works and examines their philosophical seriousness. In a final chapter and a new epilogue, he discusses the newest trends in contemporary poetry, the 'talk poems' of David Antin and the prose of the Language poets, in which poet's prose forms an important aspect of the 'theoretical poetry' now being written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99944/cover/9780521399944.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Haydn: String Quartets, Op. 50</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutcliffe, W. Dean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Op. 50 string quartets contain some of the purest writing Haydn ever accomplished. In this first full account of these six quartets Dean Sutcliffe evaluates the Op. 50 in relation to Haydn's more frequently performed quartets and considers their relevance to the composer's wider output. A lucid and accessible discussion of the music emphasises the unity of each quartet: not only motivic unity, but unity also of texture, articulation, harmony and syntax. Each quartet is described in detail. The informative background provided by Dr Sutcliffe includes a brief history of the string quartet, and an assessment of Haydn's earlier works in this genre and of his role at Esterhaza. The description of the composition and publication of the Op. 50 quartets is based on the evidence of Haydn's surviving letters and the recently discovered autograph copies of Nos. 3 to 6 - a discovery which is vividly documented here for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99951/cover/9780521399951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052139998X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052139998X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Change in Modern France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards a Cultural Anthropology of the Fifth Republic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendras, Henri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social Change in Modern France is concerned with the radical transformations which have taken place within French society since the mid-twentieth century. The authors contended that these changes constitute a revolution in French affairs as important as that of 1789. From the late 1950s onwards, the traditional social structures of the Third Republic have been transformed: peasantry and bourgeoisie have disappeared or mutated; the great national institutions of church, army, trade unions and schools have declined or severely weakened, and a late and rapid industrialisation has wrought profound economic changes. Even the French Communist Party has become a virtual irrelevance. All these institutions, so characteristic of French society throughout the Third Republic, have now ceased to be the object of major conflicts and tensions. In their stead local institutions, voluntary associations and the family have acquired a renewed strength and serve as the basic network for social relations and social life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99982/cover/9780521399982.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521399998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521399998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521399999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperation and Prosocial Behaviour</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521399999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinde, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groebel, Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H. R. H. The Princess Royal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An increasing number of people accept competitiveness as a basis for living. However, while competitiveness may have its place, cooperation is more important in many contexts, and interpersonal relationships are the most important elements in our lives. This is true not only of individuals, but also of groups and nations. In this book, prominent authors have come together to consider the nature of cooperation and prosocial behaviour at levels of social complexity ranging from the individual to the international. Successive sections cover key topics such as the relations between cooperation in animals and humans; the development of prosocial propensities in humans; aspects of the situation and of personality that increase the probability that individuals will behave prosocially; the relationships between trust, cooperation and commitment; and cooperation between groups and nations. Case studies illustrating the important issue of international cooperation are also included. The chapters are integrated by a series of useful editorials which emphasise that a full understanding of cooperation and prosocial behaviour requires us to move between different levels of social complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/99999/cover/9780521399999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Long Distance Anaphora</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koster, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reuland, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are a number of persistent anomalies in binding theory. One is the lack of an integrated view of long distance anaphora. Anaphors generally require an antecedent, but languages have been shown to show striking differences as to where such antecedents may occur. This volume is a collection of original articles by distinguished contributors on the nature of anaphoric systems in a wide variety of genetically and structurally different languages, and it examines the general laws underlying the apparent diversity of data from the perspective of current linguistic theory. There is a surprising degree of convergence in the analyses proposed. A substantive introduction summarises and discusses the main results, providing an integrative picture of individual and common results. This is the first representative collection of articles on this important topic. It is both conceptually coherent and of real theoretical importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00008/cover/9780521400008.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry of Low-Dimensional Manifolds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Symplectic Manifolds and Jones-Witten Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is based on lecture courses and seminars given at the LMS Durham Symposium on the geometry of low-dimensional manifolds. This area has been one of intense research recently, with major breakthroughs that have illuminated the way a number of different subjects interact (for example: topology, differential and algebraic geometry and mathematical physics). The workshop brought together a number of distinguished figures to give lecture courses and seminars in these subjects; the volume that has resulted is the only expository source for much of the material, and will be essential for all research workers in geometry and mathematical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Egalitarians - Human and Chimpanzee</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological View of Social Organization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Power, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative book challenges the perceived view, based largely on long observation of artificially-fed chimpanzees in Gombe and Mahale National Parks, Tanzania, of the typical social behaviour of chimpanzees as aggressive, dominance seeking, and fiercely territorial. In polar opposition, all reports from naturalistic (non-feeding) field studies are of non-aggressive chimpanzees living peacefully in non-hierarchical groups, on home ranges open to all. These reports have been ignored and downgraded by most of the scientific community. By utilising the data from these studies the author is able to construct a model of an egalitarian form of social organisation, based on a fluid role relationship of mutual dependence between many charismatic chimpanzees of both sexes and other more dependent members. This highly and necessarily positive mutual dependence system is characteristic of both (undisturbed) chimpanzees and (undisturbed) humans who live by the 'immediate-return' foraging system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00169/cover/9780521400169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dhuoda, Handbook for her Warrior Son</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liber Manualis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thi&#233;baux, Marcelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Liber Manualis is a distinctive guidebook to conduct and survival in tumultuous times written by a Carolingian mother for her adolescent son. This edition provides a complete translation in English, accompanied by the Latin original. Advancing views of Dhuoda's individuality and mindset, her possible models and intended readership, the introduction places her handbook within the context of French and Germanic literary traditions. Explanatory references illuminate the life and work of this remarkable and well-educated ninth-century woman. Often called the first Western treatise of childhood education, the Liber Manualis forefronts the name and voice of a courageous mother, whose moral position remains unique in a patriarchal society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00190/cover/9780521400190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Victorian Achievement of Sir Henry Maine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Centennial Reappraisal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diamond, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Victorian Achievement of Sir Henry Maine some of the world's leading scholars, in a wide range of disciplines, come together to consider the extraordinary achievement of Sir Henry Maine, sometime Master of Trinity Hall, Cambridge (1877-1888) and one of the most powerful and original minds of the Victorian age. The disciplinary range and scholarly stature of the contributors is itself testimony to the fascination of Maine's work which, after a period of relative neglect, is now recognized as a unique and fecund contribution to the development of social scientific study. The book is divided into four sections, dealing with the principal strands of Maine's life and writing, viz. his views on social and political progress, his anthropological and social scientific works, his legal and jurisprudential thought and finally his writings on Indian affairs, the product (in part) of his experiences as the legal member of Council of the Governor-General from 1862 to 1869.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00237/cover/9780521400237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finance and Financiers in European History 1880-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassis, Youssef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major 'state of the art' survey, a highly distinguished team of contributors addresses the complex and crucial role of finance in European history during the period 1880-1960. Throughout the volume a comparative, global perspective is used in the analysis of a problem that may in fact be perceived at four levels. Firstly, the economic: what was the weight of the financial sector in a given economy? Secondly, the social: what was the specific position of the financial &#233;lites in society? Thirdly, the political: what was the impact of financial interests in politics? And finally the international: how was Europe's position as the 'world's banker' established, then gradually eroded?. Six European countries (the UK, France, Germany, Belgium, Sweden and Switzerland) are singled out for particular attention, and the rise of extra-European centres of financial power (notably USA and Japan) is considered in an extended concluding section. Both subjects and authors are truly international, and Finance and Financiers in European History makes a substantial contribution to an area of economic activity that is returning forcefully to the historical agenda.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00244/cover/9780521400244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mughal and Rajput Painting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beach, Milo Cleveland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mughals - descendants of Timur and Genghiz Khan with strong cultural ties to the Persian world - seized political power in north India in 1526 and became the most important artistically active Muslim dynasty on the subcontinent. In this richly illustrated book, Dr Milo Beach shows how, between 1555 and 1630 in particular, Mughal patronage of the arts was incessant and radically innovative for the Indian context. The Mughals also profoundly altered the character of painting in the Hindu areas of north India over which they ruled. These initially independent territories belonged to Rajputs, Hindus of the warrior caste. The author reveals how Mughal painting was defined by the styles popular at the imperial court, whereas Pajput painting consisted of many local court styles, corresponding to the various Hindu kingdoms, each with different tastes and artistic inspirations. Deeply rooted in Indian artistic traditions, Rajput paintings were also closely allied to imagery popular with Indian villagers and to works made for temple use throughout the subcontinent. By reproducing nearly 200 examples in this study, Milo Beach traces the interplay of the traditions of Mughal and Rajput painting from the sixteenth to nineteenth centuries. He demonstrates the tolerance each showed towards outside influence and change and thus helps to define a uniquely Indian attitude towards the arts. The author also expands his narrative by listing, in an appendix, important dated manuscripts and related publications. Mughal and Rajput Painting makes a major contribution to the study of north Indian painting. This work will be widely read by students and specialists of art history, Indian history and South Asian studies as well as by anyone interested in Indian art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00275/cover/9780521400275.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Holes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luminet, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Black holes are undoubtedly one of the most fascinating discoveries of modern astronomy, and their description one of the most daring intellectual feats of modern times. They have already become legendary, forming the basis of many myths, fantasies and science fiction movies. Are they really the monsters which devour light and stars; bottomless celestial pits into which all matter is sucked and crushed? Are they an observable reality, or are they just hypothetical objects from the theory of relativity? In answering such questions the author takes us on a fabulous journey through space and time. Dr Jean-Pierre Luminet is an astronomer at Meudon Observatory in France, a specialist on the subject of black holes, and has also acquired a reputation for being a gifted writer and communicator. In this book he makes the subject of black holes accessible to any interested reader, who will need no mathematical background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00299/cover/9780521400299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unemployment: A Problem of Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analysis of British Experience and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worswick, G. D. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The high level of unemployment in Britain in the 1980s led many people to believe that it would continue indefinitely, and many arguments were advanced to explain it. After a preliminary examination of the statistics of employment and unemployment in Britain, this book exposes the major factors determining their trends as a basis for considering the likely developments and policy options. The study covers most of the explanations found in academic debate as well as in popular belief, drawing on a wide range of empirical research, including systematic international comparisons as well as case studies of particular interest. The analysis is carried out under four main headings: structural change; the wage question; macroeconomic policy; and the international dimension. Innovation and structural changes have a powerful influence on the pattern and volume of employment, and particular attention is paid to the effects of information technology, to the persistence of regional disparities in unemployment, and to changing patterns in the provision of jobs. Of the many links between wages and employment, two have been especially prominent. First, that unemployment is caused by real wages being too high; and second, that the problem lies in the tendency for nominal wages to rise too fast. Both theories are explored, and detailed attention is paid to policy prescriptions, including wage subsidies, profit sharing and incomes policy. Macroeconomic policy has become a matter of acute controversy. Taking a preliminary assumption of a close economy, the conclusion is reached that demand management remains effective, and that it was rather a change in the objectives of policy than any ineffectiveness of demand management which kept unemployment high in the 1980s. There follows an analysis of the situations in which the international dimension may help or hinder domestic employment policy, with special reference to the European Community. The book concludes with a consideration of the practicability of the different policies which emerge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00343/cover/9780521400343.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Codex Bezae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Early Christian Manuscript and its Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Codex Bezae is one of the most important primary sources in New Testament scholarship. Together with Codex Alexandrinus and Codex Vaticanus it represents one of our most significant links back to the early Church and its origins. Since its rediscovery in the sixteenth century, the riddles posed by its general appearance and its textual characteristics have continued to fascinate scholars, and David Parker here offers a comprehensive study of Codex Bezae. This book aims to cast light on the story behind this most enigmatic of manuscripts. Data are presented here that makes possible a reconstruction of the stages of copying from which the manuscript descends. An appraisal of the earliest correctors of the Codex enables the author to extend his picture of its history to the medieval period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00374/cover/9780521400374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constitutional Change in the Commonwealth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zines, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a contribution to comparative constitutional law and deals with important changes in the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia and New Zealand, the original members of the present Commonwealth of Nations. It is based on lectures delivered at the University of Cambridge. The first lecture discusses the development in recent years of the constitutional autonomy of Canada, Australia and New Zealand, and its effect on the constitutions of those countries and on the concept of the 'crown'. The second lecture is concerned with methods to entrench, constitutionally, individual and democratic rights. The final lecture contrasts judicial attitudes to the interpretation of the constitutions of Canada and Australia. The conclusion is reached that although the EEC is not a federation, there is a structural similarity between the distribution of governmental power within the Community and its members, and the federal issues that arise in Canada, Australia and other federations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00398/cover/9780521400398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nets, Terms and Formulas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Views of Concurrent Processes and their Relationship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olderog, E. -R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author presents a theory of concurrent processes where three different semantic description methods that are usually studied in isolation are brought together. Petri nets describe processes as concurrent and interacting machines; algebraic process terms describe processes as abstract concurrent processes; and logical formulas specify the intended communication behaviour of processes. At the heart of this theory are two sets of transformation rules for the top-down design of concurrent processes. The first set can be used to transform stepwise logical formulas into process terms, whilst process terms can be transformed into Petri nets by the second set. These rules are based on novel techniques for the operational and denotational semantics of concurrent processes. Various results and relationships between nets, terms and formulas starting with formulas and illustrated by examples. The use of transformations is demonstrated in a series of case studies, and the author also identifies directions for future research. The book is written for graduate students and researchers in computer science; the author assumes a basic understanding of mathematical terminology, predicate logic and programming, but develops the semantic concepts used in a self-contained manner. The core of the material can be used for a one-semester course on concurrent processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00442/cover/9780521400442.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patients, Power and the Poor in Eighteenth-Century Bristol</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fissell, Mary E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In early modern England, housewives, clergymen, bloodletters, herb women, and patients told authoritative tales about the body. By the end of the eighteenth century, however, medicine had begun to drown out these voices. This book uses patients' perspectives to argue that changes in the relationship between rich and poor underlay this rise in medicine's authority. In a detailed examination of health, healing, and poor relief in eighteenth-century Bristol, the author shows how the experiences of the hospitalized urban poor laid the foundations for modern doctor-patient encounters. Within the hospital, charity patients were denied the power to interpret their own illnesses, as control of the institution shifted from lay patrons to surgeons. Outside the hospital, reforms of popular culture stigmatized ordinary people's ideas about their own bodies. Popular medicine became working-class medicine, associated with superstition and political unrest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00473/cover/9780521400473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Pneuma, and Tranquillity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epicurean and Stoic Themes in European Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osler, Margaret J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the influence that Epicureanism and Stoicism, two philosophies of nature and human nature articulated during classical times, exerted on the development of European thought to the Enlightenment. Although the influence of these philosophies has often been noted in certain areas, such as the influence of Stoicism on the development of Christian thought and the influence of Epicureanism on modern materialism, the chapters in this volume contribute a new awareness of the degree to which these philosophies and their continued interaction informed European intellectual life well into early modern times. The influence of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophies in the areas of literature, philosophy, theology, and science are considered. Many thinkers continue to perceive these philosophies as significant alternatives for understanding the human and natural worlds. Having become incorporated into the canon of philosophical alternatives, Epicureanism and Stoicism continued to exert identifiable influences on scientific and philosophical thought at least until the middle of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00480/cover/9780521400480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140049X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140049X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French Paracelsians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chemical Challenge to Medical and Scientific Tradition in Early Modern France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Debus, Allen George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>265</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scientific revolution of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries is normally characterised in terms of astronomy and the physics of motion. In The French Paracelsians, Allen Debus narrates an important episode whose contribution to the scientific revolution has been largely ignored: the long-standing contention between Paracelsians and Galenists. Shortly after the medical authority of Galen had been re-established during the Renaissance, Paracelsus, a Swiss-German firebrand, proposed a new approach to natural philosophy and medicine - through chemistry. The resulting debate between Paracelsians and Galenists lasted more than a century, embroiling medical establishments across Europe. In France the debate was particularly bitter, with the Medical Faculty in Paris determined to keep out of all fields of chemistry medicine. Debus elucidates this important polemic, not only in regard to Paracelsian pharmaceutical chemistry and clinical cosmology, but also the development of chemical physiology, and its struggle with seventeenth-century medicine dominated by mechanical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00497/cover/9780521400497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerging Visions of the Aesthetic Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Psychology, Semiology, and Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cupchik, Gerald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#225;szl&#243;, Janos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about aesthetic processes and play from the perspectives of psychologists, philosophers and semiologists. They explore the underlying processes from many viewpoints, including the prehistoric roots of language and art; the historical evolution of artistic styles; the structure of artworks from both gestalt and semiotic perspectives; the biological and psychological processes underlying production and appreciation; personality in relation to artistic style; the testing and measurement of art-related skills; as well as neurobiological, developmental and individual growth perspectives on play activity. The book will be of interest to scholars who want to understand the many ways that aesthetic process can be conceptualized. Not only does it offer a broad basis for discussion, but it also stimulates scholars and students to consider where the study of aesthetic process is heading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00510/cover/9780521400510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140052X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140052X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motivation and Personality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Handbook of Thematic Content Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Charles P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>728</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motivation and Personality is the first book to be devoted to content analysis systems for assessment of characteristics of the individuals, groups, or historical periods which create verbal materials. Manuals for using the various systems, research regarding the background of the systems and practice materials are included to create a book which is both a work of reference and a handbook.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00527/cover/9780521400527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>370.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coal, Steel, and the Rebirth of Europe, 1945-1955</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Germans and French from Ruhr Conflict to Economic Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillingham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first large-scale historical investigation of the critical first stage of European integration, the creation of the European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC). John Gillingham discusses the thirty year Franco-German struggle for heavy industry mastery in Western Europe, describes the dreams and schemes of Jean Monnet, who designed the heavy industry pool, reveals the American vision that inspired his work, and discloses how his transatlantic partners used their great authority to assure its completion. Gillingham also lays bare the operating mechanisms of the coal-steel pool, showing that contrary to the hopes of Monnet and his supporters, the ECSC restored rather than reformed the European economy, leaving as a legacy not a detrustified industry, but one still dominated by the giant producers of the Ruhr.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00596/cover/9780521400596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United States as a Developing Country</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in U.S. History in the Progressive Era and the 1920s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sklar, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of the United States is in crucial respects the history of a developing country, not only in its transition from agricultural and commercial colonies to an industrial nation, but in modern times and the foreseeable future as well. The seven studies are primarily concerned with the United States as a developing country in the early twentieth century, evolving from a competitive stage of capitalism to a corporate stage, and from an industrial to a 'postindustrial' society. The chapters treat the emergence and early phases of corporate capitalism and their implications for domestic affairs and foreign relations, the origins and character of corporate liberalism, the pivotal role of Woodrow Wilson in these areas, and the emergence of postindustrial trends. They also explore some critical linkages among economic, political, and cultural developments, in tracing parallels among Henry Adams in the Progressive Era, the 'Young Intellectuals' of the twenties, and the New Left in the sixties. The studies also address broader interpretive and philosophical questions such as theory and factuality, periodization and historiography, mode of production and social change, as well as the interplay in human affairs of the transhistorical and the historical, the artistic and the political, contingency and determinism, freedom and necessity, and the intermixture of capitalism, socialism, and liberalism in the making of modern US society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00602/cover/9780521400602.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante: De vulgari eloquentia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botterill, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>De vulgari eloquentia, written by Dante in the early years of the fourteenth century, is the only known work of medieval literary theory to have been produced by a practising poet, and the first to assert the intrinsic superiority of living, vernacular languages over Latin. Its opening consideration of language as a sign-system includes foreshadowings of twentieth-century semiotics, and later sections contain the first serious effort at literary criticism based on close analytical reading since the classical era. Steven Botterill here offers an accurate Latin text and a readable English translation of the treatise, together with notes and introductory material, thus making available a work which is relevant not only to Dante's poetry and the history of Italian literature, but to our whole understanding of late medieval poetics, linguistics, and literary practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00640/cover/9780521400640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140066X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140066X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Efficiency and Economy in Animal Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blake, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is often confusion over the meaning and usage of terms such as efficiency, economy, effectiveness, optimization and perfection in biology. This book defines and discusses these concepts within a broad evolutionary perspective and considers how evolutionary pressures can affect the economy and efficiency of animals. Chapters consider biomaterials, skeletal systems, muscular function, aquatic and terrestrial locomotion, and cardiovascular systems. The result is a book of interest to all biologists, particularly those working in the field of comparative physiology and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00664/cover/9780521400664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Polynomials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheil-Small, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the geometric theory of polynomials and rational functions in the plane. Any theory in the plane should make full use of the complex numbers and thus the early chapters build the foundations of complex variable theory, melding together ideas from algebra, topology and analysis. In fact, throughout the book, the author introduces a variety of ideas and constructs theories around them, incorporating much of the classical theory of polynomials as he proceeds. These ideas are used to study a number of unsolved problems, bearing in mind that such problems indicate the current limitations of our knowledge and present challenges for the future. However, theories also lead to solutions of some problems and several such solutions are given including a comprehensive account of the geometric convolution theory. This is an ideal reference for graduate students and researchers working in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00688/cover/9780521400688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: The 'Jupiter' Symphony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sisman, Elaine R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This guide to Mozart's last and most celebrated symphony explores the historical background and aesthetic context of the work as well as the music itself. The early chapters examine the expectations of the symphony in Mozart's Vienna, Mozart's career in 1788 - the year of the three last symphonies - and the changing reception of the 'Jupiter' over the subsequent two hundred years. A separate chapter is then devoted to each movement of the symphony with musical discussion illuminated by a broad array of topics. Finally, a lucid exposition of rhetoric reveals the connections between elevated and learned styles and the sublime, enabling the reader to grasp the effect Mozart's music had upon his contemporaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00695/cover/9780521400695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strauss: Also sprach Zarathustra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Strauss's tone poem Also sprach Zarathustra is one of his most controversial works. Its greatest popularity has been achieved when its connection with Nietzsche's book of the same name has seemed less relevant than its associations with Kubrick's film 2001 - A Space Odyssey.  Although its early  critical reception was mixed, it is nowadays one of the staples of the virtuoso orchestra, and a standard demonstration piece for innovations in recording technique. Its opening bars have become a kind of icon independent of the rest of the work. This guide examines the intellectual background of the work and considers ways in which it has been received by composers and writers, notably Romain Rolland and Bartok. It also discusses the musical background of Liszt and Wagner which gave rise to the genre, 'tone poem', and provides an analysis of several aspects of Strauss's musical language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00763/cover/9780521400763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of the Modern Greek Family</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Marriage and Exchange in Nineteenth-Century Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassia, Paul Sant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bada, Constantina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study deals with a specific set of institutions in nineteenth-century Athens. Relying on matrimonial contracts, travellers' accounts, memoirs and popular literature, the authors show how distinctive forms of marriage, kinship and property transmission evolved in Athens in the nineteenth century. These forms then became a feature of wider Greek society which continued into the twentieth century. Greece was the first post-colonial modern nation state in Europe whose national identity was created largely by peasants who had migrated to the city. As Athenian society became less agrarian, a new mercantile group superseded and incorporated previous elites and went on to dominate and control the new resources of the nation state. Such groups developed their own, more mobile, systems of property transmission, mostly in response to external pressures of a political and economic character. This is a persuasive piece of detective work, full of brilliant insights, which has advanced our knowledge of modern Greece. It is a model for scholarship on the development of family and other 'intimate' ideologies where nation states encroach upon local consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00817/cover/9780521400817.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prosecution and Punishment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Petty Crime and the Law in London and Rural Middlesex, c.1660-1725</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoemaker, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The law was one of the most potent sources of authority and stability in early modern England. Historians, however, have argued over whether the discretion and flexibility embodied in the judicial system was used as a method of social control, and by focusing their attention on felonies and on the action of the protagonists in judicial decisions they have tended to ignore rich sources of information concerning attitudes towards and experiences of the law. Misdemeanour prosecutions affected many more people (and a broader social variety of participants) than felony prosecutions, and in their choice of methods of prosecution both victims and Justices of the Peace exercised considerably greater flexibility in responding to petty crimes than they did with felonies. This book examines the day-to-day operation of the criminal justice system in Middlesex from the point of view of plaintiffs and defendants, and offers an assessment of the social significance of the law in pre-industrial England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00824/cover/9780521400824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140083X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140083X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Immorality in Ancient Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Catharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the question not how immoral the ancient Romans were but why the literature they produced is so preoccupied with immorality. The modern image of immoral Rome derives from ancient accounts which are largely critical rather than celebratory. Far from being empty commonplaces these accusations constituted a powerful discourse through which Romans negotiated conflicts and tensions in their social and political order. This study proceeds by a detailed examination of a wide range of ancient texts (all of which are translated), exploring the dynamics of their rhetoric, as well as the ends to which they were deployed. Roman moralising discourse, the author suggests, may be seen as especially concerned with the articulation of anxieties about gender, social status and political power. Individual chapters focus on adultery, effeminacy, the immorality of the Roman theatre, luxurious buildings and the dangers of pleasure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00831/cover/9780521400831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bilharzia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Imperial Tropical Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>371</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMRT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advent of tropical medicine was a direct consequence of European and American imperialism, when military personnel, colonial administrators, businessmen, and settlers encountered a new set of diseases endemic to the tropics. Professor Farley describes how governments and organizations in Britain, the British colonies, the United States, Central and South America, South Africa, China, and the World Health Organization faced one particular tropical disease, bilharzia or schistosomiasis. Bilharzia is caused by a species of blood vessel-inhabiting parasitic worms and today afflicts over 200 million people in seventy-four countries. John Farley demonstrates that British and American imperial policies and attitudes largely determined the nature of tropical medicine. Western medical practitioners defined the type of medical system that was imposed on the indigenous populations; they dictated which diseases were important and worthy of study, which diseases were to be controlled, and which control methods were to be used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00862/cover/9780521400862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tennessee Williams and Elia Kazan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Collaboration in the Theatre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Brenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book-length study of the collaboration between Tennessee Williams and Elia Kazan. Their intense creative relationship, fuelled by a deep personal affinity that endured until Williams's death, lasted from 1947 until 1960. The production of A Streetcar Named Desire established Williams as America's greatest playwright and Kazan as its most important director; together they created some of the most influential theatrical events of the post-war era. In this book Brenda Murphy analyses this artistic partnership and the plays and theatrical techniques the artists developed collaboratively in their productions of A Streetcar Named Desire, Camino Real, Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, and Sweet Bird of Youth. In addition, Murphy suggests alternative ways to examine the working relationship between playwright and director which can be applied to other practitioners in twentieth-century drama. The book contains numerous illustrations from important productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00954/cover/9780521400954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521400961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521400961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521400961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Operator Algebras in Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521400961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakai, Shtichirt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the theory of unbounded derivations in C*-algebras, a subject whose study was motivated by questions in quantum physics and statistical mechanics, and to which the author has made a considerable contribution. This is an active area of research, and one of the most ambitious aims of the theory is to develop quantum statistical mechanics within the framework of the C*-theory. The presentation, which is based on lectures given in Newcastle upon Tyne and Copenhagen, concentrates on topics involving quantum statistical mechanics and differentiations on manifolds. One of the goals is to formulate the absence theorem of phase transitions in its most general form within the C* setting. For the first time, he globally constructs, within that setting, derivations for a fairly wide class of interacting models, and presents a new axiomatic treatment of the construction of time evolutions and KMS states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/00961/cover/9780521400961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Industrial Revolution in National Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe and the USA</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Industrial Revolution has been, and continues to be, the focus of massive historiographical as well as historical inquiry. This collection includes reappraisals by Phyllis Deane and by Fran&#231;ois Crouzet of their classic accounts of industrialisation in Britain and in France, and more generally broaches the wider issue of 'new approaches' which have been emerging for the understanding of the industrialising process in nations where it came somewhat later. In addition to grappling with questions of technical skills, economic analysis and the process of industrialisation, the authors also tackle questions of national politics and international relations. In addition to the roster of authors who examine individual national experiences, a general essay by Sidney Pollard takes into account the relative contributions of the distinct national experiences in western and eastern Europe, the USA and Japan, and assesses them as special cases of a more general phenomenon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09407/cover/9780521409407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motor Development in Early and Later Childhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Longitudinal Approaches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalverboer, Alex Fedde</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geuze, Reint</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magnusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motor development is an integral part of the developmental process. Understanding the organization of the sensory-motor system and its adaptations in response to environmental factors is a vital part of understanding individual development as a whole. This volume describes and discusses human motor development using longitudinal study methods, and from an interdisciplinary perspective. Researchers from a variety of different backgrounds and disciplines provide a broad-ranging analysis of human motor development, from both the practical and theoretical standpoint, in a book which will be of great interest to paediatricians, psychologists, developmental biologists, developmental psychiatrists and neurologists as well as to research scientists in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01012/cover/9780521401012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Risk Factors for Psychosocial Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casaer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been known for many years that physical disease or damage, especially of the brain, are associated with an increased risk for psychosocial disorders. However, the understanding of the mechanisms involved in these biological risk processes, and of the marked individual differences in response, is of much more recent origin. The role of genetic factors, perinatal brain damage, sex hormones, allergy, drugs and language disorder, are among the topics selected to illustrate the wide range of mechanisms involved in the development of psychosocial disorders in childhood or later life. Authors were asked to write for a multidisciplinary audience, to adopt a lifespan approach, to focus on the principles involved, and to highlight the outstanding research and clinical issues in each field. The result is a readable and highly authoritative overview of the factors responsible for a wide range of behavioural and psychological problems. It is a book which will interest practitioners and research workers in many developmental disciplines, particularly child health and paediatrics, neurology, psychology and psychiatry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Living Fields</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Our Agricultural Heritage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harlan, Jack Rodney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All civilisations, ancient and modern, are founded on agriculture. In this fascinating account of one of the most fundamental aspects of humankind's march from prehistory to the present day, the author considers the evidence for the origins and evolution of agriculture in various parts of the world; a balanced view is presented based on the archaeology, botany, genetics, ecology and anthropology of domesticates and their wild relatives. The basic agricultural systems which emerged from areas yielding traces of the earliest plant and animal domestication are described, and their drastic modification in recent times is considered. In a concluding chapter the present situation is reviewed, and the possible risks of a system which now relies on a relatively small number of species to supply the majority of our food are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01128/cover/9780521401128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Finite Groups of Lie Type</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Digne, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michel, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a graduate course taught at the University of Paris. The authors aim to treat the basic theory of representations of finite groups of Lie type, such as linear, unitary, orthogonal and symplectic groups. They emphasise the Curtis-Alvis duality map and Mackey's theorem and the results that can be deduced from it. They also discuss Deligne-Lusztig induction. This will be the first elementary treatment of this material in book form and will be welcomed by beginning graduate students in algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01173/cover/9780521401173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biblical Criticism in Crisis?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of the Canonical Approach on Old Testament Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Mark G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book suggests that Old Testament scholars should strengthen their growing links with neighbouring academic disciplines and encourage a number of interpretative interests within biblical studies. Given such a pluralistic context, the author's contention is that the 'canonical' approach to Old Testament study will have a distinctive contribution to make to the discipline without necessarily displacing other traditions of historical and literary inquiry, as many scholars have assumed. Dr Brett offers a comprehensive critique of the canonical approach as developed by Brevard Childs, and examines the development of Childs's exegetical practice, his hermeneutical theory, and the many critical responses which his work has elicited. In responding to these criticisms, the author examines the most problematic aspects of the canonical approach (notably Childs's inadequate reply to those who emphasize the ideological conflicts that lie behind biblical texts in their final form) and seeks to reconstruct the approach in light of contemporary discussions of interpretation in literary theory and the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01197/cover/9780521401197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jewish Communities in Asia Minor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trebilco, Paul R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholarly assessment of Jewish communities in the Hellenistic and Graeco-Roman Diaspora has, in the past, been dominated by our knowledge of the large and influential communities in Rome and Alexandria. This book brings together the evidence for significant Jewish communities in another part of the Diaspora, namely Asia Minor. By collating archaeological, epigraphic, classical, New Testament and patristic sources, the book provides an invaluable and coherent description of the life of Jewish communities in Asia Minor, and so gives a more complete picture than was previously available of Jewish life at the time. By describing the strength, vitality and diversity of Jewish life in Asia Minor, the author is able to point to the retention of their Jewish identity by these communities, despite their close relations with the wider pagan society in which they lived. A degree of integration did not, therefore, mean the abandonment of an active attachment to Jewish tradition. The survey the book provides thus contributes to our understanding of the New Testament and of early Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01203/cover/9780521401203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Byrd Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turbet, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This symposium celebrates the 450th anniversary of the birth of William Byrd, one of the greatest English composers. Twelve scholars contribute essays which together cover all the genres of Byrd's prolific output. Topics discussed in this collection include authentication of the canon, applications of technology to Byrd research, Byrd's relationship to earlier English traditions and his influence on his successors. There are studies concerned with manuscript sources and aspects of performance and the final contribution is a comprehensive listing of Byrd recordings made between 1923 and 1988. The essays in this volume show a variety of approaches to musical analysis and some of the conclusions are controversial, or offer revisions of earlier opinions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01296/cover/9780521401296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholic and Reformed</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Roman and Protestant Churches in English Protestant Thought, 1600-1640</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milton, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religious controversy was central to political conflict in the years before the English Civil War. Where earlier historians have focused more narrowly on the doctrine of predestination, Dr Milton analyses the broader attitudes which underlay notions of religious orthodoxy. Through the first comprehensive analysis of how contemporaries viewed the Roman and foreign Reformed churches in the early Stuart period, Milton demonstrates the way in which an author's choice of a particular style of religious discourse could be used either to mediate or to provoke religious conflict. This study challenges many current historical orthodoxies. It identifies the theological novelty of Laudianism, but also exposes areas of ideological tension within the Jacobean Church. Its wide-ranging conclusions will be of vital concern to students of early Stuart religion and the origins of the English Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01418/cover/9780521401418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sibelius: Symphony No. 5</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepokoski, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sibelius's Fifth is one of the great late-Romantic symphonies. In this searching account, based on a wealth of new information, James Hepokoski takes a fresh look at the work and its composer. His findings have implications beyond Sibelius himself into the entire repertory of Post-Wagnerian symphonic composition. The early chapters place the Fifth Symphony squarely within the general culture of European musical 'modernism' and focus in particular on the problem of the clash of that culture with the more radical 'New-Music' experiments of an emerging younger generation of composers. Subsequent chapters include a probing consideration of Sibelius's style and meditative aesthetic; an account of how the symphony was composed;  and a descriptive analysis of the final, familiar version. The book concludes with a discussion of the composer's own prescribed tempos for the Fifth Symphony, along with a comparison of several different recordings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01432/cover/9780521401432.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Practice of Text-Editing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of James T. Boulton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern published editions in which we read the great literary works of the distant and recent past almost invariably embody the work of a textual editor. Recent literary theory has called into question most of the assumptions on which the practice of textual editing has historically depended. Notions of authorial intention, authority, the status of annotation and commentary, the relationship between 'literary' and non-literary works (such as letters and dictionaries), and hence the concept of literature itself, are central to this debate. This volume of essays, written by practising textual editors and scholars, addresses the practical implications of these theoretical issues, taking a variety of texts as examples for the particular editorial problems they pose. The works of authors as various as Shakespeare and John Clare, Samuel Johnson and D. H. Lawrence, Milton and Oscar Wilde are invoked to demonstrate the practical basis of an editorial discipline which requires theoretical sophistication but resists reduction to any single theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01463/cover/9780521401463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Rationalism and Rural Society in Third-Century AD Egypt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Heroninos Archive and the Appianus Estate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rathbone, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reconstructs the life and workings of the Appianus estate in the Fayum district of Egypt under Roman rule in the third century AD. Basing his study on the extensive documentary evidence of the Heroninos archive, consisting of hundreds of letters and accounts on papyrus, Dr Rathbone examines first the nature of rural society at the time, and in particular the status of estate owners, their relations with their upper-class managers and the social and economic position of the estate's workforce and outside contacts. He then looks at the organization and running of the estate, the production and marketing of its crops and centrally directed transport system, and, above all, its use of credit arrangements and its system of accounting. This was one of the most sophisticated yet known in the ancient world and the author uses this example of economic rationalism to challenge the common belief that economic thought and practice were uniformly 'primitive' in the ancient world. Appendices include an index of all the published texts of the Heroninos archive, and two of Heroninos' accounts with an English translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01494/cover/9780521401494.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140150X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140150X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Automatism, Insanity, and the Psychology of Criminal Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schopp, Robert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the role that psychological impairment should play in a theory of criminal liability. Criminal guilt in the Anglo-American legal tradition requires both that the defendant committed some proscribed act and did so with intent, knowledge, or recklessness. The second requirement corresponds to the intuitive idea that people should not be punished for something they did not do 'on purpose' or if they 'did not realize what they were doing'. Unlike many works in this area, this book addresses the automatism and insanity defences by examining the types of functional impairment that typical candidates for these defences actually suffer. What emerges is a much wider conceptual framework that allows us to understand the significance of psychological states and processes for the attribution of criminal responsibility in a manner that is logically coherent, morally defensible, and consistent with research in psychopathology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01500/cover/9780521401500.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landscapes of Emotion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mapping Three Cultures of Emotion in Indonesia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heider, Karl G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Karl G. Heider studies the cultural constructions of emotions, examining how different cultures shape ideas and talk about emotion. The main subjects of the study are the Minangkabau, a matrilineal Muslim culture of three million people in West Sumatra, Indonesia. Comparative data come from the Central Javanese, also of Indonesia and reference is made to studies of American emotions. The Minangkabau have two different 'cultures of emotion', used depending on whether they are speaking their own regional language or the national language. And the Central Javanese have yet another culture of emotion when they are speaking the 'same' national language. Landscape of Emotion will appeal to a range of readers in anthropology, psychology, sociology and Asian studies who want to understand how different cultures shape emotion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32605/cover/9780521032605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Negotiating Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politicians and Generals in Uruguay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, Charles Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Uruguay was once the most stable democracy in Latin America, but in 1973 the military seized power for the first time. Political parties did not disappear, however, even though they were made illegal. By the 1980s Uruguay's generals were anxious to find a way to withdraw from power. Yet they continued to insist on certain guarantees as the price for holding elections. The issue of whether to make any concessions to the military came to divide the country's three major parties - the Blancos, the Colorados, and the Left. Nevertheless, the last two parties eventually did agree to a pact in July 1984. The military agreed to return to the barracks and the politicians made an implicit commitment not to prosecute them for their past human rights violations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01524/cover/9780521401524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infinite Electrical Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zemanian, Armen H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the salient features of the general theory of infinite electrical networks in a coherent exposition. Using the basic tools of functional analysis and graph theory, the author examines the fundamental developments in the field and discusses applications to other areas of mathematics. The first half of the book presents existence and uniqueness theorems for both infinite-power and finite-power voltage-current regimes, and the second half discusses methods for solving problems in infinite cascades and grids. A notable feature is the invention of transfinite networks, roughly analogous to Cantor's extension of the natural numbers to the transfinite ordinals. The last chapter is a survey of application to exterior problems of partial differential equations, random walks on infinite graphs, and networks of operators on Hilbert spaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01531/cover/9780521401531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scribner, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by prominent historians of the Reformation explores the experience of religious reform in 'national context', discussing similarities and differences between the reform movements in a dozen different countries of sixteenth-century Europe. Each author provides an interpretative essay emphasising local peculiarities and national variants on the broader theme of the Reformation as a European phenomenon. The individual essays thus emphasise the local preconditions and limitations which encountered the Reformation as it spread from Germany into most of the countries of western and central Europe. Together they present a picture of the many-sided nature of the Reformation as it grew up in each 'national context', both in countries where the Reformation was strikingly successful and where it failed to make an impact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01555/cover/9780521401555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical Inquiries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scher, Steven Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Melopoetics, the study of the multifarious relations between music and literature, has emerged in recent years as an increasingly popular field of interdisciplinary inquiry. In this volume, noted musicologists and literary critics explore diverse topics of shared concern such as literary theory as a model for musical criticism, genre theories in literature and music, the criticism and analysis of texted music and the role of aesthetic, historical and cultural understanding in concepts of text/music convergence. These fourteen essays - united here not by a common ideology but by common subject matter - demonstrate how musical and literary scholarship can combine forces effectively on the common ground of contemporary critical theory and interpretive practice. The concluding essay by interdisciplinary historian Hayden White locates this ambitious enterprise of contemplating 'music and text' in the larger context of intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01586/cover/9780521401586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140164X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140164X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert South (1634-1716)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to his Life and Sermons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reedy, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>185</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert South (1634-1716) was one of the great Anglican writers and preachers of his age. A contemporary of Dryden and Locke, he faced the profound political and philosophical changes taking place at the beginning of the Enlightenment in England. With the interdependence of Church and State forcing a conjunction of religious and political issues, South's life and work as a preacher show him reacting to changes in civil and ecclesiastical polity over the course of his active public life. Gerard Reedy's book, the first major study of South, makes a strong case for the importance of his sermons, their complexity, beauty and wit, and their place in the history of post-Restoration English literature. Discussing sermons of South which deal with his theory of politics, language, the sacrament and mystery, Reedy reintroduces us to a lively and seminal master of prose, politics and theology in the late Stuart era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01647/cover/9780521401647.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Ostpolitik to Reunification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>West German-Soviet Political Relations since 1974</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pittman, Avril</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the signing of the Moscow Treaty in 1970, West German-Soviet relations came to the forefront of world politics. Two decades later, the historic opening of the Berlin Wall and German reunification once again focused world attention on the Federal Republic's relations with the USSR. This book explores the development of this relationship from the perspective of West Germany. Dr Avril Pittman outlines the main events after the Second World War and then focuses on four issues central to this relationship in the 1970s and early 1980s. She explores family reunification and emigration rights for ethnic Germans living in the Soviet Union; the central role of Berlin and the reasons why the city persisted as a serious bilateral problem; the triangular relations between West Germany, the Soviet Union and East Germany; and the significance of the Soviet intervention in Afghanistan which led to a sharp deterioration in East-West relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01661/cover/9780521401661.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, Brian V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, investigates the meanings and uses of literacy in different cultures and societies. In contrast to previous studies, where the focus of research has been on aspects of cognition, education and on the economic 'consequences' of literacy, these largely ethnographic essays bring together anthropological and linguistic work written over the last ten years. Accounts of literacy practices in a variety of locations, including Great Britain, the United States, Africa, the South Pacific and Madagascar, illustrate how these practices vary from one context to another, and challenge the traditional view that literacy is a single, uniform skill, essential to functioning in a modern society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01678/cover/9780521401678.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inducible Plant Proteins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Biochemistry and Molecular Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wray, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plants are able to respond and adapt to changing environmental and endogenous signals by the induction of the synthesis of specific proteins, acting to modify cellular metabolism. Environmental signals include temperature, anaerobiosis and pathogen attack amongst others, whilst endogenous signals include changes in the level of plant growth regulators. In this text, leading researchers discuss the role that inducible proteins play in cellular metabolism, and the approaches being used to delineate the molecular events leading to their synthesis. Chapters discuss molecular approaches to the study of gene expression, the identification and characterisation of trans-acting transcription factors and attempts to dissect other parts of the signal transduction pathway by the search for pathway mutants. This timely review volume will be of great value and interest to final year undergraduates, graduate students and researchers in the fields of plant biochemistry and molecular biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Warped Disks and Inclined Rings around Galaxies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casertano, Stefano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sackett, Penny D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Franklin H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>309</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most galaxies are in clusters, where tidal interactions are not uncommon. Tidal and dynamical interaction in galaxies are of importance in studying evolution. A large amount of data has been collected on dust-lane ellipticals, polar ring galaxies, spirals with extended warps, and galaxies with inclined HI rings or unusual 'tails'. This book is a record of a meeting which was held at the University of Pittsburgh. It provided an informal, yet focused environment for the interaction  of astronomers who have addressed these questions with a wide variety of skills, techniques and points of view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01845/cover/9780521401845.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Systems in Crisis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Imperatives of High Politics at Century's End</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doran, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Uncertainty is the watchword of contemporary world politics. Monumental changes are occurring throughout the international system and statespeople are wrestling with peaceful solutions to the transformation in relative power of the USA, Soviet Union and China, Japan and in Europe. In this book, Charles Doran proposes a managed solution to peaceful change. He presents a bold, original and wide-ranging analysis of the present balance of power, of future prospects for the international system and of the problems involved in this transformation. Professor Doran demonstrates why such change has often been accompanied by world war, providing new insights into the causes of the First World War. But, he argues, systems change can be both peaceful and secure. Developing a theory of the power cycle, the author reveals the structural bounds on statecraft and shows how the tides of history can suddenly and unexpectedly shift against the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01852/cover/9780521401852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Native Society and Disease in Colonial Ecuador</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alchon, Suzanne Austin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the indigenous peoples of northern Ecuador and disease, especially those infections introduced by Europeans during the sixteenth century. It addresses an important and often overlooked element in the history of Amerindian populations: their biological adaptability and resilience. But it is more than a history of disease incidents, medical responses, and population trends. The history of the biological experience under colonial rule. It differs from other studies in the field by its emphasis on the relationship between biological and social responses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01869/cover/9780521401869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Humanism and Education in Medieval and Renaissance Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Innovation in Latin Schools from the Twelfth to the Fifteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>506</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on the study of over 500 surviving manuscript school books, this comprehensive study of the curriculum of school education in medieval and Renaissance Italy contains some surprising conclusions. Robert Black's analysis finds that continuity and conservatism, not innovation, characterize medieval and Renaissance teaching. The study of classical texts in medieval Italian schools reached its height in the twelfth century; this was followed by a collapse in the thirteenth century, an effect on school teaching of the growth of university education. This collapse was only gradually reversed in the two centuries that followed: it was not until the later 1400s that humanists began to have a significant impact on education. Scholars of European history, of Renaissance studies, and of the history of education will find that this deeply researched and broad-ranging book challenges much inherited wisdom about education, humanism and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01920/cover/9780521401920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521401968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521401968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521401968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aftermath of Stroke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience of Patients and their Families</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521401968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stroke affects the personal, social, professional and family lives of patients and their carers. This book is based on a study in which 175 stroke patients and their family carers were followed from the time of the stroke for a period of eighteen months. It tells of their experience of the illness and examines their patterns of coping, including physical, social, economic and emotional aspects. The words of the patients and their carers illuminate these histories of life after stroke, vividly expressing the difficulties encountered with the services designed to help them. At a time when the health and welfare services in many countries are rethinking their strategies for community care, this study underlines the importance of social factors in recovery after stroke. Written for doctors and other health care workers involved with stroke patients, this careful and comprehensive account will direct attention to practices which can improve the quality of life for people with chronic illness, and their carers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01968/cover/9780521401968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind and Common Sense</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Essays on Common Sense Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogdan, Radu J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this volume examine recent controversies about the importance of common sense psychology for our understanding of the human mind. Common sense provides a familiar and friendly psychological scheme by which to talk about the mind. Its categories (belief, desire, intention, consciousness, emotion, and so on) tend to portray the mind as quite different from the rest of nature, and thus irreducible to physical matters and its laws. In this volume a variety of positions on common sense psychology from critical to supportive, from exegetical to speculative, are represented. Among the questions posed are: Is common sense psychology an empirical theory, a body of analytic knowledge, a practice or a strategy? If it is a legitimate enterprise can it be naturalized or not? If it is not legitimate can it be eliminated? Is its fate tied to our understanding of consciousness? Should we approach its concepts and generalizations from the standpoint of conceptual analysis or from the philosophy of science?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02019/cover/9780521402019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Passions and Perceptions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Hellenistic Philosophy of Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brunschwig, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussbaum, Martha C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The philosophers of the Hellenistic schools in ancient Greece and Rome (Epicureans, Stoics, Sceptics, Academics, Cyrenaics) made important contributions to the philosophy of mind and the philosophy of psychology. This volume, which contains the proceedings of the Fifth Symposium Hellenisticum, describes and analyses their contributions on issues such as: the nature of perception, imagination and belief; the nature of the passions and their role in action; the relationship between mind and body; freedom and determinism; the role of pleasure as a goal; the effects of poetry on belief and passion. Written with a high level of historical and philosophical scholarship, the essays are intended both for classicists and for specialists interested in the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02026/cover/9780521402026.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>B&#233;nard Cells and Taylor Vortices</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koschmieder, E. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the research done on the problems of B&#233;nard convection, as well as its modern offspring the Rayleigh-B&#233;nard problem, and Taylor vortices. B&#233;nard convection differs from Rayleigh-B&#233;nard convection by the presence of surface tension, whilst B&#233;nard convection is characterized by parallel rolls. Toroidal vortices characterize Taylor vortex flow. Convection and Taylor vortex flow deal with the consequences of the presence of infinitesimal disturbances in a fluid layer. Both problems are classical examples in the theory of hydrodynamic stability and share many features. Linear theory describing the onset of instability for both problems is practically completed; nonlinear problems have been at the forefront of research during the last 30 years. The impressive progress that has been made in the theoretical and experimental investigation of the nonlinear problems is described and the remaining basic problems are outlined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02040/cover/9780521402040.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Victorian Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Anthony Jenkins examines seven Victorian playwrights who, despite their own ideals and prejudices and the theatre's conservatism, tried to come to terms with such momentous subjects as womanliness, honour and money. The opening chapter briefly describes the social transformation of theatre during the century and the increasing respectability of actors and playhouses. Subsequent chapters deal with the drama of Edward Bulwer, Tom Robertson, W. S. Gilbert, H. A. Jones, Arthur Pinero, Oscar Wilde and Bernard Shaw. Each of these dramatists sought to create a theatre of ideas according to his own vision of art and society. The plays are examined within the social and political context of the Reform Bill, the Revolution of 1848, the Great Exhibition, royal patronage, censorship and copyright, and, above all, the 'Woman Question'. Jenkins combines politics and theatrical history with literary criticism to shed provocative light on the struggle to relate the London theatre to the realities of Victorian England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02057/cover/9780521402057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pleistocene History of the Lower Thames Valley</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbard, Philip L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lower Thames Valley is a classic area for British Pleistocene studies. The valley contains a sequence of River Thames deposits representing approximately the last 300,000 years, including older, highly fragmented and eroded sediments derived from Thames tributaries and glaciation. The region includes some of the most important palaeolithic archaeological sites in the country which, although extensively studied, have never previously been fitted into a regional context. The area also includes some of the most important fossiliferous localities in the country, several of which have been at the centre of controversies regarding the sequence of events in the British Pleistocene. This regional investigation clarifies the problems by presenting the geological sequence in detail and establishing the relationship of these localities for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02095/cover/9780521402095.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United States and the Making of Postwar France, 1945-1954</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, Irwin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of French-American relations in the critical postwar period, 1945-1954, makes use of recently opened diplomatic archives and personal papers in France and the United States. Irwin Wall examines the American role in French diplomacy, economic reconstruction, military policy, politics, and the reshaping of French society from labour unions to consumer tastes and films. Particular emphasis is placed on American attempts to combat the influence of French Communism and achieve a stable, centrist regime avoiding the extremes of right and left.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02170/cover/9780521402170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolving the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Nature of Matter and the Origin of Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns-Smith, A. Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Evolving the Mind has two main themes: how ideas about the mind evolved in science; and how the mind itself evolved in nature. The mind came into physical science when it was realised, first, that it is the activity of a physical object, a brain, which makes a mind; and secondly, that our theories of nature are largely mental constructions, artificial extensions of an inner model of the world which we inherited from our distant ancestors. From both of these perspectives, consciousness is the great enigma. If consciousness evolved, however, it is in some sense a material thing whatever else may be said of it. Physics, chemistry, molecular biology, brain function and evolutionary biology - almost the whole of science - is involved, and there can be no expert in all these fields. So the style of the book is simple, almost conversational. The excitement is that we seem to be close to a scientific theory of consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02200/cover/9780521402200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Dutch Literature in its European Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kooper, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers insights into the rich and varied Dutch literature of the Middle Ages. Sixteen essays written by top scholars consider this literature in the context of the social, historical and cultural developments of the period in which it took shape. The collection includes studies of the most representative authors, genres, works and current fields of research interest, ranging from the court and the city, the world of chivalry, the literature of love, religious literature, drama and the artes texts. The essays draw on the idea of a common tradition in medieval literature, originating in France and shared by other literatures of western Europe. To facilitate the reader's understanding of the European context in which Dutch literature developed, a comparative chronological survey provides an overview of the main cultural, historical and literary events between 1150 and 1500. The bibliography includes details of published English translations of medieval Dutch texts discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32346/cover/9780521032346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Switch-Reference and Discourse Representation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stirling, Lesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In central cases of switch-reference, a marker on the verb of one clause is used to indicate whether its subject has the same or different reference from the subject of an adjacent, syntactically related clause. In central cases of logophoricity, a special pronoun form is used within a reported speech context, to indicate coherence with the source of reported speech. Lesley Stirling argues that these types of anaphoric linkage across clause boundaries cannot be adequately accounted for by Binding Theory. Her detailed examination of the two phenomena, including a case study of the Papuan language Amele, proposes an account for them which is formalized in Discourse Representation Theory, and explores how far it is possible for such an account to be compositional morpho-syntactic/semantic, while at the same time taking seriously the range of linguistic and cross-linguistic data to be explained. Switch-reference's indication of agreement or disagreement between clauses (or larger discourse units) is shown to function along various parameters contributing to discourse continuity: their major protagonists, spatial and temporal location, and their status as describing actual or non-actual situations. The arguments bear also on general debates around the nature of linguistically marked referential relations and the analysis of logophoric phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02293/cover/9780521402293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>F. Scott Fitzgerald: The Great Gatsby</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, F. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruccoli, Matthew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its publication in 1925, The Great Gatsby, F. Scott Fitzgerald's account of the American dream gone awry, has established itself as  one of the most popular and widely read novels in the English language. Until now, however, no edition has printed the novel exactly as Fitzgerald himself wrote it. From its first edition onward, the text has been subject to rigorous house-styling that has distorted the characteristic rhythms and structure of his sentences. This critical edition draws on the manuscript and surviving proofs of the novel, together with Fitzgerald's subsequent revisions to key passages, to provide the first authoritative text of The Great Gatsby. This volume also includes a detailed account of the genesis, composition, and  publication of the novel; a full textual apparatus; crucial early draft material; helpful glosses on the peculiar geography and chronology of the book;  and explanatory notes on topical allusions and historical references that contemporary readers might otherwise miss. Fitzgerald's great masterpiece is thus brought closer to a cross-section of readers, more accessibly and more authentically than ever before.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02309/cover/9780521402309.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140231X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140231X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>F. Scott Fitzgerald: The Love of the Last Tycoon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Western</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, F. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruccoli, Matthew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Even in its incomplete form The Love of The Last Tycoon has achieved a reputation as the best novel about Hollywood. When F. Scott Fitzgerald died in 1940 he had written seventeen of thirty projected episodes. In 1941 the 'unfinished novel' was published in a text for general readers by Edmund Wilson under the title The Last Tycoon. For more than fifty years this edition, which is not true to the original work in progress, has been the only one available. This critical edition of The Love of The Last Tycoon utilises Fitzgerald's manuscript drafts, revised typescipts, and working notes to establish the first authoritative text of the work. The volume includes a detailed history of the gestation, composition, and publication of the novel; full textual appparatus with editorial notes; fascimiles of the drafts; and explanatory notes on topical allusions and historical references for contemporary readers. The reconstruction of Fitzgerald's plan for the thirteen unwritten episodes is particularly useful. F. Scott Fitzgerald's incomplete masterpiece is restored its 1940 state, and thus made fully accessible to a cross-section of readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02316/cover/9780521402316.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>F. Scott Fitzgerald: Trimalchio</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Early Version of 'The Great Gatsby'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, F. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, III, James L. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first edition ever published of Trimalchio, an early and complete version of F. Scott Fitzgerald's classic novel The Great Gatsby now appears in paperback. Fitzgerald wrote the novel as Trimalchio and submitted it to Maxwell Perkins, his editor at Scribner's, who had the novel set in type and the galleys sent to Fitzgerald in France. Fitzgerald then virtually rewrote the novel in galleys, producing the book we know as The Great Gatsby. This ur-version, Trimalchio, has never been published and is markedly different from The Great Gatsby: two chapters were completely rewritten for the published novel, and the rest of the book was heavily revised. Characterization is different, the narrative voice of Nick Carraway is altered and, most importantly, the revelation of Jay Gatsby's past is handled in a wholly different way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02378/cover/9780521402378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fitzgerald: My Lost City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personal Essays, 1920-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, F. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, III, James L. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Twice during the last decade of his life, in 1934 and 1936, F. Scott Fitzgerald proposed a collection of his personal essays to Maxwell Perkins, his editor at Charles Scribner's Sons.  Perkins was unenthusiastic on both occasions, and Fitzgerald died in 1940 without having put his best essays between hard covers. Fortunately Fitzgerald left behind a table of contents, and with this list as a guide it has been possible to publish here the collection that he envisioned, under the title My Lost City. This volume also includes several of Fitzgerald's autobiographical writings. My Lost City, like the other volumes in the Cambridge Edition, provides accurate texts based on Fitzgerald's surviving manuscripts and typescripts. Words and passages cut by magazine editors have been restored to several of the essays. A textual apparatus has been included, along with full explanatory notes identifying people, places, books, historical events, and other details.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02392/cover/9780521402392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fitzgerald: All The Sad Young Men</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzgerald, F. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, III, James L. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the Cambridge Fitzgerald Edition includes the original nine stories selected by Fitzgerald for All the Sad Young Men, together with eleven additional stories, published between 1925 and 1928, which were not collected by Fitzgerald during his lifetime. This edition is based on extensive surviving manuscripts and typescripts. The volume contains a scholarly introduction, historical notes, a textual apparatus, illustrations, and appendices.  The complex history of composition for 'The Rich Boy' is untangled, and Fitzgerald's thorough revision of 'Winter Dreams' is described.  Important passages of sexual innuendo and tabloid-style scandal in 'Jacob's Ladder', 'The Love Boat', and 'Magnetism' - removed by editors at the Saturday Evening Post - are restored to the Cambridge texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02408/cover/9780521402408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mismatch and Labour Mobility</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schioppa, Fiorella Padoa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>La Sapienza and the Libra Universita Internazionale Degli Studi Sociale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>High and persistent unemployment was experienced by most developed countries during the 1980s and inflationary pressures emerged at rates of unemployment far higher than those experienced in the 1960s and 1970s. This suggests that there was an increase in the natural rate of unemployment. Many researchers have sought to explain this development in terms of 'mismatch', arguing that the economies that have suffered most from persistently high unemployment are those that have been least flexible in matching their unemployed with the available employment opportunities. The contributors to this volume examine the evidence on sectoral wage differentials, labour mobility and the ratio of unemployment to job vacancies, in detailed studies of seven countries with a wide variety of labour market and macro-economic structures. They analyse the variations in unemployment rates across regions, occupations and demographic groups and investigate whether these help to explain the growth and persistence of unemployment. The volume also includes a cross-country study of skills mismatch in relation to the effectiveness of training programmes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02439/cover/9780521402439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140245X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140245X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Applications of Modular Forms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sarnak, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of modular forms and especially the so-called 'Ramanujan Conjectures' have  been applied to resolve problems in combinatorics, computer science, analysis and number theory. This tract, based on the Wittemore Lectures given at Yale University, is concerned with describing some of these applications. In order to keep the presentation reasonably self-contained, Professor Sarnak begins by developing the necessary background material in modular forms. He then considers the solution of three problems: the Ruziewicz problem concerning finitely additive rotationally invariant measures on the sphere; the explicit construction of highly connected but sparse graphs: 'expander graphs' and 'Ramanujan graphs'; and the Linnik problem concerning the distribution of integers that represent a given large integer as a sum of three squares. These applications are carried out in detail. The book therefore should be accessible to a wide audience of graduate students and researchers in mathematics and computer science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02453/cover/9780521402453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Hebrew Inscriptions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Corpus and Concordance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, G. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The inscriptions dealt with in this book come from the Old Testament period (c. 1000 BC to c. 200 BCE) and constitute an important additional source for our knowledge of the Hebrew language and the religion, history and customs of ancient Israel. The corpus includes texts like the Lachish and Arad letters, the Siloam tunnel inscription, the recently discovered religious texts from Kuntillet Ajerud, and the hundreds of seals, seal-impressions and weights that are now known. Each text is given a unique reference number according to a specially devised system, with an indication of its date and place of origin (where these are known) and one or more bibliographical references. It covers all complete words in the texts (including prepositions and names of persons and places), and also the Egyptian hieratic numerals and other symbols that were used in them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02484/cover/9780521402484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Processor Networks and Aspects of the Mapping Problem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilbers, Peter A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>143</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Here Hilbers discusses the general case of how to use processors simultaneously in order to solve a single problem rather than any specific application, and develops a theory independent of particular architectures. He starts by introducing distributed computing with graph theory, and considers processor networks and their price/performance ratios. He goes on to look at obtaining homogeneous distributions of work over networks and considers examples. Finally he discusses message routing within a processor network. This is intended to be a fundamental treatment of the relevant subjects and is aimed at computer scientists and graduate students in computer science who have experience with parallel processing: it will also be useful to others interested in processor networks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02507/cover/9780521402507.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reasoning and Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Political Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sniderman, Paul M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brody, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tetlock, Phillip E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a multitude of data sets and building on analyses carried out over more than a decade, this book offers a major new theoretical explanation of how ordinary citizens figure out what they favour and oppose politically. Reacting against the conventional wisdom, which stresses how little attention the general public pays to political issues and the lack of consistency in their opinions, the studies presented in this book redirect attention to the processes of reasoning that can be discerned when people are confronted with choices about political issues. These studies demonstrate that ordinary people are in fact capable of reasoning dependably about political issues by the use of judgmental heuristics, even if they have only a limited knowledge of politics and of specific issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02552/cover/9780521402552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governance of the American Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollingsworth, J. Rogers</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindberg, Leon N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, nine scholars representing various perspectives examine institutions that govern economic activity in the United States and the dramatic changes they have undergone since the late nineteenth century. They investigate how and why these changes occurred and continue to occur as markets become more volatile, technology changes and international competition becomes more intense. They also address general questions about the governance of capitalist economies by considering several governance mechanisms such as markets, bureaucratic hierarchies, associations and informal networks and by exploring how such mechanisms emerge to coordinate economic activity and affect economic performance. The first part of the book describes the important characteristics of these organisational forms and provides an overview of institutional development in the US economy. The second part includes case studies of the institutional development of eight economic sectors. Finally, based on data from these case studies, the third part of the book tests competing theories of institutional change in capitalism, develops a new evolutionary model of the change process, and offers an original analysis of how the state influences this process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02576/cover/9780521402576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Dictionary of American Biography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>941</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Dictionary of American Biography is the most up-to-date and comprehensive biographical reference of Americans, both living and dead, available in one volume. It is not based on any pre-existing work but has been originally compiled with the help of over one hundred consultants, many of international stature, representing different fields of endeavour. Containing over 8900 brief biographies, this book is written for anyone interested in having a basic but eminently readable reference to one's living contemporaries and their achievements as well as to historically important figures. The work covers all careers and all of the history of the United States, from colonial times to the present day. Special attention has been given to provide coverage to worthy individuals belonging to groups often neglected in the past, such as women, African-Americans, and other minority groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02583/cover/9780521402583.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140259X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140259X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atoms, Metaphors and Paradoxes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Niels Bohr and the Construction of a New Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petruccioli, Sandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGilvray, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a detailed study of the development and the interpretation given to Niels Bohr's Principle of Correspondence. It also describes the role that this principle played in guiding Bohr's research over the critical period from 1920 to 1927. Quantum mechanics, developed in the 1920s and 1930s by Bohr, Heisenberg, Born, Schr&#246;dinger and Dirac, represents one of the most profound turning points in science. This theory required a wholly new kind of physics in which many of the principles, concepts and models representing reality, that had formed the basis of classical physics since Galileo and Newton, had to be abandoned. This book re-examines the birth of quantum mechanics, in particular examining the development of crucial and original insights of Niels Bohr.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02590/cover/9780521402590.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handel's Oratorios and Eighteenth-Century Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging and challenging book, Ruth Smith shows that the words to Handel's oratorios reflect the events and ideas of their time and have far greater meaning than has hitherto been realized. She explores literature, music, aesthetics, politics and religion to reveal Handel's works as conduits for eighteenth-century thought and sensibility. She provides a full picure of Handel's librettists and shows how their oratorio texts express key moral-political preoccupations and engage with contemporary ideological debate. British identity, the need for national unity, the conduct of war, the role of government, the authority of the Bible, the purpose of literature, the effect of art - these and many more concerns are addressed in the librettos. The book thus enriches our understanding of Handel, his times, and the relationships between music and its intellectual contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02651/cover/9780521402651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russians on Russian Music, 1830-1880</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tchaikovsky not only composed, he also wrote about music. This substantial anthology of Russian writing on Russian music features the most influential critics of music in nineteenth-century Russia. They wrote on the first two generations of Russian composers from Glinka to Musorgsky, Tchaikovsky and Rimsky-Korsakov. The volume reveals through contemporary Russian eyes how the foundations of the hugely popular Russian classical repertory were laid, providing a vivid picture of the musical life of the opera house and the concert hall from which this repertory sprang. Featuring most extensively the critical writing of Odoyevsky, Serov, Cui and Laroche, the volume contains the first authoritative review of key works, such as Musorgsky's Boris Godunov, Tchaikovsky's Romeo and Juliet and Rimsky-Korsakov's First Symphony.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02675/cover/9780521402675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edouard Glissant</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dash, J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edouard Glissant is an accomplished and influential novelist and poet, and has recently emerged as a major theorist in Caribbean studies and post-colonial literature. In this first full-length study of Glissant's creative and theoretical work J. Michael Dash examines his poems, novels, plays and essays in the context of modern French literary movements and the post-negritude Caribbean situation, providing both a useful introduction to, and a challenging assessment of, Glissant's work to date. Dash shows how Glissant has focused in an unprecedented way on the Caribbean in terms of the diverse and hybrid culture that has been created in the region, and how his ideas on a cross-cultural politics are the shaping force in the francophone Caribbean 'Creolite' movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02736/cover/9780521402736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bureaucracy, Economy, and Leadership in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Origins of the Great Leap Forward</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bachman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book David Bachman examines the origins of the Great Leap Forward (GLF), a programme of economic reform that must be considered one of the great tragedies of Communist China, estimated to have caused the death of between 14 and 28 million Chinese. While standard accounts interpret the GLF as chiefly the brainchild of Mao Zedong and as a radical rejection of a set of more moderate reform proposals put forward in the period 1956 to 1957, Bachman proposes a provocative reinterpretation of the origins of the GLF that stresses the role of the bureaucracy. Using a neo-institutionalist approach to analyse economic policy-making leading up to the GLF, he argues that the GLF must be seen as the produce of an institutional process of policy-making. This book offers a reinterpretation of one of the most important episodes in the history of the People's Republic as well as a framework with which to analyse the role of institutions more generally in the political economy of the PRC.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02750/cover/9780521402750.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Woman in History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eileen Power, 1889-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg, Maxine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the fascinating story of the life and work of Eileen Power, a major British historian who once ranked in fame alongside Tawney, Trevelyan and Toynbee. Using letters, diaries and reminiscences, Maxine Berg recreates the life of this charismatic personality, describing, for the first time, Power's remarkable intellectual and scholarly achievements at a time when she was acting very much outside the conventional female role. Her ability, coupled with her vivid writing and pioneer radio broadcasts, made Eileen Power's unique approach to history compelling reading and listening to a whole generation. Dr Berg sets Eileen Power's historical writing in the political and cultural framework of the interwar years, and shows how this early writer of women's and medieval social history helped to create a broad, comparative economic and social history for the succeeding generations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02781/cover/9780521402781.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defoe and the New Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Ilse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his long career as a writer Daniel Defoe never tired of advocating the value of personal observation and experience; and he never wavered in his conviction that it is man's God-given duty to explore and make productive use of nature. In this first major study of Bacon's legacy to Defoe, Ilse Vickers shows that the ideas and concepts of Baconian science were a major influence on Defoe's way of thinking and writing. She outlines the seventeenth-century intellectual milieu, and discusses the prominence of Defoe's teacher Charles Morton among major Baconian thinkers of the century. She goes on to consider a wide range of Defoe's work, from the point of view of his familiarity with the ideals of experimental philosophy, and throws new light on the close link between his factual and his fictional works. In the process Vickers reveals a new Defoe: not only a thorough Baconian, but also a far more consistent writer than has hitherto been recognized.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02798/cover/9780521402798.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sweet Potato</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Untapped Food Resource</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfe, Jennifer A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sweet potato is at present grown in more than 100 of the independent countries of the world. Most of the producer nations are situated in the tropical developing world where a high proportion of the poorest people live. Increasing recognition of the potential which sweet potato holds for combating food shortages and malnutrition has resulted in intensified research efforts to enhance production and consumption. This book reviews our knowledge about the varied aspects of the sweet potato as a human food and animal feedstuff. This volume will be found practical and informative by all those involved in food and nutrition sciences, especially but not exclusively in developing countries. These include research workers in food or agriculture, dieticians, nutritionists, food technologists, students, planners and policy makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02958/cover/9780521402958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521402999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521402999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521402996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the History of Modern Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521402996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schelling, F. W. J. von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the History of Modern Philosophy is a key transitional text in the history of European philosophy. In it, F. W. J. Schelling surveys philosophy from Descartes to German Idealism and shows why the Idealist project is ultimately doomed to failure. The lectures trace the path of philosophy from Descartes through Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, Fichte, Jacobi, to Hegel and Schelling's own work. The extensive critiques of Hegel prefigure many of the arguments to be found in Feuerbach, Kierkegaard, Marx, Nietzsche, Heidegger, and Derrida. This is the first English translation of On the History of Modern Philosophy.  In his introduction Andrew Bowie sets the work in the context of Schelling's career and clarifies its philosophical issues. The translation will be of special interest to philosophers, intellectual historians, literary theorists, and theologians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02996/cover/9780521402996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jew Accused</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Anti-Semitic Affairs (Dreyfus, Beilis, Frank) 1894-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindemann, Albert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three Jews, Alfred Dreyfus, Mendel Beilis, and Leo Frank, were charged with heinous crimes in the generation before World War I, Dreyfus of treason in France, Beilis of ritual murder in Russia, and Frank of the murder of a young girl in the United States. Quite aside from the lurid details and sensational charges, larger issues emerged, among them the power of modern anti-Semitism, the sometimes tragic conflict between the freedom of the press and the protection of individual rights, the unpredictable reactions of individuals when subjected to extreme situations, and the inevitable ambiguities of campaigns for truth and justice when political advantage is to be gained from them. In attempting to untangle myth and reality many surprises emerge; heroes appear less heroic and villains less villainous, while real factors appear more important than most accounts of the affairs have recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03023/cover/9780521403023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interaction in Cooperative Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Theoretical Anatomy of Group Learning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertz-Lazarowitz, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interaction in Cooperative Groups brings together current, related research from education, developmental psychology, and social psychology in an approach that is both integrative and analytical. Its intent is to provide an understanding of the dynamics of underlying processes that are fundamental to group interaction and its outcomes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03030/cover/9780521403030.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Platonism and the English Imagination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Anna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutton, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first compendious study of the influence of Platonism on the English literary tradition, showing how English writers used Platonic themes and images within their own imaginative work. Source texts include Plato's Dialogues, and the writings of Neoplatonists and the early Christians who were largely responsible for assimilating Platonic ideas into a Christian culture; and there are essays on more than thirty English authors from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century, including Shakespeare, Milton, Blake, Wordsworth, Yeats, Pound and Iris Murdoch. Each chronological section has its own introduction to highlight how every age has reconstructed Platonism to suit its own understanding of the world, and there is a bibliographical guide to further reading. Established experts and new writers over a range of disciplines have worked together to produce the first comprehensive overview of Platonism in English literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03085/cover/9780521403085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140309X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140309X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and Poland 1939-1943</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Betrayed Ally</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prazmowska, Anita J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poland was a problematic issue for the Big Powers throughout the Second World War. For Britain, Poland was a major stumbling block in British-Soviet relations as Polish-Soviet territorial disputes clashed with the needs of the British-Soviet-United States alliance. As the Polish government-in-exile attempted to obtain a guarantee of British support, and many thousands of Polish troops fought for the British cause, the perception grew that the Churchill government had a debt to pay. Ultimately, however, it was a debt which Britain could not discharge because of its dependence on Soviet participation in the war. In this book Anita Prazmowska looks at British policies from the point of view of wartime strategy, relating this to Polish government expectations and policies. She describes a tragic situation where Polish soldiers were trapped between the grandiose and unrealistic plans of their government and the harsh realities of a war which they fought with no prospect of a satisfactory outcome for them or their country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03092/cover/9780521403092.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revenue and Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Indian Problem in British Politics 1757-1773</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Revenue and Reform offers a reappraisal of British imperial politics in the third quarter of the eighteenth century. It is traditional to regard the 1760s as a time when British politicians were preoccupied with the crises which eventually led to the outbreak of the American War of Independence in 1775. Here, for the first time, a different imperial problem - the Indian problem - is examined in detail. Politicians struggled to come to terms with the East India Company's unexpected acquisition of territory and great wealth in Bengal, and they endeavoured to formulate policy related to many new and unfamiliar issues. New light is shed on debate about revenue collection, territorial rights, diplomacy, justice and administrative reform in order to illustrate the central theme of the book: the gradual and reluctant assumption of responsibility by ministers for the Indian empire. Firm guidelines for the development of the Anglo-Indian imperial connection were eventually laid down by Lord North's Regulating Act of 1773, and the background to, and principles underpinning, this important legislative landmark are fully explored in the concluding chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03160/cover/9780521403160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetics and Evolution of the Domestic Fowl</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The science of genetics has undergone a period of very rapid and significant development in recent years, and the area of poultry genetics has been no exception. This book provides a balanced and up-to-date account of all the major areas of this subject from Mendelian to modern molecular genetics. The book begins by tracing the evolution of Gallus domesticus  from its avian ancestors. Subsequent chapters cover important aspects of poultry genetics, including cytogenetics, transmission genetics, gene mapping, sex linkage, lethal genes, genetics of feathering and plumage, and quantitative genetics. In each chapter, a concise explanation of the genetic principles is followed by a full discussion illustrated by key examples. In the latter part of the book, recent advances in gene cloning and sequencing are examined. The impact of these exciting new developments on our understanding of gene structure and organisation, immunogenetics and the evolution of proteins is assessed. Finally, the uses of transgenic techniques and their implications are discussed. This book provides a clear and useful survey of the genetics and evolution of the domestic fowl, which will be of interest to postgraduate students and researchers in the fields of genetics, agriculture and veterinary medicine, as well as to poultry breeders (both commercial and non-commercial).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03177/cover/9780521403177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>More: Utopia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Latin Text and English Translation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>More, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Logan, George M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Clarence H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in Latin in 1516, Thomas More's Utopia is one of the most influential books in the Western philosophical and literary tradition and one of the supreme achievements of Renaissance humanism. This is the first edition of Utopia since 1965 (the Yale edition) to combine More's Latin text with an English translation, and also the first edition to provide a Latin text that is both accurate and readable. The text is based on the early editions (with the Froben edition of March 1518 as copy-text), but spelling and punctuation have been regularized in accordance with modern practices. The translation is a revised version of the acclaimed lively and readable Adams translation, which also appears in Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought. This edition, which incorporates the results of recent Utopian scholarship, also includes an introduction, textual apparatus, a full commentary and a guide to the voluminous scholarly and critical literature on Utopia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03184/cover/9780521403184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Dearth to Plenty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Modern Revolution in Food Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaxter, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Noel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the fifty-year period from 1936-1986 the modern agricultural revolution occurred, in which, for the first time, science was properly harnessed to the improvement in agricultural productivity. The authors quantify this improvement and identify the work of scientists which was seminal to the scientific and technological advances on which the revolution was founded. The topics covered include the advances in animal nutrition (in which the late Kenneth Blaxter was an acknowledged pioneer), animal and plant breeding, soil fertility, weed, pest, and disease control, veterinary medicine, engineering (including innovations in tractor design by Harry Ferguson), and statistical measurement. In addition, this book describes how these innovations were integrated into the practical business of food production and discusses the importance of the Government in setting the scene for scientific advance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41959/cover/9780521041959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Conceptualization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeBellis, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a philosophical study of the relations between hearing and thinking about music. The central problem it addresses is as follows: how is it possible to talk about what a listener perceives in terms that the listener does not recognize? By applying the concepts and techniques of analytic philosophy the author explores the ways in which musical hearing may be described as nonconceptual, and how such mental representation contrasts with conceptual thought. The author is both philosopher and musicologist and uniquely combines the perspectives of both disciplines. Exploring the philosophical questions of mental representation in the relatively neglected, nonverbal domain of music, this study is a major contribution to the philosophical understanding of music perception and cognitive theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03313/cover/9780521403313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of Folk Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intentionality and Cognitive Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume are concerned with the theoretical developments in cognitive science for our everyday system of exploration of human actions in terms of beliefs, attitudes, memories, and so on. The volume provides an introduction to the lively contemporary debate about the status and theoretical viability of such forms of 'folk psychology' explanation, in the light of recent developments in neurobiology and cognitive science. It could be used as a textbook for advanced courses in the philosophy of the mind, psychology, and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03351/cover/9780521403351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mentally Disordered Offender in an Era of Community Care</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Directions in Provision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grounds, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The care and management of mentally disordered offenders poses a major challenge to criminal justice agencies and psychiatric services. These patients, 'the people nobody owns', are particularly vulnerable to political and professional change and as psychiatric services become increasingly community-based, the task of meeting the needs of the offender, as well as expectations of public protection, becomes a more difficult prospect. This book brings together the papers and a summary of the discussion presented at a Cropwood Round Table conference organized by the Institute of Criminology and the Department of Psychiatry of the University of Cambridge. Seeking to define future needs and directions in legal and service provisions, it includes perspectives from the fields of criminology, sociology and social psychiatry, and contributions from practitioners and administrators. Remarkable for the tenacity and depth with which the expert contributors address the problems, this is essential reading for all professionals working in the psychiatric and criminal justice systems with this frequently marginalized client group. Through a searching examination of the situation within one jurisdiction it points the way to service developments, improved care management and research opportunities that have universal applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03429/cover/9780521403429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure and Form in the Babylonian Talmud</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to uncover the basic form and structure of the Babylonian Talmud, which is a centrally important text in Jewish studies. The contribution made by Dr Jacobs to the study of the Talmud consists in his presentation of the literary principles employed in its composition, and he here presents a clear survey indicating the manner in which earlier material was reworked in order to make each component, or sugya, into a carefully structured and self-consistent unit. Jacobs compares the editors' methods in this regard with the manner in which Shakespeare converted the variety of chronicles and source material available to him into a much more dramatic literary form, which - while preserving the kernel of the story - completely transformed its character and impact. Dr Jacobs' study constitutes an excellent introduction to the Babylonian Talmud and to the nature of rabbinic thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03450/cover/9780521403450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad's Fiction as Critical Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambrosini, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joseph Conrad's comments about his works have commonly been dismissed as theoretically unsophisticated, while the critical notions of James, Woolf and Joyce have come to shape our understanding of the modern novel. Richard Ambrosini's study of Conrad's Fiction as Critical Discourse makes an original claim for the importance of his theoretical ideas as they are formed, tested, and eventually redefined in Heart of Darkness and Lord Jim. Setting the narrator's discourse in these tales in the context of the dynamic interplay of Conrad's fictional with his non-fictional writings, and of the transformations in his narrative forms, Ambrosini defines Conrad's view of fiction and the artistic ideal underlying his commitment as a writer in a new and challenging way. Conrad's innovatory techniques as a novelist are shown in the continuity of his theoretical enterprise, from the early search for an artistic prose and a personal novel form, to the later dislocations of perspective achieved by manipulation of conventions drawn from popular fiction. This reassessment of Conrad's critical thought offers a new perspective on the transition from the Victorian novel to contemporary fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03498/cover/9780521403498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reusable Ada Components Sourcebook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orme, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussbaum, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayers, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When forming a new product the traditional engineer can take advantage of ready-made subassemblies. To the software engineer, reusable software components offer the same possibilities; the same components can be incorporated into many whole new systems, thus saving the considerable time and effort it can take to generate new software. Starting with an introduction to software reuse and a discussion of its feasibility, the authors go on to consider how the Ada software components that may be found in this book could be used. Ada was designed with reuse very much in mind, and this book contains the complete source code for many software components, making it essentially a small, but invaluable, library. Everyone whose field is software engineering, both novices and experts alike, will find that this book offers a wealth of interesting and practical information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03511/cover/9780521403511.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowring, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kornicki, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Japan is the essential reference to all facets of Japan past and present. Up-to-date, authoritative and wide-ranging in scope, it covers all the general reader, student, business person, journalist, researcher, tourist or armchair traveller would want to know. A highly absorbing read, the Encyclopedia is also filled with the facts, figures and general data on Japan that make it an indispensable source of information: for example, that the safest place to be during an earthquake in Japan is in a bamboo grove; or that one of the greatest delicacies of Japanese cuisine, the fugu, is deadly poisonous in the hands of an unskilled chef. It gives the latest statistics too, from Japan's dramatically ageing population, to a complete listing of its prime ministers, to valuable data on the powerful Japanese advertising industry. Throughout, full-colour photographs, maps and graphics generously illustrate the book and additional boxed features highlight important topics or issues relevant to the text. This, in a single volume, is a complete and fascinating picture of Japan and its people: its rich inherited traditions and culture, its modern complexities and its tantalising future role in the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03528/cover/9780521403528.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development and Integration of Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Robert Hinde</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bateson, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What regularities lie behind the development and organization of behaviour in animals and humans? One theme emerging from this book is that ideas have to flow in both directions between the different levels of analysis - between the neural and behavioural levels and between the individual and the social group. Another theme is that it is not enough to identify the many factors operating in the development and integration of behaviour. The processes must also be studied directly. Bringing together work at different levels and studying behavioural dynamics require more knowledge and expertise than any one person can usually command. Links have to be made between different disciplines and specialists have to learn to work with others who speak with what at first seem to be mutually incomprehensible scientific languages. The book illustrates how this may be achieved. The themes of this book are strongly related to the approach of Robert Hinde, in whose honour the chapters were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03566/cover/9780521403566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>London in the Age of Industrialisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Entrepreneurs, Labour Force and Living Conditions, 1700-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, L. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-length analysis of the London working population and the effects of the industrial revolution in London to appear for over sixty years. Prior to the mid nineteenth century London may not have experienced the direct effects of the industrial revolution to any great extent, but the indirect effects were felt strongly. L. D. Schwarz disagrees with the view that 'the industrial revolution was a storm that passed over London and broke elsewhere', and seeks to judge the effect of industrialisation on what was the country's largest manufacturing city. Its size and role as national capital meant that London was in certain important respects unique, but it was nonetheless susceptible to many of the wider economic transformations that occurred during the period 1700-1850, and Dr Schwarz offers a detailed analysis of the changes to the economy and social structure of London that these wrought. He analyses middle-class wealth, the incomes of the working classes, living standards (defined very broadly to include the impact of the seasons and of the trade cycle), the fall in the death rate, the changing nature of the labour force in general and of artisans in particular, money wages and perquisites and the economic role of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03658/cover/9780521403658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>George Eliot and the Conflict of Interpretations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reading of the Novels</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two versions of George Eliot, both influential, have emerged from the study of her life and work. One is the radical Victorian thinker, formidably learned in a whole range of intellectual disciplines; the other is the reclusive novelist, celebrating through her fiction the communal values which were being eroded in the modern world. This chronological study of the novels brings the two together and places her within the crisis of belief and value acted out in the mid-nineteenth century. George Eliot saw this crisis as one of interpretation, in a vivid, almost apocalyptic awareness that traditional modes of interpreting the world were breaking down irrevocably. This study shows how, in response, she redefined the nature of Victorian fiction, testing to the point of destruction a variety of Victorian myths, orthodoxies and ideologies in each of her novels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03665/cover/9780521403665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Strategic Arms Policy before SALT</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bluth, Christoph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>331</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Dr Christoph Bluth presents an original analysis of the build up of strategic forces from the death of Stalin to the SALT I agreement. The author outlines Soviet strategic arms policy, he identifies the principal interest groups involved and he studies a number of critical decisions taken in relation to strategic bombers, ICBMs, strategic nuclear forces based at sea, ballistic missile defence and the military uses of space. Strategic arms policy in the Khrushchev period exhibited a number of apparent paradoxes, which the author explains. As well as examining external threat assessment and wider foreign policy, he pays particular attention to the role of domestic factors such as Khrushchev's endeavours to shift resource away from military industries to agriculture and consumer goods production. The author is therefore able to demonstrate how domestic priorities and internal power struggles account for the seeming inconsistencies of Soviet military and foreign policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03726/cover/9780521403726.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140374X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140374X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Technology, and National Socialism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renneberg, Monika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a survey of the development of scientific disciplines and technical projects under National Socialism in Germany. Each contribution addresses a different, new aspect which is important for judging the interaction between science, technology and National Socialism. In particular, the personal conduct of individual scientists and engineers as well as the functionality of certain theories and projects are examined. All essays share a common theme: continuity and discontinuity. All authors cover a period from the Weimar Republic to the post-war period. This unanimity of approach provides answers to major questions about the nature of Hitler's regime and about possible lines of continuity in science and technology which may transcend political upheaval. The book is also the most comprehensive to date on this subject, and includes essays on engineering, geography, biology, psychology, physics, mathematics, and science policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03740/cover/9780521403740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>V. S. Naipaul</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mustafa, Fawzia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introductory study offers a critical overview of the major works of V. S. Naipaul from 1950 to the present day. Professor Mustafa's main concern is with literary issues, but historical, political and cultural questions are also addressed, with comparative references to other postcolonial works. Paradoxically, a major segment of Naipaul's non-western, pro-decolonisation readership seized on negative elements in his thinking, while Western reaction to his ideas and themes led to set notions about Third-World society. Thus, his work has always been the object of radically divergent views, dependent on the perspective of the reader. In examining this issue, Mustafa introduces general debates about postcolonial literary production and its contemporary interrogation of narrative techniques, language, gender, race, and canon formulation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03788/cover/9780521403788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exile and Kingdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Apocalypse in the Puritan Migration to America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zakai, Avihu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the ideological origins of the Puritan migration to and experience in America, and shows how Puritans believed that their removal to New England fulfilled prophetic apocalyptic and eschatological visions. An apocalyptic ideology of history, as a mode of historical thought, enabled Puritans to reconstruct their removal to America within the confines of sacred, ecclesiastical history. By tracing the ideological origins of the Puritan migration within the context of the English apocalyptic tradition, Dr Zakai shows how Puritans transformed the premises of that tradition by rejecting the notion of England as God's elect nation and by conferring that title upon the American wilderness. The Puritan migration is analyzed further within the wider context of Western colonization of America. Dr Zakai shows that the unique characteristics of the Puritan settlement in New England derived from identification with the 'Errand of the Church of the Wilderness' as described in the Book of Revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03818/cover/9780521403818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two-Level Functional Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nielson, Flemming</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nielson, Hanne Riis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors describe here a framework in which the type notation of functional languages is extended to include a notation for binding times (that is run-time and compile-time) that distinguishes between them. Consequently the ability to specify code and verify program correctness can be improved. Two developments are needed, the first of which introduces the binding time distinction into the lambda calculus, in a manner analogous with the introduction of types into the untyped lambda calculus. Methods are also presented for introducing combinators for run-time. The second concerns the interpretation of the resulting language, which is known as the mixed lambda-calculus and combinatory logic. The notion of 'parametrized semantics' is used to describe code generation and abstract interpretation. The code generation is for a simple abstract machine designed for the purpose; it is close to the categorical abstract machine. The abstract interpretation focuses on a strictness analysis that generalises Wadler's analysis for lists. It is also shown how the results of abstract interpretation may be used to improve the code generation. The work is both an exposition and synthesis of recent research and as such will be valuable to research workers and graduate students working in formal methods and functional languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03849/cover/9780521403849.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Green Imperialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial Expansion, Tropical Island Edens and the Origins of Environmentalism, 1600-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grove, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to document the origins and early history of environmentalism, concentrating especially on its hitherto unexplained colonial and global aspects. It highlights the significance of Utopian, physiocratic and medical thinking in the history of environmental ideas. The book shows how the new critique of the colonial impact on the environment depended on the emergence of a coterie of professional scientists, especially in the Dutch, French and English maritime empires. The prime importance of the oceanic island 'Eden' as a vehicle for new conceptions of nature is emphasised, and the significance of colonial island environments in stimulating conservationist notions is underlined, revealing how, for the first time, the limitability of local and global resources could be recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03856/cover/9780521403856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nationalism and Internationalism in Science, 1880-1939</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Four Studies of the Nobel Population</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>169</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The founding of the Nobel Prize in 1901 confirmed the internationalisation of science. The workings of the Nobel institution rested on an international community of scientists who forwarded candidates for the prizes. Along with the candidates and eventual prizewinners, they constituted the Nobel population, which in the fields of chemistry and physics between 1901 and 1939 numbered over one thousand scientist renown from twenty-five countries. Crawford uses this Nobel population for prosopographic studies that shed new light on national and international science between 1901 and 1939. Her four studies examine the following problems: the upsurge of nationalism among scientists of warring nations during and after World War I; the existence of a scientific centre and periphery in Central Europe; the &#233;lite conception of science in the United States; and the effective use of the Nobel prizes in an organisation whose primary purpose was to further national science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03863/cover/9780521403863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140388X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140388X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judaism and Modernization on the Religious Kibbutz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fishman, Aryei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work in the field of intellectual history explores religious ideas which emerged in Jewish thought under the influence of secular ideologies, and in response to the social and cultural realities created by Jewish Emancipation, Zionism and socialism. By concentrating on the major Jewish Orthodox movements of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, Professor Fishman examines the innovative mechanisms of traditional Judaism that were activated by these movements, as they strove to accommodate new realities. The study focuses specifically on the Religious Kibbutz Federation in Israel, which (in the process of building its self-contained pioneering settlements) developed a religious sub-culture that incorporated the central values of Jewish nationalism and socialism. Professor Fishman shows that - by creating the most far-reaching synthesis of modern, and traditional Jewish, culture at the community level - the settlements of the RKF may be regarded as a test case for the measure of the capacity of Judaism to adapt to modern life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03887/cover/9780521403887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Measurement of Starlight</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Two Centuries of Astronomical Photometry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hearnshaw, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>525</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Astronomical photometry is the science of measuring the brightness and colours of stars and other celestial objects. It is a technique at the very heart of modern astrophysics. This authoritative volume traces the fascinating historical development of astronomical photometry - from visual techniques at the time of William Herschel in the 1780s, through to the birth of photometry with charge-coupled devices in the 1970s. In this intriguing survey, we see how the advent of new technology has revolutionized the science of photometry at each stage of its development, and what dramatic advances have been achieved, despite several major disasters - especially in the practice of photographic photometry. This book also clearly illustrates the critical relationship between the development of a science and the technology it uses. This volume provides professional astronomers with a valuable guide to the background and development of this fundamental technique. It will also be of great interest to amateur astronomers and historians of the physical sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03931/cover/9780521403931.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521403952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521403952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521403955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Louis XV and the Parlement of Paris, 1737-55</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521403955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogister, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a lively narrative account, based on previously unused material, of the events that marked the troubled relationship between Louis XV, the clergy of France, and the Parlement of Paris in the mid-eighteenth century. The author shows how religious disputes drove a wedge between the King and the leading magistrates of his kingdom, leading to the exile of the Parlement in 1753-4. He describes the way in which legal and procedural conflicts gave rise to a debate about the nature of the Monarchy itself, the exercise of royal authority, and the rights of the subject under the protection of law. Debates inside the Parlement are analysed, using the reports of highly placed government spies and agents, and new light is shed on the part played by the King.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03955/cover/9780521403955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Research and Development in Expert Systems VII</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 10th Annual Technical Conference of the BCS Specialist Group, September 1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Addis, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the refereed and invited papers which were presented at Expert Systems 90, the tenth annual conference of the British Computer Society's Specialist Group on Expert Systems, held in London in September 1990. The theme of the conference - Business Benefits of Expert Systems - is particularly pertinent as expert systems mature and begin to be applied in a much wider range of settings. This year three issues were examined: cybernetics, databases and programming languages. These issues reflect the ubiquity of expert systems, showing how the methods are helping to expand other areas of technology. This is the seventh volume in the series, Research and Development in Expert Systems, and together with its predecessors is essential reading for those who wish to keep up-to-date with developments and opportunities in this important field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19901231</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Successful Lab Reports</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Manual for Science Students</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lobban, Christopher S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schefter, MarLa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science students are expected to produce lab reports, but are rarely adequately instructed on how to write them. Aimed at undergraduate students, Successful Laboratory Reports bridges the gap between the many books about writing term papers and the advanced books about writing papers for publication in scientific journals, neither of which gives much information about writing laboratory reports. The first part guides students through the structure of a good report as they write a first draft. The second part shows how to revise the report and how to polish and nurture good science writing skills. The book will prove invaluable to all science students, but particularly those in biology and chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04044/cover/9780521404044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Canada and the Gold Standard</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Balance of Payments Adjustment under Fixed Exchange Rates, 1871-1913</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dick, Trevor J. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Floyd, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this re-examination of Canada's balance-of-payments experience under the gold standard, the authors develop and empirically test a new portfolio approach to the mechanism of balance-of-payments adjustment. This adjustment mechanism responded to massive inflows of foreign capital during a critical period of Canada's economic growth in the early years of the twentieth century. The authors show that the existence of international mobility of capital requires a fundamental revision of the price-specie-flow theory that has traditionally been used to explain adjustment when the balance of payments was more nearly dominated by the balance of trade. The approach taken by Professors Dick and Floyd not only answers the critics of Jacob Viner, who first explored the Canadian case after 1900, but also offers a new perspective on how the gold standard in general actually worked. This new interpretation of the Canadian experience is an extension of the monetary approach to balance-of-payments adjustment that realizes the full implications of international capital mobility. Interest-rate differentials do not drive capital flows, but instead reflect risk premiums set by the exchange of imperfectly substitutable securities of different countries in world-asset markets. Changes in domestic relative to foreign price levels equalibrate markets for goods, but to any fixed exchange-rate system when capital is internationally mobile.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04082/cover/9780521404082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Disease of Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural and Institutional Responses to AIDS</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelkin, Dorothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willis, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parris, Scott V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>295</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFH2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of AIDS cannot be adequately measured by epidemiology alone. As the editors of this volume argue, AIDS must be understood as a 'disease of society', which is challenging and changing society profoundly. Numerous books on AIDS have looked at the ways in which our social institutions, norms and values have determined how the disease has been dealt with, but this book examines the ways in which AIDS is, in turn, changing our social institutions, norms and values. It explores the impact of AIDS on the arts and popular entertainment, on our concept of family, on government and legal institutions and on the health services, and the ways in which AIDS is forcing society to come to terms with longstanding tensions between community values and individual rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04112/cover/9780521404112.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict in Child and Adolescent Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shantz, Carolyn Uhlinger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartup, Willard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>463</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although conflict in human affairs has fascinated theorists and researchers for centuries, this book is unique in focusing on the role of conflict in psychological and social development: the hows, whens, wheres, and whys of conflict in everyday life. Conflict is not always a negative, destructive event; research shows that it has many positive effects in the development of individuals and their interpersonal relationships. A major theme of Conflict in Child and Adolescent Development  is how the management of conflict can enhance the psychological growth of individuals and strengthen relationships among people. Leading scholars present findings based on empirical research from psychology, anthropology, sociology, sociolinguistics, and family relations to provide an intriguing picture of what is known about conflict and to preview future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04167/cover/9780521404167.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Summa Musice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Thirteenth-Century Manual for Singers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>293</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did medieval musicians learn to perform? How did they compose? What was their sense of the history and purpose of music? The Summa musice, a treatise on practical music from c.1200, sheds light on all these questions. It is a manual for young singers who are learning Gregorian chant for the first time, and provides a compact but comprehensive introduction to notation, performance and composition, written in a mixture of Latin prose and verse. More than that, however, it is also an introduction to medieval culture: what educated people believed to be worth knowing about music, how they reasoned when they discussed musical questions, the nature of musical thought and how it was expressed. Christopher Page's book provides an edition of the Latin text taken from the only surviving original copy, together with an English translation. Both texts are copiously annotated and introduced by an authoritative and illuminating editorial commentary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36023/cover/9780521036023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Infrared Spectral Region of Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrillat, Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a review of the work in progress on the infrared spectral region of stars. The most important previous mission, the Infrared Astronomy Satellite (IRAS) was launched in 1983. Although it was only operating for one year, in that time it surveyed the whole sky for infrared emitters of many different kinds providing a fundamental catalogue of thousands of objects. As a consequence of its success, a new mission to observe the infrared sky is being planned. The Infrared Space Observatory (ISO) is scheduled for a launch in May 1993. It should add substantially to our knowledge of the stars. The volume is based on the proceedings of an international conference held in Montpellier, France. It provided an excellent forum for the experts in the field to get together and evaluate the status of current knowledge and analyse the instrumentation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04211/cover/9780521404211.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Biblical Interpretation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Nineteenth-Century Conflict</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Addinall, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the nature of the conflict between science and religion.  It shows through a detailed examination of this conflict as it was manifested in nineteenth-century Britain that religion and science, properly understood, cannot co-exist in mutual harmony. The legacy of their conflict in the last century has been passed on to the twentieth century, greatly to the detriment of religious belief.  It is the author's contention that a return to the essentials of Kant's critical philosophy would lay bare the profound differences between religious and scientific approaches to the world, and the nature of the choice to be made between them.  In its effort to demarcate the outlines of a genuine biblical theology (and to articulate the proper procedures for producing one) the book casts light on important questions of biblical interpretation, and demands a radical reassessment of the meaning of science for society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04235/cover/9780521404235.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140424X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140424X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sets of Multiples</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Richard R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of sets of multiples, a subject which lies at the intersection of analytic and probabilistic number theory, has seen much development since the publication of Sequences by Halberstam and Roth nearly thirty years ago. The area is rich in problems, many of them still unsolved or arising from current work. The author sets out to give a coherent, essentially self-contained account of the existing theory and at the same time to bring the reader to the frontiers of research. One of the fascinations of the theory is the variety of methods applicable to it, which include Fourier analysis, group theory, high and ultra-low moments, probability and elementary inequalities, as well as several branches of number theory. This Tract is the first devoted to the subject, and will be of value to research workers or graduate students in number theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04242/cover/9780521404242.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Computer User as Toolsmith</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Use, Reuse and Organization of Computer-Based Tools</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Saul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computing environments that furnish a large set of tools (such as editors, mail programs and language processors) are difficult to use, primarily because there is no means of organizing the tools so that they are at hand when needed. Because of the dearth of knowledge of how users behave when issuing commands to general purpose computer systems, existing user support facilities are ad-hoc designs that do not support natural work habits. The Computer User as Toolsmith describes several empirical studies from which the author has developed a computer version of a handyman's workbench that would help users with their online activities. For the practitioner and interface designer, the guidelines and principles offered here are directly applicable to the rational design of new systems and the modernization of old ones. For the researcher and graduate student, the book offers a wealth of analysis and interpretation of data, as well as a survey of research techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04303/cover/9780521404303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stravinsky: Oedipus Rex</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stravinsky's opera-oratorio Oedipus rex is widely acknowledged as one of the most original music-theatre works of the twentieth century. This clear and concise guide is the first ever to be written on this work and it describes the music and its staging in close detail. It offers the first proper explanation of the plot and its relation to its literary sources and provides a fully documented discussion of the origins of Oedipus rex in Stravinsky's own work and thinking. By placing the work in its social context Stephen Walsh paints a vivid picture of Parisian artistic politics in the twenties from which emerges one of the richest and most suggestive works of art of modern times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04310/cover/9780521404310.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statics and Kinematics of Granular Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nedderman, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book outlines the basic science underlying the prediction of stress and velocity distributions in granular materials. It takes the form of a textbook suitable for postgraduate courses, research workers and for use in design offices. The nature of a rigid-plastic material is discussed and a comparison is made between the Coulomb and conical (extended Von Mises) models. The methods of measuring material properties are described and an interpretation of the experimental results is considered in the context of the Critical State Theory. The book will be an invaluable text for all those working with or doing research into granular materials. Exercises and solutions are provided which will be particularly useful for the student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04358/cover/9780521404358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140438X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140438X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stefan Heym</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Perpetual Dissident</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stefan Heym's uncompromising stance made him unpopular with a succession of political regimes. The Nazis, the CIA and the East German secret police all held files on him. He was Hitler's youngest literary exile; McCarthyism was to drive him from the USA; and even in what appeared his natural home - the first socialist state on German soil - he was to become the country's leading dissident. By continuing to compose in both English and German, however, he maintained an international reputation, and has been translated into over twenty languages. This study traces Heym's career principally by reference to his novels, journalism, and political essays, from his earliest works. All his novels are analysed, the major ones in depth, and English translations of all German quotations are provided. Peter Hutchinson focuses particularly on Heym's battles against Stalinism and censorship, and the way in which his courageous defiance of a repressive regime inspired others and paved the way for the 'new' eastern literature of the eighties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04389/cover/9780521404389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140441X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140441X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evangelical Eucharistic Thought in the Church of England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cocksworth, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC91</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the way the central act of Christian worship (variously known as the Eucharist, the Lord's Supper, the Holy Communion, and the Mass) has been treated in the thought and practice of the Evangelical tradition in the Church of England. Evangelicals are not associated with an emphasis on the Eucharist, and Dr Cocksworth's study is important because it demonstrates that - at its times of strength - the Evangelical tradition has held the Eucharist in the highest regard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04419/cover/9780521404419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays, Mainly Shakespearean</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anne Barton's essays on Shakespeare and his contemporaries are characterized by their combination of intelligence, humanity and elegance. In this linked but wide-ranging collection she addresses such diverse issues as Shakespeare's trust (and mistrust) of language, the puzzle of Falstaff's inability to survive in a genuinely comic world, the unconsummated marriage of Imogen and Posthumus in Cymbeline, Shakespeare's debt to Livy and Machiavelli in Coriolanus, 'hidden' kings in the Tudor and Stuart history play, comedy and the city, and deer-parks as places of liberation and danger in English drama up to and beyond the Restoration. Professor Barton looks at both major and neglected plays of the period and the ongoing dialogue between them. Taken together the essays reveal a remarkable range of reference and depth of insight, together with an increasing emphasis on historical and social contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04440/cover/9780521404440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives in Plant Cell Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callow, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Perspectives in Plant Cell Recognition presents a review of recent advances in understanding the cellular, molecular and genetic mechanisms governing cell-cell interactions in plants. In the case of the interaction between different cells of the same plant, most progress has been made in the study of gametes and associated organs during sexual reproduction and the volume begins with several contributions on this topic. Exciting progress in the study of associations between somatic cells crucial to coordinated tissue development is also reported. Interactions between plant cells and cells of other organisms are then represented by consideration of plant pathogenesis and examples of mutualistic symbiosis; the study of both of these areas has yielded significant information about this category of interaction. In particular, the Rhizobium/legume symbiosis has been studied extensively and the genes controlling the specificity of the interaction and involved in creating a harmonious mutualism have been cloned and their products identified. This volume will be of value to advanced undergraduates and research students seeking a broad introduction to plant recognition systems, and to research workers in the area of cell recognition looking for information on systems with which they may not be familiar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404479</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Technology's Promise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Examination of Children's Educational Computing at Home</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giacquinta, Joseph B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauer, Jo Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levin, Jane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As personal computers have become more available, there has been a great deal of optimism for educational reform through wide computer use, both at school and in the home. Beyond Technology's Promise takes a hard look at the home computer scene. The research reported in the book focuses on whether families are using computers to help children learn academic skills and, if so, how well they are doing it. The three year, qualitative investigation provides contextual information crucial to our understanding of how computers are really being used. The authors draw the not so surprising conclusion that most children use computers to play games. They therefore propose directions that must be taken in order to facilitate the educational use of home computers or any other promising educational technology. In so doing, they examine such topics as parental leadership, the home-school computer connection, and the role of gender in home computing use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04471/cover/9780521404471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature and Origins of Mass Opinion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaller, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book John Zaller develops a comprehensive theory to explain how people acquire political information from elites and the mass media and convert it into political preferences. Using numerous specific examples, Zaller applies this theory to the dynamics of public opinion on a broad range of subjects, including domestic and foreign policy, trust in government, racial equality, and presidential approval, as well as voting behaviour in U.S. House, Senate, and presidential elections. The thoery is constructed from four basic premises. The first is that individuals differ substantially in their attention to politics and therefore in their exposure to elite sources of political information. The second is that people react critically to political communication only to the extent that they are knowledgeable about political affairs. The third is that people rarely have fixed attitudes on specific issues; rather, they construct 'preference statements'&#160;on the fly as they confront each issue raised. The fourth is that, in constructing these statements, people make the greatest use of ideas that are, for various reasons, the most immediately salient to them. Zaller emphasizes the role of political elites in establishing the terms of political discourse in the mass media and the powerful effect of this framing of issues on the dynamics of mass opinion on any given issue over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04495/cover/9780521404495.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morphological Change in Quaternary Mammals of North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnosky, Anthony D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>427</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines case studies of North American Quaternary mammalian evolution within the larger domain of modern evolutionary theory. The book presents previously unpublished studies of a variety of taxa (xenarthrans, rodents, carnivores, ungulates) examined over several temporal scales, from a few thousand years during the Holocene to millions of years of late Pliocene and Pleistocene time. Different organisational levels are represented, from mosaic population variation, to a synopsis of Quaternary evolution of an entire order (Rodentia). In addition to specific case histories, the book includes purely theoretical and methodological contributions, for example, on the statistical recognition of stasis in the fossil record, new ways to calculate evolutionary rates, and the use of digital image analysis in the study of dental ontogeny. Perhaps the most important aspect of the studies reported in this book is that they span the time between the 'ecological moment' and 'deep time'. Modern taxa can be traced back into the fossil record, and variation among extant taxa can be used as a control against which variation in the extinct ones can be understood. The book will interest vertebrate palaeontologists, modern ecologists concerned with the origin of biological diversity and also evolutionists interested in the competing evolutionary models of punctuated equilibrium and phyletic gradualism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20817/cover/9780521020817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contours of Death and Disease in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobson, Mary J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>668</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a penetrating account of death and disease in England during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Using a wide range of sources for the south-east of England, the author highlights the tremendous variation in levels of mortality across geographical contours and across two centuries. She explores the epidemiological causes and consequences of these mortality variations, and offers the reader a fascinating insight into the way patients and practitioners perceived, understood and reacted to the multitude of fevers, poxes and plagues in past times. She examines, in particular, the significance of malaria in English demographic history, and provides a detailed account of the history of this once endemic disease. This broad-ranging and stimulating study will be of interest to historical demographers, medical historians, geographers and epidemiologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04648/cover/9780521404648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sacred Void</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spatial Images of Work and Ritual among the Giriama of Kenya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parkin, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study, David Parkin shows how indigenous African rites and beliefs may be reworked to accommodate a variety of economic systems, new spatial and ecological relations between communities, and the locally variable influences of Islam and Christianity. The Giriama people of Kenya include pastoralists living in the hinterland; farmers, who work land closer to the coast; and migrants, who earn money as labourers or fishermen on the coast itself. Wherever they live, they revere an ancient and formerly fortified capital, located in the pastoralist hinterland, which few of them ever see or visit. Their different perspectives sometimes conflict, but together provide a shifting idea of the sacred place. As the site of occasional large-scale ceremonies, moreover, the settlement becomes especially important at times of national crisis. It then acts as a moral core of Giriama society, and a symbolic defence against total domination and assimilation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04662/cover/9780521404662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toward a General Theory of Expertise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prospects and Limits</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ericsson, K. Anders</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Jacqui</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the last twenty years our understanding of expertise has dramatically increased. Laboratory analysis of chess masters, experts in physics and medicine, musicians, athletics, writers, and performance artists have included careful examination of the cognitive processes mediating outstanding performance in very diverse areas of expertise. These analyses have shown that expert performance is primarily a reflection of acquired skill resulting from the accumulation of domain-specific knowledge and methods during many years of training practice. The importance of domain-specific knowledge has led researchers on expertise to focus on characteristics of expertise in specific domains. In Toward a General Theory of Expertise many of the world's foremost scientists review the state-of-the-art knowledge about expertise in different domains, with the goal of identifying characteristics of expert performance that are generalizable across many different areas of expertise. These essays provide a comprehensive summary of general methods for studying expertise and of current knowledge about expertise in chess, physics, medicine, sports and performance arts, music, writing, and decision making. Most important, the essays reveal the existence of many general characteristics of expertise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04709/cover/9780521404709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140472X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140472X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minkowski Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Minkowski geometry is a type of non-Euclidean geometry in a finite number of dimensions in which distance is not 'uniform' in all directions. This book presents the first comprehensive treatment of Minkowski geometry since the 1940s. The author begins by describing the fundamental metric properties and the topological properties of existence of Minkowski space. This is followed by a treatment of two-dimensional spaces and characterisations of Euclidean space among normed spaces. The central three chapters present the theory of area and volume in normed spaces, a fascinating geometrical interplay among the various roles of the ball in Euclidean space. Later chapters deal with trigonometry and differential geometry in Minkowski spaces. The book ends with a brief look at J. J. Schaffer's ideas on the intrinsic geometry of the unit sphere. Minkowski Geometry will appeal to students and researchers interested in geometry, convexity theory and functional analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04723/cover/9780521404723.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Delhi Sultanate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political and Military History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Delhi Sultanate was the first Islamic state to be established in India. In a broad-ranging, accessible narrative, Peter Jackson traces the history of the Sultanate from its foundation in 1210 to its demise in 1400 at the sack of Delhi by the Central Asian conqueror, Tamerlane. During the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, the Sultanate was the principal bastion of Islam in the subcontinent. While the book focuses on military and political affairs, tracing the Sultanate's resistance to formidable Mongol invasions from the north-west and the administrative developments that underpinned these exploits, it also explores the Sultans' relations with their non-Muslim subjects. As a comprehensive treatment of the period, the book will make a significant contribution to the literature on medieval Indo-Muslim history. Students of Islamic and Indian history, and those with a general interest in the region, will find it a valuable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04778/cover/9780521404778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phyllotaxis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Systemic Study in Plant Morphogenesis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jean, Roger V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Phyllotaxis, the study of the patterns exhibited by leaves and other organs of plants, raises some of the deepest questions of plant morphogenesis. What principles of biological organisation produce these dynamical geometric systems? The constant occurrence of the Fibonacci sequence in such systems is a phenomenon that has fascinated botanists and mathematicians for centuries. In this book, first published in 1994, the many facets of phyllotaxis are dealt with in an integrated manner for the first time. The author describes a unified concept of phyllotaxis based on experimental, anatomical, cellular, physiological and paleontological observations. The book provides a framework for formal analyses of botanical data and emphasises the relevance of the phyllotactic paradigm in the study of other structures, such as crystals and proteins. It is of interest to cystallographers and physicists as well as to botanists and mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04822/cover/9780521404822.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aping Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallman, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is regarded, at least in most intellectual traditions, as the quintessential human attribute, at once evidence and source of most that is considered transcendent in us, distinguishing ours from the merely mechanical nature of the beast. Even if language did not have the sacrosanct status it does in our conception of human nature, however, the question of its presence in other species would still promote argument, for we lack any universally accepted, defining features of language, ones that would allow us to identify it unequivocally ours from other species and contention over the crucial attributes of language are responsible for the stridency of the debate over whether nonhuman animals can learn language. Aping Language is a critical assessment of each of the recent experiments designed to impact a language, either natural or invented, to an ape. The performance of the animals in these experiments is compared with the course of semantic and syntactic development in children, both speaking and signing. The book goes on to examine what is known about the neurological, cognitive, and specifically linguistic attributes of our species that subserve language, and it discusses how they might have come into existence. Finally, the communication of nonhuman primates in nature is assayed to consider whether or not it was reasonable to assume, as the experimenters in these projects did, that apes possess an ability to acquire language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04877/cover/9780521404877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Chartism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class and Nation in English Radical Politics 1848-1874</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finn, Margot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>375</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book charts the course of working- and middle-class radical politics in England from the continental revolutions of 1848 to the fall of Gladstone's Liberal government in 1874. The author traces the genealogy of English radicalism from its roots in Protestant Dissent and the seventeenth-century revolutions, but also shows how this shared radical tradition was problematized by middle-class radicals' acceptance of classical liberal economics. She traces the lineaments of this divide by contrasting middle- and working-class responses to the continental revolutions of 1848-9, to the Polish and Italian nationalism of the 1860s, and to the Paris Commune in 1871. She argues that these years witnessed not the relentless liberalization of working-class radical protest in England, but rather a significant diminution of middle-class radicals' commitment to liberal economics. This accommodation contributed to the emergence of the 'New Liberalism' of the 1880s, and helped to shape middle- and working-class responses to the early socialist movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04969/cover/9780521404969.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521404991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521404991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521404990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vivaldi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Four Seasons and Other Concertos, Op. 8</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521404990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everett, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Four Seasons and the rest of the concertos in Op. 8 represent Vivaldi's remarkable innovation in the field of the Baroque concerto. This detailed guide examines the work's origin and construction in a way that enables the reader to distinguish what is extraordinary about the Seasons and what constitutes the composer's customary method of 'characterising' the solo concerto. Drawing on recent research and his own expertise in the appraisal of Vivaldi's manuscripts, the author draws interesting and sometimes startling conclusions about the conception of the Seasons, the origin of their programme, the dating of the concertos and the rationale behind the collection's ritornello-form structures and aria-like slow movements. The significance of Vivaldi's idiosyncratic art is thus revealed in some of the most popular concert music of all time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/04990/cover/9780521404990.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Promoting Experimental Learning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Experiment and the Royal Society, 1660-1727</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Marie Boas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In spite of all that has been written in the past decades about the first half-century of the Royal Society's existence, no one has so far examined just what took place at the Society's weekly meetings nor how far they fulfilled the expressed aim of promoting 'experimental learning'.  Students of the early Royal Society have often taken its aim to have been fully expressed in the writings of such Fellows as Boyle, Hooke and Newton, aware that Hooke especially performed very many experiments at the meetings between 1662 and 1703, while he and others wrote about the necessity of doing so. This study attempts to analyse the content of the meetings in detail in order to discover how far and in what manner the aims of the Society were fulfilled in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. This book for the first time explores the practices of the Society's Fellows, and shows how these altered between 1660 and 1727.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05034/cover/9780521405034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Introduction to Private Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, D. E. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book one of the world's foremost legal historians attempts to explain what produced the private law of the western world as we know it today. Professor van Caenegem pays particular attention to the origins of the common law - civil law dichotomy, and how it arose that England and the continent of Europe, although sharing the same civilisation and values, live under two different legal systems. The chronological coverage extends from the Germanic invasion in the early Middle Ages to the present day, incorporating analysis of the medieval Roman and canon law (both products of the law schools), and that of the School of Natural Law which inspired the great national codifications of the modern age. Professor van Caenegem evaluates the role of the lawgivers - emperors, kings and parliaments - and that of the judges, particularly, of course, in the lands of the English common law. He deals with the great phases of legal development and the main bodies of doctrine and legislation (rather than offer an analysis of the legal norms themselves); with substantive private law - family and status, property, contract, inheritance, trade - and with the organisation of the courts and the forms of process. An Historical Introduction to Private Law is based on both an extensive secondary literature in several languages, and on evidence accumulated by Professor van Caenegem over the past forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05140/cover/9780521405140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hypertext: Concepts, Systems and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the First European Conference on Hypertext, INRIA, France, November 1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rizk, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Streitz, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andr&#233;, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>383</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of hypertext and hypermedia has been witnessing a dramatic rise in interest over the last three years both from the academic and the industrial communities. This volume presents the proceedings of the European Conference on Hypertext (ECHT90) conference held in Paris in November 1990, where researchers, developers, and users were able to meet and discuss the theme of hypertext and hypermedia. This volume will be of interest to a broad spectrum of professionals ranging from pure theoreticians of hypergraphs and graph grammars via system developers for electronic publishing to end-users of hypertext applications such as medical information systems and computer aided design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05171/cover/9780521405171.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon Medicine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Malcolm Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to make a comprehensive study of Old English medical texts. Professor Cameron compares Anglo-Saxon medical practice with that of the Greeks and Romans from whom the Anglo-Saxons borrowed freely. He analyses the position of physicians in society, the conditions under which their patients lived and the effectiveness of their remedies. He examines the ingredients of Anglo-Saxon prescriptions, their therapeutic efficacy and availability. The role of magic in medicine is dealt with in depth, but found to have played less part in medical practice than has sometimes been thought. Special attention is given to surgery, bloodletting, gynaecology and obstetrics. Professor Cameron concludes that Anglo-Saxon medicine, on the evidence of surviving texts, was as good as any previously practised in Western Europe. The author has written with the needs of medical historians and non-specialist readers as well as Anglo-Saxonists in mind. The numerous quotations from the surviving texts are given in English as well as in the original languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05218/cover/9780521405218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140522X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140522X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Andrei Platonov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Uncertainties of Spirit</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seifrid, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Soviet writer Andrei Platonov (1899-1951) belongs to a Russian philosophical tradition that includes such figures as Vladimir Solov'ev, Mikhail Bakhtin and Boris Pasternak. This study investigates the interrelation of themes, imagery and the use of language in his prose. Thomas Seifrid shows how Platonov was particularly influenced by Russian utopian thought of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and how his world view was also shaped by its implicit dialogue with the 'official' Soviet philosophy of Marxism-Leninism, and later with Stalinist utopianism. He discusses how in Platonov's masterpieces of the late 1920s and early 1930s linguistic parody comes together with existential angst and dystopian doubts about the course of Soviet history. The study concludes with consideration of the works Platonov wrote from 1934 to 1951, in the age of socialist realism. In these, he manoeuvred to preserve some of the essentials of his earlier world view and verbal manner while fusing them to the literary formulae that were expected of him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05225/cover/9780521405225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sufi Saints and State Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pirs of Sind, 1843-1947</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ansari, Sarah F. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Dr Sarah Ansari examines the system of political control constructed by the British in Sind between 1843 and 1947. In particular, she explores the part of the local Muslim elite, the pirs or hereditary sufi saints. Using a wealth of historical material and in depth interviews, the author looks at the development of the institution of the pir, its power base and the mechanics of the system of control into which the pirs were drawn. The overall success of the political system depended on the willingness of the elite to participate and Dr Ansari argues that it did indeed work in Sind. This enabled the British to govern while allowing the pirs to adapt to colonial rule, and later independence, without serious damage to their interests. The author demonstrates that only in the heightened nationalist atmosphere of the 1940s did the system break down.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05300/cover/9780521405300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Armada of Flanders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spanish Maritime Policy and European War, 1568-1668</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stradling, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Flanders armada, took shape in response to the use of seapower by the Dutch rebels, and evolved into the most effective unit in Spain's defence establishment. In combination with its privateering auxiliaries, this elite striking force dominated the North Sea for some twenty years (1625-45), and campaigned also in the Mediterranean and Atlantic theatres of war. Yet its contribution to the tenacious survival of Spanish hegemony has never before been assessed. A narrative of the armada's fighting record over the century of its meaningful existence is presented with constant reference to the strategic-logistical context and analysis of policymaking in Madrid. Attention is paid to the political significance of maritime policy, and particularly the relationship between Madrid and its subordinate headquarters in Brussels; the infrastructure of the armada; the ships themselves, above all the revolutionary but elusive 'frigate'; the social hierarchy of crews and commanders; and details of administration and financing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05348/cover/9780521405348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Derrida, Heidegger, Blanchot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sources of Derrida's Notion and Practice of Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacques Derrida is undoubtedly one of the foremost figures in the development of twentienth-century literary theory. The school of 'deconstruction' that has grown out of his work has been either absorbed into the corpus of modern literary theory, or criticized for its departures from the original texts of Derrida in whose name it is practised. Timothy Clark's innovative book traces instead sources of Derrida's practice of 'literature' as a form of philosophical thinking, in the work of Heidegger and Blanchot. It offers a welcome stylistic clarity in a field beleaguered by its philosophical and linguistic difficulty. Clark gives close readings of key texts including Heidegger's Conversation on a Country Path, Blanchot's L'attente l'oubli, and Derrida's Pas and Signsponge, and widens the scope of his discussion of philosophical cultivation of 'literary' forms to include in addition the issues of creativity, influence and responsibility as they appear in the work of Lyotard and Levinas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05393/cover/9780521405393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideas of Agency in Theory and Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livingston, Paisley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary study establishes connections between divergent approaches to rationality in philosophy, social science, and literary studies. Livingston provides a broad survey of the basic assumptions and questions associated with concepts of rationality in philosophical accounts of action, in decision theory, and in the theory of rational choice. He gives examples of the ways in which rationality is involved in the writing and reading of literary works, ranging from Icelandic sagas to Beckett, Dreiser, Lem, Poe and Zola. Topics examined include the role of concepts of desire, intention, and planning in action explanations, the relation between cognition and motivation, the rationality of desire, atomic versus agential perspectives on rationality, the rationality of groups and institutions, and the question of the rationality of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05409/cover/9780521405409.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Augustine and the Limits of Virtue</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wetzel, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Augustine's moral psychology was one of the richest in late antiquity, and in this book James Wetzel evaluates its development, indicating that the insights offered by Augustine on free-will have been prevented from receiving full appreciation as the result of an anachronistic distinction between theology and philosophy. He shows that it has been commonplace to divide Augustine's thought into earlier and later phases, the former being more philosophically informed than the latter. Wetzel's contention is that this division is less pronounced than it has been made out to be.  The author shows that, while Augustine clearly acknowledges his differences with philosophy, he never loses his fascination with the Stoic concepts of happiness and virtue, and of the possibility of their attainment by human beings. This fascination is seen by Wetzel to extend to Augustine's writings on grace, where freedom and happiness are viewed as a recovery of virtue. The notorious dismissal of pagan virtue in 'The City of God' is part of Augustine's family quarrel with philosophers, not a rejection of philosophy per se. Augustine the theologian is thus seen to be a Platonist philosopher with a keen sense of the psychology of moral struggle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05416/cover/9780521405416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Johannes de Hauvilla: Architrenius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hauvilla, Johannes de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wetherbee, Winthrop</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Architrenius is a vivacious and influential Latin satirical poem in nine books dating from 1184. It describes the journey of a young man (the 'Arch-Weeper') on the threshold of maturity, confronting the ills of the church, the court, and the schools of late twelfth-century Europe. Dramatising the human tendency towards vice and the vanity of worldly things, the poem is full of social commentary and flights of brilliant description. There are characteristic scenes in which a desire that combines prurience with frank sexuality is set against a quasi-religious idealism. The directness with which the poem engages social and psychological problems anticipates the work of the great vernacular writers Boccaccio and Chaucer. Winthrop Wetherbee's prose translation is presented alongside the original Latin, and augmented by an introduction and extensive notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05430/cover/9780521405430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Breaking from Taylorism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Forms of Work in the Automobile Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#252;rgens, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malsch, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dohse, Knuth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the future of one of the world's most important industries is examined from the perspective of work structures and labour relations policies. The authors examine the restructuring of the world automobile industry in the 1980s, and draw data from an in-depth empirical study of three leading car companies in three different countries: the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany. They demonstrate that the different strategies employed by firms and trades unions in industrial relations, and different national characteristics, have had a major impact on the dismantling of Taylorism and Fordism and the introduction of new structures of work. This book is an important contribution to the study of change in mass production industries throughout the world.  It will be of interest to students of industrial relations and industrial sociology, as well as specialists in government and business.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05447/cover/9780521405447.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Solitons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Experiment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes both the theoretical and experimental aspects of optical soliton generation, soliton properties and the application of optical solitons to all-optical high-bit-rate communications. Only temporal optical solitons in fibres are considered. The intention of the book is to provide an overview of our current understanding of optical soliton properties, introducing the subject for the student and reviewing the most recent research. Each chapter has been written by experts, indeed chapters 1 and 2 have been contributed by the pioneers of theoretical and experimental optical soliton research - Dr  A. Hasegawa and Dr L. F. Mollenauer respectively. The book will be of importance to graduate students and researchers in optics, optical engineering and communications science, providing a useful introduction for those who are entering the field. It will provide an up-to-date summary of recent research for the expert, who will also find the references to each chapter extremely valuable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05485/cover/9780521405485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405491</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mark Twain and the Feminine Aesthetic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoneley, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>221</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the ways in which Mark Twain was formed by, and sought to manipulate, the ideology of gender. Feminine and masculine values exist via their opposition to and interplay with each other, and Twain, a representative masculine figure, provides a useful focal point for an exploration of the subject. Not only did Twain address himself directly to the conflicting and complementary aspects of gendered culture, but his models of history are strongly marked by the same issue: his exploitation of North/male - South/female associations is investigated, as well as the significance of individual figures such as Joan of Arc. Stoneley considers the range of Twain's writing, including classic works such as Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, genteel fiction such as The Prince and the Pauper and embittered autobiographical fragments. Twain's preoccupation with the nature and value of the 'feminine' has long been recognised as a central feature of his writing. Stoneley goes beyond generalizations to provide a detailed analysis; his book will be of interest to scholars and students of American literature, cultural history and gender studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05492/cover/9780521405492.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistics and Econometric Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vuong, Quang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume in a major two-volume set of advanced texts in econometrics. It is essentially a text in statistics which is adapted to deal with economic phenomena. Christian Gourieroux and Alain Monfort have written a text which synthesises a great deal of material scattered across a variety of books and journals. They present both the basic and the more sophisticated statistical models which are crucial to an understanding of econometric models, and have taken care to employ mathematical tools with which a majority of students with a basic course in econometrics will be familiar. One of the most attractive features of the books is the liberal use throughout of real-world economic examples. They are also distinctive for their emphasis on promoting an intuitive understanding of the models and results at the expense of overly technical discussions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05515/cover/9780521405515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infectious Diseases of the Respiratory Tract</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>615</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From common cold to many life-threatening conditions like TB, infectious disease of the respiratory tract is a serious and widespread problem. Within three sections this text provides a complete and highly illustrated dossier of information and practical advice on both pathogens and major syndromes. It also includes coverage of key support and highly specialised areas such as paediatrics, foreign travel, intensive care management etc. Care of patients presenting with major infection ideally involves coordinated multidisciplinary teamwork. Such teams are managed by physicians with a breadth of knowledge spanning numerous specialities which include infectious disease, radiology, microbiology, surgery, intensive care, thoracic medicine and tropical medicine. Collecting together expertise from these fields and beyond, this text forms a comprehensive and invaluable reference resource for all involved in the care and diagnosis of respiratory infection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>565.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Enigma of the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mind-Body Problem in Contemporary Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moravia, Sergio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staton, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sergio Moravia's The Enigma of the Mind (originally published in Italian as L'enigma della mente) offers a broad and lucid critical and historical survey of one of the fundamental debates in the philosophy of mind - the relationship of mind and body. This problem continues to raise deep questions concerning the nature of man. The book has two central aims. First, Professor Moravia sketches the major recent contributions to the mind/body problem from philosophers of mind. Having established this framework Professor Moravia pursues his second aim - the articulation of a particular interpretation of the mental and the mind-body problem. The book's detailed and systematic treatment of this fundamental philosophical issue make it ideal for upper-level undergraduate and graduate courses in epistemology and the philosophy of mind. It should also prove provocative reading for psychologists and cognitive scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05577/cover/9780521405577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Includes articles by Imanuel Wallerstein ('Beyond Annales'), Nathan Huggins ('The Deforming Mirror of Truth: Slavery and the Master Narrative of American History'), Natalie Zemon Davis on women's rights historians and Tim Mason on Fascism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140567X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140567X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Rural Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Image and Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Short, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the English rural community, past and present, in its variety and dynamism. The distinguished team of contributors brings a variety of disciplinary perspectives to bear upon the central issues of movement and migration; the farm family and rural labour force; the development of contrasting rural communities; the portrayal of rural labour in both 'high' and popular culture; the changing nature of religious practice in the English countryside; the rural/urban fringe, and the spread of notions of a rural English arcadia within a predominantly urban society. Fully illustrated with accompanying maps, paintings and photographs, The English Rural Community provides an important and innovative overview of a subject where history, myth and debate are inseparably entwined. A full bibliography will assist a broad range of general readers and students of social history, historical geography and development studies approaching the subject for the first time, and the whole should establish itself as the central analytical account in an area where image and reality are notoriously hard to unravel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05676/cover/9780521405676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forecasting, Structural Time Series Models and the Kalman Filter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Andrew C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Andrew Harvey sets out to provide a unified and comprehensive theory of structural time series models. Unlike the traditional ARIMA models, structural time series models consist explicitly of unobserved components, such as trends and seasonals, which have a direct interpretation. As a result the model selection methodology associated with structural models is much closer to econometric methodology. The link with econometrics is made even closer by the natural way in which the models can be extended to include explanatory variables and to cope with multivariate time series. From the technical point of view, state space models and the Kalman filter play a key role in the statistical treatment of structural time series models. The book includes a detailed treatment of the Kalman filter. This technique was originally developed in control engineering, but is becoming increasingly important in fields such as economics and operations research. This book is concerned primarily with modelling economic and social time series, and with addressing the special problems which the treatment of such series poses. The properties of the models and the methodological techniques used to select them are illustrated with various applications. These range from the modellling of trends and cycles in US macroeconomic time series to to an evaluation of the effects of seat belt legislation in the UK.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05737/cover/9780521405737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140584X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140584X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rudyard Kipling: Something of Myself and Other Autobiographical Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kipling, Rudyard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinney, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rudyard Kipling's autobiography, Something of Myself, was the author's last work, but it has not received the serious attention it deserves. Thomas Pinney's edition of the work, supplemented by other autobiographical pieces, aims to change that. Professor Pinney, a leading textual editor currently engaged on Kipling's letters, has consulted the available source material relating to Something of Myself. He has constructed an outline of the book's composition; described the history of its publication; established a text and a set of variants; and given a critical account of the book's design and its main themes. His annotations to the work (and to the supplementary pieces) identify references and allusions, and provide a biographical context against which Kipling's selections, omissions, and distortions may clearly be seen. The extent to which Kipling's description of his life failed to match what actually happened is extraordinary. Two of the additional items presented here (Kipling's Indian diary of 1885 and the illustrations he made for his autobiographical story, 'Baa Baa, Black Sheep') are previously unpublished. Pinney shows how they, and other forms of autobiographical writing, reflect upon or complicate the narrative of Something of Myself. This carefully prepared edition sheds new light on Kipling as a man and writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05843/cover/9780521405843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution in Russia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reassessments of 1917</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Edith Rogovin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knei-Paz, Baruch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Russian Revolution of 1917 continues to be a subject of most intense controversy; and the fundamental questions which have divided observers over the last seventy years still stir fierce debate. In this volume, eighteen leading specialists from different generations, countries and schools of thought, re-examine the key issues and events of that crucial year. Some of the articles examine the unfolding crisis 'from below', describing developments in specific localities or organisations: others put the emphasis on the view as seen 'from above', on Lenin as leader of the Bolshevik party and of the emergent Soviet states. Other contributors explore the roles played by the officer corps, the industrialists, the peasants, the factory workers and the Soviets as well as the part of the Press and the different nationalities. Never before has so comprehensive a selection of original essays on 1917, written in the West, been collected in one volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05850/cover/9780521405850.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521405866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521405866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521405867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carolingian Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Emulation and Innovation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521405867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, Rosamond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of specially commissioned essays takes as its theme the legacy of Rome in Carolingian culture in eighth- and ninth-century Europe. No such comprehensive survey of this kind exists in any language. The book is made the more unusual by departing from the customary stress on the concept of renewal to emphasise the enormous creativity and inventiveness of the Franks in every aspect of their intellectual and cultural life. Carolingian culture provided the bedrock for the subsequent development of medieval European culture, and this is demonstrated amply by essays which are planned as introductions to the study of each subject and which also incorporate the author's specialist new research, on the 'Carolingian Renaissance', political theory, the teaching of grammar, Latin and German literature, thought, the writing of history, script and book production, art, and music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/05867/cover/9780521405867.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pornography in a Free Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimring, Franklin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pornography in a Free Society deals with what has been called the 'civil war over smut'. It addresses an issue about which citizens of Western nations are sharply divided. Gordon Hawkins and Franklin Zimring attempt to look at the problem of pornography in a wider perspective than that of partisan political debate. To that end, they compare two American reports on pornography commissioned by Presidents Johnson and Reagan, the first published in 1970 and the latter in 1986, with the report of the British Committee on Obscenity and Film Censorship, which appeared during the years between the American reports. They discuss the radical feminist challenge to pornography and the question of pornography and children. Going on to consider likely future developments, the authors argue that the furore over pornography and the appointment of commissions are part of a 'ceremony of adjustment' to widespread availability of sexually explicit material and they predict less social concern about pornography as time passes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06000/cover/9780521406000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Times</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Travail of the Protestant Establishment in America, 1900-1960</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchison, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the first six decades of this century, the so-called mainline Protestant denominations in America were compelled to accommodate to the growing influences of diverse religions and growing secularization. In this book, twelve historians examine the nature of the American Protestant establishment and its response to the growing pluralism of the times. The goals of the establishment are first examined from the inside, as they were voiced from the pulpit, expressed in education and through the media, and applied in ecumenical and social-reforming ventures. The establishment is then viewed through the eyes of outsiders - Jews and Catholics - and those at the periphery of the establishment's core - and women. The authors conclude that the period surveyed forms a distinct epoch in the evolution of American Protestantism. The days when Protestant cultural authority could be taken for granted were certainly over, but a new era in which religious pluralism would be widely accepted had not yet arrived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06017/cover/9780521406017.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geopolitics and Geoculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Changing World-System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallerstein, Immanuel Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of Immanuel Wallerstein's essays to appear in Studies in Modern Capitalism, following the immensely successful collections The Politics of the World Economy and The Capitalist World Economy. Written between 1982 and 1989, these pieces offer Wallerstein's perspective on the events of this period, and the background to his interpretation of the momentous events of 1989. In his introduction Wallerstein argues that the collapse of the Iron Curtain and the process of perestroika bear out his basic analysis: that the decline of US hegemony in the world-system is the central explanatory variable of change; and that the collapse of the communist empire and the approach of European unity cannot be understood without reference to this decline as a critical stage in the cyclical rhythm of the capitalist world economy. As part of the analysis the book also charts the development of a challenge to the dominant 'geoculture': the cultural framework within which the world-system operates. The author argues that since 1968 there has been a rejection of the universalist ideas of liberalism through an intellectual focus on 'culture' as opposed to economics and politics; a concern with the inherent existence of racism and sexism in the system; and a new relationship between the sciences and humanities. This collection offers the latest ideas of one of the most original and controversial thinkers of recent years, and is bound to stimulate debate among students and scholars from a variety of disciplines across the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06048/cover/9780521406048.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toward a General Theory of Expertise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prospects and Limits</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ericsson, K. Anders</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Jacqui</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the last twenty years our understanding of expertise has dramatically increased. Laboratory analysis of chess masters, experts in physics and medicine, musicians, athletics, writers, and performance artists have included careful examination of the cognitive processes mediating outstanding performance in very diverse areas of expertise. These analyses have shown that expert performance is primarily a reflection of acquired skill resulting from the accumulation of domain-specific knowledge and methods during many years of training practice. The importance of domain-specific knowledge has led researchers on expertise to focus on characteristics of expertise in specific domains. In Toward a General Theory of Expertise many of the world's foremost scientists review the state-of-the-art knowledge about expertise in different domains, with the goal of identifying characteristics of expert performance that are generalizable across many different areas of expertise. These essays provide a comprehensive summary of general methods for studying expertise and of current knowledge about expertise in chess, physics, medicine, sports and performance arts, music, writing, and decision making. Most important, the essays reveal the existence of many general characteristics of expertise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06123/cover/9780521406123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Famine, Disease and the Social Order in Early Modern Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walter, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Western societies cannot escape from images of famine in the present world, their direct experience of widespread hunger has receded into the past. England was one of the very first countries to escape from the shadow of famine; in this volume a team of distinguished economic, social and demographic historians analyses why. Focusing on England (whose experience is contrasted with France), the contributions combine detailed local studies of individual communities, broader analyses of the impact of hunger and disease, and methodological discussion to explore the effects of crisis mortality on early modern societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06130/cover/9780521406130.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeological Thought in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamberg-Karlovsky, C. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American archaeology today encompasses a huge range of approaches and draws eclectically on a multitude of academic disciplines. Until now, however, there has been no book seeking to separate the main strands and traditions of research and present a rounded picture of American archaeological thought in all its diversity. The seventeen essays in Archaeological Thought in America describe recent theoretical advances and present substantive interpretations of prehistoric data drawn from a variety of cultures and time-frames, including Mesoamerica, Central Asia, India and China. The contributors include many of the leading North American archaeologists of this generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06437/cover/9780521406437.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140648X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140648X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Finite Groups of Lie Type</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Digne, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michel, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a graduate course taught at the University of Paris. The authors aim to treat the basic theory of representations of finite groups of Lie type, such as linear, unitary, orthogonal and symplectic groups. They emphasise the Curtis-Alvis duality map and Mackey's theorem and the results that can be deduced from it. They also discuss Deligne-Lusztig induction. This will be the first elementary treatment of this material in book form and will be welcomed by beginning graduate students in algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06482/cover/9780521406482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aping Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallman, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is regarded, at least in most intellectual traditions, as the quintessential human attribute, at once evidence and source of most that is considered transcendent in us, distinguishing ours from the merely mechanical nature of the beast. Even if language did not have the sacrosanct status it does in our conception of human nature, however, the question of its presence in other species would still promote argument, for we lack any universally accepted, defining features of language, ones that would allow us to identify it unequivocally ours from other species and contention over the crucial attributes of language are responsible for the stridency of the debate over whether nonhuman animals can learn language. Aping Language is a critical assessment of each of the recent experiments designed to impact a language, either natural or invented, to an ape. The performance of the animals in these experiments is compared with the course of semantic and syntactic development in children, both speaking and signing. The book goes on to examine what is known about the neurological, cognitive, and specifically linguistic attributes of our species that subserve language, and it discusses how they might have come into existence. Finally, the communication of nonhuman primates in nature is assayed to consider whether or not it was reasonable to assume, as the experimenters in these projects did, that apes possess an ability to acquire language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06666/cover/9780521406666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups St Andrews 1989</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes contain selected papers presented at the international conference on group theory held in St Andrews in 1989. The themes of the conference were combinatorial and computational group theory; four leading group theorists (J. A. Green, N. D. Gupta, O. H. Kegel and J. G. Thompson) gave courses whose content is reproduced here. Also included are refereed papers presented at the meeting. The many articles with their wealth of references demonstrate the richness and vitality of modern group theory and its varied connections with other areas of mathematics. These will be essential references for research and postgraduate mathematicians whose work involves group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06697/cover/9780521406697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reliable Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Exploration of the Grounds for Belief in Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why believe in the findings of science? John Ziman argues that scientific knowledge is not uniformly reliable, but rather like a map representing a country we cannot visit. He shows how science has many elements, including alongside its experiments and formulae the language and logic, patterns and preconceptions, facts and fantasies used to illustrate and express its findings. These elements are variously combined by scientists in their explanations of the material world as it lies outside our everyday experience. John Ziman's book offers at once a valuably clear account and a radically challenging investigation of the credibility of scientific knowledge, searching widely across a range of disciplines for evidence about the perceptions, paradigms and analogies on which all our understanding depends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06703/cover/9780521406703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marc Bloch</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Life in History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fink, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>391</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first biography of Marc Bloch (1886-1944), historian, soldier in both world wars, and leader of the Resistance, who was captured, tortured, and died a heroic death. Based largely on Bloch's private letters, diaries and papers, as well as on other unpublished documents, it traces the remarkable life of this French-Jewish patriot under the Third Republic. As an historian, Bloch is perhaps best known for The Historian's Craft, an inspiring set of meditations on his life's work, and as co-founder of the now legendary journal Annales, which gave rise to a major school of historical writing. Profoundly influenced by the dark events that shaped his era - world wars, anti-semitism, and totalitarianism - Bloch has become something of an intellectual hero of our century, his life an epitome of the endeavour to uphold, in the face of such events, the spirit of unfettered critical enquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06710/cover/9780521406710.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tales of the Yanomami</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Daily Life in the Venezuelan Forest</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lizot, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Yanomami Indians, living in the depths of the Venezuelan forest, are one of the most interesting of the world's tribal peoples. Jacques Lizot lived among them for over fifteen years and has written an account which allows them to speak for themselves, in stories told by Yanomami individuals. The tales are revealing in the insights they provide into the Indians' daily experience; their shamanism, magic and sorcery; and conflict and alliance with other villages. The result is a richly evocative and intimate account - illustrated with revealing photographs of the Yanomami's own perceptions of their world - recreating in detail the atmosphere, speech, noises, smells and images of life in the Amazon forest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06727/cover/9780521406727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richelieu and Olivares</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cardinal Richelieu is one of the best known and most studied statesmen in European history; his Spanish contemporary and rival, the Count-Duke of Olivares, one of the least known. The contrasting historical fortunes of the two men reflect the outcome of the great struggle in seventeenth-century Europe between France and Spain: the triumph of France assured the fame of Richelieu, while Spain's failure condemned Olivares to historical neglect. This fascinating book by the distinguished historian J. H. Elliott argues that contemporaries, for whom Olivares was at least as important as Richelieu, shared none of posterity's certainty about the inevitability of that outcome. His absorbing comparative portrait of the two men, as personalities and as statesmen, through their policies and their mutual struggle, offers unique insights into seventeenth-century Europe and the nature of power and statesmanship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photoelectronic Properties of Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bube, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interaction between light and electrons in semiconductors forms the basis for many interesting and practically significant properties. This book examines the fundamental physics underlying this rich complexity of photoelectronic properties of semiconductors, and will familiarise the reader with the relatively simple models that are useful in describing these fundamentals. The basic physics is also illustrated with typical recent examples of experimental data and observations. Following introductory material on the basic concepts, the book moves on to consider a wide range of phenomena, including photoconductivity, recombination effects, photoelectronic methods of defect analysis, photoeffects at grain boundaries, amorphous semiconductors, photovoltaic effects and photoeffects in quantum wells and superlattices. The author is Professor of Materials Science and Electrical Engineering at Stanford University, and has taught this material for many years. He is an experienced author, his earlier books having found wide acceptance and use. Readers will therefore find this volume to be an up-to-date and concise summary of the major concepts, models and results. It is intended as a text for graduate students, but will be an important resource for anyone researching in this interesting field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06819/cover/9780521406819.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140682X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140682X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Barter, Exchange and Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphrey, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hugh-Jones, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book concerns barter, a transaction in which objects are exchanged directly for one another without the use of money. Economists treat barter as an inefficient alternative to market exchange, and assume that it is normal only in 'primitive' economies or marks the breakdown of more developed exchange mechanisms. For their part, anthropologists have been more interested in the social and moral complexities of the 'gift', and treat barter dismissively as mere haggling. The authors of this collection do not accept that barter occupies a residual space between monetary and gift economies. Using accounts from different parts of the world, they aim to demonstrate that it is more than a simple and self-evident economic institution. Barter may constitute a mode of exchange with its own social characteristics occupying a specific moral space. This novel treatment of barter represents an original and topical addition to the literature on economic anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06826/cover/9780521406826.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups, Combinatorics and Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liebeck, Martin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saxl, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the classification of finite simple groups was announced in 1980 the subject has continued to expand opening many new areas of research. This volume contains a collection of papers, both survey and research, arising from the 1990 Durham conference in which the excellent progress of the decade was surveyed and new goals considered. The material is divided into eight sections: sporadic groups; moonshine; local and geometric methods in group theory; geometries and related groups; finite and algebraic groups of Lie type; finite permutation groups; further aspects of Lie groups; related topics. The list of contributors is impressive and the subjects covered include many of the fascinating developments in group theory that have occurred in recent years. It will be an invaluable document for mathematicians working in group theory, combinatorics and geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06857/cover/9780521406857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Recipes Routines and Examples in BASIC (First Edition)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sprott, Julien C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern BASIC programmers will be delighted to learn that the routines and demonstration programs from the highly acclaimed reference book Numerical Recipes: The Art of Scientific Computing are now available in their language of choice. Numerical Recipes, by William H. Press, Brian P. Flannery, Saul A. Teukolsky and William T. Vetterling, is a computing and numerical analysis. It is accompanied by the Numerical Recipes Example Book containing programs that demonstrate the subroutines. Julien C. Sprott has translated all of the recipes and programs, over 350 in all, into BASIC. This book brings the routines and programs together in a single source that includes computer code and code captions from both the book and example book and the commentary from the example book. It is recommended for use with one of the main Numerical Recipes books. The author employs Microsoft QuickBasic 4.5, but the recipes are easily adapted for other modern forms of BASIC. The programs contained in this book are also available as machine-readable code on a 5.1/4 inch floppy diskette for IBM compatible computers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06895/cover/9780521406895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vivaldi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Four Seasons and Other Concertos, Op. 8</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everett, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Four Seasons and the rest of the concertos in Op. 8 represent Vivaldi's remarkable innovation in the field of the Baroque concerto. This detailed guide examines the work's origin and construction in a way that enables the reader to distinguish what is extraordinary about the Seasons and what constitutes the composer's customary method of 'characterising' the solo concerto. Drawing on recent research and his own expertise in the appraisal of Vivaldi's manuscripts, the author draws interesting and sometimes startling conclusions about the conception of the Seasons, the origin of their programme, the dating of the concertos and the rationale behind the collection's ritornello-form structures and aria-like slow movements. The significance of Vivaldi's idiosyncratic art is thus revealed in some of the most popular concert music of all time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06925/cover/9780521406925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521406935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521406935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521406932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boundary Integral and Singularity Methods for Linearized Viscous Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521406932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pozrikidis, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a coherent introduction to boundary integral, boundary element and singularity methods for steady and unsteady flow at zero Reynolds number. The focus of the discussion is not only on the theoretical foundation, but also on the practical application and computer implementation. The text is supplemented with a number of examples and unsolved problems, many drawn from the field of particulate creeping flows. The material is selected so that the book may serve both as a reference monograph and as a textbook in a graduate course on fluid mechanics or computational fluid mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/06932/cover/9780521406932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development and Integration of Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Robert Hinde</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bateson, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What regularities lie behind the development and organization of behaviour in animals and humans? One theme emerging from this book is that ideas have to flow in both directions between the different levels of analysis - between the neural and behavioural levels and between the individual and the social group. Another theme is that it is not enough to identify the many factors operating in the development and integration of behaviour. The processes must also be studied directly. Bringing together work at different levels and studying behavioural dynamics require more knowledge and expertise than any one person can usually command. Links have to be made between different disciplines and specialists have to learn to work with others who speak with what at first seem to be mutually incomprehensible scientific languages. The book illustrates how this may be achieved. The themes of this book are strongly related to the approach of Robert Hinde, in whose honour the chapters were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07090/cover/9780521407090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consciousness and Revolution in Soviet Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Bolsheviks to Evald Ilyenkov</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bakhurst, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first critical study of the philosophical culture of the USSR, and the first substantial treatment of a Soviet philosopher's work by a Western author. The book identifies a tradition within Soviet Marxism that has produced significant theories of the nature of the self and human activity, of the origins of value and meaning, and of the relation of thought and language. The tradition is presented through the work of Evald Ilyenkov (1924-1979), the man who did most to rejuvenate Soviet philosophy after its suppression under Stalin. Professor Bakhurst sets Ilyenkov's contribution against the background of the bitter debates that divided Soviet philosophers in the 1920s, of Vygotsky's 'socio-historical psychology', of the controversies over Lenin's legacy, and of the philosophy of Stalinism. He traces Ilyenkov's tense relationship with the Soviet philosophical establishment and his passionate polemics with Soviet opponents. This book offers a unique insight into the world of Soviet philosophy, the place of politics within it, and its prospects in the age of glasnost and perestroika.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07106/cover/9780521407106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Oriental Obsession</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Islamic Inspiration in British and American Art and Architecture 1500-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sweetman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Oriental Obsession begins in the early sixteenth century with Cardinal Wolsey waiting two years for the delivery of sixty rare Turkey carpets from Venice, and ends in the age of the great exhibitions and emporia on both sides of the Atlantic, before and after 1900, when Islamic objects were seen, appreciated, and bought by millions of the public. The book is concerned with a subject which has not been treated before - the history over four centuries of Islamic artistic traditions and European ideas of Islam as they affected the visual arts of the west and particularly the English-speaking peoples. Studies of individual aspects have been made previously, but this is the first time that an attempt has been made to consider the subject as a whole. The geographical purview extends from Moorish Spain in the west to British India in the east and, besides architecture, the activities that are involved include painting, ceramics, textiles, metalwork, furniture and bookcrafts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07250/cover/9780521407250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard III</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Service</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horrox, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the recent renaissance in studies of the reign of Richard III, most historians have remained focussed on conventional themes, especially the character and motivation of the king and the fate of his nephews. Less attention, as a result, has been devoted to the reign's importance in the patterns of late medieval government and in the evolution of royal authority. Basing her research on a wide range of archival material, Dr Horrox attempts to correct this thematic imbalance by highlighting a crucial feature of royal government in the period, the role of the king's servants. For the years immediately before and during Richard's reign, the book fully explores the practicalities of having commands obeyed, the reciprocal nature of service relationships and the whole structure of late medieval 'affinities', or client systems. Indeed, this first full-length study of royal patronage in a period of social and political upheaval will prove invaluable to anyone concerned with the dynamics of power and executive government on a national and local level. Inevitably, it will also alter our understanding of the reasons for the fall of the last Yorkist king and shed light on broader issues in fifteenth-century politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07267/cover/9780521407267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William of Tyre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historian of the Latin East</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edbury, Peter W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, John Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William, archbishop of Tyre from 1175 to c.1184, was a churchman, royal servant and scholar who lived in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem. Born in Jerusalem around 1130, he studied in western Europe for almost twenty years until 1165, when he returned to the East to begin his career in public life. He left to posterity a monumental history in which he described the events of the First Crusade (1095-9) and recorded the fortunes of the western rulers of the states subsequently founded in Syria and the Holy Land down to his own day. The value of his work as an example of twelfth-century historiography and as a source of information for the events described has long been recognized. In this study the authors consider William as a public figure and historian, and examine the influences which bore upon his writing and the way in which he fashioned his material. They then go on to examine what he had to say about certain topics - the monarchy in Jerusalem, the Church, the papacy, the Byzantine empire and the Crusade - and why he wrote as he did.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07281/cover/9780521407281.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140732X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140732X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atonement and Incarnation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Universalism and Particularity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Vernon White sets out to address the crisis of credibility that increasingly has affected traditional claims made for the Atonement, and attempts to explain how the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ can have a universal saving significance. The present work stands as something of a sequel to the author's earlier book The Fall of a Sparrow, which attempted to show how God might be conceived as being universally and specially active in the world. In this study, White concentrates on the saving nature of that activity, and the coherence which he feels emerges if this is grounded in the particularity of the Christ-event. In defending the constitutive nature of Christ's role in the salvation of the world, without relying on Anselmian or penal substitutionary models of atonement, White proposes an atonement model which could rehabilitate such a belief without offending moral and conceptual sensibilities. A supporting chapter is provided outlining the kind of christology required to sustain this model, while the final chapters of the book discuss the ethical implications of the position adopted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07328/cover/9780521407328.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Market Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lane, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>644</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a period when market economics are widely recognised as the most desirable form of economic organisation, Robert Lane offers evidence that the major premises of market economics are mistaken. Lane shows that work, far from being a disutility, as economic theory would have it, is instead one of two major sources of lifetime satisfaction, and that money income, despite being a source of utility that compensates a person for his or her sacrifices at work, contributes very little to a sense of well-being. This reversal of the premises of market economics suggests a major, axial shift in the way we think about our economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07373/cover/9780521407373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Disease of Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural and Institutional Responses to AIDS</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelkin, Dorothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willis, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parris, Scott V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>295</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFH2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of AIDS cannot be adequately measured by epidemiology alone. As the editors of this volume argue, AIDS must be understood as a 'disease of society', which is challenging and changing society profoundly. Numerous books on AIDS have looked at the ways in which our social institutions, norms and values have determined how the disease has been dealt with, but this book examines the ways in which AIDS is, in turn, changing our social institutions, norms and values. It explores the impact of AIDS on the arts and popular entertainment, on our concept of family, on government and legal institutions and on the health services, and the ways in which AIDS is forcing society to come to terms with longstanding tensions between community values and individual rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07434/cover/9780521407434.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Johnson, the Ossian Fraud, and the Celtic Revival in Great Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curley, Thomas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Macpherson's famous hoax, publishing his own poems as the writings of the ancient Scots bard Ossian in the 1760s, remains fascinating to scholars as the most successful literary fraud in history. This study presents the fullest investigation of his deception to date, by looking at the controversy from the point of view of Samuel Johnson. Johnson's dispute with Macpherson was an argument with wide implications not only for literature, but for the emerging national identities of the British nations during the Celtic revival. Thomas M. Curley offers a wealth of genuinely new information, detailing as never before Johnson's involvement in the Ossian controversy, his insistence on truth-telling, and his interaction with others in the debate. The appendix reproduces a rare pamphlet against Ossian written with the assistance of Johnson himself. This book will be an important addition to knowledge about both the Ossian controversy and Samuel Johnson.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07472/cover/9780521407472.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trials and Punishments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duff, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can a system of criminal punishment be justified? In particular can it be justified if the moral demand that we respect each other as autonomous moral agents is taken seriously? Traditional attempts to justify punishment as a deterrent or as retribution fail, but Duff suggests that punishment can be understood as a communicative attempt to bring a wrong-doer to repent her crime. This account is supported by discussions of moral blame, of penance, of the nature of the law's demands, and of the proper meaning and purpose of the criminal process of trial and verdict: it deals both with the ideals that should inform a system of criminal law and the extent to which those ideals are actualised in existing institutions and practices. The conclusion is pessimistic: punishment cannot be justified within our legal system; and this gap between the ideal and the actual presents us with serious moral dilemmas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07618/cover/9780521407618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mendelssohn: The Hebrides and Other Overtures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, R. Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concert overtures A Midsummer Night's Dream, Calm Sea and Prosperous Voyage, and The Hebrides (Fingal's Cave), conceived by Mendelssohn before the age of twenty, have ranked amongst the most enduring of the nineteenth-century orchestral repertoire. R. Larry Todd offers a historical, stylistic, and analytical guide to these three remarkable works which secured for Mendelssohn no small measure of his fame. After placing the overtures in the context of Mendelssohn's astonishing compositional development during the 1820s, the volume disentangles the complex history of their creation  and considers in turn their style and formal structure, their contents as programme music, aspects of their orchestration and their reception and influence. All this is supported by a wealth of primary documents, including Mendelssohn's correspondence, memoirs of his friends, and nineteenth-century critical reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07649/cover/9780521407649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arts of Love</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Five Studies in the Discourse of Roman Love Elegy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Duncan F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the love elegies of the Roman poets Tibullus, Propertius and Ovid from the point of view of the way the meanings attributed to the poems arise out of the interests and preoccupations of the cultural situation in which they are read. Each study is centred around a reading of a poem or poems together with a discussion of a variety of sophisticated theoretical approaches. All Latin texts and terms are translated or closely paraphrased. Although the book concentrates on the work of the Roman elegists, the challenging insights it offers into the processes involved in the reading and appropriation of the texts of the past are relevant to scholars and students of classical literature in general, and its discussion of such key issues as history, textuality, representation, discourse, gender, ideology and metaphor will be of concern to those interested in literary theory and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07670/cover/9780521407670.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reasoning and Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Political Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sniderman, Paul M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brody, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tetlock, Phillip E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a multitude of data sets and building on analyses carried out over more than a decade, this book offers a major new theoretical explanation of how ordinary citizens figure out what they favour and oppose politically. Reacting against the conventional wisdom, which stresses how little attention the general public pays to political issues and the lack of consistency in their opinions, the studies presented in this book redirect attention to the processes of reasoning that can be discerned when people are confronted with choices about political issues. These studies demonstrate that ordinary people are in fact capable of reasoning dependably about political issues by the use of judgmental heuristics, even if they have only a limited knowledge of politics and of specific issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07700/cover/9780521407700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last of the Fathers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>James Madison and the Republican Legacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCoy, Drew R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Born in the middle of the eighteenth century as a subject of King George II, James Madison, father of the United States Constitution, lived until 1836, dying as a citizen of Andrew Jackson's republic. For over forty years he played a pivotal role in the creation and defence of a new political order but he also lived long enough to see the system of government he had nurtured threatened by disruptive forces that would ultimately lead to civil war. In this book, Drew McCoy tells the poignant story of Madison's reckoning of his generation's spectacular political achievement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07724/cover/9780521407724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Truman Presidency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Michael James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by leading authorities in the fields of the contemporary social, political, and diplomatic history of the United States, the essays in this volume provide a wide-ranging overview of the intentions, achievements, and failures of the Truman administration. Divided into sections on domestic politics and issues, and foreign policy and national defence, the volume gives an authoritative appraisal of some of the major events and problems of the time in the light of recent scholarship. The essays make clear the overriding importance of the wartime experience for the Truman era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07731/cover/9780521407731.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Essays on Economic Growth and Welfare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abramovitz, Moses</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this book explore the forces behind modern economic growth and, in particular, the causes of the extraordinary surge of growth since the Second World War. The introductory essay is an extended treatment of how economists now view the growth process and its causes. Other essays consider the contributions of capital formation, education, and the changed nature of industries and occupations. Professor Abramovitz asks why elevated incomes failed to bring the social progress and personal satisfaction that people had looked for. The final chapters in the book take up the causes of our discontent and consider whether the Welfare State has itself become an obstacle to further economic progress.The essays in this book explore the forces behind modern economic growth and, in particular, the causes of the extraordinary surge of growth since the Second World War. The introductory essay is an extended treatment of how economists now view the growth process and its causes. Other essays consider the contributions of capital formation, education, and the changed nature of industries and occupations. Professor Abramovitz asks why elevated incomes failed to bring the social progress and personal satisfaction that people had looked for. The final chapters in the book take up the causes of our discontent and consider whether the Welfare State has itself become an obstacle to further economic progress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07748/cover/9780521407748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Twentieth-Century American Intellectual Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Michael James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concerned primarily with relations between Protestant Christianity and the main currents in secular intellectual life over the course of the past century, the essays in this volume disclose the persistence, complexity, and fragility of religious thought in the new university dominated intellectual environment of the modern period. Arguing that three important patterns of response emerged from the challenges to religious belief posed by nineteenth-century science and scholarship - the traditionalist, the naturalist, and the modernist responses - the volume is organized to bring out the continuing interplay of reciprocal influences among them. The contributors show that a dialectic between naturalistic and religious points of view has contributed significantly to the character and style of modern American thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stravinsky: Oedipus Rex</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stravinsky's opera-oratorio Oedipus rex is widely acknowledged as one of the most original music-theatre works of the twentieth century. This clear and concise guide is the first ever to be written on this work and it describes the music and its staging in close detail. It offers the first proper explanation of the plot and its relation to its literary sources and provides a fully documented discussion of the origins of Oedipus rex in Stravinsky's own work and thinking. By placing the work in its social context Stephen Walsh paints a vivid picture of Parisian artistic politics in the twenties from which emerges one of the richest and most suggestive works of art of modern times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07786/cover/9780521407786.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Korea</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Sarah Milledge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Archaeology of Korea surveys Korean prehistory from the earliest Palaeolithic settlers, of perhaps half a million years ago, through the formation of the Three Kingdoms, and on to the creation of United Silla in AD 668, when the peninsula was largely united for the first time. The author examines the development of state-level societies and their relationship to polities in Japan and China, and the emergence of a Korean ethnic identity. Emphasising the particular features of the region, she dispels the notion that the culture and traditions of Korea are only pale imitations of those of its neighbours, China and Japan. Sarah Nelson has specialised in Korean archaeology for twenty years. She draws on her own research and that of Korean colleagues; and while much of the data comes from the Republic of Korea, the north is considered as far as sources permit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07830/cover/9780521407830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Technology's Promise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Examination of Children's Educational Computing at Home</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giacquinta, Joseph B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauer, Jo Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levin, Jane E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As personal computers have become more available, there has been a great deal of optimism for educational reform through wide computer use, both at school and in the home. Beyond Technology's Promise takes a hard look at the home computer scene. The research reported in the book focuses on whether families are using computers to help children learn academic skills and, if so, how well they are doing it. The three year, qualitative investigation provides contextual information crucial to our understanding of how computers are really being used. The authors draw the not so surprising conclusion that most children use computers to play games. They therefore propose directions that must be taken in order to facilitate the educational use of home computers or any other promising educational technology. In so doing, they examine such topics as parental leadership, the home-school computer connection, and the role of gender in home computing use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07847/cover/9780521407847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature and Origins of Mass Opinion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaller, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>381</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book John Zaller develops a comprehensive theory to explain how people acquire political information from elites and the mass media and convert it into political preferences. Using numerous specific examples, Zaller applies this theory to the dynamics of public opinion on a broad range of subjects, including domestic and foreign policy, trust in government, racial equality, and presidential approval, as well as voting behaviour in U.S. House, Senate, and presidential elections. The thoery is constructed from four basic premises. The first is that individuals differ substantially in their attention to politics and therefore in their exposure to elite sources of political information. The second is that people react critically to political communication only to the extent that they are knowledgeable about political affairs. The third is that people rarely have fixed attitudes on specific issues; rather, they construct 'preference statements'&#160;on the fly as they confront each issue raised. The fourth is that, in constructing these statements, people make the greatest use of ideas that are, for various reasons, the most immediately salient to them. Zaller emphasizes the role of political elites in establishing the terms of political discourse in the mass media and the powerful effect of this framing of issues on the dynamics of mass opinion on any given issue over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07861/cover/9780521407861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Integrals and Collective Excitations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Popov, Victor Nikolaevich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the theory and selected applications of one of the most important mathematical tools used in the theoretical investigation of collective excitations in statistical physics, such as occur in superfluidity, superconductivity, plasma dynamics, superradiation, and in phase transitions. The author, who is a distinguished physicist and leading researcher in this area, begins with an introduction to functional integral techniques in equilibrium statistical thermodynamics, and discusses the expression of partition functions and Green functions in terms of functional integrals. Subsequent sections deal with the application of functional integrals in superfluid Bose systems, systems with Coulomb interaction, and superfluid Fermi systems. The final section considers the application of the concept of Bose-condensation of auxiliary fields to the theory of crystals, heavy atoms and also to the theory of model Hamiltonians (BCS and Dicke models).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07878/cover/9780521407878.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dinosaur Tracks and Traces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillette, David D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lockley, Martin G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of fossilized dinosaur remains, vertebrate paleontology is a well established discipline, but the discovery and rediscovery of numerous and varied dinosaur footprints and nest sites has spurred a renaissance in the associated field of ichnological research. Dinosaur Tracks and Traces is the first book ever to be devoted to this subject, and it represents the work of seventy noted dinosaur ichnologists. Contributors address the history of science and the relevance of dinosaur ichnology to the interpretation of dinosaur behaviour, paleoecology, paleoenvironments, and evolution. Several new preservation, conservation, and documentation techniques are also presented. The book is richly illustrated and is intended for students and professionals in the areas of paleontology, vertebrate zoology, geology, and paleoenvironmental analysis. The historical aspects of the book and the many site descriptions also make Dinosaur Tracks and Traces appealing to amateur fossil collectors and dinosaur enthusiasts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07885/cover/9780521407885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521407893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521407893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521407892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in the Earliest Churches</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521407892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the roles and functions that women assumed in the early Christian communities from AD 33 to the Council of Nicaea. It surveys, too, the views about women held by various New Testament authors including Paul and the Evangelists. In a careful and judicious study, Ben Witherington shows that early Christianity was neither unreservedly patriarchal nor adamantly feminist in its view of women and their roles, but rather charted a middle course which combined a reforming of the predominantly patriarchal framework of society with an affirmation of new religious roles for women.   Now available in paperback, this is the first book to survey such a large amount of material exegetically, and make use, at the same time, of original languages and texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/07892/cover/9780521407892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Itzykson, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drouffe, Jean-Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 1: From Brownian Motion to Renormalization and Lattice Gauge Theory. Volume 2: Strong Coupling, Monte Carlo Methods, Conformal Field Theory, and Random Systems. This two-volume work provides a comprehensive and timely survey of the application of the methods of quantum field theory to statistical physics, a very active and fruitful area of modern research. The first volume provides a pedagogical introduction to the subject, discussing Brownian motion, its anticommutative counterpart in the guise of Onsager's solution to the two-dimensional Ising model, the mean field or Landau approximation, scaling ideas exemplified by the Kosterlitz-Thouless theory for the XY transition, the continuous renormalization group applied to the standard phi-to the fourth theory (the simplest typical case) and lattice gauge theory as a pathway to the understanding of quark confinement in quantum chromodynamics. The second volume covers more diverse topics, including strong coupling expansions and their analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, two-dimensional conformal field theory, and simple disordered systems. The book concludes with a chapter on random geometry and the Polyakov model of random surfaces which illustrates the relations between string theory and statistical physics. The two volumes that make up this work will be useful to theoretical physicists and applied mathematicians who are interested in the exciting developments which have resulted from the synthesis of field theory and statistical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408067</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Itzykson, Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drouffe, Jean-Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 1: From Brownian Motion to Renormalization and Lattice Gauge Theory. Volume 2: Strong Coupling, Monte Carlo Methods, Conformal Field Theory, and Random Systems. This two-volume work provides a comprehensive and timely survey of the application of the methods of quantum field theory to statistical physics, a very active and fruitful area of modern research. The first volume provides a pedagogical introduction to the subject, discussing Brownian motion, its anticommutative counterpart in the guise of Onsager's solution to the two-dimensional Ising model, the mean field or Landau approximation, scaling ideas exemplified by the Kosterlitz-Thouless theory for the XY transition, the continuous renormalization group applied to the standard phi-to the fourth theory (the simplest typical case) and lattice gauge theory as a pathway to the understanding of quark confinement in quantum chromodynamics. The second volume covers more diverse topics, including strong coupling expansions and their analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, two-dimensional conformal field theory, and simple disordered systems. The book concludes with a chapter on random geometry and the Polyakov model of random surfaces which illustrates the relations between string theory and statistical physics. The two volumes that make up this work will be useful to theoretical physicists and applied mathematicians who are interested in the exciting developments which have resulted from the synthesis of field theory and statistical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08066/cover/9780521408066.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boolean Function Complexity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paterson, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By considering the size of the logical network needed to perform a given computational task, the intrinsic difficulty of that task can be examined. Boolean function complexity, the combinatorial study of such networks, is a subject that started back in the 1950s and has today become one of the most challenging and vigorous areas of theoretical computer science. The papers in this book stem from the London Mathematical Society Symposium on Boolean Function Complexity held at Durham University in July 1990. The range of topics covered will be of interest to the newcomer to the field as well as the expert, and overall the papers are representative of the research presented at the Symposium. Anyone with an interest in Boolean Function complexity will find that this book is a necessary purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08264/cover/9780521408264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140827X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140827X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governance of the American Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollingsworth, J. Rogers</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindberg, Leon N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, nine scholars representing various perspectives examine institutions that govern economic activity in the United States and the dramatic changes they have undergone since the late nineteenth century. They investigate how and why these changes occurred and continue to occur as markets become more volatile, technology changes and international competition becomes more intense. They also address general questions about the governance of capitalist economies by considering several governance mechanisms such as markets, bureaucratic hierarchies, associations and informal networks and by exploring how such mechanisms emerge to coordinate economic activity and affect economic performance. The first part of the book describes the important characteristics of these organisational forms and provides an overview of institutional development in the US economy. The second part includes case studies of the institutional development of eight economic sectors. Finally, based on data from these case studies, the third part of the book tests competing theories of institutional change in capitalism, develops a new evolutionary model of the change process, and offers an original analysis of how the state influences this process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08271/cover/9780521408271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140844X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140844X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Theory of Non-uniform Gases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Account of the Kinetic Theory of Viscosity, Thermal Conduction and Diffusion in Gases</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cercignani, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This classic book, now re-issued in paperback, presents a detailed account of the mathematical theory of viscosity, thermal conduction and diffusion in non-uniform gases based on the solution of the Maxwell-Boltzmann equations. The theory of Chapman and Enskog, describing work on dense gases, quantum theory of collisions and the theory of conduction and diffusion in ionized gases in the presence of electric and magnetic fields, is extended in the later chapters. The third edition was first published in 1970 and included revisions to take account of extensions of the theory to fresh molecular models and of new methods used in discussing dense gases and plasmas. This reprint will therefore be of value to mathematicians, theoretical physicists and chemical engineers interested in gas theory and its applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08448/cover/9780521408448.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry of Banach Spaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Conference Held in Strobl, Austria 1989</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;ller, P. F. X.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schachermayer, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reflects the progress made in many branches of recent research in Banach space theory. It is based on a conference attended by most of the leading figures in the area, and is intended to illustrate the interplay of Banach space theory with harmonic analysis, probability, complex function theory and finite dimensional convexity theory. The papers consist of a selection of surveys and original research papers. Research workers in functional and complex analysis will find much here to interest them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08509/cover/9780521408509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052140861X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052140861X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the History of Modern Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schelling, F. W. J. von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the History of Modern Philosophy is a key transitional text in the history of European philosophy. In it, F. W. J. Schelling surveys philosophy from Descartes to German Idealism and shows why the Idealist project is ultimately doomed to failure. The lectures trace the path of philosophy from Descartes through Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, Fichte, Jacobi, to Hegel and Schelling's own work. The extensive critiques of Hegel prefigure many of the arguments to be found in Feuerbach, Kierkegaard, Marx, Nietzsche, Heidegger, and Derrida. This is the first English translation of On the History of Modern Philosophy.  In his introduction Andrew Bowie sets the work in the context of Schelling's career and clarifies its philosophical issues. The translation will be of special interest to philosophers, intellectual historians, literary theorists, and theologians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08615/cover/9780521408615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golombok, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fivush, Robyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gender Development is the first book to examine gender from a truly developmental perspective and fills a real need for a textbook and source book for college and graduate students, parents, teachers, researchers, and counsellors. It examines the processes involved in the development of gender, addressing such sensitive and complex questions as what causes males and females to be different and why they behave in different ways. The authors provide an up-to-date, integrative review of theory and research, tracing gender development from the moment of conception through adulthood and emphasising the complex interaction of biology, socialisation, and cognition. The topics covered include hormonal influences, moral development, play and friendships, experiences at school and work, and psychopathology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08622/cover/9780521408622.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Years of Soviet Russian Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prose Fiction 1975-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Deming Bronson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the only book, Russian or Western, that provides a comprehensive survey of developments in Russian prose over the last fifteen years of the Soviet regime. Deming Brown examines the work of established writers, such as Fazil Iskander and Andrei Bitov, together with many new figures who emerged during this period. Special attention is given to the evolving patterns of publication during the period: the rehabilitation of suppressed writers and the first publication of writings that had formerly belonged to the literary underground. This is an excellent introduction, of interest to scholars and students alike, to the varied writings of some eighty contemporary Russian authors, and to trends in literary criticism and publication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08653/cover/9780521408653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henbest, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marten, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New Astronomy is a rich kaleidoscope of the finest images of planets, stars, galaxies and the universe. It presents a host of new information, gathered from right across the spectrum: spanning the colourful universe from X-rays, through ultraviolet, visible and infrared, and out to the radio waves. Nigel Henbest and Michael Marten take us on a journey in which we view the variety of the cosmos and its contents through every available window. The first edition of The New Astronomy created a sensation, as no accessible description of modern astronomy had attempted to assemble images from so wide a range. For the new edition there are almost 200 entirely new pictures, selected from the Hubble Space Telescope and orbiting X-ray detectors, as well as from very large telescopes based at Mauna Kea, Hawaii and in the Canary Islands. The new science includes intriguing images from gravitational lenses, which are natural telescopes created by black holes inside other galaxies, and a full description of the latest images of the background radiation of the universe. From the nearby planets to, quite literally, the edge of the observable universe, this book is a brilliant synthesis of all that is new in the astronomy of today. Each object described is displayed in a variety of wavelengths. The non-technical text explains the science behind the objects, and it has been substantially re-written for this second edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08714/cover/9780521408714.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Electrical Resistivity of Metals and Alloys</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rossiter, Paul L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, this comprehensive book is the first text devoted to the problem of understanding the electrical properties of metals and alloys. Dr Rossiter, well-known for his work on the electrical resistivity of alloys, has written a book which blends results and theory, but does not rely on a strong grounding in quantum mechanics. After an introduction to the basic ideas, the concepts of atomic and magnetic correlations and their microstructural consequences are explained. Later chapters then deal with the effects of such correlations on electrical resistivity. Examples and applications of the concepts derived are given in discrete sections, allowing the uninterrupted development of theory for each specific problem, and enhancing the value of the book for a wide range of readers from theoretical and experimental solid state physicists to metallurgists and materials scientists.  Anyone with an interest in the electrical conduction process or in the application of resistivity measurements to the study of alloy configuration will find this essential reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08721/cover/9780521408721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interactive Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Healey, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the most important books on quantum mechanics to have appeared in recent years. It offers a dramatically new interpretation that resolves puzzles and paradoxes associated with the measurement problem and the behavior of coupled systems. A crucial feature of this interpretation is that a quantum mechanical measurement can be certain to have a particular outcome even when the observed system fails to have the property corresponding to that outcome just prior to the measurement interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08745/cover/9780521408745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Reasons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schick, Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an important new book about human motivation, about the reasons people have for their actions. What is distinctively new about it is its focus on how people see or understand their situations, options, and prospects. By taking account of people's understandings (along with their beliefs and desires), Professor Schick is able to expand the current theory of decision and action. The author provides a perspective on the topic by outlining its history. He defends his new theory against criticism, considers its formal structure, and shows at length how it resolves many currently debated problems: the problems of conflict and weakness of will, Allais' problem, Kahneman and Tversky's problems, Newcomb's problem, and others. The book will be of special interest to philosophers, psychologists, and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08868/cover/9780521408868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seaweed Ecology and Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lobban, Christopher S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A rewritten and re-organised edition of The Physiological Ecology of Seaweeds (1985). Seaweed Ecology and Physiology surveys the broad literature, but it is not merely an update of the earlier book. This new book contains a new introductory chapter reviewing seaweed morphology, cytology, and life histories. The chapter on community level ecology now includes six guest essays by senior algal ecologists which conveys the excitement of phycological research. The treatment of tropical seaweeds had been expanded, reflecting the growing literature from tropical regions, and the authors' recent experiences in the tropics. The final chapter on mariculture is much larger, and includes a case study on how principles of physiological ecology were applied in developing the carrageenan industry. Finally there is an appendix summarising the taxonomic position and nomenclature of the species mentioned in the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08974/cover/9780521408974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521408989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521408989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521408981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of Folk Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intentionality and Cognitive Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521408981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume are concerned with the theoretical developments in cognitive science for our everyday system of exploration of human actions in terms of beliefs, attitudes, memories, and so on. The volume provides an introduction to the lively contemporary debate about the status and theoretical viability of such forms of 'folk psychology' explanation, in the light of recent developments in neurobiology and cognitive science. It could be used as a textbook for advanced courses in the philosophy of the mind, psychology, and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/08981/cover/9780521408981.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Holes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luminet, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Black holes are undoubtedly one of the most fascinating discoveries of modern astronomy, and their description one of the most daring intellectual feats of modern times. They have already become legendary, forming the basis of many myths, fantasies and science fiction movies. Are they really the monsters which devour light and stars; bottomless celestial pits into which all matter is sucked and crushed? Are they an observable reality, or are they just hypothetical objects from the theory of relativity? In answering such questions the author takes us on a fabulous journey through space and time. Dr Jean-Pierre Luminet is an astronomer at Meudon Observatory in France, a specialist on the subject of black holes, and has also acquired a reputation for being a gifted writer and communicator. In this book he makes the subject of black holes accessible to any interested reader, who will need no mathematical background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09063/cover/9780521409063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United States as a Developing Country</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in U.S. History in the Progressive Era and the 1920s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sklar, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of the United States is in crucial respects the history of a developing country, not only in its transition from agricultural and commercial colonies to an industrial nation, but in modern times and the foreseeable future as well. The seven studies are primarily concerned with the United States as a developing country in the early twentieth century, evolving from a competitive stage of capitalism to a corporate stage, and from an industrial to a 'postindustrial' society. The chapters treat the emergence and early phases of corporate capitalism and their implications for domestic affairs and foreign relations, the origins and character of corporate liberalism, the pivotal role of Woodrow Wilson in these areas, and the emergence of postindustrial trends. They also explore some critical linkages among economic, political, and cultural developments, in tracing parallels among Henry Adams in the Progressive Era, the 'Young Intellectuals' of the twenties, and the New Left in the sixties. The studies also address broader interpretive and philosophical questions such as theory and factuality, periodization and historiography, mode of production and social change, as well as the interplay in human affairs of the transhistorical and the historical, the artistic and the political, contingency and determinism, freedom and necessity, and the intermixture of capitalism, socialism, and liberalism in the making of modern US society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09223/cover/9780521409223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stages of Economic Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Non-Communist Manifesto</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rostow, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A third edition of The Stages of Economic Growth brings this classic work up to date with current economic and political changes. In a new preface and appendix, Professor Rostow extends his analysis to include recent economic and political developments as well as the advances in theory concerning nonlinear and chaotic phenomena. For those coming to his work for the first time, the original text and the introductions and appendices from earlier editions are included. This volume will not only be of interest to those concerned with the theory of economic growth, but also to students of policy since the 1960s. In the text Professor Rostow gives an account of economic growth based on a dynamic theory of production and interpreted in terms of actual societies. Five basic stages of economic growth are distinguished with detailed discussions of each stage including illustrative examples. He also applies the concept of stages of growth to an examination of the problems of military aggression and the nuclear arms race. The final chapter includes a comparison of his non-communist manifesto with Marxist theory. Materials from the second edition include an appendix in which he responds to some of his critics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09285/cover/9780521409285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Call to Personhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Christian Theory of the Individual in Social Relationships</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McFadyen, Alistair Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an attempt to answer the question 'What is a person?'. Although the answer is given in largely theoretical terms, the author is concerned primarily with practice: what does it mean to live as a human person in community with others? What personal, social, and political practices are required by personal being? The central insight, that human identity is most productively understood in communicational terms, leads to an account of personhood which is both compassionate and which - at the same time - keeps sight of the particularity of each individual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09292/cover/9780521409292.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Listening to the Cicadas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Plato's Phaedrus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferrari, G. R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This full-length study of Plato's dialogue Phaedrus, now in paperback, is written in the belief that such concerted scrutiny of a single dialogue is an important part of the project of understanding Plato so far as possible 'from the inside' - of gaining a feel for the man's philosophy. The focus of this account is on how the resources both of persuasive myth and of formal argument, for all that Plato sets them in strong contrast, nevertheless complement and reinforce each other in his philosophy. Not only is the dialogue in its formal structure a dovetail of myth and argument, but the philosophic life that it praises is also shaped by an acknowledgement of the limitations of argument and the importance of mythical understanding. By means of this correlation of form and content Plato invites his readers, through the very act of reading, to take a first step along the path of the philosophical life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09322/cover/9780521409322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strauss: Also sprach Zarathustra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Strauss's tone poem Also sprach Zarathustra is one of his most controversial works. Its greatest popularity has been achieved when its connection with Nietzsche's book of the same name has seemed less relevant than its associations with Kubrick's film 2001 - A Space Odyssey.  Although its early  critical reception was mixed, it is nowadays one of the staples of the virtuoso orchestra, and a standard demonstration piece for innovations in recording technique. Its opening bars have become a kind of icon independent of the rest of the work. This guide examines the intellectual background of the work and considers ways in which it has been received by composers and writers, notably Romain Rolland and Bartok. It also discusses the musical background of Liszt and Wagner which gave rise to the genre, 'tone poem', and provides an analysis of several aspects of Strauss's musical language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09353/cover/9780521409353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409381</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Revolutions in the Modern World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skocpol, Theda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays, Theda Skocpol, author of the award-winning book States and Social Revolutions (1979), updates her arguments about social revolutions. How are we to understand recent revolutionary upheavals in countries across the globe? Why have social revolutions happened in some countries, but not in others that seem similar? Skocpol shows how she and other scholars have used ideas about states and societies to identify the particular types of regimes that are susceptible to the growth of revolutionary movements and vulnerable to transfers of state power to revolutionary challengers. Skocpol engages in thoughtful dialogue with critics, and she suggests how culture and ideology can properly be incorporated into historical and comparative studies. She also vigorously defends the value of an institutionalist, comparative and historical approach against recent challenges from Marxists, rational choice theorists, and culturally oriented interpreters of particular revolutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09384/cover/9780521409384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Industrial Revolution in National Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe and the USA</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Industrial Revolution has been, and continues to be, the focus of massive historiographical as well as historical inquiry. This collection includes reappraisals by Phyllis Deane and by Fran&#231;ois Crouzet of their classic accounts of industrialisation in Britain and in France, and more generally broaches the wider issue of 'new approaches' which have been emerging for the understanding of the industrialising process in nations where it came somewhat later. In addition to grappling with questions of technical skills, economic analysis and the process of industrialisation, the authors also tackle questions of national politics and international relations. In addition to the roster of authors who examine individual national experiences, a general essay by Sidney Pollard takes into account the relative contributions of the distinct national experiences in western and eastern Europe, the USA and Japan, and assesses them as special cases of a more general phenomenon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09407/cover/9780521409407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Egg to Embryo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Regional Specification in Early Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slack, J. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last ten years have shown a dramatic revolution in our understanding of early animal development. This new edition of the successful first edition describes the result of this revolution and explains how the body plan of an embryo emerges from the newly fertilised egg. The book starts with a critical discussion of embryological concepts and explains in simple terms the mathematics of cell states, morphogen gradients and threshold responses. The experimental evidence on the mechanism of regional specification in Xenopus, molluscs, annelids, ascidians as well as Caenorhabditis, the mouse, the chick and Drosophila is then discussed. The whole chapter devoted to the exciting developments in Drosophila  provides a clear guide to the subject, including a new table outlining the developmentally important genes. The emphasis throughout is on conceptual clarity and unity: bringing together the mathematical models, embryological experiments and molecular biology into a single, comprehensive coherent account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09438/cover/9780521409438.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violence, Terrorism, and Justice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frey, Raymond Gillespie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume a group of distinguished moral and social thinkers address the urgent problem of terrorism. The essays define terrorism, discuss whether the assessment of terrorist violence should be based on its consequences (beneficial or otherwise), and explore what means may be used to combat those who use violence without justification. Among other questions raised by the volume are: what does it mean for a people to be innocent of the acts of their government? Might there not be some justification in terrorists targeting certain victims but not others? Might terrorist acts be attributed to groups or to states?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09506/cover/9780521409506.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Post-Modern and the Post-Industrial</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Margaret A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an historical and critical guide to the concepts of the post-modern and the post-industrial. It brings admirable clarity and thoroughness to a discussion of the many different uses made of the term post-modern across a number of different disciplines (including literature, architecture, art history, philosophy, anthropology and geography). It also analyses the concept of the post-industrial society to which the concept of the post-modern has often been related. Dr Rose discusses the work of many theorists in the area, including Hassan, Lyotard, Jameson and the architectural historian Charles Jencks, and also looks at analyses and uses of the concepts of the post-modern and post-industrial by Frampton, Portoghesi, Peter Fuller and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09520/cover/9780521409520.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Profile of Jonathan Miller</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Romain, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Miller is one of the most important and prolific directors of theatre and opera today. Written with Miller's full cooperation and with access to rehearsals, this is the first book to explore his work in depth. Michael Romain examines this significant theatrical career through a series of interviews with Miller and his collaborators. It is rare that a director is willing or able to discuss his craft and rarer still to find colleagues who can recount their impressions of rehearsals and productions. However, in a series of conversations with actors, conductors, designers, singers, directors, and writers, a fascinating portrait of Miller emerges which will be of interest to theatre and opera enthusiasts as well as to students and scholars of the performing arts. The book is divided into three sections, beginning with an introduction which sets Miller's work in the context of contemporary European theatre. Part Two is an interview with Miller, covering such topics as his career, working methods, points of inspiration and views of current theatre and opera. Part Three is a collection of conversations with over forty artists including Zubin Mehta, Max von Sydow, Rosalind Plowright, Terry Hands, and John Cleese. The volume also contains a complete chronology of Miller's work in theatre, opera, television and film, including information on forthcoming productions, as well as numerous photographs from productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09537/cover/9780521409537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sibelius: Symphony No. 5</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepokoski, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sibelius's Fifth is one of the great late-Romantic symphonies. In this searching account, based on a wealth of new information, James Hepokoski takes a fresh look at the work and its composer. His findings have implications beyond Sibelius himself into the entire repertory of Post-Wagnerian symphonic composition. The early chapters place the Fifth Symphony squarely within the general culture of European musical 'modernism' and focus in particular on the problem of the clash of that culture with the more radical 'New-Music' experiments of an emerging younger generation of composers. Subsequent chapters include a probing consideration of Sibelius's style and meditative aesthetic; an account of how the symphony was composed;  and a descriptive analysis of the final, familiar version. The book concludes with a discussion of the composer's own prescribed tempos for the Fifth Symphony, along with a comparison of several different recordings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09582/cover/9780521409582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation in National Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scribner, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by prominent historians of the Reformation explores the experience of religious reform in 'national context', discussing similarities and differences between the reform movements in a dozen different countries of sixteenth-century Europe. Each author provides an interpretative essay emphasising local peculiarities and national variants on the broader theme of the Reformation as a European phenomenon. The individual essays thus emphasise the local preconditions and limitations which encountered the Reformation as it spread from Germany into most of the countries of western and central Europe. Together they present a picture of the many-sided nature of the Reformation as it grew up in each 'national context', both in countries where the Reformation was strikingly successful and where it failed to make an impact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09605/cover/9780521409605.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Street, Brian V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, investigates the meanings and uses of literacy in different cultures and societies. In contrast to previous studies, where the focus of research has been on aspects of cognition, education and on the economic 'consequences' of literacy, these largely ethnographic essays bring together anthropological and linguistic work written over the last ten years. Accounts of literacy practices in a variety of locations, including Great Britain, the United States, Africa, the South Pacific and Madagascar, illustrate how these practices vary from one context to another, and challenge the traditional view that literacy is a single, uniform skill, essential to functioning in a modern society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09643/cover/9780521409643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Examinations of Law and Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cooper, Hawthorne, Stowe, and Melville</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Brook</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Cross Examinations of Law and Literature Brook Thomas uses legal thought and legal practice as a lens through which to read some of the important fictions of antebellum America. The lens reflects both ways, and we learn as much about the literature in the context of contemporary legal concerns as we do about the legal ideologies that the fiction subverts or reveals. Successive chapters deal with Cooper's Pioneers and Hawthorne's The House of Seven Gables (property law and the image of the judiciary), Melville's 'Benito Cereno' and Stowe's Uncle Tom's Cabin (slavery), Melville's White Jacket, Pierre and 'Bartleby' (worker exploitation or wage slavery), The Confidence-Man (contracts), and finally, 'Billy Budd', which examines a number of issues illustrative of the triumph of legal formalism after the Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09704/cover/9780521409704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rules, Norms, and Decisions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Conditions of Practical and Legal Reasoning in International Relations and Domestic Affairs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kratochwil, Friedrich V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assesses the impact of norms on decision-making. It argues that norms influence choices not by being causes for actions, but by providing reasons. Consequently it approaches the problem via an investigation of the reasoning process in which norms play a decisive role. Kratochwil argues that, depending upon the strictness the guidance norms provide in arriving at a decision, different styles of reasoning with norms can be distinguished. While the focus in this book is largely analytical, the argument is developed through the interpretation of the classic thinkers in international law (Grotius, Vattel, Pufendorf, Rousseau, Hume, Habermas).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09711/cover/9780521409711.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fracture of Brittle Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawn, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an advanced text for higher degree materials science students and researchers concerned with the strength of highly brittle covalent-ionic solids, principally ceramics. It is a reconstructed and greatly expanded edition of a book first published in 1975. The book presents a unified continuum, microstructural and atomistic treatment of modern day fracture mechanics from a materials perspective. Particular attention is directed to the basic elements of bonding and microstructure that govern the intrinsic toughness of ceramics. These elements hold the key to the future of ceramics as high-technology materials - to make brittle solids strong, we must first understand what makes them weak. The underlying theme of the book is the fundamental Griffith energy-balance concept of crack propagation. The early chapters develop fracture mechanics from the traditional continuum perspective, with attention to linear and nonlinear crack-tip fields, equilibrium and non-equilibrium crack states. It then describes the atomic structure of sharp cracks, the topical subject of crack-microstructure interactions in ceramics, with special focus on the concepts of crack-tip shielding and crack-resistance curves, and finally deals with indentation fracture, flaws, and structural reliability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09728/cover/9780521409728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chemistry of Macrocyclic Ligand Complexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindoy, L. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains an overview of complex formation by macrocyclic ligand systems. The study of macrocyclic chemistry represents a major area of activity which impinges on a range of other areas in both chemistry and biochemistry. The field has characteristically yielded many interesting and unusual compounds. The text discusses the structures and properties of macrocyclic compounds; the synthesis of macrocycles; polyether crown and related systems; metal-ion and molecular recognition (host-guest chemistry); as well as kinetic, thermodynamic and electrochemical aspects of a range of macrocyclic systems. A discussion of the different categories of naturally occurring macrocycles is also included. Specialist and non-specialist alike will find this a useful text. Apart from serving as a convenient reference for established workers in the field, it should also prove useful to new graduate students as well as to researchers from other areas who seek a general introduction to the subject. The topics discussed also provide a suitable basis for a senior undergraduate or graduate course in macrocyclic chemistry and inorganic complexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09858/cover/9780521409858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms: A German Requiem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Musgrave, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The German Requiem is Brahms's largest work, written for orchestra, chorus and two soloists. It made Brahms an international name, and the scope and technique of the composition brought him not only a new audience but also comparison with Bach and Beethoven. Although it fell out of favour for much of the earlier part of the twentieth century, it has found new critical support as an original and progressive work and there are many current recordings. This detailed study examines its history (especially its deep links to the past) and controversial reception, analyses its textual and musical structure, and discusses performing traditions from Brahms's time to the present, including nine recorded performances made over the last fifty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09957/cover/9780521409957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521409977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521409977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521409971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heat Kernels and Spectral Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521409971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, E. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An advanced monograph on a central topic in the theory of differential equations, Heat Kernels and Spectral Theory investigates the theory of second-order elliptic operators. While the study of the heat equation is a classical subject, this book analyses the improvements in our quantitative understanding of heat kernels. The author considers variable coefficient operators on regions in Euclidean space and Laplace-Beltrami operators on complete Riemannian manifolds. He also includes results pertaining to the heat kernels of Schr&#246;dinger operators; such results will be of particular interest to mathematical physicists, and relevant too to those concerned with properties of Brownian motion and other diffusion processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/09971/cover/9780521409971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Policy in Britain 1974-1987</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britton, Andrew J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a survey of macroeconomic policy in Britain in the 1970s and 1980s, a subject at the centre both of political debate, and professional controversy, and argues that there were important elements of continuity in the way decisions were actually taken year-by-year and month-by-month in the Treasury and the Bank of England in this period. It is written by Andrew Britton, the director of the National Institute of Economic and Social Research, and previously a senior economist at the Treasury, and is a sequel to the NIESR studies by Christopher Dow, (1945-1960), and by Frank Blackaby and others (1960-74). Part One is a chronological account of policy actions and their setting. Part Two provides a history of ideas, describing the most influential writings of economists in Britain during this period, while Part Three looks at the influence of the world economy on Britain. Parts Four and Five include several elements of new statistical analysis concerning the way in which policy instruments were used, in particular the signals to which policymakers reacted when setting interest rates. The effects of policy actions are estimated using the Institute's macroeconomic model. Amongst the other issues addressed are: the consequences of floating exchange rates; the reasons for the upward trend in unemployment; the relationship between money and prices; and the effects of fiscal and monetary policy on the growth potential of the economy. A full calender of events and an annotated bibliography are included as further aids to the reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10045/cover/9780521410045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Geomagnetism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Backus, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Constable, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main magnetic field of the Earth is a complex phenomenon. To understand its origins in the fluid of the Earth's core, and how it changes in time requires a variety of mathematical and physical tools. This book presents the foundations of geomagnetism, in detail and developed from first principles. The book is based on George Backus' courses for graduate students at the University of California, San Diego. The material is mathematically rigorous, but is logically developed and has consistent notation, making it accessible to a broad range of readers. The book starts with an overview of the phenomena of interest in geomagnetism, and then goes on to deal with the phenomena in detail, building the necessary techniques in a thorough and consistent manner. Students and researchers will find this book to be an invaluable resource in the appreciation of the mathematical and physical foundations of geomagnetism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10069/cover/9780521410069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State and Society in Pre-colonial Asante</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCaskie, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholarship on the West African kingdom of Asante is at the leading edge of Africanist research. In this book, T. C. McCaskie gives a detailed and richly nuanced historical portrait of pre-colonial Asante. His delineation of state and society in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries is centred on an extended analysis of the crucial ritual of the annual Kumase odwira festival. It is at once a profound historical reconstruction of an African polity, and a deeply informed meditation on key Asante concepts and ideas. Throughout the book, the Asante experience is consistently discussed in relation to a broad range of historiography and critical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10090/cover/9780521410090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Hobbes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sorell, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It was as a political thinker that Thomas Hobbes first came to prominence, and it is as a political theorist that he is most studied today. Yet the range of his writings extends well beyond morals and politics. Hobbes had distinctive views in metaphysics and epistemology, and wrote about such subjects as history, law, and religion. He also produced full-scale treatises in physics, optics, and geometry. All of these areas are covered in this Companion, most in considerable detail. The volume also reflects the multidisciplinary nature of current Hobbes scholarship by drawing together perspectives that are now being developed in parallel by philosophers, historians of science and mathematics, intellectual historians, political scientists, and literary theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10199/cover/9780521410199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rival States, Rival Firms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Competition for World Market Shares</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410229</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stopford, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henley, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this theoretically original work, two distinguished authors explore the mutual interdependence of states and firms throughout the world. They show how global structural changes - in finance, technology, knowledge and politics - often impel governments to seek the help and cooperation of managers of multinational enterprises.  Yet, as Professors Stopford and Strange demonstrate, this is constrained by each country's economic resources, its social structures and its political history. Based on grass-roots research into the experience of over 50 multinationals and more than 100 investment projects in three developing countries- Brazil, Malaysia and Kenya - the authors develop a matrix of agendas. They present the impact on projects of the multiple factors affecting the bargaining relationships between the government and the foreign firm at different times and in a variety of economic sectors. In conclusion they offer some guidelines for actions to both governments and firms and some points to future interdisciplinary research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10229/cover/9780521410229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electromagnetic Processes in Dispersive Media</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melrose, D. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McPhedran, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an advanced text on electromagnetic theory, presenting a systematic discussion of electromagnetic waves and radiation processes in a wide variety of media. The treatment, taken from the field of plasma physics, is based on the dielectric tensor, and this permits the discussion of media outside the scope of the usual approach adopted in most textbooks on electromagnetism. The approach taken also has notable advantages when applied to the conventional emission processes of electromagnetic theory. The authors have thus unified the approaches used in plasma physics and astrophysics on the one hand, and in optics on the other. The book has been written clearly and pedagogically, and will be therefore of value to senior undergraduates, graduate students, lecturers and researchers. Students will find the exercises provided at the end of each chapter particularly useful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10250/cover/9780521410250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic and Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devlin, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intelligence can be characterised both as the ability to absorb and process information and as the ability to reason. Humans and other animals have both of these abilities to a greater or lesser degree, but the search for artificial intelligence has been hampered by our inability to create a theory that covers both of these characteristics. In this provocative and ground-breaking book, Professor Keith Devlin argues that to obtain a deeper understanding of the nature of intelligence and knowledge acquisition, we must broaden our concept of logic. For these purposes, Devlin introduces the concept of the infon, a quantum of information, and merges it with situations, a mathematical construction generalising the notion of sets developed by Barwise and Perry at Stanford University in order to study the meaning of natural languages. He develops and describes the theory here in general and intuitive terms, and discusses its relevance to a variety of concerns such as artificial intelligence, cognition, natural language and communication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10304/cover/9780521410304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Graphic Unconscious in Early Modern French Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conley, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the importance of typographic shapes in French Renaissance literature in the context of psychoanalysis and of the history of printed writing. Focusing on the poetry of Clement Marot, Rabelais's Gargantua, Ronsard's sonnets and the Essais of Montaigne, it argues that printed characters can either supplement or betray what they appear to articulate, revealing compositional patterns that do not appear to be under authorial control. Professor Conley shows that graphic forms are crucial for the development of complex interactions of verbal and visual materials in the early years of print culture. Marot and Rabelais articulate a religious programme through the letter; Ronsard conflates the arts in poetry of the French court in the middle years of the sixteenth century; Montaigne stages the birth of the self in print and inscribes political dimensions in the relationship between the letter and meaning. This unconscious, proto-Freudian writing has complex historical relations with verbal and visual practices in the media of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10311/cover/9780521410311.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology and Landscape in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Meanings of some Places in the Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biger, Gideon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Landscapes of material are also landscapes of meaning: praxis is itself symbolic, and all landscapes are symbolic in practice. Ideology and Landscape in Historical Perspective draws together fifteen historical geographers to examine landscapes as messages to be decoded, as signs to be deciphered. The range of examples is wide in terms of period, from the medieval to the modern, and of place, embracing the USA, Canada, Palestine, Israel, South Africa, India, Singapore, France and Germany. Each essay addresses a specific problem, but collectively they are principally concerned with the ideologies of religion and of politics, of Church and state, and their historical impress upon landscapes. The book is introduced by an essay which explores the dialectical understanding of landscapes, and landscapes as expressions of the connection of an ideology to a quest for order, to an assertion of authority and to a project of totalization. The issues raised by landscapes and their meanings - issues of individual and collective action, of objective knowing, of materialist and idealist explanation - are fundamental not only to historical geography but to any humanistic study, and render the geographical study of landscapes of interest to scholars in many disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10328/cover/9780521410328.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of Consciousness in Modern Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underhill, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modernist aesthetics have been identified with a sense of cultural crisis, defined by its distance from an ideal of unified consciousness. This original study of the problem of consciousness in modern poetry examines the struggle towards that ideal of 'unitary' experience, through close readings of British and Irish poets from Hardy and the Georgian poets, through Lawrence, Edward Thomas, Yeats, Eliot, MacNiece and Auden, to Ted Hughes. Underhill argues that while their poetry is both a critique and an expression of crisis, its tendency to emphasize inner states and subjective experience has drawn attention away from the socio-historical dimensions of the problem. Poetry, as contemporary theories of consciousness remind us, is itself a socio-cultural institution and is answerable to outer as well as inner forces. Underhill examines these problems and paradoxes, showing how the impossibility of any stable notion of the unitary in our century can in fact be seen as an opportunity for creative choice and freedom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10335/cover/9780521410335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Echevarr&#237;a, Roberto Gonzalez</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pupo-Walker, Enrique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>884</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature is by far the most comprehensive work of its kind ever written. Its three volumes cover the whole sweep of Latin American literature (including Brazilian) from pre-Colombian times to the present, and contain chapters on Latin American writing in the USA.  Volume 3 is devoted partly to the history of Brazilian literature, from the earliest writing through the colonial period and the Portuguese-language traditions of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries; and partly also to an extensive bibliographical section in which annotated reading lists relating to the chapters in all three volumes of The Cambridge History of Latin American Literature are presented. These bibliographies are a unique feature of the History, further enhancing its immense value as a reference work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10359/cover/9780521410359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141038X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141038X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Steinbeck</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McElrath, Jr, Joseph R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crisler, Jesse S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shillinglaw, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is the first to collect the critical responses of Steinbeck's generation to his many fiction and non-fiction works, as they appeared from the late 1920s onwards. The articles trace the record of Steinbeck's progress through the 1930s and go on to reflect Steinbeck's steady series of achievements through the 1960s, including his attainment of the Nobel Prize in 1967. These articles offer a means of seeing Steinbeck's writings as they were perceived by his contemporaries, whose task it was first to evaluate and interpret them for an ever-growing readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14097/cover/9780521114097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belated Feudalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Labor, the Law, and Liberal Development in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orren, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditional and still-dominant theories of American political development depict the American state as a thoroughly liberal state from its very inception. Karen Orren challenges that account by arguing that a remnant of ancient feudalism was, in fact, embedded in the American governmental system, in the form of the law of master and servant, and persisted until well into the twentieth century. The law of master and servant was, she reveals, incorporated in the US Constitution and administered from democratic politics. The fully legislative polity that defines the modern liberal state was achieved in America, Orren argues, only through the initiatives of the labor movement in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and was finally ushered in as part of the processes of collective bargaining instituted by the New Deal. This book represents a fundamental reinterpretation of constitutional change in the United States and of the role of American organized labor, which is shown to be a creator of liberalism, rather than a spoiler of socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10397/cover/9780521410397.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of Imitation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anacreon and the Anacreontic Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenmeyer, Patricia A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>297</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Western literature knows the anacreontic poems best in the translations or adaptations of such poets as Ronsard, Herrick and Goethe. This collection of poems, once assumed to be the work of Anacreon himself, was considered unworthy of serious attention after the poems were proved to be late Hellenistic and early Roman imitations by anonymous writers. This full-length treatment of the anacreontic corpus explores the complex poetics of imitation which inspired anacreontic composition for so many centuries in antiquity. The author reassesses Anacreon's own oeuvre, and then discusses the system of selective imitation practised by the anacreontic poets. The book explores what light the corpus can shed on ancient literary genres, intertextual influences, and the literary manifestations of symposiastic and erotic ideals in a post-classical society which looks back to an archaic model as its guiding force. The book concludes with a brief look at Byzantine adaptations and the anacreontic renaissance in Europe. A full translation of the anacreontic collection is included as an appendix and all Greek and Latin is translated to make the work available to those whose primary interest is European literature and the classical tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10441/cover/9780521410441.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Merchant Empires</TitleText>

<Subtitle>State Power and World Trade, 1350-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tracy, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Political Economy of Merchant Empires focuses on why European concerns eventually achieved dominance in global trade in the period between 1450 and 1750, at the expense, especially in Asia, of well-organised and well-financed rivals. The volume is a companion to The Rise of Merchant Empires, also edited by James Tracy, which dealt with changes in the growth and composition of long-distance trade during the same period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10465/cover/9780521410465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology of Fibrous Composites</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development beyond the Cell Membrane</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neville, Anthony Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, by a leading thinker with 30 years experience in the field, is the first devoted to fibrous composites in biology. It tackles a major unsolved problem in developmental biology - how does chemistry create architecture outside cells? Fibrous composites occur in all skeletal systems including plant cell walls, insect cuticles, moth eggshells, bone and cornea. They function like man-made fibreglass, with fibres set in a matrix. The fibrous molecules are long, extracellular and water-insoluble and to be effective they must be orientated strategically. The underlying hypothesis of this book is that the fibres are orientated by self-assembly just outside the cells during a mobile liquid crystalline phase prior to stabilization. The commonest orientations of the fibres are plywood laminates (orthogonal and helicoidal), and as parallel fibres. These may be imitated in vitro by liquid crystalline chemicals. The book takes an interdisciplinary approach and will be relevant to biologists, biochemists, biophysicists, material scientists and to liquid crystals chemists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10519/cover/9780521410519.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constitutional Royalism and the Search for Settlement, c.1640-1649</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Constitutional royalism' is one of the most familiar yet least often examined of all the political labels found in the historiography of the English Revolution. This book fills a gap by investigating the leading Constitutional royalists who rallied to King Charles I in 1642 while consistently urging him to reach an 'accommodation' with Parliament. These royalists' early careers reveal that a commitment to the rule of law and a relative lack of 'godly' zeal were the characteristic predictors of Constitutional royalism in the Civil War. Such attitudes explain why many of them criticised the policies of the King's personal rule, but also why they joined the King in 1642 and tried to achieve a negotiated settlement thereafter. The final part of the book traces the Constitutional royalists through the Interregnum - during which they consciously withdrew from public life - to the Restoration, when many of them returned to prominence and saw their ideas vindicated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10564/cover/9780521410564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Oman and his Doctrine of God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bevans, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Scottish theologian John Oman (1860-1939) conceived of God in terms of a personal reality who calls forth - rather than inhibits - freedom, creativity, and responsibility.  Although he never wrote a book on God as such, all Oman's thought is based on this conception of God's radically personal nature and gracious - though often challenging - dealing with humanity. This book systematizes the thoughts on God which are scattered throughout Oman's writings, and places Oman in his historical and cultural context of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. In the picture which emerges, evil and suffering are the result of cosmic independence and human freedom; God's power is revealed not in his ability to override human freedom, but in the patience to deal with its consequences, which include the emergence of moral and physical evil. For Oman, God's face has been revealed most clearly in the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus, whose gracious dealing with men and women shows God to be both eternal Father and abiding Spirit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10595/cover/9780521410595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Anthropomorphism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is anthropomorphism dead? Modern students of animal behaviour mostly think it is and are therefore confident that their own use of anthropomorphic language is purely metaphorical. John Kennedy's point is that explicit anthropomorphism was indeed well-nigh killed by fierce criticism from the radical Behaviourists, but that we have to recognize that today there is a new anthropomorphism which is much harder to avoid because it is unintended and largely unconscious. It exists because of a fact only hinted at in the literature: that an anthropomorphic 'fellow-feeling' towards animals, especially higher ones, is built into us by nature and nurture. For that reason even those who if they were asked would firmly reject anthropomorphism nevertheless unwittingly slip into it from time to time. The book provides ample documentary evidence of this. It contains nineteen essays on behavioural concepts which have seldom been identified as anthropomorphic but in fact bear that connotation and lead to mistakes. Some of these, such as search images in birds and the learning of grammatical language by apes, have been seen through as errors after a time. A greater number, such as efference copy, goal-directedness, cognition and suffering in animals, are still current though not yet regarded as erroneous. We can hardly hope to cure ourselves altogether of thinking anthropomorphically, and it is anyway very useful as a metaphor. The final chapter outlines things we can do to minimise the damage it does to the causal analysis of animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10649/cover/9780521410649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141069X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141069X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dreaming in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kruger, Steven F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study examines the role of the dream in medieval culture with reference to philosophical, legal and theological writings as well as literary and autobiographical works. Stephen Kruger studies the development of theories of dreaming, from the Neoplatonic and patristic writers to late medieval re-interpretations, and shows how these theories relate to autobiographical accounts and to more popular treatments of dreaming. He considers previously neglected material including one important dream vision by Nicole Oresme, and arrives at a new understanding of this literary genre, and of medieval attitudes to dreaming in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10694/cover/9780521410694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchant Capital and the Roots of State Power in Senegal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1930-1985</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boone, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In most post-colonial regimes in sub-Saharan Africa, state power has been used to structure economic production in ways that have tended to produce economic stagnation rather than growth. Catherine Boone examines the ways in which the exercise of state power has inhibited economic growth, focusing on the case of Senegal. She traces changes in the political economy of Senegal from the heyday of colonial merchant capital in the 1930s to the decay of the 1980s and reveals that old trading monopolies and commercial hierarchies were preserved at the cost of reforms that would have stimulated economic growth. Boone uses this case to develop an argument against analyses of political-economic development that identify state institutions and ideologies as independent forces driving the process of economic transformation. State power, she argues, is rooted in the material and social bases of ruling alliances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10786/cover/9780521410786.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Mannerist Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reading of Five Problem Plays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maquerlot, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>211</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original approach to Shakespeare's so-called 'problem plays' by contending that they can be viewed as experiments in the Mannerist style. The plays reappraised here are Julius Caesar, Hamlet, Troilus and Cressida, All's Well That Ends Well and Measure for Measure. How can a term used to define a movement in art history be made relevant to theatrical analysis? Maquerlot shows how famous painters of sixteenth-century Italy cultivated structural ambiguity or dissonance in reaction to the classical canons of the High Renaissance. Close readings of Shakespeare's plays, from the period 1599 to 1604, reveal intriguing analogies with Mannerist art and the dramatist's response to Elizabethan formalism. Maquerlot concludes by examining Othello, which marks the end of Shakespeare's Mannerist experiments, and the less equivocal use of artifice in his late romances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10830/cover/9780521410830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The City and Education in Four Nations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodenow, Ronald K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, William E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The City and Education in Four Nations is a response to a long-standing need for the placing of urban educational study in broader comparative contexts, both historical and international. This volume offers an account of the historical educational experiences of four major English-speaking countries, opening up new research agendas in a variety of fields. An international team of contributors has been assembled, combining historical and educational expertise, and the work should interest scholars in a number of disciplines, including urban history, urban and comparative education, social and public policy, social and cultural history and the history of education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10847/cover/9780521410847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Jacobite Politics in Eighteenth-Century Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pittock, Murray G. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to question assumptions about the nature of the Augustan era through an exploration of Jacobite ideology. Taking as its starting point the fundamental ambivalence of the Augustan concept the author studies canonical and non-canonical literature and uncovers the 'four nations' literary history of the period defined in terms of a struggle for control of the language of authority between Jacobite and Hanoverian writers. This struggle is seen to have crystallized Irish and Scottish opposition to the British state. The Jacobite cause generated powerful popular literature and the sources explored include ballads, broadsides and writing in Scots, Irish, Welsh and Gaelic. The author concludes that the literary history we inherit is built on the political outcome of the Revolution of 1688.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10922/cover/9780521410922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Poet as Voyeur</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spearing, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While love is private, and in medieval literature especially is seen as demanding secrecy, to tell stories about it is to make it public. Looking, often accompanied by listening, is the means by which love is brought into the public realm and by which legal evidence of adulterous love can be obtained. Medieval romances contain many scenes in which secret watchers and listeners play leading roles, and in which the problematic relation of sight to truth is a central theme. The effect of such scenes is to place the poem's audience as secret watchers and listeners; and in later medieval narratives, as the role of the storyteller comes to be realized, the poet too sees himself in the undignified role of a voyeur. A. C. Spearing's book explores these and related themes, first in relation to medieval and modern theories and instances of looking, and then through a series of readings of romances and first-person narratives, including works by Beroul, Gottfried von Strassburg, Chr&#233;tien de Troyes, Marie de France, Chaucer, Lydgate, Douglas, Dunbar, and Skelton. Its focus on looking also leads to the recovery of some less well-known works such as Partonope of Blois and The Squire of Low Degree. The general approach is psychoanalytic, but the reading of specific medieval texts always has primacy, and this in turn makes possible a running critique of current conceptions of the gaze in relation to power and gender.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10946/cover/9780521410946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Strategic Defense Initiative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiss, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This history of the Strategic Defense Initiative ranges across politics, economics, strategic studies and international relations, and provides the latest research into the SDI interest groups, the distribution of contracts, and the politics of influence. It discusses the wider contexts of 'Star Wars', such as alliance management, marketing, and domestic politics, and its military spin-offs, especially for anti-satellite (ASAT) and 'space control' programmes. The author tests the theoretical literature on the dynamics of the arms race by using SDI as a case study, and draws evidence from sources such as congressional hearings, interviews, the trade press, restricted briefing papers, and documents obtained under the US Freedom of Information Act. The book follows the fortunes of strategic defence into the changed global conditions of the 1990s, following the collapse of the Soviet bloc, the Gulf War, and President Bush's announcement of a refocused SDI, the Global Protection Against Limited Strikes (GPALS).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/10977/cover/9780521410977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521410991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521410991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521410991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary Chinese Politics in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521410991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Womack, Brantly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few countries have had a more turbulent political history in the twentieth century than China. Although China's unprecedented stability and prosperity in the 1980s gave hope that such turbulence was at an end, the crises of Tiananmen, culminating in the massacre of June 4, 1989, proved that the turbulence continues. Here, eight distinguished China specialists provide wide ranging, original essays that attempt to explain the dynamics of contemporary Chinese politics by analysing the preceding patterns of development. Some of the essays focus on the most basic issues of the historical development of Chinese politics while other essays focus on developments in important policy areas since 1949. The book concludes with a penetrating analysis of the Tiananmen events by Tang Tsou, Professor Emeritus of Political Science at the University of Chicago. Together, the essays detail the weight of the past on Chinese politics, but also the long term developments that prevent the simple recurrence of previous patterns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22826/cover/9780521422826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime, Society and the Law in Renaissance Italy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, K. J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a wide body of internationally-renowned scholars, including a core of Italians, this volume focuses on new material and puts crime and disorder in Renaissance Italy firmly in its political and social context. All stages of the judicial process are addressed, from the drafting of new laws to the rounding-up of bandits. Attention is paid both to common crime and to more historically specific crimes, such as sumptuary laws. Attempts to prevent or suppress disorder in private and public life are analysed, and many different types of crime, from the sexual to the political and from the verbal to the physical, are considered. In sum the volume aims to demonstrate the fundamental importance of crime and disorder for the study of the Italian Renaissance. It is the only single-volume treatment available of the subject in English. Other books have studied crime in a single city, or single types of crime, but few have presented a cross-section of articles which deploy diverse methodological approaches in material from many parts of the peninsula.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11028/cover/9780521411028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Society of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Native Ecology in Amazonia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Descola, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Nora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Achuar Indians live in the remote forest reaches of the Upper Amazon and have developed sophisticated strategies of resource management. Philippe Descola, who has gathered material over several years of fieldwork, documents their rich knowledge of the environment. He explains how this technical knowledge of the increasingly threatened Amazonian ecosystems  is interwoven with cosmological ideas that endow nature with the characteristics of society. Combining a symbolist approach with an ecological analysis, the book contributes a new theory of the social construction of nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11035/cover/9780521411035.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Savage Within</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social History of British Anthropology, 1885-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuklick, Henrika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Considering the anthropological ideas current in Britain between 1885 and 1945, this book explores the relationship between social scientific ideas and behaviour. Professor Kuklick shows how the descriptions British anthropologists produced about the peoples of exotic culture can be translated into commentaries on their own society. Read as such, the anthropology of the period covered by the book represents an appeal for a society that rewards individuals on the basis of talent and achievement, not inherited status; a brief for the welfare state, which is obliged to care for those whom circumstances have prevented from taking care of themselves; and a plea for tolerance of cultural diversity based on observation of a range of ways of life that satisfy human needs and desires. The book also shows how anthropological insight informed consideration of specific problems: e.g. womens' rights, the Irish problem and colonisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11097/cover/9780521411097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning from Mount Hua</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Chinese Physician's Illustrated Travel Record and Painting Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liscomb, Kathlyn Maurean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Learning from Mt. Hua is a close study of a travelog written and illustrated by a late fourteenth-century Chinese physician and amateur painter,Wang Lu. Transformed by the experience of scaling Mt. Hua, the Sacred Mountain of the West, Wang struggled to free himself from existing vocabularies of mountain forms and established conventions for travel painting. The final result is an album of forty unusual paintings and a moving travel record,translated here for the first time. Having reconstructed the original sequence of the paintings, Liscomb relates these landscapes to the travel record, helping the reader share Wang's experiences as he crosses treacherous chasms, visits famous Daoist temples, and analyses geological lore. Wang Lu formulated his highly original ideas about painting in a preface accompanying the Mt. Huaalbum. Liscomb translates this and another of his essays on landscape painting in full and argues that it is necessary not only to analyse them in relation to contemporary and earlier art theories, but also in connection with Wang's writings as a medical scholar. The author interprets the responses of later critics, too, analysing the factors in late Ming criticism that fostered and inhibited an understanding of Wang's ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11127/cover/9780521411127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Topics covered in this volume include literary Chinese as a language for science, the history and principles of scientific translation in Europe, the theatrical panorama in the 19th century and its roots in optical theory and experiment, and an alternative perspective on Gerard Manley Hopkins.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11165/cover/9780521411165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matters of Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mellor, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This selection of D. H. Mellor's work demonstrates the wide ranging originality of his work. It gathers together sixteen major papers on related topics. Together they form a complete modern metaphysics. The first five papers are on aspects of the mind: on our 'selves', their supposed subjectivity and how we refer to them, on the nature of conscious belief and on computational and physicalist theories of the mind. The next five papers deal with dispositions, natural kinds, laws of nature and how they involve natural necessity, universals and objective chances, and the relation between properties and predicates. Then follow three papers about the relations between time, change and causation, the nature of individual causes and effects and of the causal relation between them, and how causation depends on chance. The last three papers discuss the relation between chance and degrees of belief, give a solution to the problem of induction, and argue for an objective interpretation of decision theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11172/cover/9780521411172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Order in Sung China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKnight, Brian E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines law enforcement within the context of Sung society. Professor McKnight shows that the group of criminals who were the core of the habitual criminal group in Sung China were young unattached males with few lifeskills. What became of the criminal after capture and conviction is also an important aspect of this study, which addresses basic questions in Chinese punishment. This work is the first comprehensive study of law enforcement in traditional China. The depth and rigour to which the subject is treated would make it most appropriate for scholars in legal history and East Asian studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11219/cover/9780521411219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neutron Scattering with a Triple-Axis Spectrometer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Basic Techniques</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shirane, Gen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tranquada, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neutron scattering is an extremely powerful tool in the study of elemental excitations in condensed matter. This book provides a practical guide to basic techniques using a triple-axis spectrometer. Introductory chapters summarize useful scattering formulas and describe the components of a spectrometer, followed by a comprehensive discussion of the resolution function and focusing effects. Later sections include simple examples of phonon and magnon measurements, and an analysis of spurious effects in both inelastic and elastic measurements, and how to avoid them. Finally, polarization analysis techniques and their applications are covered. This guide will allow graduate students and experienced researchers new to neutron scattering to make the most efficient use of their experimental time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11264/cover/9780521411264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Particle Field Holography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vikram, Chandra S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide a thorough and systematic description of the entire subject of particle field holography. The use of holography to study very small objects in a dynamic volume is a technique of importance for scientists and engineers across a variety of disciplines for obtaining information about the size, shape and velocity of small objects such as dust particles, fuel droplets, raindrops, pollen, bubbles etc. Professor Vikram has made major contributions to the field, and here provides a coherent, comprehensive and self-contained treatment of the theory, practise and applications. The volume is written to satisfy the needs of researchers in the technique, practising engineers dealing with applications, and advanced students in science or engineering departments. All the necessary mathematical formulations, figures and photographs, experimental procedures and results, and literature citations are therefore included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11271/cover/9780521411271.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physical Basis of Predication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book about metaphysics the author defends a realistic view of universals, characterizing the notion of universal by considering language and logic, the idea of possibility, hierarchies of universals, and causation. He argues that neither language nor logic is a reliable guide to the nature of reality and that basic universals are the fundamental type of universal and are central to causation. All assertions and predications about the natural world are ultimately founded on these basic universals.  A distinction is drawn between unified particulars (which reveal natural principle of unity) and arbitrary particulars (which lack such a principle); unified particulars are the terms of causal relations and thus the real constituents of the world.  The world is not made up of events but of unified particulars and basic universals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11318/cover/9780521411318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aristotle is one of the very greatest thinkers in the Western tradition, but also one of the most difficult. The contributors to this volume do not attempt to disguise the nature of that difficulty, but at the same time they offer a clear exposition of the central philosophical concerns in his work. Approaches and methods vary and the volume editor has not imposed any single interpretation, but has rather allowed legitimate differences of interpretation to stand. An introductory chapter provides an account of Aristotle's life, and then guides the reader through the complex subject of what Aristotle actually wrote as a basis for characterising his philosophical development. Subsequent chapters cover Aristotle's writings on logic, metaphysics, science, psychology, ethics, politics, rhetoric, and poetics. It is a basic assumption of the Companion that its readers will not know Greek.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11332/cover/9780521411332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141136X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141136X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Behavior of Chemical Elements in Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaschek, Mercedes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite more than one century of observational stellar spectroscopy, the resulting data is not available in an easily accessible format. The necessity of such basic information is greater than ever, because new wavelength regions (ultraviolet, infrared) are now accessible and modern receivers can only analyse short stretches of spectra, so that a careful pre-selection of strategic elements is mandatory. This book presents a summary of our knowledge of the behaviour of all chemical elements identified in stars, based on observations rather than on their interpretations. Whenever possible the behaviour is described quantitatively, with the help of equivalent widths in different types of stars, or different ionization stages, for both absorption and emission features. It will provide an authoritative reference book for the astrophysical community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11363/cover/9780521411363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Individual</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Jewish Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this study is to demonstrate that, for all the admitted emphasis on peoplehood in the Jewish religious tradition, there are equally strong individualistic tendencies within Judaism which should not be confined to the sidelines. Dr Jacobs maintains that - in any balanced view of Judaism - it needs to be shown that what the individual does with his life has eternal significance for that same individual, not only for the Jewish people as a whole. Through a careful analysis of the primary texts, Jacobs conducts a thorough survey of some of the most important instances where the individual is discussed in the Jewish religious tradition. In so doing, his aim is not to elevate individualism at the expense of the Jewish community, but rather to show that Judaism pivots centrally neither on the people nor on the individual, but rests, rather, on both: his contention, finally, is that each needs to be taken equally into account if a balanced opinion of both is to be formed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11387/cover/9780521411387.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient and Medieval Memories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Reconstruction of the Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>668</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an analysis of thinking, remembering and reminiscing according to ancient authors, and their medieval readers. The author argues that behind the various medieval methods in interpreting texts of the past lie two apparently incompatible theories of human knowledge and remembering, as well as two differing attitudes to matter and intellect. The book comprises a series of studies which take ancient texts as evidence of the past, and show how medieval readers and writers understood them. The studies confirm that medieval and renaissance interpretations and uses of the past differ greatly from modern interpretation and yet betray many startling continuities between modern and ancient and medieval theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11448/cover/9780521411448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Enigma of Angiosperm Origins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Norman Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The origins of angiosperms are still debated, despite many years of work by scientists from differing disciplines. The progress made toward resolving the problem is reviewed in this book. The author suggests that the only fruitful method of study is the total integrated use of the fossil record, particularly dispersed palynomorphs. This includes the use of electron microscopy and refined data handling to record the occurrence of microscopic fossils, rather than the extensive use of morphology and cladistics. The methods advocated in this book could result in a rethink of the current classification of living plants. The ideas presented will initiate discussion between both professionals and students of palaeontology and plant science on the wider possibilities that may clarify the enigmatic origins of the dominant flowering plant groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11455/cover/9780521411455.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time Series and Dynamic Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallo, Giampiero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Christian Gourieroux and Alain Monfort provide an up-to-date and comprehensive analysis of modern time series econometrics. They have succeeded in synthesising in an organised and integrated way a broad and diverse literature. While the book does not assume a deep knowledge of economics, one of its most attractive features is the close attention it pays to economic models and phenomena throughout. The coverage represents a major reference tool for graduate students, researchers and applied economists. The book is divided into four sections. Section one gives a detailed treatment of classical seasonal adjustment or smoothing methods. Section two provides a thorough coverage of various mathematical tools. Section three is the heart of the book, and is devoted to a range of important topics including causality, exogeneity shocks, multipliers, cointegration and fractionally integrated models. The final section describes the main contribution of filtering and smoothing theory to time series econometric problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11462/cover/9780521411462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oscillations in Finite Quantum Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bertsch, G. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broglia, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the physics of small clusters of particles undergoing vibrations, with applications in nuclear physics and the physics and chemistry of atomic clusters. The book begins with a survey of the experimental information on collective vibrations in atoms, metal clusters and nuclei. Next, the book goes on to develop theoretical tools to understand these findings. Special emphasis is placed on the Rayleigh-Ritz principle, the use of sum rules, and the quantum mechanics of mean field theory, known as 'RPA'. The important vibrational modes observed in the different systems are then discussed, including the dipole mode of oscillation (important in both nuclei and metal clusters), surface modes of higher polarity, and the compressional mode. In the last two chapters mechanisms for the damping of vibrational modes and the effects of excitation energy on the modes are described.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11486/cover/9780521411486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141153X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141153X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Arthurian Romance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Verse Tradition from Chr&#233;tien to Froissart</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmolke-Hasselmann, Beate</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middleton, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middleton, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Updated with a new foreword and a supplementary bibliography, this study serves as a contribution to both reception history, examining the medieval response to Chr&#233;tien's poetry, and genre history, suveying the evolution of Arthurian verse romance in French. It describes the evolutionary changes taking place between Chr&#233;tien's Eric et Enide and Froissart's Meliador, the first and last examples of the genre, and is unique in placing Chr&#233;tien's work, not as the unequalled masterpieces of the whole of Arthurian literature, but as the starting point for the history of the genre, which can subsequently be traced over a period of two centuries in the French-speaking world. Beate Schmolke-Hasselmann's study was first published in German in 1985, but her radical argument that we need urgently to redraw the lines on the literary and linguistic map of medieval Britain and France is only now being made available in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11530/cover/9780521411530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Ecology and Health in the Third World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schell, Lawrence M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bilsborough, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume looks at the relationship between specific aspects of Third World cities and human health. Rapid and extensive urbanization of the less developed nations is perhaps the most dramatic demographic phenomenon of our times, but its impact on human biology is not well understood. Here, a cross-section of work is presented on this subject allowing human biologists, urban planners, public health workers and other specialists to assess our knowledge and the current approaches available to increase it. Contributions fall into two groups: studies of urban ecology including the social, economic and physical domains, and studies of biological responses to the urban environment. Health is not merely the absence of specific diseases, but is construed more broadly to include a wide range of biological parameters that are correlated with various states of sub-optimal health. These include patterns of child growth and development, frequencies of specific diseases, nutritional status, immunological characteristics and physiological parameters. This important volume will be of interest to a wide range of researchers and academics, including human biologists, anthropologists, healthcare professionals, human geographers, urban and regional planners, and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stability of Microstructure in Metallic Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doherty, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cantor, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second edition of this textbook, popular amongst students and faculty alike, investigates the various causes of thermodynamic instability in metallic microstructures. Materials theoretically well designed for a particular application may prove inefficient or even useless unless stable under normal working conditions. The authors examine current experimental and theoretical understanding of the kinetics behind structural change in metals. The entire text has been updated in this new edition, and a completely new chapter on highly metastable alloys has been added. The degree to which kinetic stability of the material outweighs its thermodynamic instability is very important, and dictates the useful working life of the material. If the structure is initially produced to an optimum, such changes will degrade the properties of the material. This comprehensive and well-illustrated text, accompanied by ample references, will allow final year undergraduates, graduate students and research workers to investigate in detail the stability of microstructure in metallic systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11608/cover/9780521411608.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scandinavia and the Great Powers 1890-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the beginning of the twentieth century Scandinavia lay on the margin of European power politics, but with the polarisation of international relations in the era of the two world wars, Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden became the point where the spheres of influence of three great powers - Great Britain, Germany and Russia - intersected. In this book, Patrick Salmon uses his extensive research in British, German and Scandinavian archives to examine the position of the Nordic countries in the great-power rivalries and conflicts of the period 1890-1940. However, it does not treat the Nordic countries merely as passive victims. It seeks to show that, despite the disparity in strength between the great powers and the small states of northern Europe, the latter had means of adapting to great-power pressures and even influencing the policies of their formidable neighbours.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11615/cover/9780521411615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dictionary of Russian Personal Names</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With a Revised Guide to Stress and Morphology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benson, Morton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Dictionary has been compiled to meet the need for a reference work on the stress and morphology of Russian personal names. It indicates the stress of approximately 23,000 surnames and describes general rules that enable users to determine the stress shifts, and lists the most frequently used Russian given names and their principal diminutives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11653/cover/9780521411653.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Montanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender, Authority and the New Prophecy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trevett, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Montanism is the first in English since 1878. It takes account of a great deal of scholarship of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and refers to the epigraphical evidence. Dr Trevett questions some of the most cherished assumptions about Montanism. She covers the origins, development and slow demise, using sources from Asia Minor, Rome, North Africa and elsewhere and pays particular attention to women within the movement. The rise of Montanism was important in the history of the early church. This prophetic movement survived for centuries after its beginnings in the second half of the second century and was a challenge to the developing catholic tradition. Christine Trevett looks at its teachings and the response of other Christians to it. To an unusual degree Montanism allowed public religious activity and church office to women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11820/cover/9780521411820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myth and Territory in the Spartan Mediterranean</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malkin, Irad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses Greek attitudes to settlement and territory as articulated through myths and cults. The emphasis is less on the poetic, timeless qualities of the myths, than on their historical function in the archaic and Classical periods, covering the spectrum from explicit charter myths legitimating conquest, displacement and settlement, to the 'precedent-setting' and even aetiological myths, rendering new landscapes 'Greek'. This spectrum is broadest in the world of Spartan colonisation - the Spartan Mediterranean - where the greater challenges to territorial possession and Sparta's acute self-awareness of her relative national youthfulness elicited explicit responses in the form of charter myths. The concept of a Spartan Mediterranean, in contrast to the image of a land-locked Sparta, is a major contribution of this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11837/cover/9780521411837.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hunters and Herders of Southern Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Ethnography of the Khoisan Peoples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Khoisan are a cluster of southern African peoples, including the famous Bushmen or San 'hunters', the Khoekhoe 'herders' (in the past called 'Hottentots'), and the Damara, also a herding people. Most Khoisan live in the Kalahari desert and surrounding areas of Botswana and Namibia. In spite of differences in their way of life, the various groups have much in common, and this book explores these similarities and the influence of environment and history on aspects of Khoisan culture. This is the first book on the Khoisan as a whole since the publication in 1930 of The Khoisan Peoples of South Africa, by Isaac Schapera, doyen of southern African studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11882/cover/9780521411882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521411939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521411939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521411936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Market Socialism or the Restoration of Capitalism?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521411936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aslund, Anders</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When East European communism collapsed in the revolutions of 1989, the newly liberated countries discarded socialism altogether. For the first time, most of Eastern Europe experienced free elections and a multitude of parties, mostly with liberal, conservative or nationalist connotations, made their entry into political life. A bewildered world is now trying to imagine the future course of events. Has capitalism won or is something different emerging? Has market socialism vanished for good? How can the transitionary period be managed and what effect will it have on the standard of living in Eastern Europe? In this book, ten distinguished experts explore this transition to a market economy in Eastern Europe. In part I the authors consider what remains of market socialism. Wlodzimierz Brus discusses the future roles of both planning and the market, Mario Nuti argues that market socialism never existed, whilst Gerhard Fink outlines how a normal market economy can be established. In the following section, Jan Adam, Pekka Sutela and Anders Aslund investigate the development of economic thinking and policy making in Poland, Hungary and the Soviet Union and Stephen Fortescue examines the role of Soviet industrial ministries. The final part is devoted to aspects of the Soviet economy under perestroika. Sheila Marnie analyses labour issues, Henryk Flakierski assesses income distribution and Jan Ake Dellenbrant offers fresh insights on current economic levels in Estonia and Finland. Market Socialism or the Restoration of Capitalism? Presents a collection of thought-provoking articles on a most topical issue that few have yet managed to study. It will therefore be essential reading for all students and specialists of Soviet and East European studies, economics and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/11936/cover/9780521411936.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advanced Technologies in Failure Prevention</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 43rd Meeting of the Mechanical Failures Prevention Group</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shives, T. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The demand for safety and reliability in complex structures and mechanical systems is increasing as performance standards are escalated. The costs associated with premature or unexpected component failure require a continued need to employ the latest advances in science and engineering to assess performance throughout the life cycle.  A significant contributor to the escalating costs of modern complex systems is that associated with the many maintenance actions required to keep the systems operational. The theme of this book is the improvement in mechanical systems through the application of advanced technology. Emphasis is placed on developments in instrumentation and techniques for detection, diagnosis and prognosis, on the evaluation of materials durability and on mechanisms of failure in aircraft and industrial applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12261/cover/9780521412261.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Humane Comedy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constant, Tocqueville, and French Liberalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, George Armstrong</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graubard, Stephen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the last completed work of one of the most distinguished political theorists and intellectual historians of our time. Focusing on the political ideas and activities of leading French liberals from approximately 1805 into the Second Empire, Professor Kelly presents a distinctive blend of ideological and intellectual history, biography, analysis of French regimes and their changes, and his own reflections concerning the wide and still highly pertinent range of issues considered. Beginning with a subtle analysis of the complex patterns of agreement and disagreement between the liberalisms of Benjamin Constant and Alexis de Tocqueville, the work offers a sophisticated examination of the attempts of a sequence of liberal thinkers to harmonize their commitments to political and civil liberty with one another, and with a profound desire for a legitimate and stable political order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12278/cover/9780521412278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engle, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Tice L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the economic and social forces which shaped American theatre throughout its 250-year history. The collection of essays, written by leading theatre historians and critics of the American theatre, represent a variety of methodologies and approaches, and reflect the disparity and diversity of the social and economic issues which have moulded the cultural heritage of America. Arranged chronologically, the volume explores such topics as anti-theatrical legislation in Colonial America; the theatre's response to slavery, prostitution, alcoholism and women's rights; the significance of black American musical comedy; women managers in nineteenth-century American theatre; economic welfare in the Federal Theatre Project; theatre nostalgia during the Reagan era; and issues of multiculturalism in theatre. Alone or as a collection, the essays will stimulate discussions concerning the traditionally held views of America's theatrical heritage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34937/cover/9780521034937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and Urban Development in Poland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Geography of Cracow, from its Origins to 1795</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>533</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study uses the experience of Cracow to illuminate general patterns of trade and urban growth in central and eastern Europe over several centuries. Dr Carter emphasizes the spatial aspects of commodity analysis during the later medieval and early modern periods, and traces the impact of political circumstance on commercial progress and mercantile evolution. He describes the regions and places of especial significance for Cracow's trade development, and examines the principal trading flows and commodity movements within the overall context of European economic and social change. Based upon an intensive analysis of primary sources, Trade and Urban Development in Poland breaks new ground in its examination of the impact of commerce on urban growth over the longue dur&#233;e, and will make a major contribution to our understanding of the historical geography of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12391/cover/9780521412391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Corporation as Anomaly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schrader, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the rise of the marginalist conception of the firm in the context of economic thought over the past two centuries, and explains why economists continue to defend a theory with demonstrable shortcomings. Professor Schrader argues that the marginalist view of the firm retains its support not through any comparative advantage in empirical or predictive power, but by virtue of its being a part of the predominant marginalist economic programme. The clear problems that beset the marginalist approach to the firm signal a general dilemma for economic theory as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12414/cover/9780521412414.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lone Parenthood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ermisch, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1989, one-parent families comprised seventeen percent of all families with dependent children, and their number has almost doubled in the past two decades. Almost all the information we have hitherto had about them comes from 'snapshots' in cross-section surveys. This book analyzes for the first time the flows into and out of lone parenthood, using demographic and employment histories from a British national survey carried out in 1980. It studies how various socio-economic characteristics of women and their economic environment, such as welfare benefits, affect these flows, and how these interact to determine the attributes of the population of one-parent families, particularly their economic circumstances. The book also studies the lone parents' movements into and out of paid employment, and the effect of welfare benefits on their employment. The analyses are used to gauge the effects of alternative policies on one-parent families, their paid employment, and their living standards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12438/cover/9780521412438.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour Women</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women in British Working Class Politics, 1918-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graves, Pamela M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After winning the vote in 1918, many thousands of working class women joined the Labour Party and Co-operative Movement. This book is about their struggle to find a place in the male world of organised labour politics. In the twenties, labour women challenged male leaders to give them equal status and support for their reform programmes, but the ideas were rejected. For most labour women, dedication to the class cause far outweighed their desire for power, and the struggle for 'women-power' was abandoned. Consequently, despite the common reform agendas of labour women and the middle class feminists of the era, a working alliance was never achieved. Labour Women uses oral and questionnaire testimony to draw a portrait of grass-roots activists. It contrasts labour women's failure to win power in the national organisations with their great achievements in community politics, poor law administration and municipal government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12476/cover/9780521412476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141248X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141248X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bello and Bol&#237;var</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry and Politics in the Spanish American Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cussen, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Andr&#233;s Bello predicted in 1823, the glory of Sim&#243;n Bol&#237;var has continued to grow since the Spanish American Revolution. The Revolution is still viewed as an almost mythical quest, and the name of the Libertador has become synonymous with the region's hopes for integration. In this book, the official history of the Revolution - the heroic history of Bol&#237;var - is replaced by the account of Bello, who was first Bol&#237;var's teacher and later his critic. Through a detailed study of the manuscripts of Bello's unfinished poem Am&#233;rica, Antonio Cussen reconstructs Bello's version of the Revolution and seeks to understand its political and cultural consequences. The author argues that Bello recorded the disintegration of the Augustan model of power and intimated the inevitable approach of liberalism with a certain longing for the classical culture of his youth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12483/cover/9780521412483.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth, Dialogics and the Practice of Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bialostosky, Don H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wordsworth's poetry has been a focus for many of the theoretical schools of criticism that comprise modern literary studies. Don Bialostosky here proposes to adjudicate the diverse claims of these numerous schools and to trace their implications for teaching. Bialostosky draws on the work of Bakhtin and his followers to create a 'dialogic' critical synthesis of what Wordsworth's readers - from Coleridge to de Man - have made of his poetry. He reveals Wordsworth's poetry as itself 'dialogically' responding to its various contexts, and opens up fruitful possibilities for criticism and teaching of Wordsworth. This challenging book uses the case of Wordsworth studies to make a far-reaching survey of modern literary theory and its implications for the practice of criticism and teaching today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12490/cover/9780521412490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412560</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Claims of Common Sense</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moore, Wittgenstein, Keynes and the Social Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Claims of Common Sense investigates the importance of ideas developed by Cambridge philosophers between the World Wars for the social sciences concerning common sense, vague concepts and ordinary language. John Coates examines the thought of Moore, Ramsey, Wittgenstein and Keynes, and traces their common drift away from early beliefs about the need for precise concepts and a canonical notation in analysis. He argues that Keynes borrowed from Wittgenstein and Ramsey their reappraisal of vague concepts, and developed the novel argument that when analysing something as complex as social reality, theory might be simplified by using concepts which lack sharp boundaries. Coates then contrasts this conclusion with the view shared by two contemporary philosophical paradigms - formal semantics and Continental post-structuralism - that the vagueness of ordinary language inevitably leads to interpretive indeterminacy. Developing a link between Cambridge philosophy and work on complexity, vague predicates and fuzzy logic, he argues that Wittgenstein's and Keynes's ideas on the economy of ordinary language present a mediating route for the social sciences between these philosophical paradigms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12568/cover/9780521412568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Cells as Bioreactors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cartwright, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Because of their complexity, the new generation of genetically engineered protein drugs can only be made by biotechnological methods, using cultures of animal cells. This book covers all aspects of the technologies needed to turn animal cells into an acceptable and cost-effective tool for drug production. This includes modifying them genetically so that they produce the right product in high yield, getting them to grow reproducibly on an industrial scale, and extracting the required product from them. It also covers biological safety issues, and the verification of the chemical and biological nature of the protein drug produced. The work covers developments in all of these areas and how they all need to be integrated for the design of an effective biotechnological production process. It therefore provides a comprehensive guide to this area of biotechnology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12582/cover/9780521412582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Analytic and Probabilistic Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tenenbaum, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained introduction to analytic methods in number theory, assuming on the part of the reader only what is typically learned in a standard undergraduate degree course. It offers to students and those beginning research a systematic and consistent account of the subject but will also be a convenient resource and reference for more experienced mathematicians. These aspects are aided by the inclusion at the end of each chapter of a section of bibliographic notes and detailed exercises. Professor Tenenbaum has emphasised methods rather than results, with the consequence that readers should be able to tackle more advanced material than is included here. Moreover, he has been able to cover developments on many new or unpublished topics such as: the Selberg-Delange method; a version of the Ikehara-Ingham Tauberian theorem; and a detailed exposition of the arithmetical use of the saddle-point method.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12612/cover/9780521412612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141265X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141265X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonverbal Vocal Communication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative and Developmental Approaches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Papousek, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#252;rgens, U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Speech and culture most evidently differentiate people from animals. Yet, the biological precursors to verbal communication exists in animal communication and obvious links have been found between human and animal nonverbal vocal communication. In Nonverbal Vocal Communication specialists from several disciplines review the present knowledge on neural substrates of vocal communication, on primate vocal communication, and on precursors and prerequisites of human speech. Among other points, the book illustrates that animal vocal signals appear to be much more complex than mere expressions of effective states. The non-verbal communication data is complemented by comparative and developmental research of the preverbal period of human vocal communication. The book provides a forum for consideration of phylogenetic and ontogenetic continuities and precursors of verbal communication that will allow for critical interpretation of speech acquisition by a wide range of workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12650/cover/9780521412650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fixation of Belief and its Undoing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Beliefs through Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Isaac Levi's new book is concerned with how one can justify changing one's beliefs. The discussion is deeply informed by the belief-doubt model advocated by C. S. Peirce and John Dewey, of which the book provides a substantial analysis. Professor Levi then addresses the conceptual framework of potential changes available to an inquirer. A structural approach to propositional attitudes is proposed, which rejects the conventional view that a propositional attitude involves a relation between an agent and either a linguistic entity or some other intentional object such as a proposition or set of possible worlds. The last two chapters offer an account of change in states of full belief understood as changes in commitments rather than changes in performance; one chapter deals with adding new information to a belief state, the other with giving up information. The book builds upon topics discussed in some of Levi's earlier work. It will be of particular interest to discussion theorists, epistemologists, philosophers of science, computer scientists, and cognitive psychologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12667/cover/9780521412667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disjunctive Poetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Gertrude Stein and Louis Zukofsky to Susan Howe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quartermain, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Disjunctive Poetics examines some of the most interesting and experimental contemporary writers whose work forms a counterpoint to the mainstream writing of our time. Peter Quartermain suggests that the explosion of non-canonical modern writing is linked to the severe political, social and economic dislocation of non-English-speaking immigrants who, bringing alternative culture with them as they passed through Ellis Island in their hundreds of thousands at the turn of the century, found themselves uprooted from their traditions and dissociated from their cultures. The line of American poetry that runs from Gertrude Stein through Louis Zukofsky and the Objectivists to the Language Writers, Quartermain contends, is not the constructive but the deconstructive aspect, which emphasises the materiality and ambiguity of the linguistic medium and the arbitrariness and openness of the creative process. Providing close reading of Gertrude Stein, Louis Zukofsky, Robert Creeley, Basil Bunting, Guy Davenport, Robert Duncan and Susan Howe, the book explains how these writers describe the modern experience in a multicultural world by displacing commonly accepted cultural icons and by loading their language with multiple potential meanings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12681/cover/9780521412681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradoxes of Belief and Strategic Rationality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koons, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a framework for analysing strategic rationality, a notion central to contemporary game theory, which is the formal study of the interaction of rational agents and which has proved extremely fruitful in economics, political theory and business management. The author argues that a logical paradox lies at the root of a number of persistent puzzles in game theory, in particular those concerning rational agents who seek to establish some kind of reputation. Building on the work of Parsons, Burge, Gaifman and Barwise and Etchemendy, Robert Koons constructs a context-sensitive solution to the whole family of liar-like paradoxes including, for the first time, a detailed account of how the interpretation of paradoxical statements is fixed by context. This analysis provides an understanding of how the rational agent model can account for the emergence of rules, practices and institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12698/cover/9780521412698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to X-ray Crystallography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfson, Michael M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A textbook for the advanced undergraduate or graduate student beginning a serious study of X-ray crystallography. It will be of interest both to those intending to become professional crystallographers and to those physicists, chemists, biologists, geologists, metallurgists and others who will use it as a tool in their research. All major aspects of crystallography are covered - the geometry of crystals and their symmetry, theoretical and practical aspects of diffracting X-rays by crystals and how the data may be analysed to find the symmetry of the crystal and its structure. Recent advances are fully covered, including the synchrotron as a source of X-rays, methods of solving structures from power data and the full range of techniques for solving structures from single-crystal data. A suite of computer programs is provided for carrying out many operations of data-processing and solving crystal structures - including by direct methods. While these are limited to two dimensions they fully illustrate the characteristics of three-dimensional work. These programs are required for many of the examples given at the end of each chapter but may also be used to create new examples by which students can test themselves or each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23595/cover/9780521423595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berlioz Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains nine substantial essays by the world's leading Berlioz scholars.  They cover various aspects of Berlioz's life and works and represent an important contribution to Berlioz research. The book includes essays based on documents, both biographical and musical, that give us, among other things, a portrait of the artist as a young man and a revealing view of an important but little-studied work of his maturity. There are readings of Romeo et Juliette and La Damnation de Faust that wrestle anew with the problems of the relationships between literature and music and - as Berlioz's music nearly always requires - with the problems of genre. Two views of Berlioz's Les Nuits d'&#233;t&#233; are presented which ask when and why the work was conceived, and how the work coheres. The practical question of Berlioz's metronome marks are here thoroughly studied for the first time. The volume closes with a novel piece, in dialogue form, by the elder statesman of Berlioz scholars, Jacques Barzun, who treats with exceptional grace the profound issues raised by Berlioz the man and musician.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12865/cover/9780521412865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epidemiology and Environmental Causes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higginson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Calum S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mu&#241;oz, Nubia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new reference book on human cancer provides a global picture of the epidemiology of cancer and its environmental causes. By summarising on a cancer-by-cancer basis geographical, environmental and ethical factors, the volume collates a wealth of information which, taken together, provides valuable insights into the causes of cancer and scope for its elimination and control. The contents include: (1) general epidemiological methods; (2) a review of known or suspected causes; (3) a detailed review of specific cancers; (4) a brief review of legal and ethical implications. The bibliography concentrates on recent key references and reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12889/cover/9780521412889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biblical Drama of Medieval Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Lynette R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a detailed survey and analysis of the surviving corpus of biblical drama from all parts of medieval Christian Europe. Over five hundred plays from the tenth to the sixteenth centuries are examined, in a wide-ranging discussion which makes available the full scope of this important part of theatre history. The volume is specially organised to provide a complete overview of major aspects of medieval biblical theatre, including: the theatrical community of both audience and players; the major plays and cycles; and the legacy of medieval biblical theatre. The book also includes valuable appendices with information on the liturgical calendar, processions, the Mass and the Bible. The Biblical Drama of Medieval Europe is a valuable resource for scholars and students of medieval theatre and for enthusiasts of early drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12919/cover/9780521412919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity and Subjugation in Seventeenth-Century Drama and Prose</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Family Romance of French Classicism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenberg, Mitchell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the relation between an emergent modern subjectivity in seventeenth-century French literature, particularly in dramatic works, and the contemporaneous evolution of the absolutist state. It shows how major writers of the Classical period (Corneille, Racine, Moliere, Lafayette) elaborate a new subject in and through their representations of the family, and argues that the family serves as the mediating locus of a patriarchal ideology of sexual and political containment. Most importantly, it asks why the theatre became the privileged form of representation in this state, and why this theatre concentrates almost exclusively on family conflict. Professor Greenberg argues that the narrative of oedipal sexuality and subjugation central to this new literary canon reflected the conflicting social, political and economic forces that were shifting European society away from the universe of the Renaissance and guiding it towards the 'transparency' of Classical representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12933/cover/9780521412933.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kanyok of Zaire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Institutional and Ideological History to 1895</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yoder, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study John Yoder chronicles the history of the Kanyok, a people from the southern savanna of Zaire, from before 1500 until their incorporation into the Congo Free State in the 1890s. By analysing their oral histories, myths, and legends, he describes the political and cultural development of a people who, before 1891, had no written records. Yoder sets his work firmly within the larger context of the southern savanna by extending his investigations to the traditions of neighbouring peoples, in particular to the Luba and the Lunda, whose empires once dominated the region. In this way he demonstrates how the same stories and ideas circulated over a vast area but were continually adapted to local circumstances. Yoder's history of the Kanyok of Zaire thereby forms the nucleus for a broader and more composite understanding of the entire region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12988/cover/9780521412988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521412994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521412994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521412995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical and Non-Physical Methods of Solving Crystal Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521412995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfson, Michael M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hai-Fu, Fan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theoretical and experimental advances in the techniques available for solving crystal structures have led to the development of several powerful techniques for solving complex structures, including those of proteins. Michael Woolfson and Fan Hai-Fu describe all the available methods and how they are used. In addition to traditional methods such as the use of the Patterson function and isomorphous replacement, and the direct methods, the authors include methods that use anomalous scattering and observations from multiple-beam scattering. The fundamental physics and mathematical analyses are fully explained. Practical aspects of applying the methods are emphasised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/12995/cover/9780521412995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logical Frameworks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huet, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plotkin, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>415</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the proceedings of the first international workshop on Logical Frameworks. The contributions are concerned with the application of logical reasoning and proof theory in computer science and its relevance to automatic theorem proving, and consequently topics such as artificial intelligence. It is the only source for much of this material and will be a necessary purchase for mathematicians and computer scientists undertaking research at the interface of logic and software engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mexico since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mexico Since Independence brings together six chapters from Volumes III, V and VII of the Cambridge History of Latin America to provide in a single volume an economic, social and political history of Mexico since independence from Spain in 1821. This, it is hoped, will be useful for both teachers and students of Latin American history. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13060/cover/9780521413060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Devotional Literature in South Asia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Research, 1985-1988</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGregor, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses research topics within the field of Bhakti literature, the devotional poetry and other compositions of devotional character in the earlier literature of the modern South Asian languages. Its papers range from the roots of the Bhakti tradition in the early history of Krsna to its modern adaptations in nineteenth- and twentieth-century culture. Geographically, they span Bengal to Sind, Panjab to Maharashtra. Contemporary study of the modern Indian languages has broadened the scope of scholarship to consider today's Hindu attitudes, and those of a mixed society, against the background of ancient culture. Here, materials in six modern Asian languages are discussed: Bengali, Gujarati, Hindi in its main literary forms, Marathi, Panjabi and Sindhi; with assessment also of material in Sanskrit, Arabic and Chinese. In addition to studies of literary (and orally transmitted) works in the Krsna or Rama traditions, and of Sufi compositions and their interpretation, there are papers on the early history of sacred sites, the emergence of the religion of Rama, later religious formulations throughout the subcontinent, and the interaction of the Islamic and the Hindu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13114/cover/9780521413114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nuclear Peninsula</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zonabend, Fran&#231;oise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A quiet French country district is the site of a nuclear waste-processing plant. Francoise Zonabend describes the ways in which those working in the plant, and living nearby, come to terms with the risks in their daily lives. She provides a superb sociology of the nuclear work-place, with its divisions and hierarchies, and explains the often unexpected responses of the workers to the fear of radiation and contamination. The work is described euphemistically in terms of women's tasks - cleaning, cooking, preparing a soup - but the male workers subvert this language to create a more satisfying self-image. They divide workers into the cautious ('rentiers') and the bold ('kamikazes') who relish danger. By analysing work practices and the language of the work-place, the author shows how workers and locals can recognise the possibility of nuclear catastrophe while, at the same time, denying that it could ever happen to them. This is a major contribution to the anthropology of modern life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13213/cover/9780521413213.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Latin America and the Caribbean</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skidmore, Thomas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blakemore, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Encyclopedia examines urgent contemporary issues like economic and population growth, trade and international debt, tourism and the environment, as well as the long-term factors that have moulded Latin America as we find it today: the native flora and fauna, the emergence of early civilisations in Mexico and Peru, imperial domination over three centuries by Spain and Portugal, the struggle for independence in the nineteenth century, and the political turbulence of the twentieth. Coverage is provided also of music and literature, architecture, painting, and intellectual life, vividly reminding us that beyond today's headlines lies the culture of the tango and the samba, Borges and Neruda, Garcia M&#225;rquez and Diego Rivera, Villa Lobos and Bob Marley.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13220/cover/9780521413220.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designs, Graphs, Codes and their Links</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lint, J. H. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although graph theory, design theory, and coding theory had their origins in various areas of applied mathematics, today they are to be found under the umbrella of discrete mathematics. Here the authors have considerably reworked and expanded their earlier successful books on graphs, codes and designs, into an invaluable textbook. They do not seek to consider each of these three topics individually, but rather to stress the many and varied connections between them. The discrete mathematics needed is developed in the text, making this book accessible to any student with a background of undergraduate algebra. Many exercises and useful hints are included througout, and a large number of references are given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13251/cover/9780521413251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of True Minds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heil, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims at reconciling the emerging conceptions of mind and their contents that have, in recent years, come to seem irreconcilable. Post-Cartesian philosophers face the challenge of comprehending minds as natural objects possessing apparently non-natural powers of thought. The difficulty is to understand how our mental capacities, no less than our biological or chemical characteristics, might ultimately be products of our fundamental physical constituents, and to do so in a way that preserves the phenomena. Externalists argue that the significance of thought turns on the circumstances of thinkers; reductionists hold that mental characteristics are physical; eliminationists contend that the concept of thought belongs to an outmoded folk theory of behavior. John Heil explores these topics and points the way to a naturalistic synthesis, one that accords the mental a place in the physical world alongside the non-mental.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13374/cover/9780521413374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of the Mass Audience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neuman, W. Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Future of the Mass Audience focuses on how the changing technology and economics of the mass media in post-industrial society will influence public communication. It summarises the results of a five-year study conducted in cooperation with the senior corporate planners at ABC, CBS, NBC, Time Warner, The New York Times and the Washington Post. The central question is whether the new electronic media and the use of personal computers in the communication process will lead to a fragmentation of the mass audience. Some analysts have suggested that with the growth of increasingly specialised cable television channels and electronic publishing, people will filter and pre-select news concerning only their own special interests and, as a result, cultural and political life will become increasingly polarised. This study demonstrates, however, that the movement towards fragmentation will be modest. It concludes that the production and promotion costs and economies of scale for electronic media put natural constraints on special interest, small audience programming. The conclusion sets forth a policy agenda for making the most of the participatory and democratic potential of evolving electronic communications systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13473/cover/9780521413473.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statehouse Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Opinion and Policy in the American States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erikson, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Gerald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIver, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of public opinion in the determination of public policy is the subject of considerable debate. Whether discussion centres on local, state or national affairs, the influence of the opinions of ordinary citizens is often assumed yet rarely demonstrated. Other factors such as interest group lobbying, party politics and developmental, or environmental, constraints have been thought to have the greater influence over policy decisions. Professors Erikson, Wright and McIver make the argument that state policies are highly responsive to public opinion, and they show how the institutions of state politics work to achieve this high level of responsiveness. They analyse state policies from the 1930s to the present, drawing from, and contributing to, major lines of research on American politics. Their conclusions are applied to central questions of democratic theory and affirm the robust character of the state institution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13497/cover/9780521413497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concert Life in London from Mozart to Haydn</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McVeigh, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the second half of the eighteenth century, the pace of London's concert life quickened dramatically, reflecting both the prosperity and the commercial vitality of the capital. The most significant development was the establishment of the public concert within the social and cultural life of fashionable society. The subscription concerts that premiered symphonies by J. C. Bach and Haydn were conspicuous symbols of luxury, even though they were promoted on broadly commercial lines. Drawing on hitherto untapped archival sources and a comprehensive study of daily newspapers, this book analyses audiences at venues as diverse as the Hanover Square Rooms, Vauxhall Gardens and City taverns. The musical taste of the London public is investigated in the light of contemporary theories of aesthetics, and there is detailed discussion of the financial and practical aspects of concert management and performance, in a period that encouraged enterprise and innovation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13534/cover/9780521413534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Polaris to Trident</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Development of US Fleet Ballistic Missile Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spinardi, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a complete history of the US Fleet Ballistic Missile programme from its inception in the 1950s and the development of Polaris to the deployment of Trident II in 1990. Writing in an accessible yet scholarly manner, Graham Spinardi bases his historical documentation of FBM development on interviews with many of the key participants. His study confronts a central issue: is technology simply a tool used to achieve the goals of society, or is it an autonomous force in shaping that society? FBM accuracy evolved from the city-busting retaliatory capability of Polaris to the silo-busting 'first strike' potential of Trident. Is this a case of technology 'driving' the arms race, or simply the intended product of political decisions? The book provides a comprehensive survey of the literature looking at the role of technology in the arms race, and seeks to explain technological development using a 'sociology of technology' approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13572/cover/9780521413572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940307</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designs and their Codes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Assmus, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Key, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Algebraic coding theory has in recent years been increasingly applied to the study of combinatorial designs. This book gives an account of many of those applications together with a thorough general introduction to both design theory and coding theory - developing the relationship between the two areas. The first half of the book contains background material in design theory, including symmetric designs and designs from affine and projective geometry, and in coding theory, coverage of most of the important classes of linear codes. In particular, the authors provide a new treatment of the Reed-Muller and generalized Reed-Muller codes. The last three chapters treat the applications of coding theory to some important classes of designs, namely finite planes, Hadamard designs and Steiner systems, in particular the Witt systems. The book is aimed at mathematicians working in either coding theory or combinatorics - or related areas of algebra. The book is, however, designed to be used by non-specialists and can be used by those graduate students or computer scientists who may be working in these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13619/cover/9780521413619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry of Sporadic Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ivanov, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first volume in a two-volume set, which will provide the complete proof of classification of two important classes of geometries, closely related to each other: Petersen and tilde geometries. There is an infinite family of tilde geometries associated with non-split extensions of symplectic groups over a field of two elements. Besides that there are twelve exceptional Petersen and tilde geometries. These exceptional geometries are related to sporadic simple groups, including the famous Monster group and this volume gives a construction for each of the Petersen and tilde geometries which provides an independent existence proof for the corresponding automorphism group. Important applications of Petersen and Tilde geometries are considered, including the so-called Y-presentations for the Monster and related groups, and a complete indentification of Y-groups is given. This is an essential purchase for researchers into finite group theory, finite geometries and algebraic combinatorics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13626/cover/9780521413626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Foreign Policy in Transition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kanet, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miner, Deborah N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Resler, Tamara J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late twentieth century witnessed remarkable changes in Soviet domestic and foreign policy. Eastern Europe sprang free of the country that held it in its grip for over forty years. The Soviet leadership has accepted the reunification of Germany and supported the US-sponsored resolution in the UN permitting the use of force in the Gulf against one of its former allies. Moreover, the leadership's quest for stability during a time of rapid technological, economic and political change seriously weakened the position of the Soviet Union on the international scene. This volume assesses those dramatic changes. It chronicles the debate within the Soviet Union over the success and validity of perestroika and the 'new thinking' on foreign affairs, the policy alternatives supported by various groups within the elite and their likely impact on future policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13657/cover/9780521413657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science under Control</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Academy of Sciences 1795-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosland, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The greatest ambition of any moderately successful nineteenth-century French scientist was to become a member of the Academy of Sciences. Science under Control is the first major study, in any language, of this elite institution, in a period which began with such influential figures as Laplace and Cuvier and extended to the time of Louis Pasteur and Henri Poincare. The book attempts to remove the veil of mystery and misunderstanding which has shrouded this key institution and its procedures. The French government exercised political, financial and bureaucratic control over the Academy, and the Academy in turn sat in judgement over all serious scientific production. Only with its approval could the work of French scientists win acceptance and their careers advance. The book provides a case study of carefully regulated scientific production encouraged yet constrained within a system of reports, prizes and elections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13732/cover/9780521413732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elites and Democratic Consolidation in Latin America and Southern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunther, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A distinguished group of scholars examine recent transitions to democracy and the prospects for democratic stability in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Peru, Portugal, Spain and Uruguay. They also assess the role of elites in the longer-established democratic regimes in Columbia, Costa Rica, Italy, Mexico and Venezuela. The authors conclude that in independent states with long records of political instability and authoritarian rule, democratic consolidation requires the achievement of elite 'consensual unity' - that is, agreement among all politically important elites on the worth of existing democratic institutions and respect for democratic rules-of-the-game, coupled with increased 'structural integration' among those elites. Two processes by which consensual unity can be established are explored - elite settlement, the negotiating of compromises on basic disagreements, and elite convergence, a more subtle series of tactical decisions by rival elites which have cumulative effect, over perhaps a generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13749/cover/9780521413749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions in Soviet History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, scholars from both sides of the Atlantic, using a breadth of source material including Soviet archives and the local press, present recent thinking and research on Soviet history. New Directions in Soviet History opens with a provocative review of Gorbachev and Soviet history by Pierre Broue. This is followed by papers on the changing nature of mass culture in the 1920s and 1930s. Jeffrey Brooks explores how public identities were constructed in the party press, Denise Youngblood looks at the role of the cinema and James van Gelderen examines tensions within the arts between the centre and the periphery. In the following section, Chris Ward, John Hatch, Catherine Merridale, John Russell and Robert Thurston discuss the distribution of authority in the workplace and, in particular, the politics of shopfloor culture between the wars. Finally, Evan Mawdsley assesses the changing nature of the Soviet political &#233;lite from the 1930s to the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13763/cover/9780521413763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141380X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141380X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book illustrates some of the exciting paths of enquiry being explored in many different fields of Anglo-Saxon studies - archaeology, legal history, palaeography, Old English syntax and poetic, Latin learning with its many reflexes in Old English prose literature, and others. In all these fields it is clear that fresh perspectives may be achieved by examining even well-known objects and texts in the light of modern approaches and scholarship. Several studies concentrate on aspects of early Anglo-Saxon civilization: the settlement at Mucking, Essex; the iconography of the famous gold coin struck in the name of Bishop Liudhard; the early Anglo-Saxon law on adultery; and a reconstruction of an early Anglo-Saxon copy of the Heptateuch. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book, with a five-year index to volumes 16-20 (previous indexes being in volumes 5, 10 and 15).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38454/cover/9780521038454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Problem of the Text of Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the book of Acts, the so-called Western text departs from the alternative text in numerous points of detail. These divergences in the textual tradition of Acts have been the subject of renewed interest in recent years, with a notable concentration on Lucan traits in the Western text. The author of this study takes into account recent theories which have been proposed on the textual tradition of Acts, and puts forward an ingenious thesis (not considered hitherto) to explain the existence of two streams of textual tradition for the book. Analysis of a number of Western textual variants in Acts suggests that they may have arisen from the incorporation of marginal annotations into the text of Acts, but Lucan thought and language is indeed characteristic of these readings. Investigation of the non-Western textual tradition uncovers occasional signs of editing according to the interests of the second-century church. From this evidence Dr Strange proposes that Acts shared the fate of numerous other works of antiquity by being published posthumously; the work of two second-century editors is responsible for the remarkable divergence in the textual tradition of Acts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18807/cover/9780521018807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Price, Quality and Trust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Inter-firm Relations in Britain and Japan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sako, Mari</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The management of buyer-supplier relations has come to be regarded as a key to achieving manufacturing competitiveness, particularly in sectors facing global competition based on both price and quality. This book is a theoretical and empirical exploration of the link between the type of buyer-supplier relations and corporate performance. Dr Sako examines how British and Japanese companies in the electronics industry manage their relationships with buyers and suppliers, the empirical study comprising a three-way comparison of a Japanese customer company, a British customer company, and a Japanese company in Britain, and an analysis of 36 supplier companies in Britain and Japan. Variations of the companies' business practices are assessed in terms of technology, the nature of market competition, the national legal framework, financial structures, employment systems, and the mode of entrepreneurship. The author identifies two distinct approaches in the two countries - the arm's-length contractual relation (ACR) in Britain, and the obligational contractual relation (OCR) in Japan -  and argues that the trust and interdependence present in the latter can be a powerful springboard from which to achieve corporate success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13862/cover/9780521413862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Society in Russia and the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmondson, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until the late 1960s, most Western scholars studying the history, culture, social and political life and economy of Russia and the Soviet Union, paid scant attention to the participation and experience of women. The multifarious ways in which gender roles and perceptions of gender were influenced by and in turn influenced the heterogeneous cultures of the Soviet empire were largely ignored. However, this neglect has slowly been rectified and now the study of women and gender relations has become one of the most productive fields of research into Russian and Soviet society. This volume demonstrates the originality and diversity of this recent research. Written by leading Western scholars, it spans the last decade of tsarist Russia, the 1917 revolutions and the Soviet period. The essays reflect the interdisciplinary nature of women's work, women and politics, women as soldiers, female prostitution, popular images of women and women's experience of perestroika.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13886/cover/9780521413886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tennyson and the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Weaver's Shuttle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joseph, Gerhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gerhard Joseph's study of Tennyson evolves its major themes from the weaving figure of The Lady of Shalott, which becomes a kind of parable for the author and his texts. Taking its derivation from the Latin texere, 'to weave', Professor Joseph's focus on poetic texture and a sense of textuality (both in Tennyson's individual works and the larger poetic tapestry of his oeuvre) leads to a consciousness of his own critical and interpretative weaving, while revealing a new pattern in the fabric of Tennyson's work. This procedure brings together a theory of perception, developed in the first part of this study, with an analysis of the gendering of Tennyson's characters in the second part, and engages with the methodologies of deconstruction, psychoanalysis, and gender theory. The weaving metaphor also opens up a key theoretical issue regarding Tennyson's poetics: is the textual shuttle managed by the controlling hand of a historically definable author, or is the poetic weaver 'cursed' like the Lady of Shalott to suffer a mystifying doom at the 'unseen hand' of an all-pervasive textuality that occludes authorial intention?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13909/cover/9780521413909.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Nationality Policy, Urban Growth, and Identity Change in the Ukrainian SSR 1923-1934</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liber, George O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the early 1920s the Bolsheviks, who were overwhelmingly urban, proletarian, and Russian, believed that rapid industrialization would dissolve the non-Russian national identities and create a solid base of support for the new political order. By the end of the decade, however, the social changes initiated by rapid economic development strengthened national assertiveness. This book analyzes the precarious relationship between Soviet legitimacy-building and the consequences of rapid industrial development in the Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic, the most populous non-Russian republic in the USSR, during the 1920s and 1930s. The author shows how the interplay between industrialization, urbanization, and Soviet preferential policies produced a modern, urban Ukrainian identity. This, he argues, explains why the Stalinist leadership changed its course on the nationality question in the 1930s and gave precedence to the Russians in the USSR.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13916/cover/9780521413916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141394X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141394X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Cobbett and Rural Popular Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyck, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first rural and cultural study of the great English countryman William Cobbett (1763-1835). It binds Cobbett's radical career to his rural heritage and to the experiences and politics of agricultural workers during the early nineteenth century. As a radical, Cobbett's first quest was to represent the hardships of the labouring poor, and he adopted the labourers' cultural experiences and class consciousness as the basis of his political platform. He revolutionized press history by joining the 'pedlar's pack', from where he dispensed his two-penny broadsheets along with other varieties of popular literature. The rural labourers understood Cobbett because he articulated their beliefs and values as expressed in their own folksongs and broadside ballads. They embraced Cobbett as a radical leader and as an educator, heeding his moral instruction, his treatises on cottage economy, and his prescriptions on the recovery of Old England. Cobbett lived and moved among the labourers, and knew their political or economic grievances; thus long before the 'Captain Swing' rising he forecast the date and patterns of the revolt. His predictions came to pass and he became the single most important leader of the insurrection. His position of authority in the villages carried him forward in the cause of the Great Reform Bill and the Old Poor Law, so that by the end of his eventful career he was the sole public exponent of the cottage charter. This is a major and original work on Cobbett, and represents a breakthrough in the study of rural popular culture and in Cobbett scholarship. It will appeal strongly to a wide range of social and political historians, and have much value for all those interested in the language of class, the evolution of the English language, and the history of journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13947/cover/9780521413947.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521413974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521413974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521413978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtuosity, Charisma and Social Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Sociological Study of Monasticism in Theravada Buddhism and Medieval Catholicism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521413978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silber, Ilana Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comparative macrosociological study of the interaction between religious virtuosi and society in two civilizations: traditional Theravada Buddhism and Medieval Catholicism. Merging Weberian sociology with the Maussian tradition of gift-analysis, and criticizing the neglect of meaning in current comparative historical sociology, the author also argues the need for a multidimensional approach capable of addressing the part played by religious orientations in shaping the institutional strength and ideological power of religious elites in the historical framework of the Great Traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13978/cover/9780521413978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Choice and Democratic Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Socialist Party, 1937-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, B. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Choice and Democratic Order applies theories of group conflicts within political parties in a discussion of the internal politics of the French Socialist Party (SFIO) from the late 1930s to the 1940s. Having analysed the formal and informal structure of the party in 1937, Professor Graham gives a detailed account of the clash which took place between the leadership and two dissenting groups, the Gauche Revolutionnaire and the Bataille Socialiste, prior to the Royan congress of June 1938. This conflict is compared with that which occurred in the post-war party during 1946, when Guy Mollet led a successful revolt against the party leaders and became General Secretary of the organization after the 38th National Congress. Mollet began with the intention of preserving the existing alliance with the Communists, but as the latter moved into opposition he accepted the necessity of the centre alliance, the so-called 'Third Force' in French politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14029/cover/9780521414029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quasi-symmetric Designs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shrikhande, Mohan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sane, Sharad S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Design theory is a branch of combinatorics with applications in number theory, coding theory and geometry. In this book the authors discuss the generalization of results and applications to quasi-symmetric designs. The coverage is comprehensive and will be useful for researchers and graduate students. An attractive feature is the discussion of unsolved problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14074/cover/9780521414074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge Medieval History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luscombe, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley-Smith, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>980</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth volume of The New Cambridge Medieval History covers the eleventh and twelfth centuries, which comprised perhaps the most dynamic period in the European middle ages. This is a history of Europe, but the continent is interpreted widely to include the Near East and North Africa. The volume is divided into two parts of which this, the second, deals with the course of events - ecclesiastical and secular - and major developments in an age marked by the transformation of the position of the papacy in a process fuelled by a radical reformation of the church, the decline of the western and eastern empires, the rise of western kingdoms and Italian elites, and the development of governmental structures, the beginnings of the recovery of Spain from the Moors and the establishment of western settlements in the eastern Mediterranean region in the wake of the crusades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14111/cover/9780521414111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141413X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141413X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proof Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A selection of papers from the Leeds Proof Theory Programme 1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aczel, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wainer, Stanley S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The lecture courses in this work are derived from the SERC 'Logic for IT' Summer School and Conference on Proof Theory held at Leeds University. The contributions come from acknowledged experts and comprise expository and research articles; put together in this book they form an invaluable introduction to proof theory that is aimed at both mathematicians and computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14135/cover/9780521414135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wave Asymptotics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wickham, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The occasion of Professor Fritz Ursell's retirement was marked by a two-day meeting consisting of invited talks by some of the most distinguished researchers in the various topics of fluid mechanics and asymptotics studied by Professor Ursell throughout his long and distinguished career. The papers collected here therefore outline the development of these topics from asymptotic methods in anisotropic wave systems, surface wave theory, biological models and differential equations, through to slender body theory, water wave theory and propeller-generated wakes. These edited papers will be valuable reading for all those interested in water waves and asymptotic techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Australian Vegetation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Groves, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Australian vegetation has interested botanists and naturalists since Europeans first encountered Australia and its plant life. This new edition of Australian Vegetation reviews the vegetation of the continent as a whole. In the introductory section, chapters on phytogeography, vegetation history, and alien plants set the scene for further sections covering all the major vegetation types. The plant life of extreme Australian habitats is also discussed, and the book closes with a chapter on the conservation of Australian vegetation. Each chapter, written by experts on each particular habitat type, will inform and stimulate the interests of students and professional botanists, especially those fortunate enough to see for themselves the unique vegetation and flora of Australia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14203/cover/9780521414203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Journalism and the Development of Spanish American Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gonz&#225;lez, An&#237;bal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>175</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Journalism and the Development of Spanish American Narrative, An&#236;bal Gonz&#225;lez explores the impact of journalism and journalistic rhetoric on the development of Spanish American narrative, from its beginnings in the early nineteenth century to the testimonial and documentary novels of contemporary authors such as Miguel Barnet and Elena Poniatowska. Gonz&#225;lez examines selected works from the Spanish American narrative tradition that exemplify moments in the history of the relationship between literature and journalism. He argues that Spanish American narrative has sought to work in consonance with journalism's modernizing impulse, making strategic use of journalistic discourse to promote social or political change. In the course of the argument, Gonz&#225;lez offers a broad historical panorama of the journalist/narrative interaction, and at the same time proposes an alternate theory of the development of the Spanish American narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14258/cover/9780521414258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Temperature Regulation in Laboratory Rodents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rodents are the predominant experimental animals found in life-sciences research laboratories. The body temperature of a rodent is markedly affected by surgical, chemical or environmental manipulation. Because temperature regulation is controlled essentially  by a 'holistic' regulatory system, meaning that its responses affect the activities of all other psychological and behavioural processes, it is clear that researchers working with rodents must be familiar with thermoregulatory physiology. With the help of extensive data tables and figures, this book explains the key facets of rodent thermal physiology, including neurological control and gender and intraspecies variations. There is a novel chapter on the effects of trauma, toxic chemicals and other factors. The book should therefore find use in government, academic or industrial laboratories whose researchers are working with rodents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14265/cover/9780521414265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141427X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141427X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Thesaurus of American English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, William D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>525</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major new thesaurus, carefully designed and easy-to-use, which contains an original and up-to-date collection in A-Z format of over 200,000 synonyms and antonyms. It has been compiled by William Lutz, author of Doublespeak and a renowned expert on language use.   Instead of indiscriminately listing every word associated with the headword, as many other thesauruses do, The Cambridge Thesaurus selects those that are synonyms or near synonyms in the widest range of contexts, labelling any that are slang or otherwise restricted in usage. Synonyms are listed according to their commonness and appropriateness, as are antonyms, and are distinguished by sense. In those cases where the distinction between senses in not clear, a brief definition is provided. Special attention has been given to phrasal entries such as come out (transpire), fall apart (collapse), look down on (disparage).  The Cambridge Thesaurus of American English will be welcomed by both students of language and general readers interested in, or coming into contact with, American English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14272/cover/9780521414272.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Aesthetic of Yeats, Eliot, and Pound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The politics of Yeats, Eliot and Pound have long been a source of discomfort and difficulty for literary critics and cultural historians. In The Political Aesthetic of Yeats, Eliot and Pound, Michael North offers a subtle reading of these issues by linking aesthetic modernism with an attempt in all these writers to resolve basic contradictions in modern liberalism. The many contradictions of modernism, which is seen as inwardly personal yet impersonal, subjective and yet beholden to tradition, fragmented and yet whole, mark the reappearance in art of these political contradictions. Though Yeats, Eliot and Pound certainly attempted to resolve in art problems that could not be resolved in actuality, their very attempt resulted in a politicised aesthetic, one that confessed their inability to do so. Yet this aesthetic retained an element of critical power, precisely because it could not cover up the political contradictions that concerned it; the poetry remains a valid criticism of the status quo and even in its failure suggests the beginnings of an alternative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14326/cover/9780521414326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Walden</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sayre, Robert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>127</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Essays on Walden reviews Thoreau's classic from four important contemporary perspectives.  Lawrence Buell explains how decisions by Thoreau's publisher combined with promotion of Thoreau by early Thoreauvians, literary critics and reviewers turned Walden into a classic. Nature writer and ecologist Anne LaBastille writes of her own responses to Walden. H. Daniel Peck examines how the pastoralism of Walden serves to contain not only the forces of industrialism and commerce in American society but also psychic forces in Thoreau's inner life. Finally Michael Fischer re-evaluates Walden in the light of modern literary theory, finding that Thoreau's forthrightness in presenting and analyzing his own politics disarms his skeptical critics. In introducing these new essays, Robert F. Sayre provides a masterful short biography of Thoreau, an account of the writing of Walden, and a summary of other critical views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14357/cover/9780521414357.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Currents in Astrophysics and Cosmology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fazio, G. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silberberg, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Currents in Astrophysics and Cosmology focuses primarily on cosmic-ray physics, X-ray, gamma-ray and neutrino astronomy and cosmology, the main research areas of Professor Maurice M. Shapiro, whose 75th birthday the collection of articles celebrates. Professor Shapiro is internationally distinguished for his contributions to the development of cosmic-ray physics. Each chapter is written by a leading scientist in the field. The scope extends from the inner solar system to distant radio galaxies. The book is ideal for graduate students and scientists working in cosmic-ray astrophysics. This timely and valuable survey will be welcomed not only for its articles by world-renowned scientists but also for its coverage of many topics in high-energy astrophysics, the combination of which makes the book unique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141444X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141444X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cooperative Nature of the Firm</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ichiishi, Tatsuro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJMV2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an analysis of the modern economy's two major resource allocation mechanisms. The price mechanism has been subject to extensive examination by neoclassical economists, but there has been relatively little attention paid to the impact of the organization of firms on allocation. Professor Ichiishi presents a distinctive theory of the firm which views firms as organizations characterized by diversity of interest among their members, but an acceptance of a coordinated choice of activities: a coalition formed when people play a cooperative game. Using a theory embodying both the neoclassical market mechanism, and the cooperative game, the author derives a number of original results thereby contributing to the theory of the firm, cooperative game theory, and general equilibrium analysis theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14449/cover/9780521414449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Becoming Roman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Provincial Civilization in Gaul</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolf, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the process conventionally termed 'Romanization' through an investigation of the experience of Rome's Gallic provinces in the late Republic and early empire. Beginning with a rejection of the concept of 'Romanization' it describes the nature of Roman power in Gaul and the Romans' own understanding of these changes. Successive chapters then map the chronology and geography of change and offer new interpretations of urbanism, rural civilization, consumption and cult, before concluding with a synoptic view of Gallo-Roman civilization and of the origins of provincial cultures in general. The work draws on literary and archaeological material to make a contribution to the cultural history of the empire which will be of interest to ancient historians, classical archaeologists and all interested in cultural change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14456/cover/9780521414456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Textual Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Grammatica' and Literary Theory 350-1100</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irvine, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the a major study of the cultural work performed by grammatica, the central discipline concerned with literacy, language, interpretation and literature in medieval society. Grammatica was, with all aspects of Latin literary text, its language, meaning and value. Martin Irvine demonstrates that grammatica, though the first of the liberal arts, was not simply one discipline among many: it had an essentially constitutive function, defining language, meaning and texts for other medieval disciplines. Martin Irvine draws together several aspects of medieval culture - literary theory, the nature of literacy, education, biblical interpretation, the literary canon and linguistic thought - in order to disclose the more far-reaching social effect of grammatica, chief of which was the making of textual culture in the medieval West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14470/cover/9780521414470.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gamma-ray Bursts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Observations, Analyses and Theories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ho, Cheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, Richard I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenimore, Edward E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>517</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Astronomical gamma-ray bursts, short-lived flashes of high-energy radiation, have eluded even a basic explanation for over twenty years. The 1990 Los Alamos Workshop on Gamma-Ray Bursts brought together many international scientists to summarize the current understanding of these enigmatic events, and to describe the directions of current and future research. The papers in this volume, which are based on the talks and posters presented at the Workshop, cover recent observations, searches for gamma-ray burst counterparts in other wavebands, models of the energy sources, and mechanisms for producing the continuum emissions and line features. These proceedings are an essential reference for specialists in this field, and provide a broad perspective for non-specialists and graduate students who want to keep abreast of this rapidly developing subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14494/cover/9780521414494.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Modeling of Neural Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peretto, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is a beginning graduate-level introduction to neural networks, focussing on current theoretical models, examining what these models can reveal about how the brain functions, and discussing the ramifications for psychology, artificial intelligence and the construction of a new generation of intelligent computers. The book is divided into four parts. The first part gives an account of the anatomy of the central nervous system, followed by a brief introduction to neurophysiology. The second part is devoted to the dynamics of neuronal states, and demonstrates how very simple models may stimulate associative memory. The third part of the book discusses models of learning, including detailed discussions on the limits of memory storage, methods of learning and their associated models, associativity, and error correction. The final part reviews possible applications of neural networks in artificial intelligence, expert systems, optimization problems, and the construction of actual neuronal supercomputers, with the potential for one-hundred-fold increase in speed over contemporary serial machines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14517/cover/9780521414517.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Geological Record of Lake Basins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gierlowski-Kordesch, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelts, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>461</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sequence of sediments deposited in lakes forms an archive of a high-resolution record of the changes and rates of changes in continental palaeoenvironments. Global Geological Record of Lake Basins is the first in a short series of books containing concise geological summaries of lake basin deposits. Geoscientists worldwide have co-operated to bring together the information available on a global spectrum of lacustrine deposits - looking in particular at palaeoenvironmental aspects. The compilation has resulted from IGCP 219 - Comparative Lacustrine Sedimentology in Space and Time - which has given impetus to the field of limnogeology. Lacustrine deposits are widespread throughout the geological record, and this series of books will assess, for every geological time window, key lacustrine sequences worldwide in the form of short summaries of specific deposits. A common language will be defined to describe these deposits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14524/cover/9780521414524.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protectionism and World Welfare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salvatore, Dominick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses highly topical issues at a crucial time in international economic relations. The world has never been closer to dismantling the liberal multilateral trading system which has been painstakingly established and successfully operated since the Second World War. In this volume many of the world's most distinguished economists examine the movement toward protectionism, bilateralism, and regionalism, and its causes, effects, and possible solutions. The contributors are theorists, researchers, and advisors to governments and international organizations who are at the forefront of trade theory, policy, and practice, and whose analyses have a real impact on international trade. By collecting together these analyses in a single volume, this book provides a unique survey for students and scholars of economics, and all those concerned with trade theory and policy in business and government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14555/cover/9780521414555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Policy towards South Asia since 1970</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Racioppi, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks to understand the evolution of Soviet policy towards the countries of South Asia, the regional constraints and policy opportunities which influenced the policy process in Moscow, and the relationship between Soviet perceptions and policy objectives. The author divides Soviet foreign policy into three aspects: a perceptual aspect in which assessment of the regional and international environment occurs; a formulative aspect in which aims and strategies are developed; and an implementation aspect. The book analyses Soviet policy objectives and instruments in distinct historical phases: 1970-1978, which covers the Indo-Pakistani War and bilateral relations; 1979-1985, which covers the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and and its impact on regional politics; and 1985 to the present which examines the Gorbachev era and the withdrawal from Afghanistan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14579/cover/9780521414579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141461X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141461X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Colonies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aldrich, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive and authoritative book is about the last colonies, those remaining territories formally dependent on metropolitan powers. It discusses the surprisingly large number of these territories, mainly small isolated islands with limited resources. Yet these places are not as obscure as might be expected. They may be major tourist destinations, military bases, satellite tracking stations, tax havens or desolate, underpopulated spots that can become international flashpoints, such as the Falklands. The authors find that at a time of escalating nationalism and globalization, these remnants of empire provide insights into the meanings of political, economic, legal and cultural independence, as well as sovereignty and nationhood. This book provides a broad-based and provocative discussion of colonialism and interdependence in the modern world, from a unique perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14616/cover/9780521414616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Melodrama and Asian Cinema</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dissanayake, Wimal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cinema is a dominant force in the lives of many people living in Asia. A concept central to much of Asian film production is melodrama. This path-breaking study examines the importance of melodrama in the film traditions of Japan, India, China, Indonesia, the Philippines and Australia. Exploring the various ways that melodrama operates with theoretical sophistication, the various essays contained in this volume shed light on the different traditions of Asian cinema, as well as on the wider cultural discourse in which they participate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14654/cover/9780521414654.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Aid and Trade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>U.S. Food Policy, Foreign Competition, and the Social Contract</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Paul B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The traditional military-territorial model of the nation state defines international duties in terms of protecting citizens' property from foreign threats. In this book about the principles of the US agricultural policy and foreign aid, Professor Thompson replaces this model with the notion of the trading state that sees its role in terms of the establishment of international institutions that stabilize and facilitate cultural and intellectual, as well as commercial, exchanges between nations. The argument focuses on protectionist challenges to foreign aid and development assistance programs, and engages with the views of a variety of economists, commodity organizations, and philosophers on world hunger and development. What emerges is a new interpretation of social contract theory that can determine goals for international trade and development policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14685/cover/9780521414685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Austen and the Body</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'The Picture of Health'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiltshire, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jane Austen has been read as a novelist of manners, whose work discreetly avoids discussing the physical. John Wiltshire shows, on the contrary, how important are faces and bodies in her texts, from complainers and invalids like Mrs Bennet and Mr Woodhouse, to the frail, debilitated Fanny Price, the vulnerable Jane Fairfax, and the 'picture of health', Emma. Talk about health and illness in the novels is abundant, and constitutes community, but it also serves to disguise the operation of social and gender politics. Behind the medical paraphernalia and incidents are serious concerns with the nature of power as exerted through and on the body, and with the manifold meanings of illness. 'Nerves', 'spirits', and sensibility figure largely in these books, and Jane Austen is seen to offer a critique of the gendering power of illness and nursing or attendance upon illness. Drawing both on modern - medical and feminist - theories of illness and the body as well as on eighteenth-century medical sources to illuminate the novels, this book offers new and controversial, but also scholarly, readings of these familiar texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14760/cover/9780521414760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rhetoric of Courtship in Elizabethan Language and Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the sixteenth century the modern meaning of courtship - 'wooing someone' - developed from an older sense - 'being at court'. The Rhetoric of Courtship takes this semantic shift as the starting point for an incisive account of the practice and meanings of courtship at the court of Elizabeth I, where 'being at court' pre-eminently came to mean the same as 'wooing' the Queen. Exploring the wider context of social anthropology, philology, cultural and literary history, Catherine Bates presents courtship as a judicious, sensitive and rhetorically conscious understanding of public and private relations. Gascoigne, Lyly, Sidney, Leicester, Essex, and Spenser are shown to reflect in the fictional courtships of their poetry and prose the vulnerabilities of court life that were created by the system of patronage. The Rhetoric of Courtship thus makes an important contribution to Renaissance cultural history, using the court of Elizabeth I as a test case for representations of the courtier's role and power in the literature of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14807/cover/9780521414807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Death of Herod</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in the Sociology of Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenn, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is intended to be a 'taster' to sociological method for students of the New Testament. While the sociology of the Bible is presently something of a growth industry, Richard Fenn believes that an introduction to the peculiar craft of sociology is missing, a book which demonstrates how fruitful the relationship between the social sciences and biblical studies can be when sociological method is imaginatively applied to the New Testament. Fenn's point of departure is the particular historical event of the death of Herod the Great. He focuses on Josephus' account of the trials of Herod's sons, the death of Herod himself, and the crisis of succession which followed his death. Josephus' account is shown to provide a rich sociological resource, in that he observes how speech was used to conceal rather than to convey individuals' true interests and commitments. His account also reveals the failure of the trial as a critically important institution for restoring confidence in public discourse. The result, the author argues, is the intensification of conflict within, and between, generations, at every level of Palestinian society. The succession-crisis thus becomes a crisis in the ability of Palestinian society to reproduce itself from one generation to the next, the effects of which can still be observed in the legacy of the Jesus movement. The example presented therefore casts light on the general question of how societies may pass on their sources of authority from one generation to another.This work is intended to be a 'taster' to sociological method for students of the New Testament.  While the sociology of the Bible is presently something of a growth industry, Richard Fenn believes that an introduction to the peculiar craft of sociology is missing, a book which demonstrates how fruitful the relationship between the social sciences and biblical studies can be when sociological method is imaginatively applied to the New Testament.  Fenn's point of departure is the particular historical event of the death of Herod the Great.  He focuses on Josephus' account of the trials of Herod's sons, the death of Herod himself, and the crisis of succession which followed his death.  Josephus' account is shown to provide a rich sociological resource, in that he observes how speech was used to conceal rather than to convey individuals' true interests and commitments.  His account also reveals the failure of the trial as a critically important institution for restoring confidence in public discourse.  The result, the author argues, is the intensification of conflict within, and between, generations, at every level of Palestinian society.  The succession-crisis thus becomes a crisis in the ability of Palestinian society to reproduce itself from one generation to the next, the effects of which can still be observed in the legacy of the Jesus movement.  The example presented therefore casts light on the general question of how societies may pass on their sources of authority from one generation to another.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14821/cover/9780521414821.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Discourse of Enlightenment in Eighteenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diderot and the Art of Philosophizing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the problems faced by writers of the Enlightenment, who attempted to demystify all previous forms of knowledge by applying rationalist critiques that can in turn be applied to examine their own critical work. It focuses on the works of one of the best-known writers of eighteenth-century France, Denis Diderot, analysing his experimentation with presenting critical knowledge. Paying close attention to the formal-poetic nature of Diderot's writing, his 'art', it examines the interplay between critical knowledge and its representation, between epistemology and aesthetics. Professor Brewer shows how Diderot's work in the areas of philosophy, science, the fine arts and literature pushed Enlightenment critique to its limits, and points to its remarkable similarity to aspects of modern critical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14838/cover/9780521414838.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inessa Armand</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Revolutionary and Feminist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elwood, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inessa Armand was the first Director of the Women's Section of the Russian Communist Party (the Zhenotdel). She was one of the most important women in the pre-revolutionary Bolshevik Party, and second only to Aleksandra Kollontai in the ranks of early Soviet feminists. Yet if Armand is mentioned at all in Western literature, it is solely as Lenin's prot&#233;g&#233;e and probable mistress. In this political biography of Armand, the first to appear in English, Professor R. C. Elwood seeks to correct this picture by portraying her as an accomplished revolutionary propagandist and Bolshevik organizer before 1917 and as a feminist who devoted much of her life to defending women's interests in the home, in the workplace and in society. Based on unpublished police reports, memoirs. Armand's letters to her five children and two husbands, and Lenin's 118 published letters to her, this study provides new and revealing information on her upbringing in the wealthy Armand family, on the revolutionary sympathies of many members of that family, on their subsequent and controversial financial support of the Bolshevik Party, and on her career as a Tolstoyan and feminist long before she became a revolutionary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14869/cover/9780521414869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irony in Mark's Gospel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Text and Subtext</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Camery-Hoggatt, Jerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author of this lucid and interdisciplinary study of Mark's Gospel believes that - when applied to Gospel texts - sociological analysis and literary criticism may be far closer together in purpose and intent than is often supposed. Professor Camery-Hoggatt therefore begins his work with an exploration of the social functions of narrative in general, and of ironic narrative in particular. He then turns to the literary functions of the internal elements of the narrative, and draws the two discussions together into a single framework that can be used as a lens through which Mark's Gospel can be read. The author's claim is that irony - especially dramatic irony - thoroughly permeates the Gospel, and that this evinces a rhetorical strategy central to Mark's whole narrative. The second half of the book shows that the presence of irony is especially powerful when the deeper level of meaning is somehow hidden from the story's characters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14906/cover/9780521414906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Protestant Evangelical Awakening</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the early history of the Protestant revival movements of the eighteenth century from a European as well as Anglo-American perspective. Professor Ward examines the crisis in the Protestant world beyond that established and protected by the Westphalia treaties, and its impact upon the morale of Protestant communities which enjoyed diplomatic guarantees or other forms of public protection. He traces the widespread outbreak of forms of revival to the emergence of a common Protestant mind, shaped by the appreciation of common problems. The religious effects of widespread emigration produced by persecution, war and distress are traced, and the chronology of the familiar revivals of the West is related to the crises of Eastern revival. The Protestant Evangelical Awakening is based on archival and published resources extending from Eastern Europe to the American colonies, and marks a major contribution to our understanding of the religious history of both continents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14913/cover/9780521414913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Politics to Reason of State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Acquisition and Transformation of the Language of Politics 1250-1600</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viroli, Maurizio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the end of the sixteenth and the beginning of the seventeenth centuries, the language of politics underwent a radical transformation. The author argues that this transformation amounted to a 'revolution of politics', global in scope, and wide-ranging in its intellectual and moral implications. Not only did the meaning and the range of application of the concept of politics change, but also the status of political science, the role of political education, and the value of political liberty. For three centuries politics had enjoyed the status of the noblest human science, but emerged from the revolution as an ignoble, sordid and depraved activity. It was no longer the means of fighting corruption, but the means of perpetuating it. This 'revolution of politics' has received little attention, despite its importance. This study fills a gap in the history of political thought, and attempts to return to a conception of politics as an activity worth committing ourselves to.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14937/cover/9780521414937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Trade and Economic Reform in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lardy, Nicholas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>209</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the relationship between China's foreign trade reforms and the domestic economic reforms that underlie China's recent policy of openness. It provides the first comprehensive analysis of how China has emerged, since reform began in 1978, as one of the most dynamic trading nations in the world. It examines both the external policy changes, such as the decentralisation of trading authority and the devaluation of the domestic currency, and internal economic reforms such as the increased use of markets and prices. The volume concludes with an analysis of the sources of China's export growth and outlines further domestic economic reforms that the author believes will be required to sustain China's integration into the world economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14951/cover/9780521414951.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Industrial Capitalism in India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business Strategies and the Working Classes in Bombay, 1900-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandavarkar, Rajnarayan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rajnarayan Chandavarkar presents the first major study of the relationship between labour and capital in India's economic development in the early twentieth-century. He explores the emergence of capitalism in the region, the development of the cotton textile industry, its particular problems in the 1920s and 1930s and the mill owners' and the state's responses to them. The author also investigates how a labour force was formed in Bombay - its rural roots, urban networks, industrial organisation and the way in which it shaped capitalist strategies. In a subject dominated by the assumption of unities, Rajnarayan Chandavarkar convincingly demonstrates the fragmentation of class, on the side of both capital and labour. Their interaction sometimes exacerbated their internal differences. But, the author also asks on what terms, to what ends, and under what circumstances solidarities could be forged between workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14968/cover/9780521414968.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521414970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521414970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521414975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Project Factorisations in Partial Evaluation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521414975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Launchbury, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>175</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Programming frequently requires that problems are broken down into subproblems and then each subproblem solved independently. These solutions may then be combined to provide a solution to the original problem. Partial evaluation is a serious attempt to tackle this issue, allowing the programmer to write programs in a highly interpretive style without paying the price in efficiency. This thesis covers the theory and practice behind practical evaluation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/14975/cover/9780521414975.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Inexact and Separate Science of Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hausman, Daniel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive overview of the structure, strategy and methods of assessment of orthodox theoretical economics. In Part I Professor Hausman explains how economists theorise, emphasising the essential underlying commitment of economists to a vision of economics as a separate science. In Part II he defends the view that the basic axioms of economics are 'inexact' since they deal only with the 'major' causes; unlike most writers on economic methodology, the author argues that it is the rules that economists espouse rather than their practice that is at fault. Part III links the conception of economics as a separate science to the fact that economic theories offer reasons and justifications for human actions, not just their causes. With its lengthy appendix introducing relevant issues in philosophy of science, this book is a major addition to philosophy of economics and of social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15019/cover/9780521415019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Adaptive Decision Maker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bettman, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Eric J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Adaptive Decision Maker argues that people use a variety of strategies to make judgments and choices. The authors introduce a model that shows how decision makers balance effort and accuracy considerations and predicts which strategy a person will use in a given situation. A series of experiments testing the model are presented, and the authors analyse how the model can lead to improved decisions and opportunities for further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15057/cover/9780521415057.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality, Utilitarianism, and Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Brandt is one of the most eminent and influential of contemporary moral philosophers. His work has been concerned with how to justify what is good or right not by reliance on intuitions or theories about what moral words mean but by the explanation of moral psychology and the description of what it is to value something, or to think it immoral. His approach thus stands in marked contrast to the influential work of John Rawls. The essays reprinted in this collection span a period of almost 30 years and include many classic pieces in metaethical and normative ethical theory. The collection is aimed at both those moral philosophers familiar with Brandt's work and at those philosophers who may be largely unfamiliar with his work. The latter group will be struck by the lucid unpretentious style and the cumulative weight of Brandt's contributions to topics that remain at the forefront of moral philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15071/cover/9780521415071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141508X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141508X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Potential Theory in Gravity and Magnetic Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blakely, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text bridges the gap between the classic texts on potential theory and modern books on applied geophysics. It opens with an introduction to potential theory, emphasising those aspects particularly important to earth scientists, such as Laplace's equation, Newtonian potential, magnetic and electrostatic fields, and conduction of heat.  The theory is then applied to the interpretation of gravity and magnetic anomalies, drawing on examples from modern geophysical literature. Topics explored include regional and global fields, forward modeling, inverse methods, depth-to-source estimation, ideal bodies, analytical continuation, and spectral analysis. The book includes numerous exercises and a variety of computer subroutines written in FORTRAN. Graduate students and researchers in geophysics will find this book essential.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15088/cover/9780521415088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Perceived Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecological and Interpersonal Sources of Self Knowledge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neisser, Ulric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings different ideas to bear on the classical problem of the self. Self-perception, both ecological and social, is the earliest and most fundamental form of self-knowledge. In his introduction, Ulric Neisser describes the 'ecological self' as based on direct and realistic perception of one's situation in the environment; the 'interpersonal self' as established by social interaction with other people. He argues that both of these 'selves' appear in early infancy, long before anything like a self-concept or a self-narrative is possible. In subsequent chapters, fifteen contributors - psychologists, philosophers and others - elaborate on these notions and introduce related ideas of their own. Their topics range from the perceptual and social development of infants to autism and blindness; from mechanisms of motor control to dance and non-verbal communication. The combined contributions of these leading individuals creates an unusual synthesis of perceptual, social and developmental theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15095/cover/9780521415095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jordan, the United States and the Middle East Peace Process, 1974-1991</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madfai, Madiha Rashid al</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On 31 July 1988 King Hussain of Jordan renounced all administrative and legal ties with the Israeli-occupied West Bank of the River Jordan, initiating a turning point in the Middle East peace process. In this study, Madiha Madfai explores Jordan's role in the USA's peacemaking efforts during the Carter, Reagan and Bush administrations. She examines the events culminating in the action of 1988 and convincingly demonstrates a history of anger, anguish and frustration with the Middle East peace process that lay behind the Jordanian decision. Dr Madfai also assesses the effects the American-Jordanian relationship had on stability in the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15231/cover/9780521415231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141525X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141525X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philolaus of Croton: Pythagorean and Presocratic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Commentary on the Fragments and Testimonia with Interpretive Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philolaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huffman, Carl A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study for nearly 200 years of what remains of the writings of the Presocratic philosopher Philolaus of Croton (c. 470-385 BC). These fragments are crucial to our understanding of one of the most influential schools of ancient philosophy, the Pythagoreans; they also show close ties with the main lines of development of Presocratic thought, and represent a significant response to thinkers such as Parmenides and Anaxagoras. Professor Huffman presents the fragments and testimonia (including the spurious fragments in a separate section for reference) with accompanying translations and introductory chapters and interpretive  commentary. He not only produces further argument for the authenticity of much that used to be neglected, but also undertakes a critique of Aristotle's testimony, opening the way for a quite new reading of fifth-century Pythagoreanism in general and of Philolaus in particular. Philolaus is revealed as a serious natural philosopher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15255/cover/9780521415255.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marxism at Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideology, Class and French Socialism during the Third Republic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuart, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite a century of debate and criticism, Marxism as a mass ideological practice has remained an elusive topic. This book examines Marxist socialism as a mode of understanding and self-understanding treasured and transmitted by thousands of anonymous militants. It focuses upon the Parti Ouvrier Fran&#231;ais, the 'Guesdists', an archetypal movement of Marxism's 'Golden Age' before the First World War, the period when Marxist socialism evolved from sect to mass movement. Thousands of French socialists adopted Marxism due to the effectiveness of vulgar Guesdist polemic rather than Marx's profound theoretical works, and entire communities were converted to an austere but messianic socialism which still affects French politics today. This book traces the doctrine's birth through conflict with liberals, proto-fascists, and anarchists; its 'making' of a working class, and its attempted seduction of the middle class; and its confusion before the alternative social visions of the Catholic devout, racist nationalists, and feminists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15262/cover/9780521415262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis of Vertebrate Pest Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hone, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we decide whether a particular vertebrate species can be classified as a pest? What is achieved by control of such pests? This book describes the application of statistics, economics and mathematical modelling to the control of bird and mammal pests. The emphasis is on the science underlying vertebrate pest control rather than on the control itself - the latter point distinguishes the book from any other. The scope is worldwide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15286/cover/9780521415286.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-ray Microanalysis in Biology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Experimental Techniques and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigee, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sumner, Adrian T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warley, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>351</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>X-ray microanalysis is a widely used technique in studies of cell and tissue elemental composition. It has applications in many different areas of biology, including animal and plant cell physiology, medicine, pathology and studies on environmental pollution. The author presents an up-to-date look at the use of X-ray microanalysis in biology and discusses the potential of the technique for future research. The author tackles four major aspects of X-ray microanalysis - detection and quantification of X-rays, associated techniques, specimen preparation, and applications. The book is clearly written and highly illustrated, with each section containing chapters by experts in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dependent Elderly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gormally, Luke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A distinguished team of contributors from the fields of medicine, philosophy and law address some of the issues which arise over the provision of care for dependent elderly patients. Some of the chapters are concerned with the challenge of achieving good quality medical care, the chronic inadequacies of policy making in the UK context, and the prospects for improvement in the medium term. Other chapters look at some of the threats to dependent elderly patients posed by longer-term social and ideological trends which find expression in proposals for age-limits to health care, advocacy of living wills and euthanasia, arguments for withdrawing tube-feeding from certain categories of patient, and certain proposals for resource allocation. This interdisciplinary volume will have a wide appeal to those involved in care of the dependent elderly, to health policy analysts and health care economists, and to bioethicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15316/cover/9780521415316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Africa's Economic Recovery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandbrook, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The waning of the Cold War means that major political powers no longer feel compelled to support African authoritarianism. Revised official consensus holds that, in Africa as elsewhere, political reform must accompany economic adjustment. According to this view, African recovery requires a reduction in the size and economic role of monopolistic and inefficient states, and their transformation into accountable liberal democracies. Is this a desirable and practicable political programme? Certainly, all over Africa the number of liberal democracies is growing. But can they survive and are they compatible with renewed economic growth? Richard Sandbrook answers these questions, and assesses the feasibility of the new political programme in reinforcing Africa's economic recovery. He argues that the programme has merit in the short term, but, in the longer term, a more self-reliant, state-directed approach should be adopted to ensure prosperity and durable democracy in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15439/cover/9780521415439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flow Cytometry Data Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Basic Concepts and Statistics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, James V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flow cytometry is now well established in research laboratories and is gaining increasing use in clinical medicine and pathology. The technique enables multiple simultaneous light scatter and fluorescence measurements to be made at the individual cell level at very rapid rates and results in very large quantities of data being collected. Data, however, is just a series of numbers which have to be converted to information which, in turn, must be shown to have meaning. This is the most important single aspect of flow cytometry but it has received relatively little attention. One of the frequently voiced advantages of the technology is that it produces 'good statistics' because large numbers of cells have been analysed. However, it is not very often that confidence limits are placed on results, hence the reader has little or no feel for the inherent variability in the information produced. This book covers very basic number handling techniques, regression analysis, probability functions, statistical tests and methods of analysing dynamic processes. All those who use flow cytometry in their research will find this book an invaluable guide to interpreting the data produced by flow cytometers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15453/cover/9780521415453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpretation and Meaning in the Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates theories of interpretation and meaning in Renaissance jurisprudence. How do they relate to the institutions of the law, especially pedagogical institutions? What characterizes the most commonly adopted theories of the legal profession? In what form were they published? How do they relate to modern canons of interpretation found in the trivium of grammar, dilaectics and rhetoric? In what ways, if any, do they mark a departure from medieval approaches? How do they relate to modern canons of interpretation? And how do they relate to similar issues in modern semantics and the philosophy of language, such as speech act theory or the 'logic of the supplement'? An answer to these questions is sought through an investigation of Renaissance problems concerning the authority of interpreters, the questions of signification, definition, verbal propriety and verbal extension, the problem of cavillation, the alternative interpretative strategies of ratio legis and mens legislatoris, the performative functions of language, and custom and equity as means of interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15460/cover/9780521415460.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reported Miracles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critique of Hume</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houston, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Suppose that one is presented with a report of a miracle as an exception to nature's usual course. Should one believe the report and so come to favour the idea that a god has acted miraculously? Hume argued that no reasonable person should do anything of the kind. Many religiously sceptical philosophers agree with him, and have both defended and developed his reasoning. Some theologians concur or offer other reasons why those who are believers in God should also refuse to accept accounts of miracles as accurate reportage. This book argues to the contrary. For Houston, miracle stories may contribute towards the reasonableness of belief in God, and, appropriately attested, may be accepted by believers in God. To bolster his case he examines historically and intellectually significant writings about the miraculous. And having argued for the rejection of Hume, he explores the implications of this rejection for science, history and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15491/cover/9780521415491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Positron Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charlton, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humberston, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date account of the field of low energy positrons and positronium within atomic and molecular physics. It begins with an introduction to the field, discussing the background to low energy positron beams, and then covers topics such as total scattering cross sections, elastic scattering, positronium formation, excitation and ionisation, annihilation and positronium interactions. Each chapter contains a blend of theory and experiment, giving a balanced treatment of all the topics. The book will be useful for graduate students and researchers in physics and chemistry. It is ideal for those wishing to gain rapid, in-depth knowledge of this unique branch of atomic physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15507/cover/9780521415507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Activity and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norgan, Nicholas G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical activity and exercise affect many dimensions of health. This book presents a wide-ranging account of the key issues of the biology of physical activity and health. The context is set by considering the comparative and temporal aspects of activity in humans. There follows an examination of the concepts and methodological issues associated with activity, exercise, health and fitness, as well as their interrelationships. Particular attention is given to activity in children, adolescents and the elderly, activity and weight maintenance, and the psychological effects of activity. This topical volume will be of interest to human biologists, biological anthropologists, human physiologists, sports scientists, psychologists, and healthcare professionals involved in preventative medicine, public health, geriatrics, occupational health and community medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/67461/cover/9780521067461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating and Transforming Households</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Constraints of the World-Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallerstein, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>del Carmen Baerga, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beittel, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman Kasaba, Kathie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, Randall H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, William G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanley, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>9</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Lanny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>10</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodsong, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks an explanation of the pattern of sharp discrepancy of wage levels across the world-economy for work of comparable productivity. It explores how far such differences can be explained by the different structures of households as 'income-pooling units', examining three key variables: location in the core or periphery of the world-economy; periods of expansion versus periods of contraction in the world-economy; and secular transformation over time. The authors argue that both the boundaries of households and their sources of income are molded by the changing patterns of the world-economy, but are also modes of defense against its pressures. Drawing empirical data from eight local regions in three different zones - the United States, Mexico and southern Africa - this book presents a systematic and original approach to the intimate link between the micro-structures of households and the structures of the capitalist world-economy at a global level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15521/cover/9780521415521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and Religiosity in a Post-Colonial Setting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sinhala Catholics in Contemporary Sri Lanka</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stirrat, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past few decades a series of Catholic shrines have sprung up in Sri Lanka which draw hundreds of pilgrims. Although best known as centres for the exorcism of the demonically possessed, their miraculous efficacy also extends to helping people find jobs and preferment, and to alleviating suffering. Dr Stirrat, who has worked in Sri Lanka over a long period, is interested both in how people behave at the shrines, and in the historical and social contexts in which the shrines have appeared. He argues that an understanding of their religious importance is intricately connected with power, religious and political. This view challenges the conventional distinction between 'religion' and 'politics', and accordingly, religious suffering is seen as a complex metaphor linking together various social domains and a means through which conflicts over power and authority can be expressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15552/cover/9780521415552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linking Citizens to Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interest Group Politics at Common Cause</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothenberg, Lawrence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence Rothenberg examines some of the most elusive aspects of interest group operations through an in-depth study of one of the largest interest groups in Washington, Common Cause. In developing what might be called a membership theory, he asks such questions as: why do members join a group? Who stays and who leaves and why? What is the nature of the relationships among the activists, the group leaders and the rank-and-file members? How do these relationships shape the lobbying policies of the group? How is the lobbying impact of a group related to the nature of its membership? In addition, Rothenberg analyses the impact the lobbying efforts of Common Cause have had through case studies of the Congressional vote on the MX missile system and of the agenda setting behind the campaign finance reform bill.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15606/cover/9780521415606.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ontology, Causality, and Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bacon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reinhardt, Lloyd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. M. Armstrong is an eminent Australian philosopher whose work over many years has dealt with such subjects as: the nature of possibility, concepts of the particular and the general, causes and laws of nature, and the nature of human consciousness. This collection of essays explores the many facets of Armstrong's work, concentrating on his more recent interests. There are four sections to the book: possibility and identity, universals, laws and causality, and philosophy of mind. The contributors comprise an international group of philosophers from the United States, England and Australia.  An interesting feature of the volume is that Armstrong himself has written responses to each of the essays. There is also a complete bibliography of Armstrong's writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15620/cover/9780521415620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Privacy and Social Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoeman, Ferdinand David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attacks the assumption found in moral philosophy that social control as such is an intellectually and morally destructive force. It replaces this view with a richer and deeper perspective on the nature of social character aimed at showing how social freedom cannot mean immunity from social pressure. The author demonstrates how our competence as rational and social agents depends on a constructive adaptation of social control mechanisms. Our facility at achieving our goals is enhanced, rather than undermined, by social control. The author then articulates sources, contracts, and degrees of legitimate social control in different social and historical settings. Drawing on a wide range of material in moral and political philosophy, law, cognitive and social psychology, anthropology and literature, Professor Schoeman shows how the aim of moral philosophy ought to be to understand our social character, not to establish fortifications against it in the name of rationality and autonomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15644/cover/9780521415644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Public City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Construction of Urban Life in San Francisco, 1850-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ethington, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This history of San Fransisco from 1850 through 1900 identifies the active participation of citizens in communication, persuasion, and mobilization as the 'public city': the site of American political and social change. Drawing on speeches, pamphlets, newspapers, census and electoral data, the book narrates the city's turbulent history, through Vigilance Committees, public executions, duels, the Civil War, the Workingmen's Party of California, party 'bosses' and 'machines', the rise of modern feminism, the origins of mass journalism, and the triumph of Progressive urban reform at the turn of the century. Most studies of urban politics treat public life as the expression of social group experience. This book argues the reverse: that social group identities of race, class, ethnicity, and gender were created in the public sphere, as leaders mobilized the masses in politics and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15651/cover/9780521415651.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hollywood's Overseas Campaign</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The North Atlantic Movie Trade, 1920-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A history of how the American film industry succeeded in dominating the film markets of Canada and Great Britain in the period 1920-1950, this book shows how well-organised and effective the American industry was overseas. It addresses Hollywood operations in Canada and various unsuccessful official attempts to curb them, and in Great Britain where legislation was enacted to control them, achieving some but by no means complete success. The study deals with the complexity of the situation in the United States, where the film industry coped with internal divisions, hostile pressure groups, and ambivalent administrations and shows that the secret of success is in the mastery of organization and supply.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15668/cover/9780521415668.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Molecular Genetics of Fungi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peberdy, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caten, C. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogden, Jill E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interactions of fungi with mankind are both beneficial and harmful and are deeply rooted in the history of human society and agriculture. Over the centuries humans have sought to manipulate the growth of fungi to their advantage; the methods used, though largely empirical, have often been highly successful. Since the initial development of recombinant DNA technology in bacteria in the early 1970s, biology has been undergoing a molecular revolution which is spreading to all organisms, including fungi. The approach and techniques of molecular biology enable us to ask and answer fundamental questions about many aspects of fungal biology, and open the way to the directed manipulation of fungal metabolism. This book highlights the rapid development of gene transfer and cloning techniques in fungi and the ways in which these are being exploited in species of economic importance either in biotechnology or as plant pathogens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15712/cover/9780521415712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141573X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141573X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solar System Astronomy in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communities, Patronage, and Interdisciplinary Science, 1920-1960</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doel, Ronald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1920 and 1960 astronomers began working with scientists in other fields in order to better understand the nature of the solar system. Researchers made wide-ranging attempts to solve such problems as the nature of lunar and terrestrial craters, the origin of comets and meteors and the birth of the solar system. While often tinged with controversy, this work provided the foundation for planetary science in the space age. Exploiting previously unused archival material, Ronald Doel investigates this emerging interdisciplinary scientific community and its influence on astronomy, meteorology, geology and geophysics. He examines how studies in planetary science were influenced by shifts in institutional mandates, new research techniques, and Cold War government-military funding. Above all, the book explores an important branch of what is now called the environmental sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15736/cover/9780521415736.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Country of the Pointed Firs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, June</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of new essays on one of the most important works of New England local colour fiction, The Country of the Pointed Firs by Sarah Orne Jewett. It builds on feminist literary scholarship that affirms the importance and value of Jewett's work, but goes beyond previously published studies by offering an analysis of how race, nationalism, and the literary marketplace shape her narrative. The volume constitutes a major rethinking of Jewett's contribution to American literature, and will be of broad interest to the fields of American literary studies, feminist cultural criticism, and American studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15743/cover/9780521415743.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Gazetteer of the USA and Canada</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dictionary of Places</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobson, Archie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>783</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBGP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Gazetteer of the United States and Canada contains more than 10,000 entries of places of all kinds. It is thoroughly up-to-date and comprehensive, based on the latest census data, and includes coverage of all cities and towns having populations of over 25,000. But the Cambridge Gazetteer is far more than a dictionary of populated places. It contains thousands of entries describing waterways and mountain ranges, parks and historic sites and major urban neighbourhoods. It captures the grand sweep of modern America. Throughout, the book is informed with a sense of the history of each place described and prominent people associated with particular places are described within the appropriate entries. The role of ethnic and minority groups is given significant attention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15798/cover/9780521415798.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Difference in the Works of Rousseau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bienfaisance and Pudeur</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Still, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to Rousseau, the best relationship between unequals is one of 'benificence', giving, receiving and repaying benefits. This book addresses the problem implicit in his writings of whether it is indeed possible for a just and generous relationship to exist between non-equals. Judith Still draws together issues in Rousseau's work which are often treated in isolation: the state, just relations between individuals, sexual politics and the constructing of a feminine identity. She analyses his works, his classical sources, and the conceptual underpinnings of his ethics, crossing the boundary between study of Rousseau as a complex and sensitive writer of fiction and autobiography and consideration of his political and ethical theory. Using techniques of reading drawn from literary theory, particularly from the work of Derrida, de Man and Starobinski, she argues that for Rousseau it is sexual difference which disturbs the practice of benificence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15859/cover/9780521415859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141587X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141587X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Red Cross and the Holocaust</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Favez, Jean-Claude</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Beryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>387</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Red Cross and the Holocaust presents a startling new assessment of the role of the world's most famous charity in World War II. Was the Red Cross aware of the appalling sufferings of the victims of the concentration camps? How much did its International Committee know about the deportation and extermination of the Jews in Europe? Did it try to protect the persecuted Jews? In what ways could it have helped them, given the neutrality which was the basis of its foundation? These questions have remained unanswered for more than fifty years and have sparked off bitter debates. Jean-Claude Favez here presents a fundamental reappraisal, informed by unrivalled access to the archives of the Red Cross. This magisterial work includes a chronology, indices, biographical notes, and a statement by the charity's current leaders: anyone interested in the complexity and tragedy of the Holocaust will find this compelling reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15873/cover/9780521415873.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>High Resolution Astrophotography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dragesco, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKim, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do you get the best from your telescope? For those interested in photographing the Sun, Moon and planets, this volume provides the complete reference guide. It is packed with practical tips on how to obtain the highest resolution in your astrophotography, and provides a wealth of stunning images by the world's best amateurs showing just what can be achieved. Individual chapters describe the various types of telescopes and the most suitable equipment to photograph a given subject, and recommend films and techniques in developing and printing. Also given are short biographies of key high resolution astrophotographers, both past and present, and an extensive bibliography of further reading. This guide provides both a wealth of sound, practical techniques and a unique portfolio of Solar System images - an inspirational handbook for any amateur astronomer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15880/cover/9780521415880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schur Algebras and Representation Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Schur algebra is an algebraic system providing a link between the representation theory of the symmetric and general linear groups (both finite and infinite). In the text Dr Martin gives a full, self-contained account of this algebra and these links, covering both the basic theory of Schur algebras and related areas. He discusses the usual representation-theoretic topics such as constructions of irreducible modules, the blocks containing them, their modular characters and the problem of computing decomposition numbers; moreover deeper properties such as the quasi-hereditariness of the Schur algebra are discussed. The opportunity is taken to give an account of quantum versions of Schur algebras and their relations with certain q-deformations of the coordinate rings of the general linear group. The approach is combinatorial where possible, making the presentation accessible to graduate students. This is the first comprehensive text in this important and active area of research; it will be of interest to all research workers in representation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15910/cover/9780521415910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521415942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521415942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521415941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Anglo-Latin Literature, 1066-1422</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521415941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rigg, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive history of medieval Anglo-Latin writings (which represent an astonishing nine tenths of English literary culture in the period). The past century since the last major work on this subject has seen the discovery and editing of many important texts. A. G. Rigg's new authoritative reference work underlines how the view of England's literary history in the Middle Ages as a decline from Anglo-Saxon culture (recuperated only in the fourteenth century in the work of writers such as Chaucer) ignores the flourishing tradition of Latin literature written between England's enforced entry into the European mainstream and the rise of the vernacular and of humanism. It reveals a very rich corpus of writings, comprising epic, lyric, comedy, satire, prose anecdotes, romance, saints' lives and devotional texts. This chronological history gives quotations in the original Latin with English translations in verse or prose; Anglo-Latin metres are explained and exemplified in an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/15941/cover/9780521415941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth's Reading 1770-1799</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wu, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wordsworth's Reading 1770-1799 lists all of the authors and (where possible) books known to have been read by William Wordsworth from his childhood until his move to Dove Cottage in 1799 at the age of twenty-nine. This information is presented in an easy-to-use form - in alphabetical order by author - and includes dates of reading and full discussions of the evidence. It draws on analyses of Wordsworth's manuscripts contained in current or forthcoming scholarly editions of his works, and incorporates a great deal of original research into the poet's intellectual development, including studies of the libraries of John Wordsworth Sr. (the poet's father), Hawkshead Grammar School, Racedown Lodge, and the Bristol Library Society. Where possible, surviving copies of Wordsworth's books are examined and described. This is a most complete study of Wordsworth's reading, and will be an essential reference tool for all scholars and students of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16009/cover/9780521416009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141606X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141606X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joseph Conrad and the Adventure Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nineteenth-century adventure fiction relating to the British empire usually served to promote, celebrate and justify the imperial project, asserting the essential and privileging difference between 'us' and 'them', colonizing and colonized. Andrea White's study opens with an examination of popular exploration literature in relation to later adventure stories, showing how a shared view of the white man in the tropics authorized the European intrusion into other lands. She then sets the fiction of Joseph Conrad in this context, showing how Conrad in fact demythologized and disrupted the imperial subject constructed in earlier writing, by simultaneously - with the modernist's double vision - admiring man's capacity to dream but applauding the desire to condemn many of its consequences. She argues that the very complexity of Conrad's work provided an alternative, and more critical, means of evaluating the experience of empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16061/cover/9780521416061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Protectionism and the International Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Overseas Commercial Policy in the 1930s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rooth, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>373</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When, in the winter of 1931-2, Britain abandoned first the gold standard and then free trade, two potent symbols of her nineteenth-century international economic predominance had gone within the space of little more than six months. Tim Rooth's comprehensive study in the political economy of protectionism examines the forces behind the abandonment of free trade and the way that Britain then used protection to bargain for trade advantages in the markets of her chief suppliers of food and raw materials. Dr Rooth also examines Britain's economic relations with Germany and the USA in the deteriorating international political situation of the late 1930s. The retreat from multilateral trade policies, the growth of protection and the concomitant development of regional economic groupings have obvious parallels with current developments in the world economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16085/cover/9780521416085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family and Social Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Household as a Process in an Industrializing Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janssens, Angelique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a quantitative study into the influence of the process of industrialisation on the nature and strength of family relationships in a Dutch community between 1850 and 1920. The study makes use of the unique and unusually rich source of Dutch population registers, which enables the author to trace the history of individual households. The study closely relates aspects of family and household with the social processes characteristic of an industrialising society, such as increasing rates of social and geographical mobility and the shift of production from the home into the factory. Results reveal a striking continuity in the strength of nineteenth-century family relations despite the gradual but profound process of social change surrounding these families. Changes in behavioural patterns did occur, however, under the influence of changes in demographic rates, regional geographical mobility systems and local developments in the housing market. Nevertheless, these changes cannot be taken as a weakening of family relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16115/cover/9780521416115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edwin Hubble, The Discoverer of the Big Bang Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharov, Alexander S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novikov, Igor D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiskin, Vitaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first complete account of the scientific life and work of Edwin Hubble, whose discoveries firmly established the United States as the leading nation in observational astronomy. One of the outstanding astronomers of the twentieth century, Hubble discovered the expansion of the Universe. He opened the world of galaxies for science when he showed that spiral nebulae beyond the Milky Way are galaxies extending to the limits of the Universe, and participating in a general expansion of the cosmos. The exploding Universe of Hubble, now termed the Big Bang, determined the origin of the elements, of galaxies and of the stars. The second part of the book describes the fundamental discoveries on the nature of the Universe made subsequently, and thus sets his achievements in context. Written by two prominent astronomers who have built on Hubble's work, this book is a classic of science, setting out the thrilling story of the exploding Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16177/cover/9780521416177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Simulation of Unsteady Flows and Transition to Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pironneau, O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodi, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryhming, I. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savill, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Truong, T. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume represents the findings of the first test cases considered by ERCOFTAC (European Research Consortium on Flow Turbulence and Combustion). The workshop, held in Lausanne, Switzerland, in 1990, studied five test cases: boundary layer in an S-shaped duct; periodic array of cylinders; transition in a boundary layer under the influence of free-stream turbulence; axisymmetric confined jet flows. These test cases represented the interests of both the academic and industrial groups in finding out the limits of various models and codes to predict real problems supported by experimental data. The articles summarise the work of each group and point to refinements and further study to perfect the models. As such there will be much of interest to all professionals and researchers concerned with the prediction of flows and turbulence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16184/cover/9780521416184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crosstalk and Culture in Sino-American Communication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Linda W. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gumperz, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chinese and Americans often unwittingly communicate at cross purposes because they are misled by the cultural trappings of talk. This book aims to clarify their misunderstandings by examining their different ideals and strategies of talk. It draws on cultural, philosophical, and linguistic insights and traces the development of Chinese communicative strategies from Confucius through the 'eight-legged essay' to the boardrooms and streets of Hong Kong. Its formal analysis of taped interchanges and in-depth interviews reveals Chinese speakers' distinctive ways of communicating and relating. Crosstalk and Culture in Sino-American Communication will alert people to the pitfalls of cultural misunderstandings and the hidden assumptions and expectations underlying talk.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16191/cover/9780521416191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Castilian Crisis of the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Perspectives on the Economic and Social History of Seventeenth-Century Spain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, I. A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casalilla, Bartolomi Yun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of revisionist essays on the economic and social history of seventeenth-century Castile by Spanish historians. Since the 1970s an explosion of historical scholarship in Spain, employing new techniques, approached and sources, has transformed our knowledge of the Castilian past. Hardly any of this research has been absorbed into non-specialist scholarship outside Spain, thereby diminishing the value of any analysis of European economic development that fails to take account of it. The essays are important in showing the apparently monolithic seventeenth-century depression in Castile to have been far from uniform in intensity, chronology or space and in their emphasis on responses to the crisis and on explanations for failure to recover from crisis which was decisive for Spain's divergence from other Western European developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16245/cover/9780521416245.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theology of Reconstruction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nation-Building and Human Rights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villa-Vicencio, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The changing situation in South Africa and eastern Europe prompts Charles Villa-Vicencio to investigate the implications of transforming liberation theology into a theology of reconstruction and nation-building. Such a transformation, he argues, requires theology to become an unambiguously inter-disciplinary study. This book explores the encounter between theology, on the one hand, and constitutional writing, law-making, human rights, economics, and the freedom of conscience on the other.  Locating his discussion in the context of the South African struggle, the author compares this situation to that in eastern Europe, and the challenge of what is happening in these situations is identified for contexts where 'the empire has not yet crumbled'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16252/cover/9780521416252.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three-Dimensional Integrated Circuit Layout</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harter, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1991, this thesis concentrates upon the design of three-dimensional, rather than the traditional two-dimensional, circuits. The theory behind such circuits is presented in detail, together with experimental results. Winner of the Distinguished Dissertation in Computer Science award, this work will prove invaluable to both designers and hardware engineers involved in the development of practical three-dimensional integrated circuits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16306/cover/9780521416306.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking Chances</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Rational Choice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sobel, Jordan Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. Howard Sobel has long been recognized as an important figure in philosophical discussions of rational decision. He has done much to help formulate the concept of causal decision theory. In this volume of essays Sobel explores the Bayesian idea that rational actions maximize expected values, where an action's expected value is a weighted average of its agent's values for its possible total outcomes. Newcomb's Problem and The Prisoner's Dilemma are discussed, and Allais-type puzzles are viewed from the perspective of causal world Bayesianism. The author establishes principles for distinguishing options in decision problems, and studies ways in which perfectly rational causal maximizers can be capable of resolute choices. Sobel also views critically Gauthier's revisionist ideas about maximizing rationality. This collection will be a desideratum for anyone working in the field of rational choice theory, whether in philosophy, economics, political science, psychology or statistics. Howard Sobel's work in decision theory is certainly among the most important, interesting and challenging that is being done by philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16351/cover/9780521416351.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Network-Based Classrooms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Promises and Realities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, Bertram C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peyton, Joy Kreeft</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batson, Trent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Students in network-based classrooms converse in writing through the use of communications software on local-area computer networks. Through the electronic medium they are immersed in a writing community - one that supports new forms of collaboration, authentic purposes for writing, writing across the curriculum, and new social relations in the classroom. The potential for collaborative and participatory learning in these classrooms is enormous. This book examines an important type of network-based classroom known as ENFI (Electronic Networks For Interaction). Teachers have set up ENFI or similar classrooms in elementary and secondary schools and at more than a hundred colleges and universities. In these settings, teaching and learning have been dramatically transformed, but the new technology has brought with it difficulties and surprises. The process of creating such a classroom raises important questions about the meaning and the realities of educational change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16368/cover/9780521416368.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141640X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141640X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engines of Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The State and Transnational Auto Companies in Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1950s, Brazil prohibited car imports and forced transnational auto companies either to abandon the market or manufacture vehicles within Brazil. Although current approaches to economic development would suggest that this type of industrialization policy would fail in the political-economic context of post-war Brazil, the plan was very successful. This book explains the economic and political motivations behind the plan and why Brazil relied on foreign firms to do the job. It documents the bargaining process between the Brazilian government and transnational firms, estimates the cost incurred by the government as a result of the plan, and provides new archival evidence that shows that firms would not have invested without government pressure. It argues that the current, polarized debate on the role of the state in economic development must become more nuanced, as the Brazilian auto case suggests that the effectiveness of state policy can vary greatly across sectors and over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16405/cover/9780521416405.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colombia before Independence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy, Society, and Politics under Bourbon Rule</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McFarlane, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>415</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes and analyses economic and political developments in Colombia during the final century of Spanish rule. Its purpose is threefold: first, to provide a general portrait of Colombian society during the late colonial period, showing the character of economic, social, and political life in the territory's principal regions; second, to assess the impact on the region of European imperialist expansion during the eighteenth century; and third, to provide a context for understanding the causes of independence. The book offers the only available survey of Colombian history and historiography for this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16412/cover/9780521416412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Policy in the Soviet Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramet, Sabrina Petra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>381</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Church-state relations have undergone a number of changes during the seven decades of the existence of the Soviet Union. In the 1920s the state was politically and financially weak and its edicts often ignored, but the 1930s saw the beginning of an era of systematic anti-religious persecution. There was some relaxation in the last decade of Stalin's rule, but under Khrushchev the pressure on the Church was again stepped up. In the Brezhev period this was moderated to a policy of slow strangulation of religion, and Gorbachev's leadership saw a thorough liberalization and re-legitimation of religion. This book brings together fifteen of the West's leading scholars of religion in the USSR, and provides the most comprehensive analysis of the subject yet undertaken. Bringing much hitherto unknown material to light, the authors discuss the policy apparatus, programmes of atheisation and socialisation, cults and sects, and the world of Christianity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16436/cover/9780521416436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chopin Studies 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rink, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of essays in Chopin Studies contains Chopin research by twelve leading scholars. Three main topics are addressed: reception history, aesthetics and criticism, and performance studies. The first four chapters investigate certain images associated with Chopin during his lifetime and after his death: Chopin as classical composer, as salon composer, as modernist, as 'otherwordly', as androgyne. The next four essays contextualize and define aspects of his musical language, including narrative stuctures, baroque affinities, progressive tendencies and functional ambiguity. The last four deal with analysis and source study as related to performance, structure and expression, tempo rubato and 'authentic' interpretation. The book ends with a thumbnail sketch of Chopin as revealed in a recently discovered diary for 1847-8.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16474/cover/9780521416474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Causes and Coincidences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owens, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an important departure from theories of causation, David Owens proposes that coincidences have no causes, and that a cause is something which ensures that its effects are no coincidence. In Causes and Coincidences, he elucidates the idea of a coincidence as an event which can be analysed into constituent events, the nomological antecedents of which are independent of each other. He also suggests that causal facts can be analysed in terms of non-causal facts, including relations of necessity. Thus, causation is defined in terms of coincidence, and coincidence without reference to causation. David Owens challenges the ideas associated with Hume, Davidson and Lewis, constructing a theory which distinguishes nomological necessity and sufficiency from their logical counterparts. He is able to offer novel solutions to the major problems of causation, including the direction of causation, the logical form of causal statements, the distinction betwen causal connections and logical connections, and the relationship between psychological and physical causation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16504/cover/9780521416504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cultural Politics of the New Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jancovich, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Mark Jancovich concentrates on the works of three leading American writers - Robert Penn Warren, John Crowe Ransom and Allen Tate - in order to examine the development of the New Criticism during the late 1920s and early 1930s, and its establishment within the academy in the late 1930s and 1940s. This critical movement managed to transform the teaching and study of English through a series of essays published in journals such as the Southern Review and the Kenyon Review. Jancovich argues that the New Criticism was not an example of bourgeois individualism, as previously held, but that it sprang from a critique of modern capitalist society developed by pre-capitalist classes within the American South. In the process, he clarifies the distinctions between the aims of these three Southern poets from those of the next 'generation' of New Critics such as Cleanth Brooks, Warren and Welleck, and Wimsatt and Beardsley. He also claims that the failure on the part of most contemporary critics to identify the movement's ideological origins and aims has usually meant that these critics continue to operate within the very professional terms of reference established through the New Critical transformations of the academy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16528/cover/9780521416528.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychiatric Team and the Social Definition of Schizophrenia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Study of Person and Illness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>359</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of schizophrenia in a modern psychiatric hospital. Its purpose is to develop a contextual understanding of schizophrenia by studying the clinical setting in which this disorder is experienced, diagnosed and treated. It arises from an anthropological investigation of the day-to-day work of clinical staff. The author offers a penetrating analysis of the language used by hospital staff as they write and talk about their patients and traces the evolution of the concept of schizophrenia, showing how contemporary theoretical constructs are applied by clinical staff. In its analysis of the schizophrenia team and of those experiencing the disorder, this book will reveal to mental health professionals many of the unspoken assumptions of their role. It will also confirm to social scientists and clinicians the power of the ethnographic approach in psychiatric research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16535/cover/9780521416535.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer's Legendary Good Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percival, Florence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chaucer's Legend of Good Women is a testament to the disparate views of women prevalent in the Middle Ages. Dr Percival contends that the complex medieval notion of Woman informs the structure of the poem: in the Prologue Chaucer praises conventional ideas of female virtue, while in the Legends he demonstrates a humorous scepticism, apparently influenced by a contemporary antifeminist tradition. The debate Chaucer thus promotes could be relied on to entertain many medieval readers, at the same time that it demonstrates the power of the vernacular translator/poet to handle language wittily and to do just as he pleases with the august texts of the past. This is a comprehensive account of the Legend's interpretative puzzles, which does not ignore the element of political writing, and adds to a close and nuanced reading of the text an examination of literary, historical, and social contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16559/cover/9780521416559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spenser's Secret Career</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416634</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rambuss, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edmund Spenser (c. 1552-99) conducted two careers at once: a celebrated national poet, he also pursued a lifelong career as secretary to various political and ecclesiastical figures. Richard Rambuss's book explores the ways in which this latter career, usually allotted only a cursory mention in accounts of Spenser's professional and social ambitions, informed his poetic career. The study takes issue with prevailing historicist accounts which see Spenser's careerism as shaped entirely by service to the court and as focused on a single-minded pursuit of laureateship along a Virgilian career route from pastoral to epic. It presents an alternative picture, and argues that for Spenser the manipulation of secrets provided a strategy for self-promotion and a means of measuring his distance from royal and aristocratic power. Spenser's Secret Career throws light on Spenser and on ideas of gender, power and subjecthood in the Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16634/cover/9780521416634.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Telecommunications Pricing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Bridger M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vogelsang, Ingo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past decade has witnessed a surge of pricing innovations in the U.S. telecommunications industry. This book systematically reviews recent innovations in the economic theory of pricing and extends results to the conditions which characterise telecommunications markets. The implementation of normative pricing theory is examined in selected US telephone tariffs, providing a rich and diverse data base and laboratory for examining the practical consequences of pricing innovations. The authors develop and illuminate the relationships between the normative economic theory of pricing - with its objectives of social welfare, economic efficiency, and fairness - and telecommunications pricing as it is practised by business and regulators. The general theoretical pricing principles and lessons of US pricing experience discussed are directly applicable to telecommunications services in other countries, and to numerous other industries including electricity, gas, rail and air transport, and postal services, as well as economists studying the economic theory of pricing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16672/cover/9780521416672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge, Belief, and Strategic Interaction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bicchieri, Cristina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dalla Chiara, Maria Luisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been a great deal of interaction among game theorists, philosophers and logicians in certain foundational problems concerning rationality, the formalization of knowledge and practical reasoning, and models of learning and deliberation. This volume brings together the work of some of the pre-eminent figures in their respective disciplines, all of whom are engaged in research at the forefront of their fields. Together they offer a conspectus of the interaction of game theory, logic and epistemology in the formal models of knowledge, belief, deliberation and learning, and in the relationship between Bayesian decision theory and game theory, as well as between bounded rationality and computational complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16740/cover/9780521416740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading the Book of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Philosophy of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kosso, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory survey to the philosophy of science suitable for beginners and nonspecialists. Its point of departure is the question: why should we believe what science tells us about the world? In this attempt to justify the claims of science the book treats such topics as observation data, confirmation of theories, and the explanation of phenomena. The writing is clear and concrete with detailed examples drawn from contemporary science: solar neutrinos, the gravitational bending of light, and the creation/evolution debate, for example. What emerges is a view of science in which observation relies on theory to give it meaning and credibility, while theory relies on observation for its motivation and validation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16757/cover/9780521416757.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Sexuality in American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morey, Ann-Janine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although sometimes religion and sexuality are treated as an aberrant theme in American literary and religious history, American writers from Nathaniel Hawthorne to John Updike have been fascinated with the connection between religious and sexual experience. Through the voice of American fiction, Religion and Sexuality in American Literature examines the relations of body and spirit (religion and sexuality). Using both canonical and non-canonical fiction, Ann-Janine Morey examines novels dealing with the ministry as the medium wherein so many of the tensions of religion and sexuality are dramatised and then moves to contemporary novels that deal with moral and religious issues through metaphor. Based upon a sophisticated and selective application of metaphor theory, deconstruction and feminist postmodernism, Morey argues that while American fiction has replicated many traditional animosities, there are also some rather surprising resources here for commonality between men and women if we acknowledge and understand the intimate relationship between language and physical life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16764/cover/9780521416764.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Ecology of Macaque Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fa, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindburg, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>615</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The genus Macaca is the most widely distributed of non-human primates and is found in 20 countries in South-East Asia and North Africa. Over the comparatively short time span of 5 million years, macaques have evolved diverse forms, from long-tailed arboreal types to robust terrestrial animals, and inhabit a variety of habitats. Although macaques are probably one of the most studied monkeys both in the wild and in captivity, data from long-term studies and pioneering work on little-known species are only just emerging. In this book, world authorities on macaques interpret recent research and present up-to-date syntheses of many aspects of macaque ecology, evolution, behaviour and conservation. This book will prove to be the definitive synthesis of the subject for all those interested in this fascinating group of monkeys for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141685X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141685X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadenius, Axel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a thorough investigation into the requisites of democracy. Based on data from 132 sovereign states of the Third World, it first establishes a scale to measure the level of democracy existing in these countries. The author discusses various interpretations of the meaning of political democracy, and emerges with a specification of its essential elements which includes such elements as the holding of elections to central decision-making organs, and the maintenance of certain fundamental political liberties. Theories concerning the requisites of democracy are then examined in order to explain the manifest differences in the level of democracy among the states of the Third World. The author employs statistical techniques including regression analysis to test theories related to socio-economic conditions, demographic and cultural factors, and institutional arrangements. This book thus provides a wide-ranging examination both of the elements which constitute democracy, and of the factors which explain its varying prevalence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16856/cover/9780521416856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems of Authority in the Reformation Debates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Problems of Authority in the Reformation Debates shows that in the early sixteenth century much was seen to be wrong with both the doctrine and the practice of authority in the Western Church. A great deal of scholarly effort was devoted at the time to trying to understand the nature of the problem, but this, as the author points out, was largely a piecemeal endeavour. No one succeeded in providing a comprehensive account of the complex 'authority' questions which were being raised about absolute divine sovereignty, the centrality of Christ, the primacy of scripture, the necessity of grace, and so on. Dr Evans aims here to piece together underlying connections in the theology of the Reformation period, as a contribution to ecumenical dialogue. She shows how, as theologians struggle today about words and meanings, the detailed texture of semantic debate similarly underlies many of the Reformation controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16863/cover/9780521416863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Election of Israel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Idea of the Chosen People</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novak, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, David Novak conducts an historical, philosophical and theological reflection on the central Jewish doctrine of Israel's election by God, also known as the idea of the chosen people. Historically, he analyses the great change in modern Jewish thought brought about by Spinoza's inversion of the doctrine: that it was not God who elected Israel, but Israel who elected God. The development of that inversion is illustrated by the thought of the German philosopher-theologian, Hermann Cohen. Philosophically, Novak explores the ontological implications of the two differing theologies of election. Theologically, he argues for the correlation of election and revelation, and maintains that a theology of election is required in order to deal with two central questions, namely: who are the Jews, and how are Jews to be related to the world? The constructive picture which results leads to a fresh understanding of Jewish modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16900/cover/9780521416900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521416981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521416981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biochemistry and Physiology of the Neutrophil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Steven W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the role of the neutrophil in infection and inflammation and provides an up-to-date review of the biochemistry and physiology of these cells, highlighting the mechanisms by which they seek out and destroy pathogenic micro-organisms. The development of these cells during haematopoiesis is described and the mechanisms which lead to the production of reactive oxidants and the intracellular signal transduction systems which lead to the cell's activation are reviewed. The book also discusses recent discoveries concerning the role of cytokines in the regulation of neutrophil function together with the importance of the neutrophil as a generator of inflammatory cytokines. Finally there is a description of the biochemical defects that give rise to some of the neutrophil-associated human diseases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16986/cover/9780521416986.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141699X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141699X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521416993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banning Chemical Weapons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Scientific Background</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521416993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crone, Hugh D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Banning Chemical Weapons provides a readable and brief outline of chemical warfare, its origins and the offensive and defensive aspects. The aim of this book is to give technical information to people interested in the wider aspects of disarmament, by showing how this technical material must be used in the negotiations to achieve a worldwide and enforceable ban on chemical weapons. While not a textbook, this volume provides accessible technical background to the issue of chemical disarmament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16993/cover/9780521416993.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Path to Genocide</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Launching the Final Solution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browning, Christopher R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Nazi Holocaust haunts the modern imagination as one of the most compelling examples of the human capacity for organised atrocity on a mass scale. This authoritative account of the evolution of Nazi Jewish policy from 1939 to 1942 seeks to answer some of the fundamental questions about what actually happened, and why, between the outbreak of war and the emergence of the Final Solution. Christopher Browning assesses the historians' interpretations and offers his own insights, based on detailed case studies uncovering important and telling new evidence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17013/cover/9780521417013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Union to Commonwealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalism and Separatism in the Soviet Republics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidus, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaslavsky, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldman, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>141</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of fifteen independent states on its former territory is one of the most momentous developments of the twentieth century. In this volume, five leading international scholars team up to examine the forces that lay behind the rise of national movements which challenged, then destroyed, the stability and territorial integrity of the former Soviet state offering unique insights into the links between political structure and nationalism. Presenting a broad and timely analysis of the national dimension of politics after perestroika, this book is essential reading for all those seeking to understand the complexities underlying the demise of the Soviet state, as well as the emergence of new states actively engaged in defining their national identities at home and abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17068/cover/9780521417068.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Urban History of Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daunton, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>970</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume in The Cambridge Urban History examines the process of urbanisation and suburbanisation in Britain from the early Victorian period to the twentieth century. Twenty-eight leading scholars provide a coherent, systematic, historical investigation of the rise of cities and towns in England, Scotland and Wales, examining not only the evolving networks and types of towns, but their economic, demographic, social, political, cultural and physical development. The contributors discuss pollution and disease, the resolution of social conflict, the relationships between towns and the surrounding countryside, new opportunities for leisure and consumption, the development of local civic institutions and identities, and the evolution of municipal and state responsibilities. This comprehensive volume gives unique insights into the development of the urban landscape. Its detailed overview and analyses of the problems and opportunities which arise shed historical light on many of the issues and challenges that we face today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17075/cover/9780521417075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adult Language Acquisition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross-Linguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perdue, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes present the methodology and results of an international research project on second language acquisition by adult immigrants. This project went beyond other studies in at least three respects: in the number of languages studied simultaneously; in the organisation of co-ordinated longitudinal studies in different linguistic environments; and in the type and range of linguistic phenomena investigated. It placed the study of second languages and inter-ethnic discourse on a firm empirical footing. Volume 1 explains and evaluates the research design adopted for the project. Volume 2 summarises the cross-linguistic results, under two main headings: native/non-native speaker interaction, and language production. Together they present the reader with a complete research procedure, and in doing so, make explicit the links between research questions, methodology, and results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17082/cover/9780521417082.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adult Language Acquisition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross-Linguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perdue, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes present the methodology and results of an international research project on second language acquisition by adult immigrants. This project went beyond other studies in at least three respects: in the number of languages studied simultaneously; in the organisation of co-ordinated longitudinal studies in different linguistic environments; and in the type and range of linguistic phenomena investigated. It placed the study of second languages and inter-ethnic discourse on a firm empirical footing. Volume 1 explains and evaluates the research design adopted for the project. Volume 2 summarises the cross-linguistic results, under two main headings: native/non-native speaker interaction, and language production. Together they present the reader with a complete research procedure, and in doing so, make explicit the links between research questions, methodology, and results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17099/cover/9780521417099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Hellenistic Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brunschwig, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection makes available in English twelve papers by the distinguished French scholar Professor Jacques Brunschwig. The essays deal with problems arising in the texts and doctrines of the three major philosophical schools of the Hellenistic period - Epicureanism, Stoicism and Scepticism. The author's strategy is to focus on some specific problem and then to enlarge the conclusion of his discussion so as to reformulate or reassess some more important issue. The main subjects tackled are: problems in Epicurean cosmology and linguistic theory; aspects of Stoic logic, ontology and theology; the history of Scepticism; and analysis of some of the conceptual tools used by the Sceptics in their anti-dogmatic arguments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17129/cover/9780521417129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141718X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141718X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Higher Order Logic and Hardware Verification</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melham, T. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>179</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Melham shows here how formal logic can be used to specify the behaviour of hardware designs and reason about their correctness. A primary theme of the book is the use of abstraction in hardware specification and verification. The author describes how certain fundamental abstraction mechanisms for hardware verification can be formalised in logic and used to express assertions about design correctness and the relative accuracy of models of hardware behaviour. His approach is pragmatic and driven by examples. He also includes an introduction to higher-order logic, which is a widely used formalism in this subject, and describes how that formalism is actually used for hardware verification. The book is based in part on the author's own research as well as on graduate teaching. Thus it can be used to accompany courses on hardware verification and as a resource for research workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17181/cover/9780521417181.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church of England c.1689-c.1833</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Toleration to Tractarianism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haydon, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After decades of neglect there has been a resurgence of interest in the history of the Church of England in 'the long eighteenth century'. This volume of essays brings together the fruits of some of this research. Most of the essays have been written, not by traditional ecclesiastical historians, but by political, social and cultural historians, a fact which reflects the diversity of approaches to the study of the Church of England in the eighteenth century. As a whole, the volume demonstrates that religion and the Church can no longer be regarded as a discrete subject in the history of eighteenth-century England, but are central to a full understanding of its life and thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17327/cover/9780521417327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pre-industrial Urban System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>France 1740-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lepetit, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, Godfrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a landmark publication in the urban study of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries which appears here for the first time in English. Highly acclaimed in the original French edition, it provides a synoptic view of the evolution of the French urban system before the Industrial Revolution by examining not only the major cities but the wider urban hierarchy. The innovations of this study lie in Lepetit's methodology: his use of models of urban interaction and the unravelling of the complex spatial dimensions to urbanization. He also sets up a detailed analysis of French urbanization and regionalism, and the different aspects of urban society: finance, building, trade, images and innovation. Lepetit's ideas will be of major interest to scholars of urbanization and the industrial revolution in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17341/cover/9780521417341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Authorship of Shakespeare's Plays</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Socio-linguistic Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hope, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces a method for determining the authorship of Renaissance plays. Based on the rapid rate of change in English grammar in the late sixteenth- and early-seventeenth centuries, socio-historical linguistic evidence allows us to distinguish the hands of Renaissance playwrights within play texts. The present study focuses on Shakespeare: his collaborations with Fletcher and Middleton; and the apocryphal plays. Among the plays examined are Henry VIII, The Two Noble Kinsmen, Macbeth, Pericles and Sir Thomas More. The findings of the book allow us to be more confident about the divisions of the collaborative plays, and confirm the status of Edward III as a strong candidate for inclusion in the canon. Using graphs to present statistical data in a readily comprehensible form, the book also contains a wealth of information about the history of the English language during a period of rapid and far-reaching change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17372/cover/9780521417372.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Philosophy and Economic Methodology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hausman, Daniel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection brings together the essays of one of the foremost American philosophers of economics. Cumulatively they offer fresh perspectives on foundational questions such as: what sort of science is economics? and how successful can economists be in acquiring knowledge of their subject matter?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17402/cover/9780521417402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Documentary History of Emancipation, 1861-1867</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berlin, Ira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Steven F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reidy, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowland, Leslie S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>814</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As slavery collapsed during the American Civil War, former slaves struggled to secure their liberty, reconstitute their families, and create the institutions befitting a free people. This volume of Freedom presents a documentary history of the emergence of free-labour relations in different settings in the Upper South. At first, most federal officials hoped to mobilise former slaves without either transforming the conflict into a war of liberation or assuming responsibility for the young, the old, or others not suitable for military employment. But as the Union army came to depend upon black workers and as the number of destitute freed people mounted, authorities at all levels grappled with intertwined questions of freedom, labour and welfare. Meanwhile, the former slaves pursued their own objectives, working within the constraints imposed by the war and Union occupation to fashion new lives as free people. The Civil War sealed the fate of slavery only to open a contest over the meaning of freedom. This volume Freedom documents an important chapter in that contest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17426/cover/9780521417426.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sky Catalogue 2000.0</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirshfeld, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinnott, Roger W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochsenbein, Frangois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>702</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compendium summarises the astronomical data for all stars brighter than magnitude 8.0. For every object listed, it includes designations from the HD (Henry Draper) and SAO (Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory) star catalogues; the star name and constellation; the common name; the position for the equinox and epoch 2000.0; the star's proper motion; its visual magnitude and colour index; the absolute magnitude; the spectral type; the radial velocity; the infrared distance; and, where appropriate, additional information on multiplicity, variability and cluster membership. There is an index of Flamsteed and Bayer designations as well. The information given in this catalogue is derived from the SIMBAD (Set of Identifications, Measurements and Bibliographical references of Astronomical Data) database held at the Strasbourg Observatory. This is the definitive reference set used in professional astronomy. Serious observers of stars and star systems will appreciate the new edition of this established reference work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17433/cover/9780521417433.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liquid Crystals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandrasekhar, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and greatly revised edition of Professor Chandrasekhar's classic book Liquid Crystals, first published in 1977. The subject of liquid crystals has grown into an exciting interdisciplinary research field with important practical applications. This book presents a systematic and self-contained treatment of the physics of the different types of thermotropic liquid crystals - the three classical types, nematic, cholesteric and smectic, and the newly discovered discotic type. Included is a description of the structures of these four main types and their polymorphic modifications, their thermodynamical, optical and mechanical properties and their behaviour under external fields. The basic principles underlying the major applications of liquid crystals in display technology and in thermography are also discussed. This book will be of great value to advanced students and researchers in condensed matter physics, chemical physics, materials science and technology with an interest in the physics, chemistry and applications of liquid crystals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17471/cover/9780521417471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Raster Imaging and Digital Typography II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Conference on Raster Imaging and Digital Typography, Boston 1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andre, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>229</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers presented in this book were given at the RIDT 91 conference in Boston. State-of-the-art techniques in digital typography and raster imaging, including curve-fitting, shape manipulation, font design and page-description languages are discussed by some of the most highly regarded international figures. This is an invaluable companion for all those who are interested in, and want to be up to date with, the latest developments in RIDT.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141766X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141766X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot and American Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Harvard Years</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jain, Manju</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Manju Jain's innovative study of T. S. Eliot's Harvard years traces the genesis of his major literary, religious and intellectual preoccupations in his early work as a student of philosophy, and explores its influence on his poetic and critical practice. His concerns were located within the mainstream of Harvard philosophical debates, especially in relation to the controversy of science versus religion. These questions (and Eliot's work as he grappled with them) point forward to important debates in contemporary philosophy and hermeneutics. Drawing extensively on unpublished sources, Manju Jain offers answers to the questions of why Eliot failed to find satisfaction in an academic career devoted to philosophy, and why he abandoned the speculations of metaphysics for the dogmas of theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17662/cover/9780521417662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muscular Contraction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is composed of a set of chapters contributed by past and present collaborators of the Nobel laureate Sir Andrew Huxley, covering the areas of muscle research to which he has made major contributions. The purpose of the book is to discuss the way that muscle works, asking questions at a fundamental level about the molecular basis of muscle tone production and muscle contraction. The majority of the chapters are concerned with muscle physiology and the relation between structure and function. The process of activation of muscle is dealt with, together with the mechanism of contraction itself. Although most of the book concerns itself with vertebrate skeletal muscle, several of the chapters deal with cardiac muscle. The book also features two introductory chapters discussing Sir Andrew's achievements in both nerve and muscle physiology. All those interested in the structure and function of muscle, or cell motility in general, will wish to read this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enlightenment Science in the Romantic Era</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chemistry of Berzelius and its Cultural Setting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melhado, Evan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frdngsmyr, Tore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacob Berzelius (1779-1848), one of the world's leading scientists in the first half of the nineteenth century, dominated the field of chemistry, animated the cultural life of his native Sweden, and served for three decades as perpetual secretary of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Despite his immense stature, modern studies have underestimated his significance. This volume remedies the scarcity of accessible, modern assessments of Berzelius by bringing to a broad audience the results of recent scholarship, and it offers an enhanced assessment of his originality and influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17754/cover/9780521417754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mendelssohn Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, R. Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The life and works of Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy are enjoying a considerable resurgence of interest. This volume presents the most recent trends in Mendelssohn research, covering three broad categories - reception history, historical and critical essays, and case studies of particular compositions. Much of the book depends on a wealth of primary nineteenth-century documents, including little-known autograph manuscripts, letters, and sketches of the composer. Four studies consider various facets of Mendelssohn reception in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Friedhelm Krummacher considers the abiding popularity of Mendelssohn's music in England, while Peter Ward Jones reviews Mendelssohn's business dealings with English publishers; Donald Mintz examines the composer's posthumous reputation from the perspective of the revolutionary agenda of mid-nineteenth-century Germany; and Lawrence Kramer considers dynamic multiple layers of meaning in the Calm Sea and Prosperous Voyage Overture and The First Walpurgisnacht. Four essays, by Judith Silber-Ballan, J. Rigbie Turner, Wm. A. Little, and David Brodbeck, treat Mendelssohn's relationships with A. B. Marx, E. Devrient, Franz Liszt, and Friedrich Wilhelm IV. Finally, two studies by R. Larry Todd and Christa Jost focus on two major piano works, the Preludes and Fugues op. 35 and the Variations serieuses op. 54.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17761/cover/9780521417761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Catholic Arts and Fictions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture, Ideology, Aesthetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giles, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Giles describes how secular transformations of religious ideas have helped to shape the style and substance of works by American writers, filmmakers and artists from Catholic backgrounds such as Orestes Brownson, Theodore Dreiser, Mary McCarthy, Robert Mapplethorpe, Alfred Hitchcock and Robert Altman. The book also explores how Catholicism was represented and mythologized by other American writers. By highlighting the recurring themes and preoccupations of American Catholic fictions, Giles challenges many of the accepted ideas about the centrality of Romanticism to the American literary canon. He reconstructs the different social, historical and philosophical contexts from which aesthetics in the 'Catholic' tradition have emerged, and shows how these stand in an oblique relationship to the assumptions of the American Enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17778/cover/9780521417778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Economy: Institutions, Competition and Representation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Seventh International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contents of this volume are drawn from the seventh International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics, and represent recent advances in the development of concepts and methods in political economy. Contributors include leading practitioners working on formal, applied, and historical approaches to the subject. The collection will interest scholars in the fields of political science and political sociology no less than economics. Part I outlines relevant concepts in political economy, including implementation, community, ideology, and institutions. Part II covers theory and applications of the spatial model of voting. Part III considers the different characteristics that govern the behaviour of institutions, while Part IV analyses competition between political representatives. Part V is concerned with the way in which government acquires information held by voters or advisors, and Part VI addresses government choice on monetary policy and taxation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17815/cover/9780521417815.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stone Lake</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poetry of Fan Chengda 1126-1193</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>215</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stone Lake is a translation and study of the poetry of Fan Chengda (1126-1193), one of the most famous Chinese poets of the twelfth century. For the non-specialist reader the main attraction of the book will be the translations from an extensive body of Fan Chengda's poetry, which make up almost half of the text, and includes poems on such familiar themes as the Chinese countryside, peasant life, Buddhism and growing old. The more technical part of the book contains a biography of the poet, a discussion of his affiliation with poets of the generation before him such as Lu You and Yang Wanli, a detailed analysis of his style, and discussion of the major themes of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17822/cover/9780521417822.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141783X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141783X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpersonal Expectations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Research and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanck, Peter David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>521</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together critical analysis of the phenomenon called interpersonal expectation - a sub-area of social psychology that studies how the expectations of one person affects the behavior of another in an interactive setting. The book is divided into three major sections: the first examines real-world applications of research on interpersonal expectations, such as in the courtroom, classroom, and operating room; the second considers the mediation of interpersonal expectations through verbal and nonverbal behavior; and the third outlines the emerging methodological and statistical techniques for understanding the implications of interpersonal expectations. Critical commentary and analysis by leading scholars in the field are presented and the book makes a major contribution to the study of interpersonal expectation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28323/cover/9780521428323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Ageing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holliday, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a completely novel approach to the understanding of ageing, which many believe is an unsolved problem in biology. It explains why ageing exists in animals, and reviews our understanding of it at the biological level. This includes a discussion of the origins and evolution of ageing. The book is not a review of research on ageing, but instead draws on material from a wide range of disciplines, including the very extensive biomedical information about age-related diseases in humans. Understanding Ageing argues that much research needs to be done on the cellular and molecular aspects of ageing, if the origins of these diseases are to be understood, and their prevention made possible. This thought-provoking book will appeal to all students and researchers who are interested in ageing, whether they are working in the clinical or basic research sphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17884/cover/9780521417884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personality and Intelligence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruzgis, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>351</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motivated by their belief that the most interesting work on intelligence is now being done at the interface of intelligence and personality, Robert Sternberg and Patricia Ruzgis have collected a body of essays exploring the interconnections and interdependencies between these two constructs. The essays selected form a history of the fields of intelligence and personality, from the period of 'grand theories', in which researchers sought to formulate overarching theories of the constructs as a whole, to the psychometric approach of factor analysis, to the development of situational and domain-specific theories, and finally to current research on person-situation interactions. Including work from prominent researchers such as Eysenck, Baltes, Dwek, Cantor, Ford, Smirnov, and Salovey, the book comprises an overview of the current state of the literature on the integration of the emotional and cognitive sides of a person's life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17907/cover/9780521417907.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrical Stimulation and Electropathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reilly, J. Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Antoni, Hermann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chilbert, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skuggevig, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sweeney, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human response to short-term electrical exposure can be beneficial, as in the application of electrical stimulation for medical purposes, or pathological, as in unintended electric shock. This book is the first to offer a cohesive treatment of the subject, covering fundamental principles, specific human responses, and electrical safety. The book begins with a description of fundamental bioelectric principles. Subsequent chapters treat human reactions to electrical stimulation according to the nature of the response - sensory reactions, cardiac reactions, muscle reactions, electric and magnetic field exposure, and high-voltage and high-current injuries. The last chapter discusses standards and protective measures in consumer products. The author is a member of the principal professional staff at the Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory. To supplement his own chapters, he has invited specialists to contribute chapters in their fields of expertise: Hermann Antoni, University of Freiburg, on electrical properties of the heart; James Sweeney, University of Arizona, on skeletal muscle responses; Michael Chilbert, Medical College of Wisconsin, on high-voltage and high-current injuries; and Walter Skuggevig, Underwriters Laboratories, on standards and protective measures. Sifting through a vast body of engineering and biomedical literature, Reilly has provided a unique reference that will interest researchers, designers, and regulatory personnel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17914/cover/9780521417914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521417988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521417988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521417983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anthropometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Individual and the Population</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521417983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anthropometry is the measurement of human morphology, and is used in a wide range of applied and research contexts. In this volume, distinguished contributors including anthropologists, human biologists, physiologists, nutritionists and clinical scientists describe many of the ways in which anthropometry is used, and discuss problems associated with different methods of assessment. Topics include the measurement of growth asymmetry and variability in adult body size, measurement error and statistical issues in anthropometry and the construction and use of growth charts in growth monitoring. The use of anthropometry in assessments of body composition, physical performance and fitness is also discussed. The book will be of interest to graduates and researchers in human biology, anthropology and nutrition. It will also be useful to workers in sports medicine, ergonomics, orthopaedics and paediatrics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/17983/cover/9780521417983.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grammar in Interaction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Adverbial Clauses in American English Conversations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ford, Cecilia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cecilia E. Ford explores the question: what work do adverbial clauses do in conversational interaction? Her analysis of this predominating conjunction strategy in English conversation is based on the assumption that grammars reflect recurrent patterns of situated language use, and that a primary site for language is in spontaneous talk. She considers the interactional as well as the informational work of talk and shows how conversationalists use grammar to coordinate their joint language production. The management of the complexities of the sequential development of a conversation, and the social roles of conversational participants, have been extensively examined within the sociological approach of Conversation Analysis. Dr Ford uses Conversation Analysis as a framework for the interpretation of interclausal relations in her database of American English conversations. Her book contributes to a growing body of research on grammar in discourse, which has until recently remained largely focused on monologic rather than dialogic functions of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18034/cover/9780521418034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>King James VI and I and the Reunion of Christendom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows King James VI and I, king of Scotland and England, in an unaccustomed light. Long regarded as inept, pedantic, and whimsical, James is shown here as an astute and far-sighted statesman whose reign was focused on achieving a permanent union between his two kingdoms and a peaceful and stable community of nations throughout Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/93858/cover/9780521793858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shaftesbury and the Culture of Politeness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moral Discourse and Cultural Politics in Early Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Lawrence E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third Earl of Shaftesbury was a pivotal figure in eighteenth-century thought and culture. Professor Klein's study is the first to examine the extensive Shaftesbury manuscripts and offer an interpretation of his diverse writings as an attempt to comprehend contemporary society and politics and, in particular, to offer a legitimation for the new Whig political order established after 1688. As the focus of Shaftesbury's thinking was the idea of politeness, this study involves the first serious examination of the importance of the idea of politeness in the eighteenth century for thinking about society and culture and organising cultural practices. Through politeness, Shaftesbury conceptualised a new kind of public and critical culture for Britain and Europe, and greatly influenced the philosophical and cultural models associated with the European Enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18065/cover/9780521418065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methods and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiesendanger, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The investigation and manipulation of matter on the atomic scale have been revolutionised by scanning tunnelling microscopy and related scanning probe techniques. This book is the first to provide a clear and comprehensive introduction to this subject. Beginning with the theoretical background of scanning tunnelling microscopy, the design and instrumentation of practical STM and associated systems are described in detail, as are the applications of these techniques in fields such as condensed matter physics, chemistry, biology, and nanotechnology. Containing 350 illustrations, and over 1200 references, this unique book represents an ideal introduction to the subject for final-year undergraduates in physics or materials science. It will also be invaluable to graduate students and researchers in any branch of science where scanning probe techniques are used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18102/cover/9780521418102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Swift's Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Disaffection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgins, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern scholarship has represented Jonathan Swift as both an Old Whig and a non-Jacobite Tory. Ian Higgins' contextual reassessment of Swift's political writing and recorded opinion considers the interpretative problems they present. It explores the consonance of Swift's political writing with militant Jacobite Tory writing on affairs of Church and State, and demonstrates Swift's dissimilarity from the Old Whig writers with whom modern criticism has misleadingly identified him. Swift's writings of the 1690s, during the last four years of Queen Anne's reign, and after the Hanoverian succession are shown to contain Jacobitical political implications when examined in their context in the 'paper wars' of the period. Higgins concentrates on the partisan meanings of the great satires A Tale of a Tub and Gulliver's Travels, and represents Swift (as he was read by his contemporaries) as a disaffected High Church Anglican extremist with Jacobite inclinations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18140/cover/9780521418140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pastoral Care and Liberation Theology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pattison, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to show how Latin American liberation theology can be applied to and can transform pastoral care in countries such as Britain and the USA. Hitherto pastoral care has tended to concentrate on looking after individuals. Stephen Pattison suggests that much of the suffering endured by individuals is actually socially and politically caused, and so is avoidable if the appropriate action is taken. The author argues that what we now require is a socio-politically aware and committed pastoral care which makes an option for oppressed and poor people and engages in practical struggle against the forces of injustice and oppression. Focussing as it does especially on mentally ill people and on women, the book will be of interest to all those who want to broaden their vision and knowledge of liberation theology or pastoral care, whether theologians, pastors, students for ministry, members of caring professions, or users of the services they provide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18225/cover/9780521418225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418240</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of Massive Neutrinos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boehm, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vogel, Petr</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neutrinos play a decisive part in nuclear and elementary particle physics, as well as in astrophysics and cosmology. Some of their most basic properties, such as their mass and charge conjugation symmetry, are largely unknown. This book focuses on what we know and may hope to know about the mass of the neutrino and its particle-antiparticle symmetry. Topics include neutrino mixing, neutrino decay, neutrino oscillations, double beta decay, solar neutrinos, supernova neutrinos and related issues. The authors stress the physical concepts, and discuss both theoretical and experimental techniques. This updated second edition differs from the first in that it contains an expanded coverage of experimental results and theoretical advances. Since publication of the first edition, many issues that were at that time unresolved, such as tritium beta decay and reactor neutrino oscillations, have been clarified and are discussed here. Also included is an expanded coverage of solar and supernova neutrinos. This book deals with one of the most intriguing issues in modern physics, and will be of value to researchers, graduate students and advanced undergraduates specializing in experimental and theoretical particle physics and nuclear physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18249/cover/9780521418249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judgment and Decision-Making Research in Accounting and Auditing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashton, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashton, Alison Hubbard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of behavioural decision-making has expanded into the area of accounting and auditing. This branch of research seeks to understand the cognitive processes that govern such necessary functions as the pricing of products and services, evaluating corporate performance, granting credit to prospective borrowers, and investing in financial securities. In Judgment and Decision-Making Research in Accounting and Auditing, editors Robert and Alison Ashton present and review more than twenty years of research in decision-making science. The book analyzes the judgments that business managers, investors, auditors and creditors make daily. It considers the assets and liabilities of applied decision-making, and makes suggestions for future research. Accounting and auditing academics, researchers, practitioners, and students who seek a survey of the field and its applications will find this a solid reference work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18447/cover/9780521418447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elections, Mass Politics and Social Change in Modern Germany</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Larry Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Retallack, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays presents the most recent work on Germany's stormy and problematic encounter with mass politics from the time of Bismarck to the Nazi era. The authors - sixteen scholars from the United States, Canada, Great Britain and Germany - consider this problem from novel and sometimes surprising viewpoints. The history of elections, narrowly conceived, is abandoned in favor of a broader inquiry into roots of German political loyalties and their relationship to the historic cleavages of class, gender, language, religion, generation and locality. The essays not only present archival findings, but they also pursue more theoretical or conjectural paradigms, and raise new questions. Collectively, the authors explore the twin problems of electoral politics and social dislocation with language that is intentionally familiar, inventive, and allusive all at once - in a sense reflecting the Germans' own unfinished search for political consensus and social stability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18461/cover/9780521418461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141850X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141850X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Betting on Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maher, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to decision theory, focusing on the question of when it is rational to accept scientific theories. The author examines both Bayesian decision theory and confirmation theory, refining and elaborating the views of Ramsey and Savage. He argues that the most solid foundation for confirmation theory is to be found in decision theory, and he provides a decision-theoretic derivation of principles for how many probabilities should be revised over time. Professor Maher defines a notion of accepting a hypothesis, and then shows that it is not reducible to probability and that it is needed to deal with some important questions in the philosophy of science. A Bayesian decision-theoretic account of rational acceptance is provided together with a proof of the foundations for this theory. A final chapter shows how this account can be used to cast light on such vexed issues as verisimilitude and scientific realism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18508/cover/9780521418508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Social Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Project of Reconciliation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardimon, Michael O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an authoritative account of Hegel's social philosophy at a level that presupposes no specialised knowledge of the subject. Hegel's social theory is designed to reconcile the individual with the modern social world.  Michael Hardimon explores the concept of reconciliation in detail and discusses Hegel's views on the relationship between individuality and social membership, and on the family, civil society, and the state. The book is an important addition to the string of major studies of Hegel published by Cambridge. It will interest a broad swathe of readers in philosophy, (both students and specialists), and could be used in courses on political and social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18522/cover/9780521418522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Eighteenth-Century Philosophy 2 Volume Boxed Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haakonssen, Knud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than thirty eminent scholars from nine different countries have contributed to The Cambridge History of Eighteenth-Century Philosophy - the most comprehensive and up-to-date history of the subject available in English. For the eighteenth century the dominant concept in philosophy was human nature and so it is around this concept that the work is centered. This allows the contributors to offer both detailed explorations of the epistemological, metaphysical and ethical themes that continue to stand at the forefront of philosophy, and to voice a critical attitude to the historiography behind this emphasis in philosophical thought. At the same time there is due sensitivity to historical context with particular emphasis on the connections between philosophy, science, and theology. This judiciously balanced, systematic, and comprehensive account of the whole of Western philosophy in the period will be an invaluable resource for philosophers, intellectual historians, theologians, political theorists, historians of science and literary scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18546/cover/9780521418546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Orchid Book</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Identification of Cultivated Orchid Species</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>555</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rich and often bizarre variety of form exhibited by orchids has long provided a fascination for amateur and professional botanists alike. Once seen as a hobby exclusively for the rich, the cultivation of orchids is now widespread and the need for an accurate and simple guide to the identification of species in cultivation has become apparent. This book aims to fulfill that need by providing botanically correct, yet easily accessible information about this unique and exceptionally diverse group of plants. The main part of the book is based on the text of the family Orchidaceae published in the second volume of The European Garden Flora, with the information fully updated and displayed in a revised format. Simple keys to the genera and to the species allow access to descriptions of 900 individual species which also include references to published illustrations and other useful information. Numerous line drawings of diagnostic features help to make the keys and descriptions easy to understand and use. A brief introduction covers the structural features of orchids important in identification,  and gives some information on cultivation and a list of general references.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18560/cover/9780521418560.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behaviour and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slater, Peter J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliday, Tim R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the most exciting recent advances in animal behaviour have occurred at the interface between that subject and the study of evolution. This book, written by experts in this area, illustrates how the profound changes in our understanding of evolution have influenced behavioural research. Its chapters span both studies of how behaviour itself has evolved, dealing with topics such as comparative studies, the genetics of behaviour, speciation and the evolution of sociality and of intelligence, and also the adaptiveness which this evolution has brought about, with treatment of mating and fighting strategies, and theories of kinship and altruism.Behaviour and Evolution will be invaluable to senior undergraduate and graduate students of biology and psychology, especially those studying animal behaviour, behavioural ecology, sociobiology, evolution, ecology and environmental biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18584/cover/9780521418584.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method in Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategies for Conservation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shrader-Frechette, Kristin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCoy, Earl D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, the authors discuss what practical contributions ecology can and can't make in applied science and environmental problem solving. In the first section, they discuss conceptual problems that have often prevented the formulation and evaluation of powerful, precise, general theories, explain why island biogeography is still beset with controversy and examine the ways in which science is value laden. In the second section, they describe how ecology can give us specific answers to practical environmental questions posed in individual case studies, and argue for a new way to look at scientific error. A case study using the Florida panther is examined in the light of these findings. They end by suggesting a bright future for the important, but relatively undeveloped task of applying ecology to practical environmental problem solving.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18614/cover/9780521418614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Pope</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, Pat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leading literary historian and eighteenth-century specialist Pat Rogers has long been recognized as an authority on the poet Alexander Pope. This volume addresses the many facets of Pope's world and work, and represents Rogers's important contribution over the years to Pope studies. A substantial new essay on Pope and the antiquarians is presented alongside considerably revised versions of essays published in scholarly journals, which together cover most of Pope's major work, including the Pastorals, Windsor Forest, Rape of the Lock, Epistle to Arbuthnot and The Dunciad. There are general essays on form and style, Pope's social context, his dealings with the Burlington circle, and his battles with his publisher. Essays on Pope gathers for the first time the best writing on this celebrated author by one of our foremost critics, and is an indispensable resource for scholars of eighteenth-century literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18690/cover/9780521418690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jewish Inscriptions of Graeco-Roman Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horbury, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book collects all known Jewish inscriptions in Egypt between the third century BC and the sixth century AD. The entry on each inscription provides text, translation, bibliography and commentary. Hitherto, it has been necessary to refer to an older collection (1952, but essentially pre-war) together with a separately published revision (1964), with very limited indexing. Here the aim has been to include inscriptions not in the earlier collection, to bring together the necessary information on each inscription, and to supply full indexing. The inscriptions form a vivid primary source for Jewish history and religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18706/cover/9780521418706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Budgetary Decisions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Public Choice Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraan, Dirk-Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tullock, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the positive theory of the budgetary process based on the theory of public choice. Although budgetary institutions are very diverse, both between and within countries, it is possible to identify key elements which are common to all forms of representative government. The author identifies these key elements as the supply of services by public agencies; demand for services by political bodies (cabinet, houses of parliament, etc); negotiations between administrators of agencies and political bodies in an 'internal market'; and decision-making in the form of budgetary and substantive legislation. The book develops a step-by-step model which incorporates all these elements, a model which can be used to explain and predict budgetary decisions in existing institutions, as well as to analyze institutional change, including cost budgeting and various forms of privatization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18713/cover/9780521418713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>South Coast New Guinea Cultures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Comparison, Dialectic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knauft, Bruce M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The communities of south coast New Guinea were the subject of classic ethnographies, and fresh studies in recent decades have put these rich and complex cultures at the centre of anthropological debates. Flamboyant sexual practices, such as ritual homosexuality, have attracted particular interest. In the first general book on the region, Dr Knauft reaches striking new comparative conclusions through a careful ethnographic analysis of sexuality, the status of women, ritual and cosmology, political economy, and violence among the region's seven major language-culture areas. The findings suggest new Melanesian regional contrasts and provide for a general critique of the way regional comparisons are constructed in anthropology. Theories of practice and political economy as well as post-modern insights are drawn upon to provide a generative theory of indigenous social and symbolic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18829/cover/9780521418829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hilbert Space</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Compact Operators and the Trace Theorem</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Retherford, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Retherford's aim in this book is to provide the reader with a virtually self-contained treatment of Hilbert space theory, leading to an elementary proof of the Lidskij trace theorem. He assumes the reader is familiar with only linear algebra and advanced calculus, and develops everything needed to introduce the ideas of compact, self-adjoint, Hilbert-Schmidt and trace class operators. Many exercises and hints are included, and throughout the emphasis is on a user-friendly approach. Advanced undergraduates and graduate students will find that this book presents a unique introduction to operators and Hilbert space.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18843/cover/9780521418843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electronic Structure of Refractory Carbides and Nitrides</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gubanov, V. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ivanovsky, A. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zhukov, V. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNRS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a systematic description of the electronic and physico-chemical properties of transition-metal carbides and nitrides. This is the first book devoted to the theoretical modelling of refractory carbides and nitrides and alloys based on them. It makes use of computational methods to calculate their spectroscopic, electric, magnetic, superconducting, thermodynamical and mechanical properties. Calculated results on the electronic band structure of ideal binary transition metal carbides and nitrides are presented, and the influence of crystal lattice defects, vacancies and impurities are studied in detail. Data available on chemical bonding and the properties of multi-component carbide- and nitride-based alloys, as well as their surface electronic structure, are described and compared with those of bulk crystals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18850/cover/9780521418850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Architecture of Memory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Jewish-Muslim Household in Colonial Algeria, 1937-1962</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bahloul, Joelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recalling how they lived in a single house that was occupied by several Jewish and Muslim families, in the generation before Algerian independence, Joelle Bahloul's informants build up a multivocal micro-history of a way of life which came to an end in the early 1960s. Uprooted and dispersed, these former neighbours constantly refer back to the architecture of the house itself, which, with its internal boundaries and shared spaces, structures their memories. Here, in miniature, is a domestic history of North African Muslims, Jews, and Christians living under French colonial rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18911/cover/9780521418911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Synagogue to Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Services and Offices in the Earliest Christian Communities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burtchaell, James Tunstead</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important work challenges an entrenched scholarly consensus, that at the beginning it was inspired leaders - not ordained officers - who dominated the church. James Burtchaell illustrates that the traditional argument on behalf of clerical authority had read history backwards, and found the apostles to be the first bishops. In this study, Burtchaell reads history forwards, and demonstrates that first century Jews knew only one form of community organization, that of the synagogue. The three-level structure of offices in the synagogue - president, elders, and assistant - emerges, in the author's estimation, as the most plausible antecedent for the Christian offices which stand forth clearly in the second century. Burtchaell's conclusion is that ordained office is a foundational element in Christianity, but that, while the officers presided from the first, they rarely led. Thus, while Jesus' brother James presided as the ordained chief of the mother church in Jerusalem, it was Peter - Jesus' inspired veteran disciple - whose voice carried most authority. This revisionist historical account of Christian origins creatively subverts the established positions on church order, and thus opens up the arguments to new and larger conclusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18928/cover/9780521418928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Decomposition and Eisenstein Series</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Paraphrase of the Scriptures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moeglin, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waldspurger, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneps, Leila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The decomposition of the space L2(G(Q)\G(A)), where G is a reductive group defined over Q and A is the ring of adeles of Q, is a deep problem at the intersection of number and group theory. Langlands reduced this decomposition to that of the (smaller) spaces of cuspidal automorphic forms for certain subgroups of G. This book describes this proof in detail. The starting point is the theory of automorphic forms, which can also serve as a first step towards understanding the Arthur-Selberg trace formula. To make the book reasonably self-contained, the authors also provide essential background in subjects such as: automorphic forms; Eisenstein series; Eisenstein pseudo-series, and their properties. It is thus also an introduction, suitable for graduate students, to the theory of automorphic forms, the first written using contemporary terminology. It will be welcomed by number theorists, representation theorists and all whose work involves the Langlands program.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18935/cover/9780521418935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nikolai Zabolotsky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Play for Mortal Stakes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstein, Darra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nikolai Zabolotsky (1903-1958) was one of the great poets of twentieth-century Russia. As the last link in the Russian Futurist tradition and the first significant poet to come of age in the Soviet period, Zabolotsky wrote poetry both highly experimental and classical. This is the first critical biography of Zabolotsky to appear in English. Goldstein examines not only Zabolotsky's poetic career but also his life, from his obscure origins in the Russian countryside to his arrest and imprisonment in the 1930s. At the same time, Goldstein highlights the deep ambiguity of Zabolotsky's era by exploring the ways in which the poet was influenced both by the artistic avant-garde and by the Soviet scientific establishment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18966/cover/9780521418966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community Participation in Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Primary Care in Costa Rica</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Lynn M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A guiding principle of international primary health care since the 1970s is contained in the slogan, 'community participation in health'. In practice, however, national and local political considerations are often decisive in the implementation of health policies. Dr Morgan shows how 'community participation' was sacrificed to competing political priorities even in Costa Rica, a country known for its dedication to health care. Focusing on a banana-growing community, she documents and analyses the process by which local health policy is politicized. Her sophisticated case study sets a detailed rural ethnography in both a national and international context. This book will be of great interest to medical anthropologists, planners, and anyone concerned with international health and development policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18980/cover/9780521418980.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521418992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521418992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521418997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Workers and De-Stalinization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Consolidation of the Modern System of Soviet Production Relations 1953-1964</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521418997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filtzer, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the position of Soviet industrial workers during the Khrushchev period. Dr Filtzer examines the main features of labour policy, shop-floor relations between workers and managers, and the position of women workers. He argues that the main concern of labour policy was to remotivate an industrial population left demoralized by the Stalinist terror. This 'de-Stalinization' had to be carried out without undermining the power and property relations on which the Stalinist system had been built. The author convincingly demonstrates how labour policy was thus limited to superficial gestures of liberalization and tinkering with incentive schemes. Rather than achieving any lasting effects, the Khrushchev period saw the consolidation of a long-term decline into economic stagnation. The labour problems under Khrushchev are shown to be the same as those which confronted Mikhail Gorbachev and his ill-fated perestroika, thus helping to explain the failures of Gorbachev's policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/18997/cover/9780521418997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keynes's Philosophical Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this compelling book, John B. Davis examines the change and development in Keynes's philosophical thinking, from his earliest work through to The General Theory, arguing that Keynes came to believe himself mistaken about a number of his early philosophical concepts. The author begins by looking at the unpublished 'Apostles' papers, written under the influence of the philosopher G. E. Moore. These display the tensions in Keynes's early philosophical views, and outline his philosophical concepts of the time, including the concept of intuition. Davis then shows how Keynes's later philosophy is implicit in the economic argument of The General Theory. He argues that Keynes's philosophy had by this time changed radically, and that he had abandoned the concept of intuition for the concept of convention. The author sees this as being the central idea in The General Theory, and looks at the philosophical nature of this concept of convention in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19024/cover/9780521419024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monetary Regimes in Transition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bordo, Michael D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capie, Forrest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important contribution to comparative economic history examines different countries' experiences with different monetary regimes, laying particular emphasis on how the regimes fared when placed under stress such as wars or other changes in the economic environment. Covering the experience of ten countries over the period 1700-1990, the contributors employ the latest techniques of economic analysis in their studies. Several papers are concerned with the transformation from bimetallism to gold monometallism in the nineteenth century and the determinants of monetary regimes transformation in the core countries of Britain, France and the United States. Others focus on the successful and unsuccessful gold standard experiences of Canada, Australia, and Spain, while yet others examine the experience of wartime and postwar stabilizations surrounding the two World Wars and the Napoleonic War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19062/cover/9780521419062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Friendship in the Fourth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Carolinne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Friendship was a quality valued highly in ancient Greece and Rome, and was also regarded as highly significant in nascent Christianity. Carolinne White's aim in this study is to describe and compare the ideas about friendship developed by the Christians, whose culture was in many ways dependent upon its pagan background, and thus to develop a coherent picture of how the concept of friendship was understood in the fourth century. The Christian writers discussed are considered against the background of their personal lives and their relations with one another. All of the writers considered had a profound influence on later ages as well as on their own period, which means that the survey provided should be of wide interest both to ancient historians and theologians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19079/cover/9780521419079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Eighteenth-Century Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richetti, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the past twenty years our understanding of the novel's emergence in eighteenth-century Britain has drastically changed. Drawing on new research in social and political history, the twelve contributors to this Companion challenge and refine the traditional view of the novel's origins and purposes. In various ways each seeks to show that the novel is not defined primarily by its realism of representation, but by the new ideological and cultural functions it serves in the emerging modern world of print culture. Sentimental and Gothic fiction and fiction by women are discussed, alongside detailed readings of work by Defoe, Swift, Richardson, Henry Fielding, Sterne, Smollett, and Burney. This multifaceted picture of the novel in its formative decades provides a comprehensive and indispensable guide for students of the eighteenth-century British novel, and its place within the culture of its time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19086/cover/9780521419086.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Irish Tradition in Old English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Charles D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Irish monks and missionaries played a crucial role in the conversion of the pagan Anglo-Saxons and in the formation of Christian culture in England, but the nature and extent of Irish influence on Old English poetry has remained largely undefined. Charles Wright identifies the characteristic features of Irish Christian literature which influenced Anglo-Saxon vernacular authors. Professor Wright traces the Irish background of the distinctive contents of Vercelli Homily IX and its remarkable exemplum, 'The Devil's Account of the Next World', and traces the dissemination of related stylistic and thematic material elsewhere in Old English literature, including other anonymous homilies such as Beowulf and the Solomon and Saturn texts. As a full-length study of Irish influence on Old English religious literature, the book will appeal to scholars in Old English literature, Anglo-Saxon studies, and Old and Middle Irish literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19093/cover/9780521419093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isolation, Migration and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Derek F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fujiki, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torizuka, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This special symposium volume of the SSHB explores the biological effects of human isolation and migration, and how the situations to which they give rise help to elucidate a variety of biological problems, ranging from evolutionary change to disease etiology. The majority of the case studies presented here are by Asian investigators, and provide a uniquely accessible source of information. Besides documenting the results, the book illustrates the different methods employed in such studies. It will be invaluable to those contemplating similar investigations elsewhere, and will be of interest to researchers in a range of disciplines including epidemiology, clinical medicine, demography, anthropology, genetics and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19123/cover/9780521419123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, Politics and Preferment in France since 1890</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Belle Epoque and its Legacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larkin, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the problems that committed Catholics allegedly faced if they sought careers in state employment under the Third French Republic. Using ministerial and Masonic archives, the book explores the broad divergence of practice between individual ministries and between particular governments. It also examines the factors that underlay these discriminatory attitudes - notably the claims of Catholic involvement in the right-wing subversive activities of the late 1890s at the time of the Dreyfus affair. It investigates the increased difficulties that French Catholics faced after the change of pope in 1903. Later chapters explore the degree to which wariness towards committed Catholics in the public services evaporated under later regimes - despite the traumas of the Vichy years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19161/cover/9780521419161.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Doping in III-V Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schubert, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to describe thoroughly the many facets of doping in compound semiconductors. Equal emphasis is given to the fundamental materials physics and to the technological aspects of doping. The author describes in detail all the various techniques, including doping during epitaxial growth, doping by implantation, and doping by diffusion. The key characteristics of all dopants that have been employed in III-V semiconductors are discussed. In addition, general characteristics of dopants are analyzed, including the electrical activity, saturation, amphotericity, auto-compensation and maximum attainable dopant concentration. The timely topic of highly doped semiconductors is discussed as well. Technologically important deep levels are summarized. The properties of deep levels are presented phenomenologically. The final chapter is dedicated to the experimental characterization of impurities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19192/cover/9780521419192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fever and Antipyresis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of the Nervous System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Keith E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed overview of the function of the nervous system in fever and its role in antipyresis. The volume opens with an introductory account of fever, its physiology and adaptive role, and explains the mechanisms of thermoregulation. Sufficient information about bacterial pyrogens, 'endogenous' pyrogenic cytokines, body temperature regulation and survival value of fever and its ubiquity is given to enable readers to follow the central nervous system's involvement. The book should enable graduate students and researchers in neuroscience and other disciplines to understand the impact of their studies in the overall processes of fever. It will also be of benefit to pharmacologists studying anti-pyretics and the central nervous system function of these drugs. Academic clinicians will find this a more comprehensive overview of fever than other available texts. Finally, the author challenges some well-established dogmas in this area and sets an agenda for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19246/cover/9780521419246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explanation and Value in the Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemal, Salim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaskell, Ivan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explanation and Value in the Arts offers penetrating studies by art historians, literary theorists and philosophers, of issues central to explaining works of literature and painting. The first chapters look at the sources of interest in the fine arts and point to the intimate relation between aesthetic and other values. The following contributions develop the interaction between value and explanation by examining the construction of value in the study of the arts, including considerations of the nature of creativity and the principles for the explanations of works. A final section takes up questions of the role of ideology and the determining role of power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19260/cover/9780521419260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141928X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141928X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Measurement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braginsky, Vladimir B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khalili, Farid Ya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorne, Kip S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an up-to-date introduction to the quantum theory of measurement, a fast developing field of intense current interest to scientists and engineers for its potential high technology applications. It is also a subject of importance to students for its central role in the foundations of quantum mechanics. Although the main principles of the field were elaborated in the 1930s by Bohr, Schr&#246;dinger, Heisenberg, von Neumann and Mandelstam, it was not until the 1980s that technology became sufficiently advanced to allow its application in real experiments. Quantum measurement is now central to many ultra-high technology developments, such as squeezed light, single atom traps, and searches for gravitational radiation. It is also considered to have great promise for computer science and engineering, particularly for its applications in information processing and transfer. The book contains a pedagogical introduction to the relevant theory written at a level accessible to those with only a modest background in quantum mechanics. It then goes on to discuss aspects of the design of practical quantum measurement systems. This book is essential reading for all scientists and engineers interested in the potential applications of technology near the quantum limit. It will also serve as an ideal supplement to standard quantum mechanics textbooks at the advanced undergraduate or graduate level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19284/cover/9780521419284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas and Methods in Mathematical Analysis, Stochastics, and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Memory of Raphael H&#248;egh-Krohn</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albeverio, Sergio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holden, Helge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenstad, Jens Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindstr&#248;m, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>523</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes contain a collection of essays by many of the closest co-workers of Raphael H&#248;egh-Krohn, 1938-1988, one of the outstanding mathematical physicists of our age. The contributions vary in style, purpose, and content - some are surveys where leading experts sum up and clarify a subject area, others are new and adventurous expeditions into unknown territory. The topics cover most aspects of modern mathematical physics with special emphasis on methods from operator theory and stochastic analysis. Many of the papers are based on talks given at a symposium in honor of H&#248;egh-Krohn at the University of Oslo: however the final volumes are far more than proceedings and great care has been taken to attract contributions from the leading researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas and Methods in Quantum and Statistical Physics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Memory of Raphael H&#248;egh-Krohn</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albeverio, Sergio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holden, Helge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenstad, Jens Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindstrom, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These volumes contain a collection of essays by many of the closest co-workers of Raphael H&#248;egh-Krohn, 1938-1988, one of the outstanding mathematical physicists of our age. The contributions vary in style, purpose and content - some are surveys where leading experts sum up and clarify a subject area, others are new and adventurous expeditions into unknown territory. The topics cover most aspects of modern mathematical physics with special emphasis on methods from operator theory and stochastic analysis. Many of the papers are based on talks given at a symposium in honour of H&#248;egh-Krohn at the University of Oslo; however the final volumes are far more than proceedings and great care has been taken to attract contributions from the leading researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and the Canadian Arctic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levere, Trevor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>454</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the nature and role of science in the exploration of the Canadian Arctic. It covers the century that began with the British Royal Naval expeditions of 1818 and ended with the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-18. Professor Levere focuses on the imperialistic dimensions and nationalistic aspirations that informed arctic science, and situates its rise in the context of economic and military history of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Europe and North America. Accessibly written and prodigiously researched, Science and the Canadian Arctic is of interest to an audience of historians, environmental scientists and anyone interested in the Arctic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19338/cover/9780521419338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pushing Boundaries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language and Culture in a Mexicano Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>V&#225;squez, Olga A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pease-Alvarez, Lucinda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shannon, Sheila M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moll, Luis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children in Mexicano communities learn to use language in a variety of ways. At times they use both Spanish and English in the same conversation or help friends and family members enter mainstream society by translating English to Spanish for them. Pushing Boundaries describes Eastside, a Mexicano community in northern California, analysing language learning and language socialization in the context of real, problematic, important activities in people's lives. The authors consolidate three separate studies providing a unique perspective on the ways bilingual children and their families use and learn language. With children using the language of  home, school and community  separately and in combination, the book reveals how these children use their traditional language and cultural knowledge as a critical component for learning their second language and its underlying cultural norms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19352/cover/9780521419352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brain Control of Responses to Trauma</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothwell, Nancy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkenbosch, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume to look in depth at the way the brain responds to trauma and subsequently integrates and influences behavioural, metabolic, neurohumoral, cardiovascular and immune functions. It is becoming increasingly clear that the brain has an important role in the control and integration of the responses to injury and infection. It is well established that some of these responses, such as fever and neuroendocrine changes, are directly influenced by the central nervous system. These, and other more recent advances, provide new insights into this area and provide a basis for the more effective understanding and clinical management of trauma patients. The authors, all international authorities in their fields, discuss established and recent data from experimental and clinical studies and consider the implications of these findings for the treatment of the trauma patient.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19390/cover/9780521419390.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pragmatism in the Age of Jihad</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Precolonial State of Bundu</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gomez, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bundu was an anomaly among the precolonial Muslim states of West Africa. Founded during the jihads which swept the savannah in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, it developed a pragmatic policy, unique in the midst of fundamentalist, theocratic Muslim states. Located in the Upper Senegal and with access to the Upper Gambia, Bundu played a critical role in regional commerce and production and reacted quickly to the stimulus of European trade. Drawing upon a wide range of sources both oral and documentary, Arabic, English and French, Dr Gomez provides the first full account of Bundu's history. He analyses the foundation and growth of an Islamic state at a crossroads between the Saharan and trans-Atlantic trade, paying particular attention to the relationship between Islamic thought and court policy, and to the state's response to militant Islam in the early nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19406/cover/9780521419406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lattice Gas Hydrodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rivet, J.-P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boon, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lattice Gas Hydrodynamics describes the approach to fluid dynamics using a micro-world constructed as an automaton universe, where the microscopic dynamics is based not on a description of interacting particles, but on the laws of symmetry and invariance of macroscopic physics. We imagine point-like particles residing on a regular lattice, where they move from node to node and undergo collisions when their trajectories meet. If the collisions occur according to some simple logical rules, and if the lattice has the proper symmetry, then the automaton shows global behavior very similar to that of real fluids. This book carries two important messages. First, it shows how an automaton universe with simple microscopic dynamics - the lattice gas - can exhibit macroscopic behavior in accordance with the phenomenological laws of classical physics. Second, it demonstrates that lattice gases have spontaneous microscopic fluctuations which capture the essentials of actual fluctuations in real fluids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19444/cover/9780521419444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141945X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141945X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal Properties via Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nowick, Arthur S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the effect of crystal symmetry in determining the tensor properties of crystals. Although this is a well-established subject, the author provides a new approach using group theory and, in particular, the method of symmetry coordinates, which has not been used in any previous book. Using this approach, all tensors of a given rank and type can be handled together, even when they involve very different physical phenomena. Applications to technologically important phenomena as diverse as the electro-optic, piezoelectric, photoelastic, piezomagnetic, and piezoresistance effects, as well as magnetothermoelectric power and third-order elastic constants, are presented. Attention is also given to 'special magnetic properties', that is those that require the concepts of time reversal and magnetic symmetry, an important subject not always covered in other books in this area. This book will be of interest to researchers in solid-state physics and materials science, and will also be suitable as a text for graduate students in physics and engineering taking courses in solid-state physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19451/cover/9780521419451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iurii Trifonov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Unity through Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Iurii Trifonov (1925-81) has recently become well known in the West as a writer of Soviet urban life. This study concentrates on his exploration of major events in Russian history (such as the assassination of Tsar Alexander II and the Russian Civil War) and their implications and consequences for his time. David Gillespie traces this interest through all of Trifonov's writings, from his earliest, Stalin prize-winning period to the self-consciously modernist later works, in which Trifonov emphasizes the interconnectedness of human life and history, with the individual as 'the nerve' of history; linking epochs, places, civilizations. Trifonov discerns patterns and analogies in history, and develops a language of hints and allusions with which to combat the repressive censorship of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19475/cover/9780521419475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atom-Field Interactions and Dressed Atoms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Compagno, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Passante, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Persico, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the theory of the interaction between atoms and electromagnetic fields, an area which is central to the investigation of the fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics. The first four chapters describe the different forms of the interaction between atoms and radiation fields. The rest of the book deals with how these interactions lead to the formation of dressed states, in the presence of vacuum fluctuations, as well as in the presence of external fields. Also covered are the role of dressed atoms in quantum measurement theory, and the physical interpretation of vacuum radiative effects. Treating a key field on the boundary between quantum optics and quantum electrodynamics, the book will be of great use to graduate students, as well as to established experimentalists and theorists, in either of these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19482/cover/9780521419482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141959X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141959X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Linguistics and Formal Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosner, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>341</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection takes the exciting step of examining natural language phenomena from the perspective of both computational linguistics and formal semantics. Computational linguistics has until now been primarily concerned with the construction of computational models for handling the complexities of linguistic form, but has not tackled the questions of representing or computing meaning. Formal semantics, on the other hand, has attempted to account for the relations between forms and meanings, without necessarily attending to computational concerns. The book introduces the reader to the two disciplines and considers the prospects for the more unified and comprehensive computational theory of language which might obtain from their amalgamation. Of great interest to those working in the fields of computation, logic, semantics, artificial intelligence and linguistics generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19598/cover/9780521419598.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052141962X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052141962X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presidents and Assemblies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutional Design and Electoral Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew Soberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years renewed attention has been directed to the importance of the role of institutional design in democratic politics. Particular interest has concerned constitutional design and the relative merits of parliamentary versus presidential systems. In this book, the authors systematically assess the strengths and weaknesses of various forms of presidential systems, drawing on recent developments in the theoretical literature about institutional design and electoral rules. They develop a typology of democratic regimes structured around the separation of powers principle, including two hybrid forms, the premier-presidential and president-parliamentary systems, and they evaluate a number of alternative ways of balancing powers between the branches within these basic frameworks. They also demonstrate that electoral rules are critically important in determining how political authority is exercised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19628/cover/9780521419628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liu Tsung-y&#252;an and Intellectual Change in T'ang China, 773-819</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chen, Jo-Shui</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive study of Liu Tsang-y&#252;an (773-819), a major literary and intellectual figure in Chinese history. The major aspects of Liu's life and work are explored: the social and cultural background of his family, his relationship with the ku-wen prose reforms and new canonical scholarship in the mid-T'ang, his social and political criticism, his views on Confucian doctrine, and his sentiments and reflections regarding the private realm of human life. Its scope goes beyond the 'life and thought' of this principal intellectual figure in its special emphasis on the connections between Liu's thought and mid-T'ang intellectual change, modifying the conventional view that the mid-T'ang Confucian revival led by Han Y&#252; (768-824) and Liu Tsung-y&#252;an was a precursor of Sung Neo-Confucianism. Chen suggests that the mid-T'ang Confucian movement was essentially a revival of an old form of Confucianism and that Liu's was a powerful voice expressing this sentiment. This in-depth study also encompasses a general interpretation of the nature of the T'ang-Sung intellectual transition. Anyone familiar with the intriguing yet elusive Liu Tsang-y&#252;an will find this book fascinating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19642/cover/9780521419642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Figurative Thought, Language, and Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Jr, Raymond W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this bold new work, Ray Gibbs demonstrates that human cognition is deeply poetic and that figurative imagination constitutes the way we understand ourselves and the world in which we live. The traditional view of the mind holds that thought and language are inherently literal and that poetic language is a special human ability requiring different cognitive and linguistic skills than employed in ordinary language. This view has imposed serious limitations on the scholarly study of mental life and on everyday folk conceptions of human experience. Poetics of Mind overturns the traditional perspective by showing how figurative aspects of language reveal the poetic structure of mind. Ideas and research from psychology, linguistics, philosophy, anthropology, and literary theory are used to establish important links between the poetic structure of thought and everyday use of language. Particular use is made of the extensive research that has accumulated in experimental psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics over the past 15 years. Poetics of Mind evaluates current philosophical, linguistic, and literary theories of figurative language, using tools provided by psycholinguistic and cognitive psychology research. It relates the empirical work on figurative language understanding to broader issues concerning the nature of everyday thought and reasoning. As such, it will be of crucial interest to students and researchers in psychology, cognitive science, and linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19659/cover/9780521419659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Markets Liberalisation and the Role of Banks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conti, Vittorio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamaui, Rony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following years of control and regulation, there has been a massive trend towards the liberalisation of financial markets. This volume provides an analysis of this process and considers likely future developments. It is divided into three parts: the first covers the behaviour of households and firms; the second includes papers on stock, bond and currency markets; and the third part analyses the behaviour and performance of financial intermediaries, particularly banks. The topics examined range from the demand for personal and corporate credit and the allocation of savers' wealth, to innovations in securities and services traded in financial markets, and their regulation. The essays represent a blend of both theoretical and empirical work, the latter focusing in particular on Europe and the recent integration of financial markets on the continent. Discussions of the essays are provided by some of the world's leading financial economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19826/cover/9780521419826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Computer as Medium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersen, Peter Bxgh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holmqvist, Berit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jensen, Jens F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computers are developing into a powerful medium integrating film, pictures, text and sound, and the use of computers for communication and information is rapidly expanding. The Computer as Medium brings insights from art, literature and theatre to bear on computers and discusses the communicative and organizational nature of computer networks within a historical perspective. The book consists of three parts. The first part characterizes the semiotic nature of computers and discusses semiotic approaches to programming and interface design. The second part discusses narrative and aesthetic issues of interactive fiction, information systems and hypertext. The final part contains papers on the cultural, organizational and historical impact of computers.The broad and rich coverage of this book will appeal to scholars in cognitive science, computer science, linguistics, semiotics, media studies and mass communications, cultural studies and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35804/cover/9780521035804.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Categories and Computer Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, R. F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Category theory has become increasingly important and popular in computer science, and many universities now have introductions to category theory as part of their courses for undergraduate computer scientists. The author is a respected category theorist and has based this textbook on a course given over the last few years at the University of Sydney. The theory is developed in a straightforward way, and is enriched with many examples from computer science. Thus this book meets the needs of undergradute computer scientists, and yet retains a level of mathematical correctness that will broaden its appeal to include students of mathematics new to category theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19970/cover/9780521419970.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521419999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521419999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521419994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521419994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daniels, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menzies, Nicholas K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>770</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 6. Part III of Science and Civilisation in China contains two separate works. The first, by Christian Daniels, is a comprehensive history of Chinese sugar cane technology from ancient times to the early twentieth century. Dr Daniels includes an account of the contribution of Chinese techniques and machinery to the development of world sugar technology in the pre-modern period, devoting special attention to the transfer of this technology to the countries of South-East and East Asia in the period after the sixteenth century. The second, by Nicholas K. Menzies, is a history of forestry in China. Dr Menzies identifies a tradition of forest management that can be traced to the earliest Chinese written records, and describes methods of silviculture and the major timber species used in Chinese forestry. A final section compares China's history of deforestation with the cases of Europe and Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19994/cover/9780521419994.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wavelets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Calder&#243;n-Zygmund and Multilinear Operators</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coifman, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salinger, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, this remains one of the classic expositions of the theory of wavelets from two of the subject's leading experts. In this volume the theory of paradifferential operators and the Cauchy kernel on Lipschitz curves are discussed with the emphasis firmly on their connection with wavelet bases. Sparse matrix representations of these operators can be given in terms of wavelet bases which have important applications in image processing and numerical analysis. This method is now widely studied and can be used to tackle a wide variety of problems arising in science and engineering. Put simply, this is an essential purchase for anyone researching the theory of wavelets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20013/cover/9780521420013.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Management in China during the Age of Reform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Child, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>China has already become the world's third largest economic power, and it currently presents enormous business opportunities. Yet there is still a dearth of information in the West about how Chinese firms are run. In this invaluable book, Professor Child addresses this lack, examining management in China in all its different aspects. He covers the development of Chinese management during the period of economic reform in a number of areas including enterprise leadership, decision making, the management of marketing and purchasing transactions, the work roles of senior managers, personnel practices and reward systems. The experience of foreign firms entering joint ventures with Chinese enterprises is also reviewed in detail. The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date survey of the subject, written on the basis of field work and direct contacts which the author has with Chinese enterprises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20051/cover/9780521420051.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After the Deluge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poland-Lithuania and the Second Northern War, 1655-1660</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frost, Robert I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Swedish invasion of 1655, known to Poles ever since as the 'Swedish deluge', provoked the political and military collapse of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth, the second-largest state in Europe. Robert Frost examines the reasons for Poland's fall and the conduct of the war by the Polish government, and addresses the crucial question of why, despite widespread recognition of the shortcomings of the political system, subsequent attempts at reform failed. War has long been seen as crucial to the development of more effective systems of government in Europe during the seventeenth century, but studies usually concentrate on states which responded successfully to the challenges. Much can be learned from those that failed, and the paucity of English-language material on this important conflict means that After the Deluge will appeal to a broad audience among historians of Poland, Germany, Scandinavia, Russia, and early modern Europe in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20082/cover/9780521420082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Where Flaubert Lies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chronology, Mythology and History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Addison, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers crucial perspectives on the vexed question of chronology in Flaubert's work. Critics have struggled long and hard with the apparent inconsistencies in his writing, but Claire Addison's study reveals that the situation is far more subtle, complex and intriguing than hitherto supposed. She argues that Flaubert's manipulation of dates is deliberate and that what have previously been dismissed as inadvertent errors are in fact evidence of the strong presence of Flaubert's family life, events in historical Europe and events in the life of his literary characters. This interesting reading goes far beyond what traditional methods of literary history allow us to perceive of the link between the life and work of the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20167/cover/9780521420167.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ottoman Manufacturing in the Age of the Industrial Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quataert, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book uncovers the rich, fascinating and complex world of Ottoman manufacturing and manufacturers in the age of the European industrial revolution. Using a wealth of sources from Ottoman, European and American archives, Professor Donald Quataert explores the technological methods of producing cotton cloth, wool cloth, yarn and silk, how these changed throughout the nineteenth century, the organisation of home and workshop production and trends in the domestic and international markets. By focusing on textile manufacturing in homes and small workshops, the author reveals a dynamism that refutes traditional notions of a declining economy in the face of European expansion. He shows how manufacturers adopted a variety of strategies, such as reduced wages and low technology inputs, to confront European competitors, protect their livelihoods and retain domestic and international customers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20174/cover/9780521420174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Holy Rulers and Blessed Princesses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynastic Cults in Medieval Central Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klaniczay, G&#225;bor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#225;lmai, Eva</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Medieval dynasties frequently relied upon the cult of royal saints for legitimacy. After the early medieval emergence of this type of sainthood, in the central Middle Ages most royal dynasties had saints in their family: Edward the Confessor, Olaf, Canute, Louis IX, Charlemagne, the Emperor Henry II, and Wenceslas are some of the best-known examples. Within this context the saints of the Hungarian ruling dynasty - the Arpadians - constitute a remarkable sequence: St Stephen, St Emeric, St Ladislas, St Elizabeth, St Margaret and other central European blessed princesses, whose convents mirrored the Court of Heaven. This sequence of dynastic saints provide an example of the late medieval evolution of royal and dynastic sainthood. Building upon a series of case studies from Hungary and central Europe, G&#225;bor Klaniczay proposes a synthesis of the multiple forms and transformations of royal and dynastic sainthood in medieval Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20181/cover/9780521420181.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asymptotic Behaviour of Solutions of Evolutionary Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vishik, M. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this book is the investigation of globally asymptotic solutions of evolutionary equations. Locally asymptotic solutions of the Navier-Stokes equations and reaction-diffusion equations are the starting point, and by considering perturbed evolutionary equations, global approximations are constructed. The lectures upon which this book is based were warmly received at the universities of Rome and Pavia, and at the Scuola Normale Superiore in Pisa. Here Professor Vishik has collated his lecture notes, and has added an appendix describing his recent work on attractors deriving from dynamical systems. This is unquestionably a fine addition to the Lezioni Lincee, and will be a necessary addition to the library of all who seek an insight into the solution of evolutionary equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20235/cover/9780521420235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic L-theory and Topological Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranicki, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a definitive account of the applications of the algebraic L-theory to the surgery classification of topological manifolds. The central result is the identification of a manifold structure in the homotopy type of a Poincar&#233; duality space with a local quadratic structure in the chain homotopy type of the universal cover. The difference between the homotopy types of manifolds and Poincar&#233; duality spaces is identified with the fibre of the algebraic L-theory assembly map, which passes from local to global quadratic duality structures on chain complexes. The algebraic L-theory assembly map is used to give a purely algebraic formulation of the Novikov conjectures on the homotopy invariance of the higher signatures; any other formulation necessarily factors through this one. The book is designed as an introduction to the subject, accessible to graduate students in topology; no previous acquaintance with surgery theory is assumed, and every algebraic concept is justified by its occurrence in topology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20242/cover/9780521420242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Print Culture in Renaissance Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Editor and the Vernacular Text, 1470-1600</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of print in late fifteenth-century Italy gave a crucial new importance to the editors of texts, who determined the form in which texts from the Middle Ages would be read, and who could strongly influence the interpretation and status of texts by adding introductory material or commentary. Brian Richardson here examines the Renaissance circulation and reception of works by earlier writers including Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio and Ariosto, as well as popular contemporary works of entertainment.  In so doing he sheds light on the impact of the new printing and editing methods on Renaissance culture, including the standardisation of vernacular Italian and its spread to new readers and writers, the establishment of new standards in textual criticism, and the increasing rivalry between the two cities on which this study is chiefly focused, Venice and Florence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20327/cover/9780521420327.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Production Frontiers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fare, Rolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grosskopf, Shawna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovell, C. A. Knox</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a mathematical programming approach to the analysis of production frontiers and efficiency measurement. The authors construct a variety of production frontiers, and by measuring distances to them are able to develop a model of efficient producer behaviour and a taxonomy of possible types of departure from efficiency in various environments. Linear programming is used as an analytical and computational technique in order to accomplish this. The approach developed is then applied to modelling producer behaviour. By focusing on the empirical relevance of production frontiers and distances to them, and applying linear programming techniques to artificial data to illustrate the type of information they can generate, this book provides a unique study in applied production analysis. It will be of interest to scholars and students of economics and operations research, and analysts in business and government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20334/cover/9780521420334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scots and Britons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scottish Political Thought and the Union of 1603</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>337</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by distinguished scholars from Britain and North America constitutes a major contribution to the process of remapping the history of early modern British political thought. Based on a seminar held at the Folger Institute's Centre for the History of British Political Thought, it takes the union of the Anglo-Scottish crowns in 1603 as its principal focus and examines the background to, and consequences of, the creation of a British monarchy from a distinctively Scottish viewpoint. In the process, it provides a pioneering study of Scottish political thought from the Reformation of 1560 to the Covenanting Revolution of the 1640s and sheds new light on the collapse of multiple kingship in the mid-seventeenth century and the Scots' participation in the invention of Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20341/cover/9780521420341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry VI and the Politics of Kingship</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watts, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry VI (1422-61) was one of the most spectacularly inadequate kings of England, and his reign dissolved into the conflict known as the Wars of the Roses. Yet he held on to his throne for thirty-nine years and, for almost thirty of them, without much difficulty. What was the nature of Henry's inadequacy, and why did it have such ambivalent and complicated results? Since the 1970s most histories of fifteenth-century England have focused on the individual interests and private connections of politicians as a means of making sense of politics. By contrast, this work argues that we can understand what happened in Henry VI's reign only if we look at common interests and public connections as well. Ultimately it is the problem of establishing royal authority which emerges as paramount, with the supposedly factious and 'overmighty' nobility appearing as doomed but devoted servants of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20396/cover/9780521420396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Visions in Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Judy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work documents the history of techniques that statisticians have used to manipulate economic, meteorological, biological and physical data taken from observations recorded over time. The manipulation tools include per cent change, index numbers, moving averages and 'first differences', i.e., subtracting one observation from the previous value. Professor Klein argues that nineteenth-century business journals, such as The Economist, were as important to the development of time series analysis as Latin treatises on probability theory. While examining the roots of mathematical statistics in commercial practice, she traces changes in analytical forms from table to graph to equation. Klein cautions that we risk measurement without history in unduly mechanistic blending of stationary probability theory with the practical dynamics of commercial traders. This history is accessible to students with a basic knowledge of statistics as well as financial analysts, statisticians and historians of economic thought and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23177/cover/9780521023177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sporadic Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aschbacher, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sporadic Groups is the first step in a programme to provide a uniform, self-contained treatment of the foundational material on the sporadic finite simple groups. The classification of the finite simple groups is one of the premier achievements of modern mathematics. The classification demonstrates that each finite simple group is either a finite analogue of a simple Lie group or one of 26 pathological sporadic groups. Sporadic Groups provides for the first time a self-contained treatment of the foundations of the theory of sporadic groups accessible to mathematicians with a basic background in finite groups such as in the author's text Finite Group Theory. Introductory material useful for studying the sporadics, such as a discussion of large extraspecial 2-subgroups and Tits' coset geometries, opens the book. A construction of the Mathieu groups as the automorphism groups of Steiner systems follows. The Golay and Todd modules, and the 2-local geometry for M24 are discussed. This is followed by the standard construction of Conway of the Leech lattice and the Conway group. The Monster is constructed as the automorphism group of the Griess algebra using some of the best features of the approaches of Griess, Conway, and Tits, plus a few new wrinkles. Researchers in finite group theory will find this text invaluable. The subjects treated will interest combinatorists, number theorists, and conformal field theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20495/cover/9780521420495.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Open Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structural Adjustment and Agriculture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldin, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winters, L. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interaction between macroeconomic and agricultural sector reforms is of vital importance to developing and East European economies, whose agricultural sectors account for major shares of economic activity and income. Derived from a conference organised jointly by the Centre for Economic Policy Research and the OECD Development Centre, the papers in this volume adopt an open economy perspective to reform, and throw light on the sequencing of reforms in the context of structural adjustment and 'intersectoral imbalance'. Leading international figures examine the stabilisation of agricultural prices and income, the public finance dimensions of agricultural reform, and the prospects for policies of liberalisation and trade reform currently being adopted in many developing and East European countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building a Democratic Political Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reshaping American Liberalism in the 1930s and 1940s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plotke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Plotke analyses the dramatic changes in American politics that occurred during the 1930s and 1940s - including the break-up of national Republican power, the growth of the federal government, the emergence of a new labour movement, American entry into World War II, the Cold War and domestic anti-Communism, and the opening of national political debate about civil rights. The central dynamic of this era was the creation and maintenance of a distinctive new political order, formed through the creative political action of progressive liberals in alliance with mass movements, notably labour. At the core of this new order was a powerful triangle formed by a national state, a leading party, and major nonparty interest groups and movements. Democratic progressive liberalism recast American political institutions and discourses in ways that went well beyond what was expected in the early 1930s, and in forms strong enough to endure for several decades after Roosevelt's death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20594/cover/9780521420594.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making a Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Transformation of an African Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ensminger, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have devoted considerable effort to explaining how a market economy functions, but they have given a good deal less attention to explaining how a market economy is formed. In Making a Market, Jean Ensminger analyses the process by which the market was introduced into the economy of a group of Kenyan pastoralists. Professor Ensminger employs new institutional economic analysis to assess the impact of new market institutions on production and distribution, with particular emphasis on the effect of institutions on decreasing transaction costs over time. This study traces the effects of increasing commercialisation on the economic well-being of individual households, rich and poor alike, over considerable time and analyses the process by which institutions themselves are transformed as a market economy develops.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20600/cover/9780521420600.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Hobbesian Contractarianism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraus, Jody S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book constitutes the first sustained, comprehensive, and rigorous critique of contemporary Hobbesian contractarianism as expounded in the work of Jean Hampton, Gregory Kavka, and David Gauthier. Professor Kraus argues that the attempts by these three philosophers to use Hobbes to answer current political and moral questions fail. The reasons why they fail are related to fundamental problems intrinsic to Hobbesian contractarianism: first, the problem of collective action arising out of the tension in Hobbes's theory between individual and collective rationality; second, the classical problem of explaining the normative force of hypothetical action, a problem that can be traced to the conflicting strategies of hypothetical justification found in Rawls's and Hobbes's theories. Given the deep interest in Hobbesian contractarianism among philosophers, political theorists, game theorists in economics and political science, and legal theorists, this book is likely to attract wide attention and infuse new life into the contractarian debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20624/cover/9780521420624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Contribution of Nutrition to Human and Animal Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Widdowson, Elsie M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathers, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>423</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNH3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through a series of major reviews by influential scientists from Britain and elsewhere, this book details the contribution which nutrition research has made and continues to make to the health of man and animals. The volume has been prepared for the Golden Jubilee of the Nutrition Society and celebrates 50 years of nutrition research. Here the reader will find state-of-the-art chapters on energy and the major nutrients including vitamins and trace minerals and their influence on reproduction, lactation, growth and development. Research on malnutrition in the developing world and in Germany in the 1940s together with the successful feeding of the British people during the Second World War are discussed. The volume also surveys the impact of diet on human health today and the opportunities for further reducing the risk of major chronic disease. The volume provides a useful overview of the development nutrition reseach over the past 50 years. It will appeal to all those with a professional interest in nutrition and health, dietetics, food science, veterinary medicine and agricultural and animal science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Joshua Reynolds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Subject Pictures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postle, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Joshua Reynolds's subject pictures were among the most widely discussed British paintings of the eighteenth century. Today Reynolds's reputation rests principally on his portraits, his theoretical writings on art and his role as president of the Royal Academy. But while he could complete the face of a portrait-sitter in a matter of hours, his subject paintings often occupied him for months or even years, and it is clear from Reynolds's own preoccupation with them, and the critical coverage they received during his day, that the subject pictures lay at the very heart of Reynolds's practice as a painter. In this, the first book to be devoted to this aspect of Reynolds's work, the subject pictures are shown as playing a vital role in shaping attitudes to high art during the major transitions in British culture of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20662/cover/9780521420662.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heads in Grammatical Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corbett, Greville G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, Norman M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGlashan, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contemporary linguistic theories distinguish the principal element of a phrase - the 'head' - from the subordinate elements it dominates. This pervasive grammatical concept has been used to describe and account for linguistic phenomena ranging from agreement and government to word order universals, but opinions differ widely on its precise definition. A key question is whether the head is not already identified by some other, more basic notion or interacting set of notions in linguistics. Heads in Grammatical Theory is the first book devoted to the subject. Providing a clear view of current research on heads, some of the foremost linguists in the field tackle the problems set by the assumptions of particular grammatical theories and offer insights which have relevance across theories. Questions considered include whether there is a theory-neutral definition of head, whether heads have cognitive reality, how to identify the head of a phrase, and whether there are any universal correlations between headedness and deletability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20709/cover/9780521420709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adams Memorial Symposium on Algebraic Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ray, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Grant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. Frank Adams had a profound influence on algebraic topology, and his works continue to shape its development. The International Symposium on Algebraic Topology held in Manchester during July 1990 was dedicated to his memory, and virtually all of the world's leading experts took part. This two volume work constitutes the proceedings of the symposium; the articles contained here range from overviews to reports of work still in progress, as well as a survey and complete bibliography of Adams' own work. These proceedings form an important compendium of current research in algebraic topology, and one that demonstrates the depth of Adams' many contributions to the subject. Here in the first volume the theme is mainly unstable homotopy theory, homological and categorical algebra. The second volume is oriented towards stable homotopy theory, the Steenrod algebra and the Adams spectral sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20747/cover/9780521420747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142089X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142089X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tropical Alpine Environments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plant Form and Function</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rundel, Philip W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Alan P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meinzer, F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plants growing in tropical alpine environments (at altitudes above the closed canopy forest and below the limit of plant life) have evolved distinct forms to cope with a hostile environment characterized by cold, drought and fire. Unlike temperate alpine environments, where there are distinct seasons of favourable and unfavourable conditions for growth, tropical alpine habitats present summer conditions every day and winter conditions every night. Using examples from all over the tropics, this fascinating account reviews, for the first time, the unique form and functional relationships of tropical alpine plants examining both their physiological ecology and population biology. It will appeal to anyone interested in tropical vegetation and plant physiological adaptations to hostile environment, as well as to researchers in biogeography and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20891/cover/9780521420891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142092X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142092X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narration and Description in the French Realist Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Temporality of Lying and Forgetting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new study of the nineteenth-century French realist novel focuses on the difference, and fundamental incompatibility, between the narrative and the descriptive modes of discourse. James Reid shows how the major novelists, Balzac, Flaubert and Zola, like some of their twentieth-century successors, grappled with their belief or fear that their stories lied in their representation of time and history, or that their descriptions forgot (rather than remembered) the reality of their socio-historical world. He questions recent critical approaches which have tended to reduce the realist novel to individual or historically determined narratives or speech acts. He demonstrates instead the writers' use of irony and allegory in struggling against the deceitfulness of their own texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/20921/cover/9780521420921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521420946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521420946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521420945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lund Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521420945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Lund model, inspired by quantum chromodynamics, has provided a very promising approach to the dynamics of quark and gluon interactions. Starting with a brief reprise of basic concepts in relativity, quantum mechanics of fields and particle physics, this book discusses: the dynamics of the massless relativistic string; confinement; causality and relativistic covariance; Lund fragmentation processes; QED and QCD Bremsstrahlung; multiplicities and particle-parton distributions. Throughout the book, theory is confronted with current experimental data, and implications for future experiments are also considered. The book also explores the relationships between the Lund model and other models based on field theory (the Schwinger model, S-matrix models, light-cone algebra physics and variations of the parton model), and models based on statistical mechanics (the Feynman-Wilson gas, scaling, iterative cascade models).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17343/cover/9780521017343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conversations with an Alzheimer's Patient</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interactional Sociolinguistic Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Heidi Ehernberger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alzheimer's disease is a degenerative brain disease which has major social consequences for the individuals affected and for those people who are emotionally and/or physically close to them. The role which language plays in such relationships stands at the centre of this book. In contrast to traditional analyses carried out by psycholinguists, neurologists and speech pathologists, with speech samples elicited in clinical settings, Heidi Hamilton examines language in the life of one elderly female Alzheimer's patient from an interactional sociolinguistic perspective. The language of open-ended, naturally occurring conversations between the patient and the author, over four-and-a-half years, is investigated in an attempt to understand how the patient's communicative abilities and disabilities are related and how they change over time, and, importantly, how they are influenced by pre-emptive and reactive communicative behaviours on the part of the patient's healthy interlocutor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21010/cover/9780521421010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>DF</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaotic Dynamics DOS Disk</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications to Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medio, Alfredo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallo, Giampaolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The increased interest in nonlinear dynamical systems is largely due to recent developements in chaos theory, which have undermined the prevailing tenets of science, showing that even simple nonlinear systems can have very complex behavior.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Confronting Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Risks, Implications and Responses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mintzer, Irving M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Confronting Climate Change is a guide to the risks, dilemmas, and opportunities of the emerging political era, in which the impacts of a global warming could affect all regional, public and even individual decisions. Written by a renowned group of scientists, political analysts and economists, all with direct experience in climate change related deliberations, Confronting Climate Change is a survey of the best available answers to three vital questions: What do we know so far about the foreseeable dangers of climate change? How reliable is our knowledge? What are the most rewarding ways to respond? The book begins by exploring the key linkages and feedbacks that connect the risks of rapid climate change to other important environmental, economic and political problems of our time. Recognizing persistent uncertainties in the scientific understanding of climate change, the book draws attention to those areas of research which may reveal surprises which could change the sense of political urgency surrounding the climate problem - as did the discovery of the Antarctic ozone hole. It explores the geological record of climate change over the Earth's history, seeking a better understanding of how the climate has changed rapidly in countries while minimizing the long-term environmental damages which otherwise will result from continuing the current patterns of energy supply and use. The book is written to cross discipline boundaries, so that policy makers, economists, scientists, risk assessors, environmentalists and development advocates may understand each other's concerns. It shows how the international debate on managing the risks of rapid climate change may be re-shaped for the benfit of people in every nation on the planet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21096/cover/9780521421096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inside/Outside</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Relations as Political Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, R. B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Rob Walker offers an original analysis of the relationship between twentieth-century theories of international relations, and the political theory of civil society since the early modern period. He views theories of international relations both as an ideological expression of the modern state, and as a clear indication of the difficulties of thinking about a world politics characterized by profound spatiotemporal accelerations. International relations theories should be seen, the author argues, more as aspects of contemporary world politics than as explanations of contemporary world politics. These theories are examined in the light of recent debates about modernity and post-modernity, sovereignty and political identity, and the limits of modern social and political theory. This book is a major contribution to the field of critical international relations, and will be of interest to social and political theorists and political scientists, as well as students and scholars of international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21195/cover/9780521421195.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam in European Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hourani, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays focuses on the relation between European and Islamic thought and culture from the late eighteenth to the twentieth century. Albert Hourani explores the development of ideas about Islam in European thought and discusses the individual writers who played an important part in informing and communicating an image of Islamic history and civilisation. He also examines some of the reactions of the Islamic world to the powerful new ideas of European civilization including the first Arabic encyclopedia and translation of Homer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21201/cover/9780521421201.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ingmar Bergman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Life in the Theater</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Lise-Lone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a revised and expanded version of Ingmar Bergman: Four Decades in the Theatre, by the same authors, published more than ten years ago. The developments that have occurred in the interim, clustered around Bergman's triumphant return to the Royal Dramatic Theatre in Stockholm after years of self-imposed exile, have profoundly altered the course of this extraordinary career. Still the only book of its kind in English, this amply illustrated study uses detailed and comprehensive analyses of a range of Bergman's productions to chart the full scope and depth of his achievement in the theatre, from the early Macbeth in 1944 to his new, widely acclaimed performance of Ibsen's Peer Gynt in 1991.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21218/cover/9780521421218.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modeling Brain Function</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The World of Attractor Neural Networks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amit, Daniel J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most exciting and potentially rewarding areas of scientific research is the study of the principles and mechanisms underlying brain function. It is also of great promise to future generations of computers. A growing group of researchers, adapting knowledge and techniques from a wide range of scientific disciplines, have made substantial progress understanding memory, the learning process, and self organization by studying the properties of models of neural networks - idealized systems containing very large numbers of connected neurons, whose interactions give rise to the special qualities of the brain. This book introduces and explains the techniques brought from physics to the study of neural networks and the insights they have stimulated. It is written at a level accessible to the wide range of researchers working on these problems - statistical physicists, biologists, computer scientists, computer technologists and cognitive psychologists. The author presents a coherent and clear nonmechanical presentation of all the basic ideas and results. More technical aspects are restricted, wherever possible, to special sections and appendices in each chapter. The book is suitable as a text for graduate courses in physics, electrical engineering, computer science and biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21249/cover/9780521421249.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Limits to Modern Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central problem of modern government and political action is how to choose and implement effective economic policies. For this reason, the economic considerations of public policy have assumed a more prominent place in contemporary political thought. Despite efforts among political scientists, economists, and sociologists to fathom the complexities of this added dimension, none of these solid sciences offers a satisfying approach to the problem. This volume attempts to display the historical novelty and intellectual importance of this dilemma, to uncover its origins, and to procure a remedy through a clearer and steadier focus. The book's contributors range from historians of ideas to economic theorists, who bring the approach of their own intellectual discipline to bear upon the issue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21515/cover/9780521421515.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphors in the History of Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leary, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When psychologists speak of human memory as a matter of 'retrieving' earlier 'input' from 'storage', they are basing their discussion of memory upon a series of metaphors drawn from cybernetic theory (the science of communications and control) and computer technology. Similarly, when clinical psychologists try to 'relieve' the 'pressure' that someone has been 'repressing' inside, their actions are directed by the hydraulic metaphors that have shaped their understanding of the 'linear workings' of 'psychodynamics'. The contributors to this volume argue that psychologists and their predecessors have invariably turned to metaphor in order to articulate their descriptions, theories, and practical interventions with regard to psychological functioning. By specifying the major metaphors in the history of psychology, these contributors have offered a new key' to understanding this critically important area of human knowledge. Metaphors in the History of Psychology describes and analyses the ways in which psychological accounts of brain functioning, consciousness, cognition, emotion, motivation, learning, and behaviour have been shaped - and are still being shaped - by the central metaphors used by contemporary psychologists and their predecessors. The volume is a stylistically and substantively coherent work of essays on a theme which has become an issue of central concern in a variety of disciplines ranging from linguistics and literary studies to cognitive science, psychology, and philosophy. Through the identification of these metaphors, the contributors to this volume have provided a remarkably useful guide to the history, current orientations, and future prospects of modern psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21522/cover/9780521421522.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adams Memorial Symposium on Algebraic Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ray, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Grant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. Frank Adams had a profound influence on algebraic topology, and his works continue to shape its development. The International Symposium on Algebraic Topology held in Manchester during July 1990 was dedicated to his memory, and virtually all of the world's leading experts took part. This two volume work constitutes the proceedings of the symposium; the articles contained here range from overviews to reports of work still in progress, as well as a survey and complete bibliography of Adams' own work. These proceedings form an important compendium of current research in algebraic topology, and one that demonstrates the depth of Adams' many contributions to the subject. This second volume is oriented towards stable homotopy theory, the Steenrod algebra and the Adams spectral sequence. In the first volume the theme is mainly unstable homotopy theory, homological and categorical algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21539/cover/9780521421539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to William Faulkner</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Philip M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores Faulkner's widespread cultural import. Drawing on a wide range of cultural theory and written in accessible English, ten major Faulkner scholars examine the enduring whole of Faulkner's oeuvre. Bringing into focus the broader cultural context which lent its resonance to his work, the collection will be particularly useful for the student seeking critical introduction to Faulkner, while also serving the dedicated scholar interested in recent trends in Faulkner criticism. Together these essays map Faulkner's contemporary meaning by exploring his relation to modernism and postmodernism, to twentieth-century mass culture, to European and Latin American fiction, to issues of gender difference, and, above all, to the conflicted scene of United States race relations. Neither assuming in advance his literary 'greatness' nor insisting that his canonical status be revoked, they instead pose the question: what is at stake today in reading Faulkner?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21676/cover/9780521421676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The One, the Three and the Many</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunton, Colin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study offers a theological analysis of, and response to, the modern world, and is at once a theology of culture and of creation. In the first half of the book, Gunton expounds some of the distinctive and often contradictory features of modern culture. It emerges that modern culture, far from being unique in its difficulties, reflects similar inadequacies in ancient thought. The distinctive pathos of modernity is to be found in one unique feature, namely the displacement of God that is a mark of all realms of life. The roots of the problem are sought beyond the Enlightenment, where they are often located, in the combination of platonism and Christian theology which dominated medieval Christian thought. At the heart of the matter is a deficient - because of an inadequately trinitarian - understanding of creation and creation's God. The second half of the book develops a powerful theology of creation where due weight can be given to both universal and particular, both society and the individual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21843/cover/9780521421843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions and Social Conflict</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many of the fundamental questions in social science entail an examination of the role played by social institutions. Why do we have so many social institutions? Why do they take one form in one society and quite different ones in others? In what ways do these institutions develop? When and why do they change? Institutions and Social Conflict addresses these questions in two ways. First it offers a thorough critique of a wide range of theories of institutional change, from the classical accounts of Smith, Hume, Marx and Weber to the contemporary approaches of evolutionary theory, the theory of social conventions and the new institutionalism. Secondly, it develops a new theory of institutional change that emphasises the distributional consequences of social institutions. The emergence of institutions is explained as a by-product of distributional conflict in which asymmetries of power in a society generate institutional solutions to conflicts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21898/cover/9780521421898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142190X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142190X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Attitudes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Approach to the Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Lynne Rudder</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Explaining Attitudes offers a timely and important challenge to the dominant conception of belief found in the work of such philosophers as Dretske and Fodor. According to this dominant view beliefs, if they exist at all, are constituted by states of the brain. Lynne Rudder Baker rejects this view and replaces it with a quite different approach - practical realism. Seen from the perspective of practical realism, any argument that interprets beliefs as either brain states or states of immaterial souls is a 'non-starter'. Practical realism takes beliefs to be states of the whole persons, rather like states of health. What a person believes is determined by what a person would do, say and think in various circumstances. Thus beliefs and other attitudes are interwoven into an integrated, commonsensical conception of reality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21904/cover/9780521421904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tropical Rain Forest</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ecological Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, P. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, R. P. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baillie, I. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greig-Smith, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of The Tropical Rain Forest is firmly established as one of the classics of botanical literature. In this new and completely revised edition, Professor Richards provides a personal view of the field, based on over sixty years involvement in rain forest ecology. Climatic changes and human pressures have a major impact on the rain forests and it is now possible to see the possibility of their complete destruction. This book represents an important record of the rain forest in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21942/cover/9780521421942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521421950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521421950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521421959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Vibrational Spectroscopy of Polymers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521421959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bower, D. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddams, W. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the theory and practice of infrared and Raman spectroscopy as applied to the study of the physical and chemical characteristics of polymers. Its purpose is to give the beginning researcher in the field a firm foundation and a starting point for the study of more-advanced literature. To this end the book concentrates on the fundamentals of the theory and nomenclature, and on the discussion of well-documented illustrations of these fundamental principles, including many now-classic studies in the subject. No previous knowledge of either polymers or vibrational spectroscopy is assumed. The book will be of value to anyone beginning research on the vibrational spectroscopy of polymers, either from a physics or a chemistry background. It is intended to be especially suitable for use in undergraduate courses in physics, chemistry or materials science at both universities and polytechnics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/21959/cover/9780521421959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>158</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is volume 52 of the Radical History Review series. It deals specifically with new directions in gender history and the history of sexuality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Categories and Computer Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, R. F. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Category theory has become increasingly important and popular in computer science, and many universities now have introductions to category theory as part of their courses for undergraduate computer scientists. The author is a respected category theorist and has based this textbook on a course given over the last few years at the University of Sydney. The theory is developed in a straightforward way, and is enriched with many examples from computer science. Thus this book meets the needs of undergradute computer scientists, and yet retains a level of mathematical correctness that will broaden its appeal to include students of mathematics new to category theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22260/cover/9780521422260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Hobbes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sorell, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It was as a political thinker that Thomas Hobbes first came to prominence, and it is as a political theorist that he is most studied today. Yet the range of his writings extends well beyond morals and politics. Hobbes had distinctive views in metaphysics and epistemology, and wrote about such subjects as history, law, and religion. He also produced full-scale treatises in physics, optics, and geometry. All of these areas are covered in this Companion, most in considerable detail. The volume also reflects the multidisciplinary nature of current Hobbes scholarship by drawing together perspectives that are now being developed in parallel by philosophers, historians of science and mathematics, intellectual historians, political scientists, and literary theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22444/cover/9780521422444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Beings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockburn, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the importance of the notion 'human being'? The contributors to this collection have radically different approaches, some accepting and others denying its validity for a proper understanding of what a person is and for our ethical thought about each other. Contributors on both sides of the divide eloquently defend their views in ways that stand in sharp contrast to some current work in moral philosophy and philosophy of mind. Epistemological and theological issues are also raised in the provocative and wide-ranging discussions stimulated by the volume's theme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22451/cover/9780521422451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A. J. Ayer: Memorial Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, A. Phillips</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A. J. Ayer, who died in 1989, was acknowledged as one of Britain's most distinguished philosophers. In this memorial collection of essays leading Western philosophers reflect on Ayer's place in the history of philosophy and explore aspects of his thought and teaching. The volume also includes a posthumous essay by Ayer himself: 'A defence of empiricism'. These essays are undoubtedly a fitting tribute to a major figure, but the collection is not simply retrospective; rather it looks forward to present and future developments in philosophical thought that Ayer's work has stimulated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22468/cover/9780521422468.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lifetimes of Commitment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ageing, Politics, Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Molly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an exploration of the ways in which political belief is developed and sustained throughout the course of a lifetime. Through extensive interviews, it focuses on the lives of fifteen British men and women, aged between seventy and ninety, who have dedicated half a century or longer to working for social change and justice. From Dorothy Greenald's commitment to provision of adequate housing for prisoners' families to Walter Gregory's active service in the Spanish Civil War and Trevor Huddleston's vital role in the international Anti-Apartheid Movement, these men and women have been involved in both local and international struggles. Respondents discuss topics ranging from the importance of gender identity for their political activism, to their perceptions of recent events in Eastern Europe. The work is unusual in combining an investigation of individual lifelong political commitment with a wider consideration of the formation of social identity, aging and the interplay between individuals and their environment. Lifetimes of commitment will have a wide appeal amongst social psychologists, sociologists, social and oral historians and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22499/cover/9780521422499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberal Purposes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Goods, Virtues, and Diversity in the Liberal State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galston, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the current theory of liberalism by an eminent political theorist.  It challenges the views of such theorists as Rawls, Dworkin, and Ackerman who believe that the essence of liberalism is that it should remain neutral concerning different ways of life and individual conceptions of what is good or valuable.   Professor Galston argues that the modern liberal state is committed to a distinctive conception of the human good, and to that end has developed characteristic institutions and practices - representative governments, diverse societies, market economies, and zones of private action - in the pursuit of specific public purposes that give unity to the liberal state.  These purposes guide liberal public policy, shape liberal justice, require the practice of liberal virtues, and rest on a liberal public culture.  Consequently the diversity characteristic of liberal societies is limited by their institutional, personal, and cultural preconditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22505/cover/9780521422505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Miniature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nancy Mitford once observed that some of the most bitter personal clashes of all time have been 'between the Manor and the Vicarage'. Owen Chadwick's Victorian Miniature paints a detailed cameo of nineteenth-century English rural life, in the extraordinary battle of wills between squire and parson in a Norfolk village. Both the evangelical clergyman and the squire, proudly conscious of his Huguenot ancestry, were passionate diarists, and their two journals open up a fascinating double perspective on the events which exposed their clash of personalities. The result is a narrative that is at once deeply informative about Victorian class distinctions, rural customs and festivities, and richly entertaining in a manner worthy of Trollope.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22512/cover/9780521422512.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142254X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142254X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belated Feudalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Labor, the Law, and Liberal Development in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orren, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditional and still-dominant theories of American political development depict the American state as a thoroughly liberal state from its very inception. Karen Orren challenges that account by arguing that a remnant of ancient feudalism was, in fact, embedded in the American governmental system, in the form of the law of master and servant, and persisted until well into the twentieth century. The law of master and servant was, she reveals, incorporated in the US Constitution and administered from democratic politics. The fully legislative polity that defines the modern liberal state was achieved in America, Orren argues, only through the initiatives of the labor movement in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and was finally ushered in as part of the processes of collective bargaining instituted by the New Deal. This book represents a fundamental reinterpretation of constitutional change in the United States and of the role of American organized labor, which is shown to be a creator of liberalism, rather than a spoiler of socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22543/cover/9780521422543.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kenneth Burke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rhetoric, Subjectivity, Postmodernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wess, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kenneth Burke, arguably the most important American literary theorist of the twentieth century, helped define the theoretical terrain for contemporary literary and cultural studies. His perspectives were literary and linguistic, but his influences ranged across history, philosophy, and the social sciences. In this important and original study Robert Wess traces the trajectory of Burke's long career and situates his work in relation to postmodernity. His study is both an examination of contemporary theories of rhetoric, ideology, and the subject, and an explanation of why Burke failed to complete his Motives trilogy. Burke's own critique of the 'isolated unique individual' led him to question the possibility of unique individuation, a strategy which anticipated important elements of postmodern concepts of subjectivity. Robert Wess's study is both a timely and judicious exposition of Burke's massive oeuvre, and a crucial intervention in current debates on rhetoric and human agency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22581/cover/9780521422581.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locally Presentable and Accessible Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adamek, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosicky, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concepts of a locally presentable category and an accessible category have turned out to be useful in formulating connections between universal algebra, model theory, logic and computer science. The aim of this book is to provide an exposition of both the theory and the applications of these categories at a level accessible to graduate students. Firstly the properties of l-presentable objects, locally l-presentable categories, and l-accessible categories are discussed in detail, and the equivalence of accessible and sketchable categories is proved. The authors go on to study categories of algebras and prove that Freyd's essentially algebraic categories are precisely the locally presentable categories. In the final chapters they treat some topics in model theory and some set theoretical aspects. For researchers in category theory, algebra, computer science, and model theory, this book will be a necessary purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22611/cover/9780521422611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Anthropomorphism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is anthropomorphism dead? Modern students of animal behaviour mostly think it is and are therefore confident that their own use of anthropomorphic language is purely metaphorical. John Kennedy's point is that explicit anthropomorphism was indeed well-nigh killed by fierce criticism from the radical Behaviourists, but that we have to recognize that today there is a new anthropomorphism which is much harder to avoid because it is unintended and largely unconscious. It exists because of a fact only hinted at in the literature: that an anthropomorphic 'fellow-feeling' towards animals, especially higher ones, is built into us by nature and nurture. For that reason even those who if they were asked would firmly reject anthropomorphism nevertheless unwittingly slip into it from time to time. The book provides ample documentary evidence of this. It contains nineteen essays on behavioural concepts which have seldom been identified as anthropomorphic but in fact bear that connotation and lead to mistakes. Some of these, such as search images in birds and the learning of grammatical language by apes, have been seen through as errors after a time. A greater number, such as efference copy, goal-directedness, cognition and suffering in animals, are still current though not yet regarded as erroneous. We can hardly hope to cure ourselves altogether of thinking anthropomorphically, and it is anyway very useful as a metaphor. The final chapter outlines things we can do to minimise the damage it does to the causal analysis of animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22673/cover/9780521422673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142268X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142268X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Twistor Geometry and Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Jr, Raymond O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the twistor treatment of certain linear and non-linear partial differential equations. The description in terms of twistors involves algebraic and differential geometry, algebraic topology and results in a new perspective on the properties of space and time. The authors firstly develop the mathematical background, then go on to discuss Yang-Mills fields and gravitational fields in classical language, and in the final part a number of field-theoretic problems are solved. Issued here for the first time in paperback, this self-contained volume should be of use to graduate mathematicians and physicists and research workers in theoretical physics, relativity, and cosmology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22680/cover/9780521422680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Fluid Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chevray, Ren&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathieu, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a novel but unified treatment of an established subject. Rather than describe the standard topics in fluid mechanics in traditional form, the book presents each topic as part of a wider class of problems so that a unity of concepts is emphasized over a unity of material. The authors have aimed for simplicity in presentation, stressing physical understanding over mathematical development. Specialized subjects such as chaotic advection, chaos and the onset of turbulence - problems that are being tackled in research and industry now - are given particular attention. This text is intended for students of fluid mechanics, primarily at the graduate level, but will also be of interest and value to workers in the field of fluid mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22727/cover/9780521422727.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Empire in Late Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harries, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first systematic treatment in English by an historian of the nature, aims and efficacy of public law in late imperial Roman society from the third to the fifth century AD. Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, and using the writings of lawyers and legal anthropologists, as well as those of historians, the book offers new interpretations of central questions: What was the law of late antiquity? How efficacious was late Roman law? What were contemporary attitudes to pain, and the function of punishment? Was the judicial system corrupt? How were disputes settled? Law is analysed as an evolving discipline, within a framework of principles by which even the emperor was bound. While law, through its language, was an expression of imperial power, it was also a means of communication between emperor and subject, and was used by citizens, poor as well as rich, to serve their own ends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22734/cover/9780521422734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422825</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary Chinese Politics in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Womack, Brantly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few countries have had a more turbulent political history in the twentieth century than China. Although China's unprecedented stability and prosperity in the 1980s gave hope that such turbulence was at an end, the crises of Tiananmen, culminating in the massacre of June 4, 1989, proved that the turbulence continues. Here, eight distinguished China specialists provide wide ranging, original essays that attempt to explain the dynamics of contemporary Chinese politics by analysing the preceding patterns of development. Some of the essays focus on the most basic issues of the historical development of Chinese politics while other essays focus on developments in important policy areas since 1949. The book concludes with a penetrating analysis of the Tiananmen events by Tang Tsou, Professor Emeritus of Political Science at the University of Chicago. Together, the essays detail the weight of the past on Chinese politics, but also the long term developments that prevent the simple recurrence of previous patterns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22826/cover/9780521422826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This provocative new textbook takes up and develops the themes of rationality and irrationality in Jon Elster's earlier work. Its purposes are threefold. First, Elster shows how belief and preference formation in the realm of politics are shaped by social and political institutions. Second, he argues for an important distinction in the social sciences between mechanisms and theories. Third, he illustrates those general principles of political psychology through readings of three outstanding political psychologists: the French classical historian, Paul Veyne; the Soviet dissident writer, Alexander Zinoviev; the great French political theorist, Alexis de Tocqueville.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22864/cover/9780521422864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interactionist Perspectives on Human Intelligence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagner, Richard K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>259</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditional views of abilities have viewed them as internal properties of the organism. The views presented in this book, in contrast, view abilities as inhering in the interaction between minds and the contexts in which they are found. Some of the greatest psychologists of all time, such as Piaget and Vygotsky, have recognised the importance of person-context interaction to the development of intelligence, and even fervent hereditarians have recognised the extent to which when genotypes are expressed phenotypically, there is a reaction range that can limit or enhance the extent to which the genotype is expressed in the environment. The book is divided into three main parts. Part I, focusing on academic tasks, contains chapters by R. E. Snow on abilities in academic tasks, M. K. Gardner on novelty and intelligence, and S. J. Ceci and A. Roazzi on the effects of context on cognition. Part II, focusing on everyday tasks, contains chapters by C. A. Berg and K. S. Calderone on the role of problem interpretations in understanding the development of everyday problem solving, R. K. Wagner on use of cognitive tests in job selection, and F. E. Fiedler and T. G. Link on leader intelligence, interpersonal stress, and task performance. Finally, Part III, containing general perspectives, contains chapters by N. Granott and H. Gardner on interactions, coincidence, and development in domains of ability, J. Valsiner and M.-C. Leung on a sociogenetic process approach to abilities, and R. J. Steinberg on an integrative framework for understanding mind in context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22871/cover/9780521422871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521422884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521422884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521422888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language as an Interactive Phenomenon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521422888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duranti, Alessandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last decade has seen a fundamental rethinking of the concept of context. Rather than functioning solely as a constraint on linguistic performance, context is now also analysed as a product of language use. In this new perspective, language and context are seen as interactively achieved phenomena, rather than predefined sets of forms and contents. The essays in this collection, written by many of the leading figures in the social sciences, critically reexamine the concept of context from a variety of different angles and propose new ways of thinking about it with reference to specific human activities such as face-to-face interaction, radio talk, medical diagnosis, political encounters and socialisation practices. Each essay is prefaced by an introduction by the editors which provides relevant theoretical and methodological background and demonstrates its relation to other essays in the volume. The editors' general introduction provides a lucid overview of the issues currently debated. Rethinking Context will be required reading for everyone working within the fields of linguistic anthropology, sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, pragmatics, conversation analysis and the sociology of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/22888/cover/9780521422888.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142304X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142304X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The San Francisco Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetics and Community at Mid-Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davidson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The San Francisco Renaissance is the first overview of this major American literary movement. Michael Davidson recounts its emergence during the postwar period in the San Francisco Bay area as defined by poets such as Kenneth Rexroth, Robert Duncan and William Everson, and then as it blossomed into the literary excitements associated with the Beat movement and with writers like Jack Kerouac and Allen Ginsberg. Individual chapters are devoted to major writers of the period and to their involvement with social and political change during the Cold War era. Davidson's penultimate chapter deals with the largely neglected context of women writers during this period, and the final chapter deals with poetry since 1965.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23045/cover/9780521423045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time Series and Dynamic Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallo, Giampiero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Christian Gourieroux and Alain Monfort provide an up-to-date and comprehensive analysis of modern time series econometrics. They have succeeded in synthesising in an organised and integrated way a broad and diverse literature. While the book does not assume a deep knowledge of economics, one of its most attractive features is the close attention it pays to economic models and phenomena throughout. The coverage represents a major reference tool for graduate students, researchers and applied economists. The book is divided into four sections. Section one gives a detailed treatment of classical seasonal adjustment or smoothing methods. Section two provides a thorough coverage of various mathematical tools. Section three is the heart of the book, and is devoted to a range of important topics including causality, exogeneity shocks, multipliers, cointegration and fractionally integrated models. The final section describes the main contribution of filtering and smoothing theory to time series econometric problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23083/cover/9780521423083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prey into Hunter</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Religious Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maurice Bloch has for many years been developing an original and influential theory of ritual. In this book he synthesises a radical theory of religion. Rituals in a great many societies deny the transience of life and of human institutions. Bloch argues that they enact this denial by symbolically sacrificing the participants themselves, so allowing them to participate in the immortality of a transcendent entity. Such sacrifices are achieved through acts of symbolic violence, ranging from bodily mutilations to the killing of animals. The theme is developed with reference to rituals of many types, from a variety of ethnographic sources, and Bloch shows that even exogamous marriage rituals can be reinterpreted in the light of this thesis. He concludes by considering the indirect relation of symbolic and ritual violence to political violence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23120/cover/9780521423120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diagnostic Criteria for Functional Psychoses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berner, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gabriel, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katschnig, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kieffer, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koehler, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lenz, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The functional psychoses continue to be classed as illnesses of unknown origin, and the validity of diagnostic concepts therefore also depends on extrinsic criteria such as course and outcome, results of biological and genetic investigation, and response to treatment. 'Operational' diagnostic criteria are the main subject of this book, which presents a comprehensive review of the present state of diagnostic formulations for functional psychoses. From the early nosological and pathogenetic concepts of Kraepelin, Bleuler, Schneider and Kasanin, the authors trace the development, internationally, of the various classifications of the functional psychoses, culminating among others in those embodied in the latest ICD and DSM formulations. This is a revised and expanded edition of Diagnostic Criteria for Schizophrenic and Affective Psychoses and is also published under the auspices of the World Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic criteria have been selected for inclusion on the basis of their historical importance, their influence on current diagnostic systems, their international scope and their scientific importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35125/cover/9780521035125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stability of Microstructure in Metallic Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doherty, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cantor, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second edition of this textbook, popular amongst students and faculty alike, investigates the various causes of thermodynamic instability in metallic microstructures. Materials theoretically well designed for a particular application may prove inefficient or even useless unless stable under normal working conditions. The authors examine current experimental and theoretical understanding of the kinetics behind structural change in metals. The entire text has been updated in this new edition, and a completely new chapter on highly metastable alloys has been added. The degree to which kinetic stability of the material outweighs its thermodynamic instability is very important, and dictates the useful working life of the material. If the structure is initially produced to an optimum, such changes will degrade the properties of the material. This comprehensive and well-illustrated text, accompanied by ample references, will allow final year undergraduates, graduate students and research workers to investigate in detail the stability of microstructure in metallic systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23168/cover/9780521423168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harrington: 'The Commonwealth of Oceana' and 'A System of Politics'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrington, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pocock, J. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Harrington's brief career as a political and historical theorist spans the last years of the Cromwellian Protectorate and the Restoration of 1660. This volume comprises the first and last of Harrington's writings. Harrington was the first theorist to interpret the English Civil Wars as a revolution, the result of a long-term process of social change which led to the decay of the old political order. The Commonwealth of Oceana (1656) is a fictionalised presentation of English history up to the victory of the New Model Army, explaining the fall of the monarchy and proposing a republic to replace it. A System of Politics, written after the Restoration, is a scheme of history and political philosophy erected on the foundations of his previous works. Professor Pocock's introduction emphasises Harrington's place as a pivotal figure in the history of English political thought. This edition also contains a chronology of events in Harrington's life and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23298/cover/9780521423298.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England's Troubles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventeenth-Century English Political Instability in European Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this path-breaking study, Jonathan Scott argues that seventeenth-century English history was shaped by three processes. The first was destructive: that experience of political instability which contemporaries called 'our troubles'. The second was creative: its spectacular intellectual consequence in the English revolution. The third was reconstructive: the long restoration voyage toward safe haven from these terrifying storms. Driving the troubles were fears and passions animated by European religious and political developments. The result registered the impact upon fragile institutions of powerful beliefs. One feature of this analysis is its relationship of the history of events to that of ideas. Another is its consideration of these processes across the century as a whole. The most important is its restoration of this extraordinary English experience to its European context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23342/cover/9780521423342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142335X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142335X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and the Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political and Economic Reforms in Eastern Europe and Latin America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The quest for freedom from hunger and repression has triggered in recent years a dramatic, worldwide reform of political and economic systems. Never have so many people enjoyed, or at least experimented with democratic institutions. However, many strategies for economic development in Eastern Europe and Latin America have failed with the result that entire economic systems on both continents are being transformed. This major book analyzes recent transitions to democracy and market-oriented economic reforms in Eastern Europe and Latin America. Drawing in a quite distinctive way on models derived from political philosophy, economics, and game theory, Professor Przeworski also considers specific data on individual countries. Among the questions raised by the book are: What should we expect from these experiments in democracy and market economy?  What new economic systems will emerge? Will these transitions result in new democracies or old dictatorships?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23359/cover/9780521423359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Motives and Cultural Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Andrade, Roy G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strauss, Claudia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A full understanding of human action requires an understanding of what motivates people to do what they do. For too many years studies of motivation and of culture have drawn from different theoretical paradigms. Typically, human motivation has been modelled on animal behaviour, while culture has been described as pure knowledge or symbol. The result has been insufficient appreciation of the role of culture in human motivation and a truncated view of culture as disembodied knowledge. In this volume, anthropologists have attempted a different approach, seeking to integrate knowledge, desire, and action in a single explanatory framework. This research builds upon recent work in cognitive anthropology on cultural models, that is, shared cognitive schemas through which human realities are constructed and interpreted, while also drawing upon insights from developmental psychology, psychoanalytic theory, and social theory. Most of the research described here was conducted in the United States and deals with some of the pressing concerns - romance, marriage, parenthood, and success - of women and men from different class and ethnic backgrounds. A study of gender roles in Mexico provides comparative cross-cultural data. Several of the chapters deal with oppressive social ideologies, exploring cultural models of gender and class. The careful, in-depth case studies and innovative methods of discourse analysis used here turn up findings about the relation of ideology to people's thought and action that challenge any kind of simple social determinism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23380/cover/9780521423380.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142349X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142349X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Skills of Argument</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuhn, Deanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Skills of Argument presents a comprehensive empirical study of informal reasoning as argument, involving subjects across the life span. Subjects ranging in age from adolescence to late adulthood were asked to describe their views on social problems that people have occasion to think and talk about in everyday life, such as crime and unemployment. In addition to providing supporting evidence for their theories, subjects were asked to contemplate alternative theories and counterarguments and to evaluate new evidence on the topics. This is the first major study of informal reasoning across the life span. Highlighting the importance of argumentive reasoning in everyday thought, the book offers a theoretical framework for conceptualizing and studying thinking as argument. The findings address issues of major importance to cognitive and developmental psychologists, as well as educators concerned with improving the quality of people's thinking. The work is also relevant to philosophers, political scientists, and linguists interested in informal reasoning and argumentive discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23496/cover/9780521423496.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Allometry of Growth and Reproduction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiss, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The technique of allometry investigates the effects of size on such variables as food intake, energy requirements, growth rates and age at first reproduction. This book brings together much of what is known about the consequences of size and provides a new and mathematically rigorous framework within which many quantitative predictions are made and tested using published and unpublished data. Explanations are proposed for many previously unexplained phenomena such as why in some species females are thousands of times heavier than males, whereas in no species are males more than about eight times heavier than females. The models presented afford a synthesis of the effects of size and open up pathways for further theoretical investigation and experimental testing. Care has been taken to give verbal presentations of all the mathematical conclusions to ensure that the text is widely intelligible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23588/cover/9780521423588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to X-ray Crystallography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolfson, Michael M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A textbook for the advanced undergraduate or graduate student beginning a serious study of X-ray crystallography. It will be of interest both to those intending to become professional crystallographers and to those physicists, chemists, biologists, geologists, metallurgists and others who will use it as a tool in their research. All major aspects of crystallography are covered - the geometry of crystals and their symmetry, theoretical and practical aspects of diffracting X-rays by crystals and how the data may be analysed to find the symmetry of the crystal and its structure. Recent advances are fully covered, including the synchrotron as a source of X-rays, methods of solving structures from power data and the full range of techniques for solving structures from single-crystal data. A suite of computer programs is provided for carrying out many operations of data-processing and solving crystal structures - including by direct methods. While these are limited to two dimensions they fully illustrate the characteristics of three-dimensional work. These programs are required for many of the examples given at the end of each chapter but may also be used to create new examples by which students can test themselves or each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23595/cover/9780521423595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Evidence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moser, Paul K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Moser's book defends what has been an unfashionable view in recent epistemology: the foundationalist account of knowledge and justification. Since the time of Plato philosophers have wondered what exactly knowledge is. This book develops a new account of perceptual knowledge which specifies the exact sense in which knowledge has foundations. The author argues that experiential foundations are indeed essential to perceptual knowledge, and he explains what knowledge requires beyond justified true beliefs. In challenging prominent sceptical claims that we have no justified beliefs about the external world, the book outlines a theory of rational belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23632/cover/9780521423632.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Altruism and Aggression</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social and Biological Origins</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zahn-Waxler, Carolyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cummings, E. Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iannotti, Ronald J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this timely collection, biological and behavioral scientists address questions emerging from new research about the origins and interconnections of altruism and aggression within and across species. They explore the genetic underpinnings of affiliative and aggressive orientations as well as the biological correlates of these behaviors. They consider environmental variables - family patterns, child rearing practices - that influence prosocial and antisocial behaviors. And they examine internal processes such as empathy, socio-inferential abilities, and cognitive attributions, that regulate 'kindness' and 'selfishness'. The first section focuses on biological, sociobiological, and ethological approaches. It explores the utility of animal models for understanding both human and infrahuman social behavior. The second section focuses on the development, socialization, and mediation of altruism and aggression in children. Several concerns underly both sections. These include the role of attachment processes, separation distress, reciprocal interchanges, and social play in determining the quantity and quality of aggressive and affiliative interactions; the function of emotions (e.g. empathy, guilt, and anger) as instigators of altruism and aggression; and the nature of sex differences. Several chapters present data on emotions that mediate altruism and aggression and also on patterns of association between prosocial and antisocial behaviors. The authors take an ethological perspective, placing special importance on the need to explore altruism and aggression in the real lives and natural habitats of humans and other animals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23670/cover/9780521423670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Untying the Knot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short History of Divorce</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rapid spread of divorce since the 1960s has dramatically affected family life in Western society. Extensive research has been devoted to this recent period of change, and yet the long-term history of divorce has remained surprisingly obscure. Roderick Phillips, author of the highly acclaimed magisterial history of divorce, Putting Asunder, has now abridged his fascinating and wide-ranging study for a general readership. Encompassing religious and secular attitudes to divorce, the evolution of divorce laws, and changing responses to marriage breakdown, Untying the Knot offers a highly readable and thought-provoking history of the phenomenon, placed illuminatingly against a variety of social, economic, political and cultural backgrounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23700/cover/9780521423700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chimpanzee Material Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Human Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrew, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The chimpanzee, of all other living species, is our closest relation, with whom we last shared a common ancestor about 5 million years ago. These African apes make and use a rich and varied kit of tools, and of the primates they are the only consistent and habitual tool-users and tool-makers. Chimpanzees meet the criteria of culture as originally defined for human beings by socio-cultural anthropologists. They show sex differences in using tools to obtain and to process a variety of plant and animal foods. The technological gap between chimpanzees and human societies that live by foraging (hunter-gatherers) is surprisingly narrow, at least for food-getting. Different communities of wild chimpanzees have different tool-kits, and not all of this regional and local variation can be explained by the demands of the physical and biotic environments in which they live. Some differences are likely to be customs based on socially derived and symbolically encoded traditions. Chimpanzees serve as heuristic, referential models for the reconstruction of cultural evolution in apes and humans from a common ancestor. However, chimpanzees are not humans, and key differences exist between them, though many of these apparent contrasts remain to be explored empirically and theoretically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23717/cover/9780521423717.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mexico since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mexico Since Independence brings together six chapters from Volumes III, V and VII of the Cambridge History of Latin America to provide in a single volume an economic, social and political history of Mexico since independence from Spain in 1821. This, it is hoped, will be useful for both teachers and students of Latin American history. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23724/cover/9780521423724.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supermanifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeWitt, Bryce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an updated and expanded second edition of a successful and well-reviewed text presenting a detailed exposition of the modern theory of supermanifolds, including a rigorous account of the super-analogs of all the basic structures of ordinary manifold theory. The exposition opens with the theory of analysis over supernumbers (Grassman variables), Berezin integration, supervector spaces and the superdeterminant. This basic material is then applied to the theory of supermanifolds, with an account of super-analogs of Lie derivatives, connections, metric, curvature, geodesics, Killing flows, conformal groups, etc. The book goes on to discuss the theory of super Lie groups, super Lie algebras, and invariant geometrical structures on coset spaces. Complete descriptions are given of all the simple super Lie groups. The book then turns to applications. Chapter 5 contains an account of the Peierals bracket for superclassical dynamical systems, super Hilbert spaces, path integration for fermionic quantum systems, and simple models of Bose-Fermi supersymmetry. The sixth and final chapter, which is new in this revised edition, examines dynamical systems for which the topology of the configuration supermanifold is important. A concise but complete account is given of the pathintegral derivation of the Chern-Gauss-Bonnet formula for the Euler-Poincar&#233; characteristic of an ordinary manifold, which is based on a simple extension of a point particle moving freely in this manifold to a supersymmetric dynamical system moving in an associated supermanifold. Many exercises are included to complement the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23779/cover/9780521423779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subject of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cascardi, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The question of modernity has provoked a vigorous debate in the work of thinkers from Hegel to Habermas. Our own self-styled postmodern age has seen no end to this debate, which now receives a major and wide-ranging intervention from the theorist and critic Anthony J. Cascardi. Offering an historical account of the origins and transformations of the rational subject or self as it is represented in Descartes, Cervantes, Pascal, Hobbes and the Don Juan myth, he carries his argument across the fields of epistemology, literature, political science, religion and psychology. The modern subject proves to be positioned within conflicting discourses, in a culture characterised by its 'detotalised totality'. Max Weber's concept of 'world disenchantment' enables Cascardi to make a searching critique of modernity's sense of its absoluteness, divorced from an archaic, 'enchanted' world. He advocates in its place a more fruitful relationship between historical analysis and theoretical speculation, offering constructive new alternatives to current orthodoxy regarding subjectivity and modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142383X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142383X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory and Analysis of Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pfister, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliday, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Manfred Pfister's book is the first to provide a coherent and comprehensive framework for the analysis of plays in all their dramatic and theatrical dimensions. The materical on which his analysis is based covers all genres and periods of drama, from Greek tragedy and comedy to the contemporary theatre, with the plays of Shakespeare providing a special focus. His approach is not historical but systematic, combining more abstract categorisations with detailed and concrete interpretations of specific sample texts. An extensive international bibliography of relevant theatre and drama studies further enhances the practical value of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23830/cover/9780521423830.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designs, Graphs, Codes and their Links</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, P. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lint, J. H. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although graph theory, design theory, and coding theory had their origins in various areas of applied mathematics, today they are to be found under the umbrella of discrete mathematics. Here the authors have considerably reworked and expanded their earlier successful books on graphs, codes and designs, into an invaluable textbook. They do not seek to consider each of these three topics individually, but rather to stress the many and varied connections between them. The discrete mathematics needed is developed in the text, making this book accessible to any student with a background of undergraduate algebra. Many exercises and useful hints are included througout, and a large number of references are given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23854/cover/9780521423854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rival States, Rival Firms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Competition for World Market Shares</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stopford, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henley, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this theoretically original work, two distinguished authors explore the mutual interdependence of states and firms throughout the world. They show how global structural changes - in finance, technology, knowledge and politics - often impel governments to seek the help and cooperation of managers of multinational enterprises.  Yet, as Professors Stopford and Strange demonstrate, this is constrained by each country's economic resources, its social structures and its political history. Based on grass-roots research into the experience of over 50 multinationals and more than 100 investment projects in three developing countries- Brazil, Malaysia and Kenya - the authors develop a matrix of agendas. They present the impact on projects of the multiple factors affecting the bargaining relationships between the government and the foreign firm at different times and in a variety of economic sectors. In conclusion they offer some guidelines for actions to both governments and firms and some points to future interdisciplinary research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23861/cover/9780521423861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Best Laid Schemes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psychology of the Emotions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oatley, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Keith Oatley draws on theories from psychology, philosophy and linguistics, as well as writings from other social sciences, to show how emotions are central to any understanding of human actions and mental life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23878/cover/9780521423878.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Medieval Political Thought c.350-c.1450</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>816</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a comprehensive and authoritative account of  the history of a complex and varied body of ideas over a period of more than a thousand years. A work of both synthesis and assessment, The Cambridge History of Medieval Political Thought presents the results of several decades of critical scholarship in the field, and reflects in its breadth of enquiry precisely that diversity of focus which characterised the medieval sense of the 'political', preoccupied with universality at some levels, and with almost minute particularity at others. Thus among the vital questions explored by the distinguished team of contributors are the nature of authority, of justice, of property; the problem of legitimacy, of allegiance, of resistance to the powers that be; the character and function of law, and the role of custom in sustaining a social structure. While the predominant emphasis of the volume is necessarily upon those ideas that developed within Latin Christendom, full weight is also given to the impact of Byzantine, Jewish, and Islamic thought, and the whole comprises a unique distillation of knowledge upon a multi-faceted screen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23885/cover/9780521423885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Participation in Athens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair, R. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the public aspects of the life of Athenian citizens in the period from c.450 to 322 BC. Its central purpose is a critical assessment of the character and extent of citizens' participation in the running of the democracy, by raising certain fundamental questions. By what means and through which institutions did Athenian citizens participate in the public life of Athens? Professor Sinclair's analysis is made from the point of view of the individual citizen - his privileges and opportunities, his responsibilities, the rewards and the dangers of exploiting the opportunities available to him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23892/cover/9780521423892.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eberhard J&#252;ngel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to his Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John Bainbridge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first introduction in any language to the work of Eberhard J&#252;ngel, who increasingly is recognised as one of the leading contemporary Protestant German theologians. It furnishes a comprehensive survey of his work as New Testament scholar, systematic theologian and philosopher, focusing particularly on his discussions of theological and religious language, the role of Christology, the doctrines of God and man, and questions of natural theology. Some initial evaluations of J&#252;ngel's theology are offered in the light of other current traditions of theology and philosophy, both English and German.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23915/cover/9780521423915.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World of Ancient Israel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociological, Anthropological and Political Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clements, Ronald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Encapsulating as it does research that has been undertaken on the sociological, anthropological and political aspects of the history of ancient Israel, this important book is designed to follow in the tradition of works in the series sponsored by The Society for Old Testament Study which began with the publication of The People and the Book in 1925. The World of Ancient Israel is especially concerned to explore in greater depth than comparable studies the areas and degrees of overlap between approaches to the subject of Old Testament research adopted by scholars and students of theology and the social sciences. Increasing numbers of scholars have recognised the valuable insights that can be gained from a cross-disciplinary approach, and it is becoming clear that the early biblical traditions about the formation of the Israelite state must be examined in the light of comparative anthropology if useful historical conclusions are to be drawn from them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23922/cover/9780521423922.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142397X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142397X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health, Race and German Politics between National Unification and Nazism, 1870-1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weindling, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Analysis of the orgins of the holocaust traditionally centres around v&#246;lkisch racial ideologies, overlooking the effects of racial ideas on biology and health. Based on a wealth of hitherto neglected archival sources, this book analyses the origins, social composition and impact of eugenics in the context of the social and political tension of an industrialising empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23977/cover/9780521423977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521423988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521423988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521423984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Court of France 1789-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521423984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansel, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This attractively illustrated volume describes the succession of courts and monarchies in France 1789-1830, from the revolutionary period to the fall of Charles X. It shows decisively that the revolution resulted in a stronger monarchy and a larger and more elitist series of courts than had existed previously. The book is based on many years of research in public and private archives throughout Europe. New light is thrown on the nature of the French revolution and on the character and policies of Louis XVI, Napoleon I, Louis XVIII and Charles X, who led their courts through periods of unprecedented formality and splendour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/23984/cover/9780521423984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of True Minds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heil, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims at reconciling the emerging conceptions of mind and their contents that have, in recent years, come to seem irreconcilable. Post-Cartesian philosophers face the challenge of comprehending minds as natural objects possessing apparently non-natural powers of thought. The difficulty is to understand how our mental capacities, no less than our biological or chemical characteristics, might ultimately be products of our fundamental physical constituents, and to do so in a way that preserves the phenomena. Externalists argue that the significance of thought turns on the circumstances of thinkers; reductionists hold that mental characteristics are physical; eliminationists contend that the concept of thought belongs to an outmoded folk theory of behavior. John Heil explores these topics and points the way to a naturalistic synthesis, one that accords the mental a place in the physical world alongside the non-mental.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24004/cover/9780521424004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tenth Muse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psyche of the American Poet</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tenth Muse was enormously well-received when first published by Harvard University Press in 1975, and has been deemed a classic work. It has been out of print for several years now and this is the first paperback issue. In it Albert Gelpi asks hard questions about how poetry can take on for itself the problems of shaping American identities and argues that the conditions of American life and culture have pushed our major poets into a debate between intellect and passion. Gelpi provides thorough readings of major American poets from Bradstreet and Taylor up to the modernists, often using contemporary poets (Rich, Ginsberg, Duncan) as frames for those predecessors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24011/cover/9780521424011.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142402X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142402X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bergson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Thinking Backwards</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, F. C. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the philosophy of Henri Bergson (1859-1941) which shows how relevant Bergson is to much contemporary philosophy. The book takes as its point of departure Bergson's insistence on precision in philosophy. It then discusses a variety of topics including laughter, the nature of time as experienced, how intelligence and language should be construed as a pragmatic product of evolution, and the antinomies of reason represented by magic and religion. This is not just another exposition of Bergson's work. It offers an account of why Bergson commanded such a massive reading public in his own day and why he deserves to be read now. Written in a terse and clear style, this book will prove appealing to teachers and students of philosophy, cognitive science, psychology, religious studies and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24028/cover/9780521424028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of the Mass Audience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neuman, W. Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Future of the Mass Audience focuses on how the changing technology and economics of the mass media in post-industrial society will influence public communication. It summarises the results of a five-year study conducted in cooperation with the senior corporate planners at ABC, CBS, NBC, Time Warner, The New York Times and the Washington Post. The central question is whether the new electronic media and the use of personal computers in the communication process will lead to a fragmentation of the mass audience. Some analysts have suggested that with the growth of increasingly specialised cable television channels and electronic publishing, people will filter and pre-select news concerning only their own special interests and, as a result, cultural and political life will become increasingly polarised. This study demonstrates, however, that the movement towards fragmentation will be modest. It concludes that the production and promotion costs and economies of scale for electronic media put natural constraints on special interest, small audience programming. The conclusion sets forth a policy agenda for making the most of the participatory and democratic potential of evolving electronic communications systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24042/cover/9780521424042.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statehouse Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Opinion and Policy in the American States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erikson, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Gerald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIver, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of public opinion in the determination of public policy is the subject of considerable debate. Whether discussion centres on local, state or national affairs, the influence of the opinions of ordinary citizens is often assumed yet rarely demonstrated. Other factors such as interest group lobbying, party politics and developmental, or environmental, constraints have been thought to have the greater influence over policy decisions. Professors Erikson, Wright and McIver make the argument that state policies are highly responsive to public opinion, and they show how the institutions of state politics work to achieve this high level of responsiveness. They analyse state policies from the 1930s to the present, drawing from, and contributing to, major lines of research on American politics. Their conclusions are applied to central questions of democratic theory and affirm the robust character of the state institution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24059/cover/9780521424059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability Theory and Statistical Inference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Econometric Modeling with Observational Data</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spanos, Aris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>844</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major new textbook from a distinguished econometrician is intended for students taking introductory courses in probability theory and statistical inference. No prior knowledge other than a basic familiarity with descriptive statistics is assumed. The primary objective of this book is to establish the framework for the empirical modelling of observational (non-experimental) data. This framework known as 'Probabilistic Reduction' is formulated with a view to accommodating the peculiarities of observational (as opposed to experimental) data in a unifying and logically coherent way. Probability Theory and Statistical Inference differs from traditional textbooks in so far as it emphasizes concepts, ideas, notions and procedures which are appropriate for modelling observational data. Aimed at students at second-year undergraduate level and above studying econometrics and economics, this textbook will also be useful for students in other disciplines which make extensive use of observational data, including finance, biology, sociology and psychology and climatology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24080/cover/9780521424080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Varieties of Group Representations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vovsi, Samuel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to the theory of group representations, a young and promising area of modern algebra. It provides a detailed exposition of several central topics in the field, leading to the most current advances and developments. Much of the included material has never been available in book form before. It is intended for a broad audience of researchers and graduate students, working in abstract algebra and its many applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24103/cover/9780521424103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Algebras and Related Topics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tachikawa, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brenner, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prior to the International Congress of 1990 in Japan, a workshop on algebra was held which included some of the best known figures in this field. Many of the expository surveys given at this workshop by distinguished mathematicians are included here. Researchers into representation theory will find that this volume contains interesting and stimulating contributions to the development of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24110/cover/9780521424110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chemical Synthesis of Advanced Ceramic Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segal, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDCQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to the role of chemical synthetic techniques in the development of advanced ceramic materials. It bridges the gap between existing volumes dealing with the properties of ceramic materials, for example their mechanical properties, and those on chemistry. The author describes the variety of advanced ceramics and their conventional synthesis and fabrication. This is followed by a description of the range of non-conventional synthetic methods. The basic chemistry of the synthesis is described and well-illustrated by reference to ceramics made on both laboratory and industrial scales. This resource book will be of value to anyone working with advanced ceramics in research laboratories, and to postgraduate students and research workers in chemistry, material science, physics, metallurgy and mechanical engineering departments involved with ceramic materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24189/cover/9780521424189.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Images of the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stott, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Images of the Universe is a special collection of essays written to celebrate astronomy and the centenary of the British Astronomical Association. Colin Ronan opens the book with a fascinating account of the developments over the last hundred years. For the first time in history astronomers can detect radiation emanating from the Universe across the entire electromagnetic spectrum. Space probes have visited the planets and various missions have beamed back to Earth historically and scientifically important images, many of which appear in this book. Astronomy is a science where the amateur and the professional interact constructively. This book is a testament to this relationship. The work of amateurs is presented alongside that of the professional and in each chapter the future discoveries are anticipated. Each planet is explored and beautifully illustrated. The stars, birth place of the elements are examined. Paul Murdin, gives an account of the brightest supernova to be seen from earth since 1604.  Iain Nicolson, explores G2 the single dwarf called the Sun. Heather Couper and Nigel Henbest look at the Milky Way, the hazy band of light that is the edge on view of our galaxy. Malcolm Longair looks beyond our own galaxy into the deep sky. Paul Davies gives an account of the first one second of the existence of our expanding Universe. How did it all happen? Martin Rees, the cosmologist, speculates on the origin of the Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24196/cover/9780521424196.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Inference for Spatial Processes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ripley, B. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of spatial processes and their applications is an important topic in statistics and finds wide application particularly in computer vision and image processing. This book is devoted to statistical inference in spatial statistics and is intended for specialists needing an introduction to the subject and to its applications. One of the themes of the book is the demonstration of how these techniques give new insights into classical procedures (including new examples in likelihood theory) and newer statistical paradigms such as Monte-Carlo inference and pseudo-likelihood. Professor Ripley also stresses the importance of edge effects and of lack of a unique asymptotic setting in spatial problems. Throughout, the author discusses the foundational issues posed and the difficulties, both computational and philosophical, which arise. The final chapters consider image restoration and segmentation methods and the averaging and summarising of images. Thus, the book will find wide appeal to researchers in computer vision, image processing, and those applying microscopy in biology, geology and materials science, as well as to statisticians interested in the foundations of their discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24202/cover/9780521424202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elites and Democratic Consolidation in Latin America and Southern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunther, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A distinguished group of scholars examine recent transitions to democracy and the prospects for democratic stability in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, the Dominican Republic, Peru, Portugal, Spain and Uruguay. They also assess the role of elites in the longer-established democratic regimes in Columbia, Costa Rica, Italy, Mexico and Venezuela. The authors conclude that in independent states with long records of political instability and authoritarian rule, democratic consolidation requires the achievement of elite 'consensual unity' - that is, agreement among all politically important elites on the worth of existing democratic institutions and respect for democratic rules-of-the-game, coupled with increased 'structural integration' among those elites. Two processes by which consensual unity can be established are explored - elite settlement, the negotiating of compromises on basic disagreements, and elite convergence, a more subtle series of tactical decisions by rival elites which have cumulative effect, over perhaps a generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24226/cover/9780521424226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Frozen Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals of Geocryology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the effects of cold climates on the surface of the earth. Using scientific principles, the authors describe the evolution of ground thermal conditions and the origin of natural features such as frost heave, solifluction, slope instabilities, patterned ground, pingos and ice wedges. The thermodynamic conditions accompanying the freezing of water in porous materials are examined and their fundamental role in the ice segregation and frost heave processes is demonstrated in a clear and simple manner. This book concentrates on the analysis of the causes and effects of frozen ground phenomena, rather than on the description of the natural features characteristic of freezing or thawing ground. Its scientific approach provides a basis for geotechnical analyses such as those essential to resource development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24233/cover/9780521424233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonparametric and Semiparametric Methods in Econometrics and Statistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tauchen, George E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>507</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers delivered at the Fifth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics in 1988 is devoted to recent advances in the estimation and testing of models that impose relatively weak restrictions on the stochastic behaviour of data. Particularly in highly non-linear models, empirical results are very sensitive to the choice of the parametric form of the distribution of the observable variables, and often nonparametric and semiparametric models are a preferable alternative. Methods and applications that do not require string parametric assumptions for their validity, that are based on kernels and on series expansions, and methods for independent and dependent observations are investigated and developed in these essays by renowned econometricians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24318/cover/9780521424318.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Blind Devotion of the People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Religion and the English Reformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiting, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The religious revolution known as the 'Reformation' must rank among the most crucial and transforming events in English history. Yet its original reception by the English people remains largely obscure. Did they welcome the innovations - or did they resist? By what internal motivations were their responses determined? And by what external influences were their attitudes shaped? These are the key issues explored by Robert Whiting in this major investigation, based primarily on original research in the south-west. Dr Whiting's controversial conclusion is that for most of the population the Reformation was less a conversion from Catholicism to Protestantism than a transition from religious commitment to religious passivity or even indifference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24394/cover/9780521424394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spirit of the Oxford Movement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tractarian Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Spirit of the Oxford Movement brings together some of Owen Chadwick's most important and characteristic essays on the Tractarian Movement and the Church of England in the Victorian era. Along with studies of Newman, Liddon, Edward King and Henri Bremond are included more general essays surveying the reaction of the Established Church and on the nature of Catholicism. In particular the revision of the long-unobtainable analysis of 'The Mind of the Oxford Movement' illustrates once again the profound contribution Owen Chadwick has made to our understanding of religion in Britain in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24400/cover/9780521424400.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harmonic Analysis and Representation Theory for Groups Acting on Homogenous Trees</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fig&#225;-Talamanca, Alessandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nebbia, Claudio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes treat in full detail the theory of representations of the group of automorphisms of a homogeneous tree. The unitary irreducible representations are classified in three types: a continuous series of spherical representations; two special representations; and a countable series of cuspidal representations as defined by G.I. Ol'shiankii. Several notable subgroups of the full automorphism group are also considered. The theory of spherical functions as eigenvalues of a Laplace (or Hecke) operator on the tree is used to introduce spherical representations and their restrictions to discrete subgroups. This will be an excellent companion for all researchers into harmonic analysis or representation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24448/cover/9780521424448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142447X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142447X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Acts of the Apostles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jervell, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Who are the people of God? Luke's purposes in the Acts of the Apostles are to identify the church, to establish the legitimacy of its gospel and to demonstrate that God was an active force in history. He wanted to show that the communities of Jewish and Gentile Christians are the true heirs of God's promises to Israel. He gives the history of the early church from the last decades of the first century as the communities become separated from their Jewish origins, and Paul plays the lead role. Acts offers an apologetic for the mixed mission of the church: to Jews and Gentiles. Luke was an eyewitness to some of what he reports, but his authorship and views have been questioned. This is a theological interpretation of the history of the church within history: Luke is an artist, a narrator rather than a systematic theologian, but writes about the roles of God, Christ and the Holy Spirit, and of the church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24479/cover/9780521424479.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Elements of Accounting</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittington, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a clear and concise introduction to the content and structure of accounting statements and the double entry system which underlies them. It is intended as a first introduction to the subject and assumes no previous knowledge or experience of accounting. Worked numerical examples are an integral part of the exposition, and exercises (with solutions) are provided. There are also chapters on the interpretation of accounts, on accounting for price changes, and on broader aspects of accounting. The emphasis throughout is on understanding fundamental principles rather than on detailed practical procedures. The book is primarily addressed to university students who are meeting the subject for the first time, and is a first introduction for students preparing for professional examinations, giving them a grounding in the fundamental nature of accounting which is lost in other more compendious introductory texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24493/cover/9780521424493.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142450X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142450X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Langmuir-Blodgett Films</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petty, Michael C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a multidisciplinary introduction to the subject of Langmuir-Blodgett films. These films are the focus of intense current worldwide interest, as the ability to deposit organic films of nanometre thicknesses has many implications in materials science, and in the development of new electronic and opto-electronic devices. Beginning with the application of simple thermodynamics to the common bulk phases of matter, the book outlines the nature of the phases associated with floating monolayer films. The Langmuir-Blodgett deposition process itself is described in some detail and contrasted with other thin film techniques. Monolayer-forming materials and the structural, electrical and optical properties of Langmuir-Blodgett films are discussed separately. Each chapter is comprehensive, easy to understand and generously illustrated. Appendices are provided for the reader wishing to delve deeper into the physics and chemistry background.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24509/cover/9780521424509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uterus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chard, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grudzinskas, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new volume in the series Cambridge Reviews in Human Reproduction provides a wide-ranging and authoritative account of the uterus and its physiological role in fertility, normal pregnancy and delivery. Acknowledged authorities from around the world provide a detailed and timely account of uterine physiology. The volume encompasses a wealth of material including cell and developmental biology, structure, function, anatomy and endocrinology, and then goes on to cover clinically important issues such as the cervix during pregnancy, measurement of uterine contractions and initiation of labour. It will prove of particular value to those involved in the management of women with pre-term labour, as well as those concerned with the development of new procedures for the prevention or amelioration of this condition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24530/cover/9780521424530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Axioms of Cooperative Decision Making</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moulin, Hervi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Axioms of Cooperative Decision Making provides a unified and comprehensive study of welfarism, cooperative games, public decision making, and voting and social choice theory - technically heterogeneous subjects that are linked by common axioms. Herv&#233; Moulin studies these areas from an axiomatic perspective. Every axiom conveys a certain ethical principle (e.g. 'one man one vote', or 'to each according to his contribution'). Axiomatic theory examines the compatibility of various combinations of axioms. The book describes recent successes of this method. It gives many examples of the axiomatic approach, ranging from the construction of numerical indices for measuring inequality, to the pricing of a regulated monopoly, to the comparison of various voting rules. The book will be useful to mathematical modellers, especially those interested in economics and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24585/cover/9780521424585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Misspecification Tests in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lagrange Multiplier Principle and Other Approaches</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godfrey, L. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Misspecification tests play an important role in detecting unreliable and inadequate economic models. This book brings together many results from the growing literature in econometrics on misspecification testing. It provides theoretical analyses and convenient methods for application. The main emphasis is on the Lagrange multiplier principle, which provides considerable unification, although several other approaches are also considered. The author also examines general checks for model adequacy that do not involve formulation of an alternative hypothesis. General and specific tests are discussed in the context of multiple regression models, systems of simultaneous equations, and models with qualitative or limited dependent variables.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24592/cover/9780521424592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142464X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142464X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Experimental Music 1890-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the end of the nineteenth century a national musical consciousness gradually developed in the USA as composers began to turn away from the European conventions on which their music had hitherto been modelled. It was in this period of change that experimentation was born. In this book, the composer and scholar David Nicholls considers the most influential figures in the development of American experimental music, including Charles Ives, Charles Seeger, Ruth Crawford, Henry Cowell, and the young John Cage. He analyses the music and ideas of this group, explaining the compositional techniques invented and employed by them and the historical and cultural context in which they emerged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24646/cover/9780521424646.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Econometric Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Mary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The History of Econometric Ideas covers the period from the late-nineteenth century to the middle of the twentieth century, illustrating how economists first learnt to harness statistical methods to measure and test the 'laws' of economics. Though scholarly, Dr Morgan's book is very accessible and does not require a high level of prior statistical knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24653/cover/9780521424653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Seductions of Psychoanalysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Freud, Lacan and Derrida</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forrester, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Seductions of Psychoanalysis reflects on the history of psychoanalysis, its conceptual foundations and its relation to other disciplines. John Forrester probes the origins of psychoanalysis and its most beguiling concept, the transference, which is at once its institutional axis and experimental core. He explores the most seductive of all recent psychoanalytic traditions, that inspired by Jacques Lacan, whose radical questioning of psychoanalytic effects has been continued implicitly by Michel Foucault and explicitly by Jacques Derrida. Other key questions addressed include the significance of speech in the talking cure, and the relationship between the 'real' of psychoanalysis and the fictionality of the 'truth' it offers. Dr Forrester also focuses on the relationship between psychoanalysis and the feminine, on analysis and gossip, on the borderline of seduction and rape, and on the women who have played such a crucial role in the history of psychoanalysis, as patients, analysts or both.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24660/cover/9780521424660.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is volume 51 of the Radical History Review. Along with volume 50, it covers William Appleman Williams and Van Gosse on the gender politics of American Communists between 1919 and 1941.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Liverworts of Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Anthony John Edwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This generously illustrated flora embodies the most recent information and ideas in liverwort taxonomy. Written in the same format as Dr Smith's widely acclaimed Moss Flora of Britain and Ireland, it provides descriptions of all the liverworts known to occur in Great Britain and Ireland, together with keys to their identification and a glossary. As the only recent comprehensive European liverwort flora written in English and suitable for use in much of Europe (and also, incidentally, in eastern North America), this book will be an essential reference for all those interested in this fascinating group of plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24738/cover/9780521424738.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure Formation in the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Padmanabhan, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding the way in which large-scale structures like galaxies form remains the most challenging problem in cosmology today. This text provides an up-to-date and pedagogical introduction to this exciting area of research. Part 1 deals with the Friedmann model, the thermal history of the Universe, and includes a description of observed structures in the Universe. Part 2 describes the theory of gravitational instability in both the linear and non-linear regimes. This part also includes chapters on the microwave background radiation, large-scale velocity fields, quasars and high redshift objects. Part 3 covers inflation, cosmic strings and dark matter. Each chapter is accompanied by a comprehensive set of exercises to help the reader in self-study. The book will be of interest to research and graduate students in cosmology, relativity, theoretical physics, astrophysics and astronomy. It is also suitable for use as a graduate textbook for introductory graduate level courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24868/cover/9780521424868.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Modeling of Neural Networks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peretto, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is a beginning graduate-level introduction to neural networks, focussing on current theoretical models, examining what these models can reveal about how the brain functions, and discussing the ramifications for psychology, artificial intelligence and the construction of a new generation of intelligent computers. The book is divided into four parts. The first part gives an account of the anatomy of the central nervous system, followed by a brief introduction to neurophysiology. The second part is devoted to the dynamics of neuronal states, and demonstrates how very simple models may stimulate associative memory. The third part of the book discusses models of learning, including detailed discussions on the limits of memory storage, methods of learning and their associated models, associativity, and error correction. The final part reviews possible applications of neural networks in artificial intelligence, expert systems, optimization problems, and the construction of actual neuronal supercomputers, with the potential for one-hundred-fold increase in speed over contemporary serial machines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24875/cover/9780521424875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protectionism and World Welfare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salvatore, Dominick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses highly topical issues at a crucial time in international economic relations. The world has never been closer to dismantling the liberal multilateral trading system which has been painstakingly established and successfully operated since the Second World War. In this volume many of the world's most distinguished economists examine the movement toward protectionism, bilateralism, and regionalism, and its causes, effects, and possible solutions. The contributors are theorists, researchers, and advisors to governments and international organizations who are at the forefront of trade theory, policy, and practice, and whose analyses have a real impact on international trade. By collecting together these analyses in a single volume, this book provides a unique survey for students and scholars of economics, and all those concerned with trade theory and policy in business and government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24899/cover/9780521424899.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to New Testament Textual Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaganay, Lion</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amphoux, Christian-Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heimerdinger, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises a general survey of the study of New Testament manuscripts, and outlines for students of the New Testament the basic tools and skills involved in studying those manuscripts. The present edition is a thoroughly revised and updated version of Leon Vaganay's Initiation &#225; la critique du Nouveau Testament, published in 1933, and each section of that original work has been brought up to date in light of the latest research in the field. In its aim to provide a solid foundation to study of New Testament textual criticism, this comprehensive survey will be of great value to those who are looking for basic information about the subject; while the documentary information it contains about the extant manuscripts, and its original theoretical sections, will ensure that the book has much of value to offer the more advanced student of the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24936/cover/9780521424936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521424984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521424984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521424981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Techniques of Surface Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521424981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodruff, D. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Delchar, T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fully revised and expanded edition of a very successful and widely used book. It describes the physical basis of all the principal, and most of the more specialised, techniques currently employed in the study of well-characterised solid surfaces. The coverage of each technique, illustrated with selected examples, is underpinned by discussion of the relevant physical principles, and the complementary aspects of the various methods are also described. Throughout, the emphasis is on understanding the concepts involved, rather than on an exhaustive review of applications. The book will be of great use to final year undergraduate and postgraduate students in physics, chemistry and materials science. It will also be valuable to established researchers in any area of surface science concerned with the acquisition and analysis of experimental data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/24981/cover/9780521424981.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Death of Herod</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in the Sociology of Religion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenn, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is intended to be a 'taster' to sociological method for students of the New Testament. While the sociology of the Bible is presently something of a growth industry, Richard Fenn believes that an introduction to the peculiar craft of sociology is missing, a book which demonstrates how fruitful the relationship between the social sciences and biblical studies can be when sociological method is imaginatively applied to the New Testament. Fenn's point of departure is the particular historical event of the death of Herod the Great. He focuses on Josephus' account of the trials of Herod's sons, the death of Herod himself, and the crisis of succession which followed his death. Josephus' account is shown to provide a rich sociological resource, in that he observes how speech was used to conceal rather than to convey individuals' true interests and commitments. His account also reveals the failure of the trial as a critically important institution for restoring confidence in public discourse. The result, the author argues, is the intensification of conflict within, and between, generations, at every level of Palestinian society. The succession-crisis thus becomes a crisis in the ability of Palestinian society to reproduce itself from one generation to the next, the effects of which can still be observed in the legacy of the Jesus movement. The example presented therefore casts light on the general question of how societies may pass on their sources of authority from one generation to another.This work is intended to be a 'taster' to sociological method for students of the New Testament.  While the sociology of the Bible is presently something of a growth industry, Richard Fenn believes that an introduction to the peculiar craft of sociology is missing, a book which demonstrates how fruitful the relationship between the social sciences and biblical studies can be when sociological method is imaginatively applied to the New Testament.  Fenn's point of departure is the particular historical event of the death of Herod the Great.  He focuses on Josephus' account of the trials of Herod's sons, the death of Herod himself, and the crisis of succession which followed his death.  Josephus' account is shown to provide a rich sociological resource, in that he observes how speech was used to conceal rather than to convey individuals' true interests and commitments.  His account also reveals the failure of the trial as a critically important institution for restoring confidence in public discourse.  The result, the author argues, is the intensification of conflict within, and between, generations, at every level of Palestinian society.  The succession-crisis thus becomes a crisis in the ability of Palestinian society to reproduce itself from one generation to the next, the effects of which can still be observed in the legacy of the Jesus movement.  The example presented therefore casts light on the general question of how societies may pass on their sources of authority from one generation to another.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25025/cover/9780521425025.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monoclonal Antibodies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ritter, Mary A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ladyman, Heather M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Monoclonal antibodies have a very important and wide-ranging role in many areas of biomedical research and this volume is amongst the very first to combine technical and clinical aspects of the subject. Monoclonal antibodies provide highly specific reagents with which to identify, analyse, quantitate and manipulate molecules - both in solution and in solid phase, such as at a cell surface. The aim of this book is therefore to provide a unique combination of the production (by both cellular and molecular biology techniques), structure and functional characteristics of monoclonal antibodies, together with detailed discussions of the various analytic, diagnostic and therapeutic applications of these antibodies in many areas of clinical medicine, including histopathology, oncology, transplantation, infectious diseases, rheumatology, haematology and dermatology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25032/cover/9780521425032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oral Tradition and Written Record in Classical Athens</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite its written literature, ancient Greece was in many ways an oral society. This is the first serious attempt to study the implications of this view. Dr Thomas stresses the coexistence of literacy and oral tradition in Greece and examines their character and interaction. Concentrating on the plentiful evidence from Classical Athens, she shows how the use of writing developed only gradually and under the influence of the previous oral communication. Drawing on anthropological discussion, the author isolates different types of Athenian oral tradition, building up a picture of Athens' traditions about its past and examining why they changed and disappeared. This study provides crucial insights into the methods and achievements of the Greek historians. It also has major implications for the interpretation of ancient literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25186/cover/9780521425186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Irish</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Grammatical Structure and Dialectal Variation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#243;siadhail, M&#237;che&#225;l</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Micheal O Siadhail considers modern Irish dialects against the background of their common grammar, providing a comprehensive overview for Celticists and general linguists with an interest in dialectical comparison. His Modern Irish contains a wealth of empirical data which is analysed in a fresh and accessible manner, keeping technical terminology to a minimum. It includes background information on the Irish language and gives explanations of basic concepts in order to compare the phonology, morphology and syntax of the dialects. Students of linguistics amd the Irish language will welcome this clear and sensible cross-dialectal survey by Micheal O Siadhail, who is well-known as an Irish scholar and as a poet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25193/cover/9780521425193.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Inexact and Separate Science of Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hausman, Daniel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive overview of the structure, strategy and methods of assessment of orthodox theoretical economics. In Part I Professor Hausman explains how economists theorise, emphasising the essential underlying commitment of economists to a vision of economics as a separate science. In Part II he defends the view that the basic axioms of economics are 'inexact' since they deal only with the 'major' causes; unlike most writers on economic methodology, the author argues that it is the rules that economists espouse rather than their practice that is at fault. Part III links the conception of economics as a separate science to the fact that economic theories offer reasons and justifications for human actions, not just their causes. With its lengthy appendix introducing relevant issues in philosophy of science, this book is a major addition to philosophy of economics and of social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25230/cover/9780521425230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plants and Microclimate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Quantitative Approach to Environmental Plant Physiology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Hamlyn G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An understanding of how plants interact with their aerial environment is central to many areas of plant science. This book attempts to provide a soundly based introduction to those features of the atmospheric environment of particular relevance to plants. It also describes the physical and physiological principles required for understanding how these factors affect plants. The underlying biophysics and biochemistry are explained in the context of plants growing in their natural environment. For example, gas exchange and diffusion are considered in relation to the control both of evaporation from vegetation and of photosynthesis and productivity, while energy exchanges are examined in relation to plant temperature regulation. Throughout the text a quantitative approach is adopted and the use of mathematical models is described with some examples. Physiological and ecological aspects of adaptation to different natural environments, including mechanisms of drought tolerance, are considered, as are possible ways in which this information can be used for 'improving' crop plants for selective breeding. Practical aspects of important measurement techniques are discussed. There is a comprehensive reference list giving an introduction to recent literature, together with appendices listing useful physical quantities. The presentation adopted is designed to emphasise the close relationship between the biophysical, physiological and ecological aspects of the adaptation of higher plants to their aerial environment. This second edition has been fully updated and includes information on novel techniques such as chlorophyll-a fluorescence and carbon isotope discrimination which can be applied to plants in the field, as well as coverage of topics of current concern such as global warming and atmospheric pollution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25247/cover/9780521425247.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Adaptive Decision Maker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bettman, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Eric J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Adaptive Decision Maker argues that people use a variety of strategies to make judgments and choices. The authors introduce a model that shows how decision makers balance effort and accuracy considerations and predicts which strategy a person will use in a given situation. A series of experiments testing the model are presented, and the authors analyse how the model can lead to improved decisions and opportunities for further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25261/cover/9780521425261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality, Utilitarianism, and Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Brandt is one of the most eminent and influential of contemporary moral philosophers. His work has been concerned with how to justify what is good or right not by reliance on intuitions or theories about what moral words mean but by the explanation of moral psychology and the description of what it is to value something, or to think it immoral. His approach thus stands in marked contrast to the influential work of John Rawls. The essays reprinted in this collection span a period of almost 30 years and include many classic pieces in metaethical and normative ethical theory. The collection is aimed at both those moral philosophers familiar with Brandt's work and at those philosophers who may be largely unfamiliar with his work. The latter group will be struck by the lucid unpretentious style and the cumulative weight of Brandt's contributions to topics that remain at the forefront of moral philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25278/cover/9780521425278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Responsibility and Evidence in Oral Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Jane H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irvine, Judith T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Responsibility and evidence in oral discourse twelve prominent linguists and linguistic anthropologists examine 'responsibility', 'authority', and 'knowledge': central, but problematic, concepts in contemporary anthropology. Their detailed case studies analyze diverse forms of oral discourse - everyday conversation, conversational narrative, song, oratory, divination, and ritual poetry - in societies in the Americas, Africa, Asia, and the Pacific. The studies show how speakers attribute responsibility for acts and states of affairs, how particular forms of language and discourse relate to claims and disclaimers of responsibility, and how verbal acts are themselves social acts, subject to such attributions. The volume challenges those cognitive theorists who locate responsibility for the meaning of verbal acts solely in the intentions of individual speakers. Instead, the contributors focus on the production of meaning between speakers and audiences in particular social and cultural contexts, through dialogue and interaction which mediate between linguistic forms and their interpretations. This landmark volume will serve for years to come as a point of reference in the study, not only of responsibility and evidence, but of reported speech, authorship, and other phenomena in the social life of language. Besides linguistic and cultural anthropologists, linguistics, and folklorists, it will interest also readers from pragmatics, legal studies, sociology, religion, and social psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25292/cover/9780521425292.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>LMSST: 24 Lectures on Elliptic Curves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassels, J. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of (special cases of) elliptic curves goes back to Diophantos and Fermat, and today it is still one of the liveliest centres of research in number theory. This book, which is addressed to beginning graduate students, introduces basic theory from a contemporary viewpoint but with an eye to the historical background. The central portion deals with curves over the rationals: the Mordell-Weil finite basis theorem, points of finite order (Nagell-Lutz) etc. The treatment is structured by the local-global standpoint and culminates in the description of the Tate-Shafarevich group as the obstruction to a Hasse principle. In an introductory section the Hasse principle for conics is discussed. The book closes with sections on the theory over finite fields (the 'Riemann hypothesis for function fields') and recently developed uses of elliptic curves for factoring large integers. Prerequisites are kept to a minimum; an acquaintance with the fundamentals of Galois theory is assumed, but no knowledge either of algebraic number theory or algebraic geometry is needed. The p-adic numbers are introduced from scratch, as is the little that is needed on Galois cohomology. Many examples and exercises are included for the reader. For those new to elliptic curves, whether they are graduate students or specialists from other fields, this will be a fine introductory text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25308/cover/9780521425308.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Durham Symposium on Stochastic Analysis, 1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barlow, M. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bingham, N. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Durham Symposia traditionally constitute an excellent survey of recent developments in many areas of mathematics. The Symposium on stochastic analysis, which took place at the University of Durham in July 1990, was no exception. This volume is edited by the organizers of the Symposium, and contains papers contributed by leading specialists in diverse areas of probability theory and stochastic processes. Of particular note are the papers by David Aldous, Harry Kesten and Alain-Sol Sznitman, all of which are based upon short courses of invited lectures. Researchers into the varied facets of stochastic analysis will find that these proceedings are an essential purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25339/cover/9780521425339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Domestic Dog</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Evolution, Behaviour and Interactions with People</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serpell, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By any standards, dogs are extraordinary animals. They have been part of human society for longer than any other domestic species. They exist in a greater variety of different shapes and sizes, and they occupy a wider ecological niche, from pampered pets and faithful servants to feral scavengers. Even our attitudes to dogs seem to oscillate between extremes.  On the one hand, the dog is man's best friend, on the other, he is the despised and degraded outcast. This unique book seeks to expose the real dog beneath the popular stereotypes. Its purpose is to provide a comprehensive, state-of-the-art account of the domestic dog's natural history and behaviour based on scientific and scholarly evidence rather than hearsay. Anyone with a serious interest in Canis familiaris, its evolution, behaviour, and its place in our society will find The Domestic Dog an indispensable and fascinating resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25377/cover/9780521425377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpretation and Overinterpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eco, Umberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collini, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Culler, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rorty, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke-Rose, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Umberto Eco, international bestselling novelist and leading literary theorist, here brings together these two roles in a provocative discussion of the vexed question of literary interpretation. The limits of interpretation - what a text can actually be said to mean - are of double interest to a semiotician whose own novels' intriguing complexity has provoked his readers into intense speculation as to their meaning. Eco's illuminating and frequently hilarious discussion ranges from Dante to The Name of the Rose, Foucault's Pendulum to Chomsky and Derrida, and bears all the hallmarks of his inimitable personal style. Three of the world's leading figures in philosophy, literary theory and criticism take up the challenge of entering into debate with Eco on the question of interpretation. Richard Rorty, Jonathan Culler and Christine Brooke-Rose each offer a distinctive perspective on this contentious topic, contributing to a unique exchange of ideas between some of the foremost and most exciting theorists in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25544/cover/9780521425544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Variation across Speech and Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biber, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Similarities and differences between speech and writing have been the subject of innumerable studies, but until now there has been no attempt to provide a unified linguistic analysis of the whole range of spoken and written registers in English. In this widely acclaimed empirical study, Douglas Biber uses computational techniques to analyse the linguistic characteristics of twenty three spoken and written genres, enabling identification of the basic, underlying dimensions of variation in English. In Variation Across Speech and Writing, six dimensions of variation are identified through a factor analysis, on the basis of linguistic co-occurence patterns. The resulting model of variation provides for the description of the distinctive linguistic characteristics of any spoken or written text andd emonstrates the ways in which the polarization of speech and writing has been misleading, and thus enables reconciliation of the contradictory conclusions reached in previous research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25568/cover/9780521425568.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142562X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142562X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Epic Successors of Virgil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in the Dynamics of a Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardie, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short book is a study of the epic tradition of the early Roman empire and specifically of the epic poems of Ovid, Lucan, Statius, Valerius Flaccus and Silius Italicus. It explores the use they made of Virgil's Aeneid, an epic interpreted not just as a monument to the heroic construction of the principate, but also as a problematical text that challenged succeeding epic poets to a reworking of the issues that it dramatised: the possibility of establishing a lasting age of peace, the relation between power and the sacred, the difficulties of distinguishing between good and its evil parodies, anxiety about imperial and poetic succession. The author draws on modern critical and theoretical approaches to argue for the vitality and interest of works which have all too often been relegated to a second division of literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25629/cover/9780521425629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Africa's Economic Recovery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandbrook, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The waning of the Cold War means that major political powers no longer feel compelled to support African authoritarianism. Revised official consensus holds that, in Africa as elsewhere, political reform must accompany economic adjustment. According to this view, African recovery requires a reduction in the size and economic role of monopolistic and inefficient states, and their transformation into accountable liberal democracies. Is this a desirable and practicable political programme? Certainly, all over Africa the number of liberal democracies is growing. But can they survive and are they compatible with renewed economic growth? Richard Sandbrook answers these questions, and assesses the feasibility of the new political programme in reinforcing Africa's economic recovery. He argues that the programme has merit in the short term, but, in the longer term, a more self-reliant, state-directed approach should be adopted to ensure prosperity and durable democracy in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25636/cover/9780521425636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Russian Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moser, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An updated edition of this comprehensive narrative history, first published in 1989, incorporating a new chapter on the latest developments in Russian literature and additional bibliographical information. The individual chapters are by well-known specialists, and provide chronological coverage from the medieval period on, giving particular attention to the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and including extensive discussion of works written outside the Soviet Union. The book is accessible to students and non-specialists, as well as to scholars of literature, and provides a wealth of information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25674/cover/9780521425674.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142576X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142576X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine, Rationality and Experience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Good, Byron J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biomedicine is often thought to provide a scientific account of the human body and of illness. In this view, non-Western and folk medical systems are regarded as systems of 'belief' and subtly discounted. This is an impoverished perspective for understanding illness and healing across cultures, one that neglects many facets of Western medical practice and obscures its kinship with healing in other traditions. Drawing on his research in several American and Middle Eastern medical settings, Professor Good develops a critical, anthropological account of medical knowledge and practice. He shows how physicians and healers enter and inhabit distinctive worlds of meaning and experience. He explores how stories or illness narratives are joined with bodily experience in shaping and responding to human suffering and argues that moral and aesthetic considerations are present in routine medical practice as in other forms of healing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linking Citizens to Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interest Group Politics at Common Cause</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothenberg, Lawrence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence Rothenberg examines some of the most elusive aspects of interest group operations through an in-depth study of one of the largest interest groups in Washington, Common Cause. In developing what might be called a membership theory, he asks such questions as: why do members join a group? Who stays and who leaves and why? What is the nature of the relationships among the activists, the group leaders and the rank-and-file members? How do these relationships shape the lobbying policies of the group? How is the lobbying impact of a group related to the nature of its membership? In addition, Rothenberg analyses the impact the lobbying efforts of Common Cause have had through case studies of the Congressional vote on the MX missile system and of the agenda setting behind the campaign finance reform bill.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25773/cover/9780521425773.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leaving Eden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>To Protect and Manage the Earth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nisbet, E. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leaving Eden is a wide-ranging survey of what is arguably the greatest challenge facing humanity today: the preservation of the natural environment.  Nesbit discusses the primary physical, chemical, and biological controls on the natural environment, focusing on the complex interplay between atmospheric and terrestrial elements such as the sun, the oceans, and the systems. Integrating discussions of scientific puzzles with problems facing humanity at large, the author addresses issues such as the greenhouse effect, acid rain, deforestation, chlorofluorocarbons, nuclear waste, agricultural subsidies, and population management. The book also offers an extensive discussion of the ways in which the environment can be protected. With its particular emphasis on the interaction of human behaviour and nature, this book is suitable not only for individuals interested in environmental studies, geography, economics, and earth science, but to all those concerned with the future of the Earth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25797/cover/9780521425797.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521425808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Design and Analysis of Research Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manly, Bryan F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides students and research workers in the biological, medical and social sciences with the statistical background needed to collect and analyse data in an intelligent and critical manner. Key examples and case studies are used to illustrate commonly encountered research problems and to explain how they may be solved or even avoided altogether. Professor Manly also presents a clear understanding of the opportunities and limitations of different research designs, as well as an introduction to some new methods of analysis that are proving increasingly popular. Topics covered include the differences between observational and experimental studies; the design of sample surveys; multiple regression and its generalizations to log-linear and logistic models; experimental and quasi-experimental designs; interrupted time series; computer intensive methods of statistical inference; and the ethical considerations of research. In the final chapter, there is a useful discussion of how the various components of a research study (including deciding on the objectives, planning, designing, and the collection and analysis of data) come together. This practical and well-structured book will be essential reading for graduate students and researchers in a wide range of disciplines, including biology, anthropology, medicine and the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25803/cover/9780521425803.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Handbook on Accession to the WTO</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A WTO Secretariat Publication</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>World Trade Organization</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hussain, Arif</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Handbook provides the first detailed explanation and analysis of the process whereby governments become Members of the WTO. The WTO Agreement, which came into force on 1 January, 1995, provides few details on how this process is to take place. Consequently, the steps in the detailed negotiations leading up to access have evolved through the actual negotiations for governments which have become Members of the WTO since 1995. This handbook is unique in providing an account of how the process evolved and in offering details on the process as it is now applied. Moreover, the input of the WTO Secretariat into the preparation of the guide provides information not available until now to anyone outside the Secretariat. The Secretariat has supported production of this handbook in the hope it will serve as a useful source of reference for officials from acceding governments, WTO Members, academia, and the general public.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/25940/cover/9780521425940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521425956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521425957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>All the Way with LBJ</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 1964 Presidential Election</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521425957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Robert David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All the Way with LBJ mines an extraordinarily rich but underutilized source - the full range of LBJ tapes - to analyze the 1964 presidential campaign and the political culture of the mid-1960s. The president achieved a smashing victory over a divided Republican Party, which initially considered Henry Cabot Lodge II, then US ambassador to South Vietnam, before nominating Barry Goldwater, who used many of the themes that later worked for Republicans - a Southern strategy, portraying the Democrats as soft on defence, raising issues such as crime and personal ethics. Johnson countered with what he called a 'frontlash' strategy, appealing to moderate and liberal GOP suburbanites, but he failed to create a new, permanent Democratic majority for the post-civil rights era. The work's themes - the impact of race on the political process, the question of politicians' personal and political ethics, and the tensions between politics and public policy - continue to resonate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/37524/cover/9780521737524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colloidal Dispersions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russel, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saville, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schowalter, W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book covers the physical side of colloidal science from the individual forces acting between particles smaller than a micrometer that are suspended in a liquid, through the resulting equilibrium and dynamic properties. A variety of internal forces both attractive and repulsive act in conjunction with Brownian motion and the balance between them all decides the phase behaviour. On top of this various external fields, such as gravity or electromagnetic fields, diffusion and non-Newtonian rheology produce complex effects, each of which is of important scientific and technological interest. The authors aim to impart a sound, quantitative understanding based on fundamental theory and experiments with well-characterised model systems. This broad grasp of the fundamentals lends insight and helps to develop the intuitive sense needed to isolate essential features of the technological problems and design critical experiments. The main prerequisites for understanding the book are basic fluid mechanics, statistical mechanics and electromagnetism, though self contained reviews of each subject are provided at appropriate points. Some facility with differential equations is also necessary. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter, making the work suitable as a textbook for graduate courses in chemical engineering or applied mathematics. It will also be useful as a reference for individuals in academia or industry undertaking research in colloid science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26008/cover/9780521426008.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Country of the Pointed Firs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, June</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of new essays on one of the most important works of New England local colour fiction, The Country of the Pointed Firs by Sarah Orne Jewett. It builds on feminist literary scholarship that affirms the importance and value of Jewett's work, but goes beyond previously published studies by offering an analysis of how race, nationalism, and the literary marketplace shape her narrative. The volume constitutes a major rethinking of Jewett's contribution to American literature, and will be of broad interest to the fields of American literary studies, feminist cultural criticism, and American studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26022/cover/9780521426022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Translations of Renaissance Philosophical Texts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moral and Political Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraye, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Renaissance, known primarily for the art and literature that it produced, was also a period in which philosophical thought flourished. This two-volume anthology contains 40 new translations of important works on moral and political philosophy written during the Renaissance and hitherto unavailable in English. The anthology is designed to be used in conjunction with The Cambridge History of Renaissance Philosophy, in which all of these texts are discussed. The works, originally written in Latin, Italian, French, Spanish, and Greek, cover such topics as: concepts of man, Aristotelian, Platonic, Stoic, and Epicurean ethics, scholastic political philosophy, theories of princely and republican government in Italy and northern European political thought. Each text is supplied with an introduction and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26046/cover/9780521426046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manifolds with Singularities and the Adams-Novikov Spectral Sequence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botvinnik, Boris I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditionally the Adams-Novikov spectral sequence has been a tool which has enabled the computation of generators and relations to describe homotopy groups. Here a natural geometric description of the sequence is given in terms of cobordism theory and manifolds with singularities. The author brings together many interesting results not widely known outside the USSR, including some recent work by Vershinin. This book will be of great interest to researchers into algebraic topology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26084/cover/9780521426084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142609X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142609X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions in Psychological Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Theodore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Geoffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, Catherine A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The field of psychological anthropology has changed a great deal since the 1940s and 1950s, when it was often known as 'Culture and Personality Studies'. Rooted in psychoanalytic psychology, its early practitioners sought to extend that psychology through the study of cross-cultural variation in personality and child-rearing practices. Psychological anthropology has since developed in a number of new directions. Tensions between individual experience and collective meanings remain as central to the field as they were fifty years ago, but, alongside fresh versions of the psychoanalytic approach, other approaches to the study of cognition, emotion, the body, and the very nature of subjectivity have been introduced. And in the place of an earlier tendency to treat a 'culture' as an undifferentiated whole, psychological anthropology now recognizes the complex internal structure of cultures. The contributors to this state-of-the-art collection are all leading figures in contemporary psychological anthropology, and they write abour recent developments in the field. Sections of the book discuss cognition, developmental psychology, biology, psychiatry, and psychoanalysis, areas that have always been integral to psychological anthropology but which are now being transformed by new perspectives on the body, meaning, agency and communicative practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26091/cover/9780521426091.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Varieties</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kempf, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Kempf gives an introduction to the theory of algebraic functions on varieties from a sheaf theoretic standpoint. By taking this view he is able to give a clean and lucid account of the subject which will be easily accessible to all newcomers to algebraic varieties, graduate students or experts from other fields alike. Anyone who goes on to study schemes will find that this book is an ideal preparatory text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26138/cover/9780521426138.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychosocial Processes and Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reader</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steptoe, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wardle, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding the links between the social environment, emotion, behaviour and illness is a growing theme in medical and health education. The development of the field is reflected in the growth of disciplines such as health psychology, psychosocial epidemiology, and behavioural medicine. The basic literature is however awkwardly dispersed across medical and social science journals. This book makes available within a single volume some of the most important articles that have been published over the past thirty years. The thirty-one articles are grouped round six themes: life stress, social support and health; psychophysiological processes in disease; personality, behaviour patterns and health; health practices and the modification of health risk behaviour; coping with illness and disability; behavioural interventions in medicine. Each is prefaced by a state-of-the-art review of the theme by the editors. These readings will serve as a most valuable resource for psychology and health science teachers and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26183/cover/9780521426183.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theology of Reconstruction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nation-Building and Human Rights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villa-Vicencio, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The changing situation in South Africa and eastern Europe prompts Charles Villa-Vicencio to investigate the implications of transforming liberation theology into a theology of reconstruction and nation-building. Such a transformation, he argues, requires theology to become an unambiguously inter-disciplinary study. This book explores the encounter between theology, on the one hand, and constitutional writing, law-making, human rights, economics, and the freedom of conscience on the other.  Locating his discussion in the context of the South African struggle, the author compares this situation to that in eastern Europe, and the challenge of what is happening in these situations is identified for contexts where 'the empire has not yet crumbled'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26282/cover/9780521426282.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives of Nonlinear Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, E. Atlee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dynamics of physical, chemical, biological, or fluid systems generally must be described by nonlinear models, whose detailed mathematical solutions are not obtainable. To understand some aspects of such dynamics, various complementary methods and viewpoints are of crucial importance. In this book the perspectives generated by analytical, topological and computational methods, and interplays between them, are developed in a variety of contexts. This book is a comprehensive introduction to this field, suited to a broad readership, and reflecting a wide range of applications. Some of the concepts considered are: topological equivalence; embeddings; dimensions and fractals; Poincar&#233; maps and map-dynamics; empirical computational sciences vis-&#225;-vis mathematics; Ulam's synergetics; Turing's instability and dissipative structures; chaos; dynamic entropies; Lorenz and Rossler models; predator-prey and replicator models; FPU and KAM phenomena; solitons and nonsolitons; coupled maps and pattern dynamics; cellular automata.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26329/cover/9780521426329.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives of Nonlinear Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, E. Atlee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dynamics of physical, chemical, biological or fluid systems generally must be described by nonlinear models, whose detailed mathematical solutions are not obtainable. To understand some aspects of such dynamics, various complementary methods and viewpoints are of crucial importance. In this book and its companion volume, Perspectives of nonlinear dynamics, volume 1, the perspectives generated by analytical, topological and computational methods, and interplays between them, are developed in a variety of contexts. The presentation and style is intended to stimulate the reader's imagination to apply these methods to a host of problems and situations. The text is complemented by copious references, extensive historical and bibliographical notes, exercises and examples, and appendices giving more details of some mathematical ideas. Each chapter includes an extensive section commentary on the exercises and their solution. Graduate students and research workers in physics, applied mathematics, chemistry, biology and engineering will welcome these volumes as the first broad introduction to this important major field of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26336/cover/9780521426336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Bird Communities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiens, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>557</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two volumes of John Wiens' Ecology of Bird Communities are already recognised as having applications and importance beyond the study of birds to the wider study of ecology in general. The books contain a detailed synthesis of our current understanding of the patterns of organisation of bird communities and of the factors that may determine them, drawing from studies from all over the world. The author, however, does more than simply review recent findings in bird community ecology. By emphasizing how proper logic and methods have or have not been followed and how different viewpoints have developed historically and have led to controversy, he extends the scope of these books far beyond the study of birds. Volume 1 Foundations and Patterns explores why avian community ecologists ask the questions they do and what philosophical and methodological approaches they have used to answer such questions. Most of the book is devoted to a critical evaluation of what is known about the nature and organisation of bird communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26343/cover/9780521426343.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Megaherbivores</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Influence of Very Large Body Size on Ecology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen-Smith, R. Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The largest land mammals are constrained in their activities by their large body size, a theme that is emphasized in this account of their general ecology. The book begins by raising the question as to why these once abundant and widely distributed 'megaherbivores' - elephants, rhinos, hippos and giraffes - have all but gone extinct, and ends by considering the implications of the answer for the conservation of the remaining populations. Existing megaherbivores are placed in the context of the more numerous species which occurred worldwide until the end of the last Ice Age, and knowledge of the ecology of surviving species is used to analyse the cause of the extinctions. The information and ideas contained in this book are of crucial importance to all concerned with halting the rapidly worsening conservation status of remaining elephant and rhinoceros species, and carries a wider message for those concerned with the ramifying effects of man on ecosystem processes. Graduate students and research scientists in ecology, conservation biology and wildlife management will find this book of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26374/cover/9780521426374.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Neuroendocrinology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed as an introductory text in neuroendocrinology; the study of the interaction between the brain and endocrine system and the influence of this on behaviour. The endocrine glands, pituitary gland and hypothalamus and their interactions and hormones are discussed. The action of steroid and thyroid hormone receptors and the regulation of target cell response to hormones is examined. The function of neuropeptides is discussed with respect to the neuroendocrine system and behaviour. The neuroimmune system and lymphokines are described and the interaction between the neuroendocrine and neuroimmune systems discussed. Finally, methods for studying hormonal influences on behaviour are outlined. Each chapter has review and essay questions designed for advanced students and honours or graduate students with a background in neuroscience, respectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26657/cover/9780521426657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Squares</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rajwade, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many classical and modern results and quadratic forms are brought together in this book. The treatment is self-contained and of a totally elementary nature requiring only a basic knowledge of rings, fields, polynomials, and matrices, such that the works of Pfister, Hilbert, Hurwitz and others are easily accessible to non-experts and undergraduates alike. The author deals with many different approaches to the study of squares; from the classical works of the late 19th century, to areas of current research. Anyone with an interest in algebra or number theory will find this a most fascinating volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26688/cover/9780521426688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radiation Protection of Patients</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wootton, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MQH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise volume provides essential advice and guidelines for all those medical personnel involved in the administration of radiation for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes. Legislation has been introduced in Europe and the UK to reduce patient radiation doses. In the UK, the Ionising Radiation (Protection of Patients Undergoing Medical Examination or Treatment) Regulations, known colloquially as the POPUMET Regulations, requires medical personnel to have received essential training in radiation protection. This volume covers the background material required by those taking approved training courses and summarises the core of knowledge which forms the basis of the POPUMET regulations. It will therefore be an essential textbook for all staff who are concerned with diagnostic radiology, nuclear medicine or radiotherapy and who are about to undertake this training.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26695/cover/9780521426695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bubbles, Voids and Bumps in Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The New Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornell, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last decade, advances made in observational instruments and computational techniques have allowed astronomers to look both deeper into space and, by implication, further back into time to construct new scenarios for the probable beginning and possible end of the cosmos. Ironically, each new discovery, while revealing intricate details, has also posed new questions. People have always speculated on the nature of the universe, pondering its origin, evolution and eventual fate. In this volume, six leading cosmologists provide a current 'state of the universe' report: what we have learned about its nature - but also what pieces are still missing from the cosmic puzzle. Taken in toto their contributions provide a stimulating addition to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26732/cover/9780521426732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Telecommunications Pricing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Bridger M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vogelsang, Ingo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past decade has witnessed a surge of pricing innovations in the U.S. telecommunications industry. This book systematically reviews recent innovations in the economic theory of pricing and extends results to the conditions which characterise telecommunications markets. The implementation of normative pricing theory is examined in selected US telephone tariffs, providing a rich and diverse data base and laboratory for examining the practical consequences of pricing innovations. The authors develop and illuminate the relationships between the normative economic theory of pricing - with its objectives of social welfare, economic efficiency, and fairness - and telecommunications pricing as it is practised by business and regulators. The general theoretical pricing principles and lessons of US pricing experience discussed are directly applicable to telecommunications services in other countries, and to numerous other industries including electricity, gas, rail and air transport, and postal services, as well as economists studying the economic theory of pricing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26787/cover/9780521426787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Kinship in the Late Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Central as kinship has been to the development of British social anthropology, this is the first attempt by an anthropologist to situate ideas about English kinship in a cultural context. Based on the Morgan lectures given at the University of Rochester in 1989, After Nature challenges the traditional separation of western kinship studies from the study of society. Marilyn Strathern looks back at mid-century writings on kinship, both within anthropology and outside, and demonstrates continuities between middle-class folk models of kinship and anthropological kinship theory. She also shows how conceptualisations of change have enabled that past world to produce the present one. The values placed upon individual choice, as well as the vanishing of 'society' as a self-evident point of reference, are part of an evolving cultural explicitness about kinship and the naturalness of connections between persons. After Nature is a timely reflection at a moment when advances in reproductive technology raise questions about the natural basis of kinship relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26800/cover/9780521426800.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading the Book of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to the Philosophy of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kosso, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory survey to the philosophy of science suitable for beginners and nonspecialists. Its point of departure is the question: why should we believe what science tells us about the world? In this attempt to justify the claims of science the book treats such topics as observation data, confirmation of theories, and the explanation of phenomena. The writing is clear and concrete with detailed examples drawn from contemporary science: solar neutrinos, the gravitational bending of light, and the creation/evolution debate, for example. What emerges is a view of science in which observation relies on theory to give it meaning and credibility, while theory relies on observation for its motivation and validation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26824/cover/9780521426824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>More Heat than Light</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economics as Social Physics, Physics as Nature's Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mirowski, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More Heat Than Light is a history of how physics has drawn some inspiration from economics and also how economics has sought to emulate physics, especially with regard to the theory of value. It traces the development of the energy concept in Western physics and its subsequent effect upon the invention and promulgation of neoclassical economics. Any discussion of the standing of economics as a science must include the historical symbiosis between the two disciplines. Starting with the philosopher Emile Meyerson's discussion of the relationship between notions of invariance and causality in the history of science, the book surveys the history of conservation principles in the Western discussion of motion. Recourse to the metaphors of the economy are frequent in physics, and the concepts of value, motion, and body reinforced each other throughout the development of both disciplines, especially with regard to practices of mathematical formalisation. However, in economics subsequent misuse of conservation principles led to serious blunders in the mathematical formalisation of economic theory. The book attempts to provide the reader with sufficient background in the history of physics in order to appreciate its theses. The discussion is technically detailed and complex, and familiarity with calculus is required.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26893/cover/9780521426893.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521426979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521426979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521426978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singers of Italian Opera</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History of a Profession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521426978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosselli, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adelina Patti was the most highly regarded singer in history. She earned nearly $5,000 a night and had her own railway carriage. Yet a minor comic singer would perform for the cost of his food and a pair of shoes to wear on stage. John Rosselli's wide-ranging study introduces all those singers, members of the chorus as well as stars, who have sung Italian opera from 1600 to the twentieth century. Singers are shown slowly emancipating themselves from dependence on great patrons and entering the dangerous freedom of the market. Rosselli also examines the sexist prejudices against the castrati of the eighteenth century and against women singers. Securely rooted in painstaking scholarship and sprinkled with amusing anecdote, this is a book to fascinate and inform opera fans at all levels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/26978/cover/9780521426978.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Old World and the New</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1492-1650</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The impact of Europe on a newly-discovered world of America has long been a subject of historical fascination. Yet the impact of that discovery and conquest for the European conquering powers has traditionally received less attention. In this pioneering book J. H. Elliott set out to show how traditional European assumptions about geography, theology, history and the nature of man were challenged by the encounter with new lands and people; trading relationships around the world were affected by an influx of gold and silver imports from America; while politically, the sources of power were no longer confined to European territory. The 500th anniversary of Columbus's discovery has prompted renewed enquiry into the relationship of the Old World and the New; John Elliott's fascinating and now classic account is here reissued with a new foreword addressing the significance of the book's insights for a new generation of readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27098/cover/9780521427098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banning Chemical Weapons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Scientific Background</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crone, Hugh D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Banning Chemical Weapons provides a readable and brief outline of chemical warfare, its origins and the offensive and defensive aspects. The aim of this book is to give technical information to people interested in the wider aspects of disarmament, by showing how this technical material must be used in the negotiations to achieve a worldwide and enforceable ban on chemical weapons. While not a textbook, this volume provides accessible technical background to the issue of chemical disarmament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27111/cover/9780521427111.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating and Transforming Households</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Constraints of the World-Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallerstein, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>del Carmen Baerga, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beittel, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman Kasaba, Kathie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, Randall H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, William G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanley, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>9</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Lanny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>10</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodsong, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book seeks an explanation of the pattern of sharp discrepancy of wage levels across the world-economy for work of comparable productivity. It explores how far such differences can be explained by the different structures of households as 'income-pooling units', examining three key variables: location in the core or periphery of the world-economy; periods of expansion versus periods of contraction in the world-economy; and secular transformation over time. The authors argue that both the boundaries of households and their sources of income are molded by the changing patterns of the world-economy, but are also modes of defense against its pressures. Drawing empirical data from eight local regions in three different zones - the United States, Mexico and southern Africa - this book presents a systematic and original approach to the intimate link between the micro-structures of households and the structures of the capitalist world-economy at a global level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27135/cover/9780521427135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belonging in the Two Berlins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kin, State, Nation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borneman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Belonging in the two Berlins is an ethnographic investigation into the meaning of German selfhood during the Cold War. Taking the practices of everyday life in the divided Berlin as his point of departure, Borneman shows how ideas of kin, state, and nation were constructed through processes of mirror-imaging and misrecognition. Using linguistics and narrative analysis, he compares the autobiographies of two generations of Berlins residents with the official version of the lifecourse prescribed by the two German states. He examines the relation of the dual political structure to everyday life, the way in which the two states legally regulated the lifecourse in order to define the particular categories of self which signify Germanness, and how citizens experientially appropriated the frameworks provided by these states. Living in the two Berlins constantly compelled residents to define themselves in opposition to their other half. Borneman argues that this resulted in a de facto divided Germany with two distinct nations and peoples. The formation of German subjectivity since World War II is unique in that the distinctive features for belonging - for being at home - to one side exclude the other. Indeed, these divisions inscribed by the Cold War account for many of the problems in forging a new cultural unity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27159/cover/9780521427159.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Union to Commonwealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalism and Separatism in the Soviet Republics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidus, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaslavsky, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldman, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The collapse of the Soviet Union and the emergence of fifteen independent states on its former territory is one of the most momentous developments of the twentieth century. In this volume, five leading international scholars team up to examine the forces that lay behind the rise of national movements which challenged, then destroyed, the stability and territorial integrity of the former Soviet state offering unique insights into the links between political structure and nationalism. Presenting a broad and timely analysis of the national dimension of politics after perestroika, this book is essential reading for all those seeking to understand the complexities underlying the demise of the Soviet state, as well as the emergence of new states actively engaged in defining their national identities at home and abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27166/cover/9780521427166.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays of David Hare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Homden, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length survey of one of  the leading playwrights of the post-war generation. Through his career as playwright, filmmaker, and director, David Hare has been at the forefront of modern theatre and his work is frequently seen as a reflection of the contemporary political and social environment of Britain. In this analysis, Carol Homden examines the work of David Hare including the screenplays of Plenty, Pravda, and Wetherby, as well as the plays he has written for the Royal National Theatre. Through her study, Homden identifies the key themes which have dominated and influenced Hare's writing throughout his career and closes with a discussion of Hare's most recent work, the trilogy of plays, Racing Demon, Murmuring Judges, and The Absence of War, and, from these identifies a new direction for the playwright.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27180/cover/9780521427180.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redeeming the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Latin Poetry and the Hermeneutics of Reception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martindale, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book applies some of the procedures of modern critical theory (in particular reception-theory, deconstruction, theories of dialogue and the hermeneutics associated with the German philosopher Gadamer) to the interpretation of Latin poetry. Charles Martindale argues that we neither can nor should attempt to return to an 'original' meaning for ancient poems, free from later accretions and the processes of appropriation; more traditional approaches to literary enquiry conceal a metaphysics which has been put in question by various anti-foundationalist accounts of the nature of meaning and the relationship between language and what it describes. From this perspective the author examines different readings of the poetry of Virgil, Ovid, Horace and Lucan, in order to suggest alternative ways in which those texts might more profitably be read. Finally he focuses on a key term for such study 'translation' and examines the epistemological questions it raises and seeks to circumvent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27197/cover/9780521427197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Nietzsche as Political Thinker</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Perfect Nihilist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ansell-Pearson, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a lively and engaging introduction to the contentious topic of Nietzsche's political thought. It traces the development of Nietzsche's thinking on politics from his earliest writings to the mature work in which he advocates aristocratic radicalism as opposed to 'petty' European nationalism. The key ideas of the will to power, eternal return and the overman are discussed and all Nietzsche's major works analysed in detail, such as Beyond Good and Evil and The Genealogy of Morals, within the context of the concerns of modern political theory. The book concludes with an assessment of Nietzsche's enduring relevance and of the insights afforded by contemporary liberal and feminist readings. This textbook will be essential for all students of Nietzsche and of the history of political ideas. It includes a chronology of Nietzsche's life and works and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27210/cover/9780521427210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evil and Suffering in Jewish Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leaman, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problems of evil and suffering have been extensively discussed in Jewish philosophy, and much of the discussion has centred on the Book of Job. In this study Oliver Leaman poses two questions: how can a powerful and caring deity allow terrible things to happen to obviously innocent people, and why have the Jewish people been so harshly treated throughout history, given their status as the chosen people? He explores these issues through an analysis of the views of Philo, Saadya, Maimonides, Gersonides, Spinoza, Mendelssohn, Hermann Cohen, Buber, Rosenzweig, and post-Holocaust thinkers, and suggests that a discussion of evil and suffering is really a discussion about our relationship with God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27227/cover/9780521427227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Television Drama in the 1980s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, George W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine an outstanding decade of British television drama. The 1980s witnessed a series of changes and innovation in television, in which a fourth channel was established, studio production largely gave way to location filming, and programmes reflected key political events. In this fascinating collection of twelve essays, the innovative programmes of the period are analysed and placed within their social and political contexts. The writers analyse programmes as di</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27234/cover/9780521427234.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arithmetical Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spilker, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to characterize certain multiplicative and additive arithmetical functions by combining methods from number theory with some simple ideas from functional and harmonic analysis. The authors achieve this goal by considering convolutions of arithmetical functions, elementary mean-value theorems, and properties of related multiplicative functions. They also prove the mean-value theorems of Wirsing and Hal&#225;sz and study the pointwise convergence of the Ramanujan expansion. Finally, some applications to power series with multiplicative coefficients are included, along with exercises and an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27258/cover/9780521427258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applications of Categories in Computer Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society Symposium, Durham 1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fourman, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnstone, P. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitts, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Category theory and related topics of mathematics have been increasingly applied to computer science in recent years. This book contains selected papers from the London Mathematical Society Symposium on the subject which was held at the University of Durham. Participants at the conference were leading computer scientists and mathematicians working in the area and this volume reflects the excitement and importance of the meeting. All the papers have been refereed and represent some of the most important and current ideas. Hence this book will be essential to mathematicians and computer scientists working in the applications of category theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27265/cover/9780521427265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Solar-Terrestrial Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Geospace - the Science of the Terrestrial Upper Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and Magnetosphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hargreaves, John Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes physical conditions in the upper atmosphere and magnetosphere of the Earth. The account is introductory, at a level suitable for readers with a basic inderstanding of physics and explains the principles of physical investigation. The principal material covers the neutral and ionized upper atmosphere, the magnetosphere, and structures, dynamics, disturbances and irregularities. This textbook is suitable for advanced undergraduates and new postgraduates who are taking introductory courses in upper atmospheric, ionospheric, or magnetospheric physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27371/cover/9780521427371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142741X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142741X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liquid Crystals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandrasekhar, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and greatly revised edition of Professor Chandrasekhar's classic book Liquid Crystals, first published in 1977. The subject of liquid crystals has grown into an exciting interdisciplinary research field with important practical applications. This book presents a systematic and self-contained treatment of the physics of the different types of thermotropic liquid crystals - the three classical types, nematic, cholesteric and smectic, and the newly discovered discotic type. Included is a description of the structures of these four main types and their polymorphic modifications, their thermodynamical, optical and mechanical properties and their behaviour under external fields. The basic principles underlying the major applications of liquid crystals in display technology and in thermography are also discussed. This book will be of great value to advanced students and researchers in condensed matter physics, chemical physics, materials science and technology with an interest in the physics, chemistry and applications of liquid crystals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27418/cover/9780521427418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Introduction to Private Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, D. E. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book one of the world's foremost legal historians attempts to explain what produced the private law of the western world as we know it today. Professor van Caenegem pays particular attention to the origins of the common law - civil law dichotomy, and how it arose that England and the continent of Europe, although sharing the same civilisation and values, live under two different legal systems. The chronological coverage extends from the Germanic invasion in the early Middle Ages to the present day, incorporating analysis of the medieval Roman and canon law (both products of the law schools), and that of the School of Natural Law which inspired the great national codifications of the modern age. Professor van Caenegem evaluates the role of the lawgivers - emperors, kings and parliaments - and that of the judges, particularly, of course, in the lands of the English common law. He deals with the great phases of legal development and the main bodies of doctrine and legislation (rather than offer an analysis of the legal norms themselves); with substantive private law - family and status, property, contract, inheritance, trade - and with the organisation of the courts and the forms of process. An Historical Introduction to Private Law is based on both an extensive secondary literature in several languages, and on evidence accumulated by Professor van Caenegem over the past forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27456/cover/9780521427456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Light and Plant Responses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Plant Photophysiology and the Natural Environment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author discusses the ways in which higher plants respond to natural light environments throughout their life cycles. While previous texts on the subject have used the various light responses simply as a means of illustrating the molecular interaction between photoreceptors and cell metabolism, in this book the ways in which the plant detects, interprets and responds to the natural light environment are fully discussed. It takes a holistic rather than a mechanistic approach concerning the influence of natural light environments on plant growth and development and reflects the overall direction and discusses recent research in a rapidly developing field. This book also emphasises the ecological implications of studies in plant physiology and biochemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27487/cover/9780521427487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organisation in Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baron, W. M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the third edition of this very successful textbook, the author describes a practical approach to the important physiological and ecological factors that determine the survival of the green plant. The book has been extensively rewritten to keep abreast of recent discoveries. Much more information on the growth and development of plants is included to stress that the survival of a plant species may depend on all stages of the plant's life cycle. Practical techniques are described to show how many of the ideas discussed can easily be investigated. The book is therefore very useful for project work as well as class practicals in both schools and introductory biology and botany courses at university.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27517/cover/9780521427517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521427657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521427657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Marine Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dring, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to recent analytical and experimental studies of plant growth in the sea. The physiology and ecology of marine plants are, therefore, emphasized at the expense of a more traditional taxonomic or morphological treatment. The physics and chemistry of the marine environment are examined with specific reference to the requirements of marine plants, and much of the book concentrates on those aspects of their physiology which are unique to marine plants, or which help us to understand their ecology. Since over 90% of the species of marine plants are algae, most of the book is devoted to the marine representatives of this group, with examples from all oceans and coasts of the world where detailed work has been done. Phytoplankton and seaweeds are discussed together in chapters on photosynthesis, growth and productivity, and geographical distribution, in order to provide an integrated picture of the biology of marine plants in general. There is, however, a deliberate bias towards the seaweeds in certain chapters (e.g. morphogenesis, rocky shore ecology, economic utilization) since the ecology and physiology of these plants have received less attention in books at this level than has the ecology of phytoplankton. Marine angiosperms are also discussed alongside the autotrophic algae, and the ecological roles of bacteria and fungi in the sea are covered in a separate chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27654/cover/9780521427654.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19911202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142769X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521427692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coastal Aquaculture Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521427692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bose, A. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ghosh, S. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yang, C. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitra, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aquaculture is the science and technology of breeding and growing aquatic plants. Aquaculture has been in practice in China and India for more than 2000 years. However, the realisation of its role in meeting the world's food needs and of the need to develop it as an industry is more recent. Scientific aquaculture can ensure steady and regular protection of fish, which may be increased considerably with planned input of modern technology, similar to the case of scientific agriculture in relation to the production of land-based food crops. Aquaculture has therefore the potential of being the second largest means of food production next only to agriculture. This book presents various features of coastal aquacultural operations with emphasis on theoretical considerations in the planning and design of engineering structures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/27692/cover/9780521427692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Classical Drama</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theatre, Humanity and Nation 1750-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamport, F. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This historical and critical survey of the great tradition of German drama in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, provides an introduction to the major authors and works from Lessing, through Goethe, Schiller, and Weimar classicism, to Kleist, Grillparzer, and Hebbel. The development of German classical drama is seen as reflecting the intellectual and political ferment of its age: the great flowering of German philosophical thought, the rising aspirations of Germans to national unity, and the waves of revolution and counter-revolution which mark the European history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28286/cover/9780521428286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Billy Budd</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yannella, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Billy Budd is Herman Melville's most read work after Moby-Dick. Melville wrote the novella during the 5 years before his death, and it was published posthumously in 1924. The essays collected here provide a multifaceted introduction to the work. Areas investigated include nineteenth-century political and social dynamics and the literary response they provoked, as well as the relevance of mythology and the histories of classical world and Judaeo-Christian civilization to Melville's book. Also examined are Melville's later writing, including the late poetry, the text's development, and its ambiguities. This collection will prove an invaluable resource for students of this major American writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28293/cover/9780521428293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structuring Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Institutionalism in Comparative Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinmo, Sven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thelen, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longstreth, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together original essays by scholars working on a diverse range of empirical issues, but whose work is in each case informed by a 'historical institutional' approach to the study of politics. By bringing these pieces together, the volume highlights the methodological and theoretical foundations of this approach and illustrates the general contributions it has made to comparative politics. The essays demonstrate the potential of the approach to illuminate a broad range of issues such as how and why institutions change, how political ideas are filtered through institutional structures in the formation of specific policies, and how institutional structure can have unintended effects on the shaping of policy. The reader is provided with both a thorough understanding of the method of analysis and an overview of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28309/cover/9780521428309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Economy: Institutions, Competition and Representation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Seventh International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contents of this volume are drawn from the seventh International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics, and represent recent advances in the development of concepts and methods in political economy. Contributors include leading practitioners working on formal, applied, and historical approaches to the subject. The collection will interest scholars in the fields of political science and political sociology no less than economics. Part I outlines relevant concepts in political economy, including implementation, community, ideology, and institutions. Part II covers theory and applications of the spatial model of voting. Part III considers the different characteristics that govern the behaviour of institutions, while Part IV analyses competition between political representatives. Part V is concerned with the way in which government acquires information held by voters or advisors, and Part VI addresses government choice on monetary policy and taxation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28316/cover/9780521428316.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpersonal Expectations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Research and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanck, Peter David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together critical analysis of the phenomenon called interpersonal expectation - a sub-area of social psychology that studies how the expectations of one person affects the behavior of another in an interactive setting. The book is divided into three major sections: the first examines real-world applications of research on interpersonal expectations, such as in the courtroom, classroom, and operating room; the second considers the mediation of interpersonal expectations through verbal and nonverbal behavior; and the third outlines the emerging methodological and statistical techniques for understanding the implications of interpersonal expectations. Critical commentary and analysis by leading scholars in the field are presented and the book makes a major contribution to the study of interpersonal expectation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28323/cover/9780521428323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life and Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Essays in Biomedical Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, Dan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How should modern medicine's dramatic new powers to sustain life be employed?  How should limited resources be used to extend and improve the quality of life? In this collection, Dan Brock, a distinguished philosopher and bioethicist and co-author of Deciding for Others (Cambridge, 1989), explores the moral issues raised by new ideals of shared decision making between physicians and patients. The book develops an ethical framework for decisions about life-sustaining treatment and euthanasia, and examines how these life and death decisions are transformed in health policy when the focus shifts from what is best for a patient to what is just for all patients. Professor Brock combines acute philosophical analysis with a deep understanding of the realities of clinical health policy. This is a volume for philosophers concerned with medical ethics, health policy professionals, physicians interested in bioethics, and undergraduate courses in biomedical ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28330/cover/9780521428330.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Americans and their Forests</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Historical Geography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Europeans first reached the land that would become the United States they were staggered by the breadth and density of the forest they found. The existence of that forest, and the effort either to use or subdue it, have been constant themes in American history, literature, economics, and geography up to the meaning of the forest in American history and culture, he describes and analyzes the clearing and use of the forest from pre-European times to the present, and he traces the subsequent regrowth of the forest since the middle of the twentieth century. Dr Williams begins by exploring the role of the forest in American culture: the symbols, themes, and concepts - for example, pioneer woodsman, lumberjack, wilderness - generated by contact with the vast land of trees. He considers the Indian use of the forest, describing the ways in which native tribes altered it, primarily through fire, to promote a subsistence economy. Early European settlers, he shows, extracted many products from the forest, and also began the extensive clearance of trees that would continue for almost three hundred years. Succeeding chapters, organized by topic and region, cover agricultural and industrial effects upon and uses of the forest. Dr Williams explores the rise (and often fall) of industries based upon forest products: naval stores, timber for building, charcoal and the iron industry, the railroads. Attention is devoted to the forests of the Middle West, the South, and the Pacific Northwest. By the late nineteenth century Americans began to realize that the forest was not boundless and moved to preserve those portions, still extensive, that remained. In the wake of the movement for preservation, Dr Williams describes how the forest began to regrow, especially after 1950, in areas where it had originally been vigorous and healthy, a development that continues today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28378/cover/9780521428378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, Jerrold E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The use of geometric methods in classical mechanics has proven to be a fruitful exercise, with the results being of wide application to physics and engineering. Here Professor Marsden concentrates on these geometric aspects, and especially on symmetry techniques. The main points he covers are: the stability of relative equilibria, which is analyzed using the block diagonalization technique; geometric phases, studied using the reduction and reconstruction technique; and bifurcation of relative equilibria and chaos in mechanical systems. A unifying theme for these points is provided by reduction theory, the associated mechanical connection and techniques from dynamical systems. These methods can be applied to many control and stabilization situations, and this is illustrated using rigid bodies with internal rotors, and the use of geometric phases in mechanical systems. To illustrate the above ideas and the power of geometric arguments, the author studies a variety of specific systems, including the double spherical pendulum and the classical rotating water molecule. This book, based on the 1991 LMS Invited Lectures, will be valued by pure and applied mathematicians, physicists and engineers who work in geometry, nonlinear dynamics, mechanics, and robotics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28446/cover/9780521428446.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methods and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiesendanger, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The investigation and manipulation of matter on the atomic scale have been revolutionised by scanning tunnelling microscopy and related scanning probe techniques. This book is the first to provide a clear and comprehensive introduction to this subject. Beginning with the theoretical background of scanning tunnelling microscopy, the design and instrumentation of practical STM and associated systems are described in detail, as are the applications of these techniques in fields such as condensed matter physics, chemistry, biology, and nanotechnology. Containing 350 illustrations, and over 1200 references, this unique book represents an ideal introduction to the subject for final-year undergraduates in physics or materials science. It will also be invaluable to graduate students and researchers in any branch of science where scanning probe techniques are used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28477/cover/9780521428477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428491</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of Massive Neutrinos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boehm, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vogel, Petr</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neutrinos play a decisive part in nuclear and elementary particle physics, as well as in astrophysics and cosmology. Some of their most basic properties, such as their mass and charge conjugation symmetry, are largely unknown. This book focuses on what we know and may hope to know about the mass of the neutrino and its particle-antiparticle symmetry. Topics include neutrino mixing, neutrino decay, neutrino oscillations, double beta decay, solar neutrinos, supernova neutrinos and related issues. The authors stress the physical concepts, and discuss both theoretical and experimental techniques. This updated second edition differs from the first in that it contains an expanded coverage of experimental results and theoretical advances. Since publication of the first edition, many issues that were at that time unresolved, such as tritium beta decay and reactor neutrino oscillations, have been clarified and are discussed here. Also included is an expanded coverage of solar and supernova neutrinos. This book deals with one of the most intriguing issues in modern physics, and will be of value to researchers, graduate students and advanced undergraduates specializing in experimental and theoretical particle physics and nuclear physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28491/cover/9780521428491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Everyday Cognition in Adulthood and Late Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poon, Leonard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubin, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Barbara A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Provides a firm theoretical grounding for the increasing movement of cognitive psychologists, neuropsychologists and their students beyond the laboratory, in an attempt to understand human cognitive abilities as they are manifested in natural contexts. The pros and cons of the laboratory and the real world - the problems of generalizability versus rigor - are thoroughly analyzed, and practical escapes from what has become a false dichotomy are suggested. The authors present relevant data that open up new directions for those studying cognitive aging. Finally, they consider the applications of the new knowledge for clinicians and educators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28606/cover/9780521428606.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unsilent Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Television News and American Public Life, 1948-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donovan, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scherer, Raymond L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In four decades since its first broadcasts, television news has revolutionized public life and political policy making, transformed political careers, advanced civil rights, and radically changed newspapers and magazines. In Unsilent Revolution, veteran journalists Robert J. Donovan and Ray Scherer recount key episodes and analyze the areas of American public life most affected by television news. The authors' spirited accounts derive from research, analysis, professional experience, and previously unpublished accounts of people behind as well as in front of the camera. The stories they tell are among the most important of the past four decades: the civil rights struggle in the South, the downfall of Senator Joseph McCarthy, the assassination and funeral of President John F. Kennedy, the ups and downs of President Richard Nixon, the Iranian hostage crisis and President Jimmy Carter, manned space flight, and relief of the Ethiopian famine in 1984. The authors also describe and reflect on the impact of television news on presidential and congressional politics through the Reagan years and into the Bush administration and address the changes in newspapers and magazines caused by the rise of television journalism. In 1989-91, three gripping events - the students' protest and its suppression at Tiananmen Square in Beijing, the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of the Communist empire in Eastern Europe, and the war in the Persian Gulf - riveted the American public. Television news was central to each event, and this book explains why.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28620/cover/9780521428620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hunters and Herders of Southern Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Ethnography of the Khoisan Peoples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Khoisan are a cluster of southern African peoples, including the famous Bushmen or San 'hunters', the Khoekhoe 'herders' (in the past called 'Hottentots'), and the Damara, also a herding people. Most Khoisan live in the Kalahari desert and surrounding areas of Botswana and Namibia. In spite of differences in their way of life, the various groups have much in common, and this book explores these similarities and the influence of environment and history on aspects of Khoisan culture. This is the first book on the Khoisan as a whole since the publication in 1930 of The Khoisan Peoples of South Africa, by Isaac Schapera, doyen of southern African studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28651/cover/9780521428651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142867X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142867X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>IBM-PC in the Laboratory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, B. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuckes, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The primary object of this manual is to build an understanding of the principles of computer operations and the use of computers in the laboratory. While the development of applications for computers has been rapid since their introduction, the principles of computer operation and their use in sensing and control have remained stable. Those are the primary subjects of this book, throughout which a gradual understanding of what goes on inside a computer is developed. The laboratory provides a vital experience in linking theory with physical reality, and all of the computer work is done in the context of doing experiments. The IBM-PC design is used as the basis for the book. The internal design of this machine is slightly more complicated than earlier personal computers, but it is still simple enough to be quickly learned. The computer can be directly controlled by proper programming, and offers considerably more power than earlier designs. The IBM design also has expansion slots which make the addition of special hardware capabilities relatively simple, and provide a great flexibility in interfacing the machine to other equipment. The book, based on courses given at Cornell University, is designed as a tutorial to be used in conjunction with laboratory work. It will be a valuable guide and reference for students who are familiar with first-year university physics and have some computing experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28675/cover/9780521428675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Concerns</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alma, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of A-level social biology topic books responds to the changing demands of social biology syllabuses, with each text dealing with a particular area of interest. Although the series is primarily intended for students of A-level social biology, the books will appeal to students studying a wide range of biological subjects at A-level. Environmental Concerns covers topics common to several A-level human and social biology syllabuses. It is particularly relevant to the human ecology and conservation options. The text focuses on the social and economic implications of current ecological issues as well as the basic biological concepts involved. It deals with the causes, effects and prevention of atmospheric and water pollution as well as with the disruption of ecosystems by changes in land use. The conflict of interests between conservation and exploitation is discussed, along with management techniques including the controversial method of culling to maintain diversity. The moral and aesthetic aspects of conservation and management are emphasised throughout, in addition to the scientific background of these techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142870X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142870X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nineteenth-Century American Women's Novels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interpretative Strategies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Susan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study proposes interpretive strategies for nineteenth-century American women's novels. Harris contends that women in the nineteenth century read subversively, 'processing texts according to gender based imperatives'. Beginning with Susannah Rowson's best-selling seduction novel Charlotte Temple (1791), and ending with Willa Cather's O Pioneers! (1913), Harris scans white, middle-class women's writing throughout the nineteenth century. In the process she both explores reading behaviour and formulates a literary history for mainstream nineteenth-century American women's fiction. Through most of the twentieth century, women's novels of the earlier period have been denigrated as conventional, sentimental, and overwritten. Harris shows that these conditions are actually narrative strategies, rooted in cultural imperatives and, paradoxically, integral to the later development of women's texts that call for women's independence. Working with actual women's diaries and letters, Harris first shows what contemporary women sought from the books they read. She then applies these reading strategies to the most popular novels of the period, proving that even the most apparently retrograde demonstrate their heroines' abilities to create and control areas culturally defined as male.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28705/cover/9780521428705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rituals of Royalty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power and Ceremonial in Traditional Societies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannadine, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heads of state today mark their rites of passage with splendid ceremonial, from Reagan's inaugural to Andropov's funeral. Such spectacles continue to be a prominent part of modern political systems, of varied ideological hue, but their precise meaning and importance often remain unclear. The essays in this book - all specially written for it - address the central problem in the understanding of royal rituals, namely the relation between power and anthropologists, and the traditional societies examined range from ancient Babylon to nineteenth-century Madagascar, from medieval Europe to contemporary Ghana.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28910/cover/9780521428910.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geography, Technology, and War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Maritime History of the Mediterranean, 649-1571</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryor, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When maritime transport and communication depended on muscle and wind-power, the Mediterranean Sea functioned as a symbiotic force between the civilisations which surrounded it, at once the major dividing barrier and the major connecting element. In this study, the technological limitations of maritime traffic are considered in conjunction with the peculiar geographical conditions within which it operated, and which led to the establishment of major sea lanes on trunk routes along which traffic could move safely, efficiently, and economically. These trunk routes remained virtually unchanged from antiquity to the sixteenth century, and eventually constituted economic and strategic maritime frontiers between civilisations. At the same time, the technological limitations of the oared galley meant that coasts and islands along the trunk routes had also to be held, a necessity which favoured geographically the Christian West over the world of Byzantium and Islam.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Social Solidarity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class Bases of the European Welfare State, 1875-1975</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the social bases of the European welfare state, and the interests developed in or against social policy by various classes of society, during the period 1875-1975 in Britain, France, Germany, Denmark and Sweden. By analysing the competing concerns of different social factors that lie behind the evolution of social policy, it explains why some nations have had an easy time in developing a generous and solidaristic welfare state while others fought long and entrenched battles. In particular, the book examines the period after the Second World War and looks in detail at the stake developed by the bourgeoisie in welfare policies. By casting its net across five nations and virtually a whole century, the book attempts to establish a broad logic of interest behind the welfare state on the basis of a very extensive range of archival material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28934/cover/9780521428934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Settlement of Disputes in Early Medieval Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fouracre, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of original essays on the settlement of disputes in the early middle ages, a subject of central importance for social and political history. Case material, from the evidence of charters, is used to reveal the realities of the settlement process in the behaviour and interactions of people - instead of the prescriptive and idealised models of law-codes and edicts. The book is not therefore a technical study of charters evidence. The geographical range across Europe is unusually wide, which allows comparison across differing societies. Frankish material is inevitably prominent, but the contributors have sought to integrate Celtic, Greek, Italian and Spanish material into the mainstream of the subject. Above all, the book aims to 'demystify' the study of early medieval law, and to present a radical reappraisal of established assumptions about law and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uses of Literacy in Early Mediaeval Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, Rosamond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the ways in which literacy was important in early mediaeval Europe, and examines the context of literacy, its uses, levels, and distribution, in a number of different early mediaeval societies between c. 400 and c. 1000. The studies, by leading scholars in the field, set out to provide the factual basis from which assessments of the significance of literacy in the early mediaeval world can be made, as well as analysing the significance of literacy, its implications, and its consequences for the societies in which we observe it. In all cases, the studies represent recent research and bring evidence such as the recent archaeological discoveries at San Vincenzo al Volturno to the subject. They provide fascinating insight into the attitudes of early mediaeval societies towards the written word and the degree to which these attitudes were formed. This period is shown as fundamental for the subsequent uses of literacy in mediaeval and modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28965/cover/9780521428965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chinua Achebe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Innes, Catherine Lynnette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed examination of the writings of Chinua Achebe, Africa's best-known and most widely-read author, shortlisted for the 1987 Booker Prize. Dr Innes studies his writings, lectures and activities chronologically, in the context of Nigerian culture and politics and their interaction with Western cultures and powers. Her analysis goes beyond that of previously published studies, to examine Achebe's short stories, essays and poetry, and his most recent publications, Anthills of the Savannah (1987) and Hopes and Impediments (1988). Particular emphasis is placed on Achebe's departure from European literary models to create a new kind of fiction which seeks to challenge the preconceptions of African and Western audiences alike, and which is of considerable literary and political significance. This study will be invaluable to readers of Achebe and to students and teachers of African literature and politics, and modern fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28972/cover/9780521428972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142898X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142898X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantic Interpretation and the Resolution of Ambiguity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirst, Graeme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Semantic interpretation and the resolution of ambiguity presents an important advance in computer understanding of natural language. While parsing techniques have been greatly improved in recent years, the approach to semantics has generally improved in recent years, the approach to semantics has generally been ad hoc and had little theoretical basis. Graeme Hirst offers a new, theoretically motivated foundation for conceptual analysis by computer, and shows how this framework facilitates the resolution of lexical and syntactic ambiguities. His approach is interdisciplinary, drawing on research in computational linguistics, artificial intelligence, montague semantics, and cognitive psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/28989/cover/9780521428989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521428998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521428998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521428996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wagner's Music Dramas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521428996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahlhaus, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittall, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Previous studies of Wagner's operas have tended to approach the works as chunks of autobiography, philosophical speculations or historical-political comments on the age in which they were written. Professor Dahlhaus dissociated himself from all such ventures. His aim is to reveal, by careful analysis of the works from Der fliegende Hollander to Parsifal, the dominant features of 'music drama' and how Wagner achieves such profound, unified effects. Professor Dahlhaus cites music examples only when they are germane to his argument and requires from his readers no more than a limited amount of technical musical knowledge. This is not, therefore, an exclusively specialist study. Rather it will help the enthusiastic beginner to come to terms with these great works of art as well as offering many valuable insights to the experienced Wagnerian. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of music history, theory, opera and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre in Spain, 1490-1700</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKendrick, Melveena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine the rise of Spain's extraordinary national theatre in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries in all its aspects - the commercial theatre, the court drama and the Corpus autos, the organisation of theatrical life, the playhouses themselves and their public, the literary and moral controversies, and the plays as literary texts. The book has been written for students of drama as well as Hispanists: Spanish theatre is set in its national and international context; Spanish titles and theatrical terms are translated. Considerable space has been devoted to the experimental drama of the sixteenth century before Lope de Vega. At the core of the book is a highly distinctive, successful national theatre which mirrored the energies, beliefs and anxieties of a great nation in crisis, yet at the same time granted full expression to the individual genius of its greatest exponents - Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina and Calderon de la Barca.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29016/cover/9780521429016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Twelfth-Century Western Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dronke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the philosophical achievements of twelfth-century Western Europe. It is the collaboration of fifteen scholars whose detailed survey makes accessible the intellectual preoccupations of the period, with all texts cited in English translation throughout. After a discussion of the cultural context of twelfth-century speculation, and some of the main streams of thought - Platonic, Stoic, and Arabic - that quickened it, comes a characterisation of the new problems and perspectives of the period, in scientific inquiry, speculative grammar, and logic. This is followed by a closer examination of the distinctive features of some of the most innovative thinkers of the time, from Anselm and Abelard to the School of Chartres. A final section shows the impact of newly recovered works of Aristotle in the twelfth-century West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29078/cover/9780521429078.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativity on Curved Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Felice, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, C. J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained exposition of general relativity with emphasis given to tetrad and spinor structures and physical measurements on curved manifolds. General relativity is now essential to the understanding of modern physics, but the power of the theory cannot be fully explained without a detailed knowledge of its mathematical structure. The aim of this book is to introduce this structure, and then to use it to develop those applications that have been central to the growth of the theory. An overview of differential geometry is provided and properties of a tetrad field are then extensively analysed. These are used to introduce spinors, to describe the geometry of congruences and define the physical measurements on a curved manifold. The coupling of fields and geometry is investigated in terms of Lagrangeans and a detailed discussion of some exact solutions of the Einstein equations are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29085/cover/9780521429085.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Natural History of Tropical Bees</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roubik, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Humans have been fascinated by bees for centuries. Bees display a wide spectrum of behaviours and ecological roles that have provided biologists with a vast amount of material for study. Among the types observed are both social and solitary bees, those that either pollinate or destroy flowers, and those that display traits allowing them to survive underwater. Others fly mainly at night, and some build their nests either in the ground or in the tallest rain forest trees. This highly acclaimed book summarises and interprets research from around the world on tropical bee diversity and draws together major themes in ecology, natural history and evolution. The numerous photographs and line illustrations, and the large reference section, qualify this book as a field guide and reference for workers in tropical and temperate research. The fascinating ecology and natural history of these bees will also provide absorbing reading for other ecologists and naturalists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29092/cover/9780521429092.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growth and Reproductive Strategies of Freshwater Phytoplankton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandgren, Craig D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Growth and Reproductive Strategies of Freshwater Phytoplankton brings both the phycological (i.e. botanical) and limnological (i.e. ecological) literature into focus to reveal the morphological, reproductive and physiological characteristics of these microscopic organisms. Emphasis is on adaptive strategies for survival in stressful and seasonally changing aquatic habitats. The synthesis of this literature from an organismal and evolutionary perspective is unique. The following important groups of planktonic algae are considered: cyanobacteria, green algae, diatoms, dinoflagellates, cryptomonads, and chrysophyte flagellates. For each algal group, the importance of both growth and loss processes influencing biogeography and seasonality is emphasised. Where appropriate, the importance of sexual reproduction and benthic resting stages is considered. The final three chapters bring together data on three major ecological processes relevant to phytoplankton, i.e. resource competition, grazing by herbivorous zooplankton, and morphological and physiological 'packaging plans' of algal cells.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29108/cover/9780521429108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Social Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Project of Reconciliation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardimon, Michael O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an authoritative account of Hegel's social philosophy at a level that presupposes no specialised knowledge of the subject. Hegel's social theory is designed to reconcile the individual with the modern social world.  Michael Hardimon explores the concept of reconciliation in detail and discusses Hegel's views on the relationship between individuality and social membership, and on the family, civil society, and the state. The book is an important addition to the string of major studies of Hegel published by Cambridge. It will interest a broad swathe of readers in philosophy, (both students and specialists), and could be used in courses on political and social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29146/cover/9780521429146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communicating in Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing a Scientific Paper and Speaking at Scientific Meetings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writing scientific papers and giving talks at meetings and conferences are essential parts of research scientists' work, and this short, straightforwardly written book will help workers in all scientific disciplines to present their results effectively. The first chapter is about writing a scientific paper and is a revision of a prize-winning essay. Later chapters discuss the preparation of typescripts, speaking at meetings and writing theses. There are also chapters addressed particularly to those scientists to whom English is a foreign language and to those in North America. The last chapter gives information about dictionaries, style books and other literature. The book draws on the author's wealth of experience in presenting his own work and in editing the work of others, and he draws his examples from a range of subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29153/cover/9780521429153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behaviour and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slater, Peter J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliday, Tim R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the most exciting recent advances in animal behaviour have occurred at the interface between that subject and the study of evolution. This book, written by experts in this area, illustrates how the profound changes in our understanding of evolution have influenced behavioural research. Its chapters span both studies of how behaviour itself has evolved, dealing with topics such as comparative studies, the genetics of behaviour, speciation and the evolution of sociality and of intelligence, and also the adaptiveness which this evolution has brought about, with treatment of mating and fighting strategies, and theories of kinship and altruism.Behaviour and Evolution will be invaluable to senior undergraduate and graduate students of biology and psychology, especially those studying animal behaviour, behavioural ecology, sociobiology, evolution, ecology and environmental biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29238/cover/9780521429238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parody</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient, Modern and Post-modern</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Margaret A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this definitive work Margaret Rose presents an analysis and history of theories and uses of parody from ancient to contemporary times and offers a new approach to the analysis and classification of modern, late-modern, and post-modern theories of the subject. The author's Parody/Meta-Fiction (1979) was influential in broadening awareness of parody as a 'double-coded' device which could be used for more than mere ridicule. In the present study she both expands and revises the introductory section of her 1979 text and adds substantial new sections on modern and post-modern theories and uses of parody and pastiche which also discuss the work of theorists and writers including the Russian formalists, Mikhail Bakhtin, Hans Robert Jauss, Wolfgang Iser, Julia Kristeva, Roland Barthes, Michel Foucault, Jacques Derrida, Ihab Hassan, Jean Baudrillard, Fredric Jameson, A. S. Byatt, Martin Amis, Charles Jencks, Umberto Eco, David Lodge, Malcolm Bradbury and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29245/cover/9780521429245.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Guide to Reproduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Issues and Human Concerns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, Irina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this comprehensive text is to increase awareness of human reproduction and its consequences. The central theme links reproductive capacity, the social consequences of the multiple stresses this places on the environment and the ways this relates back to the reproductive health of humans and other animals. In the first section, the biology of human reproduction is discussed, including such topics as the treatment and causes of infertility, growth and maturation, parental behaviour and neonate biology. The effects of procreational biology on the foundation of human social structure are also examined. The second part deals with reproduction as it relates to health and social issues such as stress, fertility control, AIDS, teratogens and errors of sexual differentiation. It is an invaluable resource for all those wishing to update their knowledge of human reproductive biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29252/cover/9780521429252.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Field of One's Own</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and Land Rights in South Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agarwal, Bina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major study of gender and property in South Asia. In a pioneering and comprehensive analysis Bina Agarwal argues that the single most important economic factor affecting women's situation is the gender gap in command over property. In rural South Asia, the most significant form of property is arable land, a critical determinant of economic well-being, social status, and empowerment. But few women own land; fewer control it. Drawing on a vast range of interdisciplinary sources and her own field research, and tracing regional variations across five countries, the author investigates the complex barriers to women's land ownership and control, and how they might be overcome. The book makes significant and original contributions to theory and policy concerning land reforms, 'bargaining' and gender relations, women's status, and the nature of resistance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29269/cover/9780521429269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>South Coast New Guinea Cultures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Comparison, Dialectic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knauft, Bruce M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The communities of south coast New Guinea were the subject of classic ethnographies, and fresh studies in recent decades have put these rich and complex cultures at the centre of anthropological debates. Flamboyant sexual practices, such as ritual homosexuality, have attracted particular interest. In the first general book on the region, Dr Knauft reaches striking new comparative conclusions through a careful ethnographic analysis of sexuality, the status of women, ritual and cosmology, political economy, and violence among the region's seven major language-culture areas. The findings suggest new Melanesian regional contrasts and provide for a general critique of the way regional comparisons are constructed in anthropology. Theories of practice and political economy as well as post-modern insights are drawn upon to provide a generative theory of indigenous social and symbolic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29313/cover/9780521429313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discrete Groups and Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclachlan, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book constitutes the proceedings of a conference held at the University of Birmingham to mark the retirement of Professor A. M. Macbeath. The papers represent up-to-date work on a broad spectrum of topics in the theory of discrete group actions, ranging from presentations of finite groups through the detailed study of Fuchsian and crystallographic groups, to applications of group actions in low dimensional topology, complex analysis, algebraic geometry and number theory. For those wishing to pursue research in these areas, this volume offers a valuable summary of contemporary thought and a source of fresh geometric insights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29320/cover/9780521429320.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hilbert Space</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Compact Operators and the Trace Theorem</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Retherford, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Retherford's aim in this book is to provide the reader with a virtually self-contained treatment of Hilbert space theory, leading to an elementary proof of the Lidskij trace theorem. He assumes the reader is familiar with only linear algebra and advanced calculus, and develops everything needed to introduce the ideas of compact, self-adjoint, Hilbert-Schmidt and trace class operators. Many exercises and hints are included, and throughout the emphasis is on a user-friendly approach. Advanced undergraduates and graduate students will find that this book presents a unique introduction to operators and Hilbert space.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29337/cover/9780521429337.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Circulating Atmospheres</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, I. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives an account of the modern view of the global circulation of the atmosphere. It brings the observed nature of the circulation together with theories and simple models of the mechanisms which drive it. Early chapters concentrate on the classical view of the global circulation, on the processes which generate atmospheric motions and on the dynamical constraints which modify them. Later chapters develop more recent themes including low frequency variability and the circulations of other planetary atmospheres. The book will be of interest to advanced students and researchers who wish for an introduction to the subject before engaging with the original scientific literature. The book is copiously illustrated, and includes many results of diagnostic and modelling studies. Each chapter includes a set of problems and bibliographical notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29351/cover/9780521429351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phase Transitions in Ferroelastic and Co-elastic Crystals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salje, E. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook describes the fundamental principles of structural phase transitions in materials in an easily understandable form, suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students. Ferroelasticity, twinning and related microstructures are described. Landau-type theories of phase transitions are introduced, together with details of elastic and specific heat anomalies, the formation of spontaneous strain, and the generation of solitary waves at temperatures close to the transition point. Many materials used in industry are crystals. These crystals often show anomalies such as sudden softening or embrittlement at certain temperatures; if controlled, such behaviour can be extremely useful for manufacturing and high technology applications. This is one of the first books to describe the recently determined physical origins of such behaviour, and provides an insight into the important thermodynamic principles and microstructural properties involved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29368/cover/9780521429368.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Eighteenth-Century Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richetti, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the past twenty years our understanding of the novel's emergence in eighteenth-century Britain has drastically changed. Drawing on new research in social and political history, the twelve contributors to this Companion challenge and refine the traditional view of the novel's origins and purposes. In various ways each seeks to show that the novel is not defined primarily by its realism of representation, but by the new ideological and cultural functions it serves in the emerging modern world of print culture. Sentimental and Gothic fiction and fiction by women are discussed, alongside detailed readings of work by Defoe, Swift, Richardson, Henry Fielding, Sterne, Smollett, and Burney. This multifaceted picture of the novel in its formative decades provides a comprehensive and indispensable guide for students of the eighteenth-century British novel, and its place within the culture of its time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29450/cover/9780521429450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142948X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142948X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Continent Revealed</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The European Geotraverse, Structure and Dynamic Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blundell, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeman, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Stephan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Continent Revealed presents the findings of the European Geotraverse (EGT), - a unique study of the tectonic evolution of the continent of Europe, and the first comprehensive cross section of the continental lithosphere. A well-illustrated book and a set of maps and profiles have been put together by key workers in the EGT project to present the great wealth of information yielded by the  project. The book outlines the scientific achievements of the European Geotraverse. It tells how the information now available is key evidence in the piecing together of the tectonic evolution of the European continent. The authors have reviewed the work of their colleagues to unravel the nature, evolution and dynamics of the European lithosphere. The stimulating study reveals much of the workings of the earth and the processes that shaped the continent of Europe as we see it today. The maps and profiles, along a 250 kilometre wide swath stretching 4600 kilometres from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean, form a three dimensional picture of the structure, properties and composition of the continental lithosphere of Europe in an atlas format. Many of the data are also presented on an accompanying compact disk. The book completes the boxed set, and is also available on its own in paperback. The EGT project has filled many gaps in our knowledge of the lithosphere, and is a celebration of coordination and communication across geographical borders and between disciplines. This book tells the story of  international collaboration on an unprecedented scale, by several hundred geoscientists in a series of well-defined international projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29481/cover/9780521429481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Nonparametric Regression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;rdle, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applied Nonparametric Regression is the first book to bring together in one place the techniques for regression curve smoothing involving more than one variable. The computer and the development of interactive graphics programs have made curve estimation possible. This volume focuses on the applications and practical problems of two central aspects of curve smoothing: the choice of smoothing parameters and the construction of confidence bounds. H&#228;rdle argues that all smoothing methods are based on a local averaging mechanism and can be seen as essentially equivalent to kernel smoothing. To simplify the exposition, kernel smoothers are introduced and discussed in great detail. Building on this exposition, various other smoothing methods (among them splines and orthogonal polynomials) are presented and their merits discussed. All the methods presented can be understood on an intuitive level; however, exercises and supplemental materials are provided for those readers desiring a deeper understanding of the techniques. The methods covered in this text have numerous applications in many areas using statistical analysis. Examples are drawn from economics as well as from other disciplines including medicine and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29504/cover/9780521429504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142951X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052142951X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warner, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>161</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this lively collection ten philosophers tackle the notoriously elusive issues raised by religious discourse in a series of linked debates. The debates focus on reason and faith; the logic of mysticism; the meaning of the word 'God'; language, biblical interpretation and worship; and religion and ethics. Through contemporary philosophical analysis it is possible to shed new light on teh status and language of religion, and in many ways the contributors to Religion and Philosophy break new ground in this perennially controversial field. The collection is addressed to philosophers, theologians and anyone with a general intellectual interest in religion. Certainly it will be a valuable addition to the reading list of all teachers or students of the philosophy of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29511/cover/9780521429511.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Practical Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rational Agency as Ethical Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippin, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fresh and original book argues that the central questions in Hegel's practical philosophy are the central questions in modern accounts of freedom: What is freedom, or what would it be to act freely? Is it possible so to act? And how important is leading a free life? Robert Pippin argues that the core of Hegel's answers is a social theory of agency, the view that agency is not exclusively a matter of the self-relation and self-determination of an individual but requires the right sort of engagement with and recognition by others. Using a detailed analysis of key Hegelian texts, he develops this interpretation to reveal the bearing of Hegel's claims on many contemporary issues, including much-discussed core problems in the liberal democratic tradition. His important study will be valuable for all readers who are interested in Hegel's philosophy and in the modern problems of agency and freedom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29573/cover/9780521429573.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052142965X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transactions of the Royal Historical Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth Series</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, Ian W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Transactions of the Royal Historical Society publish an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world's most distinguished historians. The volume includes the following articles: Presidential Address: Britain and Globalisation since 1850: III. Creating the World of Bretton Woods, 1939-1958 Martin Daunton; High and Low: Ties of Dependence in the Frankish Kingdoms (The Alexander Prize Essay) Alice Rio; Text, Visualisation and Politics: London, 1150-1250 Derek Keene; Centre and Periphery in the European Book World Andrew Pettegree; A Tale of Two Episcopal Surveys: The Strange Fates of Edmund Grindal and Cuthbert Mayne Revisited (The Prothero Lecture) Peter Lake; The Language and Symbolism of Conquest in Ireland, c. 1790-1850 Jacqueline Hill; Writing War: Autobiography, Modernity and Wartime Narrative in Nationalist China, 1937-1946 Rana Mitter; The Death of a Consumer Society Matthew Hilton; Report of Council for 2007-2008.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Diagnostic Analysis of the Casebooks of Ticehurst House Asylum, 1845-1890</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Trevor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>76</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29863/cover/9780521429863.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Linguistics and Formal Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosner, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>341</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection takes the exciting step of examining natural language phenomena from the perspective of both computational linguistics and formal semantics. Computational linguistics has until now been primarily concerned with the construction of computational models for handling the complexities of linguistic form, but has not tackled the questions of representing or computing meaning. Formal semantics, on the other hand, has attempted to account for the relations between forms and meanings, without necessarily attending to computational concerns. The book introduces the reader to the two disciplines and considers the prospects for the more unified and comprehensive computational theory of language which might obtain from their amalgamation. Of great interest to those working in the fields of computation, logic, semantics, artificial intelligence and linguistics generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29887/cover/9780521429887.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presidents and Assemblies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutional Design and Electoral Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew Soberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years renewed attention has been directed to the importance of the role of institutional design in democratic politics. Particular interest has concerned constitutional design and the relative merits of parliamentary versus presidential systems. In this book, the authors systematically assess the strengths and weaknesses of various forms of presidential systems, drawing on recent developments in the theoretical literature about institutional design and electoral rules. They develop a typology of democratic regimes structured around the separation of powers principle, including two hybrid forms, the premier-presidential and president-parliamentary systems, and they evaluate a number of alternative ways of balancing powers between the branches within these basic frameworks. They also demonstrate that electoral rules are critically important in determining how political authority is exercised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29900/cover/9780521429900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Figurative Thought, Language, and Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Jr, Raymond W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this bold new work, Ray Gibbs demonstrates that human cognition is deeply poetic and that figurative imagination constitutes the way we understand ourselves and the world in which we live. The traditional view of the mind holds that thought and language are inherently literal and that poetic language is a special human ability requiring different cognitive and linguistic skills than employed in ordinary language. This view has imposed serious limitations on the scholarly study of mental life and on everyday folk conceptions of human experience. Poetics of Mind overturns the traditional perspective by showing how figurative aspects of language reveal the poetic structure of mind. Ideas and research from psychology, linguistics, philosophy, anthropology, and literary theory are used to establish important links between the poetic structure of thought and everyday use of language. Particular use is made of the extensive research that has accumulated in experimental psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics over the past 15 years. Poetics of Mind evaluates current philosophical, linguistic, and literary theories of figurative language, using tools provided by psycholinguistic and cognitive psychology research. It relates the empirical work on figurative language understanding to broader issues concerning the nature of everyday thought and reasoning. As such, it will be of crucial interest to students and researchers in psychology, cognitive science, and linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29924/cover/9780521429924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mapping the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domain Specificity in Cognition and Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschfeld, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelman, Susan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the nature of human thought? A long dominant view holds that the mind is a general problem-solving device that approaches all questions in much the same way. Chomsky's theory of language, which revolutionised linguistics, challenged this claim, contending that children are primed to acquire some skills, like language, in a manner largely independent of their ability to solve other sorts of apparently similar mental problems. In recent years researchers in anthropology, psychology, linguistic and neuroscience have examined whether other mental skills are similarly independent. Many have concluded that much of human thought is 'domain-specific'. Thus, the mind is better viewed as a collection of cognitive abilities specialised to handle specific tasks than a general problem solver. This volume introduces a general audience to a domain-specificity perspective, by compiling a collection of essays exploring how several of these cognitive abilities are organised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29931/cover/9780521429931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521429986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521429986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521429986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deaf Young People and their Families</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developing Understanding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, Juliet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheldon, Lesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a longitudinal follow up to the study reported in The Deaf Child and his Family, now re-published as Deaf  Children and their Families. Some 18 years on, 75% of the original families have been traced and this new volume provides an account of the subsequent interviews with both the parents and the deaf young people themselves. Participants reflect not only on the consequences of deafness within their own lives, but on the changing context for deaf people. It includes a comparison of the views of parents with those of their sons and daughters and an examination of factors in early life which may relate to later development. In its provision of a unique insight into the deaf young person's perspective on life, it will be a valuable resource for all those concerned with deafness and special education, including families, deaf people, professionals and academics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29986/cover/9780521429986.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Carnap's Construction of the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Aufbau and the Emergence of Logical Empiricism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Alan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the history of analytic philosophy in general and of logical positivism in particular. It provides the first detailed and comprehensive study of Rudolf Carnap, one of the most influential figures in twentieth-century philosophy. The focus of the book is Carnap's first major work: Der logische Aufbau der Welt (The Logical Structure of the World). It reveals tensions within the context of German epistemology and philosophy of science in the early twentieth century. Alan Richardson argues that Carnap's move to philosophy of science in the 1930s was largely an attempt to dissolve the tension in his early epistemology. This book fills a significant gap in the literature on the history of twentieth-century philosophy. It will be of particular importance to historians of analytic philosophy, philosophers of science, and historians of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30081/cover/9780521430081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Boundary Value Problems for Elliptic Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wloka, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowley, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawruk, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the theory of boundary value problems for elliptic systems of partial differential equations, a theory which has many applications in mathematics and the physical sciences. The aim is to 'algebraize' the index theory by means of pseudo-differential operators and methods in the spectral theory of matrix polynomials. This latter theory provides important tools that will enable the student to work efficiently with the principal symbols of the elliptic and boundary operators on the boundary. This book is ideal for use in graduate-level courses on partial differential equations, elliptic systems, pseudo-differential operators and matrix analysis. Since many new methods and results are introduced and used throughout the book, all the theorems are proved in detail, and the methods are well illustrated through numerous examples and exercises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30111/cover/9780521430111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Probability with Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers 1974-1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suppes, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zanotti, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an important collection of essays dealing with the foundations of probability that will be of value to philosophers of science, mathematicians, statisticians, psychologists and educationalists. The collection falls into three parts. Part I comprises five essays on the axiomatic foundations of probability. Part II contains seven articles on probabilistic causality and quantum mechanics, with an emphasis on the existence of hidden variables. The third part consists of a single extended essay applying probabilistic theories of learning to practical questions of education: it incorporates extensive data analysis. Patrick Suppes is one of the world's foremost philosophers in the area of probability, and has made many contributions to both the theoretical and practical side of education. The statistician Mario Zanotti is a long-time collaborator.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30128/cover/9780521430128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Regenerate Lyric</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theology and Innovation in American Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>New, Elisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elisa New presents a major revision of the accepted account of Emerson as the source of the American poetic tradition. New challenges the view that Emerson not only overthrew New England religious orthodoxy but founded a poetic tradition that fundamentally renounced that orthodoxy in favour of a secular, Romantic approach. She contends that Emerson's reinvention of the religion as a species of poetry is tested and found wanting by the very poetic innovators whom Emerson addressed and that a counter-tradition is evident in his major heirs - Whitman, Dickinson, Crane, Stevens, Frost and Lowell. Indeed, Emerson's own poetry failed in many ways to live up to his views and instead revealed an inherent paradox: that co-opting of religion by a poetic theory alienates religion from its life principle&#160;-&#160;theology - and disables the poem as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30210/cover/9780521430210.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Husserl</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodruff Smith, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume explore the full range of Husserl's work and reveal just how systematic his philosophy is. There are treatments of his most important contributions to phenomenology, intentionality and the philosophy of mind, epistemology, the philosophy of language, ontology, and mathematics. An underlying theme of the volume is a resistance to the idea, current in much intellectual history, of a radical break between 'modern' and 'postmodern' philosophy, with Husserl as the last of the great Cartesians. Husserl is seen in this volume as a philosopher constantly revising his system in order to be able to integrate philosophy with ideas emanating from science and culture. The so-called rift between analytic and 'continental' philosophy emerges as an artificial construct.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30234/cover/9780521430234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Perception and Particularity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blum, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most contemporary moral philosophy is concerned with issues of rationality, universality, impartiality, and principle. By contrast Laurence Blum is concerned with the psychology of moral agency. The essays in this collection examine the moral import of emotion, motivation, judgment, perception, and group identifications, and explore how all these psychic capacities contribute to a morally good life. Blum takes up the challenge of Iris Murdoch to articulate a vision of moral excellence that provides a worthy aspiration for human beings. Drawing on accounts of non-Jewish rescuers of Jews during the Holocaust Blum argues that impartial principle can mislead us about the variety of forms of moral excellence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30289/cover/9780521430289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bromeliaceae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Profile of an Adaptive Radiation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benzing, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dimmitt, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luther, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramirez, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terry, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Till, W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a synthesis of the extensive information available on the biology of Bromeliacea, a largely neotropical family of about 2700 described species. Reproductive and vegetative structure and related physiology, ecology and evolution are emphasized, rather than floristics and taxonomy. Guiding questions include: why is this family inordinately successful in arboreal (epiphytic) and other typically stressful habitats and also so important to extensive fauna beyond pollinators and frugivores in the forest canopy? Extraordinary and sometimes novel mechanisms that mediate water balance, tolerance for high and low exposures, and mutualisms with ants have received much study and allow interesting comparisons among plant taxa and help explain why members of this taxon exhibit more adaptive and ecological variety than most other families of flowering plants. This volume concentrates on function and underlying mechanisms, thus will round out a literature that otherwise mostly ignores basic biology in favour of taxonomy and horticulture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30319/cover/9780521430319.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>325.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America between the Second World War and the Cold War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crisis and Containment, 1944-1948</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roxborough, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume aims to establish that the period between the end of the Second World War II and the beginning of the Cold War (1944-5 to 1947-8) hitherto neglected, represents an important conjuncture in the political and social history of twentieth-century Latin America. Despite differences in political regime, different levels of economic and social development, and different relations with the regional hegemony. There are striking similarities in the experiences of most of the Latin American republics at this time, which can be divided into two phases. The first, coinciding with the Allied victory, was characterized by democratization, a shift to the Left, and labor militancy. In the second phase, coinciding with the onset of the Cold War, labor was disciplined by the State and often excluded from politics, communist parties were severely repressed, reformist 'progressive' parties moved to the right, and the democratic advance was contained, when not reversed. The opportunity for social democracy was lost.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30326/cover/9780521430326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143033X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143033X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Themes in Macroeconomic History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The UK Economy 1919-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomou, Solomos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period between the two World Wars was remarkable; mass unemployment, protectionism, diverse exchange rate regimes, the disintegration of world trade, poor growth prospects and high business cycle volatility. This comprehensive textbook surveys key questions arising from the British economy from 1919 to 1939: Why was unemployment so high? Did a fast transition to the pre-1913 gold parity lead to a low growth equilibrium? Why were interwar business cycles so volatile? Did tariffs stimulate economic recovery in the 1930s? A comparative approach is adopted throughout. For example, the question of gold parity is contrasted with countries that allowed their currencies to depreciate. The book is aimed primarily at students studying economic history. The book continually applies economic theory to historical examples enabling students to evaluate the relevance of competing theoretical frameworks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30333/cover/9780521430333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schumpeter and the Idea of Social Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Metatheoretical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shionoya, Yuichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive investigation of the work of Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883-1950), one of the great economists of the twentieth century. In this study, Yuichi Shionoya highlights Schumpeter's methodological views and emphasizes his ideal of a universal social science. Taking on board all aspects of his work, he reconstructs a system which encompasses theory (economic statics, economic dynamics, economic sociology) and metatheory (philosophy of science, history and sociology of science). The originality of Schumpeter's work - which the author calls the two-structure approach to the evolution of mind and society - is examined in the light of the intellectual field in Germany and Austria in the early twentieth century. This book is a major contribution to the history of economic thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30340/cover/9780521430340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems with Patients</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Managing Complicated Transactions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norton, Kingsley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Samuel Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeling, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When patient meets doctor, as well as engaging in a transaction with a clinical purpose, they react to one another as people. Their personalities and ability to make relationships in general also affect the professional interaction. As with other relationships, things can go wrong. The outcome of the consultation may not then be what was hoped for or intended on either side. This book considers the factors which may cause problems in the doctor-patient relationship, emphasising and explaining the often unconscious personal aspects of doctor and patient within a model studied from various perspectives. Through this insight doctors can be helped to manage their interactions with patients within their own consultational style, thereby avoiding many unnecessary professional relationship problems. This analysis, which is well-illustrated by clinical case vignettes, is sure to be welcomed by clinicians, trainees and course organisers in all areas where communication between individuals plays an important role.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30432/cover/9780521430432.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preventive Care for Elderly People</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennie, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MQCL4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the concepts of preventive care and health promotion specifically in the context of the elderly. It adopts a broad concept of health and defines a number of goals around this theme. Thereafter it provides a succinct, up-to-the-minute critique of the worth, risks and costs of preventive care and health promotional strategies for older people. A broad range of such strategies are considered including cancer prevention, the prevention of non-cancer health problems and strategies aimed at enhancing functional status and strengthening the social support network. Principles for tailoring these strategies to the varied needs and wishes of elderly people are outlined. Likewise, practical measures are discussed for integrating these preventive strategies into the existing health care system. In particular, the role of screening, case-finding and targeting strategies in primary care are reviewed in detail. The book concludes with a wider look at the cost implications of preventive care for the purchasers of health and health care services.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30449/cover/9780521430449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design Issues in Optical Processing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, John N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern optical techniques have a huge range of potential applications in signal processing and in the interconnection of digital computing systems. This book provides a detailed review of the key issues which must be addressed in the design, evaluation and implementation of practical systems for signal processing and optical interconnection. Considerations such as the computer modelling of optical design limitations, the size and noise characteristics of optical modulators, and the relative merits of free-space and guided-wave optical technology in different processing systems, are all discussed in detail. The book will be of great interest to optical researchers and designers, and to anyone wishing to learn about the basic techniques of optical processing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30487/cover/9780521430487.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Languages in Contact</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Partial Restructuring of Vernaculars</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holm, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is widespread agreement that certain non-Creole language varieties are structurally quite different from the European languages out of which they grew; however, until recently, linguists have found difficulty in accounting for either their genesis or their synchronic structure. This study argues that the transmission of source languages from native to non-native speakers led to 'partial restructuring', whereby some of the source languages' morphosyntax was retained, but a significant number of substrate and interlanguage features were also introduced. Comparing languages such as African-American English, Afrikaans and Brazilian Vernacular Portuguese, John Holm identifies the linguistic processes that lead to partial restructuring, bringing into focus a key span on the continuum of contact-induced language change which has not previously been analysed. Informed by the first systematic comparison of the social and linguistic facts in the development of these languages, this book will be welcomed by students of contact linguistics, sociolinguistics and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30517/cover/9780521430517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speaking of a Personal God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Philosophical Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Br&#252;mmer, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short work shows how systematic theology is itself a philosophical enterprise. After analysing the nature of philosophical enquiry and its relation to systematic theology, and after explaining how theology requires that we talk about God, Vincent Br&#252;mmer illustrates how philosophical analysis can help in dealing with various conceptual problems involved in the fundamental Christian claim that God is a personal being with whom we may live in a personal relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30524/cover/9780521430524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biblical Interpretation and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, J. I. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inter-disciplinary studies are emerging rapidly to meet the insistent demands of the modern age. Biblical interpretation is itself inter-disciplinary, drawing together the biblical traditions and others to address the problem of interpreting texts. Christian ethics is also multi-disciplinary and thus no stranger to this new ethos. To bring these two areas together is a potentially creative undertaking. It comes at a time when much attention is being paid to reading texts and the interpretive tradition. The author's principal aim is to read the Bible in the context of moral concern. Attention is paid to the liberal quest and to eschatology and ethics (each marking a distinct epoch in the relationship of Bible and ethics), before the post-critical age is studied under the rubric 'participation in meaning'. The final section deals with ethics and historical reading, and with ethics and contemporary reading. The book concludes with a discussion of selected practical topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30593/cover/9780521430593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Approach to Political Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Locke in Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Approach to Political Philosophy: Locke in Context brings together Professor Tully's most important and innovative statements on Locke in a systematic treatment of the latter's thought that is at once contextual and critical. Each essay has been rewritten and expanded for this volume, and each seeks to understand a theme of Locke's political philosophy by interpreting it in light of the complex contexts of early modern European political thought and practice. These historical studies are then used in a variety of ways to gain critical perspectives on the assumptions underlying current debates in political philosophy and the history of political thought. The themes treated include government, toleration, discipline, property, aboriginal rights, individualism, power, labour, self-ownership, community, progress, liberty, participation, and revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30609/cover/9780521430609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Talking Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gamson, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Those who analyze public opinion have long contended that the average citizen is incapable of recounting consistently even the most rudimentary facts about current politics; that the little the average person does know is taken strictly from what the media report, with no critical reflection; and that the consequence is a polity that is ill prepared for democratic governance. And yet social movements, comprised by and large of average citizens, have been a prominent feature of the American political scene throughout American history and have experienced a resurgence in recent years. William Gamson asks, how is it that so many people become active in movements if they are so uninterested and badly informed about issues? The conclusion he reaches in this book is a striking refutation of the common wisdom about the public's inability to reason about politics. Rather than relying on survey data, as so many studies of public opinion do, Gamson reports on his analysis of discussions among small groups of working people on four controversial issues: affirmative action, nuclear power, Arab-Israeli conflict, and the troubles in American industry. Excerps from many of these same issues have been treated in the book. In addition, Gamson analyzes how these same issues have been treated in a range of media material, from editorial opinion columns to political cartoons and network news programs, in order to determine how closely the group discussions mimic media discourse. He finds that the process of opinion formation is more complex than it has usually been depicted and that people condition media information with reflection on their own experience or that of people they know. The discussions transcribed in this book demonstrate that people are quite capable of conducting informed and well-reasoned discussions about issues, and that although most people are not inclined to become actively involved in politics, the seeds of political action are present in the minds of many. With the approptiate stimulation, this latent political consciousness can be activated, which accounts for the continual creation of new social movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30623/cover/9780521430623.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cuba</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cuba: A Short History brings together four chapters from Volumes III, V and VII of The Cambridge History of Latin America to provide for scholars, students and general readers a concise history of this important island nation. Contributors, top scholars in the field, trace the political, economic, and social development of Cuba from the middle of the eighteenth century onwards. The concluding chapter, updated for this volume, considers the dilemmas and challenges that Castro's Cuba faces in the wake of the Soviet Union's collapse. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30630/cover/9780521430630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143064X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143064X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Recipes in FORTRAN 77</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Scientific Computing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Press, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flannery, Brian P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teukolsky, Saul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vetterling, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>992</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the revised and expanded second edition of the hugely popular Numerical Recipes: the Art of Scientific Computing. The product of a unique collaboration among four leading scientists in academic research and industry, Numerical Recipes is a complete text and reference book on scientific computing. In a self-contained manner, it proceeds from mathematical and theoretical considerations to actual, practical computer routines. With over 100 new routines, bringing the total to well over 300, plus upgraded versions of many of the original routines, this new edition is the most practical, comprehensive handbook of scientific computing available today. The book retains the informal, easy-to-read style that made the first edition so popular, even while introducing some more advanced topics. It is an ideal textbook for scientists and engineers, and an indispensable reference for anyone who works in scientific computing. The second edition is availabLe in FORTRAN, the quintessential language for numerical calculations, and in the increasingly popular C language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30647/cover/9780521430647.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creativity in Invention and Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dasgupta, Subrata</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Creativity is a topic that has traditionally interested psychologists, historians and biographers. Developments in cognitive science and artificial intelligence have provided a powerful computational framework in which creativity can be studied and the creative process can be described and explained. In this book, creativity in technology is discussed using such a computational approach. Using an important historical episode in computer technology as a case study, namely the invention of microprogramming by Maurice Wilkes in 1951, the author presents a plausible explanation of the process by which Wilkes may have arrived at his invention. Based on this case study, the author has also proposed some very general hypotheses concerning creativity that appear to corroborate the findings of some psychologists and historians and then suggests that creative thinking is not significantly different in nature from everyday thinking and reasoning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30685/cover/9780521430685.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Universality and the Liar</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Truth and the Diagonal Argument</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about one of the most baffling of all paradoxes - the famous Liar paradox.  Suppose we say: 'We are lying now'. Then if we are lying, we are telling the truth; and if we are telling the truth we are lying. This paradox is more than an intriguing puzzle, since it involves the concept of truth. Thus any coherent theory of truth must deal with the Liar. Keith Simmons discusses the solutions proposed by medieval philosophers and offers his own solutions and in the process assesses other attempts to solve the paradox. Unlike such attempts, Simmons' 'singularity' solution does not abandon classical semantics and does not appeal to the kind of hierarchical view found in Barwise's and Etchemendy's The Liar. Moreover, Simmons' solution resolves the vexing problem of semantic universality - the problem of whether there are semantic concepts beyond the expressive reach of a natural language such as English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30692/cover/9780521430692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Biocatalysis Using Enzymes and Microorganisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Nicholas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willetts, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Michael K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory text intended to give the non-specialist a comprehensive insight into the science of biotransformations. The book traces the history of biotransformations, clearly spells out the pros and cons of conducting enzyme-mediated versus whole-cell bioconversions, and gives a variety of examples wherein the bio-reaction is a key element in a reaction sequence leading from cheap starting materials to valuable end-products (such as pharmaceuticals and agrochemicals, fragrances and flavours). Biotransformations involving the hydrolysis of esters, amides and nitriles, the synthesis of esters and amides, reduction and oxidation reactions and carbon-carbon bond-forming systems are discussed. The book finishes with a discussion of some industrially important large-scale bioconversions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30708/cover/9780521430708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schemas in Problem Solving</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Sandra P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Schemas in Problem Solving explores a theory of schema development and studies the applicability of the theory as a unified basis for understanding learning, instruction and assessment. The theory's prescriptions for teaching are direct, and its application to assessment suggests new directions for tests. After examining the roots of the theory in earlier work by philosophers and psychologists, Marshall illustrates the main features of her theory with experimental evidence from students who are learning to recognize and solve arithmetic story problems. She describes individual performance with traditional empirical studies as well as computer simulation. The computer simulation reflects an approach in modelling cognition. Marshall's model links neural networks with symbolic systems to form a hybrid model that uses pattern matching of sets of features as well as logical step-by-step rules.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30722/cover/9780521430722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Government in Medieval England and Normandy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Sir James Holt</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430760</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnett, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The works of Sir James Holt are well known to all those working in medieval history, in Europe, North America and Japan. This important set of essays, written in his honour, reflects his interests which have set a new agenda for the study of medieval law and government. The first group, on rebellion and warfare, brings to mind his work on the Northerners; the second analyses the issues of land-holding, family and politics; which he discussed in a series of papers from the early 1970s. The third group treats documents, politics and government, a field which Holt made his own, and in which his collection of Henry II and Richard I's Acts is of outstanding importance. The essays have been contributed by specialists who have worked with, studied under, or debated with the honorand.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30760/cover/9780521430760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mineralogical Applications of Crystal Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, Roger G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second edition of this classic book provides an updated look at crystal field theory - one of the simplest models of chemical bonding - and its applications. Crystal field theory provides a link between the visible region spectra and thermodynamic properties of numerous rock-forming minerals and gems that contain the elements iron, titanium, vanadium, chromium, manganese, cobalt, nickel or copper. These elements are major constituents of terrestrial planets and significantly influence their geochemical and geophysical properties. A unique perspective of the second edition is that it highlights the properties of minerals that make them compounds of interest to solid-state chemists and physicists as well as to all earth and planetary scientists. This book will be useful as a textbook for advanced students as well as a valuable reference work for all research workers interested in this subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30777/cover/9780521430777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143078X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143078X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Emergence of Christian Theology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborn, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are special times of movement in the history of ideas, and one such time - as the author of this study shows - was the second half of the second century, when Christian thought showed fresh vigour. By concentrating on five seminal Christian thinkers of the second century (Justin, Athenegoras, Irenaeus, Clement of Alexandria, and Tertullian), Eric Osborn illustrates how it was that Christianity made monotheism axiomatic to its central doctrinal claims while adapting, too, to the peculiar circumstances in which it developed. The stimulus for new thought came from the objections of the state, philosophers, Jews, Gnostics, and Marcion, who in different ways denied the Christian claim to faith in one God. In response, Christian thinkers argued for one God who was the first principle of being, goodness, and truth. In its presentation of the lively beginning which brought Christianity and classical thought together, this book casts light on the growth of the European intellectual tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30784/cover/9780521430784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Settlement Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theoretical Outline</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fletcher, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Roland Fletcher argues that the built environment becomes a constraint on the long-term development of a settlement. It is costly to move settlements, or to demolish and rebuild from scratch, so the initial layout and buildings, and the forms of communication that result, may come to shackle further development and also to place constraints on social and political change. Using this theoretical framework, Dr Fletcher reviews worldwide settlement growth over the past 15,000 years, and concludes with a major discussion of the great transformations of human settlements - from mobile to sedentary, sedentary to urban, and urban to industrial. This book is an ambitious contribution to archaeological theory, and the questions it raises also have implications for the future of urban settlement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38102/cover/9780521038102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sentimental Narrative and the Social Order in France, 1760-1820</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denby, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this discerning study of sentimental discourse of the late eighteenth century, David J. Denby sheds new light on Enlightenment thought and sensibility. He reveals how sentimental sub-literature reflects the social attitudes of the emerging bourgeoisie, and how its formal structures are reflected in contemporary theories concerning the nature of society, morality, and politics. Denby explores how the language and forms of sentimental narratives were adopted and exploited by political and social writers, and how sentimentalism provided a theme of continuity underlying the dominant sense of change brought about by the Revolution. In this interdisciplinary book Denby argues that sentimentalism is central to the culture of late eighteenth-century France. Texts discussed include works by Rousseau and de Sta&#235;l.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30869/cover/9780521430869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Invention of the Modern Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fontana, Biancamaria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why are republics the most common form of political organization, and the one most readily associated with modern democracy, when until the late eighteenth-century it was generally believed that republics could function only in small urban territories with considerable ethical and political cohesion? In The Invention of the Modern Republic a team of highly distinguished historians of ideas answers this question, and examines the origins of republican governments in America and Europe. These essays explain why from 1776 onwards republics took the place of monarchies as the dominant form of government in the modern world. Given the renewed interest in the functioning and evolution of democratic institutions (especially in their relation with market economies) the issues discussed in The Invention of the Modern Republic have a powerful contemporary resonance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521430895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521430895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hutcheson: Two Texts on Human Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutcheson, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mautner, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Francis Hutcheson (1694-1746) was the first major philosopher of the Scottish Enlightenment, and one of the great thinkers in the history of British moral philosophy. He firmly rejected the reductionist view, common then as now, that morality is nothing more than the prudent pursuit of self-interest, arguing in favour of a theory of a moral sense. The two texts presented here are the most eloquent expressions of this theory. The Reflections on our Common Systems of Morality insists on the connection between moral philosophy and moral improvement, and was a preview of his first major work, the Inquiry of 1725. The lecture On the Social Nature of Man, arguing against the psychological egoism of Hobbes, appears here in an English translation for the first time. Thomas Mautner's introduction and editorial apparatus provide a mass of new information, helping to give the reader a sense of the intellectual climate in which Hutcheson lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30890/cover/9780521430890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143095X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143095X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521430951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Caesarius of Arles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of a Christian Community in Late Antique Gaul</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521430951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klingshirn, William E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the processes by which the pagan Roman empire was transformed into the Christian middle ages. Drawing on the perspectives of social history, archaeology and anthropology, it focuses on the strategies of Bishop Caesarius of Arles (AD 470-542) to promote Christian values, practices and beliefs among the pagans, Jews and Christians of southern France, and on the resistance provoked by his efforts among the population. This is the first book in English about Caesarius, and the only book to discuss southern Gaul during the sixth century. It examines afresh the crucial years of continuity, disruption, and profound change which followed the end of the Roman empire in the west, and the effects of Caesarius' programme under the later Merovingians and Carolingians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/30951/cover/9780521430951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Financial Markets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Performance of Britain and its Rivals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Anthony D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book measures and explains the performance of major competitor countries in international financial services. Covering the markets for foreign exchange, mergers and acquisition advice, syndicated loans, Eurobonds, international equities, Eurocommercial paper, and Euro paper notes, the author assesses performance on the basis of the shares of the major institutional players in the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom, and Europe. Explanations for the contrasts in national performance are sought through interviews with senior officials of financial institutions operating in selected markets. The role and importance of a number of explanatory factors are then examined, including the structure of national banking sectors, capital inputs, technology, regulation, and domestic economic conditions. The book concludes by asking how the banking sectors of different countries are likely to fare as international trade in financial services is liberalised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31033/cover/9780521431033.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eighteenth-Century Aesthetics and the Reconstruction of Art</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mattick, Jr, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores the rise of aesthetics as a response to, and as a part of, the reshaping of the arts in modern society. The theories of art developed under the name of 'aesthetics' in the eighteenth century have traditionally been understood as contributions to a field of study in existence since the time of Plato. If art is a practice to be found in all human societies, then the philosophy of art is the search for universal features of that practice, which can be stated in definitions of art and beauty. However, art as we know it - the system of 'fine arts' - is largely peculiar to modern society. Aesthetics, far from being a perennial discipline, emerged in an effort both to understand and to shape this new social practice. These essays share the conviction that aesthetic ideas can be fully understood when seen not only in relation to intellectual and social contexts, but as themselves constructed in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31064/cover/9780521431064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cylindrical Antennas and Arrays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Ronold W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fikioris, George J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mack, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cylindrical arrays lie at the heart of the antenna systems of most major radio communication systems, including broadcasting networks, cellular 'phone systems and radar. In this book, the authors present practical theoretical methods for determining current distributions, input admittances and field patterns of a wide variety of cylindrical antennas, including the isolated antenna, the two-element array, the circular array, curtain arrays, Yagi and log-periodic arrays, planar arrays and three-dimensional arrays. Coverage includes analysis of horizontal antennas over, on and in the earth and sea, large resonant arrays of electrically short dipoles and a chapter on the theory and techniques of experimental measurement. Written by three of the leading engineers in the field, and based on world-class research carried out at Harvard over the last 40 years, Cylindrical Antennas and Arrays is destined to become established as the basic reference for practising engineers and advanced students for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31071/cover/9780521431071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Philosophical Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Merle A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry James and the Philosophical Novel breaks fresh ground by examining James's unique position as a philosophical novelist, closely associated with the climate of ideas generated by his brother, William and his father, the elder Henry. The book offers a detailed consideration of story-telling as a mode of philosophical enquiry, showing how a range of distinguished thinkers have relied on fictional narrative as a vital technique for formulating and clarifying their ideas. At the same time, it investigates (with close reference to his novels) the affiliations between James's practice as a novelist and the epistemological, moral and linguistic concerns pursued by members of the Phenomenological movement. The study brings to light striking similarities between James's later works and the philosophical project of Merleau-Ponty; it emphasises James's growing attraction to and versatility with deconstructive strategies such as those later employed by Jacques Derrida.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31101/cover/9780521431101.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Union for Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Thought and the British Union of 1707</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays explores the intellectual context of the Anglo-Scottish Union of 1707. Challenging the received view of the Union as a simple political job, it argues instead that the Union was a landmark in the history of political thought. It investigates the ideas of union, universal monarchy and empire current in Europe and Britain before 1707, focuses on the issues of sovereignty at the centre of the Union debate itself and concludes by studying the aftermath of the debate in eighteenth-century discussions of Britain's relations to Ireland and the North American Colonies. Underlining the vitality of Scottish intellectual life before the Enlightenment, the volume also gives unprecedented attention to the English view of the Union, to its European setting and to its consequences for the subsequent understanding of the British Empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31132/cover/9780521431132.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143114X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143114X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cultural Relations of Classification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of Nuaulu Animal Categories from Central Seram</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellen, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ethnobiology is concerned with the social and cultural transformation of biological knowledge. Roy Ellen, who has worked among the Nuaulu people of eastern Indonesia for more than twenty years, argues here that ethnobiology is a key theoretical area of anthropological enquiry, because it relies on accessible ethnography to explain the interrelationship between collective representations and cognitive processes. He demonstrates this through a detailed analysis of Nuaulu classification of animal knowledge: the relationship between animal words and animal categories; the construction of different categories and their relationship to one another, and the actual language of classification. The classifications are shown to be context-bound and socially embedded, of practical importance to their users, and to reflect an interaction between culture, cognitive processes and the material world. This is an innovative study, which takes our understanding beyond the taxonomic abstraction characteristic of earlier work in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31149/cover/9780521431149.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Small Firms and Entrepreneurship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An East-West Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Acs, Zoltan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Audretsch, David B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the relative importance of small firms in industrial economies. It brings together a series of studies spanning a spectrum of selected countries in developed Western nations and Eastern Europe to identify the exact role of small firms and how this role has evolved. A striking result which emerges is that a distinct and consistent shift away from large firms and towards small enterprises has occurred within the manufacturing sector of all Western countries, while the role of small firms in Eastern European nations has been remarkably restricted, and, indeed, all these countries have experienced a shift away from small firms. It is clear from this analysis that a major challenge for political and economic reform in Central and Eastern Europe is to create the strong entrepreneurial sector which exists in the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31156/cover/9780521431156.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Ezra Pound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nadel, Ira B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion contains fifteen chapters by leading international scholars, who together reflect diverse but complementary approaches to the study of Ezra Pound's poetry and prose. They consider the poetics, foreign influences, economics, politics and publication history of Pound's entire corpus, and reveal his importance in developing some of the key movements in twentieth-century poetry. The book also situates Pound's work in the context of Modernism, illustrating his influence on contemporaries like T. S. Eliot and James Joyce. Taken together, the chapters offer a sustained examination of one of the most versatile, influential and certainly controversial poets of the modern period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31170/cover/9780521431170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gospel of Disunion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion and Separatism in the Antebellum South</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snay, Mitchell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>279</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gospel of Disunion examines the ways in which religion influenced the development of a distinctive Southern culture and politics before the Civil War, translating the secessionist movement into a struggle of the highest moral significance. It explores such topics as the religious pro-slavery argument and the slaveholding ethic for Christian masters, the denominational schisms of the 1830s and 1840s that divided Southern Protestants along sectional lines, and the distinctive religious rationale for secession. This book is the first major attempt to explore fully the relationship between religion and the origins of Southern nationalism in all these manifestations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31224/cover/9780521431224.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking the Fear out of Eating</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallagher, Charlette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allred, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nutrition has become a hot topic, in the media as well at the market place. But how much of the information given to the consumer is hype and how much is accurate? In Taking the Fear out of Eating, two established scientists have distilled the information from thousands of scientific studies into a succinct, easily read description of what is known, what is merely suspected and, equally important, what is not known, about nutrition and how food choices might affect health. The book takes a hard look at both sides of the controversy about the connection between food and health, with particular emphasis on diet and the chronic diseases of cancer and heart disease. Food is, of course, essential to our survival but our food supply is often portrayed as dangerous - loaded with additives, pesticides, salt, sugar, fat and cholesterol. Taking the Fear out of Eating  puts these topics into perspective in an authoritative and entertaining manner. It is not intended as a 'self-help' book but rather as a means to make the reader a participating partner with health professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37288/cover/9780521437288.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143128X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143128X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of the Cold War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Meaning and Implications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays offers a serious effort to examine the end of the Cold War, its meanings and implications. The book presents the thinking of leading historians, political scientists, policy analysts, and commentators from the United States, Great Britain, Germany, France, Norway, and the former Soviet Union. Together they discuss such important issues as the origins of the Cold War, its ideological and geopolitical sources, the cost of that epic conflict, its influence on American life and institutions, its winners and losers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31286/cover/9780521431286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Revolution in the Visual Arts and the Poetry of William Carlos Williams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halter, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The formation of Modernist literature took place in a cultural climate characterised by an unprecedented collaboration between painters, sculptors, writers, musicians and critics on both sides of the Atlantic. Within this multifaceted movement, William Carlos Williams is a paradigmatic case of a writer whose work was the result of a successful attempt at integrating ideas and concepts from the revolutionary visual arts. This book is a major step toward a fuller exploration of the connection between the visual arts and Williams' concept of the Modernist poem and of his achievement in transcending an art-for-art's-sake formalism to create poems which both reflect their own nature as a work of art and vividly evoke the world of that they are a part. As Williams' repeatedly stressed, 'It must not be forgot that we smell, hear and see with words and words alone and that with a new language we smell, hear and see afresh...'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31309/cover/9780521431309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biophysical Labeling Methods in Molecular Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Likhtenshtein, Gertz I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physical labels such as stable nitroxide radicals, luminescent and photochromic chromophores, so-called M&#246;ssbauer atoms and electron-dense assemblies of heavy atoms have proved to be effective tools in solving many problems at the molecular level in biological systems. These physical labels are used as 'molecular rulers' to measure the distances between chosen groups and to measure the size, form and microrelief of objects. By providing information about these factors, the label provides information that can help the scientist to understand the structure of membranes, nucleic acids, enzymes and proteins and how they function. This volume covers all aspects of this field: the theoretical bases, the experimental techniques, and it also shows how to interpret the resulting data. It also critically discusses some recent results obtained with these techniques and gives an analysis of likely developments in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31323/cover/9780521431323.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes, Crops and the Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holden, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The productivity of agricultural systems is the result of human alteration of originally wild organisms over millennia. The availability of germplasm, particularly from wild relatives of crop plants, is vitally important in the development of new and improved crops for both agriculture and horticulture. The handling of these genetic resources for both immediate and future human benefits has resulted in the decades of interdisciplinary scientific research described in this book. The applications of this work and the associated operational programmes in all parts of the world are discussed in the light of their impact on the conservation of biodiversity, ecosystem rehabilitation and the future health of our planet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31378/cover/9780521431378.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Urban History of Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>934</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second volume of The Cambridge Urban History examines when, why, and how Britain became the first modern urban nation - the wonder of the Western world. The contributors offer a detailed analysis of the evolution of national and regional urban networks in England, Scotland and Wales and assess the growth of all the main types of towns - from the rising imperial metropolis of London to the great provincial cities, country and market towns, and the new-style leisure and industrialising towns. They discuss problems of urban mortality and migration, the social organisation of towns, the growth of industry and the service sector, civic governance, and the rise of religious and cultural pluralism. This is the first ever comprehensive study of British towns and cities in the early modern period, the culmination of a generation of research on perhaps the most important social and geographical change in British history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31415/cover/9780521431415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seasonality and Human Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strickland, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seasonality has effects on a wide range of human functions and activities, and is important in the understanding of human-environment relationships. In this volume, distinguished contributors including human biologists, anthropologists, physiologists and nutritionists consider many of the different ways in which seasonality influences human biology and behaviour. Topics addressed include the influence of seasonality on hominid evolution, seasonal climatic effects on human physiology, fertility and physical growth, seasonality in morbidity, mortality and nutritional state, and seasonal factors in food production, modernization and work organization in Third World economies. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in human biology, anthropology and nutrition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The French State in Question</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, H. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The French State in Question places the idea of the state back at the heart of our understanding of modern French history and political culture, and challenges the accepted view of the Third Republic as a 'weak' state. At its core is an examination of a central problem in French politics of the belle epoque: should the employees of the state have the right to join trade unions and to strike? The book examines this as a problem of intellectual history: it seeks to explain why this was such an intractable question, and does so by demonstrating the importance of legal theory and the idea of the state in French political culture. In this important and innovative essay in the history of ideas, Stuart Jones shows how during the Third Republic French legal thinkers engaged in a vigorous rethinking of the idea of the state, and assesses their significance for the development of French political discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31491/cover/9780521431491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bohemia in History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original collection offers an account of key moments and themes in the history of the Czech lands from the time of the rise of the Premyslide dynasty in the ninth century to the fall of socialism in 1989. The pieces, commissioned especially for this volume, are written by prominent scholars almost all teaching and researching in the present-day Czech Republic. Apart from eleven historical essays along socio-political times there are four contributions which focus broadly on the arts, sciences and education, emphasising political, economic and other aspects. Two further essays consider the worlds of the university and of science in the period 1800-1914, and 1800-1930 respectively. The co-existence and encounters between Czechs and Germans embedded in Czech history are emphasised throughout the book, while the conflicts between the two nationalities in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries are examined in a separate chapter. Lastly, pursuing the 'ethnic' theme, there are  essays on both the little-explored question of Czech-Jewish relations and on the sensitive Czech-Slovak question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31552/cover/9780521431552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143162X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143162X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Floire and Blancheflor' and the European Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grieve, Patricia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comparative study examines a medieval love story, Floire and Blancheflor, and shows how writers from Spain, France, Italy, England and Scandinavia reworked the story from the twelfth to the sixteenth century to develop and emphasize social, political, religious and artistic goals, while maintaining its entertaining qualities. It shows the importance of a little-known medieval Spanish version to the development of the story throughout Europe, and especially as a precursor to Boccaccio's Il Filocolo, and examines important issues of the development of prose fiction in medieval and Renaissance Europe. This study is unique for its breadth of coverage of one story  and for its inclusion of Spain as a significant participant in the development of medieval narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27670/cover/9780521027670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The European and American University since 1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothblatt, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wittrock, Bjorn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Universities are said to be the 'powerhouses' of modern society. They educate leaders and advance our basic knowledge of nature and society. Yet historically they have been vulnerable when meeting the challenges of dynamic industrial democracies or indeed of modern totalitarian states. Today universities are at the centre of society's attention and must therefore balance a great number of contradictory demands and pressures. Can this be done within the structure and ethos of an historic institution called a 'university', or are such institutions now pass&#233; and merely part of a bureaucratically managed higher education 'system'? These essays discuss the ways in which universities have coped with complexity since 1800, while retaining their basic 'idea'. Special attention is accorded to the role of the State and the autonomous professions in defining the mission of universities and in their struggle for individuality in the face of mounting  pluralistic and bureaucratic pressures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31651/cover/9780521431651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Absolutely Summing Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diestel, Joe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarchow, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tonge, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many fundamental processes in analysis are best understood by studying and comparing the summability of series in various modes of convergence. This text provides the beginning graduate student, one with basic knowledge of real and functional analysis, with an account of p-summing and related operators. The account is panoramic, with detailed expositions of the core results and highly non-trivial applications to, for example, harmonic analysis, probability and measure theory, and operator theory. Graduate students and researchers from real, complex and functional analysis, and probability theory will benefit from this account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31682/cover/9780521431682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradigms for Fast Parallel Approximability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D&#237;az, Josep</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serna, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spirakis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tor&#225;n, Jacobo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Various problems in computer science are 'hard', that is NP-complete, and so not realistically computable; thus in order to solve them they have to be approximated. This book is a survey of the basic techniques for approximating combinatorial problems using parallel algorithms. Its core is a collection of techniques that can be used to provide parallel approximations for a wide range of problems (for example, flows, coverings, matchings, travelling salesman problems, graphs), but in order to make the book reasonably self-contained, the authors provide an introductory chapter containing the basic definitions and results. A final chapter deals with problems that cannot be approximated, and the book is ended by an appendix that gives a convenient summary of the problems described in the book. This is an up-to-date reference for research workers in the area of algorithms, but it can also be used for graduate courses in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31705/cover/9780521431705.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431727</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Species and Specificity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interpretation of the History of Immunology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mazumdar, Pauline M. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first hundred years of its history, the problems of species and specificity were the core problems of research and practice in immunology. The old botanical dispute about the nature of species reappeared in the late nineteenth century in the disputes of the bacteriologists, to be followed by their students, the immunologists, immunochemists and blood group geneticists. In the course of this controversy, Mazumdar argues, five generations of scientific protagonists make themselves aggressively plain. Their science is designed only in part to wrest an answer from nature: it is at least as important to wring an admission of defeat from their opponents. One of those on the losing side of the debate was the German immunochemist Karl Landsteiner, whose unitarian views were excluded from the state health and medical institutions of Europe, where specificity and pluralism, the legacies of Robert Koch and Paul Erlich, were entrenched.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31729/cover/9780521431729.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plan of God in Luke-Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Squires, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines one significant theological theme in Luke-Acts, that of  'The plan of God'. It traces the way this theme is developed throughout Luke-Acts, both through direct statements by the writer and through various associated means such as divine appearances, signs and wonders, the fulfilment of prophecy, and indications of fate as of necessity. Dr Squires locates Luke's use of this theme in the context of the history-writing of the Hellenistic period, noting numerous passages in those works which illumine Luke's theological purposes. His book shows how the notion of the plan of God is used by Luke as he writes to confirm his readers' faith, encouraging them to bear witness to this faith, and equipping them for the task of defending it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31750/cover/9780521431750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Guide to the Practice of Paediatric Endocrinology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brook, C. G. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise and practical book is designed for paediatricians and endocrinologists, trained or in training, who see children with endocrine problems. All the endocrine glands are covered, and the author has distilled his vast experience and expertise in this area to provide hard-hitting, practical advice on the diagnosis, management and treatment of the main endocrine disorders. It is not a heavily referenced tome but a monograph in the true sense of the word - a book in which an expert describes and discusses the area of his expertise for the benefit and interest of others. The volume is illustrated throughout and the text is also supplemented by many succinct and informative tables. The volume concludes with a short chapter on practical procedures, including endocrine tests, imaging, and drugs and doses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31798/cover/9780521431798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defining Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>William Whewell, Natural Knowledge and Public Debate in Early Victorian Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeo, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with debates about science - its history, philosophy and moral value - in the first half of the nineteenth century, a period in which the 'modern' features of science developed. Defining Science also examines the different forms or genres in which science was discussed in the public sphere - most crucially in the Victorian review journals, but also in biographical, historical and educational works. William Whewell wrote major works on the history and philosophy of science before these became technical subjects. Consequently he had to define his own role as a metascientific critic (in a manner akin to cultural critics like Coleridge and Carlyle) as well as seeking to define science for both expert and lay audiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31828/cover/9780521431828.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pietism and the Making of Eighteenth-Century Prussia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gawthrop, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did as small and backward a state as Prussia transform itself to compete successfully in war against states with far greater human and financial resources? Richard Gawthrop finds the answer to this perennial question in the creation of a unique political culture, in which service to the Prussian state took precedence over all other relationships and commitments. The campaign to inculcate the new ideology of disciplined energetic obedience to the state authority derived its moral vision and institutional forms from Lutheran Pietism, a German version of ascetic Protestantism strongly influenced by English Puritanism. This work describes systematically how the collaboration between Pietism and the Prussian state not only led to an increase in the latter's power but also laid the cultural basis for the subsequent political modernization of Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31835/cover/9780521431835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas and Forms of Tragedy from Aristotle to the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Henry Ansgar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Tragedy' has been understood in a variety of conflicting ways over the centuries, and the term has been applied to a wide range of literary works. In this book, H. A. Kelly explores the various meanings given to tragedy, from Aristotle's most basic notion (any serious story, even with a happy ending), via Roman ideas and practices, to the middle ages, when Averroes considered tragedy to be the praise of virtue but Albert the Great thought of it as the recitation of the foul deeds of degenerate men. Professor Kelly demonstrates the importance of finding out what writers like Horace, Ovid, Dante and Chaucer meant by the term, and how they used it as a tool of interpretation and composition. Referring to a wealth of texts, he shows that many modern analyses of ancient and medieval concepts and works are oversimplified and often result in serious misinterpretations. The book ends with surveys of works designated as tragedies in England, France, Italy and Spain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31842/cover/9780521431842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Village in Court</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Arson, Infanticide, and Poaching in the Court Records of Upper Bavaria 1848-1910</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431866</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulte, Regina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Selman, Barrie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>207</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rural village of nineteenth century Europe was caught in a conflict between its traditional local culture and its integration into new state institutions and modern social structures. Local practices were turned into crimes; the social meaning of crime within the village culture was redefined by the introduction of bourgeois penal law and psychiatry. The language of the intruding agencies has created, through a wealth of written documentation, an image of village life for the outside world. Criminal investigations, however, had to be based on interrogations of the villagers themselves, and it was through this questioning process that their own views, language, and symbolic gestures went on record. Schulte provides a new and original interpretation of village power structures, gender relations, and generational rites of passage in Upper-Bavaria through a close examination of the proceedings before the penal courts of Upper-Bavaria for the three most important types of rural crime: arson, infanticide, and poaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31866/cover/9780521431866.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Research Strategies in Human Biology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Field and Survey Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lasker, Gabriel Ward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about doing research, not about the results obtained. Those engaged on their first research may have had plenty of preparation about the techniques and results of prior research related to their proposed study, but may have limited knowledge of the actual strategies employed or pitfalls encountered by others who have conducted successful field and survey studies. In this book, a number of researchers with experience of working on problems including environmental stresses, population genetics, parasitic vectors and vital records describe obstacles encountered and successful strategies used in their own studies and in those of others. One learns to do research by trial and error, but accounts by experienced investigators can supplement what one learns from mentors and fellow students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31880/cover/9780521431880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Government in the French Provinces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few studies of the history of provincial France have hitherto spanned the conventional medieval/early-modern divide, and David Potter's detailed examination of war and government in Picardy, a region of France hitherto neglected by historians, has much to say about the development of French absolutism. Picardy emerged as a province after the campaigns of 1470-1477, and its experience of the first period of absolutism provides an enlightening contrast with that of other, more outlying provinces: the Picard nobility was notable for the extent of its participation in the army, the court and the government of France. David Potter provides a detailed analysis of the organisation of French military power in the province, and its impact during the period of the Habsburg-Valois wars. The work concludes with Picardy about to enter a difficult period of civil war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31897/cover/9780521431897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ultrafast Fiber Switching Devices and Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islam, Mohammed N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the recent advances in the field of ultrafast fiber switching devices and systems that have potential processing speeds in excess of 50 gigabits-per-second. The treatment covers basic physical principles, device physics and systems applications. The purpose of the book is to provide a complete tour of the key research issues and approaches in ultrafast switching. Topics covered include routing and logic devices, solitons in optical fibers, and the application of ultrafast gates to telecommunications transmission systems, local area networks and optical computing. The author is a member of the Technical Staff in basic research at AT&amp;T Bell Laboratories, Holmdel, and is excellently positioned to provide this state-of-the-art survey in this exciting and advancing field. The book will be of great value to all researchers and graduate students working in the areas of high-speed electronics, optical data processing, nonlinear guided-wave optics, and photonic switching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31910/cover/9780521431910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143193X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143193X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frames of Deceit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frames of Deceit is a philosophical investigation of the nature of trust in public and private life. It examines how trust originates, how it is challenged, and how it is recovered when moral and political imperfections collide. In politics, rulers may be called upon to act badly for the sake of a political good, and in private life intimate attachments are formed in which the costs of betrayal are high. This book asks how trust is tested by human goods, moral character and power relations. It explores whether an individual's experience of betrayal differs totally from that of a community when it loses and then seeks to recover a vital public trust. Although this is a work of political philosophy it is distinctive in examining three literary texts - Sophocles' Philoctetes, Shakespeare's Troilus and Cressida, and Zola's Th&#233;r&#233;se Raquin - in order to deepen our understanding of the place of trust in morality and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31934/cover/9780521431934.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Remembering Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Construction and Accuracy in the Self-Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neisser, Ulric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fivush, Robyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings a surprisingly wide range of intellectual disciplines to bear on the self-narrative and the self. The same ecological/cognitive approach that successfully organized Ulric Neisser's earlier volume on The Perceived Self now relates ideas from the experimental, developmental, and clinical study of memory to insights from post-modernism and literature. Although autobiographical remembering is an essential way of giving meaning to our lives, the memories we construct are never fully consistent and often simply wrong. In the first chapter, Neisser considers the so-called 'false memory syndrome' in this context; other contributors discuss the effects of amnesia, the development of remembering in childhood, the social construction of memory and its alleged self-servingness, and the contrast between literary and psychological models of the self. Jerome Bruner, Peggy Miller, Alan Baddeley, Kenneth Gergen and Daniel Albright are among the contributors to this unusual synthesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521431964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521431964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521431965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electromechanics of Particles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521431965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Thomas B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Small particles in the size range from one micron to one millimetre are increasingly important in today's technological world. They serve as workhorses in many mechanisms and devices - from electrostatic copiers to fluidised beds. A more recent development involves the characterisation and manipulation of individual cells and DNA molecules. Particulates can also be a hazard, for example, particulate pollution. Because all particles have electrical and magnetic properties associated with their shape and the materials of which they are constituted, they experience forces and torques when subjected to electric and/or magnetic fields. This book offers a lucid account of the electromechanical interactions that govern the behaviour of particles when an electric or magnetic field is present. With numerous real-world examples, the book should interest a wide range of scientists and engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/31965/cover/9780521431965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioral Expressions and Biosocial Bases of Sensation Seeking</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zuckerman, Marvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about a trait describing variations in the universal need for novel and intense stimulation and its expressions in various risky kinds of behaviour (including driving habits, health, gambling, financial risk, alcohol and drug use and abuse, sexual behaviour, and sports). Sensation seeking is also important in preferences for various vocations, media forms and content, food, humour and social attitudes. Compatibility in the trait influences premarital and marital relationship satisfaction. Its modes of assessment, behavioural expressions, and genetic and psychobiological bases are described by one of the leading researchers in this field. This book presents the only available study of this fascinating topic and it will be sure to interest researchers and their students active in personality research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32009/cover/9780521432009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Catholic Side of Henry James</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fussell, Edwin Sill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Catholic Side of Henry James reveals the profound Catholic imagery in the work of Henry James. Edwin Fussell questions conventional critical assumptions about James' secularity and shows that James; career began with narratives of Catholic conversion and ended with his masterpiece of Catholic eccentricity and alienation, The Golden Bowl. The interplay of men and women, of America and Europe - those acknowledged Jamesian themes - comes to be overlaid with the interplay between Protestant and Catholic. Fussell's examination ranges from James' early reviews of religious books for the Nation and early tales like 'De Grey: A Romance' through much of the canon, along the way re-examining James' overlooked play Guy Domville and climaxing with a magnificent reading of The Golden Bowl, convincingly demonstrating James' involvement with Catholic themes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32023/cover/9780521432023.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elizabeth Bishop's Poetics of Intimacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Victoria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By offering a fresh look at Bishop criticism that has moved from purely formal concerns and post-modern interpretations to more recent feminist analysis, Victoria Harrison traces Elizabeth Bishop's career, dividing her work into three chronological periods of activity: her early work, her writing in Brazil, and her late retrospective verse. By examining letters and notebooks, Harrison unfolds the biographical events that influenced Bishop's poetic style, addressing her treatment of such topics as family relations, history, politics, war, love, sexuality and ethnic differences. Elizabeth Bishop's Poetics of Intimacy delves extensively into the Bishop archives. Making wider use of Bishop's unpublished work, Harrison explores Bishop's childhood memoirs, journals, letters, Brazilian travel prose, unfinished poems and draft material. The reproduction of these archival materials - with revisions, cancelled lines, notes - shows a mind at work and a career in evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32030/cover/9780521432030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143209X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143209X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Culture in Medieval Cairo</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoshan, Boaz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study of popular culture in Islamic society, drawing together a wealth of Arabic sources to explore literature, religious celebrations and annual festivities in medieval Cairo and addressing questions of relevance throughout the Islamic world and beyond. Dr Shoshan examines popular religion against the background of the growing influence of Sufism, discussing the sermons of Abn Ata Allah, a leading Cairene Sufi, which shed considerable light on the beliefs of ordinary Muslims. The author then analyses the importance of a biography of Muhammad, which has been attributed to Abu'l-Hasan al-Bakri and suppressed by the learned, and traces the origins and popular practices of the annual Nawruz festival. Finally he explores the political beliefs and economic expectations of the Cairene commoners and demonstrates the complex relationship between the culture of the Cairene elite and that of the people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32092/cover/9780521432092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143212X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143212X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nazism, Fascism and the Working Class</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Timothy W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caplan, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>371</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, four of which are published in English for the first time, represents the life's work of the historian Tim Mason, one of the most original and perceptive scholars of National Socialism, who pioneered its social and labour history. His provocative articles and essays, written between 1964 and 1990, exhibit a combination of empirical rigour and theoretical astuteness which made them landmarks in the definition and elaboration of major debates in the historiography of National Socialism. These ten essays collect together Mason's most significant writings, including discussions of the domestic origins of the Second World War, the role of Hitler, and the character of working-class resistance, as well as his pathbreaking study of women under National Socialism, and examples of comparative work on fascism and Nazism. A complete bibliography of his publications is also appended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32122/cover/9780521432122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Skew Fields</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory of General Division Rings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Non-commutative fields (also called skew fields or division rings) have not been studied as thoroughly as their commutative counterparts, and most accounts have hitherto been confined to division algebras - that is skew fields finite dimensional over their centre. Based on the author's LMS lecture note volume Skew Field Constructions, the present work offers a comprehensive account of skew fields. The axiomatic foundation, and a precise description of the embedding problem, is followed by an account of algebraic and topological construction methods, in particular, the author's general embedding theory is presented with full proofs, leading to the construction of skew fields. The powerful coproduct theorem of G. M. Bergman is proved here, as well as the properties of the matrix reduction functor, a useful but little-known construction providing a source of examples and counter-examples. The construction and basic properties of existentially closed skew fields are given, leading to an example of a model class with an infinite forcing companion which is not axiomatizable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32177/cover/9780521432177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics and Applications of Resonant Tunnelling Diodes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mizuta, Hiroshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanoue, Tomonori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a comprehensive description of the physics and applications of resonant tunnelling diodes. The opening chapters of the book set out the basic principles of coherent tunnelling theory. The effects of impurity scattering, femtosecond dynamics, non-equilibrium distribution and intrinsic bistabilities are then described in detail. The applications of RTDs, such as in high-frequency signal generation and multi-valued data storage, are also reviewed. The book closes with a chapter devoted to the more recent field of resonant tunnelling through laterally confined zero-dimensional structures. Covering all the key theoretical and experimental aspects of this stimulating area of research, the book will be of great value to graduate students of quantum transport physics and device engineering, as well as to researchers in both these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32184/cover/9780521432184.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Russian Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leach, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borovsky, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by an international team of experts, this book brings together the fruits of recent research into all areas of Russian theatre history. Of particular interest are the chapters written by senior Russian academics, who not only reveal previously unpublished documentation but also offer alternative insights into their subjects. The History covers the whole range of Russian dramatic experience, from puppet theatre to ballet and grand opera, but its emphasis is on the practice of theatre, especially acting, and the final chapter puts Russian theatre into the wider context of Western performance and the stage. The History begins with the earliest endeavours, with rituals and entertainments, and moves through to the emergence of established drama in the eighteenth century. The history of twentieth-century Russian theatre is a special feature of the volume, with chapters following the progress of drama and performance from the revolution, through communism, up until recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32207/cover/9780521432207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Participation, Accountability and Efficiency</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowles, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gintis, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafsson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The market does not spontaneously generate democratic or participatory economic institutions. This book asks whether a modern, efficient economy can be rendered democratically accountable and, if so, what strategic changes might be required to regulate the market-mediated interaction of economic agents. The contributors bring contemporary microeconomic theory to bear on a range of related issues, including the relationship between democratic firms and efficiency in market economies; incentives and the relative merits of various forms of internal democratic decision-making; and the effects of democratically accountable firms on innovation, saving, investment, and on the informational and disciplinary aspects of markets. Various approaches to the study of economic interaction (game theory, transactions' cost analysis, social choice theory, rent-seeking, etc.) are considered in an attempt to understand the relationship between power and efficiency in market economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32238/cover/9780521432238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stanley Baldwin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conservative Leadership and National Values</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>394</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stanley Baldwin (1867-1947) is one of the most significant modern British politicians, but also one of the most controversial and puzzling. As Conservative leader and three times prime minister, Baldwin presided over the beginning of his party's long twentieth-century dominance. He did so in new and difficult conditions: the onset of modern democratic politics, the rise of Labour, chronic economic depression, the General Strike, persistent newspaper attacks, imperial discontent, the Abdication, and the threats from Mussolini and Hitler. This book provides an understanding of Baldwin's career, including a serious analysis of the moral and intellectual influences of his early life. Its main concerns are the investigation of a Conservative mind, and its communication with the various audiences that constituted the political nation. This is not a conventional biography, but rather an examination of the nature of political leadership, Conservative politics and 'national values'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32276/cover/9780521432276.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Jewry and the Holocaust</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolchover, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine the response of the British Jewish community to the destruction of the Jewish community of mainland Europe in World War II. Richard Bolchover charts the response of leading Jews and of Jewish organisations to the unfolding tragedy of Europe's Jews. In the process he raises controversial questions about the Anglo-Jewish community's priorities, and the way in which it organised itself. This study of Jewish political thoughts and culture marks a serious and provocative departure from the traditionally dominant trend in Anglo-Jewish historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32344/cover/9780521432344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Causal Mechanisms of Behavioural Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Jerry A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolhuis, Johan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does behaviour develop in humans and animals? What are the causal mechanisms governing this behaviour? These important questions are addressed in this book. All the significant conceptual and empirical advances in this study of behavioural development are discussed in this volume by a wide range of scientists from different disciplines. A special feature of the approach taken here is that learning, as studied by experimental psychologists, is considered to be one process contributing to the development of the individual from conception to death. The development of the brain is also discussed in relation to behavioural processes. The book is dedicated to Jaap Kruijit, whose pioneering approach to the study of causal mechanisms of behavioural development has inspired many workers in this field. It will be an invaluable resource for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, and researchers in animal behaviour, psychology, and neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11782/cover/9780521111782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143243X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143243X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arab Predicament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Arab Political Thought and Practice since 1967</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ajami, Fouad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How have Arab political ideas and institutions evolved since the 1967 War? How have the Arabs contended with the external influences to which their wealth has exposed them? What are the implications of the rise of Islamic fundamentalism? Fouad Ajami seeks to answer these and related questions in his illuminating study of the constraints and possibilities facing the Arab world today. The book documents the political and intellectual response to the defeat of 1967 and surveys the choices facing the Arab world as exemplified by the case of Egypt. It seeks to explain the resurgence of Islamic fundamentalism and locates its roots in the failures of the dominant political order, and the stalemate of secular political ideas. This revised edition of Ajami's acclaimed study has been updated and renews the book's status as an indispensable guide to the politics of the Arab world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32436/cover/9780521432436.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Aspects of Legal Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Law, Justice, and Political Responsibility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Lyons is one of the pre-eminent philosophers of law active in the United States. This volume comprises essays written over a period of twenty years in which Professor Lyons outlines his fundamental views about the nature of law and its relation to morality and justice. The underlying theme of the book is that a system of law has only a tenuous connection with morality and justice. Contrary to those legal theorists who maintain that no matter how bad the law of a community might be, strict conformity to existing law automatically dispenses 'formal' justice, Professor Lyons contends that the law must earn the respect that it demands. Moreover, we cannot, as some would suggest, interpret law in a value-neutral manner. Rather courts should interpret statutes, judicial precedents, and constitutional provisions in terms of values that would justify those laws. In this way officials can promote the justifiability of what they do to people in the name of law, and can help the law live up to its moral pretensions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32443/cover/9780521432443.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking World History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Europe, Islam and World History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodgson, Marshall G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is the history of the modern world the history of Europe writ large? Or is it possible to situate the history of modernity as a world historical process apart from its origins in Western Europe? In this posthumous collection of essays, Marshall G. S. Hodgson challenges adherents of both Eurocentrism and multiculturalism to rethink the place of Europe in world history. He argues that the line that connects Ancient Greeks to the Renaissance to modern times is an optical illusion, and that a global and Asia-centred history can better locate the European experience in the shared histories of humanity. Hodgson then shifts the historical focus and in a parallel move seeks to locate the history of Islamic civilisation in a world historical framework. In so doing he concludes that there is but one history - global history - and that all partial or privileged accounts must necessarily be resituated in a world historical context. The book also includes an introduction by the editor, Edmund Burke, contextualising Hodgson's work in world history and Islamic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32535/cover/9780521432535.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adult Eyewitness Testimony</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Trends and Developments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, David Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Read, J. Don</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toglia, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adult Eyewitness Testimony: Current Trends and Developments provides an overview of empirical research on eyewitness testimony and identification accuracy, covering both theory and application. The volume is organized to address three important issues. First, what are the cognitive, social and physical factors that influence the accuracy of eyewitness reports? Second, how should lineups be constructed and verbal testimony be taken to improve the chances of obtaining accurate information? And third, whose testimony should be believed? Are there differences between accurate and inaccurate witnesses, and can jurors make such a distinction? Adult Eyewitness Testimony: Current Trends and Developments is crucial reading for memory researchers, as well as police officers, judges, lawyers and other members of the judicial system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32559/cover/9780521432559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals with Novel Genes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maclean, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about transgenic animals - animals into which new genes have been artificially introduced. It has chapters by leading authorities on the present state of play regarding the application of the transgenic technology to different animal groups. A great range of animal types, ranging from protozoan cells, through nematode worms and fruit flies to many higher vertebrates, have been used in this experimental way and this book provides an in-depth, up-to-date, comprehensive and authoritative account of the work with all such animal types. The likely impact of transgenic animals on the future development of agriculture and medicine is very great; at the same time they provide an unrivalled experimental system for the study of gene regulation, genetic aspects of disease, and gene therapy. One of the objectives of the book is therefore to set transgenic animals in the context of their present and future contributions to medicine and agriculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32566/cover/9780521432566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Reforms in New Democracies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social-Democratic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pereira, Luiz Carlos Bresser</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maravall, Jos&#233; Mar&#237;a</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assesses differing experiences of the transition to democracy in the countries of Southern Europe, Latin America and Eastern Europe. The authors try to determine what the conditions for successful transitions are. They argue against the 'big bang' approach, espoused by many advisors to reforming countries, on the grounds that this approach bypasses the newly formed institutions of democracy and, ultimately, may undermine the necessary consensus to support painful economic reforms. The most successful reforms, they argue, have been those agreed upon through a process of democratic negotiation. A new democracy must offer politically important groups incentives to process their demands within the democratic institutional framework; otherwise, their support will be tenuous and the system may collapse under the strains incurred by painful economic reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32597/cover/9780521432597.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Jacobite to Conservative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sack, James J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What did it mean to be a 'conservative' in Britain before such terminology was even used? Is it possible or even desirable to encapsulate such diverse individuals as George III, Samuel Johnson, Edmund Burke, J. W. Croker and the Young Pitt within one political nomenclature? What is the relationship between the Jacobitism or Toryism of the early eighteenth century and the ideology of loyalist Englishmen of the latter Georgian period? James Sack confronts these questions in discussing an evolving right-wing mentalit&#233;, expressed in attitudes towards the past, the monarchy, humanitarianism, reform, and religion. Although Professor Sack has consulted a wide range of unpublished and printed correspondence, pamphlets, and sermons, his chief sources have been numerous 'Church and King' newspapers, journals, and magazines. From this right-wing press, Sack has uncovered a novel way of looking at political, social, and religious issues in the age of the American, French, and Industrial Revolutions. His central contention is that the defence of the Church of England, rather than nationalistic impulses, monarchical sentiment, or even economic self-interest, was the abiding concern of pre-1832 British conservatism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32665/cover/9780521432665.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Excitations in a Bose-condensed Liquid</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume gives an up-to-date, systematic account of the microscopic theory of Bose-condensed fluids developed since the late 1950s. In contrast to the usual phenomenological discussions of superfluid 4He, the present treatment is built on the pivotal role of the Bose broken symmetry and a Bose condensate. The many-body formalism is developed, with emphasis on the one- and two-particle Green's functions and their relation to the density response function. These are all coupled together by the Bose broken symmetry, which provides the basis for understanding the elementary excitations and response functions in the hydrodynamic and collisionless regions. It also explains the difference between excitations in the superfluid and normal phases. Chapter 4 gives the first critical assessment of the experimental evidence for a Bose condensate in liquid 4He, based on high-momentum neutron scattering data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32719/cover/9780521432719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational N-Body Simulations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tools and Algorithms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aarseth, Sverre J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses in detail all the relevant numerical methods for the classical N-body problem. It demonstrates how to develop clear and elegant algorithms for models of gravitational systems, and explains the fundamental mathematical tools needed to describe the dynamics of a large number of mutually attractive particles. Particular attention is given to the techniques needed to model astrophysical phenomena such as close encounters and the dynamics of black hole binaries. The author reviews relevant work in the field and covers applications to the problems of planetary formation and star cluster dynamics, both of Pleiades type and globular clusters. Self-contained and pedagogical, this book is suitable for graduate students and researchers in theoretical physics, astronomy and cosmology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32726/cover/9780521432726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metric Diophantine Approximation on Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernik, V. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodson, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with Diophantine approximation on smooth manifolds embedded in Euclidean space, and its aim is to develop a coherent body of theory comparable with that which already exists for classical Diophantine approximation. In particular, this book deals with Khintchine-type theorems and with the Hausdorff dimension of the associated null sets. After setting out the necessary background material, the authors give a full discussion of Hausdorff dimension and its uses in Diophantine approximation. A wide range of techniques from the number theory arsenal are used to obtain the upper and lower bounds required, and this is an indication of the difficulty of some of the questions considered. The authors go on to consider briefly the p-adic case, and they conclude with a chapter on some applications of metric Diophantine approximation. All researchers with an interest in Diophantine approximation will welcome this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structural Economic Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasinetti, Luigi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a theoretical investigation of the influence of human learning on the development through time of a 'pure labour' economy. The theory proposed is a simple one, but aims to grasp the essential features of all industrial economies. Economists have long known that two basic phenomena lie at the root of long-term economic movements in industrial societies: capital accumulation and technical progress. Attention has been concentrated on the former. In this book, by contrast, technical progress is assigned the central role. Within a multi-sector framework, the author examines the structural dynamics of prices, production and employment (implied by differentiated rates of productivity growth and expansion of demand) against a background of 'natural' relations. He also considers a number of institutional problems. Institutional and social learning, know-how, and the diffusion of knowledge emerge as the decisive factors accounting for the success and failure of industrial societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32825/cover/9780521432825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Telling God's Story</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bible, Church and Narrative Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loughlin, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents narrative theology as radically orthodox. It is orthodox because it is in the tradition of all those who maintain the priority of the story of Jesus, as it is sacramentally performed in the Church; and radical because it eschews all modern attempts to found Christian faith on some other story, such as that of reason, critical history or human consciousness. Acknowledging the indeterminacy and textuality of human existence, Telling God's Story presents the Christian life as a truly postmodern venture: the groundless enactment of God's 'future now'. In the epilogue this book focuses on the Eucharist as the sacramental site in which the story and body of Christ consumes and is consumed. Through this bodily telling and consumption the Church is enabled to receive again God's gift of return and to be the telling of God's story, once more.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32856/cover/9780521432856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bound to Sin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Abuse, Holocaust and the Christian Doctrine of Sin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McFadyen, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tests the explanatory and descriptive power of the doctrine of sin in relation to two concrete situations: sexual abuse of children and the holocaust. Taking seriously the explanatory power of secular discourses for analysing and regulating therapeutic action in relation to such situations, the book asks whether the theological language of sin can offer further illumination by speaking of God and the world together. Through its discussion of abuse and the holocaust, an engagement with Augustine, original sin and feminism, a fresh and sometimes surprising perspective is offered, both on the theology of sin and on the pathologies under consideration. The understanding of sin that emerges is centred on joyful worship of the trinitarian God. This essay is more systematic and more theological than most practical, pastoral or applied theology and more practical and concrete than most systematic or constructive theology. It is a genuinely concrete, systematic theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32863/cover/9780521432863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Feminine Principle in the Sikh Vision of the Transcendent</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, Nikky-Guninder Kaur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is a critical analysis of Sikh literature from a feminist perspective. It begins with Guru Nanak's vision of Transcendent Reality and concludes with the mystical journey of Rani Raj Kaur, the heroine of a modern Punjabi epic. The eight chapters of the book approach the Sikh vision of the Transcendent from historical, scriptural, symbolic, mythological, romantic, existential, ethical and mystical perspectives. Each of these discloses the centrality of the woman, and show convincingly that Sikh Gurus and poets did not want the feminine principle to serve merely as a figure of speech or literary device; it was intended rather to pervade the whole life of the Sikhs. The present work bolsters the claim that literary symbols should be translated into social and political realities, and in so doing puts a valuable feminist interpretation on a religious tradition which has remained relatively unexplored in scholarly literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32870/cover/9780521432870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Energetics in Biological Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many aspects of human activity involve energy transfer of some type. Human Energetics in Biological Anthropology considers various ways in which measurements of energy intake, expenditure and balance have been used to study human populations by biological anthropologists and human biologists. Central to this approach is the concept of adaptation and adaptability, placed in an ecological context by considering such processes in traditional subsistence economies in the developing world. This is the first volume presenting such an integrated approach, and will be useful in the teaching of biological anthropology, human population biology, nutritional anthropology, and third world nutrition at senior undergraduate and graduate student level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32955/cover/9780521432955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moli&#232;re: Don Juan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>221</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few plays have generated more controversy or had a more extraordinary performance history than Moli&#232;re's Don Juan. David Whitton's study examines ways in which this enigmatic masterpiece has been interpreted in performance through the vision of different directors and in a variety of cultural and social contexts ranging from pre-revolutionary St Petersburg to post-revolutionary Prague. In a series of critical studies, key productions are reconstructed using prompt books, production notes, photographs, contemporary reviews, memoirs and the author's own experience as a spectator. Among the interpretations discussed are those of Meyerhold, Brecht, Ingmar Bergman, Jouvet, and Ch&#233;reau. Each of these productions, in addition to shedding new light on a familiar text, is a theatrical landmark in its own right. The book is illustrated with numerous photographs and contains a geographical-chronological table of productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32962/cover/9780521432962.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521432979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521432979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521432979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Efficiency and Human Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Past Trends, Future Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521432979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schipper, Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyers, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howarth, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, sponsored by the Stockholm Environment Institute, presents a detailed analysis of changes in world energy use over the past twenty years. It considers the future prospects of energy demand, and discusses ways of restraining growth in consumption in order to meet environmental and economic development goals. Based on a decade of research by the authors and their colleagues at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory in collaboration with the Stockholm Environment Institute, it presents a wealth of information on energy use and the forces shaping it in the industrial, developing, and formerly planned economies. The book provides an invaluable overview of the potential for improving energy efficiency, and discusses the policies that could help realize the potential. While calling for strong action by governments and the private sector, the authors stress the importance of considering the full range of factors that will shape realization of the energy efficiency potential around the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/32979/cover/9780521432979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143310X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143310X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geology of the United States' Seafloor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The View from GLORIA</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, James V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Field, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twichell, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geology of the United States' Seafloor presents new, definitive studies of the seafloor adjacent to the United States - the west coast, east coast, Alaskan margin, Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean - from the GLORIA long-range sidescan sonar images, and complementary seismic profiling, and magnetic surveys. This spectacular dataset has provided a new insight into the structural evolution of the seafloor, and the sedimentary processes that have modified it.  Such comprehensive interpretation of the images, in the context of the geology and geological processes of the seafloor, has not been presented before. New concepts have emerged and much new knowledge garnered as a result of this surveying. Geology of the United States' Seafloor will be useful to the broad range of scientists studying the continental margins and the seafloor of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33105/cover/9780521433105.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Luke's Portrait of Paul</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentz, Jr, John Clayton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to seek a fuller understanding of how the characterisation of Paul in Acts would have been perceived by those who first read or heard the Lucan narrative. As the author makes clear, the careful reader of Acts should be amazed at the way St Paul is portrayed therein. Dr Lentz demonstrates, through a careful examination of particular texts, the great improbability that a Jew of strict Pharisaic background would have held, let alone been proud of, Roman citizenship and citizenship of the city of Tarsus. By investigating the social and legal expectations of the first century, the author shows that Paul is seen to be deferred to in matters of legal minutiae by those in positions of authority. He is given high social status and abundant moral virtue in order to attract to Christianity the high-ranking citizen who would recognise in Paul the classical cardinal virtues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33167/cover/9780521433167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remarkable Discoveries!</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashall, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Remarkable Discoveries shows how scientists have made great discoveries that have pushed back the frontiers of knowledge and have changed the way we look at the world. Frank Ashall, scientist and writer, takes us on a magical mystery tour of eighteen major scientific discoveries. Electricity, X-rays, DNA fingerprinting and the Big Bang are but a few of the achievements on which the author writes. We delve into the world of the researcher and experience the excitement as each discovery is unfolded. Can we thank chance or just intelligence and hard work for the scientists' success? The personalities, the trials, the triumphs are all here. Remarkable Discoveries takes the reader on an exhilarating tour through some of the major scientific discoveries that have benefited humanity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33174/cover/9780521433174.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Theology and History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plant, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Politics, Theology and History is a major new book by a prominent academic and an active politician. It ranges widely across the disciplines of theology, political theory and philosophy and poses acute questions about the basic moral foundations of liberal societies. Lord Plant focuses on the role that religious belief can and ought to play in argument about public policy in a pluralistic society. He examines the potential political implications of Christian belief and the ways in which it may be deployed in political debate. The book discusses the place of religious belief in the formation of policy and asks what issues in modern society might be the legitimate objects of a Christian social and political concern. This important study of the relationship between religion and politics will be of value to students, academics, politicians, church professionals, policy makers and all concerned with the moral fabric of contemporary life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33204/cover/9780521433204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Political Disagreement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers a variety of explanations of why political disagreement is so extensive and persistent. The author examines variants of the 'contestability' and 'imperfection' conceptions which have dominated political theory: the idea that political disagreement is so pervasive because of its value-ladenness; that key political concepts are essentially contested; that those who occupy very different political positions fail to understand each other. He argues that we need to develop a framework which borrows elements from both schools of thought, presupposing some form of moral cognitivism, while recognizing that many political disputes cannot be resolved to the satisfaction of every reasonable person. Within such a framework he shows how empirical models can be constructed which give an active role not only to the agent's reasons for his or her beliefs, but also to other psychological and sociological considerations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33228/cover/9780521433228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Telling Lives in Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Scientific Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shortland, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeo, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>309</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Images of scientists and ideas about science are often communicated to the public through historic biographies of eminent scientists, yet there has been little study of the development of scientific biography. Telling Lives brings together a collection of original essays by leading historians of science, several of them biographers, which explore for the first time the nature and development of scientific biography and its importance in forming our ideas about what scientists do, how science works, and why scientific biography remains popular. Theoretical and historical studies range from the seventeenth to the twentieth century, concentrating on such icons as Michael Faraday, Charles Darwin, Humphry Davy, Florence Nightingale and Sir Joseph Banks. With its broad sweep and careful, imaginative scholarship, this volume provides a timely and challenging examination of an important aspect of the culture of science that will be of special interest to historians of science, academics and students, and the general reader interested in the popularization of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/88909/cover/9780521088909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Education and the Art of Performance in the German Baroque</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In considering the role of practical music in education, this book attempts to define the art of performance in Germany during the Baroque period. The author examines the large number of surviving treatises and instruction manuals used in the Lutheran 'Latin' schools during the period 1530-1800 and builds up a picture of the function and status of music in both school and church. The understanding, gained through these educational texts, of music as a functional art - musica practica - in turn gives us insight into the thoughts of the contemporary performer and how he might have performed the sacred work of Praetorius, Sch&#252;tz, Buxtehude or Bach. For all those interested in historical performance this book provides valuable information on the growing science of performance practice and the development of a conscious awareness of style and idiom in this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33273/cover/9780521433273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dear Purchase</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theme in German Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyle, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>467</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies individual works by twelve major writers of German modernism, including Thomas Mann, Musil, Brecht and Rilke, in relation to the history of the twentieth century. It explores the theme of the 'dear purchase', an ideal of moral strenuousness and sacrifice seen as characteristic of Germany after Nietzsche, and reveals the underlying flaw in this notion as a self-justifying value. In this context, it considers the renaissance of German poetry after 1900, the impact of the War of 1914, its aftermath in uncertainty and relativism, and attitudes to the Hitler period, and finally juxtaposes Mann's Felix Krull and Kafka's story Josephine as a deliverance from the value-system of the title. The Introduction, partly autobiographical, traces J. P. Stern's preoccupation with this interpretation of his material in many of the books he published (especially those concerned with Nietzsche and Hitler), and pays tribute to Wittgenstein's influence on his thinking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33303/cover/9780521433303.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Laws of Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Carroll undertakes a careful philosophical examination of laws of nature, causation, and other related topics. He argues that laws of nature are not susceptible to the sort of philosophical treatment preferred by empiricists. Indeed he shows that emperically pure matters of fact need not even determine what the laws are. Similar, even stronger, conclusions are drawn about causation. Replacing the traditional view of laws and causation requiring some kind of foundational legitimacy, the author argues that these phenomena are inextricably intertwined with everything else. This distinctively clear and detailed discussion of what it is to be a law will be valuable to a broad swathe of philosophers in metaphysics, the philosophy of mind, and the philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33341/cover/9780521433341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psyche and Eros</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mind and Gender in the Life Course</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Labouvie-Vief, Gisela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Psyche and Eros, Gisela Labouvie-Vief describes historical and current concepts of mind and development, drawing from disciplines as diverse as philosophy, mythology, religion, literature, and psychology. She then presents a powerful theory of the maturing of mind, which brings together her empirical work and her exploration into mythology. The classical Greek myth of the gods Psyche and Eros serves as an evocative illustration of the author's theory. Psyche and Eros  asserts that the core experience of development differs along gender lines. Rationality is regarded as masculine, while imagination is viewed as feminine. Competition between 'masculine' and 'feminine' parts of the mind has limited our ability to describe the mind and its development over the life course, just as it limits our experiences of development as men and women. The author suggests that we overcome the dualistic way of thinking about mind, and see how rationality and imagination can complement each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33402/cover/9780521433402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Zoogeomorphology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Animals as Geomorphic Agents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Butler, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Animals as geomorphic agents have primarily been considered curiosities in the literature of geomorphology, whose spatial and quantitative influences have been seen as both limited and minor. Zoogeomorphology: Animals as Geomorphic Agents, which is wholly devoted to this topic, examines the distinct geomorphic influences of invertebrates, ectothermic vertebrates, birds and mammals, and demonstrates the importance of animals as landscape sculptors. Specific processes associated with the diversity of animal influences in geomorphology are examined, including burrowing and denning, nesting, lithophagy and geophagy, wallowing and trampling, food caching, excavating for food, and dam building by beavers. Particular emphasis is placed on terrestrial animals, although aquatic animals are also discussed where appropriate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33433/cover/9780521433433.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology in Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hale, Monica</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golley, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ecological and environmental education in schools and institutes of further and higher education has gained increasing importance in recent years, both as an area of study in its own right, and as a component of other disciplines. There is now a requirement in many countries to include the environment in both formal and informal curricula. This volume presents a long overdue account of the status, progress and underlying concepts of ecological education. It explores areas of recent development and debate in ecological and environmental education, describes the evolution and development of environmental education in different countries and examines the importance and provision for fieldwork. Case studies illustrate how ecological studies are undertaken in several culturally different settings. This book will interest teachers and research workers in ecology, environmental science and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56699/cover/9780521556699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Holography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles, Techniques and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hariharan, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and greatly expanded edition of what has become one of the best known introductions to the principles, techniques and applications of optical holography. Where necessary, existing sections have been updated, and two new chapters have been added. After presenting the theory of holographic imaging and the various types of holograms, practical aspects of holography are then covered, as are the production of holograms for display, colour holography and computer generated holograms. A variety of the applications of holography are then discussed in detail, such as high resolution imaging, information storage and processing, vibration analysis, and holographic interferometry. Containing more than 1000 selected references, this book will be invaluable to anyone wishing to learn more about optical holography, as well as to established researchers and engineers in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33488/cover/9780521433488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People of the Sea</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Identity and Descent among the Vezo of Madagascar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Astuti, Rita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Vezo, a fishing people of western Madagascar, are known as 'the people who struggle with the sea'. Dr Astuti explores their identity showing that it is established through what people do rather than being determined by descent. Vezo identity is a 'way of doing' rather than a 'state of being', performative rather than ethnic. However, her innovative analysis of Vezo kinship also uncovers an opposite form of identity based on descent, which she argues is the identity of the dead. By looking at key mortuary rituals that engage the relationship between the living and the dead, Dr Astuti develops a dual model of the Vezo person: the one defined contextually in the present, the other determined by the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33501/cover/9780521433501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Projective Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellingsrud, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peskine, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sacchiero, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stromme, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Algebraic geometers have renewed their interest in the interplay between algebraic vector bundles and projective embeddings. New methods have been developed for questions such as: what is the geometric content of syzygies and of bundles derived from them? how can they be used for giving good compactifications of natural families? which differential techniques are needed for the study of families of projective varieties? Such problems have often been reformulated over the last decade; often the need for a deeper analysis of the works of classical algebraic geometers was recognised. These questions were addressed at successive conferences held in Trieste and Bergen. New results, work in progress, conjectures and modern accounts of classical ideas were presented. This collection represents a development of the work conducted at the conferences; the Editors have taken the opportunity to mould the papers into a cohesive volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33525/cover/9780521433525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Binaries as Tracers of Stellar Formation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duquennoy, Antoine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayor, Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than two-thirds of stars belong to multiple stellar systems. Binary stars are considered now as one of the best constraints on stellar formation models. Not only do binaries keep memory of their birth conditions but their orbit will also be subjected to changes by tidal effects, wind accretion and encounters in clusters. Certainly the correlation between orbital eccentricity and period is a clue to our understanding of double star history. The most recent observations are discussed in these proceedings with the aim of disentangling evidence of stellar formation from later physical evolution. Each article is a paper that was read at a meeting organized to honour Dr Roger Griffin of the University of Cambridge for his pioneer work in galactic astronomy, dynamics of clusters and study on binary stars due to his cross-correlation technique to determine stellar radial velocities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33587/cover/9780521433587.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of European Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Truth and Propaganda in Sta&#235;l's 'De l'Allemagne', 1810-1813</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isbell, John Claiborne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It was through Sta&#235;l's best-seller De l'Allemagne that the term 'Romanticism', coined in Germany, reached Europe and America. Around this term, Sta&#235;l built a new and universal agenda: her manifesto offered Napoleon's Europe an alternative to everything he stood for. The new universe she revealed helped to bury the neo-Classical world and to shape the nineteenth century. In this important work, Dr Isbell reasserts Sta&#235;l's place in history and analyses her vast agenda, which covers every Classical and Romantic divide in art, philosophy, religion, and society from 1789 to 1815. This investigation sheds light upon the two different revolutions that created modern Europe, seen here by a leader of both.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33594/cover/9780521433594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pathmarks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heidegger, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNeil, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNeil, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first time that a seminal collection of fourteen essays by Martin Heidegger (originally published in German under the title Wegmarken) has appeared in English in its complete form. It includes new or first-time translations of seven essays, and thoroughly revised, updated versions of the other seven. Amongst the new translations are such key essays as 'On the Essence of Ground', 'Hegel and the Greeks' and 'On the Question of Being'. Spanning a period from 1919-1961, these essays have become established points of reference for all those with a serious interest in Heidegger. Now collected for the first time in translations by an experienced Heidegger translator and scholar, they will prove an essential resource for all students of Heidegger.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33624/cover/9780521433624.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Gospel of Mark</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Telford, W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the reader with a comprehensive view of the theology underlying the first narrative account of the life of Jesus. In Chapter 1 Dr Telford introduces the background of the text and its general message, attempting briefly to place the Gospel (and therefore its theology) in its historical setting. In the second chapter, he describes and analyses the Gospel's theology, again from an historical perspective and with particular regard to its original context.  In the third chapter, Telford goes on to examine the Gospel in relation to other relevant writings of the New Testament. Briefly reviewing this larger corpus and highlighting parallels and contrasts, where appropriate, he seeks to locate the Gospel's theology in its wider canonical context. The fourth and final chapter ranges even further afield, commenting on the Gospel's history of interpretation and on its significance in the contemporary context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39770/cover/9780521439770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Textbook of Accident and Emergency Medicine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, David V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swain, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peyton, J. W. Rodney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An important reference text to fulfil the information requirements of a rapidly growing speciality. From prehospital care through to the smooth hand over to the continuing care specialist, this volume provides a complete dossier of essential information pertaining to the conditions regularly encountered in an emergency situation. Its three distinct sections cover in turn: practical issues of assessment and broad general principles, detailed management of specific trauma conditions and finally the specialist's insight into considerations of pathophysiology and epidemiology, ranges of clinical manifestations and potential complications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33792/cover/9780521433792.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>730.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rural Life in Eighteenth-Century English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodridge, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent research into a self-taught tradition of English rural poetry has begun to offer a radically new dimension to our view of the role of poetry in the literary culture of the eighteenth century. In this important new study John Goodridge offers a detailed reading of key rural poems of the period, examines the ways in which eighteenth-century poets adapted Virgilian Georgic models, and reveals an illuminating link between rural poetry and agricultural and folkloric developments. Goodridge compares poetic accounts of rural labour by James Thomson, Stephen Duck, and Mary Collier, and makes a close analysis of one of the largely forgotten didactic epics of the eighteenth century, John Dyer's The Fleece. Through an exploration of the purpose of rural poetry and how it relates to the real world, Goodridge breaks through the often brittle surface of eighteenth-century poetry, to show how it reflects the ideologies and realities of contemporary life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33815/cover/9780521433815.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Old English Lives of St. Margaret</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magennis, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the two Old English versions of the colourful legend of the virgin martyr, St Margaret of Antioch, who became one of the most widely celebrated of medieval saints and the patron saint of childbirth. The two extant vernacular lives are published together, edited with a facing translation and commentary and introduced by extensive coverage of background sources, the state of the manuscripts, their language and the growth of the cult of St Margaret in Anglo-Saxon England. In addition there are printed fragments of a third version of the life and a Latin text from an Anglo-Saxon manuscript. The approach allows the reader to trace the early reception history of the texts and the way they developed over time, showing their significance as products of late Anglo-Saxon culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33822/cover/9780521433822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elizabethan Mythologies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Poetry, Drama and Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Robin Headlam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>305</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For lovers of music and poetry the legendary figure of Orpheus probably suggests a romantic ideal. But for the Renaissance he is essentially a political figure. Mythographers interpreted the Orpheus story as an allegory of the birth of civilization because they recognized in the arts in which Orpheus excelled an instrument of social control so powerful that with it you could, as one writer put it, 'winne Cities and whole Countries'. Dealing with plays, poems, songs and the iconography of musical instruments, Robin Headlam Wells re-examines the myth, central to the Orpheus story, of the transforming power of music and poetry. Elizabethan Mythologies contains numerous illustrations from the period and will be of interest to scholars and students of Renaissance poetry, drama and music, and of the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33853/cover/9780521433853.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143386X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143386X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ibsen: A Doll's House</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tornqvist, Egil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new critical study of Ibsen's A Doll's House addresses fundamental questions of text, reception and performance. What is the definitive 'version' of A Doll's House: original text, translation, stage presentation, radio version, adaptation to film or television? What occurs when a drama intended for recipients in one language is translated into another, or when a play written for the stage is adapted for radio, television or film? And to what extent do differences between the media and between directorial approaches influence the meaning of the play text? Discussions of these issues include an internal analysis of the dramatic text and comparative performance analysis, framed by the biographical background to the play and its impact on dramas by Strindberg, Shaw and O'Neill and on films by Ingmar Bergman. The book concludes with a list of productions and a select bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33860/cover/9780521433860.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Terrestrial Eocene-Oligocene Transition in North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prothero, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emry, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the transition from the Eocene to the Oligocene epochs, the mild tropical climates of the Paleocene and early Eocene were replaced by modern climatic conditions and extremes, including glacial ice in Antarctica. The best terrestrial record of the Eocene-Oligocene transition is found in North America, including the spectacular cliffs and spires of the Big Badlands National Park, in South Dakota. The first part of this book summarises the latest information in dating and correlation of the strata of late middle Eocene through early Oligocene age in North America, including the latest insights from argon/argon dating and magnetic stratigraphy. The second part reviews almost all the important terrestrial reptiles and mammals found near the Eocene-Oligocene boundary in the White River chronofauna, from the turtles, snakes and lizards to the common rodents, carnivores, artiodactyls, and perissodactyls. This is the first comprehensive treatment of these rocks and fossils in over sixty years and will be an invaluable resource to vertebrate palaeontologists, geologists, mammalogists and evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33877/cover/9780521433877.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patronage, Practice, and the Culture of American Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alexander Dallas Bache and the U. S. Coast Survey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slotten, Hugh Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this text, Dr Slotten explores the institutional and cultural history of science in the United States. The main focus of  the book is an analysis of the activities of Alexander Dallas Bache, great grandson of Benjamin Franklin and the acknowledged 'chief' of the American scientific community during the second third of the nineteenth century. Bache became the most important leader of the scientific community through his control of the United States Coast Survey, which he superintended from 1843 until his death in 1867. Under Bache's command the Coast Survey became the central scientific institution in antebellum America. Using richly detailed archival records, Slotten pursues an analysis of Bache and the Coast Survey that illuminates important themes in the history of science in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33952/cover/9780521433952.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521433975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521433975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521433976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diverging Pathways</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Structure and Career Deflections</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521433976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerckhoff, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Diverging Pathways follows the careers of a British birth cohort into early adulthood, presenting a detailed picture of the family backgrounds and the school and early labour force achievements of the cohort. The study portrays how the social arrangements of society's institutions deflect people's achievement patterns. Different kinds of schools, ability groups within schools, and differences between industries and firms  lead comparable individuals to achieve at very different levels in society and the book shows that the cumulative effects of being placed in advantaged or disadvantaged locations make their achievements highly divergent in adulthood. The study reports on major career differences between men and women and describes how the interface between post-secondary education and the labour force alters some of the outcomes of elementary and secondary schooling.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33976/cover/9780521433976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143405X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143405X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Auguste Comte</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intellectual Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pickering, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>790</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book constitutes the first volume of a two-volume intellectual biography of Auguste Comte, the founder of modern sociology and a philosophical movement called positivism. Volume One offers a reinterpretation of Comte's 'first career' (1798-1842), when he completed the scientific foundation of his philosophy. It describes the interplay between Comte's ideas and the historical context of post-revolutionary France, his struggles with poverty and mental illness, and his volatile relationships with friends, family and colleagues, including such famous contemporaries as Saint-Simon, the Saint-Simonians, Guizot and John Stuart Mill. Pickering shows that the man who called for a new social philosophy based on the sciences was not only ill at ease in the most basic human relationships, but also profoundly questioned the ability of the purely scientific spirit to regenerate the political and social world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34058/cover/9780521434058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rational Choice in Application</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, William James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meadwell, Hudson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rational choice approaches to the study of politics are of great and growing prominence in political science. There are an increasing number of collections devoted to the methods of rational choice theory and specialised monographs applying it to individual topics. The present volume is unique in that it is a collection of substantive applications of rational choice theory in three of the main fields of political inquiry: comparative politics, international relations and political theory. The essays gathered here represent work by many of the most outstanding scholars in the discipline, showing how rational choice theory may be employed in the analysis of fundamental political questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34096/cover/9780521434096.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elementary Theory of L-functions and Eisenstein Series</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hida, Haruzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of p-adic and classic modular forms, and the study of arithmetic and p-adic L-functions has proved to be a fruitful area of mathematics over the last decade. Professor Hida has given courses on these topics in the USA, Japan, and in France, and in this book provides the reader with an elementary but detailed insight into the theory of L-functions. The presentation is self contained and concise, and the subject is approached using only basic tools from complex analysis and cohomology theory. Graduate students wishing to know more about L-functions will find that this book offers a unique introduction to this fascinating branch of mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34119/cover/9780521434119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miguel Angel Asturias's Archeology of Return</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prieto, Reni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Miguel Angel Asturias (1899-1974) is one of the notable literary figures in Latin America who in the 1920s contrived both to explore and to define Latin literature within the mainstream of Western history. He managed to be poetic, political and mythological at the same time, and with a degree of synthesis rarely achieved then or since. As is the case with many Latin American writers, his work is inextricably linked with politics, and he lived in exile for many years. He was influenced by Indian mythology, fantasy and Surrealism and was the first Latin American novelist to understand the implications of anthropology and structural linguistics for culture and for fiction. Ren&#233; Prieto examines how Miguel Angel Asturias turns to the cultural traditions of the ancient Maya and combines them with the rhetoric of surrealism in order to produce three highly complex and widely misunderstood masterpieces; the Leyendas de Guatemala (1930), Hombres de maiz (1949) and Mulata de tal (1963). Asturias is the first American author to succeed in portraying an indigenous world vision that is blatantly non-Western.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34126/cover/9780521434126.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inventing our Selves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychology, Power, and Personhood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Nikolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inventing Our Selves proposes a radical new approach to the analysis of our current regime of the self, and the values of autonomy, identity, individuality, liberty, and choice that animate it. It argues that psychology, psychiatry, psychotherapy and other 'psy' disciplines have played a key role in 'inventing our selves', changing the ways in which human beings understand and act upon themselves, and how they are acted upon by politicians, managers, doctors, therapists, and a multitude of other authorities. These mutations are intrinsically linked to recent changes in ways of understanding and exercising political power, which have stressed the values of autonomy, personal responsibility, and choice. This critical history diagnoses and destabilises our contemporary 'condition' of the self, to help us think differently about the kind of persons we are, or might become.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34140/cover/9780521434140.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143419X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143419X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Property and Power in the Early Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fouracre, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of original essays on the relationship between property and power, a fundamental theme in medieval history. It addresses four main issues: the meaning of power over property; the ways in which property conveyed power; the nature of immunities; and the power of royal authority to affect property relations. The areas studied include Wales, England, France, Germany, Italy, and Byzantium, and the essays range across the period 650-1150. A substantial introduction is included, which explains the nature of the issues, and a conclusion expresses the team's overall view of the subject. Aimed at a wide readership of both scholars and students, the volume also includes a glossary to help readers who may be unfamiliar with the material or the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34195/cover/9780521434195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Value of Weather and Climate Forecasts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Allan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Weather and climate extremes can significantly impact the economics of a region. This book examines how weather and climate forecasts can be used to mitigate the impact of the weather on the economy. Interdisciplinary in scope, it explores the meteorological, economic, psychological, and statistical aspects to weather prediction. The contributors encompass forecasts over a wide range of temporal scales, from weather over the next few hours to the climate months or seasons ahead, and address the impact of these forecasts on human behaviour. Economic Value of Weather and Climate Forecasts seeks to determine the economic benefits of existing weather forecasting systems and the incremental benefits of improving these systems, and will be an interesting and essential reference for economists, statisticians, and meteorologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34201/cover/9780521434201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narratives of Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fictions of Rudyard Kipling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, Zohreh T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writers whose work reflects the experience of empire betray the anxieties and contradictions at the heart of the imperial enterprise. Zohreh T. Sullivan's reading of Rudyard Kipling's writings about India expands our sense of colonial discourse and recovers the cultural context and recurring tropes in his early journalism and fiction, in Kim, and in his late autobiography. She charts the fragmentation of Kipling's position as child, as colonizer and as 'poet of empire', finding in his representation of childhood's loss the site of repressed and disavowed desires and fears that resurface in later work. In using Kipling's troubled intimacy with empire as the link between history and narrative, Sullivan sees in Kipling's ambivalence his negotiation between the desire for union with his golden 'best-beloved' India and the historic imperatives of separation from it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34256/cover/9780521434256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isolated Pulsars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riper, K. A. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ho, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The extreme properties of pulsars demand a broad range of physics: the magnetosphere requires plasma physics and electrodynamics whilst the structure and dynamics of the very dense interior need nuclear and condensed matter physics. At the Los Alamos Workshop on Isolated Pulsars recent theoretical and observational advances were presented by international specialists; from this, contributions have been selected to encompass all aspects of pulsar detection and understanding. Observational highlights include results from the Compton Gamma-Ray Observatory, ROSAT and GINGA, the ASGAT and Whipple Observatory TeV experiments, and the Hubble Space Telescope. Theoretical contributions embody thermal and non-thermal emission mechanisms, properties of dense matter and the generation and evolution of magnetic fields. Together these form a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the observation and theory of isolated neutron stars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prometheus Bound</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After expanding steadily for centuries, science is reaching its limits to growth. We can no longer afford the ever increasing cost of exploring ever wider research opportunities. In the competition for resources, science is becoming much more tightly organised. A radical, pervasive and permanent structural change is taking place. It already affects the whole research system, from everyday laboratory life to national budgets. The scientific enterprise cannot avoid fundamental change, but excessive managerial insistence on accountability, evaluation, 'priority setting', etc. can be very inhospitable to expertise, innovation, criticism and creativity. Can the research system be reshaped without losing many features that have made science so productive? This trenchant analysis of a deep-rooted historical process does not assume any technical knowledge of the natural sciences, their history, philosophy, sociology or politics. It is addressed to everybody who is concerned about the future of science and its place in society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34300/cover/9780521434300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143436X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143436X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Space and Linguistic Case</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Semantic and Syntactic Categories in English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schlesinger, Izchak M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study sheds light on the complex relationship between cognitive and linguistic categories. Challenging the view of cases as categories in cognitive space, Professor Schlesinger proposes an understanding of the concept of case. Drawing on evidence from psycholinguistic research and English language data, he argues that case categories are in fact composed of more primitive cognitive notions: features and dimensions. These are registered in the lexical entries of individual verbs, thereby allowing certain metaphorical extensions. This approach to case permits better descriptions of certain syntactic phenomena, as Schlesinger illustrates through the analysis of the feature compositions of three cases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34362/cover/9780521434362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wind-Diesel Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Technology and its Implementation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliot, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides for the first time in a single volume the collective knowledge of many leading researchers on state-of-the-art wind-diesel technology. It contains the results and advice of nineteen experts from ten different countries, and has been carefully edited to provide a coherent reference volume. This book is the result of a five-year study by a group of experts working on the development of wind-diesel technology under the auspices of the International Energy Agency. The formal, technical aims of this project were as follows: to define cost-effective models and techniques for obtaining wind and load data necessary for planning; to specify decentralised wind-energy conversion system installations; to apply and further develop models suitable for analysing the performance of wind-diesel systems; and to obtain a sound analytical basis for planning and designing wind-diesel systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34409/cover/9780521434409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory, Policy and Dynamics in International Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ethier, Wilfred J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helpman, Elhanan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neary, J. Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a representative collection of papers on international trade, one of the most dynamic sub-fields in economics. The contributions range over all the major areas of research, including articles on the geographical aspects of international trade by Paul Krugman and Alan Deardorff, on dynamic stochastic economies by Avinash Dixit, and on endogenous growth by Gene Grossman and Elhanan Helpman. In addition to the theoretical contributions, the book also contains work on important policy issues such as auction quotas, discussed by Kala Krishna, and the role of government in economic development, by Anne Krueger. Also included is an assessment by Bill Ethier of the theoretical achievements of a leading authority in international trade theory, Ronald Jones, in whose honour the essays were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34423/cover/9780521434423.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Competitiveness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Kirsty S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the key factors determining European competitiveness. It focuses in particular on the issues of internationalization of firms and markets, the role of technology and innovation, and of continuing European integration, and deals with these issues on the level of firms, industries and countries. The competitiveness of the EC as a whole, relative to the USA and Japan, is also examined. Part I deals with internationalization, the organization of firms, and the activities of multinationals in Europe. Part II focuses on trends in technological competitiveness, and its importance in growth and trade performance. Part III is concerned with structural change, the integration of the European market, competition and mergers, the role of the public sector, and the role of cultural differences. The book ends by addressing the role of industrial policy in the future of the Eastern European economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34430/cover/9780521434430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434505</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Business Community of Seventeenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grassby, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>645</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive study explores all aspects of the English business community as it developed between 1590 and 1720. Drawing on largely untapped records of private firms as well as on institutional archives, Richard Grassby describes and explains the economic and technical structure of business in a pre-industrial economy and examines the ways in which social values, demographic factors, the family, the state and religion distributed talent, trained and motivated businessmen and determined their life style. The important conclusion which emerges from his study is that individual initiative and a fluid social structure largely account for differences in response to economic opportunities between England and other pre-industrial societies. His book offers an empirically based analysis of why men entered business, how they lived and worked and what they achieved, and it will appeal to all who wish to understand the dynamics of pre-industrial growth and the interaction between business and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34508/cover/9780521434508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fictions of James Joyce and Wyndham Lewis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Monsters of Nature and Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Scott W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literary relationship of James Joyce and Wyndham Lewis has previously been described in merely biographical terms. In The Fictions of James Joyce and Wyndham Lewis Scott W. Klein takes Wyndham Lewis's criticism of Ulysses in Times and Western Man and Joyce's implicit response to Lewis in Finnegans Wake as an emblematic opposition signalling significant textual relations within and between the fictions of the two authors. The seeing eye and the world, the creating mind and fiction, language and its aesthetic and political object, and the processes of history: all appear in the work of both Joyce and Lewis, as related thematic structures that raise questions about binarism, dialectic, and the reconciliation of opposites. Detailed examination of key texts by Joyce and Lewis reveals affiliations between the two writers, and offers insight into the politics and aesthetics of modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34522/cover/9780521434522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143453X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143453X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre and Drama in Francophone Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conteh-Morgan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is entirely devoted to African literary drama in French, a major component of African theatre. Beginning with a detailed analysis of its relationship to a variety of pre-colonial, but sometimes still contemporary traditions of performance which constitute part of its roots, Conteh-Morgan examines this drama both in its literary and theatrical dimensions. He discusses its development, themes and techniques and considers its attempts, since the 1980s, to move away from the predominantly text-based drama of first generation playwrights to a more performance-oriented one. The book is divided into two sections: part one offers a theoretical and historical background and part two analyses key individual plays central to the repertoire, including two from the Caribbean. All quotations from play texts are translated into English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34539/cover/9780521434539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dante and the Mystical Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bernard of Clairvaux in the Commedia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botterill, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, Steven Botterill explores the intellectual relationship between the greatest poet of the fourteenth century, Dante, and the greatest spiritual writer of the twelfth century, Bernard of Clairvaux. Botterill analyses the narrative episode involving Bernard as a character in the closing cantos of the Paradiso, against the background of his medieval reputation as a contemplative mystic, devotee of Mary, and, above all, a preacher of outstanding eloquence. Botterill draws on a wide range of materials to establish and illustrate the connections between Bernard's reputation and his portrayal in Dante's poem. Botterill's fresh approach to the analysis of the whole episode will provoke the reader to re-evaluate the significance and implications of Bernard's presence in the Commedia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34546/cover/9780521434546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abductive Inference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computation, Philosophy, Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Josephson, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Josephson, Susan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about abduction, 'the logic of Sherlock Holmes', and about how some kinds of abductive reasoning can be programmed in a computer. The work brings together Artificial Intelligence and philosophy of science and is rich with implications for other areas such as, psychology, medical informatics, and linguistics. It also has subtle implications for evidence evaluation in areas such as accident investigation, confirmation of scientific theories, law, diagnosis, and financial auditing. The book is about certainty and the logico-computational foundations of knowledge; it is about inference in perception, reasoning strategies, and building expert systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34614/cover/9780521434614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fourier Integrals in Classical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sogge, Christopher D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fourier Integrals in Classical Analysis is an advanced monograph concerned with modern treatments of central problems in harmonic analysis. The main theme of the book is the interplay between ideas used to study the propagation of singularities for the wave equation and their counterparts in classical analysis. Using microlocal analysis, the author, in particular, studies problems involving maximal functions and Riesz means using the so-called half-wave operator. This self-contained book starts with a rapid review of important topics in Fourier analysis. The author then presents the necessary tools from microlocal analysis, and goes on to give a proof of the sharp Weyl formula which he then modifies to give sharp estimates for the size of eigenfunctions on compact manifolds. Finally, at the end, the tools that have been developed are used to study the regularity properties of Fourier integral operators, culminating in the proof of local smoothing estimates and their applications to singular maximal theorems in two and more dimensions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34645/cover/9780521434645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Comparative Political Economy of the Welfare State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janoski, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hicks, Alexander M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comparative research is exploding with alternative methodological and theoretical approaches. In this book, experts in each one of these methods provide a comprehensive explanation and application of time-series, pooled, event history and Boolean methods to substantive problems of the welfare state. Each section of the book focuses on a different method with a general introduction to the methods and then two papers using the method to deal with analysis concerning welfare state problems in a political economy perspective. Scholars concerned with methodology in this area cannot afford to overlook this book because it will help them keep up on proliferating methodologies. Graduate students in political science and sociology will find this book extremely useful in their careers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34737/cover/9780521434737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Persuasion in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCloskey, Deirdre N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is economics a science? Deidre McCloskey says 'Yes, but'. Yes, economics measures and predicts, but - like other sciences - it uses literary methods too. Economists use stories as geologists do, and metaphors as physicists do. The result is that the sciences, economics among them, must be read as 'rhetoric', in the sense of writing with intent. McCloskey's books, The Rhetoric of Economics(1985) and If You're So Smart(1990), have been widely discussed. In Knowledge and Persuasion in Economics he converses with his critics, suggesting that they too can gain from knowing their rhetoric. The humanistic and mathematical approaches to economics, says McCloskey, fit together in a new 'interpretive' economics. Along the way he places economics within the sciences, examines the role of mathematics in the field, replies to critics from the left, right and centre, and shows how economics can again take a leading place in the conversation of humankind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34751/cover/9780521434751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diagnosis and Clinical Measurement in Psychiatry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reference Manual for SCAN</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wing, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sartorius, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#220;st&#252;n, T. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In order to help people with a mental illness it is important to be able to understand and measure the severity of the experiences that they find distressing and disabling and which can affect their behaviour. SCAN is a form of interview, found acceptable to patients, which provides a detailed and accurate picture of 'mental state'. When analysed by computer it provides a diagnosis that is comparable wherever the system is used. The 9th edition of the Present State Examination (PSE-9) was published in 1974 and served to link the two main approaches to the description and classification of psychological problems. PSE-10/SCAN builds on the experience of extensive tests using PSE-9. It retains the main features of PSE-9 and links together the two international classification systems, ICD-10 and DSM-IV. This reference manual is a companion to the SCAN interview schedule and software. It describes the rationale and development of the system and provides a valuable introduction to its uses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34775/cover/9780521434775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Longitudinal Research on Individual Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Present Status and Future Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magnusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casaer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Longitudinal research is an essential element in the investigation of human development over time, with considerable advantages over more widely used cross-sectional research designs. This book examines the scope for longitudinal studies in a range of developmental fields, emphasizing the advantages of this approach for the investigation of causal mechanisms and processes and the dynamics of development over the lifespan. It also discusses methodological issues and some of the practical and ethical problems that longitudinal research may present. The distinguished contributors review normal and disordered development in the emotional, cognitive and social domains, including valuable discussions of gene-environment interactions, the maturation of the human brain, and issues relating to ageing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34531/cover/9780521034531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ireland from Independence to Occupation, 1641-1660</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ohlmeyer, Jane H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1641 and 1649, for the first time before 1922, Ireland was recognised by the international community as an independent nation. Even though the Cromwellian conquest of 1649 made short work of Catholic Ireland's revolution, it nevertheless ranks as one of the most successful revolts of early modern history. This interdisciplinary collection of essays examines how the tumultuous events of the 1640s and 1650s transformed the course of Ireland's history. The contributors consider throughout why Restoration Ireland after 1660 was such a different world from that of the Stuart era. Was the change due simply to the passage of 20 years; or to war in the 1640s followed by English occupation in the 1650s? During these decades did active forces of change outweigh those of continuity in shaping Irish society, identities, warfare, religious beliefs, and economic and tenurial practices? These essays seek to set Ireland in its wider European and British contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34799/cover/9780521434799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structures and Categories for the Representation of Meaning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potts, Timothy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops a way of representing the meanings of linguistic expressions which is independent of any particular language, allowing the expressions to be manipulated in accordance with rules related to their meanings which could be implemented on a computer. It begins with a survey of the contributions of linguistics, logic and computer science to the problem of representation, linking each with a particular type of formal grammar. A system of graphs is then presented, organized by scope relations in which linguistic constituents are sub-graphs whose configuration is determined by their categories. In developing this system, the author extends the notion of scope and argues that anaphoric and relative pronouns are structural signs not linguistic constituents. Certain count nouns are made the basis of this system and an account of proper names relating the count nouns, is given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34812/cover/9780521434812.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Polarisation of Elizabethan Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Career of Robert Devereux, 2nd Earl of Essex, 1585-1597</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammer, Paul E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The final decades of the reign of Elizabeth I were marked by the meteoric career of her last great favourite, Robert Devereux, 2nd Earl of Essex (1565-1601), and the outbreak of bitter political divisions at Court and across the realm. This revisionist study challenges the traditional 'romantic' image of Essex as a military incompetent and political dabbler. Studying his career between his arrival at court in 1585 and his appointment as earl marshal at the end of 1597, the book casts Essex in a new light and re-examines his role in the outbreak of factionalism in Elizabethan politics. Using an unparalleled range of manuscript and printed sources it explores the forces which drove Essex's career, why true political success remained frustratingly beyond his grasp, and how his efforts to achieve this success helped to fuel the polarisation of Elizabethan politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34850/cover/9780521434850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protestantism and Patriotism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideologies and the Making of English Foreign Policy, 1650-1668</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pincus, Steven C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Protestantism and Patriotism offers a fundamental reinterpretation of English political culture between 1650 and 1668. It is also both the most detailed study to date of the causes and consequences of the first two Anglo-Dutch Wars (1652-1654 and 1665-1667), and a configuration of the English political nation which engaged in those two conflicts. Professor Pincus argues that it is impossible to understand the making of English foreign policy in this period without a careful study of its ideological contexts, while at the same time suggesting that accounts of English domestic politics which ignore the ideological implications of England's place in European political culture are impoverished. Because of the broad context in which the Anglo-Dutch Wars are situated, the book will appeal not only to specialists in English foreign policy but to all those interested in seventeenth-century English and Dutch politics and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34874/cover/9780521434874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Barbarian Migrations and the Roman West, 376-568</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halsall, Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>614</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major new survey of the barbarian migrations and their role in the fall of the Roman Empire and the creation of early medieval Europe, one of the key events in European history. Unlike previous studies it integrates historical and archaeological evidence and discusses Britain, Ireland, mainland Europe and North Africa, demonstrating that the Roman Empire and its neighbours were inextricably linked.  A narrative account of the turbulent fifth and early sixth centuries is followed by a description of society and politics during the migration period and an analysis of the mechanisms of settlement and the changes of identity.  Guy Halsall reveals that the creation and maintenance of kingdoms and empires was impossible without the active involvement of people in the communities of Europe and North Africa. He concludes that, contrary to most opinions, the fall of the Roman Empire produced the barbarian migrations, not vice versa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34911/cover/9780521434911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exposed to Innumerable Delusions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Public Enterprise and State Power in Egypt, India, Mexico, and Turkey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waterbury, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The states of Egypt, India, Mexico and Turkey have all developed extensive public enterprise sectors and have sought to regulate most economic activities outside the state sector. Their experiences have been typical of scores of developing countries that followed similar paths of industrialisation. This study examines the origins of these state sectors, the dynamics of their growth and crises, and the efforts to reform or liquidate them. It is argued that public ownership creates its own culture and pathology that are similar across otherwise different systems. The logic of principal-agent relations under public ownership is so powerful that it swamps culture and peculiar institutional histories. While public sectors accumulate powerful associated interests over time, against most predictions these prove relatively powerless to block the reform process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34973/cover/9780521434973.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521434998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521434998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521434997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Three Frontiers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family, Land, and Society in the American West, 1850-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521434997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>May, Dean L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>329</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the values and aspirations of early settlers in the American Far West. It compares those who settled in the Willamette Valley in the 1840s, the Utah Valley in the 1850s, and the Boise Valley in the 1860s. The Oregon and Utah settlers tried with differing degrees of success to resist the modernizing trends represented by Idaho, but ultimately adopted their individualistic, commercial, and acquisitive values. How did Americans move away from a culture centering on family and kin and from attitudes that valued and protected the land, not for its commercial worth, but as the base of support for future generations? What led to the present tendency to pursue individual pleasure and material well-being at the expense of communal and broader societal well-being? These two questions are central to this comparative study of the three groups who pioneered the Western frontier.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/34997/cover/9780521434997.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Barcelona and its Rulers, 1096-1291</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bensch, Stephen P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines the early growth of Barcelona and the formation of its ruling classes. The city did not at first grow because of overseas trade but because of market-oriented agriculture and tribute from Islamic Spain. Only after a difficult adjustment did the city develop the commercial foundations which would later ensure its prosperity. Barcelona's patriciate rose to prominence during the second stage of growth, its rise forming part of a profound restructuring of territorial power in response to the 'feudal crisis' that challenged traditional authority throughout Catalonia. Patrician families did not model themselves after noble patrilineages, but forged marital alliances in which the wife's dowry played a fundamental role. In this new book the family structure of the patriciate receives close examination and many traditional assumptions about the nature of Mediterranean towns are challenged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35116/cover/9780521435116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Human Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Selected Papers of John Whiting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiting, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chasdi, Eleanor Hollenberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Andrade, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Whiting is a leading figure in psychological anthropology and one of the pioneers in the development of systematic cross-cultural research. His work is interdisciplinary, and he draws mainly upon the fields of anthropology, psychoanalysis, and learning and behaviour theory. This book includes some of his most influential articles on culture and human development, as well as a comprehensive autobiographical essay. Roy D'Andrade's introduction assesses the unique contributions of John Whiting and locates his work within the contemporary currents of psychological research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35154/cover/9780521435154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gramsci, Historical Materialism and International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected here relate the writings of Antonio Gramsci and others to the contemporary reconstruction of historical materialist theories of international relations. The contributors analyse the contradiction between globalising and territorially-based social and political forces in the context of past, present and future world orders, and view the emerging world order as undergoing a structural transformation, a 'triple crisis' involving economic, political and 'socio-cultural' change. The prevailing trend of the 1980s and early 1990s toward the marketisation and commodification of social relations leads the contributors to argue that socialism needs to be redefined away from the totalising visions associated with Marxism-Leninism, towards the idea of the self-defence of society and social choice to counter the disintegrating and atomising effects of globalising and unplanned market forces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35239/cover/9780521435239.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Underemployment Equilibria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Theory, Econometrics and Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dr&#232;ze, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a selection of Jacques Dr&#232;ze's work over the last decade on the topics of lasting unemployment, stagflation and unused capacity. At the theoretical level, the author has contributed to the formulation and analysis of general equilibrium models which allow for price rigidities and excess supply and lend themselves to econometric implementation, thus represents an attempt to integrate micro- and macroeconomics, and to use theory for empirical and policy purposes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35246/cover/9780521435246.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Market and Beyond</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cooperation and Competition in Information Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fransman, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many have described the Japanese competitive success in information technology; very few have explained it. This book advances our understanding by developing the concept of the Japanese Innovation System - an arrangement consisting of competing and cooperating private companies, government policy-makers and researchers, and universities. It will be of interest to all teachers, students and policy-makers interested in technological competition. An important part of the explanation of Japanese success relates to the ability to create innovations and to continually improve and update products and processes. This book shows that equally important has been the foresight of the Japanese in creating innovations for the distant future where problems of uncertainty are even more pronounced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35253/cover/9780521435253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Integration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Trade and Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winters, L. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Venables, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much research has been devoted to the consequences of the completion of the European internal market in 1992. Existing estimates of the effects of market integration remain exploratory, however, and many important issues have yet to be adequately addressed. These are the issues concerning this book. Edited by L. Alan Winters and Anthony Venables, the volume examines such questions as the extent of gains to be expected from both 'internal' and 'external' economies of scale following integration, the implications of 1992 for the European Community's trade with its traditional EFTA partners, the potentially valuable new East European markets, and the rest of the world. There are also chapters considering the implications of the internal market for the design of appropriate technology and taxation policies, and a study of the role of Japanese foreign direct investment in European manufacturing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35277/cover/9780521435277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hyperbolic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iversen, Birger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although it arose from purely theoretical considerations of the underlying axioms of geometry, the work of Einstein and Dirac has demonstrated that hyperbolic geometry is a fundamental aspect of modern physics. In this book, the rich geometry of the hyperbolic plane is studied in detail, leading to the focal point of the book, Poincare's polygon theorem and the relationship between hyperbolic geometries and discrete groups of isometries. Hyperbolic 3-space is also discussed, and the directions that current research in this field is taking are sketched. This will be an excellent introduction to hyperbolic geometry for students new to the subject, and for experts in other fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35284/cover/9780521435284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niblo, Graham A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roller, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in these two volumes arose from papers given at the 1991 International Symposium on Geometric Group Theory, and they represent some of the latest thinking in this area. This first volume contains contributions from many of the world's leading figures in this field, and their contributions demonstrate the many interesting facets of geometrical group theory. For anyone whose interest lies in the interplay between groups and geometry, these books will be an essential addition to their library.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35291/cover/9780521435291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143534X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143534X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Bacon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peltonen, Markku</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Francis Bacon (1561-1626) is one of the most important figures of the early modern era. His plan for scientific reform played a central role in the birth of the new science. The essays in this volume offer a comprehensive survey of his writings on science, including his classifications of sciences, his theory of knowledge and of forms, his speculative philosophy, his idea of cooperative scientific research and the providential aspects of Baconian science. There are also essays on Bacon's theory of rhetoric and history as well as on his moral and political philosophy and on his legacy. Throughout, the contributors aim to place Bacon in his historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35345/cover/9780521435345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of Paul's Letter to the Romans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haacker, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Klaus Haacker, a respected expert on Paul's writings, presents a compelling introduction to the theology of the Letter to the Romans. This volume completes Cambridge's successful New Testament Theology series. In keeping with the series, it explores the distinctive ideas and issues of the Epistle at greater length than is possible in commentaries or theological dictionaries. Professor Haacker focuses on themes such as righteousness, suffering and hope and the mystery of Israel in the age of the gospel. Engaging with Paul's rhetoric strategy, he shows how both ancient Rome and the spiritual heritage of Israel provide contexts for the Letter and help us to understand its message to the original readers and its abiding impact on Christianity. The book will be of interest to teachers, pastors, and students of theology and the New Testament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35352/cover/9780521435352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Analysis for Physical Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percival, Donald B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walden, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an up-to-date introduction to univariate spectral analysis at the graduate level, which reflects a new scientific awareness of spectral complexity, as well as the widespread use of spectral analysis on digital computers with considerable computational power. The text provides theoretical and computational guidance on the available techniques, emphasizing those that work in practice. Spectral analysis finds extensive application in the analysis of data arising in many of the physical sciences, ranging from electrical engineering and physics to geophysics and oceanography. A valuable feature of the text is that many examples are given showing the application of spectral analysis to real data sets. Special emphasis is placed on the multitaper technique, because of its practical success in handling spectra with intricate structure, and its power to handle data with or without spectral lines. The text contains a large number of exercises, together with an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35413/cover/9780521435413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143565X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143565X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science and Practice of Welding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>10</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGXW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Science and Practice of Welding, now in its tenth edition and published in two volumes, is an introduction to the theory and practice of welding processes and their applications. Volume I, Welding Science and Technology, explains the basics principles of physics, chemistry and metallurgy as applied to welding. The section electrical principles includes a simple description of the silicone diode and resistor, the production and use of square wave, and one-knob stepless control of welding current. There is a comprehensive section on non-destructive testing (NDR) and destructive testing of welds and crack tip opening displacement testing. The text has been brought completely up to date and now includes a new chapter devoted to the inverter power unit. Duplex stainless steel has been included in the list of material described.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35659/cover/9780521435659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science and Practice of Welding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>10</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGXW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Science and Practice of Welding, now in its tenth edition and published in two volumes, is an introduction to the theory and practice of welding processes and their applications. Volume 2, The Practice of Welding, is a comprehensive survey of the welding methods in use today and gives up-to-date information on all types of welding methods and tools. Processes described include manual metal arc welding (MMA or SMAW); gas shielded metal arc welding (MIG, MAG or GMAW); tungsten inert gas shielded welding (TIG or GTAW) and plasma arc (PA) and cutting. Resistance, flash butt and oxy-acetylene welding are also included. Cutting processes are given a separate chapter. This new edition has been brought right up-to-date with a new chapter on the welding of plastics, and new sections on the welding of duplex stainless steel and air plasma cutting. The text is illustrated by up-to-date photographs of plant and equipment. As in previous editions, the appendices bring together a wealth of essential information, including British and American welding symbols, tables of conversion, information on proprietary welding gases and mixtures, testing practices, safety features and tables of brazing alloys and fluxes. Both volumes contain numerous questions of the type set at craftsman and technician grade of the City and Guilds of London Institute examinations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35666/cover/9780521435666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rational Choice in Application</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, William James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meadwell, Hudson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rational choice approaches to the study of politics are of great and growing prominence in political science. There are an increasing number of collections devoted to the methods of rational choice theory and specialised monographs applying it to individual topics. The present volume is unique in that it is a collection of substantive applications of rational choice theory in three of the main fields of political inquiry: comparative politics, international relations and political theory. The essays gathered here represent work by many of the most outstanding scholars in the discipline, showing how rational choice theory may be employed in the analysis of fundamental political questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35680/cover/9780521435680.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elementary Theory of L-functions and Eisenstein Series</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hida, Haruzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of p-adic and classic modular forms, and the study of arithmetic and p-adic L-functions has proved to be a fruitful area of mathematics over the last decade. Professor Hida has given courses on these topics in the USA, Japan, and in France, and in this book provides the reader with an elementary but detailed insight into the theory of L-functions. The presentation is self contained and concise, and the subject is approached using only basic tools from complex analysis and cohomology theory. Graduate students wishing to know more about L-functions will find that this book offers a unique introduction to this fascinating branch of mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35697/cover/9780521435697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Moving Image</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Plays on Film and Television</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Towards the end of the 1980s it looked as if television had displaced cinema as the photographic medium for bringing Shakespeare to the modern audience. In recent years there has been a renaissance of Shakespearian cinema, including Kenneth Branagh's Henry V and Much Ado About Nothing, Franco Zeffirelli's Hamlet, Peter Greenaway's Prospero's Books and Christine Edzard's As You Like It. In this volume a range of writers study the best known and most entertaining film, television and video versions of Shakespeare's plays. Particular attention is given to the work of Olivier, Zeffirelli and Kurosawa, and to the BBC Television series. In addition the volume includes a survey of previous scholarship and an invaluable filmography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35734/cover/9780521435734.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of the Gospel of Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luz, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, J. Bradford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Matthew's Gospel is the most significant Jewish-Christian document of the New Testament. For Matthew, the story of Jesus is the underlying tale of his own community, summoned from Israel by the living Jesus and now, following Israel's rejection, sent to the Gentiles. Matthew's Jesus story bears much the same relation to the Matthean community as does the Pentateuch to Israel, hence the profoundly Jewish basis of his theology. Ulrich Luz both outlines and elucidates the story told in Matthew's Gospel, emphasising its focal points: the Sermon on the Mount, the miracles, the renunciation of possessions and particularly the theology of judgement by works, an idea which represents both a challenge, in its quest for a church set apart from non-Christians by deeds alone, and a burden, through its traumatic origin in the breach between the Matthean community and the Israelite majority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35765/cover/9780521435765.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143582X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143582X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Successful Aging</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from the Behavioral Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Paul B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Margret M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More and more people live into old age. This demographic revolution underscores the fact that old age is the last uncharted and unattended phase of the life cycle. We know that old age is the last uncharted and unattended phase of the life cycle. We know very little about the strengths and weaknesses of old age or how to achieve a good balance between gains and losses, a meaningful conclusion to life. The fourth volume in a series sponsored by the European Science Foundation Network on Longitudinal Studies on Individual Development, Successful Aging presents in its first section general overviews on successful aging from psychological, sociological, and medical perspectives. The volume's second part focuses on selected areas of human functioning, such as intelligence, memory, athletics, life satisfaction, personal control, coping with illness and loss, widowhood, and mental health. The authors of the various chapters share in the view that aging is not identical with fate, but that individuals play a major role in designing their own process of aging.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35826/cover/9780521435826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Development from Two to Three</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, Lois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The chapters in this volume were originally separate research reports from longitudinal study of a group of four children. As a collection, the reports present a developmental story of language acquisition in the third year of life - a time of great achievement as children acquire a basic knowledge of semantics, syntax, and discourse. The early chapters show the children learning to form simple sentences; later chapters show them beginning to acquire the structures of complex sentences. Several conceptual themes in current language acquisition research and theory were first articulated in the studies reproduced here: the centrality of verbs for learning syntax; the role of meaning in acquisition; the importance of context; the relationship of language learning to other aspects of cognitive development; and individual differences among children learning the same language. These themes are discussed in an introductory chapter that unifies the studies and places the reports in the context of current research and theory in child language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35833/cover/9780521435833.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Embryo Experimentation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuhse, Helga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckle, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawson, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kasimba, Pascal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New developments in reproductive technology have made headlines since the birth of the world's first in vitro fertilization baby in 1978. But is embryo experimentation ethically acceptable? What is the moral status of the early human embryo? And how should a democratic society deal with so controversial an issue, where conflicting views are based on differing religious and philosophical positions? These controversial questions are the subject of this book, which, as a current compendium of ideas and arguments on the subject, makes an original contribution of major importance to this debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35888/cover/9780521435888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machiavelli and Republicanism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bock, Gisela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viroli, Maurizio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, this highly acclaimed volume brings together some of the world's foremost historians of ideas to consider Machiavelli's political thought in the larger context of the European republican tradition, and the image of Machiavelli held by other republicans. An international team of scholars from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds (notably law, philosophy, history and the history of political thought) explore both the immediate Florentine context in which Machiavelli wrote, and the republican legacy to which he contributed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35895/cover/9780521435895.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Formal Specification and Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feijs, L. M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonkers, H. B. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Formal specification is a method for precisely modelling computer-based systems that combines concepts from software engineering and mathematical logic. In this book the authors describe algebraic and state-based specification techniques from the unified view of the Common Object-oriented Language for Design, COLD, a wide-spectrum language in the tradition of VDM and Z. The kernel language is explained in detail, with many examples, including: set representation, a display device, an INGRES-like database system, and a line editor. Fundamental techniques such as initial algebra semantics, loose semantics, partial functions, hiding, sharing, predicate and dynamic logic, abstraction functions, representation of invariants and black-box correctness are also presented. More advanced ideas, for example Horn logic, and large systems are given in the final part. Appendices contain full details of the language's syntax and a specification library. Techniques for software development and design are emphasised throughout, so the book will be an excellent choice for courses in these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35925/cover/9780521435925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Ergodic Theory and Pesin Theory on Compact Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollicott, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pesin theory consists of the study of the theory of non-uniformly hyperbolic diffeomorphisms. The aim of this book is to provide the reader with a straightforward account of this theory, following the approaches of Katok and Newhouse. The notes are divided into two parts. The first develops the basic theory, starting with general ergodic theory and introducing Liapunov exponents. Part Two deals with the applications of Pesin theory and contains an account of the existence (and distribution) of periodic points. It closes with a look at stable manifolds, and gives some results on absolute continuity.  These lecture notes provide a unique introduction to Pesin theory and its applications. The author assumes that the reader has only a good background of undergraduate analysis and nothing further, so making the book accessible to complete newcomers to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35932/cover/9780521435932.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521435986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521435986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521435987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fine Art of Repetition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Philosophy of Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521435987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kivy, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Kivy is the author of many books on the history of art and, in particular, the aesthetics of music. This collection of essays spans a period of some thirty years and focuses on a richly diverse set of issues: the biological origins of music, the role of music in the liberal education, the nature of the musical work and its performance, the aesthetics of opera, the emotions of music, and the very nature of music itself. Some of these subjects are viewed as part of the history of ideas, others as current problems in the philosophy of art. A particular feature of the volume is that Kivy avoids the use of musical notation so that no technical knowledge at all is required to appreciate his work. The essays will prove enjoyable and insightful not just to professionals in the philosophy of art and musicologists, or to musicians themselves, but also to any motivated general reader with a deep interest in music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/35987/cover/9780521435987.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Comparative Political Economy of the Welfare State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janoski, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hicks, Alexander M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>413</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comparative research is exploding with alternative methodological and theoretical approaches. In this book, experts in each one of these methods provide a comprehensive explanation and application of time-series, pooled, event history and Boolean methods to substantive problems of the welfare state. Each section of the book focuses on a different method with a general introduction to the methods and then two papers using the method to deal with analysis concerning welfare state problems in a political economy perspective. Scholars concerned with methodology in this area cannot afford to overlook this book because it will help them keep up on proliferating methodologies. Graduate students in political science and sociology will find this book extremely useful in their careers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36021/cover/9780521436021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Persuasion in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCloskey, Deirdre N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is economics a science? Deidre McCloskey says 'Yes, but'. Yes, economics measures and predicts, but - like other sciences - it uses literary methods too. Economists use stories as geologists do, and metaphors as physicists do. The result is that the sciences, economics among them, must be read as 'rhetoric', in the sense of writing with intent. McCloskey's books, The Rhetoric of Economics(1985) and If You're So Smart(1990), have been widely discussed. In Knowledge and Persuasion in Economics he converses with his critics, suggesting that they too can gain from knowing their rhetoric. The humanistic and mathematical approaches to economics, says McCloskey, fit together in a new 'interpretive' economics. Along the way he places economics within the sciences, examines the role of mathematics in the field, replies to critics from the left, right and centre, and shows how economics can again take a leading place in the conversation of humankind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36038/cover/9780521436038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sustainability and Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Limits to Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Common, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two of the greatest problems facing the human race today are poverty and the threat to the natural environment. Economic growth is routinely advocated as the solution to poverty, but the natural environment is already threatened by current levels of economic activity. This compelling book examines both economic and ecological approaches to this dilemma, and considers policy issues for industrial economies. It also includes a useful review of recent literature in the area. Michael Common argues that economists rarely address threats to sustainability. He suggests that, while economics cannot offer a blueprint for a sustainable society, the use of economic or price incentives can help achieve social goals and address threats to sustainability.This book is a balanced, constructive and original contribution in the rapidly emerging fields of environmental economics and policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36052/cover/9780521436052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morphogenesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cellular and Molecular Processes of Developmental Anatomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bard, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Morphogenesis, the set of processes that generate shape and form in the embryo, remains a central area in developmental biology. This book provides a contemporary overview of the events and mechanisms of morphogenesis, reviewing the major molecular and cellular mechanisms underlying morphogenetic change and describing how these processes are integrated during normal development. Most of the major embryological systems, both vertebrate and invertebrate, are discussed, with extensive coverage of the molecular mechanisms of morphogenesis involving the extracellular matrix, the membrane and the cytoskeleton. The major focus of the book, however, is on those properties of mesenchymal and epithelial cells responsible for organogenesis, while the extensive reference cover of the historical and contemporary literature (more than 500 titles) provides a useful research tool in this very wide field. This book is aimed at both scholars in the field of embryology, and postgraduate and final-year students in development and anatomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36120/cover/9780521436120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436133</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflection Groups and Coxeter Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphreys, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate textbook presents a concrete and up-to-date introduction to the theory of Coxeter groups. The book is self-contained, making it suitable either for courses and seminars or for self-study. The first part is devoted to establishing concrete examples. Finite reflection groups acting on Euclidean spaces are discussed, and the first part ends with the construction of the affine Weyl groups, a class of Coxeter groups that plays a major role in Lie theory. The second part (which is logically independent of, but motivated by, the first) develops from scratch the properties of Coxeter groups in general, including the Bruhat ordering and the seminal work of Kazhdan and Lusztig on representations of Hecke algebras associated with Coxeter groups is introduced. Finally a number of interesting complementary topics as well as connections with Lie theory are sketched. The book concludes with an extensive bibliography on Coxeter groups and their applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36137/cover/9780521436137.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberal Rights</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Papers 1981-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waldron, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a wide-ranging collection of the papers written by Jeremy Waldron, one of the most internationally respected political theorists writing today. The main focus of the collection is on substantive issues in modern political philosophy. The first six chapters deal with freedom, toleration and neutrality and argue for a robust conception of liberty. Waldron defends the idea that people have a right to act in ways others disapprove of, and that the state should be neutral vis-&#225;-vis religious and ethical systems. The chapters that follow are concerned with socio-economic rights. Waldron argues that poverty and homelessness are not to be understood apart from the value of freedom. On the contrary our moral response to them should be based on the same values that underlie traditional liberal philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36175/cover/9780521436175.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Perception and Particularity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blum, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most contemporary moral philosophy is concerned with issues of rationality, universality, impartiality, and principle. By contrast Laurence Blum is concerned with the psychology of moral agency. The essays in this collection examine the moral import of emotion, motivation, judgment, perception, and group identifications, and explore how all these psychic capacities contribute to a morally good life. Blum takes up the challenge of Iris Murdoch to articulate a vision of moral excellence that provides a worthy aspiration for human beings. Drawing on accounts of non-Jewish rescuers of Jews during the Holocaust Blum argues that impartial principle can mislead us about the variety of forms of moral excellence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36199/cover/9780521436199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partisan Politics, Divided Government, and the Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alesina, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops an integrated approach to understanding the American economy and national elections. Economic policy is generally seen as the result of a compromise between the President and Congress. Because Democrats and Republicans usually maintain polarised preferences on policy, middle-of-the-road voters seek to balance the President by reinforcing in Congress the party not holding the White House. This balancing leads, always, to relatively moderate policies and, frequently, to divided government. The authors outline the rational partisan business cycle, where Republican administrations begin with recessions, and Democratic ones with expansions, and the midterm cycle, where the President's party loses votes in the midterm congressional election. The book argues that both cycles are the result of uncertainty about the outcome of presidential elections. Other topics covered include retrospective voting on the economy, coat-tails, and incumbency advantage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36205/cover/9780521436205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Themes in Macroeconomic History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The UK Economy 1919-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomou, Solomos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The period between the two World Wars was remarkable; mass unemployment, protectionism, diverse exchange rate regimes, the disintegration of world trade, poor growth prospects and high business cycle volatility. This comprehensive textbook surveys key questions arising from the British economy from 1919 to 1939: Why was unemployment so high? Did a fast transition to the pre-1913 gold parity lead to a low growth equilibrium? Why were interwar business cycles so volatile? Did tariffs stimulate economic recovery in the 1930s? A comparative approach is adopted throughout. For example, the question of gold parity is contrasted with countries that allowed their currencies to depreciate. The book is aimed primarily at students studying economic history. The book continually applies economic theory to historical examples enabling students to evaluate the relevance of competing theoretical frameworks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36212/cover/9780521436212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Management of Common Metabolic Bone Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Compston, Juliet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crisp, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise practical guide deals with the investigation, diagnosis and treatment of all the common metabolic bone diseases and disorders of calcium metabolism. All the most common diseases are covered including osteoporosis, osteomalacia, Paget's disease, hypercalcaemia and hypocalcaemia, and the volume concludes with a brief look at some of the rarer conditions which might occasionally be encountered. The book summarises briefly the most recent advances in the understanding of the aetiology of these diseases and provides useful and practical guidance on new and established treatment regimes. The volume will be a valuable source of guidance for the many physicians, based in hospitals and general practice, who encounter patients with these diseases. The volume will appeal broadly to consultants and senior registrars in general medicine, geriatric medicine, rheumatology and endocrinology, and to general practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Renaissance Humanism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraye, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>338</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the fourteenth to the seventeenth century, humanism played a key role in European culture. Beginning as a movement based on the recovery, interpretation and imitation of ancient Greek and Roman texts and the archaeological study of the physical remains of antiquity, humanism turned into a dynamic cultural programme, influencing almost every facet of Renaissance intellectual life. The fourteen original essays in this volume deal with all aspects of the movement, from language learning to the development of science, from the effect of humanism on biblical study to its influence on art, from its Italian origins to its manifestations in the literature of More, Sidney and Shakespeare. A detailed biographical index, and a guide to further reading, are provided. Overall, The Cambridge Companion to Renaissance Humanism provides a comprehensive introduction to a major movement in the culture of early modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36243/cover/9780521436243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Paperback Guide to Literature in English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ousby, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Derived from the parent Guide to Literature in English, this volume offers in concise form over 4,000 entries on literature in English from cultures throughout the world. Writers and major works from the UK and the USA are represented, as are those from Canada, the Caribbean, Australia, India, and Africa. The coverage is broad - from the classics of English literature to the best of modern writing. Additionally, the Guide has a wealth of entries on literary movements, groups or schools in literature and criticism, literary magazines, genres and sub-genres, critical concepts, and rhetorical terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36274/cover/9780521436274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143629X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143629X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preventive Care for Elderly People</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennie, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MQCL4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the concepts of preventive care and health promotion specifically in the context of the elderly. It adopts a broad concept of health and defines a number of goals around this theme. Thereafter it provides a succinct, up-to-the-minute critique of the worth, risks and costs of preventive care and health promotional strategies for older people. A broad range of such strategies are considered including cancer prevention, the prevention of non-cancer health problems and strategies aimed at enhancing functional status and strengthening the social support network. Principles for tailoring these strategies to the varied needs and wishes of elderly people are outlined. Likewise, practical measures are discussed for integrating these preventive strategies into the existing health care system. In particular, the role of screening, case-finding and targeting strategies in primary care are reviewed in detail. The book concludes with a wider look at the cost implications of preventive care for the purchasers of health and health care services.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36298/cover/9780521436298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143632X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143632X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speaking of a Personal God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Philosophical Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Br&#252;mmer, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short work shows how systematic theology is itself a philosophical enterprise. After analysing the nature of philosophical enquiry and its relation to systematic theology, and after explaining how theology requires that we talk about God, Vincent Br&#252;mmer illustrates how philosophical analysis can help in dealing with various conceptual problems involved in the fundamental Christian claim that God is a personal being with whom we may live in a personal relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36328/cover/9780521436328.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Immunity to Parasites</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Parasitic Infections are Controlled</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wakelin, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Parasites cause many important diseases in humans and domestic animals, malaria being an example. Parasites have evolved to exploit hosts' bodies whereas hosts have evolved immune systems to control infections. Host-parasite interactions therefore provide fascinating examples of evolutionary 'arms-races' in which the immune system plays a key role. Modern research in immunoparasitology is directed towards understanding and exploiting the capacity to develop effective anti-parasite immunity. By concentrating on selected infections where research has made significant progress, Immunity to Parasites provides a clear account of how host immune responses operate and how parasites can evade immunity. The experimental basis of this research is emphasised throughout. This completely updated second edition includes an expanded section on anti-parasite vaccines. The text is aimed at undergraduates and postgraduates with interests in either parasitology or immunology and provides introductory sections on these topics to lead the reader into the later chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36359/cover/9780521436359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Welfare Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doel, Hans van den</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velthoven, Ben van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fully revised and updated version of Hans van der Doel's Democracy and Welfare Economics. It presents the economic theory of political decision-making (otherwise knownn as new political economy, or public choice), providing students with an accessible and clear introduction to this important subject. The authors identify four different methods of decision-making by which the political process transforms the demands of individual citizens into government policy and public goods and services: negotiation, majority decision, representations and bureaucratic implementation. These are analysed, in turn, as independent decision-making models whose effectiveness is examined with reference to economic theory. A final chapter draws conclusions from this analysis, arguing that the size of the public sector is a result of forces that work in different directions at different stages of the political process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36373/cover/9780521436373.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Approach to Political Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Locke in Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Approach to Political Philosophy: Locke in Context brings together Professor Tully's most important and innovative statements on Locke in a systematic treatment of the latter's thought that is at once contextual and critical. Each essay has been rewritten and expanded for this volume, and each seeks to understand a theme of Locke's political philosophy by interpreting it in light of the complex contexts of early modern European political thought and practice. These historical studies are then used in a variety of ways to gain critical perspectives on the assumptions underlying current debates in political philosophy and the history of political thought. The themes treated include government, toleration, discipline, property, aboriginal rights, individualism, power, labour, self-ownership, community, progress, liberty, participation, and revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36380/cover/9780521436380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Methodology of Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Or, How Economists Explain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaug, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an examination of the nature of economic explanation. The opening chapters introduce current thinking in the philosophy of science and review the literature on methodology. Professor Blaug then turns to the troublesome question of the logical status of welfare economics, giving the reader an understanding of the outstanding issues in the methodology of economics. This is followed by a series of case studies of leading economic controversies, which shows how controversies in economics may be illuminated by paying attention to questions of methodology. A final chapter draws the strands together and gives the author's view of what is wrong with modern economics. This book is a revised and updated edition of a classic work on the methodology of economics, in which Professor Blaug develops his discussion of the latest developments in macroeconomics, general equilibrium theory and international trade theory. A new section on the rationality postulate is also added.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36786/cover/9780521436786.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Talking Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gamson, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Those who analyze public opinion have long contended that the average citizen is incapable of recounting consistently even the most rudimentary facts about current politics; that the little the average person does know is taken strictly from what the media report, with no critical reflection; and that the consequence is a polity that is ill prepared for democratic governance. And yet social movements, comprised by and large of average citizens, have been a prominent feature of the American political scene throughout American history and have experienced a resurgence in recent years. William Gamson asks, how is it that so many people become active in movements if they are so uninterested and badly informed about issues? The conclusion he reaches in this book is a striking refutation of the common wisdom about the public's inability to reason about politics. Rather than relying on survey data, as so many studies of public opinion do, Gamson reports on his analysis of discussions among small groups of working people on four controversial issues: affirmative action, nuclear power, Arab-Israeli conflict, and the troubles in American industry. Excerps from many of these same issues have been treated in the book. In addition, Gamson analyzes how these same issues have been treated in a range of media material, from editorial opinion columns to political cartoons and network news programs, in order to determine how closely the group discussions mimic media discourse. He finds that the process of opinion formation is more complex than it has usually been depicted and that people condition media information with reflection on their own experience or that of people they know. The discussions transcribed in this book demonstrate that people are quite capable of conducting informed and well-reasoned discussions about issues, and that although most people are not inclined to become actively involved in politics, the seeds of political action are present in the minds of many. With the approptiate stimulation, this latent political consciousness can be activated, which accounts for the continual creation of new social movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36793/cover/9780521436793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cuba</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cuba: A Short History brings together four chapters from Volumes III, V and VII of The Cambridge History of Latin America to provide for scholars, students and general readers a concise history of this important island nation. Contributors, top scholars in the field, trace the political, economic, and social development of Cuba from the middle of the eighteenth century onwards. The concluding chapter, updated for this volume, considers the dilemmas and challenges that Castro's Cuba faces in the wake of the Soviet Union's collapse. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36823/cover/9780521436823.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Biocatalysis Using Enzymes and Microorganisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Nicholas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willetts, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Michael K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory text intended to give the non-specialist a comprehensive insight into the science of biotransformations. The book traces the history of biotransformations, clearly spells out the pros and cons of conducting enzyme-mediated versus whole-cell bioconversions, and gives a variety of examples wherein the bio-reaction is a key element in a reaction sequence leading from cheap starting materials to valuable end-products (such as pharmaceuticals and agrochemicals, fragrances and flavours). Biotransformations involving the hydrolysis of esters, amides and nitriles, the synthesis of esters and amides, reduction and oxidation reactions and carbon-carbon bond-forming systems are discussed. The book finishes with a discussion of some industrially important large-scale bioconversions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36854/cover/9780521436854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521436893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521436893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521436892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Animals Issue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moral Theory in Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521436892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do animals have moral rights? In contrast to the philosophical gurus of the animal rights movement, whose opinion has held moral sway in recent years, Peter Carruthers here claims that they do not. He explores a variety of moral theories, arguing that animals lack direct moral significance. This provocative but judiciously argued book will appeal to all those interested in animal rights, whatever their initial standpoint. It will also serve as a lively introduction to ethics, demonstrating why theoretical issues in ethics actually matter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/36892/cover/9780521436892.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143713X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143713X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rehabilitation Studies Handbook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Barbara A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLellan, D. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative new publication provides a valuable resource for all those involved in the care and rehabilitation of people with disability. A unique feature of the book is its integration of the concepts and principles of rehabilitation with good clinical practice. It encompasses a wealth of material from a broad range of perspectives including social and educational aspects, good management practice, audit evaluation research and statistics. It deals with physical and intellectual disability and spans the range from childhood disability to disablement and rehabilitation in later life and old age. This broad-based but scientifically informed book recognises that breadth of expertise is needed to adequately assess the needs of people with disability and to establish appropriate strategies for their treatment. The volume will be an essential text for MSc students of rehabilitation studies and for other health care professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37134/cover/9780521437134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Recipes in FORTRAN Example Book</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Scientific Computing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Press, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flannery, Brian P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teukolsky, Saul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vetterling, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The example books published as part of the Numerical Recipes second edition series contain source programs that exercise and demonstrate all of the Numerical Recipes subroutines. Each example program contains comments and is prefaced by a short description of what it does. The books contain all of the old material from the original edition as well as new material from the second edition. They will be valuable for readers who wish to incorporate procedures and subroutines into their own source programs. They are available in both FORTRAN and C.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143775X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143775X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superstrings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Everything?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, P. C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Superstring theory is one of the most exciting and actively pursued branches of physics today. The far-reaching claims made for this theory would, if correct, provide the much sought-after Theory of Everything, the unification of physics. It would enable the fundamental building blocks of matter to be identified and amalgamated in a common description, with a unified theory of all the forces of nature. This book explains the theory for laymen, in an introduction to the subject which originated in the BBC Radio programme, Desperately Seeking Superstrings. A clear, concise, non-mathematical explanation of the theory and its profound implications is followed by transcripts of interviews with all the most important physicists involved in its development. Superstrings makes a fascinating topic at the forefront of modern scientific research accessible to physicists, philosophers and general readers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37752/cover/9780521437752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nazism, Fascism and the Working Class</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Timothy W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caplan, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, four of which are published in English for the first time, represents the life's work of the historian Tim Mason, one of the most original and perceptive scholars of National Socialism, who pioneered its social and labour history. His provocative articles and essays, written between 1964 and 1990, exhibit a combination of empirical rigour and theoretical astuteness which made them landmarks in the definition and elaboration of major debates in the historiography of National Socialism. These ten essays collect together Mason's most significant writings, including discussions of the domestic origins of the Second World War, the role of Hitler, and the character of working-class resistance, as well as his pathbreaking study of women under National Socialism, and examples of comparative work on fascism and Nazism. A complete bibliography of his publications is also appended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37875/cover/9780521437875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143789X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143789X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Econometric Analysis of Transition Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lancaster, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents statistical methods for analysis of the duration of events.  The primary focus is on models for single-spell data, events in which individual agents are observed for a single duration. Some attention is also given to multiple-spell data. The first part of the book covers model specification, including both structural and reduced form models and models with and without neglected heterogeneity. The book next deals with likelihood based inference about such models, with sections on full and semiparametric specification. A final section treats graphical and numerical methods of specification testing. This is the first published exposition of current econometric methods for the study of duration data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37899/cover/9780521437899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machiavelli and Mystery of State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Peter S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>241</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Machiavelli and Mystery of State studies the intersection of sacred and secular conceptions of kingship in the Renaissance by documenting in detail six instances of the attempt to connect Machiavelli's thought to an ancient and secret tradition of political counsel, the arcana imperii or mysteries of state. This book illuminates an important and neglected dimension of Machiavelli's powerful influence on Renaissance political discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37905/cover/9780521437905.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Age, Class, Politics, and the Welfare State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pampel, Fred C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This analysis of the growth of welfare spending examines the relative impact of class and status groups versus demographic composition and political structures. Special attention is given to the role of the aged as representative of the importance of ascription and middle-class groups in welfare growth, and to the effect of welfare spending on income inequality. Aggregate cross-national data from the UN, ILO, and the World Bank are analysed and the conclusion is drawn that a large aged population, especially in combination with democratic political processes, is a direct and crucial influence on the level of welfare spending.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37912/cover/9780521437912.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shape of Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Contemporary Cultural Patterns in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blau, Judith R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book systematically examines prevailing cultural patterns in contemporary American society. Using information on several thousands of cultural organisations, including elite ones (such as opera and chamber music companies) and popular cultural ones (such as cinemas and live rock concerts), Professor Blau examines the geography of culture, the changing demands for culture, the interdependencies among cultural organisations of different kinds, the nature of labour markets for artists, and the effects of arts subsidies on nonprofit cultural establishments over a ten year period. One of the major conclusions of the book is that the social conditions that support elite and popular culture are increasingly similar over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37936/cover/9780521437936.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meaning of General Theoretical Sociology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Formalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fararo, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>401</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book sets out a generative structuralist conception of general theoretical sociology; its philosophy, its problems, and its methods. The field is defined as a comprehensive research tradition with many intersecting subtraditions that share conceptual components. The focus is on formalization and unification as processes that can help advance the state of theory today. An integrative philosophy of the field is set out in terms of a process worldview, with a focus on generativity in explanation and a conception of the structure of theories as hierarchical meaning control systems. This philosophy is implemented in two phases. In the first phase, Professor Fararo defines the core problems of theoretical sociology in the context of setting out and illustrating the logic of a nonlinear dynamical social systems framework. A critical analysis of the outcome of this phase then leads, in the second phase, to formal treatments of action principles and structural analysis. A variety of traditions are drawn upon to treat theoretical problems of order and integration, as well as to examine searchingly problems of formalization and unification in theoritical sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37950/cover/9780521437950.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521437962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521437962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521437967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Analysis of Space-Time Singularities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521437967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, C. J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theorems of Hawking and Penrose show that space-times are likely to contain incomplete geodesics. Such geodesics are said to end at a singularity if it is impossible to continue the space-time and geodesic without violating the usual topological and smoothness conditions on the space-time. In this book the different possible singularities are defined, and the mathematical methods needed to extend the space-time are described in detail. The results obtained (many appearing here for the first time) show that singularities are associated with a lack of smoothness in the Riemann tensor. While the Friedmann singularity is analysed as an example, the emphasis is on general theorems and techniques rather than on the classification of particular exact solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/37967/cover/9780521437967.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lower K- and L-theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranicki, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first unified treatment in book form of the lower K-groups of Bass and the lower L-groups of the author. These groups arise as the Grothendieck groups of modules and quadratic forms which are components of the K- and L-groups of polynomial extensions. They are important in the topology of non-compact manifolds such as Euclidean spaces, being the value groups for Whitehead torsion, the Siebemann end obstruction and the Wall finiteness and surgery obstructions. Some of the applications to topology are included, such as the obstruction theories for splitting homotopy equivalences and for fibering compact manifolds over the circle. Only elementary algebraic constructions are used, which are always motivated by topology. The material is accessible to a wide mathematical audience, especially graduate students and research workers in topology and algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38018/cover/9780521438018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planning English Sentences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appelt, Douglas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an investigation into the problems of generating natural language utterances to satisfy specific goals the speaker has in mind. It is thus an ambitious and significant contribution to research on language generation in artificial intelligence, which has previously concentrated in the main on the problem of translation from an internal semantic representation into the target language. Dr. Appelt's approach, based on a possible-worlds semantics of an intensional logic of knowledge and action, enables him to develop a formal representation of the effects of illocutionary acts and the speaker's beliefs about the hearer's knowledge of the world. The theory is embodied and illustrated in a computer system, KAMP (Knowledge and Modalities Planner), described in the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38032/cover/9780521438032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German National Socialism and the Quest for Nuclear Power, 1939-49</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This a paperback edition of Professor Walker's full-scale examination of the German efforts to harness the economic, military and political power of nuclear fission between 1939 and 1949. The book explains clearly, in terms that the non-specialist can understand, what was involved in the Germans' quest, and in what ways the German scientists succeeded or failed in the development of 'the bomb'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38049/cover/9780521438049.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corpus Christi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Eucharist in Late Medieval Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubin, Miri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies later medieval culture [c. 1150-1500] through its central symbol: the eucharist. From the twelfth century onwards the eucharist was designed by the Church as the foremost sacrament. The claim that this ritual brought into presence Christ's own body, and offered it to believers, underpinned the sacramental system and the clerical mediation upon which it depended. The book explores the context in which the sacramental world was created and the cultural processes through which it was disseminated, interpreted and used. With attention to the variety of eucharistic meanings and practices - in procession on the feast of Corpus Christi, devotions, prayers, drama, in dissent, abuse and doubt - the author reveals and considers ways in which a religious culture is used as a language for the articulation of order and power, as well as for the most private explorations. The book moves from the 'design' of the eucharist in the twelfth century to its re-design in the sixteenth - a story of the emergence of a symbol, its use and interpretation and final transformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38056/cover/9780521438056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Connecting Cognition and Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, E. Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCauley, Robert N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an ambitious attempt to develop a cognitive approach to religion. Focusing particularly on ritual action, it borrows analytical methods from linguistics and other cognitive sciences. The authors, a philosopher of science and a scholar of comparative religion, provide a lucid critical review of established approaches to religion, and make a strong plea for the combination of interpretation and explanation. Often represented as competitive approaches, they are rather, complementary, equally vital to the study of symbolic systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38063/cover/9780521438063.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropology of Numbers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crump, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numbers are an important feature of almost all known cultures. In this detailed anthropological study, Thomas Crump examines how people from a wide range of diverse cultures, and from different historical backgrounds, use and understand numbers. By looking at the logical, psychological and linguistic implications, he analyses how numbers operate within different contexts. The author goes on to consider the relationship of numbers to specific themes, such as ethnoscience, politics, measurement, time, money, music, games and architecture. The Anthropology of Numbers is an original contribution to scholarship, written in a clear and accessible style. It will be of interest to anthropologists who study cognition, symbolism, primitive thought and classification, and to those in adjacent disciplines of psychology, cognitive science and mathematical social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38070/cover/9780521438070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optimal Experience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychological Studies of Flow in Consciousness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Csikszentmihalyi, Isabella Selega</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What constitutes enjoyment of life? Optimal Experience offers a comprehensive survey of theoretical and empirical investigations of the 'flow' experience, a desirable or optimal state of consciousness that enhances a person's psychic state. The authors show the diverse contexts and circumstances in which flow is reported in different cultures, and describe its positive emotional impacts. They reflect on ways in which the ability to experience flow affects work satisfaction, academic success, and the overall quality of life</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38094/cover/9780521438094.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143811X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143811X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Volcanoes of North America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States and Canada</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Charles Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kienle, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volcanoes of North America capitalises on the vast body of volcano literature now available to present, in a single source, detailed information about volcanoes found in North America. It contains brief accounts, written by leading experts in volcanology, of over 250 volcanoes and volcanic fields formed during the last 5 million years. The volcanoes of the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, and Canada are described. The precise location of each volcano is given, and the volcano is classified by type. Information about composition and eruptive history is also included. Each narrative description is accompanied by a photograph, a map of each location, and an extremely helpful statement on how to reach each volcano. The entries are mostly written at a level understandable by lay readers, but technical terms are also used and a background in geology is advantageous. Volcanoes of North America will be a standard reference work for practising volcanologists, petrologists, and geochemists, and to some extent, geographers. In addition, the maps and the 'How to get there' sections make this a highly valuable book for anyone interested in natural history or fascinated by volcanoes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38117/cover/9780521438117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stanley Baldwin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conservative Leadership and National Values</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stanley Baldwin (1867-1947) is one of the most significant modern British politicians, but also one of the most controversial and puzzling. As Conservative leader and three times prime minister, Baldwin presided over the beginning of his party's long twentieth-century dominance. He did so in new and difficult conditions: the onset of modern democratic politics, the rise of Labour, chronic economic depression, the General Strike, persistent newspaper attacks, imperial discontent, the Abdication, and the threats from Mussolini and Hitler. This book provides an understanding of Baldwin's career, including a serious analysis of the moral and intellectual influences of his early life. Its main concerns are the investigation of a Conservative mind, and its communication with the various audiences that constituted the political nation. This is not a conventional biography, but rather an examination of the nature of political leadership, Conservative politics and 'national values'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38124/cover/9780521438124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Social History of Britain, 1750-1950</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, F. M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baber, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garside, P. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howell, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whilst in certain quarters it may be fashionable to suppose that there is no such thing as society historians have had no difficulty in finding their subject. The difficulty, rather, is that the advance has occurred through such an outpouring of research and writing that it is hard for anyone but the specialist to keep up with the literature or grasp the overall picture. In these three volumes, as is the tradition in Cambridge Histories, a team of specialists has assembled the jigsaw of recent monographic research and presented an interpretation of the development of modern British society since 1750, from three complementary perspectives: those of regional communities, of the working and living environment, and of social institutions. Each volume is self-contained, and each contribution, thematically defined, contains its own chronology of the period under review. Taken as a whole they offer an authoritative and comprehensive view of the manner and method of the shaping of society in the two centuries of unprecedented demographic and economic change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38162/cover/9780521438162.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judges, Legislators and Professors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chapters in European Legal History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Judges, legislators and professors one of the world's foremost legal historians shows how and why continental and common law have come to diverge so sharply. Using ten specific examples he investigates the development of European law, not as the manifestation of certain ideological and intellectual trends, but as largely the result of power struggles between the judiciary, the legislators, and legal scholars, each representing certain political and social ambitions. Now available in paperback, Judges, legislators and professors provides an historical introduction to continental law which is readily accessible to readers familiar with the common law tradition and vice-versa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38179/cover/9780521438179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Weak Chaos and Quasi-Regular Patterns</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaslavski&#238;, Georgin Moiseevich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagdeev, R. Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Usikov, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernikov, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagdeeva, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, the first in the Cambridge Nonlinear Science Series, presents the fundamentals of chaos theory in conservative systems, providing a systematic study of the theory of transitional states of physical systems which lie between deterministic and chaotic behaviour. The authors' treatment of transitions to chaos, the theory of stochastic layers and webs, and the numerous applications of this theory, particularly to pattern symmetry, will make the book of importance to scientists from many disciplines.The authors have been meticulous in providing a detailed presentation of the material, enabling the reader to learn the necessary computational methods and to apply them in other problems. The inclusion of a significant amount of computer graphics is also an important aid to understanding. The final section of the book contains a fascinating collection of patterns in art and living nature. The book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in physics and mathematics who are interested in problems of chaos, irreversibility, statistical mechanics and theories of spatial patterns and symmetries. The perhaps unconventional links between chaos theory and other topics make the book particularly interesting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38285/cover/9780521438285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaotic Behaviour of Deterministic Dissipative Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marek, Milos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schreiber, Igor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a graduate text surveying both the theoretical and experimental aspects of chaotic behaviour. Over the course of the past two decades it has been discovered that relatively simple, deterministic, nonlinear mathematical models that describe dynamic phenomena in various physical, chemical, biological and other systems yield solutions which are aperiodic and depend very sensitively on the initial conditions. This phenomenon is known as deterministic chaos. The authors present chaos as a model of many seemingly random processes in nature. Basic notions from the theory of dynamical systems and bifurcation theory, together with the properties of chaotic solutions, are then described and are illustrated by examples. A review of the numerical methods used both in studies of mathematical models and in the interpretation of experimental data is also provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38308/cover/9780521438308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arab Predicament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Arab Political Thought and Practice since 1967</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ajami, Fouad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How have Arab political ideas and institutions evolved since the 1967 War? How have the Arabs contended with the external influences to which their wealth has exposed them? What are the implications of the rise of Islamic fundamentalism? Fouad Ajami seeks to answer these and related questions in his illuminating study of the constraints and possibilities facing the Arab world today. The book documents the political and intellectual response to the defeat of 1967 and surveys the choices facing the Arab world as exemplified by the case of Egypt. It seeks to explain the resurgence of Islamic fundamentalism and locates its roots in the failures of the dominant political order, and the stalemate of secular political ideas. This revised edition of Ajami's acclaimed study has been updated and renews the book's status as an indispensable guide to the politics of the Arab world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38339/cover/9780521438339.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moral Aspects of Legal Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Law, Justice, and Political Responsibility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyons, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Lyons is one of the pre-eminent philosophers of law active in the United States. This volume comprises essays written over a period of twenty years in which Professor Lyons outlines his fundamental views about the nature of law and its relation to morality and justice. The underlying theme of the book is that a system of law has only a tenuous connection with morality and justice. Contrary to those legal theorists who maintain that no matter how bad the law of a community might be, strict conformity to existing law automatically dispenses 'formal' justice, Professor Lyons contends that the law must earn the respect that it demands. Moreover, we cannot, as some would suggest, interpret law in a value-neutral manner. Rather courts should interpret statutes, judicial precedents, and constitutional provisions in terms of values that would justify those laws. In this way officials can promote the justifiability of what they do to people in the name of law, and can help the law live up to its moral pretensions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38353/cover/9780521438353.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making and Breaking Governments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cabinets and Legislatures in Parliamentary Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laver, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shepsle, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Making and Breaking Governments offers a theoretical argument about how parliamentary parties form governments, deriving from the political and social context of such government formation its generic sequential process. Based on their policy preferences, and their beliefs about what policies will be forthcoming from different conceivable governments, parties behave strategically in the game in which government portfolios are allocated. The authors construct a mathematical model of allocation of ministerial portfolios, formulated as a noncooperative game, and derive equilibria. They also derive a number of empirical hypotheses about outcomes of this game, which they then test with data drawn from most of the postwar European parliamentary democracies. The book concludes with a number of observations about departmentalistic tendencies and centripetal forces in parliamentary regimes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38360/cover/9780521438360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052143842X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052143842X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Ecology, Evolution and Systematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boxshall, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>371</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dynamic nature of science and scientific progress has required a completely revised, updated and expanded version of this hugely successful book, which remains the most wide-ranging and comprehensive dictionary for the study of natural history in its broadest sense. There are over 11,000 entries, providing a working dictionary for students, teachers, researchers and others having an interest within the broad arena of biodiversity studies. The coverage cuts across classical disciplines (botany, zoology, bacteriology, mineralogy, palaeontology, etc.), focusing particularly on concepts, strategies and methodologies. New information in the book reflects major scientific developments, hence special attention is given to terminology relating to molecular techniques and to terminology generated by recent initiatives in the study of biological diversity and global climate change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38421/cover/9780521438421.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking World History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Europe, Islam and World History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodgson, Marshall G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is the history of the modern world the history of Europe writ large? Or is it possible to situate the history of modernity as a world historical process apart from its origins in Western Europe? In this posthumous collection of essays, Marshall G. S. Hodgson challenges adherents of both Eurocentrism and multiculturalism to rethink the place of Europe in world history. He argues that the line that connects Ancient Greeks to the Renaissance to modern times is an optical illusion, and that a global and Asia-centred history can better locate the European experience in the shared histories of humanity. Hodgson then shifts the historical focus and in a parallel move seeks to locate the history of Islamic civilisation in a world historical framework. In so doing he concludes that there is but one history - global history - and that all partial or privileged accounts must necessarily be resituated in a world historical context. The book also includes an introduction by the editor, Edmund Burke, contextualising Hodgson's work in world history and Islamic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38445/cover/9780521438445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Reforms in New Democracies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Social-Democratic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pereira, Luiz Carlos Bresser</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maravall, Jos&#233; Mar&#237;a</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assesses differing experiences of the transition to democracy in the countries of Southern Europe, Latin America and Eastern Europe. The authors try to determine what the conditions for successful transitions are. They argue against the 'big bang' approach, espoused by many advisors to reforming countries, on the grounds that this approach bypasses the newly formed institutions of democracy and, ultimately, may undermine the necessary consensus to support painful economic reforms. The most successful reforms, they argue, have been those agreed upon through a process of democratic negotiation. A new democracy must offer politically important groups incentives to process their demands within the democratic institutional framework; otherwise, their support will be tenuous and the system may collapse under the strains incurred by painful economic reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38452/cover/9780521438452.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deaf Children and their Families</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newson, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the republication of a study originally entitled The Deaf Child and his Family which was a landmark in the study of early deafness. Dr Gregory's work, based on interviews with 122 mothers of deaf children under the age of six years, parallels that already done with hearing children and investigates with the same methodology the ways in which deaf children develop, change and are changed by their home and their wider environment. The book describes the everyday life of young deaf children and their families, looks at the deaf child's activities and their daily routine and considers the support and advice given to the parents during the child's early years. This republication, and the addition of a new introduction, coincides with the publication of Dr Gregory's follow-up longitudinal study of the same cohort of families in Deaf Young People and their Families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38476/cover/9780521438476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Cosmology and the Dark Matter Problem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sciama, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how modern cosmology and astronomy have led to the need to introduce dark matter in the universe. Some of this dark matter is in the familiar form of protons, electrons and neutrons, but most of it must have a more exotic form. The favoured, but not the only, possibility is neutrinos of non-zero rest mass, pair-created in the hot big bang and surviving to the present day. After a review of modern cosmology, this book gives a detailed account of the author's recent theory in which these neutrinos decay into photons which are the main ionising agents in hydrogen and nitrogen in the interstellar and intergalactic medium. This theory, though speculative, explains a number of rather different puzzling phenomena in astronomy and cosmology in a unified way and predicts values of various important quantities such as the mass of the decaying neutrino and the Hubble constant. Written by a cosmologist of the first rank, this topical book will be essential reading to all cosmologists and astrophysicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38483/cover/9780521438483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exercises in Fourier Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>K&#246;rner, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For physicists, engineers and mathematicians, Fourier analysis constitutes a tool of great usefulness. A wide variety of the techniques and applications of the subject were discussed in Dr K&#246;rner's highly popular book, Fourier Analysis. Now Dr K&#246;rner has compiled a collection of exercises on Fourier analysis that will thoroughly test the understanding of the reader. They are arranged chapter by chapter to correspond with Fourier Analysis, and for all who enjoyed that book, this companion volume will be an essential purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38490/cover/9780521438490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Labor, and Ideology in the Early American Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlins, Christopher L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Law, Labor, and Ideology in the Early American Republic is a fundamental reinterpretation of law and politics in America between 1790 and 1850, the crucial period of the Republic's early growth and its movement toward industrialism. The book is the most detailed study yet available of the intellectual and institutional processes that created the foundation categories framing all the basic legal relationships involving working people at work. But it also brings out the political and social significance of those categories, and of law's role in their creation. Tomlins argues that it is impossible to understand outcomes in the interaction between law and labor during the early Republic unless one also understands the pre-eminence that legal discourse was assuming at the time in American society as a whole, and the particular social and political reasons for that pre-eminence. Because of the breadth and novelty of its interpretation this is a book not just for those interested in the history of law or the history of labor, but for anyone interested in the broadstream of American political and social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38575/cover/9780521438575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leading Economic Indicators</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Approaches and Forecasting Records</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lahiri, Kajal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Geoffrey H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Developed fifty years ago by the National Bureau of Economic Research, the analytic methods of business cycles and economic indicators enable economists to forecast economic trends by examining the repetitive sequences that occur in business cycles. The methodology has proven to be an inexpensive and useful tool that is now used extensively throughout the world. In recent years, however, significant new developments have emerged in the field of business cycles and economic indicators. This volume contains twenty-two articles by international experts who are working with new and innovative approaches to indicator research. They cover advances in three broad areas of research: the use of new developments in economic theory and time-series analysis to rationalise existing systems of indicators; more appropriate methods to evaluate the forecasting records of leading indicators, particularly of turning point probability; and the development of new indicators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38582/cover/9780521438582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Aspects of Religious Symbolism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyer, Pascal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How are religious ideas presented, acquired and transmitted? Confronted with religious practices, anthropologists have typically been content with sociological generalizations, informed by vague, intuitive models of cognitive processes. Yet the modern cognitive theories promise a fresh understanding of how religious ideas are learnt; and if the same cognitive processes can be shown to underlie all religious ideologies, then the comparative study of religions will be placed on a wholly new footing. The present book is a contribution to this ambitious programme. In closely focused essays, a group of anthropologists debate the particular nature of religious concepts and categories, and begin to specify the cognitive constraints on cultural acquisition and transmission.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38704/cover/9780521438704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Foundations of Natural History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards an Anthropology of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atran, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is it about human nature that makes our  species capable of thinking scientifically? Inspired by the debate he set up between Noam Chomsky and Jean Piaget, Scott Atran traces the development of Natural History from Aristotle to Darwin, and demonstrates how the science of plants and animals has emerged from common conceptions of folk biology. The author proceeds not only from the more traditional philosophical, historical, or sociological perspectives, but from a point of view which he considers to be more basic and necessary to all of these: that of cognition. He applies a 'cognitive' perspective to an explanation of the successive scientific incarnations, transformations, and mutations of what Hume called 'mankind's original stock of ideas'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38711/cover/9780521438711.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Progression and Regression in Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociocultural, Neuropsychological and Linguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyltenstam, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viberg, Ake</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>501</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This crosslinguistic collection looks at changes and developments in language involving gain or loss in structural complexity or utility. The dynamics of these processes of progression and regression are examined at the societal and the individual level, and the two are compared.  In the former, the focus is on the social and cultural forces that influence groups of speakers to create new languages or abandon old ones. In the latter, the acquisition and attrition of both first and second languages are considered. Questions raised include: Can parallel structural patterning be observed in whole languages and in the individual's version of a language? Is there parallelism between progression and regression? Can changes occurring in progression and regression be interpreted in a typological framework? These are addressed from sociological, neuropsychological, and linguistic perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38742/cover/9780521438742.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to American Realism and Naturalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Howells to London</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pizer, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion examines a number of issues related to the terms realism and naturalism. The introduction seeks both to discuss the problems in the use of these two terms in relation to late nineteenth-century fiction and to describe the history of previous efforts to make the terms expressive of American writing of this period. The Companion includes ten essays which fall into four categories: essays on the historical context of realism and naturalism by Louis Budd and Richard Lehan; essays on critical approaches to the movements since the early 1970s by Michael Anesko, essays on the efforts to expand the canon of realism and naturalism by Elizabeth Ammons; and a full-scale discussion of ten major texts, from W. D. Howell's The Rise of Silas Lapham to Jack London's The Call of the Wild, by John W. Crowley, Tom Quirk, J. C. Levenson, Blanche Gelfant, Barbara Hochman, and Jacqueline Tavernier-Courbin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38766/cover/9780521438766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Theology and History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plant, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Politics, Theology and History is a major new book by a prominent academic and an active politician. It ranges widely across the disciplines of theology, political theory and philosophy and poses acute questions about the basic moral foundations of liberal societies. Lord Plant focuses on the role that religious belief can and ought to play in argument about public policy in a pluralistic society. He examines the potential political implications of Christian belief and the ways in which it may be deployed in political debate. The book discusses the place of religious belief in the formation of policy and asks what issues in modern society might be the legitimate objects of a Christian social and political concern. This important study of the relationship between religion and politics will be of value to students, academics, politicians, church professionals, policy makers and all concerned with the moral fabric of contemporary life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/33204/cover/9780521433204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Transformation in Eastern Europe and the Distribution of Income</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson, Anthony Barnes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Micklewright, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Who gains and who loses from economic transformation in Eastern Europe is a key question, but one which is too rarely discussed. This book examines the evidence about distribution of income under Communism in Eastern Europe. Contrary to popular impressions, a great deal of information exists about distribution of income and household earnings in Czechoslovakia, Hungary and Poland. With glasnost much material previously kept secret in the USSR has been made available. The book contains extensive statistical evidence that has not previously been assembled on a comparative basis, and brings the story right up to the end of Communism. The findings bring out the differences in experience between countries under Communism: between Central Europe and the former Union; between Czechoslovakia, Hungary and Poland; and between the newly independent states of the former Soviet Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38827/cover/9780521438827.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decisions with Multiple Objectives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Preferences and Value Trade-Offs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keeney, Ralph L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raiffa, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many of the complex problems faced by decision makers involve multiple conflicting objectives. This book describes how a confused decision maker, who wishes to make a reasonable and responsible choice among alternatives, can systematically probe his true feelings in order to make those critically important, vexing trade-offs between incommensurable objectives. The theory is illustrated by many real concrete examples taken from a host of disciplinary settings. The standard approach in decision theory or decision analysis specifies a simplified single objective like monetary return to maximise. By generalising from the single objective case to the multiple objective case, this book considerably widens the range of applicability of decision analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38834/cover/9780521438834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Rabbit Run</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trachtenberg, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Still John Updike's most popular and critically acclaimed novel, Rabbit Run introduced the character of Harry 'Rabbit' Angstrom, one of those middle-class Americans who, in Updike's words, aren't 'especially beautiful or bright or urban' but about whom there is a lot worth saying. The fallible hero struggles with his own sexuality, his religious feelings, the difficulties of being a son and father, and with the changes in American society that seem to suffocate him. Updike's writing is charged with narrative energy and pictorial accuracy that illuminate the present moment; it evokes the tension between the drab compromises we are forced to make with age and the religious mystery that sustains us. Written by a distinguished group of international scholars, these essays examine both the technical mastery and thematic range that make Updike's work one of the most significant achievements in modern American fiction and one that continues to provoke fresh critical insight.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38841/cover/9780521438841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521438853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521438853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521438858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Government 1572-1651</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521438858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuck, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophy and Government is a major new contribution to our understanding of European political theory which will challenge the perspectives in which political thought is understood. Framed as a general account of the period between 1572 and 1651 it charts the formation of a distinctively modern political vocabulary, based upon arguments of political necessity and raison d'etat in the work of the major theorists. Whilst Dr Tuck pays detailed attention to Montaigne, Grotius, Hobbes and the theorists of the English Revolution, he also reconsiders the origins of their conceptual vocabulary in humanist thought - particularly scepticism and stoicism - and its development and appropriation during the revolutions in Holland and France. This book will be welcomed by all historians of political thought and those interested in the development of the idea of the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/38858/cover/9780521438858.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Holography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles, Techniques and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hariharan, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and greatly expanded edition of what has become one of the best known introductions to the principles, techniques and applications of optical holography. Where necessary, existing sections have been updated, and two new chapters have been added. After presenting the theory of holographic imaging and the various types of holograms, practical aspects of holography are then covered, as are the production of holograms for display, colour holography and computer generated holograms. A variety of the applications of holography are then discussed in detail, such as high resolution imaging, information storage and processing, vibration analysis, and holographic interferometry. Containing more than 1000 selected references, this book will be invaluable to anyone wishing to learn more about optical holography, as well as to established researchers and engineers in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39657/cover/9780521439657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gaskinetic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gombosi, Tamas I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gaskinetic Theory is an introductory text on the molecular theory of gases and on modern transport theory. It is suitable for upper division undergraduates in physics and first year graduate students in aerospace engineering, upper atmospheric science and space research. The first part introduces basic concepts, including the distribution function, classical theory of specific heats, binary collisions, mean free path, and reaction rates. Transport theory is used to express coefficients such as viscosity and heat conductivity in terms of molecular properties. The second part of the book covers advanced transport theory. Generalised transport equations are derived from the Boltzmann equation. The Chapman-Enskog and the Grad methods are discussed to obtain higher order transport equations for low density gases. The aerodynamics of solid bodies is explored and the book concludes with the kinetic description of shock waves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39664/cover/9780521439664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Risk and Protective Factors in the Development of Psychopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rolf, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masten, Ann S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicchetti, Dante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>N&#252;chterlein, Keith H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weintraub, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important volume presents a definitive review of the origins and implications of developmental psychopathology and what has been learned about the phenomenon of psychosocial resilience in diverse populations at risk. Chapters by distinguished investigators in clinical psychology, psychiatry, and child development, many of whose work led to the new developmental model of psychopathology, provide a unique review of research on vulnerability and resistance to disorder spanning from infancy to adulthood. The volume is a tribute to Professor Norman Garmezy, a pioneer in developmental psychopathology and a renowned researcher of resilience in children at risk. Highlighted throughout the volume is Professor Garmezy's theme that it is as important to understand successful outcomes as it is to study pathology in the search for better treatments and the prevention of developmental behavioural problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39725/cover/9780521439725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory and Experiment in Gravitational Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Will, Clifford M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revised edition of a classic and highly regarded book, first published in 1981, describing the status of theory and experiment in general relativity. The book provides all the necessary theoretical background, and covers all the important experimental tests. A new chapter has been added to cover recent important experimental tests, and the bibliography has been brought right up to date. Reviews of the previous edition: ' ... consolidates much of the literature on experimental gravity and should be invaluable to researchers in gravitation ...' Science  ' ... a concise and meaty book ... and a most useful reference work ... researchers and serious students of gravitation should be pleased with it ...' Nature</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39732/cover/9780521439732.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Noise, Noise Sensitivity and Psychiatric Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Epidemiological and Psychophysiological Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stansfeld, Stephen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>54</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph reports on two important studies of noise sensitivity. They are a six-year follow-up study of a group of highly noise-sensitive and low noise-sensitive women and a longitudinal study examining changes in noise sensitivity with recovery from depression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise History of the University of Cambridge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leedham-Green, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise, illustrated history of the University of Cambridge, from its thirteenth-century origins to the present day, is the only book of its kind in print and is intended as a standard introduction for anyone interested in one of the world's greatest academic institutions. Many individuals are celebrated here who have exerted great influence upon developments within the University and beyond. But forces for change have often come from outside the University, from central government or from the aspirations and expectations of society at large. One of the prime objectives of this book is to describe how the university has reacted to, or resisted, these external pressures. At the same time it conveys an impression of the day-to-day experiences of students and their teachers and administrators over the University's 700-year history. Major university institutions, such as the University Press and the University Library, are also described briefly. The book contains many attractive and often unusual illustrations, of subjects ranging from medieval manuscripts to the striking new building projects of the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39787/cover/9780521439787.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Impulse to Philosophise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, A. Phillips</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What impulses lead us to ask philosophical questions and pursue philosophical enquiry? In a series of stimulating essays fourteen distinguished thinkers examine philosophy and their own engagement with it. Titles such as 'How philosophers (who lose their faith) redefine their subject', 'Philosophical plumbing', 'Putting into order what we already know' and 'Is philosophy a 'theory of everything'?' indicate the range of topics and the lively and provocative ways in which they are tackled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chile since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chile Since Independence brings together four chapters from Volumes III, V and VIII of The Cambridge History of Latin America to provide in a single volume an economic, social, and political history of Chile since independence. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39879/cover/9780521439879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Argentina since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Argentina Since Independence brings together seven chapters from Volumes III, V and VIII of The Cambridge History of Latin America to provide in a single volume an economic, social, and political history of Argentina since independence. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39886/cover/9780521439886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discourse Structure and Anaphora</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Written and Conversational English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Barbara A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Barbara Fox's thoughtful study examines the use of anaphora in both written and spoken discourse. Any treatment of anaphora must consider the hierarchical of its source texts-type. Texts may be produced and heard or read linearly, but they are designed and understood hierarchically. Discourse Structure and Anaphora goes beyond the information processing concerns of cognitive science to assess the critical role played in all text-types by social, interactional and affective factors. It also considers the fact that texts are organised by socially accepted conventions. Using conversation analysis and rhetorical structure analysis, this book looks at the distribution of pronouns and full noun phrases in three different genres of English, taking data from naturally occurring face-to-face and telephone conversations, small newspaper and magazine articles and a psychoanalytic biography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39909/cover/9780521439909.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Centuries of Byzantium, 1261-1453</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicol, Donald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Byzantine Empire, fragmented and enfeebled by the Fourth Crusade in 1204, never again recovered its former extent, power and influence. Its greatest revival came when the Byzantines in exile reclaimed their capital city of Constantinople in 1261 and this book narrates the history of this restored empire from 1261 to its conquest by the Ottoman Turks in 1453. First published in 1972, the book has been completely revised, amended, and in part rewritten, with its source references and bibliography updated to take account of scholarly research on this last period of Byzantine history carried out over the past twenty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39916/cover/9780521439916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supervenience and Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Philosophical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Jaegwon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sosa, Ernest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jaegwon Kim is one of the most pre-eminent and most influential contributors to the philosophy of mind and metaphysics. This collection of essays presents the core of his work on supervenience and mind with two sets of postscripts especially written for the book. The essays focus on such issues as the nature of causation and events, what dependency relations other than causal relations connect facts and events, the analysis of supervenience, and the mind-body problem. A central problem in the philosophy of mind is the problem of explaining how the mind can causally influence bodily processes. Professor Kim explores this problem in detail, criticises the nonreductionist solution of it, and offers a modified reductionist solution of his own. Both professional philosophers and their graduate students will find this an invaluable collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39961/cover/9780521439961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>With Malice toward Some</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How People Make Civil Liberties Judgments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marcus, George E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Theiss-Morse, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Sandra L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With Malice toward Some: How People Make Civil Liberties Judgments addresses an issue integral to democratic societies: how people faced with a complex variety of considerations decide whether or not to tolerate extremist groups. Relying on several survey-experiments, Marcus, Sullivan, Theiss-Morse, and Wood identify and compare the impact on decision making of contemporary information, long-standing predispositions, and enduring values and beliefs. Citizens react most strongly to information about a group's violations of behavioral norms and information about the implications for democracy of the group's actions. The authors conclude that democratic citizens should have a strong baseline of tolerance yet be attentive to and thoughtful about current information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39978/cover/9780521439978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521439981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521439981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521439985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Grand Army of Black Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Letters from African-American Soldiers in the Union Army 1861-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521439985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redkey, Edwin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Civil War stands vivid in the collective memory of the American public. There has always been a profound interest in the subject, and specifically the participation of black Americans in and reactions to the war and the war's outcome. Almost 200,000 African-American soldiers fought for the Union in the Civil War. Although most were illiterate ex-slaves, several thousand were well-educated, free black men from the northern states. The 176 letters in this collection were written by black soldiers in the Union army during the Civil War to black and abolitionist newspapers. They provide a unique expression of the black voice that was meant for a public forum. The letters tell of the men's experiences, their fears and their hopes. They describe in detail their army days - the excitement of combat and the drudgery of digging trenches. Some letters give vivid descriptions of battle; others protest against racism; still others call eloquently for civil rights. Many describe their conviction that they are fighting not only to free the slaves but to earn equal rights as citizens. These letters give an extraordinary picture of the war and also reveal the bright expectations, hopes, and ultimately the demands that black soldiers had for the future - for themselves and for their race. As first-person documents of the Civil War, the letters are strong statements of the American dream of justice and equality, and of the human spirit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/39985/cover/9780521439985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insect Migration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tracking Resources through Space and Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drake, V. Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gatehouse, A. Gavin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Migration is a key process in the population dynamics of many insects, including some of the most damaging pests. Multidisciplinary research into the importance of migration, in recent decades, has produced many new insights. This book reviews current understanding of the ecological, behavioural, physiological and genetic bases of insect migration. The first part describes migration systems in Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and America, with an emphasis on the role of regional weather and climate. The second part considers insects adaptation to migration; it covers: aerodynamics and energetics; the integration of migration in insect life cycles; environmental and genetic regulation of migratory potential; and the evolutionary implications of habitat heterogeneity and variability. The book then addresses the application of this knowledge to operational pest forecasting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40004/cover/9780521440004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hard to Swallow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Brief History of Food</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>You are what you eat, or are you? What is in food? Where does it come from? Richard Lacey, Professor of Microbiology at Leeds University and a popular media critic on food issues, takes the reader on a culinary exploration into the world of food. Blending science and humour, Richard Lacey stimulates us to question the future, to think about the nature of what we eat and where it comes from. Professor Lacey is on the side of the consumer, you and I, as he reveals the sinister sides of food production and the dangers lurking in the kitchen.The reader is served up with a feast of practical tips on the handling of food. But food is fun too! Our taste buds work overtime as we are shown how to enjoy food that is both delicious, healthy and safe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40011/cover/9780521440011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Outer Reaches of Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postgate, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Postgate, one of Britain's leading microbiologists, uses the variegated life-styles of microbes to illustrate the enormous potential of life on this planet. Since the dawn of life on Earth, the world has been gradually transformed by living things into a comfortable home for plants, animals and ourselves. But many harsh and seemingly inhospitable places remain, and it is the inhabitants of such places, mainly invisible microbes, that reveal the remarkable potential and resilience of life. How do microbes survive, even flourish, in superheated water or supercooled brine; at enormous pressures; without air; amid poisons? And what part do, and did, they play in making the Earth hospitable? Illustrated by charming vignettes, and free of technical language and diagrams, The Outer Reaches of Life  provides new clues to the origin and evolution of terrestrial life and offers a glimpse of how life might have established itself elsewhere in the universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40103/cover/9780521440103.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Digestive System in Mammals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Food Form and Function</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chivers, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langer, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>However well the anatomy of the gastro-intestinal tracts of a wide range of mammals is described and quantified, there can be no real explanation of observed patterns without consideration of the mechanical and chemical properties of the food consumed, and of the digestive stages involved in its processing. This book aims to integrate findings from the many different types of investigations of mammalian digestive systems into a coherent whole. Using the themes of food, form and function, researchers discuss models of digestive processes, linking this with evolutionary aspects of food utilisation. Macroscopic and ultrastructural studies of the gastro-intestinal tract are also presented, as are physiological, ecological and biochemical aspects of the digestion of different food types. The book ends with an integrative chapter, bringing together the themes running through the earlier sections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40165/cover/9780521440165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finance and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Issues and Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giovannini, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Progress towards economic and monetary union in Western Europe has highlighted the importance of regional policies, while events in Eastern Europe have focused attention on the role of finance in development and may lead to a substantial diversion of capital flows. This volume from the Centre for Economic Policy Research addresses the relationships between growth, convergence, and capital market imperfections. Theoretical papers shed light on the debates over the role of financial structure in economic development and the scope for government intervention to promote regional development. Highly topical empirical papers examine the relationship between international lending and economic development in a historical perspective; the experience of regional policies in the European Community, and of financial liberalization in high-growth East Asian economies; and the development of financial markets in Eastern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40172/cover/9780521440172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440181</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hungary: An Economy in Transition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szekely, Istvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newbery, David M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The economic transformation of Hungary has reached a critical stage. Hungary has succeeded in attracting foreign capital, and has achieved its first current account surplus in convertible currency since 1984, despite upheavals, but the privatization process has reached a crucial stage. It is clear that it will be a lengthy and difficult process, with significant repercussions for the future of the economy and profound social and welfare consequences. This book presents some of the local arguments and perceptions informing the debate, and critical examination of these ideas from an international panel of scholars. The chapters address privatization; financial, tax and legal systems; integration into the international financial and monetary systems; labour markets, unemployment and the social safety net; and the political economy of the current economic transformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40189/cover/9780521440189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144019X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144019X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adjustment and Growth in the European Monetary Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torres, Francisco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giavazzi, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Maastricht Treaty, signed in December 1991, set a timetable for the European Community's economic and monetary union (EMU) and clearly defined the institutional policy changes necessary for its achievement. Subsequent developments have demonstrated, however, the importance of many key issues in the transition to EMU that were largely neglected at the time. This volume reports the proceedings of a joint CEPR conference with the Banco de Portugal, held in January 1992. In these papers, leading international experts address the instability of the transition to EMU, the long-run implications of monetary union and the single market for growth and convergence in Europe. They also consider the prospects for inflation and fiscal convergence, regional policy and the integration of financial markets and fiscal systems. Attention focuses on adjustment mechanisms with differentiated shocks, region-specific business cycles and excessive industrial concentration and the cases for a two-speed EMU and fiscal federalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40196/cover/9780521440196.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade Flows and Trade Policy after '1992'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winters, L. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The completion of the European Community's single-market programme will stimulate the European economy and affect the rest of the world principally through its effects on trade among EC member states and on the Community's external trade. Although there has been much discussion of the effects of '1992' on international trade, there has been relatively little detailed analysis of the issues involved. This volume offers a major re-appraisal of the effect of completing the EC's single-market programme on trade among EC member states and also on the Community's external trade. Individual chapters assess the effects of '1992' on competition if transport costs and taste differences remain; detailed case-studies show that integration has complex effects on trade flows and prices and stress the importance of devising a satisfactory international trade policy for the completed market; other chapters estimate the elasticities of demand for imports.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144022X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144022X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atomic and Ion Collisions in Solids and at Surfaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Simulation and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the application of computer simulation and theory in the study of the interaction of energetic particles (&lt; 1 eV to the MeV range) with solid surfaces. The authors describe methods which are applicable both to hard collisions between nuclear cores of atoms down to soft interactions, where chemical effects or long-range forces dominate. In surface science, potential applications include surface atomic structure determination using ion scattering spectroscopy or element analysis using SIMS or other techniques that involve depth profiling. Industrial applications include optical or hard coating deposition, ion implantation in semiconductor device manufacture or nanotechnology. Plasma-sidewall interaction in fusion devices may also be studied using the techniques described. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers, both academic and industrial, in surface science, semiconductor engineering, thin-film deposition and particle-surface interactions, in departments of physics, chemistry and electrical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20305/cover/9780521020305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Duality and Perturbation Methods in Critical Point Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ghoussoub, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The calculus of variations has been an active area of mathematics for over 300 years. Its main use is to find stable critical points of functions for the solution of problems. To find unstable values, new approaches (Morse theory and min-max methods) were developed, and these are still being refined to overcome difficulties when applied to the theory of partial differential equations. Here, Professor Ghoussoub describes a point of view that may help when dealing with such problems. Building upon min-max methods, he systematically develops a general theory that can be applied in a variety of situations. In so doing he also presents a whole array of duality and perturbation methods. The prerequisites for following this book are relatively few; an appendix sketching certain methods in analysis makes the book reasonably self-contained. Consequently, it should be accessible to all mathematicians, pure or applied, economists and engineers working in nonlinear analysis or optimization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40257/cover/9780521440257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manipulation on Trial</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Analysis and the Hunt Silver Case</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Jeffrey C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The unprecedented rise and fall in silver's price during 1979 and 1980 resulted in charges against the Hunt brothers of Dallas of monopolization and market manipulation, charges which led to a lengthy trial. This book focuses on the economic analysis used at this trial. Drawing upon interviews with the judge, jury, attorneys and expert witnesses (the author having so served), it investigates the elusive definition of manipulation in sophisticated markets, the difficulties of interpreting statistical evidence, the imprecision in calculating damages, the hidden assumptions behind inferences concerning intent, and the hazards introduced when economic analysis enters complex litigation. The author concludes that these problems induce courtroom procedures to oversimplify the economic analysis and cause the law on market manipulation to be created retroactively. Yet the failure lies not with the legal institutions but with the futures exchanges who had not developed in advance the rules to minimize large-scale trading during the unusual price moves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40288/cover/9780521440288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Population History of the Huron-Petun, A.D. 500-1650</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warrick, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Population History of the Huron-Petun, A.D. 500-1650, reconstructs the population history of the Wendat-Tionontat&#233; (Huron-Petun) people using archaeological, paleodemographic, historical, and epidemiological research. This book argues that the Wendat-Tionontat&#233; occupied southern Ontario for thousands of years and that maize agriculture was gradually adopted by groups who were not experiencing population pressure, but who were simply interested in supplementing their hunting, gathering, and fishing diet with a reliable food that could also be stored to avert winter famine deaths. The book demonstrates that gradual population growth followed the adoption of maize agriculture, but that rapid population growth did not occur until the fourteenth century, encouraged by the colonization of new lands. The book also documents and explains why epidemic diseases of European origin did not occur among the Wendat-Tionontat&#233; and other Native peoples of eastern North America until the 1630s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40301/cover/9780521440301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Riemann Approach to Integration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Local Geometric Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pfeffer, Washek F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a detailed and mostly elementary exposition of the generalised Riemann-Stieltjes integrals discovered by Henstock, Kurzweil, and McShane. Along with the classical results, it contains some recent developments connected with lipeomorphic change of variables and the divergence theorem for discontinuously differentiable vector fields. Defining the Lebesgue integral in Euclidean spaces from the McShane point of view has a clear pedagogical advantage: the initial stages of development are both conceptually and technically simpler. The McShane integral evolves naturally from the initial ideas about integration taught in basic calculus courses. The difficult transition from subdividing the domain to subdividing the range, intrinsic to the Lebeque definition, is completely bypassed. The unintuitive Caratheodory concept of measurability is also made more palatable by means of locally fine partitions. Although written as a monograph, the book can be used as a graduate text, and certain portions of it can be presented even to advanced undergraduate students with a working knowledge of limits, continuity and differentiation on the real line.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40356/cover/9780521440356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Henry David Thoreau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myerson, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Henry David Thoreau is intended as an accessible guide to reading and understanding the works of Thoreau. Presenting essays by a distinguished array of contributors, the Companion is a valuable resource for historical and contextual material, whether on early writings like A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers, on the monumental Walden, or on his assorted journals and later books. It also serves in some ways as a biographical guide, offering new insights into his turbulent publishing career, and his brief but extraordinarily original life. In short, the Companion helps the reader come to Thoreau's writings, as he would say, 'deliberately and reservedly' by suggesting how Thoreau uses language, how his biography informs his writing, how personal and historical influences shaped his career, and how his writings function as literary works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40370/cover/9780521440370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Cultural Reckonings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Triptych of Russian, American and Canadian Texts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelfant, Blanche H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blanche H. Gelfant's book Cross-Cultural Reckonings both demonstrates and questions the applicability of postmodern cultural and literary theories to realistic texts - to fiction and autobiographies valued for their truth. Drawing together an unusual combination of Russian, American and Canadian writers, the various essays of this book provide original perspectives upon the puzzling issues of national identity, of historical change and continuity, of gender and the integrity of literary genres, the boundaries between text and context and the underlying if overlooked conflicts between the post-modern critic's scepticism and a writer's belief in the transcendence of art and truth. These writers are discussed singly and in comparative essays, each of which is discrete and self-contained, while all interconnect and reflect upon each other as exemplary demonstrations of cross-cultural literary criticism and the deferred final judgement that results from a weighing and reweighing of books.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40387/cover/9780521440387.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Mathematics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Laboratory Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breuer, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zwas, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical Mathematics is a unique textbook which presents rudimentary numerical mathematics in conjunction with computational laboratory assignments. No previous knowledge of calculus or linear algebra is presupposed, and thus the book is tailor-made for undergraduate students, as well as prospective mathematics teachers. The material in the book emphasises algorithmic aspects of mathematics, which are made viable through numerical assignments, in which the traditional 'chalk-and-talk' lecturer turns, in part, into a laboratory instructor. The book is not a numerical methods book, containing ready-made computational recipes. Rather, it guides the student to create the algorithm required for any given assignment - expressed in whichever programming language is used - on the basis of the underlying mathematics. The computational assignments cover iterative processes, area approximations, solution of linear systems, acceleration of series summation, interpolative approximations, and construction of computer-library functions. Throughout the book, strong emphasis is being put upon vital concepts such as error bounds, precision control, numerical efficiency, computational complexity, as well as round off errors and numerical stability. It is the authors' belief that the material presented in this book is part and parcel of the mathematical foundations that should be acquired by a student in the microcomputer era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40400/cover/9780521440400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rochester</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poems in Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorm&#228;hlen, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reputation of John Wilmot, second Earl of Rochester, as a rake has imparted an air of dilettantism to his poetry. By contrast, Rochester: The Poems in Context emphasizes his sharp, restless intellect, a more powerful driving force in his poems than the sensual appetites stressed by previous critics. Marianne Thorm&#228;hlen uncovers his familiarity with, and sly allusions to, events and leading characters in Restoration politics; his awareness of trends in science, theology and philosophy; his acute representations of contemporary mores; and his commitment to high standards in literary craftsmanship. A more complex picture of Rochester emerges: that of a serious artist tackling major issues during a particularly turbulent period in English history. Alongside its literary analyses, the book offers insights into late seventeenth-century culture: religious discord, the position of women scholars and poets, military matters, statecraft and foreign affairs under Charles II, and developments in philosophy and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40424/cover/9780521440424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Empson: Essays on Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Empson, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haffenden, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of William Empson's essays on Elizabethan and Jacobean drama is the second volume of his writings on Renaissance literature. Edited with an introduction by the leading Empson scholar John Haffenden, the contents range from famous essays on The Spanish Tragedy, Volpone, The Alchemist and The Duchess of Malfi to a sprightly piece on Elizabethan spirits. In addition, there are previously unpublished essays which revisit critical controversies, and a magnificent, provocative study of A Midsummer Night's Dream which ventures a major new reading of the play. 'I am attracted by the notion of a hearty indifference to one's own and other people's feelings, when a fragment of the truth is in question,' Empson stated. The incomparable Empson here fights his own critical corner with unequalled zest, intelligence and insight.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40448/cover/9780521440448.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music in the German Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sources, Styles, and Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kmetz, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of fourteen essays, written by an eminent group of scholars, explores the musical culture of the German-speaking realm between c.1450 and 1600. The essays demonstrate the important role played by German speakers in the development of instrumental music in the Renaissance, the shaping of the curricula of musical education in the modern age, in setting patterns of musical patronage, in establishing congregational singing in churches, and in developing commercial music printing. The essays shed new light on the music that flourished at Imperial and ducal courts, universities, parish churches, collegiate schools, as well as the homes of prosperous merchants. The volume thus provides an overview of German polyphonic music in the age of Gutenberg, D&#252;rer and Luther and documents the changing social status of music in Germany during a crucial epoch of its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40455/cover/9780521440455.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>To Rule Jerusalem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedland, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hecht, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Compelling historical and ethnographic account of the twentieth-century struggle for Jerusalem. The volume examines how Jerusalem is doubly divided, on the one hand between Israelis and Palestinians, each of whom ground their national identities in the city, as well as within each nation between those who put primacy in the democratic decisions of their nations and those who would yield to a higher divine law. Professors Friedland and Hecht explore how Jerusalem has figured as a battleground in conflicts over the relation between Zionism and Judaism and between Palestinian nationalism and Islam. Based on hundreds of interviews with powerful players and ordinary citizens over the course of a decade, this book evokes the ways in which these conflicts are experienced and managed in the life of the city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40462/cover/9780521440462.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture and Commerce of the American Short Story</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Culture and Commerce of the Short Story is a cultural and historical account of the birth and development of the American short story from the time of Poe. It describes how America - through political movements, changes in education, magazine editorial policy and the work of certain individuals - built the short story as an image of itself and continues to use the genre as a locale within the realm of art where American political ideals can be rehearsed, debated and turned into literary forms. While the focus of this book is cultural, individual authors such as Edgar Allan Poe and Edith Wharton are examined as representative of the phenomenon. As part of its project, this book also contains a history of creative writing and the workshop dating back a century. Andrew Levy makes a strong case for the centrality of the short story as a form of art in American life and provides an explanation for the genre's resurgence and ongoing success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40578/cover/9780521440578.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Weber's Protestant Ethic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Origins, Evidence, Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmann, Hartmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roth, Guenther</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>411</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The historical relationship between Protestantism, capitalism, and democracy remains one of the most controversial intellectual themes of out time. Max Weber's famous thesis about the link between the 'Protestant ethic' and the 'spirit of capitalism' and its dissolution in his own era has been both widely acclaimed and heatedly disputed since its publication in 1904-5. This volume, the result of an international, interdisciplinary effort, throws new light on the intellectual and cultural background of Weber's work, debates recent criticism of Weber's thesis, and confronts new historical insight on the 17th century with Weber's interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40622/cover/9780521440622.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Past Renewed</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of German-Speaking Refugee Historians in the United States after 1933</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Past Renewed portrays the generation of German-speaking refugee historians who settled in the United States after fleeing Hitler's Europe. Bio-bibliographical entries on eighty-eight refugee historians document their scholarly contributions, historical interests, and impact on the American historical profession after 1945. Besides material on noted historians of modern Europe such as Felix Gilbert, Hajo Holborn, and Hans Rosenberg, the catalogue includes information on many other historians influential in the fields of Jewish history, Renaissance history, the history of Roman and canon law, Chinese history, and the history of medicine. A Past Renewed provides a valuable reference work for scholars interested in the academic emigration from Nazi Germany, historiographical developments in the United States in the postwar era, the collective contribution of refugee historians to the American historical profession, and the lives and works of individual refugee historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40639/cover/9780521440639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of Justification</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Audi, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers by one of the foremost philosophers in epistemology transcends two of the most widely misunderstood positions in philosophy - foundationalism and coherentism. Audi proposes a distinctively moderate, internalist foundationalism that incorporates some of the virtues of both coherentism and reliabilism. He develops important distinctions between positive and negative epistemic dependence, substantively and conceptually naturalistic theories, dispositional beliefs and dispositions to believe, episodically and structurally inferential beliefs, first and second order internalism, and rebutting as opposed to refuting scepticism. These contrasts are applied not only to rational belief, but to rational action and the rationality of desires and intentions. The overall position is a pluralist, moderately rationalistic, internalist theory of justification and a partly externalist conception of knowledge. However, by virtue of offering a theory of rationality as well as an account of knowledge and justified belief, it will interest philosophers of ethics, science, and the social sciences and teachers and students of epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40646/cover/9780521440646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Karl Marx's Theory of Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torrance, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marx's undeveloped ideas about how society presents a misleading appearance which distorts its members' understanding of it have been the subject of many conflicting interpretations. In this book John Torrance takes a fresh, un-Marxist approach to Marx's texts and shows that a more precise, coherent and cogent sociology of ideas can be extracted from them than is generally allowed. The implications of this for twentieth-century capitalism and for recent debates about Marx's conceptions of justice, morality and the history of social science are explored. The author argues that Marx's theory of ideas is sufficiently independent of other parts of his thought to provide a critique and explanation of those defects in his own understanding of capitalism which allowed Marxism itself to become, by his own definition, an ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40660/cover/9780521440660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144067X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144067X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A South African Kingdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pursuit of Security in Nineteenth-Century Lesotho</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eldredge, Elizabeth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Basotho kingdom emerged and consolidated in the dramatic and dangerous environment of nineteenth-century South Africa. Elizabeth Eldredge provides a rich description of local agriculture, iron-working and craft industries, bringing out the resourceful responses of the Basotho to the challenges of drought and famine, and explaining the dynamics of the competition for land. During the colonial period, regional economic integration increasingly influenced local production, land use and internal politics, and drew the Basotho into the regional migrant labour system. Throughout these turbulent years, the overriding interest of the Basotho was the pursuit of security. Dr Eldredge analyzes the epic struggle which bound together rich and poor, chiefs and commoners, and men and women in a largely successful effort to sustain this fragile and innovative society in the face of political threats and environmental challenges.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40677/cover/9780521440677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dickens and the Daughter of the House</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schor, Hilary M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminist criticism has not been kind to Charles Dickens. The characters George Orwell referred to as 'legless angels' - Little Nell, Agnes Wickfield, Esther Summerson and others - have been conjured as evidence of Dickens' inability to create 'real' women. Critics wishing to rescue him have turned to the dark, angry women - Nancy, Lady Dedlock, Miss Wade - who disrupt the calm surface of some of Dickens' novels. In this book Hilary M. Schor argues that the role of the good daughter is interwoven with that of her angry double in Dickens' fiction, and is the centre of narrative authority in the Dickens' novel. As the good daughters must leave their father's house and enter the world of the marketplace, they transform and rewrite the stories they are empowered to tell. The daughter's uncertain legal status and her power of narrative gave Dickens a way of reading and writing his own culture differently.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40769/cover/9780521440769.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Self-Transformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Christian Conversion Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stromberg, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social scientists have long been fascinated by the Christian conversion, a form of religious experience that believers say both strengthens their faith and changes their lives. This study looks at the performance of conversion narratives and argues that the performance itself is central to the efficacy of the conversion. Through detailed analysis of a number of conversion narratives, Peter Stromberg shows how these narratives can be understood as a form of ritual, in which believers invoke central emotional conflicts and then attempt to resolve these conflicts by reframing them in terms of the language of Evangelical Christianity. Although the Christian conversion narrative is used as the primary example, the approach in this book also illuminates other practices - such as psychotherapy - in which people deal with emotional conflict through language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40776/cover/9780521440776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chasing Progress in the Irish Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideology, Democracy and Dependent Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobsen, John Kurt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the political causes and consequences of economic policy in Ireland, and addresses many key debates in political economy and development studies. As a former colony and small, economically dependent nation with durable democratic institutions, the Republic of Ireland shares many of the economic problems of the Third World, and the political structures of the First World. Like many Latin American and East Asian nations, Ireland abandoned autarky in the late 1950s in favour of free trade and 'industrialisation by innovation', but by the 1980s was seeking a new development arrangement as the costs of this strategy became apparent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66202/cover/9780521466202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism, Mass Culture and Professionalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strychacz, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Modernism, Mass Culture and Professionalism Thomas Strychacz argues that modernist writers need to be understood both in their relationship to professional critics and in their relationship to an era and ethos of professionalism.  In studying four modernist writers - Henry James, Theodore Dreiser, John Dos Passos and Nathanael West - Strychacz finds that contrary to what most studies suggest, modernist writers (in the period of 1880-1940) are thoroughly caught up in the ideas and expressive forms of mass culture rather than opposed to them. Despite this, modernist writers seek to distinguish their ideas and styles from mass culture, particularly by making their works esoteric. In doing so, they are reproducing one of the main tenets of all professional groups, which is to gain social authority by forming a community around a difficult language inaccessible to the public at large. Finally Strychacz explores his own world of academia and observes that the work of professional critics in the university reproduces the strategies of modernist writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40790/cover/9780521440790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ronald Reagan in Hollywood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Movies and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughn, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ronald Reagan in Hollywood explores the relationship between the motion picture industry and American politics through the prism of Reagan's film career at Warner Bros. During the Depression, World War II, and the early Cold War era, the film industry served as a 'grand, world-wide propaganda base' using movies to influence attitudes about patriotism, national defence, communism, the welfare state, race, sex, and civil liberties. Ronald Reagan thrived in this environment. During his years in Hollywood from 1937 to 1952 he formed many of the ideas which were later carried into his presidency. Not merely a star, Reagan also became an articulate industry spokesperson and skilled propagandist, playing an important role in the battle to 'capture the minds' of humanity in the struggle against communism. By the time he left Warner Bros. in 1952, Reagan had abandoned his New Deal liberalism and had become a militant anti-communist. Based on hundreds of interviews (including some with Reagan himself), formerly secret FBI files, and material from more than 150 archival collections, this is the most comprehensive book on this subject to date, providing incisive analysis of Reagan's formative years in Hollywood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40806/cover/9780521440806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modality, Morality and Belief</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Ruth Barcan Marcus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinnott-Armstrong, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raffman, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modality, morality and belief are among the most controversial topics in philosophy and few philosophers have shaped these debates as deeply as Ruth Barcan Marcus. Inspired by her work, a distinguished group of philosophers explore these issues, refine and sharpen arguments and develop fresh positions on such topics as possible worlds, moral dilemmas, essentialism and the explanation of actions by beliefs. This 'state-of-the-art' collection honours one of the most rigourous and iconoclastic of philosophical pioneers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40820/cover/9780521440820.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>West African Slavery and Atlantic Commerce</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Senegal River Valley, 1700-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searing, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>West African societies were transformed by the slave trade, even in regions where few slaves were exported. While many books have been written on the import and export trade and on warrior predation, Dr Searing's concern is with the effects of the Atlantic slave trade on the societies of the Senegal river valley in the eighteenth century. He shows that the growth of the Atlantic trade stimulated the development of slavery within West Africa. Slaves worked as seamen in the river and coasting trades, produced surplus grain to feed slaves in transit, and sometimes came to hold pivotal positions in the political structure of the coastal kingdoms of Senegambia. This local slave system had far-reaching consequences, leading to religious protest and slave rebellions. The changes in agricultural production fostered an ecological crisis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40837/cover/9780521440837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry as an Occupation and an Art in Britain, 1760-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Peter T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Murphy's book examines the tension between the material, economic pressures motivating poetry as an occupation, and traditional notions of the forces of literary history defining poetry as an art. It focuses on five writers in the Romantic period: James MacPherson, Robert Burns, James Hogg, Walter Scott, and William Wordsworth. The first four are Scottish; the economic and linguistic status of Scotland during the period makes its writers especially interesting as examples of poetic ambition. Murphy's study then crosses the border into England, offering a new perspective on Wordsworth's poetic ambition and career. Murphy's engagement throughout with the ballad revival yields fresh insights into some major concerns of the Romantic period: the interest in the primitive and the simple, experiments with poetic form, the problematics of loss, and the emergence of a new literary culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40851/cover/9780521440851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nielsen: Symphony No. 5</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fanning, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>135</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After the death of Mahler in 1911 the great Austro-German symphonic line was carried on mainly in England, America, Scandinavia and Russia. The Fifth Symphony of Carl Nielsen, Denmark's greatest composer, was composed in 1921-2. David Fanning discusses its place within the symphonic tradition since Beethoven, revealing the personal background to the work and taking full account of the extensive Danish commentaries, including the composer's own, which are given in English for the first time. In an absorbing analysis of the music he lays bare the origins of its images of inertia, anxiety and collapse in Nielsen's tone poems and incidental music for the theatre. New insights are offered into the symphony's 'progressive tonality' and its relationship to traditional structural models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40882/cover/9780521440882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transition of Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain's Loss of Global Pre-eminence to the United States, 1930-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKercher, Brian J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses one of the least understood issues in modern international history: how, between 1930 and 1945, Britain lost its global pre-eminence to the United States. The crucial years are 1930 to 1940, for which until now no comprehensive examination of Anglo-American relations exists. Transition of Power analyses these relations in the pivotal decade, with an epilogue dealing with the Second World War after 1941. Britain and the United States, and their intertwined fates, were fundamental to the course of international history in these years. Professor McKercher's book dissects the various strands of the two powers' relationship in the fifteen years after 1930 from a British perspective - economic, diplomatic, naval and strategic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40905/cover/9780521440905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521440947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521440947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521440943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shaping a Post-Soviet Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521440943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Graeme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slider, Darrell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Soviet system has undergone a dramatic transformation: from communist monopoly to multiparty politics, from marxism to competing values, from centralisation to fragmentation, and from state ownership to a mixed economy. This book, by three of the West's leading scholars of Soviet and post-Soviet affairs, traces the politics of transition in the late 1980s and early 1990s from its origins to its uncertain post-communist future. The authors analyse the full impact of transition on official and popular values, central and local political institutions, the post-Soviet republics, the CPSU and the parties which replaced it, and political communication. Detailed but clearly and accessibly written, The Politics of Transition provides an ideal guide to the changes that have been taking place in the politics of the newly-independent nations that together constitute a sixth of the world's land surface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/40943/cover/9780521440943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Crisis and Third World Agriculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Role of Agriculture in Economic Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, Ajit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tabatabai, Hamid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, derived from a workshop on 'Macroeconomic policies and rural development' held at the ILO in December 1989, assesses the changing role of agriculture in economic development against the background of world economic crisis and the response to it through structural adjustment programmes. Following an introductory chapter which sets the scene, the four studies in the first part of the book deal with the effects of world economic crisis on agrarian development at the global level, as well as in the three major developing regions of the world: Africa, Asia and Latin America. The second part consists of two studies which are concerned with the longer-term issues in relation to agricultural change and economic development. This volume will help to generate fresh perspectives on the role of agriculture in economic development during the crucial decade of the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41018/cover/9780521441018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ending the Terror</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Revolution after Robespierre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baczko, Bronislaw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petheram, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ending the Terror makes accessible a major revisionist assessment of a crucial moment in the history of the French Revolution. The months that followed the fall of Robespierre in July 1794 mark not only a turning point in the history of the Revolution: 'Thermidor' is also a symbolic moment which came to haunt the subsequent revolutions of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. By this date the Terror as a system of power was discredited, and the engineers of the Terror were confronting the problem of how to dismantle it without repudiating the aims of the Revolution itself and its work. Professor Baczko analyses the Terror in detail through the political history of the French National Assembly, and also looks at the broader issues of the political culture of Revolutionary France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41056/cover/9780521441056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Inventor in the Garden of Eden</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laithwaite, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eric Laithwaite takes the reader on a guided tour through the mysteries of invention, stopping off to examine the laws of nature and engineering. He shows how many of our inventions are based on designs which were evolved by the natural world over millions of years. In fact we learn that the natural world has often found more efficient answers than ourselves to taxing engineering problems. The shapes and sizes of both natural and man-made objects are largely dictated by the size and weight of the Earth and by the properties of materials. An Inventor in the Garden of Eden crosses many boundaries; the author discusses natural history and engineering, religion, economics and cosmology. He also deals with such fundamental topics as habit, experience, wisdom and civilisation. This book dispells the myths surrounding the belief that human inventions are superior to anything that evolution has produced in the living world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41063/cover/9780521441063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chopin: The Piano Concertos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rink, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chopin's E minor and F minor Piano Concertos played a vital role in his career as a composer-pianist. Praised for their originality and genius when he performed them, the concertos later attracted censure for ostensible weaknesses in form, development and orchestration. They also suffered at the hands of editors and performers, all the while remaining enormously popular. This handbook re-evaluates the concertos against the traditions that shaped them so that their many outstanding qualities can be fully appreciated. It describes their genesis, Chopin's own performances and his use of them as a teacher. A survey of their critical, editorial and performance histories follows, in preparation for an analytical 're-enactment' of the music - that is, a narrative account of the concertos as embodied in sound, rather than in the score. The final chapter investigates Chopin's enigmatic 'third concerto', the Allegro de concert. Chopin: The Piano Concertos has won the Wilk Book Prize for Research in Polish Music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41094/cover/9780521441094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture and Art of Southern India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vijayanagara and the Successor States 1350-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Michell provides a pioneering and richly illustrated introduction to the architecture, sculpture and painting of southern India under the Vijayanagara empire and the states that succeeded it. This period, encompassing some four hundred years, from the fourteenth to the eighteenth centuries, was endowed with an abundance of religious and royal monuments which remain as testimonies to the history and ideology behind their evolution. The author evaluates the legacy of this artistic heritage, describing and illustrating buildings, sculptures and paintings that have never been published on before. In a previously neglected area of art history, he presents an original and much-needed reassessment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41100/cover/9780521441100.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Transmission and Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dryden and Other Writers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miner, Earl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brady, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>175</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dryden's writings are studded with names, conspicuously those of his literary predecessors and contemporaries. He defined himself as a writer in relation to other writers, and in doing so was something of a pioneer professional man of letters: poet, playwright, critic, prose stylist, England's foremost verse translator, the first literary historian to provide a conception of periods, and what would now be termed a comparatist. This book looks at Dryden's literary relationships with Ben Jonson and with French authors (notably Corneille), at issues raised by the work thought to be his greatest by Romantic and contemporary readers, Fables Ancient and Modern; and at Samuel Johnson's definition of Dryden, whose biography in Johnson's Lives was the author's favourite. The book has implications for questions of literary reception, influence and intertextuality, as well as for the reputation and context of Dryden himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32018/cover/9780521032018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Project of Prose in Early Modern Europe and the New World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fowler, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greene, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What were the possibilities of prose as a literary medium in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries? And how did it operate in the literary and social world? The Project of Prose in Early Modern Europe and the New World brings together ten essays by leading scholars of the literatures of England, Spain, France, Italy, Portugal, and the colonial Americas, to answer these questions in wide-ranging ways. Several of the essays shed light on landmark prose works of the period; some discuss what lesser-known writings reveal about the medium; others move between the literary and the non-literary to reflect on the medium's intersections with history, fiction, subjectivity, the state, science and other aspects of social and cultural life. Overall, this collection will provoke an international reconsideration of the remarkable visibility and diversity of the medium of prose in the early modern period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38706/cover/9780521038706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144117X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144117X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulation and the Revolution in United States Farm Productivity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Sally H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the 1930s when the government began active regulation, U.S. agriculture has undergone a revolution in productivity. Sally Clarke explains how government activity, from support for research to price supports and farm credit programs, created a climate favorable to rapid gains in productivity. Farmers in the Corn Belt delayed purchases of the tractor, the most important agricultural technology, despite the cost savings it promised. Tractor purchases required large sums of cash at a time when families faced unstable prices and unattractive credit markets. The New Deal inadvertently changed this investment climate. Regulation stabilized prices, introduced new sources of credit, and caused tool manufacturers and private creditors to revise their business strategies. Competitive farmers took advantage of these new conditions to invest in expensive technology and achieve new gains in productivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41179/cover/9780521441179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144120X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144120X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Habermas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441209</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jurgen Habermas is unquestionably one of the foremost philosophers writing today. His notions of communicative action and rationality have exerted a profound influence within philosophy and the social sciences. This volume examines the historical and intellectual contexts out of which Habermas' work emerged, and offers an overview of his main ideas, including those in his most recent publication. Amongst the topics discussed are his relationship to the Frankfurt School of critical theory and Marx, his unique contributions to the philosophy of the social sciences, the concept of 'communicative ethics', and the critique of post-modernism. New readers and non-specialists will find this the most convenient, accessible guide to Habermas currently available. Advanced students will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Habermas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41209/cover/9780521441209.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Philosophical Shiism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Isma'ili Neoplatonism of Abu Ya'qub al-Sijistani</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Paul E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ismailis, among whom are the followers of the Aga Khan, rose to prominence during the fourth Islamic/tenth Christian century. They developed a remarkably successful intellectual programme to sustain and support their political activities, promoting demands of Islamic doctrine together with the then newly imported sciences from abroad. The high watermark of this intellectual movement is best illustrated in the writings of the Ismaili theoretician Abu Ya&#180;qub al-Sijistani. Using both published and manuscript writings of al-Sijistani that have hitherto been largely hidden, forgotten or ignored, Dr Paul Walker reveals the scholar's major contribution to the development of philosophical Shiism. He analyses his role in the Ismaili mission (da'wa) of that time and critically assesses the major themes in his combination of philosophy and religious doctrine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41292/cover/9780521441292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Journal Publishing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meadows, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Journal publishing involves such a variety of disciplines and types and levels of expertise, that a comprehensive professional guide is essential. Journal Publishing not only covers the questions those new to the business will need to ask, but also addresses the implications of new production and publication technologies which will be useful to even the most experienced journal publisher and editor/academic. Based on, and extending, the highly successful Journal Publishing: Principles and Practice (1987), this book covers all aspects of journal production, from editing, design, marketing and list management to electronic publication. An appendix covers tendering for journals; includes addresses of publishers' and editors' associations; provides a glossary of terms and acronyms, and a bibliography - making the book an indispensable desk-reference for all academic journal editors, contributors and publishers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41377/cover/9780521441377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planetary Overload</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Global Environmental Change and the Health of the Human Species</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMichael, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The human species faces many threats to its health - perhaps to its survival. Taking an interesting perspective, Planetary Overload forcefully points out the consequences to human health of ongoing degradation of Earth's ecosystems. In a broad-based, accessible analysis, A. J. McMichael examines ecological disruptions - land degradation, ozone depletion, temperature increases, and loss of genetic diversity through the extinction of species, among others - and compellingly demonstrates their potentially disastrous results, including food shortages, new and intensified disease patterns, rising seas, mass refugee problems, and cancers, blindness, and immune suppression from increased ultraviolet radiation. While other books on the subject analyse only the environmental impact of these problems, McMichael relates each of these insidious processes back to its ultimate impact on human health. He thoroughly considers these problems within a broad evolutionary, biological, social, and economic context, and also explores the underlying problems contributing to environmental breakdown, especially the relations between the world's rich and poor. This book will be of interest to environmentalists, public health professionals, policy makers, environmental studies and human ecology scholars, and anyone wishing a lucid, rational assessment of today's pressing ecological concerns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41384/cover/9780521441384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Mobilization in Mexico</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Teachers' Movement 1977-87</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foweraker, Joe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the process of popular mobilisation in contemporary Mexico through the experience of the country's most important popular organisation - the teachers' movement. It creates a distinctive perspective on Mexican politics and makes an interesting contribution to the study of popular or 'social' movements. This in-depth study of a popular movement in Latin America provides a richly detailed account of its organisation, leadership, strategic choices, and factional divisions. Through its innovative methods, which produce an unusual and compelling blend of fact and theory, the book uncovers the motivations and mechanisms of popular mobilization, as well as explaining its interactions with national politics in Mexico and beyond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41476/cover/9780521441476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144151X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144151X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Out of the Sixties</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Storytelling and the Vietnam Generation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a highly original study, David Wyatt takes a broad, yet personal, look at the cultural legacy of the sixties through ten creative figures who came of age during the Vietnam War. Wyatt argues that it is each artist's 'personal engagement' with his own era that binds together the achievements of storytellers such as filmmaker George Lucas, songwriter Bruce Springsteen, playwright Sam Shepard, journalist Michael Herr, writers Ann Beattie, Alice Walker, Ethan Mordden, Sue Miller, and poets Gregory Orr and Louise Gluck. For some their work is marked by the war and concerned directly with it;  in others, Vietnam represents the prevailing counterculture sensibility often associated with the sixties.  Out of the experience new voices emerge - from Michael Herr's landmark invention of a new journalistic voice in his Vietnam War reporting to Bruce Springsteen's tapping of the working class decline in postwar America. The thread that ties the various genres and visions together and that which constitutes Wyatt's own critical aesthetic, is the centrality of the personal response and the seamlessness, therefore, of identity and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41513/cover/9780521441513.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partisan Politics in the Global Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geoffrey Garrett challenges the conventional wisdom about the domestic effects of the globalization of markets in the industrial democracies: the erosion of national autonomy and the demise of leftist alternatives to the free market. He demonstrates that globalization has strengthened the relationship between the political power of the left and organized labour and economic policies that reduce market-generated inequalities of risk and wealth. Moreover, macroeconomic outcomes in the era of global markets have been as good or better in strong left-labour regimes ('social democratic corporatism') as in other industrial countries. Pessimistic visions of the inexorable dominance of capital over labour or radical autarkic and nationalist backlashes against markets are significantly overstated. Electoral politics have not been dwarfed by market dynamics as social forces. Globalized markets have not rendered immutable the efficiency-equality trade-off.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41544/cover/9780521441544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Vegetative State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Medical Facts, Ethical and Legal Dilemmas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jennett, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The strange and harrowing sight of a person being awake but unaware with no evidence of a working mind - the characteristics of the vegetative state - provokes intense debate and raises profound questions for health professionals, ethicists, philosophers and lawyers. This unique account by an unrivalled expert in the field, who himself collaborated in coining the term 'persistent vegetative state', surveys the medical, ethical and legal issues that surround this controversial topic. The medical definition and criteria for diagnosis are discussed, as are its frequency and causes, and possible outcomes. Ethical arguments discussed include the conflict between sanctity of life and respect for the autonomy and best interests of the victim, and between killing and letting die. Legal issues are explored with details of landmark court cases from the USA, Britain and elsewhere. This well-informed and carefully constructed account will be a benchmark for medical specialists, ethicists, lawyers and philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41582/cover/9780521441582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama and Ideology in Modern Israel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abramson, Glenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A large number of political plays have been written in Israel over the past fifty years, and they are  perceived, by audiences and critics alike, as major interventions in the country's ongoing political debates; the result is that Israeli drama is at the centre of many public controversies. In this first full-length study of Israeli political drama Glenda Abramson shows that during the early years of the State of Israel most of its intellectuals were identified with the 'official' state interpretation of Zionism. After the Six-Day War in 1967 an influential group of playwrights, concerned with the evolution of Zionist ideology in the modern nation state, began to question the ethical basis of Zionism. Hanokh Levin, Yehoshua Sobol, Yosef Mundi, Miriam Kainy, Amos Kenan and others have gone on to examine Zionism as it affects contemporary Israeli society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41599/cover/9780521441599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protestantism in Contemporary China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chan, Kim-Kwong</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study investigates the historical and political conditions which have contributed to the state of the Protestant community in China, and the kinds of spirituality and religious life that it has evolved. The authors draw on extensive fieldwork, and offer fascinating insights into the beliefs and practices of a little-documented section of Chinese society. They show that healing, protection, and vengeance by gods have been deep-rooted elements of Chinese religiosity for several hundred years, notions appropriated by Christians who now emphasize the powers of Jesus. Chinese Protestantism is seen to result from an interesting blend of the old and the new, and comparative material is adduced which sets Protestantism side by side with Catholicism and Buddhism, the two religions in China of comparable scope. A wide range of sources are utilized by the authors, and these lead to one of the most complete and detailed surveys of Christianity in China ever produced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41612/cover/9780521441612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scandinavian Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Evangelical Movement to Institutionalisation of Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grell, Ole Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Martin Luther's protest began making an impact in Scandinavia in the 1520s, this region belonged to the religious and political periphery of Europe. A century later the Nordic countries had become of paramount importance to European Protestantism, and it was the intervention of Lutheran Scandinavia in the Thirty Years' War which helped secure the survival of European Protestantism. This volume describes how the Nordic countries came to be solidly Lutheran states by the early seventeenth century; how the evangelical movements differed and succeeded, and the different pace of reform and its institutionalisation. It offers a revisionist view of the role of the Catholic Church in Scandinavia, and its attempts to halt the reformation, and demonstrates the difficulties facing the new Lutheran churches trying to convert a conservative, peasant population to Protestantism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41629/cover/9780521441629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality and Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Warren Quinn was widely regarded as a moral philosopher of remarkable talent. This collection of his most important contributions to moral philosophy and the philosophy of action has been edited for publication by Philippa Foot. Quinn laid out the foundations for an anti-utilitarian moral philosophy that was critical of much contemporary work in ethics, such as the anti-realism of Gilbert Harman and the neo-subjectivism of Bernard Williams. Quinn's own distinctive moral theory is developed in the discussion of substantial, practical moral issues. For example, there are important pieces here on the permissibility of abortion, the justification (if any) of punishing criminals when no particular good seems likely to result, and on the distinction between killing and allowing to die, a distinction crucial to the subject of euthanasia and other topics in medical ethics. The volume would be ideally suited to upper-level undergraduate courses and graduate seminars on the foundations of ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41643/cover/9780521441643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144165X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144165X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Urban Growth in Buenos Aires, 1910-1942</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walter, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Buenos Aires is Argentina's national capital and largest city. This book describes the development of the city during the period from 1910 to the early 1940s. It focuses on the role of politics and local government in the evolution of the city, detailing elections, party competition, and debates on important public works issues. The political story is set within the larger context of the overall growth of the capital. This is the first work to cover comprehensively the history of the city for this period and the first to concentrate on the neglected topic of local government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41650/cover/9780521441650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Samurai</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Myth and Imagination in the Conduct of Battle in the First Marine Division 1941-1951</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cameron, Craig M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American Samurai offers an innovative approach to military history by linking battlefield dynamics of the Pacific War to cultural, social, and institutional myth among marines of the First Division. Although it has elements of each, the book is neither a detailed campaign history nor a traditional unit history. It moves in roughly chronological order, but is organised thematically to explore how myth and imagination shaped the marines' actions. It blends a humanistic approach of letting the actors speak for themselves in letters and memoirs with insights from the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41681/cover/9780521441681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Sociological Research Methods in America, 1920-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Platt, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book on the general history of US sociological research. It provides systematic archival, documentary, and interview data which question conventional views on research methods, developing our understanding of both the history of social thought, and the settings in which social research is produced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41735/cover/9780521441735.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purcell Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Curtis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The tercentenary of Henry Purcell's death fell in 1995, and this volume of specially commissioned essays was collected to celebrate Purcell's music in his tercentenary year. The essays are representative of the best recent research and deal mainly with the autograph manuscripts, Purcell's compositional technique, the relationship between Purcell and his teacher John Blow, a reassessment of Purcell court odes, performance practice and wordsetting, and eighteenth-century reception history, particularly regarding King Arthur. The volume is well illustrated with music examples and photographs of important manuscripts.It also analyses Purcell's compositional techniques through detailed study of his manuscripts and reports on the discovery of two important autograph manuscripts. The book opens with an assessment of Purcell's illusive personality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41742/cover/9780521441742.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affine Differential Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Geometry of Affine Immersions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nomizu, Katsumi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sasaki, Takeshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained and systematic account of affine differential geometry from a contemporary view, not only covering the classical theory, but also introducing more modern developments. In order both to cover as much as possible and to keep the text of a reasonable size, the authors have concentrated on the significant features of the subject and their relationship and application to such areas as Riemannian, Euclidean, Lorentzian and projective differential geometry. In so doing, they also provide a modern introduction to the last. Some of the important geometric surfaces considered are illustrated by computer graphics, making this a physically and mathematically attractive book for all researchers in differential geometry, and for mathematical physicists seeking a quick entry to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41773/cover/9780521441773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Categorical Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borceux, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Handbook of Categorical Algebra is designed to give, in three volumes, a detailed account of what should be known by everybody working in, or using, category theory. As such it will be a unique reference. The volumes are written in sequence, with the first being essentially self-contained, and are accessible to graduate students with a good background in mathematics. Volume 1, which is devoted to general concepts, can be used for advanced undergraduate courses on category theory. After introducing the terminology and proving the fundamental results concerning limits, adjoint functors and Kan extensions, the categories of fractions are studied in detail; special consideration is paid to the case of localizations. The remainder of the first volume studies various 'refinements' of the fundamental concepts of category and functor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41780/cover/9780521441780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144179X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144179X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Categorical Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borceux, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Handbook of Categorical Algebra is designed to give, in three volumes, a detailed account of what should be known by everybody working in, or using, category theory. As such it will be a unique reference. The volumes are written in sequence. The second, which  assumes familiarity with the material in the first, introduces important classes of categories that have played a fundamental role in the subject's development and applications. In addition, after several chapters discussing specific categories, the book develops all the major concepts concerning Benabou's ideas of fibred categories. There is ample material here for a graduate course in category theory, and the book should also serve as a reference for users.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41797/cover/9780521441797.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Categorical Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borceux, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Handbook of Categorical Algebra is intended to give, in three volumes, a rather detailed account of what, ideally, everybody working in category theory should know, whatever the specific topic of research they have chosen. The book is planned also to serve as a reference book for both specialists in the field and all those using category theory as a tool. Volume 3 begins with the essential aspects of the theory of locales, proceeding to a study in chapter 2 of the sheaves on a locale and on a topological space, in their various equivalent presentations: functors, etale maps or W-sets. Next, this situation is generalized to the case of sheaves on a site and the corresponding notion of Grothendieck topos is introduced. Chapter 4 relates the theory of Grothendieck toposes with that of accessible categories and sketches, by proving the existence of a classifying topos for all coherent theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41803/cover/9780521441803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144182X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144182X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Papacy, Scotland and Northern England, 1342-1378</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrell, A. D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The lengthy period of the Avignon papacy in the fourteenth century created circumstances in which the burgeoning bureaucracy of the papal curia could flourish. Papal involvement in the everyday business of the church at local level reached its fullest extent in the years before the Great Schism. This book examines the impact of that involvement in Scotland and northern England, and analyses the practical effect of theories of papal sovereignty at a time when there was still widespread acceptance of the role of the Holy See. The nature and importance of political opposition, from both crown and parliament, is investigated from the standpoint of the validity of the complaints as indicated by local evidence, and a new interpretation is offered of the various statutory measures taken in England in Edward III's reign to control alleged abuses of papal power. Points of similarity and difference between Scotland and England are also given due emphasis. This is the first work to attempt to analyse the full breadth of papal involvement in late medieval Britain by utilising the rich local sources in association with material from the Vatican archives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41827/cover/9780521441827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incomparable Worth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pay Equity Meets the Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rhoads, Steven E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comparable worth, or pay equity, is now an established policy in some US states, such as Minnesota, and the UK and Australia. Yet Steven Rhoads's research on those jurisdictions indicates there is no consensus on how to compare the value of dissimilar jobs involving 'comparable' amounts of effort, skill and responsibility. Consultants whose job evaluation systems are used in states adopting comparable worth policies do not agree on the factors to be included or how they should be weighed and arbitrary results produced by comparable worth policies have led to inefficient functioning of the labour markets. These policies have generated ill will among the workers who lose pay-equity cases, with political as well as economic consequences. The book argues that jobs are truly incomparable using the methods comparable worth relies on, and that the principles of comparable worth are not reconcilable with those of a market economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41872/cover/9780521441872.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>City Bankers, 1890-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassis, Youssef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rocques, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>City Bankers, 1890-1914 is a major contribution to a controversial area of economic history and to the debate about the nature of British society in the late Victorian and Edwardian eras. Translated here into English for the first time, it provides a detailed analysis of the banking community of London between 1890 and 1914 when the City of London was the undisputed financial centre of the world. Attention is paid to the social origins, education, careers , business interests and fortunes of its members, to the networks of relationships of its most important dynasties, as well as to the political influence of the world of banking. The analysis is based on a sample of 460 bankers at the heart of international finance and the author has used a wide range of banking archives and private papers. Business historians and economists will welcome this comprehensive study of a most important group of capitalists at the junction of the business world and aristocratic society in the Edwardian age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41889/cover/9780521441889.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441935</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Implantation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cell Biology and Immunology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loke, Y. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Ashley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains and reviews some of the significant events involved in human implantation and the establishment of the placenta in the uterus. This critical phase in human reproduction has proved to be an elusive and challenging area of research, not least because of the immunological and genetic interactions between the mother and fetus. The volume focuses on the most recent advances in our understanding of the basic mechanisms involved, with particular emphasis on cell biology and immunology. Although there are still gaps in our knowledge, the authors have succeeded in producing a timely, coherent and stimulating account of this subject. This lucid volume will benefit all those studying or undertaking research in reproductive biology and immunology, perinatal pathology, fetal medicine and obstetrics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41933/cover/9780521441933.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144196X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144196X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rules, Reputation and Macroeconomic Policy Coordination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Currie, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book David Currie and Paul Levine address a broad range of issues concerning the design and conduct of macroeconomic policy in open economies. Adopting neo-Keynesian models for which monetary and fiscal policy have short-term real effects, they analyse active stabilisation policies in both a single- and multi-country context. Questions addressed include: the merits of simple policy rules, policy design in the face of uncertainty and international policy coordination. A central feature of the book is the treatment of credibility and the effect of a policy-maker's reputation for sticking to announced policies. These considerations are integrated with coordination issues to produce a unique synthesis. The volume develops optimal control methods and dynamic game theory to handle relationships between governments and a conscious rational private sector and produces a unified, coherent approach to the subject. This book will be of interest to students and teachers of open economy macroeconomics and to professional economists interested in using macroeconomic models to design policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41964/cover/9780521441964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometrical Frustration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sadoc, Jean-Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosseri, R&#233;my</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how the concept of geometrical frustration can be used to elucidate the structure and properties of non-periodic materials such as metallic glasses, quasicrystals, amorphous semiconductors and complex liquid crystals. Geometric frustration is introduced through examples and idealized models, leading to a consideration of how the concept can be used to identify ordered and defective regions in real materials. Then it is shown how these principles can also be used to model physical properties of materials, in particular specific volume, melting, the structure factor and the glass transition. Final chapters consider geometric frustration in periodic structures with large cells and quasiperiodic order. Appendices give all necessary background on geometry, symmetry and tilings. The text considers geometrical frustration at different scales in many types of materials and structures, including metals, amorphous solids, liquid crystals, amphiphiles, cholisteric systems, polymers, phospholipid membranes, atomic clusters, and quasicrystals. Of interest to researchers in condensed matter physics, materials science and structural chemistry, as well as mathematics and structural biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31875/cover/9780521031875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521441994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521441994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521441995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roman Law Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521441995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, A. D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ibbetson, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAFR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Roman Law Tradition an international team of distinguished legal scholars explores the various ways in which Roman law has affected and continues to affect patterns of legal decision-making throughout the world. Roman Law began as the local law of a small Italian city. It grew to dominate the legal relationships of the Mediterranean basin for the first five hundred years of our era. The revival of its study in the medieval universities led to its influencing the subsequent development of the legal system of western Europe and thereafter those parts of the rest of the World colonized from Europe. Roman legal ideas penetrated procedure as well as the substance of law and assisted the process of harmonization and codification of local customary laws. Techniques of legal reasoning which first emerge in Rome continue in daily use. Roman law was also of immense significance in the emergence of modern political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41995/cover/9780521441995.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Umberto Eco and the Open Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Semiotics, Fiction, Popular Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bondanella, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Umberto Eco is Italy's most famous living intellectual, known among academics for his literary and cultural theories, and to an enormous international audience through his novels, The Name of the Rose, Foucault's Pendulum and The Island of the Day Before. Umberto Eco and the Open Text is the first comprehensive study in English of Eco's work. In clear and accessible language, Peter Bondanella considers not only Eco's most famous texts, but also many occasional essays not yet translated into English. Tracing Eco's intellectual development from early studies in medieval aesthetics to seminal works on popular culture, postmodern fiction, and semiotic theory, he shows how Eco's own fiction grows out of his literary and cultural theories. Bondanella cites all texts in English, and provides a full bibliography of works by and about Eco.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42008/cover/9780521442008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Boyle Reconsidered</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442053</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a new view of Robert Boyle (1627-91), the leading British scientist in the generation before Newton. It comprises a series of essays by scholars from Europe and North America which scrutinise Boyle's writings on science, philosophy and theology in detail, bringing out the subtlety of his ideas and the complexity of his relationship with his context. Particular attention is given to Boyle's interest in alchemy and to other facets of his ideas which might initially seen surprising in a leading advocate of the mechanical philosophy. Many of the essays use material from among Boyle's extensive manuscripts, which have recently been catalogued for the first time. The introduction surveys the state of Boyle studies and deploys the findings of the essays to offer a revaluation of Boyle. The book also includes a bibliography of writings on Boyle since 1940.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42053/cover/9780521442053.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pastoral and the Poetics of Self-Contradiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theocritus to Marvell</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditionally, critics of the English Renaissance have viewed pastoral as a static, idealizing genre, aimed at the recreation of an idyllic past. More recently, these idealizing humanist approaches have been forcefully challenged by studies written from historicist perspectives. In Pastoral and the Poetics of Self-Contradiction Judith Haber complicates the conventional opposition between humanist and historicist criticism by examining the ways in which pastoral poets themselves interrogate the contradictory relations inherent in their genre. Haber explores problems of representation, self-representation, and imitation in classical and Renaissance pastoral, focusing on texts by Theocritus, Virgil, Sidney and Marvell. Her original approach revises current understanding of pastoral as a genre, and raises wider questions about the place of literature in society and the difficulties involved in constituting literary traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42060/cover/9780521442060.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early History of the Law of Bills and Notes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Origins of Anglo-American Commercial Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, James Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study traces the history of the law of bills and notes in England from medieval times to the period in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries when bills played a central role in the domestic and international financial system. It challenges the traditional theory that English commercial law developed by incorporation of the concept of negotiability and other rules from an ancient body of customary law known as the law merchant. Rogers shows that the law of bills was developed within the common law system itself, in response to changing economic and business practices. This account draws on economic and business history to explain how bills were actually used and to examine the relationship between the law of bills and economic and social controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42121/cover/9780521442121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conversion, Politics and Religion in England, 1580-1625</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Questier, Michael C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Reformation was, in many ways, an experiment in conversion. English Protestants urged conversion from popery to the Gospel, from idolatry to the true God, while Catholic polemicists persuaded people away from heresy to Catholic truth, from schism to unity. Michael Questier's meticulous study of conversion is the first to concentrate on this phenomenon from the perspective of individual converts, people who alternated between conformity to and rejection of the pattern of worship established by law. Since religion was a matter of great political importance, this book also investigates the power of the State to compel uniformity, and the success of the Protestant regime in directing dissidents to conform. By discovering how people were exhorted to change religion, how they experienced conversion, and how they faced demands for Protestant conformity, Michael Questier develops a fresh view of the English Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42145/cover/9780521442145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metaphysical Myths, Mathematical Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ontology and Epistemology of the Exact Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Azzouni, Jody</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most philosophers of mathematics try to show either that the sort of knowledge mathematicians have is similar to the sort of knowledge specialists in the empirical sciences have or that the kind of knowledge mathematicians have, although apparently about objects such as numbers, sets, and so on, isn't really about those sorts of things as well. Jody Azzouni argues that mathematical knowledge really is a special kind of knowledge with its own special means of gathering evidence. He analyses the linguistic pitfalls and misperceptions philosophers in this field are often prone to, and explores the misapplications of epistemic principles from the empirical sciences to the exact sciences. What emerges is a picture of mathematics both sensitive to mathematical practice, and to the ontological and epistemological issues that concern philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42237/cover/9780521442237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144229X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144229X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial Russian Foreign Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ragsdale, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ponomarev, Valeri Nikolaevich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Imperial Russian Foreign Policy aims to demythologise a field hitherto dominated by suspicions of diabolical cunning, inscrutable motives, and international plots using unseen forces of the gigantic, fear-inspiring empire of the tsar. The contributors, leading historians from both Russia and the West, examine Imperial foreign policy from its origins to the October Revolution, revealing a policy that, as in other countries, had a complex of motives - commerce, nationalism, the interests of various social groups - but an unusual origin, coming almost exclusively from the entourage of the tsar. The work is based largely on original research in Soviet archives, which only became possible after Soviet glasnost.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42299/cover/9780521442299.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bound Carbohydrates in Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>125</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a series of six lectures delivered at the University of Sienna under the auspices of the Lezioni Lincee. The content of the book reflects and delineates the author's career in biochemical research. The lectures revolve around the special role which bound carbohydrates play in nature. Also discussed are the  properties of membrane glycoproteins, involved in the resistance of cells to drugs. The metabolism of sugars and sialic acids, which form a pivotal role in the author's research, are covered in detail. The book chronicles just some of the huge advances which have been made in biochemistry over the past few decades and will prove an invaluable and entertaining first hand account for researchers and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42312/cover/9780521442312.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Power of Power Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Classical Realism to Neotraditionalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this new and much-expanded edition of his classic study, John Vasquez examines the power of the power politics perspective to dominate inquiry, and evaluates its ability to provide accurate explanations of the fundamental forces underlying world politics. Part I of the book reprints the original 1983 text of The Power of Power Politics. It examines classical realism and quantitative international politics, providing an intellectual history of the discipline and an evaluation of statistical research guided by the realist paradigm. The second part provides six new chapters covering neorealism, post-modernism, the neotraditional research program on balancing, Mearsheimer's analysis of multipolarity and institutionalism, the debate on the end of the Cold War, and neoliberalism. Through the use of comparative case studies these chapters analyse the extent to which the realist paradigm has been progressive (or degenerating), empirically accurate, and remains a relevant and explanatorily powerful theoretical approach for our current era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47461/cover/9780521447461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Fields and the City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women, Work, and Family in Russia, 1861-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engel, Barbara Alpern</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book charts the personal dimensions of economic social change by examining the significance and consequences of Russian peasant women's migration from the village to the factory and/or city in the years between the emancipation of the serfs in 1861 and the outbreak of World War I. The author uses case studies to explore the effects of urbanisation and industrialisation on the relationship of the migrant to the peasant household, and on family life and personal relations. It differs from other studies in looking at both village and city; in the treatment of personal life, and in drawing on a wealth of archival data, most of it for the first time. The focus on women and the family provides a fresh perspective on the social history of late Imperial Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42367/cover/9780521442367.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Support and Psychiatric Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Research Findings and Guidelines for Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brugha, T. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume, in a series looking at the social dimensions of mental illness, collates and critically examines the information currently available on social support as it impacts on mental health. The international team of contributors, each actively involved in both clinical and research work in this field, collectively covers the whole range of perspectives from biological mechanisms through to psychological and social theory. An overview of the latest published evidence and a description of the nature and origins of social support are followed by evidence from observational studies and specific interventions and trials. The text concludes with a summary which will act as a valuable resource for practitioners in their evaluation of social and psychological treatments, and should also serve to stimulate further research and intervention trials. Practitioners and researchers in psychiatry, psychology and social work are certain to welcome this timely guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42381/cover/9780521442381.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Duncan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Marsha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>824</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The correspondence in this volume is dominated by the public and private response to the publication of Darwin's Origin of Species. Volume 8 opens with Darwin eagerly scrutinising each new review, as one by one all the major organs of the day carried notices of the book. To those who express their views privately in letters, Darwin responds patiently and thoughtfully, answering their objections and attempting to guide their fuller understanding of the operation of natural selection. His more personal thoughts emerge in letters to his friends Joseph Dalton Hooker, Charles Lyell, and Thomas Henry Huxley. This volume presents a wealth of detailed information, giving the full range of response to the Origin and revealing how the Victorians coped with a theory that many well recognised would revolutionise thinking about the organic world and human ancestry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42411/cover/9780521442411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keats and History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roe, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poems of John Keats have traditionally been regarded as most resistant of all Romantic poetry to the concerns of history and politics. But critical trends have begun to overturn this assumption. Keats and History brings together exciting work by British and American scholars, in thirteen essays which respond to interest in the historical dimensions of Keats's poems and letters, and open alternative perspectives on his achievement. Keats's writings are approached through politics, social history, feminism, economics, historiography, stylistics, aesthetics, and mathematical theory. The editor's introduction places the volume in relation to nineteenth- and early twentieth-century readings of the poet. Keats and History will be welcomed by students of English literature, and by all those interested in English Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42459/cover/9780521442459.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Structures of Accumulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Growth and Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kotz, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonough, Terrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reich, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The social structure of accumulation (SSA) approach seeks to explain the long-term fortunes of capitalist economies in terms of the effect of political and economic institutions on growth rates. This book offers an ideal introduction to this powerful tool for understanding capitalist growth, analysing the social and economic differences between countries and the reasons for the successes and failures of institutional reform. The contributors cover a wide range of topics, including the theoretical basis of the SSA approach, the postwar financial system, Marxian and Keynesian theories of economic crisis, labour-management relations, race and gender issues, and the history of institutional innovation. Combining newly written essays with classic articles of the SSA school, the book examines the international economy and the economies of Japan, South Africa, and Puerto Rico, as well as the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42503/cover/9780521442503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drought Follows the Plow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultivating Marginal Areas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glantz, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>People around the globe are becoming increasingly aware that our use of the land has an effect on the environment in which we live. Global warming is seen as a major threat to the well-being of the world's communities. Fear abounds, but does anyone really know what is going on? Will human activity make things worse? The author examines the relationship between society and climate change. With contributions from colleagues in the worst hit areas of the world, the author shows how some patterns of land use can make the problems worse; increasing the risk of droughts and associated food shortages. This book will help scientists and researchers assess our impact on the planet and consider our ability to respond to the consequences of future environmental change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42527/cover/9780521442527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Value in English Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Discipline in Crisis?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guy, Josephine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>205</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The current debate about the nature of English studies has questioned the status of English as a discipline. Josephine Guy and Ian Small set this so-called 'crisis in English' within the larger context of disciplinary knowledge. They examine the teaching of English and literary studies in the United States and Britain, and argue that the explicit attempt by some radical critics on both sides of the Atlantic to politicise the discipline has profound consequences for the nature of English studies. They describe the current state of disciplinary knowledge, together with its social and philosophical preconditions; they analyse recent proposals for reform; and they discuss the ways in which these proposed reforms would affect the three main practices of the discipline - literary criticism, literary history and text-editing. In the process they demystify issues and arguments which have often in the past been obscured by jargon and polemic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42534/cover/9780521442534.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defining the Common Good</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Empire, Religion and Philosophy in Eighteenth-Century Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Peter N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this book is the crisis of the early modern state in eighteenth-century Britain. The revolt of the North American colonies and the simultaneous demand for wider religious toleration at home challenged the principles of sovereignty and obligation that underpinned arguments about the character of the state. These were expressed in terms of the 'common good', 'necessity', and 'community' - concepts that came to the fore in early modern European political thought and which gave expression to the problem of defining legitimate authority in a period of increasing consciousness of state power. The Americans and their British supporters argued that individuals ought to determine the common good of the community. A new theory of representation and freedom of thought defines the cutting edge of this revolutionary redefinition of the basic relationship between individual and community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42596/cover/9780521442596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictional Death and the Modernist Enterprise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Alan Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>353</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cultures reveal themselves in how they react to death: how they ritualize it, tell its story, heal themselves. Before the modern period, death and dying seemed definitive, public and appropriate. The industrial revolution, the Great War and the radical re-envisioning of inner and outer reality after Marx, Darwin, Nietzsche, Einstein, van Gennep and Freud destabilized cultural norms and transformed the protocols of death and dying. In Fictional Death and the Modernist Enterprise Alan Friedman traces the semiotics of death and dying in twentieth-century fiction, history and culture. He describes how modernist writers either, like Forster and Woolf, elided rituals of dying and death; or, rediscovering the body as Lawrence and Hemingway did, transformed Victorian 'aesthetic death' into modern 'dirty death'. And he goes on to show how, through postmodern fiction and AIDS narratives, death has once again become cultural currency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42619/cover/9780521442619.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144263X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144263X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reason in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Philosophy of Social Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>293</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Did Adam and Eve act rationally in eating the fruit of the forbidden tree? That can seem to depend solely on whether they had found the best means to their ends, in the spirit of the 'economic' theories of rationality. Martin Hollis respects the elegance and power of these theories but judges their paradoxes endemic. He argues that social action cannot be understood by viewing human beings as abstract individuals with preferences in search of satisfaction, nor by divorcing practical reason from questions of the rationality of norms, principles, practices and ends. These essays, focused on the themes of 'rational choice', 'roles and reasons' and 'other cultures, other minds', make the point and explore alternative approaches. Culled in revised form from twenty-five years' work, the essays range across periods and disciplines with a philosophical imagination and vivid prose, which will engage philosophers and social scientists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42633/cover/9780521442633.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521442672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521442672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521442671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Danish Revolution, 1500-1800</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ecohistorical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521442671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kj'rgaard, Thorkild</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hohnen, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the story of a fertile European country that, as a result of over population and military armament, over exploited its fields and forests in a non-sustainable fashion. By the eighteenth century Denmark, along with other European countries, found itself in an ecological crisis involving clear felling of forests, sand drift, floods, inadequate soil fertilization and cattle disease. This crisis was overcome by a green biotechnological revolution that changed the whole pattern of agriculture, and by the abandonment of wood as a raw material and source of energy in favour of coal and iron. This book outlines the background of the present-day ecological crisis, both in the industrial world and in developing countries, and attempts to understand early modern Europe from a consistently ecological viewpoint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/42671/cover/9780521442671.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grounding of American Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles Olson and the Emersonian Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fredman, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stephen Fredman asserts in his work that American poetry is groundless - that each generation of American poets faces the problem of identity anew and has to discover fresh meaning for itself. His argument focuses on four pairs of poets - Eliot/Williams, Thoreau/Olson, Emerson/Duncan and Whitman/Creeley - and points out that although the later ones all were influenced by their predecessors to some extent, ultimately their poetry is, paradoxically, grounded in an essential groundlessness. In order to demonstrate how approaches to groundlessness have persisted over time, Fredman explores the various measures taken by these American poets to provide a provisional ground upon which to construct their poetry: inventing idiosyncratic traditions, forming poetic communities, engaging in polemical prose, assessing all the dimensions of particular places and treating words as emblematic and mysterious objects. At the very core of the book stands Charles Olson, whose work so dramatically articulates the whole range of issues arising from the American poet's anxious search for and resistance t, an authentic and unified tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43036/cover/9780521443036.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of the Wren Library</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Trinity College, Cambridge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Library at Trinity College, designed by Sir Christopher Wren and completed in 1695, is known all over the world for its books, its architecture, and its sculpture. Each of these aspects is authoritatively examined in this volume, as David McKitterick, Howard Colvin, and Malcolm Baker explore the ways in which seventeenth-century ideas were modified and extended until, by the early nineteenth century, the Library had achieved the coherent appearance which it has today. Their discussion is accompanied by numerous illustrations, including reproductions of all of Wren's surviving drawings of the Library.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43050/cover/9780521443050.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Making of Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Social Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book a leading contemporary theologian investigates the relation between religion and society. Professor Davis begins with the thesis that society is a product of human agency; this raises immediately the questions of the meaning of modernity and of the function of religion in that context. The linguistic and pragmatic orientation of modern philosophy and social theory lead to a discussion of religious language and of praxis.Whether modernity is an incomplete project, as Habermas would have it, or a mistaken universalism, as the post-moderns maintain, is debated under the heading of human identity, both individual and collective, and in an examination of the formation of the modern self. The practical relevance of the theoretical analyses comes to the fore in a critique of Michael Novak's attempt to make 'democratic capitalism' an ideal. Professor Davis shows that, paradoxically, the post-modern rejection of secularity can be interpreted as a return from the secular to the supernatural.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43104/cover/9780521443104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Images in Economic Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Markets Read in Tooth and Claw</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mirowski, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>634</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of interdisciplinary essays is the first to investigate how images in the history of the natural and physical sciences have been used to shape the history of economic thought. The contributors, historians of science and economics alike, document the extent to which scholars have drawn on physical and natural science to ground economic ideas and evaluate the role and importance of metaphors in the structure and content of economic thought. These range from Aristotle's discussion of the division of labour, to Marshall's evocation of population biology, to Hayek's dependence upon evolutionary concepts, and more recently to neoclassical economists' invocation of chaos theory. Resort to such images, contributors find, was more than mere rhetorical flourish. Rather, appeals to natural and physical metaphors serve to constitute the very subject matter of the discipline and what might be accepted as the 'economic'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43210/cover/9780521443210.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The General Will</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rousseau, Marx, Communism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This bold and unabashedly utopian book advances the thesis that Marx's notion of communism is a defensible, normative ideal. However, unlike many others who have written in this area, Levine applies the tools and techniques of analytic philosophy to formulate and defend his radical, political programme. The argument proceeds by filtering the ideals and institutions of Marxism through Rousseau's notion of the 'general will'.  Once Rousseau's ideas are properly understood it is possible to construct a community of equals who share some vision of a common good that can be achieved and maintained through cooperation or coordination that is at once both voluntary and authoritative. The book engages with liberal theory in order to establish its differences from Rousseauean-Marxian political theory. This provocative book will be of particular interest to political philosophers and political scientists concerned with Marxism, socialist theory and democratic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43227/cover/9780521443227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symplectic Fibrations and Multiplicity Diagrams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guillemin, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lerman, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multiplicity diagrams can be viewed as schemes for describing the phenomenon of 'symmetry breaking' in quantum physics. The subject of this book is the multiplicity diagrams associated with the classical groups U(n), O(n), etc. It presents such topics as asymptotic distributions of multiplicities, hierarchical patterns in multiplicity diagrams, lacanae, and the multiplicity diagrams of the rank 2 and rank 3 groups. The authors take a novel approach, using the techniques of symplectic geometry. The book develops in detail some themes which were touched on in the highly successful Symplectic Techniques in Physics by V. Guillemin and S. Sternberg, including the geometry of the moment map, the Duistermaat-Heckman theorem, the interplay between coadjoint orbits and representation theory, and quantization. Students and researchers in geometry and mathematical physics will find this book fascinating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43234/cover/9780521443234.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics and Poetics of Journalistic Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frus, Phyllis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Politics and Poetics of Journalistic Narrative investigates the textuality of all discourse, arguing that the ideologically charged distinction between 'journalism' and 'fiction' is socially constructed rather than natural. Phyllis Frus separates literariness from aesthetic definitions, regarding it as a way of reading a text through its style to discover how it 'makes' reality. Frus examines narratives by Stephen Crane and Ernest Hemingway, showing that conventional understanding of the categories of fiction and non-fiction frequently determines the differences we perceive in texts. When journalists writing about historical events adopt the Hemingway-esque, understated narrative style that is commonly associated with both 'objectivity' and 'literature', it leads to an audience unable to face the historical and social conditions in which it must function. She interprets New Journalistic narratives, such as that of Truman Capote, as ways to counter the reification of modern consciousness to which both objective journalism and aestheticised fiction contribute.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43241/cover/9780521443241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Long-Period Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurz, Heinz D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salvadori, Neri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compelling book contains a comprehensive analytical treatment of the theory of production in a long-period framework. Although the authors take a 'Classical' approach to their subject, the scope of investigation and methods employed should interest all economic theorists. Professors Kurz and Salvadori explore economic systems that are characterised by a particular kind of primary input in the production process, such as different kinds of labour and natural resources. These systems and the corresponding prices can be understood to reflect characteristic features of a capitalist market economy in an ideal way: they express the pure logic of the relationship between value and distribution in an economic system. Specific chapters deal with prices and income distribution, economic growth, joint production, fixed capital, scarce natural resources (both renewable and exhaustible), and heterogeneous labour. The historical origins of the concepts used are also discussed in considerable detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43258/cover/9780521443258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144327X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144327X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Outcomes in Neurological and Neurosurgical Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swash, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural history and treatment outcome of disease are of critical importance to patients, clinicians and health care providers across the full range of medical disciplines. In many specialities, such as neurology and neurosurgery, this sort of information can be hard to obtain in the absence of extensive outcome studies and agreed measures of outcome in different conditions. This volume seeks to inform about effective care and rehabilitation by providing a succinct review of whatever data is available for the majority of conditions encountered in clinical practice. Particular attention has been given to the evaluation of severity and outcome of each disorder and to advice on comparing risks and benefits of treatment. This resource will prove invaluable to all involved in informing patients of treatment options and making important cost efficient decisions on care. It should also be welcomed in the planning of clinical trials for potential therapies and as a reference in medicolegal spheres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43272/cover/9780521443272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>375.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toxoplasmosis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comprehensive Clinical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joynson, David H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wreghitt, Tim G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative and comprehensive account looks at the re-emergence of toxoplasmosis as a significant and potentially fatal infection. A team of acknowledged international experts review the latest diagnostic techniques, and the management of infection in pregnant women, neonates, the eye, transplant and other immunosuppressed patients and those with AIDS. The contentious issue of the role of screening during pregnancy and in the new-born is covered in depth. The introductory chapters on biology, immunology and epidemiology of the infection provide essential background to understanding the clinical disease. The full range of treatment strategies are presented in an easily accessible form. The natural history and life cycle of the causative organism, Toxoplasma gondii, provide a fascinating insight into one of the most successful parasites on earth. Although the burden of this disease varies greatly from country to country, it remains a global public health problem which affects about one billion individuals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43289/cover/9780521443289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Englands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Versions of 'Englishness' in Modern Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gervais, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In our time 'Englishness' has become a theme for speculation rather than dogma: twentieth-century writers have found it an elusive and ambiguous concept, a cue for nostalgia or for a sense of exile and loss. Literary Englands meditates on the contemporary meanings of 'Englishness' and explores some of the ways in which a sense of nationality has informed and shaped the work of a range of writers including Edward Thomas, Forster and Lawrence, Leavis and George Sturt, Orwell and Evelyn Waugh, Betjeman, Larkin and Geoffrey Hill. Through close engagement with the language and thought of these writers David Gervais shows the extent to which they have been influenced by the consciousness of working within a long-established, complex and sophisticated literary tradition. In the process he elucidates a nostalgia which lies at the heart of our culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43388/cover/9780521443388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanism and the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science in the Narrative Process</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Martha A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>211</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Martha Turner's book examines the relationship between British fiction and the tradition of mechanistic science derived from Isaac Newton, and provides a bridge between the mechanical philosophy of the eighteenth century and present-day habits of thought.Tracing the evolution of the concept of mechanism among science writers and novelists of the past 200 years, it shows how the pre-mechanistic world of Pride and Prejudice and the relatively unproblematic empiricism of The Bride of Lammermoor were succeeded by the quandaries of Bleak House, The Ordeal of Richard Feverel, and The Egoist, and how alternatives to the mechanistic tradition were worked out in The Secret Agent and Women in Love. Analysis of Doris Lessing's Canopus in Argos: Archives identifies features of the tradition which still survive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43395/cover/9780521443395.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reign of Elizabeth I</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Court and Culture in the Last Decade</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guy, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the politics and political culture of the 'last decade' of the reign of Elizabeth I, in effect the years 1585 to 1603. It argues that this period was so distinctive that it amounted to the second of two 'reigns'. It also invites readers, at times provocatively, to take a critical look at the declining Virgin Queen. Many teachers and their students have failed to consider the 'last decade' in its own right, or have ignored it, having begun their accounts in 1558 and struggled on to the defeat of the Armada in 1588. Only two major political surveys have been attempted since 1926. Both consider mainly the war with Spain and the politics of war, and each allots inadequate space to Crown patronage, puritanism and religion, society and the economy, political thought, and literature and drama. This book, written by some of the leading scholars of their generation, will be indispensable to a fuller understanding of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43418/cover/9780521443418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blueprints for a Black Federal Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraden, Rena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1930s, the Work Progress Administration funded a massive Federal Theatre Project in America's major urban centres, presenting hundreds of productions, some of the most popular and memorable of which were produced in the highly controversial and avant garde 'Negro Units'. This experiment in government-supported culture brought to the forefront one of the central problems in American democratic culture - the representation of racial difference. Those in the profession quickly discovered inescapable ideological responsibilities attending any sort of show, whether apparently entertaining or political in nature. Exploring the liberal idealism of the thirties and the critical debates in black journals over the role of an African American theatre, Fraden also looks at the obstacles facing black playwrights, audiences, and actors in a changing milieu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43593/cover/9780521443593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of the Urban Poor in Early Twentieth-Century India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gooptu, Nandini</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nandini Gooptu's magisterial history of the labouring poor in India represents a tour-de-force. By focusing on the role of the poor in caste, religious and nationalistic politics, and on their contribution to the urban economy, the author demonstrates how they emerged as a major social factor in South Asia during the interwar period. The empirical material, concentrated on Uttar Pradesh, provides compelling insights into what it meant to be poor in the urban environment: exploitation in the workplace, the problems of finding housing, police harassment, social and political exclusion by the elite. Approaching the history of early twentieth-century Indian politics from this perspective, the author takes issue with current interpretations of sectarian and nationalist politics which argue the salience of community identity and the irrelevance of class in political analysis. This book will interest those concerned with urban social history, ethnic and sectarian conflict, nationalism, and the politics of poverty, labour and class relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43661/cover/9780521443661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Under this Blazing Light</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oz, Amos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lange, Nicholas de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection - published here in English for the first time - brings together a number of political, personal and literary pieces by Israel's most celebrated novelist and litt&#233;rateur. Topics covered include: an examination of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict as a dispute between 'right and right'; reflections on the character of Zionism, on the concept of 'homeland', and on the nature of the kibbutz; the meaning of socialism in the Israeli context; and portraits of several Jewish writers and thinkers whose ideas and themes in one way or another have proved influential or determinative for Amos Oz himself. These essays, which put a unique perspective on the author's own experiences and development, reveal a complex and humane figure of practical political influence as well as of significant literary stature. They will win for Oz new readers, while delighting those who will recognise here the qualities evident in his other writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43678/cover/9780521443678.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioral Decision Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poulton, E. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the well known fallacies of behavioural decision theory.  It shows that while an investigator is studying a well-known fallacy, he or she may introduce, without realizing it, one of the simple biases that are found in quantifying judgements. The work covers such fallacies as the apparent overconfidence that people show when they judge the probability of correctness of their answers to two-choice general knowledge questions using a one-sided rating scale; the apparent overconfidence in setting uncertainty bounds on unknown quantities when using the fractile method; the interactions between hindsight and memory; the belief that small samples are as reliable and as representative as are large samples; the conjunction fallacy for Linda and Bill; the causal conjunction fallacy; the regression fallacy in prediction; the neglect of the base rate in the Cab problem, in predicting professions, and in the Medical Diagnosis problem; the availability and simulation fallacies; the anchoring and adjustment biases; Prospect theory; and bias by frames. The aim of this book is to help readers to learn about the fallacies and thus to avoid them. As such, it will be useful reading for students and researchers in probability theory, statistics and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43685/cover/9780521443685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exploring Affect</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Selected Writings of Silvan S Tomkins</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomkins, Silvan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demos, E. Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Brewster</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Silvan Tomkins was one of the most influential theorists on emotion and emotional expression. Over a period of 40 - some years - until his death in 1991 - he developed a set of original, important ideas about the nature of affect and its relationship to cognition and personality. Tomkins dealt with fundamental questions in a fresh and provocative way, establishing affect as a separate, biological system, and providing compelling data on discrete affect expressions. Several years before his death, Professor Tomkins agreed to bring his papers (unpublished and published) together into Exploring Affect for Cambridge Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction. He worked with Paul Ekman and Klaus Scherer to develop a structure for the book that would synthesize his theory of emotion. Unfortunately, he died before he was able to complete the process. Virginia Demos, who knew Professor Tomkins well, took on the enormous task of compiling the papers and writing connective material for the book. This volume of Tomkins selected writings on affect brings together his works of four decades and makes them available at a more receptive time in the field. It is a treasure trove of provocative, insightful and relevant ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43715/cover/9780521443715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring Minds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Henry Herbert Goddard and the Origins of American Intelligence Testing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zenderland, Leila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the origins of the American intelligence testing movement.  It follows the life and work of Henry Herbert Goddard, America's first intelligence tester and author of the most popular American eugenics tract, The Kallikak Family. The book traces the controversies surrounding Goddard's efforts to bring Alfred Binet's tests of intelligence from France to America and to introduce them into the basic institutions of American life - from hospitals to classrooms to courtrooms. It shows how testers used their findings to address the most pressing social and political questions of their day, including poverty, crime, prostitution, alcoholism, immigration restriction, and military preparedness. It also explores the broader legacies of the testing movement by showing how Goddard's ideas helped to reshape the very meaning of mental retardation, special education, clinical psychology, and the 'normal' mind in ways that would be felt for the rest of the century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43739/cover/9780521443739.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Perspectives on Stellar Pulsation and Pulsating Variable Stars</TitleText>

<Subtitle>IAU Colloquium 139</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nemec, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Jaymie M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>463</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can the interior of the Sun, white dwarfs and other stars be studied by stellar seismology? What can Doppler imaging tell us about high-degree pulsations? What impact are CCD and infrared observations having on extending the Cepheid and RR Lyrae distance scale? And how are other classes of pulsators providing independent checks of the distance scale? These and many other critical questions are answered in this timely review of the dramatic advances made in pulsating star research in the last decade. This survey collects together more than thirty comprehensive reviews and over one hundred summaries of research papers from the 139th IAU Colloquium, held in Victoria, British Columbia. Together these cover all aspects of recent developments in the field of variable star research and preview some of the exciting advances anticipated for the next decade. This volume provides an essential review for graduate students and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43821/cover/9780521443821.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Forensic Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Settling Disputes in Graeco-Roman New Comedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scafuro, Adele C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Graeco-Roman New Comedy has traditionally provided a source for legal historians examining the language and operation of law both in Athens in the fourth century and in Rome in the second century BC. Adele Scafuro here provides the first comprehensive treatment in English of one crucial area of this vast field, namely, the way legal disputes are settled out of court in Athens, both on and off the comic stage. Beginning with a close examination of pre-trial scenarios in the Attic orators and looking for comparable ones in pre-classical Roman law, Dr Scafuro then turns to the plays of Greek New Comedy and their adaptations by Plautus and Terence. There she identifies similar scenarios especially in disputes concerning sexual violations, the marriages of heiresses, and divorces. She shows how the recognition of legal procedures aids interpretation of New Comedy texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07070/cover/9780521607070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stape, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Joseph Conrad offers a wide-ranging introduction to the fiction of Joseph Conrad, one of the most influential novelists of the twentieth century. Through a series of essays by leading Conrad scholars aimed at both students and the general reader, the volume stimulates an informed appreciation of Conrad's work based on an understanding of his cultural and historical situations and fictional techniques. A chronology and overview of Conrad's life precede chapters that explore significant issues in his major writings, and deal in depth with individual works. These are followed by discussions of the special nature of Conrad's narrative techniques, his complex relationships with late-Victorian imperialism and with literary Modernism, and his influence on other writers and artists. Each essay provides guidance to further reading, and a concluding chapter surveys the body of Conrad criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43913/cover/9780521443913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144392X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144392X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and Chivalry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Conduct and Perception of War in England and Normandy, 1066-1217</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strickland, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first large-scale study of conduct in warfare and the nature of chivalry in the Anglo-Norman period. The extent to which the knighthood consciously sought to limit the extent of fatalities among its members is explored through a study of notions of a 'brotherhood in arms', the actualities of combat and the effectiveness of armour, the treatment of prisoners, and the workings of ransom. Were there 'laws of war' in operation in the eleventh and twelfth centuries and, if so, were they binding? How far did notions of honour affect knights' actions in war itself? Conduct in war against an opposing suzerain such as the Capetian king is contrasted to behaviour in situations of rebellion and of civil war. An overall context is provided by an examination of the behaviour in war of the Scots and the mercenary routiers, both accused of perpetrating 'atrocities'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43920/cover/9780521443920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Markets and Financial Intermediation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vives, Xavier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Financial intermediation is currently a subject of active research on both sides of the Atlantic. The integration of European financial markets, in particular, highlights several important issues. In this volume, derived from a joint CEPR conference with the Fundacion Banco Bilbao Vizcaya (BBV), leading academics from Europe and North America review 'state-of-the-art' theories of banking and financial intermediation and discuss their policy implications. The principal focus is on the risks of increased competition, the appropriate regulation of banks, and the differences between Anglo-American and Continental European forms of financial markets. Relationship banking, stock markets and banks, banking and corporate control, financial intermediation in Eastern Europe, monetary policy and the banking system, and financial intermediation and growth are also discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43975/cover/9780521443975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521443989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521443989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521443982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour Markets in an Ageing Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521443982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimmermann, Klaus F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The population of the European Community will fall by 2% by the year 2025. Between 1960 and 1990, it grew by 17%. This contrast reflects the dramatic growth of the population of pensioners in the total population, and also the rapid ageing of the Community's working population. In this volume, based on a CEPR conference held in Munich in April 1992, leading economists in the field assess demographic and labour market developments in Western and Eastern Europe. They compare them with developments in the USA and Japan, and assess the effects of ageing on European productivity, earnings and human capital formation. Policies to improve the quantity and quality of the labour force are considered, including incentives for female labour participation, selective immigration policies, 'pronatalist' family policies, and improved human capital formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/43982/cover/9780521443982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Situated Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On Human Knowledge and Computer Representations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clancey, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>426</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly topical book examines recent changes in the design of intelligent machines. New computer models of vision and navigation in animals suggest a different way to build machines. Cognition is viewed not just in terms of high-level 'expertise,' but in the ability to find one's way around the world, to learn new ways of seeing things, and to coordinate activity. This approach is called situated cognition. Situated Cognition differs from other purely philosophical treatises in that Clancey, an insider who has built expert systems for twenty years, explores the limitations of existing computer programs and compares them to human memory and learning capabilities. Clancey examines the implications of 'situated action' from the perspective of artificial intelligence specialists interested in building robots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44002/cover/9780521444002.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Religious and Romantic Origins of Psychoanalysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individuation and Integration in Post-Freudian Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirschner, Suzanne R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Suzanne Kirschner traces the origins of contemporary psychoanalysis back to the foundations of Judaeo-Christian culture, and challenges the prevailing view that modern theories of the self mark a radical break with religious and cultural tradition. Instead, she argues, they offer an account of human development which has its beginnings in biblical theology and neoplatonic mysticism. Drawing on a wide range of religious, literary, philosophical and anthropological sources, Dr Kirschner demonstrates that current Anglo-American psychoanalytic theories are but the latest version of a narrative that has been progressively secularized over the course of nearly two millennia. She displays a deep understanding of psychoanalytic theories, while at the same time raising provocative questions about their status as knowledge and as science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44019/cover/9780521444019.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating Modern Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Its Mathematics, Physics and Philosophy in Historical Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plato, Jan von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the only book to chart the history and development of modern probability theory. It shows how in the first thirty years of this century probability theory became a mathematical science. The author also traces the development of probabilistic concepts and theories in statistical and quantum physics. There are chapters dealing with chance phenomena, as well as the main mathematical theories of today, together with their foundational and philosophical problems. Among the theorists whose work is treated at some length are Kolmogorov, von Mises and de Finetti. The principal audience for the book comprises philosophers and historians of science, mathematicians concerned with probability and statistics, and physicists. The book will also interest anyone fascinated by twentieth-century scientific developments because the birth of modern probability is closely tied to the change from a determinist to an indeterminist world-view.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44033/cover/9780521444033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Survey of World Migration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This extensive survey of migration in the modern world begins in the sixteenth century with the establishment of European colonies overseas, and covers the history of migration to the late twentieth century, when global communications and transport systems stimulated immense and complex flows of labour migrants and skilled professionals. In ninety-five contributions, leading scholars from twenty-seven different countries consider a wide variety of issues including migration patterns, the flights of refugees and illegal migration. Each entry is a substantive essay, supported by up-to-date bibliographies, tables, plates, maps and figures. As the most wide-ranging coverage of migration in a single volume, The Cambridge Survey of World Migration will be an indispensable reference tool for scholars and students in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44057/cover/9780521444057.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Multiplicity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbons, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brian Gibbons presents the idea of multiplicity as a way of understanding the form and style of Shakespeare's plays: composed of many different codes, woven together in a unique pattern for each play, rather than variations on fixed notions of comedy or tragedy. Selecting from different phases of Shakespeare's career, the book's method is comparison, using an imaginative range of texts and new approaches; there is also lively discussion of modern staging. Comparison with major works by Spenser, Sidney and Marlowe is complemented by a demonstration of Shakespeare's re-use of his own previous plays and poems. Far from reducing the plays to a formula, Brian Gibbons shows how criticism articulates what popular audiences have always known, that the plays' sheer abundance and variety is their strength. This is an original book, scholarly yet straightforward, on an issue of central interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44064/cover/9780521444064.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Lexical Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saint-Dizier, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viegas, Evelyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>457</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lexical semantics has become a major research area within computational linguistics, drawing from psycholinguistics, knowledge representation, computer algorithms and architecture. Research programmes whose goal is the definition of large lexicons are asking what the appropriate representation structure is for different facets of lexical information. Among these facets, semantic information is probably the most complex and the least explored. Computational Lexical Semantics is one of the first volumes to provide models for the creation of various kinds of computerized lexicons for the automatic treatment of natural language, with applications to machine translation, automatic indexing, and database front-ends, knowledge extraction, among other things. It focuses on semantic issues, as seen by linguists, psychologists and computer scientists. Besides describing academic research, it also covers ongoing industrial projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44101/cover/9780521444101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144411X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144411X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Differences between the Sexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Short, R. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balaban, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In most animals, from bees to bison, house flies to humans, it is possible to see at a glance whether an individual is male or female. How and why have these differences in appearance and behaviour developed and what are the nature and extent of the differences between men and women? This book reviews the latest molecular, genetic, hormonal, anatomical and behavioural data in a wide range of species in a series of lively and highly readable articles from the world's leading experts in this field. Such an overview has never before been attempted. It will have a wide appeal, especially to undergraduates and graduates in the biological and medical sciences, and will help to bridge the gap between those who study genes and molecules in the laboratory and those who study the behaviour of animals in the wild.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44118/cover/9780521444118.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sade and the Narrative of Transgression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allison, David B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiss, Allen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major collection of essays on the Marquis de Sade encompasses a wide range of critical approaches to his &#339;uvre, including some of the most celebrated texts in Sade scholarship. It focuses on several distinctly contemporary areas of interest: the explicitly libidinal components of Sade's work and the effects they engender, the textual and narrative apparatus which supports these operations, the ethical and political concerns which arise from them, and the problematic issues surrounding the conceptual closure of representation. Sade is placed at the centre of current debates in literary and philosophical criticism, feminist and gender theory, aesthetics, rhetoric and eighteenth-century French cultural history, and this volume will be of interest to a wide range of readers across these disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44156/cover/9780521444156.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Medieval English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallace, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1070</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-scale history of medieval English literature for nearly a century. Thirty-three distinguished contributors offer a collaborative account of literature composed or transmitted in England, Wales, Ireland and Scotland between the Norman conquest and the death of Henry VIII in 1547. The volume has five sections: 'After the Norman Conquest'; 'Writing in the British Isles'; 'Institutional Productions'; 'After the Black Death' and 'Before the Reformation'. It provides information on a vast range of literary texts and the conditions of their production and reception, which will serve both specialists and general readers, and also contains a chronology, full bibliography and a detailed index. This book offers the most extensive and vibrant account available of the medieval literatures so drastically reconfigured in Tudor England. It will thus prove essential reading for scholars of the Renaissance as well as medievalists, and for historians as well as literary specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/90465/cover/9780521890465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seventeenth-Century Spanish Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terry, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study in English of one of the most important bodies of verse in European literature. Seventeenth-century Spanish poetry represents the culmination of a rich Renaissance tradition, and Professor Terry sets out to make this accessible not only to Hispanists but to readers of English, French and Italian poetry, with which it had many points of contact. He deals both with the major poets - G&#243;ngora, Lope de Vega, Quevedo, Sor Juana In&#233;s de la Cruz - and with the impressively large number of good minor poets, from the Argensolas to Boc&#225;ngel and Soto de Rojas, whose work is still relatively little read.  Drawing upon recent developments in literary criticism as well as paying close attention to individual poems, the book discusses a wide range of issues including the re working of classical and Renaissance models, the importance of rhetoric, and the relationship between author, poem and reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44217/cover/9780521444217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renaissance of Lesbianism in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traub, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Renaissance of Lesbianism in Early Modern England is the eagerly-awaited study by the feminist scholar who was among the first to address the issue of early modern female homoeroticism. Valerie Traub analyzes the representation of female-female love, desire and eroticism in a range of early modern discourses, including poetry, drama, visual arts, pornography and medicine. Contrary to the silence and invisibility typically ascribed to lesbianism in the Renaissance, Traub argues that the early modern period witnessed an unprecedented proliferation of representations of such desire. By means of sophisticated interpretations of a comprehensive set of texts, the book not only charts a crucial shift in representations of female homoeroticism over the course of the seventeenth century, but also offers a provocative genealogy of contemporary lesbianism. A contribution to the history of sexuality and to feminist and queer theory, the book addresses current theoretical preoccupations through the lens of historical inquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48857/cover/9780521448857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beth, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jungnickel, Deiter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lenz, Hanfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume of the second edition of the standard text on design theory. Since the first edition there has been extensive development of the theory and this book has been thoroughly rewritten and extended during that time. In particular the growing importance of discrete mathematics to many parts of engineering and science have made designs a useful tool for applications. It is suitable for advanced courses and as a reference work, not only for researchers in discrete mathematics or finite algebra, but also for those working in computer and communications engineering and other mathematically oriented disciplines. Exercises are included throughout, and the book concludes with an extensive and updated bibliography of well over 1800 items.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44323/cover/9780521444323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gene Therapy in the Treatment of Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Progress and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huber, Brian E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magrath, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The clinical applications of human gene therapy have been particularly fruitful in oncology, and in the last few decades there has been explosive growth in understanding of the genetic lesions leading to neoplasia. This volume in the series Cancer: Clinical Science in Practice reviews progress in the basic and clinical science of gene therapy in oncology, and looks forward to future developments. It considers what has worked and what has not in the fast-evolving field of gene therapy, drawing on laboratory studies and clinical trials, including the work of the contributors themselves. Topical and authoritative, volumes in this series are intended for a wide audience of clinicians and researchers with an interest in the applications of biomedical science to the understanding and management of cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33510/cover/9780521033510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Literature and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conquest of the Caucasus from Pushkin to Tolstoy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Layton, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide a synthesising study of Russian writing about the Caucasus during the nineteenth-century age of empire-building. From Pushkin's ambivalent portrayal of an alpine Circassia to Tolstoy's condemnation of tsarist aggression against Muslim tribes in Hadji Murat, the literary analysis is firmly set in its historical context, and the responses of the Russian readership too receive extensive attention. As well as exploring literature as such, this study introduces material from travelogues, oriental studies, ethnography, memoirs, and the utterances of tsarist officials and military commanders. While showing how literature often underwrote imperialism, the book carefully explores the tensions between the Russian state's ideology of a European mission to civilise the Muslim mountaineers, and romantic perceptions of those tribes as noble primitives whose extermination was no cause for celebration. By dealing with imperialism in Georgia as well, the study shows how the varied treatment of the Caucasus in literature helped Russians construct a satisfying identity for themselves as a semi-European, semi-Asian people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44439/cover/9780521444439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wagner: Die Meistersinger von N&#252;rnberg</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warrack, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Die Meistersinger von N&#252;rnberg is Wagner's only mature comedy, and one of the richest and most profound in the history of music. This book presents an informative and stimulating study of an opera that occupies a particular place in music lovers' affections, yet always has more to reveal. John Warrack traces the evolution of the work from plans for a light comic opera, through all the drafts and the literary influences on them, into the eventual comedy; and he then studies the music in depth. He also gives an account of what Wagner found in the historical Mastersingers and their music. Lucy Beckett explores the influence of Schopenhauer on the work, and examines the complexity of its expressive methods. Michael Tanner suggests new ways of interpreting the opera's inner and outer worlds. There is a history of significant productions by Patrick Carnegy. The volume includes a full synopsis, bibliography and three appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44446/cover/9780521444446.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ocean Atmosphere Interaction and Climate Modeling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Boris A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hazin, Mikhail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>391</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is addressed to advanced students in oceanography, meteorology and environmental sciences, as well as to professional researchers in these fields. It aims to acquaint them with the state-of-the-art and recent advances in experimental and theoretical investigations of ocean-atmosphere interactions, a rapidly developing field in earth sciences. Particular attention is paid to the scope and perspectives for satellite measurements and mathematical modeling. Current approaches to the construction of coupled ocean-atmosphere models (from the simplest one-dimensional to the most comprehensive three-dimensional ones) for the solution of key problems in climate theory are discussed in detail. Field measurements and the results of numerical climate simulations are presented, to help understand the variability arising from various natural and anthropogenic factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25935/cover/9780521025935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Design by Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making Design Competition Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasar, Jack L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What meanings do buildings and places convey to the people who use and visit them? Too often, design competitions and signature architecture result in costly eyesores that do not work. How can sponsors and clients get more meaningful results? In answer to these questions, Dr Nasar, supported by riveting studies of competitions and Peter Eisenman's competition-winning design for the Wexner Center at the Ohio State University, suggests the use of pre-jury evaluation (PJE). He shows the potential value of this approach as well as visual quality programming for many kinds of environmental design for which the client wants to convey certain desirable meanings. The studies, from those specific to the Wexner Center to those covering the scope of history, point to an alternative method for shaping the visual form of buildings, places and cities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44491/cover/9780521444491.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime, Disorder, and the Risorgimento</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Policing in Bologna</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Steven C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a meticulous examination of the ideology, structure, and functions of papal police as they operated in the city and province of Bologna in the period before Italian unity. In doing so, it also offers an important new perspective on the Risorgimento in the region. The author argues that after the Restoration the papal government maintained much of Napoleon's police apparatus in order to enhance its absolute power as an administrative monarchy; but the new police soon found themselves incapable of dealing effectively with the prevailing problems of the day, including political conspiracy, rampant unemployment, widespread poverty, and endemic crime in city and countryside alike. In 1828 and 1847 the papal government was forced to allow Bologna's elites to arm themselves in posse-style 'citizen patrols'. On each occasion the patrols became a rallying point of reform and, eventually, revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44507/cover/9780521444507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discrepant Engagement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dissonance, Cross-Culturality and Experimental Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackey, Nathaniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discrepant Engagement addresses work by a number of authors not normally grouped under a common rubric - black writers from the United States and the Caribbean and the so-called Black Mountain poets. Nathaniel Mackey examines the ways in which the experimental aspects of their work advance a critique of the assumptions underlying conventional perceptions and practice. Arguing that the work of these writers engages the discrepancy between presumed norms and qualities of experience such norms fail to accommodate, Mackey highlights their valorization of dissonance, divergence and formal disruption. He advances a cross-cultural mix that is uncommon in studies of experimental writing, frequently bringing the works and ideas of the authors it addresses into dialogue and juxtaposition with one another, insisting that parallels, counterpoint and relevance to one another exist among writers otherwise separated by ethnic and regional boundaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44538/cover/9780521444538.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sims, Christopher A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a two-volume set of articles reflecting the current state of research in theoretical and applied econometrics. The topics covered include time series methods, semiparametric methods, seasonality, financial economics, model solution techniques, economic development, and labour economics. All the contributions were commissioned to be presented at the plenary sessions of the Sixth World Congress of the Econometric Society in Barcelona.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44590/cover/9780521444590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sims, Christopher A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of a two-volume set of articles reflecting the current state of research in theoretical and applied econometrics. The topics covered include time series methods, semiparametric methods, seasonality, financial economics, model solution techniques, economic development, and labour economics. All the contributions were commissioned to be presented at the plenary sessions of the Sixth World Congress of the Econometric Society in Barcelona.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44606/cover/9780521444606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Urban History of Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palliser, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>888</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first volume of The Cambridge Urban History surveys the history of British towns from their post-Roman origins in the seventh century down to the sixteenth century. It provides the first ever detailed overview of the course of medieval urban development, and draws on archaeological and architectural as well as historical sources. The volume combines thematic analysis with regional and national surveys, with full coverage of developments in England, Scotland and Wales. The international team of contributors represent historical, geographical and archaeological expertise, and the whole marks a major step forward in the understanding of the medieval British town. Part One examines historiographical tradition and the origins of British towns. Parts Two and Three focus on the early and later medieval periods respectively, and Part Four contains a sequence of systematic regional surveys. Extensively illustrated, the volume also contains ranking lists of towns and an extensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44613/cover/9780521444613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and the Genesis of War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Welch, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies of the causes of wars generally presuppose a 'realist' account of motivation: when statesmen choose to wage war, they do so for purposes of self-preservation or self-aggrandizement. In this book, however, David Welch argues that humans are motivated by normative concerns, the pursuit of which may result in behaviour inconsistent with self-interest. He examines the effect of one particular type of normative motivation - the justice motive - in the outbreak of five Great Power wars: the Crimean war, the Franco-Prussian war, World War I, World War II, and the Falklands war. Realist theory would suggest that these wars would be among the least likely to be influenced by considerations other than power and interest, but the author demonstrates that the justice motive played an important role in the genesis of war, and that its neglect by theorists of international politics is a major oversight.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44620/cover/9780521444620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolving Science of Mental Disorder</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthysse, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benes, Francine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Deborah L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scientific study of mental disorder is exciting today because of discoveries in molecular genetics, cognitive processes, neurochemistry and neuroanatomy. The study of mental disorder has evolved from a primarily descriptive discipline into a mature science that encompasses both biological underpinnings and social and developmental work. Psychopathology combines these fields of research to present a comprehensive picture of psychosis. In this important volume, distinguished investigators from these fields present findings from their laboratories, as well as perspectives on areas of rapid growth and change. The editors also provide thoughtful overviews of four major topics in psychopathology research: brain mechanisms, thinking, development and genetics. This book will appeal to graduate students, clinicians and researchers in the fields of psychiatry, cognitive science and neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44699/cover/9780521444699.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetry and its Discontents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the History of Inductive Probability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabell, S. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a collection of essays on the history and philosophy of probability and statistics by one of the eminent scholars in these subjects. Written over the last fifteen years, they fall into three broad categories. The first deals with the use of symmetry arguments in inductive probability, in particular, their use in deriving rules of succession (Carnap's 'continuum of inductive methods'). The second group deals with four outstanding individuals who made lasting contributions to probability and statistics in very different ways: Frank Ramsey, R. A. Fisher, Alan Turing, and Abraham de Moivre. The last group of essays deals with the problem  of 'predicting the unpredictable' - making predictions when the range of possible outcomes is unknown in advance. The essays weave together the history and philosophy of these subjects and document the fascination that they have exercised for more than three centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49120/cover/9780521449120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144473X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144473X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Youth Unemployment and Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Anne C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, Jeylan T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>337</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As societies become more technically advanced and jobs require more expertise, young people are forced into a prolonged state of social marginality. Employment during adolescence could provide significant experiences for growth into later work roles, but most societies are not equipped to provide adolescents with meaningful work experience. In Youth Unemployment and Society, historians, psychologists, economists and sociologists provide a cross-national examination of trends in youth unemployment and intervention strategies in the United States and Europe. Assessing the causes of aggregate societal unemployment rates, the authors address factors that make individuals more vulnerable to unemployment and consider the developmental consequences of this experience. The volume also examines how persistently high rates of youth unemployment affect society's values, beliefs and institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44736/cover/9780521444736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Generalized Topological Degree and Semilinear Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petryshyn, Wolodymyr V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes many new results and extensions of the theory of generalised topological degree for densely defined A-proper operators and presents important applications, particularly to boundary value problems of non-linear ordinary and partial differential equations, which are intractable under any other existing theory.  A-proper mappings arise naturally in the solution to an equation in infinite dimensional space via the finite dimensional approximation. This theory subsumes classical theory involving compact vector fields, as well as the more recent theories of condensing vector-fields, strongly monotone and strongly accretive maps.  Researchers and graduate students in mathematics, applied mathematics and physics who make use of non-linear analysis will find this an important resource for new techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44743/cover/9780521444743.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Critics on the Cinema of Glasnost</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brashinsky, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russian Critics on the Cinema of Glasnost gathers together twenty-three essays written by some of Russia's most astute commentators of film and culture. Written during the 1980s and published in English for the first time, this collection includes reviews of films such as Little Vera and Taxi Blues, which were critically hailed in the West. Their comments not only illuminate important aspects of Russian filmmaking during this decade: as importantly, they capture a sense of a society in flux during the waning years of communism, as well as the larger context within which Glasnost cinema and culture developed. This collection provides insight into the successes and shortcomings of Glasnost, as captured in film, for a Western audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44750/cover/9780521444750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe in the Neolithic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Creation of New Worlds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittle, Alasdair W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>459</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Whittle reviews the latest archaeological evidence on Neolithic Europe from 7000 to 2500 BC. Describing important areas, sites and problems, he addresses the major themes that have engaged the attention of scholars: the transition from a forager lifestyle; the rate and dynamics of change; and the nature of Neolithic society. He challenges conventional views, arguing that Neolithic society was rooted in the values and practices of its forager predecessors right across the continent. Only gradually did new attitudes emerge, to time and the past, to the sacred realms of ancestors and the dead, to nature and to the concept of community. Unique in its broad and up-to-date coverage of long-term processes of change on a continental scale, this revised version of Whittle's Neolithic Europe: A Survey reflects radical changes in the evidence and in interpretive approaches over the past decade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44767/cover/9780521444767.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Women's Writing in Germany, Austria and Switzerland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Catling, Jo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first English account of women's writing in Germany, Austria and Switzerland, offering both an introduction and a chronological overview of the whole field of women's writing in German-speaking countries from the Middle Ages to the present day. It will appeal both to students and scholars of German literature, and to a wider readership interested in women's writing and gender studies wishing to learn about the diversity and development of writing by women in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The sixteen chapters, written by experts in their field, provide a comprehensive account of women's writing over a thousand-year period. Extensive guides to further reading, and a detailed guide to more than four hundred writers and works, together with an index for cross-referencing, form an integral part of the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44828/cover/9780521444828.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Robert Frost and a Poetics of Appetite</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Frost and a Poetics of Appetite reads Frost's poetry within a theoretical perspective generated, but not limited by feminist analysis, and it evaluates Frost's persistent feminising of poetic language in ways that he typically dramatises as both erotic and humiliating. Kearns examines how Frost's dual and potentially conflicting obligations - to be manly and to be a poet - inform his entire poetics. Rather than approaching Frost's poetry with the methods and assumptions of deconstruction in mind, this book finds that Frost himself forces a deconstructive reading: his unstable ironies, his complexities and his manipulations of form are designed precisely to produce the conviction that any suggestion of significance is arbitrary and personal. The study unites biography, psychology and feminism in creating an adept and imaginative instrument of interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44859/cover/9780521444859.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prospects, Thresholds and Interiors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Watercolours from the National Collection at the Victoria and Albert Museum</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This catalogue accompanies an exhibition of watercolours from The National Collection of Watercolours at the Victoria and Albert Museum. In a study of paintings spanning some two hundred years, Lewis Johnson explores the familiar and the unfamiliar in one of the most apparently tradition-governed practices of painting. Taking as his starting point the formation of the Collection in the mid-nineteenth century, he examines contemporary claims for watercolour as a modern art, and shows how certain notions of the modern were interlinked with nationalist and imperialist culture in Britain. His analysis of traditional criticism's dependence on these ideas, and of its limitations in the face of the complexity of historical, social, political and philosophical questions raised by the paintings, makes this study a bold and timely contribution to the reappraisal of the history and theory of art in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44880/cover/9780521444880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuronal Growth Cones</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon-Weeks, Phillip R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'I had the good fortune to behold for the first time that fantastic ending of the growing axon. In my sections of the spinal cord of the three day chick embryo, this ending appeared as a concentration of protoplasm of conical form, endowed with amoeboid movements. It could be compared with a living battering ram, soft and flexible, which advances, pushing aside mechanically the obstacles which it finds in its path, until it reaches the region of its peripheral termination. This curious terminal club, I christened the growth cone.' (Santiago Ram&#243;n y Cajal, Recollections of My Life, 1937). In Neuronal Growth Cones, Phillip Gordon-Weeks presents the molecular biology of the behavior of growth cones. The book covers the basic morphology and behavior of growth cones, motility and neurite extension via the growth cone cytoskeleton, pathfinding, intracellular signalling, and synaptogenesis. It is the first detailed, critical analysis of all aspects of growth cone biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44910/cover/9780521444910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Guide to Amateur Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teece, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogg, Helen Sawyer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>347</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do you choose your first telescope? Or build one from first principles? What can the deep sky offer you season-by-season? How do you get started in astrophotography? And progress to CCD imaging? The Guide to Amateur Astronomy answers the questions of the novice and the experienced amateur astronomer in one easy-to-use and comprehensive account. Throughout the emphasis is on practical methods to get you started and then develop your skills with lavish illustrations to show you just what is possible. This second edition of the highly successful Guide  has been fully revised and updated. It now takes you from basic 'piggyback' astrophotography, through the use of a cold camera to state-of-the-art CCD imaging; from studies of the planets to the most distant objects in the Universe. From guidelines for the care and adjustment of your telescope through to lists of the spectral classification of stars, amateur astronomy societies and clubs, all the information you need for your voyage of discovery and revelation is provided in this self-contained, helpful guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44927/cover/9780521444927.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Listening and Reading</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Primary Reception of German Literature 800-1300</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Dennis Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new study brings recent scholarly debates on oral cultures and literate societies to bear on the earliest recorded literature in German (800-1300). It considers the criteria for assessing what works were destined for listeners, what examples anticipated readers, and how far both modes of reception could apply to one work. The opening chapters review previous scholarship, and the introduction of writing into preliterate Germany. The core of the book presents lexical and non-lexical evidence for the different modes of reception, taken from the whole spectrum of genres, from dance songs to liturgy, from drama and heroic literature to the court narrative and lyric poetry. The social contexts of reception and the physical process of reading books are also considered. Two concluding chapters explore the literary and historical implications of the slow interpenetration of orality and literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44934/cover/9780521444934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerson and the Conduct of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pragmatism and Ethical Purpose in the Later Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'I like not the man who is thinking how to be good,' Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, 'but the man thinking how to accomplish his work'. The ethical emphasis on work and activity signals the shift in his thinking that is the subject of Emerson and the Conduct of Life. In this book, David M. Robinson describes Emerson's evolution from mystic to pragmatist and shows the importance of Emerson's undervalued later writing. Emerson's reputation has rested on the addresses and essays of the 1830s and 1840s, in which he propounded a version of transcendental idealism and memorably portrayed moments of mystical insight. But Emerson's later thinking suggests an increasing concern over the elusiveness of mysticism and an increasing emphasis on ethical choice and practical power. Robinson discusses each of Emerson's major later works noting their increasing orientation to a philosophy of the 'conduct of life'. These books represent Emerson's attempt to forge a philosophy based on the centrality of domestic life, vocation and social relations and they reveal Emerson as an ethical philosopher who stressed the spiritual value of human relations, work and social action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44972/cover/9780521444972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521444985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521444985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521444989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotional Contagion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521444989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatfield, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cacioppo, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rapson, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When people are in a certain mood, whether elation or depression, that mood is often communicated to others. When we are talking to someone who is depressed it may make us feel depressed, whereas if we talk to someone who is feeling self-confident and buoyant we are likely to feel good about ourselves. This phenomenon, known as emotional contagion, is identified here, and compelling evidence for its affect is offered from a variety of disciplines - social and developmental psychology, history, cross-cultural psychology, experimental psychology, and psychopathology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/44989/cover/9780521444989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enzyme Kinetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Diastase to Multi-enzyme Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulz, Arthur R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text covers the field of steady-state kinetics from basic principles to the control of the multi-enzyme systems which constitute metabolic pathways. Emphasis is placed on the interpretation of the kinetic behaviour of enzyme-catalyzed reactions in terms of mechanisms. Algorithms are developed which can be implemented in computer programs for the derivation of equations. The treatment of steady-state enzyme kinetics is extended to allosteric enzymes and subunit interactions in polymeric enzymes. Principles are presented which provide for mathematical analysis of the control of multi-enzyme systems. Problems are included at the end of each chapter and their solutions are found at the end of the book. This book will be a useful text for advanced undergraduates and graduate students taking courses in enzyme chemistry and enzyme kinetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45009/cover/9780521445009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds of Hurt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading the Literatures of Trauma</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tal, Kal&#237;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Worlds of Hurt presents a coherent rendering of the relationships between individual trauma and cultural interpretation, using as its focus the Holocaust, the Vietnam war, and the phenomenon of sexual violence against women. Survivors of these traumas constitute themselves as unique communities and bear witness to their traumatic experiences both privately and publicly. The survivors themselves write a 'literature of trauma' - born of the need to tell and retell the story of the traumatic experience, to make it 'real' to the victim, the community, and to the larger public. In so doing, they draw on their understanding of previous traumas and other survivor communities, using them both as validation and cathartic vehicle for the traumatised author. When traumatic stories are told and retold, they enter the vocabulary of the larger culture and become tools for the construction of national and cultural myths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45047/cover/9780521445047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bishop and Chapter in Twelfth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the 'Mensa Episcopalis'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosby, Everett U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first detailed examination on a comparative basis of the economic and political relations between the bishops and their cathedral clergy in England during the century and a half after the Conquest. In particular, it is a study of the structure and historical development of the mensal endowments and the redistribution of wealth which led, in the course of time, to the establishment of the chapter as a largely independent body with substantial political power. A description of the constitutional importance of the mensa and its treatment in recent scholarly writing is followed by a discussion of property rights and liberties in the church and the role of the bishop in ecclesiastical and civil government. The core of the book consists of an analysis based on contemporary sources of the episcopal and capitular organisation in each of the ten monastic and seven secular sees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45078/cover/9780521445078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Magnetic Recording</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bertram, H. Neal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive text on the theory of the magnetic recording process. It gives the reader a fundamental, in-depth understanding of all the essential features of the writing and retrieval of information for both high density disk recording and tape recording. The material is timely because magnetic recording technology is currently undergoing rapid advancement in systems capacity and data rate. The competing technologies of longitudinal and perpendicular recording are given parallel treatments throughout this book. A simultaneous treatment of time and frequency response is given to facilitate assessment of signal processing schemes. In addition to covering basic issues, the author discusses key systems questions of non-linearities and overwrite. The emerging technology of magnetoresisitive heads is analysed separately and three chapters are devoted to various aspects of medium noise. This unique book will be valuable as a course text for both senior undergraduates and graduate students. It will also be of value to research and development scientists in the magnetic recording industry. The book includes a large number of homework problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45122/cover/9780521445122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of English Stress</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burzio, Luigi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Luigi Burzio's Principles of English Stress challenges many of the assumptions that have underpinned the generative description of English stress and more generally 'standard' metrical theory. Central to Burzio's analysis is a novel typology of metrical constituents that includes ternary feet and excludes monosyllabic feet. The analysis is essentially nonderivational in character: principles of well-formedness check for the presence of stress and weight in the output. The principles themselves are organized into a hierarchy consisting of a hardcore-controlling foot form that in cases of conflict may override principles of metrical consistency and alignment of edges. The interplay among these competing principles accounts for the cyclic effects of the standard theory. A special role is accorded phonetically null syllables that analyse hidden metrical structure to preserve a simple foot inventory and sharply curtail the standard theory's extrametricality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45139/cover/9780521445139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Associative Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanks, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is hard to think of any significant aspect of our lives that is not influenced by what we have learned in the past. Of fundamental importance is our ability to learn the ways in which events are related to one another, called associative learning. This book provides a fresh look at associative learning theory and reviews extensively the advances made over the last twenty years. The Psychology of Associative Learning begins by establishing that the human associative learning system is rational in the sense that it accurately represents event relationships. David Shanks goes on to consider the informational basis of learning, in terms of the memorisation of instances, and discusses at length the application of connectionist models to human learning. The book concludes with an evaluation of the role of rule induction in associative learning. This will be essential reading for graduate students and final year undergraduates of psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45153/cover/9780521445153.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Research and Development in Expert Systems IX</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bramer, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milne, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the refereed and invited papers which were presented at Expert Systems 92, the twelfth annual conference of the British Computer Society's Specialist Group on Expert Systems, held in Cambridge in December 1992. Together with its predecessors this is essential reading for those who wish to keep up to date with developments and opportunities in this important field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45177/cover/9780521445177.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Theory of the Riemann Zeta-Function</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Motohashi, Yoichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Riemann zeta function is one of the most studied objects in mathematics, and is of fundamental importance. In this book, based on his own research, Professor Motohashi shows that the function is closely bound with automorphic forms and that many results from there can be woven with techniques and ideas from analytic number theory to yield new insights into, and views of, the zeta function itself. The story starts with an elementary but unabridged treatment of the spectral resolution of the non-Euclidean Laplacian and the trace formulas. This is achieved by the use of standard tools from analysis rather than any heavy machinery, forging a substantial aid for beginners in spectral theory as well. These ideas are then utilized to unveil an image of the zeta-function, first perceived by the author, revealing it to be the main gem of a necklace composed of all automorphic L-functions. In this book, readers will find a detailed account of one of the most fascinating stories in the development of number theory, namely the fusion of two main fields in mathematics that were previously studied separately.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45207/cover/9780521445207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Escape from Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>What Makes a Difference for Children?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chase-Lansdale, P. Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooks-Gunn, Jeanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poverty rate for children in the United States exceeds that of all other Western, industrialised nations except Australia. Moreover, poverty among children has increased substantially since 1970, affecting more than one-fifth of US children. These persistent high rates require new ideas in both research and public policy. Escape from Poverty presents such ideas. Four modes of possible change are addressed: mothers' employment, child care, father involvement, and access to health care. It examines the implications of these new policy-driven changes for children. The editors have developed an interdisciplinary perspective, involving demographers, developmental psychologists, economists, health experts, historians, and sociologists - a framework essential for addressing the complexities inherent in the links between the lives of poor adults and children in our society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45214/cover/9780521445214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144523X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144523X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Benthic Suspension Feeders and Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wildish, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristmanson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>423</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about those animals found on the sea floor that live by filtering microscopic particles carried to them by water currents. Its purpose is to review what is known about the biology of suspension feeders in relation to their flow environment. The book includes the larval biology, physiology, ethology and ecology of suspension feeders interacting with water flow. It will be of value to marine scientists beginning research in the new, interdisciplinary field of hydrodynamics and benthic biology, and it is the first attempt to provide a comprehensive overview of this synthesis from the biological viewpoint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45238/cover/9780521445238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writings on Writing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kipling, Rudyard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemp, Sandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>241</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Unlike his contemporaries Virginia Woolf and Henry James, Kipling always denied he was a critic. But his letters, speeches, and stories are full of comments on writing and writers. This collection, including many formerly unpublished private letters and papers, details Kipling's response to the commercialisation of literature and the emerging role of the writer as celebrity in the turbulent literary world of the 1890s and beyond. They reveal a mind intensely concerned with questions of literary value, with language and imagination, with truth, realism, and romanticism. Kipling's fame made him a significant spokesperson for important segments of the reading public - the soldiers, engineers, and functionaries central to Britain's imperial expansion. He profoundly influenced English literary language and our perception of English national character. This book offers access to the private and public history of a writer whose continuing influence is still a matter of fierce controversy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45276/cover/9780521445276.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholicism and Liberalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions to American Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Douglass, R. Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollenbach, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liberalism and Catholicism are two of the most important forces shaping the contemporary political culture of the United States. This book explores what is at stake as they encounter each other in new contexts today and what a fresh conversation between them promises for the future of American public life. It is based on the conviction that both traditions continue to have much to learn from each other and that both would contribute more constructively to the resolution of the problems facing the nation if they were to do so. It is thus an invitation to the dialogue that could produce such mutual learning, and is a collaborative effort that brings together the work of scholars from a variety of disciplines. Though the book gives particular attention to the United States, it has relevance to debates about the future of liberalism and Catholicism in many other parts of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45283/cover/9780521445283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neural Networks and Qualitative Physics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Viability Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aubin, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to some mathematical methods that arise in two domains of artificial intelligence: neural networks and qualitative physics. The rapid advances in these two areas left several mathematical questions unanswered that should motivate and challenge mathematicians. Professor Aubin makes use of control and viability theory in neural networks and cognitive systems, regarded as dynamical systems controlled by synaptic matrices, and set-values analysis that plays a natural and crucial role in qualitative analysis and simulation. This allows many examples of neural networks to be presented in a unified way. In addition, several results on the control of linear and nonlinear systems are used to obtain a 'learning algorithm' of pattern classification problems, such as the back-propagation formula, as well as learning algorithms of feedback regulation laws of solutions to control systems subject to state constraints. This book should be a valuable introduction to the field for researchers in neural networks and cognitive systems, and should help to expand the range of study for viability theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45320/cover/9780521445320.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diagnosing Unemployment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malinvaud, Edmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays. Edmond Malinvaud aims at explaining what he learned as a government statistician, particularly with respect to the unemployment problems of the last two decades. The government expert must forecast for diagnosing spontaneous trends or assessing the likely impact of public decisions. Such forecasts rely on a more or less intensive analysis. To understand the main distinction between frictional and disequilibrium unemployment requires a more rigorous conceptual apparatus than is often acknowledged; this leads to a properly defined Beveridge curve playing the major role. The most vexing issue concerns the effect of real wages on the medium term trend of labour demand; it cannot be well grasped without a good understanding of investment, for which the author presents his reference model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45337/cover/9780521445337.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industry in the Countryside</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wealden Society in the Sixteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zell, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Industry in the Countryside is a wide-ranging and readable study of the nature of manufacturing before the Industrial Revolution. It examines the widely-debated theory of 'proto-industrialisation', drawing on data from the Kentish Weald - an area which was already a centre of cottage industry in the Tudor era and was also the earliest rural manufacturing region to 'de-industrialise'. The book analyses the Wealden textile industry from its workforce to its industrialists and emphasises the ubiquity of dual employment among textile workers. It explores the local context of cottage industry, investigating the pattern of landholding and inheritance, the local farming regime, and the demographic background to rural industrialisation. Zell outlines what type of local economy became the site of this so-called 'proto-industry' and shows the impact of cottage industry on the people of such regions. He concludes by asking, is there anything in the 'proto-industrialisation' model?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45412/cover/9780521445412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Origins of Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Romantic Appropriation of the Bible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the late eighteenth century the Bible underwent a shift in interpretation so radical as to make it virtually a different book from what it had been a hundred years earlier. Even as its text was being revealed as neither stable nor original, the new notion of the Bible as a cultural artefact became a paradigm for all literature. In Origins of Narrative one of the world's leading scholars in biblical interpretation, criticism and theory describes how, while formal religion declined, the prestige of the Bible as a literary and aesthetic model rose to new heights: not merely was English, German and French Romanticism steeped in biblical references of a new kind, but hermeneutics and, increasingly, theories of literature and criticism were biblically derived. Professor Prickett reveals how the Romantic Bible became simultaneously a novel-like narrative work, an on-going site of re-interpretation, and an all-embracing literary form giving meaning to all other writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45436/cover/9780521445436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Myth of Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Righter, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is critical theory, and to what extent can it claim to exist as a free-standing entity independent of the object of enquiry? Is the much-discussed gulf between Anglo-Saxon empiricism and Continental post-structuralism more apparent than real? In The Myth of Theory William Righter explores the nature of thinking about literature and the assumed polarities between the abstract reasonings of philosophy and the concrete exploratory manoeuvres of critical practice. He goes on to examine the role of theory in critical observation, through extended case studies of the work of critics including Barthes. Bloom, Poulet, Eliot, Empson, Kristeva and Derrida. His underlying argument is that criticism uses theory but is never effectively directed or controlled by it: the inherent radicalism built into critical practice fragments and transforms general concepts in the act of applying them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45443/cover/9780521445443.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Clare in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haughton, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Summerfield, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The marginalisation of John Clare, despite renewed interest in Romanticism and the literature of madness, is still an enigma. Perhaps more than any other poet of the period, Clare has never found the contexts in which his poetry can be read. This important collection of new critical essays locates Clare's work from diverse points of view, identifying the obstacles to his reception as a major poet. It includes chapters on landscape and botany, Clare's politics, his madness, Clare and the critics, and a remarkable essay by Seamus Heaney on Clare's importance as a poetic precursor. This volume will be a landmark in the history of his reception, revealing the ways in which an appreciation of this unique poet revises the canon of Romantic and Victorian literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45474/cover/9780521445474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Turner: A New Herball</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parts II and III</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapman, George T. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCombie, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wesencraft, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>850</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A New Herball, originally published in three parts during the second half of the sixteenth century, was the first English herbal with any pretensions to scientific status. As such, it provided a landmark in the history of botany and herbalism, breaking new ground in its accuracy of observation and its scientific thoroughness. For the first time since its original publication, the entire Herball is now available in a facsimile edition which faithfully reproduces the beautiful sixteenth-century black-letter text and woodcut illustrations. To aid the twentieth-century reader, a modernised transcript, together with keyed-in notes, a glossary of unfamiliar terms and comprehensive indexes have been provided. Biographical information on this influential physician, naturalist and cleric is also included to give an indication of his contribution to sixteenth-century English history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45498/cover/9780521445498.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>485.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Wise Blood</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreyling, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These new critical essays on Wise Blood, Flannery O'Connor's explosive first novel, not only question our understanding of the 'Southern Gothic,' but launch a new inquiry into the nature and history of O'Connor's critical reputation. Perceived as a 'classic' American writer despite the double setbacks of being a woman and a twentieth-century author, O'Connor continues to speak with striking clarity and disturbing vision to successive generations. Michael Kreyling's introduction explores the nature and history of O'Connor's literary reputation using quotations from her letters, works, and from critical reviews and articles covering the history of her presence in the canon. Robert Brinkmeyer Jr, who has written on O'Connor from a more or less traditional theological view in the past, writes a re-evaluative essay from that point of view. Patricia Yaeger's feminist/psychoanalytical essay explores the construction of the narrative voice in Wise Blood. James Mellard links O'Connor and Lacan, exploring territory that O'Connor herself found dangerous and irresistible: psychology and psychoanalysis. Jon Lance Bacon places O'Connor in the milieu of her times, American popular culture of the 1950s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45504/cover/9780521445504.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Education of Henry Adams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, John Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume in The American Novel series addresses the established reputation of The Education of Henry Adams as a classic work of American autobiography and canonical work of American literature. Examining The Education in terms of early twentieth-century American attitudes to education, gender, US foreign policy, and historiography, these essays add considerably to our understanding of the Education as an expression of its time. The approaches of the four contributors - John Carlos Rowe, Brook Thomas, Martha Banta, and Howard Horwitz - complement each other, even though the specific topic explored by each scholar is distinctly different from the others. The result is a remarkably coherent volume that explains in original ways the continuing importance of The Education of Henry Adams as literature and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45511/cover/9780521445511.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Austrian Economics in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Migration of a Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughn, Karen I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the development of the ideas of the new Austrian school from its beginnings in Vienna in the 1870s to the present. It focuses primarily in showing how the coherent theme that emerges from the thought of Carl Menger, Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich Hayek, Ludwig Lachman, Israel Kirzner and a variety of new younger Austrians is an examination of the implications of time and ignorance (or processes and knowledge) for economic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45528/cover/9780521445528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of American Literary Ideology in Pound and Emerson</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfe, Cary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Limits of American Literary Ideology in Pound and Emerson, Cary Wolfe analyses the dynamics and consequences of radical individualism and the sort of cultural critique it generates in Ralph Waldo Emerson and Ezra Pound. The main purpose of the book is to demonstrate that any form of individualism that is modelled on the logic and structure of private property will always reproduce the very contradictions and alienations that it set out to criticise and to remedy. Part of what makes this study unique and important is that it uses the ideology of individualism, still so powerful and seductive in contemporary America, to build a bridge between the two major figures from literary periods - Modernism and American Romanticism - which are often seen in stark opposition. In doing so, this study extends the critical paradigms and techniques of one of the most exciting new fields of cultural criticism (the so-called 'New Americanist' criticism) to cover a period (Modernism) and a type of writing (poetry) that it has largely ignored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45559/cover/9780521445559.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Genesis of the French Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Global Historical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stone, Bailey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Genesis of the French Revolution offers an interesting synthesis of the long- and short-term causes of the French Revolution. Instead of focusing exclusively upon developments within France, the book immediately places the country, and its revolution, within an international setting. Bailey Stone argues that the French Revolution stemmed from the pre-revolutionary state's converging failures in international and domestic affairs; the monarchy failed not only to remain in touch with changing social, intellectual, and political realities at home, but also to harness its citizens' ambitions and talents to the purpose of maintaining the country's international power and prestige. This analysis also provides a key to comprehending the course of events in revolutionary and post-revolutionary France - and an insight into why revolutionary movements broke out in the former USSR and its surrounding countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45566/cover/9780521445566.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language in the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Enquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cresswell, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What makes the words we speak mean what they do? Possible-worlds semantics articulates the view that the meanings of words contribute to determining, for each sentence, which possible worlds would make the sentence true, and which would make it false. M. J. Cresswell argues that the non-semantic facts on which such semantic facts supervene are facts about the causal interactions between the linguistic behaviour of speakers and the facts in the world that they are speaking about, and that the kind of causation involved is best analysed using David Lewis's account of causation in terms of counterfactuals. Although philosophers have worked on the question of the connection between meaning and linguistic behaviour, it has mostly been without regard to the work done in possible-world semantics and Language in the World is a book-length examination of this problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45627/cover/9780521445627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keats, Narrative and Audience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Posthumous Life of Writing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrew Bennett's original study of Keats focuses on questions of narrative and audience as a means to offer new readings of the major poems. It discusses ways in which reading is 'figured' in Keats's poetry, and suggests that such 'figures of reading' have themselves determined certain modes of response to Keats's texts. Together with important new readings of Keats's poetry, the study presents a significant rethinking of the relationship between Romantic poetry and its audience. Developing recent discussions in literary theory concerning narrative, readers and reading, the nature of the audience for poetry, and the Romantic 'invention' of posterity, Bennett elaborates a sophisticated and historically specific reconceptualization of Romantic writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45658/cover/9780521445658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144568X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144568X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Analysis of the Navier-Stokes Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doering, Charles R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbon, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Navier-Stokes equations are a set of nonlinear partial differential equations comprising the fundamental dynamical description of fluid motion. They are applied routinely to problems in engineering, geophysics, astrophysics, and atmospheric science. This book is an introductory physical and mathematical presentation of the Navier-Stokes equations, focusing on unresolved questions of the regularity of solutions in three spatial dimensions, and the relation of these issues to the physical phenomenon of turbulent fluid motion. Intended for graduate students and researchers in applied mathematics and theoretical physics, results and techniques from nonlinear functional analysis are introduced as needed with an eye toward communicating the essential ideas behind the rigorous analyses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45689/cover/9780521445689.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445701</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Genesis of the French Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Global Historical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stone, Bailey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Genesis of the French Revolution offers an interesting synthesis of the long- and short-term causes of the French Revolution. Instead of focusing exclusively upon developments within France, the book immediately places the country, and its revolution, within an international setting. Bailey Stone argues that the French Revolution stemmed from the pre-revolutionary state's converging failures in international and domestic affairs; the monarchy failed not only to remain in touch with changing social, intellectual, and political realities at home, but also to harness its citizens' ambitions and talents to the purpose of maintaining the country's international power and prestige. This analysis also provides a key to comprehending the course of events in revolutionary and post-revolutionary France - and an insight into why revolutionary movements broke out in the former USSR and its surrounding countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45702/cover/9780521445702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mistaken Identification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Eyewitness, Psychology and the Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cutler, Brian L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penrod, Steven D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The criminal justice system has devised several procedural safeguards to protect defendants from erroneous conviction resulting from mistaken eyewitness identification. Mistaken Identification: The Eyewitness, Psychology and the Law reviews the empirical research bearing on the adequacy of those safeguards. This body of literature converges on the conclusion that traditional safeguards such as presence of counsel at line-ups, cross-examination, and judges' instructions, are ineffective safeguards against mistaken eyewitness identification. Expert psychological testimony on eyewitness memory, designed to educate the jury about how memory processes work and how eyewitness testimony should be evaluated, shows much greater promise as a safeguard against mistaken identifications and erroneous convictions. Mistaken Identification is an invaluable text for advanced psychology students, law students and researchers of memory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45726/cover/9780521445726.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Education of Henry Adams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowe, John Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume in The American Novel series addresses the established reputation of The Education of Henry Adams as a classic work of American autobiography and canonical work of American literature. Examining The Education in terms of early twentieth-century American attitudes to education, gender, US foreign policy, and historiography, these essays add considerably to our understanding of the Education as an expression of its time. The approaches of the four contributors - John Carlos Rowe, Brook Thomas, Martha Banta, and Howard Horwitz - complement each other, even though the specific topic explored by each scholar is distinctly different from the others. The result is a remarkably coherent volume that explains in original ways the continuing importance of The Education of Henry Adams as literature and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45733/cover/9780521445733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domestic Architecture and the Use of Space</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interdisciplinary Cross-Cultural Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kent, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Domestic Architecture and the Use of Space investigates the relationship between the built environment and the organisation of space. The contributors are classical and prehistoric archaeologists, anthropologists and architects, who from their different backgrounds are able to provide some important and original insights into this relationship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45771/cover/9780521445771.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Half a Century of Free Radical Chemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Derek H. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parekh, Shyamal I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the experience over 25 years of the senior author with the chemistry of organic free radicals. It begins with a mechanistic study of industrial importance on the pyrolysis of chlorinated alkanes. It continues with a theory on the biosynthesis of phenolate derived alkaloids involving phenolate radical coupling. There follows 20 years of practical work to prove the theory correct, especially in the case of morphine alkaloids. The book then describes the work on nitrile photolysis (Barton reaction) which involved the invention of new radical chemistry leading to a simple synthesis of the important hormone, aldosterone. There follows a description of the invention of an important new method for the deoxygenation of biologically important molecules, especially sugars and nucleosides, using radical chemistry applied to thiocarbonyl derivatives. Some years later, in a logical extension to carboxylic acids, another new reaction was invented which provides carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and other radicals under mild conditions. A final chapter summarizes recent applications of thiocarbonyl group derived radical reactions by other authors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45801/cover/9780521445801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144585X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144585X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sources of Social Power</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>828</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of Michael Mann's analytical history of social power deals with power relations between the Industrial Revolution and the First World War, focusing on France, Great Britain, Hapsburg Austria, Prussia/Germany and the United States. Based on considerable empirical research it provides original theories of the rise of nations and nationalism, of class conflict, of the modern state and of modern militarism. While not afraid to generalise, it also stresses social and historical complexity. The author sees human society as 'a patterned mess' and attempts to provide a sociological theory appropriate to this.  This theory culminates in the final chapter, an original explanation of the causes of the First World War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45856/cover/9780521445856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extending Families</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Networks of Parents and their Children</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cochran, Moncrieff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larner, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunnarsson, Lars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henderson, Jr, Charles R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do personal networks evolve and what roles do they play for parents, and for the development of children? Can these ties with relatives, neighbours, and friends provide stability for family members during periods of disruption caused by divorce, unemployment, geographic dislocation or serious illness? How do networks change over time? To what extent are network members interchangeable; can unrelated friends take the place of close relatives? These are among the questions addressed in Extending Families, a ground-breaking study about how personal networks evolve, and what roles they play for parents and for the development of children. The volume is an outgrowth of a ten-year cooperative research effort carried out by the authors as part of the Comparative Ecology of Human Development Project at Cornell University. In this comprehensive and integrated volume, Moncrieff Cochran and his colleagues document and compare the roles network members play in the lives of African-American and Caucasian parents in the United States, and parents in Sweden, Wales and West Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45863/cover/9780521445863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Mark Twain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Forrest G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Mark Twain offers new and thought provoking essays on an author of enduring pre-eminence in the American canon. The book is a collaborative project, assembled by scholars who have played crucial roles in the recent explosion of Twain criticism. Accessible enough to interest both experienced specialists and students new to Twain criticism, the essays examine Twain from a wide variety of critical perspectives, and include timely reflections by major critics on the hotly debated dynamics of race and slavery perceptible throughout his writing. The volume includes a chronology of Twain's life and a list of suggestions for further reading, to provide the students or general reader with sources for background as well as additional information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45931/cover/9780521445931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pottery in Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orton, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyers, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vince, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of pottery in archaeology has become increasingly important over the last century, providing the archaeologist with information on many aspects of the past, including chronology, trade and technology. In recent years, scientific developments and statistical techniques have contributed still further to the analysis of pottery. Pottery in Archaeology covers information obtained from over fifty years of practical experience in the field combined with the latest research. As well as detailing the routine but essential tasks of handling pottery, the book examines the most recent research into the quantitative study and comparison of ceramic assemblages. This will be essential reading for students, field archaeologists and for anyone interested in working with pottery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45979/cover/9780521445979.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521445981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521445981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521445986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language of Art History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521445986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemal, Salim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaskell, Ivan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first volume in the series Cambridge Studies in Philosophy and the Arts offers a range of responses by distinguished philosophers and art historians to some crucial issues generated by the relationship between the art object and language in art history. Each of the chapters in this volume is a searching response to theoretical and practical questions in terms accessible to readers of all human science disciplines. The editors, one a philosopher and one an art historian, provide an introductory chapter which outlines the themes of the volume and explicates the terms in which they are discussed. The contributors open new avenues of enquiry involving concepts of 'presence', 'projective properties', visual conventions and syntax, and the appropriateness of figurative language in accounting for visual art. The issues they discuss will challenge the boundaries to thought that some contemporary theorising sustains.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/45986/cover/9780521445986.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19921207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144604X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144604X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Audit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frostick, Simon P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Radford, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallace, W. Angus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calman, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>English, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The application of audit to resource allocation and clinical practice has emerged as a fundamental principle in Western medical systems over recent years. Used effectively, audit can have wide-ranging benefits for both the patient and the practitioner, in terms of resource management and quality of care. To set up an efficient and productive audit facility requires careful planning and may encounter resistance. This book provides a detailed account of audit processes and discusses the application of audit in a variety of medical settings. It is both a thoughtful review and a practical guide to successful medical audit, the collection and utilization of information for effective resource management and improved patient care, in the hospital and in the community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46044/cover/9780521446044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sexuality and Gender in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutions, Texts, Images</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, James Grantham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This exploration of sexuality and gender in Renaissance art and literature starts from an assumption that would have seemed unthinkable a generation ago: that the 'natural' phenomena of sex, gender and subjectivity are constructed rather than essentially biological or fixed. The essays rise to the challenge of producing a new post-Foucaultian history of gender and sexuality. All of them have been influenced by feminism, and several deal with women not just as objects of representation, but as subjects and authors in their own right. Among the historical issues examined are the production and suppression of women's voices, the relation between illicit sexuality and social order, the ambiguity of beauty, lesbian erotics, birth-imagery and the birthing ritual, the class status of women, the 'femininity' of masculine dress, and the sexual politics of courtesy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46051/cover/9780521446051.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of Justification</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Audi, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of papers by one of the foremost philosophers in epistemology transcends two of the most widely misunderstood positions in philosophy - foundationalism and coherentism. Audi proposes a distinctively moderate, internalist foundationalism that incorporates some of the virtues of both coherentism and reliabilism. He develops important distinctions between positive and negative epistemic dependence, substantively and conceptually naturalistic theories, dispositional beliefs and dispositions to believe, episodically and structurally inferential beliefs, first and second order internalism, and rebutting as opposed to refuting scepticism. These contrasts are applied not only to rational belief, but to rational action and the rationality of desires and intentions. The overall position is a pluralist, moderately rationalistic, internalist theory of justification and a partly externalist conception of knowledge. However, by virtue of offering a theory of rationality as well as an account of knowledge and justified belief, it will interest philosophers of ethics, science, and the social sciences and teachers and students of epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46129/cover/9780521446129.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nielsen: Symphony No. 5</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fanning, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>135</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After the death of Mahler in 1911 the great Austro-German symphonic line was carried on mainly in England, America, Scandinavia and Russia. The Fifth Symphony of Carl Nielsen, Denmark's greatest composer, was composed in 1921-2. David Fanning discusses its place within the symphonic tradition since Beethoven, revealing the personal background to the work and taking full account of the extensive Danish commentaries, including the composer's own, which are given in English for the first time. In an absorbing analysis of the music he lays bare the origins of its images of inertia, anxiety and collapse in Nielsen's tone poems and incidental music for the theatre. New insights are offered into the symphony's 'progressive tonality' and its relationship to traditional structural models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46327/cover/9780521446327.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britten: War Requiem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Widely regarded as one of the greatest choral works of the twentieth century, Britten's War Requiem was first performed at the consecration of the new Coventry Cathedral in 1962. It provocatively juxtaposes the vivid anti-war poetry of Wilfred Owen with the Latin Requiem Mass in a passionate outcry against man's inhumanity to man. This handbook explores the background to Britten's use of the Owen texts, charting the development of the composer's lifelong pacifist beliefs and (in a chapter contributed by Philip Reed of the Britten-Pears Library, Aldeburgh) detailing the process of composition from hitherto unpublished correspondence and manuscript sources. The musical structure is investigated, and the work's compositional idiom related to Britten's output as a whole. A concluding chapter surveys the fluctuating critical responses to the score, and includes discussion of the composer's legendary 1963 recording and Derek Jarman's controversial interpretation on film.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46334/cover/9780521446334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shaping a Post-Soviet Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Graeme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slider, Darrell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Soviet system has undergone a dramatic transformation: from communist monopoly to multiparty politics, from marxism to competing values, from centralisation to fragmentation, and from state ownership to a mixed economy. This book, by three of the West's leading scholars of Soviet and post-Soviet affairs, traces the politics of transition in the late 1980s and early 1990s from its origins to its uncertain post-communist future. The authors analyse the full impact of transition on official and popular values, central and local political institutions, the post-Soviet republics, the CPSU and the parties which replaced it, and political communication. Detailed but clearly and accessibly written, The Politics of Transition provides an ideal guide to the changes that have been taking place in the politics of the newly-independent nations that together constitute a sixth of the world's land surface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46341/cover/9780521446341.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spread of Economic Ideas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colander, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coats, Alfred William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a spirited debate between eminent economists, journalists, and publishers about the spread of economic ideas. Using many of the same ideas as do the rhetorical and sociological philosophical schools, the contributors to this book discuss the spread of economic ideas in readily understandable English. The examination of the flow of ideas among economists and from economists to the public is followed by a discussion of the public policy use and abuse of these concepts. A final section provides insights into the funding of ideas and the incentives to make economics more relevant. The dialogue among the book's contributors provides both the lay reader and the interested professional with fascinating insights into what happens behind the scenes in academia, publishing, and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46501/cover/9780521446501.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of American Monetary Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the institutional framework in which monetary policy is made. The essays consider two questions: how free is the Fed to set monetary policy and to what extent do organisational problems affect the choice of that monetary policy? Topics covered include the Fed's response to movements on its goals, Congressional and presidential pressures on the Fed, the existence of political business cycles operating through monetary policy, and the extent to which monetary policy may be explained by the Fed's own interests. A final section examines the claim that the Federal Reserve follows counter-cyclical policy and evaluates its performance as a lender to banks both in normal times and as a lender of last resort.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46518/cover/9780521446518.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144652X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144652X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Worlds of Christopher Columbus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, William D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Carla Rahn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Columbus was born in the mid-fifteenth century, Europe was largely isolated from the rest of the Old World - Africa and Asia - and ignorant of the existence of the world of the Western Hemisphere. The voyages of Christopher Columbus opened a period of European exploration and empire building that breached the boundaries of those isolated worlds and changed the course of human history. This book describes the life and times of Christopher Columbus on the 500th aniversary of his first voyage across the Atlantic Ocean in 1492. Since ancient times, Europeans had dreamed of discovering new routes to the untold riches of Asia and the Far East, what set Columbus apart from these explorers was his single-minded dedication to finding official support to make that dream a reality. More than a simple description of the man, this new book places Columbus in a very broad context of European and world history. Columbus's story is not just the story of one man's rise and fall. Seen in its broader context, his life becomes a prism reflecting the broad range of human experience for the past five hundred years. Respected historians of medieval Spain and early America, the authors examine Columbus's quest for funds, first in Portugal and then in Spain, where he finally won royal backing for his scheme. Through his successful voyage in 1492 and three subsequent journeys to the new world Columbus reached the pinnacle of fame and wealth, and yet he eventually lost royal support through his own failings. William and Carla Rahn Phillips discuss the reasons for this fall and describe the empire created by the Spaniards in the lands across the ocean, even though neither they, nor anyone else in Europe, know precisely where or what those lands were. In examining the birth of a new world, this book reveals much about the times that produced these intrepid explorers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46525/cover/9780521446525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debussy: La Mer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trezise, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>La mer stands at the centre of Debussy's achievement: described by the composer as 'a seascape without figures', it is arguably the greatest and most original French symphony. In this study La mer is considered in the context of Debussy's personal and musical development, and in the French musical renaissance in general, looking back to C&#233;sar Franck and forward to the orchestral Images and Jeux. The author uses new biographical information and a wide range of sources to reveal the period of La mer's composition as one of intense emotional turbulence. Detailed discussion of performance styles draws on current recordings, and two analytical chapters trace the growth of ideas through the work. Studies of rhythm, motif and tonality show how Debussy generates 'narratives' across the three movements, which give La mer a structural integrity unparalleled in French music at the turn of the century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46563/cover/9780521446563.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chopin: The Piano Concertos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rink, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chopin's E minor and F minor Piano Concertos played a vital role in his career as a composer-pianist. Praised for their originality and genius when he performed them, the concertos later attracted censure for ostensible weaknesses in form, development and orchestration. They also suffered at the hands of editors and performers, all the while remaining enormously popular. This handbook re-evaluates the concertos against the traditions that shaped them so that their many outstanding qualities can be fully appreciated. It describes their genesis, Chopin's own performances and his use of them as a teacher. A survey of their critical, editorial and performance histories follows, in preparation for an analytical 're-enactment' of the music - that is, a narrative account of the concertos as embodied in sound, rather than in the score. The final chapter investigates Chopin's enigmatic 'third concerto', the Allegro de concert. Chopin: The Piano Concertos has won the Wilk Book Prize for Research in Polish Music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46600/cover/9780521446600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144666X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144666X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Habermas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jurgen Habermas is unquestionably one of the foremost philosophers writing today. His notions of communicative action and rationality have exerted a profound influence within philosophy and the social sciences. This volume examines the historical and intellectual contexts out of which Habermas' work emerged, and offers an overview of his main ideas, including those in his most recent publication. Amongst the topics discussed are his relationship to the Frankfurt School of critical theory and Marx, his unique contributions to the philosophy of the social sciences, the concept of 'communicative ethics', and the critique of post-modernism. New readers and non-specialists will find this the most convenient, accessible guide to Habermas currently available. Advanced students will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Habermas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46662/cover/9780521446662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niblo, Graham A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roller, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cassels, J. W. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The articles in these two volumes arose from papers given at the 1991 International Symposium on Geometric Group Theory, and they represent some of the latest thinking in this area. Many of the world's leading figures in this field attended the conference, and their contributions cover a wide diversity of topics. This second volume contains solely a ground breaking paper by Gromov, which provides a fascinating look at finitely generated groups. For anyone whose interest lies in the interplay between groups and geometry, these books will be an essential addition to their library.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46808/cover/9780521446808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Out of the Sixties</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Storytelling and the Vietnam Generation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a highly original study, David Wyatt takes a broad, yet personal, look at the cultural legacy of the sixties through ten creative figures who came of age during the Vietnam War. Wyatt argues that it is each artist's 'personal engagement' with his own era that binds together the achievements of storytellers such as filmmaker George Lucas, songwriter Bruce Springsteen, playwright Sam Shepard, journalist Michael Herr, writers Ann Beattie, Alice Walker, Ethan Mordden, Sue Miller, and poets Gregory Orr and Louise Gluck. For some their work is marked by the war and concerned directly with it;  in others, Vietnam represents the prevailing counterculture sensibility often associated with the sixties.  Out of the experience new voices emerge - from Michael Herr's landmark invention of a new journalistic voice in his Vietnam War reporting to Bruce Springsteen's tapping of the working class decline in postwar America. The thread that ties the various genres and visions together and that which constitutes Wyatt's own critical aesthetic, is the centrality of the personal response and the seamlessness, therefore, of identity and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46891/cover/9780521446891.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Partisan Politics in the Global Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geoffrey Garrett challenges the conventional wisdom about the domestic effects of the globalization of markets in the industrial democracies: the erosion of national autonomy and the demise of leftist alternatives to the free market. He demonstrates that globalization has strengthened the relationship between the political power of the left and organized labour and economic policies that reduce market-generated inequalities of risk and wealth. Moreover, macroeconomic outcomes in the era of global markets have been as good or better in strong left-labour regimes ('social democratic corporatism') as in other industrial countries. Pessimistic visions of the inexorable dominance of capital over labour or radical autarkic and nationalist backlashes against markets are significantly overstated. Electoral politics have not been dwarfed by market dynamics as social forces. Globalized markets have not rendered immutable the efficiency-equality trade-off.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46907/cover/9780521446907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method in Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategies for Conservation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446938</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shrader-Frechette, Kristin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCoy, Earl D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, the authors discuss what practical contributions ecology can and can't make in applied science and environmental problem solving. In the first section, they discuss conceptual problems that have often prevented the formulation and evaluation of powerful, precise, general theories, explain why island biogeography is still beset with controversy and examine the ways in which science is value laden. In the second section, they describe how ecology can give us specific answers to practical environmental questions posed in individual case studies, and argue for a new way to look at scientific error. A case study using the Florida panther is examined in the light of these findings. They end by suggesting a bright future for the important, but relatively undeveloped task of applying ecology to practical environmental problem solving.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46938/cover/9780521446938.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality and Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Warren Quinn was widely regarded as a moral philosopher of remarkable talent. This collection of his most important contributions to moral philosophy and the philosophy of action has been edited for publication by Philippa Foot. Quinn laid out the foundations for an anti-utilitarian moral philosophy that was critical of much contemporary work in ethics, such as the anti-realism of Gilbert Harman and the neo-subjectivism of Bernard Williams. Quinn's own distinctive moral theory is developed in the discussion of substantial, practical moral issues. For example, there are important pieces here on the permissibility of abortion, the justification (if any) of punishing criminals when no particular good seems likely to result, and on the distinction between killing and allowing to die, a distinction crucial to the subject of euthanasia and other topics in medical ethics. The volume would be ideally suited to upper-level undergraduate courses and graduate seminars on the foundations of ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46969/cover/9780521446969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521446996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521446996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521446990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symplectic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521446990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salamon, Dietmar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is based on lectures given at a workshop and conference on symplectic geometry at the University of Warwick in August 1990. The area of symplectic geometry has developed rapidly in the past ten years with major new discoveries that were motivated by and have provided links with many other subjects such as dynamical systems, topology, gauge theory, mathematical physics and singularity theory. The conference brought together a number of leading experts in these areas of mathematics. The contributions to this volume reflect the richness of the subject and include expository papers as well as original research. They will be an essential source for all research mathematicians in symplectic geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/46990/cover/9780521446990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two-Dimensional Homotopy and Combinatorial Group Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hog-Angeloni, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metzler, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sieradski, Allan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Basic work on two-dimensional homotopy theory dates back to K. Reidemeister and J. H. C. Whitehead. Much work in this area has been done since then, and this book considers the current state of knowledge in all the aspects of the subject. The editors start with introductory chapters on low-dimensional topology, covering both the geometric and algebraic sides of the subject, the latter including crossed modules, Reidemeister-Peiffer identities, and a concrete and modern discussion of Whitehead's algebraic classification of 2-dimensional homotopy types. Further chapters have been skilfully selected and woven together to form a coherent picture. The latest algebraic results and their applications to 3- and 4-dimensional manifolds are dealt with. The geometric nature of the subject is illustrated to the full by over 100 diagrams. Final chapters summarize and contribute to the present status of the conjectures of Zeeman, Whitehead, and Andrews-Curtis. No other book covers all these topics. Some of the material here has been used in courses, making this book valuable for anyone with an interest in two-dimensional homotopy theory, from graduate students to research workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47003/cover/9780521447003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144702X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144702X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slow Death for Slavery</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Course of Abolition in Northern Nigeria 1897-1936</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovejoy, Paul E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogendorn, Jan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the gradual decline of slavery in Northern Nigeria during the first forty years of colonial rule. At the time of the British conquest, the Sokoto Caliphate was one of the largest slave societies in modern history. The authors have written a thoughtful and provocative book which raises doubts over the moral legitimacy of both the Sokoto Caliphate and the colonial state. They chart the development of British colonial policy towards resolving the dilemma of slavery and how to end it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47027/cover/9780521447027.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Morally Deep World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Moral Significance and Environmental Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Lawrence E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lawrence Johnson advocates a major change in our attitude toward the nonhuman world. He argues that nonhuman animals, and ecosystems themselves, are morally significant beings with interests and rights. The author considers recent work in environmental ethics in the introduction and then presents his case with the utmost precision and clarity. Written in an attractive, nontechnical style, the book will be of particular interest to philosophers, environmentalists and ecologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47065/cover/9780521447065.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Semantic Tradition from Kant to Carnap</TitleText>

<Subtitle>To the Vienna Station</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coffa, J. Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major publication is a history of the semantic tradition in philosophy from the early nineteenth century through its incarnation in the work of the Vienna Circle, the group of logical positivists that emerged in the years 1925-1935 in Vienna who were characterised by a strong commitment to empiricism, a high regard for science, and a conviction that modern logic is the primary tool of analytic philosophy. In the first part of the book, Alberto Coffa traces the roots of logical positivism in a semantic tradition that arose in opposition to Kant's theory that a priori knowledge is based on pure intuition and the constitutive powers of the mind. In Part II, Coffa chronicles the development of this tradition by members and associates of the Vienna Circle. Much of Coffa's analysis draws on the unpublished notes and correspondence of many philosophers. The book, however, is not merely a history of the semantic tradition from Kant 'to the Vienna Station'. Coffa also critically reassesses the role of semantic notions in understanding the ground of a priori knowledge and its relation to empirical knowledge and questions the turn the tradition has taken since Vienna.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47072/cover/9780521447072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930524</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socratic Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vlastos, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnyeat, Myles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the companion volume to Gregory Vlastos' highly acclaimed work Socrates: Ironist and Moral Philosopher. Four ground-breaking papers which laid the basis for his understanding of Socrates are collected here, in revised form: they examine Socrates' elenctic method of investigative argument, his disavowal of knowledge, his concern for definition, and the complications of his relationship with the Athenian democracy. The fifth chapter is a new and provocative discussion of Socrates' arguments in the Protagoras and Laches. The epilogue 'Socrates and Vietnam' suggests that Socrates was not, as Plato claimed, the most just man of his time. The papers have been prepared for publication by Professor Myles Burnyeat with the minimum of editorial intervention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47355/cover/9780521447355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bound Carbohydrates in Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on a series of six lectures delivered at the University of Sienna under the auspices of the Lezioni Lincee. The content of the book reflects and delineates the author's career in biochemical research. The lectures revolve around the special role which bound carbohydrates play in nature. Also discussed are the  properties of membrane glycoproteins, involved in the resistance of cells to drugs. The metabolism of sugars and sialic acids, which form a pivotal role in the author's research, are covered in detail. The book chronicles just some of the huge advances which have been made in biochemistry over the past few decades and will prove an invaluable and entertaining first hand account for researchers and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47430/cover/9780521447430.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bounds of Justice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Onora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays Onora O'Neill explores and argues for an account of justice that is fundamentally cosmopolitan rather than civic, yet takes serious account of institutions and boundaries, and of human diversity and vulnerability. Starting from conceptions that are central to any account of justice - those of reason, action, judgement, coercion, obligations and rights - she discusses whether and how culturally or politically specific concepts and views, which limit the claims and scope of justice, can be avoided. She then examines the demands and scope of just institutions, arguing that there are good reasons for taking the claims of distant strangers seriously, but that doing so points not to a world without boundaries but to one of porous boundaries and dispersed power. Bounds of Justice will be of interest to a wide range of readers in philosophy, politics and international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47447/cover/9780521447447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Power of Power Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Classical Realism to Neotraditionalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this new and much-expanded edition of his classic study, John Vasquez examines the power of the power politics perspective to dominate inquiry, and evaluates its ability to provide accurate explanations of the fundamental forces underlying world politics. Part I of the book reprints the original 1983 text of The Power of Power Politics. It examines classical realism and quantitative international politics, providing an intellectual history of the discipline and an evaluation of statistical research guided by the realist paradigm. The second part provides six new chapters covering neorealism, post-modernism, the neotraditional research program on balancing, Mearsheimer's analysis of multipolarity and institutionalism, the debate on the end of the Cold War, and neoliberalism. Through the use of comparative case studies these chapters analyse the extent to which the realist paradigm has been progressive (or degenerating), empirically accurate, and remains a relevant and explanatorily powerful theoretical approach for our current era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47461/cover/9780521447461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old Age</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constructions and Deconstructions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hazan, Haim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Haim Hazan is a leading specialist on old age in anthropology, and has published several books on particular communities of old people. The latest book is an essay on the realities of old age, as it is experienced, as opposed to the ideas about the old current in western societies. It argues that the construction of this world by outsiders is inevitably affected by deeply ingrained social attitudes and structures, such as the spatial segregation of the aged as a population, and the fear of death with which they are associated. By approaching the subject from the social constructionist perspective, and by drawing on a variety of detailed ethnographic accounts, the author describes a unique and nuanced social world. This is a sophisticated and original book, which should have a significant impact on a field still dominated by a 'social problems' approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47485/cover/9780521447485.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computer Algebra and Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tournier, Evelyne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Computer Algebra and Differential Equations meeting held in France in June 1992 (CADE-92) was the third of a series of biennial workshops devoted to recent developments in computer algebra systems. This book contains selected papers from that meeting. Three main topics are discussed. The first of these is the theory of D-modules. This offers an excellent way to effectively handle linear systems of partial differential equations. The second topic concerns the theoretical aspects of dynamical systems, with an introduction to Ecalle theory and perturbation analysis applied to differential equations and other nonlinear systems. The final topic is the theory of normal forms. Here recent improvements in the theory and computation of normal forms are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47577/cover/9780521447577.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jew Accused</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Anti-Semitic Affairs (Dreyfus, Beilis, Frank) 1894-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindemann, Albert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three Jews, Alfred Dreyfus, Mendel Beilis, and Leo Frank, were charged with heinous crimes in the generation before World War I, Dreyfus of treason in France, Beilis of ritual murder in Russia, and Frank of the murder of a young girl in the United States. Quite aside from the lurid details and sensational charges, larger issues emerged, among them the power of modern anti-Semitism, the sometimes tragic conflict between the freedom of the press and the protection of individual rights, the unpredictable reactions of individuals when subjected to extreme situations, and the inevitable ambiguities of campaigns for truth and justice when political advantage is to be gained from them. In attempting to untangle myth and reality many surprises emerge; heroes appear less heroic and villains less villainous, while real factors appear more important than most accounts of the affairs have recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47614/cover/9780521447614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Journey of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History of Aging in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Journey of Life is both a cultural history of aging and a contribution to public dialogue about the meaning and significance of later life. The core of the book shows how central texts and images of Northern middle-class culture, first in Europe and then in America, created and sustained specifically modern images of the life course between the Reformation and World War I. During this long period, secular, scientific and individualist tendencies steadily eroded ancient and medieval understandings of aging as a mysterious part of the eternal order of things. In the last quarter of the twentieth century, however, postmodern images of life's journey offer a renewed awareness of the spiritual dimensions of later life and new opportunities for growth in an aging society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47652/cover/9780521447652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coding and Efficiency</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blakemore, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adler, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pointon, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Colin Blakemore presents a fascinating insight to all the major topics in visual science research. Experts from around the world show how this vast subject can be unified from the viewpoint that describes the way in which visual systems efficiently encode and represent the outside world. The approach, which is both rigorous and general, was championed by H. B. Barlow in the fifties and has recently acquired a new significance in the light of exciting developments in computer science and artificial intelligence and vision. The book is essential reading for advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers in the field of vision research and neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spin Glasses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, K. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertz, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of spin glasses is a fascinating new topic in condensed matter physics that has attracted considerable attention over recent years. This book gives a comprehensive account of the subject, and will provide a valuable overview and reference to both newcomers and experts in the field. The authors discuss the most important developments in the theory, experimental work and computer modelling of spin glasses. The first chapters give a general introduction to the basic concepts, followed by a discussion of mean field theory, the only well-established spin glass theory so far. This book will be of interest primarily to condensed matter physicists, but because of the potentially wide applications of the theory involved, the book should also appeal to researchers in other disciplines, including theoretical physics, metallurgy and computational neuroscience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47775/cover/9780521447775.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reason in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Philosophy of Social Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Did Adam and Eve act rationally in eating the fruit of the forbidden tree? That can seem to depend solely on whether they had found the best means to their ends, in the spirit of the 'economic' theories of rationality. Martin Hollis respects the elegance and power of these theories but judges their paradoxes endemic. He argues that social action cannot be understood by viewing human beings as abstract individuals with preferences in search of satisfaction, nor by divorcing practical reason from questions of the rationality of norms, principles, practices and ends. These essays, focused on the themes of 'rational choice', 'roles and reasons' and 'other cultures, other minds', make the point and explore alternative approaches. Culled in revised form from twenty-five years' work, the essays range across periods and disciplines with a philosophical imagination and vivid prose, which will engage philosophers and social scientists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47799/cover/9780521447799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ruling Class of Judaea</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of the Jewish Revolt against Rome, A.D. 66-70</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines why in AD 66 a revolt against Rome broke out in Judaea. It attempts to explain both the rebellion itself and its temporary success by discussing the role of the Jewish ruling class in the sixty years preceding the war and within the independent state which lasted until the destruction of the Temple in AD 70. The author seeks to show that the ultimate cause of the Revolt was a misunderstanding by Rome of the status criteria of Jewish society. The importance of the subject lies both in the significance of the history of Judaea in this period for the development of Judaism and early Christianity and in the light shed on Roman methods of provincial administration in general by an understanding of why Rome was unable to control a society with cultural values so different from its own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47829/cover/9780521447829.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quasi-States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sovereignty, International Relations and the Third World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Robert Jackson develops an original interpretation of Third World underdevelopment, explaining it in terms of international relations and law. He describes Third World countries as 'quasi-states', arguing that they are states in name only, demonstrating how international changes during the post-1945 period made it possible for many quasi-states to be created and to survive despite the fact that they are usually inefficient, illegitimate and domestically unstable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47836/cover/9780521447836.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personal Identity, National Identity and International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Personal Identity, National Identity and International Relations is the first psychological study of nation-building, nationalism, mass mobilisation and foreign policy processes. In a bold exposition of identification theory, William Bloom relates mass psychological processes to international relations. He draws on Freud, Mead, Erikson, Parsons and Habermas to provide a rigorously argued answer to the longstanding theoretical problem of how to aggregate from individual attitudes to mass behaviour. With a detailed analysis of the nation-building experience of preindustrial France and England, William Bloom applies the theory to international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47843/cover/9780521447843.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building-Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modern Architecture under Cultural Construction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masheck, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building-Art is an anthology of essays by noted critic Joseph Masheck. Considering topics in nineteenth- and twentieth-century architecture, its theory and practice, as well as selected achievements by such great modernists as Le Corbusier, Ludwig Mies van der Rohe and Louis Kahn, Masheck also analyses important monuments and architectural ideas of such artists as Giorgio di Chirico and Tony Smith. Contextualising and culturally speculative, these studies address such issues as the distinction between architecture and 'mere' building, and architecture and engineering, frequently drawing the reader into architectural problems that have persisted for at least two centuries. Demonstrating a concern with on-going modernism, Masheck's essays guide the reader through the anti-modernist polemics of the 1970s and 1980s, which are particularly relevant in the light of postmodernism's demise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47850/cover/9780521447850.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Business Organization and the Myth of the Market Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lazonick, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the transitions in twentieth-century industrial leadership from Britain to the United States and, most recently, to Japan, in terms of the changing business investment strategies and organizational structures in these nations. The author criticizes economists for failing to understand these historical changes. The book shows that this intellectual failure is not inherent in the discipline of economics; there are important traditions in economic thought that the mainstream of the economics profession has simply ignored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47881/cover/9780521447881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and the Making of Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Social Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book a leading contemporary theologian investigates the relation between religion and society. Professor Davis begins with the thesis that society is a product of human agency; this raises immediately the questions of the meaning of modernity and of the function of religion in that context. The linguistic and pragmatic orientation of modern philosophy and social theory lead to a discussion of religious language and of praxis.Whether modernity is an incomplete project, as Habermas would have it, or a mistaken universalism, as the post-moderns maintain, is debated under the heading of human identity, both individual and collective, and in an examination of the formation of the modern self. The practical relevance of the theoretical analyses comes to the fore in a critique of Michael Novak's attempt to make 'democratic capitalism' an ideal. Professor Davis shows that, paradoxically, the post-modern rejection of secularity can be interpreted as a return from the secular to the supernatural.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47898/cover/9780521447898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Interethnic Companion to Asian American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheung, King-Kok</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a survey of literature by North American writers of Asian descent, both by national origins (Chinese, Filipino, Japanese, Korean, South Asian, Vietnamese) and by shared concerns. It introduces readers to the distinctive literary history of each group of writers and discusses issues that connect or divide these different groups. Part I provides a literary history of each constituent national group and underlines salient historical events that have affected its writing. Part II, addressing common racial issues such as nationalism, representation and crises of identity, explores the forces that bind, divide, and foster exchange between writers of diverse ethnic origins. The volume is intended to serve as both a guide and a reference work for scholars, teachers and students in Asian American studies, ethnic studies and American studies. In terms of breadth and depth of coverage it is the first of its kind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47904/cover/9780521447904.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wealth and Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern life places a special emphasis on private affairs. Social institutions, and especially our economies, have been organized to facilitate the pursuit of private interests. At the center of this private world is a system of private property which, more than anything, satisfies our wants. Political economy studies the properties of this private world: How does it work, and how well does it satisfy our wants? What are the limits of the world of private affairs? Wealth and Freedom provides an introduction to political economy for the student or other interested nonspecialist. The book explores such key issues as the place of our economy in the larger social system, the importance of market institutions for individual autonomy, private enterprise as a system of economic development, poverty and inequality in market economies, global inequality, and the limits of the market and the role of government. Wealth and Freedom is distinctive in employing a rights-based approach to understanding and evaluating economic institutions. The author emphasizes the distinction between needs and wants as the basis for establishing the limits of the market, and concludes the book with a discussion of the relation between private wants and public ends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47911/cover/9780521447911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cost-Benefit Analysis of Environmental Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johansson, Per-Olov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an advanced text in applied welfare economics and its application to environmental economics. The author goes far beyond the existing literature on the valuation of environmental benefits, deriving sets of cost-benefit rules which can be used to assess private and public sector projects which affect the environment. He explains how valuation studies can be augmented so as to yield the information necessary for decision-making, showing how externalities, taxes, unemployment, risk, irreversibilities, flow and stock pollutants, discounting, and intergenerational distribution should be treated in social cost-benefit analysis. Drawing on a number of empirical illustrations, this book will be of interest not only to those taking advanced courses in environmental economics, welfare economics, and public economics, but also as a reference for those undertaking project evaluations in government and business.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47928/cover/9780521447928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jacobitism and the English People, 1688-1788</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monod, Paul Kleber</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although historians have devoted much attention to the influence of Jacobitism on Parliamentary politics, none has hitherto attempted to explore its broader implications in English society. Paul Monod's acclaimed study, newly available in paperback, redresses this, and offers a wide-ranging analysis of every aspect of Jacobite activity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47935/cover/9780521447935.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The King's Mother</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lady Margaret Beaufort, Countess of Richmond and Derby</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Michael K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underwood, Malcolm G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the life of Margaret Beaufort, mother of Henry VII and foundress of two Cambridge colleges. It is at once the first biography of Lady Margaret to explore the full range of archival sources, and one of the best-documented studies of any late-medieval woman. Lady Margaret's early experiences of the medieval 'marriage market' anticipated the turbulent political world in which she reached maturity. Deeply involved in the Wars of the Roses, and conspirator against Richard III, she was to become the foundress of one of England's greatest ruling dynasties. Her considerable wealth, much of it owed to her son's triumph, was used to finance education at Oxford and Cambridge, and her lasting memorials are the Cambridge colleges of Christ's and St John's. Behind her activities as both politician and benefactress can be discerned a vigorous, sometimes ruthless, but always enterprising personality, which left a deep impression on her contemporaries. This is a biography of unusual character which brings to life an extraordinary personality under a great variety of aspects, illuminating in depth the political, social, ecclesiastical and academic history through the life of one of the most remarkable women of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47942/cover/9780521447942.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144795X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144795X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Woman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gynaecology and Gender in England, 1800-1929</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moscucci, Ornella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is women's destiny rooted in their biology? Since the end of the eighteenth century the science of gynaecology has legitimised the view that women are 'naturally' fitted for activities in the private sphere of the family. This book argues that the definition of femininity as propounded by gynaecological science is a cultural product of a wider, more political context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47959/cover/9780521447959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Spanish Monarchy, Creole Patriots and the Liberal State 1492-1866</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brading, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Spanish conquest of America generated a profusion of chronicles, tracts and poetry, among which are figured several classics of the Renaissance. It also provoked a fierce debate between Bartolome de las Casas, who defended the Indians, and the humanist historians who glorified the conquerors. Thereafter, imperial jurists and churchmen acclaimed the Spanish monarchy as chosen by Divine Providence to establish a Catholic empire in the New World. Within the bounds of this universal monarchy, American Spaniards sought to define their social identity by installing Aztec and Inca civilisation as the historical foundations of their countries and by accepting Our Lady of Guadalupe and St Rosa of Lima as their patrons. When the voice of the Enlightenment re-stated the imperial critique of the New World's inhabitants, Creole patriots vigorously responded; and if in South America Simon Bolivar cited classical republicanism to justify independence, in Mexico Creole patriotism was transmuted into an insurgent nationalism that did not succumb to liberal ideas until the incursion of the reform movement led by Benito Juarez. This book is about the quest of Spaniards born in the New World to define their American identity. It demonstrates that across the three centuries of colonial rule, Creole patriots succeeded in creating an intellectual and political tradition that by reason of its engagement with native history and American reality was idiosyncratic, regionally diverse, and distinct from any European model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47966/cover/9780521447966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521447976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521447976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521447973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visions of the People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrial England and the Question of Class, c.1848-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521447973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyce, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of how the labouring poor of nineteenth-century industrial England saw the social order of which they were a part. It attacks orthodoxies and sets up new questions by attending to a wide range of contemporary experience, from politics and work to language and art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/47973/cover/9780521447973.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Subjects</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Self and the Social in Nineteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyce, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering and original study explores critically the nature of class identity by looking at the formation and influence of two men (Edwin Waugh and John Bright) who might be taken as representative of what 'working class' and 'middle class' meant in England in the nineteenth century. The two studies of individuals are complemented by a further study on narrative in pointing to the great importance of the collective subjects upon which democracy rested. The book indicates the way forward to a new history of democracy as an imagined entity. It represents a deepening of Patrick Joyce's engagement with 'post-modernist' theory, seeking the relevance of this theory for the writing of history, and in the process offering a critique of the conservatism  of much academic history, particularly in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48024/cover/9780521448024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extraterrestrials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Where Are They?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zuckerman, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is it possible that extraterrestrial life forms exist within our Galaxy, the Milky Way? This book offers a critical analysis by leading experts in a range of sciences, of the plausibility that other intelligent lifeforms do exist. Exploration of the Solar System, and observations with telescopes that probe deep space, have come up empty handed in searches for evidence of extraterrestrial life. Many experts in the fields of astronomy, biology, chemistry and physics are now arguing that the evidence points to the conclusion that technological civilisations are rare. After ten billion years, and among hundreds of billions of stars, we may well possess the most advanced brains in the Milky Way Galaxy. This second edition contains many new and updated aspects of extraterrestrial research, especially the biological viewpoint of the question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48031/cover/9780521448031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shintani Zeta Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448048</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yukie, Akihiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of prehomogeneous vector spaces is a relatively new subject although its origin can be traced back through the works of Siegel to Gauss. The study of the zeta functions related to prehomogeneous vector spaces can yield interesting information on the asymptotic properties of associated objects, such as field extensions and ideal classes. This is amongst the first books on this topic, and represents the author's deep study of prehomogeneous vector spaces. Here the author's aim is to generalise Shintani's approach from the viewpoint of geometric invariant theory, and in some special cases he also determines not only the pole structure but also the principal part of the zeta function. This book will be of great interest to all serious workers in analytic number theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48048/cover/9780521448048.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 34</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is edition number 34 of the New Theatre Quarterly, which provides a lively international forum for discussion of topics of current interest in theatre studies, whether from the perspective of theory, methodology, philosophy or history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Saltmarsh Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adam, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a broad introduction to saltmarsh ecology, concentrating on plants, although much of the information should also be of interest to zoologists. Particular attention is given to the geographical diversity of saltmarsh vegetation and to the ecophysiological mechanisms which permit tolerance to the major challenges of high, but variable, soil salinities and of frequently waterlogged soils. The importance of saltmarshes as functioning ecosystems is discussed and issues relevant to the long-term conservation and management of saltmarshes are considered. Saltmarsh Ecology will be useful to upper level undergraduates and wetland scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48239/cover/9780521448239.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exploring Affect</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Selected Writings of Silvan S Tomkins</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomkins, Silvan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demos, E. Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Brewster</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Silvan Tomkins was one of the most influential theorists on emotion and emotional expression. Over a period of 40 - some years - until his death in 1991 - he developed a set of original, important ideas about the nature of affect and its relationship to cognition and personality. Tomkins dealt with fundamental questions in a fresh and provocative way, establishing affect as a separate, biological system, and providing compelling data on discrete affect expressions. Several years before his death, Professor Tomkins agreed to bring his papers (unpublished and published) together into Exploring Affect for Cambridge Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction. He worked with Paul Ekman and Klaus Scherer to develop a structure for the book that would synthesize his theory of emotion. Unfortunately, he died before he was able to complete the process. Virginia Demos, who knew Professor Tomkins well, took on the enormous task of compiling the papers and writing connective material for the book. This volume of Tomkins selected writings on affect brings together his works of four decades and makes them available at a more receptive time in the field. It is a treasure trove of provocative, insightful and relevant ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48321/cover/9780521448321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Einstein in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beller, Mara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renn, Jurgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This special issue of Science and Context examines the entire area of scientific inquiry surrounding Einstein, presenting controversies and debates within their contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48345/cover/9780521448345.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144845X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144845X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elusive Stability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the History of International Finance, 1919-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eichengreen, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a new interpretation of the operation and macroeconomic repercussions of the international monetary system during the interwar years. Each of the eleven essays is explicitly concerned with the role of exchange rates in macroeconomic fluctuations from the American and European perspective. The final essay examines the interwar experience from a long-term perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48475/cover/9780521448475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principia Ethica</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, G. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Principia Ethica is recognised as the definitive starting point for twentieth-century ethical theory. Its influence was first largely confined to the Bloomsbury Group - Maynard Keynes wrote that it was 'better than Plato' - who took it up for its celebration of the values of art and love; but later it achieved the widespread recognition it still retains as a classic text of analytic ethical theory. It is particularly renowned for Moore's argument that previous ethical theories have been guilty of a fallacy - the 'naturalistic fallacy'. Principia Ethica is reprinted here with the previously unpublished Preface Moore wrote for a planned, but never completed, second edition. Though unfinished, it sets out clearly Moore's second thoughts about his own work. The volume also includes two important pieces from his later ethical writings, 'Free will' and 'The conception of intrinsic value', and a new introduction by Thomas Baldwin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48482/cover/9780521448482.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Egyptian</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Linguistic Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loprieno, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The language of Ancient Egypt has been the object of careful investigation since its decipherment in the nineteenth century, but this is the first accessible account which uses the insights of modern linguistics. Antonio Loprieno traces Ancient Egyptian's historical development from Old Egyptian to Coptic, and, combining diachronic and synchronic viewpoints wherever possible, he looks at the hieroglyphic system and its cursive varieties (Hieratic and Demotic), the phonology of Classical Egyptian and Coptic, the phonology and syntax of the literary languages, and semantic and pragmatic constraints on syntax. He also looks at the genetic connections of Egyptian within the Afroasiatic family, especially with Semitic languages such as Akkadian, Arabic, and Hebrew. This book will be essential reading for linguists and Egyptologists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48499/cover/9780521448499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Geometries and Combinatorics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clerck, F. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschfeld, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Finite geometry and combinatorics is the art of counting any phenomena that can be described by a diagram. Everyday life is full of applications; from telephones to compact disc players, from the transmission of confidential information to the codes on any item on supermarket shelves. This is a collection of thirty-five articles on covering topics such as finite projective spaces, generalized polygons, strongly regular graphs, diagram geometries and polar spaces. Included here are articles from many of the leading practitioners in the field including, for the first time, several distinguished Russian mathematicians. Many of the papers contain important new results and the growing use of computer algebra packages in this area is also demonstrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48505/cover/9780521448505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Image</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domesticity, Ideology and Socio-cultural Formation in Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leppert, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative study examines the place and practice of musical life in eighteenth-century England among the upper classes. Focusing on the home, it shows how domestic music-making was shaped by socio-cultural forces while itself contributing to socio-cultural formation. The evidence examined is extremely broad, but particular attention is given to visual representations of music in paintings, drawings and prints: one hundred illustrations are discussed. The author considers in detail the problematics of imagery itself, analysing both the ideological and the semiotic content of the visual image. Other material analysed includes the music of the period, instruction manuals, tracts on education, courtesy and conduct books, sermons, letters, diaries and memoirs, fictional writing and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48543/cover/9780521448543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modelling Biological Populations in Space and Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renshaw, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume develops a unifying approach to population studies, emphasising the interplay between modelling and experimentation. Throughout, mathematicians and biologists are provided with a framework within which population dynamics can be fully explored and understood. Aspects of population dynamics covered include birth-death and logistic processes, competition and predator-prey relationships, chaos, reaction time-delays, fluctuating environments, spatial systems, velocities of spread, epidemics, and spatial branching structures. Both deterministic and stochastic models are considered. Whilst the more theoretically orientated sections will appeal to mathematical biologists, the material is presented so that readers with little mathematical expertise can bypass these without losing the main flow of the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48550/cover/9780521448550.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics, 1993</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume comprises the invited lectures given at the 14th British Combinatorial Conference. The lectures survey many topical areas of current research activity in combinatorics and its applications, and also provide a valuable overview of the subject, for both mathematicians and computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48574/cover/9780521448574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144862X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144862X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Green's Functions and Ordered Exponentials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fried, H. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a functional approach to the construction, use and approximation of Green's functions and their associated ordered exponentials. After a brief historical introduction, the author discusses new solutions to problems involving particle production in crossed laser fields and non-constant electric fields. Applications to problems in potential theory and quantum field theory are covered, along with approximations for the treatment of color fluctuations in high-energy QCD scattering, and a model for summing classes of eikonal graphs in high-energy scattering problems. The book also presents a variant of the Fradkin representation which suggests a new non-perturbative approximation scheme, and provides a qualitative measure of the error involved in each such approximation. Covering the basics as well as more advanced applications, this book is suitable for graduate students and researchers in a wide range of fields, including quantum field theory, fluid dynamics and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48628/cover/9780521448628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spatial Data Analysis in the Social and Environmental Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haining, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Within both the social and environmental sciences, much of the data collected is within a spatial context and requires statistical analysis for interpretation. The purpose of this book is to describe current methods for the analysis of spatial data. Methods described include data description, map interpolation, and exploratory and explanatory analyses. The book also examines spatial referencing, and methods for detecting problems, assessing their seriousness and taking appropriate action are discussed. This is an important text for any discipline requiring a broad overview of current theoretical and applied work for the analysis of spatial data sets. It will be of particular use to research workers and final year undergraduates in the fields of geography, environmental sciences and social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48666/cover/9780521448666.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Computer Semiotics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Semiotic Approaches to Construction and Assessment of Computer Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersen, Peter B&#248;gh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Semiotics is the science of signs: graphical, such as pictures; verbal (writing or sounds); or others such as body gestures and clothes. Computer semiotics studies the special nature of computer-based signs and how they function in use. As computers have become a feature of daily life, work and education, the design of the interface has become of prime importance, so that the machines can be used quickly and easily. Systems are more easily learned if the designer takes his or her departure point in the established sign usage of the users, for example, their language, and conscious use of signs in designs improves the benefits and ease of using computers. This book is based on ten years of empirical research on computer usage in work situations and contains material from a course taught by the author. It introduces basic traditional semiotic concepts and adapts them so that they become useful for analysing and designing computer systems in their symbolic context of work. It presents a novel approach to the subject, rich in examples, in that it is both theoretically systematic and practical. The author refers to and reinterprets techniques already used so that readers can deepen their understanding. In addition, it offers new techniques and a consistent perspective on computer systems that is particularly appropriate for new hardware and software (e.g. hypermedia) whose main functions are presentation and communication. This is a highly important work whose influence will be wide and longlasting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48680/cover/9780521448680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Situated Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On Human Knowledge and Computer Representations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clancey, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly topical book examines recent changes in the design of intelligent machines. New computer models of vision and navigation in animals suggest a different way to build machines. Cognition is viewed not just in terms of high-level 'expertise,' but in the ability to find one's way around the world, to learn new ways of seeing things, and to coordinate activity. This approach is called situated cognition. Situated Cognition differs from other purely philosophical treatises in that Clancey, an insider who has built expert systems for twenty years, explores the limitations of existing computer programs and compares them to human memory and learning capabilities. Clancey examines the implications of 'situated action' from the perspective of artificial intelligence specialists interested in building robots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48710/cover/9780521448710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144876X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144876X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Memory, and Aging</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Light, Leah L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Deborah M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, there has been an upsurge of interest in the aging process as it affects cognition. Most research attention has been focused on memory and relatively little has been focused on language in the elderly. This volume addresses both the research on language in old age relevant to memory, and memory research relevant to language in old age. The authors draw on a range of methodologies and compare young and older adults (both normal and demented). Representing the major perspectives in contemporary cognition theory, they raise such current issues as the role of awareness in memory and language, the relation between semantic and episodic memory, the distinction between automatic and attentional processes, and the usefulness of distinguishing among levels of processing. The book will be welcomed not only as an invaluable overview for cognitive and developmental psychologists, neuropsychologists and psycholinguists but also as a supplementary text for graduate students in cognitive science and gerontology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48765/cover/9780521448765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Chinese Cinemas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Forms, Identities, Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Nick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pickowicz, Paul G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sobchack, Vivian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yau, Esther</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Chinese Cinemas analyses the changing forms and significance of filmmaking in the People's Republic of China, Taiwan, and Hong Kong since the end of the Cultural Revolution, with a particular emphasis on how film comments on the profound social changes that have occurred in East Asia over the past two decades. Considering in detail both conservative and progressive stances on economic 'modernisation', it also demonstrates how film has been an important formal structure and social document in the interpretation of these changes. The essays collected here, which were specially commissioned for this volume, also offer extended analyses of the important trends, styles and work that define Chinese filmmaking in the 1980s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48772/cover/9780521448772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Differences between the Sexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Short, R. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balaban, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In most animals, from bees to bison, house flies to humans, it is possible to see at a glance whether an individual is male or female. How and why have these differences in appearance and behaviour developed and what are the nature and extent of the differences between men and women? This book reviews the latest molecular, genetic, hormonal, anatomical and behavioural data in a wide range of species in a series of lively and highly readable articles from the world's leading experts in this field. Such an overview has never before been attempted. It will have a wide appeal, especially to undergraduates and graduates in the biological and medical sciences, and will help to bridge the gap between those who study genes and molecules in the laboratory and those who study the behaviour of animals in the wild.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48789/cover/9780521448789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Public Regulation of Private Pollution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeager, Peter Cleary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the systematic constraints on US law enforcement agencies' efforts to regulate business behaviour. It looks specifically at the postwar development of laws regulating water pollution and at the Environmental Protection Agency's efforts to enforce them. The discussion traces the factors leading to legal change and analyses the ways in which the impacts of environmental laws vary from their stated purposes and goals, even under relatively favourable conditions for their enforcement. It shows how legal processes and social relations mutually constrain and shape one another as the state struggles to manage often contradictory responsibilities, in this case to encourage both economic growth and environmental welfare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48819/cover/9780521448819.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking Linguistic Relativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gumperz, John J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levinson, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linguistic relativity is the claim that culture, through language, affects the way in which we think, and especially our classification of the experienced world. This book reexamines ideas about linguistic relativity in the light of new evidence and changes in theoretical climate. Parts I and II address the classical issues in the relation between thought and language, and the extent of linguistic and cultural universals. Parts III and IV show how changes in our understanding of meaning require that we look at how context enters into interpretation, and how context is constituted in social interaction. The editors have provided a substantial introduction which examines changes in thinking about the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis in the light of developments in anthropology, linguistics, and cognitive science; and also introductions to each section which will be of especial use to students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48901/cover/9780521448901.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wagner: Die Meistersinger von N&#252;rnberg</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warrack, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Die Meistersinger von N&#252;rnberg is Wagner's only mature comedy, and one of the richest and most profound in the history of music. This book presents an informative and stimulating study of an opera that occupies a particular place in music lovers' affections, yet always has more to reveal. John Warrack traces the evolution of the work from plans for a light comic opera, through all the drafts and the literary influences on them, into the eventual comedy; and he then studies the music in depth. He also gives an account of what Wagner found in the historical Mastersingers and their music. Lucy Beckett explores the influence of Schopenhauer on the work, and examines the complexity of its expressive methods. Michael Tanner suggests new ways of interpreting the opera's inner and outer worlds. There is a history of significant productions by Patrick Carnegy. The volume includes a full synopsis, bibliography and three appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48956/cover/9780521448956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521448980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521448980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521448987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ergativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521448987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, R. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although there is only one ergative language in Europe (Basque), perhaps one-quarter of the world's languages show ergative properties, and pose considerable difficulties for many current linguistic theories. R. M. W. Dixon here provides a full survey of the various types of ergativity, looking at the ways they interrelate, their semantic bases and their role in the organisation of discourse. Ergativity stems from R. M. W. Dixon's long-standing interest in the topic, and in particular from his seminal 1979 paper in Language. It includes a rich collection of data from a large number of the world's languages. Comprehensive, clear and insightful, it will be the standard point of reference for all those interested in the topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/48987/cover/9780521448987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Algebraic Invariants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilbert, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laubenbacher, Reinhard C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sturmfels, Bernd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the summer semester of 1897 David Hilbert (1862-1943) gave an introductory course in Invariant Theory at the University of Gottingen. This book is an English translation of the handwritten notes taken from this course by Hilbert's student Sophus Marxen. The year 1897 was the perfect time for Hilbert to present an introduction to invariant theory as his research in the subject had been completed. His famous finiteness theorem had been proved and published in two papers that changed the course of invariant theory dramatically and that laid the foundation for modern commutative algebra. Thus these lectures take into account both the old approach of his predecessors and his newer ideas. This bridge from nineteenth- to twentieth-century mathematics makes these lecture notes a special and fascinating account of invariant theory. Hilbert's course was given at a level accessible to graduate students in mathematics, requiring only a familiarity with linear algebra and the basics of ring and group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49038/cover/9780521449038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144909X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144909X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Model of Love</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Philosophical Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Br&#252;mmer, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religious believers understand the meaning of their lives and of the world in terms of the way these are related to God. The conceptual models whereby this relationship is described therefore play a key role in the conceptual designs which theologians produce to express the faith of the community of believers. Vincent Br&#252;mmer examines the implications of using the model of love in this context and looks at a number of the most significant views of the nature of love: exclusive attention (Ortega y Gasset), ecstatic union (nuptial mysticism), passionate suffering (courtly love), need-love (Plato, Augustine), and gift-love (Nygren). All these views are shown to interpret love as an attitude rather than as a relation between persons. In the final chapters a relational concept of love is developed, and it is shown how all the various attitudes discussed in the previous chapters have a role to play. Finally, the implications are addressed of using the model of love as a key model in theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49090/cover/9780521449090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe in the Neolithic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Creation of New Worlds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whittle, Alasdair W. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Whittle reviews the latest archaeological evidence on Neolithic Europe from 7000 to 2500 BC. Describing important areas, sites and problems, he addresses the major themes that have engaged the attention of scholars: the transition from a forager lifestyle; the rate and dynamics of change; and the nature of Neolithic society. He challenges conventional views, arguing that Neolithic society was rooted in the values and practices of its forager predecessors right across the continent. Only gradually did new attitudes emerge, to time and the past, to the sacred realms of ancestors and the dead, to nature and to the concept of community. Unique in its broad and up-to-date coverage of long-term processes of change on a continental scale, this revised version of Whittle's Neolithic Europe: A Survey reflects radical changes in the evidence and in interpretive approaches over the past decade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49205/cover/9780521449205.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experiments in Heat Transfer and Thermodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Granger, Robert Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Students learn by doing, perhaps engineering students especially, and they will better understand the principles of heat transfer and thermodynamics by conducting experiments and seeing results. This book is a collection of  experiments in heat transfer and thermodynamics contributed by leading engineering educators. The experiments have been tested, evaluated, and proved successful for classroom use. Each experiment follows the same step-by-step format which includes the  objective of the experiment, apparatus needed, procedure, suggested headings, and references. The experiments use apparatus that is easily built or attainable. Among the topics covered are heat conduction, convection, boiling, mixing, diffusion, radiation, heat pipes and exchangers, and thermodynamics. The book will be especially useful as a companion to standard heat transfer and thermodynamics texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49250/cover/9780521449250.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144926X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144926X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Representation Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modular Representations as an Introduction to the Local Representation Theory of Finite Groups</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alperin, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this text is to present some of the key results in the representation theory of finite groups. In order to keep the account reasonably elementary, so that it can be used for graduate-level courses, Professor Alperin has concentrated on local representation theory, emphasising module theory throughout. In this way many deep results can be obtained rather quickly. After two introductory chapters, the basic results of Green are proved, which in turn lead in due course to Brauer's First Main Theorem. A proof of the module form of Brauer's Second Main Theorem is then presented, followed by a discussion of Feit's work connecting maps and the Green correspondence. The work concludes with a treatment, new in part, of the Brauer-Dade theory. As a text, this book contains ample material for a one semester course. Exercises are provided at the end of most sections; the results of some are used later in the text. Representation theory is applied in number theory, combinatorics and in many areas of algebra. This book will serve as an excellent introduction to those interested in the subject itself or its applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49267/cover/9780521449267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prospects, Thresholds and Interiors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Watercolours from the National Collection at the Victoria and Albert Museum</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This catalogue accompanies an exhibition of watercolours from The National Collection of Watercolours at the Victoria and Albert Museum. In a study of paintings spanning some two hundred years, Lewis Johnson explores the familiar and the unfamiliar in one of the most apparently tradition-governed practices of painting. Taking as his starting point the formation of the Collection in the mid-nineteenth century, he examines contemporary claims for watercolour as a modern art, and shows how certain notions of the modern were interlinked with nationalist and imperialist culture in Britain. His analysis of traditional criticism's dependence on these ideas, and of its limitations in the face of the complexity of historical, social, political and philosophical questions raised by the paintings, makes this study a bold and timely contribution to the reappraisal of the history and theory of art in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49274/cover/9780521449274.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of the Proton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Deep Inelastic Scattering</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate/research level book describes our present knowledge of protons and neutrons, the particles which make up the nucleus of the atom. Experiments using high energy electrons, muons and neutrinos reveal the proton as being made up of point-like constituents, quarks. The strong forces which bind the quarks together are described in terms of the modern theory of quantum chromodynamics (QCD), the 'glue' binding the quarks being mediated by new constituents called gluons. Larger and new particle accelerators probe the interactions between quarks and gluons at shorter distances. The understanding of this detailed substructure and of the fundamental forces responsible is one of the keys to unravelling the physics of the structure of matter. This book will be of interest to all theoretical and experimental particle physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49441/cover/9780521449441.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advanced General Relativity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a modern self-contained introduction to key topics in advanced general relativity. The opening chapter reviews the subject, with strong emphasis on the geometric structures underlying the theory. The next chapter discusses 2-component spinor theory, its usefulness for describing zero-mass fields, its practical application via Newman-Penrose formalism, together with examples and applications. The subsequent chapter is an account of the asymptotic theory far from a strong gravitational source, describing the mathematical theory by which measurements of the far-field and gravitational radiation emanating from a source can be used to describe the source itself. The final chapter describes the natural characteristic initial value problem, first in general terms, and then with particular emphasis for relativity, concluding with its relation to Arnold's singularity theory. Exercises are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49465/cover/9780521449465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotional Contagion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatfield, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cacioppo, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rapson, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When people are in a certain mood, whether elation or depression, that mood is often communicated to others. When we are talking to someone who is depressed it may make us feel depressed, whereas if we talk to someone who is feeling self-confident and buoyant we are likely to feel good about ourselves. This phenomenon, known as emotional contagion, is identified here, and compelling evidence for its affect is offered from a variety of disciplines - social and developmental psychology, history, cross-cultural psychology, experimental psychology, and psychopathology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49489/cover/9780521449489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mental Spaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fauconnier, Gilles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sweester, Eve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakoff, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mental Spaces is the classic introduction to the study of mental spaces and conceptual projection, as revealed through the structure and use of language. It examines in detail the dynamic construction of connected domains as discourse unfolds. The discovery of mental space organization has modified our conception of language and thought: powerful and uniform accounts of superficially disparate phenomena have become available in the areas of reference, presupposition projection, counterfactual and analogical reasoning, metaphor and metonymy, and time and aspect in discourse. The present work lays the foundation for this research. It uncovers simple and general principles that lie behind the awesome complexity of everyday logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49496/cover/9780521449496.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enzyme Kinetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Diastase to Multi-enzyme Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulz, Arthur R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text covers the field of steady-state kinetics from basic principles to the control of the multi-enzyme systems which constitute metabolic pathways. Emphasis is placed on the interpretation of the kinetic behaviour of enzyme-catalyzed reactions in terms of mechanisms. Algorithms are developed which can be implemented in computer programs for the derivation of equations. The treatment of steady-state enzyme kinetics is extended to allosteric enzymes and subunit interactions in polymeric enzymes. Principles are presented which provide for mathematical analysis of the control of multi-enzyme systems. Problems are included at the end of each chapter and their solutions are found at the end of the book. This book will be a useful text for advanced undergraduates and graduate students taking courses in enzyme chemistry and enzyme kinetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49502/cover/9780521449502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052144957X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052144957X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language of Liberty 1660-1832</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Discourse and Social Dynamics in the Anglo-American World, 1660-1832</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. C. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book creates a new framework for the political and intellectual relations between the British Isles and America in a momentous period which witnessed the formation of modern states on both sides of the Atlantic and the extinction of an Anglican, aristocratic and monarchical order. Jonathan Clark integrates evidence from law and religion to reveal how the dynamics of early modern societies were essentially denominational. In a study of British and American discourse, he shows how rival conceptions of liberty were expressed in the conflicts created by Protestant dissent's hostility to an Anglican hegemony. The book argues that this model provides a key to collective acts of resistance to the established order throughout the period. The book's final section focuses on the defining episode for British and American history, and shows the way in which the American Revolution can be understood as a war of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49571/cover/9780521449571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeological Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Who Sets the Agenda?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yoffee, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherratt, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume assesses the real achievements of archaeology in increasing an understanding of the past. Without rejecting the insights either of traditional or more recent approaches, it considers the issues raised in current claims and controversies about what is appropriate theory for archaeology. The first section looks at the process of theory building and at the sources of the ideas employed. The following studies examine questions such as the interplay between expectation and evidence in ideas of human origins, social role and material practice in the formation of the archaeological record, and how the rise of states should be conceptualised; further papers cover issues of ethnoarchaeology, visual symbols, and conflicting claims to ownership of the past. The conclusion is that archaeologists need to be equally wary of naive positivism in the guise of scientific procedure, and of speculation about the unrecorded intentions of prehistoric actors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49588/cover/9780521449588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Philosophy in a New Key</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>386</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two ambitious volumes from one of the world's most celebrated political philosophers present a new kind of political and legal theory that James Tully calls a public philosophy, and a complementary new way of thinking about active citizenship, called civic freedom. Professor Tully takes the reader step-by-step through the principal debates in political theory and the major types of political struggle today. These volumes represent a genuine landmark in political theory from the author of Strange Multiplicity, one of the most influential and distinctive commentaries on politics and the contemporary world published in recent years. This first volume of Public Philosophy in a New Key consists of a presentation and defence of a contextual approach to public philosophy and civic freedom, and then goes on to study specific struggles over recognition and distribution within states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49618/cover/9780521449618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Philosophy in a New Key</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two ambitious volumes from one of the world's most celebrated political philosophers present a new kind of political and legal theory that James Tully calls a public philosophy, and a complementary new way of thinking about active citizenship, called civic freedom. Professor Tully takes the reader step-by-step through the principal debates in political theory and the major types of political struggle today. These volumes represent a genuine landmark in political theory. In this second volume, Professor Tully studies networks and civic struggles over global or imperial relations of inequality, dependency, exploitation and environmental degradation beyond the state. The final chapter brings all of the author's resonant themes together in a new way of thinking about global and local citizenship, and of political theory in relation to it. This forms a powerful conclusion to a major intervention from a vital and distinctive voice in contemporary thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49663/cover/9780521449663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Syntax</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Minimal Operations and Universal Grammar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornstein, Norbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human language seems to have arisen roughly within the last 50-100,000 years.  In evolutionary terms, this is the mere blink of an eye. If this is correct, then much of what we consider distinctive to language must in fact involve operations available in pre-linguistic cognitive domains. In this book Norbert Hornstein, one of the most influential linguists working on syntax, discusses a topical set of issues in syntactic theory, including a number of original proposals at the cutting edge of research in this area. He provides a theory of the basic grammatical operations and suggests that there is only one that is distinctive to language. If this theory is correct then this narrows the evolutionary gap between verbal and non-verbal primates, thus facilitating the rapid evolutionary emergence of our linguistic capacity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49700/cover/9780521449700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifty Years among the New Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dictionary of Neologisms 1941-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Algeo, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American Speech, the journal of the American Dialect Society has for fifty years included a regular collection of neologisms called 'Among the New Words.' A recent issue, for example, includes four quotations for 'date rape,' two for 'designated driver,' and six for "DNA fingerprinting,' 'intifada,' and other current terms. Complete documentation is given for all citations, which are fuller than those given in most dictionaries and both British and American sources have been consulted. At the time these terms appeared in 'Among the New Words,' they appeared in none of the major dictionaries. A survey of 'Among the New Words' can therefore reveal much about the origin and early use of these expressions and the social climate in which they prospered. Now for the first time, this valuable resource will be available in one volume. The original articles themselves are reproduced and John Algeo has prepared a complete index, with glossary, to every word and expression included in the 113 installments of 'Among the New Words.' In addition, he has written several introductory essays exploring both the linguistic and social implications of new words as revealed in this collection. No other collection of new words has been so systematically compiled over such a long period, demonstrating changing word patterns and social norms over five decades. None has been prepared with such thorough and accurate documentation. It is a unique repository of language use from 1941-1991.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49717/cover/9780521449717.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Hobbesian Contractarianism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraus, Jody S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book constitutes the first sustained, comprehensive, and rigorous critique of contemporary Hobbesian contractarianism as expounded in the work of Jean Hampton, Gregory Kavka, and David Gauthier. Professor Kraus argues that the attempts by these three philosophers to use Hobbes to answer current political and moral questions fail. The reasons why they fail are related to fundamental problems intrinsic to Hobbesian contractarianism: first, the problem of collective action arising out of the tension in Hobbes's theory between individual and collective rationality; second, the classical problem of explaining the normative force of hypothetical action, a problem that can be traced to the conflicting strategies of hypothetical justification found in Rawls's and Hobbes's theories. Given the deep interest in Hobbesian contractarianism among philosophers, political theorists, game theorists in economics and political science, and legal theorists, this book is likely to attract wide attention and infuse new life into the contractarian debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49724/cover/9780521449724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Magnetic Recording</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bertram, H. Neal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive text on the theory of the magnetic recording process. It gives the reader a fundamental, in-depth understanding of all the essential features of the writing and retrieval of information for both high density disk recording and tape recording. The material is timely because magnetic recording technology is currently undergoing rapid advancement in systems capacity and data rate. The competing technologies of longitudinal and perpendicular recording are given parallel treatments throughout this book. A simultaneous treatment of time and frequency response is given to facilitate assessment of signal processing schemes. In addition to covering basic issues, the author discusses key systems questions of non-linearities and overwrite. The emerging technology of magnetoresisitive heads is analysed separately and three chapters are devoted to various aspects of medium noise. This unique book will be valuable as a course text for both senior undergraduates and graduate students. It will also be of value to research and development scientists in the magnetic recording industry. The book includes a large number of homework problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49731/cover/9780521449731.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Associative Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanks, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMRL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is hard to think of any significant aspect of our lives that is not influenced by what we have learned in the past. Of fundamental importance is our ability to learn the ways in which events are related to one another, called associative learning. This book provides a fresh look at associative learning theory and reviews extensively the advances made over the last twenty years. The Psychology of Associative Learning begins by establishing that the human associative learning system is rational in the sense that it accurately represents event relationships. David Shanks goes on to consider the informational basis of learning, in terms of the memorisation of instances, and discusses at length the application of connectionist models to human learning. The book concludes with an evaluation of the role of rule induction in associative learning. This will be essential reading for graduate students and final year undergraduates of psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49762/cover/9780521449762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microlocal Analysis for Differential Operators</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grigis, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sj&#246;strand, Johannes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short introduction to microlocal analysis is presented, in the spirit of H&#246;rmander, in the classical framework of partial differential equations. This theory has important applications in areas such as harmonic and complex analysis, and also in theoretical physics. Here Grigis and Sj&#246;strand emphasise the basic tools, especially the method of stationary phase, and they discuss wavefront sets, elliptic operators, local symplectic geometry, and WKB-constructions. The contents of the book correspond to a graduate course given many times by the authors. It should prove to be useful to mathematicians and theoretical physicists, either to enrich their general knowledge of this area, or as preparation for the current research literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49861/cover/9780521449861.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eminent Economists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Life Philosophies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szenberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An intimate view of the dominant economists of this century, scholars whose work changed the direction of the discipline, is presented in this volume. The contributors, who come from quite divergent points of the ideological compass, present their life philosophies and reflect on their conceptions of human nature, society, justice and the source of the creative impulse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49878/cover/9780521449878.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Homo Erectus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Anatomical Studies of an Extinct Human Species</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rightmire, G. Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSXE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first discoveries of Homo erectus were made in Java late in the 19th century. Since then many fossils have come to light in Africa as well as Asia. Homo erectus seems to have evolved in Africa before spreading to other regions of the Old World. This occurred over a long period of time, during which the populations changed relatively little. Only towards the close of the middle Pleistocene are there signs of change in evolutionary tempo leading to the appearance of more advanced humans. This book provides a wealth of information about individual crania, jaws and postcranial remains and will serve as an important guide to the anatomy of Homo erectus. It also documents the history of this extinct human species and suggests a route whereby Homo erectus may have given rise to people more like Homo sapiens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49984/cover/9780521449984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521449995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521449995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521449991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documentary Archaeology in the New World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521449991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaudry, Mary C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Designed to appeal to a broad spectrum of archaeologists and historians, Documentary Archaeology in the New World outlines a fresh approach to the archaeological study of the historic cultures of North America which places history alongside anthropology, cultural geography, and a whole range of cognate disciplines. The authors' common belief is that historical archaeologists must develop their own frameworks for interpretation through exhaustive documentary research rather than simply borrow models from colleagues working in the prehistoric past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/49991/cover/9780521449991.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Holst: The Planets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greene, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive guide to Holst's popular orchestral suite The Planets. It considers the music in detail and places the work in its historical context, describing the circumstances of its composition and its meteoric rise to popular acclaim. Starting with Holst's particular interest in astrology, Professor Greene explores the plotting of the work's central melodic and harmonic gestures to reveal a profound statement of human character and Holst's own psychological journey toward the mystic state. Using parallels in the verbal arts Greene weaves a fascinating tale of musical communication. An understanding of The Planets is crucial to a full appreciation of Holst's profound late works, and Greene's systematic appraisal provides the first revealing light in this direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50003/cover/9780521450003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supervenience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savellos, Elias E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yalcin, Umit D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Supervenience is one of the 'hot discoveries' of analytic philosophy, and this collection of essays on the topic represents an examination of it and its application to major areas of philosophy. The interest in supervenience has much to do with the flexibility of the concept. To say that x supervenes on y indicates a degree of dependence without committing one to the view that x can be reduced to y. Thus supervenience is a relationship that has the potential of replacing the traditional notion of dependence, while performing at least part of the function reductive relationships were supposed to fulfil. Moreover, since it is a topic-neutral concept, supervenience has a wide range of applicability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50027/cover/9780521450027.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Union Makes Us Strong</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Radical Unionism on the San Francisco Waterfront</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wellman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American labour history is typically interpreted by scholars as a history of defeat. Hidden by this conventional wisdom are a handful of militant unions that did not follow the putative Congress of Industrial Organizations trajectory. Based on three years of ethnographic research, this book examines a union that organised itself to systematically challenge management's rule on the shopfloor: San Francisco's longshore union. American unionism looks quite different than conventional wisdom suggests when everyday union practices are observed. American labour's trajectory, this book argues, is neither inevitable nor determined; militant, democratic forms of unionism are possible in the United States; and collective bargaining does not automatically eliminate contests for workplace control. The contract is a bargain that reflects and reproduces fundamental disagreement; it states how production and conflict will proceed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50058/cover/9780521450058.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Health Organisations and Movements, 1918-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weindling, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of original studies on the new international health and welfare organisations between the First and the Second World Wars. The diversity of such organisations and their many-sided activities make this a rich and complex area of historical investigation which has direct relevance to current issues in international health. Multilateral organisations such as the League of Nations and a variety of types of non-governmental organisations are discussed. The role of scientific and professional factors, as well as the priorities of women's employment, eugenics and pronatalism are also considered. Together, the various chapters present a cohesive and integrated view of a hitherto neglected area of study. The book also complements comparative studies of welfare states by emphasising the importance of international interactions between expert groups in a broader political and social context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50126/cover/9780521450126.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shape of Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nerlich, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revised and updated edition of Graham Nerlich's classic book The Shape of Space. It develops a metaphysical account of space which treats it as a real and concrete entity. In particular, it shows that the shape of space plays a key explanatory role in space and spacetime theories. Arguing that geometrical explanation is very like causal explanation, Professor Nerlich prepares the ground for philosophical argument, and, using a number of novel examples, investigates how different spaces would affect perception differently. This leads naturally to conventionalism as a non-realist metaphysics of space, an account which Professor Nerlich criticises, rejecting its Kantian and positivistic roots along with Reichenbach's famous claim that even the topology of space is conventional. He concludes that there is, in fact, no problem of underdetermination for this aspect of spacetime theories, and offers an extensive discussion of the relativity of motion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50140/cover/9780521450140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Possible Worlds in Literary Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronen, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of possible worlds, originally introduced in philosophical logic, has recently gained interdisciplinary influence; it proves to be a productive tool when borrowed by literary theory to explain the notion of fictional worlds. In this book Ruth Ronen develops a comparative reading of the use of possible worlds in philosophy and in literary theory, and offers an analysis of the way the concept contributes to our understanding of fictionality and the structure and ontology of fictional worlds. Dr Ronen suggests a new set of criteria for the definition of fictionality, making rigorous distinctions between fictional and possible worlds; and through specific studies of domains within fictional worlds - events, objects, time, and point of view - she proposes a radical rethinking of the problem of fictionality in general and fictional narrativity in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50171/cover/9780521450171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romance and Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shelley and the Politics of a Genre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duff, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The revival of romance as a literary form and the imaginative impact of the French Revolution are acknowledged influences on English Romanticism, but their relationship has rarely been addressed. In this innovative study of the transformations of a genre, David Duff examines the paradox whereby the unstable visionary world of romance came to provide an apt language for the representation of revolution, and how the literary form was itself politicised in the period. Drawing on an extensive range of textual and visual sources, he traces the ambivalent ideological overtones of the chivalric revival, the polemical appropriation of the language of romance in the 'pamphlet war' of the 1790s, and the emergence of a radical cult of chivalry among the Hunt-Shelley circle in 1815-17. Central to the book is a detailed analysis of Shelley's neglected revolutionary romances Queen Mab and Laon and Cythna, flawed but fascinating poems in which the politics of romance is most fully displayed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50188/cover/9780521450188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Vanishing Universe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Adverse Environmental Impacts on Astronomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNally, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the future of observational astronomy? The effect on astronomy of environmental degradation, from electromagnetic pollution to near-Earth space debris, and the broader implications of jeopardising this science are explored in this provoking review. Astronomy is acutely vulnerable to environmental pollution. This survey demonstrates, unequivocally, the destructive impact of civilisation on current observational astronomy and its future. International astronomers discuss the source and effect of electromagnetic pollution - from optical to radio wavelengths - and space debris. Together with specialists from industry, law and elsewhere, they go on to outline possible remedies and the legislation required for successful international regulation of the pollutants. These articles offer an authoritative survey of the pollutants and the steps necessary to regulate them. They provide an essential reference for the professional astronomer, environmentalist and concerned non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50201/cover/9780521450201.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Efficient Algorithms for Listing Combinatorial Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, Leslie Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1993, this thesis is concerned with the design of efficient algorithms for listing combinatorial structures. The research described here gives some answers to the following questions: which families of combinatorial structures have fast computer algorithms for listing their members? What general methods are useful for listing combinatorial structures? How can these be applied to those families which are of interest to theoretical computer scientists and combinatorialists? Amongst those families considered are unlabelled graphs, first order one properties, Hamiltonian graphs, graphs with cliques of specified order, and k-colourable graphs. Some related work is also included, which compares the listing problem with the difficulty of solving the existence problem, the construction problem, the random sampling problem, and the counting problem. In particular, the difficulty of evaluating P&#243;lya's cycle polynomial is demonstrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50218/cover/9780521450218.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diabetes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Clinical Science in Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leslie, R. D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robbins, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This significant new publication provides a summary and overview of the most recent scientific advances in diabetes research, and highlights the role of these developments in advancing clinical practice. Diabetes is one of the major causes of morbidity and mortality in the developed world, and its prevalence elsewhere is on the increase. It affects in excess of 100 million people worldwide. Recent scientific advances have clarified our understanding of the causes and consequences of this devastating disease. These scientific developments are playing an increasingly important role in clinical practice and could well lead the way to the prevention of complications and even a cure for the disease. An international and authoritative team of authors draws together this knowledge and the most recent developments to provide an up-to-date account which will benefit researchers and clinicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50294/cover/9780521450294.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reinvention of Love</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poetry, Politics and Culture from Sidney to Milton</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Reinvention of Love Anthony Low argues that cultural, economic and political change transformed the way poets from Sidney to Milton thought and wrote about love. Examining the interface between social, political and economic practices and individual psyches, as reflected in literary texts, Professor Low illuminates the connections between material circumstances, perceptions, and ideals. Through detailed readings of the work of Sidney, Donne, Herbert, Crashaw, Carew, and Milton, he shows how from the late sixteenth century poets struggled to replace the older Petrarchan tradition with a form of love in harmony with a changing world, and to reconcile human love and sacred devotion. Donne fled the social world; Carew made new accommodations with it; Milton revised it. For Milton, sacred love, cut off from communal norms, verges on hatred, while married love takes on the burden of assuaging loneliness in a threatening world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50300/cover/9780521450300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Call It Sleep</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wirth-Nesher, Hana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Roth's Call it Sleep, praised when it first appeared in the 1930s, neglected for decades and reissued to wide acclaim in the 1960s, has been hailed, finally, as the finest Jewish-American novel of the first half of the century and one of the richest modernist novels to appear in America. The introduction by Hana Wirth-Nesher locates the novel in its cultural context and in terms of contemporary debates about ethnic literature, minority writing, and the problem of representativeness. Thus, the volume sets out to consider Roth's hybrid status - as an American writer, a Jewish writer, and a European modernist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50324/cover/9780521450324.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Berkeley</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winkler, Kenneth P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Berkeley is one of the greatest and most influential modern philosophers. In defending the immaterialism for which he is most famous, he redirected modern thinking about the nature of objectivity and the mind's capacity to come to terms with it. Along the way, he made striking and influential proposals concerning the psychology of the senses, the workings of language, the aims of science, and the scope of mathematics. In this Companion volume a team of distinguished authors not only examines Berkeley's achievements but also his neglected contributions to moral and political philosophy, his writings on economics and development, and his defense of religious commitment and religious life. The volume places Berkeley's achievements in the context of the many social and intellectual traditions - philosophical, scientific, ethical, and religious - to which he fashioned a distinctive response.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56579/cover/9780521456579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Great Depression and the Culture of Abundance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kenneth Fearing, Nathanael West, and Mass Culture in the 1930s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450348</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnard, Rita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two contradictory, or apparently contradictory, pairs of terms - depression and abundance, and literature and mass culture - make up the framework of this study in 1930s culture. Rita Barnard suggests that despite the painful national experience of scarcity and poverty, one can detect in the culture of the American thirties the now familiar outlines of an image-mediated, consumer society. She argues that the hierarchical opposition between 'high art' and 'mass culture' was powerfully contested in cultural productions of the depression era: as book clubs, radio, popular exhibitions, star conductors such as Toscanini and many other vehicles brought high culture to millions of people. In the meantime, writers with 'serious' literary interests borrowed from the discourse of the media in their writing. The central figures of this study emerge as pre-eminent - and in some sense prophetic - figures: their poetry and prose illuminate emergent cultural forces that have since attained new stature in our post-modern world. Despite their sharp and often prescient social critique, they are not to be mistaken for elitists, they recognised at once the deceit and the promise of our emergent culture of abundance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50348/cover/9780521450348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiparty Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elections and Legislative Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sened, Itai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book adapts a formal model of elections and legislative politics to study party politics in Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, Britain, and the United States. The approach uses the idea of valence, that is, the party leader's non-policy electoral popularity, and employs survey data to model these elections. The analysis explains why small parties in Israel and Italy keep to the electoral periphery. In the Netherlands, Britain, and the US, the electoral model is extended to include the behavior of activists. In the case of Britain, it is shown that there will be contests between activists for the two main parties over who controls policy. For the recent 2005 election, it is argued that the losses of the Labour party were due to Blair's falling valence. For the US, the model gives an account of the rotation of the locations of the two major parties over the last century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56586/cover/9780521456586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nile: Sharing a Scarce Resource</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Historical and Technical Review of Water Management and of Economical and Legal Issues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howell, P. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allan, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The environmental history of the Nile Basin has heightened awareness that the volume of water available is not sufficient to meet modern levels of water demand, quite apart from rapidly growing needs. The environmental element of the complex matter of evaluating and managing the international water resource of the Nile is addressed in this volume. The book deals with the global and regional hydrology, examines the scope and emphasis of water resource planning in the Nile Basin over the past century and identifies future options. The material is intended to be relevant to environmental scientists, government officials and water resource professionals in both national and international agencies, as well as those concerned with the environment and hydraulic engineering in the academic community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50409/cover/9780521450409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Matthew Hale, 1609-1676</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law, Religion and Natural Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cromartie, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Matthew Hale (1609-76) was the greatest common lawyer of his age, and the most universally admired. Although he held office under Oliver Cromwell, this barely affected his standing in Restoration times. A study of Hale's life and thought necessarily illuminates the central role of the common law in Stuart politics. This book explains Hale's political ideas, and his subtle understanding of the peculiar character of an 'unwritten' law. It also covers his extensive writings on scientific and religious questions, writings which document a shift from puritan to liberal Protestantism. His acute but equivocal response to the science of Descartes and Boyle reveals a fascinating interplay between his 'latitudinarianism' and the new natural philosophy. The result is a unique case study, and a comprehensive portrait of a seventeenth-century mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50430/cover/9780521450430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personality Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Recognition and Clinical Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dowson, Jonathan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grounds, Adrian T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Personality disorders consist of long-term patterns of maladaptive behaviour which have a generally unrecognised importance in clinical practice. However, personality disorders are the origins of many medical consultations and social ills, including substance abuse, alcoholism, self-harm, suicide, neglect of children, criminality and HIV transmission. In a comprehensive summary and evaluation of the clinical literature, this book seeks to dispel the myth that personality disorder is simply a category for those problem individuals for whom nothing can be done. With detailed coverage of recognition, assessment and management, Drs Dowson and Grounds provide a co-ordinated empirically-based account of those aspects of personality disorders which are of relevance to psychiatrists and allied disciplines, including clinical psychologists, social workers, criminologists, specialist nurses and primary care physicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50492/cover/9780521450492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reforming the Russian Legal System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Gordon B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reforming the Russian Legal System is a comprehensive analysis of the forces that are shaping legal reform in the republics of the former USSR. Looking beneath the flow of day-to-day developments, the book examines how traditional indigenous Russian legal values, and the 74-year experience with communism and 'socialist legality' are being combined with Western concepts of justice and due process to forge a new legal consciousness in Russia today. The author provides a broad historical survey of pre-revolutionary and Soviet-era legal developments, which provides a backdrop to the reforms initiated by Gorbachev. Chapters analysing constitutional law, criminal law and procedure, the Procuracy, and the laws governing the transition to a market economy illustrate the recurring themes of the book: the interaction of crosscurrents in Russian legal culture, and variations in the pace of legal reform from republic to republic and region to region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50522/cover/9780521450522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agricultural Rent in England, 1690-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, M. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beckett, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Afton, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Agricultural historians have collected and published a remarkable amount of material in recent years, partly as a result of the ongoing series 'The Agrarian History of England and Wales'. Missing from the Agrarian History volumes covering 1640-1850 has been any sustained analysis of agricultural rent, a perhaps surprising omission in view of the enormous sums of money which passed between landlords and tenants annually, and given the importance of the subject in terms of our understanding of the general course of change in agriculture and the economy more generally. In recent years the availability of estate accounts in public archive repositories has made available a range of data for the period c.1690 to the First World War, after which the material is voluminous and well known. In this book, based on research in archives across the country, the authors have produced a new rent index which will become the basis on which all future researchers in the field will rely.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50539/cover/9780521450539.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Geometry of Total Curvature on Complete Open Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shiohama, Katsuhiro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shioya, Takashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanaka, Minoru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained account of how some modern ideas in differential geometry can be used to tackle and extend classical results in integral geometry. The authors investigate the influence of total curvature on the metric structure of complete, non-compact Riemannian 2-manifolds, though their work, much of which has never appeared in book form before, can be extended to more general spaces. Many classical results are introduced and then extended by the authors. The compactification of complete open surfaces is discussed, as are Busemann functions for rays. Open problems are provided in each chapter, and the text is richly illustrated with figures designed to help the reader understand the subject matter and get intuitive ideas about the subject. The treatment is self-contained, assuming only a basic knowledge of manifold theory, so is suitable for graduate students and non-specialists who seek an introduction to this modern area of differential geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50546/cover/9780521450546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Specification and Proof in Real Time CSP</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computing systems are becoming highly complex, harder to understand, and therefore more prone to failure. Where such systems control aircraft, for example, a system failure could have disastrous consequences. It is important therefore that we are able to employ mathematical techniques to specify the behaviour of critical safety systems. This thesis uses the theory of Communicating Sequential Processes to show how a real-time system may be specified. Included is a case study in which a local area network protocol is described at two levels of abstraction, and a general method for structuring CSP descriptions of layered protocols is given. The research contained here represents the very latest work on the specification and verification of real-time systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50553/cover/9780521450553.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Contradictions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structures of Lutheran and Catholic Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hampson, Daphne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Catholic thought and Lutheran thought are differently structured, embodying divergent conceptions of self and God. Failing to grasp the Lutheran paradigm, Catholics have wrenched Luther into an inappropriate framework. Roman/Lutheran ecumenism, culminating in the 'Joint Declaration' of 1999, attempts to reconcile incompatible systems, based on different philosophical presuppositions. Drawing on a wealth of material, both Continental and Anglo-Saxon, the author thinks through these structural questions within a historical context. But how - within a religion of revelation - can God be conceptualised as both foundational to the self and yet also as an 'other' with whom the self inter-relates? Kierkegaard is shown in a complex model to hold together strengths which historically have been exemplified by the two traditions. This is an important work in systematic theology which considers questions quite fundamental to Western religion. It should be of interest to theologians of all backgrounds and also to church historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50607/cover/9780521450607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toys, Play, and Child Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstein, Jeffrey H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anything to do with children's entertainment is a source of controversy: children's television programmes, musical preferences, and leisure activities are frequent sources of debate. Toys and play are often singled out for attention, particularly war toys, sex-typed toys, and video games with aggressive themes. Are these harmful to children? Are they addictive? Alternatively, can parents facilitate children's learning with educational toys? Toys, Play, and Child Development explores these and other questions. Parental attitudes and reactions towards war toys are described, as are the children's views themselves. Toys and play are shown to contribute to the development of language, imagination, and intellectual achievement and to be effective in child psychotherapy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50621/cover/9780521450621.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding American Economic Decline</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernstein, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adler, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heilbroner, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The public has long been painfully aware of the economy's stagnation. The contemporary recession has brought to the foreground problems which have been germinating for decades. Falling real wages, slow productivity growth, and the loss of international competitiveness in major industries all are outgrowths of long-term developments that predate this crisis. As the United States moves from a position of global economic leadership to one of economic interdependence, we need alternative approaches to explain the dramatic changes in the US economy. This collection of essays, written by leading scholars, presents a systematic analysis of the nation's economic woes. The authors furnish more than hard-hitting criticisms of the US economy. They provide hope as they offer solutions to America's most pressing economic problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50638/cover/9780521450638.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Egalitarian Perspectives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Philosophical Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents fifteen essays, written over the past dozen years, on egalitarianism. The essays explore contemporary philosophical debates on this subject, using the tools of modern economic theory, general equilibrium theory, game theory, and the theory of mechanism design. Egalitarian Perspectives is divided into four parts: the theory of exploitation; equality of resources; bargaining theory and distributive justice; and market socialism and public ownership. The first part presents Roemer's influential reconceptualisation of the Marxian theory of exploitation as a theory of distributive justice. The second part offers a critique of Ronald Dworkin's equality-of-resources theory, and puts forward a new egalitarian proposal based upon a specific method of measuring individual responsibility. The third part introduces a novel application of the theory of mechanism design to the study of political philosophy, and raises new concerns about the limitations of that application. The fourth part presents the author's views on market socialism and public ownership, and demonstrates that Professor Roemer is at the forefront of refining new theories and conceptions of market socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50669/cover/9780521450669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adults with Autism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, Geraldine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From childhood services to adult provision, the needs of an individual develop and change, yet the literature addressing specific adult requirements is scarce. This volume sets out to fill this gap and provides practical help and guidance specifically for those caring for the growing recognised population of adults with autism. Issues of theory and practice from both local and international perspectives are included. Subsequent chapters analyse the implications arising from thought and behaviour inflexibility with emphasis on the management of transition and bereavement. Models for practice in employment and further education and also pharmacological and educational approaches to mental health problems, epilepsy and challenging behaviour are concluded by a chapter which develops many themes of this publication as the basis for a practitioner training programme in residential settings. An essential guide for all those concerned with the care and well being of adults with autism including parents, researchers, practitioners and community care workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reversals of the Earth's Magnetic Field</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By measuring the direction and intensity of magnetism in rocks of different ages, a record of the Earth's magnetic field in the past can be obtained. This book deals with the particular case of reversals of the Earth's magnetic field. These have played a major role in the development of plate tectonics and in establishing a geological time scale. The magnetism of rocks is discussed in some detail with a warning of possible misinterpretations of the record. The latest observational results and theories are reviewed with special attention to the structure and geometry of the transition field. Changing conditions at the core-mantle boundary, their effect on reversals, the generation of plumes and the possible correlation of reversals with tectonic changes, ice ages or mass extinctions are thoroughly discussed, including suggested periodicities in the reversal record and in other geophysical data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50720/cover/9780521450720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven: The Pastoral Symphony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, David Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>113</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beethoven's Pastoral Symphony is in many ways his most startlingly original symphony. It has a programmatic content, it is in five movements rather than the normal four, and its mood is quite different from the usual barnstorming image of the composer. Why did he want to compose such a work? Why did it take him five years to realise his vision? What was he hoping to communicate? How did he achieve it? Finally, how was the work received? In a fascinating account of this popular work, David Wyn Jones addresses all these vital questions. He places the work in the context of concert life in Vienna at the beginning of the nineteenth century and considers the long tradition of pastoral subject matter in music. His account of the music draws attention to those features of grammar, syntax and form that determine the unique character of the work, making reference to interesting aspects of the autograph and the sketches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50744/cover/9780521450744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Editing Fact and Fiction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Concise Guide to Book Editing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, Leslie T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunther, Irene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marek, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Editing Fact and Fiction is a concise, practical guide for people interested in book publishing or already working as editors who want to learn more about the opportunities in various kinds of book editing. Written in a lively, informal style, two editors with extensive experience in a wide variety of fields - fiction and nonfiction, trade and reference, academic and commercial publishing - explain what editors in different jobs really do. This is a book to be read, not just referred to. It will be an indispensable guide for anyone thinking about making a career in book publishing, a valuable resource for editors working in publishing who want to enlarge their knowledge, and a useful tool for senior editors in training their staff.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50805/cover/9780521450805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Art in Eastern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Baltic to the Balkans, ca. 1890-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansbach, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this award-winning study, Steven Mansbach provides the first coherent narrative of the modern art movements of Eastern Europe. Analyzing a vast range of works, many reproduced here for the first time, the author argues that our understanding of modernism is incomplete without consideration of this material. He shows how Cubism, Expressionism and Constructivism, among other modernist styles, were amalgamated with deeply rooted visual traditions in several vital centers, including Prague, Warsaw, and Budapest, in order to express the most pressing concerns of the day, particularly nationalism. Mansbach also considers the critical response of the Eastern European art public to these various avante-garde movements. A revisionist interpretation of modernism, Modern Art in Eastern Europe provides a much-needed reassessment of the art of this century, as well as its historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50850/cover/9780521450850.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Learning and Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Neural Network Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmajuk, Nestor A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this advanced text the author, starting with the simple assumption that psychological associations are represented by the strength of synaptic connections, provides several mechanistic descriptions of complex cognitive behaviors. Part I presents neural network theories of classical conditioning, Part II describes neural networks of operant conditioning, and animal communication, Part III discusses spatial and cognitive mapping, and finally Part IV shows how neural network models permit one to simultaneously develop psychological theories and models of the brain. The book includes computer software that allows the computer simulation of classical conditioning and the effect of different brain lesions on many classical paradigms. All those people interested in neural networks, from psychologists, through neuroscientists to computer scientists working on artificial intelligence and robotics, will find this book an excellent advanced guide to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50867/cover/9780521450867.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre and State in France, 1760-1905</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hemmings, Frederic William John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Relations between theatre and state were seldom more fraught in France than in the latter part of the eighteenth and during the nineteenth century. The unique attraction of the theatre, the sole source of mass entertainment over the period, accounts in part for this: successive governments could not ignore these large nightly gatherings, viewing them with distrust and attempting to control them by every kind of device, from censorship of plays to the licensing of playhouses. In his illuminating study, F. W. J. Hemmings traces the vicissitudes of this perennial conflict, which began with the rise of the small independent boulevard theatres in the 1760s and eventually petered out in 1905 with the abandonment of censorship by the state. There are separate chapters on the provincial theatre, while the French Revolution is given particularly detailed attention. This work, complementing his earlier book The Theatre Industry in Nineteenth-Century France, will be of interest to students of theatre history, French studies and European culture in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50881/cover/9780521450881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145090X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145090X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetic Art of Aldhelm</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orchard, Andy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aldhelm of Malmesbury has been described as 'the first English man of letters'. He was the first Germanic author to compose extensively in Latin metrical verse, and his Latin works were amongst the most influential in Anglo-Saxon England. Aldhelm can also be considered the best-read of Anglo-Saxon poets, in both senses of the phrase: he read most and was most read. In this first book-length study of Aldhelm's poetic art Andy Orchard traces the sources and models for Aldhelm's idiosyncratic style, as well as the nature and extent of his influence on later Anglo-Latin verse. Aldhelm's innovations in Latin verse technique are emphasized, in particular his special debt to the specific techniques of Old English vernacular verse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50904/cover/9780521450904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sampling and Statistical Methods for Behavioral Ecologists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bart, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fligner, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Notz, William I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the sampling and statistical methods used most often by behavioral ecologists and field biologists. Written by a biologist and two statisticians, it provides a rigorous discussion together with worked examples of statistical concepts and methods that are generally not covered in introductory courses, and which are consequently poorly understood and applied by field biologists. The first section reviews important issues such as defining the statistical population and the sampling plan when using non-random methods for sample selection, bias, interpretation of statistical tests, confidence intervals and multiple comparisons. After a detailed discussion of sampling methods and multiple regression, subsequent chapters discuss specialized problems such as pseudoreplication, and their solutions. It will quickly become the statistical handbook for all field biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50959/cover/9780521450959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Nationalisation in Britain, 1920-1950</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millward, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>339</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study of the causes of nationalisation, experts in British industrial history analyse the public ownership debates, and explain how many well-informed and moderate groups came to believe that the public ownership of certain major industries would be economically beneficial. During Attlee's Labour governments of 1945-51 a number of important industries, including coal, electricity, the railways and gas were taken into public ownership, and legislation was passed for the nationalisation of the steel industry. It was then argued that nationalisation would lead to an improvement in the efficiency of these key sectors, on which the rest of British industry depended for inputs. This study examines the historical issues and uses detailed case studies of industries to explore the public ownership debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50966/cover/9780521450966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521450985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521450985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521450980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conquest, Anarchy and Lordship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Yorkshire, 1066-1154</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521450980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dalton, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Focusing on Yorkshire, by far the largest English county, this book examines three of the most important themes in the period described by Sir Frank Stenton as 'the first century of English feudalism': the Norman conquest, the anarchy of Stephen's reign, and the nature of lordship and land tenure. In each case the book offers a strong challenge to dominant interpretations which will alter significantly our conception of Anglo-Norman politics and government. The first section of the book reveals that the Norman conquest of Yorkshire was a much more rapid and carefully controlled process than has been supposed; the second section examines the 'anarchy' of King Stephen's reign and its consequences; and the final section deals with lordship, one of the most significant aspects of medieval society. Offering many revisionary arguments throughout, the book will become essential reading on both 'the first century' and 'the legal framework' of English feudalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50980/cover/9780521450980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Locke, Literary Criticism, and Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Walker's original analysis of John Locke's An Essay Concerning Human Understanding offers a challenging and provocative assessment of Locke's importance as a thinker, bridging the gap between philosophical and literary-critical discussion of his work. He presents Locke as a foundational figure who defines the epistemological and ontological ground on which eighteenth-century and Romantic literature operate and eventually diverge. He is revealed as a crucial figure for emerging modernity, less the familiar empiricist innovator and more the proto-Nietzschean thinker whose text fosters hitherto unsuspected instabilities and promotes a new kind of rhetorical force to counterbalance them. Walker's reading of Locke is at once finely attentive to the text and engagingly resourceful in placing the Essay in its broadest philosophical and historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51055/cover/9780521451055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145106X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145106X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of European Social Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitschelt, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the contrasting strategies and their electoral fortunes of social democratic parties in the major European democracies in the 1970s and 1980s. Going beyond approaches that focus on the influence of class structure and political economic institutions, The Transformation of European Social Democracy analyses the party's competitive situation in the electoral arena, the constraints and opportunities of party organisation, and the role of ideological legacies to explain the strategic choices social democratic parties have made and the electoral results they have achieved. Far from being doomed to decline, social democracy's success depends on its ability to transform its political message and to construct new electoral coalitions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51062/cover/9780521451062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Bankruptcy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic and Legal Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhandari, Jagdeep S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiss, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posner, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection is the first comprehensive selection of readings focusing on corporate bankruptcy. Its main purpose is to explore the nature and efficiency of corporate reorganisation using interdisciplinary approaches drawn from law, economics, business, and finance. Substantive areas covered include the role of credit, creditors' implicit bargains, non-bargaining features of bankruptcy, workouts of agreements, alternatives to bankruptcy, and proceedings in countries other than the United States, including the United Kingdom, Europe, and Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51079/cover/9780521451079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blindness and Children</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Individual Differences Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is a summary and interpretation of the research literature on infants and children with visual impairments. It concludes that many aspects of 'delayed' development are not the result of visual impairment itself, but rather of environmental variables that tend to accompany visual impairment. Thus many of the typical developmental delays may be ameliorated or avoided by the appropriate structuring of the child's experiences. The book is developmentally oriented and treats all of the major areas of child development. The author makes the premise that a truly useful body of knowledge about the development of children with visual impairments must not just characterize normative development, but must account for the factors that are associated with relatively good or poor developmental progress. Existing research literature is searched for evidence of variables that may account for individual differences, particularly variables related to the child's several environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51093/cover/9780521451093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Sound and the Fury</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polk, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While William Faulkner's The Sound and the Fury met with only limited success when published in 1929, it since has become one of the most popular of Faulkner's novels, serving as a litmus paper upon which critical approaches have tested themselves. In the introduction to this volume Noel Polk traces the critical responses to the novel from the time of its publication to the present day. The essays that follow present contemporary reassessments of The Sound and the Fury from a variety of critical perspectives. Dawn Trouard offers us the women of The Sound and the Fury, reading against the grain of the predominant critical tradition that sees the women through the lens of masculine cultural biases. Donald M. Kartiganer comes to terms with the ways in which the novel simultaneously attracts readers and resists readings. Richard Godden discusses the relationship between incest and miscegenation. Noel Polk examines closely the way Faulkner experiments with language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51147/cover/9780521451147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Innovation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The US Pharmaceutical Industry during the 1980s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gambardella, Alfonso</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNDP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines an important phenomenon for competitiveness and innovation in industry: namely the growing use of scientific principles in industrial research. Industrial innovation still arises from systematic trial-and-error experiments with many designs and objects, but these experiments are being guided by a more rational understanding of phenomena. This has important implications for market structure, firm strategies and competition. Science and Innovation focuses on the pharmaceutical industry. It discusses the changes that the notable advances in the life sciences since the 1980s have exerted on the strategies of drug companies, the organization of their internal research, their relationships with scientific institutions, the division of labour between large pharmaceutical firms and small research-intensive suppliers, the productivity of drug discovery and the productivity of R &amp; D.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51185/cover/9780521451185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture in the Age of Stalin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture Two</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paperny, Vladimir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barris, Roann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paperny examines the evolution of architecture in Russia during the Stalinist period. Defining two conflicting trends - Culture One and Culture Two - that have alternately prevailed in Russian culture, the author argues that the shift away from the architectural avant-garde of the 1920s was not entirely the result of Stalin's will. Rather, he demonstrates how the aesthetic choices of Stalin and his architects were conditioned by the prevailing cultural mechanisms of the 1930s and 40s. Combining academic precision with engaging narrative, Paperny leads the reader through the remarkable trajectory of architectural and cultural transformation that marked a pivotal moment of Russia's history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51192/cover/9780521451192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forging Industrial Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States, Britain, and France in the Railway Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobbin, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The United States, France and Britain use markedly different kinds of industrial policies to foster economic growth today. To understand the origins of these different policies, this book examines the evolution of public policies governing one of the first modern industries, the railroads. The author challenges conventional thinking in economics, political science and sociology by arguing that cultural meaning plays an important role in the development of purportedly rational policies designed to promote industrial growth. This book has implications for the study of rational institutions of all sorts, including science, management and economics, as well as for the study of culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/29904/cover/9780521629904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opting for Oil</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Technological Change in the West German Industry, 1945-1961</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, Raymond G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>273</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the causes, course and consequences of the shift in West German chemical technology from a coal to a petroleum basis between 1945 and 1961. It examines the historical underpinnings of the technological culture of the German chemical industry; changing political and economic constraints on technological decision-making in the post-war period; and the actual decision-making process within five individual firms. By addressing a wide variety of broader issues - including the origins and impact of the division of Germany; the effects of the Wirtschaftswunder, or economic miracle; European integration; and the changing role of the West German Federal Republic in the international political order - this book explains how West German industry regained and then retained a competitive position in world markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51246/cover/9780521451246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetics of the Feminine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Authority and Literary Tradition in William Carlos Williams, Mina Loy, Denise Levertov, and Kathleen Fraser</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinnahan, Linda A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the early work of William Carlos Williams in relationship to a woman's tradition of American poetry, as represented by Mina Loy, Denise Levertov and Kathleen Fraser - three generations of women poets working in or directly from a modernist tradition. Linda Kinnahan traces notions of the feminine and the maternal that develop as Williams seeks to create a modern poetics. The impact of first-wave American feminism is examined through an extended analysis of Mina Loy's poetry as a source of a feminist modernism for Williams. Levertov and Fraser are discussed as poetic daughters of Williams who strive to define their voices as women and to reclaim an enabling poetic tradition. In the process, each woman's negotiations with poetic authority and tradition call into question the relationship of poetic father and daughter. Positioning Williams in relation to these three generations of Anglo-American writing within and descending from the modernist movement, the book pursues two questions: what can women poets, writing with an informed awareness of Williams teach us about his modernist poetics of contact, and just as importantly, what can they teach us about the process, for women, of constructing a writing self within a male-dominated tradition?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51277/cover/9780521451277.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parallel Computing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fountain, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book sets out the principles of parallel computing in a way which will be useful to student and potential user alike. It includes coverage of both conventional and neural computers. The content of the book is arranged hierarchically. It explains why, where and how parallel computing is used; the fundamental paradigms employed in the field; how systems are programmed or trained; technical aspects including connectivity and processing element complexity; and how system performance is estimated (and why doing so is difficult). The penultimate chapter of the book comprises a set of case studies of archetypal parallel computers, each study written by an individual closely connected with the system in question. The final chapter correlates the various aspects of parallel computing into a taxonomy of systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51314/cover/9780521451314.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neurobiology of Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contributions from Neuroscience to Clinical Neurology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bostock, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirkwood, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pullen, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>463</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demonstrating the value of interactions between neurology and the basic sciences that underpin it, this volume considers a range of topics from the points of view of both neurobiologist and clinician and reveals how advances in our understanding have been and continue to be made. The selected topics cover a wide range of levels of organization in the nervous system. For each one, distinguished researchers from around the world have made contributions, including general reviews of normal and pathological mechanisms as well as detailed accounts of the basic processes involved. Its coverage boasts particularly an excellent section on the physiology and pathophysiology of central and peripheral nerve fibres and an indepth view of motor control including the oft ignored but vital respiratory movements. Also notable are the chapters on neuronal plasticity, cell death and axonal regeneration; active areas in neuroscience, where new knowledge will almost certainly revolutionise neurological treatments in years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myth and Poetry in Lucretius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gale, Monica R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The employment of mythological language and imagery by an Epicurean poet - an adherent of a system not only materialist, but overtly hostile to myth and poetry - is highly paradoxical. This apparent contradiction has often been ascribed to a conflict in the poet between reason and intellect, or to a desire to enliven his philosophical material with mythological digressions. This book attempts to provide a more positive assessment of Lucretius' aims and methodology by considering the poet's attitude to myth, and the role which it plays in the De Rerum Natura, against the background of earlier and contemporary views. The author suggests that Lucretius was not only aware of the tension between his two roles as philosopher and poet, but attempted to resolve it by developing his own, Epicurean poetic, together with a bold and innovative theory of the origins and meaning of myth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51352/cover/9780521451352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banished Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Readings in Ovid's Exile Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Gareth D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the literary complexities of the poetry which Ovid wrote in Tomis, his place of exile on the coast of the Black Sea after he was banished from Rome by the emperor Augustus in AD 8 because of the alleged salaciousness of the Ars Amatoria  and a mysterious misdemeanour which is nowhere explained. Exile transforms Ovid into a melancholic poet of despair who claims that his creative faculties are in terminal decline. But research has exposed the ironic disjunction between many of the poet's claims and the latent artistry which belies them. Through a series of close readings which offer an analytical contribution to the scholarly evaluation of the exile poetry, Dr Williams examines the nature and the extent of Ovidian irony in Tomis and demonstrates the complex literary designs which are consistently disguised under a veil of dissimulation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51369/cover/9780521451369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline of Communism in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legitimacy Crisis, 1977-1989</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ding, X. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the Communist political elite and the largely anti-Communist intellectual elite during the decade of reform (1977-1989). The author, who was a participant in these events, shows how the Deng Xiaoping regime precipitated a legitimacy crisis by encouraging economic reform while preventing political reform, and how the intellectual elite used this situation to increase its own power. The book also offers a theoretical model to explain how a political resistance movement could gain power in a nation that does not have a well-developed civil society. The concept of 'institutional parasitism' shows that rather than developing separate institutions, the anti-Communist intellectuals occupied state structures from which oppositional activity was carried out. The book will be of interest to both scholars of China and students of comparative Communism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51383/cover/9780521451383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145140X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145140X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mediaeval Isma'ili History and Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daftary, Farhad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently the Isma`ilis were judged almost exclusively on the basis of the hostile accounts of their Muslim enemies and the fanciful tales of the Crusaders. As a result, numerous misconceptions were disseminated about the teachings and practices of the Isma'ilis, known in European tradition as the Assassins. In the 1930s, however, authentic Isma`ili texts began to be recovered  from private collections which shed new light on mediaeval Isma`ili history and thought. This collective volume, the first major effort of its kind in this branch of Islamic studies, brings together some of the original results of modern scholarship in the area, written by leading contemporary authorities, as well as distinguished Islamists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51406/cover/9780521451406.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bioenergetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garby, Lars</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsen, Poul S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bioenergetics is the name given to the collection of disciplines within biochemistry and physiology that aims at a description and understanding of the function of living systems. These functions include the exchange, metabolism and accumulation of matter, as well as their related energy transformations. The authors present an accessible textbook, providing the reader with the fundamental principles of the subject and how these can then be applied to practical problems. This textbook is ideal for graduate students and researchers in biochemistry, physiology and chemistry. The book should also be of interest to workers in the applied life sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51437/cover/9780521451437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ray and Wave Theory of Lenses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walther, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Calculations on lens systems are often marred by the unjustifiable use of the small-angle approximation. This book describes in detail how the ray and wave pictures of lens behaviour can be combined and developed into a theory capable of dealing with the large angles encountered in real optical systems. A distinct advantage of this approach is that Fourier optics appears naturally, in a form valid for arbitrarily large angles. The book begins with extensive reviews of geometrical optiks, eikonal functions and the theory of wave propagation. The propagation of waves through lenses is then treated by exploiting the close connection between eikonal function theory and the stationary phase approximation. Aberrations are then discussed, and the book concludes with various applications in lens design and analysis, including chapters on laser beam propagation and diffractive optical elements. Throughout, special emphasis is placed on the intrinsic limitations of lens performance. The many practical insights it contains, as well as the exercises with their solutions, will be of interest to graduate students as well as to anyone working in optical design and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51444/cover/9780521451444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pinochet's Economists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chicago School of Economics in Chile</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valdes, Juan Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the extraordinary story of the Pinochet regime's economists, known as the Chicago Boys. It explores the roots of their ideas and their sense of mission, following their training as economists at the Department of Economics at the University of Chicago. After their return to Chile, the Chicago Boys took advantage of the opportunity afforded them by the 1973 military coup to launch the first radical free market strategy implemented in a developing country. The ideological strength of their mission and the military authoritarianism of General Pinochet combined to transform an economy that, following the return to democracy, has stabilized and is seen as a model for Latin America. This book, written by a political scientist, examines the neo-liberal economists and their perspective on the market. It also narrates the history of the transfer of ideas from the industrialized world to a developing country, which will be of particular interest to economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51468/cover/9780521451468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Iran Complete set of 8 volumes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Iran is a multi-volume survey of Iranian history and culture, and its contribution to the civilization of the world. All aspects of the religious, philosophical, political, economic, scientific and artistic elements in Iranian civilization are studied, with some emphasis on the geographical and ecological factors that have contributed to that civilization's special character. The aim is to provide a collection of readable essays rather than a catalogue of information. The volumes offer scope for the publication of new ideas as well as providing summaries of established facts. It is hoped that the volumes will act as a stimulus to specialists, but they are primarily concerned with answering the sort of questions about the past and present of Iran that are asked by the non-specialist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51482/cover/9780521451482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>1665.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Transformation of the Soviet Union, 1913-1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheatcroft, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an ideal text for students studying a key period of Soviet economic history. It brings together and makes available in textbook form the results of the latest research on Soviet industrialisation, using a vast amount of primary evidence, and the methods of quantitative economic analysis. Leading scholars in the field analyse the Soviet economy sector by sector, from agriculture to defence and technology, and look at the key indicators of economic health over the period: employment, national income, exports, and population trends. The book concludes with two chapters comparing the Russian economy at war under tsarism and communism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57705/cover/9780521457705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521451566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521451566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521451567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Duncan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Marsha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>645</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The correspondence in this volume reveals Darwin carefully monitoring the response to The Origin of Species. Early in 1861 he completed the preparation of a third and much-revised edition, using the opportunity to answer his critics. As these letters make clear, Darwin understood the importance of support from younger scientists for the future of his theory. Darwin's long-time supporters - including Asa Gray, Charles Lyell and Joseph Dalton Hooker - also feature largely in his correspondence. Escaping the confines of collating and writing up his work on variation in domesticated animals and plants, Darwin plunged into detailed studies of insectivorous plants and orchid pollination. On a more personal side, the correspondence details Darwin in the role of solicitous father ensuring a secure future for his son William. The letters in Volume 9 provide another indispensable collection for those interested in Darwin's life, work and world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51567/cover/9780521451567.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory, Analysis and Meaning in Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been far-reaching changes in the way music theorists and analysts view the nature of their disciplines. Encounters with structuralist and post-structuralist critical theory, and with linguistics and cognitive sciences, have brought the theory and analysis of music into the orbit of important developments in intellectual history. This book presents the work of a group of scholars who, without seeking to impose an explicit redefinition of either theory or analysis, explore the limits of both in this context. Essays on the languages of analysis and theory, and on practical issues such as decidability, ambiguity and metaphor, combine with studies of works by Debussy, Schoenberg, Birtwistle and Boulez, together making a major contribution to an important debate in the growth of musicology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52366/cover/9780521452366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonological Structure and Phonetic Form</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keating, Patricia A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Phonological Structure and Phonetic Form brings together work from phonology, phonetics, speech science, electrical engineering, psycholinguistics and sociolinguistics. The chapters in this book are organized in four topical sections. The first is concerned with stress and intonation; the second with syllable structure and phonological theory;  the third with phonological features; and the fourth with 'phonetic output'. This is the third in the series Papers in Laboratory Phonology. The two previous volumes, like the conferences from which they were derived, have been influential in establishing Laboratory Phonology as a discipline in its own right. Phonological Structure and Phonetic Form will be equally important in making readers aware of the range of research relevant to questions of linguistic sound structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52373/cover/9780521452373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shostakovich Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fanning, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few composers' posthumous reputations have grown as steadily as Shostakovich's. Yet outside the concert hall the focus of attention seems to have been on the extraordinary circumstances of his life rather than on the music itself. This book seeks to show that the power of his work stems as much from its craftsmanship as from its political and personal context. The theoretical chapters lay the foundation for a proper understanding of Shostakovich's musical language for the first time in the West. The social context is not neglected, however, and alongside many new insights spread through the book, a substantial and provocative chapter considers the issues surrounding the composition of the Fifth Symphony. The eleven essays in the volume draw together some of the finest scholars of Russian music in Europe, Russia and America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52397/cover/9780521452397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Implicit Understandings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Observing, Reporting and Reflecting on the Encounters between Europeans and Other Peoples in the Early Modern Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Stuart B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>655</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together the work of twenty historians, anthropologists, and literary scholars who have tried to examine the nature of the encounter between Europeans and the other peoples of the world from roughly 1450 to 1800, the early modern era. The book is world-wide in scope - ranging from Hawaii, Australia, and China to the Americas and Africa - but is unified by the central underlying theme that implicit understandings influence every culture's ideas about itself and others. These understandings, however, are changed by experience in a constantly shifting process in which both sides participate. This makes such encounters complex historical events and moments of 'discovery'. The scholars gathered here grapple with the questions of how we observe, and how observation and representation can reveal as much about ourselves as about those we observe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58801/cover/9780521458801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Shadow of the Dinosaurs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Mesozoic Tetrapods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, Nicholas C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sues, Hans-Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>447</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early Mesozoic period was a critical period in the evolution of life on land when most of today's major groups of terrestrial vertebrates arose and dinosaurs and pterosaurs rose to prominence. In recent years this period has received a great deal of attention from palaeontologists, and it is now felt that the small vertebrates which lived in the shadows of the first dinosaurs tell us a great deal about the evolution of modern terrestrial ecosystems. This book is the first attempt to collate all the information on the small vertebrates and features contributions by experts with international reputations in their fields. There are chapters on the taxonomy and phylogeny of the key vertebrate groups, followed by a section dealing with the most significant fossiliferous assemblages worldwide. The final section looks at how faunal turnover at this time is measured and examines the possibility of mass extinctions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52427/cover/9780521452427.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lorenzo de'Medici, Collector of Antiquities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collector and Antiquarian</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fusco, Laurie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corti, Gino</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lorenzo de' Medici was a key figure in the creation of the Renaissance. An important patron of the arts in fifteenth century Florence, he was also a passionate collector of objects from antiquity and the post-antique period. His activities as a collector are documented in a group of 173 letters, previously unknown and published here for the first time, which provide the most complete picture of a well-known and historically important collector. As revealed in these letters, Lorenzo acquired sculpture to embellish his palace, but his real predilection was for small objects: coins, hardstone vases, and gems. His main source was the Roman dealer Giovanni Ciampolini, whose scandalous behavior demonstrates the gamesmanship of the art market. This book reveals how objects were studied, where they were displayed, the criteria for their selection, and their monetary worth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52458/cover/9780521452458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>305.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452473</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature in the Marketplace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nineteenth-Century British Publishing and Reading Practices</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, John O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patten, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging and innovative collection of essays addresses important issues in cultural studies and the history of the book. Multidisciplinary in approach, the essays consider different aspects of the production, circulation, and consumption of printed texts throughout the nineteenth century. Topics studied include market trends, modes of publication, the use of pseudonyms by women writers, readerships and reading ideologies, and copyright law; and the book examines a wide range of printed materials, from valentines, advertisements, illustrations, and fashionable annuals, to the more traditional literary genres of poetry, fiction and periodical essays. The authors under discussion include Dickens, the Bront&#235;s, George Eliot, Meredith, and Walter Pater. Contributors draw on speech-act, reader-response, and gender theory in addition to various historical, narratological, materialist, and bibliographical perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/93930/cover/9780521893930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Undergraduate Commutative Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Miles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Commutative algebra is at the crossroads of algebra, number theory and algebraic geometry. This textbook is affordable and clearly illustrated, and is intended for advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate students with some previous experience of rings and fields. Alongside standard algebraic notions such as generators of modules and the ascending chain condition, the book develops in detail the geometric view of a commutative ring as the ring of functions on a space. The starting point is the Nullstellensatz, which provides a close link between the geometry of a variety V and the algebra of its coordinate ring A=k[V]; however, many of the geometric ideas arising from varieties apply also to fairly general rings. The final chapter relates the material of the book to more advanced topics in commutative algebra and algebraic geometry. It includes an account of some famous 'pathological' examples of Akizuki and Nagata, and a brief but thought-provoking essay on the changing position of abstract algebra in today's world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52557/cover/9780521452557.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Principles of Representative Government</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manin, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The thesis of this original and provocative book is that representative government should be understood as a combination of democratic and undemocratic, aristocratic  elements. Professor Manin challenges the conventional view that representative democracy is no more than an indirect form of government by the people, in which citizens elect representatives only because they cannot assemble and govern in person. The argument is developed by examining the historical moments when the present institutional arrangements were chosen from among the then available alternatives. Professor Manin reminds us that while today representative institutions and democracy appear as virtually indistinguishable, when representative government was first established in Europe and America, it was designed in opposition to democracy proper. Drawing on the procedures used in earlier republican systems, from classical Athens to Renaissance Florence, in order to highlight the alternatives that were forsaken, Manin brings to the fore the generally overlooked results of representative mechanisms. These include the elitist aspect of elections and the non-binding character of campaign promises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52588/cover/9780521452588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Spacetime Explains</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Metaphysical Essays on Space and Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nerlich, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Graham Nerlich is one of the most distinguished of contemporary philosophers of space and time. Eleven of his essays are here brought together in a carefully structured volume, which deal with ontology and methodology in relativity, variable curvature and general relativity, and time and causation. The author has provided a new general introduction and also introductions to each part to bring the discussion more up to date and draw out the general themes. The book will be welcomed by all philosophers of physics, and of science in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52618/cover/9780521452618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Observer's Guide to Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, Storm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>569</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can you find new minor planets, comets and novae? How can you use photoelectric detectors to derive the temperatures of stars? And how can you predict future eclipses and occultations of stars by minor planets? The questions asked by serious amateur astronomers are answered in this authoritative and wide-ranging guide. For each topic, sound practical methods of observation and the scientific background are given to lead you to better observations. Guidelines also show you how to record and catalogue your observations using the recognised professional terminology and classification schemes. From the simplest pencil drawings of the moon to observations of the most distant galaxies with state-of-the-art CCD cameras and photoelectric photometers, this guide is packed with practical tips for all types of amateur observations. It will develop the observational skills of the keen novice and satisfy the more demanding needs of the experienced amateur astronomer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52656/cover/9780521452656.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Directions in General Relativity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1993 International Symposium, Maryland: Papers in Honor of Dieter Brill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hu, B. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobson, T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>391</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes are the proceedings of a major International Symposium on General Relativity held at the University of Maryland in March 1993 to celebrate the sixtieth birthdays of Professor Charles Misner and Professor Dieter Brill. The volumes cover classical general relativity, quantum gravity and quantum cosmology, canonical formulation and the initial value problem, topology and geometry of spacetime and fields, mathematical and physical cosmology, and black hole physics and astrophysics. As invited articles, the papers in these volumes have an aim which goes beyond that of a standard conference proceedings. Not only do the authors discuss the most recent research results in their fields, but many also provide historical perspectives on how the subjects have developed and offer individual insights in their search for new directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21401/cover/9780521021401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrology and Water Management in the Humid Tropics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hydrological Research Issues and Strategies for Water Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonell, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hufschmidt, Maynard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gladwell, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>610</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental problems in the humid tropical regions, where the focus is on the fate and management of the surviving rainforest and climate change, are attracting increasing attention internationally. The distribution of tropical rainfall is highly variable, and in many regions the supply of potable water is inadequate. By the end of the century one-third of the world's population will be living in the humid tropics. This book considers all aspects of hydrology in the humid tropics. The first four parts of the book cover the physical basis of hydrology in the humid tropics: climatology, meteorology, process hydrology, sedimentation, water quality and freshwater ecology. This is followed by extensive treatment of the human and societal issues: land-use changes, water resource management, and rural and urban water supply in the tropical regions. The book is a uniquely integrated summary of hydrology in the tropics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20022/cover/9780521020022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musical Form in the Age of Beethoven</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Writings on Theory and Method</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, A. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnham, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A. B. Marx was one of the most important German music theorists of his time. Drawing on idealist aesthetics and the ideology of Bildung, he developed a holistic pedagogical method as well as a theory of musical form that gives pride of place to Beethoven. This volume offers a generous selection of the most salient of his writings, the majority presented here in English for the first time. It features Marx's oft-cited but little understood material on sonata form, his progressive program for compositional pedagogy and his detailed critical analysis of Beethoven's 'Eroica' Symphony. These writings thus deal with issues that fall directly among the concerns of mainstream theory and analysis in the last two centuries: the relation of form and content, the analysis of instrumental music, the role of pedagogy in music theory, and the nature of musical understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52748/cover/9780521452748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on My &#193;ntonia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Sharon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>My Antonia is undoubtedly Willa Cather's most famous novel. It is also her most autobiographical novel and her most aesthetically complex; it can be enjoyed both for its simple, pure prose and for its literary depth. The essays in this volume place the novel in the context of American literary history, African-American music, and Southern writing, and offer illuminating ways of reading Cather's best-known work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52755/cover/9780521452755.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychostrategies of Avant-Garde Art</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuspit, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Donald Kuspit offers here an innovative psychoanalytic interpretation of avant-garde art, from its origins in the nineteenth century to its demise in the late-twentieth. Avant-garde art, the author argues, is a response to the conditions of modernity, particularly the crowd, which undermines and destroys the artist's sense of self. The avant-garde artist uses psychostrategies in order to restore his sense of self. These include a close identification with his medium, which becomes a 'signature substance' into which he escapes; making hallucinatory art in which he shows his own insanity, which becomes a way of escaping the pseudo-sanity of the crowd; or trying to transcend the crowd altogether by escaping into a world of abstraction, which functions in a religious way to afford an 'oceanic experience'. Drawing on numerous examples of avant-garde art, Kuspit makes extensive use of psychoanalysis, largely from British object-relational theory, to underline and elaborate his ideas. An extensive reinterpretation of Manet, officially the first avant-garde artist, and in whom all the various psychostrategies exist in seminal form, forms a keynote to this study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52779/cover/9780521452779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Syntax and Parsing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorrell, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the role of syntax in theories of sentence comprehension, and argues for a distinct processing component which is devoted to the recovery of syntactic structure and which utilizes the contrasting types of information found within a Government-Binding grammar. Paul Gorrell contrasts the primary relations (dominance and precedence) and secondary relations (case assignment, theta-role assignment, etc.) in a phrase-structure tree, and shows how this computational distinction of information types is reflected in the internal structure of the parser, which consists of two sub-components: a structure builder (responsible for creating nodes in a tree and positing primary relations between them), and a structure interpreter (responsible for analysing the tree in terms of secondary relations). This model can also predict garden-path phenomena in the processing of verb-final clauses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52823/cover/9780521452823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145283X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145283X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics, Theory and the Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The virtual suppression of explicit ethical and evaluative discourse by current literary theory can be seen as the momentary triumph of a sceptical post Enlightenment reflective tradition over others vital to a full account of human and literary worth. In Ethics, Theory and the Novel, David Parker brings together recent developments in moral philosophy and literary theory. He questions many currently influential movements in literary criticism, showing that their silences about ethics are as damaging as the political silences of Leavisism and New Criticism in the 1950s and 1960s. He goes on to examine Middlemarch, Anna Karenina, and three novels by D. H. Lawrence, and explores the consequences for major literary works of the suppression of either the Judeo-Christian or the Romantic-expressivist ethical traditions. Where any one tradition becomes a master-narrative, he argues, imaginative literature ceases to have the deepest interest and relevance for us.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52830/cover/9780521452830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice in Immigration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Warren F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an interdisciplinary study of the fundamental normative issues underpinning immigration policy. Economists, political scientists and philosophers address issues such as the proper role of the state in supporting a particular culture, the possible destabilization of the political and social life of a country through immigration, the size and distribution of economic losses and gains, and the legitimacy of discriminating against potential immigrants in favour of members of the resident population. The need for serious philosophical consideration of this subject is beyond question. This volume should advance discussion in an area of great practical as well as philosophical importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52885/cover/9780521452885.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cartesian Metaphysics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Scholastic Origins of Modern Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Secada, Jorge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study of Descartes's metaphysics to place it in its immediate historical context, the Late Scholastic philosophy of thinkers such as Su&#225;rez against which Descartes reacted. Jorge Secada views Cartesian philosophy as an 'essentialist' reply to the 'existentialism' of the School, and his discussion includes careful analyses and original interpretations of such central Cartesian themes as the role of scepticism, intentionality and the doctrine of the material falsity of ideas, universals and the relation between sense and understanding, causation and the proofs of the existence of God, the theory of substance, and the dualism of mind and matter. His study offers a picture of Descartes's metaphysics that is both novel and philosophically illuminating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52915/cover/9780521452915.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Workers and the Collapse of Perestroika</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Soviet Labour Process and Gorbachev's Reforms, 1985-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filtzer, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Soviet Workers and and the Collapse of Perestroika is a comprehensive analysis of the role of labour policy in the development and ultimate collapse of Mikhail Gorbachev's reforms. Drawing on a wide range of sources, Filtzer argues that initially perestroika was designed to modernize the Soviet economy while keeping the existing political and property relations of society intact, which required a thoroughgoing restructuring of the labour process within Soviet industry. When ultimately this policy failed, the regime in mid-1990 opted to move to a full-scale restoration of capitalism, a task which could not be fulfilled so long as the traditional work practices and work relations within industry remained unchanged. Filtzer argues that the collapse of the USSR has brought the solution to this problem no nearer, and that post-Soviet capitalism is rooted in corruption and speculation and cannot ensure long-term economic growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52922/cover/9780521452922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Generosity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Hellenistic Social and Political Philosophy - Proceedings of the Sixth Symposium Hellenisticum</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laks, Andre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hegel's often-echoed verdict on the apolitical character of philosophy in the Hellenistic age is challenged in this collection of essays, originally presented at the sixth meeting of the Symposium Hellenisticum. An international team of leading scholars reveals a vigorous intellectual scene of great diversity: analyses of political leadership and the Roman constitution in Aristotelian terms; Cynic repudiation of the polis - but accommodation with its rulers; Stoic and Epicurean theories of justice as the foundation of society; Cicero's moral critique of the traditional political pursuit of glory. The volume as a whole offers a comprehensive guide to the main currents of social and political philosophy in a period of increasing interest to classicists, philosophers and cultural and intellectual historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52939/cover/9780521452939.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Variation and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, Stuart Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural populations of plants show intricate patterns of variation. European botanists of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries used this variation to classify different 'kinds' into a hierarchy of family, genus, and species. Although useful, these classifications were based on a belief in the fixity of species and the static patterns of variation. Darwin's theory of evolution changed this view; populations and species varied in time and space and were part of a continuing process of evolution. The development of molecular techniques has transformed our understanding of microevolution and the evolutionary history of the flowering plants. This new edition reviews recent progress in its historical context, showing how hypotheses and models developed in the past have been critically tested. The authors consider the remarkable insights that molecular biology has given us into the processes of evolution in populations of cultivated, wild and weedy species, the threats of extinction faced by many endangered species and the wider evolutionary history of the flowering plants as revealed by cladistic methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52953/cover/9780521452953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145297X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145297X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Right Discourse on Race and Sexuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain, 1968-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Anna Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>297</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first book in the Cultural Margins series is a ground-breaking study of racism and homophobia in British politics, which demonstrates the demonisation of blacks, lesbians, and gays in New Right discourse. Anna Marie Smith develops theoretical insights from literary and cultural critics, including Nietzsche, Foucault, Derrida, Hall, and Gilroy, to produce detailed readings of two key moments in New Right discourse: the speeches of Enoch Powell on black immigration (1968-72) and the legislative campaign of the late 1980s to prohibit the promotion of homosexuality. Her analysis challenges the silence on racism and homophobia in previous studies of Thatcherism and the New Right, and shows how demonisation of lesbians and gays depends on previous demonisations of black immigrant and criminal figures. Overall, this book offers a devastating critique of racism and homophobia in late twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52977/cover/9780521452977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521452988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521452988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521452984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Citizens, Politics and Social Communication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Information and Influence in an Election Campaign</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521452984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huckfeldt, R. Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sprague, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuklinski, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyer, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Democratic politics is a collective enterprise, not simply because individual votes are counted to determine winners, but more fundamentally because the individual exercise of citizenship is an interdependent undertaking. Citizens argue with one another and they generally arrive at political decisions through processes of social interaction and deliberation. This book is dedicated to investigating the political implications of interdependent citizens within the context of the 1984 presidential campaign as it was experienced in the metropolitan area of South Bend, Indiana. Hence this is a community study in the fullest sense of the term. National politics is experienced locally through a series of filters unique to a particular setting and its consequences for the exercise of democratic citizenship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/52984/cover/9780521452984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discourse, Learning, and Schooling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hicks, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discourse, Learning, and Schooling explores theoretical and methodological relationships between childrens' discourse - or socially used language - and their learning in educational settings. Within the fields of education and psychology, the role that discourse plays in social processes of learning and teaching has emerged as a critical, empirical and theoretical question. Authors in this volume address a range of issues, including literacy, authorship, the construction of self and classroom interaction. The chapters range from research studies of classroom discourse to essays reflecting on discourse and literacies. Collectively these chapters reflect both sociocognitive perspectives on relations between discourse, learning, and schooling, and sociocultural perspectives on discourse and literacies among diverse cultural groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53011/cover/9780521453011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japan's Network Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structure, Persistence, and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerlach, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Japan's economy has long been described as network-centric. A web of stable, reciprocated relations among banks, firms, and ministries, is thought to play an important role in Japan's ability to navigate smoothly around economic shocks. Now those networks are widely blamed for Japan's faltering competitiveness. This book applies structural sociology to a study of how the form and functioning of this network economy has evolved from the prewar era to the late 90s. It asks whether, in the face of deregulation, globalization, and financial disintermediation, Japan's corporate networks - the keiretsu groupings particularly - have 'withered away', losing their cohesion and their historical function of supporting member firms in hard times. Using detailed quantitative and qualitative analysis, this book's conclusion is a qualified 'yes'. Relationships remain central to the Japanese way of business, but are much more subordinated to the competitive strategy of the enterprise than the network economy of the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53042/cover/9780521453042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>High-Order Methods for Incompressible Fluid Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deville, M. O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mund, E. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>High-order numerical methods provide an efficient approach to simulating many physical problems. This book considers the range of mathematical, engineering, and computer science topics that form the foundation of high-order numerical methods for the simulation of incompressible fluid flows in complex domains. Introductory chapters present high-order spatial and temporal discretizations for one-dimensional problems. These are extended to multiple space dimensions with a detailed discussion of tensor-product forms, multi-domain methods, and preconditioners for iterative solution techniques. Numerous discretizations of the steady and unsteady Stokes and Navier-Stokes equations are presented, with particular attention given to enforcement of incompressibility. Advanced discretizations, implementation issues, and parallel and vector performance are considered in the closing sections. Numerous examples are provided throughout to illustrate the capabilities of high-order methods in actual applications. Computer scientists, engineers and applied mathematicians interested in developing software for solving flow problems will find this book a valuable reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53097/cover/9780521453097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Criticism and Dissent in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copeland, Rita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What were the boundaries between 'official' and 'subversive', 'orthodox' and 'dissenting' critical practices in the Middle Ages? Placing medieval critical and intellectual discourses within their cultural and ideological frameworks, Criticism and Dissent in the Middle Ages examines conflicts of gender, violence, academic freedom, hermeneutical authority, sacramentalism and heresy among so-called official as well as dissenting critical orders. Pedagogies, theories of grammar and rhetoric, poetics and hermeneutics, academic 'sciences', clerical professionalism, literacy, visual images, theology, and textual cultures of heresy are all considered. This collection of new essays by major scholars examines medieval critical discourse, theories of textuality and interpretation, and representations of learning and knowledge - as contesting and contested institutional practices within and between Latin and vernacular cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53158/cover/9780521453158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muscular Christianity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Embodying the Victorian Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Muscular Christianity was an important religious, literary and social movement of the mid-nineteenth century. This volume draws on recent developments in culture and gender theory to reveal ideological links between muscular Christianity and the work of novelists and essayists, including Kingsley, Emerson, Dickens, Hughes, MacDonald and Pater, and to explore the use of images of hyper-masculinized male bodies to represent social as well as physical ideals. Muscular Christianity argues that the ideologies of the movement were extreme versions of common cultural conceptions, and that anxieties evident in Muscular Christian texts, often manifested through images of the body as a site of socio-political conflict, were pervasive throughout society. Throughout, muscular Christianity is shown to be at the heart of issues of gender, class and national identity in the Victorian age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53189/cover/9780521453189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church and Stage in Victorian England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foulkes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the reign of Queen Victoria, herself an ardent theatregoer as well as Supreme Governor of the Church of England, a remarkable rapprochement was effected between the Church and the stage. Dr Foulkes explores the implications for the theatre of the great religious movements of the period: Tractarianism, Christian Socialism and Latitudinarianism. This central relationship is seen in the context of other important themes in Victorian cultural history such as censorship, urbanization, transport, leisure, self-improvement and women's emancipation. The volume contains portraits of significant churchmen, dramatists, actors and actresses, including Newman and Keble, Bulwer Lytton and Shaw, Irving, Fanny Kemble and Ellen Terry. They were amongst the influential figures who participated in the search for a common culture which preoccupied the nineteenth century. To the Victorians the Church and the theatre were important parts of everyday life; in this study the two institutions are explored in relation not only to each other but also to the social, economic and intellectual movements of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34371/cover/9780521034371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anatomy and Physiology of the Mammalian Larynx</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, D. F. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unique book, Sir Donald Harrison draws on his wide-ranging experience as a surgeon and comparative anatomist to produce an authoritative and detailed account of the anatomy and physiology of the mammalian larynx. His investigation of the larynx has involved the study of over 1400 specimens of mammalian larynges from around the world, as well as using data from his own clinical experiences. The comparative morphology of the larynx is discussed from a developmental and functional perspective and the involvement of the larynx in respiration, locomotion and vocalisation is highlighted. Throughout the book the relationship of structure to function is drawn out and the clinical relevance of features of the human larynx is emphasised. This book will be an invaluable reference for all researchers and clinicians involved in laryngology as well as for anatomists, zoologists and anaesthesiologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53219/cover/9780521453219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing and the Rise of Finance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Capital Satires of the Early Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early eighteenth century saw a far-reaching financial revolution in England, whose impact on the literature of the period has hitherto been relatively unexplored. In this original study, Colin Nicholson reads familiar texts such as Gulliver's Travels, The Beggar's Opera and The Dunciad as 'capital satires', responding to the social and political effects of the installation of capitalist financial institutions in London. The founding of the Bank of England and the inauguration of the National Debt permanently altered the political economy of England: the South Sea Bubble disaster of 1721 educated a political generation into the money markets. While they invested in stocks and shares, Swift, Pope and Gay conducted a campaign against the civic effects of these new financial institutions. Conflict between these writers' inherited discourse of civic humanism and the transformations being undergone by their own society, is shown to have had a profound effect on a number of key literary texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53233/cover/9780521453233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Capital, Employment and Bargaining</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moutos, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines human capital investment, employment and bargaining at the level of the firm. It attempts a summary of results that incorporate both human capital investment and employment decisions within firm union bargaining models, emphasising investment in teams, or groups, of workers. The authors also examine human capital in relation to labour demand as well as the delineation between neoclassical and coalitional firms. Further they investigate connections between, on the one hand, turnover costs and firm-specific human capital and, on the other, unemployment. Labour market policy topics recur throughout the book and include the choice between pure wage and profit sharing remuneration systems, the issue of whether training should be subsidized by governments, and work-sharing versus layoff decisions. This book is aimed mainly at the academic economics profession, but is easily accessible to final-year undergraduate and postgraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53264/cover/9780521453264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plurality and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markham, Ian S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Too many parts of the world testify to the difficulties religions have in tolerating each other. It is often concluded that the only way tolerance and plurality can be protected is to keep religion out of the public sphere. Ian Markham challenges this secularist argument. In the first half of the book, he advances a careful critique of European culture which exposes the problem of plurality. His analysis of the Christendom Group is contrasted with the outlook found in the USA, where a religiously informed culture may be seen to be tolerant. In the second half of the book, the author argues that plurality is better safeguarded by a theistic, rather than a secularist, foundation. He submits that too often secularists use relativist arguments, while theists want to appeal to the complexity of God's world. He concludes that in our post-modern world the religious affirmation of diversity offers genuine political possibilities for cultural enrichment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53288/cover/9780521453288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colonial Psychiatry and the African Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCulloch, Jock</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this history of the practice and theoretical underpinnings of colonial psychiatry in Africa, Jock McCulloch describes the clinical approaches of well-known European psychiatrists who worked directly with indigenous Africans, among them Frantz Fanon, J. C. Carothers and Wulf Sachs. They were a disparate group, operating independently of one another, and mostly in intellectual isolation. But despite their differences, they shared a coherent set of ideas about 'the African mind', premised on the colonial notion of African inferiority. In exploring the close association between the ideologies of settler societies and psychiatric research, this intriguing study is an attempt to explore colonial science as a system of knowledge and power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53301/cover/9780521453301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Modern University and its Discontents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fate of Newman's Legacies in Britain and America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothblatt, Sheldon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of interlinked essays takes the form of historical 'voyages' around the Victorian intellectual John Henry Newman, and Newman's classic work The Idea of a University, as well as changes in the structure and culture of universities which occurred in Newman's lifetime. The voyages connect nineteenth- and twentieth-century university history, mainly in Britain and the United States but with side excursions to continental Europe. Among the many important topics discussed are the history of student communities in Oxford and Cambridge, the growth of a modern examinations culture, university architecture and the use of space in connection with educational ideals, urbanism and universities, and the competition of states, markets and academic guilds for the control of universities and the right to define the missions of university professors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53318/cover/9780521453318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Models for Infectious Human Diseases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Structure and Relation to Data</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isham, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medley, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Infectious disease accounts for more death and disability globally than either non-infectious disease or injury. This book contains a breadth of different quantitative approaches to understanding the patterns of infectious diseases in populations, and the design of control strategies to lessen their effect. The contributors bring a great variety of mathematical expertise (including deterministic and stochastic modelling and statistical data analysis) and involvement in a wide range of applied fields across the spectrum of biological, medical and social sciences. The aim is to increase interaction between specialities by describing research on many of the infectious diseases that affect  humans, including both viral diseases like measles and AIDS and tropical parasitic infections. The papers are divided into groups dealing with problems relating to transmissible diseases, vaccination strategies, the consequences of treatment interventions, the dynamics of immunity, heterogeneity of populations, and prediction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53394/cover/9780521453394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extraterrestrial Intelligence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heidmann, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, Storm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>259</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If extraterrestrial intelligence exists, then positive detection of it would be the greatest scientific discovery of all time. By what criteria should we judge if we are alone in the cosmos, and how should we set about detecting extraterrestrials? Jean Heidmann and Strom Dunlop answers these questions in this engaging discussion of extraterrestrial intelligence. The authors shows how planets fit into the hierarchy of the Universe, and discuss prebiotic stages of life, and the emergence of primitive biological life in the solar system. From this base the entire subject of extraterrestrials is explained: techniques and the results of current projects, the expansion of searches for extraterrestrials, the habitable zones in our universe, and what might happen if actual contact takes place. This is a lively account, written at a level suitable for general readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53400/cover/9780521453400.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Productivity and Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of British Industry 1954-86</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oulton, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Mahony, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How much of the growth of output can be accounted for by the growth of inputs and how much is due to the growth of productivity? This book is the most detailed attempt yet made to answer this question for Britain. Estimates of outputs and inputs for over 130 industries were constructed, following the methodology pioneered by Professor Dale Jorgenson. These estimates can be employed to build up a picture of the performance of UK manufacturing as a whole. Contrary to the impression left by some previous authors,  growth of productivity is found to play a relatively minor role - growth of inputs, when properly measured, accounts for most of the growth of output. The wealth of data which this book presents can also be used to shed light on a number of recent controversial views attached to the 'New Growth Theory'. According to this theory, externalities and increasing returns, often held to be associated with fixed investment, are the engine of economic growth. However, this book finds that the evidence does not support these claims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53455/cover/9780521453455.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy and Image Analysis of Sediments and Sedimentary Rocks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krinsley, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pye, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boggs, Jr, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tovey, N. Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy (BSE) reveals the minerals, textures, and fabrics of sediments and rocks in much greater detail than is possible with conventional optical microscopy. Backscattered Scanning Electron Microscopy provides a concise summary of the BSE technique. This comprehensive guide uses abundant images to illustrate the type of information BSE yields and the application of the technique to the study of sediments and sedimentary rocks. The authors review the use of this petrographic technique on all the major sedimentary rock types, including sediment grains, sandstones, shales, carbonate rocks, rock varnish, and glauconite. They also describe image analysis techniques that allow quantification of backscattered scanning electron microscope images and illustrate the potential applications of these methods. Heavily illustrated and lucidly written, this book will provide researchers and graduate students with the most current research on this important geological tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53462/cover/9780521453462.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trees</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Natural History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Trees are familiar components of many landscapes, vital to the healthy functioning of the global ecosystem and unparalled in the range of materials which they provide for human use. Yet how much do we really understand about how they work? This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the natural history of trees, presenting information on all aspects of tree biology and ecology in an easy to read and concise text. Fascinating insights into the workings of these everyday plants are uncovered throughout the book, with questions such as how are trees designed, how do they grow and reproduce, and why do they eventually die tackled in an illuminating way. Written for a non-technical audience, the book is nonetheless rigorous in its treatment and will therefore provide a valuable source of reference for beginning students as well as those with a less formal interest in this fascinating group of plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59631/cover/9780521459631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trinity and Truth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Bruce D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two closely related questions receive distinctively theological answers in this study: What is truth? and How can we tell whether what we have said is true? Bruce Marshall proposes that the Christian community's identification of God as the Trinity serves as the key to a theologically adequate treatment of these questions. Professor Marshall argues on trinitarian grounds that the Christian way of identifying God ought to have unrestricted primacy when it comes to the justification of belief, and he proposes a trinitarian way of reshaping the concept of truth. Direct engagement with the current philosophical debate about truth, meaning and belief (in Quine and others) suggests that a trinitarian account of epistemic justification and truth is also more philosophically compelling than the approaches generally favoured in modern theology, as exemplified by Schleiermacher, Ritschl, Rahner and others. Marshall offers a contemporary way of conceiving of the Christian God as 'the truth'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53523/cover/9780521453523.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Image and Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Film, Philosophy and Cognitive Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Currie, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the nature of film: about the nature of moving images, about the viewer's relation to film, and about the kinds of narrative that film is capable of presenting. It represents a very decisive break with the semiotic and psychoanalytic theories of film which have dominated discussion. The central thesis is that film is essentially a pictorial medium and that the movement of film images is real rather than illusory. A general theory of pictorial representation is presented, which insists on the realism of pictures and the impossibility of assimilating them to language. It criticizes attempts to explain the psychology of film viewing in terms of the viewer's imaginary occupation of a position within the world of film. On the contrary, film viewing is nearly always impersonal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53561/cover/9780521453561.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Edith Wharton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Millicent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Edith Wharton offers a series of fresh examinations of Edith Wharton's fiction written both to meet the interest of the student or general reader who encounters this major American writer for the first time and to be valuable to advanced scholars looking for new insights into her creative achievement. The essays cover Wharton's most important novels as well as some of her shorter fiction, and utilise both traditional and innovative critical techniques, applying the perspectives of literary history, feminist theory, psychology or biography, sociology or anthropology, or social history. The Introduction supplies a valuable review of the history of Wharton criticism which shows how her writing has provoked varying responses from its first publication, and how current interests have emerged from earlier ones. A detailed chronology of Wharton's life and publications and a useful bibliography are also provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53585/cover/9780521453585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability and Conditionals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Belief Revision and Rational Decision</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eells, Ellery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skyrms, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is on the relation between probabilities, especially conditional probabilities, and conditionals. It provides negative results which sharply limit the ways conditionals can be related to conditional probabilities. There are also positive ideas and results which will open up areas of research. The collection is intended to honour Ernest W. Adams, whose seminal work is largely responsible for creating this area of inquiry. As well as describing, evaluating, and applying Adams's work the contributions extend his ideas in directions he may or may not have anticipated, but that he certainly inspired. In addition to a wide range of philosophers of science, the volume should interest computer scientists and linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53592/cover/9780521453592.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Impact of Napoleon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Prussian High Politics, Foreign Policy and the Crisis of the Executive, 1797-1806</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simms, Brendan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines Prussia's response to Napoleon and Napoleonic expansionism in the years before the crushing defeats of Auerstadt and Jena, a period of German history as untypical as it was dramatic. Between the years 1797 and 1806 the main fear of Prussian statesmen was French power, rather than revolution from below. This threat spawned a foreign-policy debate characterised by geopolitical thinking: the belief that Prussian policy was conditioned by her unique geographic situation at the heart of Europe. The book breaks new ground both methodologically and empirically. By combining high-political and geopolitical analysis, it is able to present a more comprehensive and nuanced picture than earlier interpretations. The book also draws on a very wide range of sources, official and unofficial, many previously unused.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53608/cover/9780521453608.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of India since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brass, Paul R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Politics of India since Independence provides a comprehensive study of the major political, cultural, and economic changes in India since gaining independence. Paul Brass focuses on the consequences of the centralising drives of the national leadership to create a strong, unified nation, and a dynamic economy, all of which have been put into jeopardy in recent years by increased inter-caste conflicts, the rise of militant Hindu nationalism, and the worst communal massacres since Independence. In the second edition of his book, the author takes account of recent events to ask whether the country can find the right leadership to restore a political and communal balance in state and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53622/cover/9780521453622.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Labour in Late Colonial India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Bengal Jute Industry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sen, Samita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Samita Sen's history of labouring women in Calcutta in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries considers how social constructions of gender shaped their lives. Dr Sen demonstrates how - in contrast to the experience of their male counterparts - the long-term trends in the Indian economy devalued women's labour, establishing patterns of urban migration and changing gender equations within the family. She relates these trends to the spread of dowry, enforced widowhood and child marriage. The book provides insight into the lives of poor urban women who were often perceived as prostitutes or social pariahs. Even trade unions refused to address their problems and they remained on the margins of organized political protest. The study will make a signficant contribution to the understanding of the social and economic history of colonial India and to notions of gender construction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53639/cover/9780521453639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Edwardian Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Performance and the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Michael Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, Joel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents Edwardian entertainment and the Edwardian entertainment industry as parts of a vital, turbulent era whose preoccupations and paranoias echo those of our own day. Responding to recent shifts of attitude towards the Edwardians and their world, the essays in this collection take as their provenance broad patterns of theatrical production and consumption, focusing upon the economics of theatre management, the creation of new audiences, the politics of playgoing, and the meteoric rise of popular forms of mass entertainment, including musical comedy, variety theatre, and the cinema. Individual chapters also offer fresh insights into key aspects of the Edwardian stage such as a definition of the theatre of the time, gender play and role reversal in the Edwardian music hall, as well as issues related to politics and the suffrage movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monteverdi: Vespers (1610)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whenham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Monteverdi's Vespers is an exceptional collection of sacred music, both in the inventiveness of the compositions that it contains and in the debate that it has provoked over its use in the seventeenth century and over Monteverdi's intentions in publishing it. This Handbook provides a guide to the music in all its aspects - from an introduction to the service of Vespers itself, through the practice of chanting psalms in plainsong to analysis of Monteverdi's settings, ranging from the rhetoric of the motet 'Nigra sum' to the sub-text of the psalm 'Laetatus sum'. It also examines the issues involved in performing the Vespers and evaluates various scholarly debates on the music, challenging the long-held ideas that the sacred concertos are antiphon substitutes and that the music could not have been performed at Santa Barbara, Mantua. The book includes the texts and plainsongs used by Monteverdi, and a discography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53776/cover/9780521453776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God Speed the Plough</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Representation of Agrarian England, 1500-1660</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McRae, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a fresh view of crucial processes of change, offering through an interdisciplinary analysis, fresh insights into both the history and literature of the land in early modern England. In the period 1500 to 1660 the practices and values of rural England were exposed to unprecedented challenges. Within this context a wide variety of commentators examined and debated the changing conditions, a process documented in the pages of sermons, pamphlets, satiric verse and drama, husbandry and surveying manuals, chorographical tracts, and rural poetry. The book argues that important movements revised assumptions about agrarian England, and shaped bold new appreciations of rural life. While Tudor moralists responded to social crises by asserting ideals of rural stability and community, by the seventeenth century a discourse of improvement promoted divergent notions of thrift and property.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53790/cover/9780521453790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walt Whitman</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contemporary Reviews</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, a significant contribution to the reception history of Leaves of Grass, Specimen Days and other works, reproduces the full range of the contemporary reviews of Whitman's various books. Brash and iconoclastic, revered and reviled at various times, Whitman - because of his bold literary experiments and frank treatment of sexuality - came in for an astonishing array of commentary ranging from sympathy with his 'hearty wholesomeness' to hostility toward poems that were a 'mass of stupid filth'. Reviews by Rufus Griswold, Fanny Fern, John Burroughs, William Dean Howells, Henry James, Hamlin Garland, Oscar Wilde and (writing anonymously) Whitman himself, together with a host of lesser-known writers clarify much about both the poet and nineteenth-century American culture and its tastes and preoccupations, its myopia and acuity. These reviewers first framed the issues for critical debate and shaped Whitman's long-term reputation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53875/cover/9780521453875.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voices of Persuasion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staub, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study, Michael Staub recasts 1930s cultural history by analysing those genres so characteristic of the Depression era: Staub argues that several thirties writers - precisely because of their encounters with disinherited peoples - anticipated the dilemmas poststructuralist theory would identify; an awareness of the ambiguousness of historical truth, and the impossibility of representing reality without being complicit in its distortion. New interpretations of such canonised authors as James Agee, John Dos Passos, Zora Neale Hurston, John G. Neihardt and Tille Olsen are coupled with critical discussions of previously little-known works of ethnography, journalism, oral history and polemical fiction. This book will interest all who are concerned with the problematic relationship betweeen representation and social reality and their mutual inextricability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53905/cover/9780521453905.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transfusion Microbiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barbara, John A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regan, Fiona A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Contreras, Marcela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Extensive measures are taken to ensure that blood transfusion poses a minimal microbiological hazard to recipients. Transfusion Microbiology is the definitive text on all aspects of transfusion transmitted infections. This comprehensive text covers all medical, scientific, technical and developmental aspects of this critically important sector of transfusion medicine. A detailed discussion of all infective agents, donor issues, testing and pathogen inactivation is provided. Agents causing major concern recently, such as vCJD, are considered in the context of historical experience with agents such as HIV. All aspects of risk assessment, regulation, cost benefit analysis and quality management are reviewed.  Relevant to blood transfusion centres, hospital transfusion laboratories, haematologists and microbiologists, medical, scientific and technical staff, universities and general training programmes worldwide, Transfusion Microbiology provides an up-to-date resource for all practitioners and researchers involved in transfusion medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53936/cover/9780521453936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145395X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145395X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preaching during the English Reformation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wabuda, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the religious culture of sixteenth-century England, centred around preaching, and is concerned with competing forms of evangelism between humanists of the Roman Catholic Church and emerging forms of Protestantism. More than any other authority, Erasmus refashioned the ideal of the preacher. Protestant reformers adopted 'preaching Christ' as their strategy to promote the doctrine of justification by faith. The apostolic traditions of the preaching chantries provided standards that evangelical reformers used to supplant the mendicant friars in England. The late medieval cult of the Holy Name of Jesus is explored: the pervasive iconography of its symbol 'IHS' became one of the attributes of moderate Protestant belief. The book also offers fresh perspectives on fifteenth- and sixteenth-century figures on every side of the doctrinal divide, including John Rotheram, John Colet, Hugh Latimer and Anne Boleyn.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53950/cover/9780521453950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521453992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521453992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521453998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Variability and Plasticity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521453998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogin, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plasticity refers to the ability of many organisms to change their biology or behaviour to respond to changes in the environment, particularly when these are stressful. Humans are, perhaps, the most plastic of all species, and hence the most variable. This book reflects on the history of research in this area, state-of-the-art research methods and discoveries and needs for future research in human plasticity and variability. Topics discussed include child growth, starvation, disease of both young and old and the effects of migration, modernisation and other life-style changes. The book will be especially useful to biological anthropologists, human biologists and medical scientists interested in knowing more about how and why humans vary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/53998/cover/9780521453998.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145400X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145400X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complexity and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pettersson, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Needham, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>157</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique book ranges across the physical, biological and social sciences in the development of its primary theme, that there are nine major 'integrative levels' which can be recognised. The term integrative levels was first used by Joseph Needham in 1937 and has two key features. The first is that members of a given integrative level are unified entities and the second is that a member of one level is commonly composed of parts which are members of the next lower level. Thus fundamental particles form Level 1 while Level 9 is that of sovereign states. This theme has been developed by Max Pettersson in a book which explores the many links between the physical, biological and social sciences, reaching wide-ranging and sometimes unexpected conclusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54001/cover/9780521454001.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Remaking of France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The National Assembly and the Constitution of 1791</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzsimmons, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>289</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did the ideals of liberty, equality and fraternity evolve out of the corporate structure of the Old Regime in France? This study investigates the evolution of a new ideal in polity in 1789 and the reaction of French society to it. Concentrating especially on the restructuring of the administration and judiciary, the author argues that the new political structure created by the constitution of 1791 was the most equitable and participatory national political system in the world. In particular, by the standards of the eighteenth century, the polity enacted by the National Assembly was more inclusive than exclusive, and the Constitution of 1791 was much more of an object of consensus than has been acknowledged. Challenging criticisms of the Assembly and the constitution, The Remaking of France argues that the achievements of the National Assembly deserve greater recognition than they have traditionally received.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54070/cover/9780521454070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Harm's Way</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Joel Feinberg</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Jules L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>371</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For several decades the work of Joel Feinberg has been the most influential in legal, political and social philosophy in the English-speaking world. This volume honours that body of work by presenting fifteen essays, many of them by leading legal and political philosophers, that explore the problems that have engaged Feinberg over the years. Amongst the topics covered are issues of autonomy, responsibility and liability. It will be a collection of interest to anyone working in moral, legal or political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38713/cover/9780521038713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Dualities for the Working Algebraist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davey, Brian A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of natural dualities, as presented in this text, is broad enough to encompass many known dualities through a rich assortment of substantive theorems, yet concrete enough to be used to generate an array of previously undiscovered dualities. This text will serve as a user manual for algebraists, for category theorists and for those who use algebra in their work, particularly mathematicians and computer scientists interested in non-classical logics. It will also give the specialist a complete account of the foundations, leading to the research frontier of this rapidly developing field. As the first text devoted to the theory of Natural Dualities, it provides an efficient path through a large body of results, examples and applications in this subject which is otherwise available only in scattered research papers. To enable the book to be used in courses, each chapter ends with an extensive exercise set. Several fundamental unsolved problems are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>HIV Infection in Children</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Practical Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mok, Jacqueline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newell, Marie-Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>327</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As HIV infection in childhood increases, concomitant with the spread in adult infection, so too is there rapid expansion in our knowledge of the complexities of paediatric infection. Clearly, general paediatricians and other members of the multidisciplinary team of carers will increasingly be seeking guidance on management strategies to address a wide range of complex clinical problems. This very practical and concise volume discusses the epidemiology, diagnosis, natural history and care of the HIV infected child. Drawing upon an international team of contributors, the considerable differences between European treatment strategies and those of North America can be contrasted and evaluated. This guide will be of particular interest to paediatricians, whether in a hospital, specialist unit or community based setting. General practitioners, obstetricians, nurses, counsellors and epidemiologists should also benefit from this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54216/cover/9780521454216.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schizotypal Personality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raine, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lencz, Todd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mednick, Sarnoff A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to schizotypal personality. It provides a comprehensive overview of our knowledge from some of the world's leading researchers in the field, and includes reviews of genetics, neurodevelopment, assessment, psychophysiology, neuropsychology and brain imaging. Central themes are the exploration of categorical and dimensional approaches to the understanding of schizotypal disorder and its relationship to schizophrenia. Valuable introductory and concluding chapters set in context the sometimes divergent opinions and findings presented by the book's contributors and there are reviews of methodological issues and assessment schedules for the benefit of researchers in the field. In setting out to answer, from phenomenological, psychological and neurobiological perspectives, the fundamental question 'What is schizotypal disorder?' and to develop coherent etiological models, this book will serve as an authoritative resource for clinicians and researchers interested in this major personality disorder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54223/cover/9780521454223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wilde: Salome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tydeman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study of Oscar Wilde's Salome, a play now regarded as central to his artistic achievement. Often drawing on little-known sources, the authors provide a detailed stage-history of this controversial work, and its transformation into opera, dance and film. Beginning with Sarah Bernhardt's aborted production of 1892, the book surveys Salome's principal realisations in the European theatre, including Lugn&#233;-Poe's Parisian premi&#232;re of 1896, Reinhardt's Berlin productions of 1902-3, attempts at presentation in pre-revolutionary Russia, and the play's impact on the English stage between 1911 and 1990. A separate chapter explores a wealth of further interpretations, including Aubrey Beardsley's challenging illustrations, Strauss's operatic version and the provocative films created by Alla Nazimova and Ken Russell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54230/cover/9780521454230.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145428X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145428X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Art of Singing by Johann Friedrich Agricola</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agricola, Johann Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baird, Julianne C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Agricola published Introduction to the Art of Singing in Germany, in 1757, consisting of the 1723 treatise of the Italian singing teacher and castrato, Tosi, to which Agricola added his own running commentary. The Introduction was recognized as invaluable not only for teachers and their pupils but also for advanced singers and professionals. This present edition, translated with introduction and annotations by the celebrated singer Julianne Baird, makes Agricola's work available in English. Tosi's work was the first basic treatise on singing; Agricola, a pupil of J. S. Bach at the court of Frederick the Great, brought Tosi's work 'up to date'. His commentaries are so extensive that the Introduction stands on its own as an important document in the history of performance practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54285/cover/9780521454285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>653</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of American Music celebrates the richness of America's musical life. It is the first study of music in the United States to be written by a team of scholars. American music is an intricate tapestry of many cultures, and the History reveals this wide array of influences from Native, European, African, Asian, and other sources. The History begins with a survey of the music of Native Americans and then explores the social, historical, and cultural events of musical life in the period until 1900. Other contributors examine the growth and influence of popular musics, including film and stage music, jazz, rock, and immigrant, folk, and regional musics. The volume also includes valuable chapters on twentieth-century art music, including the experimental, serial, and tonal traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54292/cover/9780521454292.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurobiological Effects of Sex Steroid Hormones</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Micevych, Paul E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hammer, Jr, Ronald P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neurobiological Effects of Sex Steroid Hormones describes the neurobiological basis for the understanding of how sex steroid hormones, oestrogen and testosterone, interact with parts of the brain. The contributors have all made significant advances in the understanding of how these steroids regulate neural function, and how this activity is translated into reproductive behaviours necessary for the propagation of the species. This book covers a broad range of topics, extending from the molecular and cellular processes, through the action of steroids on neurotransmission, all the way to defining the brain circuitry involved in both male and female behaviour. This volume presents a snapshot of the rapidly advancing field of reproductive neuroendocrinology by the investigators who are most intimately involved with the discoveries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54308/cover/9780521454308.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Healing the Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Language of Health and the Culture of Nationalism in Nineteenth-Century America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burbick, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study Joan Burbick interprets nineteenth-century narratives of health written by physicians, social reformers, lay healers and literary artists in order to expose the conflicts underlying the creation of a national culture in America. These 'fictions' of health include annual reports of mental asylums, home-physician manuals, social reform books and novels consumed by the middle class that functioned as cautionary tales of well-being. Read together these writings engage in a counterpoint of voices at once constructing and debating the hegemonic values of the emerging American nation. In studying these narratives of health, Healing the Republic: The Language of Health and the Culture of Nationalism in Nineteenth-Century America confronts what Burbick sees as a certain fundamental uneasiness about democracy in America. Fearing the political freedom they hoped to embrace, Americans designed ways to control the body in the effort to create, impose or embrace social order in a corporeal politics whose influences are felt to this day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54346/cover/9780521454346.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Norms in a Wired World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hetcher, Steven A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social order is regulated from above by the law but its foundation is built on norms and customs, informal social practices that enable people to make meaningful and productive uses of their time and resources. Despite the importance of these practices in keeping the social fabric together, very little of the jurisprudential literature has focused on a discussion of these norms and customs. In Social Norms in a Wired World Steven Hetcher argues that the traditional conception of norms as rule-like linguistic entities is erroneous. Instead, norms must be understood as patterns of rationally governed behaviour maintained in groups by acts of conformity. Using informal game theory in the analysis of norms and customs, Hetcher applies his theory of norms to tort law and Internet privacy laws. This book will appeal to students and professionals in law, philosophy, and political and social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54360/cover/9780521454360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Song of Solomon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected here, written by leading critics of Toni Morrison's work, exemplify the fresh theoretical and cultural perspectives that have been brought to bear upon African American texts in general and upon Song of Solomon in particular. They reveal the complexities of a deceptively straightforward novel and spark renewed interest in what has proven a pivotal text by one of the most gifted authors this nation has produced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54407/cover/9780521454407.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Criticism in Nineteenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Revue et gazette musicale de Paris 1834-80</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454438</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Katharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>315</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the musical writings in the daily and periodical press in France during the nineteenth century. It covers the criticism of a wide range of Western music, from c. 1580 to 1880, explaining how composers such as Bach and Beethoven secured a permanent place in the repertory. In particular, Dr Ellis considers the music journalism of the Revue et Gazette musicale de Paris, the single most important specialist periodical of the mid-nineteenth century, explaining how French music criticism was influenced by aesthetic and philosophical movements. Dr Ellis analyses the process of canon formation, the development of French musicology and the increasing sensitivity of critics to questions of performance practice. Chapters on new music examine the conflict inevitable in publishers' journals, between commercial interest and aesthetic integrity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54438/cover/9780521454438.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Byron and the Victorians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elfenbein, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-length study of Byron's influence on Victorian writers, concentrating on Carlyle, Emily Bront&#235;, Tennyson, Bulwer Lytton, Disraeli, and Wilde. It has two emphases, theoretical and literary-historical. Its theoretical project is to revise earlier understanding of literary influence through a demonstration of the ways that institutions of cultural production mediate the access that later writers have to earlier ones. Its literary-historical project is to suggest the many different responses that Victorian writers had to Byron and to his celebrity in British culture. It argues that defining oneself against Byron became a ritual of the Victorian authorial career. Victorian writers did not reject Byron outright: instead, they defined themselves through fictions of personal development away from values associated with Byron towards those associated with themselves as mature Victorian writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54520/cover/9780521454520.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Amino Acids and their Derivatives in Higher Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallsgrove, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For 150 years scientists at the Rothamsted Experimental Station have studied aspects of plant nitrogen nutrition and amino acid biosynthesis. This book is the result of a meeting held to mark this century and a half of work there. The papers look at the significant progress in understanding the biochemistry of amino acids recently achieved, in the light of this history of research. Leading researchers from around the world have contributed authoritative chapters on protein amino acids, non-protein amino acids, betaines, glutathione, polyamines and other secondary metabolites derived from amino acids. As well as being essential in some animals' nutrition, these compounds can have important roles in defending against herbivores, insects and disease. An understanding of these compounds can help in devising better crop protection and production methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54537/cover/9780521454537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Greek Political Thought in Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cartledge, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ancient Greece was a place of tremendous political experiment and innovation, and it was here too that the first serious political thinkers emerged. Using carefully selected case-studies, Professor Cartledge investigates the dynamic interaction between ancient Greek political thought and practice from early historic times to the early Roman Empire. Of concern throughout are three major issues: first, the relationship of political thought and practice; second, the relevance of class and status to explaining political behaviour and thinking; third, democracy - its invention, development and expansion, and extinction, prior to its recent resuscitation and even apotheosis. In addition, monarchy in various forms and at different periods and the peculiar political structures of Sparta are treated in detail over a chronological range extending from Homer to Plutarch. The book provides an introduction to the topic for all students and non-specialists who appreciate the continued relevance of ancient Greece to political theory and practice today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54551/cover/9780521454551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indian Merchants and Eurasian Trade, 1600-1750</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dale, Stephen Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this remarkable work of comparative economic history, Stephen Dale studies the activities and economic significance of the Indian mercantile communities which traded in Iran, Central Asia and Russia in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The author uses Russian sources, hitherto largely ignored, to show that these merchants represented part of the hegemonic trade diaspora of the Indian world economy, thus challenging the conventional interpretation of world economic history that European merchants overwhelmed their Asian counterparts in the early modern era. The book not only demonstrates the vitality of Indian mercantile capitalism, but also offers a unique insight into the social characteristics of an Indian expatriate trading community in the Volga-Caspian port of Astrakhan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54605/cover/9780521454605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>AIDS Counselling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Interaction and Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Per&#228;kyl&#228;, Anssi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKSN2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conversations between AIDS counsellors and their clients bring delicate and potentially threatening issues into play. In this study Anssi Per&#228;kyl&#228; applies the principles of conversation analysis to his exploration of AIDS counselling, using data from video-recorded counselling sessions in a London teaching hospital. He meticulously analyses this data to show how various questioning techniques, in this case arising from the Milan School Family Systems theory, operate in these situations, and how counsellors attempt through the design and placement of their questions to achieve the cooperation of their clients, with varying success. His conclusions provide a timely and illuminating insight into the management of a sensitive topic through various techniques of indirectness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54636/cover/9780521454636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectroscopy of Molecular Rotation in Gases and Liquids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burshtein, A. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temkin, S. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spectroscopic studies can reveal a wealth of information about the rotational and vibrational behaviour of the constituent molecules of gases and liquids. This book reviews the fundamental concepts and important models which underpin such studies, dealing in particular with the phenomenon of spectral collapse, which accompanies the transition from rare gas to dense liquid. Throughout, discussion of the various quantum mechanical and semiclassical theories is interwoven with analysis of experimental results. These include data from optical, NMR, ESR and acoustic investigations. The book concludes with a discussion of the latest theories describing the mechanism of rotational diffusion in liquid solutions. This comprehensive review of theoretical models and techniques will be invaluable to graduate students and researchers interested in molecular dynamics and spectroscopy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54650/cover/9780521454650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divination, Mythology and Monarchy in Han China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loewe, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chinese empires were established by force of arms, but sustained by religious rites and intellectual theory. The four centuries from 206 BC to AD 220 witnessed major changes in the state cults and the concepts of monarchy, while various techniques of divination were used to forecast the future or to solve immediate problems. Michael Loewe examines these changes and the links between religion and statecraft. While both mythology and the traditions nurtured by the learned affected the concept and practice of monarchy throughout the period, the political and social weaknesses of the last century of Han rule bring into question the success that was achieved by the imperial ideal. Nevertheless, that ideal and its institutions were of prime importance for the understanding of Han times and for the influence they exercised on China's later dynasties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54667/cover/9780521454667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Literary Publishing in the Mid-nineteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Business of Ticknor and Fields</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winship, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of some of the central questions in literary publishing in mid-nineteenth-century North America and Britain, addressed through examination of the unusually rich archives of a unique publishing firm. Boston-based Ticknor and Fields, one of the pre-eminent literary publishers of its time, enjoyed close links with Britain, and also developed new production, distribution, and marketing skills as the settlement of North America pushed ever further west. Michael Winship has studied the firm's business records and publications in detail: he reveals what Ticknor and Fields published, its costs of production, the ways it marketed and distributed its books, and the profits it made. Winship goes on to explore the implications of the firm's work for the book trade in general, and to show how an investigation of Ticknor and Fields enriches our understanding of the literary and cultural history of Britain and North America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54698/cover/9780521454698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solar and Planetary Dynamos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Proctor, M. R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, P. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rucklidge, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamo theory is the study of how large-scale magnetic fields can arise in bodies such as the Earth, Sun and stars, and it brings together researchers in such diverse subjects as geophysics, astronomy and nuclear reactor technology. In this book are papers on the theory of dynamos, delivered at the Isaac Newton Institute for Mathematical Sciences in Cambridge in September 1992, and these have been carefully brought together to form a unified presentation. Topics covered include: modelling of solar magnetic field generation, theoretical studies of the galaxies, and papers on 'fast dynamos', study of magnetic field regeneration in fluid of very high electrical conductivity. This volume represents a comprehensive record of research into the theory of dynamos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54704/cover/9780521454704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subject and Object in Renaissance Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grazia, Margreta de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quilligan, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stallybrass, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays brings together some of the most prominent figures in new historicist and cultural materialist approaches to the early modern period, and offers a new focus on the literature and culture of the Renaissance. Traditionally, Renaissance studies have concentrated on the human subject. The essays collected here bring objects - purses, clothes, tapestries, houses, maps, feathers, communion wafers, tools, pages, skulls - back into view. As a result, the much-vaunted early modern subject ceases to look autonomous and sovereign, but is instead caught up in a vast and uneven world of objects which he and she makes, owns, values, imagines, and represents. This book puts things back into relation with people; in the process, it elicits new critical readings, and new cultural configurations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54711/cover/9780521454711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145476X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145476X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Mysticism in Islam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Heritage of Rumi</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banani, Amin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hovannisian, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabagh, Georges</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mawlana Jalal al-Din Rumi was one of the greatest poets and mystics of the Islamic world. He was born in Balkh (Korasan) in AD 1207 and died in Konya (Turkey) in AD 1273. This book is an examination of his spiritual and literary heritage. As Annemarie Schimmel, the recipient of the Eleventh Giorgio Della Vida Award in Islamic Studies, has written, 'no other mystic and poet from the Islamic world is as well known in the West as Rumi', and she, more than any Western scholar, is his most celebrated and eloquent interpreter. The scholars who Professor Schimmel has invited to share in her tribute have all added new dimensions to an understanding of Rumi and to his impact on the Islamic world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54766/cover/9780521454766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultural and Language Diversity and the Deaf Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parasnis, Ila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The perspective that deaf people should be regarded as a cultural and language minority group rather than individuals with an audiological disability is gathering support among educators, linguists, and researchers involved in the education of deaf people across America. This book explores the notion that deaf people are members of a bilingual-bicultural minority group, whose experiences often overlap with the those of hearing minority group members, but at other times are unique. Contributors to this book include prominent deaf and hearing researchers, educators, and deaf community members. The three sections review research on bilingualism and biculturalism, the impact of cultural and language diversity on the deaf experience, and offer rich experiential evidence from deaf community members which highlights the emotional impact of living in the deaf and hearing  worlds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54773/cover/9780521454773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality in Everyday Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Killen, Melanie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>439</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection brings together current research on morality in human development. Morality in its various forms is a dominant influence on the conduct and evaluation of day-to-day life. The pervasiveness of the moral domain can be detected in every aspect of social life; moral commitments shape the goals and aspirations of individuals and moral judgments are apparent in discourse about most forms of human interaction. Two broad themes integrate this book: social context relationships and development. Contexts include interpersonal as well as societal communities and cultures. This volume will appeal to scholars from many disciplines including: psychology, anthropology, education, sociology, law, linguistics, and ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54780/cover/9780521454780.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Hemingway</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion serves both as an introduction for the interested reader and as a source of the best recent scholarship on the author and his works. In addition to analysing his major texts, the contributors provide insights into Hemingway's relationship with gender history, journalism, fame and the political climate of the 1930s. The essays are framed by an introductory chapter on Hemingway and the costs of fame and an invaluable conclusion providing an overview of Hemingway scholarship from its beginnings to the present. Students will find the selected bibliography a useful guide to future research. Contributors include both distinguished established figures and brilliant newcomers, all chosen with regard to the clarity and readability of their prose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54797/cover/9780521454797.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Structural Theory of Social Influence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedkin, Noah E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses a phenomenon that has been much studied in anthropology, sociology and administrative science - the social structural foundations of coordinated activity and consensus in complexly differentiated communities and organizations. Such foundations are important because social differentiation makes coordination and agreement especially hard to achieve and maintain. Friedkin focuses on the process of social influence, and on how this process, when it is played out in a network of interpersonal influence, may result in interpersonal agreements among actors who are located in different parts of a complexly differentiated organization. This work builds on structural role analysis which provides a description of the pattern of social differentiation in a population. Interpretation of the revealed social structures has long been a problem. The steps for structural analysis that are proposed in this book are addressed to the above problem. To explain the coordination of social positions, the author pursues the development of a structural social psychology that attends to both social structure and process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30458/cover/9780521030458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arithmetic of Blowup Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasconcelos, Wolmer V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to recent developments in the theory of blow up algebras - Rees algebras, associated graded rings, Hilbert functions, and birational morphisms. The emphasis is on deriving properties of rings from their specifications in terms of generators and relations. While this limits the generality of many results, it opens the way for the application of computational methods. A highlight of the book is the chapter on advanced computational methods in algebra using Gr&#246;bner basis theory and advanced commutative algebra. The author presents the Gr&#246;bner basis algorithm and shows how it can be used to resolve computational questions in algebra. This volume is intended for advanced students in commutative algebra, algebraic geometry and computational algebra, and homological algebra. It can be used as a reference for the theory of Rees algebras and related topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54841/cover/9780521454841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Choice Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagel, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Battalio, Raymond C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book details the results of the authors' research using laboratory animals to investigate individual choice theory in economics-consumer-demand and labour supply behaviour and choice under uncertainty. The use of laboratory animals provides the opportunity to conduct controlled experiments involving precise and demanding tests of economic theory with rewards and punishments of real consequence. Economic models are compared to psychological and biological choice models along with the results of experiments testing between these competing explanations. Results of animal experiments are used to address questions of social policy importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54889/cover/9780521454889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Cohesion and Form</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masterman, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilks, Yorick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margaret Masterman was a pioneer in the field of computational linguistics. Working in the earliest days of language processing by computer, she believed that meaning, not grammar, was the key to understanding languages, and that machines could determine the meaning of sentences. She was able, even on simple machines, to undertake sophisticated experiments in machine translation, and carried out important work on the use of semantic codings and thesauri to determine the meaning structure of texts. This volume brings together Masterman's groundbreaking papers for the first time. Through his insightful commentaries, Yorick Wilks argues that Masterman came close to developing a computational theory of language meaning based on the ideas of Wittgenstein, and shows the importance of her work in the philosophy of science and the nature of iconic languages. Of key interest in computational linguistics and artificial intelligence, it will remind scholars of Masterman's significant contribution to the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54896/cover/9780521454896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cooperative Breeding in Mammals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomon, Nancy G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Jeffrey A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cooperative breeding refers to a social system in which individuals other than the parents provide care for the offspring. Since individuals delay breeding and invest in the offspring of others, cooperative breeding poses a challenge to a Darwinian explanation of the evolution of social behaviour. The contributors to this book explore the evolutionary, ecological, behavioural and physiological basis of cooperative breeding in mammals. The book contains a collection of chapters by the leading researchers in the field, and it is dedicated exclusively to the study of mammalian cooperative breeding. It will appeal to zoologists, ecologists, evolutionary biologists, and to those interested in animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38287/cover/9780521038287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145493X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145493X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtual Individuals, Virtual Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Human Dimensions of Groupware and Computer Networking</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oravec, Jo Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Designers, implementers, and users of computer network applications are all deeply involved in the processes of social and cultural change, whether or not they consciously and actively choose to consider these processes. Issues such as community and privacy, dependence and individualism are no longer simply the province of philosophers and social scientists; they are tightly interwoven in the design and use of network applications. Virtual Individuals, Virtual Groups explores the social dimensions of the powerful computing applications that are shaping our culture. It addresses design and theoretical issues relating to groupware and other applications of computer networks. It considers computer network applications in terms of the notions of genre and narrative, in a framework that is broadly applicable to the development of a wide range of computing and communication systems, such as virtual reality and multimedia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54933/cover/9780521454933.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521454972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521454972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521454971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Towards a New Liberal Internationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The International Theory of J. A. Hobson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521454971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Long, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive analysis of J. A. Hobson's writings on international relations. Hobson is most famous for developing the neo-Marxist theory of imperialism, but in this book David Long argues that Hobson was also a key figure in the history of liberalism. He shifted liberal international theory away from its laissez-faire origins towards a focus on international organization, making him a forerunner of the functional approach in international relations. The book outlines  the philosophical outlook and political economy which informed Hobson's theory, and challenges the narrow interpretation of imperialism which has dominated international relations. Setting out the sources of and contradictions within Hobson's proposals for international government, this book is a contribution not only to the study of international relations, but also to the history of political thought and British liberalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54971/cover/9780521454971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Spanish Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No foreign conflict has had a greater impact on modern British politics than the Spanish Civil War (1936-39). More than other conflicts of the 1930s in Abyssinia and China, or more recent wars in Vietnam and Bosnia, the Spanish Civil War served to galvanise political activity in Britain, in support both of the Republican government and of Franco's Nationalist rebels. Familiar aspects, such as the role of the British government, the intellectuals, and the International Brigades are reinterpreted alongside the first detailed accounts of previously neglected subjects such as right-wing and religious opinion. In addition, Buchanan shows how the Civil War acted not only as a symbol of anti-fascism for the Left, but also as a positive example of a 'New Spain' arising from the ashes of the old. Many new archival sources are used to offer a stimulating interpretation of a subject of great significance to twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55008/cover/9780521455008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropology of Modern Human Teeth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dental Morphology and its Variation in Recent Human Populations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, G. Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Christy G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All humans share certain components of tooth structure, but show variation in size and morphology around this shared pattern which is studied by dental anthropologists. This book presents the first worldwide synthesis of the global variation in tooth structure in recent populations. It: &#8226; describes the methods and assumptions used by dental anthropologists &#8226; discusses the genetic basis of nonmetric dental traits &#8226; portrays the geographic variation of tooth crown and root traits &#8226; analyzes dental variation on a global scale paralleling major genetic and craniometric analyses The book illustrates more than 30 tooth crown and root traits and reviews their biological and genetic underpinnings. This analysis links extinct and extant populations and so serves as a useful tool for elucidating population relationships and histories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55084/cover/9780521455084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145509X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145509X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What is Life? The Next Fifty Years</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Speculations on the Future of Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Luke A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Erwin Schr&#246;dinger's book What is Life? had a tremendous influence on the development of molecular biology, stimulating scientists such as Watson and Crick to explore the physical basis of life. Much of the appeal of Schr&#246;dinger's book lay in its approach to the central problems in biology - heredity and how organisms use energy to maintain order - from a physicist's perspective. At Trinity College, Dublin a number of outstanding scientists from a range of disciplines gathered to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of What is Life? and following Schr&#246;dinger's example fifty years previously, presented their views on the current central problems in biology. The contributors to this volume include  Stephen Jay Gould, Roger Penrose, Jared Diamond, Manfred Eigen, John Maynard Smith, Christien de Duve and Lewis Wolpert. This collection is essential reading for anyone interested in biology and its future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55091/cover/9780521455091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Independent Random Variables and Rearrangement Invariant Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braverman, Michael Sh.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of this book lies on the boundary between probability theory and the theory of function spaces. Here Professor Braverman investigates independent random variables in rearrangement invariant (r.i.) spaces. The significant feature of r.i. spaces is that the norm of an element depends on its distribution only, and this property allows the results and methods associated with r.i. spaces to be applied to problems in probability theory. On the other hand, probabilistic methods can also prove useful in the study of r.i. spaces. In this book new techniques are used and a number of interesting results are given. Most of the results are due to the author but have never before been available in English. Here they are all presented together in a volume that will be essential reading for all serious researchers in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55152/cover/9780521455152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Hp Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koosis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of this well known book was noted for its clear and accessible exposition of the basic theory of Hardy spaces from the concrete point of view (in the unit circle and the half plane). The intention was to give the reader, assumed to know basic real and complex variable theory and a little functional analysis, a secure foothold in the basic theory, and to understand its applications in other areas. For this reason, emphasis is placed on methods and the ideas behind them rather than on the accumulation of as many results as possible. The second edition retains that intention, but the coverage has been extended. The author has included two appendices by V. P. Havin, on Peter Jones' interpolation formula, and Havin's own proof of the weak sequential completeness of L1/H1(0); in addition, numerous amendments, additions and corrections have been made throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55213/cover/9780521455213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fetus and Neonate: Physiology and Clinical Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, John A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodeck, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, prepared by an authoritative team of internationally renowned contributors, looks in depth at the growth of the fetus and neonate. The volume is introduced with an overview of the physiology and endocrinology of normal growth, before looking in depth at the pathophysiology and clinical applications. Several chapters focus on fetal growth retardation and the challenges this condition poses for the clinician. The measurement and assessment of fetal growth and well being are also fully addressed. Another important theme is the programming of adult diseases early in the development of the fetus. In summary, this is a stimulating account of an important area of scientific and clinical development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55220/cover/9780521455220.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simulating Sovereignty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intervention, the State and Symbolic Exchange</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weber, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Simulating Sovereignty Cynthia Weber presents a critical analysis of the concept of sovereignty. Examining the justifications for intervention offered by the Concert of Europe, President Wilson's Administration, and the Reagan-Bush administrations, she combines critical international relations theory and foreign policy discourses about intervention to accomplish two important goals. First, rather than redefining state sovereignty, she radically deconstructs it by questioning the historical foundations of sovereign authority. Secondly, the book provides a critique of representation generally, and of the representation of the sovereign state in particular. This book is thus an original and important contribution to the understanding of sovereignty, the state and intervention in international relations theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55237/cover/9780521455237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular and Cellular Aspects of Plant Reproduction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stead, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Molecular biology techniques have considerably increased our understanding of mechanisms underlying the control of flower initiation, development, function and senescence, processes which can be critically important in managing the yield of agricultural crops. The book covers the molecular and genetic control of flower morphogenesis in particular species and discusses the role and regulation of gene expression in the development, together with action of the male and female gametes in plant reproduction. The considerable variation in longevity of flowers and pattern of senescence are reviewed. The importance of ethylene in the control mechanism is discussed using examples of both ethylene-sensitive and insensitive species. The book will be vital to those researching floral physiology, and a useful reference for undergraduates studying relevant botanical courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55251/cover/9780521455251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145526X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145526X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Dickens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dynamics of Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gager, Valerie L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>439</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and Dickens traces Dickens' own interest in Shakespeare from childhood, not only through his own reading and performance but also through numerous theatrical, literary and artistic sources. The book proceeds to examine theoretical ideas about influence and allusion as aspects of style and analyses ways in which Dickens typically employs references to Shakespeare. It is argued that imaginative transformations of Shakespeare's words and ideas enrich all aspects of Dickens' writing, including aesthetic principles, language, imagery, plot, atmosphere, theme, tone, structure, foreshadowing and characterization. Dombey and Son and David Copperfield are examined to demonstrate the sophisticated manner in which Dickens engages the reader in a continuous process of reassessment by creating a dense network of quotations, allusions and echoes and integrating successive references to comment upon, modify, or amplify prior usage. The final section contains an annotated catalogue of approximately one thousand references to Shakespeare's plays and poems drawn from Dickens' fiction, essays, letters and speeches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55268/cover/9780521455268.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brackish-Water Fauna of Northwestern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Richard S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brackish water can be found wherever sea water is diluted by freshwater to form water of intermediate salinity. The ephemeral habitats of estuaries, coastal lagoons and inland seas are rich in fauna, but are threatened by rising sea levels, drainage and reclamation of low lying coastal land, storms and sea defences. This is the first identification guide to the fauna of these ecologically important areas. The ecology of these animals and their habitats are examined and reviewed. The keys are designed to be used with living material, and illustrations are provided for all species likely to be found in brackish-water habitats in northwestern Europe, making identification easy. Fieldworkers, naturalists and students interested in these fragile and ephemeral habitats will find this an indispensable reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55299/cover/9780521455299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asymptotic Theory of Separated Flows</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sychev, Vladimir V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruban, Anatoly I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sychev, Victor V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Korolev, Georgi L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maroko, Elena V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boundary-layer separation from a rigid body surface is one of the fundamental problems of classical and modern fluid dynamics. The major successes achieved since the late 1960s in the development of the theory of separated flows at high Reynolds numbers are in many ways associated with the use of asymptotic methods. The most fruitful of these has proved to be the method of matched asymptotic expansions, which has been widely used in mechanics and mathematical physics. There have been many papers devoted to different problems in the asymptotic theory of separated flows and we can confidently speak of the appearance of a very productive direction in the development of theoretical hydrodynamics. This book will present this theory in a systematic account. The book will serve as a useful introduction to the theory, and will draw attention to the possibilities that application of the asymptotic approach provides.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55305/cover/9780521455305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wesley and the Wesleyans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion in Eighteenth-Century Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kent, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wesley and the Wesleyans challenges the cherished myth that at the moment when the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution were threatening the soul of eighteenth-century England, an evangelical revival - led by the Wesleys - saved it. It will interest anyone concerned with the history of Methodism and the Church of England, the Evangelical tradition, and eighteenth-century religious thought and experience. The book starts from the assumption that there was no large-scale religious revival during the eighteenth century. Instead, the role of what is called 'primary religion' - the normal human search for ways of drawing supernatural power into the private life of the individual - is analysed in terms of the emergence of the Wesleyan societies from the Church of England. The Wesleys' achievements are reassessed; there is fresh, unsentimental description of the role of women in the movement, and an unexpectedly sympathetic picture emerges of Hanoverian Anglicanism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55558/cover/9780521455558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Basis of Virus Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Adrian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calisher, Charles H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garc&#237;a-Arenal, Fernando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>623</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances in molecular biology have enabled leaps forward in the determination of virus phylogenetic history. This detailed book results from the invitation to foremost experts to give essays on aspects of virus biology based on current data. Initial chapters cover impacts of viruses and their control. Further chapters detail genetic variation of viruses and the molecular basis of interrelations with hosts. This leads to discussions of interactions with the host at the population level, and their molecular basis and evolution. Seventeen chapters follow, by specialists on particular groups of viruses describing their impact, genetic origins, sources of variation, population genetics and interactions with hosts. Practical virologists will find the chapters on phylogenetic analysis techniques very useful. The adaptive nature of viruses makes this work highly relevant to evolutionists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55336/cover/9780521455336.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Harvey's Natural Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Harvey's natural philosophy was a view of the world that he had put together during his education in Cambridge and Padua. It contained ways of structuring knowledge, formulating questions and arriving at answers that directed the programme of work in which he discovered the circulation of the blood. This book, the most extensive discussion of Harvey to be published for over twenty-five years, reports extensively on the views of those who wrote for and against him. It is a study of a major change in natural philosophy and of the forces which acted for and, equally important, against change. In a period traditionally central to historians of science, it is argued here that natural philosophy and particularly Harvey's speciality within it - anatomy - was theocentric. Harvey's contribution was experiment; and the revolution which occurred in the seventeenth century was concerned not with science but with experiment and the status of natural knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55350/cover/9780521455350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Boundaries of the State in Modern Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, S. J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiting, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>415</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative book provides an essential historical perspective on the boundaries of the state in modern Britain. At a time of intense debate about the state, the collection of inter-disciplinary studies gathered here is unimpressed by the apparent 'rise' of the state before 1979 and its supposed 'decline' in the wake of Thatcherism. The Boundaries of the State in Modern Britain constitutes a comprehensive and coherent attempt to delineate the many and varying aspects of public involvement in private life during the twentieth century. It shows how the state has advanced into some areas of life, whilst vacating others. It explores the impact of these changes on civil society and intellectual life in Britain. Finally, the contributors consider where the state might be going in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55374/cover/9780521455374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing and European Thought 1600-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writing and European Thought 1600-1830 argues for the central importance of writing to conceptions of language, technological progress, and Western civilization during the early modern era. Attitudes to the written language changed radically between the late Renaissance and Romanticism, and Nicholas Hudson traces the development of thought about language during this period, challenging some central assumptions of modern historical scholarship. He asserts that European thinkers have not been uniformly 'logocentric', and he questions the assumption that the rise of print and literacy produced a more visually oriented culture. Through detailed readings of major writers, Hudson shows how writing became the emblem of the superiority of European culture, and how, with the expansion of print culture, European intellectuals became more aware of the virtues of 'orality' and the deficiencies of literate society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55404/cover/9780521455404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Treaty Conflict and the European Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klabbers, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>L</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jan Klabbers questions how membership of the European Union affects treaties concluded between the Union's member states and third states, both when it concerns treaties concluded before EU membership and treaties concluded after joining. Following a discussion of the public international law rules on treaty conflict, the author analyzes the case-law of the European Court of Justice and examines how such conflicts are approached in state practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55466/cover/9780521455466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Home to Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Motherhood and the Politics of Industrial Homework in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boris, Eileen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>403</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the minds of most people, the home has stood apart from the world of work. By bringing the factory or office home, homework challenges this division. Home to Work restores the voices of homeworking women to the century-long debate over their labour. It provides a historical context to the Reaganite lifting of New Deal bans. Where once men's right to contract inhibited regulation, now women's right to employment undermined prohibition. Economic and political justice, whether based on rights to homework or rights as workers, will depend on homeworkers becoming visible as workers who happen to mother.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55480/cover/9780521455480.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics, Killing and War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can war ever be justified? Why is it wrong to kill? In this new book Richard Norman looks at these and other related questions, and thereby examines the possibility and nature of rational moral argument. Practical examples, such as the Gulf War and the Falklands War, are used to show that, whilst moral philosophy can offer no easy answers, it is a worthwhile enterprise which sheds light on many pressing contemporary problems. A combination of lucid exposition and original argument makes this the ideal introduction to both the particular debate about the ethics of killing and war, and also to the fundamental issues of moral philosophy itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55534/cover/9780521455534.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photography in Archaeology and Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dorrell, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this revised and updated edition of his 1989 book, Peter Dorrell provides a comprehensive guide to the uses of photography in archaeology. Drawing on thirty-five years of experience, he examines the use of photography in field archaeology, in surveys, in archaeological laboratories, and in conservation. He offers a clear and well-illustrated explanation of the techniques involved, with sections on equipment and materials, survey and site photography, architectural photography, the recording of different types of artifacts, registration and storage, the use of ultra-violet and infra-red, and photography for publication. He also covers the growing use of video and electronic recording systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55541/cover/9780521455541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brackish-Water Fauna of Northwestern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Richard S. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brackish water can be found wherever sea water is diluted by freshwater to form water of intermediate salinity. The ephemeral habitats of estuaries, coastal lagoons and inland seas are rich in fauna, but are threatened by rising sea levels, drainage and reclamation of low lying coastal land, storms and sea defences. This is the first identification guide to the fauna of these ecologically important areas. The ecology of these animals and their habitats are examined and reviewed. The keys are designed to be used with living material, and illustrations are provided for all species likely to be found in brackish-water habitats in northwestern Europe, making identification easy. Fieldworkers, naturalists and students interested in these fragile and ephemeral habitats will find this an indispensable reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55565/cover/9780521455565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simulating Sovereignty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intervention, the State and Symbolic Exchange</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weber, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Simulating Sovereignty Cynthia Weber presents a critical analysis of the concept of sovereignty. Examining the justifications for intervention offered by the Concert of Europe, President Wilson's Administration, and the Reagan-Bush administrations, she combines critical international relations theory and foreign policy discourses about intervention to accomplish two important goals. First, rather than redefining state sovereignty, she radically deconstructs it by questioning the historical foundations of sovereign authority. Secondly, the book provides a critique of representation generally, and of the representation of the sovereign state in particular. This book is thus an original and important contribution to the understanding of sovereignty, the state and intervention in international relations theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55596/cover/9780521455596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Algebraic Theory of Modular Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macaulay, F. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Paul L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many of the ideas introduced by Macaulay in this book have developed into central concepts in what has become the branch of mathematics known as Commutative Algebra. Today his name is remembered through the term 'Cohen-Macaulay ring', however, it is less well known that he pioneered several other fundamental ideas, including the concept of the Gorenstein ring and the use of injective modules, ideas which were not systematically developed until considerably later in this century. An introduction by Professor Paul Roberts links past with present. The background to Macaulay's thinking is discussed, and the development of modern theory is outlined. The wealth of ideas expounded here by Macaulay over 75 years ago, will still be a source of inspiration to all workers in commutative algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55626/cover/9780521455626.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Toys, Play, and Child Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldstein, Jeffrey H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anything to do with children's entertainment is a source of controversy: children's television programmes, musical preferences, and leisure activities are frequent sources of debate. Toys and play are often singled out for attention, particularly war toys, sex-typed toys, and video games with aggressive themes. Are these harmful to children? Are they addictive? Alternatively, can parents facilitate children's learning with educational toys? Toys, Play, and Child Development explores these and other questions. Parental attitudes and reactions towards war toys are described, as are the children's views themselves. Toys and play are shown to contribute to the development of language, imagination, and intellectual achievement and to be effective in child psychotherapy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55640/cover/9780521455640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heaven, Hell, and the Victorians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheeler, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Victorians were obsessed with death, bereavement, and funeral rituals, and speculated vigorously on the nature of heaven, hell, and divine judgment. This popular abridgement of Michael Wheeler's award-winning Death and the Future Life in Victorian Literature and Theology looks at the literary implications of Victorian views of death and the life beyond, and recreates vividly the fear and hope embodied in the theological positions of the novelists and poets of the age. Now accessible to a wide readership, Heaven, Hell, and the Victorians offers a wide-ranging and attractively illustrated cultural history of nineteenth-century religious experience, belief, and language in the face of death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55657/cover/9780521455657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Spanish Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No foreign conflict has had a greater impact on modern British politics than the Spanish Civil War (1936-39). More than other conflicts of the 1930s in Abyssinia and China, or more recent wars in Vietnam and Bosnia, the Spanish Civil War served to galvanise political activity in Britain, in support both of the Republican government and of Franco's Nationalist rebels. Familiar aspects, such as the role of the British government, the intellectuals, and the International Brigades are reinterpreted alongside the first detailed accounts of previously neglected subjects such as right-wing and religious opinion. In addition, Buchanan shows how the Civil War acted not only as a symbol of anti-fascism for the Left, but also as a positive example of a 'New Spain' arising from the ashes of the old. Many new archival sources are used to offer a stimulating interpretation of a subject of great significance to twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55695/cover/9780521455695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subjects of Art History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Objects in Contemporary Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheetham, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holly, Michael Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moxey, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Subjects of Art History provides an introduction to the historiography and theory of the history of art. Examining a variety of theoretical approaches, the editors and contributors to this volume provide interpretations of the history and contemporary relevance of such important methodologies as semiotics, phenomenology, feminism, gay and lesbian studies, museology, and computer applications, among other topics. Each essay, specially commissioned for this volume, gives a fresh perspective on the topic by demonstrating how a particular approach can be applied to the understanding and interpretation of specific works of art. This volume will be a timely contribution to the current debate on the theory and practice of art history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55725/cover/9780521455725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche's Philosophy of Art</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a clear and lucid account of Nietzsche's philosophy of art, combining exegesis, interpretation and criticism in a judicious balance. Julian Young argues that Nietzsche's thought about art can only be understood in the context of his wider philosophy. In particular, he discusses the dramatic changes in Nietzschean aesthetics against the background of the celebrated themes of the death of God, eternal recurrence, and the idea of the &#220;bermensch. Young then divides Nietzsche's career and his philosophy of art into four distinct phases, but suggests that these phases describe a circle. An attempt at world-affirmation is made in the central phases, but Nietzsche is predominantly influenced at the beginning and end of his career by a Schopenhauerian pessimism. At the beginning and end art is important because it 'redeems' us from life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55756/cover/9780521455756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455898</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subject and Object in Renaissance Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grazia, Margreta de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quilligan, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stallybrass, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays brings together some of the most prominent figures in new historicist and cultural materialist approaches to the early modern period, and offers a new focus on the literature and culture of the Renaissance. Traditionally, Renaissance studies have concentrated on the human subject. The essays collected here bring objects - purses, clothes, tapestries, houses, maps, feathers, communion wafers, tools, pages, skulls - back into view. As a result, the much-vaunted early modern subject ceases to look autonomous and sovereign, but is instead caught up in a vast and uneven world of objects which he and she makes, owns, values, imagines, and represents. This book puts things back into relation with people; in the process, it elicits new critical readings, and new cultural configurations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55893/cover/9780521455893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145591X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145591X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Force of Symmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Icke, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Force of Symmetry gives an elementary introduction to the spectacular interplay between the three great themes of contemporary physics: quantum behaviour; relativity; and symmetry. In clear, non-technical language, though without oversimplification, it explores many fascinating aspects of modern physics, discussing the nature and interaction of force and matter. All these themes are drawn together, towards the end of the book, to describe the most successful physics theory in history, the 'standard model' of subatomic particles. The lively and non-technical approach of this book will make it suitable for first-year undergraduates in the physical sciences and mathematics, or even to those just about to embark on such courses. It will also be a valuable accompaniment to more advanced texts on quantum mechanics and particle physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55916/cover/9780521455916.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521455995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521455995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521455992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of African Societies to 1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521455992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isichei, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive and detailed exploration of the African past, from prehistory to approximately 1870, is intended to provide a fully up-to-date complement to the Cambridge History of Africa. Reflecting several emphases in recent scholarship, it focusses on the changing modes of production, on gender relations and on ecology, laying particular stress on viewing 'history from below'. A distinctive theme is to be found in its analyses of cognitive history. The work falls into three sections. The first comprises a historiographic analysis, and covers the period from the dawn of prehistory to the end of the Early Iron Age. The second and third sections are, for the most part, organised on regional lines; the second section ends in the sixteenth century; the third carries the story on to 1870. A second volume, now in preparation, will cover the period from 1870 to 1995. This book attempts a more rounded view of African history than most of the other textbooks on the subject addressed to a (largely) undergraduate level student. Earlier histories have tended to ignore some of the current foci in the scholarly literature on Africa, generally not reflected in the textbooks: these include discussions of topical issues like ecology and gender. Isichei's book is also more radical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/55992/cover/9780521455992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456029</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Random Series of Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kahane, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in a paperback edition for the first time, this second edition of Some Random Series of Functions covers random series in Banach and Hilbert spaces, random Taylor or Fourier series, Brownian motion and other Gaussian processes, plus certain types of random sets and measures. The subject matter of this book is important and has wide application in mathematics, statistics, engineering, and physics. Professor Kahane's presentation is suitable even for beginning graduate students in probability and analysis (exercises are provided throughout), as well as non-specialists in the other disciplines to which this subject has application.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56029/cover/9780521456029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chance and Design</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reminiscences of Science in Peace and War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodgkin, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alan Hodgkin believes that - contrary to popular conviction - chance plays quite as large a role as design in scientific discovery. This engaging autobiography charts the balance of the two in his own life. Beginning starts with an account of his childhood in an extended Quaker family. Not a great success at school, he nevertheless won a scholarship to Trinity College, Cambridge, and he writes informatively of the climate of university opinion in the thirties when he was an undergraduate and came to abandon the pacifist ideals of his upbringing. A chance observation on frog nerve led to a Trinity Fellowship and a year at the Rockefeller Institute in New York (where he met his future wife), to the Nobel Prize in 1963, and ultimately to the Presidency of the Royal Society. His experiments on nerve conduction seemed almost at the point of success when everything had to be abandoned on the outbreak of war in 1939, and for six years Hodgkin worked on the concept and design of airborne radar, described in the central section of the book as Flight Trials and Tribulations. The account of his return to civilian life and the resumption of experimentation includes two chapters of solid detail of Starting Again - for this is a book for any reader interested in the origin and development of a dedicated scientist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56036/cover/9780521456036.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Song of Solomon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected here, written by leading critics of Toni Morrison's work, exemplify the fresh theoretical and cultural perspectives that have been brought to bear upon African American texts in general and upon Song of Solomon in particular. They reveal the complexities of a deceptively straightforward novel and spark renewed interest in what has proven a pivotal text by one of the most gifted authors this nation has produced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56043/cover/9780521456043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145607X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145607X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Movement Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cordo, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Movement is arguably the most fundamental and important function of the nervous system. Purposive movement requires the coordination of actions within many areas of the cerebral cortex, cerebellum, basal ganglia, spinal cord, and peripheral nerves and sensory receptors, which together must control a highly complex biomechanical apparatus made up of the skeleton and muscles. Beginning at the level of biomechanics and spinal reflexes and proceeding upward to brain structures in the cerebellum, brainstem and cerebral cortex, the chapters in this book highlight the important issues in movement control. Commentaries provide a balanced treatment of the articles that have been written by experts in a variety of areas concerned with movement, including behaviour, physiology, robotics, and mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56074/cover/9780521456074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Handel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burrows, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Handel is recognised as one of the principal creative figures in Baroque music. In this Companion acknowledged experts on Handel make their expertise accessible to the interested general reader and music lover. All the genres in which Handel composed are considered including oratorio, chamber cantata, opera, and church music, as well as works for the keyboard and orchestra. The wide-ranging, specially-commissioned essays cover topics from Handel's composing methods to his treatment of the Italian language and matters of performance practice. The background to Handel's musical career is a major theme of the volume. The opening chapters deal with his musical education in Germany and the circumstances in Italy during his time there. Most of Handel's career was based in London and important topics here include contemporary concert life and theatre management, the British and Italian musicians among whom he worked, and the librettists for the English oratorios.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56135/cover/9780521456135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sameness and Substance Renewed</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiggins, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, which thoroughly revises and greatly expands his classic work Sameness and Substance (1980), David Wiggins retrieves and refurbishes in the light of twentieth-century logic and logical theory certain conceptions of identity, of substance and of persistence through change that philosophy inherits from its past. In this new version, he vindicates the absoluteness, necessity, determinateness and all or nothing character of identity against rival conceptions. He defends a form of essentialism that he calls individuative essentialism, and then a form of realism that he calls conceptualist realism. In a final chapter he advocates a human being-based conception of the identity and individuation of persons, arguing that any satisfactory account of personal memory must make reference to the life of the rememberer himself. This important book will appeal to a wide range of readers in metaphysics, philosophical logic, and analytic philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56197/cover/9780521456197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ancient Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elements of Cognitive Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zubrow, Ezra B. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most troubling problems in archaeology is to determine the manner and content of prehistoric thought. A fundamental challenge is to develop the theory, methodology and tools to understand human cognition. Cognitive archaeology as a subject is still in its infancy, and archaeologists are adopting a variety of approaches. One direction has been to develop an 'interpretationist', anti-scientific, literary approach. Another has been to use a linguistic framework and develop a hermeneutic, semiotic approach. A third approach develops a new direction in prehistoric cognitive research which is rooted in the scientific tradition and in an empirical methodology. It draws upon the cognitive, the mathematical and the computer sciences in an attempt to understand what techniques can be used appropriately on archaeological data, and how to implement them efficiently. This is the approach adopted by the contributors to The Ancient Mind. Together, they begin to develop a science of cognitive archaeology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56203/cover/9780521456203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Minds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by a group of leading authorities is addressed primarily to a non-specialist readership, with the aim of introducing people and achievements associated with the University of Cambridge over the past 150 years. It explains, in simple terms, what has been done in a wide variety of fields - including philosophy (Ray Monk on Russell, Peter Hacker on Wittgenstein, Robert Grant on Oakeshott); economics (Geoffrey Harcourt on Keynes); anthropology (Ernest Gellner on Frazer); the study of English (Stephen Heath on Richards and Leavis). Some who have made important contributions to Cambridge science describe their own work and discoveries - Max Perutz in molecular biology; Antony Hewish in radioastronomy; Simon Conway Morris in palaeontology. As a whole the book offers an intellectual portrait of many of modern Cambridge's most notable achievements which will be of interest to a broad range of readers within the University and far beyond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56258/cover/9780521456258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Holst: The Planets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greene, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive guide to Holst's popular orchestral suite The Planets. It considers the music in detail and places the work in its historical context, describing the circumstances of its composition and its meteoric rise to popular acclaim. Starting with Holst's particular interest in astrology, Professor Greene explores the plotting of the work's central melodic and harmonic gestures to reveal a profound statement of human character and Holst's own psychological journey toward the mystic state. Using parallels in the verbal arts Greene weaves a fascinating tale of musical communication. An understanding of The Planets is crucial to a full appreciation of Holst's profound late works, and Greene's systematic appraisal provides the first revealing light in this direction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56333/cover/9780521456333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manufacturing Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of the Hawthorne Experiments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What motivates workers to work harder?  What can management do to create a contented and productive workforce? Discussion of these questions would be incomplete without reference to the Hawthorne experiments, one of the most famous pieces of research ever conducted in the social and behavioural sciences. Drawing on the original records of the experiments and the personal papers of the researchers, Richard Gillespie has reconstructed the intellectual and political dynamics of the experiments as they evolved from the tentative experimentation to seemingly authoritative publications. Manufacturing Knowledge raises fundamental questions about the nature of scientific knowledge, and about the assumptions and evidence that underlay debates on worker productivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56432/cover/9780521456432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shape of Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nerlich, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revised and updated edition of Graham Nerlich's classic book The Shape of Space. It develops a metaphysical account of space which treats it as a real and concrete entity. In particular, it shows that the shape of space plays a key explanatory role in space and spacetime theories. Arguing that geometrical explanation is very like causal explanation, Professor Nerlich prepares the ground for philosophical argument, and, using a number of novel examples, investigates how different spaces would affect perception differently. This leads naturally to conventionalism as a non-realist metaphysics of space, an account which Professor Nerlich criticises, rejecting its Kantian and positivistic roots along with Reichenbach's famous claim that even the topology of space is conventional. He concludes that there is, in fact, no problem of underdetermination for this aspect of spacetime theories, and offers an extensive discussion of the relativity of motion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56456/cover/9780521456456.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Possible Worlds in Literary Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronen, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of possible worlds, originally introduced in philosophical logic, has recently gained interdisciplinary influence; it proves to be a productive tool when borrowed by literary theory to explain the notion of fictional worlds. In this book Ruth Ronen develops a comparative reading of the use of possible worlds in philosophy and in literary theory, and offers an analysis of the way the concept contributes to our understanding of fictionality and the structure and ontology of fictional worlds. Dr Ronen suggests a new set of criteria for the definition of fictionality, making rigorous distinctions between fictional and possible worlds; and through specific studies of domains within fictional worlds - events, objects, time, and point of view - she proposes a radical rethinking of the problem of fictionality in general and fictional narrativity in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56487/cover/9780521456487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Eclipse Photography Guide</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How and Where to Observe and Photograph Solar and Lunar Eclipses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasachoff, Jay M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>143</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Eclipse Photography Guide describes everything you need to know to observe and photograph the forthcoming solar and lunar eclipses in the 1990s. It gives maps and descriptions of where and how to view forthcoming eclipses, with particular attention  to two popularly-awaited solar eclipses: an annular eclipse (where a ring of sunlight is visible around the moon) that will cross the United States in 1994, and a total eclipse that will pass over Europe in 1999. The authors also describe past eclipse expeditions, capturing the excitement of the observers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56517/cover/9780521456517.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postmodernism and the En-Gendering of Marcel Duchamp</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Amelia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A critical analysis of postmodernism in the visual arts since the 1960s, this book focuses primarily on American texts that reference and construct Marcel Duchamp as the originator of postmodern art. Amelia Jones contends that Duchamp, through his 'readymades', (the standard terms used to describe Duchamp's works) has paradoxically served in a paternal role for post-1960s American artists, critics and art historians, who have attempted to construct a new tradition of artistic practice that counters the masculinist ideologies of Abstract Expressionism and Greenbergian modernism. Adapting feminist, psychoanalytic and Derridean conceptions of interpretation as an exchange of sexual identities, Jones offers highly charged readings that focus on the eroticism of Duchamp's works and on his theories of artistic production. She reconstructs Duchamp as an indeterminably gendered author whose gift to postmodernism might best be viewed in terms of the potential of his readymades to destructure the contradictory notions of sexual difference and subjectivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiparty Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elections and Legislative Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sened, Itai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book adapts a formal model of elections and legislative politics to study party politics in Israel, Italy, the Netherlands, Britain, and the United States. The approach uses the idea of valence, that is, the party leader's non-policy electoral popularity, and employs survey data to model these elections. The analysis explains why small parties in Israel and Italy keep to the electoral periphery. In the Netherlands, Britain, and the US, the electoral model is extended to include the behavior of activists. In the case of Britain, it is shown that there will be contests between activists for the two main parties over who controls policy. For the recent 2005 election, it is argued that the losses of the Labour party were due to Blair's falling valence. For the US, the model gives an account of the rotation of the locations of the two major parties over the last century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56586/cover/9780521456586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061017</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Things Are the Way They Are</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandrasekhar, B. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fascinating book explains why materials behave as they do. In a completely non-technical style, using only basic arithmetic, the author explains how the properties of materials result from the way they are composed of atoms and why they have the properties they do: for example, why copper and rubies are coloured, why metals conduct heat better than glass, why magnets attract iron nails but not brass pins, and how superconductors can conduct electricity without resistance. The book is intended for general readers, and uses mainly words, pictures and analogies, with only a minimum of very simple mathematics. The author explains how it is possible to understand the basic properties of matter, and translates the technical jargon of physics into a language that can be understood by anyone with an interest in science who wants to know why the world around us behaves in the way that it does.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56609/cover/9780521456609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verb Movement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lightfoot, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornstein, Norbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Work on the movement of phrasal categories has been a central element of syntactic theorising almost since the earliest work on generative grammar. However, work on the movement of lexical elements, heads, has flourished only in recent years, stimulated originally by Chomsky's Empty Category Principle, and later by the work of Travis, Baker and Pollock. Parallel to these theoretical concerns, much attention has been focused on the description of verb-second languages and on the movement operations which place the verb in its 'second' position. This volume represents the latest work in an important field, from some of its leading researchers, and puts forward many ideas about relevant principles and parameters of Universal Grammar. It will have a significant impact on its field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56616/cover/9780521456616.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Conditions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Postmodernity and the Question of Foundations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairlamb, Horace L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The postmodern debate has been heavily influenced by often contradictory conclusions about the foundations of knowledge: hermeneutics challenges epistemology, politics challenges science, identity theory challenges critical theory, pragmatism challenges formalism, and so on. Horace Fairlamb contends that philosophy's foundationist quest has usually been misconceived as a choice between a 'super-science' and theoretical anarchy. Through an examination of the history of foundationism, and detailed analysis of the work of leading theorists including Fish, Foucault, Derrida, Gadamer and Habermas, Dr Fairlamb argues for a less reductive and less arbitrary conception of knowledge and meaning. The result is a sophisticated critique of contemporary theory with implications for philosophers as well as literary theorists, and an important contribution to the current re-evaluation of theoretical discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56654/cover/9780521456654.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Expansive Moment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The rise of Social Anthropology in Britain and Africa 1918-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jack Goody's book explores the development of the discipline of social anthropology through its key practitioners and how far its concerns interacted with the political and ideological debate of the interwar years. It is a study of the different ideological and intellectual approaches adopted by the emerging subject of social anthropology and how far these views were incorporated into and defined by the structures and institutions in which they developed. However it is also an analysis of how far the subject was created by its own response to key issues of the time: colonialism - specifically Africa, anti-Semitism and communism. Goody's approach is characteristically personal: Malinowski dominates the discussion, as well as Fortes, Radcliffe-Brown and Evans-Pritchard, and his own experience, gathered over a wide-ranging life of fieldwork informs the conclusion of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56661/cover/9780521456661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145669X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145669X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reforming the Russian Legal System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Gordon B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reforming the Russian Legal System is a comprehensive analysis of the forces that are shaping legal reform in the republics of the former USSR. Looking beneath the flow of day-to-day developments, the book examines how traditional indigenous Russian legal values, and the 74-year experience with communism and 'socialist legality' are being combined with Western concepts of justice and due process to forge a new legal consciousness in Russia today. The author provides a broad historical survey of pre-revolutionary and Soviet-era legal developments, which provides a backdrop to the reforms initiated by Gorbachev. Chapters analysing constitutional law, criminal law and procedure, the Procuracy, and the laws governing the transition to a market economy illustrate the recurring themes of the book: the interaction of crosscurrents in Russian legal culture, and variations in the pace of legal reform from republic to republic and region to region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56692/cover/9780521456692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient Histories and Modern Archaeologies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The archaeology of classical Greece developed in the shadow of Greek historical scholarship, and it has restricted itself too modestly to the study of individual artefacts. A wide variety of modern developments in archaeology have been neglected, and classical archaeology has become something of a backwater. The contributors to this book review the history of the field and aim to demonstrate that modern archaeological approaches can contribute to a richer understanding of Greek society. They also insist that this complex, literate and highly unusual system of states poses important questions for archaeologists of other regions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56784/cover/9780521456784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding American Economic Decline</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernstein, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adler, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heilbroner, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The public has long been painfully aware of the economy's stagnation. The contemporary recession has brought to the foreground problems which have been germinating for decades. Falling real wages, slow productivity growth, and the loss of international competitiveness in major industries all are outgrowths of long-term developments that predate this crisis. As the United States moves from a position of global economic leadership to one of economic interdependence, we need alternative approaches to explain the dramatic changes in the US economy. This collection of essays, written by leading scholars, presents a systematic analysis of the nation's economic woes. The authors furnish more than hard-hitting criticisms of the US economy. They provide hope as they offer solutions to America's most pressing economic problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56791/cover/9780521456791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documentary Film Classics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Documentary Film Classics offers close readings on a number of major films, such as Nanook of the North, Land Without Bread, Night and Fog, Chronicle of a Summer and Don't Look Back. Spanning the history of the documentary film tradition, William Rothman analyses the philosophical and historical issues and themes implicit in these works. Designed to guide film students through the 'texts' of a wide range of documentaries, his readings also focus on the achievements of these works as films per se.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56814/cover/9780521456814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adults with Autism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, Geraldine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From childhood services to adult provision, the needs of an individual develop and change, yet the literature addressing specific adult requirements is scarce. This volume sets out to fill this gap and provides practical help and guidance specifically for those caring for the growing recognised population of adults with autism. Issues of theory and practice from both local and international perspectives are included. Subsequent chapters analyse the implications arising from thought and behaviour inflexibility with emphasis on the management of transition and bereavement. Models for practice in employment and further education and also pharmacological and educational approaches to mental health problems, epilepsy and challenging behaviour are concluded by a chapter which develops many themes of this publication as the basis for a practitioner training programme in residential settings. An essential guide for all those concerned with the care and well being of adults with autism including parents, researchers, practitioners and community care workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven: The Pastoral Symphony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, David Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beethoven's Pastoral Symphony is in many ways his most startlingly original symphony. It has a programmatic content, it is in five movements rather than the normal four, and its mood is quite different from the usual barnstorming image of the composer. Why did he want to compose such a work? Why did it take him five years to realise his vision? What was he hoping to communicate? How did he achieve it? Finally, how was the work received? In a fascinating account of this popular work, David Wyn Jones addresses all these vital questions. He places the work in the context of concert life in Vienna at the beginning of the nineteenth century and considers the long tradition of pastoral subject matter in music. His account of the music draws attention to those features of grammar, syntax and form that determine the unique character of the work, making reference to interesting aspects of the autograph and the sketches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56845/cover/9780521456845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativity and Gravitation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tourrenc, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book presents, in a condensed form, all aspects of special relativity (Part I) and relativistic gravitation (Part II). The emphasis is on physical experiment, observation and interpretation. The first four chapters in Part I introduce special relativity, the following three chapters deal with mathematical derivation and introduce new concepts as background for Part II. Part II describes Newtonian gravitation using metric theory (placing it in general relativity); experimental tests are described using the post-Newtonian parameters; the Newtonian and relativistic cosmologies are presented. The following three chapters contain detailed discussion of general relativity with different geometries introducing their effect. The last chapter presents two practical projects: the satellite gyroscope to measure the gravitational interactions spin-orbit and spin-spin, and a gravitational wave detector. The author provides a rigorous theoretical treatment, at a level suitable for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56852/cover/9780521456852.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Twistor Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huggett, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tod, K. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to twistor theory and modern geometrical approaches to space-time structure at the graduate or advanced undergraduate level. The choice of material presented has evolved from graduate lectures given in London and Oxford and the authors have aimed to retain the informal tone of those lectures. The book will provide graduate students with an introduction to the literature of twistor theory, presupposing some knowledge of special relativity and differential geometry. It would also be of use for a short course on space-time structure independently of twistor theory. The physicist could be introduced gently to some of the mathematics which has proved useful in these areas, and the mathematician could be shown where sheaf cohomology and complex manifold theory can be used in physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56890/cover/9780521456890.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mammoths, Mastodonts, and Elephants</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biology, Behavior and the Fossil Record</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The diminishing populations of African and Asian elephants call to mind the extinctions of other elephantlike species, such as mammoths and mastodons, that occurred more than 10000 years ago. The purpose of this book is to examine the ecology and behaviour of modern elephants to create models for reconstructing the lives and deaths of extinct mammoths and mastodons. The sources for these models are long-term continuing studies of elephants in Zimbabwe, Africa. These models are clearly described with respect to the anatomical, behavioural, and ecological similarities between past and present proboscideans. The implications of these similarities for the lives and deaths of mammoths and mastodons are explored in detail. The importance of this book is primarily its unifying perspective on living and extinct proboscideans: The fossil record is as carefully examined as is the natural history of surviving elephants. Dr Haynes's studies of the situations in which African elephants die (sometimes in great numbers) are unique and can provide crucial insights into ancient proboscidean bone collections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56913/cover/9780521456913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diagrammatica</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Path to Feynman Diagrams</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veltman, Martinus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This author provides an easily accessible introduction to quantum field theory via Feynman rules and calculations in particle physics. His aim is to make clear what the physical foundations of present-day field theory are, to clarify the physical content of Feynman rules. The book begins with a brief review of some aspects of Einstein's theory of relativity that are of particular importance for field theory, before going on to consider the relativistic quantum mechanics of free particles, interacting fields, and particles with spin. The techniques learnt in the chapters are then demonstrated in examples that might be encountered in real accelerator physics. Further chapters contain discussions of renormalization, massive and massless vector fields and unitarity. A final chapter presents concluding arguments concerning quantum electrodynamics. The book includes valuable appendices that review some essential mathematics, including complex spaces, matrices, the CBH equation, traces and dimensional regularization. An appendix containing a comprehensive summary of the rules and conventions used is followed by an appendix specifying the full Lagrangian of the Standard Model and the corresponding Feynman rules. To make the book useful for a wide audience a final appendix provides a discussion of the metric used, and an easy-to-use dictionary connecting equations written with different metrics. Written as a textbook, many diagrams, exercises and examples are included. This book will be used by beginning graduate students taking courses in particle physics or quantum field theory, as well as by researchers as a source and reference book on Feynman diagrams and rules.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56920/cover/9780521456920.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Art in Eastern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Baltic to the Balkans, ca. 1890-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansbach, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this award-winning study, Steven Mansbach provides the first coherent narrative of the modern art movements of Eastern Europe. Analyzing a vast range of works, many reproduced here for the first time, the author argues that our understanding of modernism is incomplete without consideration of this material. He shows how Cubism, Expressionism and Constructivism, among other modernist styles, were amalgamated with deeply rooted visual traditions in several vital centers, including Prague, Warsaw, and Budapest, in order to express the most pressing concerns of the day, particularly nationalism. Mansbach also considers the critical response of the Eastern European art public to these various avante-garde movements. A revisionist interpretation of modernism, Modern Art in Eastern Europe provides a much-needed reassessment of the art of this century, as well as its historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50850/cover/9780521450850.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Learning and Cognition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Neural Network Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmajuk, Nestor A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this advanced text the author, starting with the simple assumption that psychological associations are represented by the strength of synaptic connections, provides several mechanistic descriptions of complex cognitive behaviors. Part I presents neural network theories of classical conditioning, Part II describes neural networks of operant conditioning, and animal communication, Part III discusses spatial and cognitive mapping, and finally Part IV shows how neural network models permit one to simultaneously develop psychological theories and models of the brain. The book includes computer software that allows the computer simulation of classical conditioning and the effect of different brain lesions on many classical paradigms. All those people interested in neural networks, from psychologists, through neuroscientists to computer scientists working on artificial intelligence and robotics, will find this book an excellent advanced guide to the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56968/cover/9780521456968.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521456991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521456991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521456999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Analysis of Spherical Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521456999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, N. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Embleton, B. J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive, yet clearly presented, account of statistical methods for analysing spherical data. The analysis of data, in the form of directions in space or of positions of points on a spherical surface, is required in many contexts in the earth sciences, astrophysics and other fields, yet the methodology required is disseminated throughout the literature. Statistical Analysis of Spherical Data aims to present a unified and up-to-date account of these methods for practical use. The emphasis is on applications rather than theory, with the statistical methods being illustrated throughout the book by data examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/56999/cover/9780521456999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Network-Based Classrooms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Promises and Realities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, Bertram C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peyton, Joy Kreeft</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batson, Trent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Students in network-based classrooms converse in writing through the use of communications software on local-area computer networks. Through the electronic medium they are immersed in a writing community - one that supports new forms of collaboration, authentic purposes for writing, writing across the curriculum, and new social relations in the classroom. The potential for collaborative and participatory learning in these classrooms is enormous. This book examines an important type of network-based classroom known as ENFI (Electronic Networks For Interaction). Teachers have set up ENFI or similar classrooms in elementary and secondary schools and at more than a hundred colleges and universities. In these settings, teaching and learning have been dramatically transformed, but the new technology has brought with it difficulties and surprises. The process of creating such a classroom raises important questions about the meaning and the realities of educational change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57026/cover/9780521457026.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microalbuminuria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biochemistry, Epidemiology and Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winocour, Peter H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Sally M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Microalbuminuria, the abnormal urinary excretion of albumin, is recognised as an important independent marker of both renal and cardiovascular disease, particularly in diabetes mellitus. This volume is the only comprehensive and up-to-date review of the relevance of microalbuminuria to health and disease. It covers the pathophysiology and epidemiology of microalbuminuria, the methodology of laboratory assessment and a discussion of the non-specific nature of microalbuminuria in less well-recognised clinical situations. This is the first book to deal in detail with the treatment of microalbuminuria in diabetic and non-diabetic subjects. It will provide an essential source of reference and a guide to clinical practice for diabetologists, endocrinologists, cardiologists, renal physicians and clinical biochemists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Banach-Tarski Paradox</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagon, Stan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Banach-Tarski paradox is a most striking mathematical construction: it asserts that a solid ball may be taken apart into finitely many pieces that can be rearranged using rigid motions to form a ball twice as large as the original. This volume explores the consequences of the paradox for measure theory and its connections with group theory, geometry, and logic. It unifies the results of contemporary research on the paradox and presents several new results including some unusual paradoxes in hyperbolic space. It also provides up-to-date proofs and discusses many unsolved problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57040/cover/9780521457040.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Analysis for the Odd Order Theorem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bender, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glauberman, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1963 Walter Feit and John G. Thompson published a proof of a 1911 conjecture by Burnside that every finite group of odd order is solvable. This proof, which ran for 255 pages, was a tour-de-force of mathematics and inspired intense effort to classify finite simple groups. This book presents a revision and expansion of the first half of the proof of the Feit-Thompson theorem. Simpler, more detailed proofs are provided for some intermediate theorems. Recent results are used to shorten other proofs. The book will make the first half of this remarkable proof accessible to readers familiar with just the rudiments of group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57163/cover/9780521457163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Bankruptcy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic and Legal Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhandari, Jagdeep S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiss, Lawrence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posner, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection is the first comprehensive selection of readings focusing on corporate bankruptcy. Its main purpose is to explore the nature and efficiency of corporate reorganisation using interdisciplinary approaches drawn from law, economics, business, and finance. Substantive areas covered include the role of credit, creditors' implicit bargains, non-bargaining features of bankruptcy, workouts of agreements, alternatives to bankruptcy, and proceedings in countries other than the United States, including the United Kingdom, Europe, and Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57170/cover/9780521457170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457181</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fourier Analysis on Finite Groups and Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terras, Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a friendly introduction to Fourier analysis on finite groups, both commutative and non-commutative. Aimed at students in mathematics, engineering and the physical sciences, it examines the theory of finite groups in a manner that is both accessible to the beginner and suitable for graduate research. With applications in chemistry, error-correcting codes, data analysis, graph theory, number theory and probability, the book presents a concrete approach to abstract group theory through applied examples, pictures and computer experiments.  In the first part, the author parallels the development of Fourier analysis on the real line and the circle, and then moves on to analogues of higher dimensional Euclidean space. The second part emphasizes matrix groups such as the Heisenberg group of upper triangular 2x2 matrices. The book concludes with an introduction to zeta functions on finite graphs via the trace formula.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57187/cover/9780521457187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145719X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145719X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blindness and Children</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Individual Differences Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is a summary and interpretation of the research literature on infants and children with visual impairments. It concludes that many aspects of 'delayed' development are not the result of visual impairment itself, but rather of environmental variables that tend to accompany visual impairment. Thus many of the typical developmental delays may be ameliorated or avoided by the appropriate structuring of the child's experiences. The book is developmentally oriented and treats all of the major areas of child development. The author makes the premise that a truly useful body of knowledge about the development of children with visual impairments must not just characterize normative development, but must account for the factors that are associated with relatively good or poor developmental progress. Existing research literature is searched for evidence of variables that may account for individual differences, particularly variables related to the child's several environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57194/cover/9780521457194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constitutionalism and Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slagstad, Rune</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eleven essays in this volume, supplemented by an editorial introduction, centre around three overlapping problems. First, why would a society want to limit its own sovereign power by imposing constitutional constraints on democratic decision-making? Second, what are the contributions of democracy and constitutions to efficient government? Third, what are the relations among democracy, constitutionalism, and private property? This comprehensive discussion of the problems inherent in constitutional democracy will be of interest to students in a variety of social sciences. It illuminates particularly the current efforts of many countries, especially in Latin America, to establish stable democratic regimes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57217/cover/9780521457217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145722X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145722X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpersonal Comparisons of Well-Being</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume a diverse group of economists, philosophers, political scientists, and psychologists address the problems, principles, and practices involved in comparing the well-being of different individuals. A series of questions lie at the heart of this investigation: What is the relevant concept of well-being for the purposes of comparison? How could the comparisons be carried out for policy purposes? How are such comparisons made now? How do the difficulties involved in these comparisons affect the status of utilitarian theories? This collection constitutes the most advanced and comprehensive treatment of one of the cardinal issues in social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57224/cover/9780521457224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Nature and Existence of God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gale, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been in recent years a plethora of defences of theism from analytical philosophers: Richard Gale's important book is a critical response to these writings. New versions of cosmological, ontological, and religious experience arguments are critically evaluated, along with pragmatic arguments to justify faith on the grounds of its prudential or moral benefits. In considering arguments for and against the existence of God, Gale is able to clarify many important philosophical concepts including exploration, time, free will, personhood, actuality, and the objectivity of experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57231/cover/9780521457231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberalism and the Economic Order</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>339</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the collapse of communist totalitarianism, the countries of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union face political instability and an uncertain economic future. The people of the region are struggling to emulate the success of the West by moving toward Western-style democracy and markets. The essays in this volume address the liberal transition currently underway. Some of them explore the models offered by political theorists to guide the course of reforms. Some discuss obstacles to change posed by existing attitudes, institutions and cultural traditions. Some examine the nature of liberalism itself, and consider whether democratic politics and free-market economics can coexist without undermining one another. Some offer alternatives to specific Western institutions, arguing that in certain cases it would be unwise for the East to follow the West. Addressing the issues from a variety of perspectives, the contributors to this volume offer valuable insights into the nature of liberalism and the problems facing liberal reformers today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57248/cover/9780521457248.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Ethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bernard Williams's remarkable essay on morality confronts the problems of writing moral philosophy, and offers a stimulating alternative to more systematic accounts which seem nevertheless to have left all the important issues somewhere off the page. Williams explains, analyses and distinguishes a number of key positions, from the purely amoral to notions of subjective or relative morality, testing their coherence before going on to explore the nature of 'goodness' in relation to responsibilities and choice, roles, standards, and human nature. The final chapters make a fascinating enquiry into what morality is about, looking beyond happiness to other human aims and ideals. This re-issue of a classic in moral philosophy includes a new foreword by the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57293/cover/9780521457293.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is primarily devoted to the theme 'Imperialism: a useful category of analysis?' and features articles developed from a MAHRO roundtable on imperialism held at the 1992 meeting of the American Historical Association.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on The Sound and the Fury</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polk, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While William Faulkner's The Sound and the Fury met with only limited success when published in 1929, it since has become one of the most popular of Faulkner's novels, serving as a litmus paper upon which critical approaches have tested themselves. In the introduction to this volume Noel Polk traces the critical responses to the novel from the time of its publication to the present day. The essays that follow present contemporary reassessments of The Sound and the Fury from a variety of critical perspectives. Dawn Trouard offers us the women of The Sound and the Fury, reading against the grain of the predominant critical tradition that sees the women through the lens of masculine cultural biases. Donald M. Kartiganer comes to terms with the ways in which the novel simultaneously attracts readers and resists readings. Richard Godden discusses the relationship between incest and miscegenation. Noel Polk examines closely the way Faulkner experiments with language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57347/cover/9780521457347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Merchant Empires</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Long Distance Trade in the Early Modern World 1350-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tracy, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>European dominance of the shipping lanes in the early modern period was a prelude to the great age of European imperial power in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Yet in the present age we can see that the pre-imperial age was in fact more an 'age of partnership' or an 'age of competition' when the West and Asia vied on even terms. The essays in this volume examine, on a global basis, the many different trading empires from the end of the Middle Ages to the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57354/cover/9780521457354.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery and the Rise of the Atlantic System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solow, Barbara L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The inclusion of the New World in the international economy, among the most important events in modern history, was based on slavery. Europeans brought at least eight million black men, women and children out of Africa to the Western Hemisphere between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries, and slavery transformed the Atlantic into a complex trading area. This trade united North and South America, Europe, and Africa through the movement of peoples, goods and services, credit and capital. The essays in this book place slavery in the mainstream of modern history. They describe the transfer of slavery from the Old World, its role in forging the interdependence of the economies bordering the Atlantic, its effect on the empires of Portugal, the Netherlands, France, and Great Britain, and its impact on Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57378/cover/9780521457378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940425</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Savage Within</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social History of British Anthropology, 1885-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuklick, Henrika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Considering the anthropological ideas current in Britain between 1885 and 1945, this book explores the relationship between social scientific ideas and behaviour. Professor Kuklick shows how the descriptions British anthropologists produced about the peoples of exotic culture can be translated into commentaries on their own society. Read as such, the anthropology of the period covered by the book represents an appeal for a society that rewards individuals on the basis of talent and achievement, not inherited status; a brief for the welfare state, which is obliged to care for those whom circumstances have prevented from taking care of themselves; and a plea for tolerance of cultural diversity based on observation of a range of ways of life that satisfy human needs and desires. The book also shows how anthropological insight informed consideration of specific problems: e.g. womens' rights, the Irish problem and colonisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57392/cover/9780521457392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complexity: Knots, Colourings and Countings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Welsh, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These notes are based on a series of lectures given at the Advanced Research Institute of Discrete Applied Mathematics held at Rutgers University. Their aim is to link together algorithmic problems arising in knot theory, statistical physics and classical combinatorics. Apart from the theory of computational complexity concerned with enumeration problems, introductions are given to several of the topics treated, such as combinatorial knot theory, randomised approximation algorithms, percolation and random cluster models. To researchers in discrete mathematics, computer science and statistical physics, this book will be of great interest, but any non-expert should find it an appealing guide to a very active area of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57408/cover/9780521457408.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African Art in Transit</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Christopher B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AFTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African Art in Transit is an absorbing account of the commodification and circulation of African art objects in the international art market. Christopher Steiner's analysis of the role of the African middleman in linking those who produce and supply works of art in Africa with those who buy and collect so-called 'primitive' art in Europe and America is based on extensive field research among the art traders in C&#244;te d'Ivoire. Steiner provides a lucid interpretation which reveals not only a complex economic network with its own internal logic and rules, but also an elaborate process of transcultural valuation and exchange. By focusing directly on the intermediaries in the African art trade, he unveils a critical new perspective on how symbolic codes and economic values are mediated in the context of shifting geographic and cultural domains. He questions conventional definitions of authenticity in African art by demonstrating how the categories 'authentic' and 'traditional' are continually redefined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57521/cover/9780521457521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Deals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business, Labor, and Politics in America, 1920-1935</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first major reinterpretation of the New Deal in thirty years. Employing archival research and insights from history, political sociology, and economics, the author reassesses the origins and premises of the industrial, labour, and welfare policies of the 1920s and 1930s. Gordon argues that the labour and welfare law of the latter New Deal - indeed the origins of the modern welfare state - grew from a piecemeal private response to the competitive instability of the 1920s. This study is both an economic history of the interwar era, and an examination of the relationship between political and economic power in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57552/cover/9780521457552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Traditions of International Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nardin, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mapel, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of how different ethical traditions deal with the central moral problems of international affairs. Using the organising concept of a tradition, it shows that ethics offers many different languages for moral debate rather than a set of unified doctrines. Each chapter describes the central concepts, premises, vocabulary and history of a particular tradition and explains how that tradition has dealt with a set of recurring ethical issues in international relations. Such issues include national self-determination, the use of force in armed intervention or nuclear deterrence, and global distributive justice. Written by leading specialists in the US and UK, this book treats the subject of international ethics in an encyclopaedic way. It allows readers to identify internal tensions within, as well as points of agreement and disagreement between, a wide variety of traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57576/cover/9780521457576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planetary Overload</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Global Environmental Change and the Health of the Human Species</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMichael, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The human species faces many threats to its health - perhaps to its survival. Taking an interesting perspective, Planetary Overload forcefully points out the consequences to human health of ongoing degradation of Earth's ecosystems. In a broad-based, accessible analysis, A. J. McMichael examines ecological disruptions - land degradation, ozone depletion, temperature increases, and loss of genetic diversity through the extinction of species, among others - and compellingly demonstrates their potentially disastrous results, including food shortages, new and intensified disease patterns, rising seas, mass refugee problems, and cancers, blindness, and immune suppression from increased ultraviolet radiation. While other books on the subject analyse only the environmental impact of these problems, McMichael relates each of these insidious processes back to its ultimate impact on human health. He thoroughly considers these problems within a broad evolutionary, biological, social, and economic context, and also explores the underlying problems contributing to environmental breakdown, especially the relations between the world's rich and poor. This book will be of interest to environmentalists, public health professionals, policy makers, environmental studies and human ecology scholars, and anyone wishing a lucid, rational assessment of today's pressing ecological concerns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57590/cover/9780521457590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managerial Dilemmas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Hierarchy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Gary J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In organisation theory a schism has developed between the traditional organisational behaviour literature, based in psychology, sociology and political science, and the more analytically rigorous field of organisational economics. The former stresses the importance of managerial leadership and cooperation among employees, while the latter focuses on the engineering of incentive systems that will induce efficiency and profitability, by rewarding worker self-interest. In this innovative book, Gary Miller bridges the gap between these literatures. He demonstrates that it is impossible to design an incentive system based on self-interest that will effectively discipline all subordinates and superiors and obviate or overcome the roles of political conflict, collective action, and leadership in an organisation. Applying game theory to the analysis of the roles of cooperation and political leadership in organisational hierarchies, he concludes that the organisation whose managers can inspire cooperation and the transcendence of short-term interest in its employees enjoys a competitive advantage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57699/cover/9780521457699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145770X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145770X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Transformation of the Soviet Union, 1913-1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheatcroft, S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an ideal text for students studying a key period of Soviet economic history. It brings together and makes available in textbook form the results of the latest research on Soviet industrialisation, using a vast amount of primary evidence, and the methods of quantitative economic analysis. Leading scholars in the field analyse the Soviet economy sector by sector, from agriculture to defence and technology, and look at the key indicators of economic health over the period: employment, national income, exports, and population trends. The book concludes with two chapters comparing the Russian economy at war under tsarism and communism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57705/cover/9780521457705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521457718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521457718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521457712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Popular Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England 1750-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In l750, half the population were unable to sign their names; by l9l4 England, together with a handful of advanced Western countries, had for the first time in history achieved a nominally literate society. This book seeks to understand how and why literacy spread into every corner of English society, and what impact it had on the lives and minds of the common people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57712/cover/9780521457712.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamb, Horace</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caflisch, Russ</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>6</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>768</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reissue of the classic 1932 edition of Lamb's Hydrodynamics is an indication of the lasting value of the work. Constantly in use since its first publication in 1892, this book is the definitive reference work for all fluid dynamicists. The new foreword by Professor R. Caflisch highlights the prominence of this treatise in the field and outlines the development of fluid mechanics that led to its publication. He also resolves possible conflicts with modern notation. Despite the rapid pace of research in modern fluid mechanics study and the advent of high-speed computers, Lamb's work remains a relevant, timeless classic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58689/cover/9780521458689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wavelets and Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salinger, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last two years, wavelet methods have shown themselves to be of considerable use to harmonic analysts and, in particular, advances have been made concerning their applications. The strength of wavelet methods lies in their ability to describe local phenomena more accurately than a traditional expansion in sines and cosines can. Thus, wavelets are ideal in many fields where an approach to transient behaviour is needed, for example, in considering acoustic or seismic signals, or in image processing. Yves Meyer stands the theory of wavelets firmly upon solid ground by basing his book on the fundamental work of Calder&#243;n, Zygmund and their collaborators. For anyone who would like an introduction to wavelets, this book will prove to be a necessary purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58696/cover/9780521458696.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sea Loads on Ships and Offshore Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faltinsen, O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRLD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the theory of the structural loading on ships and offshore structures caused by wind, waves and currents, and goes on to describe the applications of this theory in terms of real structures. The main topics described are linear-wave induced motions, loads on floating structures, numerical methods for ascertaining wave induced motions and loads, viscous wave loads and damping, station-keeping and water impact and entry. The applications of the theoretical principles are introduced with extensive use of exercises and examples. Applications covered include conventional ships, barges, high speed marine vehicles, semisubmersibles, tension leg platforms, moored or dynamic positioned ships, risers, buoys, fishing nets, jacket structures and gravity platforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58702/cover/9780521458702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Retreat of Scientific Racism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Concepts of Race in Britain and the United States between the World Wars</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barkan, Elazar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fascinating study in the sociology of knowledge documents the refutation of scientific foundations for racism in Britain and the United States between the two World Wars, when racial differences were no longer attributed to cultural factors. Professor Barkan considers the social significance of this transformation, particularly its effect on race relations in the modern world. Discussing the work of the leading biologists and anthropologists who wrote between the wars, he argues that the impetus for the shift in ideologies came from the inclusion of outsiders (women, Jews, and leftists) who infused greater egalitarianism into scientific discourse. But even though the emerging view of race was constrained by a scientific language, he shows that modern theorists were as much influenced by social and political events as were their predecessors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58757/cover/9780521458757.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia and the New States of Eurasia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Upheaval</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>457</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The old order of stable political alignments within and between the Soviet republics and their nationalities disintegrated with the collapse of the Soviet Union. Russia and the fourteen new states on its borders must now deal with a new and unpredictable international environment even as they struggle with political and economic chaos at home. Russia and the New States of Eurasia focuses on the central role of Russia in this new world and surveys the possibilities for future alignments both among the new states, and between the new states and their neighbours. It identifies the key issues and relationships which will determine the long-term economic growth and political stability of this vast and vital region, and will prove essential reading for students, scholars and policy-makers concerned with the future of the former Soviet Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58955/cover/9780521458955.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145896X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145896X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Gorbachev</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dramatic and confusing changes in what used to be the Soviet Union have transformed the world in which we live. Communist rule has given way to multiparty politics; a command economy is being painfully privatised; almost every social and cultural value has been overturned; and perestroika has now been swept away by the reforming policies of Boris Yeltsin. In turn, these policies are now challenged by a variety of conservative and nationalist forces. This fourth edition of Stephen White's best-selling introductory text has been revised throughout. A new final chapter charts the first turbulent years of Yeltsin's troubled presidency and the background to his radical policies. Clearly written but detailed and authoritative, After Gorbachev, like its predecessors, will continue to provide an unrivalled guide to the processes of transition, upheaval, and collapse which now characterise Russia and the post-Soviet republics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58962/cover/9780521458962.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Graph Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biggs, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a substantial revision of a much-quoted monograph, first published in 1974. The structure is unchanged, but the text has been clarified and the notation brought into line with current practice. A large number of 'Additional Results' are included at the end of each chapter, thereby covering most of the major advances in the last twenty years. Professor Biggs' basic aim remains to express properties of graphs in algebraic terms, then to deduce theorems about them. In the first part, he tackles the applications of linear algebra and matrix theory to the study of graphs; algebraic constructions such as adjacency matrix and the incidence matrix and their applications are discussed in depth. There follows an extensive account of the theory of chromatic polynomials, a subject which has strong links with the 'interaction models' studied in theoretical physics, and the theory of knots. The last part deals with symmetry and regularity properties. Here there are important connections with other branches of algebraic combinatorics and group theory. This new and enlarged edition this will be essential reading for a wide range of mathematicians, computer scientists and theoretical physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58979/cover/9780521458979.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Observer's Guide to Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, Storm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>569</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can you find new minor planets, comets and novae? How can you use photoelectric detectors to derive the temperatures of stars? And how can you predict future eclipses and occultations of stars by minor planets? The questions asked by serious amateur astronomers are answered in this authoritative and wide-ranging guide. For each topic, sound practical methods of observation and the scientific background are given to lead you to better observations. Guidelines also show you how to record and catalogue your observations using the recognised professional terminology and classification schemes. From the simplest pencil drawings of the moon to observations of the most distant galaxies with state-of-the-art CCD cameras and photoelectric photometers, this guide is packed with practical tips for all types of amateur observations. It will develop the observational skills of the keen novice and satisfy the more demanding needs of the experienced amateur astronomer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58986/cover/9780521458986.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521458994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521458994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521458993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Shadow of the Dinosaurs</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Mesozoic Tetrapods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521458993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraser, Nicholas C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sues, Hans-Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>445</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early Mesozoic period was a critical period in the evolution of life on land when most of today's major groups of terrestrial vertebrates arose and dinosaurs and pterosaurs rose to prominence. In recent years this period has received a great deal of attention from palaeontologists, and it is now felt that the small vertebrates which lived in the shadows of the first dinosaurs tell us a great deal about the evolution of modern terrestrial ecosystems. This book is the first attempt to collate all the information on the small vertebrates and features contributions by experts with international reputations in their fields. There are chapters on the taxonomy and phylogeny of the key vertebrate groups, followed by a section dealing with the most significant fossiliferous assemblages worldwide. The final section looks at how faunal turnover at this time is measured and examines the possibility of mass extinctions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/58993/cover/9780521458993.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vertebrate Paleontological Techniques</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiggi, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>May, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horner, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume fulfils a long standing need of vertebrate palaeontologists, whether they be amateurs attending their first excavation, or preparators and curators, for a book that describes and explains modern palaeontological techniques and practice. The authors of this volume are all exceptional technicians in their field and the book covers everything from field specimen collecting, through conservation methods, chemical preparation, moulding, casting and painting, and mounting of vertebrate skeletons, to the final chapter devoted to the use of CT scans and X-ray methods. This book aims to describe modern preparatory techniques and skills that have usually only been passed down by example and demonstration, and that until now have rarely been standardized or put down in print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59006/cover/9780521459006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145901X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145901X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Curves over Finite Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moreno, Carlos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this Tract Professor Moreno develops the theory of algebraic curves over finite fields, their zeta and L-functions, and, for the first time, the theory of algebraic geometric Goppa codes on algebraic curves. Amongst the applications considered are: the problem of counting the number of solutions of equations over finite fields; Bombieri's proof of the Reimann hypothesis for function fields, with consequences for the estimation of exponential sums in one variable; Goppa's theory of error-correcting codes constructed from linear systems on algebraic curves. There is also a new proof of the Tsfasman-Vladut-Zink theorem. The prerequisites needed to follow this book are few, and it can be used for graduate courses for mathematics students. Electrical engineers who need to understand the modern developments in the theory of error-correcting codes will also benefit from studying this work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59013/cover/9780521459013.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Structures of Accumulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Growth and Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kotz, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonough, Terrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reich, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The social structure of accumulation (SSA) approach seeks to explain the long-term fortunes of capitalist economies in terms of the effect of political and economic institutions on growth rates. This book offers an ideal introduction to this powerful tool for understanding capitalist growth, analysing the social and economic differences between countries and the reasons for the successes and failures of institutional reform. The contributors cover a wide range of topics, including the theoretical basis of the SSA approach, the postwar financial system, Marxian and Keynesian theories of economic crisis, labour-management relations, race and gender issues, and the history of institutional innovation. Combining newly written essays with classic articles of the SSA school, the book examines the international economy and the economies of Japan, South Africa, and Puerto Rico, as well as the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59044/cover/9780521459044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459060</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to William James</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Putnam, Ruth Anna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William James (1842-1910) was both a philosopher and a psychologist, nowadays most closely associated with the pragmatic theory of truth. The essays in this Companion deal with the full range of his thought as well as other issues, including technical philosophical issues, religious speculation, moral philosophy and political controversies of his time. The relationship between James and other philosophers of his time, as well as his brother Henry, are also examined. By placing James in his intellectual landscape the volume will be particularly useful to teachers and students outside philosophy in such areas as religious studies, history of ideas, and American studies. New readers and nonspecialists will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to James currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of James.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59068/cover/9780521459068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fullerenes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Horizons for the Chemistry, Physics and Astrophysics of Carbon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kroto, H. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walton, D. R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1985, Buckminsterfullerene (fullerene-60) C60 was discovered serendipitously during graphite laser vaporisation experiments designed to simulate the chemistry in a red giant carbon star. The molecule was isolated for the first time in macroscopic amounts in 1990, a breakthrough which triggered an explosion of research into its chemical and physical properties. The fullerenes hold great potential for material science applications, such as semiconductors and microscopic engineering, and as new compounds for pharmaceuticals, polymers and the chemical industry. In October 1992, a Discussion Meeting of the Royal Society entitled A Post-Buckminsterfullerene View of the Chemistry, Physics and Astrophysics of Carbon, organised by H. W. Kroto, A. L. Makay, G. Turner and D. R. M. Walton, was held to celebrate this exciting advance. The scientists who played key roles in the discovery and who are currently uncovering fascinating problems and the implications of this elegant molecule presented the papers published in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59174/cover/9780521459174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Right Discourse on Race and Sexuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain, 1968-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Anna Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first book in the Cultural Margins series is a ground-breaking study of racism and homophobia in British politics, which demonstrates the demonisation of blacks, lesbians, and gays in New Right discourse. Anna Marie Smith develops theoretical insights from literary and cultural critics, including Nietzsche, Foucault, Derrida, Hall, and Gilroy, to produce detailed readings of two key moments in New Right discourse: the speeches of Enoch Powell on black immigration (1968-72) and the legislative campaign of the late 1980s to prohibit the promotion of homosexuality. Her analysis challenges the silence on racism and homophobia in previous studies of Thatcherism and the New Right, and shows how demonisation of lesbians and gays depends on previous demonisations of black immigrant and criminal figures. Overall, this book offers a devastating critique of racism and homophobia in late twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59211/cover/9780521459211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Linguistics and Language Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lass, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language change happens in the spatio-temporal world. Historical linguistics is the craft linguists exercise upon its results, in order to tell coherent stories about it. In a series of linked essays Roger Lass offers a critical survey of the foundations of the art of historical linguistics, and its interaction with its subject matter, language change. He takes as his background some of the major philosophical issues which arise from these considerations, such as ontology, realism and conventionalism, and explanation. Along the way he poses such questions as: where does our data come from; how trustworthy is it; what is the empirical basis for the reconstructive techniques we standardly take as yielding facts; and how much does the historian create data rather than receiving it? The paradoxical conclusion is that our historiographical methods are often better than the data they have to work with.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59242/cover/9780521459242.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Literary Hermeneutics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szondi, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodmansee, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinsheimer, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Szondi is widely regarded as being among the most distinguished post-war literary critics. This first English edition of one of his most lucid and interesting series of lectures opens up his work in hermeneutics for English-speaking readers. The question of what is involved in understanding a text occupied Biblical and legal scholars long before it became a concern of literary critics. Peter Szondi here traces the development of hermeneutics through examination of the work of eighteenth-century German scholars. Ordinarily treated only as prefigurations of Schleiermacher, the work of Enlightenment theorists Johann Martin Chladenius, George Friedrich Meier, and Friedrich Ast yields valuable insight into the 'material theory' of interpretation, on which a practical interpretive methodology might be built.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59310/cover/9780521459310.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145932X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145932X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish Republic at War 1936-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and comprehensive analysis of the forces of the Spanish left - interpreted broadly - during the civil war of 1936-9, and the first of its kind for more than thirty years. The book argues two crucial propositions. First, that the wartime responses (and limitations) of the Spanish left - republicans, socialists, communists and anarcho-syndicalists - can be understood only in relation to their pre-war experiences, world views, organisational structures and the wider Spanish context of acute uneven development which had moulded their organisations over previous decades. Second, that the overarching influence that shaped the evolution of the Republic between 1936 and 1939 was the war itself: the book explores the complex, cumulative effects of a civil war fought under the brutally destabilising conditions of an international arms embargo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59327/cover/9780521459327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052145946X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052145946X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine and Moral Reasoning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulford, K. W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillett, Grant</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soskice, Janet Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection examines prevalent assumptions in moral reasoning which are often accepted uncritically in medical ethics. It introduces a range of perspectives from philosophy and medicine on the nature of moral reasoning and relates these to illustrative problems, such as New Reproductive Technologies, the treatment of sick children, the assessment of quality of life, genetics, involuntary psychiatric treatment and abortion. In each case, the contributors address the nature and worth of the moral theories involved in discussions of the relevant issues, and focus on the types of reasoning which are employed. 'Medical ethics is in danger of becoming a subject kept afloat by a series of platitudes about respect for persons or the importance of autonomy. This book is a bold and imaginative attempt to break away from such rhetoric into genuine informative dialogue between philosophers and doctors, with no search after consensus.'  Mary Warnock</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rembrandt's 'Bathsheba Reading King David's Letter'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Ann Jensen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rembrandt's masterful Bathsheba Reading King David's Letter is unusual both as a history painting and as a portrayal of a nude. Instead of displaying a sumptuous body for the viewer's delectation, Bathsheba elicits our empathy. This collection of essays by seven leading Rembrandt scholars examines its qualities from perspectives ranging from changing perceptions of female beauty and the nude, technical analysis, and biographical and psychological analysis of the artist, the subject, and the viewer. The juxtaposition of these different approaches to a single work highlights how both the artist and his art are constructed through the questions we ask, and facilitates a comparison of some of the different approaches practiced by art historians today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59860/cover/9780521459860.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis Diplomacy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Great Powers since the Mid-Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although much has been written on international crises, the literature suffers from a lack of historical depth, and a proliferation of competing theoretical frameworks. Through case studies drawing on the rich historical experience of crisis diplomacy, James Richardson offers an integrated analysis based on a critical assessment of the main theoretical approaches. Due weight is given to systemic and structural factors, but also to the specific historical factors of each case, and to theories which do not presuppose rationality as well as those which do. Crisis diplomacy the major political choices made by decision makers, and their strategies, judgments and misjudgments - is found to play a crucial role in each of the case studies. This broad historical inquiry is especially timely when the ending of the Cold War has removed the settled parameters within which the superpowers conducted their crisis diplomacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59877/cover/9780521459877.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medical Practitioner's Guide to Paediatric Audiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCormick, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a handy reference guide for medical practitioners who do not have specialist knowledge in paediatric audiology but who, nevertheless, will encounter many cases with mild hearing impairment in childhood, and occasional cases with more severe hearing problems. The test procedures used to assess the presence, type, nature and degree of hearing impairment are described with guidance on how to interpret the information provided in audiological reports. A book of this nature is long overdue and its presence is very timely given the appearance of various publications outlining requirements for improved quality and more effective service provision for hearing impaired children. The early detection of hearing problems is of fundamental importance in childhood and the medical practitioner has a central and active role in this process. Guidance on what practitioners can and should do is given in the text together with the answers to many questions which parents bring to the surgery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59884/cover/9780521459884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Friendship in the Classical World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Konstan, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book - the only history of friendship in classical antiquity that exists in English - examines the nature of friendship in Greece and Rome from Homer to the Christian Roman Empire of the fourth century AD. Friendship is conceived of as a voluntary and loving relationship, but there are major shifts in emphasis from the bonding among warriors in epic poetry, to the egalitarian ties characteristic of the Athenian democracy, the status-conscious connections in Rome and the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the commitment to a universal love among Christian writers. Friendship is also examined in relation to erotic love and comradeship, for its role in politics and economic life, in philosophical and religious communities, in connection with patronage and the private counsellors of kings, and in respect to women.  Its relation to modern friendship is also fully discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59983/cover/9780521459983.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521459990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521459990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521459990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ergodic Theory and Harmonic Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1993 Alexandria Conference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521459990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Karl E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salama, Ibrahim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ergodic theory is a field that is stimulating on its own, and also in its interactions with other branches of mathematics and science. In recent years, the interchanges with harmonic analysis have been especially noticeable and productive. This book contains survey papers describing the relationship of ergodic theory with convergence, rigidity theory and the theory of joinings. These papers present the background of each area of interaction, the most outstanding results and promising lines of research. They should form perfect starting points for anyone beginning research in one of these areas.  Thirteen related research papers describe the work; several treat questions arising from the Furstenberg multiple recurrence theory, while the remainder deal with convergence and a variety of other topics in dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/59990/cover/9780521459990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Family History to Community History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryce, W. T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WQY</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in a major new initiative in the study of local history, designed to equip students and amateur enthusiasts with a mastery of the basic techniques and concepts required to pursue the subject in depth. From Family History to Community History explores population movements, spatial divisions and social structures in town and countryside, and gives pointers as to the meaning of 'community'. Regional settings, the idea of 'place', and changes over time are also examined, with special attention being paid to the patterns and the processes of all forms of migration. These themes give rise to new research ideas in family and community history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60026/cover/9780521460026.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communities and Families</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golby, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume in a major new initiative in the study of local history, designed to equip students and amateur enthusiasts with a mastery of the basic techniques and concepts required to pursue the subject in depth. Communities and Families opens with a series of case studies of various occupations and goes on to examine social mobility and aspects of community life such as local politics, religion and leisure activities. Suggestions for individual research are provided throughout the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60033/cover/9780521460033.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islamic Society and State Power in Senegal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Disciples and Citizens in Fatick</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villal&#243;n, Leonardo A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Sufi Muslim orders to which the vast majority of Senegalese belong are the most significant institutions of social organization in the country. While studies of Islam and politics have tended to focus on the destabilizing force of religiously based groups, the author argues that in Senegal the orders have been a central component of a political system that has been among the most stable in Africa. Focusing on a regional administrative centre, he combines a detailed account of grassroots politics with an analysis of national and international forces to examine the ways in which the internal dynamics of the orders shape the exercise of power by the Senegalese. This is a major study that should be read by every student of Islam and politics as well as of Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60071/cover/9780521460071.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arguments about Aborigines</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Australia and the Evolution of Social Anthropology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hiatt, L. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the debates which followed the publication of Darwin's book on the origin of species, Australian Aborigines were used as the ideal exemplars of early human forms by European scholars bent on discovering the origins of social institutions. The Aborigines have consequently featured as the crucial case-study for generations of social theorists, including Tylor, Frazer, Durkheim and Freud. Arguments about Aborigines reviews a range of controversies such as family life, religion and ritual, and land rights, which marked the formative period of British social anthropology. Professor Hiatt also examines how changes in Aboriginal practices have affected scholarly debate. This elegant book will provide a valuable introduction to aboriginal ethnography for students, scholars and the general reader. It is also a shrewd and stimulating history of the great debates of anthropology, seen through the prism of Aboriginal studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60088/cover/9780521460088.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews and Revolution in Nineteenth-Century Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haberer, Erich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jews and Revolution in Nineteenth-Century Russia is a carefully researched study of 100 years of Russian-Jewish revolutionary history, exploring the origins and characteristics of Jewish participation in Russian revolutionary politics between 1790 and 1890. Focusing sharply on Jewish motivations and the qualities of Russian Jewish activists, it drastically reverses the traditional historiographical trend of de-Judaising and minimising the role of Jews who joined Russian revolutionary circles, especially during the movement's Populist phase of the 1870s and 1880s. By the same token, it challenges many clich&#233;s and assumptions which have governed conventional wisdom on the radical behaviour of so-called assimilationist 'non-Jewish Jews'. This revisionist approach restores a neglected yet important group of Jews to their rightful place in the historical experience of the Jewish people in Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60095/cover/9780521460095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Secular Buildings in the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Archaeological Gazetteer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>179</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a descriptive gazetteer of all the secular buildings (including industrial sites) known by their surviving remains to have existed within the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem. The site descriptions take the form of brief notes with full bibliographical references and location maps, accompanied in most cases by photographs and drawings. The gazetteer is preceded by an introduction which analyses the range of building types to be found in the Crusader Kingdom and is followed by a supplementary gazetteer listing other sites as 'possibles', 'rejects' or 'don't knows'. This gazetteer has been compiled under the auspices of the British School of Archaeology in Jerusalem and is published as a companion volume to Dr Pringle's three-volume work The Churches of the Crusader Kingdom of Jerusalem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60101/cover/9780521460101.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anti-Mimesis from Plato to Hitchcock</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The material elements of writing have long been undervalued, and have been dismissed by recent historicising trends of criticism; but analysis of these elements - sound, signature, letters - can transform our understanding of literary texts. In this book Tom Cohen shows how, in an era of representational criticism and cultural studies, the role of close reading has been overlooked. Arguing that much recent criticism has been caught in potentially regressive models of representation, Professor Cohen undertakes to counter this by rethinking the 'materiality' of the text itself. Through a series of revealing new readings of the work of writers including Plato, Bakhtin, Poe, Whitman and Conrad, Professor Cohen exposes the limitations of new historicism and neo-pragmatism, and demonstrates how 'the materiality of language' operates to undo the representational models of meaning imposed by the literary canon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60132/cover/9780521460132.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Madrid to Purgatory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art and Craft of Dying in Sixteenth-Century Spain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eire, Carlos M. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reveals the workings of a culture that cherished death, and invested its resources in the pursuit of heaven. In sixteenth-century Spain, the social and economic debts of the living were extended to the dead, and society's central paradigms sought to invert perceptions, making death seem better than life itself. This is the first full-length study of this phenomenon. It differs from previous histories of death in two significant ways: in its methodology, which seeks to interweave social history and intellectual/cultural history; and in its geographical and cultural setting (previous studies have focused on France, Italy, and England). As a history of mentalit&#233;s focused on a subject of universal significance, From Madrid to Purgatory transcends its 'Spanishness' and its time period while being wholly attentive to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60187/cover/9780521460187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wittgenstein's Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wittgenstein's Metaphysics offers an interpretation of the fundamental ideas of Ludwig Wittgenstein. It takes issue with the conventional view that after 1930 Wittgenstein rejected the philosophy of the Tractatus and developed a wholly new conception of philosophy.  By tracing the evolution of Wittgenstein's ideas Cook shows that they are neither as original nor as difficult as is often supposed. Wittgenstein was essentially an empiricist, and the difference between his early views (as set forth in the Tractatus) and the later views (as expounded in the Philosophical Investigations) lies chiefly in the fact that after 1930 he replaced his version of reductionism with something subtler. Nevertheless, he ended where he began, as an empiricist armed with a theory of meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60194/cover/9780521460194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Atlantic Slave Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This survey is a synthesis of the economic, social, cultural and political history of the Atlantic slave trade. It provides the general reader with a basic understanding of the current state of scholarly knowledge of forced African migration and compares this knowledge to popular beliefs. This book makes accessible to academic readers an arcane and complex subject, but it also appeals to a much wider audience of lay readers who wish to broaden their knowledge of world history. The book examines the four hundred years of the Atlantic slave trade, covering the West and East African experiences, as well as all the American colonies and republics that obtained slaves from Africa. It outlines both the common features of this trade and the local differences that developed. It discusses the slave trade's economics, politics, demographic impact, and cultural implications in Africa and America. Finally, it places the slave trade in the context of world trade and examines the role it played in the growing relationship between Asia, Africa, Europe and America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60200/cover/9780521460200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Search and Destroy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>African-American Males in the Criminal Justice System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jerome G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The war on drugs, begun in the Reagan Administration and presently continuing unabated, has resulted in an explosion in the American prison population. Whether a desired effect of the war or not, this increase has been accounted for by a severely disproportionate number of African-American males. Jerome Miller demonstrates in Search and Destroy that an African-American male between the ages of eighteen and thirty-five has an inordinate likelihood of encountering the criminal justice system at some point during those years. In a wide-ranging survey of blacks and the justice system, Miller notes the presence of bias among police officers, probation officers, courts, and even social scientists whose data form the basis for many policies and social workers whose responsibility is allegedly to members of the underclass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60217/cover/9780521460217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Groups in Three Dimensions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Species Aggregate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrish, Julia K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamner, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the ways in which many animals form groups; for instance, schools of fish, flocks of birds, and swarms of insects. Covering both invertebrate and vertebrate species, the authors investigate three-dimensional animal aggregations from a variety of disciplines, from physics to mathematics to biology. The first section is devoted to the various methods, mainly optical and acoustic, used to collect three-dimensional data over time. The second section focuses on analytical methods used to quantify pattern, group kinetics, and interindividual interactions within the group. The section on behavioural ecology and evolution deals with the functions of aggregative behaviour from the point of view of an inherently selfish individual member. The final section uses models to elucidate how group dynamics at the individual level creates emergent pattern at the level of the group.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60248/cover/9780521460248.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multivalent Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hayman, W. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The class of multivalent functions is an important one in complex analysis. They occur for example in the proof of De Branges' theorem which, in 1985, settled the long-standing Bieberbach conjecture. The second edition of Professor Hayman's celebrated book contains a full and self-contained proof of this result, with a chapter devoted to it. Another chapter deals with coefficient differences. It has been updated in several other ways, with theorems of Baernstein and Pommerenke on univalent functions of restricted growth, and an account of the theory of mean p-valent functions. In addition, many of the original proofs have been simplified. Each chapter contains examples and exercises of varying degrees of difficulty designed both to test understanding and illustrate the material. Consequently it will be useful for graduate students, and essential for specialists in complex function theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60262/cover/9780521460262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146028X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146028X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belief Policies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helm, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we form and modify our beliefs about the world? It is widely accepted that what we believe is determined by evidence, and is therefore not directly under our control; but according to what criteria is the credibility of the evidence established? Professor Helm argues that no theory of knowledge is complete without standards for accepting and rejecting evidence as belief-worthy. These standards, or belief-policies, are not themselves determined by evidence, but determine what counts as credible evidence. Unlike single beliefs, belief-policies are directly subject to the will, and therefore to the possibility of weakness of will and self-deception. Helm sets out to interpret standard epistemological positions in terms of belief-policies, and to illustrate their operation in the history of philosophy. He establishes connections between belief-policies, responsibility for beliefs, and the desirability of toleration, before reassessing fideism in the light of his argument.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60286/cover/9780521460286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pattern and Process in Host-Parasitoid Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Bradford A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How is the staggering biodiversity of the parasitoid insects maintained? This book explores patterns in host-parasitoid interactions, including parasitoid community richness, the importance of parasitoids as mortality factors, and their impact on host densities as determined by the outcomes of parasitoid introductions for biological control. It documents general patterns using data sets generated from the global literature and evaluates potential underlying biological, ecological and evolutionary mechanisms. A theme running throughout the book is the importance of host refuges as a major constraint on host-parasitoid interactions. Much can be learnt from the analysis of broad patterns; a few simple rules can go a long way in explaining the major components of these interactions. This book will be an invaluable resource for researchers interested in community ecology, population biology, entomology and biological control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60293/cover/9780521460293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Cobbett</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nattrass, Leonora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a thoroughgoing literary analysis of William Cobbett as a writer. Leonora Nattrass explores the nature and effect of Cobbett's rhetorical strategies, showing through close examination of a broad selection of his polemical writings (from his early American journalism onwards) the complexity, self-consciousness and skill of his stylistic procedures. Her close readings examine the political implications of Cobbett's style within the broader context of eighteenth-and early nineteenth-century political prose, and argue that his perceived ideological and stylistic flaws - inconsistency, bigotry, egoism and political nostalgia - are in fact rhetorical strategies designed to appeal to a range of usually polarized reading audiences. This re-reading revises a critical concensus that Cobbett is an unselfconscious populist whose writings reflect rather than challenge the ideological paradoxes and problems of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60361/cover/9780521460361.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wind and Trees</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coutts, M. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grace, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Winds over topography and inside forests produce mechanical reactions in trees, and eventually failure in stems and roots when stressed by storms. The mechanics of these reactions and the physiological responses to wind in leaves, stems and root systems, and the important ecological consequences of wind-throw are described in this book. Management techniques of forests in windy climates are detailed, including the use of models predicting risk of wind damage. It is clear that the whole field of wind effects on trees has benefited from recent multi-disciplinary research, and significant advances in knowledge of most parts of the subject have been made in the last decade. This book brings the up-to-date theories, methodologies and results together, and gives the reader a sense of coherence in this complex but fascinating field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60378/cover/9780521460378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Verb in Contemporary English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Description</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aarts, Bas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by some of the leading scholars in the field sheds new light on the verb in English. The central concern of the volume is to illustrate that verbs can only be adequately and properly understood if studied from both a theoretical and descriptive perspective. In part one, theoretical topics are explored: terminological problems of classifying verbs and verb-related elements, the 'determining' properties of verbs, verb complementation, the semantics and pragmatics of verbs and verbal combinations, and the notions of tense, aspect, voice and modality. In part two, computer corpora are used to study various types of verb complements and collocations, to trace the development in English of certain verb forms and to detail the usage of verbs in different varieties and genres of English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60392/cover/9780521460392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isard, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes and evaluates the literature on exchange rate economics. It provides a wide-ranging survey, with background on the history of international monetary regimes and the institutional characteristics of foreign exchange markets, an overview of the development of conceptual and empirical models of exchange rate behavior, and perspectives on the key issues that policymakers confront in deciding whether, and how, to try to stabilize exchange rates. The treatment of most topics is reasonably compact, with extensive references to the literature for those desiring to pursue individual topics further. The level of exposition is relatively easy to comprehend and the chapters are written at a level intelligible to first-year graduate students or advanced undergraduates. The book will enlighten both students and policymakers, and should also serve as a valuable reference for many research economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60477/cover/9780521460477.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theorizing the Moving Image</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A selection of essays written by one of the leading critics of film over the last two decades, this volume examines theoretical aspects of film and television through penetrating analyses of such genres as soap opera, documentary, comedy, and such topics as 'sight gags', film metaphor, point-of-view editing, and movie music. Throughout, individual films are considered in depth. Carroll's essays, moreover, represent the cognitivist turn in film studies, containing in-depth criticism of existing approaches to film theory, and heralding a new approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60491/cover/9780521460491.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Capital Markets and American Economic Growth, 1820-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Lance E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cull, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the capital transfers to the United States in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and, for the latter decades of that period, of the transfers from the United States to the rest of the world - particularly Canada, the Caribbean, Mexico, and Central and South America. It provides a quantitative estimate of the level and industrial composition of those transfers, and qualitative descriptions of the sources and uses of those funds; and it attempts to assess the role of those foreign transfers in the economic development of the recipient economies. In the process, it describes the evolution of the American domestic capital market. Finally, it explores the issue of domestic political response to foreign investment, attempting to explain why the political reaction was so negative and so intense in Latin America and in the American West, but so positive in Canada and the eastern United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60545/cover/9780521460545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Approaches to Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jakes, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>215</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Obsessive-compulsive disorder is currently the subject of considerable research, since recent epidemiological studies have suggested that the condition is more prevalent than was originally believed. This book offers a critical discussion of the most important theories that have been put forward to explain this disorder. The book includes behavioural/learning accounts (and cognitive-behavioural supplements of these), based on Pavlovian personality theories (such as those by Eysenck, Gray and Claridge), Pierre Janet's account, cybernetic approaches, psychodynamic approaches, Reed's 'cognitive-structural' account, and biological approaches. Therapeutic approaches to the disorder are also considered, insofar as they are relevant to these theories. This book is unique in both the comprehensiveness and the depth of its coverage of theories of OCD. It also offers an entirely new approach to the definition of the disorder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60583/cover/9780521460583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>George Eliot's 'Daniel Deronda' Notebooks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eliot, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irwin, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>566</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>George Eliot's notebooks from the years 1872-77 contain memoranda of her reading while she was preparing for and writing Daniel Deronda, together with the 'Oriental Memoranda' and other notes she recorded in the year following the novel's publication. Above all, the notebooks reveal her acquisition of a wide range of learning about Judaism and provide insight into the creative process of integrating that learning into Daniel Deronda. One of these notebooks is published here for the first time; others are offered in new transcriptions. They are all presented in a form which demonstrates the intellectual coherence underlying the diversity of the memoranda: translations are provided for the notes in German, French, Italian, Greek, and Hebrew; explanatory notes are offered, and interpretative links are made to the novel; primary sources are traced and the chronology of Eliot's reading outlined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60644/cover/9780521460644.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Groups in Two-Dimensional Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#243;mez, Cisar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruiz-Altaba, Martm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sierra, German</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>475</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to integrability and conformal field theory in two dimensions using quantum groups. The book begins with a brief introduction to S-matrices, spin chains and vertex models as a prelude to the study of Yang-Baxter algebras and the Bethe ansatz. The basic ideas of integrable systems are then introduced, giving particular emphasis to vertex and face models. Special attention is given to explaining the underlying mathematical tools, including braid groups, knot invariants and towers of algebra. The book then goes on to give a detailed introduction to quantum groups as a prelude to chapters on integrable models, two-dimensional conformal field theories and superconformal field theories. The book contains many diagrams and exercises to illustrate key points in the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60651/cover/9780521460651.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology Transfer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making the Most of Your Intellectual Property</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, Neil F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scientists in the laboratory often fail to take advantage of the commercial exploitation of their research. This is frequently because they simply do not know what to do. Technology Transfer is a careful account of how to start the process of commercialisation of technology, and describes in detail the difficulties, and amount of time needed, to carry the process through to a successful conclusion. This book provides a much needed step by step guide to the commercialisation of research. It addresses three major themes: how to protect your intellectual property, how to develop it commercially via licensing and business 'start up', and how to finance and manage your new company. This book is essential reading for any research scientist whose work has commercial applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60668/cover/9780521460668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prosody in Conversation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interactional Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Couper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Selting, Margret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume are all original contributions dealing in one way or another with the analysis of prosody - primarily intonation and rhythm - and the role it plays in everyday conversation. They take as their methodological starting point the contention that the study of prosody must begin with genuine interactional rather than pre fabricated laboratory data. Through close empirical analysis of recorded material from genuine English, German, and Italian conversations, the prosody emerges here as a strategy deployed by interactants in the management of turn-taking and floor-holding; in the negotiation of conversational activities such as repair, assessments, announcements, reproaches, and news receipts; and in the keying of the tone or modality of interactional sequences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60750/cover/9780521460750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Portuguese Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This vividly written book is the first comprehensive assessment of the origins of the present-day democratic regime in Portugal to be placed in a broad international historical context. It is written with the benefit of a long-term vision of Portuguese history, and it emphasizes the significance of Portugal's new European orientation after centuries of global and oceanic preoccupations. After an account of the collapse of the old regime in 1974, the book studies the complex revolutionary period that followed, and the struggle in Europe and Africa to define the future role of Europe's poorest country. These events also had international repercussions which transformed the balance of forces in southern Africa, following the collapse of Europe's last overseas empire. The consequent actions and reactions of the European powers and the United States are examined, and telling comparisons are also drawn with later developments in Eastern Europe, and with the wider collapse of the communist movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60774/cover/9780521460774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supernovae and Supernova Remnants</TitleText>

<Subtitle>IAU Colloquium 145</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460804</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCray, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, ZhenRu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>449</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dramatic advances in ground-based and space astronomy, together with observations of the serendipitous supernova 1987A, have led to the study of supernovae and supernova remnants becoming one of the most active and rewarding fields in today's astrophysics. To take stock of these exciting developments and to give focus to future research, the International Astronomical Union held a colloquium in Xian, China, for the world's leading experts and this volume gathers together their articles. The articles summarise our knowledge of supernova 1987A and give the first results on supernova 1993J. They not only demonstrate the latest techniques for interpreting spectra and light curves of supernovae, but show how they can be applied to measuring the cosmic distance scale. They also cover recent advances in theories for type I and type II supernovae, and observations and interpretations of supernova remnants. Two appendices provide a unique reference of newly discovered supernovae and supernova remnants. Together these forty review articles provide an up-to-date and wide-ranging review of our understanding of supernovae and supernova remnants for graduate students and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Enlightenment's Fable</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bernard Mandeville and the Discovery of Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460828</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hundert, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The apprehension of society as an aggregation of self-interested individuals, connected only by bonds of envy, competition, and exploitation, is a dominant modern concern, but one first systematically articulated during the European Enlightenment. The Enlightenment's 'Fable' approaches this problem from the perspective of the challenge offered to inherited traditions of morality and social understanding by the Anglo-Dutch physician, satirist and philosopher, Bernard Mandeville. Mandeville's infamous paradoxical maxim 'private vices, public benefits' profoundly disturbed his contemporaries, while his Fable of the Bees had a decisive influence on David Hume, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Adam Smith and Immanuel Kant. Professor Hundert examines the sources and strategies of Mandeville's science of human nature and the role of his ideas in shaping eighteenth century economic, social and moral theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60828/cover/9780521460828.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Early Christian Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayres, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louth, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casiday, Augustine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>566</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The writings of the Church Fathers form a distinct body of literature that shaped the early church and built upon the doctrinal foundations of Christianity established within the New Testament. Christian literature in the period c. 100-c. 400 constitutes one of the most influential textual oeuvres of any religion. Written mainly in Greek, Latin and Syriac, Patristic literature emanated from all parts of the early Christian world and helped to extend its boundaries. The History offers a systematic account of that literature and its setting. The works of individual writers in shaping the various genres of Christian literature is considered, alongside three general essays, covering distinct periods in the development of Christian literature, which survey the social, cultural and doctrinal context within which Christian literature arose and was used by Christians. This is a landmark reference book for scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60835/cover/9780521460835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computing Tomorrow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Future Research Directions in Computer Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wand, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milner, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UBJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1996, this collection of essays by distinguished computer scientists celebrates the achievements of research and speculates about the unsolved problems in computer science that require future investigation. Since the subject stretches from technology in the field, through engineering design to foundations in mathematics, there is a wide variety of concerns and approaches among the authors. The book's purpose is to show that long-term research in computer science is crucial and that it must not be driven solely by commercial considerations. The authors do not shirk the difficult aspects of their topics, but try to expose them in the simplest terms possible without diluting them, in order that the reader can understand the issues involved. Thus the book also represents a broad overview of much of the state of knowledge and future expectations of computer science, illustrating that it is much more than a technology and it is a fully fledged and growing intellectual discipline with its own engineering principles and its own scientific concepts and models. It will be stimulating reading because it represents the views of prominent authorities who have had a significant impact on the direction of innovation, research and development in computer science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60859/cover/9780521460859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mental Health Service Evaluation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knudsen, Helle Charlotte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornicroft, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sartorius, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the emerging international consensus towards community care of the mentally ill, there comes a growing need for meaningful evaluation of services. Redressing the current lack of guidance this book describes how to do mental health service research. It comprehensively reviews the most recent developments in research design, method and measurement at the level of both whole service systems and individual programmes within mental health services. Each of the issues is adeptly illustrated with practical descriptions of comprehensive evaluation projects. The important advances already achieved in knowledge about effective services are highlighted along with descriptions of future work that will further develop our understanding of meeting patient requirements. This volume will appeal to all who are involved in mental health service research as well as those who make use of their results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Finite Fields and their Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lidl, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niederreiter, Harald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of finite fields is a branch of modern algebra that has come to the fore in recent years because of its diverse applications in such areas as combinatorics, coding theory, cryptology and the mathematical study of switching circuits. The first part of this updated edition presents an introduction to this theory, emphasising those aspects that are relevant for application. The second part is devoted to a discussion of the most important applications of finite fields, especially to information theory, algebraic coding theory and cryptology. There is also a chapter on applications within mathematics, such as finite geometries, combinatorics and pseudo-random sequences. The book is meant to be used as a textbook: worked examples and copious exercises that range from the routine, to those giving alternative proofs of key theorems, to extensions of material covered in the text, are provided throughout. It will appeal to advanced undergraduates and graduate students taking courses on topics in algebra, whether they have backgrounds in mathematics, electrical engineering or computer science. Non-specialists will also find this a readily accessible introduction to an active and increasingly important subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60941/cover/9780521460941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521460964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521460964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521460965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insider Lending</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Banks, Personal Connections, and Economic Development in Industrial New England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521460965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamoreaux, Naomi R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today the term insider lending conveys an aura of abuse and corruption, of unethical, if not illegal, behaviour. In early nineteenth-century New England, however, insider lending was an integral aspect of the banking system. Not only was the practice an accepted fact of economic life, but, as Naomi R. Lamoreaux argues, it enabled banks (at least in this particular historical context) to play an important role in financing economic development. As the banking system evolved over the course of the century, however, lending practices became more impersonal and professional. Ironically, the information problems banks faced when they began to conduct more and more of their business at arm's length forced them to concentrate on providing short-term loans to commercial borrowers and to give up financing economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/60965/cover/9780521460965.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Substance among Other Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoffman, Joshua</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenkrantz, Gary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book revives a neglected but important topic in philosophy: the nature of substance. The belief that there are individual substances, for example, material objects and persons, is at the core of our common-sense view of the world yet many metaphysicians deny the very coherence of the concept of substance. The authors develop an account of what an individual substance is in terms of independence from other beings. In the process many other important ontological categories are explored: property, event, space, time. The authors show why alternative theories of substance fail, and go on to defend the intelligibility (though not the existence) of interacting spiritual and material substances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61016/cover/9780521461016.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uniform Central Limit Theorems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dudley, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how the central limit theorem for independent, identically distributed random variables with values in general, multidimensional spaces, holds uniformly over some large classes of functions. The author, an acknowledged expert, gives a thorough treatment of the subject, including several topics not found in any previous book, such as the Fernique-Talagrand majorizing measure theorem for Gaussian processes, an extended treatment of Vapnik-Chervonenkis combinatorics, the Ossiander L2 bracketing central limit theorem, the Gin&#233;-Zinn bootstrap central limit theorem in probability, the Bronstein theorem on approximation of convex sets, and the Shor theorem on rates of convergence over lower layers. Other results of Talagrand and others are surveyed without proofs in separate sections. Problems are included at the end of each chapter so the book can be used as an advanced text. The book will interest mathematicians working in probability, mathematical statisticians and computer scientists working in computer learning theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61023/cover/9780521461023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Realist Painting and the Critique of American Society, 1865-1900</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meixner, Laura L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines public reception of contemporary French painting in post-Civil War American society and demonstrates how a variety of audiences, from small capitalists to workers, used foreign images to politicise their claims to cultural lives. Analysed from class and regional perspectives, popular responses to Realist and Impressionist painting, recorded in the daily press and radical journals, are shown to articulate conflicting attitudes toward equality and doubts about the fate of democracy in an industrialised society. At another level, French genre and landscape, which had been associated with the 1848 Revolution and the rise of the Third Republic, also provoked American thinkers to reassess their national culture and reconceptualise definitions of democratic art. The methods of art history, reception theory, and social history merge in this study to explain how Americans came to see themselves in foreign art, and how the public gave these images meanings independent of official art criticism and their original French contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61030/cover/9780521461030.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divine Will and the Mechanical Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gassendi and Descartes on Contingency and Necessity in the Created World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osler, Margaret J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the influence of varying theological conceptions of contingency and necessity on two versions of the mechanical philosophy in the seventeenth century. Pierre Gassendi (1592-1655) and Ren&#233; Descartes (1596-1650) both believed that all natural phenomena could be explained in terms of matter and motion alone. They disagreed about the details of their mechanical accounts of the world, in particular about their theories of matter and their approaches to scientific method. This book traces their differences back to theological presuppositions they inherited from the Middle Ages. Theological ideas were transformed into philosophical and scientific ideas which led to the emergence of different styles of science in the second half of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61047/cover/9780521461047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semimodular Lattices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Semimodular Lattices: Theory and Applications Manfred Stern uses successive generalizations of distributive and modular lattices to outline the development of semimodular lattices from Boolean algebras. He focuses on the important theory of semimodularity, its many ramifications, and its applications in discrete mathematics, combinatorics, and algebra. The book surveys and analyzes Garrett Birkhoff's concept of semimodularity and the various related concepts in lattice theory, and it presents theoretical results as well as applications in discrete mathematics group theory and universal algebra. The author also deals with lattices that are 'close' to semimodularity or can be combined with semimodularity, e.g. supersolvable, admissible, consistent, strong, and balanced lattices. Researchers in lattice theory, discrete mathematics, combinatorics, and algebra will find this book invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61054/cover/9780521461054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Perspectives on the American Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Readings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whaples, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betts, Dianne C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>650</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A student reader of the key topics in American economic history. The readings are organised chronologically and thematically, covering such topics as: the colonial and early national economy, slavery and indentured servitude, the South since the Civil War, the origins of American industrial success, the causes of farm protest in the late nineteenth century, the role of women in the economy, and the Great Depression. Introductions add context, provide critical questions about the arguments and evidence, note important subsequent works, and suggest additional readings. Also included are a glossary and an appendix that provides a clear, simple introduction to regression analysis, needed to read the increasingly technical 'cliometric' articles in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61078/cover/9780521461078.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Policy and Interdependence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from the Pacific Basin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glick, Reuven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchison, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>389</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why countries choose different exchange rate arrangements and how these arrangements affect domestic monetary policy control and macroeconomic stability are questions of substantial interest to policy makers and researchers alike. The countries of the Pacific Basin region offer a wide variety of examples for the comparative study of the implications of different exchange rate arrangements. The essays in this volume examine the degree of financial interdependence and the conduct of exchange rate and monetary policy among Pacific Basin countries. The essays address four broad issues:  one, the degree of regional financial market integration in the Pacific Basin, two, the implications of choosing different exchange rate regimes for domestic macroeconomic stability, three, the effect of exchange rate intervention policy on the conduct of domestic monetary policy, and four, the prospects for a yen currency bloc. Some of the essays focus on the national experience of specific countries in the Pacific Basin; others adopt a cross-country comparison approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61108/cover/9780521461108.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autoimmune Neurological Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pender, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCombe, Pamela A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date and critical overview of the immunological aspects of autoimmune neurological disease. These diseases include common conditions such as multiple sclerosis, the Guillain-Barre syndrome and myasthenia gravis. The introductory chapters on antigen recognition and self-nonself recognition, and neuroimmunology, are followed by chapters on specific diseases. These are presented in a standardised format with sections on clinical features, genetics, neuropathology, pathophysiology, immunology and therapy. Each chapter has a concluding section which summarises key points and suggests directions for future research. Animal models of autoimmune neurological disease are also covered in detail because of their importance in understanding the human diseases. The book is suitable for clinicians and neurologists managing patients with these diseases, and for immunologists, neuroscientists and neurologists investigating the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of these disorders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61139/cover/9780521461139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Potential Theory in the Complex Plane</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ransford, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Potential theory is the broad area of mathematical analysis encompassing such topics as harmonic and subharmonic functions, the Dirichlet problem, harmonic measure, Green's functions, potentials and capacity. This is an introduction to the subject suitable for beginning graduate students, concentrating on the important case of two dimensions. This permits a simpler treatment than other books, yet is still sufficient for a wide range of applications to complex analysis; these include Picard's theorem, the Phragm&#233;n-Lindel&#246;f principle, the Koebe one-quarter mapping theorem and a sharp quantitative form of Runge's theorem. In addition there is a chapter on connections with functional analysis and dynamical systems, which shows how the theory can be applied to other parts of mathematics, and gives a flavour of some recent research. Exercises are provided throughout, enabling the book to be used with advanced courses on complex analysis or potential theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61207/cover/9780521461207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life and Legacy of G. I. Taylor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>G. I. Taylor was one of the most distinguished physical scientists of this century, using his deep insight and originality and mathematical skill to increase greatly our understanding of phenomena such as the turbulent flow of fluids. His interest in the science of fluid flow was not confined to theory; he was one of the early pioneers of aeronautics, and designed a new type of anchor, now widely used in small boats throughout the world, that came about through his passion for sailing. Taylor spent most of his working life in the Cavendish Laboratory in Cambridge, where he investigated the mechanics of fluid and solid materials; his discoveries and ideas have had application throughout mechanical, civil and chemical  engineering, meteorology, oceanography and material science. He was also a noted research leader, and his group in Cambridge became one of the most  productive  centres for the study of fluid mechanics. How was Taylor able to be innovative in so many different ways? This interesting and unusual mix of science and biography helps us to answer that question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61214/cover/9780521461214.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Englishness and the Study of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social and Political Thought of Ernest Barker</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stapleton, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The definition of 'Englishness' has become the subject of considerable debate, and in this important contribution to Ideas in Context, Julia Stapleton looks at the work of one of the most wide-ranging and influential theorists of the English nation, Ernest Barker. The first holder of the Chair of Political Science at Cambridge, Barker wrote prolifically on the history of political thought and contemporary political theory, and his writings are notable for fusing three of the dominant strands of late nineteenth- and earlytwentieth-century political thought, Whiggism, Idealism and Pluralism. Infused with a strong cultural sense of nationhood, Barker's writings influenced a broad non academic audience, and their subsequent neglect graphically demonstrates the fate of a certain vision of Liberal England in the generation after World War One. With, however, the erosion of a particular sense of Englishness, Barker's ideas have begun to assume renewed resonance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61252/cover/9780521461252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women under the Bo Tree</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Buddhist nuns in Sri Lanka</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartholomeusz, Tessa J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Women under the Bo Tree examines the tradition of female world-renunciation in Buddhist Sri Lanka. The study is textual, historical and anthropological, and links ancient tradition with contemporary practice. Tessa Bartholomeusz utilizes data based on her field experiences in many contemporary cloisters of Sri Lanka, and on original archival research. She explores the history of the re-emergence of Buddhist female renouncers in the late nineteenth century after a hiatus of several hundred years; the reasons why women renounce; the variety of expressions of female world-renunciation; and, above all, attitudes about women and monasticism that have either prohibited women from renouncing or have encouraged them to do so. One of the most striking discoveries of the study is that the fortunes of Buddhist female renouncers is tied to the fortunes of Buddhism in Sri Lanka more generally, and to perceived notions of Sri Lanka as the caretaker of Buddhism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61290/cover/9780521461290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fetal Therapy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Invasive and Transplacental</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisk, Nicholas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moise, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liggins, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>385</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJTF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative international text on fetal therapy is the first to cover all three classes of fetal therapy in one book: transplacental drug treatment, invasive procedures, and fetal surgery. It emphasises treatments which have become established in clinical practice in this rapidly developing field, as well as reviewing those that have failed to live up to initial expectation, and discusses the likely impact of new therapies on the horizon. The editors head a team of American, European and Australasian authors, all of whom are leading experts in their respective fields. The text is authoritative, evidence based, and balanced, finding the common ground between the opposing camps of 'enthusiasts' and 'therapeutic nihilists'. It will be an essential source of reference for all those involved in the care of the unborn child, and particularly for obstetricians training in fetal medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Solar and Planetary Dynamos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Proctor, M. R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>389</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamo theory, the study of the generation and maintenance of magnetic fields by fluid motions, is important in many areas of physics, ranging from stellar and galactic dynamics, through solar physics and geomagnetism, to reactor physics. This volume contains the lectures given by leading specialists, for an intensive course held at the Newton Institute, as part of a NATO Advanced Study Institute. The course was intended for beginning graduate students, so starts with background material, before leading on to describe areas closer to current research. Topics covered include planetary and solar dynamos, fast dynamos and the use of symmetry principles to derive evolution equations. Detailed bibliographies are provided. As the only modern introduction to the subject, this will be welcome reading for students in planetary and solar physics, plasma physics and astrophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61429/cover/9780521461429.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remembering our Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Autobiographical Memory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubin, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The recent attempt to move research in cognitive psychology out of the laboratory makes autobiographical memory appealing, because naturalistic studies can be done while maintaining empirical rigor. Many practical problems fall into the category of autobiographical memory, such as eyewitness testimony, survey research, and clinical syndromes in which there are distortions of memory. Its scope extends beyond psychology into law, medicine, sociology, and literature. Work on autobiographical memory has matured since David Rubin's Autobiographical Memory appeared in 1986, and the timing is right for a new overview of the topic. Remembering our Past presents innovative research chapters and general reviews, covering such topics as emotions, eyewitness memory, false memory syndrome, and amnesia. The volume will appeal to graduate students and researchers in cognitive science and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61450/cover/9780521461450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visualizing Labor in American Sculpture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Monuments, Manliness, and the Work Ethic, 1880-1935</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dabakis, Melissa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Visualizing Labor in American Sculpture focuses on representations of work in American sculpture, from the decade in which the American Federation of Labor was formed, to the inauguration of the federal works project that subsidized American artists during the Great Depression. Monumental in form and commemorative in function, these sculptural works provide a public record of attitudes toward labor in a transitional moment in the history of relations between labor and management. Melissa Dabakis argues that sculptural imagery of industrial labor shaped attitudes towards work and the role of the worker in modern society. Restoring a group of important monuments to the history of labor, gender studies and American art history, her book focuses on key monuments and small-scale works in which labor was often constituted as 'manly' and where the work ethic mediated both production and reception.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61474/cover/9780521461474.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reimagining Thoreau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milder, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reimagining Thoreau synthesises the interests of the intellectual and psychological biographer and the literary critic in a reconsideration of Thoreau's career from his graduation from Harvard in 1837 to his death in 1862. The purposes of the book are threefold: to situate Thoreau's aims and achievements as a writer within the context of his troubled relationship to a microcosm of ante-bellum Concord; to reinterpret Walden as a temporally layered text in light of the successive drafts of the book and the evidence of Thoreau's journals and contemporaneous writings; and, to overturn traditional views of Thoreau's 'decline' by offering a new estimate of the post-Walden writing and its place within Thoreau's development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61498/cover/9780521461498.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure and Policy in Japan and the United States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Institutionalist Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowhey, Peter F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCubbins, Mathew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Just when Japan and the United States are both caught up in a major debate over the effectiveness of their governments this volume offers new explanations of their comparative strengths and weaknesses. Why can Japan keep building nuclear power plants while it is has a hard time building an information superhighway? Why is the opposite the case in the United States? Will political reform change public policy in Japan? Would it make a difference in the United States? This volume explains why and how. This is one of the few volumes on the two countries that offers detailed studies of value to policy makers plus scholars and students of comparative policy, comparative foreign policy, and comparative economic policy. It can serve the needs of courses dealing with both politics and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67100/cover/9780521467100.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Justification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflective Equilibrium in Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daniels, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We all have beliefs, even strong convictions, about what is just and fair in our social arrangements. How should these beliefs and the theories of justice that incorporate them guide our thinking about practical matters of justice? This wide-ranging collection of essays by one of the foremost medical ethicists in the USA explores the claim that justification in ethics, whether of matters of theory or practice, involves achieving coherence between our moral and non-moral beliefs. Amongst the practical issues addressed in the volume are the design of health-care institutions, the distribution of goods between the old and the young, and fairness in hiring and firing. In combining ethical theory and practical ethics this volume will prove especially valuable to philosophers concerned with ethics and applied ethics, political theorists, bioethicists, and others involved in the study of public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61528/cover/9780521461528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Water Resource Issues</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Gordon J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dooge, James C. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodda, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world's water resources are coming under increasing stress, a stress that will become critical globally sometime during the next century. This is due to the rapidly rising population demanding more and more water and an increasing level of affluence. The book discusses the background to this issue and the measures to be taken over the next 20-30 years to overcome some of the difficulties that can be foreseen, and the means of avoiding others, such as the hazard of floods. It looks at the water resource and its assessment and management in an integrated fashion. It deals with the requirements of agriculture and of rural and urban societies and to a lesser extent with those of industry and power, against the background of the needs of the natural environment. It presents a number of ways and means of improving the management of national and international affairs involving fresh water. It highlights the importance of fresh water as a major issue for the environment and for development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61535/cover/9780521461535.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renovation of Paintings in Tuscany, 1250-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoeniger, Cathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Renovation of Paintings in Tuscany, 1250-1500 focuses on several early Italian paintings of religious and civic importance that were physically transformed and reframed after their completion in order to accommodate cult practices and changes in taste. These images have traditionally been evaluated negatively because of their aesthetic impurity, an attitude that has often encouraged the removal of later additions by restorers and conservators. By investigating the religious and social motivations underlying these renovations, Cathleen Hoeniger argues, the historical significance of such practices can be revealed. The compound images that have resulted from transformations can, therefore, be viewed more positively as 'carriers of history'. Hoeniger's study also demonstrates how the methods of art history and conservation can be bridged to produce new and exciting conclusions about the form and meaning of art works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61542/cover/9780521461542.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Medieval Super-Companies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Peruzzi Company of Florence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Edwin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book breaks new ground by presenting a detailed description and history of one of the most famous companies of the early fourteenth century. This analysis of the Peruzzi Company produces a radical reassessment of what made the Florentine 'super-companies' so exceptional: commodity trading, especially in grain, which required heavy capital, sophisticated organisation, and an international network. But the book also exposes the limitations of their financial power, and explodes the myth that the collapse of the Peruzzi and its joint-venture partner, the Bardi, was caused by bad loans to Edward III made to finance his invasions of France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61566/cover/9780521461566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146157X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146157X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logical Status of Diagrams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shin, Sun-Joo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Diagrams are widely used in reasoning about problems in physics, mathematics and logic, but have traditionally been considered to be only heuristic tools and not valid elements of mathematical proofs. This book challenges this prejudice against visualisation in the history of logic and mathematics and provides a formal foundation for work on natural reasoning in a visual mode. The author presents Venn diagrams as a formal system of representation equipped with its own syntax and semantics and specifies rules of transformation that make this system sound and complete. The system is then extended to the equivalent of a first-order monadic language. The soundness of these diagrammatic systems refutes the contention that graphical representation is misleading in reasoning. The validity of the transformation rules ensures that the correct application of the rules will not lead to fallacies. The book concludes with a discussion of some fundamental differences between graphical systems and linguistic systems. This groundbreaking work will have important influence on research in logic, philosophy and knowledge representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61573/cover/9780521461573.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hemopoietic Colony-stimulating Factors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Biology to Clinical Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metcalf, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicola, Nicos Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The colony-stimulating factors (CSFs) are the major regulators in the body of the production and activity of two types of white blood cells - granulocytes and macrophages. This book provides a detailed account of the discovery of the CSFs, their structure, molecular biology and cellular receptors, the biology of the CSFs in vivo and in vitro and their present and future clinical applications. Written by two of the pioneers in the discovery of CSFs, it is a clear and well-illustrated survey of the history, knowledge and future directions of this exciting field of investigation, and serves also as a guide to the more general areas of growth factor and cytokine research. It will prove an invaluable review for cell biologists interested in how growth factors act on the body, as well as for clinicians applying the fruits of modern biotechnology to improved patient care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61580/cover/9780521461580.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Property Taxes and Tax Revolts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legacy of Proposition 13</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Sullivan, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sexton, Terri A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheffrin, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Property tax revolts have occurred both in the United States and elsewhere. This book examines the causes and consequences of such revolts with a special focus on the California experience with Proposition 13. The work examines the consequences of property tax limitations for public finance with a detailed analysis of the tax system put into place in California. Theoretical approaches and evidence from a comprehensive empirical study are used to highlight the equity and efficiency of property tax systems. Since property taxes are the primary source of revenue for local governments, the book compares and contrasts the experiences of several states with regard to the evolution of local government following property tax limitations. Finally, the book considers alternatives for reform and lessons to avoid future tax conflicts of this kind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61597/cover/9780521461597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Culture in Early Modern London</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manley, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the two hundred years from 1475 London was transformed from a medieval commune into a metropolis of half a million people, a capital city and a major European trading centre. New possibilities emerged for cultural exchange and combination, social and political order, and literary expression. Integrating literary and historical analysis, and drawing on recent work in literary theory and cultural studies, Literature and Culture in Early Modern London provides a comprehensive account of the changing image and influence of London in lyrics, ballads, jests, epics, satires, plays, pageants, chronicles, treatises, sermons and official documents. Lawrence Manley shows how the literature and culture of London contributed to the new structures of capitalism, the process of 'behaviour urbanisation', and a paradoxical liberation of the individual through the city's concentrated power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61610/cover/9780521461610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Postmodernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Good, James M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velody, Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his study Modernity and the Holocaust, Zygmunt Bauman contrasts the hopes and expectations of the modernising world of the nineteenth century with the real outcomes of the twentieth century, where the very conditions of modernity have led to the mass destruction of humanity and of those early hopes for the betterment of humankind. This volume explores the possibilities left to those once modernising societies, not only in terms of the worlds they have constructed but also in discerning the novel conditions which the closure of modernity entails. That closure, in part the completion of industrialisation and the social order that went with it, and in part the dislocation of the kinds of social knowledge used to understand it, has raised profound and disturbing questions about the character of this brave new world and the new ways in which its governance and the goal of the good society can be understood. This volume explores some of the current vicissitudes of modernity, especially in relation to the crises of the political, and the political consequences of new technologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61627/cover/9780521461627.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Power and Social Forces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domination and Transformation in the Third World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Migdal, Joel Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli, Atul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shue, Vivienne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>347</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This eminently readable collection of high-quality, country-specific essays on Third World politics provides, through a variety of well-integrated themes and approaches, an examination of 'state theory' as it has been practised in the past, and how it must be refined for the future. The contributors go beyond the previously articulated 'bringing the state back in' model to offer their own 'state-in-society' approach. They argue that states, which should be disaggregated for meaningful comparative study, are best analysed as parts of societies. States may help mould, but are also continually moulded by, the societies within which they are embedded. States' capacities, further, will vary depending on their ties to other social forces. And other social forces will be capable of being mobilised into political contention only under certain conditions. Political contention pitting states against other social forces may sometimes be mutually enfeebling, but at other times, mutually empowering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61665/cover/9780521461665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opera and the Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClymonds, Marita Petzoldt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of essays to explore the wide dimensions and influence of eighteenth-century opera. In a series of articles by leading scholars in the field, a range of perspectives are offered on the important figures of the day, including Handel, Vivaldi, Gluck, Rameau and Mozart, and on the fundamental problems of creation, revision, borrowing, influence and intertextuality. Other essays reinterpret librettos of serious opera in the French and Italian theatre during the later eighteenth century. Sister arts, notably painting, the novel, ballet and the spoken stage, are also examined in their relationship to the development of opera. Bracketing the collection are studies of the early pastoral opera and of Prokofiev, which expand our historical view of operatic life during the Age of Reason. The book contains numerous rare illustrations, and will be of interest to scholars and students of opera and theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61726/cover/9780521461726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consciousness and the Mind of God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taliaferro, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work addresses the challenge of contemporary materialism for thinking about God. The book examines contemporary theories of consciousness and defends a non-materialist theory of persons, subjectivity and God. A version of dualism is articulated that seeks to avoid the fragmented outlook of most dualist theories. Dualism is often considered to be inadequate both philosophically and ethically, and is seen as a chief cause of denigrating the body and of promoting individualism and scepticism. Charles Taliaferro defends a holistic understanding of the person-body relationship in which the two are distinguishable yet integrally related. This integrated dualism is spelled out in a way that avoids the ethical and philosophical problems associated with other dualistic accounts, especially in its Platonic and Cartesian forms. A defence is then made of the intelligibility of thinking about God as non-physical, yet integrally present to creation. Charles Taliaferro is co-editor of the forthcoming A Companion to Philosophy of Religion, with Philip Quinn. He has had work published in, among others, The Philosophical Quarterly, Metaphilosophy, Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, and Philosophia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61733/cover/9780521461733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146174X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146174X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Midrashic Process</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tradition and Interpretation in Rabbinic Judaism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to re-examine those basic issues in the study of Midrash which to some extent have been marginalised by trends in scholarship and research. Irving Jacobs asks, for example, whether the early rabbinic exegetes had a concept of peshat, plain meaning, and, if so, what significance they attached to it in their exposition of the biblical text. He enquires if the selection of proemial and proof-texts was a random one, dependent purely upon the art or whim of the preacher, or rather if exegetical traditions linked certain pentateuchal themes with specific sections of the Prophets (and particularly the Hagiographa), which were acknowledged by preachers and audiences alike. As Midrash in its original, pre-literary form, was a living process involving both live preachers and live audiences in the ancient synagogues of the Holy Land, to what extent, he asks, did the latter influence the former in the development of their art and skills?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61740/cover/9780521461740.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chief Governors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of Reform Government in Tudor Ireland 1536-1588</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brady, Ciaran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an extended reinterpretation of English policy in Ireland over the sixteenth century. It seeks to show that the major conflicts between Tudor governors and native lords which characterised the period were not the result of a deliberate Tudor strategy of confrontation, but arose from a failed experiment in legal reform and cultural assimilation which had been applied with remarkable success elsewhere in the Tudor dominions. The book identifies a distinct administrative style which evolved in Irish government in the mid-sixteenth century under a complex set of pressures acting on the would-be reformers both in Ireland and at the Tudor court, and argues that it was this highly centralised and intensely activist mode of government that undermined the aims of reform policy and provoked alienation and hostility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61764/cover/9780521461764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The River of Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novikov, Igor D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kisin, Vitaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can we change the past? The surprising answer to this question can be found in the final chapters of this book. Novikov details the development of our views on time from classical Greece to the modern day, presenting the figures who have contributed to the evolution of our knowledge as real people and placing them in the context of their own time. He also describes in detail the current state of research in such areas as time machines, the start of time and why does time pass: areas on which he himself has worked. The author's own personal experiences, of the old Soviet Union, of research and visits to other researchers, add a unique personal touch. Accessible to all, the engaging style and wonderful illustrations make this book hugely enjoyable to read.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61771/cover/9780521461771.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Body Composition Techniques in Health and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461795</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, P. S. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Body composition studies are used in a wide variety of fields including human biology, medicine, sports science, epidemiology and nutrition. They may be used to predict later body composition from childhood measures, bone density loss in athletes under heavy training regimes or in the elderly, to assess obesity in children and adults, and to investigate the likely effects of malnutrition. Recently, there has been a resurgence of interest in the field of body composition, together with rapid development of a whole new range of assessment techniques. In this volume, newer and older techniques are evaluated, and developments and aims are discussed. The chapters assume little background knowledge, and will therefore be invaluable to nutritionists, biologists, clinicians and medical physicists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61795/cover/9780521461795.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Legacy of Communism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolchik, Sharon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Current work on the transition from communism in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union has emphasized the 'polity' and the 'economy'; this book analyzes the 'society', and thereby helps fill an important gap in the literature. It endeavors to summarize developments and impose some coherence on the subject by treating four basic areas: ethnic issues, deviance and health, social cleavages, and labor and elitism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61825/cover/9780521461825.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics at the Margin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Studies of Public Expression outside the Mainstream</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbst, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>243</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how a variety of historically marginalised groups create their own 'public spheres', parallel to the mainstream public arena. Since such groups have been excluded from conventional public discourse and activity, they build their own infrastructures for opinion formation and expression. The book draws upon theory in sociology, philosophy, political science, and communications in order to understand communication patterns among the politically marginal at different points in history. Three diverse historical case studies (female-operated salons of eighteenth-century Paris, the black press of the 1930s, and the creation of The Masses), and a contemporary analysis of the Libertarian Party, illuminate the experiences of those who live on the fringe of the public sphere. Through synthesis of existing scholarship, and original archival research, Politics at the Margin demonstrates the centrality of political communication to the study of social action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61849/cover/9780521461849.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146188X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146188X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Immune Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory or Metaphor?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tauber, Alfred I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the first books in a new series that will publish the very best work in the philosophy of biology. The series will be non-sectarian in character, will extend across the broadest range of topics, and will be genuinely interdisciplinary. The Immune Self  is a critical study of immunology from its origins at the end of the nineteenth century to its contemporary formulation. The book offers the first extended philosophical critique of immunology, in which the function of the term 'self' that underlies the structure of current immune theory is analysed. However, this analysis is carefully integrated into a broad survey of the major scientific developments in immunology, a discussion of their historical context, and a review of the conceptual arguments that have moulded this sophisticated modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61887/cover/9780521461887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compact Sources of Ultrashort Pulses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duling, III, Irl N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive volume provides a survey of the many innovations in the field of ultrashort pulse generation, and reviews the state of the art in compact, modelocked laser systems, discussing both their operational principles and potential applications. The theory of short optical pulse generation by modelocking is covered in the first chapter. Thereafter, modelocking techniques in different types of lasers are discussed: solid state lasers; diode-pumped lasers; fiber lasers; surface emitting semiconductor lasers; external cavity semiconductor lasers; hybrid soliton pulse sources; and monolithic colliding pulse modelocked diode lasers. Presenting both theoretical and experimental aspects throughout, this book will be invaluable to anyone interested in short pulse laser systems, and particularly to researchers involved in high-speed communications or the investigation of ultrafast phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61924/cover/9780521461924.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Eclipses and Earth's Rotation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephenson, F. Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>573</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is intended for geophysicists, astronomers (especially those with an interest in history), historians and orientalists. The culmination of many years of research, it discusses, in depth, ancient and medieval eclipse observations and their importance in studying Earth's past rotation. This is the first major book on this subject which has appeared in the last twenty years. The author has specialised in the interpretation of early astronomical records and their application to problems in modern astronomy for many years. The book contains an in-depth discussion of numerous eclipse records from Babylon, China, Europe and the Arab lands. Translations of almost every record studied are given. It is shown that although tides play a dominant long-term role in producing variations in Earth's rate of rotation - causing a gradual increase in the length of the day - there are significant, and variable non-tidal changes in opposition to the main trend.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61948/cover/9780521461948.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photo-induced Defects in Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redfield, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bube, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to give a complete overview of the properties of deep-level, localized defects in semiconductors. Such comparatively long-lived (or metastable) defects exhibit complex interactions with the surrounding material, and can significantly affect the performance and stability of certain semiconductor devices. After an introductory discussion of metastable defects, the properties of DX and EL2 centres in III-V compounds are presented. Additional crystalline materials are also dealt with, before a detailed description is given of the properties and kinetics of photo-induced defects in amorphous semiconductors. The book closes with an examination of the effects of photo-induced defects in a range of practical applications. Throughout, unifying concepts and models are stressed, and the book will be of great use to graduate students and researchers interested in the physics and materials science of semiconductors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61962/cover/9780521461962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521461979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521461979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521461979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in the Constructive Theory of Countable Markov Chains</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521461979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fayolle, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malyshev, V. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menshikov, M. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Markov chains are an important idea, related to random walks, which crops up widely in applied stochastic analysis. They are used, for example, in performance modelling and evaluation of computer networks, queuing networks, and telecommunication systems. The main point of the present book is to provide methods, based on the construction of Lyapunov functions, of determining when a Markov chain is ergodic, null recurrent, or transient. These methods can also be extended to the study of questions of stability. Of particular concern are reflected random walks and reflected Brownian motion. The authors provide not only a self-contained introduction to the theory but also details of how the required Lyapunov functions are constructed in various situations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/61979/cover/9780521461979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462029</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Upheavals of Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Intelligence of Emotions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nussbaum, Martha C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>766</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emotions shape the landscape of our mental and social lives. Like geological upheavals in a landscape, they mark our lives as uneven, uncertain and prone to reversal. Are they simply, as some have claimed, animal energies or impulses with no connection to our thoughts? Or are they rather suffused with intelligence and discernment, and thus a source of deep awareness and understanding? In this compelling book, Martha C. Nussbaum presents a powerful argument for treating emotions not as alien forces but as highly discriminating responses to what is of value and importance. She explores and illuminates the structure of a wide range of emotions, in particular compassion and love, showing that there can be no adequate ethical theory without an adequate theory of the emotions. This involves understanding their cultural sources, their history in infancy and childhood, and their sometimes unpredictable and disorderly operations in our daily lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62020/cover/9780521462020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind and Social Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Writings of Sylvia Scribner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobach, Ethel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falmagne, Rachel Joffe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parlee, Mary Brown</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Laura M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kapelman, Aggie Scribner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogoff, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sylvia Scribner's research and theory have been monumental in forming the emergent field of cultural psychology. Her studies of reasoning and thinking in their cultural and activity contexts added new concepts, methods, and findings to what many are now viewing as a distinctive branch of psychological studies. She was among the first to combine ethnographic studies with experimental studies in order to determine relationships among indigenous literacy and logical activities and their cognitive outcomes. Mind and Social Practice brings together published and previously unpublished work from Sylvia Scribner's productive and wide-ranging career. The book is arranged chronologically and includes five section introductions by the editors, placing Scribner's work in the context of her life, her commitments, and the political and intellectual events of the times. Her later, more theoretically rich writing is enhanced by an appreciation of her earlier work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62037/cover/9780521462037.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developments in the Design of Thermal Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boehm, Robert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thermal systems are essential features in power, chemical processing, air conditioning, and other industries where heat and power are used. As the cost and complexity of designing thermal systems have increased, the need to understand and improve the design process has also grown. This book describes recent progress in the design of thermal systems. The book begins with a brief history and outline of developments in thermal system design. Chapters then discuss computer design tools for the power and chemical industries, predicting physical properties with computational tools, the use of 'pinch analysis' to improve thermal efficiency, applications of the exergy concept, the emerging concept of thermoeconomics, and the potential for artificial intelligence and expert systems in the design of thermal systems. With chapters written by internationally recognised authorities, the book offers a state-of-the-art review for both researchers and practitioners in mechanical, aerospace, chemical, and power engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62044/cover/9780521462044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Phenomenology of Everyday Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Empirical Investigations of Human Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollio, Howard R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henley, Tracy B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Craig J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Phenomenology of Everyday Life presents results from a rigorous qualitative approach to the psychological study of everyday human activities and experiences. This book does not replace scientific observation with humanistic analysis, but provides an additional perspective on significant human questions. The qualitative approach this book employs is grounded in the philosophical traditions of existentialism and phenomenology, which use dialogue as their major method of inquiry. These traditions are especially well adapted to encompass and describe human events and activities. In addition, such events can be properly investigated only on the basis of a method sensitive enough to articulate the nuances of human experience and reflection. In this latter regard, it is important to note that insights deriving from literature and the humanities are equally revealing of the human world as those from experimental psychology, biology or medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62051/cover/9780521462051.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Costs of Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keech, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book raises and addresses questions about the consequences of democratic institutions for economic performance. Do institutions of accountability inside and outside government through periodic elections produce efficient results, or do they lead to the kind of accumulation of special privileges and protections from market competition that reduces efficiency and growth? Professor Keech suggests that there are modest and bearable costs of democratic procedures, comparable to the agency costs incurred whenever a principal delegates authority to an agent. Democracy, however, does not systematically cause inferior macroeconomic policy detrimental to a population's long-term welfare. Rather, there is a logical circularity among voter preferences, institutions, and economic and political outcomes. This accessible synthesis and sharp perspective on a large topical literature will be highly useful for professionals, graduate students, and upper-level undergraduates aiming to understand the relationship between politics and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62068/cover/9780521462068.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146207X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146207X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intrinsic Value</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Concept and Warrant</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lemos, Noah M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses some basic questions about intrinsic value: What is it? What has it? What justifies our beliefs about it? In the first six chapters the author defends the existence of a plurality of intrinsic goods, the thesis of organic unities, the view that some goods are 'higher' than others, and the view that intrinsic value can be explicated in terms of 'fitting' emotional attitudes. The final three chapters explore the justification of our beliefs about intrinsic value, including coherence theories and the idea that some value beliefs are warranted on the basis of emotional experience. Professor Lemos defends the view that some value beliefs enjoy 'modest' a priori justification. The book is intended primarily for professional philosophers and their graduate students working in ethics, value theory and epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62075/cover/9780521462075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liturgy, Sanctity and History in Tridentine Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pietro Maria Campi and the Preservation of the Particular</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ditchfield, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>413</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together for the first time detailed analyses of Tridentine liturgical reform, Counter-Reformation sanctity and the late Renaissance 'revolution' in historical method. It redraws traditional historical boundaries, and offers an original and challenging reappraisal of the relations between Rome and its local Italian churches during the 150 years after the closure of the Council of Trent in 1564. A fundamentally new context is also provided for the work of Cesare Baronio, 'father' of Counter-Reformation historical scholarship, and of his regional counterparts. The examination of the writings of one such local Baronio, Pietro Maria Campi of Piacenza (1569-1649), acts as a focus for this study, which also includes the fullest account yet published of Counter-Reformation canonisation procedure, as well as the first extended scholarly treatment of the collaborative achievement of Ferdinando Ughelli's Italia sacra, and that work's long-term implications for Italian national history writing. The book also includes a comprehensive survey of Italian local hagiography and ecclesiastical history writing of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62204/cover/9780521462204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Grammar and Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Sir John Lyons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, F. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the publication of his Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics (1968), Sir John Lyons became one of the most important and internationally renowned contributors to the study of linguistics. In a career which spanned several decades, he addressed himself to a broad range of issues of fundamental importance and is particularly noted for his seminal two-volume work, Semantics (1977). This volume, which is edited with an introduction by F. R. Palmer, gathers together a collection of essays by distinguished scholars on topics related to Lyons's work. In a concluding essay, Lyons responds to the contributors and reflects on the intellectual underpinning of his own work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62211/cover/9780521462211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146224X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146224X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>As Climate Changes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Impacts and Implications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strzepek, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Joel B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Climate Changes: International Impacts and Implications is the most comprehensive study to date examining potential global effects of climate change. The project, which was funded by the US Environmental Protection Agency, involved over 150 scientists from around the world. Common climate change scenarios were used to examine impacts on agriculture, water resources, coastal resources, forests and human health. The studies focused on impacts of climate change on developing countries around the world, and included an integrated case study of Egypt. In addition, the agriculture and forests studies also examined global effects. The studies found that developing countries may be more vulnerable to climate change because some impacts may be more negative on these countries, they have a higher share of national income in climate sensitive sectors, and they have fewer resources to adapt to climate change. This volume summarises the methods and findings from these studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62242/cover/9780521462242.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rhetoric, Sophistry, Pragmatism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mailloux, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The anti-sceptical relativism and self-conscious rhetoric of the pragmatist tradition, which began with the Older Sophists of Ancient Greece and developed through an American tradition including William James and John Dewey has attracted new attention in the context of late twentieth-century postmodernist thought. At the same time there has been a more general renewal of interest across a wide range of humanistic and social science disciplines in rhetoric itself: language use, writing and speaking, persuasion, figurative language, and the effect of texts. This book, written by leading scholars, explores the various ways in which rhetoric, sophistry and pragmatism overlap in their current theoretical and political implications, and demonstrates how they contribute both to a rethinking of the human sciences within the academy and to larger debates over cultural politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62259/cover/9780521462259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantity Adjustment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vowel Lengthening and Shortening in Early Middle English</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ritt, Nikolaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a unified account of all quantity changes affecting English stressed vowels during the early Middle English period. Dr Ritt discusses homorganic lengthening, open syllable lengthening, trisyllabic shortening, and shortening before consonant clusters. The study is based on a statistical analysis of Modern English reflexes of the changes. The complete corpus of analysed data is made available to the reader in the appendices. All of the changes discussed are shown to derive from basically the same set of quasi-universal tendencies, while apparent idiosyncrasies are shown to follow from factors that are independent of the underlying tendencies themselves. The role of tendencies, i.e. probabilistic laws in the description of language change, is given thorough theoretical treatment. In his aim to account for the changes as well as trace their chronology, Dr Ritt applies principles of natural phonology, and examines the conflict between phonological and morphological 'necessities'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62327/cover/9780521462327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Laser-Atom Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suter, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>471</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a thorough introduction to the interaction of atoms and atomic ions with optical and magnetic fields. Particular emphasis is placed on the wealth of important multilevel effects, where atomic vapours exhibit anisotropic behaviour. As well as covering the classic two-level atom approach to light-atom interactions, a general multi-level formalism is also described in detail, and used to discuss optical pumping, two-dimensional spectroscopy and nonlinear optical dynamics. The final chapter deals with the mechanical effects of light, including the cooling and trapping of atoms. With full theoretical and experimental coverage, and over 250 illustrations, the book will be of great interest to graduate students of laser spectroscopy, quantum electronics and quantum optics, and to researchers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62396/cover/9780521462396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diplomacy and World Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in British Foreign Policy, 1890-1951</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dockrill, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKercher, Brian J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with aspects of British foreign policy from the late nineteenth century to the beginning of the Cold War in keeping with the scholarship of Dr Zara Steiner, to whom the book is offered as a tribute. The contributors are all well-established experts in the study of diplomacy and foreign policy, and their essays cover a wide variety of themes, from the influence of ambassadors on British foreign policy to the relations between Britain and the Soviet Union from 1941 to 1948. The book thus covers the half century from Britain's pre-eminent position as a world power at the end of the nineteenth century to her relative 'decline' during and after the Second World War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62433/cover/9780521462433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hymns of the Anglo-Saxon Church</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study and Edition of the 'Durham Hymnal'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milfull, Inge B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a study and critical edition of the corpus of hymns sung by monks and canons in their services in England before the Norman Conquest. It assembles textual evidence, some of it hitherto unpublished, based on all extant manuscripts. Of these, an eleventh-century Latin manuscript known as the 'Durham Hymnal', with its accompanying Old English interlinear gloss, provides the core of the edition and its base manuscript. An introduction and commentary include descriptions of the manuscripts concerned and discussions of the sources, liturgical use, and music of the hymns, as well as the phonology and vocabulary of the Old English gloss. The text of the hymns is accompanied by a translation of the Latin into modern English prose.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62525/cover/9780521462525.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hard Hand of War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Union Military Policy toward Southern Civilians, 1861-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grimsley, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Hard Hand of War explores the Union army's policy of destructive attacks upon Southern property and civilian morale - how it evolved, what it was like in practice. From an initial policy of deliberate restraint, extending even to the active protection of Southerners' property and constitutional rights, Union armies gradually adopted measures that subjected civilians to the burdens of war. Yet the ultimate 'hard war' policy was far from the indiscriminate fury of legend. Union policy makers emphasised a program of directed severity, and Grimsley demonstrates how and why it worked. Through comparisons with earlier European wars and through the testimony of Union soldiers and Southern civilians alike, he shows that Union soldiers exercised restraint even as they made war against the Confederate civilian population.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62570/cover/9780521462570.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modules and Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dauns, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book on modern and non-commutative ring theory is ideal for beginning graduate students. It starts at the foundations of the subject and progresses rapidly through the basic concepts to help the reader reach current research frontiers. Students will have the chance to develop proofs, solve problems, and to find interesting questions. The first half of the book is concerned with free, projective and injective modules, tensor algebras, simple modules and primitive rings, the Jacobson radical, and subdirect products. Later in the book, more advanced topics, such as hereditary rings, categories and functors, flat modules and purity are introduced. These later chapters will also prove a useful reference for researchers in non-commutative ring theory. Enough background material (including detailed proofs) is supplied to give the student a firm grounding in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62587/cover/9780521462587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chrysophyte Algae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology, Phylogeny and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandgren, Craig D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smol, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristiansen, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research activity involving algae in the classes Chrysophyceae and Synurophyceae ('chrysophytes') has increased dramatically over the last decade. These beautiful and delicate organisms are pivotal for studies of protistan evolution, food web dynamics in oligotrophic freshwater ecosystems, and for the assessment of environmental degradation resulting from eutrophication and acid rain. They also represent excellent model cellular systems for studying processes inherent in basic metabolism, biomineralization, endo- and exo-cytosis and macro-assembly of cell surface layers. This book gives a broad overview of current research, emphasizing the phylogeny, ecology and development of these organisms. Each chapter also contains reviews of the literature, and presents ideas for future research. Phycologists, palaeoecologists, limnologists and plankton ecologists will find this a mine of invaluable information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utilitarianism as a Public Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodin, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Utilitarianism, the great reforming philosophy of the nineteenth century, has today acquired the reputation for being a crassly calculating, impersonal philosophy unfit to serve as a guide to moral conduct. Yet what may disqualify utilitarianism as a personal philosophy makes it an eminently suitable guide for public officials in the pursuit of their professional responsibilities. Robert E. Goodin, a philosopher with many books on political theory, public policy and applied ethics to his credit, defends utilitarianism against its critics and shows how it can be applied most effectively over a wide range of public policies. In discussions of such issues as paternalism, social welfare policy, international ethics, nuclear armaments, and international responses to the environment crisis, he demonstrates what a flexible tool his brand of utilitarianism can be in confronting the dilemmas of public policy in the real world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62631/cover/9780521462631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146269X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146269X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Language in a Changing Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clyne, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent sociopolitical events have profoundly changed the status and functions of German and influenced its usage. In this study (published by Cambridge in 1984) Michael Clyne revises and expands his original analysis of the German language in Language and Society in the German-speaking Countries in the light of such changes as the end of the Cold War, German unification, the redrawing of the map of Europe, increasing European integration, and the changing self-images of Austria, Switzerland and Luxembourg. His discussion includes the differences in the form, function and status of the various national varieties of German; the relation between standard and non-standard varieties; gender, generational and political variation; Anglo-American influence on German; and the convergence of east and west. The result is a wide-ranging exploration of language and society in the German-speaking countries, all of which have problems or dilemmas concerning nationhood or ethnicity which are language-related and/or language-marked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62693/cover/9780521462693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature, Education, and Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading as Social Practice, 1780-1832</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging and detailed book Alan Richardson addresses many issues in literary and educational history never before examined together. The result is an unprecedented study of how transformations in schooling and literacy in Britain between 1780 and 1832 helped shape the provision of literature as we now know it. In chapters focused on such topics as definitions of childhood, educational methods and institutions, children's literature, female education, and publishing ventures aimed at working-class adults, Richardson demonstrates how literary genres, from fairy tales to epic poems, were enlisted in an ambitious programme for transforming social relations through reading and education. Romantic texts - including Wordsworth, Shelley, Blake, and Yearsley - are reinterpreted in the light of the complex historical and social issues which inform them and which they in turn critically address.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62761/cover/9780521462761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation of the Subject</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spenser, Milton, and the English Protestant Epic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregerson, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Reformation of the Subject is a study of the cultural contradictions that gave birth to the English Protestant epic. In lucid and theoretically sophisticated language, Linda Gregerson examines the fraught ideological, political and gender conflicts that are woven into the texture of The Faerie Queene and Paradise Lost. She reminds us that Reformation iconoclasts viewed verbal images with the same aversion as visual images, because they too were capable of waylaying the human imagination. Through a series of detailed readings, Gregerson examines the different strategies adopted by Spenser and Milton as they sought to distinguish their poems from idols yet preserve the shaping power that iconoclasts have long attributed to icons. Tracing the transformation of the epic poem into an instrument for the reformation of the political subject, Gregerson thus provides an illuminating contribution to our understanding of the ways in which subjectivities are historically produced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62778/cover/9780521462778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sociocultural Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice of Doing and Knowing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Laura</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobach, Ethel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays by leading theorists and researchers in sociocultural, cognitive, developmental and educational psychology honour the memory of Sylvia Scribner, whose work is recognized by each of the authors as seminal to their own thinking. The themes include the relationship between history and culture, the importance of context to thinking, the place of literacy in human activity and thought, and cognition in school and in the workplace. The volume presents applications of activity theory to fundamental issues in human behaviour at work, in school, and in problem solving situations, and it analyses historical-societal processes in science and culture. Scribner's conviction that science holds a responsibility to human welfare and understanding is carried on in these chapters. Sociocultural Psychology is crucial reading for researchers and graduate students in sociocultural, cognitive, developmental and educational psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62785/cover/9780521462785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminism and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank Parsons, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminists are aware of the diversity of thinking within their own tradition, and of the different approaches to moral questions in which that is manifest. This book describes and analyses that diversity by distinguishing three distinct paradigms of moral reasoning to be found within feminism. Using the writings of feminists, the major strengths and weaknesses of each theory are considered, so that creative dialogue between them can be encouraged. Three common themes are drawn out - which are also on the agenda of new developments in philosophical and Christian ethics: the search for an appropriate universalism, the possibility of a redemptive community and the development of a new humanism. Feminists may be encouraged, through this account of their considerable scholarship in ethical thinking, to contribute to these changes with their special concern for the lives and the fulfilment of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62815/cover/9780521462815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice in International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Writings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwebel, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Judge Stephen M. Schwebel has been a highly respected member of the International Court of Justice since 1981. Since 1947 he has written more than 100 articles, commentaries and book reviews in legal and other periodicals and in the press. This volume brings together 36 of his legal articles and commentaries of continuing interest. The first part of the book examines the performance and capacity of the International Court of Justice, the second with aspects of international arbitration, and the third part looks at problems of the United Nations, especially the authority of the Secretary-General, the character of the Secretariat and financial apportionment. Part IV deals with questions of international contracts and taking foreign property interests, while the fifth part considers the development of international law, and in particular the central problem of the unlawful use of force.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62846/cover/9780521462846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Christian Thought in its Jewish Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barclay, John M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sweet, John Philip McMurdo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this volume is that of continuity and discontinuity between early Christianity and its Jewish parent. The formation of Christian thought in the context of its Jewish beginnings is the focus of much debate and controversy. These essays cover the historical and social background of Palestine and the Diaspora; the main components of the New Testament canon and early non-canonical writings, examining their relationship to the Jewish tradition; and central themes including monotheism and Christology, apocalyptism, ethics, and martyrdom. The concise treatments, with their helpful bibliographies, by an international team of experts will be of interest and value to teachers and undergraduate students of the New Testament and Christian origins. It puts an alternative complexion on the relationship between Judaism and the convictions of the early Christians, and will stimulate discussion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62853/cover/9780521462853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146286X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146286X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church and the Churches</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Toward an Ecumenical Ecclesiology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Individual churches today have a lively ecumenical consciousness, but they often express anxieties about what will become of them in a future united Church. Questions are being asked about the goal of such unity. In this book, G. R. Evans asks what we mean by 'a church', and how different Christian bodies have understood the way 'a church' is related to 'the Church'. She surveys the nature of unity and what the fullness of the communion being reached for might consist of; the place of diversity of faith and order in a united Church, or ways in which there can go on being many churches in one Church and how they might be related to it; and questions about the common structures one Church would need, and the way in which it could come to think and act as a single 'body' of Christ. The book concludes with a discussion of the concept of 'communion', which now looks very hopeful ecumenically as a guide to the way forward.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62860/cover/9780521462860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restrictiveness in Case Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Smith develops a theory of syntactic case and examines its synchronic and diachronic consequences. Within a unification-based framework, the book draws out pervasive patterns in the relationship between morphosyntax ('linking') and grammatical function. The theory proposed consists of three ordered constraints on the association of NPs and arguments, based on the central notion of 'restrictiveness'. Beginning with a detailed study of dative substitution in Icelandic, the author moves on to examine a wide array of synchronic and diachronic data and to construct a typology of case. Theoretically innovative and sophisticated, and descriptively wide-ranging, this book will appeal to all those interested in the cross-linguistic marking of case and the ways in which case systems may change over time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62877/cover/9780521462877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategies of Economic Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Economic Discourse, 1750-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tribe, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an overview of two hundred years of German economic thought, from the Staatswissenschaften of the eighteenth century to National Socialism and the Social Market. Whereas classical economics, from Smith through Ricardo to Marx and Mill, emphasised value, distribution and production, German economic thought had a long-running tradition of human need and the varying conditions for order. These ideas are brought together by a conception of rational action and, therefore, a rationalistic appraisal of welfare and order. By taking this perspective, the usual contrast of market and planning approaches to economic organisation is subsumed by an approach which focuses on the construction of order in economic processes. This book highlights the continuity of this practical approach of German economists through the two centuries under consideration - from the Cameralists to the Ordoliberals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62914/cover/9780521462914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virgil in Medieval England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Figuring The Aeneid from the Twelfth Century to Chaucer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baswell, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What happens when a prestigious text of one period is read and reused in a different, much later world? What can we learn from the annotations accumulated by a single manuscript as it moved among different institutions and readerships? In this study Christopher Baswell takes as his model Virgil's ancient epic poem The Aeneid, which held many kinds of appeal for the culture of the Middle Ages. He examines a series of Latin manuscripts of the text which were copied in twelfth-century England but reused and reannotated for three centuries, and shows how their users approached the epic in very different ways. He then charts the progression from the Latin of the original to the vernaculars of the Roman d'Eneas and Chaucer's House of Fame and Legend of Good Women, to show how medieval vernacular poets used Virgil's prestige to lay their own claim to poetic and even political authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62945/cover/9780521462945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521462967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521462967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521462969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numbers and Nationhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing Statistics in Nineteenth-Century Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521462969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patriarca, Silvana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numbers and Nationhood explores the Italian inflection of a Europe-wide phenomenon in the nineteenth century: the rise of statistics as a mode of representation in society. Silvana Patriarca examines the ideologies which informed the copious statistical literature produced between the 1820s, when statistical publications began to proliferate in the Italian states, and the 1870s, when a unified Italy entered a fully positivistic era. Her innovative study illuminates the relationship between the needs of an emerging nation and the uses to which statistics were put, generating a long-lasting image of Italy which nevertheless accentuated its internal territorial divisions. By examining the power of numerical representations, Numbers and Nationhood provides a fresh reading of the historiography of Risorgimento Italy and of positivism, bringing to the fore issues of science, ideology, and representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62969/cover/9780521462969.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Laplacian on a Riemannian Manifold</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Analysis on Manifolds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text on analysis of Riemannian manifolds is a thorough introduction to topics covered in advanced research monographs on Atiyah-Singer index theory. The main theme is the study of heat flow associated to the Laplacians on differential forms. This provides a unified treatment of Hodge theory and the supersymmetric proof of the Chern-Gauss-Bonnet theorem. In particular, there is a careful treatment of the heat kernel for the Laplacian on functions. The Atiyah-Singer index theorem and its applications are developed (without complete proofs) via the heat equation method. Zeta functions for Laplacians and analytic torsion are also treated, and the recently uncovered relation between index theory and analytic torsion is laid out. The text is aimed at students who have had a first course in differentiable manifolds, and the Riemannian geometry used is developed from the beginning. There are over 100 exercises with hints.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63003/cover/9780521463003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463386</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pogany, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>549</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law, and comparative lawyers, as well as all governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63386/cover/9780521463386.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ICSID Reports</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reports of Cases Decided under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, 1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayfuse, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>750</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The World Bank Convention on the Settlement of Investment Dispute entered into force in 1965. An international dispute settlement system which is of great and growing importance, its reports have been published haphazardly in various periodicals, but are presented in these volumes in consolidated form for the first time, together with materials related to the ICSID cases from national courts around the world. All the decisions are presented in English with summaries, and are translated from other languages where necessary. This first volume contains materials relating to proceedings from 1975 to 1990, and is fully indexed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ICSID Reports</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reports of Cases Decided under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, 1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayfuse, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>491</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The World Bank Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes entered into force in 1965. An international dispute settlement system which is of great and growing importance, its reports have been published haphazardly in various periodicals, but are presented in these volumes in consolidated form for the first time, together with materials related to the ICSID cases from national courts around the world. All the decisions are presented in English with summaries, and are translated from other languages where necessary. This second volume contains materials relating to proceedings from 1983 to 1991, and is fully indexed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, John Fischer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19320301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463478</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, John Fischer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19330302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, John Fischer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19290302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>305.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463491</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McNair, Arnold D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>642</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19320301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463505</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>570</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19360301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19450302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19400301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146353X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146353X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19450302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>642</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19420302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>688</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19450302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463577</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>734</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19510302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>638</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19550302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463621</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19560301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>788</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>730</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19570302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463683</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Hersch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>912</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19600301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1060</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19610302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146370X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146370X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>610</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19630302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>794</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63713/cover/9780521463713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19630302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>696</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63720/cover/9780521463720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19630302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>722</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63737/cover/9780521463737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19630302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63744/cover/9780521463744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>590</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63751/cover/9780521463751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>590</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63768/cover/9780521463768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>698</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63775/cover/9780521463775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19660302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63782/cover/9780521463782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>546</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63799/cover/9780521463799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63805/cover/9780521463805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19670302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63812/cover/9780521463812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63829/cover/9780521463829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19680301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63836/cover/9780521463836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19690302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146384X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146384X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63850/cover/9780521463850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63867/cover/9780521463867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19700302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63874/cover/9780521463874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63881/cover/9780521463881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19710305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>542</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63898/cover/9780521463898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63904/cover/9780521463904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19720301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63911/cover/9780521463911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19730302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>546</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63928/cover/9780521463928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19740302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63935/cover/9780521463935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19750302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63942/cover/9780521463942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>554</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63959/cover/9780521463959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19760304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63966/cover/9780521463966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19780302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63973/cover/9780521463973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146398X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146398X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63980/cover/9780521463980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521463998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521463998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521463997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521463997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/63997/cover/9780521463997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19790302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>726</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64147/cover/9780521464147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>762</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64154/cover/9780521464154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19860305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>804</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64284/cover/9780521464284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19900302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>864</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64291/cover/9780521464291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>780</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64307/cover/9780521464307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>804</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64314/cover/9780521464314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19910302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64321/cover/9780521464321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>826</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64338/cover/9780521464338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirrie, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law, and comparative lawyers, as well as all governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64369/cover/9780521464369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirrie, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law, and comparative lawyers, as well as all governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64376/cover/9780521464376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19840301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirrie, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law, and comparative lawyers, as well as all governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64383/cover/9780521464383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19850302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacGlashan, M. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B20</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law, and comparative lawyers, as well as all governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64420/cover/9780521464420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19870302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Small Towns in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the great wave of publications on European cities and towns in the pre-industrial period, little has been written about the thousands of small towns which played a key role in the economic, social and cultural life of early modern Europe. This collection, written by leading experts, redresses that imbalance. It provides the first comparative overview of European small towns from the fifteenth to the early nineteenth century, examining their position in the urban hierarchy, demographic structures, economic trends, relations with the countryside, and political and cultural developments. Case studies discuss networks in all the major European countries, as well as looking at the distinctive world of small towns in the more 'peripheral' countries of Scandinavia and central Europe. A wide-ranging editorial introduction puts individual chapters in historical perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64635/cover/9780521464635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sheridan Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morwood, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a systematic attempt to establish Sheridan as a major figure in the history of English comedy. Leading scholars address Sheridan's role not only as an outstanding playwright, but also as the manager of Drury Lane Theatre, and his subsequent career as a Member of Parliament. The essays examine the theatrical world in which Sheridan worked, discuss his major plays, and include a modern director's observations on the production of his work today. This is combined with an important re-evaluation of Sheridan's achievements as a master of rhetoric in the political arena, to provide a much needed contemporary assessment of this multifaceted man and his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64666/cover/9780521464666.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of the Trade Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Alison L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the crucial features of unionised labour markets. The models in the book refer to labour contracts between unions and management, but the method of analysis is also applicable to non-union labour markets where workers have some market power. In this book, Alison Booth, a researcher in the field, emphasises the connection between theoretical and empirical approaches to studying unionised labour markets. She also highlights the importance of taking into account institutional differences between countries and sectors when constructing models of the unionised labour market. While the focus of the book is on the US and British unionised labour markets, the models and analytical methods are applicable to other industrialised countries with appropriate modifications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64673/cover/9780521464673.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cities in Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Representations and Productions of Metropolitan Space, 1840-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dennis, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What made cities 'modern' in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries? Cities in Modernity explores connections between culture, economy and built environment in cities of this period, drawing its evidence principally from London, New York and Toronto. The book discusses both the cultural experience of modernity and the material modernization of cities, placing special emphasis on their historical geographies, on the production, representation and use of urban space. The opening chapters present new ways of seeing cities in political and religious discourse, social survey, mapping, art and literature. The book then concentrates on new kinds of public and private spaces, such as apartment buildings, office blocks and department stores, and the networks of communication between them. An important theme throughout is the gendered experience of the new types of environment. The book will appeal to scholars and students of historical geography, urban history and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64703/cover/9780521464703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Reasoning about Final Ends</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Henry S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Richardson argues that we can determine our ends rationally. He constructs a rich and original theory of how we can reason about our final goals. Richardson defuses the counter-arguments for the limits of rational deliberation, and develops interesting ideas about how his model might be extended to interpersonal deliberation of ends, taking him to the borders of political theory. Along the way Richardson offers illuminating discussions of, inter alia, Aristotle, Aquinas, Sidgwick, and Dewey, as well as the work of several contemporary philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64727/cover/9780521464727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theology, Ideology and Liberation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How is theology liberating? In the context of a post-Gorbachev world, where many demand freedom which the Western powers seem ill-equipped to deliver, is it even possible to envisage a liberative theology? Taking as his starting point the Marxist complaint that Christianity is ideological, Peter Scott argues that it is not enough for Christian theology to talk about liberation: it must be liberative. Stressing with feminist and liberation theologies the embodied, contextual nature of theology, the constructive proposal made here locates God's liberating abundance toward society in an interpretation of resurrection as social. Only in this way, in the author's view, can a trinitarian Christian account of liberation be adequately grounded. The book will be of interest to all those who wish to know if theology may speak truthfully about the transformation of society: it offers the shape of a liberative theology pointing towards social freedom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64765/cover/9780521464765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Text of the Old Testament in Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early medieval Vulgate Bible had no fixed textual form - multiple copying resulted in a multitude of forms. This book tackles questions about the transmission of the Vulgate Old Testament in Anglo-Saxon England. By tracing the history of the text in the surviving Latin manuscripts we can illuminate monastic and intellectual history. Following an introduction which explains the wider continental history in which the dissemination of the Latin scriptures occurred, Richard Marsden goes on to analyse twenty surviving manuscripts including the Codex Amiatinus, one of the greatest English books and the earliest surviving complete Vulgate Bible. The book provides a comprehensive listing and collation of surviving Anglo-Saxon manuscripts of the Old Testament, and it also establishes textual history as a dimension of wider Anglo-Saxon history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64772/cover/9780521464772.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146479X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146479X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family Power in Southern Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Duchy of Gaeta and its Neighbours, 850-1139</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how political power was exerted and family identity expressed in the context of reconstruction of the noble families of the medieval duchies of Gaeta, Amalfi and Naples. Localised forms of power, and the impact of the Norman conquest on southern Italy, are assessed by means of a remarkable collection of charters preserved in the Codex diplomaticus Cajetanus. The duchy of Gaeta, like its neighbours, was ruled as a private family business. An integral part of its ruling family's power was its monopolisation of parts of the duchy's economy, the use of members of the clan to rule local centres. When the family broke up, the duchy fell to outside predators. The three duchies reacted in different ways to the Normans. Gaeta flourished commercially in the twelfth century, and its unique political response to contacts with the cities of northern Italy (especially Genoa) forms the final part of this study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64796/cover/9780521464796.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146482X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146482X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>First Steps in Modal Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Popkorn, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a first course in propositional modal logic, suitable for mathematicians, computer scientists and philosophers. Emphasis is placed on semantic aspects, in the form of labelled transition structures, rather than on proof theory. The book covers all the basic material - propositional languages, semantics and correspondence results, proof systems and completeness results - as well as some topics not usually covered in a modal logic course. It is written from a mathematical standpoint. To help the reader, the material is covered in short chapters, each concentrating on one topic. These are arranged into five parts, each with a common theme. An important feature of the book is the many exercises and an extensive set of solutions is provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64826/cover/9780521464826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Rightists and the Revolution of 1905</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rawson, Donald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russian Rightists and the Revolution of 1905 examines the emergence of right-wing organisations in Russia during the political crisis of 1905-1907. In the first comprehensive account of rightist activity throughout the country, it focuses not only on such nationally prominent parties as the Union of the Russian People, but also on provincial organisations. Professor Rawson demonstrates how the rightists attempted to resolve the impasse between autocracy and constitutionalism that Russia had reached  by the end of 1905. These defenders of the old order sought to counter the liberal and radical forces arrayed against the autocracy, sometimes by force, more often by campaigning in elections to the State Duma. The study concludes that the rightist organisations, while never a match for the opposition parties, mobilized a substantial segment of public sentiment and helped induce the autocracy to reassert its authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64871/cover/9780521464871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Cities in North-West Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verhulst, Adriaan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For more than fifty years no synthesis has been written which systematically examines the growth and development of cities in north-west Europe. Adriaan Verhulst takes as his subject the history of urban settlements and towns in the region between the rivers Somme and Meuse from the late Roman period (fourth century) to the end of the twelfth century. This region comprises Flanders and Li&#232;ge, two of the most urbanized areas, not only in the southern Netherlands but in northwestern Europe as a whole until the twelfth century. Fifteen towns are studied in all, and, supported by numerous maps, Professor Verhulst provides rich details of the impact of political, military, ecclesiastical, as well as social and economic, factors on the developing towns as they were transformed from regional markets to centres of industry and international commerce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69098/cover/9780521469098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Negation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haegeman, Liliane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Liliane Haegeman presents an account of sentential negation within a Government and Binding framework. Building on the work of Klima and Lasnik, Haegeman demonstrates the parallelism between negative sentences and interrogative sentences, and gives a unified analysis in terms of a well-formedness condition on syntactic representations: the AFFECT criterion, instantiated as the WH-criterion in interrogative sentences and as the NEG-criterion in negative sentences. It is shown that in the same way that in many languages the WH-criterion gives rise to WH-movement, the NEG-criterion may also give rise to NEG-movement. This is particularly clear in the Germanic languages. In the analysis of sentential negation in Romance languages the author makes extensive use of the notion of representational chain, showing that in these languages too the NEG-criterion applies at the level of S-structure. In addition to providing a syntactic analysis of sentential negation the book also raises a number of theoretical issues such as that of the distinction between A-positions and A'-positions and the level of application of well-formedness conditions. This book will be of interest to all those working on theoretical syntax, particularly of the Germanic and Romance languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64925/cover/9780521464925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and Genre in Medieval French Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaunt, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study explores the ideological framework of genre in Old French and Occitan literature by charting the relationship between ideology and gender in five key genres: the chansons de geste, courtly romance, the Occitan canso, hagiography, and the fabliaux. Simon Gaunt offers new readings of canonical Old French and medieval Occitan texts such as the Chanson de Roland, Chr&#233;tien de Troyes's Chevalier de la charrette, and lyrics by Bernart de Ventadorn, and in addition he considers many less well-known works and less familiar genres such as hagiography and the fabliaux. Drawing on contemporary feminist theory, he examines how masculinity, as well as femininity, is constructed in medieval French and Occitan texts, and shows that gender is a crucial element in the formation of the ideologies that underpin medieval literary genres.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64949/cover/9780521464949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146496X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146496X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beckett before Godot</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pilling, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Beckett before Godot, John Pilling (editor of the Cambridge Companion to Beckett) re-evaluates the formative years of Beckett between the publication of his first work in 1929 and the composition late in 1946 of The Calmative, his last work before the 'trilogy'. Using a wealth of unpublished manuscripts and correspondence from around the world, Pilling offers a detailed account of Beckett's early psychological and aesthetic development, and shows how his artistic growth was paradoxically linked to the likelihood of failure, to which he was always temperamentally attracted. Pilling's treatment of the first two decades of Beckett's career as a writer offers for the first time a coherent critical narrative of his development during this long period of apprenticeship. Beckett before Godot links biographical fact with a series of powerful close readings to modify and enhance our understanding of one of this century's most influential authors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64963/cover/9780521464963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sexual Freedom in Restoration Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chernaik, Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The pursuit of sexual freedom and its political, philosophical and practical implications are the themes of this wide-ranging study of restoration literature, which confronts ideological issues of sexual politics equally relevant to modern debate. The author examines the writers of the later seventeenth century in their historical context, and focuses particularly on what happens when women desire sexual freedom as well as men. In a study of the writings, notorious for their sexual candour, of the Earl of Rochester, God-haunted atheist and licensed rebel of the Restoration court, and Aphra Behn, the most prominent and most controversial woman writer of the period, the author explores some of the tensions inherent in the ideology of individual liberty as applied to the conduct of sexual relations inside and outside marriage. The works by Rochester, Aphra Behn and their contemporaries gain much of their power from the ambivalence with which they treat the competing claims of freedom and authority, rebelliousness and security, the assertion of power and the need to love.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64970/cover/9780521464970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>UV Lasers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Effects and Applications in Materials Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duley, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>419</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides the first comprehensive overview of the modern use of ultraviolet laser radiation in the processing of materials. Lasers operating at ultraviolet wavelengths combine the ability to vaporise the most refractory of materials with the precision to ablate micron-sized holes in polymers and remove thin layers from the cornea for corrective surgery of the human eye. This book explores the use of UV laser radiation for the ablation and deposition of metals, insulating solids, polymers, semiconductors and superconductors. Emphasis has been placed on understanding the physical mechanisms accompanying these processes and the conversion of intense UV radiation to photothermal and photochemical energy in irradiated materials. This will be an invaluable source-book of current information in the rapidly developing field of laser applications for engineers, scientists, researchers and students in universities, government laboratories and the private sector, and will also form a valuable supplementary text for graduate courses in materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64987/cover/9780521464987.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521464994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521464994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521464994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speech Acts and Conversational Interaction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521464994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geis, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book unites speech act theory and conversation analysis to advance a theory of conversational competence. It is predicated on the assumption that speech act theory, if it is to be of genuine empirical and theoretical significance, must be embedded within a general theory of conversational competence capable of accounting for how we do things with words in naturally occurring conversation, and it can usefully be seen as a synthesis of traditional speech act theory, conversation analysis, and artificial intelligence research in natural language processing. Michael L. Geis analyses a variety of naturally occurring conversations, presenting them within a framework of computational interest and within discourse representation theory. In particular, he offers an explicit mapping of semantic and pragmatic (i.e. speech-act-theoretic) meaning features and politeness features into so-called conventionalized indirect speech act forms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64994/cover/9780521464994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology of Infectious Diseases in Natural Populations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grenfell, B. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dobson, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major synthesis of the theory and empirical knowledge about the ecology and epidemiology of infectious diseases in natural, unmanaged, animal and plant populations. Throughout the book a dialogue is developed between the patterns observed in empirical studies of disease in natural populations and the mathematical models used to dissect and examine the observed epidemiological patterns. The book arose from a symposium at the Newton Institute at Cambridge University. It is divided into a number of reviews by experts in various fields and four group reports: two of these synthesize important issues relating to the dynamics of microparasites and macroparasites, while the others discuss spatial patterns in disease dynamics and the evolutionary biology of parasites, pathogens and their hosts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65021/cover/9780521465021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Wild and the Sown</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Botany and Agriculture in Western Europe, 1350-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambrosoli, Mauro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>487</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the spread of new agricultural practice in the half millennium after 1350, and reconstructs a neglected part of Europe's agricultural past: the introduction of fodder crops, and the continuous reorganisation of traditional botanical inputs within a new system of farming. New agricultural systems, based on convertible husbandry, clovers, turnips and roots, were introduced to some areas of Europe from the 1750s, and gave new impetus to productivity. However this so-called 'agricultural revolution' had demanded a learning process in which recourse to ancient and medieval botany helped farmers and scholars to overcome a situation of stalemate in early modern technology. The book breaks entirely new ground by showing the distant historical origins of a major transformation in land potential and farm productivity. A vast range of evidence is cited from Italy, France, England and elsewhere to provide a history of the 'agricultural revolution' in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65090/cover/9780521465090.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Basic Simple Type Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hindley, J. Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Type theory is one of the most important tools in the design of higher-level programming languages, such as ML. This book introduces and teaches its techniques by focusing on one particularly neat system and studying it in detail. In this way, all the key ideas are covered without getting involved in the complications of more advanced systems, but concentrating rather on the principles that make the theory work in practice. This book takes a type-assignment approach to type theory, and the system considered is the simplest  polymorphic one. The author covers all the basic ideas, including the system's relation to propositional logic, and gives a careful treatment of the type-checking algorithm which lies at the heart of every such system. Also featured are two other interesting algorithms that have been buried in inaccessible technical literature. The mathematical presentation is rigorous but clear, making the book at a level which can be used as an introduction to type theory for computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65182/cover/9780521465182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Rights and Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beddard, Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Originally published in 1973 and now completely updated and expanded, this textbook provides a detailed introduction to the machinery set up within the Council of Europe for the protection of the rights of the individual and discusses the cases brought before it. The book considers the impact which the European Convention on Human Rights has had on the lives of those within the twenty six Member States of the Council of Europe by selecting and discussing those parts of its large and complex case law which give some insight into the development of European human rights. This latest edition retains the author's clear and straightforward style thus providing a valuable and accessible guide for students and practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discipleship and Family Ties in Mark and Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the first two centuries CE there was a common awareness that familial tensions were generated by conversions to the Christian faith. Yet studies of Christian origins have so far paid little attention to the impact of the Christian movement upon attitudes to family ties and natural kinship. Stephen C. Barton remedies this deficiency by means of a detailed study of the relevant passages in the gospels of Mark and Matthew. First, however, he examines the religious traditions of Judaism and the philosophical traditions of the Greco-Roman world, and shows that the tensions apparent within the Christian movement were by no means unique. In all three areas of thought and religious belief there is found the conviction that familial obligations may be transcended by some higher responsibility, to God, to Christ, or to the demands of philosophy. Mark and Matthew saw the Jesus-movement as offering a transcendent allegiance, which relativised family ties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65304/cover/9780521465304.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narratives of Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cosmopolitan History from Voltaire to Gibbon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Narratives of Enlightenment is an interdisciplinary study of cosmopolitan approaches to the past. It reappraises the work of five of the most important narrative historians of the century - Voltaire, David Hume, William Robertson, Edward Gibbon and the historian of the American Revolution, David Ramsay - in the context of political and national debates in France, Scotland, England and America; and it investigates the nature and degree of their intellectual investment in the idea of a common European civilisation. Karen O'Brien combines the methodologies of literary criticism and intellectual history to explore debates about Enlightenments and the political uses of narrative. Where previous studies have emphasised the growth of nationalism in eighteenth-century literature, she reveals the development of cosmopolitan ways of thinking beyond national cultural issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65335/cover/9780521465335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society and the Professions in Italy, 1860-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malatesta, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first social and cultural study of the principal 'free' professions in Italy between unification and the First World War. It is a major contribution both to our understanding of the history of the bourgeoisie in Italy and to the developing role of professions in modern European society. The first section discusses the formation of modern Italian engineering, notarial occupations, law, and medicine, and the close involvement of members of the professions with the State and the university. The second section makes an important contribution to the study of Italian society of the period. It analyses the interrelation between the professions, the nobility and Parliament, and examines the social status of members of the professions - how they saw themselves, and how they were viewed by others. The collection as a whole offers a fresh review of the modern Italian bourgeoisie.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65366/cover/9780521465366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martyrdom and Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowersock, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the historical context of the earliest Christian martyrs, and anchors their grisly and often wilful self-sacrifice to the everyday life and outlook of the cities of the Roman empire. Professor Bowersock begins by investigating both the time and the region in which martyrdom, as we know it, came into being. He also offers comparisons of the Graeco-Roman background with the martyrology of Jews and Muslims. A study of official protocols illuminates the bureaucratic institutions of the Roman state as they applied to the first martyrs; and the martyrdoms themselves are seen within the context of urban life (and public spectacle) in the great imperial cities. By considering martyrdom in relation to suicide, the author is also able to demonstrate the peculiarly Roman character of Christian self-sacrifice in relation to other forms of deadly resistance to authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65397/cover/9780521465397.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Thread of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Story of Genes and Genetic Engineering</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aldridge, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Susan Aldridge gives an accessible guide to the world of DNA and also explores the applications of genetic engineering in biotechnology. She takes the reader, step by step, through the fascinating study of molecular biology. The first part of the book describes DNA and its function within living organisms. The second part explores genetic engineering and its applications to humans such as gene therapy, genetic screening and DNA fingerprinting. The third looks at the wider world of biotechnology and how genetic engineering can be applied to such problems as producing vegetarian cheese or cleaning up the environment. The final part explains how knowledge of the structure and functioning of genes sheds light on evolution and our place in the world. Although easy to read, this book faces up to the science involved and should be read by anyone who wants to know about DNA and genetic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65427/cover/9780521465427.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tax Progressivity and Income Inequality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slemrod, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>375</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assembles nine papers on tax progressivity and its relationship to income inequality, written by leading public finance economists. The papers document the changes during the 1980s in progressivity at the federal, state, and local level in the US. One chapter investigates the extent to which the declining progressivity contributed to the well-documented increase in income inequality over the past two decades, while others investigate the economic impact and cost of progressive tax systems. Special attention is given to the behavioral response to taxation of high-income individuals, portfolio behavior, and the taxation of capital gains. The concluding set of essays addresses the contentious issue of what constitutes a 'fair' tax system, contrasting public attitudes towards alternative tax systems to economists' notions of fairness. Each essay is followed by remarks of a commentator plus a summary of the discussion among contributors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87761/cover/9780521587761.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>888</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established sixty years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, envisaged. The series incorporates a number of important aids: 'Concise but comprehensive summaries of each case; Key-word headings; Digest of cases by reference to key words; Tables of cases, both alphabetical and by reference to tribunals; Tables of treaties referred to; Detailed indexes. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a MUST for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most ECONOMICAL AND EFFICIENT WAY of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65441/cover/9780521465441.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65458/cover/9780521465458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146546X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146546X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>806</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65465/cover/9780521465465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>820</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65472/cover/9780521465472.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Textuality of Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasternack, Carol Braun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study constructs a reading of Old English poetry which takes up issues current in poststructuralist theory, including intertextuality, work versus text and the author. The modern reader knows this literature as a discrete number of poems, set up and printed in units punctuated as modern sentences and with titles inserted by modern editors. Carol Braun Pasternack offers an alternative approach which takes into account the format of the verse as it exists in the manuscripts, using the term 'inscribed' to define texts which are situated between oral inheritance and print. In a detailed examination of texts throughout the canon she explores the ways in which readers construct poems in the process of reading and in addition she extends her analysis to the question of authorship, arguing that the texts do not imply an author but rather imply tradition as the source of their authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65496/cover/9780521465496.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Divided Economy of Mandatory Palestine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metzer, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adopting a systematic yet non-technical approach. Jacob Metzer's book is the first to analyse the divided economy of Mandatory Palestine from the viewpoints of modern economic history and development economics. While the existing literature has tended to focus on the Jewish economy, this book explores the socio-economic attributes of both the Arab and Jewish communities within the complex political economy of the period. A concluding chapter reviews the uneasy record of Arab-Jewish economic coexistence in the area of Mandatory Palestine, composed of present-day Israel, the West Bank and the Gaza Strip. The book makes a significant contribution to the economic history of the modern Middle East and to an understanding of the Arab-Israeli conflict. It will appeal to economic historians, development economists and to scholars in the related fields of social and political history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65502/cover/9780521465502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Circumstellar Media in Late Stages of Stellar Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clegg, R. E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, I. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meikle, W. P. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>359</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last throes of their lives, how do low- and high-mass stars interact with their immediate surroundings? How does the circumstellar medium affect the shape of a nebula? How are supernovae affected by a dense medium? And what do we understand of how stellar winds interact with their environments? These and many other exciting issues are addressed in these proceedings, from the 34th Herstmonceux conference, held in Cambridge. Highlights of developments in the field covered in this volume include the latest observational results that show how various types of stellar ejecta differ in shape, and a unified view of the physical processes involved; as well as the latest results on the media around supernovae 1987A and 1993J. This timely volume provides review articles that serve both as an excellent introduction for graduate students and a handy reference for researchers; and up-to-date research papers for those who want to keep abreast of developments in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arabic Historical Thought in the Classical Period</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khalidi, Tarif</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thinking and writing about the past has always been of critical importance to the way that any culture or civilization views itself and its role in the world. In a work which surveys an entire tradition of historical thought and writing across a span of eight hundred years, Tarif Khalidi examines how Arabic-Islamic culture of the pre-modern period viewed the past, how it recorded it, and how it sought to answer the many complex questions associated with the discipline of history. The author combines a chronological and a topical approach to place the tradition within its wider intellectual context, while quotations from historians across the period introduce the English-speaking reader to some of the principal texts of Arabic-Islamic culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65540/cover/9780521465540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>800</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second part of Volume VI of the Cambridge History of Latin America examines the military in Latin American politics; democracy; the Left; labour movements and the urban working class; rural mobilisation and violence. It also takes a look at the role of women in twentieth-century Latin American economy, society, and politics. The volume finishes with a discussion of the actions and importance of the Catholic and Protestant churches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65564/cover/9780521465564.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146563X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146563X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drug-Induced Infertility and Sexual Dysfunction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forman, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilmour-White, Susanna K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forman, Nathalie H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique source of reference provides the first comprehensive guide to the adverse side-effects of many commonly prescribed drugs on fertility and sexual health. More than 150 drugs are listed in this compilation, and the evidence linking them with infertility and sexual dysfunction is carefully reviewed. The volume is designed to provide a rapid source of reference to alert doctors and pharmacists to these hazardous side-effects. The volume also includes an introductory account of the reproductive process and a review of the mechanisms by which these drugs can interfere with or inhibit reproduction. Another important theme of the volume is the effect of social and recreational drugs and environmental agents on reproductive health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65632/cover/9780521465632.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selected Papers in Greek and Near Eastern History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David M. Lewis (1928-1994) was one of the foremost historians of the ancient world, and was uniquely expert in both Greek and Near Eastern history. His name appears on the spine of numerous important books, but much of his most original and influential work was published in article form. The papers selected for this volume illustrate the range and quality of his work on Greek and Near Eastern history and his particular expertise in dealing with inscriptions, ostraka, and coins. Professor Lewis began considering the choice of papers for inclusion before his death and they have been prepared for publication by Professor P. J. Rhodes. A complete bibliography of the author's published works concludes the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65649/cover/9780521465649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preserving the Monarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Comte de Vergennes 1774-1787</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Munro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The comte de Vergennes is best known as one of the great foreign ministers of modern French history, but for much of the 1780s he was also first minister in all but name. This is the first book to deal in depth with the critical part he played in French domestic policies on the eve of the Revolution. It studies Vergennes' role in the context of the debate on the nature and future of the French monarchy in the two decades before the Revolution. His financial reforms, fully examined here, were the last attempt to restructure the monarchy in accordance with its traditional principles. The failure of this undertaking accelerated the final collapse of the royal government. Preserving the Monarchy is based on archival research, as well as reinterpretations of the established sources. The result is a significant study, not merely of Vergennes but of the end of the ancien r&#233;gime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65663/cover/9780521465663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dealing in Diversity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>America's Market for Nature Conservation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Victoria M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With sixty per cent of the land in the United States under private ownership, the role of the private sector in the conservation of habitat and species diversity is being recognised as increasingly important. This book examines the 'market' for the conservation of natural areas in the United States, considering the efforts of both profit and non-profit making ventures. It discusses the costs and benefits of protecting natural areas, and uses specific examples of landowners and agencies involved in private sector conservation. The book concludes by discussing the potential for, and limitations of, the private conservation market, and the role of the government in the market. The effectiveness of conservation methods is examined at three levels: constitutional, organisational and operational. The book will therefore appeal to all those interested or involved in conservation, from students to policy makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65670/cover/9780521465670.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Australian Rainforests</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Islands of Green in a Land of Fire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, D. M. J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do Australian rainforests occur as islands within the vast tracts of Eucalyptus? Why is fire a critical ecological factor in every Australian landscape? What were the consequences of the ice-age colonists use of fire? In this original and challenging book, David Bowman critically examines hypotheses that have been advanced to answer these questions. He demonstrates that fire is the most critical factor in controlling the distribution of rainforest throughout Australia. Furthermore, while Aboriginal people used fire to skilfully manage and preserve habitats, he concludes that they did not significantly influence the evolution of Australia's unique flora and fauna. This book is a comprehensive overview of the diverse literature that attempts to solve the puzzle of the archipelago of rainforest habitats in Australia. It is essential reading for all ecologists, foresters, conservation biologists, and others interested in the biogeography and ecology of Australian rainforests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65687/cover/9780521465687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liszt: Sonata in B Minor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liszt's B minor Sonata is now regarded as his finest work for piano, and one of the pinnacles of Romantic piano music. This handbook opens with a survey of Liszt's early attempts at sonata composition - which include some well-known pieces that, hitherto, have been unrecognised as sonata forms - and clears away some of the persistent myths regarding programme music in Liszt's output. In the central chapters, built around an analysis of the B minor Sonata, Kenneth Hamilton discusses various interpretative approaches, arguing that the contradictory writings on the subject stem from the deliberate formal ambiguity of the piece itself - one reason for its perennial fascination, perhaps. The book concludes with a chapter on the performance practice and the performing history of the work, which should be of particular interest to pianists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65700/cover/9780521465700.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social and Demographic Accounting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewings, Geoffrey J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madden, Moss</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an account of developments and applications of social accounts. It concentrates particularly on the methods of social accounting that Richard Stone, Nobel Laureate in Economics, developed and applied during his long and distinguished career. The contributors to the volume examine applications of social accounts in economics and demography, addressing issues of new formulations and specifications at the national and regional levels. Economic structure and issues of structural change are investigated within the context of social accounts matrices, and Linear Expenditure Systems are used to model population change and household consumption. The importance of social accounts matrices (SAM) in generating Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) models and the enormous potential that both SAM and CGE models have for policy analysis are stressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65724/cover/9780521465724.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roads of Chinese Childhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Learning and Identification in Angang</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stafford, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>233</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children in the Taiwanese fishing community of Angang have their attention drawn, consciously and unconsciously, to various forms of identification through their participation in schooling, family life and popular religion. They read texts about 'virtuous mothers', share 'meaningful foods' with other villagers, visit the altars of 'divining children' and participate in 'dangerous' god-strengthening rituals. In particular they learn about the family-based cycle of reciprocity, and the tension between this and commitment to the nation. Charles Stafford's study of childhood in this community (with additional material from north-eastern mainland China) explores absorbing issues related to nurturance, education, family, kinship and society in its analysis of how children learn, or do not learn, to identify themselves as both familial and Chinese.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65748/cover/9780521465748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Old English Texts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Keeffe, Katherine O'Brien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>243</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reading Old English Texts focuses on the critical methods being used and developed for reading and analysing writings in Old English. The collection is timely, given the explosion of interest in the theory, method, and practice of critical reading. Each chapter engages with work on Old English texts from a particular methodological stance. The authors are all experts in the field, but are also concerned to explain their method and its application to a broad undergraduate and graduate readership. The chapters include a brief historical background to the approach; a definition of the field or method under consideration; a discussion of some exemplary criticism (with a balance of prose and verse passages); an illustration of the ways in which texts are read through this approach, and some suggestions for future work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69708/cover/9780521469708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Family History to Community History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryce, W. T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WQY</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume in a major new initiative in the study of local history, designed to equip students and amateur enthusiasts with a mastery of the basic techniques and concepts required to pursue the subject in depth. From Family History to Community History explores population movements, spatial divisions and social structures in town and countryside, and gives pointers as to the meaning of 'community'. Regional settings, the idea of 'place', and changes over time are also examined, with special attention being paid to the patterns and the processes of all forms of migration. These themes give rise to new research ideas in family and community history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65786/cover/9780521465786.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Derrida and Autobiography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work of Jacques Derrida can be seen to reinvent most theories. In this book Robert Smith offers both a reading of the philosophy of Derrida and an investigation of current theories of autobiography. Smith argues that for Derrida autobiography is not so much subjective self-revelation as relation to the other, not so much a general condition of thought as a general condition of writing - what Derrida calls the 'autobiography of the writing' - which mocks any self-centred finitude of living and dying. In this context, and using literary-critical, philosophical, and psychoanalytical sources, Smith thinks through Derrida's texts in a new, but distinctly Derridean, way, and finds new perspectives to analyse the work of classical writers including Hegel, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Freud, and de Man.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65816/cover/9780521465816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African American Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Historical and Critical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hay, Samuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book traces the history of African American theatre from its beginnings to the present. It analyses the types of plays written for this theatre, identifies the perennial problems faced by theatre artists and producing companies, and makes bold, innovative proposals for the theatre's healthy survival. The book draws on a considerable body of information that is carefully assembled in a lively accessible language. Professor Hay suggests that this theatre has been not only the cultural repository for African American life and history but also the forum where important ideas and aspirations of a people have been advanced and argued. The book presents a coherent and detailed scrutiny of the major stages of the development of African American theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65854/cover/9780521465854.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521465931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521465931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521465939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>DB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer: The Wife of Bath's Prologue on CD-ROM</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521465939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaucer, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Wife of Bath's Prologue on CD-ROM inaugurates a revolutionary new kind of 'book' and offers the first ever genuinely comprehensive record of the Chaucerian text. This electronic textual edition of a major work of literature contains a full record of all the original sources for the work, with sophisticated search software and scholarly apparatus. The CD-ROM presents transcriptions, collations, and some 1,200 digitized images of all 58 pre-1500 manuscript and print versions of Chaucer's Wife of Bath's Prologue - an important section of The Canterbury Tales. An advanced hypertext presentation system enables the user to locate the transcript of a particular line in a particular manuscript, the collation of a particular word, or the image of that line or word in a manuscript, with the greatest of ease. This is the first release in Cambridge's Canterbury Tales on CD-ROM series, a significant innovation in textual bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65939/cover/9780521465939.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isard, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes and evaluates the literature on exchange rate economics. It provides a wide-ranging survey, with background on the history of international monetary regimes and the institutional characteristics of foreign exchange markets, an overview of the development of conceptual and empirical models of exchange rate behavior, and perspectives on the key issues that policymakers confront in deciding whether, and how, to try to stabilize exchange rates. The treatment of most topics is reasonably compact, with extensive references to the literature for those desiring to pursue individual topics further. The level of exposition is relatively easy to comprehend and the chapters are written at a level intelligible to first-year graduate students or advanced undergraduates. The book will enlighten both students and policymakers, and should also serve as a valuable reference for many research economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66004/cover/9780521466004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theorizing the Moving Image</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A selection of essays written by one of the leading critics of film over the last two decades, this volume examines theoretical aspects of film and television through penetrating analyses of such genres as soap opera, documentary, comedy, and such topics as 'sight gags', film metaphor, point-of-view editing, and movie music. Throughout, individual films are considered in depth. Carroll's essays, moreover, represent the cognitivist turn in film studies, containing in-depth criticism of existing approaches to film theory, and heralding a new approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66073/cover/9780521466073.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Piety</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Critical Essays on the Visual Arts, 1986-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert-Rolfe, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryson, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>393</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Piety examines several fundamental questions regarding the work of art and such aesthetic issues as pleasure, beauty and completeness, especially as it functions within the contexts of discontinuity, deferral, displacement and multiplicity. This collection offers a reassessment of the relationship between the art work (or any object considered as something to be looked at) and argument. Engaging the work of art with the discourses of the body, history and textuality, the book offers, moreover, an approach to contemporary art through a novel application of French theory, which is used to reopen questions that have, in both conservative and avant-garde circles, generally been considered to be resolved.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66110/cover/9780521466110.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chasing Progress in the Irish Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideology, Democracy and Dependent Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobsen, John Kurt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the political causes and consequences of economic policy in Ireland, and addresses many key debates in political economy and development studies. As a former colony and small, economically dependent nation with durable democratic institutions, the Republic of Ireland shares many of the economic problems of the Third World, and the political structures of the First World. Like many Latin American and East Asian nations, Ireland abandoned autarky in the late 1950s in favour of free trade and 'industrialisation by innovation', but by the 1980s was seeking a new development arrangement as the costs of this strategy became apparent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66202/cover/9780521466202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asymmetric Conflicts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>War Initiation by Weaker Powers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, T. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines a question generally neglected in the study of international relations: why does a militarily and economically less powerful state initiate conflict against a relatively strong state? T. V. Paul analyses this phenomenon by focusing on the strategic and political considerations, domestic and international, which influence a weaker state to initiate war against a more powerful adversary. The key argument of deterrence theory is that the military superiority of the status quo power, coupled with a credible retaliatory threat, will prevent attack by challengers. The author challenges this assumption by examining six twentieth-century asymmetric wars, from the Japanese offensive against Russia in 1904 to the Argentine invasion of the Falkland Islands in 1982. The book's findings have wide implications for the study of war, power, deterrence, coercive diplomacy, strategy, arms races, and alliances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66219/cover/9780521466219.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Death in Banaras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, Jonathan P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Anthony T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a place to die, to dispose of the physical remains of the deceased and to perform the rites which ensure that the departed attains a 'good state' after death, the north Indian city of Banaras attracts pilgrims and mourners from all over the Hindu world. This book is primarily about the priests and other kinds of 'sacred specialists' who serve them: about the way in which they organise their business, and about their representations of death and understanding of the rituals over which they preside. All three levels are informed by a common ideological preoccupation with controlling chaos and contingency. The anthropologist who writes about death inevitably writes about the world of the living, and Dr Parry is centrally concerned with concepts of the body and the person in contemporary Hinduism; with ideas about hierarchy, renunciation and sacrifice, and with the relationship between hierarchy and notions of complementarity and holism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66257/cover/9780521466257.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Bourgeois Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Wita, B&#233;atrix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underwood, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The French gave us the term 'bourgeois', and then proceeded to argue endlessly about what it meant. According to the Oxford English Dictionary it means 'of or pertaining to the French middle classes'. But it is not a simple matter of social class. Beatrix Le Wita sets out to demonstrate that to be bourgeois one must master a system of words, gestures and objects that define a way of life, a particular culture. It requires the exercise of self-control, and the ritualisation of daily routines. The bourgeoisie must furnish their room in just the right way, dress correctly, and tactfully invoke family history and custom. This witty, observant ethnography decodes the culture that dominates France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66264/cover/9780521466264.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singularities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brasselet, Jean-Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>435</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Singularity theory encompasses many different aspects of geometry and topology, and an overview of these is represented here by papers given at the International Singularity Conference held in 1991 at Lille. The conference attracted researchers from a wide variety of subject areas, including differential and algebraic geometry, topology, and mathematical physics.  Some of the best known figures in their fields participated, and their papers have been collected here. Contributors to this volume include G. Barthel, J. W. Bruce, F. Delgado, M. Ferrarotti, G. M. Greuel, J. P. Henry, L. Kaup, B. Lichtin, B. Malgrange, M. Merle, D. Mond, L. Narvaez, V. Neto, A. A. Du Plessis, R. Thom and M. Vaqui&#233;. Research workers in singularity theory or related subjects will find that this book contains a wealth of valuable information on all aspects of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940905</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Movies for the Masses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Cinema and Soviet Society in the 1920s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Youngblood, Denise J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a pathbreaking study of the 'unknown' Soviet cinema: the popular movies which were central to Soviet film production in the 1920s. Professor Youngblood discusses acting genres, the cinema stars, audiences, and the influences of foreign films and  examines three leading filmmakers - Iakov Protazanov, Boris Barnet, and Fridikh Ermler. She also looks at the governmental and industrial circumstances underlying filmmaking practices of the era, and provides an invaluable survey of the contemporary debates concerning official policy on entertainment cinema. Professor Youngblood demonstrates that the film culture of the 1920s was predominantly and aggressively 'bourgeois' and enjoyed patronage that cut across class lines and political allegiance. Thus, she argues, the extent to which Western and pre-revolutionary influences, boureois directors and middle-class tastes dominated the film world is as important as the tradition of revolutionary utopianism in understanding the transformation of Soviet culture in the Stalin revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66325/cover/9780521466325.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and Computers VIII</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alty, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diaper, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guest, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>502</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with every aspect of the relationship between computers and people (individuals, groups and society). The annual meeting of the British Computer Society's HCI group is recognised as one of the main venues for discussing recent trends and issues. This volume contains refereed papers and reports at the 1993 meeting. A broad range of HCI related topics are covered, including user interface design, user modelling, tools, hypertext, CSCW, and programming. Both research and commercial perspectives are considered, making the book essential for all researchers, designers and manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments in HCI.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19931206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Puzzles for Pleasure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Barry R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are you one of the millions of people throughout the world that are fascinated by puzzles, conundrums and brain teasers? If so then you will want this collection of amusing twisters from Barry Clarke. Based on his extensive experience of writing for the Daily Telegraph, Sunday Times and New Scientist, Clarke has gathered together a variety of posers, together with hints and full solutions. Several examples of a brand new type of puzzle, The Word Bandit, are included as well. The whole gamut of others from logical and liar problems through to digital deletions are included. The puzzles themselves require no special mathematical knowledge, though for those in the 'Advanced' section even seasoned solvers will need to work pretty hard to find the answer. There is something for everyone here; puzzles for children, for the family, for members of Mensa, but above all Puzzles for Pleasure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66349/cover/9780521466349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oil and Politics in the Gulf</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rulers and Merchants in Kuwait and Qatar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crystal, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book asks why in recent years the social and economic upheavals in Kuwait and Qatar have been accompanied by a remarkable political continuity. Professor Crystal investigates this apparent anomaly by examining the impact of oil on the formation and destruction of political coalitions and state institutions. Partly based on a year's fieldwork in the Gulf and making full use of Arabic and Gulf sources, Oil and Politics in the Gulf goes far beyond previously published accounts of the region in its analysis of the effects of oil on domestic politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66356/cover/9780521466356.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Empire in the Middle East</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain's Relinquishment of Power in her Last Three Arab Dependencies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balfour-Paul, Glen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The End of Empire in the Middle Eastis an original and perceptive study of Britain's withdrawal from her last Arab dependencies - the Sudan in 1956, South West Arabia in 1967 and the Gulf in 1971 - based upon a combination of first hand experience and extensive research. Glen Balfour-Paul opens by outlining Britain's position in the Middle East at the end of the Second World War. He then presents in three separate chapters a detailed account of the forces that culminated in withdrawal from each of the countries. In the final chapters, the author compares and contrasts the three episodes in terms of Britain's evolving attitude to empire, public pressures from within and outside the territories, the tensions that arose between policy makers in London and those executing their decisions, attitudes of British officials to their task and the political and economic aftermath of independence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66363/cover/9780521466363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japanese Sense of Self</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberger, Nancy R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection look at how the Japanese see themselves and others, in a variety of contexts, and challenge many Western assumptions about Japanese society. Through their own experiences and observations of Japanese life, the authors explain how the Japanese define themselves and how they communicate with those around them. They discuss what Westerners view as oppositions inherent within the Japanese community and demonstrate how the Japanese reconcile one with the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66370/cover/9780521466370.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital and Credit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Formulation of General Equilibrium Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morishima, Michio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contemporary general equilibrium theory is characteristically short-run, separated from monetary aspects of the economy, and as such does not deal with long-run problems such as capital accumulation, innovation, and the historical movement of the economy. These phenomena are discussed by growth theory, which assumes a given or shifting production function, and in turn cannot therefore deal with the fundamental problem of growth, namely how the production function is derived. Thus traditional theories have a common weakness in that they divorce real economic growth from the activities of the financial sector. This book provides a much-needed synthesis of growth theory and monetary theory. Professor Morishima draws on the work of Schumpeter, Keynes and the pre-war neoclassical economists to formulate a capital-theoretic general equilibrium theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66387/cover/9780521466387.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Sexuality, and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Enforcement of Morals in Classical Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Centering on the examination of the social and legal context of adultery, homosexuality, impiety, and the public-private dichotomy in Athenian society, this book attempts to examine the problems of social control and the regulation of sexuality in a way that will be of interest to a broad readership. It uses a comparative approach to show how the examination of such issues can deepen our understanding of classical Athens, particularly in regard to the role of law in society. Further, it argues that this historical investigation can, in turn, enrich our general appreciation of the relation of social and legal norms, and the roles they play in regulating complex social practices, such as those associated with sexuality, morals and the family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66424/cover/9780521466424.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Opera</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kimbell, David R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Italy was the birthplace of opera. In this authoritative and accessible account of Italian opera, David Kimbell introduces the composers and dramatists, the singers and audiences who, over three hundred years, have created not only a national tradition but the central tradition from which others have drawn their inspiration. He traces the history of Italian opera from its origins in the humanism of the Renaissance to Puccini in the early twentieth century, drawing attention not only to musical issues but also to the social, literary, and philosophical ideas that have shaped modern Italian civilisation. Each part is illustrated by a detailed critical discussion of a key work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66431/cover/9780521466431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146644X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146644X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategic Studies and World Order</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Global Politics of Deterrence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Bradley S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Bradley Klein draws upon recent debates in international relations theory to raise important questions about the nature of strategic studies. He argues that post modern critiques of realism and neorealism open up opportunities for new ways of thinking about nuclear deterrence. In clear and uncluttered language, he explores the links between modernity, state-building and strategic violence, and argues that American foreign policy, and NATO, undertook a set of dynamic political practices intended to make and remake world order in the image of Western identity. Klein warns against too facile a celebration of the end of the Cold War, concluding that it is even more imperative today to appreciate the scope and power of the Western strategic project. The book will be of interest to students of international relations theory, strategic studies, peace studies, and US foreign policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66448/cover/9780521466448.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Darwinism, War and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Debate over the Biology of War from the 'Origin of Species' to the First World War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crook, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While much has been written upon Social Darwinism, the historical impact of Darwinism upon theories of war and human aggression has been sadly neglected. This book is the first to study this discourse in depth. It challenges the received view that Darwinism generated essentially aggressive and warlike social values and pugnacious images of humankind. Paul Crook reconstructs the influential discourse of 'peace biology', whose liberal vision was of  a basically free humanity, not fettered by iron laws of biological necessity or governed by violent genes. By exploring a gamut of Darwinian readings of history and war, mainly in the English-speaking world to 1919, this study throws new light upon militarism, peace movements, the origins of World War I and British social thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66455/cover/9780521466455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mikhail Bakhtin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Between Phenomenology and Marxism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernard-Donals, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The language theory of Mikhail Bakhtin does not fall neatly under any single rubric - 'dialogism,' 'marxism,' 'prosaics,' 'authorship' - because the philosophic foundation of his writing rests ambivalently between phenomenology and Marxism. The theoretical tension of these positions creates philosophical impasses in Bakhtin's work, which have been neglected or ignored partly because these impasses are themselves mirrored by the problems of antifoundationalist and materialist tendencies in literary scholarship. In Mikhail Bakhtin: Between Phenomenology and Marxism Michael Bernard-Donals examines various incarnations of phenomenological and materialist theory - including the work of Jauss, Fish, Rorty, Althusser, and Pecheux - and places them beside Bakhtin's work, providing a contextualised study of Bakhtin, a critique of the problems of contemporary critics, and an original contribution to literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66479/cover/9780521466479.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Perspectives on the American Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Readings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whaples, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Betts, Dianne C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A student reader of the key topics in American economic history. The readings are organised chronologically and thematically, covering such topics as: the colonial and early national economy, slavery and indentured servitude, the South since the Civil War, the origins of American industrial success, the causes of farm protest in the late nineteenth century, the role of women in the economy, and the Great Depression. Introductions add context, provide critical questions about the arguments and evidence, note important subsequent works, and suggest additional readings. Also included are a glossary and an appendix that provides a clear, simple introduction to regression analysis, needed to read the increasingly technical 'cliometric' articles in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66486/cover/9780521466486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Producing Hegemony</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rupert, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Rupert argues that American global power was shaped by the ways in which mass production was institutionalized in the USA, and by the political and ideological struggles integral to this process. The production of an unprecedented volume of goods propelled the United States to the apex of the global division of labor, ensuring victory in World War II and enabling postwar reconstruction under American leadership. He describes an 'historic bloc' of American statesmen, capitalists and labor leaders who fostered a productivity-oriented political consensus within the USA, and sought to generalize their vision of liberal capitalism around the globe. He focuses on the incorporation of industrial labor  as a junior partner in this hegemonic bloc, and argues that the recent erosion of its position under the pressures of transnational competition and the political forces of right wing reaction may open up new possibilities for transformative politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66509/cover/9780521466509.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to World Order</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Cox's writings have had a profound influence on recent developments in thinking in world politics and political economy in many countries. This book brings together for the first time his most important essays, grouped around the theme of world order. The volume is divided into sections dealing respectively with theory; with the application of Cox's approach to recent changes in world political economy; and with multilateralism and the problem of global governance. The book also includes a critical review of Cox's work by Timothy Sinclair, and an essay by Cox tracing his own intellectual journey. This volume will be an essential guide to Robert Cox's critical approach to world politics for students and teachers of international relations, international political economy, and international organisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66516/cover/9780521466516.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population, Gender and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Demographic Change in Rural North India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffery, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffery, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger and Patricia Jeffery are well known for their work on religion and gender in South Asia. In their latest book, a study of the demographic processes of two castes in rural north India, they ask why fertility levels are higher among the Muslim Sheikhs than the Hindu Jats. They conclude that explanations can only partially be attributed to gender relationships and religion, and it is the economic and political interests of both groups which are the defining factors. Their marginal economic position provides little incentive for the Sheikhs to raise small families, while the Jats, who are locally dominant, are encouraged to use birth control and educate their children. The authors go on to demonstrate the significance of this analysis for a wider understanding of the problems of population and politics in India generally. The book will be invaluable for students of South Asia and for anyone interested in the demography of developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Potential Theory in the Complex Plane</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ransford, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Potential theory is the broad area of mathematical analysis encompassing such topics as harmonic and subharmonic functions, the Dirichlet problem, harmonic measure, Green's functions, potentials and capacity. This is an introduction to the subject suitable for beginning graduate students, concentrating on the important case of two dimensions. This permits a simpler treatment than other books, yet is still sufficient for a wide range of applications to complex analysis; these include Picard's theorem, the Phragm&#233;n-Lindel&#246;f principle, the Koebe one-quarter mapping theorem and a sharp quantitative form of Runge's theorem. In addition there is a chapter on connections with functional analysis and dynamical systems, which shows how the theory can be applied to other parts of mathematics, and gives a flavour of some recent research. Exercises are provided throughout, enabling the book to be used with advanced courses on complex analysis or potential theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66547/cover/9780521466547.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 38</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>101</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Topics in New Theatre Quarterly, 38, include Fulvia Guiliani, portrait of a futurist actress; ideological production and mass spectacle in popular front Britain; working in the margin: women in theatre history; Stanislavsky directing Chekhov; and the genesis of theatre anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Devil's Dominion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Magic and Religion in Early New England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godbeer, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Devil's Dominion examines the use of folk magic by ordinary men and women in early New England. The book describes in vivid detail the magical techniques used by settlers and the assumptions which underlaid them. Godbeer argues that layfolk were generally far less consistent in their beliefs and actions than their ministers would have liked; even church members sometimes turned to magic. The Devil's Dominion reveals that the relationship between magical and religious belief was complex and ambivalent: some members of the community rejected magic altogether, but others did not. Godbeer argues that the controversy surrounding astrological prediction in early New England paralleled clerical condemnation of magical practice, and that the different perspectives on witchcraft engendered by magical tradition and Puritan doctrine often caused confusion and disagreement when New Englanders sought legal punishment of witches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66707/cover/9780521466707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of the English People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Iron Age to the Industrial Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pounds, N. J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>495</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging book traces the development of popular culture in England from the Iron Age, when it first becomes apparent as a whole, to the eighteenth century. The concept of popular culture is here taken to be the body of ideas which is held by a people about itself and its environment, both physical and social, together with the tools and artefacts through which its members related to one another and to the outside world; it follows therefore that the general theme of the book is peoples' attitude to, and use of, their environment. After a short discussion of the Prehistoric and Roman cultures the book deals in depth with the essential foundations - shelter and housing, warmth and security, furnishings and domestic convenience, food and its preparation, and ultra-familial and ultra-communal relations. A separate chapter is devoted to the culture of towns. The text is illustrated throughout by objects, artefacts and structures, many of which are visual representations of earlier cultures, notably in sculpture and decoration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66714/cover/9780521466714.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal to Edible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vialles, Noilie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Underwood, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do we find it necessary to slaughter living animals in order to enjoy their flesh? And why does this act offend our sensibilities, without necessarily making us into vegetarians? We no longer tolerate sacrifices, public butchering during festivals, butchers operating openly in the middle of our cities. Today, animals are killed in invisible abattoirs, set a good distance from our normal activities. This recent separation between the slaughter-house and the butcher's establishment is somehow essential to the modern meat diet. In her study of abattoirs in south-west France, No&#233;lie Vialles brings to light a complex system of avoidances. Her analysis reveals that beyond the specific denial of the work of the abattoirs lies a whole system of symbolic representations of blood, human beings and animals, a symbolic code that determines the way in which we prepare domestic animals for the table.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66721/cover/9780521466721.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cost-Benefit Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Layard, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glaister, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Should India build a new steel mill, or London an urban motorway? Should higher education expand, or water supplies be improved? These are typical questions about which cost-benefit analysis has something to say. It is the main tool that economics provides for analysing problems of social choice. It also provides a useful vehicle for understanding the practical value of welfare economics. This new book of readings covers all the main problems that arise in a typical cost-benefit exercise. It is entirely up-to-date, reflecting the most recent research in the area. Part I covers the main theoretical issues affecting cost-benefit analysis. Part II considers the problem of ascribing a monetary value to things. The third part covers six separate case studies drawn from real-life examples. The book begins with an extended elementary introduction written by the editors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66745/cover/9780521466745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>United States Foreign Policy toward Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Incrementalism, Crisis and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schraeder, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Peter Schraeder offers the first comprehensive theoretical analysis of US foreign policy toward Africa in the postwar era. He argues that though we often assume that US policymakers 'speak with one voice', Washington's foreign policy is, however, derived from numerous centres of power which each have the ability to pull policy in different directions. The book describes the evolution of policy at three levels: Presidents and their close advisors; the bureaucracies of the executive branch; and Congress and African affairs interest groups. Most importantly, the evidence presented demonstrates that the nature of events in Africa has itself affected the operation of the US policymaking process, and the substance of US policy. Drawing on over 100 interviews, and detailed case studies in Zaire, Ethiopia-Somalia and South Africa, this book provides a unique analysis of the historical evolution of US foreign policy towards Africa from the 1940s to the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66776/cover/9780521466776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resistance and Integration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peronism and the Argentine Working Class, 1946-1976</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the relationship between Peronism and the Argentine working class from the foundation of the Peronist movement in the mid 1940s to the overthrow of Peron's widow in 1976. It presents an account of such crucial issues as the role of the Peronist union bureaucracy and the impact of Peronist ideology on workers. Drawing on a variety of untapped sources, Daniel James confronts many of the dominant myths which have surrounded the movement. He argues that its role in containing working-class militancy cannot be explained solely in terms of manipulation, corruption or union gangsterism. The integration of Peronism into Argentine society has always been a complex and fragile operation, constantly undermined by the survival of the movement's original heretical content: its vision of a juster society in which the claim of the working class for a recognition of its social and political weight would be accepted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66820/cover/9780521466820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Popular Politics in Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>County Mayo from the Plantation to the Land War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses County Mayo in Ireland from the Elizabethan pacification of the county to the first stage of the Land War in the late nineteenth century. During those three centuries the county was transformed from being a remote, isolated, impoverished and hostile region of the country to being at the centre of Irish politics and integrated into an agrarian capitalist economy. The book is divided into two sections. The first contains an analysis of the county prior to the Great Famine, and provides the foundation for a core/periphery analysis of Mayo's economic development and its impact upon popular politics in the county. The second, employing a core/periphery analysis of the post-Famine economic and political transformation of the county, demonstrates that the structural changes that gave rise to the Land War occurred more rapidly in central Mayo than along its western coastline or eastern boundaries. This uneven development helps account for both the initial strength and rapid disintegration of the land movement in the county.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66837/cover/9780521466837.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Foreign Policy in an Age of Revolutions, 1783-1793</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>573</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of British foreign policy in a crucial period of international political development. It provides a comprehensive account of the subject, and acts as a guide to the nature of the British state and to the international relations of the period. In 1783 Britain had lost America and was unstable domestically. By 1793 she had regained her position as the leading global maritime, colonial and commercial power. During the intervening years Britain went several times to the brink of war, in 1787 with France over control of the Dutch and their Empire, in 1790 with Spain over the British claim to settle on the Pacific coast of modern Canada, and in 1791 with Russia over the fate of the Turkish Empire. In 1793 Britain and revolutionary France went beyond the brink, a struggle which was crucial for both countries. Each of these crises is examined in an effort to throw light on the British state in an 'age of revolutions'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66844/cover/9780521466844.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bishops' Wars</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charles I's Campaigns against Scotland, 1638-1640</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fissel, Mark Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>King Charles I twice mobilised England in an attempt to enforce religious uniformity in Scotland, and both times he failed. The result was the resurgence of Parliament as partner in the government of the realm. The Bishops' Wars is an essay in military history in a political context, which analyses the institutions of war, its financing, and above all the recruitment of forces. The main purpose of the book is to explain why the King could not and did not reduce Scotland by force. Its significance lies in that it demonstrates how the military failures of 1639 and 1640 were determined by Charles's hand. Moreover, it seeks to show how poor strategic and tactical operations, coupled with the political controversy surrounding the war, plagued the English army. In the final measure, it is concluded that the King must bear responsibility for defeat at the hands of the Scots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66868/cover/9780521466868.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Locke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Resistance, Religion and Responsibility</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a contextual account of the development of John Locke's political, religious, social and moral thought. It analyses many of Locke's unpublished manuscripts and relatively neglected works as well as the Two Treatises, the Letter Concerning Toleration and the Essay Concerning Human Understanding. Professor Marshall studies the development of Locke's political thought from absolutism to resistance, and provides significant revisions to current explanations of the immediate contexts and purposes of composition of the Two Treatises. He also sets out major accounts of Locke's moral, social and religious thought both as extremely important subjects in their own right and in order to challenge many scholars' interpretations of their influences on Locke's political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66875/cover/9780521466875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Health in British India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglo-Indian Preventive Medicine 1859-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After years of neglect the last decade has witnessed a surge of interest in the medical history of India under colonial rule. This is the first major study of public health in British India. It covers many previously unresearched areas such as European attitudes towards India and its inhabitants, and the way in which these were reflected in medical literature and medical policy; the fate of public health at local level under Indian control; and the effects of quarantine on colonial trade and the pilgrimage to Mecca. The book places medicine within the context of debates about the government of India, and relations between rulers and ruled. In emphasising the active role of the indigenous population, and in its range of material, it differs significantly from most other work conducted in this subject area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66882/cover/9780521466882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kaunitz and Enlightened Absolutism 1753-1780</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szabo, Franz A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first major archivally based study of the political career of Wenzel Anton Kaunitz, State Chancellor of the Habsburg Monarchy from 1753 to 1792. Author of the diplomatic revolution of 1756 and brilliant foreign minister of the Austrian Empire, Kaunitz was also the most important statesman in the development of enlightened absolutism in central Europe. Virtually the third head of state under Maria Theresia and Joseph II, he was the driving force behind the many reforms which sought to modernise the monarchy.  Using Kaunitz as a focus, the author explores the dynamic of the development of enlightened absolutism in the Habsburg Empire through its most influential proponent and spokesman. Enlightened absolutism in the Habsburg Monarchy produced some of the boldest innovations in eighteenth-century Europe, and this book analyses the full complexity of the decision-making process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66905/cover/9780521466905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Idea of Luxury</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Conceptual and Historical Investigation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this far-ranging and innovative study Christopher Berry explores the meanings and ramifications of the idea of luxury. Insights from political theory, philosophy and intellectual history are utilised in a sophisticated conceptual analysis that is complemented by a series of specific historical investigations. Dr Berry suggests that the value attached to luxury is a crucial component in any society's self-understanding, and shows how luxury has changed from being essentially a negative term, threatening social virtue, to a guileless ploy supporting consumption. His analytic focus upon the interplay between the notions of need and desire suggests that luxuries fall into four categories - sustenance, shelter, clothing and leisure - and these are exemplified in sources as diverse as classical philosophy and contemporary advertising.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66912/cover/9780521466912.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521466962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521466962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521466967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Inequality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Personal Judgment and Income Distributions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521466967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amiel, Yoram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowell, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>195</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is inequality? In recent years there has been an explosion of interest in the subject that has yielded a substantial body of formal tools and results for income-distribution analysis. Nearly all of this is founded on a small set of core assumptions - such as the Principle of Transfers, scale independence, the population principle&#8721; - that are used to give meaning to specific concepts of inequality measurement, inequality ranking and, indeed, to inequality itself. But does the standard axiomatic structure coincide with public perceptions of inequality? Or is the economist's concept of inequality a thing apart, perpetuated through serial brainwashing in the way the subject is studied and taught? Amiel and Cowell examine the evidence from a large international questionnaire experiment using student respondents. Along with basic 'cake-sharing' issues, related questions involving social-welfare rankings, the relationship between inequality and overall income growth and the meaning of poverty comparisons are considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/66967/cover/9780521466967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, War, Famine and Death in Reformation Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cunningham, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grell, Ole Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an exciting interpretation of early modern European history (1490-1648). Cunningham and Grell's point of departure, and a prism through which events of the period are interpreted, is D&#252;rer's famous woodcut of The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse. This image came to characterise the outlook and expectations of most early modern Europeans, who experienced a dramatic rise in population, leading to repeated episodes of war, epidemics and famine. These were seen as indicating the imminent end of the world. The book is lavishly illustrated with fascinating contemporary images which, like many texts of the period, are preoccupied with Apocalypticism and eschatological expectations. Lucidly written and carefully organised, it brings together religious, social, military and medical history in one survey, giving a unique insight into why the early modern world linked all the crises of the age to the Day of Judgement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67018/cover/9780521467018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Models in the Applied Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fowler, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematical modelling is the basis of almost all applied mathematics. A 'real-world' problem is dissected and phrased in a mathematical setting, allowing it to be simplified and ultimately solved. This book presents a thorough grounding in the techniques of modelling, and proceeds to explore a range of classical and continuum models from an impressive array of disciplines, including: biology, chemical engineering, fluid and solid mechanics, geophysics, medicine, and physics. It assumes only a basic mathematical grounding in calculus and analysis and will provide a wealth of examples for students of mathematics, engineering, and the range of applied sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67032/cover/9780521467032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure and Policy in Japan and the United States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Institutionalist Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowhey, Peter F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCubbins, Mathew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Just when Japan and the United States are both caught up in a major debate over the effectiveness of their governments this volume offers new explanations of their comparative strengths and weaknesses. Why can Japan keep building nuclear power plants while it is has a hard time building an information superhighway? Why is the opposite the case in the United States? Will political reform change public policy in Japan? Would it make a difference in the United States? This volume explains why and how. This is one of the few volumes on the two countries that offers detailed studies of value to policy makers plus scholars and students of comparative policy, comparative foreign policy, and comparative economic policy. It can serve the needs of courses dealing with both politics and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67100/cover/9780521467100.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146711X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146711X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Justification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflective Equilibrium in Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daniels, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We all have beliefs, even strong convictions, about what is just and fair in our social arrangements. How should these beliefs and the theories of justice that incorporate them guide our thinking about practical matters of justice? This wide-ranging collection of essays by one of the foremost medical ethicists in the USA explores the claim that justification in ethics, whether of matters of theory or practice, involves achieving coherence between our moral and non-moral beliefs. Amongst the practical issues addressed in the volume are the design of health-care institutions, the distribution of goods between the old and the young, and fairness in hiring and firing. In combining ethical theory and practical ethics this volume will prove especially valuable to philosophers concerned with ethics and applied ethics, political theorists, bioethicists, and others involved in the study of public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67117/cover/9780521467117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Water Resource Issues</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Gordon J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dooge, James C. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodda, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world's water resources are coming under increasing stress, a stress that will become critical globally sometime during the next century. This is due to the rapidly rising population demanding more and more water and an increasing level of affluence. The book discusses the background to this issue and the measures to be taken over the next 20-30 years to overcome some of the difficulties that can be foreseen, and the means of avoiding others, such as the hazard of floods. It looks at the water resource and its assessment and management in an integrated fashion. It deals with the requirements of agriculture and of rural and urban societies and to a lesser extent with those of industry and power, against the background of the needs of the natural environment. It presents a number of ways and means of improving the management of national and international affairs involving fresh water. It highlights the importance of fresh water as a major issue for the environment and for development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67124/cover/9780521467124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purchasing Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Consumer Organizing, Gender, and the Seattle Labor Movement, 1919-1929</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank, Dana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Purchasing Power analyses consumer organising tactics and the decline of the Seattle labour movement in the 1920s. The book examines the transformation of the movement after the famous Seattle General Strike of 1919 by showing that workers organised not only at the point of production, but through politicised consumption as well, employing boycotts, cooperatives, labor-owned businesses, and union label promotion. It pays special attention to the gender dynamics of labor's consumer campaigns, as trade union men sought to persuade their wives to 'shop union', and to the racial dynamics of campaigns organised by white workers against Seattle's Japanese-American businesses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67148/cover/9780521467148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crow Dog's Case</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Indian Sovereignty, Tribal Law, and United States Law in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harring, Sidney L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crow's Dog Case is the first social history of American Indians' role in the making of American law. This book sheds new light on Native American struggles for sovereignty and justice in nineteenth-century America. The 'century of dishonor', a time when American Indians' lands were lost and their tribes reduced to reservations, provoked a wide variety of tribal responses. Some of the more succesful responses were in the area of law, forcing the newly independent American legal order to create a unique place for Indian tribes in American law. Although the United States has a system of law structuring a unique position for American Indians, they have been left out of American legal history. Crow Dog, Crazy Snake, Sitting Bull, Bill Whaley, Tla-coo-yeo-oe, Isparhecher, Lone Wolf, and others had their own jurisprudence, kept alive by their own legal traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67155/cover/9780521467155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Willing Slaves?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Workers under Human Resource Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many people believe that industrial relations have been transformed. For some, current developments are the result of new human resource management techniques which have overcome adversarial workplace traditions. For others, old attitudes remain, their expression stifled by vigorous competition in product and labour markets. Willing Slaves? explores these competing claims. It shows that managers have come to question past approaches to employee relations. Nowadays they believe that 'winning workers' hearts and minds' is a crucial part of successful management. Equally, however, managers have not yet found ways to make their new ideas work well. Workers continue to place little trust in management, inefficient working practices persist, and attempts to build a 'new industrial relations' have fallen short of the mark. Willing Slaves? concludes by arguing that the best way forward is for organisations to commit themselves to long term labour relations policies which enable workers to participate in management decision-making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67193/cover/9780521467193.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Labour History?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van der Linden, Marcel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays aim to integrate labour history within the broader discipline of social history and to demonstrate the continuing vitality and validity of the sub-discipline. Each essay is in itself a response to criticisms of the ways in which labour historians have approached their subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940725</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146725X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146725X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fifth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bewley, Truman F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Econometric Society holds a World Congress every five years. The programme of these congresses has traditionally included a series of invited symposia, where speakers survey important recent advances in economic theory and econometrics. These two volumes, with their focus on econometrics, and their companion volume on economic theory, contain papers delivered at the Fifth World Congress held in 1985. Designed to make material accessible to a general audience of economists, these papers should be helpful to anyone with training in economics who wishes to follow new ideas and tendencies in the subject. Advances in Econometrics: Fifth World Congress, Volumes I and II, edited by Professor Truman F. Bewley of Yale University, include a wide variety of topics, comprising empirical and policy oriented subjects as well as theoretical and methodological ones.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67254/cover/9780521467254.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fifth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bewley, Truman F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Econometric Society holds a World Congress every five years. The programme of these congresses has traditionally included a series of invited symposia, where speakers survey important recent advances in economic theory and econometrics. These two volumes, with their focus on econometrics, and their companion volume on economic theory, contain papers delivered at the Fifth World Congress held in 1985. Designed to make material accessible to a general audience of economists, these papers should be helpful to anyone with training in economics who wishes to follow new ideas and tendencies in the subject. Advances in Econometrics: Fifth World Congress, Volumes I &amp; II, edited by Professor Truman F. Bewley of Yale University, include a wide variety of topics, comprising empirical and policy oriented subjects as well as theoretical and methodological ones.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67261/cover/9780521467261.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Postmodernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Good, James M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Velody, Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his study Modernity and the Holocaust, Zygmunt Bauman contrasts the hopes and expectations of the modernising world of the nineteenth century with the real outcomes of the twentieth century, where the very conditions of modernity have led to the mass destruction of humanity and of those early hopes for the betterment of humankind. This volume explores the possibilities left to those once modernising societies, not only in terms of the worlds they have constructed but also in discerning the novel conditions which the closure of modernity entails. That closure, in part the completion of industrialisation and the social order that went with it, and in part the dislocation of the kinds of social knowledge used to understand it, has raised profound and disturbing questions about the character of this brave new world and the new ways in which its governance and the goal of the good society can be understood. This volume explores some of the current vicissitudes of modernity, especially in relation to the crises of the political, and the political consequences of new technologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67278/cover/9780521467278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The International Monetary System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenen, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Papadia, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saccomanni, Fabrizio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last two decades international monetary relations have been characterised by latent instability, and more recently by severe tensions. Yet the issue of reforming the international monetary system does not appear on the agenda of the policy makers of the major countries involved. The International Monetary System tries to analyse this apparent contradiction. It brings together contributions from some of the most authoritative academic economists and monetary officials, and examines each of the fundamental functions of the international monetary system. There is broad support for improving present monetary arrangements with the aim of ensuring more stable conditions in monetary and financial markets and of promoting the orderly adjustment of payments disequilibria. For political reasons a fully-fledged reform exercise is unlikely, but very few experts seem to like the status quo. This book provides the reader with a comprehensive account of the institutional and policy changes required to manage an increasingly integrated and interdependent global monetary and financial system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67292/cover/9780521467292.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Chesapeake Family and their Slaves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Historical Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yentsch, Anne Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Analysing the material remains left by Maryland's colonists in the eighteenth century in conjunction with historical records and works of art, archaeologists have reconstructed the daily life of the aristocratic British family of the governor of Maryland. In this large household people from different cultures interacted, and English and West African lifestyles merged. Using this fascinating case-study, Anne Yentsch illustrates the way in which historical archaeology draws on different disciplines to interpret the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67308/cover/9780521467308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems and Methods in Longitudinal Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stability and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magnusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergman, Lars R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudinger, Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torestad, Bertil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume focuses on methods of data treatment, emphasising the importance of careful matching of methodology to the substantive problem under consideration. It deals particularly with concepts of stability and change which are central to personality and developmental research. Contributions to this volume explore the methodology and scope of life span studies in a varity of contexts, including intellectual and cognitive development, transitions such as that from childhood to early adult life, social mobility, behavioural genetics, and psychological disorder, particularly depression. A valuable reference for a wide range of interests in developmental psychology, social and behavioural science, psychiatry, epidemiology and statistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67322/cover/9780521467322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Power and Social Forces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domination and Transformation in the Third World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Migdal, Joel Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli, Atul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shue, Vivienne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This eminently readable collection of high-quality, country-specific essays on Third World politics provides, through a variety of well-integrated themes and approaches, an examination of 'state theory' as it has been practised in the past, and how it must be refined for the future. The contributors go beyond the previously articulated 'bringing the state back in' model to offer their own 'state-in-society' approach. They argue that states, which should be disaggregated for meaningful comparative study, are best analysed as parts of societies. States may help mould, but are also continually moulded by, the societies within which they are embedded. States' capacities, further, will vary depending on their ties to other social forces. And other social forces will be capable of being mobilised into political contention only under certain conditions. Political contention pitting states against other social forces may sometimes be mutually enfeebling, but at other times, mutually empowering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67346/cover/9780521467346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Legacy of Communism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millar, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolchik, Sharon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Current work on the transition from communism in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union has emphasized the 'polity' and the 'economy'; this book analyzes the 'society', and thereby helps fill an important gap in the literature. It endeavors to summarize developments and impose some coherence on the subject by treating four basic areas: ethnic issues, deviance and health, social cleavages, and labor and elitism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67483/cover/9780521467483.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Cultural History of the American Novel, 1890-1940</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Henry James to William Faulkner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Minter, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book interweaves a wide selection of the novels of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries with a series of cultural events ranging from Buffalo Bill's Wild West Show to the 'Southern Renaissance' of the 1930s. Minter examines a wide variety of period novels as works of art that arise from and that remain embedded in culture - arguing conversely, that cultural events such as the making of Chicago's Columbian Exposition and New York's Armory Show differ only in degree, not in kind, from novels. Minter thus constructs a broad and synthetic vision that portrays literary history as a cultural drama in which novels and events emerge as related sites of cultural expression. This book traces the history of African American theatre from its beginnings to the present. It analyses the types of plays written for this theatre, identifies the perennial problems faced by theatre artists and producing companies, and makes bold, innovative proposals for the theatre's healthy survival.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67490/cover/9780521467490.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467500</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Stearns Eliot: Poet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moody, A. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A. David Moody's Thomas Stearns Eliot: Poet was published to acclaim in 1979, with a successful paperback following in 1980. This carefully revised and corrected second edition, with a specially written preface and a new appendix, meets the demand for one of the classic studies of the twentieth century's best-known poet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67506/cover/9780521467506.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myth, Truth and Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards a True Post-modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falck, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Colin Falck's book has had a widespread influence since it first appeared in 1989. Hailed as a work that alters the way we think about literary theory and its institutionalisation in America and Britain, it is a philosophically informed account of the 'paradigm-shift' required to replaced structuralism and post-structuralism as modes of perceiving literature and related culture. Falck now supplements this second paperback edition with an appendix and other new material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67513/cover/9780521467513.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quadratic Forms with Applications to Algebraic Geometry and Topology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pfister, Albrecht</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume has grown out of lectures given by Professor Pfister over many years. The emphasis here is placed on results about quadratic forms that give rise to interconnections between number theory, algebra, algebraic geometry and topology. Topics discussed include Hilbert's 17th problem, the Tsen-Lang theory of quasi algebraically closed fields, the level of topological spaces and systems of quadratic forms over arbitrary fields. Whenever possible proofs are short and elegant, and the author's aim was to make this book as self-contained as possible. This is a gem of a book bringing together thirty years' worth of results that are certain to interest anyone whose research touches on quadratic forms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67551/cover/9780521467551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146756X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146756X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Becoming a Reader</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience of Fiction from Childhood to Adulthood</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Appleyard, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Becoming a Reader argues that, whatever our individual differences of personality and background, there is a regular sequence of attitudes we go through as we mature, which affect how we experience fiction, from the five-year-old child absorbed in the world of fantasy play, through the seventeen year old critical seeker of the truth, to the middle-aged reader recognizing their own experiences in fictional characters. Becoming a Reader argues that this sequence of responses can be worked out and described. The evidence for these claims is drawn from numerous studies of reading and from interviews with a great many readers, young and old. The developmental perspective provides a useful framework for assessing the implications of competing theories of reading and for charting the evolution of individual readers. Finally, in allowing us to predict our reading experience, the book allows us, as adults, to choose what to do with the power which reading gives us.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67568/cover/9780521467568.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Issues in the Developmental Approach to Mental Retardation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burack, Jacob A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Issues in the Developmental Approach to Mental Retardation is one of the first books exclusively devoted to applying the theories, findings and approaches used in work with nonretarded children to several types of retarded individuals. The editors and contributors define the developmental approach and explore theoretical issues as they relate to retarded populations. Problems involving similar sequences of development, cross-domain relations, the environment, and motivation are all discussed, as is the importance of separating the various etiological groups for research and intervention purposes. The contributors also examine the nature of development in specific etiological groups; types of retardation that are addressed include: cultural-familial retardation, Down syndrome, fragile X syndrome, autism, and children with sensory and motor handicaps. This significant volume demonstrates how data from nonretarded development can inform work with retarded populations and how findings from children with mental retardation enrich developmental theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67575/cover/9780521467575.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Adolescence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problem Behaviour and Young Adult Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jessor, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donovan, John Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costa, Frances Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Adolescence traces the lives of adolescents and youth from the late 1960s into the late seventies and early eighties. It is unusual because of the period of time in which the study took place, as well as because of the portion of the lifespan it covers - early adulthood. Concerned with understanding the role of problem behaviour in young adulthood and the factors that influence it, the study also traces outcomes on young adulthood of earlier involvements in problem behaviour, with an emphasis on personality and social environment. The research extends and tests the theoretical framework that guided the study - Problem Behaviour Theory - and shows its usefulness for understanding young adult problem behaviour and development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67582/cover/9780521467582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Mahler</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'... a person should remain a 'person' and not be frozen into a legend' (Alma Mahler). As a leading European conductor, and the composer of enormous and controversial symphonies, Gustav Mahler (1860-1911) inspired mythologisers in his own lifetime. Some of them were personal friends, concerned to counter biased criticism of him in which German-nationalist, hide-bound traditionalist or anti-semitic elements were often mixed. In this new biography, Peter Franklin re-confronts the myth of Mahler the misunderstood hero and attempts to find the person, or persons, behind the legends: the profoundly sensitive thinker and composer, the dictatorial conductor and husband, the iconoclast, the traditionalist. Mahler's life and work emerge as a battle-ground for some of the major conflicting currents and impulses of his period, in which Empires and ideals struggled with the spectre of their own destruction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67612/cover/9780521467612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space, Time and Man</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Prehistorian's View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Grahame</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human understanding of time and space has been developing since the most primitive societies began to record an awareness of their history and environment. Grahame Clark, a distinguished prehistorian, describes that process and its extension with the emergence of technology, social organisation and the capacity for abstract thought. Moving from preliterate to civilised societies, he charts the various phases of transition, marked most notably by the growth of geographical discovery culminating in the circumnavigation of the earth, and the growth of a deeper, more critical view of human history. Our own period takes this fascinating account into the exploration of outer space and the search for an understanding of man's place in the cosmos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67629/cover/9780521467629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communications and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Propaganda and the Press in the Indian National Struggle, 1920-1947</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Israel, Milton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the end of the First World War, Government of India officials and Indian nationalist politicians began to recognise the need for an organized communications network that could reach out to a large and diverse Indian population. The challenge for Government and nationalists alike was to create an effective propaganda machine that could both disseminate news and, at the same time, elicit the desired political response. Milton Israel's book describes the role of the press, news services and propaganda agencies in the last stage of the nationalist struggle in India before the departure of the British, emphasizing the media's participation in the development of a 'national' perspective. Within this context, the author examines the significance of the encounter between imperialism and nationalism and the influence one had upon the other in achieving often conflicting objectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67636/cover/9780521467636.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind and Social Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Writings of Sylvia Scribner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobach, Ethel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falmagne, Rachel Joffe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parlee, Mary Brown</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Laura M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kapelman, Aggie Scribner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogoff, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sylvia Scribner's research and theory have been monumental in forming the emergent field of cultural psychology. Her studies of reasoning and thinking in their cultural and activity contexts added new concepts, methods, and findings to what many are now viewing as a distinctive branch of psychological studies. She was among the first to combine ethnographic studies with experimental studies in order to determine relationships among indigenous literacy and logical activities and their cognitive outcomes. Mind and Social Practice brings together published and previously unpublished work from Sylvia Scribner's productive and wide-ranging career. The book is arranged chronologically and includes five section introductions by the editors, placing Scribner's work in the context of her life, her commitments, and the political and intellectual events of the times. Her later, more theoretically rich writing is enhanced by an appreciation of her earlier work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67674/cover/9780521467674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Costs of Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keech, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book raises and addresses questions about the consequences of democratic institutions for economic performance. Do institutions of accountability inside and outside government through periodic elections produce efficient results, or do they lead to the kind of accumulation of special privileges and protections from market competition that reduces efficiency and growth? Professor Keech suggests that there are modest and bearable costs of democratic procedures, comparable to the agency costs incurred whenever a principal delegates authority to an agent. Democracy, however, does not systematically cause inferior macroeconomic policy detrimental to a population's long-term welfare. Rather, there is a logical circularity among voter preferences, institutions, and economic and political outcomes. This accessible synthesis and sharp perspective on a large topical literature will be highly useful for professionals, graduate students, and upper-level undergraduates aiming to understand the relationship between politics and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67681/cover/9780521467681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Kant's Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, Roger J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the most up-to-date, brief and accessible introduction to Kant's ethics available. It approaches the moral theory via the political philosophy, thus allowing the reader to appreciate why Kant argued that the legal structure for any civil society must have a moral basis. This approach also explains why Kant thought that our basic moral norms should serve as laws of conduct for everyone. The volume includes a detailed commentary on Foundations of the Metaphysics of Morals, Kant's most widely studied work of moral philosophy. The book complements the author's much more comprehensive and systematic study Immanuel Kant's Moral Theory (Cambridge, 1989), a volume that has received the highest critical praise. With its briefer compass and non-technical style this new introduction should help to disseminate the key elements of one of the great modern philosophies to an even wider readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67698/cover/9780521467698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant and French</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Contact in Rural France during the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehning, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peasant and French examines the relationship between French peasants and the development of the French national identity during the nineteenth century. Drawing on methods from cultural studies and social history and a broad range of literary and archival sources, Lehning argues that modern France has in part defined itself as different from the peasantry.  Rather than seeing rural French history as a process in which peasants lose their identities and become French, he views it as an ongoing process of cultural contact in which both peasants and the French nation negotiate their identities in relation to the other. The book suggests a new kind of rural history that places the countryside in its national context rather than in isolation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67704/cover/9780521467704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gesture and the Nature of Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokoe, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilcox, Sherman E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a radical alternative to dominant views of the evolution of language, and in particular the origins of syntax. The authors argue that manual and vocal communication developed in parallel, and that the basic elements of syntax are intrinsic to gesture. They draw on evidence from areas such as primatology, anthropology, and linguistics, to present a groundbreaking account of the notion that language emerged through visible bodily action. They go on to examine the implications of their findings for linguistic theory and theories of the biological evolution of the capacity for language.  Written in a clear and accessible style, Gesture and the Nature of Language will be indispensable reading for all those interested in the origins of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67728/cover/9780521467728.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146773X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146773X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shorter Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronan, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fifth volume of Colin Ronan's abridgement of Joseph Needham's monumental work is concerned with the staggering civil engineering feats made in early and medieval China. No other country did more, both as to scale and skill, than China. The book opens with an account of the road system, which compared not unfavourably with that of the Roman Empire. Naturally, the Great Wall of China is covered in some detail within the social context of walls, which mark, more than any other structure, the basic features of the Chinese communities. The Chinese genius of town planning and achievements in hydraulic engineering are covered in later chapters. This book concludes with an abridgement of Chinese engineering, and provides many clues as to the influence of Chinese innovation on Western engineering trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67735/cover/9780521467735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Methods of Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodge, W. V. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedoe, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work provides a lucid and rigorous account of the foundations of algebraic geometry. The authors have confined themselves to fundamental concepts and geometrical methods, and do not give detailed developments of geometrical properties but geometrical meaning has been emphasised throughout. Here in this volume, the authors have again confined their attention to varieties defined on a ground field without characteristic. In order to familiarize the reader with the different techniques available to algebraic geometers, they have not confined themselves to one method and on occasion have deliberately used more advanced methods where elementary ones would serve, when by so doing it has been possible to illustrate the power of the more advanced techniques, such as valuation theory. The other two volumes of Hodge and Pedoe's classic work are also available. Together, these books give an insight into algebraic geometry that is unique and unsurpassed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67759/cover/9780521467759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Literature in Britain, 1500-1700</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilcox, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive introduction to the works and social contexts of women writers in early modern Britain, a period when it was considered unfeminine to write and yet women were the authors of many poems, translations, conduct books, autobiographies, plays, pamphlets and other texts. Drawing together the pioneering work of feminist literary critics and historians, this survey examines ways in which the idea of woman was constructed in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, and women's role in and access to literary culture. It also focuses on women writers and their output across the spectrum of genres from courtly romance to Quaker prophecy. A unique chronology offers a woman-centred perspective on historical and literary events, and there is a guide to further reading. Women and Literature in Britain, 1500-1700 explores the history of women's part in the development of literary culture, while revealing how paradoxical that history can be.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67773/cover/9780521467773.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Algebraic Characterization of Geometric 4-Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hillman, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes work, largely that of the author, on the characterization of closed 4-manifolds in terms of familiar invariants such as Euler characteristic, fundamental group, and Stiefel-Whitney classes. Using techniques from homological group theory, the theory of 3-manifolds and topological surgery, infrasolvmanifolds are characterized up to homeomorphism, and surface bundles are characterized up to simple homotopy equivalence. Non-orientable cases are also considered wherever possible, and in the final chapter the results obtained earlier are applied to 2-knots and complex analytic surfaces. This book is essential reading for anyone interested in low-dimensional topology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67780/cover/9780521467780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467802</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rhetoric, Sophistry, Pragmatism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mailloux, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The anti-sceptical relativism and self-conscious rhetoric of the pragmatist tradition, which began with the Older Sophists of Ancient Greece and developed through an American tradition including William James and John Dewey has attracted new attention in the context of late twentieth-century postmodernist thought. At the same time there has been a more general renewal of interest across a wide range of humanistic and social science disciplines in rhetoric itself: language use, writing and speaking, persuasion, figurative language, and the effect of texts. This book, written by leading scholars, explores the various ways in which rhetoric, sophistry and pragmatism overlap in their current theoretical and political implications, and demonstrates how they contribute both to a rethinking of the human sciences within the academy and to larger debates over cultural politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67803/cover/9780521467803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Bellini</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosselli, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'A sigh in dancing pumps' was Heine's view of Bellini. His physical beauty, boundless success and untimely death at the age of thirty-three combined to give Bellini instant mythical status. But both the facts and the fantasies were to be embroidered by Bellini's close friend and eventual biographer Francesco Florimo, who distorted the posthumous image of the composer to the extent of altering or destroying letters in his possession. In John Rosselli's account of Bellini's life and music, a new picture of the composer emerges. He provides a more accurate view of Bellini's personality, his relationships and his short but dazzling career in Naples, Milan and Paris. He introduces the operatic world of the early nineteenth century, the singers of Bellini's roles, and, above all he explains the writing and performance of the operas themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67810/cover/9780521467810.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, State and Politics in the Soviet Union and Successor States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Making use of newly available archive material, this book provides the first systematic and accessible overview of church-state relations in the Soviet Union. John Anderson explores the shaping of Soviet religious policy from the death of Stalin until the collapse of communism, and considers the place of religion in the post-Soviet future. The book discusses the motivations of Khrushchev's renewed assault on religion, the Brezhnev leadership's response to the election of a Polish Pope and the perceived revitalisation of Islam, the factors underlying Gorbachev's liberalisation of religious policy, and the problems in this area facing the newly independent states of the former Soviet Union. This study will be of interest to students and scholars of Soviet and post-Soviet studies, religious history, and the politics of church-state relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67841/cover/9780521467841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing the Subject</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Origins of Psychological Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Danziger, Kurt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Constructing the Subject traces the history of psychological research methodology from the nineteenth century to the emergence of currently favored styles of research in the second quarter of the twentieth century. Kurt Danziger considers methodology to be a kind of social practice rather than simply a matter of technique. Therefore his historical analysis is primarily concerned with such topics as the development of the social structure of the research relationship between experimenters and their subjects, as well as the role of the methodology in the relationship of investigators to each other in a wider social context. The book begins with a historical discussion of introspection as a research practice and proceeds to an analysis of diverging styles of psychological investigation. There is an extensive exploration of the role of quantification and statistics in the historical development of psychological research. The influence of the social context on research practice is illustrated by a comparison of American and German developments, especially in the field of personality research. In this analysis, psychology is treated less as a body of facts or theories than a particular set of social activities intended to produce something that counts as psychological knowledge under certain historical conditions. This perspective means that the historical analysis has important consequences for a critical understanding of psychological methodology in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67858/cover/9780521467858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146790X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146790X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups of Lie Type and their Geometries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kantor, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Martino, Lino</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presented here are papers from the 1993 Como meeting on groups of Lie type and their geometries. The meeting was attended by many leading figures, as well as younger researchers in this area, and this book brings together many of their excellent contributions. Themes represented here include: subgroups of finite and algebraic groups; buildings and other geometries associated to groups of Lie type or Coxeter groups; generation and applications. This book will be a necessary addition to the library of all researchers in group theory and related areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67902/cover/9780521467902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521467969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521467969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521467964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>As Climate Changes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Impacts and Implications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521467964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strzepek, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Joel B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Climate Changes: International Impacts and Implications is the most comprehensive study to date examining potential global effects of climate change. The project, which was funded by the US Environmental Protection Agency, involved over 150 scientists from around the world. Common climate change scenarios were used to examine impacts on agriculture, water resources, coastal resources, forests and human health. The studies focused on impacts of climate change on developing countries around the world, and included an integrated case study of Egypt. In addition, the agriculture and forests studies also examined global effects. The studies found that developing countries may be more vulnerable to climate change because some impacts may be more negative on these countries, they have a higher share of national income in climate sensitive sectors, and they have fewer resources to adapt to climate change. This volume summarises the methods and findings from these studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/67964/cover/9780521467964.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminism and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank Parsons, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminists are aware of the diversity of thinking within their own tradition, and of the different approaches to moral questions in which that is manifest. This book describes and analyses that diversity by distinguishing three distinct paradigms of moral reasoning to be found within feminism. Using the writings of feminists, the major strengths and weaknesses of each theory are considered, so that creative dialogue between them can be encouraged. Three common themes are drawn out - which are also on the agenda of new developments in philosophical and Christian ethics: the search for an appropriate universalism, the possibility of a redemptive community and the development of a new humanism. Feminists may be encouraged, through this account of their considerable scholarship in ethical thinking, to contribute to these changes with their special concern for the lives and the fulfilment of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68206/cover/9780521468206.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Illustrating C</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reviewers and readers have enthused over previous 'Illustrating' books from the pen of Donald Alcock; his unique formula using graphics and calligraphy to explain what else would take a thousand words is here applied to illustrate ANSI C. As usual, Alcock emphasizes learning by writing programs and working through them. Plenty of real programs are used to good effect, so that by the end of the book advanced topics have been described by means of increasingly sophisticated examples.  A feature of the layout is the double-page spread: each of these covers a particular topic making the book useful as a reference manual. Moreover each spread is made as self-contained as is reasonably possible - ideal for browsing. For the programmer with a grounding in one language, such as FORTRAN, this book will give an excellent introduction to standard C - one that emphasizes the self-discipline needed to write portable programs. This revised edition has benefited from many corrections and updates, and has now been printed in a wide-page format for ease of use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68213/cover/9780521468213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psyche and Eros</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mind and Gender in the Life Course</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Labouvie-Vief, Gisela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Psyche and Eros, Gisela Labouvie-Vief describes historical and current concepts of mind and development, drawing from disciplines as diverse as philosophy, mythology, religion, literature, and psychology. She then presents a powerful theory of the maturing of mind, which brings together her empirical work and her exploration into mythology. The classical Greek myth of the gods Psyche and Eros serves as an evocative illustration of the author's theory. Psyche and Eros  asserts that the core experience of development differs along gender lines. Rationality is regarded as masculine, while imagination is viewed as feminine. Competition between 'masculine' and 'feminine' parts of the mind has limited our ability to describe the mind and its development over the life course, just as it limits our experiences of development as men and women. The author suggests that we overcome the dualistic way of thinking about mind, and see how rationality and imagination can complement each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68244/cover/9780521468244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The UK Labour Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Aspects and Institutional Developments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrell, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The behaviour of the labour market is widely seen as the cause of the UK's poor macroeconomic performance over the last thirty years. The functioning of the labour market is addressed in this book by an international group of economists. They assemble micro and macroeconomic evidence on the UK, the US, France and Germany, and discuss whether the UK labour market is different, and also if it has changed over time. The microeconomic evidence is assessed by Blanchflower and Freeman and by Gregg and Machin. The Thatcher reforms to industrial relations, surveyed by Metcalf, appear to have increased inequality without producing a more flexible labour market. Gregory and Sandoval suggest that minimum wages might have helped alleviate the rise in inequality in the UK. The effects of the reforms of the 1980s are unclear. Minford and Riley suggest that they have had an impact, whilst Barrell, Pain and Young present evidence that little has changed. The micro and macroeconomic approaches are complemented by Grubb's detailed survey of the effects of active labour market policies as well as by the overview paper by Anderton and Mayhew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68251/cover/9780521468251.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mysticism and Kingship in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Heart of Chinese Wisdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ching, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Julia Ching offers a magisterial survey of over four thousand years of Chinese civilisation through an examination of the relationship between kingship and mysticism. She investigates the sage-king myth and ideal, arguing that institutions of kingship were bound up with cultivation of trance states and communication with spirits. Over time, these associations were retained, though sidelined, as the sage-king myth became a model for the actual ruler, with a messianic appeal for the ruled. As a paradigm, it also became appropriated by private individuals who strove for wisdom without becoming kings. As the Confucian tradition interacted with the Taoist and the Buddhist, the religious character of spiritual and mystical cultivation became more pronounced. But the sage-king idea continued, promoting expectations of benevolent despotism rather than democratisation in Chinese civilisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68282/cover/9780521468282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Invariant Potential Theory in the Unit Ball of Cn</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoll, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph provides an introduction and a survey of recent results in potential theory with respect to the Laplace-Beltrami operator D in several complex variables, with special emphasis on the unit ball in Cn. Topics covered include Poisson-Szeg&#246; integrals on the ball, the Green's function for D and the Riesz decomposition theorem for invariant subharmonic functions. The extension to the ball of the classical Fatou theorem on non-tangible limits of Poisson integrals, and Littlewood's theorem on the existence of radial limits of subharmonic functions are covered in detail. The monograph also contains recent results on admissible and tangential boundary limits of Green potentials, and Lp inequalities for the invariant gradient of Green potentials. Applications of some of the results to Hp spaces, and weighted Bergman and Dirichlet spaces of invariant harmonic functions are included. The notes are self-contained, and should be accessible to anyone with some basic knowledge of several complex variables.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68305/cover/9780521468305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Laplacian on a Riemannian Manifold</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Analysis on Manifolds</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text on analysis of Riemannian manifolds is a thorough introduction to topics covered in advanced research monographs on Atiyah-Singer index theory. The main theme is the study of heat flow associated to the Laplacians on differential forms. This provides a unified treatment of Hodge theory and the supersymmetric proof of the Chern-Gauss-Bonnet theorem. In particular, there is a careful treatment of the heat kernel for the Laplacian on functions. The Atiyah-Singer index theorem and its applications are developed (without complete proofs) via the heat equation method. Zeta functions for Laplacians and analytic torsion are also treated, and the recently uncovered relation between index theory and analytic torsion is laid out. The text is aimed at students who have had a first course in differentiable manifolds, and the Riemannian geometry used is developed from the beginning. There are over 100 exercises with hints.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68312/cover/9780521468312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas and Ideologies in Twentieth-Century Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America  is a large scale, collaborative, multi-volume history of Latin America during the five centuries from the first contacts between Europeans and the native peoples of the Americas in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present. Ideas and Ideologies in Twentieth-Century Latin America  brings together chapters from Volumes IV, VI, and IX of The Cambridge History  to provide in a single volume the economic, social and political ideologies of Latin America since 1870. This, it is hoped, will be useful for both teachers and students of Latin American history and of contemporary Latin America. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68336/cover/9780521468336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521468396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of the Trade Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Alison L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the crucial features of unionised labour markets. The models in the book refer to labour contracts between unions and management, but the method of analysis is also applicable to non-union labour markets where workers have some market power. In this book, Alison Booth, a researcher in the field, emphasises the connection between theoretical and empirical approaches to studying unionised labour markets. She also highlights the importance of taking into account institutional differences between countries and sectors when constructing models of the unionised labour market. While the focus of the book is on the US and British unionised labour markets, the models and analytical methods are applicable to other industrialised countries with appropriate modifications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68398/cover/9780521468398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052146840X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052146840X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Gauge Theories and Modern Particle Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leader, Elliot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Predazzi, Enrico</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work presents, in two volumes, a comprehensive and unified treatment of modern theoretical and experimental particle physics at a level accessible to beginning research students. The emphasis throughout is on presenting underlying physical principles in a simple and intuitive way, and the more sophisticated methods demanded by present day research interests are introduced in a very gradual and gentle fashion. Volume 1 covers electroweak interactions, the discovery and properties of the 'new' particles, the discovery of partons and the construction and predictions of the simple parton model. Volume 2 deals at some length with CP-violation, but is mainly devoted to QCD and its application to 'hard' processes. A brief coverage of 'soft' hadronic physics is included. This work will provide a comprehensive reference and textbook for all graduate students and researchers interested in modern particle physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68404/cover/9780521468404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521468418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521468411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cities in Modernity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Representations and Productions of Metropolitan Space, 1840-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521468411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dennis, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What made cities 'modern' in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries? Cities in Modernity explores connections between culture, economy and built environment in cities of this period, drawing its evidence principally from London, New York and Toronto. The book discusses both the cultural experience of modernity and the material modernization of cities, placing special emphasis on their historical geographies, on the production, representation and use of urban space. The opening chapters present new ways of seeing cities in political and religious discourse, social survey, mapping, art and literature. The book then concentrates on new kinds of public and private spaces, such as apartment buildings, office blocks and department stores, and the networks of communication between them. An important theme throughout is the gendered experience of the new types of environment. The book will appeal to scholars and students of historical geography, urban history and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/68411/cover/9780521468411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Methods of Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodge, W. V. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedoe, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work provides a lucid and rigorous account of the foundations of modern algebraic geometry. The authors have confined themselves to fundamental concepts and geometrical methods, and do not give detailed developments of geometrical properties, but geometrical meaning has been emphasised throughout. This first volume is divided into two parts. The first is devoted to pure algebra; the basic notions, the theory of matrices over a non-commutative ground field and a study of algebraic equations. The second part is concerned with the definitions and basic properties of projective space in n dimensions. It concludes with a purely algebraic account of collineations and correlations. The other two volumes of Hodge and Pedoe's classic work are also available. Together, these books give an insight into algebraic geometry that is unique and unsurpassed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69005/cover/9780521469005.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Methods of Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodge, W. V. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedoe, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work provides a lucid and rigorous account of the foundations of modern algebraic geometry. The authors have confined themselves to fundamental concepts and geometrical methods, and do not give detailed developments of geometrical properties but geometrical meaning has been emphasised throughout. Volume 2 gives an account of the principal methods used in developing a theory of algebraic varieties in spaces of n dimensions. Applications of these methods are also given to some of the more important varieties which occur in projective geometry. The ground field is without characteristic. Since geometry over any field without characteristic conforms to the general pattern of geometry over the field of complex numbers, a sound algebraic basis for classical geometry is provided. The other two volumes of Hodge and Pedoe's classic work are also available. Together, these books give an insight into algebraic geometry that is unique and unsurpassed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69012/cover/9780521469012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy, Psychology and Psychiatry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, A. Phillips</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophy of mind as traditionally understood has rarely engaged directly with psychology and psychiatry. This collection establishes the importance of this interdisciplinary approach and explores new directions in the 'philosophy of psychiatry and psychology'. The essays are by a distinguished group of contributors whose interests and expertise embrace the cognitive, biological and medical sciences as well as the social sciences and humanities. The topics are wide ranging and raise fundamental questions such as what establishes personality or personal identity; how should insanity - or sanity - be defined; what is 'consent'? Readers, like the contributors, will come from a wide range of backgrounds, and find the volume suggests new approaches and offers new insights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69029/cover/9780521469029.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and the Natural Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attfield, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Belsey, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume leading international environmental philosophers further the debate about the value of nature, the concept of the environment, and the metaphysical, ethical, social and international implications of these concepts. Philosophers have to some extent neglected the study of nature and the natural environment, and this collection not only provides a long-overdue contribution to that study, but also points to inadequacies of much contemporary ethical and political theory. For environmentalists who are not philosophers, it will stimulate reflection on their own concepts and principles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69036/cover/9780521469036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics, Computing, and Medicine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Informatics and the Transformation of Health Care</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Kenneth W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New technology always raises compelling ethical questions. As those in medicine increasingly depend on computers and other intelligent machines, the intersection of ethics, computing and the health professions grows much more complex and significant. This book attempts systematically to identify and address the full range of ethical issues that arise when intelligent machines are used in medicine, nursing, psychology, and allied health professions. It maps and explores a variety of important issues and controversies, including ethics and evaluation in computational medicine,  patient and provider confidentiality, responsibility for use of computers in medicine, appropriate use of decision support systems, outcomes of research and computational prognosis (including mortality predictions), and computer-based biomedical research - especially meta-analysis. This book is accessible to participants in the fields of bioethics and medical informatics. It is appropriate for physicians, nurses, administrators, ethicists, health attorneys, advanced undergraduates and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69050/cover/9780521469050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Cities in North-West Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verhulst, Adriaan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For more than fifty years no synthesis has been written which systematically examines the growth and development of cities in north-west Europe. Adriaan Verhulst takes as his subject the history of urban settlements and towns in the region between the rivers Somme and Meuse from the late Roman period (fourth century) to the end of the twelfth century. This region comprises Flanders and Li&#232;ge, two of the most urbanized areas, not only in the southern Netherlands but in northwestern Europe as a whole until the twelfth century. Fifteen towns are studied in all, and, supported by numerous maps, Professor Verhulst provides rich details of the impact of political, military, ecclesiastical, as well as social and economic, factors on the developing towns as they were transformed from regional markets to centres of industry and international commerce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69098/cover/9780521469098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Invention and Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design in Nature and Engineering</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>French, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook for engineering students provides an introduction to design for function, using many examples of manufactured artefacts and living organisms to demonstrate common themes and fundamental principles. Examples forcefully illustrate the importance of the basic design principles related to materials, energy and information. The author also discusses the relation of aesthetic and functional design, the crucial relation of design to production in artefacts, and reproduction in organisms. The book concludes with a brief summary of the role and requirements of designers and inventors. This second edition has been extensively revised, with more examples and a new chapter with actual design case studies to illustrate key ideas. In addition, many exercises have been added to help reinforce important points in the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69111/cover/9780521469111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cult of the Avant-Garde Artist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuspit, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cult of the Avant-Garde Artist examines the philosophical, psychological and aesthetic premises for avant-garde art and its subsequent evolution and corruption in the late twentieth century. Arguing that modernist art is essentially therapeutic in intention, both towards self and society, Donald Kuspit further posits that neo-avant-garde, or post-modern art, at once mocks and denies the possibility of therapeutic change. As such, it accommodates the status quo of capitalist society, in which fame and fortune are valued above anything else. Stripping avant-garde art of its missionary, therapeutic intention, neo-avant-garde art instead converts it into a clich&#233; of creative novelty or ironical value for its fashionable look. Moreover, it destroys the precarious balance of artistic narcissism and social empathy that characterizes modern art, tilting it cynically towards the former. Incorporating psychoanalytic ideas, particularly those concerned with narcissism, The Cult of the Avant-Garde Artist offers a reinterpretation of modern art history. Donald Kuspit, one of America's foremost art critics, is a contributing editor to Artforum and the author of many books.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69227/cover/9780521469227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Farthest Things in the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasachoff, Jay M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spinrad, Hyron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osmer, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheng, Edward S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The quest for the farthest objects in the Universe remains one of the most challenging to modern astronomy. Peering deeper and deeper into space reveals the most distant and powerful objects known and so probes back to the embryonic epochs of the Universe not long after its birth in the Big Bang. Four world experts - chosen for their ability to communicate research astronomy to popular audiences - each contribute a chapter to this lucid survey. In clear terms they bring to the general audience the excitement and challenge of studying the Universe on the largest scales. They address the fundamental issues of scale in the Universe; the ghostly etchings seen on the cosmic background radiation; quasars and their evolution; and galaxy birth. This survey offers an exceptional chance for the general audience to share in the excitement of today's forefront research of the early Universe in an accessible and stimulating way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69319/cover/9780521469319.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Down's Syndrome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Children Growing Up</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carr, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most common, most easily recognised and probably the most researched single condition causing learning disability - Down's syndrome. Based on extensive interviews and questionnaires focusing on fundamental issues of development and upbringing, Dr Carr has followed the lives of a population-based cohort of Down's syndrome subjects from birth to early adulthood. This volume details particularly the development of study groups between the ages 11 and 21 years with a longitudinal perspective reference to earlier years as appropriate. A wide range of factors are investigated from behaviour, discipline and independence through to effects on the family and the provision of help from services. The collection of this unique data spanning the first 21 years of life enables Dr Carr to offer discussion and advice which will be of international relevance and an invaluable reference for all those concerned with the care, health and well-being of Down's syndrome individuals and their families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69333/cover/9780521469333.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Life of Erwin Schr&#246;dinger</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Walter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Erwin Schr&#246;dinger was a brilliant and charming Austrian, one of the greatest scientists of the twentieth century, and a man with a passionate interest in people and ideas. He was best known for the discovery of wave mechanics, which won him the Nobel Prize for Physics, but his most influential book What Is Life? served to attract some of his brightest scientific contemporaries into molecular biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69340/cover/9780521469340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469406</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Darwin's Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Natural History, Natural Theology, and Natural Selection, 1838-1859</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ospovat, Dov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dov Ospovat's book, originally published in 1981, has become generally accepted as one of the most influential books about Darwin published in recent years. Ospovat examines the period of 1838-1859 in detail, and shows that Darwin's views changed quite radically from his initial belief that animals and plants were perfectly adapted to their environments, and that evolution only occurred when the environment changed, to believing that living things were not perfectly adapted, were in constant competition with each other and hence, were continually evolving. By placing Darwin within the other biological developments of the day, Ospovat is able to show that he was not the scientific recluse of popular myth, that there was a theological basis for much of Darwin's original 1838-1844 theory and that his later 'principle of divergence' was influenced by his belief in evolutionary progress. This seminal work should be read by all those interested in the history of modern biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69401/cover/9780521469401.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collapse of a Single-Party System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Disintegration of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Graeme</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Graeme Gill traces the disintegration of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union from 1985 until the dissolution of the USSR in December 1991. Based principally on the contemporary Soviet press, this is the first book to follow the debates in the party over the implications of Gorbachev's reforms and how the party should respond to them. It is an in-depth analysis of the institutional dynamics of a party under pressure. When it came under challenge and it could no longer use the weapon of suppression, the party was unable to mount a serious defence of its position and role. Confronted from the top by Gorbachev's call to reform itself and by his changes to the political arena, and from the bottom by new political forces taking advantage of that arena, the party's unity collapsed and with it any sense of purpose or possibility of survival.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69432/cover/9780521469432.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Short History of Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranelagh, John O'Beirne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>315</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an updated edition (to 1998) of John O'Beirne Ranelagh's standard introductory account of the history of Ireland, reissued in a revised and extended second edition in 1995. While worldwide interest in Ireland has increased greatly in recent years, attention has focused on violence. with the result that discussion has been dominated by the troubles in Northern Ireland. This book covers the full sweep of Irish history from the earliest times up to President Clinton's second visit to Ireland in 1998, in the wake of the Omagh bomb and the surrounding peace initiatives. Throughout, the author's aim is to cast light on the people and the events which have contributed to present-day Irish society, in both North and South.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69449/cover/9780521469449.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Wales</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Concise History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Gareth Elwyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>395</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a second edition of Gareth Elwyn Jones's highly-regarded survey of the history of Wales in modern times, first published in 1984. It explores first a pre-industrial society, dominated by the landed gentry, and goes on to discuss the legacy of the Industrial Revolution. It was industrialisation which transformed the face and fortune of Wales as well as its place in British society. In both main sections of the book the author gives due attention to the economic and social structure before investigating administrative, political, religious and educational developments. The new edition contains fully updated reference material and a new final chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69456/cover/9780521469456.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Lowell S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book develops quantum field theory starting from its foundation in quantum mechanics. Quantum field theory is the basic theory of elementary particle physics. In recent years, many techniques have been developed which extend and clarify this theory. This book incorporates these modern methods, giving a thoroughly modern pedagogic account which starts from first principles. The path integral formulation is introduced right at the beginning. The method of dimensional continuation is employed to regulate and renormalize the theory. This facilitates the introduction of the concepts of the renormalization group at an early stage. The notion of spontaneous symmetry breakdown is also introduced early on by the example of superfluid helium. Topics in quantum electrodynamics are described which have an analog in quantum chromodynamics. Some novel techniques are employed, such as the use of dimensional continuation to compute the Lamb shift. Many problems are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69463/cover/9780521469463.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469554</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy in Christian Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stead, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christianity began as a little-known Jewish sect, but rose within 300 years to dominate the civilised world. It owed its rise in part to inspired moral leadership, but also to its success in assimilating, criticising and developing the philosophies of the day, which offered rationally approved life-styles and moral directives. Without abandoning their allegiance to their founder and to Holy Scripture, Christians could therefore present their faith as a 'new philosophy'. This book, which is written for non-specialist readers, provides a concise conspectus of the emergence of philosophy among the Greeks; an account of its continuance in early Christian times, and its influence on early Christian thought, especially in formulating the doctrines of the Trinity and the Incarnation; and finally a brief critical assessment of the philosophy of St Augustine - arguably the greatest philosopher of the first millennium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69555/cover/9780521469555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Sustainable Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldin, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winters, L. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book applies rigorous economic analysis to the question of sustainable development. It considers the inter-relationship between growth and sustainability showing that one does not necessarily exist to the detriment of the other. Sustainability may be measured and defined in national accounting terms and the contributors explore a potentially powerful theoretical definition. Case studies on Morocco and China examine some of the domestic policy requirements of sustainability, revealing the desirability of quite complex combinations of policies. International policy aspects of sustainability are considered, such as technology transfers and the establishment of workable agreements to reduce global pollution. The volume demonstrates the need to build the sustainability debate on sound economic foundations, and the ability of economists to provide such foundations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69579/cover/9780521469579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pocahontas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of an American Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilton, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the time of its first appearance, the story of Pocahontas has provided the terms of a flexible discourse that has been put to multiple, and at times contradictory, uses. Centering around her legendary rescue of John Smith from the brink of execution and her subsequent marriage to a white Jamestown colonist, the Pocahontas convention became a source of national debate over such broad issues as miscegenation, racial conflict, and colonial expansion. At the same time, Pocahontas became the most frequently and variously portrayed female figure in antebellum literature. Robert S. Tilton draws upon the rich tradition of Pocahontas material to examine why her half-historic, half-legendary narrative so engaged the imaginations of Americans from the earliest days of the colonies through the conclusion of the Civil War. Drawing upon a wide variety of primary materials, Tilton reflects on the ways in which the Pocahontas myth was exploded, exploited, and ultimately made to rationalise dangerous preconceptions about the native American tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69593/cover/9780521469593.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Recruitment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender, Race and Class in the British Parliament</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469616</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovenduski, Joni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this compelling book Pippa Norris and Joni Lovenduski provide the first full account of legislative recruitment in Britain for twenty-five years. Their central concern is how and why some politicians succeed in moving into the highest offices of state, while others fail. The book examines the relative dearth of women, black and working-class Members of Parliament, and whether the evident social bias in the British political &#233;lite matters for political representation. Legislative recruitment concerns the critical step from lower levels (activists, local counsellors) to a parliamentary career. The authors draw evidence from the first systematic surveys of parliamentary candidates, Members of Parliament and party selectors, as well as detailed personal interviews. The study explores how and why people become politicians, and the consequences for parties, legislatures and representative government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69616/cover/9780521469616.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liszt: Sonata in B Minor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liszt's B minor Sonata is now regarded as his finest work for piano, and one of the pinnacles of Romantic piano music. This handbook opens with a survey of Liszt's early attempts at sonata composition - which include some well-known pieces that, hitherto, have been unrecognised as sonata forms - and clears away some of the persistent myths regarding programme music in Liszt's output. In the central chapters, built around an analysis of the B minor Sonata, Kenneth Hamilton discusses various interpretative approaches, arguing that the contradictory writings on the subject stem from the deliberate formal ambiguity of the piece itself - one reason for its perennial fascination, perhaps. The book concludes with a chapter on the performance practice and the performing history of the work, which should be of particular interest to pianists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69630/cover/9780521469630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accounting as Social and Institutional Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopwood, Anthony G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accounting as Social and Institutional Practice is the first major collection of critical and socio-historical analyses of accounting. It gathers together work by scholars of international renown on the social and institutional nature of accounting to address the conditions and consequences of accounting practice. Challenging conventional views that accounting is a technical practice, and that it comprises little more than bookkeeping, this collection demonstrates the importance of analysing the multiple arenas in which accounting emerges and operates. As accounting continues to gain in importance in so many spheres of social life, an understanding of the conditions and consequences of this calculative technology is vital. Its relevance extends far beyond the discipline of accounting. This book will be of considerable interest for specialists in organisational analysis, sociologists, and political scientists, as well as the general reader interested in understanding the increasing significance of accounting in contemporary society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69654/cover/9780521469654.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Old English Texts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Keeffe, Katherine O'Brien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reading Old English Texts focuses on the critical methods being used and developed for reading and analysing writings in Old English. The collection is timely, given the explosion of interest in the theory, method, and practice of critical reading. Each chapter engages with work on Old English texts from a particular methodological stance. The authors are all experts in the field, but are also concerned to explain their method and its application to a broad undergraduate and graduate readership. The chapters include a brief historical background to the approach; a definition of the field or method under consideration; a discussion of some exemplary criticism (with a balance of prose and verse passages); an illustration of the ways in which texts are read through this approach, and some suggestions for future work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69708/cover/9780521469708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernist Quartet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentricchia, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modernist Quartet is a study of the four major American modernist poets (Frost, Stevens, Pound, Eliot) in various historical environments (literary, philosophical, gender relations, the business of capitalist economics) with special attention given to their central poetic texts as they both reflect and shape our understanding of those environments. Frank Lentricchia presents the poems as stories, sometimes only implicit, of the poets seeking to sustain a life in non-commercial writing, in a culture that is hospitable only (for the most part) to commercial art. Central chapters give a synoptic vision of the lives and literary careers of the four poets in question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69753/cover/9780521469753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Witness against the Beast</TitleText>

<Subtitle>William Blake and the Moral Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>E. P. Thompson's long-awaited book on William Blake was published shortly after the historian's death in August 1993. Acclaimed as one of his best and most deeply felt works, it appears now for the first time in paperback.  Written with a vivid passion, and bearing the marks of Thompson's lifelong struggle against authoritarian and anti-humanitarian politics both at the level of the individual and of the state, Witness Against the Beast: William Blake and the Moral Law is a profound enquiry into the structure of Blake's thought and the character of his sensibility. Its qualities are among those which place Thompson himself in the same tradition of dissenting values and non-conforming radicalism represented by Blake some two hundred years earlier.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69777/cover/9780521469777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hong Kong: The Road to 1997</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckley, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger Buckley's book will be essential reading for all those interested in the remarkable history of Hong Kong since 1945 and in its unpredictable future after 1997. In a highly accessible and comprehensive account, the author considers how an obscure British colony on the South China coast emerged from wartime occupation under Imperial Japan to transform itself into an increasingly autonomous and prosperous city-state. He demonstrates how this transformation can only be understood within the context of the extraordinary political, economic, and social changes which have taken place within the territory since 1945. In conclusion, the author looks into the future of Hong Kong after its handover to China, and predicts how its resilient and resourceful people will face the challenges of the post-1997 era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69791/cover/9780521469791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture and Meaning on the Athenian Acropolis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rhodes, Robin Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Architecture and Meaning on the Athenian Acropolis focuses on the architectural complex which is generally considered to be one of the outstanding achievements of Western civilisation. Though the buildings and sculpture of the Acropolis, erected over the course of the fifth century BC, have been scrutinised by scholars for more than a century, Robin Rhodes' sensitive analysis is the first to consider the ensemble as a whole and to explain how the monuments communicate meaningfully with one another to form an iconographic narrative. His study also examines the sculpture and decoration, which were conceived together with the abstract features, while relating both to the larger issues in Greek architecture and aesthetics. Among the themes treated in this landmark study are: the relationship between landscape and religious architecture, the humanisation of temple divinities, the architectural expression of religious tradition and even specific history, architectural procession and hieratic direction, symbolism and allusion through architectural order, religious revival and archaism, and the breaking of architectural and religious canon. Taken together, they constitute the specific narrative of the Acropolis in the Periclean Age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69814/cover/9780521469814.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521469996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521469996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521469999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Situating Fertility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anthropology and Demographic Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521469999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenhalgh, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays ten anthropologists and two historians address the world-wide pattern of falling birth rates. Fertility has commonly been treated from a specialized demographic perspective, but there is today widespread dissatisfaction with conventional demographic approaches, which are criticized for neglecting the cultural, social, and political forces that affect reproductive behavior. For their part, anthropologists have only recently begun to apply their characteristic approaches to the study of reproduction. Drawing on new ethnographic and historical research and on a variety of theoretical approaches, the contributors to this book indicate some of the ways in which demography might take into account historical processes, political forces, and  cultural conceptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/69999/cover/9780521469999.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Repairing Damaged Wildlands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Process-Orientated, Landscape-Scale Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whisenant, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interesting approach to ecological restoration described in this book will appeal to anyone interested in improving the ecological conditions, biological diversity, or productivity of damaged wildlands. Using sound ecological principles, the author describes how these ecosystems are stabilised and directed toward realistic management objectives using natural recovery processes rather than expensive subsidies. An initial emphasis on repairing water and nutrient cycles, and increasing energy capture, will initiate and direct positive feedback repair systems that drive continuing autogenic recovery. This strategy is most appropriate where landuse goals call for low-input, sustainable vegetation managed for biological diversity, livestock production, timber production, wildlife habitat, watershed management, or ecosystem services. Providing a comprehensive strategy for the ecological restoration of any wildland ecosystem, this is an invaluable resource for professionals working in the fields of ecological restoration, conservation biology and rangeland management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70018/cover/9780521470018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernist Quartet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lentricchia, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modernist Quartet is a study of the four major American modernist poets (Frost, Stevens, Pound, Eliot) in various historical environments (literary, philosophical, gender relations, the business of capitalist economics) with special attention given to their central poetic texts as they both reflect and shape our understanding of those environments. Frank Lentricchia presents the poems as stories, sometimes only implicit, of the poets seeking to sustain a life in non-commercial writing, in a culture that is hospitable only (for the most part) to commercial art. Central chapters give a synoptic vision of the lives and literary careers of the four poets in question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70049/cover/9780521470049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Many-Body Atomic Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyle, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pindzola, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>427</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to the field of many-body atomic physics is suitable for researchers and graduate students. Drawing from three major subject areas, atomic structure, atomic photoionization, and electron-atom collisions, this book begins with an introduction to many-body diagrams, and continues with several chapters devoted to each subject area written by leading theorists in that field. Topics in atomic structure include the relativistic theory for highly charged atomic ions and calculations of parity nonconservation. Topics in atomic photoionization include single and double photoionization processes, and photoelectron angular distributions. Topics in electron-atom collisions include the theory of electron impact ionization, perturbation series methods, target dependence of the triply differential cross section, Thomas processes, R-matrix theory, close coupling, and distorted-wave theory. This coherent and carefully edited volume has been prepared by leading atomic physicists as a tribute to Hugh Kelly, one of the pioneers of many-body theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70063/cover/9780521470063.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spirit Possession and Personhood among the Kel Ewey Tuareg</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rasmussen, Susan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the Tuareg people in the Air Mountain region of Niger, women are sometimes possessed by spirits called 'the people of solitude'. The evening curing rituals of the possessed, featuring drumming and song, take place before an audience of young men and women, who joke and flirt as the ritual unfolds. In her analysis of this tolerated but unofficial cult, Susan Rasmussen analyses symbolism and aesthetic values, provides case studies of possessed women, and reviews what local people think about the meaning of possession.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70070/cover/9780521470070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hong Kong: The Road to 1997</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckley, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger Buckley's book will be essential reading for all those interested in the remarkable history of Hong Kong since 1945 and in its unpredictable future after 1997. In a highly accessible and comprehensive account, the author considers how an obscure British colony on the South China coast emerged from wartime occupation under Imperial Japan to transform itself into an increasingly autonomous and prosperous city-state. He demonstrates how this transformation can only be understood within the context of the extraordinary political, economic, and social changes which have taken place within the territory since 1945. In conclusion, the author looks into the future of Hong Kong after its handover to China, and predicts how its resilient and resourceful people will face the challenges of the post-1997 era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70087/cover/9780521470087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Positive Harmonic Functions and Diffusion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinsky, Ross G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Professor Pinsky gives a self-contained account of the theory of positive harmonic functions for second order elliptic operators, using an integrated probabilistic and analytic approach. The book begins with a treatment of the construction and basic properties of diffusion processes. This theory then serves as a vehicle for studying positive harmonic funtions. Starting with a rigorous treatment of the spectral theory of elliptic operators with nice coefficients on smooth, bounded domains, the author then develops the theory of the generalized principal eigenvalue, and the related criticality theory for elliptic operators on arbitrary domains. Martin boundary theory is considered, and the Martin boundary is explicitly calculated for several classes of operators. The book provides an array of criteria for determining whether a diffusion process is transient or recurrent. Also introduced are the theory of bounded harmonic functions, and Brownian motion on  manifolds of negative curvature. Many results that form the folklore of the subject are here given a rigorous exposition, making this book a useful reference for the specialist, and an excellent guide for the graduate student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70148/cover/9780521470148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paper and Iron</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hamburg Business and German Politics in the Era of Inflation, 1897-1927</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, Niall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few economic events have had a more profound or enduring impact than the German hyperinflation of 1923, still remembered popularly as a root cause of Hitler's rise to power. Yet many historians have argued that inflationary policies were, on balance, advantageous to post-1918 Germany, both boosting growth and helping to reduce reparations. The scholarly consensus is that there was no viable alternative to inflation. In Paper and Iron Niall Ferguson takes a different view. He argues that inflation was indeed an economic and political disaster, and further that there were alternative economic policies which could have stabilised the German currency in 1920. To explain why these were not adopted he points to long-term defects in the political institutions of the Reich which went back as far as the 1890s and which persisted beyond 1918. The book therefore reveals the Wilhelmine origins of Weimar's failure, as well as casting light on the origins of the Third Reich.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70162/cover/9780521470162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147017X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147017X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urbanization and Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Germany 1871-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Eric A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contributes to both modern German history and to the sociological understanding of crime in modern industrial and urban societies. Its central argument is that cities, in themselves, do not cause crime. It focuses on the problems of crime and criminal justice during Germany's period of most rapid urban and industrial growth - a period when Germany also rose to world power status. From 1871 to 1914, German cities, despite massive growth, socialist agitation and non-ethnic German immigration, were not particularly infested with crime. Yet the conservative political and religious elites constantly railed against the immoral nature of the city and the German governmental authorities, police, and court officials often overreacted against city populations. In so doing, they helped to set Germany on a dangerous authoritarian course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70179/cover/9780521470179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of the Chemostat</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynamics of Microbial Competition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Hal L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waltman, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The chemostat is a basic piece of laboratory apparatus, yet it has occupied an increasingly central role in ecological studies. The ecological environment created by a chemostat is one of the few completely controlled experimental systems for testing microbial growth and competition. As a tool in biotechnology, the chemostat plays an important role in bioprocessing. This book presents the theory of the chemostat as a model for larger ecological problems such as food chains, competition along a gradient, competition in the presence of an inhibitor, and the effects of time varying inputs. Models which take account of size structure, variable yields, and diffusion are also considered. The basic phenomena are modelled and analysed using the dynamical systems approach. Directions for research and open problems are discussed. Six appendices provide an elementary description of the necessary mathematical tools. Teachers, researchers, and students in applied mathematics, chemical engineering and ecology will find this book a welcome resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70278/cover/9780521470278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Government Survival in Parliamentary Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warwick, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the results of a quantitative investigation into one of the central questions of political science: what determines how long governments survive in parliamentary democracies? Government survival is important because it constitutes an essential component of the overall functioning of parliamentary democracies; it is also closely associated with the introduction to the discipline of event history analysis, a highly promising statistical methodology. The investigation utilizes this methodology on what is undoubtedly the most comprehensive data set yet assembled on governments, comprising hundreds of variables measured for governments in sixteen West European parliamentary democracies over the entire post-war period to 1989. The results fundamentally challenge the central thread of theorizing on government survival and point to an alternative conceptualization of the relationship among governments, parties and voters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70285/cover/9780521470285.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asymptotic Efficiency of Nonparametric Tests</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nikitin, Yakov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Making a substantiated choice of the most efficient statistical test is one of the basic problems of statistics. Asymptotic efficiency is an indispensable technique for comparing and ordering statistical tests in large samples. It is especially useful in nonparametric statistics where it is usually necessary to rely on heuristic tests. This monograph presents a unified treatment of the analysis and calculation of the asymptotic efficiencies of nonparametric tests. Powerful new methods are developed to evaluate explicitly different kinds of efficiencies. Of particular interest is the description of domains of the Bahadur local optimality and related characterisation problems based on recent research by the author. Other Russian results are also published here for the first time in English. Researchers, professionals and students in statistics will find this book invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70292/cover/9780521470292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147034X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147034X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speaking for the People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Party, Language and Popular Politics in England, 1867-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Speaking for the People draws our attention to the problematic nature of politicians' claims to represent others, and in doing so it challenges conventional ideas about both the rise of class politics, and the triumph of party between 1867 and 1914. The book emphasises the strongly gendered nature of party politics before the First World War, and suggests that historians have greatly underestimated the continuing importance of the 'politics of place'. Most importantly, however, Speaking for the People argues that we must break away from teleological notions such as the 'modernisation' of politics, the taming of the 'popular', or the rise of class. Only then will we understand the shifting currents of popular politics. Speaking for the People represents a major challenge to the ways in which historians and political scientists have studied the interaction between party politics and popular political cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70346/cover/9780521470346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity and Subjectivisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Linguistic Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The notion of subjectivity explored here concerns expression of self and the representation of a speaker's perspective or point of view in discourse. Subjectivization involves the structures and strategies that languages evolve in the linguistic realization of subjectivity and the relevant processes of linguistic evolution themselves. This volume reflects the growing attention in linguistics and related disciplines commanded by the centrality in language of the speaker. An international team of contributors offers a series of studies on grammatical, diachronic and literary aspects of subjectivity and subjectivization, from a variety of perspectives including literary stylistics, historical linguistics, formal semantics and discourse analysis. The essays look at the role of the perspective of locutionary agents, their expression of affect and modality in linguistic expressions and discourse, and the effects of their phenomena on the formal shape of discourse. This volume demonstrates how deeply embedded in linguistic expression subjectivity is, and how central to human discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70391/cover/9780521470391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bioremediation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Ronald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Don L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increased industrial and agricultural activity this century has led to vast quantities of the earth's soil and groundwater resources becoming contaminated with hazardous chemicals. Bioremediation provides a technology based on the use of living organisms, usually bacteria and fungi, to remove pollutants from soil and water, preferably in situ. This approach, which is potentially more cost-effective than traditional techniques such as incineration of soils and carbon filtration of water, requires an understanding of how organisms transform chemicals, how they survive in polluted environments and how they should be employed in the field. This book examines these issues for many of the most serious and common environmental contaminants, resulting in a volume which presents the most recent position on the application of bioremediation to the cleanup of polluted soil and water.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70414/cover/9780521470414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Situating Fertility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anthropology and Demographic Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenhalgh, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays ten anthropologists and two historians address the world-wide pattern of falling birth rates. Fertility has commonly been treated from a specialized demographic perspective, but there is today widespread dissatisfaction with conventional demographic approaches, which are criticized for neglecting the cultural, social, and political forces that affect reproductive behavior. For their part, anthropologists have only recently begun to apply their characteristic approaches to the study of reproduction. Drawing on new ethnographic and historical research and on a variety of theoretical approaches, the contributors to this book indicate some of the ways in which demography might take into account historical processes, political forces, and  cultural conceptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70445/cover/9780521470445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147048X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147048X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Market Economy and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sedgwick, Peter H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Sedgwick explores the relation of a theology of justice to that of human identity in the context of the market economy, and engages with critics of capitalism and the market. He examines three aspects of the market economy: first, how does it shape personal identity, through consumption and the experience of paid employment in relation to the work ethic? Second, what impact does the global economy have on local cultures? Finally, as manufacturing changes out of all recognition through the impact of technology and global competition, what is the effect in terms of poverty? Drawing on the response of the Catholic Church, both in the United States and in papal encyclicals, to the market economy from 1985-1991, Sedgwick argues that its involvement deserves to be better known. Moreover, he recommends that the Churches remain part of the debate in reforming and humanizing the market economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70483/cover/9780521470483.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Women of Colonial Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Socolow, Susan Migden</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an overview of the varied experiences of women in colonial Spanish and Portuguese America. Beginning with the cultures that would produce the Latin American world, the book traces the effects of conquest, colonization, and settlement on colonial women. The book also examines the expectations, responsibilities, and limitations facing women in their varied roles, stressing the ways in which race, social status, occupation, and space altered women's social and economic realities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76423/cover/9780521476423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Literature of Labor and the Labors of Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Allegory in Nineteenth-Century American Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Cindy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Literature of Labor and the Labors of Literature juxtaposes representations of labour in fictional texts and non-fictional texts in order to trace the intersections between aesthetic and economic discourse in nineteenth-century America. Both allegory and the new forms of labour produced a version of personhood that seemed frighteningly flat, a flatness that attacked the substance of the work ethic and, indeed, the very foundations of American individualism. Using this contextualized model of allegory, Weinstein argues that texts by Hawthorne, Melville, Twain and Adams are best understood both as allegories of labour (that is, the allegorical representations of the nature and cost of being a labouring being) and labours of allegory (that is, the visibility of the author's work of representation). Weinstein revolutionizes the notion of allegorical narrative, which is exposed as a literary medium of greater depth and consequence than has previously been implied - a working authorial vehicle for engaged and at times socially turbulent thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70544/cover/9780521470544.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prevention of Mental Illness in Primary Care</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendrick, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tylee, Andre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeling, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, D. P. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With increasing international emphasis on care in the community and pressure on resources, the prevention of mental illness within primary care is becoming an important consideration. Up to a third of patients presenting to primary care services are suffering from psychological problems and the large majority are dealt with by the primary health care team. Within this volume, experts from a wide range of mental health care disciplines discuss issues ranging from primary prevention with identification of risk through to early identification of problem symptoms and the effective management of long-term mental illness. With full reference to the current state of research, emphasis has been given to practical measures that can be readily utilised in the primary care setting. This handbook will serve as an invaluable resource for all those with interests in the protection and conservation of mental health. This book was highly commended in the Primary Care category of the British Medical Association Book Award.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of Politics in Modern Kenya</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haugerud, Angelique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Once the major success story of a troubled continent, by the early 1990s Kenya came to be regarded as its fallen star. This book challenges such images of reversal and the analytical polarities which sustain them. Based on several years of research in Kenya, the analysis ranges from telescopic to microscopic fields of vision - from national political culture, oratory, and the staging of politics, to everyday struggles for livelihood among people in one rural locale during the past century. This sliding scale of analysis allows the author to experiment theoretically with a number of themes informed by contemporary analytical tensions among post-modernist 'chaos', historical contingency, and structural regularities. The result is a study which combines many disciplines and perspectives to give a rich and varied picture of the culture of politics in twentieth-century Kenya.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70599/cover/9780521470599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cohomology of Drinfeld Modular Varieties</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laumon, G&#233;rard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A33</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waldspurger, Jean Loup</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cohomology of Drinfeld Modular Varieties provides an introduction, in two volumes, both to this subject and to the Langlands correspondence for function fields. These varieties are the analogues for function fields of the Shimura varieties over number fields. The Langlands correspondence is a conjectured link between automorphic forms and Galois representations over a global field. By analogy with the number-theoretic case, one expects to establish the conjecture for function fields by studying the cohomology of Drinfeld modular varieties, which has been done by Drinfeld himself for the rank two case. This second volume is concerned with the Arthur-Selberg trace formula, and with the proof in some cases of the Rmamanujan-Petersson conjecture and the global Langlands conjecture for function fields. It is based on graduate courses taught by the author, who uses techniques which are extensions of those used to study Shimura varieties. Though the author considers only the simpler case of function rather than number fields, many important features of the number field case can be illustrated. Several appendices on background material keep the work reasonably self-contained. It is the first book on this subject and will be of much interest to all researchers in algebraic number theory and representation theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70612/cover/9780521470612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Faded Dreams</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics and Economics of Race in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnoy, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Faded Dreams paints a new and challenging picture of why racial inequality changes in America. The author argues that blacks caught up with whites mainly when government policies, under political pressure by blacks and an important segment of the white community, pushed for greater racial equality. Similarly, the greatest obstacles to black gains in other periods have also been government policies. These policies usually assumed away the race problem or used it against blacks for political purposes. Faded Dreams  shows that three dominant views of economic differences between blacks and whites - that blacks are individually responsible for not taking advantage of market opportunities, that the world economy has changed in ways that puts blacks at a tremendous disadvantage compared to whites, and that pervasive racism is holding blacks down - do not adequately explain why blacks made such large gains in the past and stopped making them in the 1980s and 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70629/cover/9780521470629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In and out of the Ghetto</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jewish-Gentile Relations in Late Medieval and Early Modern Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsia, R. Po-Chia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmann, Hartmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the 1920s much attention was paid to the history of Jews in Germany since the Enlightenment and the subject became popular again, with renewed emphasis, after 1945. Many historians were deeply committed to understanding and explaining the tragic path that led from the emancipation of the Jews to the Holocaust. For a long time, much less work was done on the history of Jews in Germany in earlier periods, particularly the period between the late Middle Ages and the Enlightenment. This book is the first comprehensive account of Jewish-Gentile relations in central Europe from the fifteenth to the eighteenth century. It lays particular emphasis on cultural, economic, social, and political issues, and incorporates much new research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70643/cover/9780521470643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bach Studies 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melamed, Daniel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together essays on J. S. Bach and members of his family by a distinguished group of scholars. The essays address Bach's compositions, his knowledge of the musical past, his study of contemporaries, and the cultivation of his own music by later generations. The studies draw on source criticism, musical analysis, religious and social context, performance practice and reception history - a broad range of techniques and issues in modern Bach scholarship. The international contributors include both established scholars and newer voices in Bach studies. This volume will be indispensable for any future work on the Musical Offering, St Matthew Passion, Italian Concerto, on Bach's musical connections with his sons Carl Philipp Emanuel and Wilhelm Friedemann and on many other topics in Bach research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70674/cover/9780521470674.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Microscope in the Dutch Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Shaping of Discovery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruestow, Edward G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Focusing on the two seventeenth-century pioneers of microscopic dicovery, the Dutchmen Jan Swammerdam and Antoni van Leewenhoek, Ruestow demonstrates that their uneasiness with their social circumstances spurred their discoveries. Though arguing that aspects of Dutch culture impeded serious research with the microscope, Ruestow also shows, however, that the culture of the period shaped how Swammerdam and Leewenhoek responded to what they saw through the lens. He concludes by emphasising how their early microscopic efforts differed from the institutionalised microscopic research that began in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70780/cover/9780521470780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recovering Shakespeare's Theatrical Vocabulary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dessen, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this rigorous investigation of the staging of Shakespeare's plays, Alan Dessen wrestles with three linked questions: (1) what did a playgoer at the original production actually see? (2) how can we tell today? and (3) so what? His emphasis is upon images and on-stage effects (e.g. the sick-chair, early entrances, tomb scenes) easily obscured or eclipsed today. Basing his analysis on the 600 English professional plays performed before 1642, Dessen identifies a vocabulary of the theatre shared by Shakespeare, his theatrical colleagues and his playgoers, in which stage directions do not admit of neat dictionary definitions but can be glossed in terms of options and potential meanings. To explore such terms, along with various costumes and properties (keys, trees, coffins, books), is to challenge assumptions that underlie how Shakespeare is read, edited and staged today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70803/cover/9780521470803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Influences on Education in the United States to 1917</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geitz, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heideking, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herbst, Jurgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume summarizes recent scholarship on German-American relations in the field of education until World War I. The articles prove the various influences of German scholarship and institutions on the development of the American system of education from kindergarten to university. The book provides an overview for the benefit of scholars, students and the interested general reader. As a cooperative effort of German and American scholars the volume is intended to stimulate further exploration of these themes on both continents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70834/cover/9780521470834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Modern Democracy in the Grisons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Order and Political Language in a Swiss Mountain Canton, 1470-1620</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Randolph C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Freestate of the Three Leagues in the Grisons, a rural confederation in the Swiss Alps, was one of the most unusual political entities in early modern Europe. In the sixteenth century, its inhabitants enjoyed popular sovereignty and remarkable local autonomy, and many of them insisted on political equality among citizens, and on political leaders' responsibilities to their communities. The author uses pamphlets and political documents to trace the Freestate's evolution, focusing on its institutional structure and on the political language used by its inhabitants. This language included radical statements about 'democracy' and rule by the 'common man'. Even so, the Freestate participated in contemporary European political developments; but because it was different, it provides new perspectives on political ideas in sixteenth-century Europe. It represents a political culture distinct from both absolutism and later liberal ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70865/cover/9780521470865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Western Jewry and the Zionist Project, 1914-1933</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkowitz, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study of the Zionist movement in Germany, Britain, and the United States to recognize 'Western Zionism' as a distinctive force. From the First World War until the rise of Hitler, the Zionist movement encouraged Jews to celebrate aspects of a reborn Jewish nationality and sovereignty in Palestine, while at the same time acknowledging that their members would mostly 'stay put' and strive toward acculturation in their current homelands. The growth of a Zionist consciousness among Western Jews is juxtaposed with the problematic nurturing of the movement's institutions, as Zionism was consumed increasingly by fundraising. In the 1930s, Zionist images assumed a progressively greater share of secular Jewish identity, and Zionism became normalized in the social landscape of Western Jewry, but the organization faltered in translating its popularity into a means of 'saving the Jews' and 'building up' the national home in Palestine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70872/cover/9780521470872.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On Quine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonardi, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Santambrogio, Marco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quine is one of the most influential of contemporary philosophers, whose work has ranged broadly across a great number of topics and issues in a career spanning some fifty years. In this collection a group of distinguished philosophers offer a sustained critical evaluation of the full range of Quine's writings. Amongst the topics addressed are interpretation, epistemology, ontology, modality, and mathematical truth. This collection will certainly influence all future discussion of Quine. The contributors include: George Boolos, H-N. Castaneda, Donald Davidson, Umberto Eco, Dagfinn Follesdal, James Higginbotham, Charles Parsons, Hilary Putnam, Barry Stroud, and Bas van Fraassen. However, Quine is given the last word, responding to the essays in the final contribution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70919/cover/9780521470919.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521470986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521470986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521470988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disclosure Processes in Children and Adolescents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521470988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rotenberg, Ken J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>247</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To be known, and to know others, is critical to all social relationships. This topic of 'disclosure processes' not only pertains to people's disclosure of daily thoughts and emotions, but to their disclosure of many controversial problems in contemporary society, such as divorce, AIDS and sexual abuse. The bulk of research has focused on disclosure processes in adults and relatively little attention has been given to that phenomena in children and adolescents. The collection of chapters in this book redresses the balance by systematically examining disclosure processes in children and adolescents. This covers the knowledge of how, to whom, and the conditions under which children and adolescents reveal their personal thoughts and emotions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/70988/cover/9780521470988.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147101X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147101X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English in Nineteenth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#246;rlach, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nineteenth-century English can in many ways be claimed to have laid the foundations for the present-day language, but until recently it has not received as much attention from scholars of linguistics as the English of earlier periods. This book provides an introduction to the distinctive features of nineteenth-century English in England, from spelling to text-types. It examines a wide range of varieties, including political speeches, newspaper articles, advertisements, obituaries, Sunday School poetry, and culinary recipes, so as to illustrate the range of dialects and levels found in the language of that period. The first part of the book provides an overview of the subject, while the second part contains an extensive selection of texts. 100 exercises spread throughout the book serve to introduce the student to the problems and methods involved in English historical linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471028</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personal Pronouns in Present-Day English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wales, Katie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive book-length analysis of personal pronouns in present-day English. Drawing on the Survey of English (SEU) corpus and the International Corpus of English (ICE-GB), Katie Wales examines a wide range of discourse, types and texts, and of varieties of English around the world. Her approach is pragmatic and functional, rather than formal, and her concern is with speakers and writers and their uses of language in social, cultural and rhetorical contexts. The discussion is illustrated with numerous examples of the usage of personal pronouns and also of reflexives and possessives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71022/cover/9780521471022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Programming and Input/Output</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gordon, Andrew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A common attraction to functional programming is the ease with which proofs can be given of program properties. A common disappointment with functional programming is the difficulty of expressing input/output (I/O), while at the same time being able to verify programs. Here, the author shows how a theory of functional programming can be smoothly extended to admit both an operational semantics for functional I/O and verification of programs engaged in I/O. He obtains operational semantics for the three most widely implemented I/O mechanisms for lazy languages, and proves that the three are equivalent in expressive power. He develops semantics for a form of monadic I/O and verifies a simple programming example. These theories of functional I/O are based on an entirely operational theory of functional programming, developed using Abramsky's 'applicative bisimulation'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71039/cover/9780521471039.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Long-term Consequences of Early Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Growth, Development and the Lifespan Developmental Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henry, C. Jeya K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>265</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early environment in which we grow up has profound, long lasting, and often irreversible consequences for us throughout our lives. Stresses due to under nutrition in early childhood can mean that in adulthood individuals are smaller, more prone to disease, and have a shorter life expectancy than those with normal diets. Disease and poor living conditions in infancy and childhood also have profound implications in adulthood. Whilst environmental effects on human growth and development are well documented, the long-term consequences due to processes taking place at the early stages of growth and development have only in past years become a focus of intense study. In this volume, first published in 1996, leading researchers in nutrition, epidemiology, human biology, anthropology and physiology bring together a uniquely accessible source of information on this fascinating topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71084/cover/9780521471084.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471109</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Physiology of Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loughna, P. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pell, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do hormones and growth factors regulate animal growth in the developing embryo and after injury? What processes at the molecular level determine the growth patterns of different tissues? In this diverse synthesis of recent research the regulation of growth in response to environmental and genetic stimuli is discussed at the level of the animal, tissues and cells. Contrasts are drawn between regulation in foetal and adult tissues, and in different tissues such as the CNS, bone and muscle. Functional chapters focus on the molecular links between mechanical tension and muscle growth, for example, while other chapters review the roles of specific molecules such as growth hormone. This state-of-the-art review will be of significant interest to graduate students and research scientists in the fields of animal growth, endocrinology and cell biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14530/cover/9780521114530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147115X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147115X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Introduction to Western Constitutional Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The constitutional question is of paramount importance in the political and nationalist agenda of late twentieth-century Europe. Professor van Caenegem's new book addresses fundamental questions of constitutional organisation: democracy versus autocracy, unitary versus federal organisation, pluralism versus intolerance, by analysing different models of constitutional government through an historical perspective. The approach is chronological: constitutionalism is explained as the result of many centuries of trial and error through a narrative which begins in the early Middle Ages and concludes with contemporary debates, focusing on Europe, the United States, and the Soviet Union. Special attention is devoted to the rise of the rule of law, and of constitutional, parliamentary, and federal forms of government. The epilogue discusses the future of liberal democracy as a universal model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71152/cover/9780521471152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First and Second Lady Chatterley Novels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehl, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansohn, Christa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>730</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>D. H. Lawrence wrote his last novel, Lady Chatterley's Lover, three times in 1926-27, and it is the third version that has become famous. The three versions are in fact three different novels, varying greatly in length, a significant number of episodes, and even some of the main characters. This is the first critical edition of the two early versions of the novel: the first in some ways the most realistic and spontaneous version, the second the longest and to many readers and critics the most successful version. The text is printed from its manuscript source, including numerous, sometimes extensive deletions and variations from the first printed editions. An introduction traces the genesis of the novel and gives an account of its publication and reception. There are also notes, explaining literary, historical and geographical names and allusions, and particular problems of manuscript transmission.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/07153/cover/9780521007153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Institutional Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodin, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Problems of institutional design and redesign, structuring and restructuring, acquired particular poignancy through recent developments from eastern Europe to southern Africa. At the same time, scholars in each of several disciplines - political science, economics, sociology, history and philosophy - have increasingly come to appreciate the important independent role that is, and should be, played by institutional factors in social life. In this volume, disparate theories of institutional design given by each of those several disciplines are synthesized and their peculiar power illustrated. Through analysis of examples ranging from changes in the British welfare state through the transition of eastern European societies to the reward structure of the modern university, the contributors emphasize the important interpenetration of normative and empirical issues in theories of institutional design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71190/cover/9780521471190.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romans and the Apologetic Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Purpose, Genre and Audience of Paul's Letter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guerra, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of all the letters in the Pauline corpus, the Letter to the Romans has attracted the greatest degree of scholarly attention. Yet surprisingly scant consideration has been given to the question of its literary genre. Taking up the comparatively brief suggestions of previous scholars, Dr Guerra argues that the Letter belongs to the protreptic genre - the class of writing in antiquity which urges the adoption of a particular way of life (or a deeper commitment to it), setting out its advantages, replying to objections, and demonstrating its superiority. Working through each chapter of the Letter in turn, he indicates how Paul provides a critique of non-Christian ways of life (both Jewish and Gentile) and affirms the superiority of the Christian Gospel. It becomes apparent that the Pauline apologetics of Romans stand between the hellenistic Jewish tradition and the later Greek Christian apologists, and may have influenced the latter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71268/cover/9780521471268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471273</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imagining the Middle Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Representation of Class in Britain, c.1780-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wahrman, Dror</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why and how did the British people come to see themselves as living in a society centred around a middle class? The answer provided by Professor Wahrman challenges most prevalent historical narratives: the key to understanding changes in conceptualisations of society, the author argues, lies not in underlying transformations of social structure - in this case industrialisation, which supposedly created and empowered the middle class - but rather in changing political configurations. Firmly grounded in a close reading of an extensive array of sources, and supported by comparative perspectives on France and America, the book offers a nuanced model for the interplay between social reality, politics, and the languages of class.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71275/cover/9780521471275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novels behind Glass</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Commodity Culture and Victorian Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Andrew H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on work in critical theory, feminism and social history, this book traces the lines of tension shot through Victorian culture by the fear that the social world was being reduced to a display window behind which people, their actions and their convictions were exhibited for the economic appetites of others. Affecting the most basic elements of Victorian life - the vagaries of desire, the rationalisation of social life, the gendering of subjectivity, the power of nostalgia, the fear of mortality, the cyclical routines of the household - the ambivalence generated by commodity culture organizes the thematic concerns of these novels and the society they represent. Taking the commodity as their point of departure, chapters on Thackeray, Gaskell, Dickens, Eliot, Trollope, and the Great Exhibition of 1851 suggest that Victorian novels provide us with graphic and enduring images of the power of commodities to affect the varied activities and beliefs of individual and social experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71336/cover/9780521471336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and History in the Early Germanic World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471343</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a distinctive and accessible approach to the earliest encounters of the Germanic tribes of Northern Europe with classical antiquity and with early Christianity. It brings together linguistic evidence from across Europe and dating from before Caesar to about 900 AD, to shed light on important aspects of Germanic culture. It shows how semantics and loanword studies, often avoided by non-specialists, can provide important clues for historians and archaeologists of the period. Likewise, it demonstrates that philologists and linguists ignore historical evidence at their peril.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71343/cover/9780521471343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shelley and the Revolution in Taste</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Body and the Natural World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morton, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together the themes of diet, consumption, the body, and human relationships with the natural world, in a highly original study of Shelley. A campaigning vegetarian and proto-ecological thinker, Shelley may seem to us curiously modern, but Morton offers an illuminatingly broad context for Shelley's views in eighteenth-century social and political thought concerning the relationships between humanity and nature. The book is at once grounded in the revolutionary history of the period 1790-1820, and informed by current theoretical issues and anthropological and sociological approaches to literature. Morton provides challenging new readings of much-debated poems, plays, and novels by both Percy and Mary Shelley, as well as the first sustained interpretation of Shelley's prose on diet. With its stimulating literary-historical reassessment of questions about nature and culture, this study will provoke fresh discussion about Shelley, Romanticism, and modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71350/cover/9780521471350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petry, Carl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Egypt offers the first comprehensive English-language treatment of Egyptian history through thirteen centuries, from the Arab conquest to the present day. The two-volume survey considers the political, socio-economic and cultural history of the world's oldest state, summarizing the debates and providing insight into controversies. As Egypt reclaims a leading role in the Islamic, Arab and Afro-Asian worlds, the project stands as testimony to its complex and vibrant past. Volume 1 addresses the period from the Arab invasion in 640 to the Ottoman conquest in 1517. It opens with a discussion of the preceding centuries to illustrate the legacy of ancient Egypt, and then progresses chronologically according to the major dynastic episodes. Authors have been encouraged to address their topics in the light of new research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71374/cover/9780521471374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Dynamics and Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirman, Alan P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nonlinear Dynamics and Economics presents some of the recent developments in nonlinear economic dynamics along with related research from associated fields, including mathematics, statistics, biology, and physics. Specific areas covered include instability in economic theory, nonlinearity in financial markets, tests for nonlinearity and chaos, frequency domain methods, nonlinear business cycles, and nonlinear prediction and forecasting. This volume comprises the tenth in the International Symposia in Economic Theory and Econometrics series under the general editorship of William Barnett. This proceedings volume includes revisions of the most important papers presented at a conference held at the European University Institute in Florence on July 6-17, 1992, along with revisions of the related, invited papers presented at the annual meetings of the American Statistical Association held in San Francisco on August 8-12, 1993.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novel Arguments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading Innovative American Fiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>199</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Novel Arguments argues that innovative fiction - by which is meant writing that has been variously labelled as postmodern, metafictional, experimental - extends our ways of thinking about the world, rejecting the critical consensus that, under the rubrics of postmodernism and metafiction, homogenises this fiction as autonomous and self-absorbed. Play, self-consciousness and immanence - supposed symptoms of innovative fiction's autonomy - are here reconsidered as integral to its means of engagement. The book advances a concept of the 'argument' of fiction as a construct wedding structure and content into a highly evolved and expressive form. The argument, not the content, is established as the site of a fiction's 'aboutness' and thus the usual emphasis upon the generalities of innovative form is replaced by a concern for the logic of specific literary effects. Walsh deftly argues for an understanding of fictional cognition at the theoretical level and in an act of unmatched critical creativity, discards altogether the flattening totalities of received postmodern formulations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71459/cover/9780521471459.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Substance and Separation in Aristotle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spellman, Lynne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>143</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of Aristotle's metaphysics in which the central argument is that Aristotle's views on substance are a direct response to Plato's Theory of Forms. The claim is that Aristotle believes that many of Plato's views are tenable once one has rejected Plato's notion of separation. There have been many recent books on Aristotle's theory of substance. This one is distinct from previous books in several ways: firstly, it offers a completely new, coherent interpretation of Aristotle's claim that substances are separate in which substances turn out to be specimens of natural kinds. Secondly, it covers a broad range of issues, including Aristotle's criticism of Plato, his views on numerical sameness and identity, his epistemology and his account of teleology. There is also a discussion of much of the recent literature on Aristotle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71473/cover/9780521471473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Kierkegaard</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hannay, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marino, Gordon Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each volume of this series of Companions to major philosophers contains specially-commissioned essays by an international team of scholars, together with a substantial bibliography, and will serve as a reference work for students and non-specialists. The contributors to this Companion probe the full depth of Kierkegaard's thought revealing its distinctive subtlety. The topics covered include Kierkegaard's views on art and religion, ethics and psychology, theology and politics, and knowledge and virtue. Much attention is devoted to the pervasive influence of Kierkegaard in twentieth-century philosophy. New readers will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Kierkegaard currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Kierkegaard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71510/cover/9780521471510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions for Equity in Mathematics Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Secada, Walter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fennema, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byrd, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of how to provide equitable schooling for ethnic and linguistic minorities has come to the forefront of education. Walter Secada has brought together top researchers to examine equity from the standpoint of mathematics education - an excellent forum for the topic, since the results are quantifiable and the disparity in performance is stark. New Directions for Equity in Mathematics Education first addresses broad cultural issues, such as how social class and our notion of merit enter into education. The second section of the book analyses gender issues in maths learning, and the third and final section looks at language and mathematics. A number of themes cut across these three groupings. For example, there is a critique of the reform movement across several chapters; many of the chapters look closely at teachers and the dynamics of the classroom. And chapters in different sections address issues of teacher empowerment and the re-skilling of teachers. Michael Apple, author of Education and Power, provides a provocative concluding chapter to the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77208/cover/9780521477208.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economist among Mandarins</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Kit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Hall was the highly respected and influential Economic Adviser to the government between 1947 and 1961. He came to England from Australia as a Rhodes Scholar, became an Oxford don and a wartime civil servant. Within two years of returning to Oxford after the war, he was recalled to Whitehall. His appointment as Director of the Economic Section, first in the Cabinet Office and then in the Treasury, came at a crucial time in the development of the modern economic state, when governments were just taking on responsibility for managing the general course of the economy. As the senior members of the Treasury were rooted in a pre-Keynesian age, Hall's influence grew rapidly and was at times dominant with ministers. He was involved in all aspects of economic policy. This book puts a new slant on the events of these years as well as assessing Hall's role in them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71558/cover/9780521471558.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Single Market Programme as a Stimulus to Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparisons between Britain and Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayes, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shipman, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comparison of British and German industries' reaction to the opportunities and threats offered by the single European market (SEM). It outlines the effect that the SEM was expected to have on the two countries and contrasts this with their actual progress based on published data and a detailed study of four industries. While the single European market has had an impact, many measures have had a far weaker effect than expected. The existence of other barriers not tackled by the SEM programme - weakened measures, poor implementation, global business trends and the recent recession - helps dominate the impact of the SEM. Nevertheless the SEM stands out as one of the striking influences on British and German industries for many years. Germany, with its geographical advantage and stronger manufacturing seems better placed to benefit, but the less regulated and often more flexible UK economy may have competitive advantages as the pressures increase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71565/cover/9780521471565.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistics and Econometric Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vuong, Quang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>542</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-volume work aims to present as completely as possible the methods of statistical inference with special reference to their economic applications. The reader will find a description not only of the classical concepts and results of mathematical statistics, but also of concepts and methods recently developed for the specific needs of econometrics. The authors have sought to avoid an overly technical presentation and go to some lengths to encourage an intuitive understanding of the results by providing numerous examples throughout. The breadth of approaches and the extensive coverage of the two volumes provide for a thorough and entirely self-contained course in modern econometrics. Volume 1 provides an introduction to general concepts and methods in statistics and econometrics, and goes on to cover estimation and prediction. Volume 2 focuses on testing, confidence regions, model selection, and asymptotic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71626/cover/9780521471626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mahler Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hefling, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mahler Studies comprises ten innovative essays on topics spanning the range of Mahler research. Blaukopf's inquiry into critical influences on Mahler's student years provides background for Reilly's reassessment of sources for 'Opus 1', Das klagende Lied. McClatchie introduces Mahler's previously inaccessible correspondence with family members, while Feder presents insightful psychoanalytic perspectives on Mahler's relationships to his sister Justine and other women in his life before Alma. Mitchell and La Grange explore the complex issue of quotation and allusion in Mahler's oeuvre. The long-restricted Seventh Symphony sketchbook provides detailed glimpses of that Mahlerian 'world' emerging in its earliest stages, as documented by Hefling. Issues of tonal structure and coherence are addressed by Agawu and Williamson, while Franklin on Adorno's Mahler provides a clear explication of that author's dialectic engagement with the composer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71657/cover/9780521471657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reaching into Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Minds of the Great Apes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russon, Anne E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bard, Kim A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Sue Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What special qualities of mind set the great apes apart from other nonhuman primates, and indeed from ourselves? In this book, field and laboratory researchers show that the great apes have high level abilities in both social and ecological domains, including tool use, pretense, self-awareness, deception, consolation, teaching and culture itself. Great apes are also shown to be capable of thinking at symbolic levels, traditionally considered to be uniquely human. Here, the mechanisms involved in building these abilities - especially the lengthy developmental and 'enculturation' processes - are emphasized, showing how new discoveries are changing views on how primates and human intelligence evolved. This book is for anyone interested in current research and theoretical views of great ape cognition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71688/cover/9780521471688.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aphra Behn Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aphra Behn was England's first professional woman writer, but her status as a major author has only recently become clear. Between the seventeenth and nineteenth centuries, Behn was denigrated for her 'unwomanly' subject matter and intellectual immodesty. In the twentieth century she has been increasingly viewed as an important dramatist and poet of the Restoration and a founder of the English novel. This book sets Behn firmly in an historical context of political factions, theatre developments and colonial encounters, and includes chapters on each of the genres in which she wrote: drama, fiction, poetry and translation, and on other aspects of her life, from her publishing struggles to her involvement in American slavery. It is an important resource for those studying seventeenth-century English literature and drama, and to those interested in the development of women's writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71695/cover/9780521471695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Ownership, Freedom, and Equality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book G. A. Cohen examines the libertarian principle of self-ownership, which says that each person belongs to himself and therefore owes no service or product to anyone else. This principle is used to defend capitalist inequality, which is said to reflect each person's freedom to do as as he wishes with himself. The author argues that self-ownership cannot deliver the freedom it promises to secure, thereby undermining the idea that lovers of freedom should embrace capitalism and the inequality that comes with it. He goes on to show that the standard Marxist condemnation of exploitation implies an endorsement of self-ownership, since, in the Marxist conception, the employer steals from the worker what should belong to her, because she produced it. Thereby a deeply inegalitarian notion has penetrated what is in aspiration an egalitarian theory. Purging that notion from socialist thought, he argues, enables construction of a more consistent egalitarianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71749/cover/9780521471749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cancer in Pregnancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maternal and Fetal Risks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koren, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lishner, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farine, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cancer in pregnancy, although thankfully a relatively uncommon occurrence, presents physicians and their patients with a major dilemma. The urge to use the highest tolerable doses of chemotherapy, high doses of irradiation and surgery has to be weighed carefully against their risks to the unborn baby. This book is the very first to attempt to quantify these risks and provide physicians with a core of knowledge that will be very relevant to making sound clinical decisions in the face of sometimes conflicting interests. The volume evaluates the results of the Motherisk Program, which was set up specifically to address this problem, and reviews maternal and fetal outcomes from a sizeable database of the most common cases of cancer in pregnancy. In reviewing this program and the experience of others in this area, this volume sets out to create a clinically relevant tool for oncologists, obstetrician-gynecologists, perinatologists and neonatologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71763/cover/9780521471763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147177X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147177X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Margins of Orthodoxy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heterodox Writing and Cultural Response, 1660-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lund, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The struggle between orthodox Anglicans and the deists, freethinkers, and 'atheists' who opposed their exclusive claims to religious power and political authority reveals cultural practices and ideological assumptions central to an understanding of eighteenth-century thought. In this collection of essays, leading scholars look beyond the clash of philosophical propositions to examine the role of deists and freethinkers as the producers and the subjects of literary, philosophical and religious controversy. They explore the curious symbiosis between the defense of orthodoxy and the elaboration of new forms of heterodox argument; they examine the practical implications of the debate in specific areas such as the libel laws and the growing influence of Lockean philosophy; and they show how the assault on orthodoxy influenced the development of historiography, public policy, and even the rise of the novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71770/cover/9780521471770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biodiversity Loss</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic and Ecological Issues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perrings, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maler, Karl-Goran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Folke, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holling, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansson, Bengt-Owe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reports key findings of the Biodiversity Program of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences' Beijer Institute. The program brought together a number of eminent ecologists and economists to consider the nature and significance of the biodiversity problem. In encouraging collaborative work between these closely related disciplines it sought to shed new light on the concept of diversity; the implications of biological diversity for the functioning of ecosystems; the driving forces behind biodiversity loss; and the options for promoting biodiversity conservation. The results of the program are surprising. It is shown that the core of the biodiversity problem is a loss of ecosystem resilience and the insurance it provides against the uncertain environmental effects of economic and population growth. This is as much a local as a global problem, implying that biodiversity conservation offers benefits that are as much local as global. The solutions as well as the causes of biodiversity loss lie in incentives to local users.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71787/cover/9780521471787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sciences and the Self in Medieval Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alan of Lille's Anticlaudianus and John Gower's Confessio Amantis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study James Simpson examines two great poems of the later medieval period, the Latin philosophical epic, Alan of Lille's Anticlaudianus (1181-3), and John Gower's English poem, The Confessio Amantis (1390-3). Simpson locates these works in a cultural context dominated by two kinds of literary humanism: the absolutist, whose philosophical mentor is Plato, whose literary model is Virgil and whose concept of the self is centred in the intellect, and the constitutionalist, whose classical models are Aristotle and Ovid and whose concept of the self resides in the mediatory power of the imagination. Both poems are examples of the Bildungsroman, in which the self reaches its fullness only by traversing an educational cursus in the related sciences of ethics, politics and cosmology, but as this study shows, there are very different modes of thought behind their conceptions of selfhood and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71817/cover/9780521471817.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christendom and its Discontents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exclusion, Persecution, and Rebellion, 1000-1500</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waugh, Scott L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diehl, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the eleventh century onward, Latin Christendom was torn by discontent and controversy. As the Church and secular rulers defined more clearly than ever before the laws and institutions on which they based their power, they demanded greater uniformity and obedience to their authority. The essays in this book cast new light on the dynamics of repression, highlighting the controversies and discontent that troubled medieval society. Looking especially at the mechanisms underlying the dissemination of heterodoxy and its repression, the religious aspirations of women, the fate of non-Christian minorities in Europe, and changing boundaries between orthodoxy and heterodoxy, the authors provide a new understanding of the Church's response to the diversity of belief and practice by which it was confronted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71831/cover/9780521471831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Putting Popular Music in its Place</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamm, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays by the distinguished musicologist Charles Hamm focuses on the context of popular music and its interrelationships with other styles and genres, including classical music, the meaning of popular music for audiences, and the institutional appropriation of this music for hegemonic purposes. Specific topics include the use of popular song to rouse anti-slavery sentiment in mid-nineteenth-century America, the reception of such African-American styles and genres as rock 'n' roll and soul music by the black population of South Africa, the question of genre in the early songs of Irving Berlin, the attempts by the governments of South Africa and China to impose specific bodies of music on their populations, the persistence of the minstrel show in rural twentieth-century America and the impact of modernist modes of thought on writing about popular music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/71985/cover/9780521471985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521471990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521471990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521471992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521471992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>329</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Revolutions and Censorship' is concerned not only with recent momentous changes in the political landscape of Europe and their reverberations in the arts, but with the perennial problems of outside control which writers and artists face. The fall of the Iron Curtain, and the internal collapse of the Soviet Union have opened the floodgates of recovery of lost or secret documents, such as Lunacharsky's Letter to Stalin on the censorship of Mikhail Bulgakov, and of suppressed and censored work, whether by classics like Chekhov, whose bowdlerized letters are here restored to their intimate frankness by Donald Rayfield, or by modem writers such as Yevgeni Shvarts, whose full-length satirical play The Shadow Alan Myers here translates, or David Bergelson, shot in the Lubianka prison on his sixty-eighth birthday, whose fine story 'Remnants' is translated and introduced by Golda Werman (commended in the 1991 BCLA Translation Competition). Peter France details the difficulties of translating the dissident Chuvash poet Gennady Aygi. Julek Neumann describes at first hand the 'indirect censorship' of the Czech theatre during the years up to 1989.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmeth, Don B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>543</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of American Theatre is an authoritative and wide-ranging history of American theatre in all its dimensions, from theatre building to play writing, directors, performers, and designers. Engaging the theatre as a performance art, a cultural institution, and a fact of American social and political life, the History recognizes changing styles of presentation and performance and addresses the economic context that conditions the drama presented. The History approaches its subject with a full awareness of relevant developments in literary criticism, cultural analysis, and performance theory. At the same time, it is designed to be an accessible, challenging narrative. Volume One deals with the colonial inceptions of American theatre through the post-Civil War period: the European antecedents, the New World influences of the French and Spanish colonists, and the development of uniquely American traditions in tandem with the emergence of national identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/79831/cover/9780521679831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonological Representations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Names, Forms and Powers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rewriting rules, derivations and underlying representations is an enduring characteristic of generative phonology. In this book, John Coleman argues that this is unnecessary. The expressive resources of context-free Unification grammars are sufficient to characterize phonological structures and alternations. According to this view, all phonological forms and constraints are partial descriptions of surface representations. This framework, now called Declarative Phonology, is based on a detailed examination of the formalisms of feature-theory, syllable theory and the leading varieties of nonlinear phonology. Dr Coleman illustrates this with two extensive analyses of the phonological structure of words in English and Japanese. As Declarative Phonology is surface-based and highly restrictive, it is consistent with cognitive psychology and amenable to straightforward computational implementation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72081/cover/9780521472081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolution and Political Conflict in the French Navy 1789-1794</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cormack, William S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although historians of the French Revolution have paid it little attention, the French navy provides a striking illustration of the impact of the new ideology of Popular Sovereignty. This book examines the navy's involvement in political conflict from 1789 to 1794 and charts the evolution of a struggle between opposing definitions of authority in France. The fleet depended on the support of executive power. In 1789 royal government collapsed in the face of defiance from the National Assembly, but Popular Sovereignty was not confined to the legislature. The struggle between competing claims to represent the National Will lay behind the fleet's surrender at Toulon in 1793 and the mutiny at Quiberon Bay. Sent to Brest to save the Republic's navy, Jeanbon Saint-Andr&#233; sought to restrict Popular Sovereignty in the context of the Terror. Thus this study presents a revisionist interpretation of the nature of revolutionary politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72098/cover/9780521472098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daly, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Egypt offers the first comprehensive English-language treatment of Egyptian history through thirteen centuries, from the Arab conquest to the present day. The two-volume survey considers the political, socio-economic, and cultural history of the world's oldest state, summarizing the debates and providing insight into current controversies. As today's Egypt reclaims a leading role in the Islamic, Arab, and Afro-Asian worlds, the project stands as testimony to its complex and vibrant past. Volume 2 traces Egypt's modern history from the Ottoman conquest to the end of the twentieth century. A wide range of scholars from the humanities and social sciences have been brought together to explore the history of the period. Their conclusions reflect the work of traditional scholarship and also indicate present trends and future directions in historical writing in Egypt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72111/cover/9780521472111.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147213X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147213X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genealogies of the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Psychoanalysis, and Politics in Modern France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehlman, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, which includes a substantial introduction and several unpublished essays, Jeffrey Mehlman confronts the politically devastating resonances in the work of several leading French writers. The essays focus on the series of enigmas surrounding the 'Blanchot affair' - a scandal provoked by Mehlman's revelation in 1977 that Maurice Blanchot, one of the tutelary figures of contemporary French thought, had in the 1930s been a prominent fascist journalist. Mehlman takes the issue of Blanchot's forgotten political essays deep into the most revered - and misunderstood - of his novels, L'Arr&#234;t de mort. Using this affair as a point of departure, Mehlman sheds light on the question of the usability of psychoanalysis for literary readings (examining, for example, Baudelaire, Mallarm&#233; and Val&#233;ry); he also investigates the ideological and political connotations of similar literary and theoretical material. The volume as a whole provides a consistently provocative meditation on literature, ethics, and the experience of the French in World War II.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72135/cover/9780521472135.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and Chemistry at Oxide Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noguera, Claudine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book summarises the present state of knowledge on the microscopic behaviour of oxide surfaces. The first chapter of the book summarises classical approaches, introduces the concept of ionicity, and describes the mixed iono-covalent character of the oxygen cation bond in bulk materials. The next three chapters focus on the characteristics of the atomic structure (relaxation, rumpling and reconstruction effects), the electronic structure (band width, gap width, etc.) and the excitations of clean surfaces. Metal-oxide interfaces are considered in the fourth chapter with special emphasis on the microscopic interfacial interactions responsible for adhesion. The last chapter develops the concepts underlying acid-base reactions on oxide surfaces, which are used in catalysis, in adhesion science, and in colloid physics, and discusses their applicability to the adsorption of hydroxyl groups. A comprehensive list of references is included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72142/cover/9780521472142.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Octonion and Other Non-Associative Algebras in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Okubo, Susumo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, the author aims to familiarise researchers and graduate students, in both physics and mathematics, with the application of non-associative algebras in physics. Topics covered by the author are wide-ranging to include algebras of observables in quantum mechanics, angular momentum and octonions, division algebra, triple-linear products and Yang-Baxter equations. The author also covers non-associative gauge theoretic reformulation of Einstein's general relativity theory and similar subjects. Much of the material found in this book is not available in other standard works. This book will be of interest to graduate students and research scientists in physics and mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72159/cover/9780521472159.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Modern Russian Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rzhevsky, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russia is a dominant force in the world, whose culture has been shaped by its unique position on the margins of both East and West. As Russia faces new cultural challenges from outside its national boundaries, this volume introduces Russian culture in all its rich diversity, including the historical conditions that helped shape it and the arts that express its highest achievements. Newly commissioned essays by leading scholars explore language, religion, geography, ideological structures, folk ethos and popular culture, literature, music, theatre, art, and film. A chronology and guides to further reading are also provided. The Companion offers both historical orientation for the central processes of Russian culture and introductory surveys of the arts in their modern context. Overall, the volume reveals, for students, academic researchers and all those interested in Russia, the dilemmas, strengths, and complexities of the Russian cultural experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72180/cover/9780521472180.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drama and Politics in the English Civil War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiseman, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1642 an ordinance closed the theatres of England. Critics and historians have assumed that the edict was to be firm and inviolate. Susan Wiseman challenges this assumption and argues that the period 1640 to 1660 was not a gap in the production and performance of drama nor a blank space between 'Renaissance drama' and the 'Restoration stage'. Rather, throughout the period, writers focused instead on a range of dramas with political perspectives, from republican to royalist. This group included the short pamphlet dramas of the 1640s and the texts produced by the writers of the 1650s, such as William Davenant, Margaret Cavendish and James Shirley. In analysing the diverse forms of dramatic production of the 1640s and 1650s, Wiseman reveals the political and generic diversity produced by the changes in dramatic production, and offers insights into the theatre of the Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72210/cover/9780521472210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wrestling with Rationality in Paul</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Romans 1-8 in a New Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moores, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thrall, Margaret E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spanning a variety of disciplines, this enquiry focuses on one particular Pauline characteristic: the apostle's habit of making matters of faith the object of logical appraisal. A tracing of the elliptical patterns of argument in Romans 1-8 illustrates this habit and, at the same time, displays how Paul's vigorous persistence in it seems often not to be matched by the solidity, or at any rate the lucidity, of his logic. By viewing Paul against the background of semiology, more especially the semiological theory of Umberto Eco, new light is shed on the genesis of Paul's reasoning. The discussion which ensues is marked by an interesting and productive combination of modern linguistics and classical logic. Moreover, the singular potential of today's techniques of 'fuzzy' logical analysis for measuring the intellectual muscle of Paul's argumentation is brought out dramatically by the uniqueness of his semiological situation. His rationality takes on a new face.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72234/cover/9780521472234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Factors in the Personality Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biopsychosocial Approach to Etiology and Treatment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paris, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyrer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Personality disorders have been recognized as categories of psychiatric illness, and still need to be better defined. This book interprets the personality disorders as products of the interaction between social influences and other aetiological factors as part of a broad biopsychosocial model, and explains how personality traits develop into personality disorders. Strongly oriented towards recent empirical findings, the author argues that although biological, psychological and social factors are all necessary, none of them is by itself sufficient to produce a personality disorder. This basic model is also a model of treatment, in which biological, experiential and social factors should all be addressed in therapy and his treatment recommendations focus particularly on social adjustment through the adaptive use of personality traits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/32667/cover/9780521032667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147227X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147227X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Change, Regional Response</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The New International Context of Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stallings, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new perspective in studying contemporary development. Part I explores how the ending of the cold war, shifting relations among capitalist powers, changing patterns of finance, globalization of trade and production, and new ideological currents have altered development in four major third-world regions. Part II suggests how development options were molded by the dominant international power in each region: the United States in Latin America, Japan in East and Southeast Asia, and Europe with the international financial institutions in Africa. Part III provides a conceptual framework for analyzing regional performance: variation in economic capacity, trade opportunities, and access to finance shaped the development chances of each region, producing rapid growth in Asia, stagnation in Latin America, and economic contraction in sub-Saharan Africa during the 1980s and early 1990s. It also speculates about future trends based on varying development models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72272/cover/9780521472272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Sebastian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected in this volume, written by well-known academics and policy analysts, discuss the impact of increased capital mobility on macroeconomic performance. The authors highlight the most adequate ways to manage the transition from a semi-closed economy to a semi-open one. Additionally, issues related to the measurement of openness, monetary control, optimal exchange rates regimes, sequencing of reforms, and real exchange rate dynamics under different degrees of capital mobility are carefully analyzed. The book is divided into four parts after the editor's introduction. The first part contains the general analytics of monetary policy in open economies. Parts two to four deal with diverse regional experiences, covering Europe, the Asian Pacific region, and Latin America. The papers on which the essays are based were originally presented at a conference on Monetary Policy in Semi-Open Economies, held in Seoul, Korea in November 1992.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72289/cover/9780521472289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Political Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Old Topics, New Directions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banks, Jeffrey S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanushek, Eric Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political economy has been an essential realm of inquiry and has attracted myriad intellectual adherents for much of the period of modern scholarship. The discipline's formal split into the distinct studies of political science and economics in the nineteenth-century, while advantageous for certain scientific developments, has biased the way economists and political scientists think about many issues, and has placed artificial constraints on the study of many important social issues. This volume calls for a reaffirmation of the importance of the unified study of political economy, and explores the frontiers of the interaction between politics and markets. This volume brings together intellectual leaders of various areas, drawing upon state-of-the-art theoretical and empirical analysis from each of the underlying disciplines.  Each chapter, while beginning with a survey of existing work, focuses on profitable lines of inquiry for future developments. Particular attention is devoted to fields of active current development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78106/cover/9780521478106.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nonlinear Theory of Elastic Shells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Libai, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmonds, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elastic shells are pervasive in everyday life. Examples of these thin-walled structures range from automobile hoods to basketballs, veins, arteries and soft drink cans. This book explains shell theory, with numerous examples and applications. As a second edition, it not only brings all the material of the first edition entirely up to date, it also adds two entirely new chapters on general shell theory and general membrane theory. Aerospace, mechanical and civil engineers, as well as applied mathematicians, will find this book a clearly written and thorough information source on shell theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reclaiming the History of Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays for John Rawls</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reath, Andrews</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herman, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Korsgaard, Christine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume offer an approach to the history of moral and political philosophy that takes its inspiration from John Rawls. All the contributors are philosophers who have studied with Rawls and they offer this collection in his honour. The distinctive feature of this approach is to address substantive normative questions in moral and political philosophy through an analysis of the texts and theories of major figures in the history of the subject: Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Rousseau, Kant and Marx. By reconstructing the core of these theories in a way that is informed by contemporary theoretical concerns, the contributors show how the history of the subject is a resource for understanding present and perennial problems in moral and political philosophy. This outstanding collection will be of particular interest to historians of moral and political philosophy, historians of ideas, and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72401/cover/9780521472401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Men at Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Labourers and Building Craftsmen in the Towns of Northern England, 1450-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodward, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study redresses the North and South imbalance of much work on economic and social history by focusing on the lives and economic impact of the building trade in the major urban centres of the North during the early modern period. The period 1450-1750 witnessed substantial changes in England: to the size of national population, the range of industry practised, the commodity structure and patterns of overseas trade; in agricultural techniques; and in the proportion of population tied to the soil. Using many hitherto unworked sources from local archives, the author challenges many prevailing orthodoxies. He addresses conditions of work in the building trades, levels of remuneration, the characteristics of the life cycles of male and female workers, gender differences in work, and relationships with employers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72463/cover/9780521472463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Reading</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Grammar, Rhetoric and the Classical Text</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues for a radically new approach to the history of reading and literacy in the Middle Ages. It investigates the use of complex literary texts as the basis of elementary instruction in the Latin language and, using medieval teachers' notes (glosses) on a classical text (Horace's Satires) and a selection of other unpublished manuscript materials, it demonstrates that the reading of classical literature was profoundly shaped by the demands of acquiring Latin literacy through the arts of grammar and rhetoric. The resolutely literal readings of Latin texts found in these educational and institutional contexts call for a reassessment of the relationship of Latin and vernacular discourses in medieval culture, and of some central notions in medieval hermeneutics, notably allegory and authorial intention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72579/cover/9780521472579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth and the Geologists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wyatt, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Examination of the links between science and literary history is providing new insight for scholars across a range of disciplines. In Wordsworth and the Geologists John Wyatt explores the hitherto unexamined relationship between a major Romantic poet and a group of scientists in the formative years of a new discipline, geology. Wordsworth's later poems and prose display unexpected knowledge of contemporary geology and a preoccupation with many of the philosophical issues concerned with the developing science of geology. Letters and diaries of a group of leading geologists reveal that they knew Wordsworth, and discussed their subject with him. Wyatt shows how the implications of such discussions challenge the simplistic version of 'two cultures', the Romantic-literary against the scientific-materialistic; and he reminds us of the variety of interrelating discourses current between 1807 (the year of the foundation of the Geological Society of London) and 1850 (the year of Wordsworth's death).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72593/cover/9780521472593.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Equation of State in Astrophysics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>IAU Colloquium 147</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chabrier, Gilles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schatzman, Evry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>639</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What do we understand of the properties of the dense ionised matter found in the interiors of low-mass stars and giant planets? The 147th IAU Colloquium gathered together international experts to address this question, and their answers are provided in this opportune proceedings. In this volume, reviews by world experts in plasma and dense matter physics and in stellar astrophysics cover everything from the cooling theory of white dwarfs and their accretion-induced collapse, through to the internal structure of low-mass stars and giant planets. They cover a wide range of topics related to the equation of state in dense matter. Together these articles provide an essential review of the most recent achievements in the field and give directions for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-American Interplay in Recent Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohn, Ruby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The provocative notion of a contemporary cross-cultural exchange within the medium of theatre is here imposed upon a dozen contemporary Anglo-American dramatists: Alan Ayckbourn and Neil Simon, Edward Bond and Sam Shepard, David Mamet and Harold Pinter, Caryl Churchill and Maria Irene Forn&#232;s, David Hare and David Rabe, Christopher Hampton and Richard Nelson. In each pairing, Ruby Cohn unites a British with an American playwright, exploring similarities both apparent and embedded - similarities which serve as a springboard for the exposure of a more profound, culturally based difference. A certain transatlantic double focus thus illuminates both the composition and the interpretation of dramatic works in an increasingly globally minded age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72678/cover/9780521472678.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>E. H. Carr and International Relations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Duty to Lie</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>E. H. Carr is widely remembered as an influential theorist of international relations. The scourge of inter-war idealists, he became the best-known Briton in a generation of predominantly American political realists. But Carr's realism differed greatly from that of his contemporaries: a vigorous advocate of social and economic planning and friend of the Soviet Union, he stood closer to Lenin than to Morgenthau. In this book Charles Jones makes sense of Carr's distinctive form of realism by examining his rhetoric and the reciprocal relationship between theory and policy-making in his writings. Close attention is paid to the period from 1936, when Carr left the Foreign Office, through his subsequent career as a one-man foreign ministry at Aberystwyth, the Ministry of Information, and above all The Times, culminating in the final frustration of his schemes for continued British world power in 1947.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147275X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147275X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Melancholia: A Disorder of Movement and Mood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Phenomenological and Neurobiological Review</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadzi-Pavlovic, Dusan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has long been accepted that depressive disorders comprise a biologically-based type, the so-called 'endogenous' or 'melancholic' depression, and a residual set of depressive conditions resulting from social factors. The difficulty has been in distinguishing the melancholic type of depression on the basis of clinical features. This book describes the development of a behavioral sign-based approach, the CORE system, and demonstrates its superiority to previous symptom-based diagnostic systems for depression. The authors suggest that the psychomotor signs elicited may indicate the likely pathogenesis of melancholic depression, involving the basal ganglia and connections to the frontal cortex. This is therefore a challenging new account of the classification and neurobiology of depression, that is certain to interest all clinicians involved in the evaluation or treatment of such patients. The CORE measure itself is incorporated as an appendix.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72753/cover/9780521472753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Real-Time Computer Vision</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terzopoulos, Demetri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Christopher M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computer vision is a rapidly developing and highly interdisciplinary field of computer science and engineering. An increasing number of researchers are turning their attention to the development of vision algorithms that can analyse dynamic images at real-time rates. Real-time vision is needed for automated systems to keep pace with real-world activities and thus control or respond appropriately to them. This is the first book devoted to the subject of real-time computer vision, and includes articles by some of the leading researchers in the world. The focus is on algorithms for interpreting visual input at video rates and on using the gathered information for decision-making and control. Topics covered include: shape recovery; model-based vehicle tracking; active exploration; tracking heads and eyes; controlling robot behavior; visual monitoring; controlling distributed robots. The book will be of interest to students, researchers and engineers involved in the design and programming of visually guided systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72784/cover/9780521472784.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472792</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Humanity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Philosophical Papers 1982-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new volume of philosophical papers by Bernard Williams is divided into three sections: the first Action, Freedom, Responsibility, the second Philosophy, Evolution and the Human Sciences; in which appears the essay which gives the collection its title; and the third Ethics, which contains essays closely related to his 1983 book Ethics and the Limits of Philosophy.  Like the two earlier volumes of Williams's papers published by Cambridge University Press, Problems of the Self and Moral Luck, this volume will be welcomed by all readers with a serious interest in philosophy. It is published alongside a volume of essays on Williams's work, World, Mind, and Ethics: Essays on the Ethical Philosophy of Bernard Williams, edited by J. E. J. Altham and Ross Harrison, which provides a reappraisal of his work by other distinguished thinkers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72791/cover/9780521472791.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lexical Phonology and the History of English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMahon, April</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book has two main goals: the re-establishment of a rule-based phonology as a viable alternative to current non-derivational models and the rehabilitation of historical evidence as a focus of phonological theory. Although Lexical Phonology includes several constraints such as the Derived Environment Condition and Structure Preservation, intended to reduce abstractness, previous versions have not typically exploited these fully. The model of Lexical Phonology presented here imposes the Derived Environment Condition strictly; introduces a new constraint on the shape of underlying representations; excludes underspecification; and suggests an integration of Lexical Phonology with Articulatory Phonology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72807/cover/9780521472807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gregory of Nazianzus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Autobiographical Poems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory of Nazianzus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Carolinne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The autobiographical poems of Gregory of Nazianzus, fourth-century Father of the Greek church, are remarkable not only for a highly individual picture of the Byzantine world but also for moments that are intimate, passionate, and moving. The book contains Greek text and facing English translation of a selection from his one hundred or so surviving poems. Gregory is best known for the five orations he gave in Constantinople but, De Vita Sua apart, his poems can only be read in a nineteenth-century Greek edition and have never before been translated into English. The selected poems highlight Gregory's spiritual outlook and also his poetics; Gregory shows his expertise in a variety of metres and literary dialects, deriving from his knowledge of classical Greek literature. The substantial introduction provides biographical information against which to set the poems, focusing particularly on the years which Gregory spent in Constantinople.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72814/cover/9780521472814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evaluating Health Risks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johansson, Per-Olov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major problem in health economics is how to give a value to changes in health. This is the first book to examine all the money measures that are used in such evaluations. Changes in health might be caused by medical treatments, by public safety programmes and by anti-pollution programmes, and the cost-benefit analysis of such programmes involves the use of money measures. The author defines the properties of these money measures, examining them in both a certain and a risky world. He evaluates available empirical approaches for the assessment of the value of health changes, and considers measures such as quality-adjusted life years (qalys) and healthy-years equivalents (hyes). This book raises the important question of whether we are willing to pay the costs for our health care system. It will be of interest to advanced students of health economics and related disciplines, and will also be useful for professionals working on projects that affect human health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72852/cover/9780521472852.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>730</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72913/cover/9780521472913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147292X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147292X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>834</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72920/cover/9780521472920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>850</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is therefore an absolutely essential work of reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72937/cover/9780521472937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521472997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521472997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521472999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Scandinavia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521472999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helle, Knut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>892</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a comprehensive exposition of both the prehistory and medieval history of the whole of Scandinavia. The first part of the volume surveys the prehistoric and historic Scandinavian landscape and its natural resources, and tells how man took possession of this landscape, adapting culturally to changing natural conditions and developing various types of community throughout the Stone, Bronze and Iron Ages. The rest - and most substantial part of the volume - deals with the history of Scandinavia from the Viking Age to the end of the Scandinavian Middle Ages (c. 1520). The external Viking expansion opened Scandinavia to European influence to a hitherto unknown degree. A Christian church organisation was established, the first towns came into being, and the unification of the three medieval kingdoms of Scandinavia began, coinciding with the formation of the unique Icelandic 'Free State'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/72999/cover/9780521472999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Johnson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Religion and English Cultural Politics from the Restoration to Romanticism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, J. C. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first analysis of the life and thought of the writer Samuel Johnson from an historian's viewpoint, reversing the orthodoxy which has dominated the subject for over thirty years. Jonathan Clark, who has written extensively on English and American religion, ideology and politics in the eighteenth century, presents here a Johnson strikingly different from the apolitical, pragmatic and eccentric figure who emerges from the pages of most students of English literature. Johnson's commitments and conflicts in religion and politics, obscured since Macaulay, are reconstructed; his role in the literary dynamics of his age is revealed against a new context for English cultural politics between the Restoration and the age of Romanticism. This book will therefore be of interest not only to Johnsonians but to historians of ideas and students of English literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73040/cover/9780521473040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and the Origins of Language</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theories from the French Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Downing A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The search for the origins of language was one of the most pressing philosophical issues of the eighteenth century. What has often escaped notice, however, is the fact that music figures prominently in this search. This study analyses instances of thinking or reasoning about music and music theory as they appear within the logical and narrative structure of contemporary texts, including writings by Rousseau, Diderot, Rameau and Condillac. These can only be properly understood as part of an interdisciplinary project, as situated within a field of larger cultural issues and concerns. The author is interested in the ways in which music functions within this discursive framework to facilitate links between language and meaning, and between conceptions of an original society and an ideal social order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73071/cover/9780521473071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>City Codes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading the Modern Urban Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wirth-Nesher, Hana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>City Codes is a study of the representation of the city in the modern novel that takes difference as its point of departure, so that cities are read according to the cultural and social position of the urbanite. These urban narratives are analysed in the context of a cultural repertoire of city codes, from the architectural features of window and street to the social and historical signs of the landmark and the passer-by, with the emphasis on the subject's construction of his or her place as shaped by history, politics, nationality, gender, class and race. The study moves from boundaries inscribed onto the cityscape to distances experienced by the  city dwellers; its 'real' and textual cities are Warsaw, Jerusalem, New York, Chicago, Paris, London and Dublin. The novels discussed are by Isaac Bashevis Singer, Amos Oz, Theodore Dreiser, Ralph Ellison, Henry James, Henry Roth, James Joyce and Virginia Woolf.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73149/cover/9780521473149.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cell Therapy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stem Cell Transplantation, Gene Therapy, and Cellular Immunotherapy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473156</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morstyn, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheridan, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>647</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cell therapy is a rapidly developing area, drawing on cell biology, molecular biology, virology, immunology, cell quantitation techniques and biomedical engineering. It has potential in many clinical settings, in the treatment of cancer and other diseases. This volume in the series Cancer: Clinical Science in Practice examines the current state and future prospects of cell therapy, which seems likely to have an even more profound impact on health care than did the production of proteins by recombinant DNA technology. The coverage is broad, including the scientific principles of haematopoietic cell therapy, the technology of cell collection and preparation, current and likely future clinical applications of cell therapy, and the principles and practice of cellular immunotherapy. Up-to-date and authoritative, volumes in this series are intended for a wide audience of clinicians and researchers with an interest in the applications of biomedical science to the understanding and management of cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73156/cover/9780521473156.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>385.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiplicities and Chern Classes in Local Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Paul C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of local Chern characters used in commutative algebra originated in topology some years ago, and from there was introduced in algebraic geometry. This book describes the theory in an algebraic setting, presenting research results and important algebraic applications, some of which come from the author's own work.  It concentrates on the background in commutative algebra and homological algebra and describes the relations between these subjects, including extensive discussions of the homological conjectures and of the use of the Frobenius map.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73163/cover/9780521473163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drug Resistance in the Treatment of Cancer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinedo, Herbert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giaccone, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sikora, Karol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>339</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of drug-resistant cancers is considered to be the most significant obstacle to the cure of cancer today. Nearly half of all patients with cancer suffer from tumours that are intrinsically resistant to chemotherapy, and most of the remaining half develop drug resistance during the course of their treatment. This book reviews the mechanisms and clinical implications of drug resistance in cancer with unrivalled authority. Chapters cover topics of current clinical concern, including multiple drug resistance and its reversal, topoisomerase drugs, apoptosis, dose intensity and escalation, gene therapy and haematopoietic support. The authors are among the leading clinicians and investigators in the field. These authoritative volumes in this series are intended for a wide audience of clinicians and researchers with an interest in the applications of biomedical science to the understanding and management of cancer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73217/cover/9780521473217.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Delinquency and Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Theories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, J. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why is crime persistent over generations, within families and within certain individuals? Is crime the manifestation of an inherited latent trait or the result of a failure of socialization and norm-setting processes? Why do youths commit crimes?  Delinquency and Crime contains essays by nine leading criminologists that seek to answer these and other questions by describing current theories of crime and the research evidence that supports them. The authors' views on crime causation go beyond traditional criminological theories of strain, cultural deviance, social control, differential association and social learning to present emerging and integrated models of the origins of crime, including antisocial peer socialization, social development, interactional theory, behavior genetics, and community determinants.  Each essay explores the practical implication of the authors' theoretical work for crime prevention and control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73224/cover/9780521473224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Motivation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding Children's School Adjustment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Juvonen, Jaana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wentzel, Kathryn R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiner, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How are children's social lives at school related to their motivation to achieve and how do motivational and social processes interact to explain children's adjustment at school? This volume, featuring work by leading researchers in educational and developmental psychology, provides new perspectives on how and why children tend to thrive or fail at school. The individual chapters examine the unique roles of peers and teachers in communicating and reinforcing school-related attitudes, expectations, and definitions of self. Relations of children's school adjustment to school motivation, interpersonal functioning, and social skillfulness are also explored. The developmental and social perspectives on motivation and achievement presented in this volume provide new insights into the complex processes contributing to school success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73248/cover/9780521473248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147325X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147325X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Resonance in Multiple Sclerosis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kesselring, J&#252;rg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, W. Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paty, Donald W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Alan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Magnetic resonance (MR) imaging and spectroscopy are powerful tools in demonstrating and monitoring pathological processes of the brain and spinal cord. Multiple sclerosis (MS), a common and as yet incurable disease of the brain and spinal cord, is being studied intensively using these techniques. They perform a major role in facilitating the diagnosis, understanding the mechanisms of symptoms and in monitoring the effect of new treatments. From experts in the field, this extensively illustrated text provides a comprehensive review of the benefits and limitations of MR in the study of MS. Coverage ranges through the contributions of MR, the variety of techniques available, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, MR as a predictor of clinical course, MR views of pathophysiology and finally monitoring new treatment efficacy. This book will prove an invaluable aid to all neurologists, neuroradiologists and neuroscientists with an interest in MS.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>240.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eritrean Struggle for Independence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domination, Resistance, Nationalism, 1941-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iyob, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eritrea, the newest nation state in Africa, gained independence from the Ethiopian state after a prolonged and bitter conflict. This book is a comprehensive analysis of the country's political history over the past three decades. It examines the origins of Eritrean nationalism, and charts the development of its various nationalist movements, assessing the programmes and capabilities of the parties contending for power. It also analyses the regional and international context within which the battles for independence were fought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73279/cover/9780521473279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designing Conservation Projects</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caldecott, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janzen, Daniel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are the challenges involved in protecting biodiversity in tropical terrestrial and coastal ecosystems? What practical lessons can be learned from conservation projects? And what are the procedures and attitudes of governments, NGOs, donor agencies, development banks and consulting firms? These key questions are all answered, drawing on the author's extensive experience of conservation projects in Malaysia, Nigeria, China, Indonesia, the Philippines and Costa Rica. Project descriptions illustrate two important themes in conservation: increasing the awareness of the economic value of biodiversity among decision makers and enabling and encouraging local people to participate in designing and implementing projects. The book sets out guidelines to help others design projects that are practical and effective, yet more complete and more robust than some of those designed in the recent past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73286/cover/9780521473286.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William III and the Godly Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claydon, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first extensive account of royal propaganda in England between 1689 and 1702. It demonstrates that the regime of William III did not rely upon legal or constitutional rhetoric as it attempted to legitimate itself after the Glorious Revolution, but rather used a protestant, providential and biblically-based language of 'courtly reformation'. This language presented the king as a divinely-protected godly magistrate who could both defend the true church against its popish enemies, and restore the original piety and virtue of the elect English nation. Concentrating upon a range of hitherto understudied sources - especially sermons and public prayers - the book demonstrates the vigour with which these ideas were broadcast by an imaginative group of propagandists enabling the king to cope with central political difficulties - the need to attract support for wars with France and the need to work with Parliament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73293/cover/9780521473293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History and Biography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Derek Beales</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanning, T. C. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannadine, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For too long, too many historians have been too much concerned with impersonal forces, underlying structures and long-term developments. Now, 'people' are back. In a post-modern age it is easier to appreciate the decisive role played by individuals, as they ride their luck and seize their opportunity to bend the world to their will. As these essays by twelve eminent historians demonstrate, biography is too important to be left to the amateurs. Among the rich variety of strong characters analysed here are an Austrian emperor, a German kaiser, a Victorian prime minister, an Italian dictator, and an American president. Dedicated to a master-biographer, Derek Beales, the range and quality of this collection will stimulate, inform and entertain everyone interested in the history of the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73309/cover/9780521473309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dimensions of Register Variation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cross-Linguistic Comparison</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biber, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Douglas Biber's new book extends and refines the research and methodology reported in his ground breaking Variation Across Speech and Writing (CUP 1988). In Dimensions of Register Variation he gives a linguistic analysis of register in four widely differing languages: English, Nukulaelae Tuvaluan, Korean, and Somali. Using the multi-dimensional analytical framework employed in his earlier work, Biber carries out a principled comparison of both synchronic and diachronic patterns of variation across the four languages. Striking similarities as well as differences emerge, allowing Biber to predict for the first time cross-linguistic universals of register variation. This major new work will provide the foundation for the further investigation of cross-linguistic universals governing the pattern of discourse variation across registers, and will be of wide interest to any scholar interested in style, register and literacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73316/cover/9780521473316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and the Political Process in Twentieth-Century Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paidar, Parvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>417</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a challenging and authoritative analysis of the role of Iranian women in the political process, Parvin Paidar considers the ways they have been affected by the evolutionary and revolutionary transformations of twentieth-century Iran. In so doing, she demonstrates how political reorganisation has of necessity redefined the position of women, and that, contrary to the view of conventional scholarship, gender issues are fundamental to the political process in contemporary Iran. The implications of the study bear on the broader issues of women in the Middle East and the developing countries generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73408/cover/9780521473408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Question of Style in Philosophy and the Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eck, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAllister, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vall, Ren&#233;e van de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The eighteenth and nineteenth centuries witnessed a change in the perception of the arts and of philosophy. In the arts this transition occurred around 1800, with, for instance, the breakdown of Vitruvianism in architecture, while in philosophy the foundationalism of which Descartes and Spinoza were paradigmatic representatives, which presumed that philosophy and the sciences possessed a method of ensuring the demonstration of truths, was undermined by the idea, asserted by Nietzsche and Wittgenstein, that there exist alternative styles of enquiry among which a choice is open. The essays in this book examine the circumstances, features, and consequences of this historical transition, exploring in particular new aspects and instances of the inter-relatedness of content and its formal representation in both the arts and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73415/cover/9780521473415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147342X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147342X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Attitudes to Animals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Views in Animal Welfare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dolins, Francine L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This thought-provoking book will ask what it is to be human, what to be animal, and what are the natures of the relationships between them. This is accomplished with philosophical and ethical discussions, scientific evidence and dynamic theoretical approaches. Attitudes to Animals will also encourage us to think not only of our relationships to non-human animals, but also of those to other, human, animals. This book provides a foundation that the reader can use to make ethical choices about animals. It will challenge readers to question their current views, attitudes and perspectives on animals, nature and development of the human-animal relationship. Human perspectives on the human-animal relationships reflect what we have learned, together with spoken and unspoken attitudes and assumptions, from our families, societies, media, education and employment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73422/cover/9780521473422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Racism in Modern South Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dubow, Saul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of the history of intellectual and scientific racism in modern South Africa. Ranging broadly across disciplines in the social sciences, sciences and humanities, it charts the rise of scientific racism during the late nineteenth century and the subsequent decline of biological determinism from the mid-twentieth century, and considers the complex relationship between theories of essential racial difference and the political rise of segregation and apartheid. Saul Dubow draws extensively on comparable studies of intellectual racism in Europe and the United States to demonstrate the selective absorption of widely prevalent conceptions of racial difference in the particular historical context of South Africa, and the issues he addresses are of relevance to both Africanist and international students of racism and race relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73439/cover/9780521473439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Classic Russian Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Malcolm V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Robin Feuer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many Russian novels of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries have made a huge impact, not only inside the boundaries of their own country but across the western world. The Cambridge Companion to the Classic Russian Novel offers a thematic account of these novels, in fourteen newly-commissioned essays by prominent European and North American scholars. There are chapters on the city, the countryside, politics, satire, religion, psychology, philosophy; the romantic, realist and modernist traditions; and technique, gender and theory. In this context the work of Pushkin, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Turgenev, Bulgakov, Nabokov, Pasternak and Solzhenitsyn, among others, is described and discussed. There is a chronology and guide to further reading; all quotations are in English. This volume will be invaluable not only for students and scholars but for anyone interested in the Russian novel.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79097/cover/9780521479097.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of Natural Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of Philip Melanchthon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kusukawa, Sachiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes that Philip Melanchthon was responsible for transforming traditional university natural philosophy into a specifically Lutheran one. Motivated by desire to check civil disobedience and promote a Lutheran orthodoxy, he created a natural philosophy based on Aristotle, Galen and Plato, incorporating contemporary findings of Copernicus and Vesalius. The fields of astrology, anatomy, botany and mathematics all constituted a natural philosophy in which Melanchthon wished to demonstrate God's Providential design in the physical world. Rather than dichotomizing or synthesizing the two distinct areas of 'science' and 'religion', Kusukawa advocates the need to look at 'Natural philosophy' as a discipline quite different from either 'modern science' or 'religion': a contextual assessment of the implication of the Lutheran Reformation on university education, particularly on natural philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73477/cover/9780521473477.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Faith of Jesus Christ in Early Christian Traditions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Ian G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We are used to the idea of people believing in Christ, but did the early church consider that Jesus also had faith in God? This book evaluates the evidence, starting with a survey of the meaning of faith in Judaism and Graeco-Roman literature and proceeding to a detailed exegesis of the relevant New Testament material from the synoptic Gospels, the Pauline and Deutero-Pauline Epistles, Hebrews and Revelation. Two trajectories of interest in Jesus's faith are identified: the paradigmatic, concerned with matters of discipleship, and the theological, relating Christ to God's gift of salvation. The examination is then broadened to trace the progress of these trajectories through the literature of the first four Christian centuries and concludes by identifying the Arian controversy as the christological development which rendered reference to Jesus' faith untenable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73521/cover/9780521473521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presenting Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Composition, Publication, Reception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erskine-Hill, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCabe, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The presentation of poetry to auditor and reader involves a complex interaction of rhetorical, orthographical and visual mediating skills. At issue are the nature of 'authority', the creation of a readership attuned to the writer's poetic resonances, and a delicate negotiation between literary tradition and individual talent. In a series of detailed readings leading scholars focus on the presentation of work by Spenser, Herbert, Milton, Dryden, Pope, Smart, Blake, Wordsworth, Browning, Yeats, Lawrence and David Jones. The wide chronological range enables unusually extensive comparison across the boundaries of generic form, and between the varying emotional, aesthetic and rhetorical emphases of specific periods: from the creation of fictitious 'persona' to the construction of autobiographical 'self', from the interaction of printed word and visual image to the arrangements and rearrangements of structure and sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73606/cover/9780521473606.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespearean Suspect Texts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 'Bad' Quartos and their Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maguire, Laurie E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are forty-one problematic play texts, variously classified as 'bad quartos' or 'memorial reconstructions', from Shakespeare's time. Textual criticism of these quartos has been fraught with assumption and contradiction. Laurie Maguire examines all the texts in detail. She deconstructs the theories of W. W. Greg and his followers, scrutinizing the methods by which critics diagnose texts as 'bad', and examines the historical evidence for the concept of memorial reconstruction (compilation from the recollection of actors or spectators). The valuable contextual material includes fresh analysis of the New Bibliographers, the rise of English studies, Renaissance oral culture and textual problems in non-suspect texts. The assembly of textual information about all the suspect texts in tabular form makes the book an essential reference work. The result is a study which covers a vast textual subject without sacrificing detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73644/cover/9780521473644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Joyce and the Problem of Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Negotiating Sexual and Colonial Difference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valente, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of James Joyce to subject his work to ethical and political analysis. It addresses important issues in contemporary literary and cultural studies surrounding problems of justice, as well as discussions of gender, homosociality and the colonial condition. Valente uses an original theory and psychology of justice through which to explore both the well-known and the more obscure of Joyce's works. He traces the remarkable formal and stylistic evolution that defined Joyce's career, and his progressive attempt to negotiate the context of social difference in racial, colonial, class and sexual terms. By analysing Joyce's verbal strategies within both the psychobiographical and sociohistorical contexts, Valente unlocks the politics of Joyce's unconscious and reveals the legacy of Western political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73699/cover/9780521473699.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kingship and State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Buganda Dynasty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The precolonial kingdom of Buganda, nucleus of the present Uganda state, has long attracted scholarly interest. Since written records are lacking entirely until l862, historians have had to rely on oral traditions that were recorded from the end of the nineteenth century. These sources provide rich materials on Buganda in the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, but Christopher Wrigley endeavours to show that the stories which appear to relate to earlier periods are largely mythology. He argues that this does not reduce their value since they are of interest in their own mythical right, revealing ancient traces of sacred kingship, and also throwing oblique light on the development of the recent state. He has written an elegant, wide-ranging and original study of one of Africa's most famous kingdoms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73705/cover/9780521473705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social and Political Thought of Bertrand Russell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Development of an Aristocratic Liberalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ironside, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering study of Bertrand Russell's social and political thought deals with the years 1896 to 1938, and is the first book to embark on a thorough investigation of the intellectual and cultural context out of which Russell's ideas emerged. Maintaining a sympathetic but critical stance towards Russell's almost innumerable political postures, and focusing in particular on his concern with the intellectual elite, the author renders that thought both plausible and coherent by placing its development against a significant historical background. As well as giving attention to the aspects of Russell's private life which helped determine the direction of his thought, Dr Ironside undertakes an enlightening exploration of the individuals, groups and beliefs by which he was successively influenced. The result is a wide-ranging and highly original view of an important and enduring figure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73835/cover/9780521473835.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: Clarinet Concerto</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mozart's Clarinet Concerto is of supreme importance as his last instrumental work. Yet there are a number of special problems surrounding the piece, since the autograph is lost and the unique instrument for which it was written has not survived. This book provides evidence of the development of the clarinet, Mozart's encounter with it, and the composition and subsequent reception of the Clarinet Concerto. An analysis of the work is complemented by discussion of performance practice and of surviving relevant instruments. Expertise from the author's colleagues contributes to some valuable appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73842/cover/9780521473842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Changing Values in Medieval Scotland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Prices, Money, and Weights and Measures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gemmill, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayhew, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>441</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full-scale study of prices in medieval Scotland, c. 1260-1542, which includes detailed discussions of coinage, and weights and measures. Nearly 6,000 prices are listed individually, average prices are calculated for each commodity, and for groups of commodities such as cereals and livestock. Scots prices are compared with English, and the significance of the data for the economic history of medieval Scotland is analysed fully. This is the only complete study to have been undertaken on Scots medieval prices, and there is no comparable work on Scottish medieval economic history in print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73859/cover/9780521473859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schopenhauer, Philosophy and the Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacquette, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection brings together thirteen essays by some of the most respected contemporary scholars of Schopenhauer's aesthetics from a wide spectrum of philosophical perspectives. The dynamics of the empirical will and Will as a thing-in-itself in the interplay of Schopenhauer's metaphysics and philosophy of fine art has important implications for the freedom, salvation and tragic suffering of the artist, the representation of Platonic Ideas in art, and the role of artistic inspiration, emotion and aesthetic pleasure in the beautiful and sublime. These essays examine the unique theory Schopenhauer developed to explain the life and work of the artist, and the influence his aesthetic philosophy has had on subsequent artistic traditions in such diverse areas as music, painting, poetry, literature and architecture. The authors present Schopenhauer's thought as a vital and enduring contribution to aesthetic theory, and to the idealist vision which continues to guide Romantic and neo-Romantic art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73880/cover/9780521473880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impact on Composite Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrate, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Composites are used extensively in engineering applications. A constant concern is the effect of foreign object impacts on composite structures because significant damage can occur and yet be undetectable by visual inspection. Such impacts can range from the most ordinary at low velocity - a tool dropped on a product - to the hypervelocity impact of space debris on a spacecraft. This book explains how damage develops during impact, the effect of impact-induced damage on the mechanical behavior of structures, and methods of damage prediction and detection. Numerous examples are included to illustrate these topics. Written for graduate students, as well as researchers and practising engineers working with composite materials, this book presents state-of-the-art knowledge on impact dynamics while requiring only basic understanding of the mechanics of composite materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73897/cover/9780521473897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Passions in Roman Thought and Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braund, Susanna Morton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Essays by an international team of scholars in Latin literature and ancient philosophy explore the understanding of emotions (or 'passions') in Roman thought and literature. Building on work on Hellenistic theories of emotion and on philosophy as therapy, they look closely at the interface between ancient philosophy (especially Stoic and Epicurean), rhetorical theory, conventional Roman thinking and literary portrayal. There are searching studies of the emotional thought-world of a range of writers including Catullus, Cicero, Virgil, Seneca, Statius, Tacitus and Juvenal. Issues of debate such as the ethical colour of Aeneas's angry killing of Turnus at the end of the Aeneid are placed in a broad and illuminating perspective. Written in clear and non-technical language, with Greek and Latin translated, the volume opens up a fascinating area on the borders of philosophy and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73910/cover/9780521473910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bakhtin and the Visual Arts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Deborah J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bakhtin and the Visual Arts assesses the relevance of Mikhail Bakhtin's ideas as they relate to painting and sculpture. First published in the 1960s, Bakhtin's writings introduced the concepts of carnival and dialogue or dialogism, which have had significant impact in such diverse fields as literature and literary theory, philosophy, theology, biology and psychology. In his four early aesthetic essays, written between 1919 and 1926, and before he began to focus on linguistic and literary categories, Bakhtin worked on a larger philosophy of creativity, which was never completed. Deborah Haynes's in-depth study of his aesthetics, especially his theory of creativity, analyses its applicability to contemporary art theory and criticism. The author argues that Bakhtin, with such categories as answerability, outsideness and unfinalizability, offers a conceptual basis for interpreting the moral dimensions of creative activity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73927/cover/9780521473927.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Restructuring of International Relations Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neufeld, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Neufeld argues that the predominance of the positivist approach to the study of international politics has meant that theory committed to human emancipation remains poorly developed. He suggests that International Relations theory must move in a non-positivist direction, and takes recent developments in the discipline (including Gramscian, postmodernist, feminist and normative approaches) as evidence that such a shift is already under way. In a comprehensive treatment, he argues that the critical theory of the Frankfurt School can be used to reorient the study of world politics. Drawing on recent work in social and political theory, as well as International Relations, this book offers an accessible analysis of recent developments in the study of international politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73941/cover/9780521473941.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Movements, Political Violence, and the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Analysis of Italy and Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>della Porta, Donatella</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents empirical research on the nature and structure of political violence. While most studies of social movements focus on single - nations, Donatella della Porta uses a comparative research design to analyse movements in two countries - Italy and Germany - from the 1960s to the 1990s. Through extensive usage of official documents and in-depth interviews, della Porta is able to explain the actors' construction of external political reality. The empirical data are used to build a middle-range theory of political violence that incorporates an analysis of the interactions between social movements and the state at the macro-level, an analysis of the development of radical organizations as entrepreneurs for political violence at the meso-level, and an analysis of the construction of 'militant' identities and countercultures at the micro-level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73965/cover/9780521473965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Oligarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Choice in Imperial Japan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramseyer, J. Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenbluth, Frances McCall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the latter-half of the nineteenth century and the first half of the twentieth century, Japan underwent two major shifts in political control. In the 1910s, the power of the oligarchy was eclipsed by that of a larger group of professional politicians; in the 1930s, the focus of power shifted again, this time to a set of independent military leaders. In this book, Ramseyer and Rosenbluth examine a key question of modern Japanese politics: why the Meiji oligarchs were unable to design institutions capable of protecting their power. The authors question why the oligarchs chose the political institutions they did, and what the consequences of those choices were for Japan's political competition, economic development, and diplomatic relations. Indeed, they argue, it was the oligarchs' very inability to agree among themselves on how to rule that prompted them to cut the military loose from civilian control - a decision that was to have disastrous consequences not only for Japan but for the rest of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73972/cover/9780521473972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521473993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521473993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521473996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Invention of Autonomy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Modern Moral Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521473996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneewind, Jerome B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This remarkable book is the most comprehensive study ever written of the history of moral philosophy in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Its aim is to set Kant's still influential ethics in its historical context by showing in detail what the central questions in moral philosophy were for him and how he arrived at his own distinctive ethical views. The book is organised into four main sections, each exploring moral philosophy by discussing the work of many influential philosophers of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. In an epilogue the author discusses Kant's view of his own historicity, and of the aims of moral philosophy. In its range, in its analyses of many philosophers not discussed elsewhere, and in revealing the subtle interweaving of religious and political thought with moral philosophy, this is an unprecedented account of the evolution of Kant's ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/73996/cover/9780521473996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Expectations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheffrin, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have developed models in which individuals form expectations of key variables in a 'rational' manner such that these expectations are consistent with actual economic environments. Professor Sheffrin first explores the logical foundation of the concept and the case for employing it in economic analysis. Subsequent chapters investigate its use in macroeconomics, financial markets, and microeconomics. A final chapter assesses its impact on theoretical and empirical work in economics and policy arenas. The author argues that while rational expectations are still central to macroeconomic policy debates, fully workable models have not yet been devised, and offers reasons for the lack of practical and conceptual progress. All chapters of the second edition have been revised or expanded. New sections inter alia include material on learning, the rationality of reported expectations, alternative recent developments explicitly or implicitly using rational expectations, new tests of the Lucas critique, and models of noise trading. The book is written in a non-technical fashion for beginning graduate students and non-specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74009/cover/9780521474009.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Health Consequences of 'Modernisation'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence from Circumpolar Peoples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shephard, Roy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rode, Andris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are the health consequences of a transition from an active 'hunter-gatherer' lifestyle to that of sedentary modern living? In this book, the impact of 'modernization' is assessed in various populations in the circumpolar regions. The hazards of living in polar regions, and the adaptations shown culturally, behaviourally and physically by the indigenous peoples are examined and the effect of changes in habitual activity, diet, and general lifestyle due to more urban living patterns on the body composition, pulmonary function and susceptibility to disease discussed. The implications of this switch are important not only for all those concerned about the survival of indigenous communities around the world, but for all of us living in an increasingly sedentary, urban environment. Anthropologists, physiologists and those interested in population fitness will find this a comprehensive and valuable volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74016/cover/9780521474016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroscopic Quantum Tunneling of the Magnetic Moment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chudnovsky, Eugene M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tejada, Javier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>185</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book presenting a coherent theoretical and experimental treatment of the rapidly developing field of macroscopic quantum tunneling of the magnetic moment. The theory is based on the concept of the magnetic instanton and its renormalization by the dissipative environment. The book includes discussions of the tunneling of magnetic moment in small ferromagnetic grains, tunneling of the Ne'el vector in antiferromagnetic grains, quantum nucleation of magnetic domains, and quantum depinning of domain walls. The experimental part collects the majority of recent data that are, or may be, relevant to spin tunneling. Among the topics described are low temperature magnetic relaxation and its interpretation in various systems, experiments on single particles and mesoscopic wires, and resonant spin tunneling in molecular magnets. This study of an important new field in condensed matter physics by two leading contributors to the subject will be of interest to theorists and experimentalists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22613/cover/9780521022613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Germany, Hitler, and World War II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Modern German and World History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Gerhard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflecting on the greatest war in human history, one cannot help but think about the terrible conflict as a whole, its leaders, its peoples, and the puzzles still open about its conduct. Leaders on both sides realised that at stake from the very beginning was a complete restructuring of the world order. More than a conflict of imperial aggression, World War II was about who would live and command the globe's resources and which peoples would disappear entirely because they were believed to be inferior or undesirable by the victor. This collection of special studies in twentieth-century German and world history illuminates the nature of the Nazi system and its impact on Germany and the world. Bringing together essays now widely scattered and several never previously published in English, this volume examines the Holocaust, the connections between the European and Pacific theatres of war, as well as the effects, leaders, and research problems of World War II. By examining the effects of World War II, its leaders, its problems, and the Holocaust, this volume provides an illuminating study of the nature of the Nazi system and its impact on Germany and the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74078/cover/9780521474078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Afrotopia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Roots of African American Popular History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moses, Wilson Jeremiah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Afrocentrism and its history has long been disputed and controversial. In this important book, Wilson Moses presents a critical and nuanced view of the issues. Tracing the origins of Afrocentrism since the eighteenth century, he examines the combination of various popular mythologies, some of them mystical and sentimental, others perfectly reasonable. This is a rich history of black intellectual life and the concept of race.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74085/cover/9780521474085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Spaces in Contemporary China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Potential for Autonomy and Community in Post-Mao China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Deborah S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraus, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naughton, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Elizabeth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The post-Mao urban reforms of the last decade have physically and psychologically transformed China's cities. These essays explore how the character of city life shifted after the political-economic restructuring intensified in 1984, and how this shift affected the creation of new physical, economic and cultural space in urban China. The authors draw on a wide range of backgrounds, including anthropology, comparative literature, economics, art history, law, political science and sociology, as well as their own experiences of living and working in Chinese cities to provide insight into lesser known dimensions of urban Chinese life: China's large 'floating populations', avant-garde art, labor movements, and leisure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74108/cover/9780521474108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People in Transit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Migrations in Comparative Perspective, 1820-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoerder, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagler, Jvrg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>451</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The demographic shockwaves of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Europe produced tremendous change in the national economies and affected the political, social, and cultural development of these societies. Migration historians have begun to connect the various European migratory streams during this period with transcontinental migration to North America. This volume contains empirical studies on German in-migration, internal migration, and transatlantic emigration from the 1820s to the 1930s, placed in a comparative perspective of Polish, Swedish, and Irish migration to North America. Special emphasis is placed on the role of women in the process of migration. By looking specifically at postwar Germany, Klaus J. Bade underscores the relevance of this history in a concluding essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74122/cover/9780521474122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>240.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Economics of Human Behaviour</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tommasi, Mariano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ierulli, Kathryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume views important social and political issues through the eyes of economists. Pioneered by Gary Becker, this approach asserts that all actions, whether working, playing, dating, or mating, have economic motivations and consequences, and can be analysed using economic reasoning. Intended as an introduction to the current state of the field, the essays are informal and non-technical, while still using up-to-date economic reasoning to illuminate such topics as crime, marriage, discrimination, immigration, fads and fashions. The expanding domain of economics is illustrated, as problems from sociology, political science, anthropology, and public policy are all included in this Beckerian view: the world of human interaction, as seen by an economist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74207/cover/9780521474207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community Psychiatry in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analysis and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tyrer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Creed, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>175</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rapid changes are taking place in the practice of psychiatry and nowhere is this more pronounced than in its community aspects. Although much that has changed sometimes appears to have done so without adequate forethought or research there is already a considerable body of knowledge that underscores recent developments. In this book prominent researchers in this expanding subject debate the implications of recent knowledge derived from a variety of sources, and look ahead to impending developments that will need further research enquiry. The chapters are wide in scope and topical in content and the discussions after each are frank and informative. This book will be of help to all those involved in the organisation of psychiatric care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74276/cover/9780521474276.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean Rhys</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savory, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jean Rhys has long been central to debates in feminist, modernist, Caribbean, British and postcolonial writing. Elaine Savory's study, which incorporates and modifies previous critical approaches, is a critical reading of Rhys's entire oeuvre, including the stories and autobiography, and is informed by Rhys's own manuscripts. Designed both for the serious scholar on Rhys and those unfamiliar with her writing, Savory's book insists on the importance of a Caribbean-centred approach to Rhys, and shows how this context profoundly affects her literary style. Informed by contemporary arguments on race, gender, class and nationality, Savory explores Rhys's stylistic innovations - her use of colours, her exploitation of the trope of performance, her experiments with creative non-fiction and her incorporation of the metaphysical into her texts. This study offers a comprehensive account of the life and work of this  most complex and enigmatic of writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74344/cover/9780521474344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cosmic Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Astrophysics and Cosmology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Longair, Malcolm S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>565</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twentieth-century witnessed the development of astrophysics and cosmology from subjects which scarcely existed to two of the most exciting and demanding areas of contemporary scientific inquiry. In this book Malcolm Longair reviews the historical development of the key areas of modern astrophysics, linking the strands together to show how they have led to the extraordinarily rich panorama of modern astrophysics and cosmology. While many of the great discoveries were derived from pioneering observations, the emphasis is upon the development of theoretical concepts and how they came to be accepted. These advances have led astrophysicists and cosmologists to ask some of the deepest questions about the nature of our Universe and have pushed astronomical observations to the very limit. This is a fantastic story, and one which would have defied the imaginations of even the greatest story-tellers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74368/cover/9780521474368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147437X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147437X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Swift's Parody</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phiddian, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Swift's prose has been discussed extensively as satire, but its major structural element, parody, has not received the attention it deserves. Focusing mainly on works before 1714, and especially on A Tale of a Tub, this study explores Swift's writing primarily as parody. Robert Phiddian follows the constructions and deconstructions of textual authority through the texts on cultural-historical, biographical, and literary-theoretical levels. The historical interest lies in the occasions of the parodies: in their relations with the texts and discourses which they quote and distort, and in the way this process reflects on the generation of cultural authority in late Stuart England. The biographical interest lies in a new way of viewing Swift's early career as a potentially Whiggish intellectual. The theoretical and interpretative interest lies in tracing the play of language and irony through parody.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74375/cover/9780521474375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transition to Global Rivalry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alliance Diplomacy and the Quadruple Entente, 1895-1907</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, John Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the years before the First World War, the realignment of world powers resulted in agreements concluded in 1904 and 1907 between Britain, France, Russia and Japan. John Albert White terms this a Quadruple Entente, a more accurate and complete description than the more commonly used Triple Entente, which omits Japan. His more inclusive view leaves undisturbed the conception of Europe as the centre of political gravity, but at the same time calls proper attention to the enhanced role which Japan had won through her victories in the Sino-Japanese and Russo-Japanese wars and by her careful management of her entry into the larger family of nations. This wider perspective on the crucial pre-war years shows how, in its political context as well as its geographical terrain and its general impact, the First World War was a world war in every sense.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74450/cover/9780521474450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bourgeois Politics in France, 1945-1951</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vinen, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first general study of politics and society in the Fourth Republic to be founded on extensive primary research. It approaches the period in terms of successful conservatism rather than thwarted reform, maintaining that conservatism in France was a more subtle, dynamic force than has previously been appreciated. Not the preserve of any one single party, conservative ideas were often defended by institutions outside the realm of explicit politics altogether, such as business associations, civil service departments and the law courts. It is proposed that conservatives did not simply return to French politics in 1945 untouched by the events of the previous five years. The experiences of Vichy, the occupation and the purges produced new kinds of political synthesis, making conservatives more dynamic and receptive to change than their 'progressive' opponents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74511/cover/9780521474511.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statecraft and Security</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cold War and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book a group of influential and distinguished scholars analyse some of the key questions in contemporary international relations. The book is in three parts. In the first, the lessons and legacies of Cold War are examined, including debates about its rise and fall, and the implications of the superpower nuclear confrontation. Part II asks questions about powers and politics in the post-Cold War world: the USA's potential as a world leader, Russia's troubled future, Japan's potential power, the China syndrome, and Africa's problems. The final part looks further into the future, discussing international organisation, life politics, and the potentialities for human society under the conditions of globalisation. The book shows how different countries and different groups of countries are confronting urgent issues of statecraft in a period of radical global transformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74535/cover/9780521474535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147454X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147454X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old English Biblical Verse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Genesis, Exodus and Daniel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Remley, Paul G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an extended study of the Old Testament poems of the Junius collection as a group. The circumstances surrounding their composition and transmission are mysterious: none is ascribed to a named author and none situated even relatively within the development of Anglo-Saxon Christian poetry. This book seeks to breach this critical impasse by allowing the biblical content of the Junius poems to tell its own story. Paul G. Remley compares them with genuine early medieval texts that are most likely to have circulated in Anglo-Saxon centres, and sets out the full range of variants. He offers engaging exercises in hermeneutic and reader-response criticism. The introductory chapter reviews five centuries of Anglo-Saxon history. All citations of Old English, Latin, and Greek texts are accompanied by modern English translations, making the book accessible to general readers as well as specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74542/cover/9780521474542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recollection and Experience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plato's Theory of Learning and its Successors</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Questions about learning and discovery have fascinated philosophers from Plato onwards. Does the mind bring innate resources of its own to the process of learning or does it rely wholly upon experience? Plato was the first philosopher to give an innatist response to this question and in doing so was to provoke the other major philosophers of ancient Greece to give their own rival explanations of learning. This book examines these theories of learning in relation to each other. It presents an entirely different interpretation of the theory of recollection which also changes the way we understand the development of ancient philosophy after Plato. The final section of the book compares ancient theories of learning with the seventeenth-century debate about innate ideas, and finds that the relation between the two periods is far more interesting and complete than is usually supposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74559/cover/9780521474559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, Literature, and Politics in Post-Reformation England, 1540-1688</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, Donna B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strier, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by historians and literary scholars treats English history and culture from the Henrician Reformation to the Glorious Revolution as a single coherent period in which religion is a dominant element in political and cultural life. It seeks to explore the centrality of the religion-politics nexus for this whole period through examining a wide variety of literary and non-literary texts, from plays and poems to devotional treatises, political treatises and histories. It breaks down normal distinctions between Tudor and Stuart, pre- and post-Restoration periods to reveal a coherent (though not all serene and untroubled) post-Reformation culture struggling with major issues of belief, practice and authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74566/cover/9780521474566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>743</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, are envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74597/cover/9780521474597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>742</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. The International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74603/cover/9780521474603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Diversity of Human Relationships</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474634</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Auhagen, Ann Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salisch, Maria von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>359</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last decade there has been a growing interest in interpersonal relationships  in the scientific community as well as in the general public. Until now, no volume has covered comprehensively different types of interpersonal relationships, such as the relationships between friends, lovers, colleagues or parents and children. Ann Elisabeth Auhagen and Maria von Salisch have addressed this gap in the literature with this volume, first published in German and later revised for an American audience.The Diversity of Human Relationships draws together findings from social, developmental and organisational psychology, sociology, biology, and the research on personal relationships. It reviews the multiplicity of research approaches and results on interpersonal relationships and how they change over the life span. It also elaborates the characteristics of the different types of relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Victorians and the Stuart Heritage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interpretations of a Discordant Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lang, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>247</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores what the Victorians said about the Stuart past, with particular emphasis on changing interpretations of Cromwell and the Puritans. It analyses in detail the historical writings of Henry Hallam, Thomas Babington Macaulay, Thomas Carlyle and Samuel Rawson Gardiner, placing them in a context that stresses the importance of religious controversy for the nineteenth century. The book argues that the Victorians found the Stuart past problematic because they perceived a connection between the religious disputes of the seventeenth century and the sectarian discord of their own age. Cromwell and the Puritans became an acceptable part of the national past only as the English state lost its Anglican exclusiveness. The tendency to accommodate Cromwell and the Puritans, particularly in the work of Gardiner, thus reflected a process of nation building that sought to remove sectarian divisions and which reached its climax as the Victorian age came to its close.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74641/cover/9780521474641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147468X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147468X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Realities of Political Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elections and the US Senate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regens, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaddie, Ronald Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>133</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A central political issue in American politics during the 1990s is the need for political campaign reform. The authors examine US Senate elections to determine the role money plays in Senate elections; their analysis indicates that the system of campaign finance resembles a market, with legislators as the recipients of financial largesse based on their institutional positions and political vulnerability. This rent-seeking relationship between economic interests and legislators has transformed the dynamic of Senate elections. The authors assess the potential impact of several electoral reform proposals. Spending limits and public funding proposals, they argue, will not have the impact expected by reform advocates. Term limit and public funding proposals would disrupt the rent-seeking relationship between legislators and economic interests. These proposals also face political and constitutional barriers to implementation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74689/cover/9780521474689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Victorian Music Hall</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture, Class and Conflict</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kift, Dagmar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kift, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ASZH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the exception of the occasional local case study, music-hall history has until now been presented as the history of the London halls. This book attempts to redress the balance by setting music-hall history within a national perspective. Kift argues that before the 1890s the halls catered to a predominantly working-class and lower middle-class audience of both sexes and all ages and that they were instrumental in giving these classes a strong and self-confident identity. The halls' ability to sustain a distinct class-awareness was one of their greatest strengths - but this factor was also at the root of many of the controversies which surrounded them. These controversies are at the centre of the book and Kift treats them as test cases for vertical and horizontal social relations which provide fresh insights into nineteenth-century British society and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74726/cover/9780521474726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law and Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Possibilities and Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of an interdisciplinary study of law and literature is one of the most exciting theoretical developments taking place in North America and Britain. In Law and Literature: Possibilities and Perspectives Ian Ward explores the educative ambitions of the law and literature movement, and its already established critical, ethical and political potential. He reveals the law in literature, and the literature of law, in key areas of literature, from Shakespeare to Beatrix Potter to Umberto Eco, and from feminist literature to children's literature to the modern novel, drawing out the interaction between rape law and The Handmaid's Tale, and the psychology of English property law and The Tale of Peter Rabbit. This original book defines the developing state of law and literature studies, and demonstrates how the theory of law and literature can illuminate the literary text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74740/cover/9780521474740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Picturing the Passion in Late Medieval Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative Painting, Franciscan Ideologies, and the Levant</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Derbes, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the narrative paintings of the Passion of Christ created in Italy during the thirteenth century. Demonstrating the radical changes that occurred in the depiction of the Passion cycle during the Duecento, a period that has traditionally been dismissed as artistically stagnant, Anne Derbes analyses the relationship between these new images and similar renderings found in Byzantine sources. She argues that the Franciscan order, which was active in the Levant by the 1230s, was largely responsible for introducing these images into Italy. But Byzantine art was not imported for its irresistible attraction, as has previously been argued. Rather, Derbes contends, Byzantine images served as vital models, providing formal and iconographic solutions that could be adapted to the Franciscans'  own spiritual programme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74818/cover/9780521474818.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521474884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521474884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comte after Positivism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scharff, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>247</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed, systematic reconsideration of the neglected nineteenth-century positivist Auguste Comte. Apart from offering an accurate account of what Comte actually wrote, the book argues that Comte's positivism has never had greater contemporary relevance than now. The aim of the first part of the book is to rescue Comte from the influential misinterpretation of his work by John Stuart Mill. The second part argues that this deep historically-minded concern with the tradition of philosophy for current philosophical practice places Comte in the same camp as such well-known post-positivists as Richard Rorty, Charles Taylor, and Hilary Putnam. Professor Scharff concludes that, even though he was the first positivist, Comte is also the only positivist who retains his relevance today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74887/cover/9780521474887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147499X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147499X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521474993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Barth's Ethics of Reconciliation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521474993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John Bainbridge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Webster provides a major scholarly analysis of the final sections of the Church Dogmatics. He focuses on the theme of human agency in Barth's late ethics and doctrine of baptism, placing the discussion in the context of an interpretation of the Dogmatics as an intrinsically ethical dogmatics. The first two chapters survey the themes of agency, covenant and human reality in the Dogmatics as a whole; later chapters give a thorough analysis of Church Dogmatics IV/4 and the posthumously published text The Christian Life. A final chapter examines the significance of Barth's work for contemporary accounts of moral selfhood. The book is important not only for a detailed analysis of a neglected part of Barth's oeuvre, but also because it casts into question much of what has hitherto been written about Barth's ethical dogmatics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/74993/cover/9780521474993.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Travel and Drama in Shakespeare's Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maquerlot, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willems, Mich&#232;le</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores interconnections between voyage narratives and travel plays in a period of intense foreign relations and the incipient colonization of the New World. Eminent Renaissance scholars use historical inquiry and textual analysis to offer readings of narrative and dramatic texts, envisaged both in the context of the period and from the far-reaching perspective of Britain's cultural history. Plays like The Spanish Tragedy, Doctor Faustus, Eastward Ho! or The Tempest - itself the subject of three chapters - are discussed alongside relatively obscure works. The plays are never approached as mere cultural documents. The underlying assumption is that the theatre is not reducible to a medium for conflicting ideologies but should be viewed as a privileged site of various meanings, of roads leading in several directions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35149/cover/9780521035149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nazism and the Working Class in Austria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrial Unrest and Political Dissent in the 'National Community'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The image of Hitler as a demagogic 'pied piper' leading astray the 'little people' of Austria is as misleading as it is powerful. Nazism and the Working Class in Austria is a case study of the ambiguous relationship between state and society in Austria under the Nazis. It places the experience of Austrian industrial workers in the Third Reich in a broader historical context, from the origins of the earliest 'national socialist' movements in the backwaters of the Habsburg empire to the end of the Second World War. Workers did not seriously attempt or even expect to overthrow the Nazi regime in the face of unprecedented surveillance and terror; but neither were they converted, and their oppositional strategies and disgruntled political opinions reveal a truculent workforce, rather than one that was contented and converted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75013/cover/9780521475013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Runaway Religious in Medieval England, c.1240-1540</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Logan, F. Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'runaway religious' were monks, canons and friars who had taken vows of religion and who, with benefit of neither permission nor dispensation, fled their monasteries and returned to a life in the world, usually replacing the religious habit with lay clothes. No legal exit for the discontented was permitted - religious vows were like marriage vows in this respect - until the financial crisis caused by the Great Schism created a market in dispensations for priests in religious orders to leave, take benefices, and live as secular priests. The church therefore pursued runaways with her severest penalty, excommunication, in the express hope that penalties would lead to the return of the straying sheep. Once back, whether by free choice or by force, the runaway was received not with a feast for a prodigal but, in a rite of stark severity, with the imposition of penalties deemed suitable for a sinner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75020/cover/9780521475020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjects of Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study of the relationship between persons and their bodies, E. J. Lowe demonstrates the inadequacy of physicalism, even in its mildest, non-reductionist guises, as a basis for a scientifically and philosophically acceptable account of human beings as subjects of experience, thought and action. He defends a substantival theory of the self as an enduring and irreducible entity - a theory which is unashamedly committed to a distinctly non-Cartesian dualism of self and body. Taking up the physicalist challenge to any robust form of psychophysical interactionism, he shows how an attribution of independent causal powers to the mental states of human subjects is perfectly consistent with a thoroughly naturalistic world view. He concludes his study by examining in detail the role which conscious mental states play in the human subject's exercise of its most central capacities for perception, action, thought and self-knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75037/cover/9780521475037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147504X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147504X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Continuum Percolation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meester, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Rahul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many phenomena in physics, chemistry, and biology can be modelled by spatial random processes. One such process is continuum percolation, which is used when the phenomenon being modelled is made up of individual events that overlap, for example, the way individual raindrops eventually make the ground evenly wet. This is a systematic rigorous account of continuum percolation. Two models, the Boolean model and the random connection model, are treated in detail, and related continuum models are discussed. All important techniques and methods are explained and applied to obtain results on the existence of phase transitions, equality and continuity of critical densities, compressions, rarefaction, and other aspects of continuum models. This self-contained treatment, assuming only familiarity with measure theory and basic probability theory, will appeal to students and researchers in probability and stochastic geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75044/cover/9780521475044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Vagrancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wordsworth and the Simulation of Freedom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langan, Celeste</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A provocative account of  Wordsworth's representation of walking as the exercise of imagination, Romantic Vagrancy traces a recurrent analogy between the poet in search of material and the literally dispossessed vagrants and beggars he encounters. Reading Wordsworth - and Rousseau before him - from the perspective of recent debates about the political and social rights of the homeless, Celeste Langan argues that both literature and vagrancy are surprisingly rich and disturbing images of the 'negative freedom' at the heart of liberalism. Langan shows how the formal structure of the Romantic poem - the improvisational excursion - mirrors its apparent themes, often narratives of impoverishment or abandonment. According to Langan, the encounter between the beggar and the passer-by in Wordsworth's poetry does not simply reveal a social conscience or its lack; it represents the advent of the liberal subject, whose identity is stretched out between origin and destination, caught between economic and political forces and the workings of desire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75075/cover/9780521475075.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>776</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established sixty years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75112/cover/9780521475112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ICSID Reports</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reports of Cases Decided under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, 1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayfuse, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>439</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is more than 25 years since the World Bank Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes entered into force. These reports present in a single, comprehensive series all those decisions of ICSID tribunals which are in the public domain, as well as the decisions of national courts relating to such proceedings. All decisions are prefaced by a summary and a key word heading. Consolidated tables of cases and consolidated indexes are present in each volume. This third volume contains materials relating to proceedings from 1983 to 1992, and is fully indexed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems Approach to Turbulence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohr, Tomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jensen, Mogens H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paladin, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vulpiani, Angelo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book treats turbulence from the point of view of dynamical systems. The exposition centres around a number of important simplified models for turbulent behaviour in systems ranging from fluid motion (classical turbulence) to chemical reactions and interfaces in disordered systems. In recent decades, turbulence has evolved into a very active field of theoretical physics. The origin of this development is the approach to turbulence from the point of view of deterministic dynamical systems, and in this book it is shown how concepts developed for low dimensional chaotic systems can be applied to turbulent states. Thus, the modern theory of fractals and multifractals now plays a major role in turbulence research, and turbulent states are being studied as important dynamical states of matter occurring also in systems outside the realm of hydrodynamics, i.e. chemical reactions or front propagation. The presentation relies heavily on simplified models of turbulent behaviour, notably shell models, coupled map lattices, amplitude equations and interface models, and the focus is primarily on fundamental concepts such as the differences between large and small systems, the nature of correlations and the origin of fractals and of scaling behaviour. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers interested in turbulence, from physics and applied mathematics backgrounds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17947/cover/9780521017947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary Russian Satire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Genre Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryan-Hayes, Karen L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study presents an examination of the extraordinary diversity and range of satirical writing in contemporary Russian literature and will be of interest not only to Slavicists but also to those interested in genre theory. Through the close analysis of seminal satirical texts written by five Russian and &#233;migr&#233; authors in the 1970s and 1980s, Karen Ryan-Hayes demonstrates that formal and thematic parody is pervasive and that it provides additional levels of meaning in contemporary Russian satire. Each work under examination is placed within the wider European literary context as well as within the Russian tradition and is representative of a different sub-genre of satire. The author focuses on a variety of these genres and modes and offers practical criticism on each text. The writers under discussion have enjoyed a positive reception in the West and their works demonstrate the variety and vitality of Russian and Soviet satire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75150/cover/9780521475150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Pottery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Julia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>151</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The books in this series provide a convenient and accessible introduction to subjects within the applied arts. Drawing examples from the world-famous collections at the Fitzwilliam Museum, they furnish the reader with a wide variety of information on many different types and forms and illustrate some of the most famous as well as the most unusual examples. A general introduction is followed by entries on sixty-four individual objects, each of which is illustrated in colour. Complete with glossaries and guides to further reading, these books will prove invaluable to all collectors and enthusiasts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75204/cover/9780521475204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147521X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147521X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Pottery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Julia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>151</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The books in this series provide a convenient and accessible introduction to subjects within the applied arts. Drawing examples from the world-famous collections at the Fitzwilliam Museum, they furnish the reader with a wide variety of information on many different types and forms and illustrate some of the most famous as well as the most unusual examples. A general introduction is followed by entries on sixty-four individual objects, each of which is illustrated in colour. Complete with glossaries and guides to further reading, these books will prove invaluable to all collectors and enthusiasts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75211/cover/9780521475211.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147535X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147535X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redefining the Egyptian Nation, 1930-1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gershoni, Israel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jankowski, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors examine the emergence of nationalism among the Egyptian middle class during the 1930s and 1940s, and its growing awareness of an Arab and Muslim identity. Previously Egypt did not define itself in these terms, but adopted a territorial and isolationist outlook. It is the revolutionary transformation in Egyptian self-understanding which took place during this period that provides the focus of this study. The authors demonstrate how the growth of an urban middle class, combined with economic and political failures in the 1930s, eroded the foundations of the earlier order. Alongside domestic events, the momentum of Arabism abroad and the impact of events in Palestine, necessitated Egyptian regional involvement. Egypt's present position as a major player in Arab, Muslim and Third World affairs has its roots in the fundamental transition of Egyptian national identity at this time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75358/cover/9780521475358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epidemic Models</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Structure and Relation to Data</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mollison, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problems of understanding and controlling disease present a range of mathematical challenges, from broad theoretical issues to specific practical ones, making epidemiology one of the most vibrant branches of applied ecology. Progress in this field requires interdisciplinary collaboration; leading researchers with a wide range of mathematical expertise and close involvement in applied fields across the social, medical and biological sciences came together for a NATO Advanced Research Workshop marking the opening of a six-month programme on Epidemic Models at the Newton Institute in Cambridge in 1993. This volume is a result of that collaboration and surveys the state of epidemic modelling at the time in relation to basic aims such as understanding, prediction, and evaluation and implementation of control strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75365/cover/9780521475365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oscar Wilde</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Myths, Miracles and Imitations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oscar Wilde was a major influence on the culture of his time, and remains relevant today, as a model of wit and style, a sexual icon, and a moral example. In a sequence of detailed and imaginative chapters on Wilde and his times, John Stokes shows how in the 1880s and 1890s Wilde played a vital part in the development of modern culture, inspiring others to carry his ideas on into the twentieth century. Stokes offers studies of Wilde's place in the Romantic tradition, and of his relationships with such legendary figures of the fin de si&#232;cle as Aubrey Beardsley, Alfred Jarry and Arthur Symons. And always, as part of the process of historical enquiry, Stokes considers those who came after: humanitarian disciples who kept Wilde's memory sacred, performers in his plays, actors who impersonated the man himself. Oscar Wilde: Myths, Miracles and Imitations explains why Wilde, a 'material ghost', haunts us still.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75372/cover/9780521475372.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Reformation and the Laity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gloucestershire, 1540-1580</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Litzenberger, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the effects of the English Reformation on the full spectrum of lay religion from 1540 to 1580 through an investigation of individuals and parishes in Gloucestershire. Rather than focusing on either the acceptance of Protestantism or the demise of the traditional Catholic religion, as other historians have done, it considers all shades of belief against the backdrop of shifting official religious policy. The result is the story of responses ranging from stiff resistance to eager acceptance, creating a picture of the religion of the laity which is diverse and complex, but also layered as parishes and individuals expressed their faith in ways which reflected the institutional or personal nature of their piety. Finally, while the book focuses on Gloucestershire, it reveals broad patterns of beliefs and practices which could probably be found all over England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20218/cover/9780521520218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147549X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147549X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nadine Gordimer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The award to Nadine Gordimer of the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1991 was an affirmation of her distinctive contribution to twentieth-century fiction and to the creation of a literature that challenges apartheid.  In this study, which may be used as an introduction as well as by those already familiar with Gordimer's work, Dominic Head discusses each of her novels in detail, paying close attention to the texts both as a reflection of events and situations in the real world, and as evidence of her constant rethinking of her craft. Head shows how Gordimer's concerns, apparent in her earliest novels, are developed through increasing stress on the politics of textuality; and he pursues the implications of this development to consider how Gordimer's later work contributes to postmodernist fiction, and to a recentering of political engagement in an era of uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75495/cover/9780521475495.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edouard Glissant</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dash, J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edouard Glissant is an accomplished and influential novelist and poet, and has recently emerged as a major theorist in Caribbean studies and post-colonial literature. In this first full-length study of Glissant's creative and theoretical work J. Michael Dash examines his poems, novels, plays and essays in the context of modern French literary movements and the post-negritude Caribbean situation, providing both a useful introduction to, and a challenging assessment of, Glissant's work to date. Dash shows how Glissant has focused in an unprecedented way on the Caribbean in terms of the diverse and hybrid culture that has been created in the region, and how his ideas on a cross-cultural politics are the shaping force in the francophone Caribbean 'Creolite' movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75501/cover/9780521475501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divine Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Reflections on the Claim that God Speaks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolterstorff, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prominent in the canonical texts and traditions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam is the claim that God speaks. Nicholas Wolterstorff argues that contemporary speech-action theory, when appropriately expanded, offers us a fascinating way of interpreting this claim and showing its intelligibility. He develops an innovative theory of double-hermeneutics - along the way opposing the current near-consensus led by Ricoeur and Derrida that there is something wrong-headed about interpreting a text to find out what its author said. Wolterstorff argues that at least some of us are entitled to believe that God has spoken. Philosophers have never before, in any sustained fashion, reflected on these matters, mainly because they have mistakenly treated speech as revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75570/cover/9780521475570.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mahler: Das Lied von der Erde (The Song of the Earth)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hefling, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its premi&#232;re Mahler's Das Lied von der Erde (The Song of the Earth) has been widely regarded as his finest masterpiece - 'the most Mahleresque of his works', according to his friend and disciple, the conductor Bruno Walter. As Mahler himself wrote to Walter when the draft score was finished, 'I believe it is the most personal thing I have yet created.' Das Lied was written in the wake of three catastrophic events that shook the foundations of Mahler's life in 1907, and like all his earlier works, it is deeply influenced by the composer's personal and philosophical worldview. The opening chapter, 'Background: Mahler's Symphonic Worlds before 1908,' sets the stage for a study of the work's genesis, a summary of the most important critiques of the premi&#232;re, and a careful reading of this six-movement symphony for voices and orchestra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75587/cover/9780521475587.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Seduction, and Betrayal in Biblical Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bach, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This accessible, readable book looks at the cultural study of the Bible, challenging the traditional mode of reading the women in the Bible. Alice Bach applies literary theory, cultural representations of biblical figures, films, and paintings to a close reading of a group of biblical texts revolving around the 'wicked' literary figures in the Bible. She compares the biblical character of the wife of Potiphar with the Second Temple Period narratives and rabbinic midrashim that expand her story. She then reads Bathsheba against a Yiddish novel by David Pinski, and finally looks at the Biblical Salome against a very different Salome created by Oscar Wilde, and the selection of Salomes created by Hollywood. Bach argues that biblical characters have a life in the mind of the reader independent of the stories in which they were created, thus making the reader the site at which the texts and the cultures that produced them come together.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75600/cover/9780521475600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147566X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147566X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Society in the Stuart Restoration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Drama, History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What specifically distinguishes Restoration culture and society from what went before and came after? And how did early modern British women and men accommodate themselves to the dramatic historical changes of the seventeenth century? This study, which brings together recent work by leading historians as well as literary and cultural critics of the period, shows how the Restoration produced the concept of a national literature crucial to a new nationalist cultural enterprise: questions of national identity and difference, of what it meant to be English or British or both, came to be framed in terms of international trade and imperial ambition; and religious and royal authority gave way before the advance of a secular literary culture geared to the demands of a developing commercial and imperial nation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75662/cover/9780521475662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Revolution in Indian Country</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crisis and Diversity in Native American Communities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calloway, Colin G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>353</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study presents the first broad coverage of Indian experiences in the American Revolution rather than Indian participation as allies or enemies of contending parties. Colin Calloway focuses on eight Indian communities as he explores how the Revolution often translated into war among Indians and their own struggles for independence. Drawing on British, American, Canadian and Spanish records, Calloway shows how Native Americans pursued different strategies, endured a variety of experiences, but were bequeathed a common legacy as result of the Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75693/cover/9780521475693.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hyperbolicity and Sensitive Chaotic Dynamics at Homoclinic Bifurcations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fractal Dimensions and Infinitely Many Attractors in Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palis, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takens, Floris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained introduction to the classical theory of homoclinic bifurcation theory, as well as its generalizations and more recent extensions to higher dimensions. It is also intended to stimulate new developments, relating the theory of fractal dimensions to bifurcations, and concerning homoclinic bifurcations as generators of chaotic dynamics. To this end the authors finish the book with an account of recent research and point out future prospects. The book begins with a review chapter giving background material on hyperbolic dynamical systems. The next three chapters give a detailed treatment of a number of examples, Smale's description of the dynamical consequences of transverse homoclinic orbits and a discussion of the subordinate bifurcations that accompany homoclinic bifurcations, including H&#233;non-like families. The core of the work is the investigation of the interplay between homoclinic tangencies and non-trivial basic sets. The fractal dimensions of these basic sets turn out to play an important role in determining which class of dynamics is prevalent near a bifurcation. The authors provide a new, more geometric proof of Newhouse's theorem on the coexistence of infinitely many periodic attractors, one of the deepest theorems in chaotic dynamics. Based on graduate courses, this unique book will be an essential purchase for students and research workers in dynamical systems, and also for scientists and engineers applying ideas from chaos theory and nonlinear dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75723/cover/9780521475723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521475740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521475740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521475747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Data Analysis in Community and Landscape Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521475747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jongman, R. H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braak, C. J. F. Ter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tongeren, O. F. R. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ecological data has several special properties: the presence or absence of species on a semi-quantitative abundance scale; non-linear relationships between species and environmental factors; and high inter-correlations among species and among environmental variables. The analysis of such data is important to the interpretation of relationships within plant and animal communities and with their environments. In this corrected version of Data Analysis in Community and Landscape Ecology, without using complex mathematics, the contributors demonstrate the methods that have proven most useful, with examples, exercises and case-studies. Chapters explain in an elementary way powerful data analysis techniques such as logic regression, canonical correspondence analysis, and kriging.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/75747/cover/9780521475747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essays on Hellenistic Epistemology and Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Striker, Gisela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The doctrines of the Hellenistic Schools - Epicureans, Stoics, and Sceptics - are known to have had a formative influence on later thought, but because the primary sources are lost, they have to be reconstructed from later reports. This important collection of essays by one of the foremost interpreters of Hellenistic philosophy focuses on key questions in epistemology and ethics debated by Greek and Roman philosophers of the Hellenistic period. There is currently a new awareness of the great interest and influence of Hellenistic philosophy. In bringing together a major collection of scholarly and interpretative studies by a leading figure in the field, this volume is a boon to philosophers and classicists who work on the Hellenistic period, but also to students keen to enrich their understanding of the history of epistemology and ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76416/cover/9780521476416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Women of Colonial Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Socolow, Susan Migden</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an overview of the varied experiences of women in colonial Spanish and Portuguese America. Beginning with the cultures that would produce the Latin American world, the book traces the effects of conquest, colonization, and settlement on colonial women. The book also examines the expectations, responsibilities, and limitations facing women in their varied roles, stressing the ways in which race, social status, occupation, and space altered women's social and economic realities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76423/cover/9780521476423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics of the Standard Model</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donoghue, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golowich, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holstein, Barry R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives a detailed account of the Standard Model of particle physics, focussing on the techniques by which the model can produce information about real observed phenomena. It opens with a pedagogic account of the theory of the Standard Model. Introductions to the essential calculational techniques are included. The major part of the text is concerned with the use of the Standard Model in the calculation of physical properties of particles. Rigorous and reliable methods (radiative corrections and nonperturbative techniques based on symmetries and anomalies) are emphasized, but other useful models (such as the quark and Skyrme models) are also described. The strong and electroweak interactions are not treated as independent threads but rather are woven together into a unified phenomenological fabric. Many exercises and diagrams are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76522/cover/9780521476522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Clarinet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476683</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to the Clarinet is a practical guide to the world of the clarinet. It offers students and performers a composite survey of the history and repertoire of the instrument from its origins to the present day, as well as practical guidance on teaching and performing. Special focus is made on the various members of the extensive clarinet family and specialist chapters provide advice on the mechanics of clarinet playing, the art of historical performance, contemporary techniques, and the clarinet in jazz. A chapter on the professional clarinettist introduces the world of the performing musician, while a survey of the clarinet on record provides the listener with a useful guide to the recording history of the instrument. Informed by the experience of distinguished performers and teachers, this book makes an essential and stimulating reference book for all clarinet enthusiasts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76683/cover/9780521476683.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Defense of Humanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Value in the Arts and Letters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Etlin, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a response to the critique of traditional humanism, and particularly its cultural dimension, that has been at the heart of intellectual discourse of the past decade. In simple, clear language, Richard Etlin articulates the nature of aesthetic experience through analysis of works in a wide variety of media, including painting, sculpture, architecture, drawing, literature and dance. Establishing categories for determining value in the arts and letters, Etlin also explores the operations of the creative process in a discussion of artistic genius, reaffirming the transcendent moral and enduring qualities in great works of art. Etlin offers, moreover, a critique of the fundamental premises of the post-structuralist thinkers, including Jacques Derrida, Stanley Fish, Hayden White, Pierre Bourdieu, and Edward W. Said, whose work is placed within the context of modern intellectual history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76720/cover/9780521476720.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Palestinian Peasants and Ottoman Officials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rural Administration around Sixteenth-Century Jerusalem</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singer, Amy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a unique study of rural administration in the Ottoman Empire, Amy Singer explores the relationship between Palestinian peasants and Ottoman provincial officials around Jerusalem in the mid-sixteenth century. With the use of court records, the author provides a detailed account of local conditions of production, the mechanisms for assessing and collecting taxes, and the strategies that were evolved in evading them. The book emphasises the complex, colourful and interactive nature of Ottoman provincial administration, which, while obliged to extract revenues from the peasants and impress them with the power of imperial authority, was nevertheless profoundly influenced by local conditions and traditional practices in its dealings with the populace.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76799/cover/9780521476799.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and our View of the World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilgevoord, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the central questions of physics is whether or not a Theory of Everything is possible. Many physicists believe that such a theory might be attainable, a belief which has led to speculation that we might one day 'know the mind of God'. But what would be the philosophical implications of having a blueprint for the Universe? In this fascinating book, a group of distinguished physicists and philosophers examine not only the claims of modern physics, but also the impact these claims have on our view of the world. Based on talks given at the Third Erasmus Ascension Symposium in The Netherlands, the book contains contributions from John Barrow, Paul Davies, Dennis Dieks, Willem Drees, Paul Feyerabend, Bas van Fraassen, Mary Hesse, Gerard 't Hooft and Ernan McMullin. At a time when many people view science with deep suspicion, this book will be of great interest to anyone wishing to explore the complex relationships that exist between physics and philosophy, theology and ideology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76805/cover/9780521476805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy against Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Renewing Historical Materialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Ellen Meiksins</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ellen Meiksins Wood argues that with the collapse of Communism the theoretical project of Marxism and its critique of capitalism is more timely and important than ever. Current intellectual fashions of the left which emphasise 'post-modern' fragmentation, 'difference', contingency and the 'politics of identity' can barely accommodate the idea of capitalism, let alone subject the capitalist system to critique. In this book she sets out to renew the critical programme of historical materialism by redefining its basic concepts and its theory of history in original and imaginative ways, using them to identify the specificity of capitalism as a system of social relations and political power. She goes on to explore the concept of democracy in both the ancient and modern world, examining the concept's relation to capitalism, and raising questions about how democracy might go beyond the limits imposed on it by capitalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76829/cover/9780521476829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English in Nineteenth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#246;rlach, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nineteenth-century English can in many ways be claimed to have laid the foundations for the present-day language, but until recently it has not received as much attention from scholars of linguistics as the English of earlier periods. This book provides an introduction to the distinctive features of nineteenth-century English in England, from spelling to text-types. It examines a wide range of varieties, including political speeches, newspaper articles, advertisements, obituaries, Sunday School poetry, and culinary recipes, so as to illustrate the range of dialects and levels found in the language of that period. The first part of the book provides an overview of the subject, while the second part contains an extensive selection of texts. 100 exercises spread throughout the book serve to introduce the student to the problems and methods involved in English historical linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Particle Hunters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ne'eman, Yuval</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirsh, Yoram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of this popular book on particle physics received universal acclaim for its clear and readable style. In this second edition the authors have brought the subject right up to date, including the discovery of the 'top quark' and the search for the Higgs particle. The book is the result of a collaboration between a world-famous elementary particle physicist and a physicist specialising in popular science writing. Together they have produced a fascinating account of the search for the fundamental building blocks of matter. This lucid and entertaining accountwill fascinate anyone wishing to keep pace with this part of the progress of human knowledge, from scientifically educated general readers through to professional physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76867/cover/9780521476867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476935</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Historical Introduction to Western Constitutional Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476935</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caenegem, R. C. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The constitutional question is of paramount importance in the political and nationalist agenda of late twentieth-century Europe. Professor van Caenegem's new book addresses fundamental questions of constitutional organisation: democracy versus autocracy, unitary versus federal organisation, pluralism versus intolerance, by analysing different models of constitutional government through an historical perspective. The approach is chronological: constitutionalism is explained as the result of many centuries of trial and error through a narrative which begins in the early Middle Ages and concludes with contemporary debates, focusing on Europe, the United States, and the Soviet Union. Special attention is devoted to the rise of the rule of law, and of constitutional, parliamentary, and federal forms of government. The epilogue discusses the future of liberal democracy as a universal model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76935/cover/9780521476935.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strange Multiplicity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutionalism in an Age of Diversity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the inaugural set of Seeley Lectures, the distinguished political philosopher James Tully addresses the demands for cultural recognition that constitute the major conflicts of today: supranational associations, nationalism and federalism, linguistic and ethnic minorities, feminism, multiculturalism and aboriginal self government. Neither modern nor post-modern constitutionalism can adjudicate such claims justly. However, by surveying 400 years of constitutional practice, with special attention to the American aboriginal peoples, Tully develops a new philosophy of constitutionalism based on dialogues of conciliation which, he argues, have the capacity to mediate contemporary conflicts and bring peace to the twenty-first century. Strange Multiplicity brings profound historical, critical and philosophical perspectives to our most pressing contemporary conflicts, and provides an authoritative guide to constitutional possibilities in a multicultural age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76942/cover/9780521476942.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521476992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521476992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521476997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uses of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Biotechnology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521476997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bud, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cantley, Mark F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows, for the first time, how modern biotechnology grew out of this century's hopes for a new relationship between biology and engineering. Long before recombinant DNA, these promised a new kind of technology. By exploring the rich and surprisingly overlooked complex of prophesies, industrial and scientific development and government programs, the book sheds new light on the expectations now held for biotechnology. A world-wide view, covering developments, not just in America but also in Europe and Japan, uncovers surprising links. This makes possible a coherent story to supersede the historical notes which have been available until now. This first history of biotechnology provides a readable and challenging account that will appeal to anyone interested in the development of this key component of modern industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/76997/cover/9780521476997.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fossil Horses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Systematics, Paleobiology, and Evolution of the Family Equidae</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFadden, Bruce J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The family Equidae have an extensive fossil record spanning the last 58 million years, and the evolution of the horse has frequently been used as a classic example of long-term evolution. In recent years, however, there have been many important discoveries of fossil horses, and these, in conjunction with such new methods as cladistics, and techniques like precise geochronology, have allowed us to achieve a much greater understanding of the evolution and biology of this important group. This book synthesizes the large body of data and research relevant to an understanding of fossil horses from several disciplines including biology, geology and palaeontology. Using horses as the central theme, the author weaves together in the text such topics as modern geochronology, palaeobiogeography, climate change, evolution and extinction, functional morphology, and population biology during the Cenozoic period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77086/cover/9780521477086.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Arakelov Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soul&#233;, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abramovich, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnol, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arakelov theory is a new geometric approach to diophantine equations. It combines algebraic geometry in the sense of Grothendieck with refined analytic tools such as currents on complex manifolds and the spectrum of Laplace operators. It has been used by Faltings and Vojta in their proofs of outstanding conjectures in diophantine geometry. This account presents the work of Gillet and Soul&#233;, extending Arakelov geometry to higher dimensions. It includes a proof of Serre's conjecture on intersection multiplicities and an arithmetic Riemann-Roch theorem. To aid number theorists, background material on differential geometry is described, but techniques from algebra and analysis are covered as well. Several open problems and research themes are also mentioned. The book is based on lectures given at Harvard University and is aimed at graduate students and researchers in number theory and algebraic geometry. Complex analysts and differential geometers will also find in it a clear account of recent results and applications of their subjects to new areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77093/cover/9780521477093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imagining the Middle Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Representation of Class in Britain, c.1780-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wahrman, Dror</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why and how did the British people come to see themselves as living in a society centred around a middle class? The answer provided by Professor Wahrman challenges most prevalent historical narratives: the key to understanding changes in conceptualisations of society, the author argues, lies not in underlying transformations of social structure - in this case industrialisation, which supposedly created and empowered the middle class - but rather in changing political configurations. Firmly grounded in a close reading of an extensive array of sources, and supported by comparative perspectives on France and America, the book offers a nuanced model for the interplay between social reality, politics, and the languages of class.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77109/cover/9780521477109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Externalities, Public Goods, and Club Goods</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornes, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandler, Todd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a theoretical treatment of externalities (i.e. uncompensated interdependencies), public goods, and club goods. The new edition updates and expands the discussion of externalities and their implications, coverage of asymmetric information, underlying game-theoretic formulations, and intuitive and graphical presentations. Aimed at well-prepared undergraduates and graduate students making a serious foray into this branch of economics, the analysis should also interest professional economists wishing to survey recent advances in the field. No other single source for the range of materials explored is currently available. Topics investigated include Nash equilibrium, Lindahl equilibria, club theory, preference-revelation mechanism, Pigouvian taxes, the commons, Coase Theorem, and static and repeated games. The authors use mathematical techniques only as much as necessary to pursue the economic argument. They develop key principles of public economics that are useful for subfields such as public choice, labor economics, economic growth, international economics, environmental and natural resource economics, and industrial organization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77185/cover/9780521477185.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Kierkegaard</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hannay, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marino, Gordon Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each volume of this series of Companions to major philosophers contains specially-commissioned essays by an international team of scholars, together with a substantial bibliography, and will serve as a reference work for students and non-specialists. The contributors to this Companion probe the full depth of Kierkegaard's thought revealing its distinctive subtlety. The topics covered include Kierkegaard's views on art and religion, ethics and psychology, theology and politics, and knowledge and virtue. Much attention is devoted to the pervasive influence of Kierkegaard in twentieth-century philosophy. New readers will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Kierkegaard currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Kierkegaard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77192/cover/9780521477192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions for Equity in Mathematics Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Secada, Walter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fennema, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byrd, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of how to provide equitable schooling for ethnic and linguistic minorities has come to the forefront of education. Walter Secada has brought together top researchers to examine equity from the standpoint of mathematics education - an excellent forum for the topic, since the results are quantifiable and the disparity in performance is stark. New Directions for Equity in Mathematics Education first addresses broad cultural issues, such as how social class and our notion of merit enter into education. The second section of the book analyses gender issues in maths learning, and the third and final section looks at language and mathematics. A number of themes cut across these three groupings. For example, there is a critique of the reform movement across several chapters; many of the chapters look closely at teachers and the dynamics of the classroom. And chapters in different sections address issues of teacher empowerment and the re-skilling of teachers. Michael Apple, author of Education and Power, provides a provocative concluding chapter to the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77208/cover/9780521477208.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drought Follows the Plow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultivating Marginal Areas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glantz, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>215</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>People around the globe are becoming increasingly aware that our use of the land has an effect on the environment in which we live. Global warming is seen as a major threat to the well-being of the world's communities. Fear abounds, but does anyone really know what is going on? Will human activity make things worse? The author examines the relationship between society and climate change. With contributions from colleagues in the worst hit areas of the world, the author shows how some patterns of land use can make the problems worse; increasing the risk of droughts and associated food shortages. This book will help scientists and researchers assess our impact on the planet and consider our ability to respond to the consequences of future environmental change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77215/cover/9780521477215.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941031</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This issue examines Latin American labour, and includes coverage of topics such as: the organization amongst San Marcos coffee workers during Guatemala's National Revolution 1944-1954; the myth of the history of Chile - the Araucanians; and the representation of class and populism in Sao Paolo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Players of Shakespeare 3</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Further Essays in Shakespearean Performance by Players with the Royal Shakespeare Company</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smallwood, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of essays by actors with the Royal Shakespeare Company. Thirteen actors describe the Shakespearian roles they played in productions between 1987 and 1991. The contributors are Roger Allam, Simon Russell Beale, Brian Cox, Gregory Doran, Penny Downie, Ralph Fiennes, Deborah Findlay, Philip Franks, Anton Lesser, Maggie Steed, Sophie Thompson, Harriet Walter and Nicholas Woodeson. The plays covered include Hamlet, Richard III, The Merchant of Venice, As You Like It, Much Ado About Nothing, Measure for Measure and important theatrical rarities such as Cymbeline, Titus Andronicus, King John and the Henry VI plays in the Royal Shakespeare Company's highly successful adaptation retitled The Plantagenets. A brief biographical note is provided for each of the contributors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77345/cover/9780521477345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vortex Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saffman, P. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The discovery of coherent structures in turbulence has fostered the hope that the study of vortices will lead to models and an understanding of turbulent flow, thereby solving or at least making less mysterious one of the great unsolved problems of classical physics. Vortex dynamics is a natural paradigm for the field of chaotic motion and modern dynamical system theory. The emphasis in this monograph is on the classical theory of inviscid incompressible fluids containing finite regions of vorticity. The effects of viscosity, compressibility, inhomogeneity and stratification are enormously important in many fields of application, from hypersonic flight to global environmental fluid mechanics. However, this volume focuses on those aspects of fluid motion which are primarily controlled by the vorticity and are such that the effects of the other fluid properties are secondary.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77390/cover/9780521477390.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judging in Good Faith</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original theory of adjudication focused on the ethics of judging in courts of law, and proposes two main theses. One is the good faith thesis, which defends the possibility of lawful judicial decisions even when judges exercise discretion. The other is the permissible discretion thesis, which defends the compatibility of judicial discretion and legal indeterminacy with the legitimacy of adjudication in a constitutional democracy. Together these two theses oppose both conservative theories that would restrict the scope of adjudication unduly, and leftist critical theories that would liberate judges from the rule of law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77406/cover/9780521477406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Epistemology of Religious Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yandell, Keith E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses fundamental questions in the philosophy of religion. Can religious experience provide evidence for religious belief? If so, how? Keith Yandell argues against the notion that religious experience is ineffable, while advocating the view that strong numinous experience provides some evidence that God exists. He contends that social science and other non-religious explanations of religious belief and experience do not cancel out the evidential force of religious experience. The core of Yandell's argument concerns the formulation and application of an appropriate principle of experimental evidence. A final chapter considers the relevance of nonexperimental, conceptual issues. An attractive feature of the book is that it does not confine its attention to any one religious cultural tradition, but tracks the nature of religious experience across different traditions in both the East and the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77413/cover/9780521477413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Warfare in the Latin East, 1192-1291</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a detailed examination of warfare in the Latin East from the end of the Third Crusade, to the demise of the Latin Kingdom in 1291. It considers both the crusades and the long periods of truce during which warfare was restricted to raiding expeditions and conflict among the Christians themselves. A study of the organisation of the Latin armies is followed by an examination of the structures and functions of the strongpoints, with differentiation between armed conflict, battles, raids and sieges. Marshall depicts raiding expeditions as a vital factor in the Muslims' efforts to remove Latins from the East, and concludes with a brief study of the work of scouts, spies and traitors in the Muslim and Latin armies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77420/cover/9780521477420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistics and Econometric Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vuong, Quang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first volume in a major two-volume set of advanced texts in econometrics. It is essentially a text in statistics which is adapted to deal with economic phenomena. Christian Gourieroux and Alain Monfort have written a text which synthesises a great deal of material scattered across a variety of books and journals. They present both the basic and the more sophisticated statistical models which are crucial to an understanding of econometric models, and have taken care to employ mathematical tools with which a majority of students with a basic course in econometrics will be familiar. One of the most attractive features of the books is the liberal use throughout of real-world economic examples. They are also distinctive for their emphasis on promoting an intuitive understanding of the models and results at the expense of overly technical discussions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77444/cover/9780521477444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147745X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147745X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistics and Econometric Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gourieroux, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monfort, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vuong, Quang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-volume work aims to present as completely as possible the methods of statistical inference with special reference to their economic applications. The reader will find a description not only of the classical concepts and results of mathematical statistics, but also of concepts and methods recently developed for the specific needs of econometrics. The authors have sought to avoid an overly technical presentation and go to some lengths to encourage an intuitive understanding of the results by providing numerous examples throughout. The breadth of approaches and the extensive coverage of the two volumes provide for a thorough and entirely self-contained course in modern econometrics. Volume 1 provides an introduction to general concepts and methods in statistics and econometrics, and goes on to cover estimation and prediction. Volume 2 focuses on testing, confidence regions, model selection, and asymptotic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77451/cover/9780521477451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Chaos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chaotic dynamics has been hailed as the third great scientific revolution in physics this century, comparable to relativity and quantum mechanics. In this book, Peter Smith takes a cool, critical look at such claims. He cuts through the hype and rhetoric by explaining some of the basic mathematical ideas in a clear and accessible way, and by carefully discussing the methodological issues which arise. In particular, he explores the new kinds of explanation of empirical phenomena which modern dynamics can deliver. Explaining Chaos will be compulsory reading for philosophers of science and for anyone who has wondered about the conceptual foundations of chaos theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77475/cover/9780521477475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups '93 Galway/St Andrews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurley, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobin, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-volume book contains selected papers from the international conference 'Groups 1993 Galway/St Andrews' which was held at University College Galway in August 1993. The wealth and diversity of group theory is represented in these two volumes. Five main lecture courses were given at the conference. These were 'Geometry, Steinberg representations and complexity' by  J. L. Alperin (Chicago), 'Rickard equivalences and block theory' by M. Brou&#233; (ENS, Paris), 'Cohomological finiteness conditions' by P. H. Kropholler (QMW, London), 'Counting finite index subgroups' by A. Lubotzky (Hebrew University, Jerusalem), 'Lie methods in group theory' by E. I. Zel'manov (University of Wisconsin at Madison). Articles based on their lectures, in one case co-authored, form a substantial part of the Proceedings. Another main feature of the conference was a GAP workshop jointly run by  J. Neub&#252;ser and M. Sch&#246;nert (RWTH, Aachen). Two articles by Professor Neub&#252;ser, one co-authored, appear in the Proceedings. The other articles in the two volumes comprise both refereed survey and research articles contributed by other conference participants. As with the Proceedings of the earlier 'Groups-St Andrews' conferences it is hoped that the articles in these Proceedings will, with their many references, prove valuable both to experienced researchers and also to new postgraduates interested in group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77499/cover/9780521477499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477506</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups '93 Galway/St Andrews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurley, T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tobin, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This two-volume book contains selected papers from the international conference 'Groups 1993 Galway/St Andrews' which was held at University College, Galway in August 1993. The wealth and diversity of group theory is represented in these two volumes. Five main lecture courses were given at the conference. These were 'Geometry, Steinberg representations and complexity' by J. L. Alperin (Chicago), 'Rickard equivalences and block theory' by M. Brou&#233; (ENS, Paris), 'Cohomological finiteness conditions', by P. H. Kropholler (Queen Mary and Westfield College, London), 'Counting finite index subgroups', by A. Lubotzky (Hebrew University, Jerusalem), 'Lie methods in group theory' by E. I. Zel'manov (University of Wisconsin at Madison). Articles based on their lectures, in one case co-authored, form a substantial part of the Proceedings. Another main feature of the conference was a GAP workshop jointly run by J. Neub&#252;ser and M. Sch&#246;nert (Rheinisch-Westfalische Technische Hochschole, Aachen). Two articles by Professor Neub&#252;ser, one co-authored, appear in the Proceedings. The other articles in the two volumes comprise both refereed survey and research articles contributed by other conference participants. As with the Proceedings of the earlier 'Groups-St Andrews' conferences it is hoped that the articles in these Proceedings will, with their many references, prove valuable both to experienced researchers and also to new postgraduates interested in group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77505/cover/9780521477505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Ownership, Freedom, and Equality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book G. A. Cohen examines the libertarian principle of self-ownership, which says that each person belongs to himself and therefore owes no service or product to anyone else. This principle is used to defend capitalist inequality, which is said to reflect each person's freedom to do as as he wishes with himself. The author argues that self-ownership cannot deliver the freedom it promises to secure, thereby undermining the idea that lovers of freedom should embrace capitalism and the inequality that comes with it. He goes on to show that the standard Marxist condemnation of exploitation implies an endorsement of self-ownership, since, in the Marxist conception, the employer steals from the worker what should belong to her, because she produced it. Thereby a deeply inegalitarian notion has penetrated what is in aspiration an egalitarian theory. Purging that notion from socialist thought, he argues, enables construction of a more consistent egalitarianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77512/cover/9780521477512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Chopin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Chopin provides the enquiring music-lover with helpful insights into a musical style which recognises no contradiction between the accessible and the sophisticated, the popular and the significant. Twelve essays by leading Chopin scholars make up three parts. Part 1 discusses the sources of Chopin's style in the music of his predecessors and the social history of the period. Part 2 profiles the mature music, and Part 3 considers the afterlife of the music - its reception, its criticism and its compositional influence in the works of subsequent composers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77529/cover/9780521477529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inside the Juror</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psychology of Juror Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hastie, Reid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inside the Juror presents the most interesting and sophisticated work to date on juror decision making from several traditions - social psychology, behavioural decision theory, cognitive psychology, and behavioural modeling. The authors grapple with crucial questions, such as: why do jurors who hear the same evidence and arguments in the courtroom enter the jury room with disagreements about the proper verdict? how do biases and prejudices affect jurors' decisions? and just how 'rational' is the typical juror? As an introduction to the scientific study of juror decision making in criminal trials, Inside the Juror provides a comprehensive and understandable summary of the major theories of juror decision making and the research that has been conducted to evaluate their validity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77550/cover/9780521477550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children in Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Child Development and Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huston, Aletha C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The number of children living in poverty in the United States increased dramatically during the 1980s and remains high. Why are so many children growing up in poor families? What are the effects of poverty on children's physical, cognitive, social, and emotional development? What role can public policy and policy research play in preventing or alleviating the damaging effects of poverty on children? Children in Poverty examines these questions, focusing on the child rather than on parents' income or self-sufficiency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77567/cover/9780521477567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147762X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147762X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structural Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knoke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines almost two decades of research using the structural or network approach to political behaviour. Network analysis begins with the assumption that the most important elements of political power are the relationships of influence and domination among social actors. Influence is exchange of information about preferences and intentions; domination is the exchange of material sanctions to reward or punish compliance with commands. By examining the confluence of these two networks, analysts can develop a structural picture of the political process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77628/cover/9780521477628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Representation and the Quest for Voting Equality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grofman, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Handley, Lisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niemi, Richard G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an up-to-date analysis of American voting rights law and the numerous controversies surrounding minority representation. Written by authors with first-hand experience in the case law, the book details the evolution of the law and precedent from 1965 onwards. The authors explain the logic underlying the major decisions, introduce the reader to the procedures for establishing standards of representation and measuring discrimination, and discuss the major points of recent contention. In conclusion, they address the implications of recent developments in voting rights law for the future of representation in America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77642/cover/9780521477642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John as Storyteller</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative Criticism and the Fourth Gospel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stibbe, Mark W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this widely acclaimed study of John's Gospel, Mark W. G. Stibbe shows how the fourth evangelist uses all the tactics of a skilled storyteller to promote his distinctive Christology. Literary and historical methodologies are integrated by the author in his narrative criticism, and a new, holistic approach to the gospel literature is suggested thereby.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77659/cover/9780521477659.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Faith as a Theme in Mark's Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Christopher D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mark's gospel has attracted an enormous amount of scholarly attention over recent decades. The major themes of the gospel have been studied exhaustively and from a variety of critical perspectives. But at least one important theme in Mark has been comparatively neglected in recent study, the theme of faith. This critically acclaimed book redresses such neglect through a thorough exegetical and literary study of all the references to faith in Mark's composition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77666/cover/9780521477666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477719</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Peoples of Siberia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Russia's North Asian Colony 1581-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forsyth, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first ethnohistory of Siberia to appear in English, tracing the history of the native peoples from the Russian conquest onwards. James Forsyth compares the Siberian experience with that of the Indians and Eskimos in North America and the book as a whole will provide readers with a vast corpus of ethnographic information previously inaccessible to Western scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77710/cover/9780521477710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hannah Arendt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reinterpretation of her Political Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Canovan, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hannah Arendt is one of the most original and controversial political thinkers of the twentieth century. Margaret Canovan argues that much of the published work on Arendt has been flawed by serious misunderstandings, arising from a failure to see her work in its proper context. This reinterpretation will surely strengthen Arendt's status as one of the most significant political thinkers of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77734/cover/9780521477734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indoor Air Pollution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Problems and Priorities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leslie, G. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lunau, F. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>341</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBNH2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses the problems arising from pollutants that all too commonly contaminate the indoor environment, including biological sources such as bacteria, fungi and moulds, common combustion products, radon and other sources of radiation, solvents used in industry and the home, asbestos and dust pollution. The aim is to provide a balanced account of the health risks associated with these major pollutants and to quantify the scale of the problem on a pollutant-by-pollutant basis. Each chapter covers exposure levels, sources of pollution and routes of uptake, health effects, control measures, and regulatory guidelines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521477999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521477999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521477994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Modern Russian Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521477994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rzhevsky, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russia is a dominant force in the world, whose culture has been shaped by its unique position on the margins of both East and West. As Russia faces new cultural challenges from outside its national boundaries, this volume introduces Russian culture in all its rich diversity, including the historical conditions that helped shape it and the arts that express its highest achievements. Newly commissioned essays by leading scholars explore language, religion, geography, ideological structures, folk ethos and popular culture, literature, music, theatre, art, and film. A chronology and guides to further reading are also provided. The Companion offers both historical orientation for the central processes of Russian culture and introductory surveys of the arts in their modern context. Overall, the volume reveals, for students, academic researchers and all those interested in Russia, the dilemmas, strengths, and complexities of the Russian cultural experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/77994/cover/9780521477994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children in Time and Place</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developmental and Historical Insights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elder, Jr, Glen H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Modell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parke, Ross D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each generation of American children across the tumultuous twentieth century has come of age in the different world. How do major historical events - such as war or the depression - influence children's development? Children in Time and Place brings together social historians and developmental psychologists to explore the implications of a changing society for children's growth and life chances. transitions provide a central theme, for historical transitions to the social transitions of children and their developmental experiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78014/cover/9780521478014.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Ageing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holliday, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a completely novel approach to the understanding of ageing, which many believe is an unsolved problem in biology. It explains why ageing exists in animals, and reviews our understanding of it at the biological level. This includes a discussion of the origins and evolution of ageing. The book is not a review of research on ageing, but instead draws on material from a wide range of disciplines, including the very extensive biomedical information about age-related diseases in humans. Understanding Ageing argues that much research needs to be done on the cellular and molecular aspects of ageing, if the origins of these diseases are to be understood, and their prevention made possible. This thought-provoking book will appeal to all students and researchers who are interested in ageing, whether they are working in the clinical or basic research sphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78021/cover/9780521478021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Movements in Chicano Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Against Myths, against Margins</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#232;rez-Torres, Rafael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interpreting specific poems by some of the best known Chicano writers, this book studies the central aesthetic and thematic concerns recent Chicano poetry addresses. Drawing on current theories of postmodernity and postcoloniality, it places a 'minority' literature within the central concerns of contemporary literary and cultural studies. The book addresses the most important issues related to Chicano identity, especially focusing on the contribution women writers and thinkers have made in articulating this identity. The study will thus be of interest to scholars specialising in feminist, cultural as well as Chicano/a studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78038/cover/9780521478038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Change, Regional Response</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The New International Context of Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stallings, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new perspective in studying contemporary development. Part I explores how the ending of the cold war, shifting relations among capitalist powers, changing patterns of finance, globalization of trade and production, and new ideological currents have altered development in four major third-world regions. Part II suggests how development options were molded by the dominant international power in each region: the United States in Latin America, Japan in East and Southeast Asia, and Europe with the international financial institutions in Africa. Part III provides a conceptual framework for analyzing regional performance: variation in economic capacity, trade opportunities, and access to finance shaped the development chances of each region, producing rapid growth in Asia, stagnation in Latin America, and economic contraction in sub-Saharan Africa during the 1980s and early 1990s. It also speculates about future trends based on varying development models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78069/cover/9780521478069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Frankenstein Syndrome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethical and Social Issues in the Genetic Engineering of Animals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rollin, Bernard E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a philosophically sophisticated and scientifically well-informed discussion of the moral and social issues raised by genetically engineering animals, a powerful technology which has major implications for society. Unlike other books on this emotionally charged subject, the author attempts to inform, not inflame, the reader about the real problems society must address in order to manage this technology. Bernard Rollin is both a professor of philosophy, and physiology and biophysics, and writes from a uniquely well-informed perspective on this topic. The style is non-technical and anecdotal and will ensure that the book can be used on a wide range of courses on bioethics, biotechnology, veterinary medicine and public policy. The book could also appeal to a general, non-academic reader with a serious interest in genetic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78076/cover/9780521478076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fran&#231;ois Truffaut</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Insdorf, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long considered the definitive study of this director's genius, Fran&#231;ois Truffaut returns to print in a revised and updated edition. With fresh insights and an extensive section on the director's last five films Love on the Run, The Green Room, The Last Metro, The Woman Next Door, and Confidentially Yours, Annette Insdorf captures the essence and totality of his work. She discusses his contributions to the French New Wave, his relationship with his mentors Hitchcock and Renoir, and the dominant themes of his cinema - women, love, children and language - while exploring his own life in relation to his films, from The Four Hundred Blows to The Man Who Loved Women. As warmly and piercingly human as its subject, Fran&#231;ois Truffaut immortalises one of the cinema's most popular, prolific and profound artists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78083/cover/9780521478083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Political Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Old Topics, New Directions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banks, Jeffrey S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanushek, Eric Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political economy has been an essential realm of inquiry and has attracted myriad intellectual adherents for much of the period of modern scholarship. The discipline's formal split into the distinct studies of political science and economics in the nineteenth-century, while advantageous for certain scientific developments, has biased the way economists and political scientists think about many issues, and has placed artificial constraints on the study of many important social issues. This volume calls for a reaffirmation of the importance of the unified study of political economy, and explores the frontiers of the interaction between politics and markets. This volume brings together intellectual leaders of various areas, drawing upon state-of-the-art theoretical and empirical analysis from each of the underlying disciplines.  Each chapter, while beginning with a survey of existing work, focuses on profitable lines of inquiry for future developments. Particular attention is devoted to fields of active current development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78106/cover/9780521478106.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equivalence, Invariants and Symmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a wide range of mathematical disciplines, including geometry, analysis, applied mathematics and algebra, this book presents an innovative synthesis of methods used to study problems of equivalence and symmetry which arise in a variety of mathematical fields and physical applications. Systematic and constructive methods for solving equivalence problems and calculating symmetries are developed and applied to a wide variety of mathematical systems, including differential equations, variational problems, manifolds, Riemannian metrics, polynomials and differential operators. Particular emphasis is given to the construction and classification of invariants, and to the reductions of complicated objects to simple canonical forms. This book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers in geometry, analysis, algebra, mathematical physics and other related fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78113/cover/9780521478113.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gauge Field Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pokorski, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum field theory forms the present theoretical framework for our understanding of the fundamental interactions of particle physics. This up-dated and expanded text examines gauge theories and their symmetries with an emphasis on their physical and technical aspects. Beginning with a new chapter giving a systematic introduction to classical field theories and a short discussion of their canonical quantization and the discrete symmetries C, P and T, the book provides a brief exposition of perturbation theory, the renormalization programme, and the use of the renormalization group equation. It then explores topics of current research interest including chiral symmetry and its breaking, anomalies, and low energy effective lagrangians and some basics of supersymmetry. A chapter on basics of the electroweak theory is now included. Professor Pokorski, a distinguished theoretical physicist, has presented here a self-contained text for graduate courses in physics; the only prerequisite is some grounding in quantum field theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78168/cover/9780521478168.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grothendieck Theory of Dessins d'Enfants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneps, Leila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dessins d'Enfants are combinatorial objects, namely drawings with vertices and edges on topological surfaces. Their interest lies in their relation with the set of algebraic curves defined over the closure of the rationals, and the corresponding action of the absolute Galois group on them. The study of this group via such realted combinatorial methods as its action on the Dessins and on certain fundamental groups of moduli spaces was initiated by Alexander Grothendieck in his unpublished Esquisse d'un Programme, and developed by many of the mathematicians who have contributed to this volume. The various articles here unite all of the basics of the subject as well as the most recent advances. Researchers in number theory, algebraic geometry or related areas of group theory will find much of interest in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78212/cover/9780521478212.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940926</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discursive Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Policy, and Political Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dryzek, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, John Dryzek criticizes the dominance of instrumental rationality and objectivism in political institutions and public policy and in the practice of political science. He argues that the reliance on these kinds of politics and to technocracies of expert cultures that are not only repressive, but surprisingly ill-equipped for dealing with complex social problems. Drawing on critical theory, he outlines an alternative program for the organization of political institutions advocating a form of communicatively rational democracy, which he terms discursive democracy, that stresses the importance of active citizenship and public discourse. He draws out the limitations of instrumental rationality and investigates how policy analysis and political science may be reformed to help constitute and comprehend democracy. Discursive Democracy examines how the political process can be made more vital and meaningful. At the same time it shows how such an invigorated process will serve as a more effective agent for social problem solving.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78274/cover/9780521478274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incomparable Worth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pay Equity Meets the Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rhoads, Steven E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Comparable worth, or pay equity, is now an established policy in some US states, such as Minnesota, and the UK and Australia. Yet Steven Rhoads's research on those jurisdictions indicates there is no consensus on how to compare the value of dissimilar jobs involving 'comparable' amounts of effort, skill and responsibility. Consultants whose job evaluation systems are used in states adopting comparable worth policies do not agree on the factors to be included or how they should be weighed and arbitrary results produced by comparable worth policies have led to inefficient functioning of the labour markets. These policies have generated ill will among the workers who lose pay-equity cases, with political as well as economic consequences. The book argues that jobs are truly incomparable using the methods comparable worth relies on, and that the principles of comparable worth are not reconcilable with those of a market economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78281/cover/9780521478281.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Policy in Britain 1974-1987</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Britton, Andrew J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a survey of macroeconomic policy in Britain in the 1970s and 1980s, a subject at the centre both of political debate, and professional controversy, and argues that there were important elements of continuity in the way decisions were actually taken year-by-year and month-by-month in the Treasury and the Bank of England in this period. It is written by Andrew Britton, the director of the National Institute of Economic and Social Research, and previously a senior economist at the Treasury, and is a sequel to the NIESR studies by Christopher Dow, (1945-1960), and by Frank Blackaby and others (1960-74). Part One is a chronological account of policy actions and their setting. Part Two provides a history of ideas, describing the most influential writings of economists in Britain during this period, while Part Three looks at the influence of the world economy on Britain. Parts Four and Five include several elements of new statistical analysis concerning the way in which policy instruments were used, in particular the signals to which policymakers reacted when setting interest rates. The effects of policy actions are estimated using the Institute's macroeconomic model. Amongst the other issues addressed are: the consequences of floating exchange rates; the reasons for the upward trend in unemployment; the relationship between money and prices; and the effects of fiscal and monetary policy on the growth potential of the economy. A full calender of events and an annotated bibliography are included as further aids to the reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78335/cover/9780521478335.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flight Mechanics of High-Performance Aircraft</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vinh, Nguyen X.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text, written at a level accessible to advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students, covers all aspects of flight performance of modern day high-performance aircraft, from take-off to landing, through different phases of flight in climb, cruise, turning and descent. The book begins with an introduction to equations of motion, aerodynamic forces, and propulsion systems and then goes on to apply what has been learned to performance during descent and glide, cruising, climb, turning and take-off and landing. A final chapter discusses the performance of hypervelocity re-entry vehicles. Challenging exercises are included at the ends of chapters. These are designed to give readers a deeper understanding of the material covered in the text. This text will serve as an introductory text for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students. It will also be of value to researchers in universities and industry. The author is an internationally recognised teacher and researcher in this subject and has received the Excellence in Teaching and Excellence in Research Awards from the College of Engineering at the University of Michigan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78526/cover/9780521478526.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joyce, Race, and Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheng, Vincent J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this first full-length study of race and colonialism in the works of James Joyce, Vincent J. Cheng argues that Joyce wrote insistently from the perspective of a colonial subject of an oppressive empire, and that Joyce's representations of 'race' in its relationship to imperialism constitute a trenchant and significant political commentary, not only on British imperialism in Ireland, but on colonial discourses and imperial ideologies in general. Exploring the interdisciplinary space afforded by postcolonial theory, minority discourse, and cultural studies, and articulating his own cross-cultural perspective on racial and cultural liminality, Professor Cheng offers a ground-breaking study of the century's most internationally influential fiction writer, and of his suggestive and powerful representations of the cultural dynamics of race, power, and empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78595/cover/9780521478595.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative and Historical Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jalal, Ayesha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a comparative and historical study of the interplay between democratic politics and authoritarian states in South Asia, Ayesha Jalal explains how a shared colonial legacy led to apparently contrasting patterns of political development - democracy in India and authoritarianism in Pakistan and Bangladesh. The analysis shows how, despite differences in form, central political authority in each state came to confront similar threats from regional and linguistic dissidence, religious and sectarian strife, as well as class and caste conflicts. By comparing state structures and political processes, the author evaluates and redefines democracy, citizenship, sovereignty and the nation-state, arguing for a more decentralized governmental structure. This original and provocative study will challenge students and scholars in the field to rethink traditional concepts of democracy and authoritarianism in South Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78625/cover/9780521478625.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>E. H. Carr and International Relations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Duty to Lie</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>E. H. Carr is widely remembered as an influential theorist of international relations. The scourge of inter-war idealists, he became the best-known Briton in a generation of predominantly American political realists. But Carr's realism differed greatly from that of his contemporaries: a vigorous advocate of social and economic planning and friend of the Soviet Union, he stood closer to Lenin than to Morgenthau. In this book Charles Jones makes sense of Carr's distinctive form of realism by examining his rhetoric and the reciprocal relationship between theory and policy-making in his writings. Close attention is paid to the period from 1936, when Carr left the Foreign Office, through his subsequent career as a one-man foreign ministry at Aberystwyth, the Ministry of Information, and above all The Times, culminating in the final frustration of his schemes for continued British world power in 1947.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Miller: Death of a Salesman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Brenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide a critical history of one of American theatre's most famous plays, Death of a Salesman. Brenda Murphy offers a detailed account of the most significant Salesman productions throughout the world, on the stage as well as in film, radio, and television. The Death of a Salesman that was first realised on stage was the culmination of the creative collaboration among playwright Arthur Miller, director Elia Kazan, and actor Lee J. Cobb, and was the starting point for hundreds of productions in many languages and styles. The play has also provided a number of memorable interpretations by actors such as Dustin Hoffman, George C. Scott, Frederic March, and Mel Gibson. The volume includes a production chronology, bibliography, discography, videography, and photographs from key productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78656/cover/9780521478656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ibsen: A Doll's House</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tornqvist, Egil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new critical study of Ibsen's A Doll's House addresses fundamental questions of text, reception and performance. What is the definitive 'version' of A Doll's House: original text, translation, stage presentation, radio version, adaptation to film or television? What occurs when a drama intended for recipients in one language is translated into another, or when a play written for the stage is adapted for radio, television or film? And to what extent do differences between the media and between directorial approaches influence the meaning of the play text? Discussions of these issues include an internal analysis of the dramatic text and comparative performance analysis, framed by the biographical background to the play and its impact on dramas by Strindberg, Shaw and O'Neill and on films by Ingmar Bergman. The book concludes with a list of productions and a select bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78663/cover/9780521478663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moli&#232;re: Don Juan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few plays have generated more controversy or had a more extraordinary performance history than Moli&#232;re's Don Juan. David Whitton's study examines ways in which this enigmatic masterpiece has been interpreted in performance through the vision of different directors and in a variety of cultural and social contexts ranging from pre-revolutionary St Petersburg to post-revolutionary Prague. In a series of critical studies, key productions are reconstructed using prompt books, production notes, photographs, contemporary reviews, memoirs and the author's own experience as a spectator. Among the interpretations discussed are those of Meyerhold, Brecht, Ingmar Bergman, Jouvet, and Ch&#233;reau. Each of these productions, in addition to shedding new light on a familiar text, is a theatrical landmark in its own right. The book is illustrated with numerous photographs and contains a geographical-chronological table of productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78670/cover/9780521478670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Humanity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Philosophical Papers 1982-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new volume of philosophical papers by Bernard Williams is divided into three sections: the first Action, Freedom, Responsibility, the second Philosophy, Evolution and the Human Sciences; in which appears the essay which gives the collection its title; and the third Ethics, which contains essays closely related to his 1983 book Ethics and the Limits of Philosophy.  Like the two earlier volumes of Williams's papers published by Cambridge University Press, Problems of the Self and Moral Luck, this volume will be welcomed by all readers with a serious interest in philosophy. It is published alongside a volume of essays on Williams's work, World, Mind, and Ethics: Essays on the Ethical Philosophy of Bernard Williams, edited by J. E. J. Altham and Ross Harrison, which provides a reappraisal of his work by other distinguished thinkers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78687/cover/9780521478687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evaluating Health Risks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johansson, Per-Olov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major problem in health economics is how to give a value to changes in health. This is the first book to examine all the money measures that are used in such evaluations. Changes in health might be caused by medical treatments, by public safety programmes and by anti-pollution programmes, and the cost-benefit analysis of such programmes involves the use of money measures. The author defines the properties of these money measures, examining them in both a certain and a risky world. He evaluates available empirical approaches for the assessment of the value of health changes, and considers measures such as quality-adjusted life years (qalys) and healthy-years equivalents (hyes). This book raises the important question of whether we are willing to pay the costs for our health care system. It will be of interest to advanced students of health economics and related disciplines, and will also be useful for professionals working on projects that affect human health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78786/cover/9780521478786.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hochschild Cohomology of Von Neumann Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478809</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair, Allan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Roger R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introductory text intended to give the non-specialist a comprehensive insight into the science of biotransformations. The book traces the history of biotransformations, clearly spells out the pros and cons of conducting enzyme-mediated versus whole-cell bioconversions, and gives a variety of examples wherein the bio-reaction is a key element in a reaction sequence leading from cheap starting materials to valuable end products.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78809/cover/9780521478809.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Syntax in Cross-Linguistic Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Alice C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Lyle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this major new work Alice Harris and Lyle Campbell set out to establish a general framework for the investigation of linguistic change. Systematic cross-linguistic comparison of syntactic change across a wide variety of languages is used to construct hypotheses about the universals and limits of language change more generally. In particular, the authors seek to move closer towards describing the range of causes of syntactic change to develop an understanding of the mechanisms of syntactic change, and to provide an understanding of why some languages undergo certain changes and not others. The authors draw on languages as diverse as Pipil and French, Georgian and Estonian, and the data presented is one of the book's great strengths. Rigor and precision are combined here with a great breadth of scholarship to produce a unique resource for the study of linguistic change, which will be of use to scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78816/cover/9780521478816.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reconstructing the Criminal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Culture, Law, and Policy in England, 1830-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiener, Martin Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious and imaginative work interprets criminal justice history by relating it to intellectual and cultural history. Starting from the assumption that policies and statutes originate in a society's values and norms, the author skilfully and persuasively demonstrates how changes in criminal law and penal practice were related to the changing values of early, mid, and late Victorian and Edwardian society. Wiener traces changes in the criminal justice system by examining the treatment of offenders. During the Victorian period the system became more punitive and was then reformed in line with welfarist thinking. Wiener's wide-ranging discussion of issues, most notably of free will versus determinism, sheds light on a broad range of Victorian history, beyond crime and punishment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78823/cover/9780521478823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147888X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147888X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Genealogy of Sovereignty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartelson, Jens</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of sovereignty is central to international relations theory and theories of state formation, and provides the foundation of the conventional separation of modern politics into domestic and international spheres. In this book Jens Bartelson provides a critical analysis and conceptual history of sovereignty, dealing with this separation as reflected in philosophical and political texts during three periods: the Renaissance, the Classical Age, and Modernity. He argues that the concept of sovereignty and its place within political discourse are conditioned by philosophical and historiographical discontinuities between the periods, and that sovereignty should be regarded as a concept contingent upon, rather than fundamental to, political science and its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78885/cover/9780521478885.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experiments in Plant Tissue Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodds, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Lorin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heslop-Harrison, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this third edition the authors have written a guide to the essentials of plant tissue culture. The book takes the reader through a graded series of experimental protocols and provides an introductory review of each topic. There are discussions of aseptic techniques, and nutritional components of media. Subsequent chapters cover such topics as callus formation, organogenesis, xylem cell differentiation, root cultures, cell suspensions, micropropagation by buds, somatic embryogenesis, protoplast culture and fusion, secondary metabolite production, and quantitation of procedures, amongst others. A glossary, commercial sources of supplies, and the formulations of culture media are also included. This new edition has been completely revised and updated. The organization has been improved, and new illustrations added, together with new experiments on such topics as potato callus formation, and embryo culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78922/cover/9780521478922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521478944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521478944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521478946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Delinquency and Crime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Theories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521478946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, J. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why is crime persistent over generations, within families and within certain individuals? Is crime the manifestation of an inherited latent trait or the result of a failure of socialization and norm-setting processes? Why do youths commit crimes?  Delinquency and Crime contains essays by nine leading criminologists that seek to answer these and other questions by describing current theories of crime and the research evidence that supports them. The authors' views on crime causation go beyond traditional criminological theories of strain, cultural deviance, social control, differential association and social learning to present emerging and integrated models of the origins of crime, including antisocial peer socialization, social development, interactional theory, behavior genetics, and community determinants.  Each essay explores the practical implication of the authors' theoretical work for crime prevention and control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/78946/cover/9780521478946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anne Conway: The Principles of the Most Ancient and Modern Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conway, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coudert, Allison P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corse, Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anne Conway was an extraordinary figure in a remarkable age. Her mastery of the intricate doctrines of the Lurianic Kabbalah, her authorship of a treatise criticising the philosophy of Descartes, Hobbes, and Spinoza, and her scandalous conversion to the despised sect of Quakers indicate a strength of character and independence of mind wholly unexpected (and unwanted) in a woman at the time. Translated for the first time into modern English, her Principles of the Most Ancient and Modern Philosophy is the most interesting and original philosophical work written by a woman in the seventeenth century. Her radical and unorthodox ideas are important not only because they anticipated the more tolerant, ecumenical, and optimistic philosophy of the Enlightenment, but also because of their influence on Leibniz. This fully annotated edition includes an introduction which places Conway in her historical and philosophical contexts, together with a chronology of her life and a bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79042/cover/9780521479042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Attitudes to Animals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Views in Animal Welfare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dolins, Francine L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This thought-provoking book will ask what it is to be human, what to be animal, and what are the natures of the relationships between them. This is accomplished with philosophical and ethical discussions, scientific evidence and dynamic theoretical approaches. Attitudes to Animals will also encourage us to think not only of our relationships to non-human animals, but also of those to other, human, animals. This book provides a foundation that the reader can use to make ethical choices about animals. It will challenge readers to question their current views, attitudes and perspectives on animals, nature and development of the human-animal relationship. Human perspectives on the human-animal relationships reflect what we have learned, together with spoken and unspoken attitudes and assumptions, from our families, societies, media, education and employment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79066/cover/9780521479066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147907X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147907X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Racism in Modern South Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dubow, Saul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of the history of intellectual and scientific racism in modern South Africa. Ranging broadly across disciplines in the social sciences, sciences and humanities, it charts the rise of scientific racism during the late nineteenth century and the subsequent decline of biological determinism from the mid-twentieth century, and considers the complex relationship between theories of essential racial difference and the political rise of segregation and apartheid. Saul Dubow draws extensively on comparable studies of intellectual racism in Europe and the United States to demonstrate the selective absorption of widely prevalent conceptions of racial difference in the particular historical context of South Africa, and the issues he addresses are of relevance to both Africanist and international students of racism and race relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79073/cover/9780521479073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147910X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147910X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hilbert C*-Modules</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Toolkit for Operator Algebraists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lance, E. Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hilbert C*-modules are objects like Hilbert spaces, except that the inner product, instead of being complex valued, takes its values in a C*-algebra. The theory of these modules, together with their bounded and unbounded operators, is not only rich and attractive in its own right but forms an infrastructure for some of the most important research topics in operator algebras. This book is based on a series of lectures given by Professor Lance at a summer school at the University of Trondheim. It provides, for the first time, a clear and unified exposition of the main techniques and results in this area, including a substantial amount of new and unpublished material. It will be welcomed as an excellent resource for all graduate students and researchers working in operator algebras.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79103/cover/9780521479103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Active Galactic Nuclei</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterson, Bradley M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we test if a supermassive black hole lies at the heart of every active galactic nucleus? What are LINERS, BL Lacs, N galaxies, broad-line radio galaxies and radio-quiet quasars and how do they compare? This timely textbook answers these questions in a clear, comprehensive and self-contained introduction to active galactic nuclei - for graduate students in astronomy and physics. The study of AGN is one of the most dynamic areas of contemporary astronomy, involving one fifth of all research astronomers. This textbook provides a systematic review of the observed properties of AGN across the entire electromagnetic spectrum, examines the underlying physics, and shows how the brightest AGN, quasars, can be used to probe the farthest reaches of the Universe. This book serves as both an entry point to the research literature and as a valuable reference for researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79110/cover/9780521479110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>One Speaker, Two Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross-Disciplinary Perspectives on Code-Switching</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milroy, Lesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muysken, Pieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Code-switching - the alternating use of several languages by bilingual speakers - does not usually indicate lack of competence on the part of the speaker in any of the languages concerned, but results from complex bilingual skills. The reasons why people switch their codes are as varied as the directions from which linguists approach this issue, and raise many sociological, psychological, and grammatical questions. This volume of essays by leading scholars brings together the main strands of current research in four major areas: the policy implications of code-switching in specific institutional and community settings; the perspective of social theory on code-switching as a form of speech behaviour in particular social contexts; the grammatical analysis of code-switching, including the factors that constrain switching even within a sentence; and the implications of code-switching in bilingual processing and development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79127/cover/9780521479127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Negotiating Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Inside Story of the Rio Convention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mintzer, Irving M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, J. Amber</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Two years of intense and often dramatic negotiations culminated in the signing of a Framework Convention on Climate Change at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. This compelling book reconstructs the dynamics of those negotiations, based on eye-witness accounts. The main contributors, each a principal player in the drama, have been selected to reflect the perspectives of the most important interest groups and institutions involved in the negotiations, including the OECD, oil-importing developing nations, private industry and non-governmental organisations. These individual accounts are integrated into an edited volume that provides a multi-dimensional assessment of the negotiating process, focusing on the competitive and co-operative interactions among nations, regional alliances, international institutions, corporations and non-governmental organisations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79141/cover/9780521479141.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Cost-Benefit Analysis for Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dinwiddy, Caroline L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teal, Francis J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In one distinctive book the authors combine an introduction to welfare economics, a discussion of project appraisal principles in developing countries and a survey of the cost-benefit problems raised by externalities, risk and the environment. There are references throughout to contemporary research work in developing economics, and a number of important development policy issues, such as trade reform, commodity price stabilization and the rate of exploitation of natural resources, are considered within a unified cost-benefit framework. A particular feature is the use at an elementary level of general equilibrium models which extend the analysis beyond the limits of the well known partial measures of producer and consumer surplus. The book is primarily intended for courses in development economics, but will also be of interest to students of public policy, both in teaching and administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79165/cover/9780521479165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Anti-Management Theories of Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critique of Paradigm Proliferation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, Lex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a critique of recent developments in the study of organizational structure in the USA. There has been a profusion of new paradigms offered in the USA and this has fragmented the field. Many of these paradigms share an anti-management quality, painting managers in an increasingly negative light. This book examines five major, contemporary US organizational theories: population-ecology, institutional, resource dependence, agency and transaction cost economics. Each of these theories and their attendant research is critically examined and severe problems are identified in either theoretical coherence or empirical validity. Lex Donaldson argues that it is possible to reintegrate the field by taking structural contingency theory as the core theory and adding on to it selective propositions from the newer paradigms. He also offers suggestions for needed reforms in the US academic cultural and institutional system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79172/cover/9780521479172.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Images</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative Discourse and Reception in the Thirteenth-Century Illuminated Apocalypse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>489</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reading Images focuses on the multi-layered relationships between the textual image and its reader-viewer in the Apocalypse manuscripts produced in England during the thirteenth century, a period of profound changes in the social and cultural fabric. The exponential expansion in the production and dissemination of illuminated manuscripts that occurred at this time provided a critical, cultural mechanism for the creation of new technologies of the self. Within the framework of this newly-discernible subjectivity, Suzanne Lewis examines how reader-viewers cultivated the art of memory and contemporary theories of vision, which invested images with the power to promote memory and offer spiritual sustenance, and also to articulate and activate dominant ideological positions regarding the self, society, and the 'other'. As the Apocalypse narrative was visualised in pictures, it became a powerful paradigm within which problematic contemporary experiences such as anti-Judaism, the later Crusades, and expectations of the world's end could be defined. Reading Images explores the kinds of contemporary mythologies that constitute ideology, a realm in which visual representation becomes an agent rather than a reflector of social change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79202/cover/9780521479202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lie Algebras, Geometry, and Toda-Type Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Razumov, Alexander V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saveliev, Mikhail V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the use of Lie algebra and differential geometry methods to study nonlinear integrable systems of Toda type. Many challenging problems in theoretical physics are related to the solution of nonlinear systems of partial differential equations. One of the most fruitful approaches in recent years has resulted from a merging of group algebraic and geometric techniques. The book gives a comprehensive introduction to this exciting branch of science. Chapters 1 and 2 review basic notions of Lie algebras and differential geometry with an emphasis on further applications to integrable nonlinear systems. Chapter 3 contains a derivation of Toda type systems and their general solutions based on Lie algebra and differential geometry methods. The last chapter examines explicit solutions of the corresponding equations. The book is written in an accessible 'lecture note' style with many examples and exercises to illustrate key points and to reinforce understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79233/cover/9780521479233.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147924X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147924X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computers and Classroom Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Janet Ward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As important as it is to realize the potential of computer technology to improve education, it is just as important to understand how the social organization of schools and classrooms influences the use of computers, and in turn is effected by that technology in unanticipated ways. In Computers and Classroom Culture, Janet Schofield observes the fascinating dynamics of the computer-age classroom. Among her many discoveries, Schofield describes how the use of an artificially-intelligent tutor in a geometry class unexpectedly changes aspects like the level of peer competition and the teachers' grading practices. She also discusses why many teachers fail to make significant instructional use of computers and how gender appears to have a crucial impact on students' reactions to computer use. All educators, sociologists, and psychologists concerned with educational computing and the changing shape of the classroom will find themselves compellingly engaged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79240/cover/9780521479240.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Political Culture in Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Glorious Revolution to the Decline of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hempton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main theme of this book is religion and identity - not only national identity, but also regional and local identities. David Hempton penetrates to the heart of vigorous religious and political cultures, both elite and popular, in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. He brings to life a diverse and variegated spectrum of religious communities in all of the British Isles. With so much new British history really an extended version of old English history, Hempton has devoted more attention to the Celtic fringes, especially Ireland. It is an exercise in comparative history, but he also shows how richly coloured is the religious history of these islands. He demonstrates that even in their cultural distinctiveness, the various religious traditions have had more in common than is sometimes imagined. The book arises from the 1993 Cadbury Lectures at the University of Birmingham.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79257/cover/9780521479257.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power, Gender and Christian Mysticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jantzen, Grace M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the western Christian tradition, the mystic was seen as having direct access to God, and therefore great authority. In this study, Dr Jantzen discusses how men of power defined and controlled who should count as a mystic, and thus who would have power: women were pointedly excluded. This makes her book of special interest to those in gender studies and medieval history. Its main argument, however, is philosophical. Because the mystical has gone through many social constructions, the modern philosophical assumption that mysticism is essentially about intense subjective experiences is misguided. This view is historically inaccurate, and perpetuates the same gendered struggle for authority which characterises the history of western christendom. This book is the first on the subject to take issues of gender seriously, and to use these as a point of entry for a deconstructive approach to Christian mysticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79264/cover/9780521479264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cambridge Dictionary of Statistics in the Medical Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everitt, Brian S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If you use statistics and need a useful, up-to-date and reliable sourcebook that provides simple definitions and explanations of statistical concepts, especially those used in biomedicine, then you will need this dictionary. Over 2000 terms are included here; Professor Everitt has aimed to provide brief but useful descriptions of those terms frequently found in the medical and medical statistics literature. Where appropriate, graphical illustrations or numerical examples are given, and the use of mathematical formulae has been minimised. This will be an essential reference for workers in all branches of medicine, applied statistics and biostatistics, especially research workers and research oriented clinicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79288/cover/9780521479288.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World, Mind, and Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Ethical Philosophy of Bernard Williams</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altham, J. E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bernard Williams is one of the most influential figures in recent ethical theory, where he has set a considerable part of the current agenda. In this collection a distinguished international team of philosophers who have been stimulated by Williams's work give new responses to it. The topics covered include equality; consistency; comparisons between science and ethics; integrity; moral reasons; the moral system; and moral knowledge. Williams himself provides a substantial reply, which shows both the current directions of his own thought and also his present view of earlier work of his which has been extensively discussed for twenty years (such as that on utilitarianism). This volume will be indispensable reading for all those interested in current ethical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79301/cover/9780521479301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutional Design in Post-Communist Societies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rebuilding the Ship at Sea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Offe, Claus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preuss, Ulrich K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors of this book have developed a new and stimulating approach to the analysis of the transitions of Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Hungary, and Slovakia to democracy and a market economy. They integrate interdisciplinary theoretical work with elaborate empirical data on some of the most challenging events of the twentieth century. Three groups of phenomena and their causal interconnection are explored: the material legacies, constraints, habits and cognitive frameworks inherited from the past; the erratic configuration of new actors, and new spaces for action; and a new institutional order under which agency is institutionalized and the sustainability of institutions is achieved. The book studies the interrelations of national identities, economic interests, and political institutions with the transformation process, concentrating on issues of constitution making, democratic infrastructure, the market economy, and social policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79318/cover/9780521479318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reinhold Niebuhr and Christian Realism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovin, Robin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new assessment of the work of the twentieth century's best-known public theologian. Reinhold Niebuhr's ability to make sense of international politics, racial tension, labour unrest, and cultural transformations gained him a wide audience, but his responsiveness to changing times was grounded in a remarkably consistent theology. Today, Christian realism remains an important way to understand politics and society in theological terms, but the enduring themes of Niebuhr's work must also be related to new generations of thinkers in theology, politics, law, and philosophy. Robin W. Lovin traces its key themes so as to identify the political, moral, and theological realisms on which Niebuhr's persuasive and subtle depiction of human nature rests. In that context, a complex, dialectical, Niebuhrian approach still appears as a vital and lively alternative to the oversimplified accounts of politics and justice that have dominated recent decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79325/cover/9780521479325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foucault's Virginity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient Erotic Fiction and the History of Sexuality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldhill, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sexy, witty and often bizarre novels, poetry and dialogues of the first centuries of this era (works such as Longus' Daphnis and Chloe, Achilles Tatius' Leukippe and Cleitophon and Plutarch's Amatorius) were being composed at the same time as fundamental ideas about the body, gender and sexuality were being set in place with the rise of Christianity and the Church to dominate the pagan world. Modern writers on the history of sexuality have largely ignored this literature in favour of prose treatises, philosophy and Christian homilies. Simon Goldhill, writing with the same wit and verve as the ancient writers with whom he engages, sets out to put these texts back into the history of sexuality. The result is a dazzling celebration of sex and sexuality in the Greek literature of the first centuries CE.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79349/cover/9780521479349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Restructuring of International Relations Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neufeld, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Neufeld argues that the predominance of the positivist approach to the study of international politics has meant that theory committed to human emancipation remains poorly developed. He suggests that International Relations theory must move in a non-positivist direction, and takes recent developments in the discipline (including Gramscian, postmodernist, feminist and normative approaches) as evidence that such a shift is already under way. In a comprehensive treatment, he argues that the critical theory of the Frankfurt School can be used to reorient the study of world politics. Drawing on recent work in social and political theory, as well as International Relations, this book offers an accessible analysis of recent developments in the study of international politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79363/cover/9780521479363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What is a Human Being?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Heideggerian View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olafson, Frederick A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This broad, ambitious study is about human nature, but human nature treated in a way quite different from the scientific account that influences so much of contemporary philosophy. Drawing on certain basic ideas of Heidegger the author presents an alternative to the debate waged between dualists and materialists in the philosophy of mind that involves reconceiving the way we usually think about 'mental' life. Olafson argues that familiar contrasts between the 'physical' and the 'psychological' break down under closer scrutiny. They need to be replaced by a conception of human being in which we are not entities compounded out of body and mind, but unitary entities that are distinguished by 'having a world', which is very different from simply being a part of the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79370/cover/9780521479370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rational Expectations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sheffrin, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have developed models in which individuals form expectations of key variables in a 'rational' manner such that these expectations are consistent with actual economic environments. Professor Sheffrin first explores the logical foundation of the concept and the case for employing it in economic analysis. Subsequent chapters investigate its use in macroeconomics, financial markets, and microeconomics. A final chapter assesses its impact on theoretical and empirical work in economics and policy arenas. The author argues that while rational expectations are still central to macroeconomic policy debates, fully workable models have not yet been devised, and offers reasons for the lack of practical and conceptual progress. All chapters of the second edition have been revised or expanded. New sections inter alia include material on learning, the rationality of reported expectations, alternative recent developments explicitly or implicitly using rational expectations, new tests of the Lucas critique, and models of noise trading. The book is written in a non-technical fashion for beginning graduate students and non-specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79394/cover/9780521479394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Spaces in Contemporary China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Potential for Autonomy and Community in Post-Mao China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Deborah S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraus, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naughton, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Elizabeth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The post-Mao urban reforms of the last decade have physically and psychologically transformed China's cities. These essays explore how the character of city life shifted after the political-economic restructuring intensified in 1984, and how this shift affected the creation of new physical, economic and cultural space in urban China. The authors draw on a wide range of backgrounds, including anthropology, comparative literature, economics, art history, law, political science and sociology, as well as their own experiences of living and working in Chinese cities to provide insight into lesser known dimensions of urban Chinese life: China's large 'floating populations', avant-garde art, labor movements, and leisure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79431/cover/9780521479431.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479479</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Macroeconomics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Imperfect Markets and Policy Effectiveness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, Huw David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rankin, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the rapidly growing research field of imperfect competition, asymmetric information, and other market imperfections in a macroeconomic context. It brings together leading researchers from the USA and Europe to examine the implications for macroeconomic policy of market imperfections in output, labour and financial markets. All the contributions are original, and include several general surveys and expository chapters which synthesize the large literature, along with some state-of-the-art research at the frontier of the discipline. This is the first volume to focus exclusively on this literature. It should be a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers in macroeconomics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79479/cover/9780521479479.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Economics of Human Behaviour</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tommasi, Mariano</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ierulli, Kathryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume views important social and political issues through the eyes of economists. Pioneered by Gary Becker, this approach asserts that all actions, whether working, playing, dating, or mating, have economic motivations and consequences, and can be analysed using economic reasoning. Intended as an introduction to the current state of the field, the essays are informal and non-technical, while still using up-to-date economic reasoning to illuminate such topics as crime, marriage, discrimination, immigration, fads and fashions. The expanding domain of economics is illustrated, as problems from sociology, political science, anthropology, and public policy are all included in this Beckerian view: the world of human interaction, as seen by an economist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79493/cover/9780521479493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>About the House</TitleText>

<Subtitle>L&#233;vi-Strauss and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carsten, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hugh-Jones, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The domestic unit is inseparable from its homestead, and the 'house', at once a physical place and a social unit, is often also a unit of production and consumption, a cult group, and even a political faction. Inspired by L&#233;vi-Strauss's suggestion that the multi-functional noble houses of medieval Europe were simply the best-known examples of a widespread social institution, the contributors to this collection analyse 'house' systems in Southeast Asia and South America, exploring the interrelationships between buildings, people, and ideas. They reveal some of the ways in which houses can stand for social groups and serve as images of process and order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79530/cover/9780521479530.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147955X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147955X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Science in History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Research Programs and Political Traditions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dryzek, John S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farr, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonard, Stephen T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>379</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The guiding theme of this volume is that contemporary political science owes much of its present character to its past. In twelve previously unpublished essays, the contributors - all practising political scientists - explore the emergence and transformation of political traditions and research programmes that have helped make political science what it is today. Included are histories of political themes and ideals (democracy, race, political education), conceptual and philosophical frameworks (the state and pluralism, behaviouralism, policy analysis, public opinion, biology and politics), and theoretical projects and programmes (realism in international relations, spatial theory of elections, rational choice and historical approaches to institutional analysis). Each essay provides special insight and a distinct approach to particular episodes, moments, trends, and aspects of the history of academic political science; the volume as a whole provides a general overview of the history of the discipline and the variety of ways disciplinary history can illuminate the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79554/cover/9780521479554.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Military Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Military Innovation and the Rise of the West, 1500-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new edition of Geoffrey Parker's much-admired illustrated account of how the West, so small and so deficient in natural resources in 1500, had by 1800 come to control over one-third of the world. Parker argues that the rapid development of military practice in the West constituted a 'military revolution' which gave Westerners an insurmountable advantage over the peoples of other continents. This edition incorporates new material, including a substantial 'Afterword' which summarises the debate which developed after the book's first publication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79585/cover/9780521479585.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms: Symphony No. 1</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brodbeck, David Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>125</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brahms' First Symphony has been hailed as Beethoven's Tenth. Its controversial status and relationship in the Beethovenian tradition is considered alongside other important issues in the early reception history of this key work in the symphonic repertory. David Brodbeck begins with an account of the lengthy genesis and complicated background to the writing of the symphony, before providing a thorough critical reading of the work, movement by movement. In particular, the author reveals a dense web of extra-compositional allusions - references in the music to works by J. S. Bach, Beethoven, Schubert, and Robert Schumann - in which, the author argues, much meaning resides.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79592/cover/9780521479592.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479622</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Royal Court Theatre and the Modern Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Royal Court Theatre is one of the primary forums in the development of post-war drama. Under the title of the English Stage Company the theatre's house actors and dramatists commissioned and produced some of the most influential plays in modern theatre history, including the works of Brenton, Churchill, Bond and Osborne. The story of the Royal Court is also the history of the contemporary stage. In this absorbing account of the theatre's history from 1956 to 1998 Philip Roberts draws on previously unpublished archives in both public and private collections and a series of interviews with people prominent in the Court's life. The book also includes a Foreword by the former Director of the Royal Court,  Max Stafford-Clark. The result is an intimate account of the working of the foremost house of modern drama and its relationships to the world of the theatre in Britain and abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79622/cover/9780521479622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychotherapy and Counselling in Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Narrative Framework</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tantam, Digby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The many different therapeutic models in use today can lead to blind spots in clinical practice. This important and timely book gives a balanced synthesis, based on actual cases, evidence, practice and experience, to describe the process of psychotherapy and identify the fundamental elements that lead to good outcome across all its schools. In the course of developing a consistently reliable, effective, practical psychotherapy, Digby Tantam pinpoints four essential principles: addressing the person's concerns; taking into account their values and personal morality; recognizing the role of emotions; and binding it all into a narrative treatment for symptom relief, resolution of predicaments, release from addiction or sexual problems, and finding happiness through intimacy. This book is essential reading for psychiatrists or clinical psychologists looking for a straightforward framework for short-term psychotherapy and anyone working long-term with patients using a psychotherapy model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79639/cover/9780521479639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polymers at Surfaces and Interfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Richard A. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Randal W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text deals from a fundamental viewpoint with the behaviour of polymers at surfaces and interfaces. Topics covered include the nature and properties of the surface of a polymer melt, the structure of interfaces between different polymers and between polymers and non-polymers, the molecular basis of adhesion, and the properties of polymers at liquid surfaces. Emphasis is placed on the underlying physical principles. Statistical mechanics models of the behaviour of polymers near interfaces are introduced, with the emphasis on theory that is tractable and applicable to experimental situations. Advanced undergraduates, graduate students and research workers in physics, chemistry and materials science with an interest in polymers will find this book of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79653/cover/9780521479653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052147972X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052147972X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Masks of Difference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Representations in Literature, Anthropology and Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Richards here examines historical anthropological discourse - specifically writings about and depictions of 'savage' peoples by conquering races - as a form of textual practice. He analyses various kinds of 'naturalistic' representations, both artistic and literary, of colonised cultures, revealing the ways in which such representations betray their own subject-positions and fail - from our modern perspective - to act as the objective 'mirrors on nature' that they might originally have purported to be. Masks of Difference provides original and informative readings of individual sites of colonisation, including Florida (1564-91), and Scotland (1814), together with extended surveys; what emerges is a composite picture of anthropological representation as a textual genre in its own right, embracing literature, literary theory, and colonial/postcolonial studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79721/cover/9780521479721.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statecraft and Security</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cold War and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book a group of influential and distinguished scholars analyse some of the key questions in contemporary international relations. The book is in three parts. In the first, the lessons and legacies of Cold War are examined, including debates about its rise and fall, and the implications of the superpower nuclear confrontation. Part II asks questions about powers and politics in the post-Cold War world: the USA's potential as a world leader, Russia's troubled future, Japan's potential power, the China syndrome, and Africa's problems. The final part looks further into the future, discussing international organisation, life politics, and the potentialities for human society under the conditions of globalisation. The book shows how different countries and different groups of countries are confronting urgent issues of statecraft in a period of radical global transformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79776/cover/9780521479776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bedders, Bulldogs and Bedells</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cambridge Glossary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stubbings, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>138</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new edition of Dr Stubbings' Bedders, Bulldogs and Bedells: A Cambridge ABC, first published by the author in 1991. It has now been revised, enlarged and adorned with a selection of illustrations. The book aims to explain the many special words and usages current in University society. What are bedders, bulldogs, bedells? What is a tripos? What is a gyp-room? What (in the past) was a ten-year man? What was the Wooden Spoon? Puzzled visitors, new undergraduates, even dons will find the answers here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79783/cover/9780521479783.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Diversity of Human Relationships</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Auhagen, Ann Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salisch, Maria von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>359</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last decade there has been a growing interest in interpersonal relationships  in the scientific community as well as in the general public. Until now, no volume has covered comprehensively different types of interpersonal relationships, such as the relationships between friends, lovers, colleagues or parents and children. Ann Elisabeth Auhagen and Maria von Salisch have addressed this gap in the literature with this volume, first published in German and later revised for an American audience.The Diversity of Human Relationships draws together findings from social, developmental and organisational psychology, sociology, biology, and the research on personal relationships. It reviews the multiplicity of research approaches and results on interpersonal relationships and how they change over the life span. It also elaborates the characteristics of the different types of relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Energy Efficiency and Human Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Past Trends, Future Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schipper, Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyers, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howarth, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, sponsored by the Stockholm Environment Institute, presents a detailed analysis of changes in world energy use over the past twenty years. It considers the future prospects of energy demand, and discusses ways of restraining growth in consumption in order to meet environmental and economic development goals. Based on a decade of research by the authors and their colleagues at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory in collaboration with the Stockholm Environment Institute, it presents a wealth of information on energy use and the forces shaping it in the industrial, developing, and formerly planned economies. The book provides an invaluable overview of the potential for improving energy efficiency, and discusses the policies that could help realize the potential. While calling for strong action by governments and the private sector, the authors stress the importance of considering the full range of factors that will shape realization of the energy efficiency potential around the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79851/cover/9780521479851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery, Capitalism, and Politics in the Antebellum Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashworth, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Civil War should be seen as America's 'bourgeois revolution'.  So argues Dr John Ashworth in this novel reinterpretation, from a Marxist perspective, of American political and economic development in the forty years before the Civil War. This book, the first of a two-volume treatment of slavery, capitalism and politics, locates the political struggles of the antebellum period in the international context of the dismantling of unfree labor systems. With its sequel, the volume will demonstrate that the conflict resulted from differences between capitalist and slave modes of production. With a careful synthesis of existing scholarship on the economics of slavery, the origins of abolitionism, the proslavery argument and the second party system, Ashworth maintains that the origins of the American Civil War are best understood in terms derived from Marxism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79943/cover/9780521479943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gametes - The Oocyte</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grudzinskas, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yovich, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, and its companion volume on the spermatozoon, provide an authoritative and wide ranging account of the gametes and their reproductive role and function in humans. Acknowledged authorities from around the world contribute a detailed and timely account of the oocyte. The volume starts with an evolutionary perspective before focusing on the molecular and cellular biology of the oocyte and its structure and function. The development and maturation of the oocyte is fully dealt with to include the endocrine and paracrine regulation of ovarian function. Practical issues such as oocyte storage and ovarian stimulation are also fully covered. The causes of female infertility are also an important theme. The volume concludes with a thought provoking chapter on ethical considerations. The volume will be an essential source of information for all clinicians and scientists with an interest in human reproduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79950/cover/9780521479950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gametes - The Spermatozoon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grudzinskas, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yovich, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume, and its companion volume on the oocyte, provide an authoritative and wide-ranging account of the gametes, and their reproductive role and function in humans. Acknowledged authorities from around the world provide a detailed and timely account of the spermatozoon. The volume starts with an evolutionary perspective before focusing on the molecular and cellular biology of the sperm cell, and its structure and function. The development and maturation of sperm are described, as is their movement and transport in the male and female genital tract. Practical issues such as sperm storage and assisted contraception are fully covered. The causes of male infertility are also an important theme. The volume concludes with a thought-provoking chapter on ethical considerations. The volume will be an essential source of information for all clinicians and scientists with an interest in human reproduction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79967/cover/9780521479967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521479983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521479983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521479981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Set Theory, Logic and their Limitations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521479981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Machover, Moshe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to set theory and logic that starts completely from scratch. The text is accompanied by many methodological remarks and explanations. A rigorous axiomatic presentation of Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory is given, demonstrating how the basic concepts of mathematics have apparently been reduced to set theory. This is followed by a presentation of propositional and first-order logic. Concepts and results of recursion theory are explained in intuitive terms, and the author proves and explains the limitative results of Skolem, Tarski, Church and G&#246;del (the celebrated incompleteness theorems). For students of mathematics or philosophy this book provides an excellent introduction to logic and set theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/79981/cover/9780521479981.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotle: Historia Animalium</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aristotle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balme, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B18</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gotthelf, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Balme's long-awaited major critical edition of Aristotle's largest and perhaps least studied treatise is based on a collation of the twenty-six known extant manuscripts and a study of the early Latin translations. Begun in 1975, this edition of all ten books, including a very full apparatus criticus, was largely complete by 1989 when Professor Balme died but it needed extensive work to put it in publishable form. This work has been carried out by Allan Gotthelf, Balme's friend and associate. Volume I of the edition contains the complete text of the Historia Animalium, the critical apparatus, and Balme's introduction to the manuscripts, expanded and updated with the assistance of Friederike Berger, and in consultation with other experts. A substantial index to the text has been provided by Liliane Bodson in collaboration with Professor Gotthelf. Volume II will contain Balme's introduction to the treatise, and his commentary on books I-VII(VIII).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80024/cover/9780521480024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Genus Rhipicephalus (Acari, Ixodidae)</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Brown Ticks of the World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Jane B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keirans, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horak, Ivan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>655</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ticks in the genus Rhipicephalus include many important vectors of animal and human pathogens, but many species are notoriously difficult to identify, particularly as immature stages. This reference volume provides identification keys for adult ticks from the Afrotropical regions and elsewhere. For the nymphs and larvae, unique plates have been compiled in which line drawings of the capitula of similar species are grouped together to facilitate identification. Brief well-illustrated descriptions of the known stages of every species are given, plus information on their hosts, distribution, and disease relationships. Tables providing data on host/parasite relationships and disease transmission are also included, making this the definitive reference source on this group for all those interested in acarology, veterinary or medical parasitology and entomology for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80086/cover/9780521480086.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myths of Modern Individualism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Faust, Don Quixote, Don Juan, Robinson Crusoe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watt, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>305</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Ian Watt examines the myths of Faust, Don Quixote, Don Juan and Robinson Crusoe, as the distinctive products of modern society. He traces the way the original versions of Faust, Don Quixote and Don Juan - all written within a forty-year period during the Counter Reformation - presented unflattering portrayals of the three figures, while the Romantic period two centuries later recreated them as admirable and even heroic. The twentieth century retained their prestige as mythical figures, but with a new note of criticism. Robinson Crusoe came much later than the other three, but his fate can be seen as representative of the new religious, economic and social attitudes which succeeded the Counter-Reformation. The four figures help to reveal problems of individualism in the modern period: solitude, narcissism, and the claims of the self versus the claims of society. They all pursue their own view of what they should be, raising strong questions about their heroes' character and the societies whose ideals they reflect.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80116/cover/9780521480116.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>95.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning in Likely Places</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Varieties of Apprenticeship in Japan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singleton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Likely places of learning in Japan include folkcraft village pottery workshops, the clubhouses of female shellfish divers, traditional theaters, and the neighborhood public bath. The education of potters, divers, actors, and other novices generates identity within their specific communities of practice. In this collection of nineteen case studies of situated learning in such likely places, the contributors take apprenticeship as a fundamental model of experiential education in authentic arenas of cultural practice. Together, the essays demonstrate a rich variety of Japanese pedagogical arrangements and learning patterns, both historical and contemporary. The volume seeks to displace the current focus on school achievement in Japan with a broader understanding of the social context of knowledge acquisition. The cases demonstrate both the power of formal apprenticeship and the diversity of learning arrangements and patterns in Japan which transmit traditions of art, craft, work, and community. All cases respond to the call for an alternative focus on 'situated learning', an educational anthropology of the social relations and meanings of educational process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80123/cover/9780521480123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Struggle for Supremacy in the 21st Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spulber, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work focuses on the economic challenges the American economy has faced during the post-World War II era, and on the new challenges - represented notably by the competing economies of Japan, Germany, and of the entire European Union - which confront it as the twenty-first century approaches. Professor Spulber presents a detailed critique of the thesis alleging that the American economy has experienced some kind of decline, and also argues that the economy will continue to move forward energetically and successfully if growth and change are primarily left to emerge from the impulses and incentives of the private economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80130/cover/9780521480130.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951002</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linear Electric Actuators and Generators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boldea, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasar, Syed A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linear electric actuators (LEAs) and linear electric generators (LEGs) are widely used electromagnetic devices. This book deals with LEAs that convert electric energy into controlled mechanical motion of limited travel and LEGs that transform mechanical energy into electric energy. Examples range from loudspeakers and microphones to magnetically levitated material transfer in ultraclean rooms. Much of the literature on linear actuators and generators covers the principles of operation and performance calculations of these devices. Little has been published on their control or on detailed design methodologies. This book presents the first unified treatment of the subject, including the construction, operation, control and design of LEAs and LEGs. Chapters describe linear induction, permanent-magnet, linear reluctance, switched reluctance, and linear stepper actuators, as well as various types of linear electric generators. The text is amply illustrated with numerous design examples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80178/cover/9780521480178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiple Sclerosis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kesselring, Jürg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, W. Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise, abundantly illustrated text provides a complete overview of multiple sclerosis for the internist, general neurologist and therapist.  Including recent research findings in genetics, immunology and pathophysiology, the authors provide reliable and up-to-date guidance on the epidemiology, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of MS. Of particular interest to neuroscientists and neurologists will be the reviews of experimental models of MS, pathology of the demyelinated plaque, HLA associations and the role of immune mechanisms. Environmental and geographical factors in the etiology of MS are examined, including the possible role of infectious agents. The clinical sections of the book include discussion of neurological, sexual, psychological and cognitive disturbances. Diagnostic criteria are reviewed, and rehabilitation measures are given special attention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>07</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authority and Tradition in Ancient Historiography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marincola, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the various claims to authority made by the ancient Greek and Roman historians throughout their histories and is the first to examine all aspects of the historian's self-presentation. It shows how each historian claimed veracity by imitating, modifying, and manipulating the traditions established by his predecessors. Beginning with a discussion of the tension between individuality and imitation, it then categorises and analyses the recurring style used to establish the historian's authority: how he came to write history; the qualifications he brought to the task; the inquiries and efforts he made in his research; and his claims to possess a reliable character. By detailing how each historian used the tradition to claim and maintain his own authority, the book contributes to a better understanding of the complex nature of ancient historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80192/cover/9780521480192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historical Dimensions of Psychological Discourse</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graumann, Carl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gergen, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, prominent American and European scholars explore the historical shaping of psychological discourse. Speaking from several disciplinary standpoints, attention is directed to the ideological, intellectual, political, economic and literary forces that enter into the cultural construction of mental life. In its explorations, the volume not only challenges the reality of the taken for granted world of everyday life, but raises fundamental questions concerning the potential of psychological science to establish historically independent knowledge of mental process. Contributions to the volume treat a variety of subjects, including the emotions, cognition, the concept of child development, psychotherapy, gender differences and knowledge. Additional chapters represent first-hand accounts of historical change in psychological movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34760/cover/9780521034760.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinetics for the Life Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Receptors, Transmitters and Catalysts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutfreund, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the book is to introduce the reader to the kinetic analysis of a wide range of biological processes at the molecular level. It is intended to show that the same approach can be used to resolve the number of steps in enzyme reactions, muscle contraction, visual perception and ligand binding receptors that trigger other physiological processes. Attention is also given to methods for characterizing these steps in chemical terms. Although the treatment is mainly theoretical, a wide range of examples and experimental techniques are also introduced and an historical approach is used to demonstrate the development of the theory and experimental techniques of kinetic analysis in biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80277/cover/9780521480277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vaughan Williams Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frogley, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays on Vaughan Williams brings together leading British and American scholars and covers a wide range of topics and approaches, exploring musical language, cultural context, biography, manuscript sources and reception history. Despite Vaughan Williams' seminal importance in British music, international stature as a symphonist, and wider significance as an icon of Englishness, very little new research on his life or music has been published since the mid-1960s. The ten essays presented here examine diverse subjects such as the place of Vaughan Williams in the construction of English national identity this century, the role of rhythm in his symphonies, music for propaganda films, and his unpublished early orchestral pieces; major works such as the Tallis Fantasia and the Fifth Symphony are analysed in depth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80314/cover/9780521480314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148040X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148040X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Remote Sensing Data Book</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rees, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Remote Sensing Data Book provides a unique resource of all aspects of remote sensing for the expert and non-expert alike. Organised as a dictionary, it contains over 700 alphabetically-arranged and cross-referenced entries on how remote sensing works, what kinds of data are available, and the large number of satellites and instruments from which the information is obtained. As well as short technical definitions, it also includes longer essays and reviews to give an overview of the subject. Although not a textbook in itself, the data book will serve as a valuable addition to existing textbooks for undergraduates and graduate students on geography, environmental and earth science courses that include an element of remote sensing. It will also be an essential reference for researchers and research managers at all levels using spaceborne remote sensing methods to obtain information about the earth's land, sea, ice and atmosphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80406/cover/9780521480406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legal Positivism in American Jurisprudence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sebok, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a serious and philosophically sophisticated guide to modern American legal theory, demonstrating that legal positivism has been a misunderstood and underappreciated perspective through most of twentieth-century American legal thought. Anthony Sebok traces the roots of positivism through the first half of the twentieth century, and rejects the view that one must adopt some version of natural law theory in order to recognize moral principles in the law. On the contrary, once one corrects for the mistakes of formalism and postwar legal process, one is left with a theory of legal positivism that takes moral principles seriously while avoiding the pitfalls of natural law. The broad scope of this book ensures that it will be read by philosophers of law, historians of law, historians of American intellectual life, and those in political science concerned with public law and administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80413/cover/9780521480413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions and the Path to the Modern Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lessons from Medieval Trade</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greif, Avner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>526</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is widely believed that current disparities in economic, political, and social outcomes reflect distinct institutions. Institutions are invoked to explain why some countries are rich and others poor, some democratic and others dictatorial. But arguments of this sort gloss over the question of what institutions are, how they come about, and why they persist. They also fail to explain why institutions are influenced by the past, why it is that they can sometimes change, why they differ so much from society to society, and why it is hard to study them empirically and devise a policy aimed at altering them. This book seeks to overcome these problems, which have exercised economists, sociologists, political scientists, and a host of other researchers who use the social sciences to study history, law, and business administration. It presents a multi-disciplinary perspective to study endogenous institutions and their dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/71347/cover/9780521671347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberation from Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Personal Autonomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berofsky, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed, sophisticated and comprehensive treatment of autonomy. Moreover it argues for a quite different conception of autonomy from that found in the philosophical literature. Professor Berofsky claims that the idea of autonomy originating in the self is a seductive but ultimately illusory one. The only serious way of approaching the subject is to pay due attention to psychology, and to view autonomy as the liberation from the disabling effects of physiological and psychological afflictions. A sustained critique of concepts such as moral autonomy, self-realisation, ideal autonomy, and identification is offered. The author replaces these with an alternative model that reveals how spontaneity, vitality and competence enable human beings to act in the real world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80451/cover/9780521480451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Masters of War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Military Dissent and Politics in the Vietnam Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buzzanco, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the last decade, defenders of the US role in Vietnam have argued that America's defeat was not the result of an illegitimate intervention or military shortcomings but rather a failure of will because national leaders, principally Lyndon B. Johnson, forced the troops to 'fight with one hand tied behind their backs.' In this volume, Robert Buzzanco disproves this theory by demonstrating that political leaders, not the military brass, pressed for war; that American policymakers always understood the problems and peril of war in Indochina; and that civil-military acrimony and the political desire to defer responsibility for Vietnam helped lead the United States into the war. For the first time, these crucial issues of military dissent, interservice rivalries, and civil-military relations and politics have been tied together to provide a cogent and comprehensive analysis of the US role in Vietnam.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80468/cover/9780521480468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Factors in Economic Stabilization and Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blejer, Mario I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eckstein, Zvi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hercowitz, Zvi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiderman, Leonardo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the advent of increased capital mobility, financial factors have become of key importance for the processes of stabilization and growth in developing developed, and transforming economies. The size of international capital movements and the financial intermediation industry has become so large that these factors could become the dominant impulses for individual economies and the global economy in the 1990s and beyond. This book collects essays by well-known analysts in international economics and finance who treat these issues from relatively new perspectives. They focus on (i) the role of credit in the propagation mechanism of monetary policy; (ii) effects of monetary policy on the likelihood that a given economy will become a banking centre; (iii) the implications of increased capital mobility for migration flows; (iv) the role of exchange rate bands in the transition from high to low inflation; and (v) the interaction between financial innovations and inflation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80505/cover/9780521480505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health Risks and Developmental Transitions during Adolescence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulenberg, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maggs, Jennifer L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurrelmann, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chassin, Laurie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Health and well-being during adolescence depends largely on the fit between the young person's developmental needs and desires and opportunities provided by the changing context. In Health Risks and Developmental Transitions, prominent researchers in the adolescent field examine how various developmental transitions associated with the passage from childhood to adulthood provide risks and opportunities for adolescents' mental and physical health. Given the importance of adolescence in determining the course of health and well-being across the life span, efforts to ease the various transitions into and out of adolescence will yield long-term health benefits. By focusing on the link between health risks, developmental transitions, individual and contextual conditions and planned interventions that moderate the link, this interdisciplinary book provides the foundation for a unifying framework for research and application in health and human development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cuban Slave Market, 1790-1880</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergad, Laird W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iglesias Garc&#237;a, Fe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barcia, Mar&#237;a del Carmen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Slavery was in many ways the fundamental institution in colonial Cuba, whose economy was based on the export of sugar from the slave-worked plantations. This volume presents a quantitative study of Cuban slavery from the late eighteenth century until 1880, the year slavery was formally abolished on the island. The core of this study is an examination of the yearly movement of slave prices and changes in the demographic characteristics of the slave market. Based on data from the notarial protocol records of the Archivo Nacional de Cuba, this book establishes precise price trends for slaves by age, sex, nationality, and occupation, and considers a number of other variables including the prices of coartados (slaves who had begun the process of buying their freedom) and the patterns of emancipation. Incorporating over 30,000 slave transactions from three separate locations in Cuba - Havana, Santiago, and Cienfuegos - this work comprises the largest extant database on any slave market in the Americas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80598/cover/9780521480598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tracing T. S. Eliot's Spirit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on his Poetry and Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moody, A. David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>T. S. Eliot's lifelong quest for a world of the spirit is the theme of this book by leading Eliot scholar A. David Moody. The first four essays in the collection map Eliot's spiritual geography: the American taproot of his poetry, his profound engagement with the philosophy and religion of India, his near and yet detached relations with England, and his problematic cultivation of a European mind. At the centre of the collection is a study of the Latin poem Pervigilium Veneris, a fragment of which figures enigmatically in the concluding lines of The Waste Land. The third part of the collection is a set of five investigations of Eliot's poems, dealing particularly with The Waste Land, Ash Wednesday and Four Quartets, and attending to how they express and shape what he called 'the deeper, unnamed feelings which form the substratum of our being'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80604/cover/9780521480604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonequilibrium Phase Transitions in Lattice Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marro, Joaquin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickman, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to nonequilibrium statistical physics via lattice models. Beginning with an introduction to the basic driven lattice gas, the early chapters discuss the relevance of this lattice model to certain natural phenomena and examine simulation results in detail. Several possible theoretical approaches to the driven lattice gas are presented. In the next two chapters, absorbing-state transitions are discussed in detail. The later chapters examine a variety of systems subject to dynamic disorder before returning to look at the more surprising effects of multiparticle rules, nonunique absorbing-states and conservation laws. Examples are given throughout the book, the emphasis being on using simple representations of nature to describe ordering in real systems. The use of methods such as mean-field theory, Monte Carlo simulation, and the concept of universality to study and interpret these models is described. Detailed references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19460/cover/9780521019460.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Arabic Literary Heritage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Development of its Genres and Criticism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roger Allen here offers an account of the cultural tradition of literary texts in Arabic, from their unknown beginnings in the fifth century AD to the present day. Allen's organising principle is not that of traditional literary histories, but is rather based on an account of the major genres of Arabic literature. After introductory chapters on principles and contexts, there are chapters devoted to the Qur'an as literature, poetry, belletristic prose, drama and criticism. Within each chapter the emphasis is on the texts themselves, and those who created and commented on them, but Allen also demonstrates his awareness of recent Western theoretical and critical approaches. The volume as a whole, which contains extensive quotations in English translation, a chronology and a guide to further reading, makes a major non-Western literary tradition newly accessible to students and scholars of the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80666/cover/9780521480666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tertullian and the Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rankin, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Was Tertullian of Carthage a schismatic? How did he view the Church and its bishops? How did he understand the exercise of authority within the Church? In this study David Rankin sets the writings of Tertullian in the context of the early third-century Church and the developments it was undergoing in relation to both its structures and its self-understanding. He then discusses Tertullian's own theology of the Church, his imagery and his perception of Church office and ministry. Tertullian maintained throughout his career a high view of the Church, and this in part constituted the motivation for his vitriolic attacks on the Church's hierarchy after he had joined the New Prophecy movement. His contribution to the development of the Church has often been misunderstood, and this thorough exploration provides a reassessment of its nature and importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80673/cover/9780521480673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148071X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148071X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and the Scholarly Medical Traditions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Don</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>383</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>However much the three great traditions of medicine - Galenic, Chinese and Ayurvedic - differed from each other, they had one thing in common: scholarship. The foundational knowledge of each could only be acquired by careful study under teachers relying on ancient texts. Such medical knowledge is special, operating as it does in the realm of the most fundamental human experiences - health, disease, suffering, birth and death - and the credibility of healers is of crucial importance. Because of this, scholarly medical knowledge offers a rich field for the study of different cultural practices in the legitimation of knowledge generally. The contributors to this volume are all specialists in the history or anthropology of these traditions, and their essays range from historical investigations to studies of present-day practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80710/cover/9780521480710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Algebraic Introduction to Complex Projective Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Commutative Algebra</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peskine, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this introduction to commutative algebra, the author leads the beginning student through the essential ideas, without getting embroiled in technicalities. The route chosen takes the reader quickly to the fundamental concepts for understanding complex projective geometry, the only prerequisites being a basic knowledge of linear and multilinear algebra and some elementary group theory. In the first part, the general theory of Noetherian rings and modules is developed. A certain amount of homological algebra is included, and rings and modules of fractions are emphasised, as preparation for working with sheaves. In the second part, the central objects are polynomial rings in several variables with coefficients in the field of complex numbers. After Noether's normalisation lemma and Hilbert's Nullstellensatz, affine complex schemes and their morphisms are introduced; Zariski's main theorem and Chevalley's semi-continuity theorem are then proved. Finally, a detailed study of Weil and Cartier divisors provides a solid background for modern intersection theory. This is an excellent textbook for those who seek an efficient and rapid introduction to the geometric applications of commutative algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80727/cover/9780521480727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Variability, Climate Change and Social Vulnerability in the Semi-arid Tropics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ribot, Jesse C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magalh&#227;es, Antonio Rocha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panagides, Stahis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>189</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate fluctuations can trigger events that lead to mass migration, hunger and famine. Rather than attributing the blame to nature, the contributors look at the underlying causes of social vulnerability, such as the processes and organisation of society in the semi-arid tropics. Past and present susceptibility to destitution, hunger, and famine in the face of climate variability can teach us about the potential future consequences of climate change. By understanding why individuals, households, nations, and regions are vulnerable, and how they have buffered themselves against climatic and environmental fluctuations, present and future vulnerability can be redressed. Through case studies from across the globe, the authors explore past experiences with climate variability, and the likely effects of, and the possible policy responses to, the types of climatic events that global warming might bring.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80741/cover/9780521480741.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forest Resources in Europe 1950-1990</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuusela, Kullervo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a detailed country-by-country account of the increase in forest resources in Europe. The author discusses the implications of this expansion for the future health and vitality of the forests, for forest policy management and silviculture, and for the economic viability and environmental sustainability of the resource. An increase in thinnings and regeneration cuttings is advocated, replacing unstable tree species by true climatic climax species, and shortening rotation ages. The author concludes that preserving the sustainability and biodiversity of Europe's forest ecosystems can be achieved by maintaining the genetic diversity, density, age and health stability of forests, protecting biotopes of endangered species and establishing cultural biotopes and strictly protected natural reserves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80765/cover/9780521480765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480779</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archbishop Theodore</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Commemorative Studies on his Life and Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theodore, Archbishop of Canterbury (668-90), was a monk of Greek origin and extraordinary learning, who shaped the English Church into a structure it retained for a millennium. Yet until recently his early career has been unknown. This book builds on the publication of previously unprinted biblical commentaries from Theodore's Canterbury school, and establishes Theodore's cultural and spiritual background and the formation of his learning. Scholars provide a fresh account of Theodore's career and writings on diverse subjects, revealing a unique personality who brought to Anglo-Saxon England the cultural heritage of Syria, Byzantium and Rome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80772/cover/9780521480772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950807</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender in Mystical and Occult Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Behmenism and its Development in England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbons, Brian J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive account of the development of the ideas on gender of Jacob Boehme (1575-1624) among his English followers, tracing the changes in gender and sexuality in such esoteric traditions as alchemy, hermeticism and the Cabala. The book argues that Behmenist thought in these areas is a neglected aspect of the revision in the moral status of women during the early modern period, contributing significantly to the rise of the Romantic notion of womanhood and 'Victorian' sexual ideology. It deals with English Behmenism from its reception during the Interregnum through to its impact upon William Blake and the Swedenborgians in the eighteenth century. The book also strongly challenges received opinions on the relationship of Behmenism to the English radical tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80789/cover/9780521480789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Asymptotic Problems in the Theory of Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oleinik, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1993, Professor Oleinik was invited to give a series of lectures about her work in the area of partial differential equations. This book contains those lectures, and more. It is in two parts, the first being devoted to the study of the asymptotic behaviour at infinity of solutions of a class of non-linear second order elliptic equations in unbounded, in particular cylindrical, domains. Questions of this type occur in many areas of mathematical physics, such as in the theory of travelling waves, homogenisation, boundary layer theory, flame propagation and combustion. The second part contains the most recent results of the author's research in the theory of homogenisation of partial differential equations, and is concerned with questions about partially perforated domains and of solutions with rapidly alternating types of boundary conditions. These asymptotic problems arise naturally in applications. Many of the results here have not appeared in book form before, and this volume sheds light on the subject, raising many ideas and open problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80833/cover/9780521480833.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148085X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148085X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Restructuring and Trade Reorientation in Eastern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landesmann, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sz&#233;kely, Istv&#225;n P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book identifies differences and similarities between the formerly centrally planned economies of the Eastern Bloc and those of Western Europe. The authors use up-to-date information on East-West trade flows to analyse emerging patterns of industrial and trade specialisation. They examine in detail the pre- and post-1989 experience of five different CEE economies: the ex-GDR, ex-CSFR, Hungary, Bulgaria and Poland. Enterprise-level information is then used to discuss the impact of the withdrawal of export subsidies from various types of enterprise in Hungary, the changing relationships between enterprises and banks in Poland, the evolution and reform of financial institutions and the vital issue of financial intermediation and industrial restructuring. The book ends with an examination of the case for using Western-style industrial policies in the transition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80857/cover/9780521480857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy, Emotion and Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading and Writing on a Polynesian Atoll</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Besnier, Niko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy continues to be a central issue in anthropology, but methods of perceiving and examining it have changed in recent years. In this study Niko Besnier analyses the transformation of Nukulaelae from a non-literate into a literate society using a contemporary perspective which emphasizes literacy as a social practice embedded in a socio-cultural context. He shows how a small and isolated Polynesian community, with no access to print technology, can become deeply steeped in literacy in little more than a century, and how literacy can take on radically divergent forms depending on the social and cultural needs and characteristics of the society in which it develops. His case study, which has implications for understanding literacy in other societies, illuminates the relationship between norm and practice, between structure and agency, and between group and individual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80871/cover/9780521480871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Establishment of Modern English Prose in the Reformation and the Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Establishment of Modern English Prose in the Reformation and the Enlightenment Ian Robinson traces the legacy of prose writing as an art form that was theorised and propagated in a manner quite distinct from verse. Robinson argues that the history of English prose has been misrepresented by critics who have failed to understand the grammatical complexities of the language. Engaging with histories of rhetoric as well as the work of the great prose writers in English, Robinson provides a bold reappraisal of this literary form, combining  literary criticism with linguistic and textual analysis. He shows that the formal construct of the sentence itself is historically conditioned and no older than the post-medieval world. The relationship between rhetorical style and literary meaning, Robinson argues, is at the heart of the way we understand the external world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80888/cover/9780521480888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concurrent Programming in ML</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reppy, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concurrent Programming in ML focuses on the practical use of concurrency to implement naturally concurrent applications. In addition to a tutorial introduction to programming in Concurrent ML (CML), the book presents three extended examples using CML for practical systems programming: a parallel software build system, a simple concurrent window manager, and an implementation of distributed tuple spaces. CML, which is included as part of the SML of New Jersey (SML/NJ) distribution, combines the best features of concurrent programming and functional programming. This book also illustrates advanced SML programming techniques, and includes a chapter on the implementation of concurrency using features provided by the SML/NJ system. It will be of interest to programmers, students, and professional researchers working in computer language development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80895/cover/9780521480895.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ocean Circulation Inverse Problem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wunsch, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>458</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The movement of oceanic water has important consequences for a variety of applications, such as climate change, biological productivity, sea-level change, weather forecasting, and many others. This book addresses the problem of inferring the state of the ocean circulation, understanding it dynamically, and even forecasting it through a quantitative combination of theory and observation. It focuses on so-called inverse methods and related methods of statistical inference. Both time-independent and time-dependent problems are considered, including Gauss-Markov estimation, sequential estimators and adjoint/Pontryagin principle methods. This book is intended for use as a graduate level text for students of oceanography and other related fields. It will also be of interest to working physical oceanographers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80901/cover/9780521480901.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lay Confraternities and Civic Religion in Renaissance Bologna</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terpstra, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the social, political and religious roles of the confraternities - the lay groups through which Italians of the Renaissance expressed their individual and collective religious beliefs - in Bologna in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. These confraternities shaped the civic religious cult through charitable activities, public shrines and processions. This civic religious role expanded as the confraternities became politicised: patricians used the confraternities increasingly in order to control the civic religious cult, civic charity, and the city itself. The book examines in detail how confraternities initially provided laypeople of the artisanal and merchant classes with a means of expressing a religious life separate from, but not in opposition to, the local parish or mendicant house. By the mid-sixteenth century, artisans and merchants had few options beyond parochial confraternities which were controlled by parish priests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80925/cover/9780521480925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521480930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521480930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521480932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice and Representation of Reading in England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521480932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raven, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Small, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tadmor, Naomi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Developments in cultural history and literary criticism have suggested alternative ways of addressing the interpretation of reading. How did people read in the past? Where and why did they read? How were the manner and purpose of reading envisaged and recorded by contemporaries - and why? Drawing on fields as diverse as medieval pedagogy, textual bibliography, the history of science, and social and literary history, this collection of fourteen essays highlights both the singularity of personal reading experiences and the cultural conventions involved in reading and its perception. An introductory essay offers an important critical assessment of the various contributions to the development of the subject in recent times. This book constitutes a major addition to our understanding of the history of readers and reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80932/cover/9780521480932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competitive Governments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Theory of Politics and Public Finance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breton, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Competitive Governments explores in a systematic way the hypothesis that governments are internally competitive, that they are competitive in their relations with each other and in their relations with other institutions in society which, like them, supply consuming households with goods and services. Breton contends that competition not only serves to bring the political system to an equilibrium, but it also leads to a revelation of the households' true demand functions for publicly provided goods and services and to the molding of a link between the quantities and the qualities demanded and supplied and the tax prices paid for these goods and services. In the real world where information is costly, the links may not be first-best, but they will be efficient if competition is vigorous.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81021/cover/9780521481021.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148104X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148104X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neurodevelopment and Adult Psychopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keshavan, Matcheri S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Robin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kupfer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important book on the role of neurodevelopmental factors in the pathogenesis of the major psychiatric disorders, the fields of developmental neurobiology, clinical psychiatry and behavioural neuroscience are reviewed by an international group of experts, including many of those responsible for the ideas that have come to dominate current thinking. The  first section, 'The Developing Brain', reviews neurodevelopment from the molecular to the behavioural level. Section Two, 'Development and Psychopathology', covers clinical applications of the basic principles of developmental neurobiology. The third and final section, 'Integrative Models', presents approaches toward a synthesis of neurodevelopmental and clinical findings in psychiatric disorder. For students, scientists and clinicians in psychiatry, psychology, and neurodevelopment, this is an essential reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81045/cover/9780521481045.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interactive Minds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Life-span Perspectives on the Social Foundation of Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Paul B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staudinger, Ursula M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Various theoretical models in psychology  have emphasized the social foundation of the mind and the role that social interactions play in human development. Interactive minds emphasizes social transaction and communication between minds without implying particular mechanisms and outcomes. For instance, not all products of interacting minds are positive. Interactive Minds also takes a life-span perspective, which is especially suited for understanding interactive dynamics of behaviour and human development. Experts from a variety of fields address such  issues as biological aspects of cooperation, the role of social interaction in learning, the conceptualization of linguistic knowledge, and peer problem solving. In a concluding Epilogue, implications are presented for various fields, including  education, developmental and cognitive psychology, and cultural anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81069/cover/9780521481069.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifty Years of Antimicrobials</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Past Perspectives and Future Trends</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darby, G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, N. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the fifty years since the inception of the Society for General Microbiology the study of pathogenic microbes and the development of methods for their control have been a focus of attention for many microbiologists. This volume reviews the immense progress which has been made during the past half-century, opening with the text of Sir Alexander Fleming's 1946 Linacre Lecture Chemotherapy: Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow, and then drawing together contributions which consider the development of key antimicrobial compounds, both naturally occurring and synthetic, active against bacteria, viruses, fungi, and protozoa. Broader issues of antimicrobial production, screening, improvement, and resistance are also considered. Topics such as why epidemics still occur and the need for new antibiotics highlight the fact that, despite the advances, the fight against infection continues unabated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81083/cover/9780521481083.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in Russian Literature after the October Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writers and Artists between Hope and Apostasy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sicher, Efraim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work is an innovative and controversial study of how four famous Jews writing in Russian in the early Soviet period attempted to resolve the conflict between their cultural identity and their place in Revolutionary Russia. Babel, Mandelstam, Pasternak and Ehrenburg struggled in very different ways to form creative selves out of the contradictions of origins, outlook, and social or ideological pressures. Efraim Sicher also explores the broader context of the literature and art of the Jewish avant-garde in the years immediately preceding and following the Russian Revolution. By comparing literary texts and the visual arts the author reveals unexpected correspondences in the response to political and cultural change. This study contributes to our knowledge of an important aspect of modern Russian writing and will be of interest to both Jewish scholars and those concerned with Slavonic studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81090/cover/9780521481090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Fable</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesop and Literary Culture, 1651-1740</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Jayne Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1651 and 1740 hundreds of fables, fable collections, and biographies of the ancient Greek slave Aesop were published in England. In The English Fable, Jayne Elizabeth Lewis describes the national obsession with Aesop's fables during this period as both a figural response to sociopolitical crises, and an antidote to emerging anxieties about authorship. Lewis traces the role that fable collections, Augustan fable theory, and debates about the figure of Aesop played in the formation of a modern, literate, and self-consciously English culture, and shows how three Augustan writers - John Dryden, Anne Finch, and John Gay - experimented with the seemingly marginal symbolic form of fable to gain access to new centres of English culture. Often interpreted as a discourse of the dispossessed, the fable in fact offered Augustan writers access to a unique form of cultural authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81113/cover/9780521481113.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lifelines and Risks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pathways of Youth in our Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns, Beverley D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this highly original work, Robert and Beverley Cairns follow the pathways of 695 young people growing up in the 1980s and 1990s (their educational successes and failures, their friendships, their loves--in short, the events and feelings they experience).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81120/cover/9780521481120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iran-U.S. Claims Tribunal Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helgeson, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B20</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, Elihu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Tribunal, concerned principally with the claims of US nationals against Iran, is the most important international claims tribunal to have sat in over half a century. Its jurisprudence is bound to make a uniquely important contribution to international law and, in particular, the law relating to aliens. The series is the only complete and fully indexed report of the decisions of this unique Tribunal. These Reports are essential for all practitioners in the field of international claims, academics in private and public international law and comparative lawyers as well as all Governments and law libraries. Each volume contains a detailed consolidated index and tables of cases covering the whole series to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>320.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ontological Arguments and Belief in God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppy, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an interesting contribution to the philosophy of religion. It offers a comprehensive discussion of one of the most famous arguments for the existence of God: the ontological argument. The author provides and analyses a critical taxonomy of those versions of the argument that have been advanced in recent philosophical literature, as well as of those historically important versions found in the work of St Anselm, Descartes, Leibniz, Hegel and others. A central thesis of the book is that ontological arguments have no value in the debate between theists and atheists. There is a detailed review of the literature on the topic (separated from the main body of the text) and a very substantial bibliography, making this volume an indispensable resource for philosophers of religion and others interested in religious studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81205/cover/9780521481205.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148121X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148121X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Amateur Strategist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intuitive Deterrence Theories and the Politics of the Nuclear Arms Race</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeNardo, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>329</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how the everyday person reasons about nuclear strategy. James DeNardo's data reveals surprising patterns of thinking on basic issues from SDI, arms control, and proliferation to the end of the Cold War. The book describes a fascinating cast of players, including 'Nice Hawks' like Ronald Reagan, who wanted to give SDI to the Russians, and the 'NIFFs,' whose procurement rule, expressed simply, was: 'If they have it, we don't want it, but they don't have it, we should get it.' To explain his remarkable evidence, Professor DeNardo presents an innovative theory of intuitive deterrence reasoning. He then confronts the theory with data from professional nuclear strategists. His discovery that the amateur's strategic reasoning defies all conventional theories lays the groundwork for a new understanding of national security politics. His  demonstration that professional strategists reason like novices - that we are all Amateur Strategists - challenges the intellectual foundations of modern deterrence theory, public opinion studies, and game theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81212/cover/9780521481212.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Big Business and the Wealth of Nations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandler, Alfred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amatori, Franco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hikino, Takashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in non-technical terms, this book explains how the dynamics of big business have influenced national and international economies. A path-breaking study, it provides the first systematic treatment of big business in advanced, emerging, and centrally-planned economies from the late nineteenth century, when big businesses first appeared in American and West European manufacturing, to the present. Large industrial enterprises play a vital role in developing new technologies and commercializing new products in all of the major countries. How such firms emerged and evolved in different economic, political, and social settings constitutes a significant part of twentieth-century world history. This historical review of big business is particularly valuable today, when the viability of large enterprises is being challenged by small firms, networks, and alliances. These essays, written by internationally-known historians and economists, help one understand the essential role and functions of big business.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81236/cover/9780521481236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kingdom of Quito, 1690-1830</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The State and Regional Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrien, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>269</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spanish colonialism exacted a high price from its subjects, promoting economic dependency as the accompaniment of a more vital, diversified economy based on a mix of industry and agriculture. The result was a legacy of underdevelopment, domestic social inequities, and economic subordination to the North Atlantic world. This volume examines how Spanish colonial policies contributed to profound socioeconomic changes, leading to patterns of underdevelopment in the Kingdom of Quito (modern Ecuador) from 1690 to 1830.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81250/cover/9780521481250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Descartes' Meditations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Background Source Materials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ariew, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cottingham, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sorell, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>No single text could be considered more important in the history of philosophy than Descartes' Meditations. This unique collection of background material to this magisterial philosophical text has been translated from the original French and Latin. The texts gathered here illustrate the kinds of principles, assumptions, and philosophical methods that were commonplace when Descartes was growing up. The selections are from: Francisco Sanches, Christopher Clavius, Pierre de la Ramee (Petrus Ramus), Francisco Su&#225;rez, Pierre Charron, Eustachius a Sancto Paulo, Scipion Dupleix, Marin Mersenne, Pierre Gassendi, Jean de Silhon, Fran&#231;ois de la Mothe le Vayer, Charles Sorel, and Jean-Baptiste Morin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81267/cover/9780521481267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Slave Trade to 'Legitimate' Commerce</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Commercial Transition in Nineteenth-Century West Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edited collection, written by eleven leading specialists, examines the nineteenth-century commercial transition in West Africa: the ending of the Atlantic slave trade  and the development of alternative forms of 'legitimate' trade, mainly in vegetable products. Approaching the subject from an African, rather than a European or American, perspective, the case studies consider the effects of transition on the African societies involved. They offer significant insights into the history of pre-colonial Africa and the slave trade, the origins of European imperialism, and longer-term issues of economic development in Africa.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81274/cover/9780521481274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Expanding Membership of the European Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haapararanta, Pertti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiander, Jaakko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compelling volume, from the Centre for Economic Policy Research, examines the discussion surrounding expansion of the European Union (EU). The contributors address the key issues in the debate, including the implications of expansion for the global trading system, enlargement-related pressures to reform EU decision-making, and the economic consequences of membership for entrants. Using theoretical techniques to report results and insights, this book not only sheds light on the consequences of Austria, Finland and Sweden joining the EU, but also discusses and evaluates the possible membership of Central European ex-socialist countries. This is an important book for students and scholars interested in regional integration, and also for policy-makers in the new EU member countries and in applicant countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81342/cover/9780521481342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481376</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Piracy in the Graeco-Roman World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Souza, Philip de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an innovative historical study of piracy in the Graeco-Roman world from the Archaic period to Late Antiquity. It explores the conditions which allowed piracy to flourish in the ancient Mediterranean, especially the close relationship between warfare and piracy, and examines the impact which pirates had upon ancient society. Particular attention is paid to the numerous states and rulers who claimed to be actively suppressing piracy for the good of all. In many cases these claims turn out to be highly exaggerated ones, intended to enhance the prestige of those on whose behalf they were made. Surprisingly, in view of the prominence of pirates in many works of classical literature, this book is the first to offer detailed analysis of the portrayal of piracy by ancient writers, including Homer, Cicero and the ancient novels, taking account of the political, social and literary contexts which shaped their accounts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/12409/cover/9780521012409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anxious Masculinity in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breitenberg, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To recent studies of Renaissance subjectivity, Anxious Masculinity in Early Modern England contributes the argument that masculinity is unavoidably anxious and volatile in cultures that distribute power and authority according to patriarchal prerogatives. Drawing from current arguments in feminism, cultural studies, historicism, psychoanalysis and gay studies, Mark Breitenberg explores the dialectic of desire and anxiety in masculine subjectivity in the work of a wide range of writers, including Shakespeare, Bacon, Burton and the women writers of the 'querelles des femmes' debate, especially Jane Anger. Breitenberg discusses jealousy and cuckoldry anxiety, hetero and homoerotic desire, humoural psychology, anatomical difference, cross-dressing and the idea of honour and reputation. He traces masculine anxiety both as a sign of ideological contradiction and, paradoxically, as a productive force in the perpetuation of western patriarchal systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81410/cover/9780521481410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Law in English Renaissance Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural law, whether grounded in human reason or divine edict, encourages men to follow virtue and shun vice. The concept dominated Renaissance thought, where its literary equivalent, poetic justice, underpinned much of the period's creative writing. R. S. White's study examines a wide range of Renaissance texts, by More, Spenser, Sidney, Shakespeare and Milton, in the light of these developing ideas of Natural Law. It shows how writers as radically different as Aquinas and Hobbes formulated versions of Natural Law which served to maintain socially established hierarchies. For Aquinas, Natural Law always resided in the individual's conscience, whereas Hobbes thought individuals had limited access to virtue and therefore needed to be coerced into doing good by the state. White shows how the very flexibility and antiquity of Natural Law enabled its appropriation and application by thinkers of all political persuasions in a debate that raged throughout the Renaissance and which continues in our own time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81427/cover/9780521481427.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revelation and Reconciliation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Window on Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Stephen N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Williams's book addresses the turn against Christianity in the West. The author challenges some contemporary theologians' focus on epistemological objections to revelation and argues for the need to focus instead on anthropological objections to reconciliation. Discussing Locke, Nietzsche, and Barth's characterisation of the eighteenth century as 'absolutist', Williams demonstrates the sensibility which found repugnant the notion of a divine reconciling action through Christ in history, as does the modern. Williams shows that the driving force behind Nietzsche and Don Cupitt alike is a rejection of the Christian view of humanity and redemption. Revelation and Reconciliation concludes that either we have refuge in Christ or no refuge at all, but that we have no refuge in Christ without the crucifixion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81458/cover/9780521481458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Public</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professional Communication and the Means of Social Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayhew, Leon H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professional specialists, using market research and promotional campaigns, have come to dominate public communication. The modern public of the Enlightenment, based on free discussion, has, in Leon Mayhew's terms, been replaced by a 'New Public,' subject to mass persuasion through systematic advertising, lobbying, and other forms of media manipulation. Mayhew examines this sociological development in terms of discourse and social influence, offering an original theory which bridges Talcott Parsons and Jurgen Habermas. Most importantly, he shows how the rhetorical techniques of the professional communicators are designed to avoid having to defend their claims, thereby precluding meaningful discussion of public issues. As a result, institutions providing forums for good-faith, two-way discourse no longer exist, community through communication cannot be achieved, and the social order is unstable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81465/cover/9780521481465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: Piano Concertos Nos. 20 and 21</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grayson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This guide to Mozart's two most popular piano concertos - No. 20 in D minor, K. 466, and No. 21 in C major, K. 467 - the so-called 'Elvira Madigan' - presents the historical background of the works, placing them within the context of Mozart's compositional and performance activities at a time when his reputation as both composer and pianist was at its peak. The special nature of the concerto, as both a form and genre, is explored through a selective survey of some of the approaches that various critics have taken in discussing Mozart's concertos, ranging from pure formalism to interpretations of the works as wordless human dramas. The advancement of a theory of concerto form provides the background for detailed accounts of the two concertos. The concluding chapter discusses a wide range of issues of particular interest to modern performers, including historical instruments, orchestra size and seating, cadenzas, and improvised embellishment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81564/cover/9780521481564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of the Celtic Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481601</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borsley, Robert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together ten chapters on the Celtic languages using the insights of principles-and-parameters theory. The leading researchers in the field examine Welsh, Irish, Breton and Scots Gaelic in comparative perspective, making reference to recent work on English, French, Arabic, German and other languages. The editors have provided a substantial introduction which seeks to make the volume accessible to theoreticians unfamiliar with the Celtic languages and also to Celtic specialists who are less familiar with the theoretical framework underpinning the work. The Syntax of the Celtic Languages makes a substantial contribution both to linguistic theory and to our understanding of the Celtic languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81601/cover/9780521481601.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voyages in Print</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Narratives of Travel to America 1576-1624</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, Mary C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The decades leading up to England's first permanent American colony saw not only territorial and commercial expansion but also the emergence of a vast and heterogeneous literature. In the multiple relations of writing to discovery over these decades, these texts played a role more powerful than that of simple recording. They needed to establish certain realities against a background of scepticism - the possibility of discovery, the lands discovered, the intentions and experiences of the discoverers - and they also had to find ways of theorizing their enterprise. Yet conceiving of the American enterprise positively or even survivably proved surprisingly difficult; the voyage narratives evolved almost from the outset as a genre concerned with recuperating failure - as noble, strategic, even as a form of success. Reception of these texts from the Victorian era on has often accepted their claims of heroism and mastery; through a careful re-reading, Mary Fuller argues for a more complicated, less glorious history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81618/cover/9780521481618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Accountability and Citizenship in Complex Organisations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bovens, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The search for responsibility in complex organisations often seems an impossible undertaking. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach combining law, social science, ethics and organisational design, Mark Bovens analyses the reasons for this, and offers possible solutions. He begins by examining the problem of 'many hands' - because so many people contribute in so many different ways, it is very difficult to determine who is accountable for organisational behaviour. Four possible solutions - corporate, hierarchical, collective and individual accountability - are analysed from normative, empirical and practical perspectives. Bovens argues that individual accountability is the most promising solution, but only if individuals have the chance to behave responsibly. The book then explores the implications of this approach. What does it mean to be a 'responsible' employee or official? When is it legitimate to disobey the orders of superiors? What institutional designs might be most appropriate?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81632/cover/9780521481632.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Identities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Varieties of Subjectivity, 1774-1830</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henderson, Andrea K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the defining features of Romantic writing, critics have long agreed, is its characterization of the self in terms of psychological depth. Many Romantic writers, however, did not conceive of the self in this way, and in Romantic Identities Andrea K. Henderson investigates that part of Romantic writing that challenges the 'depth' model, or operates outside its domain. Henderson explores forms of Romantic discourse, explains their economic and social contexts, and examines their differing conceptions of identity. Individual chapters treat the Romantic view of the self in embryo and at birth, the relation of gothic characterization to the ghostliness of exchange value, anti-essentialism in Romantic psychology, the conception of self as genre in writings by Percy and Mary Shelley, and the link between economic circulation and the distrust of psychological interiority in Scott.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81649/cover/9780521481649.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Switzerland?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinberg, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Switzerland is a special and fascinating place. Its unique institutions, its direct democracy, multi-member executives, absence of strikes, communal autonomy, its universal military service, its wealth, and four national languages make it interesting in itself. But it has wider significance, in representing the 'Europe that did not happen', the Europe that escaped the centralisation of state and economy associated with the modern world. Today, there is a new special feature. Switzerland is an island surrounded by the European Union, and resists membership. Why Switzerland? attempts to answer three related questions: why has such an exception to European norms survived? Why should outsiders notice its peculiarities and what can they learn from them? Finally, can so unusual a society continue to exist when many of the conditions in which it evolved have disappeared? Why Switzerland?, which was first published in 1976, has been completely revised (with new illustrations) to try to answer these questions for the present generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81700/cover/9780521481700.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth's Pope</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Literary Historiography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent studies of the concepts and ideologies of Romanticism have neglected to examine the ways in which Romanticism defined itself by reconfiguring its literary past. In Wordsworth's Pope Robert J. Griffin shows that many of the basic tenets of Romanticism derive from mid-eighteenth-century writers' attempts to free themselves from the literary dominance of Alexander Pope. As a result, a narrative of literary history in which Pope figured as an alien poet of reason and imitation became the basis for nineteenth-century literary history, and still affects our thinking on Pope and Romanticism. Griffin traces the genesis and transmission of 'romantic literary history', from the Wartons to M. H. Abrams; in so doing, he calls into question some of our most basic assumptions about the chronological and conceptual boundaries of Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81717/cover/9780521481717.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Pro P. Sulla oratio</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, Dominic H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 62 BC, the year after his suppression of Catiline, Cicero delivered Pro Sulla, a successful defence of P. Cornelius Sulla, the nephew of the dictator, on a charge of participation in the Catilinarian conspiracy. This edition, which contains a new text together with introduction, commentary and appendices, is the first full-scale scholarly treatment of the speech. The text takes account of Gulielmius' reports of the missing portion of the Erfurtensis manuscript, recovered by Dr Berry and published as a preliminary to this edition in 1989; a complete collation is provided of this and the other principal manuscripts. The introduction includes a reassessment of Sulla's guilt and Cicero's undertaking of the case, and also considers issues such as the prose rhythm of the speech and its publication. The commentary discusses history, text and syntax as well as rhetoric and style.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81748/cover/9780521481748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realist Social Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Morphogenetic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building on her seminal contribution to social theory in Culture and Agency, Margaret Archer develops here her morphogenetic approach, applying it to the problem of structure and agency. Since structure and agency constitute different levels of stratified social reality, each possesses distinctive emergent properties which are real and causally efficacious but irreducible to one another. The problem, therefore, is shown to be how to link the two rather than conflate them, as has been common theoretical practice. Realist Social Theory: The Morphogenetic Approach not only rejects methodological individualism and holism, but argues that the debate between them has been replaced by a new one, between elisionary theorising and emergentist theories based on a realist ontology of the social world. The morphogenetic approach is the sociological complement of transcendental realism, and together they provide a basis for non-conflationary theorizing which is also of direct utility to the practising social analyst.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81762/cover/9780521481762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inhomogeneous Cosmological Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481809</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krasi&#324;ski, Andrzej</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a comprehensive survey of our understanding of the universe based on the exact solutions of the theory of relativity. More precisely, it describes those models that fit with astronomical observations of galaxy clusters, cosmic voids and other key features of our universe. This authoritative account achieves two important goals. First, it collects together all independently derived cosmological solutions since the birth of relativity in 1915 to 1997, and clearly shows how they are interrelated. Secondly, it presents a coherent overview of the physical properties of these inhomogeneous models. It demonstrates, for instance, that the formation of voids and the interaction of the cosmic microwave background radiation with matter in the universe can be explained by exact solutions of the Einstein equations, without the need for approximations. This book will be of particular interest to graduates and researchers in gravity, relativity and theoretical cosmology as well as historians of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81809/cover/9780521481809.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481821</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Vector Bundles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Potier, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macioca, Antony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work consists of two courses on the moduli spaces of vector bundles. The first part tackles the classification of vector bundles on algebraic curves. The construction and elementary properties of the moduli spaces of stable bundles are also discussed. In particular, Hilbert-Grothendieck schemes of vector bundles are constructed, and Mumford's geometric invariant theory is succinctly treated. The second part centres on the structure of the moduli space of semi-stable sheaves on the projective plane. Existence conditions for sheaves of given rank and Chern Class and construction ideas are sketched in the general context of projective algebraic surfaces. Professor Le Potier has provided a treatment of vector bundles that will be welcomed by experienced algebraic geometers and novices alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81823/cover/9780521481823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148183X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148183X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bringing Transnational Relations Back In</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Non-State Actors, Domestic Structures and International Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Risse-Kappen, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taking a fresh look at the impact of non-state actors on world politics and on the foreign policies of states, this book revives the debate on transnational relations which started in the 1970s. This debate withered away in the face of state-centered approaches, but this book's new approach emphasizes the interaction of states and transnational actors, arguing that domestic structures of the state as well as international institutions mediate the policy influence of transnational actors. Empirical chapters examine the European Economic and Monetary Union, US-Japanese transnational relations, multinational corporations in East Asia, Soviet and Russian security policy, democratization in Eastern Europe, and ivory management in Africa. The book concludes with chapters discussing the theoretical implications of the findings in the empirical studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81830/cover/9780521481830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Arthur Newsholme and State Medicine, 1885-1935</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eyler, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>443</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The half century between 1885 and 1935 witnessed an unprecedented expansion of preventive and therapeutic services offered by the state through its local authorities. Behind the expansion in public services were also profound changes in attitudes toward poverty and dependency and toward the political and cultural significance of health; changes in social policy and administration; and changes in the understanding of the causes of disease. This book examines this time of change through the ideas and experiences of one prominent participant, Sir Arthur Newsholme. Professor Eyler draws particular attention to Newsholme's role in constructing a highly successful local health programme; his tenure as the Medical Officer of the Local Government Board in Whitehall where he launched some of its boldest programmes including national health insurance; his post-retirement studies of international health systems; and his statistical and epidemiological studies and their connection to his policy recommendations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81861/cover/9780521481861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481945</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crossing Frontiers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gerontology Emerges as a Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Achenbaum, W. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although philosophers, physicians, and others have long pondered the meanings and experiences of growing older, gerontology did not emerge as a scientific field of inquiry in the United States until the twentieth century. The study of aging borrows from a variety of other disciplines, including medicine, psychology, sociology and anthropology, but its own scientific basis is still developing. Despite dozens of aging-related journals, and a notable increase in state, regional, national and international networks, there are no widely shared techniques or distinctive methods. Theories of aging remain partial and tentative. By tracing intellectual networks and analyzing institutional patterns, Crossing Frontiers shows how old age became a 'problem' worth investigating and how a multidisciplinary orientation took shape.  Gerontology is a marginal intellectual enterprise but its very strengths and weaknesses illuminate the politics of specialization and academic turf-fighting in U.S. higher education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81946/cover/9780521481946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children, Families, and Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Preparing for the Twenty-First Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Sharon Lynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Nancy W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brademas, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKSB1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children, Families, and Government: Preparing for the Twenty-first Century analyses the relationship between child development research and the design and implementation of social policy concerning children and families. This book is both timely and enduring;  perennially important issues like health care, welfare reform, and drug abuse, are addressed in a context that enables the reader to relate current events to the theories and foundations on which policies are based. It highlights state of the art research and reforms to specify policy areas affecting children and families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81953/cover/9780521481953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521481988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521481988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521481984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gentlemen, Bourgeois, and Revolutionaries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Change and Cultural Persistence among the Spanish Dominant Groups, 1750-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521481984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cruz, Jesus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The traditional interpretation of the crisis of the Spanish Old Regime is to see it as a revolution carried out by an ascendant bourgeoisie. Professor Cruz challenges this viewpoint by arguing that in Spain, as in the rest of continental Europe, a national bourgeoisie did not exist before the second half of the nineteenth century. Consequently, the model of bourgeois revolution proves inadequate to explain any movement toward modernisation before 1850. Historiography based on the bourgeois revolution theory portrays Spain as an exceptional model whose main feature is the 'failure' produced by the immobility of its ruling class. This work re-examines that understanding, and relocates Spain in the mainstream for industrialisation, urbanisation and democratisation that characterise the history of modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/81984/cover/9780521481984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ozu's Tokyo Story</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Desser, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ozu's Tokyo Story is generally regarded as one of the finest films ever made. Universal in its appeal, it is also considered to be 'particularly Japanese'. Exploring its universality and cultural specificity, this collection of specially commissioned essays demonstrates the multiple planes on which the film may be appreciated. The introduction outlines Ozu's career as both a contract director of a major studio and as a singular figure in Japanese film history, and also analyses the director's cinematic style, particularly his narrative strategies and spatial compositions. Other essays situate Ozu's cinema in its relationship to Hollywood film-making: his relationship to aspects of Japanese tradition, situating the film within artistic modes, religious systems and beliefs, and socio-cultural and familial formations. Also included is an analysis of how Ozu has been misunderstood in Western criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82042/cover/9780521482042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Policing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kleinig, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most systematic, comprehensive and philosophically sophisticated discussion of police ethics yet published. It offers an in-depth analysis of the ethical values that police, as servants of the community, should uphold as they go about their task. The book considers the foundations and purpose of police authority in broad terms but also tackles specific problems such as accountability, the use of force, deceptive stratagems used to gain information or trap the criminally intentioned, corruption, and the tension between personal values and communal concerns. Offering the fullest, most rigorous and up-to-date treatment of police ethics currently available, this book will be a perfect textbook in courses on applied ethics in philosophy departments or police and criminal justice ethics in departments of criminology and law schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82066/cover/9780521482066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Aspects of Smooth Muscle Function</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kao, C. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carsten, Mary E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Smooth muscles line many internal organs and, in general, are involved in moving fluids and slurry around the body. They are controlled by the action of hormones, by nervous stimulation, and can be influenced by drugs. This book provides an up-to-date review of our understanding of smooth muscle and integrates molecular, cellular and physiological information with tissue and anatomical studies. Well-known researchers have written chapters giving detailed reviews of our current knowledge of the biochemistry, pharmacology, physiology and anatomy of smooth muscle. In particular, they cover the seven most important areas of smooth muscle function including morphology, electrophysiology, mechanisms of electromechanical and pharmacomechanical coupling, calcium homeostasis, signal transduction, mechanics of contraction, and the contractile proteins. All those interested in muscular contraction will find this book worthwhile, whether they are biochemists, physiologists, or cell biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18609/cover/9780521018609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Peroxisome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Vital Organelle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masters, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last decades, a series of dramatic research findings have served to emphasize the vital role of the peroxisome. These findings have included major advances in our understanding of its metabolic roles, genetics and biochemistry, as well as of the broad involvements of peroxisomal diseases. This book provides a basic introduction to the peroxisome and its relationship to other components of eukaryotic cells, followed by a detailed and comprehensive discussion of research advances. Current understanding of the morphology, phylogeny, enzymology and ontogeny of the peroxisome is also reviewed. The book concludes with a chapter on peroxisomes and human disease. The authors are well-respected researchers in this field, and have produced an authoritative and readable text which will appeal to postgraduates and researchers in biochemistry, cell biology and medical science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82127/cover/9780521482127.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nicolas Poussin's Landscape Allegories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McTighe, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nicolas Poussin's Landscape Allegories offers new interpretations for several of the artist's most beautiful and enigmatic paintings of his late career. Examining the landscapes within the social and intellectual context of seventeenth-century libertinage,  a clandestine atheist movement, Sheila McTighe also addresses the reception of these works, as ideally conceived by the artist, and by a subsequent generation of critics and biographers. This study, moreover, challenges the traditional view of Poussin's work, inherited from academic criticism and more recent scholarship, as 'classic,' a term that implies its clarity and rationality. As McTighe argues, Poussin's landscape allegories, despite their outward limpidity, are deliberately obfuscatory, their meaning ensconced in a set of signs and symbols recognisable only to an intellectual milieu that was marginal in seventeenth-century cultural life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82141/cover/9780521482141.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148216X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148216X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exchange Rate Parity for Trade and Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory, Tests, and Case Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yotopoulos, Pan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book extends recent theories of incomplete markets to investigate empirically the appropriate balance between the market and the state in the trade relations between developed and developing countries. The conclusion is that in an ideal world government intervention in foreign exchange and trade is necessary in developing countries in the early stages and inevitably decreases as development occurs. Rationing of foreign exchange prevents a 'soft currency distortion' that commonly afflicts developing countries and can turn comparative advantage trade into competitive devaluation trade, with severe losses of income and welfare. Yotopoulos finds that the level of underdevelopment narrowly circumscribes and conditions the extent to which free-market, free-trade, laissez-faire can be beneficial, contrary to the mainstream policy paradigm as currently applied. The analysis and tests draw on empirical research from seventy countries and four extended country studies to confirm the usefulness and validity of the theoretical framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82165/cover/9780521482165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Udwadia, Firdaus E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kalaba, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Constrained motion is of paramount importance in the design and analysis of mechanical systems and central to the study of analytical dynamics. The problem of constrained motion was first posed over two hundred years ago, and it has been worked on vigorously ever since. This book offers a fresh approach to the subject.  Eminently readable, it is written as an introduction to analytical dynamics, with emphasis on fundamental concepts in mechanics. The connection between generalized inverses of matrices and constrained motion is a central theme. The book begins with a description of the motion of a particle subjected to holonomic and nonholonomic constraints and presents explicit equations of motion. Examples are provided throughout the book, and carefully formulated problems at the end of each chapter reinforce the material covered. This computationally appealing approach will be useful to students in engineering and the applied sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82172/cover/9780521482172.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Birth of the Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Building States and Regimes in Medieval and Early Modern Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ertman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years scholars have sought to explain why the European states which emerged in the period before the French Revolution developed along such different lines. Why did some become absolutist and others constitutionalist? What enabled some to develop bureaucratic administrative systems, while others remained dependent upon patrimonial practices? This book presents a new theory of state-building in medieval and early modern Europe. Ertman argues that two factors - the organisation of local government at the time of state formation and the timing of sustained geo-military competition - can explain most of the variation in political regimes and in state infrastructures found across the continent during the second half of the eighteenth century. Drawing on insights developed in historical sociology, comparative politics, and economic history, this book makes a compelling case for the value of interdisciplinary approaches to the study of political development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82226/cover/9780521482226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Experience and Lay Society in T'ang China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reading of Tai Fu's 'Kuang-i chi'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dudbridge, Glen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The remains of Tai Fu's lost collection Kuang-i chi ('The Great Book of Marvels') preserve three hundred short tales of encounters with the other world. This study develops a style of close reading through which those tales give access to the lives of individuals in eighth-century China. Through the eyes of a mid-century county official the picture emerges of a complex lay society, served by a mixed priesthood of ritual practitioners, whose members' lives at all levels were profoundly shaped by their perceived experience of contact with the other world. It was a society embarking on fundamental change, and this book uses the sharp historical focus of Tai Fu's collection to study the dynamics of that change. The work gracefully reveals the transition from the beliefs and institutions of early mediaeval China towards those we now recognize as modern.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82233/cover/9780521482233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148233X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148233X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colonial Fantasies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Towards a Feminist Reading of Orientalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yegenoglu, Meyda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Meyda Yegenoglu investigates the intersection between post-colonial and feminist criticism, focusing on the Western fascination with the veiled women of the Orient. She examines the veil as a site of fantasy and of nationalist ideologies and discourses of gender identity, analyzing travel literature, anthropological and literary texts to reveal the hegemonic, colonial identity of the desire to penetrate the veiled surface of 'otherness'. Representations of cultural difference and sexual difference are shown to be inextricably linked, and the figure of the Oriental woman to have functioned as the veiled interior of Western identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82332/cover/9780521482332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dance of Siva</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion, Art and Poetry in South India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a full account of Siva's Dance of Bliss, which has become a popular symbol in the West for Hinduism and Eastern Mysticism. Siva is one of the two main gods of Hinduism, and his worshippers comprise half of all Hindus. Siva's Dance of Bliss is based on a remarkable Sanskrit poem written by Umapati Sivacarya, Saiva theologian and temple priest in Cidambaram, South India, in the fourteenth century. Starting with the bronze image of Nataraja, King of Dancers, thereafter the Cidambaram temple, its myth and its priests are viewed in the light of the poem. Umapati's Saiva theology is discussed in relation to his life and also in relation to Vedanta and yoga. The iconography and mythology of the Goddess and of other forms of Siva provide necessary perspective. Art from Cidambaram and neighbouring sites illuminates the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82349/cover/9780521482349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money Sings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Politics of Urban Space in Post-Soviet Yaroslavl</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruble, Blair A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The politics surrounding the use of urban space expose the interaction of economic, physical, social and political factors that shape contemporary society. This exposure is especially revealing when focused on a single community during a period of dramatic transformation. Money Sings explores the sweeping reorganization of Russian life during the initial post-Soviet era (August 1991-December 1993) by examining the politics of property in a Russian 'Middletown,' the historic industrial city of Yaroslavl. Through case studies of housing privatization, historic preservation and urban planning, this volume demonstrates important lessons about the bureaucratic and political dynamics of systemic change in post-Soviet Russia, the economic transition to the market, and the importance of economic factors in shaping the contemporary city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82424/cover/9780521482424.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Raphael</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Painting in Central Italy in the Sixteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Marcia B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>365</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After Raphael is the first comprehensive overview of sixteenth-century Italian painting to be published in over 30 years. Reevaluating the paintings of Raphael, Michelangelo, Pontormo, Rosso, Bronzino, the Caracci and their followers in the light of recent research, Marcia Hall offers a new interpretation for the stylistic shifts that occurred after 1520. By taking into account the social, cultural, political, theological, and patronage issues that affected taste and stylistic developments, she demonstrates how the revival of interest in antique Roman sculpture relief affected Mannerist painters. She also examines the repercussions of the Protestant Reformation, which changed forever the Church's view of the function of images. Finally, Hall explores the new syntax and vocabulary of ornament in the realm of public and private decoration that provided a legacy that would be used for the next three centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82455/cover/9780521482455.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148247X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148247X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nature of Disease in Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheffer, Robert P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about how plants get diseases, from the origins and evolution of parasites to how the great plant epidemics developed. The basic premise of the book is that the conditions favouring disease are inherent in agriculture and that diseases become destructive because of human activities. It also deals with how people have dealt with plant diseases in history. Included in the book are the natural histories of some of the most damaging plant diseases, worldwide, with discussions of why each became destructive. Diseases are grouped according to the most significant factors in the development of epidemics: in every case this is due to a human factor. Discussion of each model disease proceeds from observable facts to more complex concepts; thus, the reader with little knowledge of plant pathology should find the book easily understandable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82479/cover/9780521482479.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Modern German Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartram, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to the Modern German Novel provides a broad ranging introduction to the major trends in the development of the German novel from the 1890s to the present. Written by an international team of experts, it encompasses both modernist and realist traditions, and also includes a look back to the roots of the modern novel in the Bildungsroman of the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. The structure is broadly chronological, but thematically-focused chapters examine topics such as gender anxiety, images of the city, war, and women's writing; within each chapter, key works are selected for close attention. Unique in its combination of breadth of coverage and detailed analysis of individual works, and featuring a chronology and guides to further reading, this Companion will be indispensable to students and teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82530/cover/9780521482530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Book in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amory, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, David D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>662</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 1 of A History of the Book in America, The Colonial Book in the Atlantic World, encompasses the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It is organized around three major themes: the persisting colonial relationship between European settlements and the Old World; the gradual emergence of a pluralistic book trade that differentiated printers from booksellers; and the transition from a 'culture of the Word', organized around an understanding of print as a vehicle of the sacred, to the culture of republicanism, epitomized by Benjamin Franklin, and culminating in the uses of print during the Revolutionary era. The volume will also describe nascent forms of literary and learned culture (including the circulation of manuscripts), literacy and censorship, orality, and the efforts by Europeans to introduce written literary to Native Americans and African Americans.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82561/cover/9780521482561.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>355.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Witchcraft Persecutions in Bavaria</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Magic, Religious Zealotry and Reason of State in Early Modern Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Behringer, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grayson, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lederer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>503</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major, groundbreaking study by a leading scholar in the field of continental witchcraft studies. Based on an intensive search through central and local legal records for south-eastern Germany, an area extending well beyond but including present-day Bavaria, the author has compiled a thorough overview of all known prosecutions for witchcraft in the period 1300-1800. He shows conclusively that witch-hunting was not a constant or uniform phenomenon, and that three-quarters of all known executions for witchcraft were concentrated in the years 1586-1630, years of particular dearth and famine. The book investigates the social and political implications of witchcraft, and how the mechanisms of persecution served as a rallying cry for partisan factionalism at court. The author also explores the mentalities behind witch-hunting, emphasizing the complex religious debates between believers and sceptics, and Catholics and Protestants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82585/cover/9780521482585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonology and Phonetic Evidence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in Laboratory Phonology IV</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connell, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arvaniti, Amalia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>417</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work published in Phonology and Phonetic Evidence presents an integrated phonetics-phonology approach in what has now become an established field, laboratory phonology. The volume is divided into three sections. Part I deals with the status and role of features in phonological representations; Part II, on prosody, contains, amongst others, two papers which present for the first time detailed acoustic and perceptual evidence on the rhythm rule; and Part III, on articulatory organisation, includes several papers which from different perspectives test hypotheses derived from articulatory phonology, thereby testifying to the great influence this theory has exerted in recent years. This, the fourth in the series of Papers in Laboratory Phonology, will be welcomed by all those interested in phonetics, phonology and their interface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82592/cover/9780521482592.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fulbright</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Randall Bennett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>733</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. William Fulbright is the author of the Fulbright-Connally resolution which committed the United States to participating in the UN. Creator of the exchange programme that bears his name, Fulbright was the longest-serving and most powerful chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. This volume describes the family dynamic, educational process and environments - Arkansas, Oxford, Washington, DC - which produced this remarkable man. It delves into his complex attitude toward race and details Fulbright's role in the civil rights movement. The narrative includes the major international events of the Cold War era - the Suez Crisis, the U-2 incident, the Bay of Pigs, the Missile Crisis, Vietnam, the ABM controversies, the Arab-Israeli conflict - and Fulbright's role in them. Woods explains Fulbright's shift from a champion of executive power in foreign affairs to a defender of congressional prerogatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82622/cover/9780521482622.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stoic Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Long, A. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the past three decades A. A. Long has been at the forefront of research in Hellenistic philosophy. In this book he assembles a dozen articles on Stoicism previously published in journals and conference proceedings. The collection is biased in favour of Professor Long's more recent studies of Stoicism and is focused on three themes: the Stoics' interpretation of their intellectual tradition, their ethics and their psychology. The contents of the book reflect the peculiarly holistic and systematic features of Stoicism. The papers are printed here in their original form for the most part, but the author has made some minor corrections and stylistic or bibliographical changes. He has also added a postscript to three papers whose topics have been the subject of much discussion during the years since they first appeared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82639/cover/9780521482639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148264X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148264X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genres in Dialogue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plato and the Construct of Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nightingale, Andrea Wilson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes as its starting point Plato's incorporation of specific genres of poetry and rhetoric into his dialogues. The author argues that Plato's 'dialogues' with traditional genres are part and parcel of his effort to define 'philosophy'. Before Plato, 'philosophy' designated 'intellectual cultivation' in the broadest sense. When Plato appropriated the term for his own intellectual project, he created a new and specialised discipline. In order to define and legitimise 'philosophy', Plato had to match it against genres of discourse that had authority and currency in democratic Athens. By incorporating the text or discourse of another genre, Plato 'defines' his new brand of wisdom in opposition to traditional modes of thinking and speaking. By targeting individual genres of discourse Plato marks the boundaries of 'philosophy' as a discursive and as a social practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82646/cover/9780521482646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accounting for War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Soviet Production, Employment, and the Defence Burden, 1940-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Harrison rebuilds and analyses the Soviet economy's wartime statistical record, examining its prewar size and composition, and wartime changes in GNP, employment, the defence burden, and the role of foreign aid. Complementing classic long-run growth studies, the book compares the Soviet experience with that of other great powers. It emphasises the severity of current costs and capital losses arising from the war, which had a negative effect on GNP that persisted well after the end of the war. The results are based on a comprehensive analysis of hitherto closed official documents, shedding light on the dimensions of the Soviet war effort, the comparative economics of the war, and its long-term impact on the Soviet economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82653/cover/9780521482653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflection Electron Microscopy and Spectroscopy for Surface Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Zhong Lin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the theories, techniques and applications of reflection electron microscopy (REM), reflection high-energy electron diffraction (RHEED) and reflection electron energy-loss spectroscopy (REELS) are comprehensively reviewed for the first time. The book is divided into three parts: diffraction, imaging and spectroscopy. The text is written to combine basic techniques with special applications, theories with experiments, and the basic physics with materials science, so that a full picture of RHEED and REM emerges. An entirely self-contained study, the book contains much invaluable reference material, including FORTRAN source codes for calculating crystal structures data and electron energy loss spectra in different scattering geometries. This and many other features make the book an important and timely addition to the materials science literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82660/cover/9780521482660.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Foundations of the Social Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analyzing Controversies in Social Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kincaid, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book defends the prospects for a science of society. It argues that behind the diverse methods of the natural sciences lies a common core of scientific rationality that the social sciences can and sometimes do achieve. It also argues that good social science must be in part about large-scale social structures and processes and thus that methodological individualism is misguided. These theses are supported by a detailed discussion of actual social research, including theories of agrarian revolution, organizational ecology, social theories of depression, and supply-demand explanations in economics. Professor Kincaid provides a general picture of explanation and confirmation in the social sciences and discusses the nature of scientific rationality, functional explanation, optimality arguments, meaning and interpretation, the place of microfoundations in social explanation, the status of neo-classical economics, the role of idealizations and non-experimental evidence, and other specific controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82684/cover/9780521482684.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry of Constrained Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charap, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many of the fundamental theories of modern physics can be considered as descriptions of dynamical systems subjected to constraints. The study of these constrained dynamical systems, in particular the problems encountered in formulating them as quantum systems, has many profound links with geometry. These links were explored in the Symposium on Geometry and Gravity, held at the Newton Institute in 1994. This book arose from a conference held during that symposium, and is a collection of papers devoted to problems such as Chern-Simons theory, sigma-models, gauge invariance and loop quantization, general relativity and the notion of time and quantum gravity. They present a lively, varied and topical perspective on this important branch of theoretical physics, from some of the leading authorities in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82714/cover/9780521482714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drug Resistance in Cancer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mechanisms and Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldie, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coldman, Andrew J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When this volume was first published in 1998, drug resistance in cancer, whereby a proportion of cancer cells evades chemotherapy, poses a profound and continuing challenge for the effective treatment of cancer. The principles underlying the biological mechanisms behind this phenomenon are clearly understood and explained in this volume. However, a deeper understanding of drug resistance requires a quantitative appreciation of the dynamic forces that shape tumour growth, including spontaneous mutation and selection processes. The authors seek to explain and to simplify these complex mechanisms, and to place them in a clinical context. Clearly explained mathematical models are used to illustrate the biological principles and provide an insight into tumour development and the effectiveness and limitations of drug treatment. It is suitable for those with a non-mathematical background and aims to enhance the effectiveness of cancer therapy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/11706/cover/9780521111706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Maiolica and Incised Slipware in the Fitzwilliam Museum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Julia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jervis, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This catalogue of Italian maiolica and incised slipware in the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, gives detailed information on over 500 objects in the collection, which was formed between 1904 and 1991. It includes medieval, Renaissance and later maiolica. The history of the collection is fully described by Julia Poole; the catalogue which follows is divided into separate sections according to period and religion, with each object illustrated in black and white next to its catalogue entry for ease of reference, and an additional section for colour plates. This catalogue will prove an indispensable work of reference for scholars and students of the applied arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82752/cover/9780521482752.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148278X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148278X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remembering</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Experimental and Social Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, Frederic C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kintsch, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1932, Cambridge University Press published Remembering, by psychologist, Frederic Bartlett. The landmark book described fascinating studies of memory and presented the theory of schema which informs much of cognitive science and psychology today. In Bartlett's most famous experiment, he had subjects read a Native American story about ghosts and had them retell the tale later. Because their background was so different from the cultural context of the story, the subjects changed details in the story that they could not understand. Based on observations like these, Bartlett developed his claim that memory is a process of reconstruction, and that this construction is in important ways a social act. His concerns about the social psychology of memory and the cultural context of remembering were long neglected but are finding an interested and responsive audience today. Now reissued in paperback, Remembering has a new Introduction by Walter Kintsch of the University of Colorado, Boulder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82783/cover/9780521482783.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe's Postwar Recovery</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eichengreen, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Western Europe's recovery from World War II was nothing short of miraculous. From the chaos of the war and the crisis of 1947, Europe moved directly to the most rapid quarter-century of economic growth in her history. The contributors to this volume seek to identify the sources of this singularly successful recovery. That all European countries shared in the miracle suggests that its roots may lie at the international level. The chapters therefore focus on the role played by international institutions - the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the European Coal and Steel Community, the European Payments Union, the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade - and weigh the relative importance of domestic and international factors in Europe's postwar recovery. This book will be of interest to students of modern European history and to economists interested in economic growth, European economic integration, and reform of the Bretton Woods institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82790/cover/9780521482790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Last Soviet Avant-Garde</TitleText>

<Subtitle>OBERIU - Fact, Fiction, Metafiction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive study of a group of avant-garde Soviet writers active in Leningrad in the 1920s and 1930s who styled themselves OBERIU, 'The Association for Real Art'. Graham Roberts re-examines commonly held assumptions about OBERIU, its identity as a group, its aesthetics and its place within the Russian and European literary traditions. He focuses on the prose and drama of group members Daniil Kharms, Aleksandr Vvedensky, and Konstantin Vaginov; he also considers work by Nikolay Zabolotsky and Igor Bakhterev, as well as the group's most important 'fellow-traveller', Nikolay Oleinikov. He places OBERIU in the context of the aesthetic theories of the Russian formalists and the Bakhtin circle. Roberts concludes by showing how the self-conscious literature of OBERIU - its metafiction - occupies an important transitional space between modernism and postmodernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28349/cover/9780521028349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Search for Political Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Activists Reinventing Commitment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichterman, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges the myth that Americans' emphasis on personal fulfilment necessarily weakens commitment to the common good. Drawing on extensive participant-observation with a variety of environmentalist groups, Paul Lichterman argues that individualism sometimes enhances public, political commitment and that a shared respect for individual inspiration enables activists with diverse political backgrounds to work together. This personalised culture of commitment has sustained activists working long-term for social change. The book contrasts 'personalised politics' in mainly white environmental groups with a more traditional, community-centred culture of commitment in an African-American group. The untraditional, personalised politics of many recent social movements invites us to rethink common understandings of commitment, community, and individualism in a post-traditional world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82868/cover/9780521482868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Delta-doping of Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schubert, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to give a comprehensive review of the theory, fabrication, characterisation, and device applications of abrupt, shallow, and narrow doping profiles in semiconductors. Such doping profiles are a key element in the development of modern semiconductor technology. After an introductory chapter setting out the basic theoretical and experimental concepts involved, the fabrication of abrupt and narrow doping profiles by several different techniques, including epitaxial growth, is discussed. The techniques for characterising doping distributions are then presented, followed by several chapters devoted to the inherent physical properties of narrow doping profiles. The latter part of the book deals with specific devices. The book will be of great interest to graduate students, researchers and engineers in the fields of semiconductor physics and microelectronic engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82882/cover/9780521482882.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Policy in Britain 1945-1951</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Planning, Nationalisation and the Labour Governments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chick, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed archive-based study of the economic planning of the Attlee governments, in which the author seeks to analyse the interaction between the decisions of central planners and the micro-economic effects of these decisions. Throughout the book, Martin Chick pays particular attention to the level, pattern and quality of fixed capital investment. At the same time, there is a continuous concern with the struggle between politicians, economists and industrialists over the mix of pricing mechanisms and administrative orders which were to be used in this period. This struggle permeated all discussions over matters such as the organisation of nationalised industries, the monopoly structure of nationalised industries, the allocation of resources and the promotion of higher productivity. The author also asks what impact, if any, economic planning had on the productivity performance of the UK economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82912/cover/9780521482912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children and the Movies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Media Influence and the Payne Fund Controversy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jowett, Garth S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jarvie, Ian C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, Kathryn H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of the first and most comprehensive study of the influence of movies on American youth, the Payne Fund Studies. First published in 1933, these studies are intrinsically important for their insights and conclusions regarding the effects of movies on behaviour. They are, moreover, also an important landmark of modern social science research, demonstrating the rapid evolution of this discipline in American academic institutions over the first three decades of the century. Based on more recently discovered primary sources, whose contents are published here for the first time, this volume also reproduces the long-missing first Payne Fund study in its entirety.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82929/cover/9780521482929.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Development and Disabilities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intellectual, Sensory and Motor Impairments</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodapp, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Development and Disabilities offers the first 'multi-disability' developmental approach to children with mental retardation, deafness, blindness and motor impairments. The book is divided into three sections. Part I describes the organismic and contextual aspects of modern-day developmental approaches, along with such historical precursors as Werner, Piaget, and Vygotsky. Part II then examines the most interesting aspects of development in each of the four disabilities. For each disability, studies are described that explore the child's development, mother-child interaction, and family work. Part III then draws theoretical and applied implications from these four disabilities. Both similarities and differences are noted in development across disabilities, with the aim of better research and intervention. This book should be of interest to a wide range of researchers and practitioners interested in the development of children with disabilities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matrices of Sign-Solvable Linear Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brualdi, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shader, Bryan L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sign-solvability of a linear system implies that the signs of the entries of the solution are determined solely on the basis of the signs of the coefficients of the system. That it might be worthwhile and possible to investigate such linear systems was recognised by Samuelson in his classic book Foundations of Economic Analysis. Sign-solvability is part of a larger study which seeks to understand the special circumstances under which an algebraic, analytic or geometric property of a matrix can be determined from the combinatorial arrangement of the positive, negative and zero elements of the matrix. The large and diffuse body of literature connected with sign-solvability is presented as a coherent whole for the first time in this book, displaying it as a beautiful interplay between combinatorics and linear algebra. One of the features of this book is that algorithms that are implicit in many of the proofs have been explicitly described and their complexity has been commented on.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82967/cover/9780521482967.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521482984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521482984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521482981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perpetuating the Pork Barrel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Policy Subsystems and American Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521482981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bickers, Kenneth N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book details the policy subsystems - links among members of Congress, interest groups, program beneficiaries, federal and subnational government agencies - that blanket the American political landscape. Robert Stein and Kenneth Bickers have constructed a new data base detailing federal outlays to Congressional districts for each federal program, and use it to examine four myths about the impact of policy subsystems on American government and democratic practice. These include the myth that policy subsystems are a major contributor to the federal deficit; that once created, federal programs grow inexorably and rarely die; that to garner support for their programs, subsystem actors seek to universalize the geographic scope of program benefits; and that the flow of program benefits to constituencies in congressional districts ensures the re-election of legislators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/82981/cover/9780521482981.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148300X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148300X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genders, Races, and Religious Cultures in Modern American Poetry, 1908-1934</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DuPlessis, Rachel Blau</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Genders, Races and Religious Cultures in Modern American Poetries, Rachel Blau Duplessis shows how, through poetic language, modernist writers represented the debates and ideologies concerning New Woman, New Negro and New Jew in the early twentieth century. From the poetic text emerge such social issues of modernity as debates on suffrage, sexuality, manhood, and African-American and Jewish subjectivities. By a reading method she calls 'social philology' - a form of close reading inflected with the approaches of cultural studies - Duplessis engages with the work of such canonical poets as Wallace Stevens, Ezra Pound, T. S. Eliot, William Carlos Williams, Gertrude Stein, Marianne Moore and H. D., as well as Mina Loy, Countee Cullen, Alfred Kreymborg and Langston Hughes, writers, she claims, still marginalized by existing constructions of modernism. This book is an ambitious attempt to remap our understanding of modern poetries and poetics, and the relationship between early twentieth-century writing and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83353/cover/9780521483353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biogeochemistry of Intertidal Sediments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jickells, T. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rae, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>205</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Involving a wide range of scientists working on intertidal sediments, this book is of importance to all environmental scientists. Individual chapters explore the underlying biogeochemical processes controlling the behaviour of carbon, the nutrients nitrogen and phosphorus, and contaminants such as toxic organics, trace metals and artificial radionuclides in intertidal environments. The biogeochemistry of these environments is critical to understanding their ecology and management. All of the chapters include both a comprehensive review and the results of recent research. The authors are active researchers in this diverse and ecologically important environment. This book is mainly for researchers and managers working on these environments, but it will also serve as a valuable advanced undergraduate and graduate reference text in environmental chemistry, environmental science, earth science and oceanography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17428/cover/9780521017428.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opposing Fascism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Community, Authority and Resistance in Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McElligott, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative volume draws together a series of perspectives on the everyday experience of Europeans in the 'age of fascism'. The contributions go beyond the conventional stereotypes of organized resistance to examine the tensions and ambiguities within the communities, both national and local, that opposed fascism. The authors show that under the pressures of civil conflict, occupation, and even everyday life, motives were rarely as pure and political alignments seldom as straightforward as our reassuring collective memories of fascism and war have led us to believe. The combination of original research and engagement with relevant debates makes this collection invaluable both for researchers in the social and political history of World War II and for students of modern European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83094/cover/9780521483094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naples in the Time of Cholera, 1884-1911</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowden, Frank M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>494</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a medical and social history of Italy's largest city during the cholera epidemics of 1884 and 1910-11. It explores the factors that exposed Naples to risk; it examines such popular responses as social hysteria, riots and religiosity; and it traces therapeutic strategies. Cholera also became a metaphor for discontent with the regime: the 1884 outbreak was a national issue which led to the rebuilding of the city amidst widespread corruption. The book sets Naples in a comparative international framework; the disease is also related to larger historical issues, such as the nature of liberal statecraft, the 'Southern Question', mass emigration, organised crime, urban renewal, and the medical profession.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83100/cover/9780521483100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reformation and Rural Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Parishes of Brandenburg-Ansbach-Kulmbach, 1528-1603</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, C. Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What was the effect of the Reformation movement on the parishioners of the German countryside? This book examines the reform movement at the level of its implementation - the rural parish. Investigation of the Reformation and the sixteenth-century parish reveals the strength of tradition and custom in village life and how this parish culture obstructed and frustrated the efforts of the Lutheran reformers. The Reformation was not passively adopted by the rural inhabitants. On the contrary, the parishioners manipulated the reform movement to serve their own ends. Parish documentation reveals that the system of parish rule diffused the disciplinary aims of the church and rendered the pastors impotent. A look at parish beliefs suggests that the nature of parish thought worked to undermine the main tenets of the Lutheran faith, and that the legacy of the Reformation was a dialogue between these two realms of experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83117/cover/9780521483117.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education and Identity in Rural France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Schooling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reed-Danahay, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on an ethnographic study of a remote farming community in the Auvergne, Dr Reed-Danahay challenges conventional views about the operation of the French school system. She demonstrates how parents and children subvert and resist the ideological messages of the teachers, and describes the ways in which a sense of local difference is sustained and valued, through a complex interplay of schooling and family life. This book explores the role played by history, identity, and power in local responses to a national institution. A significant contribution to the anthropology of education, this book offers fresh insights into the ways in which French culture is transmitted to the coming generation. Dr Reed-Danahay also provides lucid and critical discussions of sociological theories on education, including those of Bourdieu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148314X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148314X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Security Threatened</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Surveying Israeli Opinion on Peace and War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arian, Asher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Public opinion has played a crucial role in the transitions from war to peace in Israel since the 1967 Six Day war. Security Threatened is the first major analysis of the interactions among opinion, politics and policy in that period, based on opinion surveys of thousands of adult Jews conducted between 1962 and 1994. The public divided during those years into militant hardliners and more conciliatory security positions, and power either shifted between, or was shared by, the Likud and Labour parties. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, with the onset of the intifada, the collapse of the Soviet Union, and the American victory in the Gulf War, all segments of the Israeli public became more conciliatory. Policy initiatives reflected shifts in political power which in turn magnified changes in public opinion. Leaders were constrained by public opinion and by perceptions of threat, but they could also alter policy if they had the will because opinion was rather equally divided; since most people had their minds made up, the opposition could not block their policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83148/cover/9780521483148.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fractal Concepts in Surface Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barab&#225;si, A.- L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanley, H. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together two of the most exciting and widely studied subjects in modern physics: namely fractals and surfaces. To the community interested in the study of surfaces and interfaces, it brings the concept of fractals. To the community interested in the exciting field of fractals and their application, it demonstrates how these concepts may be used in the study of surfaces. The authors cover, in simple terms, the various methods and theories developed over the past ten years to study surface growth. They describe how one can use fractal concepts successfully to describe and predict the morphology resulting from various growth processes. Consequently, this book will appeal to physicists working in condensed matter physics and statistical mechanics, with an interest in fractals and their application. The first chapter of this important new text is available on the Cambridge Worldwide Web server: http://www.cup.cam.ac.uk/onlinepubs/Textbooks/textbookstop.html</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83186/cover/9780521483186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Etheridge, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stochastic partial differential equations can be used in many areas of science to model complex systems that evolve over time. Their analysis is currently an area of much research interest. This book consists of papers given at the ICMS Edinburgh meeting held in 1994 on this topic, and it brings together some of the world's best known authorities on stochastic partial differential equations. Subjects covered include the stochastic Navier-Stokes equation, critical branching systems, population models, statistical dynamics, and ergodic properties of Markov semigroups. For all workers on stochastic partial differential equations this book will have much to offer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83193/cover/9780521483193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logic of Provability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boolos, George S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, written by one of the most distinguished of contemporary philosophers of mathematics, is a fully rewritten and updated successor to the author's earlier The Unprovability of Consistency (1979). Its subject is the relation between provability and modal logic, a branch of logic invented by Aristotle but much disparaged by philosophers and virtually ignored by mathematicians. Here it receives its first scientific application since its invention. Modal logic is concerned with the notions of necessity and possibility. What George Boolos does is to show how the concepts, techniques, and methods of modal logic shed brilliant light on the most important logical discovery of the twentieth century: the incompleteness theorems of Kurt Godel and the 'self-referential' sentences constructed in their proof. The book explores the effects of reinterpreting the notions of necessity and possibility to mean provability and consistency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83254/cover/9780521483254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Warren I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an elegant and concise history of American foreign relations during the Cold War era, based on the most recent American, Chinese, and Soviet literature, written from a post-Cold War perspective. All of the major foreign policy issues, including the origins of the Soviet-American conflict; the extension of the confrontation to Asia, the Middle East, and elsewhere on the periphery; wars in Korea and Vietnam; crises involving the Taiwan Straits, Berlin, and Cuba; the rise and fall of d&#233;tente; imperial overreach; and the critical roles of Reagan and Gorbachev in the 1980s are carefully analysed and clearly explained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83810/cover/9780521483810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iriye, Akira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 3 describes the history of the foreign relations of the United States during 1913-1945, the period of two world wars as well as of momentous changes that brought to an end the period of European domination. The United States emerged as the key global power, actively participating in wars but also promoting trade and investment activities throughout the world, as well as 'Americanising' other countries' ways of life and habits of thought. The book is thus not a usual survey of foreign policy decisions but tells a story about America's growing involvement in all parts of the world and in all aspects of twentieth-century life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83827/cover/9780521483827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>LaFeber, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between the American Civil War and the outbreak of world War I, global history was transformed by two events: the United States's rise to the status of a great world power (indeed, the world's greatest economic power) and the eruption of nineteenth- and twentieth-century revolutions in Mexico, China, Russia, Cuba, the Philippines, Hawaii, Panama, Nicaragua, and elsewhere. The American Search for Opportunity traces the U.S. foreign policy between 1865 and 1913, linking these two historic trends by noting how the United States - usually thought of as antirevolutionary and embarked on a 'search for order' during this era - actually was a determinative force in helping to trigger these revolutions. Walter LaFeber argues that industrialization fuelled centralisation: Post-Civil War America remained a vast, unwieldy country of isolated, parochial communities, but the federal government and a new corporate capitalism now had the power to invade these areas and integrate them into an industrialization, railway-linked nation-state. The furious pace of economic growth in America attracted refugees from all parts of the world. Professor LaFeber describes and influx of immigration so enormous that it led to America's first exclusionary immigration act. In 1882, the United States passed legislation preventing all Chinese immigrant labour, skilled and unskilled, from entering the country for the next 10 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83834/cover/9780521483834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Foreign Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perkins, Bradford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Creation of a Republican Empire traces American foreign relations from the colonial era to the end of the Civil War, paying particular attention not only to the diplomatic controversies of the era but also to the origins and development of American thought regarding international relations. The primary purpose of the book is to describe and explain, in the diplomatic context, the process by which the United States was born, transformed into a republican nation, and extended into a continental empire. Central to the story are the events surrounding the American Revolution, the Constitutional Convention, the impact on the United States of the European wars touched off by the French Revolution, the Monroe Doctrine, the expansionism of the 1840s, and the ordeal of the Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83841/cover/9780521483841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and Poland 1939-1943</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Betrayed Ally</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prazmowska, Anita J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poland was a problematic issue for the Big Powers throughout the Second World War. For Britain, Poland was a major stumbling block in British-Soviet relations as Polish-Soviet territorial disputes clashed with the needs of the British-Soviet-United States alliance. As the Polish government-in-exile attempted to obtain a guarantee of British support, and many thousands of Polish troops fought for the British cause, the perception grew that the Churchill government had a debt to pay. Ultimately, however, it was a debt which Britain could not discharge because of its dependence on Soviet participation in the war. In this book Anita Prazmowska looks at British policies from the point of view of wartime strategy, relating this to Polish government expectations and policies. She describes a tragic situation where Polish soldiers were trapped between the grandiose and unrealistic plans of their government and the harsh realities of a war which they fought with no prospect of a satisfactory outcome for them or their country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83858/cover/9780521483858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Rightists and the Revolution of 1905</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rawson, Donald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russian Rightists and the Revolution of 1905 examines the emergence of right-wing organisations in Russia during the political crisis of 1905-1907. In the first comprehensive account of rightist activity throughout the country, it focuses not only on such nationally prominent parties as the Union of the Russian People, but also on provincial organisations. Professor Rawson demonstrates how the rightists attempted to resolve the impasse between autocracy and constitutionalism that Russia had reached  by the end of 1905. These defenders of the old order sought to counter the liberal and radical forces arrayed against the autocracy, sometimes by force, more often by campaigning in elections to the State Duma. The study concludes that the rightist organisations, while never a match for the opposition parties, mobilized a substantial segment of public sentiment and helped induce the autocracy to reassert its authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83865/cover/9780521483865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia in Search of its Future</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saikal, Amin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maley, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russia's renewal since the collapse of Communism has proved extraordinarily disturbed, and was marked by escalating conflict between President Yeltsin and the Congress of People's Deputies inherited from the Soviet era. This culminated in insurrection and violence on the streets, and when the main rebels were given amnesty in February 1994, the situation remained as uncertain as ever. The contributors to this book analyse a Russia which is searching for its future amid a maelstrom of complex forces - political, economic, socio-cultural, and international. They examine each of these elements of Russia's situation and investigate the role that each may play in shaping Russia's fortunes into the twenty-first century. Their overall conclusion is that, whatever the exact shape of the future, it will be determined both by elements embedded over many generations, and the influence of seven decades of communist rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83872/cover/9780521483872.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonology and Phonetic Evidence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in Laboratory Phonology IV</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connell, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arvaniti, Amalia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work published in Phonology and Phonetic Evidence presents an integrated phonetics-phonology approach in what has now become an established field, laboratory phonology. The volume is divided into three sections. Part I deals with the status and role of features in phonological representations; Part II, on prosody, contains, amongst others, two papers which present for the first time detailed acoustic and perceptual evidence on the rhythm rule; and Part III, on articulatory organisation, includes several papers which from different perspectives test hypotheses derived from articulatory phonology, thereby testifying to the great influence this theory has exerted in recent years. This, the fourth in the series of Papers in Laboratory Phonology, will be welcomed by all those interested in phonetics, phonology and their interface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83889/cover/9780521483889.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cecilia Payne-Gaposchkin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Autobiography and Other Recollections</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne-Gaposchkin, Cecilia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haramundanis, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenstein, Jesse</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trims, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidwell, Peggy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cecilia Payne-Gaposchkin became acclaimed in her lifetime as the greatest woman astronomer of all time. Her own story of her professional life, work and scientific achievements is augmented by the personal recollections of her daughter, Katherine Haramundanis, as well as a scientific appreciation by Jesse Greenstein, a historical essay by Peggy Kidwell and, in this new edition, an introduction by Virginia Trimble. Payne-Gaposchkin's overwhelming love for astronomy was her personal guiding light, and her attitude and approach have lessons for all. She received many prestigious awards for her outstanding contributions to science and in 1956 became the first woman to be advanced to the rank of Professor at Harvard University, as well as being the first woman departmental chair. This book will interest both astronomers and those studying the advancement of the position and status of women in society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83902/cover/9780521483902.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521483913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521483913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Treatise on the Theory of Bessel Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>812</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late Professor G. N. Watson wrote his monumental treatise on the theory of Bessel functions with two objects in view. The first was the development of applications of the fundamental processes of the theory of complex variables; and the second was the compilation of a collection of results of value to mathematicians and physicists, who encounter Bessel functions in the course of their researches. The completeness of his theoretical account, combined with the wide scope of the practical examples and the extensive numerical tables, have resulted in a book which is indispensable to pure and applied mathematicians, as well as to physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83919/cover/9780521483919.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148393X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148393X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521483933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unusual Telescopes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521483933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manly, Peter L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Excellence in observation is crucial to astronomy. Optical designers, engineers and astronomers have tried all kinds of novel ways to improve telescope design, in the quest for better and more accurate telescopes. In this book, Peter L. Manly surveys more than 150 unusual telescope designs. They are all built by amateur and professional astronomers to suit some special need. This survey includes an inflatable telescope, and one with a liquid mirror. Every so often, a neglected design comes back into fashion: the largest telescopes now under construction use the alt-azimuth design that was ignored for over a century, and liquid mirror telescopes can be used for zenithal astronomy. The author shows why a particular engineering approach makes each telescope unique, and explains the rationale behind the design. The effects on telescope performance are also discussed where possible. This is not just a collection of weird and wonderful devices that proved to be false starts: the author includes the first instrument to measure star diameters, and the first useful radio telescope. This book is a resource and stimulus for anyone who likes to build astronomical telescopes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/83933/cover/9780521483933.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Warrior Rule in Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansen, Marius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Japan was ruled by warriors for the better part of a millenium. From the twelfth to the nineteenth century its political history was dominated by the struggle of competing leagues of fighting men. This paperback volume, comprised of chapters taken from volumes 3 and 4 of The Cambridge History of Japan, traces the institutional development of warrior rule and dominance. Fourteenth-century warfare weakened the aristocratic and clerical control over provincial estates, and the power of military governors grew steadily. By the eighteenth century, however, warrior rule had come full circle. Centuries of peace brought a transformation and bureaucratization of the samurai class. Although samurai malcontents resisted the Meiji Restoration, many of the Meiji government's leaders were former samurai, and warrior values remained central to the ethical code of modern Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84046/cover/9780521484046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148412X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148412X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Affine Lie Algebras and Quantum Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction, with Applications in Conformal Field Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuchs, J&#252;rgen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to the theory of affine Lie algebras, to the theory of quantum groups, and to the interrelationships between these two fields that are encountered in conformal field theory. The description of affine algebras covers the classification problem, the connection with loop algebras, and representation theory including modular properties. The necessary background from the theory of semisimple Lie algebras is also provided. The discussion of quantum groups concentrates on deformed enveloping algebras and their representation theory, but other aspects such as R-matrices and matrix quantum groups are also dealt with. This book will be of interest to researchers and graduate students in theoretical physics and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84121/cover/9780521484121.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Measurement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braginsky, Vladimir B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khalili, Farid Ya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorne, Kip S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an up-to-date introduction to the quantum theory of measurement, a fast developing field of intense current interest to scientists and engineers for its potential high technology applications. It is also a subject of importance to students for its central role in the foundations of quantum mechanics. Although the main principles of the field were elaborated in the 1930s by Bohr, Schr&#246;dinger, Heisenberg, von Neumann and Mandelstam, it was not until the 1980s that technology became sufficiently advanced to allow its application in real experiments. Quantum measurement is now central to many ultra-high technology developments, such as squeezed light, single atom traps, and searches for gravitational radiation. It is also considered to have great promise for computer science and engineering, particularly for its applications in information processing and transfer. The book contains a pedagogical introduction to the relevant theory written at a level accessible to those with only a modest background in quantum mechanics. It then goes on to discuss aspects of the design of practical quantum measurement systems. This book is essential reading for all scientists and engineers interested in the potential applications of technology near the quantum limit. It will also serve as an ideal supplement to standard quantum mechanics textbooks at the advanced undergraduate or graduate level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84138/cover/9780521484138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photodissociation Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spectroscopy and Fragmentation of Small Polyatomic Molecules</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schinke, Reinhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Photodissociation induced by the absorption of single photons permits the detailed study of molecular dynamics such as the breaking of bonds, internal energy transfer and radiationless transitions. The availability of powerful lasers operating over a wide frequency range has stimulated rapid development of new experimental techniques which make it possible to analyse photodissociation processes in unprecedented detail. This text elucidates the achievements in calculating photodissociation cross-sections and fragment state distributions from first principles, starting from multi-dimensional potential energy surfaces and the Schr&#246;dinger equation of nuclear motion. Following an extended introduction in which the various types of observables are outlined, the book summarises the basic theoretical tools, namely the time-independent and the time-dependent quantum mechanical approaches as well as the classical picture of photodissociation. The discussions of absorption spectra, diffuse vibrational structures, the vibrational and rotational state distributions of the photofragments form the core of the book. More specific topics such as the dissociation of vibrationally excited molecules, emission during dissociation, or nonadiabatic effects are also discussed. It will be of interest to graduate students and senior scientists working in molecular physics, spectroscopy, molecular collisions and molecular kinetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84145/cover/9780521484145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Schubert</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Christopher H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion to Schubert examines the career, music, and reception of one of the most popular yet misunderstood and elusive composers. Sixteen chapters by leading Schubert scholars make up three parts. The first seeks to situate the social, cultural, and musical climate in which Schubert lived and worked, the second surveys the scope of his musical achievement, and the third charts the course of his reception from the perceptions of his contemporaries to the assessments of posterity. Myths and legends about Schubert the man are explored critically and the full range of his musical accomplishment is examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84244/cover/9780521484244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Birth of the Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Building States and Regimes in Medieval and Early Modern Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ertman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For many years scholars have sought to explain why the European states which emerged in the period before the French Revolution developed along such different lines. Why did some become absolutist and others constitutionalist? What enabled some to develop bureaucratic administrative systems, while others remained dependent upon patrimonial practices? This book presents a new theory of state-building in medieval and early modern Europe. Ertman argues that two factors - the organisation of local government at the time of state formation and the timing of sustained geo-military competition - can explain most of the variation in political regimes and in state infrastructures found across the continent during the second half of the eighteenth century. Drawing on insights developed in historical sociology, comparative politics, and economic history, this book makes a compelling case for the value of interdisciplinary approaches to the study of political development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84275/cover/9780521484275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Policing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kleinig, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the most systematic, comprehensive and philosophically sophisticated discussion of police ethics yet published. It offers an in-depth analysis of the ethical values that police, as servants of the community, should uphold as they go about their task. The book considers the foundations and purpose of police authority in broad terms but also tackles specific problems such as accountability, the use of force, deceptive stratagems used to gain information or trap the criminally intentioned, corruption, and the tension between personal values and communal concerns. Offering the fullest, most rigorous and up-to-date treatment of police ethics currently available, this book will be a perfect textbook in courses on applied ethics in philosophy departments or police and criminal justice ethics in departments of criminology and law schools.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84336/cover/9780521484336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Public Administration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Choice in the Public Sector</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horn, Murray J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book applies the basic ideas and models of economics to develop a single transactions framework to explain the key institutional arrangements across the whole range of public sector organization: the regulatory commission, the executive tax-financed bureau, and the state-owned enterprise. This book also explores the link between agency form and administrative function, agency independence from the legislature, the rights extended to private interests to influence administrative decision making, the role of civil service arrangements that are so often seen as simply frustrating efficiency and responsiveness, and the boundary between public and private sectors. This book should be of value to those with a practical interest in public administration as well as students of political science, public administration, economics, and public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84367/cover/9780521484367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bringing Transnational Relations Back In</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Non-State Actors, Domestic Structures and International Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Risse-Kappen, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taking a fresh look at the impact of non-state actors on world politics and on the foreign policies of states, this book revives the debate on transnational relations which started in the 1970s. This debate withered away in the face of state-centered approaches, but this book's new approach emphasizes the interaction of states and transnational actors, arguing that domestic structures of the state as well as international institutions mediate the policy influence of transnational actors. Empirical chapters examine the European Economic and Monetary Union, US-Japanese transnational relations, multinational corporations in East Asia, Soviet and Russian security policy, democratization in Eastern Europe, and ivory management in Africa. The book concludes with chapters discussing the theoretical implications of the findings in the empirical studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84411/cover/9780521484411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484421</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realist Social Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Morphogenetic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building on her seminal contribution to social theory in Culture and Agency, Margaret Archer develops here her morphogenetic approach, applying it to the problem of structure and agency. Since structure and agency constitute different levels of stratified social reality, each possesses distinctive emergent properties which are real and causally efficacious but irreducible to one another. The problem, therefore, is shown to be how to link the two rather than conflate them, as has been common theoretical practice. Realist Social Theory: The Morphogenetic Approach not only rejects methodological individualism and holism, but argues that the debate between them has been replaced by a new one, between elisionary theorising and emergentist theories based on a realist ontology of the social world. The morphogenetic approach is the sociological complement of transcendental realism, and together they provide a basis for non-conflationary theorizing which is also of direct utility to the practising social analyst.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84428/cover/9780521484428.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484464</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Amateur Strategist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intuitive Deterrence Theories and the Politics of the Nuclear Arms Race</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeNardo, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how the everyday person reasons about nuclear strategy. James DeNardo's data reveals surprising patterns of thinking on basic issues from SDI, arms control, and proliferation to the end of the Cold War. The book describes a fascinating cast of players, including 'Nice Hawks' like Ronald Reagan, who wanted to give SDI to the Russians, and the 'NIFFs,' whose procurement rule, expressed simply, was: 'If they have it, we don't want it, but they don't have it, we should get it.' To explain his remarkable evidence, Professor DeNardo presents an innovative theory of intuitive deterrence reasoning. He then confronts the theory with data from professional nuclear strategists. His discovery that the amateur's strategic reasoning defies all conventional theories lays the groundwork for a new understanding of national security politics. His  demonstration that professional strategists reason like novices - that we are all Amateur Strategists - challenges the intellectual foundations of modern deterrence theory, public opinion studies, and game theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84466/cover/9780521484466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rites and Passages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience of American Whaling, 1830-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Creighton, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contributes to what has recently been called a 'new social history of seafaring'. This new maritime history places sailors themselves at the center, not the periphery, of the maritime past, and explores ways that the history of the sea and the history of the shore have intersected. It differs from traditional accounts which celebrate exotic trades, powerful merchants, maritime technologies, and military exploits. Drawn on the evidence of nearly two hundred ship logs and sailors' diaries, Rites and Passages examines American whalemen at the height of the whaling industry in the 1800s and argues that whaling life and culture was shaped by both the American mainland and by the exigencies of ocean life. Unlike other published accounts of seafaring, this work brings gender into the maritime equation, not only with a discussion of the ways that women figured in this male world, but also with an examination of the ways that seafaring served as a rite of passage into manhood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84480/cover/9780521484480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamics of Chaotic Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beck, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sch&#246;gl, Friedrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the various thermodynamic concepts used for the analysis of nonlinear dynamical systems. The most important invariants used to characterise chaotic systems are introduced in a way that stresses the interconnections with thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. Among the subjects treated are: probabilistic aspects of chaotic dynamics; the symbolic dynamics technique; information measures, the maximum entropy principle; general thermodynamic relations; spin systems; fractals and multifractals; expansion rate and information loss; the topological pressure; transfer operator methods; and repellers and escape. The more advanced chapters deal with the thermodynamic formalism for expanding maps, the thermodynamic analysis of chaotic systems with several intensive parameters and phase transitions in nonlinear dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84510/cover/9780521484510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Why Switzerland?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinberg, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Switzerland is a special and fascinating place. Its unique institutions, its direct democracy, multi-member executives, absence of strikes, communal autonomy, its universal military service, its wealth, and four national languages make it interesting in itself. But it has wider significance, in representing the 'Europe that did not happen', the Europe that escaped the centralisation of state and economy associated with the modern world. Today, there is a new special feature. Switzerland is an island surrounded by the European Union, and resists membership. Why Switzerland? attempts to answer three related questions: why has such an exception to European norms survived? Why should outsiders notice its peculiarities and what can they learn from them? Finally, can so unusual a society continue to exist when many of the conditions in which it evolved have disappeared? Why Switzerland?, which was first published in 1976, has been completely revised (with new illustrations) to try to answer these questions for the present generation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84534/cover/9780521484534.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Species Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Chromosome Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are species? What are the factors involved in their evolution? Dr Max King presents an up-to-date synthesis of theoretical, experimental and descriptive perspectives on speciation in higher organisms. The book provides a fresh insight into the processes involved in speciation utilizing the multi-dimensional databases now available. The author clearly and concisely analyses the most recent research in plant and animal populations, concentrating on the evolutionary processes, the role of chromosomes and the genetic mechanisms involved in speciation. This book will be essential reading for research workers in genetics, evolutionary studies, botany and zoology, as well as being of interest to advanced students entering the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84541/cover/9780521484541.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English and French Towns in Feudal Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, Rodney Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comparative study of the role of English and French towns in feudal society in the middle ages. In bringing together much material which dissolves old categories and simplifications in the study of medieval towns, Professor Hilton provides an important new perspective on medieval society and on the nature of feudalism. He argues that medieval towns were not, as is often thought, the harbingers of capitalism, and emphasises the way in which urban social structures fitted into, rather than challenged, feudalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84565/cover/9780521484565.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sociology and Organization Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Positivism, Paradigms and Postmodernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hassard, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been claimed that organisation theory is in a state of 'crisis'. This book traces the history of the orthodox systems theory paradigm in organisation studies from its foundations in positivist sociology, through its theoretical and empirical development under structural-functionalism, to its recent deconstruction by postmodernists. The analysis offers general support for the 'sociology-in-crisis' thesis, but takes issue with one of its main propositions, that paradigms are incommensurable. It is argued that paradigms are porous rather than hermetic phenomena, a fact which has profound implications for the theory building process. Based on language-game philosophy, a dialectical theory is developed to illustrate how seemingly exclusive idioms can be mediated. The enquiry provides a pluri-paradigm method for organisational research, and an epistemological framework for postmodern organisational analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84589/cover/9780521484589.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148460X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148460X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economic Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laffont, Jean-Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book comprises the second volume of papers presented at the Sixth World congress of the Econometric Society in Barcelona in August 1990. With papers from the world's leading specialists, it gives the reader a unique survey of the most recent advances in economic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84602/cover/9780521484602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaotic Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications to Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medio, Alfredo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallo, Giampaolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a tool for the theoretical and numerical investigation of nonlinear dynamical systems modelled by means of ordinary differential and difference equations. The work is divided into two parts: a book, comprising a theoretical overview of the subject matter and a number of applications; and an integrated software program. Although the emphasis is laid on dynamical systems arising from economic motivation, and the applications are derived from these systems, both the text and the program will also be of use to researchers in other fields of study. The book first discusses the fundamental concepts and methods of chaos theory, and then applies these theoretical results and the facilities provided by the companion software program to models suggested by economic problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84619/cover/9780521484619.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lexicon in Acquisition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Eve V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Without words, children can't talk about people, places, things, actions, relations, or states, and they have no grammatical rules. Without words, there would be no sound structure, no word structure, and no syntax. The lexicon is central in language, and in language acquisition. Eve Clark argues for this centrality and for the general principles of conventionality and contrast at the core of language acquisition. She looks at the hypotheses children draw on about possible word meanings, and how they map their meanings on to forms. The book is unusual in dealing with data from a wide variety of languages, in its emphasis on the general principles children rely on as they analyse complex word forms, and in the broad perspective it takes on lexical acquisition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84640/cover/9780521484640.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148474X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148474X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Other Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Variation in Reference and Narrative</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schiffrin, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What we say always consists of prior words, structures and meanings that are combined in new ways and re-used in new contexts for new listeners.  In this book, Deborah Schiffrin looks at two important tasks of language - presenting 'who' we are talking about (the referent) and 'what happened' to them (their actions and attributes) in a narrative - and explores how this presentation alters in relation to emergent forms and meanings.  Drawing on examples from both face-to-face talk and public discourse, she analyses a variety of repairs, reformulations of referents, and retellings of narratives, ranging from word-level repairs within a single turn-at-talk, to life story narratives told years apart.  Bringing together work from conversation analysis, interactional sociolinguistics, cognitive semantics, pragmatics, and variation analysis, In Other Words will be invaluable for scholars wishing to understand the many different factors that underlie the shaping and re-shaping of discourse over time, place and person.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84749/cover/9780521484749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: Piano Concertos Nos. 20 and 21</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grayson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This guide to Mozart's two most popular piano concertos - No. 20 in D minor, K. 466, and No. 21 in C major, K. 467 - the so-called 'Elvira Madigan' - presents the historical background of the works, placing them within the context of Mozart's compositional and performance activities at a time when his reputation as both composer and pianist was at its peak. The special nature of the concerto, as both a form and genre, is explored through a selective survey of some of the approaches that various critics have taken in discussing Mozart's concertos, ranging from pure formalism to interpretations of the works as wordless human dramas. The advancement of a theory of concerto form provides the background for detailed accounts of the two concertos. The concluding chapter discusses a wide range of issues of particular interest to modern performers, including historical instruments, orchestra size and seating, cadenzas, and improvised embellishment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84756/cover/9780521484756.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time, Space and Things</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridley, B. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are some wonderfully bizarre ideas in physics, and it seems a pity to keep them locked up in small boxes, available only to an esoteric coterie of key holders. Brian Ridley's book sets out to survey in simple, non-mathematical terms what physics has to say about the fundamental structure of the universe. He deals with all the basic concepts of modern physics: elementary particles, black holes, gravity, quantum theory, time, mass, relativity and energy; this new edition also includes coverage of more recently emerging ideas including strings, imaginary time and chaos.  Ridley's clear and witty account gives an exciting introduction to the non-specialist while offering a fresh perspective to scientists themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84862/cover/9780521484862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consequences of Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cascardi, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the relationship between contemporary intellectual culture and the European Enlightenment it claims to reject? In Consequences of Enlightenment, Anthony Cascardi revisits the arguments advanced in Horkheimer and Adorno's seminal work Dialectic of Enlightenment. Cascardi argues against the view that postmodern culture has rejected Enlightenment beliefs and explores instead the continuities contemporary theory shares with Kant's failed ambition to bring the project of Enlightenment to completion. He explores the link between aesthetics and politics in thinkers as diverse as Habermas, Derrida, Arendt, Nietzsche, Hegel, and Wittgenstein in order to reverse the tendency to see works of art simply in terms of the worldly practices among which they are situated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84909/cover/9780521484909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484936</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Public</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Professional Communication and the Means of Social Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayhew, Leon H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professional specialists, using market research and promotional campaigns, have come to dominate public communication. The modern public of the Enlightenment, based on free discussion, has, in Leon Mayhew's terms, been replaced by a 'New Public,' subject to mass persuasion through systematic advertising, lobbying, and other forms of media manipulation. Mayhew examines this sociological development in terms of discourse and social influence, offering an original theory which bridges Talcott Parsons and Jurgen Habermas. Most importantly, he shows how the rhetorical techniques of the professional communicators are designed to avoid having to defend their claims, thereby precluding meaningful discussion of public issues. As a result, institutions providing forums for good-faith, two-way discourse no longer exist, community through communication cannot be achieved, and the social order is unstable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84930/cover/9780521484930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revelation and Reconciliation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Window on Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Stephen N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Williams's book addresses the turn against Christianity in the West. The author challenges some contemporary theologians' focus on epistemological objections to revelation and argues for the need to focus instead on anthropological objections to reconciliation. Discussing Locke, Nietzsche, and Barth's characterisation of the eighteenth century as 'absolutist', Williams demonstrates the sensibility which found repugnant the notion of a divine reconciling action through Christ in history, as does the modern. Williams shows that the driving force behind Nietzsche and Don Cupitt alike is a rejection of the Christian view of humanity and redemption. Revelation and Reconciliation concludes that either we have refuge in Christ or no refuge at all, but that we have no refuge in Christ without the crucifixion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84947/cover/9780521484947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interim Governments in Democratic Transitions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shain, Yossi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linz, Juan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between States is the first book that assesses systematically the broad implications of interim governments in the establishment of democratic regimes and on the existence of states. Based on historical and contemporary democratisation experiences, the book presents four ideal types of interim government: opposition-led provisional governments, power-sharing interim governments, incumbent-led caretaker governments, and international interim government by the United Nations. The first part explores the theoretical problems of each of these models from a broad comparative perspective. It uses as illustrations historical and contemporary cases that present a wide spectrum of contexts for comparison. The second part provides extensive case studies that are intended to illustrate, appraise, amplify and criticise the analysis in volume one. These include Iran, East Germany, Portugal, Afghanistan, and Yugoslavia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84985/cover/9780521484985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521484995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521484995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521484992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultural Politics at the Fin de Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521484992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ledger, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCracken, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cultural Politics at the Fin de Si&#232;cle scrutinises ways in which current conflicts of 'race', class, and gender have their origins in the cultural politics of the last fin de si&#232;cle, whose influence stretched from the 1890s, when economic depression signalled the end of Britain's role as 'the workshop of the world', to 1914 when world war accelerated imperial decline. This collaborative venture by new and established scholars includes discussion of the 'New Woman', the reconstruction of masculinities, and of feminism and empire. The imperialist theme is pursued in essays on Yeats and Ireland, Gilbert and Sullivan, and the figure of the vampire. The rise of socialism and psychoanalysis, and the relationship between nascent modernism and late twentieth-century postmodernism are also addressed in this radical account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/84992/cover/9780521484992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bart&#243;k: Concerto for Orchestra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bart&#243;k's Concerto for Orchestra has proved to be one of the most popularly successful concert works of the twentieth century. It is seen by its champions as an example of Bart&#243;k's seamless blend of Eastern European folk music and Western art music, and by its detractors as indicative of the composer's artistic compromise. This book contains a discussion of the historical and musical contexts of the piece, its early performance history and critical reception. It also includes the first complete movement-by-movement synopsis of the Concerto as well as detailed technical information about the work. Throughout the study attention is drawn to the sources of Bart&#243;k's musical language, especially those derived from the many folk musics he studied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85050/cover/9780521485050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complexity and Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traub, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Werschulz, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twin themes of computational complexity and information pervade this book. It starts with an introduction to the computational complexity of continuous mathematical models, that is, information-based complexity. This is then used to illustrate a variety of topics, including breaking the curse of dimensionality, complexity of path integration, solvability of ill-posed problems, the value of information in computation, assigning values to mathematical hypotheses, and new, improved methods for mathematical finance. The style is informal, and the goals are exposition, insight and motivation. A comprehensive bibliography is provided, to which readers are referred for precise statements of results and their proofs. As the first introductory book on the subject it will be invaluable as a guide to the area for the many students and researchers whose disciplines, ranging from physics to finance, are influenced by the computational complexity of continuous problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85067/cover/9780521485067.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148507X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148507X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Musorgsky</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emerson, Caryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modest Musorgsky is Russia's greatest musical dramatist. When he died in 1881 in St Petersburg at the age of forty-two, in poverty and relative obscurity, he was known for a single opera, Boris Godunov and a handful of eccentric 'realistic' songs set to prosaic Russian texts. He had no institutional connections, no 'degree', no family of his own, not even a permanent address. Except for Franz Liszt, no composer of stature knew of him outside Russia. Through the loyal (if controversial) intervention of his friends, his works survived in various editings into the early twentieth century, when revivals and evolving musical tastes restored him to new life. This account of his life emphasizes the psychological and economic factors that contributed to the composer's remarkable rise and tragic, premature end and is the first brief biography in English to make use of materials published in the new, de-Sovietized Russian academic climate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85074/cover/9780521485074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genius</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Natural History of Creativity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eysenck, H. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Genius: The Natural History of Creativity presents a novel theory of genius and creativity, based on the personality characteristics of creative persons and geniuses. Starting with the fact that genius and creativity are related to psychopathology, it uses modern research into the causes of cognitive over-inclusiveness to suggest possible applications of these theories to creativity. Professor Eysenck reports experimental research to support these theories in their application to creativity, as well as considering the role of intelligence, social status, gender and many other factors that have been linked with genius and creativity. The theory traces creativity from DNA through personality to special cognitive processes to genius.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85081/cover/9780521485081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Edith Wharton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Millicent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Edith Wharton offers a series of fresh examinations of Edith Wharton's fiction written both to meet the interest of the student or general reader who encounters this major American writer for the first time and to be valuable to advanced scholars looking for new insights into her creative achievement. The essays cover Wharton's most important novels as well as some of her shorter fiction, and utilise both traditional and innovative critical techniques, applying the perspectives of literary history, feminist theory, psychology or biography, sociology or anthropology, or social history. The Introduction supplies a valuable review of the history of Wharton criticism which shows how her writing has provoked varying responses from its first publication, and how current interests have emerged from earlier ones. A detailed chronology of Wharton's life and publications and a useful bibliography are also provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85135/cover/9780521485135.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vincenzo Bellini: Norma</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kimbell, David R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Norma is by common consent the finest of the ten operas composed during Vincenzo Bellini's short career, representing his genius more comprehensively than is usually the case with any single work by an operatic composer. This handbook provides the biographical and cultural context of the opera. It gives a full synopsis and an examination of the music and poetry, which is rooted in the aesthetics of early nineteenth-century Italian opera. Professor Kimbell suggests something of the impression Norma has made on our imaginations and sensibilities in the 165 years since it was first produced in Milan in December 1831. He considers the great interpretations of the eponymous leading role. His discussion also embraces Bellini's work more generally by presenting some of the critical reactions to his music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Perspectives on Social Movements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Opportunities, Mobilizing Structures, and Cultural Framings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAdam, Doug</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zald, Mayer N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social movements such as environmentalism, feminism, nationalism, and the anti-immigration movement are a prominent feature of the modern world and have attracted increasing attention from scholars in many countries. Comparative Perspectives on Social Movements brings together a set of essays that focus upon mobilization structures and strategies, political opportunities, and cultural framing and ideologies. The essays are comparative and include studies of the former Soviet Union and eastern Europe, the United States, Italy, the Netherlands, and Germany. Their authors are amongst the leaders in the development of social movement theory and the empirical study of social movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85166/cover/9780521485166.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Mike Leigh</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carney, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quart, Leonard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Mike Leigh is the first critical study of one of the most important and eccentric directors of British independent filmmaking. Although active since 1971, Leigh has only come to the attention of an international audience in the 1990s through films such as Secrets and Lies, and Career Girls. Like Robert Altman and John Cassevetes, Leigh works improvisationally, beginning with a small group of actors around whom he builds his films during months of private rehearsal. The script is written during this process. Ray Carney examines Leigh's working method and films in the intellectual and social contexts in which they were created. He argues that Leigh cannot be simply considered within the British realist tradition of Osborne and Loach. All of Leigh's major box office successes, including Naked, Life is Sweet and High Hopes, are analyzed, interpreted, and shown to be among the finest examples of cinema.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85180/cover/9780521485180.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parading through History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of the Crow Nation in America 1805-1935</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoxie, Frederick E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This history of the Crow Indians links their nineteenth-century nomadic life and their modern existence. The Crows not only withstood the dislocation and conquest that was visited upon them after 1805, but acted in the midst of these events to construct a modern Indian community - a nation. Their efforts sustained the pride and strength reflected in Chief Plenty Coups' statement in 1925 that he did 'not care at all what historians have to say about Crow Indians,' as well as their community's faith in the beauty of its traditions and its inventions. Frederick Hoxie demonstrates that contact with outsiders drew the Crows together and tested their ability to adapt their traditions to new conditions. He emphasizes political life, but also describes changes in social relations, religious beliefs and economic activities. His final chapter discusses the significance of the Crow experience for American history in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85227/cover/9780521485227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature against Philosophy, Plato to Derrida</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defence of Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmundson, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This timely book argues that the institutionalisation of literary theory, particularly within American and British academic circles, has led to a sterility of thought which ignores the special character of literary art. Mark Edmundson traces the origins of this tendency to the ancient quarrel between philosophy and poetry, in which Plato took the side of philosophy; and he shows how the work of modern theorists - Foucault, Derrida, de Man and Bloom - exhibits similar drives to subsume poetic art into some 'higher' kind of thought. Challenging and controversial, this book should be read by all teachers of literature and of theory, and by anyone concerned about the future of institutionalised literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85326/cover/9780521485326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Some Asymptotic Problems in the Theory of Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oleinik, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1993, Professor Oleinik was invited to give a series of lectures about her work in the area of partial differential equations. This book contains those lectures, and more. It is in two parts, the first being devoted to the study of the asymptotic behaviour at infinity of solutions of a class of non-linear second order elliptic equations in unbounded, in particular cylindrical, domains. Questions of this type occur in many areas of mathematical physics, such as in the theory of travelling waves, homogenisation, boundary layer theory, flame propagation and combustion. The second part contains the most recent results of the author's research in the theory of homogenisation of partial differential equations, and is concerned with questions about partially perforated domains and of solutions with rapidly alternating types of boundary conditions. These asymptotic problems arise naturally in applications. Many of the results here have not appeared in book form before, and this volume sheds light on the subject, raising many ideas and open problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85371/cover/9780521485371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy, Emotion and Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading and Writing on a Polynesian Atoll</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Besnier, Niko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy continues to be a central issue in anthropology, but methods of perceiving and examining it have changed in recent years. In this study Niko Besnier analyses the transformation of Nukulaelae from a non-literate into a literate society using a contemporary perspective which emphasizes literacy as a social practice embedded in a socio-cultural context. He shows how a small and isolated Polynesian community, with no access to print technology, can become deeply steeped in literacy in little more than a century, and how literacy can take on radically divergent forms depending on the social and cultural needs and characteristics of the society in which it develops. His case study, which has implications for understanding literacy in other societies, illuminates the relationship between norm and practice, between structure and agency, and between group and individual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85395/cover/9780521485395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148541X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148541X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tools, Language and Cognition in Human Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, Kathleen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingold, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The question addressed by this volume is how human beings have evolved as creatures who can make and use more complex tools, communicate in more complex ways and engage in more complex forms of social life than any other species in the animal kingdom. Leading researchers from fields as diverse as biological and social anthropology, archaeology, linguistics, psychology, neurology and ethology have come together to present a unique interdisciplinary study of this central question in human evolution. The topics explored include the parallels between speech, manual gesture and other modes of communication; comparisons of the tool-using skills and imitative abilities of humans and non-human primates and the neurological links between the cognitive processes involved in language. This important volume will be essential reading for all those interested in human evolution, be they philosophers, humanists or scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85418/cover/9780521485418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950417</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quantum Theory of Motion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Account of the de Broglie-Bohm Causal Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the first, comprehensive exposition of the interpretation of quantum mechanics pioneered by Louis de Broglie and David Bohm. The purpose is to explain how quantum processes may be visualized without ambiguity or confusion, in terms of a simple physical model. Developing the theme that a material system, such as an electron, is a particle guided by a surrounding quantum wave, an examination of the classic phenomena of quantum theory is presented to show how the spacetime orbits of an ensemble of particles can reproduce the statistical quantum predictions. The mathematical and conceptual aspects of this theory are developed carefully from first principles. The book thus provides a comprehensive overview of an approach which brings clarity to a subject notorious for its conceptual difficulties. It will, therefore, appeal to all physicists with an interest in the foundations of their subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85432/cover/9780521485432.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Berlioz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Life of Berlioz situates the celebrated French musician in the vibrant and highly politicized musical culture of the periods of the Bourbon Restoration, July Monarchy, Second Republic, and Second Empire in which he lived and worked as composer, conductor, concert manager, and writer. The author of the Symphonie fantastique was indeed possessed of a fertile and fantastical imagination; but the common image of Berlioz as a misunderstood and mistreated genius obscures both the solidity of his work as a musical architect and the reality of his position as one sometimes favored by those in power. Berlioz is the quintessential romantic composer by dint of the conspicuous intermingling of art and life that marks his musical and literary output. Studying this away from the subjective sentimentality that can still mar studies of the composer in France, serves only to enhance the uncommon radiance of his music and uncommon esprit of his art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85487/cover/9780521485487.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and Computers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockton, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Draper, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weir, George R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with every aspect of the relationship between computers and people (individuals, groups and society). The annual meeting of the British Computer Society's HCI group is recognised as one of the main venues for discussing recent trends and issues. This volume contains refereed papers and reports from the 1994 meeting. A broad range of HCI related topics are covered, including interactive systems development, user interface design, user modelling, tools, hypertext and CSCW. Both research and commercial perspectives are considered, making the book essential for all researchers, designers and manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments in HCI.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85579/cover/9780521485579.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19941114</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Boulez-Cage Correspondence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nattiez, Jean-Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between May 1949 and August 1954 the composers Pierre Boulez and John Cage exchanged a series of remarkable letters which reflect on their own music and the music and culture of the time. This correspondence, together with a further letter from 1962 and various other relevant documents, have been edited by Jean-Jacques Nattiez and appear here for the first time completely in English. At the time Cage and Boulez were great friends and these amicable letters reflect their differing ideas on the course new music should take. While Boulez was thinking about forms of serialism, Cage was moving in the direction of ever greater compositional freedom and chance procedures. Professor Nattiez has written a full introduction to this collection of documents and the meticulous and detailed annotation of every letter makes this a volume of extraordinary value for our understanding of the development of both Cage and Boulez and the music of their time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85586/cover/9780521485586.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buster Keaton's Sherlock Jr.</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horton, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Buster Keaton's Sherlock Jr focuses on a classic by one of America's greatest silent film geniuses whose films still delight and amaze audiences worldwide. Written specially for this edition, the essays included in this volume examine this film within the context of Keaton's career, and also offer interesting perspectives on its unusual production history, Keaton's vaudeville background and the differing views of 'masculinity' which both celebrate and poke fun at cinema itself, among other topics. Also included is a complete filmography of Keaton's works and contemporary reviews of Sherlock Jr.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85661/cover/9780521485661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interactive Minds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Life-span Perspectives on the Social Foundation of Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485678</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Paul B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staudinger, Ursula M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Various theoretical models in psychology  have emphasized the social foundation of the mind and the role that social interactions play in human development. Interactive minds emphasizes social transaction and communication between minds without implying particular mechanisms and outcomes. For instance, not all products of interacting minds are positive. Interactive Minds also takes a life-span perspective, which is especially suited for understanding interactive dynamics of behaviour and human development. Experts from a variety of fields address such  issues as biological aspects of cooperation, the role of social interaction in learning, the conceptualization of linguistic knowledge, and peer problem solving. In a concluding Epilogue, implications are presented for various fields, including  education, developmental and cognitive psychology, and cultural anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85678/cover/9780521485678.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Primer of Nonlinear Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambrosetti, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prodi, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to nonlinear functional analysis, in particular to those methods based on differential calculus in Banach spaces. It is in two parts; the first deals with the geometry of Banach spaces and includes a discussion of local and global inversion theorems for differentiable mappings. In the second part, the authors are more concerned with bifurcation theory, including the Hopf bifurcation. They include plenty of motivational and illustrative applications, which indeed provide much of the justification of nonlinear analysis. In particular, they discuss bifurcation problems arising from such areas as mechanics and fluid dynamics. The book is intended to accompany upper division courses for students of pure and applied mathematics and physics; exercises are consequently included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85739/cover/9780521485739.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485821</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485821</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McArthur, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hundreds of millions of people use English every day everywhere in the world, but may or may not succeed in understanding each other. Despite the success of its standard form (or forms) in many countries, the complex called 'English' is immensely diverse - probably more diverse than any single language has ever been - and is likely to become even more so. This book is a compelling and broad-ranging invitation to consider the variety, the options and the implications of this vast system. The English Languages looks at the 'pluralism' of English, the 'Englishes', that have arisen in the last few decades, and addresses the question of whether or not English can be considered a family of languages in its own right, like the Romance languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85821/cover/9780521485821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052148586X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052148586X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinetics for the Life Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Receptors, Transmitters and Catalysts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutfreund, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the book is to introduce the reader to the kinetic analysis of a wide range of biological processes at the molecular level. It is intended to show that the same approach can be used to resolve the number of steps in enzyme reactions, muscle contraction, visual perception and ligand binding receptors that trigger other physiological processes. Attention is also given to methods for characterizing these steps in chemical terms. Although the treatment is mainly theoretical, a wide range of examples and experimental techniques are also introduced and an historical approach is used to demonstrate the development of the theory and experimental techniques of kinetic analysis in biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85869/cover/9780521485869.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521485886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521485886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521485883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anxious Masculinity in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521485883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breitenberg, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To recent studies of Renaissance subjectivity, Anxious Masculinity in Early Modern England contributes the argument that masculinity is unavoidably anxious and volatile in cultures that distribute power and authority according to patriarchal prerogatives. Drawing from current arguments in feminism, cultural studies, historicism, psychoanalysis and gay studies, Mark Breitenberg explores the dialectic of desire and anxiety in masculine subjectivity in the work of a wide range of writers, including Shakespeare, Bacon, Burton and the women writers of the 'querelles des femmes' debate, especially Jane Anger. Breitenberg discusses jealousy and cuckoldry anxiety, hetero and homoerotic desire, humoural psychology, anatomical difference, cross-dressing and the idea of honour and reputation. He traces masculine anxiety both as a sign of ideological contradiction and, paradoxically, as a productive force in the perpetuation of western patriarchal systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/85883/cover/9780521485883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521490308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521490306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521490306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Space and Motion of Communicating Agents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521490306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milner, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world is increasingly populated with interactive agents distributed in space, real or abstract. These agents can be artificial, as in computing systems that manage and monitor traffic or health; or they can be natural, e.g. communicating humans, or biological cells. It is important to be able to model networks of agents in order to understand and optimise their behaviour. Robin Milner describes in this book just such a model, by presenting a unified and rigorous structural theory, based on bigraphs, for systems of interacting agents. This theory is a bridge between the existing theories of concurrent processes and the aspirations for ubiquitous systems, whose enormous size challenges our understanding. The book is reasonably self-contained mathematically, and is designed to be learned from: examples and exercises abound, solutions for the latter are provided. Like Milner's other work, this is destined to have far-reaching and profound significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/90306/cover/9780521490306.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521490502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521490504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521490504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growing Up Fatherless in Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521490504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#252;bner, Sabine R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ratzan, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the changes in the traditional family accelerated toward the end of the twentieth century, a great deal of attention came to focus on fathers, both modern and ancient. While academics and politicians alike singled out the conspicuous and growing absence of the modern father as a crucial factor affecting contemporary family and social dynamics, ancient historians and classicists have rarely explored ancient father-absence, despite the likelihood that nearly a third of all children in the ancient Mediterranean world were fatherless before they turned fifteen. The proportion of children raised by single mothers, relatives, step-parents, or others was thus at least as high in antiquity as it is today. This book assesses the wide-ranging impact high levels of chronic father-absence had on the cultures, politics, and families of the ancient world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/90504/cover/9780521490504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521491096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521491099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521491099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prosecuting Heads of State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521491099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lutz, Ellen L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiger, Caitlin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since 1990, 65 former heads of state or government have been legitimately prosecuted for serious human rights or financial crimes. Many of these leaders were brought to trial in reasonably free and fair judicial processes, and some served time in prison as a result. This book explores the reasons for the meteoric rise in trials of senior leaders and the motivations, public dramas, and intrigues that accompanied efforts to bring them to justice. Drawing on an analysis of the 65 cases, the book examines the emergence of regional trends in Europe and Latin America and contains case studies of high-profile trials of former government leaders: Augusto Pinochet (Chile), Alberto Fujimori (Peru), Slobodan Milosevic (former Yugoslavia), Charles Taylor (Liberia and Sierra Leone), and Saddam Hussein (Iraq) - studies written by experts who closely followed their cases and their impacts on wider societies. This is the only book that examines the rise in the number of domestic and international trials globally and tells the tales in readable prose and with fascinating details.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/56709/cover/9780521756709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521492025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521492027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521492027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constitutional Protection of Human Rights in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of Amparo Proceedings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521492027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brewer-Car&#237;as, Allan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Together with the expansive process of human rights constitutional declarations, in addition to the writ of habeas corpus and of habeas data, Latin American constitutions created a specific judicial remedy for the protection of constitutional rights, known as the suit, action, recourse, or writ of amparo. After spreading throughout Latin America, it was incorporated in the American Convention of Human Rights. It is similar to the 'injunctions' and the other equitable remedies of the United States legal system. This book examines, with a comparative constitutional law approach, the most recent trends in the constitutional and legal regulations in all Latin American countries regarding the amparo proceeding. It is an up-to-date abridged version of the course of lectures the author gave at the Columbia Law School analyzing the regulations of the seventeen amparo statutes in force in Latin America, as well as the regulation on the amparo guarantee established in Article 25 of the American Convention on Human Rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/92027/cover/9780521492027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521493404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purpose in the Living World?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Creation and Emergent Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521493406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klapwijk, Jacob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are evolution and creation irreconcilably opposed? Is 'intelligent design' theory an unhappy compromise? Is there another way of approaching the present-day divide between religious and so-called secular views of the origins of life? Jacob Klapwijk offers a philosophical analysis of the relation of evolutionary biology to religion, and addresses the question of whether the evolution of life is exclusively a matter of chance or is better understood as including the notion of purpose. Writing from a Christian (Augustinian) point of view, he criticizes creationism and intelligent design theory as well as opposing reductive naturalism. He offers an alternative to both and an attempt to bridge the gap between them, via the idea of 'emergent evolution'. In this theory the process of evolution has an emergent or innovative character resulting in a living world of ingenious, multifaceted complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/93406/cover/9780521493406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521493420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Experiments and Competition Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521493420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinloopen, Jeroen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Normann, Hans-Theo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last decade, economists have been making much greater use of experimental methods in their research. The award of the Nobel Prize in 2002 to Vernon Smith confirmed that the use of such methods is now seen as an important and credible part of the economist's toolkit. In Experiments and Competition Policy, leading scholars in the field of experimental economics survey the use of experimental methods and show how they can help us to understand firm behaviour in relation to various forms of competition policy. Chapters are organised in terms of the main fields of competition policy - collusion, abusive practices and mergers - and there is also a separate section dealing with auctions and procurement. Written in a clear and nontechnical style, this volume is an excellent introduction to what the increasingly important field of experimental economics can bring to the theory and practice of competition policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/93420/cover/9780521493420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090312</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149351X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lengthening the Arm of the Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Enhancing Police Resources in the Twenty-First Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521493512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayling, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grabosky, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shearing, Clifford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Relentless fiscal pressures faced by the public police over the last few decades have meant that police organisations have had to find new ways to obtain and harness the resources needed to achieve their goals. Through entering into relationships of coercion, commercial exchange, and gift with a wide variety of external institutions and individuals operating in both public and private capacities, police organisations have risen to this challenge. Indeed, police organisations are increasingly operating within a business paradigm. But what are the benefits of these relationships and the nature of the risks that might accompany reliance upon them? This book examines these new modes of exchange between police and 'outsiders' and explores how far these relationships can be taken before certain fundamental values - equity in the distribution of policing, cost-effectiveness in the delivery of police services, and the legitimacy of the police institution itself - are placed in jeopardy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32598/cover/9780521732598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521493544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521493543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modular Forms on Schiermonnikoog</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521493543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edixhoven, Bas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van der Geer, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moonen, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modular forms are functions with an enormous amount of symmetry that play a central role in number theory, connecting it with analysis and geometry. They have played a prominent role in mathematics since the 19th century and their study continues to flourish today. Modular forms formed the inspiration for Langlands' conjectures and play an important role in the description of the cohomology of varieties defined over number fields. This collection of up-to-date articles originated from the conference 'Modular Forms' held on the Island of Schiermonnikoog in the Netherlands. A broad range of topics is covered including Hilbert and Siegel modular forms, Weil representations, Tannakian categories and Torelli's theorem. This book is a good source for all researchers and graduate students working on modular forms or related areas of number theory and algebraic geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/93543/cover/9780521493543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521494230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521494236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521494236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fate of Young Democracies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521494236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kapstein, Ethan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Converse, Nathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The recent backlash against democracy in such countries as Bolivia, Venezuela, Russia, and Georgia poses renewed concerns about the viability of this regime type in the developing world. Drawing on a unique data set of every democratization episode since 1960, this book explores the underlying reasons for backsliding and reversal in the world's fledgling democracies and offers some proposals with respect to what the international community might do to help these states stay on track toward political stability. Rejecting earlier scholarship on this topic, Kapstein and Converse argue that the core of the problem is found in the weak institutions that have been built in much of the developing world, which encourage leaders to abuse their power. Understanding the underlying reasons for democratic failure is essential if we are to offer policy recommendations that have any hope of making a difference on the ground.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32628/cover/9780521732628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Control Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jurdjevic, Velimir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Geometric control theory is concerned with the evolution of systems subject to physical laws but having some degree of freedom through which motion is to be controlled. This book describes the mathematical theory inspired by the irreversible nature of time evolving events. The first part of the book deals with the issue of being able to steer the system from any point of departure to any desired destination. The second part deals with optimal control, the question of finding the best possible course. An overlap with mathematical physics is demonstrated by the Maximum principle, a fundamental principle of optimality arising from geometric control, which is applied to time-evolving systems governed by physics as well as to man-made systems governed by controls. Applications are drawn from geometry, mechanics, and control of dynamical systems. The geometric language in which the results are expressed allows clear visual interpretations and makes the book accessible to physicists and engineers as well as to mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95028/cover/9780521495028.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Go Tell It on the Mountain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Trudier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Baldwin's first novel, Go Tell It on the Mountain, has gained a wide readership and much critical acclaim since its publication in 1953. While most critics have seen it as focusing exclusively on the African American fundamentalist church and its effect on characters brought up within its tradition, these scholars posit that issues of homosexuality, the social construction of identity, anthropological conceptions of community, and the quest for an artistic identity provide more elucidating approaches to the novel. Trudier Harris's introduction traces the history of its composition and the critical responses after its eventual publication; Michael F. Lynch re-evaluates the religious centre of the novel; Bryan R. Washington argues that the text has much to do with the uncovering of sexual identity; Vivian M. May uncovers the shifting identities throughout the work; and Keith Clark explores the quest of the characters for male communitas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95042/cover/9780521495042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neuroimaging and the Psychiatry of Late Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ames, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chiu, Edmond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>251</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides clinicians with a reliable reference, written by prominent figures in neuroradiology and old age psychiatry, which draws together current knowledge of late life mental disorders as revealed by neuroimaging. A highly illustrated introductory chapter provides a useful overview of the various techniques of neuroimaging now available. The following chapters, also extensively illustrated, survey the contribution of neuroimaging to understanding the specific psychiatric disorders of late life, and the book concludes with guidelines for clinicians on the choice of imaging for the investigation of their patients. For researchers this is a useful and authoritative review of current knowledge regarding neuroimaging and the older psychiatric patient.  Its primary aim, however, is to educate and advise clinicians dealing with the protean manifestations of psychiatric disorder in later life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95059/cover/9780521495059.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space and Time Scale Variability and Interdependencies in Hydrological Processes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feddes, Reinder A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>193</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the integrated contributions of hydrologists, meteorologists and ecologists to the first IHP/IAHS George Kovacs Colloquium in connection with the study of global hydrology and climate change. The atmospherical, hydrological and terrestrial components of the Earth's systems operate on different time and space scales. Resolving these scaling incongruities, as well as understanding and modelling the complex interaction of land surface processes at the different scales, represent a major challenge for hydrologists, ecologists and meteorological scientists alike. This book deals with time and space scale variations with reference to several topics including: soil water balance; ecosystems and interaction of flow systems; and macroscale hydrological modelling. This book will be of great use to researchers, engineers and forecasters with an interest in space and time scale variability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95080/cover/9780521495080.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Otto Klemperer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>His Life and Times</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495097</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heyworth, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Otto Klemperer was one of the great conductors of the century, best known in the last years of his life for his performances and recordings of the classical symphonic repertory from Mozart to Mahler. Volume 1 of Peter Heyworth's biography follows the conductor's career from early days in Prague through the innovative period of the Weimar Republic and his appointment as director of the Kroll Opera in Berlin to his abrupt departure from Germany in 1933. This book has become established as a classic account of one of the crucial figures in the musical life of the early twentieth century. With the publication of the long-awaited sequel covering the subsequent years from 1933-1973, this widely acclaimed first volume is now made available in a newly designed format as a companion to volume 2.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95097/cover/9780521495097.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495105</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Algebraic Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beauville, Arnaud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Developed over more than a century, and still an active area of research today, the classification of algebraic surfaces is an intricate and fascinating branch of mathematics. In this book Professor Beauville gives a lucid and concise account of the subject, following the strategy of F. Enriques, but expressed simply in the language of modern topology and sheaf theory, so as to be accessible to any budding geometer. This volume is self contained and the exercises succeed both in giving the flavour of the extraordinary wealth of examples in the classical subject, and in equipping the reader with most of the techniques needed for research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95103/cover/9780521495103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plays of Heinrich von Kleist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ideals and Illusions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allan, Se&#225;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new and accessible study of the plays of Kleist (1777-1811), who ranks with Goethe and Schiller amongst nineteenth-century authors and who has been a major influence on contemporary German writers. Se&#225;n Allan examines Kleist's critique of the aspirations of both Enlightenment and Romantic metaphysics, notably his suggestion that the pursuit of 'transcendent' ideals of perfection constitutes a formidable obstacle to genuine progress in human affairs. In so doing, he offers resolutions of a number of long-running controversies in Kleist criticism, as well as summarizing the state of research on all the plays. The book includes discussion of two plays usually neglected by scholars - Das K&#228;thchen von Heilbronn and Die Hermannsschlacht. All quotations are given in both German and English and full references are given to published English translations of Kleist's works as well as to the German originals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95110/cover/9780521495110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Jane Austen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copeland, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMaster, Juliet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Cambridge Companion to Jane Austen leading scholars from around the world present Austen's works in two broad contexts: that of her contemporary world, and that of present-day critical discourse. Beside discussions of Austen's novels there are essays on religion, politics, class-consciousness, publishing practices, and domestic economy, which describe the world in which Austen lived and wrote. More traditional issues for literary analysis are then addressed: style in the novels, Austen's letters as literary productions, and the stylistic significance of her juvenile works. The volume concludes with assessments of the history of Austen criticism and the development of Austen as a literary cult-figure; it provides a chronology, and highlights the most interesting studies of Austen in a vast field of contemporary critical diversity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95172/cover/9780521495172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History, Literature, and Society in the Book of Acts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Witherington, III, Ben</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These seminal essays introduce the reader to the interdisciplinary approach of New Testament scholarship which is affecting the way the Book of Acts is studied and interpreted. Insights from the social sciences, narratological studies, Greek and Roman rhetoric and history, and classics, set the Acts of the Apostles in its original historical, literary and social context; these methods of interpretation have not always been applied to biblical study in a systematic way. The discussions from a shared general perspective range over genre and method, historical and theological problems, and issues of literary criticism. History, Literature and Society in the Book of Acts is an interesting and valuable overview of some of the chief preoccupations of biblical studies with contributions from leading scholars in the Old and New Testaments and the history of antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95202/cover/9780521495202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Guide to Women's Writing in English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sage, Lorna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>704</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Guide aims to consolidate and epitomise the re-reading of women's writing that has gone on in the last twenty-five years. This is an opportunity for stock-taking - a timely project, when so much writing has been rediscovered, reclaimed and republished. There are entries on writers, on individual texts, and on general terms, genres and movements, all printed in a single alphabetical sequence. The earliest written documents in medieval English (the visionary writings of Julian of Norwich and Margery Kempe) are covered in an historical - and geographical - sweep that takes us up to the present day. The book reflects the spread of literacy, the history of colonisation and the development of post-colonial cultures using and changing the English language. The entries are written by contributors from all the countries covered. The result is a work of reference with a unique feeling for the vitality, wealth and diversity of women's writing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95257/cover/9780521495257.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Influences on Vocal Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowdon, Charles T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hausberger, Martine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For at least 30 years, there have been close parallels between studies of birdsong development and those of the development of human language. Both song and language require species-specific stimulation at a sensitive period in development and subsequent practice through subsong and plastic song in birds and babbling in infant humans leading to the development of characteristic vocalisations for each species. This book illustrates how social interactions during development can shape vocal learning and extend the sensitive period beyond infancy and how social companions can induce flexibility even into adulthood. Social companions in a wide range of species including birds and humans but also cetaceans and nonhuman primates play important roles in shaping vocal production as well as the comprehension and appropriate usage of vocal communication. This book will be required reading for students and researchers interested in animal and human communication and its development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17978/cover/9780521017978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Post-Colonial Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495295</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crow, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banfield, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Brian Crow and Chris Banfield provide an introduction to post-colonial theatre by concentrating on the work of major dramatists from the Third World and subordinated cultures in the first world. Crow and Banfield consider the plays of such writers as Wole Soyinka and Athol Fugard and his collaborators from Africa; Derek Walcott from the West Indies; August Wilson and Jack Davis, who write from and about the experience of Black communities in the USA and Australia respectively; and Badal Sircar and Girish Karnad from India. Although these dramatists reflect diverse cultures and histories, they share the common condition of cultural subjection or oppression, which has shaped their theatres. Each chapter contains an informative list of primary source material and further reading about the dramatists. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of theatre and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95295/cover/9780521495295.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149530X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149530X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature and Society in Historical Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafsson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In general terms, one way of describing the world we live in is to say that it is made up of nature and society, and that human beings belong to both. This is the first volume to be published which addresses the historical contexts of the relations between these two characteristics of human nature. A distinguished international team aims to contribute - through selective, interdisciplinary studies - to a much-needed but currently scant debate over the reciprocal links between conceptions of nature and conceptions of society from the ancient Greek kosmos to late twentieth-century 'ecology'. Individual essays and the general conclusions of the volume are important not only for our understanding of the evolution of knowledge of nature and of society, but also for an awareness of the types of truth and perception produced in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95301/cover/9780521495301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495326</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Warming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Freshwater and Marine Fish</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Global warming and climate change are growing environmental concerns which are much in the scientific, governmental and public eye. The potential impact on freshwater and marine fishes is immense, because most fish have no physiological ability to regulate their body temperature. This volume focuses on the effects of temperature at all levels of organization in fish, with particular emphasis on physiological function: cells, epithelia, organ systems, the whole organism, reproduction, behaviour, pollutant interactions, ecology and population dynamics, with each chapter written by experts in the field. Many chapters also speculate on the long-term physiological and ecological implications to fish of a 2-4&#176;C global warming scenario. Researchers and graduate students in the areas of animal physiology and behaviour, environmental toxicology, population ecology and fisheries biology and management will find this volume of particular interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95325/cover/9780521495325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Tennessee Williams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roudan&#233;, Matthew C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of thirteen original essays from a team of leading scholars in the field. In this wide-ranging volume, the contributors cover a healthy sampling of Williams's works, from the early apprenticeship years in the 1930s through to his last play before his death in 1983, Something Cloudy, Something Clear. In addition to essays on such major plays as The Glass Menagerie, A Streetcar Named Desire, and Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, among others, the contributors also consider selected minor plays, short stories, poems, and biographical concerns. The Companion also features a chapter on selected key productions as well as a bibliographic essay surveying the major critical statements on Williams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95332/cover/9780521495332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Virgil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martindale, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Virgil became a school author in his own lifetime and the centre of the Western canon for the next 1800 years, exerting a major influence on European literature, art, and politics. This Companion is designed as an indispensable guide for anyone seeking a fuller understanding of an author critical to so many disciplines. It consists of essays by seventeen scholars from Britain, the USA, Ireland and Italy which offer a range of different perspectives both traditional and innovative on Virgil's works, and a renewed sense of why Virgil matters today. The Companion is divided into four main sections, focussing on reception, genre, context, and form. This ground-breaking book not only provides a wealth of material for an informed reading but also offers fresh and sophisticated insights which point to the shape of Virgilian scholarship and criticism to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95394/cover/9780521495394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coming to our Senses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Naturalistic Program for Semantic Localism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devitt, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Devitt is a distinguished philosopher of language. In this new book he takes up one of the most important difficulties that must be faced by philosophical semantics: namely, the threat posed by holism. Three important questions lie at the core of this book: what are the main objectives of semantics; why are they worthwhile; how should we accomplish them? Devitt answers these 'methodological' questions naturalistically and explores what semantic programme arises from the answers. The approach is anti-Cartesian, rejecting the idea that linguistic or conceptual competence yields any privileged access to meanings. This new methodology is used first against holism. Devitt argues for a truth-referential localism, and in the process rejects direct-reference, two-factor, and verificationist theories. The book concludes by arguing against revisionism, eliminativism, and the idea that we should ascribe narrow meanings to explain behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95431/cover/9780521495431.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149544X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149544X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Social History of Wet Nursing in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Breast to Bottle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golden, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Social History of Wet Nursing in the United States: From Breast to Bottle examines the intersection of medical science, social theory and cultural practices as they shaped relations among wet nurses, physicians and families from the colonial period through the twentieth century. It explores how Americans used wet nursing to solve infant feeding problems, shows why wet nursing became controversial as motherhood slowly became medicalised, and elaborates how the development of scientific infant feeding eliminated wet nursing by the beginning of the twentieth century. Janet Golden's study contributes to our understanding of the cultural authority of medical science, the role of physicians in shaping child rearing practices, the social construction of motherhood, and the profound dilemmas of class and culture that played out in the private space of the nursery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95448/cover/9780521495448.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concepts and Methods in Evolutionary Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandon, Robert N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Brandon is one of the most important and influential of contemporary philosophers of biology. This collection of his recent essays covers all the traditional topics in the philosophy of evolutionary biology and as such could serve as an introduction to the field. There are essays on the nature of fitness, teleology, the structure of the theory of natural selection, and the levels of selection. The book also deals with newer topics that are less frequently discussed but are of growing interest, for example the evolution of human language and the role of experimentation in evolutionary biology. A special feature of the collection is that it avoids jargon and is written in a style that will appeal to working evolutionary biologists as well as philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95455/cover/9780521495455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Markets and European Monetary Cooperation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lessons of the 1992-93 Exchange Rate Mechanism Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buiter, Willem H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corsetti, Giancarlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pesenti, Paolo A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>237</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A blend of theoretical and policy-oriented analysis, this book provides a comprehensive assessment of the causes and implications of the 1992-93 crisis of the exchange rate mechanism of the European monetary system. Cogent factual presentation - including new details on the crisis - original theoretical analysis, and an interpretation rooted in the theory, make this treatment essential reading to understand the process toward economic and political integration in Europe. The authors first sketch the history of monetary cooperation in Europe from Bretton Woods to Maastricht. A step-by-step account of the 1992-93 events follows, including a discussion of the extent to which financial markets anticipated the crisis. A survey of the recent literature on the subject introduces the authors' center-periphery model of currency crisis. The authors argue that the vulnerability of Europe to financial crisis was - and still is - the result of the lack of concern with the systemic dimensions of monetary policy-making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95479/cover/9780521495479.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feasting and Social Rhetoric in Luke 14</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braun, Willi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>233</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The writer of the Gospel of Luke is a Hellenistic writer who uses conventional modes of narration, characterisation and argumentation to present Jesus in the manner of the familiar figure of the dinner sage. In this original and thought-provoking study, Willi Braun draws both on social and literary evidence regarding the Greco-Roman &#233;lite banquet scene and on ancient prescribed methods of rhetorical composition. He argues that the Pharisaic dinner episode in Luke 14 is a skilfully crafted rhetorical unit in which Jesus presents an argument for Luke's vision of a Christian society. His contention that the point of the episode is directed primarily at the wealthy urban &#233;lite, who stand in most need of a transformation of character and values to fit them for membership of this society, points up the way in which gospel writers manipulated the inherited Jesus traditions for the purposes of ideological and social formation of Christian communities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95530/cover/9780521495530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Waging Law in Elizabethan England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stretton, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the surprisingly large number of women who participated in the vast expansion of litigation in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England. Making use of legal sources, literary texts, and the neglected records of the Court of Requests, it describes women's rights under different jurisdictions, considers attitudes to women going to court, and reveals how female litigants used the law, as well as fell victim to it. In the central courts of Westminster, maidservants sued their masters, widows sued their creditors, and in defiance of a barrage of theoretical prohibitions, wives sued their husbands. The law was undoubtedly discriminatory, but certain women pursued actively such rights as they possessed. Some appeared as angry plaintiffs, while others played upon their poverty and vulnerability. A special feature of this study is the attention it pays to the different language and tactics that distinguish women's pleadings from men's pleadings within a national equity court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23252/cover/9780521023252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World of Possibilities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Flexibility and Mass Production in Western Industrialization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabel, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zeitlin, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book retells the history of Western industrialization, revealing possibilities unexplored in the nineteenth century, variants of which have come to transform present day economies. It shows that economic actors have historically been more aware of the great strategic choices they faced than standard theory credits them with being, and this surprising acuity allows them to imagine and put into practice solutions which current theories of industrial organization have scarcely anticipated. The book is therefore at one and the same time a contribution to a substantive revision of the history of mechanized production and a propaedeutic in a form of explanation that approximates the knowledge of the actor to the knowledge of the theorist. The volume groups essays presented by a multinational team of historians and social scientists drawing on intensive primary research on a wide range of firms, regions, sectors and national economies in Western Europe and the United States from the eighteenth century to the 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95554/cover/9780521495554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149558X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149558X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extragalactic Background Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calzetti, Daniela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Livio, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madau, Piero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does the extragalactic background radiation, from gamma-rays through to radio waves, tell us about the formation and evolution of structure in the Universe? A workshop at the Space Telescope Science Institute was held to address just this question: it provided a unique opportunity for observational astronomers and theorists to share their expertise, and to help synthesise a new understanding. Fourteen invited reviews from internationally renowned experts are presented here as an edited and coherent overview. Chapters are dedicated to the gamma-ray, X-ray, ultraviolet, optical, infrared, microwave and radio backgrounds, as well as to the detection of anisotropies and the theory of structure formation. Together these reviews provide a unique, multi-wavelength overview of the extragalactic background radiation and how it relates to structure in the Universe. They summarise our present knowledge, highlight outstanding problems and provide focus for future work. In this way these reviews provide a unique reference for graduates and professionals in astronomy, cosmology and physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95585/cover/9780521495585.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the French Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From 1800 to the Present</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Unwin, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a unique and valuable insight into the novel in French over the past two centuries. In a series of essays, acknowledged experts discuss a variety of topics including nineteenth-century realism, women and fiction, popular fiction, experiment and innovation, war and the Holocaust, the Francophone novel, and postmodern fiction. They offer a challenging reassessment of major figures, while deliberately reading traditional views of literary history against the grain. Theoretical discussion is combined with close reading of texts and exploration of context, comparison with other genres and other literatures, and reference to novels from earlier periods. This companionable introduction includes a chronology and guide to further reading. From it emerges a strong sense of the vitality and energy of the modern French novel, and of the debates surrounding it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95639/cover/9780521495639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Many-Body Tree Methods in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pfalzner, Susanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbon, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studying the dynamics of a large number of particles interacting through long-range forces, commonly referred to as the 'N-body problem', is a central aspect of many different branches of physics. In recent years, significant advances have been made in the development of fast N-body algorithms to deal efficiently with such complex problems. This book is the first to give a thorough introduction to these so-called 'tree methods', setting out the basic principles and giving many practical examples of their use. No prior specialist knowledge is assumed, and the techniques are illustrated throughout with reference to a broad range of applications. The book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers working on the modelling of systems in astrophysics, plasma physics, nuclear and particle physics, condensed matter physics and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95646/cover/9780521495646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Images of Community in Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magennis, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>221</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores ideas of community and the relationship of individuals to communities widely evident in Old English poetry. It pays particular attention to the context in which major poetic manuscripts of the late Anglo-Saxon period were received, a time when concerns about community appear to have been of special urgency. The book identifies key features of the audience or readership of Old English poetry in this period, and relates the interests of these groups of people to themes reflected in the poetic texts. Magennis analyses a wide range of poems and examines the imagery on which they draw, concentrating particularly on depictions of hall (including feasting and drinking), stronghold, city and landscape. In a poetry in which communal structures are typically associated with male ideals of warriorship and fellowship, the position and treatment of women is also shown to merit close consideration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95660/cover/9780521495660.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolving Science of Grassland Improvement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphreys, L. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Grasslands around the world are a resource of great economic importance, as the origin of most of the world's milk and wool and much of the meat. The growing world population and global warming have put increased pressure on the world's grasslands. Ross Humphreys has played a leading role in the development of grassland science and in this authoritative review discusses how it has evolved over the past sixty years. Using the proceedings of the International Grassland Congress since 1937, Professor Humphreys identifies the shifting emphasis of the science, assesses the current state of play and looks at perspectives for the future. This review will be of great value to all grassland scientists and ecologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38737/cover/9780521038737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Theatre Historiography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postlewait, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Introduction - an indispensable 'how to' guide for students and teachers alike - investigates the methods and aims of historical study in the performing arts, from archival research to historical writing. Beginning with case studies on Shakespearean theatre and avant-garde theatre, this study examines fundamental procedures and problems in documentary history and cultural history. It demonstrates how historians not only construct various kinds of performance events but also place them in relation to the historical agents, the political and social conditions, artistic traditions, audience responses, and historical periods. Drawing upon scholarship in classics, literary studies, art history, performance studies, and general history, Postlewait shows how to ask appropriate historical questions, construct evidence, use plays as historical documents, eliminate faulty sources, challenge unreliable witnesses, and develop historical arguments and narratives. The book concludes with a survey of the 'twelve cruxes' of research, analysis, and writing in theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95707/cover/9780521495707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Michel Leiris</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing the Self</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hand, Se&#225;n</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of Michel Leiris's work. Frequently cited as a central figure in contemporary French culture, Leiris was an outstanding writer whose double career as ethnographer and creative writer places him at important points of intersection within French cultural history. Se&#225;n Hand explores Leiris's active participation in some of the most striking intellectual and artistic movements of the twentieth century: surrealism in the twenties, ethnography in the thirties and existentialism in the forties. Hand locates his writing in these different contexts in relation to the major artistic, political and philosophical concepts of the period. He goes on to argue that Leiris's multi-volume autobiography La R&#232;gle du jeu stands as the model form of self-enquiry in the twentieth century. More broadly, Hand explores Leiris's continuing obsession with the notion of  'presence'. Informed by recent critical theories, Hand offers a multi disciplinary approach to this intriguing writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95745/cover/9780521495745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Business in Medieval Europe, 1200-1550</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Edwin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book demolishes the widely held view that the phrase 'medieval business' is an oxymoron. The authors review the entire range of business in medieval western Europe, probing its Roman and Christian heritage to discover the economic and political forces that shaped the organization of agriculture, manufacturing, construction, mining, transportation and marketing. Businessmen's responses to the devastating plagues, famines, and warfare that beset Europe in the late Middle Ages are equally well covered. Medieval businessmen's remarkable success in coping with this hostile new environment was 'a harvest of adversity' that prepared the way for the economic expansion of the sixteenth century. Two main themes run through this book. First, the force and direction of business development in this period stemmed primarily from the demands of the elite. Second, the lasting legacy of medieval businessmen was less their skillful adaptations of imported inventions than their brilliant innovations in business organization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95813/cover/9780521495813.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hobbes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinich, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Hobbes (1588-1679) is recognized as one of the fathers of modern philosophy and political theory. In his own time he was as famous for his work in physics, geometry, and religion. He associated with some of the greatest writers, scientists, and politicians of his age. Martinich has written a complete and accessible biography of Hobbes. The book takes full account of the historical and cultural context in which Hobbes lived, drawing on both published and unpublished sources. It will be a great resource for philosophers, political theorists and historians of ideas. The clear, crisp prose style will also ensure that the book appeals to general readers with an interest in the history of philosophy, the rise of modern science and the English Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95837/cover/9780521495837.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developmental Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cairns, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elder, Glen H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costello, Elizabeth Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Developmental Science provides an account of the basic principles of the new developmental synthesis. A group of eminent scientists from social and biological sciences believes that a fresh, interdisciplinary orientation is required to achieve progress on critical issues of behavioral theory, method, and application. They formed the Carolina Consortium on Human Development in 1987 as an advanced institute for the study of development. This book is the outgrowth of this long term collaboration. In addition to the collaborative statement, individual chapters outline implications of the orientation for method and theory in traditional disciplines. The chapters address specific developmental issues, varying across time frames, methodologies, disciplines, cultures and even species. They provide an inside look at the basic issues that confront modern social and behavioral study of development, including its strengths and problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95851/cover/9780521495851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Teaching and Learning in Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rohlen, Thomas P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>LeTendre, Gerald K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Major scholars on Japan explore the Japanese style of learning in this important volume, drawing upon ethnographic and experimental studies of learning throughout the lifespan. The reader will get an inside view of Japanese teaching methods, where the emphasis is on the process of learning, rather than the end product. Applications across contexts - from religion to music, to mathematics, to guidance - are very differently handled than in the West. Contributors analyze various models of learning within and without the Japanese school system. The examples considered here allow us to understand better the rich coherence and variety of educational experiences in the broader social context. A carefully articulated introduction and conclusion by the editors provide salient comparisons of East and West and caution, that we do not simplify our model of either one. Teaching and Learning in Japanwill be of interest to educators, Japan scholars, and to educational psychologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95875/cover/9780521495875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Comparisons of Electricity Regulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilbert, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kahn, Edward P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a most comprehensive characterization of the historical, institutional and economic forces affecting electricity regulation. Eminent economists organized by the University of California Energy Institute survey the USA, UK, Scandinavia, Latin America, France, Germany, Japan, Canada, New Zealand and Yugoslavia. Recent experiments with privatization, competition and restructuring in electricity are contrasted with instances where government ownership and traditional vertical integration still dominate. The introductory essay by Richard J. Gilbert, Edward P. Kahn and David Newbery synthesizes individual country studies. In any regulatory system, the government must bargain with investors and consumers to satisfy conflicting interests. The opacity of information about cost constrains this process. Governments also impose multiple political and economic objectives on the electricity industry, which further obscures cost conditions. Privatization and deregulation tend to reverse these effects. Few countries, however, have managed to sustain private ownership in the long run.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95905/cover/9780521495905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521495946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521495946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521495943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521495943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in Volume X discuss the modernist culture of the 1920s in Brazil, Argentina, and Mexico; the renaissance of Latin American philosophy in the 1940s;  major trends in Latin American narrative and poetry, including the indigenous literatures and cultures; the work of twentieth-century Latin American composers, architects, and filmmakers; Latin American mass media, including newspapers, magazines, radio and television; and the development of sculpture, painting, and mural art in the twentieth century.  As such, this volume will be an important resource for scholars and general readers seeking to understand modern Latin American culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95943/cover/9780521495943.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Art, and Spirituality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Poor Clares of Early Modern Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Jeryldene M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This title situates in its historical and religious contexts the art made for the Franciscan nuns between the thirteenth and sixteenth centuries. Evaluating its production from sociological and intellectual perspectives, this study also addresses the discourse betwen spirituality, devotional practices, and aesthetic attitudes as formalised in the construction and decoration of the women's convents and in their didactic literature. Based on a range of sources, it integrates important primary texts, such as Saint Clare's rule, poetry composed by the nuns, financial records, and family history in analysis of paintings, sculpture and architecture commissioned by the order. Also synthesised in this unique study are recent theoretical developments in anthropology, women's studies, history and literature with traditional iconographical and social approaches of art history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96025/cover/9780521496025.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Motion of Bubbles and Drops in Reduced Gravity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Subramanian, R. Shankar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balasubramaniam, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Orbiting spacecraft provide a valuable laboratory for experiments on physical and biological systems in a reduced gravity environment. Materials processing experiments have commonly involved the growth of crystals from the melt or solution, and the processing of alloys and composites. Biological experiments have been performed on a variety of subjects, including protein crystal growth, bio-reactors, and the adaptation of humans to extended periods of weightlessness.  In these studies, fluid masses containing bubbles and drops are encountered routinely. This book is the first to provide a clear, thorough review of the motion of bubbles and drops in reduced gravity, particularly motion caused by variations in interfacial tension arising from temperature gradients on their surfaces. The emphasis is on theoretical analysis from first principles; experimental results are discussed and compared with predictions where appropriate. Students and researchers interested in fluid mechanics in reduced gravity will welcome this state-of-the-art reference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96056/cover/9780521496056.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Form in Postmodern Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>O'Hara, Bishop, Ashbery, and Merrill</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blasing, Mutlu Konuk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>235</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Approaching post-World War II poetry from a postmodern critical perspective, this study challenges the prevailing assumption that experimental forms signify political opposition while traditional forms are politically conservative. Such essentialist alignments of forms with extra-formal values, and the oppositional framework of innovation versus conservation that they yield, reflect modernist biases inappropriate for reading postwar poetry. Biasing defines postmodern poetry as a break with modernism's valorization of technique and its implicit collusion with technological progress. She shows that four major postwar poets - Frank O'Hara, Elizabeth Bishop, John Ashbery and James Merrill (two traditional and two experimental) - cannot be read as politically conservative because formally traditional or as culturally oppositional because formally experimental. All of these poets acknowledge that no one form is more natural than another, and no given form grants them a superior position for judging cultural and political arrangements. Their work plays an important cultural role precisely by revealing that meanings and values do not inhere in forms but are always and irreducibly rhetorical.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96070/cover/9780521496070.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ectopic Pregnancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Diagnosis and Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stabile, Isabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJTF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise yet immensely practical handbook provides the busy clinician with a self-contained account of the diagnosis and management of ectopic pregnancy. Such pregnancies, which develop outside the normal confines of the uterine cavity, are a relatively common occurence and there is some evidence their prevalence is increasing. There is therefore a need for a practical and focused account which assesses and evaluates the important clinical issues. The emphasis throughout is to clearly summarise and provide rapid solutions to the most difficult problems posed by ectopic pregnancy. The text is fully supported by numerous and helpful ultrasound images, line diagrams illustrating surgical techniques, and by highlighted summaries of key facts and decision trees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96124/cover/9780521496124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Orientalism, Modernism, and the American Poem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kern, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a critical and historical interpretation of 'Oriental' influences on American modernist poetry. Kern equates Fenollosa and Pound's 'discovery' of Chinese writing with the American pursuit of a natural language for poetry, what Emerson had termed the 'language of nature'. This language of nature is here shown to be a mythic conception continuous with the Renaissance idea of the language of Adam - a language lacking any difference between what it is and what it means.  Through analysing and contextualising the nineteenth-century works of Ralph Waldo Emerson and Ernest Fenollosa and the twentieth-century creations of Ezra Pound and Gary Snyder, Kern sheds light on the three contemporary nexuses of his search: the cultural study of Orientalism and the West, the evolution of Indo-European linguistic theory, and the intellectual tradition of American modernist poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/05552/cover/9780521105552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Golden Age of Dutch Painting in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veen, Henk van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grijzenhout, Frans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first survey of the critical fortunes of seventeenth-century Dutch art, from 1700 to the present. Appreciated in the eighteenth century by amateurs and collectors, Dutch art during the Romantic age became a focus of ideological interest. From the late nineteenth century onwards, it became a subject of scholarly research, indeed one of the foundational fields of art history of the modern era. This study provides insight into the various artistic, literary, political, and philosophical approaches that Dutch painting has inspired over the ages. It also brings historical context to many issues that are still hotly debated by scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96216/cover/9780521496216.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149625X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149625X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Essay on the Modern State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book is the first serious philosophical examination of the modern state. It inquires into the justification of this particular form of political society. It asks whether all states are 'nation-states', what are the alternative ways of organizing society, and which conditions make a state legitimate. The author concludes that, while states can be legitimate, they typically fail to have the powers (e.g sovereignty) that they claim. Many books analyze government and its functions but none focuses on the state as a distinctive form of political organization or examines critically the claims states make for themselves. In filling this lacuna Christopher Morris has written a book that will command the attention of political philosophers, political scientists, legal theorists, and specialists in international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24070/cover/9780521524070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantitative Aspects of Post-War European Economic Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ark, Bart van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crafts, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in growth theory has reawakened since the middle of the 1980s, but it is some time since a comparative exercise has been carried out. This volume explores the catch-up and convergence evidence of European growth on a cross-sectional basis, armed not only with alternative theoretical ideas, but also with the empirical evidence since 1950 on which to draw. Individual chapters cover macroeconomic accounts, national accounts by industry, measures of fixed capital stocks, technology indicators, human capital, total factor productivity and changes in trend rates of growth, and each assesses the pitfalls, benefits and implications of the methods used. The result is an authoritative quantitative account of the dimensions of European economic growth within an explicitly internationally comparative framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96285/cover/9780521496285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>T. S. Eliot and the Ideology of Four Quartets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, John Xiros</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Criticism of Eliot has ignored the public dimension of his life and work. His poetry is often seen as the private record of an internal spiritual struggle. Professor Cooper shows how Eliot deliberately addressed a North Atlantic 'mandarinate' fearful of social disintegration during the politically turbulent 1930s. Almost immediately following publication, Four Quartets was accorded canonical status as a work that promised a personal harmony divorced from the painful disharmonies of the emerging postwar world. Cooper connects Eliot's careers as banker, director and editor to a much wider cultural agenda. He aimed to reinforce established social structures during a period of painful political transition. This powerful and original study re-establishes the public context in which Eliot's work was received and understood. It will become an essential reference work for all interested in a wider understanding of Eliot and of Anglo-American cultural relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96292/cover/9780521496292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spanish Agriculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Long Siesta, 1765-1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spanish Agriculture: The Long Siesta, 1765-1965 is the first major study in English of Spanish agrarian history. James Simpson examines how traditional agriculture responded to population growth and the integration of commodity markets, emphasising both Spain's regional variations and its context in Europe. Using statistical data as well as his wide knowledge of the recent secondary literature, Simpson argues that decisive changes in farming techniques only occurred at the start of this century. He rejects arguments that slow growth can be explained by poor resources or inefficient farmers. Indeed, farmers were quick to change when they had market opportunities, but development was interrupted by the Spanish Civil War and subsequent short-sighted government policies, only resuming in the 1950s. This comprehensive study will be of relevance to  students and scholars of historical geography and agrarian history, as well as economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96308/cover/9780521496308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart's Piano Sonatas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contexts, Sources, Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irving, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mozart's piano sonatas form a richly diverse and significant part of his instrumental output, and span much of his mature composing career, thereby representing a microcosm of the composer's changing style. Part I examines the contexts in which the sonatas were composed and performed, and reviews likely sources of influence. Part II concentrates on the genesis of the sonatas and the surviving autographs, which reveal important information about Mozart's compositional process. In Part III the music is studied from the standpoint of rhetoric - a discipline featured in numerous contemporary aesthetic and theoretical textbooks on music - and proceeds through an investigation of the nature of the musical ideas, followed by a discussion of formal design and finally a consideration of the style. The resulting picture affords a cross-section of Mozart's compositional strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96315/cover/9780521496315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Therapy of Breast Cancer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496322</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayter, Zenon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansi, Janine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been very significant advances across many areas of the study, investigation and treatment of breast cancer. This publication surveys how scientific advances have influenced, improved and extended therapeutic options. The volume spans prevention, screening, genetics, and treatment of pre-invasive breast cancer, before focusing in depth on management of established breast cancer. This includes chapters on the various therapeutic options available and their role in treating breast cancer from the very earliest stage through to advanced and metastatic breast cancer. In addition, the text looks forward at the potential for emerging experimental strategies to become adopted into medical management in the future. The volume concludes with a chapter on palliative care. This wide-ranging account will be essential for breast cancer specialists, trainees in oncology and clinical research scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96322/cover/9780521496322.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Future of Central Banking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tercentenary Symposium of the Bank of England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capie, Forrest</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodhart, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schnadt, Norbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains two major papers prepared for the Bank of England's Tercentenary Symposium in June 1994. The first, by Forrest Capie, Charles Goodhart and Norbert Schnadt, provides an authoritative account of the evolution of central banking. It traces the development of both the monetary and financial stability concerns of central banks, and includes individual sections on the evolution and constitutional positions of 31 central banks from around the world. The second paper, by Stanley Fischer, explores the major policy dilemmas now facing central bankers: the extent to which there is a short-term trade-off between inflation and growth; the choice of inflation targets; and the choice of operating procedures. Important contributions by leading central bankers from around the world, and the related Per Jacobsen lecture by Alexander Lamfalussy, are also included in the volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96346/cover/9780521496346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward Frankland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chemistry, Controversy and Conspiracy in Victorian England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>555</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first scientific biography of Edward Frankland, probably the most eminent chemist of nineteenth-century Britain. Frankland discovered the chemical bond and founded the science of organometallic chemistry. He was a leading reformer of chemistry teaching, and the government's close adviser on urban water purity. From an apprenticeship in a druggist's shop in Lancaster, he was to occupy the first chemical chair at Manchester, and become professor at what became Imperial College. He was knighted in 1897. Today an obscurity of reputation stems from the conspiracy of silence surrounding Frankland's origins as an illegitimate child. Recently, however, Professor Russell has gained access to a vast collection of his private papers. Russell's authoritative account discloses, amongst much else, this web of conspiracy in the scientific community, and will be of great interest to professional chemists, historians of science, and general readers concerned with the social fabric of Victorian England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96360/cover/9780521496360.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hugo Wolf and the Wagnerian Inheritance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glauert, Amanda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wolf has been regarded as a composer who followed the style and aesthetics of Wagnerian music drama without question, while writing in a genre often seen as less challenging than the symphony or opera. This book re-examines the evidence concerning Wolf's responses to Wagner and Wagnerism and suggests ways in which he voiced his criticism through song, and his one completed opera Der Corregidor. This opens up insights into the kind of impact Wagner had on those following in his wake, and into the complexity and subtlety of the late nineteenth-century Lied. From this perspective, Wolf emerges as a persuasive and articulate figure of wide musical and artistic significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96377/cover/9780521496377.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power through Weakness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Paul's Understanding of the Christian Ministry in 2 Corinthians</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savage, Timothy B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Savage seeks to understand the apostle Paul's apparently contradictory description of his ministry in 2 Corinthians as one in which power is manifested through weakness: 'When I am weak, then I am strong!' This paradox becomes intelligible when it is understood that Paul's critics were influenced by a perspective which was the exact opposite of his: they imbibed the self-exalting outlook of their contemporary world, while he embraced the self-emptying gospel of Christ. Drawing from archaeological data on first-century Corinth, this study is unique in establishing both the secular underpinnings of Paul's paradoxical language and the devastating critique which that language offers on the general outlook of the first century. Paul emerges as a radical foil to the spirit of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96407/cover/9780521496407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Electorate, 1963-1992</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Compendium of Data from the British Election Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crewe, Ivor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Anthony D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Day, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>511</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past thirty years a wealth of statistical information about British voters and British elections has been collected by the British Election Studies research teams. The British Electorate, 1963-1992 makes these data available in a standard, easy-to-read format accessible to the non-technical user. Tables display the same data for each election, allowing the reader to compare any two elections between 1964 and 1992, or to trace trends across the whole period. The information presented covers a wide range of topics in voting and public opinion, including the vote, turnout, party membership, partisanship, and attitudes on issues such as abortion, capital punishment and nationalisation. Data on sub-groups of the electorate (men and women, young and old, trade unionists, the unemployed, Conservative and Labour voters etc) are also presented. This book will be an important reference for political and sociological researchers, both within academia and outside.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96469/cover/9780521496469.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>794</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96476/cover/9780521496476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496483</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96483/cover/9780521496483.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics of Weed Populations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cousens, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are the ecological attributes of weeds that confer the ability to interfere with human activities? Roger Cousens and Martin Mortimer place weed management within an ecological context, with the focus on the manipulation of population size. The dynamics of abundance and spatial distribution are considered at both geographic and local scales. The basic processes of dispersal, reproduction and mortality are described, together with the factors that influence them. Management is shown to modify patterns of behaviour that are intrinsic to populations. Attention is given to the evolution and management of resistance to herbicides. This book provides weed science with the conceptual basis that has previously been lacking. It also gives ecologists access to the extensive database on the population ecology of weeds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96490/cover/9780521496490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Musical Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowell, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>195</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its original publication in 1930, Henry Cowell's New Musical Resources has become recognised as one of the few seminal technical studies to be written by a twentieth-century composer. In 1971, Virgil Thomson hailed it as 'a classic'. Cowell aimed to 'point out the influence the overtone series has exerted on music throughout its history, how many musical materials of all ages are related to it, and how ... a large palette of musical materials can be assembled'. In this respect Cowell was anticipating many of the ideas to be realized in electronic music by Stockhausen and others. For this new edition, David Nicholls has provided an explanatory essay and annotations to Cowell's text. The essay traces the sources for the book and attempts to place Cowell's theories in the broader context of musical modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96513/cover/9780521496513.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atlas of Venus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496520</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cattermole, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>159</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Venus, closest planet to the Earth, is a torrid world of extremes shrouded from direct view by dense clouds. This Atlas of Venus shows all the fascinating detail discovered on the recent Magellan mission to map the planet surface. Giving the historical background to our perception of the planet, this book clearly explains why Venus has been the goal of so many missions by both Russian and American space programmes. With the latest images from the Magellan mission, this colourful Atlas shows the beautiful landscape of Venus and its dynamic volcanism. Over 100 maps and illustrations show the dramatic beauty of this photogenic planet. Complete with detailed maps of the planet and a gazetteer of all landmarks, this is the essential reference source for all professional and amateur astronomers, and planetary scientists interested in our closest neighbour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and Speciation of Island Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuessy, Tod F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ono, Mikio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Oceanic island archipelagos are profoundly interesting ecosystems in which to ask questions about evolutionary patterns and processes, and may rightly be considered as one of the best places on earth to seek an understanding of the origin and elaboration of biological diversity. This volume brings together contributions covering a range of important issues in contemporary oceanic island plant biology, focusing on patterns and processes in Pacific and other islands (with emphasis on the Bonin, Hawaiian and Juan Fernandez Islands) to provide a stimulating view of the state of research and a possible agenda for future investigations. Topics addressed include chromosomal variation, macromolecular divergence, island biogeography theory, isolating mechanisms, modes of speciation and evolution of secondary plant products, resulting in a volume which reveals the special opportunities offered by oceanic archipelagos for investigating evolutionary phenomena in vascular plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sexual Politics and the Romantic Author</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofkosh, Sonia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Exploring a range of early nineteenth-century cultural materials from canonical poetry and critical prose to women's magazines and gift-book engravings, Sexual Politics and the Romantic Author offers new perspectives on the role of gender in Romanticism's defining paradigms of authorship. The Romantic author's claim to individual agency is complicated by its articulation in a market system perceived to be impelled in large part by fantasies of female desire - by what women read and write, what they buy and sell, how they look, and where they look for pleasure. These studies in the contested public spaces of literary labour elaborate the fundamental, if invisible, function of the woman as embodiment of authorial ambivalence in writing by Austen, Byron, Coleridge, William Hazlitt, Sarah Hazlitt, Leigh Hunt, Keats, Mary Shelley, William Wordsworth, and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96544/cover/9780521496544.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149656X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149656X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ives: Concord Sonata</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Piano Sonata No. 2</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Block, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>126</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Ives's massive Concord Sonata, his second sonata for piano, named after the town of Concord in Massachusetts, is central to his output and clearly reflects his aesthetic perspective. Geoffrey Block's wide-ranging account of the work thus provides an ideal introduction to this fascinating composer. As well as a discussion of the Sonata's reception history from 1920 to the present, and a chapter on its compositional genesis, this handbook includes a detailed narrative of the motivic content as well as a historical and analytical survey of the work's borrowings, both certifiable and newly proposed. The programmatic element of the Sonata is explored in the context of Ives's personal vision of four literary subjects associated with the town of Concord between 1840 and 1860: Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and the Alcotts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96568/cover/9780521496568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animals and Temperature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Phenotypic and Evolutionary Adaptation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, Ian A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Albert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental temperature varies in time and space on timescales ranging from a few hours to long-term climate change. Organisms are therefore continually challenged to regulate and maintain functional capacities as their thermal environment changes. This volume brings together many of the leading workers in thermal biology, with backgrounds spanning the disciplines of molecular biology, cell biology, physiology, zoology, ecology and evolutionary biology, to discuss the responses of a wide range of species to temperature change at all scales of organization, ranging through the molecular, cellular, organismal, population and ecosystem levels. The volume provides an important and comprehensive contribution to the study of temperature adaptation, which, given the concern about global climate change, will provide much to interest a wide range of biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96582/cover/9780521496582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Factory Question and Industrial England, 1830-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gray, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Factory Question and Industrial England addresses the continuing controversy over industrialisation. It investigates different perceptions of the 'factory system' either as a threat or a promise, and the contested meanings of waged work in industry. Making use of a great variety of sources, such as sermons, medical treatises, fictional and visual representations, Robert Gray places the languages of debate in their cultural contexts, paying particular attention to the shifting constructions of class and gender in the rhetoric of reform, and the ambiguities and tensions inherent in 'protective' legislation. He then relates patterns of conflict over factory legislation to the features of specific industrial towns. The combination of regional, cultural and textual analysis makes this book a coherent and original contribution to the study of industrial Britain in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96599/cover/9780521496599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline and Fall of Medieval Sicily</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Religion, and Economy in the Reign of Frederick III, 1296-1337</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Backman, Clifford R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first detailed study of Sicilian life in the reign of Frederick III (1296-1337), a period which saw Sicily reduced from a bustling and prosperous Mediterranean emporium to a poor backwater torn apart by violence. The relative economic and social backwardness of Sicily within modern Italy has attracted considerable scholarly attention. Attempts to explain its ingrained poverty and civil strife usually blame either the legacy of two thousand years of colonisation by rapacious foreigners or the inherent weaknesses in the island itself and its people. More recently a model of 'economic dualism' has pointed to basic structural flaws in the economic relations that were established between the island and its continental trading partners from the twelfth century onwards. This book, by focusing on Frederick III's crucial reign, argues that there were many more things 'wrong' with Sicilian life than just the shape of its overseas trade relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96643/cover/9780521496643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Egalitarian Moment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Asia and Africa, 1950-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>165</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>General histories of the twentieth century will have much to say about the establishment, spread, maintenance and sudden collapse of Soviet Communism. This book outlines a major feature of twentieth-century world history that arguably affected more people than the rise and fall of Soviet Communism. It is the first to discuss as related developments the many attempts in Asia and Africa in the third quarter of the twentieth century to create egalitarian rural societies (landlord abolition in Egypt, India and Iran; ujamaa in Tanzania; land reform in Indonesia; collectivization in China, Vietnam and Ethiopia), their failure, and the differentiated rural regimes which, despite landlord abolition, remain there to this day. The case studies include Egypt, India, the three East African countries, Papua New Guinea, Iran, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Ethiopia, China and Vietnam. The book highlights a major and hitherto disaggregated aspect of twentieth-century world history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96650/cover/9780521496650.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Population History of North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haines, Michael R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steckel, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professors Haines and Steckel bring together leading scholars to present an expansive population history of North America from pre-Columbian times to the present. Covering the populations of Canada, the United States, Mexico, and the Caribbean, including two essays on the Amerindian population, this volume takes advantage of considerable recent progress in demographic history to offer timely, knowledgeable information in a non-technical format. A statistical appendix summarizes basic demographic measures over time for the United States, Canada, and Mexico.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96667/cover/9780521496667.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems and Numerical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuart, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphries, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>709</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book unites the study of dynamical systems and numerical solution of differential equations. The first three chapters contain the elements of the theory of dynamical systems and the numerical solution of initial-value problems. In the remaining chapters, numerical methods are formulated as dynamical systems and the convergence and stability properties of the methods are examined. Topics studied include the stability of numerical methods for contractive, dissipative, gradient and Hamiltonian systems together with the convergence properties of equilibria, periodic solutions and strange attractors under numerical approximation. This book will be an invaluable tool for graduate students and researchers in the fields of numerical analysis and dynamical systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96728/cover/9780521496728.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wordsworth's Reading 1800-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wu, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wordsworth's Reading 1800-1815 lists all of the authors and (where possible) books known to have been read by William Wordsworth during the years which saw the composition of some of his greatest poetry, including Poems, in Two Volumes, The Thirteen-Book Prelude, The White Doe of Rylstone and The Excursion. The information is presented in an easy-to-use form, and includes dates of reading and full discussions of evidence. It draws on analyses of Wordsworth's manuscripts contained in current and forthcoming scholarly editions of his works, and incorporates hitherto unpublished research into the poet's intellectual development, including a thorough survey of manuscript materials. Together with Duncan Wu's companion-volume, Wordsworth's Reading 1770-1799, this is a most complete study of Wordsworth's reading, and it will be an essential reference tool for all scholars and students of his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96742/cover/9780521496742.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japanese Banking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History, 1859-1959</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tamaki, Norio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did the Japanese achieve their unrivalled position in world banking? This book provides the first full account in English of the banking industry in Japan for the century following the opening of the country to the outside world in 1859. Professor Tamaki begins by considering the period of experimentation during the Meiji Restoration which resulted in the adoption of the Gold Standard in 1891. He then offers a detailed examination of the highly profitable years up to the end of the First World War and of the subsequent crisis which was hastened by the earthquake that devastated Tokyo and Yokohama in 1923 and sealed by the financial collapse of 1927. New light is thrown on the extraordinary role played by the banking industry during the period of military expansionism which culminated with defeat in the Second World War. The book ends with an assessment of the post-war financial system which developed out of the Macarthur directives and the subsequent American 'democratisation' programme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96766/cover/9780521496766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berkeley's Principles and Dialogues</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Background Source Materials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkeley, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCracken, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tipton, I. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume sets Berkeley's philosophy in its historical context by providing selections from: firstly, works that deeply influenced Berkeley as he formed his main doctrines; secondly, works that illuminate the philosophical climate in which those doctrines were formed; and thirdly, works that display Berkeley's subsequent philosophical influence. The first category is represented by selections from Descartes, Malebranche, Bayle, and Locke; the second category includes extracts from such thinkers as Regius, Lanion, Arnauld, Lee, and Norris; while reactions to Berkeley, both positive and negative, are drawn from a wide range of thinkers - Leibniz, Baxter, Hume, Diderot, Voltaire, Reid, Kant, Herder, and Mill.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98067/cover/9780521498067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Many Faces of Dependency in Old Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Margret M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margret Baltes, a major researcher in gerontology, challenges the deterministic view that dependence is a natural consequence of aging. In this important new volume, she presents her theory of learned dependency based upon 20 years of research, which holds that dependency plays an important role in successful aging and is a resourceful adaptation to aging losses.The Many Faces of Dependency in Old Age provides new insights into the social foundation of dependency. Its theoretical foundation and its broad empirical base distinguish it from others in its field. This book attempts to correct the bias towards the virtues of independence over the vicissitudes of dependence, a predominantly North American view. It stresses that dependencies are not always dysfunctional, representing only loss. Baltes also incorporates European, Japanese and feminist ideas about juxtaposing individuality and connectedness in the mature adult.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98043/cover/9780521498043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Law and Moral Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Grotius to the Scottish Enlightenment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haakonssen, Knud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major contribution to the history of philosophy provides the most comprehensive guide to modern natural law theory available, sets out the full background to liberal ideas of rights and contractarianism, and offers an extensive study of the Scottish Enlightenment. The time span covered is considerable: from the natural law theories of Grotius and Suarez in the early seventeenth century to the American Revolution and the beginnings of utilitarianism. After a detailed survey of modern natural law theory, the book focuses on the Scottish Enlightenment and its European and American connections. Knud Haakonssen explains the relationship between natural law and civic humanist republicanism, and he shows the relevance of these ideas for the understanding of David Hume and Adam Smith. The result is a completely revised background to modern ideas of liberalism and communitarianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96865/cover/9780521496865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emergency Neurology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shah, Sid M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelly, Kevin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigenstein, John G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>634</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflecting the central place of neurological evaluation and management in the daily practice of emergency medicine, this clinician's reference systematically reviews the main interventions in emergency neurology at all levels of emergency care, from prehospital management through the emergency department, to final disposition of the patient. The book is in seven sections, each integrating neurological concepts with the practical realities and demands of emergency care, and extending from the neurological examination and neurodiagnostic testing through common neurological presentations to specific neurological conditions and recent developments in brain resuscitation. Pediatric neurology and neurological emergencies of pregnancy are fully covered. Generously illustrated with scans and line diagrams, it also features management algorithms for many conditions, and each chapter ends with a list of 'pearls and pitfalls'. It is a comprehensive survey of best practice for emergency physicians, neurologists, and residents in emergency medicine, neurology, neurosurgery and critical care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96889/cover/9780521496889.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>430.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149690X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149690X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lies, Slander and Obscenity in Medieval English Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pastoral Rhetoric and the Deviant Speaker</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Craun, Edwin David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on manuscript sources, this book examines how the medieval clergy developed the authority and persuasive force to attempt to govern the day-to-day speech of Western Christians. It shows how attempts were made to portray some political, social and private speech as deviant and destructive, labelling it lying, slander, blasphemy and other Sins of the Tongue. It explores, for the first time, how Chaucer, Langland, Gower and the 'Patience' poet use the different strains of this pastoral discourse not only to expose the destructive power of speech in political and social life but also to judge clerical claims to authority and efficacy in formulating and applying codes of speech.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96902/cover/9780521496902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Color Categories in Thought and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardin, C. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maffi, Luisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late 1960s, Berlin and Kay argued that there are commonalities of basic colour term use that extend across languages and cultures, and probably express universal features of perception and cognition. In 1992, at the Asilomar Conference Centre, visual scientists and psychologists met with linguists and anthropologists for the first time to examine how these claims have fared in the light of current knowledge. To what extent can cross-cultural regularities be explained by the operation of the human visual system? What can the study of colour categorisation tell us about concept formation? Are the Berlin-Kay results an artifact of their methods? What tools have been and should be used to probe the structure of human colour categories? In this volume, which arose from that conference but also incorporates new work, a distinguished team of contributors survey key ideas, results and techniques from the study of human colour vision, as well as field methods and theoretical interpretations drawn from linguistic anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98005/cover/9780521498005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tolerance and Intolerance in the European Reformation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496940</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grell, Ole Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scribner, Bob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a re-interpretation of the role of tolerance and intolerance in the European Reformation. It questions the traditional notion of a progressive development towards greater religious toleration from the beginning of the sixteenth century onwards. Instead, it places incidents of religious tolerance and intolerance in their specific social and political contexts. Fifteen leading scholars offer a comprehensive interpretation of this subject, covering all the regions of Europe that were directly affected by the Reformation in the crucial period between 1500, when northern humanism had begun to make an impact, and 1648, the end of the Thirty Years War. In this way, Tolerance and Intolerance in the European Reformation provides a dramatically different view of how religious toleration and conflict developed in early modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96940/cover/9780521496940.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Humanism and Republicanism in English Political Thought, 1570-1640</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peltonen, Markku</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Markku Peltonen examines humanist and republican themes in English political thinking between the mid-sixteenth century and the Civil War. He challenges the dominant view that humanism fizzled out in the middle of the sixteenth century only to re-emerge during the 1650s in the writings of such classical republicans as James Harrington and John Milton. The English continued to use central notions of the humanist tradition such as the virtuous civic life and vera nobilitas to portray themselves as citizens, characterizing their life as one of participation rather than subjection. They often resorted to openly republican themes - notably that governors be elected rather than hereditary - and the classical idea of the mixed constitution was profoundly influential. Dr Peltonen casts an important new perspective on these humanist and republican themes, and locates their uses in specific historical circumstances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96957/cover/9780521496957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521496977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521496977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521496971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quisling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Treachery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521496971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dahl, Hans Fredrik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton-Ife, Anne-Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>462</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The word 'Quisling' is used all over the world as a synonym for 'traitor' or 'treachery'. The original Vidkun Quisling (1887-1945) was a gifted Norwegian army officer who earned notoriety when he sided with the Nazis on the first day of Norway's entry into the Second World War. Quisling's coup d'&#233;tat in Oslo on 9 April 1940 was immediately denounced as an act of arch-treason, and even Churchill spoke of 'the vile race of Quislings'. Hans Fredrik Dahl's biography makes use of a complete range of source material from Nordic, German, Italian and Russian archives, and of family archives now in the USA. He traces Quisling's ultimately futile career from his earlier internationalist career as a diplomat and businessman to the drama of his trial and execution for high treason in 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/96971/cover/9780521496971.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legitimacy and Law in the Roman World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Tabulae in Roman Belief and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, Elizabeth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Greeks wrote mostly on papyrus, but the Romans wrote solemn religious, public and legal documents on wooden tablets often coated with wax. This book investigates the historical significance of this resonant form of writing; its power to order the human realm and cosmos and to make documents efficacious; its role in court; the uneven spread - an aspect of Romanization - of this Roman form outside Italy, as provincials made different guesses as to what would please their Roman overlords; and its influence on the evolution of Roman law. An historical epoch of Roman legal transactions without writing is revealed as a juristic myth of origins. Roman legal documents on tablets are the ancestors of today's dispositive legal documents - the document as the act itself. In a world where knowledge of the Roman law was scarce - and enforcers scarcer - the Roman law drew its authority from a wider world of belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97015/cover/9780521497015.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetry Methods for Differential Equations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Beginner's Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hydon, Peter E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symmetry is the key to solving differential equations. There are many well-known techniques for obtaining exact solutions, but most of them are special cases of a few powerful symmetry methods. Furthermore, these methods can be applied to differential equations of an unfamiliar type; they do not rely on special 'tricks'. Instead, a given differential equation is forced to reveal its symmetries, which are then used to construct exact solutions. This book is a straightforward introduction to the subject, and is aimed at applied mathematicians, physicists, and engineers. The presentation is informal, using many worked examples to illustrate the main symmetry methods. It is written at a level suitable for postgraduates and advanced undergraduates, and is designed to enable the reader to master the main techniques quickly and easily. The book contains methods that have not previously appeared in a text. These include methods for obtaining discrete symmetries and integrating factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97862/cover/9780521497862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149706X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149706X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concept of Moral Obligation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimmerman, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The principal aim of this book is to develop and defend an analysis of the concept of moral obligation. The analysis is neutral regarding competing substantive theories of obligation, whether consequentialist or deontological in character. What it seeks to do is generate solutions to a range of philosophical problems concerning obligation and its application. Amongst these problems are deontic paradoxes, the supersession of obligation, conditional obligation, prima facie obligation, actualism and possibilism, dilemmas, supererogation, and cooperation. By virtue of its normative neutrality,  the analysis provides a theoretical framework within which competing theories of obligation can be developed and assessed. This study is a major contribution to metaethics that will be of particular interest to all philosophers concerned with normative ethical theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97060/cover/9780521497060.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Political Theory and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of recent essays (several appearing in English for the first time), John Dunn brings his characteristically acute and penetrative insight to a wide range of political issues. In the first essay, 'The history of political theory', Professor Dunn argues for the importance of a historical perspective in the study of political thought. Other pieces engage with central concepts of political philosophy such as obligation, trust, freedom of conscience and property. A group of studies tackle specific contemporary problems and future dangers, for example racism and the dilemma of humanitarian intervention. The volume as a whole articulates the many dangers, but also the huge importance of, contemporary politics, and provides a representative collection of work by one of the most astute political commentators writing today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97077/cover/9780521497077.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiction and the American Literary Marketplace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Newspaper Syndicates in America, 1860-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johanningsmeier, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conventional literary history has virtually ignored the role of newspaper syndicates in publishing some of the most famous nineteenth-century writers. Stephen Crane, Henry James, Rudyard Kipling, Robert Louis Stevenson and Mark Twain were among those who offered their early fiction to 'Syndicates', firms which subsequently sold the work to newspapers across America for simultaneous, first-time publication. This newly decentralised process profoundly affected not only the economics of publishing, but also the relationship between authors, texts and readers. In the first full-length study of this publishing phenomenon, Charles Johanningsmeier evaluates the unique site of interaction syndicates held between readers and texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97107/cover/9780521497107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>For the Sake of the Argument</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ramsey Test Conditionals, Inductive Inference and Nonmonotonic Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book by one of the world's foremost philosophers in the fields of epistemology and logic offers an account of suppositional reasoning relevant to practical deliberation, explanation, prediction and hypothesis testing. Suppositions made 'for the sake of argument' sometimes conflict with our beliefs, and when they do, some beliefs are rejected and others retained. Thanks to such belief contravention, adding content to a supposition can undermine conclusions reached without it. Subversion can also arise because suppositional reasoning is ampliative. These two types of nonmonotonic logic are the focus of this book. A detailed comparison of nonmonotonicity appropriate to both belief contravening and ampliative suppositional reasoning reveals important differences that have been overlooked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97138/cover/9780521497138.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Crisis of Vision in Modern Economic Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heilbroner, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milberg, William S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A deep and widespread crisis affects modern economic theory, a crisis that derives from the absence of a 'vision' - a set of widely shared political and social preconceptions - on which all economics ultimately depends. This absence, in turn, reflects the collapse of the Keynesian view that provided such a foundation from 1940 to the early 1970s, comparable to earlier visions provided by Smith, Ricardo, Mill, and Marshall. The 'unraveling' of Keynesianism has been followed by a division of discordant and ineffective camps whose common denominator seems to be their shared analytical refinement and lack of practical applicability. Heilbroner and Milberg's analysis attempts both to describe this state of affairs, and to suggest the direction in which economic thinking must move if it is to regain the relevance and remedial power it now pointedly lacks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97145/cover/9780521497145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reflection without Rules</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Methodology and Contemporary Science Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hands, D. Wade</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflection without Rules offers a comprehensive, pointed exploration of the methodological tradition in economics and the breakdown of the received view within the philosophy of science. Professor Hands investigates economists' use of naturalistic and sociological paradigms to model economic phenomena and assesses the roles of pragmatism, discourse, and situatedness in discussions of economic practice before turning to a systematic exploration of more recent developments in economic methodology. The treatment emphasizes the changes taking place in science theory and its relationship to the movement away from a rules-based view of economic methodology. The work will be of interest to all economists concerned with methodological issues as well as philosophers and others studying the relationships between economics and contemporary science theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/97962/cover/9780521797962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consumption and Social Welfare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Living Standards and their Distribution in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slesnick, Daniel T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most widely cited social welfare statistics in the United States are based on tabulations of family income. The picture that emerges gives cause for concern: median family income has hardly changed over the last twenty-five years while inequality has increased and poverty remains persistently high. Yet consumption-based statistics as employed in this work yield rigorous and quite different estimates of real individual and social welfare. Closely linked to economic theory, Professor Slesnick's examination of standards of living, inequality, and poverty reveal that the standard of US living has grown significantly while inequality and poverty have decreased to relatively low levels. His assessment is drawn from extended period data in order to chart long-run trends. The work will be of interest to economists, sociologists, economic historians, political scientists, and other readers in the social and policy sciences. Designed to be accessible to non-economists, technical details are relegated to appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97206/cover/9780521497206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149723X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149723X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greater Medieval Houses of England and Wales, 1300-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emery, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>449</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than 700 greater houses of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries survive in England and Wales, of which nearly two-thirds are in continuous occupation. Yet they have been little-studied in comparison with the country's medieval castles, cathedrals and abbeys. This is the first book on the subject for over thirty years, and the first to survey the houses in any detail for over 150 years. It is an illustrated record of the surviving residences of the Crown, the greater and lesser nobility, and church leaders - the 'movers and shakers' of medieval society. All major and most lesser houses are appraised in detail, concentrating on their architectural development and historical relevance. They are grouped by region, prefaced by short introductions which establish their historical and architectural context. The topic will be covered in three volumes - on northern England, central England and Wales, and southern England. When complete the volumes will be the first and only comprehensive survey of the subject. Volume 1 (on northern England) describes nearly 200 houses, and contains over 200 illustrations, 100 plans and maps, appendices and a full bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97237/cover/9780521497237.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward Gibbon and Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, Rosamond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinault, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines Gibbon's interpretations of empire and the intellectual context in which he formulated them against a background of the eighteenth- and late twentieth-century knowledge of late antiquity and the Middle Ages. Gibbon's ideas of empire, his understanding of monarchy and the balance of power, his sources and working methods, the structure of the History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, his attitude towards the barbarians, the contrasting treatments of the eastern and western Empire, his appreciation of past civilizations and their material remains, his audience and their reactions - contemporary and Victorian - are considered in the light of the latest research on eighteenth-century intellectual history on the one hand and on late antiquity, Byzantium and the Middle Ages on the other. The book breaks new ground in taking the form of a dialogue between experts on the fields about which Gibbon himself wrote, and eighteenth-century intellectual historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97244/cover/9780521497244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rhetoric and Culture in Lacan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaitin, Gilbert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to explore the full range and import of Lacan's theory of poetry and its relationship to his understanding of the subject and historicity. Gilbert Chaitin's lucid and accessible study of this famously complex thinker shows how Lacan moves beyond the traditionally hostile polarities of mythos and logos, poetics and philosophy, to conceive of the subject as a complex interplay between psychoanalysis, rationality and history. Lacan's incorporation of historical necessity into the formation of subjectivity enables him to illuminate the role literature plays in the creation of selfhood. Lacan's metaphor of the subject, Chaitin argues, draws not only on Saussure, Jakobson, Freud, Heidegger and Hegel but on hitherto unacknowledged sources such as Bertrand Russell and I.A. Richards. Chaitin explores the ambiguities, contradictions and singularities of Lacan's immensely influential work to provide a definitive account of the theoretical development across his entire career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97282/cover/9780521497282.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Self-Fashioning of Disraeli, 1818-1851</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Benjamin Disraeli remains a commanding figure in the history and ideology of the British Conservative party, and a remarkable example of ascent to high office from outside the traditional elite. This is the first book to bring together specialists in history, literary studies and psychiatry to show how he successfully fashioned his personality in the formative years before his emergence as Conservative leader. The analysis of this process of self-fashioning - the situation to which it responded, the problems of an outsider's integration and advancement in British society, the goals it sought to reach, the techniques which it employed, and the sources on which it drew - offers fresh insight into Disraeli's character and career. Vital aspects of his personality and outlook discussed here include his education, Jewishness, romanticism, orientalism, historical scholarship, and political ideas, and the psychiatric disorder of his mid-twenties, which is examined seriously for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97299/cover/9780521497299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring the Quantum State of Light</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leonhardt, Ulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum mechanics sets fundamental limits on the amount of information one can extract from a system with a single set of measurements. Recent results of new theoretical analyses and optical experiments have given rise to a more complete knowledge of the quantum properties of light. This book gives the first detailed description of this fascinating branch of quantum optics. This self-contained book begins with a description of some key results and tools from quantum optics. The author discusses the quantum mechanical description of simple optical instruments before giving a detailed treatment of quantum tomography. The book concludes with a chapter devoted to the problem of the simultaneous measurement of position and momentum. This book will appeal to graduate students and researchers in quantum optics, as well as anyone interested in the foundations of quantum mechanics or more general problems of quantum measurement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97305/cover/9780521497305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 6 of The Cambridge History of American Literature explores the emergence and flowering of modernism in the United States. David Minter provides a cultural history of the American novel from the 'lyric years' to World War I, through post-World War I disillusionment, to the consolidation of the Left in response to the mire of the Great Depression. Rafia Zafar tells the story of the Harlem Renaissance, detailing the artistic accomplishments of such diverse figures as Zora Neal Hurston, W. E. B. Du Bois, Langston Hughes, Nella Larsen, and Richard Wright. Werner Sollors examines canonical texts as well as popular magazines and hitherto unknown immigrant writing from the period. Taken together these narratives cover the entire range of literary prose written in the first half of the twentieth century, offering a model of literary history for our times, focusing as they do on the intricate interplay between text and context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97312/cover/9780521497312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>800</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume VII of the Cambridge History of American Literature examines a broad range of American literature of the past half-century, revealing complex relations to changes in society. Christopher Bigsby discusses American dramatists from Tennessee Williams to August Wilson, showing how innovations in theatre anticipated a world of emerging countercultures and provided America with an alternative view of contemporary life. Morris Dickstein describes the condition of rebellion in fiction from 1940 to 1970, linking writers as diverse as James Baldwin and John Updike. John Burt examines writers of the American South, describing the tensions between modernization and continued entanglements with the past. Wendy Steiner examines the postmodern fictions since 1970, and shows how the questioning of artistic assumptions has broadened the canon of American literature. Finally, Cyrus Patell highlights the voices of Native American, Asian American, Chicano, gay and lesbian writers, often marginalized but here discussed within and against a broad set of national traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97329/cover/9780521497329.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bercovitch, Sacvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of American Literature addresses the broad spectrum of new and established directions in all branches of American writing, and includes the work of scholars and critics who have shaped, and who continue to shape, what has become a major area of literary scholarship. The authors span three decades of achievement in Americanist literary criticism, thereby speaking for the continuities as well as the disruptions sustained between generations of scholarship. Generously proportioned narratives permit a broader vision of American literary history than has previously been possible, allowing the implicit voice of traditional criticism to join forces with the diversity of interests that characterise contemporary literary studies. Volume VIII, concerned with works of poetry and criticism written between 1940 and the present, brings together two different sets of materials and narrative forms, the aesthetic and the institutional. Discarding the traditional synoptic overview of major figures, von Hallberg, Graff, and Carton settle in favour of a history from the inside - a history of interstices and relations, equal to the task of considering the contexts of art, power, and criticism in which it is set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Proto-Industrialization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introductory Handbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, Sheilagh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cerman, Markus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays provides an introduction to 'proto-industrialization': the growth of export-oriented domestic industries which took place all over Europe between about 1500 and 1800. Often these industries expanded alongside agriculture, without advanced technology or centralised factories. Since the 1970s numerous theories have been proposed, arguing that proto-industrialization transformed demographic behaviour, social structure and traditional institutions, and was a major cause of capitalism and factory industrialisation. European Proto-Industrialization  summarises the theories and criticisms, and includes chapters written by experts on different European countries. It provides an essential guide to an important, yet often confusing, field of economic and social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97381/cover/9780521497381.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149740X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149740X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eucalypt Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individuals to Ecosystems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Jann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woinarski, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dominant trees of Australia, eucalypts make up a remarkable genus. This authoritative volume provides current reviews by active researchers of many disciplines, including evolutionary history, genetics, distribution and modelling, the relationship of eucalypts to fire and nutrients, ecophysiology, pollination and reproductive ecology, interactions between eucalypts and other co-existing biota (including fungi, invertebrates and vertebrates), and conservation and management. Together these reviews shed light on the reasons for the great success of eucalypts in Australian environments, and provide a comprehensive summary for comparison with the ecology of major woody plant genera in other continents. This volume is of particular relevance to Australian ecologists, but also provides a stimulating perspective to students of vegetation ecology in all continents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>360.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forced Migration and Scientific Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Emigr&#233; German-Speaking Scientists and Scholars after 1933</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ash, Mitchell G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#246;llner, Alfons</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dismissal of civil servants on racist or political grounds in April 1933 marked the beginning of a massive, forced exodus of mainly Jewish scholars and scientists from Nazi Germany - a phenomenon unprecedented in the modern history of academic life. The essays in this volume examine whether that 'exodus of reason' lead to significant scientific change, and if so, how that change should be characterised. The volume challenges the focus of earlier work on the 'intellectual migration' on losses (for German science) and gains (for British and American science). Instead, the authors proceed from the assumption that the sciences are open, dynamic, and historically contingent systems, and explore the multiple, complex interactions of biographical, social, and cultural circumstances with changes - or lack of change -&#160;in the &#233;migr&#233;s' scientific thinking and research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97411/cover/9780521497411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From State to Market?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformation of French Business and Government</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Vivien A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mitterrand years saw the transformation of business and its relationship to government. From State to Market details the governmental policies toward business that went from nationalization to privatization, deregulation, and ever-increasing European integration, bringing with them the move from a dirigiste, or state-directed, economy to a more market-oriented one. Professor Schmidt profiles the players, the interpenetrating elite of top business and government officials who share common state educational history and career track and who, as the beneficiaries of the all-pervasive culture of the state, have managed not only to maintain their hold in the ministries but also to colonize industry. This book, which spans the fields of public policy and political economy, contains both new empirical information - the results of over forty interviews with top business and government officials - and a new theoretical framework that sets French state-society relations in comparative perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97428/cover/9780521497428.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mean Streets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Youth Crime and Homelessness</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hagan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mean Streets is a field study of young people who have left home and school and are living on the streets of Toronto and Vancouver. This book includes the personal narratives and explanatory accounts, in their own words, of some of the more than four hundred young people who participated in the summer-long study, which featured intensive personal interviews. The study examines why youth take to the streets, their struggles to survive on the street, their victimization and involvement in crime, their associations with other street youth, especially within 'street families', their contacts with the police, and their efforts to leave the street and rejoin conventional society. Major theories of youth crime are analyzed and reappraised in the context of a new social capital theory of crime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97435/cover/9780521497435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shanghai Badlands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wartime Terrorism and Urban Crime, 1937-1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wakeman, Jr, Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between August 1937 and December 1941, when the Chinese sectors of Shanghai were occupied by the Japanese, terrorist wars broke out between Nationalist secret agents and assassins of the Japanese military authorities. The most intensely disputed area was the western suburb, the Badlands, but warfare was not restricted to that zone. A spate of assassinations, bombings, and machine gun raids took place under the noses of the authorities. Thanks to the release of secret Chinese police files by the CIA, the inner workings of these terrorist groups and their links to the notorious Green Gang can now be exposed for the first time. In so doing, this book also explores the social history of Shanghai's underworld, the worsening relations between the US and Japan before World War II, and the rivalry between leaders Chiang Kai-shek and Wang Jingwei during China's War of Resistance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97442/cover/9780521497442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Vine and Wine in Modern France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Harry W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science, Vine and Wine in Modern France examines the role of science in the civilization of wine in modern France. Viticulture, the science of the vine itself, and oenology, the science of winemaking, are its subjects. Together they can boast of at least two major triumphs: the creation of the post-phylloxera vines that repopulated late-nineteenth-century vineyards devastated by the disease; and the understanding of the complex structure of wine that eventually resulted in the development of the widespread wine models of Bordeaux, Burgundy, and Champagne. This is the first analysis of the scientific battle over the best way to save the French vineyards and the first account of the growth of oenological science in France since Chaptal and Pasteur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97459/cover/9780521497459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Writing of Race and Nation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, Sara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes a new Henry James who, rather than being paraded as a beacon of high culture, actually expresses a nuanced understanding of, and engagement with, popular culture. Arguing against recent trends in critical studies which locate racial resistance in popular culture, Sara Blair uncovers this resistance within literature and high modernism. She analyses a variety of texts from early travel writing to The Princess Casamassima, The American Scene and The Tragic Muse, always setting the scene through descriptions of key events of the time such as Jack the Ripper's murders. Blair makes a powerful case for reading James with a sense of sustained contradiction and her project absorbingly argues for the historical and ongoing importance of literary texts and discourses to the study of culture and cultural value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97503/cover/9780521497503.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Proto-Industrialization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introductory Handbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ogilvie, Sheilagh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cerman, Markus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays provides an introduction to 'proto-industrialization': the growth of export-oriented domestic industries which took place all over Europe between about 1500 and 1800. Often these industries expanded alongside agriculture, without advanced technology or centralised factories. Since the 1970s numerous theories have been proposed, arguing that proto-industrialization transformed demographic behaviour, social structure and traditional institutions, and was a major cause of capitalism and factory industrialisation. European Proto-Industrialization  summarises the theories and criticisms, and includes chapters written by experts on different European countries. It provides an essential guide to an important, yet often confusing, field of economic and social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97602/cover/9780521497602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rhetoric and Culture in Lacan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaitin, Gilbert D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to explore the full range and import of Lacan's theory of poetry and its relationship to his understanding of the subject and historicity. Gilbert Chaitin's lucid and accessible study of this famously complex thinker shows how Lacan moves beyond the traditionally hostile polarities of mythos and logos, poetics and philosophy, to conceive of the subject as a complex interplay between psychoanalysis, rationality and history. Lacan's incorporation of historical necessity into the formation of subjectivity enables him to illuminate the role literature plays in the creation of selfhood. Lacan's metaphor of the subject, Chaitin argues, draws not only on Saussure, Jakobson, Freud, Heidegger and Hegel but on hitherto unacknowledged sources such as Bertrand Russell and I.A. Richards. Chaitin explores the ambiguities, contradictions and singularities of Lacan's immensely influential work to provide a definitive account of the theoretical development across his entire career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97657/cover/9780521497657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Morals of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larmore, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected in this volume all explore the problem of the relation between moral philosophy and modernity. Charles Larmore addresses this problem by attempting to define the way distinctive forms of modern experience should orientate our moral thinking. Charles Larmore wonders whether the dominant forms of modern philosophy have not become blind to important dimensions of the moral life. The book argues against recent attempts to return to the virtue-centered perspective of ancient Greek ethics. As well as exploring the differences between ancient and modern ethics, the author examines such topics as the roles of reason and history in our moral understanding, the inadequacy of philsophical naturalism, and the foundations of modern liberalism. There are also extended discussions of a number of leading contemporary philosophers: Rawls, Habermas, Williams and Rorty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97725/cover/9780521497725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Crisis of Vision in Modern Economic Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heilbroner, Robert L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milberg, William S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A deep and widespread crisis affects modern economic theory, a crisis that derives from the absence of a 'vision' - a set of widely shared political and social preconceptions - on which all economics ultimately depends. This absence, in turn, reflects the collapse of the Keynesian view that provided such a foundation from 1940 to the early 1970s, comparable to earlier visions provided by Smith, Ricardo, Mill, and Marshall. The 'unraveling' of Keynesianism has been followed by a division of discordant and ineffective camps whose common denominator seems to be their shared analytical refinement and lack of practical applicability. Heilbroner and Milberg's analysis attempts both to describe this state of affairs, and to suggest the direction in which economic thinking must move if it is to regain the relevance and remedial power it now pointedly lacks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97749/cover/9780521497749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harriet Jacobs and Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Critical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garfield, Deborah M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zafar, Rafia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harriet Jacobs, today perhaps the single-most read and studied black American woman of the nineteenth century, has not until recently enjoyed sustained, scholarly analysis. This anthology presents a far-ranging compendium of literary and cultural scholarship which will take its place as the primary resource for students and teachers of Incidents in the Life of a Slave Girl. The contributors include both established Jacobs scholars such as Jean Fagan Yellin (biographer and editor of the annotated edition of Incidents), Frances Smith Foster, Donald Gibson, and emerging critics Sandra Gunning, P. Gabrielle Foreman, and Anita Goldman. The essays take on a variety of subjects in Incidents, treating representation, gender, resistance, and spirituality from differing angles. The chapters contextualise both the historical figure of Harriet Jacobs and her autobiography as a created work of art; all endeavour to be accessible to a heterogeneous readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97794/cover/9780521497794.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Serious Money</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundraising and Contributing in Presidential Nomination Campaigns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Clifford W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Lynda W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilcox, Clyde</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Serious Money offers detailed analysis of the relationship between fundraising methods and contributing decisions in presidential nomination campaigns, based largely upon newly conducted surveys of contributors to both the 1988 and 1992 campaigns. Brown, Powell and Wilcox explore the fundamental differences detween direct mail solicitation and personal-solicitation networks, and how candidate resources dictate the use of unique methods of solicitation. Candidate resources analysed include home state power bases, access to national party networks and the national legislative agenda, congressional office, social identity, and ideological proximity. With respect to contributing decisions, the book focuses on the three fundamental sources of the decision to contribute: the purposive, solidary, and material motives of contributors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97800/cover/9780521497800.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Donor Insemination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Social Science Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daniels, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haimes, Erica</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>197</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Donor insemination or DI is the oldest and most widely practised form of assisted conception but, until now, it has been assessed largely from a medical perspective. This book brings together an international group of social scientists to discuss the social, cultural, political and practical dimensions to DI, relating it to the wider debates about fertility treatment and the place of assisted conception in contemporary society. The contributors consider the experience of DI from the viewpoint of all the various parties involved, including the recipients of the treatment, the sperm providers, the clinicians, the people conceived and policy-makers working in the area. The assumptions informing the practices around DI and the reactions to it are critically examined, with reference to developments worldwide, cross-national issues, the language of DI, gender, sexuality, ethnicity and identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetry Methods for Differential Equations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Beginner's Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hydon, Peter E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symmetry is the key to solving differential equations. There are many well-known techniques for obtaining exact solutions, but most of them are special cases of a few powerful symmetry methods. Furthermore, these methods can be applied to differential equations of an unfamiliar type; they do not rely on special 'tricks'. Instead, a given differential equation is forced to reveal its symmetries, which are then used to construct exact solutions. This book is a straightforward introduction to the subject, and is aimed at applied mathematicians, physicists, and engineers. The presentation is informal, using many worked examples to illustrate the main symmetry methods. It is written at a level suitable for postgraduates and advanced undergraduates, and is designed to enable the reader to master the main techniques quickly and easily. The book contains methods that have not previously appeared in a text. These include methods for obtaining discrete symmetries and integrating factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97862/cover/9780521497862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novikov Conjectures, Index Theorems, and Rigidity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferry, Steven C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranicki, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Jonathan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Novikov Conjecture is the single most important unsolved problem in the topology of high-dimensional non-simply connected manifolds. These two volumes are the outgrowth of a conference held at the Mathematisches Forschungsinstitut Oberwolfach (Germany) in September, 1993, on the subject of `Novikov Conjectures, Index Theorems and Rigidity'. They are intended to give a snapshot of the status of work on the Novikov Conjecture and related topics from many points of view: geometric topology, homotopy theory, algebra, geometry, analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97954/cover/9780521497954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Novikov Conjectures, Index Theorems, and Rigidity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Oberwolfach 1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferry, Steven C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranicki, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Jonathan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Novikov Conjecture is the single most important unsolved problem in the topology of high-dimensional non-simply connected manifolds. These two volumes are the outgrowth of a conference held at the Mathematisches Forschungsinstitut Oberwolfach (Germany) in September 1993, on the subject of 'Novikov Conjectures, Index Theorems and Rigidity'. They are intended to give a snapshot of the status of work on the Novikov Conjecture and related topics from many points of view: geometric topology, homotopy theory, algebra, geometry and analysis.  Volume 1 contains: &#8226; A detailed historical survey and bibliography of the Novikov Conjecture and of related subsequent developments, including an annotated reprint (both in the original Russian and in English translation) of Novikov's original 1970 statement of his conjecture;  &#8226; An annotated problem list; &#8226; The texts of several important unpublished classic papers by Milnor, Browder, and Kasparov; and &#8226; Research/survey papers on the Novikov Conjecture by Ferry/Weinberger, Gromov, Mishchenko, Quinn, Ranicki, and Rosenberg.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97961/cover/9780521497961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics, 1995</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowlinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifteenth British Combinatorial Conference took place in July 1995 at the University of Stirling. This volume consists of the papers presented by the invited lecturers at the meeting, and provides an up-to-date survey of current research activity in several areas of combinatorics and its applications. These include distance-regular graphs, combinatorial designs, coding theory, spectra of graphs, and randomness and computation. The articles give an overview of combinatorics that will be extremely useful to both mathematicians and computer scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97978/cover/9780521497978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521497981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521497981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Generalised Euler-Jacobi Inversion Formula and Asymptotics beyond All Orders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowalenko, Vic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, N. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glasser, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taucher, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>141</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work presents exciting new developments in understanding the subdominant exponential terms of asymptotic expansions which have previously been neglected. By considering special exponential series arising in number theory, the authors derive the generalised Euler-Jacobi series, expressed in terms of hypergeometric series. Dingle's theory of terminants is then employed to show how the divergences in both dominant and subdominant series of a complete asymptotic expansion can be tamed. Numerical results are used to illustrate that a complete asymptotic expansion can be made to agree with exact results for the generalised Euler-Jacobi series to any desired degree of accuracy. All researchers interested in the fascinating area of exponential asymptotics will find this a most valuable book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97985/cover/9780521497985.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149799X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149799X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521497992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harmonic Approximation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521497992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardiner, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of harmonic approximation has recently matured into a coherent research area with extensive applications. This is the first book to give a systematic account of these developments, beginning with classical results concerning uniform approximation on compact sets, and progressing through fusion techniques to deal with approximation on unbounded sets. All the time inspiration is drawn from holomorphic results such as the well-known theorems of Runge and Mergelyan. The final two chapters deal with wide-ranging and surprising applications to the Dirichlet problem, maximum principle, Radon transform and the construction of pathological harmonic functions. This book is aimed at graduate students and researchers who have some knowledge of subharmonic functions, or an interest in holomorphic approximation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/97992/cover/9780521497992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Color Categories in Thought and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardin, C. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maffi, Luisa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late 1960s, Berlin and Kay argued that there are commonalities of basic colour term use that extend across languages and cultures, and probably express universal features of perception and cognition. In 1992, at the Asilomar Conference Centre, visual scientists and psychologists met with linguists and anthropologists for the first time to examine how these claims have fared in the light of current knowledge. To what extent can cross-cultural regularities be explained by the operation of the human visual system? What can the study of colour categorisation tell us about concept formation? Are the Berlin-Kay results an artifact of their methods? What tools have been and should be used to probe the structure of human colour categories? In this volume, which arose from that conference but also incorporates new work, a distinguished team of contributors survey key ideas, results and techniques from the study of human colour vision, as well as field methods and theoretical interpretations drawn from linguistic anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98005/cover/9780521498005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Entering the Child's Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Clinical Interview In Psychological Research and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginsburg, Herbert P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Entering the Child's Mind teaches a powerful technique for gaining insight into a child's way of thinking. In the tradition of Piaget and Vygotsky, Dr Herbert P. Ginsburg argues that standardized instruments of evaluation often fail to meet the challenges of complex cognition. He presents the 'clinical interview' as a powerful tool that, when understood and used properly, can provide psychologists with a profound appreciation for children's thinking. Dr Ginsburg aims to convince the reader that the method has important applications in research, clinical practice, and education. The clinical interview offers a degree of flexibility that allows psychologists to more closely assess the thinking of a particular child.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98036/cover/9780521498036.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149804X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149804X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Many Faces of Dependency in Old Age</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baltes, Margret M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margret Baltes, a major researcher in gerontology, challenges the deterministic view that dependence is a natural consequence of aging. In this important new volume, she presents her theory of learned dependency based upon 20 years of research, which holds that dependency plays an important role in successful aging and is a resourceful adaptation to aging losses.The Many Faces of Dependency in Old Age provides new insights into the social foundation of dependency. Its theoretical foundation and its broad empirical base distinguish it from others in its field. This book attempts to correct the bias towards the virtues of independence over the vicissitudes of dependence, a predominantly North American view. It stresses that dependencies are not always dysfunctional, representing only loss. Baltes also incorporates European, Japanese and feminist ideas about juxtaposing individuality and connectedness in the mature adult.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98043/cover/9780521498043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Berkeley's Principles and Dialogues</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Background Source Materials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkeley, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCracken, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tipton, I. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume sets Berkeley's philosophy in its historical context by providing selections from: firstly, works that deeply influenced Berkeley as he formed his main doctrines; secondly, works that illuminate the philosophical climate in which those doctrines were formed; and thirdly, works that display Berkeley's subsequent philosophical influence. The first category is represented by selections from Descartes, Malebranche, Bayle, and Locke; the second category includes extracts from such thinkers as Regius, Lanion, Arnauld, Lee, and Norris; while reactions to Berkeley, both positive and negative, are drawn from a wide range of thinkers - Leibniz, Baxter, Hume, Diderot, Voltaire, Reid, Kant, Herder, and Mill.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98067/cover/9780521498067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America in the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Historiography of US Foreign Relations since 1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes state-of-the-art essays and historiographical surveys of American foreign relations since 1941 by some of the country's leading diplomatic historians. The essays in part one offer sweeping overviews of the major trends in the field of diplomatic history. Part two features essays that survey the literature on US relations with particular regions of the world or on the foreign policies of presidential administrations. The result is the most comprehensive assessment of the literature on US foreign policy to be published in nearly twenty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98074/cover/9780521498074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Scattering Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melrose, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These lecture notes are intended as a non-technical overview of scattering theory. The point of view adopted throughout is that scattering theory provides a parameterization of the continuous spectrum of an elliptic operator on a complete manifold with uniform structure at infinity. The simple and fundamental case of the Laplacian or Euclidean space is described in the first two lectures to introduce the basic framework of scattering theory. In the next three lectures various results on Euclidean scattering, and the methods used to prove them, are outlined.  In the last three lectures these ideas are extended to non-Euclidean settings. These lecture notes will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in the field of applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98104/cover/9780521498104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149821X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149821X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ives: Concord Sonata</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Piano Sonata No. 2</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Block, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Ives's massive Concord Sonata, his second sonata for piano, named after the town of Concord in Massachusetts, is central to his output and clearly reflects his aesthetic perspective. Geoffrey Block's wide-ranging account of the work thus provides an ideal introduction to this fascinating composer. As well as a discussion of the Sonata's reception history from 1920 to the present, and a chapter on its compositional genesis, this handbook includes a detailed narrative of the motivic content as well as a historical and analytical survey of the work's borrowings, both certifiable and newly proposed. The programmatic element of the Sonata is explored in the context of Ives's personal vision of four literary subjects associated with the town of Concord between 1840 and 1860: Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and the Alcotts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98210/cover/9780521498210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Go Tell It on the Mountain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Trudier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Baldwin's first novel, Go Tell It on the Mountain, has gained a wide readership and much critical acclaim since its publication in 1953. While most critics have seen it as focusing exclusively on the African American fundamentalist church and its effect on characters brought up within its tradition, these scholars posit that issues of homosexuality, the social construction of identity, anthropological conceptions of community, and the quest for an artistic identity provide more elucidating approaches to the novel. Trudier Harris's introduction traces the history of its composition and the critical responses after its eventual publication; Michael F. Lynch re-evaluates the religious centre of the novel; Bryan R. Washington argues that the text has much to do with the uncovering of sexual identity; Vivian M. May uncovers the shifting identities throughout the work; and Keith Clark explores the quest of the characters for male communitas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98265/cover/9780521498265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Primate Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Information, Social Knowledge, and the Evolution of Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quiatt, Duane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Vernon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the social life of monkeys, apes and humans. Its central theme is the importance of social information and knowledge to a full understanding of primate social behaviour and organisation. Using this perspective, the authors seek to demonstrate a continuity between human and non-human society that is often not recognised elsewhere in the literature. Topics covered include: an overview of the contexts of behaviour; a comparison of blind strategies and tactical decision-making; social cognition; a review of intentionalist interpretations of behaviour; kinship; language and its social implications; and the constraints of culture. Primate Behaviour will be of interest to senior undergraduate and graduate students, as well as to researchers in the fields of biological and social anthropology, primatology, psychology, behavioural science and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98326/cover/9780521498326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arithmetic of Diagonal Hypersurfaces over Finite Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gouv&#234;a, Fernando Q.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yui, Noriko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is now a large body of theory concerning algebraic varieties over finite fields, and many conjectures exist in this area that are of great interest to researchers in number theory and algebraic geometry. This book is concerned with the arithmetic of diagonal hypersurfaces over finite fields, with special focus on the Tate conjecture and the Lichtenbaum-Milne formula for the central value of the L-function. It combines theoretical and numerical work, and includes tables of Picard numbers. Although this book is aimed at experts, the authors have included some background material to help non-specialists gain access to the results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98340/cover/9780521498340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complex Algebraic Surfaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beauville, Arnaud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Developed over more than a century, and still an active area of research today, the classification of algebraic surfaces is an intricate and fascinating branch of mathematics. In this book Professor Beauville gives a lucid and concise account of the subject, following the strategy of F. Enriques, but expressed simply in the language of modern topology and sheaf theory, so as to be accessible to any budding geometer. This volume is self contained and the exercises succeed both in giving the flavour of the extraordinary wealth of examples in the classical subject, and in equipping the reader with most of the techniques needed for research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98425/cover/9780521498425.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competition Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Game-Theoretic Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phlips, Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book uses game theory to analyse anti-competitive behaviour among firms and to consider its implications for competition policy. Part I focuses on 'explicit collusion': the author proves that 'four are few and six are many', and shows how cartels can be enforced under imperfect and incomplete information. Part II on 'tacit collusion' discusses the informational requirements of collusion detection in noncooperative repeated games. In Part III on 'semicollusion', excess capacity is shown to reinforce collusion. Part IV is devoted to the detection of predatory pricing. In this book, Louis Phlips applies the latest economic theory to a discussion of several European antitrust decisions and empirical studies. The presentation of case studies, combined with a clear exposition of the theory, will make this book invaluable to teachers and students of competition policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98715/cover/9780521498715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in Russia and Ukraine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsh, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, leading western specialists and Russian and Ukrainian feminists examine how gender has shaped Russian and Ukrainian history from the twelfth century to the present. In particular, they analyse the current backlash against women's emancipation. Using new archival materials and the insights of feminist theory, the contributors explore the relevance of gender equality and difference in Russian history. They find that women have not merely submitted to the patriarchal system, but instead have found creative ways of resisting it. Chapters focusing on contemporary Russia discuss abortion, pornography, sexual minorities, young women's lifestyles, the impact of economic reform on women and the development of the women's movement. This book will be of interest to students and specialists in Russian, Ukrainian and women's studies, as well as to historians, political scientists, sociologists and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98722/cover/9780521498722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abelian Functions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Abel's Theorem and the Allied Theory of Theta Functions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, H. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krichever, Igor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Classical algebraic geometry, inseparably connected with the names of Abel, Riemann, Weierstrass, Poincar&#233;, Clebsch, Jacobi and other outstanding mathematicians of the last century, was mainly an analytical theory. In our century it has been enriched by the methods and ideas of topology, commutative algebra and Grothendieck's schemes seemed to have replaced once and forever the somewhat naive language of classical algebraic geometry. This book contains more than its modest title suggests. Written in 1897, its scope was as broad as it could possibly be, namely to cover the whole of algebraic geometry, and associated theories. The subject is discussed by Baker in terms of transcendental functions, and in particular theta functions. Many of the ideas put forward are of continuing relevance today, and some of the most exciting ideas from theoretical physics draw on work presented here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98777/cover/9780521498777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vector Bundles in Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hitchin, N. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newstead, P. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oxbury, W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of vector bundles over algebraic varieties has been stimulated over the last few years by successive waves of migrant concepts, largely from mathematical physics, whilst retaining its roots in old questions concerning subvarieties of projective space. The 1993 Durham Symposium on Vector Bundles in Algebraic Geometry brought together some of the leading researchers in the field to explore further these interactions. This book is a collection of survey articles by the main speakers at the symposium and presents to the mathematical world an overview of the key areas of research involving vector bundles. Topics covered include those linking gauge theory and geometric invariant theory such as augmented bundles and coherent systems; Donaldson invariants of algebraic surfaces; Floer homology and quantum cohomology; conformal field theory and the moduli spaces of bundles on curves; the Horrocks-Mumford bundle and codimension 2 subvarieties in P4 and P5; exceptional bundles and stable sheaves on projective space.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98784/cover/9780521498784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature and Society in Historical Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gustafsson, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In general terms, one way of describing the world we live in is to say that it is made up of nature and society, and that human beings belong to both. This is the first volume to be published which addresses the historical contexts of the relations between these two characteristics of human nature. A distinguished international team aims to contribute - through selective, interdisciplinary studies - to a much-needed but currently scant debate over the reciprocal links between conceptions of nature and conceptions of society from the ancient Greek kosmos to late twentieth-century 'ecology'. Individual essays and the general conclusions of the volume are important not only for our understanding of the evolution of knowledge of nature and of society, but also for an awareness of the types of truth and perception produced in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98814/cover/9780521498814.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149883X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149883X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Tennessee Williams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roudan&#233;, Matthew C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of thirteen original essays from a team of leading scholars in the field. In this wide-ranging volume, the contributors cover a healthy sampling of Williams's works, from the early apprenticeship years in the 1930s through to his last play before his death in 1983, Something Cloudy, Something Clear. In addition to essays on such major plays as The Glass Menagerie, A Streetcar Named Desire, and Cat on a Hot Tin Roof, among others, the contributors also consider selected minor plays, short stories, poems, and biographical concerns. The Companion also features a chapter on selected key productions as well as a bibliographic essay surveying the major critical statements on Williams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98838/cover/9780521498838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concepts and Methods in Evolutionary Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandon, Robert N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robert Brandon is one of the most important and influential of contemporary philosophers of biology. This collection of his recent essays covers all the traditional topics in the philosophy of evolutionary biology and as such could serve as an introduction to the field. There are essays on the nature of fitness, teleology, the structure of the theory of natural selection, and the levels of selection. The book also deals with newer topics that are less frequently discussed but are of growing interest, for example the evolution of human language and the role of experimentation in evolutionary biology. A special feature of the collection is that it avoids jargon and is written in a style that will appeal to working evolutionary biologists as well as philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98883/cover/9780521498883.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521498937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521498937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521498937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Shadow of the Holocaust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Second Generation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521498937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hass, Aaron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTZ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'The most important event in my life occurred before I was born,' one child of concentration camp survivors has observed. The Holocaust did not end with the liberation of survivors after the collapse of the Third Reich, for the legacy of their suffering extends to a generation that never faced an SS storm- trooper. With a rich blend of oral history, memoir, and psychological interpretation, Aaron Hass deepens our understanding of the price of that legacy for the second generation. What are the effects of growing up in the shadow of the Holocaust? Drawing on interviews and survey materials, Aaron Hass provides a vibrant account of the experiences of survivors' children. Now in their thirties and forties, these men and women describe their relationships with their parents and offer their perceptions of the impact of the Holocaust on their families. They give voice to memories and feelings about which some of them have never spoken before. Himself a child of survivors and a distinguished clinical psychologist, Hass writes about the lingering presence of the Holocaust in his own life as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/98937/cover/9780521498937.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Theory of the Riemann Zeta-Function</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a modern introduction to the analytic techniques used in the investigation of zeta functions, through the example of the Riemann zeta function. Riemann introduced this function in connection with his study of prime numbers and from this has developed the subject of analytic number theory. Since then many other classes of 'zeta function' have been introduced and they are now some of the most intensively studied objects in number theory. Professor Patterson has emphasised central ideas of broad application, avoiding technical results and the customary function-theoretic approach. Thus, graduate students and non-specialists will find this an up-to-date and accessible introduction, especially for the purposes of algebraic number theory. There are many exercises included throughout, designed to encourage active learning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99057/cover/9780521499057.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Directions in Solid State Chemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rao, C. N. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gopalakrishnan, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the new edition of this widely praised textbook, all the chapters have been revised and the authors have brought the work completely up to date by the addition of new material on numerous topics. In recent years, solid state chemistry has emerged as a very important element of mainstream chemistry and materials science. Students, teachers and researchers need to understand the chemistry of solids because of the crucial role this plays in determining the properties of materials. An understanding of solid state chemistry is also essential in materials design, and many fascinating relationships between the structure and properties of solids have been discovered by chemists. This text requires only an understanding of basic physics, chemistry and crystallography, and is enhanced with the most recent examples, case studies and references. It will be of value to advanced students and researchers studying solid state chemistry and materials science as a text and reference work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99071/cover/9780521499071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Solids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structure and Properties</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, Lorna J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashby, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this new edition of their classic work on Cellular Solids, the authors have brought the book completely up to date, including new work on processing of metallic and ceramic foams and on the mechanical, electrical and acoustic properties of cellular solids. Data for commercially available foams are presented on material property charts; two new case studies show how the charts are used for selection of foams in engineering design. Over 150 references appearing in the literature since the publication of the first edition are cited. The text summarises current understanding of the structure and mechanical behaviour of cellular materials, and the ways in which they can be exploited in engineering design. Cellular solids include engineering honeycombs and foams (which can now be made from polymers, metals, ceramics and composites) as well as natural materials, such as wood, cork and cancellous bone.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/95608/cover/9780521495608.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the French Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From 1800 to the Present</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Unwin, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a unique and valuable insight into the novel in French over the past two centuries. In a series of essays, acknowledged experts discuss a variety of topics including nineteenth-century realism, women and fiction, popular fiction, experiment and innovation, war and the Holocaust, the Francophone novel, and postmodern fiction. They offer a challenging reassessment of major figures, while deliberately reading traditional views of literary history against the grain. Theoretical discussion is combined with close reading of texts and exploration of context, comparison with other genres and other literatures, and reference to novels from earlier periods. This companionable introduction includes a chronology and guide to further reading. From it emerges a strong sense of the vitality and energy of the modern French novel, and of the debates surrounding it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99149/cover/9780521499149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ever-Changing Sky</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Celestial Sphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaler, James B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ever-Changing Sky provides a comprehensive and non-mathematical guide to spherical astronomy. The reader is guided through terrestrial and celestial co-ordinate systems, time measurement and celestial navigation, to the prediction of the rising and setting of the stars, Sun and Moon. It focuses on the geometrical aspects of the night sky without using complex trigonometry. The book progresses to a general study of the Earth and sky, including the stars and constellations (with useful star maps provided), the motions and appearance of the Moon, tides and eclipses, the orbits of the planets and the smaller bodies of the Solar System (asteroids, meteors, meteorites and comets). Finally, there is a brief overview of atmospheric phenomena (including rainbows and haloes). This text will be invaluable to students taking courses in naked-eye astronomy, amateur and professional astronomers, as well as more general readers wanting to know how the night sky changes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99187/cover/9780521499187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Business in Medieval Europe, 1200-1550</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Edwin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book demolishes the widely held view that the phrase 'medieval business' is an oxymoron. The authors review the entire range of business in medieval western Europe, probing its Roman and Christian heritage to discover the economic and political forces that shaped the organization of agriculture, manufacturing, construction, mining, transportation and marketing. Businessmen's responses to the devastating plagues, famines, and warfare that beset Europe in the late Middle Ages are equally well covered. Medieval businessmen's remarkable success in coping with this hostile new environment was 'a harvest of adversity' that prepared the way for the economic expansion of the sixteenth century. Two main themes run through this book. First, the force and direction of business development in this period stemmed primarily from the demands of the elite. Second, the lasting legacy of medieval businessmen was less their skillful adaptations of imported inventions than their brilliant innovations in business organization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99231/cover/9780521499231.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Security Threatened</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Surveying Israeli Opinion on Peace and War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arian, Asher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Public opinion has played a crucial role in the transitions from war to peace in Israel since the 1967 Six Day war. Security Threatened is the first major analysis of the interactions among opinion, politics and policy in that period, based on opinion surveys of thousands of adult Jews conducted between 1962 and 1994. The public divided during those years into militant hardliners and more conciliatory security positions, and power either shifted between, or was shared by, the Likud and Labour parties. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, with the onset of the intifada, the collapse of the Soviet Union, and the American victory in the Gulf War, all segments of the Israeli public became more conciliatory. Policy initiatives reflected shifts in political power which in turn magnified changes in public opinion. Leaders were constrained by public opinion and by perceptions of threat, but they could also alter policy if they had the will because opinion was rather equally divided; since most people had their minds made up, the opposition could not block their policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99255/cover/9780521499255.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Theory of Lie Groupoids and Lie Algebroids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackenzie, Kirill C. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive modern account of the theory of Lie groupoids and Lie algebroids, and their importance in differential geometry, in particular their relations with Poisson geometry and general connection theory. It covers much work done since the mid 1980s including the first treatment in book form of Poisson groupoids, Lie bialgebroids and double vector bundles, as well as a revised account of the relations between locally trivial Lie groupoids, Atiyah sequences, and connections in principal bundles. As such, this book will be of great interest to all those concerned with the use of Poisson geometry as a semi-classical limit of quantum geometry, as well as to all those working in or wishing to learn the modern theory of Lie groupoids and Lie algebroids.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99286/cover/9780521499286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149950X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149950X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre and Fashion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Oscar Wilde to the Suffragettes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, Joel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stowell, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to explore the complex relationship between theatre, fashion and society in the late Victorian and early modern era. Examining such diverse topics as the emergence of the society playhouse, fashion journalism, the role of the couturier-costumier, department store marketing, and the establishment of 'dress codes' by militant suffragettes, Kaplan and Stowell provide a new context for assessing plays by established writers like Oscar Wilde, Bernard Shaw, Arthur Pinero and Harley Granville Barker, as well as lesser known figures, such as Edith Lyttelton, Emily Symonds and Cicely Hamilton.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99507/cover/9780521499507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Gauge Theories and Modern Particle Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leader, Elliot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Predazzi, Enrico</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work presents, in two volumes, a comprehensive and unified treatment of modern theoretical and experimental particle physics at a level accessible to beginning research students. The emphasis throughout is on presenting underlying physical principles in a simple and intuitive way, and the more sophisticated methods demanded by present day research interests are introduced in a very gradual and gentle fashion. Volume 1 covers electroweak interactions, the discovery and properties of the 'new' particles, the discovery of partons and the construction and predictions of the simple parton model. Volume 2 deals at some length with CP-violation, but is mainly devoted to QCD and its application to 'hard' processes. A brief coverage of 'soft' hadronic physics is included. This work will provide a comprehensive reference and textbook for all graduate students and researchers interested in modern particle physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99514/cover/9780521499514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Species Diversity in Space and Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenzweig, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do larger areas have more species? What makes diversity so high near the equator? Has the number of species grown during the past 600 million years? Does habitat diversity support species diversity, or is it the other way around? What reduces diversity in ecologically productive places? At what scales of space and time do diversity patterns hold? Do the mechanisms that produce them vary with scale? This book examines these questions and many others, by employing both theory and data in the search for answers. Surprisingly, many of the questions have reasonably likely answers. By identifying these, attention can be turned toward life's many, still-unexplained diversity patterns. As evolutionary ecologists race to understand biodiversity before it is too late, this book will help set the agenda for diversity research into the next century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99521/cover/9780521499521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Education in a Multicultural Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Policy, Theory, Critique</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fullinwider, Robert K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important collection of essays offers a sustained philosophical examination of fundamental questions raised by multicultural education in primary and secondary schools. The essays focus on both theory and policy. They discuss the relation between culture and identity, the role of reason in bridging cultural divisions, and the civic implications of multi-culturalism in the teaching of history and literature. Several of the essays examine aspects of multicultural policies in California and New York, as well as the curriculum guidelines promulgated by the National Council for Social Studies. Although much has been published on the subject of multi-culturalism, including the cultural war on American campuses, there is very little available on the impact of multicultural policies for primary and secondary education. So this is a volume that will be welcomed by all those interested in multicultural education: philosophers and historians of education, sociologists, professional educators and policy-makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99583/cover/9780521499583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scaling and Renormalization in Statistical Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cardy, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text provides a thoroughly modern graduate-level introduction to the theory of critical behaviour. Beginning with a brief review of phase transitions in simple systems and of mean field theory, the text then goes on to introduce the core ideas of the renormalization group. Following chapters cover phase diagrams, fixed points, cross-over behaviour, finite-size scaling, perturbative renormalization methods, low-dimensional systems, surface critical behaviour, random systems, percolation, polymer statistics, critical dynamics and conformal symmetry. The book closes with an appendix on Gaussian integration, a selected bibliography, and a detailed index. Many problems are included. The emphasis throughout is on providing an elementary and intuitive approach. In particular, the perturbative method introduced leads, among other applications, to a simple derivation of the epsilon expansion in which all the actual calculations (at least to lowest order) reduce to simple counting, avoiding the need for Feynman diagrams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99590/cover/9780521499590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating the Kingdom of Ends</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Korsgaard, Christine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christine Korsgaard has become one of the leading interpreters of Kant's moral philosophy. She is identified with a small group of philosophers who are intent on producing a version of Kant's moral philosophy that is at once sensitive to its historical roots while revealing its particular relevance to contemporary problems. She rejects the traditional picture of Kant's ethics as a cold vision of the moral life which emphasises duty at the expense of love and value. Rather, Kant's work is seen as providing a resource for addressing not only the metaphysics of morals, but also for tackling practical questions about personal relations, politics, and everyday human interaction. This collection contains some of the finest current work on Kant's ethics and will command the attention of all those involved in teaching and studying moral theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99620/cover/9780521499620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052149964X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052149964X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Growth in Europe since 1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crafts, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toniolo, Gianni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compelling volume re-examines the topic of economic growth in Europe after the Second World War. The contributors approach the subject armed not only with new theoretical ideas, but also with the experience of the 1980s on which to draw. The analysis is based on both applied economics and on economic history. Thus, while the volume is greatly informed by insights from growth theory, emphasis is given to the presentation of chronological and institutional detail. The case study approach and the adoption of a longer-run perspective than is normal for economists allow new insights to be obtained. As well as including chapters that consider the experience of individual European countries, the book explores general European institutional arrangements and historical circumstances. The result is a genuinely comparative picture of post-war growth, with insights that do not emerge from standard cross-section regressions based on the post-1960 period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99644/cover/9780521499644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Electorate, 1963-1992</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Compendium of Data from the British Election Studies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crewe, Ivor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, Anthony D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Day, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>511</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past thirty years a wealth of statistical information about British voters and British elections has been collected by the British Election Studies research teams. The British Electorate, 1963-1992 makes these data available in a standard, easy-to-read format accessible to the non-technical user. Tables display the same data for each election, allowing the reader to compare any two elections between 1964 and 1992, or to trace trends across the whole period. The information presented covers a wide range of topics in voting and public opinion, including the vote, turnout, party membership, partisanship, and attitudes on issues such as abortion, capital punishment and nationalisation. Data on sub-groups of the electorate (men and women, young and old, trade unionists, the unemployed, Conservative and Labour voters etc) are also presented. This book will be an important reference for political and sociological researchers, both within academia and outside.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99651/cover/9780521499651.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics of Weed Populations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cousens, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mortimer, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What are the ecological attributes of weeds that confer the ability to interfere with human activities? Roger Cousens and Martin Mortimer place weed management within an ecological context, with the focus on the manipulation of population size. The dynamics of abundance and spatial distribution are considered at both geographic and local scales. The basic processes of dispersal, reproduction and mortality are described, together with the factors that influence them. Management is shown to modify patterns of behaviour that are intrinsic to populations. Attention is given to the evolution and management of resistance to herbicides. This book provides weed science with the conceptual basis that has previously been lacking. It also gives ecologists access to the extensive database on the population ecology of weeds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99699/cover/9780521499699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The German Language in a Changing Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clyne, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent sociopolitical events have profoundly changed the status and functions of German and influenced its usage. In this study (published by Cambridge in 1984) Michael Clyne revises and expands his original analysis of the German language in Language and Society in the German-speaking Countries in the light of such changes as the end of the Cold War, German unification, the redrawing of the map of Europe, increasing European integration, and the changing self-images of Austria, Switzerland and Luxembourg. His discussion includes the differences in the form, function and status of the various national varieties of German; the relation between standard and non-standard varieties; gender, generational and political variation; Anglo-American influence on German; and the convergence of east and west. The result is a wide-ranging exploration of language and society in the German-speaking countries, all of which have problems or dilemmas concerning nationhood or ethnicity which are language-related and/or language-marked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99705/cover/9780521499705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic and Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Devlin, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intelligence can be characterised both as the ability to absorb and process information and as the ability to reason. Humans and other animals have both of these abilities to a greater or lesser degree, but the search for artificial intelligence has been hampered by our inability to create a theory that covers both of these characteristics. In this provocative and ground-breaking book, Professor Keith Devlin argues that to obtain a deeper understanding of the nature of intelligence and knowledge acquisition, we must broaden our concept of logic. For these purposes, Devlin introduces the concept of the infon, a quantum of information, and merges it with situations, a mathematical construction generalising the notion of sets developed by Barwise and Perry at Stanford University in order to study the meaning of natural languages. He develops and describes the theory here in general and intuitive terms, and discusses its relevance to a variety of concerns such as artificial intelligence, cognition, natural language and communication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99712/cover/9780521499712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Mathematical Cosmology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islam, J. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a concise introduction to the mathematical aspects of the origin, structure and evolution of the universe. The book begins with a brief overview of observational and theoretical cosmology, along with a short introduction to general relativity. It then goes on to discuss Friedmann models, the Hubble constant and deceleration parameter, singularities, the early universe, inflation, quantum cosmology and the distant future of the universe. This new edition contains a rigorous derivation of the Robertson-Walker metric. It also discusses the limits to the parameter space through various theoretical and observational constraints, and presents a new inflationary solution for a sixth degree potential. This book is suitable as a textbook for advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students. It will also be of interest to cosmologists, astrophysicists, applied mathematicians and mathematical physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99736/cover/9780521499736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Musical Resources</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499743</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowell, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since its original publication in 1930, Henry Cowell's New Musical Resources has become recognised as one of the few seminal technical studies to be written by a twentieth-century composer. In 1971, Virgil Thomson hailed it as 'a classic'. Cowell aimed to 'point out the influence the overtone series has exerted on music throughout its history, how many musical materials of all ages are related to it, and how ... a large palette of musical materials can be assembled'. In this respect Cowell was anticipating many of the ideas to be realized in electronic music by Stockhausen and others. For this new edition, David Nicholls has provided an explanatory essay and annotations to Cowell's text. The essay traces the sources for the book and attempts to place Cowell's theories in the broader context of musical modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99743/cover/9780521499743.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521499755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521499755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521499750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and the Scholarly Medical Traditions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521499750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Don</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>However much the three great traditions of medicine - Galenic, Chinese and Ayurvedic - differed from each other, they had one thing in common: scholarship. The foundational knowledge of each could only be acquired by careful study under teachers relying on ancient texts. Such medical knowledge is special, operating as it does in the realm of the most fundamental human experiences - health, disease, suffering, birth and death - and the credibility of healers is of crucial importance. Because of this, scholarly medical knowledge offers a rich field for the study of different cultural practices in the legitimation of knowledge generally. The contributors to this volume are all specialists in the history or anthropology of these traditions, and their essays range from historical investigations to studies of present-day practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/99750/cover/9780521499750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521505933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521505932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521505932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Jurisprudence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding Law from a Global Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521505932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twining, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how globalisation influences the understanding of law. Adopting a broad concept of law and a global perspective, it critically reviews mainstream Western traditions of academic law and legal theory. Its central thesis is that most processes of so-called 'globalisation' take place at sub-global levels and that a healthy cosmopolitan discipline of law should encompass all levels of social relations and the legal ordering of these relations. It illustrates how the mainstream Western canon of jurisprudence needs to be critically reviewed and extended to take account of other legal traditions and cultures. Written by the one of the foremost scholars in the field, this important work presents an exciting alternative vision of jurisprudence. It challenges the traditional canon of legal theorists and guides the reader through a field undergoing seismic changes in the era of globalisation. This is essential reading for all students of jurisprudence and legal theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/05932/cover/9780521505932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521506018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521506014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521506014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multilateralizing Regionalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Challenges for the Global Trading System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521506014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>742</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Regional trade agreements (RTAs) have proliferated around the world in the past two decades, and now nearly all members of the WTO are party to at least one. Besides tariffs and rules of origin regulating trade in goods, many RTAs now include provisions on services, investments, technical barriers to trade and competition rules, as well as a host of issues not directly related to trade. The geographic reach of RTAs is expanding, with transcontinental agreements spreading forcefully alongside intra-regional agreements. 'Multilateralizing Regionalism' was the title of a major conference held from 10-12 September 2007 at the WTO in Geneva. Brought together in this publication, the conference papers achieve two things. First, they marshall detailed, new empirical work on the nature of the 'Spaghetti Bowl' and the problems it poses for the multilateral trade system. Second, they contribute fresh and creative thinking on how to 'tame the tangle' of regional trade agreements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/06014/cover/9780521506014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521507774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521507774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521507776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Cambridge Annotated Study Bible Hardback with jacket NR340</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521507776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark Kee, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1989, the New Revised Standard Version is an extremely accurate and up-to-date translation of the Bible. Translated by a team from several different denominations, it is a version accepted by all Christian traditions.  The Cambridge Annotated Study Bible was edited by the internationally recognised biblical scholar, Dr Howard Clark Kee. It incorporates all the information that a modern student of the Bible will need: &#8226; an introduction to the history and content of the Bible as a whole &#8226; introductions to each book, drawing out the themes within them &#8226; cross-references to related biblical passages &#8226; the verse-by-verse annotations of Dr Kee &#8226; a glossary of significant names and words &#8226; a synopsis of the Gospels &#8226; tables of chronology and measures &#8226; full colour maps and gazetteer</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19940404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521508150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521508150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521508155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>KJV Lectern Edition Black imitation leather 291</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521508155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19930628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>780.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521508673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521508674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521508674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Writing History in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521508674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matchinske, Megan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1603 an English gentlewoman, Elizabeth Grymeston, composed for her young son a series of meditations - meditations that would offer posthumous advice and reflection on everything from the nature of sin to the limits of royal authority. Six months later Grymeston was dead and her words memorialized not just for a small boy but also for an English audience eager for moral edification and enlightenment. As one of the first writers of the mother's legacy to appear in England, Grymeston looked to history to find her answers. Using life experience as her witness, she drew immediate and powerful connections between yesterday's actions and tomorrow's possibilities. She was not alone - throughout the seventeenth century, scores of Englishwomen did likewise, exploring in their own 'histories' the shifting relationships between past and future. This book focuses on this dynamic exchange, asking us to look seriously at the ends of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/08674/cover/9780521508674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521508754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521508754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521508759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NRSV Cambridge Annotated Study Apocrypha Hardback, printed paper case NRAS</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521508759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New Revised Standard Version Study Apocrypha is designed to complement the NRSV Cambridge Annotated Study Bible, published in February 1994. Both are edited by the internationally respected biblical scholar, Dr Howard Clark Kee.  The New Revised Standard Version is the most accurate and up-to-date translation of the Bible available, and has been growing more and more popular since it was first published in 1990.  In the NRSV Study Apocrypha, the NRSV text is combined with an extensive introduction to each book, cross-references, textual notes, a full glossary and the annotations of Dr Kee on every page. This Study Apocrypha will prove indispensable to all who want to get the most from their Bible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/08759/cover/9780521508759.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521508800</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521508800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521508803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>KJV Large Print Text Edition Burgundy French Morocco leather 83</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521508803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1566</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The King James Version of 1611 has been the most widely known and quoted version of the Bible for over three centuries, and has shaped both Western culture and the English language.  The Large-Print Bible provides the text of the King James Version in a clear, large type.  For those with impaired eyesight, or those who just require a comfortable reading size, this will be the ideal Bible.    There are self-pronouncing marks in the text, which will help readers to pronounce difficult names and words when reading aloud.  This Large-Print Bible is bound in soft French Morocco leather which will make it a pleasure to own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/08803/cover/9780521508803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gadamer and the Legacy of German Idealism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gjesdal, Kristin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The philosophy of Hans-Georg Gadamer interests a wide audience that spans the traditional distinction between European (continental) and Anglo-American (analytic) philosophy. Yet one of the most important and complex aspects of his work - his engagement with German Idealism - has received comparatively little attention. In this book, Kristin Gjesdal uses a close analysis and critical investigation of Gadamer's Truth and Method (1960) to show that his engagement with Kant, Hegel, and Schleiermacher is integral to his conception of hermeneutics. She argues that a failure to engage with this aspect of Gadamer's philosophy leads to a misunderstanding of the most pressing problem of post-Heideggerian hermeneutics: the tension between the commitment to the self-criticism of reason, on the one hand, and the turn towards the meaning-constituting authority of tradition, on the other. Her study provides an illuminating assessment of both the merits and the limitations of Gadamer's thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09640/cover/9780521509640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052150970X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Judicial Assessment of Expert Evidence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dwyer, D&#233;irdre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Justice systems increasingly rely on expert evidence. We are therefore obliged to justify the courts' ability to assess this evidence, especially when the courts must resolve disagreements between experts or address possible bias. By reintegrating contemporary evidence theory with applied philosophy, Deirdre Dwyer analyses the epistemological basis for the judicial assessment of expert evidence. Reintegrating evidence with procedure, she also examines how we might arrange our legal processes in order to support our epistemological and non-epistemological expectations. Including analysis of the judicial assessment of expert evidence in civil litigation (comparing practice in England and Wales with that in the United States, France, Germany and Italy), the book also provides the first detailed account of the historical development of English civil expert evidence and the first analysis of the use of party experts, single joint experts and assessors under the Civil Procedure Rules.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09701/cover/9780521509701.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton's Scriptural Reasoning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative and Protestant Toleration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donnelly, Phillip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Milton's major poems have long provoked wide-ranging judgements about the purposes of his biblical engagement. In this elegant and insightful study, Phillip J. Donnelly transforms our common perceptions about Milton's writing. He challenges the traditional assumption that the poet shared our modern view that reason is a capacity whose purpose is to control nature. Instead, Milton's conception of reason - both human and divine - is bound up with a poetic sense of difference, a capacity for being faithful to a goodness and beauty that survives the effects of human frailty in the fall. Providing fresh new readings of Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained and Samson Agonistes, Donnelly gives us important new perspectives on Milton's aesthetics, theology and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09732/cover/9780521509732.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis in Positive Characteristic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kochubei, Anatoly N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Devoted to counterparts of classical structures of mathematical analysis in analysis over local fields of positive characteristic, this book treats positive characteristic phenomena from an analytic viewpoint. Building on the basic objects introduced by L. Carlitz - such as the Carlitz factorials, exponential and logarithm, and the orthonormal system of Carlitz polynomials - the author develops a kind of differential and integral calculi. He also expands on the basics of an analytic theory of (Carlitz's) differential equations, providing a useful foundation for the study of various special functions. The differential calculus is extended to a type of Rota's umbral calculus, and an investigation is made of the corresponding rings of differential operators. A theory of quasi-holonomic modules over these rings, having some common features with holonomic modules in the sense of Bernstein, is also connected to some special functions in the spirit of Zeilberger's theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09770/cover/9780521509770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shakespearean Stage 1574-1642</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gurr, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For almost forty years The Shakespearean Stage has been considered the liveliest, most reliable and most entertaining overview of Shakespearean theatre in its own time. It is the only authoritative book that describes all the main features of the original staging of Shakespearean drama in one volume: the acting companies and their practices, the playhouses, the staging and the audiences. Thoroughly revised and updated, this fourth edition contains fresh materials about how specific plays by Shakespeare were first staged, and provides new information about the companies that staged them and their playhouses. The book incorporates everything that has been discovered in recent years about the early modern stage, including the archaeology of the Rose and the Globe. Also included is an invaluable appendix, listing all the plays known to have been performed at particular playhouses and by specific companies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09817/cover/9780521509817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtual Selves, Real Persons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dialogue across Disciplines</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509893</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallam, Richard S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do we know and understand who we really are as human beings? The concept of 'the self' is central to many strands of psychology and philosophy. This book tackles the problem of how to define persons and selves and discusses the ways in which different disciplines, such as biology, sociology and philosophy, have dealt with this topic. Richard S. Hallam examines the notion that the idea of the self as some sort of entity is a human construction and, in effect, a virtual reality. At the same time, this virtual self is intimately related to the reality of ourselves as biological organisms. Aiming to integrate a constructionist understanding of self with the universalizing assumptions that are needed in natural science approaches, this text is unique in its attempt to create a dialogue across academic disciplines, while retaining a consistent perspective on the problem of relating nature to culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09893/cover/9780521509893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521509971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521509978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Economic Man to Economic System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Human Behavior and the Institutions of Capitalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demsetz, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A collection of essays discussing human behaviour and the institutions of capitalism. The essays are non-technical and can be used by students of all disciplines interested in capitalism and in economic behaviour. They often present unconventional views of the topics they discuss. Those containing unconventional views discuss self-interested behaviour, selfish gene theory, the meaning and social function of private ownership, the externality problem, the nature of the firm, and the rise of capitalism. The essays offer a useful supplementary reading source for courses in business, economics, and law that deal with human behaviour in the marketplace and with capitalism, ownership, markets, and firms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09978/cover/9780521509978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fundamentals of Photonic Crystal Guiding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skorobogatiy, Maksim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yang, Jianke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If you're looking to understand photonic crystals, this systematic, rigorous, and pedagogical introduction is a must. Here you'll find intuitive analytical and semi-analytical models applied to complex and practically relevant photonic crystal structures. You will also be shown how to use various analytical methods borrowed from quantum mechanics, such as perturbation theory, asymptotic analysis, and group theory, to investigate many of the limiting properties of photonic crystals which are otherwise difficult to rationalize using only numerical simulations. An introductory review of nonlinear guiding in photonic lattices is also presented, as are the fabrication and application of photonic crystals. In addition, end-of-chapter exercise problems with detailed analytical and numerical solutions allow you to monitor your understanding of the material presented. This accessible text is ideal for researchers and graduate students studying photonic crystals in departments of electrical engineering, physics, applied physics and mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13289/cover/9780521513289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Marriage in German Medieval Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In contrast to the widespread view that the Middle Ages were a static, unchanging period in which attitudes to women were uniformly negative, D. H. Green argues that around 1200 the conventional relationship between men and women was subject to significant challenge through discussions in the vernacular literature of the period. Hitherto scholarly interest in gender relations in such literature has largely focused on French romance or on literature in English from a later period. By turning the focus on the rich material to be garnered from Germany - the romances Erec, Tristan and Parzival - Professor Green shows how some vernacular writers devised methods to debate and challenge the undoubted antifeminism of the day by presenting a Utopian model, supported by a revision of views by the Church, to contrast with contemporary practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13357/cover/9780521513357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multimedia Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature and the Anglo-American Avant-garde</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphet, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multimedia Modernism explores the complex effects of a new media environment on avant-garde literary production in the early twentieth century. During this period, the likes of Gertrude Stein, Ezra Pound and Louis Zukofsky wrote works which, in one way or another, attest to the immense effect that photography, cinematography, mechanical print technology and visual advertising had on the established arts. Re-reading modernism's technological origins through the lens of media theory, this innovative study proposes a serious new methodological approach to modernism in general. Examining a wide range of literature that includes Gertrude Stein's contributions to Camera Work, Louis Zukofsky's groundbreaking poem 'A' and Wyndham Lewis's celebrated Blast, this book embeds literary revolution within media evolution to show that literary criticism and media history have a lot to learn from each other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13456/cover/9780521513456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fixed-Mobile Wireless Networks Convergence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Technologies, Solutions, Services</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ghetie, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJKW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do you need to understand the solutions that allow multimedia communications between mobile networks and fixed wireless communications? If so, this practical book, presenting the fundamentals of individual fixed and mobile wireless technologies in terms of architectures, standards, management capabilities and quality of service issues, is essential reading. Adopting the term Fixed-Mobile Convergence (FMC), an analysis of the interworking between cellular networks and a variety of wireless technologies, such as WLAN, WiMAX, RFID and UWB, is provided. An in-depth study of the convergent solutions offered by UMA and IMS is also given, together with up-to-date information about products, vendors and current service offerings. You'll also find criteria for analyzing and evaluating fixed-mobile convergent products and services, and numerous diagrams and feature/component tables. This practical text is ideal for engineers and practitioners in the field of telecommunications and wireless communications, as well as graduate students of electrical and computer engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13562/cover/9780521513562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151360X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jewish Immigrants and American Capitalism, 1880-1920</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Caste to Class</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lederhendler, Eli</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eli Lederhendler's Jewish Immigrants and American Capitalism, 1880-1920: From Caste to Class reexamines the immigration of Russian Jews to the United States around the turn of the 20th century - a group that accounted for 10 to 15 percent of immigrants to the United States between 1899 and 1920 - challenging and revising common assumptions concerning the ease of their initial adaptation and image as a 'model' immigrant minority. Lederhendler demonstrates that the characteristics for which Jewish immigrants are commonly known - their industriousness, 'middle-class' domestic habits, and political sympathy for the working class - were, in fact, developed in response to their new situation in the United States. This experience realigned Jewish social values and restored to these immigrants a sense of status, honor, and a novel kind of social belonging, and with it the 'social capital' needed to establish a community quite different from the ones they came from.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/30235/cover/9780521730235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090302</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis, Revolution, and Russian Jews</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the politicization and the politics of the Jewish people in the Russian empire during the late tsarist period. The focal point is the Russian revolution of 1905, when the political mobilization of the Jewish youth took on massive proportions, producing a cohort of radicalized activists - committed to socialism, nationalism, or both - who would exert an extraordinary influence on Jewish history in the twentieth-century in Eastern Europe, the United States, and Palestine. Frankel describes the dynamics of 1905 and the leading role of the intelligentsia as revolutionaries, ideologues, and observers. But, elsewhere, he also looks backwards to the emergent stage of modern Jewish politics in both Russia and the West and forward to the part played by the veterans of 1905 in Palestine and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13647/cover/9780521513647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Empire on Trial</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race, Murder, and Justice under British Rule, 1870-1935</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiener, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Empire on Trial is the first book to explore the issue of interracial homicide in the British Empire during its height - examining these incidents and the prosecution of such cases in each of seven colonies scattered throughout the world. It uncovers and analyzes the tensions of empire that underlay British rule and delves into how the problem of maintaining a liberal empire manifested itself in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The work demonstrates the importance of the processes of criminal justice to the history of the empire and the advantage of a trans-territorial approach to understanding the complexities and nuances of its workings. An Empire on Trial is of interest to those concerned with race, empire, or criminal justice, and to historians of modern Britain or of colonial Australia, India, Kenya, or the Caribbean. Political and post-colonial theorists writing on liberalism and empire, or race and empire, will also find this book invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/35070/cover/9780521735070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ben Jonson and the Politics of Genre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cousins, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Alison V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While Ben Jonson's political visions have been well documented, this is the first study to consider how he threaded his views into the various literary genres in which he wrote. For Jonson, these genres were interactive and mutually affirming, necessary for negotiating the tempestuous politics of early modern society, and here some of the most renowned Jonson scholars provide a collection of essays that discuss his use of genre. They present new perspectives on many of Jonson's major works, from his epigrams and epistles, through to his Roman tragedies and satirical plays like Volpone. Other topics examined include Jonson's diverse representations of monarchy, his ambiguous celebrations of European commonwealths, his sexual politics, and his engagement with the issues of republicanism. These essays represent the forefront of critical thinking on Ben Jonson, and offer a timely reassessment of the author's political life in Jacobean and Caroline Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13784/cover/9780521513784.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521513847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521513845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romantic Economist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Imagination in Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bronk, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since economies are dynamic processes driven by creativity, social norms, and emotions as well as rational calculation, why do economists largely study them using static equilibrium models and narrow rationalistic assumptions? Economic activity is as much a function of imagination and social sentiments as of the rational optimisation of given preferences and goods. Richard Bronk argues that economists can best model and explain these creative and social aspects of markets by using new structuring assumptions and metaphors derived from the poetry and philosophy of the Romantics. By bridging the divide between literature and science, and between Romanticism and narrow forms of Rationalism, economists can access grounding assumptions, models, and research methods suitable for comprehending the creativity and social dimensions of economic activity. This is a guide to how economists and other social scientists can broaden their analytical repertoire to encompass the vital role of sentiments, language, and imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13845/cover/9780521513845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Concepts and Practice of Mathematical Finance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joshi, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An ideal introduction for those starting out as practitioners of mathematical finance, this book provides a clear understanding of the intuition behind derivatives pricing, how models are implemented, and how they are used and adapted in practice. Strengths and weaknesses of different models, e.g. Black-Scholes, stochastic volatility, jump-diffusion and variance gamma, are examined. Both the theory and the implementation of the industry-standard LIBOR market model are considered in detail. Each pricing problem is approached using multiple techniques including the well-known PDE and martingale approaches. This second edition contains many more worked examples and over 200 exercises with detailed solutions. Extensive appendices provide a guide to jargon, a recap of the elements of probability theory, and a collection of computer projects. The author brings to this book a blend of practical experience and rigorous mathematical background and supplies here the working knowledge needed to become a good quantitative analyst.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14088/cover/9780521514088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multimedia Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Richard E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although verbal learning offers a powerful tool, Mayer explores ways of going beyond the purely verbal. Recent advances in graphics technology and information technology have prompted new efforts to understand the potential of multimedia learning as a means of promoting human understanding. In this second edition, Mayer includes double the number of experimental comparisons, 6 new principles - signalling, segmenting, pertaining, personalization, voice and image principles. The 12 principles of multimedia instructional design have been reorganized into three sections - reducing extraneous processing, managing essential processing and fostering generative processing. Finally an indication of the maturity of the field is that the second edition highlights boundary conditions for each principle research-based constraints on when a principle is likely or not likely to apply. The boundary conditions are interpreted in terms of the cognitive theory of multimedia learning, and help to enrich theories of multimedia learning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/35353/cover/9780521735353.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Geostatistics with SGeMS</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A User's Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Remy, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boucher, Alexandre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wu, Jianbing</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Stanford Geostatistical Modeling Software (SGeMS) is an open-source computer package for solving problems involving spatially related variables. It provides geostatistics practitioners with a user-friendly interface, an interactive 3-D visualization, and a wide selection of algorithms. This practical book provides a step-by-step guide to using SGeMS algorithms. It explains the underlying theory, demonstrates their implementation, discusses their potential limitations, and helps the user make an informed decision about the choice of one algorithm over another. Users can complete complex tasks using the embedded scripting language, and new algorithms can be developed and integrated through the SGeMS plug-in mechanism. SGeMS is the first software to provide algorithms for multiple-point statistics, and the book presents an up-to-date discussion of the corresponding theory and applications. Incorporating a CD-ROM with SGeMS software, this book is an essential user-guide for Earth Science graduates and researchers, as well as practitioners of environmental, mining and petroleum engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14149/cover/9780521514149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Development and Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Thought, Strategy, and Viability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lin, Justin Yifu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Economic Development and Transition, renowned development economist Justin Yifu Lin argues that economic performance in developing countries depends largely on government strategy. If the government plays a facilitating role, enabling firms to exploit the economy's comparative advantages, its economy will develop successfully. However, governments in most developing countries attempt to promote industries that go against their comparative advantages by creating various kinds of distortion to protect nonviable firms in priority industries. Failing to recognize the original intention of many distortions, most governments in transition economies attempt to eliminate those distortions without addressing firms' viability problems, causing economic performance to deteriorate in their transition process. Governments in successful transition economies adopt a pragmatic dual-track approach that encourages firms to enter sectors that were suppressed previously and gives necessary support to firms in priority industries before their viability issue is addressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14521/cover/9780521514521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict, Negotiation and European Union Enlargement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514811</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Christina J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Each wave of expansion of the European Union has led to political tensions and conflict. Existing members fear their membership privileges will diminish and candidates are loath to concede the expected benefits of membership. Despite these conflicts, enlargement has always succeeded - so why does the EU continue to admit new states even though current members might lose from their accession? Combining political economy logic with statistical and case study analyses, Christina J. Schneider argues that the dominant theories of EU enlargement ignore how EU members and applicant states negotiate the distribution of enlargement benefits and costs. She explains that EU enlargement happens despite distributional conflicts if the overall gains of enlargement are redistributed from the relative winners among existing members and applicants to the relative losers. If the overall gains from enlargement are sufficiently great, a redistribution of these gains will compensate losers, making enlargement attractive for all states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14811/cover/9780521514811.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521514894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521514897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Astronomical Applications of Astrometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ten Years of Exploitation of the Hipparcos Satellite Data</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perryman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Hipparcos satellite, developed and launched by the European Space Agency (ESA) in 1989, was the first space mission dedicated to astrometry - the accurate measurement of positions, distances, and proper motions of stars. Amongst the key achievements of its measurements are refining the cosmic distance scale, characterising the large-scale kinematic motions in the Solar neighbourhood, providing precise luminosities for stellar modelling, and confirming Einstein's prediction of the effect of gravity on starlight. This authoritative account of the Hipparcos contributions over the last decade is an outstanding reference for astronomers, astrophysicists and cosmologists. It reviews the applications of the data in different areas, describing the subject and the state-of-the-art before Hipparcos, and summarising all major contributions to the topic made by Hipparcos. It contains a detailed overview of the Hipparcos and Tycho Catalogues, their annexes and their updates. Each chapter ends with comprehensive references to relevant literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14897/cover/9780521514897.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515009</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crude Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Natural Resource Wealth and Political Regimes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunning, Thad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges the conventional wisdom that natural resource wealth promotes autocracy. Oil and other forms of mineral wealth can promote both authoritarianism and democracy, the book argues, but they do so through different mechanisms; an understanding of these different mechanisms can help elucidate when either the authoritarian or democratic effects of resource wealth will be relatively strong. Exploiting game-theoretic tools and statistical modeling as well as detailed country case studies and drawing on fieldwork in Latin America and Africa, this book builds and tests a theory that explains political variation across resource-rich states. It will be read by scholars studying the political effects of natural resource wealth in many regions, as well as by those interested in the emergence and persistence of democratic regimes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/30754/cover/9780521730754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Journeys to Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Enlightenment, Imperialism, and the British Encounter with Tibet, 1774-1904</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Gordon T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fascinating study of two British missions to Tibet in 1774 and 1904 provides a unique perspective on the relationship between the Enlightenment and European colonialism.  Gordon Stewart compares and contrasts the Enlightenment era mission led by George Bogle and the Edwardian mission of Francis Younghusband as they crossed the Himalayas into Tibet. Through the British agents' diaries, reports, and letters and by exploring their relationships with Indians, Bhutanese and Tibetans, Stewart is able to trace the shifting ideologies, economic interests and political agendas that lay behind British empire-building from the late eighteenth century to the early twentieth century. This compelling account sheds new light on the changing nature of British imperialism, on power and intimacy in the encounter between East and West, and on the relationship of history and memory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15023/cover/9780521515023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Treatment of Multiple Myeloma and Related Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rajkumar, S. Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kyle, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Due to major advances in understanding the biology and pathogenesis of the disease, the management of multiple myeloma is changing rapidly. New diagnostic and prognostic criteria have been introduced, and treatment options are multiplying with high-dose chemotherapy regimens, stem cell transplants, and the development of novel agents and immune-based strategies that target tumor cells directly. This book is aimed at the practitioner who is looking to put these advances into clinical context. It will serve as an up-to-date resource for treatment of myeloma and related disorders. Chapters are written by international authorities and contain color photos, diagrams, and algorithms outlining preferred treatment strategies. Relevant scientific information is integrated throughout, but the focus here is on providing practical therapeutic guidance for oncologists and hematologists caring for myeloma patients. The book covers all myeloma subtypes and related disorders, including amyloidosis, Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, plasmacytoma, MGUS, and POEMS syndrome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15030/cover/9780521515030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mission and Money</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding the University</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515108</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weisbrod, Burton A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ballou, Jeffrey P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asch, Evelyn D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mission and Money goes beyond the common focus on elite universities and examines the entire higher education industry, including the rapidly growing for-profit schools. The sector includes research universities, four-year colleges, two-year schools, and non-degree-granting career academies. Many institutions pursue mission-related activities that are often unprofitable and engage in profitable revenue raising activities to finance them. This book contains a good deal of original research on schools' revenue sources from tuition, donations, research, patents, endowments, and other activities. It considers lobbying, distance education, and the world market, as well as advertising, branding, and reputation. The pursuit of revenue, while essential to achieve the mission of higher learning, is sometimes in conflict with that mission itself. The tension between mission and money is also highlighted in the chapter on the profitability of intercollegiate athletics. The concluding chapter investigates implications of the analysis for public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15108/cover/9780521515108.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Victorian Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much has been written on the cultural significance of Shakespeare, his influence on particular periods, and his appropriation and subsequent transformation. However, no book until now has specifically addressed the nature of the relationship between Shakespeare and Victorian women. Gail Marshall gives an account of the actresses who played an essential part in redeeming Shakespeare for the Victorian stage, the writers who embraced him as part of the texture of their own writing as well as their personal lives, and those women readers who, educated to be alert to the female voices of Shakespeare, often went on to re-read Shakespeare for their own ends. Dr Marshall argues that women form a fundamental part of the narrative of how the Victorian Shakespeare was made, and that translation, rather than terms such as appropriation or adaptation, is the most appropriate metaphor for understanding the symbiosis between Shakespeare and Victorian women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15238/cover/9780521515238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Negotiation and the Global Information Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singh, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What role do diplomacy and negotiations play in economic globalization? Many argue that great powers shape diplomacy to their advantage, others that, in a 'flat world', diplomacy helps everyone. Going beyond these polarized views, this book explores the conditions under which negotiations matter and the ways in which diplomacy is evolving in the global commercial arena. J. P. Singh argues that where there is a diffusion or decentralization of power among global actors, diplomacy can be effective in allowing the adjustment of positions so that mutual gains will result. In contrast, when there is a concentration of power, outcomes tend to benefit the strong. There will be little alteration in perception of interest, and coercion by strong powers is common. Singh's book suggests that there are possibilities for transformational problem-solving through multilateral diplomacy. Empirically, the book examines the most important information-age trade issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15313/cover/9780521515313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytic Number Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Klaus Roth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chen, W. W. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gowers, W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halberstam, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Klaus Roth's pioneering research in the field of number theory has led to important and substantial breakthroughs in many areas, including sieve theory, diophantine approximation, and irregularities of distribution. His work on the Thue-Siegel-Roth Theorem earned him a Fields Medal in 1958 - the first British mathematician to receive the honour. Analytic Number Theory: Essays in Honour of Klaus Roth comprises 32 essays from close colleagues and leading experts in those fields in which he has worked, and provides a great insight into the historical development of the subject matter and the importance of Roth's contributions to number theory and beyond. His influence is also discussed in relation to more recent mathematical advances. Extensive lists of references make this a valuable source for research mathematicians in many areas, an introductory overview of the subject for beginning research students, and a fitting long-awaited tribute to a great mathematician.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15382/cover/9780521515382.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rights, Race, and Recognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darby, Derrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the source of rights? Rights have been grounded in divine agency, human nature, and morally justified claims, and have been used to assess the moral status of legal and customary social practices. The orthodoxy is that some of our rights are a species of unrecognized or natural rights. For example, black slaves in antebellum America were said to have such rights, and this was taken to provide a basis for establishing the immorality of slavery. Derrick Darby exposes the main shortcomings of the orthodox conception of the source of rights and proposes a radical alternative. He draws on the legacy of race and racism in the USA to argue that all rights are products of social recognition. This bold, lucid and meticulously argued book will inspire readers to rethink the central role assigned to rights in moral, political, and legal theory as well as in everyday evaluative discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15405/cover/9780521515405.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reassessing the Incumbency Effect</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stonecash, Jeffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Incumbents in the U.S. House of Representatives have increased their vote percentages in recent decades, raising questions about the efficacy of elections in making members responsive. The evidence, however, indicates there has been no improvement in the electoral fortunes of incumbents in the last 50 years. Only Republicans have improved their electoral fortunes as a result of realignment. This valuable book provides a very different interpretation of how incumbents have fared in recent decades, and the interpretation is supported by non-technical data analysis and presentation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/33229/cover/9780521733229.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Moderation in America's First Two Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calhoon, Robert McCluer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political Moderation in America's First Two Centuries corrects the popular misconception that moderates are timid and cautious. Robert M. Calhoon examines the structure of political moderation; he characterizes moderation as a compound of principle and prudence; he defines it as humility in the face of the past; and he classifies it as historically grounded political ethics. From its origins in the Peloponnesian War and its early modern recovery during the French Wars of Religion, this book recounts the popularization of political moderation in American history from John Locke in the 1680s to the Mugwumps in the 1880s. The first comprehensive history of this subject, this book draws on more that a hundred books published over the past half century and extensive research on religion and politics in America to demonstrate that moderates were creatures of circumstance - made not born.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34165/cover/9780521734165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Democracy in the Andes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Cott, Donna Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After a decade in local office, are indigenous peoples' governments in the Andes fulfilling their promise to provide a more participatory, accountable, and deliberative form of democracy? Using current debates in democratic theory as a framework, Donna Lee Van Cott examines 10 examples of institutional innovation by indigenous party-controlled municipalities in Bolivia and Ecuador. In contrast to studies emphasizing the role of individuals and civil society, the findings underscore the contributions of leadership and political parties to promoting participation and deliberation - even at the local level. Democratic quality is more likely to improve where local actors initiate and design institutions. Van Cott concludes that indigenous parties' innovations have improved democratic quality in some respects, but that authoritarian tendencies endemic to Andean cultures and political organizations have limited their positive impact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34172/cover/9780521734172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local People's Congresses in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Development and Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cho, Young Nam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cho addresses two key questions in this comprehensive study of local people's congresses at both provincial and county levels. First, what kinds of roles did Chinese local legislatures actually perform in local politics, and to what degree? Second, how have Chinese local legislatures become main political forces, and what kinds of development strategies have they employed, along with the Chinese Communist Party and governments? Dismissing the outdated conclusion that Chinese local legislatures are nothing but 'rubber stamps', Cho's in-depth research in Shanghai, Guangdong, and Tianjin areas proves that they have strengthened lawmaking and supervisory roles and thereby become important political forces in local politics. Moreover, these legislatures have employed very sophisticated development strategies targeting different objectives: getting the support of the party, cooperating with governments, and aggressively engaging in courts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15627/cover/9780521515627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151567X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Darfur and the Crime of Genocide</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hagan, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rymond-Richmond, Wenona</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 2004, the State Department gathered more than a thousand interviews from refugees in Chad that verified Colin Powell's U.N. and congressional testimonies about the Darfur genocide. The survey cost nearly a million dollars to conduct and yet it languished in the archives as the killing continued, claiming hundreds of thousands of murder and rape victims and restricting several million survivors to camps. This book for the first time fully examines that survey and its heartbreaking accounts. It documents the Sudanese government's enlistment of Arab Janjaweed militias in destroying black African communities. The central questions are: Why is the United States so ambivalent to genocide? Why do so many scholars deemphasize racial aspects of genocide? How can the science of criminology advance understanding and protection against genocide? This book gives a vivid firsthand account and voice to the survivors of genocide in Darfur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31355/cover/9780521731355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in the Russian Army, 1827-1917</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drafted into Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petrovsky-Shtern, Yohanan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study of the military experience of some one to one-and-a-half million Jews who served in the Russian Army between 1827, the onset of personal conscription of Jews in Russia, and 1917, the demise of the tsarist regime. The conscription integrated Jews into the state, transforming the repressed Jewish victims of the draft into modern imperial Russian Jews. The book contextualizes the reasons underlying the decision to draft Jews, the communal responses to the draft, the missionary initiatives directed toward Jews in the army, alleged Jewish draft evasion and Jewish military performance, and the strategies Jews used to endure military service. It also explores the growing antisemitism of the upper echelons of the military toward the Jews on the eve of World War I and the rise of Russian-Jewish loyalty and patriotism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15733/cover/9780521515733.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>PF</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Pocket Diary 2008-2009</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>University of Cambridge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>14.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151584X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contentious Performances</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we get inside popular collective struggles and explain how they work? Contentious Performances presents a distinctive approach to analyzing such struggles, drawing especially on incomparably rich evidence from Great Britain between 1758 and 1834. The book accomplishes three main things. First, it presents a logic and method for describing contentious events, occasions on which people publicly make consequential claims on each other. Second, it shows how that logic yields superior explanations of the dynamics in such events, both individually and in the aggregate. Third, it illustrates its methods and arguments by means of detailed analyses of contentious events in Great Britain from 1758 to 1834.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31522/cover/9780521731522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern and Postmodern Social Theorizing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bridging the Divide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mouzelis, Nicos P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a growing conflict between modern and postmodern social theorists. The latter reject modern approaches as economistic, essentialist and often leading to authoritarian policies. Modernists criticize postmodern approaches for their rejection of holistic conceptual frameworks which facilitate an overall picture of how social wholes (organizations, communities, nation-states, etc.) are constituted, reproduced and transformed. They believe the rejection of holistic methodologies leads to social myopia - a refusal to explore critically the type of broad problems that classical sociology deals with. This book attempts to bridge the divide between these two conflicting perspectives and proposes a novel holistic framework which is neither reductionist/economistic nor essentialist. Modern and Postmodern Social Theorizing will appeal to scholars and students of social theory and of social sciences in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15856/cover/9780521515856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Legitimacy Puzzle in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Support and Democracy in Eight Nations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Booth, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seligson, Mitchell A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political scientists have worried about declining levels of citizens' support for their regimes (legitimacy), but have failed to empirically link this decline to the survival or breakdown of democracy. This apparent paradox is the 'legitimacy puzzle', which this book addresses by examining political legitimacy's structure, sources, and effects. With exhaustive empirical analysis of high-quality survey data from eight Latin American nations, it confirms that legitimacy exists as multiple, distinct dimensions. It finds that one's position in society, education, knowledge, information, and experiences shape legitimacy norms. Contrary to expectations, however, citizens who are unhappy with their government's performance do not drop out of politics or resort mainly to destabilizing protest. Rather, the disaffected citizens of these Latin American democracies participate at high rates in conventional politics and in such alternative arenas as communal improvement and civil society. And despite regime performance problems, citizen support for democracy remains high.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/34202/cover/9780521734202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy in a New Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searle, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John R. Searle has made profoundly influential contributions to three areas of philosophy: philosophy of mind, philosophy of language, and philosophy of society. This volume gathers together in accessible form a selection of his essays in these areas. They range widely across social ontology, where Searle presents concise and informative statements of positions developed in more detail elsewhere; artificial intelligence and cognitive science, where Searle assesses the current state of the debate and develops his most recent thoughts; and philosophy of language, where Searle connects ideas from various strands of his work in order to develop original answers to fundamental questions. There are also explorations of the limitations of phenomenological inquiry, the mind-body problem, and the nature and future of philosophy. This rich collection from one of America's leading contemporary philosophers will be valuable for all who are interested in these central philosophical questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15917/cover/9780521515917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Approximation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dynamical Systems Viewpoint</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borkar, Vivek S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This simple, compact toolkit for designing and analyzing stochastic approximation algorithms requires only basic literacy in probability and differential equations. Yet these algorithms have powerful applications in control and communications engineering, artificial intelligence and economic modelling. The dynamical systems viewpoint treats an algorithm as a noisy discretization of a limiting differential equation and argues that, under reasonable hypotheses, it tracks the asymptotic behaviour of the differential equation with probability one. The differential equation, which can usually be obtained by inspection, is easier to analyze. Novel topics include finite-time behaviour, multiple timescales and asynchronous implementation. There is a useful taxonomy of applications, with concrete examples from engineering and economics. Notably it covers variants of stochastic gradient-based optimization schemes, fixed-point solvers, which are commonplace in learning algorithms for approximate dynamic programming, and some models of collective behaviour. Three appendices give background on differential equations and probability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15924/cover/9780521515924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521515947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521515948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Translations of Authority in Medieval English Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Valuing the Vernacular</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Minnis, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Translations of Authority in Medieval English Literature, leading critic Alastair Minnis presents the fruits of a long-term engagement with the ways in which crucial ideological issues were deployed in vernacular texts. The concept of the vernacular is seen as possessing a value far beyond the category of language - as encompassing popular beliefs and practices which could either confirm or contest those authorized by church and state institutions. Minnis addresses the crisis for vernacular translation precipitated by the Lollard heresy; the minimal engagement with Nominalism in late fourteenth-century poetry; Langland's views on indulgences; the heretical theology of Walter Brut; Margery Kempe's self-promoting biblical exegesis; and Chaucer's tales of suspicious saints and risible relics. These discussions disclose different aspects of 'vernacularity', enabling a fuller understanding of its complexity and potency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15948/cover/9780521515948.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opening Markets for Trade in Services</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Countries and Sectors in Bilateral and WTO Negotiations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchetti, Juan A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Trade in services is an increasingly important part of global trade and, as such, figures prominently in multilateral, regional and bilateral trade negotiations. In this volume of essays, academics, negotiators and experts from various international organizations explore the achievements of such negotiations, together with the challenges and opportunities which arise and the motivations that come into play in such negotiations.  The contributions highlight issues in important services sectors, such as distribution, energy, finance, telecommunications, air transport and the postal and audiovisual sectors, as well as areas such as cross-border trade and government procurement. Case studies look into the experiences of specific countries. The focus on sector analysis and country experiences sheds light on the state of services liberalization and the regulation of international trade in services at the beginning of the twenty-first century, making this an indispensable guide to ongoing and future international negotiations on this topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16044/cover/9780521516044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disposing Dictators, Demystifying Voting Paradoxes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Choice Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saari, Donald G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We decide by elections, but do we elect who the voters really want? The answer, as we have learned over the last two centuries, is 'not necessarily'. What a negative, frightening assertion about a principal tool of democracy! This negativism has been supported by two hundred years of published results showing how bad the situation can be. This expository, largely non-technical book is the first to find positive results showing that the situation is not anywhere as dire and negative as we have been led to believe. Instead there are surprisingly simple explanations for the negative assertions, and positive conclusions can be obtained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31607/cover/9780521731607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Management</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spolsky, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language policy is all about choices. If you are bilingual or plurilingual, you have to choose which language to use. Even if you speak only one language, you have choices of dialects and styles. Some of these choices are the result of management, reflecting conscious and explicit efforts by language managers to control the choices. This is the first book to present a specific theory of language management. Bernard Spolsky reviews current research on the family, religion, the workplace, the media, schools, legal and health institutions, the military and government. Also discussed are language activists, international organisations, and human rights relative to language, and the book concludes with a review of language managers and management agencies. A model is developed that recognises the complexity of language management, makes sense of the various forces involved, and clarifies why it is such a difficult enterprise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16099/cover/9780521516099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Uneven Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Thailand's Economic Growth in Comparative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doner, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do some middle-income countries diversify their economies but fail to upgrade - to produce world-class products based on local inputs and technological capacities? Why have the 'little tigers' of Southeast Asia, such as Thailand, continued to lag behind the Newly Industrializing Countries of East Asia? Richard Doner goes beyond 'political will' by emphasizing institutional capacities and political pressures: development challenges vary; upgrading poses tough challenges that require robust institutional capacities. Such strengths are political in origin. They reflect pressures, such as security threats and resource constraints, which motivate political leaders to focus on efficiency more than clientelist payoffs. Such pressures help to explain the political institutions - 'veto players' - through which leaders operate. Doner assesses this argument by analyzing Thai development historically, in three sectors (sugar, textiles, and autos) and in comparison with both weaker and stronger competitors (Philippines, Indonesia, Taiwan, Brazil, and South Korea).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36114/cover/9780521736114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Naive Decision Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mathematics Applied to the Social World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>K&#246;rner, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How should one choose the best restaurant to eat in? Can one really make money at gambling? Or predict the future? Naive Decision Making presents the mathematical basis for making decisions where the outcome may be uncertain or the interests of others have to taken into consideration. Professor K&#246;rner takes the reader on an enjoyable journey through many aspects of mathematical decision making, with pithy observations, anecdotes and quotations. Topics include probability, statistics, Arrow's theorem, Game Theory and Nash equilibrium. Readers will also gain a great deal of insight into mathematics in general and the role it can play within society. Intended for those with elementary calculus, this book is ideal as a supplementary text for undergraduate courses in probability, game theory and decision making. Engaging and intriguing, it will also appeal to all those of a mathematical mind. To aid understanding, many exercises are included, with solutions available online.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16167/cover/9780521516167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism, the Market and the Institution of the New</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenquist, Rod</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modernism remains deeply connected to ideas of innovation, and this has created problems for successive generations of writers. For example, how does one create an original work when the 'new' has already been established, marketed and institutionalised? Rod Rosenquist's study focuses on the writers and poets who emerged after Modernism's high-water mark year of 1922, in which Ulysses, The Waste Land and the early Cantos were published. Seeking to refine our own understanding of the high modernists through the frequent difficulties encountered by the generation that succeeded them, this study discusses issues of cultural value, the relationship of history to innovation, and the market for new works in an era already dominated by the likes of Joyce, Eliot and Pound. Containing illuminating examinations of Wyndham Lewis, Laura Riding and Henry Miller, this study will be invaluable reading for those interested in Modernism and its complicated legacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16198/cover/9780521516198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrons and Phonons in Semiconductor Multilayers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridley, B. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>422</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Advances in nanotechnology have generated semiconductor structures that are only a few molecular layers thick, and this has important consequences for the physics of electrons and phonons in such structures. This book describes in detail how confinement of electrons and phonons in quantum wells and wires affects the physical properties of the semiconductor. This second edition contains four new chapters on spin relaxation, based on recent theoretical research; the hexagonal wurtzite lattice; nitride structures, whose novel properties stem from their spontaneous electric polarization; and terahertz sources, which includes an account of the controversies that surrounded the concepts of Bloch oscillations and Wannier-Stark states. The book is unique in describing the microscopic theory of optical phonons, the radical change in their nature due to confinement, and how they interact with electrons. It will interest graduate students and researchers working in semiconductor physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16273/cover/9780521516273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Supersymmetric Solitons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shifman, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yung, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last decade methods and techniques based on supersymmetry have provided deep insights in quantum chromodynamics and other nonsupersymmetric gauge theories at strong coupling. This book summarizes major advances in critical solitons in supersymmetric theories, and their implications for understanding basic dynamical regularities of nonsupersymmetric theories. After an extended introduction on the theory of critical solitons, including a historical introduction, the authors focus on three topics: non-Abelian strings and confined monopoles; reducing the level of supersymmetry; and domain walls as D brane prototypes. They also provide a thorough review of issues at the cutting edge, such as non-Abelian flux tubes. The book presents an extensive summary of the current literature so researchers in this field can understand the background and related issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16389/cover/9780521516389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American 1930s</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Literary History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conn, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning with the stock market crash of 1929 and ending with America's entry into the Second World War, the long Depression decade was a period of immense social, economic and political turmoil. In response, writers as various as John Dos Passos, William Faulkner, Eugene O'Neill, Langston Hughes, Pearl S. Buck and others looked to the past to make sense of the present.&#160;In this important new study of the 1930s, the distinguished cultural historian Peter Conn traces the extensive and complex engagement with the past that characterized the imaginative writing of the decade. Moving expertly between historical events and literature, Conn includes discussions of historical novels, plays and poems, biographies and autobiographies, as well as factual and imaginary works of history. Mapping the decade's extraordinary intellectual range with authority and flair, The American 1930s is a widely anticipated contribution to American literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16402/cover/9780521516402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Common Legal Framework for Takeover Bids in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B21</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van Gerven, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Council Directive of 21 April 2004 on takeover bids sets forth the general principles applicable to takeover bids and clarifies certain minimum rules with respect to the procedure for a takeover bid, the obligation to make a mandatory bid in the event a minimum threshold is crossed and the majority shareholder's squeeze-out right as well as the minority shareholders' sell-out right. Furthermore, the Directive defines the authority which is competent to approve offer documents and supervise takeover bids, and provides for optional restrictions on the actions of the target company's management and on defence mechanisms. This book discusses the Takeover Directive and its implementing rules in each Member State of the European Union and the European Economic Area, providing companies and their advisors with useful insight into the legal framework and principles applicable to takeover bids in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16662/cover/9780521516662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kantian Sublime and the Revelation of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clewis, Robert R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Robert R. Clewis shows how certain crucial concepts in Kant's aesthetics and practical philosophy - the sublime, enthusiasm, freedom, empirical and intellectual interests, the idea of a republic - fit together and deepen our understanding of Kant's philosophy. He examines the ways in which different kinds of sublimity reveal freedom and indirectly contribute to morality, and discusses how Kant's account of natural sublimity suggests that we have an indirect duty with regard to nature. Unlike many other studies of these themes, this book examines both the pre-Critical Observations and the remarks that Kant wrote in his copy of the Observations. Finally, Clewis takes seriously Kant's claim that enthusiasm is aesthetically sublime, and shows how this clarifies Kant's views of the French Revolution. His book will appeal to all who are interested in Kant's philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16686/cover/9780521516686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strategy on the United States Supreme Court</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brenner, Saul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitmeyer, Joseph M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To what extent do the justices on the Supreme Court behave strategically? In Strategy on the United States Supreme Court, Saul Brenner and Joseph M. Whitmeyer investigate the answers to this question and reveal that justices are substantially less strategic than many Supreme Court scholars believe. By examining the research to date on each of the justice's important activities, Brenner and Whitmeyer's work shows that the justices often do not cast their certiorari votes in accord with the outcome-prediction strategy, that the other members of the conference coalition bargain successfully with the majority opinion writer in less than 6 percent of the situations, and that most of the fluidity in voting on the Court is nonstrategic. This work is essential to understanding how strategic behavior - or its absence - influences the decisions of the Supreme Court and, as a result, American politics and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/36343/cover/9780521736343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Birth of the Euro</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Issing, Otmar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today, 318 million people in 15 countries use the Euro, which now rivals the importance of the US Dollar in the world economy. This is an outcome that few would have predicted with confidence when the Euro was launched. How can we explain this success and what are the prospects for the future? There is nobody better placed to answer these questions than Otmar Issing, who as a founding member of the Executive Board of the European Central Bank (1998-2006), was one of the Euro's principal architects. His story is a unique insider account, combining personal memoir with reference to the academic and policy literature. Free of jargon, this is a very human reflection on a unique historical experiment and a key reference for all academics, policy makers, and 'Eurowatchers' seeking to understand how the Euro has got to where it is today and what challenges lie ahead.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16730/cover/9780521516730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Essential Clinical Immunology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabriskie, John B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ways in which we can better understand cancer, HIV, and other autoimmune diseases through clinical immunology are of great interest to practitioners from the student level to the advanced PhD. Designed as an introduction for practitioners and residents. This book focuses on the clinical disease-state level of immunology, beginning with the basic concepts and then detailing the immunological aspects of various disease states involving major organs of the body. It explores how we can better understand disease and its treatment through clinical immunology; each chapter concludes with patterns for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16815/cover/9780521516815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151682X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optimal Protection of International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Navigating between European Absolutism and American Voluntarism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pauwelyn, Joost</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Assume, for a moment, that the necessary tools are available to induce or even force states to comply with international law. In such a state of affairs, how strongly should international law be protected? More specifically, how easy should it be to change international law? Should treaties be specifically performed or should states be given an opportunity to 'pay their way out'? In the event of states violating their commitments, what kind of back-up enforcement or sanctions should be imposed? Joost Pauwelyn uses the distinction between liability rules, property protection and inalienable entitlements as a starting point for a new theory of variable protection of international law, placed at the intersection between 'European absolutism' and 'American voluntarism'. Rather than undermining international law, variable protection takes the normativity of international law seriously and calibrates it to achieve maximum welfare and effectiveness at the lowest cost to contractual freedom and legitimacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16822/cover/9780521516822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151696X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning, Policy Making, and Market Reforms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meseguer, Covadonga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1980s and 1990s, market reforms swept the world. It is widely believed that the reformist wave can be partly explained in terms of the lessons learned from policy failures of the past. Whereas this interpretation of events is well established, it has never been empirically proved. Learning, Policy Making, and Market Reforms is the first study that tests the impact of policy learning on economic policy choices across time and space. The study supports the popular explanation that, on average, governments around the world adopted privatization and trade liberalization, and sustained open capital accounts, as a result of learning from the experience of others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16969/cover/9780521516969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521516994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521516990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dopaminergic Mind in Human Evolution and History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Previc, Fred H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does it mean to be human? There are many theories of the evolution of human behavior which seek to explain how our brains evolved to support our unique abilities and personalities. Most of these have focused on the role of brain size or specific genetic adaptations of the brain. In contrast, Fred Previc presents a provocative theory that high levels of dopamine, the most widely studied neurotransmitter, account for all major aspects of modern human behavior. He further emphasizes the role of epigenetic rather than genetic factors in the rise of dopamine. Previc contrasts the great achievements of the dopaminergic mind with the harmful effects of rising dopamine levels in modern societies and concludes with a critical examination of whether the dopaminergic mind that has evolved in humans is still adaptive to the health of humans and to the planet in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16990/cover/9780521516990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neoclassical Realism, the State, and Foreign Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lobell, Steven E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ripsman, Norrin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taliaferro, Jeffrey W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neoclassical realism is an important new approach to international relations. Focusing on the interaction of the international system and the internal dynamics of states, neoclassical realism seeks to explain the grand strategies of individual states as opposed to recurrent patterns of international outcomes. This book offers the first systematic survey of the neoclassical realist approach. The editors lead a group of senior and emerging scholars in presenting a variety of neoclassical realist approaches to states' grand strategies. They examine the central role of the 'state' and seek to explain why, how, and under what conditions the internal characteristics of states intervene between their leaders' assessments of international threats and opportunities, and the actual diplomatic, military, and foreign economic policies those leaders are likely to pursue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17058/cover/9780521517058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hilbert Transforms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Frederick W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>698</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Hilbert transform has many uses, including solving problems in aerodynamics, condensed matter physics, optics, fluids, and engineering. Written in a style that will suit a wide audience (including the physical sciences), this book will become the reference of choice on the topic, whatever the subject background of the reader. It explains all the common Hilbert transforms, mathematical techniques for evaluating them, and has detailed discussions of their application. Especially useful for researchers are the tabulation of analytically evaluated Hilbert transforms, and an atlas that immediately illustrates how the Hilbert transform alters a function. A collection of exercises helps the reader to test their understanding of the material in each chapter. The bibliography is a wide-ranging collection of references both to the classical mathematical papers, and to a diverse array of applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17201/cover/9780521517201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Allegories of Farming from Greece and Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Satire in Xenophon, Varro, and Virgil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronenberg, Leah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Professor Kronenberg shows that Xenophon's Oeconomicus, Varro's De Re Rustica and Virgil's Georgics are not simply works on farming but belong to a tradition of philosophical satire which uses allegory and irony to question the meaning of morality. These works metaphorically connect farming and its related arts to political life; but instead of presenting farming in its traditional guise as a positive symbol, they use it to model the deficiencies of the active life, which in turn is juxtaposed to a preferred contemplative way of life. Although these three texts are not usually treated together, this book convincingly connects them with an original and provocative interpretation of their allegorical use of farming. It also fills an important gap in our understanding of the literary influences on the Georgics by showing that it is shaped not just by its poetic predecessors but by philosophical dialogue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17263/cover/9780521517263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speech Out of Doors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Preserving First Amendment Liberties in Public Places</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zick, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Supreme Court has emphasized that expressive liberties require 'breathing space' in which to thrive. At a minimum, speakers need places in which to assemble, speak, and petition government. This book is a comprehensive examination of First Amendment rights in public places. It shows that the literal ground beneath speakers' feet has been steadily eroding, from personal spaces to college campuses and to once vast and important inscribed places, such as public parks and public squares. Through the study of 'expressive topography', this book considers a variety of contemporary speech contests including restrictions on abortion clinic sidewalk counselors, protests at military funerals, and restrictions on assembly and speech at political conventions. Countering or reversing these forces will require a focused and sustained effort by public officials, courts, and, of course, the people themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31966/cover/9780521731966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151746X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernity and the Reinvention of Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Backing into the Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prickett, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The idea of tradition seems a timeless one, but our modern understanding of the term was actually shaped by the Victorian revival of tradition as a cornerstone of religion, art and culture. Stephen Prickett traces how the word 'tradition' fell out of use in English by the middle of the eighteenth century and how it returned in the nineteenth having radically changed and gained in meaning. Prickett analyses the work of authors who, like Burke, perhaps unexpectedly, avoid use of the concept, as well as those who, like Coleridge, Keble and Newman, who, variously influenced by German Romantics, explored it in detail, and disagreed profoundly with each other as to its implications. An important contribution to literature, history and theology, this sweeping work shows how people manufacture their own idea of truth, customs, or ancient wisdom to make sense of the past in terms of a problematic present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17461/cover/9780521517461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uses of the Past from Heidegger to Rorty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Doing Philosophy Historically</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piercey, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Robert Piercey asks how it is possible to do philosophy by studying the thinkers of the past. He develops his answer through readings of Martin Heidegger, Richard Rorty, Paul Ricoeur, Alasdair MacIntyre, and other historically-minded philosophers. Piercey shows that what is distinctive about these figures is a concern with philosophical pictures - extremely general conceptions of what the world is like - rather than specific theories. He offers a comprehensive and illuminating exploration of the way in which these thinkers use narrative to evaluate and criticise these pictures. The result is a powerful and original account of how philosophers use the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17539/cover/9780521517539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theorems in Hardy Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517683</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mashreghi, Javad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of Hardy spaces has close connections to many branches of mathematics including Fourier analysis, harmonic analysis, singular integrals, potential theory and operator theory, and has found essential applications in robust control engineering. For each application, the ability to represent elements of these classes by series or integral formulas is of utmost importance. This self-contained text provides an introduction to a wide range of representation theorems and provides a complete description of the representation theorems with direct proofs for both classes of Hardy spaces: Hardy spaces of the open unit disc and Hardy spaces of the upper half plane. With over 300 exercises, many with accompanying hints, this book is ideal for those studying Advanced Complex Analysis, Function Theory or Theory of Hardy Spaces. Advanced undergraduate and graduate students will find the book easy to follow, with a logical progression from basic theory to advanced research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17683/cover/9780521517683.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate, Affluence, and Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Van de Vliert, Evert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Everyone, everyday, everywhere has to cope with climatic cold or heat to satisfy survival needs, using money. This point of departure led to a decade of innovative research on the basis of the tenet that climate and affluence influence each other's impact on culture. Evert Van de Vliert discovered survival cultures in poor countries with demanding cold or hot climates, self-expression cultures in rich countries with demanding cold or hot climates, and easygoing cultures in poor and rich countries with temperate climates. These findings have implications for the cultural consequences of global warming and local poverty. Climate protection and poverty reduction are used in combination to sketch four scenarios for shaping cultures, from which the world community has to make a principal and principled choice soon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17874/cover/9780521517874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521517885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521517881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Overcoming Historical Injustices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land Reconciliation in South Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517881</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibson, James L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Overcoming Historical Injustices is the last entry in Gibson's 'overcoming trilogy' on South Africa's transformation from apartheid to democracy. Focusing on the issue of historical land dispossessions - the taking of African land under colonialism and apartheid - this book investigates the judgements South Africans make about the fairness of their country's past. Should, for instance, land seized under apartheid be returned today to its rightful owner? Gibson's research zeroes in on group identities and attachments as the thread that connects people to the past. Even when individuals have experienced no direct harm in the past, they care about the fairness of the treatment of their group to the extent that they identify with that group. Gibson's analysis shows that land issues in contemporary South Africa are salient, volatile, and enshrouded in symbols and, most important, that interracial differences in understandings of the past and preferences for the future are profound.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17881/cover/9780521517881.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052151827X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ocean of Letters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language and Creolization in an Indian Ocean Diaspora</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larson, Pier M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ocean of Letters is a remarkable history of imperialism, language, and creolization in the largest African diaspora of the Indian Ocean in the early modern period. Ranging from Madagascar to the Mascarenes, the Comores, and South Africa, Pier M. Larson sheds new light on the roles of slavery, emancipation, oceanic travel, Christian missions, and colonial linguistics in the making of Malagasy-language literacy in the islands of the western Indian Ocean. He shows how enslaved and free Malagasy together with certain European colonists and missionaries promoted the Malagasy language, literacy projects and letter writing in the multilingual colonial societies of the region between the seventeenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. Addressing current debates in the history of Africa and the African diaspora, slavery, abolition, creolization and the making of modern African literatures, the book crosses thematic as well as geo-imperial boundaries and brings fresh perspectives to Indian Ocean history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18277/cover/9780521518277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rejecting Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bedi, Sonu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The language of rights is ubiquitous. It shapes the way we construct our debates over issues such as abortion, affirmative action and sexual freedom. This provocative new study challenges the very concept of rights, arguing that they jeopardize our liberty and undermine democratic debate. By re-conceptualizing our ideas about limited government, it suggests that we can limit the reasons or rationales on which the polity may act. Whereas we once used the language of rights to thwart democratic majorities, Bedi argues that we should now turn our attention to the democratic state's reason for acting. This will permit greater democratic flexibility and discretion while ensuring genuine liberty. Deftly employing political theory and constitutional law to state its case, the study radically rethinks the relationship between liberty and democracy, and will be essential reading for scholars and students of political and legal philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18284/cover/9780521518284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Party Discipline and Parliamentary Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kam, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the chief tasks facing political leaders is to build and maintain unity within their parties. Party Discipline and Parliamentary Politics examines the relationship between party leaders and Members of Parliament in Britain, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, showing how the two sides interact and sometimes clash. Christopher J. Kam demonstrates how incentives for MPs to dissent from their parties have been amplified by a process of partisan dealignment that has created electorates of non-partisan voters who reward shows of political independence. Party leaders therefore rely on a mixture of strategies to offset these electoral pressures, from offering MPs advancement to threatening discipline, and ultimately relying on a long-run process of socialization to temper their MPs' dissension. Kam reveals the underlying structure of party unity in modern Westminster parliamentary politics, and drives home the point that social norms and socialization reinforce rather than displace appeals to MPs' self-interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18291/cover/9780521518291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scripture, Culture, and Agriculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Agrarian Reading of the Bible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Ellen F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the theology and ethics of land use, especially the practices of modern industrialized agriculture, in light of critical biblical exegesis. Nine interrelated essays explore the biblical writers' pervasive concern for the care of arable land against the background of the geography, social structures, and religious thought of ancient Israel. This approach consistently brings out neglected aspects of texts, both poetry and prose, that are central to Jewish and Christian traditions. Rather than seeking solutions from the past, Davis creates a conversation between ancient texts and contemporary agrarian writers; thus she provides a fresh perspective from which to view the destructive practices and assumptions that now dominate the global food economy. The biblical exegesis is wide-ranging and sophisticated; the language is literate and accessible to a broad audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32239/cover/9780521732239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin Parts 1 and 2</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Darwin depended on correspondence to collect data from all over the world, and to discuss his emerging ideas with scientific colleagues, many of whom he never met in person. In January of 1868, Darwin's Variation Under Domestication was published.  The first printing of 1500 copies rapidly sold out and the publisher, John Murray, ordered a second printing.  Responses to this new book, added to Darwin's continuing research into sexual selection and the expression of the emotions, increased the quantity of Darwin's correspondence to such an extent that the letters from 1868 fill two volumes. The letters he wrote and received during this year are presented here in chronological order across two volumes, with notes and appendices to put them into context, explain references, and provide information on related works. For information on the Charles Darwin Correspondence Project, see http://www.darwinproject.ac.uk.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18369/cover/9780521518369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080626</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>370.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Risk Management for Central Banks and Other Public Investors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bindseil, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gonzalez, Fernando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tabakis, Evangelos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Domestic and foreign financial assets of all central banks and public wealth funds world wide are estimated to have reached more than 12 trillion US dollars in 2007. How do these institutions manage such unprecedented growth in their financial assets and how have they responded to the 'revolution' of risk management techniques during the last fifteen years? This book surveys the fundamental issues and techniques associated with risk management and shows how central banks and other public investors can create better risk management systems. Each chapter looks at a specific area of risk management, first presenting general problems and then showing how these materialize in the special case of public institutions. Written by a team of risk management experts from the European Central Bank, this much-needed survey is an ideal resource for those concerned with the increasingly important task of managing risk in central banks and other financial institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18567/cover/9780521518567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cinema and Classical Texts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Apollo's New Light</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winkler, Martin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Apollo was the ancient god of light and the divine patron of the arts. He is therefore a fitting metaphor for cinematography, which is the modern art of writing with moving light. This book interprets films as visual texts and provides the first systematic theoretical and practical demonstration of the affinities between Greco-Roman literature and the cinema. It examines major themes from classical myth and history such as film portrayals of gods, exemplified by Apollo and the Muses; Oedipus, antiquity's most influential mythic-tragic hero; the question of heroism and patriotism in war; and the representation of women like Helen of Troy and Cleopatra as products of male desire and fantasy. Covering a wide range of European and American directors, genres, and classical authors, this study provides an innovative perspective on the two disciplines of classics and cinema and demonstrates our most influential medium's unlimited range when it adapts ancient texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18604/cover/9780521518604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Desire and Dramatic Form in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study investigates the intersections of erotic desire and dramatic form in the early modern period, considering to what extent disruptive desires can successfully challenge, change, or undermine the structures in which they are embedded. Through close readings of texts by Marlowe, Shakespeare, Webster, Middleton, Ford, and Cavendish, Haber counters the long-standing New Historicist association of the aesthetic with the status quo, and argues for its subversive potential. Many of the chosen texts unsettle conventional notions of sexual and textual consummation. Others take a more conventional stance; yet by calling our attention to the intersection between traditional dramatic structure and the dominant ideologies of gender and sexuality, they make us question those ideologies even while submitting to them. The book will be of interest to those working in the fields of early modern literature and culture, drama, gender and sexuality studies, and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18673/cover/9780521518673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090409</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521518857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521518857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Religious in Responses to Mass Atrocity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Interdisciplinary Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brudholm, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cushman, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A peculiar and fascinating aspect of many responses to mass atrocities is the creative and eclectic use of religious language and frameworks. Some crimes are so extreme that they 'cry out to heaven', drawing people to employ religious vocabulary to make meaning of and to judge what happened, to deal with questions of guilt and responsibility, and to re-establish hope and trust in their lives. Moreover, in recent years, religious actors have become increasingly influential in worldwide contexts of conflict-resolution and transitional justice. This collection offers a critical assessment of the possibilities and problems pertaining to attempts to bring religious - or semi-religious - allegiances and perspectives to bear in responses to the mass atrocities of our time: When and how can religious language or religious beliefs and practices be either necessary or helpful? And what are the problems and reasons for caution or critique? In this book, a group of distinguished scholars explore these questions and offer a range of original explanatory and normative perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18857/cover/9780521518857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Dance in Nineteenth-Century Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jane Austen to the New Woman</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Cheryl A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literary critics often pursue analyses of music or painting and literature as 'sister arts', yet this is the first full-length study of the treatment of social dance in literature. A vital part of social life and courtship with its own symbolism, dance in the nineteenth century was a natural point of interest for novelists writing about these topics; and indeed ballroom scenes could themselves be used to further courtship narratives or illustrate other significant encounters. Including analyses of works by Jane Austen, W. M. Thackeray, George Eliot, and Anthony Trollope, as well as extensive material from nineteenth-century dance manuals, Cheryl A. Wilson shows how dance provided a vehicle through which writers could convey social commentary and cultural critique on issues such as gender, social mobility, and nationalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19090/cover/9780521519090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090326</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dublin Castle and the First Home Rule Crisis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Journal of Sir George Fottrell, 1884-1887</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This vivid record of the major crisis of late nineteenth-century British politics comes from the unique perspective of someone who was both a crown official and an active Irish nationalist. It provides an insider's first-hand account of British attempts to negotiate a satisfactory settlement of the Irish question, and is complemented by contemporary official papers and the private correspondence of leading politicians and senior officials in Dublin. These valuable sources illuminate a long neglected aspect of the British Government's response to Irish nationalism during 1884-1887, suggesting that Gladstone's adoption of home rule was more significantly influenced by warnings of incipient revolution in Ireland than has been previously thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19212/cover/9780521519212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Munificence in the Roman Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Citizens, Elites and Benefactors in Asia Minor</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zuiderhoek, Arjan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first two centuries AD, the eastern Roman provinces experienced a proliferation of elite public generosity unmatched in their previous or later history. In this study, Arjan Zuiderhoek attempts to answer the question why this should have been so. Focusing on Roman Asia Minor, he argues that the surge in elite public giving was not caused by the weak economic and financial position of the provincial cities, as has often been maintained, but by social and political developments and tensions within the Greek cities created by their integration into the Roman imperial system. As disparities of wealth and power within imperial polis society continued to widen, the exchange of gifts for honours between elite and non-elite citizens proved an excellent political mechanism for deflecting social tensions away from open conflicts towards communal celebrations of shared citizenship and the legitimation of power in the cities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19304/cover/9780521519304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Far Enemy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Why Jihad Went Global</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerges, Fawaz A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fawaz Gerges' book on al Qaeda and the jihadist movement has become a classic in the field since it was published in 2005. In the intervening years, with the advance of the 'War on Terror' and the invasion of Iraq, much has changed and, just as Gerges showed, al Qaeda's fortunes have taken a significant downturn. Revisiting The Far Enemy in this new edition, Gerges demonstrates that not only have the jihadists split ranks, but that voices from within the ultra-religious right, those that previously supported al Qaeda, are condemning its tactics as violent, unethical, and out of accord with the true meaning of jihad. In fact, millions of Muslims worldwide have rejected al-Qaeda's ideology and strategies and blame Osama bin Laden and his cohorts for the havoc the organisation has wreaked on their communities. Al-Qaeda is now in the wilderness suffering massive erosion of authority and legitimacy in Muslim eyes and facing a fierce revolt from within. As Gerges warns, the next US administration would do well to use political and socio-economic strategies rather than military means to ensure that it stays there.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/37432/cover/9780521737432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Speech and Audio Processing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Matlab Examples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLoughlin, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applied Speech and Audio Processing is a MATLAB-based, one-stop resource that blends speech and hearing research in describing the key techniques of speech and audio processing. This practically oriented text provides MATLAB examples throughout to illustrate the concepts discussed and to give the reader hands-on experience with important techniques. Chapters on basic audio processing and the characteristics of speech and hearing lay the foundations of speech signal processing, which are built upon in subsequent sections explaining audio handling, coding, compression, and analysis techniques. The final chapter explores a number of advanced topics that use these techniques, including psychoacoustic modelling, a subject which underpins MP3 and related audio formats. With its hands-on nature and numerous MATLAB examples, this book is ideal for graduate students and practitioners working with speech or audio systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19540/cover/9780521519540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Text, Terror</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>210</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between law and terrorism has re-emerged recently as a pressing issue in contemporary jurisprudence. Terrorism appears to take law to its limit, whilst the demands of counter-terrorism hold the cause of justice in contempt. At this point the case for engaging alternative intellectual approaches and resources is compelling. Ian Ward argues that through a closer appreciation of the ethical and aesthetical dimensions of terror, as well as the historical, political and cultural, we can better comprehend modern expressions and experiences of terrorism. For this reason, alongside juristic responses to modern expressions of terrorism, Law, Text, Terror examines a variety of supplementary literary texts as well as alternative intellectual approaches; from the drama of Euripides and Shakespeare, to the rhetoric and poetry of Burke and Shelley, the literary feminisms of Lessing and Rame, and the narrative existentialism of Conrad, Coetzee, Dostoevsky and DeLillo.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19571/cover/9780521519571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090416</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519659</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Market and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Great Transformation Today</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hann, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Karl Polanyi's 1944 book, The Great Transformation, offered a radical critique of how the market system has affected society and humanity since the industrial revolution. This volume brings together contributions from distinguished scholars in economic anthropology, sociology and political economy to consider Polanyi's theories in the light of circumstances today, when the relationship between market and society has again become a focus of intense political and scientific debate. It demonstrates the relevance of Polanyi's ideas to various theoretical traditions in the social sciences and provides new perspectives on topics such as money, risk, work and the family. The case studies present materials from around the world, including Britain, China, India, Jamaica and Nigeria. Like Polanyi's original work, the critical engagement of these essays will be of interest to a wide readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19656/cover/9780521519656.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Murderesses in German Writing, 1720-1860</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heroines of Horror</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kord, Susanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The way deviant women - murderesses, witches, vampires - are perceived and represented reveals much about what a society considers the norm for acceptable female behaviour. Drawing on extensive archival records and published texts, Susanne Kord investigates the stories of eight famous murderesses in Germany as they were told in legal, psychological, philosophical and literary writings. Kord interrogates the role of representation in legal judgment and the way the emancipation of women was perceived to be linked to their crimes. She demonstrates how perceptions of normal and criminal women permeated not only legal thought but also seemingly unrelated cultural spheres - from poetry, philosophy and physiognomy to early psychological profiling. A major work of German cultural history, this highly original book raises thought-provoking questions about eighteenth- and nineteenth-century gender norms in ways that continue to resonate today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19779/cover/9780521519779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finding the Big Bang</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peebles, P. James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, Jr., Lyman A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Partridge, R. Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cosmology, the study of the universe as a whole, has become a precise physical science, the foundation of which is our understanding of the cosmic microwave background radiation (CMBR) left from the big bang. The story of the discovery and exploration of the CMBR in the 1960s is recalled for the first time in this collection of 44 essays by eminent scientists who pioneered the work. Two introductory chapters put the essays in context, explaining the general ideas behind the expanding universe and fossil remnants from the early stages of the expanding universe. The last chapter describes how the confusion of ideas and measurements in the 1960s grew into the present tight network of tests that demonstrate the accuracy of the big bang theory. This book is valuable to anyone interested in how science is done, and what it has taught us about the large-scale nature of the physical universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19823/cover/9780521519823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521519853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521519854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Moments in Classical Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Ancient View of Literature and its Uses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through a series of innovative critical readings Richard Hunter builds a picture of how the ancients discussed the meaning of literary works and their importance in society. He pays particular attention to the interplay of criticism and creativity by not treating criticism in isolation from the works which the critics discussed. Attention is given both to the development of a history of criticism, as far as our sources allow, and to the constant recurrence of similar themes across the centuries. At the head of the book stands the contest of Aeschylus and Euripides in Aristophanes' Frogs which foreshadows more of the subsequent critical tradition than is often realised. Other chapters are devoted to ancient reflection on Greek and Roman comedy, to the Augustan critic Dionysius of Halicarnassus, to 'Longinus', On the Sublime, and to Plutarch. All Greek and Latin is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19854/cover/9780521519854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Tolstoy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orwin, Donna Tussing</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Best known for his great novels, War and Peace and Anna Karenina, Tolstoy remains one the most important nineteenth-century writers; throughout his career which spanned nearly three quarters of a century, he wrote fiction, journalistic essays and educational textbooks. The specially commissioned essays in The Cambridge Companion to Tolstoy do justice to the sheer volume of Tolstoy's writing. Key dimensions of his writing and life are explored in essays focusing on his relationship to popular writing, the issue of gender and sexuality in his fiction and his aesthetics. The introduction provides a brief, unified account of the man, for whom his art was only one activity among many. The volume is well supported by supplementary material including  a detailed guide to further reading and a chronology of Tolstoy's life, the most comprehensive compiled in English to date. Altogether the volume provides an invaluable resource for students and scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20003/cover/9780521520003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds Beyond</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Thrill of Planetary Exploration as told by Leading Experts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stern, S. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the development of space-travel, we have begun to explore worlds beyond Earth.  Ten planetary scientists have come together to describe their favourite planet, what they have discovered, and what drives them to explore. Each tells a personal story, ranging across the breadth of the solar system - from hellish Mercury to the snows of Pluto; from telescopic to robotic exploration; from adventures in Antarctica to painting planetary landscapes; from the frustrations of failure to the joys of success. Worlds Beyond is the third in a series of extraordinary books bringing together leading space scientists to describe their work. Our Worlds was the first of its kind in revealing the inner motivations of planetary scientists. In Our Universe, leading astronomers and cosmologists explored the vastness of the Universe itself. Now with Worlds Beyond we return to our home - the solar system - to visit those fascinating new worlds beyond our own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20010/cover/9780521520010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stories of Peoplehood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics and Morals of Political Membership</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Rogers M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we build thriving political communities? In this provocative account of how societies are bound together, Rogers Smith examines the importance of 'stories of peoplehood', narratives that promise economic or political power and define political allegiances in religious, cultural, racial, ethnic and related terms. Smith argues that no nations are purely civic: all are bound in part by stories that seek to define elements intrinsic to their members' identities and worth. These types of stories can support valuable forms of political life but they also pose dangers that must be understood if they are to be confronted. In contrast to much contemporary writing, Stories of Peoplehood argues for community-building via robust contestation among sharply differing views. This original argument combines accessible theory with colourful examples of myths and stories from around the world and over 2,500 years of human history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20034/cover/9780521520034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chief Governors</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of Reform Government in Tudor Ireland 1536-1588</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brady, Ciaran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an extended reinterpretation of English policy in Ireland over the sixteenth century. It seeks to show that the major conflicts between Tudor governors and native lords which characterised the period were not the result of a deliberate Tudor strategy of confrontation, but arose from a failed experiment in legal reform and cultural assimilation which had been applied with remarkable success elsewhere in the Tudor dominions. The book identifies a distinct administrative style which evolved in Irish government in the mid-sixteenth century under a complex set of pressures acting on the would-be reformers both in Ireland and at the Tudor court, and argues that it was this highly centralised and intensely activist mode of government that undermined the aims of reform policy and provoked alienation and hostility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20041/cover/9780521520041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020606</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of the Jovian Magnetosphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dessler, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jupiter's magnetosphere (the region of space in which Jupiter's magnetic field influences the motion of charged particles) is the largest object in the solar system; it exhibits new phenomena and behaves, in some respects, like a pulsar. It is a magnetosphere whose physics is dominated by internal sources of plasma and energy. This book consists of twelve carefully interwoven articles written by leading space scientists who summarize our state of knowledge of the physics of the magnetosphere surrounding the planet Jupiter. Ground-based data as well as information from the Pioneer and Voyager spacecraft are used in developing both physical descriptions and theoretical understanding. Physics of the Jovian Magnetosphere is a valuable reference work for those doing research in magnetospheric physics and in a number of related disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20065/cover/9780521520065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Horse Trade of Tudor and Stuart England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Horses played a vital role in the economy of pre-industrial England. They acted as draught animals, pulled ploughs, waggons and coaches, worked machines, and transported goods around the country. As saddle animals they enabled their riders to carry out a wide variety of tasks, and at all levels of society they were regarded as status symbols in a unique relationship with man shared by no other animal. During the Tudor and Stuart period, horses were needed in ever-growing numbers, and for a greater variety of tasks. As demand grew, improvements became necessary in the means of supply and distribution. The agents of change, the specialist dealers, were often condemned as rogues and cheats, whose actions raised prices and caused shortages. Dr Edwards argues that, far from being generally unscrupulous, the dealers were no better or worse than those amongst whom they lived and worked.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20089/cover/9780521520089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152010X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152010X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christianity and Politics in Doe's Liberia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gifford, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the role of Christianity in Liberia under the corrupt rule of Samuel K. Doe (1980-90). Paul Gifford illustrates the relationship between mainline, evangelical, new Pentecostal and independent churches, and notes the strengths and weaknesses of each. He shows that, in general, Liberian Christianity - far from being a force for justice and human advancement - diverted attention from the causes of Liberia's ills, left change to God's miraculous intervention, encouraged obedience and acceptance of the status quo, and thus served to entrench Doe's power. In so doing, this Christianity, devised in the USA and promoted largely by American missionaries, helped to further the regional economic and political objectives of the US government which was committed to supporting Doe. The Lberian example is used to illustrate the difference between the kinds of Christianity to be found in Africa and in Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20102/cover/9780521520102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Hartlib and Universal Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Intellectual Communication</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greengrass, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leslie, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raylor, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Samuel Hartlib was a key figure in the intellectual revolution of the seventeenth century. Originally from Elbing, in Prussig, Hartlib settled permanently in England from the late 1620s until his death in 1662. His aspirations formed a distinctive and influential strand in English intellectual life during those revolutionary decades. This volume reflects the variety of the theoretical and practical interests of Hartlib's circle and presents them in their continental context. The editors of the volume are all attached to the Hartlib Papers Project at the University of Sheffield, a major collaborative research effort to exploit the largely untapped resources of the surviving Hartlib manuscripts. In an introduction to the volume they explore the background to the Hartlib circle and provide the context in which the essays should be read.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20119/cover/9780521520119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520126</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Celys and their World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An English Merchant Family of the Fifteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanham, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the start of his career as a young woolmerchant, about 1473, George Cely was a hoarder. He kept everything, from important business accounts down to the scrap of paper on which his father had once noted that the brewer and tailor hadn't been paid yet. The result is a rich collection, which not merely documents the Cely family's activities as staplers and ship-owners, but also gives vivid details of their intimate concerns: what they ate and wore, where they lived, how they spent their money - and where they went for loans when the cash ran short - how they amused themselves, and how they coped with trade recessions and political turmoil at home and abroad. This is the first comprehensive study to be based on the material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20126/cover/9780521520126.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crowds and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mass Phenomena in English Towns, 1790-1835</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, urbanisation 'revolutionised' English society as much as industrialisation. Central to this urbanising process, and the civic culture it inspired, was the bringing together of people in large numbers - to celebrate, commemorate, vilify or validate. Contemporary observers found the power and potential of urban crowds both awesome and alarming. They witnessed the capacity of the masses to confer honour and prestige upon a proud city elite or, by turning hostile, to bring civic ruin. Yet this ambivalent relationship between the individual and the crowd, which resonates through not only the nineteenth century but all human history, has remained generally ignored by historians. They have regarded crowds almost exclusively as a riotous, disruptive and protesting force. This book, which is the first systematic historical study of mass phenomena, challenges such preconceptions and re-defines the place of the crowd in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20133/cover/9780521520133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tudor Political Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoak, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book consists of twelve interdisciplinary essays on the ideas, images, and rituals of Tudor and early Stuart society. Through the exploitation of new manuscript material, or hitherto untapped artistic sources, the authors open up new perspectives on the ideas, institutions, and rituals of political society. The evidence of art and literature, and new techniques for the discovery of lost mentalities, are used to explore key aspects of Tudor political culture, including royal iconography, funereal symbolism, parliamentary elections, political vocabularies, kinship and family at court and in the country, and the architecture of urban authority. In his Introduction the editor uses the example of Henry VIII's historic break with Rome to suggest the seamless links between politics and political culture by presenting it against the backdrop of early-Tudor memories of Henry V, the cult of chivalry and the invasion of France (1513), and the pre-Reformation imagery of 'imperial' kingship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20140/cover/9780521520140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Society and Civil War in Warwickshire, 1620-1660</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the origins, impact and aftermath of the Civil War in Warwickshire, examining administration, religion and politics in their social context. The focus is mainly on the landed &#233;lite, but the importance of relationships between members of the &#233;lite and their social inferiors is also stressed. Early chapters discuss the economic and social character of Warwickshire; a middle section examines the onset of the Civil War in 1642; and finally there is a discussion of the economic impact of the war and the administrative, political and religious changes of the 1640s and 1650s, culminating in an assessment of the significance of the Restoration. Dr Hughes takes a critical approach to recent historiography, and challenges the concept of a 'county community'. The book is intended as a contribution to a general understanding of the Civil War, rather than as a study of one particular county.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20157/cover/9780521520157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry Stubbe, Radical Protestantism and the Early Enlightenment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Called 'the most noted person of his age' by Anthony Wood, Henry Stubbe (1632-76), classicist, polemicist, physician, philosopher and the most important critic of the early Royal Society, has never had a biography. This study seeks to fill that gap, while standing received opinion about him on its head. The older view has it that at the Restoration Stubbe renounced his radical past and became the enemy of scientific progress and a reactionary defender of church and monarchy. Professor Jacob shows instead that Stubbe continued to espouse radical views after 1660 by devious means. Publicly he resorted to a rhetoric of subterfuge, while he let the full extent of his radicalism be known in private conversations at Bath and in an important clandestine manuscript (which Jacob proves to be his) that circulated among radicals from the early 1670s well into the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20164/cover/9780521520164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dialectic of Defeat</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contours of Western Marxism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacoby, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Observing that for both revolutionaries and capitalists, nothing succeeds like success, Russell Jacoby asks us to reexamine a loser of Marxism: the unorthodox Marxism of Western Europe. The author begins with a polemical attack on 'conformist' or orthodox Marxism, in which he includes structuralist schools. He argues that a cult of success and science drained this Marxism of its critical impulse and that the successes of the Russian and Chinese revolutions encouraged a mechanical and fruitless mimicry. He then turns to a Western alternative that neither succumbed to the spell of success nor obliterated the individual in the name of science. In the nineteenth century, this Western Marxism already diverged from Russian Marxism in its interpretation of Hegel and its evaluation of Engels' orthodox Marxism. The author follows the evolution of this minority tradition and its opposition to authoritarian forms of political theory and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20171/cover/9780521520171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fiction and the American Literary Marketplace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Newspaper Syndicates in America, 1860-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johanningsmeier, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conventional literary history has virtually ignored the role of newspaper syndicates in publishing some of the most famous nineteenth-century writers. Stephen Crane, Henry James, Rudyard Kipling, Robert Louis Stevenson and Mark Twain were among those who offered their early fiction to 'Syndicates', firms which subsequently sold the work to newspapers across America for simultaneous, first-time publication. This newly decentralised process profoundly affected not only the economics of publishing, but also the relationship between authors, texts and readers. In the first full-length study of this publishing phenomenon, Charles Johanningsmeier evaluates the unique site of interaction syndicates held between readers and texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20188/cover/9780521520188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020704</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conscience and Casuistry in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leites, Edmund</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This examination of a fundamental but often neglected aspect of the intellectual history of early modern Europe brings together philosophers, historians and political theorists from Great Britain, Canada, the United States, Australia, France and Germany. Despite the diversity of disciplines and national traditions represented, the individual contributions show a remarkable convergence around three themes: changes in the modes of moral education in early modern Europe, the emergence of new relations between conscience and law (particularly the law of the state), and the shared continuities and discontinuities of both Roman Catholic and Protestant moral culture in relation to their medieval past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20201/cover/9780521520201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Reformation and the Laity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gloucestershire, 1540-1580</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Litzenberger, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the effects of the English Reformation on the full spectrum of lay religion from 1540 to 1580 through an investigation of individuals and parishes in Gloucestershire. Rather than focusing on either the acceptance of Protestantism or the demise of the traditional Catholic religion, as other historians have done, it considers all shades of belief against the backdrop of shifting official religious policy. The result is the story of responses ranging from stiff resistance to eager acceptance, creating a picture of the religion of the laity which is diverse and complex, but also layered as parishes and individuals expressed their faith in ways which reflected the institutional or personal nature of their piety. Finally, while the book focuses on Gloucestershire, it reveals broad patterns of beliefs and practices which could probably be found all over England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20218/cover/9780521520218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Runaway Religious in Medieval England, c.1240-1540</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Logan, F. Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'runaway religious' were monks, canons and friars who had taken vows of religion and who, with benefit of neither permission nor dispensation, fled their monasteries and returned to a life in the world, usually replacing the religious habit with lay clothes. No legal exit for the discontented was permitted - religious vows were like marriage vows in this respect - until the financial crisis caused by the Great Schism created a market in dispensations for priests in religious orders to leave, take benefices, and live as secular priests. The church therefore pursued runaways with her severest penalty, excommunication, in the express hope that penalties would lead to the return of the straying sheep. Once back, whether by free choice or by force, the runaway was received not with a feast for a prodigal but, in a rite of stark severity, with the imposition of penalties deemed suitable for a sinner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20225/cover/9780521520225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Established Church, Sectarian People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Itinerancy and the Transformation of English Dissent, 1780-1830</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovegrove, Deryck W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines a neglected aspect of English social history - the operation of itinerant preachers during the period of political and social ferment at the turn of the nineteenth century. It investigates the nature of their popular brand of Christianity and considers their impact upon existing churches: both the threat apparently posed to the established Church of England and the consequences of their activity for the smaller Protestant bodies from which they arose. The particular strength of the book lies in the extensive use it makes of previously untapped local archives drawn from many English counties - records which include numerous parochial, legal, associational and congregational sources. This is a study of religion in transition which is set against the wider canvas of social change attendant upon the early Industrial Revolution and the political shock waves emanating from France.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20232/cover/9780521520232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Soul, White Artifact</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fanon's Clinical Psychology and Social Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCulloch, Jock</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The death of Frantz Fanon at the age of thirty-six robbed the African revolution of its leading intellectual and moral force. His death also cut short one of the most extraordinary intellectual careers in contemporary political thought. Fanon was a political psychologist whose approach to revolutionary theory was grounded in his psychiatric practice. During his years in Algeria he published clinical studies on the behaviour of violent patients, the role of culture in the development of illness and the function of the psychiatric hospital as a social milieu. These papers illuminate Fanon's political theory, expose weaknesses in his concept of political consciousness and liberation, and contain a 'secret history' explaining the tide of revolutionary movements in the Third World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20256/cover/9780521520256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>England's Jewish Solution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Experiment and Expulsion, 1262-1290</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mundill, Robin R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of Jewish settlement and of seven different Jewish communities in England between 1262 and 1290, offering in addition a new consideration of the prelude to the expulsion of the Jews in 1290. The book estimates the extent of Jewish residence and settlement; evaluates the tallage payments made by those communities; and finally by a close discussion of prevailing attitudes towards usury and moneylending considers the Edwardian experiment of 1275. The impact of Edward I's legislation and Jewish policy on his Jewish subjects is then examined. It is possible to follow the business transactions of Jewish financiers in these different provincial communities over almost thirty years; and a thorough and detailed study is made of the type of people who borrowed from the Jews. Finally a survey is made of the possible motives and continental parallels which influenced the expulsion in 1290 and the subsequent dissolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20263/cover/9780521520263.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Paston Family in the Fifteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Pastons of Paston, Norfolk, are famous for the collection of letters and papers which bear their name. In particular 'the Paston Letters' have been well known since the time of Horace Walpole, although until now they have never been used systematically by historians of fifteenth-century England: they are both immensely attractive to read and fiendishly difficult to use as source material from which to write history. This volume describes, in lively and original style, the beginnings of the family's gentility and sets out some of the major themes of their history between 1400 and 1500. Many of the themes are common to all gentry families of the later Middle Ages, a period critical in the formation of the English polity. It might also be said that the Pastons epitomize a class which since the later Middle Ages has dominated the English state, English society and English culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20270/cover/9780521520270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Paston Family in the Fifteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Paston family have long been famous for the large collection of letters and papers which bear their name. However, only recently have the 'Paston Letters' been used systematically by historians of fifteenth-century England: they are both attractive to read and fiendishly difficult to use as source material for the historian. This, the second volume in Colin Richmond's individual and compelling study of the Pastons, describes the bitter disputes over the will of Sir John Fastolf (d. 1459) which dogged the family for many years, and which hold a wider significance for the law, English country society, and the complex politics of the fifteenth century. Professor Richmond uses his mastery of the Paston documents to illuminate many obscurities surrounding the will, and at the same time creates an insightful and sympathetic picture of this fascinating, often troubled family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20287/cover/9780521520287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lay Theology in the Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Popular Pamphleteers in Southwest Germany 1521-1525</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Paul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the coming of the Protestant Reformation from the viewpoint of eight common people, who were sufficiently disturbed by the events of 1521-5 to write treatises, letters, dialogues, and sermons, which they published. Their works are lively testimony to the interest of laypeople in the affairs of the church, and their willingness to discuss often complex theological training. These works are among the first documents of lay theology and piety, but they are also propaganda: disappointed with the Catholic clergy and with secular authorities, the authors of these pamphlets were called to prophesy, preach, and convert their readers/listeners lest Christ return soon to find his church unprepared. They demanded a new apostolate for laypeople, something the clergy had feared for centuries and something which civic authorities feared as a potential source of radical ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20294/cover/9780521520294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict over Convoys</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglo-American Logistics Diplomacy in the Second World War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Conflict over Convoys examines the Battle of the Atlantic from the perspective of Anglo-American diplomacy, deepening our understanding of Allied grand strategy, British industrial policy, and operations TORCH and OVERLORD. Failure to build and maintain enough ships to feed the people and wage war made Britain dependent upon American-built merchant ships and American logistical support, yet British strategists aspired to dominate Allied strategy, while Roosevelt mismanaged merchant shipping allocations. The resulting gap between strategic ambition and logistical reality embittered the controversy over the 'Second Front'. Victory in the Atlantic finally led to American dominance of Allied logistics diplomacy and strategy. Conflict over Convoys relates these tensions to the decline of British hegemony and the rise of the USA to global influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20300/cover/9780521520300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Restoration Newspaper and its Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutherland, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major survey of the English newspaper and the way it developed from 1660 to the early eighteenth century, a crucial period in its long history. Professor Sutherland's approach is comprehensive and topics covered include: the administration of newspapers, their sources of information, the reliability of reporting, the contributions of country and foreign correspondents, and the extent to which papers were able to print political news and express political opinions in a period of government repression. A final chapter provides an account of the chaotic and often dangerous lives of newspaper men and women. The emphasis throughout falls on how much was actually achieved in difficult circumstances, and how often modern developments were anticipated. This will be a useful work of reference for scholars of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature, as well as for political and social historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20317/cover/9780521520317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John of Wales</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Works and Ideas of a Thirteenth-Century Friar</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520324</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swanson, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the selected writings of John of Wales, a thirteenth-century Franciscan scholar. Though overshadowed historically by men like Thomas Aquinas and Bonaventure, John contributed significantly to the preaching explosion of the later Middle Ages, devoting his scholastic energies to the production of encyclopedic preaching aids for the growing number of the devout and learned emerging from the new universities. Through a detailed analysis of his world view, the author establishes John's strong interest in politics and contemporary social issues and helps to explain why his writings appealed to young preachers and the popular imagination. John's historic popularity and literary influence are also fully explored. His works seem to have been an important source of classical material for European literary texts of the period, and therefore, in addition to historians and theologians, this unprecedented book will appeal to those interested in the survival and transmission of Greek and Latin literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20324/cover/9780521520324.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Defense of Abortion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boonin, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Boonin has written the most thorough and detailed case for the moral permissibility of abortion yet published. Critically examining a wide range of arguments that attempt to prove that every human fetus has a right to life, he shows that each of these arguments fails on its own terms. He then explains how even if the fetus does have a right to life, abortion can still be shown to be morally permissible on the critique of abortion's own terms. Finally he considers several pro-life arguments that do not depend on claims that the fetus has a right to life and concludes that these too are ultimately unsuccessful. This major book will be especially helpful to those teaching applied ethics and bioethics in philosophy departments or professional schools of law and medicine. It will interest students of women studies and general readers for whom abortion remains a high-profile issue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20355/cover/9780521520355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judicial Review in New Democracies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutional Courts in Asian Cases</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginsburg, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New democracies around the world have adopted constitutional courts to oversee the operation of democratic politics. Where does judicial power come from, how does it develop in the early stages of democratic liberalization, and what political conditions support its expansion? This book answers these questions through an examination of three constitutional courts in Asia: Taiwan, Korea, and Mongolia. In a region that has traditionally viewed law as a tool of authoritarian rulers, constitutional courts in these three societies are becoming a real constraint on government. In contrast with conventional culturalist accounts, this book argues that the design and functioning of constitutional review are largely a function of politics and interests. Judicial review - the power of judges to rule an act of a legislature or national leader unconstitutional - is a solution to the problem of uncertainty in constitutional design. By providing 'insurance' to prospective electoral losers, judicial review can facilitate democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20393/cover/9780521520393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unfinished Business</TitleText>

<Subtitle>America and Cuba after the Cold War, 1989-2001</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Morris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGillion, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive study of US policy towards Cuba in the post-Cold War era. Drawing on interviews with Bush and Clinton policy-makers, congressional participants in the policy debate, and leaders of the anti-sanctions business community, it makes an important contribution to our knowledge of the evolution of American policy during this period. This study argues that Bush and Clinton operated within the same Cold War framework that shaped the Cuba policy of their predecessors. But it also demonstrates that US policy after 1989 was driven principally by the imperatives of domestic politics. The authors show how Bush and Clinton corrupted the policy-making process by subordinating rational decision-making in the national interest to narrow political calculations. The result was the pursuit of a policy that had nothing to do with its stated objectives of promoting reforms in Cuba and everything to do with getting rid of Fidel Castro's regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20409/cover/9780521520409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152041X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152041X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Early American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, Emory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Introduction to Early American Literature offers students a literary history of American writing in English between 1492 and 1820, as well as providing a concise social and cultural history of these three centuries. Emory Elliott traces the impact of race, gender, and ethnic conflict on early American culture, and explores the centrality of American Puritanism in the formation of a distinctively American literature. Elliott provides an overview of the oral and written literature of the Europeans who explored, settled and colonised the North American continent. He goes on to focus on the New England Puritans and demonstrates the lasting impact of their thought and writing on early American literature. Elliott traces the evolution of forms and genres that have come  to be seen as quintessentially American. This highly engaging and comprehensive study will be essential reading for students of the literature, history and culture of early America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20416/cover/9780521520416.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joining Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Interaction and Learning in Adolescence and Youth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perret-Clermont, Anne-Nelly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pontecorvo, Clotilde</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Resnick, Lauren B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zittoun, Tania</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burge, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joining Society asks precise questions: To what are the young socialized? Which skills, modes of thinking or action are required from them and what are their developmental value? Socialization tends to be viewed within the confines of a particular geographical or cultural situation. The multi-national list of contributors brings an international perspective to the problem of socialization to work and to adult life, while at the same time emphasizing the common issues that face youth around the world. Some of the topics addressed are the rules and roles involved in socialization, attaining personal agency through collective activity, use of new technologies, and the role of intergenerational relationships. This book sheds new light on the processes through which society may hope to intervene in positive ways with today's youth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20423/cover/9780521520423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory as a Programming Concept in C and C++</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franek, Frantisek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The overwhelming majority of bugs and crashes in computer programming stem from problems of memory access, allocation, or deallocation. Such memory related errors are also notoriously difficult to debug. Yet the role that memory plays in C and C++ programming is a subject often overlooked in courses and in books because it requires specialised knowledge of operating systems, compilers, computer architecture in addition to a familiarity with the languages themselves. Most professional programmers learn entirely through experience of the trouble it causes. This book provides students and professional programmers with a concise yet comprehensive view of the role memory plays in all aspects of programming and program behaviour. Assuming only a basic familiarity with C or C++, the author describes the techniques, methods, and tools available to deal with the problems related to memory and its effective use.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20430/cover/9780521520430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elastic Wave Propagation and Generation in Seismology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pujol, Jose</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>462</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seismology has complementary observational and theoretical components, and a thorough understanding of the observations requires a sound theoretical background. This book bridges the gap between introductory textbooks and advanced monographs by providing the necessary mathematical tools and demonstrating how to apply them. Each seismological problem is carefully formulated and its solution is derived in a step-by-step approach. The text includes student exercises (with hints), for which solutions are available on a dedicated website. This website also contains numerous downloadable programs for the computation of reflection and transmission coefficients, for the generation of P and S wave radiation patterns and synthetic seismograms, in infinite media. This book will therefore find a receptive audience among advanced undergraduate and graduate students interested in developing a solid mathematical background to tackle more advanced topics in seismology. It will also form a useful reference volume for researchers wishing to brush up on the fundamentals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20461/cover/9780521520461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>David Levy's Guide to Observing and Discovering Comets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, David H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Levy has held a lifelong passion for comets, and is one of the most successful comet discoverers in history. In this book he describes the observing techniques that have been developed over the years - from visual observations and searching, to photography, through to electronic charge-coupled devices (CCDs). He combines the history of comet hunting with the latest techniques, showing how our understanding of comets has evolved over time. This practical handbook is suitable for amateur astronomers, from those who are casually interested in comets and how to observe them, to those who want to begin and expand an observing program of their own. Drawing widely from his own extensive experience, Levy describes how enthusiastic amateurs can observe comets and try to make new discoveries themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20515/cover/9780521520515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Java Frameworks and Components</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Accelerate Your Web Application Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nash, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a practical tool for Java programmers. It provides the necessary information for them to be able to find, evaluate and select an application framework suitable to their needs. It explains in plain language the benefits of frameworks and component technologies, specifically in relation to web application development. The book is unique in that it does not focus on any specific technology, yet at the same time uses examples from several different frameworks to explain the underlying principals. This gives it a broad appeal to developers that are not sure which framework is right for their purpose, while at the same time making it a practical tool. Application frameworks are large often very complex tools that many developers do not yet fully understand. This means they cannot take advantage of the substantial benefits such a technology can bring to their development project - they often are re-inventing the wheel repeatedly. As the market for web applications begins its second wave, this book provides the critical information for developers to make the transition into componentized framework-based development, keeping them ahead in an increasingly competitive market. An emphasis on quality and globalization is maintained throughout, as these factors become essential in new projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20591/cover/9780521520591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deliberate Discretion?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Foundations of Bureaucratic Autonomy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huber, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shipan, Charles R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The laws that legislatures adopt provide the most important and definitive opportunity elected politicians have to define public policy. But the ways politicians use laws to shape policy varies considerably across polities. In some cases, legislatures adopt detailed and specific laws in efforts to micromanage policy-making processes. In others, they adopt general and vague laws that leave the executive and bureaucrats substantial autonomy to fill in the policy details. What explains these differences across political systems, and how do they matter? The authors address this issue by developing and testing a comparative theory of how laws shape bureaucratic autonomy. Drawing on a range of evidence from advanced parliamentary democracies and the American states, they argue that particular institutional forms have a systematic and predictable effect on how politicians use laws to shape the policy making process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20706/cover/9780521520706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520770</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forces of Labor</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Workers' Movements and Globalization Since 1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, Beverly J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recasting labor studies in a long-term and global framework, the book draws on a major new database on world labor unrest to show how local labor movements have been related to world-scale political, economic and social processes since the late-nineteenth century. Through an in-depth empirical analysis of select global industries it demonstrates how the main locations of labor unrest have shifted from country to country together with shifts in the geographical location of production. It shows how the main sites of labor unrest have shifted over time together with the rise/decline of new leading sectors of capitalist development, and demonstrates that labor movements have been deeply embedded (as both cause and effect) in world political dynamics. The book concludes by exploring the likely forms that emergent labor movements will take in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20775/cover/9780521520775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Complexity and Integrative Pluralism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520799</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Sandra D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fine collection of essays by a leading philosopher of science presents a defence of integrative pluralism as the best description for the complexity of scientific inquiry today. The tendency of some scientists to unify science by reducing all theories to a few fundamental laws of the most basic particles that populate our universe is ill-suited to the biological sciences, which study multi-component, multi-level, evolved complex systems. This integrative pluralism is the most efficient way to understand the different and complex processes - historical and interactive - that generate biological phenomena. This book will be of interest to students and professionals in the philosophy of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20799/cover/9780521520799.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cellular Phones, Public Fears, and a Culture of Precaution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burgess, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first account of the health panic surrounding cellular phones that developed in the mid-1990s. Treating the issue as more 'social construction' than evident scientific problem, it tells the story of how this originally American anxiety diffused internationally, having an even bigger impact in countries such as Italy. Burgess highlights the contrasting reactions to the issue ranging from positive indifference in Finland to those such as the UK where precautionary measures were taken. These differences are located within the emergence of a precautionary culture driven by institutional insecurity that first appeared in the US and is now most evident in Europe. Anxieties about cell phone radiowaves are also situated historically in the very different reactions to technologies such as x-rays and in the more similar 'microwave suspicions' about television. In addition, Burgess outlines a history and sociology of what is, despite media-driven anxieties, a spectacularly successful device.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20829/cover/9780521520829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520851</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Modern Ottomans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Remapping the Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aksan, Virginia H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goffman, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A groundbreaking reinterpretation of the middle years of the Ottoman Empire, from the conquest of Byzantium in 1453 to the establishment of the Tanzimat in 1839. This period saw the evolution of the Empire from the height of its powers to - as the traditional view has it - an empire in decline, unable to modernise in the face of globalisation and European ascendancy. The contributors challenge this view, demonstrating how the Ottomans came to be modern on their own terms. They explore the Ottomans as politicians and diplomats, military reformers, artists and historians. They also map out and redefine the material worlds which they inhabited - the courthouse, the cemetery, the Turkish garden. This book, which represents a turning-point in the intellectual history of the Ottoman Empire, promises to become a key text for students, scholars and anyone interested in the Ottoman world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20850/cover/9780521520850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>White Backlash and the Politics of Multiculturalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewitt, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The murder of Stephen Lawrence led to the widest review of institutional racism seen in the UK. Sections of the white working-class communities in south London near to the scene of the murder, however, displayed deep hostility to the equalities and multiculturalist practice of the local state and other agencies. Drawing on extensive ethnographic research, this book relates these phenomena to the 'backlash' to multiculturalism evident during the 1990s in the USA, Australia, Canada, the UK and other European countries. It examines these within the unfolding social and political responses to race equalities in the UK and the USA from the 1960s to the present in the context of changes in social class and national political agendas. This book is unique in linking a detailed study of a community at a time of its critical importance to national debates over racism and multiculturalism, to historically wider international economic and social trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20898/cover/9780521520898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise Introduction to Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intuitive Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franses, Philip Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this short and very practical introduction to econometrics Philip Hans Franses guides the reader through the essential concepts of econometrics. Central to the book are practical questions in various economic disciplines, which can be answered using econometric methods and models. The book focuses on a limited number of the essential, most widely used methods, before going on to review the basics of econometrics. The book ends with a number of case studies drawn from recent empirical work to provide an intuitive illustration of what econometricians do when faced with practical questions. Throughout the book Franses emphasises the importance of specification, evaluation and implementation of models appropriate to the data. Assuming basic familiarity only with matrix algebra and calculus the book is designed to appeal as either a short stand-alone introduction for students embarking on an empirical research project or as a supplement to any standard introductory textbook.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20904/cover/9780521520904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521520975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521520975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521520973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self Love and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521520973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weaver, Darlene Fozard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Self love is an inescapable problem for ethics, yet much of contemporary ethics is reluctant to offer any normative moral anthropologies. Instead, secular ethics and contemporary culture promote a norm of self-realization which is subjective and uncritical. Christian ethics also fails to address this problem directly, because it tends to investigate self love within the context of conflicts between the self's interests and those of her neighbors. Self Love and Christian Ethics argues for right self love as the solution of proper self-relation that intersects with love for God and love for neighbor. Darlene Fozard Weaver explains that right self love entails a true self-understanding that is embodied in the person's concrete acts and relations. In making this argument, she calls upon ethicists to revisit ontological accounts of the self and to devote more attention to particular moral acts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/20973/cover/9780521520973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feelings and Emotions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Amsterdam Symposium</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manstead, Antony S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frijda, Nico</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Agneta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>498</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Emotions are central to human behavior and experience. Yet scientific theory and research ignored emotions during most of the 20th century. This situation changed dramatically during the last 30 years of that century, which witnessed an upsurge of interest in emotions in a number of disciplines. This book arises from the 24 keynote papers presented at a symposium held in June 2001 that had the same title as this volume. The aim of that meeting was to review the current state of the art of research on emotions from a multidisciplinary perspective. Each chapter is authored by an acknowledged authority in the field. Together they provide an overview of what is currently being studied and thought about emotions, in disciplines ranging from neurophysiology and experimental psychology to sociology and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21017/cover/9780521521017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edmund Leach</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropological Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tambiah, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stanley J. Tambiah discusses the life of Edmund Leach (1910-1989), one of Britain's foremost social and cultural anthropologists, and a man of extraordinary versatility, originality and intellectual breadth. His substantial contributions to anthropology deal with topics including kinship and social organization, hill tribes and valley peoples, tenure and peasant economy, aesthetics, British structural-functional methodology, the structuralism of Levi-Strauss, biblical narratives and the myths of Classical Greece. Leach was not wedded to any settled orthodoxy: what makes his work exciting is his experimentation with new ideas, and his expansions of the horizons of the discipline. His distinctive view of the comparative method allows him to transcend the stale dichotomy between 'them primitives' and 'us moderns', finding instead a dialectic between 'us' and 'them' which opens up the possibility for illuminating common human propensities and capacities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/08248/cover/9780521808248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compact Blue-Green Lasers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Risk, W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gosnell, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nurmikko, A. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Risk, Timothy Gosnell and Arto Nurmikko have brought together their diverse expertise from industry and academia to write the first fully comprehensive book on the generation and application of blue-green lasers. This volume describes the theory and practical implementation of three techniques for the generation of blue-green light: nonlinear frequency conversion of infrared lasers, upconversion lasers, and wide bandgap semiconductor diode lasers.  In addition, it looks at the various applications that have driven the development of compact sources of blue-green light, and reflects on the recent application of these lasers in high-density data storage, color displays, reprographics, and biomedical technology. Compact Blue-Green Lasers is suitable for graduate-level courses or as a reference for academics and professionals in optics, applied physics, and electrical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21031/cover/9780521521031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152105X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gene Cloning and Manipulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howe, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now fully updated to reflect recent advances, this introduction provides a broad, but concise, coverage of recombinant DNA techniques. Written for advanced undergraduates, graduates and scientists who want to use this technology, emphasis is placed on the concepts underlying particular types of cloning vectors to aid understanding and to enable readers to devise suitable strategies for novel experimental situations. An introduction to the basic biochemical principles is presented first. Then PCR and cloning using E. coli hosts and plasmid, phage and hybrid vectors are described, followed by the generation and screening of libraries and how to modify, inactivate or express cloned sequences. Finally genetic manipulation in a range of other organisms is discussed, including other bacteria, fungi, algae and plants, insects and mammals. A series of 'real-life' biological problems are also presented to enable readers to assess their understanding of the material and to prepare for exams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21055/cover/9780521521055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Primacy of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Democracy and the Making of Europe's Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berman, Sheri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political history in the industrial world has indeed ended, argues this pioneering study, but the winner has been social democracy - an ideology and political movement that has been as influential as it has been misunderstood. Berman looks at the history of social democracy from its origins in the late nineteenth century to today and shows how it beat out competitors such as classical liberalism, orthodox Marxism, and its cousins, Fascism and National Socialism by solving the central challenge of modern politics - reconciling the competing needs of capitalism and democracy. Bursting on to the scene in the interwar years, the social democratic model spread across Europe after the Second World War and formed the basis of the postwar settlement. This is a study of European social democracy that rewrites the intellectual and political history of the modern era while putting contemporary debates about globalization in their proper intellectual and historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21109/cover/9780521521109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian England 1837-1901</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altholz, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume in the series of Bibliographical Handbooks published in association with the Conference on British Studies. It contains 2,500 entries broadly representative of all aspects of the history of Victorian England, except literature per se. Emphasis has been placed on the most scholarly and up-to-date publications. The bibliography will serve as a useful handbook for advanced students, research workers and teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21123/cover/9780521521123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-American Securities Regulation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural and Political Roots, 1690-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banner, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the regulation of the earliest securities markets in England and the United States, from their origins in the 1690s until the 1850s. Professor Banner argues that during the reign of Queen Anne a complex and moderately effective body of regulatory control was already extant, reflecting widespread Anglo-American attitudes toward securities speculation. He uses both traditional legal materials (including court opinions, statutes, and legal treatises) and as a broad range of non-legal sources (novels, broadsides, contemporary engravings) to examine contemporary images of stock markets and speculation practices, and he shows that securities regulation has a much longer ancestry than is often supposed. Insights from both legal and cultural history are utilised to explain how popular thought about the securities market was translated into regulation and, reciprocally, how that regulation influenced market structures and the activities of speculators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21130/cover/9780521521130.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>AIDS and Contemporary History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berridge, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strong, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advent of AIDS has led to a revival of interest in the historical relationship of disease to society. There now exists a new consciousness of AIDS and history, and of AIDS itself as an historic event. This provides the starting-point of this collection of essays. Its twin themes are the 'pre-history' of the impact of AIDS, and its subsequent history. Essays in the section on the 'pre-history' of AIDS analyse the contexts against which AIDS should be measured. The section on AIDS as history presents chapters by historians and policy scientists on such topics as British and US drugs policy, the later years of AIDS policies in the UK and the emergence of AIDS as a political issue in France. A final chapter looks at the archival potential in the AIDS area. As a whole the volume demonstrates the contribution that historians can make in the analysis of near-contemporary events.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21147/cover/9780521521147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Popular Front and the Progressive Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Socialists, Liberals and the Quest for Unity, 1884-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaazer, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an in-depth exploration of the Popular Front and United Front campaigns in Britain in the late 1930s. Dr Blaazer aims to dispel the myth that these campaigns can be understood largely as a ruse engineered by the Communists into which non-Communists were blindly drawn. Instead he searches for the idea of 'progressive unity' in earlier episodes in the history of the British progressive tradition. By re-assessing the significance of these episodes, and by reconsidering the role of seminal progressive thinkers, he shows that the relationships between liberals and socialists, reformists and revolutionaries, had long been both intimate and fluid. Indeed, the reasons and assumptions behind individual decisions to support the struggle for progressive unity show that the Popular Front was a reasoned and culturally familiar response to a major political crisis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21154/cover/9780521521154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Welfare, Democracy and the New Deal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Franklin Roosevelt's New Deal is remembered for bringing aid and assistance to millions of unemployed and indigent Americans, surprisingly little has been written about federal relief for unemployment. The great experiment of the Federal Emergency Relief Act challenged directly the deep-seated conviction that the relief of poverty was a local responsibility, and in so doing highlighted the deficiencies of local self-government. At every stage it was the elected officials and representatives who offered the most determined opposition to humane and national relief administration. The FERA brought the United States to the brink of a fully integrated welfare system, but a reversal of policy in 1935 split welfare into national, state, and local authorities, which was to have unhappy consequences in the future. In reviewing the experience of the FERA and the New Deal, Professor Brock's book raises important questions about American attitudes toward welfare, local government, and national responsibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21161/cover/9780521521161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hailey</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in British Imperialism, 1872-1969</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cell, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Malcolm Hailey (1872-1969) was, by common consent, the most distinguished member of the Indian Civil Service in the twentieth century. Going out to India in 1894, he served as the first chief commissioner of Delhi (1912-18), as Finance and then Home Member of the Viceroy's Council (1919-24), and then as Governor of the Punjab (1924-28) and the United Provinces (1928-34). As adviser to five viceroys, he was one of the most resourceful strategists seeking to deal with the challenge of Gandhi and the Indian National Congress. After leaving India he had what amounted to a second career in relation to Africa, during which he directed two editions of the African Survey (1938, 1956), wrote two important reports on British colonial administration, and served as an adviser to the Colonial Office. This is the first book-length study of Hailey's career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21178/cover/9780521521178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521181</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The National Integration of Italian Return Migration, 1870-1929</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cinel, Dino</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines return migration to Italy from the United States from 1870 to 1929. Many imigrants did not intend to settle permanently in the United States, but to make money in order to buy land in Italy. The book documents the flow  from America back to Italy of individuals and remittances and discusses the strategies used by returnees in investing American savings. The Italian government and Italian society in general took a great deal of interest in return migration. Initially, Italy opposed mass emigration. In time, the government promoted emigration and return migration as the best way of creating savings, which would in turn promote the modernization of the Italian economy, especially in the south. Eventually, return migration and remittances were regarded by many Italians as the best way to solve the thorny southern question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21185/cover/9780521521185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152119X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152119X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Road to Total War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Civil War and the German Wars of Unification, 1861-1871</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>F&#246;rster, Stig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagler, Jorg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the Road to Total War attempts to trace the roots and development of total industrialised warfare, a concept which terrorises citizens and soldiers alike. Mass mobilisation of people and resources and the growth of nationalism led to this totalisation of war in nineteenth-century industrialised nations. In this collection of essays, international scholars focus on the social, political, economic, and cultural impact of the American Civil War and the German Wars of Unification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21192/cover/9780521521192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in the Age of Decline</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Organisation and Experience in Industrial Yorkshire, 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, S. J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seemingly inexorable decline of Christianity in Britain has long fascinated historians, sociologists and churchmen. They have also been exasperated by their failure to understand its origins or chart its progress. Sceptical both of traditional accounts and of their more recent rejection by revisionist writers, S. J. D. Green concentrates scholarly attention for the first time on the 'social history of the chapel' in a characteristic industrial-urban setting. He demonstrates just why so many churches were built in late Victorian Britain, who built them, who went to them, and why. He evaluates the 'associational ideal' during its period of greatest success, and explains the causes of its decline. In this way, Religion in the Age of Decline offers a fresh interpretation of the extent and the implications of the decline of religion in twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21208/cover/9780521521208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminism and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Suffrage and Reform Politics in Britain, 1900-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holton, Sandra Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Previous studies of the women's suffrage movement in Britain have focused their attention primarily on the activities of the well-known Women's Social and Political Union, and its famous leading figures, Emmeline and Christabel Pankhurst. This book offers a reinterpretation of the movement, looking instead at the lesser-known provincial suffragists, especially that group, identified by Sandra Holton as the 'democratic suffragists', who guided the campaigns of the National Union of Women's Suffrage Societies. These women directed their efforts towards integrating the demand for the vote with other calls for a more democratic society, and, Dr Holton argues, it was their successful attempt to bring about an alliance between the suffrage movement and the labour movement that ensured the ventual winning of the vote for women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21215/cover/9780521521215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152122X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152122X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Representative Government in Maryland, 1632-1715</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, David William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The earliest forms of representative government were to be found in Maryland from its founding in 1632. In this book, David W. Jordan traces the establishment of the legislative assembly, the development of that central institution through the seventeenth century, and changing opinions about its proper place in the governance of Maryland. Considerable discord initially existed in Maryland and other colonies over the appropriate powers and organization of any assembly of freemen. The colonial proprietors - the Calverts -never envisaged as active a body as many colonists desired, nor one so independent of proprietary dominance. Specific issues of contention varied, but throughout the century debates erupted over the role of the freemen and their representatives within the legislature. Ultimately, the resumption of proprietary authority in 1715 brought an important acknowledgment of substantial gains in representative government that became the foundation of the American political system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21222/cover/9780521521222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Symbolic Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The New Deal and Taxation, 19331939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leff, Mark H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Limits of Symbolic Reform, Mark Leff examines the gap between politics and economics, between symbol and substance in the New Deal. The New Deal never lacked for controversy, and tax policy reliably aroused the fiercest of emotions. Franklin Roosevelt's celebrated tax reform proposals - presented amidst verbal barrages against 'economic royalists' and the 'unjust concentration of wealth and economic power' - signified almost nothing in terms of revenue. Cosmetic higher rates on upper-income brackets generated far less revenue than lower-profile New Deal taxes on agricultural products, liquor, and payrolls (through social security) that burdened low incomes. But while 'soak the rich' tax initiatives were economically inconsequential, they were politically crucial to the image of compassion and action projected by the New Deal. Leff's analysis clarifies the reform priorities and the balance of political and economic that produced this paradoxical New Deal tax machinery.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21246/cover/9780521521246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Occupation and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The East Anglian Fishermen 1880-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lummis, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the effect of occupation on industrial behaviour and how occupation affects social, community and family life. The fishing industry was one of the last to experience the Industrial Revolution. In East Anglia, steam propulsion was introduced within the working life of the oldest of those interviewed for this book, and a number of radical changes in working practices, capital cost and technical development were concentrated into the brief period 1880-1914. As these changes occurred with different timing and force in the two major sectors of the industry - trawling and drifting - East Anglia is an ideal location in which to consider the effect of the forces and relations of production: the fishermen's industrial, social and political attitudes are related to their specific work experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21253/cover/9780521521253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521262</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prize Possession</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United States Government and the Panama Canal 1903-1979</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Major, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prize Possession is a history of United States policy towards the Panama Canal, focusing principally on the first two generations of American tenure of the Canal Zone between 1904 and 1955. John Major also provides an extensive look at the nineteenth-century background, the making of the 1903 canal treaty with Panama, the move after 1955 towards the new treaty settlement of 1977, and the crucial significance of the Canal to American policy-makers and their public. The book is based for the most part on the hitherto largely untapped sources of US government agencies, namely, the State, War, and Navy Department, and the Canal Zone administration, as well as on the papers of notable dramatis personae such as Theodore and Franklin Roosevelt and Philippe Bunau-Varilla. As such it makes an important and original contribution to our knowledge and understanding of a subject which has not yet received its due from historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21260/cover/9780521521260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intelligence and Espionage in the Reign of Charles II, 1660-1685</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first history and analysis of the intelligence and espionage activities of the regime of Charles II (1660-85). It is concerned with the mechanics, activities and philosophy of the intelligence system which developed under the auspices of the office of the Secretary of State and which emerged in the face of the problems of conspiracy and international politics. It examines the development of intelligence networks on a local and international level, the use made of the Post Office, codes and ciphers, and the employment of spies, informers and assassins. The careers of a number of spies employed by the regime are examined through a series of detailed case studes. The book provides a balanced portrait of the dark byways of Restoration politics, particularly in the 1660s and 1670s, and fills an important gap in the current literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21277/cover/9780521521277.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Starkey and the Commonwealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Humanist Politics and Religion in the Reign of Henry VIII</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Starkey (c. 1495-1538) was the most Italianate Englishman of his generation. This book places Starkey into new and more appropriate contexts, both biographical and intellectual, taking him out of others in which he does not belong, from displaced Roundhead to follower of Marsilio of Padua. Beginning with his native Cheshire, it traces his career through Oxford, Padua, Paris, Avignon, Padua again, and finally England, where he spent the last four years of his life trying to fulfil his ambition to serve the commonweal. Most of Starkey's career revolved around his patron Reginald Pole, scion of the highest nobility, but Starkey (and many other Englishmen) managed to balance loyalty to Pole with allegiance to Henry VIII. Out of favour with the king's secretary after the middle of 1536, Starkey turned increasingly to religion, continuing to cling to his conciliarist and Italian Evangelical opinions until his death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21284/cover/9780521521284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Second Baldwin Government and the United States, 1924-1929</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Attitudes and Diplomacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521291</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKercher, B. J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has long been argued that Baldwin's second government, especially the Foreign Office led by Austen Chamberlain, was to blame for the deterioration in Anglo-American relations in 1927-9. This book argues that Austen Chamberlain, by suggesting a reduction in maritime belligerent rights, consistently worked for an improvement in relations and found the means for a settlement in 1929, though Labour's success in the general election caused the credit to go to others and Chamberlain's reputation remained tarnished. While the earlier view was based mainly on the memoirs of contemporary critics, Dr McKercher bases his analysis on a wide range of public and private archival material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21291/cover/9780521521291.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Robert Clayton and the Origins of English Deposit Banking 1658-1685</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melton, Frank T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based upon the most extensive early banking archive known to survive, this book is the first major study of Stuart banking since R. D. Richards's The Early History of Banking in England (1928). It traces the origins and growth of banking from the late sixteenth century to the 1720s through two generations of a scriveners' bank established in 1638 by Robert Abbott, and perpetuated by his nephew, Robert Clayton, and John Morris. With deposits from landowners' rents and stock sales these bankers practised as moneylenders and money-brokers for another sector of the gentry needing capital to offset the effects of the Great Rebellion and an agricultural depression. After 1660 Clayton and Morris integrated mortgage security into banking practice. This study examines the elaborate stages of land assessment and legal change which enabled bankers to offer large-scale, long-term securities to their clients, a pattern followed later by other banks such as Childs, Hoares, Martins and Coutts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21307/cover/9780521521307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry Parker and the English Civil War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Thought of the Public's 'Privado'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendle, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full study in fifty years of the author of the most celebrated political tract of the early years of the English Civil War, Observations upon Some of His Majesties Late Answers and Expresses. Professor Mendle situates each of Parker's significant tracts in its polemical, intellectual, and political context. He also views Parker's literary work in the light of his career as privado, or intimate adviser, to leading figures of the parliamentary leadership. Parker emerges as a fierce opponent of clerical prevention from any quarter, a strikingly brutal critic of the common law mind, and a leading proponent of parliament's most uncompromising position, a claim to a species of executive power so encompassing (and so like the claims of Charles I) that it can fitly be called parliamentary absolutism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21314/cover/9780521521314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bells of Victory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pitt-Newcastle Ministry and Conduct of the Seven Years' War 1757-1762</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middleton, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Our Bells are worn threadbare with ringing for victory', wrote Horace Walpole after receiving news of Wolfe's victory at Quebec in October 1759. Traditional accounts of the Seven Years' War have emphasized the contribution of the Elder Pitt to the success of Britain in Europe, the Caribbean, Africa, India and the Far East. The Bells of Victory argues that such a view is misguided and that, far from exercising single-handed control, Pitt's influence was necessarily circumscribed. The margin between military success and failure was extremely small, and the British authorities worked within constraints imposed by constitutional propriety and political expediency. Effective government action was the result of teamwork by many individuals in the diverse fields of diplomacy, politics, finance, the army, navy, ordnance and commissariat.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21321/cover/9780521521321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles I and the Road to Personal Rule</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reeve, L. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the character and policies of Charles I provides an analysis of the political crisis leading to his personal rule in England during the years before the civil wars. It fills a gap in the historical literature of the period by integrating ideological with political developments and English with international affairs. It is also a contribution to the wider European history of a critical phase of the Thirty Years War. The book offers a new way of understanding Charles by demonstrating how ill-suited his personality was to the workings of the political world. It also argues that Charles's innovatory rule created a new pattern of national politics deeply destructive in its effects. The book gives a gripping account of the king's willingness to pervert the due process of law in dealing with his political opponents, as well as investigating his failures in religious and foreign policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21338/cover/9780521521338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hispaniae</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spain and the Development of Roman Imperialism, 218-82 BC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the beginnings and the first 140 years of the Roman presence in Spain, showing how what began as a purely military commitment developed in addition into a range of civilian activities including taxation, jurisdiction and the founding of both Roman and native settlements. The author uses literary sources, the results of recent and earlier archaeology, numismatics, and epigraphic material to reveal the way in which patterns of administration were created, especially under the direction of the military commanders sent from Rome to the two Spanish provinciae. This is of major importance for understanding the way in which Roman power spread during this period, not only in Spain, but throughout the Mediterranean world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21345/cover/9780521521345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Proprietary Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Textile Manufacture at Philadelphia, 1800-1885</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scranton, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The greatest textile manufacturing centre in America used to be, not Lowell, Massachusetts, but Philadelphia, where in 1880 over eight hundred textile firms employed over fifty thousand workers producing fabrics, carpets, yarns, and knit-goods of every description. Proprietary Capitalism presents a careful reconstruction of the rise of textile capitalism in the Quaker City, whose distinguishing features were immigrant family firms, flexible strategies for production, and an emphasis on skill, quality, and market responsiveness. The small and middle-sized firms in Philadelphia, far from being displaced by corporate competitors, proved durable, functioning through networks of linked specializations, with spinning, weaving, dyeing, and finishing often performed in separate establishments. Proprietary Capitalism documents the development of a fully realized alternative to the corporate style of mass production that brought fame to New England's mill cities. This book presents a strong challenge for a rethinking of the role of 'small business' in the saga of American industrial development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21352/cover/9780521521352.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152136X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152136X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Figured Tapestry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Production, Markets and Power in Philadelphia Textiles, 1855-1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scranton, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Figured Tapestry is a study of industrial maturity and decline, focused on the Philadelphia textile trades from the era of the Knights of Labor through World War II. Unlike the bulk fabric enterprises of New England and the South, Quaker City textile firms were 'flexible specialists,' combining skilled labor, versatile technologies, and quick responsiveness to demand shifts to create a vast array of seasonal goods. Scranton assesses the significance and limits of industrial versatility, owner-operated businesses, craft labor and its organizations, and the agglomeration of specialist mills in urban districts. An interdisciplinary blend of business, labor, urban, and economic history, industrial geography, and the history of technology, Figured Tapestry illuminates the hidden world of batch production, the 'other side' of American industrialization, and highlights both the benefits and the hazards of flexibility, a matter of moment to those who seek to reorient current manufacturing away from the rigidities of mass production.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21369/cover/9780521521369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Embargo to Ostpolitik</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of West German-Soviet Relations, 1955-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stent, Angela E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Stent examines the development of Soviet-West German relations from both the Russian and German sides using extensive Soviet and West German sources. Hers is the first book in English to cover these topics. She has used a wide variety of materials including documents from the Kennedy administration and interviews with German government officials and business leaders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21376/cover/9780521521376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bondsman's Burden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Analysis of the Common Law of Southern Slavery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wahl, Jenny Bourne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Were slaves property or human beings under the law? In crafting answers to this question, Southern judges designed efficient laws that protected property rights and helped slavery remain economically viable. But, by preserving property rights, they sheltered the persons embodied by that property - the slaves themselves. Slave law therefore had unintended consequences: it generated rules that judges could apply to free persons, precedents that became the foundation for laws designed to protect ordinary Americans. The Bondsman's Burden provides a rigorous and compelling economic analysis of the common law of Southern slavery, inspecting thousands of legal disputes heard in Southern antebellum courts, disputes involving servants, employees, accident victims, animals, and other chattel property, as well as slaves. The common law, although it supported the institution of slavery, did not favor every individual slave owner who brought a grievance to court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21383/cover/9780521521383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Skelton and the Politics of the 1520s</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The series of satirical poems and invectives written against Thomas, Cardinal Wolsey, the chief minister of Henry VIII, by the poet John Skelton has long been used by scholars as evidence of the sins and follies of Wolsey's regime. Yet the poems have never undergone serious political analysis. At the heart of this book is a detailed examination of these texts which aims to rectify that omission. For the first time they are subjected to a close reading which both elucidates their major themes and purpose, and sets them firmly in their political context. The book questions the orthodoxies of previous scholarship and challenges received opinions concerning the poet's status at the court of Henry VIII, his employment by the noble house of Howard, and his motives for launching the satirical assault upon Wolsey. From this analysis emerges a very different Skelton to that provided by earlier accounts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21390/cover/9780521521390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Godly Clergy in Early Stuart England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Caroline Puritan Movement, c.1620-1643</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reconsiders the existence of an early Stuart Puritan movement, and examines the ways in which Puritan clergymen encouraged greater sociability with their like-minded colleagues, both in theory and in practice, to such an extent that they came to define themselves as 'a peculiar people', a community distinct from their less faithful rivals. Their voluntary communal rituals encouraged a view of the world divided between 'us' and 'them'. This provides a context for a renewed examination of the thinking behind debates on ceremonial nonconformity and reactions to the Laudian changes of the 1630s. From this a new perspective is developed on arguments about emigration and church government, arguments that proved crucial to Parliamentarian unity during the English Civil War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21406/cover/9780521521406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>National Crisis and National Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Politics, the Economy and Empire, 1926-1932</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williamson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From 1926 Britain fell into a condition of deep national crisis, which seemed to threaten its domestic stability and international power. By 1932 the effort to contain these problems had transformed British politics and policy. Strains produced by three-party politics, economic recession and imperial difficulties resulted during 1931 in such a severe financial and political crisis that the Labour government collapsed and Conservative, Liberal and some Labour leaders joined together in a National government. Despite large public expenditure cuts and tax increases, and despite devaluation of sterling and a new crisis in the Indian Empire, this government obtained the greatest British election victory of modern times. This book is the first to examine all aspects of the crisis together and in depth, using an extensive range of official, institutional and personal papers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21413/cover/9780521521413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Exile and Kingdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Apocalypse in the Puritan Migration to America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zakai, Avihu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the ideological origins of the Puritan migration to and experience in America, and shows how Puritans believed that their removal to New England fulfilled prophetic apocalyptic and eschatological visions. An apocalyptic ideology of history, as a mode of historical thought, enabled Puritans to reconstruct their removal to America within the confines of sacred, ecclesiastical history. By tracing the ideological origins of the Puritan migration within the context of the English apocalyptic tradition, Dr Zakai shows how Puritans transformed the premises of that tradition by rejecting the notion of England as God's elect nation and by conferring that title upon the American wilderness. The Puritan migration is analyzed further within the wider context of Western colonization of America. Dr Zakai shows that the unique characteristics of the Puritan settlement in New England derived from identification with the 'Errand of the Church of the Wilderness' as described in the Book of Revelation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03818/cover/9780521403818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Red Capitalists in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Party, Private Entrepreneurs, and Prospects for Political Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickson, Bruce J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has become a truism that continued economic reform in China will contribute to political change. Policy makers as well as many scholars expect that formation of a private sector will lead, directly or indirectly through the emergence of a civil society, to political change and ultimately democratization. The rapidly growing numbers of private entrepreneurs, the formation of business associations, and the cooperative relationships between entrepreneurs and local officials are seen as initial indicators of a transition from China's still nominally communist political system. This book focuses on two related issues: whether the Chinese Communist Party is willing and able to adapt to the economic environment its reforms are bringing about, and whether China's 'red capitalists', private entrepreneurs who also belong to the communist party, are likely to be agents of political change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21437/cover/9780521521437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Participation in Sustainability Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kasemir, Bernd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#228;ger, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaeger, Carlo C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, Matthew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wokaun, Alexander</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses how citizens can participate more effectively in sustainability science and environmental policy debates. It discusses designs for participatory procedures, and experiences of their application to issues of global change. While the focus is on citizen participation, the involvement of specific stakeholders - including water managers and venture capitalists - is also addressed. The book describes how focus group methods were combined with the interactive use of computer models into new forms of participation, tested with six hundred citizens. The results are discussed in relation to other important topics, including greenhouse gas and water management. By combining this with an examination of issues of interactive governance and developing country participation, the book provides state-of-the-art, practical insights for students, researchers and policy makers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21444/cover/9780521521444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myths of the Archaic State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolution of the Earliest Cities, States, and Civilizations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yoffee, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this ground-breaking work, Norman Yoffee shatters the prevailing myths underpinning our understanding of the evolution of early civilisations. He counters the emphasis in traditional scholarship on the rule of 'godly' and despotic male leaders and challenges the conventional view that early states were uniformly constituted bureaucratic and regional entities. Instead, by illuminating the role of slaves and soldiers, priests and priestesses, peasants and prostitutes, merchants and craftsmen, Yoffee depicts an evolutionary process centred on the concerns of everyday life. Drawing on evidence from ancient Mesopotamia, Egypt, China and Mesoamerica, the author explores the variety of trajectories followed by ancient states, from birth to collapse, and explores the social processes that shape any account of the human past. This book offers a bold new interpretation of social evolutionary theory, and as such it is essential reading for any student or scholar with an interest in the emergence of complex society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21567/cover/9780521521567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>D'Ambra, Eve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the daily lives of Roman women by focusing on the mundane and less celebrated aspects of daily life - family and household, work and leisure, worship and social obligations - of women of different social ranks. Using a variety of sources, including literary texts, letters, inscriptions, coins, tableware, furniture, and the fine arts, from the late Republic to the high Imperial period, Eve D'Ambra shows how these sources serve as objects of social analysis, rather than simply as documents that recreate how life was lived. She also demonstrates how texts and material objects take part in shaping realities and what they can tell us about the texture of lives and social attitudes, if not emotions of women in Roman antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21581/cover/9780521521581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abortion in Judaism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schiff, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Abortion in Judaism presents a complete Jewish legal history of abortion from the earliest relevant biblical references through the end of the twentieth century. For the first time, almost every Jewish text relevant to the abortion issue is explored in detail. These texts are investigated in historical sequence, thereby elucidating the development inherent within the Jewish approach to abortion. Following the examination of the foundational sources, a range of contemporary responses from across the Jewish spectrum is also introduced in order to probe their place in this history, as well as to discern the directions in which they would have the law proceed. The impact of Jewish abortion law upon Israeli legislative enactments is evaluated, along with the social outcomes of such legislation. Finally, the work considers the insights that this thematic history provides into Jewish ethical principles, as well as into the role of halakhah within Judaism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21666/cover/9780521521666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152167X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152167X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Social Structure and Action</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lin, Nan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Social Capital, Nan Lin explains the importance of using social connections and social relations in achieving goals. Social capital, or resources accessed through such connections and relations, is critical (along with human capital, or what a person or organization actually possesses) to individuals, social groups, organizations, and communities in obtaining their objectives. This book places social capital in the family of capital theories (the classical and neo-capital theories), articulates its elements and propositions, presents research programs, findings, and agenda, and theorizes its significance in various moments of interactions between individual actions and social structure (for example, the primordial groups, social exchanges, organizations, institutional transformations, and cybernetworks). Nan Lin eloquently introduces a groundbreaking theory that forcefully argues and shows why it is 'who you know', as well as 'what you know' that makes a difference in life and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21673/cover/9780521521673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infants' Sense of People</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Precursors to a Theory of Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Legerstee, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Infants' Sense of People focusses on infants during their first year of life, exploring how they begin to think about other people, their feelings, emotions and intentions, and how they become aware of these aspects of their own development. Drawing on a broad range of research and developmental theory, Maria Legerstee takes the view that infants have an innate sense of people at birth, which is activated through sympathetic emotions. She questions the idea that infants use physical parameters such as contingencies or motion to distinguish people from objects, and rejects the assumption that infants are mechanical creatures before they become psychological ones.  She argues persuasively that before infants learn to speak, interactions with others are possible because infants have a primitive pre-linguistic 'theory of mind'. This accessible book provides a valuable synthesis of current thinking on early social and cognitive development and the origins of theory of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21697/cover/9780521521697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152170X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152170X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to World Methodism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cracknell, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Susan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world Methodist community now numbers over 75 million people in more than 130 countries.  The story of Methodism is fascinating and multi-faceted because there are so many distinct traditions within it, some stemming directly from Britain and some arising in the United States. In this book, the authors address the issue of what holds all Methodists together and examine the strengths and diversity of an influential major form of Christian life and witness. They look at the ways in which Methodism has become established throughout the world, examining historical and theological developments, and patterns of worship and spirituality, in their various cultural contexts. The book reflects both the lasting contributions of John and Charles Wesley, and the on-going contribution of Methodism to the ecumenical movement and inter-religious relations. It offers both analysis and  abundant resources for further study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21703/cover/9780521521703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Global Coffee Economy in Africa, Asia, and Latin America, 1500-1989</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarence-Smith, William Gervase</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Topik, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Coffee beans grown in Brazil, Colombia, Vietnam, or one of the other hundred producing lands on five continents remain a palpable and long-standing manifestation of globalization. For five hundred years coffee has been grown in tropical countries for consumption in temperate regions. This volume brings together scholars from nine countries who study coffee markets and societies over the last five centuries in fourteen countries on four continents and across the Indian and Pacific Oceans, with a special emphasis on the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. The chapters analyse the creation and function of commodity, labour, and financial markets; the role of race, ethnicity, gender, and class in the formation of coffee societies; the interaction between technology and ecology; and the impact of colonial powers, nationalist regimes, and the forces of the world economy in the forging of economic development and political democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21727/cover/9780521521727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Decline and Fall of Medieval Sicily</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics, Religion, and Economy in the Reign of Frederick III, 1296-1337</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Backman, Clifford R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first detailed study of Sicilian life in the reign of Frederick III (1296-1337), a period which saw Sicily reduced from a bustling and prosperous Mediterranean emporium to a poor backwater torn apart by violence. The relative economic and social backwardness of Sicily within modern Italy has attracted considerable scholarly attention. Attempts to explain its ingrained poverty and civil strife usually blame either the legacy of two thousand years of colonisation by rapacious foreigners or the inherent weaknesses in the island itself and its people. More recently a model of 'economic dualism' has pointed to basic structural flaws in the economic relations that were established between the island and its continental trading partners from the twelfth century onwards. This book, by focusing on Frederick III's crucial reign, argues that there were many more things 'wrong' with Sicilian life than just the shape of its overseas trade relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21819/cover/9780521521819.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Community, Class and Careers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of Cheshire and Lancashire society in the late fourteenth and early fifteenth centuries is a unique attempt to reconstruct the social life of an English region in the later Middle Ages. Drawing on the voluminous archives of the two palatinates and the extensive muniment collections of local families, it offers an unusually rich and wide-ranging analysis of a dynamic regional society at a dramatic stage in its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21826/cover/9780521521826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Itinerant Kingship and Royal Monasteries in Early Medieval Germany, c.936-1075</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernhardt, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In examining the relationship between the royal monasteries in tenth- and eleventh-century Germany and the German monarchs, this book assimilates a great deal of European scholarship on a central problem - that of the realities and structures of power. It focuses on the practical aspects of governing without a capital and while constantly in motion, and on the payments and services which monasteries provided to the king and which in turn supported the king's travel economically and politically. Royal-monastic relations are investigated in the context of the 'itinerant kingship' of the period to determine how this relationship functioned in practice. It emerges that German rulers did in fact make much greater use of their royal monasteries than has hitherto been recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21833/cover/9780521521833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152184X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152184X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bishop and Chapter in Twelfth-Century England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the 'Mensa Episcopalis'</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosby, Everett U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first detailed examination on a comparative basis of the economic and political relations between the bishops and their cathedral clergy in England during the century and a half after the Conquest. In particular, it is a study of the structure and historical development of the mensal endowments and the redistribution of wealth which led, in the course of time, to the establishment of the chapter as a largely independent body with substantial political power. A description of the constitutional importance of the mensa and its treatment in recent scholarly writing is followed by a discussion of property rights and liberties in the church and the role of the bishop in ecclesiastical and civil government. The core of the book consists of an analysis based on contemporary sources of the episcopal and capitular organisation in each of the ten monastic and seven secular sees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21840/cover/9780521521840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law-Making and Society in Late Elizabethan England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Parliament of England, 1584-1601</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have seen a re-assessment by historians of the Elizabethan parliament. David Dean's book contributes to this development by offering the first detailed account and analysis of the legislative impulses of the men attending the last six parliaments of Elizabeth's reign. Examining a wide range of social and economic issues, law reform, religious and political concerns, and affairs both national and local, Law-Making and Society in Late Elizabethan England addresses the importance of parliament both as a political event and as a legislative institution. David Dean draws on an array of local, corporate and personal archives, as well as parliamentary records, to reinterpret the legislative history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21857/cover/9780521521857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Power in Late Medieval Ferrara</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rule of the Este, 1350-1450</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Trevor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the many states of late medieval Italy, one stands out for its unfamiliarity to an English audience and for its neglect in historical research: that of the Este family, lords (later Dukes) of the cities of Ferrara, Modena and Reggio in northern Italy. This book is the first modern attempt to provide a detailed analysis of the political structure of this state based on archive sources. Much of the book is concerned with the ways by which the Este used their vast landed resources in and around Ferrara to build up and reinforce their personal political authority both within and outside their dominions. Among the major themes examined are the continuing presence of political feudalism in the relations between the Este and their supporters, the place of the court in Ferrarese noble society, and the violent imposition of Este authority over the powerful nobles of the Apennine hills.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21864/cover/9780521521864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frankish Rural Settlement in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellenblum, Ronnie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the spatial distribution of Frankish settlement in the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem at the time of the Crusades, and of the spatial and social interrelation between the Franks and the indigenous population. It is based on an unprecedented field study of more than two hundred Frankish rural sites and on a close re-examination of the historical sources. The division of the country between Christian and Muslim populations is explained by the far-reaching social process of nomadisation and sedentarisation which began with the Muslim conquest in the seventh century and which reached its zenith before the Frankish conquest of the country. The author re-examines some of the basic assumptions of standard recent scholarship, and advocates a new model of the nature of Frankish settlement, as a society of migrants who settled in the Levant, had close relations with eastern Christians, and were almost completely shut off from the Muslim society which lived elsewhere in the country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21871/cover/9780521521871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of a Saint</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life, Times and Sanctification of Neophytos the Recluse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galatariotou, Catia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Every case of sanctification is unique - as unique as the holy man or woman at its centre. Yet at the same time the problem posed is a general one: how does an individual become a Saint? In this bold and pioneering study the author answers the question by providing a detailed analysis of the case of the late twelfth- and early thirteenth-century Byzantine holy man, the Cypriot Saint Neophytos the Recluse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21888/cover/9780521521888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Settlement and Social Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Merovingian Region of Metz</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halsall, Guy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines one region of north-eastern Gaul around Metz in the period between the end of the Roman Empire and the accession of Charlemagne. It adopts a new, multi-disciplinary approach using all available evidence, both documentary and archaeological. It deals with a broad range of historical themes, and, by looking at the reasons behind the creation of different forms of evidence, it examines how the different facets of social organisation (ethnicity, gender, age and social hierarchy) were related intimately to each other and to contemporary settlement patterns of the region. As a result, it is argued that the Merovingian period was not one of slow 'transformation' from 'Roman' to 'medieval' but was one of constant, dynamic social change and diversity even between the recognised periods of dramatic upheaval.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21895/cover/9780521521895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Expansion in the Byzantine Empire, 900-1200</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Dr Harvey shows that, if we broaden our comprehension of feudalism, the economic developments of the Byzantine Empire and of the medieval west were far more comparable than Byzantine historians have been prepared to admit. Previous interpretations have linked economic trends too closely to the political fortunes of the state, and have consequently regarded the twelfth century as a period of economic stagnation. Yet there is considerable evidence that the empire's population expanded steadily during the period covered by this book, and that agricultural production was intensified. A wealth of evidence serves to reinforce the point that the disintegration of the empire in the late twelfth century should no longer be associated with economic decline. Dr Harvey's conclusions, in particular that there is no incompatibility between the development of the landed wealth of a feudalising aristocracy and the growth of commerce and urbanisation, will affect all future interpretations of Byzantine history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21901/cover/9780521521901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church in Italy in the Fifteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Birkbeck Lectures 1971</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hay, Denys</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The century before the Reformation in Italy has generally been treated with either neglect or recrimination. Protestants tended to see the Church becoming ever more corrupt; Roman Catholics assumed that it was 'paganised' by the Renaissance. Indisputably it was becoming more Italian in its leadership. This book attempts a dispassionate survey of the popes and the clergy of the peninsula during the hundred years prior to Luther and the Sack of Rome. There is no book in Italian (or in any other language) which tries to describe what the Italian clergy and their parishioners were like at this time. The resulting picture will perhaps offend traditionalists; it will give no comfort to 'modernists'. It aims to be about 'life as it was lived'. There are many saints and sinners, and if there are more of the latter, there always are in history books, for that is how the historian invariably finds his material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21918/cover/9780521521918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People in Transit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Migrations in Comparative Perspective, 1820-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoerder, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagler, Jvrg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The demographic shockwaves of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries in Europe produced tremendous change in the national economies and affected the political, social, and cultural development of these societies. Migration historians have begun to connect the various European migratory streams during this period with transcontinental migration to North America. This volume contains empirical studies on German in-migration, internal migration, and transatlantic emigration from the 1820s to the 1930s, placed in a comparative perspective of Polish, Swedish, and Irish migration to North America. Special emphasis is placed on the role of women in the process of migration. By looking specifically at postwar Germany, Klaus J. Bade underscores the relevance of this history in a concluding essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21925/cover/9780521521925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family, Commerce, and Religion in London and Cologne</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglo-German Emigrants, c.1000-c.1300</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huffman, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the full range of social, economic, religious and cultural contacts between England and the German city of Cologne during the central Middle Ages, c. 1000 to c. 1300. A wealth of original archive material reveals an extensive network of English and German emigrants who were surprisingly successful in achieving assimilation into their new homeland. From beguines to English sterling, pilgrims to emigrants, crusaders and merchants to teachers, there existed a complex world of Anglo-German associations. The book therefore maintains the thesis that the Anglo-German nexus should be given a higher profile in current historiography on the Middle Ages, and that the book should stand as a contribution towards the reconfiguration of medieval history away from the boundaries created by modern political and intellectual categories. It will also encourage historians to reconsider their basic assumptions about what constituted 'medieval Europe'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21932/cover/9780521521932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of a Ruling Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Glamorgan Gentry 1640-1790</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study provides an extensive survey of the economic activities of the gentry, their role as entrepreneurs and as popularisers of the metropolitan culture of Georgian London. It describes how during the eighteenth century, local elites from remote corners of Britain were amalgamated into one new ruling class, a body distinguished by common attitudes, social outlook, living standards and educational patterns. The author provides a synthesis of social, economic and political changes in the years prior to industrialisation. Political changes are studied in detail, and the changing role of political parties and ideologies is examined. Then, after a comprehensive study of the activities and attitudes of the gentry, the book concludes by attempting to explain precisely why Britain should have led the world in the twin processes of industrialisation and modernisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21949/cover/9780521521949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Markets and Regional Trade in Medieval Exeter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowaleski, Maryanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the vital role of market towns in the medieval economy. It focuses on Exeter, and on how it served as an important link in a marketing chain that connected local, regional, and overseas trade. Although small by most standards (the population stood at around 3,100 in 1377), Exeter was the largest town in south-western England and had long played a central role in the marketing hierarchy of the region. Its functions can be illustrated through prosopographical analysis, a methodology which creates 'collective biographies' of specific groups of traders, thereby revealing the identity - status, occupation, residence - of buyers and sellers, the goods they exchanged, where they traded, and how they marketed their goods. Such an approach also helps to characterise the town's regional networks of trade and hinterland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21956/cover/9780521521956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Development, the Family, and Income Distribution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuznets, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of essays by Simon Kuznets, winner of the 1971 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences, published posthumously. It represents the primary concerns of his research at a late phase of his career, as well as themes from his earlier work. The first four chapters deal with 'modern economic growth'. Chapters five to seven introduce the main theme of the remainder of the volume: interrelations between demographic change and income inequality. Chapters eight to ten draw on a wider set of data to make comparisons of income inequality among societies at widely different levels of development. Chapter eleven returns to data for the United States to develop more fully the importance of differing childbearing patterns for income inequality. In the introduction Professor Richard Easterlin discusses the relationship of the essays to the balance of Kuznets's writings. In the afterword Professor Robert Fogel discusses the methodologies favoured by Kuznets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21963/cover/9780521521963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020912</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521521971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521521971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diplomacy and Intelligence During the Second World War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of F. H. Hinsley</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Langhorne, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of specially commissioned essays has been assembled as a tribute to Professor F. H. Hinsley, the foremost historian of British wartime intelligence. Strategic topics include the rapid collapse of France in 1940, Britain's response to it, and Russia's demand for a second front in Europe after she entered the war in 1941. Major diplomatic problems are also considered: the management of the British Foreign Office during the period of appeasement, how to prevent Franco's Spain from joining the Axis, how to handle the situation in Yugoslavia following Tito's successes with the Partisans, and Roosevelt's doctrine of 'unconditional surrender'. The book concludes with an assessment of the case against Germany over the invasion of Norway as it came before the Nuremberg Tribunal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21970/cover/9780521521970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152198X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152198X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521521987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clement V</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521521987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menache, Sophia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Clement V, the first 'Avignon' pope, led the Church during nine critical years, 1305-14. Elected two years after the outrage committed upon Boniface VIII at Anagni, Clement saw as his main goal the restoration of harmonious relations with the leading monarchs of Christendom. In achieving his aim, he paved the way for the Church in the modern period. This book provides the first complete analysis of Clement's pontificate from the two complementary viewpoints offered by diplomatic documentation and by narrative sources. Their point of convergence validates a re-evaluation of the Avignon 'Babylonian captivity' of the papacy. As a result, Clement's pontificate no longer appears as a shameful surrender to Capetian interests. Rather, it demonstrates a consistent scale of priorities, among which the recovery of the Holy Land was accorded pre-eminence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/21987/cover/9780521521987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Churchill as Peacemaker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muller, James W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Winston Churchill had an acute appreciation of what belongs to war and what belongs to peace. We tend to remember his resistance to Nazi tyranny during the Second World War and his actions as a man of war. In this book, scholars from the United States, Great Britain, and South Africa examine his other actions and comments, those that reflect the primary focus of Churchill's long career: his attempts to keep and restore peace throughout the world, from Queen Victoria's little wars to the Cold War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22007/cover/9780521522007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522021</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mediaeval Trade and Finance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postan, M. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Postan's work on the social and economic history of the Middle Ages has had an enormous influence upon the study of medieval history and upon the development of the subject. His essays represent his major contribution and are a unique and valuable addition to the literature. Twenty-two essays are gathered together into two volumes: Essays on Medieval Agriculture and General Problems of the Medieval Economy and Medieval Trade and Finance. Previously published elsewhere, frequently in obscure places, over a period from 1928 to 1972, they are still used today by students and scholars in all branches of medieval and economic history as well as by social scientists and economists more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22021/cover/9780521522021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522048</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522048</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early History of the Law of Bills and Notes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Origins of Anglo-American Commercial Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, James Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study traces the history of the law of bills and notes in England from medieval times to the period in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries when bills played a central role in the domestic and international financial system. It challenges the traditional theory that English commercial law developed by incorporation of the concept of negotiability and other rules from an ancient body of customary law known as the law merchant. Rogers shows that the law of bills was developed within the common law system itself, in response to changing economic and business practices. This account draws on economic and business history to explain how bills were actually used and to examine the relationship between the law of bills and economic and social controversies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22045/cover/9780521522045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family Power in Southern Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Duchy of Gaeta and its Neighbours, 850-1139</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how political power was exerted and family identity expressed in the context of reconstruction of the noble families of the medieval duchies of Gaeta, Amalfi and Naples. Localised forms of power, and the impact of the Norman conquest on southern Italy, are assessed by means of a remarkable collection of charters preserved in the Codex diplomaticus Cajetanus. The duchy of Gaeta, like its neighbours, was ruled as a private family business. An integral part of its ruling family's power was its monopolisation of parts of the duchy's economy, the use of members of the clan to rule local centres. When the family broke up, the duchy fell to outside predators. The three duchies reacted in different ways to the Normans. Gaeta flourished commercially in the twelfth century, and its unique political response to contacts with the cities of northern Italy (especially Genoa) forms the final part of this study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22052/cover/9780521522052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water and Society in Early Medieval Italy, AD 400-1000</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Squatriti, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original discussion of an element - water - and its relationship with people. In particular it shows how early medieval Italian societies coped with the problems of having too much or too little water, and analyses their use of it. Such treatment illuminates the workings both of post-classical societies and of the environments in which these societies lived. Domestic usage, bathing, irrigation and drainage, fishing, and milling all receive full coverage. This is an original, interdisciplinary study which proves that even after the 'fall' of Rome, people continued a dialectical relationship with the natural resources that shaped their experiences just as decisively as their efforts redesigned the waterscape. It will be of interest not only to Italianists: historians of technology, agrarian, social, and cultural historians, and environmental historians will all find much that is stimulating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22069/cover/9780521522069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Praise and Paradox</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Merchants and Craftsmen in Elizabethan Popular Literature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevenson, Laura Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Praise and Paradox explores the relationship of language, literary structure, and social ideology in the popular Elizabethan literature that praised merchants, industrialists and craftsmen. Part I defines a canon of 296 popular vernacular works, relates the increasing popularity of tales about tradesmen to the development of the English economy and the expansion of the Elizabethan audience, and discusses the social origins of the popular authors. Part II is concerned with the change of the merchant's literary image from that of a greedy usurer to that of a 'businessman in armour' who defended his monarch on the battlefield and entertained princes at lavish banquets. Part III discusses the change in the literary image of the craftsman, who ceased to be a clown or a rebel and became a 'gentle craftsman' who fought bravely on the battlefield when necessary but was happier in his humble shop, where he sang, danced, and courted pretty girls.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22076/cover/9780521522076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Robert Dodsley</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1733-1764</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodsley, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tierney, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Correspondence of Robert Dodsley 1733-1764 brings to light much previously unpublished detail for the study of eighteenth-century British literary and publishing history. It is a fully annotated edition of letters exchanged between Robert Dodsley - London's leading literary publisher of the mid eighteenth century - and his authors, members of the book trade, and friends. Numbering about four hundred pieces, the correspondence reflects the publisher's relations with such people as Edmund Burke, the 4th Earl of Chesterfield, David Garrick, Thomas Gray, David Hume, Samuel Johnson, Laurence Sterne, and Horace Walpole. A lengthy introduction provides an account of Dodsley's publishing career, including his negotiations with authors and other publishers, and offers many insights into the technical and financial operation of the contemporary book trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/59255/cover/9780521259255.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governing the Firm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Workers' Control in Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dow, Gregory K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most large firms are controlled by shareholders, who choose the board of directors and can replace the firm's management. In rare instances, however, control over the firm rests with the workforce. Many explanations for the rarity of workers' control have been offered, but there have been few attempts to assess these hypotheses in a systematic way. This book draws upon economic theory, statistical evidence, and case studies to frame an explanation. The fundamental idea is that labor is inalienable, while capital can be freely transferred from one person to another. This implies that worker-controlled firms typically face financing problems, encounter collective choice dilemmas, and have difficulty creating markets for control positions within the firm. Together these factors can account for much of what is known about the incidence, behavior, and design of worker-controlled firms. A policy proposal to encourage employee buyouts is developed in the concluding chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22212/cover/9780521522212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Thought of William Ockham</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrade, Arthur Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The English Franciscan, William of Ockham (c. 1285-1349), was one of the most important thinkers of the later middle ages. Summoned to Avignon in 1324 to answer charges of heresy, Ockham became convinced that Pope John XXII was himself a heretic in denying the complete poverty of Christ and the apostles and a tyrant in claiming supremacy over the Roman empire. Ockham's political writings were a result of these personal convictions, but also include systematic discourses on the basis and functions of spiritual and secular power as well as exhaustive discussions of Franciscan poverty and the general problem of papal heresy. Ockham emerges in this study as a man deeply committed to natural and Christian human rights, who found these fundamental values so seriously menaced in his time that their survival could be assured only by radical, even revolutionary, personal action and by a basic reworking of traditional political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22243/cover/9780521522243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demographic Dimensions of the New Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Interregional Migration, Vital Statistics and Manumissions 1800-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClelland, Peter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zeckhauser, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first comprehensive and consistent analysis of vital statistics and migration patterns for the United States between the Revolution and the Civil War. It is anchored in the one available source for nationwide estimates, the decennial censuses. It attempts to provide, for black and white populations, a consistent set of estimates of birth and death rates, rates of natural increase, and net international and interregional flows. For the black population, it also estimates the changing pace of manumissions in the antebellum decades. The census estimates are also conditioned by a wide range of historical evidence, both quantitative and non-quantitative, ranging from evidence on slave smuggling to ship traffic during the War of 1812. The results are two-fold: a set of data and a set of questions suggested by the data that promise novel challenges for historians of the antebellum era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22366/cover/9780521522366.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Azerbaijan, 1905-1920</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Shaping of a National Identity in a Muslim Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swietochowski, Tadeusz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russian Azerbaijan, 1905-1920 describes the rise of national identity among the Azerbaijanis - the Turkic-speaking Muslims of Russia's borderland with Iran - at the opening of the twentieth century. The principal focus is on the period from the Russian Revolution of 1905, when the Azerbaijanis began to articulate their national aspirations, until the establishment of the Soviet Azerbaijani Republic in 1920. The central theme of the book is the emergence of ideas, and then actions, that would create a new collective identity among the Muslims - a sense of nationality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22458/cover/9780521522458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Renaissance and Revolt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in the Intellectual and Social History of Early Modern France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, John Hearsey McMillan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume place the history of ideas and of literature in early modern France within their social context. They include the author's pioneering and authoritative analyses as well as particular studies of popular revolts. An extensive introduction contrasts the author's methods with other recent approaches, including those of the annaliste school. The stress throughout these essays is on change and discontinuity rather than stability and tradition. Few historians have Professor Salmon's expertise in both intellectual and social history. This volume brings the two together in a manner that shows a lucid, well-crafted exposition of their intricate and overlapping relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/27695/cover/9780521327695.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern England, 1901-1984</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522472</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Havighurst, Alfred F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition thoroughly updates the most comprehensive bibliography of printed books, articles, and standard texts on England in the twentieth century. As well as England, there is considerable information on Ireland, Scotland, the Commonwealth and the colonies. All aspects of the period are included except literature per se and local history that is of restricted relevance. The book also contains chapters on existing bibliographies, catalogues, guides, handbooks and general surveys as well as an index of authors, editors and translators. This handbook will be a useful tool for scholars and teachers at all levels, as well as the general reader interested in examining the period in depth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22472/cover/9780521522472.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia's Balkan Entanglements, 1806-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jelavich, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the century between 1806 and 1914 tsarist Russia was drawn into five wars due to its deep involvement, based on treaty rights and established traditions, in Balkan affairs. This book examines the reason for the Russian involvement in the Balkan peninsula and attempts to explain at least partially the connection that drew the Russian government into entanglements that were not only dangerous to its great power interests, but were also difficult to control. The wars, waged at a high human and economic cost, limited the resources that could be spent on internal development and in particular when they ended in defeat, led to domestic unrest and after 1856 and 1917 to drastic internal change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22502/cover/9780521522502.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152251X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152251X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia and the Formation of the Romanian National State, 1821-1878</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jelavich, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book has a double emphasis: it examines the role played by tsarist Russia in the formation of an independent Romanian national state, and it discusses the reaction of a Balkan nationality to the influence of a neighboring great power that was both a protector and a menace. In the early nineteenth century the centers of Romanian political life were the Danubian Principalities of Moldavia and Wallachia, which were both under Ottoman rule but which had separate, autonomous administrations. Although welcoming Russian aid against the Ottoman Empire, the Romanian leadership at the same time feared that the Russian government would use its military power to establish a firm control over the Principalities or would annex Romanian lands, as indeed occurred in 1812. Here this difficult relationship is examined in detail as it developed during the century in connection with the major events leading to the international acceptance of Romanian independence in 1878.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22519/cover/9780521522519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics in the Rural Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Southern Massif Central c.1750-1880</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of rural society, with particular reference to the peasantry. It focuses on an area of France which is defined as the southern Massif Central, the four departments forming the southern perimeter of the highland plateau of central France, and spans a century which marked the apogee of peasant civilisation in this region and which witnessed the revolutions of 1789 and 1848. The book adopts a broadly cultural definition of the peasantry, and offers a comprehensive account of the rhythms of rural life over some three or four generations. However, the main emphasis is on the political responses of the peasantry in an age of revolutionary experimentation with democratic institutions. As such the book is a social history of political behaviour at the grass roots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22588/cover/9780521522588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522609</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numbers and Nationhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing Statistics in Nineteenth-Century Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522601</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patriarca, Silvana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numbers and Nationhood explores the Italian inflection of a Europe-wide phenomenon in the nineteenth century: the rise of statistics as a mode of representation in society. Silvana Patriarca examines the ideologies which informed the copious statistical literature produced between the 1820s, when statistical publications began to proliferate in the Italian states, and the 1870s, when a unified Italy entered a fully positivistic era. Her innovative study illuminates the relationship between the needs of an emerging nation and the uses to which statistics were put, generating a long-lasting image of Italy which nevertheless accentuated its internal territorial divisions. By examining the power of numerical representations, Numbers and Nationhood provides a fresh reading of the historiography of Risorgimento Italy and of positivism, bringing to the fore issues of science, ideology, and representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22601/cover/9780521522601.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152265X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152265X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State and Nobility in Early Modern Germany</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Knightly Feud in Franconia, 1440-1567</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522656</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zmora, Hillay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most striking features of late medieval and early modern German was the countless feuds carried out by nobles. A constant threat to law and order, these feuds have commonly been regarded as a manifestation of the decline - economic and otherwise - of the nobility. This study shows that the nobility was not in crisis at this time. Nor were feuds merely banditry by another name. Rather, they were the result of an interplay between two fundamental processes: princely state-building, and social stratification among the nobility. Offering a new paradigm for understanding the German nobility, this book argues that the development of the state made proximity to princes the single most decisive factor in determining the fortune of a family. The result was a violent competition among the nobility over resources which were crucial to the princes. Feuds played a central role in this struggle that eventually led to the formation of an elite of noble families on whose power and wealth the princely state depended.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State, Society and Mobilization in Europe during the First World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horne, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines political and cultural mobilisation in the face of industrialised mass death during the First World War. Comparing Britain, France, Germany, Italy and Austria-Hungary, it generates arguments on mobilisation and 'total war' which have wider relevance. It explores 'national ideals' which cast the war as a crusade, the inclusive 'self-mobilisation' of sectional identities and private organisations behind national efforts, and the exclusion of suspect groups (the 'enemy within') from the mobilisation process. It also highlights the importance, and difficulty, of assessing the limits of mobilisation as well as the differing capacities of the state to sustain it, factors related to prior degrees of national integration and political legitimacy. Mobilisation in this sense was an important factor which determined the outcome and legacy of the war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22663/cover/9780521522663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020808</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion, Politics and Preferment in France since 1890</TitleText>

<Subtitle>La Belle Epoque and its Legacy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larkin, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the problems that committed Catholics allegedly faced if they sought careers in state employment under the Third French Republic. Using ministerial and Masonic archives, the book explores the broad divergence of practice between individual ministries and between particular governments. It also examines the factors that underlay these discriminatory attitudes - notably the claims of Catholic involvement in the right-wing subversive activities of the late 1890s at the time of the Dreyfus affair. It investigates the increased difficulties that French Catholics faced after the change of pope in 1903. Later chapters explore the degree to which wariness towards committed Catholics in the public services evaporated under later regimes - despite the traumas of the Vichy years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19161/cover/9780521419161.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analysis of Panel Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hsiao, Cheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Panel data models have become increasingly popular among applied researchers due to their heightened capacity for capturing the complexity of human behavior as compared to cross-sectional or time series data models. As a consequence, richer panel data sets also have become increasingly available. This second edition is a substantial revision of the highly successful first edition of 1986. Recent advances in panel data research are presented in a rigorous and accessible manner and are carefully integrated with the older material. The thorough discussion of theory and the judicious use of empirical examples make this book useful to graduate students and advanced researchers in economics, business, sociology, political science, etc. Other specific revisions include the introduction of the notion of strict exogeneity with estimators presented in a generalized method of moments framework, the notion of incidental parameters, more intuitive explanations of pairwise trimming, and discussion of sample selection dynamic panel models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22717/cover/9780521522717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521522927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521522927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521522922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mannerism in Arabic Poetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Structural Analysis of Selected Texts (3rd Century AH/9th Century AD - 5th Century AH/11th Century AD)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521522922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sperl, Stefan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to identify elements of mannerism and classicism in medieval Arabic poetry. Mannerism in Arabic has usually been linked with the appearance of an ornate rhetorical style called badi which became characteristic of poetry and prose from the fifth century AH/ninth century AD onwards. This study, however, is not so much concerned with the discussion of rhetorical devices as manifest in selected passages and individual lines of poetry; rather, it seeks to attain its objective through a structuralist analysis of complete poems. After the formulation of a hypothesis on the structural coherence of a cardinal form of poetic expression, the panegyric, structuralist analyses of selected poems from the medieval era follow, and the final chapter describes mannerism and classicism as contrasting styles in which the individual poem relates in fundamentally different ways to the literary convention from which it arises and the subject matter it portrays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/22922/cover/9780521522922.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery, Colonialism and Economic Growth in Dahomey, 1640-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manning, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The small but important region of Dahomey (now the People's Republic of Benin) has played an active role in the world economy throughout the era of mercantile and industrial capitalism, beginning as an exporter of slaves and becoming an exporter of plain oil and palm kernels. This book covers a span of three centuries, integrating into a single framework the pre-colonial, colonial and post-colonial economic history of Dahomey. Mr Manning has pieced together an extensive body of new evidence and new interpretations: he has combined descriptive evidence with quantitative data on foreign trade, slave demography and colonial government finance, and has used both Marxian and Neoclassical techniques of economic analysis. He argues that, despite the severe strain on population and economic growth caused by the slave trade, the economy continued to expand from the seventeenth to the nineteenth century, and the colonial state acted as an economic depressant rather than a stimulant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23073/cover/9780521523073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demographic Collapse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indian Peru, 1520-1620</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, Noble David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While many scholars have been interested in the size of the Indian population of the Americas at the time of first contact with Europeans, this book is the first to make a thorough examination of the question. Focusing on Peru, Professor Cook estimates population size on the basis of archaeology, carrying capacity of the agricultural systems, disease mortality, depopulation ratios, and census projection. He also analyses the catastrophic population decline that resulted from contact with Europeans, and compares this experience with that of the coastal region and the Andean highlands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23141/cover/9780521523141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Technology Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applications in Energy and the Environment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deutch, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lester, Richard K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents fifteen cases of technology applications in the energy and environment sectors, including solar, wind, fuel cell, nuclear, coal combustion and emission control technologies. The case studies demonstrate the importance of an interdisciplinary approach, integrating technical and non-technical aspects of the problem. They also introduce a toolbox of analytical techniques useful in the context of realistic technology application. These techniques include energy and mass balances, project financial analysis tools, treatment of external costs and benefits, probabilistic risk assessment, learning curves, regression analysis, and life cycle costing. Each case study presents a description of the relevant technology at a level accessible to anyone familiar with elementary concepts in basic science and engineering. The book is addressed to upper-level undergraduate students in the natural sciences, engineering and the social sciences who are interested in learning about problems of technology application, as well as technology practitioners in industry and government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23172/cover/9780521523172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523184</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mechanisms of Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Clinical Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlinson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heagerty, Anthony M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weetman, Anthony P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malik, Rayaz A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To reflect the changing face of undergraduate and postgraduate medical education, this new edition emphasises the principles of disease processes and their underlying mechanisms, bringing the content up to date with the latest developments from the fields of molecular and cellular biology. The focus is on describing the fundamental features of pathophysiological processes with examples to illustrate the similar mechanisms underlying apparently diverse clinical conditions. By understanding the cellular interactions in one disease area, similar principles can be applied to other disease groups and to the scientific basis of medical management and treatment strategies. Throughout, the student is encouraged to evaluate and integrate the evidence critically, developing skills for self-directed learning and the application of knowledge. To further encourage the reader to integrate the theory with clinical practice, each chapter concludes with a series of clinical scenarios and MCQs, with answers provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23189/cover/9780521523189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152329X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152329X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Turkish Foreign Policy during the Second World War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An 'Active' Neutrality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523295</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deringil, Selim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The strategic importance of Turkey at the outset of the Second World War made it inevitable that the newly-born republic should be the target of covetous glances from every great power. This book provides the first comprehensive and systematic analysis of Turkish diplomacy during the conflict, as the Turks successively fended off pressure from both the Axis and Allied powers to enter the war. The Turkish position of 'active neutrality' was criticised both at the time and subsequently for its 'immorality', but Professor Deringil shows that Turkey's own military and political weakness made any other course of action impractical. Preservation of the nascent Turkish state had to be the guiding principle behind her foreign policy, and this was pursued with considerable tactical acumen by diplomats and strategists still, to some extent, versed in the Ottoman tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23295/cover/9780521523295.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Second Course in Mathematical Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkill, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkill, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The classic analysis textbook from Burkill and Burkill, now available in the Cambridge Mathematical Library. This straightforward course, based on the idea of a limit, is intended for students of mathematics and physics who have acquired a working knowledge of the calculus and are ready for a more systematic treatment. The treatment given here also brings in other limiting processes, such as the summation of infinite series and the expansion of trigonometric functions as power series. Particular attention is given to clarity of exposition and the logical development of the subject matter. This, combined with the large number of examples included, ensure that this book will appeal to students of analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23431/cover/9780521523431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23455/cover/9780521523455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152346X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152346X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23462/cover/9780521523462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523478</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523478</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey With Index 1-10</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23479/cover/9780521523479.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23486/cover/9780521523486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23493/cover/9780521523493.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23509/cover/9780521523509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23516/cover/9780521523516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523524</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23523/cover/9780521523523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23530/cover/9780521523530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23547/cover/9780521523547.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23554/cover/9780521523554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23578/cover/9780521523578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23592/cover/9780521523592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23608/cover/9780521523608.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523613</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23615/cover/9780521523615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523621</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523621</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23622/cover/9780521523622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152363X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152363X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23639/cover/9780521523639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523648</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23646/cover/9780521523646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23660/cover/9780521523660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23684/cover/9780521523684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23691/cover/9780521523691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23707/cover/9780521523707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23714/cover/9780521523714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23721/cover/9780521523721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23738/cover/9780521523738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23745/cover/9780521523745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23752/cover/9780521523752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23769/cover/9780521523769.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23783/cover/9780521523783.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23790/cover/9780521523790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152380X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152380X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23806/cover/9780521523806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23813/cover/9780521523813.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23820/cover/9780521523820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/13565/cover/9780521413565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23844/cover/9780521523844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23851/cover/9780521523851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23875/cover/9780521523875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23882/cover/9780521523882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23899/cover/9780521523899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23912/cover/9780521523912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23929/cover/9780521523929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23936/cover/9780521523936.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152394X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152394X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. For the first time, numbers 1-50 are being reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23943/cover/9780521523943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521523958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521523958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521523950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey Paperback Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521523950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>C01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicoll, Allardyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>12306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of that year's textual and critical studies, and of the year's major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. Most volumes of Survey have long been out of print. Now numbers 1-57 are reissued in paperback, available separately and as a set.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/23950/cover/9780521523950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>3993.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henslowe's Diary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henslowe, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foakes, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The diary of Philip Henslowe, owner of the Rose Theatre in London during the 1590s, remains the most valuable source of information about the workings of the Elizabethan public theatres. Discussions of theatres and drama in the age of Shakespeare routinely refer to Henslowe, whose 'diary' touches on every aspect of the day-to-day operations of the Rose and the companies of actors, especially the Admiral's Men. The diary preserves the account-book of an Elizabethan theatre owner who was also the father-in-law of the leading actor, Edward Alleyn, and contains many miscellaneous and personal entries. The first edition of Henslowe's Diary, published in 1961, has long been out of print. It provides a thorough introduction to the manuscript, a full transcription of the document itself and several helpful appendices and indexes. For this second edition one of the original editors, R. A. Foakes, has added a new preface and reading list.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24025/cover/9780521524025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China and Europe since 1978</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A European Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmonds, Richard Louis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume looks at the development of Chinese-European relations since China embarked on its open policy and the European Union evolved into the major economic and political force in Europe. The papers suggest that political communication has not significantly modified Europe's relations with China and that both Europe and China tend to view their relations with each other in terms of their relationships with the USA. Articles include: Human Rights, Europe and the People's Republic of China; Relations and Mutual Strategic Perceptions: China and the European Union; EU Economic Relations with China: An Institutionalist Perspective; The Role of Hong Kong and Macau in China's Relations with Europe; A Functional Relationship: Political Extensions to Europe-Taiwan Economic Ties; Economic Relations between Taiwan and Europe; Cultural Relations between China and the Member States of the European Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24032/cover/9780521524032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 71</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. Articles in volume 71 include: Remembering Martin Esslin, 1918-2002; 'An Uncooked Army Boot': Spike Milligan, 1918-2002; Double Acts, Theatrical Couples, and Split Britches' Double Agency; Doing Things with Words: Directing Dario Fo in the UK; The Long Road Home: Athol Fugard and His Collaborators; Kinds of Place at Bore Place: Site-Specific Performance and the Rules of Spatial Behaviour; Theatre Audience Surveys: towards a Semiotic Approach; Fragile Currency of the Last Anarchist: the Plays of Maxwell Anderson; The Mud and the Wind: an Inquiry into Dramaturgy; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24049/cover/9780521524049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 72</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. Articles in volume 72 include: Views Across Borders; Small Audience, Big Picture; Cheerful History: the Political Theatre of John McGrath; 'Blood Red Roses': John McGrath and Lukacsian Realism; The Events of June 1848: the Monte Cristo Riots and the Politics of Protest; Performance, Embodiment, Voice; The Performative Self: Improvisation for Self and Other; The Market Theatre of Johannesburg and its Presence in the New South Africa; NTQ Reports and Announcements; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Essay on the Modern State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book is the first serious philosophical examination of the modern state. It inquires into the justification of this particular form of political society. It asks whether all states are 'nation-states', what are the alternative ways of organizing society, and which conditions make a state legitimate. The author concludes that, while states can be legitimate, they typically fail to have the powers (e.g sovereignty) that they claim. Many books analyze government and its functions but none focuses on the state as a distinctive form of political organization or examines critically the claims states make for themselves. In filling this lacuna Christopher Morris has written a book that will command the attention of political philosophers, political scientists, legal theorists, and specialists in international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24070/cover/9780521524070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crisis and Innovation in Asian Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, William W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In mid-May 1997, a financial crisis erupted in Asia after an attack by private investors on the baht, the Thai currency. The crisis spread quickly across the region, where investor confidence plummeted, resulting in massive capital outflows, stock market collapses, high unemployment, and even insurrection. The Asian 'economic miracle' that had stimulated so much awe and even dread, now invoked pity and apprehension in greater measure. The contributors to this volume investigated change in the innovation and production systems of Asian states in response to economic and political upheaval. They conducted empirical studies of several regional industries - autos, semiconductors, and hard disk drives - and seven different national economies: China, Malaysia, Japan, Singapore, South Korea, Thailand, and Taiwan. In the face of crisis and global competition, the Asian states superimposed change at the margins, seeking unique technohybrid solutions to build capabilities to compete in local, regional, and even global markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24094/cover/9780521524094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications, Eighth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dewatripont, Mathias</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Lars Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turnovsky, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of three volumes containing edited versions of papers and commentaries presented in invited symposium sessions of the Eighth World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret recent key developments and discuss future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. The papers cover both theory and applications. Written by leading specialists in their fields these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24117/cover/9780521524117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524121</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications, Eighth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dewatripont, Mathias</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Lars Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turnovsky, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of three volumes containing edited versions of papers and commentaries presented in invited symposium sessions of the Eighth World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret recent key developments and discuss future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. The papers cover both theory and applications. Written by leading specialists in their fields, these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24124/cover/9780521524124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152413X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152413X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications, Eighth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dewatripont, Mathias</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hansen, Lars Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turnovsky, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third of three volumes containing edited versions of papers and commentaries presented in invited symposium sessions of the Eighth World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret recent key developments and discuss future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. The papers cover both theory and applications. Written by leading specialists in their fields, these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24131/cover/9780521524131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism and Christian Faith</TitleText>

<Subtitle>God, Grammar, and Meaning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The question of realism - that is, whether God exists independently of human beings - is central to much contemporary theology and church life. It is also an important topic in the philosophy of religion. This book discusses the relationship between realism and Christian faith in a thorough and systematic way and uses the resources of both philosophy and theology to argue for a Christocentric narrative realism. Many previous defences of realism have attempted to model Christian belief on scientific theory but Moore argues that this comparison is misleading and inadequate on both theological and philosophical grounds. In dialogue with speech act theory and critiques of realism by both non-realists and Wittgensteinians, a new account of the meaningfulness of Christian language is proposed. Moore uses this to develop a regulative conception of realism according to which God's independent reality is shown principally in Christ and then through Christian practices and the lives of Christians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24155/cover/9780521524155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sperm Collection and Processing Methods</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeyendran, Rajasingam S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This practical guide to sperm collection and processing methods demonstrates how successful these procedures are to overcome even severe infertility. This compilation, prepared by an interdisciplinary team of experts, provides clinical and laboratory professionals in reproductive medicine with a comprehensive overview and a useful source of reference. Difficulties with sperm procurement can involve biological deficiencies with sperm creation, delivery, or both. The various procedures described in this text are all designed for one purpose: acquisition of as many viable sperm as possible, given initial patient conditions. Once sperm are collected, a myriad of processing methods are then available to optimize their fertilization potential. Recent advances have made fertility conditions once deemed hopeless a thing of the past. Most sterility cases are now either treatable or entirely circumvented through various clinical and laboratory techniques described in this volume, including surgical correction, hormone treatment, and various sperm enhancement technologies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24179/cover/9780521524179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Figured Landscapes of Rock-Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Looking at Pictures in Place</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chippindale, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nash, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A companion to The Archaeology of Rock-Art (Cambridge 1998), this new collection edited by Christopher Chippindale and George Nash addresses the most important component around the rock-art panel - its landscape. The Figured Landscapes of Rock-Art draws together the work of many well-known scholars from key regions of the world for rock-art and for rock-art research. It provides a unique, broad and varied insight into the arrangement, location, and structure of rock-art and its place within the landscapes of ancient worlds as ancient people experienced them. Packed with illustrations, as befits a book about images, The Figured Landscapes of Rock-Art offers a visual as well as a literary key to the understanding of this most lovely and alluring of archaeological traces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24247/cover/9780521524247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Republic in Danger</TitleText>

<Subtitle>General Maurice Gamelin and the Politics of French Defence, 1933-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Martin S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of the career of one of France's most controversial military leaders, General Maurice Gamelin (1872-1958). Gamelin was reviled by many of his contemporaries and denigrated by historians as 'the man who lost the Battle of France'. Here Gamelin is re-appraised in the context of the unstable civil-military relations and national decline of the years 1933-40. Basing his account on hitherto inaccessible primary sources and on public and private archives. The evidence reviewed, including Gamelin's private headquarters' diary, provides the basis for a revision of the earlier hostile portraits of the general. The author argues that less attention should be paid to the campaign in France in 1940, by which time Gamelin's role was that of co-ordinator and  adviser. Rather, he suggests that great credit is due to Gamelin for his success in holding together the pre-war civil-military consensus, and for re-arming France by 1939.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/72343/cover/9780521372343.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leon Trotsky and the Politics of Economic Isolation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Day, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A highly original and controversial examination of events in Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1927 in which Professor Day challenges both the standard Trotskyite and Stalinist interpretations of the period. At the same time he rejects the traditional emphasis on Trotsky's concept of Permanent Revolution and argues that a Marxist theorist is essential. Professor Day concentrates upon the economic implications of revolutionary Russia's isolation from Europe. How to build socialism - in a backward, war-ravaged society, without aid from the West: this problem lay behind many of the most important political conflicts of Soviet Russia's formative years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24360/cover/9780521524360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fossil Crinoids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hess, Hans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ausich, William I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Carlton E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simms, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crinoids have graced the oceans for more than 500 million years. Among the most attractive fossils, crinoids had a key role in the ecology of marine communities through much of the fossil record, and their remains are prominent rock forming constituents of many limestones. This is the first comprehensive volume which brings together their form and function, classification, evolutionary history, occurrence, preservation and ecology. The main part of the book is devoted to assemblages of intact fossil crinoids, which are described in their geological setting in 23 chapters ranging from the Ordovician to the Tertiary. The final chapter deals with living sea lilies and feather stars. The volume is exquisitely illustrated with abundant photographs and line drawings of crinoids from sites around the world. This authoritative account recreates a fascinating picture of fossil crinoids for palaeontologists, geologists, evolutionary and marine biologists, ecologists and amateur fossil collectors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24407/cover/9780521524407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Settlement of North America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Clovis Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Early Settlement of North America is an examination of the first recognisable culture in the New World: the Clovis complex. Gary Haynes begins his analysis with a discussion of the archaeology of Clovis fluted points in North America and a review of the history of the research on the topic. He presents and evaluates all the evidence that is now available on the artefacts, the human populations of the time, and the environment, and he examines the adaptation of the early human settlers in North America to the simultaneous disappearance of the mammoths and mastodonts. Haynes offers a compelling re-appraisal of our current state of knowledge about the peopling of this continent and provides a significant new contribution to the debate with his own integrated theory of Clovis, which incorporates vital new biological, ecological, behavioural and archaeological data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24636/cover/9780521524636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Work of Charles Babbage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dubbey, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Babbage (1791-1871) is today remembered mainly for his attempt to complete his difference and analytical engines, the principles of which anticipate the major ideas of the modern digital computer. This book describes the evolution of Babbage's work on the design and implementation of the engines by means of a detailed study of his early mathematical investigations. Babbage is an almost legendary figure of the Victorian era, yet relatively little is known about him and no authoritative account of his life and work has appeared. He was primarily a mathematician and his early working life was devoted mainly to the study of pure mathematics. While containing much biographical information, this book concentrates on this crucial aspect of Babbage's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24766/cover/9780521524766.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James E. Keeler: Pioneer American Astrophysicist</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And the Early Development of American Astrophysics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osterbrock, Donald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the biography of James E. Keeler (1857-1900), a distinguished pioneer of astrophysics, the application of the methods of physics to understanding the nature of the stars, nebulae, planets, comets, and other objects that populate the universe. Keeler was an outstanding scientist, and his fellow astronomers and physicists at the end of the nineteenth century considered him the leading astronomical spectroscopist of his generation. His career was closely linked with that of George Ellery Hale, founder of Yerkes Observatory. Keeler himself was the first astronomer at Lick Observatory, and the story of his life tells much of the early history of these two early American 'big-science' research institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65829/cover/9780521265829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unrolling Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Christiaan Huygens and the Mathematization of Nature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524810</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yoder, Joella G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This case study examines the interrelationship between mathematics and physics in the work of one of the major figures of the Scientific Revolution: the Dutch mathematician, physicist, and astronomer, Christian Huygens (1629-1695). Joella Yoder details the creative interaction that led Huygens to invent a pendulum clock that theoretically beat absolutely uniform time, to measure the constant of gravitational acceleration, to analyze centrifugal force, and to create the mathematical theory of evolutes. In the second half of the book, Dr Yoder places Huygens's work in the context of his time by examining his relationship with other scientists and the priority disputes that sometimes motivated his research. The role of evolutes in the history of mathematics is analyzed; the reception of Huygens's masterpiece, the Horologium Oscillatorium of 1673, is described; and finally, the part that Christian Huygens played in the rise of applied mathematics is addressed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24810/cover/9780521524810.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gay-Lussac</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Scientist and Bourgeois</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosland, Maurice P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gay-Lussac is best known for his chemical work but also made important contributions to other physical sciences and technology. This is the first work to examine critically both the scientific work and the man behind it. Joseph Louis Gay-Lussac (1778-1850) lived through three revolutions in France and his life reflected the social transformations taking place around him. His education and early progress in science depended on the Revolution of 1789 and on the patronage of the chemist Berthollet, a close associate of Napoleon Bonaparte. Gay-Lussac may be seen as the first 'professional' scientist and indeed, throughout the book, Professor Crosland emphasises that he knew how to use his science to solve practical problems and was able to profit considerably from this application.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24834/cover/9780521524834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Newtonian Calculus in Britain, 1700-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guicciardini, Niccol-</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the development of calculus in Britain during the century following Newton. It is usually maintained that this was a period of decline in British mathematics. However, the author's research has shown that the methods used by researchers of the period yielded considerable success in laying the foundations and investigating the applications of the calculus. Even when 'decline' was at its worst point, in mid-century, the foundations of the reform, which were to change the direction and nature of the mathematics community, were being laid. The book considers the importance of the work of mathematicians such as Isaac Newton, Roger Cotes, Brook Taylor, James Stirling, Abraham de Moivre, Colin Maclaurin, Thomas Bayes, John Landen and Edward Waring. It will be useful to science historians and philosophers studying the period, and to students of British history studying the teaching of mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24841/cover/9780521524841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transformation and Tradition in the Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of I Bernard Cohen</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendelsohn, Everett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Transformation and Tradition in the Sciences presents a sampling of work in the history of science by colleagues and former students and associates of I. Bernard Cohen, one of the most influential figures in the rise of the history of science as a scholarly discipline. The volume is divided into four parts: the history and philosophy of the exact sciences and mathematics; the eighteenth-century tradition; science in America; and scientific ideas in their cultural context. These major themes, each of which has been a subject of study by Professor Cohen, will interest a range of historians interested in the development of science and the history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24858/cover/9780521524858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and the Canadian Arctic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Century of Exploration, 1818-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levere, Trevor H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the nature and role of science in the exploration of the Canadian Arctic. It covers the century that began with the British Royal Naval expeditions of 1818 and ended with the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-18. Professor Levere focuses on the imperialistic dimensions and nationalistic aspirations that informed arctic science, and situates its rise in the context of economic and military history of nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Europe and North America. Accessibly written and prodigiously researched, Science and the Canadian Arctic is of interest to an audience of historians, environmental scientists and anyone interested in the Arctic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24919/cover/9780521524919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>97.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152492X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152492X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divine Will and the Mechanical Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gassendi and Descartes on Contingency and Necessity in the Created World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osler, Margaret J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the influence of varying theological conceptions of contingency and necessity on two versions of the mechanical philosophy in the seventeenth century. Pierre Gassendi (1592-1655) and Ren&#233; Descartes (1596-1650) both believed that all natural phenomena could be explained in terms of matter and motion alone. They disagreed about the details of their mechanical accounts of the world, in particular about their theories of matter and their approaches to scientific method. This book traces their differences back to theological presuppositions they inherited from the Middle Ages. Theological ideas were transformed into philosophical and scientific ideas which led to the emergence of different styles of science in the second half of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24926/cover/9780521524926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tertullian, First Theologian of the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborn, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tertullian was the first western Christian to write theology, defending Christians against the hostility of the Roman state, as well as arguing against Marcion, Praxeas and theosophical fantasy. A complex thinker, Tertullian has, in the modern era, been rejected by both liberal Christianity and its secular critics. But his ideas have become more accessible in our century, which has seen the destruction of Enlightenment beliefs that reason should lead to a quasi-mathematical system. The work of G&#246;del, Wittgenstein, Rorty and so many others has opened up the way for an understanding of Tertullian's passion for opposites, contingency and rational argument. For a long time misquoted and misused, Tertullian now calls for sustained analysis and interpretation. This book offers a major reappraisal of his theology and its influence on the shape of the western Christian tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24957/cover/9780521524957.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521524962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521524962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521524964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Henry Maine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Victorian Jurisprudence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521524964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cocks, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Henry Maine died in 1888 and since then his ideas have been used by lawyers, historians, sociologists and many others. This is the first book to concentrate upon what he said about the law itself, and, as such, it explores the pioneering work Maine did in explaining law not by reference to abstract analysis but by placing it firmly in its social and historical context. Instead of concentrating on concepts such as sovereignty he looked at the realities of law as it was practised by professionals and experienced by laymen. The result was a controversial achievement stressing the reforming duties of jurists and citizens at times of social change. This is neither a conventional biography nor an abstract analysis of Maine's thought, but a demonstration of the contemporary context and significance of his views.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24964/cover/9780521524964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Winchester Yields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Titow, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the productivity of land in the bishopric of Winchester from 1208-1350. To a student of agrarian society and economy the knowledge of changes in the productivity of land is a crucial factor. For the Middle Ages, only England has the right type of documents - the manorial accounts - to allow cereal yields to be calculated with any degree of exactness. The accounts of the bishopric of Winchester occupy a very special position. This collection not only antedates all others by some 50 years, but is also by far the best series of account rolls in existence and the only one allowing for a study covering the whole of the 13th century. Dr Titow presents the whole range of the Winchester yield calculations and also examines the observable changes in productivity in the light of other relevant factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25022/cover/9780521525022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divisions throughout the Whole</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Society in Hampshire County, Massachusetts, 1740-1775</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nobles, Gregory H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the connection between the changing social context of colonial New England and the emergence of political unrest in the years before the American Revolution. Unlike studies that have examined revolutionary activity in major colonial towns, where it was most visible, Professor Nobles's study focuses on the sources of revolutionary behavior in the countryside. He examines the social and political development of Hampshire County from the seventeenth through the eighteenth century and seeks to explain why people who had remained apparently indifferent to the political crisis developing before 1774 became such active participants in a violent political struggle against the established government. In his discussion of a variety of local controversies, the author shows how common people repeatedly mobilized to act on their own terms for their own concerns, and how this served to prepare them for radical activity in the Revolutionary era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25039/cover/9780521525039.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quakers and Baptists in Colonial Massachusetts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pestana, Carla Gardina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents the history of two religious sects successfully established in seventeenth-century Massachusetts, where it was illegal to participate in any faith other than the legally established congregationalism of the Puritan founders of the colony. The author examines the Quaker meeting in Salem and the Baptist church in Boston over more than a century. The work opens with the dramatic events surrounding dissenters' efforts to gain a foothold in the colony, and goes on to locate sectarians within their families and communities, and to examine their beliefs and the changing nature of the organizations they founded and their interactions with the larger community and its leaders. The work deals with the religiosity of lay colonists, finding that men and women responded to these  sects differently. It also analyzes sociological theories of sectarian evolution, the politics of dissent, and changes in beliefs and practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25046/cover/9780521525046.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Armada of Flanders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spanish Maritime Policy and European War, 1568-1668</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stradling, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Flanders armada, took shape in response to the use of seapower by the Dutch rebels, and evolved into the most effective unit in Spain's defence establishment. In combination with its privateering auxiliaries, this elite striking force dominated the North Sea for some twenty years (1625-45), and campaigned also in the Mediterranean and Atlantic theatres of war. Yet its contribution to the tenacious survival of Spanish hegemony has never before been assessed. A narrative of the armada's fighting record over the century of its meaningful existence is presented with constant reference to the strategic-logistical context and analysis of policymaking in Madrid. Attention is paid to the political significance of maritime policy, and particularly the relationship between Madrid and its subordinate headquarters in Brussels; the infrastructure of the armada; the ships themselves, above all the revolutionary but elusive 'frigate'; the social hierarchy of crews and commanders; and details of administration and financing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25121/cover/9780521525121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Institute for an Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psysikalisch-Technische Reichsanstalt, 1871-1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cahan, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Institute for an Empire is the first scholarly study of one of the world's foremost scientific institutions, the Physikalisch-Technische Reichsanstalt (PTR) in Imperial Germany. The Reichsanstalt stood at the forefront of institutional innovation in science and technology during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, uniting diverse practitioners and representatives of physics, technology, industry, and the state. It demonstrated how physics and industrial technology could help build a modem society and a modem nation-state. Moreover, it encouraged and helped inaugurate the era of Big Science. Professor Cahan also discusses the Reichsanstalt's leaders and scientists, including Wemer von Siemens and Hermann von Helmholtz, as well as its scientific and technological work. Among the Reichsanstalt's many accomplishments were contributions to the new quantum physics, development of physical standards and measuring instruments for science, industry, and the state, and testing work for a variety of German industries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25190/cover/9780521525190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Misunderstanding Science?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Public Reconstruction of Science and Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irwin, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wynne, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Misunderstanding Science? offers a challenging new perspective on the public understanding of science. In so doing, it also challenges existing ideas of the nature of science and its relationships with society. Its analysis and case presentation are highly relevant to current concerns over the uptake, authority, and effectiveness of science as expressed, for example, in areas such as education, medical/health practice, risk and the environment, technological innovation. Based on several in-depth case-studies, and informed theoretically by the sociology of scientific knowledge, the book shows how the public understanding of science questions raises issues of the epistemic commitments and institutional structures which constitute modern science. It suggests that many of the inadequacies in the social integration and uptake of science might be overcome if modern scientific institutions were more reflexive and open about the implicit normative commitments embedded in scientific cultures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25206/cover/9780521525206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bioethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jnr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technological innovations and social developments have led to dramatic changes in the practice of medicine and in the way that scientists conduct medical research. Change has brought beneficial consequences, yet these gains have come at a cost, for many modern medical practices raise troubling ethical questions: Should life be sustained mechanically when the brain's functions have ceased?  Should potential parents be permitted to manipulate the genetic characteristics of their embryos? Should society ration medical care to control costs? Should fetal stem cells be experimented upon in an effort to eventually palliate or cure debilitating diseases? Bioethicists analyze and assess moral dilemmas raised by medical research and innovative treatments; they also counsel healthcare practitioners, patients, and their families. In this anthology, fifteen philosophers, social scientists, and academic lawyers assess various aspects of this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25268/cover/9780521525268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152539X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152539X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Private Power, Public Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Globalization of Intellectual Property Rights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Susan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Susan K. Sell's book shows how power in international politics is increasingly exercised by private interests rather than governments. In 1994 the WTO adopted the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS), which dictated to states how they should regulate the protection of intellectual property. This book argues that TRIPS resulted from lobbying by twelve powerful CEOs of multinational corporations who wished to mould international law to protect their markets. This book examines the politics leading up to TRIPS, the first seven years of its implementation, and the political backlash against TRIPS in the face of the HIV/AIDS crisis. Focusing on global capitalism, ideas, and economic coercion, this work explains the politics behind TRIPS and the controversies created in its wake. It is a fascinating study of the influence of private interests in government decision-making, and in the shaping of the global economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25398/cover/9780521525398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Invariant Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dolgachev, Igor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The primary goal of this book is to give a brief introduction to the main ideas of algebraic and geometric invariant theory. It assumes only a minimal background in algebraic geometry, algebra and representation theory. Topics covered include the symbolic method for computation of invariants on the space of homogeneous forms, the problem of finite-generatedness of the algebra of invariants, the theory of covariants and constructions of categorical and geometric quotients. Throughout, the emphasis is on concrete examples which originate in classical algebraic geometry.  Based on lectures given at University of Michigan, Harvard University and Seoul National University, the book is written in an accessible style and contains many examples and exercises. A novel feature of the book is a discussion of possible linearizations of actions and the variation of quotients under the change of linearization. Also includes the construction of toric varieties as torus quotients of affine spaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25480/cover/9780521525480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525551</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Politics and the English Reformation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shagan, Ethan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of popular responses to the English Reformation. It takes as its subject not the conversion of English subjects to a new religion but rather their political responses to a Reformation perceived as an act of state and hence, like all early modern acts of state, negotiated between government and people. These responses included not only resistance but also significant levels of accommodation, co-operation and collaboration as people attempted to co-opt state power for their own purposes. This study argues, then, that the English Reformation was not done to people, it was done with them in a dynamic process of engagement between government and people. As such, it answers the twenty-year-old scholarly dilemma of how the English Reformation could have succeeded despite the inherent conservatism of the English people, and it presents a genuinely post-revisionist account of one of the central events of English history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25558/cover/9780521525558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Meaning in Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cann, Ronnie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kempson, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregoromichelaki, Eleni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of meaning in language has developed dramatically over the last fifty years. Semantics is distinctive as it not only presents a general introduction to the topic, including the most recent developments, but it also provides a unique perspective for addressing current issues. It opens by introducing readers to the study of logic (natural deduction) as the background against which developments have taken place. This demonstrates the link between semantics and the study of reasoning and how this view can provide new solutions to the puzzles that have plagued the approaches presented in other textbooks. The major subject areas of semantics are discussed, including quantification, anaphora and discourse, tense and aspect, ellipsis and context, and word meaning. The book also presents state-of-the-art research in topics at the forefront of semantics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25664/cover/9780521525664.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Construction of Literacy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook-Gumperz, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy - the ability to produce and interpret written text - has long been viewed as the basis of all school achievement; a measure of success that defines both an 'educated' person, and an educable one.  In this volume, a team of leading experts raise questions central to the acquisition of literacy.  Why do children with similar classroom experiences show different levels of educational achievement? And why do these differences in literacy, and ultimately employability, persist?   By looking critically at the western view of a 'literate' person, the authors present a new perspective on literary acquisition, viewing it as a socially constructed skill, whereby children must acquire discourse strategies that are socially 'approved'. This extensively-revised second edition contains an updated introduction and bibliography, and each chapter has been re-written to account for the most recent research. Groundbreaking and revealing, this volume will continue to have far-reaching implications for educational theory and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25671/cover/9780521525671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State of the Nation's Ecosystems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Measuring the Lands, Waters, and Living Resources of the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The H. John Heinz III Center for Science, Economics and the Environment</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We all rely on a familiar set of indicators - interest rates, unemployment, inflation, the Dow Jones index, and GDP, for example - to gauge the performance of national economies. No such measures are currently available to describe the environment. This book lays out a blueprint for periodic reporting on the condition and use of ecosystems in the United States. Developed by experts from businesses, environmental organizations, universities, and federal, state, and local government agencies, it is designed to provide policymakers and the general public with a succinct and comprehensive - yet scientifically sound and non-partisan - view of 'how we are doing'. This book should prove invaluable for decision makers in natural resource management and environmental policy in government and environmental organizations, businesses, and trade associations; academics with a research or teaching interest in environmental issues; and the general public interested in the continued well-being of American ecosystems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25725/cover/9780521525725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flexagons Inside Out</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pook, Les</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flexagons are hinged polygons that have the intriguing property of displaying different pairs of faces when they are flexed. Workable paper models of flexagons are easy to make and entertaining to manipulate. Flexagons have a surprisingly complex mathematical structure and just how a flexagon works is not obvious on casual examination of a paper model. Flexagons may be appreciated at three different levels. Firstly as toys or puzzles, secondly as a recreational mathematics topic and finally as the subject of serious mathematical study. This book is written for anyone interested in puzzles or recreational maths. No previous knowledge of flexagons is assumed, and the only pre-requisite is some knowledge of elementary geometry. An attractive feature of the book is a collection of nets, with assembly instructions, for a wide range of paper models of flexagons. These are printed full size and laid out so they can be photocopied.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25749/cover/9780521525749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>States, Nations and Borders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethics of Making Boundaries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchanan, Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines comparatively the views and principles of seven prominent ethical traditions on one of the most pressing issues of modern politics - the making and unmaking of state and national boundaries. The traditions represented are Judaism, Christianity, Islam, natural law, Confucianism, liberalism and international law. Each contributor, an expert within one of these traditions, shows how that tradition can handle the five dominant methods of altering state and national boundaries: conquest, settlement, purchase, inheritance and secession. Written by a distinguished group of international specialists this volume is unique in providing both in-depth normative and comparative perspectives on a troubling question that will offer readers real insight into inter-tradition conflict. Those readers will range from upper-level undergraduates to scholars in such fields as philosophy, political science, international relations and comparative religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25756/cover/9780521525756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and State Formation in Ancient China and Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525763</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hui, Victoria Tin-bor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Eurocentric conventional wisdom holds that the West is unique in having a multi-state system in international relations and liberal democracy in state-society relations. At the same time, the Sinocentric perspective believes that China is destined to have authoritarian rule under a unified empire. In fact, China in the Spring and Autumn and Warring States periods (656-221 BC) was once a system of sovereign territorial states similar to Europe in the early modern period. Both cases witnessed the prevalence of war, formation of alliances, development of the centralized bureaucracy, emergence of citizenship rights, and expansion of international trade. This book examines why China and Europe shared similar processes but experienced opposite outcomes. This historical comparison of China and Europe challenges the presumption that Europe was destined to enjoy checks and balances while China was preordained to suffer under a coercive universal status.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25763/cover/9780521525763.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monogamy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mating Strategies and Partnerships in Birds, Humans and Other Mammals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reichard, Ulrich H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boesch, Christophe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do males of some species live with a single mate when they are capable of fertilizing more than one female's eggs? Why do some females pair only with one male, and not with several partners? Why do birds usually live in pairs and feed chicks together whilst mammals often live in larger groups with females rearing their young without male help? These questions form the central theme of this book. Social monogamy is a complex, multi-faceted phenomenon that does not always correspond with reproductive monogamy, so a paired male may not necessarily be raising his own offspring. Exploring the variables influencing and maintaining the fascinating diversity of social, sexual and reproductive monogamous partnerships in birds, mammals and humans, this book provides clues to the biological roots of monogamy for students and researchers in behavioural ecology, evolutionary anthropology, primatology, zoology and ornithology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25770/cover/9780521525770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reviews and Perspectives in Physiology 2002</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>The Physiological Society</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>138</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together the Perspectives and Topical Reviews published during 2001 in The Journal of Physiology, with the intention of making their content as accessible as possible to both students and researchers in physiology. The Journal of Physiology publishes original research papers that illustrate new physiological principles and mechanisms, with an emphasis on human and mammalian physiology. It is among the most rapidly published journals in its field, and has one of the highest citation indexes in physiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25817/cover/9780521525817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dissections</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plane and Fancy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frederickson, Greg N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can you cut an octagon into 5 pieces and rearrange them into a square? How about turning a star into a pentagon? These are just two of the infinite challenges of geometric dissections, the mathematical art of cutting figures into pieces that can be rearranged to form other figures, using as few pieces as possible. This book shows you many ingenious ways to solve these problems and the beautiful constructions you can create. Through the ages, geometric dissections have fascinated puzzle fans and great mathematicians alike. Here you will find dissections known to Plato alongside exciting new discoveries. The author explains solution methods carefully, assuming only a basic knowledge of high school geometry, then poses puzzles for you to solve. He also introduces the people - famous, not-so-famous, and obscure - who have worked on these problems, travelling from the palace school of tenth-century Baghdad to the mathematical puzzle columns in turn-of-the-century newspapers, from the 1900 Paris Congress of Mathematicians to the night sky of Canberra.  This beautifully illustrated book will provide hours of enjoyment for any mathematical puzzle enthusiast.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25824/cover/9780521525824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integration-Ready Architecture and Design</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Software Engineering with XML, Java, .NET, Wireless, Speech, and Knowledge Technologies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zhuk, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What would you do if your IT job was no longer performed in your country? Your survival does not lie in limiting global collaborative engineering. IT workers will survive and prosper because of their ability to innovate, to quickly learn and change directions, and to evolve from Information Technology into Distributed Knowledge Marketplace. You have no choice but to be pro-active, learn to stay current, even run ahead of the game. Integration-Ready Architecture and Design bridges the gap for a new generation of wired and wireless software technologies and teaches a set of skills that are demanded by fast moving software evolution.  This up-to-date textbook integrates theory and practice, going from foundations and concepts to specific applications. Through deep insights into almost all areas of modern CIS and IT, Zhuk provides an entry into the new world of integrated knowledge and software engineering. Readers will learn the 'what's, why's, and how's' on: J2EE, J2ME, .NET, JSAPI, JMS, JMF, SALT, VoiceXML, WAP, 802.11, CDNA, GPRS, CycL, XML, and multiple XML-based technologies including RDF, DAML, SOAP, UDDI, and WDSL. Students, architects, designers, coders, and even management benefit from innovative ideas and detailed examples for building multi-dimensional worlds of enterprise applications and creating distributed knowledge marketplace.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25831/cover/9780521525831.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152587X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152587X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microarray Bioinformatics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stekel, Dov</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive guide to all of the mathematics, statistics and computing you will need to successfully operate DNA microarray experiments. It is written for researchers, clinicians, laboratory heads and managers, from both biology and bioinformatics backgrounds, who work with, or who intend to work with microarrays. The book covers all aspects of microarray bioinformatics, giving you the tools to design arrays and experiments, to analyze your data, and to share your results with your organisation or with the international community. There are chapters covering sequence databases, oligonucleotide design, experimental design, image processing, normalisation, identifying differentially expressed genes, clustering, classification and data standards. The book is based on the highly successful Microarray Bioinformatics course at Oxford University, and therefore is ideally suited for teaching the subject at postgraduate or professional level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25879/cover/9780521525879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Joseph II</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beales, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emperor Joseph II (1741-90) tried to carry through something like a 'revolution from above' in the vast, varied, and mainly backward provinces of the Austrian Monarchy. This volume carries the story down to 1780. It describes the claustrophobic atmosphere, in which Joseph was trained to rule, his tragic marriages, and his attempts after 1765 as co-regent with his formidable mother, empress Maria Theresa, to dictate the domestic and foreign policy of the monarchy. The author shows that previous historians have been deceived by false sources and that the picture they have given of the emperor, his strange character, his tempestuous relationship with his mother, and his political aims, needs drastic revision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25886/cover/9780521525886.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China and Historical Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Genealogies of Sinological Knowledge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brook, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blue, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the historical relationship that has arisen between the concept of capitalism and the idea of China. Formulated by European intellectuals in order to identify the social formation in which they found themselves, capitalism was portrayed as unique to Europe and as an organic outgrowth of Western civilization. In this way, China was rejected as a model of civilization, and seen  merely as despotic, feudal or stagnant. This Eurocentric judgement has hung over all subsequent thinking about China, even influencing Chinese perceptions of their own history. The aim of this collaborative project is to examine how the experience of capitalism as a European social formation and as a world-system has shaped knowledge of China. In addition the volume aims to establish new foundations on which a theory of Chinese society might be built, in order to perceive and understand Chinese development in less Eurocentric terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/40299/cover/9780521640299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521525985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521525985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521525985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Chartism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class and Nation in English Radical Politics 1848-1874</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521525985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finn, Margot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book charts the course of working- and middle-class radical politics in England from the continental revolutions of 1848 to the fall of Gladstone's Liberal government in 1874. The author traces the genealogy of English radicalism from its roots in Protestant Dissent and the seventeenth-century revolutions, but also shows how this shared radical tradition was problematized by middle-class radicals' acceptance of classical liberal economics. She traces the lineaments of this divide by contrasting middle- and working-class responses to the continental revolutions of 1848-9, to the Polish and Italian nationalism of the 1860s, and to the Paris Commune in 1871. She argues that these years witnessed not the relentless liberalization of working-class radical protest in England, but rather a significant diminution of middle-class radicals' commitment to liberal economics. This accommodation contributed to the emergence of the 'New Liberalism' of the 1880s, and helped to shape middle- and working-class responses to the early socialist movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/25985/cover/9780521525985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Assimilation and Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Jews in Nineteenth-Century Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zipperstein, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early and middle decades of the nineteenth century in Europe (1815-81) have long been regarded as the major period of assimilation in post-medieval Jewish history. Moreover the established historiography dealing with those years has tended to focus on the processes of accommodation and communal disintegration. However, the historical processes as analysed in this collection of essays emerge as multi- rather than uni-directional, far more variegated and complex than usually described hitherto. Contradictory trends were associated with different localities, levels of development and ideological allegiances. Traditional loyalties, new socio-ethnic structures, communal cohesion, romantic rediscoveries of the past and the political solidarity engendered by the struggle for emancipation across Europe, all served to counterbalance the homogenizing forces of modernity. Bringing together the work of fourteen leading historians, this book represents a major contribution to the revision, which has gained momentum in recent years, of the traditional historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26012/cover/9780521526012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martov</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political Biography of a Russian Social Democrat</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Getzler, Israel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first biography of Martov, the founder and leader of Menshevism. It records his revolutionary apprenticeship in Vilno and St Petersburg in 1893-6; his early friendship and partnership with Lenin in Siberian exile and on the revolutionary newspaper Iskra in Munich and London; the dramatic break-up of that partnership at the Second Congress of Russian Social Democrats in 1903 and the division between Mensheviks and Bolsheviks; the ensuing feud between Martov and Lenin; Martov's role in the 1905 revolutions; his later activities as leader of the Menshevik-Internationalists, then of the socialist opposition in Bolshevik Russia until 1920, and of the Mensheviks in exile, until his death. Martov is shown as a noble and tragic figure of modern Russian and Jewish history and of international socialsm, and as a key figure to the understanding of all three.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26029/cover/9780521526029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152606X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152606X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bentham and Bureaucracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hume, L. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most accounts of Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) deal with him as a prophet of either utilitarianism or of liberal democracy. This book discusses a less familiar but very important aspect of his political thought: his theory of how government institutions should be organised in order to function as efficient and yet responsive guardians of the community's interests. It thus focuses on his programme for he executive and judicial branches of government rather than for the legislature and the electorate. Dr Hume suggests that eighteenth-century political thought was richer in ideas about government that has usually been allowed, but that Bentham's special qualities of mind enabled him to widen and deepen those ideas much further than his contemporaries could have foreseen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26067/cover/9780521526067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ottoman Empire and the World-Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Islamogu-Inan, Huri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays represents a departure from the traditional perspective, recently questioned by many scholars, from which Ottoman history is usually written. Central to the establishment of Western domination over the 'East' is the writing of its history in terms of Western hegemony, above all in the case of the Ottoman Empire, which has been characterised as static, irrational and authoritarian in contrast with the dynamic, rational, democratic West. This book contrasts sharply with conventional studies of the Ottoman Empire, based on this European world-view, that focus on political military, and cultural institutions. Following a series of general theoretical discussions about Ottoman social structure, the contributors turn to case studies directed either to theoretical problems or to 'facts' which suggest new avenues of conceptualisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26074/cover/9780521526074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Travel and Ethnology in the Renaissance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>South India through European Eyes, 1250-1625</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubi&#233;s, Joan-Pau</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a wide-ranging and ambitious analysis of how European travellers in India developed their perceptions of ethnic, political and religious diversity over three hundred years. It analyses the growth of novel historical and philosophical concerns, from the early and rare examples of medieval travellers such as Marco Polo, through to the more sophisticated narratives of seventeenth-century observers - religious writers such as Jesuit missionaries, or independent antiquarians such as Pietro della Valle. The book's approach combines the detailed contextual analysis of individual narratives with an original long-term interpretation of the role of cross-cultural encounters in the European Renaissance. An extremely wide range of European sources is discussed, including the often neglected but extremely important Iberian and Italian sources. However, the book also discusses a number of non-European sources, Muslim and Hindu, thereby challenging simplistic interpretations of western 'orientalism'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26135/cover/9780521526135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Irish-American Trade, 1660-1783</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Truxes, Thomas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An important contribution to both the new history of colonial British America and revisionist Irish economic and social history, this book assaults well established myths depicting Irish involvement in transatlantic trade as subordinate to narrow British interests. Ireland's vigorous trade with British America was essentially inter-colonial commerce, contributing to commercial development at home, the West Indian islands, and the North American mainland. In colonial ports from Philadelphia to Bridgetown, Barbados, overseas Irish merchant communities managed a trade that took its lead from entrepreneurs in Dublin, Cork, and Belfast with ties to Irish agriculture and manufacturing. As well as commodities and the men who moved them, the book examines the formation of Irish-colonial trade, its place in the mercantilist framework, the structure and financing of trade, the relationship between transatlantic trade and emigration, and the impact of the American Revolution on the commercial relationship between Ireland and America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/53731/cover/9780521353731.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Handbook of Political Sociology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>States, Civil Societies, and Globalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janoski, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alford, Robert R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hicks, Alexander M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Mildred A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>838</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook provides the first complete survey of the vibrant field of political sociology. Part I explores the theories of political sociology. Part II focuses on the formation, transitions, and regime structure of the state. Part III takes up various aspects of the state that respond to pressures from civil society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26203/cover/9780521526203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Magistracy, and Crime in Old Regime Paris, 1735-1789</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Richard Mowery</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Law, Magistracy, and Crime in Old Regime Paris, 1735-1789 is the first of two volumes centred around the two great courts of Paris, the Ch&#226;telet and Parlement, and their criminal defendants in the eighteenth century. Richard Andrews seeks to refute the 'black legend' of revolutionary propaganda and its modern historical successors, which hold that the Old Regime courts were cruel and arbitrary. These courts are shown rather to be thoroughly rule-bound and consisting of strict judicial procedure derived from royal statutes. Rule of and by the law is shown to be the most substantial legacy of the Old Regime. This volume places the courts of Old Regime Paris in the context of French society and the state. The practices and doctrines of punishment are examined, along with the jurisprudence of moral and criminal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26364/cover/9780521526364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Law of Treason in England in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bellamy, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Bellamy places the theory of treason in its political setting and analyses the part it played in the development of legal and political thought in this period. He pays particular attention to the Statute of Treason of 1352, an act with a notable effect on later constitutional history and which, in the opinion of Edward Coke, had a legal importance second only to that of Magna Carta. He traces the English law of treason to Roman and Germanic origins, and discusses the development of royal attitudes towards rebellion, the judicial procedures used to try and condemn suspected traitors, and the interaction of the law of treason and constitutional ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26388/cover/9780521526388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526469</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Athenian Officials 684-321 BC</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Develin, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this work of reference is to provide a full year-by-year list of officials from archaic and classical Athens, along with, where appropriate, a short notice of their activities, including all the evidence pertaining to an individual's office in a particular year. It also contains all state decrees datable to any year or which contain relevant information. It offers a basic reference, of a kind that has previously been lacking, for the study of Athenian magistracies and official life. The introduction gives essential details of the positions included, and the indexes give an alphabetic listing of individuals with their offices, a listing by geographical provenance (demes), and an indication of documents of disputed date. As far as possible the use of Greek and Latin has been avoided in order that the book should be accessible to a wide readership. It should prove a fundamental tool for future research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir William Scott, Lord Stowell</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Judge of the High Court of Admiralty, 1798-1828</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bourguignon, Henry J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir William Scott's thirty years as judge of the High Court of Admiralty provide the basis of his reputation as the greatest of civilian (as opposed to common) lawyers. In this major study, the first for over seventy years, Professor Bourguignon analyzes his work as judge of the admiralty court in the light of the little-known, unpublished body of law which had been developed prior to his appointment. His term of office coincided with the Revolutionary and Napoleonic wars, and thus Scott had to bear and determine hundreds of cases involving the capture of vessels in time of war. These prize cases provided Scott with the opportunity to state and develop many aspects of the international law of war, especially the law of neutral and belligerent rights at sea. He also influenced the development of admiralty law in the cases, which he heard of private disputes concerning maritime commerce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26883/cover/9780521526883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Imperfect Peasant Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Loire Country, 1800-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dallas, Gregor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book shows how a rural household economy of small-holders in one of the least isolated areas of France, the Loire Country, managed to survive the challenges of the nineteenth century. Rather than taking the view that this system was an anachronism doomed to disappear, the author recognises its large adaptive capacity during times of stress. This leads to a critical assessment of the notions of 'industrialisation' and 'modernisation' that will interest economists, anthropologists and social scientists, as well as historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26906/cover/9780521526906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521526949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521526949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kings and Lords in Conquest England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526944</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fleming, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of landholding and alliance in England in the years 950 to 1086, a period in which the fortunes of lay lords and their families rose and fell dramatically. It was also a period of dizzying tenurial change, in which the fluctuations in landed wealth and alliances shed light on the economic and geographic balance between the monarchy and the aristocracy, and on how this balance helped shape Conquest England. A number of key historical issues are investigated: the impact of Cnut's conquest on England, the quality of Edward the Confessor's kingship, the means by which the Norman settlement was carried out, and the effects on England of William's conquest. The book will become the standard work on the often volatile relationship between the king and the great lords in this key transitional period, and is one of the most stimulating and original contributions to Conquest studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26944/cover/9780521526944.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152699X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152699X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521526999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plantation Slaves of Trinidad, 1783-1816</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Mathematical and Demographic Enquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521526999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>John, A. Meredith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of the slave plantation of Trinidad is based on the Trinidadian slave registration of 1813, 1815, and 1816, when the Registrar of Slaves recorded information on 17,087 plantation slaves. The principal goal of the study is to draw plausible upper and lower bounds on the levels of plantation slave mortality and fertility in Trinidad in the early nineteenth century. The book examines in detail the collection of the slave registration data in 1813 and the ensuing controversy over slave smuggling. Further chapters describe Trinidad's population in 1813, including what little is known about the free population, the methods used in studying the mortality and fertility of the plantation slaves, the findings about plantation slave mortality and a discussion of these findings. The final chapter discusses the conclusions in a wider historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/26999/cover/9780521526999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preserving the Monarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Comte de Vergennes 1774-1787</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Munro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The comte de Vergennes is best known as one of the great foreign ministers of modern French history, but for much of the 1780s he was also first minister in all but name. This is the first book to deal in depth with the critical part he played in French domestic policies on the eve of the Revolution. It studies Vergennes' role in the context of the debate on the nature and future of the French monarchy in the two decades before the Revolution. His financial reforms, fully examined here, were the last attempt to restructure the monarchy in accordance with its traditional principles. The failure of this undertaking accelerated the final collapse of the royal government. Preserving the Monarchy is based on archival research, as well as reinterpretations of the established sources. The result is a significant study, not merely of Vergennes but of the end of the ancien r&#233;gime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27064/cover/9780521527064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Monopoly to Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformations of Alcoa, 1888-1986</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, George David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Charles Martin Hall patented the process for refining the metal in 1886, it was far from self-evident that the new technology would be a business success. Problems involving the technology had to be solved. Capital and a labour force were needed. The most pressing entrepreneurial dilemma was the need to develop markets for what was then a novelty product. George David Smith examines how Alcoa met these problems, with special attention to innovation, from Alcoa's beginnings through its development into one of the most successful monopolies in American history. By World War II, no other American corporation had developed its industry's markets more dramatically and then dominated them more completely. The book then analyzes the undoing of Alcoa's monopoly by war and antitrust, and examines how the firm adapted to evolving forms of oliogopolistic and global competition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27095/cover/9780521527095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violence and the Great Estates in the South of Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Apulia, 1900-1922</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowden, Frank M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until Italian unification, vast areas of Apulia were an uninhabited sheep walk. In the late nineteenth century this frontier area was settled and agro-business established. In the quasi-colonial context of the South of Italy, the relations between landowners and farm workers were characterized by extreme forms of oppression and brutality. This book is a study of the world the landlords made and of the harsh structures of profit, tenure, and climate they faced. It is also a powerful investigation of the appallingly grim conditions in the teeming agricultural centres of the region and a vivid history of the struggle by the farm workers to win the ordinary decencies of life - clothes, clean water, and bread. In the process, the labourers formed a potent anarcho-syndicalist movement whose history the book relates from the first general strikes in 1901 to the restoration of the landlords' power by fascist terror in 1922.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27101/cover/9780521527101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nature Incorporated</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Industrialization and the Waters of New England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steinberg, Theodore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nature Incorporated explores the Industrial Revolution in New England from an environmental perspective. The advent of the industrial age brought about significant changes in gender and class relations, and also in work and culture, but it also involved a fundamental change in the way the natural world was handled. Focusing on the legendary Waltham-Lowell style mills, this book examines how these textile factories brought water under their exclusive control. It examines the legal issues that arose in settling disputes over water. And it describes the far reaching ecological consequences of industrial change. Steinberg offers a reinterpretation of industrialization that centers on the struggle to control and master nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27118/cover/9780521527118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modal Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackburn, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Rijke, Maarten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Venema, Yde</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now available in paperback, this is a modern, advanced textbook on modal logic, a field which caught the attention of computer scientists in the late 1970s. Researchers in areas ranging from economics to computational linguistics have since realised its worth. The book is for novices and for more experienced readers, with two distinct tracks clearly signposted at the start of each chapter. The development is mathematical; prior acquaintance with first-order logic and its semantics is assumed, and familiarity with the basic mathematical notions of set theory is required. The authors focus on the use of modal languages as tools to analyze the properties of relational structures, including their algorithmic and algebraic aspects, and applications to issues in logic and computer science such as completeness, computability and complexity are considered. Three appendices supply basic background information and numerous exercises are provided. Ideal for anyone wanting to learn modern modal logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27149/cover/9780521527149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Political Theology of Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that the modern separation of humanity from nature can be traced to the displacement of the triune God. Locating the source of our current ecological crisis in this separation, Peter Scott argues that it can only be healed within theology, through a revival of a Trinitarian doctrine of creation interacting with political philosophies of ecology. Drawing insights from deep ecology, ecofeminism, and social and socialist ecologies, Scott proposes a common realm of God, nature and humanity. Both Trinitarian and political, the theology of this common realm is worked out by reference to Christ and Spirit. Christ's resurrection is presented as the liberation and renewal of ecological relations in nature and society, the movement of the Holy Spirit is understood as the renewal of fellowship between humanity and nature through ecological democracy, and the Eucharist is proposed as the principal political resource Christianity offers for an ecological age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27170/cover/9780521527170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152718X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152718X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emerging Perspectives on Judgment and Decision Research</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Sandra L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanteau, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 'Emerging Perspectives' offers answers by a top group of experts to the question, 'Where is judgment and decision research heading as we forge into the 21st century?' The chapters represent state-of-the art perspectives developed by some of the most innovative thinkers in the field. The book is organized around five themes: Fortifying traditional models of decision making - looking at traditional topics in new ways; Elaborating cognitive processes in decision making - exploring the interplay between decision research and cognitive psychology; Integrating affect and motivation in decision making - relating how affect/motivation interact with decision making; Understanding social and cultural influences on decision making - recognizing the importance of social and cultural context on decisions; Facing the challenge of real-world complexity in decision research - seeing the challenges, and rewards, of research outside the laboratory. The book concludes with a Commentary based on an analysis and synthesis of the new ideas presented here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27187/cover/9780521527187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feminism in Modern Japan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Citizenship, Embodiment and Sexuality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackie, Vera</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminism in Modern Japan is an original and path-breaking book which traces the history of feminist thought and women's activism in Japan from the late nineteenth century to the present. The author offers a fascinating account of those who struck out against convention in the dissemination of ideas which challenged accepted notions of thinking about women, men and society generally. Feminist activism took diverse forms as women questioned their roles as subjects of the Emperor, or explored the limits of citizenship under the more liberal post-war constitution. The story is brought to life through translated extracts of the writings of Japanese feminists. This cogent, carefully documented analysis will be welcomed by students from a range of disciplines including those working on gender studies and feminist history, where nothing comparable is currently available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27194/cover/9780521527194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monitoring Ecological Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spellerberg, Ian F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The state of ecosystems, biological communities and species are continuously changing as a result of both natural processes and the activities of humans. In order to detect and understand these changes, effective ecological monitoring programmes are required. This book offers an introduction to the topic and provides both a rationale for monitoring and a practical guide to the techniques available. Written in a nontechnical style, the book covers the relevance and growth of ecological monitoring, the organizations and programmes involved, the science of ecological monitoring and an assessment of methods in practice, including many examples from monitoring programmes around the world. Building on the success of the first edition, this new edition has been fully revised and updated with two additional chapters covering the relevance of monitoring to the reporting of the state of the environment, and the growth of community based ecological monitoring.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27286/cover/9780521527286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ambivalent Conquests</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maya and Spaniard in Yucatan, 1517-1570</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clendinnen, Inga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is both a specific study of conversion in a corner of the Spanish Empire, and a work with implications for the understanding of European domination and native resistance throughout the colonial world. Dr Clendinnen explores the intensifying conflict between competing and increasingly divergent Spanish visions of Yucatan and its destructive outcomes. She seeks to penetrate the ways of thinking and feeling of the Mayan Indians in a detailed reconstruction of their assessment of the intruders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27316/cover/9780521527316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Christopher Marlowe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheney, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Christopher Marlowe provides a full introduction to one of the great pioneers of both the Elizabethan stage and modern English poetry. It recalls that Marlowe was an inventor of the English history play (Edward II) and of Ovidian narrative verse (Hero and Leander), as well as being author of such masterpieces of tragedy and lyric as Doctor Faustus and 'The Passionate Shepherd to His Love'. Sixteen leading scholars provide accessible and authoritative chapters on Marlowe's life, texts, style, politics, religion, and classicism. The volume also considers his literary and patronage relationships and his representations of sexuality and gender and of geography and identity; his presence in modern film and theatre; and finally his influence on subsequent writers. The Companion includes a chronology of Marlowe's life, a note on reference works, and a reading list for each chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27347/cover/9780521527347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Violence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foakes, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and Violence connects to current anxieties about the problem of violence, and shows how similar concerns are central in Shakespeare's plays. At first Shakespeare exploited spectacular violence for its entertainment value, but his later plays probe more deeply into the human propensity for gratuitous violence, especially in relation to kingship, government and war. In these plays and in his major tragedies he also explores the construction of masculinity in relation to power over others, to the value of heroism, and to self-control. Shakespeare's last plays present a world in which human violence appears analogous to violence in the natural world, and both kinds of violence are shown as aspects of a world subject to chance and accident. This book is the first to examine the development of Shakespeare's representations of violence and to explain their importance in shaping his career as a dramatist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27439/cover/9780521527439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brazil since 1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luna, Francisco Vidal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a general survey of Brazilian society, economy, and political system since 1980. It describes the basic changes occurring as Brazil was transformed from a predominantly rural and closed economy under military rule into a modern democratic, industrial and urbanized society, with an extraordinary world class commercial agriculture in the past 60 years. In this period, Brazil passed from a pre-modern high fertility and mortality society to a modern low fertility and mortality one, the economy approached hyper inflation many times, and it abandoned a policy of protected industrialization to an economy opened to world trade. The advances and the failures of these changes are examined for the impact on questions of growth and equality. The book is designed as a basic introduction to contemporary Brazil from a recent historical perspective and is one of the first such comprehensive surveys of recent Brazilian history and development in any language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27446/cover/9780521527446.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152749X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152749X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Simplicity Shift</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Innovative Design Tactics in a Corporate World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenson, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>High tech products have historically had notoriously poor design. Fortunately, companies have recently started to embrace user centered design practices. This transition hasn't been smooth, however, as many companies have trouble transferring good design into final, shipping products.  There is a political/cultural disconnect between the corporate desire for good design and the corporate culture that implements it. The Simplicity Shift is about shifting a company's culture to value, discover and implement Simplicity, creating well designed products. For most companies, Product Design is not a first class citizen, it is something locked into a 'design department' and done as a subtask of a larger sequential process. For companies to truly create breakthrough, easy to use products, they must elevate design so that its terms and tools are shared by everyone in the team. Design is a strategic tool that must become a part of how everyone in the company thinks, acts, and, most importantly, makes decisions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27491/cover/9780521527491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Welfare Reform and Sexual Regulation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Anna Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inspired by the political interventions of feminist women of color and Foucauldian social theory, Anna Marie Smith explores the scope and structure of the child support enforcement, family cap, marriage promotion, and abstinence education measures that are embedded within contemporary United States welfare policy. Presenting original legal research and drawing from historical sources, social theory, and normative frameworks, the author argues that these measures violate the rights of poor mothers. Drawing on several historical precedents the author shows that welfare policy has consistently constructed the sexual conduct of the racialized poor mother as one of its primary disciplinary targets. The book concludes with a vigorous and detailed critique of Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton's support for welfare reform law and an outline of a progressive feminist approach to poverty policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27842/cover/9780521527842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Confucianism for the Modern World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Daniel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaibong, Hahm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While Confucian ideals continue to inspire thinkers and political actors, discussions of concrete Confucian practices and institutions appropriate for the modern era have been conspicuously absent from the literature thus far. This volume represents the most cutting edge effort to spell out in meticulous detail the relevance of Confucianism for the contemporary world. The contributors to this book - internationally renowned philosophers, lawyers, historians, and social scientists - argue for feasible and desirable Confucian policies and institutions as they attempt to draw out the political, economic, and legal implications of Confucianism for the modern world. The book is divided in three parts that correspond to the basic hallmarks of modernity as a social and political system - democracy, capitalism, and the rule of law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27880/cover/9780521527880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kids and Media in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Donald F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foehr, Ulla G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rideout, Victoria J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brodie, Mollyanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reports the only national, random sample survey of US children and adolescents' use of all of the various media available to them conducted in at least the past 30 years. In addition to providing the first comprehensive look at how media-saturated our young people's lives have become, it is the first study to examine young people's overall media budgets, and the first to attempt to describe distinctly different types of young media users. Extensive background information and chapters devoted to each of the various media, to the overall media budget, and to particular types of media users, enables the authors to describe perhaps the most detailed map of US young people's media behavior ever assembled.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27903/cover/9780521527903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Conducting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527910</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, Jos&#233; Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging inside view of the history and practice of conducting, analysis and advice comes directly from working conductors, including Sir Charles Mackerras on opera, Bramwell Tovey on being an Artistic Director, Martyn Brabbins on modern music, Leon Botstein on programming and Vance George on choral conducting, and from those who work closely with conductors: a leading violinist describes working as a soloist with Stokowski, Ormandy and Barbirolli, while Solti and Abbado's studio producer explains orchestral recording, and one of the world's most powerful managers tells all. The book includes advice on how to conduct different types of groups (choral, opera, symphony, early music) and provides a substantial history of conducting as a study of national traditions. It is an unusually honest book about a secretive industry and managers, artistic directors, soloists, players and conductors openly discuss their different perspectives for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27910/cover/9780521527910.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521527937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Willa Cather</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindemann, Marilee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Willa Cather offers thirteen original essays by leading scholars of a major American modernist novelist. Willa Cather's luminous prose is 'easy' to read yet surprisingly difficult to understand. The essays collected here are theoretically informed but accessibly written and cover the full range of Cather's career, including most of her twelve novels and several of her short stories. The essays situate Cather's work in a broad range of critical, cultural, and literary contexts, and the introduction explores current trends in Cather scholarship as well as the author's place in contemporary culture.  With a detailed chronology and a guide to further reading, the volume offers students and teachers a fresh and thorough sense of the author of My &#193;ntonia, The Professor's House, and Death Comes for the Archbishop.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27934/cover/9780521527934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521527961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521527965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Theory of the Electron Liquid</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giuliani, Gabriele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vignale, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>800</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern electronic devices and novel materials often derive their extraordinary properties from the intriguing, complex behavior of large numbers of electrons forming what is known as an electron liquid. This book provides an in-depth introduction to the physics of the interacting electron liquid in a broad variety of systems, including metals, semiconductors, artificial nano-structures, atoms and molecules. One, two and three dimensional systems are treated separately and in parallel. Different phases of the electron liquid, from the Landau Fermi liquid to the Wigner crystal, from the Luttinger liquid to the quantum Hall liquid are extensively discussed. Both static and time-dependent density functional theory are presented in detail. Although the emphasis is on the development of the basic physical ideas and on a critical discussion of the most useful approximations, the formal derivation of the results is highly detailed and based on the simplest, most direct methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27965/cover/9780521527965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152802X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152802X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analyzing Race Talk</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Multidisciplinary Perspectives on the Research Interview</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van den Berg, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wetherell, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houtkoop-Steenstra, Hanneke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The interview is one of the most important sources of social scientific data yet there has been relatively little exploration of the way interviews are conducted and interpreted. By asking internationally respected scholars from a range of traditions in discourse studies including conversation analysis, discursive psychology, and sociolinguistics to respond to the same material, this exciting new book sheds light on some key differences in methodology and theoretical perspective. Key topics are addressed such as the forms of knowledge produced in interviews, the interview as social interaction and the foundations for the study of talk and texts in qualitative research. The use of interviews exploring attitudes to race further broadens the scope of the book, enabling the contributors to explore sensitive issues around the construction and interpretation of interviews on controversial topics and specifically on issues for race and ethnicity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28023/cover/9780521528023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bullying in Schools</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Successful Can Interventions Be?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pepler, Debra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rigby, Ken</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bullying in Schools: How Successful Can Interventions Be? is a comparative account of the major intervention projects against school bullying that have been carried out by educationalists and researchers since the 1980s, across Europe, North America and Australasia. Bullying in schools has become an international focus for concern. It can adversely affect pupils and in extreme cases lead to suicide. Schools can take action to reduce bullying and several programs are available but do they work? In fact, success rates have been very varied. This book surveys thirteen studies and eleven countries. Working on the principle that we can learn from both successes and failures, it examines the processes as well as the outcomes, and critically assesses the likely reasons for success or failure. With contributions from leading researchers in the field, Bullying in Schools is an important addition to the debate on tackling school bullying.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28030/cover/9780521528030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Stratification of English in New York City</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Labov, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>498</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the first accounts of social variation in language, this groundbreaking study founded the discipline of sociolinguistics, providing the model on which thousands of studies have been based. In this second edition, Labov looks back on forty years of sociolinguistic research, bringing the reader up to date on its methods, findings and achievements. In over thirty pages of new material, he explores the unforeseen implications of his earlier work, addresses the political issues involved, and evaluates the success of newer approaches to sociolinguistic investigation. In doing so, he reveals the outstanding accomplishments of sociolinguistics since his original study, which laid the foundations for studying language variation, introduced the crucial concept of the linguistic variable, and showed how variation across age groups is an indicator of language change. Bringing Labov's pioneering study into the 21st century, this classic volume will remain the benchmark in the field for years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28054/cover/9780521528054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Island Archaeology of the Early Cyclades</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528443</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broodbank, Cyprian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book uses comparative island archaeology to reinterpret a vital phase in early Aegean history. Cyprian Broodbank presents the first modern analysis of Cycladic culture, tracing the development of Neolithic and Early Bronze Age societies in these islands from first colonisation through to incorporation, three millennia later, in the world system of the Minoan palaces and the wider Near East. The archaeology of this region is rich and well documented, and allows Dr Broodbank to reformulate early Cycladic history and to deploy detailed examples that challenge established approaches to island archaeology. He shows that islanders can actively define their cultural space and environments, and that their communities are linked by complex relations to the non-insular world. This book provides fresh perspectives and challenges for island archaeologists and Mediterranean specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28443/cover/9780521528443.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020718</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domesday Book and the Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Society and Legal Custom in Early Medieval England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fleming, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Domesday Book contains a great many things, including the most comprehensive, varied, and monumental legal material to survive from England before the rise of the common law. This book argues that it can - and should - be read as a legal text. When the statistical information present in the great survey is stripped away, there is much material still left, almost all of which stems directly from inquest, testimony given by jurors impanelled in 1086, or from the sworn statements of lords and their men. This information, read in context, can provide a picture of what the law looked like, the ways in which it was changing, and the means whereby the inquest was a central event in the formation of English law. The volume provides translations (with Latin legal terminology included parenthetically) for all of Domesday Book's legal references, each numbered and organised by county, fee, and folio.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28467/cover/9780521528467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian National Income, 1885-1913</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregory, Paul R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents estimates of the growth of the tsarist economy during the 'industrialization era', 1885-1913. The performance of the tsarist economy is compared with that of Soviet Russia during the plan era and of other industrialized countries during the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Its main importance is to provide a frame of reference against which to contrast the Soviet performance. The author finds a stronger performance from the tsarist economy than the literature had led us to suspect, and he disputes several of the established views of economic historians concerning Russian agriculture and the Russian nineteenth-century business cycle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28481/cover/9780521528481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pogroms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anti-Jewish Violence in Modern Russian History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klier, John Doyle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambroza, Shlomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three major waves of anti-Jewish rioting swept southern Russia and Russian Poland in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. In this book, distinguished scholars of Russian Jewish history explore the origins and nature of these pogroms, which were among the most extensive outbreaks of antisemitic violence before the Holocaust. Using new approaches to the study of Russian history, the contributors examine each wave of violence in turn. They look at the role of violence in Russian society; the prejudices, stereotypes, and psychology of both the educated society and the rural masses; the work of the Tsarist regime, especially the police and the army as agents of order and control; and the impact of the pogroms on the sense of Jewish identity and security in the Empire. In his conclusion, Hans Rogger compares these riots with both pogroms elsewhere in Europe and anti-Negro violence in the United States during the same period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28511/cover/9780521528511.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State and Social Investigation in Britain and the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lacey, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Furner, Mary O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The State and Social Investigation in Britain and the United States addresses the historical development of the knowledge base upon which the public policies of the democratic state depend. This comparative study stretches from the Enlightenment origins of the impulse to base legislation on scientific knowledge to the twentieth-century development of specialised institutions and professions engaged in social investigation and public policy-making. It probes investigators' biases and omissions as well as their strengths as factors shaping social learning. It illuminates the vital link between social empiricism and the late nineteenth-century emergence of the New Liberalism in both Britain and the United States. And it ponders the impact on social investigation and social policy today of relativism, antistatism, devolution and privatisation as these currents have developed in both societies since the 1970s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28535/cover/9780521528535.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fungal Morphogenesis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fungal Morphogenesis brings together in one book, for the first time, the full scope of fungal developmental biology. It provides a coherent account of the subject and puts forward ideas that can provide the basis of future research. Throughout, the author blends together physiological, biochemical, structural and molecular descriptions within an evolutionary framework. Sufficient information is provided about fungal biology to give the reader a rounded view of the mycological context within which fungal morphogenesis is played out, without obscuring the broader biological significance. Readers with a background in basic biology should not need to bring any other knowledge with them, nor should it be necessary to refer elsewhere, in order to appreciate fungal morphogenesis. Written by one of the few people with the necessary breadth of research expertise to deal authoritatively with the wide range of topics, this book will appeal to developmental and cell biologists, microbiologists, and geneticists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28573/cover/9780521528573.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Technology, and National Socialism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renneberg, Monika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a survey of the development of scientific disciplines and technical projects under National Socialism in Germany. Each contribution addresses a different, new aspect which is important for judging the interaction between science, technology and National Socialism. In particular, the personal conduct of individual scientists and engineers as well as the functionality of certain theories and projects are examined. All essays share a common theme: continuity and discontinuity. All authors cover a period from the Weimar Republic to the post-war period. This unanimity of approach provides answers to major questions about the nature of Hitler's regime and about possible lines of continuity in science and technology which may transcend political upheaval. The book is also the most comprehensive to date on this subject, and includes essays on engineering, geography, biology, psychology, physics, mathematics, and science policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28603/cover/9780521528603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Once Charitable Enterprise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hospitals and Health Care in Brooklyn and New York 1885-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosner, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the changes in hospital care in New York that occurred around the turn of the twentieth century. It represents a fundamental departure from traditional medical history, which has usually emphasised 'progress' through science and technology. Professor Rosner identifies the economic, political and demographic pressures that brought about a reshaping of the health care system, and analyses the dramatic reorganisation of hospitals that took place. He also discusses major scientific advances such as the discovery of anaesthetic properties of ether, nitrous oxide and chloroform, and the consequent increase in surgical solutions to medical problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28627/cover/9780521528627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152864X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152864X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Late Georgian and Regency England, 1760-1837</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook provides a guide to historical literature on England between 1760 and 1837, except for the literature and literary criticism of the period. Selected printed source material, bibliographies, catalogues, guides, reference articles are all included. The emphasis is works, secondary studies and scholarly on more recent work, not covered by earlier bibliographies, but all major work is included as arc leading studies of Scottish, Welsh and Irish affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28641/cover/9780521528641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fascist Revolution in Tuscany, 1919-22</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snowden, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed study of the social origins of the fascist reaction in Tuscany, which played a key role in the rise of Italian fascism to power. Tuscan fascism was second to none in its violence, organisational strength, intransigence and missionary zeal. The central question is who supported fascism, and why. To what extent did Tuscany, a major agricultural region, conform to national patterns? What are the implications of the pattern of support for fascism in Tuscany for the wider interpretation of the movement? Dr Snowden offers a thematic approach, discussing in turn agrarian fascism, industrial and urban activity, and relations between the black-shirts and state officials. Thus the significance of the fascist militancy of particular social groups and classes can be assessed for the period between the mass strikes in 1919 and the end of labour militancy marked by the beginning of the fascist dictatorship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28665/cover/9780521528665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vygotsky's Educational Theory in Cultural Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kozulin, Alex</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gindis, Boris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ageyev, Vladimir S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Suzanne M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book comprehensively covers all major topics of Vygotskian educational theory and its classroom applications. Particular attention is paid to the Vygotskian idea of child development as a consequence rather than premise of learning experiences. Such a reversal allows for new interpretations of the relationships between cognitive development and education at different junctions of the human life span. It also opens new perspectives on atypical development, learning disabilities, and assessment of children's learning potential. Classroom applications of Vygotskian theory are discussed in the book. Teacher training and the changing role of a teacher in a sociocultural classroom is discussed in addition to the issues of teaching and learning activities and peer interactions. Relevant research findings from the US, Western Europe, and Russia are brought together to clarify the possible new applications of Vygotskian ideas in different disciplinary areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28832/cover/9780521528832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Current Approaches to Interpretation in Archaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodder, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutson, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third edition of this classic introduction to archaeological theory and method has been fully updated to address the burgeoning of theoretical debate throughout the discipline. Ian Hodder and Scott Hutson argue that archaeologists must bring to bear a variety of perspectives in the complex and uncertain task of constructing meaning from the past. While remaining centred on the importance of hermeneutics, agency and history, the authors explore cutting-edge developments in areas such as post-structuralism, neo-evolutionary theory and whole new branches of theory such as phenomenology. With the addition of two completely new chapters, the third edition of Reading the Past presents an authoritative, state-of-the-art analysis of contemporary archaeological theory. Also including new material on feminist archaeology, historical approaches such as cultural history, and theories of discourse and signs, this book represents essential reading for any student or scholar with an interest in the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28849/cover/9780521528849.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logics and Politics of Post-WWII Migration to Western Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Messina, Anthony M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few phenomena have been more disruptive to West European politics and society than the accumulative experience of post-WWII immigration. Against this backdrop spring two questions: Why have the immigrant-receiving states historically permitted high levels of immigration? To what degree can the social and political fallout precipitated by immigration be politically managed? Utilizing evidence from a variety of sources, this study explores the links between immigration and the surge of popular support for anti-immigrant groups; its implications for state sovereignty; its elevation to the policy agenda of the European Union; and its domestic legacies. It argues that post-WWII migration is primarily an interest-driven phenomenon that has historically served the macroeconomic and political interests of the receiving countries. Moreover, it is the role of politics in adjudicating the claims presented by domestic economic actors, foreign policy commitments, and humanitarian norms that creates a permissive environment for significant migration to Western Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28863/cover/9780521528863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revival and Reform in Islam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legacy of Muhammad al-Shawkani</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haykel, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Revival and Reform in Islam is at once an intellectual biography of Muhammad al-Shawkani, and a history of a transitional period in Yemeni history. This was a time when a society dominated by traditional Zaydi Shiism shifted to one characterised instead by Sunni reformism. The author traces the origins and outcomes of this transition, presenting the first systematic account of the ways in which the eighteenth- and nineteenth-century reorientation of the Zaydi madhhab, and consequent 'sunnification' of Yemeni society, were intricately linked to tensions within the political realm. In advocating juridical systematization of religious belief and practice, Shawkani espoused a socio-religious order which in its dominant features echoed key aspects of Western modernity. Yet he did so in a context bereft of Western ideational influence. This study then presents a textured account of eighteenth-century Islamic reformist thought and challenges the meaning of modernity in an Islamic context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28900/cover/9780521528900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Modern Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abrahamian, Ervand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a reappraisal of Iran's modern history, Ervand Abrahamian traces its traumatic journey across the twentieth century, through the discovery of oil, imperial interventions, the rule of the Pahlavis and, in 1979, revolution and the birth of the Islamic Republic. In the intervening years, the country has experienced a bitter war with Iraq, the transformation of society under the clergy and, more recently, the expansion of the state and the struggle for power between the old elites, the intelligentsia and the commercial middle class. The author is a compassionate expositor. While he adroitly negotiates the twists and turns of the country's regional and international politics, at the heart of his book are the people of Iran. It is to them and their resilience that this book is dedicated, as Iran emerges at the beginning of the twenty-first century as one of the most powerful states in the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28917/cover/9780521528917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolutionary Ecology of Plant Reproductive Strategies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Jong, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klinkhamer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Evolutionary biologists have produced a solid body of evidence to explain patterns of diversification, both within and among species. Recent textbooks are weighted towards studies of animals, which is surprising given that plants are ideally suited for answering evolutionary questions. Plants do not stand up and walk away and they can easily be cloned, transplanted or potted for experiments. This book aims to set the record straight by placing the wealth of data that have been collected on plants into the unifying framework of game theory. This allows a test of the theory of natural selection in some cases, while in other cases highlighting the need for additional data collection and theoretical development. It is the authors' hope that many students will take on this challenge and help the study of the evolutionary ecology of plants to develop as a mature, predictive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28948/cover/9780521528948.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521528976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521528976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521528979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Literature of the First World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521528979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherry, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Great War of 1914-1918 marks a turning point in modern history and culture. This Companion offers critical overviews of the major literary genres and social contexts that define the study of the literatures produced by the First World War. The volume comprises original essays by distinguished scholars of international reputation, who examine the impact of the war on various national literatures, principally Great Britain, Germany, France and the United States, before addressing the way the war affected Modernism, the European avant-garde, film, women's writing, memoirs, and of course the war poets. It concludes by addressing the legacy of the war for twentieth-century literature. The Companion offers readers a chronology of key events and publication dates covering the years leading up to and including the war, and ends with a current bibliography of further reading organised by chapter topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/28979/cover/9780521528979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Time Series Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kantz, Holger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schreiber, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The paradigm of deterministic chaos has influenced thinking in many fields of science. Chaotic systems show rich and surprising mathematical structures. In the applied sciences, deterministic chaos provides a striking explanation for irregular behaviour and anomalies in systems which do not seem to be inherently stochastic. The most direct link between chaos theory and the real world is the analysis of time series from real systems in terms of nonlinear dynamics. Experimental technique and data analysis have seen such dramatic progress that, by now, most fundamental properties of nonlinear dynamical systems have been observed in the laboratory. Great efforts are being made to exploit ideas from chaos theory wherever the data displays more structure than can be captured by traditional methods. Problems of this kind are typical in biology and physiology but also in geophysics, economics, and many other sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29020/cover/9780521529020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Graph Automorphisms and Reconstruction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauri, Josef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scapellato, Raffaele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to provide in depth coverage of selected areas of graph theory, and throughout the focus is mainly on symmetry properties of graphs. Standard topics on graph automorphisms are presented early on, while in later chapters, more specialised topics are tackled, such as graphical regular representations and pseudosimilarity. The four final chapters are devoted to the reconstruction problem, and here greater emphasis is given to those results that involve the symmetry of graphs. As much as possible, the authors have tried to present results and proofs which are not often to be found in textbooks. Any student who has mastered the contents of this book will be well prepared for current research in many aspects of the theory of graph automorphisms and the reconstruction problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29037/cover/9780521529037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Pediatric HIV Care</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zeichner, Steven L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Read, Jennifer S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>902</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This portable and practical handbook provides a concise guide to the essentials of pediatric HIV care in a form suitable for doctors in the busy hospital setting. During the past few years, many agents for the treatment and prophylaxis of HIV infection and the opportunistic infections that accompany HIV infection have been developed, and many new ways of monitoring HIV infection in children have been produced.  These new therapies and approaches to management are complicated, but the long-term health of HIV-infected children depends on their correct application. This handbook presents the core information and guidelines necessary for effective management of infected children. Two other important themes are ways to minimise mother-to-infant transmission, and the challenges of looking after these children in resource-poor countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29068/cover/9780521529068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mass Media and the Dynamics of American Racial Attitudes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kellstedt, Paul M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul M. Kellstedt explains the variation in Americans' racial attitudes over the last half-century, particularly the relationship between media coverage of race and American public opinion on race.  The analyses reveal that racial policy preferences have evolved in an interesting and unpredicted (if not unpredictable) fashion over the past fifty years. There have been sustained periods of liberalism, where the public prefers an active government to bring about racial equality, and these periods are invariably followed by eras of conservatism, where the public wants the government to stay out of racial politics altogether. These opinions respond to cues presented in the national media. Kellstedt then examines the relationship between attitudes on the two major issues of the twentieth century: race and the welfare state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29150/cover/9780521529150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growing Public</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Spending and Economic Growth since the Eighteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lindert, Peter H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Growing Public examines the question of whether social policies that redistribute income impose constraints on economic growth. Taxes and transfers have been debated for centuries, but only now can we get a clear view of the whole evolution of social spending. What kept prospering nations from using taxes for social programs until the end of the nineteenth century? Why did taxes and spending then grow so much, and what are the prospects for social spending in this century? Why did North America become a leader in public education in some ways and not others? Lindert finds answers in the economic history and logic of political voice, population aging, and income growth. Contrary to traditional beliefs, the net national costs of government social programs are virtually zero. This book not only shows that no Darwinian mechanism has punished the welfare states, but uses history to explain why this surprising result makes sense.  Contrary to the intuition of many economists and the ideology of many politicians, social spending has contributed to, rather than inhibited, economic growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29167/cover/9780521529167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Must We Mean What We Say?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Book of Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cavell, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reissued with a new preface to sit alongside the volume on Stanley Cavell in Contemporary Philosophy in Focus this famous collection of essays covers a remarkably wide range of philosophical issues (there are essays on Wittgenstein, Austin, Kierkegaard, and the philosophy of language) and extends beyond philosophy into discussions of music and drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29198/cover/9780521529198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disowning Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>In Seven Plays of Shakespeare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cavell, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reissued with a new essay on Macbeth this famous collection of essays on Shakespeare's tragedies considers these plays as responses to the crisis of knowledge and the emergence of modern skepticism provoked by the new science of the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29204/cover/9780521529204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cause and Correlation in Biology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A User's Guide to Path Analysis, Structural Equations and Causal Inference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shipley, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book goes beyond the truism that 'correlation does not imply causation' and explores the logical and methodological relationships between correlation and causation. It presents a series of statistical methods that can test, and potentially discover, cause-effect relationships between variables in situations in which it is not possible to conduct randomised or experimentally controlled experiments. Many of these methods are quite new and most are generally unknown to biologists. In addition to describing how to conduct these statistical tests, the book also puts the methods into historical context and explains when they can and cannot justifiably be used to test or discover causal claims. Written in a conversational style that minimises technical jargon, the book is aimed at practising biologists and advanced students, and assumes only a very basic knowledge of introductory statistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29211/cover/9780521529211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021022</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unimolecular Reactions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Concise Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forst, Wendell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The statistical theory of unimolecular reactions is now universally known as RRKM theory. This textbook covers the basics necessary for the understanding of RRKM theory in its original and variational, phase-space and angular momentum-conserved incarnations. After a review of the Kassel quantum model and the theory of Slater, the specific-energy RRKM rate constant k(E) is derived. The argument is then extended to the angular momentum-dependent rate constant k(E,J), to non-classical effects (tunneling and non-adiabatic transition), and the general problem of angular momentum conservation. A long chapter is devoted to the counting of quantum states. The chapter on thermal systems discusses both analytical and numerical solutions and is later extended to include the variational approach and discussion of exit channel effects. Containing many problem sets and solutions, the book is targeted at graduate and advanced undergraduate students studying chemical dynamics, chemical kinetics and theoretical chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29228/cover/9780521529228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Morality and Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broom, Donald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accepted codes of conduct and established religions are features of human societies throughout the world. Why should this be? In this book, biologist Donald Broom argues that these aspects of human culture have evolved as a consequence of natural selection; that morally acceptable behaviour benefits the humans and other animals and that a principal function of religion is to underpin and encourage such behaviour. The author provides biological insights drawn especially from work on animal behaviour and presents ideas and information from the fields of philosophy and theology to produce a thought-provoking, interdisciplinary treatment.  Scientists who read this book will gain an appreciation of the wider literature on morality and religion, and non-scientists will benefit from the author's extensive knowledge of the biological mechanisms underlying the behaviour of humans and other social animals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29242/cover/9780521529242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Archaic Greece</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, H. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Archaic Greece provides a wide-ranging synthesis of history, society, and culture during the formative period of Ancient Greece, from the Age of Homer in the late eighth century to the Persian Wars of 490-480 BC. In ten clearly written and succinct chapters, leading scholars from around the English-speaking world treat all aspects of the civilization of Archaic Greece, from social, political, and military history to early achievements in poetry, philosophy, and the visual arts. Archaic Greece was an age of experimentation and intellectual ferment that laid the foundations for much of Western thought and culture. Individual Greek city-states rose to great power and wealth, and after a long period of isolation, many cities sent out colonies that spread Hellenism to all corners of the Mediterranean world. This Companion offers a vivid and fully documented account of this critical stage in the history of the West.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29297/cover/9780521529297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slaves on Horses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Evolution of the Islamic Polity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crone, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Slave soldiers are a distinctively Muslim phenomenon. Though virtually unknown in the non-Muslim world, they have been a constant and pervasive feature of the Muslim Middle East from the ninth century AD into modern times. Why did Muslim rulers choose to place military and political power in the hands of imported slaves? It is this question which Dr Crone seeks to answer. Concentrating on the period from the rise of the Umayyads to the dissolution of the 'Abbasid empire (roughly AD 650-850), she documents the consequences of the fusion between religion and politics in Islam, which she sees as an essential forging characteristic of the Muslim social structure and state. Primarily addressed to specialists and advanced students of Arabic and Islamic history, the book will also appeal to comparative historians and social anthropologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529468</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy, Philology, and Politics in Eighteenth-Century China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Li Fu and the Lu-Wang School under the Ch'ing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the general intellectual climate of the early Ch'ing period, and the political and cultural characteristics of the Ch'ing regime at the time. Professor Huang brings to life the book's central characters, Li Fu and the three great emperors - K'ang-hsi, Yung-cheng, and Chien-lung - whom he served. Although the author's main concern is to explain the contributions of Li Fu to the Lu-Wang school of Confucianism, he also gives a clearly written account of the Lu-Wang and Ch'eng-Chu schools from the twelfth century to the eighteenth. In a clear, succinct style, Huang explains the historical differences between the Ch'eng-Chu and Lu-Wang schools without sacrificing the subtleties of either. The book culminates in a discussion of the hero-emperor K'ang-hsi's appropriation of the 'Tradition of the Way' from his intellectual officials, which denied them their traditional role as moral censors and critics of the emperor's exercise of authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29464/cover/9780521529464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to American Judaism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, Dana Evan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides readers with a comprehensive introduction to the most important and interesting historical and contemporary facets of Judaism in America. Written by twenty-four leading scholars from the fields of religious studies, American history and literature, philosophy, art history, sociology, and musicology, the book adopts an inclusive perspective on Jewish religious experience. Three initial chapters cover the development of Judaism in America from 1654, when Sephardic Jews first landed in New Amsterdam, until today. Subsequent chapters include cutting-edge scholarship and original ideas while remaining accessible at an introductory level. A secondary goal of this volume is to help its readers better understand the more abstract term of 'religion' in a Jewish context. The Cambridge Companion to American Judaism will be of interest not only to scholars but also to all readers interested in social and intellectual trends in the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29518/cover/9780521529518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring the Natural Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strangeways, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Measurements of natural phenomena are vital for any type of environmental monitoring, from the practical day-to-day management of rivers and agriculture, and weather forecasting, through to longer-term assessment of climate change and glacial retreat. This book looks at past, present and future measurement techniques, describing the operation of the instruments used and the quality and accuracy of the data they produce. The book will be important for all those who use or collect such data, whether for pure research or day-to-day management of the environment. It will be useful for students and professionals working in a wide range of environmental science: meteorology, climatology, hydrology, water resources, oceanography, civil engineering, agriculture, forestry, glaciology, ecology. The first edition received excellent reviews and this new edition has been expanded considerably, through the addition of six new chapters and the extension and modification of many of the existing chapters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29525/cover/9780521529525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Primary Succession and Ecosystem Rehabilitation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Lawrence R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>del Moral, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Natural disturbances such as lava flows, landslides and glacial moraines, and human-damaged sites such as pavement, road edges and mine wastes often leave little or no soil or biological legacy. This book provides the first comprehensive summary of how plant, animal and microbial communities develop under the harsh conditions following such dramatic disturbances. The authors examine the basic principles that determine ecosystem development and apply the general rules to the urgent practical need for promoting the reclamation of damaged lands. Written for ecologists concerned with disturbance, landscape dynamics, restoration, life histories, invasions, modeling, soil formation and community or population dynamics, this book will also serve as an authoritative text for graduate students and a valuable reference for professionals involved in land management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29549/cover/9780521529549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152959X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152959X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Church, State and Civil Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fergusson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At a time when secular liberalism is in crisis and when the civic contribution of religion is being re-assessed, the rich tradition of Christian political theology demands renewed attention. This book, based on the 2001 Bampton Lectures, explores the relationship of the church both to the state and civil institutions. Arguing that theological approaches to the state were often situated within the context of Christendom and are therefore outmoded, the author claims that a more differentiated approach can be developed  by attention to the concept of civil society. The book offers a critical assessment of the effect of the First Amendment in the USA and, in a concluding chapter, it defends the case for continuing disestablishment in England and Scotland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29594/cover/9780521529594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God, the Mind's Desire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reference, Reason and Christian Thinking</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janz, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reconfigures the basic problem of Christian thinking - 'How can human discourse refer meaningfully to a transcendent God?' - as a twofold demand for integrity: integrity of reason and integrity of transcendence. Centring around a provocative yet penetratingly faithful re-reading of Kant's empirical realism, and drawing on an impelling confluence of contemporary thinkers (including MacKinnon, Bonhoeffer, Marion, Putnam, Nagel) Paul D. Janz argues that theology's 'referent' must be located within present empirical reality. Rigorously reasoned yet refreshingly accessible throughout, this book provides an important, attentively informed alternative to the growing trends toward obscurantism, radicalization, and anti-reason in many recent assessments of theological cognition, while remaining equally alert to the hazards of traditional metaphysics. In the book's culmination, epistemology and Christology converge around problems of noetic authority and orthodoxy with a kind of innovation, depth and straightforwardness that readers of theology at all levels of philosophical acquaintance will find illuminating.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29617/cover/9780521529617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052152962X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052152962X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Early Modern Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutherford, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>438</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Early Modern Philosophy is a comprehensive introduction to the central topics and changing shape of philosophical inquiry in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. It explores one of the most innovative periods in the history of Western philosophy, extending from Montaigne, Bacon and Descartes through Hume and Kant. During this period, philosophers initiated and responded to major intellectual developments in natural science, religion, and politics, transforming in the process concepts and doctrines inherited from ancient and medieval philosophy. In this Companion, leading specialists examine early modern treatments of the methodological and conceptual foundations of natural science, metaphysics, philosophy of mind, logic and language, moral and political philosophy, and theology. A final chapter looks forward to the philosophy of the Enlightenment. This will be an invaluable guide for all who are interested in the philosophical thought of the early modern period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29624/cover/9780521529624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic, Thought and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hear, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much contemporary philosophical debate centres on the topics of logic, thought and language, and on the connections between these topics. This collection of articles is based on the Royal Institute of Philosophy's annual lecture series for 2000-2001. Its contributors include a number of those working at the forefront of the field, and in their papers they reflect their own current pre-occupations. As such, the volume will be of interest to all philosophers, whether their own work is within the areas of language and thought or not.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29662/cover/9780521529662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time, Reality and Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callender, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why does time seem to flow in one direction? Can we influence the past? Is only the present real? Does relativity conflict with our common understanding of time? How does time relate to free will? Could science do away with time? These questions and others about time are among the most puzzling problems in philosophy and science. In this exciting collection of original articles, eminent philosophers propose novel answers to these and other questions. Based on the latest research in philosophy and physics, these essays will be enjoyable to anyone with a speculative turn of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United States and the Rule of Law in International Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Murphy offers an insightful analysis of why the United States does not always accept the rule of law in international affairs, even though it has made immense contributions to its creation, adoption, and implementation. Examining the reasons for this failure, John Murphy analyses a number of cases, not to make a case that the United States has been an international outlaw, but to illustrate the wide-ranging difficulties standing in the way of US adherence to the rule of law. He explains how the nature of the US legal system and the idiosyncrasies of the international legal process combine to compound problems for the United States, and he explores several alternative scenarios for the position of the United States vis-...-vis international law. This timely book offers a much needed examination of US attitudes and practices and makes a major contribution to the contemporary literature in international law and international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29686/cover/9780521529686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Inheritable Genetic Modification</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dividing Line?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rasko, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Sullivan, Gabrielle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ankeny, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is inheritable genetic modification the new dividing line in gene therapy? The editors of this searching investigation, representing clinical medicine, public health and biomedical ethics, have established a distinguished team of scientists and scholars to address the issues from the perspectives of biological and social science, law and ethics, including an intriguing Foreword from Peter Singer. Their purpose is to consider how society might deal with the ethical concerns raised by inheritable genetic modification, and to re-examine prevailing views about whether these procedures will ever be ethically and socially justifiable. The book also provides background to define the field, and discusses the biological and technological potential for inheritable genetic modification, its limitations, and its connection with gene therapy, cloning, and other reproductive interventions. For scientists, bioethicists, clinicians, counsellors and public commentators, this is an essential contribution to one of the critical debates in current genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29730/cover/9780521529730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poverty, Progress, and Population</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the early nineteenth century England was very different economically from its continental neighbours. It was wealthier, growing more rapidly, more heavily urbanised, and far less dependent upon agriculture. A generation ago it was normal to attribute these differences to the 'industrial revolution' and to suppose that this was mainly the product of recent change, but no longer. Current estimates suggest only slow growth during the period from 1760-1840. This implies that the economy was much larger and more advanced by 1760 than had previously been supposed and suggests that growth in the preceding century or two must have been decisive in bringing about the 'divergence' of England. Sir E. A. Wrigley, the leading historian of industrial Britain, here examines the issues which arise in this connection from three viewpoints: economic growth; the transformation of the urban-rural balance; and demographic change in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29747/cover/9780521529747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Is There a Right of Freedom of Expression?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Larry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this provocative book, Alexander offers a sceptical appraisal of the claim that freedom of expression is a human right. He examines the various contexts in which a right to freedom of expression might be asserted and concludes that such a right cannot be supported in any of these contexts. He argues that some legal protection of freedom of expression is surely valuable, though the form such protection will take will vary with historical and cultural circumstances and is not a matter of human right. Written in a clear and accessible style, this book will appeal to students and professionals in political philosophy, law, political science, and human rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29846/cover/9780521529846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism and Democracy in Central and Eastern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Assessing the Legacy of Communist Rule</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ekiert, Grzegorz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a shared effort to apply a general historical-institutionalist approach to the problem of assessing institutional change in the wake of communism's collapse in Europe. It brings together a number of leading senior and junior scholars with outstanding reputations as specialists in postcommunism and comparative politics to address central theoretical and empirical issues involved in the study of postcommunism. The authors address such questions as how historical 'legacies' of the communist regime be defined, how their impact can be measured in methodologically rigorous ways, and how the effects of temporal and spatial context can be taken into account in empirical research on the region. Taken as a whole, the volume makes an important contribution to the growing literature by utilizing the comparative historical method to study key problems of world politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29853/cover/9780521529853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soay Sheep</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynamics and Selection in an Island Population</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clutton-Brock, T. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pemberton, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Soay Sheep synthesises one of the most detailed studies of demography and dynamics in a naturally regulated population of mammals. Unlike most other large mammals, the Soay sheep population of Hirta in the St Kilda archipelago show persistent oscillations, sometimes increasing or declining by more than 60% in a year. Soay Sheep explores the causes of these oscillations and their consequences for selection on genetic and phenotypic variation within the population, drawing on studies over nearly twenty years of the life-histories and reproductive careers of many individuals. Covering population dynamics, demography and their effects on selection, energetic and resource limitations on the interaction between sheep and parasites, and the adaptive significance of their reproductive characteristics, it provides unique insights into the regulation of other herbivore populations and the effects of environmental change on selection and adaptation. It will be essential reading for vertebrate ecologists, demographers, evolutionary biologists and behavioural ecologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29907/cover/9780521529907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Behaviour Therapy for Children and Families</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Graham, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>546</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Entirely revised, rewritten and augmented with 11 completely new chapters, this new edition builds strongly on the aims of the previous edition to provide the latest scientific validation of cognitive behaviour therapy with practical treatment guidance for clinical child psychologists and psychiatrists working with disturbed children. Coverage ranges broadly from school refusal and adjustment to parental divorce through eating and sleeping disorders to substance abuse. It will be invaluable to clinicians wanting to provide ever more effective psychological treatment for children and families. From a review of the first edition:  ' ... clearly written  by a number of international authorities in the field. ... This book will be useful to child psychiatrists and other child mental health professionals, as well as social workers, educationalists and school nurses. It is highly recommended for bench and departmental libraries.'  European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29921/cover/9780521529921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521529999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521529999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521529990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry and Integrability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521529990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, Lionel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nutku, Yavuz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most integrable systems owe their origin to problems in geometry and they are best understood in a geometrical context. This is especially true today when the heroic days of KdV-type integrability are over. Problems that can be solved using the inverse scattering transformation have reached the point of diminishing returns. Two major techniques have emerged for dealing with multi-dimensional integrable systems: twistor theory and the d-bar method, both of which form the subject of this book. It is intended to be an introduction, though by no means an elementary one, to current research on integrable systems in the framework of differential geometry and algebraic geometry. This book arose from a seminar, held at the Feza Gursey Institute, to introduce advanced graduate students to this area of research. The articles are all written by leading researchers and are designed to introduce the reader to contemporary research topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/29990/cover/9780521529990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnicity, Social Mobility, and Public Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparing the USA and UK</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530019</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loury, Glenn C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Modood, Tariq</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teles, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>660</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major comparative study of the social mobility of ethnic minorities in the US and UK argues that social mobility must be understood as a complex and multi-dimensional phenomenon, incorporating the wealth and income of groups, but also their political power and social recognition. Written by leading sociologists, economists, political scientists, geographers, and philosophers in both countries, the volume addresses issues as diverse as education, work and employment, residential concentration, political mobilisation, public policy and social networks, while drawing larger lessons about the meaning of race and inequality in the two countries. While finding that there are important similarities in the experience of ethnic, and especially immigrant, groups in the two countries, the volume also concludes that the differences between the US and UK, especially in the case of American blacks, are equally important.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30019/cover/9780521530019.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dispute Settlement in the World Trade Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Practice and Procedure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmeter, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mavroidis, Petros C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Any experienced lawyer knows that cases are most often won or lost on procedural grounds; yet procedural issues are often considered too technical for proper treatment in legal literature. In this extensively revised new edition of Palmeter and Mavroidis' authoritative book on WTO dispute settlement, the authors discuss all WTO dispute settlement provisions and their interpretation in WTO jurisprudence. All the decisions of panels and the Appellate Body are discussed, from the inception of the WTO in 1995 until the end of May 2003. Although the book contains considerable technical expertise, it is at the same time written for accessibility to a wide readership.  This volume - an essential tool for practitioners, diplomats and government lawyers - is a comprehensive study of compulsory third party adjudication in international law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30033/cover/9780521530033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pursuing Equal Opportunities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Theory and Practice of Egalitarian Justice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Lesley A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pursuing equality is an important challenge for any modern democratic society but this challenge faces two sets of difficulties: the theoretical question of what sort of equality to pursue and for whom; and the practical question concerning which legal and political institutions are the most appropriate vehicles for implementing egalitarian social policy and thus realizing egalitarian justice. This book offers original and innovative contributions to the debate about equality of opportunity. The first part of the book sets out a theory of equality of opportunity that presents equal opportunities as a normative device for the regulation of competition for scarce resources. The second part shifts the focus to the consideration of the practical application by courts or legislatures or public policy makers of policies for addressing racial, class or gender injustices. The author examines standardized tests, affirmative action, workfare, universal health-care, comparable worth, and the economic consequences of divorce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30217/cover/9780521530217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Korea's Democratization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Samuel S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Republic of Korea is regarded as a shining example of democracy in East Asia. Despite this significant achievement, Korea's democracy in practice has been plagued by political gridlock, severe factional infighting, a lack of social capital and cooperation between civil society and political institutions, and leadership behavior that calls to mind its authoritarian past. Although the country is now a secure electoral democracy, its journey toward democratic consolidation is far from complete. In this volume, some of the best scholars on Korean politics explore and assess the complex interplay of the facilitating and inhibiting factors that have influenced and reshaped Korea's democratic consolidation process at all levels of state and society, as well as the prospects for consolidation in the coming years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30224/cover/9780521530224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153027X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153027X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gender of Constitutional Jurisprudence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baines, Beverley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rubio-Marin, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To explain how constitutions shape and are shaped by women's lives, the contributors to this volume examine constitutional cases pertaining to women in twelve countries. Analyzing jurisprudence about reproductive, sexual, familial, socio-economic, and democratic rights, they focus constructively on women's claims to equality, asking who makes these claims, what constitutional rights inform them, how they have evolved, what arguments work in defending them, and how they relate to other national issues. Their findings reveal significant similarities in outcomes and in reasoning about women's constitutional rights in these twelve countries, challenging the tradition of distinguishing constitutional jurisprudence depending on whether the country has a written or unwritten constitution, subscribes to civil or common law, is a federal or unitary state, limits constitutional adjudication to the public domain, accords international norms binding or subject to incorporation force, or relies on a specialized or general court to adjudicate constitutional matters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30279/cover/9780521530279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Connections in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutions, Culture, and the Changing Nature of Guanxi</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gold, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guthrie, Doug</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wank, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Guanxi, translated as 'social connections,' or 'social networks,' is among the most important studied phenomena in China today. Guanxi lies at the heart of China's social order, its economic structure, and its changing institutional landscape. It is considered important in every realm of life, from politics to business, and officialdom to street life. This volume offers the latest scholarly thinking on the subject by top China sociologists whose work on guanxi has been influential and by new scholars offering cutting-edge insights on the topic. The authors examine the role of guanxi in: business decisions among managers and entrepreneurs; the decisions and practices of workers; the construction of new legal institutions; the new social order. Scholars and students of China will find this a rich source of detailed information on the workings of Chinese social relationships and a valuable, new interpretation of the meaning and place of guanxi today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30316/cover/9780521530316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martyrdom and Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowersock, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the historical context of the earliest Christian martyrs, and anchors their grisly and often wilful self-sacrifice to the everyday life and outlook of the cities of the Roman empire. Professor Bowersock begins by investigating both the time and the region in which martyrdom, as we know it, came into being. He also offers comparisons of the Graeco-Roman background with the martyrology of Jews and Muslims. A study of official protocols illuminates the bureaucratic institutions of the Roman state as they applied to the first martyrs; and the martyrdoms themselves are seen within the context of urban life (and public spectacle) in the great imperial cities. By considering martyrdom in relation to suicide, the author is also able to demonstrate the peculiarly Roman character of Christian self-sacrifice in relation to other forms of deadly resistance to authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/65397/cover/9780521465397.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Amateur and the Professional</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Antiquarians, Historians and Archaeologists in Victorian England 1838-1886</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, P. J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book highlights the growing divide in nineteenth-century intellectual circles between amateur and professional interest, and explores the institutional means whereby professional ascendancy was achieved in the broad field of studies of the past. It is concerned with how antiquarian 'gentlemen of leisure', pursuing their interests through local archaeological societies, were, by the end of the century, relegated to the sidelines of the now university-based discipline of history. At the same time it explores the theological as well as technical barriers which arrested the development of archaeology in this period. This is a notable contribution to the intellectual history of Victorian England, attending not simply to the ideas perpetrated by these communities of scholarship but to their social status, relating such social consideration to a more traditional intellectual history to create a new social history of ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30507/cover/9780521530507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Victorian Christian Socialists</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norman, Edward R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Victorian Christian Socialism began as a protest against industrial evils by a group of Anglicans in 1848 - the year of the great Chartist demonstration. In F. D. Maurice it had a prophet and a thinker whose ideas inspired subsequent Christians, so that the ideals of the original Christian Socialists began to spread to other Churches. The result was a series of critiques of the England of their day, rather than a systematic 'movement', and is best analysed, as it is in this book, through an examination of the leading figures, who in addition to Maurice include Charles Kingsley, Thomas Hughes and John Ruskin. The present study is not a collection of biographical studies, however, but a history of Christian Socialism constructed around the most influential of its advocates. They are shown to have been ethical and educational reformers rather than politicians, but in their ability to stand outside the common assumptions and prejudices of their day they achieved social criticism of lasting value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30514/cover/9780521530514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530520</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530520</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Vatican, the Bishops and Irish Politics 1919-39</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keogh, Dermot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A detailed study of the political relations between church and state in modern Ireland, this work is also an analysis of domestic politics within the context of Anglo-Vatican relations. Dealing exclusively with high ecclesiastical politics, it assesses the relative political strength of both the British and the Irish at the Vatican and challenges 'the myth of English dominance over the Papacy'. Dermot Keogh traces the 'quiet diplomacy' of bishops, politicians and the Vatican from the turbulent years of 1919-21, through the civil war period and the rule of William T. Cosgrove and Cumann na nGaedheal, to the re-emergence of Eamon de Valera and Fianna Fail as exponents of Catholic nationalism in the 1930s. The book draws extensively on unpublished documents and, for the first time, explores with the aid of primary sources the exchanges between bishops, politicians and the Vatican over a twenty-year period. It is an important contribution to the history of modern Ireland, Irish-Vatican and Anglo-Vatican relations, whose findings will lead to a radical revision of interpretations of Irish church-state relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30521/cover/9780521530521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Change and the Labour Party 1900-1918</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nature and causes of the change in Liberal and Labour politics between 1900 and 1918 is a much argued question. There exists an enormous literature on the nature of the parties (their policies, ideas and aims) and on electoral change. Political Change and the Labour Party 1900-1918 embraces every aspect of these debates, providing a new and coherent explanation of the whole process by which Labour emerged as the principal party of opposition to the Conservatives. Dr Tanner utilises extensive data from the respective party records to examine the nature of the Liberal and Labour parties prior to 1914, both at the political centre and in the constituencies. In contrast to other accounts he does not neglect the social and political changes wrought by war. This book marks a major contribution to a perennial debate, with powerful implications for the study of electoral politics and the history of the Labour party in the first half of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30538/cover/9780521530538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Revolutionary Justice in Paris, 1789-1790</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Barry M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how France's revolutionary authorities handled political opposition in the year following the fall of the Bastille. Though demands for more severe treatment of the enemies of the new regime were frequently and loudly expressed, and though portents and warning signs of the coming unwillingness to tolerate opposition were hardly lacking, political justice in 1789-90 was in fact characterized by a remarkable degree of indulgence and forbearance. Through an investigation of the judicial affairs, which attracted the most public attention in Paris during this period, this study seeks to identify the factors, which produced a temporary victory for policies of mildness and restraint.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30545/cover/9780521530545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philip IV and the Government of Spain, 1621-1665</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stradling, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book concentrates on the political history of the reign of Philip IV, and the role of the king within it. Philip is kept near the forefront, and issues and events are often seen - if sometimes critically - from his viewpoint. It is, therefore, a work of revision and rehabilitation, representing an attempt (against all other extant accounts) to establish Philip IV as a positive figure, with an autonomous character and political identity. A secondary, supportive, intention is to demonstrate that after the fall of Olivares, the king ruled and governed without a favourite (valido). This is the central theme in the most detailed treatment of the second half of the reign available in any language. Reference is made throughout to Philip's own words and actions. At the same time, the Olivares period itself is approached from a new perspective, some issues being examined with the use of new material. Although not intended as a conventional biography, the book retains several characteristics of the form, in that it is a 'career-study', part thematic, part chronological. Philip IV is examined also in relation to the political writing of the age, and to his court and capital in Madrid.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30552/cover/9780521530552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marxism and the Failure of Organised Socialism in Spain, 1879-1936</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530569</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study in English of the role of Marxist theory in the Spanish Socialist movement prior to the outbreak of Civil War in 1936. In particular, the author stresses the intellectual poverty of this aspect of leftwing politics in Spain. In concentrating on the Partido Socialista Obrero Espafiol (PSOE), the major organised party of the left prior to the Civil War, the study seeks to achieve two main aims: first, to attempt to isolate the political, social and intellectual factors which led to a particularly distorted version of Marxism which became established in Spain at the end of the nineteenth century; and second, to demonstrate how this particular conception of Marxism had a crucial negative impact on the political formulations and fortunes of the PSOE between 1879 and 1936. The central argument of the book is that the significance of Spanish Marxism lay precisely in its poverty, since it was this 'decaffeinated' version of the theory which set the parameters within which the PSOE formulated its strategy for socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30569/cover/9780521530569.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Chancellor as Courtier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bernhard von Bulow and the Governance of Germany, 1900-1909</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lerman, Katharine A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bernhard von B&#252;low was the longest-serving Reich Chancellor of Imperial Germany under Kaiser Wilhelm II. Appointed State Secretary of the Foreign Office in 1897 and Chancellor in 1900, he played a crucial role in the political history of the German Empire for twelve important years before the First World War. B&#252;low was chosen by Wilhelm II to be 'his Bismarck' and he was widely regarded as the most talented and intelligent of Bismarck's successors. Nevertheless his Chancellorship failed to fulfil its political promise, and when he resigned in 1909 he left a bitter legacy of domestic polarisation and diplomatic isolation for his successor, Bethmann Hollweg. This book explores B&#252;low's political role and position within the German government system between 1900 and 1909. Focusing primarily on the power structure in Berlin, it analyses the Chancellor's relations with Kaiser Wilhelm II and his ministerial colleagues, the nature of his authority within the Reich executive and the Prussian government, and his relations with the political parties and the federal states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30576/cover/9780521530576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153058X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153058X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Business in Asia since 1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davenport-Hines, R. P. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the experience of British business in Asia since 1860. Following a wide-ranging introduction by the editors, there are essays by leading specialist historians on British business in Iran, India, Thailand, Malaysia, China, Russian Asia and Japan. The primary focus is on the impact of British commerce in the region, and the essays, based on research in British business archives and government papers, discuss the activities and performance of British companies. However, the book seeks to avoid a 'Euro-centred' approach by using Asian as much as British sources and by paying particular attention to the indigenous response to British commercial activity. The secondary theme is the relationship between British business and British and foreign government. The book, therefore, contributes to the wider debate on the business aspects of imperialism. In general, the essays, although drawing on extensive research in primary sources, are written as general surveys, and are thus easily accessible to non-specialists and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30583/cover/9780521530583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abraham Esau's War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Black South African War in the Cape, 1899-1902</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasson, Bill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The South African War 1899-1902 is no longer treated as 'a white man's war' by historians.  Black South Africans were drawn into service by both sides, and the war affected the black communities in a variety of complex ways. Dr Nasson has written a closely focused regional study of the conflict in the Cape Colony, describing the dramatic participation of black people in the conduct of the war, and their subsequent exclusion from the fruits of peace. (The Abraham Esau, of the title, a patriotic coloured artisan, was murdered by Boer guerrillas.) Dr Nasson sets the conflict in the context of Cape political culture and social life at the turn of the century. This is a major contribution to South African and Imperial history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30590/cover/9780521530590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bilharzia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Imperial Tropical Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMRT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advent of tropical medicine was a direct consequence of European and American imperialism, when military personnel, colonial administrators, businessmen, and settlers encountered a new set of diseases endemic to the tropics. Professor Farley describes how governments and organizations in Britain, the British colonies, the United States, Central and South America, South Africa, China, and the World Health Organization faced one particular tropical disease, bilharzia or schistosomiasis. Bilharzia is caused by a species of blood vessel-inhabiting parasitic worms and today afflicts over 200 million people in seventy-four countries. John Farley demonstrates that British and American imperial policies and attitudes largely determined the nature of tropical medicine. Western medical practitioners defined the type of medical system that was imposed on the indigenous populations; they dictated which diseases were important and worthy of study, which diseases were to be controlled, and which control methods were to be used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30606/cover/9780521530606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153061X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153061X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patients and Practitioners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lay Perceptions of Medicine in Pre-industrial Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume provide an unusual historical perspective on the experience of illness: they try to reconstruct what being ill (from a minor ailment to fatal sickness) was like in pre-industrial society from the point of view of the sufferers themselves. The authors examine the meanings that were attached to sickness; popular medical beliefs and practices; the diffusion of popular medical knowledge; and the relations between patients and their doctors (both professional and 'fringe') seen from the patients' point of view. This is an important work, for illness and death dominated life in earlier societies to an enormous degree. Yet almost no studies of this kind have ever been carried out before, practically all previous treatments having been written from the traditional point of view of the doctor, the hospital, or medical science. It will accordingly interest a wide range of readers interested in social history as well as the history of medicine itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30613/cover/9780521530613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>River Towns in the Great West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structure of Provincial Urbanization in the American Midwest, 1820-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530620</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mahoney, Timothy R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyzes, with unprecedented breadth and coverage, the development, maturation, growth, and sudden decline of a distinctive, regional urban economic system that developed along the upper Mississippi River north of St. Louis during the middle third of the nineteenth century. Between 1820 and the Civil War the upper Mississippi River valley was at the center of national and international attention. At the edge of the northern frontier, this area, known as 'The Great West,' was the destination of hundreds of thousands of immigrants from the East and from northern Europe. To many, its rich lands, temperate climate, and vast rivers offered an opportunity to establish a better life, as well as a chance to enter, if desired, the mainstream of American life. Drawing from a variety of methods used in historical geography, economic history, systems analysis, and social and urban history, Timothy Mahoney analyzes how early settlement patterns were affected by experience, climate, and geography and how they, in turn, shaped the initial patterns of economic, urban, and transportation development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30620/cover/9780521530620.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530636</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>For Bread with Butter</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Life-Worlds of East Central Europeans in Johnstown, Pennsylvania, 1890-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morawska, Ewa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fifty years ago, enactment of the Wagner National Labor Relations Act gave American organized labour what it has regarded ever since as one of its greatest assets: a legislative guarantee of the right of workers to organize and bargain collectively. Yet although the Wagner Act's guarantees remain substantially unaltered, organized labour in America today is in deep decline. Addressing this apparent paradox, Christopher Tomlins offers here a critical examination of the impact of the National Labor Relations Act on American unions. By studying the intentions and goals of policy makers in the context of the development of labour law from the late nineteenth century, and by looking carefully at the course of labour history since the act's passage, Dr Tomlins shows how public policy has been shaped to confine labour's role in the American economy, and that many of the unions' problems stem from the laws which purport to protect them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30637/cover/9780521530637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530644</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Central Republic in Mexico, 1835-1846</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Hombres de Bien' in the Age of Santa Anna</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costeloe, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of the so-called Age of Santa Anna in the history of independent Mexico remains a mystery and no decade is less well understood than the years from 1835 to 1846. In 1834, the ruling elite of middle class hombres de bien concluded that a highly centralised republican government was the only solution to the turmoil and factionalism that had characterised the new nation since its emancipation from Spain in 1821. The central republic was thus set up in 1835, but once again civil strife, economic stagnation, and military coups prevailed until 1846, when a disastrous war with the United States began in which Mexico was to lose half of its national territory. This study explains the course of events and analyses why centralism failed, the issues and personalities involved, and the underlying pressures of economic and social change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30644/cover/9780521530644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics and Urban Growth in Buenos Aires, 1910-1942</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walter, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Buenos Aires is Argentina's national capital and largest city. This book describes the development of the city during the period from 1910 to the early 1940s. It focuses on the role of politics and local government in the evolution of the city, detailing elections, party competition, and debates on important public works issues. The political story is set within the larger context of the overall growth of the capital. This is the first work to cover comprehensively the history of the city for this period and the first to concentrate on the neglected topic of local government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30651/cover/9780521530651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Certain Philosophical Questions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Newton's Trinity Notebook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530668</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tamny, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Isaac Newton wrote the manuscript Questiones quaedam philosophicae at the very beginning of his scientific career. This small notebook thus affords rare insight into the beginnings of Newton's thought and the foundations of his subsequent intellectual development. The Questiones contains a series of entries in Newton's hand that range over many topics in science, philosophy, psychology, theology, and the foundations of mathematics. These notes, written in English, provide a very detailed picture of Newton's early interests, and record his critical appraisal of contemporary issues in natural philosophy. Written predominantly in 1664-5, they give a significant perspective on Newton's thought just prior to his annus mirabilis, 1666. This volume provides a complete transcription of the Questiones, together with an 'expansion' into modern English, and a full editorial commentary on the content and significance of the notebook in the development of Newton's thought. It will be essential reading for all those interested in Newton and the intellectual foundations of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30668/cover/9780521530668.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redirecting Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Niels Bohr, Philanthropy, and the Rise of Nuclear Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aaserud, Finn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An important study for understanding the complex interconnections between basic science and its sources of economic support in the period between the two world wars. The focus of the study is on the Institute for Theoretical Physics (later renamed the Niels Bohr Institute) at Copenhagen University, and the role of its director, the eminent Danish physicist Niels Bohr, in the funding and administration of the Institute. Under Bohr's direction, the Copenhagen Institute was a central workplace in the development and formulation of quantum mechanics in the 1920s and later became an important centre for nuclear research in the 1930s. In his book, Dr Aaserud brings together the scholarship on the internal origins and development of nuclear physics in the 1930s with descriptions of the concurrent changes in private support for international basic science, particularly as represented by Rockefeller Foundation philanthropy. In the process, the book places the emergence of nuclear physics in a larger historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30675/cover/9780521530675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rhetoric of Historical Representation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Three Narrative Histories of the French Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rigney, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The role which narrative discourse plays in the writing of history is an area of increasing interest to historians and literary theorists, resulting in some of the most stimulating and controversial historiographical work in recent years. The rhetoric of historical representation represents one of the first attempts to carry out a sustained textual analysis of historiographical practice. Ann Rigney focusses on three celebrated nineteenth-century histories of the French Revolution, written by Alphonse de Lamartine, Jules Michelet and Louis Blanc. What distinguishes her account is the sensitivity and sophistication with which she handles the semiotic issues each text raises. She shows how a greater understanding of the specific features of historical narration can be achieved through a comparative analysis of the different representations of a common event. This fresh new perspective on a long-standing historiographical debate brings into relief the ways in which the narrative medium can be used to invest events with one significance rather than another.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30682/cover/9780521530682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rotational Spectroscopy of Diatomic Molecules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrington, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1046</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written to be the definitive text on the rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules, this book develops the theory behind the energy levels of diatomic molecules and then summarises the many experimental methods used to study their spectra in the gaseous state. After a general introduction, the methods used to separate nuclear and electronic motions are described. Brown and Carrington then show how the fundamental Dirac and Breit equations may be developed to provide comprehensive descriptions of the kinetic and potential energy terms which govern the behaviour of the electrons. One chapter is devoted solely to angular momentum theory and another describes the development of the so-called effective Hamiltonians used to analyse and understand the experimental spectra of diatomic molecules.  The remainder of the book concentrates on experimental methods. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers interested in the rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30781/cover/9780521530781.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521530997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521530997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521530996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Evolution of Cooperative Breeding in Birds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521530996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koenig, Walter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickinson, Janis L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cooperative breeders are species in which more than a pair of individuals assist in the production of young. Cooperative breeding is found in only a few hundred bird species world-wide, and understanding this often strikingly altruistic behaviour has remained an important challenge in behavioural ecology for over 30 years. This book highlights the theoretical, empirical and technical advances that have taken place in the field of cooperative breeding research since the publication of the seminal work Cooperative Breeding in Birds: Long-term Studies of Behavior and Ecology (1990, HB ISBN 0521 372984, PB ISBN 0521 378907). Organized conceptually, special attention is given to ways in which cooperative breeders have proved fertile subjects for testing modern advances to classic evolutionary problems including those of sexual selection, sex-ratio manipulation, life-history evolution, partitioning of reproduction and incest avoidance. It will be of interest to both students and researchers interested in behaviour and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/30996/cover/9780521530996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Organic Codes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Semantic Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barbieri, Marcello</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The genetic code appeared on Earth with the first cells. The codes of cultural evolution arrived almost four billion years later. These are the only codes that are recognized by modern biology. In this book, however, Marcello Barbieri explains that there are many more organic codes in nature, and their appearance not only took place throughout the history of life but marked the major steps of that history. A code establishes a correspondence between two independent 'worlds', and the codemaker is a third party between those 'worlds'. Therefore the cell can be thought of as a trinity of genotype, phenotype and ribotype. The ancestral ribotypes were the agents which gave rise to the first cells. The book goes on to explain how organic codes and organic memories can be used to shed new light on the problems encountered in cell signalling, epigenesis, embryonic development, and the evolution of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31009/cover/9780521531009.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Handbook of Thinking and Reasoning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holyoak, Keith J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>872</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Handbook of Thinking and Reasoning is the first comprehensive and authoritative handbook covering all the core topics of the field of thinking and reasoning. Written by the foremost experts from cognitive psychology, cognitive science, and cognitive neuroscience, individual chapters summarize basic concepts and findings for a major topic, sketch its history, and give a sense of the directions in which research is currently heading. The volume also includes work related to developmental, social and clinical psychology, philosophy, economics, artificial intelligence, linguistics, education, law, and medicine. Scholars and students in all these fields and others will find this to be a valuable collection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31016/cover/9780521531016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Homotopy Category of Simply Connected 4-Manifolds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baues, Hans-Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A33</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pirashvili, Teimuraz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The homotopy type of a closed simply connected 4-manifold is determined by the intersection form. The homotopy classes of maps between two such manifolds, however, do not coincide with the algebraic morphisms between intersection forms. Therefore the problem arises of computing the homotopy classes of maps algebraically and determining the law of composition for such maps. This problem is solved in the book by introducing new algebraic models of a 4-manifold. The book has been written to appeal to both established researchers in the field and graduate students interested in topology and algebra. There are many references to the literature for those interested in further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31030/cover/9780521531030.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Confraternities in the Sixteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Christopher F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Confraternities were - and are - religious brotherhoods for lay people to promote their religious life in common. Though designed to prepare for the afterlife, they were fully involved in the social, political and cultural life of the community and could affect all men and women, as members or as the recipients of charity. Confraternities organised a great range of devotional, cultural and indeed artistic activities in addition to other functions such as the provision of dowries and the escort of condemned men to the scaffold. Other works have studied the local activities of specific confraternities, but this is the first to attempt a broad survey of such organisations across the breadth of early modern Italy. Christopher Black demonstrates clearly the extent, diversity and influence of confraternal behaviour, and shows how such brotherhoods adapted to the religious and social crises of the sixteenth century - thus illuminating current debates about Catholic Reform, the Counter-Reformation, poverty, philanthropy and social control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31139/cover/9780521531139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Funding the Modern American State, 1941-1995</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of the Era of Easy Finance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brownlee, W. Elliot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contemporary fiscal crisis faced by the American federal government represents the end of a fiscal regime that began with the financing of World War II. In this volume, an inter-disciplinary group of scholars explores the history of American taxation and public finance since 1941 in an attempt to understand the political, social and economic forces that have shaped the current regime. Specifically, they examine the historical context of earlier tax regimes and national crises; explore the ways post-1941 governments used taxation to finance war, social security, and economic stability; analyze the politics of post-1941 tax reform; and apply history to a consideration of the dynamics that are likely to characterize future tax regimes. The contributors are convinced that understanding the long-term development of American taxation and public finance will help policy makers determine the possibilities and constraints that must be taken in account in evaluating, and possibly reforming, the ways in which the nation pays for government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31146/cover/9780521531146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cult of the Virgin Mary in Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cult of the Virgin Mary is associated by most medievalists with the twelfth and succeeding centuries. This book, however, provides a wide-ranging exploration of the cult in England from c. 700 to the Conquest. Interest in and devotion to Mary flourished in the late seventh and eighth centuries and, especially, in the period of the Benedictine reform from the mid-tenth century onwards. In this latter period Mary, as patron saint of almost all of the reformed houses, was the most important saint of the monastic movement. Dr Clayton describes and illustrates the development of Marian devotion and doctrine from the early church to the Carolingians, by discussing Anglo-Saxon feasts of the Virgin, liturgical texts, prayers, monastic dedications, art and vernacular poetry and prose. This is a topic which has never before been examined in any detail but has significant bearing on the history of church liturgy and Anglo-Saxon literature. The book will appeal to Anglo-Saxonists with a special interest in literature, art history and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31153/cover/9780521531153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial Sudan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Anglo-Egyptian Condominium 1934-1956</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daly, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Imperial Sudan completes a study of the formative colonial period during which Britain and Egypt ruled the country. The previous volume, the acclaimed Empire on the Nile: The Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, 1898-1934, appeared in 1986. The current book takes the narrative to independence in 1956 and thus, with Empire, constitutes the first comprehensive survey of the political and economic history of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Dr Daly examines the structure of the colonial regime, its role in Anglo-Egyptian relations, and the development of Sudanese nationalist politics during the inter-war years. He surveys economic and social developments, including government finance and development policy, transport and communications, agricultural production, and social services. He reveals the Sudan's important role in the Second World War, when the Sudan Defence Force held back Italian invasion. The complicated path to self-government and self-determination, which culminated in independence in 1956, is explained in great detail. The book ends with the transfer of power, and the author reflects on the legacy of the Condominium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31160/cover/9780521531160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531179</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family and Public Life in Brescia, 1580-1650</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Foundations of Power in the Venetian State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferraro, Joanne M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the behavior of the ruling families of Brescia, a rich and strategically vital city under Venetian rule, during the late sixteenth and early seventeenth century. The first part of the book conceptualizes the civic leadership of Brescia, with a profile of its origins and a brief history of the process of aristocratization. Further, it examines the relationship between family structure and the local socio-political structures. Size, wealth, education, and marriage ties were all pivotal factors which helped determine the family's position in public life. Its strength rested ultimately on its continuity over time. Women and women's property are given careful attention. The second part places the Brescian elite within the Venetian state. Besides controlling urban political institutions, the Brescians held strong economic links with the surrounding countryside, the basis of their power, and they enjoyed ample authority in the rural communities subject to the city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/19536/cover/9780521419536.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime and Mentalities in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaskill, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crime and law have now been studied by historians of early modern England for more than a generation. Crime and Mentalities in Early Modern England attempts to reach further than most conventional treatments of the subject, to explore the cultural contexts of law-breaking and criminal prosecution, and to recover their hidden social meanings. In this sense the book is more than just a 'history from below': it is a history from within. Conversely, the book explores crime to shed light on the long-term development of English mentalities in general. To this end, three serious crimes - witchcraft, coining and murder - are examined in detail, revealing new and important insights into how religious reform, state formation, secularisation, and social and cultural change (for example, the spread of literacy and the availability of print) may have transformed the thinking and outlook of most ordinary people between 1550 and 1750.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31184/cover/9780521531184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Civilian Population and the Warsaw Uprising of 1944</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Joanna K. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Warsaw Uprising of 1944, always a topic of passionate discussion, has already been the subject of many books and other publications. These works, however, have dealt primarily with the political and military aspects of the insurrection, and hence there has been a tendency to forget that nearly one million people, mainly civilians, were caught in insurgent Warsaw and virtually entombed there. Nearly a quarter of them did not survive the ordeal. The battle continued for over two months under incessant German bombardment and fire, whilst diplomatic manoeuvres and intrigues taking place between the Big Three failed to be of any effective help to the fighting city. For sixty-three days the inhabitants of Warsaw lived in difficult, dangerous and desperate conditions. This book is a description of their plight, of their lives, of how they organised themselves and of their survival. It is an analysis of their reaction to the battle itself and to its political and diplomatic implications. It is a study, where possible, of public opinion. The first chapter of the book is a detailed description of life in occupied Warsaw from 1939 to 1944, as this forms an indispensable background to the work. There is also a section on Poland's political and international position during the war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31191/cover/9780521531191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Baltic and the Outbreak of the Second World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hiden, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lane, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to highlight the importance of the Baltic region in the approach to war in 1939. Amid the welter of publications on the origins of the Second World War none has sought hitherto to focus on the Baltic region, where peace finally and irrevocably broke down. Central strategic and international issues of the interwar years are thus illuminated from a fresh perspective by a distinguished team of specialists that includes a number of native Baltic historians. The themes discussed by the contributors acquired renewed relevance, as the Baltic republics asserted their rejection of incorporation within the Soviet Union following the Nazi-Soviet pact of 1939. The Baltic and the outbreak of the Second World War makes an important contribution to the perennial debate on the immediate causes of the conflict, and should interest specialists in a variety of fields within international relations, modern European and diplomatic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31207/cover/9780521531207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paths of Continuity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Central European Historiography from the 1930s to the 1950s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehmann, Hartmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melton, James Van Horn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paths of Continuity examines the impact of the Third Reich on the German historical profession before and after 1945. The essays look at ten prominent historians whose lives and work spanned the period from the 1930s to the 1960s. Their response to the Nazi regime ranged from open resistance to willing collaboration. Ironically, however, much of the impetus for scholarly innovation after 1945 came from historians with earlier ties to the antiliberal 'folk history' of the Nazi era. All in all, this insightful collection of essays provides fresh insight into the development of West German historical scholarship since 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31214/cover/9780521531214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Renewal of Islamic Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Muhammad Baqer as-Sadr, Najaf and the Shi'i International</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mallat, Chibli</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the life and works of Muhammad Baqer as-Sadr - an Iraqi scholar who made an important contribution to the renewal of Islamic law and politics in the contemporary Middle East. Executed in 1980, Sadr was the most articulate thinker and a major political actor in the revival of Shi'i learning, which placed Najaf in Southern Iraq at its centre. Dr Chibli Mallat examines the intellectual development of Sadr and his companions who included Ruhullah al-Khumaini and assesses Sadr's innovative approaches to the study of law, economics and banking. The author convincingly demonstrates how Sadr's ideas and activities were influential in the rise of political Islam across the Middle East and played an important part in the Iranian revolution of 1979.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31221/cover/9780521531221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531233</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Two Gods of Leviathan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Thomas Hobbes on Religion and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinich, A. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As well as being considered the greatest English political philosopher, Hobbes has traditionally been thought of as a purely secular thinker, highly critical of all religion. In this provocative new study, Professor Martinich argues that conventional wisdom has been misled. In fact, he shows that religious concerns pervade Leviathan and that Hobbes was really intent on providing a rational defense of the Calvinistic Church of England that flourished under the reign of James I.  Professor Martinich presents a close reading of Leviathan in which he shows that, for Hobbes, Christian doctrine is not politically destabilizing and is consistent with modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31238/cover/9780521531238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enlightenment Science in the Romantic Era</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chemistry of Berzelius and its Cultural Setting</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melhado, Evan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frdngsmyr, Tore</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jacob Berzelius (1779-1848), one of the world's leading scientists in the first half of the nineteenth century, dominated the field of chemistry, animated the cultural life of his native Sweden, and served for three decades as perpetual secretary of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences. Despite his immense stature, modern studies have underestimated his significance. This volume remedies the scarcity of accessible, modern assessments of Berzelius by bringing to a broad audience the results of recent scholarship, and it offers an enhanced assessment of his originality and influence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31245/cover/9780521531245.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153125X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153125X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Police in Urban America, 1860-1920</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Monkkonen, Eric H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have witnessed a growing interest in the social history of crime an-long a variety of disciplines. This book examines the rapid spread of uniformed police forces throughout late nineteenth-century urban America. It suggests that, initially, the new kind of police in industrial cities served primarily as agents of class control, dispensing and administering welfare services as an unintentioned consequence of their uniformed presence on the streets. This narrowed role hampered their ability to control crime, and, as modern social services developed and the police came increasingly to concentrate on crime control, they acquired a functional speciality at which they had never been particularly successful.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31252/cover/9780521531252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shen Pao-chen and China's Modernization in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pong, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Opium Wars ushered in an era of intensive Western imperialism in China, at a time when the Ch'ing dynasty was already in decline, forcing a small number of Chinese officials to come to the realisation that China must protect itself by adopting the same military technology that had brought it national humiliation. Shen Pao-chen was one such official. Abandoning the comfort of his successful career, Shen devoted his life to building China's first modern naval dockyard and academy. His successes and failures shed new light on the story of China's efforts at modernization - a story that has not come to a conclusion. As China engages in new rounds of economic and industrial modernization in the post-Mao era, many of these issues acquire new meanings and significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31269/cover/9780521531269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Rural Society after the Black Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essex 1350-1525</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531276</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poos, L. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Rural Society after the Black Death is a study of rural social structure in the English county of Essex between 1350 and 1500. It seeks to understand how, in the population collapse after the Black Death (1348-1349), a particular economic environment affected ordinary people's lives in the areas of migration, marriage and employment, and also contributed to patterns of religious nonconformity, agrarian riots and unrest, and even rural housing. The period under scrutiny is often seen as a transitional era between 'medieval' and 'early-modern' England, but in the light of recent advances in English historical demography, this study suggests that there was more continuity than change in some critically important aspects of social structure in the region in question. Among the most important contributions of the book are its use of an unprecedentedly wide range of original manuscript records (estate and manorial records, taxation and criminal-court records, royal tenurial records, and the records of church courts, wills etc.) and its application of current quantitative and comparative demographic methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31276/cover/9780521531276.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Algeria French</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonialism in B&#244;ne, 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531283</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prochaska, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Making Algeria French relates the history of the pieds noirs and Algerians in colonial B&#244;ne, renamed Annaba in 1962. Located in eastern Algeria, this Mediterranean port city staked an early claim to world historical fame as the site of St. Augustine's Hippo. Long after the Romans, as well as the Arabs and Turks, the French tried their hand at settling Algeria. Not content with mere occupation, they constructed colonial cities along the Mediterranean littoral -Algiers, Oran, B&#244;ne - and populated them with twice as many European settlers - French, Spanish, Italians, and Maltese - as native Algerians. Using the history of B&#244;ne as a lens, David Prochaska looks at the nature of French colonialism in Algeria. His study is based on research in the former B&#244;ne municipal archives, generally barred to researchers since 1962. Prochaska concentrates on the formative decades of settler society and culture between 1870 and 1920. After an overview of B&#244;ne in 1830, and a survey of French rule from 1830 to 1870, he describes in turn the economic, social, political, and cultural history of B&#244;ne through the First World War. He argues that, in making B&#244;ne a European city in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, the settlers effectively blocked social evolution, attempted to contain history, and thereby precluded any genuine rapprochement with the Algerians in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31283/cover/9780521531283.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531292</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Business Interest Groups in Nineteenth-Century Brazil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridings, Eugene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to describe the role of business interest groups, also known as pressure groups, in the development of Brazil during the nineteenth-century. Business interest groups strongly affected the modernization and prosperity of agriculture, the pace of industrialisation, and patterns of communications. Although they sometimes initiated enterprises themselves, they most affected development by influencing the scope and direction of government aid. The most important of business interest groups, the commercial associations, also may be seen as institutions through which ties of dependency to better-developed nations overseas were maintained.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31290/cover/9780521531290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Records in Stone</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers in Memory of Alexander Thom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruggles, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Alexander Thom, who died in 1985, was a distinguished engineer. Independently of his 'mainstream' academic career, he developed a deep and active interest in the prehistoric megalithic sites of Britain and Brittany, visiting and surveying many hundreds of them over a period of forty years. Thom's interpretations of the field data have aroused strong interest and some intense controversy. The main areas of debate are: geometry (the methods used to set out the megalithic rings, many of which appear to be non-circular); mensuration (the possible use of 'standard' units of measurement in setting out rings and rows); and astronomy (the connection between structures aligned upon the horizon and the rising and setting positions of the sun, moon or stars).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31306/cover/9780521531306.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cavalier Parliament and the Reconstruction of the Old Regime, 1661-1667</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seaward, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an account of English politics in the 1660s, the years immediately following the Restoration of Charles II, after the Civil Wars and Interregnum in the course of which the monarchy had been abolished and Charles I executed. It is the first detailed study of Westminster politics in the 1660s for over twenty years, and the first ever in-depth study of the legislation of the 1660s. Dr Seaward shows how these drastic and dramatic events had changed perceptions and attitudes in British politics. He analyses the policies followed by the Restoration government (and in particular those of Charles II's chief minister, Clarendon) in attempting to restore royal power, and the effect of the Civil Wars' legacy of partisan bitterness on relations between government and parliament. The book also describes the breakdown in those relations, which occurred in 1666-7 and during the earlier crisis in 1663, and attempts to discover why relations were soured so quickly after the euphoria of the Restoration in 1660.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31313/cover/9780521531313.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Goethe contra Newton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Polemics and the Project for a New Science of Color</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sepper, Dennis L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the background and rationale of the German poet Johann Wolfgang von Goethe's notorious attack on Isaac Newton's classic theory of white light and colors. Though the merits of Goethe's color science, as advanced in his massive Zur Farbenlehre, have often been acknowledged, it has been almost unanimously proclaimed invalid as physics. How could Goethe have been so mistaken? In his book, Dennis Sepper shows that the condemnation of Goethe's attacks on Newton has been based on erroneous assumptions about the history of Newton's theory and the methods and goals of Goethe's color science. By illuminating the historical background and the experimental, methodological, and philosophical aspects of Goethe's work, the author shows that his color theory is in an important sense genuinely physical and that, as simultaneously poet, scientist, historian, and philosopher, Goethe managed to anticipate important twentieth-century research not only in the history and philosophy of science, but even in color science itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31320/cover/9780521531320.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Stagnating Metropolis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Economy and Demography of Stockholm, 1750-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soderberg, Johan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jonsson, Ulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Persson, Christer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses a peculiar phase in the history of Stockholm which has not previously been systematically investigated. Between 1750 and 1850 the Swedish capital experienced long-term stagnation, characterized by de-industrialization and slow population growth. In this study various aspects of the economic and social history of the period are examined in detail, including the decline of manufacturing, the causes of the extremely high rates of mortality and extra-marital fertility, and the distribution of economic resources. Social and spatial patterns of poverty are described and the trends and fluctuations in prices and real wages charted and compared with other European towns and cities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31337/cover/9780521531337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531349</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Louis XIV and the Origins of the Dutch War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sonnino, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This stylish and highly entertaining account of the origins of the Franco-Dutch War of 1672 is based on massive archival researches covering twelve countries. Contrary to the accepted historical opinion that there was a meeting of minds within Louis XIV's conseil d'en haut over the desirability of the war, Professor Sonnino chronicles a story of bitter division, in the course of which the contrasting personalities of the king and of his most intimate advisors emerge in vivid detail. Racine once eulogized the war as a brilliantly executed venture which put the insolent Dutch in their place. Saint-Simon, on the other hand, saw it as the disastrous result of endemic jealousies, in which Le Tellier and Louvois sought to displace Colbert in Louis' affections. From these early views the modern consensus, in spite of occasional dissenters, has gradually evolved. Professor Sonnino, however, breaks through the maze of interpretations with decisive new evidence, and in an unusually clear and lively evocation of the emotional element which pervaded high policy, explains the many agonizing decisions that preceded one of the most dramatic conflicts of the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31344/cover/9780521531344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Survival of Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Portuguese Trade and Society in China and the South China Sea 1630-1754</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Souza, G. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this original study of the Portuguese Empire in the East, the Estado da India, George Souza looks in detail at the activities of Macao. His aim is to enquire into the nature of Portuguese society in China and the South China Sea and explain why the political and economic activities of the Portuguese crown did not inhibit the growth of local entrepreneurial trade. He also examines the nature of Portuguese maritime trade in Asia and analyses the focal role of Macao as an adjunct to the Canton market. The operations of Portuguese private merchants, the so-called 'country traders', are described and tellingly assessed in the wider context of the economic development of China and Southeast Asia in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31351/cover/9780521531351.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sources for U.S. History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nineteenth-Century Communities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stephens, W. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a detailed and comprehensive guide to contemporary sources for research into the history of individual nineteenth-century U.S. communities, large and small. The book is arranged topically (covering demography, ethnicity and race, land use and settlement, religion, education, politics and local government, industry, trade and transportation, and poverty, health, and crime) and thus will be of great use to those investigating particular historical themes at national, state, or regional level. As well as examining a wide variety of types of primary sources, published and unpublished, quantitative and qualitative, available for the study of many places, the book also provides information on certain specific sources and some individual collections, in particular those of the National Archives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31368/cover/9780521531368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alexander the Great</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarn, W. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tarn's Alexander the Great, first published in 1948, has become a classic and its importance for subsequent Alexander studies can hardly be exaggerated. Based on a lifetime's work and elegantly and persuasively written, both volumes evoked immediate admiration - and very soon sharp reaction. Little has in fact appeared on Alexander over the last thirty years that has not been directly related to Tarn's book. Especially Volume II, with its detailed analysis of the sources and discussion of the main historical cruces - such as Cleitarchus' date, the status of the Greek cities, Alexander's deification, his supposed plans for a world-kingdom and the famous thesis that he sought to realise the 'brotherhood of mankind' - has itself inspired scores of books and articles. For the scholar both volumes are indispensable and their re-appearance is to be warmly welcomed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31375/cover/9780521531375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531381</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean-Jacques Rousseau and the 'Well-Ordered Society'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viroli, Maurizio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies a central but hitherto neglected aspect of Rousseau's political thought: the concept of social order and its implications for the ideal society which he envisages. The antithesis between order and disorder is a fundamental theme in Rousseau's work, and the author takes it as the basis for this study. In contrast with a widely held interpretation of Rousseau's philosophy, Professor Viroli argues that natural and political order are by no means the same for Rousseau. He explores the differences and interrelations between the different types of order which Rousseau describes, and shows how the philosopher constructed his final doctrine of the just society, which can be based only on every citizen's voluntary and knowing acceptance of the social contract and on the promotion of virtue above ambition. The author also shows the extent of Rousseau's debt to the republican tradition, and above all to Machiavelli, and revises the image of Rousseau as a disciple of the natural-law school.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31382/cover/9780521531382.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531454</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Collective Violence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are there any commonalities between such phenomena as soccer hooliganism, sabotage by peasants of landlords' property, incidents of road rage, and even the recent events of September 11? With striking historical scope and command of the literature of many disciplines, this book seeks the common causes of these events in collective violence. In collective violence, social interaction immediately inflicts physical damage, involves at least two perpetrators of damage, and results in part from coordination among the persons who perform the damaging acts.  Professor Tilly argues that collective violence is complicated, changeable, and unpredictable in some regards, yet that it also results from similar causes variously combined in different times and places. Pinpointing the causes, combinations, and settings helps to explain collective violence and its variations, and also helps to identify the best ways to mitigate violence and create democracies with a minimum of damage to persons and property.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31450/cover/9780521531450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eyes off the Prize</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The United Nations and the African American Struggle for Human Rights, 1944-1955</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As World War II drew to a close and the world awakened to the horror wrought by white supremacists in Nazi Germany, African American leaders, led by the NAACP (National Association for the Advancement of Colored People), sensed the opportunity to launch an offensive against the conditions of segregation and inequality in America. The 'prize' they sought was not civil rights, but human rights. Only the human rights lexicon, shaped by the Holocaust and articulated by the United Nations, contained the language and the moral power to address not only the political and legal inequality but also the education, health care, housing, and employment needs that haunted the black community. But the onset of the Cold War and rising anti-communism allowed powerful Southerners to cast those rights as Soviet-inspired. Thus the Civil Rights Movement was launched with neither the language nor the mission it needed to truly achieve black equality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31580/cover/9780521531580.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mexican Phoenix</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Our Lady of Guadalupe: Image and Tradition across Five Centuries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brading, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>462</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Juan Diego, to whom the Virgin Mary appeared in 1531 miraculously imprinting her likeness on his cape, was canonised in Mexico in 2002 by Pope John Paul II. In 1999, the revered image of Our Lady of Guadalupe had been proclaimed patron saint of the Americas by the Pope. How did a poor Indian and a sixteenth-century Mexican painting of the Virgin Mary attract such unprecedented honours? Across the centuries the enigmatic power of the image has aroused fervent devotion in Mexico: it served as the banner of the rebellion against Spanish rule and, despite scepticism and anti-clericalism, still remains a potent symbol of the modern nation. This book traces the intellectual origins, the sudden efflorescence and the adamantine resilience of the tradition of Our Lady of Guadalupe and will fascinate anyone concerned with the history of religion and its symbols.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31603/cover/9780521531603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531624</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Changing Shape of Geometry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Celebrating a Century of Geometry and Geometry Teaching</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchard, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>557</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Celebrating a century of geometry and geometry teaching, this book will give the reader an enjoyable insight into all things geometrical. There are a wealth of popular articles including sections on Pythagoras, the golden ratio and recreational geometry. Historical items, drawn principally from the Mathematical Gazette, are authored by mathematicians such as G. H. Hardy, Rouse Ball, Thomas Heath and Bertrand Russell as well as some more recent expositors. Thirty 'Desert Island Theorems' from distinguished mathematicians and educationalists give light to some surprising and beautiful results. Contributors include H. S. M. Coxeter, Michael Atiyah, Tom Apostol, Solomon Golomb, Keith Devlin, Nobel Laureate Leon Lederman, Carlo S&#233;quin, Simon Singh, Christopher Zeeman and Pulitzer Prizewinner Douglas Hofstadter. The book also features the wonderful Eyeball Theorems of Peruvian geometer and web designer, Antonio Gutierrez. For anyone with an interest in mathematics and mathematics education this book will be an enjoyable and rewarding read.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31627/cover/9780521531627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ambiguity and Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schick, Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his book Frederic Schick develops his challenge to standard decision theory. He argues that talk of the beliefs and desires of an agent is not sufficient to explain choices. To account for a given choice we need to take into consideration how the agent understands the problem, how he sees in a selective way the options open to him. The author applies his new logic to a host of common human predicaments. Why do people in choice experiments act so often against expectations? Why do people cooperate in situations where textbook logic predicts that they won't? What exactly is weakness of will? What are people reporting when they say their lives have no meaning for them? This book questions the foundations of technical and philosophical decision theory and will appeal to all those who work in that field, be they philosophers, economists and psychologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31719/cover/9780521531719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Case Studies in Geriatric Medicine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ahronheim, Judith C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Zheng-Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yen, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davitt, Christina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barile, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This case-based approach to geriatric medicine is suitable for all health professionals and trainees who provide care for the elderly, including interns, residents, geriatric fellows, physicians in practice, and nurse practitioners. Illustrated with more than 40 cases based on the authors' experience in clinical practice, the examples range from the healthy elderly to those with advanced cognitive or physical impairments. Discussions are evidence based with extensive references, emphasizing differential diagnosis, atypical presentations in late life, age-appropriate medical management, interdisciplinary methods, and care in the context of different health care settings. The authors have distilled a wealth of practical and clinical experience in this area to produce a user-friendly guide to geriatric medicine. This is the ideal study guide for certifying examinations and highly suitable as a textbook for courses in geriatric medicine and gerontology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31757/cover/9780521531757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hospital Infection: From Miasmas to MRSA</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayliffe, Graham A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>English, Mary P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an absorbing account of the continuing battle to control hospital infections, from the earliest days of hospital care when bad air or miasma was thought to be the cause, to the present day and the emergence of antibiotic-resistant 'superbugs' such as MRSA and necrotizing fasciitis. It succeeds on many levels: as a fascinating social history of hospital care from mediaeval times, when patients endured verminous conditions, to the present day; as a survey of the rise, fall and emergence of new nosocomial infections; and as a chronological account of the emergence of medical microbiology and infection control. The pivotal roles of key personalities such as Joseph Lister, Florence Nightingale, Louis Pasteur and Robert Koch are highlighted, and the history of this subject illuminates not only why hospitals and infections have had such an intimate and long relationship but one that seems destined to continue well into the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31788/cover/9780521531788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Conquest and the Rights of Indigenous Peoples</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Moral Backwardness of International Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531795</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keal, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Keal examines the historical role of international law and political theory in justifying the dispossession of indigenous peoples as part of the expansion of international society. He argues that, paradoxically, law and political theory can now underpin the recovery of indigenous rights. At the heart of contemporary struggles is the core right of self-determination, and Keal argues for recognition of indigenous peoples as 'peoples' with the right of self-determination in constitutional and international law, and for adoption of the Draft Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples by the General Assembly. He asks whether the theory of international society can accommodate indigenous peoples and considers the political arrangements needed for states to satisfy indigenous claims. The book also questions the moral legitimacy of international society and examines notions of collective guilt and responsibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31795/cover/9780521531795.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecosystem Sustainability and Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waltner-Toews, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Improving the health of people and animals, and improving the health, integrity or sustainability of ecosystems are laudable and important objectives. Can we do both? There are no ecosystems untouched by human activity, and there are worrying signs that the world's ecosystems are reaching the limits of their ability to adapt to human impacts. Drawing on fields as diverse as epidemiology and participatory action research, philosophy and environmental sciences, ecology and systems sciences, this book is about searching for solutions to complex problems to produce a new science for sustainability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31856/cover/9780521531856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153187X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153187X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions for the Common Good</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Protection Regimes in International Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cronin, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The protection of domestic populations by international institutions is both an anomaly and an enduring practice in international relations. It is an anomaly because in a system of sovereign states, the welfare of individuals and groups falls outside traditional definitions of state interest. Yet since the evolution of the nation-state system, collectivities of states have sought to protect religious minorities, dynastic families, national minorities, ethnic communities, individual citizens and refugees. Cronin explains this phenomenon by developing a theory that links international stability with the progress of a cohesive international order. His book examines how states attempt to provide for international stability by creating International Protection Regimes - multilateral institutions designed to protect clearly defined classes of people within sovereign states. It argues that in the aftermath of major systemic changes states try to create international orders by regulating the relationship between governments and their populations, particularly in newly-formed and reorganized states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31870/cover/9780521531870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam, Law, and Equality in Indonesia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthropology of Public Reasoning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531894</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Indonesia, the world's largest Muslim-majority country, Muslims struggle to reconcile radically different sets of social norms and laws, including those derived from Islam, local social norms, and contemporary ideas about gender equality and rule of law. In this new study, John Bowen explores this struggle, through archival and ethnographic research in villages and courtrooms of the Aceh Province, Sumatra, and through interviews with national religious and legal figures. He analyses the social frameworks for disputes about land, inheritance, marriage, divorce, Islamic History and, more broadly, about the relationships between the state and Islam, and between Muslims and non-Muslims. The book speaks to debates carried out in all societies about how people can live together with their deep differences in values and ways of life. It will be welcomed by scholars and students across the social sciences, particularly those interested in anthropology, cultural sociology and political theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31894/cover/9780521531894.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030827</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bible and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Postcolonial Explorations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sugirtharajah, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At a time of renewed interest in Empire, this stimulating volume explores the complex relationship between the Bible and the colonial enterprise, and examines some overlooked aspects of this relationship. These include unconventional retellings of the gospel story of Jesus by Thomas Jefferson and Raja Rammohun Roy; the fate of biblical texts when marshalled by Victorian preachers to strengthen British imperial intentions after the India uprising of 1857; the cultural-political use of the Christian Old Testament, first by the invaders to attack temple practices and rituals, then by the invaded to endorse the temple heritage scorned by missionaries; the dissident hermeneutics of James Long and William Colenso confronting and compromising with colonial ambitions; and finally the subtly seditious deployment of biblical citations in two colonial novels. This innovative book offers both practical and theoretical insights and provides compelling evidence of the continuing importance of postcolonial discourse for biblical studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31917/cover/9780521531917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521531969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion after Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrathall, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How should we understand religion, and what place should it hold, in an age in which metaphysics has come into disrepute? The metaphysical assumptions which supported traditional theologies are no longer widely accepted, but it is not clear how this 'end of metaphysics' should be understood, nor what implications it ought to have for our understanding of religion. At the same time there is renewed interest in the sacred and the divine in disciplines as varied as philosophy, psychology, literature, history, anthropology, and cultural studies.  In this volume, leading philosophers in the United States and Europe address the decline of metaphysics and the space which this decline has opened for non-theological understandings of religion. The contributors include Richard Rorty, Charles Taylor, Jean-Luc Marion, Gianni Vattimo, Hubert Dreyfus, Robert Pippin, John Caputo, Adriaan Peperzak, Leora Batnitzky, and Mark Wrathall.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31962/cover/9780521531962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521531993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521531993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accretion Processes in Star Formation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521531993</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartmann, Lee</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our understanding of the formation of stars and planetary systems has changed greatly since the first edition of this book was published. This new edition has been thoroughly updated, and now includes material on molecular clouds, binaries, star clusters and the stellar initial mass function (IMF), disk evolution and planet formation. This book provides a comprehensive picture of the formation of stars and planetary systems, from their beginnings in cold clouds of molecular gas to their emergence as new suns with planet-forming disks. At each stage gravity induces an inward accretion of mass, and this is a central theme for the book. The author brings together current observations, rigorous treatments of the relevant astrophysics, and 150 illustrations, to clarify the sequence of events in star and planet formation. It is a comprehensive account of the underlying physical processes of accretion for graduate students and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/31993/cover/9780521531993.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Invertebrate Conservation and Agricultural Ecosystems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>New, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Invertebrate Conservation and Agricultural Ecosystems explores the diverse interests of invertebrate conservation and agricultural production. It is both an introduction to invertebrate conservation biology for agriculturists and an introduction to crop protection for conservation biologists, demonstrating how these two disparate fields may draw on each other for greater collective benefit. It draws on recent literature to show how invertebrate conservation in highly altered landscapes may be promoted and enhanced. The book deals with problems of, and approaches to, invertebrate conservation in highly managed agricultural ecosystems, and how biodiversity may be promoted without compromising agricultural production. It draws attention to the importance of invertebrates in agricultural systems and their role in ecosystem functions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32013/cover/9780521532013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Intelligence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Individual to Social Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reznikova, Zhanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From ants to whales, the lives of animals are filled with challenges that demand minute-by-minute decisions: to fight or flee, dominate or obey, take-off, share, eat, spit out or court. Learning develops adaptive tuning to a changeable environment, while intelligence helps animals use their learned experiences in new situations. Using examples from field to laboratory, Animal Intelligence pools resources from ethology, behavioural ecology and comparative psychology to help the reader enter the world of wild intelligence through the analysis of adventures, of ideas and methods, rather than through theoretic modelling. It reminds us that there is a world of intellectual biodiversity out there, providing a multi-faceted panorama of animal intelligence. Written in an accessible and charming style, and with undergraduate and graduate students in mind, this book should be read by anyone with an interest in the  world of animal behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32020/cover/9780521532020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and Wildlife, Conflict or Co-existence?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodroffe, Rosie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thirgood, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rabinowitz, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human-wildlife conflict is a major issue in conservation. As people encroach into natural habitats, and as conservation efforts restore wildlife to areas where they may have been absent for generations, contact between people and wild animals is growing. Some species, even the beautiful and endangered, can have serious impacts on human lives and livelihoods. Tigers kill people, elephants destroy crops and African wild dogs devastate sheep herds left unattended. Historically, people have responded to these threats by killing wildlife wherever possible, and this has led to the endangerment of many species that are difficult neighbours. The urgent need to conserve such species, however, demands coexistence of people and endangered wildlife. This book presents a variety of solutions to human-wildlife conflicts, including novel and traditional farming practices, offsetting the costs of wildlife damage through hunting and tourism, and the development of local and national policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32037/cover/9780521532037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychological Theory and Educational Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How School Remakes Mind and Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For well over a century educational reformers have looked for a breakthrough in the sciences of psychology and pedagogy that would dramatically improve the effectiveness of schooling. This book shows why such an ambition is an illusion. Schools are institutions which attempt to balance the needs of a bureaucratic society that funds them with the personal goals, interests, hopes and ambitions of the students who enroll in them. Reform efforts attempt to realign that balance without any clear conception of how the two are related. This book offers a theoretical account of the relation between the minds of learners and the institutional structure of the school that would account both for the ways that schooling remakes minds and societies and why such institutions are resistant to change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32112/cover/9780521532112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030813</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Higher Operads, Higher Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leinster, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Higher-dimensional category theory is the study of n-categories, operads, braided monoidal categories, and other such exotic structures. It draws its inspiration from areas as diverse as topology, quantum algebra, mathematical physics, logic, and theoretical computer science. The heart of this book is the language of generalized operads. This is as natural and transparent a language for higher category theory as the language of sheaves is for algebraic geometry, or vector spaces for linear algebra. It is introduced carefully, then used to give simple descriptions of a variety of higher categorical structures. In particular, one possible definition of n-category is discussed in detail, and some common aspects of other possible definitions are established. This is the first book on the subject and lays its foundations. It will appeal to both graduate students and established researchers who wish to become acquainted with this modern branch of mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32150/cover/9780521532150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>De-Industrialization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social,Cultural, and Political Aspects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altena, Bert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van der Linden, Marcel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>De-industrialization processes have accompanied industrialization from the start, both regionally and globally. Most historical studies of de-industrialization focus on economic issues, including structural causes and forms of unemployment. Much less attention is usually paid to the social and cultural aspects. What are the consequences of de-industrialization for working-class families and their communities? How does de-industrialization affect working-class culture, trade unions, traditional labour parties, and the regional social, educational and cultural infrastructure? Are gender relations changed by de-industrialization? These subjects are explored by the contributors to this volume. Their essays deal with effects of de-industrialization processes in different contexts. In doing so they propose a wide scope for the study of industrial devolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32167/cover/9780521532167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population Issues in Social Choice Theory, Welfare Economics, and Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackorby, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bossert, Walter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaldson, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an exploration of the idea of the common or social good, extended so that alternatives with different populations can be ranked. The approach is, in the main, welfarist, basing rankings on the well-being, broadly conceived, of those who are alive (or ever lived). The axiomatic method is employed, and topics investigated include: the measurement of individual well-being, social attitudes toward inequality of well-being, the main classes of population principles, principles that provide incomplete rankings, principles that rank uncertain alternatives, best choices from feasible sets, and applications. The chapters are divided, with mathematical arguments confined to the second part. The first part is intended to make the arguments accessible to a more general readership. Although the book can be read as a defense of the critical-level generalized-utilitarian class of principles, comprehensive examinations of other classes are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32587/cover/9780521532587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restructuring Territoriality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe and the United States Compared</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ansell, Christopher K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Di Palma, Giuseppe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The bundling of political authority into mutually exclusive territorial boundaries - territoriality - is a fundamental principle of modern political organization. Indeed, it provides the foundation for other cherished institutions - national sovereignty, citizenship, the modern welfare state, and democracy. Are globalization, internationalization, and Europeanization conspiring to unbundle territoriality? If so, are sovereignty, citizenship, the welfare state, and democracy unravelling as well? Is a new post-national, non-territorial form of political organization, heralded by the European Union, being born? With a focus on Europe, this volume explores these issues from various substantive and theoretical perspectives. The authors find evidence of the diffusion of authority both within and beyond the state, producing novel institutional arrangements and new modes of governance. But the United States may provide more useful insights into the new dispensation than the idea of a post-national, non-territorial politics. Interest in contemporary challenges to democracy run throughout this volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32624/cover/9780521532624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Topographies of the African State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Territorial Authority and Institutional Choice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boone, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>422</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study brings Africa into the mainstream of studies of state-formation in agrarian societies.  Territorial integration is the challenge: institutional linkages and political deals that bind center and periphery are the solutions. In African countries, as in territorially diverse states around the world, rulers at the center are forced to bargain with regional elites to establish stable mechanisms of rule and taxation. Variation in regional forms of social organization make for differences in the interests and political strength of regional leaders who seek to maintain or enhance their power vis-...-vis their followers and subjects, and also vis-...-vis the center. The uneven political topography of the regions ultimately produces unevenness in the patterns and depth of center-region linkage. Six sub-regions of three West African countries - Senegal, Cote d'Ivoire, and Ghana - are the backbone of the study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32648/cover/9780521532648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marking Time in the Golden State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Imprisonment in California</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kruttschnitt, Candace</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gartner, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent decades, the nature of criminal punishment has undergone change in the United States. This case study of women serving time in California in the 1960s and 1990s examines key points in this recent history. The authors begin with a look at imprisonment at the California Institution for Women in the early 1960s, when the rehabilitative model dominated official discourse. They compare women's experiences in the 1990s, at the California Institution for Women and the Valley State Prison, when the recent 'get tough' era was near its peak. Drawing on archival data, interviews, and surveys, their analysis considers the relationships among official philosophies and practices of imprisonment, women's responses to the prison regime, and relations between women prisoners. The experiences of women prisoners reflected the transformations Americans have witnessed in punishment over recent decades, but they also mirrored the deprivations and restrictions of imprisonment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32655/cover/9780521532655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and the Rule of Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maravall, Jos&#233; Mar&#237;a</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Przeworski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the question of why governments sometimes follow the law and other times choose to evade the law. The traditional answer of jurists has been that laws have an autonomous causal efficacy: law rules when actions follow anterior norms; the relation between laws and actions is one of obedience, obligation, or compliance. Contrary to this conception, the authors defend a positive interpretation where the rule of law results from the strategic choices of relevant actors. Rule of law is just one possible outcome in which political actors process their conflicts using whatever resources they can muster: only when these actors seek to resolve their conflicts by recourse to la, does law rule. What distinguishes 'rule-of-law' as an institutional equilibrium from 'rule-by-law' is the distribution of power. The former emerges when no one group is strong enough to dominate the others and when the many use institutions to promote their interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32662/cover/9780521532662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Random Dynamical Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhattacharya, Rabi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majumdar, Mukul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This treatment provides an exposition of discrete time dynamic processes evolving over an infinite horizon. Chapter 1 reviews some mathematical results from the theory of deterministic dynamical systems, with particular emphasis on applications to economics. The theory of irreducible Markov processes, especially Markov chains, is surveyed in Chapter 2. Equilibrium and long run stability of a dynamical system in which the law of motion is subject to random perturbations is the central theme of Chapters 3-5. A unified account of relatively recent results, exploiting splitting and contractions, that have found applications in many contexts is presented in detail. Chapter 6 explains how a random dynamical system may emerge from a class of dynamic programming problems. With examples and exercises, readers are guided from basic theory to the frontier of applied mathematical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32723/cover/9780521532723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic History of Latin America since Independence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bulmer-Thomas, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>506</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning with the integration of Latin America into the world trading system centered on Europe and North America during the century before 1930, this book explores the successes and failures of export-led growth. Using new data on exports and a simple model to explore the relationship between exports and growth, the author pays particular attention to the question that has most concerned policy-makers in Latin America: how to transfer growth in the export sector to the rest of the economy, raising living standards and real income per head. The author examines the routes through which Latin American republics extricated themselves from the debt problem in pursuit of a new version of export-led growth. Taking its narrative from the end of the colonial epoch to the present, this book provides a comprehensive balanced portrait of the factors affecting economic development in Latin America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32747/cover/9780521532747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Pentecostalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Global Charismatic Christianity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Global Pentecostalism and Charismatic Christianity in all its diversity is the fastest expanding religious movement in the world today. Allan Anderson, a former Pentecostal minister and a leading authority on global Pentecostalism, aims to make more visible the 'non-western' nature of Pentecostalism without overlooking the importance of the movement emanating from North America. Offering an innovative interpretation of Pentecostalism, he takes seriously the contributions of the Majority World to its development and, concentrating on its history and theology, reflects on the movement's development and significance throughout the world. Anderson also examines those theological issues that helped form a distinctive spirituality and how this relates to different peoples and their cultures. Finally, Anderson discusses the development of Pentecostal and Charismatic Christianity in the different countries from its origins at the beginning of the twentieth century to its theological emphases in the present, together with the impact of the processes of globalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32808/cover/9780521532808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Refugee Protection in International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>UNHCR's Global Consultations on International Protection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feller, Erika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>T&#252;rk, Volker</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholson, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>778</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Millions of people are today forced to flee their homes as a result of conflict, systematic discrimination, or other forms of persecution. The core instruments on which they must rely to secure international protection are the 1951 Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and its 1967 Protocol. This book examines key challenges that the Convention faces, including the scope of the principle of non-refoulement and the proper application of the elements of the refugee definition. The Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) commissioned papers on these issues from some of the world's pre-eminent international refugee lawyers, discussed at a series of expert roundtable meetings during 2001 as part of UNHCR's Global Consultations on International Protection. The papers and roundtable conclusions are published here, together with an introduction and the landmark declaration of the 2001 Ministerial Meeting of States Parties to the Convention and/or Protocol.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32815/cover/9780521532815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521532841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521532841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521532846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Society in Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottlieb, Nanette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language and Society in Japan deals with issues important to an understanding of language in Japan today, among them multilingualism, language and nationalism, and literacy and reading habits. It is organised around the theme of language and identity, in particular how language is used to construct national, international and personal identities. Contrary to popular stereotypes, Japanese is far from the only language used in Japan, and does not function in a vacuum, but comes with its own particular cultural implications. Language has played an important role in Japan's cultural and foreign policies, and language issues are intimately connected both with technological advance and with minority group experiences. Nanette Gottlieb is a leading authority in this field. Her book builds on and develops her previous work, and promises to be essential reading for students, scholars, and all those wishing to understand the role played by language in Japanese society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32846/cover/9780521532846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Harriet Beecher Stowe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Cindy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Harriet Beecher Stowe establishes new parameters for both scholarly and classroom discussion of Beecher Stowe's writing and life. This collection of specially commissioned essays provides new perspectives on the frequently read classic Uncle Tom's Cabin, as well as on topics of perennial interest, such as Stowe's representation of race, her attitude to reform, and her relationship to the American novel. The volume investigates Stowe's impact on the American literary tradition and the novel of social change. Contributions also offer lucid and provocative readings that analyze Stowe's writings through a variety of contexts, including antebellum reform, regionalism, law and the protest novel. Fresh, accessible, and engaged, this is the most up to date introduction available to Stowe's work. The volume, which offers a comprehensive chronology of Stowe's life and a helpful guide to further reading, will be of interest to students and teachers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33096/cover/9780521533096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lady Margaret Beaufort and her Professors of Divinity at Cambridge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>1502 to 1649</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collinson, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rex, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Three leading scholars examine one of the oldest professorships, the Lady Margaret's Chair of Divinity at Cambridge, plotting its development in the context of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century history. The current Lady Margaret's Professor Graham Stanton sets the scene with an introduction briefly considering theology at Cambridge before 1502 and after 1649. In the two main chapters (delivered as lectures in March 2002 to celebrate the five-hundredth anniversary of the Chair) Richard Rex - an authority on John Fisher, first holder of the Chair - deploys new evidence to propose changes in the list of early professors (including the removal of Erasmus's name) and shows how their appointment and dismissal reflected the vagaries of the Reformation; and Patrick Collinson investigates how the Elizabethan and early Stuart professors continued to be caught up in the religious and political turmoil of the times. There is a complete list of holders from 1502 to the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33102/cover/9780521533102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153318X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153318X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Tudor and Stuart Politics and Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers and Reviews 1946-1972</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers collected in these volumes revolve around the political, constitutional and personal problems of the English government between the end of the fifteenth-century civil wars and the beginning of those of the seventeenth century. Previously published in a great variety of places, none of them appeared in book form before. They are arranged in four groups (Tudor Politics and Tudor Government in Volume I, Parliament and Political Thought in Volume II) but these groups interlock. Though written in the course of some two decades, all the pieces bear variously on the same body of major issues and often illuminate details only touched upon in Professor Elton's books. Several investigate the received preconceptions of historians and suggest new ways of approaching familiar subjects. They are reprinted unaltered, but some new footnotes have been added to correct errors and draw attention to later developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33188/cover/9780521533188.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Tudor and Stuart Politics and Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Papers and Reviews 1946-1972</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elton, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The papers collected in these volumes revolve around the political, constitutional and personal problems of the English government between the end of the fifteenth-century civil wars and the beginning of those of the seventeenth century. Previously published in a great variety of places, none of them appeared in book form before. They are arranged in four groups (Tudor Politics and Tudor Government in Volume I, Parliament and Political Thought in Volume II) but these groups interlock. Though written in the course of some two decades, all the pieces bear variously on the same body of major issues and often illuminate details only touched upon in Professor Elton's books. Several investigate the received preconceptions of historians and suggest new ways of approaching familiar subjects. They are reprinted unaltered, but some new footnotes have been added to correct errors and draw attention to later developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33195/cover/9780521533195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Capitalism and Caribbean Slavery</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Legacy of Eric Williams</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solow, Barbara Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engerman, Stanley L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern scholarship on the relationship between British capitalism and Caribbean slavery has been profoundly influenced by Eric Williams's 1944 classic, Capitalism and Slavery. The present volume represents the proceedings of a conference on Caribbean Slavery and British Capitalism convened in his honour in 1984, and includes essays on Dr Williams's scholarly work and influence. These essays, by thirteen scholars from the United States, England, Africa, Canada and the Caribbean, explore the relationship between Great Britain and her plantation slave colonies in the Caribbean.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33201/cover/9780521533201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Study of Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chemistry in China, 1840-1949</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533256</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reardon-Anderson, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Western missionaries introduced modern chemistry to China in the 1860s, they called this discipline hua-hsueh, literally, 'the study of change'. In this first full-length work on science in modern China, James Reardon-Anderson describes the introduction and development of chemistry in China in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and examines the impact of the science on language reform, education, industry, research, culture, society, and politics. Throughout the book, Professor Reardon-Anderson sets the advance of chemistry in the broader context of the development of science in China and the social and political changes of this era. His thesis is that science fared well at times when a balance was struck between political authority and free social development. Based on Chinese and English sources, the narrative moves from detailed descriptions of particular chemical processes and innovations to more general discussions of intellectual and social history, and provides a fascinating account of an important episode in the intellectual history of modern China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33256/cover/9780521533256.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Innovation in Maxwell's Electromagnetic Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Molecular Vortices, Displacement Current, and Light</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siegel, Daniel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>James Clerk Maxwell's (1831-1879) contributions to twentieth-century science and technology - in particular, the displacement current and the electromagnetic theory of light - are among the most spectacular innovations in the history of physics, but the technical complexities and thematic subtleties of his work have been difficult to unravel. In considering the historical development of Maxwell's work, Dr Siegel's close analysis of the original texts - with careful attention to the equations as well as to the words - reveals that mechanical modeling played a crucial role in Maxwell's initial conceptualizations of the displacement current and the electromagnetic character of light. Beyond this, Siegel locates Maxwell's work in the full sweep of nineteenth-century electromagnetic theory - from Oersted, Ampere, and Faraday, through Hertz and Lorentz - and in the context of the methodological traditions and perspectives of early physics research at the Universities of Edinburgh and Cambridge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33294/cover/9780521533294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chekhov: The Cherry Orchard</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loehlin, James N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chekhov's masterpiece, about a Russian family losing its ancestral home, combines a lament for a vanishing past with a hopeful dream of the future. In the century since its first performance, The Cherry Orchard has undergone a wide range of conflicting interpretations: tragic and comic, naturalistic and symbolic, reactionary and radical. Beginning with the 1904 premiere at Stanislavsky's Moscow Art Theatre, this study traces the performance history of one of the landmark plays of the modern theatre. Considering the work of such directors as Anatoly Efros, Giorgio Strehler, Peter Brook, and Peter Stein, Chekhov: The Cherry Orchard explores the way different artists, periods and cultures have reinvented Chekhov's poignant comedy of failure and hope.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33300/cover/9780521533300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153335X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153335X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice and Procedure of the Inter-American Court of Human Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533355</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasqualucci, Jo M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jo M. Pasqualucci provides a comprehensive critique of the Inter-American Court of Human Rights, which is at once scholarly yet practical. She analyzes all aspects of the Court's advisory jurisdiction, contentious jurisdiction, and provisional measures orders. When relevant, she compares the practice and procedure of the Inter-American Court with that of the European Court of Human Rights, the International Court of Justice, and the United Nations Human Rights Committee. She also evaluates the Rules of Procedure of the Inter-American Court and the Inter-American Commission, which entered into force in May and June of 2001 and bring about important procedural changes in the inter-relationship of those organs. In addition, she cites the effectiveness of the Convention and the Court's rulings in the domestic law of the States Parties to the Convention. This book will provide an important resource for scholars, practitioners, and students of international human rights law and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33355/cover/9780521533355.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Mendelssohn</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533423</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mercer-Taylor, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Companion to Mendelssohn, is written by leading scholars in the field. In fourteen chapters they explore the life, work, and reception of a composer-performer once thought uniquely untroubled in life and art alike, but who is now broadly understood as one of the nineteenth century's most deeply problematic musical figures. The first section of the volume considers issues of biography, with chapters dedicated to Mendelssohn's role in the emergence of Europe's modern musical institutions, to the persistent tensions of his German-Jewish identity, and to his close but enigmatic relationship with his gifted older sister, Fanny. The following nine essays survey Mendelssohn's expansive and multi-faceted musical output, marked as it was by successes in almost every contemporary musical genre outside of opera. The volume's two closing essays confront, in turn, the turbulent course of Mendelssohn's posthumous reception and some of the challenges his music continues to pose for modern performers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33423/cover/9780521533423.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Shelley</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morton, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Percy Bysshe Shelley (1792-1822) was an extraordinary poet, playwright and essayist, revolutionary both in his ideas and in his artistic theory and practice. This collection of original essays by an international group of specialists is a comprehensive survey of the life, works and times of this radical Romantic writer. Three sections cover Shelley's life and posthumous reception; the basics of his poetry, prose and drama; and his immersion in the currents of philosophical and political thinking and practice. As well as providing a wide-ranging look at the state of existing scholarship, the Companion develops and enriches our understanding of Shelley. Significant new contributions include fresh assessments of Shelley's narratives, his view of philosophy, and his role in emerging views about ecology. With its chronology and guide to further reading, this lively and accessible Companion is an invaluable guide for students and scholars of Shelley and of Romanticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33430/cover/9780521533430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender Differences in Mathematics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Integrative Psychological Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533447</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallagher, Ann M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Females consistently score lower than males on standardized tests of mathematics - yet no such differences exist in the classroom. These differences are not trivial, nor are they insignificant. Test scores help determine entrance to college and graduate school and therefore, by extension, a person's job and future success. If females receive lower test scores then they also receive fewer opportunities. Why does this discrepancy exist? This book presents a series of papers that address these issues by integrating the latest research findings and theories. Authors such as Diane Halpern, Jacquelynne Eccles, Beth Casey, Ronald Nuttal, James Byrnes, and Frank Pajares tackle these questions from a variety of perspectives. Many different branches of psychology are represented, including cognitive, social, personality/self-oriented, and psychobiological. The editors then present an integrative chapter that discusses the ideas presented and other areas that the field should explore.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33447/cover/9780521533447.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Terrorism and Disaster</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individual and Community Mental Health Interventions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ursano, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fullerton, Carol S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norwood, Ann E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new book follows on from Ursano et al.'s earlier title Individual and Community Responses to Trauma and Disaster to expand the focus on terrorism as a particular type of disaster. There is widespread belief amongst professionals that terrorism (and torture) produce the highest rates of psychiatric sequelae of all the types of disaster. The traumatic effects of terrorism are also not limited to the direct victims only; they extend to families, helpers, communities and even regions far from the affected site. The editors have assembled the world's experts to examine the effects of terrorism, assessing lessons learned from recent atrocities such as 9/11, the Tokyo sarin attack, Omagh, et cetera. They look at issues of prevention, individual and organizational intervention, the effect of leadership, the effects of technological disasters and bioterrorism/contamination. This is essential reading for all professionals working in trauma and disaster planning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33454/cover/9780521533454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Organization of Attachment Relationships</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maturation, Culture, and Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crittenden, Patricia McKinsey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claussen, Angelika Hartl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quality of attachment has been a central variable in developmental research during the last two decades. However, even though attachment is relevant to all cultures and humans of all ages, the majority of research has focused on middle class infants in Anglicized cultures. Further, the function of attachment to protect humans from danger has been overlooked in a focus on the advantages of safety and security. This volume presents new theory on attachment that broadens its range to ages beyond infancy, to many cultures and to endangered populations, including both psychopathological individuals and those living in threatening contexts. The intent is to provide new theory and methods to better understand human variation in interpersonal and cultural self-protective strategies. The expansion of the attachment classificatory system beyond its roots in infancy and to a broad range of cultures differentiates this volume from other work on attachment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33461/cover/9780521533461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Guide to Biblical Hebrew Syntax</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, Bill T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Choi, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduces and abridges the syntactical features of the original language of the Hebrew Bible or Old Testament. Scholars have made significant progress in recent decades in understanding Biblical Hebrew syntax. Yet intermediate readers seldom have access to this progress due to the technical jargon and sometimes-obscure locations of the scholarly publications. This Guide is an intermediate-level reference grammar for Biblical Hebrew. As such, it assumes an understanding of elementary phonology and morphology, and defines and illustrates the fundamental syntactical features of Biblical Hebrew that most intermediate-level readers struggle to master. The volume divides Biblical Hebrew syntax, and to a lesser extent morphology, into four parts. The first three cover the individual words (nouns, verbs, and particles) with the goal of helping the reader move from morphological and syntactical observations to meaning and significance. The fourth section moves beyond phase-level phenomena and considers the larger relationships of clauses and sentences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33485/cover/9780521533485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153349X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153349X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reshaping National Intelligence for an Age of Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Treverton, Gregory F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world of intelligence has been completely transformed by the end of the Cold War and the onset of an age of information. Prior to the 1990s, US government intelligence had one principal target, the Soviet Union; a narrow set of 'customers', the political and military officials of the US government; and a limited set of information from the sources they owned, spy satellites and spies. Today, world intelligence has many targets, numerous consumers - not all of whom are American or in the government - and too much information, most of which is not owned by the U.S. government and is of widely varying reliability. In this bold and penetrating study, Gregory Treverton, former Vice Chair of the National Intelligence Council and Senate investigator, offers his insider's views on how intelligence gathering and analysis must change. He suggests why intelligence needs to be both contrarian, leaning against the conventional wisdom, and attentive to the longer term, leaning against the growing shorter time horizons of Washington policy makers. He urges that the solving of intelligence puzzles tap expertise outside government - in the academy, think tanks, and Wall Street - to make these parties colleagues and co-consumers of intelligence, befitting the changed role of government from doer to convener, mediator, and coalition-builder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33492/cover/9780521533492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030627</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153352X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153352X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Synchronization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Universal Concept in Nonlinear Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pikovsky, Arkady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenblum, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurths, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First recognized in 1665 by Christiaan Huygens, synchronization phenomena are abundant in science, nature, engineering and social life. Systems as diverse as clocks, singing crickets, cardiac pacemakers, firing neurons and applauding audiences exhibit a tendency to operate in synchrony.  These phenomena are universal and can be understood within a common framework based on modern nonlinear dynamics. The first half of this book describes synchronization without formulae, and is based on qualitative intuitive ideas. The main effects are illustrated with experimental examples and figures, and the historical development is outlined. The remainder of the book presents the main effects of synchronization in a rigorous and systematic manner, describing classical results on synchronization of periodic oscillators, and recent developments in chaotic systems, large ensembles, and oscillatory media. This comprehensive book will be of interest to a broad audience, from graduate students to specialist researchers in physics, applied mathematics, engineering and natural sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33522/cover/9780521533522.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533538</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wavelets in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van den Berg, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the application of the recently developed technique of the wavelet transform to a wide range of physical fields, including astrophysics, turbulence, meteorology, plasma physics, atomic and solid state physics, multifractals occurring in physics, biophysics (in medicine and physiology) and mathematical physics. The wavelet transform can analyze scale-dependent characteristics of a signal (or image) locally, unlike the Fourier transform, and more flexibly than the windowed Fourier transform developed by Gabor fifty years ago. The continuous wavelet transform is used mostly for analysis, but the discrete wavelet transform allows very fast compression and transmission of data and speeds up numerical calculation, and is applied, for example, in the solution of partial differential equations in physics. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in many fields of physics, and to applied mathematicians and engineers interested in physical application.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33539/cover/9780521533539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Languages in a Globalising World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maurais, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout human history, the fate of languages has been closely linked to political power relationships. Political shifts in the international system continue to affect linguistic patterns, which today are still in a state of flux following the end of the Cold War. This book considers the effects of present-day trends in global politics on the relative status of languages, and the directions in which the linguistic hierarchy might develop in the future. What are the prospects for the continuing spread of English? Will other traditionally prominent languages such as French and German gain or lose influence? Will languages such as Arabic and Japanese increase in international status? Will minority languages continue to lose ground and disappear? The book assesses these prospects, looking at the major world regions, and with its interdisciplinary approach it will appeal to researchers and students of sociolinguistics and language planning as well as of international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33546/cover/9780521533546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rational Design of International Institutions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koremenos, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lipson, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snidal, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International institutions vary widely in terms of key institutional features such as membership, scope, and flexibility. Barbara Koremenos, Charles Lipson, and Duncan Snidal argue that this is so because international actors are goal-seeking agents who make specific institutional design choices to solve the particular cooperation problems they face in different issue-areas. Using a Rational Design approach, they explore five features of institutions - membership, scope, centralization, control, and flexibility - and explain their variation in terms of four independent variables that characterize different cooperation problems: distribution, number of actors, enforcement, and uncertainty. The contributors to the volume then evaluate a set of conjectures in specific issue areas ranging from security organizations to trade structures to rules of war to international aviation.  Alexander Wendt appraises the entire Rational Design model of evaluating international organizations and the authors respond in a conclusion that sets forth both the advantages and disadvantages of such an approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33584/cover/9780521533584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Handbook of Personal Relationships</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vangelisti, Anita L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perlman, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>914</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Handbook of Personal Relationships serves as a benchmark of the current state of scholarship in this dynamic field synthesizing the extant theoretical and empirical literature, tracing its historical roots, and making recommendations for future directions. The volume addresses a broad range of established and emerging topics including: theoretical and methodological issues that influence the study of personal relationships; research and theory on relationship development, the nature and functions of personal relationships across the lifespan; individual differences and their influences on relationships; relationship processes such as cognition, emotion, and communication; relational qualities such as satisfaction and commitment; environmental influences on personal relationships; and maintenance and repair of relationships. The authors are experts from a variety of disciplines including several subfields of psychology, communication, family studies and sociology who have made major contributions to the understanding of relationships.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33591/cover/9780521533591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Developmental Psychology and Social Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Research, History and Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pillemer, David B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Sheldon H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the unique mission of developmental psychology? How has it evolved historically? What are its current challenges? The chapters in this collection present the view that research, history and policy are essential and interlocking components of a mature developmental psychology. Patterns of human development differ markedly across historical epochs, cultures and social circumstances. Major societal changes examined by contributing authors - the advent of universal compulsory schooling, the adoption of a one-child policy in China, US policy shifts in healthcare, welfare and childcare - present 'natural experiments' in social design. Authors challenge the idea of a clear distinction between basic and applied developmental research. In sharp contrast with the view that science is value-neutral, developmental psychologists have from the outset pursued the betterment of children and families through educational, childcare and health initiatives. An historical perspective reveals the beneficial, if sometimes contentious, interplay between empirical research and social programs and policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33607/cover/9780521533607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Elgar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grimley, Daniel M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rushton, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edward Elgar occupies a pivotal place in the British cultural imagination. His music has been heard as emblematic of Empire and the English landscape. The recent success of Anthony Payne's elaboration of the sketches for Elgar's Third Symphony has prompted a critical revaluation of his music. This Companion provides an accessible and vivid account of Elgar's work in its historical and cultural context. Established authorities on British music and scholars new in the field examine Elgar's music from a range of critical perspectives, including nationalism, post-colonialism, decadence, reception and musical influences. There are also chapters on interpretation, including his own (Elgar was the first major composer to commit a representative quantity of his own work to record), and on Elgar's relationships with the BBC and with his publishers. The book includes much new material, drawing on original research, as well as providing a comprehensive introduction to Elgar's major musical achievements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33638/cover/9780521533638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demography in the Age of the Postmodern</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, Nancy E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demography has developed into a remarkably coherent field and now stands as a firmly established discipline with strong ties to policy-making agencies. However, in recent years there has been increasing recognition within demography of the limits of existing theories and methods, particularly its absence of a strong critical tradition and its isolation from recent theoretical developments in other social sciences. In this study, Nancy Riley and James McCarthy use the lens of postmodernism to structure a critical analysis of the field of demography. Paying particular attention to the fundamental epistemologies and methodologies that currently underlie the field, they explore how postmodern perspectives might serve to energize the field and how demography could be enhanced by the introduction of insights from other social sciences. Drawing on examples of new kinds of research in demography and related fields, this is an important new book that seeks to reinvigorate the field of demography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33645/cover/9780521533645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Dynamics and Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bezuglyi, Sergey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolyada, Sergiy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a collection of survey papers by leading researchers in ergodic theory, low-dimensional and topological dynamics and it comprises nine chapters on a range of important topics. These include: the role and usefulness of ultrafilters in ergodic theory, topological dynamics and Ramsey theory; topological aspects of kneading theory together with an analogous 2-dimensional theory called pruning; the dynamics of Markov odometers, Bratteli-Vershik diagrams and orbit equivalence of non-singular automorphisms; geometric proofs of Mather's connecting and accelerating theorems; recent results in one dimensional smooth dynamics; periodic points of nonexpansive maps; arithmetic dynamics; the defect of factor maps; entropy theory for actions of countable amenable groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33652/cover/9780521533652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153366X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153366X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslim Societies in African History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Examining a series of processes (Islamization, Arabization, Africanization) and case studies from North, West and East Africa, this book gives snapshots of Muslim societies in Africa over the last millennium. In contrast to traditions which suggest that Islam did not take root in Africa, author David Robinson shows the complex struggles of Muslims in the Muslim state of Morocco and in the Hausaland region of Nigeria. He portrays the ways in which Islam was practiced in the  'pagan'  societies of Ashanti (Ghana) and Buganda (Uganda) and in the ostensibly Christian state of Ethiopia - beginning with the first emigration of Muslims from Mecca in 615 CE, well before the foundational hijra to Medina in 622. He concludes with chapters on the Mahdi and Khalifa of the Sudan and the Murid Sufi movement that originated in Senegal, and reflections in the wake of the events of September 11, 2001.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33669/cover/9780521533669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preventing Intellectual Disability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethical and Clinical Issues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533713</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louhiala, Pekka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book that covers comprehensively the difficult ethical issues involved in prevention of intellectual disability (learning disability, mental retardation). These issues are discussed both practically and theoretically in the light of four case examples drawn from real life. The cases demonstrate various issues raised by the concept of preventing intellectual disability, including definition, epidemiology, screening, and genetic counselling. Two major approach models (reproductive autonomy and public health) are scrutinised, and the practical issues of prevention are examined closely with respect to three syndromes (Down, Fragile X, and Aspartylugosaminuria). The question 'Why should intellectual disability be prevented?' is examined thoroughly at each stage. As a paediatrician and a philosopher, Dr Louhiala presents the issues in a way that is both user-friendly and philosophically sound.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33713/cover/9780521533713.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Bach</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bach, like Shakespeare, is known largely by his works, exceptional in quantity as well as quality, and only a few original documents convey any idea of his life and character. Peter Williams's thoroughly new look at Bach's biography asks many questions about the so-called evidence. What was he like as a young man, as a father, as an ageing church servant? What were his preoccupations? What music did he know and how did he compose and perform such an amazing amount of music? Was he a disappointed man? Reading the available documentation critically, especially from the viewpoint of a performer, and going back to the first substantial 'biography' of Bach, namely his Obituary, Williams suggests new interpretations of the composer's life and his work. In addition, he asks if our understanding of Bach has been hindered by the unremitting deference displayed towards him since his death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33744/cover/9780521533744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonology and Language Use</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533782</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bybee, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A research perspective that takes language use into account opens up new views of old issues and provides an understanding of issues that linguists have rarely addressed. Referencing new developments in cognitive and functional linguistics, phonetics, and connectionist modeling, this book investigates various ways in which a speaker/hearer's experience with language affects the representation of phonology. Rather than assuming phonological representations in terms of phonemes, Joan Bybee adopts an exemplar model, in which specific tokens of use are stored and categorized phonetically with reference to variables in the context. This model allows an account of phonetically gradual sound change which produces lexical variation, and provides an explanatory account of the fact that many reductive sound changes affect high frequency items first. The well-known effects of type and token frequency on morphologically-conditioned phonological alterations are shown also to apply to larger sequences, such as fixed phrases and constructions, solving some of the problems formulated previously as dealing with the phonology-syntax interface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33782/cover/9780521533782.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533929</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stag Hunt and the Evolution of Social Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skyrms, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brian Skyrms, author of the successful Evolution of the Social Contract (which won the prestigious Lakatos Award) has written a sequel.  The new book is a study of ideas of cooperation and collective action.  The point of departure is a prototypical story found in Rousseau's A Discourse on Inequality. Rousseau contrasts the pay-off of hunting hare where the risk of non-cooperation is small but the reward is equally small, against the pay-off of hunting the stag where maximum cooperation is required but where the reward is so much greater. Thus, rational agents are pulled in one direction by considerations of risk and in another by considerations of mutual benefit. Written with Skyrms's characteristic clarity and verve, this intriguing book will be eagerly sought out by students and professionals in philosophy, political science, economics, sociology and evolutionary biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33928/cover/9780521533928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153397X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153397X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Private Power and Global Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transnational Merchant Law in the Global Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cutler, A. Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Transnational merchant law, which is mistakenly regarded in purely technical and apolitical terms, is a central mediator of domestic and global political/legal orders. By engaging with literature in international law, international relations and international political economy, the author develops the conceptual and theoretical foundations for analyzing the political significance of international economic law. In doing so, she illustrates the private nature of the interests that this evolving legal order has served over time. The book makes a sustained and comprehensive analysis of transnational merchant law and offers a radical critique of global capitalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33973/cover/9780521533973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Difficulty of Tolerance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Political Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scanlon, T. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays in political philosophy by T. M. Scanlon, written between 1969 and 1999, examine the standards by which social and political institutions should be justified and appraised. Scanlon explains how the powers of just institutions are limited by rights such as freedom of expression, and considers why these limits should be respected even when it seems that better results could be achieved by violating them. Other topics which are explored include voluntariness and consent, freedom of expression, tolerance, punishment, and human rights. The collection includes the classic essays 'Preference and Urgency', 'A Theory of Freedom of Expression', and 'Contractualism and Utilitarianism', as well as a number of other essays that have hitherto not been easily accessible. It will be essential reading for all those studying these topics from the perspective of political philosophy, politics, and law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33980/cover/9780521533980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521533996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521533996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521533997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Courts and Political Institutions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koopmans, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The frontier between 'law' and 'politics' is not always clear-cut. A large area exists where courts operate, but where governments and parliaments also make decisions. Tim Koopmans compares the way American, British, French and German law and politics deal with different issues: in many instances subjects which are highly 'political' in one country constitute legal issues in another. Is there, for example a 'sovereign Parliament' (as there is in Britain), or will courts control the compatibility of statutes with the Constitution (as in the United States and Germany)? How far can courts go in controlling the legality of administrative action? Are there general legal theories about the frontier between what courts and what politics can do? Koopmans considers case law on a range of issues, including human rights protection, federalism, separation of powers, equal protection and the impact of European and international law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33997/cover/9780521533997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parasites in Marine Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poulin, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sea is host to most of the Earth's biodiversity. However, in the case of parasites and their hosts, little is known of the interactions among the organisms. This important volume covers many aspects of these interactions, including the co-evolution and biogeography of different marine systems, and their applied impact on commercially important host species. Topics discussed include species interactions in such well-studied systems as larval trematodes in gastropods and ectoparasites on fish. The effects of parasites in ecosystems extend to commercial, economic concerns, particularly in aquaculture. The volume presents an easy-to-read account of recent advances in this important topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34123/cover/9780521534123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Comparison</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sex and Discrimination</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macklem, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Beyond Comparison: Sex and Discrimination Timothy Macklem addresses foundational issues in the long-running debate in legal, political and social theory about the nature of gender discrimination. He takes the highly original and controversial view that the heart of discrimination lies not in the unfavorable comparisons with the treatment and opportunities that men enjoy but rather in a denial of resources and opportunities that women need to lead successful and meaningful lives as women. Therefore, to understand what women need we must first understand what it is to be a woman. By displaying an impressive command of the feminist literature as well as intellectual rigor, this work promises to be a milestone in the debate about gender equality and will interest students and professionals in the areas of legal theory and gender studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34154/cover/9780521534154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Austen: A Family Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Le Faye, Deirdre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the outcome of years of research in Austen archives, and stems from the original family biography by W. and R. A. Austen-Leigh, Jane Austen: her Life and Letters. Jane Austen, A Family Record was first published in 1989, and this new edition incorporates information that has come to light since then, and provides new illustrations and updated family trees. Le Faye gives a detailed account of Austen's life and literary career. She has collected together documented facts as well as the traditions concerning the novelist, and places her within the context of a widespread, affectionate and talented family group. Readers will learn how Austen transformed the stuff of her peaceful life in the Hampshire countryside into six novels that are amongst the most popular in the English language. This fascinating record of Austen and her family will be of great interest to general readers and scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34178/cover/9780521534178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Postcolonial Literary Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lazarus, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Postcolonial Literary Studies offers a lucid introduction and overview of one of the most important strands in recent literary theory and cultural studies. The volume aims to introduce readers to key concepts, methods, theories, thematic concerns, and contemporary debates in the field. Drawing on a wide range of disciplines, contributors explain the impact of history, sociology and philosophy on the study of postcolonial literatures and cultures. Topics examined include everything from anti-colonial nationalism and decolonisation to globalisation, migration flows, and the 'brain drain' which constitute the past and present of 'the postcolonial condition'. The volume also pays attention to the sociological and ideological conditions surrounding the emergence of postcolonial literary studies as an academic field in the late 1970s and early 1980s. The Companion turns an authoritative, engaged and discriminating lens on postcolonial literary studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34185/cover/9780521534185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trauma and the Memory of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edkins, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this interesting study, Jenny Edkins explores how we remember traumatic events such as wars, famines, genocides and terrorism, and questions the assumed role of commemorations as simply reinforcing state and nationhood. Taking examples from the World Wars, Vietnam, the Holocaust, Kosovo and September 11th, Edkins offers a thorough discussion of practices of memory such as memorials, museums, remembrance ceremonies, the diagnosis of post-traumatic stress and the act of bearing witness. She examines the implications of these commemorations in terms of language, political power, sovereignty and nationalism. She argues that some forms of remembering do not ignore the horror of what happened but rather use memory to promote change and to challenge the political systems that produced the violence of wars and genocides in the first place. This wide-ranging study embraces literature, history, politics and international relations, and makes a significant contribution to the study of memory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34208/cover/9780521534208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sexual Health across the Lifecycle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Guide for Clinicians</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nusbaum, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenfeld, Jo Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a practical, positive approach to sexual health promotion for clinicians in primary care. It presents sexual concerns across the lifecycle, from childhood to old age, illuminated throughout by scenarios based on real life. It highlights common sexual issues from different age groups. Additionally it has chapters on sexuality and disability, sexual minorities, HIV-positive individuals, and complementary medicine. Each chapter serves as a practical resource to facilitate better care and communication with patients. Common sexual difficulties, approach to evaluation, and interview techniques, as well as management are presented in a practical manner. Numerous illustrations will assist the clinician in advising patients with back pain, who are pregnant, or who have chronic illnesses on how to make adjustments to their sexual life to maximize their quality of life. It presents an invaluable resource for all health professionals that spans the needs of patients from all backgrounds and age groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34215/cover/9780521534215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy Defended</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackie, Gerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is there a public good? A prevalent view in political science is that democracy is unavoidably chaotic, arbitrary, meaningless, and impossible. Such scepticism began with Condorcet in the eighteenth century, and continued most notably with Arrow and Riker in the twentieth century. In this powerful book, Gerry Mackie confronts and subdues these long-standing doubts about democratic governance. Problems of cycling, agenda control, strategic voting, and dimensional manipulation are not sufficiently harmful, frequent, or irremediable, he argues, to be of normative concern. Mackie also examines every serious empirical illustration of cycling and instability, including Riker's famous argument that the US Civil War was due to arbitrary dimensional manipulation. Almost every empirical claim is erroneous, and none is normatively troubling, Mackie says. This spirited defence of democratic institutions should prove both provocative and influential.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34314/cover/9780521534314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History and Memory in the Carolingian World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, Rosamond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The writing and reading of history in the early Middle Ages form the key themes of this book. The primary focus is on the remarkable manifestations of historical writing in relation to historical memory in the Frankish kingdoms of the eighth and ninth centuries. It considers the audiences for history in the Frankish kingdoms, the recording of memory in new genres including narrative histories, cartularies and Libri memoriales, and thus particular perceptions of the Frankish and Christian past. It analyses both original manuscript material and key historical texts from the Carolingian period, a remarkably creative period in the history of European culture. Presentations of the past developed in this period were crucial in forming an historical understanding of the Greco-Roman and Judaeo-Christian past and, in subsequent centuries, of early medieval Europe. They also played an extraordinarily influential role in the formation of political ideologies and senses of identity within Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34369/cover/9780521534369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discrete and Continuous Nonlinear Schr&#246;dinger Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ablowitz, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prinari, B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trubatch, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years there have been important and far reaching developments in the study of nonlinear waves and a class of nonlinear wave equations which arise frequently in applications. The wide interest in this field comes from the understanding of special waves called 'solitons' and the associated development of a method of solution to a class of nonlinear wave equations termed the inverse scattering transform (IST). Before these developments, very little was known about the solutions to such 'soliton equations'. The IST technique applies to both continuous and discrete nonlinear Schr&#246;dinger equations of scalar and vector type. Also included is the IST for the Toda lattice and nonlinear ladder network, which are well-known discrete systems. This book presents the detailed mathematical analysis of the scattering theory; soliton solutions are obtained and soliton interactions, both scalar and vector, are analyzed. Much of the material is not available in the previously-published literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34376/cover/9780521534376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transatlantic Images and Perceptions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Germany and America since 1776</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barclay, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glaser-Schmidt, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last two centuries, Germans and Americans have been rivals, friends, opponents, and, most recently, allies. This cross-disciplinary collection of essays analyses how German and American views of each other developed and periodically shifted, providing a fresh analysis of the often complex German-American relationship. The images that resulted from encounters between the two countries frequently reflected significant cross-currents of the contemporary relations, and often foreshadowed important trends. The nine German and eight American contributors to this volume analysed travelogues, private letters, diaries, diplomatic reports, and newspaper articles from the wake of US independence through the reunification of Germany, and also post-1945 movies, that reflect these cross-cultural encounters and illustrate how political agendas, prejudices, stereotypes, and pragmatic forces influenced individual, group and mass perceptions of the other society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34420/cover/9780521534420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cuban Slave Market, 1790-1880</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergad, Laird W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iglesias Garc&#237;a, Fe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barcia, Mar&#237;a del Carmen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Slavery was in many ways the fundamental institution in colonial Cuba, whose economy was based on the export of sugar from the slave-worked plantations. This volume presents a quantitative study of Cuban slavery from the late eighteenth century until 1880, the year slavery was formally abolished on the island. The core of this study is an examination of the yearly movement of slave prices and changes in the demographic characteristics of the slave market. Based on data from the notarial protocol records of the Archivo Nacional de Cuba, this book establishes precise price trends for slaves by age, sex, nationality, and occupation, and considers a number of other variables including the prices of coartados (slaves who had begun the process of buying their freedom) and the patterns of emancipation. Incorporating over 30,000 slave transactions from three separate locations in Cuba - Havana, Santiago, and Cienfuegos - this work comprises the largest extant database on any slave market in the Americas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80598/cover/9780521480598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prelude to the Mahdiyya</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peasants and Traders in the Shendi Region, 1821-1885</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bj&#248;rkelo, Anders</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the first colonial period (the Turkiyya, 1821-85), the Shendi region of the Northern Sudan was inhabited by peasants, traders and nomads. This book analyses socio-economic change among the peasants and traders during this formative period of Sudanese history. Administration, agriculture and trade in transition from a pre-colonial to a colonial economy are discussed. Anders Bj&#248;rkelo argues that Turkish demands for cash-crop cultivation and taxation in cash ruined the villages and towns and undermined the local subsistence economy, and that the role of traders as mediators in the process of monetisation contributed to stagnation and rural indebtedness. By combining a thorough mastery of the travel literature with examination of previously unknown manuscript sources, notably the private papers of a prominent Sudanese merchant, he is able to offer a closer view of the situation of trader and peasant families. For the first time it is possible to consider the period from a Sudanese point of view. Dr Bj&#248;rkelo concludes that General Gordon's policy of driving back to the impoverished north the waves of emigrants to the Southern Sudan was instrumental in triggering off the Mahdist movement, and also interestingly suggests points of comparison between reactions to Muslim, as against European, imperialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34444/cover/9780521534444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disputes and Settlements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law and Human Relations in the West</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bossy, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by British, American and French scholars uses the records of the law in Western Europe from the fall of Rome to the nineteenth century in an attempt to outline a social history of the West considered as a history of human relations. The primary themes are dispute, arbitration and conjugal relations; the primary influences considered are feud, Christianity and the state. The contributions are discussed overall by an anthropologist lawyer, Simon Roberts, who writes an anthropological introduction, and by the editor in a short historical postscript. The aim has been to strike a new note in social history by attending more closely to actual people and their actual relations; by drawing on the resources of anthropology, legal history, the history of religious feelings and institutions, and of states, to illuminate their behaviour; and by combining the efforts of scholars representing a diversity of intellectual traditions and a long perspective of human experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34451/cover/9780521534451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sir Matthew Hale, 1609-1676</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law, Religion and Natural Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cromartie, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Matthew Hale (1609-76) was the greatest common lawyer of his age, and the most universally admired. Although he held office under Oliver Cromwell, this barely affected his standing in Restoration times. A study of Hale's life and thought necessarily illuminates the central role of the common law in Stuart politics. This book explains Hale's political ideas, and his subtle understanding of the peculiar character of an 'unwritten' law. It also covers his extensive writings on scientific and religious questions, writings which document a shift from puritan to liberal Protestantism. His acute but equivocal response to the science of Descartes and Boyle reveals a fascinating interplay between his 'latitudinarianism' and the new natural philosophy. The result is a unique case study, and a comprehensive portrait of a seventeenth-century mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34468/cover/9780521534468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030305</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153447X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153447X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Policy and the Reconstruction of West Germany, 1945-1955</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diefendorf, Jeffry M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frohn, Axel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rupieper, Hermann-Josef</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of twenty-three essays by German and American historians deals with the most important issues of US policy toward Germany in the decade following World War II: Germany's democratisation, economic recovery, rearmament, and integration into the European community and Western alliance. All contributions to this volume are based on recent research in German and American archives, and include two comprehensive essays on archival sources and a selected bibliography. In contrast to most other studies, the essays cover not only the period of military government (1945-1949) but also the era of the Allied High Commission for Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34475/cover/9780521534475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions of Confinement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hospitals, Asylums, and Prisons in Western Europe and North America, 1500-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finzsch, Norbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>J&#252;tte, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A major interdisciplinary study of the development of prisons, hospitals and insane asylums in America and Europe, this book resulted from discussions between its two editors about their work on the history of hospitals, poor relief, deviance, and crime, and a subsequent conference held in 1992 by the German Historical Institute that attempted to assess the impacts of Foucault and Elias. Seventeen contributors from six different countries with backgrounds in history, sociology and criminology utilize various methodological approaches and reflect the various viewpoints in the theoretical debate over Foucault's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34482/cover/9780521534482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Whitehall and the Jews, 1933-1948</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Immigration Policy, Jewish Refugees and the Holocaust</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>London, Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whitehall and the Jews is the most comprehensive study to date of the British response to the plight of European Jewry under Nazism. It contains the definitive account of immigration controls on the admission of refugee Jews, and reveals the doubts and dissent that lay behind British policy. British self-interest consistently limited humanitarian aid to Jews. Refuge was severely restricted during the Holocaust, and little attempt made to save lives, although individual intervention did prompt some admissions on a purely humanitarian basis. After the war, the British government delayed announcing whether refugees would obtain permanent residence, reflecting the government's aim of avoiding long-term responsibility for large numbers of homeless Jews. The balance of state self-interest against humanitarian concern in refugee policy is an abiding theme of Whitehall and the Jews, one of the most important contributions to the understanding of the Holocaust and Britain yet published.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34499/cover/9780521534499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153450X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153450X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Government and Expertise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Specialists, Administrators and Professionals, 1860-1919</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLeod, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A generation has passed since the appearance of Oliver MacDonagh's article 'The Nineteenth-century Revolution in Government: A Reappraisal' (Historical Journal, 1958), which gave enormous impetus to the study of the 'silent revolution' that had overtaken Whitehall and Westminster between 1830 and 1914. Following MacDonagh, scholars have turned with fresh eyes to old sources - departmental archives, bill payers and private memoirs - to explore the ways and means by which the changes he described had occurred. This book offers selected perspectives on an important facet of new research into the administrative revolution: the idea of 'expertise', the role of 'experts' and of administrators and professionals in creating the technique of Victorian government. It also pays tribute to MacDonagh's seminal insight, in offering an indication of work in progress along a research front which now incorporates disciplines beyond administrative history in an international setting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34505/cover/9780521534505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslim Brotherhoods in Nineteenth-Century Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, B. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The mystical and hierarchically organized brotherhoods, the sufi, were first formed in the twelfth century in Iraq, Iran, central Asia, and North Africa. These brotherhoods drew their members from all kinship groups and all classes and professions. By the end of the eighteenth century, however, the African orders were faced, as was the Muslim world in general, with the steady growth of European imperialism in the Near East, dramatically symbolized by the Napoleonic invasion of Egypt. The sufi's fear that their world was endangered combined at this point with the evident political and military weakness of the Ottoman Turks and with a pervasive and general sense of cultural decline to bring about a religious revival under the aegis of the Muslim brotherhoods. This revival has as its main goal the defence of Islam, and through it the sufi orders acquired great, and indeed unprecedented, political and social influence. Professor Martin considers the social and the political aspects of this revival. He focuses on eight sufi brotherhoods and their leaders; five moderates who taught mysticism, carried on jihads, or instituted social reforms; and one conservative sufi leader very little affected by the changing world of the nineteenth century. The book should appeal to all readers interested in African, Islamic, and Middle Eastern history, and to those anthropologists, sociologists, and historians interested in religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34512/cover/9780521534512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>West African Slavery and Atlantic Commerce</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Senegal River Valley, 1700-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Searing, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>West African societies were transformed by the slave trade, even in regions where few slaves were exported. While many books have been written on the import and export trade and on warrior predation, Dr Searing's concern is with the effects of the Atlantic slave trade on the societies of the Senegal river valley in the eighteenth century. He shows that the growth of the Atlantic trade stimulated the development of slavery within West Africa. Slaves worked as seamen in the river and coasting trades, produced surplus grain to feed slaves in transit, and sometimes came to hold pivotal positions in the political structure of the coastal kingdoms of Senegambia. This local slave system had far-reaching consequences, leading to religious protest and slave rebellions. The changes in agricultural production fostered an ecological crisis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34529/cover/9780521534529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State and Society in Mid-Nineteenth-Century Egypt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toledano, Ehud R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Previous studies of nineteenth-century Egypt have often been premature in identifying the existence of an independent nation state. In a way which will permanently affect our view of Egyptian history, this book argues that in the mid-nineteenth-century period Egypt was still an Ottoman province, with a provincial Ottoman elite which was only gradually becoming Egyptian. Part one discusses the creation of a dynastic order in Egypt, especially under Abbas Pasa (1848-1854), and the formation of an Ottoman-Egyptian ruling class. Part two deals with the non-elite groups, the vast majority of Egypt's population. A final chapter offers a convincing picture of the social and cultural life of the period in a way which has never before been attempted in a Middle East context. The author's valuable knowledge of Ottoman and Arabic as well as European documents and his use of a wide variety of sources, including police and court records, chronicles and travel literature, have enabled him to make an important contribution to a neglected period of Egyptian history and indeed to our understanding of other provinces and dependencies in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34536/cover/9780521534536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Synagogue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sanctuary Transformed</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wertheimer, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adapting to the shifting characteristics of the American Jewish population and the larger society of the United States, the synagogue has consistently served as American Jewry's vital forum for the exploration of the evolving ideological and social concerns of American Jews. From the Americanization of an immigrant congregation in Seattle to the growth of a synagogue center in Brooklyn, and from the agitation for religious reform in early nineteenth-century Charlestown to the introduction of American folk music in a Houston temple, the cases studied in this volume attest to the prominent role of the synagogue in shaping, as well as adapting to, social, cultural, and ideological trends. The book begins with an overview of the historical transformation and denominational differentiation of American synagogues. The essays in the second section offer in-depth analyses of the critical challenges to and changes in synagogue life through innovative studies of representative congregations. The problems of geographic relocation, the conflict between ethnic preservation and acculturation, the development of education in the synagogue, and the changing role of women in the congregation are all examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34543/cover/9780521534543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Lick's Monument</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Saga of Captain Richard Floyd and the Building of the Lick Observatory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a remarkable story of the building of the Lick Observatory on Mount Hamilton in California. Helen Wright's informative account vividly describes the founding of the observatory by the millionaire James Lick, as well as the pioneering role that Captain Richard Floyd played in its eight-year construction. The author details the personalities, the many unique circumstances, and the extraordinary production obstacles that were involved in the building of the first high-altitude astronomical observatory, which was finally opened as part of the University of California on June 1, 1888. Based on exhaustive research, this work makes a valuable contribution to the history of astronomy. The volume is enhanced by a fascinating collection of original photographs from the period that are of great historical interest. James Lick's Monument will appeal to a wide audience, including professional and amateur astronomers, historians of science, and all other readers interested in astronomy and its history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34550/cover/9780521534550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Sustainable Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Local Livelihoods and the Global Environment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sayer, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science faces major challenges in tackling the inter-linked problems of poverty and environmental sustainability. This book reviews how practical science can be applied to real-life conservation and development problems, and aims to demystify the sometimes obscure science of natural resources management, interpreting it for the benefit of those who need to deal with the day to day problems of managing complex natural resource systems. The authors give practical guidance to those who design and manage conservation programmes and demonstrate that technologies are available that enable integrated natural resource management to move from a theory to a reality. They argue that the threats to the natural environment posed by globalisation require an integrated response encompassing different scales, system components, disciplines and knowledge types, and that such a response can yield real benefits to those living in tropical developing countries, whilst also achieving global environment objectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34567/cover/9780521534567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153464X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153464X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Citizenship in Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Values, Participation and Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pattie, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seyd, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiteley, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are increasing concerns about changes in society and the economy which are undermining the effectiveness of democracy and weakening traditional conceptions of citizenship. What does it mean to be a British citizen in the early part of the 21st century? This book presents the first major empirical study of citizenship in Britain, comprising surveys of political participation and voluntary activities, and of the beliefs and values which underpin them. As well as presenting new data, the authors provide a sophisticated discussion of the concept of citizenship, and the consequences of a lack of civic engagement in a modern democracy. It examines why some people are 'good' citizens when others are 'bad' and it explores the consequences of citizenship for policy-makers and democracy. Comprehensive and accessible, this book makes a major contribution to our understanding of civic attitudes in Britain today and will appeal to students, researchers and policy-makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34642/cover/9780521534642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Social Risk</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business and Welfare State Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mares, Isabela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book provides a systematic evaluation of the role played by business in the development of the modern welfare state. When and why have employers supported the development of institutions of social insurance that provide benefits to workers for various employment-related risks? What factors explain the variation in the social policy preferences of employers? What is the relative importance of business and labor-based organization in the negotiation of a new social policy? This book studies these critical questions, by examining the role played by German and French producers in eight social policy reforms spanning nearly a century of social policy development. The analysis demonstrates that major social policies were adopted by cross-class alliances comprising labor-based organizations and key sectors of the business community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34772/cover/9780521534772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contesting Citizenship in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Indigenous Movements and the Postliberal Challenge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yashar, Deborah J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Indigenous people in Latin America have mobilized in unprecedented ways - demanding recognition, equal protection, and subnational autonomy. These are remarkable developments in a region where ethnic cleavages were once universally described as weak. Recently, however, indigenous activists and elected officials have increasingly shaped national political deliberations. Deborah Yashar explains the contemporary and uneven emergence of Latin American indigenous movements - addressing both why indigenous identities have become politically salient in the contemporary period and why they have translated into significant political organizations in some places and not others. She argues that ethnic politics can best be explained through a comparative historical approach that analyzes three factors: changing citizenship regimes, social networks, and political associational space. Her argument provides insight into the fragility and unevenness of Latin America's third wave democracies and has broader implications for the ways in which we theorize the relationship between citizenship, states, identity, and social action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34802/cover/9780521534802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060613</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uses of Argument</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toulmin, Stephen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A central theme throughout the impressive series of philosophical books and articles Stephen Toulmin has published since 1948 is the way in which assertions and opinions concerning all sorts of topics, brought up in everyday life or in academic research, can be rationally justified. Is there one universal system of norms, by which all sorts of arguments in all sorts of fields must be judged, or must each sort of argument be judged according to its own norms? In The Uses of Argument (1958) Toulmin sets out his views on these questions for the first time. In spite of initial criticisms from logicians and fellow philosophers, The Uses of Argument has been an enduring source of inspiration and discussion to students of argumentation from all kinds of disciplinary background for more than forty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34833/cover/9780521534833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tragic Vision of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics, Interests and Orders</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lebow, Richard Ned</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is it possible to preserve national security through ethical policies? Richard Ned Lebow seeks to show that ethics are actually essential to the national interest. Recapturing the wisdom of classical realism through a close reading of the texts of Thucydides, Clausewitz and Hans Morgenthau, Lebow argues that, unlike many modern realists, classic realists saw close links between domestic and international politics, and between interests and ethics. Lebow uses this analysis to offer a powerful critique of post-Cold War American foreign policy. He also develops an ontological foundation for ethics and makes the case for an alternate ontology for social science based on Greek tragedy's understanding of life and politics. This is a topical and accessible book, written by a leading scholar in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34857/cover/9780521534857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frontiers of X-Ray Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fabian, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pounds, K. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blandford, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>X-ray astronomy has undergone a revolution in recent years. With the launch of two new orbiting observatories, Chandra and XMM-Newton, astronomers are now able to obtain spectra and images at a higher resolution than ever before.  New observations have had a major impact on topics ranging from protostars to cosmology. The contributions in this work, by leading authorities in the field, originate from a Royal Society Discussion Meeting that was held to review the most recent results from the current generation of X-ray telescopes, and set them in context. This book is a valuable reference for research astronomers and graduate students wishing to understand the latest developments in this exciting field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34871/cover/9780521534871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organizational Learning from Performance Feedback</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Behavioral Perspective on Innovation and Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greve, Henrich R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Revisiting Cyert and March's classic 1963 'Behavioral Theory of the Firm', Henrich Greve offers an intriguing analysis of how firms evolve in response to feedback about their own performance. Based on ideas from organizational theory, social psychology, and economics, he explains how managers set goals, evaluate performance, and determine strategic changes. Drawing on a range of studies, including the author's own analysis of the Japanese shipbuilding industry, he reports on how theory fits evidence on organizational change of risk-taking, research and development expenses, innovativeness, investment in assets, and in market strategy. The findings suggest that high-performing organizations quickly reduce their rates of change, but low-performing organizations only slowly increase those rates. Analysis of performance feedback is an important direction for research and this book provides valuable insights in how organizational learning interacts with other influences on organizational behaviour such as competitive rivalry and institutional influences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34918/cover/9780521534918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Study Abroad and Second Language Use</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constructing the Self</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pellegrino Aveni, Valerie A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language plays an essential role in how we portray our personalities. Through social interaction, others develop a picture of us based on our linguistic cues. However, when we interact in a foreign language and in a new country, limitations in linguistic and cultural knowledge can make self-presentation a more difficult task. This book explores the problems faced by language students embarking on 'study abroad' programmes, spending time in a foreign country and having to interact - and express their personalities - in a second language. Drawing on her extensive work with students, Valerie Pellegrino Aveni explores the factors that complicate self-presentation and the strategies students use for overcoming these, looking in particular at issues of anxiety, control, age, gender, risk-taking and self-esteem. Offering rich insights into the study abroad experience, this book will be an invaluable resource for professionals in second language acquisition, and for teachers and students preparing for study abroad.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34949/cover/9780521534949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534984</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Socialism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection, twelve philosophers, historians, and political philosophers-scholars with a diverse set of disciplinary and political leanings-assess aspects of socialism in light of its recent reversals.  Some of the essays consider what made the socialist project seem compelling to its advocates, examining the moral and political values that made socialism appealing to intellectuals. Others evaluate whether there are aspects of socialism that ought to be preserved, such as its quest for equality and community. Some essays examine whether free-market systems need to be further modified in response to ongoing socialist critiques. Several others argue for the continuing validity of socialism in its social democratic incarnation, suggesting ways in which socialism may still have a productive future. Still others condemn the socialist project as inherently misguided in theory, while also portraying 'really existing socialism' as cataclysmic in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34987/cover/9780521534987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521534992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521534992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521534994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autonomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521534994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller Jr., Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A central idea in moral and political philosophy, 'autonomy' is generally understood as some form of self-governance or self-direction. Certain Stoics, modern philosophers such as Spinoza, and most importantly, Immanuel Kant, are among the great philosophers who have offered important insights on the concept. Some theorists analyze autonomy in terms of the self being moved by its higher-order desires. Others argue that autonomy must be understood in terms of acting from reason or from a sense of moral duty independent of the passions. Autonomy seems closely related to the notion of freedom, but in what sense: freedom from coercion, freedom from psychological constraints, or freedom from material necessity? Various approaches to these and similar questions yield different implications for public policy. Is capitalism, social democracy or socialism more favorable to autonomy? The essays in this volume address these important questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/34994/cover/9780521534994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153500X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153500X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Gallery of Fluid Motion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samimy, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breuer, K. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leal, L. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steen, P. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Images of fluids in motion have served both scientific and artistic purposes at least since the time of Leonardo de Vinci over 500 years ago. The visualization of fluid flow has played a major role in the development of fluid dynamics and its technological and scientific applications, from the evolution of flight to the tracking of weather to understanding the flow of blood. Today, the Division of Fluid Dynamics of the American Physical Society annually sponsors a competition for outstanding images of fluid flow, judged by their artistic beauty and novelty and their contribution to the better understanding of fluid dynamics. This Gallery is a selection of the images that have won the competition over the last seventeen years. Each image is accompanied by some explanatory text, aimed at making the collection an attractive and essential work for everyone interested in the art and science of fluid flow.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35007/cover/9780521535007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Networks and Greenways</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Concept, Design, Implementation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jongman, Rob H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pungetti, Gloria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The establishment of ecological networks in Europe and greenways in America has required some of the most advanced applications of the principles of landscape ecology to land use planning. This book provides a thorough overview of recent developments in this emerging field, combining theoretical concepts of landscape ecology with the actual practice of landscape planning and management. In addition to biological and physical considerations important to biodiversity protection and restoration, equal weight is given to cultural and aesthetic issues to illustrate how sympathetic, sustainable land use policies can be implemented. Examples are given for large scale areas (Estonia and Florida) as well as regional areas such as Milano, Chicago and the Argentinian Yungas. This invaluable book will provide a wealth of information for all those concerned with biodiversity conservation through networks and greenways and their relevance to the planning process, whether researcher, land manager or policy maker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35021/cover/9780521535021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Darwin's Fishes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Encyclopedia of Ichthyology, Ecology, and Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pauly, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Darwin's Fishes, Daniel Pauly presents an encyclopaedia of ichthyology, ecology and evolution, based upon everything that Charles Darwin ever wrote about fish. Entries are arranged alphabetically and can be about, for example, a particular fish taxon, an anatomical part, a chemical substance, a scientist, a place, or an evolutionary or ecological concept. The reader can start wherever they like and are then led by a series of cross-references on a fascinating voyage of interconnected entries, each indirectly or directly connected with original writings from Darwin himself. Along the way, the reader is offered interpretation of the historical material put in the context of both Darwin's time and that of contemporary biology and ecology. This book is intended for anyone interested in fishes, the work of Charles Darwin, evolutionary biology and ecology, and natural history in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/27775/cover/9780521827775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Integration and Political Conflict</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marks, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steenbergen, Marco R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past half-century, Europe has experienced the most radical reallocation of authority that has ever taken place in peace-time, yet the ideological conflicts that will emerge from this are only now becoming apparent. The editors of this volume, Gary Marks and Marco Steenbergen, have brought together a formidable group of scholars of European and comparative politics to investigate patterns of conflict that are arising in the European Union. Using diverse sources of data, and examining a range of actors, including citizens, political parties, members of the European Parliament, social movements, and interest groups, the authors of this volume conclude that political contestation concerning European integration is indeed rooted in the basic conflicts that have shaped political life in Western Europe for many years. This comprehensive volume provides the most up-to-date analysis of political conflict in the European Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35052/cover/9780521535052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Ralph Ellison</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posnock, Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ralph Ellison's classic 1952 novel Invisible Man is one of the most important and controversial novels in the American canon and remains widely read and studied. This Companion provides an introduction to this influential and significant novelist and critic and to his masterpiece. It features essays by leading scholars, a chronology and a guide to further reading. The essays reveal alternative dimensions of Ellison's art radiating out from Invisible Man into other domains - technology, political theory, law, photography, music, religion - and recover the compelling urgency and relevance of Ellison's political and artistic vision. Since Ellison's death his published oeuvre has been expanded by several major volumes - his collected essays, the fragment of a novel, Juneteenth (1999), letters and short stories - examined here in the context of his life and work. Students and scholars of Ellison and of American and African-American literature will find this an invaluable and accessible guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35069/cover/9780521535069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Third Party Policing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mazerolle, Lorraine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ransley, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Third party policing represents a major shift in contemporary crime control practices. As the lines blur between criminal and civil law, responsibility for crime control no longer rests with state agencies but is shared between a wide range of organisations, institutions or individuals. The first comprehensive book of its kind, Third Party Policing examines this growing phenomenon, arguing that it is the legal basis of third party policing that defines it as a unique strategy. Opening up the debate surrounding this controversial topic, the authors examine civil and regulatory controls necessary to this strategy and explore the historical, legal, political and organizational environment that shape its adoption. This innovative book combines original research with a theoretical framework that reaches far beyond criminology into politics and economics. It offers an important addition to the world-wide debate about the nature and future of policing and will prove invaluable to scholars and policy makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35076/cover/9780521535076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Child Support in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crowley, Jocelyn Elise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political observers have long since struggled with understanding how new ideas are placed on the public agenda. In their studies, most social scientists have relied on biographical sketches and intensive case studies to explore the intricacies of innovation. Researchers have had much more difficulty, however, in moving from these individual success stories to more generalizable theories of entrepreneurship. This book builds such a theory by focusing on the critical issue of child support enforcement in the United States. Covering over a 100 year period, this book tracks the evolution of multiple sets of political entrepreneurs as they grapple with the child support problem: charity workers with local law enforcement in the nineteenth century, social workers throughout the 1960s, conservatives during the 1970s, women's groups and women legislators in the 1980s, and fathers' rights groups in the 1990s and beyond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35113/cover/9780521535113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nationalization of Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Formation of National Electorates and Party Systems in Western Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caramani, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an in-depth comparative and long-term analysis Daniele Caramani studies the macro-historical process of the nationalization of politics. Using a great wealth of new and unexplored data on single constituencies in seventeen West European countries, he reconstructs the territorial structures of electoral support for political parties, as well as their evolution since the mid-nineteenth century from highly fragmented politics in the early stages toward nation-wide alignments. Caramani provides a multi-pronged empirical analysis through time, across countries, and between party families. The inclusion in the analysis of all the most important social and political cleavages - class, state-church, rural-urban, ethno-linguistic and religious - allows him to assess the nationalizing impact of the class cleavage that emerged from national and industrial revolutions, and the resistance of preindustrial cultural factors to national integration. Institutional and socio-economic factors are combined with actor-centered patterns and differences between national types of territorial configurations of the vote.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35205/cover/9780521535205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The EU, NATO and the Integration of Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rules and Rhetoric</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schimmelfennig, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why did Western European states agree to the enlargement of the EU and NATO? Frank Schimmelfennig analyzes the history of the enlargement process and develops a theoretical approach of 'rhetorical action' to explain why it occurred. While rationalist theory explains the willingness of East European states to join the NATO and EU, it does not explain why member states decided to admit them. Using original data, Schimmelfennig shows that expansion to the East can be understood in terms of liberal democratic community building. Drawing on the works of Jon Elster and Erving Goffman, he demonstrates that the decision to expand was the result of rhetorical action. Candidates and their supporters used arguments based on collective identity, norms and values of the Western community to shame opponents into acquiescing to enlargement. This landmark book makes an enormous contribution to theory in international relations and to the study of European politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35250/cover/9780521535250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Life of Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tiedens, Larissa Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leach, Colin Wayne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book showcases new research and theory about the way in which the social environment shapes, and is shaped by, emotion. The book has three sections, each of which addresses a different level of sociality: interpersonal, intragroup, and intergroup. The first section refers to the links between specific individuals, the second to categories that define multiple individuals as an entity, and the final to the boundaries between groups. Emotions are found in each of these levels and the dynamics involved in these types of relationship are part of what it is to experience emotion. The chapters show how all three types of social relationships generate, and are generated by, emotions. In doing so, this book locates emotional experiences in the larger social context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35298/cover/9780521535298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Immigration and Politics in the New Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reinventing Borders</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lahav, Gallya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With almost a quarter of the world's migrants, Europe has been attempting to regulate migration and harmonize immigration policy at the European level. The central dilemma exposed is how liberal democracies can reconcile the need to control the movement of people with the desire to promote open borders, free markets and liberal standards. Gallya Lahav's book traces ten years of public opinion and elite attitudes toward immigration cross-nationally to show how and why increasing EU integration may not necessarily lead to more open immigration outcomes. Empirical evidence reveals that support from both elite and public opinion has led to the adoption of restrictive immigration policies despite the requirements of open borders. Unique in bringing together original data on European legislators and national elites, longitudinal data on public opinion and institutional and policy analyses, this study provides an important insight into the processes of European integration, and globalization more broadly.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35304/cover/9780521535304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153531X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153531X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blommaert, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This engaging introduction offers a critical approach to discourse, written by an expert uniquely placed to cover the subject for a variety of disciplines. Organised along thematic lines, the book begins with an outline of the basic principles, moving on to examine the methods and theory of CDA (critical discourse analysis). It covers topics such as text and context, language and inequality, choice and determination, history and process, ideology and identity. Blommaert focuses on how language can offer a crucial understanding of wider aspects of power relations, arguing that critical discourse analysis should specifically be an analysis of the 'effects' of power, what power does to people, groups and societies, and how this impact comes about. Clearly argued, this concise introduction will be welcomed by students and researchers in a variety of disciplines involved in the study of discourse, including linguistics, linguistic anthropology and the sociology of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35311/cover/9780521535311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creative Conflict in African American Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moses, Wilson Jeremiah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building upon his previous work and using Richard Hofstadter's The American Political Tradition as a model, Professor Moses has revised and brought together in this book essays that focus on the complexity of, and contradictions in, the thought of five major African-American intellectuals: Frederick Douglass, Alexander Crummell, Booker T. Washington, W. E. B. DuBois and Marcus M. Garvey. In doing so, he challenges both popular and scholarly conceptions of them as villains or heroes. In analyzing the intellectual struggles and contradictions of these five dominant personalities with regard to individual morality and collective reform, Professor Moses shows how they contributed to strategies for black improvement and puts them within the context of other currents of American thought, including Jeffersonian and Jacksonian democracy, Social Darwinism, and progressivism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35373/cover/9780521535373.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Longitudinal and Panel Data</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analysis and Applications in the Social Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frees, Edward W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This focuses on models and data that arise from repeated observations of a cross-section of individuals, households or companies. These models have found important applications within business, economics, education, political science and other social science disciplines. The author introduces the foundations of longitudinal and panel data analysis at a level suitable for quantitatively oriented graduate social science students as well as individual researchers. He emphasizes mathematical and statistical fundamentals but also describes substantive applications from across the social sciences, showing the breadth and scope that these models enjoy.  The applications are enhanced by real-world data sets and software programs in SAS and Stata.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35380/cover/9780521535380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muslims and the State in Britain, France, and Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535397</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fetzer, Joel S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soper, J. Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over ten million Muslims live in Western Europe. Since the early 1990s, and especially after the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, vexing policy questions have emerged about the religious rights of native-born and immigrant Muslims. Britain has struggled over whether to give state funding to private Islamic schools. France has been convulsed over Muslim teenagers wearing the hijab in public schools. Germany has debated whether to grant 'public-corporation' status to Muslims. And each state is searching for policies to ensure the successful incorporation of practicing Muslims into liberal democratic society. This book analyzes state accommodation of Muslims' religious practices in Britain, France, and Germany, first examining three major theories: resource mobilization, political-opportunity structure, and ideology. It then proposes an additional explanation, arguing that each nation's approach to Muslims follows from its historically based church-state institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35397/cover/9780521535397.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cultured Chimpanzee</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Cultural Primatology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrew, W. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Short of inventing a time machine, we will never see our extinct forebears in action and be able to determine directly how human behaviour and culture has developed. However, we can learn from our closest living relatives, the African great apes. The Cultured Chimpanzee explores the astonishing variation in chimpanzee behaviour across their range, which cannot be explained by individual learning, genetic or environmental influences. It promotes the view that this rich diversity in social life and material culture reflects social learning of traditions, and more closely resembles cultural variety in humans than the simpler behaviour of other animal species. This stimulating book shows that the field of cultural primatology may therefore help us to reconstruct the cultural evolution of Homo sapiens from earlier forms, and that it is essential for anthropologists, archaeologists and zoologists to work together to develop a stronger understanding of human and primate cultural evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35434/cover/9780521535434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deliberative Politics in Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analyzing Parliamentary Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steiner, J&#252;rg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#228;chtiger, Andr&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sp&#246;rndli, Markus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steenbergen, Marco R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Deliberative politics' refers to the role of conversation and arguments in politics. Until recently discussion of deliberative politics took place almost exclusively among political philosophers, but many questions raised in this philosophical discussion cry out for empirical investigation. This book provides the first extended empirical study of deliberative politics, addressing, in particular, questions of the preconditions and consequences of high level deliberation. Using parliamentary debates in Germany, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States as an empirical base, the authors measure the level of deliberation by constructing a 'Discourse Quality Index'. As deliberative politics moves to the forefront of political theory, this book makes an important contribution to deliberative democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35649/cover/9780521535649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Society and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environmental Knowledge and Policy in West Africa and the Caribbean</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairhead, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leach, Melissa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, James Fairhead and Melissa Leach bring science to the heart of debates about globalisation, exploring transformations in global science and contrasting effects in Guinea, one of the world's poorest countries, and Trinidad, a more prosperous, industrialised and urbanised island. The book focuses on environment, forestry and conservation sciences that are central to these countries and involve resources that many depend upon for their livelihoods. It examines the relationships between policies, bureaucracies and particular types of scientific enquiry and explores how ordinary people, the media and educational practices engage with this. In particular it shows how science becomes part of struggles over power, resources and legitimacy. The authors take a unique ethnographic perspective, linking approaches in anthropology, development and science studies. They address critically prominent debates in each, and explore opportunities for new forms of participation, public engagement and transformation in the social relations of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35663/cover/9780521535663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535689</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Failed Century of the Child</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Governing America's Young in the Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sealander, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1900 and 2000 an unprecedented American effort to use state regulation to guarantee health, opportunity, and security to the country's children failed to reach its goals. The achievements envisioned were enormously ambitious and reflected entrenched but self-contradictory values and Americans' inconsistent expectations of government. As such, a 'failed' century deserves a mixture of rebuke and cautious admiration. Starting with the young, American public policy transformed individuals into strings of measurable characteristics. People became statistics, and if society could just get the measurements right, social policy said, progress would be possible. But children proved hard to quantify. Policies based on optimistic faith in the powers of applied scientific truth revealed perils implicit in acceptance of poorly understood social science paradigms. Definitions changed, as psychology or sociological or statistical theory changed, and good intentions foundered, as experts fiercely challenged each other's conclusions and public policies sought to respond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35687/cover/9780521535687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to M&#246;bius Differential Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertrich-Jeromin, Udo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>426</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the reader to the geometry of surfaces and submanifolds in the conformal n-sphere. Various models for M&#246;bius geometry are presented: the classical projective model, the quaternionic approach, and an approach that uses the Clifford algebra of the space of homogeneous coordinates of the classical model; the use of 2-by-2 matrices in this context is elaborated. For each model in turn applications are discussed. Topics comprise conformally flat hypersurfaces, isothermic surfaces and their transformation theory, Willmore surfaces, orthogonal systems and the Ribaucour transformation, as well as analogous discrete theories for isothermic surfaces and orthogonal systems. Certain relations with curved flats, a particular type of integrable system, are revealed. Thus this book will serve both as an introduction to newcomers (with background in Riemannian geometry and elementary differential geometry) and as a reference work for researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35694/cover/9780521535694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Development across Lives and Generations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Potential for Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chase-Lansdale, P. Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiernan, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Ruth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our volume examines the potential for change during the life course and across generations. We address the possibilities for promoting healthy development from infancy to adulthood in three key domains: human capital, partnership behavior, and child and adolescent development. Drawing from the disciplines of economics, demography, sociology, psychology, and psychiatry, our volume takes a multidisciplinary approach to review relevant empirical work regarding aspects of change and continuity, and the ways in which policies and programs might bring about change. We feature chapters from leading researchers in five countries to address these important issues. The main purpose of our volume is to link and integrate the lessons learned from multiple disciplines about change and continuity in order to examine how our nations can improve life chances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35793/cover/9780521535793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Banach Algebras, Operators, and Harmonic Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dales, H. Garth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aiena, Pietro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eschmeier, J&#246;rg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laursen, Kjeld</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Willis, George A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work has arisen from lecture courses given by the authors on important topics within functional analysis. The authors, who are all leading researchers, give introductions to their subjects at a level ideal for beginning graduate students, and others interested in the subject. The collection has been carefully edited so as to form a coherent and accessible introduction to current research topics. The first chapter by Professor Dales introduces the general theory of Banach algebras, which serves as a background to the remaining material. Dr Willis then studies a centrally important Banach algebra, the group algebra of a locally compact group. The remaining chapters are devoted to Banach algebras of operators on Banach spaces: Professor Eschmeier gives all the background for the exciting topic of invariant subspaces of operators, and discusses some key open problems; Dr Laursen and Professor Aiena discuss local spectral theory for operators, leading into Fredholm theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35847/cover/9780521535847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Languages and Communities in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this magisterial new study, Peter Burke explores the social and cultural history of the languages spoken or written in Europe between the invention of printing and the French Revolution, arguing that, from a linguistic point of view, 1450 to 1789 should be regarded as a distinct period. One major theme of the book is the relation between languages and communities (regions, churches, occupations and genders as well as nations) and the place of language as a way of identifying others as well as a symbol of one's own identity. A second, linked theme is that of competition: between Latin and the vernaculars, between different vernaculars, dominant and subordinate, and finally between different varieties of the same vernacular, such as standard languages and dialects. Written by one of Europe's leading cultural historians, this book restores the history of the many languages of Europe in a large variety of contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35861/cover/9780521535861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 73</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language. Articles in volume 73 include: Performance, Embodiment, Voice: the Theatre/Dance Cross-overs of Dodin, Bausch, and Forsythe; The Performative Self: Improvisation for Self and Other; The Events of June 1848: the 'Monte Cristo' Riots and the Politics of Protest; Culture, Memory, and American Performer Training; 'The Maker and the Tool': Charles Parker, Documentary Performance, and the Search for a Popular Culture; Simple Pleasures: the Ten-Minute Play, Overnight Theatre, and the Decline of the Art of Storytelling; Archive or Memory? The Detritus of Live Performance; NTQ Reports and Announcements; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35885/cover/9780521535885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 74</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 74 include: Joan Littlewood's Key to Creativity: 'Go on Stage to Fail'; Grandfathers and Orphans: the Family Saga of European Theatre; Decoding Myths in the Nepalese Festival of Indra Jatra; Theatre in Education in Britain: Current Practice and Future Potential; From Object to Subject: the Israeli Theatre of the Battered Women; 'The Spirits Wouldn't Let Me Be Anything Else': Shamanic Dimensions in Theatre Practice Today; The Contaminated Audience: Researching Amateur Theatre in Wales before 1939.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35892/cover/9780521535892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 75</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>98</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 75 include: New Voices in New Theatre Quarterly; Learning the Facts of Life: Forty Years as a TV Dramatist; Look at the Clouds: Migration and West Sumatran 'Popular' Theatre; The Limits of Theatre: Academic versus Professional Understanding of Theatre Problems; Glory Box: Tim Miller's Autobiography of the Future; 'As Rude As You Like - Honest': Theatre Criticism and the Law; Justus Leibig Universitat Giessen: a New Direction in German Theatre Training; Brecht's Use of Maristral and Socratic Dialogue as a Model for Progressive Education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35908/cover/9780521535908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 76</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 76 include: Street Scene: Berlin's Strasse des 17 Juni and the Performance of (Dis)unity; Whose Method? Culture, Commerce, and American Performer Training; Hanswurst, Harlequin, and Opera Comique: Performances in the Theatre at Krumlov; Against Inclusivity: a Happy Heresy about Theory and Practice; The Lord Chamberlain and the Containment of Americanization in the British Theatre of the 1920s; The Sri Lankan Ritual of Devol Madu: Problematizing Dharma in Ethnic Conflict; Shakespeare in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction: Theatrical Practice and Mass Culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 77</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 77 include: 'First-Class Evening Entertainments': Spectacle and Social Control in a Mid-Victorian Music Hall'; The 'Wicked City' Motif on the American Stage before the Civil War; An Eighteenth-Century Performance Analysis: B&#246;ttiger on Iffland; Practice as Research in Performance: a Personal Response; Jeremy Sandford: a Docu-Retrospect; British Radio Dramaturgy and the Effects of the New Conservatism; 'Out Vile Jelly': Sarah Kane's Blasted and Shakespeare's King Lear; 'Me and My Mates': the State of English Playwriting, 2003.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structure, Agency and the Internal Conversation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central problem of social theory is 'structure and agency'. How do the objective features of society influence human agents? Determinism is not the answer, nor is conditioning as currently conceptualised. It accentuates the way structure and culture shape the social context in which individuals operate, but it neglects our personal capacity to define what we care about most and to establish a modus vivendi expressive of our concerns. Through inner dialogue, 'the internal conversation', individuals reflect upon their social situation in the light of current concerns and projects. On the basis of a series of unique, in-depth interviews, Archer identifies three distinctive forms of internal conversation. These govern agents' responses to social conditioning, their individual patterns of social mobility and whether or not they contribute to social stability or change. Thus the internal conversation is seen as being the missing link between society and the individual, structure and agency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35977/cover/9780521535977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521535980</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521535980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521535984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Stony the Road' to Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Black Mississippians and the Culture of Social Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521535984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas-Houston, Marilyn M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the result of an ethnographic study on the impact of Black cultural diversity on social action. The ethnography has three important characteristics. First, it incorporates the multiple perspectives of the ethnographer with the diverse voices of the people through an unusual form of reflexivity that provides additional insight for the descriptions, analyses, and conclusions of the book. This epistemological method is used to challenge traditional structures of ethnographies. Secondly, it argues for the consideration of non-traditional approaches to studying the Black experience - a focus away from race relations and issues of class and an emphasis on intragroup interaction and diversity. Thirdly, it investigates the processes, social institutions, and structures within the Black community of a small college town that influence social change and social action since the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/35984/cover/9780521535984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parasite Variation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Immunological and Ecological Significance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Viney, Mark E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Read, Andrew F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>90</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All organisms vary genetically and phenotypically. This variation affects where they live and how they interact with their environment. Parasites are no different, except only in that their habitat includes other organisms as a significant part. Parasite variation can thus have large effects - in terms of disease and fitness - on their hosts (and the converse) leading to the generation of selection pressures on both parasite and host. The effects of host variation are known in some cases, but do not account for all of the variance in disease severity, for example. The papers in this volume consider parasitic variation in relation to environmental significance. A common theme highlights the importance of obtaining data about the ecological and immunological significance of parasitic variation, and not simply relying on a single strain of organisms. The complexities of the real world should be exploited to maximise our future strategies to combat disease.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36035/cover/9780521536035.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recognition Struggles and Social Movements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contested Identities, Agency and Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hobson, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recognition Struggles and Social Movements is the first book to look comparatively and cross-nationally at the dynamic interplay between those fighting for a fairer division of economic resources and those struggling for recognition and respect of group differences. Combining theory and empirical research, it decodes the moral grammar of recognition into real struggles of collective actors who contest social hierarchies in arenas of power - from the Roma in Hungary to the Travesti prostitutes in Brazil, from abortion discourse in the US and Germany to the translation of feminist texts from East and West. Looking through multiple mirrors of gender, race/ethnic and sexual identities, the authors dramatize the competition and conflicts among groups vying for recognition. Written by prominent scholars across disciplinary and geographical borders, this book breaks new ground in social movement studies confronting issues of power and governance, authenticity, and boundary making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36080/cover/9780521536080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consent to Sexual Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wertheimer, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When does a woman give valid consent to sexual relations? When does her consent render it morally or legally permissible for a man to have sexual relations with her? Why is sexual consent generally regarded as an issue about female consent? And what is the moral significance of consent? These are some of the questions discussed in this important book, which will appeal to a wide readership in philosophy, law, and the social sciences. Alan Wertheimer develops a theory of consent to sexual relations that applies to both law and morality in the light of the psychology of sexual relations, the psychology of perpetrators, and the psychology of the victims. He considers a wide variety of difficult cases such as coercion, fraud, retardation, and intoxication. We can all agree that 'no' means 'no'. This book suggests that the difficult question is whether 'yes' means 'yes'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36110/cover/9780521536110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How the Bible Became a Book</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Textualization of Ancient Israel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schniedewind, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the past two hundred years biblical scholars have increasingly assumed that the Hebrew Bible was largely written and edited in the Persian and Hellenistic periods. As a result, the written Bible has dwelled in an historical vacuum. Recent archaeological evidence and insights from linguistic anthropology, however, point to the earlier era of the late-Iron Age as the formative period for the writing of biblical literature. How the Bible Became a Book combines these recent archaeological discoveries in the Middle East with insights culled from the history of writing to address how the Bible first came to be written down and then became sacred Scripture. This book provides rich insight into why these texts came to have authority as Scripture and explores why Ancient Israel, an oral culture, began to write literature, challenging the assertion that widespread literacy first arose in Greece during the fifth century BCE.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36226/cover/9780521536226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetics and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deane-Drummond, Celia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the immediate future we are likely to witness significant developments in human genetic science. It is therefore of critical importance that Christian ethics engages with the genetics debate, since it affects not just the way we perceive ourselves and the natural world, but also has wider implications for our society. This book considers ethical issues arising out of specific practices in human genetics, including genetic screening, gene patenting, gene therapy, genetic counselling as well as feminist concerns. Genetics and Christian Ethics argues for a particular theo-ethical approach that derives from a modified version of virtue ethics, drawing particularly on a Thomistic understanding of the virtues, especially prudence or practical wisdom and justice. The book demonstrates that a theological voice is highly relevant to contested ethical debates about genetics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36370/cover/9780521536370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schizophrenia, Culture, and Subjectivity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Edge of Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, Janis Hunter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrett, Robert John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together a number of the foremost scholars - anthropologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, and historians - currently studying schizophrenia, its subjective dimensions, and the cultural processes through which these are experienced. Based on research undertaken in Australia, Bangladesh, Borneo, Canada, Colombia, India, Indonesia, Nigeria, the United States and Zanzibar, it also incorporates a critical analysis of World Health Organization cross-cultural findings. Contributors share an interest in subjective and interpretive aspects of illness, but all work with a concept of schizophrenia that addresses its biological dimensions. The volume is of interest to scholars in the social and human sciences for the theoretical attention given to the relationship between culture and subjectivity. Multidisciplinary in design, it is written in a style accessible to a diverse readership, including undergraduate students. It is of practical relevance not only to psychiatrists, but also to all mental health professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36417/cover/9780521536417.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Virtual Prison</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Community Custody and the Evolution of Imprisonment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Julian V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last twenty-five years have seen dramatic rises in the prison populations of most industrialised nations. Unable to keep up with increased numbers of convicted offenders, governments and criminal justice systems have been seeking new ways to control and punish offenders. One sanction adopted in Canada and some parts of Europe and the US is community custody which attempts to recreate the punitive nature of prison but without incarceration. This book analyses the effectiveness of this approach and explores its implications for offenders and society as a whole. It demonstrates that if properly conceived and administered, community custody can reduce the number of prison admissions and at the same time promote multiple goals of sentencing. So that offenders given community custody orders are punished yet also given the opportunity to change their lives in ways that would be impossible if they were in prison.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36448/cover/9780521536448.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to W. H. Auden</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Stan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together specially commissioned essays by some of the world's leading experts on the life and work of W. H. Auden, one of the major English-speaking poets of the twentieth century. The volume's contributors include a prize-winning poet, Auden's literary executor and editor, and his most recent, widely acclaimed biographer. It offers fresh perspectives on his work from Auden critics, alongside specialists from such diverse fields as drama, ecological and travel studies. It provides scholars, students and general readers with a comprehensive and authoritative account of Auden's life and works in clear and accessible English. Besides providing authoritative accounts of the key moments and dominant themes of his poetic development, the Companion examines his language, style and formal innovation, his prose and critical writing and his ideas about sexuality, religion, psychoanalysis, politics, landscape, ecology, and globalisation. It also contains a comprehensive bibliography of writings about Auden.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36479/cover/9780521536479.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioral Social Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Probabilistic Models, Statistical Inference, and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regenwetter, Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grofman, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marley, A. A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsetlin, Ilia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Behavioral Social Choice looks at the probabilistic foundations of collective decision-making rules. The authors challenge much of the existing theoretical wisdom about social choice processes, and seek to restore faith in the possibility of democratic decision-making. In particular, they argue that worries about the supposed prevalence of majority rule cycles that would preclude groups from reaching a final decision about what alternative they prefer have been greatly overstated. In practice, majority rule can be expected to work well in most real-world settings. Furthermore, if there is a problem, they show that the problem is more likely to be one of sample estimates missing the majority winner in a close contest (e.g., Bush-Gore) than a problem about cycling.  The authors also provide new mathematical tools to estimate the prevalence of cycles as a function of sample size and insights into how alternative model specifications can change our estimates of social orderings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36660/cover/9780521536660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjective Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Real Thing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jeffrey, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a concise survey of basic probability theory from a thoroughly subjective point of view whereby probability is a mode of judgment. Written by one of the greatest figures in the field of probability theory, the book is both a summation and synthesis of a lifetime of wrestling with these problems and issues. After an introduction to basic probability theory, there are chapters on scientific hypothesis-testing, on changing your mind in response to generally uncertain observations, on expectations of the values of random variables, on de Finetti's dissolution of the so-called problem of induction, and on decision theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36684/cover/9780521536684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Household and the Making of History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Subversive View of the Western Past</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartman, Mary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that a unique late marriage pattern, discovered in the 1960s but originating in the Middle Ages, explains the continuing puzzle of why western Europe was the site of changes that, from about 1500, gave rise to the modern world. Contrary to views that credit upheavals from the late eighteenth century were reponsible for ushering in the contemporary global era, it contends that the roots of modern developments themselves are located in an event more than a millennium earlier, when the peasants in northwestern Europe began to marry their daughters almost as late as their sons. The appearance of this late marriage system, with its unstable nuclear household form, will also be shown to have exposed for the first time the common ingredients whose presence has perpetuated beliefs in the importance of gender difference and of a sexual hierarchy favoring males.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36691/cover/9780521536691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536766</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Nuremberg to The Hague</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Future of International Criminal Justice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sands, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is based on five lectures organized jointly by Matrix Chambers of human rights lawyers and the Wiener Library between April and June 2002. Presented by leading experts in the field, this fascinating collection of papers examines the evolution of international criminal justice from its post World War II origins at Nuremberg through to the concrete proliferation of courts and tribunals with international criminal law jurisdictions based at The Hague today. Original and provocative, the lectures provide various stimulating perspectives on the subject of international criminal law. Topics include its corporate and historical dimension as well as a discussion of the International Criminal Court Statute and the role of the national courts. The volume offers a challenging insight into the future of international criminal legal system. This is an intelligent and thought-provoking book, accessible to anyone interested in international criminal law, from specialists to non-specialists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36769/cover/9780521536769.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536820</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Ecology of High-Altitude Infancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biocultural Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiley, Andrea S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrea Wiley investigates the ecological, historical, and socio-cultural factors that contribute to the peculiar pattern of infant mortality in Ladakh, a high-altitude region in the western Himalayas of India. Ladakhi newborns are extremely small at birth, smaller than those in other high-altitude populations, smaller still than those in sea level regions. Factors such as hypoxia, dietary patterns, the burden of women's work, gender, infectious diseases, seasonality, and use of local health resources all affect a newborn's birth weight and raise the likelihood of infant mortality. An Ecology of High-Altitude Infancy is unique in that it makes use of the methods of human biology but strongly emphasizes the ethnographic context that gives human biological measures their meaning. It is an example of a new genre of anthropological work: 'ethnographic human biology'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36820/cover/9780521536820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Horace</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Horace is a central author in Latin literature. His work spans a wide range of genres, from iambus to satire, and odes to literary epistle, and he is just as much at home writing about love and wine as he is about philosophy and literary criticism. He also became a key literary figure in the regime of the Emperor Augustus. In this volume a superb international cast of contributors present a stimulating and accessible assessment of the poet, his work, its themes and its reception. This provides the orientation and coverage needed by non-specialists and students, but also suggests fresh and provoking perspectives from which specialists may benefit. Since the last general book on Horace was published half a century ago, there has been a sea-change in perceptions of his work and in the literary analysis of classical literature in general, and this territory is fully charted in this Companion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36844/cover/9780521536844.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521536871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521536871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521536875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Large Herbivore Ecology, Ecosystem Dynamics and Conservation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521536875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Danell, Kjell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergstr&#246;m, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pastor, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>522</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most large herbivores require some type of management within their habitats. Some populations of large herbivores are at the brink of extinction, some are under discussion for reintroduction, whilst others already occur in dense populations causing conflicts with other land use. Large herbivores are the major drivers for forming the shape and function of terrestrial ecosystems. This book addresses the scientifically based action plans to manage both the large herbivore populations and their habitats worldwide. It covers the processes by which large herbivores not only affect their environment (e.g. grazing) but are affected by it (e.g. nutrient cycling) and the management strategies required. Also discussed are new modeling techniques, which help assess integration processes in a landscape context, as well as assessing the consequences of new developments in the processes of conservation. This book will be essential reading for all involved in the management of both large herbivores and natural resources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/36875/cover/9780521536875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contention and Democracy in Europe, 1650-2000</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contention and Democracy in Europe, 1650-2000 is an analysis of the relationship between democratization and contentious politics that builds upon the model set forth in the pathbreaking book, Dynamics of Contention. Using a sustained comparison of French and British histories since 1650 or so as a springboard for more general comparison within Europe Contention and Democracy goes on to demonstrate that democratization occurred as  result of struggles during which (as in 19th century Britain and France) few, if any, of the participants were self-consciously trying to create democratic institutions. Consequently, circumstances for democratization vary from era to era, region to region as functions of previous history, international environments, available models of political organization, and predominant patterns of social relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37131/cover/9780521537131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537142</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Brain Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perils and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rees, Dai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last 20 years have seen an explosion of research and development in the neurosciences. Indeed, some have called this first decade of the 21st century 'the decade of the mind'. An all-encompassing term, the neurosciences cover such fields as biology, psychology, neurology, psychiatry and philosophy and include anatomy, physiology, molecular biology, genetics and behaviour. It is now a major industry with billions of dollars of funding invested from both public and private sectors. Huge progress has been made in our understanding of the brain and its functions. However, with progress comes controversy, responsibility and dilemma. The New Brain Sciences: Perils and Prospects examines the implications of recent discoveries in terms of our sense of individual responsibility and personhood. With contributing chapters from respected and influential names in neuroscience, law, psychology, philosophy and sociology, The New Brain Sciences should kick-start a discussion of where neuroscience is headed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37148/cover/9780521537148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul Churchland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keeley, Brian L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For over three decades, Paul Churchland has been a provocative and controversial philosopher of mind and of science. He is most famous as an advocate of 'eliminative materialism', whereby he suggests that our commonsense understanding of our own minds is radically defective and that the science of brain demonstrates this (just as an understanding of physics reveals that our commonsense understanding of a flat and motionless earth is similarly false).  This collection offers an introduction to Churchland's work, as well as a critique of some of his most famous philosophical positions. Including contributions by both established and promising young philosophers, it is intended to complement the growing literature on Churchland, focusing on his contributions in isolation from those of his wife and philosophical partner, Patricia Churchland, as well as on his contributions to philosophy as distinguished from those to Cognitive Science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37155/cover/9780521537155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Research Projects and Research Proposals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Scientists Seeking Funding</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chapin, Paul G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leshner, Alan I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a guide to writing scientific research proposals for submission to funding agencies. It approaches the topic by placing it in the larger context of planning and carrying out a research project, offering guidance on selecting a suitable research topic, organizing and planning the project, identifying a funding agency, writing the proposal, and managing the funded project. The book also discusses the ethical responsibilities of the researcher, the proposal review process, and how to deal with declination of a proposal. The author's 25 years of experience as an NSF program officer lend the book a unique insider's perspective on the proposal writing and research funding process. Because of that experience, the author is able to anticipate and answer the questions that researchers most frequently ask when preparing to write a proposal, and also to explain how program officers think about proposals when they are making funding decisions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37162/cover/9780521537162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537179</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creating a Learning Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategy, Technology, and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537179</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conner, Marcia L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clawson, James G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Creating a Learning Culture features insightful essays from industry observers and revealing case studies of prominent corporations. Each chapter revolves around creating an environment where learning takes place each day, all day - fundamentally changing the way we think about how, what, and when we learn, and how we can apply learning to practice. For the first time contemporary work on this subject appears in one volume. Three sections address key aspects of learning culture: the modern business context and the importance of learning at every juncture; the organic and adaptive approaches organizational leaders can take to design enduring success; and the expanding role of individuals within organizations and the implications for business leaders, educators, technologists, and learners. Identifying the steps companies must take to remain competitive for years to come, this book explains how learning strategies applied to all aspects of every job can provide swift returns and lasting results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37179/cover/9780521537179.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeology in Africa and in Museums</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inaugural Lecture given in the University of Cambridge, 22 October 2002</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillipson, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>30</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Phillipson is the first Professor of African Archaeology to be appointed at any UK university, and is Director of Cambridge University's Museum of Archaeology and Anthropology. In the first part of this passionately argued lecture, he makes the case for the importance of 'archaeology in Africa' and 'Africa in archaeology'. Africa was almost certainly the birthplace of the first hominids and has an archaeological record longer than any other continent. Drawing on examples from the archaeology of Ethiopia, specifically the ancient civilisation of Aksum, Phillipson highlights the contribution that archaeology can make to the understanding of that continent and its people, and demonstrates the relevance of African archaeology to mankind as a whole. In the second part of this lecture, Phillipson defends the vital role of museums as custodians of a significant part of our international cultural heritage and as an essential resource for the furtherance of international scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37223/cover/9780521537223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minds and Persons</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hear, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The nature of the mind and of consciousness, the reality of freedom, the concept of agency and the relation of language to the mental: all are central and perennial questions in philosophy. In this collection, these and other topics are pursued in original essays by some of the leading figures in contemporary philosophy of mind and action. The essays are based on the lectures given in The Royal Institute of Philosophy's annual lecture series for 2001-2002.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37339/cover/9780521537339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and the Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatzimoysis, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major volume of original essays maps the place of emotion in human nature, through a discussion of the relation between consciousness and body; by analysing the importance of emotion for human agency by pointing to the ways in which practical rationality may be enhanced, as well as hindered, by emotions; and by exploring questions of value in making sense of emotions at a political, ethical and personal level. Leading researchers in the field reflect on the nature of human feelings, how and why we understand what other people feel, and the way in which our values become involved in specific emotional phenomena, such as guilt, fear, shame, amusement, or love. This collection addresses important questions in the philosophy of mind and comments on the implications of research in biology, cognitive psychology, psychoanalysis, and narrative theory for the philosophical understanding of emotions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37346/cover/9780521537346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literal Meaning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Recanati, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to the dominant position among philosophers of language today, we can legitimately ascribe determinate contents (such as truth-conditions) to natural language sentences, independently of what the speaker actually means. This view contrasts with that held by ordinary language philosophers fifty years ago: according to them, speech acts, not sentences, are the primary bearers of content. Fran&#231;ois Recanati argues for the relevance of this controversy to the current debate about semantics and pragmatics. Is 'what is said' (as opposed to merely implied) determined by linguistic conventions, or is it an aspect of 'speaker's meaning'? Do we need pragmatics to fix truth-conditions? What is 'literal meaning'? To what extent is semantic composition a creative process? How pervasive is context-sensitivity? Recanati provides an original and insightful defence of 'contextualism', and offers an informed survey of the spectrum of positions held by linguists and philosophers working at the semantics/pragmatics interface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37360/cover/9780521537360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153738X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153738X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sexual Selection in Primates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New and Comparative Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kappeler, Peter M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van Schaik, Carel P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sexual Selection in Primates provides an account of all aspects of sexual selection in primates, combining theoretical insights, comprehensive reviews of the primate literature and comparative perspectives from relevant work on other mammals, birds and humans. Topics include sex roles, sexual dimorphism in weapons, ornaments and armaments, sex ratios, sex differences in behaviour and development, mate choice, sexual conflict, sex-specific life history strategies, sperm competition and infanticide. The outcome of the evolutionary struggle between the sexes, the flexibility of roles and the leverage of females are discussed and emphasised throughout. Sexual Selection in Primates is aimed at graduates and researchers in primatology, animal behaviour, evolutionary biology and comparative psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37384/cover/9780521537384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups St Andrews 2001 in Oxford</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first volume of the two-volume book contains selected papers from the international conference 'Groups St Andrews 2001 in Oxford' which was held at the University of Oxford in August 2001. Five main lecture courses were given at the conference, and articles based on their lectures form a substantial part of the Proceedings. This volume contains the contributions from Marston Conder (Auckland), Persi Diaconis (Stanford) and Marcus Du Sautoy (Cambridge). The series of Proceedings of Groups St Andrews conferences have provided snapshots of the state of research in group theory throughout the past twenty years. As with earlier volumes, these refereed volumes also contain accessible surveys of contemporary research fronts, as well as a diverse collection of short research articles. They form a valuable reference for researchers, especially graduate students, working in group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37391/cover/9780521537391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups St Andrews 2001 in Oxford</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, G. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second volume of the two-volume book contains selected papers from the international conference 'Groups St Andrews 2001 in Oxford' which was held at the University of Oxford in August 2001. Five main lecture courses were given at the conference, and articles based on their lectures form a substantial part of the Proceedings. This volume contains the contributions from Peter Palfy (Eotvos Lorand, Budapest) and Michael Vaughan-Lee (Oxford). The series of Proceedings of Groups St Andrews conferences have provided snapshots of the state of research in Group Theory throughout the past twenty years. As with earlier volumes, these refereed volumes also contain accessible surveys of contemporary research fronts, as well as a diverse collection of short research articles. They form a valuable reference for researchers, especially graduate students, working in group theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37407/cover/9780521537407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Word and World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Practice and the Foundations of Language</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanna, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book proposes a new account of the nature of language, founded upon an original interpretation of Wittgenstein. The authors deny the existence of a direct referential relationship between words and things. Rather, the link between language and world is a two-stage one, in which meaning is used and in which a natural language should be understood as fundamentally a collection of socially devised and maintained practices. Arguing against the philosophical mainstream descending from Frege and Russell to Quine, Davidson, Dummett, McDowell, Evans, Putnam, Kripke and others, the authors demonstrate that discarding the notion of reference does not entail relativism or semantic nihilism. A provocative re-examination of the interrelations of language and social practice, this book will interest not only philosophers of language but also linguists, psycholinguists, students of communication and all those concerned with the nature and acquisition of human linguistic capacities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37445/cover/9780521537445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stable Modules and the D(2)-Problem</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, F. E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with two fundamental problems in low-dimensional topology. Firstly, the D(2)-problem, which asks whether cohomology detects dimension, and secondly the realization problem, which asks whether every algebraic 2-complex is geometrically realizable. The author shows that for a large class of fundamental groups these problems are equivalent. Moreover, in the case of finite groups, Professor Johnson develops general methods and gives complete solutions in a number of cases. In particular, he presents a complete treatment of Yoneda extension theory from the viewpoint of derived objects and proves that for groups of period four, two-dimensional homotopy types are parametrized by isomorphism classes of projective modules. This book is carefully written with an eye on the wider context and as such is suitable for graduate students wanting to learn low-dimensional homotopy theory as well as established researchers in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37490/cover/9780521537490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537541</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Issues and Perspectives in Landscape Ecology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiens, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moss, Michael R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through a series of personal essays, this book addresses a wide array of past, current, and future issues in landscape ecology. The essays have been contributed by leading landscape ecologists from North America, Europe, and Australia, and provide an overview of the rich tapestry of viewpoints and perspectives that make landscape ecology at once a well-defined and yet also a frustratingly diverse discipline. The contributions span a range of topics and approaches, addressing theory as well as practice, science as well as application, conservation as well as utilization, and aquatic as well as terrestrial systems. The volume therefore provides informative and entertaining reading for beginning and advanced students, landscape managers, conservationists, and teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37544/cover/9780521537544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Auctioning Public Assets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analysis and Alternatives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janssen, Maarten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In many countries all over the world, governments are privatising firms that were previously under public control. This is happening, for example, in public utility sectors such as gas, water and electricity, in transport sectors (such as rail and metro) and in radio and telephony. This book provides an overview of the economic issues that are involved in this transfer of ownership of public assets. Combining a theoretical framework with a set of case studies of recent sales of state-owned assets from Europe and the USA, it asks which sort of allocation mechanism can a government adopt? Which is most suited to a particular sale? And how will the choice of allocation mechanism affect future market outcomes? With contributions from international experts, this book offers an accessible introduction to auction theory and an invaluable, non-technical analysis of existing knowledge. It will be of interest to students, non-specialists and policy-makers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37575/cover/9780521537575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, Architectural Research Quarterly is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 6:4 include: Casbah: a brief history of a design concept; Urban visualisation and public inquiries: the case of Heron Tower, London; Architectural modelling as a form of research; book reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, Architectural Research Quarterly is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 7:1 include: Architecture and humanities; The intermediary urban scale; Inside out: social housing at Southfield; Space Architecture: Schindler's 1930 Braxton-Shore project; Urban infoscapes: new tools to inform city design and planning; Acoustic form in the Modern Movement; book reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031224</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>arq aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, arq is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Other features include interviews, occasional reports, lively letters pages, book reviews and an end feature, Insight. Reviews of significant buildings are published at length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Elegantly designed, inspirational and often provocative, arq is essential reading (and Continuing Professional Development) for practitioners in industry and consultancy as well as for academic researchers. Articles in arq 7:2 include: A research strategy for the built environment; Warsaw Embassy: competition review; Back to the future: the pragmatic classicism of Australia's Parliament House; Frank Lloyd Wright and Paul Mueller: the architect and his builder of choice; Design for change: Part 1 Diversified lifetimes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>arq: Architectural Research Quarterly</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carolin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking quarterly aims to act as an international forum for practitioners and academics by publishing cutting-edge work covering all aspects of architectural endeavour. Generously illustrated throughout, Architectural Research Quarterly is edited with busy practitioners and academics in mind. Contents include building design, urbanism, history, theory, environmental design, construction, materials, information technology, and practice. Reviews of significant buildings are published at a length and in a detail matched today by few other architectural journals. Articles in arq 7:3 include: Housing in a Landscape: Brooklands Avenue, Cambridge; Wandsworth Housing: feeling at home; The Venice Hospital Chapel; Design for Change 2: assembly interface systems; book reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Model Driven Architecture with Executable UML</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raistrick, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carter, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilkie, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a unique insight into a revolution in software development that allows model specifications to be fully and efficiently translated into code. Using the most widely adopted, industry standard, software modelling language, UML, the reader will learn how to build robust specifications based on OMG's Model Driven Architecture (MDA). From there, the authors describe the steps needed to translate the Executable UML (xUML) models to any platform-specific implementation. The benefits of this approach go well beyond simply reducing or eliminating the coding stage - it also ensures platform independence, avoids obsolescence (programming languages may change, the model doesn't) and allows full verification of the models by executing them in a test and debug xUML environment. This is an excellent reference for anyone embarking on what is surely the future of software development for medium and large scale projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37711/cover/9780521537711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153772X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153772X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Systematic Theory of Argumentation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The pragma-dialectical approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eemeren, Frans H. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grootendorst, Rob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book two of the leading figures in argumentation theory present a view of argumentation as a means of resolving differences of opinion by testing the acceptability of the disputed positions. Their model of a 'critical discussion' serves as a theoretical tool for analysing, evaluating and producing argumentative discourse. They develop a method for the reconstruction of argumentative discourse that takes into account all aspects that are relevant to a critical assessment. They also propose a practical code of behaviour for discussants who want to resolve their differences in a reasonable way. This is a major contribution to the study of argumentation and will be of particular value to professionals and graduate students in speech communication, informal logic, rhetoric, critical thinking, linguistics, and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37728/cover/9780521537728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christine de Pizan and the Moral Defence of Women</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading beyond Gender</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown-Grant, Rosalind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christine de Pizan's Livre de la Cit&#233; des Dames (1405) is justly renowned for its full-scale assault on the misogynist stereotypes which dominated the culture of the Middle Ages. Rosalind Brown-Grant locates the Cit&#233; in the context of Christine's defence of women as it developed over a number of years and through a range of different texts. Arguing that Christine tailored her critique of misogyny according to the genre in which she was writing and the audience  she was addressing, this study shows that Christine's case for women nonetheless had an underlying unity in its insistence on the moral, if not the social, equality of the sexes. Whilst Christine may not have been a radical in modern feminist terms, she was able to draw upon the cultural resources of her day in order to construct an intellectual authority for herself that challenged the prevailing orthodoxy of the day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37742/cover/9780521537742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Baudelaire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Baudelaire's place among the great poets of the Western world is undisputed, and his influence on the development of poetry since his lifetime has been enormous. In this Companion, essays by outstanding scholars illuminate Baudelaire's writing both for the lay reader and for specialists. In addition to a survey of his life and a study of his social context, the volume includes essays on his verse and prose, analyzing the extraordinary power and effectiveness of his language and style, his exploration of intoxicants like wine and opium, and his art and literary criticism. The volume also discusses the difficulties, successes and failures of translating his poetry and his continuing power to move his readers. Featuring a guide to further reading and a chronology, this Companion provides students and scholars of Baudelaire and of nineteenth-century French and European literature with a comprehensive and stimulating overview of this extraordinary poet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37827/cover/9780521537827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Crisis of Imprisonment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Protest, Politics, and the Making of the American Penal State, 1776-1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLennan, Rebecca M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>America's prison-based system of punishment has not always enjoyed the widespread political and moral legitimacy it has today. In this groundbreaking reinterpretation of penal history, Rebecca McLennan covers the periods of deep instability, popular protest, and political crisis that characterized early American prisons. She details the debates surrounding prison reform, including the limits of state power, the influence of market forces, the role of unfree labor, and the 'just deserts' of wrongdoers. McLennan also explores the system that existed between the War of 1812 and the Civil War, where private companies relied on prisoners for labor. Finally, she discusses the rehabilitation model that has primarily characterized the penal system in the twentieth century.  Unearthing fresh evidence from prison and state archives, McLennan shows how, in each of three distinct periods of crisis, widespread dissent culminated in the dismantling of old systems of imprisonment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37834/cover/9780521537834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Is There a Duty to Obey the Law?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wellman, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central question in political philosophy is whether political states have the right to coerce their constituents and whether citizens have a moral duty to obey the commands of their state. Christopher Heath Wellman and A. John Simmons defend opposing answers to this question. Wellman bases his argument on samaritan obligations to perform easy rescues, arguing that each of us has a moral duty to obey the law as his or her fair share of the communal samaritan chore of rescuing our compatriots from the perils of the state of nature. Simmons counters that this, and all other attempts to explain our duty to obey the law, fail. He defends a position of philosophical anarchism, the view that no existing state is legitimate and that there is no strong moral presumption in favor of obedience to, or compliance with, any existing state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37841/cover/9780521537841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153786X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153786X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Ballot Box in the Mid-Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bensel, Richard Franklin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the middle of the nineteenth century, Americans voted in saloons in the most derelict sections of great cities, in hamlets swarming with Union soldiers, or in wooden cabins so isolated that even neighbors had difficulty finding them. Their votes have come down to us as election returns reporting tens of millions of officially sanctioned democratic acts. Neatly arrayed in columns by office, candidate, and party, these returns are routinely interpreted as reflections of the preferences of individual voters and thus seem to unambiguously document the existence of a robust democratic ethos. By carefully examining political activity in and around the polling place, this book suggests some important caveats which must attend this conclusion. These caveats, in turn, help to bridge the interpretive chasm now separating ethno-cultural descriptions of popular politics from political economic analyses of state and national policy-making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37865/cover/9780521537865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521537886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521537886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521537889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bakhtinian Perspectives on Language, Literacy, and Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521537889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Arnetha F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freedman, Sarah Warshauer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This represents a multidisciplinary collaboration that highlights the significance of Mikhail Bakhtin's theories to modern scholarship in the field of language and literacy. Book chapters examine such important questions as: What resources do students bring from their home/community environments that help them become literate in school? What knowledge do teachers need in order to meet the literacy needs of varied students? How can teacher educators and professional development programs better understand teachers' needs and help them to become better prepared to teach diverse literacy learners? What challenges lie ahead for literacy learners in the coming century? Chapters are contributed by scholars who write from varied disciplinary perspectives. In addition, other scholarly voices enter into a Bakhtinian dialogue with these scholars about their ideas. These 'other voices' help our readers push the boundaries of current thinking on Bakhtinian theory and make this book a model of heteroglossia and dialogic intertexuality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/37889/cover/9780521537889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in China Today</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Overmyer, Daniel L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A variety of religious traditions has revived in China in the last fifteen to twenty years, with important implications for society and politics. This volume is an introduction to their activities in their cultural and political contexts, intended for non-specialist readers. Articles include: Belief in Control: Regulation of Religion in China, Local Communal Religion in Contemporary Southeast China, The Cult of the Silkworm Mother as a Core of Local Community Religion in a North China Village, Local Religion in Hong Kong and Macau, Religion and the State in Post-war Taiwan, Daoism in China Today, 1980-2002, Buddhist China at the Century's Turn, Islam in China: Accommodation or Separatism?, Catholic Revival during the Reform Era, Chinese Protestant Christianity Today, Healing Sects and Anti-Cult Campaigns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38237/cover/9780521538237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Creativity of God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>World, Eucharist, Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We have, as a theological community, generally lost a language in which to speak of the created-ness of the world. As a consequence, our discourses of reason cannot bridge the way we know God and the way we know the world. Therefore, argues Oliver Davies, a primary task of contemporary theology is the regeneration of a Christian account of the world as sacramental, leading to the formation of a Christian conception of reason and a new Christocentric understanding of the real. Both the Johannine tradition of creation through the Word and a Eucharistic semiotics of Christ as the embodied, sacrificial and creative speech of God serve the project of a repairal of Christian cosmology. The world itself is viewed as a creative text authored by God, of which we as interpreters are an integral part. This is a wide-ranging and convincing book that makes an important contribution to modern theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38459/cover/9780521538459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Holy Scripture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dogmatic Sketch</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>May we speak, in the present age, of holy scripture? And what validation of that claim can be offered, robust enough to hold good for both religious practice and intellectual enquiry? John Webster argues that while any understanding of scripture must subject it to proper textual and historical interrogation, it is necessary at the same time to acknowledge the special character of scriptural writing. His book is an exercise in Christian dogmatics, a loud reaffirmation of the triune God at the heart of a scripture-based Christianity. But it is written with intellectual rigour by a theologian who understands the currents of modern secular thought and is able to work from them towards a constructive position on biblical authority. It will resonate with anyone who has wondered or worried about the grounds on which we may validly regard the Bible as God's direct communication with humanity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38466/cover/9780521538466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052153853X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052153853X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consumerism in Twentieth-Century Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for a Historical Movement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive history of consumerism as an organised social and political movement. Matthew Hilton offers a groundbreaking account of consumer movements, ideologies and organisations in twentieth-century Britain. He argues that in organisations such as the Co-operative movement and the Consumers' Association individual concern with what and how we spend our wages led to forms of political engagement too often overlooked in existing accounts of twentieth-century history. He explores how the consumer and consumerism came to be regarded by many as a third force in society with the potential to free politics from the perceived stranglehold of the self-interested actions of employers and trade unions. Finally he recovers the visions of countless consumer activists who saw in consumption a genuine force for liberation for women, the working class and new social movements as well as a set of ideas often deliberately excluded from more established political organisations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38534/cover/9780521538534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rights of Others</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aliens, Residents, and Citizens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benhabib, Seyla</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rights of Others examines the boundaries of political community by focusing on political membership - the principles and practices for incorporating aliens and strangers, immigrants and newcomers, refugees and asylum seekers into existing polities. Boundaries define some as members, others as aliens. But when state sovereignty is becoming frayed, and national citizenship is unravelling, definitions of political membership become much less clear. Indeed few issues in world politics today are more important, or more troubling. In her Seeley Lectures, the distinguished political theorist Seyla Benhabib makes a powerful plea, echoing Immanuel Kant, for moral universalism and cosmopolitan federalism. She advocates not open but porous boundaries, recognising both the admittance rights of refugees and asylum seekers, but also the regulatory rights of democracies. The Rights of Others is a major intervention in contemporary political theory, of interest to large numbers of students and specialists in politics, law, philosophy and international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38602/cover/9780521538602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe's Foreign and Security Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutionalization of Cooperation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Michael E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of a common security and foreign policy has been one of the most contentious issues accompanying the integration of the European Union. In this book, Michael Smith examines the specific ways foreign policy cooperation has been institutionalized in the EU, the way institutional development affects cooperative outcomes in foreign policy, and how those outcomes lead to new institutional reforms. Smith explains the evolution and performance of the institutional procedures of the EU using a unique analytical framework, supported by extensive empirical evidence drawn from interviews, case studies, official documents and secondary sources. His perceptive and well-informed analysis covers the entire history of EU foreign policy cooperation, from its origins in the late 1960s up to the start of the 2003 constitutional convention. Demonstrating the importance and extent of EU foreign/security policy, the book will be of interest to scholars, researchers and policy-makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38619/cover/9780521538619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Media and the Path to Peace</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfsfeld, Gadi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine in detail the roles that the news media can play in an ongoing peace process. Gadi Wolfsfeld explains how the press's role in such processes varies over time and political circumstance. He examines three major cases: the Oslo peace process between Israel and the Palestinians; the peace process between Israel and Jordan; and the process surrounding the Good Friday Agreement in Northern Ireland. Wolfsfeld's central argument is that there is a fundamental contradiction between news values and the nature of a peace process. This often leads the media to play a destructive role in attempts to make peace, but variations in the political and media environment affect significantly exactly how the media behave. Wolfsfeld shows how the media played a mainly destructive role in the Oslo peace process, but were more constructive during the Israel-Jordan process and in Northern Ireland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38626/cover/9780521538626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521538998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521538998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521538992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Just War Revisited</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521538992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Donovan, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leading political theologian Oliver O'Donovan here takes a fresh look at some traditional moral arguments about war. Modern Christians differ widely on this issue. A few hold that absolute pacifism is the only viable Christian position, others subscribe in various ways to concepts of 'just war' developed out of a Western tradition that arose from the legacies of Augustine and Aquinas, while others still adopt more pragmatically realist postures. Professor O'Donovan re-examines questions of contemporary urgency including the use of biological and nuclear weapons, military intervention, economic sanctions, war crimes trials and the roles of the Geneva Convention, international conventions and the UN. His enquiry opens with a challenging dedication to the new Archbishop of Canterbury and proceeds to shed new light on vital topics with which the Archbishop and others will be very directly engaged. It should be read by anyone concerned with the ethics of warfare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/38992/cover/9780521538992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alexander, Catherine M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare and language is an area of study that here includes style, speech, sound and sex. As the foremost Shakespeare publication, Shakespeare Survey has been well placed to reflect trends and developments in academic approaches to Shakespeare and to language and this collection of essays considers the characteristics, excitement and unique qualities of Shakespeare's language, the relationship between language and event, and the social, theatrical and literary function of language. A new introduction, by Jonathan Hope, explicates the differences between Shakespeare's language and our own, provides a theoretical and contextual framework for the pieces that follow, and makes transparent an aspect of Shakespeare's craft (and the critical response to it) that has frequently been opaque.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39005/cover/9780521539005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postcolonial English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Varieties around the world</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Edgar W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The global spread of English has resulted in the emergence of a diverse range of postcolonial varieties around the world. Postcolonial English provides a clear and original account of the evolution of these varieties, exploring the historical, social and ecological factors that have shaped all levels of their structure. It argues that while these Englishes have developed new and unique properties which differ greatly from one location to another, their spread and diversification can in fact be explained by a single underlying process, which builds upon the constant relationships and communication needs of the colonizers, the colonized, and other parties. Outlining the stages and characteristics of this process, it applies them in detail to English in sixteen different countries across all continents as well as, in a separate chapter, to a  history of American English. Of key interest to sociolinguists, dialectologists, historical linguists and syntacticians alike, this book provides a fascinating new picture of the growth and evolution of English around the globe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39012/cover/9780521539012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070618</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jung and the Making of Modern Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Dream of a Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shamdasani, Sonu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Occultist, Scientist, Prophet, Charlatan - C. G. Jung has been called all these things and after decades of myth making, is one of the most misunderstood figures in Western intellectual history. This book is the first comprehensive study of the origins of his psychology, as well as providing a new account of the rise of modern psychology and psychotherapy. Based on a wealth of hitherto unknown archival materials it reconstructs the reception of Jung's work in the human sciences, and its impact on the social and intellectual history of the twentieth century. The book creates a basis for all future discussion of Jung, and opens new vistas on psychology today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39098/cover/9780521539098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Depression</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook for the Social, Behavioral, and Biomedical Sciences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keyes, Corey L. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Sherryl H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>598</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the world, rates of depression are greater among females than males, and this gender gap emerges during adolescence and persists throughout adulthood. Until recently, women's health has centered on the topic of reproductive health, because research focused almost exclusively on biological and anatomical differences distinguishing men and women. Social and behavioral research on gender differences in health now employs multiple disciplinary frameworks and methodologies, and researchers seek to understand the higher rates of specific diseases and disorders in women and men. Symptoms of depression and the diagnosis of depression are more prevalent in women, and research that focuses on biological, psychological, and sociopolitical explanations for this gender gap should now be brought together to better inform efforts at treatment and prevention. Women and Depression is a handbook that serves to move toward a more integrative approach to women's depression in particular and mental health for all more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39289/cover/9780521539289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consistent Quantum Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffiths, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum mechanics is one of the most fundamental yet difficult subjects in physics. Nonrelativistic quantum theory is presented here in a clear and systematic fashion, integrating Born's probabilistic interpretation with Schr&#246;dinger dynamics. Basic quantum principles are illustrated with simple examples requiring no mathematics beyond linear algebra and elementary probability theory. The quantum measurement process is consistently analyzed using fundamental quantum principles without referring to measurement. These same principles are used to resolve several of the paradoxes that have long perplexed physicists, including the double slit and Schr&#246;dinger's cat. The consistent histories formalism used here was first introduced by the author, and extended by M. Gell-Mann, J. Hartle and R. Omn&#232;s. Essential for researchers yet accessible to advanced undergraduate students in physics, chemistry, mathematics, and computer science, this book is supplementary to standard textbooks. It will also be of interest to physicists and philosophers working on the foundations of quantum mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39296/cover/9780521539296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Reid and the Story of Epistemology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolterstorff, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The two great philosophical figures at the culminating point of the Enlightenment are Thomas Reid in Scotland and Immanuel Kant in Germany. Reid was by far the most influential across Europe and the United States well into the nineteenth century. Since that time his fame and influence have been eclipsed by his German contemporary. This important book by one of today's leading philosophers of knowledge and religion will do much to reestablish the significance of Reid for philosophy today. Nicholas Wolterstorff has produced the first systematic account of Reid's epistemology. Relating Reid's philosophy to present-day epistemological discussions the author demonstrates how they are at once remarkably timely, relevant, and provocative. No other book both uncovers the deep pattern of Reid's thought and relates it to contemporary philosophical debate. This book should be read by historians of philosophy as well as all philosophers concerned with epistemology and the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39302/cover/9780521539302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corings and Comodules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brzezinski, Tomasz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wisbauer, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Corings and comodules are fundamental algebraic structures, which can be thought of as both dualisations and generalisations of rings and modules. Introduced by Sweedler in 1975, only recently they have been shown to have far reaching applications ranging from the category theory including differential graded categories through classical and Hopf-type module theory to non-commutative geometry and mathematical physics. This is the first extensive treatment of the theory of corings and their comodules. In the first part, the module-theoretic aspects of coalgebras over commutative rings are described. Corings are then defined as coalgebras over non-commutative rings. Topics covered include module-theoretic aspects of corings, such as the relation of comodules to special subcategories of the category of modules (sigma-type categories), connections between corings and extensions of rings, properties of new examples of corings associated to entwining structures, generalisations of bialgebras such as bialgebroids and weak bialgebras, and the appearance of corings in non-commutative geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39319/cover/9780521539319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Sampling and Adaptive Cognition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fiedler, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Juslin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A 'sample' is not only a concept from statistics that has penetrated common sense but also a metaphor that has inspired much research and theorizing in current psychology. The sampling approach emphasizes the selectivity and the biases that are inherent in the samples of information input with which judges and decision makers are fed. As environmental samples are rarely random, or representative of the world as a whole, decision making calls for censorship and critical evaluation of the data given. However, even the most intelligent decision makers tend to behave like 'n&#228;ive intuitive statisticians': quite sensitive to the data given but uncritical concerning the source of the data. Thus, the vicissitudes of sampling information in the environment together with the failure to monitor and control sampling effects adequately provide a key to re-interpreting findings obtained in the last two decades of research on judgment and decision making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39333/cover/9780521539333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Elements of Justice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidtz, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is justice? Questions of justice are questions about what people are due. However, what that means in practice depends on the context in which the question is raised. Depending on context, the formal question of what people are due is answered by principles of desert, reciprocity, equality, or need. Justice, therefore, is a constellation of elements that exhibit a degree of integration and unity. Nonetheless, the integrity of justice is limited, in a way that is akin to the integrity of a neighborhood rather than that of a building. A theory of justice offers individuals a map of that neighborhood, within which they can explore just what elements amount to justice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39364/cover/9780521539364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Analysis for Probability and Stochastic Processes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bobrowski, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text is designed both for students of probability and stochastic processes, and for students of functional analysis. For the reader not familiar with functional analysis a detailed introduction to necessary notions and facts is provided. However, this is not a straight textbook in functional analysis; rather, it presents some chosen parts of functional analysis that can help understand ideas from probability and stochastic processes. The subjects range from basic Hilbert and Banach spaces, through weak topologies and Banach algebras, to the theory of semigroups of bounded linear operators. Numerous standard and non-standard examples and exercises make the book suitable as a course textbook or for self-study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39371/cover/9780521539371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems and Methods in the Study of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Rogers M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masoud, Tarek E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of politics seems endlessly beset by debates about method. At the core of these debates is a single unifying concern: should political scientists view themselves primarily as scientists, developing ever more sophisticated tools and studying only those phenomena to which such tools may fruitfully be applied? Or should they instead try to illuminate the large, complicated, untidy problems thrown up in the world, even if the chance to offer definitive explanations is low? Is there necessarily a tension between these two endeavours? Are some domains of political inquiry more amenable to the building up of reliable, scientific knowledge than others, and if so, how should we deploy our efforts? In this book, some of the world's most prominent students of politics offer original discussions of these pressing questions, eschewing narrow methodological diatribes to explore what political science is and how political scientists should aspire to do their work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39432/cover/9780521539432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law, Anthropology, and the Constitution of the Social</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Making Persons and Things</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pottage, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mundy, Martha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of interdisciplinary essays explores how persons and things - the central elements of the social - are fabricated by legal rituals and institutions. The contributors, legal and anthropological theorists alike, focus on a set of specific institutional and ethnographic contexts, and some unexpected and thought-provoking analogies emerge from this intellectual encounter between law and anthropology. For example, contemporary anxieties about the legal status of the biotechnological body seem to resonate with the questions addressed by ancient Roman law in its treatment of dead bodies. The analogy between copyright and the transmission of intangible designs in Melanesia suddenly makes western images of authorship seem quite unfamiliar. A comparison between law and laboratory science presents the production of legal artefacts in new light. These studies are of particular relevance at a time when law, faced with the inventiveness of biotechnology, finds it increasingly difficult to draw the line between persons and things.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39456/cover/9780521539456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Mechanics and Symmetry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Peyresq Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montaldi, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ratiu, Tudor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These lectures are intended to bring young researchers to the current frontier of knowledge in geometrical mechanics and dynamical systems. They succinctly cover an unparalleled range of topics from the basic concepts of symplectic and Poisson geometry, through integrable systems, KAM theory, fluid dynamics, and symmetric bifurcation theory. The lectures are based on summer schools for graduate students and postdocs and provide complementary and contrasting viewpoints of key topics: the authors cut through an overwhelming amount of literature to show young mathematicians how to get to the core of the various subjects and thereby enable them to embark on research careers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39579/cover/9780521539579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quality of Life and Human Difference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Genetic Testing, Health Care, and Disability</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wasserman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bickenbach, Jerome</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wachbroit, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study brings together two important literatures together in the one volume. One concerns the role of quality assessments in social policy, especially health policy. The second concerns ethical and social issues raised by prenatal testing for disability. Hitherto, these two literatures have had little contact with each other: few scholars have written about both, or have compared the two domains in a systematic way, while people with disabilities and disability scholars are underrepresented in recent discussion on health policy and quality of assessment. This book turns the perspectives of disability scholars on issues that have largely been the province of health methodology, policy and philosophy, while angling philosophical policy analysis on problems that have largely been the province of disability scholarship. This volume will be sought after by bioethicists, philosophers, and specialists in disability studies and healthcare economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39715/cover/9780521539715.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architects of Political Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Constitutional Quandaries and Social Choice Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work offers a set of extended interpretations of Madison's argument in Federalist X of 1787, using ideas from social choice theory and from the work of Douglass North, Mancur Olson, and William Riker. Its focus is not on rational choice theory itself, but on the use of this theory as a heuristic device to better understand democratic institutions. The treatment adapts a formal model of elections to consider rapid constitutional change at periods when societies face quandaries. The topics explored in the book include Britain's reorganization of its fiscal system in the eighteenth century to prosecute its wars with France; the Colonies' decision to declare independence in 1776; Madison's argument about the 'probability of fit choice' during the Ratification period of 1787-88; the argument between Hamilton and Jefferson in 1798-1800 over the long run organization of the US economy and the election of Lincoln in 1860.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39722/cover/9780521539722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Phenomenology and Ontology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, David Woodruff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection explores the structure of consciousness and its place in the world, or inversely the structure of the world and the place of consciousness in it. Amongst the topics covered are: the phenomenological aspects of experience (inner awareness, self-awareness), dependencies between experience and the world (the role of the body in experience, the role of culturally formed background ideas) and the basic ontological categories found in the world at large (unity, state-of-affairs, connectedness, dependence and intentionality). Developing ideas drawn from historical figures such as Descartes, Husserl, Aristotle, and Whitehead, the essays together demonstrate the interdependence of ontology and phenomenology and its significance for the philosophy of mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39739/cover/9780521539739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Object-Oriented Programming with Visual Basic.NET</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMillan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael McMillan provides a complete presentation of the object-oriented features of the Visual Basic .NET language for advanced Visual Basic programmers. Beginning with an introduction to abstract data types and their initial implementation using structures, he explains standard OOP topics including class design, inheritance, access modifiers and scoping issues, abstract classes, design and implemention of interfaces and design patterns, and refactoring in VB.NET. More advanced OOP topics are included as well, such as reflection, object persistence, and serialization. To tie everything together, McMillan demonstrates sound OOP design and implementation principles through practical examples of standard Windows applications, database applications using ADO.NET, Web-based applications using ASP.NET, and Windows service applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39838/cover/9780521539838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Human Genome Diversity Project</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ethnography of Scientific Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M'Charek, Amade</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Human Genome Diversity Project (HGDP) was launched in 1991 by a group of population geneticists whose aim was to map genetic diversity in hundreds of human populations by tracing the similarities and differences between them. It quickly became controversial and was accused of racism and 'bad science' because of the special interest paid to sampling cell material from isolated and indigenous populations. The author spent a year carrying out participant observation in two of the laboratories involved and provides fascinating insights into daily routines and technologies used in those laboratories and also into issues of normativity, standardization and naturalisation. Drawing on debates and theoretical perspectives from across the social sciences, M'charek explores the relationship between the tools used to produce knowledge and the knowledge thus produced in a way that illuminates the HGDP but also contributes to our broader understanding of the contemporary life sciences and their social implications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39876/cover/9780521539876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theology of Public Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mathewes, Charles T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What has Washington to do with Jerusalem? In the raging debates about the relationship between religion and politics, no one has explored the religious benefits and challenges of public engagement for Christian believers - until now. This book defends and details Christian believers' engagement in contemporary pluralistic public life not from the perspective of some neutral 'public', but from the particular perspective of Christian faith, arguing that such engagement enriches both public life and Christian citizens' faith themselves. As such it offers not a 'public theology', but a 'theology of public life', analysing the promise and perils of Christian public engagement, discussing the nature of civic commitment and prophetic critique, and the relation of a loving faith to a liberal politics of justice. Theologically rich, philosophically rigorous, politically, historically and sociologically informed, this book advances contemporary discussion of 'religion and public life' in fundamental ways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39906/cover/9780521539906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521539927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521539927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521539920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money and the Early Greek Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Homer, Philosophy, Tragedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521539920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seaford, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How were the Greeks of the sixth century BC able to invent philosophy and tragedy? In this book Richard Seaford argues that a large part of the answer can be found in another momentous development, the invention and rapid spread of coinage which produced the first ever thoroughly monetised society. By transforming social relations, monetisation contributed to the ideas of the universe as an impersonal system (presocratic philosophy) and of the individual alienated from his own kin and from the gods (in tragedy). Seaford argues that an important precondition for this monetisation was the Greek practice of animal sacrifice, as represented in Homeric Epic, which describes a premonetary world on the point of producing money. This book combines social history, economic anthropology, numismatics and the close reading of literary, inscriptional, and philosophical texts. Questioning the origins and shaping force of Greek philosophy, this is a major book with wide appeal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/39920/cover/9780521539920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alternative Reproductive Tactics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Integrative Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliveira, Rui F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taborsky, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brockmann, H. Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>518</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of alternative reproductive tactics (the behavioural strategies used by individuals to increase their reproductive success) is an evolutionary puzzle, and one of great interest to researchers. For instance, why do some males guard both nest and eggs, while others sneak into nests while pairs are spawning and fertilise those eggs? The field offers a special opportunity to study the evolution and functional causes of phenotypic variation, which is a general problem in the field of evolutionary biology. By integrating both mechanistic (psychological) and evolutionary (behavioural ecology) perspectives and by covering a great diversity of species, Alternative Reproductive Tactics addresses this integrated topic of longstanding interest, bringing together a multitude of otherwise scattered information in an accessible form that is ideal for graduate students and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40063/cover/9780521540063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Word Weavers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Newshounds and Wordsmiths</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aitchison, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern journalism is often the subject of criticism and opposition. Written by one of the foremost authorities on language and the media writing today, this engaging book suggests that view is unfair, and that journalists are in fact skilled 'word weavers' whose output is cleverly worked into planned patterns. Drawing on a range of authentic news articles, it traces the development of journalism from its origins to the present day. Aitchison shows how contemporary news writers have inherited an age-old oral tradition, which over the centuries was incorporated into public notices, ballads and storybooks - eventually providing the basis of the journalism we see today. She argues that, while journalists have very different aims to literary writers, their work can in no way be regarded as inferior. Entertainingly written, The World Weavers provides a fascinating insight into journalistic writing, and will be enjoyed by anybody wanting to know more about media language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40070/cover/9780521540070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>24.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nobel Laureates and Twentieth-Century Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dardo, Mauro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>546</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this richly-illustrated book the author combines history with real science. Using an original approach he presents the major achievements of twentieth-century physics - for example, relativity, quantum mechanics, atomic and nuclear physics, the invention of the transistor and the laser, superconductivity, binary pulsars, and the Bose-Einstein condensate - each as they emerged as the product of the genius of those physicists whose labours, since 1901, have been crowned with a Nobel Prize. Here, in the form of a year-by-year chronicle, biographies and revealing personal anecdotes help bring to life the main events of the past hundred years. The work of the most famous physicists of the twentieth century - great names, like the Curies, Bohr, Heisenberg, Einstein, Fermi, Feynman, Gell-Mann, Rutherford, and Schr&#246;dinger - is presented, often in the words and imagery of the prize-winners themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40087/cover/9780521540087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics 2003</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540124</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wensley, C. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The British Combinatorial Conference is held every two years and is a key event for mathematicians worldwide working in combinatorics. In June 2003 the conference was held at the University of Wales, Bangor. The papers contained here are surveys contributed by the invited speakers and are of the high quality that befits the event. There is also a tribute to Bill Tutte who had a long-standing association with the BCC. The papers cover topics currently attracting significant research interest as well as some less traditional areas such as the combinatorics of protecting digital content. They will form an excellent resource for established researchers as well as graduate students who will find much here to inspire future work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40124/cover/9780521540124.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kleinian Groups and Hyperbolic 3-Manifolds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Warwick Workshop, September 11-14, 2001</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Komori, Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Markovic, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Series, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of Kleinian groups and hyperbolic 3-manifolds is currently undergoing explosively fast development, with many old problems and conjectures close to resolution. This volume, proceedings of the Warwick workshop in September 2001, contains expositions of many of these breakthroughs including Minsky's lectures on the first half of the proof of the Ending Lamination Conjecture, the Bers Density Conjecture by Brock and Bromberg, the Tameness Conjecture by Kleineidam and Souto, the state of the art in cone manifolds by Hodgson and Kerckhoff, and the counter example to Thurston's K=2 conjecture by Epstein, Marden and Markovic. It also contains J&#248;rgensen's famous paper 'On pairs of once punctured tori' in print for the first time. The excellent collection of papers here will appeal to graduate students, who will find much here to inspire them, and established researchers who will find this valuable as a snapshot of current research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40131/cover/9780521540131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Object Primer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agile Model-Driven Development with UML 2.0</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540186</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ambler, Scott W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scott Ambler, award-winning author of Building Object Applications that Work, Process Patterns, and More Process Patterns, has revised his acclaimed first book, The Object Primer. Long prized in its original edition by both students and professionals as the best introduction to object-oriented technology, this book is now completely up-to-date, with all modeling notation rewritten in the just-released UML 2.0. All chapters have been revised to take advantage of Agile Modeling (AM), which is presented in the new chapter 2 along with other important new modeling techniques. Review questions at the end of each chapter allow readers to test their newly acquired knowledge. In addition, the author takes time to reflect on the lessons learned over the past few years by discussing the proven benefits and drawbacks of the technology. This is the perfect book for any software development professional or student seeking an introduction to the concepts and terminology of object technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40186/cover/9780521540186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Logic as a Branch of Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, William S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The formal systems of logic have ordinarily been regarded as independent of biology, but recent developments in evolutionary theory suggest that biology and logic may be intimately interrelated. In this book, William Cooper outlines a theory of rationality in which logical law emerges as an intrinsic aspect of evolutionary biology. This biological perspective on logic, though at present unorthodox, could change traditional ideas about the reasoning process. Cooper examines the connections between logic and evolutionary biology and illustrates how logical rules are derived directly from evolutionary principles, and therefore have no independent status of their own. Laws of decision theory, utility theory, induction, and deduction are reinterpreted as natural consequences of evolutionary processes. Cooper's connection of logical law to evolutionary theory ultimately results in a unified foundation for an evolutionary science of reason. It will be of interest to professionals and students of philosophy of science, logic, evolutionary theory, and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40254/cover/9780521540254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documents in International Environmental Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sands, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galizzi, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Documents in International Environmental Law is the companion volume to the second edition of Philippe Sands' Principles of International Environmental Law. It comprises a representative selection of international environmental treaties and documents which are essential for anyone interested in international law in the field of environmental protection. This edition represents an up-to-date collection of the most important documents and aims to make the text and the key information on the legal status of the various acts, including its parties where a treaty is concerned, easily accessible to students, academics and practitioners. Each document is introduced with a short Editorial Note, summarising the main provisions of the instrument and places it in its wider context. Editorial notes are followed by information on the date of adoption/signature of the document, its entry into force and a list of the parties (if a treaty).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40308/cover/9780521540308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frobenius Algebras and 2-D Topological Quantum Field Theories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kock, Joachim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes a striking connection between topology and algebra, namely that 2D topological quantum field theories are equivalent to commutative Frobenius algebras. The precise formulation of the theorem and its proof is given in terms of monoidal categories, and the main purpose of the book is to develop these concepts from an elementary level, and more generally serve as an introduction to categorical viewpoints in mathematics. Rather than just proving the theorem, it is shown how the result fits into a more general pattern concerning universal monoidal categories for algebraic structures. Throughout, the emphasis is on the interplay between algebra and topology, with graphical interpretation of algebraic operations, and topological structures described algebraically in terms of generators and relations. The book will prove valuable to students or researchers entering this field who will learn a host of modern techniques that will prove useful for future work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40315/cover/9780521540315.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistics, Econometrics and Forecasting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zellner, Arnold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on two lectures presented as part of The Stone Lectures in Economics series, Arnold Zellner describes the structural econometric time series analysis (SEMTSA) approach to statistical and econometric modeling. Developed by Zellner and Franz Palm, the SEMTSA approach produces an understanding of the relationship of univariate and multivariate time series forecasting models and dynamic, time series structural econometric models. As scientists and decision-makers in industry and government world-wide adopt the Bayesian approach to scientific inference, decision-making and forecasting, Zellner offers an in-depth analysis and appreciation of this important paradigm shift. Finally Zellner discusses the alternative approaches to model building and looks at how the use and development of the SEMTSA approach has led to the production of a Marshallian Macroeconomic Model that will prove valuable to many. Written by one of the foremost practitioners of econometrics, this book will have wide academic and professional appeal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40445/cover/9780521540445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartley, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zisserman, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A basic problem in computer vision is to understand the structure of a real world scene given several images of it. Techniques for solving this problem are taken from projective geometry and photogrammetry. Here, the authors cover the geometric principles and their algebraic representation in terms of camera projection matrices, the fundamental matrix and the trifocal tensor. The theory and methods of computation of these entities are discussed with real examples, as is their use in the reconstruction of scenes from multiple images. The new edition features an extended introduction covering the key ideas in the book (which itself has been updated with additional examples and appendices) and significant new results which have appeared since the first edition. Comprehensive background material is provided, so readers familiar with linear algebra and basic numerical methods can understand the projective geometry and estimation algorithms presented, and implement the algorithms directly from the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40513/cover/9780521540513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking Homicide</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exploring the Structure and Process Underlying Deadly Situations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miethe, Terance D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regoeczi, Wendy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Drass, Kriss A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using multiple data sources and methods, this book involves a micro-historical analysis of the nature of change and stability in homicide situations over time. It focuses on the homicide situation as the unit of analysis, and explores similarities and differences in the context of homicide for different social groups. For example, using Qualitative Comparative Analysis, we investigate whether various social groups (e.g., men vs. women, teenagers vs. adults, strangers vs. intimates, Blacks vs. Whites) kill under qualitatively different circumstances and, if so, what are the characteristics of these unique profiles. The analysis of over 400,000 US homicides is supplemented with qualitative analysis of narrative accounts of homicide events to more fully investigate the structure and process underlying these lethal situations. Our findings of unique and common homicide situations across different time periods and social groups are then discussed in terms of their implications for criminological theory and public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40582/cover/9780521540582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Acceptable Premises</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Epistemic Approach to an Informal Logic Problem</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeman, James B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When, if ever, is one justified in accepting the premises of an argument?  What is the proper criterion of premise acceptability? Can the criterion be theoretically or philosophically justified? This is the first book to provide a comprehensive theory of premise acceptability and it answers the questions above from an epistemological approach that the author calls common sense foundationalism. It will be eagerly sought out not just by specialists in informal logic, critical thinking, and argumentation theory but also by a broader range of philosophers and those teaching rhetoric.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40605/cover/9780521540605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Documents in European Community Environmental Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sands, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galizzi, Paolo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>988</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the companion volume to the second edition of Philippe Sands' Principles of International Environmental Law and Sands and Galizzi's Documents in International Environmental Law. It comprises extracts from essential EC Treaties, Regulations, Directives, Decisions and other Acts of EC institutions. EC environmental legislation represents one of the most complex and challenging legal regimes for the protection of the environment. The significant body of legislation which now exists has given rise to numerous disputes over its application and interpretation. This collection brings together the principal documents in an accessible form, providing practitioners, scholars and students with the essentials necessary to understand, advise upon and apply this body of law. Concise editorial notes summarise the main provisions of the instruments reproduced and place them in their wider context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40612/cover/9780521540612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lexicalization and Language Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brinton, Laurel J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traugott, Elizabeth Closs</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lexicalization, a process of language change, has been conceptualized in a variety of ways.  Broadly defined as the adoption of concepts into the lexicon, it has been viewed by syntacticians as the reverse process of grammaticalization, by morphologists as a routine process of word-formation, and by semanticists as the development of concrete meanings. In this up-to-date survey, Laurel Brinton and Elizabeth Traugott examine the various conceptualizations of lexicalization that have been presented in the literature. In light of contemporary work on grammaticalization, they then propose a new, unified model of lexicalization and grammaticalization. Their approach is illustrated with a variety of case studies from the history of English, including present participles, multi-word verbs, adverbs, and discourse markers, as well as some examples from other Indo-European languages. The first review of the various approaches to lexicalization, this book will be invaluable to students and scholars of historical linguistics and language change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40636/cover/9780521540636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narrating the New Predictive Genetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics, Ethnography and Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Konrad, Monica</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the way changes in technology have altered the relationship between ethics and medicine. For some inherited diseases, new genetic testing technologies may provide much more accurate diagnostic and predictive information which raises important questions about consent, confidentiality and use of the information by family members and other third parties. What are the implications of this knowledge for individuals and their families? And for society more widely? How should this new information be used? How do people deal with the choices that new knowledge and technologies offer? Drawing on extensive ethnographic research with families affected by Huntington's Disease, and using perspectives from medical and cultural anthropology, the author explores the huge disparity between the experience of living with the results of genetic testing and the knowledge and expertise which are drawn on to develop policy and clinical services.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40667/cover/9780521540667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intellectual Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic and Legal Dimensions of Rights and Remedies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blair, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cotter, Thomas F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses several aspects of the law and economics of intellectual property rights (IPRs) that have been underanalyzed in the existing literature. It begins with a brief overview of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, and trademarks, and the enforcement and licensing of IPRs, focusing on the remedies available for infringement (injunctions, various forms of damages, and damages calculation issues); the standard of care (strict liability versus an intent- or negligence-based standard); and the rules for determining standing to sue and joinder of defendant for IPR violations. The authors demonstrate that the core assumption of IPR regimes - that IPRs maximize certain social benefits over social costs by providing a necessary inducement for the production and distribution of intellectual products - have several important implications for the optimal design of remedies, the standard of care, and the law of standing and joinder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40674/cover/9780521540674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Prostitution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Movements, Democratic States and the Globalisation of Sex Commerce</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Outshoorn, Joyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The most effective way to deal with prostitution has always been hotly debated by governments and women's movements alike. Feminists want it abolished or regulated as sex work; governments have to safeguard public health and order. This book shows how women's movements in Western Europe, North America and Australia have affected politics on prostitution and trafficking of women since the 1970s, asking what made them successful in some countries but a failure in others. It also assesses whether government institutions to advance the status of women - so-called women's policy agencies - have played a key role in achieving policy outcomes favourable to movement demands. Written by an international team of experts and based on original sources, all chapters follow the same framework to ensure comparability. The final chapter offers an overall comparison identifying what makes women's movements successful and women's agencies effective, presenting the case for 'state feminism'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40698/cover/9780521540698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521540739</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521540739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521540735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reformed Theology and Visual Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Protestant Imagination from Calvin to Edwards</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521540735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyrness, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With the walls of their churches bereft of imagery and colour and their worship centered around sermons with carefully constructed outlines (as opposed to movement and drama), Reformed Protestants have often been accused of being dour and unimaginative. Here, William Dyrness explores the roots of Reformed theology in an attempt to counteract these prevailing notions.  Studying sixteenth-century Geneva and England, seventeenth-century England and Holland and seventeenth and eighteenth-century Puritan New England, Dyrness argues that, though this tradition impeded development of particular visual forms, it encouraged others, especially in areas of popular culture and the ordering of family and community. Exploring the theology of John Calvin, William Ames, John Cotton and Jonathan Edwards, Dyrness shows how this tradition created a new aesthetic of simplicity, inwardness and order to express underlying theological commitments. With over forty illustrations, this book will prove invaluable to those interested in the Reformed tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/40735/cover/9780521540735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154100X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes and Common Diseases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Genetics in Modern Medicine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hastie, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Genes and Common Diseases presents an up-to-date view of the role of genetics in modern medicine, reflecting the strengths and limitations of a genetic perspective. The current shift in emphasis from the study of rare single gene disorders to common diseases brings genetics into every aspect of modern medicine, from infectious diseases to therapeutics. However, it is unclear whether this increasingly genetic focus will prove useful in the face of major environmental influences in many common diseases. The book takes a hard and self-critical look at what can and cannot be achieved using a genetic approach and what is known about genetic and environmental mechanisms in a variety of common diseases. It seeks to clarify the goals of human genetic research by providing state-of-the art insights into known molecular mechanisms underlying common disease processes while at the same time providing a realistic overview of the expected genetic and physiological complexity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41008/cover/9780521541008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Postcolonial Literatures in English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Innes, C. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past century has witnessed the extraordinary flowering of fiction, poetry and drama from countries previously colonised by Britain, an output which has changed the map of English literature. This  introduction, from a leading figure in the field, explores a wide range of Anglophone post-colonial writing from Africa, Australia, the Caribbean, India, Ireland and Britain. Lyn Innes compares the ways in which authors shape communal identities and interrogate the values and representations of peoples in newly independent nations. Placing its emphasis on literary rather than theoretical texts, this book offers detailed discussion of many internationally renowned authors, including James Joyce, Chinua Achebe, Salman Rushdie, Les Murray and Derek Walcott. It also includes historical surveys of the main countries discussed, a glossary, and biographical notes on major authors. Lyn Innes provides a rich and subtle guide to a vast array of authors and texts from a wide range of sites.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41015/cover/9780521541015.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Actresses and Whores</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On Stage and in Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pullen, Kirsten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The image of the actress as prostitute has haunted the theatrical profession since women first went on the stage. Kirsten Pullen explores the history of this connection both in the cultural imagination and in real life. She shows, through case studies of women working in Britain and the United States between the seventeenth and twentieth centuries, that some women have drawn on the dual tradition of 'whore' as radical and victim to carve out a space for female sexual agency. Female performers from Elizabeth Boutell and Charlotte Charke to Mae West redefined gender identity and appropriate female sexuality. Pullen integrates substantial archival research and interviews with working prostitutes with a consideration of feminist and cultural perspectives on the myth and reality of the actress/whore. This highly original study offers many new insights to theatre historians and scholars of cultural, social and gender studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41022/cover/9780521541022.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sentences of Sextus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chadwick, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sextus's Sentences are a collection of ethical aphorisms which for centuries were read in Latin, Greek, Syriac and Armenian, by Christians from Britain to Mesopotamia. Who 'Sextus' was, and whether he was a Christian, is not certain; Dr Chadwick discusses the evidence, including some he has discovered himself. But the Sentences, probably written in the second century, were widely read in Jerome's time, and were still treated as authoritative in the Middle Ages. They are an important strand in the history of the development of Christian ethics, and are yet another example of that dialogue between the Greek and the Jewish which so profoundly affected the development of the young religion. Dr Chadwick first provides a critical edition of the Greek and Latin texts. There follow studies of the moral teaching of Sextus, the evidence of Origen, the testimony of Rufinus and Jerome, and the internal evidence provided by the texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41084/cover/9780521541084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clermont de Lod&#232;ve 1633-1789</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fluctuations in the Prosperity of a Languedocian Cloth-making Town</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, J. K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries Clermont-de-Lod&#232;ve, a Languedocian cloth-making town, experienced two major cycles in its development. In the seventeenth century unprecedented prosperity was followed by deep and prolonged depression, and in the eighteenth a rapid, if irregular, industrial expansion was interrupted by a major crisis and followed by a painful and protracted decline. The purpose of this book is to describe the economic and social manifestations of these cycles as precisely as the sources permit, focussing in particular on the varying characteristics of Clermont's elite.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41091/cover/9780521541091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shell Money of the Slave Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogendorn, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Marion</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the role of cowrie-shell money in West African trade, particularly the slave trade. The shells were carried from the Maldives to the Mediterranean by Arab traders for further transport across the Sahara, and to Europe by competing Portuguese, Dutch, English and French traders for onward transport to the West African coast. In Africa they served to purchase the slaves exported to the New World, as well as other less sinister exports. Over a large part of West Africa they became the regular market currency, but were severely devalued by the importation of thousands of tons of the cheaper Zanzibar cowries. Colonial governments disliked cowries because of the inflation and encouraged their replacement by low-value coins. They disappeared almost totally, to re-appear during the depression of the 1930s, and have been found occasionally in the markets of remote frontier districts, avoiding exchange and currency control problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41107/cover/9780521541107.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God's Caliph</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religious Authority in the First Centuries of Islam</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541114</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crone, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinds, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines how religious authority was distributed in early Islam. It argues the case that, as in Shi'ism, it was concentrated in the head of state, rather than dispersed among learned laymen as in Sunnism. Originally the caliph was both head of state and ultimate source of religious law; the Sunni pattern represents the outcome of a conflict between the caliph and early scholars who, as spokesmen of the community, assumed religious leadership for themselves. Many Islamicists have assumed the Shi'ite concept of the imamate to be a deviant development. In contrast, this book argues that it is an archaism preserving the concept of religious authority with which all Muslims began.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41114/cover/9780521541114.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>France and Islam in West Africa, 1860-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the social, political and intellectual history of the largest colonial state in Africa, the French West African Federation. By focusing on the specific subject of the development of French policy towards Islam, it sheds light on a wide range of issues, from the grand strategy of French imperialism to the psychology of individual administrators in isolated outposts of the empire. Christopher Harrison argues that in order to make sense of colonial rule, it is vitally important to understand the way in which the colonial power thought about the people it governed. He demonstrates how French understanding of Islam in West Africa evolved from the short-term, and often contradictory, policies associated with the period of military expansion, through a period of intense suspicion and fear of pan-Islamic movements, to a widely-held consensus that Islam in Africa was quite distinct from the Islam of the Arab world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41121/cover/9780521541121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541138</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridder-Symoens, Hilde de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This, the first in the series, is also the first volume on the medieval University as a whole to be published in over a century. It provides a synthesis of the intellectual, social, political and religious life of the early University, and gives serious attention to the development of classroom studies and how they changed with the coming of the Renaissance and the Reformation. Following the first stirrings of the University in the thirteenth century, the evolution of the University is traced from the original Corporation of masters and Scholars through the early development of the colleges. The second half of the book focuses on the century from the 1440s to 1540s, which saw the flowering of the University under Tudor patronage. In the decades preceding the Reformation many colleges were founded, the teaching structures reorganised and the curriculum made more humanistic. The place of Cambridge at the forefront of northern European universities was eventually assured when Henry VIII founded Trinity College in 1546, in the face of changes and difficulties experienced during the course of the Reformation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41138/cover/9780521541138.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154114X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154114X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the University in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridder-Symoens, Hilde de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second volume of a four-part history of the university in Europe, written by an international team of authors, which covers the development of the university in Europe (east and west) from its origins up until more recent years. It focuses not only on the history of individual institutions, nor on the universities in any individual country, but on a number of major themes viewed from a European perspective. The chief originality of this work lies in its comparative, interdisciplinary, collaborative and transnational nature. Volume II looks at the university in Early Modern Europe, and attempts to situate the universities in their social and political context throughout the three centuries spanning the period 1500 to 1800.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41145/cover/9780521541145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theology of John Fisher</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rex, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the intellectual career of Bishop John Fisher (1469-1535), the early sixteenth-century bishop of Rochester and victim of Henry VIII's Reformation, whose numerous writings included one of the most influential refutations of the century of Martin Luther. Richard Rex investigates the life and work of Fisher the scholar from his arrival in Cambridge in the 1480s to his prolonged literary campaign against Henry's divorce from Catherine of Aragon in the years 1527-31. He traces the intellectual influences of scholasticism and humanism in his education and his subsequent career, and the way in which Fisher attempted to cope with the tensions between the authority of the church and the critical implications of humanist study. The heart of the book is concerned with Fisher's most important works, his treatises against Luther and Oecolompadius in the 1520s. Rex draws attention to the perceptiveness and originality of his critique of Protestant doctrines, and attempts to restore one of the greatest intellectuals of early sixteenth-century England to his rightful place as a central figure in the scholarship of the age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/91771/cover/9780521391771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defining Science</TitleText>

<Subtitle>William Whewell, Natural Knowledge and Public Debate in Early Victorian Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yeo, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with debates about science - its history, philosophy and moral value - in the first half of the nineteenth century, a period in which the 'modern' features of science developed. Defining Science also examines the different forms or genres in which science was discussed in the public sphere - most crucially in the Victorian review journals, but also in biographical, historical and educational works. William Whewell wrote major works on the history and philosophy of science before these became technical subjects. Consequently he had to define his own role as a metascientific critic (in a manner akin to cultural critics like Coleridge and Carlyle) as well as seeking to define science for both expert and lay audiences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41169/cover/9780521541169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Assembly</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Technical History of Los Alamos during the Oppenheimer Years, 1943-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoddeson, Lillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henriksen, Paul W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meade, Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Westfall, Catherine L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baym, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewlett, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kerr, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>8</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penneman, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>9</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redman, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>10</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seidel, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is a lucid and accurate history of the technical research that led to the first atomic bombs. The authors explore how the 'critical assembly' of scientists, engineers and military personnel at Los Alamos, responding to wartime deadlines, collaborated to create a new approach to large-scale research. The book opens with an introduction laying out major themes. After a synopsis of the prehistory of the bomb project, from the discovery of nuclear fission to the start of the Manhattan Engineer District, and an overview of the early materials programme, the book examines the establishment of the Los Alamos Laboratory, the implosion and gun assembly programmes, nuclear physics research, chemistry and metallurgy, explosives, uranium and plutonium development, confirmation of spontaneous fission in pile-produced plutonium, the thermonuclear bomb, critical assemblies, the Trinity test, and delivery of the combat weapons. Readers interested in history of science will find this volume a crucial resource for understanding the underpinnings of contemporary science and technology. It is the third book in a trilogy consisting of The Birth of Particle Physics (1986) and Pions to Quarks (1989).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41176/cover/9780521541176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541182</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hume's Theory of Consciousness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waxman, Wayne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive analysis and re-evaluation of Hume's Treatise of Human Nature. Kant viewed Hume as the sceptical destroyer of metaphysics. Yet for most of this century the consensus among interpreters is that for Hume scepticism was a means to a naturalistic, anti-sceptical end. The author seeks here to achieve a balance by showing how Hume's naturalism leads directly to a kind of scepticism even more radical than Kant imagined. In the process it offers the first systematic treatment of Humean associationalist psychology, including detailed exploration of his views on time-consciousness, memory, aspect-seeing, and the comparison with animal reason. Within this framework, Hume's views on language, belief, induction, causality, and personal identity emerge in a novel and revealing light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41183/cover/9780521541183.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetries, Lie Algebras and Representations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Graduate Course for Physicists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541190</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuchs, J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schweigert, Christoph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to Lie algebras and their applications in physics. The first three chapters show how Lie algebras arise naturally from symmetries of physical systems and illustrate through examples much of their general structure. Chapters 4 to 13 give a detailed introduction to Lie algebras and their representations, covering the Cartan-Weyl basis, simple and affine Lie algebras, real forms and Lie groups, the Weyl group, automorphisms, loop algebras and highest weight representations. Chapters 14 to 22 cover specific further topics, such as Verma modules, Casimirs, tensor products and Clebsch-Gordan coefficients, invariant tensors, subalgebras and branching rules, Young tableaux, spinors, Clifford algebras and supersymmetry, representations on function spaces, and Hopf algebras and representation rings. A detailed reference list is provided, and many exercises and examples throughout the book illustrate the use of Lie algebras in real physical problems. The text is written at a level accessible to graduate students, but will also provide a comprehensive reference for researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41190/cover/9780521541190.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shaping of Deduction in Greek Mathematics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Cognitive History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Netz, Reviel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to explain the shape of Greek mathematical thinking. It can be read on three levels: as a description of the practices of Greek mathematics; as a theory of the emergence of the deductive method; and as a case-study for a general view on the history of science. The starting point for the enquiry is geometry and the lettered diagram. Reviel Netz exploits the mathematicians' practices in the construction and lettering of their diagrams, and the continuing interaction between text and diagram in their proofs, to illuminate the underlying cognitive processes. A close examination of the mathematical use of language follows, especially mathematicians' use of repeated formulae. Two crucial chapters set out to show how mathematical proofs are structured and explain why Greek mathematical practice manages to be so satisfactory. A final chapter looks into the broader historical setting of Greek mathematical practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41206/cover/9780521541206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law in Times of Crisis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Emergency Powers in Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gross, Oren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>N&#237; Aol&#225;in, Fionnuala</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, and the ensuing 'war on terror' have focused attention on issues that have previously lurked in a dark corner at the edge of the legal universe. This book presents a systematic and comprehensive attempt by legal scholars to conceptualize the theory of emergency powers, combining post-September 11 developments with more general theoretical, historical and comparative perspectives. The authors examine the interface between law and violent crises through history and across jurisdictions, bringing together insights gleaned from the Roman republic and Jewish law through to the initial responses to the July 2005 attacks in London. Three models of emergency powers are used to offer a conceptualization of emergency regimes, giving a coherent insight into law's interface with and regulation of crisis and a distinctive means to evaluate the legal options open to states for dealing with crises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41237/cover/9780521541237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cognitive and Motivational Aspects of Interpersonal Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541251</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forgas, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Kipling D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheeler, Ladd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Effective social interaction requires sophisticated mental and motivational strategies. The Social Mind reviews and integrates psychological research on the relationship between people's thoughts and motives - their 'social mind' - and their interpersonal strategies. The research shows that success in personal relationships, group behaviour and strategic interaction are all significantly influenced by how individuals interpret and explain the social world around them. The implications of this research for personal adjustment, organizational effectiveness and clinical, counselling and health psychology are also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41251/cover/9780521541251.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541263</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in Post-Holocaust Germany, 1945-1953</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541268</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geller, Jay Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the story of the reemergence of the Jewish community in Germany after its near total destruction during the Holocaust. In western Germany, the community needed to overcome deep cultural, religious, and political differences before uniting. In eastern Germany, the small Jewish community struggled against communist opposition. After coalescing, both Jewish communities, largely isolated by the international Jewish community, looked to German political leaders and the two German governments for support. Through relationships with key German leaders, they achieved stability by 1953, when West Germany agreed to pay reparations to Israel and to individual Holocaust survivors and East Germany experienced a wave of antisemitic purges. Using archival materials from the Jewish communities of East and West Germany as well as governmental and political party records, Geller elucidates the reestablishment of organized Jewish life in Germany and the Jews' critical ties to political leaders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41268/cover/9780521541268.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Globalizing Democracy and Human Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gould, Carol C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In her new book Carol Gould addresses the fundamental issue of democratizing globalization, that is to say of finding ways to open transnational institutions and communities to democratic participation by those widely affected by their decisions. The book develops a framework for expanding participation in crossborder decisions, arguing for a broader understanding of human rights and introducing a new role for the ideas of care and solidarity at a distance. Reinterpreting the idea of universality to accommodate a multiplicity of cultural perspectives, the author takes up a number of applied issues, including the persistence of racism, cultural rights, women's human rights, the democratic management of firms, the use of the Internet to enhance political participation, and the importance of empathy and genuine democracy in understanding terrorism and responding to it. Accessibly written with a minimum of technical jargon this is a major new contribution to political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41275/cover/9780521541275.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voter Turnout and the Dynamics of Electoral Competition in Established Democracies since 1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Mark N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eijk, Cees van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fotos, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirczy de Mino, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsh, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wessels, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Voting is a habit. People learn the habit of voting, or not, based on experience in their first few elections. Elections that do not stimulate high turnout among young adults leave a 'footprint' of low turnout in the age structure of the electorate as many individuals who were new at those elections fail to vote at subsequent elections. Elections that stimulate high turnout leave a high turnout footprint. So a country's turnout history provides a baseline for current turnout that is largely set, except for young adults. This baseline shifts as older generations leave the electorate and as changes in political and institutional circumstances affect the turnout of new generations. Among the changes that have affected turnout in recent years, the lowering of the voting age in most established democracies has been particularly important in creating a low turnout footprint that has grown with each election.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41473/cover/9780521541473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biomedicine and the Human Condition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Challenges, Risks, and Rewards</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541480</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sargent, Michael G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How to avoid disease, how to breed successfully and how to live to a reasonable age, are questions that have perplexed mankind throughout history. This book explores our progress in understanding these challenges, and the risks and rewards of our attempts to find solutions. From the moment of conception, nutrition and exposure to microbes or alien chemicals have consequences that are etched into our cells and genomes. Such events have a crucial impact on development in utero and in childhood, and later, on the way we age, respond to infection, or the likelihood of developing chronic diseases, including cancer. The issues covered include the powerful influence of infectious disease on human society, the burden of our genetic legacy and the lottery of procreation. The author discusses how prospects for human life might continually improve as biomedicine addresses these problems and also debates the ethical checkpoints encountered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41480/cover/9780521541480.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Citizenship and Workfare in the United States and Western Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Paradox of Inclusion</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Handler, Joel F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book compares workfare policies in the United States and 'active labor policies' in Western Europe that are aimed primarily at the long-term unemployed, unemployed youth, lone parents, immigrants and other vulnerable groups often referred to collectively as the 'socially excluded'. The Europeans maintain that workfare is the best method of bringing the socially excluded back into mainstream society. Although there are differences in terms of ideology and practice, Joel F. Handler argues that there are also significant similarities, especially field-level practices that serve to exclude those who are the least employable or lack other qualifications that agencies favor. The author also examines strategies for reform, including protective labor legislation, the Open Method of Coordination, the reform of social and employment services, and concludes with an argument for a basic income guarantee, which would not only alleviate poverty but also provide clients with an exit option.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41534/cover/9780521541534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Calvin's Christology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmondson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stephen Edmondson articulates a coherent Christology from Calvin's commentaries and his Institutes. He argues that, through the medium of Scripture's history, Calvin, the biblical humanist, renders a Christology that seeks to capture both the breadth of God's multifaceted grace enacted in history, and the hearts of God's people formed by history. What emerges is a picture of Christ as the Mediator of God's covenant through his threefold office of priest, king and prophet. With Christ's work as the pivot on which Calvin's Christology turns, Christ's person becomes the goal to which it drives: for Christ mediates our union with God only through union with himself. This is the first significant volume to explore Calvin's Christology in several decades. It clarifies an important but perplexing subject in Calvin studies through its focus on Christ's work in history and allows Calvin a voice in the current theological conversation about Christology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41541/cover/9780521541541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541573</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Detection of Deception in Forensic Contexts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Granhag, P&#228;r Anders</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Str&#246;mwall, Leif A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most fascinating sub-divisions within the rapidly growing field of psychology and law is the area of deception detection. Traditionally this area has been characterised by a number of approaches which have analysed different aspects of deception such as verbal content, non-verbal behaviour, and polygraph testing. The last few years' intensive research has resulted in an impressive corpus of new knowledge about issues such as cross-cultural deception, the detection of simulated amnesia and false confessions, lie-catching expertise and how best to train professionals in detecting deception. This book provides a state-of-the-art account of current research and practice, written by an international team of experts and will be a valuable resource for academics, students, practitioners and all professionals within the legal domain who need to tackle questions of credibility and reliability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41572/cover/9780521541572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biased Embryos and Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arthur, Wallace</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What determines the direction of evolutionary change? This book provides a revolutionary answer to this question. Many biologists, from Darwin's day to our own, have been satisfied with the answer 'natural selection'. Professor Wallace Arthur is not. He takes the controversial view that biases in the ways that embryos can be altered are just as important as natural selection in determining the directions that evolution has taken, including the one that led to the origin of humans. This argument forms the core of the book. However, in addition, the book summarizes other important issues relating to how embryonic (and post-embryonic) development evolves. Written in an easy, conversational style, this is the first book for students and the general reader that provides an account of the exciting new field of Evolutionary Developmental Biology ('Evo-Devo' to its proponents).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41619/cover/9780521541619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognition, Emotion and Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theoretical, Empirical and Clinical Directions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yiend, Jenny</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edited collection is a tribute to Andrew Mathews, distinguished researcher in cognition and emotion. It presents a 'state of the art' account of the cognitive - clinical literature and sets an agenda for future work. The book is structured around theoretical, empirical and clinical approaches. Theoretical topics covered include learning theory, attentional processes and repression. Empirical work on for example, cognitive training, ambiguity resolution and functional imaging is discussed. In the final section work with a clinical perspective includes imagery, social anxiety, autobiographical memory and Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy. The list of contributors includes some of the leading researchers in the field and will ensure that this book appeals to a broad international readership in cognitive science, neuroscience, clinical psychology, psychiatry and the study of emotion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41749/cover/9780521541749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America's Forgotten Pandemic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Influenza of 1918</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosby, Alfred W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between August 1918 and March 1919 the Spanish influenza spread worldwide, claiming over 25 million lives - more people than perished in the fighting of the First World War. It proved fatal to at least a half-million Americans. Yet, the Spanish flu pandemic is largely forgotten today. In this vivid narrative, Alfred W. Crosby recounts the course of the pandemic during the panic-stricken months of 1918 and 1919, measures its impact on American society, and probes the curious loss of national memory of this cataclysmic event. In a new edition, with a new preface discussing the recent outbreaks of diseases, including the Asian flu and the SARS epidemic, America's Forgotten Pandemic remains both prescient and relevant.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41756/cover/9780521541756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Handbook of Wisdom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychological Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A topic ignored in mainstream scientific inquiry for decades, wisdom is beginning to return to the place of reverence that it held in ancient schools of intellectual study. A Handbook of Wisdom explores wisdom's promise for helping scholars and lay people to understand the apex of human thought and behavior. At a time when poor choices are being made by notably intelligent and powerful individuals, this book presents analysis and review on a form of reasoning and decision-making that is not only productive and prudent, but also serves a beneficial purpose for society. A Handbook of Wisdom is a collection of chapters from some of the most prominent scholars in the field of wisdom research. Written from multiple perspectives, including psychology, philosophy, and religion, this book gives the reader an in-depth understanding of wisdom's past, present, and possible future direction within literature, science, and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41824/cover/9780521541824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare Survey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wells, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare Survey is a yearbook of Shakespeare studies and production. Since 1948 Survey has published the best international scholarship in English and many of its essays have become classics of Shakespeare criticism. Each volume is devoted to a theme, or play, or group of plays; each also contains a section of reviews of the previous year's textual and critical studies and of major British performances. The books are illustrated with a variety of Shakespearean images and production photographs. The current editor of Survey is Peter Holland. The first eighteen volumes were edited by Allardyce Nicoll, numbers 19-33 by Kenneth Muir and numbers 34-52 by Stanley Wells. The virtues of accessible scholarship and a keen interest in performance, from Shakespeare's time to our own, have characterised the journal from the start. Now backnumbers are gradually being reissued in paperback.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41855/cover/9780521541855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taming the Sovereigns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Change in International Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holsti, K. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many analysts claim that international politics has recently entered a new era, following the end of the Cold War and then the events of September 11th. In this book, Kalevi Holsti asks what we mean by 'change' in international politics. How do we identify it? How do we distinguish between significant and unimportant changes? Do we really live in a new era or do we see more continuity than transformation in the texture of international politics? Combining theoretical and empirical argument, Holsti investigates eight major international institutions including the state, sovereignty, territoriality, international law, diplomacy, trade and war. Having identified the types of change these institutions have undergone during the last three centuries, Holsti analyses the sources of those changes and speculates on their consequences. This is a major book, likely to have lasting influence in the study of international politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41923/cover/9780521541923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521541956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521541956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521541954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognitive Limitations in Aging and Psychopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521541954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engle, Randall W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sedek, Grzegorz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>von Hecker, Ulrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntosh, Daniel N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the major progress made in recent psychological science in understanding the cognitive control of thought, emotion, and behavior and what happens when that control is diminished as a result of aging, depression, developmental disabilities, or psychopathology. Each chapter of this volume reports the most recent research by a leading researcher on the international stage. Topics include the effects on thought, emotion, and behavior by limitations in working memory, cognitive control, attention, inhibition, and reasoning processes. Other chapters review standard and emerging research paradigms and new findings on limitations in cognitive functioning associated with aging and psychopathology. The explicit goal behind this volume was to facilitate cross-area research and training by familiarizing researchers with paradigms and findings in areas different from but related to their own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/41954/cover/9780521541954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>70.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Planetary Astronomy from the Renaissance to the Rise of Astrophysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taton, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The International Astronomical Union and the International Union for the History and Philosophy of Science have sponsored a major work on the history of astronomy, which the Press publishs are in four volumes, three of which will be divided into two parts. Publication commenced with volume 4, part A. The history of astronomy has never been tackled on this scale and depth and this major synthesis breaks wholly new ground. The individual chapters of each volume have been prepared by leading experts in every field of the history of astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42050/cover/9780521542050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dastgah Concept in Persian Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farhat, Hormoz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The tradition of Persian art music embodies twelve modal systems, known as dastgahs. Each dastgah represents a complex of skeletal melodic models on the basis of which a performer produces extemporised pieces. The dastgahs revolve around unspecified central nuclear melodies which the individual musician comes to know through experience and absorption. It is a personal and elusive tradition of great subtlety and depth. Through extensive research, including interviews with leading musicians and recording over one hundred hours of music, Hormoz Farhat has unravelled the art of the dastgah. In his study Professor Farhat analyses the intervallic structure, melodic patterns, modulations, and improvisations within each dastgah, and examines the composed pieces which have become a part of the classical repertoire in recent times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42067/cover/9780521542067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Portfolio of Lunar Drawings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baum, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harold Hill's lunar portfolio is a unique collection of drawings now published for the first time. Each illustration is supplemented with notes made at the time of observation. Astronomical drawing still has an important place alongside photography in the same way that photography has not supplanted the artist in the fields of botany and ornithology, for example. Indeed, since astronomical images tend to shimmer because of turbulence in the Earth's atmosphere, drawings constructed by an artist who takes advantage of the fleeting moments of perfect vision are often more detailed than photographs. No one can fail to be impressed by the beauty and artistry of this work and, to the initiated, the accuracy and attention to detail is remarkable. This is a book for astronomers, amateur and professional alike, and for those who would simply like to know more about the moon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42081/cover/9780521542081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154209X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154209X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cataclysmic Variable Stars</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warner, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of cataclysmic variables - interacting binary stars containing a white dwarf accreting from an orbiting companion - is undergoing an exciting renaissance, as it embraces observations at all wavelengths. Cataclysmic variables allow, in particular, the direct and detailed study of equilibrium and non-equilibrium accretion discs; in turn these developments also help in our understanding of X-ray binaries, black holes and active galactic nuclei. This timely volume provides the first comprehensive survey of cataclysmic variable stars, integrating theory and observation into a single, synthesised text. An introductory chapter gives the historical background of studies of cataclysmic variables. The author then goes on to give an up-to-date review of both the observations (at all wavelengths, and over all time-scales), the theories, the models of the structures and accretion processes believed to be involved. A very detailed bibliography is also provided to guide the reader to pertinent primary literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42098/cover/9780521542098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biblical Drama of Medieval Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muir, Lynette R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a detailed survey and analysis of the surviving corpus of biblical drama from all parts of medieval Christian Europe. Over five hundred plays from the tenth to the sixteenth centuries are examined, in a wide-ranging discussion which makes available the full scope of this important part of theatre history. The volume is specially organised to provide a complete overview of major aspects of medieval biblical theatre, including: the theatrical community of both audience and players; the major plays and cycles; and the legacy of medieval biblical theatre. The book also includes valuable appendices with information on the liturgical calendar, processions, the Mass and the Bible. The Biblical Drama of Medieval Europe is a valuable resource for scholars and students of medieval theatre and for enthusiasts of early drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42104/cover/9780521542104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154212X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154212X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microbial Biofilms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lappin-Scott, Hilary M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Costerton, J. William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The formation of microcolonies on surfaces is an important bacterial survival strategy. These biofilms occur on both inert and living systems, making them important to a wide range of scientific disciplines. This book first provides an analysis of the chemical, ecological and physical processes involved with the development of biofilms and their interactions with surfaces. The next section deals with biofilms on non-living surfaces. Biofilms have important engineering implications, such as in mining industries, the corrosion of pipelines and pure and waste water industries. Biofilms have medical significance when associated with the mouth, urinary tract and urinogenital tract. In addition, they form in plant root systems and in animals, such as the ruminant digestive tract, and so are agriculturally important. The final section examines these interactions with living surfaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42128/cover/9780521542128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Athenian Institution of the Khoregia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chorus, the City and the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first major study of the means by which the classical Athenians organised and funded their many festival choruses. It explores the mechanics of the institution by which a minority of rich citizens were required to arrange and pay for a festival chorus, including choruses for tragic and comic drama, and situates this duty within the range of occasions for elite leadership in Athens' elaborate festival calendar. Peter Wilson goes on to show the importance of the khoregia to our understanding of the workings of Athenian democracy itself, and to demonstrate the degree to which the institution was itself a highly performative occasion, an opportunity for elite display in the democratic environment. The post-classical history of the khoregia and its appearance in a wide range of other Greek communities are also examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42135/cover/9780521542135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lucretius and the Transformation of Greek Wisdom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sedley, David N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is designed to appeal both to those interested in Roman poetry and to specialists in ancient philosophy. In it David Sedley explores Lucretius' complex relationship with Greek culture, in particular with Empedocles, whose poetry was the model for his own, with Epicurus, the source of his philosophical inspiration, and with the Greek language itself. He includes a detailed reconstruction of Epicurus' great treatise On Nature, and seeks to show how Lucretius worked with this as his sole philosophical source, but gradually emancipated himself from its structure, transforming its raw contents into something radically new. By pursuing these themes, the book uncovers many unrecognised aspects of Lucretius' methods and achievements as a poetic craftsman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42142/cover/9780521542142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Map-Building and Exploration Strategies of a Simple Sonar-Equipped Mobile Robot</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Experimental, Quantitative Evaluation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542159</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, D. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UY</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There are two radically different approaches to robot navigation: the first is to use a map of the robot's environment; the second uses a set of action reflexes to enable a robot to react rapidly to local sensory information. Hybrid approaches combining features of both also exist. This book is the first to propose a method for evaluating the different approaches that shows how to decide which is the most appropriate for a given situation. It begins by describing a complete implementation of a mobile robot including sensor modelling, map-building (a feature-based map and a grid-based free-space map), localisation, and path-planning. Exploration strategies are then tested experimentally in a range of environments and starting positions. The author shows the most promising results are observed from hybrid exploration strategies which combine the robustness of reactive navigation and the directive power of map-based strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42159/cover/9780521542159.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Franz Schubert</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sexuality, Subjectivity, Song</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542166</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine Schubert's songs as active shaping forces in the culture of their era rather than as mere reflections of it. Responding to rising new forms of social organisation, Schubert discovered that songs could serve as a medium for shuffling and reshuffling the basic building blocks of identity and desire, especially sexual desire. His songs project a kaleidoscopic array of unexpected human types, all of whom are eligible for a sympathetic response, even the strangest and most disconcerting. Schubert sought to validate these subjective types without subordinating them to a central social or sexual norm. The book describes and contextualises this process and tracks it concretely in a wide variety of songs. Combining close attention to both music and poetry, the book addresses both specialists and non-specialists in a lively, accessible style unburdened by excessive jargon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42166/cover/9780521542166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technological Innovation as an Evolutionary Process</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technological artefacts and biological organisms 'evolve' by very similar processes of blind variation and selective retention. This analogy is explored systematically, for the first time, by a team of international experts from evolutionary biology, history and sociology of science and technology, cognitive and computer science, economics, psychology, education, cultural anthropology and research management. Do technological 'memes' play the role of genes? In what sense are novel inventions 'blind'? Does the element of design make them 'Lamarckian' rather than 'Darwinian'? Is the recombination of ideas the essence of technological creativity? Can invention be simulated computationally? What are the entities that actually evolve - artefacts, ideas or organisations? These are only some of the many questions stimulated and partially answered by this powerful metaphor. With its practical demonstration of the explanatory potential of 'evolutionary reasoning' in a well-defined context, this book is a ground-breaking contribution to every discipline concerned with cultural change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42173/cover/9780521542173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytic Pro-P Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542180</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Du Sautoy, M. P. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segal, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first edition of this book was the indispensable reference for researchers in the theory of pro-p groups. In this second edition the presentation has been improved and important new material has been added. The first part of the book is group-theoretic. It develops the theory of pro-p groups of finite rank, starting from first principles and using elementary methods. Part II introduces p-adic analytic groups: by taking advantage of the theory developed in Part I, it is possible to define these, and derive all the main results of p-adic Lie theory, without having to develop any sophisticated analytic machinery. Part III, consisting of new material, takes the theory further. Among those topics discussed are the theory of pro-p groups of finite coclass, the dimension subgroup series, and its associated graded Lie algebra. The final chapter sketches a theory of analytic groups over pro-p rings other than the p-adic integers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42180/cover/9780521542180.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030918</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Construction of Preference</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichtenstein, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slovic, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>808</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the main themes that has emerged from behavioral decision research during the past three decades is the view that people's preferences are often constructed in the process of elicitation. This idea is derived from studies demonstrating that normatively equivalent methods of elicitation (e.g., choice and pricing) give rise to systematically different responses. These preference reversals violate the principle of procedure invariance that is fundamental to all theories of rational choice. If different elicitation procedures produce different orderings of options, how can preferences be defined and in what sense do they exist? This book shows not only the historical roots of preference construction but also the blossoming of the concept within psychology, law, marketing, philosophy, environmental policy, and economics. Decision making is now understood to be a highly contingent form of information processing, sensitive to task complexity, time pressure, response mode, framing, reference points, and other contextual factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42203/cover/9780521542203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality and Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Complicating the ancient debate over the intersection of morality and politics are diverse definitions of fundamental concepts: the right and the good, virtue and vice, personal liberty and public interest. Divisions abound, also, about whether politics should be held to a higher moral standard or whether pragmatic considerations or realpolitik should prevail. Perhaps the two poles are represented most conspicuously by Aristotle and Machiavelli. These essays address perennial concerns in political and moral theory and underscore the rekindled yearning of many to hold the political realm to a higher standard despite the skepticism of dissenters who question the likelihood or even the desirability of success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42210/cover/9780521542210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marginal to Mainstream</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alternative Medicine in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruggie, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Millions of Americans are using complementary and alternative medicine and spending billions of dollars, out-of-pocket, for it. Why? Do the therapies work? Are they safe? Are any covered by insurance? How is the medical profession responding to the growing use of therapies that were only recently thought of as quackery? These are some of the many questions asked and answered in this book. It describes a transformation in the status of alternative medicine within health care. Paving the way toward legitimacy is research currently underway and funded by the National Institutes of Health. This research is proving the safety and efficacy of certain therapies and the harm or inefficacy of others. While some therapies will remain alternative to conventional medicine, others are becoming complementary, and still others are busting the boundaries and contributing to a new approach to health and healing called integrative medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42227/cover/9780521542227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Disagreement</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Survival of Diverse Opinions within Communication Networks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huckfeldt, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Paul E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sprague, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political disagreement is widespread within the communication network of ordinary citizens; furthermore, political diversity within these networks is entirely consistent with a theory of democratic politics built on the importance of individual interdependence. The persistence of political diversity and disagreement does not imply that political interdependence is absent among citizens or that political influence is lacking. The book's analysis makes a number of contributions. The authors demonstrate the ubiquitous nature of political disagreement. They show that communication and influence within dyads is autoregressive - that the consequences of dyadic interactions depend on the distribution of opinions within larger networks of communication. They argue that the autoregressive nature of political influence serves to sustain disagreement within patterns of social interaction, as it restores the broader political relevance of social communication and influence. They eliminate the deterministic implications that have typically been connected to theories of democratic politics based on interdependent citizens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42234/cover/9780521542234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154226X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154226X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinical Physiology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Examination Primer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banerjee, Ashis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an admirably concise and clear guide to fundamental concepts in physiology relevant to clinical practice. It covers all the body systems in an accessible style of presentation. Bulleted checklists and boxed information provide an easy overview and summary of the essentials. By concentrating on the core knowledge of physiology, it will serve as a useful revision aid for all doctors striving to achieve postgraduate qualification, and for anyone needing to refresh their knowledge base in the key elements of clinical physiology. The author's own experience as an examiner at all levels has been distilled here for the benefit of postgraduate trainees and medical and nursing students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42265/cover/9780521542265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychodermatology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Psychological Impact of Skin Disorders</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Papadopoulos, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Psychodermatology covers all aspects of how the mind and body interact in relation to the onset and progression of various skin disorders. This book is the first text written by a multidisciplinary team of psychiatrists, psychologists, child specialists and dermatologists for all the health professionals who treat patients with skin problems. They cover a broad range of issues affecting these patients, including: stigma, coping, relationships, psychological treatments, the impact on children, comorbidities, psychoneuroimmunology, quality of life and psychological treatments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42296/cover/9780521542296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice without Borders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cosmopolitanism, Nationalism, and Patriotism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tan, Kok-Chor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The cosmopolitan idea of justice is commonly accused of not taking seriously the special ties and commitments of nationality and patriotism. This is because the ideal of impartial egalitarianism, which is central to the cosmopolitan view, seems to be directly opposed to the moral partiality inherent to nationalism and patriotism. In this book, Kok-Chor Tan argues that cosmopolitan justice, properly understood, can accommodate and appreciate nationalist and patriotic commitments, setting limits for these commitments without denying their moral significance. This book offers a defense of cosmopolitan justice against the charge that it denies the values that ordinarily matter to people, and a defence of nationalism and patriotism against the charge that these morally partial ideals are fundamentally inconsistent with the obligations of global justice. Accessible and persuasive, this book will have broad appeal to political theorists and moral philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42326/cover/9780521542326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Edward Albee</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bottoms, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edward Albee, perhaps best known for his acclaimed and infamous 1960s drama Who's Afraid of Virginia Woolf?, is one of America's greatest living playwrights. Now in his seventies, he is still writing challenging, award-winning dramas. This collection of essays on Albee, which includes contributions from the leading commentators on Albee's work, brings fresh critical insights to bear by exploring the full scope of the playwright's career, from his 1959 breakthrough with The Zoo Story to his recent Broadway success, The Goat, or Who is Sylvia? (2002). The contributors include scholars of both theatre and English literature, and the essays thus consider the plays both as literary texts and as performed drama. The collection considers a number of Albee's lesser-known and neglected works, provides a comprehensive introduction and overview, and includes an exclusive, original interview with Mr Albee, on topics spanning his whole career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42333/cover/9780521542333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542359</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fetal Matrix: Evolution, Development and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gluckman, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New discoveries reveal how crucial interactions which determine our destiny occur before birth, when our genes interact with their environment as the embryo and fetus develop. These processes - in the matrix of the womb - are evolutionary echoes of mechanisms which allowed our hunter-gatherer ancestors to survive. These exciting insights into predictive adaptive responses suggest new ways of protecting the health of the fetus, infant and adult. If inappropriate they can trigger obesity, diabetes and heart disease, formerly thought to result solely from adult lifestyle. The new concepts in this book are crucial to understanding the daunting public health burden in societies undergoing rapid transition from poverty to affluence. They add an important new dimension to evolutionary theory. Synthesising developmental biology, evolutionary history, medical science, public health and social policy, this is a ground-breaking and fascinating account by two of the world's leading pioneers in this important emerging field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42357/cover/9780521542357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154243X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154243X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>1-2 Corinthians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keener, Craig S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This commentary explains 1 and 2 Corinthians passage by passage, following Paul's argument. It uses a variety of ancient sources to show how Paul's argument would have made sense to first-century readers, drawing from ancient letter-writing, speaking, and social conventions. The commentary will be of interest to pastors, teachers, and others who read Paul's letters because of its readability, firm grasp of the background and scholarship on the Corinthian correspondence, and its sensitivity to the sorts of questions asked by those wishing to apply Paul's letters today. It will also be of interest to scholars because of its exploration of ancient sources, often providing sources not previously cited in commentaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42432/cover/9780521542432.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Computational Mathematics, Minneapolis 2002</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cucker, Felipe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeVore, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#252;li, Endre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Foundations of Computational Mathematics meetings are a platform for cross-fertilization between numerical analysis, mathematics and computer science. This volume contains the plenary presentations, given by some of the leading authorities in the world, and topics surveyed range from optimization to computer algebra, image processing to differential equations, quantum complexity to geometry. The volume will be essential reading for all those wishing to be informed of the state-of-the-art in computational mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42531/cover/9780521542531.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seeing the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Governance and Governmentality in India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corbridge, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Glyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Srivastava, Manoj</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>V&#233;ron, Ren&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poor people confront the state on an everyday basis all over the world. But how do they see the state, and how are these engagements conducted? This book considers the Indian case where people's accounts, in particular in the countryside, are shaped by a series of encounters that are staged at the local level, and which are also informed by ideas that are circulated by the government and the broader development community. Drawing extensively on fieldwork conducted in eastern India and their broad range of expertise, the authors review a series of key debates in development studies on participation, good governance, and the structuring of political society.  They do so with particular reference to the Employment Assurance Scheme and primary education provision. Seeing the State engages with the work of James Scott, James Ferguson and Partha Chatterjee, and offers a new interpretation of the formation of citizenship in South Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42555/cover/9780521542555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>My Neighbor, My Enemy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Justice and Community in the Aftermath of Mass Atrocity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stover, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Harvey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>My Neighbour, My Enemy  tackles a crucial and highly topical issue - how do countries rebuild after ethnic cleansing and genocide? And what role do trials and tribunals play in  social reconstruction and  reconciliation. By talking with people in Rwanda and the former Yugoslavia and carrying out extensive surveys, the authors explore what people think about their past and the future. Their conclusions controversially suggest that international or local trials have little relevance to reconciliation. Communities understand justice far more broadly than it is defined by the international community and  the relationship of trauma to a desire for trials is not clear-cut. The authors offer an ecological model of social reconstruction  and conclude that coordinated multi-systemic strategies must be implemented if social repair is to occur. Finally, the authors suggest that while trials are essential to combat impunity and punish the guilty, their strengths and limitations must be acknowledged.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42647/cover/9780521542647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Inference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Methodological Strategies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Ori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing upon the recent explosion of research in the field, a diverse group of scholars surveys the latest strategies for solving ecological inference problems, the process of trying to infer individual behavior from aggregate data. The uncertainties and information lost in aggregation make ecological inference one of the most difficult areas of statistical inference, but these inferences are required in many academic fields, as well as by legislatures and the Courts in redistricting, marketing research by business, and policy analysis by governments. This wide-ranging collection of essays offers many fresh and important contributions to the study of ecological inference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42807/cover/9780521542807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521542871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521542871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521542876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Topological, Combinatorial and Arithmetic Aspects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521542876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;ller, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1999 a number of eminent mathematicians were invited to Bielefeld to present lectures at a conference on topological, combinatorial and arithmetic aspects of (infinite) groups. The present volume consists of survey and research articles invited from participants in this conference. Topics covered include topological finiteness properties of groups, Kac-Moody groups, the theory of Euler characteristics, the connection between groups, formal languages and automata, the Magnus-Nielsen method for one-relator groups, atomic and just infinite groups, topology in permutation groups, probabilistic group theory, the theory of subgroup growth, hyperbolic lattices in dimension three, generalised triangle groups and reduction theory. All contributions are written in a relaxed and attractive style, accessible not only to specialists, but also to good graduate and post-graduate students, who will find inspiration for a number of basic research projects at various levels of technical difficulty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/42876/cover/9780521542876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Playgoing in Shakespeare's London</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gurr, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a newly revised edition of Andrew Gurr's classic account of the people for whom Shakespeare wrote his plays. Gurr assembles evidence from the writings of the time to describe the physical structure of the playhouses, the services provided in the auditorium, the cost of a ticket and a cushion, the size of the crowds, the smells, the pickpockets, and the collective feelings generated by the plays. As well as revising and adding new material which has emerged since the second edition, Gurr develops new sections. He considers the difference between Shakespearean and modern thinking about early staging, the complex historical process which established the permanent playhouses, and the development of a distinctly different acting style in the open-air playhouses from that of the indoor halls. Fifty new entries have been added to the list of playgoers and there are a dozen fresh quotations about the experience of playgoing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43224/cover/9780521543224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154324X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154324X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>U.S. Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernhard, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Television news and the Cold War grew simultaneously in the years following World War II, and their history is deeply intertwined. In order to guarantee sufficient resolve in the American public for a long term arms buildup, defense and security officials turned to the television networks. In need of access to official film and newsmakers to build themselves into serious news organizations, and anxious to prove their loyalty in the age of blacklisting, the network news divisions acted as unofficial state propagandists. They aired programs produced, scripted, and approved by the White House and the Departments of State and Defense as news and public affairs programs. Based on extensive primary research, this book makes a strong and compelling argument for collaboration between US television networks and government during the early years of the medium, and demonstrates how the Cold War was effectively 'sold' to the American public.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43248/cover/9780521543248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dual Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wenninger, Magnus J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Dual Models, written in the same enthusiastic style as its predecessors Polyhedron Models and Spherical Models, Magnus J. Wenninger presents the complete set of uniform duals of uniform polyhedral, thus rounding out a significant body of knowledge with respect to polyhedral forms. He begins with the simplest convex solids but then goes on to show how all the more difficult, non convex, uniform polyhedral duals can be derived from a geometric theorem on duality that unifies and systematizes the entire set of such duals. Many of these complex shapes are published here for the first time. Models made by the author are shown in photographs, and these, along with line drawings, diagrams, and commentary, invite readers to undertake the task of making the models, using index cards or tag paper and glue as construction materials. The mathematics is deliberately kept at the high school or secondary level, and hence the book presumes at most some knowledge of geometry and ordinary trigonometry and the use of a scientific type small electronic calculator. The book will be useful as enrichment material for the mathematics classroom and can serve equally well as a source book of ideas for artists and designers of decorative devices or simply as a hobby book in recreational mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43255/cover/9780521543255.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Qualified Types</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Mark P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the use of qualified types to provide a general framework for the combination of polymorphism and overloading. For example, qualified types can be viewed as a generalization of type classes in the functional language Haskell and the theorem prover Isabelle. These in turn are extensions of equality types in Standard ML. Other applications of qualified types include extensible records and subtyping. Using a general formulation of qualified types, the author extends the Damas/Milner type inference algorithm to support qualified types, which in turn specifies the set of all possible types for any term. In addition, he describes a new technique for establishing suitable coherence conditions that guarantee the same semantics for all possible translations of a given term. Practical issues that arise in concrete implementations are also discussed, concentrating in particular on the implementation of overloading in Haskell and Gofer, a small functional programming system developed by the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43262/cover/9780521543262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pi-Calculus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Theory of Mobile Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sangiorgi, Davide</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mobile systems, whose components communicate and change their structure, now pervade the informational world and the wider world of which it is a part. The science of mobile systems is as yet immature, however. This book presents the pi-calculus, a theory of mobile systems. The pi-calculus provides a conceptual framework for understanding mobility, and mathematical tools for expressing systems and reasoning about their behaviours. The book serves both as a reference for the theory and as an extended demonstration of how to use pi-calculus to describe systems and analyse their properties. It covers the basic theory of pi-calculus, typed pi-calculi, higher-order processes, the relationship between pi-calculus and lambda-calculus, and applications of pi-calculus to object-oriented design and programming. The book is written at the graduate level, assuming no prior acquaintance with the subject, and is intended for computer scientists interested in mobile systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43279/cover/9780521543279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543290</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Delhi Sultanate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political and Military History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Delhi Sultanate was the first Islamic state to be established in India. In a broad-ranging, accessible narrative, Peter Jackson traces the history of the Sultanate from its foundation in 1210 to its demise in 1400 at the sack of Delhi by the Central Asian conqueror, Tamerlane. During the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, the Sultanate was the principal bastion of Islam in the subcontinent. While the book focuses on military and political affairs, tracing the Sultanate's resistance to formidable Mongol invasions from the north-west and the administrative developments that underpinned these exploits, it also explores the Sultans' relations with their non-Muslim subjects. As a comprehensive treatment of the period, the book will make a significant contribution to the literature on medieval Indo-Muslim history. Students of Islamic and Indian history, and those with a general interest in the region, will find it a valuable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43293/cover/9780521543293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mass-Transfer Induced Activity in Galaxies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shlosman, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Current research on the origin and evolution of active galaxies is comprehensively surveyed in this collaborative volume. Both of the proposed types of central activity - active galactic nuclei and starbursts - are analysed with a particular emphasis on their relationship to the large-scale properties of the host galaxy. The crucial question is what triggers and fuels nuclear activity now and at earlier epochs? The topics covered here are gas flows near to massive black holes, the circumnuclear galactic regions, and the large-scale bars in disk galaxies. Aspects of nuclear bursts of star formation, and the relationship between central activity and the gas and stellar dynamics of the host galaxy are addressed as well. The contributors to this book for professionals and graduate students are world experts on galaxy evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43309/cover/9780521543309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543312</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impacts of Climate Change and Climate Variability on Hydrological Regimes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543316</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dam, Jan C. van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Water is going to be one of the key, if not the most critical, environmental issues in the twenty-first century because of the escalation in socio-economic pressures on the environment in general. Any future climate change or climate variability will only accentuate such pressures. This volume initially follows the perspective of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) to infer possible changes in hydrological regimes and water quality based on the outputs from various scenarios of General Circulation Models (GCMs). In subsequent chapters, the possible effects of climate change on the hydrology of each of the continents is examined. The book concludes with an overview of hydrological models for use in the evaluation of the impacts of climate change. It will provide a valuable guide for environmental planners and policy-makers, and will also be of use to all students and researchers interested in the possible effects of climate change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43316/cover/9780521543316.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology and Global Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gr&#252;bler, Arnulf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technology and Global Change describes how technology has shaped society and the environment over the last 200 years. Technology has led us from the farm to the factory to the internet, and its impacts are now global. Technology has eliminated many problems, but has added many others (ranging from urban smog to the ozone hole to global warming). This book is the first to give a comprehensive description of the causes and impacts of technological change and how they relate to global environmental change. Written for specialists and nonspecialists alike, it will be useful for researchers and professors, as a textbook for graduate students, for people engaged in long-term policy planning in industry (strategic planning departments) and government (R &amp; D and technology ministries, environment ministries),  for environmental activists (NGOs), and for the wider public interested in history, technology, or environmental issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43323/cover/9780521543323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ISNAR Agricultural Research Indicator Series</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Global Data Base on National Agricultural Research Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pardey, Philip G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roseboom, Johannes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Indicator Series contains fully-sourced and extensively documented country-specific files on the basic resources committed to national agricultural research systems (NARS). It includes, where possible, annual observations from 1960 to 1986 on a variety of agricultural research expenditure and research personnel series at the system or national level for 154 developing and developed countries. This volume contains the most comprehensive time series possible which is consistent in reporting data within countries, across countries, and between the personnel and expenditure series. Notes to the data tables often include supplementary tables which give a breakdown of the aggregate figures to an institutional level. The structure of the Indicator Series facilitates its use at three levels: (1) the data series themselves; (2) the data series plus personnel and expenditure comments; (3) the data, comments and citations (both sources and additional references) - for use in more targeted analysis at the country and/or issue-orientated level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43330/cover/9780521543330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Environmental Biology of Agaves and Cacti</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nobel, Park S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Environmental Biology of Agaves and Cacti constitutes the first comprehensive review of how these two interesting and economically important desert succulent taxa respond, in what turn out to be remarkably similar ways, to specific environmental factors such as water, temperature, photosynthetically active radiation, and nutrients, which affect the exchange of carbon dioxide and water vapor with the environment. Park Nobel first summarizes early environmental research as well as the many ethnobotanical uses of agaves and cacti. He then develops the main themes by considering the three most studied species in detail. Much of the relevant research has been carried out in his own laboratory since the mid-1970s. The book's clear style, many photographs and line drawings, and comprehensive data summaries make it accessible to professionals and interested laypeople alike. Every scientific term is defined the first time it is used. Agaves and cacti are shown to be highly productive compared to other plant groups, and this productivity helps account for their many uses for beverages, food, and animal fodder. Plant ecologists and physiologists, agronomists, environmental biologists, modelers, ethnobotanists, students, amateur succulent enthusiasts, and those responsible for land use and agricultural policy in arid and semiarid regions will all find this book an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43347/cover/9780521543347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinical Child Neuropsychiatry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillberg, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neuropsychiatry is a rapidly expanding field, linking the traditional areas of neurology and psychiatry, which has benefited greatly from recognition of the role of genetic and environmental determinants of psychiatric disorder particularly in childhood and adolescence. Based on twenty years of clinical experience and eighteen years of research, Professor Gillberg has utilised his unique and detailed interdisciplinary knowledge of neurobiology, pharmacology, epidemiology and neuropsychology to compile this comprehensive reference to clinical assessment and treatment of the many neuropsychiatric disorders of childhood which, at a conservative estimate, affect five in every hundred children. This is valuable reference resource that is sure to be welcomed by a wide range of professionals and researchers including child neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, speech therapists and special education teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43354/cover/9780521543354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music from the Tang Court</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Some Ancient Connections Explored</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Picken, Laurence E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nickson, No&#235;l J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The series of volumes of Music from the Tang Court considers a repertory of music at least 1400 years old. During the two centuries before 841 the Japanese Court borrowed a large amount of secular entertainment music from China. This 'Tang Music' (Togaku) survives in Japan in a substantial body of manuscripts, but is transformed in character in contemporary performance. This edition transcribes and comments on the music as it survives in its earliest sources. This process has revealed surprising evidence for ancient interconnections in Asian musics, and the essays in this seventh volume present aspects of this research to date. They provide evidence, for example, of music in a scale of four notes only from Bali and from Ancient China, as well as, most significantly, for the transportation from the Tang capital to Japan of 'several tens of scrolls of music in tablature'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43361/cover/9780521543361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070723</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Motet in the Age of Du Fay</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cumming, Julie E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the lifetime of Guillaume Du Fay (c. 1400-1474) the motet underwent a profound transformation. Because of the protean nature of the motet during this period, problems of definition have always stood in the way of a full understanding of this crucial shift. Through a comprehensive survey of the surviving repertory, Julie Cumming shows that the motet is best understood on the level of the subgenre. She employs new ideas about categories taken from cognitive psychology and evolutionary theory to illuminate the process by which the subgenres of the motet arose and evolved. One important finding is the nature and extent of the crucial role that English music played in the genre's transformation. Cumming provides a close reading of many little-known pieces; she also shows how Du Fay's motets were the product of sophisticated experimentation with generic boundaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43378/cover/9780521543378.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154338X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154338X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Musica Ficta</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theories of Accidental Inflections in Vocal Polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berger, Karol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main purpose of this book is to clarify the meaning and use of the conventions governing the practice of implied accidentals in vocal polyphony from the early fourteenth to the mid-sixteenth century - a problem which has fascinated musicologists for over a hundred years now. Musicians of the late Middle Ages and Renaissance did not think it was necessary to write down all accidentals; since some accidental inflections were implied by the musical context, performers made them whether or not they were notated. This practice imposes on modern readers of early music sources, the task of supplying all such conventionally implied accidental inflections and the successful achievement of this task depends on a knowledge and understanding of the conventions involved. Since the practice of implied accidentals can be understood only in a wider context of compositional, notational, and performing practice of the period, the book attempts to throw light on some aspects of these practices as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43385/cover/9780521543385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>E. T. A. Hoffmann's Musical Writings</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Kreisleriana; The Poet and the Composer; Music Criticism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoffmann, E. T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charlton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Martyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains the first complete translation in English of E. T. A. Hoffmann's major musical writings, complementing the well-known Tales. It offers, therefore, a long-awaited opportunity to assess the thought and influence of one of the most famous of all writers on music and the musical links with his fiction. Containing the first complete appearance in English of Kreisleriana, it reveals a masterpiece of imaginative writing whose title is familiar to musicians (from Robert Schumann's piano cycle) and whose profound humour and irony can now be fully appreciated. This volume offers translations aiming at the greatest fidelity to Hoffmann, as well as musical accuracy in the reviews. David Charlton's three introductory essays provide extensive information on the background to Romantic music criticism; on the origins and internal structure of Kreisleriana; and on Hoffmann and opera. A concluding essay by the late Friedrich Schnapp lists Hoffmann's planned reviews and those mistakenly attributed to him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43392/cover/9780521543392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberty, Right and Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individual Rights in Later Scholastic Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Annabel S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liberty, Right and Nature is a vibrant and powerful contribution to the recently renewed debate over natural rights and natural rights language. Annabel Brett argues persuasively that in order to understand the development of the concept we need to look at the way in which the Latin language of ius functioned in a wide range of philosophical contexts. Dr Brett traces the range of the terminology of rights within the scholastic tradition from the thirteenth-century poverty controversy to the works of the sixteenth-century neo-Thomistic 'School of Salamanca'. A final chapter considers the consequences of this investigation for the rights theory of Thomas Hobbes. Dr Brett's analysis covers a panoply of theological and legal sources, and should prove indispensable to all those working in the field of medieval and early modern moral and political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43408/cover/9780521543408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atomic Transport in Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allnatt, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lidiard, A. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the fundamental statistical theory of atomic transport in crystalline solids, that is the means by which processes occurring at the atomic level are related to macroscopic transport coefficients and other observable quantities. The cornerstones of the authors' treatment are (i) the physical concepts of lattice defects, (ii) the phenomenological description provided by non-equilibrium thermodynamics and (iii) the various methods of statistical mechanics used to link these (kinetic theory, random-walk theory, linear response theory etc.). The book is primarily concerned with transport in the body of crystal lattices and not with transport on surfaces, within grain boundaries or along dislocations, although much of the theory here presented can be applied to these low-dimensional structures when they are atomically well ordered and regular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/75146/cover/9780521375146.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543436</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recombination in Semiconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landsberg, Peter T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to the main aspects of the physics of recombination in semiconductors. It is the first book to deal exclusively and comprehensively with the subject, and as such is a self-contained volume, introducing the concepts and mechanisms of recombination from a fundamental point of view. Professor Landsberg is an internationally acknowledged expert in this field, and while not neglecting the occasional historical insights, he takes the reader to the frontiers of current research. Following initial chapters on semiconductor statistics and recombination statistics, the text moves on to examine the main recombination mechanisms: Auger effects, impact ionisation, radiative recombination, defect and multiphonon recombination. The final chapter deals with the topical subject of quantum wells and low-dimensional structures. Altogether the book covers a remarkably wide area of semiconductor physics. The book will be of importance to physicists, electronic engineers and applied mathematicians who are studying or researching the physics and applications of semiconductors. Some parts of the book will be accessible to final-year undergraduates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/61224/cover/9780521361224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543452</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology and Ceramic Production in an Andean Community</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, Dean E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the theoretical perspective of his earlier book, Ceramic Theory and Cultural Process (1985), Dean Arnold's ethnoarchaeological study explores the relationships of ceramic production to society and its environment in the Peruvian Andes. The book traces these contemporary linkages through the production, decoration, and use of pottery and relates them to the analysis and interpretation of ancient ceramic production. Utilizing an ecological approach within a single community, Arnold expands the scope of previous ceramic theory by focusing on the population as the unit of analysis in production and decoration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43453/cover/9780521543453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Companion to Henslowe's Diary</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carson, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henslowe's 'diary' is a unique source of information about the day-to-day running of the Elizabethan repertory theatre. Philip Henslowe, a theatrical entrepreneur, kept records of his financial dealings with London companies and actors from 1592-1604. The diary itself is difficult to decipher. Neil Carson's analysis is based on a much more thorough correlation of Henslowe's entries than has been attempted before, breaking down into clear tabular form the main items of income and expenditure and drawing conclusions about the management procedures of the companies, the professional relationships of actors and playwrights and the ways in which plays were written, rehearsed and programmed. Previous speculation has dismissed Henslowe himself as ignorant, disorderly and grasping. Carson shows him to have been a benign and efficient businessman whose control over the actors' professional activities was much less extensive than has often been supposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43460/cover/9780521543460.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543479</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bird Life of Woodland and Forest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuller, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Woodlands offer birds an extremely wide range of habitats. In this book, the variation in bird life in woodlands, and the factors that influence bird numbers and distributions are examined. What birds are found in which habitats? What effect does forestry and woodland management have? How can we enhance bird populations by habitat management? Are bird numbers and distributions in natural and managed forests different - and if so, why? The gamut of British woodland is covered, from ancient coppice and wood-pasture in the lowlands, to recently-planted conifer forests in the uplands, and comparisons are drawn with mainland Europe and North America. The book discusses the effects of factors such as increased deer numbers, air-pollution and new wood creation on lowland farms, all of which are changing the face of our woodlands today. This book is a must for all those interested in woodlands, and the birds which live in them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/31180/cover/9780521331180.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Culture and Performance in the Victorian City</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lively and highly innovative book reconstructs the texture and meaning of popular pleasure in the Victorian entertainment industry. Integrating theories of language and social action with close reading of contemporary sources, Peter Bailey provides a richly detailed study of the pub, music-hall, theatre and comic newspaper. Analysis of the interplay between entrepreneurs, performers, social critics and audience reveals distinctive codes of humour, sociability and glamour that constituted a new populist ideology of consumerism and the good time. Bailey shows how the new leisure world offered a repertoire of roles that enabled its audience to negotiate the unsettling encounters of urban life. Bailey offers challenging interpretations of respectability, sexuality, and the cultural politics of class and gender in a distinctive, personal voice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43484/cover/9780521543484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543495</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and Domestic Loss</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Forms of Deprivation, Mourning, and Recuperation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dubrow, Heather</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book re-examines some of Shakespeare's best-known texts in the light of their engagement with the forms of deprivation which threatened domestic security in early modern England. Burglary, the loss of home, and the early deaths of parents emerge as central and very telling issues in Shakespearean drama. Heather Dubrow recovers the particular significance of home, especially in relation to gender, male and female subjectivity. She relates the plays to Shakespeare's poetry (The Rape of Lucrece), and to early modern cultural texts such as the literature of roguery; she also introduces illuminating perspectives from contemporary social problems (notably crime), twentieth-century poetry, and popular culture. One of the most vital aspects of this fascinating study is to connect concerns at the cutting edge of cultural studies (such as the construction of transgressive Others) to more traditional literary concerns such as genre, especially the workings of romance and pastoral.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43491/cover/9780521543491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543509</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mimesis and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The New World, Islam, and European Identities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuchs, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As powerful, pointed imitation, cultural mimesis can effect inclusion in a polity, threaten state legitimacy, or undo the originality upon which such legitimacy is based. In Mimesis and Empire Barbara Fuchs explores the intricate dynamics of imitation and contradistinction among early modern European powers in literary and historiographical texts from sixteenth- and early seventeenth-century Spain, Italy, England, and the New World. The book considers a broad sweep of material, including European representations of New World subjects and of Islam, both portrayed as 'other' in contemporary texts. It supplements the transatlantic perspective on early modern imperialism with an awareness of the situation in the Mediterranean and considers problems of reading and literary transmission; imperial ideology and colonial identities; counterfeits and forgery; and piracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43507/cover/9780521543507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543517</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decoding Homes and Houses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Julienne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Houses are not just assemblages of individual rooms but intricate patterns of organised space, governed by rules and conventions about the size and configuration of rooms, which domestic activities go together, how the interior should be decorated and furnished and what kinds of household object are appropriate in each setting, how family members relate to one another in different spaces, and how and where guests should be received and entertained in the home. Decoding Homes and Houses introduces new, computer-based techniques designed to retrieve and interpret this wealth of social and symbolic information. The various representations and measures show how domestic space provides a shared framework for everyday life, how social meanings are constructed in the home and how different sub-groups within society differentiate themselves through their patterns of domestic space and lifestyles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72842/cover/9780521572842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Masks of Menander</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sign and Meaning in Greek and Roman Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiles, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed analysis of the conventions and techniques of performance characteristic of the Greek theatre of Menander and the subsequent Roman theatre of Plautus and Terence. Drawing on literary and archaeological sources, and on scientific treatises, David Wiles identifies the mask as crucial to the actor's art, and shows how sophisticated the art of the mask-maker became. He also examines the other main elements which the audience learned to decode: costume, voice, movement, etc. In order to identify features that were unique to Hellenistic theatre he contrasts Greek New Comedy with other traditions of masked comedy, and shows how different Roman conventions of performance rest upon different underlying assumptions about religion, marriage and class. David Wiles offers theatre historians and classicists a radical new approach to reading play texts. His book will also be useful to archaeologists seeking to understand what masks mean and how Greek and Roman theatres were used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43521/cover/9780521543521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uncovering Labour in Information Revolutions, 1750-2000</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blok, Aad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Downey, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discussion of the current Information Revolution tends to focus on technological developments in information and communication and overlooks both the human labour involved in the development, maintenance and daily use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), and the consequences of the implementation of these ICTs for the position and divisions of labour. This volume aims to redress this imbalance by exploring the role, position and divisions of information and communication labour in the broadest sense through periods of revolutionary technological change. The contributions range from eighteenth-century German clerical work, through Indian telegraph workers' actions in 1908, computing labour in early twentieth-century US electrical engineering, the impact of containerization and ICT on South-African stevedores and international seafarers, to the development of the computer programmer, labour organization in Silicon Valley, and the role of volunteer work in the early development of the World Wide Web.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43538/cover/9780521543538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Northeast Asia's Stunted Regionalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bilateral Distrust in the Shadow of Globalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rozman, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comprehensive picture of the pursuit of regionalism across Northeast Asia in the 15 years following the Cold War. In each of six periods, the main dynamic of regionalism and the problems that slowed regionalism's advance are identified. The evolving strategies of China, Japan, South Korea, and Russia are examined, emphasizing the importance of bilateral relations while keeping in mind the globalizing US role. By focusing on debates in each country, most rarely covered in English, the book demonstrates how suspicion of neighbors and clashing strategies have undermined aspirations for regionalism. Only by learning the lessons of this transitional era will regionalism be placed on a stable footing. These include: fully embrace globalization while using regionalism for balance, work together in integrating North Korea while recognizing South Korea's pivotal role, compromise to allow China and Japan to share leadership, and focus on a long-term vision of Northeast Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43606/cover/9780521543606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant and the Metaphysics of Causality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watkins, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about Kant's views on causality as understood in their proper historical context. Specifically, Eric Watkins argues that a grasp of Leibnizian and anti-Leibnizian thought in eighteenth-century Germany helps one to see how the critical Kant argued for causal principles that have both metaphysical and epistemological elements. On this reading Kant's model of causality does not consist of events, but rather of substances endowed with causal powers that are exercised according to their natures and circumstances. This innovative conception of Kant's view of causality casts a light on Kant's philosophical beliefs in general, such as his account of temporality, his explanation of the reconciliation of freedom and determinism, and his response to the skeptical arguments of Hume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43613/cover/9780521543613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euros and Europeans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Monetary Integration and the European Model of Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) is one of the most important developments in modern European politics. Building on two decades of monetary integration it transfers monetary policy, a core function of the modern state, to an independent European Central Bank (ECB) and limits member states' fiscal policy discretion.  The ECB insists that growth and employment depend on 'flexibilizing' Europe's labor markets through deep reforms of the social policies and employment relations which comprise the 'European social model'. Member states retain authority over these areas at the heart of national politics, but how will EMU affect the domestic politics of institutional change? Will EMU reinforce de-regulation and retrenchment or will it facilitate reforms that maintain the protections against economic insecurity, inequality, and unilateral employer power the European model has provided? To address these questions, a transatlantic team of leading experts analyzes the evolving tensions between monetary integration and national social policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43637/cover/9780521543637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Motherhood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Narrative Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Tina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Becoming a mother changes lives in many ways and this original and accessible book explores how women try to make sense of, and narrate their experiences of first-time motherhood in the Western world. Tina Miller pays close attention to women's own accounts, over time, of their experiences of transition to motherhood and shows how myths of motherhood continue because women do not feel able to voice their early (often difficult) experiences of mothering. The book charts the social, cultural and moral contours of contemporary motherhood and engages with sociological and feminist debates on how selves are constituted, maintained and narrated. Drawing on original research and narrative theory, the book also explores the disjuncture that often exists between personal experience and public discourse and the cultural dimensions of expert knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43644/cover/9780521543644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry R. Luce, Time, and the American Crusade in Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herzstein, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLW3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Robinson Luce (1898-1967) founded Time, Life, Fortune, and Sports Illustrated. Born in China to missionary parents, Luce was a kind of lay preacher, anxious to mold the American mind and advance his ideological program: intervention, capitalism, democracy (when appropriate) and Christian activism. The most celebrated and influential editor of his day, Luce was also obsessed with the American mission in the world, and with China and East Asia, the place of his birth. Luce tried to 'sell' this mission to a sometimes reluctant public. A passionate anti-Communist interventionist, he also convinced Americans that the U.S. had perversely 'lost' China to the Communists. A fervent advocate of the Vietnam intervention, Luce, author of the American Century edited incoming cables so that magazines might conform to his ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43682/cover/9780521543682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Good Citizenship in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ricci, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Good Citizenship in America describes a civic ideal of who enjoys membership in the state and what obligations that entails, and traces its history in America. Until 1865, this ideal called for virtuous political behavior (republicanism) but extended the franchise beyond early republican expectations (democracy). The book follows the widening of the franchise to women and people of color and to those with little or no property following economic development post 1865. In the twentieth century, the civic ideal was influenced by the increase of consumerism, its peak after World War II,  and its subsequent decline. More recent citizenship, informed by environmental problems and growing global Darwinism, places a bigger and bigger emphasis on the 'economic conscience'. This is an easily accessible analysis of civic trends in America, and one that highlights much of what is decent in American life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43705/cover/9780521543705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Espionage and Industrial Spying</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543712</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nasheri, Hedieh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an analytic overview and assessment of the changing nature of crime in the burgeoning information society. Bringing together views from leading national and international authorities, Hedieh Nasheri explains the historical and theoretical background surrounding issues of economic espionage, trade secret theft and industrial spying and its impact on society. She looks at legislative history, the progression of electronic and corporate criminal behavior by introducing the concept of information theft and computer crimes, exploring its definition, its identification and its development within criminology. Nasheri presents an assessment of the state of economic espionage activities within a criminological context and based on that assessment addresses areas where additional action is required. The book also draws attention to a variety of issues raised by economic espionage and technological development. It draws on a variety of disciplines, including criminology, criminal justice, sociology, law and society, economics and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43712/cover/9780521543712.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kennedy and the Promise of the Sixties</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rorabaugh, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores life in America during that brief promising moment in the early Sixties when John F. Kennedy was President. Kennedy's Cold War frustrations in Cuba and Vietnam worried Americans. The 1962 missile crisis narrowly avoided a nuclear disaster. The civil rights movement gained momentum with student sit-ins, Freedom Rides, and crises in Mississippi and Alabama. Martin Luther King, Jr., emerged as a spokesman for non-violent social change. The American family was undergoing rapid change. Betty Friedan began to launch the Women's Movement.  The Beat authors Jack Kerouac and Allen Ginsberg gained respectability and, at the same time, Joan Baez and Bob Dylan revived folk music. Roy Lichtenstein and Andy Warhol produced Pop Art, while Ginsberg, Aldous Huxley, Timothy Leary, and Ken Kesey began to promote psychedelic drugs. The early Sixties was a period of marked political, social and cultural change which this book relates and discusses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43835/cover/9780521543835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Final Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Civil War, the Abolition of Slavery, and the Thirteenth Amendment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vorenberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines emancipation after the Emancipation Proclamation of 1863. Focusing on the making and meaning of the Thirteenth Amendment, Final Freedom looks at the struggle among legal thinkers, politicians, and ordinary Americans in the North and the border states to find a way to abolish slavery that would overcome the inadequacies of the Emancipation Proclamation. The book tells the dramatic story of the creation of a constitutional amendment and reveals an unprecedented transformation in American race relations, politics, and constitutional thought. Using a wide array of archival and published sources, Professor Vorenberg argues that the crucial consideration of emancipation occurred after, not before, the Emancipation Proclamation; that the debate over final freedom was shaped by a level of volatility in party politics underestimated by prior historians; and that the abolition of slavery by constitutional amendment represented a novel method of reform that transformed attitudes toward the Constitution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43842/cover/9780521543842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Army of Flanders and the Spanish Road, 1567-1659</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Logistics of Spanish Victory and Defeat in the Low Countries' Wars</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543927</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of The Army of Flanders and the Spanish Road in 1972 marked the birth of the 'new military history', which emphasized military organization - mobilization, pay, supply, morale and, above all, logistics - rather than military 'events' such as sieges and battles. Geoffrey Parker studied one of the great logistical feats of early modern Europe: how Habsburg Spain managed to maintain and mobilize the largest army in Europe in an 80-year effort to suppress the Dutch Revolt, at 700 miles' distance. Using a unique combination of surviving records, he presented strikingly the logistical problems of fighting wars in early modern Europe, and demonstrated why Spain failed to suppress the Dutch Revolt. The book has been constantly cited since its first publication in English (with translations into Spanish and Dutch). This revised second edition includes some new sources and updates some references but otherwise remains faithful to the original version.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43927/cover/9780521543927.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543959</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology of Blood-Sucking in Insects</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehane, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blood-sucking insects transmit many of the most debilitating diseases to man including malaria, sleeping sickness, filariasis, dengue, typhus and plague. Additionally these insects cause major economic losses in agriculture by direct damage to livestock. This new edition of The Biology of Blood-Sucking in Insects has been fully updated since it was first published in 1991. It provides a unique, topic-led commentary on the biological aspects that are common to blood-sucking insects. This account focuses on the biological adaptations that clearly suit the blood-sucking habit and further discusses host-insect interactions and the transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects. It also outlines the medical, social and economic impact of blood-sucking insects. The final chapter is designed as a useful quick-reference section. Written in a clear, concise fashion and well illustrated throughout, the text will be of direct interest to advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of medical and veterinary entomology and parasitology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43958/cover/9780521543958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Strategies and Musical Interpretation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayrey, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everist, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to music analysis as an interpretive activity. Interpretation is often considered only in theory, or as a philosophical problem, but this book attempts to demonstrate and reflect on the interpretive results of analysis. Two associated types of practice are emphasised: 'translation', the transformation of one type of experience or art object into the musical work, the artistic attempt to persuade us that the new product is as valid as its original, or more so than its origin; and 'rhetoric', the attempt to persuade us, through structure, to accept the signifying power of the work. The unifying theme of the essays is the interpretive transformation of concepts, ideas and forms that constitutes the heart of the compositional process of nineteenth- and twentieth-century music. The repertoire discussed ranges from Schumann through Wagner, Mahler, Zemlinsky, Debussy, Schoenberg, Berg, Webern and Stravinsky to Carter and Birtwistle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43972/cover/9780521543972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543983</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Faur&#233; and French Musical Aesthetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caballero, Carlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study of Gabriel Faur&#233; and his contemporaries reclaims aesthetic categories crucial to French musical life in the early twentieth century. Its interrelated chapters treat the topics of sincerity, originality, novelty, self-renewal, homogeneity and religious belief in relation to Faur&#233;'s music and ideas. Taking a broad view of cultural life during the composer's lifetime and beyond, the book moves between specific details in Faur&#233;'s music and related critical, literary and philosophical issues, ranging from Gounod to Boulez and from Proust to Val&#233;ry. Above all, the book connects abstract values to artistic choices and thus places such works as Faur&#233;'s Requiem, La bonne chanson, La chanson d'Eve, L'horizon chim&#233;rique, and the chamber music in a new light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43989/cover/9780521543989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521543991</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521543991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521543996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phenomenal Consciousness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Naturalistic Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can phenomenal consciousness exist as an integral part of a physical universe? How can the technicolour phenomenology of our inner lives be created out of the complex neural activities of our brains? Many have despaired of finding answers to these questions; and many have claimed that human consciousness is inherently mysterious. Peter Carruthers argues, on the contrary, that the subjective feel of our experience is fully explicable in naturalistic (scientifically acceptable) terms. Drawing on a variety of interdisciplinary resources, he develops and defends a novel account in terms of higher-order thought. He shows that this can explain away some of the more extravagant claims made about phenomenal consciousness, while substantively explaining the key subjectivity of our experience. Written with characteristic clarity and directness, and surveying a wide range of extant theories, this book is essential reading for all those within philosophy and psychology interested in the problem of consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43996/cover/9780521543996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544017</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William III and the Godly Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claydon, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first extensive account of royal propaganda in England between 1689 and 1702. It demonstrates that the regime of William III did not rely upon legal or constitutional rhetoric as it attempted to legitimate itself after the Glorious Revolution, but rather used a protestant, providential and biblically-based language of 'courtly reformation'. This language presented the king as a divinely-protected godly magistrate who could both defend the true church against its popish enemies, and restore the original piety and virtue of the elect English nation. Concentrating upon a range of hitherto understudied sources - especially sermons and public prayers - the book demonstrates the vigour with which these ideas were broadcast by an imaginative group of propagandists enabling the king to cope with central political difficulties - the need to attract support for wars with France and the need to work with Parliament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44016/cover/9780521544016.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After the Deluge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Poland-Lithuania and the Second Northern War, 1655-1660</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544023</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frost, Robert I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Swedish invasion of 1655, known to Poles ever since as the 'Swedish deluge', provoked the political and military collapse of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth, the second-largest state in Europe. Robert Frost examines the reasons for Poland's fall and the conduct of the war by the Polish government, and addresses the crucial question of why, despite widespread recognition of the shortcomings of the political system, subsequent attempts at reform failed. War has long been seen as crucial to the development of more effective systems of government in Europe during the seventeenth century, but studies usually concentrate on states which responded successfully to the challenges. Much can be learned from those that failed, and the paucity of English-language material on this important conflict means that After the Deluge will appeal to a broad audience among historians of Poland, Germany, Scandinavia, Russia, and early modern Europe in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44023/cover/9780521544023.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544041</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macromolecular Crystallography with Synchrotron Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helliwell, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly illustrated monograph provides a comprehensive study of the structure and function of proteins, nucleic acids and viruses using synchrotron radiation and crystallography. Synchrotron radiation is intense, polychromatic and finely collimated, and is highly effective for probing the structure of macromolecules. This is a fast-expanding field, and this timely monograph gives a complete introduction to the technique and its uses. Beginning with chapters on the fundamentals of macromolecular crystallography and macromolecular structure, the book goes on to review the sources and properties of synchrotron radiation, instrumentation and data collection. There are chapters on the Laue method, on diffuse X-ray scattering and on variable wavelength dispersion methods. The book concludes with a description and survey of applications including studies at high resolution, the use of small crystals, the study of large unit cells, and time-resolved crystallography (particularly of enzymes). Appendices are provided which present essential information for the synchrotron user as well as information about synchrotron facilities currently available. A detailed bibliography and reference section completes the volume. Many tables, diagrams and photographs are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44047/cover/9780521544047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anglo-Dutch Moment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Glorious Revolution and its World Impact</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Israel, Jonathan I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much new research and writing on the Glorious Revolution of 1688-91 in England, Scotland, Ireland and North America, and on the Dutch role in the Revolution, has materialized in the last few years in connection with the tercentenary celebrations of 1988 and 1989 and the various accompanying conferences, symposia, and exhibitions in Britain, the Netherlands and the United States. There has also been a spate of associated publications. This is, however, the first large-scale work to emerge from the tercentenary commemoration, and the first to attempt to bring together the main strands of the new research and writing for the general reader and for the student, placing the English Revolution of 1688-89 for the first time in its full British, European and American setting, and showing how fundamentally our picture of the Revolution itself, as well as the Revolutionary process of 1688-91 as a whole, is now being transformed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544076</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Colyer's Variations and Diseases of the Teeth of Animals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, A. E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grigson, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1936, Colyer's Variations and Diseases of the Teeth of Animals drew extensively on the material housed in the Odontological Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, and quickly became an indispensable reference for students and research workers in zoology, archaeology and veterinary science, as well as human dentistry. In this second edition, Colyer's successors at the Odontological Museum have fully revised the text in the light of new knowledge, while preserving the best of Colyer's own material. The text has been rearranged taxonomically and a new introduction reviewing conceptual advances in the field since Colyer's time has been added. The numerous illustrations, classics of their kind, have been reproduced to a high standard from Colyer's originals and many new figures have been incorporated. This revision will introduce Colyer's material to a new audience, for whom it represents a comprehensive and fully-referenced survey of abnormalities and diseases of the teeth and jaws of animals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44078/cover/9780521544078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Choral Practice, 1400-1650</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morehen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC8</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to survey the performing practices in English choral music in the fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, including the period of the English Reformation. The essays, all written by specialists in the field, consider in depth such areas as the growth and development of the 'church' choir, related issues of vocal tessitura, performing pitch, the systems of pronunciation appropriate for Latin- and English-texted music, and the day-to-day training of choristers. There is also an investigation of the local circumstances under which many of the important manuscripts of the period were compiled, which reveals an unsuspectedly close interrelationship between domestic music and music for the church. In addition, a study of surviving sources reveals that they give little more than a general guide as to their composers' and copyists' intentions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/41438/cover/9780521441438.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544092</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Post-glacial Vegetation of Canada</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ritchie, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Post-glacial Vegetation of Canada brings together all the available information about the complex history of vegetational and environmental change in Canada since the last Ice Age. As the lands began to emerge from under the ice, they provided a large, varied setting for the re-establishment of highly diverse plant cover ranging from the modern tropical rain forests to the arctic tundra. Professor Ritchie discusses the roles of climactic change, wildfires, diseases, and biological factors in controlling the emerging patterns of new plant growth. The initial chapters present a balanced review of the modern bioclimates and vegetation of Canada as an introduction to the historical record. A review of the present pollen registration and the autecology of the important plant taxa is provided by examining the fossil record, derived primarily from pollen evidence. Students and researchers in the natural history of Canada and the Northern regions will find Post-glacial Vegetation of Canada a source of much information. It will also appeal to those with interests in botany, geography, geology, archaeology, and paleoecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44092/cover/9780521544092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Microbial Ecosystems of Antarctica</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, Warwick F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a structured account of the full range of environments in Antarctica and of the microbial communities that live within them. Environments examined include: snow and ice; benthic marine; sea ice; lakes and streams; marginal ice; soil; the open ocean; rock. In the more extreme habitats of this region microscopic life forms constitute the entire biology of the habitat, but in all antarctic environments the microbial communities play a major and often dominant role in the transfer of carbon, nutrients and energy throughout the ecosystem. The book examines the major features of the chemical and physical environment in each habitat, and the influence of these features on the population structure and dynamics of their microbiota.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44139/cover/9780521544139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mapping and Naming the Moon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Lunar Cartography and Nomenclature</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, Ewen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Almost 30 years after the Apollo missions, 'Tranquillity Base', 'Hadley Rille', or 'Taurus-Littrow' are names still resonant with the enormous achievements represented by the lunar landings. But how did these places get their names? Who named Copernicus Crater? Where did all those names on lunar maps come from, and what stimulated their selection? Ewen Whitaker traces the origins and evolution of the present-day systems for naming lunar features, such as craters, mountains, valleys and dark spots. The connections between the prehistoric and historic names, and today's gazetteer are clearly described. Beautiful lunar maps spanning four centuries of progress wonderfully illustrate the unfolding of our ability to map the Moon. Rare, early, photographs add to the sense of history. Comprehensive appendices and the bibliography make this delightful book a work of lasting reference and scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44146/cover/9780521544146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Walk through the Heavens</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Stars and Constellations and their Legends</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heifetz, Milton D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tirion, Wil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What star is that? Where is the Great Bear? A Walk through the Heavens is a beautiful and easy-to-use guide to the constellations of the northern hemisphere. By following the unique simplified maps, readers will be able to easily find and identify the constellations and the stars within them. Ancient myths and legends of the sky are retold, adding to the mystery of the stars.  Written for the complete beginner, this practical guide introduces the patterns of the starry skies in a memorable way. No equipment is needed, apart from normal sight and clear skies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44153/cover/9780521544153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Glacier Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544160</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hooke, Roger LeB.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides students and practising glaciologists with the tools they need to understand modern glaciology. Relatively simple concepts are introduced first, followed by mathematically more sophisticated chapters. A knowledge of basic calculus is assumed, but important concepts of physical processes are developed from elementary principles. Emphasis is placed on connections between modern research in glaciology and the origin of features of glacial landscapes. Student exercises are included. This new edition builds on the successful first edition: it has been completely updated, and important new sections and whole chapters have been added. Principles of Glacier Mechanics is designed to be used as a primary textbook in upper division and graduate courses in glaciology, and can be used as either a primary or supplementary text in courses in glacial geology. Practising glacial geologists and glaciologists will also find it useful as a reference book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44160/cover/9780521544160.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of the Representation Theory of Associative Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simson, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skowro&#324;ski, Andrzej</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second of a three-volume set providing a modern account of the representation theory of finite dimensional associative algebras over an algebraically closed field. The subject is presented from the perspective of linear representations of quivers, geometry of tubes of indecomposable modules, and homological algebra. This volume provides an up-to-date introduction to the representation theory of the representation-infinite hereditary algebras of Euclidean type, as well as to concealed algebras of Euclidean type. The book is primarily addressed to a graduate student starting research in the representation theory of algebras, but it will also be of interest to mathematicians in other fields. The text includes many illustrative examples and a large number of exercises at the end of each of the chapters. Proofs are presented in complete detail, making the book suitable for courses, seminars, and self-study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44207/cover/9780521544207.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071024</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bilingual Child</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Development and Language Contact</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yip, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does a child become bilingual? The answer to this intriguing question remains largely a mystery, not least because it has been far less extensively researched than the process of mastering a first language. Drawing on new studies of children exposed to two languages from birth (English and Cantonese), this book demonstrates how childhood bilingualism develops naturally in response to the two languages in the children's environment. While each bilingual child's profile is unique, the children studied are shown to develop quite differently from monolingual children. The authors demonstrate significant interactions between the children's developing grammars, as well as the important role played by language dominance in their bilingual development. Based on original research and using findings from the largest available multimedia bilingual corpus, the book will be welcomed by students and scholars working in child language acquisition, bilingualism and language contact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44764/cover/9780521544764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring Intelligence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Facts and Fallacies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartholomew, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>186</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The testing of intelligence has a long and controversial history. Claims that it is a pseudo-science or a weapon of ideological warfare have been commonplace and there is not even a consensus as to whether intelligence exists and, if it does, whether it can be measured. As a result the debate about it has centred on the nurture versus nature controversy and especially on alleged racial differences and the heritability of intelligence - all of which have major policy implications. This book aims to penetrate the mists of controversy, ideology and prejudice by providing a clear non-mathematical framework for the definition and measurement of intelligence derived from modern factor analysis. Building on this framework and drawing on everyday ideas the author address key controversies in a clear and accessible style and explores some of the claims made by well known writers in the field such as Stephen Jay Gould and Michael Howe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44788/cover/9780521544788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empire and Memory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Representation of the Roman Republic in Imperial Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gowing, Alain M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The memory of the Roman Republic exercised a powerful influence on several generations of Romans who lived under its political and cultural successor, the Principate or Empire. Empire and Memory explores how (and why) that memory manifested itself over the course of the early Principate. Making use of the close relationship between memoria and historia in Roman thought and drawing on modern studies of historical memory, this book offers case-studies of major imperial authors from the reign of Tiberius to that of Trajan (AD 14-117). The memory evident in literature is linked to that imprinted on Rome's urban landscape, with special attention paid to the Forum of Augustus  and the Forum of Trajan, both which are particularly suggestive reminders of the transition from a time when the memory of the Republic was highly valued and celebrated to one when its grip had begun to loosen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44801/cover/9780521544801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handel: Water Music and Music for the Royal Fireworks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogwood, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handbook covers Handel's best known public music, the Water Music, written at the outset of his English career, and the Music for the Royal Fireworks, the last and largest of his orchestral creations. The genesis of these two orchestral suites is examined in its political as well as musical context; practical questions of performance style and interpretation are balanced by an enquiry into Handel's compositional processes, and the relationship of his other large-scale orchestral compositions, especially the Concerti a due cori, to these suites. Original source material is set alongside the most recent theories on Handel's character and working methods. In particular the problem of 'borrowings' is addressed with reference to most recent identifications of Handel's sources, together with the later presentation of these works in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with an account of recordings, editions and a summary of performance questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44863/cover/9780521544863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Unified Theory of Party Competition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cross-National Analysis Integrating Spatial and Behavioral Factors</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merrill III, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grofman, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book integrates spatial and behavioral perspectives - in a word, those of the Rochester and Michigan schools - into a unified theory of voter choice and party strategy. The theory encompasses both policy and non-policy factors, effects of turnout, voter discounting of party promises, expectations of coalition governments, and party motivations based on policy as well as office. Optimal (Nash equilibrium) strategies are determined for alternative models for presidential elections in the US and France, and for parliamentary elections in Britain and Norway. These polities cover a wide range of electoral rules, number of major parties, and governmental structures. The analyses suggest that the more competitive parties generally take policy positions that come close to maximizing their electoral support, and that these vote-maximizing positions correlate strongly with the mean policy positions of their supporters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44931/cover/9780521544931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521544955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521544955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521544955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes and the Agents of Life</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Individual in the Fragile Sciences Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521544955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Genes and the Agents of Life undertakes to rethink the place of the individual in the biological sciences, drawing parallels with the cognitive and social sciences. Genes, organisms, and species are all agents of life but how are each of these conceptualized within genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary biology, and systematics? The book includes highly accessible discussions of genetic encoding, species and natural kinds, and pluralism above the levels of selection, drawing on work from across the biological sciences. The book is a companion to the author's Boundaries of the Mind, also available from Cambridge, where the focus is the cognitive sciences. The book will appeal to a broad range of professionals and students in philosophy, biology, and the history of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/44955/cover/9780521544955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Business Politics and the State in Twentieth-Century Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545006</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Ben Ross</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first systematically comparative and historical analysis of the incorporation of business into politics in Latin America, examining business organizing and political activity over the last century in five of the largest, most developed countries of the region. Why did business end up better organized in Chile, Colombia, and Mexico than in Argentina and Brazil? The explanation for the surprising cross-national variations lays neither in economic characteristics of business nor broader political parameters, but in the cumulative effect of actions of state actors. The book also considers the consequences of these differences in organization and finds that stronger encompassing associations offer government officials opportunities for concerted policy making with business that can enhance policy implementation. The strong hand of the state in organizing business has important implications not only for theories of collective action, but also for our understanding of civil society and its potential to promote democratization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45006/cover/9780521545006.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Neoconservative Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jewish Intellectuals and the Shaping of Public Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Murray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book which will come as a surprise to many educated observers and historians suggests that Jews and Jewish intellectuals have played a considerable role in the development and shaping of modern American conservatism. The focus is on the rise of a group of Jewish intellectuals and activists known as neoconservatives who began to impact on American public policy during the Cold War with the Soviet Union and most recently in the lead up to and invasion of Iraq. It presents a portrait of the life and work of the original and small group of neocons including Irving Kristol, Norman Podhoretz, and Sidney Hook. This group has grown into a new generation who operate as columnists in conservative think tanks like The Heritage and The American Enterprise Institute, at colleges and universities, and in government in the second Bush Administration including such lightning rod figures as Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Perle and Elliot Abrams. The book suggests the neo cons have been so significant in reshaping modern American conservatism and public policy that they constitute a Neoconservative Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45013/cover/9780521545013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>32.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England, Maurice Cowling defines the principles according to which the intellectual history of modern England should be written and argue that the history of Christianity is of primary importance. In this volume, which is self-contained, he makes a further contribution to understanding the role which Christianity has played in modern English thought. There are critical accounts of the thought of Toynbee, T. S. Eliot, Collingwood, Butterfield, Oakeshott, David Knowles, Evelyn Waugh and Churchill. It also contains less extended accounts of the thought of A. N. Whitehead, of Enoch Powell Minister. The book is given coherence by the connected ideas of the ubiquity of religion, of literature as an instrument of religious indoctrination, and of the intimacy of the connections between the political, philosophical, literary and religious assumptions that are to be found among the leaders of the English intelligentsia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45167/cover/9780521545167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154517X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154517X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Volume 1 of Religion and Public Doctrine in Modern England, Maurice Cowling defined the principles according to which the intellectual history of modern England should be written and argued that the history of Christianity was of primary importance. In this volume, which is self-contained, he makes a further contribution to understanding the role which Christianity has played in modern English thought. The book is unusual in its concentration on argument. Cowling relates Christian argument to secular argument and secular argument to Christian argument, discussing Tractarianism and Ultramontanism in the context of secular humanism and pessimistic illusionlessness, and vice versa. The roles of science and history are discussed. The book is given coherence by the connected ideas of the ubiquity of religion, of literature as an instrument of religious indoctrination, and of the intimacy of the connections between the political, philosophical, literary and religious assumptions that are to be found among the leaders of the English intelligentsia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45174/cover/9780521545174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Number Theory and Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Miles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skorobogatov, Alexei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sir Peter Swinnerton-Dyer's mathematical career encompasses more than 60 years' work of amazing creativity. This volume provides contemporary insight into several subjects in which Sir Peter's influence has been notable, and is dedicated to his 75th birthday. The opening section reviews some of his many remarkable contributions to mathematics and other fields. The remaining contributions come from leading researchers in analytic and arithmetic number theory, and algebraic geometry. The topics treated include: rational points on algebraic varieties, the Hasse principle, Shafarevich-Tate groups of elliptic curves and motives, Zagier's conjectures, descent and zero-cycles, Diophantine approximation, and Abelian and Fano varieties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45181/cover/9780521545181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154520X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154520X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Federal Taxation in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brownlee, W. Elliot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This brief survey is the first comprehensive historical overview of the US federal tax systems published since 1967. Its coverage extends from the ratification of the Constitution to the present day. Brownlee describes the five principal stages of federal taxation in relation to the crises that led to their adoption - the formation of the republic, the Civil War, World War I, the Great Depression, and World War II - and discusses the significant modifications during the Reagan presidency. While focusing on federal policy, Brownlee also attends to the related history of state and local taxation. This 'democratic-institutionalist' interpretation is a novel and major contribution to the history of taxation and public finance. Now in a new edition, Brownlee extends his coverage to the present, with a new chapter focusing  on the current tax policies of the George W. Bush administration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45204/cover/9780521545204.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Hobbes's Leviathan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Springborg, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion makes a new departure in Hobbes scholarship, addressing a philosopher whose impact was as great on Continental European theories of state and legal systems as it was at home. This volume is a systematic attempt to incorporate work from both the Anglophone and Continental traditions, bringing together newly commissioned work by scholars from ten different countries in a topic-by-topic sequence of essays that follows the structure of Leviathan, re-examining the relationship among Hobbes's physics, metaphysics, politics, psychology, and religion. Collectively they showcase important revisionist scholarship that re-examines both the context for Leviathan and its reception, demonstrating the degree to which Hobbes was indebted to the long tradition of European humanist thought. This Cambridge Companion shows that Hobbes's legacy was never lost and that he belongs to a tradition of reflection on political theory and governance that is still alive, both in Europe and in the diaspora.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45211/cover/9780521545211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State-Directed Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Power and Industrialization in the Global Periphery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohli, Atul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why have some developing country states been more successful at facilitating industrialization than others? An answer to this question is developed by focusing both on patterns of state construction and intervention aimed at promoting industrialization. Four countries are analyzed in detail - South Korea, Brazil, India, and Nigeria - over the twentieth century. The states in these countries varied from cohesive-capitalist (mainly in Korea), through fragmented-multiclass (mainly in India), to neo-patrimonial (mainly in Nigeria). It is argued that cohesive-capitalist states have been most effective at promoting industrialization and neo-patrimonial states the least. The performance of fragmented-multiclass states falls somewhere in the middle. After explaining in detail as to why this should be so, the study traces the origins of these different state types historically, emphasizing the role of different types of colonialisms in the process of state construction in the developing world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45259/cover/9780521545259.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Weapons of Mass Destruction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religious and Secular Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hashmi, Sohail H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Steven P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>550</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers an interesting perspective on the discussion of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) by broadening the terms of the debate to include both secular and religious investigations not normally considered. The volume contains a structured dialogue between representatives of the following ethical traditions: Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, feminism, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism, liberalism, natural law, pacifism, and realism. There are two introductory chapters on the technical aspects of WMD and international agreements for controlling WMD. A concluding essay compares the different ethical traditions. All the authors address the same set of moral issues and this creates a dialogue both within and across traditions. The debate structure is particularly useful and appealing for pedagogical purposes. The introductory essays on the technical and legal aspects of WMD could easily be used to introduce the subject to students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45266/cover/9780521545266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Epistemology of Development, Evolution, and Genetics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burian, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Collected for the first time in a single volume are essays which examine the developments in three fundamental biological disciplines - embryology, evolutionary biology, and genetics. These disciplines were in conflict for much of the twentieth century and the essays in this collection examine key methodological problems within these disciplines and the difficulties faced in overcoming the conflicts between them. Burian skilfully weaves together historical appreciation of the settings within which scientists work, substantial knowledge of the biological problems at stake and the methodological and philosophical issues faced in integrating biological knowledge drawn from disparate sources. The final chapter describes what recent findings in development biology and genetics can tell us about the history and development of animals. Written in a clear, accessible style this collection should appeal to students and professionals in philosophy of science, and the philosophy and history of biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45280/cover/9780521545280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia in the 21st Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Prodigal Superpower</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosefielde, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book demonstrates that Russia intends to re-emerge as a full fledged superpower before 2010 that would challenge America and China and potentially threaten a new arms race. Contrary to conventional wisdom, this goal is easily within the Kremlin's grasp, but the cost to the Russian people and global security would be immense. A sophisticated strategy is proposed to dissuade President Vladimir Putin from pursuing this destabilizing course. The book also explains why the Soviet Union imploded, why Western experts missed the signs of the collapse, and how Russia has metamorphosized into an authoritarian regime instead of pursuing a transition to fully democratic free enterprise. A critique of American foreign policymaking is also provided that emphasizes the confusion caused by tempering evidence to conform with public expectations and the failure to secure the national interest in favor of satisfying a consensus of particular special interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45297/cover/9780521545297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greasing the Wheels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Using Pork Barrel Projects To Build Majority Coalitions in Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pork barrel projects would surely rank near the top of most observers' lists of Congress's most widely despised products. Yet, political leaders in Congress and the President often trade pork for votes to pass legislation that serves broad national purposes, giving members of Congress pork barrel projects in return for their votes on general interest legislation. It is a practice that succeeds at a cost, but it is a cost that many political leaders are willing to pay in order to enact the broader public policies that they favor. There is an irony in this: pork barrel benefits, the most reviled of Congress's legislative products, are used by policy coalition leaders to produce the type of policy that is most admired - general interest legislation. This book makes the case that buying votes with pork is one way in which Congress solves its well-known collective action problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45327/cover/9780521545327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Metaphysics of Apes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Negotiating the Animal-Human Boundary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corbey, Raymond H. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Metaphysics of Apes traces the discovery and interpretation of the human-like great apes and the ape-like earliest ancestors of present-day humans. It shows how, from the days of Linnaeus to recent research, the sacred and taboo-ridden animal-human boundary was time and again challenged and adjusted. The unique dignity of humans, a central idea and value in the West, was, and to some extent still is, centrally on the minds of taxonomists, ethnologists, primatologists, and archaeologists. It has guided their research to a considerable extent. The basic presupposition was that humans are not entirely part of nature but, as symbolizing minds and as moral persons, transcend nature. This book thus is the first to offer an anthropological analysis of the burgeoning anthropological disciplines in terms of their own cultural taboos and philosophical preconceptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45334/cover/9780521545334.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Frontiers in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szenberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramrattan, Lall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuelson, Paul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Leading economists analyze the new directions that subdisciplines of economics have taken in the face of modern economic challenges. These essays represent invention and discovery in the areas of information, macroeconomics and public policies, international trade and development, finance, business, contracts, law, gaming, and government, as these areas of study evolve through the different phases of the scientific process. They offer a wealth of factual information on the current state of the economy. Theoretical and empirical innovations conceptualize reality and values in different ways from their predecessors. Together the essays offer the reader a balanced look at the various fields, approaches, and dimensions that comprise future directions in economic theory, research, and practice. The extensive introduction by the editors not only summarizes and reviews the implications of the contributions presented in the volume, but also examines how scientific progress takes place, with special reference to economics and finance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45365/cover/9780521545365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Noncommutative Noetherian Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodearl, K. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warfield, Jr, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to noncommutative noetherian rings is intended to be accessible to anyone with a basic background in abstract algebra. It can be used as a second-year graduate text, or as a self-contained reference. Extensive explanatory discussion is given, and exercises are integrated throughout. Various important settings, such as group algebras, Lie algebras, and quantum groups, are sketched at the outset to describe typical problems and provide motivation. The text then develops and illustrates the standard ingredients of the theory: e.g., skew polynomial rings, rings of fractions, bimodules, Krull dimension, linked prime ideals. Recurring emphasis is placed on prime ideals, which play a central role in applications to representation theory. This edition incorporates substantial revisions, particularly in the first third of the book, where the presentation has been changed to increase accessibility and topicality. New material includes the basic types of quantum groups, which then serve as test cases for the theory developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45372/cover/9780521545372.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justice and Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays for Brian Barry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dowding, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodin, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pateman, Carole</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Justice' and 'democracy' have alternated as dominant themes in political philosophy over the last fifty years. Since its revival in the middle of the twentieth century, political philosophy has focused on first one and then the other of these two themes. Rarely, however, has it succeeded in holding them in joint focus. This volume brings together leading authors who consider the relationship between democracy and justice in a set of specially written chapters. The intrinsic justness of democracy is challenged, the relationship between justice, democracy and impartiality queried and the relationship between justice, democracy and the common good examined. Further chapters explore the problem of social exclusion and issues surrounding sub-national groups in the context of democracy and justice. Authors include Keith Dowding, Richard Arneson, Norman Schofield, Albert Weale, Robert E. Goodin, Jon Elster, David Miller, Phillip Pettit, Julian LeGrand and Russell Hardin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45433/cover/9780521545433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violence and Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keane, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this provocative book, John Keane calls for a fresh understanding of the vexed relationship between democracy and violence. Taking issue with the common sense view that 'human nature' is violent, Keane shows why mature democracies do not wage war upon each other, and why they are unusually sensitive to violence. He argues that we need to think more discriminatingly about the origins of violence, its consequences, its uses and remedies. He probes the disputed meanings of the term violence, and asks why violence is the greatest enemy of democracy, and why today's global 'triangle of violence' is tempting politicians to invoke undemocratic emergency powers. Throughout, Keane gives prominence to ethical questions, such as the circumstances in which violence can be justified, and argues that violent behaviour and means of violence can and should be 'democratised'  - made publicly accountable to others, so encouraging efforts to erase surplus violence from the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45440/cover/9780521545440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transcendental Aspects of Algebraic Cycles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Grenoble Summer School, 2001</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;ller-Stach, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a collection of lecture notes from the Summer School 'Cycles Alg&#233;briques; Aspects Transcendents, Grenoble 2001'. The topics range from introductory lectures on algebraic cycles to more advanced material. The advanced lectures are grouped under three headings: Lawson (co)homology, motives and motivic cohomology and Hodge theoretic invariants of cycles. Among the topics treated are: cycle spaces, Chow topology, morphic cohomology, Grothendieck motives, Chow-K&#252;nneth decompositions of the diagonal, motivic cohomology via higher Chow groups, the Hodge conjecture for certain fourfolds, an effective version of Nori's connectivity theorem, Beilinson's Hodge and Tate conjecture for open complete intersections. As the lectures were intended for non-specialists many examples have been included to illustrate the theory. As such this book will be ideal for graduate students or researchers seeking a modern introduction to the state-of-the-art theory in this subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45471/cover/9780521545471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154551X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory and Material Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We take for granted the survival into the present of artifacts from the past. Indeed the discipline of archaeology would be impossible without the survival of such artifacts. What is the implication of the durability or ephemerality of past material culture for the reproduction of societies in the past? In this book, Andrew Jones argues that the material world offers a vital framework for the formation of collective memory. He uses the topic of memory to critique the treatment of artifacts as symbols by interpretative archaeologists and artifacts as units of information (or memes) by behavioral archaeologists, instead arguing for a treatment of artifacts as forms of mnemonic trace that have an impact on the senses. Using detailed case studies from prehistoric Europe, he further argues that archaeologists can study the relationship between mnemonic traces in the form of networks of reference in artifactual and architectural forms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45518/cover/9780521545518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of American Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholls, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>654</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of American Music celebrates the richness of America's musical life. It is the first study of music in the United States to be written by a team of scholars. American music is an intricate tapestry of many cultures, and the History reveals this wide array of influences from Native, European, African, Asian, and other sources. The History begins with a survey of the music of Native Americans and then explores the social, historical, and cultural events of musical life in the period until 1900. Other contributors examine the growth and influence of popular musics, including film and stage music, jazz, rock, and immigrant, folk, and regional musics. The volume also includes valuable chapters on twentieth-century art music, including the experimental, serial, and tonal traditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45549/cover/9780521545549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Procedure at International Conferences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Rules of Procedure at the UN and at Inter-governmental Conferences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabel, Robbie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSN1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new edition is a comprehensive manual of the rules of procedure for the conduct of business at the UN General Assembly, at international conferences and at assemblies of inter-governmental organisations such as the IAEA, ICAO, ILO, IMO and WHO. It examines the legal basis of these rules, the history of their development and the attempts at their codification. At the heart of the book is an examination of the practical applications of rules of procedure. Sabel also considers whether certain procedural rules and applications have become so well established that they have now attained the status of customary international law. The book is of interest to those involved in international law, international relations and international organisations. It also serves as a practical manual for delegates to the UN General Assembly and to international conferences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45556/cover/9780521545556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of the Institutional Law of International Organizations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amerasinghe, C. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second edition of C. F. Amerasinghe's successful book, which covers the institutional aspects of the law of international organizations, has been revised to include, among other things, a new chapter on judicial organs of international organizations, as well as a considerably developed chapter on dispute settlement. There is a rigorous analysis of all the material alongside a functional examination of the law. A brief history of international organizations is followed by chapters on, amongst others, interpretation, membership and representation, international and national personality, judicial organs, the doctrine of ultra vires, liability of members to third parties, employment relations, dissolution and succession, and amendment. Important principles are extracted and discussed, and the practice of different organizations examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45570/cover/9780521545570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NIV Wide Margin Reference Bible Black Goatskin Leather NI206WM Special Edition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The incomparable NIV Wide-Margin Reference Edition is not only a beautiful Bible, but it is also an outstanding resource for the serious Bible student. The NIV text is  complemented by 50,000 references, linking not only verses, but important passages too. Footnotes offer translation alternatives; elucidate on particular words and phrases; and explain obscure terms. This Bible also offers an extensive 35,000-entry concordance in which key words such as 'salvation' and 'holiness' are asterisked, enabling the reader to explore these themes by working through the references in turn.   Cambridge already offers the NIV WideMargin in a range of fine bindings. Now there is an even more luxurious binding to grace this beautiful Bible: black goatskin leather, edge-lined for extra suppleness and flexibility. It features wide margins all around the text for verse-by-verse annotations. It is printed on a smooth, opaque and resilient paper with lustrous art-gilt edges, and includes two ribbon markers to help find the reader's place.   Purchasers wishing to make a gift of this exceptional Bible will appreciate the very special rosewood presentation box and velvet sleeve contained within the  lid-and-tray display box.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>415.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land in Dar Fur</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Charters and Related Documents from the Dar Fur Sultanate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Fahey, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abu Salim, M. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tubiana, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tubiana, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first study of the administration of this Sudanese sultanate in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries to be drawn from recently-discovered Arabic land charters. Translations of forty-seven selected charters and related documents are presented to illustrate the complexity of land as an issue in the sultanate. The authors review the principles by which privileged status, rights in people and in landed estates were granted; and examine the nature of the administration in Dar Fur. The volume will be of interest to historians of Africa and the Middle East and to those concerned with land and society in a comparative framework.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45631/cover/9780521545631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Belief Revision</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#228;rdenfors, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Belief revision is a topic of much interest in theoretical computer science and logic, and it forms a central problem in research into artificial intelligence. In simple terms: how do you update a database of knowledge in the light of new information? What if the new information is in conflict with something that was previously held to be true? An intelligent system should be able to accommodate all such cases. This book contains a collection of research articles on belief revision that are completely up to date and an introductory chapter that presents a survey of current research in the area and the fundamentals of the theory. Thus this volume will be useful as a textbook on belief revision.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45648/cover/9780521545648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154565X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154565X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Foundations of VLSI Design</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEvoy, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, J. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses recent research in the theoretical foundations of several subjects of importance for the design of hardware, and for computer science in general. The physical technologies of very large scale integration (VLSI) are having major effects on the electronic industry. The potential diversity and complexity of digital systems have begun a revolution in the technologies of digital design, involving the application of concepts and methods to do with algorithms and programming. In return, the problems of VLSI design have led to new subjects becoming of importance in computer science. Topics covered in this volume include: models of VLSI complexity; complexity theory; systolic algorithm design; specification theory; verification theory; design by stepwise refinement and transformations. A thorough literature survey with an exhaustive bibliography is also included. The book has grown from a workshop held at the Centre for Theoretical Computer Science at Leeds University and organised by the editors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66311/cover/9780521366311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lisp in Small Pieces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Queinnec, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callaway, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a comprehensive account of the semantics and the implementation of the whole Lisp family of languages, namely Lisp, Scheme and related dialects. It describes 11 interpreters and 2 compilers, including very recent techniques of interpretation and compilation. The book is in two parts. The first starts from a simple evaluation function and enriches it with multiple name spaces, continuations and side-effects with commented variants, while at the same time the language used to define these features is reduced to a simple lambda-calculus. Denotational semantics is then naturally introduced. The second part focuses more on implementation techniques and discusses precompilation for fast interpretation: threaded code or bytecode; compilation towards C. Some extensions are also described such as dynamic evaluation, reflection, macros and objects. This will become the new standard reference for people wanting to know more about the Lisp family of languages: how they work, how they are implemented, what their variants are and why such variants exist. The full code is supplied (and also available over the Net). A large bibliography is given as well as a considerable number of exercises. Thus it may also be used by students to accompany second courses on Lisp or Scheme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45662/cover/9780521545662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>London in the Age of Industrialisation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Entrepreneurs, Labour Force and Living Conditions, 1700-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwarz, L. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-length analysis of the London working population and the effects of the industrial revolution in London to appear for over sixty years. Prior to the mid nineteenth century London may not have experienced the direct effects of the industrial revolution to any great extent, but the indirect effects were felt strongly. L. D. Schwarz disagrees with the view that 'the industrial revolution was a storm that passed over London and broke elsewhere', and seeks to judge the effect of industrialisation on what was the country's largest manufacturing city. Its size and role as national capital meant that London was in certain important respects unique, but it was nonetheless susceptible to many of the wider economic transformations that occurred during the period 1700-1850, and Dr Schwarz offers a detailed analysis of the changes to the economy and social structure of London that these wrought. He analyses middle-class wealth, the incomes of the working classes, living standards (defined very broadly to include the impact of the seasons and of the trade cycle), the fall in the death rate, the changing nature of the labour force in general and of artisans in particular, money wages and perquisites and the economic role of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/03658/cover/9780521403658.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Generations in Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Youth Revolt and Generation Formation in Germany 1770-1968</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roseman, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first English-language collection of essays on modern German history with a generational theme. It adresses, first, the extraordinary power and persistence of a German tradition of youthful rebellion extending from the Sturm und Drang in the eighteenth century to the student revolts of 1968 and, second, the impact of the dramatic ruptures and discontinuities in modern German history on the formation and interaction of successive historical cohorts. Using a variety of different approaches, including literacy and oral history, the collection pays particular attention to the way generational identities interacted with those of class and gender. The book adds to our understanding of generations, of the balance between continuity and discontinuity in modern German history, of the generational roots of National Socialism and the Hitler Youth generation's impact on East and West German society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45686/cover/9780521545686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stalin, Siberia and the Crisis of the New Economic Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes an important contribution to the current re-evaluation of the origins of Stalinism. Although it is widely acknowledged by Western scholars that the Soviet grain crisis of 1927-8 and Stalin's Siberian tour of January 1928 were crucial factors in the decision to abandon the New Economic Policy (NEP) and return to a more ideologically rigid policy of collectivisation and rapid industrialisation, studies have hitherto concentrated on the role of leading personalities and 'high politics'. In this book, Dr James Hughes presents an in depth examination of the crisis of the NEP from the regional perspective of Siberia and analyses the events and pressures 'from below', at the grassroots level of Soviet society. Using publications of the Siberian party and statistical investigations of the countryside, Dr Hughes offers new insights into several largely uncharted features of the Soviet system in these years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45693/cover/9780521545693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Limits of Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Great Fires and the Process of City Growth in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Christine Meisner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chicago, Boston, and Baltimore all suffered terrible fires in the late nineteenth or early twentieth century. Residents of these cities agreed that the destruction caused by the fires provided them with a special opportunity to improve their inadequately built cities. This book examines these rebuildings, using each to examine in close detail the process of city growth. The massive population growth and economic expansion of the nineteenth century necessitated that every aspect of the urban environment be redeveloped. Yet, at virtually every stage of city growth, the achievement of environmental adaptation lagged significantly behind the need for change. The innovative features of this book will make it useful to all readers interested in city growth. By drawing on several fields of the social sciences, the author develops a conceptual framework for explaining the barriers to environmental improvement; and through the historical narrative, the usefulness of this framework is demonstrated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45709/cover/9780521545709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dreaming of What Might Be</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Knights of Labor in Ontario, 1880-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kealey, Gregory S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palmer, Bryan D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As Canada's most industrialised province, Ontario served as the regional centre of the Noble and Holy Order of the Knights of Labor, an organisation which embodied a late nineteenth-century working-class vision of an alternative to the developing industrial-capitalist society. The Order opposed the exploitation of labor, and cultivated working-class unity by providing an institutional and cultural rallying point for North American workers. By 1886 thousands of industrial workers had enrolled within the ranks of Ontario's local and district assemblies. This book examines the rise and fall of the Order, providing case studies of its experience in Toronto and Hamilton and chronicling its impact across the province.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45716/cover/9780521545716.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Permo-Triassic Events in the Eastern Tethys</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stratigraphy Classification and Relations with the Western Tethys</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sweet, Walter C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zunyi, Yang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickins, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hongfu, Yin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Permian and Triassic rocks in the eastern Tethyan region form continuous marine sequences that record the waning phases of the Paleozoic and the early stages of the Mesozoic eras. This book describes and interprets these rocks, summarizing the distribution of major fossil groups in a way that will allow detailed comparison with strata of comparable age in the western Tethys and other parts of the world. The sixteen contributions by forty authors are the culmination of the five-year long International Geological Correlation Programme Project 203. The detailed information presented here is gathered from many areas in the eastern Tethyan region - from France to Australia - and will be of use in the evaluation of the major changes in the global marine biosphere known to have taken place at the end of the Paleozoic era. The stratigraphic record for this fascinating segment of Earth history is not widespread elsewhere in the world and is most continuous in the region covered by this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45730/cover/9780521545730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accretion-powered Compact Binaries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mauche, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive survey of the current research in the field of cataclysmic variables and low-mass X-ray binaries. These compact binaries contain a Roche-lobe filling low-mass star and an accreting white dwarf, neutron star, or black hole. In the turbulent process of accretion, a broad and highly variable spectrum of radiation is produced. The interpretation of the behaviour of these binaries is the present work of hundreds of astronomers, many of whom contributed to this volume. Among the topics covered here are observations and theories of low-mass neutron star and black hole binaries, magnetic and non-magnetic white dwarf binaries, transient X-ray sources, novae, and binary pulsars, as well as theories of the evolution of these binaries. The book is based on material presented at the 11th North American Workshop on Cataclysmic Variables and Low Mass X-ray Binaries held in Santa Fe, New Mexico, in October 1989. Each contribution contains sufficient in-depth information to be of use to the specialist, while the breadth of subjects covered will ensure a wide audience among advanced undergraduates and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45754/cover/9780521545754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beaches and Dunes of Developed Coasts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nordstrom, Karl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume discusses the role of humans in transforming the coastal landscape. The book details the many ways beaches and dunes are eliminated, altered and replaced and the differences between natural landforms and the human artefacts that replace them. Emphasis is placed on the importance of retaining naturally functioning beaches and dunes in ways that achieve natural values while accommodating development and use. The issues dealt with in this book will be of interest to practising coastal engineers and research scientists, as well as to planners and managers of coastal resources at all levels of government. It will be of particular value to investigators planning for the future of coastal development under accelerated sea level rise. The book will also be useful as a reference text for graduate and advanced undergraduate courses in geography, geology, ecology and other disciplines dealing with the interaction between science, technology and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45761/cover/9780521545761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hair of West European Mammals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Atlas and Identification Key</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teerink, B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mammalian hair has long played a role in human society; as fur for clothing, in the production of cloth, or in the production of brushes. Scientists too make use of mammalian hair as a diagnostic tool in areas such as animal ecology, wildlife biology, and nature management. The identification of hairs found in the field, in the intestine or faeces of carnivores, or in the pellets of owls and raptors, can yield valuable information on the distribution of mammals and the diet of their predators. This photographic atlas aids correct identification by providing data on the colour, form and length of hair and the structure of the cuticula, medulla and cross-sections. Identification is also aided by the provision of keys. This unique book will provide a valuable reference source for ecologists, zoologists and forensic scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45778/cover/9780521545778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authority and Tradition in Ancient Historiography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marincola, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the various claims to authority made by the ancient Greek and Roman historians throughout their histories and is the first to examine all aspects of the historian's self-presentation. It shows how each historian claimed veracity by imitating, modifying, and manipulating the traditions established by his predecessors. Beginning with a discussion of the tension between individuality and imitation, it then categorises and analyses the recurring style used to establish the historian's authority: how he came to write history; the qualifications he brought to the task; the inquiries and efforts he made in his research; and his claims to possess a reliable character. By detailing how each historian used the tradition to claim and maintain his own authority, the book contributes to a better understanding of the complex nature of ancient historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/80192/cover/9780521480192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fair Ophelia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Life of Harriet Smithson Berlioz</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raby, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a complete account of the remarkable life and career of Harriet Smithson Berlioz. Peter Raby's success in this book is to bring fully and sympathetically to life the vulnerable woman and the working actress who is so generally submerged beneath the myth that was created about her. At the same time he provides a continually fascinating commentary on the theatrical and cultural history of her time: on touring troupes in Ireland; on the late Georgian theatre in London; on the different acting styles and traditions in England and France; on the economics of the theatre and the composition of the audiences; on the intellectual background to Shakespeare's belated acceptance in France; on French translations of Shakespeare and contemporary French critical essays and reviews; on the leading figures who frame Harriet's story - actors, painters, writers, and musicians (most notably, of course, Berlioz himself). Holding all together is the complex figure of Harriet - a talented actress, and who for a brief but crucial period in French cultural history became a symbol and an ideal of the new, Romantic spirit.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45808/cover/9780521545808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edward Frankland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chemistry, Controversy and Conspiracy in Victorian England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, Colin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first scientific biography of Edward Frankland, probably the most eminent chemist of nineteenth-century Britain. Frankland discovered the chemical bond and founded the science of organometallic chemistry. He was a leading reformer of chemistry teaching, and the government's close adviser on urban water purity. From an apprenticeship in a druggist's shop in Lancaster, he was to occupy the first chemical chair at Manchester, and become professor at what became Imperial College. He was knighted in 1897. Today an obscurity of reputation stems from the conspiracy of silence surrounding Frankland's origins as an illegitimate child. Recently, however, Professor Russell has gained access to a vast collection of his private papers. Russell's authoritative account discloses, amongst much else, this web of conspiracy in the scientific community, and will be of great interest to professional chemists, historians of science, and general readers concerned with the social fabric of Victorian England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45815/cover/9780521545815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domestic Ceramic Production and Spatial Organization</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Mexican Case Study in Ethnoarchaeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold III, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering ethnoarchaeological study is of contemporary ceramic production and consumption in several villages in the Los Tuxtlas region of Mexico. While many archaeologists have identified ceramic production zones in the archaeological record, their identifying criteria have often been vague and impressionistic. The present book's contribution is to use ethnographic research to suggest how archaeologists might consistently recognise ceramic manufacturing. It also places ceramic production in larger cultural contexts and provides details of the ecology, production, distribution, use, discard, and site formation processes. Philip Arnold's critical observations on some of the serious weaknesses in archaeological interpretations of ceramic production will interest Mesoamericanists and all other archaeologists grappling with these, and related, issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45839/cover/9780521545839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Factional Competition and Political Development in the New World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brumfiel, Elizabeth M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Factionalism is an important force of social transformation, and this volume examines how factional competition in the kinship and political structures in ancient New World societies led to the development of chiefdoms, states and empires. The case studies, from a range of New World societies, represent all levels of non-egalitarian societies and a wide variety of ecological settings in the New World. They document the effects of factionalism on the structure of particular polities: for example, how it might have led to the growth of social inequality, or to changing patterns of chiefly authority, or to state formation and expansion, or institutional specialisation. The work is a creative and substantial contribution to our understanding of the political dynamics in early state society, and will interest archaeologists, anthropologists, political scientists and historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45846/cover/9780521545846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Style and Society in Dark Age Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Face of a Pre-literate Society 1100-700 BC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitley, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this innovative study, James Whitley examines the relationship between the development of pot style and social changes in the Dark Age of Greece (1100-700 BC). He focuses on Athens where the Protogeometric and Geometric styles first appeared. He considers pot shape and painted decoration primarily in relation to the other relevant features - metal artefacts, grave architecture, funerary rites, and the age and sex of the deceased - and also takes into account different contexts in which these shapes and decorations appear. A computer analysis of grave assemblages supports his view that pot style is an integral part of the collective representations of Early Athenian society. It is a lens through which we can focus on the changing social circumstances of Dark Age Greece. Dr Whitley's approach to the study of style challenges many of the assumptions which have underpinned more traditional studies of Early Greek art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45853/cover/9780521545853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Press Censorship in Elizabethan England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clegg, Cyndia Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revisionist history of press censorship in the rapidly expanding print culture of the sixteenth century. Professor Clegg establishes the nature and source of the controls, and evaluates their means and effectiveness. The state wanted to control the burgeoning press, but there were difficulties in practice because of the competing and often contradictory interests of the Crown, the Church, and the printing trade. By considering the literary and bibliographical evidence of books actually censored and by placing them in the literary, religious, economic and political culture of the time, Clegg concludes that press control was not a routine nor a consistent mechanism but an individual response to particular texts that the state perceived as dangerous. This will be the standard reference work on Elizabethan press censorship, and is also a history of the Elizabethan state's principal crises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73122/cover/9780521573122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545870</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Barn Owls</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Predator-Prey Relationships and Conservation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW6</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When seen hunting over a meadow, barn owls have an ethereal grace and beauty that can be matched by no other bird. The barn owl has an almost global distribution and has lived in close proximity to humans since settlement and farming created the forest clearings needed for hunting and places in which to nest. However, in many countries, barn owl numbers are falling rapidly. This book explores the relationships between barn owls and their prey worldwide, and demonstrates how an understanding of such relationships can help in the conservation of the species. In this comprehensive account, Iain Taylor describes the biology and ecology of this species, including the factors affecting breeding success, and causes of mortality affecting the final recruitment of new birds into the population. He concludes by suggesting ways in which we can manage and conserve this beautiful bird for the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45877/cover/9780521545877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545889</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Gravity in 2+1 Dimensions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carlip, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This timely volume provides a broad survey of (2+1)-dimensional quantum gravity. It emphasises the 'quantum cosmology' of closed universes and the quantum mechanics of the (2+1)-dimensional black hole. It compares and contrasts a variety of approaches, and examines what they imply for a realistic theory of quantum gravity. General relativity in three spacetime dimensions has become a popular arena in which to explore the ramifications of quantum gravity. As a diffeomorphism-invariant theory of spacetime structure, this model shares many of the conceptual problems of realistic quantum gravity. But it is also simple enough that many programs of quantization can be carried out explicitly. After analysing the space of classical solutions, this book introduces some fifteen approaches to quantum gravity - from canonical quantization in York's 'extrinsic time' to Chern-Simons quantization, from the loop representation to covariant path integration to lattice methods. Relationships among quantizations are explored, as well as implications for such issues as topology change and the 'problem of time'. This book is an invaluable resource for all graduate students and researchers working in quantum gravity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45884/cover/9780521545884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>QCD and Collider Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, R. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stirling, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webber, B. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the triumphs of modern particle physics has been the extent to which Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) has successfully accounted for the strong interaction processes observed at high-energy particle colliders, for example the production of heavy quarks and jets of particles, and the short-distance parton structure of the proton. This book gives a detailed overview of collider physics with special emphasis on the study of QCD. After a general description of the QCD Lagrangian, and the properties of asymptotic freedom and colour confinement which derive from it, the most important applications at high-energy colliders are described in detail. These include the production of jets, heavy quarks, electroweak gauge bosons and Higgs bosons. The various methods of measuring the strong coupling constant are summarised. Many of the theoretical results are calculated from first principles, and the book will be both a textbook and a valuable source of reference material for all particle physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45891/cover/9780521545891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The March to the Marne</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Army 1871-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porch, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between the French army and the regime provides one of the central themes in the history of the Third Republic. From its foundation in 1870, the republic sought to integrate the army of Louis-Napoleon into a left-leaning, democratic political system. This experiment failed, historians have argued, because the social origins, political attitudes and professional values of the officer corps sabotaged cooperation with the republic. The nation paid a bloody price for this failure on the battlefields of the Great War. Dr Porch's book challenges many standard assumptions about the place of the army in French political life between 1871 and 1914. The events of the 'Dreyfus years' are examined from the army's standpoint. Dr Porch examines the impact of the Dreyfus affair on the crucial tactical and armaments debates of the immediate pre-war years, tracing the origins of the costly 'spirit of the offensive' while providing the answer to the French army's near disastrous failure to the development of the colonial army and its place within the military structure is also assessed for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45921/cover/9780521545921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154596X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154596X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Price, Principle, and the Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sagoff, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mark Sagoff has written an engaging and provocative book about the contribution economics can make to environmental policy. Sagoff argues that economics can be helpful in designing institutions and processes through which people can settle environmental disputes. However, he contends that economic analysis fails completely when it attempts to attach value to environmental goods. It fails because preference-satisfaction has no relation to any good.  Economic valuation lacks data because preferences cannot be observed. Willingness to pay is benchmarked on market price and thus may reflect producer cost not consumer benefit.  Moreover, economists cannot second-guess market outcomes because they have no better information than market participants. Mark Sagoff's conclusion is that environmental policy turns on principles that are best identified and applied through political processes. Written with verve and fluency, this book will be eagerly sought out by students and professionals in environmental policy as well as informed general readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45969/cover/9780521545969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521545978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521545978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521545976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Ethical Failures in Leadership</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521545976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do leaders fail ethically? In this book, Terry L. Price applies a multi-disciplinary approach to an understanding of immorality in the public, private, and non-profit sectors. He argues that leaders can know that a certain kind of behavior is generally required by morality but nonetheless be mistaken as to whether the relevant moral requirement applies to them in a particular situation and whether others are protected by this requirement. Price articulates how leaders make exceptions of themselves, explains how the justificatory force of leadership gives rise to such exception-making, and develops normative prescriptions that leaders should adopt as a response to this feature of their moral psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/45976/cover/9780521545976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamic Formalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mathematical Structure of Equilibrium Statistical Mechanics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruelle, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reissued in the Cambridge Mathematical Library this classic book outlines the theory of thermodynamic formalism which was developed to describe the properties of certain physical systems consisting of a large number of subunits. It is aimed at mathematicians interested in ergodic theory, topological dynamics, constructive quantum field theory, the study of certain differentiable dynamical systems, notably Anosov diffeomorphisms and flows. It is also of interest to theoretical physicists concerned with the conceptual basis of equilibrium statistical mechanics. The level of the presentation is generally advanced, the objective being to provide an efficient research tool and a text for use in graduate teaching. Background material on mathematics has been collected in appendices to help the reader. Extra material is given in the form of updates of problems that were open at the original time of writing and as a new preface specially written for this new edition by the author.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46492/cover/9780521546492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A War of Words</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language and Conflict in the Middle East</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suleiman, Yasir</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Yasir Suleiman's book considers national identity in relation to language, the way in which language can be manipulated to signal political, cultural or even historical difference. As a language with a long-recorded heritage and one spoken by the majority of those in the Middle East in a variety of dialects, Arabic is a particularly appropriate vehicle for such an investigation. It is also a penetrating device for exploring the conflicts of the Middle East, the diversity of its peoples and the diversity of their viewpoints. Suleiman's book offers a wealth of empirical material, and intriguing, often poignant illustrations of antagonisms articulated through pun or double entendre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46560/cover/9780521546560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154663X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154663X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Achieving Success in Second Language Acquisition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leaver, Betty Lou</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ehrman, Madeline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shekhtman, Boris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This clear and informative textbook is designed to help the student achieve optimal success as a language learner and user. Aimed at beginning to intermediate undergraduates and above, it teaches students to understand their own preferences in learning, to develop individual learning plans and approaches, and to select appropriate learning strategies. The authors - all leading experts in language teaching - base their advice on theories of learning, cognition, and memory, concepts which they explain in simple and accessible terms. The book is divided into three sections - learning, language, and communication - and provides students with communicative strategies for use in real-life interaction with native speakers. Each chapter contains an overview and review section, with learning activities that students can carry out by themselves, in groups, or in the classroom. Equally suitable for use both by individuals and as a class text, this book will become an invaluable resource for all language learners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46638/cover/9780521546638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pharmaceutical Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Knowledge and Value in Global Psychiatry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lakoff, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Andrew Lakoff argues that a new 'pharmaceutical' way of thinking about and acting upon mental disorder is coming to reshape not only the field of psychiatry, but also our very notions of self. Drawing from a comprehensive ethnography of psychiatric practice in Argentina (a country which boasts the most psychoanalysts per capita in the world) Lakoff looks at new ways of understanding and intervening in human behaviour.  He charts the globalization of pharmacology, particularily the global impact of US psychiatry and US models of illness, and further illustrates the clashes, conflicts, alliances and reformulations that take place when psychoanalytic and psychopharmacological models of illness and cure meet. Highlighting the social and political implications that these new forms of expertise about human behaviour and human thought bring, Lakoff presents an arresting case-study that will appeal to scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46669/cover/9780521546669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Living and Dying with Cancer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong-Coster, Angela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Living and Dying with Cancer is a powerful and moving account of the experiences of those affected by one of the most common causes of death in the Western world. Through a series of individual narratives based on extensive interviews carried out by the author, the book explores the impact of being diagnosed with cancer on those with the disease and the people around them. It follows the different trajectories of the disease from the very first symptoms, through treatment to death and shows how the experience of the disease and even the way it develops is affected by the social context of the people involved, as well as their own physical and psychological characteristics. This book will be an invaluable resource not only for social scientists and health professionals but also for those coming to terms with the impact of cancer on their own lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46676/cover/9780521546676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Event History Modeling</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Social Scientists</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Box-Steffensmeier, Janet M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Bradford S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Event History Modeling provides an accessible, up-to-date guide to event history analysis for researchers and advanced students in the social sciences. The substantive focus of many social science research problems leads directly to the consideration of duration models, and many problems would be better analyzed by using these longitudinal methods to take into account not only whether the event happened, but when. The foundational principles of event history analysis are discussed and ample examples are estimated and interpreted using standard statistical packages, such as STATA and S-Plus. Recent and critical innovations in diagnostics are discussed, including testing the proportional hazards assumption, identifying outliers, and assessing model fit. The treatment of complicated events includes coverage of unobserved heterogeneity, repeated events, and competing risks models. The authors point out common problems in the analysis of time-to-event data in the social sciences and make recommendations regarding the implementation of duration modeling methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46737/cover/9780521546737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Police Use of Force</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Officers, Suspects, and Reciprocity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alpert, Geoffrey P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunham, Roger G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whenever police officers come into contact with citizens there is a chance that the encounter will digress to one in which force is used on a suspect. Fortunately, most police activities do not involve the use of force. But those that do reflect important patterns of interaction between the officer and the citizen. This book examines those patterns. It begins with a brief survey of prior research, and then goes on to present new data and findings. Among the new data are the force factor applied - that is, the level of force used relative to suspect resistance - and data on the sequential order of incidents of force. The authors also examine police use of force from the suspect's perspective. In analyzing this data they put forward a new conceptual framework, the Authority Maintenance Theory, for examining and assessing police use of force.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46751/cover/9780521546751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children and their Environments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Learning, Using and Designing Spaces</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546829</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spencer, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blades, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fascinating book examines theories of children's perceptions of space and place and explores how these theories are applied to the world of children. The focus is on children in large real world spaces; places that children live in, explore and learn from. These include classrooms, playgrounds, homes and yards, towns, communities, countryside, natural environments, and the wider world. An international team of authors compare the experiences of children from different cultures and backgrounds. Often excluded from discussions of place-design on the presumption of lack of awareness, young children have many environmental competencies which should lead to their inclusion. They can read maps and study photographs, respond to the natural and man-made world with great sensitivity, and contribute considerably to the community. This book will appeal to environmental and developmental psychologists and geographers, and also to planners by linking research on children's understandings and on their daily lives to recommendations for practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46829/cover/9780521546829.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060328</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>COBOL Programmers Swing with Java</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doke, E. Reed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardgrave, Bill C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the fast moving world of information technology, Java is now the number 1 programming language. Programmers and developers everywhere need to know Java to keep pace with traditional and web-based application development. COBOL Programmers Swing with Java provides COBOL programmers a clear, easy transition to Java programming by drawing on the numerous similarities between COBOL and Java. The authors introduce the COBOL programmer to the history of Java and object-oriented programming and then dive into the details of the Java syntax, always contrasting them with their parallels in COBOL. A running case study gives the reader an overall view of application development with Java, with increased functionality as new material is presented. This new edition features the development of graphical user interfaces (GUI's) using the latest in Java Swing components. The clear writing style and excellent examples make the book suitable for anyone wanting to learn Java and OO programming, whether they have a background in COBOL or not.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46843/cover/9780521546843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Honour in African History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iliffe, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>430</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first published account of the role played by ideas of honour in African history from the fourteenth century to the present day. It argues that appreciation of these ideas is essential to an understanding of past and present African behaviour. Before European conquest, many African men cultivated heroic honour, others admired the civic virtues of the patriarchal householder, and women honoured one another for industry, endurance, and devotion to their families. These values both conflicted and blended with Islamic and Christian teachings. Colonial conquest fragmented heroic cultures, but inherited ideas of honour found new expression in regimental loyalty, respectability, professionalism, working-class masculinity, the changing gender relationships of the colonial order, and the nationalist movements which overthrew that order. Today, the same inherited notions obstruct democracy, inspire resistance to tyranny, and motivate the defence of dignity in the face of AIDS.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46850/cover/9780521546850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anthropology of Texts, Persons and Publics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barber, Karin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What can texts - both written and oral - tell us about the societies that produce them? How are texts constituted in different cultures, and how do they shape societies and individuals? How can we understand the people who compose them? Drawing on examples from Africa and other countries, this original study sets out to answer these questions, by exploring textuality from a variety of angles. Topics covered include the importance of genre, the ways in which oral genres transcend the here-and-now, and the complex relationship between texts and the material world. Barber considers the ways in which personhood is evoked, both in oral poetry and in written diaries and letters, discusses the audience's role in creating the meaning of texts, and shows textual creativity to be a universal human capacity expressed in myriad forms. Engaging and thought-provoking, this book will be welcomed by anyone interested in anthropology, literature and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46874/cover/9780521546874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, J. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kant's views on logic and logical theory play an important part in his critical writings, especially the Critique of Pure Reason. However, since he published only one short essay on the subject, we must turn to texts derived from his logic lectures to understand his views. This volume includes three previously untranslated transcripts of Kant's logic lectures: the Blomberg Logic (1770s), the Vienna Logic supplemented by the recently discovered Hechsel Logic (1780s), and the Dohna-Wundlacken Logic (1790s). Also included is a new translation of the J&#228;sche Logic, compiled at Kant's request from his lectures and published in 1800, and concordances relating Kant's lectures to Georg Friedrich Meier's Excerpts from the Doctrine of Reason, the book on which Kant lectured throughout his life and in which he left extensive notes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46911/cover/9780521546911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521546990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521546990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521546997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governance and Resistance in World Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521546997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrell, Theo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maiguashca, Bice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The emergence of global governance in several key areas calls into question conventional understandings of world politics in terms of conflicts of interests between sovereign states under conditions of anarchy. At the same time the new phenomena of anti-globalisation demonstrations, transnational social movements and an emergent global civil society point to developments in international relations that are both of profound importance and analytically complex. This volume's starting point is the hypothesis that one way of thinking about these processes is in terms of a dichotomy between the politics of governance and the politics of resistance. Leading scholars from several perspectives reflect on the usefulness of this dichotomy and consider its application to several crucial areas of international relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/46997/cover/9780521546997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Total Lobbying</TitleText>

<Subtitle>What Lobbyists Want (and How They Try to Get It)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nownes, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a scholarly yet accessible overview of the role of lobbying in American politics. It draws upon extant research as well as original data gathered from interviews with numerous lobbyists across the United States. It describes how lobbyists do their work within all branches of government, at the national, state, and local levels. It thus offers a substantially broader view of lobbying than is available in much of the research literature. Although tailored for students taking courses on interest group politics, Total Lobbying offers an indispensable survey of the field for scholars and others concerned with this important facet of American politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47116/cover/9780521547116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547121</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Calvin and the Bible</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKim, Donald K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the past several decades a growing number of scholars have come to appreciate the importance of studying John Calvin's interpretive work as a commentator on Scripture in addition to his better-known writings on theology. In this volume ten essays by scholars specializing in Calvin's exegetical methods examine the approaches and themes Calvin emphasized when he interpreted major portions of Scripture. These essays focus on Calvin's work in his biblical commentaries with appropriate cross-referencing to his other writings, including his sermons. A concluding essay synthesizes the main features of what has gone before to present an overall view of John Calvin as an interpreter and commentator on Holy Scripture. An appreciation of Calvin's exegetical labors and his work as a biblical commentator are now recognized as key elements in Calvin scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47123/cover/9780521547123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restoring Responsibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics in Government, Business, and Healthcare</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Dennis F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important collection of essays Dennis Thompson argues for a more robust conception of responsibility in public life than prevails in contemporary democracies. He suggests that we should stop thinking so much about public ethics in terms of individual vices (such as selfishness or sexual misconduct) and start thinking about it more in terms of institutional vices (such as abuse of power and lack of accountability). Combining theory and practice with many concrete examples and proposals for reform, these essays could be used in courses in applied ethics or political theory and will be read by professionals and graduate students in schools of political science, public policy, law, public health, journalism and business.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47222/cover/9780521547222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Truth and Truthmakers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Truths are determined not by what we believe, but by the way the world is. Or so realists about truth believe. Philosophers call such theories correspondence theories of truth. Truthmaking theory, which now has many adherents among contemporary philosophers, is the most recent development of a realist theory of truth, and in this book D. M. Armstrong offers the first full-length study of this theory. He examines its applications to different sorts of truth, including contingent truths, modal truths, truths about the past and the future, and mathematical truths. In a clear, even-handed and non-technical discussion he makes a compelling case for truthmaking and its importance in philosophy. His book marks a significant contribution to the debate and will be of interest to a wide range of readers working in analytical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47239/cover/9780521547239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Data Structures and Algorithms Using Visual Basic.NET</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMillan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first Visual Basic.NET book to provide a comprehensive discussion of the major data structures and algorithms. Here, instead of having to translate material on C++ or Java, the professional or student VB.NET programmer will find a tutorial on how to use data structures and algorithms and a reference for implementation using VB.NET for data structures and algorithms from the .NET Framework Class Library as well as those which must be developed by the programmer. In an object-oriented fashion, the author presents arrays and arraylists, linked lists, hash tables, dictionaries, trees, graphs, sorting and searching as well as more advanced algorithms, such as probabilistic algorithms and dynamic programming. His approach is very practical, for example using timing tests rather than Big O analysis to compare the performance of data structures and algorithms. This book can be used in both beginning and advanced computer programming courses that use the VB.NET language and, most importantly, by the professional VB programmer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47659/cover/9780521547659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics from One-Dimensional Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brucks, Karen M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruin, Henk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One-dimensional dynamics owns many deep results and avenues of active mathematical research. Numerous inroads to this research exist for the advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate student. This book provides glimpses into one-dimensional dynamics with the hope that the results presented illuminate the beauty and excitement of the field. Much of this material is covered nowhere else in textbook format, some are mini new research topics in themselves, and novel connections are drawn with other research areas both inside and outside the text. The material presented here is not meant to be approached in a linear fashion. Readers are encouraged to pick and choose favourite topics. Anyone with an interest in dynamics, novice or expert alike, will find much of interest within.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47666/cover/9780521547666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homicide in the Biblical World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barmash, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Homicide in the Biblical World analyses the treatment of homicide in the Hebrew Bible and demonstrates that it is directly linked to the unique social structure and religion of ancient Israel. Close parallels between biblical law and ancient Near Eastern law are evident in the laws of the ox that gored and the pregnant woman who is assaulted, but, when the total picture of the process by which homicide was adjudicated comes into view, what is most noticeable is how little of it is similar to ancient Near Eastern law. This book reconstructs biblical law from both legal texts and narrative texts and analyses both the law collections and documents from actual legal cases from the ancient Near East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47734/cover/9780521547734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singular Points of Plane Curves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wall, C. T. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Even the simplest singularities of planar curves, e.g. where the curve crosses itself, or where it forms a cusp, are best understood in terms of complex numbers. The full treatment uses techniques from algebra, algebraic geometry, complex analysis and topology and makes an attractive chapter of mathematics, which can be used as an introduction to any of these topics, or to singularity theory in higher dimensions. This book is designed as an introduction for graduate students and draws on the author's experience of teaching MSc courses; moreover, by synthesising different perspectives, he gives a novel view of the subject, and a number of new results.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47741/cover/9780521547741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Judicial Review and Bureaucratic Impact</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International and Interdisciplinary Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertogh, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliday, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How effective are the courts in controlling bureaucracies? What impact does judicial review have on the agencies which are targeted by its rulings? For the first time, this book brings together the insights of two intellectual disciplines which have hitherto explored these questions separately: political science and law/socio-legal studies. Leading international scholars from both fields present new research which focuses on the relationship between judicial review and bureaucratic behaviour. Individual contributors discuss fundamental conceptual and methodological issues, in addition to presenting a number of empirical case studies from various parts of the world: the United States, Canada, Australia, Israel, and the United Kingdom. This volume constitutes a landmark text offering an international, interdisciplinary and empirical perspective on judicial review's impact on bureaucracies. It will significantly advance the research agenda concerning judicial review and its relationship to social change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47864/cover/9780521547864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Modern Mathematics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prasolov, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ilyashenko, Yulij</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of articles from the Independent University of Moscow is derived from the Globus seminars held there. They are given by world authorities, from Russia and elsewhere, in various areas of mathematics and are designed to introduce graduate students to some of the most dynamic areas of mathematical research. The seminars aim to be informal, wide-ranging and forward-looking, getting across the ideas and concepts rather than formal proofs, and this carries over to the articles here. Topics covered range from computational complexity, algebraic geometry, dynamics, through to number theory and quantum groups. The volume as a whole is a fascinating and exciting overview of contemporary mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47932/cover/9780521547932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BE</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>CAMDEX-DS</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Cambridge Examination for Mental Disorders of Older People with Down's Syndrome and Others with Intellectual Disabilities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huppert, Felicia A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Treppner, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodd, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>CAMDEX-DS is a comprehensive assessment tool for diagnosing dementia in people with Down's syndrome (a group known to be at particular risk of dementia). Based upon CAMDEX-R, CAMDEX-DS has been modified for use with intellectual disability.  In order to differentiate decline due to dementia or other mental disorders from pre-existing impairment, particular emphasis has been placed on establishing change from the individual's best level of functioning. The pack comprises a structured informant interview, a direct assessment of the patient/participant (CAMCOG), and guidance for diagnosis and post-diagnosis intervention, providing a reliable way to identify dementia (and to differentiate it from other common disorders). It may be used in community settings by mental health professionals as part of the diagnostic process, or to formalise diagnosis in the context of research. Use of the CAMCOG provides the means for on-going neuropsychological evaluation and informs future support and intervention strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47949/cover/9780521547949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>345.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rouen During the Wars of Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Benedict, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first modern study to examine the history of a single French community over the full course of the civil wars (1560-1600), and its account of local developments is enriched by frequent comparisons with events and conditions elsewhere in the country. An introductory chapter describes Rouen's economy, social structure and political institutions on the eve of the Wars of Religion. Successive chapters explore the rise and decline of Protestantism; the sociology of the faith; the causes and chronology of the popular violence which began to disturb the city after 1560; the roots of the militant Catholic movement of the Holy League; and the first signs of a renewal of Catholic religious life visible amid the agitation of the League. A concluding chapter seeks to show that many of the patterns visible in Rouen's history were also characteristic of communities throughout France, pointing the way to a reinterpretation of the Wars in which the actions and experience of the great mass of the population are given attention equal to that traditionally accorded to court elites and noble factions. The book will interest specialists in early modern history and particularly in the social, ecclesiastical, economic, demographic and political history of France in this period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47970/cover/9780521547970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Franciscan Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ellias to Bonaventure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, Rosalind B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The early historians of the Franciscan order traced the causes of the troubles of the order in their time to Elias, a contemporary and friend of St Francis and an early Minister General. Elias was blamed for opening the way to all relaxations of discipline and disregard of the founder's teaching, and all conflicts and persecutions. Mrs Brooke shows that responsibility cannot be placed on one man, but on many of the early friars. She gives a more historical account of Elias, showing that he was never as dominant a figure as has been supposed. The early conflicts of the order are shown to have been more complex, more interesting and more probable than the fourteenth-century controversialists would allow. The second part of the book describes the achievements of Elias's successors as Minister General, and the important laws they passed. Mrs Brooke has been able to reconstruct the early constitutions, now lost, in greater detail than has previously been attempted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47987/cover/9780521547987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521547997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521547997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521547994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ultrahigh Pressure Metamorphism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521547994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coleman, Robert G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Xiaomin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent discoveries of diamond and coesite in the upper crustal rocks of the Earth have drastically changed scientists' ideas concerning the limits of crustal metamorphism. This book provides detailed accounts of the discoveries of diamond and coesite in crustal rocks and provides insights regarding their formation at very high pressures. The formation of these minerals is related to subduction and continental collision and the tectonics, petrological and mineralogical conditions of diamond and coesite formation are each discussed. Written by the leading workers in this exciting field, this book attempts to define an entirely new field of metamorphism - ultrahigh pressure metamorphism (UHPM). In doing so, it explains the formation of ultrahigh pressure minerals and explores new ideas regarding the tectonic setting of this style of metamorphism. This book will be of particular interest to researchers and graduate students of metamorphic petrology and global tectonics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/47994/cover/9780521547994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Florentine Tuscany</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structures and Practices of Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connell, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zorzi, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Florence has often been studied in the past for its distinctive urban culture and society, while insufficient attention has been paid to the important Tuscan territorial state that was created by Florence in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. Comprising a handful of formerly independent city-states and numerous smaller communities in the plains and mountains, the Florentine 'empire' in Tuscany supplied the markets and fiscal coffers of the Renaissance republic, while providing lessons in statecraft that nourished the political thought of Machiavelli and Guicciardini. This volume comprises seventeen original essays representing the new directions being taken by historians of the Florentine Renaissance. It offers new and exemplary approaches towards state-building, political vocabulary, political economy, civic humanism, local history and social patronage in what is one of the most interesting and well-documented of the states of late medieval and Renaissance Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48007/cover/9780521548007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vegetation of Southern Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, R. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pierce, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huntley, B. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This impressive work is the first comprehensive account of the vegetation of southern Africa. The region contains a remarkable juxtaposition of different ecosystems, yet it forms a cohesive ecological unit with exceptionally high endemism. The book is divided into three major parts: Part I provides the physiographic, climatic, biogeographic and historical background essential for understanding contemporary vegetation patterns and processes. Part II includes systematic descriptions of the characteristics and determinants of major vegetation units (the major terrestrial biomes, coastal vegetation, freshwater wetlands and marine vegetation). Part III elaborates on selected ecological themes of particular importance including grazing, fire, alien plant invasions, conservation and human use of plants. These are discussed in the context of prevailing paradigms in the international literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48014/cover/9780521548014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548021</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Political Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Settlement Analysis in a Classic Maya Polity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548021</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montmollin, Olivier de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative analysis of archaeological settlement patterns as a guide to ancient political structure focuses on the Maya of Southeastern Mexico. Working principally with data from the Classic Period in the Rosario Valley, Dr de Montmollin relates problem orientation  and theory to themes with wide currency in political anthropolgy. For archaeologists interested in complex societies, the handling of the settlement evidence and the close attention paid to bridging arguments provide valuable guidance on analysing a multiscale settlement record when reconstructing political structure. For Mayanists, the characterization of settlement and political structure is unprecedented in its rigour and scope. The Archaeology of Political Structure thus blends the particular fascination of Maya archaeology with developments of more general interest in anthropological archaeology to make a substantial contribution to the practice and theory of settlement studies within complex societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48021/cover/9780521548021.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548039</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Earth's Glacial Record</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deynoux, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, J. M. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Domack, E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eyles, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairchild, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Glacial deposits provide a long-term record of climate and sea level changes on Earth. Detailed study of sedimentary rocks deposited during and immediately after glacial episodes is paramount to accurate palaeoclimatic reconstructions and for our understanding of global climatic and eustatic changes. This book presents new information and interpretations of the ancient glacial record, looking in particular at the Late Proterozoic and Late Paleozoic eras. The influence of global tectonics on the origins and distribution of ice masses and the character of glacial deposits through geologic time is emphasised. Sequence stratigraphic techniques are applied to glaciogenic successions, and explanations for possible low-latitude glaciation during the Late Proterozoic era and the association of carbonate deposits with glaciogenic rocks are put forward. Early interglacial conditions, represented by dark grey mudrocks and ice keel scour features are discussed. These studies, from key workers in International Geological Correlation Program Project 260, will aid the understanding of the Earth's climatic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48038/cover/9780521548038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Town and Country in Europe, 1300-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Relations between town and country are central to Europe's long-term economic, political and social evolution. This book surveys and re-interprets these relations in particular countries and regions in the light of the most recent debates on state formation, urbanisation, proto-industrialisation, and the regional character of pre-modern economic growth. Thirteen specially commissioned chapters, ranging chronologically from the Black Death to the Enlightenment, give a comprehensive coverage of Europe, from Spain to Sweden and England, and from the Polish Commonwealth to Holland and Italy. Each chapter offers a self-contained analysis of its country or region and provides a basis for systematic comparison. The Introduction (by S. R. Epstein) discusses the historiographical and theoretical framework for the regional chapters, emphasising how evolving political configurations changed the balance between 'coercive' and 'market-based' solutions to town-country relations and set countries on different paths to growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48045/cover/9780521548045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Peasant Servitude in Medieval Catalonia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freedman, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the history of peasants in Catalonia, the wealthiest and politically dominant part of the medieval Kingdom of Aragon, between the ninth and fifteenth centuries. It focuses on the period from 1000 to 1300, when free peasants who had held property under favourable frontier conditions were progressively subjugated by their lords. Between 1462 and 1486 Catalan peasants mounted the most successful peasants' war of the Middle Ages, and achieved the formal abolition of servitude. Professor Freedman seeks to explain both the process by which servitude was strengthened over the centuries, and its eventual weakening before a direct moral and military challenge. He addresses both the causes of enserfment and the limitations on its effectiveness. The book integrates archival evidence with the theories of society elaborated by medieval jurists. Comparisons are drawn between Catalonia and other regions, and its experience is situated within a spectrum of different social and economic conditions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/93270/cover/9780521393270.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tyranny and Fall of Edward II 1321-1326</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fryde, Natalie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reassesses the unusually violent rule of Edward II and the Despensers between 1321 and 1326. It examines the social dislocation caused by Edward's execution of his opponents and the confiscation of their lands in 1322 and the perversion of the law which accompanied it. From an examination of a large amount of unpublished material, Mrs Fryde shows how an exceptionally grasping courtier, the younger Despenser, worked with an equally grasping king to produce for the one an enormously swollen landed estate and for the other a vast hoard of treasure. The new evidence brought to light suggests that it was greed for wealth rather than any spirit of innovation which brought the Exchequer reforms of these years. Queen Isabella's contribution to the king's overthrow and Edward's disastrous relations with her brother, the king of France, are worked out in detail and there is a separate chapter on the contribution of London to the downfall of the regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48069/cover/9780521548069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Renaissance Civic Humanism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reappraisals and Reflections</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hankins, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Civic humanism has been one of the most influential of all concepts in the history of ideas. In this volume, an eminent team of political theorists and historians of ideas have been brought together to reassess the impact on the subject of the pioneering work of Hans Baron (1966) and J. G. A. Pocock (1975), creating a fresh intellectual landscape in which Renaissance civic humanism can be discussed. Drawing on a wide range of political and historical texts, this book evaluates civic humanism in the light of the emergence of oligarchy, imperialism, patronage politics and the Medici ascendency in Florence in the 14th to 16th centuries. It proposes new understandings of the evolution of important republican concepts such as liberty, the rule of law, virtue, and the common good. This thought-provoking collection represents a significant contribution to the study of republican political ideology in the Renaissance and modern periods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48076/cover/9780521548076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154808X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154808X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Monastic Order in England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of its Development from the Times of St Dunstan to the Fourth Lateran Council 940-1216</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, Dom David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>808</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Monastic Order in England by Dom David Knowles was originally published in 1940 and was quickly recognised as a scholarly classic and masterpiece of historical literature. It covers the period from about 940, when St Dunstan inaugurated the monastic reform by becoming abbot of Glastonbury, to the early thirteenth century. Its core is a marvellous narrative and detailed analysis of monasticism in twelfth-century England, brilliantly set in the continental background of all the monastic movements of the day - with a vivid evocation of Anselm, Ailred, Henry of Blois and a host of other central figures. Dom David himself brought this second edition up to date in 1963.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48083/cover/9780521548083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Infrared Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mampaso, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prieto, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#225;nchez, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What do we understand of the birth and death of stars? What is the nature of the tiny dust grains that permeate our Galaxy and other galaxies? And how likely is the existence of brown dwarfs, extrasolar planets or other sub-stellar mass objects? These are just a few of the questions that can now be addressed in a new era of infrared observations. IR astronomy has been revolutionised over the past few years by the widespread availability of large, very sensitive IR arrays and the success of IR satellites (IRAS in particular). Several IR space missions due for launch over the next few years promise an exciting future too. For these reasons, the IV Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics was dedicated to this burgeoning field. Its primary goal was to introduce graduate students and researchers from other areas to the important new observations and physical ideas that are emerging in this wide-ranging field of research. Lectures from nine leading researchers, renowned for their teaching abilities, are gathered in this volume. These nine chapters provide an excellent introduction as well as a thorough and up-to-date review of developments - essential reading for graduate students entering IR astronomy, and professionals from other areas who realise the importance that IR astronomy may have on their research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/64628/cover/9780521464628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154811X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154811X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Treasure of the Land of Darkness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Fur Trade and its Significance for Medieval Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Treasure of the Land of Darkness traces the traffic in fur from the lands of the north, through the major trade centres of medieval Russia to the consumer markets of the world, stretching from western Europe to China. Professor Martin reconstructs the fur-trade network of each centre (including Kiev, Novgorod and Moscow) and examines the changes they experienced. She shows how aggressive principalities enhanced their political authority through manipulation of such factors as fur resources and trade routes: thus the mid-sixteenth-century supremacy of Muscovy was based upon both political advantage and monopolisation of the networks of the fur trade. Quantitative analysis of the available data substantiates this conclusion: control over the trade of those 'lands of darkness' mentioned in contemporary Islamic texts was of fundamental importance to the political development of medieval Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48113/cover/9780521548113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Progress in Metamorphic and Magmatic Petrology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Memorial Volume in Honour of D. S. Korzhinskiy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548120</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perchuk, L. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Progress in Metamorphic and Magmatic Petrology comprises a collection of review articles summarising recent scientific achievements in the theory of petrology. The contributors include many prominent specialists in the field, such as A. Boettcher, A. Marakushev, I. Kushiro, B. Mysen, W. Schreyer, W. Ernst, E. Grew, P. Wyllie and E-an Zen. Their papers discuss developments in experimental work as well as in field geology. The book is divided into three main sections: section 1 covers general thermodynamics and mineral equilibria, section 2 covers metamorphic and metasomatic processes, and the final section covers the mantle and magmatic processes. The subjects covered include the general thermodynamics of geological processes, the thermodynamics of solid solutions, geothermometry and geobarometry, P-T-time paths, experimental and theoretical modelling of metasomatic processes, the genesis of anorthosites, island arc magmatic rocks and kimberlites, and the thermal areas around intrusive bodies. The book is dedicated to the memory of Professor D. S. Korzhinskiy, a founder of the theory of open systems with perfectly mobile components.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48120/cover/9780521548120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548136</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinicopathologic Principles for Veterinary Medicine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Wayne F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huxtable, Clive R. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MZK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written for veterinary undergraduates, this comprehensive text explores the often obscured link between disease at the cell and tissue level, and that encountered by the working clinician. Based on a course taught by the editors, the book attempts to strike a balance between the needs of the student and specialist knowledge. Each chapter explains patterns of disease in particular organs and relates them to both the pathophysiologic changes and the outward appearance of the sick animal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics of Astrophysical Discs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sellwood, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Discs occur in a wide variety of astronomical contexts, ranging in size from planetary ring systems to galaxies. Because the dynamical problems posed by each type of disc are remarkably similar, the Astronomy Department of the University of Manchester decided to bring together experts in each area for a conference in December 1988. This book is a collection of the papers presented at the conference. It contains mainly review papers covering recent developments in both theory and observations of planetary ring systems, discs in star-forming regions, protoplanetary discs, accretion discs and galaxy discs presented by an expert in each field. The book also gives brief summaries of contributed papers outlining current research by many of the participants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48144/cover/9780521548144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Free Trade Imperialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Classical Political Economy the Empire of Free Trade and Imperialism 1750-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Semmel, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rise of Free Trade Imperialism seeks to uncover some of the intellectual origins of the imperialism of the classic period, the sources from which later theories of imperialism were constructed, and the character of the ideology which underlay the dismantling of the old colonial system and the construction of the Victorian Pax Britannica. The author discusses the development and diffusion of a number of the central arguments of the 'science' of political economy, from the standpoint of a historian rather than an economist, which were crucial not only to the construction of theories of capitalist imperialism, but also served as a spur both to efforts at colonization, and to establishing a British Workshop of the World.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48151/cover/9780521548151.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>UV and X-Ray Spectroscopy of Laboratory and Astrophysical Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silver, Eric H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kahn, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>UV and X-ray spectroscopy of astrophysical and laboratory plasmas draws interest from many disciplines. Contributions from international specialists are collected together in this book from a timely recent conference. In astrophysics, the Hubble Space Telescope, Astro 1 and ROSAT observatories are now providing UV and X-ray spectra and images of cosmic sources in unprecedented detail, while the Yohkoh mission recently collected superb data on the solar corona. In the laboratory, the development of ion-trap facilities and novel laser experiments are providing vital new data on high temperature plasmas. Recent innovations in the technology of spectroscopic instrumentation are discussed. These papers constitute an excellent up-to-date review of developments in short-wave length spectroscopy and offer a solid introduction to its theoretical and experimental foundations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48168/cover/9780521548168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music of Ruth Crawford Seeger</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Straus, Joseph N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-length analytical study of the music of Ruth Crawford Seeger. Crawford was a pivotal figure in the American avant-garde, the so-called 'ultra-modern' movement of the 1920s and 1930s. In addition to her historical significance, as part of the first generation of American composers to step out from the shadow of European models, her music deserves attention for its original and compelling structures and its expressive power. Crawford created new ways of writing melodies, of combining them in heterogeneous juxtaposition, of projecting musical ideas over the largest spans of time, and of structuring rhythm and dynamics alongside pitch. In her innovative musical language, Crawford wrote a small handful of works that should now take their rightful place in the musical modernist canon.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16467/cover/9780521416467.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Sheldon to Secker</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of English Church History 1660-1768</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sykes, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Norman Sykes was among the greatest church historians of the twentieth century and many scholars regard From Sheldon to Secker as perhaps his finest and most enduring work. Based on the Ford Lectures given in Oxford in 1958, From Sheldon to Secker is a penetrating analysis of what Professor Sykes describes as the single 'most influential epoch of English church history between the Reformation and the Victorian age'. Professor Sykes draws upon the scholarship of a lifetime in assessing these developments, and these challenges, and From Sheldon to Secker remains essential, and engaging, reading for all students of what would now be called the long eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48199/cover/9780521548199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548209</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548209</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transformation of Plants and Soil Microorganisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wang, Kan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herrera-Estrella, Alfredo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montagu, Marc van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past fifty years plant breeders have achieved impressive improvements in yield, quality and disease resistance. These gains suggest that many more modifications might be introduced if appropriate genes can be identified. Current DNA techniques allow the construction of transgenic plants and this important new book reviews the current state of knowledge. A team of leading researchers provide in-depth reviews at the cutting edge of technology for laboratory techniques for the transformation of important soil microorganisms and recalcitrant plants of economic value. The book is divided into three sections: soil microorganisms; cereal crops; and industrially important plants. The most effective methods used to date are compared, and their merits and limitations discussed. Some chapters emphasise case studies and applications. In cases where obstacles remain to be overcome, an overview of progress to date is given. The book will serve as a general guide and reference tool for those working on transformation in microbiology and plant science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48205/cover/9780521548205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solar and Stellar Activity Cycles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do you predict the parameters of future solar cycles? What is the role of dynamo theory in the cyclic activity of the Sun and similar stars? And what are the implications of chaos theory for stellar cycles? This book answers these questions and offers a timely review of studies in the cyclic activity of the Sun and other stars. This authoritative reference shows the importance of reliable predictions of the parameters of future solar cycles, and carefully explains the methods currently used to determine these (with special reference to the maximum of cycle 22). Some of the latest research into solar cycles is clearly presented; this includes helioseismology, observations of the extended activity cycle and the polar fields reversal, and contributions from dynamo theory and chaos theory. For graduate students and researchers, this monograph provides a much-needed synthesis of our understanding of activity cycles in the Sun and other stars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48212/cover/9780521548212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics Done Right</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Practical Reasoning as a Foundation for Moral Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548267</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millgram, Elijah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ethics Done Right examines how practical reasoning can be put into the service of ethical and moral theory. Elijah Millgram shows that the key to thinking about ethics is to understand generally how to make decisions. The papers in this volume support a methodological approach and trace the connections between two kinds of theory in utilitarianism, in Kantian ethics, in virtue ethics, in Hume's moral philosophy, and in moral particularism. Unlike other studies of ethics, Ethics Done Right does not advocate a particular moral theory. Rather, it offers a tool that enables one to decide for oneself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48267/cover/9780521548267.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Housing Segregation in Suburban America since 1960</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Presidential and Judicial Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamb, Charles M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines national fair housing policy from 1960 through 2000 in the context of the American presidency and the country's segregated suburban housing market. It argues that a principal reason for suburban housing segregation lies in Richard Nixon's 1971 fair housing policy, which directed Federal agencies not to place pressure on suburbs to accept low-income housing.  After exploring the role played by Lyndon Johnson in the initiation and passage of the Fair Housing Act of 1968, Nixon's politics of suburban segregation is contrasted to the politics of suburban integration espoused by his HUD secretary, George Romney. Nixon's fair housing legacy is then traced through each presidential administration from Gerald Ford to Bill Clinton and detected in the decisions of Nixon's Federal Court appointees.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/39440/cover/9780521839440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Karl Popper</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keuth, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Karl Popper is one of the greatest and most influential philosophers of the twentieth century. Perhaps his greatest book, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, sets out his epistemology of critical rationalism, while his most famous book, The Open Society and Its Enemies, applies the principles of critical rationalism to social philosophy. Herbert Keuth's book (first published in German in 2000) is a systematic exposition of Popper's philosophy covering in part 1 the philosophy of science, in part 2 the social philosophy, and in part 3 the later metaphysics, in particular the theses to solve indeterminism/determinism and mind/body problems, and the famous idea of a third world of objective thought. This book is more comprehensive than any current introduction to Popper.  Its perspicuous structure and lucid exposition should ensure that it could be used in courses in both the philosophy of science and the philosophy of social science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48304/cover/9780521548304.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548330</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individuals, Institutions, and Markets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mantzavinos, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Individuals, Institutions, and Markets offers a theory of how the institutional framework of a society emerges and how markets within institutions work. The book shows that both social institutions, defined as the rules of the game, and exchange processes can be analyzed along a common theoretical structure. Mantzavinos' proposal is that a problem solving model of individual behavior inspired by the cognitive sciences provides such a unifying theoretical structure. Integrating the latest scholarship in economics, sociology, political science, law, and anthropology, Mantzavinos offers a genuine political economy showing how social institutions affect economic outcomes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48335/cover/9780521548335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Margaret Atwood</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howells, Coral Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margaret Atwood's international celebrity has given a new visibility to Canadian literature in English. This Companion provides a comprehensive critical account of Atwood's writing across the wide range of genres within which she has worked for the past forty years, while paying attention to her Canadian cultural context and the multiple dimensions of her celebrity. The main concern is with Atwood the writer, but there is also Atwood the media star and public performer, cultural critic, environmentalist and human rights spokeswoman, social and political satirist, and mythmaker. This immensely varied profile is addressed in a series of chapters which cover biographical, textual, and contextual issues. The Introduction contains an analysis of dominant trends in Atwood criticism since the 1970s, while the essays by twelve leading international Atwood critics represent the wide range of different perspectives in current Atwood scholarship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48519/cover/9780521548519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Closing the Books</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transitional Justice in Historical Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An analysis of transitional justice - retribution and reparation after a change of political regime - from Athens in the fifth century BC to the present. Part I, 'The Universe of Transitional Justice', describes more than thirty transitions, some of them in considerable detail, others more succinctly. Part II, 'The Analytics of Transitional Justice', proposes a framework for explaining the variations among the cases - why after some transitions wrongdoers from the previous regime are punished severely and in other cases mildly or not at all, and victims sometimes compensated generously and sometimes poorly or not at all. After surveying a broad range of justifications and excuses for wrongdoings and criteria for selecting and indemnifying victims, the book concludes with a discussion of three general explanatory factors: economic and political constraints, the retributive emotions, and the play of party politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48540/cover/9780521548540.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deadly Connections</TitleText>

<Subtitle>States that Sponsor Terrorism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byman, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thousands of people have died at the hands of terrorist groups who rely on state support for their activities. Iran and Syria are well known as sponsors of terrorism, while other countries, some with strong connections to the West, have enabled terrorist activity by turning a blind eye.  Daniel Byman's hard-hitting and articulate book is the first to analyze this phenomenon.  Focusing primarily on sponsors from the Middle East and South Asia, it examines the different types of support that states provide, their motivations, and the impact of such sponsorship. The book also considers regimes that allow terrorists to raise money and recruit without providing active support. The experiences of Iran, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Syria, Saudi Arabia, and Libya are detailed here, alongside the histories of radical groups such as al-Qaida and Hizballah. The book concludes by assessing why it is often difficult to force sponsors to cut ties to terrorist groups and suggesting ways in which it could be done better in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48687/cover/9780521548687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Native Vote</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Indians, the Voting Rights Act, and the Right to Vote</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCool, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, Susan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Jennifer L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The right to vote is the foundation of democratic government; all other policies are derived from it. The history of voting rights in America has been characterized by a gradual expansion of the franchise. American Indians are an important part of that story but have faced a prolonged battle to gain the franchise. One of the most important tools wielded by advocates of minority voting rights has been the Voting Rights Act. This book explains the history and expansion of Indian voting rights, with an emphasis on seventy cases based on the Voting Rights Act and/or the Equal Protection Clause. The authors describe the struggle to obtain Indian citizenship and the basic right to vote, then analyze the cases brought under the Voting Rights Act, including three case studies. The final two chapters assess the political impact of these cases and the role of American Indians in contemporary politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48717/cover/9780521548717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sacred and Secular</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religion and Politics Worldwide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Inglehart, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seminal thinkers of the nineteenth century - Auguste Comte, Herbert Spencer, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Karl Marx, and Sigmund Freud - all predicted that religion would gradually fade in importance and cease to be significant with the emergence of industrial society. The belief that religion was dying became the conventional wisdom in the social sciences during most of the twentieth century. During the last decade, however, the secularization thesis has experienced the most sustained challenge in its long history. The traditional secularization thesis needs updating. Religion has not disappeared and is unlikely to do so. Nevertheless, the concept of secularization captures an important part of what is going on. This book develops a theory of secularization and existential security. Sacred and Secular is essential reading for anyone interested in comparative religion, sociology, public opinion, political behavior, political development, social psychology, international relations, and cultural change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48724/cover/9780521548724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052154873X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052154873X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Term Limits and the Dismantling of State Legislative Professionalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kousser, Thad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The wisdom of term limits and professional politics has been debated since the time of Aristotle, spurring 'reforms' of legislatures in Athens, Rome, Venice, and in the US under the Articles of Confederation. This book examines recent trends in American states in order to investigate the age-old question of how the rules that govern a legislature affect the behavior of its members and the policies that it produces. The clear and consistent finding is that the two reforms have countervailing effects: whatever professionalization has brought more of, term limits have reduced. This lesson comes from quantitative analyses of data from all fifty states and detailed examinations of legislative records from six states, informed by interviews with over one hundred legislators, staff assistants, lobbyists, journalists, and executive officials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48731/cover/9780521548731.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Christianity in India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Beginnings to AD 1707</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neill, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christians form the third largest religious community in India. How has this come about? There are many studies of separate groups: but there has so far been no major history of the three large groups - Roman Catholic, Protestant and Thomas Christians (Syrians). This work attempts to meet the need for such a history. It goes right back to the beginning and traces the story through the ups and downs of at least fifteen centuries. It includes careful studies of the political and social background and of the non-Christian reactions to the Christian message. The narration is non-technical and should present few difficulties to the thoughtful reader; the more technical matters are dealt with in notes and appendices. This book will be of interest to all students of Church History and will also prove fascinating to many who are concerned with the development of Christianity as a world religion and in the dialogue between different forms of faith.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48854/cover/9780521548854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521548896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521548896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521548892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ultrasonic Waves in Solid Media</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Joseph L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ultrasonic wave techniques are used increasingly in areas ranging from non-destructive inspection of materials to medical diagnosis. This book brings together basic physics and modern applications. It explains the physical principles of wave propagation and then relates them to ultrasonic wave mechanics and the more recent guided wave techniques that are used to inspect and evaluate aircraft, power plants, and pipelines in chemical processing plants. Among topics covered are wave propagation in plates, rods, hollow cylinders, and multiple layers in solid and composite materials; reflection and refraction; surface and subsurface waves; and horizontal shear wave propagation. Appendices provide background information on ultrasonic non-destructive testing, elasticity theory, and complex variables, and key wave propagation experiments. The text is amplified with numerous examples, laboratory experiments, and homework exercises. Graduate students, researchers, and practising engineers will find Ultrasonic Waves in Solid Media an invaluable reference to this active field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48892/cover/9780521548892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology: Achievement and Challenge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>41st Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Press, Malcolm C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huntly, Nancy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levin, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>417</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Highlighting both the achievements of the past and the challenges of the future, this volume presents a review of the key ecological issues. Major topics are addressed in evolution and population biology; functional and community ecology; the ecology of changing environments; and the ecology of ecosystems, management and human impacts. It gives a state-of-the-art account of key aspects of contemporary ecology and of its interfaces with related disciplines, such as genetics and economics. The international team of authors includes some of the most thoughtful ecologists of our time. This book will prove invaluable to both advanced students and researchers in ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49301/cover/9780521549301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dispersal Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>42nd Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullock, James M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenward, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hails, Rosie S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dispersal has become central to many questions in theoretical and applied ecology in recent years. This has come about through advances in measurement and modelling of dispersal, combined with the key role of spatial processes in current environmental problems. This volume, written by a team of leading ecologists, aims to provide both the advanced student and researcher with a comprehensive review of dispersal and its implications for modern ecology. It presents a broad overview  considering plants, invertebrates, vertebrates and microorganisms in both terrestrial and aquatic environments. Up-to-date methods for measuring dispersal are assessed. The importance of dispersal in ecological theory is addressed in chapters on life history evolution, ecological genetics, population and metapopulation dynamics, invasions, landscape ecology and biogeography. Applied questions on topics such as spread of non-native species, effect of habitat fragmentation, species reintroductions, disease epidemiology, responses to climate change and impacts of genetically modified organisms are also considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49318/cover/9780521549318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroecology: Concepts and Consequences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>43rd Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blackburn, Tim M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaston, Kevin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Macroecology: Concepts and Consequences brings together for the first time major researchers in the field to present overviews of current thinking about the form and determinants of macroecological patterns. Each section presents different viewpoints on the answer to a key question in macroecology, such as why are most species rare, why are most species small-bodied, and why are most species restricted in their distribution?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49325/cover/9780521549325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Integrating Ecology and Evolution in a Spatial Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>14th Special Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silvertown, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Antonovics, Janis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>438</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The profound consequences of the deceptively obvious statement that plants stand still but their genes don't are only just becoming clear. In this volume, an international team of authors, experts in the field of population biology, aim to advance our understanding of ecological and evolutionary processes by integrating them within a common frame of reference: space. Processes operating at three different spatial scales are examined: that of the population, metapopulation and the geographical range. Themes that recur at these different scales include spatial population dynamics, population genetics at boundaries, the imprint of spatial population dynamics upon genetic structure, adaptation, evolution of mating systems and the consequences of population genetics for ecological dynamics. Whilst the focus is largely on plants, the questions addressed are equally applicable to animals. It will be a valuable tool for researchers and advanced students, not only in this field, but also evolutionary biology and resource management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49332/cover/9780521549332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes in the Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>15th Special Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hails, Rosie S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beringer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godfray, H. Charles J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Molecular, genetic and modelling techniques are central to ecology, providing valuable new tools for addressing complex ecological questions and insights into our understanding of the dynamics of populations and communities. Genes in the Environment reviews a diverse range of topics, including community dynamics in soils and water, gene flow and spatial dynamics, and the evolution of pathogenic and symbiotic relationships. Organisms studied range from bacteria, viruses and fungi to insects, plants and fish. New light is thrown on such questions as: what is the relationship between population dynamics and spatial patterns of genetic variation observed in fragmented populations? How is genetic variation maintained? What are the relative roles of gene flow and selection in the maintenance of climes? This volume will appeal to advanced students and to researchers interested in developments at the interface of molecular biology and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49349/cover/9780521549349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecological Consequences of Environmental Heterogeneity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>40th Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchings, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>John, Elizabeth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stewart, Alan J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The last decade has seen countless advances in the measurement and interpretation of the impacts of environmental heterogeneity upon organisms and ecological processes. Progress has been made at a variety of scales of organisation. Following a Symposium on Ecological Consequences of Environmental Heterogeneity, a team of international experts has collaborated to produce this volume. It discusses the effects of environmental heterogeneity; the effects of spatial and temporal heterogeneity on individuals, populations, communities and biodiversity; and the management and conservation implications of environment heterogeneity. This book will prove to be an invaluable reference work not only to advanced students but also established researchers working in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49356/cover/9780521549356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genes in Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>33rd Symposium of the British Ecological Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berry, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewitt, G. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Genetics and ecology ought to be complementary disciplines at the population level. This conviction underpins this integrative volume, which brings together geneticists and ecologists to confront the implications of the others' discipline for their own work. The book is divided into three sections: first 'Genes in Ecology', the influence of population genetics on our view of ecology; then 'Modules in Ecology', the use of molecular methods to investigate adaptive and ecological processes; finally 'Ecology in Genetics', the integration of ecological principles into genetics. Most chapters have two authors; a geneticist and an ecologist each bringing their own insights to the topics considered, and illustrating the importance of one discipline for the other. The book also includes protocols for relevant molecular and genetic techniques, including DNA purification, polymerase chain reaction, DNA fingerprinting, sequencing and restriction fragment length polymorphism investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49363/cover/9780521549363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19920801</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Worldwide Crisis in Fisheries</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Models and Human Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Colin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world's marine fisheries are in trouble, as a direct result of overfishing and the overcapacity of fishing fleets. Despite intensive management efforts, the problems still persist in many areas, resulting in many fisheries being neither sustainable nor profitable. Using bio-economic models of commercial fisheries, this book demonstrates that new management methods, based on individual or community catch quotas, are required to resolve the overfishing problem. Uncertainty about marine systems may be another factor contributing to overfishing. Methods of decision analysis and Bayesian inference are used to discuss risk management and the precautionary principle, arguing that extensive marine reserves may be the best way to protect fisheries, alongside a controlled catch quota system. This book will be of interest to environmental scientists, economists and fisheries managers, providing novel insights into many well-known but poorly understood aspects of fisheries management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49394/cover/9780521549394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ethics of Archaeology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Perspectives on Archaeological Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scarre, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scarre, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The question of ethics and their role in archaeology has stimulated one of the discipline's liveliest debates. In this collection of essays, an international team of archaeologists, anthropologists and philosophers explore the ethical issues archaeology needs to address. Marrying the skills and expertise of practitioners from different disciplines, the collection produces interesting insights into many of the ethical dilemmas facing archaeology today. Topics discussed include relations with indigenous peoples; the professional standards and responsibilities of researchers; the role of ethical codes; the notion of value in archaeology; concepts of stewardship and custodianship; the meaning and moral implications of 'heritage'; the question of who 'owns' the past or the interpretation of it; the trade in antiquities; the repatriation of skeletal material; and treatment of the dead. This important collection is essential reading for all those working in the field of archaeology, be they scholar or practitioner.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49424/cover/9780521549424.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Carnap</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Creath, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rudolf Carnap (1891-1970) is increasingly regarded as one of the most important philosophers of the twentieth century. He was one of the leading figures of the logical empiricist movement associated with the Vienna Circle and a central figure in the analytic tradition more generally.  He made major contributions to philosophy of science and philosophy of logic, and, perhaps most importantly, to our understanding of the nature of philosophy as a discipline. In this volume a team of contributors explores the major themes of his philosophy and discusses his relationship with the Vienna Circle and with philosophers such as Frege, Husserl, Russell, and Quine.  New readers will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Carnap currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Carnap.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49455/cover/9780521549455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulation and Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laffont, Jean-Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Regulation and Development Jean-Jacques Laffont provides the first theoretical analysis of regulation of public services for developing countries. He shows how the debate between price-cap regulation and cost of service regulation is affected by the characteristics of less developed countries (LDCs) and offers a positive theory of privatization that stresses the role of corruption. He develops a new theory of regulation with limited enforcement capabilities and discusses the delicate issue of access pricing in view of LDC's specificities. In the final chapter he proposes a theory of separation of powers which reveals one of the many vicious circles of underdevelopment made explicit by the economics of information. Based on organization theory and history, and using simple empirical tests wherever possible, Professor Laffont offers a comprehensive evaluation of the different ways to organize the regulatory institutions and opens up a rich new research agenda for development studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49486/cover/9780521549486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power in Global Governance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duvall, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edited volume examines power in its different dimensions in global governance. Scholars tend to underestimate the importance of power in international relations because of a failure to see its multiple forms. To expand the conceptual aperture, this book presents and employs a taxonomy that alerts scholars to the different kinds of power that are present in world politics. A team of international scholars demonstrate how these different forms connect and intersect in global governance in a range of different issue areas. Bringing together a variety of theoretical perspectives, this volume invites scholars to reconsider their conceptualization of power in world politics and how such a move can enliven and enrich their understanding of global governance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49523/cover/9780521549523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of William James</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gale, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an accessible introduction to the full range of the philosophy of William James. It portrays that philosophy as containing a deep division between a Promethean type of pragmatism and a passive mysticism. The pragmatist James conceives of truth and meaning as a means to control nature and make it do our bidding.  The mystic James eschews the use of concepts in order to penetrate to the inner conscious core of all being, including nature at large. Richard Gale attempts to harmonize these pragmatic and mystical perspectives. This introduction is drawn from and complements the author's much more comprehensive and systematic study The Divided Self of William James, a volume that has received the highest critical praise. With its briefer compass and non-technical style this new introduction should help to disseminate the key elements of one of the great modern philosophies to an even wider readership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49554/cover/9780521549554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Autism and Pervasive Developmental Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Volkmar, Fred R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Featuring contributions from leading authorities in the clinical and social sciences, this thoroughly revised and updated new edition reflects the most recent progress in the understanding of autism and related conditions, and offers an international perspective on the present state of the discipline. Chapters cover current approaches to definition and diagnosis; prevalence and planning for service delivery; cognitive, genetic, and neurobiological features; and pathophysiological mechanisms. There is a new chapter covering communication issues. Interventions reviewed include the pharmacological, behavioral, and educational, and a thoughtful final chapter addresses the nature of the fundamental social disturbance that characterizes autism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49578/cover/9780521549578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice of Liberal Pluralism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galston, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Practice of Liberal Pluralism defends a theory, liberal pluralism, which is based on three core concepts - value pluralism, political pluralism, and expressive liberty - and explores the implications of this theory for politics. Liberal pluralism helps clarify some of the complexities of real-world political action and points toward a distinctive conception of public philosophy and public policy. It leads to a vision of a good society in which political institutions are active in a delimited sphere and in which, within broad limits, families, civil associations, and faith communities may organize and conduct themselves in ways that are not congruent with principles that govern the public sphere.  The final section of the book defends liberal pluralism against attacks that it is internally incoherent or that it denies, without justification, key theological premises. Written in a nontechnical style, this book should appeal to professionals in philosophy, political science, law, and policy making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49639/cover/9780521549639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotional Experience and Religious Understanding</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Integrating Perception, Conception and Feeling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wynn, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Wynn argues that the landscape of philosophical theology looks rather different from the perspective of a re-conceived theory of emotion. In matters of religion, we do not need to opt for objective content over emotional form or vice versa. On the contrary, these strategies are mistaken at root, since form and content are not properly separable here - because 'inwardness' may contribute to 'thought-content', or because (to use the vocabulary of the book) emotional feelings can themselves constitute thoughts; or because, to put the point a further way, in religious contexts, perception and conception are often infused by feeling. Wynn uses this perspective to forge a distinctive approach to a range of established topics in philosophy of religion, notably: religious experience; the problem of evil; the relationship of religion and ethics, and religion and art; and in general, the connection of 'feeling' to doctrine and tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49899/cover/9780521549899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521549922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521549922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521549929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Russia is Not Ruled</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Russian Political Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521549929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, Allen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The state remains as important to Russia's prospects as ever. This is so not only because, as in any society, an effectively functioning state administration is necessary to the proper functioning of a complex economy and legal system, but also because, in Russian circumstances, factors of economic geography tend to increase costs of production compared to the rest of the world. These mutually reinforcing factors include: the extreme severity of the climate, the immense distances to be covered, the dislocation between (European) population centers and (Siberian) natural resource centers, and the inevitable predominance of relatively costly land transportation over sea-borne transportation. As a result, it is questionable whether Russia can exist as a world civilization under predominantly liberal economic circumstances: in a unified liberal global capital market, large-scale private direct capital investment will not be directed to massive, outdoor infrastructure projects typical of state investment in the Soviet period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/49929/cover/9780521549929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550025</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quantum Theory of Fields</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>511</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Available for the first time in paperback, The Quantum Theory of Fields is a self-contained, comprehensive, and up-to-date introduction to quantum field theory from Nobel Laureate Steven Weinberg. Volume II gives an up-to-date and self-contained account of the methods of quantum field theory, and how they have led to an understanding of the weak, strong, and electromagnetic interactions of the elementary particles. The presentation of modern mathematical methods is throughout interwoven with accounts of the problems of elementary particle physics and condensed matter physics to which they have been applied. Many topics are included that are not usually found in books on quantum field theory. The book contains much original material, and is peppered with examples and insights from the author's experience as a leader of elementary particle physics. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50024/cover/9780521550024.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550033</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The King's Army</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Warfare, Soldiers and Society during the Wars of Religion in France, 1562-76</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, James B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historians have long ignored the military aspect of the wars of religion which raged in France during the late sixteenth century, dismissing the conflicts as aimless or hopelessly confused. In contrast, this meticulously researched analysis of the royal army and its operations during the early civil wars brings warfare back to the centre of the picture. James B. Wood explains the reasons for the initial failure of the monarchy to defeat the Huguenots, and examines how that failure prolonged the conflict. He argues that the nature and outcome of the civil wars can only be explained by the fusion of religious rebellion and incomplete military revolution. This study makes an important contribution to the history of military forces, warfare and society, and will be of great interest to those engaged in the debate over the 'Military Revolution' in early modern Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50031/cover/9780521550031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155005X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155005X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fairy Tales, Sexuality, and Gender in France, 1690-1715</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nostalgic Utopias</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seifert, Lewis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1690 and 1715, well over one hundred literary fairy tales appeared in France, two-thirds of them written by women. This book explores why fashionable adults were attracted to this new literary genre and, integrating socio-historical, structuralist, and post-structuralist approaches, considers how it became a medium for reconceiving literary and historical discourses of sexuality and gender. The first part of the book considers how the marvellous is used to legitimize the genre, to exemplify theories of 'modern' culture, and to reaffirm women's potential as writers. The second part examines how specific groups of tales both reiterate and unsettle late seventeenth-century discourses of love, masculinity and femininity through conventions such as the romantic quest, the marriage closure, chivalric heroes and good and evil fairies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50055/cover/9780521550055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550068</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gold Standard and Related Regimes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collected Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bordo, Michael D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a collection of Michael D. Bordo's essays, written singly and with colleagues, on the classical gold standard and related regimes based directly or indirectly on gold convertibility. The gold standard (and its variants) was the basis for both international and domestic monetary arrangements from the third quarter of the nineteenth century until 1971 when President Nixon closed the US gold window, effectively ending the Bretton Woods International Monetary System. Although the gold standard and its variants are now history, it still has great appeal for policymakers and scholars. Several desirable features of the gold standard have resources for the ongoing issue of international monetary reform. They include its record as a stable nominal anchor; its automaticity; and its role as a credible commitment mechanism. The essays in this collection are organized around several themes: gold and the international monetary system; the commodity theory of money; the gold standard as a rule; variants of the gold standard including the interwar gold standard and the Bretton Woods International Monetary System.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50062/cover/9780521550062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550106</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Object and Property</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denkel, Arda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Arda Denkel argues here that objects are nothing more than bundles of properties. From this point of view he tackles some central questions of ontology: how is an object distinct from others; how does it remain the same while it changes through time? A second contention is that properties are particular entities restricted to the objects they inhabit. The appearance that they exist generally, in a multitude of things, is due to the way we conceptualize them. Other problems dealt with include how objects bear similarities by belonging to the same kinds, and how change in them is caused. Denkel defends a thoroughgoing particularism and offers purely qualitative accounts of individuation, identity, essences and matter. Throughout, the main alternative positions are surveyed, and the relevant historical background is traced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50109/cover/9780521550109.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Village Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Design, Estimation, and Use of Villagewide Economic Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, J. Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adelman, Irma</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most of the world's population and the vast majority of the world's poor live and work in villages. Their activities are usually centred in households, but interactions among households shape the impacts of policy, market and environmental changes on rural production, incomes, employment and migration. This book presents a generation of villagewide economic modelling designed to capture these interactions when assessing the impacts of policy, market and environmental changes on rural economies in less developed countries. The authors present a general framework for modelling village economies based on computable general-equilibrium techniques, estimate models for villages and a village-town in five different countries, and use these models to conduct a series of comparative experiments. The findings offer explanations for some paradoxical outcomes of exogenous shocks as their influence winds its way through rural economies, and they underline the importance of adopting a local economy-wide perspective when designing development policies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50123/cover/9780521550123.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulations, Institutions, and Commitment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies of Telecommunications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550130</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spiller, Pablo T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book assesses the impact of core political and social institutions on regulatory structures and performance in the telecommunications industry in Jamaica, the United Kingdom, Chile, Argentina, and the Philippines. These core institutions are shown to influence strongly the credibility and effectiveness of regulation, and thus its ability to encourage private investment and support efficiency. Currently, privatization and regulatory reform are often viewed as the solution to the problem of poor performance by telecommunications and other public utilities. This volume argues that these high expectations may not always be met because of the way a country's political and social institutions - its executive, legislative and judicial systems, its informal norms of public behaviour - interact with regulatory processes and economic conditions. In some environments, regulatory solutions run counter to the prevailing wisdom: achieving credible commitment may require an inflexible regulatory regime, and sometimes public ownership of utilities may be the only feasible alternative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50130/cover/9780521550130.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550149</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin of Animal Body Plans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Evolutionary Developmental Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arthur, Wallace</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Neo-Darwinism currently occupies a dominant position in evolutionary thought. While this theory has considerable explanatory power, it is widely recognized as being incomplete in that it lacks a component dealing with individual development, or ontogeny. This is particularly conspicuous in relation to attempts to explain the evolutionary origin of the 35 or so animal body plans, and of the developmental trajectories that generate them. This book examines both the origin of body plans in particular and the evolution of animal development in general.  In doing so, it ranges widely, covering topics as diverse as comparative developmental genetics, selection theory and Vendian/Cambrian fossils. Particular emphasis is placed on gene duplication, changes in spatio-temporal gene-expression patterns, internal selection, coevolution of interacting genes, and coadaptation. The book will be of particular interest to students and researchers in evolutionary biology, genetics, paleontology and developmental biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/79289/cover/9780521779289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Revolutionary Mission</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Enterprise in Latin America, 1900-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Thomas F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the twentieth century, American corporations have spread American material productivity and American values such as consumerism and competitiveness around the globe. People in other nations have accepted some aspects of American corporate culture while vehemently rejecting others. The Revolutionary Mission explores this complex process as it unfolded in Latin America in the decades before World War II. Professor O'Brien examines Latin American responses to that culture which conveyed the promises of material betterment and individual freedom while also emphasizing the cult of the individual, unquestioning acceptance of disparities created by unremitting competition, and values legitimized by functionality rather than historical precedent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50154/cover/9780521550154.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550165</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Studies in Classic American Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenspan, Ezra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasey, Lindeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Studies in Classic American Literature, first published in 1923, provides a cross-section of Lawrence's writing on American literature, including landmark essays on Benjamin Franklin, Fenimore Cooper, Edgar Allan Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville and Walt Whitman. Eight of the essays were first published in the English Review 1918-19; but Lawrence continued to work on his material, with the aim of producing a full-length book; at various times fifteen separate items belonged to it, all of them revised on different occasions, some of them four or five times, and often corrected with the errors of their predecessors preserved. This volume offers the final 1923 version of the text in a newly corrected and uncensored form, and the complete surviving text of the essays of the English Review period, as well as a host of other materials, including four different versions of Lawrence's pioneering essay on Whitman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50161/cover/9780521550161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and Indian Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Imprint of Amibiguity 1929-1942</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>India's struggle for independence was arguably the most momentous of the twentieth century, and central to it was the generation of powerful nationalist forces. In a series of detailed studies Anthony Low shows how the ambiguity of the British position conditioned the distinctive character of this struggle: how the British determination to hold fast their Indian empire (unlike the Americans in the Philippines) prior to 1942 was nonetheless complemented by a reluctance to resist their nationalist opponents in the unyielding ways of the French in Vietnam and the Dutch in Indochina. Much that Gandhi did, Professor Low concludes, would have been unnecessary in the Philippines and impossible in Indonesia and Vietnam, but astutely fitted the peculiar conditions of the nationalist struggle against the British in India. Published on the fiftieth anniversary of Indian independence, Britain and Indian Nationalism makes a major contribution to the historiography of modern India, to Britain's relations with its empire, and to the history of decolonisation in the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50178/cover/9780521550178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550181</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pragmatics and Grammar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ariel, Mira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When using language, many aspects of our messages are left implicit in what we say. While grammar is responsible for what we express explicitly, pragmatics explains how we infer additional meanings. The problem is that it is not always a trivial matter to decide which of the meanings conveyed is explicit (grammatical) and which implicit (pragmatic). Pragmatics and Grammar lays out a methodology for students and scholars to distinguish between the two. It explains how and why grammar and pragmatics combine together in natural discourse, and how pragmatic uses become grammatical in time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50185/cover/9780521550185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Liberty and International Law in Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Malcolm D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The freedom of religion is one of the oldest and most controversial of the claims that are recognized as forming part of the corpus of human rights. In this important and fascinating book Malcolm Evans provides a detailed account of the ways in which the freedom of religious belief came to be incorporated into the legislation of the countries of Europe. He goes on to examine the mechanisms by which this freedom is guaranteed, and a number of problematic cases which have recently been discussed in the Council of Europe. In a concluding section he outlines a number of developments which will influence the direction that the search for the protection of religious liberty under international law may take.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50215/cover/9780521550215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155022X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155022X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mania and Literary Style</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rhetoric of Enthusiasm from the Ranters to Christopher Smart</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawes, Clement</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly original study of the 'manic style' in enthusiastic writing of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries identifies a literary tradition and line of influence running from the radical visionary and prophetic writing of the Ranters and their fellow enthusiasts to the work of Jonathan Swift and Christopher Smart. Clement Hawes offers a counterweight to recent work which has addressed the subject of literature and madness from the viewpoint of contemporary psychological medicine, putting forward instead a stylistic and rhetorical analysis. He argues that the writings of dissident 'enthusiastic' groups are based in social antagonisms; and his account of the dominant culture's ridicule of enthusiastic writing (an attitude which persists in twentieth-century literary history and criticism) provides a powerful and daring critique of pervasive assumptions about madness and sanity in literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50222/cover/9780521550222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epithelial Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the Handbooks in Practical Animal Cell Biology is to provide practical workbooks for those involved in primary cell culture. Each volume addresses a different cell lineage, and contains an introductory section followed by individual chapters on the culture of specific differentiated cell types. The authors of each chapter are leading researchers in their fields and use their first-hand experience to present reliable techniques in a clear and thorough manner. Epithelial Cell Culture contains chapters on epithelial cells derived from 1) airway, 2) intestine, 3) pancreas, 4) kidney and bladder, 5) genital ducts, 6) mammary glands, 7) skin glands and appendages, and 8) keratinocytes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50239/cover/9780521550239.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Labour, Science and Technology in France, 1500-1620</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heller, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For a generation, the history of the ancien r&#233;gime has been written from the perspective of the Annales school, with its emphasis on the role of long-term economic and cultural factors in shaping the development of early modern France. In this detailed study, Henry Heller challenges such a paradigm and assembles a huge range of information about technical innovation and ideas of improvement in sixteenth-century France. Emphasising the role of state intervention in the economy, the development of science and technology, and recent research into early modern proto-industrialisation, Heller counters notions of a France mired in an archaic, determinist mentalit&#233;. Despite the tides of religious fanaticism and seigneurial reaction, the period of the religious wars saw a surprising degree of economic, technological and scientific innovation, making possible the consolidation of capitalism in French society during the reign of Henri IV.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50314/cover/9780521550314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550378</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Possession</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cognitive Sources, Forces, and Grammaticalization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heine, Bernd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this new work, Bernd Heine claims that the structure of grammatical categories is predictable to a large extent once we know the range of possible cognitive structures from which they are derived. The author uses as his example the structure of predicative possession, and shows how most of the possessive constructions to be found in the world's languages can be traced back to a small set of basic conceptual patterns. Heine identifies these patterns, and using grammaticalization theory he describes how each affects the word order and morphosyntax of the resulting possessive construction. He argues that grammaticalization theory explains much of the observable typological diversity which characterizes 'have'-constructions in the world's languages. Illustrated by a wealth of examples, this is an original and important statement from a leading linguist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50376/cover/9780521550376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nitric Oxide in Health and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoyle, Charles H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnstock, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>377</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nitric oxide has a tantalising role in health and disease: whilst many of its wide-ranging effects are well known, there remains much more to explore and to learn about the interactions of this fascinating molecule in physiological and pathophysiological processes. The volume reviews the myriad of effects of nitric oxide: as a chemical messenger in the central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, immune system and cardiovascular system. Furthermore, it provides a very practical introduction to the procedures and experimental protocols necessary to work with and study nitric oxide and its synthesing enzyme, nitric oxide synthase, in the laboratory. In this respect the volume is unique, providing as it does a complete single-volume review of the role of nitric oxide in health and disease, and a very practical introduction to the methods and protocols involved in this intriguing and active area of biomedical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>240.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Persistence of Purgatory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenn, Richard K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>217</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard K. Fenn focuses on the significance of time in modern society, and why we take it so seriously. He traces contemporary western attitudes toward time back to the doctrine and myth of Purgatory. Fenn makes a provocative case that especially for Americans the sense of the scarcity of time is a sign of social character, shaped by a 'purgatorial complex'. He demonstrates the impact of Purgatory on Protestant preachers such as Baxter and Channing, but also argues that Locke's views of religion, education and the nature of the state can only be understood in this context. Seriousness about time has become evidence of the good faith of the citizen. Novelists like Robbins, Mailer, Vonnegut and Brautigan portray a society that oppresses the individual through time constraints. For Dickens, America seemed a purgatorial wasteland: a place where time is always of the essence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50390/cover/9780521550390.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550432</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photography and its Critics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History, 1839-1900</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marien, Mary Warner</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Photography and its Critics offers an original overview of nineteenth-century American and European writing about photography from such disparate fields as art theory, social reform, and physiology. The earliest criticism of the invention was informed by an ample legacy of notions about objectivity, appearances, and copying. Received ideas about neutral vision, intuitive genius, and progress in art also shaped nineteenth-century understanding of photography as did its technological advances. In this study, Mary Warner Marien argues that photography was an important social and cultural symbol for modernity and change in several fields, such as art and social reform. Moreover, she demonstrates how photography quickly emerged as a pliant symbol for modernity and change, one that could as easily oppose progress as promote democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50437/cover/9780521550437.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and the Criminal Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principle and Critique</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duff, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Five pre-eminent legal theorists tackle a range of fundamental questions on the nature of the philosophy of criminal law. Their essays explore the extent to which and the ways in which our systems of criminal law can be seen as rational and principled. The essays discuss some of the principles by which, it is often thought, a system of law should be structured, and they ask whether our own systems are genuinely principled or riven by basic contradictions, reflecting deeper political and social conflicts. The volume as a whole shows how lively and exciting contemporary legal theory can be.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50444/cover/9780521550444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governing Global Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Regimes for Transportation and Communications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zacher, Mark W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Brent A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Governing Global Networks argues that most international regimes are grounded in states' mutual cooperation, and not in the dictates of the most powerful states. It focuses on the regimes for four important international industries - shipping, air transport, telecommunications and postal services. Of particular importance to these regimes have been states' interests in both the free flow of commerce and their policy autonomy. The authors examine the relationship between these potentially conflicting goals. In particular they trace the impact of deregulation, which has led some states increasingly to place gains from economic openness ahead of their desire to maintain a high degree of control of their own economies; and to the decline of the traditional cartel elements of these regimes. This analysis is an important contribution to theoretical debates between neo-realists and neo-liberals in the study of international organisations and international political economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50451/cover/9780521550451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chromatic Beauty in the Late Medieval Chanson</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Interpretation of Manuscript Accidentals</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brothers, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an in-depth study of the late medieval chanson, from Gace Brul&#233; through Guillaume Du Fay. It is largely concerned with interpretation of the way accidentals function, not only at the level of local detail but also as part of the overall design. Thomas Brothers thus explores the way inflections are used by the composer as an expressive tool. The background problem to which this study responds is the conceptual difficulty we have in interpreting pitch syntax in this repertory. Support for this approach comes from reference to causa pulchritudinis ('by reason of beauty'), a justification for chromatic writing first encountered at the beginning of the fourteenth century. In advancing an interpretation of the musical side of the chanson, Thomas Brothers aims to bring standards closer to what has been achieved in study of sister disciplines of art and literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28882/cover/9780521028882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representing the South Pacific</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial Discourse from Cook to Gauguin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmond, Rod</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how the South Pacific was represented by explorers, missionaries, travellers, writers, and artists between 1767 and 1914 by drawing on history, literature, art history, and anthropology. Edmond engages with colonial texts and postcolonial theory, criticising both for their failure to acknowledge the historical specificity of colonial discourses and cultural encounters, and for continuing to see indigenous cultures in essentially passive or reactive terms. The book offers a detailed and grounded 'reading back' of these colonial discourses into the metropolitan centres which gave rise to them, while resisting the idea that all representations of other cultures are merely self-representations. Among its themes are the persistent myth-making around the figure of Cook, the western obsession with Polynesian sexuality, tattooing, cannibalism, and leprosy, and the Pacific as a theatre for adventure and as a setting for Europe's displaced fears of its own cultural extinction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50543/cover/9780521550543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550580</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Examining Socrates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defense of the Interlocutors in Plato's Early Dialogues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beversluis, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a rereading of Plato's early dialogues from the point of view of the characters with whom Socrates engages in debate. Socrates' interlocutors are generally acknowledged to play important dialectical and dramatic roles, but no previous book has focused mainly on them. Existing studies are thoroughly dismissive of the interlocutors and reduce them to the status of mere mouthpieces for views which are hopelessly confused or demonstrably false. This book takes interlocutors seriously and treats them as genuine intellectual opponents whose views are often more defensible than commentators have standardly thought. The author's purpose is not to summarise their positions or the arguments of the dialogues in which they appear, much less to produce a series of biographical sketches, but to investigate the phenomenology of philosophical disputation as it manifests itself in the early dialogues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50581/cover/9780521550581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Dialogue in the British Enlightenment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theology, Aesthetics and the Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prince, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first full-length study of philosophical dialogue during the English Enlightenment. It explains why important philosophers - Shaftesbury, Mandeville, Berkeley and Hume - and innumerable minor translators, imitators and critics wrote in and about dialogue during the eighteenth century; and why, after Hume, philosophical dialogue either falls out of use or undergoes radical transformation. Philosophical Dialogue in the British Enlightenment describes the extended, heavily coded, and often belligerent debate about the nature and proper management of dialogue; and it shows how the writing of philosophical fictions relates to the rise of the novel and the emergence of philosophical aesthetics. Novelists such as Fielding, Sterne, Johnson and Austen are placed in a philosophical context, and philosophers of the empiricist tradition in the context of English literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50628/cover/9780521550628.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Guide to Children's Books in English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Victor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>826</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSY</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Guide to Children's Books in English is an alphabetised reference work providing a critical and appreciative overview of children's books written in English across the world. It gives due weight to the history of children's books from pre-Norman times to the present - respecting the canon but also recognising current developments in publishing practices and in children's own reading. In addition to the long established traditions of children's writing from Britain and the USA, the Guide covers the increasing range of successful children's books produced in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Africa and India; and the exciting renaissances in children's books taking place in Ireland and South Africa. In acknowledging that a great deal of what children read has little to do with classrooms and not much to do with what is considered 'literary', the Guide contains entries on television, comics, annuals and the growing range of media texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50642/cover/9780521550642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of the Theory of Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heyman, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A good grasp of the theory of structures - the theoretical basis by which the strength, stiffness and stability of a building can be understood - is fundamental to structural engineers and architects. Yet most modern structural analysis and design is carried out by computer, with the user isolated from the processes in action. This book provides a broad introduction to the mathematics behind a range of structural processes. The basic structural equations have been known for at least 150 years, but modern plastic theory has opened up a fundamentally new way of advancing structural theory. Paradoxically, the powerful plastic theorems can be used to examine 'classic' elastic design activity, and strong mathematical relationships exist between these two approaches. Some of the techniques used in this book may be familiar to the reader, and some may not, but each of the topics examined will give the structural engineer valuable insight into the basis of the subject. This lucid volume provides a valuable read for structural engineers and others who wish to deepen their knowledge of the structural analysis and design of buildings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50659/cover/9780521550659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stress and Adversity over the Life Course</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Trajectories and Turning Points</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gotlib, Ian H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheaton, Blair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although stress occurs at every stage of life, much research studies its effects over short-term periods, typically within circumscribed life stages. Little attention has been given to the possibilities that the consequences or impact of stress depend critically on the timing in the life course in which the individual is exposed to the stress, and that the sequence of prior stressors acts as a context for these effects. This book attempts to map the influence of early stressful experiences on later life outcomes, studying the trajectories of stressors over the life course. It examines the ramifications of stressful events at key life-course transition points, and explores the diversity of outcomes for individuals who have suffered through trauma. Finally, the book suggests methods for study of stress and adversity through the life course, where issues of timing, ordering and sequencing of stressors are crucial.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50758/cover/9780521550758.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gershwin: Rhapsody in Blue</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schiff, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Rhapsody in Blue (1924) established Gershwin's reputation as a serious composer and has since become one of the most popular of all American concert works. In this richly informative guide David Schiff considers the piece as musical work, historical event and cultural document. He traces the history of the Rhapsody's composition, performance and reception, placing it within the context of American popular song and jazz and the development of modernism. He also provides a full account of the different published and recorded versions of the work and explores the many stylistic sources of Gershwin's music. The book also contains an extended discussion of Paul Whitman's Experiment in Modern Music, considers the influence of the Rhapsody on other works (e.g. the music of Duke Ellington) and examines the traditions and institutions of Jewish cultural populism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50772/cover/9780521550772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>H.D. and Sapphic Modernism 1910-1950</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collecott, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Diana Collecott proposes that Sappho's presence in H. D.'s work is as significant as that of Homer in Pound's and of Dante in Eliot's. She undertakes a radical revision of H. D.'s Hellenism and her Imagism, relating both to the literary and sexual politics of the First World War period. She then pursues H.D.'s career to the end of the Second World War, discovering en route important intertextualities with Swinburne, Wilde and Shakespeare. Connecting the fragmentary condition of Sappho's writings with the erasure of women within modernism and the silencing of lesbians in the wider culture, she traces the Sapphic in H.D.'s prose and poetry an in its modern contexts. Her exploration develops a lesbian poetics not only for H.D. but also for contemporaries such as Bryher, Amy Lowell and Virginia Woolf and for successors such as Audre Lorde, Adrienne Rich and Olga Broumas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50789/cover/9780521550789.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Convent Theatre in Early Modern Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Spiritual Fun and Learning for Women</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weaver, Elissa B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of convent theatre in Italy, an all-female tradition. Widespread in the early modern period, but virtually forgotten today, this activity produced a number of talented dramatists and works worthy of remembrance. Convent authors, actresses and audiences, especially in Tuscan houses, the plays written and produced, and what these reveal about the lives of convent women, are the focus of this book. Beginning with the earliest known performances of miracle and mystery plays (sacre rappresentazioni) in the late fifteenth century, the book follows the development in the convents at the turn of the sixteenth century of spiritual comedy and of a variety of dramatic forms in the seventeenth century. Convent theatre both reflected the high level of literacy among convent women and contributed to it, and it attested to the continuing close contact between the secular world and the convents - even in the Post Tridentine period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50826/cover/9780521550826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155084X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155084X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Francis Ford Coppola's The Godfather Trilogy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Nick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Godfather trilogy is among the most significant works of Hollywood cinema of the last quarter century. They provide a richly complex look at a whole segment of American life and culture spanning almost the whole century. In six essays, written especially for this volume, The Godfather trilogy is re-examined from a variety of perspectives. Providing analyses on the form and significance of Coppola's achievement, they demonstrate how the filmmaker revised the conventions of the American crime film in the Viet Nam era, his treatment of the capitalism of the criminal underworld and its inherent violence, the power struggles within Hollywood over the film, and the contribution of opera to the epic force and cinematic style of Coppola's vision of an American criminal dynasty. The Godfather articulates the themes, styles, mythologies, performances, and underlying cultural values that have made the film a modern classic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59508/cover/9780521559508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Schenker's Argument and the Claims of Music Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blasius, Leslie David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heinrich Schenker's theoretical and analytical works claim to resubstantiate the unique artistic presence of the canonic work, and thus reject those musical disciplines such as psychoacoustics and systematic musicology which derive from the natural sciences. In this respect his writing reflects the counter-positivism endemic to the German academic discourse of the first decades of the twentieth century. The rhetoric of this stance, however, conceals a sophisticated programme wherein Schenker situates his project in relation to these sciences, arguing his reading of the musical text as a synthesis of a descriptive psychology and an explanatory historiography (which itself embeds both paleographic and philological assumptions). This book rereads Schenker's project as an attempt to reconstruct music theory as a discipline against the background of the empirical musical sciences of the later nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50857/cover/9780521550857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Theatre of Wonder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bishop, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Playwrights throughout history have used the emotion of wonder to explore the relation between feeling and knowing in the theatre. In Shakespeare and the Theatre of Wonder, T. G. Bishop argues that wonder provides a turbulent space, rich at once in emotion and self-consciousness, where the nature and value of knowing is brought into question. Bishop compares the treatment of wonder in classical philosophy and drama, and goes on to examine English cycle-plays, charting wonder's ambivalent relation to dogma and sacrament in the medieval religious theatre. Through extended readings of three of Shakespeare's plays - The Comedy of Errors, Pericles and The Winter's Tale - Bishop argues that Shakespeare uses wonder as a key component of his dialectic between affirmation and critique. Wonder is shown as vital to the characteristic self-consciousness of Shakespeare's plays as acts of narrative enquiry and renovation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50864/cover/9780521550864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machiavellian Intelligence II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Extensions and Evaluations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiten, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byrne, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can the intelligence of monkeys and apes, and the huge brain expansion which marked human evolution be explained? In 1988, Machiavellian Intelligence was the first book to assemble the early evidence suggesting a new answer: that the evolution of intellect was primarily driven by selection for manipulative, social expertise within groups where the most challenging problem faced by individuals was dealing with their companions. Since then a wealth of new information and ideas has accumulated. This new book will bring readers up to date with the most important developments, extending the scope of the original ideas and evaluating them empirically from different perspectives. It is essential reading for reseachers and students in many different branches of evolution and behavioural sciences, primatology, and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50871/cover/9780521550871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifty Years of the International Court of Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Sir Robert Jennings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, Vaughan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fitzmaurice, Malgosia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>684</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBHG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To mark the fiftieth anniversary of the International Court of Justice, a distinguished group of international judges, practitioners and academics has undertaken a major review of its work. The chapters discuss the main areas of substantive law with which the Court has been concerned, and the more significant aspects of its practice and procedure in dealing with cases before it. It discusses the role of the Court in the international legal order, and its relationship with the UN's political organs. The thirty-three chapters are presented under five headings: the Court; the sources and evidences of international law; substance of international law; procedural aspects of the Court's work; the Court and the UN. It has been prepared in honour of Sir Robert Jennings, judge and sometime President of the Court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50932/cover/9780521550932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organised Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Employers' Associations and Industrial Relations in Northern England, 1880-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIvor, Arthur J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This detailed study contributes to an expanding field of interest: the social history of industrial employers. Using previously untapped primary sources, Organised Capital explores the emergence of employers' organisations in northern England and analyses their policies during the heyday of collective activity. Arthur McIvor evaluates the impact of trade unionism, state intervention, war, economic recession and changing product markets on these organisations, charting their role and patterns of growth. He challenges notions of a monolithic employer group and crude economic determinism, while also rejecting 'revisionist' accounts of weak and ineffective employers. Instead, he reaches a more balanced appraisal of these institutions' role in capital-labour relations and the pursuit of employers' class interests. This book will be of interest both to historians and to students of industrial relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50949/cover/9780521550949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Socialism and Economic Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Attlee Years, 1945-1951</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlinson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major study analyses the economic policies of the Attlee government, both international and domestic, in the light of Labour's issues and doctrines about the economy. Jim Tomlinson highlights the concern of the government with issues of industrial efficiency, and how this concern pervaded all areas of economic policy. He focuses on the economic aspects of the creation of the welfare state, and how efficiency concerns led to a great deal of austerity in the design of welfare provision. In addition, Tomlinson offers detailed discussion of the labour market in this period, both the attempts to 'plan' that market and the tensions in the policies created by attempts to attract more women into paid work. Students, professional historians and even politicians will greatly benefit from this broad-based reappraisal of a crucial era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50956/cover/9780521550956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Evolution and Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of Complexity on the U.S. Economic System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryor, Frederic L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frederic L. Pryor uses the concept of structural complexity to show how changes in the population, the labour force, the structure of industry, the financial system, foreign and domestic trade, and the government sector are related to the same general trend in the US economic system over the past forty years and in the coming twenty years. He also investigates the impact of these changes on the functioning of the system, exploring such matters as the long-term rising unemployment rate, the allegedly increasing volatility of the economy, the changing degree of competition, and the evolving economic role of the government. The discussion is aimed at those who wish to view the economy as a whole and who are concerned with problems of understanding an economy that is becoming increasingly complex along many different dimensions. For specialists a number of appendices discuss a variety of technical issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50970/cover/9780521550970.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521550998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521550998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521550994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Partnership for Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>China, the United States, and their Policies for the Postwar Disposition of the Japanese Empire, 1941-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521550994</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liu, Xiaoyuan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>361</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Partnership for Disorder examines American-Chinese foreign policy planning in World War II for decolonising the Japanese Empire and controlling Japan after the war. This study unravels some of the complex origins of the postwar upheavals in Asia by demonstrating how the US and China's disagreements on many concrete issues prevented their governments from forging an effective partnership. The two powers' quest for long-term cooperation was further complicated by Moscow's eleventh-hour involvement in the Pacific War. By the war's end, a triangular relationship among Washington, Moscow, and Chongqing surfaced from secret negotiations at Yalta and Moscow. Yet the Yalta-Moscow system in Asia proved too ambiguous and fragile to be useful even for the purpose of defining a new balance of power among the Allies. The failure of the system was compounded by its obliviousness to Asia's dynamic nationalist forces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50994/cover/9780521550994.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and the Foundations of Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maienschein, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruse, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been much attention devoted in recent years to the question of whether our moral principles can be related to our biological nature. This collection of new essays focuses on the connection between biology, in particular evolutionary biology, and foundational questions in ethics. The book asks such questions as whether humans are innately selfish, and whether there are particular facets of human nature that bear directly on social practices. The volume is organised historically beginning with Aristotle and covering such major figures as Hume and Darwin down to the present and the work of Harvard sociobiologist, E. O. Wilson. This is the first book to offer this historical perspective on the relation of biology and ethics, and has been written by some of the leading figures in the history and philosophy of science, whose work stands very much at the cutting edge of these disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51007/cover/9780521551007.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Challenging the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crisis and Innovation in Latin America and Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grindle, Merilee S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Comisso, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Migdal, Joel Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1980s and 1990s posed great challenges to governments in Latin America and Africa. Deep economic crises and significantly heightened pressure for political reform severely taxed their capacity to manage economic and political tasks. These crises pointed to an intense need to reform the state and redefine its relationship to the market and civic society. This book examines the paradox of states that have been weakened by crisis just as their capacity to encourage economic development and provide for effective governance most needs to be strengthened. Case studies of Mexico and Kenya allow the author to analyse the opportunities available for political leadership in moments of crisis, and the constraints on action provided by leadership goals and existing political and economic structures. She argues that while leaders and political structures are often part of the problem, they can also be part of the solution in building more efficient, effective, and responsive states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51069/cover/9780521551069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychological Anthropology Reconsidered</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingham, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Ingham reviews developments in pyschological anthropology and argues for an eclectic approach that finds room for psychoanalytic, dialogical and social perspectives on personality and culture. The argument is developed with special reference to human nature, child development, personality, and mental disorder, and it draws on studies set in many different cultures. The author also shows the relevance of work in psychoanalysis and child development to current concerns in anthropology with agency and rhetoric.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51076/cover/9780521551076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law-Making and Society in Late Elizabethan England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Parliament of England, 1584-1601</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551083</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have seen a re-assessment by historians of the Elizabethan parliament. David Dean's book contributes to this development by offering the first detailed account and analysis of the legislative impulses of the men attending the last six parliaments of Elizabeth's reign. Examining a wide range of social and economic issues, law reform, religious and political concerns, and affairs both national and local, Law-Making and Society in Late Elizabethan England addresses the importance of parliament both as a political event and as a legislative institution. David Dean draws on an array of local, corporate and personal archives, as well as parliamentary records, to reinterpret the legislative history of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51083/cover/9780521551083.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multidimensional Real Analysis I</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Differentiation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duistermaat, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolk, J. A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van Braam Houckgeest, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Part one of the authors' comprehensive and innovative work on multidimensional real analysis. This book is based on extensive teaching experience at Utrecht University and gives a thorough account of differential analysis in multidimensional Euclidean space. It is an ideal preparation for students who wish to go on to more advanced study. The notation is carefully organized and all proofs are clean, complete and rigorous. The authors have taken care to pay proper attention to all aspects of the theory. In many respects this book presents an original treatment of the subject and it contains many results and exercises that cannot be found elsewhere. The numerous exercises illustrate a variety of applications in mathematics and physics. This combined with the exhaustive and transparent treatment of subject matter make the book ideal as either the text for a course, a source of problems for a seminar or for self study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51144/cover/9780521551144.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551153</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Modular and Extensible Network Storage Architecture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lo, Sai Lai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contemporary distributed file systems are monolithic and only support single file abstractions. Nowadays, network storage devices have to be able to accommodate new information media such as digital audio and video, with data radically different in characteristics to traditional text and binary that contemporary file systems are optimised for. By combining new and traditional media, information can be recorded and presented in the most suitable way, and the value of a piece of information can be further enhanced by linking together related pieces. However composite data and cross-reference between data items raise a number of system issues that have not been addressed properly before. Dr Lo defines a new multi-service storage architecture that meets the needs of existing and emerging applications and can support multiple file abstractions. He also explores a number of related design issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Primer of Algebraic D-Modules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coutinho, S. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of D-modules is a rich area of study combining ideas from algebra and differential equations, and it has significant applications to diverse areas such as singularity theory and representation theory. This book introduces D-modules and their applications avoiding all unnecessary over-sophistication. It is aimed at beginning graduate students and the approach taken is algebraic, concentrating on the role of the Weyl algebra. Very few prerequisites are assumed, and the book is virtually self-contained. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter and the reader is given ample references to the more advanced literature. This is an excellent introduction to D-modules for all who are new to this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51199/cover/9780521551199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language in Cognitive Development</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Emergence of the Mediated Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contemporary study of language and cognition in infancy and early childhood has received considerable, well deserved attention. However, little effort has been directed to the means by which language becomes a cognitive and communicative tool, as well as what the full implications of this development may be. This book highlights a transition from the study of language and cognition to that of language in cognition. It presents an integrative theory of cognitive development, emphasizing the important role that language plays in taking the two to five year old child to new levels of cognitive operations in memory, forming concepts, categories, processing narratives, and understanding other people's intentions. Biological evolution is considered the source of  both language and culture but it is argued that qualitatively different modes of thinking and knowing emerge therefrom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51236/cover/9780521551236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Symbolic Dynamics and Coding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lind, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marcus, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symbolic dynamics is a rapidly growing area of dynamical systems. Although it originated as a method to study general dynamical systems, it has found significant uses in coding for data storage and transmission as well as in linear algebra. This book is the first general textbook on symbolic dynamics and its applications to coding. It will serve as an introduction to symbolic dynamics for both mathematics and electrical engineering students. Mathematical prerequisites are relatively modest (mainly linear algebra at the undergraduate level) especially for the first half of the book. Topics are carefully developed and motivated with many examples. There are over 500 exercises to test the reader's understanding. The last chapter contains a survey of more advanced topics, and there is a comprehensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51243/cover/9780521551243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Research Methods in Social and Personality Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551281</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reis, Harry T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Judd, Charles M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>570</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This indispensable sourcebook covers conceptual and practical issues in research design, methods of research, and statistical approaches in social and personality psychology. The chapters provide state-of-the-art treatment of various methods, written by key experts in the field. The primary purpose of the Handbook is to provide readable yet comprehensive chapters on the full range of methods and tools used by researchers in social and personality psychology. In addition, it will alert researchers to methodological possibilities they may not have thought of. Innovative research methods work best when they allow researchers to ask theoretically driven questions that could not have been asked previously, thereby enhancing the quality and depth of their empirical knowledge base. With the help of this text, both new and established social psychologists will learn about appropriate uses of each method and the opportunities they provide for expanding knowledge. The Handbook of Research Methods in Social and Personality Psychology will be invaluable to graduate students and established researchers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59034/cover/9780521559034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Seize the Day</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a multifaceted introduction to Nobel Prize-winner Saul Bellow's most widely read, respected, and taught work of fiction, Seize the Day.. This tragi-comic story of one day in the life of an average man on the brink of failure and despair is a prime example of the Jewish novels of the 1950s. The essays in this volume examine the thematic, stylistic, and critical elements of Bellow's masterpiece and offer different approaches to how the novel may or may not be thought of as 'ethnic'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59027/cover/9780521559027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children of Depressed Mothers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Early Childhood to Maturity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551311</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Radke-Yarrow, Marian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Pedro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayfield, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ronsaville, Donna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study presented in this book imposes a developmental perspective on the psychopathology of offspring of depressed mothers. A primary theme is the interplay of factors in child (developmental stage, gender, temperament) and environment (depressed mother's symptomatic behaviour and family functioning) as contributors to psychiatric and psychosocial problems in offspring. Children and their families are followed from toddler-hood to the threshold of adulthood. The emergence and evolution of problems differ by mother's diagnosis - unipolar and bipolar depressed as well. Configurations of variables in the individual child are identified which, in combination, create diverse processes that put offspring at risk for specific problems. Early depressed mother-child relationships are strongly influential. Specific affective and temperament qualities of mother and child act reciprocally, increasing. The longitudinal data grasp the nature of connectedness of early experience to ongoing development, and identify patterns of child-to-adult connections. Findings suggest new questions and revised research paradigms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51311/cover/9780521551311.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prehistoric Britain from the Air</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Space, Time and Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darvill, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>305</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a bird's-eye look at the monumental achievements of Britain's earliest inhabitants. Britain had been occupied by prehistoric communities for over half a million years before the Roman Conquest. During this time many changes were wrought in the landscape, some of them so indelibly scored that they are still visible today. The unique bird's-eye perspective offered by the aerial camera brings to life many of the familiar sites and monuments that prehistoric communities built, and exposes to view many thousands of sites that simply cannot be seen at ground level because they have become buried or levelled by centuries of ploughing and cultivation. In this book, Timothy Darvill introduces the ways in which aerial photographs reveal traces of the prehistoric past, illustrating and describing a wide selection of archaeological sites and landscapes, and, for the first time, applying social archaeology to the field of aerial photography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Drawings of Michelangelo and his Followers in the Ashmolean Museum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joannides, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume comprises the fullest and most detailed catalogue of the drawings by and after Michelangelo in the Ashmolean Museum. It is one of the most important collections of drawings by this artist, which also includes drawings after his own by contemporaries that shed light on lost works as well as the artist's reputation and influence during the sixteenth century. The introduction provides a history of Michelangelo's drawings generally and also surveys the various types of drawing practised by Michelangelo and an account of his development as a draughtsman. Most of the drawings in the Ashmolean Museum came from the collection of Sir Thomas Lawrence, and this book contains a detailed appendix that traces the histories of all of the drawings by or after Michelangelo that Lawrence owned, both before he acquired them and after they were dispersed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51335/cover/9780521551335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070521</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>425.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155134X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155134X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Authority of Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, William B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do our ideas about Shakespeare inform our understanding of the limits of performance? This stimulating book asks how both text and performance are construed as vessels of authority. The author finds that our understanding of Shakespearean performance retains a surprising sense of the possibility of being 'faithful' to Shakespearean texts, and so to 'Shakespeare'. After an opening theoretical chapter, Worthen examines the relationship between text and performance in directing, acting, and scholarship. He considers how some prominent theatre directors articulate their role as r&#233;gisseur under the sign of Shakespeare. Next he looks at how actors read Shakespeare's plays, and in the final chapter he inspects performance-oriented criticism of Shakespeare since the 1960s. This undogmatic and exploratory book contributes to the scholarly study of acting and directing, and to the wider discourse of performance studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51342/cover/9780521551342.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamics of One-Dimensional Solvable Models</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takahashi, Minoru</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Exactly solvable models are very important in physics. They are important not just from a theoretical point of view but also from the experimentalist's perspective because in such cases theoretical results and experimental results can be compared without ambiguity. This is a book about an important class of exactly solvable models in physics. The subject area is the Bethe-ansatz approach for a number of one-dimensional models, and the setting up of equations within this approach to determine the thermodynamics of these systems. It is a topic that crosses the boundaries between condensed matter physics, mathematics and field theory. The derivation and application of thermodynamic Bethe-ansatz equations for one-dimensional models are explained in detail. This technique is indispensable for physicists studying the low-temperature properties of one-dimensional substances. This book, written by one of the top physicists in this field, and the originator of much of the work in the subject, will be of great interest to theoretical condensed matter physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19798/cover/9780521019798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War, Diplomacy and the Rise of Savoy, 1690-1720</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551465</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Storrs, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with the crucial relationship between war and state formation in early modern Europe by considering the role of the Duchy of Savoy and the rise of this hitherto weak state into one of the regular members of the anti-French coalitions of the eighteenth century. Through his participation in the Nine Years War (1688-97) and the War of the Spanish Succession (1701-14), Victor Amadeus II, duke of Savoy, acquired a reputation for unrivalled 'Machiavellian' diplomacy on the international stage. The book puts this diplomacy in context, and considers how the duke raised men and money (at home and abroad), the administrative changes forced by war, the resulting domestic pressures, and how these were dealt with.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51465/cover/9780521551465.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charlotte Bront&#235; and Victorian Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shuttleworth, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative and critically acclaimed study successfully challenges the traditional view that Charlotte Bront&#235; existed in a historical vacuum, by setting her work firmly within the context of Victorian psychological debate. Based on extensive local research, using texts ranging from local newspaper copy to the medical tomes in the Reverend Patrick Bront&#235;'s library, Sally Shuttleworth explores the interpenetration of economic, social, and psychological discourse in the early and mid-nineteenth century, and traces the ways in which Charlotte Bront&#235;'s texts operate in relation to this complex, often contradictory, discursive framework. Shuttleworth offers a detailed analysis of Bront&#235;'s fiction, informed by a new understanding of Victorian constructions of sexuality and insanity, and the operations of medical and psychological surveillance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51496/cover/9780521551496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551501</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ageing and Popular Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551502</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blaikie, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the 'grey market' perpetuates the quest for eternal youth, the biological realities of deep old age are increasingly denied. Ageing and Popular Culture traces the historical emergence of stereotypes of retirement and documents their recent demise, arguing that although modernisation, marginalisation, and medicalisation created rigid age classifications, the rise of consumer culture has coincided with a postmodern broadening of options for those in the Third Age. With an adroit use of photographs and other visual sources, Andrew Blaikie demonstrates that an expanded leisure phase is breaking down barriers between mid and later life. At the same time, 'positive ageing' also creates new imperatives and new norms with attendant forms of deviance. While babyboomers may anticipate a fulfilling retirement, none relish decline. Has deep old age replaced death as the taboo subject of the late twentieth century? If so, what might be the consequences?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51502/cover/9780521551502.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Historian's Guide to Early British Maps</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to the Location of Pre-1900 Maps of the British Isles Preserved in the United Kingdom and Ireland</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McConnell, Anita</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>475</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Great Britain and Ireland enjoy a rich cartographic heritage, yet historians have not made full use of early maps in their writings and research. This is partly due to a lack of information about exactly which maps are available. With the publication of this volume from the Royal Historical Society, we now have a comprehensive guide to the early maps of Great Britain. The book is divided into two parts: part one describes the history and purpose of maps in a series of short essays on the early mapping of the British Isles; part two comprises a guide to the collections, national and regional. Now available from Cambridge University Press, this volume provides an essential reference tool for anyone requiring to access maps of the British Isles dating back to the medieval period and beyond.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Austen Chamberlain Diary Letters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Correspondence of Sir Austen Chamberlain with his Sisters Hilda and Ida, 1916-1937</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chamberlain, Austen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Self, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a collection of the diary letters of Austen Chamberlain from 1916 to 1937. These letters provide a valuable insight into the political life of one of the leading Conservative politicians of the inter-war period, and constitute a detailed record of Conservative and national politics at this time. They provide particularly valuable personal accounts of key events such as the negotiations of the Irish Treaty in 1921, the troubles leading to the Carlton Club revolt of October 1922, the Locarno agreements of 1925, the leadership crisis of 1930-31, and the backbench campaign against the German threat in the 1930s. Chamberlain felt free to express his most candid feelings and emotions in the privacy of these diary letters and, as a result, they throw much valuable light upon arguably one of the most misjudged politicians of the age, and one who has certainly been overshadowed by his more famous father and half-brother.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transactions of the Royal Historical Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth Series</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Royal Historical Society</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51694/cover/9780521551694.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton Unbound</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Controversy and Reinterpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551731</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rumrich, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Milton - heretic, defender of the Cromwellian regicides, epic poet - holds a crucial strategic position on the intellectual and ideological map of literary studies. In this provocative and liberating study, John P. Rumrich contends that contemporary critics, despite differences in methodology, have contributed to the invention of a monolithic or institutional Milton, as censorious preacher, aggressive misogynist, and champion of the emerging bourgeoisie. Rumrich reveals the pressures that have shaped this current critical orthodoxy, and exposes the historical inaccuracies and logical inconsistencies that sustain it. Through analysis of Milton's poetry and prose, and consideration of the historical forces that informed Milton's writing, Rumrich argues instead for a more complex Milton who was able to accommodate uncertainty and doubt.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51731/cover/9780521551731.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Energy Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Overview, with Applications in Structural Dynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keane, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, W. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>149</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides an up-to-date overview of statistical energy analysis and its applications in structural vibration. Statistical energy analysis is a powerful method for predicting and analysing the vibrational behaviour of structures. Its main use is for structures that can be considered as assemblies of interconnected subsystems which are subject to medium to high frequency vibration sources. This volume brings together nine articles by experts from around the world. The opening chapter gives an introduction and overview of the technique describing its key successes, potential and limitations. Following chapters look in more detail at a selection of cases and examples which together illustrate the scope and power of the technique. This book is based on a Royal Society Philosophical Transactions issue under the title 'Statistical Energy Analysis', but an extra chapter, by Chohan, Price, Keane and Beshara, discussing nonconservatively coupled systems is included in this edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51755/cover/9780521551755.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clifford Algebras and the Classical Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porteous, Ian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Clifford algebras of real quadratic forms and their complexifications are studied here in detail, and those parts which are immediately relevant to theoretical physics are seen in the proper broad context. Central to the work is the classification of the conjugation and reversion anti-involutions that arise naturally in the theory. It is of interest that all the classical groups play essential roles in this classification. Other features include detailed sections on conformal groups, the eight-dimensional non-associative Cayley algebra, its automorphism group, the exceptional Lie group G2, and the triality automorphism of Spin 8. The book is designed to be suitable for the last year of an undergraduate course or the first year of a postgraduate course.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51779/cover/9780521551779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton and Republicanism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armitage, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Himy, Armand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing upon the expertise of both historians and literary critics, this volume examines the classical sources of Milton's republicanism, the genesis of that republicanism in the 1640s, its disappointment in the 1650s and its presence in his work (particularly in Paradise Lost) after the Restoration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51786/cover/9780521551786.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155182X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155182X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art in Bourgeois Society, 1790-1850</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hemingway, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>386</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between art and class was a central concern of the 'New Art History' of the 1970s. However, the political shifts of the 1980s together with the vogue for Poststructuralist theory have worked to marginalise class analysis in the humanities. This collection, edited by Andrew Hemingway (The Norwich School of Painters, 1803-33, Landscape Imagery and Urban Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Britain), and William Vaughan (Romantic Art, German Romanticism and English Art, German Romantic Painting), is intended to reassert its importance both through a reconsideration of the status of Marxism after the fall of Communism, and through concrete studies of artistic practices in the key phase of bourgeois history from 1790 to 1850. An international group of contributors reflect the inherently international nature of capitalism through studies of related developments in four societies, namely Britain, France, Germany, and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heathen Gods in Old English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heathen gods are hard to find in Old English literature. Most Anglo-Saxon writers had no interest in them, and scholars today prefer to concentrate on the Christian civilization for which the Anglo-Saxons were so famous. Richard North offers an interesting view of Anglo-Saxon and Scandinavian paganism and mythology in the pre-Viking and Viking age. He discusses the pre-Christian gods of Bede's history of the Anglo-Saxon conversion with reference to an orgiastic figure known as Ingui, whom Bede called 'god of this age'. Using expert knowledge of comparative literary material from Old Norse-Icelandic and other Old Germanic languages, North reconstructs the slender Old English evidence in a highly imaginative treatment of poems such as Deor and The Dream of the Rood. Other gods such as Woden are considered with reference to Odin and his family in Old Norse-Icelandic mythology. In conclusion, it is argued that the cult of Ingui was defeated only when the ideology of the god Woden was sponsored by the Anglo-Saxon church. The book will interest students interested in Old English, Old Norse-Icelandic and Germanic literatures, Anglo-Saxon history and archaeology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51830/cover/9780521551830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Putting Auction Theory to Work</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milgrom, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to modern auction theory and its important new applications. It is written by a leading economic theorist whose suggestions guided the creation of the new spectrum auction designs. Aimed at graduate students and professionals in economics, the book gives the most up-to-date treatments of both traditional theories of 'optimal auctions' and newer theories of multi-unit auctions and package auctions, and shows by example how these theories are used. The analysis explores the limitations of prominent older designs, such as the Vickrey auction design, and evaluates the practical responses to those limitations. It explores the tension between the traditional theory of auctions with a fixed set of bidders, in which the seller seeks to squeeze as much revenue as possible from the fixed set, and the theory of auctions with endogenous entry, in which bidder profits must be respected to encourage participation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51847/cover/9780521551847.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040304</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Photoemission Studies of High-Temperature Superconductors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, David W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, Clifford G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the current status of photoelectron spectroscopic techniques, both theoretical and experimental, that have been applied to the study of the cuprate ('high-temperature') superconductors, together with the results derived from such measurements. The techniques described include angle-resolved photoelectron spectroscopy of valence electrons, core level spectra (XPS), and some special variations, such as resonance photoemission. Attention is paid to the difficulties in interpretation of such spectra and to the problems in obtaining good sample surfaces and high resolution. Some comparison with results from other experimental techniques is made. The authors also outline expected future developments in the techniques. This book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in physics, chemistry and materials science with an interest in high temperature superconductors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/19491/cover/9780521019491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pluralism and the Personality of the State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Set against the broad context of philosophical arguments about group and state personality, Pluralism and the Personality of the State tells, for the first time, the history of political pluralism. The pluralists believed that the state was simply one group among many, and could not therefore be sovereign. They also believed that groups, like individuals, might have personalities of their own. The book examines the philosophical background to political pluralist ideas with particular reference to the work of Thomas Hobbes and the German Otto von Gierke. It also traces the development of pluralist thought before, during and after the First World War. Part Three returns to Hobbes in order to see what conclusions can be drawn about the nature of his Leviathan and the nature of the state as it exists today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51915/cover/9780521551915.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Interventionism, 1991-1994</TitleText>

<Subtitle>United Nations Experience in Cambodia, Former Yugoslavia and Somalia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayall, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the end of the Cold War the hope was that it would be possible to reform international society and create a new world order. Its central feature would be international intervention, not merely to deter or repel aggression across frontiers, but to protect the victims of civil conflicts within states. These hopes remain largely unfulfilled. This book contributes to our understanding of this failure by examining the three major post-Cold War operations in which the UN has been involved. Each presented the international community with a different challenge: in Cambodia it was to implement a previously negotiated political agreement; in former Yugoslavia to devise a credible division of labour and authority between the UN and the European Union; and in Somalia to mount a humanitarian mission in a country without a government. Each chapter is accompanied by a chronology of events and a selection of relevant UN documents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51977/cover/9780521551977.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of Crystal Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pimpinelli, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villain, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study introduces the physical principles of how and why crystals grow. The first three chapters recall the fundamental properties of crystal surfaces at equilibrium. The next six chapters describe simple models and basic concepts of crystal growth including diffusion, thermal smoothing of a surface, and applications to semiconductors. Following chapters examine more complex topics such as kinetic roughness, growth instabilities, and elastic effects. A brief closing chapter looks back at the crucial contributions of crystal growth in electronics during this century. The book focuses on growth using molecular beam epitaxy. Throughout, the emphasis is on the role played by modern statistical physics. Informative appendices, interesting exercises and an extensive bibliography reinforce the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58556/cover/9780521558556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521551994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521551994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521551991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521551991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>650</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/51991/cover/9780521551991.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552001</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transactions of the Royal Historical Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth Series</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Royal Historical Society</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Royal Historical Society Transactions offers readers an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world's most distinguished historians. Also available as a journal, volume five of the sixth series will include: 'The Peoples of Ireland, 1110-1400: II. Names and Boundaries', Rees Davies; 'My special friend'? The Settlement of Disputes and Political Power in the Kingdom of the French, tenth to early twelfth centuries', Jane Martindale; 'The structures of politics in early Stuart England', Steve Gunn; 'Liberalism and the establishment of collective security in British Foreign Policy', Joseph C. Heim; 'Empire and opportunity in later eighteenth century Britain', Peter Marshall; History through fiction: British lives in the novels of Raymond Wilson, David B. Smith; and 'Institutions and economic development in early modern central Europe: proto-industrialisation in W&#252;rttemburg, 1580-1797', Sheila Ogilvie.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52004/cover/9780521552004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Paleopathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aufderheide, Arthur C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodriguez-Martin, Conrado</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Paleopathology is a major reference work for all those interested in the identification of disease in human remains. Many diseases leave characteristic lesions and deformities on human bones, teeth and soft tissues that can be identified many years after death. This comprehensive volume includes all conditions producing effects recognisable with the unaided eye. Detailed lesion descriptions and over 300 photographs facilitate disease recognition and each condition is placed in context with discussion of its history, antiquity, etiology, epidemiology, geography and natural history. Uniquely, diseases affecting the soft tissues are also included as these are commonly present in mummified remains. This book will be an indispensable resource for paleopathologists, anthropologists, physicians, archeologists, demographers and medical historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52035/cover/9780521552035.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legacies of Dachau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Uses and Abuses of a Concentration Camp, 1933-2001</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marcuse, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Auschwitz, Belsen, Dachau. These names still evoke the horrors of Nazi Germany around the world. This book takes one of these sites, Dachau, and traces its history from the beginning of the twentieth century, through its twelve years as Nazi Germany's premier concentration camp, to the camp's postwar uses as prison, residential neighborhood, and, finally, museum and memorial site. With superbly chosen examples and an eye for telling detail, Legacies of Dachau documents how Nazi perpetrators were quietly rehabilitated to become powerful elites, while survivors of the concentration camps were once again marginalized, criminalized and silenced. Combining meticulous archival research with an encyclopedic knowledge of the extensive literatures on Germany, the Holocaust, and historical memory, Marcuse unravels the intriguing relationship between historical events, individual memory, and political culture, to offer a unified interpretation of their interaction from the Nazi era to the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52042/cover/9780521552042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010516</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552079</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Anxiety Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noyes, Jr, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoehn-Saric, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>353</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive text covers all the anxiety disorders found in the latest DSM and ICD classifications. Written by two internationally recognized authorities in the field, it provides detailed information about seven principal disorders, including anxiety in the medically ill. For each, it covers diagnostic criteria, epidemiology, etiology and pathogenesis, clinical features, natural history and differential diagnosis, and describes treatment approaches, both psychological and pharmacological. The scientific literature of the past few decades is thoroughly surveyed, with added insights from history, philosophy and the arts. At once scholarly and clinically to the point, this is a definitive reference for psychiatrists at all levels. It will also be of interest to other mental health professionals and to physicians in other specialties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52073/cover/9780521552073.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552117</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia Goes Dry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alcohol, State and Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russians today are the world's heaviest drinkers. The consumption of alcohol permeates family life, shapes the economy, and plays an occasional but striking role in the political leadership. It was in Russia in the 1980s that the most sustained attempt of its kind was made to eliminate alcohol abuse, and even drinking itself. Drawing upon a wide range of original sources, including interviews, surveys and  the local press, Stephen White  provides the first full-length study of this extraordinary campaign. He traces the profound influence of alcohol through Russian history, and charts the campaign from its initiation under Mikhail Gorbachev to its disappointing aftermath in the post-communist 1990s. Attractively written and fully illustrated, Russia Goes Dry  is an entertaining as well as instructive guide to a changing society and a classic case study of the limitations of politically directed social reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52110/cover/9780521552110.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Paradox of Salvation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Luke's Theology of the Cross</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doble, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study refutes the allegation that the author of Luke-Acts showed no systematic thought about the significance of Jesus's death, that is, he has no theologia crucis. Peter Doble focuses sharply on the Gospel's death scene and explores those features which appear in Luke alone, then extends the results into the longer account of Jesus's final days in Jerusalem. In the final section Doble demonstrates how specific words and patterns from Wisdom shape and fill Luke's retelling of the story of Jesus's entrapment, trials and death. Luke wanted his readers to understand that what had happened to Jesus was not a humiliating rejection but in accord with scripture's presentation of God's plan for salvation, and he modelled traditional material about Jesus's road to the crucifixion around an explanatory model which he drew from Wisdom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52127/cover/9780521552127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Modern Planetary Physics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fruitful Encounters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brush, Stephen G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Where did we come from? Before there was life there had to be something to live on - a planet, a solar system. During the past 200 years, astronomers and geologists have developed and tested several different theories about the origin of the solar system and the nature of the Earth. Together, the three volumes that make up A History of Modern Planetary Physics present a survey of these theories. The early twentieth century saw the replacement of the Nebular Hypothesis with the Chamberlain-Moulton theory that the solar system resulted from the encounter of the Sun with a passing star. Fruitful Encounters follows the eventual refutation of the encounter theory and the subsequent revival of a modernised Nebular Hypothesis. Professor Brush also discusses the role of findings from the Apollo space programme, especially the analysis of lunar samples, culminating in the establishment, in the 1980s, of the 'giant impact' theory of the Moon's origin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52141/cover/9780521552141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Annals of Tacitus: Book 3</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tacitus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Books 1 and 2 of Tacitus' Annals were edited and annotated in two earlier volumes of this series (1972 and 1981) by the late F. R. D. Goodyear. Now A. J. Woodman and R. H. Martin have added a third volume: Book 3 of the Annals. This book covers the years AD 20-22, including the aftermath of Germanicus' death and the trial of his alleged murderer Calpurnius Piso and contains some of Tacitus' most well known and important programmatic and reflective passages. In their commentary the editors are the first to attempt a systematic comparison of the documentary record provided by a recently discovered senatus consultum relating to Piso's trial with Tacitus' narrative of the same episode. More attention is given to literary matters than by Goodyear but textual, linguistic and historical issues are treated fully and new interpretations frequently offered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52172/cover/9780521552172.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Events of Grace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Naturalism, Existentialism, and Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hardwick, Charley D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the liberal theological tradition dating from Schleiermacher, Events of Grace demonstrates that the Christian faith can be fully compatible with a scientific world view. Religion and God must be understood valuationally, not ontologically, which permits an existentialist account of faith entirely in terms of modes of existing. Hardwick weds Bultmann's demythologizing programme to Wieman's naturalistic concept of God as creative transformation. Defending a strong doctrine of justification by faith, he shows how both God and the knowledge of God can be conceived in terms of events of grace that transform possibilities of existence toward openness to the future. Events of Grace gives a complete existential and naturalistic account of sin, faith, God, the knowledge of God, Christology and the eschatological symbols that articulate Christian hope in the encounter with suffering and death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52202/cover/9780521552202.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Sensibility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race, Gender and Commerce in the Sentimental Novel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Markman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sentimental novel has long been noted for its liberal and humanitarian interests, but also for its predilection for refined feeling, the privilege it accords emotion over reason, and its preference for the private over the public sphere. In The Politics of Sensibility, however, Markman Ellis argues that sentimental fiction also consciously participated in some of the most keenly contested public controversies of the late eighteenth century, including the emergence of anti-slavery opinion, discourse on the morality of commerce, and the movement for the reformation of prostitutes. By investigating the significance of political material in the fictional text, and by exploring the ways in which the novels themselves take part in historical disputes, Ellis shows that the sentimental novel was a political tool of considerable cultural significance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52219/cover/9780521552219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552222</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marine Biodiversity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns and Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ormond, Rupert F. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gage, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Angel, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tickell, Crispin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The biodiversity of many ecosystems is under threat and although seas cover the majority of our planet's surface, far less is known about the biodiversity of marine environments than that of terrestrial systems. It is also not clear whether many of the patterns known to occur on land also occur in the sea. Until we have a firmer idea of the diversity of a wide range of marine habitats and what controls it, we have little hope of conserving biodiversity, or determining the impact of human activities such as mariculture, fishing, dumping of waste and pollution. This book brings together key studies from the deep sea and open ocean, to tropical shores and polar regions to consider how comparable the patterns and processes underlying diversity are in these different ecosystems. Marine Biodiversity will be a major resource for all those interested in biodiversity and its conservation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52226/cover/9780521552226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Witchcraft in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Culture and Belief</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barry, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hester, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important collection brings together both established figures and new researchers to offer fresh perspectives on the ever-controversial subject of the history of witchcraft. Using Keith Thomas's Religion and the Decline of Magic as a starting point, the contributors explore the changes of the last twenty-five years in the understanding of early modern witchcraft, and suggest new approaches, especially concerning the cultural dimensions of the subject. Witchcraft cases must be understood as power struggles, over gender and ideology as well as social relationships, with a crucial role played by alternative representations. Witchcraft was always a contested idea, never fully established in early modern culture but much harder to dislodge than has usually been assumed. The essays are European in scope, with examples from Germany, France, and the Spanish expansion into the New World, as well as a strong core of English material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52240/cover/9780521552240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interaction and Grammar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Elinor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schegloff, Emanuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Sandra A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many scholars of language have accepted a view of grammar as a clearly delineated and internally coherent structure which is best understood as a self-contained system. The contributors to this volume propose a very different way of approaching and understanding grammar, taking it as part of a broader range of systems which underlie the organisation of social life and emphasising its role in the use of language in everyday interaction and cognition. Taking as their starting-point the position that the very integrity of grammar is bound up with its place in the larger schemes of the organisation of human conduct, particularly with social interaction, their essays explore a rich variety of linkages between interaction and grammar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52257/cover/9780521552257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155229X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155229X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552295</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Monastic Order in Yorkshire, 1069-1215</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552295</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Janet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the dramatic growth of the monastic order in Yorkshire from the foundation of the first post-Conquest abbey at Selby in 1069, to 1215. The first half examines the dynamics of monastic expansion, discussing the influences on both its chronological development and its geographical pattern. It demonstrates that the monastic expansion owed much to the particular political and tenurial conditions which existed in the century after 1069: the establishment of Norman political ascendancy, the extension of central government under Henry I, and the civil war of the reign of King Stephen. The second part of the book explores recruitment, patronage, economy and cultural life. Particular attention is paid to the role of women in the religious life. Nunneries, so often regarded as second-class or failed monasteries, are here shown to have had a distinctive function in society, in terms both of recruitment and of interaction with the local community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52295/cover/9780521552295.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Pensions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Principles, Policies, and International Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vald&#233;s-Prieto, Salvador</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The significant store of knowledge about publicly regulated pensions for old age has grown even more rapidly in the last decade. This book explores current research in four critical areas for pension policy: the political design of pension institutions; the iron links between fiscal deficits, private savings, and pension reform; how macroeconomic policy should be conducted after large private pension funds have emerged; and lessons on efficient organization of the pension industry, drawn from international comparisons including Australia, Chile, Malaysia, and the United Kingdom. The collection combines original theoretical analysis with empirical evidence. Simulations, case studies, and econometric estimates provide policy makers with information about the options they face, while scholars can draw on this book for refining their own investigations or research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52301/cover/9780521552301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of German Academic Medicine, 1750-1820</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broman, Thomas H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By examining German university medicine between 1750 and 1820, this book presents a new interpretation of the emergence of modern medical science. It demonstrates that the development of modern medicine as a profession linking theory and practice did not emerge suddenly from the revolutionary transformation of Europe at the opening of the nineteenth century, as Foucault and others have argued. Instead, Thomas H. Broman points to cultural and institutional changes occurring during the second half of the eighteenth century as reshaping both medical theory and physician's professional identity. Among the most important of these factors was the emergence of a literary public sphere in Germany between 1750 and 1800, a development that exposed medical writing to new discourses such as Jena Romanticism and created the stage on which would be played out the bitter medical controversies of the 1790s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52318/cover/9780521552318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155232X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155232X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Island Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communication, Kinship, and Classification Structures in Oceania</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hage, Per</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harary, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contrary to common perception and belief, most island societies of the Pacific were not isolated, but were connected to other island societies by relations of kinship and marriage, trade and tribute, language and history. Using network models from graph theory, the authors analyse the formation of island empires, the social basis of dialect groups, the emergence of economic and political centres, the evolution and devolution of social stratification and the evolution of kinship terminologies, marriage systems and descent groups from common historical prototypes. The book is at once a unique and important contribution to Oceania studies, anthropology and social network analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52325/cover/9780521552325.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Term Limits and Legislative Representation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Virtually all legislative theory is built on the assumption that politicians are first and foremost reelection-seekers, and because so few countries have ever limited legislative reelection, this assumption has rarely been questioned. As a result, political science has been ill-equipped to offer insights on the impact of legislative term limits. Term Limits and Legislative Representation tests the central arguments made by both supporters and opponents of such reform by examining  the experience of Costa Rica, the only long-term democracy to impose term limits on legislators, and by providing extensive comparisons with legislatures in Venezuela and the United States. Professor Carey challenges claims made about the effects of term limits on political careers, pork barrel politics, and the effectiveness of political parties in passing their programs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52332/cover/9780521552332.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Illness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, Society and Disease</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aronowitz, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>283</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers historical essays about how diseases change their meaning. Each of the diseases or etiologic hypotheses in this book has had a controversial and contested history: psychosomatic views of ulcerative colitis, twentieth-century chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease, angina pectoris, risk factors for coronary heart disease, and the type A hypothesis. At the core of these controversies are disagreements among investigators, clinicians, and patients over the best way to deal with what individuals bring to disease. By juxtaposing the history of the different diseases, the author shows how values and interests have determined research programs, public health activities, clinical decisions, and the patient's experience of illness. The approach is novel in its interweaving of historical research and the clinical experiences of the author. It should appeal to an audience of physicians, policy makers, social scientists and the general reader interested in broad intellectual currents in modern medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58259/cover/9780521558259.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Microfoundations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Post Walrasian Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552370</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Colander, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Microfoundations discusses the foundations for a post-Walrasian macroeconomics and, in doing so, carries the work of Robert Clower and Axel Leijonhufvud to the present. This book spells out both why an alternative approach to macro is needed, and what the essence of the approach will be. This post-Walrasian approach to macro is neither Keynesian nor Classical, both of which have Walrasian foundations, but it offers an approach to macro in which Walrasian economics is turned on its head.  Specifically, it rejects the Walrasian ad hoc assumptions of the existence of a unique equilibrium and of simple dynamics. That rejection leads one to a fundamentally different conception of macro than most macroeconomics have implicit in their formal model. Post-Walrasian macroeconomics offers a vision of macro in which micro foundations devoid of an explicit macro context have no place, but one in which institutions have a fundamental role. Post-Walrasian macroeconomics provides a foundation for an alternative macroeconomics for the twenty-first century built on the edges of chaos.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52370/cover/9780521552370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind, Culture, and Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seminal Papers from the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engestrom, Yrjo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>517</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together articles from the Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition that are important benchmarks in the recent history of research and theory on the cultural and contextual foundations of human development. The central theme of this discussion can be posed as a question: how shall we develop a psychology that takes as its starting point the actions of people participating in routine, culturally organized activities? The discussion is organized in terms of a set of overarching themes of importance to psychologists and other social scientists: The nature of context; experiments as contexts; cultural historical theories of culture, context, and development; the analysis of classroom settings as a social important context of development, the psychological analysis of activity in situ, and questions of power and discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52387/cover/9780521552387.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cognition and Tool Use</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Blacksmith at Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, Charles M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, Janet Dixon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Cognition and Tool Use, anthropologists Janet and Charles Keller provide an account of human accomplishment based on ethnographic study. Blacksmithing, the transformation of glowing iron into artistic and utilitarian products, is the activity they chose to develop a study of situated learning. This domain, permeated by visual imagery and physical virtuosity rather than verbal logic, appears antithetical to the usual realms of cognitive study. For this reason, it provides a new entr&#233;e to human thought and an empirical test for an anthropology of knowledge. How does a mind in practice approach a  stable, 'sedimented' body of knowledge and create something truly original? What does human tool use say about human thought? What does someone need to know to successfully produce a material artifact and how do they learn it? In addressing these questions, the authors offer an interdisciplinary perspective on the principled creativity of human behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52394/cover/9780521552394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Invariant Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been a resurgence of interest in classical invariant theory driven by several factors: new theoretical developments; a revival of computational methods coupled with powerful new computer algebra packages; and a wealth of new applications, ranging from number theory to geometry, physics to computer vision. This book provides readers with a self-contained introduction to the classical theory as well as modern developments and applications. The text concentrates on the study of binary forms (polynomials) in characteristic zero, and uses analytical as well as algebraic tools to study and classify invariants, symmetry, equivalence and canonical forms. It also includes a variety of innovations that make this text of interest even to veterans of the subject. Aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students the book includes many exercises and historical details, complete proofs of the fundamental theorems, and a lively and provocative exposition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52431/cover/9780521552431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155246X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155246X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Embryology of Flowering Plants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raghavan, Valayamghat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a general picture of our current understanding of plant embryology from the formation of floral organs concerned with embryological processes to the genetic manipulation of embryos. Against the background of classical embryological studies, chapters in this book highlight, from a molecular-genetic perspective, investigations on the development of the male and female reproductive units, male sterility, incompatibility, fertilisation, embryo and endosperm development, storage protein synthesis and adventive embryogenesis in flowering plants. Dramatic new developments in molecular biology and genetic engineering techniques have opened up new frontiers in our commercial exploitation of flowering plants. Manipulation of embryological processes to improve the quantity and quality of plant food products is one of the cherished goals of plant biologists and the work described in this book provides the up-to-date fundamental information necessary to achieve this goal. Plant biotechnologists, and cell and molecular biologists will find this book to be an invaluable reference and source book on plant embryogenesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>340.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Stage Directions in English Drama 1580-1642</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dessen, Alan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Dictionary, the first of its kind, defines and explains over 900 terms found in the stage directions of English professional plays from the 1580s to the early 1640s. The terms are drawn primarily from surviving printed and manuscript sources, and from the plays performed on the London stage, by both minor and major dramatists. The authors draw on a database of over 22,000 stage directions drawn from around 500 such plays. Each entry offers a definition, gives examples of how the term is used, cites additional instances, and gives cross-references to other relevant entries. Terms defined range from the obvious and common to the obscure and rare, including actions, places, objects, sounds and descriptions. The authors have also provided a user's guide and an introduction which describes the scope and rationale of the volume. This will be an indispensable work of reference for scholars, historians, directors and actors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52509/cover/9780521552509.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Credibility in Court</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communicative Practices in the Camorra Trials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacquemet, Marco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Camorra criminal trials, held in Naples, involved more than a thousand people charged with belonging to a criminal organisation, the Nuova Camorra Organizzata (NCO). In the winter of 1982-3 the NCO suffered the desertion of some of its key men who, once arrested, broke the code of silence (omert...), turned against their former associates, and collaborated with the Justice Department. In the initial set of trials their testimony was found sufficiently reliable and convincing to determine the convictions of more than 800 defendants, but in the appeal their credibility was destroyed and the majority of people convicted solely on these witnesses' testimony were acquitted. This study documents the shifting relationship between these witnesses - called pentiti - and the Justice Department. To investigate this dramatic reversal of the defendants' convictions Marco Jacquemet combines analysis of talk and power technologies with a reflection on truth and credibility as communicative representations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52516/cover/9780521552516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dismembering the Body Politic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Partisan Politics in England's Towns, 1650-1730</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliday, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major survey of how towns were governed in late Stuart and early Hanoverian England. A new kind of politics emerged out of England's Civil War: partisan politics. This happened first in the corporations governing the towns, and not at Parliament as is usually argued. Based on an examination of the records of scores of corporations, this book explains how war unleashed a cycle of purge and counter-purge which continued for decades. It also explains how a society that feared a system of politics based on division found the means to absorb it peacefully. As conflict sharpened in communities everywhere, local competitors turned to the court of King's Bench to resolve their differences. In doing so, they prompted the court to develop a new body of law that protected local governments from the divisive impulses within them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52530/cover/9780521552530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552540</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peter des Roches</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Alien in English Politics, 1205-1238</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>565</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first biography of one of the wealthiest and most influential bishops of medieval Europe, who for a period of over thirty years exercised a degree of power over the Plantagenet court second only to that of the king. The career of Peter des Roches and the activities of his fellow aliens are fundamental to an understanding of the process by which England and France developed as two separate kingdoms. As a politician, des Roches cast a shadow across the reigns of both John and Henry III. His biography encompasses the first detailed narrative yet attempted of English political history in the early 1230s and of the civil war of 1233-34. It sheds new light on such issues as the role of aliens in English politics, the reception of Magna Carta, the loss of Normandy, and the constitutional and administrative developments of the reign of Henry III.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52547/cover/9780521552547.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deadly Dreams</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Opium and the Arrow War (1856-1860) in China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wong, J. Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Arrow War (1856-60) involved all the world's major powers, and could almost be called a world war because of the global economic and diplomatic issues driving it. For twenty-five years Dr John Wong has been trying to discover the true origins of the war. What began as a study of an alleged insult to the British flag supposedly flying over the boat Arrow led to an analysis of complex Chinese and British diplomacy; of the even more complex Chinese tea and silk exports; of British India's jealously guarded economic strategies and opium monopoly; of cotton supplied to the Lancashire mills by the Americans, who thereby made up their trade deficit with China occasioned by their heavy purchases of tea; of intricate Westminster politics and British global trade; of French pride and cultural priorities; of Russian intrigues and territorial designs; and of America's apparent aloofness and real ambitions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52554/cover/9780521552554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gothic Body</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sexuality, Materialism, and Degeneration at the Fin de Si&#232;cle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hurley, Kelly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Readers familiar with Dracula and The Strange Case of Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde may not know that dozens of equally remarkable Gothic texts were written in Great Britain at the end of the nineteenth-century. This book accounts for the resurgence of Gothic, and its immense popularity, during the British fin de si&#232;cle. Kelly Hurley explores a key scenario that haunts the genre: the loss of a unified and stable human identity, and the emergence of a chaotic and transformative 'abhuman' identity in its place. She shows that such representations of Gothic bodies are strongly indebted to those found in nineteenth-century biology and social medicine, evolutionism, criminal anthropology, and degeneration theory. Gothic is revealed as a highly productive and speculative genre, standing in opportunistic relation to nineteenth-century scientific and social theories.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52592/cover/9780521552592.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155263X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155263X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Economic Performance 1945-1975</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alford, B. W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>135</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The debate over 'Britain in Decline' is one that still rages in the academic, political and public spheres. In this concise study, B. W. E. Alford takes issue with those economists who have a mechanistic approach to the subject. Instead, he examines Britain's economic development since the Second World War within a wider framework of political, social and cultural factors. He discusses topics such as post-war reconstruction, the theory of 'too few producers', the alleged process of de-industrialisation, the role of sterling, business organisation and management, labour relations and the impact of government policy on Britain's economic development. Professor Alford provides a clear introduction to the subject along with a survey of recent literature, yet shows how complex and deep-rooted are the causes of the 'British Disease'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52639/cover/9780521552639.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552656</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552656</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Work, 1840-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses some of the difficult issues surrounding women's work during a century of social upheaval, and demonstrates how hard it is to be precise about the nature and extent of women's occupations. It focuses on working-class women and the many problems relating to their work, full-time and part-time, paid and unpaid, outside and inside the home. Elizabeth Roberts examines men's attitudes to women's work, the difficulties of census enumeration and women's connections with trade unions. She also tackles in depth other areas of contention such as the effects of legislation on women's work, a 'family wage', and unequal pay and status. Dr Roberts' study provides a unique overview of an expanding field of social and economic history, while her survey of the available literature is a useful guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52653/cover/9780521552653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Great Irish Famine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#211;'Gr&#225;da, Cormac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Irish Famine of 1846-50 was one of the great disasters of the nineteenth century, whose notoriety spreads as far as the mass emigration which followed it. Cormac O'Gr&#225;da's concise survey suggests that a proper understanding of the disaster requires an analysis of the Irish economy before the invasion of the potato-killing fungus, Phytophthora infestans, highlighting Irish poverty and the importance of the potato, but also finding signs of economic progress before the Famine. Despite the massive decline in availability of food, the huge death toll of one million (from a population of 8.5 million) was hardly inevitable; there are grounds for supporting the view that a less doctrinaire attitude to famine relief would have saved many lives. This book provides an up-to-date introduction by a leading expert to an event of major importance in the history of nineteenth-century Ireland and Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52660/cover/9780521552660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552672</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Housing in Urban Britain 1780-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodger, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why did slums and suburbs develop simultaneously? Did the capitalist system produce these, and were class antagonisms to blame? Why did the Victorians believe there was a housing problem, and who or what created it? What housing solutions were attempted, and how successfully? These are amongst the central questions addressed by social and urban historians in recent years, and their arguments and analyses are reviewed here. The history of housing between 1780 and 1914 encapsulates many problems associated with the transition from a largely rural to an overwhelmingly urban nation. The unprecedented pace of this transition imposed immense tensions within society, with implications for the urban environment and for local and national government. Housing is central to an understanding of the social, economic, political and cultural forces in nineteenth-century history; this book is an ideal introduction to the topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52677/cover/9780521552677.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Long-Term Economic Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>91</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to, and critical review of, the competing models that have been developed to explain long-term and large-scale economic change. The modern global pattern of production and distribution has its origins in the historical heritage of component societies and in their physical difference. Attempts to explain the social and economic dynamics which have produced this pattern are usually couched in the form of 'models'. These theoretical constructions are designed to reduce the infinite variety of historical experience to manageable proportions for analytical purposes and look primarily at causal factors seen to have been crucial in the process of change and development. This book examines and illustrates these factors and the various established models used to explain long-term economic change, with emphasis on European and Asian history over the early modern period, c. 1400-1800.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52691/cover/9780521552691.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552702</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emigration from Europe 1815-1930</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baines, Dudley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why did 60 million people leave Europe for overseas destinations in the hundred years after the Napoleonic Wars? What were the social and economic causes and effects of this mass migration? Why did some people emigrate and not others, and why did so many emigrants return to Europe? This short comprehensive survey answers these and other questions regarding emigration from different parts of Europe in the years between 1815 and 1930. Written specifically for undergraduate students, it reviews the current literature in several European languages, summarises both economic and demographic theories, and analyses the relation between economic change in Europe and the emigration rate, as well as discussing the economic effects of immigration on the receiving countries and the social experiences or the immigrants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52707/cover/9780521552707.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banks and Industrial Finance in Britain, 1800-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>118</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This accessible study investigates the role of banks in the finance of British industry, an issue which has long been the subject of dispute. From one perspective the history of British finance is one of success: from the late nineteenth century the City of London was the leading financial centre in the international economy. Yet there has been much disquiet over the level of support that banks have given to British Industry, particularly when Britain's economic hegemony was challenged at the end of the nineteenth century, and during the malaise which followed the First World War. Michael Collins weighs the conflicting arguments. Is there evidence of failure in the money markets? Has the estrangement of financial and industrial capital hindered Britain's economic development? He places these and other questions in historical context and provides a survey of literature on this contentious subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52714/cover/9780521552714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decline and Growth in English Towns 1400-1640</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyer, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>90</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although historians have always studied towns, widespread interest in urban history as a specialised historical field is relatively recent. This new fashion has stimulated the development of a major controversy about the fortunes of towns in England between the fourteenth and seventeenth centuries. Some see them as prone to crisis and frequently subject to decay, while others have held that many of them prospered in these centuries. This book guides the reader through the controversy, summarises the opposing arguments, and adds new insights derived from the author's own research. Alan Dyer argues that the problem lay in the rise and decline of regional economies rather than the rise and decline of the towns which lay in those regions. An extensive bibliography with notes helps the reader to come to his or her own conclusions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52721/cover/9780521552721.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dearth, Public Policy and Social Disturbance in England 1550-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Outhwaite, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>72</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise survey examines the consequences of periods of dearth in England, in the years between 1550 and 1800. By the sixteenth century, periods of dearth no longer produced marked rises in mortality, as had happened previously. Instead, the ordinary people appear to have become more politically active, and an increase in the incidence of widespread rioting has been connected to these periods that followed serious harvest failure. Over the past twenty years there has been a dramatic increase in interest among scholars in these themes. This book surveys the enormous volume of literature that has been generated on the subject, explores interconnections, and draws attention to problems still outstanding. Particular attention is paid to a key factor in understanding food riots - namely, changes in government policy towards grain provisioning in these periods of dearth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52738/cover/9780521552738.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education, Economic Change and Society in England 1780-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanderson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years the study of the history of education has flourished and expanded. It has moved from being a specialist interest to one which concerns economic and social historians, who see that education has played a central part in the discussion of industrial development and the formation of the social structure. In this study, revised and updated throughout, Dr Sanderson reviews the history of education in the nineteenth century and the academic debates surrounding it. He examines the discussion surrounding literacy, its trends and significance in the creation of an industrial labour force. He also considers the successful development of a middle-class scientific culture in the eighteenth century and the relative failure to develop technical education in the nineteenth. This period was marked by the development of the Victorian public school and by reforms in the universities. It also saw the involvement in education by radical working class and feminist groups, who were struggling for recognition. As this study shows, the education system could be highly responsive in some areas and yet insensitive in others to the far-reaching economic and social advances of the first industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52745/cover/9780521552745.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Universities and Elites in Britain since 1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, the history of universities has become a thriving field of research, but no convenient summary has been available to the reader. This book offers a clear and concise introduction to the subject. It surveys the debate on the significance of British university development, and relates it to general questions about British social history. It asks how far the nature of British elites has changed since Victorian times, what contribution universities have made to social mobility, and whether higher education (despite its expansion since the Second World War) has really become more democratic. In this unique general account of the development of British universities the author covers all parts of the British Isles, and provides a comprehensive bibliography for further study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52752/cover/9780521552752.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of the French Economy 1750-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>82</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding French economic development in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries has always proved a formidable challenge for historians. This concise survey for students is designed to make clear the areas of controversy among historians, and to guide the reader through the complexities of the debate. The author provides succinct surveys of findings on the pattern of development, and on the underlying causes of that pattern. He addresses questions such as: was France a latecomer or an early starter in industrialisation? Did long periods of protectionism help or hinder development? And was the peasantry an obstacle to change in the economy? He argues that France was not the 'backward economy' it was often thought to be; instead, it provides a quietly successful case of economic development, avoiding the massive social upheaval experienced elsewhere in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52769/cover/9780521552769.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155277X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155277X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Population History of Britain and Ireland 1500-1750</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houston, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>105</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past twenty years population history has been one of the most important growth areas within the flourishing field of social and economic history. Our understanding of demographic history in the period before the Industrial Revolution has been transformed. The amount of new literature which has been produced is daunting both in its volume and its complexity. In this concise volume for students Dr Houston reviews all the recent literature and explains the different population trends evident in parts of Britain and Ireland. He sets out the sometimes complex interactions between fertility, nuptiality, morality and migration in a clear and comprehensible way, and explains why the mechanisms which balanced population and resources in England were not found in Scotland and Ireland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52776/cover/9780521552776.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Classes and Social Relations in Britain 1850-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Alastair J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>82</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The analysis of social classes and social relations in the second half of the nineteenth century has caused major debates among social historians. Alastair Reid provides a critical summary of the different approaches to the subject, giving an account of how interpretations have developed since the 1960s, and highlighting the strengths and weaknesses of each approach. The author explains how the influence of social sciences in the 1960s led scholars to emphasise the rise to power of the bourgeoisie, and the increasing subordination of the industrial working class. Recently more detailed research has led to a return to the older historical emphasis on the persistence of aristocratic power, the increasing independence of the working classes, and the centrality of voluntary agreement in a social order based on consent. The conclusion suggests new ways in which the subject might be approached. A select bibliography allows the reader to pursue the topic in more detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52783/cover/9780521552783.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Population of Britain in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>86</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a clear interpretation of the causes of demographic change in the nineteenth century. This critical period followed the demise of the old pre-industrial population regime (often associated with Malthus'sPrinciple of Population) and the changes that occurred at this time led to the modern twentieth-century pattern in which both fertility and mortality rates are particularly low. The author combines an examination of migration, marriage patterns, fertility and mortality with a guide to the sources of population data available to historians and demographers. Illustrated with tables and figures, this book is the only available summary of this field for students. It includes a detailed bibliography for those wishing to pursue the subject further.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52790/cover/9780521552790.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155280X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155280X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Rise of Road Transport, 1700-1990</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Theo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gerhold, Dorian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>100</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most books about Britain's transport history have concentrated upon canals and railways. It is now clear that a great deal of traffic went by road even before turnpikes, and that goods as well as passenger services were much more highly developed than used to be supposed. This book is an important survey of road transport over the past three centuries. The authors summarise the new evidence and arguments and explain why we need to take a longer view of the subject. They shed new light on the importance of horse-drawn freight in the eighteenth century before the introduction of turnpikes, offset the undue attention paid to the railways in the nineteenth century, and stress that motor transport's present great importance only dates from the 1950s. A full bibliography is provided for more extended study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52806/cover/9780521552806.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Spanish Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Civil War to the European Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>94</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a concise survey of the Spanish economy from the end of the Civil War of 1936-39 to the present. In it the author analyses the transformation of Spain from a backward agrarian economy - committed by Franco and the country's military rulers to the impossible quest of self-sufficiency - to a modern, rapidly growing, outwardly orientated economy. By analysing demographic developments, changes in agriculture, industrial growth, changes to the financial system and the development of foreign trade, the author shows how Spain has reached a position where it is fully integrated into the international economy and, since January 1986, has been an active member of the European Community. This is a book both for students of twentieth century economic history, and for their teachers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52813/cover/9780521552813.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Decline of the British Motor Industry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Church, Roy A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>155</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The decline of the British motor industry is one of the most spectacular developments in Britain's economic history. Conflicting explanations have been offered by scholars from different disciplines to produce a complex debate, which this new study attempts to unravel. Placing the industry firmly in a European context, Roy Church re-examines the critical assessment of the achievements of the industry both before and after the onset of its decline in the 1960s, and goes on to test the various explanations which have been offered to account for this decline. He examines the role of government, of the trade unions, of management and of the multinationals, each of which has been seen as a major player in the demise of the British-owned industry. This concise and lucid review of the debate will be invaluable to students of modern British and European economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52837/cover/9780521552837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agriculture in Depression 1870-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perren, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise survey of British agriculture between 1870 and 1940 shows how, after a period of comparative prosperity, British farmers faced a period of depression. The prime cause of this was the increase in world food supplies and the competition from cheaper producers. The author explains how this agricultural depression affected all groups in British farming in different ways. He shows how farmers reacted to the increased international competition, and demonstrates how low wages for farmworkers speeded the drift of labour from the land towards the towns, resulting in growing rural depopulation in some areas. The book provides a succinct survey of the recent literature on the subject, outlining the major areas of controversy and disagreement among scholars. A comprehensive bibliography is provided to help the reader pursue the subject in more detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52851/cover/9780521552851.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nazi Economic Recovery 1932-1938</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Overy, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The performance of the German economy between the Great Crash and the Second World War has been the subject of intense academic debate. The problems of economic growth were acute in inter-war Germany, and the depression of the early 1930s intensified these problems, driving many Germans towards the political extremes. The Nazi seizure of power in 1933 was followed by the introduction of an extensive 'package' of government policies to expand demand and increase investment. These policies were not Keynesian, for by 1939 the government had extended its range of controls over the whole economy and it became part of the Nazi political system for waging war. In this new edition of The Nazi Economic Recovery 1932-1938, R. J. Overy discusses the main areas of the debate, arguing that the war preparation that took place at this time was ultimately incompatible with long-term economic recovery, and that the German economic miracle did not occur until after 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52868/cover/9780521552868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Random Walks on Infinite Graphs and Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woess, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main theme of this book is the interplay between the behaviour of a class of stochastic processes (random walks) and discrete structure theory. The author considers Markov chains whose state space is equipped with the structure of an infinite, locally finite graph, or as a particular case, of a finitely generated group. The transition probabilities are assumed to be adapted to the underlying structure in some way that must be specified precisely in each case. From the probabilistic viewpoint, the question is what impact the particular type of structure has on various aspects of the behaviour of the random walk. Vice-versa, random walks may also be seen as useful tools for classifying, or at least describing the structure of graphs and groups. Links with spectral theory and discrete potential theory are also discussed. This book will be essential reading for all researchers working in stochastic process and related topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52929/cover/9780521552929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'By the Banks of the Neva'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chapters from the Lives and Careers of the British in Eighteenth-Century Russia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a fascinating investigation into the lives and careers of the British in eighteenth-century Russia and, more specifically, into the development of a vibrant British community in St Petersburg during the city's first century of existence as the new capital of an ever-expanding Russian empire. Based on an extremely wide range of primary sources from Britain and Russia, the book concentrates on the activities of the British within various fields such as commerce, the navy, the medical profession, science and technology, and the arts and ends with a broad survey of travellers and of travel literature, much of which is nowadays completely unknown. Also included are many attractive and unusual illustrations which help to demonstrate the variety and character of Russia's British community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52936/cover/9780521552936.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fungal Morphogenesis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fungal Morphogenesis brings together in one book, for the first time, the full scope of fungal developmental biology. It provides a coherent account of the subject and puts forward ideas that can provide the basis of future research. Throughout, the author blends together physiological, biochemical, structural and molecular descriptions within an evolutionary framework. Sufficient information is provided about fungal biology to give the reader a rounded view of the mycological context within which fungal morphogenesis is played out, without obscuring the broader biological significance. Readers with a background in basic biology should not need to bring any other knowledge with them, nor should it be necessary to refer elsewhere, in order to appreciate fungal morphogenesis. Written by one of the few people with the necessary breadth of research expertise to deal authoritatively with the wide range of topics, this book will appeal to developmental and cell biologists, microbiologists, and geneticists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52950/cover/9780521552950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Modeling Applications in Crystallization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myerson, Allan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crystallization is an important purification process used in a broad range of industries, including pharmaceuticals, foods, and bulk chemicals. In recent years, molecular modeling has emerged as a useful tool in the analysis and solution of problems associated with crystallization. Modeling allows more focused experimentation based on structural and energetic calculations instead of intuition and trial and error. This book is the first to offer a general introduction to molecular modeling techniques and their application in crystallization. After explaining the basic concepts of molecular modeling and crystallization, the book goes on to discuss how modeling techniques are used to solve a variety of practical problems related to crystal size, shape, internal structure, and properties. With chapters written by leading experts and an emphasis on problem-solving, this book will appeal to scientists, engineers, and graduate students involved in research and the production of crystalline materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/52974/cover/9780521552974.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521552990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521552990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521552998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technological Innovation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Oversights and Foresights</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521552998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garud, Raghu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nayyar, Praveen Rattan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapira, Zur Baruch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>March, James G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The capacity for technology businesses to grow and change with the times is linked to how they develop and market technological innovations. Despite the importance of technological changes for corporate vitality, there are documented instances of corporations failing to capitalize on technological opportunities. Innovation outcome is contingent upon a match between a firm's internal capabilities and its external environments, even as innovation activities are complex and constrained. How can the slim odds of success be enhanced? Technological Innovation analyses why companies choose certain new technologies, from a technological, economic and institutional perspective. Based upon multidisciplinary research on technological choice, the book bridges research and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organization with Incomplete Information</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Economic Analysis: A Tribute to Roy Radner</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majumdar, Mukul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There have been systematic attempts over the last twenty-five years to explore the implications of decision making with incomplete information and to model an 'economic man' as an information-processing organism. These efforts are associated with the work of Roy Radner, who joins other analysts in this collection to offer accessible overviews of the existing literature on topics such as Walrasian equilibrium with incomplete markets, rational expectations equilibrium, learning, Markovian games, dynamic game-theoretic models of organization, and experimental work on mechanism selection. Some essays also take up relatively new themes related to bounded rationality, complexity of decisions, and economic survival. The collection overall introduces models that add to the toolbox of economists, expand the boundaries of economic analysis, and enrich our understanding of the inefficiencies and complexities of organizational design in the presence of uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/84666/cover/9780521084666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God's Just Vengeance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crime, Violence and the Rhetoric of Salvation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorringe, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the theologies of atonement and penal strategies. Christian theology was potent in Western society until the nineteenth century, and the so-called 'satisfaction theory' of atonement interacted and reacted with penal practice. Drawing on the work of Norbert Elias and David Garland, the author argues that atonement theology created a structure of affect which favoured retributive policies. He ranges freely between Old Testament texts, St Anselm, and eighteenth- and nineteenth-century British social history, to show the integral connection between sin and crime, the legal and the moral. The question arises if the preaching of the cross not only desensitised us to judicial violence but even lent it sanction. The last two chapters review theory and practice in the twentieth century, and Timothy Gorringe makes concrete proposals for both theology and criminal and societal violence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53018/cover/9780521553018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Conceptualization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553032</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nuyts, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pederson, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To what extent is conceptualization based on linguistic representation? And to what extent is it variable across cultures, communities, or even individuals? Of crucial importance in the attempt to develop a comprehensive theory of human cognition, these remain amongst the most difficult of questions in the cognitive sciences. This volume brings together ten new contributions from leading scholars working in a wide cross-section of disciplines, including linguistics, anthropology, psychology, and philosophy, with an introduction by the editors which surveys current work in the field. It is one of the first attempts to tackle explicitly the issue of the relationship between linguistic and conceptual representation from a truly interdisciplinary perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53032/cover/9780521553032.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method in Ecumenical Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lessons So Far</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553049</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Gillian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1996 this book examines the search for unity in the Church. For the previous thirty years pioneering conversations, between pairs of churches or communities, and multilaterally, put forward solutions to old disagreements and began to build a new ecumenical theology. But when it comes to taking actual steps towards unity there is often a drawing-back from the final commitment. G. R. Evans examines the methodology of ecumenical theory and the way it is being taken into the lives of the Churches, from the experience which has been reported so far. This is a necessary stocktaking exercise, as Dr Evans shows that discussions are now so developed that we can list topics which have become recurrent issues. By making judicious use of interdenominational archival material and secondary literature, the author provides a timely resource for all those interested in recent ecumenical progress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53049/cover/9780521553049.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Applications of Radioactivity and Nuclear Radiations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowenthal, Gerhart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Airey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is aimed at scientists and engineers wanting to use radioisotopes and the emitted ionising radiations competently but without seeking expertise. It describes decay and stability criteria, necessary precautions to ensure radiation protection and the detection of alpha, beta and gamma rays including spectrometry. There are comments on calorimetry, liquid scintillation counting, how to use secondary standard instruments, high resolution detectors and how to calculate counting results estimating uncertainties and allowing for the statistics of radionuclide decays. The book's principal purpose is to encourage radionuclide applications which can be done safely, reliably and accurately. It describes industrial and scientific applications of alpha, beta, and gamma rays, neutrons and high energy radiations. This book will be of particular interest to scientists and technologists, teachers and students, helping them to work with radioisotopes safely, efficiently and reliably.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53056/cover/9780521553056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011010</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engerman, Stanley L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallman, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1008</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume II surveys the economic history of the United States, Canada, and the Caribbean during the nineteenth century, a period of massive international and intercontinental movements of labor, capital, and commodities. The United States and Canada began the period as small but vigorous societies; the United States ended the period as the world's premier economic power. Five main themes frame the economic changes described in the volume: the migration of labor and capital from Europe, Asia, and Africa to the Americas; westward expansion; slavery and its aftermath; the process of industrialization; and the social consequences of economic growth that led to fundamental changes in the role of government. Other topics include: inequality, population, labor, agriculture, entrepreneurship, transportation, banking and finance, business law, and international trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53070/cover/9780521553070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engerman, Stanley L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallman, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume III surveys the economic history of the United States, Canada, and the Caribbean during the twentieth century. Its chapters trace the century's major events, notably the Great Depression and the two world wars, as well as its long-term trends, such as changing technology, the rise of the corporate economy, and the development of labor law. The book also discusses agriculture, population, labor markets, and urban and regional structural changes. Other chapters examine inequality and poverty, trade and foreign relations, government regulation and the public sector, and banking and finance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53087/cover/9780521553087.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Ordinary Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553148</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Malley, Jr, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ordinary differential equations - the building blocks of mathematical modelling - are also key elements of disciplines as diverse as engineering and economics. While mastery of these equations is essential, adhering to any one method of solving them is not: this book stresses alternative examples and analyses by means of which the student can build an understanding of a number of approaches to finding solutions and understanding their behaviour. This book offers not only an applied perspective for the student learning to solve differential equations, but also the challenge to apply  these analytical tools in the context of singular perturbations, which arises in many areas of application. An important resource for the advanced undergradute, this book would be equally useful for the beginning graduate student investigating further approaches to these essential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53148/cover/9780521553148.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communicating Emotion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social, Moral, and Cultural Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553155</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Planalp, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern world is forcing us to understand emotion in order to cope with new problems such as road rage and epidemic levels of depression, as well as age-old problems such as homicide, genocide and racial tension. At the same time, scholarly research is leading us to appreciate how emotion helps us to understand and transcend our selfish interests, to connect with others, to feel what is just and moral, and not just think it, and to construct societies and cultures that govern our joint efforts. This book draws upon scholarly research to address, explain and legitimize the role that emotion plays in everyday interaction and in many of the pressing social, moral, and cultural issues that we face today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53155/cover/9780521553155.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking Styles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553162</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In our society, the recognition of talent depends largely on idealized and entrenched perceptions of academic achievement and job performance. Thinking Styles bucks this trend by emphasizing the method of our thought rather than its content. Psychologist Robert Sternberg argues that ability often goes unappreciated and uncultivated not because of lack of talent, but because of conflicting styles of thinking and learning. Using a variety of examples that range from scientific studies to personal anecdotes, Sternberg presents a theory of thinking styles that aims to explain why aptitude tests, school grades, and classroom performance often fail to identify real ability. He believes that criteria for intelligence in both school and the workplace are unfortunately based on the ability to conform rather than learn. He takes the theory a step further by stating that 'achievement' can be a result of the compatibility of personal and institutional thinking styles, and 'failure' is too often the result of a conflict of thinking styles, rather than a lack of intelligence or aptitude. Sternberg bases his theory on hard scientific data, yet presents a work that remains highly accessible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53162/cover/9780521553162.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Household Knights of King John</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553193</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Church, S. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If the medieval king was the helmsman of the ship of state, the royal household was the ship's engine. It comprised men from most ranks of society, from the great magnates of the realm to simple servants who looked after the day-to-day needs of the king and his court. English government, in both peace and war, was conducted through the royal household, amongst whom the most important men were the king's knights: socially elite, militarily pre-eminent, and indispensable for the workings of English medieval government. It is with these men during the reign of King John that this work is concerned.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53193/cover/9780521553193.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>218</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text presents scholarship and commentary that looks critically at the past and its history from a non-sectarian left perspective. It scrutinizes conventional history and seeks to broaden and advance the discussion of crucial issues such as the role of race, class and gender in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Inequalities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Distribution of Income and Wealth in the United Kingdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hills, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is recognised that the gap between rich and poor in Britain is widening faster than in any comparable country. This important issue is attracting increasing attention after long neglect. Economists and others concerned with problems linked with inequality are investigating factors contributing to the situation. Based on results of the first recent major research programme in this area, this book examines wealth distribution in the United Kingdom over the last two decades. Leading specialists in the area tackle the problem from a wide variety of perspectives. Contributions include: the analysis of income distribution; the effects of greater female participation in the labour force; social security reform; and geographical variation at the national and local scale. Understanding the complexity of these factors is crucial to designing policies which can begin to cope with income inequalities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53261/cover/9780521553261.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155327X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155327X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Full Employment Regained?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meade, James Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solow, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Have we given up trying to gain full employment?' 'If not, what should we be trying to do about it?' These are the fundamental questions that James Meade poses, and attempts to answer, in this short but timely book. As the issue of full employment moves once again to the centre of the political debate, Professor Meade draws our attention to a number of economic and financial factors which are neglected in the current debate, and suggests a novel package of changes which could be used to tackle the full employment problem. He condemns the neglect of macroeconomic analysis in designing full-employment policies, and asserts that the money value of total domestic production rather than the price level should be the object of a combined fiscal-monetary policy, which itself should focus on low interest rates rather than low tax rates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53278/cover/9780521553278.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553288</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Youth Labour Market in Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Intervention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deakin, B. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assesses the role of government training and employment policies in the youth labour market in Britain. Based on extensive field research, it presents a comprehensive survey of this important and developing branch of labour economics. The author looks at the subject both historically and analytically, using an examination of human capital theory and the economic theory of training to provide a context for his research. Demographic, educational, economic and technological developments over time have greatly influenced the youth labour market, and Mr Deakin relates these changes to the effects of successive government training and employment schemes (such as YOP, TVEI and YTS/YT) on young people, employers and the national economy. He then compares these effects with the alternative no-policy position, and through this comparison detects an erratic policy-learning process which has important implications for future policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53285/cover/9780521553285.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adversaries and Authorities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Investigations into Ancient Greek and Chinese Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553315</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, G. E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a wide-ranging exploration of the similarities and differences between ancient Greek and ancient Chinese science and philosophy, concentrating on the period down to AD 300. Professor Lloyd studies such questions as the attitudes towards authority, the practice of confrontational debate, the role of methodological inquiries, the development of techniques of persuasion, the assumptions made about causal explanation and the focus of interest in the study of the heavens and in that of the human body. In each case the Greek and Chinese ways of posing the problems are carefully distinguished to avoid applying either Greek categories to Chinese thought or vice versa. Professor Lloyd shows that the science produced in each ancient civilisation differs in important respects and relates those differences to the values and social institutions in question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53315/cover/9780521553315.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flora of Great Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553377</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murrell, Gina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planned in five volumes, this critical flora provides a definitive account of the native species, naturalised species, frequent garden escapes and casuals found in the British Isles. Full keys and descriptions will enable the user to name all plants occurring in the wild, plus some ornamental trees and shrubs. For the first time detailed accounts of all the large apomictic genera are given and many infraspecific variants included. Each species entry begins with the accepted Latin name, synonyms and the common English name. A detailed description follows, including information on flowering period, pollination and chromosome number. Separate descriptions are given for infraspecific taxa. Information on the status, ecology and distribution (including worldwide distribution) of the species and infraspecific taxa is also given. Clear black and white line drawings illustrate an extensive glossary and also illuminate the diagnostic features in a number of groups of plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53377/cover/9780521553377.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flora of Great Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murrell, Gina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>652</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planned in five volumes, this critical Flora provides a definitive account of the native species, naturalised species, frequent garden escapes and casuals found in the British Isles. Full keys and descriptions will enable the user to name all plants occurring in the wild, plus some ornamental trees and shrubs. For the first time detailed accounts of all the large apomictic genera are given and many infraspecific variants included. Each species entry begins with the accepted Latin name, synonyms and the common English name. A detailed description follows, including information on flowering period, pollination and chromosome number. Separate descriptions are given for infraspecific taxa. Information on the status, ecology and distribution (including worldwide distribution) of the species and infraspecific taxa is also given. Clear black and white line drawings illustrate an extensive glossary and also illuminate the diagnostic features in a number of groups of plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53384/cover/9780521553384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flora of Great Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murrell, Gina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Planned in five volumes, this new, critical Flora provides a definitive account of the native species, naturalised species, frequent garden escapes and casuals found in the British Isles. Full keys and descriptions should enable the user to name all plants occurring in the wild, plus some ornamental trees and shrubs. For the first time detailed accounts of all the large apomictic genera are given and many infraspecific variants included. Each species entry begins with the accepted latin name, synonyms and the common English name. A detailed description follows, with separate descriptions being given for infraspecific taxa. Information on status, ecology and distribution is also included. Clear black and white line drawings illustrate an extensive glossary and also illuminate the diagnostic features of a number of groups of plants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pausanias' Greece</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient Artists and Roman Rulers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553407</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arafat, K. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first systematic and detailed study of Pausanias' view of Roman involvement in Greece. It begins with an assessment of Pausanias' life and writings, placing them in their contemporary political, historical, literary and cultural context. Pausanias' attitudes towards the art and artists of the pre-Roman period are also considered, and his attempts to define and analyse the past examined. Much of the book is devoted to the assessment of Pausanias' attitudes to the political Republican leaders Mummius, Sulla and Julius Caesar, emperors from Augustus to Marcus Aurelius, and benefactors such as Herodes Atticus. The study reveals the complexity and sophistication of Pausanias' critique of the actions and attitudes of prominent Roman personalities engaged with the Greek world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53407/cover/9780521553407.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553423</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553423</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553421</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553421</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krueger, Roberta L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion presents fifteen original and engaging essays by leading scholars on one of the most influential genres of Western literature. Chapters describe the origins of early verse romance in twelfth-century French and Anglo-Norman courts and analyze the evolution of verse and prose romance in France, Germany, England, Italy, and Spain throughout the Middle Ages. The volume introduces a rich array of traditions and texts and offers fresh perspectives on the manuscript context of romance, the relationship of romance to other genres, popular romance in urban contexts, romance as mirror of familiar and social tensions, and the representation of courtly love, chivalry, 'other' worlds and gender roles. Together the essays demonstrate that European romances not only helped to promulgate the ideals of elite societies in formation, but also held those values up for questioning. An introduction, a chronology and a bibliography of texts and translations complete this lively, useful overview.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53421/cover/9780521553421.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155344X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155344X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Idempotency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunawardena, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atiyah, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Certain nonlinear optimization problems arising in such disparate areas as the theory of computation, pure and applied probability and mathematical physics, can be solved by linear methods, provided one replaces the usual number system with one in which addition satisfies the idempotent law. This systematic study of the subject has emerged, triggered in part by a workshop organized by Hewlett-Packard's Basic Research Institute in the Mathematical Sciences (BRIMS), which brought together many leading researchers in the area. This volume is a record of that workshop, but it also includes other invited contributions, a broad Introduction to Idempotency, written specially for the book, and a bibliography of the subject. In sum, the articles cover both practical and more theoretical considerations, making it essential reading for all workers in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53445/cover/9780521553445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>AURA and its US National Observatories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmondson, Frank K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>385</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A new source of funding for astronomy stemmed from the creation of the National Science Foundation (NSF) in 1950. Astronomers were quick to take advantage of the opportunities this provided to found new observatories. The science and politics of the establishment, funding, construction and operation of the Kitt Peak National Observatory (KPNO) and the Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory (CTIO) by the Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy (AURA) are here seen from the unique perspective of Frank K. Edmondson, a former member of the AURA board of directors. AURA was asked to manage the Sacramento Peak Observatory (SPO) in 1976, and in 1983 the National Solar Observatory (NSO) was formed by merging the SPO and the KPNO solar programs. In 1981 NASA chose AURA to establish and operate the Space Telescope Science Institute (STScI). This is a personal account of a period of major innovation in American optical astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53452/cover/9780521553452.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain, Southeast Asia and the Onset of the Pacific War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarling, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes British policy in South-East Asia in the early years of World War II. Britain, a major colonial power in Asia at this time, was unable to maintain its military dominance as war with Germany taxed its resources. Instead, Britain attempted to establish diplomatic dominance, trying to avert the Japanese military expansion and total penetration of Asia, and relying on the Americans to help. This book focuses in detail on Britain's wartime relations with Dutch India, the Philippines, French Indo-China and Thailand. It is an important reinterpretation of the origins of the Pacific War which escalated European conflict into a world war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53469/cover/9780521553469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Will to Learn</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Motivating Young People</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the basic principles of motivation as they apply to classroom learning and management in a readable, non-technical form. Covington argues against the popular notion that the problems existing in schools today stem primarily from a lack of student motivation. Instead, he asserts that students are motivated, sometimes even overly motivated, but often for the wrong reasons. Traditional teaching methods, including conventional grading procedures and an emphasis on competition, can contribute to student demoralization, and Covington identifies the ways in which students respond to misguided incentives. For some students, motivation is directed at avoiding failure by avoiding participation. For others, demoralization leads to withdrawal from an educational system that they believe to be irrelevant to their lives. Still other students are driven to prove their worth by outperforming fellow students. The book suggests practical, concrete ways that teachers can use classroom incentives to inspire a desire to learn.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56798/cover/9780521556798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553547</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transplant Patient</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biological, Psychiatric and Ethical Issues in Organ Transplantation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trzepacz, Paula T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiMartini, Andrea F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Organ transplantation is now an essential element of treatment for a wide range of diseases, but despite increasing surgical success rates there remain many other issues affecting selection of patients and clinical outcome with which clinicians and patients themselves must be familiar. This book reviews psychosocial, psychiatric and ethical aspects of organ transplantation in a uniquely authoritative way. Drawing heavily on the pioneering work of the Pittsburgh transplant team, it surveys the essentials of transplantation biology before engaging with a range of topics fundamental to the success of the procedure and the quality of life of recipients and donors alike. The interdisciplinary approach and the authority of the contributors will commend this book to a wide audience including those who select, support and advise transplant patients and their families, and to clinicians performing the procedures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53544/cover/9780521553544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Markets, Information and Uncertainty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Economic Theory in Honor of Kenneth J. Arrow</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chichilnisky, Graciela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Markets, Information and Uncertainty is a collection of essays by leading theorists offering powerful insights on the role of uncertainty and information in today's market. This book features Kenneth Arrow on information and the organization of industry, Roy Radner on new technologies, Graciela Chichilnisky and Frank Hahn on human-induced uncertainty, Geoffrey Heal and Walter Heller on the creation of new markets and Edmund Phelps on unemployment. It is an authoritative collection offering imaginative and fresh approaches to economic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/82884/cover/9780521082884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553571</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychotherapy, Psychological Treatments and the Addictions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Griffith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dare, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Treatment of an ever-increasing variety of addictive behaviours owes much to a wide range of psychotherapeutic approaches which have tended to roll continuously in and out of fashion. Over recent years, an initiative has been established to appraise critically the use of psychotherapy in all areas of psychiatry. This work serves as a timely review of psychological treatments in the addictions field and provides a rare combination of expertise both from addiction specialists and those who use psychotherapeutic approaches to solve a wide range of personal problems. Its coverage includes contextual ideas which are basic to the choice of approach to therapy, and an exploration of particular treatment strategies. Throughout, this volume is able both to provide authoritative statements and to engage the reader in the excitement of debate. It forms a valuable reference which is sure to appeal to a wide range of practitioners and researchers concerned with alcohol and drug problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53575/cover/9780521553575.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155358X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155358X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Derek Walcott</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baugh, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nobel Laureate Derek Walcott is one of the Caribbean's most famous writers. His unique voice in poetry, drama and criticism is shaped by his position at the crossroads between Caribbean, British and American culture and by his interest in hybrid identities and diaspora. Edward Baugh's Derek Walcott analyses and evaluates Walcott's entire career over the last fifty years. Baugh guides the reader through the continuities and differences of theme and style in Walcott's poems and plays. Walcott is an avowedly Caribbean writer, acutely conscious of his culture and colonial heritage, but he has also made a lasting contribution to the way we read and value the western literary tradition. This comprehensive survey considers each of Walcott's published books, offering the most up-to-date guide available for students, scholars and readers of Walcott. Students of Caribbean and postcolonial studies will find this a perfect introduction to this important writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53582/cover/9780521553582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Probability, Econometrics and Truth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Methodology of Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keuzenkamp, Hugo A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When John Maynard Keynes likened Jan Tinbergen's early work in econometrics to black magic and alchemy, he was expressing a widely held view of a new discipline. However, even after half a century of practical work and theorizing by some of the most accomplished social scientists, Keynes' comments are still repeated today. This book assesses the foundations and development of econometrics and sets out a basis for the reconstruction of the foundations of econometric inference by examining the various interpretations of probability theory which underlie econometrics. Keuzenkamp claims that the probabilistic foundations of econometrics are weak, and although econometric inferences may yield interesting knowledge, claims to be able to falsify or verify economic theories are unwarranted. Methodological falsificationism in econometrics is an illusion. Instead, it is argued, econometrics should locate itself in the tradition of positivism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53599/cover/9780521553599.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Untouchables</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Subordination, Poverty and the State in Modern India</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendelsohn, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vicziany, Marika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a sensitive and compelling account of the lives of those at the very bottom of Indian society, Oliver Mendelsohn and Marika Vicziany explore the construction of the Untouchables as a social and political category, the historical background which led to such a definition, and their position in India today. The authors argue that, despite efforts to ameliorate their condition on the part of the state, a considerable edifice of discrimination persists on the basis of a tradition of ritual subordination. Even now, therefore, it still makes sense to categorise these people as 'Untouchables'. The book promises to make a major contribution to the social and economic debates on poverty, while its wide-ranging perspectives will ensure an interdisciplinary readership from historians of South Asia, to students of politics, economics, religion and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53629/cover/9780521553629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553652</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Apocalyptic Eschatology in the Gospel of Matthew</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sim, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study reconstructs the apocalyptic eschatology in Matthew's Gospel so that we may understand his time and concerns. Sociological analysis of apocalypticism in Judaism and early Christianity shows that such a comprehensive world view, which emphasized the final judgement and its aftermath within a dualistic and deterministic framework, was adopted by minority of sectarian groups undergoing a situation of great crisis. The Matthean community, after the first Jewish war against Rome, came into conflict with Judaism, gentiles and the larger Christian movement. Matthew's distinctive and often vengeful vision must be set against both his acute need to enhance his community's sense of itself and his pastoral concern. Dr Sim offers for the first time in English an extended and comprehensive comparison of Matthew's outlook with contemporary eschatological literature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53650/cover/9780521553650.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553660</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Compliance Quantified</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Data Verification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avenhaus, Rudolf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Canty, Morton John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Calogero, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International agreements, such as those governing arms control or the environment, virtually always require some degree of verification of information, in order that compliance can be established. To ensure that the verification process can be regarded as efficient, effective and impartial, it is important to have a mathematical model of it. One can be derived by applying methods from statistics and the theory of non-cooperative games, developed in part by John Nash, who received a Nobel prize in 1994 for his work. The methods permit the development of rational verification strategies, as well as such fundamental concepts as guaranteed probability of detection, timeliness of inspections and the deterrence of illegal activity. Here, the required theory is introduced gradually in the context of specific real-world examples. The only prerequisites are simple calculus and statistics, so the book should be accessible to a broad range of scientists and non-scientists, in industrial, academic or governmental environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53667/cover/9780521553667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Noisy Information and Computational Complexity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Plaskota, Leszek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book in which noisy information is studied in the context of computational complexity, in other words it deals with the computational complexity of mathematical problems for which available information is partial, noisy and priced. The author develops a general theory of computational complexity of continuous problems with noisy information and gives a number of applications; deterministic as well as stochastic noise is considered. He presents optimal algorithms, optimal information, and complexity bounds in different settings: worst case, average case, mixed worst-average and average-worst, and asymptotic. Particular topics include: existence of optimal linear (affine) algorithms, optimality properties of smoothing spline, regularisation and least squares algorithms (with the optimal choice of the smoothing and regularisation parameters), adaption versus nonadaption, relations between different settings. The book integrates the work of researchers over the last decade in such areas as computational complexity, approximation theory and statistics, and includes many new results. Nearly two hundred exercises are supplied with a view to increasing the reader's understanding of the subject. The material is organised in such a way that it can be used either as a textbook for advanced courses, or as a standard reference for professional computer scientists, statisticians, applied mathematicians, engineers, control theorists and economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53681/cover/9780521553681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Method in Ptolemy's Harmonics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The science called 'harmonics' was one of the major intellectual enterprises of Greek antiquity. Ptolemy's treatise seeks to invest it with new scientific rigour; its consistently sophisticated procedural self-awareness marks it as a key text in the history of science. This book is a sustained methodological exploration of Ptolemy's project. After an analysis of his explicit pronouncements on the science's aims and the methods appropriate to it, it examines Ptolemy's conduct of his investigation in detail, concluding that despite occasional uncertainties, the declared procedure is followed with remarkable fidelity. Ptolemy pursues tenaciously his novel objective of integrating closely the project's theoretical and empirical phases and shows astonishing mastery of the concept, the design and the conduct of controlled experimental tests. By opening up this neglected text to historians of science, the book aims to provide a point of departure for wider studies of Greek scientific method.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53728/cover/9780521553728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Remote Image Formation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553735</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blahut, Richard E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>554</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In many applications, images, such as ultrasonic or X-ray signals, are recorded and then analyzed with digital or optical processors in order to extract information. Such processing requires the development of algorithms of great precision and sophistication. This book presents a unified treatment of the mathematical methods that underpin the various algorithms used in remote image formation. The author begins with a review of transform and filter theory. He then discusses two- and three-dimensional Fourier transform theory, the ambiguity function, image construction and reconstruction, tomography, baseband surveillance systems, and passive systems (where the signal source might be an earthquake or a galaxy). Information-theoretic methods in image formation are also covered, as are phase errors and phase noise. Throughout the book, practical applications illustrate theoretical concepts, and there are many homework problems. The book is aimed at graduate students of electrical engineering and computer science, and practitioners in industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53735/cover/9780521553735.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Problems in Cavity Nonlinear Optics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandel, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The scientific and technological importance of lasers has generated great interest in the field of cavity nonlinear optics. This book provides a thorough description of this subject in terms of modern dynamical systems theory. Throughout, the emphasis is on deriving analytical results and highlighting their physical significance. The early chapters introduce the physical models for active and passive cavities. In later chapters, these are applied to a variety of problems in laser theory, optical bistability and parametric oscillators. Subjects covered include scaling laws, Hopf bifurcations, passive Q-switching, and Turing instabilities. Several of the topics treated cannot be found in other books, including swept control parameter dynamics, laser stability, multimode rate equations, and antiphase dynamics. The book stresses the connections between theoretical work and actual experimental results, and will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in theoretical physics, nonlinear optics, and laser physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53858/cover/9780521553858.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class Counts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies in Class Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Erik Olin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>621</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Class Counts combines theoretical discussions of the concept of class with a wide range of comparative empirical investigations of class and its ramifications in developed capitalist societies. What unites the topics is not a preoccupation with a common object of explanation, but rather a common explanatory factor: class. Four broad themes are explored: class structure and its transformations; the permeability of class boundaries; class and gender; class consciousness. The specific empirical studies include such diverse topics as the sexual division of labour in housework, gender differences in managerial authority, friendship networks in the class structure, the expansion of self-employment in the United States in the past two decades, and the class consciousness of state and private-sector employees. The results of these studies are then evaluated in terms of how they confirm certain expectations within the Marxist tradition of class analysis and how they pose challenging surprises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53872/cover/9780521553872.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After the Famine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Irish Agriculture, 1850-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>329</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After the Famine examines the recovery in Irish agriculture in the wake of the disastrous potato famine of the 1840s, and presents an annual agricultural output series for Ireland from 1850 to 1914. Michael Turner's detailed study is in three parts: he analyses the changing structure of agriculture in terms of land use and peasant occupancy; he presents estimates of the annual value of Irish output between 1850 and 1914; and he assesses Irish agricultural performance in terms of several measures of productivity. These analyses are placed in the context of British and European agricultural development, and suggest that, contrary to prevailing orthodoxies, landlords rather than tenants were the main beneficiaries in the period leading up to the land reforms. After the Famine is an important contribution to an extremely controversial area of Irish social and economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53889/cover/9780521553889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155389X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155389X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Eugene O'Neill</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manheim, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a volume of specially commissioned essays containing studies of Eugene O'Neill's life, his intellectual and creative forebears, and his relation to the theatrical world of his creative period, 1916-42. Also included are descriptions of the O'Neill canon and its production history on stage and screen, and a series of essays on 'special topics' related to the playwright, such as his treatment of women in the plays, his portrayals of Irish and African Americans, and his attempts to deal in dramatic terms with his parental family culminating in his greatest play, Long Day's Journey Into Night. One of the essays speaks for those who are critical of O'Neill's work, and the volume concludes with an essay on O'Neill criticism containing a select bibliography of full-length studies of the playwright's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53896/cover/9780521553896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155392X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155392X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology, Globalisation and Economic Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibugi, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michie, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technological innovation is said to be breaking down borders. The internet, the explosion of globalised financial markets, increased foreign direct investment by transnational corporations - all are portrayed as evidence of a global market in which the nation state is little more than an anachronism. Yet some economies have proved more innovative and dynamic than others, and there seems no reason to believe that these differences in national economic performance will become a thing of the past. On the contrary, as many of the chapters in this book argue, with a global market, any competitive advantage is likely to bring larger rewards, and government action aimed at enhancing the competitive advantage of firms becomes more rather than less important. It is within this context that technological globalisation is analysed in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53926/cover/9780521553926.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade, Growth and Technical Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibugi, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michie, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New trade theory, new growth theory and the developing literature on national systems of innovation have combined to produce an explosion of interest over the past two decades around issues of trade, growth and technical change. A similar focus has dominated public policy debates. This book represents a major contribution to such debates, focusing as it does on the interconnections between technology, on the one hand, and economic growth and international trade on the other. It identifies and explains the links between these various processes, and explores the effects of technical change on both growth and trade. This book has clear policy relevance: market forces alone are seen to be far from adequate for the efficient generation, transfer and diffusion of innovation, while public policy is identified as playing a key role for a truly innovative economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56415/cover/9780521556415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Daughters' Fictions 1709-1834</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Novels and Society from Manley to Edgeworth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553957</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gonda, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>309</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been argued that the eighteenth century witnessed a decline in paternal authority, and the emergence of more intimate, affectionate relationships between parent and child. In Reading Daughters' Fictions, Caroline Gonda draws on a wide range of novels and non-literary materials from the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries in order to examine changing representations of the father-daughter bond. She shows that heroine-centred novels, aimed at a predominantly female readership, had an important part to play in female socialization and constructions of heterosexuality, in which the father-daughter relationship had a central role. Contemporary diatribes against novels claimed that reading fiction produced rebellious daughters, fallen women, and nervous female wrecks. Gonda's study of novels of family life and courtship suggests that far from corrupting the female reader, such fictions helped to maintain rather than undermine familial and social order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53957/cover/9780521553957.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poland's Protracted Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Change and Economic Growth, 1970-1994</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553964</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poznanski, Kazimierz Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>379</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Kazimierz Z. Poznanski offers an integrated study of institutional change in the Polish economy since 1971. He examines the economic peak of the communist phase, the decline of the system, and the post-communist transition since 1989. Taking his analytical framework from evolutionary economics, he provides a complete re-evaluation of conventional views of communist economies and the post-communist transition. The book presents the communist economy as subject to major changes, particularly due to political pressures, and interprets its economic difficulties as related to underlying political decay. The economic 'shock therapy' of 1990 is seen as very much a continuation of earlier trends and pressures, which has led to probably an even deeper, though brief, economic collapse. This book will be of interest to economists and political scientists concerned with institutional transitions, as well as to students of East European and post-Soviet studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53964/cover/9780521553964.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521553970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521553970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521553971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Peter Abelard</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521553971</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marenbon, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>393</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a major reassessment of the philosophy of Peter Abelard (1079-1142) which argues that he was not, as usually presented, a predominantly critical thinker but a constructive one. By way of evidence the author offers analyses of frequently discussed topics in Abelard's philosophy, and examines other areas such as the nature of substances and accidents, cognition, the definition of 'good' and 'evil', virtues and merit, and practical ethics in detail. Part I discusses Abelard's life and works, and considers problems of chronology and canon (including the question of the authenticity of the correspondence with Heloise). Part II analyses Abelard's ontology, epistemology and semantics, showing how he tried to reconstruct the ideas he had learned from Aristotle, Porphyry and Boethius to fit his presumption that there is nothing which is not a particular. Part III analyses Abelard's ethical theory, showing that it is far wider and more sophisticated than has been believed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/53971/cover/9780521553971.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Third Revolution in the Chinese Countryside</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnaut, Ross Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shutian, Guo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guonan, Ma</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first revolution in the Chinese countryside was the land reform after the proclamation of the People's Republic of China in 1949. The second was decollectivization of agriculture and shift to the household responsibility system as a basis for agricultural production. This set the scene for the freeing of markets for farm products and linking of domestic markets to international markets; this book explores this third revolution. The first section of this book covers the issues of poverty in China and feeding the population. The second section describes price reforms in agricultural markets in China. The next two parts discuss international and regional issues of China's agricultural economy. Finally, there are contributions on what institutional changes have been associated with the third agricultural revolution. The contributions are from a team of experts on the Chinese economy led by Professor Garnaut.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54091/cover/9780521554091.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Early English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554107</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemenade, Ans van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koopman, Willem</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wurff, Wim van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a guide to the development of English syntax between the Old and Modern periods. Beginning with an overview of the main features of early English syntax, it gives a unified account of the grammatical changes occurring in the language during this period. Written by four leading experts in English historical syntax, the book demonstrates the ways in which syntactic change takes place and how these changes can be explained in terms of grammatical theory and language acquisition. The authors draw upon a wealth of empirical data and through a series of well-selected case studies they cover a wide range of topics including changes in word order, infinitival constructions and grammaticalization processes. This invaluable introduction to the significant changes in early English syntax will appeal to students and researchers in historical linguistics, theoretical linguistics and the history of English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56262/cover/9780521556262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lexical Strata in English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Morphological Causes, Phonological Effects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Giegerich, Heinz J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>341</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Lexical Strata in English, Heinz Giegerich investigates the way in which alternations in the sound patterns of words interact with the morphological processes of the language. Drawing examples from English and German, he uncovers and spells out in detail the principles of 'lexical morphology and phonology', a theory that has in recent years become increasingly influential in linguistics. Giegerich queries many of the assumptions made in that theory, overturning some and putting others on a principled footing. What emerges is a new, formally coherent and highly constrained theory of the lexicon - the theory of 'base-driven' stratification - which predicts the number of lexical strata from the number of base-category distinctions recognized in the morphology of the language. Finally, he offers new accounts of some central phenomena in the phonology of English (including vowel 'reduction', [r]-sandhi and syllabification), which both support and are uniquely facilitated by this new theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54121/cover/9780521554121.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554187</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sources of Moral Agency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Moral Psychology and Freudian Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554183</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deigh, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection are concerned with the psychology of moral agency. They focus on moral feelings and moral motivation, and seek to understand the operations and origins of these phenomena as rooted in the natural desires and emotions of human beings. An important feature of the essays, and one that distinguishes the book from most philosophical work in moral psychology, is the attention to the writings of Freud. Many of the essays draw on Freud's ideas about conscience and morality, while several explore the depths and limits of Freud's theories. An underlying theme of the volume is a critique of influential rationalist accounts of moral agency. John Deigh shows that one can subject the principles of morality to rational inquiry without thereby holding that reason alone can originate action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54183/cover/9780521554183.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotelian Explorations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, G. E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges several widespread views concerning Aristotle's methods and practices of scientific and philosophical research. Taking central topics in psychology, zoology, astronomy and politics, Professor Lloyd explores generally unrecognised tensions between Aristotle's deeply held a priori convictions and his remarkable empirical honesty in the face of complexities in the data or perceived difficult or exceptional cases. The picture that emerges of Aristotle's actual engagement in scientific research and of his own reflections on that research is substantially more complex than is usually allowed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54220/cover/9780521554220.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Objectivity in Law and Morals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiter, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seven original essays included in this volume, written by some of the world's most distinguished moral and legal philosophers, offer a sophisticated perspective on issues about the objectivity of legal interpretation and judicial decision-making. They examine objectivity from both metaphysical and epistemological perspectives and develop a variety of approaches, constructive and critical, to the fundamental problems of objectivity in morality. One of the key issues explored is that of the alleged 'domain-specificity' of conceptions of objectivity, i.e. whether there is a conception of objectivity appropriate for ethics that is different in kind from the conception of objectivity appropriate for other areas of study. This volume considers the intersection between objectivity in ethics and objectivity in law. It presents a survey of live issues in metaethics, and examines their relevance to theorizing about law and adjudication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54305/cover/9780521554305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Justice and Public Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forrester, Duncan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Disagreements about justice are not simply academic matters. They create problems for practice and for policy-making. In a morally fragmented society in which 'nobody knows what justice is' issues such as wages policy, punishment and poverty become particularly difficult to handle. People striving to act justly are often uncertain how this might be done. Secular theories such as those of Rowls, Hayek, Habermas and modern feminist theorists, examined here, give some guidance for problems of justice that arise on the ground, but have serious limitations. This book argues that Christian theology, although it can no longer claim to provide a comprehensive theory of justice, can provide insights into justice - 'theological fragments' - which give illumination, challenge some aspects of the conventional wisdom, and contribute to the building of just communities in which people may flourish in mutuality and hope.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54312/cover/9780521554312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greeks Bearing Gifts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Public Use of Private Relationships in the Greek World, 435-323 BC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Lynette G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using models from social anthropology as its basis, this book looks at the role of personal relationships in classical Greece and their bearing on interstate politics. It begins with a discussion of what friendship meant in the Greek world of the classical period, and then shows how the models for friendship in the private sphere were mirrored in the public sphere at both domestic and interstate level. As well as relations between Greeks (in particular those in Athens and Sparta), Dr Mitchell looks at Greek relations with those on the margins of the Greek world, particularly the state of Macedon, and with neighbouring non-Greeks such as the Thracians and the Persians. She finds that these other cultures did not always have the same understanding of what friendship was, and that this led to misunderstandings and difficulties in the relations between non-Greeks and Greeks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54350/cover/9780521554350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sources of Productivity Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayes, David G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>407</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past couple of decades there have been surges in productivity in a number of countries, in particular in the UK under the Thatcher government. Until now, explanations of these changes have not been satisfactory. This compelling book examines, for the first time, the data relating to these changes at an individual establishment level. Chapters cover the UK, the USA, Canada, Japan, Australia, Belgium, Norway and Sweden, and comparisons also include Germany and the Netherlands. Using a variety of the most up-to-date methods of analysis, the contributors show that there is no single simple explanation. Changes in competitive conditions, skills, innovation and the growth of small firms all have their part to play, as does the widespread closure of the least productive establishments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54374/cover/9780521554374.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155439X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155439X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Stuart Court and Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Politics and Political Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smuts, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary collection examines the multiple ties that connected the Stuart court to Europe, and the ways in which these shaped English politics and political culture. Together, the essays demonstrate that even the domestic history of the period can only be understood fully by taking into account the international horizons, concerns and affiliations of the British ruling elite. The opening essays by Jonathan Scott develop a provocative overview of the whole period. The remaining contributions examine topics such as the European roots of common law thought; the nature of national identity; the use of visual display in conveying the grandeur of kingship; the religion of Charles II; and the role of Charles's French mistress, the duchess of Portsmouth, in English and international politics. A concluding chapter by Geoffrey Parker suggests several new avenues for placing the British Isles within a European perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54398/cover/9780521554398.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155442X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155442X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Faction in Hume's Moral Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herdt, Jennifer A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores Hume's concern with the destructiveness of religious factions and his efforts to develop, in his moral philosophy, a solution to factional conflict. Sympathy and the related capacity to enter into foreign points of view are crucial to the neutralization of religious zeal and the naturalization of ethics. Jennifer Herdt suggests that Hume's preoccupation with religious faction is the key which reveals the unity of his varied philosophical, aesthetic, political and historical works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/73080/cover/9780521073080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare, Milton and Eighteenth-Century Literary Editing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Beginnings of Interpretative Scholarship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Marcus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first developments in the editing of English literary texts in the eighteenth century were remarkable and important, and they have recently begun to attract considerable interest, particularly in relation to conditions and constructions of scholarship in the period. This study sets out to investigate, rather, the theoretical and interpretative bases of eighteenth-century literary editing. Extended chapters on Shakespearean and Miltonic commentary and editing demonstrate that the work of pioneering editors and commentators, such as Patrick Hume, Lewis Theobald, Zachary Pearce, and Edward Capell, was based on developed, sophisticated and often clearly articulated theories and methods of textual understanding and explanation. Marcus Walsh relates these interpretative theories and methods to seventeenth- and eighteenth-century Anglican biblical hermeneutics, and to a number of key debates in modern editorial theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54435/cover/9780521554435.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equivocal Feminists</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Democratic Federation and the Woman Question 1884-1911</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes a new look at the relationship between socialism and feminism in the years before the First World War through a detailed examination of the Social Democratic Federation (SDF), Britain's first Marxist party. It reassesses the history of the SDF, exploring for the first time SDF ideas and practice on issues such as marriage and 'free love', women and work, and the suffrage, as well as the attitudes taken to women and their potential as socialists. Dr Hunt shows how the SDF came to officially equivocate on the woman question and how this shaped what it meant to be a socialist woman in the following years. Through this fascinating examination of the links and antagonisms between the feminist and socialist movements, Dr Hunt not only reclaims the history of a forgotten group of socialist women, but also sheds new light on the perennial debate about the comparative significance of sex and class in defining political identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54510/cover/9780521554510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dictating Demography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Problem of Population in Fascist Italy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554527</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ipsen, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mussolini believed that numbers were the key to strength. Between 1922 and 1945 the Fascists attempted to translate that belief into policy by introducing a structured programme to increase the population in Italy. This included campaigns to increase the birth rate, the establishment of demographic colonies, and a battle against urbanisation. This book is a detailed examination of the demographic policy of Mussolini's Fascist regime. Based on archival research, it shows how the Fascists used statistics to mould public opinion, as well as to form policy, and demonstrates the ways in which population theory at the time both reflected and informed policy. Carl Ipsen argues that Mussolini's demographic policy can tell us a great deal about the contradictory nature of Fascism itself, and describes the Fascist efforts to mould the Italian population as one of the most telling examples of the failed attempt to create a totalitarian Fascist utopia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54527/cover/9780521554527.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155456X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155456X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Alternative Theatre in Britain, 1968-1990</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Case of 7:84 (Scotland)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiCenzo, Maria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>261</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines one of the most influential modern theatre companies, 7:84 (Scotland), under the directorship of John McGrath. 7:84 (Scotland) has been a vital contributor to the place and importance of alternative theatre on the modern British stage. DiCenzo explores the development of this company, the growth of popular theatre in general within the last twenty years and offers a methodology for analysing records and materials found in theatre company archives and illustrates the many issues inherent in running a theatre company, including  venues, practitioners and the politics of funding. The book includes valuable primary source material and informative production photographs and company posters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54565/cover/9780521554565.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554594</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restoration and Reform, 1153-1165</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Recovery from Civil War in England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Graeme J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the processes by which effective royal government was restored in England following the civil war of Stephen's reign. It questions the traditional view that Stephen presided over 'anarchy', arguing instead that the king and his rivals sought to maintain the administrative traditions of Henry I, leaving foundations for a restoration of order once the war was over. The period from 1153 to 1162, spanning the last months of Stephen's reign and the early years of Henry II's, is seen as one primarily of 'restoration' when concerted efforts were made to recover royal lands, rights and revenues lost since 1135. Thereafter 'restoration' gave way to 'reform': although the administrative advances of 1166 have been seen as a watershed in Henry II's reign, the financial and judicial measures of 1163-65 were sufficiently important for this, also, to be regarded as a transitional phase in his government of England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54596/cover/9780521554596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000605</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Strikes and Solidarity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Coalfield Conflict in Britain, 1889-1966</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Church, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Outram, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important contribution to the study of industrial relations, Roy Church and Quentin Outram present new research into the strike activity of British coalminers from the late nineteenth century to the mid-1960s. The authors consider not only the major national strikes and lock-outs which made the industry a byword for industrial militancy, but also the multitude of small-scale strikes which formed a routine part of British colliery lifes. Strikes and Solidarity is multi-disciplinary in approach and views coalfield conflict from the perspectives offered by sociologists, industrial relations specialists, and economists, as well as social and economic historians. Church and Outram have successfully blended quantitative and qualitative investigations to explain the long-standing issues presented by industrial relations in the coalfields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54602/cover/9780521554602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554640</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Historical Metrics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCully, C. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>269</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume identifies historical metrics as an important discipline within English studies and raises significant questions about the composition and transmission of early English verse. The chronological range of the book covers the Old English to the pre-Renaissance periods, while its theoretical range is multidisciplinary. The keynote introduction by Thomas Cable identifies major current issues within the field. The work concludes with an extensive and up-to-date bibliography which includes linguistics, philological and text-critical work. The distinguished team of contributors includes: Russom, McCully, and Obst (focusing on Old English, with a conspectus by Stockwell); Minkova (on the Ormulum and early Middle English); Borroff, Matonis, and Osberg (Middle English verse); Bunt and Duggan (editing and Middle English metrics); and Duffell and Youmans (the origin and structure of the Chaucerian long line).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54640/cover/9780521554640.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554667</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Wright's Political Songs of England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Reign of John to that of Edward II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554664</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coss, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a collection of political verses, venality satires and songs of social protest from medieval England. First edited by Thomas Wright in 1839, these so-called 'political songs' are reissued here on behalf of the Royal Historical Society. The collection provides a fascinating insight into medieval responses to contemporary events. A new and wide-ranging introduction from Peter Coss offers observations on authorship, audience, the means of dissemination and the use of the languages involved. The reader is brought up to date on the critical study of the poems and on their significance and potentiality for the modern historian and literary scholar. Professor Coss corrects Wright's dating where necessary and puts each item into its full contemporary context, making these fascinating verses accessible to the modern reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54664/cover/9780521554664.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554675</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kingsford's Stonor Letters and Papers 1290-1483</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carpenter, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>531</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Stonor letters and papers form one of only three surviving archives of gentry correspondence from late medieval England. The collection - which includes documents ranging from love letters to household accounts - provides us with a wealth of otherwise unobtainable detail about the lives and careers of a gentry family, their servants and their friends. Much of the material comes from the period of the Wars of the Roses, and allows us an insider's view on national events and the people involved in them. Originally edited by the historian C. L. Kingsford at the beginning of the century, the complete collection is reissued here, with a new introduction and annotation by Christine Carpenter. In many ways more representative of gentry life than the Paston letters, the Stonor letters and papers will be invaluable to scholars of late medieval England, and will make fascinating reading for anyone interested in the Wars of the Roses or life in medieval England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54671/cover/9780521554671.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554705</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554701</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Altars and Altarpieces of New St. Peter's</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Outfitting the Basilica, 1621-1666</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554701</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rice, Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the completion of the construction of new St. Peter's in the second decade of the seventeenth century, a series of monumental altarpieces was commissioned to decorate its altars. The leading artists of the day contributed to the project - among them Algardi, Bernini, Cortona, Domenichino, Guercino, Lanfaranco, Poussin, Sacchi, Vouet, and Valentin - and the works they produced include some of the most celebrated masterpieces of the Roman Baroque. Here for the first time the altarpieces of St. Peter's are considered collectively, within the liturgical and artistic programme of the building as a whole. Louise Rice takes a comprehensive approach to this critical chapter in the history of Italian Baroque art, offering insight into the mechanisms, motives, and meanings of papal patronage in the premier church of Catholicism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155473X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155473X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Invention of the Western Film</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History of the Genre's First Half Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmon, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Invention of the Western Film ranges across literature, visual arts, social history, ideology, and legend to provide, for the first time, an in-depth exploration of the early Western, from short kinetoscopes of the 1890s through 'classic' features of the 1940s. By examining the American Indian's rise and demise during the silent era, B-Westerns of the 1930s, and film noir-influenced Westerns of the 1940s, Scott Simmon's pioneering study silhouettes the genre's evolution against a myriad of cultural forces. This lively, encyclopedic book revitalizes familiar Western icons John Wayne and John Ford, and recovers forgotten masterworks from the Western film's formative years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55814/cover/9780521555814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of Numerical Methods for Compressible Flows</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, Doyle D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to present the basic elements of numerical methods for compressible flows. It is appropriate for advanced undergraduate and graduate students and specialists working in high speed flows. The focus is on the unsteady one-dimensional Euler equations which form the basis for numerical algorithms in compressible fluid mechanics. The book is restricted to the basic concepts of finite volume methods, and even in this regard is not intended to be exhaustive in its treatment. Although the practical applications of the one-dimensional Euler equations are limited, virtually all numerical algorithms for inviscid compressible flow in two and three dimensions owe their origin to techniques developed in the context of the one-dimensional Euler equations. The author believes it is therefore essential to understand the development and implementation of these algorithms in their original one-dimensional context. The text is supplemented by numerous end-of-chapter exercises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54749/cover/9780521554749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Composition of Old English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Momma, Hal</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an imaginative way of understanding the relationship between syntax and metre in Old English verse. It challenges the view that Old English poetry is composed in loose syntax to compensate for the strict requirements of prosody, such as metre and alliteration. It proposes instead that Old English poetry has incorporated prosody into its system. This 'prosodical' syntax is intended to replace the famous syntactic laws of Hans Kuhn through its greater accuracy and wider range of application. The author formulates three concise rules which apply not only to Beowulf and other classic Anglo-Saxon poems but to the entire Old English poetic corpus. Prosodical syntax bears witness to the oral origin of Old English poetry and sheds light on some aspects of performance: it enables the poet to produce an infinite variety of verse while keeping its grammar clear.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/30762/cover/9780521030762.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inflation and Investment Controls in China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Central-Local Relations during the Reform Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Yasheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>391</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How has the Chinese central government been able to avoid the crippling hyperinflation that has bedeviled so many developing and centrally planned economies? China's unique, de facto federalism, Huang argues - a combination of economic and fiscal decentralization and strong political centralization - has spurred economic growth and allowed political institutions to impose restraints on inflation from the top down. Focusing on central-local relations and the controlling role of political institutions, Yasheng Huang explains why local Chinese officials comply, even against their own economic interests, with the investment-reduction and inflation-control policies of the central government. Drawing upon institutional economics, he hypothesizes that the central government's powerful role in appointing and firing bureaucrats at the local level helps to reconcile some of the central-local economic policy differences. Huang uses systematic data analysis to test this proposition. This book also offers detailed descriptions of the roles of local governments in economic and investment management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54831/cover/9780521554831.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chronoschisms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Time, Narrative, and Postmodernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heise, Ursula K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Chronoschisms Ursula Heise explores the way developments in transportation, communication and information technology have led to the emergence of a new culture of time in Western societies. The radical transformation in our understanding and experience of time has also profoundly affected the structure of the novel. Heisse argues that postmodern novels are centrally concerned with the possibility of experiencing time in an age when temporal horizons have been drastically foreshortened. Drawing on theories of postmodernism and narratology, she shows how postmodern narratives break up the concept of plot into a spectrum of contradictory story lines. The coexistence of these competing experiences of time then allows new conceptions of history and posthistory to emerge, and opens up comparisons with recent scientific approaches to temporality. This wide-ranging study offers new reading of postmodernist theory and fresh insight into the often vexed relationship between literature and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54862/cover/9780521554862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155490X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155490X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Characterization of High Tc Materials and Devices by Electron Microscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browning, Nigel D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pennycook, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a clear account of the application of electron-based microscopies to the study of high-Tc superconductors. Written by leading experts, this compilation provides a comprehensive review of scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy and scanning transmission electron microscopy, together with details of each technique and its applications. Introductory chapters cover the basics of high-resolution transmission electron microscopy, including a chapter devoted to specimen preparation techniques, and microanalysis by scanning transmission electron microscopy. Ensuing chapters examine identification of superconducting compounds, imaging of superconducting properties by low-temperature scanning electron microscopy, imaging of vortices by electron holography and electronic structure determination by electron energy loss spectroscopy. The use of scanning tunnelling microscopy for exploring surface morphology, growth processes and the mapping of superconducting carrier distributions is discussed. Final chapters consider applications of electron microscopy to the analysis of grain boundaries, thin films and device structures. Detailed references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54909/cover/9780521554909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521554985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521554985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521554985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Materials Modification by Electronic Excitation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521554985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Itoh, Noriaki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stoneham, Marshall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Electronic excitation is a means to change materials properties. This book analyses the important features of the changes induced by electronic excitation, identifies what is critical, and provides a basis from which materials modification can be developed successfully.  Electronic excitation by lasers or electron beams can change the properties of materials. In the last few years, there has been a mix of basic science, of new laser and electron beam tools, and of new needs from microelectronics, photonics and nanotechnology. This book extends and synthesises the science, addressing ideas like energy localisation and charge localisation, with detailed comparisons of experiment and theory. It also identifies the ways this understanding links to technological needs, like selective removal of material, controlled changes, altering the balance between process steps, and possibilities of quantum control.  This book will be of particular interest to research workers in physics, chemistry, electronic engineering and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/54985/cover/9780521554985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of Property Rights in the Gold Coast</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Empirical Study Applying Rational Choice Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555036</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Firmin-Sellers, Kathryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the political process by which property rights are defined and enforced in two traditional states in colonial Ghana. The case studies within the book ask how colonial institutions transformed indigenous political and economic life; and how colonization and decolonization affected prospects for future economic development and stability in Africa. The introductory chapter outlines a theory of the transformation of property rights systems. The remaining empirical chapters refine this theory through a detailed analysis of the transformation of property rights within an African context. These chapters draw explicitly on rational choice theories to analyse indigenous actors' attempts to redefine and enforce property rights to land by 'reinventing' the traditions of their respective communities. These theories help to understand why property rights systems across Africa remain fluid and insecure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55036/cover/9780521555036.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Freedom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pink, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an alternative theory of the will - of our capacity for decision making. The book argues that taking a decision to act is something we do, and do freely - as much an action as the actions which our decisions explain - and that our freedom of action depends on this capacity for free decision-making. But decision-making is no ordinary action. Decisions to act also have a special executive function, that of ensuring the rationality of the further actions which they explain. This executive function makes decision-making an action importantly unlike any other, with its own distinctive rationality. Pink's highly persuasive study uses this theory of the will to provide accounts of freedom, action and rational choice. The author argues that, in a tradition that runs from Hobbes to Davidson and Frankfurt, Anglo-American philosophy has misrepresented the common-sense psychology of our freedom and action - a psychology which this book now presents and defends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55043/cover/9780521555043.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Corporate Finance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baskin, Jonathan Barron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miranti, Jr, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on the role of institutions and organisations in the historical development of corporate finance. The book provides an overview of the evolution of practice in this field from the Italian merchant banks of the Renaissance through the formation of conglomerates and leveraged-buy-out partnerships in contemporary Wall Street. It also puts forth a compelling argument for the closer integration of historical and quantitative research methodologies in advancing finance theory. Additionally, the epilogue defines an original algorithm that explains the relationship between the short-term, firm-specific factors and longer-term environmental elements that have shaped the historical development of finance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55142/cover/9780521555142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music, Gender, Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Lucy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the role of education in relation to music and gender. Invoking a concept of musical patriarchy and a theory of the social construction musical meanings, Lucy Green shows how women's musical practices and gendered musical meanings have been reproduced, hand in hand, through history. Covering a wide range of music, including classical, jazz and popular styles, Dr Green uses ethnographic methods to convey the everyday interactions and experiences of girls, boys, and their teachers. She views the contemporary school music classroom as a microcosm of the wider society, and reveals the participation of music education in the continued production and reproduction of gendered musical practices and meanings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55173/cover/9780521555173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555191</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Environmental Struggles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Citizen Activism in the Treadmill of Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gould, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schnaiberg, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Adam S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, environmentalism in the US has increasingly emerged at the community level, focusing on local ecological problems. Correspondingly, the American environmental movement has exhorted its supporters to 'think globally'  but 'act locally'. The authors examine this modern environmental mantra by analysing the opportunities and constraints on local environmental action posed by economic and political structures at all levels. The difficulties involved in local activism are explored in three case studies - a wetlands protection project, water pollution of the Great Lakes, and consumer waste recycling. The final chapter then reflects on the challenges facing citizen-worker movements in each case study, and concludes that, despite the inherent difficulties, any successful attempt at mobilisation must have a local component.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55197/cover/9780521555197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Local Environmental Struggles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Citizen Activism in the Treadmill of Production</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gould, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schnaiberg, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Adam S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years, environmentalism in the US has increasingly emerged at the community level, focusing on local ecological problems. Correspondingly, the American environmental movement has exhorted its supporters to 'think globally'  but 'act locally'. The authors examine this modern environmental mantra by analysing the opportunities and constraints on local environmental action posed by economic and political structures at all levels. The difficulties involved in local activism are explored in three case studies - a wetlands protection project, water pollution of the Great Lakes, and consumer waste recycling. The final chapter then reflects on the challenges facing citizen-worker movements in each case study, and concludes that, despite the inherent difficulties, any successful attempt at mobilisation must have a local component.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55210/cover/9780521555210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music, Gender, Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Lucy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the role of education in relation to music and gender. Invoking a concept of musical patriarchy and a theory of the social construction musical meanings, Lucy Green shows how women's musical practices and gendered musical meanings have been reproduced, hand in hand, through history. Covering a wide range of music, including classical, jazz and popular styles, Dr Green uses ethnographic methods to convey the everyday interactions and experiences of girls, boys, and their teachers. She views the contemporary school music classroom as a microcosm of the wider society, and reveals the participation of music education in the continued production and reproduction of gendered musical practices and meanings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55227/cover/9780521555227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Native American Writing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Critical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jaskoski, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruoff, LaVonne Brown</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of critical essays discusses the works of American Indian authors who wrote between 1630 and 1940 and produced some of the earliest literature in North American history. The first collection of critical essays to concentrate on this body of writing, the book highlights the writings of the American Indian authors considered, many of whom only recently rediscovered, as important contributions to American letters. American Indians writing in English offer a permanent record of the dramatic and often tragic confrontation between native culture and the communities of settlers arriving in the New World over four centuries. As white settlers arrived, bringing with them disease, technology, and Christianity, they also brought the English language - a tool which native Americans, accustomed to an oral tradition, would adopt in an effort to cross the barriers of cultural difference. Serving in their own time as a means of addressing a heedless oppressor, native American writings have since become a vital record of an experience whose history, as written by the mainstream, is incomplete. The essays collected here seek to recuperate that history, while bringing new attention to the texts themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55272/cover/9780521555272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics in International Relations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Constitutive Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frost, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most questions commonly asked about international politics are ethical ones. Should the international community intervene in Bosnia? What do we owe the starving in Somalia? What should be done about the genocide in Rwanda? Yet, Mervyn Frost argues, ethics is accorded a marginal position within the academic study of international relations. In this book he examines the reasons given for this, and finds that they do not stand up to scrutiny. He goes on to evaluate those ethical theories which do exist within the discipline - order based theories, utilitarian theories, and rights based theories - and finds them unconvincing. He elaborates his own ethical theory, constitutive theory, which is derived from Hegel, and highlights the way in which we constitute one another as moral beings through a process of reciprocal recognition within a hierarchy of institutions which include the family, civil society, the state, and the society of states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55302/cover/9780521555302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Covenant and Republic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Romance and the Politics of Puritanism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gould, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philip Gould investigates the cultural politics of historical memory in the early American republic, specifically the historical literature of Puritanism. By situating historical writing about Puritanism in the context of the cultural forces of Republicanism and liberalism, his study reconsiders the emergence of the historical romance in the 1820s, before the work of Nathaniel Hawthorne. This book not only aids the Americanist recovery of this literary period, but also brings together literary studies of historical fiction and historical scholarship of early Republican political culture; in doing so, it offers a persuasive new account of just what is at stake when one reads literature of and about the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55326/cover/9780521555326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090611</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coastal Marine Zooplankton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Manual for Students</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, Christopher D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laverack, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boxshall, Geoff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The marine zooplankton is one of the most fascinating and diverse assemblages of animals known to biologists. This is a new edition of the successful student's manual providing a photographic guide to representative forms of the major groups from medusae and comb jellies to larval fish and squid. In it, only live and active organisms have been photographed, giving a unique visual perspective. In this new edition, the taxonomy and morphology have been revised and brought up to date, so that combined with information on behaviour and development, this book creates a vivid and essential reference text for all those interested in marine zooplankton.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55333/cover/9780521555333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Great Ape Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrew, William C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchant, Linda F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nishida, Toshisada</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodall, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Itani, Junichiro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The great apes (chimpanzees, bonobos, gorillas and orangutans) are our closest living relatives, sharing a common ancestor only five million years ago. We also share key features such as high intelligence, omnivorous diets, prolonged child-rearing and rich social lives. The great apes show a surprising diversity of adaptations, particularly in social life, ranging from the solitary life of orangutans, through patriarchy in gorillas to complex but different social organisations in bonobos and chimpanzees. As great apes are so close to humans, comparisons yield essential knowledge for modelling human evolutionary origins. Great Ape Societies provides comprehensive up-to-date syntheses of work on all four species, drawing on decades of international field work, zoo and laboratory studies. It will be essential reading for students and researchers in primatology, anthropology, psychology and human evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55364/cover/9780521555364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155537X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155537X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latvia in Transition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dreifelds, Juris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Latvia in Transition provides the material necessary to understand present-day Latvia. The author examines the main events, processes and problems of the transitional period of this country from a dependent and Moscow-dominated Soviet Republic to an independent and also interdependent state. The book presents the most relevant and essential aspects of Latvia's history, politics, economics and society. The historical analysis highlights the formative events which are still recalled in Latvian political discourse. The period of awakening is discussed in detail to reflect its world-wide resonance and impact on similar processes in other Soviet Republics. The creation of a new state and the establishment of democracy have forced the elite to cope with a multitude of problems simultaneously. This book describes the approach to politics, market economics, ethnic relations and the environment, and also reasserted impact of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55371/cover/9780521555371.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chronoschisms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Time, Narrative, and Postmodernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heise, Ursula K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Chronoschisms Ursula Heise explores the way developments in transportation, communication and information technology have led to the emergence of a new culture of time in Western societies. The radical transformation in our understanding and experience of time has also profoundly affected the structure of the novel. Heisse argues that postmodern novels are centrally concerned with the possibility of experiencing time in an age when temporal horizons have been drastically foreshortened. Drawing on theories of postmodernism and narratology, she shows how postmodern narratives break up the concept of plot into a spectrum of contradictory story lines. The coexistence of these competing experiences of time then allows new conceptions of history and posthistory to emerge, and opens up comparisons with recent scientific approaches to temporality. This wide-ranging study offers new reading of postmodernist theory and fresh insight into the often vexed relationship between literature and science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55449/cover/9780521555449.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debt Games</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategic Interaction in International Debt Rescheduling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aggarwal, Vinod K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International debt rescheduling, both in earlier epochs and our present one, has been marked by a flurry of bargaining. In this process, significant variation has emerged over time and across cases in the extent to which debtors have undertaken economic adjustment, banks or bondholders have written down debts, and creditor governments and international organizations have intervened in negotiations. Debt Games develops and applies a situational theory of bargaining to analyze the adjustment undertaken by debtors and the concessions provided by lenders in international debt rescheduling. This approach has two components: a focus on each actor's individual situation, defined by its political and economic bargaining resources, and a complementary focus on changes in their position. The model proves successful in accounting for bargaining outcomes in eighty-four percent of the sixty-one cases, which include all instances of Peruvian and Mexican debt rescheduling over the last one hundred and seventy years as well as Argentine and Brazilian rescheduling between 1982 and 1994.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55524/cover/9780521555524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From State to Market?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transformation of French Business and Government</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555531</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Vivien A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mitterrand years saw the transformation of business and its relationship to government. From State to Market details the governmental policies toward business that went from nationalization to privatization, deregulation, and ever-increasing European integration, bringing with them the move from a dirigiste, or state-directed, economy to a more market-oriented one. Professor Schmidt profiles the players, the interpenetrating elite of top business and government officials who share common state educational history and career track and who, as the beneficiaries of the all-pervasive culture of the state, have managed not only to maintain their hold in the ministries but also to colonize industry. This book, which spans the fields of public policy and political economy, contains both new empirical information - the results of over forty interviews with top business and government officials - and a new theoretical framework that sets French state-society relations in comparative perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55531/cover/9780521555531.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155554X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155554X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contesting Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Discourses of Identity in Multi-ethnic London</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baumann, Gerd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative study presents an account of the interaction of people from different ethnic backgrounds who live in Southall, the most densely populated, multi-ethnic ghetto in the London area. Breaking with the tradition of studying a single ethnic community, Gerhard Baumann treats Southall as a social field, in which various immigrant groups come to terms with one another and with the dominant, if distant, host culture. The people of Southall affirm ethnic distinctiveness in some contexts, but they are also engaged in rethinking their identities and in debating the meaning of their cultural heritage. This book is at once a vivid ethnographic account of an aspect of contemporary British life, and a challenge to the conventional discourse of community studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55548/cover/9780521555548.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Birth to Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and Bioethics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomasma, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kushner, Thomasine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biology has been advancing with explosive pace over the last few years and in so doing has raised a host of ethical issues. This book, aimed at the general reader, reviews the major advances of recent years in biology and medicine and explores their ethical implications. From birth to death the reader is taken on a tour of human biology - covering genetics, reproduction, development, transplantation, aging, dying and also the use of animals in research and the impact of human populations on this planet. In each chapter there is a sketch of a field's most recent scientific advances, combined with discussions of the ethical and moral principles and implications for social frameworks and public policy raised by those advances. Anybody interested or concerned about the ethical dilemmas caused by advances in science and medicine should read this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55562/cover/9780521555562.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Iterative Solution Methods</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Axelsson, Owe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals primarily with the numerical solution of linear systems of equations by iterative methods. The first part of the book is intended to serve as a textbook for a numerical linear algebra course. The material assumes the reader has a basic knowledge of linear algebra, such as set theory and matrix algebra, however it is demanding for students who are not afraid of theory. To assist the reader, the more difficult passages have been marked, the definitions for each chapter are collected at the beginning of the chapter, and numerous exercises are included throughout the text. The second part of the book serves as a monograph introducing recent results in the iterative solution of linear systems, mainly using preconditioned conjugate gradient methods. This book should be a valuable resource for students and researchers alike wishing to learn more about iterative methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55692/cover/9780521555692.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution of the Social Contract</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skyrms, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this pithy and highly readable book, Brian Skyrms, a recognised authority on game and decision theory, investigates traditional problems of the social contract in terms of evolutionary dynamics. Game theory is skilfully employed to offer new interpretations of a wide variety of social phenomena, including justice, mutual aid, commitment, convention and meaning. The author eschews any grand, unified theory. Rather, he presents the reader with tools drawn from evolutionary game theory for the purpose of analysing and coming to understand the social contract. The book is not technical and requires no special background knowledge. As such, it could be enjoyed by students and professionals in a wide range of disciplines: political science, philosophy, decision theory, economics and biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55838/cover/9780521555838.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Little Czech and the Great Czech Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>National Identity and the Post-Communist Social Transformation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holy, Ladislav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Ladislav Holy precipitately left Czechoslovakia for the UK in 1968 he was already one of the leading anthropologists in Central Europe. In the following decades he made important field studies in Africa. Since 1986 he has been engaged in research in the Czech Republic, and he brings to this timely study of national identity the skills of a seasoned researcher, a cosmopolitan perspective, and the insights of an insider. Drawing on historical and literary sources as well as ethnography, he analyses Czech discourses on national identity. He argues that there were specifically 'Czech' aspects to the communist regime and to the 'velvet revolution', and paying particular attention to symbolic representations of what it means to be Czech, he explores how notions of Czech identity were involved in the debates surrounding the fall of communism, and the emergence of a new social system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55845/cover/9780521555845.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521555876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521555876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521555876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Wright's Political Songs of England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Reign of John to that of Edward II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521555876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coss, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a collection of political verses, venality satires and songs of social protest from medieval England. First edited by Thomas Wright in 1839, these so-called 'political songs' are reissued here on behalf of the Royal Historical Society. The collection provides a fascinating insight into medieval responses to contemporary events. A new and wide-ranging introduction from Peter Coss offers observations on authorship, audience, the means of dissemination and the use of the languages involved. The reader is brought up to date on the critical study of the poems and on their significance and potentiality for the modern historian and literary scholar. Professor Coss corrects Wright's dating where necessary and puts each item into its full contemporary context, making these fascinating verses accessible to the modern reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/55876/cover/9780521555876.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556031</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytic Semigroups and Semilinear Initial Boundary Value Problems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taira, Kazuaki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a careful and accessible exposition of the function analytic approach to initial boundary value problems for semilinear parabolic differential equations. It focuses on the relationship between two interrelated subjects in analysis: analytic semigroups and initial boundary value problems. This semigroup approach can be traced back to the pioneering work of Fujita and Kato on the Navier-Stokes equation. The author studies non homogeneous boundary value problems for second order elliptic differential operators, in the framework of Sobolev spaces of Lp style, which include as particular cases the Dirichlet and Neumann problems, and proves that these boundary value problems provide an example of analytic semigroups in Lp. This book will be a necessary purchase for researchers with an interest in analytic semigroups or initial value problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56033/cover/9780521556033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951218</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Processes in Solids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toyozawa, Yutaka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A unifying element that links the apparently diverse phenomena observed in optical processes is the dielectric dispersion of matter. It describes the response of matter to incoming electromagnetic waves and charged particles, and thus predicts their behavior in the self-induced field of matter, known as polariton and polaron effects. The energies of phonon, exciton and plasmon, quanta of collective motions of charged particles constituting the matter, are also governed by dielectric dispersion. Since the latter is a functional of the former, one can derive useful relations for their self-consistency. Nonlinear response to laser light inclusive of multiphoton processes, and excitation of atomic inner shells by synchrotron radiation, are also described. Within the configuration coordinate model, photo-induced lattice relaxation and chemical reaction are described equally to both ground and relaxed excited states, to provide a novel and global perspective on structural phase transitions and the nature of interatomic bonds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56057/cover/9780521556057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Mathematical Introduction to String Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Variational Problems, Geometric and Probabilistic Methods</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albeverio, Sergio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jost, Jurgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paycha, Sylvie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scarlatti, Sergio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Classical string theory is concerned with the propagation of classical 1-dimensional curves 'strings', and the theory has connections to the calculus of variations, minimal surfaces and harmonic maps. The quantization of string theory gives rise to problems in different areas, according to the method used. The representation theory of Lie, Kac-Moody and Virasoro algebras have been used for such quantization. In this lecture note the authors give an introduction to certain global analytic and probabilistic aspects of string theory. It is their intention to bring together, and make explicit the necessary mathematical tools. Researchers with an interest in string theory, in either mathematics or theoretical physics, will find this a stimulating volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56101/cover/9780521556101.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Justice and Public Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556118</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forrester, Duncan B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Disagreements about justice are not simply academic matters. They create problems for practice and for policy-making. In a morally fragmented society in which 'nobody knows what justice is' issues such as wages policy, punishment and poverty become particularly difficult to handle. People striving to act justly are often uncertain how this might be done. Secular theories such as those of Rowls, Hayek, Habermas and modern feminist theorists, examined here, give some guidance for problems of justice that arise on the ground, but have serious limitations. This book argues that Christian theology, although it can no longer claim to provide a comprehensive theory of justice, can provide insights into justice - 'theological fragments' - which give illumination, challenge some aspects of the conventional wisdom, and contribute to the building of just communities in which people may flourish in mutuality and hope.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56118/cover/9780521556118.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Experiments in Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Regime Transitions in Comparative Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556125</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bratton, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walle, Nicholas van de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1989 and 1994, 41 out of 47 countries in Sub-Saharan Africa underwent significant political reform, including in many cases the first competitive elections in a generation. How can this wave of political liberalization be explained?  Why did some countries complete a democratic transition, while others could not sustain more than limited political reform and others still suffered authoritarian reversals?  What are the long term prospects for democracy in Africa? This study constitutes the first comprehensive analysis of democratic transitions in Sub-Saharan Africa. Using an original data set they assembled, the authors demonstrate that economic and international forces often provided the context in which political liberalization occurred, but cannot by themselves explain the observed outcomes. Instead, the authors develop a political-institutional theoretical framework in which the distinctive political traditions of Africa's neopatrimonial states are shown to have powerfully shaped the regime transitions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56125/cover/9780521556125.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Authority of Reason</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hampton, Jean E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This challenging and provocative book argues against much contemporary orthodoxy in philosophy and the social sciences by showing why objectivity in the domain of ethics is really no different from the objectivity of scientific knowledge. Many philosophers and social scientists have challenged the idea that we act for objectively authoritative reasons. Jean Hampton takes up the challenge by undermining two central assumptions of this contemporary orthodoxy: that one can understand instrumental reasons without appeal to objective authority, and that the adoption of the scientific world view requires no such appeal. In the course of the book Jean Hampton examines moral realism, the general nature of reason and norms, internalism and externalism, instrumental reasoning, and the expected utility model of practical reasoning. The book is sure to prove to be a seminal work in the theory of rationality that will be read by a broad swathe of philosophers and social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56149/cover/9780521556149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Realistic Theory of Categories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on Ontology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chisholm, Roderick M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Roderick Chisholm has been for many years one of the most important and influential philosophers contributing to metaphysics, philosophy of mind, and epistemology. This book can be viewed as a summation of his views on an enormous range of topics in metaphysics and epistemology. Yet it is written in the terse, lucid, unpretentious style that has become a hallmark of Chisholm's work. The book is an original treatise designed to defend an original, non-Aristotelian theory of categories. Chisholm argues that there are necessary things and contingent things; necessary things being things that are not capable of coming into being or passing away. He defends the argument from design, and thus includes the category of necessary substance (God). Further contentions of the essay are that attributes are also necessary beings, but not necessary substances, and that human beings are contingent substances but may not be material substances.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56163/cover/9780521556163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristotelian Explorations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, G. E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges several widespread views concerning Aristotle's methods and practices of scientific and philosophical research. Taking central topics in psychology, zoology, astronomy and politics, Professor Lloyd explores generally unrecognised tensions between Aristotle's deeply held a priori convictions and his remarkable empirical honesty in the face of complexities in the data or perceived difficult or exceptional cases. The picture that emerges of Aristotle's actual engagement in scientific research and of his own reflections on that research is substantially more complex than is usually allowed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56194/cover/9780521556194.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155621X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155621X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engendering Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women in Latin Epic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keith, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>161</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heroism has long been recognised by readers and critics of Roman epic as a central theme of the genre from Virgil and Ovid to Lucan and Statius. However the crucial role female characters play in the constitution and negotiation of the heroism on display in epic has received scant attention in the critical literature. This study represents an attempt to restore female characters to visibility in Roman epic and to examine the discursive operations that effect their marginalisation within both the genre and the critical tradition it has given rise to. The five chapters can be read either as self-contained essays or as a cumulative exploration of the gender dynamics of the Roman epic tradition. The issues addressed are of interest not just to classicists but also to students of gender studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56217/cover/9780521556217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sources of Moral Agency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Moral Psychology and Freudian Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Deigh, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection are concerned with the psychology of moral agency. They focus on moral feelings and moral motivation, and seek to understand the operations and origins of these phenomena as rooted in the natural desires and emotions of human beings. An important feature of the essays, and one that distinguishes the book from most philosophical work in moral psychology, is the attention to the writings of Freud. Many of the essays draw on Freud's ideas about conscience and morality, while several explore the depths and limits of Freud's theories. An underlying theme of the volume is a critique of influential rationalist accounts of moral agency. John Deigh shows that one can subject the principles of morality to rational inquiry without thereby holding that reason alone can originate action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56224/cover/9780521556224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Analysis of Production Price Indexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556231</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, Franklin M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shell, Karl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This long-awaited work on index-number construction focuses on production indexes, including output and input deflators that can be used for constructing real output and real input. Fisher and Shell treat separately the different production units: the firm, the industry, and the economy, as well as the different forms of industrial organization: monopoly, monopsony, and competition. Only in the simplest cases is the appropriate theory isomorphic to that of the cost-of-living index because of the interlinkages among the various production units. A firm cannot always assume that the behavior of its competitors, suppliers, and customers will be unaffected by price changes and only in special cases can an industry take supply and demand conditions as given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Samuel Johnson</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clingham, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Samuel Johnson provides a unique introduction to the works and intellectual life of one of the most challenging and wide-ranging writers in English literary history. Compiler of the first great English dictionary, editor of Shakespeare, biographer and critic of the English poets, author both of the influential journal Rambler and the popular fiction Rasselas, and one of the most engaging conversationalists in literary culture, Johnson is here illuminatingly discussed from a different point of view. Essays on his main works are complemented by thematic discussion of his views on the experience of women in the eighteenth century, politics, imperialism, religion, and travel as well as by chapters covering his life, conversation, letters, and critical reception. Useful reference features include a chronology and guide to further reading. The keynote to the volume is the seamlessness of Johnson's life and writing, and the extraordinary humane intelligence he brought to all his activities. Accessibly written by a distinguished group of international scholars, this volume supplies a stimulating range of approaches, making Johnson newly relevant for our time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56255/cover/9780521556255.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Early English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemenade, Ans van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koopman, Willem</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wurff, Wim van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a guide to the development of English syntax between the Old and Modern periods. Beginning with an overview of the main features of early English syntax, it gives a unified account of the grammatical changes occurring in the language during this period. Written by four leading experts in English historical syntax, the book demonstrates the ways in which syntactic change takes place and how these changes can be explained in terms of grammatical theory and language acquisition. The authors draw upon a wealth of empirical data and through a series of well-selected case studies they cover a wide range of topics including changes in word order, infinitival constructions and grammaticalization processes. This invaluable introduction to the significant changes in early English syntax will appeal to students and researchers in historical linguistics, theoretical linguistics and the history of English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56262/cover/9780521556262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556341</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Hebrew Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556347</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>S&#225;enz-Badillos, Angel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elwolde, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morag, Shelomo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A History of the Hebrew language is a comprehensive description of Hebrew from its Semitic origins and the earliest settlement of the Israelite tribes in Canaan to the present day. Although Hebrew is an 'oriental' language, it is nonetheless closely associated with Western culture as the language of the Bible and was used in writing by the Jews of Europe throughout the Middle Ages. It has also been newly revived in modern times as the language of the State of Israel. Professor Angel Saenz-Badillos sets Hebrew in the context of the Northwest Semitic languages and examines the origins of Hebrew and its earliest manifestations in ancient biblical poetry, inscriptions, and prose written before the Babylonian exile. He looks at the different mediaeval traditions of printing classical biblical Hebrew texts and the characteristic features of the post-exilic language, including the Hebrew of the Dead Sea Scrolls. He gives particular attention to Rabbinic and mediaeval Hebrew, especially as evidenced in writings from Spain. His survey concludes with the revival of the language this century in the form of Israeli Hebrew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56347/cover/9780521556347.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155635X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155635X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Realism in International Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spegele, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Roger Spegele argues that in the past international theorists have failed to recognise that there is not one conception of international relations, subdivided into different theories and approaches, but at least three wholly different conceptions of the subject. Though scholars are increasingly prepared to accept this, there is still no consensus about what to call these conceptions, how to describe them, and why they should be studied. This book attempts to fill this gap. The author first examines two conceptions of IR - positivism-empiricism and emancipatory international relations - which challenge political realism. He then defends a revised version of realism, called 'evaluative political realism', from challenges arising from its rivals, with the aim of defining a conception of political realism which is coherent, viable, and attractive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56354/cover/9780521556354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Drama and Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Styan, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The English Stage tells the story of drama through its many changes in style and convention from medieval times to the present day. With a wide sweep of coverage, John Styan analyses the key features of staging, including early street theatre and public performance, the evolution of the playhouse and the private space, and the pairing of theory and stagecraft in the works of modern dramatists. He focuses on the conventions by which a playwright, actors and their audience create the phenomenon of theatre and the way such conventions have changed over time. Styan can be considered among a small number of influential scholars who have helped to develop theatre history from its origins in literary studies into an independent and respected field. From the vantage point of a lifetime's study he examines and illustrates the multitude of factors which have brought and continue to bring plays to life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56361/cover/9780521556361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poland's Protracted Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Institutional Change and Economic Growth, 1970-1994</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poznanski, Kazimierz Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Kazimierz Z. Poznanski offers an integrated study of institutional change in the Polish economy since 1971. He examines the economic peak of the communist phase, the decline of the system, and the post-communist transition since 1989. Taking his analytical framework from evolutionary economics, he provides a complete re-evaluation of conventional views of communist economies and the post-communist transition. The book presents the communist economy as subject to major changes, particularly due to political pressures, and interprets its economic difficulties as related to underlying political decay. The economic 'shock therapy' of 1990 is seen as very much a continuation of earlier trends and pressures, which has led to probably an even deeper, though brief, economic collapse. This book will be of interest to economists and political scientists concerned with institutional transitions, as well as to students of East European and post-Soviet studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56392/cover/9780521556392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556414</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade, Growth and Technical Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556415</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibugi, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michie, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New trade theory, new growth theory and the developing literature on national systems of innovation have combined to produce an explosion of interest over the past two decades around issues of trade, growth and technical change. A similar focus has dominated public policy debates. This book represents a major contribution to such debates, focusing as it does on the interconnections between technology, on the one hand, and economic growth and international trade on the other. It identifies and explains the links between these various processes, and explores the effects of technical change on both growth and trade. This book has clear policy relevance: market forces alone are seen to be far from adequate for the efficient generation, transfer and diffusion of innovation, while public policy is identified as playing a key role for a truly innovative economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56415/cover/9780521556415.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology, Globalisation and Economic Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archibugi, Daniele</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michie, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Technological innovation is said to be breaking down borders. The internet, the explosion of globalised financial markets, increased foreign direct investment by transnational corporations - all are portrayed as evidence of a global market in which the nation state is little more than an anachronism. Yet some economies have proved more innovative and dynamic than others, and there seems no reason to believe that these differences in national economic performance will become a thing of the past. On the contrary, as many of the chapters in this book argue, with a global market, any competitive advantage is likely to bring larger rewards, and government action aimed at enhancing the competitive advantage of firms becomes more rather than less important. It is within this context that technological globalisation is analysed in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56422/cover/9780521556422.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556430</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individual and Community Responses to Trauma and Disaster</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structure of Human Chaos</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556439</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ursano, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCaughey, Brian G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fullerton, Carol S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Raphael, Beverley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCJ2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aims of this book are twofold: to improve understanding of the human experience of trauma, whether at the level of the individual or the community, and to help those who are its victims. The range of issues covered is impressive, from the biological basis of post-traumatic stress reactions, through practical strategies for prevention and treatment, to the psychosocial and fictional construction of terror. Wherever possible the editors have sought to impart understanding, order, and predictability to the experience of trauma and disasters in the belief that the way to recovery is through the mastery of chaotic events. This book will serve and inform clinicians, administrators and research workers in psychiatry, psychology, public health and related areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56439/cover/9780521556439.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951023</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fair Division</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Cake-Cutting to Dispute Resolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556446</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brams, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Alan D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cutting a cake, dividing up the property in an estate, determining the borders in an international dispute - such problems of fair division are ubiquitous. Fair Division treats all these problems and many more through a rigorous analysis of a variety of procedures for allocating goods (or 'bads' like chores), or deciding who wins on what issues, when there are disputes. Starting with an analysis of the well-known cake-cutting procedure, 'I cut, you choose', the authors show how it has been adapted in a number of fields and then analyze fair-division procedures applicable to situations in which there are more than two parties, or there is more than one good to be divided. In particular they focus on procedures which provide 'envy-free' allocations, in which everybody thinks he or she has received the largest portion and hence does not envy anybody else. They also discuss the fairness of different auction and election procedures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56446/cover/9780521556446.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556465</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556465</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class Counts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies in Class Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556460</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Erik Olin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Class Counts combines theoretical discussions of the concept of class with a wide range of comparative empirical investigations of class and its ramifications in developed capitalist societies. What unites the topics is not a preoccupation with a common object of explanation, but rather a common explanatory factor: class. Four broad themes are explored: class structure and its transformations; the permeability of class boundaries; class and gender; class consciousness. The specific empirical studies include such diverse topics as the sexual division of labour in housework, gender differences in managerial authority, friendship networks in the class structure, the expansion of self-employment in the United States in the past two decades, and the class consciousness of state and private-sector employees. The results of these studies are then evaluated in terms of how they confirm certain expectations within the Marxist tradition of class analysis and how they pose challenging surprises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56460/cover/9780521556460.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Courtship of Olivia Langdon and Mark Twain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Susan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>221</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Passionate readers both, Olivia Langdon and Mark Twain courted through books, spelling out their expectations through literary references as they corresponded during their frequent separations. Surprisingly, in the process Olivia Langdon reveals herself not as a hypochondriacal hysteric, as many twentieth-century critics have portrayed her, but as a thoughtful intellectual, widely read in literature, history and modern science. Not so surprisingly, Samuel Clemens reveals himself as a critic and a sceptic, lampooning Langdon's physics lessons and her literary heroines. He also shows himself as an astute strategist, carefully manipulating Langdon and her parents. At the same time, Clemens's letters exhibit his own conservatism about women's nature and women's roles, while Langdon's show her carefully choosing from her culture's array of possible role models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56507/cover/9780521556507.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556511</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Hemingway's Short Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The introduction and four scholarly essays in this volume constitute an overview of Hemingway's career as a short story writer and offer an overview of practical problems involved in reading this work. The early short story Up in Michigan is explained in relation to the short story cycle In Our Time. Problems of narration are analysed in Now I Lay Me, an integral part of the famous Nick Adams stories. A detailed look at ecological and Native American backgrounds is presented in Fathers and Sons, in the collection Winner Take Nothing; and Snows of Kilimanjaro is examined from a postcolonial perspective. Also included is a selected bibliography designed to direct readers to the most valuable resources for the study of Hemingway's short fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56514/cover/9780521556514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perspectives on Public Choice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mueller, Dennis C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>692</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Public choice or rational politics differs from other approaches to the study of political behavior in that it builds on models in which rational individuals seek to advance their own interests. This five-part volume surveys the main ideas and contributions of the field. It contains twenty-five essays written by thirty scholars, both economists and political scientists, from North America and Europe. Part I discusses the nature and justification for the existence of government and various forms it can take, including mixed, private, and public institutions, international organizations, federalisms, and constitutional governments. Part II examines the properties of different voting rules and preference aggregation procedures. Part III explores multiparty systems, interest groups, logrolling and political business cycles. The individual decisionmaker is the focus of Part IV, with surveys of the experimental literature on individual behavior, and why people vote as they do. The final section applies public-choice reasoning to bureaucracy, taxation, and the size of government.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56545/cover/9780521556545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Productivity, Education and Training</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Facts and Policies in International Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prais, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The continuing development of automated production methods, combined with increasing competition from low-wage developing economies, is likely to reduce yet further the scope for the employment of low-skilled and inexperienced personnel in advanced economies. Higher standards of schooling and of vocational training are now widely recognised as essential. Based on visits by expert teams over the last ten years to matched samples of manufacturing plants, as well as to schools and vocational colleges in Britain and the European Continent, this book provides a realistic analysis of what needs to be done. The emphasis is on the need to expand, not the proportion of the workforce with university qualifications, but those with craft and vocational qualifications. The findings of this research have been influential in the development of government policies, and the author explains why these policies need to move even further, and in which directions they must next move.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56675/cover/9780521556675.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556686</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Dimensions in Regional Integration</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>De Melo, Jaime</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panagariya, Arvind</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in regional integration has recently revived in both developed and developing countries. The US has responded to the lack of progress in the Uruguay Round of the GATT by pursuing bilateral trade negotiations, while developing countries have been prompted to re-evaluate the potential benefits of regional integration. The tendency for the world trading system to divide into three blocs - the European Community, the Americas and East Asia - is providing their members with guaranteed access to large markets; however, poor non-member countries will suffer from the loss of access and the risk of trade wars is increased. In this book leading international experts assess the renewed attractiveness of regional integration to individual countries, the types of integration that are suitable to various circumstances, the conditions necessary to their success, and the relationship of regionalism to multilateral free trade.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56682/cover/9780521556682.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556694</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology in Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556699</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hale, Monica</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golley, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ecological and environmental education in schools and institutes of further and higher education has gained increasing importance in recent years, both as an area of study in its own right, and as a component of other disciplines. There is now a requirement in many countries to include the environment in both formal and informal curricula. This volume presents a long overdue account of the status, progress and underlying concepts of ecological education. It explores areas of recent development and debate in ecological and environmental education, describes the evolution and development of environmental education in different countries and examines the importance and provision for fieldwork. Case studies illustrate how ecological studies are undertaken in several culturally different settings. This book will interest teachers and research workers in ecology, environmental science and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56699/cover/9780521556699.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556708</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556705</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Insect Overwintering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556705</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leather, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walters, K. F. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bale, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Insect overwintering is a fascinating process involving many physiological, epidemiological, biochemical and behavioural changes. The study of the overwintering process can offer an insight into the development of insects, as well as help us to predict the patterns of crop damage and insect-borne disease caused by some insect species. This book provides a comprehensive account of the various forms of insect overwintering and highlights important areas of economic interest. It will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers in the fields of zoology, agriculture, forestry and ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56705/cover/9780521556705.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The East in the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goody, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The East in the West reassesses Western views of Asia. Traditionally many European historians and theorists have seen the societies of the East as 'static' or 'backward'. Jack Goody challenges these assumptions, beginning with the notion of a special Western rationality which enabled 'us' and not 'them' to modernise. He then turns to book-keeping, which several social and economic historians have seen as intrinsic to capitalism, arguing that there was in fact little difference between East and West in terms of mercantile activity. Other factors said to inhibit the East's development, such as the family and forms of labour, have also been greatly exaggerated. This Eurocentrism both fails to explain the current achievements of the East, and misunderstands Western history. The East in the West starts to redress the balance, and so marks a fundamental shift in our view of Western and Eastern history and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56736/cover/9780521556736.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychotherapy, Psychological Treatments and the Addictions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Griffith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dare, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Treatment of an ever-increasing variety of addictive behaviours owes much to a wide range of psychotherapeutic approaches which have tended to roll continuously in and out of fashion. Over recent years, an initiative has been established to appraise critically the use of psychotherapy in all areas of psychiatry. This work serves as a timely review of psychological treatments in the addictions field and provides a rare combination of expertise both from addiction specialists and those who use psychotherapeutic approaches to solve a wide range of personal problems. Its coverage includes contextual ideas which are basic to the choice of approach to therapy, and an exploration of particular treatment strategies. Throughout, this volume is able both to provide authoritative statements and to engage the reader in the excitement of debate. It forms a valuable reference which is sure to appeal to a wide range of practitioners and researchers concerned with alcohol and drug problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56750/cover/9780521556750.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Will to Learn</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide for Motivating Young People</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Covington, Martin V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book introduces the basic principles of motivation as they apply to classroom learning and management in a readable, non-technical form. Covington argues against the popular notion that the problems existing in schools today stem primarily from a lack of student motivation. Instead, he asserts that students are motivated, sometimes even overly motivated, but often for the wrong reasons. Traditional teaching methods, including conventional grading procedures and an emphasis on competition, can contribute to student demoralization, and Covington identifies the ways in which students respond to misguided incentives. For some students, motivation is directed at avoiding failure by avoiding participation. For others, demoralization leads to withdrawal from an educational system that they believe to be irrelevant to their lives. Still other students are driven to prove their worth by outperforming fellow students. The book suggests practical, concrete ways that teachers can use classroom incentives to inspire a desire to learn.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56798/cover/9780521556798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Medieval Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556873</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krueger, Roberta L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion presents fifteen original and engaging essays by leading scholars on one of the most influential genres of Western literature. Chapters describe the origins of early verse romance in twelfth-century French and Anglo-Norman courts and analyze the evolution of verse and prose romance in France, Germany, England, Italy, and Spain throughout the Middle Ages. The volume introduces a rich array of traditions and texts and offers fresh perspectives on the manuscript context of romance, the relationship of romance to other genres, popular romance in urban contexts, romance as mirror of familiar and social tensions, and the representation of courtly love, chivalry, 'other' worlds and gender roles. Together the essays demonstrate that European romances not only helped to promulgate the ideals of elite societies in formation, but also held those values up for questioning. An introduction, a chronology and a bibliography of texts and translations complete this lively, useful overview.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56873/cover/9780521556873.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Intellectuals, Modernism, and Difference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transatlantic Culture, 1919-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gambrell, Alice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>253</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do gender and race become objects of intellectual inquiry? What happens to marginal discourses when they participate in the academic processes of scrutiny and evaluation? In Women Intellectuals, Modernism, and Difference, Alice Gambrell examines the careers of a group of women intellectuals - Leonora Carrington, Ella Deloria, H. D., Zora Neale Hurston, and Frida Kahlo - whose scholarly rediscovery coincided with the rise of feminist and minority discourse studies in the academy. She examines the exhibitions, memoirs, poems, ethnographies, and personal correspondences these women produced, combining concrete local observation with contemporary theoretical perspectives on race and gender. Through a mixture of empirical detail and theoretical speculation, Gambrell explores the role these women played in expanding the conception of American literature by their involvement in the Harlem Renaissance. She offers new ways of thinking about the relationships between cultural studies, feminism and minority discourse within the ongoing reassessment of modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56880/cover/9780521556880.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adversaries and Authorities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Investigations into Ancient Greek and Chinese Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, G. E. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a wide-ranging exploration of the similarities and differences between ancient Greek and ancient Chinese science and philosophy, concentrating on the period down to AD 300. Professor Lloyd studies such questions as the attitudes towards authority, the practice of confrontational debate, the role of methodological inquiries, the development of techniques of persuasion, the assumptions made about causal explanation and the focus of interest in the study of the heavens and in that of the human body. In each case the Greek and Chinese ways of posing the problems are carefully distinguished to avoid applying either Greek categories to Chinese thought or vice versa. Professor Lloyd shows that the science produced in each ancient civilisation differs in important respects and relates those differences to the values and social institutions in question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56958/cover/9780521556958.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155697X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155697X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Full Employment Regained?</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meade, James Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solow, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Have we given up trying to gain full employment?' 'If not, what should we be trying to do about it?' These are the fundamental questions that James Meade poses, and attempts to answer, in this short but timely book. As the issue of full employment moves once again to the centre of the political debate, Professor Meade draws our attention to a number of economic and financial factors which are neglected in the current debate, and suggests a novel package of changes which could be used to tackle the full employment problem. He condemns the neglect of macroeconomic analysis in designing full-employment policies, and asserts that the money value of total domestic production rather than the price level should be the object of a combined fiscal-monetary policy, which itself should focus on low interest rates rather than low tax rates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56972/cover/9780521556972.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521556988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521556988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521556989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Inequalities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Changing Distribution of Income and Wealth in the United Kingdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521556989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hills, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is recognised that the gap between rich and poor in Britain is widening faster than in any comparable country. This important issue is attracting increasing attention after long neglect. Economists and others concerned with problems linked with inequality are investigating factors contributing to the situation. Based on results of the first recent major research programme in this area, this book examines wealth distribution in the United Kingdom over the last two decades. Leading specialists in the area tackle the problem from a wide variety of perspectives. Contributions include: the analysis of income distribution; the effects of greater female participation in the labour force; social security reform; and geographical variation at the national and local scale. Understanding the complexity of these factors is crucial to designing policies which can begin to cope with income inequalities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/56989/cover/9780521556989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Communicating Emotion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social, Moral, and Cultural Processes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Planalp, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern world is forcing us to understand emotion in order to cope with new problems such as road rage and epidemic levels of depression, as well as age-old problems such as homicide, genocide and racial tension. At the same time, scholarly research is leading us to appreciate how emotion helps us to understand and transcend our selfish interests, to connect with others, to feel what is just and moral, and not just think it, and to construct societies and cultures that govern our joint efforts. This book draws upon scholarly research to address, explain and legitimize the role that emotion plays in everyday interaction and in many of the pressing social, moral, and cultural issues that we face today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57412/cover/9780521557412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empirical Studies in Institutional Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alston, Lee J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eggertsson, Thrainn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Douglass C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Empirical Studies in Institutional Change is a collection of nine empirical studies by fourteen scholars. Dealing with issues ranging from the evolution of secure markets in seventeenth-century England to the origins of property rights in airport slots in modern America, the contributors analyse institutions and institutional change in various parts of the world and at various periods of time. The volume is a contribution to the new economics of institutions, which emphasises the role of transaction costs and property rights in shaping incentives and results in the economic arena. To make the papers accessible to a wide audience, including students of economics and other social sciences, the editors have written an introduction to each study and added three theoretical essays to the volume, including Douglass North's Nobel Prize address, which reflect their collective views as to the present status of institutional analysis and where it is headed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57436/cover/9780521557436.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Judgment for Solomon</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The d'Hauteville Case and Legal Experience in Antebellum America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grossberg, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Judgment for Solomon tells the story of the d'Hauteville case, a controversial child custody battle fought in 1840. It uses the story of one couple's bitter fight over their son to explore some timebound and timeless features of American legal culture. In a narrative analysis, it recounts how marital woes led Ellen and Gonzalve d'Hauteville into what Alexis de Tocqueville called the 'shadow of the law'. Their multiple legal experiences culminated in an eagerly followed Philadelphia trial that sparked a national debate over the legal rights and duties of mothers and fathers, and husbands and wives. The story of the d'Hauteville case explains why popular trials become 'precedents of legal experience' - mediums for debates about highly contested social issues. It also demonstrates the ability of individual women and men to contribute to legal change by turning to the law to fight for what they want.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57450/cover/9780521557450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557627</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God's Just Vengeance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crime, Violence and the Rhetoric of Salvation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557627</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gorringe, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the theologies of atonement and penal strategies. Christian theology was potent in Western society until the nineteenth century, and the so-called 'satisfaction theory' of atonement interacted and reacted with penal practice. Drawing on the work of Norbert Elias and David Garland, the author argues that atonement theology created a structure of affect which favoured retributive policies. He ranges freely between Old Testament texts, St Anselm, and eighteenth- and nineteenth-century British social history, to show the integral connection between sin and crime, the legal and the moral. The question arises if the preaching of the cross not only desensitised us to judicial violence but even lent it sanction. The last two chapters review theory and practice in the twentieth century, and Timothy Gorringe makes concrete proposals for both theology and criminal and societal violence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57627/cover/9780521557627.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>DB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of the English Language on CD-ROM</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557658</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDermott, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>CBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first electronic presentation of the greatest dictionary before the OED provides an extraordinary resource for anyone wanting ready access to a major foundation of the English language. Samuel Johnson produced his famous Dictionary in 1755 and issued a significantly revised Fourth Edition in 1773. Each Edition has previously been available only in expensive print facsimile. Now, a CD-ROM makes accessible these two main Editions alongside each other, fully transcribed and searchable, in addition to digitised images of all of the original printed pages. Fast retrieval software allows the user to search both Editions of the Dictionary for words, phrases, headwords, quotations, and source-authors. The Dictionary is not only the first great work of English lexicography but also a literary and historical resource of immense value, and this electronic edition has been prepared to the highest standards by a team of scholars at the University of Birmingham.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>450.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nazi Economic Recovery 1932-1938</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Overy, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The performance of the German economy between the Great Crash and the Second World War has been the subject of intense academic debate. The problems of economic growth were acute in inter-war Germany, and the depression of the early 1930s intensified these problems, driving many Germans towards the political extremes. The Nazi seizure of power in 1933 was followed by the introduction of an extensive 'package' of government policies to expand demand and increase investment. These policies were not Keynesian, for by 1939 the government had extended its range of controls over the whole economy and it became part of the Nazi political system for waging war. In this new edition of The Nazi Economic Recovery 1932-1938, R. J. Overy discusses the main areas of the debate, arguing that the war preparation that took place at this time was ultimately incompatible with long-term economic recovery, and that the German economic miracle did not occur until after 1945.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57672/cover/9780521557672.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agriculture in Depression 1870-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perren, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise survey of British agriculture between 1870 and 1940 shows how, after a period of comparative prosperity, British farmers faced a period of depression. The prime cause of this was the increase in world food supplies and the competition from cheaper producers. The author explains how this agricultural depression affected all groups in British farming in different ways. He shows how farmers reacted to the increased international competition, and demonstrates how low wages for farmworkers speeded the drift of labour from the land towards the towns, resulting in growing rural depopulation in some areas. The book provides a succinct survey of the recent literature on the subject, outlining the major areas of controversy and disagreement among scholars. A comprehensive bibliography is provided to help the reader pursue the subject in more detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57689/cover/9780521557689.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557690</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Work and Welfare 1780-1890</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horn, Pamela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This short book provides a succinct account of changes in children's work and welfare in Britain between 1780 and 1890. It examines both the scale and the nature of child employment and the changing attitude of society towards it at a time when Britain was becoming the 'workshop of the world'. The further development of industry in the second half of the nineteenth century meant that the need for juvenile workers declined. At the same time the efforts of philanthropists and the State led to legal curbs on the kinds of jobs children could perform and the minimum age at which they could commence them. The author concludes that the century after 1780 saw a progressive lengthening of childhood as a stage of life, and that by 1890 children had been recognised as 'special cases' in need of protective legislation. However, for the poorest and most disadvantaged families life remained a struggle, and children continued to pick up a living where they could.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57696/cover/9780521557696.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Decline of the British Motor Industry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Church, Roy A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The decline of the British motor industry is one of the most spectacular developments in Britain's economic history. Conflicting explanations have been offered by scholars from different disciplines to produce a complex debate, which this new study attempts to unravel. Placing the industry firmly in a European context, Roy Church re-examines the critical assessment of the achievements of the industry both before and after the onset of its decline in the 1960s, and goes on to test the various explanations which have been offered to account for this decline. He examines the role of government, of the trade unions, of management and of the multinationals, each of which has been seen as a major player in the demise of the British-owned industry. This concise and lucid review of the debate will be invaluable to students of modern British and European economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57702/cover/9780521557702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557712</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557712</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Growth of Big Business in the United States and Western Europe, 1850-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmitz, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first introductory, comparative account of the rise of giant business corporations in America and Europe in the century before the Second World War. It discusses the evolution of firms like Ford, Exxon, Unilever and Siemens, as well as introducing the reader to the major explanations that have been advanced by historians and economists in order to account for these developments in the global economic order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57719/cover/9780521557719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Population of Britain in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>86</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a clear interpretation of the causes of demographic change in the nineteenth century. This critical period followed the demise of the old pre-industrial population regime (often associated with Malthus'sPrinciple of Population) and the changes that occurred at this time led to the modern twentieth-century pattern in which both fertility and mortality rates are particularly low. The author combines an examination of migration, marriage patterns, fertility and mortality with a guide to the sources of population data available to historians and demographers. Illustrated with tables and figures, this book is the only available summary of this field for students. It includes a detailed bibliography for those wishing to pursue the subject further.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57740/cover/9780521557740.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Classes and Social Relations in Britain 1850-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Alastair J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>82</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The analysis of social classes and social relations in the second half of the nineteenth century has caused major debates among social historians. Alastair Reid provides a critical summary of the different approaches to the subject, giving an account of how interpretations have developed since the 1960s, and highlighting the strengths and weaknesses of each approach. The author explains how the influence of social sciences in the 1960s led scholars to emphasise the rise to power of the bourgeoisie, and the increasing subordination of the industrial working class. Recently more detailed research has led to a return to the older historical emphasis on the persistence of aristocratic power, the increasing independence of the working classes, and the centrality of voluntary agreement in a social order based on consent. The conclusion suggests new ways in which the subject might be approached. A select bibliography allows the reader to pursue the topic in more detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57757/cover/9780521557757.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557763</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557763</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Population History of Britain and Ireland 1500-1750</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houston, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>105</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past twenty years population history has been one of the most important growth areas within the flourishing field of social and economic history. Our understanding of demographic history in the period before the Industrial Revolution has been transformed. The amount of new literature which has been produced is daunting both in its volume and its complexity. In this concise volume for students Dr Houston reviews all the recent literature and explains the different population trends evident in parts of Britain and Ireland. He sets out the sometimes complex interactions between fertility, nuptiality, morality and migration in a clear and comprehensible way, and explains why the mechanisms which balanced population and resources in England were not found in Scotland and Ireland.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57764/cover/9780521557764.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of the French Economy 1750-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heywood, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding French economic development in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries has always proved a formidable challenge for historians. This concise survey for students is designed to make clear the areas of controversy among historians, and to guide the reader through the complexities of the debate. The author provides succinct surveys of findings on the pattern of development, and on the underlying causes of that pattern. He addresses questions such as: was France a latecomer or an early starter in industrialisation? Did long periods of protectionism help or hinder development? And was the peasantry an obstacle to change in the economy? He argues that France was not the 'backward economy' it was often thought to be; instead, it provides a quietly successful case of economic development, avoiding the massive social upheaval experienced elsewhere in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57771/cover/9780521557771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557798</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education, Economic Change and Society in England 1780-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557795</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanderson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years the study of the history of education has flourished and expanded. It has moved from being a specialist interest to one which concerns economic and social historians, who see that education has played a central part in the discussion of industrial development and the formation of the social structure. In this study, revised and updated throughout, Dr Sanderson reviews the history of education in the nineteenth century and the academic debates surrounding it. He examines the discussion surrounding literacy, its trends and significance in the creation of an industrial labour force. He also considers the successful development of a middle-class scientific culture in the eighteenth century and the relative failure to develop technical education in the nineteenth. This period was marked by the development of the Victorian public school and by reforms in the universities. It also saw the involvement in education by radical working class and feminist groups, who were struggling for recognition. As this study shows, the education system could be highly responsive in some areas and yet insensitive in others to the far-reaching economic and social advances of the first industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57795/cover/9780521557795.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dearth, Public Policy and Social Disturbance in England 1550-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557801</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Outhwaite, R. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>72</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This concise survey examines the consequences of periods of dearth in England, in the years between 1550 and 1800. By the sixteenth century, periods of dearth no longer produced marked rises in mortality, as had happened previously. Instead, the ordinary people appear to have become more politically active, and an increase in the incidence of widespread rioting has been connected to these periods that followed serious harvest failure. Over the past twenty years there has been a dramatic increase in interest among scholars in these themes. This book surveys the enormous volume of literature that has been generated on the subject, explores interconnections, and draws attention to problems still outstanding. Particular attention is paid to a key factor in understanding food riots - namely, changes in government policy towards grain provisioning in these periods of dearth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57801/cover/9780521557801.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banks and Industrial Finance in Britain, 1800-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557825</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This accessible study investigates the role of banks in the finance of British industry, an issue which has long been the subject of dispute. From one perspective the history of British finance is one of success: from the late nineteenth century the City of London was the leading financial centre in the international economy. Yet there has been much disquiet over the level of support that banks have given to British Industry, particularly when Britain's economic hegemony was challenged at the end of the nineteenth century, and during the malaise which followed the First World War. Michael Collins weighs the conflicting arguments. Is there evidence of failure in the money markets? Has the estrangement of financial and industrial capital hindered Britain's economic development? He places these and other questions in historical context and provides a survey of literature on this contentious subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57825/cover/9780521557825.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Explaining Long-Term Economic Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557849</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, J. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to, and critical review of, the competing models that have been developed to explain long-term and large-scale economic change. The modern global pattern of production and distribution has its origins in the historical heritage of component societies and in their physical difference. Attempts to explain the social and economic dynamics which have produced this pattern are usually couched in the form of 'models'. These theoretical constructions are designed to reduce the infinite variety of historical experience to manageable proportions for analytical purposes and look primarily at causal factors seen to have been crucial in the process of change and development. This book examines and illustrates these factors and the various established models used to explain long-term economic change, with emphasis on European and Asian history over the early modern period, c. 1400-1800.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57849/cover/9780521557849.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Poor Law, 1531-1782</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slack, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poor law had a profound impact on English society between the sixteenth and the eighteenth centuries. Designed to reform the poor as much as to relieve poverty, it also shaped institutions of government and determined people's expectations and assumptions about social welfare. Over the last few decades there has been a good deal of detailed research examining how the law was implemented in different regions, its influence on social attitudes and social realities, and its significance as a major burden on local government and a source of political and social concern. The English Poor Law, 1531-1782 provides a concise synthesis of recent work, explaining the origins of this unique system of welfare, and showing how the poor law played a central role in English social and political development from the Reformation to the Industrial Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57856/cover/9780521557856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557870</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Great Irish Famine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557870</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>&#211;'Gr&#225;da, Cormac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Irish Famine of 1846-50 was one of the great disasters of the nineteenth century, whose notoriety spreads as far as the mass emigration which followed it. Cormac O'Gr&#225;da's concise survey suggests that a proper understanding of the disaster requires an analysis of the Irish economy before the invasion of the potato-killing fungus, Phytophthora infestans, highlighting Irish poverty and the importance of the potato, but also finding signs of economic progress before the Famine. Despite the massive decline in availability of food, the huge death toll of one million (from a population of 8.5 million) was hardly inevitable; there are grounds for supporting the view that a less doctrinaire attitude to famine relief would have saved many lives. This book provides an up-to-date introduction by a leading expert to an event of major importance in the history of nineteenth-century Ireland and Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57870/cover/9780521557870.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557887</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Work, 1840-1940</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses some of the difficult issues surrounding women's work during a century of social upheaval, and demonstrates how hard it is to be precise about the nature and extent of women's occupations. It focuses on working-class women and the many problems relating to their work, full-time and part-time, paid and unpaid, outside and inside the home. Elizabeth Roberts examines men's attitudes to women's work, the difficulties of census enumeration and women's connections with trade unions. She also tackles in depth other areas of contention such as the effects of legislation on women's work, a 'family wage', and unequal pay and status. Dr Roberts' study provides a unique overview of an expanding field of social and economic history, while her survey of the available literature is a useful guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57887/cover/9780521557887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557909</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Economic Performance 1945-1975</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alford, B. W. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>135</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The debate over 'Britain in Decline' is one that still rages in the academic, political and public spheres. In this concise study, B. W. E. Alford takes issue with those economists who have a mechanistic approach to the subject. Instead, he examines Britain's economic development since the Second World War within a wider framework of political, social and cultural factors. He discusses topics such as post-war reconstruction, the theory of 'too few producers', the alleged process of de-industrialisation, the role of sterling, business organisation and management, labour relations and the impact of government policy on Britain's economic development. Professor Alford provides a clear introduction to the subject along with a survey of recent literature, yet shows how complex and deep-rooted are the causes of the 'British Disease'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57900/cover/9780521557900.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557917</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disease, Medicine and Society in England, 1550-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his short but authoritative study, Roy Porter examines the impact of disease upon the English and their responses to it before the widespread availability and public provision of medical care. Professor Porter incorporates into the revised second edition new perspectives offered by recent research into provincial medical history, the history of childbirth, and women's studies in the social history of medicine. He begins by sketching a picture of the threats posed by disease to population levels and social continuity from Tudor times to the Industrial Revolution, going on to consider the nature and development of the medical profession, attitudes to doctors and disease, and the growing commitment of the state to public health. Drawing together a wide range of often fragmentary material, and providing a detailed annotated bibliography, this book is an important guide to the history of medicine and to English social history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57917/cover/9780521557917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557925</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Development of Japan 1868-1941</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macpherson, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rise of Japan from a position of relative international obscurity in the mid-nineteenth century to that of third largest industrial nation in the 1980s has elicited an enormous amount of interest among academics. This short book provides an overview of Japanese economic history between 1868 and 1941. It introduces and surveys the current state of scholarship on Japan, touching upon almost all elements of the Japanese historical experience. A select bibliography (now updated to 1994) is provided, to help the reader pursue the subject in more detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57924/cover/9780521557924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to the History of the Western Family 1500-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B05</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past thirty years family history has been one of the most important and controversial growth areas in the development of social history. In this guide to the burgeoning literature on the Western family Professor Anderson reviews the main findings of historians and considers them in the light of the problems inherent in the interpretation of family history. He focuses particularly on the strengths and limitations of the different approaches that have been adopted, showing that although this variety of method has complicated matters, it has also produced a more rounded understanding of the history of the family. Updated to include work published between 1980 and 1994, this book will be invaluable to students of family history, and to scholars who are non-specialist in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57931/cover/9780521557931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521557968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521557968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521557962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incomes and the Welfare State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Britain and Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521557962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson, Anthony Barnes</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Welfare State is a key policy issue of the 1990s. The essays in this book depart from much of the recent economic debate in emphasising the positive contributions of the Welfare State, and in assessing its efficiency in relation to the objectives which it is intended to achieve. These objectives are not just the alleviation of poverty but more broadly the provision of security and the redistribution of income. Part A of the book sets the current debate in the context of the current evidence about income inequality and poverty in Europe. Part B analyses the existing role of the Welfare State, with particular reference to retirement pensions and unemployment benefit. Part C investigates proposals for reform and security. What is the case for greater targeting? How can we design a social safety net? What is the future of European social protection policy?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/57962/cover/9780521557962.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155814X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155814X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Citizenship, Identity, and Social History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Citizenship and identity provide the focus for this collection of original essays from a group of theoretically innovative historians and social scientists. The volume explores the competing and sometimes conflicting roles of citizenship and identity, be it racial, class, ethnic or other, in popular politics. The concept of citizenship is also examined. All essays are historically and comparatively grounded. Covering a wide variety of countries, topics covered include: citizenship rights and party-union relations in Western Europe; politics, industrialization, and citizenship; contested citizenship and the dynamics of racial identity; and social movements and nationhood and citizenship in early Meiji 1868-1900.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58143/cover/9780521558143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Karl Popper</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophy and Problems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hear, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few philosophers in this century have had either Karl Popper's range or his influence, inside and outside philosophy. This collection of essays by fifteen distinguished philosophers, several of whom have been closely associated with Popper and his work, provides a timely assessment of Popper's contributions in a number of key areas: the methodology and philosophy of science; probability and determinism; quantum theory; biology; the theory of evolution; and the theory and practice of politics. The volume offers the specialist and the general reader alike fresh insights into the life and work of one of the twentieth century's most original thinkers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58150/cover/9780521558150.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fellows, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the philosophical and cultural aspects of technology. The issues range widely - from quantum technology to problems of technology and culture in a developing country and contributors approach the issues from a variety of perspectives. The volume includes case-studies, and also more theoretical pieces which consider the fundamental question of whether technology should be perceived as a force for liberation or enslavement. The volume aims to stimulate debate about the relation between technology and philosophy and society in general, and to open a field of enquiry that has been relatively neglected. Written in an accessible style, the contributions are intended equally for philosophers exploring the novel problems arising in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, but also for technologists interested in the philosophical implications of their work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58167/cover/9780521558167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Salem Story</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading the Witch Trials of 1692</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenthal, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Salem Story engages the story of the Salem witch trials by contrasting an analysis of the surviving primary documentation with the way events of 1692 have been mythologised by our culture. Resisting the temptation to explain the Salem witch trials in the context of an inclusive theoretical framework, the book examines a variety of individual motives that converged to precipitate the witch-hunt. Of the many assumptions about the Salem witch trials, the most persistent is that they were instigated by a circle of hysterical girls. Through an analysis of what actually happened - by perusal of the primary materials with the 'close reading' approach of a literary critic - a different picture emerges, one where 'hysteria' inappropriately describes the logical, rational strategies of accusation and confession followed by the accusers, males and females alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58204/cover/9780521558204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classical Invariant Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been a resurgence of interest in classical invariant theory driven by several factors: new theoretical developments; a revival of computational methods coupled with powerful new computer algebra packages; and a wealth of new applications, ranging from number theory to geometry, physics to computer vision. This book provides readers with a self-contained introduction to the classical theory as well as modern developments and applications. The text concentrates on the study of binary forms (polynomials) in characteristic zero, and uses analytical as well as algebraic tools to study and classify invariants, symmetry, equivalence and canonical forms. It also includes a variety of innovations that make this text of interest even to veterans of the subject. Aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students the book includes many exercises and historical details, complete proofs of the fundamental theorems, and a lively and provocative exposition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58211/cover/9780521558211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mind, Culture, and Activity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seminal Papers from the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engestrom, Yrjo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, Olga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together articles from the Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition that are important benchmarks in the recent history of research and theory on the cultural and contextual foundations of human development. The central theme of this discussion can be posed as a question: how shall we develop a psychology that takes as its starting point the actions of people participating in routine, culturally organized activities? The discussion is organized in terms of a set of overarching themes of importance to psychologists and other social scientists: The nature of context; experiments as contexts; cultural historical theories of culture, context, and development; the analysis of classroom settings as a social important context of development, the psychological analysis of activity in situ, and questions of power and discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58235/cover/9780521558235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Sense of Illness</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, Society and Disease</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558259</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aronowitz, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers historical essays about how diseases change their meaning. Each of the diseases or etiologic hypotheses in this book has had a controversial and contested history: psychosomatic views of ulcerative colitis, twentieth-century chronic fatigue syndrome, Lyme disease, angina pectoris, risk factors for coronary heart disease, and the type A hypothesis. At the core of these controversies are disagreements among investigators, clinicians, and patients over the best way to deal with what individuals bring to disease. By juxtaposing the history of the different diseases, the author shows how values and interests have determined research programs, public health activities, clinical decisions, and the patient's experience of illness. The approach is novel in its interweaving of historical research and the clinical experiences of the author. It should appeal to an audience of physicians, policy makers, social scientists and the general reader interested in broad intellectual currents in modern medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58259/cover/9780521558259.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Practice in English Medicine, 1550-1680</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wear, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a major synthesis of the knowledge and practice of early modern English medicine in its social and cultural contexts. The book vividly maps out some central areas: remedies (and how they were made credible), notions of disease, advice on preventive medicine and on healthy living, and how surgeons worked upon the body and their understanding of what they were doing. The structures of practice and knowledge examined in the first part of the book came to be challenged in the later seventeenth century, when the 'new science' began to overturn the foundation of established knowledge. However, as the second part of the book shows, traditional medical practice was so well entrenched in English culture that much of it continued into the eighteenth century. Various changes did however occur, which set the agenda for later medical treatment and which are discussed in the final chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58273/cover/9780521558273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155828X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155828X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interaction and Grammar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Elinor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schegloff, Emanuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Sandra A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many scholars of language have accepted a view of grammar as a clearly delineated and internally coherent structure which is best understood as a self-contained system. The contributors to this volume propose a very different way of approaching and understanding grammar, taking it as part of a broader range of systems which underlie the organisation of social life and emphasising its role in the use of language in everyday interaction and cognition. Taking as their starting-point the position that the very integrity of grammar is bound up with its place in the larger schemes of the organisation of human conduct, particularly with social interaction, their essays explore a rich variety of linkages between interaction and grammar.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58280/cover/9780521558280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Set Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyal, Andri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moerdijk, Ieke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a new, algebraic, approach to set theory. The authors introduce a particular kind of algebra, the Zermelo-Fraenkel algebras, which arise from the familiar axioms of Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory. Furthermore the authors explicitly construct such algebras using the theory of bisimulations. Their approach is completely constructive, and contains both intuitionistic set theory and topos theory. In particular it provides a uniform description of various constructions of the cumulative hierarchy of sets in forcing models, sheaf models and realisability models. Graduate students and researchers in mathematical logic, category theory and computer science should find this book of great interest, and it should be accessible to anyone with some background in categorical logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58303/cover/9780521558303.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155831X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155831X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epidemics and Ideas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on the Historical Perception of Pestilence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558310</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranger, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slack, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From plague to AIDS, epidemics have been the most spectacular diseases to afflict human societies. This volume examines the way in which these great crises have influenced ideas, how they have helped to shape theological, political and social thought, and how they have been interpreted and understood in the intellectual context of their time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58310/cover/9780521558310.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World of the Troubadours</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Medieval Occitan Society, c.1100-c.1300</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paterson, Linda M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Occitania, known today as the 'south of France', had its own language and culture in the Middle Ages. Its troubadours created 'courtly love' and a new poetic language in the vernacular, which were to influence European literature for centuries; and its Cathar heretics were the first victims of the Inquisition. This is the first comprehensive study of the society in which the troubadours lived. For readers of literature it offers a wide-ranging insight into the realities which lay behind the poetic mystique. For historians it opens up an important and and neglected area of medieval Europe, comparable to France, Germany and Catalonia, drawing on sources not readily accessible to those without specialist linguistic and literary expertise. It addresses major issues, such as the nature of feudalism, knighthood, courts, medicine, women, and the family, and is accessible to the reader interested generally in the Middle Ages or Occitan culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58327/cover/9780521558327.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951204</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Family, Dependence, and the Origins of the Welfare State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain and France, 1914-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The development of European welfare states in the first half of this century has often been seen as a response to the rise of class politics. This study of social policies in Britain and France between 1914 and 1945 contests this interpretation. It argues, by contrast, that early policymakers and social reformers were responding equally to a perceived crisis of family relations and gender roles. The institutions they developed continue to structure the welfare state as it exists today. This book is innovative in the range and scope of its research, its comparative focus, and its argument, which pose a challenge to older class-based interpretations of the development of the welfare state. It will be of interest to scholars of European history and politics, as well as to those interested in social policy and women's studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58341/cover/9780521558341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Providence Island, 1630-1641</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Other Puritan Colony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kupperman, Karen Ordahl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Providence Island was founded in 1630 at the same time as Massachusetts Bay by English puritans who thought an island off the coast of Nicaragua was far more promising than the cold, rocky shores of New England. Although they expected theirs to become a model godly society, the settlement never succeeded in building the kind of united and orderly community that the New Englanders created. In fact, they began large-scale use of slaves, and plunged into the privateering that invited the colony's extinction by the Spanish in 1641. As a well-planned and well-financed failure, Providence Island offers historians a standard by which to judge other colonies. By examining the failure of Providence Island, the author illuminates the common characteristics in all the successful English settlements, the key institutions without which men and women would not emigrate and a colony's economy could not thrive. This study of Providence Island reveals the remarkable similarities in many basic institutions among the early colonial regions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58358/cover/9780521558358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Water and Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of a Scarce Resource in the Jordan River Basin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowi, Miriam R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do states in arid regions fail to co-operate in sharing water resources when co-operation would appear to be in their mutual interest? Through in-depth analysis of the history and current status of the dispute over the Jordan River basin, Miriam Lowi explores the answers to these critical questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58365/cover/9780521558365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrical Properties of Polymers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blythe, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloor, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fully revised and expanded, this second edition of A. Blythe's successful title on electrical properties of polymers covers both the fundamental and recent developments in this growing area. This book provides a broad and comprehensive account on the topic, describing underlying physical principles and synthesis through to emerging technologies. The new edition provides particular emphasis to the new generation of conductive polymers. Emerging uses of polymers in industrial applications are described and cover topics such as light-emitting diodes, flexible polymers and soft electronics. Written in an accessible style, without complicated theory, this book combines key concepts with applications. With the inclusion of further reading material provided at the end of each chapter for interested readers, this book is an authoritative guide to advanced-level undergraduates and graduates studying polymer, materials and physical sciences. It will also be of significant interest to researchers working in this evolving field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58389/cover/9780521558389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080619</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nationalism, Politics and the Practice of Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohl, Philip L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fawcett, Clare</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeology has often been put to political use, particularly by nationalists. The case studies in this timely collection range from the propaganda purposes served by archaeology in the Nazi state, through the complex interplay of official dogma and academic prehistory in the former Soviet Union, to lesser-known instances of ideological archaeology in other European countries, in China, Japan, Korea and the Near East. The introductory and concluding chapters draw out some of the common threads in these experiences, and argue that archaeologists need to be more sophisticated about the use and abuse of their studies. The editors have brought together a distinguished international group of scholars. Whilst archaeologists will find that this book raises cogent questions about their own work, these problems also go beyond archaeology to implicate history and anthropology more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58396/cover/9780521558396.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 43</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>95</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This journal provides a forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet and where dramatic assumptions can be questioned. It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and theatre criticism needs a language</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>07</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155845X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155845X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Our knowledge of Anglo-Saxon England depends wholly on the precise and detailed study of the texts that have come down to us from pre-Conquest times. The present book contains pioneering studies of some of these sources which have been neglected or misunderstood. A comprehensive study of a group of lavish gospelbooks written under the patronage of a late Anglo-Saxon countess, Judith of Flanders (sometime wife of the Earl Tostig who was killed at Stamford Bridge in 1066) shows the importance of these artefacts and provides fresh understanding of the transmission of the gospels in late eleventh-century England. Close analysis of the Libellus 'thelwoldi, a neglected Latin translation of a late tenth-century documentary record of the estates acquired by the redoubtable Bishop 'thelwold for Ely Abbey, throws significant light on the operations of the laws of land tenure in the late tenth century. These and other more traditional lines of enquiry are the focus of this book. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58457/cover/9780521558457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Impact on the Earth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, William B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At a level accessible to the educated lay reader, this book describes the changes human activities have produced in the global environment from 300 years ago to the present day. It offers a comprehensive and authoritative inventory of human impact in its varied forms - on the oceans, atmosphere, and climate -&#160;ranging from long-standing alterations to new and surprising ones that have emerged in recent years, from environmental disasters to success stories of environmental management, and false alarms. This balanced, non-polemical survey will interest all those concerned about the environment and the likely fate of the planet.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58471/cover/9780521558471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558484</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry as Performance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Homer and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagy, Gregory</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To understand the emergence of Homeric poetry as an actual written text, it is essential to trace the history of Homeric performance, from the very beginnings of literacy to the critical era of textual canonisations in the Hellenistic and Roman periods. Professor Nagy applies the comparative evidence of oral poetic traditions, including those that survived in literate societies, such as the Proven&#231;al troubadour tradition. It appears that a song cannot be fixed as a final written text so long as the oral poetic tradition in which it was created stays alive. So also with Homeric poetry, it is argued that no single definitive text could evolve until the oral traditions in which the epic was grounded became obsolete. In the time of Aristarchus, the gradual movement from relatively fluid to more rigid stages of Homeric transmission reached a near-final point of textualisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58488/cover/9780521558488.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558495</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russia Goes Dry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alcohol, State and Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558495</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Russians today are the world's heaviest drinkers. The consumption of alcohol permeates family life, shapes the economy, and plays an occasional but striking role in the political leadership. It was in Russia in the 1980s that the most sustained attempt of its kind was made to eliminate alcohol abuse, and even drinking itself. Drawing upon a wide range of original sources, including interviews, surveys and  the local press, Stephen White  provides the first full-length study of this extraordinary campaign. He traces the profound influence of alcohol through Russian history, and charts the campaign from its initiation under Mikhail Gorbachev to its disappointing aftermath in the post-communist 1990s. Attractively written and fully illustrated, Russia Goes Dry  is an entertaining as well as instructive guide to a changing society and a classic case study of the limitations of politically directed social reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58495/cover/9780521558495.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives on Activity and Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaiklin, Seth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lave, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding Practice brings together the many different perspectives that have been applied to examining social context. From Ole Dreier's work on the therapeutic relationship, to Hugh Mehan's work on learning by disabled students, to Charles and Janet Keller's work on blacksmithing, the chapters form a diverse and fascinating look at situated learning. A distinctive feature of the book is the wide range of theoretical and methodological approaches to the problem of understanding cognition in everyday settings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58518/cover/9780521558518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory, Policy and Dynamics in International Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ethier, Wilfred J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helpman, Elhanan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neary, J. Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a representative collection of papers on international trade, one of the most dynamic sub-fields in economics. The contributions range over all the major areas of research, including articles on the geographical aspects of international trade by Paul Krugman and Alan Deardorff, on dynamic stochastic economies by Avinash Dixit, and on endogenous growth by Gene Grossman and Elhanan Helpman. In addition to the theoretical contributions, the book also contains work on important policy issues such as auction quotas, discussed by Kala Krishna, and the role of government in economic development, by Anne Krueger. Also included is an assessment by Bill Ethier of the theoretical achievements of a leading authority in international trade theory, Ronald Jones, in whose honour the essays were written.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58525/cover/9780521558525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Markets and Financial Intermediation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vives, Xavier</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Financial intermediation is currently a subject of active research on both sides of the Atlantic. The integration of European financial markets, in particular, highlights several important issues. In this volume, derived from a joint CEPR conference with the Fundacion Banco Bilbao Vizcaya (BBV), leading academics from Europe and North America review 'state-of-the-art' theories of banking and financial intermediation and discuss their policy implications. The principal focus is on the risks of increased competition, the appropriate regulation of banks, and the differences between Anglo-American and Continental European forms of financial markets. Relationship banking, stock markets and banks, banking and corporate control, financial intermediation in Eastern Europe, monetary policy and the banking system, and financial intermediation and growth are also discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58532/cover/9780521558532.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of Crystal Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pimpinelli, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villain, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study introduces the physical principles of how and why crystals grow. The first three chapters recall the fundamental properties of crystal surfaces at equilibrium. The next six chapters describe simple models and basic concepts of crystal growth including diffusion, thermal smoothing of a surface, and applications to semiconductors. Following chapters examine more complex topics such as kinetic roughness, growth instabilities, and elastic effects. A brief closing chapter looks back at the crucial contributions of crystal growth in electronics during this century. The book focuses on growth using molecular beam epitaxy. Throughout, the emphasis is on the role played by modern statistical physics. Informative appendices, interesting exercises and an extensive bibliography reinforce the text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58556/cover/9780521558556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Interventionism, 1991-1994</TitleText>

<Subtitle>United Nations Experience in Cambodia, Former Yugoslavia and Somalia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558563</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayall, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the end of the Cold War the hope was that it would be possible to reform international society and create a new world order. Its central feature would be international intervention, not merely to deter or repel aggression across frontiers, but to protect the victims of civil conflicts within states. These hopes remain largely unfulfilled. This book contributes to our understanding of this failure by examining the three major post-Cold War operations in which the UN has been involved. Each presented the international community with a different challenge: in Cambodia it was to implement a previously negotiated political agreement; in former Yugoslavia to devise a credible division of labour and authority between the UN and the European Union; and in Somalia to mount a humanitarian mission in a country without a government. Each chapter is accompanied by a chronology of events and a selection of relevant UN documents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58563/cover/9780521558563.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Critical Editing of Music</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Method, and Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grier, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide an introduction to music editing, including the history of the field, and the issues and problems encountered. The preparation of editions for performance and study is one of the most important activities and contributions of the music scholar to cultural life. Through accessible editions, previously unknown music enters the repertory, while well-known works receive fresh interpretations. James Grier examines music editing from the early music repertory to contemporary works, including a number of genres from opera to the symphony. Grier also examines the future of music editing and its application on CD-ROM and related electronic media.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58631/cover/9780521558631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558662</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arms and the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Patterns of Military Production and Trade</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krause, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWXF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the structure and motive forces that shape the global arms transfer and production system. The author distinguishes three tiers of arms producers, defined by such factors as defence production base, military research and development capabilities, and dependence upon arms exports. These factors interact with underlying political, economic, and military motivations to drive states to produce and export arms, and provide the force which directs the international trade in arms. The author discusses the United States and the Soviet Union, the European arms suppliers, and the emerging arms producers of the developing world. Although it concentrates on the contemporary period, the book covers a wide historical span, from the development of military technologies in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries to twentieth-century revolutions in weaponry. By focusing on the processes of technological innovation and diffusion, the author shows the evolutionary nature of the spread of military technologies, and situates the current arms transfer system in a broad historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58662/cover/9780521558662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Budgetary Decisions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Public Choice Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraan, Dirk-Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tullock, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to the positive theory of the budgetary process based on the theory of public choice. Although budgetary institutions are very diverse, both between and within countries, it is possible to identify key elements which are common to all forms of representative government. The author identifies these key elements as the supply of services by public agencies; demand for services by political bodies (cabinet, houses of parliament, etc); negotiations between administrators of agencies and political bodies in an 'internal market'; and decision-making in the form of budgetary and substantive legislation. The book develops a step-by-step model which incorporates all these elements, a model which can be used to explain and predict budgetary decisions in existing institutions, as well as to analyze institutional change, including cost budgeting and various forms of privatization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58679/cover/9780521558679.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of Webster's Third</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philip Gove's Controversial Dictionary and its Critics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morton, Herbert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The publication of Webster's Third New International Dictionary in 1961 set off a storm of controversy in both the popular press and in scholarly journals that was virtually unprecedented in its scope and intensity. This is the first full account of the controversy, set within the larger background of how the dictionary was planned and put together by its editor-in-chief, Philip Babcock Gove. Based on original research and interviews with the people who knew and worked with Gove, this is a human story as well as the story of the making of a dictionary. The author skilfully interweaves an account of Gove's character and working habits with the evolution of the dictionary. The reception given Webster's Third - now widely regarded as one of the greatest dictionaries of our time - illuminates public misconceptions about language and the role of dictionaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58693/cover/9780521558693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Holes and the Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Novikov, Igor D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kisin, Vitaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Igor Novikov has been hailed as 'Russia's answer to Stephen Hawking'. In this popular account of the cosmic importance of black holes, he explores the properties and significance of these mysterious phenomena, which represent the most condensed state of matter in the Universe. Black holes are formed by the force of gravity, warping space and time, crushing stars and perhaps galaxies until they fall in on themselves. Novikov's fascinating account, illustrated with a series of inspired cartoon drawings, illuminates this most enigmatic feature of our Universe with exemplary clarity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58709/cover/9780521558709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Dynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Primer</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medio, Alfredo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lines, Marji</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A systematic and comprehensive introduction to the study of nonlinear dynamical systems, in both discrete and continuous time, for nonmathematical students and researchers working in applied fields. An understanding of linear systems and the classical theory of stability are essential although basic reviews of the relevant material are provided. Further chapters are devoted to the stability of invariant sets, bifurcation theory, chaotic dynamics and the transition to chaos. In the final two chapters the authors approach the subject from a measure-theoretical point of view and compare results to those given for the geometrical or topological approach of the first eight chapters. Includes about one hundred exercises. A Windows-compatible software programme called DMC, provided free of charge through a website dedicated to the book, allows readers to perform numerical and graphical analysis of dynamical systems. Also available on the website are computer exercises and solutions to selected book exercises. See www.cambridge.org/economics/resources</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58747/cover/9780521558747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155876X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155876X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>James Joyce and the Question of History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fairhall, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ground-breaking book situates Joyce in his historical moment, exploring his attitudes towards colonialism, nationalism, World War I, gender, and class. Although James Fairhall draws on a wide range of critical theories, his study is clearly written and is accessible to any reader interested in the relation between Joyce's works and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58761/cover/9780521558761.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructions of 'the Jew' in English Literature and Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Racial Representations, 1875-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheyette, Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bryan Cheyette combines cultural theory, discourse analysis, and new historicism with close readings of work by Arnold, Trollope and George Eliot, Buchan and Kipling, Shaw and Wells, Belloc and Chesterton, T. S. Eliot and James Joyce, to argue that 'the Jew' lies at the heart of modern English society: not as a stereotype, but as the embodiment of confusion and indeterminacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58778/cover/9780521558778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951225</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crossing Frontiers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gerontology Emerges as a Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Achenbaum, W. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although philosophers, physicians, and others have long pondered the meanings and experiences of growing older, gerontology did not emerge as a scientific field of inquiry in the United States until the twentieth century. The study of aging borrows from a variety of other disciplines, including medicine, psychology, sociology and anthropology, but its own scientific basis is still developing. Despite dozens of aging-related journals, and a notable increase in state, regional, national and international networks, there are no widely shared techniques or distinctive methods. Theories of aging remain partial and tentative. By tracing intellectual networks and analyzing institutional patterns, Crossing Frontiers shows how old age became a 'problem' worth investigating and how a multidisciplinary orientation took shape.  Gerontology is a marginal intellectual enterprise but its very strengths and weaknesses illuminate the politics of specialization and academic turf-fighting in U.S. higher education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58808/cover/9780521558808.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and Chance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophical Issues in the Foundations of Statistical Mechanics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sklar, Lawrence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Statistical mechanics is one of the crucial fundamental theories of physics, and in his new book Lawrence Sklar, one of the pre-eminent philosophers of physics, offers a comprehensive, non-technical introduction to that theory and to attempts to understand its foundational elements. Among the topics treated in detail are:  probability and statistical explanation, the basic issues in both equilibrium and non-equilibrium statistical mechanics, the role of cosmology, the reduction of thermodynamics to statistical mechanics, and the alleged foundation of the very notion of time asymmetry in the entropic asymmetry of systems in time. The book emphasises the interaction of scientific and philosophical modes of reasoning, and in this way will interest all philosophers of science as well as those in physics and chemistry concerned with philosophical questions. The book could also be read by an informed general reader interested in the foundations of modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58815/cover/9780521558815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Search for Rational Drug Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimring, Franklin E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive examination of the drug control policy process in the United States. How are policy choices identified, debated and selected? How are the consequences of governmental policy measured and evaluated? How, if at all, do we learn from our mistakes. The first section deals with four different ways of understanding American drug policy: drug control as ideology, drugs as an issue of definition and measurement, an historical analysis of drug control, and finally, drug control as an occasion for debating the proper role of the criminal law. Zimring and Hawkins also discuss priority problems for drug control and provide a foundation for an improved policy process. They argue that protection of children and youth should shape policy toward illicit crime, with attention to the fact that youth protection objectives may limit the effectiveness of some drug controls.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58822/cover/9780521558822.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic and Monetary Union in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Moving beyond Maastricht</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kenen, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>231</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive account and analysis of the plan for European monetary union contained in the Maastricht Treaty. The provisions of the treaty itself are examined, showing how they evolved, what must be done to implement them, and some of the problems they will pose. Kenen goes far beyond the treaty, however, to survey and adapt recent research by economists on the benefits and costs of monetary unions, the conduct of monetary policy, and the consequences of large public deficits and debts. The European exchange-rate crises of 1992 and 1993 are analyzed, as well as their impact on the prospects for monetary union and the problems they pose for implementation of the Maastricht Treaty. The author makes specific proposals to handle the transition to a single currency, integrate the existing central banks into a single system, and modify parts of the treaty itself. The implications of European monetary union for the international monetary system in the mid-to-late 1990s are also considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58839/cover/9780521558839.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558840</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Guide to Quantum Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chari, Vyjayanthi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pressley, Andrew N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>668</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since they first arose in the 1970s and early 1980s, quantum groups have proved to be of great interest to mathematicians and theoretical physicists. The theory of quantum groups is now well established as a fascinating chapter of representation theory, and has thrown new light on many different topics, notably low-dimensional topology and conformal field theory. The goal of this book is to give a comprehensive view of quantum groups and their applications. The authors build on a self-contained account of the foundations of the subject and go on to treat the more advanced aspects concisely and with detailed references to the literature. Thus this book can serve both as an introduction for the newcomer, and as a guide for the more experienced reader. All who have an interest in the subject will welcome this unique treatment of quantum groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58846/cover/9780521558846.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Alfred Marshall, Economist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>485</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second of a three-volume work constituting a comprehensive, scholarly edition of the correspondence of the English economist, Alfred Marshall (1842-1924), one of the leading figures in the development of economics and the founder of the Cambridge School of Economics. The edition fills a long-standing gap in the history of economic thought with hitherto unpublished material. Students will find it a basic resource for understanding the development of economics and other social sciences in the period since 1870. In particular, it provides much new information about Marshall's views on economic, social and political issues, his struggles to promote the teaching of economics at the University of Cambridge, and his relations with colleagues in Cambridge and elsewhere. Marshall's letters are notable for their frankness and spontaneity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58877/cover/9780521558877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Alfred Marshall, Economist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>427</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a three-volume work constituting a comprehensive, scholarly edition of the correspondence of the English economist, Alfred Marshall (1842-1924), one of the leading figures in the development of economics and the founder of the Cambridge School of Economics. The edition fills a long-standing gap in the history of economic thought with hitherto unpublished material. Students will find it a basic resource for understanding the development of economics and other social sciences in the period since 1870. In particular, it provides much new information about Marshall's views on economic, social and political issues, his struggles to promote the teaching of economics at the University of Cambridge, and his relations with colleagues in Cambridge and elsewhere. Marshall's letters are notable for their frankness and spontaneity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58884/cover/9780521558884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Alfred Marshall, Economist 3 volume hardback set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitaker, John K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This three-volume work constitutes a comprehensive scholarly edition of the correspondence of the English economist, Alfred Marshall (1842-1924), one of the leading figures in the development of economics and the founder of the Cambridge School of Economics. The edition fills a long-standing gap in the history of economic thought with hitherto unpublished material. Students will find it a basic resource for understanding the development of economics and other social sciences in the period since 1870. In particular, it provides much new information about Marshall's views on economic, social and political issues, his struggles to promote the teaching of economics at the University of Cambridge, and his relations with colleagues in Cambridge and elsewhere. Marshall's letters are notable for their frankness and spontaneity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>405.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Distributions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Nontechnical Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, J. Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Youn, Heekyung K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a self-contained introduction to the theory of distributions, sometimes called generalized functions. Most books on this subject are either intuitive or else rigorous but technically demanding. Here, by concentrating on the essential results, the authors have introduced the subject in a way that will most appeal to non-specialists, yet is still mathematically correct. Topics covered include: the Dirac delta function, generalized functions, dipoles, quadrupoles, pseudofunctions and Fourier transforms. The self-contained treatment does not require any knowledge of functional analysis or topological vector spaces; even measure theory is not needed for most of the book. The book, which can be used either to accompany a course or for self-study, is liberally supplied with exercises. It will be a valuable introduction to the theory of distributions and their applications for students or professionals in statistics, physics, engineering and economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58907/cover/9780521558907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cultures of Natural History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jardine, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Secord, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spary, E. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lavishly illustrated volume is the first systematic general work to do justice to the fruits of recent scholarship in the history of natural history. Public interest in this lively field has been stimulated by environmental concerns and through links with the histories of art, collecting and gardening. Twenty-four specially commissioned essays cover the period from the sixteenth century, when the first institutions of natural history were created, to its late nineteenth-century transformation by practitioners of the new biological sciences. An introduction discusses novel approaches that have made this a major focus for research in cultural history. The essays, which include suggestions for further reading, offer a coherent and accessible overview of a fascinating subject. An epilogue highlights the relevance of this wide-ranging survey for current debates on museum practice, the display of ecological diversity, and concerns about the environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58945/cover/9780521558945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521558999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521558999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521558990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Authority of Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521558990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthen, William B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do our ideas about Shakespeare inform our understanding of the limits of performance? This stimulating book asks how both text and performance are construed as vessels of authority. The author finds that our understanding of Shakespearean performance retains a surprising sense of the possibility of being 'faithful' to Shakespearean texts, and so to 'Shakespeare'. After an opening theoretical chapter, Worthen examines the relationship between text and performance in directing, acting, and scholarship. He considers how some prominent theatre directors articulate their role as r&#233;gisseur under the sign of Shakespeare. Next he looks at how actors read Shakespeare's plays, and in the final chapter he inspects performance-oriented criticism of Shakespeare since the 1960s. This undogmatic and exploratory book contributes to the scholarly study of acting and directing, and to the wider discourse of performance studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/58990/cover/9780521558990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Symbolic Dynamics and Coding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lind, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marcus, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symbolic dynamics is a rapidly growing area of dynamical systems. Although it originated as a method to study general dynamical systems, it has found significant uses in coding for data storage and transmission as well as in linear algebra. This book is the first general textbook on symbolic dynamics and its applications to coding. It will serve as an introduction to symbolic dynamics for both mathematics and electrical engineering students. Mathematical prerequisites are relatively modest (mainly linear algebra at the undergraduate level) especially for the first half of the book. Topics are carefully developed and motivated with many examples. There are over 500 exercises to test the reader's understanding. The last chapter contains a survey of more advanced topics, and there is a comprehensive bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59003/cover/9780521559003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Essays on Seize the Day</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a multifaceted introduction to Nobel Prize-winner Saul Bellow's most widely read, respected, and taught work of fiction, Seize the Day.. This tragi-comic story of one day in the life of an average man on the brink of failure and despair is a prime example of the Jewish novels of the 1950s. The essays in this volume examine the thematic, stylistic, and critical elements of Bellow's masterpiece and offer different approaches to how the novel may or may not be thought of as 'ethnic'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59027/cover/9780521559027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Primer of Algebraic D-Modules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coutinho, S. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of D-modules is a rich area of study combining ideas from algebra and differential equations, and it has significant applications to diverse areas such as singularity theory and representation theory. This book introduces D-modules and their applications avoiding all unnecessary over-sophistication. It is aimed at beginning graduate students and the approach taken is algebraic, concentrating on the role of the Weyl algebra. Very few prerequisites are assumed, and the book is virtually self-contained. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter and the reader is given ample references to the more advanced literature. This is an excellent introduction to D-modules for all who are new to this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59089/cover/9780521559089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052155909X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052155909X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Locke and the Ethics of Belief</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolterstorff, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nicholas Wolterstorff discusses the ethics of belief which Locke developed in Book IV of his Essay Concerning Human Understanding, where Locke finally argued his overarching aim: how we ought to govern our belief, especially on matters of religion and morality. Wolterstorff shows that this concern was instigated by the collapse, in Locke's day, of a once-unified moral and religious tradition in Europe into warring factions. His was thus a culturally and socially engaged epistemology. This view of Locke invites a new interpretation of the origins of modern philosophy. He maintained that instead of following tradition we ought to let 'reason be our guide.' Accordingly, after discussing Hume's powerful attack on Locke's recommended practice, Wolterstorff argues for Locke's originality and emphasizes his contribution to the 'modernity' of post-sixteenth-century philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59096/cover/9780521559096.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Number Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Paris 1992-3</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>David, Sinnou</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the fourteenth annual volume arising from the Seminaire de Theorie des Nombres de Paris. As with previous volumes the whole spectrum of number theory is discussed, with many contributions from some of the world's leading figures. The very latest research developments are covered and much of the work presented here will not be found elsewhere. Also included are surveys that will serve to guide the reader through the extensive published literature. This will be a necessary addition to the libraries of all workers in number theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59119/cover/9780521559119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559157</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Botterill, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the relationship between common-sense, or 'folk', psychology and contemporary scientific psychology? Are they in conflict with one another? Or do they perform quite different, though perhaps complementary, roles? George Botterill and Peter Carruthers discuss these questions, defending a robust form of realism about the commitments of folk psychology and about the prospects for integrating those commitments into natural science. Their focus throughout the book is on the ways in which cognitive science presents a challenge to our common-sense self-image - arguing that our native conception of the mind will be enriched, but not overturned, by science. The Philosophy of Psychology is designed as a textbook for upper-level undergraduate and beginning graduate students in philosophy and cognitive science, but as a text that not only surveys but  advances the debates on the topics discussed, it will also be of interest to researchers working in these areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59157/cover/9780521559157.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Theories of Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Peter K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theories of Theories of Mind brings together contributions by a distinguished international team of philosophers, psychologists, and primatologists, who between them address such questions as: what is it to understand the thoughts, feelings, and intentions of other people? How does such an understanding develop in the normal child? Why, unusually, does it fail to develop? And is any such mentalistic understanding shared by members of other species? The volume's four parts together offer a state of the art survey of the major topics in the theory-theory/simulationism debate within philosophy of mind, developmental psychology, the aetiology of autism and primatology. The volume will be of great interest to researchers and students in all areas interested in the 'theory of mind' debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychological Anthropology Reconsidered</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559188</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingham, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Ingham reviews developments in pyschological anthropology and argues for an eclectic approach that finds room for psychoanalytic, dialogical and social perspectives on personality and culture. The argument is developed with special reference to human nature, child development, personality, and mental disorder, and it draws on studies set in many different cultures. The author also shows the relevance of work in psychoanalysis and child development to current concerns in anthropology with agency and rhetoric.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59188/cover/9780521559188.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Challenging the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Crisis and Innovation in Latin America and Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grindle, Merilee S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Comisso, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Migdal, Joel Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1980s and 1990s posed great challenges to governments in Latin America and Africa. Deep economic crises and significantly heightened pressure for political reform severely taxed their capacity to manage economic and political tasks. These crises pointed to an intense need to reform the state and redefine its relationship to the market and civic society. This book examines the paradox of states that have been weakened by crisis just as their capacity to encourage economic development and provide for effective governance most needs to be strengthened. Case studies of Mexico and Kenya allow the author to analyse the opportunities available for political leadership in moments of crisis, and the constraints on action provided by leadership goals and existing political and economic structures. She argues that while leaders and political structures are often part of the problem, they can also be part of the solution in building more efficient, effective, and responsive states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59195/cover/9780521559195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559200</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Riches and Poverty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Intellectual History of Political Economy in Britain, 1750-1834</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winch, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Riches and Poverty, Donald Winch explores the implications of a fundamental and influential idea in political economy. Adam Smith's science of the legislator provided a key to studying the rich and poor in commercial societies, transformed an ancient debate on luxury and inequality, and furnished a basis for assessing the American and French revolutions. Against this background, Britain embarked on its career as the first manufacturing nation, and Malthus made his first contributions to a debate which concluded with the Poor Law Amendment Act of 1834. Malthus provoked fierce opposition from the Lake poets, opening an intellectual rift that persisted throughout the nineteenth century and continues to influence our perceptions of cultural history. Donald Winch has written a compelling and consistently-argued narrative of these developments, which emphasises throughout the moral and political bearings of economic ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59201/cover/9780521559201.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960401</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and Religion at Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultures, Contexts, and Beliefs</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feeney, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent reevaluations of Roman religion by ancient historians have stressed the vitality and creativity of the Romans' religious system throughout its long history of continual adaptation to new challenges. Capitalising on these insights, Denis Feeney argues that Roman literature was not an artificial or parasitic irrelevance in this context, but an important element of the dynamic religious culture, with its own status as another form of religious knowledge. Since Roman culture, both literary and religious, was so thoroughly Hellenised, the book also makes a case for a reconsideration of the traditional antitheses between Greek and Roman literature and religion, arguing against Hellenocentric prejudices and in favour of a more creative model of cultural interaction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and the Foundations of Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maienschein, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruse, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been much attention devoted in recent years to the question of whether our moral principles can be related to our biological nature. This collection of new essays focuses on the connection between biology, in particular evolutionary biology, and foundational questions in ethics. The book asks such questions as whether humans are innately selfish, and whether there are particular facets of human nature that bear directly on social practices. The volume is organised historically beginning with Aristotle and covering such major figures as Hume and Darwin down to the present and the work of Harvard sociobiologist, E. O. Wilson. This is the first book to offer this historical perspective on the relation of biology and ethics, and has been written by some of the leading figures in the history and philosophy of science, whose work stands very much at the cutting edge of these disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59232/cover/9780521559232.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Evolution and Structure</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Impact of Complexity on the U.S. Economic System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryor, Frederic L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frederic L. Pryor uses the concept of structural complexity to show how changes in the population, the labour force, the structure of industry, the financial system, foreign and domestic trade, and the government sector are related to the same general trend in the US economic system over the past forty years and in the coming twenty years. He also investigates the impact of these changes on the functioning of the system, exploring such matters as the long-term rising unemployment rate, the allegedly increasing volatility of the economy, the changing degree of competition, and the evolving economic role of the government. The discussion is aimed at those who wish to view the economy as a whole and who are concerned with problems of understanding an economy that is becoming increasingly complex along many different dimensions. For specialists a number of appendices discuss a variety of technical issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59249/cover/9780521559249.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machiavellian Intelligence II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Extensions and Evaluations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiten, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byrne, Richard W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can the intelligence of monkeys and apes, and the huge brain expansion which marked human evolution be explained? In 1988, Machiavellian Intelligence was the first book to assemble the early evidence suggesting a new answer: that the evolution of intellect was primarily driven by selection for manipulative, social expertise within groups where the most challenging problem faced by individuals was dealing with their companions. Since then a wealth of new information and ideas has accumulated. This new book will bring readers up to date with the most important developments, extending the scope of the original ideas and evaluating them empirically from different perspectives. It is essential reading for reseachers and students in many different branches of evolution and behavioural sciences, primatology, and philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59492/cover/9780521559492.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Francis Ford Coppola's The Godfather Trilogy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browne, Nick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Godfather trilogy is among the most significant works of Hollywood cinema of the last quarter century. They provide a richly complex look at a whole segment of American life and culture spanning almost the whole century. In six essays, written especially for this volume, The Godfather trilogy is re-examined from a variety of perspectives. Providing analyses on the form and significance of Coppola's achievement, they demonstrate how the filmmaker revised the conventions of the American crime film in the Viet Nam era, his treatment of the capitalism of the criminal underworld and its inherent violence, the power struggles within Hollywood over the film, and the contribution of opera to the epic force and cinematic style of Coppola's vision of an American criminal dynasty. The Godfather articulates the themes, styles, mythologies, performances, and underlying cultural values that have made the film a modern classic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59508/cover/9780521559508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Textual Approaches to the City</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Catharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The city of Rome is built not only of bricks and marble but also of the words of its writers. For the ancient inhabitant or visitor, the buildings of Rome, the public spaces of the city, were crowded with meanings and associations. These meanings were generated partly through activities associated with particular places, but Rome also took on meanings from literature written about the city: stories of its foundation, praise of its splendid buildings, laments composed by those obliged to leave it. Ancient writers made use of the city to explore the complexities of Roman history, power and identity. This book aims to chart selected aspects of Rome's resonance in literature and the literary resonance of Rome. A wide range of texts are explored, from later periods as well as from antiquity, since, as the author hopes to show, Gibbon, Goethe and others can be revealing guides to the literary topography of ancient Rome.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59522/cover/9780521559522.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spike Lee's Do the Right Thing</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spike Lee's Do the Right Thing brings together essays, specially written for this edition, that analyse this controversial film from a variety of methodological perspectives. Among the issues examined in this volume are the production history of the film, the use of music, and the urban sociology of New York in the 1980s. Collectively, these essays connect the inter-racial strife of New York as treated in Do the Right Thing with the contemporary social climate and racism in America. Also included are reviews of the film by influential critics, a large selection of production stills, and a complete bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59546/cover/9780521559546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Linear Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Girard, Jean-Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lafont, Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Regnier, Laurent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linear logic, introduced in 1986 by J.-Y. Girard, is based upon a fine grain analysis of the main proof-theoretical notions of logic. The subject develops along the lines of denotational semantics, proof nets and the geometry of interaction. Its basic dynamical nature has attracted computer scientists, and various promising connections have been made in the areas of optimal program execution, interaction nets and knowledge representation. This book is the refereed proceedings of the first international meeting on linear logic held at Cornell University, in June 1993. Survey papers devoted to specific areas of linear logic, as well as an extensive general introduction to the subject by J.-Y. Girard, have been added, so as to make this book a valuable tool both for the beginner and for the advanced researcher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59614/cover/9780521559614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19950821</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559731</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559731</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governing Global Networks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>International Regimes for Transportation and Communications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zacher, Mark W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Brent A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Governing Global Networks argues that most international regimes are grounded in states' mutual cooperation, and not in the dictates of the most powerful states. It focuses on the regimes for four important international industries - shipping, air transport, telecommunications and postal services. Of particular importance to these regimes have been states' interests in both the free flow of commerce and their policy autonomy. The authors examine the relationship between these potentially conflicting goals. In particular they trace the impact of deregulation, which has led some states increasingly to place gains from economic openness ahead of their desire to maintain a high degree of control of their own economies; and to the decline of the traditional cartel elements of these regimes. This analysis is an important contribution to theoretical debates between neo-realists and neo-liberals in the study of international organisations and international political economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59737/cover/9780521559737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders in Adults</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comprehensive Clinical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koran, Lorrin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written for clinicians, this book presents in detail the diagnosis, clinical picture, pharmacotherapeutic and psychotherapeutic treatments for obsessive-compulsive disorder and disorders traditionally included in an obsessive-compulsive spectrum. The book draws on the author's extensive experience as well as reviewing the published evidence, including controlled trials, case series and case reports. Each chapter ends with treatment planning guidelines summarizing appropriate evaluation and treatment strategies. An extended chapter details the use of all medications that have been reported effective for these disorders and the management of common and uncommon drug interactions and side effects. The book's appendices contain useful symptom rating scales, provide access to mental health organizations and to printed and internet materials for patient education, and list international proprietary names for the drugs discussed. This is an essential resource and practical guide to treatment planning for psychiatrists and other mental health professionals, whether they favor pharmacological or cognitive-behavioral approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nitric Oxide in Health and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, Jill</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoyle, Charles H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnstock, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>377</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBGR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nitric oxide has a tantalising role in health and disease: whilst many of its wide-ranging effects are well known, there remains much more to explore and to learn about the interactions of this fascinating molecule in physiological and pathophysiological processes. The volume reviews the myriad of effects of nitric oxide: as a chemical messenger in the central nervous system, peripheral nervous system, immune system and cardiovascular system. Furthermore, it provides a very practical introduction to the procedures and experimental protocols necessary to work with and study nitric oxide and its synthesing enzyme, nitric oxide synthase, in the laboratory. In this respect the volume is unique, providing as it does a complete single-volume review of the role of nitric oxide in health and disease, and a very practical introduction to the methods and protocols involved in this intriguing and active area of biomedical research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>North American Terrestrial Vegetation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barbour, Michael G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Billings, William Dwight</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This edition is a major contribution to botanical and ecological literature, and provides comprehensive coverage of the major vegetation types of North America from the arctic tundra of Alaska to the tropical forests of Central America. Each chapter describes the composition, architecture, environment, and conservation status of each ecosystem. In addition, information is included on the abiotic environment, paleoecology, productivity, nutrient cycling, autoecological behavior of dominant species, environmental issues, management problems, the role of natural disturbance, and critical areas for future research. This edition has additional chapters on freshwater wetlands, coastal marine wetlands, temperate Mexico, the Caribbean, and the Hawaiian Islands. Every chapter has been thoroughly updated and now includes information on habitat loss and restoration-preservation programs. This is an outstanding edition of a well-received text and it is essential reading for students and researchers in plant science, ecology, and conservation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59867/cover/9780521559867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Homological Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weibel, Charles A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The landscape of homological algebra has evolved over the last half-century into a fundamental tool for the working mathematician. This book provides a unified account of homological algebra as it exists today. The historical connection with topology, regular local rings, and semi-simple Lie algebras are also described. This book is suitable for second or third year graduate students. The first half of the book takes as its subject the canonical topics in homological algebra: derived functors, Tor and Ext, projective dimensions and spectral sequences. Homology of group and Lie algebras illustrate these topics.  Intermingled are less canonical topics, such as the derived inverse limit functor lim1, local cohomology, Galois cohomology, and affine Lie algebras. The last part of the book covers less traditional topics that are a vital part of the modern homological toolkit: simplicial methods, Hochschild and cyclic homology, derived categories and total derived functors. By making these tools more accessible, the book helps to break down the technological barrier between experts and casual users of homological algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59874/cover/9780521559874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endothelial Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bicknell, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of the Handbooks in Practical Animal Cell Biology is to provide practical workbooks for those involved in primary cell culture. Each volume addresses a different cell lineage, and contains an introductory section followed by individual chapters on the culture of specific differentiated cell types. The authors of each chapter are leading researchers in their fields and use their first-hand experience to present reliable techniques in a clear and thorough manner. Endothelial Cell Culture contains chapters on endothelial cells derived from 1) lung, 2) bone marrow, 3) brain, 4) mammary glands, 5) skin, 6) adipose tissue, 7) female reproductive system, and 8) synovium.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59904/cover/9780521559904.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pragmatics and Grammar</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ariel, Mira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When using language, many aspects of our messages are left implicit in what we say. While grammar is responsible for what we express explicitly, pragmatics explains how we infer additional meanings. The problem is that it is not always a trivial matter to decide which of the meanings conveyed is explicit (grammatical) and which implicit (pragmatic). Pragmatics and Grammar lays out a methodology for students and scholars to distinguish between the two. It explains how and why grammar and pragmatics combine together in natural discourse, and how pragmatic uses become grammatical in time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59942/cover/9780521559942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521559960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521559960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521559966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulations, Institutions, and Commitment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Studies of Telecommunications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521559966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levy, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spiller, Pablo T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book assesses the impact of core political and social institutions on regulatory structures and performance in the telecommunications industry in Jamaica, the United Kingdom, Chile, Argentina, and the Philippines. These core institutions are shown to influence strongly the credibility and effectiveness of regulation, and thus its ability to encourage private investment and support efficiency. Currently, privatization and regulatory reform are often viewed as the solution to the problem of poor performance by telecommunications and other public utilities. This volume argues that these high expectations may not always be met because of the way a country's political and social institutions - its executive, legislative and judicial systems, its informal norms of public behaviour - interact with regulatory processes and economic conditions. In some environments, regulatory solutions run counter to the prevailing wisdom: achieving credible commitment may require an inflexible regulatory regime, and sometimes public ownership of utilities may be the only feasible alternative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/59966/cover/9780521559966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560009</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morality and Political Violence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560009</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coady, C. A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Political violence in the form of wars, insurgencies, terrorism, and violent rebellion constitutes a major human challenge. C. A. J. Coady brings a philosophical and ethical perspective as he places the problems of war and political violence in the frame of reflective ethics. Coady re-examines a range of urgent problems pertinent to political violence against the background of a contemporary approach to just war thinking. The problems examined include: the right to make war and conduct war, terrorism, revolution, humanitarianism, mercenary warriors, the ideal of peace and the right way to end war. Coady attempts to vindicate the contemporary relevance of the just war tradition to current problems without applying the tradition in a merely mechanical or uncritical fashion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/05486/cover/9780521705486.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071008</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Uncertain Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Image of Science for a Changing World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dolby, R. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>377</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is science? How is scientific knowledge affected by the society that produces it? Does scientific knowledge directly correspond to reality? Can we draw a line between science and pseudo-science? Will it ever be possible for computers to undertake scientific investigation independently? Is there such a thing as feminist science? In this book the author addresses questions such as these using a technique of 'cognitive play', which creates and explores new links between the ideas and results of contemporary history, philosophy, and sociology of science. New ideas and approaches are applied to a wide range of case studies, many of them from controversial and contested science. This book will be of interest to historians and sociologists of science, to anyone interested in science studies, and to educated general readers with an interest in the history, philosophy, and social context of science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60047/cover/9780521560047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metropolis and Hinterland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The City of Rome and the Italian Economy, 200 BC-AD 200</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Neville</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ancient Rome was one of the greatest cities of the pre-industrial era. Like other such great cities, it has often been deemed parasitic, a drain on the resources of the society that supported it. Rome's huge population was maintained not by trade or manufacture but by the taxes and rents of the empire. It was the archetypal 'consumer city'. However, such a label does not do full justice to the impact of the city on its hinterland. This book examines the historiography of the consumer city model and reappraises the relationship between Rome and Italy. Drawing on archaeological work and comparative evidence, the author shows how the growth of the city can be seen as the major influence on the development of the Italian economy in this period as its demands for food and migrants promoted changes in agriculture, marketing systems and urbanisation throughout the peninsula.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60061/cover/9780521560061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>All the Pasha's Men</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mehmed Ali, his Army and the Making of Modern Egypt</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fahmy, Khaled</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While previous scholarship has viewed Mehmed Ali Pasha as the founder of modern Egypt, Khaled Fahmy offers a new interpretation of his role in the rise of Egyptian nationalism, locating him in the Ottoman context as an ambitious Ottoman reformer. Basing his work on previously neglected archival material, the author demonstrates how Mehmed Ali sought to develop the Egyptian economy and to build up the army, not as a means of gaining Egyptian independence from the Ottoman Empire, but to further his own ambitions for hereditary rule over the province. In its analysis of nation-building and the construction of state power, the book makes a significant contribution to the larger theoretical debates. It will therefore be essential reading for students in the field, as well as for Ottomanists, military historians and those interested in the development of the modern nation-state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60078/cover/9780521560078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D. H. Lawrence: Paul Morel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baron, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This early version of Sons and Lovers, Lawrence's highly popular autobiographical novel, has never been published before. Amongst all the surviving early drafts of Lawrence's works this is the most different from the final version; as he rewrote, Lawrence discarded many episodes, some of them stories from his childhood not recorded anywhere else. It is less polished than Sons and Lovers, but it is full of powerful, spontaneous, dramatic writing: there is more humour and charm, more raw violence and nervous energy. This volume also contains remarkable documents written by Lawrence's girlfriend Jessie Chambers, the model for Miriam in Paul Morel and in Sons and Lovers, in which  she gives Lawrence some hostile criticisms and writes out for him her own versions of some of his episodes. In addition there is a fragment of a novel about his mother's childhood, facsimiles of manuscript pages, maps, and scholarly notes and apparatus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60092/cover/9780521560092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Practices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Wittgensteinian Approach to Human Activity and the Social</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schatzki, Theodore R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses key topics in social theory such as the basic structures of social life, the character of human activity, and the nature of individuality. Drawing on the work of Wittgenstein, the author develops an account of social existence that argues that social practices are the fundamental  phenomenon in social life. This approach offers insight into the social formation of individuals, surpassing and critiquing the existing practice theories of Bourdieu, Giddens, Lyotard and Oakeshott. In bringing Wittgenstein's work to bear on issues of social theory the book shows the relevance of his work to a body of thought to which it has never been applied. The book will be of particular interest to philosophers of the social sciences, a wide range of social theorists in political science and sociology, as well as some literary theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60221/cover/9780521560221.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Forest of Time</TitleText>

<Subtitle>American Indian Ways of History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nabokov, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Forest of Time is the first introduction for undergraduates, graduates and general readers to the notion that American Indian societies had vital interests in interpreting and transmitting their own histories in their own ways, for themselves. Drawing upon his own varied research as well as sampling the latest in scholarship from ethnohistory, anthropology, folklore and Indian studies, Dr Nabokov offers dramatic examples of how native peoples also put rituals and material culture, landscape, prophecies, and even the English language to the urgent service of keeping the past alive and relevant. Throughout these lively chapters, we also witness the American Indian historical imagination deployed as a coping skill and survival strategy. This book surveys the latest integrating ideas while offering a useful bibliography that opens up, and demands that we engage with, alternative chronicles for America's multi-cultural past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68746/cover/9780521568746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020502</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156025X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156025X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Idealism as Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hegelian Variations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippin, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Modernity' has come to refer both to a contested historical category and to an even more contested philosophical and civilisational ideal. In this important collection of essays Robert Pippin takes issue with some prominent assessments of what is or is not philosophically at stake in the idea of a modern revolution in Western civilisation, and presents an alternative view. Professor Pippin disputes many traditional characterisations of the distinctiveness of modern philosophy. In their place he defends claims about agency, freedom, ethical life and modernity itself, all of which are central to the German idealist philosophical tradition, and in particular, to the writings of Hegel. Having considered the Hegelian version of these issues the author explores other accounts as found in Habermas, Strauss, Blumenberg, Nietzsche, and Heidegger.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60252/cover/9780521560252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560268</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560268</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Oliver Wendell Holmes and the Culture of Conversation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibian, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Gibian explores the key role played by Oliver Wendell Holmes in what was known as America's 'Age of Conversation'. He was both a model and an analyst of the dynamic conversational form, which became central to many areas of mid-nineteenth-century life. Holmes' multivoiced writings can serve as a key to open up the closed interiors of Victorian America, whether in saloons or salons, parlours or clubs, hotels or boarding-houses, schoolrooms or doctors' offices. Combining social, intellectual, medical, legal and literary history with close textual analysis, and setting Holmes in dialogue with Emerson, Hawthorne, Melville, Fuller, Alcott and finally with his son, Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes Junior, Gibian radically redefines the context for our understanding of the major literary works of the American Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60269/cover/9780521560269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Function Spaces, Entropy Numbers, Differential Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmunds, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Triebel, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The distribution of the eigenvalues of differential operators has long fascinated mathematicians. Advances have shed light upon classical problems in this area, and this book presents a fresh approach, largely based upon the results of the authors. The emphasis here is on a topic of central importance in analysis, namely the relationship between i) function spaces on Euclidean n-space and on domains; ii) entropy numbers in quasi-Banach spaces; and iii) the distribution of the eigenvalues of degenerate elliptic (pseudo) differential operators. The treatment is largely self-contained and accessible to non-specialists. Both experts and newcomers alike will welcome this unique exposition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60368/cover/9780521560368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theocritus and the Archaeology of Greek Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The poems of Theocritus are our best witness to a brilliant poetic culture that flourished in the first half of the third century BC. This book considers the context from which these poems grew and, in particular, the manner in which they engage with and recreate the poetic forms of the Greek archaic age. The focus is not on the familiar bucolic poems of Theocritus, but on the hymns, mimes and erotic poems of the second half of the corpus. Recent papyri have greatly increased our understanding of how Theocritus read archaic poetry, and these discoveries are fully exploited in a set of readings which will change the way we look at Hellenistic poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60405/cover/9780521560405.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political World of Thomas Wentworth, Earl of Strafford, 1621-1641</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Merritt, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays re-examines the historical debates of the early Stuart period from a fresh vantage point: the career of Thomas Wentworth, first Earl of Strafford. Wentworth played a crucial role in virtually every disputed policy and debate of the 1620s and 1630s. A noted 'country' parliamentarian, then a Privy Councillor and President of the Council in the North, a controversial Lord Deputy of Ireland and a close ally of Archbishop Laud - Wentworth's career encapsulates many of the paradoxes and tensions in early Stuart politics. This collection boasts a series of major articles by some of the most prominent historians currently active in seventeenth-century political history. The essays explore the nature of the political world under Charles I through Wentworth's career, challenging some of the categories and presuppositions which characterise recent work on the pre-Civil War period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60412/cover/9780521560412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156042X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156042X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Ideas and the British Labour Movement, 1880-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560429</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrow, Logie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bullock, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first detailed survey of democratic ideas on the British Left in the period leading to 1914. Socialists of the late nineteenth century inherited assumptions about the priority of democracy from a long tradition of British Radicalism. However, the advent of the Fabians, who rejected this tradition as primitive, and of an ILP leadership more concerned to enter than reform parliament, meant that the movement was split between 'strong' and 'weak' views of democracy. By the eve of the First World War a consensus was emerging that might have formed the basis for a more realistic and more radical approach to democracy than has actually been pursued by the Labour Party and the Left during the twentieth century. Democratic Ideas and the British Labour Movement assesses an important debate in the history of socialist ideas and in the formation of the British Labour movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60429/cover/9780521560429.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Growth and Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ulijaszek, Stanley J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, Francis E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preece, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tanner, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>509</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Human Growth and Development is a comprehensive but accessible account of the current understanding of the factors affecting human growth and development. Over 120 internationally renowned experts have contributed to the book, covering topics such as fetal and post-natal growth, the relative impact of genetic and environmental factors, behavioural development, growth abnormalities, the human lifespan and the prospects for future generations. Extensively illustrated with photographs, graphs and diagrams, it offers a great breadth of topic coverage, providing insights into the subject for those not familiar with the areas as well as being essential reading for all students and professionals interested in growth and development, child health and nutrition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60467/cover/9780521560467.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560489</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pastoral Letters as Composite Documents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authorship of the Pastoral letters has been a matter of intense scholarly debate for almost two hundred years. The letters clearly purport to be written by Paul, but perceived differences in the literary style, vocabulary and theology of the Pastorals when compared with that of the genuine Pauline letters suggests that this was not so. The arguments have centred primarily on the question of whether Paul or a disciple of Paul - a gifted pseudonymist - composed these letters. It is the 'either/or' nature of the debate that is brought into serious question in this book. Dr Miller argues that the Pastorals reflect a compositional history that was commonplace throughout the ancient Near East. He takes the reader on a wide-ranging tour of biblical and extra-biblical sources, examining their literary histories, and arguing that the Pastorals are composite documents, not unlike many Jewish and early Christian works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60481/cover/9780521560481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560519</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 1995: Economic and Social Dimensions of Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contribution of Working Group III to the Second Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Hoesung</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haites, Erik F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>458</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The consequences of climate change for society are analysed in this landmark assessment from the IPCC. This book assesses the available knowledge on the many issues that society has to face, including the international decision-making framework; applicability to climate change of techniques for assessing costs and benefits; the significant social costs of projected climate change; and the economic assessment of policy instruments to combat climate change, nationally and internationally. Some important conclusions of this Second Assessment Report indicate that 10 to 30% of greenhouse gas emissions in most countries can be reduced at negative or zero cost - 'no regrets' measures. Also, the literature indicates that climate change will cause aggregate net damage, which provides an economic rationale for going beyond 'no regrets' measures. It also indicates that a portfolio of mitigation, adaptation and research measures is a sound strategy for addressing climate change given the remaining uncertainties. This report speaks directly to the issues that are faced by the many countries committed to limit emissions of greenhouse gases by the year 2000, and currently negotiating actions to be taken beyond that date. Will be of great value to the international community of policymakers interested in the consequences of climate change, as well as to economists, social and natural scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60511/cover/9780521560511.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560527</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560527</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Easy PC Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duffett-Smith, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Easy PC Astronomy is the book for all those who want to make astronomical calculations easily and accurately. A simple but powerful script language called AstroScript is provided on a disk with the book, ready to use on any IBM PC-type computer. Equipped with this the user can make complex calculations within minutes, with no expert knowledge of astronomy, maths or computer-programming. The Sky Graphics facility displays a detailed image of the sky as seen from any point on earth, at any time in the future or past (showing the constellations, planets, and a host of other features), and updated minute by minute, if desired. Full details of the calculations (and formulae) are provided in the book, together with a comprehensive glossary of astronomical terms. Easy PC Astronomy is of immediate practical use to amateur astronomers (from novice to advanced), students (in secondary school or university), science teachers and research astronomers. Software is supplied on a 1.44 MByte high-density 3.5 inch IBM PC disk only. Operates on any IBM-type machine, but better with a coprocessor, so a 386 with a coprocessor or 486 DX are recommended. 500 KBytes RAM and VGA screen required as minimum.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60528/cover/9780521560528.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Melville's City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary and Urban Form in Nineteenth-Century New York</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kelley, Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Melville's City argues that Melville's relationship to the city was considerably more complex than has generally been believed. By placing him in the historical and cultural context of nineteenth-century New York, Kelley presents a Melville who borrowed from the colourful cultural variety of the city while at the same time investigating its darker and more dangerous social aspects. She shows that images both from Melville and from popular sources of the time represented New York variously as Capital, Labyrinth, City of Man and City of God and she goes on the demonstrate that he resisted a generalising or totalising representation of the city by revealing its hybrid identity and giving voice to the poor, the displaced and the racially excluded. Through close examination of works spanning Melville's career, Kelley forges an analysis of connections between urban and literary form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/06726/cover/9780521106726.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Energy and Water Cycles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browning, K. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gurney, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The abundance of water in all three phases makes the Earth unique in the solar system. Knowledge of the fluxes and changes of phase of water are essential for an understanding of weather, climate and, indeed, of life itself. This book provides a treatment of advances in our understanding through improvements in global models, in the representation of the processes included in the models, and in related observations. It deals with fluxes within the atmosphere, at and beneath the land and ocean surface, and the interaction between them. In order to provide authoritative and coherent coverage of an area of environmental science that is developing rapidly, the book draws upon the expertise of many of the world's leading researchers across a wide range of meteorology, hydrology and oceanography. The book will be of main interest to graduate students and researchers in these subjects, but it will also appeal to final-year undergraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60573/cover/9780521560573.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking Strategically</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power Tools for Personal and Professional Advancement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loehle, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professionals today, whether scientists, engineers, entrepreneurs or managers, need to maximise their effectiveness. Hard work and motivation are not enough. Strategic thinking is needed to be able to choose the right problem to solve, to solve it in a cost-effective way, to use resources efficiently and to be innovative and productive. The combination of skill, motivation and the strategic use of effort can lead to astonishing levels of productivity. Real-world problems are complex and must be tackled with adequate conceptual tools. These tools are based on an understanding of the power of bottlenecks, paradox, scale and perspective constraints, and feedback as leverage points for getting to grips with the problem. Thinking Strategically provides the necessary power tools for dissecting complex problems and for creating innovative solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60580/cover/9780521560580.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Enlightenment and Religion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rational Dissent in Eighteenth-Century Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haakonssen, Knud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes a comprehensive reassessment of the relationship between Enlightenment and religion in England. The debate about an 'English' Enlightenment has centred on the role of religion, especially the relationship between the established Anglican Church and the dissenting confessions. It has long been accepted that liberal, rational dissenters developed an Enlightenment agenda, but most literature on this topic is quite out of date. These interdisciplinary essays provide a fresh analysis of rational dissent within English Enlightenment culture. Equally, they contribute to the debate over eighteenth-century religion and its social, political and intellectual meaning, focusing on the Irish and Scottish contributions to English dissent. Its wide perspective and research make Enlightenment and Religion an important and original contribution to eighteenth-century studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60603/cover/9780521560603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lectures on Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kant, Immanuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneewind, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains four versions of the lecture notes taken by Kant's students of his university courses in ethics given regularly over a period of some thirty years. The notes are very complete and expound not only Kant's views on ethics but many of his opinions on life and human nature. Much of this material has never before been translated into English. As with other volumes in the series, there are copious linguistic and explanatory notes and a glossary of key terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60610/cover/9780521560610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecological Management of Agricultural Weeds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liebman, Matt</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mohler, Charles L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Staver, Charles P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Concerns over environmental and human health impacts of conventional weed management practices, herbicide resistance in weeds, and rising costs of crop production and protection have led agricultural producers and scientists in many countries to seek strategies that take greater advantage of ecological processes and thereby allow a reduction in herbicide use. This book provides principles and practices for ecologically based weed management in a wide range of temperate and tropical farming systems. After examining weed life histories and processes determining the assembly of weed communities, the authors describe how tillage and cultivation practices, manipulations of soil conditions, competitive cultivars, crop diversification, grazing livestock, arthropod and microbial biocontrol agents, and other factors can be used to reduce weed germination, growth, competitive ability, reproduction and dispersal. Special attention is given to the evolutionary challenges that weeds pose and the roles that farmers can play in the development of new weed-management strategies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60689/cover/9780521560689.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Road to Total War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Civil War and the German Wars of Unification, 1861-1871</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>F&#246;rster, Stig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagler, Jorg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On the Road to Total War attempts to trace the roots and development of total industrialised warfare, a concept which terrorises citizens and soldiers alike. Mass mobilisation of people and resources and the growth of nationalism led to this totalisation of war in nineteenth-century industrialised nations. In this collection of essays, international scholars focus on the social, political, economic, and cultural impact of the American Civil War and the German Wars of Unification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60719/cover/9780521560719.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Development of Cardiovascular Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Molecules to Organisms</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burggren, Warren W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keller, Bradley B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinstein, Constance</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a unique overview of cardiovascular development from the cellular to the organ level across a broad range of species. The first section focuses on the molecular, cellular, and integrative mechanisms that determine cardiovascular development. The second section has eight chapters that summarise cardiovascular development in invertebrate and vertebrate systems. The third section discusses the effects of disease and environmental and morphogenetic influences on non-mammalian and mammalian cardiovascular development. It includes strategies for the management of congenital cardiovascular malformations in utero and postnatally. The book will interest graduate students and researchers who work in the fields of developmental biology, physiology, and molecular and paediatric cardiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560764</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing School Success</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Consequences of Untracking Low Achieving Students</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehan, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villanueva, Irene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hubbard, Lea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lintz, Angela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Okamoto, Dina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we bolster the academic success of low achieving students and provide a more egalitarian classroom setting? This book describes the process of 'untracking', an educational reform effort that has prepared students from low income, linguistic, and ethnic minority backgrounds for college. Untracking offers all students the same academically-demanding curriculum while varying the amount of institutional support they receive. Helpful institutional 'scaffolds' teach the hidden curriculum of the school, allowing students to develop an academic identity and build bridges between high school and college. There have been many plans and attempts to reform schools, but few detailed investigations of such efforts. This book is a highly readable account of a successful school reform effort.  It provides systematic research results concerning the educational and social consequences of untracking previously low achieving students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60764/cover/9780521560764.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kierkegaard: A Biography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560771</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hannay, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>510</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by one of the world's preeminent authorities on Kierkegaard, this biography is the first to reveal the delicate imbrication of Kierkegaard's life and thought. To grasp the importance and influence of Kierkegaard's thought far beyond his native Denmark, it is necessary to trace the many factors that led this gifted but (according to his headmaster) 'exceedingly childish youth' to grapple with traditional philosophical problems and religious themes in a way that later generations would recognize as amounting to a philosophical revolution. This book offers a powerful narrative account which will be of particular interest to philosophers, literary theorists, intellectual historians, and scholars of religious studies as well as any non-specialist looking for an authoritative guide to the life and work of one of the most original and fascinating figures in Western philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60771/cover/9780521560771.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Designs within Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Franklin D. Roosevelt, the Economists, and the Shaping of American Economic Policy, 1933-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barber, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>More than any of his predecessors in the White House, Franklin D. Roosevelt drew heavily on the thinking of economists as he sought to combat the Great Depression, to mobilize the American economy for war, and to chart a new order for the post-war world. Designs Within Disorder is an inquiry into the way divergent analytic perspectives competed for official favour and the manner in which the President opted to pick and choose among them when formulating economic policies. During the Roosevelt years, two 'revolutions' were underway simultaneously. One of them involved a fundamental restructuring of the American economy and of the role government was to play in it. A second was an intellectual revolution which engaged economists in reconceptualizing the nature of their discipline. Most of the programmatic initiatives Roosevelt put in place displayed a remarkable staying power for over half a century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60788/cover/9780521560788.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Footloose Labour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Working in India's Informal Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breman, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a penetrating anthropological study of the working poor in India, Jan Breman examines the lives of those who, pushed out of the agrarian labour market, depend on casual work. Beginning his local-level research in two villages in south Gujarat, the author discusses the mobilisation of casual labour, which is hired and fired according to the need of the moment, and transferred for the duration of the job to destinations far away from the home area. His case-study reveals that the circulation of labour is indicative of an employment pattern which dominates both the rural and urban economy of large parts of South Asia. Elaborating on the social profile of the work migrants, the author argues that their identity is shaped by both class and caste relations and, despite action by state agencies, nothing of significance has been achieved to improve their quality of life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60832/cover/9780521560832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560853</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Patronage in England, 1650-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560856</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, Dustin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>327</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of the system of literary patronage in early modern England and it demonstrates that far from declining by 1750 - as many commentators have suggested - the system persisted, albeit in altered forms, throughout the eighteenth century. Combining the perspectives of literary, social and political history, Dustin Griffin lays out the workings of the patronage system and shows how authors wrote within that system, manipulating it to their advantage or resisting the claims of patrons by advancing counterclaims of their own. Professor Griffin describes the cultural economics of patronage and argues that literary patronage was in effect always 'political'. Chapters on individual authors, including Dryden, Swift, Pope and Johnson, as well as Edward Young, Richard Savage, Mary Leapor and Charlotte Lennox, address the author's role in the system, the rhetoric of dedications and the larger poetics of patronage.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60856/cover/9780521560856.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Biology and Human Diversity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyce, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mascie-Taylor, C. G. Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Considerable attention is now being paid to the use of molecular evidence in studies of human diversity and origins. Much of the early work was based on evidence from mitochondrial DNA, but this has now been supplemented by important new information from nuclear DNA from both the Y chromosomes and the autosomes. The bulk of the material available is also from living populations, but this is now being extended by the study of DNA from archaic populations. The underlying models used in interpreting this evidence are developments of the neutral theory of molecular evolution, but also consider the possible role of selection. This volume brings together this new evidence from an international group of research workers. It will be an important reference for researchers in human biology, molecular biology and genetics alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60863/cover/9780521560863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Duality in Analytic Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, Peter D. T. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this stimulating book, aimed at researchers both established and budding, Peter Elliott demonstrates a method and a motivating philosophy that combine to cohere a large part of analytic number theory, including the hitherto nebulous study of arithmetic functions. Besides its application, the book also illustrates a way of thinking mathematically: historical background is woven into the narrative, variant proofs illustrate obstructions, false steps and the development of insight, in a manner reminiscent of Euler. It is shown how to formulate theorems as well as how to construct their proofs. Elementary notions from functional analysis, Fourier analysis, functional equations and stability in mechanics are controlled by a geometric view and synthesized to provide an arithmetical analogue of classical harmonic analysis that is powerful enough to establish arithmetic propositions until now beyond reach. Connections with other branches of analysis are illustrated by over 250 exercises, structured in chains about individual topics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60887/cover/9780521560887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156090X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156090X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manichaean Texts from the Roman Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lieu, Samuel N. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Founded by Mani (c. AD 216-276), a Syrian visionary of Judaeo-Christian background who lived in Persian Mesopotamia, Manichaeism spread rapidly into the Roman Empire in the third and fourth centuries AD and became one of the most persecuted heresies under Christian Roman emperors. The religion established missionary cells in Syria, Egypt, North Africa and Rome and has in Augustine of Hippo the most famous of its converts. The study of the religion in the Roman Empire has benefited from discoveries of genuine Manichaean texts from Medinet Madi and from the Dakhleh Oasis in Egypt, as well as successful decipherment of the Cologne Mani-Codex which gives an autobiography of the founder in Greek. This first ever single-volume collection of sources for this religion, which draws from material mostly unknown to English-speaking scholars and students, offers in translation genuine Manichaean texts from Greek, Latin and Coptic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68227/cover/9780521568227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Individual Choice and the Structures of History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Alexis de Tocqueville as Historian Reappraised</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Harvey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alexis de Tocqueville is recognized as one of the most important nineteenth-century historians. In this perceptive study, Harvey Mitchell examines afresh Tocqueville's works, in particular Souvenirs of 1848 and his voluminous correspondence, to shed new light on Tocqueville's philosophy of history. Professor Mitchell exposes the tensions which Tocqueville perceived between determined actions and choice, continuity and change, asking what happens to individual liberty if it is impossible to make a clean break with the past, and if past developments continue to influence the future. Professor Mitchell draws on the full range of Tocqueville's writings to find in them a unity of thought and a deep involvement with the philosophical questions raised by historical continuity and change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60917/cover/9780521560917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Responsibility View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristj&#225;nsson, Kristjan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When is it correct to say that a person's freedom is restricted? Can poverty constrain freedom? Can you constrain your own freedom, for instance through weakness of the will or self-deception, and are you not truly free unless you act on a rational choice? Kristj&#225;n Kristj&#225;nsson offers a critical analysis of the main components of a theory of negative liberty: the nature of obstacles and constraints, the weight of obstacles and the relation of freedom to power and autonomy. Through this discussion, which examines much of the contemporary work on political freedom, he develops his own theory of negative liberty, the so-called 'responsibility view', which meets many of the goals of advocates of positive liberty while retaining its distinctive 'negative' nature. He also argues for, and implements, a method of naturalistic revision as a way of solving conceptual disputes in social philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60924/cover/9780521560924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World Without, the Mind Within</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay on First-Person Authority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gallois, Andr&#233;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this challenging study, Andr&#233; Gallois proposes and defends a thesis about the character of our knowledge of our own intentional states. Taking up issues at the centre of attention in contemporary analytic philosophy of mind and epistemology, he examines accounts of self-knowledge by such philosophers as Donald Davidson, Tyler Burge and Crispin Wright, and advances his own view that, without relying on observation, we are able justifiably to attribute to ourselves propositional attitudes, such as belief, that we consciously hold. His study will be of wide interest to philosophers concerned with questions about self-knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60931/cover/9780521560931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521560950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521560950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521560955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tradition and Modernity in the Mediterranean</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Wedding as Symbolic Struggle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521560955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Argyrou, Vassos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of Vassos Argyrou's study is modernisation, as reflected in the changing nature of wedding celebrations in Cyprus over two generations from the 1930s to the present day. He argues that modernisation is not a secular, progressive process, that remodels the life of a society, ironing out local differences. Rather, it is a legitimising discourse. It is an idiom which Greek Cypriots employ to represent, and contest, relationships between social classes, old and young, men and women, city folk and villagers. At the same time, by involving modernisation, they are submitting to foreign standards, and accepting the symbolic domination of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/60955/cover/9780521560955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Natural Philosophy of James Clerk Maxwell</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561020</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, P. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introductory yet comprehensive account of James Clerk Maxwell's (1831-79) physics and worldview. The argument is structured by a focus on the fundamental themes which shaped Maxwell's science: analogy and geometry, models and mechanical explanation, statistical representation and the limitations of dynamical reasoning, and the relation between physical theory and its mathematical description. This approach, which considers his physics as a whole, bridges the disjunction between Maxwell's greatest contributions: the concept of the electromagnetic field and the kinetic theory of gases. Maxwell's work and ideas are viewed historically in terms of his indebtedness to scientific and cultural traditions, of Edinburgh experimental physics, and of Cambridge mathematics and philosophy of science, which nurtured his career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61020/cover/9780521561020.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Archaeology and the Social History of Ships</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gould, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maritime archaeology deals with shipwrecks and is carried out by divers rather than diggers. But this is by no means a marginal branch of archaeology. It embraces maritime history, analysing changes in ship-building, navigation, reconstructing the infrastructure of waterborne commerce, and offers fresh perspectives on the cultures and societies that produced the ships and sailors. Drawing on detailed and recent case studies, Richard Gould provides an up-to-date review of the field, and a clear exposition of new developments in undersea technologies. He also argues for the careful management of underwater cultural resources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67893/cover/9780521567893.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brain-Shaped Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>What the Brain Can Tell Us About the Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldblum, Naomi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glick, Shifra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Will brain scientists ever be able to read our minds? Why are some things harder to remember than others? Based on recent brain research and neural network modelling, The Brain-Shaped Mind addresses these, and other, questions, and provides a clear account of how the structure of the brain influences the workings of the mind. Neuroscientists are now learning about our minds by examining how the neurones in the brain are connected with one another and the surrounding environment. This book explores how neural networks enable us to recognise objects and learn new things, and what happens when things go wrong. The reader is taken on a fascinating journey into what is arguably one of the most complicated and remarkable aspects of our lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61044/cover/9780521561044.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superplasticity in Metals and Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nieh, T. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wadsworth, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherby, O. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TDM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes advances in the field of superplasticity. This is the ability of certain materials to undergo very large tensile strains, a phenomenon that has increasing commercial applications, but also presents a fascinating scientific challenge in attempts to understand the physical mechanisms that underpin it. The authors emphasise the materials aspects of superplasticity. They begin with a brief history of the phenomenon. This is followed by a description of the two major types of superplasticity - fine-structure and internal-stress superplasticity - together with a discussion of their operative mechanisms. In addition, microstructural factors controlling the ductility and fracture in superplastic materials are presented. The observations of superplasticity in metals (including aluminium, magnesium, iron, titanium and nickel), ceramics (including monoliths and composites), intermetallics (including iron, nickel, and titanium base), and laminates are thoroughly described. The technological and commercial applications of superplastic forming and diffusion bonding are presented and examples given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61051/cover/9780521561051.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Stage and the Great Depression</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History of the Grotesque</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fearnow, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a correlation between the divided 'mind' of America during the Depression and popular stage works of the era. Theatre works such as Jack Kirkland's comic-horrific adaptation of Tobacco Road, Olsen and Johnson's 'scream-lined revue', Hellzapoppin, and successful plays by Robert E. Sherwood, Clare Boothe Luce and S. N. Behrman are interpreted as theatrical reflections of Depression culture's sense of being trapped between a discredited past and a nightmarish future. The author analyses America of the 1930s as an era of the 'grotesque', in which the irreconcilable were forced into tense and dynamic coexistence, and by examining these works of theatre as products of particular historical circumstances, argues for a strong connection between cultural history and theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61112/cover/9780521561112.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State, Society and Mobilization in Europe during the First World War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horne, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume examines political and cultural mobilisation in the face of industrialised mass death during the First World War. Comparing Britain, France, Germany, Italy and Austria-Hungary, it generates arguments on mobilisation and 'total war' which have wider relevance. It explores 'national ideals' which cast the war as a crusade, the inclusive 'self-mobilisation' of sectional identities and private organisations behind national efforts, and the exclusion of suspect groups (the 'enemy within') from the mobilisation process. It also highlights the importance, and difficulty, of assessing the limits of mobilisation as well as the differing capacities of the state to sustain it, factors related to prior degrees of national integration and political legitimacy. Mobilisation in this sense was an important factor which determined the outcome and legacy of the war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61129/cover/9780521561129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kingship and Favoritism in the Spain of Philip III, 1598-1621</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feros, Antonio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The enthronement of Philip III of Spain (Philip II's son and heir) in 1598 also meant the rise to power of the duke of Lerma, the first of a series of European favourites/prime ministers who  influenced greatly politics, government, court culture and the arts during the seventeenth century. This book analyses the contexts that explain the rise of Lerma, as well as discourses on kingship and favouritism, and governmental and institutional initiatives taken during Philip III's reign (1598-1621) - a key historical period for our understanding of early modern Spain. Although this book focuses on the reign of Philip III, it also addresses broader historiographical matters. How was power exercised in personal monarchies? What discourses were used to justify royal power? How was kingship publicly represented? How was favouritism conceptualized and legitimized? Was the effect of the rise of the favourite/prime minister upon the constitution of personal monarchies and on the political and ideological struggles?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61136/cover/9780521561136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Social Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Peak Country, 1520-1770</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Andy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an alternative approach to the history of social conflict, popular politics and plebeian culture in the early modern period. Based on a close study of the Peak Country of Derbyshire c. 1520-1770, it has implications for understandings of class identity, popular culture, riot, custom and social relations. A detailed reconstruction of economic and social change within the region is followed by an in-depth examination of the changing cultural meanings of custom, gender, locality, skill, literacy, orality and magic. The local history of social conflict sheds light upon the nature of political engagement and the origins of early capitalism. Important insights are offered into early modern social and gender identities, civil war allegiances, the appeal of radical ideas and the making of the English working class. Above all, the book challenges the claim that early modern England was a hierarchical, 'pre-class' society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61143/cover/9780521561143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Subject and the Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Literary Theory and Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frank, Manfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkins, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The work of the German philosopher Manfred Frank has profoundly affected the direction of the contemporary debate in many areas of philosophy and literary theory. This present collection brings together some of his most important essays, on subjects as diverse as Schleiermacher's hermeneutics, the status of the literary text, and the response to the work of Derrida and Lacan. Frank shows how the discussions of subjectivity in recent literary theory fail to take account of important developments in German Idealist and Romantic philosophy. The prominence accorded language in literary theory and analytic philosophy, he claims, ignores key arguments inherited from Romantic hermeneutics, those which demonstrate that interpretation is an individual activity never finally governed by rules. Andrew Bowie's introduction situates Frank's work in the context of contemporary debates in philosophy and literary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time's Arrows and Quantum Measurement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulman, Lawrence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the arrow of time in thermodynamics and cosmology, and develops a new quantum measurement theory in which the foregoing concepts play an essential role. The first chapter is an overview and 'route map' and is followed by an exposition of irreversibility, the expansion of the Universe and other arrows of time. The author examines the thesis that the thermodynamic arrow follows the cosmological one, and in doing so extends traditional statistical mechanics. The second part of the book presents a new theory of quantum measurement and possible experimental tests. This theory incorporates the extended statistical mechanics in an essential way. The last chapter discusses open experimental and theoretical issues. Written in a lively and accessible style, the text is liberally sprinkled with exercises. Each chapter ends with a resources section that includes notes, further reading, and technical appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61228/cover/9780521561228.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156123X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156123X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of Taxol</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nature and Politics in the Pursuit of an Anti-Cancer Drug</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, Jordan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taxol is arguably the most celebrated, talked-about and controversial natural product in recent years. It is celebrated because of its efficacy as an anti-cancer drug and because its discovery has provided powerful support for policies concerned with biodiversity; talked about because in the late 1980s and early 1990s the American public was bombarded with news reports and special programmes about the molecule and its host, the Pacific yew; and controversial because during the early 1990s the drug and the tree became embroiled in a number of very sensitive political issues with wide implications for the conduct of public policy. The Story of Taxol tells this story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61235/cover/9780521561235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Does the Weather Really Matter?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Implications of Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burroughs, William James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>&#8226; What has been the real impact of past weather extremes (e.g. cold winters, droughts, floods, heatwaves and hurricanes) on historic events? &#8226; Is the frequency and impact of weather extremes changing? &#8226; Can we predict how the climate will behave in the future and what will be the consequences of these changes? &#8226; Are greater, less predictable changes just around the corner? Bill Burroughs seeks to answer these questions by providing a balanced and accessible analysis of the current debate on climatic change. Combining a historical perspective, economic and political analysis, together with meteorological and climatological explanations of the impact of extreme weather events on all aspects of society, it provides a basis for interpreting what is known about climatic change and the ability to forecast future changes and their economic and political consequences. The book also includes extensive discussions on El Ni&#241;o. It will be of interest to all those concerned with the future of human society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61266/cover/9780521561266.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gaussian Hilbert Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janson, Svante</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book treats the very special and fundamental mathematical properties that hold for a family of Gaussian (or normal) random variables. Such random variables have many applications in probability theory, other parts of mathematics, statistics and theoretical physics. The emphasis throughout this book is on the mathematical structures common to all these applications. This will be an excellent resource for all researchers whose work involves random variables.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61280/cover/9780521561280.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spinning Tops</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Course on Integrable Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561297</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Audin, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the time of Lagrange and Euler, it has been well known that an understanding of algebraic curves can illuminate the picture of rigid bodies provided by classical mechanics. A modern view of the role played by algebraic geometry has been established in recent years by many mathematicians. This book presents some of these modern techniques, which fall within the orbit of finite dimensional integrable systems. The main body of the text presents a rich assortment of methods and ideas from algebraic geometry prompted by classical mechanics, whilst in appendices the general, abstract theory is described. The methods are given a topological application, for the first time in book form, to the study of Liouville tori and their bifurcations. The book is based on courses for graduate students given by the author at Strasbourg University but the wealth of original ideas will make it also appeal to researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61297/cover/9780521561297.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electron</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Centenary Volume</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Springford, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book marks the centenary of the discovery of the electron by J. J. Thomson in 1897, an event which occurred at a great turning point in the history of scientific ideas, and the impact of which on the development of science in the twentieth century has been profound. The electron was the first elementary particle to be discovered. It sets the basic scales of energy and length in chemistry and materials science, and its ubiquitous presence to drive electrical and electronic devices in everyday life is familiar to everyone. In this book the discussion moves from the historical context of the discovery of the electron and its basic properties, to the Dirac equation, bonding in condensed matter, Fermi and non-Fermi liquids, quantum order, superconductivity, heavy, coherent and composite electrons, and the role of the electron in the cosmos, with each chapter written by a prominent figure in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61303/cover/9780521561303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156140X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156140X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking Animals Seriously</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mental Life and Moral Status</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeGrazia, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book distinguishes itself from much of the polemical literature on these issues by offering the most judicious and well-balanced account yet available of animals' moral standing, and related questions concerning their minds and welfare. Transcending jejune debates focused on utilitarianism versus rights, the book offers a fresh methodological approach with specific and constructive conclusions about our treatment of animals. David DeGrazia provides the most thorough discussion yet of whether equal consideration should be extended to animals' interests, and examines the issues of animal minds and animal well-being with an unparalleled combination of philosophical rigor and empirical documentation. His book is an important contribution to the field of animal ethics and will be read with special interest by all philosophers teaching such courses, as well as biologists, those professionally involved with animals, and general readers concerned about animal welfare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61402/cover/9780521561402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561501</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Knowledge</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Experts, Agencies and Organisations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561501</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albert, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradley, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>227</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Managing Knowledge reverses the status quo argument that organisational change is driven by the specific demands of large companies. Instead of viewing firms as the catalysts for gradual change, Albert and Bradley argue that expert professionals have fuelled a break away from the traditional organisational structure to an organisational structure at the heart of which is an agent and/or an agency system. The authors draw our attention to the growing phenomenon of atypical work manifested in workforce flexibility, mobility, the feminisation of professional employment, and technological changes. They focus upon a group of knowledge-based employees - experts - who increasingly have influence over work and wealth creation. Case studies are developed from companies including AT and T, the Hollywood film industry, London accounting firms, and specialised agencies such as Labforce and Knowledge Net.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61501/cover/9780521561501.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in the Age of Decline</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Organisation and Experience in Industrial Yorkshire, 1870-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, S. J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The seemingly inexorable decline of Christianity in Britain has long fascinated historians, sociologists and churchmen. They have also been exasperated by their failure to understand its origins or chart its progress. Sceptical both of traditional accounts and of their more recent rejection by revisionist writers, S. J. D. Green concentrates scholarly attention for the first time on the 'social history of the chapel' in a characteristic industrial-urban setting. He demonstrates just why so many churches were built in late Victorian Britain, who built them, who went to them, and why. He evaluates the 'associational ideal' during its period of greatest success, and explains the causes of its decline. In this way, Religion in the Age of Decline offers a fresh interpretation of the extent and the implications of the decline of religion in twentieth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61532/cover/9780521561532.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marc Bloch, Sociology and Geography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Encountering Changing Disciplines</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Susan W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Marc Bloch has been very influential in the development of both history and social science. Comparative historians, historical geographers, and historical sociologists have all pointed to his work as a model. This book is the first detailed examination of the relationship of his work to both Durkheimian sociology and Vidalian geography. Through a careful examination of the debates in which he was involved and the institutional circumstances in which he worked, it places Bloch's work within its intellectual context, and assesses the nature of his contribution. Professor Friedman argues that, despite the frequent claims of scholars in history, sociology and geography, Bloch did not adopt either the Durkheimian or Vidalian approach. Both disciplines were central to his intellectual development, but Bloch's relationships to the two disciplines were interdependent, and the result was his own highly acclaimed and unique approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61570/cover/9780521561570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Using Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Herbert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that language use is more than the sum of a speaker speaking and a listener listening. It is the joint action that emerges when speakers and listeners - writers and readers - perform their individual actions in coordination, as ensembles. The author argues strongly that language use embodies both individual and social processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61587/cover/9780521561587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solitons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Differential equations, symmetries and infinite dimensional algebras</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miwa, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jimbo, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Date, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reid, Miles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>118</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the high degree of symmetry that lies hidden in integrable systems. To that end, differential equations arising from classical mechanics, such as the KdV equation and the KP equations, are used here by the authors to introduce the notion of an infinite dimensional transformation group acting on spaces of integrable systems. The work of M. Sato on the algebraic structure of completely integrable systems is discussed, together with developments of these ideas in the work of M. Kashiwara. This book should be accessible to anyone with a knowledge of differential and integral calculus and elementary complex analysis, and it will be a valuable resource to the novice and expert alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Notes on Life and Letters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stape, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>Z01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Busza, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twenty-six essays collected in Notes on Life and Letters (first published 1921) offer a kaleidoscopic view of Joseph Conrad's literary views and interest in the events of his day, including the Titanic disaster, First World War, and the re-emergence of his native Poland as a nation state. The introduction gives the history of the gathering of these diverse pieces into a single volume, traces the book's reception, and offers new perspectives on its relationship to Conrad's other writings. His essays underwent multiple layers of unauthorized intervention by typists, compositors and editors: this history is set out in the essay on the text and in the apparatus. The notes explain literary and historical references, identify places mentioned, and gloss foreign terms. Two maps supplement the explanatory material. This edition, established through modern textual scholarship, presents Conrad's essays and reviews in a form more authoritative than any hitherto printed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61631/cover/9780521561631.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contemporary Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Embeddedness of Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollingsworth, J. Rogers</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyer, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that there is no single best institutional arrangement for organizing modern societies. Therefore, the market should not be considered the ideal and universal arrangement for coordinating economic activity. Instead, the editors argue, the economic institutions of capitalism exhibit a large variety of objectives and tools that complement each other and cannot work in isolation. The various chapters of the book explore challenging issues in the analysis of differing institutional arrangements for coordinating economic activity, asking what logics and functions they follow and why they emerge, mature and persist in the forms they do. They conclude that any institutional arrangement has its strengths and weaknesses and that such institutions evolve according to a logic specific to each society. They also note that institutions continuously respond to changing circumstances, and are not static entities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61655/cover/9780521561655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gas Pipelines and the Emergence of America's Regulatory State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Panhandle Eastern Corporation, 1928-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Castaneda, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Clarance M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of Panhandle Eastern's history shows the relationship between regulatory policy and the modern corporation in the twentieth century from a unique perspective, for it extends over three eras in the growth of its industry and the US political economy. The first era, in which the interstate pipeline industry began, was characterised by minimal regulation or antitrust activity. Then, New Deal regulatory reforms subjected the firms to single industry regulation, but pipelines bought and sold gas and enjoyed a long period of expansion in spite of the increasingly complex regulations. Finally, the third era was characterised by regulatory failure, energy crises, regulatory change, and industry reorganisation as regulators took the traditional merchant function, that of buying and selling gas, from pipelines and transformed them into open access contract carriers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61662/cover/9780521561662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Goldbugs and Greenbacks</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Antimonopoly Tradition and the Politics of Finance in America, 1865-1896</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ritter, Gretchen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the late-nineteenth century, there was a popular and heated debate over what sort of financial system America should have. Behind the discussions over gold versus silver and state versus national banks was a broader dialogue about sectionalism, class relations, and the future course of the American economy and democracy. Professor Ritter contends that there was a distinctive and neglected political tradition in the United States - the antimonopoly tradition - which was championed by nearly every major agricultural and labor group during the period from the Civil War until 1900. The book explains why the antimonopolists (including the National Labor Union, the Greenbackers, the Knights of Labor, and the Populists) saw the financial system as the key to maintaining economic opportunity and democratic control for all classes and regions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61679/cover/9780521561679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polygamous Families in Contemporary Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561693</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altman, Irwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginat, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMurrin, Sterling M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this intriguing book, social psychologist Irwin Altman and anthropologist Joseph Ginat examine husband-wife and wife-wife relationships in contemporary Mormon polygamous families. They describe how husbands and wives in plural families cope with their complex lifestyle in various facets of everyday life, including courtship, weddings, honeymoons, adjustments to a new life, living arrangements, and the husband's rotation among his wives. Other important topics include budget and resource management, psychological attachments to homes, and the social-emotional relationships between family members. This pioneering, comprehensive analysis of life in modern day Mormon polygamous families uses first-hand interviews and observations to describe this unusual family lifestyle.  It adds to our understanding of close relationships and complements knowledge on other modern relationship forms, such as single-parent families, blended families, and cohabiting partners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61693/cover/9780521561693.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156171X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156171X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trials of Nation Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liberalism, Race, and Ethnicity in the Andes, 1810-1910</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larson, Brooke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first interpretive synthesis of the history of Andean peasants and the challenges of nation-making in the four republics of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia during the turbulent nineteenth century. Nowhere in Latin America were postcolonial transitions more vexed or violent than in the Andes, where communal indigenous roots grew deep and where the 'Indian problem' seemed so daunting to liberalizing states. Brooke Larson paints vivid portraits of Creole ruling &#233;lites and native peasantries engaged in ongoing political and moral battles over the rightful place of the Indian majorities in these emerging nation-states. In this story, indigenous people emerge as crucial protagonists through their prosaic struggles for land, community, and 'ethnic' identity, as well as in the upheaval of war, rebellion, and repression in rural society. This book raises broader issues about the interplay of liberalism, racism, and ethnicity in the formation of exclusionary 'republics without citizens'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67305/cover/9780521567305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dispossession by Degrees</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indian Land and Identity in Natick, Massachusetts, 1650-1790</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Jean M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to Jean O'Brien, Indians did not simply disappear from colonial Natick, Massachusetts as the English extended their domination. Rather, the Indians creatively resisted colonialism, defended their lands, and rebuilt kin networks and community through the strategic use of English cultural practices and institutions. In the late eighteenth century, Natick Indians experienced a process of 'dispossession by degrees' that rendered them invisible within the larger context of the colonial social order, and enabled the construction of the myth of Indian extinction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61723/cover/9780521561723.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Monitoring in Coastal Environments Using Foraminifera and Thecamoebian Indicators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, David B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medioli, Franco S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schafer, Charles T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Foraminifera and thecamoebians are highly sensitive to environmental stress (natural or anthropogenic). This feature means that they can be used to biologically characterize a variety of freshwater and coastal marine environments. Due to their small size and hard shells, large quantities are also found fossilised in core samples, making them ideal for reconstructing past environmental conditions. This volume covers the specific environmental applications of these organisms and contains an introduction to the subject, detailed descriptions of methods and techniques and case studies. Written for non-specialists, this book will appeal to resource managers and consultants in the public and private sector who routinely work on coastal environmental problems. The book will also serve as a supplementary text for graduate students in many courses on environmental monitoring, ecological baseline studies and environmental science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61730/cover/9780521561730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011029</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Christian Women and Pagan Opinion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Power of the Hysterical Woman</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, Margaret Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of how women figured in public reaction to the church from New Testament times to Christianity's encounter with the pagan critics of the second century CE. The reference to a hysterical woman was made by the most prolific critic of Christianity, Celsus. He was referring to a follower of Jesus - probably Mary Magdalene - who was at the centre of efforts to create and promote belief in the resurrection. MacDonald draws attention to the conviction, emerging from the works of several pagan authors, that female initiative was central to Christianity's development; she sets out to explore the relationship between this and the common Greco-Roman belief that women were inclined towards excesses in religion. The findings of cultural anthropologists of Mediterranean societies are examined in an effort to probe the societal values that shaped public opinion and early church teaching. Concerns expressed in New Testament and early Christian texts about the respectability of women, and even generally about their behaviour, are seen in a new light when one appreciates that outsiders focused on early church women and understood their activities as a reflection of the group as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61747/cover/9780521561747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motivation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biobehavioural Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wong, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motivation: A Biobehavioural Approach provides the reader with an understanding of why an individual exhibits certain behaviours, and what the causes of these actions are. Roderick Wong presents an analysis of motivated behaviour such as sexual activity, parental behaviour, food selection, fear or aggression, from a biological perspective, each chapter focussing on individual systems underlying specific motivational states that result in motivated acts. The similarities, differences and integration between these motivational systems are discussed throughout. Using a framework derived from research and theory from animal behaviour and comparative psychology, this book analyses relevant issues in human motivation such as mate choice, nepotism, attachment and independence, sensation-seeking, obesity and parent-offspring conflict. It will be particularly useful for undergraduate students in psychology or behavioural science taking courses in motivation and emotion, comparative psychology, animal behaviour or biological psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61754/cover/9780521561754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561809</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Character and Purpose of Luke's Christology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckwalter, H. Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Luke's christology is carefully designed. Luke portrays the exalted Jesus as God's co-equal by the kinds of things he does and says from heaven. Through the Holy Spirit, the divine name and personal manifestations, Jesus behaves toward people in Luke-Acts as does Yahweh in the Old Testament. His power and knowledge are supreme. Jesus sovereignly reigns over Israel, the church, the powers of darkness and the world. Luke deepens this portrait by depicting Jesus as deity who by nature behaves as servant: the earthly Jesus acted among his people as one who serves; the exalted Jesus continues serving his people by strengthening and encouraging them in their witness of him to the world. That the believers in Acts resemble the way Jesus behaved in the Gospel means that they too are now imaging some of his servant-like character in their witness of him.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61808/cover/9780521561808.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561817</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Succession to Muhammad</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of the Early Caliphate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Madelung, Wilferd</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a comprehensive study of early Islamic history, Wilferd Madelung examines the conflict which developed after Muhammad's death for the leadership of the Muslim community. He pursues the history of this conflict through the reign of the four 'Rightly Guided' caliphs to its climax in the first inter-Muslim war. The outcome of the war, which marked the demise of the reign of the Early Companions, resulted in the lasting schism between Sunnite and Shi'ite Islam. Contrary to recent scholarly trends, the author brings out Ali's early claim to legitimate succession, which gained support from the Shi'a, and offers a convincing reinterpretation of early Islamic history. This book will make a major contribution to the debate over succession.  Wilferd Madelung's book The Succession to Muhammad has been awarded the Best Book of the Year prize by the Islamic Republic of Iran for the year 1997.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61815/cover/9780521561815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561825</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Polar Regions and the Development of International Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothwell, Donald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with international law in Antarctica and the Arctic. It reviews how each region is managed by the individual legal regimes, and how the special international laws developed specifically to deal with polar problems (for instance, protection of the environment) have contributed to the development of international law. It covers the legal issues concerning the geography and environment of the regions; the relevant aspects of the law of the sea; resource management; and environmental protection. The author reviews the international relations regime theory to analyse the development of the Polar regimes, and considers how the international relations necessary to deal with the unique problems caused by the polar environment and regional politics, has contributed to a greater understanding of international law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61822/cover/9780521561822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tokugawa Political Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Najita, Tetsuo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern political consciousness of Japan cannot be understood without reference to the history of the Tokugawa period, the era between 1600 and 1868 that preceded Japan's modern transformation. Tetsuo Najita introduces the ideas of the leading political thinker of the period, Ogyu Sorai (1666-1728), a pivotal figure in laying the conceptual foundations of Japan's modernization. His basic thoughts about history and the ethical purposes of politics are presented, revealing the richness of the philosophical legacy of eighteenth-century Japan, a legacy which cannot be seen through the perspective of 'westernization'. His ideas reveal a vision of human diversity and individual virtue which can be viewed in comparative perspective, as well as an insight into the history and politics of Japan. The texts are accompanied by a chronology of Sorai's life, a glossary, a guide to persons mentioned in the text, and a guide to further reading, as well as Professor Najita's introduction, which puts Sorai's work into philosophical and historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61860/cover/9780521561860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dementia with Lewy Bodies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Clinical, Pathological, and Treatment Issues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKeith, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cummings, Jeffrey L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>541</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) is perhaps the second most common cause of degenerative dementia after Alzheimer's disease. This book, which represents the first authoritative statement about DLB, arises from a workshop held in Newcastle, England, in October 1995, which brought together leading investigators with clinical and research experience of this condition. It includes review articles, case studies and recent research findings from the main centres studying DLB. Covering the classification, cognitive manifestations, clinical diagnosis, epidemiology, genetics, neuropathology, neurochemistry and treatment of DLB, this is a landmark publication in clinical neuroscience. It presents new operational criteria for research on DLB, and will interest all concerned with the problem of dementia in the elderly.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Two Old English Apocrypha and their Manuscript Source</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Gospel of Nichodemus and The Avenging of the Saviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cross, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brearley, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crick, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Thomas N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orchard, Andy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the course of this book Professor Cross presents the discovery of the actual manuscript source for the Old English versions of two biblical apocrypha, The Gospel of Nichodemus and The Avenging of the Saviour. In collaboration with four other scholars, Professor Cross explores the implications of this discovery. Here, parallel editions of the relevant Latin and Old English texts are given, together with modern English translations, and detailed discussion outlines the background to the Latin texts, and to the manuscript which contains them. The assembled material provides an insight not simply into the transmission of two apocryphal texts, but also into the mind of the single Anglo-Saxon translator who, it is argued, struggled in his own idiosyncratic fashion to make two badly spelt and incomplete Latin originals his own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61945/cover/9780521561945.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561957</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561957</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Karl, Frederick R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knowles, Owen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents all known Conrad letters from the years 1917-1919 in a framework which highlights their literary, historical, cultural, and biographical significance. Like its predecessors, this volume includes a high proportion of previously unpublished letters, and many of those already published have appeared only in small-circulation journals. Again like its predecessors, this volume is full of surprises that require us to remould our understanding of Conrad's writings. His correspondence for these years reveals his state of mind as he and his family dealt with the constant anxieties of the war-time years, and the return to a fragile peace. During this time, Conrad published three novels - The Shadow-Line, The Arrow of Gold, and The Rescue - together with a considerable amount of shorter work,  was preparing for the publication of his collected works on both sides of the Atlantic, and was engaged in a critical rereading of his earlier books.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61952/cover/9780521561952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561965</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521561965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stape, J. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>722</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This penultimate volume of Conrad's collected letters ends soon after his 65th birthday. Over the previous three years, Conrad wrote The Rover, struggled with Suspense, translated The Book of Job (a Polish comedy), collaborated with J. B. Pinker on a cinematic treatment of 'Gaspar Ruiz', and worked by himself on adapting The Secret Agent for the London stage. He saw the publication of The Rescue, Notes on Life and Letters, and the Doubleday/Heinemann collected edition, most of whose volumes had new Author's Notes. Especially in North America, the collected edition strengthened his reputation as the leading English-language novelist of his day. This recognition could not always console him for his worries about his health, his family, and the state of post-war Europe, but he had not lost his sense of irony. These letters, the majority new to scholarship, abound in striking turns of phrase and unexpected insights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61969/cover/9780521561969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521561973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521561976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Collected Letters of Joseph Conrad</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521561976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conrad, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Gene M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>498</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume Eight of Conrad's collected letters covers the last nineteen months of his life  (1923-24). Much of this correspondence is unpublished; its editors have had access to the major private collections as well as holdings in public and academic libraries. The letters themselves are accompanied by notes on contexts, allusions, and editorial problems, and prefaced with a general introduction and biographies of the correspondents. Letters to his family written during his visit to the United States are a notable feature of this collection, which is also rich in comments on literary questions, current events, his experiences at sea, the reception of The Rover, and work on his unfinished novel, Suspense.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61976/cover/9780521561976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Hardy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Hardy's fiction has had a remarkably strong appeal for general readers for decades, and his poetry has been acclaimed as among the most influential of the twentieth century. His work still creates passionate advocacy and opposition. The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Hardy is an essential introduction to this most enigmatic of writers. These commissioned essays from an international team of contributors comprises a general overview of all Hardy' s work and specific demonstrations of Hardy's ideas and literary skills. Individual essays explore Hardy's biography, aesthetics, his famous attachment to Wessex, and the impact on his work of developments in science, religion and philosophy in the late nineteenth century. Hardy's writing is also analysed against developments in contemporary critical theory and issues such as sexuality and gender. The volume also contains a detailed chronology of Hardy's life and publications, and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66926/cover/9780521566926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Mobilization to Civil War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Polarization in the Spanish City of Gij&#243;n, 1900-1937</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Radcliff, Pamela Beth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a social history of political polarisation as it evolved in one city over three and a half decades before the Spanish Civil War. As such it is a book about the long-term origins of the War as seen 'from below'. More broadly it is an analysis of the evolution of political culture during the transition from elite to mass politics. The book focuses on the interplay between the three main forces that competed for political control: the conservative monarchist/Catholics, the democratic republicans, and the revolutionary trade movement. It is different from other Civil War studies, in trying to understand the relationship between organised political forces and the 'masses' they sought to reach. In doing so it reveals a rich canvas of participants and activities, from trade unions and strikes to female consumer riots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62133/cover/9780521562133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Manifolds and Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartolomeis, P. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tricerri, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vesentini, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>331</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Brought together in this book are papers from a conference on differential geometry held in Pisa, in honour of Eugenio Calabi. The contributions are from many of the leading authorities in this field and together they cover a wide spectrum of topics that give an unsurpassed overview of research into differential geometry. All whose research interests lie in this area will find much of interest in this volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62164/cover/9780521562164.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles Darwin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Man and his Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562225</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowler, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Darwin's enormous influence on science and culture, begun during his lifetime, is still very evident today. The Origin of Species excited much debate and controversy, challenging the foundations of Christianity, yet underpinning the Victorian concept of progress, and today still evokes powerful and contradictory responses. Yet he was not first to publish evolutionary ideas and his theory of natural selection was not accepted by many of his contemporaries. Peter Bowler's study of Darwin's life and influence combines biography and cultural history. He shows how Darwin's contemporaries were unable to appreciate precisely those aspects of his thinking that are considered scientifically important today. Darwin was a product of his time, but he also transcended it, by creating an idea capable of being exploited by twentieth-century scientists and intellectuals who had very different values from his own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62225/cover/9780521562225.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960610</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justus von Liebig</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Chemical Gatekeeper</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>394</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the founding fathers of organic chemistry and also a great teacher, the German scientist Justus von Liebig transformed scientific education, medical practice, and agriculture in Great Britain. William H. Brock's fresh interpretation of Liebig's stormy career shows how he moved chemistry into the sociopolitical marketplace, demonstrating its significance for society in food production, nutrition, and public health. Through his controversial ideas on artificial fertilizers and recycling, his theory of disease, and his stimulating suggestions concerning food and nutrition, he warned the world of the dangers of failing to recycle sewage or to replace soil nutrients. Liebig also played the role of an elder statesman of European science by commenting, via popular lectures and expansions of his readable Chemical Letters, on such issues as scientific methodology and materialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62249/cover/9780521562249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Existence in Naples</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Morality, Action and Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pardo, Italo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Italo Pardo has produced a thoughtful and original account of the moral life of Naples, a city in which the ethics of work, family and neighbourhood exist in complex relationship with the teachings of the church and, crucial to key processes of democracy, with the power and limitations of law, bureaucracy and government. Dr Pardo identifies the importance of strong continuous interaction between material and non-material aspects in the entrepreneurial strategies of the ordinary Neapolitan and shows the ways in which different ethical systems are negotiated in everyday life. Success is measured not only by material gain, but also by satisfying spiritual obligations and meeting the claims of intimate loyalties. This is one of the very few ethnographic studies of a European city; it questions old assumptions and raises fresh issues in the field of urban studies, demonstrating the significance of empirical analysis to mainstream debates in social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62270/cover/9780521562270.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Middlemen of the Cameroons Rivers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Duala and their Hinterland, c.1600-c.1960</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Austen, Ralph A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Derrick, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Duala people entered the international scene as merchant-brokers for precolonial trade in ivory, slaves and palm products. Under colonial rule they used the advantages gained from earlier riverain trade to develop cocoa plantations and provide their children with exceptional levels of European education. At the same time they came into early conflict with both German and French regimes and played a leading - if ultimately unsuccessful - role in anti-colonial politics. In tracing these changing economic and political roles, this book also examines the growing consciousness of the Duala as an ethnic group and uses their history to shed new light on the history of 'middleman' communities in surrounding regions of West and Central Africa. The authors draw upon a wide range of written and oral sources, including indigenous accounts of the past conflicting with their own findings but illuminate local conceptions of social hierarchy and their relationship to spiritual beliefs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62287/cover/9780521562287.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intelligence Power in Peace and War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intelligence services form an important but controversial part of the modern state. Drawing mainly on British and American examples, this book provides an analytic framework for understanding the 'intelligence community' and assessing its value. The author, a former senior British intelligence officer, describes intelligence activities, the purposes which the system serves, and the causes and effects of its secrecy. He considers 'intelligence failure' and how organisation and management can improve the chances of success. Using parallels with the information society and the current search for efficiency in public administration as a whole, the book explores the issues involved in deciding how much intelligence is needed and discusses the kinds of management necessary. In his conclusions Michael Herman discusses intelligence's national value in the post-Cold War world. He also argues that it has important contributions to make to international security, but that its threat-inducing activities should be kept in check.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62317/cover/9780521562317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Raising of Predicates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Predicative Noun Phrases and the Theory of Clause Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562331</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moro, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the basic premises of the theory of syntax is that clause structures can be minimally identified as containing a verb phrase, playing the role of predicate, and a noun phrase, playing the role of subject. In this study Andrea Moro identifies a new category of copular sentences, namely inverse copular sentences, where the noun phrase which co-occurs with the verb phrase plays the role of predicate, occupying the position which is canonically reserved for subjects, and the subject is embedded in the verb phrase. The consequences of such a discovery are pervasive. Four distinct areas of syntax are unified into a unique natural class. Along with inverse copular sentences, existential sentences, sentences with seem and unaccusative constructions are analysed as involving the raising of a predicative noun phrase to the most prominent position in the clause structure. In addition, new light is shed on some classical issues such as the distribution and nature of expletives, locality theory, cliticization phenomena, possessive constructions, and the cross-linguistic variations of the Definiteness Effect.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62331/cover/9780521562331.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dental Functional Morphology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Teeth Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562362</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lucas, Peter W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dental Functional Morphology offers an alternative to the received wisdom that teeth merely crush, cut, shear or grind food and shows how teeth adapt to diet. Providing an analysis of tooth action based on an understanding of how food particles break, it shows how tooth form from the earliest mammals to modern-day humans can be understood using very basic considerations about fracture. It outlines the theoretical basis step by step, explaining the factors governing tooth shape and size and provides an allometric analysis that will revolutionize attitudes to the evolution of the human face and the impact of cooked foods on our dentition. In addition, the basis of the mechanics behind the fracture of different types of food, and methods of measurement are given in an easy-to-use appendix. It will be an important sourcebook for physical anthropologists, dental and food scientists, palaeontologists and those interested in feeding ecology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62362/cover/9780521562362.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Paston Family in the Fifteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562386</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richmond, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Paston family have long been famous for the large collection of letters and papers which bear their name. However, only recently have the 'Paston Letters' been used systematically by historians of fifteenth-century England: they are both attractive to read and fiendishly difficult to use as source material for the historian. This, the second volume in Colin Richmond's individual and compelling study of the Pastons, describes the bitter disputes over the will of Sir John Fastolf (d. 1459) which dogged the family for many years, and which hold a wider significance for the law, English country society, and the complex politics of the fifteenth century. Professor Richmond uses his mastery of the Paston documents to illuminate many obscurities surrounding the will, and at the same time creates an insightful and sympathetic picture of this fascinating, often troubled family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62386/cover/9780521562386.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562392</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberty, Right and Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individual Rights in Later Scholastic Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562393</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Annabel S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Liberty, Right and Nature is a vibrant and powerful contribution to the recently renewed debate over natural rights and natural rights language. Annabel Brett argues persuasively that in order to understand the development of the concept we need to look at the way in which the Latin language of ius functioned in a wide range of philosophical contexts. Dr Brett traces the range of the terminology of rights within the scholastic tradition from the thirteenth-century poverty controversy to the works of the sixteenth-century neo-Thomistic 'School of Salamanca'. A final chapter considers the consequences of this investigation for the rights theory of Thomas Hobbes. Dr Brett's analysis covers a panoply of theological and legal sources, and should prove indispensable to all those working in the field of medieval and early modern moral and political philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62393/cover/9780521562393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562481</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rebirth of Politics in Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562485</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Urban, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Igrunov, Vyacheslav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitrokhin, Sergei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>443</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blending first hand accounts of grassroots politics with an original theory of social relations under communism, this book seeks to explain one of the seminal events of this century: the rebirth of politics in Russia amid the collapse of the USSR. The authors trace the process from the pre-political period of dissident activity, through perestroika and the appearance of political groups and publications, elections, the formation of political parties and mass movements, counter-revolution and coup d'&#233;tat, the victory of democratic forces and the organization of a Russian state; to the struggle of power in the post-communist epoch, the violent end of the first republic and the contentious relations engulfing its successor. By focusing on the popular forces which accomplished Russia's political rebirth, rather than the reforms of the Soviet establishment, this book offers an original perspective on this critical period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62485/cover/9780521562485.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156249X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156249X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry James and the Culture of Publicity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562492</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salmon, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>241</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between the writings of Henry James and the historical formation of mass culture. Throughout his career, James was concerned with such characteristically modern cultural forms as advertising, biography and the New Journalism, forms which together constituted the 'devouring publicity' of modern life. Richard Salmon's study situates James's fiction and criticism within the context of the contemporary debates surrounding these rival discursive practices. He explores both the nature of James's contribution to the critique of mass culture and the extent of his immersion within it. James's persistent and ambivalent negotiation of the boundaries between private and public experience ranged from a defence of the artist's right to privacy, to his own counter-practice of publicity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62492/cover/9780521562492.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Darwinism's Struggle for Survival</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heredity and the Hypothesis of Natural Selection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gayon, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Darwinism's Struggle for Survival Jean Gayon offers a philosophical interpretation of the history of theoretical Darwinism. He begins by examining the different forms taken by the hypothesis of natural selection in the nineteenth century (Darwin, Wallace, Galton) and the major difficulties which it encountered, particularly with regard to its compatibility with the theory of heredity. He then shows how these difficulties were overcome during the seventy years which followed the publication of Darwin's Origin of Species, and he concludes by analysing the major features of the genetic theory of natural selection, as it developed from 1920 to 1960. This rich and wide-ranging study will appeal to philosophers and historians of science and to evolutionary biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62508/cover/9780521562508.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156252X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156252X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Sovereignty as Social Construct</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562522</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biersteker, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weber, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>315</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>State sovereignty is an inherently social construct. The modern state system is not based on some timeless principle of sovereignty, but on the production of a normative conception which links authority, territory, population (society, nation), and recognition in a unique way, and in a particular place (the state). Attempting to realize this ideal entails a great deal of hard work on the part of statespersons, diplomats, and intellectuals. The ideal of state sovereignty is a product of the actions of powerful agents and the resistances to those actions by those located at the margins of power. The unique contribution of this book is to describe, theorize, and illustrate the practices which have socially constructed, reproduced, reconstructed, and deconstructed various sovereign ideals and resistances to them. The contributors analyse how all the components of state sovereignty - not only recognition, but also territory, population, and authority - are socially constructed and combined in specific historical contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62522/cover/9780521562522.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Competition and Monopoly in the Federal Reserve System, 1914-1951</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Microeconomic Approach to Monetary History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toma, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>146</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Mark Toma explores the workings of the early Federal Reserve System as a means of challenging the traditional (monetary) approach to central banking. His approach is framed in the spirit of the public choice tradition, but is novel insofar as its focus is the microeconomics of the central banking industry. He develops a series of micro-based models of the banking sector which are used to explain historical developments in central banking. Professor Toma shows that competition among reserve banks in the 1920s did not result in an over-issue of Fed money predicted by the monetary models. He argues that Congress imposed a more monopolistic structure on the Fed in the mid-1930s in order to accommodate the increased revenue demands of the Treasury at the time. The book is unique in emphasizing the evolution of the Federal Reserve from a competitive to a monopolistic structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62584/cover/9780521562584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562591</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torretti, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A magisterial study of the philosophy of physics that both introduces the subject to the non-specialist and contains many original and important contributions for professionals in the area. Modern physics was born as a part of philosophy and has retained to this day a properly philosophical concern for the clarity and coherence of ideas. Any introduction to the philosophy of physics must therefore focus on the conceptual development of physics itself. This book pursues that development from Galileo and Newton through Maxwell and Boltzmann to Einstein and the founders of quantum mechanics. There is also discussion of important philosophers of physics in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and of twentieth-century debates. In the interest of appealing to the broadest possible readership the author avoids technicalities and explains both the physics and philosophical terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62591/cover/9780521562591.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Banking Panics of the Great Depression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562614</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wicker, Elmus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of five US banking panics of the Great Depression. Previous studies of the Depression have approached the banking panics from a macroeconomic viewpoint; Professor Wicker fills a lacuna in current knowledge by reconstructing a close historical narrative of each of the panics, investigating their origins, magnitude, and effects. He makes a detailed analysis of the geographical incidence of the disturbances using the Federal Reserve District as the basic unit, and reappraises the role of Federal Reserve officials in the panics. His findings challenge many of the commonly held assumptions about the events of 1930 and 1931, for example the belief that the increase in the discount rate in October 1931 initiated a wave of bank suspensions and hoarding. This meticulous account will be of wide interest to students of the Great Depression, monetary and financial historians, financial economists and macroeconomists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62614/cover/9780521562614.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychologists on the March</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, Practice, and Professional Identity in America, 1929-1969</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capshew, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Psychologists on the March argues that the Second World War had a profound impact on the modern psychological profession in America. Before the war, psychology was viewed largely as an academic discipline, drawing its ideology and personnel from the laboratory. Following the war, it was increasingly seen as a source of theory and practice to deal with mental health issues. With the support of the federal government, the field entered a prolonged period of exponential growth. With this growth came major changes in the institutional structure of the field that spread to include the epistemological foundations of psychology. The book is the first sustained study of this important era in American psychology. Moving back and forth between collective and individual levels of analysis, it provides a narrative that weaves together the internal politics and demography of psychology in relation to the cultural environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Family in Crisis in Late Nineteenth-Century French Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562744</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Family in Crisis in Late Nineteenth-Century French Fiction focuses on a key moment in the construction of the modern view of the family in France. Nicholas White's analysis of novels by Zola, Maupassant, Hennique, Bourget and Armand Charpentier is fashioned by perspectives on a wide cultural field, including legal, popular and academic discourses on the family and its discontents. His account encourages a close rereading of canonical as well as hitherto overlooked texts from fin de si&#232;cle France. What emerges between the death of Flaubert in 1880 and the publication of Bourget's Un divorce in 1904 is a series of Naturalist and post-Naturalist representations of transgressive behaviour in which tales of adultery, illegitimacy, consanguinity, incest and divorce serve to exemplify and to offer a range of nuances on the Third Republic's crisis in what might now be termed 'family values'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62744/cover/9780521562744.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562805</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562805</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Groups as Galois Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562805</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Volklein, Helmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes various approaches to the Inverse Galois Problem, a classical unsolved problem of mathematics posed by Hilbert at the beginning of the century. It brings together ideas from group theory, algebraic geometry and number theory, topology, and analysis. Assuming only elementary algebra and complex analysis, the author develops the necessary background from topology, Riemann surface theory and number theory. The first part of the book is quite elementary, and leads up to the basic rigidity criteria for the realisation of groups as Galois groups. The second part presents more advanced topics, such as braid group action and moduli spaces for covers of the Riemann sphere, GAR- and GAL- realizations, and patching over complete valued fields. Graduate students and mathematicians from other areas (especially group theory) will find this an excellent introduction to a fascinating field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62805/cover/9780521562805.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computerized Data Acquisition and Analysis for the Life Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Hands-on Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Simon S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computerized data acquisition systems are often the principle method of recording experimental results. This book takes the reader step-by-step through the process of data acquisition and analysis, explaining how to set up the systems and then obtain useful information from the data recorded. In an easy-to-read style, it guides researchers through the basics of data acquisition systems, explains the important underlying concepts, and gives numerous examples of how to analyze the recorded information. While aimed at researchers in the life sciences, the topics covered are general and will be valuable to anyone interested in learning to use data acquisition systems. The principles can be applied to the collection of data from respiratory apparatus to behavioral science experiments, and a host of other situations. Many illustrations and worked examples accompany the text, and the mathematics are kept simple. This book is an invaluable tool for the non-engineer who is collecting and analyzing experimental data using data acquisition systems. Researchers, graduate students and technicians will find it an up-to-date and indispensable guide for setting up their equipment and getting the most out of their data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65707/cover/9780521565707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munger, Michael C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To 'analyse' means to break into components and understand. But new readers find modern mathematical theories of politics so inaccessible that analysis is difficult. Where does one start? Analytical Politics is an introduction to analytical theories of politics, explicitly designed both for the interested professional and students in political science. We cannot evaluate how well governments perform without some baseline for comparison: what should governments be doing? This book focuses on the role of the 'center' in politics, drawing from the classical political theories of Aristotle, Hobbes, Rousseau, and others. The main questions in Analytical Politics involve the existence and stability of the center; when does it exist? When should the center guide policy? How do alternative voting rules help in discovering the center? An understanding of the work reviewed here is essential for anyone who hopes to evaluate the performance or predict the actions of democratic governments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62874/cover/9780521562874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coercive Power in Social Exchange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562904</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Molm, Linda D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the progression and results of a decade-long program of experimental research on power in social exchange relations. Exchange theorists have traditionally excluded punishment and coercion from the scope of their analyses; but Molm examines whether exchange theory can be expanded to include reward and coercive power. Working within the framework of Emerson's power-dependence theory, but also drawing on the decision theory concepts of strategic action and loss aversion, Molm develops and tests a theory that emphasizes the interdependence of reward and coercive power. Her work shows that they are fundamentally different, not only in their effects on behavior, but also in the structural incentive to use power and the risks of power use. When exchanges are negotiated and secured by the 'shadow of the future,' rather than by binding agreements, dependence both encourages and constrains the use of coercion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62904/cover/9780521562904.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationalizing Parliament</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legislative Institutions and Party Politics in France</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huber, John D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>229</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rationalizing Parliament examines how institutional arrangements in the French Constitution shape the bargaining strategies of political parties. The book investigates the decision by French cities to include in the Constitution legislative procedures aimed to 'rationalize' the policy-making role of parliament and analyses the impact of these procedures on policy outcomes, cabinet stability and political accountability. Drawing on diverse methodological approaches, including formal models, multivariate statistics, historical analysis and qualitative case studies, Professor Huber contributes to general theoretical debates about the endogenous choice of institutions, and about the exogenous impact of institutional arrangements on political decision-making. Through its use of theories developed in the American politics literature, the study reveals important similarities between legislative politics in the United States and in parliamentary systems and shortcomings in conventional interpretations of French institutional arrangements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62911/cover/9780521562911.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521562988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521562988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521562980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liberalism and the Limits of Justice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521562980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sandel, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A liberal society seeks not to impose a single way of life, but to leave its citizens as free as possible to choose their own values and ends. It therefore must govern by principles of justice that do not presuppose any particular vision of the good life. But can any such principles be found? And if not, what are the consequences for justice as a moral and political ideal? These are the questions Michael Sandel takes up in this penetrating critique of contemporary liberalism. Sandel locates modern liberalism in the tradition of Kant, and focuses on its most influential recent expression in the work of John Rawls. In the most important challenge yet to Rawls' theory of justice, Sandel traces the limits of liberalism to the conception of the person that underlies it, and argues for a deeper understanding of community than liberalism allows.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/62980/cover/9780521562980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Structure of the Sun</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cortes, T. Roca</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanchez, Francisco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The complex internal structure of the Sun can now be studied in detail through helioseismology and neutrino astronomy. The VI Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics was dedicated to examining these powerful new techniques. Based on this meeting, seven specially written chapters by world experts renowned for their teaching skills are presented in this timely volume. With a clear and pedagogical style we are shown how the internal composition (density, He abundance, etc.) and dynamical structure (rotation, sub-surface velocity fields, etc.) of the Sun can be deduced through helioseismology; and how the central temperature can be inferred from measurements of the flux of solar neutrinos. This volume provides an excellent introduction for graduate students and an up-to-date overview for researchers working on the Sun, neutrino astronomy and helio- and asteroseismology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63079/cover/9780521563079.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Precedent in the World Court</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shahabuddeen, Mohamed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBHG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of the International Court of Justice are almost as replete with references to precedent as are decisions of a common law court. Even though previous decisions are not binding, the Court relies upon them as authoritative expressions of its views on decided points of law. In his book, the distinguished international lawyer Judge Shahabuddeen examines various aspects of this phenomenon. He shows the extent to which the Court is guided by its previous decisions, and discusses the way in which parties to cases are themselves guided by decisions of the Court in framing and presenting their cases. He also traces the possibilities for future development of the system. Judge Shahabuddeen's analysis of the Court is a major contribution to this important subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63109/cover/9780521563109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563116</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>741</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63116/cover/9780521563116.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Identity, Interest and Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural Explanation of Sweden's Intervention in the Thirty Years War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ringmar, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original combination of cultural and narrative theory with an empirical study of identity and political action. It is at once a powerful critique of rational choice theories of action and a solution to the historiographical puzzle of why Sweden went to war in 1630. Erik Ringmar argues that people act not only for reasons of interest, but also for reasons of identity, and that the latter are, in fact, more fundamental. Deploying his alternative, non-rational theory of action in his account of the Swedish intervention in the Thirty Years War, he shows it to have been an attempt on behalf of the Swedish leaders to gain recognition for themselves and their country. Further to this, he demonstrates the importance of questions of identity to the study of war and of narrative theories of action to the social sciences in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63147/cover/9780521563147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Linguistics in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Plato to 1600</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Authoritative and wide-ranging, this book examines the history of western linguistics over a 2000-year timespan, from its origins in ancient Greece up to the crucial moment of change in the Renaissance that laid the foundations of modern linguistics. Some of today's burning questions about language date back a long way: in 1400 BC Plato was asking how words relate to reality.  Other questions go back just a few generations, such as our interest in the mechanisms of language change, or in the social factors that shape the way we speak. Vivien Law explores how ideas about language over the centuries have changed to reflect changing modes of thinking. A survey chapter brings the coverage of the book up to the present day. Classified bibliographies and chapters on research resources and the qualities the historian of linguistics needs to develop, provide the reader with the tools to go further.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65325/cover/9780521565325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding Decline</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perceptions and Realities of British Economic Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trebilcock, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of British economic decline is inescapable in contemporary debates about Britain's economic performance and sense of national identity. Understanding Decline is a serious contribution to an important argument, approached in a way that is accessible not only to the specialist academic market but to students of economics, history and politics. Barry Supple, to whom the volume is dedicated, when Professor of Economic History at Cambridge was concerned with various aspects of this historical problem. Indeed, his 1993 Presidential Address to the Economic History Society, 'Fear of failing', already a classic, is reprinted here as a highly effective keynote essay. Other essays pick up this theme in diverse but essentially unified ways, seeking to assess British economic performance in different ways over the past two centuries. They include case-studies through which the reality of decline can be explored, while differing perceptions of decline are examined in a number of essays dealing with ideas and policy issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63178/cover/9780521563178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fair Shares for All</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Jacobin Egalitarianism in Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gross, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the egalitarian policies pursued in the provinces during the radical phase of the French Revolution, but moves away from the habit of looking at such issues in terms of the Terror alone. It challenges revisionist readings of Jacobinism that dwell on its totalitarian potential or portray it as dangerously utopian. The mainstream Jacobin agenda emphasised 'fair shares' and equal opportunities for all in a private ownership market economy. It sought to achieve social justice without jeopardising human rights and tended thus to complement, rather than undermine, the liberal, individualist programme of the Revolution. The book stresses the relevance of the 'Enlightenment legacy', the close affinity between Girondins and Montagnards, the key role played by many lesser-known figures and the moral ascendancy of Robespierre. It reassesses the basic social and economic issues at stake in the Revolution, which cannot be understood solely in terms of political discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63185/cover/9780521563185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563208</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Post-Soviet Women</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Baltic to Central Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckley, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is the first to take a systematic look at the position of women in the post-Soviet states of the former USSR. It is divided into two main parts: the first focuses on the economy, society and polity of the Russian Federation; the second gives specialists' insights into social, political, economic and military developments in the other republics of the former Soviet Union. The book pays special attention to women's own perceptions of their lives. How do factory workers, street vendors and rural workers view their jobs? How do the women who served in Afghanistan, migrants, politicians, political activists, soldiers' mothers and feminists portray their worlds. What strategies of coping have women devised to deal with no electricity in Armenia, with unwelcome sexual advances from fathers-in-law and with violence from partners in Russia? Why did women in Georgia travel on a peace train? How has war affected lives in the Caucasus and in Central Asia? This book explores strategies of coping and forms of adaptation, noting that women are agents, as well as victims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65301/cover/9780521565301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Architecture and Art of the Deccan Sultanates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Michell, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zebrowski, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Muslim kingdoms of the Deccan plateau flourished from the fourteenth to eighteenth centuries. During this period, the Deccan sultans built palaces, mosques and tombs, and patronised artists who produced paintings and decorative objects. Many of these buildings and works of art still survive as testimony to the sophisticated techniques of their craftsmen. This volume is the first to offer an overall survey of these architectural and artistic traditions and to place them within their historical context. The links which existed between the Deccan and the Middle East, for example, are discernible in Deccani architecture and paintings, and a remarkable collection of photographs, many of which have never been published before, testify to these influences. The book will be a source of inspiration to all those interested in the rich and diverse culture of India, as well as to those concerned with the artistic heritage of the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63215/cover/9780521563215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563259</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Village and the Outside World in Golden Age Castile</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mobility and Migration in Everyday Rural Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vassberg, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book, based upon a vast range of documentary and secondary sources, shatters the disproven but persistent myth of the closed immobile village in the early modern period. It demonstrates that even in traditionalist Castile, pre-industrial village society was highly dynamic, with continuous inter-village, inter-regional, and rural-urban migration. The book is rich in human detail, with many vignettes of everyday life. Professor Vassberg examines such topics as fairs and markets, the transportation infrastructure, rural artisans and craftsmen, relations with the state, and life-cycle service. The approach is interdisciplinary, and pays special attention to how rural families dealt with economic and social problems. The rural Castile that emerges is a complex society that defies easy generalizations, but one which is unquestionably part of the general European reality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63253/cover/9780521563253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563275</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gravitational Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563277</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lahav, Ofer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terlevich, Elena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Terlevich, Roberto J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gravity plays a central role in the dynamics of all astrophysical systems - from stars to the Universe as a whole. This timely volume examines all aspects of gravitational dynamics - from stellar systems and galaxy disks, to the dynamics of the Local Group, large scale structures and motions, galaxy formation and general relativity. Each chapter is written by a world expert renowned for original contributions to the field. The authors are: James Binney, Roger Blandford, David Burstein, Tim de Zeeuw, George Efstathiou, Steve Gull, Nick Kaiser, J. Katz, Donald Lynden-Bell, Ruth Lynden-Bell, Douglas Lin, Jeremiah Ostriker, T. Padmanabhan, J. Papaloizou, Jim Peebles, Jim Pringle, Martin Rees, Maarteen Schmidt, Scott Tremaine and Simon White. This volume provides a broad, pedagogical introduction to gravitational dynamics for graduate students, and an up-to-date review for researchers in cosmology, astrophysics, mathematical physics and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63277/cover/9780521563277.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language in Canada</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language in Canada provides an up-to-date account of the linguistic and cultural situation in Canada, primarily from a sociolinguistic perspective. The strong central theme connecting language with group and identity will offer insights into the current linguistic and cultural tension in Canada. The book provides comprehensive accounts of the original 'charter' languages, French and English, as well as the aboriginal and immigrant varieties which now contribute to the overall picture. It explains how they came into contact - and sometimes into conflict - and looks at the many ways in which they weave themselves through and around the Canadian social fabric. The public policy issues, particularly official bilingualism and educational policy and language, are also given extensive coverage. Non-specialists as well as linguists will find in this volume, a companion to Language in Australia, Language in the USA and Language in the British Isles, an indispensable guide and reference to the linguistic heritage of Canada.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63284/cover/9780521563284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Performance in Early Renaissance Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Greg Walker provides a new account of the relationship between politics and drama in the turbulent period from the accession of Henry VIII to the reign of Elizabeth I. Building upon ideas first developed in Plays of Persuasion (1991), he focuses on political drama in both England and Scotland, exploring the complex relationships between politics, court culture and dramatic composition, performance and publication. Through a detailed analysis of one central dramatic form, the interlude or great hall play, and close study of key texts, Walker examines drama produced and adapted for varying conditions of performance: indoor and outdoor, private and public. He examines what happened when the play script was printed and sold commercially as a literary commodity. This interdisciplinary analysis will find a market among Tudor historians as well as students of medieval and Renaissance drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63314/cover/9780521563314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Concise History of Brazil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fausto, Boris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brakel, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Concise History of Brazil covers almost 500 years of Brazilian history, from the arrival of the Portuguese in the New World to the political events that defined the recent transition from an authoritarian to a democratic political regime. Brazilian territorial unity and national identity were forged throughout the nineteenth century, after the proclamation of independence in 1822, resulting in a nation with one common language and wide ethnic and racial variety. Remarkable in this respect, the country nevertheless faces problems of social and ethnic disparity as well as of preservation and adequate use of its natural resources. This book emphasizes topics that have deeply influenced the historical formation of Brazil and affected its existence to the present day, such as the destruction of Indian civilizations, slavery and massive immigration throughout the last decades of the nineteenth century and the first decades of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63321/cover/9780521563321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and the Marketplace of Ideas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communication and Government in Sweden and the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asard, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, W. Lance</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do citizens and leaders in democratic nations communicate about their problems and prospects for the future? What can be learned from other nations about how to communicate in more effective and satisfying ways? These are important questions in an age of instant electronic communication in which the populations of the world's industrial democracies are wired for all manner of input. This book explores the institutional links between society and government that shape political communication.  These regulators of national communication include parties and electoral representation systems, interest group processes, campaign finance mechanisms, and the media - factors that are familiar to anyone who follows politics  yet that may not be recognized for their combined effects on the quality of political discourse. The authors show how these core elements of political systems affect the ways in which people communicate, and how effective that communication is at defining public problems and identifying workable solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63369/cover/9780521563369.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hormones, Emotions and Behavior</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Casper, Regina C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an overview of the complex interplay between hormonal activation and individual and environmental influences in health and disease in women. The book provides useful information and background material important for treating problems related to the reproductive cycle, eating disorders, drug treatment of women, and clinical and treatment issues in coronary artery disease and breast cancer. This is a medically oriented book written firstly for the practising physician in primary care, psychiatry, internal medicine and gynaecology and obstetrics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63413/cover/9780521563413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and the Politics of Modernization in the Middle East, 1945-1958</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kingston, Paul W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an historically informed critique of the theory and practice of development assistance, Paul Kingston examines Britain's foreign aid programme in the Middle East in the 1940s and 1950s. After an assessment of the origins of what was dubbed the 'peasants, not pashas' policy - notably the link between development, sterling balances, and post-war imperial strategy - the author focuses on planning and policy debates between British development experts, their American rivals, and Middle Eastern technocrats. These debates, which centred on issues such as afforestation, irrigation, and rural credit, raise important questions about the nature and limits of the development process within the Middle East and the Third World which the author explores in his analysis. The book will be of interest to development practitioners and scholars in development studies, as well as to students of Middle East and imperial history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63468/cover/9780521563468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156350X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156350X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of British Chronology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryde, E. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenway, D. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roy, I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>645</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Handbook of British Chronology is acknowledged as the authoritative and indispensable record of all holders of major offices in England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland from the fifth century to the late twentieth century. The third edition (which first appeared in 1986) is now available from Cambridge University Press. It incorporates greatly expanded sections containing new material on British officers of state during the Civil War and Commonwealth, and on bishops of England, Scotland and Ireland. The sections on Anglo-Saxon history were also largely rewritten. As a result, the work continues to provide an essential and convenient reference tool for historians of all periods of British history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63505/cover/9780521563505.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fictions of Loss in the Victorian Fin de Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Identity and Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arata, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It has been widely recognised that British culture in the 1880s and 1890s was marked by a sense of irretrievable decline. Fictions of Loss in the Victorian Fin de Si&#232;cle explores the ways in which that perception of loss was cast into narrative, into archetypal stories which sought to account for the culture's troubles and perhaps assuage its anxieties. Stephen Arata pays close attention to fin de si&#232;cle representation of three forms of decline - national, biological and aesthetic - and reveals how late Victorian degeneration theory was used to 'explain' such decline. By examining a wide range of writers - from Kipling to Wilde, from Symonds to Conan Doyle and Stoker - Arata shows how the nation's twin obsessions with decadence and imperialism became intertwined in the thought of the period. His account offers new insights for students and scholars of the fin de si&#232;cle.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63529/cover/9780521563529.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Twentieth-Century Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563543</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ball, Terence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bellamy, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>766</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This major work of academic reference provides a comprehensive overview of the development of political thought from the late nineteenth to the end of the twentieth century. Written by a distinguished team of international contributors, this Cambridge History covers the rise of the welfare state and subsequent reactions to it, the fascist and communist critiques of and attempted alternatives to liberal democracy, the novel forms of political organisation occasioned by the rise of a mass electorate and new social movements, the various intellectual traditions from positivism to post-modernism that have shaped the study of politics, the interaction between western and non-western traditions of political thought, and the challenge posed to the state by globalisation. Every major theme in twentieth-century political thought is covered in a series of chapters at once scholarly and accessible, of interest and relevance to students and scholars of politics at all levels from beginning undergraduate upwards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63543/cover/9780521563543.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trading Crowd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ethnography of the Shanghai Stock Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertz, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1992, there was an explosion of 'stock fever' in Shanghai. 'From the moment I set foot in Shanghai until my last day there, people from all walks of life wanted to talk to me about the market', Ellen Hertz writes. Her study sets the stock market and its players in the context of Shanghai society, and it probes the dominant role played by the state, which has yielded a stock market very different from those of the West. A trained anthropologist, she explains the way in which investors and officials construct a 'moral storyline' to make sense of this great structural innovation, identifying a struggle between three groups of actors - the big investors, the little investors, and the state - to control the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63550/cover/9780521563550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vocal Authority</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Singing Style and Ideology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Potter, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do singers sing in the way they do? Why, for example, is western classical singing so different from pop singing? How is it that Freddie Mercury and Montserrat Caball&#233; could sing together? These are the kinds of questions which John Potter, a singer with the Hilliard Ensemble and Red Byrd, and himself the master of many styles, poses in this fascinating book, which is effectively a history of singing style. He finds the reasons to be primarily ideological rather than specifically musical. His book identifies particular historical 'moments of change' in singing technique and style, and relates these to a three-stage theory of style based on the relationship of singing to text. There is a substantial section on meaning in singing, and a discussion of how the transmission of meaning is enabled or inhibited by different varieties of style or technique.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63567/cover/9780521563567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Satire and the Politics of Style, 1789-1832</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dyer, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>277</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys and interprets the hundreds of satirical poems and prose narratives published in Britain during the Romantic period. Although satire was a major genre with a wide readership, such works have been largely neglected by literary scholars, satisfied that satire disappeared in the late eighteenth century. Paying as much attention to now-forgotten figures like John Wolcot ('Peter Pindar') and Jane Taylor as to Byron, Gary Dyer argues that contemporary political and social conflicts gave new meanings to conventions of satire inherited from classical Rome and eighteenth-century England. Situating these satires in their cultural and material context sheds light on issues such as the tactics satirists used to deflect prosecution for sedition, and the ramification for women writers of satire's 'masculine' connotations. The book includes a bibliography of more than 700 volumes containing satirical verses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63574/cover/9780521563574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Revolutionary Syndicalism and the Public Sphere</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tucker, Kenneth H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the evolution of the Conf&#233;d&#233;ration G&#233;n&#233;rale du Travail (CGT), and its interaction with the French public sphere, between 1900 and 1920. Kenneth Tucker examines the triumph of this productivism and instrumental rationality, in contrast with other visions of society and the future. He gives a Habermasian twist to the recent linguistic turn in labour history, focusing on the role of competing bodies of knowledge in influencing the self-understanding and strategies of the CGT. He also goes further to situate the rise of productivism within the social and cultural context of the French Third Republic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63598/cover/9780521563598.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563631</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Modern Intellectual Property Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563635</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherman, Brad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bently, Lionel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the common themes in recent public debate has been the law's inability to accommodate the new ways of creating, distributing and replicating intellectual products.  In this book the authors argue that in order to understand many of the problems currently confronting the law, it is necessary to understand its past. This is its first detailed historical account. In this book the authors explore two related themes. First, they explain why intellectual property law came to take its now familiar shape with sub-categories of patents, copyright, designs and trade marks. Secondly, the authors set out to explain how it is that the law grants property status to intangibles. In doing so they  explore the rise and fall of creativity as an organising concept in intellectual property law, the mimetic nature of intellectual property law and the important role that the registration process plays in shaping intangible property.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63635/cover/9780521563635.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Merchants, Companies and Trade</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Europe and Asia in the Early Modern Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaudhury, Sushil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morineau, Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written by well-known scholars, this book raises pertinent questions and takes up alternate perspectives on the growth and development of international trade between Europe and Asia, especially India, in the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries. Through a comparative and comprehensive study of merchant communities, markets and commodities the individual authors argue, contrary to conventional views, that Asian merchants were in no way inferior to Europeans in terms of their commercial operations and business acumen. The book emphasizes the continuing and growing importance of India's overland trade, even in the seventeenth to eighteenth centuries, traces the little-known world of Armenian merchants, the hitherto obscure, but voluminous, Indian trade with the Ottoman Empire, and by unearthing new evidence, demonstrates that the export activity of Asian merchants through the overland route from Bengal was higher, in fact, than the combined total of European exports.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63673/cover/9780521563673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563720</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population and Global Security</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polunin, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The human population of the world is increasing by about 1.5% per annum, adding about one hundred million people to the human ark each year. Not all agree that population growth on this scale constitutes a problem, but there is wide acceptance that the world's human population cannot go on growing indefinitely. Where do the limits lie, and how can they be determined? What are the problems caused by population growth and how can we safeguard the future of our planet? In this important new book, leading authorities examine the implications of rapid human population growth for global stability and security. Avoiding the hysteria and over-statement that so often characterize discussions of human population issues, the book represents an important assessment of current prospects for the process of sustainable development, based on care for the environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Berg</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world of Alban Berg is full of paradoxes, secrets and allusions, but he was able to handle emotional and moral issues at a distance and with profound sympathy. His unhurried, almost aristocratic attitude to life and his extreme self-criticism in professional matters resulted in an extraordinarily small musical output, but it includes towering masterpieces such as the operas Wozzeck and Lulu, and his last work, the Violin Concerto. All of Berg's substantial works are discussed in this Companion which brings together a team of experts who write from a variety of historical and critical perspectives, outlining the place of the music in the cultural history of its time and recontextualising it against the broader twentieth-century interplay of fashions, aesthetics and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63741/cover/9780521563741.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563755</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>August Strindberg: Selected Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strindberg, August</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a fully edited translation of a series of essays by the great Swedish dramatist August Strindberg. The essays, edited and translated by Michael Robinson, have been selected for the light they shed, both directly and indirectly, on Strindberg's contribution to the European theatre, firstly in such masterpieces of psychological realism as The Father and Miss Julie, and subsequently in those works, including A Dream Play and The Ghost Sonata, with which he largely established a basis for theatrical modernism. Together with the accompanying notes and commentary, these essays on psychology, history, painting, natural history and alchemy as well as the theatre, help to clarify the multifaceted nature of Strindberg's project. Idiosyncratic and lively, they offer crucial insights into the intellectual history of the late nineteenth century, while their personal nature draws the reader into an intimate relationship with the writer and his wide range of interests.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63758/cover/9780521563758.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563771</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>History and the Early English Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Matters of Fact from Bacon to Defoe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new study of the origins of the English novel argues that the novel emerged from historical writing. Examining historical writers and forms frequently neglected by earlier scholars, Robert Mayer shows that in the seventeenth century historical discourse embraced not only 'history' in its modern sense, but also fiction, polemic, gossip, and marvels. Mayer thus explains why Defoe's narratives were initially read as history. It is the acceptance of the claims to historicity, the study argues, that differentiates Defoe's fictions from those of writers like Thomas Deloney and Aphra Behn, important writers who nevertheless have figured less prominently than Defoe in discussions of the novel. Mayer ends by exploring the theoretical implications of the history-fiction connection. His study makes an important contribution to the continuing debate about the emergence of what we now call the novel in Britain in the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63772/cover/9780521563772.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156378X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156378X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ocean Waves</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Stochastic Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochi, Michel K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRLD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the stochastic method for ocean wave analysis. This method provides a route to predicting the characteristics of random ocean waves - information vital for the design and safe operation of ships and ocean structures. Assuming a basic knowledge of probability theory, the book begins with a chapter describing the essential elements of wind-generated random seas from the stochastic point of view. The following three chapters introduce spectral analysis techniques, probabilistic predictions of wave amplitudes, wave height and periodicity. A further four chapters discuss sea severity, extreme sea state, the directional wave energy spreading in random seas and special wave events such as wave breaking and group phenomena. Finally the stochastic properties of non-Gaussian waves are presented. Useful appendices and an extensive reference list are included. Examples of practical applications of the theories presented can be found throughout the text. This book will be suitable as a text for graduate students of naval, ocean and coastal engineering. It will also serve as a useful reference for research scientists and engineers working in this field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63789/cover/9780521563789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Odd Markets in Japanese History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law and Economic Growth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramseyer, J. Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Employing a rational-choice approach, Professor Ramseyer studies the impact of Japanese law on economic growth in Japan. Toward that end, the author investigates the way law governed various markets and the way that people negotiated contracts within those markets. For much of the period at stake, the Japanese government was an oligarchy rather than a democracy; the judges operated a civil rather than common law regime; the economy grew modestly but erratically; and social customs changed rapidly and radically. As a result, this study applies an economic logic, but to markets in a vastly different world, in a different historical period, and with a different political regime and legal system. Findings reveal that the legal system generally promoted mutually advantageous deals, and that people generally negotiated in ways that shrewdly promoted their private best interests. Whether in the markets for indentured servants, prostitutes, or marriage partners, Odd Markets in Japanese History reports little evidence of either age- or gender- related exploitation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63864/cover/9780521563864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre Culture in America, 1825-1860</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bank, Rosemarie K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theatre Culture in America, 1825-1860 examines how Americans staged their cultures in the decades before the Civil War, and advances the idea that cultures are performances which take place both inside and outside of playhouses. Americans imaginatively expanded conventional ideas of performance as an activity restricted to theatres in order to take up the staging of culture in other venues - in issues of class, race and gender, in parades and the visits of dignitaries, in rioting and the denomination of prostitutes, and in views of the town, the city and the frontier. Joining historical research with a firm and clear-headed grasp of contemporary critical theory, Theatre Culture in America offers an interesting approach to the complex intersections of American theatre and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63871/cover/9780521563871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521563895</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521563895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521563895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Macro Polity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521563895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erikson, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackuen, Michael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stimson, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>494</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Macro Polity provides the first comprehensive model of American politics at the system level. Focusing on the interactions between citizen evaluations and preferences, government activity and policy, and how the combined acts of citizens and governments influence one another over time, it integrates understandings of matters such as economic outcomes, presidential approval, partisanship, elections, and government policy-making into a single model. Borrowing from the perspective of macroeconomics, it treats electorates, politicians, and governments as unitary actors, making decisions in response to the behavior of other actors. The macro and longitudinal focus makes it possible to directly connect the behaviors of electorate and government. The surprise of macro-level analysis, emerging anew in every chapter, is that order and rationality dominate explanations. This book argues that the electorates and governments that emerge from these analyses respond to one another in orderly and predictable ways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/63895/cover/9780521563895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Playing Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Person and Meaning in the Planetary Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melucci, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>185</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Playing Self is a groundbreaking new work from influential cultural sociologist  and clinical psychologist Alberto Melucci, best known for his work on social movements and collective identities. In this book, he delves deeper into questions about the self as both a psychological and socio-cultural entity, particularly in the context of a global society for which information has become a basic resource. His phenomenological approach accounts for the self both as a site of highly subjective and intimate experiences, such as crying, laughing and loving, and in relation to social structural dynamics, through more impersonal experiences, such as the experience of time, and links of the self to politics. Melucci explores the critical search for meaning at the boundary of visible collective processes and individual day-to-day experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64014/cover/9780521564014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Elections in Southeast Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>269</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though most governments in Southeast Asia are widely described as authoritarian, elections have been a feature of politics in the region for many decades. This volume, bringing together eleven separate case studies by leading authorities, examines the countries that have conducted multi-party elections since the 1940s and 1950s - Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Cambodia, Burma/Myanmar, and Singapore. It identifies the common and distinguishing features of electoral politics in the region. The contributors to this volume, unlike most earlier students of politics in Southeast Asia, conclude that it is not something peculiar to the political culture of the region that shapes its political behaviour. It is, rather, the same political forces and structures that shape politics in North America and Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64045/cover/9780521564045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564069</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wind as a Geomorphic Agent in Cold Climates</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sepp&#228;l&#228;, Matti</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wind erosion and deposition are important factors in cold climates because of the open space and scarce vegetation. Aeolian processes connected with sand drift in polar environments are similar to those in deserts but in cold environments, frost and snow also play an important role. The Arctic is characterised by strangely eroded rocks, wind-formed lakes, sand dunes and loess deposits that owe their formation to aeolian processes controlled by frost and snow cover. Wind as a Geomorphic Agent in Cold Climates presents a detailed description and explanation of these wind-generated polar landforms. It includes numerous illustrations that will assist the reader in identifying and interpreting these features; both modern-day and those preserved in the geological record. This book provides an important introduction to this area of geocryology and will form a useful reference for graduate students and researchers in a variety of fields, including geomorphology, geology and environmental science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64069/cover/9780521564069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consciousness and the Origins of Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelkin, Norton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive and broadly rationalist theory of the mind which continually tests itself against experimental results and clinical data. Taking issue with Empiricists who believe that all knowledge arises from experience and that perception is a non-cognitive state, Norton Nelkin argues that perception is cognitive, constructive and proposition-like. Further, as against Externalists who believe that our thoughts have meaning only insofar as they advert to the world outside our minds, he argues that meaning is determined 'in the head'. Finally, he offers an account of how we acquire some of our most basic concepts, including the concept of the self and that of other minds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64090/cover/9780521564090.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing America Black</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race Rhetoric and the Public Sphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564151</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doreski, C. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sundquist, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writing America Black examines the African American press and selected literary works by black authors. By viewing the journalist's role as historian, reporter, taste-maker, and propagandist, C. K. Doreski reveals the close bond to a larger African American literary tradition. Rich in cultural and historical context, this valuable study will be of interest to readers of literature, history, African American studies, American studies, and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soft Interfaces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 1994 Dirac Memorial Lecture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gennes, Pierre Gilles de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>127</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac, one of the greatest physicists of the twentieth century, died in 1984. Dirac's college, St John's of Cambridge, generously endowed annual lectures to be held at Cambridge University in his memory. This volume contains a much expanded version of the 1994 Dirac Lecture by Nobel Laureate Pierre Gilles de Gennes. The book presents an impressionistic tour of the physics of soft interfaces. Full of insight and interesting asides, it not only provides an accessible introduction to this topic, but also lays down many markers and signposts for interesting new research possibilities. The text begins with a brief discussion of wetting and dewetting and then goes on to consider the dynamics of different types of interface before considering adhesion and polymer/polymer welding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64175/cover/9780521564175.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Athenian Trireme</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History and Reconstruction of an Ancient Greek Warship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rankov, N. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shortly before the launch of the reconstructed Greek warship, Olympias, the first edition of The Athenian Trireme was published, providing historical and technical background to the reconstruction of the ship. Since then, five seasons of experimental trials have been conducted on the ship under oar and sail, and the lessons learned have been supplemented by new archaeological discoveries and by historical, scientific and physiological research over the last fifteen years. For this second edition, the text has been recast and a number of substantive changes have been made. In addition, there is an entirely new chapter which describes the trials of Olympias in detail, reports the performance figures, and outlines the changes desirable in any second reconstruction. There are 19 new illustrations, including 11 photographs of Olympias at sea demonstrating features of the design which could be represented only by drawings in the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64199/cover/9780521564199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564239</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alfred Hitchcock's Rear Window</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Belton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>191</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alfred Hitchcock's Rear Window is one of the icons of American filmmaking. A perfect example of Hollywood cinema at its best, it is an engaging piece of entertainment as well as a fascinating meditation on the nature of the film itself. A suspense thriller about a chair-bound observer who suspects his neighbour of murdering his wife, the narrative becomes the vehicle for Hitchcock's exploration of the basic ingredients of cinema, from voyeurism and dreamlike fantasy to the process of narration itself. This volume provides a fresh analysis of Rear Window, which is examined from a variety of perspectives in a series of essays published here for the first time. Providing an account of the actual production of the film, as well as feminist and cultural readings of it, it also demonstrates the influence of Rear Window on a wide range of filmmakers, including Antonioni, De Palma, and Coppola.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64236/cover/9780521564236.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564255</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symbolic Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Art, Science, Language, Ritual</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheffler, Israel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Symbolism is a primary characteristic of the mind, deployed and displayed in every aspect of our thought and culture. In this important and broad-ranging book, Israel Scheffler explores the various ways in which the mind functions symbolically. This involves considering not only the world of science and the arts, but also such activities as religious ritual and child's play. The book offers an integrated treatment of ambiguity and metaphor, analyses of play and ritual, and an extended discussion of the relations between scientific symbol systems and reality. What emerges is a picture of the basic symbol-forming character of the mind. In addition to philosophers of art and science, likely readers of this book will include students of linguistics, semiotics, anthropology, religion, and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64250/cover/9780521564250.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564298</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564298</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Retreat of the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diffusion of Power in the World Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564298</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adopting new and much more comprehensive concepts of both power and politics, The Retreat of the State develops a theoretical framework to show who really governs the world economy. It goes on to explore some of the non-state authorities, from mafias to the Big Six accounting firms and international bureaucrats, whose power over who gets what in the world encroaches on that of national governments. The book is a signpost, pointing to some promising new directions for the future development of research and teaching in international political economy. Its originality and scope make The Retreat of the State of great importance for scholars and students of international relations, business and management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64298/cover/9780521564298.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hierarchy and Egalitarianism in Islamic Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564304</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marlow, Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By examining a wide range of Arabic and Persian literature from the eighth to the thirteenth century, Louise Marlow shows the tension that existed between the traditional egalitarian ideal of early Islam, and the hierarchical impulses of the classical period. The literature demonstrates that while Islam's initial orientation was markedly egalitarian, the social aspect of this egalitarianism was soon undermined in the aftermath of Islam's political success, and as hierarchical social ideas from older cultures in the Middle East were incorporated into the new polity. Although the memory of its early promise never entirely receded, social egalitarianism quickly came to be associated with political subversion. On account of its originality and chronological scope, Louise Marlow's book will be of use to a wide readership of Islamic historians and of scholars assessing the impact of the modern Islamic revival.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64304/cover/9780521564304.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564328</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564328</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution of Microbial Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564328</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, D. McL.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharp, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alderson, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is now well accepted that microbial life followed very quickly after the formation of liquid water on the early earth, and that for the next 3000 million years life was a unicellular phenomenon. During this immense period of time all the major types of microbes appeared, as did all the fundamental chemical pathways necessary for life. This diversification was not well appreciated until the techniques of molecular biology provided a means to examine the relationships between microorganisms which share few, if any, phenotypic characters. This volume reviews the current understanding of the evolution of microbial life during that time. The chapters draw together the various threads of the story to uncover what has been learned about the process of evolution itself and what this knowledge can contribute to the understanding of biodiversity.  Available at discount to members of the Society of General Microbiology  - Please contact the society for details.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 1995: The Science of Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contribution of Working Group I to the Second Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houghton, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filho, L. G. Meiro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callander, B. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kattenburg, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maskell, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate Change 1995: The Science of Climate Change is the most comprehensive assessment available of current scientific understanding of human influences on past, present and future climate. Prepared under the auspices of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), each chapter is written by teams of lead authors and contributors recognised internationally as leading experts in their field. Climate Change 1995 is the first full sequel to the original 1990 IPCC scientific assessment, bringing us completely up to date on the full range of scientific aspects of climate change. This assessment forms the standard scientific reference for all those concerned with climate change and its consequences, including policymakers in governments and industry worldwide, and researchers and senior-level students in environmental science, meteorology, climatology, biology, ecology and atmospheric chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64366/cover/9780521564366.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mangrove Man</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dialogics of Culture in the Sepik Estuary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lipset, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first modern ethnography of the Murik, a relatively large and important community settled on the Sepik River estuary in Papua New Guinea, and the only book of a non-Western culture drawing on the conceptual framework of the Russian literary theorist, Mikhail Bakhtin. Murik men, who exercise political power, conceptualize women as the source of nurture, generosity and love. This conceptualization creates for men a kind of existential problem, and their claim to sustain and reproduce society requires them to appropriate the nurturant qualities of women. So they must, in some sense, model certain aspects of themselves after women. A 'maternal schema' or poetics of the female body', therefore underlines the sociocultural patterns of these societies. This schema expresses itself in a range of societal domains: in kinship relations, life-cycle rituals, the men's cults, and in disputes and processes of conflict resolution. The issues discussed tie in with some of the major contemporary debates in the social sciences: the relationship between ideas of male and female power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64342/cover/9780521564342.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mangrove Man</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dialogics of Culture in the Sepik Estuary</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lipset, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first modern ethnography of the Murik, a relatively large and important community settled on the Sepik River estuary in Papua New Guinea, and the only book of a non-Western culture drawing on the conceptual framework of the Russian literary theorist, Mikhail Bakhtin. Murik men, who exercise political power, conceptualize women as the source of nurture, generosity and love. This conceptualization creates for men a kind of existential problem, and their claim to sustain and reproduce society requires them to appropriate the nurturant qualities of women. So they must, in some sense, model certain aspects of themselves after women. A 'maternal schema' or poetics of the female body', therefore underlines the sociocultural patterns of these societies. This schema expresses itself in a range of societal domains: in kinship relations, life-cycle rituals, the men's cults, and in disputes and processes of conflict resolution. The issues discussed tie in with some of the major contemporary debates in the social sciences: the relationship between ideas of male and female power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64359/cover/9780521564359.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 1995: The Science of Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contribution of Working Group I to the Second Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Houghton, John T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filho, L. G. Meiro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callander, B. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kattenburg, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maskell, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Climate Change 1995: The Science of Climate Change is the most comprehensive assessment available of current scientific understanding of human influences on past, present and future climate. Prepared under the auspices of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), each chapter is written by teams of lead authors and contributors recognised internationally as leading experts in their field. Climate Change 1995 is the first full sequel to the original 1990 IPCC scientific assessment, bringing us completely up to date on the full range of scientific aspects of climate change. This assessment forms the standard scientific reference for all those concerned with climate change and its consequences, including policymakers in governments and industry worldwide, and researchers and senior-level students in environmental science, meteorology, climatology, biology, ecology and atmospheric chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64366/cover/9780521564366.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Human Growth</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogin, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This completely revised edition provides a synthesis of the forces that shaped the evolution of the human growth pattern, the biocultural factors that direct its expression, the intrinsic and extrinsic factors that regulate individual development and the the biomathematical approaches that are needed to analyze and interpret human growth. After covering the history , philosophy and basic biological principles of human development, the book turns to the evolution of the human life cycle. Later chapters explore the physiological, environmental and cultural reasons for population variation in growth, and the genetic and endocrine factors that regulate individual development, providing a comprehensive explanation for the functional and adaptive significance of human growth patterns. The final chapter integrates all this information into a truly interactive biocultural model of human development. This edition will continue to be the primary text for students of human growth in anthropology, psychology and education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64380/cover/9780521564380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Retreat of the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Diffusion of Power in the World Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adopting new and much more comprehensive concepts of both power and politics, The Retreat of the State develops a theoretical framework to show who really governs the world economy. It goes on to explore some of the non-state authorities, from mafias to the Big Six accounting firms and international bureaucrats, whose power over who gets what in the world encroaches on that of national governments. The book is a signpost, pointing to some promising new directions for the future development of research and teaching in international political economy. Its originality and scope make The Retreat of the State of great importance for scholars and students of international relations, business and management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64403/cover/9780521564403.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Culture and Agency</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Place of Culture in Social Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, Margaret S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margaret Archer's Culture and Agency was first published in 1988, and proved a seminal contribution to social theory and the case for the role of culture in sociological thought. Described in Sociological Review as 'a timely and sophisticated treatment', the book showed that the 'problems' of culture and agency, on the one hand, and structure and agency, on the other, could be solved using the same analytical framework. In this revised edition of Culture and Agency, Margaret Archer contextualises her argument in 1990s cultural sociology and links it explicitly to her latest book, Realist Social Theory: The Morphogenetic Approach (Cambridge University Press, 1995).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64410/cover/9780521564410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Motivation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding Children's School Adjustment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564427</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Juvonen, Jaana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wentzel, Kathryn R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiner, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>393</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How are children's social lives at school related to their motivation to achieve and how do motivational and social processes interact to explain children's adjustment at school? This volume, featuring work by leading researchers in educational and developmental psychology, provides new perspectives on how and why children tend to thrive or fail at school. The individual chapters examine the unique roles of peers and teachers in communicating and reinforcing school-related attitudes, expectations, and definitions of self. Relations of children's school adjustment to school motivation, interpersonal functioning, and social skillfulness are also explored. The developmental and social perspectives on motivation and achievement presented in this volume provide new insights into the complex processes contributing to school success.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64427/cover/9780521564427.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Elections in Southeast Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though most governments in Southeast Asia are widely described as authoritarian, elections have been a feature of politics in the region for many decades. This volume, bringing together eleven separate case studies by leading authorities, examines the countries that have conducted multi-party elections since the 1940s and 1950s - Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Cambodia, Burma/Myanmar, and Singapore. It identifies the common and distinguishing features of electoral politics in the region. The contributors to this volume, unlike most earlier students of politics in Southeast Asia, conclude that it is not something peculiar to the political culture of the region that shapes its political behaviour. It is, rather, the same political forces and structures that shape politics in North America and Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64434/cover/9780521564434.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156445X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156445X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Classic Maya Political History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hieroglyphic and Archaeological Evidence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Culbert, T. Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ancient Maya civilization once flourished in the rainforests of what is today southern Mexico and Central America. It possessed the only full system of writing ever to be developed in the Americas. The pace of decipherment of Maya hieroglyphic writing has accelerated, and within the last decade half of the inscriptions from the sites of the Classic Period (AD 250-900) have been translated. Much of the newly available information consists of historical records of the careers of Maya rulers of the time. This volume is the first to present in detail the results of decipherment and to consider the implications of a Classic Maya written history. Contributors examine the way in which the Maya elite created the kinship, alliance, warfare and ceremonial networks on which the civilisation was founded. Drawing upon important material recently made available, they have transformed our understanding of the Maya.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64458/cover/9780521564458.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seizures of the Will in Early Modern English Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whigham, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Seizures of the Will in Early Modern English Drama Frank Whigham combines an analysis of English Renaissance plays with an enriched sense of their social surroundings. He traces the violent gestures of social self-construction that animate many such plays, and the ways in which drama interacts with the conflict-ridden discourses of social, rank, gender, kinship, and service relationships. In Whigham's view, The Spanish Tragedy initiates the 'matter of court,' a complex and marauding discourse of gender warfare and master-servant manipulations; Arden of Faversham explores linked redefinitions of land, service, and marriage in county culture; The Miseries of Enforced Marriage and A Yorkshire Tragedy present a powerful critique of the traditional imperialism of kinship in northern England; and The Duchess of Malfi explores metaphors of erotic transgression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64496/cover/9780521564496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soviet Criminal Justice under Stalin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solomon, Jr, Peter H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>518</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Soviet Criminal Justice Under Stalin is the first comprehensive account of Stalin's struggle to make criminal law in the USSR a reliable instrument of rule. Using recently declassified archives, Peter Solomon tells the revealing story of non-political justice, on the local scene as well as in the center. Contrary to conventional wisdom, Solomon emphasizes the initial weakness of the Soviet state and the limits of Stalin's capacity to rule. Solomon's study also offers new perspectives on collectivization, the Great Terror, the politics of abortion, and the disciplining of the labour force. This book should appeal to anyone interested in the political, social, or legal history of the USSR, judicial reform in post-Soviet states, law in authoritarian regimes, or comparative legal development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64519/cover/9780521564519.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Theory of Aspectuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Interaction between Temporal and Atemporal Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Verkuyl, Henk J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sentences may pertain to states or processes or events. They may express duration, frequency, habituality, and many other forms of temporality. How do they do this? It is the aspectual properties of sentences in natural languages which allow the user to express a temporal structure, and Henk Verkuyl presents a unified formal system to account for them. He explains aspectuality in terms of the opposition between terminative aspect and durative aspect, and describes the way in which terminative aspect is compositionally formed on the basis of semantic information expressed by different syntactic elements, in particular the verb and its arguments. The aim is to determine which semantic conditions make a sentence terminative; but at least ten different forms of durative aspectuality are also treated. All are drawn into a theory which can account for both terminative and durative aspectuality together. A Theory of Aspectuality draws together into a coherent whole the author's thinking on the subject over the last twenty years, and will interest all those working on aspect and the semantics of noun phrases. It promises to be a major new contribution to our understanding of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64526/cover/9780521564526.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alfred Hitchcock's Rear Window</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Belton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Alfred Hitchcock's Rear Window is one of the icons of American filmmaking. A perfect example of Hollywood cinema at its best, it is an engaging piece of entertainment as well as a fascinating meditation on the nature of the film itself. A suspense thriller about a chair-bound observer who suspects his neighbour of murdering his wife, the narrative becomes the vehicle for Hitchcock's exploration of the basic ingredients of cinema, from voyeurism and dreamlike fantasy to the process of narration itself. This volume provides a fresh analysis of Rear Window, which is examined from a variety of perspectives in a series of essays published here for the first time. Providing an account of the actual production of the film, as well as feminist and cultural readings of it, it also demonstrates the influence of Rear Window on a wide range of filmmakers, including Antonioni, De Palma, and Coppola.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64533/cover/9780521564533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Athenian Trireme</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The History and Reconstruction of an Ancient Greek Warship</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564564</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, J. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coates, J. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rankov, N. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shortly before the launch of the reconstructed Greek warship, Olympias, the first edition of The Athenian Trireme was published, providing historical and technical background to the reconstruction of the ship. Since then, five seasons of experimental trials have been conducted on the ship under oar and sail, and the lessons learned have been supplemented by new archaeological discoveries and by historical, scientific and physiological research over the last fifteen years. For this second edition, the text has been recast and a number of substantive changes have been made. In addition, there is an entirely new chapter which describes the trials of Olympias in detail, reports the performance figures, and outlines the changes desirable in any second reconstruction. There are 19 new illustrations, including 11 photographs of Olympias at sea demonstrating features of the design which could be represented only by drawings in the first edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64564/cover/9780521564564.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Welfare and Individual Responsibility</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidtz, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodin, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of social welfare and individual responsibility has become a topic of international public debate in recent years as politicians around the world now question the legitimacy of state-funded welfare systems. David Schmidtz and Robert Goodin debate the ethical merits of individual versus collective responsibility for welfare. David Schmidtz argues that social welfare policy should prepare people for responsible adulthood rather than try to make that unnecessary. Robert Goodin argues against the individualization of welfare policy and expounds the virtues of collective responsibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64618/cover/9780521564618.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156462X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156462X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing America Black</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race Rhetoric and the Public Sphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doreski, C. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sundquist, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gelpi, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>325</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Writing America Black examines the African American press and selected literary works by black authors. By viewing the journalist's role as historian, reporter, taste-maker, and propagandist, C. K. Doreski reveals the close bond to a larger African American literary tradition. Rich in cultural and historical context, this valuable study will be of interest to readers of literature, history, African American studies, American studies, and journalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156476X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156476X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Shakespeares</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Shakespeare on the English Stage in the 1990s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holland, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Based on Peter Holland's wide experience as a reviewer of stage productions, the book explores the full extent of Shakespeare performances in England over the last decade. As a regular reviewer for Shakespeare Survey and the BBC, Holland has examined the variety, the strengths and the problems of English productions. His introduction points out general themes which are taken up in the detailed chronological account of productions by several English companies, including the Royal Shakespeare Company, the National Theatre, Cheek by Jowl, Northern Broadsides and the English Shakespeare Company. A final chapter compares the English experience with productions elsewhere. Peter Holland's reviews are individually thoughtful, provocative and illuminating; cumulatively they show that there is no one English Shakespeare style but a rich and often bewildering variety.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64762/cover/9780521564762.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564786</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of the Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haskell, Thomas L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teichgraeber, III, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>538</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholars have only recently begun to appreciate the extent to which the norms and practices that foster market societies have been shifting. Not only has 'the market' been perceived and represented differently in different epochs; it has also been experienced differently, brought into being within dissimilar political and social settings, and has given rise to new and various forms of intellectual and imaginative activity. The thirteen essays collected in this volume belong to a new historical endeavour deriving from the recognition that the experiences and feelings engendered by the historical development of market societies have been, and still remain, open to a broad range of interpretations. They share, too, the characteristic accents of a new approach to cultural history, in which careful examination of actions, texts, and artifacts is accompanied by an open-mindedness about what their examination reveals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64786/cover/9780521564786.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Measuring the Wealth of Nations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of National Accounts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaikh, Anwar M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tonak, E. Ahmet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an alternative foundation for the measurement of the production of nations, and applies it to the US economy for the postwar period. The patterns which result are significantly different from those derived within conventional systems of national accounts. Conventional national accounts seriously distort basic economic aggregates, because they classify military, bureaucratic and financial activities as creation of new wealth, when in fact they should be classified as forms of social consumption which, like personal consumption, actually use up social wealth in the performance of their functions. The difference between the two approaches has an impact not only on basic aggregate economic measures, but also on the very understanding of the observed patterns of growth and stagnation. In a world of burgeoning militaries, bureaucracies, and sales forces, such matters can assume great importance at the levels of both theory and policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64793/cover/9780521564793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Playing Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Person and Meaning in the Planetary Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melucci, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Playing Self is a groundbreaking new work from influential cultural sociologist  and clinical psychologist Alberto Melucci, best known for his work on social movements and collective identities. In this book, he delves deeper into questions about the self as both a psychological and socio-cultural entity, particularly in the context of a global society for which information has become a basic resource. His phenomenological approach accounts for the self both as a site of highly subjective and intimate experiences, such as crying, laughing and loving, and in relation to social structural dynamics, through more impersonal experiences, such as the experience of time, and links of the self to politics. Melucci explores the critical search for meaning at the boundary of visible collective processes and individual day-to-day experience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64823/cover/9780521564823.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Macro Polity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erikson, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mackuen, Michael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stimson, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Macro Polity provides the first comprehensive model of American politics at the system level. Focusing on the interactions between citizen evaluations and preferences, government activity and policy, and how the combined acts of citizens and governments influence one another over time, it integrates understandings of matters such as economic outcomes, presidential approval, partisanship, elections, and government policy-making into a single model. Borrowing from the perspective of macroeconomics, it treats electorates, politicians, and governments as unitary actors, making decisions in response to the behavior of other actors. The macro and longitudinal focus makes it possible to directly connect the behaviors of electorate and government. The surprise of macro-level analysis, emerging anew in every chapter, is that order and rationality dominate explanations. This book argues that the electorates and governments that emerge from these analyses respond to one another in orderly and predictable ways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64854/cover/9780521564854.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020507</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making a Necessity of Virtue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aristotle and Kant on Virtue</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherman, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to offer a detailed analysis of Aristotelian and Kantian ethics together, in a way that remains faithful to the texts and responsive to debates in contemporary ethics. Recent moral philosophy has seen a revival of interest in the concept of virtue, and with it a reassessment of the role of virtue in the work of Aristotle and Kant. This book brings that re-assessment to a new level of sophistication. Nancy Sherman argues that Kant preserves a notion of virtue in his moral theory that bears recognisable traces of the Aristotelian and Stoic traditions, and that his complex anthropology of morals brings him into surprising alliance with Aristotle. She develops her argument through close readings of major texts by both Aristotle and Kant, illustrating points of congruence and contrast.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64878/cover/9780521564878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to English Literature, 1650-1740</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564885</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zwicker, Steven N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers an account of English literary culture in one of its most volatile and politically engaged moments. From the work of Milton and Marvell in the 1650s and 1660s through the brilliant careers of Dryden, Rochester, and Behn, Locke and Astell, Swift and Defoe, Pope and Montagu, the pressures and extremes of social, political, and sexual experience are everywhere reflected in literary texts: in the daring lyrics and intricate political allegories of this age, in the vitriol and bristling topicality of its satires as well as in the imaginative flight of its mock epics, fictions, and heroic verse. The volume's chronologies and select bibliographies will guide the reader through texts and events, while the fourteen essays commissioned for this Companion will allow us to read the period anew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64885/cover/9780521564885.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564891</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Berg</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world of Alban Berg is full of paradoxes, secrets and allusions, but he was able to handle emotional and moral issues at a distance and with profound sympathy. His unhurried, almost aristocratic attitude to life and his extreme self-criticism in professional matters resulted in an extraordinarily small musical output, but it includes towering masterpieces such as the operas Wozzeck and Lulu, and his last work, the Violin Concerto. All of Berg's substantial works are discussed in this Companion which brings together a team of experts who write from a variety of historical and critical perspectives, outlining the place of the music in the cultural history of its time and recontextualising it against the broader twentieth-century interplay of fashions, aesthetics and ideas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64892/cover/9780521564892.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Overlooking Nazareth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ethnography of Exclusion in Galilee</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rabinowitz, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A sophisticated and engaging ethnographic account of the Palestinian citizens of Israel, and the first since the 1970s, Overlooking Nazareth examines specific situations of friction, conflict and co-operation in Natzerat Illit. This Israeli new town is built on formerly Palestinian land, just outside the biblical town of Nazareth, and has a population of 25,000 Jewish Israelis and 3,500 Palestinians. Dr Rabinowitz has written widely on the current political situation in Israel and has conducted extensive fieldwork in Galilee, and he describes his study as a guided walk along a border, a sketch of interfaces 'where the complex, often paradoxical aspects of the border situation are negotiated and acted out most vividly'. He highlights the extent to which anti-Palestinian sentiments for which the town is known actually reflect widespread views of most Israelis. Selected case studies investigate the real-estate market in the town, the ways in which both Israelis and Palestinians view issues of territory and territorial control and segregated education, and there are detailed biographical accounts of three Palestinian residents - a medical doctor, a basketball coach and a local politician. This is a major contribution to our understanding of the confrontation between Israelis and Palestinians, in which the grand causes and effects have been transposed to a more intimate as well as pragmatic level. On a wider theoretical level, it offers powerful critique of reflexive anthropology and offers fresh insights into notions of ethnicity and identity, nationalism and liberalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64953/cover/9780521564953.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521564972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521564972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521564977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trading Crowd</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Ethnography of the Shanghai Stock Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521564977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hertz, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1992, there was an explosion of 'stock fever' in Shanghai. 'From the moment I set foot in Shanghai until my last day there, people from all walks of life wanted to talk to me about the market', Ellen Hertz writes. Her study sets the stock market and its players in the context of Shanghai society, and it probes the dominant role played by the state, which has yielded a stock market very different from those of the West. A trained anthropologist, she explains the way in which investors and officials construct a 'moral storyline' to make sense of this great structural innovation, identifying a struggle between three groups of actors - the big investors, the little investors, and the state - to control the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/64977/cover/9780521564977.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and Traders in Muslim Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Commercial Realignment of the Iberian Peninsula, 900-1500</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Constable, Olivia Remie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume surveys Iberian international trade from the tenth to the fifteenth century, with particular emphasis on commerce in the Muslim period and on changes brought by Christian conquest of much of Muslim Spain in the thirteenth century. From the tenth to the thirteenth century, markets in the Iberian peninsula were closely linked to markets elsewhere in the Islamic world, and a strong east-west Mediterranean trading network linked Cairo with Cordoba. Following routes along the North African coast, Muslim and Jewish merchants carried eastern goods to Muslim Spain, returning eastwards with Andalusi exports. Situated at the edge of the Islamic west, Andalusi markets were also emporia for the transfer of commodities between the Islamic world and Christian Europe. After the thirteenth century the Iberian peninsula became part of the European economic sphere, its commercial realignment aided by the opening of the Straits of Gibraltar to Christian trade, and by the contemporary demise of the Muslim trading network in the Mediterranean.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65035/cover/9780521565035.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960916</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kaiser and his Court</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wilhelm II and the Government of Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>R&#246;hl, John C. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Terence F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kaiser Wilhelm II, Queen Victoria's eldest grandchild, took over the running of the powerful German Reich from Bismarck and within a couple of decades had led it into world war and collapse. How did the Kaiser come to have so much power? Why was there no one to help him steer a less disastrous course? This book analyses these crucial questions with the help of a wealth of new archival sources. The book begins with a character-sketch of the Kaiser which provides new and alarming insights into his personality. It then looks, crucially, at the Kaiser's friends and favourites, the neo-absolutist culture of the court and of Berlin court society, and at the nature of his relationship with the court on the one hand and with the administrative 'pyramid' in Prussia and the Reich on the other. The book makes clear that these bureaucrats and diplomats had neither the means nor the will to oppose the overwhelming determination of the Kaiser and his close friends and advisers in directing the policies of the most dynamic and volatile state in Europe. The dangerous consequences of this situation led to the brink of world war as early as December 1912. A final chapter reveals for the first time the appalling extent and nature of the exiled Kaiser's anti-semitism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65042/cover/9780521565042.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565065</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565066</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tragedy and Biblical Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Arrows of the Almighty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565066</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Exum, J. Cheryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Using insights about ancient and modern tragedy, this much-praised study offers challenging and provocative new readings of selected biblical narratives: the story of Israel's first king, Saul, rejected for his disobedience to God and driven to despair and madness by an evil spirit from the Lord; the story of Jephthah's sacrifice of his daughter in fulfilment of his vow to offer God a sacrifice in return for military victory; the stories of the members of Saul's house, each of whom comes to a tragic end; and the story of Israel's most famous king, David, whose tragedy lies in the burden of divine judgement that falls upon his house as a consequence of his sins. Exum discusses how these narratives handle such perennial tragic issues as guilt, suffering, and evil. She suggests that the extraordinary range and power of biblical narrative has its source in the Bible's uncompromising portrayal of reality as embracing despair, as well as resolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65066/cover/9780521565066.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Mission in the Twentieth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565073</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yates, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As writing and specialist studies on Christian mission have proliferated, there has been a growing need for a single-volume overview of developments in this century. This widely-acclaimed book gives historical focus and perspective to mission by concentrating on the leading figures of each decade, beginning with the leading up to the Edinburgh Conference of 1910 and including treatment of the other great missionary conferences. German mission theory between the wars (1918-1939) is addressed, as are the writings of Roland Allen and D. J. Fleming. In Part II (1940-1990) the responses to the religious pluralism of the modern world, Hindu, Buddhist, Jew, and Muslim, which emerged before the conferences of 1939, are pursued through the writings of figures such as Stephen Neill and Kenneth Cragg, the documents of Vatican II, and the Lausanne Conference of 1974, concluding with the varied responses of writers such as John Hick and Leslie Newbigin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65073/cover/9780521565073.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Science of Polymer Molecules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to polymers and focuses on the synthesis, structure and properties of the individual molecules that constitute polymeric materials. It approaches polymeric materials from a molecular basis on the belief that there is a common core of knowledge and principles concerning polymer molecules that can be set out in an introductory work. Subjects treated include an introductory overview of synthesis, an introduction of the concept and definition of molecular weight and its distribution, experimental methods for measuring molecular weight, a more detailed view of polymerization including kinetics and mechanism, and the three-dimensional architecture of polymers as determined by conformation and stereochemistry. The statistical description of the conformational disorder of the molecules is covered and then built upon in treating rubber elasticity and polymer solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65080/cover/9780521565080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Diversity and Evolutionary Biology of Tropical Flowers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Endress, Peter K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of flowers provides a unique insight into the biology and evolution of flowering plants as a whole. The comparative study of flowers began in temperate regions and as a consequence most books on flowers are concerned with temperate plants. In contrast, this volume concentrates on tropical flowers which, whilst sharing many of the features seen in temperate flowers, exhibit phenomena which are purely tropical. The first part of the volume deals with general structural and biological features of flowers and shows facets of their diversity. The second part focuses on the flowers of selected tropical plants and emphasizes their structural and biological idiosyncrasies and evolutionary features. New trends in the study of floral evolution and the role of flowers in the study of flowering plant phylogeny are also outlined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65103/cover/9780521565103.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565111</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Advanced Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Estimation, Testing, and Specification of Cross-Section and Time Series Models</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565110</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bierens, Herman J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Herman Bierens provides a mathematically rigorous treatment of a number of timely topics in advanced econometrics. His subjects include nonlinear estimation, maximum likelihood theory, ARMA and ARMAX models, unit roots and cointegration, and nonparametric regression, together with an extensive and thorough treatment of the necessary probability theory. Professor Bierens' study is uniquely self-contained, providing the reader with a selection of the latest developments in econometric theory, along with the required introductory material on each topic. It will be of great use to graduate students of econometrics and statistics, and is particularly suitable for self-tuition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65110/cover/9780521565110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156512X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156512X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worlds of Hurt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading the Literatures of Trauma</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tal, Kal&#237;</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Worlds of Hurt presents a coherent rendering of the relationships between individual trauma and cultural interpretation, using as its focus the Holocaust, the Vietnam war, and the phenomenon of sexual violence against women. Survivors of these traumas constitute themselves as unique communities and bear witness to their traumatic experiences both privately and publicly. The survivors themselves write a 'literature of trauma' - born of the need to tell and retell the story of the traumatic experience, to make it 'real' to the victim, the community, and to the larger public. In so doing, they draw on their understanding of previous traumas and other survivor communities, using them both as validation and cathartic vehicle for the traumatised author. When traumatic stories are told and retold, they enter the vocabulary of the larger culture and become tools for the construction of national and cultural myths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65127/cover/9780521565127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Green Imperialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial Expansion, Tropical Island Edens and the Origins of Environmentalism, 1600-1860</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grove, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to document the origins and early history of environmentalism, concentrating especially on its hitherto unexplained colonial and global aspects. It highlights the significance of Utopian, physiocratic and medical thinking in the history of environmental ideas. The book shows how the new critique of the colonial impact on the environment depended on the emergence of a coterie of professional scientists, especially in the Dutch, French and English maritime empires. The prime importance of the oceanic island 'Eden' as a vehicle for new conceptions of nature is emphasised, and the significance of colonial island environments in stimulating conservationist notions is underlined, revealing how, for the first time, the limitability of local and global resources could be recognised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65134/cover/9780521565134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960722</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Algebraic Integers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dedekind, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stillwell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stillwell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The invention of ideals by Dedekind in the 1870s was well ahead of its time, and proved to be the genesis of what today we would call algebraic number theory. His memoir 'Sur la Theorie des Nombres Entiers Algebriques' first appeared in instalments in the 'Bulletin des sciences mathematiques' in 1877. This is a translation of that work by John Stillwell, who also adds a detailed introduction that gives the historical background as well as outlining the mathematical obstructions that Dedekind was striving to overcome. Dedekind's memoir gives a candid account of his development of an elegant theory as well as providing blow-by-blow comments as he wrestled with the many difficulties encountered en route. A must for all number theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65189/cover/9780521565189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stalinism and Nazism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dictatorships in Comparison</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kershaw, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewin, Moshe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The internationally distinguished contributors to this landmark volume represent a variety of approaches to the Nazi and Stalinist regimes. These far-reaching essays provide the raw materials towards a comparative analysis and offer the means to deepen and extend research in the field. The first section highlights similarities and differences in the leadership cults at the heart of the dictatorships. The second section moves to the 'war machines' engaged in the titanic clash of the regimes between 1941 and 1945. A final section surveys the shifting interpretations of successor societies as they have faced up to the legacy of the past. Combined, the essays presented here offer unique perspectives on the most violent and inhumane epoch in modern European history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65219/cover/9780521565219.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and the Marketplace of Ideas</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Communication and Government in Sweden and the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asard, Erik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bennett, W. Lance</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do citizens and leaders in democratic nations communicate about their problems and prospects for the future? What can be learned from other nations about how to communicate in more effective and satisfying ways? These are important questions in an age of instant electronic communication in which the populations of the world's industrial democracies are wired for all manner of input. This book explores the institutional links between society and government that shape political communication.  These regulators of national communication include parties and electoral representation systems, interest group processes, campaign finance mechanisms, and the media - factors that are familiar to anyone who follows politics  yet that may not be recognized for their combined effects on the quality of political discourse. The authors show how these core elements of political systems affect the ways in which people communicate, and how effective that communication is at defining public problems and identifying workable solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65257/cover/9780521565257.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Post-Soviet Women</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Baltic to Central Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buckley, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is the first to take a systematic look at the position of women in the post-Soviet states of the former USSR. It is divided into two main parts: the first focuses on the economy, society and polity of the Russian Federation; the second gives specialists' insights into social, political, economic and military developments in the other republics of the former Soviet Union. The book pays special attention to women's own perceptions of their lives. How do factory workers, street vendors and rural workers view their jobs? How do the women who served in Afghanistan, migrants, politicians, political activists, soldiers' mothers and feminists portray their worlds. What strategies of coping have women devised to deal with no electricity in Armenia, with unwelcome sexual advances from fathers-in-law and with violence from partners in Russia? Why did women in Georgia travel on a peace train? How has war affected lives in the Caucasus and in Central Asia? This book explores strategies of coping and forms of adaptation, noting that women are agents, as well as victims.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65301/cover/9780521565301.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Italian Maiolica</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Julia E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maiolica is a type of tin-glazed earthenware associated particularly with the Renaissance, when its colourful decoration was at its peak. It was made in Italy from the thirteenth century and is still in use today. This book provides an introduction to the history of maiolica, a glossary, and a bibliography, with sixty-four colour illustrations and accompanying text, arranged chronologically, to show some of the most characteristic styles of maiolica from about 1250 to 1920.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65318/cover/9780521565318.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565324</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565324</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The History of Linguistics in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Plato to 1600</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Authoritative and wide-ranging, this book examines the history of western linguistics over a 2000-year timespan, from its origins in ancient Greece up to the crucial moment of change in the Renaissance that laid the foundations of modern linguistics. Some of today's burning questions about language date back a long way: in 1400 BC Plato was asking how words relate to reality.  Other questions go back just a few generations, such as our interest in the mechanisms of language change, or in the social factors that shape the way we speak. Vivien Law explores how ideas about language over the centuries have changed to reflect changing modes of thinking. A survey chapter brings the coverage of the book up to the present day. Classified bibliographies and chapters on research resources and the qualities the historian of linguistics needs to develop, provide the reader with the tools to go further.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65325/cover/9780521565325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Humphry Davy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this illuminating and entertaining biography David Knight draws upon Humphry Davy's poetry, notebooks, and informal writings to introduce us to one of the first professional scientists. Davy is best remembered for his work on laughing gas, for the arc lamp, for isolating sodium and potassium, for his theory that chemical affinity is electrical, and, of course, for his safety lamp. His lectures on science made the fortunes of the Royal Institution in London, and he taught chemistry to the young Faraday. He is also recognized for his poetry and was the friend of Coleridge, Wordsworth, and Byron. By investigating Davy's life Knight shows what it was like to be a creative scientist in Regency Britain, demonstrating the development of science and its institutions during this crucial period in history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65394/cover/9780521565394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time, Labor, and Social Domination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reinterpretation of Marx's Critical Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Postone, Moishe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Moishe Postone undertakes a fundamental reinterpretation of Karl Marx's mature critical theory. He calls into question many of the presuppositions of traditional Marxist analyses and offers new interpretations of Marx's central arguments. He does so by developing concepts aimed at grasping the essential character and historical development of modern society, and also at overcoming the familiar dichotomies of structure and action, meaning and material life. These concepts lead him to an original analysis of the nature and problems of capitalism and provide the basis for a critique of 'actually existing socialism'. According to this new interpretation, Marx identifies the core of the capitalist system with an impersonal form of social domination generated by labor and the industrial production process are characterized as expressions of domination generated by labor itself and not simply with market mechanisms and private property. Proletarian labor and the industrial production process are characterized as expressions of domination rather than as means of human emancipation. This reinterpretation entails the form of economic growth and the structure of social labor in modern society to the alienation and domination at the heart of capitalism. This reformulation, Postone argues, provides the foundation for a critical social theory that is more adequate to late twentieth-century capitalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65400/cover/9780521565400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music of John Cage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565448</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pritchett, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although John Cage has been almost universally recognised as the leading figure of the post-war musical avant-garde, this is the first book to present a complete and coherent picture of Cage the composer. Providing a historical account of Cage's musical concerns and changing style, James Pritchett describes just what it was Cage did and why and how he did it. The book is centred around extensive descriptions of the most important works and compositional techniques, including in-depth explanations of the role of chance and indeterminacy in Cage's music. Dr Pritchett also considers the relationship of Cage's musical thought to his interests in such diverse subjects as Eastern philosophy and religion, Marshall McLuhan, and anarchism (among many others). This book thus makes the essential introduction to Cage's musical world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/16214/cover/9780521416214.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565456</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wilde: Salome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tydeman, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Price, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length study of Oscar Wilde's Salome, a play now regarded as central to his artistic achievement. Often drawing on little-known sources, the authors provide a detailed stage-history of this controversial work, and its transformation into opera, dance and film. Beginning with Sarah Bernhardt's aborted production of 1892, the book surveys Salome's principal realisations in the European theatre, including Lugn&#233;-Poe's Parisian premi&#232;re of 1896, Reinhardt's Berlin productions of 1902-3, attempts at presentation in pre-revolutionary Russia, and the play's impact on the English stage between 1911 and 1990. A separate chapter explores a wealth of further interpretations, including Aubrey Beardsley's challenging illustrations, Strauss's operatic version and the provocative films created by Alla Nazimova and Ken Russell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65455/cover/9780521565455.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading the West</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Essays on the Literature of the American West</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565592</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowalewski, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The American West of myth and legend has always exerted a strong hold on the popular imagination, and the essays in Reading the West examine some of the basis of that fascination. Reading the West is a collection of critical essays by writers, independent scholars and critics on the literature of the American West in the last two centuries. It showcases new ways of reading and understanding western writing. Arguing for the importance of 'place' in literature, these essays explore what makes representative literary works 'western'. They also explore the multicultural and ecological dimensions of western writing. This volume helps enrich our understanding of a distinguished body of literary work which has sometimes been unjustly ignored. It deals not only with literature but with the changing conception of the West in the American imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65592/cover/9780521565592.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960708</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156560X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156560X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Blueprints for a Black Federal Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565608</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fraden, Rena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the 1930s, the Work Progress Administration funded a massive Federal Theatre Project in America's major urban centres, presenting hundreds of productions, some of the most popular and memorable of which were produced in the highly controversial and avant garde 'Negro Units'. This experiment in government-supported culture brought to the forefront one of the central problems in American democratic culture - the representation of racial difference. Those in the profession quickly discovered inescapable ideological responsibilities attending any sort of show, whether apparently entertaining or political in nature. Exploring the liberal idealism of the thirties and the critical debates in black journals over the role of an African American theatre, Fraden also looks at the obstacles facing black playwrights, audiences, and actors in a changing milieu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65608/cover/9780521565608.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hemingway</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Postwar Years and the Posthumous Novels</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burwell, Rose Marie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Ernest Hemingway committed suicide in 1961 he left four unfinished works - A Moveable Feast, Islands in the Stream, The Garden of Eden, and an untitled work on his travels in Africa. The edited versions which have come down to readers and scholars of Hemingway appear as distinct, disjointed texts which fit oddly into his &#339;uvre. Through extensive literary detective work Burwell has uncovered substantial evidence which finds that Hemingway in fact designed the three published works as a trilogy, what she terms 'his own Portrait of the Artist'. She combines biographical and textual analysis to create a compelling document of a period of Hemingway's life which biographers have slenderly covered. This work will ensure that these little known works be critically re-appraised, and will certainly catalyse discussion among Hemingway's readers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65639/cover/9780521565639.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Refiner's Fire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of Mormon Cosmology, 1644-1844</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brooke, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an alternative and comprehensive understanding of the roots of Mormon religion, which proposes that the faithful will become gods. The book's central thesis is that the origins of Mormonism lie in the fusion of radical religion with magical ideas about recovering the divine powers of Adam lost in the fall from Paradise (ideas known as the hermetic philosophy) that occurred during the Reformation and the English Revolution. The book is organised around the two problems of demonstrating the survival of these ideas into the nineteenth century and of how they were manifested in Mormon doctrine. A final chapter outlines how Mormonism gradually has moved toward traditional Protestant Christianity since the 1850s. Besides religion, this book deals with magic, witchcraft, alchemy, Freemasonry, counterfeiting, and state-formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65646/cover/9780521565646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lighter Side of Gravity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Narlikar, Jayant Vishnu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gravity is the most enigmatic of all known basic forces in nature. Yet it controls everything from the motion of ocean tides to the expansion of the entire Universe. Many books use technical jargon and high-powered maths to explain what gravity is all about. In The Lighter Side of Gravity, the presentation is beautifully clear and completely non-technical. Familiar analogies, interesting anecdotes and numerous illustrations are used throughout to get across subtle effects and difficult points. The coverage is, however, comprehensive and makes no compromise with accuracy. This second edition has been brought completely up to date and expanded to include the discovery of gigantic gravitational lenses in space, the findings of the COBE satellite, the detection of MACHOS, the investigations of the very early Universe and other new ideas in cosmology. In short, this lucid and stimulating book presents 'the lighter side' of the intriguing phenomena of 'gravity' to the student and general reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65653/cover/9780521565653.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life in the Gang</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Family, Friends, and Violence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Decker, Scott H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winkle, Barrik van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study is based on three years of field work with 99 active gang members and 24 family members. The book describes the attractiveness of gangs, the process of joining, their chaotic and loose organisation, and their members' predominant activities - mostly hanging out, drinking, and using drugs. The authors also discuss gang members' rather slapdash involvement in major property crime and their disorganised participation in drug traffic, as well as the often fatal consequences of their violent life-style. Although the book focuses on the individual, organisational, and institutional aspects of gang membership, it also explores gang members' involvement with other school and neighborhood structures. Extensive interviews with family members provide groundbreaking insights into the gang members' lives. As much as possible, however, the story is told in the gang members' own words.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65660/cover/9780521565660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytical Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinich, Melvin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munger, Michael C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To 'analyse' means to break into components and understand. But new readers find modern mathematical theories of politics so inaccessible that analysis is difficult. Where does one start? Analytical Politics is an introduction to analytical theories of politics, explicitly designed both for the interested professional and students in political science. We cannot evaluate how well governments perform without some baseline for comparison: what should governments be doing? This book focuses on the role of the 'center' in politics, drawing from the classical political theories of Aristotle, Hobbes, Rousseau, and others. The main questions in Analytical Politics involve the existence and stability of the center; when does it exist? When should the center guide policy? How do alternative voting rules help in discovering the center? An understanding of the work reviewed here is essential for anyone who hopes to evaluate the performance or predict the actions of democratic governments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65677/cover/9780521565677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computerized Data Acquisition and Analysis for the Life Sciences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Hands-on Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Simon S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computerized data acquisition systems are often the principle method of recording experimental results. This book takes the reader step-by-step through the process of data acquisition and analysis, explaining how to set up the systems and then obtain useful information from the data recorded. In an easy-to-read style, it guides researchers through the basics of data acquisition systems, explains the important underlying concepts, and gives numerous examples of how to analyze the recorded information. While aimed at researchers in the life sciences, the topics covered are general and will be valuable to anyone interested in learning to use data acquisition systems. The principles can be applied to the collection of data from respiratory apparatus to behavioral science experiments, and a host of other situations. Many illustrations and worked examples accompany the text, and the mathematics are kept simple. This book is an invaluable tool for the non-engineer who is collecting and analyzing experimental data using data acquisition systems. Researchers, graduate students and technicians will find it an up-to-date and indispensable guide for setting up their equipment and getting the most out of their data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65707/cover/9780521565707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010604</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565715</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Philosophy of Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torretti, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A magisterial study of the philosophy of physics that both introduces the subject to the non-specialist and contains many original and important contributions for professionals in the area. Modern physics was born as a part of philosophy and has retained to this day a properly philosophical concern for the clarity and coherence of ideas. Any introduction to the philosophy of physics must therefore focus on the conceptual development of physics itself. This book pursues that development from Galileo and Newton through Maxwell and Boltzmann to Einstein and the founders of quantum mechanics. There is also discussion of important philosophers of physics in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and of twentieth-century debates. In the interest of appealing to the broadest possible readership the author avoids technicalities and explains both the physics and philosophical terms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65714/cover/9780521565714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender, Equality and Welfare States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sainsbury, Diane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What differences do welfare state variations make for women? How do women and men fare in different welfare states? Diane Sainsbury answers these questions by analysing the situation in countries whose welfare state policies differ in significant ways: the United States, the United Kingdom, Sweden, and the Netherlands. Building on feminist criticisms of mainstream research, Professor Sainsbury reconceptualises the crucial dimensions of variation, notably those relevant to gender. She determines the extent to which legislation reflects and perpetuates the gendered division of labour in the family and society, as well as what types of policy alter gender relations in social provision. She thereby increases our understanding of how policy mechanisms, especially the bases of entitlement, exclude or incorporate women and offers constructive proposals for securing greater equality between women and men.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65790/cover/9780521565790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565839</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativistic Quantum Mechanics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Applications in Condensed Matter and Atomic Physics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strange, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate text introduces relativistic quantum theory, emphasising its important applications in condensed matter physics. Basic theory, including special relativity, angular momentum and particles of spin zero are first reprised. The text then goes on to discuss the Dirac equation, symmetries and operators, and free particles. Physical consequences of solutions including hole theory and Klein's paradox are considered. Several model problems are solved. Important applications of quantum theory to condensed matter physics then follow. Relevant theory for the one electron atom is explored. The theory is then developed to describe the quantum mechanics of many electron systems, including Hartree-Fock and density functional methods. Scattering theory, band structures, magneto-optical effects and superconductivity are among other significant topics discussed. Many exercises and an extensive reference list are included. This clear account of relativistic quantum theory will be valuable to graduate students and researchers working in condensed matter physics and quantum physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65837/cover/9780521565837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychologists on the March</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, Practice, and Professional Identity in America, 1929-1969</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capshew, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Psychologists on the March argues that the Second World War had a profound impact on the modern psychological profession in America. Before the war, psychology was viewed largely as an academic discipline, drawing its ideology and personnel from the laboratory. Following the war, it was increasingly seen as a source of theory and practice to deal with mental health issues. With the support of the federal government, the field entered a prolonged period of exponential growth. With this growth came major changes in the institutional structure of the field that spread to include the epistemological foundations of psychology. The book is the first sustained study of this important era in American psychology. Moving back and forth between collective and individual levels of analysis, it provides a narrative that weaves together the internal politics and demography of psychology in relation to the cultural environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Internationalization and Domestic Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keohane, Robert O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milner, Helen V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rapid increases in international economic exchanges during the past four decades have made national economies very open to the world economy by historical standards. Much recent economic analysis has been devoted to exploring the effects of such internationalization on macroeconomic policy options, national competitiveness, and rewards to various factors of production. The central proposition of this volume is that we can no longer understand politics within countries without comprehending the nature of the linkages between national economies and the world economy, and changes in such linkages. The authors examine the effect of internationalization on the policy preferences of socio-economic and political agents within countries toward national policies and national policy-making institutions and on the national policies and policy institutions themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65875/cover/9780521565875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hollywood Censored</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Morality Codes, Catholics, and the Movies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Gregory D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After a series of sex scandals rocked the film industry in 1922, movie moguls hired Will Hays to clear the image of movies. Hays tried a variety of ways to regulate movies before adopting what became known as the production code. Written in 1930 by a St Louis priest, the code stipulated that movies stress proper behaviour, respect for government, and 'Christian values'. The Catholic Church reinforced these efforts by launching its Legion of Decency in 1934. Intended to force Hays and Hollywood to censor films, the Legion of Decency engineered the appointment of Joseph Breen as head of the Production Code Administration. For the next three decades, Breen, Hays, and the Catholic Legion of Decency virtually controlled the content of all Hollywood films.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65929/cover/9780521565929.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fifth Gospel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Isaiah in the History of Christianity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sawyer, John F. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is currently much interest in the history of interpretation, reader-response and the sociology of sacred texts - in what the text does as much as what it means. Isaiah, 'more evangelist than prophet' according to Jerome and others, provides an ideal case study, because of his profound influence on the language and imagery of Christianity. With illustrations from art, music, literature and the media as well as commentaries, sermons and official church pronouncements, Professor Sawyer shows how Isaiah has been used in all kinds of context, from the cult of the Virgin Mary, mediaeval passion iconography and antisemitic propaganda to Christian feminism and liberation theology. This first attempt at a comprehensive critical study of an essential part of biblical interpretation will provide a model for further research, and ensure that commentaries will never be the same again.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65967/cover/9780521565967.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521565995</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521565995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521565998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Sovereignty as Social Construct</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521565998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biersteker, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weber, Cynthia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>State sovereignty is an inherently social construct. The modern state system is not based on some timeless principle of sovereignty, but on the production of a normative conception which links authority, territory, population (society, nation), and recognition in a unique way, and in a particular place (the state). Attempting to realize this ideal entails a great deal of hard work on the part of statespersons, diplomats, and intellectuals. The ideal of state sovereignty is a product of the actions of powerful agents and the resistances to those actions by those located at the margins of power. The unique contribution of this book is to describe, theorize, and illustrate the practices which have socially constructed, reproduced, reconstructed, and deconstructed various sovereign ideals and resistances to them. The contributors analyse how all the components of state sovereignty - not only recognition, but also territory, population, and authority - are socially constructed and combined in specific historical contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/65998/cover/9780521565998.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decolonization and African Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Labor Question in French and British Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>700</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This detailed and authoritative volume changes our conceptions of 'imperial' and 'African' history. Frederick Cooper gathers a vast range of archival sources in French and English to achieve a truly comparative study of colonial policy toward the recruitment, control, and institutionalization of African labor forces from the mid 1930s, when the labor question was first posed, to the late 1950s, when decolonization was well under way. Professor Cooper explores colonial conceptions of the African worker and shows how African trade union and political leaders used the new language of social change to claim equality and a share of power. This helped to persuade European officials that the 'modern' Africa they imagined was unaffordable. Britain and France could not reshape African society. As they left the continent, the question was how they had affected the ways in which Africans could reorganize society themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66001/cover/9780521566001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Tragic Cosmos</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McAlindon, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on Romeo and Juliet, Julius Caesar, the four main tragedies and Antony and Cleopatra. Tom McAlindon argues that there were two models of nature in Renaissance culture, one hierarchical, in which everything has an appointed place, and the other contrarious, showing nature as a tense system of interacting opposites, liable to sudden collapse and transformation. This latter model informs Shakespeare's tragedy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66056/cover/9780521566056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banks, Finance and Investment in Germany</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fischer, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book analyses the widely-held view of the merits of the 'bank-based' German system of finance for investment, and shows that this view is not supported by evidence from the post-war period. The institutional features of the German system are such that universal banks have control of voting rights at shareholders' meetings due to proxy votes, and they also have representation on companies' supervisory boards. These features are claimed to have two main benefits. One is that the German system reduces asymmetric information problems, enabling banks to supply more external finance to firms at a lower cost, and thus increasing investment. The other is that German banks are able to mould and control managements of firms on behalf of shareholders, and thus ensure that firms are run efficiently. This book assesses whether empirical evidence backs up these claims, and shows that the merits of the German system are largely myths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66087/cover/9780521566087.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156610X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156610X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sims, Christopher A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a two-volume set of articles reflecting the current state of research in theoretical and applied econometrics. The topics covered include time series methods, semiparametric methods, seasonality, financial economics, model solution techniques, economic development, and labour economics. All the contributions were commissioned to be presented at the plenary sessions of the Sixth World Congress of the Econometric Society in Barcelona.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66100/cover/9780521566100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566118</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566118</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rebirth of Politics in Russia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Urban, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Igrunov, Vyacheslav</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitrokhin, Sergei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Blending first hand accounts of grassroots politics with an original theory of social relations under communism, this book seeks to explain one of the seminal events of this century: the rebirth of politics in Russia amid the collapse of the USSR. The authors trace the process from the pre-political period of dissident activity, through perestroika and the appearance of political groups and publications, elections, the formation of political parties and mass movements, counter-revolution and coup d'&#233;tat, the victory of democratic forces and the organization of a Russian state; to the struggle of power in the post-communist epoch, the violent end of the first republic and the contentious relations engulfing its successor. By focusing on the popular forces which accomplished Russia's political rebirth, rather than the reforms of the Soviet establishment, this book offers an original perspective on this critical period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66117/cover/9780521566117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Between the Fields and the City</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women, Work, and Family in Russia, 1861-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engel, Barbara Alpern</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book charts the personal dimensions of economic social change by examining the significance and consequences of Russian peasant women's migration from the village to the factory and/or city in the years between the emancipation of the serfs in 1861 and the outbreak of World War I. The author uses case studies to explore the effects of urbanisation and industrialisation on the relationship of the migrant to the peasant household, and on family life and personal relations. It differs from other studies in looking at both village and city; in the treatment of personal life, and in drawing on a wealth of archival data, most of it for the first time. The focus on women and the family provides a fresh perspective on the social history of late Imperial Russia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66216/cover/9780521566216.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Democracy in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Ambiguous Promise</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichtenstein, Nelson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Howell John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Industrial Democracy in America begins its close examination of what came to be known among collars of any colour as 'the labour problem' with the railroad strikes of the 1870s. The contributors cover the theory and practice of the American labour movement, the promise and demise of industrial jurisprudence, the law of collective bargaining, workplace contractualism, and shop-floor reality in the United States auto industry, and compare these with employment systems in Japan. This book contemplates America's industrial decline and will provoke questions, even within management circles, of the long-run viability of a work regime that does not respect or motivate its workers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66223/cover/9780521566223.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566231</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566231</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Burundi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethnic Conflict and Genocide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566230</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lemarchand, Rene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book situates Burundi in the current global debate on ethnicity by describing and analysing the wholesale massacre of the Hutu majority by the Tutsi minority. The author refutes the government's version of these events that places blame on the former colonial government and the church. He offers documentation that identifies the source of these massacres as occurring across a socially constructed fault-line that pitted the Hutu majority's use of ethnicity as an instrument for the achievement of majority rule in parliament against the Tutsi minority's use of ethnocide to gain hegemony. By analysing the roots of ethnicity conflict, the author derives institutional and other formulae through which conflict among the primary groups in Burundi - and elsewhere - may be mitigated. Published in cooperation with the United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (UNRISD).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66230/cover/9780521566230.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156624X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156624X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566247</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Insider Lending</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Banks, Personal Connections, and Economic Development in Industrial New England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566247</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamoreaux, Naomi R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today the term insider lending conveys an aura of abuse and corruption, of unethical, if not illegal, behaviour. In early nineteenth-century New England, however, insider lending was an integral aspect of the banking system. Not only was the practice an accepted fact of economic life, but, as Naomi R. Lamoreaux argues, it enabled banks (at least in this particular historical context) to play an important role in financing economic development. As the banking system evolved over the course of the century, however, lending practices became more impersonal and professional. Ironically, the information problems banks faced when they began to conduct more and more of their business at arm's length forced them to concentrate on providing short-term loans to commercial borrowers and to give up financing economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66247/cover/9780521566247.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Work of Reconstruction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Slave to Wage Laborer in South Carolina 1860-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saville, Julie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines social, political, and cultural conflicts opened by the abolition of slavery and the fashioning of wage relations in the era of the American Civil War. It offers a new, close look at the origins, goals, and tactics of popular political clubs created by emancipated workers in the countryside of one of the Deep South's oldest plantation states. The Work of Reconstruction draws on a rich documentary record that allowed ex-slaves to express in their own words and behavior the aspirations and goals that underlay their efforts. Not satisfied to render freed men and women as objects of theoretical inquiry, this book vividly recovers the concrete practices and language in which ex-slaves achieved freedom and the expectations that they had of liberty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66254/cover/9780521566254.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Germany, Hitler, and World War II</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Modern German and World History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weinberg, Gerhard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reflecting on the greatest war in human history, one cannot help but think about the terrible conflict as a whole, its leaders, its peoples, and the puzzles still open about its conduct. Leaders on both sides realised that at stake from the very beginning was a complete restructuring of the world order. More than a conflict of imperial aggression, World War II was about who would live and command the globe's resources and which peoples would disappear entirely because they were believed to be inferior or undesirable by the victor. This collection of special studies in twentieth-century German and world history illuminates the nature of the Nazi system and its impact on Germany and the world. Bringing together essays now widely scattered and several never previously published in English, this volume examines the Holocaust, the connections between the European and Pacific theatres of war, as well as the effects, leaders, and research problems of World War II. By examining the effects of World War II, its leaders, its problems, and the Holocaust, this volume provides an illuminating study of the nature of the Nazi system and its impact on Germany and the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66261/cover/9780521566261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>American Visions of Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Franklin D. Roosevelt, George F. Kennan, and Dean G. Acheson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harper, John Lamberton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a biographical study of three American statesmen, concentrating on the development of their distinct attitudes and political programs with respect to the problem of Europe in American foreign policy: Roosevelt's partial internationalism, aiming at the retirement of Europe from world politics while avoiding American entanglement; Kennan's partial isolationism, aspiring to restore Europe's centrality and autonomy through temporary American engagement; and Acheson's accommodating interventionism, establishing the United States as a permanent power in Europe at the behest of European and American interests. The purpose of the book is to explain how and why they arrived at very different solutions to the problem of internecine conflict in Europe, and to show the continuing relevance of their ideas. Three learned and elegantly written portraits are set against the background of the dramatic events and foreign policy controversies of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66285/cover/9780521566285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to George Bernard Shaw</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Innes, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to George Bernard Shaw is an indispensable guide to one of the most influential and important dramatists of the theatre. The volume offers a broad-ranging study of Shaw with essays by a team of leading scholars. The Companion covers all aspects of Shaw's drama, focusing on both the political and theatrical context, while the extensive illustrations showcase productions from the Shaw Festival in Canada. In addition to situating Shaw's work in its own time, the Companion demonstrates its continuing relevance, and applies some of the newest critical approaches. Topics include Shaw and the publishing trade, Shaw and feminism, and Shaw and the Empire, as well as analyses of the early plays, discussion plays and history plays.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66339/cover/9780521566339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cults and Charisma</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, I. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Religious power assumes many strikingly different forms, which are often regarded as unique, unrelated, and even mutually exclusive. Religion in Context, however, adopts a holistic approach and argues that these apparently contradictory mystical experiences are in fact part of a web of mutually defining and sustaining elements. Stressing the importance of rigorous social contextualisation, I. M. Lewis analyses phenomena such as spirit-possession, witchcraft, cannibalism, and shamanism, revealing connections between them and with the world religions. This expanded and updated edition illuminates critical aspects of religious power, and demonstrates the value of a comparative approach to formulating anthropological theory. It will be of value to students of anthropology, religion, and to anyone concerned with the nature of religion in the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66346/cover/9780521566346.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566355</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566355</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beginning and the End of 'Religion'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lash, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The common view that 'religion' is something quite separate from politics, art, science, law and economics is one that is peculiar to modern Western culture. In this book Professor Lash argues that we should begin to question seriously that viewpoint: the modern world is ending and we are now in a position to discover new forms of ancient wisdom, which have been obscured from view. These essays explore this idea in a number of directions, examining the dialogue between theology and science, the secularity of Western culture and questions of Christian hope. Part One examines the dialogue between Christianity and Hinduism, while Part Two considers the relations between theology and science, the secularity of Western culture, and questions of Christian hope, or eschatology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66353/cover/9780521566353.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intelligence Power in Peace and War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herman, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Intelligence services form an important but controversial part of the modern state. Drawing mainly on British and American examples, this book provides an analytic framework for understanding the 'intelligence community' and assessing its value. The author, a former senior British intelligence officer, describes intelligence activities, the purposes which the system serves, and the causes and effects of its secrecy. He considers 'intelligence failure' and how organisation and management can improve the chances of success. Using parallels with the information society and the current search for efficiency in public administration as a whole, the book explores the issues involved in deciding how much intelligence is needed and discusses the kinds of management necessary. In his conclusions Michael Herman discusses intelligence's national value in the post-Cold War world. He also argues that it has important contributions to make to international security, but that its threat-inducing activities should be kept in check.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66360/cover/9780521566360.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566444</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modes of Thought</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Culture and Cognition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Torrance, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modes of Thought addresses a topic of broad interest to the cognitive sciences. Its central focus is on the apparent contrast between the widely assumed 'psychological unity of mankind' and the facts of cognitive pluralism, the diverse ways in which people think and the developmental, cultural, technological and institutional factors which contribute to that diversity. Whether described in terms of modes of thought, cognitive styles, or sensibilities, the diversity of patterns of rationality to be found between cultures, in different historical periods, between individuals at different stages of development remains a central problem for a cultural psychology. Modes of Thought brings together anthropologists, historians, psychologists and educational theorists who manage to recognise the universality in thinking and yet acknowledge the cultural, historical and developmental contexts in which differences arise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66445/cover/9780521566445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566649</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Middlemen of the Cameroons Rivers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Duala and their Hinterland, c.1600-c.1960</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566643</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Austen, Ralph A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Derrick, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Duala people entered the international scene as merchant-brokers for precolonial trade in ivory, slaves and palm products. Under colonial rule they used the advantages gained from earlier riverain trade to develop cocoa plantations and provide their children with exceptional levels of European education. At the same time they came into early conflict with both German and French regimes and played a leading - if ultimately unsuccessful - role in anti-colonial politics. In tracing these changing economic and political roles, this book also examines the growing consciousness of the Duala as an ethnic group and uses their history to shed new light on the history of 'middleman' communities in surrounding regions of West and Central Africa. The authors draw upon a wide range of written and oral sources, including indigenous accounts of the past conflicting with their own findings but illuminate local conceptions of social hierarchy and their relationship to spiritual beliefs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66643/cover/9780521566643.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Managing Existence in Naples</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Morality, Action and Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566650</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pardo, Italo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Italo Pardo has produced a thoughtful and original account of the moral life of Naples, a city in which the ethics of work, family and neighbourhood exist in complex relationship with the teachings of the church and, crucial to key processes of democracy, with the power and limitations of law, bureaucracy and government. Dr Pardo identifies the importance of strong continuous interaction between material and non-material aspects in the entrepreneurial strategies of the ordinary Neapolitan and shows the ways in which different ethical systems are negotiated in everyday life. Success is measured not only by material gain, but also by satisfying spiritual obligations and meeting the claims of intimate loyalties. This is one of the very few ethnographic studies of a European city; it questions old assumptions and raises fresh issues in the field of urban studies, demonstrating the significance of empirical analysis to mainstream debates in social theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66650/cover/9780521566650.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sampling in Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orton, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first overview of sampling for archaeologists for over twenty years, this manual offers a comprehensive account of the applications of statistical sampling theory which are essential to modern archaeological practice at a range of scales, from the regional to the microscopic. Bringing archaeologists up to date with an aspect of their work which is often misunderstood, it includes a discussion of the relevance of sampling theory to archaeological interpretation, and considers its fundamental place in fieldwork and post-excavation study. It demonstrates the vast range of techniques that are available, only some of which are widely used by archaeologists. A section on statistical theory also reviews latest developments in the field, and the formal mathematics is available in an appendix, cross-referenced with the main text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66667/cover/9780521566667.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles Darwin</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Man and his Influence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowler, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Darwin's enormous influence on science and culture, begun during his lifetime, is still very evident today. The Origin of Species excited much debate and controversy, challenging the foundations of Christianity, yet underpinning the Victorian concept of progress, and today still evokes powerful and contradictory responses. Yet he was not first to publish evolutionary ideas and his theory of natural selection was not accepted by many of his contemporaries. Peter Bowler's study of Darwin's life and influence combines biography and cultural history. He shows how Darwin's contemporaries were unable to appreciate precisely those aspects of his thinking that are considered scientifically important today. Darwin was a product of his time, but he also transcended it, by creating an idea capable of being exploited by twentieth-century scientists and intellectuals who had very different values from his own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66681/cover/9780521566681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156669X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156669X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Isaac Newton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Adventurer in Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, A. Rupert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this elegant, absorbing biography of Isaac Newton (1642-1727), Rupert Hall surveys the vast field of modern scholarship in order to interpret Newton's mathematical and experimental approach to nature. Mathematics was always the deepest, most innovative and productive of Newton's interests. However, he was also a historian, theologian, chemist, civil servant, and natural philosopher. These diverse studies were unified in his single design as a Christian to explore every facet of God's creation. The story of Newton's life and discoveries has been greatly altered by exploration of his huge manuscript legacy during the last forty years, throwing new light upon his personality and intellect. Hall's discussion of this research shows that Newton cannot simply be explained as a Platonist, mystic, or magus. He remains a complex and enigmatic genius with an immensely imaginative and commonsensical mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66698/cover/9780521566698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Andr&#233;-Marie Amp&#232;re</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Enlightenment and Electrodynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566704</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofmann, James R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this authoritative biography, James Hofmann examines the extraordinary life of Andr&#233;-Marie Amp&#232;re, who made original, significant contributions to mathematics and chemistry and is renowned for his new branch of physics - electrodynamics. A member of the Acad&#233;mie des Sciences, and professor at the &#201;cole Polytechnique, his accomplishments are remarkable in view of his tragic personal life. One of the elite of early nineteenth-century Parisian science, yet having no formal education, he embraced the scientific optimism of the Enlightenment, and the Catholic faith. This combination of intellectual expectation and emotional spirituality made Amp&#232;re's genius both destructive and extraordinarily creative. This, the only biography available in the English language, illuminates the scientific contributions of an individual and his epoch, and provides a fascinating insight into the workings of the scientific mind.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66704/cover/9780521566704.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Galileo</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Decisive Innovator</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharratt, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this entertaining and authoritative biography Michael Sharratt examines the flair, imagination, hard-headedness, clarity, combativeness, and penetration of Galileo Galilei. To follow his career as he exploited unforeseen opportunities to unseat established ways of comprehending nature is to understand a crucial stage of the Scientific Revolution. Galileo was a path-breaker for the newly-invented telescope, the decoder of nature's mathematical language, and a quite brilliant populariser of science. Even his reluctant excursion into theology has at last been officially and handsomely recognised by the Church's 'rehabilitation' of the Inquisition's most famous victim, fully discussed in the last chapter. This book makes his lasting contributions accessible to non-scientists and his mistakes are not overlooked. This is not a mythical story, but the biography of an innovator - one of the greatest ever known.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66711/cover/9780521566711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156672X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156672X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Antoine Lavoisier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science, Administration and Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donovan, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knight, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This biography represents a comprehensive, accessible account of the great eighteenth-century French chemist and administrator, Antoine Lavoisier. Historians of science know Lavoisier as a founder of modern chemistry. Students of the French Revolution know him as an important financier and administrator in the final decades of the old regime and as the most famous scientist to be guillotined during the Terror. This volume devotes equal attention to the creation of his oxygen theory of combustion and to his efforts as a public administrator before and during the Revolution. Lavoisier was an historical figure of extraordinary importance. His biography illuminates the rise of modern science and the history of the French Revolution. Antoine Lavoisier provides its reader with a vivid, informed image of the man, his achievement, and the tumultuous age in which he lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66728/cover/9780521566728.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960411</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cohen-Macaulay Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566742</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruns, Winfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Herzog, H. J&#252;rgen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last two decades Cohen-Macaulay rings and modules have been central topics in commutative algebra. This book meets the need for a thorough, self-contained introduction to the homological and combinatorial aspects of the theory of Cohen-Macaulay rings, Gorenstein rings, local cohomology, and canonical modules. A separate chapter is devoted to Hilbert functions (including Macaulay's theorem) and numerical invariants derived from them. The authors emphasize the study of explicit, specific rings, making the presentation as concrete as possible. So the general theory is applied to Stanley-Reisner rings, semigroup rings, determinantal rings, and rings of invariants. Their connections with combinatorics are highlighted, e.g. Stanley's upper bound theorem or Ehrhart's reciprocity law for rational polytopes. The final chapters are devoted to Hochster's theorem on big Cohen-Macaulay modules and its applications, including Peskine-Szpiro's intersection theorem, the Evans-Griffith syzygy theorem, bounds for Bass numbers, and tight closure. Throughout each chapter the authors have supplied many examples and exercises which, combined with the expository style, will make the book very useful for graduate courses in algebra. As the only modern, broad account of the subject it will be essential reading for researchers in commutative algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66742/cover/9780521566742.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Banach Spaces for Analysts</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566759</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wojtaszczyk, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to modern Banach space theory, in which applications to other areas such as harmonic analysis function theory, orthogonal series and approximation theory are also given prominence. The author begins with a discussion of weak topologies, weak compactness and isomorphisms of Banach spaces before proceeding to the more detailed study of particular spaces. The book is intended to be used with graduate courses in Banach space theory, so the prerequisites are a background in functional, complex and real analysis. As the only introduction to the modern theory it will be an essential companion for professional mathematicians working in the subject, or interested in applying it to other areas of analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66759/cover/9780521566759.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Opinion in Stalin's Russia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Terror, Propaganda and Dissent, 1934-1941</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1934 and 1941 Stalin unleashed what came to be known as the 'Great Terror' against millions of Soviet citizens. The same period also saw the 'Great Retreat', the repudiation of many of the aspirations of the Russian Revolution. The response of ordinary Russians to the extraordinary events of this time has been obscure. Sarah Davies's study uses NKVD and party reports, letters and other evidence to show that, despite propaganda and repression, dissonant public opinion was not extinguished. The people continued to criticise Stalin and the Soviet regime, and complain about particular policies. The book examines many themes, including attitudes towards social and economic policy, the terror, and the leader cult, shedding light on a hugely important part of Russia's social, political, and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66766/cover/9780521566766.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Families and HIV/AIDS</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociological Perspective on the Epidemic in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566797</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Carole A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFH2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Carole Campbell examines the position of women in the AIDS epidemic (women living with HIV, and the growing number of women caring for HIV-infected family members) in a sociocultural context. The early male profile of the AIDS epidemic has given rise to education and prevention programs based upon the needs of males. Campbell draws a clear connection between women's risk of AIDS, gender roles (particularly adolescent gender role socialization), and male sexual behavior, demonstrating that no efforts to contain the spread of the disease to females can succeed without also targeting the male behavior that puts women at risk. This study concludes that compared with men, HIV-infected women face unequal access to care and unequal quality of care. Campbell makes a compelling case that social institutions such as health care and the media have created barriers for women by failing to take into account the differences between men and women in terms of social roles, status, and power. Informed by the moving personal accounts of eleven HIV-infected men and women, this book offers a rare, broad picture of the sociocultural causes and the impact on American society of AIDS among women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66797/cover/9780521566797.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hiroshima in History and Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogan, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of essays, prominent historians survey the Hiroshima story from the American decision to drop the first atomic bomb to the recent controversy over the Enola Gay exhibit in Washington, DC. The first essay surveys the literature on the atomic bombing of Japan, while the second and third essays evaluate the decisions that led to that event. The remaining essays discuss how the Japanese and American people have remembered Hiroshima in the years since the end of World War II. They emphasize the construction of an official memory of Hiroshima, the challenge posed by alternative or counter-memories, and the tension between history and memory in the Hiroshima story. The collection thus unites up-to-date scholarship by diplomatic historians with the recent interest in memory that has emerged as part of the new cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66827/cover/9780521566827.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Riparian Landscapes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malanson, George P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Riparian Landscapes examines the ecological systems of streamside and floodplain areas from the perspective of landscape ecology. The specific spatial pattern of riparian vegetation is seen as a result of, and a control on, the ecological, geomorphological, and hydrological processes that operate along rivers. Riparian structures are controlled by the spatial dynamics of channels, flooding and soil moisture. These dynamics are part of integrated cascades of water, sediment, nutrients and carbon, to which animal and plant species respond in ways that illuminate community structure and competition. The role of the riparian zone in controlling species distribution and abundance is discussed. Intelligent management of these valuable ecological resources is highlighted. The potential for linking hydrological, geomorphological and ecological simulation models is also explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66834/cover/9780521566834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566843</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trophic Cascade in Lakes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carpenter, Stephen R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitchell, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>399</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fluctuations in fish populations in lakes can cascade through food webs to alter nutrient cycling, algal biomass and primary production. Trophic cascades may interact with nutrients and physical factors to explain most of the variance in lake ecosystem process rates. In this book, a multidisciplinary research team tests this idea by manipulating whole lakes experimentally, and coordinating this with palaeolimnological studies, simulation modelling, and small-scale enclosure experiments. Consequences of predator-prey interactions, behavioural responses of fishes, diel vertical migration of zooplankton, plankton community change, primary production, nutrient cycling and microbial processes are described.  Palaeolimnological techniques enable the reconstruction of trophic interactions from past decades. Prospects for analysing the interaction of food web structure and nutrient input in lakes are explored.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66841/cover/9780521566841.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156686X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156686X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power from Wind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Windmill Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566865</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hills, Richard Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The wind is a fickle source of power. Windspeeds are frequently too low to be of any practical use, so that windpower has generally remained a marginal resource. Since the inception of windpower around 1000 AD, technology has been deployed to obtain the most economical power from wind. The author traces its technical evolution, concentrating on the growth in understanding of wind and charting crucial developments in windmill design. The history of the windmill is focused on North Western Europe, drawing on the origins of the first horizontal windmills in Persia, Tibet and China. Industrial applications such as in textiles, papermaking and mining are examined. Gradually, windmills were improved but were finally eclipsed by steam engines in the nineteenth century due to increased levels of industrialisation. The book concludes with a look at the recent re-emergence of windpower as a viable source of power in the wake of the energy crisis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66865/cover/9780521566865.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Surface Science of Metal Oxides</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566872</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henrich, Victor E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, P. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to give a comprehensive account of the fundamental properties of metal-oxide surfaces and their interaction with atoms, molecules and overlayers.  The surfaces of metal oxides play a crucial role in an extremely wide range of phenomena, including the environmental degradation of high-Tc superconductors and catalysis. They are also increasingly important in processes such as the passivation of metal surfaces and gas sensing for pollution monitoring and control. As well as giving a general overview of the properties of metal-oxides, an extensive and thorough compilation of the research that has been performed on well characterised oxide surfaces is provided, thus making the book suitable for those graduate students and established researchers in materials science, chemistry or physics who have an interest in metal-oxide surfaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66872/cover/9780521566872.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Permanent Magnet Materials and their Application</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>THR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive design text for permanent magnets and their application. Permanent magnets are very important industrially, and are widely used in a variety of applications, including industrial drives, consumer products, computers and cars. In the early 1970s a new class of magnet - the rare earths - was discovered, the properties of which showed sustained improvement over the following two decades. New materials such as these have spawned many new markets for magnets, with significant performance gains in the devices for which they are used. Until now, however, there has been no text that unified all the relevant information on the wide range of modern permanent magnet materials. This book is a comprehensive review of the technology, intended for scientists and engineers involved in all stages of the manufacture, design and use of magnets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66889/cover/9780521566889.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Is the Universe Open or Closed?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Density of Matter in the Universe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coles, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This controversial book examines one of the most fundamental questions of modern cosmology: how much matter is there in the Universe? This issue affects theories of the origin and evolution of the Universe as well as its geometrical structure and ultimate fate. The authors discuss all the relevant cosmological and astrophysical evidence and come to the conclusion that the balance of arguments presently lies with a density of around twenty per cent of the critical density required for the Universe to ultimately recollapse. Because the arguments presented constitute a 'state-of-the-art' analysis of the observational and theoretical arguments surrounding the existence of dark matter, primordial nucleosynthesis, large-scale structure formation and the cosmic microwave background radiation, this study provides the reader with an indispensable introduction to the most exciting recent developments in modern cosmology. Written by two eminent cosmologists, this topical and provocative book will be essential reading for all cosmologists and astrophysicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66896/cover/9780521566896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Promoting Polyarchy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Globalization, US Intervention, and Hegemony</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, William I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Promoting Polyarchy is an exciting, detailed, and controversial work on the apparent change in US foreign policy from supporting dictatorships to an 'open' promotion of 'democratic' regimes. William I. Robinson argues that behind the fa&#231;ade of 'democracy promotion', the policy is designed more to retain the elite-based and undemocratic status quo of Third World countries than to encourage mass aspirations for democratization. He supports this challenging argument with a wealth of information garnered from field work and hitherto unpublished government documents, and assembled in case studies of the Philippines, Chile, Nicaragua, Haiti, South Africa, and the former Soviet Bloc. With its combination of theoretical and historical analysis, empirical argument, and bold claims, Promoting Polyarchy is an essential book for anyone concerned with democracy, globalization and international affairs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66919/cover/9780521566919.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521566924</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521566924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521566926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Hardy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521566926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thomas Hardy's fiction has had a remarkably strong appeal for general readers for decades, and his poetry has been acclaimed as among the most influential of the twentieth century. His work still creates passionate advocacy and opposition. The Cambridge Companion to Thomas Hardy is an essential introduction to this most enigmatic of writers. These commissioned essays from an international team of contributors comprises a general overview of all Hardy' s work and specific demonstrations of Hardy's ideas and literary skills. Individual essays explore Hardy's biography, aesthetics, his famous attachment to Wessex, and the impact on his work of developments in science, religion and philosophy in the late nineteenth century. Hardy's writing is also analysed against developments in contemporary critical theory and issues such as sexuality and gender. The volume also contains a detailed chronology of Hardy's life and publications, and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/66926/cover/9780521566926.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990823</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tokugawa Political Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Najita, Tetsuo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPDF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The modern political consciousness of Japan cannot be understood without reference to the history of the Tokugawa period, the era between 1600 and 1868 that preceded Japan's modern transformation. Tetsuo Najita introduces the ideas of the leading political thinker of the period, Ogyu Sorai (1666-1728), a pivotal figure in laying the conceptual foundations of Japan's modernization. His basic thoughts about history and the ethical purposes of politics are presented, revealing the richness of the philosophical legacy of eighteenth-century Japan, a legacy which cannot be seen through the perspective of 'westernization'. His ideas reveal a vision of human diversity and individual virtue which can be viewed in comparative perspective, as well as an insight into the history and politics of Japan. The texts are accompanied by a chronology of Sorai's life, a glossary, a guide to persons mentioned in the text, and a guide to further reading, as well as Professor Najita's introduction, which puts Sorai's work into philosophical and historical context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67176/cover/9780521567176.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156722X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156722X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Post-Colonial Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567220</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crow, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banfield, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Brian Crow and Chris Banfield provide an introduction to post-colonial theatre by concentrating on the work of major dramatists from the Third World and subordinated cultures in the first world. Crow and Banfield consider the plays of such writers as Wole Soyinka and Athol Fugard and his collaborators from Africa; Derek Walcott from the West Indies; August Wilson and Jack Davis, who write from and about the experience of Black communities in the USA and Australia respectively; and Badal Sircar and Girish Karnad from India. Although these dramatists reflect diverse cultures and histories, they share the common condition of cultural subjection or oppression, which has shaped their theatres. Each chapter contains an informative list of primary source material and further reading about the dramatists. The book will be of interest to students and scholars of theatre and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67220/cover/9780521567220.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dinosaur Eggs and Babies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567237</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carpenter, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirsch, Karl F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horner, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last couple of decades the study of dinosaur eggs and babies has proved to be one of the most exciting and profitable areas of dinosaur research. This is the first book solely devoted to this topic and reviews, in scientific detail, our present state of knowledge about this exciting area of palaeontology. Chapters in the book discuss all aspects of the science including the occurrence of eggs, nests and baby skeletons, descriptive osteology of juvenile skeletons, comparative histology of juvenile bone, analyses of eggs and egg shells, palaeoenvironments of nesting sites, nesting behaviour and developmental growth of baby dinosaurs. The volume will be an invaluable addition to the book collections of vertebrate palaeontologists and their graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67237/cover/9780521567237.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960506</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Young Tableaux</TitleText>

<Subtitle>With Applications to Representation Theory and Geometry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fulton, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to develop the combinatorics of Young tableaux and to show them in action in the algebra of symmetric functions, representations of the symmetric and general linear groups, and the geometry of flag varieties. The first part of the book is a self-contained presentation of the  basic combinatorics of Young tableaux, including the remarkable constructions of 'bumping' and 'sliding', and several interesting correspondences. In Part II these results are used to study representations with geometry on Grassmannians and flag manifolds, including their Schubert subvarieties, and the related Schubert polynomials. Much of this material has never appeared in book form.There are numerous exercises throughout, with hints or answers provided.  Researchers  in representation theory and algebraic geometry as well as in combinatorics will find Young Tableaux interesting and useful; students will find the intuitive presentation easy to follow.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67244/cover/9780521567244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567275</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motivation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biobehavioural Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567275</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wong, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Motivation: A Biobehavioural Approach provides the reader with an understanding of why an individual exhibits certain behaviours, and what the causes of these actions are. Roderick Wong presents an analysis of motivated behaviour such as sexual activity, parental behaviour, food selection, fear or aggression, from a biological perspective, each chapter focussing on individual systems underlying specific motivational states that result in motivated acts. The similarities, differences and integration between these motivational systems are discussed throughout. Using a framework derived from research and theory from animal behaviour and comparative psychology, this book analyses relevant issues in human motivation such as mate choice, nepotism, attachment and independence, sensation-seeking, obesity and parent-offspring conflict. It will be particularly useful for undergraduate students in psychology or behavioural science taking courses in motivation and emotion, comparative psychology, animal behaviour or biological psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/61754/cover/9780521561754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Christian Women and Pagan Opinion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Power of the Hysterical Woman</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567282</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, Margaret Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of how women figured in public reaction to the church from New Testament times to Christianity's encounter with the pagan critics of the second century CE. The reference to a hysterical woman was made by the most prolific critic of Christianity, Celsus. He was referring to a follower of Jesus - probably Mary Magdalene - who was at the centre of efforts to create and promote belief in the resurrection. MacDonald draws attention to the conviction, emerging from the works of several pagan authors, that female initiative was central to Christianity's development; she sets out to explore the relationship between this and the common Greco-Roman belief that women were inclined towards excesses in religion. The findings of cultural anthropologists of Mediterranean societies are examined in an effort to probe the societal values that shaped public opinion and early church teaching. Concerns expressed in New Testament and early Christian texts about the respectability of women, and even generally about their behaviour, are seen in a new light when one appreciates that outsiders focused on early church women and understood their activities as a reflection of the group as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67282/cover/9780521567282.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and Computers X</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the HCI '95 Conference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirby, M. A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dix, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finlay, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with every aspect of the relationship between computers and people (individuals, groups, and society). The annual meeting the British Computer Society's HCI group is recognised as one of the main venues for discussing recent trends and issues. This volume contains refereed papers and reports at the 1995 meeting. A broad range of HCI related topics are covered, including Visualisation, Computer Supported Communication, Task Analysis, Formal Methods, User Support, and Cyberspace. Both research and commercial perspectives are considered, making the book essential for all researchers, designers, and manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments in HCI.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67299/cover/9780521567299.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trials of Nation Making</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liberalism, Race, and Ethnicity in the Andes, 1810-1910</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larson, Brooke</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>318</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers the first interpretive synthesis of the history of Andean peasants and the challenges of nation-making in the four republics of Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia during the turbulent nineteenth century. Nowhere in Latin America were postcolonial transitions more vexed or violent than in the Andes, where communal indigenous roots grew deep and where the 'Indian problem' seemed so daunting to liberalizing states. Brooke Larson paints vivid portraits of Creole ruling &#233;lites and native peasantries engaged in ongoing political and moral battles over the rightful place of the Indian majorities in these emerging nation-states. In this story, indigenous people emerge as crucial protagonists through their prosaic struggles for land, community, and 'ethnic' identity, as well as in the upheaval of war, rebellion, and repression in rural society. This book raises broader issues about the interplay of liberalism, racism, and ethnicity in the formation of exclusionary 'republics without citizens'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67305/cover/9780521567305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567319</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Polygamous Families in Contemporary Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Altman, Irwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginat, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMurrin, Sterling M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this intriguing book, social psychologist Irwin Altman and anthropologist Joseph Ginat examine husband-wife and wife-wife relationships in contemporary Mormon polygamous families. They describe how husbands and wives in plural families cope with their complex lifestyle in various facets of everyday life, including courtship, weddings, honeymoons, adjustments to a new life, living arrangements, and the husband's rotation among his wives. Other important topics include budget and resource management, psychological attachments to homes, and the social-emotional relationships between family members. This pioneering, comprehensive analysis of life in modern day Mormon polygamous families uses first-hand interviews and observations to describe this unusual family lifestyle.  It adds to our understanding of close relationships and complements knowledge on other modern relationship forms, such as single-parent families, blended families, and cohabiting partners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67312/cover/9780521567312.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gas Pipelines and the Emergence of America's Regulatory State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Panhandle Eastern Corporation, 1928-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567329</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Castaneda, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Clarance M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of Panhandle Eastern's history shows the relationship between regulatory policy and the modern corporation in the twentieth century from a unique perspective, for it extends over three eras in the growth of its industry and the US political economy. The first era, in which the interstate pipeline industry began, was characterised by minimal regulation or antitrust activity. Then, New Deal regulatory reforms subjected the firms to single industry regulation, but pipelines bought and sold gas and enjoyed a long period of expansion in spite of the increasingly complex regulations. Finally, the third era was characterised by regulatory failure, energy crises, regulatory change, and industry reorganisation as regulators took the traditional merchant function, that of buying and selling gas, from pipelines and transformed them into open access contract carriers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67329/cover/9780521567329.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Hole Uniqueness Theorems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heusler, Markus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This timely review provides a self-contained introduction to the mathematical theory of stationary black holes and a self-consistent exposition of the corresponding uniqueness theorems. The opening chapters examine the general properties of space-times admitting Killing fields and derive the Kerr-Newman metric. Strong emphasis is given to the geometrical concepts. The general features of stationary black holes and the laws of black hole mechanics are then reviewed. Critical steps towards the proof of the 'no-hair' theorem are then discussed, including the methods used by Israel, the divergence formulae derived by Carter, Robinson and others, and finally the sigma model identities and the positive mass theorem. The book is rounded off with an extension of the electro-vacuum uniqueness theorem to self-gravitating scalar fields and harmonic mappings. This volume provides a rigorous textbook for graduate students in physics and mathematics. It also offers an invaluable, up-to-date reference for researchers in mathematical physics, general relativity and astrophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67350/cover/9780521567350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156736X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156736X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Fields and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the Third International Conference, Glasgow, July 1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Niederreiter, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Finite fields are algebraic structures in which there is much research interest and they have been shown to have a wide range of applications. These proceedings give a state-of-the-art account of the area of finite fields and their applications in communications (coding theory, cryptology), combinatorics, design theory, quasirandom points, algorithms and their complexity. Typically, theory and application are tightly interwoven in the survey articles and original research papers included here. These also demonstrate inter-connections with other branches of pure mathematics such as number theory, group theory and algebraic geometry. This volume is an invaluable resource for any researcher in finite fields or related areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67367/cover/9780521567367.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arguing and Thinking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Rhetorical Approach to Social Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Billig, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Billig's rhetorical approach has been key to the discursive turn in the social sciences. His witty and original book examines argumentation and its psychological importance in human conduct, and traces the connections between ancient rhetorical ideas and modern social psychology. In a new introduction, he offers further reflections on rhetoric and social psychology, discusses the recent scholarship, and allows some forgotten voices in the history of rhetoric to be heard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67398/cover/9780521567398.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567440</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ecology of Wildlife Host-Parasite Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grenfell, Bryan T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new collection of articles, edited by Bryan T. Grenfell includes: Factors affecting the evolution of virulence: nematode parasites of fig wasps; Host-parasite sexual strategies: transovarian transmission of a microsporidian sex ratio distorter in Gammarus duebeni; Understanding the population dynamic interaction between a microsporidian parasite and its insect host: a model of intermediate complexity; Modelling patterns of parasite aggregation in natural populations: trichostrongylid nematode-ruminant interactions as a case study; Maintenance of a microparasite infecting several  host species in the Seregeti; Wildlife disease and conservation in Hawaii: pathogenicity of avian malaria (Plasmodium relictum) in experimentally infected Iiwi (Vestiaria coccinia). This volume is the specially commissioned supplement to the journal Parasitology, volume 111.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Using Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567459</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Herbert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that language use is more than the sum of a speaker speaking and a listener listening. It is the joint action that emerges when speakers and listeners - writers and readers - perform their individual actions in coordination, as ensembles. The author argues strongly that language use embodies both individual and social processes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67459/cover/9780521567459.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567505</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Pluralism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archard, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We inhabit a world of differences - cultural, religious, moral, philosophical. The question that preoccupies the contributors to this volume is whether the fact of difference - plurality - inevitably leads to the conclusion that there cannot be a single truth, even in moral matters. As befits a volume on pluralism, it brings together a wide variety of contributors with different backgrounds and distinctive skills and attitudes. The implications of plurality are examined with regard to religion, morality and philosophy itself, but the essays range widely to consider how we should respond at the social and political levels to the facts of plurality and the claims of the pluralist. No reader will be left in any doubt that the debate about pluralism raises questions that are fundamental not only for philosophical argumentation but for society at large.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67503/cover/9780521567503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156753X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156753X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Weber</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Max Weber is indubitably one of the very greatest figures in the history of the social sciences, the source of seminal concepts like 'the Protestant Ethic', 'charisma' and the idea of historical processes of 'rationalization'. But, like his great forebears Adam Smith and Karl Marx, Weber's work always resists easy categorisation. Prominent as a founding father of sociology, Weber has been a major influence in the study of ancient history, religion, economics, law and, more recently, cultural studies. This Cambridge Companion provides an authoritative introduction to the major facets of his thought, including several (like industrial psychology) which have hitherto been neglected. A distinguished international team of contributors examines some of the major controversies that have erupted over Weber's specialized work, and shows how the issues have developed since he wrote. The articles demonstrate Weber's impact on a variety of research areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67534/cover/9780521567534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567602</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking Animals Seriously</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Mental Life and Moral Status</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DeGrazia, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book distinguishes itself from much of the polemical literature on these issues by offering the most judicious and well-balanced account yet available of animals' moral standing, and related questions concerning their minds and welfare. Transcending jejune debates focused on utilitarianism versus rights, the book offers a fresh methodological approach with specific and constructive conclusions about our treatment of animals. David DeGrazia provides the most thorough discussion yet of whether equal consideration should be extended to animals' interests, and examines the issues of animal minds and animal well-being with an unparalleled combination of philosophical rigor and empirical documentation. His book is an important contribution to the field of animal ethics and will be read with special interest by all philosophers teaching such courses, as well as biologists, those professionally involved with animals, and general readers concerned about animal welfare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67602/cover/9780521567602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Modern Science in the Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Religious, Institutional and Intellectual Contexts</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Contrary to prevailing opinion, the roots of modern science were planted in the ancient and medieval worlds long before the Scientific Revolution of the seventeenth century.  Indeed, that revolution would have been inconceivable without the cumulative antecedent efforts of three great civilisations:  Greek, Islamic, and Latin.  With the scientific riches it derived by translation from Greco-Islamic sources in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the Christian Latin civilisation of Western Europe began the last leg of the intellectual journey that culminated in a scientific revolution that transformed the world.  The factors that produced this unique achievement are found in the way Christianity developed in the West, and in the invention of the university in 1200.  As this study shows, it is no mere coincidence that the origins of modern science and the modern university occurred simultaneously in Western Europe during the late Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67626/cover/9780521567626.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Egalitarian Moment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Asia and Africa, 1950-1980</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Low, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>145</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>General histories of the twentieth century will have much to say about the establishment, spread, maintenance and sudden collapse of Soviet Communism. This book outlines a major feature of twentieth-century world history that arguably affected more people than the rise and fall of Soviet Communism. It is the first to discuss as related developments the many attempts in Asia and Africa in the third quarter of the twentieth century to create egalitarian rural societies (landlord abolition in Egypt, India and Iran; ujamaa in Tanzania; land reform in Indonesia; collectivization in China, Vietnam and Ethiopia), their failure, and the differentiated rural regimes which, despite landlord abolition, remain there to this day. The case studies include Egypt, India, the three East African countries, Papua New Guinea, Iran, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Ethiopia, China and Vietnam. The book highlights a major and hitherto disaggregated aspect of twentieth-century world history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67657/cover/9780521567657.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Stephen R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This stimulating and wide-ranging book mounts a profound enquiry into some of the most pressing questions of our age, by examining the relationship between biological science and Christianity. The history of biological discovery is explored from the point of view of a leading philosopher and ethicist. What effect should modern biological theory and practice have on Christian understanding of ethics? How much of that theory and practice should Christians endorse? Can Christians, for example, agree that biological changes are not governed by transcendent values, or that there are no clear or essential boundaries between species? To what extent can 'Nature' set our standards? Professor Clark takes a reasoned look at biological theory since Darwin and argues that an orthodox Christian philosophy is better able to accommodate the truth of such theory than is the sort of progressive, meliorist interpretation of Christian doctrine which is usually offered as the properly 'modern' option.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67688/cover/9780521567688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commoners</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Common Right, Enclosure and Social Change in England, 1700-1820</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neeson, J. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the most important and original contributions to English rural history to be published in the past generation. Winner of the Whitfield Prize of the Royal Historical Society in 1994, Commoners challenges the view that England had no peasantry or that it had disappeared before industrialization: rather it shows that common rights and petty landholding shaped social relations in English villages, and that their loss at enclosure sharpened social antagonisms and imprinted on popular culture a pervasive sense of loss.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67749/cover/9780521567749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960422</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time's Arrows and Quantum Measurement</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schulman, Lawrence S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the arrow of time in thermodynamics and cosmology, and develops a new quantum measurement theory in which the foregoing concepts play an essential role. The first chapter is an overview and 'route map' and is followed by an exposition of irreversibility, the expansion of the Universe and other arrows of time. The author examines the thesis that the thermodynamic arrow follows the cosmological one, and in doing so extends traditional statistical mechanics. The second part of the book presents a new theory of quantum measurement and possible experimental tests. This theory incorporates the extended statistical mechanics in an essential way. The last chapter discusses open experimental and theoretical issues. Written in a lively and accessible style, the text is liberally sprinkled with exercises. Each chapter ends with a resources section that includes notes, further reading, and technical appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67756/cover/9780521567756.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156784X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156784X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Fungal Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Richard P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schweizer, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fungi are a diverse group of organisms, studied widely because of their commercial importance in biotechnology, agriculture and medicine, and because they provide simple model systems for illuminating the eukaryotic mode of life. The development of the techniques of molecular biology has opened up new areas of mycological research, with profound consequences such as the sequencing of the first entire eukaryotic genome.  This book focuses on the application of molecular and cell biology to mycology and presents examples of how these approaches are elucidating long-held problems in areas as diverse as animal and plant pathology, protein expression and evolution. Aimed at advanced undergraduates taking courses in mycology, applied biology, biotechnology, fungal biology and fungal genetics, this textbook will also serve postgraduates needing an introduction to modern fungal research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67848/cover/9780521567848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521567866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521567866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521567862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Valuing Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521567862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stocker, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hegeman, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the result of a uniquely productive union of philosophy, psychoanalysis and anthropology, and explores the complexity and importance of emotions. Michael Stocker places emotions at the very centre of human identity, life and value. He lays bare how our culture's idealisation of rationality pervades the philosophical tradition and leads those who wrestle with serious ethical and philosophical problems into distortion and misunderstanding. Professor Stocker shows how important are the social and emotional contexts of ethical dilemmas and inner conflicts, and he challenges philosophical theories that try to overgeneralise and over-simplify by leaving out the particulars of each situation. In offering a realistic account of emotions and an in-depth analysis of how psychological factors affect judgments of all kind, this book will interest a broad range of readers across the disciplines of philosophy and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/67862/cover/9780521567862.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Graecia Capta</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Landscapes of Roman Greece</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alcock, Susan E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the impact of the Roman conquest of Greece from the point of view of the majority of Greek provincials. The author traces social and economic developments from approximately 200 BC to AD 200, drawing on a combination of archaeological and historical sources. Archaeology evidence, in particular the new data provided by archaeological surface survey, is especially emphasized. The work is divided into four separate 'landscapes' - rural, civic, provincal, and sacred. This framework allows an exploration of conditions in the countryside, of the organization of the Early Roman city, of the provincial structure of Greece as a whole, and of the repercussions of conquest upon Greek sacred geography. The book does not aim to present a detailed political history, but offers insights into the many changes that accompanied Greece's passage into the Roman imperial sphere. Both ancient historians and classical archaeologists will find this book of value to them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68197/cover/9780521568197.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156820X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156820X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alluvial Geoarchaeology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Floodplain Archaeology and Environmental Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive manual is designed to give archaeologists the necessary background knowledge in environmental science required to excavate and analyse archaeological sites by rivers and on floodplains. Part I covers the techniques for studying alluvial environments, while Part II reviews the literature on the archaeology of alluvial environments and presents new information on alluviation and site formation in both the British Isles and Mediterranean. An important theme running through the book is the interaction between climatic and cultural forces and the transformation of riverine environments. Bringing together information on the evolution and exploitation of floodplain and river landscapes, it draws on examples from Britain, Europe, North America and Australasia. Alluvial Geoarchaeology will also interest physical geographers, geologists and environmental scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68203/cover/9780521568203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Ethnography of the Neolithic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Prehistoric Societies in Southern Scandinavia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilley, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeological research in Sweden and Denmark has uncovered a startling array of evidence over the last 150 years, but until now there has been no comprehensive synthesis and interpretation of the material. An Ethnography of the Neolithic bridges this gap, giving an accessible and up-to-date analysis of a wide range of evidence, from landscapes to monumental tombs to portable artifacts. Christopher Tilley also uses this material as a basis for a provocative and novel reconstruction of late Mesolithic and earlier Neolithic societies in southern Scandinavia, over a period of 3,000 years. His skilful integration of archaeological evidence with new anthropological approaches makes this book an original contribution to an important topic, whose significance stretches outside Scandinavia, and beyond the Neolithic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68210/cover/9780521568210.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031030</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pleasures of Counting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>K&#246;rner, T. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the connection between the outbreak of cholera in Victorian Soho, the Battle of the Atlantic, African Eve and the design of anchors? One answer is that they are all examples chosen by Dr Tom K&#246;rner to show how a little mathematics can shed light on the world around us, and deepen our understanding of it. Dr K&#246;rner, an experienced author, describes a variety of topics which continue to interest professional mathematicians, like him. He does this using relatively simple terms and ideas, yet confronting difficulties (which are often the starting point for new discoveries) and avoiding condescension. If you have ever wondered what it is that mathematicians do, and how they go about it, then read on. If you are a mathematician wanting to explain to others how you spend your working days (and nights), then seek inspiration here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68234/cover/9780521568234.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Footloose Labour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Working in India's Informal Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breman, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a penetrating anthropological study of the working poor in India, Jan Breman examines the lives of those who, pushed out of the agrarian labour market, depend on casual work. Beginning his local-level research in two villages in south Gujarat, the author discusses the mobilisation of casual labour, which is hired and fired according to the need of the moment, and transferred for the duration of the job to destinations far away from the home area. His case-study reveals that the circulation of labour is indicative of an employment pattern which dominates both the rural and urban economy of large parts of South Asia. Elaborating on the social profile of the work migrants, the author argues that their identity is shaped by both class and caste relations and, despite action by state agencies, nothing of significance has been achieved to improve their quality of life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68241/cover/9780521568241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing School Success</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Consequences of Untracking Low Achieving Students</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mehan, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villanueva, Irene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hubbard, Lea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lintz, Angela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Okamoto, Dina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we bolster the academic success of low achieving students and provide a more egalitarian classroom setting? This book describes the process of 'untracking', an educational reform effort that has prepared students from low income, linguistic, and ethnic minority backgrounds for college. Untracking offers all students the same academically-demanding curriculum while varying the amount of institutional support they receive. Helpful institutional 'scaffolds' teach the hidden curriculum of the school, allowing students to develop an academic identity and build bridges between high school and college. There have been many plans and attempts to reform schools, but few detailed investigations of such efforts. This book is a highly readable account of a successful school reform effort.  It provides systematic research results concerning the educational and social consequences of untracking previously low achieving students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68265/cover/9780521568265.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demons of Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Early Blackface Minstrels and their World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cockrell, Dale</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Carnival, charivari, mumming plays, peasant festivals, and even early versions of the Santa Claus myth - all of these forms of entertainment influenced and shaped blackface minstrelsy in the first half of the nineteenth century. In his fascinating study Demons of Disorder, musicologist Dale Cockrell studies issues of race and class by analysing their cultural expressions, and investigates the roots of still remembered songs such as 'Jim Crow', 'Zip Coon', and 'Dan Tucker'. Also examined is the character George Washington Dixon, the man most deserving of the title 'father of blackface minstrelsy' and surely one of celebrity's all-time heavyweight eccentrics - a bonafide 'demon of disorder'. The first book on the blackface tradition written by a leading musicologist, Demons of Disorder is an important achievement in music history and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68289/cover/9780521568289.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bu&#241;uel's The Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinder, Marsha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first collection of critical essays on Luis Bu&#241;uel's 1972 Oscar-winning masterpiece, The Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie, this anthology brings fresh perspectives to the most sophisticated film of this director whose narrative experimentation was always ahead of its time. Combining some of the world's most distinguished scholars on Bu&#241;uel and Spanish cinema with new voices in cultural theory, this volume helps us to rethink not only The Discreet Charm of the Bourgeoisie, but also Bu&#241;uel's entire body of work. Among the topics examined are Bu&#241;uel's relationship to surrealism, the transnational (Spanish, French, Mexican, and American) nature of his work, and his dramatic and idiosyncratic rethinking of sex, narrative and gender. Also included are vintage reviews of the film, as well a selected Bu&#241;uel bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68319/cover/9780521568319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subjectivity, Realism, and Postmodernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Recovery of the World in Recent Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrell, Frank B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unusually accessible account of recent Anglo-American philosophy focuses on how that philosophy has challenged deeply held notions of subjectivity, mind, and language. The book is designed on a broad canvas in which recent arguments are placed in a historical context (in particular they are related to medieval philosophy and German idealism). The author then explores such topics as mental content, moral realism, realism and antirealism, and the character of subjectivity. Much of the book is devoted to an investigation of Donald Davidson's philosophy, and there is also a sustained critique of the position of Richard Rorty. A final chapter defends the realist position against objections from postmodern thought. As a rigorous and historically sensitive account of recent philosophy, this book should enjoy a wide readership among philosophers of many different persuasions, literary theorists, and social scientists who have been influenced by postmodern thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68326/cover/9780521568326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant and the Experience of Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Aesthetics and Morality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays by one of the preeminent Kant scholars of our time transforms our understanding of both Kant's aesthetics and his ethics. Guyer shows that at the very core of Kant's aesthetic theory, disinterestedness of taste becomes an experience of freedom and thus an essential accompaniment to morality itself. At the same time he reveals how Kant's moral theory includes a distinctive place for the cultivation of both general moral sentiments and particular attachments on the basis of the most rigorous principle of duty. Kant's thought is placed in a rich historical context including such figures as Shaftesbury, Hutcheson, Hume, Burke, Kames, as well as Baumgarten, Mendelssohn, Schiller, and Hegel. Other topics treated are the sublime, natural versus artistic beauty, genius and art history, and duty and inclination. These essays extend and enrich the account of Kant's aesthetics in the author's earlier book, Kant and the Claims of Taste (1979).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68333/cover/9780521568333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156834X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156834X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hegel's Phenomenology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Sociality of Reason</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinkard, Terry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Phenomenology of Spirit is both one of Hegel's most widely read books and one of his most obscure. The book is the most detailed commentary on Hegel's work available. It develops an independent philosophical account of the general theory of knowledge, culture, and history presented in the Phenomenology. In a clear and straightforward style, Terry Pinkard reconstructs Hegel's theoretical philosophy and shows its connection to ethical and political theory. He sets the work in a historical context and shows the contemporary relevance of Hegel's thought for European and Anglo-American philosophers. The principal audience for the book is teachers and students of philosophy, but the great interest in Hegel's work and the clarity of Pinkard's exposition ensure that historians of ideas, political scientists, and literary theorists will also read it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68340/cover/9780521568340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960812</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foundations of Probability with Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers 1974-1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suppes, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zanotti, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an important collection of essays dealing with the foundations of probability that will be of value to philosophers of science, mathematicians, statisticians, psychologists and educationalists. The collection falls into three parts. Part I comprises five essays on the axiomatic foundations of probability. Part II contains seven articles on probabilistic causality and quantum mechanics, with an emphasis on the existence of hidden variables. The third part consists of a single extended essay applying probabilistic theories of learning to practical questions of education: it incorporates extensive data analysis. Patrick Suppes is one of the world's foremost philosophers in the area of probability, and has made many contributions to both the theoretical and practical side of education. The statistician Mario Zanotti is a long-time collaborator.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68357/cover/9780521568357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aircraft Performance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mair, W. Austyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birdsall, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the principles and equations required for evaluating the performance of an aircraft. After introductory chapters on the atmosphere, basic flight theory and drag, the book goes on to consider in detail the estimation of climbing performance, the relevant characteristics of power plants, take-off and landing performance, range and turning performance. There is then a short account of the use of vectored thrust and a final chapter on transonic and supersonic flight. The emphasis is on deriving and applying simple analytical expressions rather than on computations from extensive numerical data, but all the exemplary calculations refer to current types of aircraft and the few necessary data are provided. The greater part of the book refers to subsonic aircraft flying at subcritical speeds, which can be dealt with using relatively simple equations, but it is shown that some of this simplicity can be carried over to transonic and supersonic speeds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68364/cover/9780521568364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physical Origins of Time Asymmetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halliwell, J. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#233;rez-Mercader, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zurek, W. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the world about us, the past is distinctly different from the future. More precisely, we say that the processes going on in the world about us are asymmetric in time or display an arrow of time. Yet this manifest fact of our experience is particularly difficult to explain in terms of the fundamental laws of physics. Newton's laws, quantum mechanics, electromagnetism, Einstein's theory of gravity, etc., make no distinction between past and future - they are time-symmetric. Reconciliation of these profoundly conflicting facts is the topic of this volume. It is an interdisciplinary survey of the variety of interconnected phenomena defining arrows of time, and their possible explanations in terms of underlying time-symmetric laws of physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68371/cover/9780521568371.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568382</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Johnson's Dictionary 1746-1773</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reddick, Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following the discovery of manuscript materials, including hundreds of unpublished additions and changes, for Samuel Johnson's Dictionary of the English Language, Allen Reddick describes the conception, composition, writing, and subsequent revision of the first great English dictionary, and the only dictionary created by a great writer. In this second edition of his acclaimed study, Reddick incorporates new commentary and scholarship, and situates The Making of Johnson's Dictionary in current critical and scholarly debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68388/cover/9780521568388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568404</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postmodern Theory and Biblical Theology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vanquishing God's Shadow</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingraffia, Brian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the relationship between postmodernism and Christianity. Whereas deconstructionists claim all religious discourses can be radically undermined, Ingraffia argues that the version of Christianity constructed by Nietzsche, Heidegger and especially Derrida ignores Christianity's unique ontological status. This truth, Ingraffia claims, is an unacknowledged influence on leading postmodernist thinkers, thereby demonstrating the priority of the Judaeo-Christian tradition over secular attempts to displace it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68401/cover/9780521568401.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking Strategically</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power Tools for Personal and Professional Advancement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loehle, Craig</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professionals today, whether scientists, engineers, entrepreneurs or managers, need to maximise their effectiveness. Hard work and motivation are not enough. Strategic thinking is needed to be able to choose the right problem to solve, to solve it in a cost-effective way, to use resources efficiently and to be innovative and productive. The combination of skill, motivation and the strategic use of effort can lead to astonishing levels of productivity. Real-world problems are complex and must be tackled with adequate conceptual tools. These tools are based on an understanding of the power of bottlenecks, paradox, scale and perspective constraints, and feedback as leverage points for getting to grips with the problem. Thinking Strategically provides the necessary power tools for dissecting complex problems and for creating innovative solutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68418/cover/9780521568418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impersonations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Performance of Gender in Shakespeare's England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orgel, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why was England the only country in Europe to maintain an all-male public theatre in the Renaissance? Stephen Orgel uses this question as the starting point of a fresh and stimulating exploration of the representation of gender in Elizabethan drama and society. Why were boys used to play female roles in drama, and how did such cross-dressing impact on the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries? What was the place of women in the Renaissance theatre, either on the stage or in the audience? And what did society make of those women who significantly and successfully violated accepted gender boundaries? At once provocative and witty, lucid and stylish, Impersonations will reshape our understanding of the Renaissance theatre, and make us rethink our own inadequate categories of gender, power and sexuality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68425/cover/9780521568425.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japan, Europe, and International Financial Markets</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Analytical and Empirical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sato, Ryuzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ramachandran, Rama V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levich, Richard M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The deregulation of financial markets in various nations in the 1980s brought about a qualitative change in their operation and a greater degree of integration among these markets. These changes enabled the free flow of financial resources across borders, which allows private and public institutions in each economy the ability to draw on the strengths of foreign markets to meet their individual needs. But many observers in Japan, Europe, North America and elsewhere fear that the new freedom has contributed to a greater instability in individual markets and the transmission of fluctuations to other markets. The introduction and individual chapters in this book examine the ramifications of these trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68456/cover/9780521568456.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Woman in History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eileen Power, 1889-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg, Maxine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the fascinating story of the life and work of Eileen Power, a major British historian who once ranked in fame alongside Tawney, Trevelyan and Toynbee. Using letters, diaries and reminiscences, Maxine Berg recreates the life of this charismatic personality, describing, for the first time, Power's remarkable intellectual and scholarly achievements at a time when she was acting very much outside the conventional female role. Her ability, coupled with her vivid writing and pioneer radio broadcasts, made Eileen Power's unique approach to history compelling reading and listening to a whole generation. Dr Berg sets Eileen Power's historical writing in the political and cultural framework of the interwar years, and shows how this early writer of women's and medieval social history helped to create a broad, comparative economic and social history for the succeeding generations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68524/cover/9780521568524.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960603</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change 1995: Economic and Social Dimensions of Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contribution of Working Group III to the Second Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568548</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lee, Hoesung</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haites, Erik F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>458</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The consequences of climate change for society are analysed in this landmark assessment from the IPCC. This book assesses the available knowledge on the many issues that society has to face, including the international decision-making framework; applicability to climate change of techniques for assessing costs and benefits; the significant social costs of projected climate change; and the economic assessment of policy instruments to combat climate change, nationally and internationally. Some important conclusions of this Second Assessment Report indicate that 10 to 30% of greenhouse gas emissions in most countries can be reduced at negative or zero cost - 'no regrets' measures. Also, the literature indicates that climate change will cause aggregate net damage, which provides an economic rationale for going beyond 'no regrets' measures. It also indicates that a portfolio of mitigation, adaptation and research measures is a sound strategy for addressing climate change given the remaining uncertainties. This report speaks directly to the issues that are faced by the many countries committed to limit emissions of greenhouse gases by the year 2000, and currently negotiating actions to be taken beyond that date. Will be of great value to the international community of policymakers interested in the consequences of climate change, as well as to economists, social and natural scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68548/cover/9780521568548.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Technology in Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luff, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the extraordinary advances in digital and communication technology over recent years, we know very little about the way these complex systems affect everyday work and interaction. This book seeks to explore these issues through a series of video-based field studies. It begins by discussing the introduction of basic information systems in general medical practice and ends with an exploration of interpersonal communication in advanced media spaces; in the process also looking at news production, the control room of London Underground and computer aided design in architectural practice. Social interaction forms a particular focus of these studies as they explore the way individuals use various tools and technologies and coordinate their actions and activities with each other. The authors also show how video-based field studies of work and interaction can inform the design, development and deployment of new technology, in this valuable new resource for academics, researchers and practitioners.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68692/cover/9780521568692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568715</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First-Person Perspective and Other Essays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568715</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shoemaker, Sydney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sydney Shoemaker is one of the most influential philosophers currently writing on philosophy of mind and metaphysics. The essays in this collection deal with the way in which we know our own minds, and with the nature of those mental states of which we have our most direct conscious awareness. Professor Shoemaker opposes the 'inner sense' conception of introspective self-knowledge. He defends the view that perceptual and sensory states have non-representational features - 'qualia' - that determine what it is like to have them. Amongst the other topics covered are the unity of consciousness, and the idea that the 'first-person perspective' gives a privileged route to philosophical understanding of the nature of mind. This major collection is sure to prove invaluable to all advanced students of the philosophy of mind and cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68715/cover/9780521568715.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Idealism as Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hegelian Variations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pippin, Robert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Modernity' has come to refer both to a contested historical category and to an even more contested philosophical and civilisational ideal. In this important collection of essays Robert Pippin takes issue with some prominent assessments of what is or is not philosophically at stake in the idea of a modern revolution in Western civilisation, and presents an alternative view. Professor Pippin disputes many traditional characterisations of the distinctiveness of modern philosophy. In their place he defends claims about agency, freedom, ethical life and modernity itself, all of which are central to the German idealist philosophical tradition, and in particular, to the writings of Hegel. Having considered the Hegelian version of these issues the author explores other accounts as found in Habermas, Strauss, Blumenberg, Nietzsche, and Heidegger.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68739/cover/9780521568739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568773</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Futility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And the Evaluation of Life-Sustaining Interventions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zucker, Marjorie B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zucker, Howard D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capron, Alexander Morgan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the clinical, ethical, religious, legal, economic and personal dimensions of decision making in situations when the choice is between extending costly medical treatment of uncertain effectiveness, or terminating treatment thereby ending the patient's life. Contributors from a wide range of disciplines offer perspectives on issues ranging from the definition of medical futility to the implications for care in various clinical settings, including intensive care, neonatal and paediatric practice and nursing homes. An important contribution towards the more humane and consistent handling of these situations, Medical Futility will be obligatory reading for health care professionals, students and scholars concerned with ethical standards in medical care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68777/cover/9780521568777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Beethoven</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568784</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, David Wyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'My compositions bring me in a good deal ... I state my price and they pay.' Beethoven was an inspired composer but he was also a working musician with sound commercial sense. David Wyn Jones's account of Beethoven the man and composer reveals the life of a creative musician in Bonn and Vienna in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. While paying due regard to the image of Beethoven as one of the most single-minded composers in the history of music, this biography places his work in the context of the musical life of the period. Through an understanding of the changing nature of musical patronage, the private and public concert, the impact of the Napoleonic Wars on culture and society, and the increasing ambition of musical life in the period after the end of the wars, a varied and dynamic picture of Beethoven's musical career emerges.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68784/cover/9780521568784.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052156879X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052156879X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Conflict in Northern Ireland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Power, Conflict and Emancipation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruane, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todd, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>GTJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a uniquely comprehensive account of the conflict in Northern Ireland, providing a rigorous analysis of its dynamics and present structure and proposing a new approach to its resolution. It deals with historical process, communal relations, ideology, politics, economics and culture and with the wider British, Irish and international contexts. It reveals at once the enormous complexity of the conflict and shows how it is generated by a particular system of relationships which can be precisely and clearly described. The book proposes an emancipatory approach to the resolution of the conflict, conceived as the dismantling of this system of relationships. Although radical, this approach is already implicit in the converging understandings of the British and Irish governments of the causes of conflict. The authors argue that only much more determined pursuit of an emancipatory approach will allow an agreed political settlement to emerge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68791/cover/9780521568791.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568803</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Chromodynamics and the Pomeron</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forshaw, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ross, D. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume describes the Pomeron, an object of crucial importance in very high energy particle physics. The book starts with a general description of the Pomeron within the framework of Regge theory. The emergence of the Pomeron within scalar field theory is discussed next, providing a natural foundation on which to develop the more realistic case of QCD. The reggeization of the gluon is demonstrated and used to build the Pomeron of perturbative QCD. The dynamical nature of the Pomeron is then investigated. The role of the Pomeron in small-x deep inelastic scattering and in diffractive scattering is also examined in detail. The volume concludes with a study of the colour dipole approach to high energy scattering and the explicit role of unitarity corrections. This book will be of interest to theoretical and experimental particle physicists, and applied mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68807/cover/9780521568807.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pocket Pediatrician</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The BC Children's Hospital Manual</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seear, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compact yet comprehensive handbook provides an essential source of expert practical advice for trainees and residents in paediatrics. It covers the full range of paediatric problems likely to be encountered in the hospital setting. It has been written by a highly experienced team of subspeciality consultants, based at the BC Children's Hospital in Vancouver. Their vast wealth of teaching experience has been distilled in this volume to provide the most up to date and authoritative advice available on the care of the sick child. The style of presentation is designed to facilitate quick and easy reference, which can be so essential in emergency cases. This clear and concise handbook will be an essential source of information and reference for all who are involved in paediatric health care, from resident and trainee paediatricians, through to medical students, and nursing staff.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68814/cover/9780521568814.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960909</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Statistical Analysis of Circular Data</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisher, N. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Data measured as angles or two-dimensional orientations are found almost everywhere in science. They commonly arise in biology, geography, geophysics, medicine, meteorology and oceanography, and many other areas. Examples of such data include departure directions of birds from release points, fracture plane orientations, the directional movement of animals after stimulation, wind and ocean current directions, and biorhythms. Statistical methods for handling such data have developed rapidly in the last twenty years, particularly data display, correlation, regression and analysis of tempered or spatially structured data. Further, some of the exciting modern developments in general statistical methodology, particularly nonparametric smoothing methods and bootstrap-based methods, have contributed significantly to relatively intractable data analysis problems. This book provides a unified and up-to-date account of techniques for handling circular data.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68906/cover/9780521568906.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Quantum Electrodynamics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sourcebook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Arthur I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a panoramic view from 1927-1938 of the development of a physical theory that has been on the cutting-edge of theoretical physics ever since P. A. M. Dirac's quantization of the electromagnetic field in 1927: quantum electrodynamics. Like the classic papers chosen for this volume, the introductory Frame-Setting Essay emphasizes conceptual transformations which carried physicists to the threshold of renormalization theory. The published papers and correspondence of Bohr, Heisenberg, Dirac and Pauli provide a fascinating analysis of the meaning and structure of a scientific theory. This book goes beyond the historical and philosophical into current physics. Unavailability of English-language versions of certain key papers, some of which are provided in this book, has prevented their implications from being fully realized. Awareness of research from sixty years ago could well provide insights for future developments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68913/cover/9780521568913.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19951211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521568927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521568927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521568920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Architecture of Memory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Jewish-Muslim Household in Colonial Algeria, 1937-1962</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521568920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bahloul, Joelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recalling how they lived in a single house that was occupied by several Jewish and Muslim families, in the generation before Algerian independence, Joelle Bahloul's informants build up a multivocal micro-history of a way of life which came to an end in the early 1960s. Uprooted and dispersed, these former neighbours constantly refer back to the architecture of the house itself, which, with its internal boundaries and shared spaces, structures their memories. Here, in miniature, is a domestic history of North African Muslims, Jews, and Christians living under French colonial rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/68920/cover/9780521568920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nationalism and Literature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Culture in Canada and the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570022</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corse, Sarah M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>225</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sarah Corse's analysis of nearly two hundred American and Canadian novels offers a new theory of national literatures. Demonstrating that national canon formation occurs in tandem with nation-building, and that canonical novels play a symbolic role in this, Sarah Corse accounts for cross-national literary differences, addresses issues of mediation and representation in theories of 'reflection', and illuminates the historically constructed nature of the relationship between literature and the nation-state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70022/cover/9780521570022.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570039</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gene Expression and Manipulation in Aquatic Organisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570039</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ennion, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldspink, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The techniques of molecular biology offer a powerful means of investigating and controlling the genetic basis of mechanisms operating in living organisms. The development of these techniques in aquatic animals has now reached the stage where important questions relating to growth, development and adaptation to the environment can be addressed at the level of gene expression, and the introduction and expression of novel genes achieved. This volume presents some of the most exciting advances in this rapidly expanding area, with contributions on the evolution of adaptation to low temperature, adaptation to short-term fluctuations in temperature and salinity, gene expression during growth and development, myosin polymorphism and the generation of transgenic fish.  As such, it will be of interest to all those working in the fields of marine and freshwater biology and also to those working in aquaculture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rousseau and Geneva</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the First Discourse to The Social Contract, 1749-1762</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570046</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenblatt, Helena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rousseau and Geneva reconstructs the main aspects of Genevan socio-economic, political and religious thought in the first half of the eighteenth century. In this way Dr Rosenblatt effectively contextualizes the development of Rousseau's thought from the First Discourse through to the Social Contract. Over time Rousseau has been adopted as a French thinker, but this adoption obscures his Genevan origin. Dr Rosenblatt points out that he is, in fact, a Genevan thinker and illustrates that Rousseau's classical republicanism, his version of natural law theory, his civil religion and his hostility to the arguments of doux commerce theorists are all responses to the political use of such arguments in Geneva. The author also points out that it was this relationship with Geneva that played an integral part in his development into an original political thinker.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70046/cover/9780521570046.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matthew's Emmanuel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Divine Presence and God's People in the First Gospel</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570077</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kupp, David D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Matthew uniquely highlights Jesus as 'Emmanuel', but almost wholly overlooked are the deeper implications of this 'presence' motif for Matthean Christology, as well as its centripetal force on his readers. With regard to the rhetorical, historical and theological dimensions of the text, Dr Kupp takes a multi-disciplinary approach. The three verses commonly cited are only the starting point for the weaving of the Emmanuel Messiah into the story-telling, redaction and Christology of the Gospel. Kupp employs the lenses of both narrative and historical criticism to produce the first monograph in English on the subject of divine presence in Matthew. After giving primacy to a whole-story reading, Kupp finds its roots in the familiar social and literary contexts of Sinai, Jerusalem and the Jewish scriptures. Matthew's Gospel is a story that compels, a text with a history and a Christological treatise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70077/cover/9780521570077.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romantic Reformation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religious Politics in English Literature, 1789-1824</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570084</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ryan, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to examine the literature of the Romantic period as a conscious attempt to effect the religious transformation of society. Robert Ryan argues that the political quarrel that preoccupied England during the Romantic period was in large part an argument about the religious character of the nation, and that the Romantics became active and conspicuous participants in this public debate. Where critics have traditionally viewed the Romantics as creative metaphysicians articulating private visions of a transcendent order in detachment from actual social conflict, Ryan shows instead that their religious prescriptions were formulated in response to specific historical and social circumstances. This book shows how the careers of Blake, Wordsworth, Byron, Keats, and the Shelleys are radically reconfigured when viewed in the context of the period's passionate debate on religion, politics and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70084/cover/9780521570084.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and Language in British Literary Criticism, 1660-1790</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570091</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runge, Laura L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>243</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the eighteenth century, British critics applied terms of gender to literature according to the belief that masculine values represented the best literature and feminine terms signified less important works or authors. Laura Runge contends however that the meaning of gendered terms like 'manly' or 'effeminate' changes over time, and that the language of eighteenth-century criticism cannot be fully understood without careful analysis of the gendered language of the era. She examines conventions in various fields of critical language - Dryden's prose, the early novel, criticism by women, and the developing aesthetic - to show how gendered epistemology shaped critical 'truths'. Her exploration of critical commonplaces, such as regarding the heroic and the sublime as masculine modes and the novel as a feminine genre, addresses issues central to eighteenth-century studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70091/cover/9780521570091.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570121</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Dimensions in International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative and Empirical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570121</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhandari, Jagdeep S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sykes, Alan O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>707</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection use interdisciplinary perspectives to investigate issues in international and comparative law, primarily employing theoretical or empirical economics. They demonstrate that the economic analysis of law has much to contribute to the study of international matters, despite the fact that mainstream international legal scholars and economists have had relatively little interaction. The essays take comparative or empirical approaches to explore themes in international trade, trade and the environment, law and development, the political economy of privatization and exchange rate policies, economic theories of international institutional design, immigration policy, comparative bankruptcy, international antitrust, and extraterritorial jurisdiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157014X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157014X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bruckner Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, Timothy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkshaw, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>317</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bruckner Studies presents musicological and theoretical research on the life and music of Anton Bruckner. It is one of the most important English-language books on the composer since Robert Simpson's The Essence of Bruckner. The essays provide fresh biographical insights into his enigmatic personality, working procedures, and circle of students and friends; consider the fascinating history of the dissemination of his music during his lifetime and in this century, including its reception in Nazi Germany; and provide analytical perspectives on his musical style and its origins. The volume challenges the reader to reassess the man and his music in a fresh light, unencumbered by decades of special interest and propaganda which have coloured perceptions of Bruckner for more than a century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70145/cover/9780521570145.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Pluralism in the United States</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Indian Immigrant Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Raymond Brady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent immigrant Christians from India are changing the face of American Christianity. They are establishing churches with Orthodox, Protestant and Catholic rites. This book is a comprehensive study of these Christians, their churches and their adaptation. Professor Williams describes migration patterns since 1965, and how the role of Indian Christian nurses in creating immigration opportunities for their families affects gender relations, transition of generations, interpretations of migration, Indian Christian family values, and types of leadership. Contemporary mobility and rapid communication create new transnational religious groups, and Williams reveals some of the reverse effects on churches and institutions in India. He notes some successes and failures of mediating institutions in the United States in responding to new forms of Christianity brought by immigrants.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70169/cover/9780521570169.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coordination Games</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570176</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Russell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>178</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the implications of macroeconomic complementarities for aggregate behavior. The presentation is intended to introduce PhD students into this sub-field of macroeconomics and to serve as a reference for more advanced scholars. The initial sections of the book cover the basic framework of complementarities and provide a discussion of the experimental evidence on the outcome of coordination games. The subsequent sections of the book investigate applications of these ideas for macroeconomics. The topics Professor Cooper explores include: economies with production complementarities, search models, imperfectly competitive product markets, models of timing and delay and the role of government in resolving and creating coordination problems. The presentation goes into detail on a few models and uses them as a structure to integrate related literature. The discussion brings together theory and quantitative analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70176/cover/9780521570176.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Mathematical Introduction to Wavelets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570206</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wojtaszczyk, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a mathematical introduction to the theory of orthogonal wavelets and their uses in analysing functions and function spaces, both in one and in several variables. Starting with a detailed and self contained discussion of the general construction of one dimensional wavelets from multiresolution analysis, the book presents in detail the most important wavelets: spline wavelets, Meyer's wavelets and wavelets with compact support. It then moves to the corresponding multivariable theory and gives genuine multivariable examples. Wavelet decompositions in Lp spaces, Hardy spaces and Besov spaces are discussed and wavelet characterisations of those spaces are provided. Also included are some additional topics like periodic wavelets or wavelets not associated with a multiresolution analysis. This will be an invaluable book for those wishing to learn about the mathematical foundations of wavelets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70206/cover/9780521570206.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Amazonian Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, R. M. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Amazon Basin is arguably both one of the least-known and the most complex linguistic regions in the world. It is the home of some 300 languages belonging to around twenty language families, plus more than a dozen genetic isolates, and many of these languages (often incompletely documented and mostly endangered) show properties that constitute exceptions to received ideas about linguistic universals. This book provides an overview in a single volume of this rich and exciting linguistic area. The editors and contributors have sought to make their descriptions as clear and accessible as possible, in order to provide a basis for further research on the structural characteristics of Amazonian languages and their genetic and areal relationships, as well as a point of entry to important cross-linguistic data for the wider constituency of theoretical linguists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70213/cover/9780521570213.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991122</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Population History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Black Death to the Present Day</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together in one volume the four studies on British population history already published in the series New Studies in Economic and Social History, and adds to them a new essay on British population in the twentieth century. Between them, the authors survey the trends and debates in British population history from 1348 to 1991. Research over the past twenty-five years has transformed our understanding of how population has grown and declined, of why the numbers of births, deaths, marriages and migrants have risen and fallen, and thrown much new light on the economic and social impact of these changes. The studies in this book supply introductions to these problems for readers who are not themselves demographers but who, as students, teachers, or non-specialist historians and social scientists, want to know more about what happened and what are the main topics of current debate. Full bibliographies for further study are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70305/cover/9780521570305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157031X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157031X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Poetics of English Nationhood, 1590-1612</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEachern, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Poetics of English Nationhood is a study of the formation of English national identity during the early modern period. Claire McEachern aims to recontextualize our understanding of the term literary through an examination of Spenser, Shakespeare and Drayton. She shows how the concept of nationality in their work is always fluid; it crucially depends on a sense of intimacy that exends across and beyond hierarchies and boundaries. McEachern shows how those texts we traditionally label literary already encode and personify power, thereby sealing the intimacy which binds the nation as an imagined community. The representation of faith, fatherland and crown in Tudor texts continually personified English political institutions, promoting an enduring social order and collective unity. By focusing on the rhetorical forms of cultural unity in Tudor texts, McEachern traces a profound shift from a monarchically defined Englishness to a system based within the cultural institution of the common law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70312/cover/9780521570312.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biodiversity Dynamics and Conservation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Freshwater Fish of Tropical Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;v&#234;que, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In order for biodiversity to be conserved, it is important to know how and where diverse assemblages of plants and animals exist, to understand the effects of human impacts on them, and to find the means by which these impacts can be lessened and even reversed. While tropical systems are known to be amongst the most diverse and most threatened globally, tropical freshwater systems have been neglected, and the tremendous variety of fish, amphibians, invertebrates and plants which live in them are poorly known yet seriously threatened. This comprehensive book brings together a wealth of information on the fish of tropical African systems, and discusses how these systems evolved, what holds them together, and what is tearing them apart. This is an important reference work not only for those interested in fish, but for all concerned with biodiversity conservation anywhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/31974/cover/9780521031974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Land and Society in Edwardian Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Short, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This revealing new addition to Cambridge Studies in Historical Geography presents some of the first researches into a trove of hitherto inaccessible primary source material. A controversial component of Lloyd George's People's Budget of 1909-10 was the 'New Domesday' of landownership and land values. This rich documentation, for long locked away in the Inland Revenue's offices, became available to the public in the late 1970s. For the growing number of scholars of early twentieth century urban and rural Britain, Dr Short offers both a coherent overview and a standard source of reference to this valuable archive. Part I is concerned with the processes of assembling the material and its style of representation; Part II with suggested themes and locality studies. A final chapter places this new material in the context of discourses of state intervention in landed society prior to the Great War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21777/cover/9780521021777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claassen, Cheryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cheryl Claassen offers an authoritative, readable and clear guide to the study of shells, which is addressed to students and professional archaeologists and palaeontologists. She considers the history of archaeological interest in shells, the biology of freshwater and marine molluscs, and critically discusses current techniques, methods, and research problems. Drawing on examples worldwide, and covering prehistoric and historic periods, among the topics covered are: is shell deposit natural or cultural? How long do shells last? What can shells tell us about the environmental characteristics and ancient habitats or about the people who collected them? What symbolic roles have shells served in human societies? This is a well balanced account, and all aspects of the subject are clearly represented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70367/cover/9780521570367.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570379</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lay People and Religion in the Early Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, W. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the part that Anglicanism played in the lives of lay people in England and Wales between 1689 and 1750. It is concerned with what they did rather than what they believed, and explores their attitudes to clergy, religious activities, personal morality and charitable giving. Using diaries, letters, account books, newspapers and popular publications and parish and diocesan records, Dr Jacob demonstrates that Anglicanism held the allegiance of a significant proportion of all people. They took the lead in managing the affairs of the parishes, which were the major focus of communal and social life, and supported the spiritual and moral discipline of the church courts. He shows that early eighteenth-century England and Wales remained a largely traditional society and that Methodism emerged from a strong church, which was central to the lives of most people.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70374/cover/9780521570374.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570395</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy in Medieval Celtic Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pryce, Huw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>313</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of studies examines the use of the written word in Celtic-speaking regions of Europe between c. 400 and c. 1500. Building on previous work as well as presenting the fruits of much new research, the book seeks to highlight the interest and importance of Celtic uses of literacy for the study of both medieval literacy generally and of the history and cultures of the Celtic countries in the Middle Ages. Among the topics discussed are the uses and significance of charter-writing, the interplay of oral and literate modes in the composition and transmission of medieval Irish and Welsh genealogies, prose narratives and poetry, the survival of Celtic culture in Brittany and of Gaelic literacy in eastern Scotland in the twelfth century, and pragmatic uses of literacy in later medieval Wales.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70398/cover/9780521570398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peirce, Pragmatism, and the Logic of Scripture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study of Charles Peirce's philosophy as a form of writing and the first study of his pragmatic writings as a critique of the modern attempt to change society by writing philosophy. According to Ochs, Peirce concluded that his own pragmatism displayed the errors of modernity, attempting to recreate rather than repair modern philosophy. His self-critique - which he called pragmaticism - refashions pragmatism as what Ochs calls a 'pragmatic method of reading': a method of, first, uncovering the conflicting beliefs that generate modern philosophies and, second, recommending ways of repairing these conflicts. Redescribing Peirce's pragmatism as 'the logic of scripture', Ochs suggests that Christians and Jews may in fact re-read pragmatism as a logic of Scripture: that is, as a modern philosopher's way of diagramming the Bible's rules for repairing broken lives and healing societal suffering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70411/cover/9780521570411.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transition to a Colonial Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Weavers, Merchants and Kings in South India, 1720-1800</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parthasarathi, Prasannan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>178</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>According to widespread belief, poverty and low standards of living have been characteristic of India for centuries. Challenging this view, Prasannan Parthasarathi demonstrates that, until the late eighteenth century, labouring groups in South India, those at the bottom of the social order, were in a powerful position, receiving incomes well above subsistence. The decline in their economic fortunes, the author asserts, was a process initiated towards the end of that century, with the rise of colonial rule. Building on revisionist interpretations, he examines the transformation of Indian society and its economy under British rule through the prism of the labouring classes, arguing that their treatment by the early colonial state had no precedent in the pre-colonial past and that poverty and low wages were a product of colonial rule. The book promises to make an important contribution to the economic history of the region, and to the study of colonialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70428/cover/9780521570428.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020917</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Biology and Social Inequality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strickland, Simon S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shetty, Prakash S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Measures of biological variation have long been associated with many indices of social inequality. Data on health, nutrition, fertility, mortality, physical fitness, intellectual performance and a range of heritable biological markers show the ubiquity of such patterns across time, space and population. This volume reviews the current evidence for the strength of such linkages and the biological and social mechanisms that underlie them. A major theme is the relationship between the proximate determinants of these linkages and their longer-term significance for biologically selective social mobility. This book therefore addresses the question of how social stratification mediates processes of natural selection in human groups. Data like this pose difficult and sensitive issues for health policy and developments in this area and in eugenics are reviewed for industrialised and developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/04012/cover/9780521104012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570441</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hungary's Negotiated Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Reform, Social Change and Political Succession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>T&#246;k&#233;s, Rudolf L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>571</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Rudolf T&#246;k&#233;s offers a comprehensive overview of the rise and fall of the Kadar regime in Hungary between 1957 and 1990. The approach is interdisciplinary, reviewing the regime's record with emphasis on politics, macroeconomic policies, social change and the ideas and personalities of political dissidents and the regime's 'successor generation'. The study provides a fully documented reconstruction of the several phases of the ancien r&#233;gime's road from economic reform to political collapse, based on interviews with former top party leaders and transcripts of the Party Central Committee. T&#246;k&#233;s gives an in-depth account of the personalities and issues involved in Hungary's peaceful transformation from one-party state to parliamentary democracy, and a comprehensive assessment of Hungary's post-Communist politics, economy and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78509/cover/9780521578509.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570530</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giles of Rome's De regimine principum</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading and Writing Politics at Court and University, c.1275-c.1525</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Briggs, Charles F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the time of its composition (c.1280) for Philip the Fair of France until the early sixteenth century, Giles of Rome's mirror of princes, the De regimine principum, was read by both lay and clerical readers in the original Latin and in several vernacular translations, and served as model or source for several works of princely advice. This study examines the relationship between this didactic political text and its audience by focusing on the textual and material aspects of the surviving manuscript copies, as well as on the evidence of ownership and use found in them and in documentary and literary sources. Briggs argues that lay readers used De regimine for several purposes, including as an educational treatise and military manual, whereas clerics, who often first came into contact with it at university, glossed, constructed apparatus for, and modified the text to suit their needs in their later professional lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70534/cover/9780521570534.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nirvana and Other Buddhist Felicities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an answer to the question: what is nirvana? Part I distinguishes between systematic and narrative thought in the Pali texts of Theravada Buddhism in South and Southeast Asia, arguing that nirvana produces closure in both, and setting nirvana in the wider category of Buddhist Felicities. Part II explores other Buddhist utopias (both eu-topias, 'good places', and ou-topias, 'no-places'), and relates Buddhist utopianism to studies of European and American utopian writing. The book ends with a close reading of the Vessantara Jataka, which highlights the conflict between the ascetic quest for closure and ultimate felicity, and the ongoing demands of ordinary life and society. Steven Collins discusses these issues in relation to textuality, world history and ideology in premodern civilizations, aiming to contribute to an alternate vision of Buddhist history, which can hold both the inside and the outside of texts together.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70541/cover/9780521570541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions, Behaviour and Economic Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Contribution to Classical-Keynesian Political Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570558</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bortis, Heinrich</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the conceptual foundations of an intermediate way between liberalism and socialism: a synthesis of classical (Ricardian) and Keynesian political economy. Classical theory deals with proportions between individuals or collectives and society in tackling problems of distribution and value. Keynesian theory is concerned with the scale of economic activity as explained by effective demand. The economy considered is primarily a monetary production economy, not a market or a planned economy. The author sets up a system linking political economy with other social sciences, i.e. sociology, law and politics in the traditional sense, thus establishing the unity of the social sciences. To complete the picture, issues of method associated with the theory of knowledge in the social sciences and the problem of linking theory with historical reality are also covered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70558/cover/9780521570558.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570565</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Century of Mycology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British mycologists have had a major impact worldwide. Commemorating the centenary of the British Mycological Society, founded in 1896, this book gives an account of the British contribution to mycology, both at professional and amateur level. A variety of distinguished British and American authors give an authoritative commentary on the state of mycology, and on potential future developments in fields in which British mycologists made important breakthroughs. The book is introduced by an overview of the British contribution and personal views on pioneering work on aquatic hyphomycetes, tropical mycology and the amateur contribution. Later review articles treat a number of subjects in depth such as physiology, systematics, ecology, chemistry and mapping. This unique book will be of great interest to all professional and amateur mycologists in both research and teaching.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/50197/cover/9780521050197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960701</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570602</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtues of the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inquiry into the Nature of Virtue and the Ethical Foundations of Knowledge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570602</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagzebski, Linda Trinkaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>383</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Almost all theories of knowledge and justified belief employ moral concepts and forms of argument borrowed from moral theories, but none of them pay attention to the current renaissance in virtue ethics. This remarkable book is the first attempt to establish a theory of knowledge based on the model of virtue theory in ethics. The book develops the concept of an intellectual virtue, and then shows how the concept can be used to give an account of the major concepts in epistemology, including the concept of knowledge. This highly original work of philosophy for professionals will also provide students with an excellent introduction to epistemology, virtue theory, and the relationship between ethics and epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70602/cover/9780521570602.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Modern Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Success, Failure, and Perseverance of the Dutch Economy, 1500-1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Vries, Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van der Woude, Ad</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>791</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The First Modern Economy provides a comprehensive economic history of the Netherlands during its rise to European economic leadership, the 'Golden Age', and subsequent decline (1500-1815). The authors argue that it was the first modern economy, and defend their position with detailed analyses of its major economic sectors, as well as investigations of social structure and macro-economic performance. Dutch economic history is placed in its European and world context, and inter-continental and colonial trade are discussed fully. Special emphasis is placed on the environmental context of economic growth and later decline, as well as on demographic developments. The authors also argue that the Dutch model of development and stagnation is applicable to currently maturing economies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70619/cover/9780521570619.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157062X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157062X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Class Struggle or Family Struggle?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Lives of Women Factory Workers in South Korea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570626</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, Seung-kyung</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study complements the burgeoning literature on South Korean economic development by considering it from the perspective of young female factory workers. In approaching development from this position, Kim explores the opportunity and exploitation that development has presented to female workers and humanizes the notion of the 'Korean economic miracle' by examining its impact on their lives. Kim looks at the conflicts and ambivalences of young women as they participate in the industrial work force and simultaneously grapple with defining their roles in respect to marriage and motherhood within conventional family structures. The book explores the women's individual and collective struggles to improve their positions and examines their links with other political forces within the labor movement. She analyses how female workers envision their place in society, how they cope with economic and social marginalisation in their daily lives, and how they develop strategies for a better future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70626/cover/9780521570626.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570640</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aesthetics of Italian Renaissance Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Reconsideration of Style</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570640</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wohl, Hellmut</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this incisive study, Hellmut Wohl redefines style in the Italian Renaissance in the light of contemporary testimony and close rereadings of seminal works. Through analysis of visual and textual evidence, he posits that Renaissance artists and their viewers conceived of art as decoration of surfaces. Their preferences, which were largely shaped by the ornate style in the classical theory of rhetoric, provide a useful guide to the stylistic variables in Quattrocento and Cinquecento art; to the relationship of narrative, figurative, and decorative elements; and to the link between the arts of painting, sculpture, wood, and marble intarsie, mosaic and stained glass. Offering a new approach to the issue of style, Wohl suggests that the scientific dimensions of early modern art works were less important to contemporaries than their function as decoration and ornamentation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70640/cover/9780521570640.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Preparing Adolescents for the Twenty-First Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Challenges Facing Europe and the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Takanishi, Ruby</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamburg, David A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early adolescence, a critically important developmental phase in the lives of young people, has been neglected in terms of its potential to prevent educational and health problems.Preparing Adolescents for the Twenty-First Century: Challenges Facing Europe and the United States attempts to address this neglect by focusing on cross-national perspectives and linking fundamental research on adolescent development to the challenges of preparing young people for adult life. It describes the theory, design, and implementation of innovative comprehensive education and health approaches. Serious examination is given to increasing the positive influence of education in promoting literacy for a high-technology economy, healthy lifestyles, and responsible citizenship.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570697</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Gasdynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laney, Culbert B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>629</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical methods are indispensable tools in the analysis of complex fluid flows. This book focuses on computational techniques for high-speed gas flows, especially gas flows containing shocks and other steep gradients. The book decomposes complicated numerical methods into simple modular parts, showing how each part fits and how each method relates to or differs from others. The text begins with a review of gasdynamics and computational techniques. Next come basic principles of computational gasdynamics. The last two parts cover basic techniques and advanced techniques. Senior and graduate level students, especially in aerospace engineering, as well as researchers and practising engineers, will find a wealth of invaluable information on high-speed gas flows in this text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70695/cover/9780521570695.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570735</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570735</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Superconductivity and Superfluidity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570732</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuneto, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nakahara, Mikio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the physics of superconductivity and superfluidity, macroscopic quantum phenomena found in many conductors at low temperatures and in liquid helium 4 and helium 3. In the first part of the book the author presents the mean field theory of generalized pair condensation. This is followed by a description of the properties of ordinary superconductors using BCS theory. The book then proceeds with expositions of strong coupling theory and the Ginzberg-Landau theory. The remarkable properties of superfluid helium 3 are then described, as an example of a superfluid with internal degrees of freedom. The topics covered are dealt with in a coherent manner, with all necessary theoretical background given. Recent topics in the field, such as the copper-oxide high temperature superconductors and exotic superconductivity of heavy fermion systems are discussed in the final chapter. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in condensed matter physics, especially those working in superconductivity and superfluidity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/20930/cover/9780521020930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570751</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atopic Dermatitis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Epidemiology, Causes and Prevention of Atopic Eczema</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Hywel C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Atopic dermatitis or eczema is an increasingly common skin disease, but its distribution, frequency and underlying causes have not yet been systematically reviewed in depth: this is the very first book to look at the epidemiology of atopic dermatitis, its prevalence and possible causes. Uniquely, this volume draws on international experts from a wide range of disciplines, including dermatologists, epidemiologists, paediatricians and immunologists. As an allergic disease, atopic dermatitis has much in common with other allergies and this comprehensive account will shed new light on the mechanisms that underlie the allergic response. Whilst atopic eczema is primarily a disease of childhood and therefore a common problem in paediatric practice, its prevalence in adulthood continues to pose a challenge to dermatologists and primary care physicians. This wide-ranging new publication will be an invaluable resource for all involved in the treatment or the study of atopic dermatitis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70756/cover/9780521570756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570800</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sub-Half-Micron Lithography for ULSIs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570800</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Suzuki, Katsumi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matsui, Shinji</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochiai, Yukinori</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In semiconductor-device fabrication processes, lithography technology is used to print circuit patterns on semiconductor wafers. The remarkable miniaturization of semiconductor devices has been made possible only because of the continuous progress in lithography technology. However, for the trend of ever-increasing miniaturization to continue a breakthrough in lithography technology is now needed. This book describes advanced techniques under development in Japan and elsewhere that represent the key to future semiconductor-device fabrication. The background to developments in lithography technology, trends in ULSI technology and future prospects are reviewed, and the requirements that future lithography technology must meet are described. Several important lithography methods, such as deep UV lithography, X-ray lithography, electron-beam lithography, and focused ion-beam lithography are described in detail by experts in each area. The principles underlying each of these methods are illustrated at the beginning of each chapter to help the reader understand the basis of the different approaches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70800/cover/9780521570800.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570816</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kosmos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Order, Conflict and Community in Classical Athens</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cartledge, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Millett, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reden, Sitta von</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Kosmos' is the word the ancient Greeks used for human social order. It has therefore a special application to the Greeks' peculiar social and political unit of communal life that they called the 'polis'. Of the many hundreds of such units in classical Greece the best documented and the most complex was democratic Athens. The purpose of this collective volume is to re-evaluate the foundations of classical Athens' highly successful experiment in communal social existence. Topics addressed include religion and ritualization, political friendship and enmity, gender and sexuality, sports and litigation, and economic and symbolic exchange. The book aims to make a major contribution, theoretical as well as empirical, towards understanding how the social order of community life may be sustained and enhanced.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70817/cover/9780521570817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the Standard Model</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Particle Physics from 1964 to 1979</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoddeson, Lillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Laurie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riordan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dresden, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>744</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Editors Laurie Brown, Max Dresden, Lillian Hoddeson and Michael Riordan have brought together a distinguished group of elementary particle physicists and historians of science to explore the recent history of particle physics. Based on a conference held at Stanford University, this is the third volume of a series recounting the history of particle physics and offers the most up-to-date account of the rise of the Standard Model, which explains the microstructure of the world in terms of quarks and leptons and their interactions. Major contributors include Steven Weinberg, Murray Gell-Mann, Michael Redhead, Silvan Schweber, Leon Lederman and John Heilbron. The wide-ranging articles explore the detailed scientific experiments, the institutional settings in which they took place, and the ways in which the many details of the puzzle fit together to account for the Standard Model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70824/cover/9780521570824.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570832</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William Robertson and the Expansion of Empire</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Stewart J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William Robertson (1721-1793) was a leading historical figure of the eighteenth-century Enlightenment and one of the triumvirate of historians, along with David Hume and Edward Gibbon, who profoundly shaped the European consciousness. His great histories of Scotland, Europe, America and India represented a steadily expanding vision of European and world history. It was a 'grand narrative' comprising the emergence of Britain, the development of the European system of independent nation states, the growth of the European empire in the Americas, and the beginnings of the European empire in India. This book, William Robertson and the Expansion of Empire, contains contributions from a number of distinguished historians and literary scholars who explore aspects of Robertson's intellectual achievements. However, particular attention is paid to Robertson's treatment of the theme of empire and European expansion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/60639/cover/9780521060639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Empire and Information</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intelligence Gathering and Social Communication in India, 1780-1870</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayly, C. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a penetrating account of the evolution of British intelligence gathering in India, C. A. Bayly shows how networks of Indian spies were recruited by the British to secure military, political and social information about their subjects. He also examines the social and intellectual origins of these 'native informants', and considers how the colonial authorities interpreted and often misinterpreted the information they supplied. It was such misunderstandings which ultimately contributed to the failure of the British to anticipate the rebellions of 1857. The author argues, however, that even before this, complex systems of debate and communication were challenging the political and intellectual dominance of the European rulers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70855/cover/9780521570855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contact and Symplectic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Charles Benedict</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents some of the lectures and research during the special programme held at the Newton Institute in 1994. The book, in two parts, begins with an introductory overview. The two parts each contain a mix of substantial expository articles and research papers that outline important and topical ideas. Many of the results have not been presented before. Symplectic methods are one of the most active areas of research in mathematics currently, and this volume will attract much attention.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70862/cover/9780521570862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Screening the Los Angeles 'Riots'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race, Seeing, and Resistance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Darnell M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On April 29 1992, the 'worst riots of the century' (Los Angeles Times) erupted. Television news-workers tried frantically to keep up with what was happening on the streets while, around the city, nation and globe, viewers watched intently as leaders, participants and fires flashed across their television screens. Screening the Los Angeles 'Riots' zeros in on the first night of these events, exploring in detail the meanings one news organisation found in them, as well as those made by fifteen groups of viewers in the events' aftermath. Combining ethnographic and quasi-experimental methods, Darnell M. Hunt's account reveals how race shapes both television's construction of news and viewers' understandings of it. He engages with the long-standing debates about the power of television to shape our thoughts versus our ability to resist, and concludes with implications for progressive change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70879/cover/9780521570879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Women's Writing in Italy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panizza, Letizia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Sharon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A History of Women's Writing in Italy offers a comprehensive historical account of writing by women in Italy. Covering writing from the Middle Ages to the present day, it moves away from narrow definitions of literature, and brings to the reader's attention other forms of expression such as letter writing, religious and devotional writing, scholarly and philosophical essays, travel writing, and journalism. Contributors point to the considerable practical, social and ideological difficulties faced by women in writing and presenting their work to a wider reading public, but also highlight the resourcefulness and determination of women through the centuries in making their voices heard. Extensive guides to further reading and a detailed guide to more than two hundred writers form an integral part of the volume. The international team of contributors have produced a striking work of new scholarship and research, which will be invaluable for students and scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78134/cover/9780521578134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bimetallism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic and Historical Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redish, Angela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a history of Western monetary systems and explains why bimetallism was preferred to a gold standard before 1800. Professor Redish argues that the technological ability to issue fiduciary monies, and a commitment mechanism to prevent opportunistic governments changing the ratio between the currency and a unit of gold, were (frequently overlooked) prerequisites for the emergence of the Classical gold standard. The simplicity of the gold standard, a monetary system where there is a fixed ratio between a weight of gold and a unit of currency, makes it an obvious focus for discussion of commodity money systems, and for contrasting with today's fiat money regimes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70916/cover/9780521570916.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building a Modern Financial System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Indonesian Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slade, Betty F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>407</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building A Modern Financial System  provides penetrating insights into the recent upheavals in Indonesia, and explains the kinds of policies that can lead to the development of a modern financial system in a large, relatively underdeveloped country. The study covers all facets of the financial system, emphasising the role of the monetary authorities, the transition from government-dominated to a predominantly private banking system, and the recent rapid expansion of the capital market. Indonesia is a particularly interesting case because its economy and financial system was in shambles in the mid-1960s owing to political adventurism and economic mismanagement. Until recently sensible economic policies and growth-promoting reforms provided  a sound financial system and a balanced expansion of agriculture and industry. However since the mid-1990's the stability of the Indonesian system has once again been called into question.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/50885/cover/9780521650885.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Change and Terrestrial Ecosystems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Brian H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steffen, Will</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>637</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How will the world's vegetation, from 'natural' ecosystems to intensively managed agricultural systems, be affected by changes in land use, the composition of gases in the atmosphere, and climate? This major new book describes the current state of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78103/cover/9780521578103.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>330.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521570972</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521570972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521570978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sociology of Post-Colonial Societies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Disparity, Cultural Diversity and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521570978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldthorpe, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the completely revised and updated version of the immensely successful Sociology of the Third World. The book is about the division of the world into rich and poor countries, and the disparities between rich and poor people, especially in poor countries. Chapters on world population trends, colonialism and questions of race set the historical scene for a detailed analysis of economic conditions and living standards in poor countries. New material on droughts, famines, family change and environmental concerns are fully discussed, along with questions about limits to growth and sustainable development. Theoretical perspectives on development and underdevelopment are reviewed. Later chapters summarize the findings of the different social sciences on fundamental issues of modernisation, including expansion, cultural diversity, religious movements, post-colonial politics, and issues involving aid. This new edition contains updated statistics, and discusses the general shift of emphasis away from industrial policies towards basic needs reflected by the United Nations Development Programme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/70978/cover/9780521570978.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inclusion-Body Myositis and Myopathies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Askanas, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serratrice, Georges</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Engel, W. King</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>413</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inclusion-body myositis (IBM) is now understood to be an important degenerative muscle disease. The sporadic type (s-IBM) is probably the most common muscle disease among those ailments that strike first in adulthood (particularly people over 50). The hereditary type (h-IBM) affects younger patients. This book is devoted entirely to both s-IBM and h-IBM. Contributors discuss what is understood about the basic scientific foundations of IBMs, the varied aspects of the pathology of IBMs, and the application of clinical treatments. One particular emphasis of the book is on the hereditary aspects of IBM and genetic predispositions to the disease. This comprehensive review should greatly interest those involved with research and treatment of neuromuscular disease, especially those in neurology, rheumatology, and physical medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of the Mathematics Classroom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seeger, Falk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Voigt, J&#246;rg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waschescio, Ute</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Culture of the Mathematics Classroom is becoming an increasingly salient topic of discussion in mathematics education. Studying and changing what happens in the classroom allows researchers and educators to recognize the social character of mathematical pedagogy and the relationship between the classroom and culture at large. The volume is divided into three sections, reporting findings gained both in research and in practice. The first presents several attempts to change classroom culture by focusing on the education of mathematics teachers and on teacher-researcher collaboration. The second section shifts to the interactive processes of the mathematics classroom and to the communal nature of learning. The third section discusses the means of constructing, filtering, and establishing mathematical knowledge that are characteristic of the classroom culture. As an examination of the social nature of mathematical teaching and learning, the volume should appeal both to educational psychologists and to cultural and social anthropologists and sociologists. The editors have compiled a volume that explores not only the acquisition of mathematical knowledge but the communal character of such knowledge as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71074/cover/9780521571074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571138</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571138</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State, War, and the State of War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holsti, Kalevi J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>War has traditionally been studied as a problem deriving from the relations between states. Strategic doctrines, arms control agreements, and the foundation of international organizations such as the United Nations are designed to prevent wars between states. Since 1945, however, the incidence of interstate war has actually been declining rapidly, while the incidence of internal wars has been increasing. The author argues that in order to understand this significant change in historical patterns, we should jettison many of the analytical devices derived from international relations studies and shift attention to the problems of 'weak' states, those states unable to sustain domestic legitimacy and peace. This book surveys some of the foundations of state legitimacy and demonstrates why many weak states will be the locales of war in the future. Finally, the author asks what the United Nations can do about the problems of weak and failed states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71135/cover/9780521571135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Oaxaca</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanton, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feinman, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowalewski, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholas, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the emergence of social complexity and state formation in a New World region. Around 500 BC, the Valley of Oaxaca, in present-day Mexico, was the site of one of the earliest Native American states, when a new regional capital was established at Monte Alban. Today one of Mexico's most famous and spectacular archaeological sites, Monte Alban signalled an important series of changes in regional political structure in the direction of greater political complexity and integration within a larger domain. The four authors of this introductory text have over the years produced much of the most important primary information we have about developing complex societies in this region. Drawing on the abundance of excavated remains and a survey of regional archaeological settlement patterns, they provide a succinct account of the causes and consequences of political change in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71142/cover/9780521571142.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571170</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Emergence of Modern Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yamamura, Kozo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>387</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Economic Emergence of Modern Japan is a useful book for those interested in how Japan succeeded in transforming an agricultural economy into an advanced industrial economy. This volume brings together chapters from The Cambridge History of Japan, Volumes 5 and 6, and The Cambridge Economic History of Europe, Volume 7, part 2. Each of the seven chapters, written by leading specialists in Japanese economic history, explains in an authoritative, detailed analysis how institutions, the behaviour of individuals and firms, and official policies changed in order to enable Japan to accumulate capital, adopt new technology, ensure a skilled labour-force, and increase exports of manufactured goods. The authors pay special attention to distinctive Japanese institutions and policies, the effect of the Tokugawa legacy, and the impact of various wars, and the global economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71173/cover/9780521571173.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Balance in Health Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Maintaining Japan's Low-Cost, Egalitarian System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, John Creighton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ikegami, Naoki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Compared to the rest of the world, Japan has a healthy population but pays relatively little for medical care. This book analyses how the health care works, and how it came into being. Taking a comparative perspective, the authors describe the politics of health care, the variety of providers, the universal health insurance system, and how the fee-schedule constrains costs at both the macro and micro levels. Special attention is paid to issues of quality and to the difficult problems of assuring adequate high-tech medicine and long-term care. Although the authors discuss the drawbacks to Japan's stringent cost-containment policy, they also keep in mind the possible implications for reform in the United States. Egalitarian values and a concern for 'balance' among constituents, the authors argue, are essential for cost containment as well as for access to health care.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71227/cover/9780521571227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Old World Monkeys</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehead, Paul F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Clifford J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Old World monkeys (Cercopithecoidea) are the most successful and diverse group of living non-human primates in terms of the number of species, behavioural repertoires and ecology. They have much to teach us about the processes of evolution and the principles of ecology, and are among our closest living relatives. This volume presents a broad, technical account of cercopithecoid biology including molecular, behavioural and morphological approaches to phylogeny, population structure, allometry, fossil history, functional morphology, ecology, cognitive capabilities, social behaviour and conservation. It will be the definitive reference on this group for professionals and graduate students in primatology, animal behaviour, paleontology, morphology, systematics and physical anthropology, but will also be useful to senior undergraduates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71241/cover/9780521571241.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000703</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scale Dependence and Scale Invariance in Hydrology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sposito, Garrison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>438</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether processes in the natural world are dependent or independent of the scale at which they operate is one of the major issues in hydrologic science. In this volume, leading hydrologists present their views on the role of scale effects in hydrologic phenomena occurring in a range of field settings, from the land surface to deep fractured rock. Self-contained and thought-provoking chapters cover both theoretical and applied hydrology. They provide critical insights into important topics such as general circulation models, floods, river networks, vadose-zone processes, groundwater transport, and fluid flow through fractured media. This book is intended as an accessible introduction for graduate students and researchers to some of the most significant questions and challenges that will face hydrologic science in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71258/cover/9780521571258.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157126X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157126X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Services and the Hospital in Britain, 1860-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cherry, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>106</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How were the medical services organised in Britain in the years before the National Health Service? This short study looks at developments in hospital and primary medical care before World War Two focusing on service delivery and 'the sufferer's agenda' rather than on the concerns of high politics. It considers the influences shaping provision, accessibility and impact in the contexts of contingent risks and social need, health care and social policy. The author examines the recent research in this area, concluding that, despite improvements, substantial reform was an agreed point on the agenda of all interested in health care by the later 1930s, though a positive consensus had not emerged. This book will be invaluable to students and teachers approaching the subject for the first time, and includes a detailed bibliography to assist in further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71265/cover/9780521571265.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571286</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Holy Blood</TitleText>

<Subtitle>King Henry III and the Westminster Blood Relic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first extended study of relics of the Holy Blood: portions of the blood of Christ's passion preserved supposedly from the time of the Crucifixion and displayed as objects of wonder and veneration in the churches of medieval Europe. Inspired by the discovery of new evidence relating to the relic deposited by King Henry III at Westminster in 1247, the study proceeds from the particular political and spiritual motives that inspired this gift to a wider consideration of blood relics, their distribution across western Europe, their place in Christian devotion, and the controversies to which they gave rise among theologians. In the process the author advances a new thesis on the role of the sacred in Plantagenet court life as well as exploring various intriguing byways of medieval religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71289/cover/9780521571289.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art and Patronage in Eighteenth-Century Portugal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Delaforce, Angela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important contribution to eighteenth-century European studies is the first to explore the relationship between artists, patrons, collectors and connoisseurs in Portugal in the period. The book also discusses artistic theory and the role of the academies. Angela Delaforce describes the splendour and magnificent ceremonial of the court of the Bragan&#231;a monarch, Dom Jo&#227;o V, adorned with works of art he commissioned from the leading masters in Italy and France and made possible by the fabulous wealth arriving from colonial Brazil. The royal palace, with its patriarchal church, collection and library, once famed throughout Europe, were lost in the earthquake of 1755, which destroyed the heart of Lisbon and led to the building of the new city in a coherent modern style. The author has gathered together a wealth of previously unpublished archival material discovered in Portugal and Italy to trace the development of these fascinating patterns of international patronage and to bring an entirely new perspective to our understanding of the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71302/cover/9780521571302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>365.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Work and Pay in Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kawasaki, Seiichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive overview of Japanese labour market institutions and practices with respect to employment issues and labour payments. It contains extensive discussion of the effects of industrial relations, small business activity, business cycles and schooling on work and pay. An early chapter is devoted to presenting, in an accessible manner, essential labour market ideas and concepts that recur throughout the text. Important topics covered include (i) unions and wage determination, (ii) the breakdown of total labour costs, (iii) the Japanese bonus system, (iv) the employment life-cycle, (v) small businesses and subcontracting, (vi) pay and productivity over the business cycle. A key feature is that subject areas and themes are examined within a comparative United States/European framework.  This allows assessments of whether or not the structure and performance of the Japanese labour market has differed from experience elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77724/cover/9780521577724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571383</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Security Market Imperfections in Worldwide Equity Markets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keim, Donald B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziemba, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of security market imperfections, namely the predictability of equity stock returns, is one of the fundamental research areas in financial modelling. These anomalies, which are not consistent with existing theories, concern the relation between stock returns and variables, such as firm size and earnings-to-price ratios, and seasonal effects, such as January and turn-of-the-month. This book provides the most complete and current account of work in the area. Leading academics and investment researchers have combined to produce a comprehensive coverage of the subject, including both cross-sectional and time series analyses, as well as discussing the measurement of risk and prediction models that have been used by institutional investors. The studies cover many worldwide markets including the US, Japan, Asia, and Europe. The book will be invaluable for courses in financial engineering, investment and portfolio management, and as a reference for investment professionals seeking an up-to-date source on return predictability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71388/cover/9780521571388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571480</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571480</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>293</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume represents the 'state of the art' in Comparative Literature as it has developed in the half century since 1945. Peter Szondi was one of the leading spirits in the urgent move towards the reclamation of the literary text from ideology in post-war Germany; Geoffrey Hartman this year delivered the first lecture in his name to mark the thirtieth anniversary of the Institute of General and Comparative Literature at the Free University, Berlin, of which Szondi was Director. Hartman, one of the major comparatists of this period, whose subtle phenomenological readings have transformed Romantic studies in English, gives a lapidary account of those poets of the Holocaust Paul Celan and Nelly Sachs, whose refusal of traditional imagery is a last fragile link with it. We also mark the twentieth anniversary of the founding of the British Comparative Literature Association in 1975 at Norwich, with the publication of the plenary papers from the Seventh Triennial Congress held in Edinburgh in 1995. Anne Barton opens on the strange 'Wild Man' figure who haunts the literary and iconographical spaces of Europe, with notable examples in Shakespeare's Caliban and Timon; John Dixon Hunt counters with the civilized garden that is staked out and continuously retheorized in the midst of the forest wilderness; Gerald Gillespie, president of the International Comparative Literature Association, amplifies on the ambivalent image of the city, half utopia, half human</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Literary Culture and Publishing Practice, 1880-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, Peter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the radical transformation of British literary culture during the period 1880-1914 as seen through the early publishing careers of three highly influential writers, Joseph Conrad, Arnold Bennett and Arthur Conan Doyle. Peter D. McDonald examines the cultural politics of the period by considering the social structure of the literary world in which these writers were read and understood. Through a wealth of historical detail, he links the publishing history of key texts with the wider commercial, ideological, and literary themes in the period as a whole. By tracing the complex network of relationships among writers, publishers, printers, distributors, reviewers, and readers, McDonald demonstrates that the discursive qualities of these texts cannot be fully appreciated without understanding the material conditions of their production. In so doing, he makes social history a central part of literary studies, and shows the importance of the history of publishing in questions of critical interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71494/cover/9780521571494.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571517</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>People and Identity in Ostrogothic Italy, 489-554</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571517</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amory, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>548</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The barbarians of the fifth and sixth centuries were long thought to be races, tribes or ethnic groups who toppled the Roman Empire and racist, nationalist assumptions about the composition of the barbarian groups still permeate much scholarship on the subject. This book proposes a new view, through a case-study of the Goths of Italy between 489 and 554. It contains a detailed examination of the personal details and biographies of 379 individuals and compares their behaviour with ideological texts of the time. This inquiry suggests wholly new ways of understanding the appearance of barbarian groups and the end of the western Roman Empire, as well as proposing new models of regional and professional loyalty and group cohesion. In addition, the book proposes a complete reinterpretation of the evolution of Christian conceptions of community, and of so-called 'Germanic' Arianism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71517/cover/9780521571517.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology by Numbers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Encouragement to Quantitative Thinking</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biologists are notoriously reticent about using mathematics. This textbook is both an introduction to quantitative biology and a guide for the number-shy. Richard Burton fosters a sense of the fundamental importance and usefulness of mathematical principles in biology, with a fascinating range of examples. The book is geared towards the non-mathematician, and covers the basics as well as various more advanced topics from many diverse biological disciplines. Questions and calculations encourage active participation without holding up the reader. A key feature is the structure of the book. Rather than building it around biological disciplines, Dr Burton emphasises the common ways of reasoning used in areas as diverse as insect and population growth, seed mortality and sensory response (to mention a few that use logarithms). Written primarily for beginning undergraduates, this enlightening text will also be an essential aid for students throughout their undergraduate and graduate years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71562/cover/9780521571562.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157157X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157157X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>National Identity and Foreign Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalism and Leadership in Poland, Russia and Ukraine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prizel, Ilya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the premise that the foreign policy of any country is heavily influenced by a society's evolving notions of itself. Applying his analysis to Russia, Poland, and Ukraine, the author argues that national identity is an ever-changing concept, influenced by internal and external events, and by the manipulation of a polity's collective memory. The interaction of the narrative of a society and its foreign policy is therefore paramount. This is especially the case in East-Central Europe, where political institutions are weak, and social coherence remains subject to the vagaries of the concept of nationhood. Ilya Prizel's study will be of interest to students of nationalism, as well as of foreign policy and politics in East-Central Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71579/cover/9780521571579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debating Slavery</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy and Society in the Antebellum American South</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571586</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Mark M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Even while slavery existed, Americans debated slavery. Was it a profitable and healthy institution? If so, for whom? The abolition of slavery in 1865 did not end this debate. Similar questions concerning the profitability of slavery, its impact on masters, slaves, and nonslaveowners still inform modern historical debates. Is the slave South best characterized as a capitalist society? Or did its dogged adherence to non-wage labor render it precapitalist? Today, southern slavery is among the most hotly disputed topics in writing on American history. With the use of illustrative material and a critical bibliography, Dr Smith outlines the main contours of this complex debate, summarizes the contending viewpoints, and at the same time weighs up the relative importance, strengths and weaknesses of the various competing interpretations. This book introduces an important topic in American history in a manner which is accessible to students and undergraduates taking courses in American history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71586/cover/9780521571586.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Railways and the Formation of the Italian State in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571593</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schram, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book relates the history of Italian railways with special regard to their relation with the Italian state from the 1840s, when the first lines were constructed, until nationalization in 1905. It shows that while the Italian state interfered continuously in railway matters, it was nevertheless incapable of creating viable conditions for railway companies. Throughout the nineteenth century 'the railway question' continued to have a pernicious and divisive influence on Italian political life; and because of the low quality of railway regulation, and other factors, the railways' contribution to the creation of a national market and the economic unification of the country was limited. The book also examines Italian regional social and economic statistics before and after political unification in order to obtain a deeper insight into the continuing disparity between northern and southern Italy. Finally, the book places the development of the Italian railways in a European context, and compares their construction with those in Germany.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71593/cover/9780521571593.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157160X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157160X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Labour Party and Taxation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Party Identity and Political Purpose in Twentieth-Century Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whiting, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a political history of Labour's use of the tax system from 1906 to 1979: an epilogue brings the story up to the present, surveying New Labour's tax policies and dilemmas. Richard Whiting's broad-ranging, lucid and readable study examines how Labour used tax to further its political aims of funding welfare, managing the economy, promoting fairness and achieving greater equality. Whiting also shows the limits of Labour's ability to achieve a more equal society in this way, assesses the ability and standing of key figures in the Labour movement, and delineates the problems caused by the political role of the trade unions. This study provides an original perspective on Labour's history, and is a valuable contribution to understanding both the tax structure and the politics of twentieth-century Britain more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71609/cover/9780521571609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Neural Networks and Psychopathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Connectionist Models in Practice and Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Dan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludik, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>385</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on connectionist models is one of the most exciting areas in cognitive science, and neural network models of psychopathology have immediate theoretical and empirical appeal. The contributors to this study review theoretical, historical and clinical issues, including the contribution of neural network models to diagnosis, pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. Models are presented for a range of disorders, including schizophrenia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, dissociative phenomena, autism and Alzheimer's disease. This book will appeal to a broad audience. On the one hand, it will be read with interest by psychiatrists, psychologists and other clinicians and researchers in psychopathology. On the other, it will appeal to those working in cognitive science and artificial intelligence, and particularly those interested in neural network or connectionist models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71630/cover/9780521571630.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolving Rationality of Rational Expectations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Assessment of Thomas Sargent's Achievements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sent, Esther-Mirjam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Inspired by recent developments in science studies, this book offers an innovative type of analysis of the recent history of rational expectations economics. In the course of exploring the multiple dimensions of rational expectations analysis, Professor Sent focuses on the work of Thomas Sargent, an instrumental pioneer in the development of this school of thought. The investigation attempts to avoid a Whiggish history that sees Sargent's development as inevitably progressing to better and better economic analysis. Instead, it provides an illustration of what happened to the approach through a contextualization of Sargent's work vis-&#225;-vis that of other scholars and ideas. The treatment aims to illuminate some of the shifting negotiations and alliances that characterize the rise and shift of direction in rational expectations economics. The Evolving Rationality of Rational Expectations won the 1998 Gunnar Myrdal Prize of the European Association for Evolutionary Political Economy for the best monograph on a theme broadly in accord with the EAEPE Theoretical Perspectives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71647/cover/9780521571647.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Granular Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rao, K. Kesava</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nott, Prabhu R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The flow of granular materials such as sand, snow, coal, and catalyst particles is common occurrence in natural and industrial settings. The mechanics of these materials is not well understood. They are important since a large fraction of the materials handled and processed in the chemical, metallurgical, pharmaceutical, and food processing industries are granular in nature. This book describes the theories for granular flow based mainly on continuum models although alternative discrete models are also discussed briefly. The level is appropriate for advanced undergraduates or beginning graduate students. The goal is to inform the reader about observed phenomena, some available models, and their shortcomings and to visit some issues that remain unresolved. There is a selection of problems at the end of the chapters to encourage exploration, and extensive references are provided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71661/cover/9780521571661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571685</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Erich Mendelsohn and the Architecture of German Modernism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Erich Mendelsohn's buildings, erected throughout Germany between 1920 and 1932, epitomised architectural modernity for his countrymen. This study examines his department stores, office buildings, and cinemas, counterparts to the famous housing projects built during the same years in Frankfurt and Berlin. Demonstrating the degree to which their dynamic presence stemmed from Mendelsohn's attention to their consumer-oriented functions, James shows Mendelsohn to be more than an Expressionist, as he is usually characterised. James recounts how his architecture closely reflects the controversies over modernity, including relativity, consumerism, and urban planning, that raged during the years of the Weimar Republic. She also illustrates how much Mendelsohn's thriving practice depended on the patronage of fellow German Jews, many of whom shared his commitment to creating alternatives to the nationalistic historicism of the late Wilhelmine period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71685/cover/9780521571685.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571693</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Perspectives on the Gold Standard</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571692</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bayoumi, Tamim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eichengreen, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Mark P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Currency crises in Europe and Mexico during the 1990s provided stark reminders of the importance and the fragility of international financial markets. These experiences led some commentators to conclude that open international capital markets are incompatible with financial stability. But the pre-1914 gold standard is an obvious challenge to the notion that open capital markets are sources of instability. To deepen our understanding of how this system worked, this volume draws together recent research on the gold standard. Theoretical models are used to guide qualitative discussions of historical experience, while econometric methods are used to help the historical data speak clearly. The result is an overview of the gold standard, a survey of the relevant applied research in international macroeconomics, and a demonstration of how the past can help to inform the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71692/cover/9780521571692.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571723</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Norman Frontier in the Twelfth and Early Thirteenth Centuries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Power, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>664</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twelfth-century borderlands of the duchy of Normandy formed the cockpit for dynastic rivalries between the kings of England and France. This book examines how the political divisions between Normandy and its neighbours shaped the communities of the Norman frontier. It traces the region's history from the conquest of Normandy in 1106 by Henry I of England, to the duchy's annexation in 1204 by the king of France, Philip Augustus, and its incorporation into the Capetian kingdom. It explores the impact of the frontier upon princely and ecclesiastical power structures, customary laws, and noble strategies such as marriage, patronage and suretyship. Particular attention is paid to the lesser aristocracy as well as the better known magnates, and an extended appendix reconstructs the genealogies of thirty-three prominent frontier lineages. The book sheds light upon the twelfth-century French aristocracy, and makes a significant contribution to our understanding of medieval political frontiers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71722/cover/9780521571722.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571774</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Spanish</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagona, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Clear and well-organised, this textbook is an introduction to Spanish syntax, which assumes no prior knowledge of current theory. Beginning with a descriptive overview of the major characteristics of the grammar, it goes on to  describe facts about Spanish, such as its word order, notions of 'subject', 'direct object', 'auxiliary verb' and so on. The book combines traditional grammatical description with perspectives gained from recent research in the Principles and Parameters framework. It also presents useful theoretical notions such as semantic roles, Case, and Predication. Accessibly written, the book gives just enough background so as to allow the reader to understand the lines of investigation that have been pursued in accounting for such issues as clause structure and constituent order. It will be of use to students who are interested in grammar, Spanish, or in some of the basic results of modern, formal linguistic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71777/cover/9780521571777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Embryo Research Debate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and the Politics of Reproduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571807</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mulkay, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scientific research involving human embryos was a major topic of public debate in Britain during the 1980s. Despite strong support from the scientific community, embryo research was initially condemned by many ordinary people as well as by special interest groups, and came close to being banned by Act of Parliament. Michael Mulkay describes the dynamics of the parliamentary struggle over the future of embryo research, focusing on such issues as: the clash between the anti-abortion and pro-research lobbies; the tactics of the Government; political ideology; the media's role; the importance of gender; religion; the impact of science fiction; the lure of medical advance; and the difficulty of maintaining ethical control. He explains how the advocates of embryo research eventually triumphed, and ends with an examination of the cultural tensions which linger after the debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71807/cover/9780521571807.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571855</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theorising Textual Subjects</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agency and Oppression</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Meili</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>233</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the central crisis in critical theory today: how to theorise the subject as both a construct of oppressive discourse and a dialogical agent. By engaging with a wide range of leading political, philosophical, and critical thinkers - Jameson, Habermas, MacIntyre, Rorty, Taylor, Benhabib, and West are all critiqued - Meili Steele proposes linking language with human agency in order to develop an alternative textual and ethical theory of the subject. Steele shows how constructivist theories of agency fail to account for the ethical implications of the supposed contingency of all contexts, and how dialogical theorists fail to acknowledge the insight of postmodern critiques. Developing this theory through readings of texts that address issues of identity, politics, race, and feminist theory, Steele illustrates that we do not have to choose between an idealised or demonised modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71852/cover/9780521571852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571863</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Allusion and Intertext</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynamics of Appropriation in Roman Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinds, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of the deliberate allusion by one author to the words of a previous author has long been central to Latin philology. However, literary Romanists have been diffident about situating such work within the more spacious inquiries into intertextuality now current. This book represents a new attempt to find (or recover) some space for the study of allusion - as a project of continuing vitality - within an excitingly enlarged universe of intertexts. It combines traditional classical approaches with modern literary-theoretical ways of thinking, and offers attentive close readings, innovative perspectives on literary history, and theoretical sophistication of argument. Like other volumes in the series it is among the most broadly conceived short books on Roman literature to be published in recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571871</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Worldwide Asset and Liability Modeling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziemba, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mulvey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>680</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The underlying theme of this volume is how to invest assets over time to achieve satisfactory returns subject to uncertainties, various constraints and liability commitments. Most investors, be they individuals or institutions, do not diversify properly across markets nor across time. The papers utilize several approaches and integrate a number of techniques as well as discussing a variety of models that have either been implemented, are close to being implemented, or represent new innovative approaches that may lead to future novel applications. Other issues address the future of asset-liability management modeling. This includes models for individuals, and various financial institutions such as banks and insurance companies. This will lead to custom products, that is, financial engineering. All in all, this will be essential reading for all involved in analysing the financial markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71876/cover/9780521571876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157191X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157191X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inequality, Democracy, and Economic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Midlarsky, Manus I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why is the relationship between inequality and democracy so compelling to the contemporary social scientist? This volume addresses questions that were raised as early as the time of Aristotle and through Marx to the present. Theoretical lacunae are explored, as are major current policy concerns. The book focuses on the sources of democracy, the relationship between economic development and thresholds of democracy, and finally on responses to democratization. Of course, definitions of democracy have varied over an extraordinarily wide range, as have conceptions of inequality, and the reader will find such variations reflected in the contributions to this volume. Descriptions of democracy vary from an emphasis on equality of participation for all citizens in decision making, to more complex indices emphasizing competitiveness and civil liberties. The contributors to this volume provide the kind of multidimensional analysis which is essential to a comprehensive treatment of the relationship between inequality, democracy, and economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71913/cover/9780521571913.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory in Neurodegenerative Disease</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Biological, Cognitive, and Clinical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tr&#246;ster, Alexander I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to review in depth the neurobiological and clinical characteristics of memory and its disorders in neurodegenerative disease. It presents current information about memory disorders in Alzheimer's, Huntington's and Parkinson's diseases and in other neurological conditions such as progressive supranuclear palsy, Creutzfeld-Jacob disease and HIV-associated dementia. The contributors are among the most distinguished working in this field. They present the neuroanatomical and neurochemical basis of memory disorders in neurodegenerative disease, and review the contribution of neuroradiology and neuropathology to the understanding of memory and amnesia. Diagnosis, assessment and treatment  issues are discussed, as are ethical and legal considerations and topics of emerging interest such as the early detection of dementia. Bringing together biological, cognitive and clinical information, this book will be an essential reference for clinicians and neuroscientists. It serves as an authoritative and up-to-date overview of the dementias and the prospects for treating them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71920/cover/9780521571920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychotherapy for Children and Adolescents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence-Based Treatments and Case Examples</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weisz, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, a clinical scientist highlights youth psychotherapies that have been tested and shown to work. Treatments for fears and anxiety, depression, attention deficits and ADHD, and conduct problems and disorder are described in detail, their conceptual basis explained, their clinical application illustrated by richly developed case examples, and their prospects for use in clinical practice examined closely. This clinical perspective is complemented by summaries and critiques of the empirical evidence on each treatment and by commentaries on what questions remain unanswered. The author's clinical and scientific experience converge to produce a uniquely valuable experience on exemplary treatments for children and adolescents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76727/cover/9780521576727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521571960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521571960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521571968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>3-Transposition Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521571968</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aschbacher, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1970 Bernd Fischer proved his beautiful theorem classifying the almost simple groups generated by 3-transpositions, and in the process discovered three new sporadic groups, now known as the Fischer groups. Since then, the theory of 3-transposition groups has become an important part of finite simple group theory, but Fischer's work has remained unpublished. 3-Transposition Groups contains the first published proof of Fischer's Theorem, written out completely in one place. Fischer's result, while important and deep (covering a number of complex examples), can be understood by any student with some knowledge of elementary group theory and finite geometry.  Thus Part I has minimal prerequisites and could be used as a text for an intermediate level graduate course. Parts II and III are aimed at specialists in finite groups and are a step in the author's program to supply a strong foundation for the theory of sporadic groups.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/71968/cover/9780521571968.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572045</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>On the Self-Regulation of Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carver, Charles S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheier, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a thorough overview of a model of human functioning based on the idea that behavior is goal-directed and regulated by feedback control processes. It describes feedback processes and their application to behavior, considers goals and the idea that goals are organized hierarchically, examines affect as deriving from a different kind of feedback process, and analyzes how success expectancies influence whether people keep trying to attain goals or disengage. Later sections consider a series of emerging themes, including dynamic systems as a model for shifting among goals, catastrophe theory as a model for persistence, and the question of whether behavior is controlled or instead 'emerges'. Three chapters consider the implications of these various ideas for understanding maladaptive behavior, and the closing chapter asks whether goals are a necessity of life. Throughout, theory is presented in the context of diverse issues that link the theory to other literatures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72040/cover/9780521572040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572053</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Population Biology of Grasses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheplick, G. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bradshaw, A. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Grasses occupy a greater area of the world's land surface than any other plant family, occurring in almost every terrestrial environment and providing a vital source of food for humans and animals. This volume presents the most recent information on their population biology, bringing together contributions from researchers studying both applied and fundamental aspects of this important group of plants. Demographic, physiological, ecological and molecular approaches to understanding grass populations are considered in relation to reproduction and to aspects of life history patterns such as dispersal, germination, seedling establishment, population dynamics and reproduction. Other areas covered include the role of genetic variation and phenotypic plasticity in shaping life history traits, the impact of biotic factors, and the ecology of specific species in major grass-dominated ecosystems in Africa, Australia and Japan.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72057/cover/9780521572057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Forcing the Factory of the Future</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cybernation and Societal Institutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Bryn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is computerised production transforming work roles, as recent debates about flexible specialisation and post-Fordist manufacturing suggest? This book focuses on the key case of metalworking batch production in Britain, Italy, Japan and the USA. Looking at technological, political and social developments from a comparative perspective, it suggests that comprehensive factory principles never fully replaced workshop organisation. Drawing on empirical case studies of flexible manufacturing systems, Bryn Jones offers a new distinction between the bureaucratic bias of Taylorism and the product standardisation approach of Fordism, and questions whether computerised production is transcending Fordism. Instead of the often predicted models of deskilled, centrally controlled work, or a decentralised craft renaissance, he shows a greater likelihood of national variations between factory and workshop principles continuing into the contemporary age of computerisation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72064/cover/9780521572064.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157207X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157207X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Africa and the International System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of State Survival</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clapham, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African independence launched into international politics a group of the world's poorest, weakest, and most artificial states. How have such states managed to survive? To what extent is their survival now threatened? Christopher Clapham shows how an initially supportive international environment has - as a result partly of political and economic mismanagement within African states themselves, partly of global developments over which they had no control - become increasingly threatening to African rulers and the states over which they preside. The author also reveals how international conventions designed to uphold state sovereignty have often been appropriated and subverted by rulers to enhance their domestic control, and how African states have been undermined by guerrilla insurgencies and the use of international relations to serve essentially private ends. He shows how awkward, how ambiguous, how unsatisfactory, and often how tragic, has been the encounter between Africa and Western conceptions of statehood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72071/cover/9780521572071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157210X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157210X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fara, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Karalyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>207</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This engaging volume for the general reader explores how individuals and societies remember, forget and commemorate events of the past. The collection of eight essays takes an interdisciplinary approach to address the relationships between individual experience and collective memory, with leading experts from the arts and sciences. We might expect scientists to be concerned with studying just the mental and physical processes involved in remembering, and humanities scholars to be interested in the products of memory, such as books, statues and music. This collection exposes the falseness of such a dichotomy, illustrating the insights into memory which can be gained by juxtaposing the complementary perspectives of specialists venturing beyond the normal boundaries of their disciplines. The authors come from backgrounds as diverse as psychoanalysis, creative writing, neuroscience, social history and medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72101/cover/9780521572101.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572134</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Apostles, 1820-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Liberalism, Imagination, and Friendship in British Intellectual and Professional Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572132</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lubenow, W. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a highly engaging history of the world's most famous secret society, the Cambridge 'Apostles', based upon the lives, careers and correspondence of the 255 Apostles elected to the Cambridge Conversazione Society between 1820 and 1914. It examines the way in which the Apostles recruited their membership, the Society's discussions and its intellectual preoccupations. From its pages emerge such figures as F. D. Maurice, John Sterling, John Mitchell Kemble, Richard Trench, Fenton Hort, James Clerk Maxwell, Henry Sidgwick, Lytton Strachey, E. M. Forster, and John Maynard Keynes. The careers of these and many other leading Apostles are traced, through parliament, government, letters, and in public school and university reform. The book also makes an important contribution in discussing the role of liberalism, imagination and friendship at the intersection of the life of learning and public life. This is a major contribution to the intellectual and social history of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and to the history of the University of Cambridge. It demonstrates in impressive depth just how and why the Apostles forged original themes in modern intellectual life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72132/cover/9780521572132.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Unrest and Popular Protest in England, 1780-1840</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>122</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John E. Archer examines the diversity of protest from 1780 to 1840 and how it altered during this period of extreme change. This textbook covers all forms of protest, including the Gordon Riots of 1780, food riots, Luddism, the radical political reform movement and Peterloo in 1819, and the less well researched anti-enclosure, anti-New Poor Law riots, arson and other forms of 'terroristic' action, up to the advent of Chartism in the 1830s. Archer evaluates the problematic nature of source materials and conflicting interpretations leading to debate, and reviews the historiography and methodology of protest studies. This study of popular protest gives a unique perspective on the social history and conditions of this crucial period and will provide a valuable resource for students and teachers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72163/cover/9780521572163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001206</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572170</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sport, Economy and Society in Britain 1750-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572170</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tranter, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a concise, up-to-date survey of one of the most dramatic changes in the cultural life of Victorian and Edwardian Britain, the radical transformation which occurred in the extent and nature of its participation in sport. Neil Tranter focuses on the issues which have attracted most interest from historians of sport and poses a number of important questions: did levels of involvement in sport increase or decrease during the initial stages of urban-industrialisation? When did the new sporting culture first emerge, and what were its principal features and the mechanisms through which it spread? What were the main aims of the participants and supporters, and to what extent were these aims achieved? The author also discusses the economic consequences of this cultural change and the examines the role of women in this sporting 'revolution' and asks why their participation was so much more restricted than that of men.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72170/cover/9780521572170.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defining the Victorian Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class, Race, Gender and the British Reform Act of 1867</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McClelland, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rendall, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Defining the Victorian Nation offers a fresh perspective on one of the most significant pieces of legislation in nineteenth-century Britain. Catherine Hall, Keith McClelland and Jane Rendall demonstrate that the Second Reform Act of 1867 was marked not only by extensive controversy about the extension of the vote, but also by new concepts of masculinity and the masculine voter, the beginnings of the movement for women's suffrage, and a parallel debate about the meanings and forms of national belonging. The chapters in this book draw on recent developments in cultural, social and gender history, broadening the study of nineteenth-century British political history and integrating questions of nation and empire. Fascinating illustrations illuminate the argument, and a detailed chronology, biographical notes and selected bibliography offer further support to the student reader. Students and scholars in history, women's studies, cultural studies, and postcolonial studies will find this book invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72187/cover/9780521572187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul's Gift from Philippi</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conventions of Gift Exchange and Christian Giving</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peterman, G. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of Paul's response to the financial help he received from the church in Philippi whilst he was a prisoner in Rome. Philippians 4.10-20 has always puzzled commentators because of its seemingly strained and tortured mode of thanks. Word studies, psychological studies and literary studies have all failed to provide insight into the text, which is unique in the Pauline corpus. Using contemporary sources Dr Peterman re-examines this difficult passage in the light of Greek and Roman practices and language regarding the exchange of gifts and favours in society. He concludes that 'gift exchange' or 'social reciprocity', with its expectations and obligations, permeated every level of society in Paul's day, and that Paul's seemingly ungracious response was an attempt to create a new, Christian attitude to gifts and to giving.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72200/cover/9780521572200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572215</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rereading Walter Pater</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shuter, William F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>174</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Walter Pater is increasingly gaining recognition as a pivotal figure in nineteenth-century culture. His later work is often regarded as an effort to distance himself from his earlier, more controversial texts. William F. Shuter argues that Pater's writings demand a twofold reading. Shuter first offers an account of the texts in the order in which they were written, paying close attention to the changes in Pater's thought and interests over time; he then returns to the earlier texts, showing how the later work serves, paradoxically, as an introduction to the earlier. Drawing extensively on unpublished manuscript material, Shuter reveals that Pater himself authorised rereadings of his work in an effort to rewrite his own literary past and the past of his culture. This new perspective on Pater's work uncovers patterns of continuity and anticipation that decisively alter our understanding of Pater and his writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72217/cover/9780521572217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572223</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plants and UV-B</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responses to Environmental Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lumsden, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>375</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the predicted consequences of the depletion of stratospheric ozone is an increase in the amount of ultraviolet light reaching the surface of the earth, in particular UV-B (320-280nm). Although the real effects are as yet unknown, this change in radiation could have profound consequences for plant growth and productivity. The need for information concerning the relationship between plants and UV-B is therefore pressing. This volume brings together authoritative contributions from leading experts in UV-B/plant studies and is unique in considering interactions at various scales, ranging from the level of the cell through to the level of the community. Information concerning ozone depletion and physical aspects of UV-B radiation complements the biological information to provide a thorough and comprehensive review of the present status of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14110/cover/9780521114110.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and British Society 1688-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a large volume of research, this book considers sustained warfare as a powerful agent of change which transformed a wide range of institutions, structures, and processes in Britain between 1688 and 1815, a period when Britain was at war for much of the time. Stressing the positive as well as the negative, and the long term as well as the short term, the effects of war are brought to bear upon questions of central importance in the study of eighteenth-century British history. How effectively did the emerging state cope with the financial and logistical demands of war? How severe were the economic and social strains imposed upon the population at large, and how did they respond to the call to arms? What effect did war have upon the industrialising economy? A balanced overview is presented of Britain as a nation at war during an important phase of her development as an imperial, industrial and military power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72262/cover/9780521572262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572274</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Towns, Plans and Society in Modern Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meller, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this concise survey, Helen Meller aims to explore the interaction of the social and physical environment of cities. All modern societies have experienced mass urbanisation, and have been subject to the economic, social and technological forces which have produced this urbanisation. Yet all towns and cities are not the same. The author points out that historical and cultural factors have played, and are still playing, an important part in shaping responses to these forces. This becomes even more clearly evident when the urban environment becomes subject to planning. Urban regeneration has facilitated not just an improvement in the physical environment of cities but in their economic and social fortunes as well. This study is an accessible analysis of the way in which social, cultural and physical factors have created the quality of life in British cities over the past two centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72279/cover/9780521572279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572282</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572282</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Industrial Revolution in Scotland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whatley, Christopher A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Industrial Revolution in Scotland is the first new student text on this subject for more than two decades. While the focus is on Scotland, Dr Whatley's approach is largely comparative and he places the Scottish experience of industrialisation within the context of the debate about the 'British' Industrial Revolution. Unusually, Dr Whatley's study encompasses the whole of Scotland and assesses the nature and impact of early industrialisation in the woollen manufacturing towns of the Borders and in Dundee, the Scottish centre of linen production. He also examines the Highlands and Islands, upon which industrial development had a profound impact, and which arguably suffered more than any other region in Britain, as the economy became more centralised from the 1820s. Social as well as the economic causes and consequences of the Industrial Revolution are also fully considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72286/cover/9780521572286.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572304</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572304</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health and Society in Britain since 1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berridge, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British health policy has undergone enormous change in the post-war era. The NHS established in the post-war period has been constantly reorganised, and the role of doctors and associated medical professions has radically changed. This book considers the changes in health policy and in the service provided by the NHS, and examines in detail the 'mixed economy' of health care and the role of different providers of health care, as well as their relationships both with recipients of care and the state. In doing so, Professor Berridge sheds light on the increasingly important part that lay people, especially women, have played in the provision of health care and looks at community care and the shifting balance of power within the medical profession. The book provides a guide to changes in health and health policy during and since World War II, giving an authoritative analysis of the most recent research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72309/cover/9780521572309.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>De Quincey's Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Canonical Minority and the Forms of Transmission</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russett, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Margaret Russett uses the example of Thomas De Quincey, the nineteenth-century essayist best remembered for his Confessions of an English Opium-Eater and his memoirs of Wordsworth and Coleridge, to examine the idea of the 'minor' author, and how it is related to what we now call the Romantic canon. The case of De Quincey, neither a canonical figure nor a disenfranchised marginal author, offers a point of access to specifically Romantic problems of literary transmission and periodization. Taking an intertextual approach, Russett situates De Quincey's career against the works of Wordsworth and Coleridge; the essays of Lamb, Hazlitt, and other writers for the London Magazine; and discourses of ethics and political economy which are central to the problem of determining literary value. De Quincey's Romanticism shows how De Quincey helped to shape the canon by which his career was defined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72361/cover/9780521572361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governing the Antarctic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Effectiveness and Legitimacy of the Antarctic Treaty System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokke, Olav Schram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vidas, Davor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After thirty-five years the regime based on the Antarctic Treaty is more vigorous than ever. Here leading scholars of international law and international relations examine the effectiveness and legitimacy of this regime by asking two questions: are current changes affecting the regime's ability to cope with major problems in the region, and how do those changes affect its standing amongst parties to the Treaty and in the wider international community? Individual chapters deal with the Antarctic regimes for marine living resources, mineral activities, environmental protection, and tourism. Throughout, a keen eye is kept on how those components interact and reinforce each other. This analysis is supported by in-depth studies of compatibility and tension between the Antarctic Treaty System and the international community at large. It also draws upon case studies of how domestic concerns and decision-making in four selected countries affect international co-operation in the Antarctic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Opera Buffa in Mozart's Vienna</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays, presented by an internationally known team of scholars, explores the world of Vienna and the development of opera buffa in the second half of the eighteenth century. Although today Mozart remains one of the most well-known figures of the period, the era was filled with composers, librettists, writers and performers who created and developed opera buffa. Among the topics examined are the relationship of Viennese opera buffa to French theatre; Mozart and eighteenth-century comedy; gender, nature and bourgeois society on Mozart's buffa stage; as well as close analyses of key works such as Don Giovanni and Le nozze di Figaro.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72392/cover/9780521572392.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572428</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Europe's Economy Looks East</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Germany and the European Union</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Black, Stanley W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>381</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In their transition from the legacy of Communism, Central and Eastern European countries (CEECs) are seeking to reduce the income gap that remains the major barrier to full European integration. The essays in this volume derive from a conference held at the American Institute for Contemporary German Studies in Washington DC, on May 15-16 1995, and present general equilibrium calculations of the world wide effects of trade liberalization between CEECs and the European Union (EU) on real wages and welfare; analysis of trade in 'sensitive' sectors; and measurement of Germany's role in the transition. Simulations analyse the effects of CEEC macroeconomic policies on the transition process. Other essays examine the effects of privatization, labour migration from the East, and alternative approaches to integration of CEECs into the EU, including quick entry, variable geometry and free trade area. Economists and policy-makers will value the collection's innovative quantitative assessments and presentation of distinct alternatives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572479</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Institution of Private Property</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572477</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sened, Itai</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Itai Sened examines the political institution of property and other individual rights. His argument is that the foundation of such rights is to be found in the political and economic institutions which grant and enforce them and not in any set of moral principles or 'nature'. The book further argues that individual rights are instituted through a political process, and not by any hidden market forces. The origin of rights is placed in a social contract that evolves as a political process in which governments grant and protect property and other individual rights to constituents, in return for economic and political support. Extending neo-institutional theory to the subject, and using a positive game theoretic approach in its analysis, this book is an original contribution to scholarship on the evolution of rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72477/cover/9780521572477.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572538</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children, Childhood and English Society, 1880-1990</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572538</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hendrick, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is intended to be a guide to the burgeoning literature on the history of childhood. Harry Hendrick reviews the most important debates and the main findings of a number of historians on a range of topics including the changing social constructions of childhood, child-parent relations, social policy, schooling, leisure and the thesis that modern childhood is 'disappearing'. The intention of this concise study is to provide readers with a reliable account of the evolution of some of the most important developments in adult-child relations during the last one hundred years. The author draws his material not only from historians but also from sociologists, anthropologists, psychologists and children's rights activists. Thus he successfully shows how much of our 'modern' understanding of childhood and of children results from both an historical and a social scientific understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72538/cover/9780521572538.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157255X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157255X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing Christopher Marlowe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Downie, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parnell, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Greene's 'mad and scoffing poet' to Greenblatt's flaunter of his 'society's cherished orthodoxies', Marlowe's putative personality has licensed and informed disparate and often conflicting readings of his writings. This book illustrates and challenges the ways in which the writer has been constructed by the prejudices of readers, critics and directors. Taking nothing on trust, the contributors to this volume review what is known about Marlowe's  life, the publication of his plays, conditions in Elizabethan theatre, and his reputation among his contemporaries and late twentieth-century critics. Their essays challenge some preconceptions about Marlowe by tackling major aspects of his dramaturgy, his use of magic, the homoeroticism of the plays, his female characters, twentieth-century performances of his plays, and the radical nature of his narrative poem Hero and Leander. Together they contribute to the critical effort to construct a fuller understanding of the poet and playwright.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72552/cover/9780521572552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lyric and Labour in the Romantic Tradition</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janowitz, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>293</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lyric and Labour in the Romantic Tradition examines the legacy of Romantic poetics in the poetry produced in political movements during the nineteenth century. It argues that a communitarian tradition of poetry extending from the 1790s to the 1890s learned from and incorporated elements of Romantic lyricism, and produced an ongoing and self-conscious tradition of radical poetics. Showing how romantic lyricism arose as an engagement between the forces of reason and custom, Anne Janowitz examines the ways in which this Romantic dialectic infected the writings of political poets from Thomas Spence to William Morris. The book includes new readings of familiar Romantic poets including Wordsworth and Shelley, and investigates the range of poetic genres in the 1790s. In the case studies which follow, it examines relatively unknown Chartist and Republican poets such as Ernest Jones and W. J. Linton, showing their affiliation to the Romantic tradition, and making the case for the persistence of Romantic problematics in radical political culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72590/cover/9780521572590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Textual Intercourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collaboration, authorship, and sexualities in Renaissance drama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masten, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Textual Intercourse proposes that the language and practice of writing plays in early modern England was inextricably linked to languages and practices of eroticism, sexuality and reproduction. Jeffrey Masten reads a range of early modern materials - burial records, contemporary biographical anecdotes and theatrical records, essays, conduct books and poems; the printed apparatus of published plays, and the plays themselves - to illustrate the ways in which writing for the theatre shifted from a model of homoerotic collaboration toward one of singular authorship on a patriarchal-absolutist model. Plays and collections of plays by Shakespeare, Shakespeare and Fletcher, Beaumont and Fletcher, Margaret Cavendish, and others, are considered. Textual Intercourse illustrate the ways in which methods attuned to sexuality and gender can illuminate more traditional questions of authorship, attribution, textual editing and intellectual property.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72606/cover/9780521572606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572614</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572614</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Solidarities of Strangers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The English Poor Laws and the People, 1700-1948</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lees, Lynn Hollen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Solidarities of Strangers is a study of English policies toward the poor from the seventeenth century to the present that combines individual stories with official actions. Lynn Lees shows how clients as well as officials negotiated welfare settlements. Cultural definitions of entitlement, rather than available resources, determined amounts and beneficiaries. Indeed, industrialization and growing wealth went along with restricted payments to the needy, while universal allowances and insurance systems expanded as the economy faltered and world wars crippled budgets and drained resources. Although the English poor laws were a 'residualist' system, aiding the destitute when neither family nor charities covered needs, they went through cycles of generosity and meanness that affected men and women unequally. The long-term history of welfare in England and Wales has not been a story of continued progress and improvement but one determined by continually changing attitudes toward poverty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72613/cover/9780521572613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572657</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Rousseau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572651</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>466</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Universally regarded as the greatest French political theorist and philosopher of education of the Enlightenment, and probably the greatest French social theorist tout court, Rousseau was an important forerunner of the French Revolution, though his thought was too nuanced and subtle ever to serve as mere ideology. This is the only volume that systematically surveys the full range of Rousseau's activities in politics and education, psychology, anthropology, religion, music, and theater.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72651/cover/9780521572651.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572681</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Place Royale and Urban Design in the Ancien R&#233;gime</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572682</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cleary, Richard L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Place Royale and Urban Design in the Ancien R&#233;gime is the first study to examine a unique urban phenomenon that is closely associated with French monarchy in the age of absolutism. A distinct type of city square, the places royales were planned in honour of Louis XIV and his heir, Louis XV. Featuring a free-standing statue of the monarch at its centre, the Place Royale was framed by buildings of uniform, monumental design such as are found in some of the most outstanding examples to have survived, including the Place Vend&#244;me and the Place Stanislas. In this study, Richard Cleary examines the Places Royales in terms of the political mechanisms and design processes through which they were conceived, their intended meanings for contemporaries, and their relationship to the urban fabrics of which they are a part. Also included is a catalogue describing projects for Places Royales in twenty-five cities in France and Canada.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72682/cover/9780521572682.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572738</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giant of the Grand Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The French Army, 1610-1715</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynn, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An 'invisible giant', the seventeenth-century French army was the largest and hungriest institution of the Bourbon monarchy. Combining social and cultural emphases with more traditional institutional and operational concerns, this book examines the army in depth, studying recruitment, composition, discipline, motivation, selection of officers, leadership, administration, logistics, weaponry, tactics, field warfare and siegecraft. The portrait that emerges differs from what current scholarship might have predicted. Instead of claiming that a 'military revolution' transformed warfare, Lynn stresses evolutionary change. This work also offers surprising insights into absolutism and the relationship between the monarchy and aristocracy. Questioning widely held assumptions about state formation and coercion, Lynn argues that this standing army was primarily devoted to border defence and only rarely to internal repression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72736/cover/9780521572736.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572754</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime and Mentalities in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaskill, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crime and law have now been studied by historians of early modern England for more than a generation. Crime and Mentalities in Early Modern England attempts to reach further than most conventional treatments of the subject, to explore the cultural contexts of law-breaking and criminal prosecution, and to recover their hidden social meanings. In this sense the book is more than just a 'history from below': it is a history from within. Conversely, the book explores crime to shed light on the long-term development of English mentalities in general. To this end, three serious crimes - witchcraft, coining and murder - are examined in detail, revealing new and important insights into how religious reform, state formation, secularisation, and social and cultural change (for example, the spread of literacy and the availability of print) may have transformed the thinking and outlook of most ordinary people between 1550 and 1750.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72750/cover/9780521572750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economy and Nature in the Fourteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Money, Market Exchange, and the Emergence of Scientific Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572767</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaye, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>285</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides new perspectives on the ways in which scholastic natural philosophy anticipated and contributed to the emergence of scientific thought. Historians of medieval science have hesitated to step outside the sphere of intellectual culture in their search for factors influencing proto-scientific thought. This book searches for influences both within and beyond university culture, and argues that the transformation of the conceptual model of the natural world c.1260-1380 was strongly influenced by the contemporary rapid monetisation of European society. It analyses the impact of the monetised market place on the most characteristic concern of natural philosophy of the period: its preoccupation with measurement, gradation, and the quantification of qualities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72767/cover/9780521572767.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572797</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572797</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Texts and the Self in the Twelfth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spence, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Texts and the Self in the Twelfth Century analyses key twelfth-century Latin and vernacular texts which articulate a subjective, often autobiographical, stance. The contention is that the self forged in medieval literature could not have come into existence without both the gap between Latinity and the vernacular and a shift in perspective towards a visual and spatial orientation. This results in a self which is not an agent that will act on the outside world like the Renaissance self, but, rather, one which inhabits a potential, middle ground, or 'space of agency', explained here partly in terms of object-relations theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72798/cover/9780521572798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theoretical Approaches to Biological Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Bradford A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cornell, Howard V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biological control is the suppression of pest populations using predators, parasitoids and pathogens. Historically, biological control has largely been on a trial-and-error basis, and has failed more often than it has succeeded. However by developing theories based upon fundamental population principles and the biological characteristics of the pest and agent, we can gain a much better understanding of when and how to use biological control. This book gathers together recent theoretical developments and provides a balanced guide to the important issues that need to be considered in applying ecological theory to biological control. It will be a source of productive and stimulating thought for all those interested in pest management, theoretical ecology and population biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72835/cover/9780521572835.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572886</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572880</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Covenant of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rationality and the Commitments of Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572880</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Isaac Levi is one of the preeminent philosophers in the areas of pragmatic rationality and epistemology. This collection of essays constitutes an important presentation of his original and influential ideas about rational choice and belief. A wide range of topics is covered, including consequentialism and sequential choice, consensus, voluntarism of belief, and the tolerance of the opinions of others. The essays elaborate on the idea that principles of rationality are norms that regulate the coherence of our beliefs and values with our rational choices. The norms impose minimal constraints on deliberation and inquiry, but they also impose demands well beyond the capacities of deliberating agents. This major collection will be eagerly sought out by a wide range of philosophers in epistemology, logic, and philosophy of science, as well as economists, decision theorists, and statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72880/cover/9780521572880.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luo, Zhi-Quan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pang, Jong-Shi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ralph, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a solid foundation and an extensive study for an important class of constrained optimization problems known as Mathematical Programs with Equilibrium Constraints (MPEC), which are extensions of bilevel optimization problems. The book begins with the description of many source problems arising from engineering and economics that are amenable to treatment by the MPEC methodology. Error bounds and parametric analysis are the main tools to establish a theory of exact penalisation, a set of MPEC constraint qualifications and the first-order and second-order optimality conditions. The book also describes several iterative algorithms such as a penalty-based interior point algorithm, an implicit programming algorithm and a piecewise sequential quadratic programming algorithm for MPECs. Results in the book are expected to have significant impacts in such disciplines as engineering design, economics and game equilibria, and transportation planning, within all of which MPEC has a central role to play in the modelling of many practical problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72903/cover/9780521572903.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572932</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phase Transition Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Onuki, Akira</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>724</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Phase transition dynamics is centrally important to condensed matter physics. This book treats a wide variety of topics systematically by constructing time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau models for various systems in physics, metallurgy and polymer science. Beginning with a summary of advanced statistical-mechanical theories including the renormalization group theory, the book reviews dynamical theories, and covers the kinetics of phase ordering, spinodal decomposition, and nucleation in depth. The phase transition dynamics of real systems are discussed, treating interdisciplinary problems in a unified manner. Topics include supercritical fluid dynamics, stress-diffusion coupling in polymers, and mesoscopic dynamics at structural phase transitions in solids. Theoretical and experimental approaches to shear flow problems in fluids are reviewed.  Phase Transition Dynamics provides a comprehensive account, building on the statistical mechanics of phase transitions covered in many introductory textbooks. It will be essential reading for researchers and advanced graduate students in physics, chemistry, metallurgy and polymer science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72934/cover/9780521572934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572941</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollicott, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yuri, Michiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is essentially a self-contained introduction to topological dynamics and ergodic theory. It is divided into a number of relatively short chapters with the intention that each may be used as a component of a lecture course tailored to the particular audience. Parts of the book are suitable for a final year undergraduate course or for a master's level course. A number of applications are given, principally to number theory and arithmetic progressions (through van der Waerden's theorem and Szemerdi's theorem).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72941/cover/9780521572941.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521572975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521572975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521572972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biosocial Perspectives on Children</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521572972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panter-Brick, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Childhood is a uniquely human life-stage, and is both a biological phenomenon and a social construct. Research on children is currently of wide-ranging interest. This unique book presents reviews of childhood from four major areas of interest - human evolution, sociology/social anthropology, bio-medical anthropology and developmental psychology - to form a biosocial, cross-cultural understanding of childhood. The book places a strong emphasis on how childhood varies from culture to culture, offering examples from developed and developing countries, as well as from other animal species. It will be of interest to students and scholars within the fields of human biology, anthropology, sociology, health studies and developmental psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/72972/cover/9780521572972.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157305X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157305X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Poetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Yeats, Pound, Eliot, and the Science of Modernism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573054</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albright, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum Poetics examines the way modernist poets appropriated scientific metaphors as part of a general search for the pre-verbal origins of poetry. Daniel Albright traces Modernism's search for the elementary particles from which poems were constructed. The poetic possibilities offered by developments in scientific discourse intrigued Yeats, Eliot and Pound, writers intent on remapping the general theory of poetry. Using models supplied by physicists, Yeats sought for the basic units of poetic force, both through his sequence A Vision and through his belief in, and defence of, the purity of symbols. Pound's whole critical vocabulary, Albright claims, aims at drawing art and science together in a search for poetic precision, the tiniest textual particles that held poems together. Through a series of patient and original readings, Quantum Poetics demonstrates how modernists created a whole new way of thinking about poetry and science as two different aspects of the same quest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73054/cover/9780521573054.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573084</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573084</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Protest in Seventeenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Culture of Retribution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beik, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lucid and wide-ranging survey is the first study in English to identify a distinctive urban phase in the history of the early modern crowd. Through close analysis of the behaviour of protesters and authorities in more than fifteen seventeenth-century French cities, William Beik explores a full spectrum of urban revolt from spontaneous individual actions to factional conflicts, culminating in the dramatic Ormee movement in Bordeaux. The 'culture of retribution' was a form of popular politics with roots in the religious wars and implications for future democratic movements. Vengeful crowds stoned and pillaged not only intrusive tax collectors but even their own magistrates, whom they viewed as civic traitors. By examining in depth this interaction of crowds and authorities, Professor Beik has provided a central contribution to the study of urban power structures and popular culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73085/cover/9780521573085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573114</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573114</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy's Victory and Crisis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadenius, Axel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>441</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this volume address questions central to the development and survival of democratic rule. Brought together under the auspices of a Nobel Symposium on democracy, leading experts in the field examine historical experiences, social and cultural problems, economic development, constitutional issues, the impact of globalization, and the prospects for promoting democratic government. The coverage of the book is global, and the approach is multidisciplinary, providing a unique perspective from leading historians, political scientists, economists, and sociologists. The chapters thus provide an excellent survey of different facets of, and approaches to, democracy, including such fundamental issues as the nature of democratic citizenship, and its prevalence around the world; the relationship between economic development and the progress of democracy; and the influence of international interdependence on sovereignty and democratic accountability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73115/cover/9780521573115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Press Censorship in Elizabethan England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clegg, Cyndia Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a revisionist history of press censorship in the rapidly expanding print culture of the sixteenth century. Professor Clegg establishes the nature and source of the controls, and evaluates their means and effectiveness. The state wanted to control the burgeoning press, but there were difficulties in practice because of the competing and often contradictory interests of the Crown, the Church, and the printing trade. By considering the literary and bibliographical evidence of books actually censored and by placing them in the literary, religious, economic and political culture of the time, Clegg concludes that press control was not a routine nor a consistent mechanism but an individual response to particular texts that the state perceived as dangerous. This will be the standard reference work on Elizabethan press censorship, and is also a history of the Elizabethan state's principal crises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73122/cover/9780521573122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573157</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573157</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Horace and the Rhetoric of Authority</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliensis, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how Horace's poems construct the literary and social authority of their author. Bridging the traditional distinction between 'persona' and 'author', Ellen Oliensis considers Horace's poetry as one dimension of his 'face' - the projected self-image that is the basic currency of social interactions. She reads Horace's poems not only as works of art but also as social acts of face-saving, face-making and self-effacement. These acts are responsive, she suggests, to the pressure of several audiences: Horace shapes his poetry to promote his authority and to pay deference to his patrons while taking account of the envy of contemporaries and the judgement of posterity. Drawing on the insights of sociolinguistics, deconstruction and new historicism Dr Oliensis charts the poet's shifting strategies of authority and deference across his entire literary career.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73153/cover/9780521573153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573173</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alliteration and Sound Change in Early English</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Minkova, Donka</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study uses evidence from early English verse to reconstruct the course of some central phonological changes in the history of the language. It builds on the premise that alliteration reflects faithfully the acoustic identity and similarity of stressed syllable onsets. Individual chapters cover the history of the velars, the structure and history of vowel-initial syllable onsets, the behaviour of onset clusters, and the chronology and motivation of cluster reduction (gn-, kn-, hr-, hl-, hn-, hw-, wr-, wl-). Examination of the patterns of group alliteration in Old and Middle English reveals a hierarchy of cluster-internal cohesiveness which leads to new conclusions regarding the causes for the special treatment of sp-, st-, sk- in alliteration. The analysis draws on phonetically based Optimality-Theoretic models. The book presents valuable information about the medieval poetic canon and elucidates the relationship between orality and literacy in the evolution of English verse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73177/cover/9780521573177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030318</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157319X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157319X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Britain and Ireland, 900-1300</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Insular Responses to Medieval European Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Brendan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is a growing interest in the history of relations between the English, Scottish, Welsh and Irish as the United Kingdom and Ireland begin to construct new political arrangements and to become more fully integrated into Europe. This book brings together recent work on how these relations developed between 900 and 1300, a period crucial for the formation of national identities. The conquest of England by the Normans and the subsequent growth in English power required the inhabitants of Britain and Ireland to reassess their dealings with each other. Old ties were broken and new ones formed. Economic change, the influence of chivalry, the transmission of literary motifs, and questions of aristocratic identity are among the topics tackled here by leading scholars from Britain, Ireland and North America. Little has been published hitherto on this subject, and the book marks a major contribution to a topic of lasting interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73191/cover/9780521573191.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573211</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conrad in Perspective</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Art and Fidelity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Najder, Zdzislaw</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Zdzislaw Najder, one of the world's leading authorities on Joseph Conrad and author of the major biography Joseph Conrad: A Chronicle (1983), is widely acclaimed for his particular insights into Conrad's Polish background. The fruits of thirty years of Conrad study appear in this landmark volume of his essays, which explore a wide range of topics: Conrad's national and cultural heritage; his fictions, from the unfinished 'Sisters' and Lord Jim to The Secret Agent; his attitude towards Russia in general and Dostoevsky in particular; his concepts of man and society; and the role of the idea of honour in his work. In a series of more general essays Najder goes on to place Conrad's work within a broad European philosophical, political and literary context. Conrad in Perspective offers new insights into the life and work of one of the twentieth century's greatest novelists by one of his most perceptive critics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73214/cover/9780521573214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorial Species and Tree-like Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bergeron, Fran&#231;ois</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Labelle, Gilbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leroux, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Readdy, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The combinatorial theory of species, introduced by Joyal in 1980, provides a unified understanding of the use of generating functions for both labelled and unlabelled structures and as a tool for the specification and analysis of these structures. Of particular importance is their capacity to transform recursive definitions of tree-like structures into functional or differential equations, and vice versa. The goal of this book is to present the basic elements of the theory and to give a unified account of its developments and applications. It offers a modern introduction to the use of various generating functions, with applications to graphical enumeration, Polya theory and analysis of data structures in computer science, and to other areas such as special functions, functional equations, asymptotic analysis and differential equations. This book will be a valuable reference to graduate students and researchers in combinatorics, analysis, and theoretical computer science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73238/cover/9780521573238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematical Models for Elastic Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Villaggio, Piero</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>693</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elastic structures, conceived as slender bodies able to transmit loads, have been studied by scientists and engineers for centuries. By the seventeenth century several useful theories of elastic structures had emerged, with applications to civil and mechanical engineering problems. In recent years improved mathematical tools have extended applications into new areas such as geomechanics and biomechanics. This book offers a critically filtered collection of the most significant theories dealing with elastic slender bodies. It includes mathematical models involving elastic structures, which are used to solve practical problems with particular emphasis on nonlinear problems. This collection of interesting and important problems in elastic structures will appeal to a broad range of scientists, engineers and graduate students working in the area of structural mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/17985/cover/9780521017985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>340.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573297</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573297</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Evolution and Adaptive Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Givnish, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sytsma, Kenneth J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>638</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume surveys recent advances in the study of adaptive radiation by bringing together a set of international experts studying adaptive radiation in a wide range of organisms in a variety of geographic settings. It shows how family trees derived from molecular characters can be used to analyze the origin and pattern of ecological and morphological diversification within a lineage in a non-circular fashion. This book synthesizes the recent explosion of research in this area, involving organisms as diverse as epiphytic and terrestrial orchids, water hyacinths, African cichlids, New World monkeys, tropical fruit bats, carnivorous bromeliads, Hawaiian silverswords and fruit flies, North American Daphnia, Caribbean anoles, Canadian sticklebacks, and Australian marsupials. It will be of interest to graduate students and professional scientists in ecology, evolutionary biology, systematics, and biogeography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/79296/cover/9780521779296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hormones, Health and Behaviour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Socio-ecological and Lifespan Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573320</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panter-Brick, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worthman, Carol M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As widespread social transformations have been paralleled by gains in health and life expectancy through public health and other improvements, a variety of other challenges to health have emerged, particularly in lifestyle related, behaviourally mediated changes in rates of chronic disease. Hormones, Health and Behavior looks at the relationship of human biology and human society at the intersection of behavior, hormones and health. There is both scientific interest and practical urgency behind the ideas and findings presented here, as the need for a socio-ecological view of function and well-being has become more apparent. This book documents an emerging understanding of how hormones create linkage between behavior or social life and health. It will inform graduate students and researchers interested in human sciences, human development, anthropology, epidemiology, public environmental and reproductive health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/03756/cover/9780521103756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573351</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573351</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Civil War in Siberia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Anti-Bolshevik Government of Admiral Kolchak, 1918-1920</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573351</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smele, Jonathan D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Russian Civil War of 1917-1921, a cataclysmic series of overlapping conflicts, was a pivotal event in modern history. It was the Bolshevik victory in this bloody struggle, not the skirmishes on the streets of Petrograd and Moscow in October 1917, which secured the victory of Soviet Communism and provided its legitimacy for seventy years of rule. This book traces the clash between the 'Reds' of the Moscow-based Soviet regime and the 'Whites', the militaristic, counter-revolutionary governments which were established around the periphery of Russia and aided by Allied interventionists. In particular, it details the epic history of the White movement in Siberia, and the fortunes of its leader, Admiral Aleksandr Kolchak. Using a wide range of contemporary sources, Jonathan Smele examines Kolchak's political and military record, and concludes that the White defeat resulted as much from the harsh facts of Siberian economy and geography as from failures of White policy and leadership.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73351/cover/9780521573351.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Venetian Architecture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Concina, Ennio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landry, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The history of Venetian architecture is no less remarkable than the history of that city itself, and Ennio Concina's comprehensive survey draws on extensive original research on the city's cultural history to offer fresh insights and an energetic approach to the architecture. Beginning with the traces of classical activity found in the territory which became ducal Venice, to its establishment as an urba magna in the Byzantine age, and the architectural glories of the Renaissance and Baroque city, Concina discusses the influence of Venice's extraordinary position in history and geography on the architectural styles to be found there. He overturns many long established theories on the development of the lagoon city, and discusses the work of many of history's most famous architects - Sansovino, Sanmicheli, Palladio, Longhena - bringing the story up to date with his examination of the twentieth-century's attempts to expand the economy, and preserve the city's heritage. This lavishly produced title is a co-edition with Electa Books, Italy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73382/cover/9780521573382.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Giulio Romano</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tafuri, Manfredo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Giulio Romano exhibition in Mantua in 1989 was the occasion for the publication, for the first time, of a full and thorough account of Giulio's art. This hugely successful catalogue, published by the Milanese house Electa, brought to the public's attention the extraordinary range of the artist's activities as painter, architect, stage designer, and draftsman, and placed his work within the context of the political, economic, and social conditions of the court of the Gonzagas, for whom he worked. Now this lavishly illustrated book, selected from the original Italian catalogue by the late Manfredo Tafuri, brings together essays by a distinguished team of scholars to provide a full picture of Giulio's activities as an architect, following his career from Rome through to Mantua and his late work at the Veneto. It offers for the first time in English a full account of one of the great architects of the High Renaissance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73399/cover/9780521573399.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Book in Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hellinga, Lotte</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trapp, J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>832</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of the Cambridge History of the Book in Britain presents an overview of the century-and-a-half between the death of Chaucer in 1400 and the incorporation of the Stationers' Company in 1557. The profound changes during that time in social, political and religious conditions are reflected in  the dissemination and reception of the written word. The manuscript culture of Chaucer's day was replaced by an ambience in which printed books would become the norm. The emphasis in this collection of essays is on the demand and use of books. Patterns of ownership are identified as well as patterns of where, why and how books were written, printed, bound, acquired, read and passed from hand to hand. The book trade receives special attention, with emphasis on the large part played by imports and on links with printers in other countries, which were decisive for the development of printing and publishing in Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73467/cover/9780521573467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hardy-Littlewood Method</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Hardy-Littlewood method is a means of estimating the number of integer solutions of equations and was first applied to Waring's problem on representations of integers by sums of powers. This introduction to the method deals with its classical forms and outlines some of the more recent developments. Now in its second edition, it has been fully updated; extensive revisions have been made and a new chapter added to take account of major advances by Vaughan and Wooley. The reader is expected to be familiar with elementary number theory and postgraduate students should find it of great use as an advanced textbook. It will also be indispensable to all lecturers and research workers interested in number theory and it is the standard reference on the Hardy-Littlewood method.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73474/cover/9780521573474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573483</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573483</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions of Modern Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political and Economic Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Michael T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaghy, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive guide to Spain's major political and economic institutions, analysing their role, structure and functions, as well as their relationship to each other. Set against the background of Spain's consolidation as a young democratic nation and increasingly important contribution to EU affairs, the book examines the 1978 Constitution; the monarchy of Juan Carlos I; the Parliament; central, regional and local government; political parties; trade unions; public sector enterprises; business and professional organisations; financial institutions; and the judiciary. While most chapters reflect Spain's now well-advanced adaptation to life within the European Union, Chapter 15 also looks in detail at the country's representation in EU institutions, as well as the activities of EU-oriented institutions within Spain itself. This is a new expanded, revised and updated edition of the authors' Spain: a Guide to Political and Economic Institutions, first published in 1987.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73481/cover/9780521573481.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eigenspaces of Graphs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573528</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cvetkovic, Dragos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowlinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simic, Slobodan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Current research on the spectral theory of finite graphs may be seen as part of a wider effort to forge closer links between algebra and combinatorics (in particular between linear algebra and graph theory).This book describes how this topic can be strengthened by exploiting properties of the eigenspaces of adjacency matrices associated with a graph. The extension of spectral techniques proceeds at three levels: using eigenvectors associated with an arbitrary labelling of graph vertices, using geometrical invariants of eigenspaces such as graph angles and main angles, and introducing certain kinds of canonical eigenvectors by means of star partitions and star bases. One objective is to describe graphs by algebraic means as far as possible, and the book discusses the Ulam reconstruction conjecture and the graph isomorphism problem in this context. Further problems of graph reconstruction and identification are used to illustrate the importance of graph angles and star partitions in relation to graph structure. Specialists in graph theory will welcome this treatment of important new research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73528/cover/9780521573528.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Methods in Finance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573542</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogers, L. C. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Talay, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Numerical Methods in Finance has emerged as a discipline at the intersection of probability theory, finance and numerical analysis. This book, based on lectures given at the Newton Institute as part of a broader programme, describes a wide variety of numerical methods used in financial analysis: computation of option prices, especially of American option prices, by finite difference and other methods; numerical solution of portfolio management strategies; statistical procedures; identification of models; Monte Carlo methods; and numerical implications of stochastic volatilities. Articles have been written in a pedagogic style and made reasonably self-contained, covering both mathematical matters and practical issues in numerical problems. Thus the book has something to offer economists, probabilists and applied mathematicians working in finance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73542/cover/9780521573542.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573556</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dickens and the Politics of the Family</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573559</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waters, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fictional representation of the family has long been regarded as a Dickensian speciality. But while nineteenth-century reviewers praised Dickens as the pre-eminent novelist of the family, any close examination of his novels reveals a remarkable disjunction between his image as the quintessential celebrant of the hearth, and his interest in fractured families. Catherine Waters offers an explanation of this discrepancy through an examination of Dickens's representation of the family in relation to nineteenth-century constructions of class and gender. Drawing upon feminist and new historicist methodologies, and focusing upon the normalising function of middle-class domestic ideology, Waters concludes that Dickens's novels record a shift in notions of the family away from an earlier stress upon the importance of lineage and blood towards a new ideal of domesticity assumed to be the natural form of the family.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73559/cover/9780521573559.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573564</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573564</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime, Gender and Social Order in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Garthine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An extended study of gender and crime in early modern England. It considers the ways in which criminal behaviour and perceptions of criminality were informed by ideas about gender and order, and explores their practical consequences for the men and women who were brought before the criminal courts. Dr Walker's innovative approach demonstrates that, contrary to received opinion, the law was often structured so as to make the treatment of women and men before the courts incommensurable. For the first time, early modern criminality is explored in terms of masculinity as well as femininity. Illuminating the interactions between gender and other categories such as class and civil war have implications not merely for the historiography of crime but for the social history of early modern England as a whole. This study therefore goes beyond conventional studies, and challenges hitherto accepted views of social interaction in the period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73566/cover/9780521573566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jan&#225;cek Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wingfield, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first major publication devoted to the music of Jan&#225;cek, now widely regarded as one of the most important composers of the early twentieth century. The essays, all by leading scholars, deal with a broad range of subjects relating to opera, symphonic poem, instrumental music, cultural context and reception. Some topics, such as the sources of Jan&#225;cek's musical expressivity, questions of narrative, Jan&#225;cek as musical analyst and Jan&#225;cek as realist, are considered seriously for the first time, whilst other more conventional topics, such as 'speech melody' and Jan&#225;cek's ethnographic activities, are reappraised. A transcription of Jan&#225;cek's analytical study of 'Jeux de vagues' from Debussy's La mer is published for the first time, and this document is considered in the light of Jan&#225;cek's theory of music as a whole and of the reception of La mer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73573/cover/9780521573573.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literary Culture and the Pacific</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nineteenth-Century Textual Encounters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Vanessa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines a range of nineteenth-century European accounts from the Pacific, depicting Polynesian responses to imported metropolitan culture, in particular its technologies of writing and print. Texts designed to present self-affirming images of 'native' wonderment at European culture in fact betray the emergence of more complex modes of appropriation and interrogation by the Pacific peoples. Vanessa Smith argues that the Pacific islanders called into question the material basis and symbolic capacities of writing, even as they were first being framed in written representations. Examining accounts by beachcombers and missionaries, she suggests that complex modes of self-authorization informed the transmission of new cultural practices to the Pacific peoples. This shift of attention towards reception and appropriation provides the context for a detailed discussion of Robert Louis Stevenson's late Pacific writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22989/cover/9780521022989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Techniques of Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573641</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Maureen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rae, Ian F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cell culture techniques are invaluable to the modern researcher but difficult to carry out successfully. As part of the series of Handbooks in Practical Animal Cell Biology, this volume offers a concise practical guide to the basic essentials of the technique. Researchers new to cell culture will find a clear explanation of the essential equipment of a tissue culture facility, including tissue culture media and sera. It describes methods for growing suspension and adhesion cultures, including how to store cells and prepare primary cultures from cells.  For those already culturing cells, the handbook will act as a handy reference to the basic techniques. The essence of the book is to deal with the generalities of cell culture to give a grasp of the basic concepts before involvement in more specialized work in the field. Ideal for anyone moving into tissue cell culture techniques or looking for a concise reference book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73641/cover/9780521573641.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Optical Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yu, Francis T. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yang, Xiangyang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>423</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Optical devices are employed in an ever-increasing range of applications, from simple lenses to complex fibre-optic communication networks. This book provides a detailed introduction to modern optical engineering, covering the fundamental concepts as well as practical techniques and applications. Basic optical principles are presented, particularly reflection, refraction, aberrations, diffraction and interference. Building on this foundation, a wide variety of optical devices and processes are then discussed, including simple optical instruments, photodetectors, spatial light modulators, holography and lasers. Two chapters are devoted to linear system transforms and signal processing, and the book concludes with a chapter on fibre optics. The book contains many worked examples and over 250 problems (solutions manual for instructors available from the publishers). It will be invaluable to electrical engineering and physics undergraduates taking courses in optical engineering, photonics, and electro-optics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73665/cover/9780521573665.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wren's 'Tracts' on Architecture and Other Writings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573696</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Soo, Lydia M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a scholarly examination of the theoretical work of one of the most important architects of early modern Europe. Trained as a scientist, Wren applied the seventeenth-century scientific methods to his study of ancient, medieval, Renaissance and contemporary architecture. From his study of ancient buildings, he posited a new version of the origins and development of the Classical style, thereby becoming one of the first to challenge theoretical principles of architecture that had been upheld since the Renaissance. Rejecting the idea of beauty as absolute and innate, Wren formulated an empirical definition, based on visual perception and custom. His acceptance of the relativity of beauty also led him to recognize the Gothic style, then disparaged by himself and his contemporaries throughout Europe, as a legitimate one that evolved within particular cultural circumstances. This edition of Wren's writings includes accurate, annotated transcriptions of the texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73696/cover/9780521573696.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573719</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche's Dangerous Game</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophy in the Twilight of the Idols</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573719</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Conway, Daniel W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>281</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book-length treatment of the unique nature and development of Nietzsche's post-Zarathustran political philosophy. This later political philosophy is set in the context of the critique of modernity that Nietzsche advances in the years 1885-1888, in such texts as Beyond Good and Evil, On the Genealogy of Morals, Twilight of the Idols, The Antichrist, The Case of Wagner, and Ecce Homo. In this light Nietzsche's own diagnosis of the ills of modernity is subject to the same criticism that he himself levelled against previous philosophies; that it is an involuntary symptom of the age it represents. Nietzsche is seen to be aware of his own decadence and of his complicity with the very tendencies that he dissects and deplores. By relating the political philosophy, the critique of modernity and the theory of decadence Daniel Conway has written a powerful book about Nietzsche's own appreciation of the limitations of both his writing style and of his famous prophetic 'stance'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73719/cover/9780521573719.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean-Luc Godard's Pierrot le Fou</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wills, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jean-Luc Godard's Pierrot le fou, made at the height of the French New Wave, remains a milestone in French cinema. More accessible than his later films, it represents the diverse facets of Godard's concerns and themes: a bittersweet analysis of male-female relations; an interrogation of the image; personal and international politics; the existential dilemmas of consumer society. This volume brings together essays by five prominent scholars of French film. They approach Pierrot le fou from the perspectives of image-and-word-play, aesthetics and politics, history, and high and popular culture, offering thought-provoking insights into the film, while demonstrating its relevance for a new generation of students of film. Also included are a selection of reviews of the film, as well as a complete filmography of Godard's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74891/cover/9780521574891.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stanley Kubrick's A Clockwork Orange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDougal, Stuart Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>182</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stanley Kubrick's 'A Clockwork Orange'  brings together new and critically informed essays about one of the most powerful, important and controversial films ever made. Following an introduction that provides an overview of the film and its production history, a suite of essays examine the literary origins of the work, the nature of cinematic violence, questions of gender and the film's treatment of sexuality, and the difficulties of adapting an invented language ('nadsat') for the screen.  This volume also includes two contemporary and conflicting reviews by Roger Hughes and Pauline Kael, a detailed glossary of 'nadsat' and stills from the film.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74884/cover/9780521574884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031009</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Chichewa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mchombo, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive book provides a detailed description of the major syntactic structures of Chichewa. Assuming no prior knowledge of current theory, it covers topics such as relative clause and question formation, interactions between tone and syntactic structure, aspects of clause structure such as complementation, and phonetics and phonology. It also provides a detailed account of argument structure, in which the role of verbal suffixation is examined. Sam Mchombo's description is supplemented by observations about how the study of African languages, specifically Bantu languages, has contributed to progress in grammatical theory, including the debates that have raged within linguistic theory about the relationship between syntax and the lexicon, and the contributions of African linguistic structure to the evaluation of competing grammatical theories. Clearly organised and accessible, The Syntax of Chichewa will be an invaluable resource for students interested in linguistic theory and how it can be applied to a specific language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73788/cover/9780521573788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Troubadours</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaunt, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kay, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dazzling culture of the troubadours - the virtuosity of their songs, the subtlety of their exploration of love, and the glamorous international careers some troubadours enjoyed - fascinated contemporaries and had a lasting influence on European life and literature. Apart from the refined love songs for which the troubadours are renowned, the tradition includes political and satirical poetry, devotional lyrics and bawdy or zany poems. It is also in the troubadour song-books that the only substantial collection of medieval lyrics by women is preserved. This book offers a general introduction to the troubadours. Its sixteen newly-commissioned essays, written by leading scholars from Britain, the US, France, Italy and Spain, trace the historical development and setting of troubadour song, engage with the main trends in troubadour criticism, and examine the reception of troubadour poetry. Appendices offer an invaluable guide to the troubadours, to technical vocabulary, to research tools and to surviving manuscripts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73887/cover/9780521573887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charles XI and Swedish Absolutism, 1660-1697</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573900</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Upton, A. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The reading public outside Sweden knows little of that country's history, beyond the dramatic and short-lived era in the seventeenth century when Sweden under Gustavus Adolphus became a major European power by her intervention in the Thirty Years War. In the last decades of the seventeenth century another Swedish king, Charles XI, launched a less dramatic but remarkable bid to stabilize and secure Sweden's position as a major power in northern Europe and as master of the Baltic Sea. This project, which is almost unknown to students of history outside Sweden, involved a comprehensive overhaul of the government and institutions of the kingdom, on the basis of establishing Sweden as a model of absolute monarchy. This book gives an account of what was achieved under the absolutist direction of a distinctly unglamorous, but pious and conscientious ruler.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73900/cover/9780521573900.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573924</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Native Peoples of the Americas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573924</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trigger, Bruce G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Washburn, Wilcomb E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first comprehensive history of the Native Peoples of North America from their arrival in the western hemisphere to the present. It describes how Native Peoples have dealt with the environmental diversity of North America and have responded to the different European colonial regimes and national governments that have established themselves in recent centuries. It also examines the development of a pan-Indian identity since the nineteenth century and provides a comparison not found in other histories of how Native Peoples have fared in Canada and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73924/cover/9780521573924.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573939</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of the Native Peoples of the Americas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trigger, Bruce G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Washburn, Wilcomb E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first comprehensive history of the Native Peoples of North America from their arrival in the western hemisphere to the present. It describes how Native Peoples have dealt with the environmental diversity of North America and have responded to the different European colonial regimes and national governments that have established themselves in recent centuries. It also examines the development of a pan-Indian identity since the nineteenth century and provides a unique comparison not found in other histories of how Native Peoples have fared in Canada and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73931/cover/9780521573931.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Plumpton Letters and Papers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573948</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirby, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This latest volume in the Royal Historical Society's Camden Fifth Series is a new and comprehensive edition of the only surviving northern medieval letter collection. Of particular value to social and legal historians, Joan Kirby's text contains a wealth of material unavailable to the editor of the 1836 edition. The collection offers a vivid portrayal of a northern knightly family during a period of decline in the military function of knighthood. Parochial, proud, violent and litigious, as Percy tenants and feed officials their fortunes fluctuated with those of their patrons; loyalty to the Lancastrian cause in 1461, for example, cost both families loss of life, liberty and office. Two protracted lawsuits drew them deep into the complexities of the legal process and political patronage, and the resulting correspondence with their lawyers constitutes a unique source for Northern history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573955</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Camden Miscellany XXXIII</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventeenth-Century Parliamentary and Financial Papers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ransome, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braddick, Mike J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greengrass, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cliffe, J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>498</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Camden volumes, published by the Royal Historical Society, offer collections of skilfully edited primary source material for historians. The Camden Miscellany collections contain a variety of shorter documents and papers. This volume comprises seventeenth-century documents on parliamentary and financial matters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Yeasts: Characteristics and Identification</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne, R. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yarrow, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A13</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new edition of the standard yeast identification and reference manual is the most up-to-date ever published. Over half of the volume is devoted to descriptions of the 678 currently recognised species, presented in a clear, easy to use layout and illustrated with over 1300 high quality photomicrographs. Readily usable keys and tables allow identification of all of the species described and a wealth of reference information broadens the scope of the book beyond identification. The book provides:  &#8226; 678 species descriptions, with the results of 99 physiological tests displayed at a glance  &#8226; Over 1300 high quality photomicrographs to accompany the descriptions, including 500 photomicrographs new to this edition  &#8226; Nine identification keys, based on clearly defined groups of yeasts  &#8226; Tables for identifying each species  &#8226; A summary of the characteristics of 93 yeast genera  &#8226; A list of nearly 4000 published yeast names, with provenances and synonyms  &#8226; A list of specific epithets, with the genera to which they have belonged  &#8226; General sections on yeast classification and laboratory methods  &#8226; An extensive bibliography and a comprehensive glossary</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/73962/cover/9780521573962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>665.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521573971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521573971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Thousand and One Nights in Arabic Literature and Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hovannisian, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabagh, Georges</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>129</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Thousand and One Nights has captivated audiences for centuries, conveying universal messages through the adventures of historical and non-historical figures. Yet, since medieval times, it has not been considered worthy of serious literary debate, and has been marginalised in the tradition of high Arabic literature. Andr&#233; Miquel, the recipient of the twelfth Levi Della Vida award, has successfully defied this taboo, and in a brilliant combination of medieval and modern studies has emphasised the continuity, rather than the compartmentalisation, of Arabo-Islamic culture. In this volume, Andr&#233; Miquel's theme-setting essay is followed by contributions from Jamel Eddine Bencheikh, Roy P. Mottahedeh, Fedwa Malti-Douglas, Seeger Bonebakker, Muhsin Mahdi, and Stanislav Segert, who examine the literary and societal components of The Thousand and One Nights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157398X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157398X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521573986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cosmological Background Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521573986</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lachi&#232;ze-Rey, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunzig, Edgard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to the physics, astrophysics and cosmology of the cosmic microwave background radiation. The Standard Big Bang model of the universe is adopted at the outset. The topics then covered include origin of the background, then intrinsic fluctuations, followed by the universe and background radiation after recombination. Finally measurement of the radiation and its anisotropies is presented, along with a review of the current status of results and experiments. The authors assume the reader has a basic understanding of the central concepts of general relativity, but they avoid rigorous mathematical proofs and manipulations, preferring instead to concentrate on the information needed by hands-on cosmologists and astrophysicists. In this first edition in the English language, the authors have completely revised the text of the French edition. The level is ideally suited to final-year undergraduates in physics or astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74372/cover/9780521574372.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Minds Can Do</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intentionality in a Non-Intentional World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>311</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of a person's mental states have the power to represent real and imagined states of affairs: they have semantic properties. What Minds Can Do has two goals: to find a naturalistic or non-semantic basis for the representational powers of a person's mind, and to show that these semantic properties are involved in the causal explanation of the person's behaviour. In the process, the book addresses issues that are central to much contemporary philosophical debate. It will be of interest to a wide range of readers in philosophy of mind and of language, cognitive science, and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74013/cover/9780521574013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Jacobean Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>James I and the Renegotiation of Elizabethan Literary Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perry, Curtis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is a critical commonplace to note sharp cultural differences between Elizabethan and Jacobean England. But how and why did this transition take place? What kinds of decisions and assumptions were involved as writers responded to the new king? How did residual Elizabethan expectations and habits of mind shape the English response to James I, and what were the consequences? How much control did James have over his reception? This study examines these questions in detail by exploring a wide range of texts written during the first decade of his reign in England, from 1603 to 1613. At stake in these questions are some larger issues which have been central to much recent historically orientated work on English Renaissance literature, concerning the relationships between king and culture, literature and authority. Curtis Perry's study provokes a fresh examination of the contingencies shaping long-familiar notions of what constitutes the Jacobean as a literary period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74068/cover/9780521574068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advanced Amateur Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574075</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is for amateur astronomers and telescope users who want to move beyond elementary stargazing to more challenging projects. Written by an accomplished amateur astronomer, this indispensable guide to more advanced work is packed with information and lucid explanations. The first section of the book sets out the fundamental principles of practical astronomy, with chapters on telescope optics, the atmosphere, telescope hardware, astrophotography, and electronic imaging. This knowledge is then applied to the full range of celestial bodies accessible by telescope: the solar system, stars and galaxies. For those users who want to move to even greater challenges, chapters on photometry, spectroscopy and radio astronomy bring observational astronomy to a level where data of real scientific value can be acquired.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74303/cover/9780521574303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574080</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Modern Spanish Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gies, David T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a comprehensive account of modern Spanish culture, tracing its dramatic and often unexpected development from its beginnings after the Revolution of 1868 to the present day. Specially-commissioned essays by leading experts provide analyses of the historical and political background of modern Spain, the culture of the major autonomous regions (notably Castile, Catalonia, and the Basque Country), and the country's literature: narrative, poetry, theatre and the essay. Spain's recent development is divided into three main phases: from 1868 to the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War; the period of the dictatorship of Francisco Franco; and the post-Franco arrival of democracy. The concept of 'Spanish culture' is investigated, and there are studies of Spanish painting and sculpture, architecture, cinema, dance, music, and the modern media. A chronology and guides to further reading are provided, making the volume an invaluable introduction to the politics, literature and culture of modern Spain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74082/cover/9780521574082.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The River Scene</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology and Cultural Heritage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haslam, S. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The River Scene is a uniquely stimulating guide to the appreciation and preservation of rivers. In this highly illustrated account, Sylvia Haslam presents a new scheme for the evaluation of river quality which can be used by a wide range of users, from amateur conservationists to water-management professionals. The book presents an overview of river ecology, looking first at the natural environment - river structure, classification and pollution. This is followed by a discussion of the cultural environment, the importance of which is often overlooked: the history, archaeology, and social and legal contexts of rivers. Dr Haslam is a leading international authority on rivers and their vegetation. By understanding the natural and cultural environments of rivers and applying the methods she describes, our awareness and appreciation of these beautiful resources can be greatly enhanced, and their conservation for the future aided.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/08393/cover/9780521108393.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Games of No Chance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nowakowski, Richard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBUD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is Nine-Men Morris, in the hands of perfect players, a win for white or for black - or a draw? Can king, rook, and knight always defeat king and two knights in chess? What can Go players learn from economists? What are nimbers, tinies, switches and minies? This book deals with combinatorial games, that is, games not involving chance or hidden information. Their study is at once old and young: though some games, such as chess, have been analyzed for centuries, the first full analysis of a nontrivial combinatorial game (Nim) only appeared in 1902. The first part of this book will be accessible to anyone, regardless of background: it contains introductory expositions, reports of unusual tournaments, and a fascinating article by John H. Conway on the possibly everlasting contest between an angel and a devil. For those who want to delve more deeply, the book also contains combinatorial studies of chess and Go; reports on computer advances such as the solution of Nine-Men Morris and Pentominoes; and theoretical approaches to such problems as games with many players. If you have read and enjoyed Martin Gardner, or if you like to learn and analyze new games, this book is for you.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74112/cover/9780521574112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Journals of George Eliot</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eliot, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>473</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Journals of George Eliot publishes for the first time the entire text of the surviving journals of the great Victorian novelist, and constitutes a new text by her - the closest she came to autobiography. The journals span her life from 1854, when she entered into a common-law union with George Henry Lewes, to her death in 1880, revealing the professional writer George Eliot as well as the remarkable woman Marian Evans. Many aspects of her writing life are illuminated, such as the separation of 'George Eliot' - and the account of her work's public reception - from her 'private' self, at the time she began to write fiction. The journals present a George Eliot of many moods, not only the serious sybilline figure so admired in her later years. The edition's extensive apparatus includes a chronology, introduction, headnotes to each diary, and an annotated index supplying valuable contextual and explanatory information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74129/cover/9780521574129.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Playwriting in Nineteenth-Century Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Tracy C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donkin, Ellen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why does historical memory exclude nineteenth-century women playwrights when hundreds worked prolifically across the spectrum of professional theatre, amateur theatricals, and publishing? What might it mean to adjust the collective focus of cultural historians and literary critics so that these women can come into view? This collection of essays, written by a team of leading scholars in the field, undertakes not simply to recover the names and careers of women playwrights but to call into question the whole idea of what a playwright is, and what she does, and why it matters. Gender inquiry is the start: destabilising the category of playwrights loosens the borders of theatre history, making it possible to reconceptualize theatre and drama not as a product of culture but as social processes dynamically interacting with culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74136/cover/9780521574136.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574145</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ruskin's God</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wheeler, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Wheeler challenges critical orthodoxy by arguing that John Ruskin's writing is underpinned by a sustained trust in divine wisdom: a trust nurtured by his imaginative engagement with King Solomon and the temple in Jerusalem, and with the wisdom literature of the Old Testament. In Modern Painters, The Seven Lamps of Architecture and The Stones of Venice, belief in the wisdom of God the Father informed Ruskin's Evangelical natural theology and his celebration of Turner's landscape painting, while the wisdom of God the Son lay at the heart of his Christian aesthetics. Whereas 'the author of Modern Painters' sought to teach his readers how to see architecture, paintings and landscapes, the 'Victorian Solomon' whose religious life was troubled, and who created various forms of modern wisdom literature in works such as Unto this Last, The Queen of the Air and Fors Clavigera, wished to teach them how to live.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74143/cover/9780521574143.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157417X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157417X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Culture and Performance in the Victorian City</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lively and highly innovative book reconstructs the texture and meaning of popular pleasure in the Victorian entertainment industry. Integrating theories of language and social action with close reading of contemporary sources, Peter Bailey provides a richly detailed study of the pub, music-hall, theatre and comic newspaper. Analysis of the interplay between entrepreneurs, performers, social critics and audience reveals distinctive codes of humour, sociability and glamour that constituted a new populist ideology of consumerism and the good time. Bailey shows how the new leisure world offered a repertoire of roles that enabled its audience to negotiate the unsettling encounters of urban life. Bailey offers challenging interpretations of respectability, sexuality, and the cultural politics of class and gender in a distinctive, personal voice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43484/cover/9780521543484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Restoration of Endangered Species</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conceptual Issues, Planning and Implementation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowles, Marlin L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whelan, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the human impact on the earth leads to ever increasing environmental degradation, the restoration of dwindling populations of numerous plant and animal species is becoming ever more important. In this unique volume, the political, biological and experimental procedures affecting the restoration of natural populations are examined using a range of case studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74228/cover/9780521574228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Distributed Cognitions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Psychological and Educational Considerations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salomon, Gavriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Traditionally, human cognition has been seen and studied as existing solely 'inside' a person's head, with relative disregard for the social, physical, and artifactual surroundings in which cognition takes place. This book is a bold attempt to re-examine the nature of cognitions and to propose that a clearer understanding of human cognition would be achieved if it were conceptualized and studied as distributed among individuals, that knowledge is socially constructed through collaborative efforts toward shared objectives within cultural surroundings and that information is processed between individuals and the tools and artifacts provided by culture. The authors use illustrations from daily life and educational activities and suggest implications for education.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74235/cover/9780521574235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574242</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Reform</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Experience</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caprio, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atiyas, Izak</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>490</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the analytical basis and practical experience of financial reforms in a number of primarily developing countries. A key finding is that financial reforms have led to improved resource allocation - an a priori belief not hitherto tested. This finding is consistent with the argument that efforts in developing countries to maximize efficiency resource utilization cannot be underestimated in their importance. There are three key lessons that suggest the crucial nature of managing the process rather than adopting a laissez-faire approach. First, more successful reform must take account of information capital; second, initial conditions in balance sheets, human and information capital, and incentive systems are fundamental in determining how to go about reform; and third, that different sequences of reforms can be tolerated and, with certain preconditions, do well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74242/cover/9780521574242.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making a Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Transformation of an African Society</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ensminger, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economists have devoted considerable effort to explaining how a market economy functions, but they have given a good deal less attention to explaining how a market economy is formed. In Making a Market, Jean Ensminger analyses the process by which the market was introduced into the economy of a group of Kenyan pastoralists. Professor Ensminger employs new institutional economic analysis to assess the impact of new market institutions on production and distribution, with particular emphasis on the effect of institutions on decreasing transaction costs over time. This study traces the effects of increasing commercialisation on the economic well-being of individual households, rich and poor alike, over considerable time and analyses the process by which institutions themselves are transformed as a market economy develops.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74266/cover/9780521574266.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Observing Interaction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Sequential Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bakeman, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottman, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mothers and infants exchanging gleeful vocalizations, married couples discussing their problems, children playing, birds courting and monkeys fighting have this in common: their interactions with others unfold over time. Almost anyone who is interested can observe and describe such phenomena. But usually scientists demand more. They want observations that are replicable and amenable to scientific analysis, while still faithful to the dynamics of the phenomena studied. This book provides a straightforward introduction to scientific methods for observing social behavior. Because of the importance of time in the dynamics of social interaction, sequential approaches to analyzing and understanding social behavior are emphasized. An advanced knowledge of statistical analysis is not required. Instead, the authors present fundamental concepts and offer practical advice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74273/cover/9780521574273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advanced Amateur Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574303</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is for amateur astronomers and telescope users who want to move beyond elementary stargazing to more challenging projects. Written by an accomplished amateur astronomer, this indispensable guide to more advanced work is packed with information and lucid explanations. The first section of the book sets out the fundamental principles of practical astronomy, with chapters on telescope optics, the atmosphere, telescope hardware, astrophotography, and electronic imaging. This knowledge is then applied to the full range of celestial bodies accessible by telescope: the solar system, stars and galaxies. For those users who want to move to even greater challenges, chapters on photometry, spectroscopy and radio astronomy bring observational astronomy to a level where data of real scientific value can be acquired.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74303/cover/9780521574303.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nation and Commemoration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Creating National Identities in the United States and Australia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spillman, Lynette P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What do people think when they imagine themselves as part of a nation? Nation and Commemoration answers this question in an exploration of the creation and recreation of national identities through commemorative activities. Extending recent work in cultural sociology and history, Lyn Spillman compares centennial and bicentennial celebrations in the United States and Australia to show how national identities can emerge from processes of 'cultural production'. She systematically analyses the symbols and meanings of national identity in these two 'new nations', identifying changes and continuities, similarities and differences in how visions of history, place in the world, politics, land, and diversity have been used to express nationhood. The result is a deeper understanding, not only of American and Australian national identities, but also of the global process of nation-formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74327/cover/9780521574327.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideas of Slavery from Aristotle to Augustine</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garnsey, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study, unique of its kind, asks how slavery was viewed by the leading spokesmen of Greece and Rome. There was no movement for abolition in these societies, nor a vigorous debate, such as occurred in antebellum America, but this does not imply that slavery was accepted without question. Dr Garnsey draws on a wide range of sources, pagan, Jewish and Christian, over ten centuries, to challenge the common assumption of passive acquiescence in slavery, and the associated view that, Aristotle apart, there was no systematic thought on slavery. The work contains both a typology of attitudes to slavery ranging from critiques to justifications, and paired case-studies of leading theorists of slavery, Aristotle and the Stoics, Philo and Paul, Ambrose and Augustine. A final chapter considers the use of slavery as a metaphor in the Church Fathers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74037/cover/9780521574037.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157434X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157434X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Darwinism in European and American Thought, 1860-1945</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nature as Model and Nature as Threat</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hawkins, Mike</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide-ranging study focuses upon the controversies surrounding the meaning and significance of Social Darwinism. It clarifies the nature of Social Darwinism and its relationship to the ideas of Darwin, Lamarck and Herbert Spencer. After examining the development of Social Darwinist theories by a number of European and American thinkers, Mike Hawkins explores the use of these theories in a number of ideological debates and movements of the period 1860-1945. These include socio-political reform, national and racial conflict, eugenics, the position of women and Nazism/Fascism. The aim is to illuminate, through detailed comparative analyses, both the flexibility and the limits of Social Darwinism - limits which derive from the view of nature which lies at the very heart of Social Darwinism. The study concludes with a discussion of modern sociobiology in order to assess the continuing vitality of Social Darwinism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74341/cover/9780521574341.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What Minds Can Do</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Intentionality in a Non-Intentional World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of a person's mental states have the power to represent real and imagined states of affairs: they have semantic properties. What Minds Can Do has two goals: to find a naturalistic or non-semantic basis for the representational powers of a person's mind, and to show that these semantic properties are involved in the causal explanation of the person's behaviour. In the process, the book addresses issues that are central to much contemporary philosophical debate. It will be of interest to a wide range of readers in philosophy of mind and of language, cognitive science, and psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74365/cover/9780521574365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cosmological Background Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lachi&#232;ze-Rey, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunzig, Edgard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simmons, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an introduction to the physics, astrophysics and cosmology of the cosmic microwave background radiation. The Standard Big Bang model of the universe is adopted at the outset. The topics then covered include origin of the background, then intrinsic fluctuations, followed by the universe and background radiation after recombination. Finally measurement of the radiation and its anisotropies is presented, along with a review of the current status of results and experiments. The authors assume the reader has a basic understanding of the central concepts of general relativity, but they avoid rigorous mathematical proofs and manipulations, preferring instead to concentrate on the information needed by hands-on cosmologists and astrophysicists. In this first edition in the English language, the authors have completely revised the text of the French edition. The level is ideally suited to final-year undergraduates in physics or astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74372/cover/9780521574372.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574390</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Recipes in Fortran 90</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Art of Parallel Scientific Computing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574396</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Press, William H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teukolsky, Saul A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vetterling, William T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Flannery, Brian P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metcalf, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With three completely new chapters, Numerical Recipes in Fortran 90 starts with a detailed introduction to the new Fortran 90 language and then presents the basic concepts of parallel programming. All 350+ routines from the second edition of Numerical Recipes are presented in Fortran 90. Many are completely reworked algorithmically so as to be 'parallel-ready' and to utilise Fortran 90's advanced language features. Numerical Recipes in Fortran 90 emphasises general principles, but throughout there are also numerous hints and tips. This volume is intended for use with the original Numerical Recipes in Fortran, Second Edition (now called Numerical Recipes in Fortran 77) and does not discuss how the individual programs are used, or how the mathematical methods are used. An excellent guide for Fortran programmers interested in moving to Fortran 90, or C/C++ programmers interested in parallel programming.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74396/cover/9780521574396.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574412</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant and the Mind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brook, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kant made a number of highly original discoveries about the mind - about its ability to synthesise a single, coherent representation of self and world, about the unity it must have to do so, and about the mind's awareness of itself and the semantic apparatus it uses to achieve this awareness. The past fifty years have seen intense activity in research on human cognition. Even so, Kant's discoveries have not been superseded, and some of them have not even been assimilated into current thinking. That is particularly true of his work on unity and on the semantic apparatus of self-awareness. The first four chapters of this book present a comprehensive overview of Kant's model for non-specialists, an overview largely unencumbered by detailed exegesis. The work then offers a close study of five major discussions of the mind in the Critique of Pure Reason and Anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74419/cover/9780521574419.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Reasoning about Final Ends</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Henry S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Henry Richardson argues that we can determine our ends rationally. He constructs a rich and original theory of how we can reason about our final goals. Richardson defuses the counter-arguments for the limits of rational deliberation, and develops interesting ideas about how his model might be extended to interpersonal deliberation of ends, taking him to the borders of political theory. Along the way Richardson offers illuminating discussions of, inter alia, Aristotle, Aquinas, Sidgwick, and Dewey, as well as the work of several contemporary philosophers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74426/cover/9780521574426.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Immune Self</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory or Metaphor?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tauber, Alfred I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is one of the first books in a new series that will publish the very best work in the philosophy of biology. The series will be non-sectarian in character, will extend across the broadest range of topics, and will be genuinely interdisciplinary. The Immune Self  is a critical study of immunology from its origins at the end of the nineteenth century to its contemporary formulation. The book offers the first extended philosophical critique of immunology, in which the function of the term 'self' that underlies the structure of current immune theory is analysed. However, this analysis is carefully integrated into a broad survey of the major scientific developments in immunology, a discussion of their historical context, and a review of the conceptual arguments that have moulded this sophisticated modern science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74433/cover/9780521574433.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574440</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rationality and Coordination</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574440</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bicchieri, Cristina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores how individual actions coordinate to produce unintended social consequences. In the past this phenomenon has been explained as the outcome of rational, self-interested individual behaviour. Professor Bicchieri shows that this is in no way a satisfying explanation. She discusses how much knowledge is needed by agents in order to coordinate successfully. If the answer is unbounded knowledge, then a whole variety of paradoxes arise. If the answer is very little knowledge, then there seems hardly any possibility of attaining coordination. The solution to coordination and cooperation is for agents to learn about each other. The author concludes that rationality must be supplemented by models of learning and by an evolutionary account of how social order (i.e. spontaneous coordinated behaviour) can persist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74440/cover/9780521574440.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Egalitarian Perspectives</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Philosophical Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents fifteen essays, written over the past dozen years, on egalitarianism. The essays explore contemporary philosophical debates on this subject, using the tools of modern economic theory, general equilibrium theory, game theory, and the theory of mechanism design. Egalitarian Perspectives is divided into four parts: the theory of exploitation; equality of resources; bargaining theory and distributive justice; and market socialism and public ownership. The first part presents Roemer's influential reconceptualisation of the Marxian theory of exploitation as a theory of distributive justice. The second part offers a critique of Ronald Dworkin's equality-of-resources theory, and puts forward a new egalitarian proposal based upon a specific method of measuring individual responsibility. The third part introduces a novel application of the theory of mechanism design to the study of political philosophy, and raises new concerns about the limitations of that application. The fourth part presents the author's views on market socialism and public ownership, and demonstrates that Professor Roemer is at the forefront of refining new theories and conceptions of market socialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74457/cover/9780521574457.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574463</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574464</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Estimation, Inference and Specification Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574464</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Halbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the consequences of misspecifications ranging from the fundamental to the nonexistent for the interpretation of likelihood-based methods of statistical estimation and interference. Professor White first explores the underlying motivation for maximum-likelihood estimation, treats the interpretation of the maximum-likelihood estimator (MLE) for misspecified probability models, and gives the conditions under which parameters of interest can be consistently estimated despite misspecification, and the consequences of misspecification, for hypothesis testing in estimating the asymptotic covariance matrix of the parameters. Although the theory presented in the book is motivated by econometric problems, its applicability is by no means restricted to economics. Subject to defined limitations, the theory applies to any scientific context in which statistical analysis is conducted using approximate models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74464/cover/9780521574464.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574471</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions in Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Old and the New Institutionalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutherford, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines and compares the two major traditions of institutionalist thinking in economics: the 'old' institutionalism of Veblen, Mitchell, Commons, and Ayres, and the 'new' institutionalism developed more recently from neoclassical and Austrian sources and including the writings of Coase, Williamson, North, Schotter, and many others. The discussion is organized around a set of key methodological, theoretical, and normative problems that necessarily confront any attempt to incorporate institutions (defined to include organizations, laws, and social norms) into economics. These are identified in terms of the issues surrounding the use of formal or non-formal analytical methods, individualist or holistic approaches, the respective roles of rational choice and rule-following behavior, the relative importance of the spontaneous evolution and deliberative design of institutions, and questions concerning the normative appraisal of institutions. The old and the new institutionalism have often been paired on opposite sides of these issues, and the issues themselves presented in a series of sharp dichotomies. Professor Rutherford argues, however, that matters are both more complex and more challenging. Although each tradition embodies fascinating insights into the study of economic institutions - their functioning, evolution, and impact on human welfare - neither has as yet provided fully satisfactory answers to the problems identified.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74471/cover/9780521574471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157448X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157448X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Plague of Sheep</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environmental Consequences of the Conquest of Mexico</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melville, Elinor G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a book about the biological conquest of the New World. Taking as a case study the sixteenth-century history of a region of highland central Mexico, it shows how the environmental and social changes brought about by the introduction of Old World species aided European expansion. The book spells out in detail the environmental changes associated with the introduction of Old World grazing animals into New World ecosystems, demonstrates how these changes enabled the Spanish takeover of land, and explains how environmental changes shaped the colonial societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74488/cover/9780521574488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Calvinism in Europe, 1540-1620</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574525</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pettegree, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duke, Alastair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Calvinism was the most dynamic and disruptive religious force of the later sixteenth century. Its emergence on the international scene shattered the precarious equilibrium established in the first generation of the Reformation, and precipitated three generations of religious warfare. This collection of essays probes different aspects of this complex phenomenon at a local level. Contributors present the results of their detailed work on societies as diverse as France, Germany, Highland Scotland and Hungary. Among wider themes approached are the impact of Calvin's writings, Calvinism in higher education, the contrasting fates of reformed preachers in town and country, Calvinist discipline and apocalyptic thought, and the shadowy affinity of merchants and scholars who formed a critical part of the 'Calvinist International'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74525/cover/9780521574525.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of Clothing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dress and Fashion in the Ancien R&#233;gime</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roche, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Newly avilable in paperback, this major contribution to cultural history is a study of dress in France in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Daniel Roche discusses general approaches to the history of dress, locates the subject within current French historiography and uses a large sample of inventories to explore the differences between the various social classes in the amount they spent and the kind of clothes they wore. His essential argument is that there was a 'vestimentary revolution' in the later eighteenth century as all sections of the population became caught up in the world of fashion and fast-moving consumption.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74549/cover/9780521574549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574595</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Aftermath</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Living with the Holocaust</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hass, Aaron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTZ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Aftermath offers a perspective of how one who has lived with terror for years is able to avoid paralysis and move forward. It is a book about how people live with gnawing doubts and uncertainty concerning their past actions and inaction. It is a tale of the anguish they feel because of their first hand knowledge of the evil in their fellow human being which so unjustly struck and deprived them of what was rightly theirs. For a while the Holocaust survivor seems, in most ways, to be like you and I, they are also aware of their subterranean world which may afflict them without warning. The Aftermath offers the most comprehensive examination of the psychological impact of the Holocaust on survivors ever undertaken and covers the widest range of topics including: survivor guilt, the absence of mourning, the psychological characteristics of survivor families, a survivor's view of God, survivor's feelings about Germans as well as their own countrymen of origin, and the survivor's ongoing sense of vulnerability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74594/cover/9780521574594.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coercive Power in Social Exchange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Molm, Linda D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the progression and results of a decade-long program of experimental research on power in social exchange relations. Exchange theorists have traditionally excluded punishment and coercion from the scope of their analyses; but Molm examines whether exchange theory can be expanded to include reward and coercive power. Working within the framework of Emerson's power-dependence theory, but also drawing on the decision theory concepts of strategic action and loss aversion, Molm develops and tests a theory that emphasizes the interdependence of reward and coercive power. Her work shows that they are fundamentally different, not only in their effects on behavior, but also in the structural incentive to use power and the risks of power use. When exchanges are negotiated and secured by the 'shadow of the future,' rather than by binding agreements, dependence both encourages and constrains the use of coercion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74617/cover/9780521574617.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Growing Out of the Plan</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Chinese Economic Reform, 1978-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naughton, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Growing Out of the Plan  is a comprehensive study of China's economic reforms, from their beginnings at the end of 1978 through the completion of many of the initial reform measures during 1993. The book focuses on industry and macroeconomic policy, using these to describe reform strategy in its entirety. In addition to being a thorough and reliable guide to the specifics of Chinese economic reform, the book highlights the distinctive features of Chinese reforms that differentiate them from those in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. The author argues that the success of the reforms is not the result of carefully plotted strategy, although in hindsight the reforms seem to have added up to a coherent package. Perhaps most important in its connotations for other changing economies, the Chinese experience shows that gradual change of a command economy is feasible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74624/cover/9780521574624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Talented Teenagers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Roots of Success and Failure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Csikszentmihalyi, Mihaly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rathunde, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whalen, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Talented Teenagers is a fascinating and absorbing examination of what makes adolescents tick: what roles personality traits, family interactions, education, and the social environment play in a young person's motivation to develop his or her talent. Vivid descriptions in the students' own words bring the material to life. Parents, teachers, psychologists, and counselors will find in these pages concrete information abou the conditions that foster the cultivation of mental abilities in adolescence, for both the gifted and the average student.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74631/cover/9780521574631.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Economy of Merchant Empires</TitleText>

<Subtitle>State Power and World Trade, 1350-1750</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tracy, James D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Political Economy of Merchant Empires focuses on why European concerns eventually achieved dominance in global trade in the period between 1450 and 1750, at the expense, especially in Asia, of well-organised and well-financed rivals. The volume is a companion to The Rise of Merchant Empires, also edited by James Tracy, which dealt with changes in the growth and composition of long-distance trade during the same period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74648/cover/9780521574648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157465X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157465X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Teams, Markets and Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business Innovation and Information Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ciborra, Claudio U.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the waves of re-engineering, there is still a gap between the opportunities offered by information technology and the progress of business transformation. New forms of information technology offer an increasing variety of network-based applications that range from groupware to electronic commerce, but its applications lack a sound understanding of the link between organizational processes, information and technology. This book provides a new set of concepts and methods to design new forms of business organizations around the latest network infrastructures. Professor Ciborra uses the principles of institutional economics to propose reforms of the relationships with suppliers, customers, strategic partners, and internal work organisation, based on a different mix of three basic organizational forms: teams, markets and hierarchies. Information technology can indeed be harnessed to shape businesses and markets so as to increase the transparency of markets, the agility of hierarchies, and the effectiveness and quality of the working life of teams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74655/cover/9780521574655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Management in China during the Age of Reform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Child, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>China has already become the world's third largest economic power, and it currently presents enormous business opportunities. Yet there is still a dearth of information in the West about how Chinese firms are run. In this invaluable book, Professor Child addresses this lack, examining management in China in all its different aspects. He covers the development of Chinese management during the period of economic reform in a number of areas including enterprise leadership, decision making, the management of marketing and purchasing transactions, the work roles of senior managers, personnel practices and reward systems. The experience of foreign firms entering joint ventures with Chinese enterprises is also reviewed in detail. The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date survey of the subject, written on the basis of field work and direct contacts which the author has with Chinese enterprises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74662/cover/9780521574662.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In the Society of Nature</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Native Ecology in Amazonia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Descola, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Nora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Achuar Indians live in the remote forest reaches of the Upper Amazon and have developed sophisticated strategies of resource management. Philippe Descola, who has gathered material over several years of fieldwork, documents their rich knowledge of the environment. He explains how this technical knowledge of the increasingly threatened Amazonian ecosystems  is interwoven with cosmological ideas that endow nature with the characteristics of society. Combining a symbolist approach with an ecological analysis, the book contributes a new theory of the social construction of nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74679/cover/9780521574679.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hydrodynamics of Ship Propellers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574709</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breslin, John P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andersen, Poul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRLD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with flows over propellers operating behind ships, and the hydrodynamic forces and moments which the propeller generates on the shaft and on the ship hull. The first part of the book is devoted to fundamentals of the flow about hydrofoil sections and wings, propellers in uniform flow and pragmatic design guides for analysis and performance. The second part covers the development of unsteady section and blade forces arising from operation in non-uniform hull wakes. The problem of a non-cavitating, wide-bladed propeller in a wake is treated by a new and completely developed theory. A final chapter discusses the optimisation of efficiency of compound propulsors. The authors have taken great care to clearly describe physical concepts and mathematical steps. An appendix provides a concise introduction to (or reprise of) the mathematical techniques used.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74709/cover/9780521574709.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bootstrap Methods and their Application</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davison, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinkley, D. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bootstrap methods are computer-intensive methods of statistical analysis, which use simulation to calculate standard errors, confidence intervals, and significance tests. The methods apply for any level of modelling, and so can be used for fully parametric, semiparametric, and completely nonparametric analysis. This book gives a broad and up-to-date coverage of bootstrap methods, with numerous applied examples, developed in a coherent way with the necessary theoretical basis. Applications include stratified data; finite populations; censored and missing data; linear, nonlinear, and smooth regression models; classification; time series and spatial problems. Special features of the book include: extensive discussion of significance tests and confidence intervals; material on various diagnostic methods; and methods for efficient computation, including improved Monte Carlo simulation. Each chapter includes both practical and theoretical exercises. S-Plus programs for implementing the methods described in the text are available from the supporting website.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74716/cover/9780521574716.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Troubadours</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaunt, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kay, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The dazzling culture of the troubadours - the virtuosity of their songs, the subtlety of their exploration of love, and the glamorous international careers some troubadours enjoyed - fascinated contemporaries and had a lasting influence on European life and literature. Apart from the refined love songs for which the troubadours are renowned, the tradition includes political and satirical poetry, devotional lyrics and bawdy or zany poems. It is also in the troubadour song-books that the only substantial collection of medieval lyrics by women is preserved. This book offers a general introduction to the troubadours. Its sixteen newly-commissioned essays, written by leading scholars from Britain, the US, France, Italy and Spain, trace the historical development and setting of troubadour song, engage with the main trends in troubadour criticism, and examine the reception of troubadour poetry. Appendices offer an invaluable guide to the troubadours, to technical vocabulary, to research tools and to surviving manuscripts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74730/cover/9780521574730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990709</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Language Web</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Power and Problem of Words - The 1996 BBC Reith Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aitchison, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language is like a vast spider's web. In this volume Jean Aitchison explores the different facets of this web. She begins with the cobweb of false worries which surrounds language. She then discusses how language evolved in the human species, how children acquire it, and how educated English speakers remember 50,000 or more words. Finally, she argues that people are right to be concerned about language, though not in the ways traditionally assumed. This is the text of the 1996 BBC Reith lectures, slightly revised for publication, with illustrations and full references, and an afterword which looks at the reception of the lectures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74754/cover/9780521574754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Benjamin Britten</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Mervyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Benjamin Britten is a comprehensive guide to the composer's work, aimed both at the non-specialist and music student. It sheds light on both the composer's stylistic and personal development, offering new interpretations of his operatic works and discussing his characteristic working methods. Topics treated here in detail for the first time include Britten's work in the cinema in the 1930s, his lifelong pacifism and his strong interest in the music of the Far East; other chapters include reassessments of his relationship with W. H. Auden and his attitude towards childhood, comprehensive analyses of major works and a concise history of the Aldeburgh Festival. A distinguished team of contributors include some who worked with the composer during his lifetime, as well as leading representatives of the younger generation of Britten scholars on both sides of the Atlantic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74761/cover/9780521574761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Singularities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Extremes of Theory in the Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pepper, Thomas Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The possibility of literary theory has been repeatedly put at risk by the apparently simple question 'What is a literary text?' Throughout the twentieth century the epistemological status of literature, the problem of language's claim to true representation, has challenged our received notions of ontology and being. Thus the question 'What is literature?' has frequently sponsored highly philosophical interrogations of our inherited ways of comprehending the external world. In Singularities, Thomas Pepper addresses the relationship between textuality, value, and critical difficulty. In a rich sequence of nuanced close readings of especially demanding philosophical and literary texts, Singularities addresses key moments in Adorno, Blanchot, de Man, Derrida, Foucault, Althusser, Levinas and Celan. By offering a critique of the very process of thematic reading, this book addresses the whole question of truth and being, language and value, in a series of readings of sustained critical power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74785/cover/9780521574785.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574846</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Beatles: Sgt. Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Allan F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sgt. Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band (1967) represents the highpoint of the recording career of the Beatles. This is the first detailed study to be made of this or any other such album, and it demonstrates how serious discussion of popular music can be undertaken without failing either the approach or the music. Dr Moore considers each song individually, tying his analysis to the recorded performance on disc, rather than the printed music. He focuses on the musical quality of the songs and the interpretations offered by a range of commentators. He also describes the context in which the album was written - both within the career of the group itself and within the development of popular music globally, both before and since.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74846/cover/9780521574846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remaking Queen Victoria</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Homans, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munich, Adrienne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Queen Victoria's central importance to the era defined by her reign is self-evident, and yet it has been surprisingly overlooked in the study of Victorian culture. This collection of essays goes beyond the facts of biography and official history to explore the diverse, and sometimes conflicting, meanings she held for her subjects around the world and even for those outside her empire, who made of her a multifaceted icon serving their social and economic needs. In her paradoxical position as neither consort nor king, she baffled expectations throughout her reign. She was a model of wifely decorum and solid middle-class values, but she also became the focus of anxieties about powerful women, and - increasingly - of anger about Britain's imperial aims. Each essay analyses a different aspect of this complex and fascinating figure. Contributors include noted scholars in the field of literature, cultural studies, art history, and women's studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74853/cover/9780521574853.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jean-Luc Godard's Pierrot le Fou</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wills, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jean-Luc Godard's Pierrot le fou, made at the height of the French New Wave, remains a milestone in French cinema. More accessible than his later films, it represents the diverse facets of Godard's concerns and themes: a bittersweet analysis of male-female relations; an interrogation of the image; personal and international politics; the existential dilemmas of consumer society. This volume brings together essays by five prominent scholars of French film. They approach Pierrot le fou from the perspectives of image-and-word-play, aesthetics and politics, history, and high and popular culture, offering thought-provoking insights into the film, while demonstrating its relevance for a new generation of students of film. Also included are a selection of reviews of the film, as well as a complete filmography of Godard's work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74891/cover/9780521574891.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Perturbation of the Boundary in Boundary-Value Problems of Partial Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henry, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hale, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pereira, Ant&#244;nio Luiz</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Perturbation of the boundary is a rather neglected topic in the study of PDEs for two main reasons. First, on the surface it appears trivial, merely a change of variables and an application of the chain rule. Second, carrying out such a change of variables frequently results in long and difficult calculations. Here the author carefully discusses a calculus that allows the computational morass to be bypassed, and he goes on to develop more general forms of standard theorems, which help answer a wide range of problems involving boundary perturbations. Many examples are presented to demonstrate the usefulness of the author's approach, while on the other hand many tantalizing open questions remain. Anyone whose research involves PDEs will find something of interest in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74914/cover/9780521574914.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050628</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chicano Poetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Heterotexts and Hybridities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574921</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arteaga, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chicano Poetics: Heterotexts and Hybridities examines the crossing of literary and social forces - be they linguistic, political, poetic - that forms the context for being Chicano. It reveals how a poetry of the cross can influence identity, in readings ranging from the poetry of gender and race by Sor Juana In&#233;s de la Cruz to that of the fragmentary, postmodern subject of Juan Felipe Herrara. How the text of Spanish and Indian miscegenation and the story of Aztl&#225;n propagate identity is demonstrated in texts from Bernal Diaz del Castillo to Gloria Anzald&#250;a. The international space and the interlingual language of the borderlands are read as factors of nationalism and postcoloniality in discussion ranging from cowboy lingo to the essential Mexicanism of Octavio Paz. Heterotextuality is the medium in which xicanismo is articulated and comes to be a hybrid subject of textual difference.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74921/cover/9780521574921.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory and Progress in Social Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rule, James B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work, sequel to the author's Theories of Civil Violence, attacks questions that have long troubled social science and social scientists - questions of the cumulative nature of social inquiry. Does the knowledge generated by the study of social, political, and economic life grow more comprehensive over time? These questions go to the heart of social scientists' soul-searching as to whether they are indeed engaged in 'science'. The author pursues these questions through in-depth examination of various theoretical programs currently influential in social science, including feminist social science, rational choice theory, network analysis and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74945/cover/9780521574945.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521574951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521574951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Life Histories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ecology, Phylogeny and Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Silvertown, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Franco, Miguel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harper, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>331</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plant Life Histories re-examines patterns of relationship between plant life history traits in phylogenetic perspective. The re-examination first recognises that because evolution is a branching process, traits are not randomly distributed across taxa and that therefore analysis of trait correlations cannot treat species as independent data points. It then discusses the use of phylogeny to reconstruct the evolutionary pathways of traits. Part I looks at the use of the phylogenetic perspective on trait correlation. Parts II-IV examine traits from the reproductive phase from seed production and dispersal to recruitment and growth. The final section looks at interactions between plants and competitors, herbivores and microbial symbionts, recognising that these interactions may have an ancient evolutionary history. Students and researchers of evolution, ecology and botany will find much of value here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157496X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157496X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521574969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Techniques of Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521574969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Maureen A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rae, Ian F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cell culture techniques are invaluable to the modern researcher but difficult to carry out successfully. As part of the series of Handbooks in Practical Animal Cell Biology, this volume offers a concise practical guide to the basic essentials of the technique. Researchers new to cell culture will find a clear explanation of the essential equipment of a tissue culture facility, including tissue culture media and sera. It describes methods for growing suspension and adhesion cultures, including how to store cells and prepare primary cultures from cells.  For those already culturing cells, the handbook will act as a handy reference to the basic techniques. The essence of the book is to deal with the generalities of cell culture to give a grasp of the basic concepts before involvement in more specialized work in the field. Ideal for anyone moving into tissue cell culture techniques or looking for a concise reference book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/74969/cover/9780521574969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575087</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutions of Modern Spain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political and Economic Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newton, Michael T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donaghy, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive guide to Spain's major political and economic institutions, analysing their role, structure and functions, as well as their relationship to each other. Set against the background of Spain's consolidation as a young democratic nation and increasingly important contribution to EU affairs, the book examines the 1978 Constitution; the monarchy of Juan Carlos I; the Parliament; central, regional and local government; political parties; trade unions; public sector enterprises; business and professional organisations; financial institutions; and the judiciary. While most chapters reflect Spain's now well-advanced adaptation to life within the European Union, Chapter 15 also looks in detail at the country's representation in EU institutions, as well as the activities of EU-oriented institutions within Spain itself. This is a new expanded, revised and updated edition of the authors' Spain: a Guide to Political and Economic Institutions, first published in 1987.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75089/cover/9780521575089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inter-cultural Communication at Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Values in Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clyne, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this interdisciplinary study, Professor Clyne examines the impact of cultural values on discourse. Through an exploration of the role of verbal communication patterns in successful and unsuccessful communication, he sets out to integrate and develop a framework for a linguistics of inter-cultural communication. Professor Clyne draws on data derived from recordings of spontaneous communication in the Australian workplace between people of vastly differing backgrounds, notably European and Asian, who use English as a lingua franca. This study offers both a pragmatic and a discourse perspective, not simply analysing data but seeking to extend the theoretical model. The rapidly increasing use of English as a language of inter-cultural communication between non-native speakers means that the issues raised here will be of interest not only to linguists but also to those involved in education, business and industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75096/cover/9780521575096.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575430</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine and Morality in Haiti</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Contest for Healing Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575430</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brodwin, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Morality and medicine are inextricably intertwined in rural Haiti, and both are shaped by the different local religious traditions, Christian and Vodoun, as well as by biomedical and folk medical practices. When people fall ill, they seek treatment not only from Western doctors but also from herbalists, religious healers and midwives.  Dr Brodwin examines the situational logic, the pragmatic decisions, that guide people in making choices when they are faced with illness. He also explains the moral issues that arise in a society where suffering is associated with guilt, but where different, sometimes conflicting, ethical systems coexist. Moreover, he shows how in the crisis of illness people rework religious identities and are forced to address fundamental social and political problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75430/cover/9780521575430.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Abductive Inference</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computation, Philosophy, Technology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Josephson, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Josephson, Susan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about abduction, 'the logic of Sherlock Holmes', and about how some kinds of abductive reasoning can be programmed in a computer. The work brings together Artificial Intelligence and philosophy of science and is rich with implications for other areas such as, psychology, medical informatics, and linguistics. It also has subtle implications for evidence evaluation in areas such as accident investigation, confirmation of scientific theories, law, diagnosis, and financial auditing. The book is about certainty and the logico-computational foundations of knowledge; it is about inference in perception, reasoning strategies, and building expert systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75454/cover/9780521575454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157546X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157546X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Child Care and Culture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Lessons from Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575461</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richman, Amy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiderman, P. Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keefer, Constance H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>7</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brazelton, T. Berry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Child Care and Culture examines parenthood, infancy, and early childhood in an African community, revealing patterns unanticipated by current theories of child development and raising provocative questions about 'normal' child care in the human species. Comparing the Gusii people of Kenya, whose practices were intensively observed from the combined perspectives of social anthropology, pediatrics, and developmental psychology, with the American white middle class, the authors show how divergent cultural priorities create differing conditions for early childhood development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75461/cover/9780521575461.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'Nature and the Greeks' and 'Science and Humanism'</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575508</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schr&#246;dinger, Erwin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penrose, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nobel laureate Erwin Schr&#246;dinger was one of the most distinguished scientists of the twentieth century; his lectures on the history and philosophy of science are legendary. 'Nature and the Greeks' and 'Science and Humanism' makes available for the first time in many years the text of two of Schr&#246;dinger's most famous lecture series. 'Nature and the Greeks' offers a comprehensive historical account of the twentieth-century scientific world picture, tracing modern science back to the earliest stages of Western philosophic thought. 'Science and Humanism' addresses some of the most fundamental questions of the century: what is the value of scientific research? and how do the achievements of modern science affect the relationship between material and spiritual matters? A foreword by Roger Penrose sets the lectures in a contemporary context, and affirms they are as relevant today as when they were first published.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75508/cover/9780521575508.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Factor Analysis in the Natural Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reyment, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jvreskog, K. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This graduate-level text aims to introduce students of the natural sciences to the powerful technique of factor analysis and to provide them with the background necessary to be able to undertake analyses on their own. A thoroughly updated and expanded version of the authors' successful textbook on geological factor analysis, this book draws on examples from botany, zoology, ecology, and oceanography, as well as geology. Applied multivariate statistics has grown into a research area of almost unlimited potential in the natural sciences. The methods introduced in this book, such as classical principal components, principal component factor analysis, principal coordinate analysis, and correspondence analysis, can reduce masses of data to manageable and interpretable form. Q-mode and Q-R-mode methods are also presented. Special attention is given to methods of robust estimation and the identification of atypical and influential observations. Throughout the book, the emphasis is on application rather than theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75560/cover/9780521575560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World on Paper</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Conceptual and Cognitive Implications of Writing and Reading</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olson, David R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What role has writing played in the development of our modern understanding of language, nature and ourselves? In this historical and developmental account, David Olson offers a new perspective on this process. Reversing the traditional assumption about the relation between speech and writing, he argues that writing  provides an important model of the way we think about speech; our consciousness of language is structured by our writing system. In addition, writing provides our dominant models for thinking about nature and the mind, and shows how our understanding of the world - our science - and our understanding of ourselves - our psychology - are by-products of our ways of creating and interpreting written texts. This challenging study draws on recent advances in history, anthropology, linguistics and psychology, and will be of interest to readers across the range of these subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75584/cover/9780521575584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Mesopotamia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575683</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollock, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an in-depth treatment of the antecedents and first florescence of early state and urban societies in the alluvial lowlands of Mesopotamia over nearly three millennia, from approximately 5000 to 2100 BC. Susan Pollock's approach is explicitly anthropological, and draws on contemporary theoretical perspectives to enrich our understanding of the ancient Mesopotamian past. It explores the ways people of different genders and classes contributed and responded to changes in political, economic, and ideological realms. The interpretations are based on studies of regional settlement patterns, faunal remains, artifact distributions and activity patterning, iconography, texts and burials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75683/cover/9780521575683.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575699</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nietzsche contra Rousseau</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Nietzsche's Moral and Political Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ansell-Pearson, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Keith Ansell-Pearson's book is an important and very welcome contribution to a neglected area of research: Nietzsche's political thought. Nietzsche is widely regarded as a significant moral philosopher, but his political thinking has often been dismissed as either impossibly individualistic or dangerously totalitarian. Nietzsche contra Rousseau takes a serious look at Nietzsche as political thinker and relates his political ideas to the dominant traditions of modern political thought. In particular, the nature of Nietzsche's dialogue with the philosophy of Jean-Jacques Rousseau is examined, in order to demonstrate Rousseau's crucial role in Nietzsche's understanding of modernity and its discontents.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75690/cover/9780521575690.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961007</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575737</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Federico Fellini</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bondanella, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Federico Fellini examines the career of one of Italy's most renowned filmmakers through close analysis of five masterpieces that span his career: La Strada, La Dolce Vita, 8 1/2, Amarcord and Interview. Providing an overview of Fellini's early career as a cartoonist and scriptwriter for neorealist directors such as Roberto Rossellini, this study traces the development of Fellini's unique and personal cinematic vision as it transcends Italian neorealism. Rejecting an overtly ideological approach to Fellini's cinema, Bondanella emphasizes the director's interest in fantasy, the irrational and individualism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75737/cover/9780521575737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristophanes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Myth, Ritual and Comedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book places the plays of Aristophanes in their contemporary context, asking what aspects of Greek, and especially Athenian, culture these comedies brought into play for their original audiences. It makes particular use of the structural analysis of Greek rituals and myths to demonstrate how their meanings and functions can be used to interpret the plays. This information is then used to suggest ways in which twentieth-century audiences may read the plays in terms of contemporary literary theories and concerns. This is the first book to apply the techniques of structural anthropology systematically to all the comedies. It does not impose a single interpretative structure on the plays but argues that each play operates with a range of different structures, and that groups of plays use similar structures in different ways. All Greek is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75751/cover/9780521575751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575761</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heresy and Literacy, 1000-1530</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biller, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Did growing literacy in the later medieval period foster popular heresy, or did heresy provide a crucial stimulus to the spread of literacy? Such questions were posed in the polemic of the time - heretics were laici illiterati but were at the same time possessors of dangerous books which their opponents sought to destroy, and among them were preachers whose skills in dialectic and in exegesis threatened orthodoxy - and have challenged the investigators of heresy and literacy ever since. This collaborative volume, written by a group of established scholars from Britain, continental Europe and the United States, considers the importance of the written word among the main pre-Lutheran popular heresies in a wide range of European countries and explores the extent to which heretics' familiarity with books paralleled or exceeded that of their orthodox contemporaries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75768/cover/9780521575768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy's Victory and Crisis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575836</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hadenius, Axel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this volume address questions central to the development and survival of democratic rule. Brought together under the auspices of a Nobel Symposium on democracy, leading experts in the field examine historical experiences, social and cultural problems, economic development, constitutional issues, the impact of globalization, and the prospects for promoting democratic government. The coverage of the book is global, and the approach is multidisciplinary, providing a unique perspective from leading historians, political scientists, economists, and sociologists. The chapters thus provide an excellent survey of different facets of, and approaches to, democracy, including such fundamental issues as the nature of democratic citizenship, and its prevalence around the world; the relationship between economic development and the progress of democracy; and the influence of international interdependence on sovereignty and democratic accountability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75836/cover/9780521575836.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Protest in Seventeenth-Century France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Culture of Retribution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575850</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beik, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lucid and wide-ranging survey is the first study in English to identify a distinctive urban phase in the history of the early modern crowd. Through close analysis of the behaviour of protesters and authorities in more than fifteen seventeenth-century French cities, William Beik explores a full spectrum of urban revolt from spontaneous individual actions to factional conflicts, culminating in the dramatic Ormee movement in Bordeaux. The 'culture of retribution' was a form of popular politics with roots in the religious wars and implications for future democratic movements. Vengeful crowds stoned and pillaged not only intrusive tax collectors but even their own magistrates, whom they viewed as civic traitors. By examining in depth this interaction of crowds and authorities, Professor Beik has provided a central contribution to the study of urban power structures and popular culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75850/cover/9780521575850.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Atlas of Finite Groups - Ten Years On</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curtis, R. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Atlas of Finite Groups by J. H. Conway, R. A. Parker, S. P. Norton and the editors of this book, was published in 1985, and has proved itself to be an indispensable tool to all researchers in group theory and many related areas. The present book is the proceedings of a conference organised to mark the 10th anniversary of the publication of the Atlas, and contains twenty articles by leading experts in the field, covering many aspects of group theory and its applications. There are surveys on recent developments, expository articles, and research papers, as well as a historical article on the development of the Atlas project since 1970. The book emphasises recent advances in group theory and applications which have been stimulated by the comprehensive collection of information contained in the Atlas, and covers both theoretical and computational aspects of finite groups, modular representation theory, presentations, and applications to the study of surfaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samplers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Humphrey, Carol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This lavishly illustrated book brings together a selection of English and Continental samplers of outstanding quality and interest. The selection includes examples from the fifteenth century to the twentieth, showing the development of techniques and changing fashions in design. It brings alive the many social reasons for the sampler's manufacture and decoration, from providing an early 'curriculum vitae' to illustrating the accomplishments of young ladies. The introduction and full descriptions explain their significance, style, and materials and all examples are shown in full colour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75928/cover/9780521575928.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biosocial Perspectives on Children</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panter-Brick, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Childhood is a uniquely human life-stage, and is both a biological phenomenon and a social construct. Research on children is currently of wide-ranging interest. This unique book presents reviews of childhood from four major areas of interest - human evolution, sociology/social anthropology, bio-medical anthropology and developmental psychology - to form a biosocial, cross-cultural understanding of childhood. The book places a strong emphasis on how childhood varies from culture to culture, offering examples from developed and developing countries, as well as from other animal species. It will be of interest to students and scholars within the fields of human biology, anthropology, sociology, health studies and developmental psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75959/cover/9780521575959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521575990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521575990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521575997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521575997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollicott, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yuri, Michiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is essentially a self-contained introduction to topological dynamics and ergodic theory. It is divided into a number of relatively short chapters with the intention that each may be used as a component of a lecture course tailored to the particular audience. Parts of the book are suitable for a final year undergraduate course or for a master's level course. A number of applications are given, principally to number theory and arithmetic progressions (through van der Waerden's theorem and Szemerdi's theorem).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/75997/cover/9780521575997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576016</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Covenant of Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rationality and the Commitments of Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Isaac</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Isaac Levi is one of the preeminent philosophers in the areas of pragmatic rationality and epistemology. This collection of essays constitutes an important presentation of his original and influential ideas about rational choice and belief. A wide range of topics is covered, including consequentialism and sequential choice, consensus, voluntarism of belief, and the tolerance of the opinions of others. The essays elaborate on the idea that principles of rationality are norms that regulate the coherence of our beliefs and values with our rational choices. The norms impose minimal constraints on deliberation and inquiry, but they also impose demands well beyond the capacities of deliberating agents. This major collection will be eagerly sought out by a wide range of philosophers in epistemology, logic, and philosophy of science, as well as economists, decision theorists, and statisticians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76017/cover/9780521576017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576024</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kant and the Claims of Taste</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Kant and the Claims of Taste, published here for the first time in paperback in a revised version, has become, since its initial publication in 1979, the standard commentary on Kant's aesthetic theory. The book offers a detailed account of Kant's views on judgments of taste, aesthetic pleasure, imagination and many other topics. For this new edition, Paul Guyer has provided a new foreword and has added a chapter on Kant's conception of fine art. This re-issue will complement the author's companion volume, Kant and the Experience of Freedom, which places Kant's aesthetics in its historical context and examines the fundamental connection between Kant's aesthetics and his moral theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76024/cover/9780521576024.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Descriptive Set Theory of Polish Group Actions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kechris, Alexander S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book the authors present their research into the foundations of the theory of Polish groups and the associated orbit equivalence relations. The particular case of locally compact groups has long been studied in many areas of mathematics. Non-locally compact Polish groups occur naturally as groups of symmetries in such areas as logic (especially model theory), ergodic theory, group representations, and operator algebras. Some of the topics covered here are: topological realizations of Borel measurable actions; universal actions; applications to invariant measures; actions of the infinite symmetric group in connection with model theory (logic actions); dichotomies for orbit spaces (including Silver, Glimm-Effros type dichotomies and the topological Vaught conjecture); descriptive complexity of orbit equivalence relations; definable cardinality of orbit spaces.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76055/cover/9780521576055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576156</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576156</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Rousseau</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riley, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>466</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Universally regarded as the greatest French political theorist and philosopher of education of the Enlightenment, and probably the greatest French social theorist tout court, Rousseau was an important forerunner of the French Revolution, though his thought was too nuanced and subtle ever to serve as mere ideology. This is the only volume that systematically surveys the full range of Rousseau's activities in politics and education, psychology, anthropology, religion, music, and theater.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76154/cover/9780521576154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576164</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Television News and the Supreme Court</TitleText>

<Subtitle>All the News that's Fit to Air?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slotnick, Elliot E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Segal, Jennifer A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning with the recognition that the Supreme Court is the most invisible branch of American government and the one that most Americans know the least about, this book examines the way in which television news, the primary source of the public's limited knowledge, covers the Supreme Court. The book relies on rich interviews with network news reporters who have covered the Court, coupled with actual videotapes of network newscast coverage, to develop a unique portrait of the constraints faced by reporters covering the institution as well as a thorough picture of what facets of the Court's work actually are covered by television news. The analysis demonstrates convincingly that there are characteristics of the television news industry (such as its heavy reliance on dramatic stories and visuals) that, coupled with the rules and habits of the Supreme Court (such as its refusal to allow cameras in the Court as well as its propensity to announce several critical rulings on the same day) come together to make network news coverage of the Court infrequent, brief, and in too many instances, simply plain wrong.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76161/cover/9780521576161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Literature in Britain, 1150-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meale, Carol M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays focuses on the questions of women's access to a written culture in medieval Britain and their representation within it. It explores women's engagement with Anglo-Norman, English and Welsh as well as Latin, and addresses issues including orality and literacy and women's exclusion from a written tradition. It considers the question of the levels of literacy attained by women, and contemporary attitudes to their acquisition of such skills, as well as the historical evidence for women's activity as writers, patrons and readers. It also examines the representation of women within different literary genres, both secular and religious - their possession or lack of power, and their roles as lovers, mothers and saints. This is the first such volume to focus on these issues within the specific framework of late medieval Britain, and as such constitutes a unique contribution to the study of women and medieval literary history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76208/cover/9780521576208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Japan's Capitalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Creative Defeat and Beyond</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuru, Shigeto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Galbraith, John Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Japan's economic reconstruction after total defeat in the Second World War has been an extraordinary phenomenon. In Japan's Capitalism, Shigetu Tsuru, one of Japan's most eminent economists gives a comprehensive account of the recovery process, and a unique interpretation of the post-war Japanese economy. He analyses the significance of Japan's money-oriented affluence and the emergence of a distinctive 'corporate capitalism'. His conclusion is that Japan's inspired creative response to defeat has itself led to a new set of intractable problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76215/cover/9780521576215.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Under this Blazing Light</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oz, Amos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lange, Nicholas de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection - published here in English for the first time - brings together a number of political, personal and literary pieces by Israel's most celebrated novelist and litt&#233;rateur. Topics covered include: an examination of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict as a dispute between 'right and right'; reflections on the character of Zionism, on the concept of 'homeland', and on the nature of the kibbutz; the meaning of socialism in the Israeli context; and portraits of several Jewish writers and thinkers whose ideas and themes in one way or another have proved influential or determinative for Amos Oz himself. These essays, which put a unique perspective on the author's own experiences and development, reveal a complex and humane figure of practical political influence as well as of significant literary stature. They will win for Oz new readers, while delighting those who will recognise here the qualities evident in his other writings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76222/cover/9780521576222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Byzantine Lady</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ten Portraits, 1250-1500</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicol, Donald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What kind of lives did women in the Byzantine empire lead? Just how subservient were they in so male-dominated a society? In this collection of biographies Donald M. Nicol uncovers the unexpected fact that in the later years of the empire, at least, some aristocratic women enjoyed influence and exercised initiative. The ten ladies whose lives are described here did not complain of male oppression: instead, despite the conventions of caste and court, they found an outlet for their talents in religion, patronage, friendship and scholarship. They left a lasting influence on the society in which they lived. The story of their achievements offers new perspectives on the Byzantine empire, and a fascinating insight into the lives of women in past times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76239/cover/9780521576239.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children, Childhood and English Society, 1880-1990</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hendrick, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is intended to be a guide to the burgeoning literature on the history of childhood. Harry Hendrick reviews the most important debates and the main findings of a number of historians on a range of topics including the changing social constructions of childhood, child-parent relations, social policy, schooling, leisure and the thesis that modern childhood is 'disappearing'. The intention of this concise study is to provide readers with a reliable account of the evolution of some of the most important developments in adult-child relations during the last one hundred years. The author draws his material not only from historians but also from sociologists, anthropologists, psychologists and children's rights activists. Thus he successfully shows how much of our 'modern' understanding of childhood and of children results from both an historical and a social scientific understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76246/cover/9780521576246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ends of Complexes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ranicki, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ends of a topological space are the directions in which it becomes non-compact by tending to infinity. The tame ends of manifolds are particularly interesting, both for their own sake, and for their use in the classification of high-dimensional compact manifolds. The book is devoted to the related theory and practice of ends, dealing with manifolds and CW complexes in topology and chain complexes in algebra. The first part develops a homotopy model of the behaviour at infinity of a non-compact space. The second part studies tame ends in topology. Tame ends are shown to have a uniform structure, with a periodic shift map. Approximate fibrations are used to prove that tame manifold ends are the infinite cyclic covers of compact manifolds. The third part translates these topological considerations into an appropriate algebraic context, relating tameness to homological properties and algebraic K- and L-theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76253/cover/9780521576253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157630X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157630X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Intentions in the Experience of Meaning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gibbs, Raymond W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>422</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What do our assumptions about authorship matter for our experience of meaning? This book examines the debates in the humanities and social sciences over whether authorial intentions can, or should, constrain our interpretation of language and art. Scholars assume that understanding of linguistic and artistic meaning should not be constrained by beliefs about authors and their possible intentions in creating a human artifact. It is argued here that people are strongly disposed to infer intentionality when understanding oral speech, written texts, artworks, and many other human actions. Although ordinary people, and scholars, may infer meanings that diverge from, or extend beyond, what authors intend, our experience of human artifacts as meaningful is fundamentally tied to our assumptions of intentionality. This challenges the traditional ideas of intentions as existing solely in the minds of individuals, and formulates a new conceptual framework for examining if and when intentions influence the interpretation of meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76307/cover/9780521576307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Environment and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott, Michael S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the extent, origins and causes of the environmental crisis. Dr Northcott argues that Christianity has lost the biblical awareness of the inter-connectedness of all life. He shows how Christian theologians and believers might recover a more ecologically friendly belief system and life style. The author provides an important corrective to secular approaches to environmental ethics, including utilitarian individualism, animal rights theories and deep ecology. He contends that neither the stewardship tradition, nor the panentheist or process ecological theologies have successfully mobilised the Christian tradition. He demonstrates that the Hebrew Bible contains an ecological message which is close to the traditions of many primal and indigenous peoples and which provides an important corrective to instrumental attitudes to nature in much modern philosophy and Christian ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76314/cover/9780521576314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Faded Dreams</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics and Economics of Race in America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carnoy, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Faded Dreams paints a new and challenging picture of why racial inequality changes in America. The author argues that blacks caught up with whites mainly when government policies, under political pressure by blacks and an important segment of the white community, pushed for greater racial equality. Similarly, the greatest obstacles to black gains in other periods have also been government policies. These policies usually assumed away the race problem or used it against blacks for political purposes. Faded Dreams  shows that three dominant views of economic differences between blacks and whites - that blacks are individually responsible for not taking advantage of market opportunities, that the world economy has changed in ways that puts blacks at a tremendous disadvantage compared to whites, and that pervasive racism is holding blacks down - do not adequately explain why blacks made such large gains in the past and stopped making them in the 1980s and 1990s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76390/cover/9780521576390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Trade Unions since 1933</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This textbook reviews major issues concerning the history of British trade unions in the last two-thirds of the twentieth century. Even with the decline in membership of the 1980s and 1990s, trade unions in Britain have remained the largest voluntary organisations in the country and the total membership has remained larger than in most other countries. The book discusses many major aspects of trade unionism and many controversies concerning it, including strikes (sometimes seen as a peculiarly 'British disease'). Trade union presence in the labour market has been deemed a cause of higher unemployment and lower productivity. The trade unions have been accused of being insensitive on gender and ethnicity. They have also been accused of being corporatist, unelected partners in government (especially in the 1940-1979 period). Overall, this book gives students a lucid and up-to-date introduction to the recent history of British trade unionism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76406/cover/9780521576406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health and Society in Britain since 1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berridge, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British health policy has undergone enormous change in the post-war era. The NHS established in the post-war period has been constantly reorganised, and the role of doctors and associated medical professions has radically changed. This book considers the changes in health policy and in the service provided by the NHS, and examines in detail the 'mixed economy' of health care and the role of different providers of health care, as well as their relationships both with recipients of care and the state. In doing so, Professor Berridge sheds light on the increasingly important part that lay people, especially women, have played in the provision of health care and looks at community care and the shifting balance of power within the medical profession. The book provides a guide to changes in health and health policy during and since World War II, giving an authoritative analysis of the most recent research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76413/cover/9780521576413.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Industrial Revolution in Scotland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whatley, Christopher A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Industrial Revolution in Scotland is the first new student text on this subject for more than two decades. While the focus is on Scotland, Dr Whatley's approach is largely comparative and he places the Scottish experience of industrialisation within the context of the debate about the 'British' Industrial Revolution. Unusually, Dr Whatley's study encompasses the whole of Scotland and assesses the nature and impact of early industrialisation in the woollen manufacturing towns of the Borders and in Dundee, the Scottish centre of linen production. He also examines the Highlands and Islands, upon which industrial development had a profound impact, and which arguably suffered more than any other region in Britain, as the economy became more centralised from the 1820s. Social as well as the economic causes and consequences of the Industrial Revolution are also fully considered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76437/cover/9780521576437.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157644X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157644X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Towns, Plans and Society in Modern Britain</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meller, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this concise survey, Helen Meller aims to explore the interaction of the social and physical environment of cities. All modern societies have experienced mass urbanisation, and have been subject to the economic, social and technological forces which have produced this urbanisation. Yet all towns and cities are not the same. The author points out that historical and cultural factors have played, and are still playing, an important part in shaping responses to these forces. This becomes even more clearly evident when the urban environment becomes subject to planning. Urban regeneration has facilitated not just an improvement in the physical environment of cities but in their economic and social fortunes as well. This study is an accessible analysis of the way in which social, cultural and physical factors have created the quality of life in British cities over the past two centuries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76444/cover/9780521576444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>War and British Society 1688-1815</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowen, H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on a large volume of research, this book considers sustained warfare as a powerful agent of change which transformed a wide range of institutions, structures, and processes in Britain between 1688 and 1815, a period when Britain was at war for much of the time. Stressing the positive as well as the negative, and the long term as well as the short term, the effects of war are brought to bear upon questions of central importance in the study of eighteenth-century British history. How effectively did the emerging state cope with the financial and logistical demands of war? How severe were the economic and social strains imposed upon the population at large, and how did they respond to the call to arms? What effect did war have upon the industrialising economy? A balanced overview is presented of Britain as a nation at war during an important phase of her development as an imperial, industrial and military power.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76451/cover/9780521576451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Valuing Health Care</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Costs, Benefits, and Effectiveness of Pharmaceuticals and Other Medical Technologies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sloan, Frank A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As expenditure on health care has increasingly become an area of public debate and concern, public and private health care decision-makers have called for more rigorous use of cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness analysis to guide spending. Concerns have arisen, however, about the overall quality of such analyses. This book discusses and evaluates best-practice methods of conducting cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness studies of pharmaceuticals and other medical technologies. It encompasses a wide variety of topics, ranging from measuring cost and effectiveness to discounting to the use of dynamic modelling of cost-effectiveness. The book also includes conceptual and practical aspects of cost-effectiveness analysis by researchers who have conducted applied research in these areas. Rarely does the book provide a singular solution to a measurement problem; rather, the reader is directed to choices among alternative approaches and an analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of each.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76468/cover/9780521576468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bargaining Theory with Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muthoo, Abhinay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first unified and systematic treatment of the modern theory of bargaining, presented together with many examples of how that theory is applied in a variety of bargaining situations. Abhinay Muthoo provides a masterful synthesis of the fundamental results and insights obtained from the wide-ranging and diverse (game-theoretic) bargaining theory literature. Furthermore, he develops new analyses and results, especially on the relative impacts of two or more forces on the bargaining outcome. Many topics - such as inside options, commitment tactics and repeated bargaining situations - receive their most extensive treatment to date. In the concluding chapter, he offers pointers towards future research. Bargaining Theory with Applications is a textbook for graduate students in economic theory and other social sciences and a research resource for scholars interested in bargaining situations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76475/cover/9780521576475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prevention of Mental Illness in Primary Care</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendrick, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tylee, Andre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeling, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldberg, D. P. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>With increasing international emphasis on care in the community and pressure on resources, the prevention of mental illness within primary care is becoming an important consideration. Up to a third of patients presenting to primary care services are suffering from psychological problems and the large majority are dealt with by the primary health care team. Within this volume, experts from a wide range of mental health care disciplines discuss issues ranging from primary prevention with identification of risk through to early identification of problem symptoms and the effective management of long-term mental illness. With full reference to the current state of research, emphasis has been given to practical measures that can be readily utilised in the primary care setting. This handbook will serve as an invaluable resource for all those with interests in the protection and conservation of mental health. This book was highly commended in the Primary Care category of the British Medical Association Book Award.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960729</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topology via Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickers, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, Topology via Logic is an advanced textbook on topology for computer scientists. Based on a course given by the author to postgraduate students of computer science at Imperial College, it has three unusual features. First, the introduction is from the locale viewpoint, motivated by the logic of finite observations: this provides a more direct approach than the traditional one based on abstracting properties of open sets in the real line. Second, the methods of locale theory are freely exploited. Third, there is substantial discussion of some computer science applications. Although books on topology aimed at mathematics exist, no book has been written specifically for computer scientists. As computer scientists become more aware of the mathematical foundations of their discipline, it is appropriate that such topics are presented in a form of direct relevance and applicability. This book goes some way towards bridging the gap.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76512/cover/9780521576512.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576555</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sport, Economy and Society in Britain 1750-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tranter, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a concise, up-to-date survey of one of the most dramatic changes in the cultural life of Victorian and Edwardian Britain, the radical transformation which occurred in the extent and nature of its participation in sport. Neil Tranter focuses on the issues which have attracted most interest from historians of sport and poses a number of important questions: did levels of involvement in sport increase or decrease during the initial stages of urban-industrialisation? When did the new sporting culture first emerge, and what were its principal features and the mechanisms through which it spread? What were the main aims of the participants and supporters, and to what extent were these aims achieved? The author also discusses the economic consequences of this cultural change and the examines the role of women in this sporting 'revolution' and asks why their participation was so much more restricted than that of men.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76550/cover/9780521576550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576563</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576563</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Unrest and Popular Protest in England, 1780-1840</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Archer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John E. Archer examines the diversity of protest from 1780 to 1840 and how it altered during this period of extreme change. This textbook covers all forms of protest, including the Gordon Riots of 1780, food riots, Luddism, the radical political reform movement and Peterloo in 1819, and the less well researched anti-enclosure, anti-New Poor Law riots, arson and other forms of 'terroristic' action, up to the advent of Chartism in the 1830s. Archer evaluates the problematic nature of source materials and conflicting interpretations leading to debate, and reviews the historiography and methodology of protest studies. This study of popular protest gives a unique perspective on the social history and conditions of this crucial period and will provide a valuable resource for students and teachers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76567/cover/9780521576567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157658X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157658X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Coastal Wilderness to Fruited Plain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Environmental Change in Temperate North America from 1500 to the Present</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitney, Gordon G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Coastal Wilderness to Fruited Plain is an account of the making of a large part of the American landscape following European settlement. Drawing upon land survey records and early travellers' accounts, Dr Whitney reconstructs the 'virgin' forests and grasslands of the north-eastern and central United States during the pre-settlement period. He then documents successively the clearance and fragmentation of the region's woodlands, the harvest of the forest and its game, the ploughing of the prairies, and the draining of wetlands. The degree to which these activities altered the soil, climate, plant and animal communities, and water cycle are evaluated, and the sustainability of present-day ecosystems is brought into question in this account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76581/cover/9780521576581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961028</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576628</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576628</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stress, Risk, and Resilience in Children and Adolescents</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Processes, Mechanisms, and Interventions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576628</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haggerty, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherrod, Lonnie R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garmezy, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stress, Risk, and Resilience in Children and Adolescents recognizes the complexity of the developmental processes that impact on coping and resilience and the importance of sociocultural factors. In this respect, the relation between a stressor and an outcome depends on many factors, including the individual's previous experience, perception of the event, coping skills and social supports. In turn, each of these factors displays meaningful variation by developmental status, social background, and cultural context. The examination of individual differences in vulnerability to stress and risk factors has grown substantially over the past decade as it has become clearer that some children do, in fact, 'beat the odds.' In order to understand why some children succumb to even modest stress while others remain resilient in the face of what appear to be overwhelming stressors, research has increasingly examined the processes and mechanisms by which children of different ages deal with adverse life experiences, rather than merely studying the stressors themselves. Many problem behaviors have multiple causes, and most children with one problem behavior also have others. The co-occurrence and/or interrelatedness of risk factors and problem behaviors is, therefore, an important area of research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76628/cover/9780521576628.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Africa and the International System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of State Survival</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clapham, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>African independence launched into international politics a group of the world's poorest, weakest, and most artificial states. How have such states managed to survive? To what extent is their survival now threatened? Christopher Clapham shows how an initially supportive international environment has - as a result partly of political and economic mismanagement within African states themselves, partly of global developments over which they had no control - become increasingly threatening to African rulers and the states over which they preside. The author also reveals how international conventions designed to uphold state sovereignty have often been appropriated and subverted by rulers to enhance their domestic control, and how African states have been undermined by guerrilla insurgencies and the use of international relations to serve essentially private ends. He shows how awkward, how ambiguous, how unsatisfactory, and often how tragic, has been the encounter between Africa and Western conceptions of statehood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76680/cover/9780521576680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576695</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semigroup Theory and its Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Proceedings of the 1994 Conference Commemorating the Work of Alfred H. Clifford</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hofmann, Karl H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mislove, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains survey papers by the invited speakers at the Conference on Semigroup Theory and Its Applications which took place at Tulane University in April, 1994.  The authors represent the leading areas of research in semigroup theory and its applications, both to other areas of mathematics and to areas outside mathematics. Included are papers by Gordon Preston surveying Clifford's work on Clifford semigroups and by John Rhodes tracing the influence of Clifford's work on current semigroup theory. Notable among the areas of application are the paper by Jean-Eric Pin on applications of other areas of mathematics to semigroup theory and the paper by the editors on an application of semigroup theory to theoretical computer science and mathematical logic. All workers in semigroup theory will find this volume invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76697/cover/9780521576697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576717</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Memory Disorders in Psychiatric Practice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berrios, German E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodges, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>530</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Memory complaints are a frequent feature of psychiatric disorder, even in the absence of organic disease. In this practical reference for the clinician, German Berrios and John Hodges lead an international team of eminent psychiatrists, behavioural neurologists and clinical psychologists to focus on the psychiatric and organic aspects of memory disorders from the perspective of the multidisciplinary memory clinic. These disorders include organic syndromes such as the dementias, the amnesic syndrome and transient amnestic states, and also psychiatric aspects of memory disorders in the functional psychoses. Among the specific topics reviewed are the paramnesias, conditions such as d&#233;j... vu, flashbulb and flashback memories, and the problems of recovered, false and feigned memories. Throwing new light on established conditions, and also introducing two new syndromes, this book makes a major contribution to the understanding and clinical management of memory disorders in psychiatry, neuropsychology and other disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76710/cover/9780521576710.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157675X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157675X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Inequality, Democracy, and Economic Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576758</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Midlarsky, Manus I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why is the relationship between inequality and democracy so compelling to the contemporary social scientist? This volume addresses questions that were raised as early as the time of Aristotle and through Marx to the present. Theoretical lacunae are explored, as are major current policy concerns. The book focuses on the sources of democracy, the relationship between economic development and thresholds of democracy, and finally on responses to democratization. Of course, definitions of democracy have varied over an extraordinarily wide range, as have conceptions of inequality, and the reader will find such variations reflected in the contributions to this volume. Descriptions of democracy vary from an emphasis on equality of participation for all citizens in decision making, to more complex indices emphasizing competitiveness and civil liberties. The contributors to this volume provide the kind of multidimensional analysis which is essential to a comprehensive treatment of the relationship between inequality, democracy, and economic development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76758/cover/9780521576758.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Allusion and Intertext</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynamics of Appropriation in Roman Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hinds, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of the deliberate allusion by one author to the words of a previous author has long been central to Latin philology. However, literary Romanists have been diffident about situating such work within the more spacious inquiries into intertextuality now current. This book represents a new attempt to find (or recover) some space for the study of allusion - as a project of continuing vitality - within an excitingly enlarged universe of intertexts. It combines traditional classical approaches with modern literary-theoretical ways of thinking, and offers attentive close readings, innovative perspectives on literary history, and theoretical sophistication of argument. Like other volumes in the series it is among the most broadly conceived short books on Roman literature to be published in recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576792</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theorising Textual Subjects</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Agency and Oppression</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steele, Meili</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>233</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the central crisis in critical theory today: how to theorise the subject as both a construct of oppressive discourse and a dialogical agent. By engaging with a wide range of leading political, philosophical, and critical thinkers - Jameson, Habermas, MacIntyre, Rorty, Taylor, Benhabib, and West are all critiqued - Meili Steele proposes linking language with human agency in order to develop an alternative textual and ethical theory of the subject. Steele shows how constructivist theories of agency fail to account for the ethical implications of the supposed contingency of all contexts, and how dialogical theorists fail to acknowledge the insight of postmodern critiques. Developing this theory through readings of texts that address issues of identity, politics, race, and feminist theory, Steele illustrates that we do not have to choose between an idealised or demonised modernity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76796/cover/9780521576796.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to American Women Playwrights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Brenda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume addresses the work of women playwrights throughout the history of the American theatre, from the early pioneers to contemporary feminists. Each chapter introduces the reader to the work of one or more playwrights and to a way of thinking about plays. Together they cover significant writers such as Rachel Crothers, Susan Glaspell, Lillian Hellman, Sophie Treadwell, Lorraine Hansberry, Alice Childress, Megan Terry, Ntozake Shange, Adrienne Kennedy, Wendy Wasserstein, Marsha Norman, Beth Henley and Maria Irene Fornes. Playwrights are discussed in the context of topics such as early comedy and melodrama, feminism and realism, the Harlem Renaissance, the feminist resurgence of the 1970s and feminist dramatic theory. A detailed chronology and illustrations enhance the volume, which also includes bibliographical essays on recent criticism and on African-American women playwrights before 1930.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76802/cover/9780521576802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Embryo Research Debate</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Science and the Politics of Reproduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mulkay, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scientific research involving human embryos was a major topic of public debate in Britain during the 1980s. Despite strong support from the scientific community, embryo research was initially condemned by many ordinary people as well as by special interest groups, and came close to being banned by Act of Parliament. Michael Mulkay describes the dynamics of the parliamentary struggle over the future of embryo research, focusing on such issues as: the clash between the anti-abortion and pro-research lobbies; the tactics of the Government; political ideology; the media's role; the importance of gender; religion; the impact of science fiction; the lure of medical advance; and the difficulty of maintaining ethical control. He explains how the advocates of embryo research eventually triumphed, and ends with an examination of the cultural tensions which linger after the debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76833/cover/9780521576833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Spanish</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagona, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Clear and well-organised, this textbook is an introduction to Spanish syntax, which assumes no prior knowledge of current theory. Beginning with a descriptive overview of the major characteristics of the grammar, it goes on to  describe facts about Spanish, such as its word order, notions of 'subject', 'direct object', 'auxiliary verb' and so on. The book combines traditional grammatical description with perspectives gained from recent research in the Principles and Parameters framework. It also presents useful theoretical notions such as semantic roles, Case, and Predication. Accessibly written, the book gives just enough background so as to allow the reader to understand the lines of investigation that have been pursued in accounting for such issues as clause structure and constituent order. It will be of use to students who are interested in grammar, Spanish, or in some of the basic results of modern, formal linguistic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76840/cover/9780521576840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ergodic Theory and Zd Actions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollicott, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schmidt, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The classical theory of dynamical systems has tended to concentrate on Z-actions or R-actions. However in recent years there has been considerable progress in the study of higher dimensional actions (i.e. Zd or Rd with d&gt;1). This book represents the proceedings of the 1993-4 Warwick Symposium on Zd actions. It comprises a mixture of surveys and original articles that span many of the diverse facets of the subject, including important connections with statistical mechanics, number theory and algebra. Researchers in ergodic theory and related fields will find that this book is an invaluable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76888/cover/9780521576888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960527</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical History Review</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>

<NoContributor/>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This special issue of the Radical History Review considers the praxis of anthropology and history and offers a new dialogue between scholars in both fields. The offerings vary from William Roseberry's consideration of the intellectual and political impact of conceptual shifts in the field, to Marc Edelman's report on reconceptualizing and reconstituting peasant struggles in Central America. Gerald Sider reconsiders the "Bread and Roses" strike of 1912 and critiques traditional interpretations in labor and social history. Sider's paper provokes responses from Paul Buhle, Ardis Cameron, David Montgomery, and Christine Stansell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76901/cover/9780521576901.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Printing, Writers and Readers in Renaissance Italy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The spread of printing to Renaissance Italy had a dramatic impact on all users of books. As works came to be diffused more widely and cheaply, so authors had to adapt their writing and their methods of publishing to the demands and opportunities of the new medium, and reading became a more frequent and user-friendly activity. Printing, Writers and Readers in Renaissance Italy  focuses on this interaction between the book industry and written culture. After describing the new technology and the contexts of publishing and bookselling, it examines the continuities and changes faced by writers in the shift from manuscript to print, the extent to which they benefited from print in their careers, and the greater accessibility of books to a broader spectrum of readers, including women and the less well educated. This is the first integrated study of a topic of central importance in Italian and European culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76932/cover/9780521576932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Debating Slavery</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy and Society in the Antebellum American South</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Mark M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>140</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Even while slavery existed, Americans debated slavery. Was it a profitable and healthy institution? If so, for whom? The abolition of slavery in 1865 did not end this debate. Similar questions concerning the profitability of slavery, its impact on masters, slaves, and nonslaveowners still inform modern historical debates. Is the slave South best characterized as a capitalist society? Or did its dogged adherence to non-wage labor render it precapitalist? Today, southern slavery is among the most hotly disputed topics in writing on American history. With the use of illustrative material and a critical bibliography, Dr Smith outlines the main contours of this complex debate, summarizes the contending viewpoints, and at the same time weighs up the relative importance, strengths and weaknesses of the various competing interpretations. This book introduces an important topic in American history in a manner which is accessible to students and undergraduates taking courses in American history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76963/cover/9780521576963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>National Identity and Foreign Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nationalism and Leadership in Poland, Russia and Ukraine</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prizel, Ilya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the premise that the foreign policy of any country is heavily influenced by a society's evolving notions of itself. Applying his analysis to Russia, Poland, and Ukraine, the author argues that national identity is an ever-changing concept, influenced by internal and external events, and by the manipulation of a polity's collective memory. The interaction of the narrative of a society and its foreign policy is therefore paramount. This is especially the case in East-Central Europe, where political institutions are weak, and social coherence remains subject to the vagaries of the concept of nationhood. Ilya Prizel's study will be of interest to students of nationalism, as well as of foreign policy and politics in East-Central Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76970/cover/9780521576970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521576989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521576989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521576987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biology by Numbers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Encouragement to Quantitative Thinking</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521576987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Richard F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Biologists are notoriously reticent about using mathematics. This textbook is both an introduction to quantitative biology and a guide for the number-shy. Richard Burton fosters a sense of the fundamental importance and usefulness of mathematical principles in biology, with a fascinating range of examples. The book is geared towards the non-mathematician, and covers the basics as well as various more advanced topics from many diverse biological disciplines. Questions and calculations encourage active participation without holding up the reader. A key feature is the structure of the book. Rather than building it around biological disciplines, Dr Burton emphasises the common ways of reasoning used in areas as diverse as insect and population growth, seed mortality and sensory response (to mention a few that use logarithms). Written primarily for beginning undergraduates, this enlightening text will also be an essential aid for students throughout their undergraduate and graduate years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/76987/cover/9780521576987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Work and Pay in Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hart, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kawasaki, Seiichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive overview of Japanese labour market institutions and practices with respect to employment issues and labour payments. It contains extensive discussion of the effects of industrial relations, small business activity, business cycles and schooling on work and pay. An early chapter is devoted to presenting, in an accessible manner, essential labour market ideas and concepts that recur throughout the text. Important topics covered include (i) unions and wage determination, (ii) the breakdown of total labour costs, (iii) the Japanese bonus system, (iv) the employment life-cycle, (v) small businesses and subcontracting, (vi) pay and productivity over the business cycle. A key feature is that subject areas and themes are examined within a comparative United States/European framework.  This allows assessments of whether or not the structure and performance of the Japanese labour market has differed from experience elsewhere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77724/cover/9780521577724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Financial Optimization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zenios, Stavros A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The use of formal mathematical models and optimization in finance has become common practice in the 1980s and 1990s. This book clearly presents the exciting symbiosis between the fields of finance and management science/operations research. Prominent researchers present the state of the art in financial optimization, while analysts from industry discuss the latest business techniques practised by financial firms in New York, London and Tokyo. The book covers a wide range of topics: portfolio management of equities and fixed income investments, the pricing of complex insurance, mortgage and other asset-backed products, and models for risk-management and diversification.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77779/cover/9780521577779.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577780</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Technology and the British Industrial 'Decline', 1870-1970</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edgerton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The place of science and technology in the British economy and society is widely seen as critical to our understanding of the British 'decline'. There is a long tradition of characterising post-1870 Britain by its lack of enthusiasm for science and by the low social status of the practitioners of technology. David Edgerton examines these assumptions, analysing the arguments for them and pointing out the different intellectual traditions from which they arise. Drawing on a wealth of statistical data, he argues that British innovation and technical training were much stronger than is generally believed, and that from 1870 to 1970 Britain's innovative record was comparable to that of Germany. This book is a comprehensive study of the history of British science and technology in relation to economic performance. It will be of interest to scientists and engineers as well as economic historians, and will be invaluable to students approaching the subject for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77786/cover/9780521577786.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960923</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamics and Modelling of Ocean Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Komen, G. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cavaleri, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donelan, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hasselmann, K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hasselmann, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janssen, P. A. E. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Addresses both fundamental and applied aspects of ocean waves including the use of wave observations made from satellites. More specifically it describes the WAM model, its scientific basis, its actual implementation, and its many applications. This model has been developed by an international group (the Wave Modelling group), and is based on a detailed physical description of air/sea interactions. It is widely used for wave forecasting for meteorological and oceanographic purposes. The three sections of the volume describe the basic statistical theory and the relevant physical processes; the numerical model and its global and regional applications; and satellite observations, their interpretation and use in data assimilation. Written by leading experts, it is a comprehensive guide and reference for researchers and advanced students in physical oceanography, meteorology, fluid dynamics, coastal engineering and physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77816/cover/9780521577816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Industrial Ecology and Global Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Socolow, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berkhout, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moomaw, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can the Earth become fully industrialised without overwhelming natural systems? This is a book for those who wish to participate more effectively in today's attempts to implement appropriate strategies. The reader will more deeply understand: &#8226; recycling - after learning what happens to lead and cadmium in consumer products; &#8226; solar energy - after exploring a future based on biomass energy; &#8226; chemicals in agriculture - after being introduced to ecotoxicology and the global nitrogen cycle; &#8226; industrial innovation - after reading eye-witness accounts of new design principles and management practices on the shop floor; &#8226; international cooperation - after confronting conflicting perspectives of authors from several countries. The goal is to empower the citizen activist, the scholar looking for new challenges, the business leader determined to move beyond slogans in achieving the greening of industry, and the educated person everywhere who finds these issues too important to be left to others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77830/cover/9780521577830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577845</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Services and the Hospital in Britain, 1860-1939</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577847</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cherry, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>106</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How were the medical services organised in Britain in the years before the National Health Service? This short study looks at developments in hospital and primary medical care before World War Two focusing on service delivery and 'the sufferer's agenda' rather than on the concerns of high politics. It considers the influences shaping provision, accessibility and impact in the contexts of contingent risks and social need, health care and social policy. The author examines the recent research in this area, concluding that, despite improvements, substantial reform was an agreed point on the agenda of all interested in health care by the later 1930s, though a positive consensus had not emerged. This book will be invaluable to students and teachers approaching the subject for the first time, and includes a detailed bibliography to assist in further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77847/cover/9780521577847.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157787X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157787X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ancient Oaxaca</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577878</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blanton, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feinman, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kowalewski, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholas, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book investigates the emergence of social complexity and state formation in a New World region. Around 500 BC, the Valley of Oaxaca, in present-day Mexico, was the site of one of the earliest Native American states, when a new regional capital was established at Monte Alban. Today one of Mexico's most famous and spectacular archaeological sites, Monte Alban signalled an important series of changes in regional political structure in the direction of greater political complexity and integration within a larger domain. The four authors of this introductory text have over the years produced much of the most important primary information we have about developing complex societies in this region. Drawing on the abundance of excavated remains and a survey of regional archaeological settlement patterns, they provide a succinct account of the causes and consequences of political change in the region.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77878/cover/9780521577878.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theory and Algebraic Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martsinkovsky, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Todorov, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains seven lectures delivered at The Maurice Auslander Memorial Conference at Brandeis University in March 1995. The variety of topics covered at the conference reflects the breadth of Maurice Auslander's contribution to mathematics, which includes commutative algebra and algebraic geometry, homological algebra and representation theory. He was one of the founding fathers of homological ring theory and representation theory of Artin algebras. Undoubtedly, the most characteristic feature of his mathematics was the profound use of homological and functorial techniques. For any researcher into representation theory, algebraic or arithmetic geometry, this book will be a valuable resource.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77892/cover/9780521577892.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052157790X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052157790X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State, War, and the State of War</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holsti, Kalevi J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>War has traditionally been studied as a problem deriving from the relations between states. Strategic doctrines, arms control agreements, and the foundation of international organizations such as the United Nations are designed to prevent wars between states. Since 1945, however, the incidence of interstate war has actually been declining rapidly, while the incidence of internal wars has been increasing. The author argues that in order to understand this significant change in historical patterns, we should jettison many of the analytical devices derived from international relations studies and shift attention to the problems of 'weak' states, those states unable to sustain domestic legitimacy and peace. This book surveys some of the foundations of state legitimacy and demonstrates why many weak states will be the locales of war in the future. Finally, the author asks what the United Nations can do about the problems of weak and failed states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77908/cover/9780521577908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521577985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521577985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521577984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of the Mathematics Classroom</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521577984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seeger, Falk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Voigt, J&#246;rg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waschescio, Ute</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Culture of the Mathematics Classroom is becoming an increasingly salient topic of discussion in mathematics education. Studying and changing what happens in the classroom allows researchers and educators to recognize the social character of mathematical pedagogy and the relationship between the classroom and culture at large. The volume is divided into three sections, reporting findings gained both in research and in practice. The first presents several attempts to change classroom culture by focusing on the education of mathematics teachers and on teacher-researcher collaboration. The second section shifts to the interactive processes of the mathematics classroom and to the communal nature of learning. The third section discusses the means of constructing, filtering, and establishing mathematical knowledge that are characteristic of the classroom culture. As an examination of the social nature of mathematical teaching and learning, the volume should appeal both to educational psychologists and to cultural and social anthropologists and sociologists. The editors have compiled a volume that explores not only the acquisition of mathematical knowledge but the communal character of such knowledge as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/77984/cover/9780521577984.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sociology of Post-Colonial Societies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Disparity, Cultural Diversity and Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldthorpe, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the completely revised and updated version of the immensely successful Sociology of the Third World. The book is about the division of the world into rich and poor countries, and the disparities between rich and poor people, especially in poor countries. Chapters on world population trends, colonialism and questions of race set the historical scene for a detailed analysis of economic conditions and living standards in poor countries. New material on droughts, famines, family change and environmental concerns are fully discussed, along with questions about limits to growth and sustainable development. Theoretical perspectives on development and underdevelopment are reviewed. Later chapters summarize the findings of the different social sciences on fundamental issues of modernisation, including expansion, cultural diversity, religious movements, post-colonial politics, and issues involving aid. This new edition contains updated statistics, and discusses the general shift of emphasis away from industrial policies towards basic needs reflected by the United Nations Development Programme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78004/cover/9780521578004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578043</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Geochemical Modeling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albar&#232;de, Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern geochemistry aims to provide an accurate description of geological processes, and a set of models and quantitative rules that help predict the evolution of geological systems. This work is an introduction to the mathematical methods of geochemical modeling, largely based on examples presented with full solutions. It shows how geochemical problems, dealing with mass balance, equilibrium, fractionation, dynamics, and transport in the igneous, sedimentary and oceanic environments, can be reformulated in terms of equations. Its practical approach then leads to simple but efficient methods of solution. This book should help the motivated reader to overcome the formal difficulties of geochemical modeling, and bring state-of-the-art methods within reach of advanced students in geochemistry and geophysics, as well as in physics and chemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78042/cover/9780521578042.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Change and Terrestrial Ecosystems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578103</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, Brian H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steffen, Will</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>637</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How will the world's vegetation, from 'natural' ecosystems to intensively managed agricultural systems, be affected by changes in land use, the composition of gases in the atmosphere, and climate? This major new book describes the current state of knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78103/cover/9780521578103.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578132</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578132</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Women's Writing in Italy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Panizza, Letizia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Sharon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A History of Women's Writing in Italy offers a comprehensive historical account of writing by women in Italy. Covering writing from the Middle Ages to the present day, it moves away from narrow definitions of literature, and brings to the reader's attention other forms of expression such as letter writing, religious and devotional writing, scholarly and philosophical essays, travel writing, and journalism. Contributors point to the considerable practical, social and ideological difficulties faced by women in writing and presenting their work to a wider reading public, but also highlight the resourcefulness and determination of women through the centuries in making their voices heard. Extensive guides to further reading and a detailed guide to more than two hundred writers form an integral part of the volume. The international team of contributors have produced a striking work of new scholarship and research, which will be invaluable for students and scholars alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78134/cover/9780521578134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Screening the Los Angeles 'Riots'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race, Seeing, and Resistance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Darnell M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSL3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On April 29 1992, the 'worst riots of the century' (Los Angeles Times) erupted. Television news-workers tried frantically to keep up with what was happening on the streets while, around the city, nation and globe, viewers watched intently as leaders, participants and fires flashed across their television screens. Screening the Los Angeles 'Riots' zeros in on the first night of these events, exploring in detail the meanings one news organisation found in them, as well as those made by fifteen groups of viewers in the events' aftermath. Combining ethnographic and quasi-experimental methods, Darnell M. Hunt's account reveals how race shapes both television's construction of news and viewers' understandings of it. He engages with the long-standing debates about the power of television to shape our thoughts versus our ability to resist, and concludes with implications for progressive change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78141/cover/9780521578141.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578167</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of the Standard Model</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Particle Physics from 1964 to 1979</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoddeson, Lillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Laurie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Riordan, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dresden, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>748</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Editors Laurie Brown, Max Dresden, Lillian Hoddeson and Michael Riordan have brought together a distinguished group of elementary particle physicists and historians of science to explore the recent history of particle physics. Based on a conference held at Stanford University, this is the third volume of a series recounting the history of particle physics and offers the most up-to-date account of the rise of the Standard Model, which explains the microstructure of the world in terms of quarks and leptons and their interactions. Major contributors include Steven Weinberg, Murray Gell-Mann, Michael Redhead, Silvan Schweber, Leon Lederman and John Heilbron. The wide-ranging articles explore the detailed scientific experiments, the institutional settings in which they took place, and the ways in which the many details of the puzzle fit together to account for the Standard Model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78165/cover/9780521578165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578183</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578183</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Tale of Three Cities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 1993 Rede Lecture and Related Summit Declarations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Singhvi, L. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>88</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book deals with contemporary issues of vital global concern on human rights, environment and development, and religion. In the text of his 1993 Rede Lecture - which forms the basis for the book - the author presents his own analytical comments on current thinking on these issues. Also included are declarations from three major conferences: the Earth Summit at Rio de Janeiro in 1992; the UN World Conference on Human Rights in Vienna, 1993; and the Parliament of World Religions in Chicago, 1993. The author led delegations to these conferences, and was closely associated with their deliberations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78189/cover/9780521578189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Neutrality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perfectionism and Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sher, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many people, including many contemporary philosophers, believe that the state has no business trying to improve people's characters, elevating their tastes, or preventing them from living degraded lives. They believe that governments should remain absolutely neutral when it comes to the consideration of competing conceptions of the good. One fundamental aim of George Sher's book is to show that this view is indefensible. A second complementary aim is to articulate a conception of the good that is worthy of promotion by the state. The first part of the book analyses attempts to ground the neutrality thesis in the value of autonomy, respect for autonomy, the dangers of a non-neutral state, and scepticism about the good. The second part defends an objective conception of the good which remains sensitive to some of the considerations that make subjectivism attractive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78240/cover/9780521578240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Virtues of the Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inquiry into the Nature of Virtue and the Ethical Foundations of Knowledge</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zagzebski, Linda Trinkaus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Almost all theories of knowledge and justified belief employ moral concepts and forms of argument borrowed from moral theories, but none of them pay attention to the current renaissance in virtue ethics. This remarkable book is the first attempt to establish a theory of knowledge based on the model of virtue theory in ethics. The book develops the concept of an intellectual virtue, and then shows how the concept can be used to give an account of the major concepts in epistemology, including the concept of knowledge. This highly original work of philosophy for professionals will also provide students with an excellent introduction to epistemology, virtue theory, and the relationship between ethics and epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78264/cover/9780521578264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Facts, Values, and Morality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brandt, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Brandt is one of the most influential moral philosophers of the second half of the twentieth century. He is especially important in the field of ethics for his lucid and systematic exposition of utilitarianism. This new book represents in some ways a summation of his views and includes many useful applications of his theory. The focus of the book is how value judgments and moral belief can be justified. More generally, the book assesses different moral systems and theories of justice, and considers specific problems such as the optimal level of charity and the moral tenability of the criminal law. This book will be essential reading for all professional philosophers concerned with ethics, and will prove helpful to students as well.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78271/cover/9780521578271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Churchgoing and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Robin Gill argues that once moral communities (such as churchgoers) take centre stage in ethics - as they do in virtue ethics - then there should be a greater interest in sociological evidence about these communities. This book examines recent evidence, gathered from social attitude surveys, about church communities, in particular their views on faith, moral order and love. It shows that churchgoers are distinctive in their attitudes and behaviour. Some of their attitudes change over time, and there are a number of obvious moral disagreements between different groups of churchgoers. Nonetheless, there are broad patterns of Christian beliefs, teleology and altruism which distinguish churchgoers as a whole from non-churchgoers. However, the values, virtues, moral attitudes and behaviour of churchgoers are shared by many other people as well. The distinctiveness of church communities in the modern world is thus real but relative, and is crucial for the task of Christian ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78288/cover/9780521578288.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578426</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nirvana and Other Buddhist Felicities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578424</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>712</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an answer to the question: what is nirvana? Part I distinguishes between systematic and narrative thought in the Pali texts of Theravada Buddhism in South and Southeast Asia, arguing that nirvana produces closure in both, and setting nirvana in the wider category of Buddhist Felicities. Part II explores other Buddhist utopias (both eu-topias, 'good places', and ou-topias, 'no-places'), and relates Buddhist utopianism to studies of European and American utopian writing. The book ends with a close reading of the Vessantara Jataka, which highlights the conflict between the ascetic quest for closure and ultimate felicity, and the ongoing demands of ordinary life and society. Steven Collins discusses these issues in relation to textuality, world history and ideology in premodern civilizations, aiming to contribute to an alternate vision of Buddhist history, which can hold both the inside and the outside of texts together.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78424/cover/9780521578424.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Challenging Codes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collective Action in the Information Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578431</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melucci, Alberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Challenging Codes Melucci brings an original perspective to research on collective action which both emphasizes the role of culture and makes telling connections with the experience of the individual in postmodern society. The focus is on the role of information in an age which knows both fragmentation and globalisation, building on the analysis of collective action familiar from the author's Nomads of the Present. Melucci addresses a wide range of contemporary issues, including political conflict and change, feminism, ecology, identity politics, power and inequality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78431/cover/9780521578431.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mourning Becomes the Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Philosophy and Representation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Mourning Becomes the Law, Gillian Rose takes us beyond the impasse of post-modernism or 'despairing rationalism withour reason'. Arguing that the post-modern search for a 'new ethics' and ironic philosophy are incoherent, she breathes new life into the debates concerning power and domination, transcendence and eternity. Mourning Becomes the Law is the philosophical counterpart to Gillian Rose's highly acclaimed memoir Love's Work. She extends similar clarity and insight to discussions of architecture, cinema, painting and poetry, through which relations between the formation of the individual and the theory of justice are connected. At the heart of this reconnection lies a reflection on the significance of the Holocaust and Judaism. Mourning Becomes the Law reinvents the classical analogy of the soul, the city and the sacred. It returns philosophy, Nietzsche's 'bestowing virtue', to the pulse of our intellectual and political culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78493/cover/9780521578493.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hungary's Negotiated Revolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Reform, Social Change and Political Succession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>T&#246;k&#233;s, Rudolf L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>571</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Rudolf T&#246;k&#233;s offers a comprehensive overview of the rise and fall of the Kadar regime in Hungary between 1957 and 1990. The approach is interdisciplinary, reviewing the regime's record with emphasis on politics, macroeconomic policies, social change and the ideas and personalities of political dissidents and the regime's 'successor generation'. The study provides a fully documented reconstruction of the several phases of the ancien r&#233;gime's road from economic reform to political collapse, based on interviews with former top party leaders and transcripts of the Party Central Committee. T&#246;k&#233;s gives an in-depth account of the personalities and issues involved in Hungary's peaceful transformation from one-party state to parliamentary democracy, and a comprehensive assessment of Hungary's post-Communist politics, economy and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78509/cover/9780521578509.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shells</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claassen, Cheryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cheryl Claassen offers an authoritative, readable and clear guide to the study of shells, which is addressed to students and professional archaeologists and palaeontologists. She considers the history of archaeological interest in shells, the biology of freshwater and marine molluscs, and critically discusses current techniques, methods, and research problems. Drawing on examples worldwide, and covering prehistoric and historic periods, among the topics covered are: is shell deposit natural or cultural? How long do shells last? What can shells tell us about the environmental characteristics and ancient habitats or about the people who collected them? What symbolic roles have shells served in human societies? This is a well balanced account, and all aspects of the subject are clearly represented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78523/cover/9780521578523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Search of the Ultimate Building Blocks</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>'t Hooft, Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a first-hand account of one of the most creative and exciting periods of discovery in the history of physics. From 1960 until 1990 theoreticians and experimentalists worked together to probe deeper and deeper into the basic structure of reality, moving closer and closer to an understanding of the ultimate building blocks from which everything in the Universe is made. Gerard 't Hooft was closely involved in many of the advances in the development of the subject. In this book he gives a personal account of the process by which physicists came to understand the structure of matter, and to speculate on possible directions in which the subject may evolve in the future. This fascinating personal account of the last thirty  years in one of the most dramatic areas in twentieth century physics will be of interest to professional physicists and physics students, as well as the educated general reader with an interest in one of the most exciting scientific detective stories ever.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78837/cover/9780521578837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Population History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Black Death to the Present Day</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together in one volume the four studies on British population history already published in the series New Studies in Economic and Social History, and adds to them a new essay on British population in the twentieth century. Between them, the authors survey the trends and debates in British population history from 1348 to 1991. Research over the past twenty-five years has transformed our understanding of how population has grown and declined, of why the numbers of births, deaths, marriages and migrants have risen and fallen, and thrown much new light on the economic and social impact of these changes. The studies in this book supply introductions to these problems for readers who are not themselves demographers but who, as students, teachers, or non-specialist historians and social scientists, want to know more about what happened and what are the main topics of current debate. Full bibliographies for further study are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78844/cover/9780521578844.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Debussy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'That great blue Sphinx', Debussy called the sea. Debussy himself was something of a Sphinx: in the early 1890s he was thinking of 'founding a society for musical esotericism', and although, on the surface, most of his music is instantly engaging and accessible, at a deeper level run currents that are dangerous, unpredictable, destructive. In this new biography, Roger Nichols considers the life and music of this seminal figure, charting the currents and the whirlpools in which other humans were sometimes unlucky enough to get caught. Debussy's status is such that no modern composer has been able to ignore him, asking, as he does, any number of riddles to which late twentieth-century music is still searching for answers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78875/cover/9780521578875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578949</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Mathematical Introduction to Wavelets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wojtaszczyk, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a mathematical introduction to the theory of orthogonal wavelets and their uses in analysing functions and function spaces, both in one and in several variables. Starting with a detailed and self contained discussion of the general construction of one dimensional wavelets from multiresolution analysis, the book presents in detail the most important wavelets: spline wavelets, Meyer's wavelets and wavelets with compact support. It then moves to the corresponding multivariable theory and gives genuine multivariable examples. Wavelet decompositions in Lp spaces, Hardy spaces and Besov spaces are discussed and wavelet characterisations of those spaces are provided. Also included are some additional topics like periodic wavelets or wavelets not associated with a multiresolution analysis. This will be an invaluable book for those wishing to learn about the mathematical foundations of wavelets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/78943/cover/9780521578943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521578981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521578981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521578981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Dimensions in International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative and Empirical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521578981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bhandari, Jagdeep S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sykes, Alan O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>707</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this collection use interdisciplinary perspectives to investigate issues in international and comparative law, primarily employing theoretical or empirical economics. They demonstrate that the economic analysis of law has much to contribute to the study of international matters, despite the fact that mainstream international legal scholars and economists have had relatively little interaction. The essays take comparative or empirical approaches to explore themes in international trade, trade and the environment, law and development, the political economy of privatization and exchange rate policies, economic theories of international institutional design, immigration policy, comparative bankruptcy, international antitrust, and extraterritorial jurisdiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>95.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521579007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521579007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521579001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ergodicity for Infinite Dimensional Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521579001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Da Prato, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zabczyk, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is devoted to the asymptotic properties of solutions of stochastic evolution equations in infinite dimensional spaces. It is divided into three parts: Markovian dynamical systems; invariant measures for stochastic evolution equations; invariant measures for specific models. The focus is on models of dynamical processes affected by white noise, which are described by partial differential equations such as the reaction-diffusion equations or Navier-Stokes equations. Besides existence and uniqueness questions, special attention is paid to the asymptotic behaviour of the solutions, to invariant measures and ergodicity. Some of the results found here are presented for the first time. For all whose research interests involve stochastic modelling, dynamical systems, or ergodic theory, this book will be an essential purchase.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/79001/cover/9780521579001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521579104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521579104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521579100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Peirce</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521579100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Misak, Cheryl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Sanders Peirce (1839-1914) is generally considered the most significant American philosopher. He was the founder of pragmatism, the view popularized by William James and John Dewey, that our philosophical theories must be linked to experience and practice. The essays in this volume reveal how Peirce worked through this idea to make important contributions to most branches of philosophy. The topics covered include Peirce's influence; the famous pragmatic maxim and the view of truth and reality arising from it; the question as to whether mathematical, moral and religious hypotheses might aspire to truth; his theories of inquiry and perception; and his contribution to semiotics, statistical inference and deductive logic. New readers will find this the most convenient and accessible guide to Peirce currently available. Advanced students and specialists will find a conspectus of recent developments in the interpretation of Peirce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/79100/cover/9780521579100.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science and Civilisation in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Golas, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth volume of Dr Needham's immense undertaking covers the subjects of chemistry and chemical technology. This, the thirteenth part of the volume, is the first history of Chinese mining to appear in a western language. Covering from the Neolithic period to the present day it deals with the full range of Chinese mining from copper to mercury, arsenic to coal and a large number of other minerals and materials. The author draws extensively not only on written sources but also on archaeological remains, and observation of traditional techniques still in use. The interrelationship between Chinese mining and the social, economic and political conditions in which it took place is examined, and leads the author to conclude that these extraneous factors were probably more important in determining how mining was carried out than technological progress.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80007/cover/9780521580007.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>335.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580013</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Liquid Crystalline Polymers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donald, A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Windle, A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanna, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>604</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The new edition of this authoritative guide on liquid crystalline polymer (LCP) science has been produced in response to the wealth of new material recently generated in the field.  It takes the reader through the theoretical underpinnings to real-world applications of LCP technology in a logical, well-integrated manner. A chapter on liquid biopolymers has been introduced, whilst the in-depth discussion on applications describes not only maturing fields of high strength structural LCPs, but also a detailed analysis of the developing area of functional materials. The in-depth coverage and detailed glossary establishes this as an indispensable text for graduate students and researchers in the polymer field, as well as being of interest to those working in chemistry, physics and materials science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80014/cover/9780521580014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580069</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Zion Traditions and the Aims of Jesus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580069</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tan, Kim Huat</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an exciting re-interpretation of the sayings and actions of Jesus. Setting him firmly in the context of first-century Judaism, it asks how important the city of Jerusalem and the theological traditions centred on it were to Jesus. At this time, Zion had become 'the symbol of the life, beliefs and hopes of all Jews'. Those Jews who expected the coming of a messianic Davidic king assumed that he would reign from Zion. Dr Tan argues that, as a prophet, Jesus was attracted inevitably to the city of Zion. Skilfully integrating what Jesus is recorded to have said with what he is recorded to have done in the last weeks of his life, Dr Tan suggests that an understanding of the importance to Jesus of the Zion traditions not only helps us to understand the unifying aim behind Jesus's ministry, but also provides us with the key to the riddle of who Jesus thought he was.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80069/cover/9780521580069.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580099</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russian Modernism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Transfiguration of the Everyday</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580090</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchings, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the unique way in which Russian culture constructs the notion of everyday life, or byt, and offers the first unified reading of Silver-age narrative which it repositions at the centre of Russian modernism. Drawing on semiotics and theology, Stephen C. Hutchings argues that byt emerged from a dialogue between two traditions, one reflected in western representational aesthetics for which daily existence figures as neutral and normative, the other encapsulated in the Orthodox emphasis on iconic embodiment. Hutchings identifies early 'Decadent' formulations of byt as a milestone after which writers from Chekhov to Rozanov sought to affirm the iconic potential hidden in Russian realism's critique of representationalism. Provocative, yet careful, textual analyses reveal a consistent urge to redefine art's function as one not of representing life, but of transfiguring the everyday.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80090/cover/9780521580090.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580102</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The World Food Outlook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Donald O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ingco, Merlinda D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, Ronald C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern day Malthusians warn that Malthus will ultimately be right: the world will be less and less able to feed itself as populations keep expanding and crop yields seem to have reached a peak. The authors of this volume believe that this pessimism is misplaced, and that there is in fact no worldwide food crisis. On the contrary, they show that the world food situation has improved dramatically over the past three decades: prices of agricultural commodities are at their lowest level in history in real terms and crop output is continuing to rise faster than population. This book provides a much needed and reasoned view on a subject that is too often treated emotionally. The important changes in the international food economy are considered in historical context and provide a basis for projections to 2010. The situation should continue to improve and food should become cheaper than it is today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80106/cover/9780521580106.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580137</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580137</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics: Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventh World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580137</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreps, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the third of three volumes containing papers presented at the Seventh World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret key recent developments and discuss current and future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. They cover both theory and applications. Authored by leading specialists in their fields, these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80137/cover/9780521580137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580161</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature, Modernism and Myth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Belief and Responsibility in the Twentieth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The use of myth in Modernist literature is a misleadingly familiar theme. Joyce's appropriation of Homer's Odyssey and Eliot's of Frazer's Golden Bough are, like Lawrence's primitivism or Yeats's nationalist folklore, attempts to discover an underlying metaphysic in an increasingly fragmented world. In Literature, Modernism and Myth Michael Bell also examines the relationship of myth and modernism to postmodernism. Myth, Bell shows, is inherently flexible; it was used to justify Pound's totalizing vision of society which eventually descended into fascism, and the liberal, ironic vision of human existence Joyce and Mann expressed. Those theorists who present myth as another form of mystification, a search for false origins, ignore its use by modernists to emphasise the ultimate contingency of all values. This anti-foundational element, Bell claims, enables myth to act as a corrective to the claims of ideological critique. Bell shows how postmodern concerns with political and social responsibility, and the role literature plays in formulating this, have in fact been inherited from modernism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80168/cover/9780521580168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158017X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158017X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnic Identity in Greek Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Jonathan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Jonathan Hall seeks to demonstrate that the ethnic groups of ancient Greece, like many ethnic groups throughout the world today, were not ultimately racial, linguistic, religious or cultural groups, but social groups whose 'origins' in extraneous territories were just as often imagined as they were real. Adopting an explicitly anthropological point of view, he examines the evidence of literature, archaeology and linguistics to elucidate the nature of ethnic identity in ancient Greece. Rather than treating Greek ethnic groups as 'natural' or 'essential' - let alone 'racial' - entities, he emphasises the active, constructive and dynamic role of ethnography, genealogy, material culture and language in shaping ethnic consciousness. An introductory chapter outlines the history of the study of ethnicity in Greek antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80175/cover/9780521580175.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580188</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580188</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580182</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Liberalism to Fascism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Right in a French Province, 1928-1939</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580182</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Passmore, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>351</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Croix de Feu and its successor the Parti Social Fran&#231;ais stood at the centre of political conflict in the turbulent final years of the French Third Republic. Membership peaked at 750,000 in 1937, and at the time the movement was widely regarded as the counterpart of fascism in Germany and Italy. However, only recently has the view that fascism also has roots in France become a serious topic for debate. From Liberalism to Fascism is based largely on archival research, and shows that contemporary perceptions of the Croix de Feu and the PSF as fascist were in fact correct. Dr Passmore places French fascism in the wider context of the history of French conservatism through a micro-study of a crisis of the liberal-conservative tradition in Lyon. This book is the first to place the emergence of French fascism in the wider political and social context. In the process, received views of the nature of French society and politics are contested.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80182/cover/9780521580182.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marrow Stromal Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beresford, Jon N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Maureen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>165</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first book of its kind on marrow stromal cells, and written by leading experts in the field, this concise handbook aims to provide all that is needed to those new to this relatively young area of research. It provides a historical perspective and a summary of present knowledge of the marrow stromal lineages which are currently best understood. Detailed protocols for the isolation, culture and characterization of marrow stromal cell types from human and other animal species are given. The breadth and depth of the subject matter included makes the book equally suitable for new researchers and the more experienced investigator in this rapidly expanding field, including clinicians and bioscientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89789/cover/9780521589789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580234</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Notional Theory of Syntactic Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580236</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an innovative theory of syntactic categories and the lexical classes they define. It revives the traditional idea that these are to be distinguished notionally (semantically). It allows for there to be peripheral members of a lexical class which may not obviously conform to the general definition. The author proposes a notation based on semantic features which accounts for the syntactic behaviour of classes. The book also presents a case for considering this classification - again in rather traditional vein - to be basic to determining the syntactic structure of sentences. Syntactic structure is thus erected in a very restricted fashion, without recourse to movement or empty elements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80236/cover/9780521580236.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580250</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580250</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Narrative and Meaning in Early Modern England</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Browne's Skull and Other Histories</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580250</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchitello, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Howard Marchitello's study of narrative techniques in Renaissance discourse analyses imaginative conjunctions of literary texts, such as those by Shakespeare and Browne, with developments in scientific and technical writing. In Narrative and Meaning in Early Modern England he explores the relationship between a range of early modern discourses, such as cartography, anatomy and travel writing, and the developing sense of the importance of narrative in producing meaning. Narrative was used in the Renaissance as both a mode of discourse and an epistemology; it not only produced knowledge, it also dictated how that knowledge should be understood. Marchitello uses a wide range of cultural documents to illustrate the importance of narrative in constructing the Renaissance understanding of time and identity. By highlighting the inherent textual element in imaginative and scientific discourses, his study also evaluates a range of contemporary critical practices and explores their relation to narrative and the production of meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36863/cover/9780521036863.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mentalities of Gorillas and Orangutans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Comparative Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Sue Taylor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Robert W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, H. Lyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVW79</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research on the mental abilities of chimpanzees and bonobos has been widely celebrated and used in reconstructions of human evolution. In contrast, less attention has been paid to the abilities of gorillas and orangutans. This volume aims to help complete the picture of hominoid cognition by bringing together the work on gorillas and orangutans and setting it in comparative perspective. The introductory chapters set the evolutionary context for comparing cognition in gorillas and orangutans to that of chimpanzees, bonobos and humans. The remaining chapters focus primarily on the kinds and levels of intelligence displayed by orangutans and gorillas compared to other great apes, including performances in the classic domains of tool use and tool making, imitation, self-awareness, social communication and symbol use. All those wanting more information on the mental abilities of these sometimes neglected, but important primates will find this book a treasure trove.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80274/cover/9780521580274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580358</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postsocialist Pathways</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transforming Politics and Property in East Central Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stark, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruszt, Laszlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can property regimes be successfully transformed while simultaneously extending citizenship rights to the property-less? This is the postsocialist challenge analyzed in this comparative study of the new democracies of a distinctly East European capitalism. Tracing the diverse pathways from the collapse of communism, a leading American economic sociologist and a pioneering Hungarian political scientist examine the innovative character, born of necessity, of postsocialist institutions in which actors are recombining economic assets and redefining political resources. Under conditions of extraordinary uncertainty, networks of enterprises become the units of economic restructuring, blurring the boundaries of public and private and yielding distinctive patterns of interorganizational ownership. In contrast to recent calls to liberate the market or to liberate the state, this sustained comparative analysis demonstrates the benefits of deliberative institutions that are neither market friendly nor hierarchical. By extending accountability, actors bound through associative ties make agreements that extend the authority to carry out reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580366</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580366</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Mind</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Construction of the Idea</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580366</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valsiner, Jaan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veer, Rene van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Social Mind charts the intellectual history of the idea of socially constructed mind through the examination of four key theorists - Lev Vygotsky, George Herbert Mead, James Mark Baldwin, and Pierre Janet. An analysis of the theories of these scholars and the social climate in which they worked will be invaluable to contemporary social scientists. In their analysis of the social construction of mind, the authors elaborate on their notion of intellectual interdependency in the development of scientific ideas and they take a new look at how progress in science is a socially constructed entity. Their well constructed, ambitious volume makes an important and timely contribution to the theory and history of psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89734/cover/9780521589734.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bicameralism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580373</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsebelis, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Money, Jeannette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines some fifty countries to ascertain how the chambers of bicameral legislatures interact when they produce legislation. An understanding of this interaction is essential because otherwise legislative behaviour in each chamber may be unintelligible or incorrectly interpreted. The book employs cooperative game theoretic models to establish that bicameral legislatures, when compared with unicameral legislatures, increase the stability of the status quo and reduce intercameral differences to one privileged dimension of conflict. Non-cooperative game theoretic models are used to investigate the significance of a series of insitutional devices used to resolve intercameral conflict where a bill is introduced, which chamber has the final word, how many times a bill can shuttle between chambers, and whether conference committees are called. Empirical evidence, mainly from the French Republic, is used to evaluate the arguments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80373/cover/9780521580373.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Assessment and Diagnosis of Personality Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The ICD-10 International Personality Disorder Examination (IPDE)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580434</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Loranger, Armand W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janca, Aleksandar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sartorius, Norman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The diagnosis and assessment of personality disorders has lagged considerably behind that of most other mental disorders. However, the IPDE is an instrument which is compatible, through two modules, with both ICD-10 and DSM-IV criteria. In the form of a semi-structured clinical interview, it provides a means of measuring major categories of personality disorders which have been previously ignored. It is also unique in that it seeks to secure reliable and uniform diagnosis which is both internationally and cross-culturally acceptable. Written by leading international authorities, this volume forms an invaluable reference manual to the IPDE instrument and its development. Its first section includes an overview of the worldwide field trials of the interview and aspects of epidemiology which affect the current status of diagnosis and assessment research. The second section detailing the full interview schedule and scoring system for the instrument will further facilitate its use by both clinician and researcher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80434/cover/9780521580434.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580447</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580447</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580441</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Physics of Information Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580441</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gershenfeld, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Physics of Information Technology explores the familiar devices that we use to collect, transform, transmit, and interact with electronic information. Many such devices operate surprisingly close to very many fundamental physical limits. Understanding how such devices work, and how they can (and cannot) be improved, requires deep insight into the character of physical law as well as engineering practice. The book starts with an introduction to units, forces, and the probabilistic foundations of noise and signalling, then progresses through the electromagnetics of wired and wireless communications, and the quantum mechanics of electronic, optical, and magnetic materials, to discussions of mechanisms for computation, storage, sensing, and display. This self-contained volume will help both physical scientists and computer scientists see beyond the conventional division between hardware and software to understand the implications of physical theory for information manipulation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80441/cover/9780521580441.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158048X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158048X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580489</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advice and Consent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Consultation in Japan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580489</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schwartz, Frank J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If the postwar era has witnessed a pluralizing trend in Japan, that is not to say that many diverse, fluctuating groups compete equally in the political marketplace. Instead, small sets of well-organized, narrowly-focused interest groups typically join specific bureaucratic agencies, groups of politicians, and individual experts to dominate policymaking in relatively self-contained issue areas. One useful window on interest-group politics is Japan's system of consultative councils. More than 200 of these councils, or shingikai, are attached to the ministries. Composed of business people, bureaucrats, scholars, journalists, union members, and others, they deliberate on virtually every aspect of public policy. This book reviews the functions and operations of Japan's council system, and presents three case studies of specific governmental decisions involving the use of shingikai in the late 1980s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/05364/cover/9780521005364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981019</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580498</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Automorphic Forms on SL2 (R)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borel, Armand</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an introduction to some aspects of the analytic theory of automorphic forms on G=SL2(R) or the upper-half plane X, with respect to a discrete subgroup G of G of finite covolume. The point of view is inspired by the theory of infinite dimensional unitary representations of G; this is introduced in the last sections, making this connection explicit. The topics treated include the construction of fundamental domains, the notion of automorphic form on G\G and its relationship with the classical automorphic forms on X, Poincare series, constant terms, cusp forms, finite dimensionality of the space of automorphic forms of a given type, compactness of certain convolution operators, Eisenstein series, unitary representations of G, and the spectral decomposition of L2 (G\G). The main prerequisites are some results in functional analysis (reviewed, with references) and some familiarity with the elementary theory of Lie groups and Lie algebras.  Graduate students and researchers in analytic number theory will find much to interest them in this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80496/cover/9780521580496.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158051X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158051X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580519</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Balkan Economies c.1800-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolution without Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580519</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Palairet, Michael R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>431</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Balkan Economies c. 1800-1914 is a strongly revisionist book which compares the economic progress of Serbia, Bulgaria, Bosnia, Montenegro and Macedonia in the century before World War I. Michael Palairet draws heavily on native-language primary sources to argue that these territories probably experienced economic decline rather than growth, at least from the mid-nineteenth century. This comprehensive study of the economic evolution of the Balkans suggests that the Ottoman and Habsburg empires in providing a framework of order and property rights did more for agrarian and industrial development than succeeding regional and nationalist governments. Based on in-depth research, this book promises to be the definitive economic history of the Balkans.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80519/cover/9780521580519.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Haydn Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutcliffe, W. Dean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advances in Haydn scholarship would have been unthinkable to earlier generations, who honoured the composer more in word than in deed. Haydn Studies deals with many aspects of a composer who is perennially fresh, concentrating principally on matters of reception, style and aesthetics and presenting many interesting readings of the composer's work. Haydn has never played a major role in accounts of cultural history and has never achieved the emblematic status accorded to composers such as Beethoven, Debussy and Stravinsky, in spite of his radical creative agenda: this volume broadens the base of our understanding of the composer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80526/cover/9780521580526.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Glasses for Photonics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yamane, Masayuki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asahara, Yoshiyuki</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>281</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to recent progress in the development and application of glass with special photonics properties. Glass has a number of structural and practical advantages over crystalline materials, including excellent homogeneity, variety of form and size, and the potential for doping with a variety of dopant materials. Glasses with photonic properties have great potential and are expected to play a significant role in the next generation of multimedia systems. Fundamentals of glass materials are explained in the first chapter, and the book then proceeds to a discussion of gradient index glass, laser glasses, nonlinear optical glasses and magneto-optical glasses. Beginning with the basic theory, the book discusses actual problems, performance and applications of glasses. The book will be of value to graduate students, researchers and professional engineers working in materials science, chemistry and physics with an interest in photonics and glass with special properties.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80533/cover/9780521580533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580540</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioral Approaches to Conservation in the Wild</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580540</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemmons, Janine R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchholz, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today's conservation literature emphasises landscape ecology and population genetics without addressing the behavioral links that enable the long term survival of populations. This book presents theoretical and practical arguments for considering behavior patterns in attempts to conserve biodiversity. Prominent scientists and wildlife managers are brought together in this volume to address a number of issues, including the limits and potentials of behavioral research to conservation, the importance of behavioral variation as a component of biodiversity, and the use of animal behavior to solve conservation problems and provide specific direction for research and management practices. The book emphasises conservation of wild populations as opposed to captive and reintroduced populations, where behavioral research has concentrated in the past. The variety of expertise in this volume demonstrates that the complete ethological framework, not just behavioral ecology, provides valuable techniques and knowledge for conserving biodiversity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89604/cover/9780521589604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580579</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580571</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semantics and Logics of Computation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580571</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitts, Andrew M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dybjer, P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this volume is to present developments in semantics and logics of computation in a way that is accessible to graduate students. The book is based on a summer school at the Isaac Newton Institute and consists of a sequence of linked lecture courses by international authorities in the area. The whole set has been edited to form a coherent introduction to these topics, most of which have not been presented pedagogically before.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80571/cover/9780521580571.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580587</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extreme Ultraviolet Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barstow, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holberg, Jay B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text describes the development of astronomy in the Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) wavelength range, from the first rocket-based experiments in the late 1960s through to later satellite missions. Discussions of the results from important space projects are followed by an analysis of the contributions made by EUV astronomy to the study of specific groups of astronomical objects. Within this framework, the book provides detailed material on the tools of EUV astronomy, dealing with the instrumentation, observational techniques, and modelling tools for the interpretation of data. Prospects for future EUV missions are discussed, and a catalogue of the known EUV sources is included. This book will be of great value to graduate students and researchers. It gives a complete overview of Extreme Ultraviolet astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80588/cover/9780521580588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580617</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pompidou Years, 1969-1974</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580618</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berstein, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rioux, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodall, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the latest volume to appear in the successful Cambridge History of Modern France series, and is the most authoritative account available of the presidency of Georges Pompidou. Pompidou consolidated the constitutional changes made by de Gaulle, to the extent that he is now regarded as the Fifth Republic's second founding father, and continued his haughty attitudes to foreign policy. He also launched a programme of modernisation and industrialisation: under Pompidou France saw both the climax and the end of the post-war boom. Serge Berstein and Jean-Pierre Rioux analyse the politics of the period, and also give an overview of France's economy, culture and society. Their comprehensive study contains all the standard features, such as maps, chronology, and tables, which have helped this series to establish itself as the premier multi-volume account of modern France. Students, scholars and teachers in history and political studies will find this volume invaluable.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80618/cover/9780521580618.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580625</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580625</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patterns of Piety</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women, Gender and Religion in Late Medieval and Reformation England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580625</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an interpretation of the transition from Catholicism to Protestantism in the English Reformation, and explores its implications for an understanding of women and gender. Central to this is an appreciation of the significance of medieval Christocentric piety in offering a bridge to the Reformation, and in shaping the nature of Protestantism in the period up to the Civil War. Not only does this explain much of the support for Protestantism, but it also suggests the need to question assumptions that the 'loss' of the Virgin Mary and the saints was detrimental to women. The Reformation undermined the ritual role of the Catholic godly woman but its definition of the representative frail Christian as a woman devoted to Christ meant that it was not an alien environment for the weaker sex. Moreover, although scriptural texts could reinforce patriarchy, they were complemented by subtle discussions of the ambiguities of gender and responsibility in the stories of Susanna and Bathsheba. The Christocentric piety of the late medieval parish shaped the Reformation and paved the way for a more subtle understanding of gender.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80625/cover/9780521580625.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030805</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580649</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A World of States of Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580649</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important study D. M. Armstrong offers a comprehensive system of analytical metaphysics that synthesises but also develops his thinking over the last twenty years. Armstrong's analysis, which acknowledges the 'logical atomism' of Russell and Wittgenstein, makes facts (or states of affairs, as the author calls them) the fundamental constituents of the world, examining properties, relations, numbers, classes, possibility and necessity, dispositions, causes and laws. All these, it is argued, find their place and can be understood inside a scheme of states of affairs. This is a comprehensive and rigorously this-worldly account of the most general features of reality, argued from a distinctive philosophical perspective, and it will appeal to a wide readership in analytical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80649/cover/9780521580649.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580668</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580668</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580663</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>805</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts, are fundamental elements of modern public international law. International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of such decisions. It is an absolutely essential work of reference. The series, established 60 years ago (originally under the title of Annual Digest and Reports of Public International Law Cases), covers the years from 1919. Four volumes a year, each of some 700 pages, is envisaged. The cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The series is, therefore, the most convenient source of case law material in the field. The volumes are prepared by an experienced team under the auspices of the Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in foreign languages are translated into English. By reason of its standing and scope of coverage, the series is widely and regularly cited in judgements of international and national tribunals, as well as in the literature of the subject. There is no question here of choosing between this series and some other. There is no other publication that even remotely provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series is a must for every library that needs to provide even minimal international law coverage. It is also the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80663/cover/9780521580663.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580676</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>730</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators as well as judgements of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the University of Cambridge Research Centre for International Law. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgements of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. Essential for every library providing even minimal international coverage. The most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80670/cover/9780521580670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580687</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>832</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators as well as judgements of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the University of Cambridge Research Centre for International Law. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgements of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. Essential for every library providing even minimal international coverage. The most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80687/cover/9780521580687.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580694</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580694</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>732</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators as well as judgements of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the University of Cambridge Research Centre for International Law. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgements of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. Essential for every library providing even minimal international coverage. The most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80694/cover/9780521580694.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580700</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>743</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the University of Cambridge Research Centre for International Law. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgements of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. Essential for every library providing even minimal international coverage. The most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80700/cover/9780521580700.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580714</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580717</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580717</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oppenheimer, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>735</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgements of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the University of Cambridge Centre for International Law. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgements of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. Essential for every library providing even minimal international coverage. The most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80717/cover/9780521580717.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580722</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Law Reports</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580724</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lauterpacht, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenwood, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>750</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International Law Reports is the only publication in the world wholly devoted to the regular and systematic reporting in English of decisions of international courts and arbitrators, as well as judgments of national courts. It is therefore an essential work of reference. Cases are drawn from every relevant jurisdiction - international and national. The volumes are prepared at the Lauterpacht Research Centre for International Law in the University of Cambridge. All decisions in other languages are translated into English. Because of the standing and scope of its coverage, the series is widely cited in judgments of international and national tribunals. No other publication provides a comparable coverage of case law in this field. The series should be an essential holding for every library providing even minimal international law coverage. These reports offer the most economical and efficient way of accessing the whole range of international case law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80724/cover/9780521580724.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580755</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gillray Observed</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Earliest Account of his Caricatures in London und Paris</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580755</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banerji, Christiane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donald, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of England's most famous caricaturists, James Gillray, was an immensely successful and popular artist, yet there were no accounts of his work published in England during his lifetime. The single contemporary source on Gillray is a series of commentaries published in the German journal London und Paris between 1798 and 1806. Christine Banerji and Diana Donald have translated and edited selected commentaries, with accompanying illustrations, to reveal how Gillray's art was understood by his contemporaries. The edition offers a unique insight into the role of satire in British politics during the Napoleonic era and shows the subtle artistry of Gillray's designs. The volume also includes an informative introduction which places Gillray and his work in the context of a fascinating episode in Anglo-German relations at the turn of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01851/cover/9780521101851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580781</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580786</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cold Ocean Physiology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580786</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>P&#246;rtner, Hans-O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Playle, Richard C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From a human viewpoint, the cold waters of deep sea and polar marine regions present an inhospitable and harsh environment for life. The study of organisms which have exploited this seemingly hostile ecological niche has revealed intriguing physiological adaptations. This volume summarizes the information on the adaptations exhibited by representatives of the main groups of polar animals, including marine invertebrates, fish, mammals and birds, at scales ranging from the whole organism through to the underlying molecular adaptational mechanisms. Unique in its breadth of coverage, this volume will provide an important resource for all those concerned specifically with how animals have adapted to life in extreme conditions, as well as being of general interest to all marine biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39680/cover/9780521039680.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158082X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158082X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Compromise</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Peacemakers in Counter-Reformation Vienna</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580823</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Louthan, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quest for Compromise is an interdisciplinary study of the imperial court in late sixteenth-century Vienna, and a detailed examination of a fascinating moment of religious moderation. Against a backdrop of rising religious and confessional dogmatism, the Emperor Maximilian II (1564-1576) assembled a remarkable cast of courtiers who resisted extremes of both Reformation and Counter-Reformation. This book investigates the rise and fall of an irenic movement through four individuals whose work at the imperial court reflected the ideals of religious compromise and moderation. An Italian artist (Jacopo Strada), a Silesian physician (Johannes Crato), a Dutch librarian (Hugo Blotius) and a German soldier (Lazarus von Schwendi) sought peace and accommodation through a wide range of cultural, intellectual and political activity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/27120/cover/9780521027120.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580838</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Crime, Law, and Social Control</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simpson, Sally S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do corporations obey the law? When companies violate the law, what kinds of interventions are most apt to correct their behavior and return them to compliant status? In this book Sally Simpson examines whether the shift towards the use of criminal law, with its emphasis on punishment and stigmatization, is an effective strategy for controlling illegal corporate behavior. She concludes that strict criminalization models will not yield sufficiently high levels of compliance. Empirical data suggest that in most cases cooperative models work best with most corporate offenders. Because some corporate managers, however, respond primarily to instrumental concerns, Simpson argues that compliance should also be buttressed by punitive strategies. Her review and application of the relevant empirical literature on corporate crime and compliance combined with her judicious examination of theory and approaches, make a valuable new contribution to the literature on white-collar crime and deterrence and criminal behavior more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80830/cover/9780521580830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580854</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harmonic Maps, Loop Groups, and Integrable Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guest, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harmonic maps are generalisations of the concept of geodesics. They encompass many fundamental examples in differential geometry and have recently become of widespread use in many areas of mathematics and mathematical physics. This is an accessible introduction to some of the fundamental connections between differential geometry, Lie groups, and integrable Hamiltonian systems. The specific goal of the book is to show how the theory of loop groups can be used to study harmonic maps. By concentrating on the main ideas and examples, the author leads up to topics of current research. The book is suitable for students who are beginning to study manifolds and Lie groups, and should be of interest both to mathematicians and to theoretical physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80854/cover/9780521580854.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Trade and Finance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Frontiers for Research</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Benjamin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of original essays offers a selection of contemporary scholarship intended to help define an agenda for future research in the field of international trade and finance. Written to honour Peter B. Kenen and to follow his work, the volume is divided into three parts: international trade theory, international monetary theory, and applied policy analysis. Trade issues addressed include the role of capital in standard trade models, welfare implications of economic integration, and the relationship between economic openness and the size of government. The monetary chapters include two related essays on the effects of exchange rates on economic activity and two essays on aspects of optimum currency area theory. Applied policy papers include two on industrial countries, two on developing countries, and one on problems of transition in the successor states of the former Soviet Union. Also included is an essay by Paul Krugman assessing Kenen's lifetime of scholarly achievements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80861/cover/9780521580861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Critical Essays on Piero Sraffa's Legacy in Economics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580892</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurz, Heinz D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection offers a critical assessment of the published works of Piero Sraffa, one of the leading economists of the twentieth century, and their legacy for the economics profession. The topics covered explore Sraffa's interpretation of the classical economists; his theory of value and distribution; his critique of partial and general neoclassical equilibrium theory; his focus on the problem of capital; and his critique of Hayek's monetary overinvestment theory of the business cycle. Specific issues investigated include intertemporal general equilibrium theory and the capital problem; the probability of reswitching; Ricardo, Malthus, and the corn model; and the meaning and implication of the capital controversy. Among the contributors are many of the world's leading students of Sraffian economics, including Nobel Laureate Paul Samuelson, Christian Bidard, Edwin Burmeister, John Eatwell, Pierangelo Garegnani, Samuel Hollander, Heinz Kurz, Lynn Mainwaring, Neri Salvadori, Bertram Schefold and Ian Steedman.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80892/cover/9780521580892.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580900</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580900</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Catholicism, Controversy and the English Literary Imagination, 1558-1660</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shell, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Catholic contribution to English literary culture has been widely neglected or misunderstood. This book sets out to rehabilitate a wide range of Catholic imaginative writing, while exposing the role of anti-Catholicism as an imaginative stimulus to mainstream writers in Tudor and Stuart England. It discusses canonical figures such as Sidney, Spenser, Webster and Middleton, those whose presence in the canon has been more fitful, and many who have escaped the attention of literary critics. Among the themes to emerge are the anti-Catholic imagery of revenge tragedy and the definitive contribution made by Southwell and Crashaw to the post-Reformation revival of religious verse in England. Alison Shell offers a fascinating exploration of the rhetorical stratagems by which Catholics sought to demonstrate simultaneous loyalties to the monarch and to their religion, and of the stimulus given to the Catholic literary imagination by the persecution and exile so many of these writers suffered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80908/cover/9780521580908.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580919</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transatlantic Images and Perceptions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Germany and America since 1776</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580915</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barclay, David E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glaser-Schmidt, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>383</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last two centuries, Germans and Americans have been rivals, friends, opponents, and, most recently, allies. This cross-disciplinary collection of essays analyses how German and American views of each other developed and periodically shifted, providing a fresh analysis of the often complex German-American relationship. The images that resulted from encounters between the two countries frequently reflected significant cross-currents of the contemporary relations, and often foreshadowed important trends. The nine German and eight American contributors to this volume analysed travelogues, private letters, diaries, diplomatic reports, and newspaper articles from the wake of US independence through the reunification of Germany, and also post-1945 movies, that reflect these cross-cultural encounters and illustrate how political agendas, prejudices, stereotypes, and pragmatic forces influenced individual, group and mass perceptions of the other society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80915/cover/9780521580915.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580927</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580927</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Roman Cultural Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580922</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Habinek, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schiesaro, Alessandro</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book places culture centre-stage in the investigation of the transformation of Rome from Republic to Empire. It is the first book to attempt to understand the so-called Roman Revolution as a cultural phenomenon. Instead of regarding cultural changes as dependent on political developments, the essays consider literary, artistic, and political changes as manifestations of a basic transformation of Roman culture. In Part I the international group of contributors discusses the changes in the cultural systems under the topics of authority, gender and sexuality, status and space in the city of Rome, and in Part II through specific texts and artifacts as they refract social, political, and economic changes. The essays draw on the latest methods in literary and cultural work to present a holistic approach to the Augustan Cultural Revolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16195/cover/9780521616195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Purcell Manuscripts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Principal Musical Sources</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shay, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few details are known about the life of Henry Purcell. This book provides an in-depth analysis of the most obvious documentary evidence of Purcell's career - the music manuscripts of his own hand and those copied by his colleagues. Robert Shay and Robert Thompson offer a richly illustrated study of Purcell's sources, examining in detail the physical features of the manuscripts as well as their musical content. Their survey sheds light on the chronology of composition and copying of Purcell's works and reassesses the place of extant autographs in his musical development. Major sources are fully catalogued, providing information about the context in which Purcell's music was collected and performed, and his handwriting is more closely examined than ever before. The book represents a significant reference tool for scholars, applying a forensic approach that greatly enriches our knowledge of the composer and the music of his time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80946/cover/9780521580946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580951</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Careers of British Musicians, 1750-1850</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Profession of Artisans</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580953</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rohr, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of the social context of music must consider the day-to-day experiences of its practitioners; their economic, social, professional and artistic goals; and the material and cultural conditions under which these goals were pursued. This book traces the daily working life and aspirations of British musicians during the sweeping social and economic transformation of Britain from 1750 to 1850. It features working musicians of all types and at all levels - organists, singers, instrumentalists, teachers, composers and entrepreneurs - and explores their educational background, their conditions of employment, their wages, the systems of patronage that supported them, and their individual perceptions. Deborah Rohr focuses not only on social and economic pressures but also on a range of negative cultural beliefs faced by the musicians. Also considered are the implications of such conditions for their social and professional status, and for their musical aspirations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80953/cover/9780521580953.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158096X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158096X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reshaping National Intelligence for an Age of Information</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Treverton, Gregory F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world of intelligence has been completely transformed by the end of the Cold War and the onset of an age of information. Prior to the 1990s, US government intelligence had one principal target, the Soviet Union; a narrow set of 'customers', the political and military officials of the US government; and a limited set of information from the sources they owned, spy satellites and spies. Today, world intelligence has many targets, numerous consumers - not all of whom are American or in the government - and too much information, most of which is not owned by the U.S. government and is of widely varying reliability. In this bold and penetrating study, Gregory Treverton, former Vice Chair of the National Intelligence Council and Senate investigator, offers his insider's views on how intelligence gathering and analysis must change. He suggests why intelligence needs to be both contrarian, leaning against the conventional wisdom, and attentive to the longer term, leaning against the growing shorter time horizons of Washington policy makers. He urges that the solving of intelligence puzzles tap expertise outside government - in the academy, think tanks, and Wall Street - to make these parties colleagues and co-consumers of intelligence, befitting the changed role of government from doer to convener, mediator, and coalition-builder.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80960/cover/9780521580960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Activism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Theory and Practice of Political Morality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580977</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gross, Michael L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Responsible citizens are expected to combine ethical judgement with judiciously exercised social activism to preserve the moral foundation of democratic society and prevent political injustice. But do they? Utilizing a research model integrating insights from rational choice theory and cognitive developmental psychology this book carefully explores three exemplary cases of morally inspired activism: Jewish rescue in wartime Europe, abortion politics in the United States, and peace and settler activism in Israel. From all three analyses a single conclusion emerges: the most politically competent individuals are, most often, the least morally competent. This is the central paradox of political morality. These findings cast doubt on strong models of political morality characterized by enlightened moral reasoning and concerted political action while affirming alternative weak models that fuse activism with sectarian moral interests. They provide empirical support to further upend the liberal vision of democratic character, education, and society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80977/cover/9780521580977.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580986</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580986</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580984</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Children Learn to be Healthy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580984</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tinsley, Barbara J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The goal of this book is to explore the ways in which health behavior develops in childhood, in the context of childhood socialization processes. The book reviews the historical and contemporary perspectives utilized in portraying the dynamics of children's physical health, a developmental analysis of children's and parents' attitudes and behavior concerning children's health, the role of parents, schools, and the media in influencing children's health attitudes and behavior, and how health attitudes, behaviors, and outcomes are affected by the social ecology of children's rearing environments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/24186/cover/9780521524186.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030325</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521580994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521580994</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521580991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bose-Einstein Condensation of Excitons and Biexcitons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Coherent Nonlinear Optics with Excitons</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521580991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moskalenko, S. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snoke, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bose-Einstein condensation of excitons is a unique effect in which the electronic states of a solid can self-organize to acquire quantum phase coherence. The phenomenon is closely linked to Bose-Einstein condensation in other systems such as liquid helium and laser-cooled atomic gases. This is the first book to provide a comprehensive survey of this field, covering theoretical aspects as well as recent experimental work. After setting out the relevant basic physics of excitons, the authors discuss exciton-phonon interactions as well as the behaviour of biexcitons. They cover exciton phase transitions and give particular attention to nonlinear optical effects including the optical Stark effect and chaos in excitonic systems. The thermodynamics of equilibrium, quasi-equilibrium, and nonequilibrium systems are examined in detail. The authors interweave theoretical and experimental results throughout the book, and it will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in semiconductor and superconductor physics, quantum optics, and atomic physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80991/cover/9780521580991.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581036</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581036</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Synthesis of Research and Clinical Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisen, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krieger, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>323</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), otherwise known as Lou Gehrig's or motor neuron disease, is one of several degenerative diseases of the ageing nervous system. Commonly affecting those in their mid-50s and beyond, it is a progressive illness resulting in death within a few years. This text neatly synthesizes the recent explosion of research into this particular condition to construct a detailed and comprehensive overview. From its epidemiology, molecular biology and pathophysiology right through to clinical assessment and care, Professor Eisen and Dr Krieger use their research expertise and extensive clinical experience to provide this practical and thought-provoking account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81035/cover/9780521581035.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581044</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Milton's Warring Angels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Critical Engagements</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581042</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kolbrener, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The centrality of Milton to the study of English literature often obscures the intense debates that rage about this ideological allegiances. The reception and interpretation of Milton's texts consistently present him as either a Christian republican or a committed individualist, a radical, heretical free thinker, or a traditional absolutist. In Milton's Warring Angels, William Kolbrener provides a critical account of the reception and interpretation of Milton's texts. He argues that the governing scheme of Milton criticism, the opposition of 'satanic' and 'angelic' readings, derives from historiographical tradition rooted in the Enlightenment. The Enlightenment antithesis between reason and authority, Kolbrener argues, has generated a set of interpretive approaches that inevitably end up violating the meaning of Milton's texts. Kolbrener shows how Milton articulates his thought in lexicons which are never fully assimilable to paradigms of modernity drawn from the Enlightenment. Instead, Milton's prose and poetry mediate between apparently contradictory positions; they join without ever reconciling the satanic and the angelic. By showing how Milton has for centuries resisted tendentioys appropriations and reductive readings, Kolbrener explains the continuing critical fascination with this most enigmatic of writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/01820/cover/9780521101820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581052</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visions of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first of three volumes of essays by Quentin Skinner, one of the world's leading intellectual historians. This collection includes some of his most important philosophical and methodological statements written over the past four decades, each carefully revised for publication in this form. In a series of seminal essays Professor Skinner sets forth the intellectual principles that inform his work. Writing as a practising historian, he considers the theoretical difficulties inherent in the pursuit of knowledge and interpretation, and elucidates the methodology which finds its expression in his two successive volumes. All of Professor Skinner's work is characterised by philosophical power, limpid clarity, and elegance of exposition; these essays, many of which are now recognised classics, provide a fascinating and convenient digest of the development of his thought. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81059/cover/9780521581059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581125</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581125</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engineering, Ethics, and the Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vesilind, P. Aarne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunn, Alastair S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Engineering is 'the people-serving profession'. The work of engineers involves interaction with clients, other engineers, and the public at large.  More than any other profession, their work also directly involves and affects the environment. This book makes the case that engineers have special professional obligations to protect and enhance the environment, and the authors - one, an engineer and the other, a philosopher - seek to provide an ethical basis for these obligations. In exploring these ethical issues, the authors aim to show that engineers make a difference. The text opens with a series of case studies in which engineers face complex and challenging decisions about the environment. Succeeding chapters examine different ideas about environmental ethics for engineers, including professional codes and both modern and historical discussions of environmental responsibility. The book concludes with a collection of readings that complement the text. Students, as well as practising engineers, will find much of interest in this well-argued and thought-provoking book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81127/cover/9780521581127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158115X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158115X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reforming Financial Systems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Implications for Policy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Caprio, Jr., Gerard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vittas, Dimitri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume summarizes the key lessons of financial history for emerging markets and developing economies today, including the rise and role of central banks, debates on how to make banking secure and sound, the relative efficiency of universal banking compared to the Anglo-American commercial banking model, and the role of savings banks, non-banks and securities markets in development. Two lessons that should be kept in mind in reforming financial systems are the importance of incentives and diversification. Robust financial systems require incentive systems that reward prudent risk-taking and encourage sound portfolio diversification. In addition, reputation has proved to be important: central bankers must demonstrate anew why they have earned a reputation for non-inflationary policies, and private intermediaries must similarly demonstrate again why they have earned a reputation for sound, as opposed to Ponzi, finance. Attempts to reform financial systems without due allowance for the time and effort to develop institutions, including reputation, are likely to prove short-lived.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81158/cover/9780521581158.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581168</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism, Representation, and the Arts in Nineteenth-Century Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byerly, Alison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book confronts a significant paradox in the development of literary realism: the very novels that present themselves as purveyors and celebrants of direct, ordinary human experience also manifest an obsession with art that threatens to sabotage their Realist claims. Unlike previous studies of the role of visual art, or music, or theatre in Victorian literature, Realism, Representation, and the Arts in Nineteenth-Century Literature examines the juxtaposition of all of these arts in the works of Charlotte Bront&#235;, William Thackeray, George Eliot, Thomas Hardy, and others. Alison Byerly combines close textual analysis with discussion of relevant ancillary topics to illuminate the place of different arts within nineteenth-century British culture. Her book, which also contains sixteen illustrations, represents an effort to bridge the growing gap between aesthetics and cultural studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/25348/cover/9780521025348.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581176</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581176</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Chekhov</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581172</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gottlieb, Vera</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allain, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of specially commissioned essays explores the world of Anton Chekhov - one of the most important dramatists in the repertoire - and the creation, performance and interpretation of his works. The Companion begins with an examination of Chekhov's life, his Russia, and the original productions of his plays at the Moscow Art Theatre. Later film versions and adaptations of Chekhov's works are analysed, with valuable insights also offered on acting Chekhov, by Ian McKellen, and directing Chekhov, by Trevor Nunn and Leonid Heifetz. The volume also provides essays on 'special topics' such as Chekhov as writer, Chekhov and women, and the Chekhov comedies and stories. Key plays, such as The Cherry Orchard and The Seagull, receive dedicated chapters while lesser-known works and genres are also brought to light. The volume concludes with appendices of primary sources, lists of works, and a select bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81172/cover/9780521581172.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reading Russian Fortunes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Print Culture, Gender and Divination in Russia from 1765</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigzell, Faith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>265</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reading Russian Fortunes examines the huge popularity and cultural impact of fortune-telling among urban and literate Russians from the eighteenth century to the present. Based partly on a study of the numerous editions of little fortune-telling books, especially those devoted to dream interpretation, it documents and analyses the social history of fortune-telling in terms of class and gender, at the same time considering the function of both amateur and professional fortune-telling in a literate modernizing society. Chapters are devoted to professional fortune-tellers and their clients, and to the publishers of the books. An analysis of the relationship between urban fortune-telling and traditional oral culture, where divination played a very significant role, leads on to a discussion of the underlying reasons for the persistence of fortune-telling in modern Russian society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81233/cover/9780521581233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to the Blood-Brain Barrier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methodology, Biology and Pathology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pardridge, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The blood-brain barrier serves to protect the brain from toxic substances whilst simultaneously allowing access to essential nutrients and chemical signals. At the interface between brain and body, knowledge of the blood-brain barrier forms an essential component in the complete understanding of a large proportion of medical disciplines. Nevertheless, it seems that ignorance of both the biology of this important membrane and the methodology suitable for its investigation still remains an impediment to progress in many fields, including, for example, the development of new and efficacious neuropharmaceuticals, cerebrovascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral AIDS and brain tumours. This introduction for both researchers and clinicians across the medical sciences is intended to aid both those beginning work directly in this area and those wishing simply to be better informed when interpreting information where the blood-brain barrier may be involved. Advances in both methodology and biology are detailed in 50 chapters from international authorities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34272/cover/9780521034272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>345.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge and Faith in Thomas Aquinas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581264</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jenkins, John I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a revisionary account of key epistemological concepts and doctrines of St Thomas Aquinas, particularly his concept of scientia (science), and proposes an interpretation of the purpose and composition of Aquinas's most mature and influential work, the Summa theologiae, which presents the scientia of sacred doctrine, i.e. Christian theology. Contrary to the standard interpretation of it as a work for neophytes in theology, Jenkins argues that it is in fact a pedagogical work intended as the culmination of philosophical and theological studies of very gifted students. Jenkins considers our knowledge of the principles of a science. He argues that rational assent to the principles of sacred doctrine, the articles of faith, is due to the influence of grace on one's cognitive powers, because of which one is able immediately to apprehend these propositions as divinely revealed. His study will be of interest to readers in philosophy, theology and medieval studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81264/cover/9780521581264.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ZEKE Spectroscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schlag, E. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to describe ZEKE (Zero Kinetic Energy) spectroscopy, a new high resolution spectroscopy of molecular ions, neutral short-lived intermediates, and other species. The author's approach is to use a minimum of equations with large numbers of figures to help the reader towards a basic understanding of the many unique concepts of this new form of spectroscopy. Since 1984 ZEKE spectroscopy has matured into a very high resolution spectroscopy for the study of cations, anions and, indirectly through these species, of neutrals, including very short-lived intermediates in chemical reactions. It has even yielded the first direct spectroscopic data on elusive transition states of chemical reactions. This book will be of interest to anyone interested in the spectroscopy of ions or neutrals, particularly short-lived neutrals, and to reaction kineticists interested in the study of reactions involving such highly state-selected species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81288/cover/9780521581288.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158132X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158132X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Greater Medieval Houses of England and Wales, 1300-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Emery, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>744</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the third volume of Anthony Emery's magisterial survey, Greater Medieval Houses of England and Wales, 1300-1500. Across the three volumes Emery has examined afresh and re-assessed over 750 houses, the first comprehensive review of the subject for 150 years. Covered are the full range of leading homes, from royal and episcopal palaces to manor houses, as well as community buildings such as academic colleges, monastic granges and secular colleges of canons. This volume surveys Southern England and is divided into three regions, each of which includes a separate historical and architectural introduction as well as thematic essays prompted by key buildings. The text is complemented throughout by a wide range of plans and diagrams and a wealth of photographs showing the present condition of almost every house discussed. This is an essential source for anyone interested in the history, architecture and culture of medieval England and Wales.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81325/cover/9780521581325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>460.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiaxial Classification of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Disorders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The ICD-10 Classification of Mental and Behavioural Disorders in Children and Adolescents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>World Health Organisation</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A24</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Sir Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Diagnosis within psychiatry involves the consideration of a number of different features of mental state. In making a diagnosis, individual psychiatrists inevitably accord differing importance to certain features. By regulating the order and number of conditions to be recorded, a multiaxial framework provides for internationally comparable descriptions of mental state. This volume provides the psychiatric sections of ICD10 in a form that is adapted for ease of use of those dealing with mental disorders in childhood and adolescence. Descriptions have been grouped into axes which have been chosen to provide unambiguous information of maximum clinical usefulness in the greatest number of cases. Building on the popular original framework of four axes, the system has been greatly improved by the inclusion of a new axis for psychosocial situations and by the addition of a further sixth axis on adaptive level which enables clinicians to code an individual's current level of disability.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81332/cover/9780521581332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>East Timor and the International Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Basic Documents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krieger, Heike</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>522</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The long-running dispute over East Timor is an unresolved item on the agenda of the international community. It involves issues of self-determination, non-recognition, and human rights. This book reproduces the basic materials relating to the historical background; to the circumstances of the Indonesian invasion and subsequent incorporation of East Timor; to the development of the dispute in the light of the international community's response to it; and, finally, to the 1995 judgment of the International Court of Justice in the case concerning East Timor between Portugal and Australia. The volume contains a substantial introduction which places the documents in context and provides an overview of the political and legal issues of the dispute.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>07</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>ICSID Reports</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reports of Cases Decided under the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States, 1965</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayfuse, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>509</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The World Bank Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes entered into force in 1965. An international dispute settlement system which is of great and growing importance, its reports have been published haphazardly in various periodicals, but are presented in these volumes in consolidated form for the first time, together with materials related to the ICSID cases from national courts around the world. All the decisions are presented in English with summaries, and are translated from other languages where necessary. This fourth volume contains materials relating to proceedings from 1981 to 1994, and is fully indexed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>445.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581486</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581486</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Gas-Solid Flows</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581486</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fan, Liang-Shih</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zhu, Chao</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>575</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gas-solid flows are involved in numerous industrial processes and occur in various natural phenomena. This authoritative book addresses the fundamental principles that govern gas-solid flows and the application of these principles to various gas-solid flow systems. The book is arranged in two parts: Part I deals with basic relationships and phenomena, including particle size and properties, collision mechanics, momentum transfer, heat and mass transfer, basic equations, and intrinsic phenomena in gas-solid flows. Part II discusses gas-solid flow systems of industrial interest such as gas-solid separators, hoppers and standpipes, dense-phase fluidised beds, fluidised beds, pneumatic conveying systems, and heat and mass transfer in fluidisation systems. As a comprehensive text on gas-solid flows, including end-of-chapter problems, this book is aimed at graduate students, but will also be useful to a broad range of engineers and applied scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21166/cover/9780521021166.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biblical Exegesis and the Formation of Christian Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Frances M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges standard accounts of early Christian exegesis of the Bible. Professor Young sets the interpretation of the Bible in the context of the Graeco-Roman world - the dissemination of books and learning, the way texts were received and read, the function of literature in shaping not only a culture but a moral universe. For the earliest Christians, the adoption of the Jewish scriptures constituted a supersessionary claim in relation to Hellenism as well as Judaism. Yet the debt owed to the practice of exegesis in the grammatical and rhetorical schools is of overriding significance. Methods were philological and deductive, and the usual analysis according to 'literal', 'typological' and 'allegorical' is inadequate to describe questions of reference and issues of religious language. The biblical texts shaped a 'totalizing discourse' which by the fifth century was giving identity, morality and meaning to a new Christian culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81530/cover/9780521581530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Intellectual Foundations of the English Benedictine Reform</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gretsch, Mechthild</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>484</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the foundations of the intellectual renaissance in tenth-century England, including both the English Benedictine reform and the establishment by 'thelwold, Bishop of Winchester (963-84), of the most influential school in late Anglo-Saxon England. The vital early stages of 'thelwold's scholarly career are explored for the first time, particularly his formative years in King 'thelstan's entourage and his period of study at Glastonbury. Light is shed on the contribution which 'thelstan's cosmopolitan court made to intellectual and spiritual life. Based on a wide range of evidence Dr Gretsch assigns to 'thelwold two influential texts: an interlinear translation of the psalter and a vast corpus of Old English glosses to Aldhelm's prose De virginitate. These glosses are shown to have played a pivotal role in the development of the vernacular as a medium for scholarly discourse.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81554/cover/9780521581554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581567</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Typology and Syntactic Description</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shopen, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique three-volume survey brings together a team of leading scholars to explore the syntactic and morphological structures of the world's languages. Clearly organized and broad-ranging, it covers topics such as parts-of-speech, passives, complementation, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, inflectional morphology, tense, aspect, mood, and diexis. The contributors look at the major ways that these notions are realized, and provide informative sketches of them at work in a range of languages. Each volume is accessibly written and clearly explains each new concept introduced. Although the volumes can be read independently, together they provide an indispensable reference work for all linguists and fieldworkers interested in cross-linguistic generalizations. Most of the chapters in the second edition are substantially revised or completely new - some on topics not covered by the first edition. Volume I covers parts-of-speech systems, word order, the noun phrase, clause types, speech act distinctions, the passive, and information packaging in the clause.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88577/cover/9780521588577.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Typology and Syntactic Description</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shopen, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique three-volume survey brings together a team of leading scholars to explore the syntactic and morphological structures of the world's languages. Clearly organized and broad-ranging, it covers topics such as parts-of-speech, passives, complementation, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, inflectional morphology, tense, aspect, mood, and diexis. The contributors look at the major ways that these notions are realized, and provide informative sketches of them at work in a range of languages. Each volume is accessibly written and clearly explains each new concept introduced. Although the volumes can be read independently, together they provide an indispensable reference work for all linguists and fieldworkers interested in cross-linguistic generalizations. Most of the chapters in the second edition are substantially revised or completely new - some on topics not covered by the first edition. Volume II covers co-ordination, complementation, noun phrase structure, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, discourse structure, and sentences as combinations of clauses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88560/cover/9780521588560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Typology and Syntactic Description</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shopen, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique three-volume survey brings together a team of leading scholars to explore the syntactic and morphological structures of the world's languages. Clearly organized and broad-ranging, it covers topics such as parts-of-speech, passives, complementation, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, inflectional morphology, tense, aspect, mood, and diexis. The contributors look at the major ways that these notions are realized, and provide informative sketches of them at work in a range of languages. Each volume is accessibly written and clearly explains each new concept introduced. Although the volumes can be read independently, together they provide an indispensable reference work for all linguists and fieldworkers interested in cross-linguistic generalizations. Most of the chapters in the second edition are substantially revised or completely new - some on topics not covered by the first edition. Volume III covers typological distinctions in word formation, lexical typologies, inflectional morphology, gender and noun classes, aspect, tense, mood, and lexical nominalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88553/cover/9780521588553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158163X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158163X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>William James and the Metaphysics of Experience</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lamberth, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>William James is frequently considered one of America's most important philosophers, as well as a foundational thinker for the study of religion. Despite his reputation as the founder of pragmatism, he is rarely considered a serious philosopher or religious thinker. In this new interpretation David Lamberth argues that James's major contribution was to develop a systematic metaphysics of experience integrally related to his developing pluralistic and social religious ideas. Lamberth systematically interprets James's radically empiricist world-view and argues for an early dating (1895) for his commitment to the metaphysics of radical empiricism. He offers a close reading of Varieties of Religious Experience; and concludes by connecting James's ideas about experience, pluralism and truth to current debates in philosophy, the philosophy of religion, and theology, suggesting James's functional, experiential metaphysics as a conceptual aid in bridging the social and interpretive with the immediate and concrete while avoiding naive realism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81639/cover/9780521581639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990719</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581680</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Apocryphal Gospels of Mary in Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clayton, Mary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an edition, with a facing translation and detailed commentary, of the three apocryphal gospels of Mary written in Old English. The gospels, which deal with Mary's birth, childhood, death and assumption, are found in manuscripts in Oxford and Cambridge, but have rarely been treated as a group before and in fact have been almost totally neglected by English scholars. An extensive introduction explains the origins and development of the apocrypha from the second to the eleventh century, discussing the Syriac, Greek, Coptic and Latin evidence. Clayton goes on to consider in detail the influence of these apocrypha in Anglo-Saxon England by placing the Old English texts in a very broad context. Editions of Latin analogues from eleventh-century English manuscripts are also included in appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81684/cover/9780521581684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581710</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Concepts of Person and Christian Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudman, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>421</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept and definition of personhood is central to current debates over ethics. Should 'personhood', for example, determine the allocation of scarce medical resources, and its perceived absence allow the termination of life? In a wide-ranging discussion notable for its clarity, Stanley Rudman traces the development of modern ideas about personhood. He argues that concepts of person are socially constructed, and that the relational understanding of persons in a number of theological discussions can act as an important corrective to the individualistic notions of person which have been popular in secular philosophy since the Enlightenment. Early Christian views of divine speech, communication and relations between the Trinity can help to define an ethic which understands personhood in relation to other people, to the environment, and to God.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90247/cover/9780521090247.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581729</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Religion and the British Revolutions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Mind of Samuel Rutherford</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coffey, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first modern intellectual biography of the Scottish Covenanters' great theorist Samuel Rutherford (c. 1600-1661). The central focus is on Rutherford's political thought and his major treatise, Lex, Rex, written in 1644 as a justification of the Covenanters' resistance to King Charles I. The book demonstrates that while Lex, Rex provided a careful synthesis of natural-law theory and biblical politics, Rutherford's Old Testament vision of a purged and covenanted nation ultimately subverted his commitment to the politics of natural reason. The book also discusses a wide range of other topics, including scholasticism and humanism, Calvinist theology, Presbyterian ecclesiology, Rutherford's close relationships with women and his fervent spirituality. It will therefore be of considerable interest to a range of scholars and students working on Scottish and English history, Calvinism and Puritanism, and early modern political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81721/cover/9780521581721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581745</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Facilitating Sustainable Agriculture</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Participatory Learning and Adaptive Management in Times of Environmental Uncertainty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roling, N. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagemakers, M. A. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A move towards more flexible, sustainable agricultural practices is increasingly being seen as the way to address or avoid environmental and economic problems associated with existing, predominantly intensive, farming systems. Through case studies taken from around the world, this book examines the implications of adopting more ecologically sound agricultural practices, both at the level of individual farmers and at the level of larger-scale agro-ecosystems such as water catchments. The emphasis of the book is on human and social aspects, rather than on agronomic or economic considerations, focusing on the learning processes necessary for change to be implemented and, in turn, on the facilitation of that learning through participatory approaches and appropriate institutional support and policy structure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/94817/cover/9780521794817.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581753</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Numerical Simulation of Reactive Flow</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oran, Elaine S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boris, Jay P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>550</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reactive flows encompass a broad range of physical phenomena, interacting over many different time and space scales. Such flows occur in combustion, chemical lasers, the earth's oceans and atmosphere, and stars and interstellar space. Despite the obvious physical differences in these flows, there is a striking similarity in the forms of their descriptive equations. Thus, the considerations and procedures for constructing numerical models of these systems are also similar, and these similarities can be exploited. Moreover, using the latest technology, what were once difficult and expensive computations can now be done on desktop computers. This book takes account of the explosive growth in computer technology and the greatly increased capacity for solving complex reactive flow problems that have occurred since the first edition of Numerical Simulation of Reactive Flow was published in 1987. It presents algorithms useful for reactive flow simulations, describes trade-offs involved in their use, and gives guidance for building and using models of complex reactive flows.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22361/cover/9780521022361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010212</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158177X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158177X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Macroeconomic Stabilization in Transition Economies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blejer, Mario I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skreb, Marko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume explore the special type of policies that were needed in the post-socialist countries of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union in order to reduce inflation and to stop the fall in output that followed the collapse of Communism. The book contains a number of general studies that discuss the type of reforms needed and how they condition policies and analyse the aggregate relationship between reducing inflation, implementing structural reforms, and renewing the process of growth. It includes a number of country studies (on the Baltics, Croatia, Hungary, Poland, Slovenia and the Ukraine) about their stabilization experiences. Thus the emerging picture is one of renewal of growth in those countries that proceeded early and with the determination to implement market-oriented reforms and to stabilize their macroeconomy, and of gradual and slow stabilization of output in those countries that entered the process only very recently.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81776/cover/9780521581776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Criminal Recidivism Process</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581790</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zamble, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinsey, Vernon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses how and why criminal offenders repeat their actions after being released from prison. It is part of an attempt to explain criminal behavior within the context of a contemporary psychological understanding of behavior, rather than more traditional theories of crime. Over 300 serious male criminal offenders were interviewed and tested after they returned to prison for new crimes. The results indicate that their new offenses may be the result of something like a 'breakdown'. From this, it can be argued that we could monitor released prisoners to predict or even to prevent their return to crime. This report, written for a general audience, has some important implications for release supervision, rehabilitation programs, and the prediction of recidivism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81790/cover/9780521581790.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158180X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158180X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Delusional Disorder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Paranoia and Related Illnesses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munro, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Delusional disorder, once termed paranoia, was an important diagnosis in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and only in 1987 was it reintroduced into modern psychiatric diagnosis after being subsumed with schizophrenia. This book provides a comprehensive review of delusional disorder for psychiatrists and other clinicians. Beginning with the emergence of the concept of delusional disorder, the book goes on to detail its manifold presentations, differential diagnosis and treatment. Many instructive case histories are provided, illustrating manifestations of the various subtypes of delusional disorder, and related conditions in the paranoid spectrum. This is the most wide-ranging and authoritative text on the subject to have appeared for many years, and the first to suggest, based on the author's extensive experience, that the category of delusional disorder should contain not one but several conditions. It also emphasizes that, contrary to traditional belief, delusional disorder is a treatable illness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81806/cover/9780521581806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Choices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Recasting of Decision Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schick, Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a unique introductory overview of decision theory. It is completely non-technical, without a single formula in the book. Written in a crisp and clear style it succinctly covers the full range of philosophical issues of rationality and decision theory, including game theory, social choice theory, prisoner's dilemma and much else. The book aims to expand the scope and enrich the foundations of decision theory. By addressing such issues as ambivalence, inner conflict, and the constraints imposed upon us by our attachments to others, Frederic Schick reveals that our thinking is often more subtle than standard theories of rationality allow. Only a theory that respects that subtlety can illumine what is otherwise puzzling. The book contains many examples drawn from history and literature dealing with subjects such as love, war, friendship, and crime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88409/cover/9780521588409.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keeping the Peace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Multidimensional UN Operations in Cambodia and El Salvador</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doyle, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnstone, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orr, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWLP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Keeping the Peace explores the new multidimensional role that the United Nations has played in peacemaking, peacekeeping, and peacebuilding over the last few years. By examining the paradigm-setting cases of Cambodia and El Salvador, and drawing lessons from these UN 'success stories', the book seeks to point the way toward more effective ways for the international community to address conflict in the post-Cold War era. This book is especially timely given its focus on the heretofore amorphous middle ground between traditional peacekeeping and peace. It provides the first comparative, in-depth treatment of substantial UN activities in everything from the demobilization and reintegration of forces, the return of refugees, the monitoring of human rights, and the design and supervision of constitutional, judicial, and electoral reforms, to the observation and even organization and conduct of elections, and the coordination of support for economic rehabilitation and reconstruction of countries torn by war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81851/cover/9780521581851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581974</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Productivity and Performance in the Paper Industry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Labour, Capital and Technology in Britain and America, 1860-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magee, Gary Bryan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>309</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pioneering study examines the economic development of the British paper industry between 1860 and 1914 - an era in which it is often claimed that the origins of Britain's relative economic decline are first witnessed. For paper-making, this was also a period in which an array of important new forces, including inter alia the development of new raw materials and the move to ever larger scales of production, came on the scene. Gary Bryan Magee looks at the effect of these changes and assesses how effectively the industry coped with the new pressures, drawing upon an extensive range of quantitative and archival sources from Britain, America, and other countries. Along the way, Dr Magee addresses issues central to the understanding of industrial competitiveness, such as technological change, entrepreneurship, productivity, trade policy, and industrial relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81974/cover/9780521581974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581982</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Economic History of the Silk Industry, 1830-1930</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Federico, Giovanni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An Economic History of the Silk Industry, 1830-1930 is an ambitious and innovative historical analysis of the development of a major commodity. Dr Federico examines the rapid growth of the world silk industry from the early nineteenth century to the eve of the Great Depression of the 1930s. Silk production grew as a result of Western industrialisation, which in turn brought about increased incomes and thus increased demand for silk products. The author documents the changes in methods of production and the technical progress that enabled the silk industry to cope with this new influx in demand. Dr Federico then discusses the significant changes in the geographical distribution of world output that accompanied this growth. In conclusion, Federico points out that silk did indeed becomes the first example of a Japanese success story on the world market, Italy and China both losing their markets due to Japan's large agricultural supply of raw material (cocoons) and its adroitness in importing and adopting Western technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81981/cover/9780521581981.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521581990</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521581990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521581998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare, Spenser, and the Crisis in Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521581998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Highley, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ireland is increasingly recognized as a crucial element in early modern British literary and political history. Christopher Highley's book explores the most serious crisis the Elizabethan regime faced: its attempts to subdue and colonize the native Irish. Through a range of literary representations from Shakespeare and Spenser, and contemporaries like John Hooker, John Derricke, George Peele and Thomas Churchyard he shows how these writers produced a complex discourse about Ireland that cannot be reduced to a simple ethnic opposition. This book challenges traditional views about the impact of Spenser's experience in Ireland on his cultural identity, while also arguing that the interaction between English and Ireland is a powerful and provocative subtext in the work of Shakespeare and his fellow dramatists. Highley argues that the confrontation between an English imperial presence and a Gaelic 'other' was a profound factor in the definition of an English poetic self.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/81998/cover/9780521581998.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582008</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Quest for Evolutionary Socialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Eduard Bernstein and Social Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steger, Manfred B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>301</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quest for Evolutionary Socialism uses Eduard Bernstein's life and works as the basis for an examination of the interactions between European social democratic politics and socialist political ideas. It is thus a timely response to the need for a new, comprehensive biography of Bernstein, the German 'Father of Marxist Revisionism'. Professor Steger incorporates recent academic developments and addresses current debates on the 'End of Socialism' resulting from the collapse of Marxism-Leninism and the chronic ailments of European social democracy. This study is set within the historical context of the European labour movement and thus Steger interprets Bernstein's 'Evolutionary Socialism' as an ethically motivated quest for liberty, solidarity and distributive justice. Steger stresses that the future of social democracy depends on its ability to heed Bernstein's call for critical self-reflection and to reorientate towards more liberal ideals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82001/cover/9780521582001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582059</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Party vs. State in Post-1949 China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Dilemma</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zheng, Shiping</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the most comprehensive analysis of one of the most important issues in China today: the tensions between the Chinese Communist Party and the Chinese state legislative, judicial, administrative, and military institutions. Taking the 'neo-institutionalist' approach, the author suggests that the Communist Party in post-1949 China faces an institutional dilemma: the Party cannot live with the state, and it cannot live without the state. Zheng demonstrates that it is not only conceptually constructive, but analytically imperative to distinguish the state from the Communist Party. Secondly, he integrates detailed study with broader generalizations about Chinese politics, thus making efforts to overcome the tendency toward specialized scholarship at the expense of comparative and systemic understanding of China. He also opens a new dimension of Chinese politics - the uncertain and conflictual relationship between the Communist Party and the Chinese state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82056/cover/9780521582056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Common Destiny</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dictatorship, Foreign Policy, and War in Fascist Italy and Nazi Germany</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knox, MacGregor</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a genuinely comparative analysis of the dictatorships that launched the Second World War: their origins, nature, dynamics, and common ruin. It seeks to understand their similarities and differences historically, without recourse to failed generic concepts such as 'Fascism.' The result is an unconventional and compelling analytical overview from territorial unification in the 1860s to national catastrophe in 1943/45 that places Fascism and Nazism firmly in the tradition of revolutionary mass politics inaugurated in the French revolution. Set within that overview are three chapters that interpret and explain Mussolini's poorly understood foreign policy and the character and performance of the military instruments upon which Fascist and Nazi success chiefly depended - the Italian and German armies. The chapter on the German army and the conclusion - which dissects the causes of the notable disparities between the two dictatorships in expansionist appetite, fighting power, and staying power - argue that a unique synthesis of Prusso-German military tradition and Nazi revolution prompted Germany's fight to the last cartridge in 1944-45.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82087/cover/9780521582087.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582091</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582091</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Marketplace of Print</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pamphlets and the Public Sphere in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halasz, Alexandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early modern pamphlets serve as an important vehicle for examining print culture, particularly the historical entanglement between the technology of print and a developing capitalism. Attention to the controversies surrounding their circulation reveals that pamphlets became a focus for anxieties about print culture in general. Alexandra Halasz combines close readings of pamphlets by Robert Greene, Thomas Nashe, Gabriel Harvey, Thomas Deloney and John Taylor, among others, with a discussion of the history and deployment of print technology and its specifically English organization as a monopoly. Taking account of the theoretical and historical issues surrounding textual property, authorship and publicity, The Marketplace of Print is both a work of historical recovery and a reflection on the ongoing problems of the relationship between the marketplace and the public sphere.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34708/cover/9780521034708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582113</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582117</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Extermination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Nazi Genocide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582117</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burleigh, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of essays by one of today's most original and prolific scholars on German racial policy concerns three interrelated aspects of Nazi Germany: relations with 'the east', 'euthanasia' and extermination. They are linked closely by the sub-themes of professionals or 'experts' and an interest in competing systems of morality. The collection includes important and wholly new contributions to the German-Soviet war and other national tragedies; to the controversial question of whether the Nazi analogy has any relevance to contemporary ethical discussions; and to the contemporary historiography, including works of fiction and literary criticism, of the Holocaust. The product of twelve years' research on Nazi Germany, the book will be essential reading for anyone interested in current scholarship on the period, or indeed in how we might view the period in future decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82117/cover/9780521582117.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158213X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158213X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery, Atlantic Trade and the British Economy, 1660-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582131</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the impact of slavery and Atlantic trade on British economic development in the generations between the restoration of the Stuart monarchy and the era of the Younger Pitt. During this period Britain's trade became 'Americanised' and industrialisation began to occur in the domestic economy. The slave trade and the broader patterns of Atlantic commerce contributed important dimensions of British economic growth although they were more significant for their indirect, qualitative contribution than for direct quantitative gains. Kenneth Morgan investigates five key areas within the topic that have been subject to historical debate: the profits of the slave trade; slavery, capital accumulation and British economic development; exports and transatlantic markets; the role of business institutions; and the contribution of Atlantic trade to the growth of British ports. This stimulating and accessible book provides essential reading for students of slavery and the slave trade, and British economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82131/cover/9780521582131.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge, Discovery and Imagination in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Aesthetic Rationalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582216</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiss, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent explanations of changes in early modern European thought speak much of a move from orality and emphasis on language to print culture and a 'spatial' way of thinking. Timothy J. Reiss offers a more complex explanation for the massive changes that occurred. He describes how by the late fifteenth century the language arts of the trivium had come to seem useful only for communication, teaching and public debate, and how humanists turned to the mathematical arts of the quadrivium - including music - to enable new means and methods of discovery. Reiss goes on to argue that the new 'mathematical' ideal formed the basis of wide sociocultural renewal; he analyses Northern vernacular grammars, examines the work of French and Italian mathematicians, musicians and philosophers including Descartes, and censures such modern commonplaces as the supposed impact of print and 'spatial' thinking. He ends by exploring the broad impact of this 'mathematisation' of the Western imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82216/cover/9780521582216.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism in Contention</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business Leaders and Political Economy in Modern Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582254</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boswell, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>265</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capitalism in Contention examines the ideas of British business leaders on political, economic and social issues since 1960. Using unexplored records, interviews and both narrative and conceptual approaches, it sheds new light on the Wilson, Heath and Thatcher periods from business points of view, on the 'mixed economy' and the 'New Right', the peak business bodies (CBI, BIM, IOD etc), and business-government relationships. Although the business ideas were often muffled or secreted, they made distinctive contributions to both public policy and thinking about 'capitalism'. The authors highlight three main ideological tendencies of elite business opinion, 'revisionism', 'liberationism' and reconstructionism'. These saw business respectively as adaptive partner in a pluralist system, pivot and liberator, and focus of social reconstruction, and their struggle for influence forms a central theme. This book will be of absorbing interest to students of politics, modern history and business, and to policy makers as well as concerned citizens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158227X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158227X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Music Criticism in the Late Eighteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesthetic Issues in Instrumental Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582278</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrow, Mary Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC4</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Music aesthetics in late eighteenth-century Germany has always been problematic because there was no aesthetic theory to evaluate the enormous amount of high-quality instrumental music produced by composers like Haydn and Mozart. This book derives a practical aesthetic for German instrumental music during the late eighteenth century from a previously neglected source, reviews of printed instrumental works. At a time when the theory of mimesis dominated aesthetic thought, leaving sonatas and symphonies at the very bottom of the aesthetic hierarchy, a group of reviewers were quietly setting about the task of evaluating instrumental music on its own terms. The reviews document an intersection with trends in literature and philosophy, and reveal interest in criteria like genius, the expressive power of music, and the necessity of unity, several decades earlier than has previously been supposed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82278/cover/9780521582278.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582292</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Method and Politics in Plato's Statesman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582292</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lane, M. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among Plato's works, the Statesman is usually seen as transitional between the Republic and the Laws. This book argues that the dialogue deserves a special place of its own. Whereas Plato is usually thought of as defending unchanging knowledge, Dr Lane demonstrates how, by placing change at the heart of political affairs, Plato reconceives the link between knowledge and authority. The statesman is shown to master the timing of affairs of state, and to use this expertise in managing the conflict of opposed civic factions. To this political argument corresponds a methodological approach which is seen to rely not only on the familiar method of 'division', but equally on the unfamiliar centrality of the use of 'example'. The demonstration that method and politics are interrelated transforms our understanding of the Statesman and its fellow dialogues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82292/cover/9780521582292.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158230X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158230X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aratus: Phaenomena</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582308</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aratus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidd, Douglas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aratus of Soli was a highly original poet of the early third century BC, famous throughout antiquity for his didactic epic on constellations and weather signs, and imitated by later Greek and Latin poets. Modelled on Hesiod's Works and Days the poem is cleverly updated to appeal to the interests of contemporary Greek readers. This volume presents for the first time in English an edition of the poem with a full introduction, facing translation and a line-by-line commentary. The introduction explains the literary and scientific background, the characteristic features of Aratus's language, style and metre, and the transmission of the text to the end of the Middle Ages. The commentary gives help with the content of the poem and aims to resolve the many problems of text and interpretation. The text is based on a new reading of the manuscripts, including one not used before.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82308/cover/9780521582308.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>265.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Systems of Conservation Laws 1</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hyperbolicity, Entropies, Shock Waves</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Serre, Denis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sneddon, I. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Systems of conservation laws arise naturally in physics and chemistry. To understand them and their consequences (shock waves, finite velocity wave propagation) properly in mathematical terms requires, however, knowledge of a broad range of topics. This book sets up the foundations of the modern theory of conservation laws, describing the physical models and mathematical methods, leading to the Glimm scheme. Building on this the author then takes the reader to the current state of knowledge in the subject. The maximum principle is considered from the viewpoint of numerical schemes and also in terms of viscous approximation. Small waves are studied using geometrical optics methods. Finally, the initial-boundary problem is considered in depth. Throughout, the presentation is reasonably self-contained, with large numbers of exercises and full discussion of all the ideas. This will make it ideal as a text for graduate courses in the area of partial differential equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82339/cover/9780521582339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582350</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Russian Theatre after Stalin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582353</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smeliansky, Anatoly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Senelick, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miles, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to explore the world of the theatre in Russia after Stalin. Through his work at the Moscow Art Theatre, Anatoly Smeliansky is in a key position to analyse contemporary events on the Russian stage and he combines this first-hand knowledge with valuable archival material, some published here for the first time, to tell a fascinating and important story. Smeliansky chronicles developments from 1953 and the rise of a new Soviet theatre, and moves through the next four decades, highlighting the social and political events which shaped Russian drama and performance. The book also focuses on major directors and practitioners, including Yury Lyubimov, Oleg Yefremov, and Lev Dodin, among others, and contains a chronology, glossary of names, and informative illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87945/cover/9780521587945.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582391</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minority Rights, Majority Rule</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Partisanship and the Development of Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582391</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Binder, Sarah A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Minority Rights, Majority Rule seeks to explain a phenomenon evident to most observers of the US Congress. In the House of Representatives, majority parties rule and minorities are seldom able to influence national policy making. In the Senate, minorities quite often call the shots, empowered by the filibuster to frustrate the majority. Why did the two chambers develop such distinctive legislative styles? Conventional wisdom suggests that differences in the size and workload of the House and Senate led the two chambers to develop very different rules of procedure. Sarah Binder offers an alternative, partisan theory to explain the creation and suppression of minority rights, showing that contests between partisan coalitions have throughout congressional history altered the distribution of procedural rights. Most importantly, new majorities inherit procedural choices made in the past. This institutional dynamic has fuelled the power of  partisan majorities in the House but stopped them in their tracks in the Senate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82391/cover/9780521582391.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582414</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Optical Properties of Semiconductor Nanocrystals</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582414</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaponenko, S. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Low-dimensional semiconductor structures, often referred to as nanocrystals or quantum dots, exhibit fascinating behavior and have a multitude of potential applications, especially in the field of communications. This book examines in detail the optical properties of these structures, giving full coverage of theoretical and experimental results, and discusses their technological applications. The author begins by setting out the basic physics of electron states in crystals (adopting a 'cluster-to-crystal' approach), and goes on to discuss the growth of nanocrystals, absorption and emission of light by nanocrystals, optical nonlinearities, interface effects, and photonic crystals. He illustrates the physical principles with references to actual devices such as novel light-emitters and optical switches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82414/cover/9780521582414.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158244X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158244X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Ockham</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spade, Paul Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Franciscan William of Ockham (c. 1288-1347) was an English medieval philosopher, theologian, and political theorist. Along with Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus, he is regarded as one of the three main figures in medieval philosophy after around 1150. Ockham is important not only in the history of philosophy and theology, but also in the development of early modern science and of modern notions of property rights and church-state relations. This volume offers a full discussion of all significant aspects of Ockham's thought: logic, philosophy of language, metaphysics and natural philosophy, epistemology, ethics, action theory, political thought and theology. It is the first study of Ockham in any language to make full use of the new critical editions of his works, and to consider recent discoveries concerning his life, education, and influences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82445/cover/9780521582445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582469</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euthanasia and Physician-Assisted Suicide</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582469</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dworkin, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frey, R. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bok, Sissela</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The moral issues involved in doctors assisting patients to die with dignity are of absolutely central concern to the medical profession, ethicists, and the public at large. The debate is fuelled by cases that extend far beyond passive euthanasia to the active consideration of killing by physicians. The need for a sophisticated but lucid exposition of the two sides of the argument is now urgent. This book supplies that need. Two prominent philosophers, Gerald Dworkin and R. G. Frey present the case for legalization of physician-assisted suicide. One of the best-known ethicists in the US, Sissela Bok, argues the case against.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82469/cover/9780521582469.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Ethics and Social Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is devoted to Lewis's work in ethics and social philosophy. Topics covered include the logic of obligation and permission; decision theory and its relation to the idea that beliefs might play the motivating role of desires; a subjectivist analysis of value; dilemmas in virtue ethics; the problem of evil; problems about self-prediction; social coordination, linguistic and otherwise; alleged duties to rescue distant strangers; toleration as a tacit treaty; nuclear warfare; and punishment. This collection, and the two preceding volumes, will disseminate more widely the work of an eminent and influential contemporary philosopher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82490/cover/9780521582490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Usable Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Imagination of History in Recent Fiction of the Americas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zamora, Lois Parkinson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we know the past? How can we speak of it in literary forms? Why should we want to? Concentrating on the past as both the subject of fiction and as a force for inscribing fiction, The Usable Past traces the ways in which writers self-consciously participate in the construction of an American canon. Successfully linking Latin American and North American fiction, Lois Zamora invokes authors as diverse in origin and manner as Carlos Fuentes and Willa Cather, Jorge Luis Borges and Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Sandra Cisneros and Mario Vargas Llosa to explore issues surrounding colonisation and independence, mestizaje and melting pot, domination and self-determination, and the ambivalence of history in a 'new' world. The Usable Past is an elegant examination of the historical attitudes and literary practices of writers located in American time and space - locations that yield insight into American literary visions and versions of history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82537/cover/9780521582537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158258X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158258X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Dietrich Bonhoeffer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gruchy, John W. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion serves as a guide for readers wanting to explore the thought and legacy of the great German theologian Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906-45). The book shows why Bonhoeffer remains such an attractive figure to so many people of diverse backgrounds. Its chapters, written by authors from differing national, theological and church contexts, provide a helpful introduction to, and commentary on, Bonhoeffer's life, work and writing and so guide the reader along the complex paths of his thought. Experts set out comprehensively Bonhoeffer's political, social and cultural contexts, and offer biographical information which is indispensable for the understanding of his theology. Major themes arising from the theology, and different interpretations to it, lead the reader into a dialogue with this most influential of thinkers who remains both fascinating and challenging. There is a chronology, a glossary and an index.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82582/cover/9780521582582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Picture, Image and Experience</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Philosophical Inquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>215</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do pictures represent? In this book Robert Hopkins casts new light on an ancient question by connecting it to issues in the philosophies of mind and perception. He starts by describing several striking features of picturing that demand explanation. These features strongly suggest that our experience of pictures is central to the way they represent, and Hopkins characterizes that experience as one of resemblance in a particular respect. He deals convincingly with the objections traditionally assumed to be fatal to resemblance views, and shows how his own account is uniquely well placed to explain picturing's key features. His discussion engages in detail with issues concerning perception in general, including how to describe phenomena that have long puzzled philosophers and psychologists, and the book concludes with an attempt to see what a proper understanding of picturing can tell us about that deeply mysterious phenomenon, the visual imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82599/cover/9780521582599.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582766</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heidegger, Philosophy, Nazism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582766</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since 1945, and particularly since the facts of the 'Heidegger case' became widely known in 1987, an enormous number of words have been devoted to establishing not only Heidegger's involvement with Nazism, but also that his philosophy is irredeemably discredited thereby. This book, while in no way denying the depth or seriousness of Heidegger's political involvement (on the contrary, new aspects of it are disclosed), challenges this tide of opinion, arguing that his philosophy is not compromised in any of its phases, and that acceptance of it is fully consistent with a deep commitment to liberal democracy. This striking thesis is grounded in an astute examination of Heidegger's thought that will provide the reader with a clear and valuable exposition of the philosophy of one of the twentieth century's greatest thinkers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82766/cover/9780521582766.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582776</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582773</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ives Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582773</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambert, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ives Studies is a collection of essays on the life and music of American composer Charles Ives (1874-1954). In it, scholars address significant issues in Ives scholarship, including the hotly debated chronology of his work, the nature of his compositional philosophy and style, and his place in music history. The essays take their place in an Ives literature that understands and demythologizes a most complex man, and that has brought enlightenments to a stunningly original body of music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28370/cover/9780521028370.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building Planet Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Five Billion Years of Earth History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cattermole, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Building Plant Earth presents a description of Earth as a planet, commencing with its physical and chemical evolution out of the primordial solar nebula. The condensation of elements and their redistribution are described, leading into a section dealing with mapping, geophysical and geochemical studies. This establishes the gross structure of the Earth, following which basic principles and processes of plate tectonics are then described, leading to the elucidation of the working of geological cycles. The main thrust of the remainder of the book is a description of the geological evolution of the Earth. Volcanism and seismicity, ice ages and climate, isotopic techniques and age dating, are all treated. The impact of mass extinctions, global-warming and ozone holes are included. The book is illustrated profusely and closes with a number of useful appendices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82780/cover/9780521582780.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000424</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582806</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582803</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relics, Ritual, and Representation in Buddhism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rematerialising the Sri Lankan Theravada Tradition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582803</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trainor, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a serious study of relic veneration among South Asian Buddhists. Drawing on textual sources and archaeological evidence from India and Sri Lanka, including material rarely examined in the West, it looks specifically at the practice of relic veneration in the Sri Lankan Theravada Buddhist tradition. The author portrays relic veneration as a technology of remembrance and representation which makes present the Buddha of the past for living Buddhists. By analysing the abstract ideas, emotional orientation and ritual behaviour centred on the Buddha's material remains, he contributes to the 'rematerializing' of Buddhism which is currently under way among Western scholars. This book is an excellent introduction to Buddhist relics. It is well written and accessible and will be read by scholars and serious students of Buddhism and religious studies for years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82803/cover/9780521582803.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582822</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postcommunist Presidents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taras, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The political systems that have replaced communist rule in East-Central Europe and Eurasia are closely associated with their presidents. The first democratically-elected presidents of these countries - men like Yeltsin, Havel and Waesa - have frequently been viewed as 'founding fathers' of their countries' independence. But were they successful in creating strong presidential systems in these states? Has their unquestioned personal power and charisma been institutionalized in the presidencies? Will executive power in postcommunist states remain the same when the first incumbents of the office are gone? This book offers the first comparative analysis of the role of presidents in postcommunist states. Comprising studies of Russia, Ukraine, and Kazakstan among former Soviet republics, and Poland, the Czech Republic, and Hungary among Central European states, this book will be required reading for readers interested in how political leaders affect the fate of democracy in the former communist world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richard Wagner: Der Fliegende Holl&#228;nder</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582858</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grey, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>239</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Der Fliegende Holl&#228;nder (The Flying Dutchman) is universally acknowledged as Richard Wagner's first truly significant, original work. It is the earliest of Wagner's operatic masterpieces to have secured a permanent place in the international repertoire and the composer himself regarded it as a major turning point in his artistic career. This handbook brings together five leading specialists to provide an in-depth account of the origins, style, and performance history of Der Fliegende Holl&#228;nder. Designed for scholars, performers and the opera-going public alike, the book reflects on the biographical impulses behind the opera's conception and considers how Wagner drew on German Romantic tradition whilst also anticipating the revolutionary aims of 'music drama'. The opera's literary sources and production history are examined and there is a detailed survey of how generations of performers have interpreted the musical score. Rare pictures from important and influential productions complete this invaluable guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82858/cover/9780521582858.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582889</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magnetic Reconnection in Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582889</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biskamp, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the theory of magnetic field line reconnection, now a major subject in plasma physics. The book focuses on the various reconnection mechanisms dominating magnetic processes under the different plasma conditions encountered in astrophysical systems and in laboratory fusion devices. The book consists of two major parts: the first deals with the classical resistive approach, while the second presents an overview of weakly collisional or collisionless plasmas. Applications primarily concern astrophysical phenomena and dynamo theory, with emphasis on the solar and geodynamo, as well as magnetospheric substorms, the most spectacular reconnection events in the magnetospheric plasma. The theoretical procedures and results also apply directly to reconnection processes in laboratory plasmas, in particular the sawtooth phenomenon in tokamaks. The book will be of value to graduate students and researchers interested in magnetic processes both in astrophysical and laboratory plasma physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82889/cover/9780521582889.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shock Compression of Condensed Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trunin, R. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique publication summarises fifty years of Russian research on shock compression of condensed matter using chemical and nuclear explosions. This information, and the equations of state derived from it, have important applications in physics, materials science and engineering. An introductory chapter describes the importance of Russian experiments in a global context. The second chapter describes the experimental devices used. Following chapters summarise the results of experiments on pure metals, metal alloys and compounds, minerals, rocks, organic solids and liquids. The book covers experiments with pressures ranging from 2.5 GPa to 1 TPa using chemical explosives in laboratory conditions and to 10 TPa in underground nuclear tests. Attention is given to theoretical aspects, experimental problems, and data analysis. The data in this book are quite unique as, with the cessation of large scale underground nuclear tests, it will be some time before similar pressures can be generated by alternative means. This book will be of interest to condensed matter physicists, material scientists, earth scientists and astrophysicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82902/cover/9780521582902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158292X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158292X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Music and Thought of Michael Tippett</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modern Times and Metaphysics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582926</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tippett is often cast as a composer with a strong visionary streak, but what does that mean for a twentieth-century artist? In this multi-faceted study, David Clarke explores Tippett's complex creative imagination - its dialogue between a romantic's aspirations to the ideal and absolute, and a modernist's sceptical realism. He shows how the musical formations of works such as The Midsummer Marriage, King Priam, and The Vision of Saint Augustine resonate with the aesthetic and theoretical ideas of key figures in modern Western culture - some known to have been influential to the composer (such as Jung, Wagner and Yeats), others not usually associated with him (such as Kant, Nietzsche and Adorno). Analyses of late works such as the Triple Concerto and Byzantium also speculate on Tippett's sexuality as a (literally) critical element in his creative and political consciousness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82926/cover/9780521582926.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020107</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Avoiding Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Americans Produce Apathy in Everyday Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582933</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eliasoph, Nina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nina Eliasoph's vivid portrait of American civic life reveals an intriguing culture of political avoidance. Despite the importance for democracy of open-ended political conversation among ordinary citizens, many Americans try hard to avoid appearing to care about politics. To discover how, where and why Americans create this culture of avoidance, the author accompanied suburban volunteers, activists, and recreation club members for over two years, listening to them talk - and avoid talking - about the wider world, together and in encounters with government, media, and corporate authorities. She shows how citizens create and express ideas in everyday life, contrasting their privately expressed convictions with their lack of public political engagement. Her book challenges received ideas about culture, power and democracy, while exposing the hard work of producing apathy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82933/cover/9780521582933.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychoanalysis, Historiography, and Feminist Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Critical Method</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582988</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>183</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Katherine Kearns explores the feminist, theoretical, and psychoanalytic implications inherent in the relationship between history and narrative. She poses a feminist challenge to the hidden assumptions within conventional historiography by focusing on the troubled relationship between subjectivity and history. By applying Freud's theories of how adult authority is forged, especially his notion of the Oedipus Complex, Kearns considers the anti-feminist, anti-individualist implications of any fully oedipalised discourse. While recognising the principle that history always occurs within a shared social context, Kearns explores the disguised positivisms that remain embedded within conventional historiographic procedures, and reveals their implications for feminist discourse. The study of history, she argues, whether literary, political or social, must take us beyond traditionally defined historical contexts to include individual psychological moments and states in which thought and action occur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/82988/cover/9780521582988.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521582997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521582997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521582995</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Artisans in England and France, 1830-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521582995</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prothero, Iorwerth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The focus of this comparative study is on political radicalism at its high point around the middle of the nineteenth century, but broad topics such as trade unionism, co-operation, socialism and religion are also examined in depth. The author argues that French and English radicalism did not stem directly from or reflect work and workplace relations, but instead drew upon work groups and organizations, material concerns, or social and religious groups. Radicalism, it is argued, was part of everyday social life, the daily concerns of which affected its practice - though usually not its programmes. Radicalism was also characterized by cultural diversity, although actual forms of organization and action usually depended strongly upon the political context and strategic choices. The book also offers reinterpretations of specific developments and actions in both countries. This book is based on a rich range of archival and printed primary source material and on many years of research in French and British archives. It therefore offers a major resource for anyone interested in the complex and diverse origins of modern political life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28127/cover/9780521028127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583008</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grammar of Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Normativity and Semantic Discourse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583008</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lance, Mark Norris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Leary-Hawthorne, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is the function of concepts pertaining to meaning in socio-linguistic practice? In this study, the authors argue that we can approach a satisfactory answer by displacing the standard picture of meaning talk as a sort of description with a picture that takes seriously the similarity between meaning talk and various types of normative injunction. In their discussion of this approach, they investigate the more general question of the nature of the normative, as well as a range of important topics specific to the philosophy of language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83008/cover/9780521583008.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commodity and Exchange in the Mongol Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural History of Islamic Textiles</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583015</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allsen, Thomas T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the thirteenth century the Mongols created a vast, transcontinental empire that intensified commercial and cultural contact throughout Eurasia. From the outset of their expansion, the Mongols identified and mobilized artisans of diverse backgrounds, frequently transporting them from one cultural zone to another. Prominent among those transported were Muslim textile workers, resettled in China, where they made clothes for the imperial court. In a meticulous and fascinating account, the author investigates the significance of cloth and colour in the political and cultural life of the Mongols. Situated within the broader context of the history of the Silk Road, the primary line in East-West cultural communication during the pre-Muslim era, the study promises to be of interest not only to historians of the Middle East and Asia, but also to art historians and textile specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83015/cover/9780521583015.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583060</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychological Investigations of Competence in Decision Making</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583060</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Kip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanteau, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The premise of this book is that many of the experiences we encounter are novel, infrequent in our experience, or variable with respect to action to be taken. Others require decisions to be made in the face of ambiguous or incomplete information. Time pressure is frequently tight and penalties for failure are severe. Examples of such situations include investing in markets, controlling industrial accidents, and detecting fraud. These are environments that defy a definition of optimal performance. The authors refer to domains without criteria for optimal performance as 'competency-based' and we describe the behaviour of individuals who work in them by the term 'competence'. The chapters explore the proposition that metacognitive processes - thinking about the kind of thinking that a task requires - give structure to otherwise ill-structured tasks and is a fundamental enabler of competence at decision making. Such metacognition facilitates performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83060/cover/9780521583060.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583144</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583145</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Churchill as Peacemaker</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583145</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muller, James W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Winston Churchill had an acute appreciation of what belongs to war and what belongs to peace. We tend to remember his resistance to Nazi tyranny during the Second World War and his actions as a man of war. In this book, scholars from the United States, Great Britain, and South Africa examine his other actions and comments, those that reflect the primary focus of Churchill's long career: his attempts to keep and restore peace throughout the world, from Queen Victoria's little wars to the Cold War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83145/cover/9780521583145.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583152</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583152</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Border Identities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nation and State at International Frontiers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583152</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Thomas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donnan, Hastings</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers fresh insights into the complex and various ways in which international frontiers influence cultural identities. The ten anthropological case studies collected here describe specific international borders in Europe, Asia, Africa and North America, and bring out the importance of boundary politics, and the diverse forms that it may take. The frontier itself may be of great symbolic importance; in other cases the symbolism lies rather in the disappearance of the traditional border. A frontier may be above all a barrier against immigration, or the front line between hostile armies. It may reinforce distinctive identities on each side of it, or the frontier may be disputed because it cuts across national identities. Drawing on anthropological perspectives, the book explores how cultural landscapes intersect with political boundaries, and ways in which state power informs cultural identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83152/cover/9780521583152.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583160</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583160</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583169</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Coleridge on Dreaming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Romanticism, Dreams and the Medical Imagination</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583169</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ford, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first in-depth investigation of Coleridge's responses to his dreams and to contemporary debates on the nature of dreaming, a subject of perennial interest to poets, philosophers and scientists throughout the Romantic period. Coleridge wrote and read extensively on the subject, but his richly diverse and original ideas have hitherto received little attention, scattered as they are throughout his notebooks, letters and marginalia. Jennifer Ford's emphasis is on analysing the ways in which dreaming processes were construed, by Coleridge in his dream readings, and by his contemporaries in a range of poetic and medical works. This historical exploration of dreams and dreaming allows Ford to explore previously neglected contemporary debates on 'the medical imagination'. By avoiding purely biographical or psychoanalytic approaches, she reveals instead a rich historical context for the ways in which the most mysterious workings of the Romantic imagination were explored and understood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83169/cover/9780521583169.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583217</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Fats of Life</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583213</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pond, Caroline M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book aims to fill the gap between unscientific comments about the hazards and benefits of high-fat or low-fat diets and weight control found in magazines and technical and medical reports about lipid biochemistry and obesity. It aims to explain in simple language the biology of feeding and fasting, fattening and slimming in wild animals as well as people. Topics include where fat comes from and how animals and plants handle them, their natural roles in migration, mating breeding and living in unpredictable habitats such as deserts and arctic regions, and their contributions to our cookery, paints and medicines. The physiological mechanisms of digesting, transporting and utilising energy stores are discussed, along with the contribution of fatty tissue to body insulation and the protection of delicate organs. Archaeological, anthropological and physiological evidence is assembled to explore how, when and why people have become fat, and how evolutionary forces have determined the modern diversity of body shape and size. The book ends with a brief account of the contribution of dietary fats and obesity to health in the modern world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583241</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Engagement in the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociocultural Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#246;nc&#252;, Artin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume describes children's development in its cultural context. It stresses the point that children's development in diverse cultures follows different paths, depending on the developmental opportunities provided by their cultures. It illustrates that the everyday work at school, and play activities provided for children vary from one culture to another depending on the social and economical structure of children's cultures and adult beliefs about what is valuable for children's participation to secure optimal development. Thus, Children's Engagement in the World: Sociocultural Perspectives proposes to study children's development and education within its social as well as cultural context. It brings together the most recent theoretical advances in cultural psychology in order to establish a framework for the studies reported in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87228/cover/9780521587228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Transactions of the Royal Historical Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sixth Series</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Royal Historical Society</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>273</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Royal Historical Society Transactions offers readers an annual collection of major articles representing some of the best historical research by some of the world's most distinguished historians. Also available as a journal, volume five of the sixth series will include: 'The Peoples of Ireland, 1110-1400: II. Names and Boundaries', Rees Davies; 'My special friend'? The Settlement of Disputes and Political Power in the Kingdom of the French, tenth to early twelfth centuries', Jane Martindale; 'The structures of politics in early Stuart England', Steve Gunn; 'Liberalism and the establishment of collective security in British Foreign Policy', Joseph C. Heim; 'Empire and opportunity in later eighteenth century Britain', Peter Marshall; History through fiction: British lives in the novels of Raymond Wilson, David B. Smith; and 'Institutions and economic development in early modern central Europe: proto-industrialisation in W&#252;rttemburg, 1580-1797', Sheila Ogilvie.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to West Indian Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breiner, Laurence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to West Indian poetry is written for readers making their first approach to poetry in English written in the Caribbean. It offers a comprehensive literary history from the 1920s to the 1980s, with particular attention to the relationship of West Indian poetry to European, African and American literature. Close readings of individual poems give detailed analysis of social and cultural issues at work in the writing. Laurence Breiner's exposition speaks powerfully about the defining forces in Caribbean culture from colonialism to resistance and decolonization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83312/cover/9780521583312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583350</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Other Prussia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Royal Prussia, Poland and Liberty, 1569-1772</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583350</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedrich, Karin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the phenomenon of nation-building before the age of modern nationalism. It focuses on royal (Polish) Prussia - the 'other' Prussia - a province of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth from 1466 to 1772/3, and its major cities Danzig, Thorn and Elbing. As an integral part of the Polish state the Prussian estates took pride in their separate institutions and privileges. Although its urban elites became predominantly Protestant and German-speaking, they formulated a republican identity deliberately hostile to the competing monarchical-dynastic myth in neighbouring ducal Prussia, ruled by the Brandenburg-Hohenzollerns from 1618. After 1700, the Polish crown increasingly antagonized the Prussian burghers by its centralizing policies and its failure to protect the integrity of the Commonwealth's borders. The decline of Poland and the partitions of 1772-93 guaranteed that it was not the tradition of liberty but the Hohenzollern version of Prussian identity that survived into the modern era. Joint winner of the Orbis book prize, The American Association for the Advancement of Slavic Studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83350/cover/9780521583350.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583365</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Frontier Nomads of Iran</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Political and Social History of the Shahsevan</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583367</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tapper, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>447</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Tapper's book, which is based on three decades of ethnographic fieldwork and extensive documentary research, traces the political and social history of the Shahsevan, one of the major nomadic peoples of Iran. The story is a dramatic one, recounting the mythical origins of the tribes, their unification as a confederacy, and their decline under the Pahlavi Shahs. The book is intended as a contribution to three different debates. The first concerns the riddle of Shahsevan origins, while another considers how far changes in tribal social and political formations are a function of relations with states. The third discusses how different constructions of the identity of a particular people determine their view of the past. In this way, the book promises not only to make a major contribution to the history and anthropology of the Middle East and Central Asia, but also to theoretical debates in both disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/29063/cover/9780521029063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583373</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583373</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Carbon Cycle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583374</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wigley, T. M. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schimel, D. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Reducing carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions is imperative to stabilizing our future climate. Our ability to reduce these emissions combined with an understanding of how much fossil-fuel-derived CO2 the oceans and plants can absorb is central to mitigating climate change. In The Carbon Cycle, leading scientists examine how atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations have changed in the past and how this may affect the concentrations in the future. They look at the carbon budget and the 'missing sink' for carbon dioxide. They offer approaches to modeling the carbon cycle, providing mathematical tools for predicting future levels of carbon dioxide. This comprehensive text incorporates findings from the recent IPCC reports. New insights, and a convergence of ideas and views across several disciplines make this book an important contribution to the global change literature. It will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers working in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18623/cover/9780521018623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583403</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Expressionist Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Actor and the Stage</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuhns, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>German Expressionist Theatre: The Actor and the Stage considers the powerfully stylized, anti-realistic styles of acting on the German Expressionist stage from 1916 to 1921. It relates this striking departure from the dominant European acting tradition of realism to the specific cultural crises that enveloped the German nation during the course of its involvement in World War I. This book describes three distinct Expressionist acting styles, all of which in their own ways attempted to show how symbolic stage performance could be a powerful rhetorical resource for a culture struggling to come to terms with the crises of historical change. The examination of Expressionist script and actor memoirs allows for an unprecedented focus on description and analysis of acting itself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83404/cover/9780521583404.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583411</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583411</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Homoerotics of Early Modern Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583411</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiGangi, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive account of homoeroticism in Renaissance drama. Mario DiGangi analyses the relation between homoeroticism and social power in a wide range of literary and historical texts from the 1580s to the 1620s, drawing on the insights of materialist, feminist and queer theory. Each chapter focuses on the homoerotics of a major dramatic genre (Ovidian comedy, satiric comedy, tragedy and tragicomedy) and studies the ideologies and institutions it characteristically explores. DiGangi examines distinctions between orderly and disorderly forms of homoerotic practice in both canonical and unfamiliar texts. In these readings, the various proliferating forms of homoeroticism are indentified in relation to sodomy, against which there were cultural and legal prohibitions in the period. DiGangi's study illuminates, through a diverse range of plays, the centrality of homoerotic practices to household, court and city life in early modern England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83411/cover/9780521583411.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583438</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583438</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Open Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, and Thailand</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583435</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Alasdair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Unger, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book asks why some countries have responded to the external constraints and opportunities arising from their global and regional economic context by opening up their economies. In particular, the authors examine the role domestic political and economic factors play in shaping the decision to become more open, or more inward-looking. The countries of Southeast Asia have generally enjoyed economic success in the postwar period. The authors argue that one of the explanations for this success has been their integration into the global division of labor, and analyze decision-makers' reasons for following this course. They place particular emphasis on external events, notably the two oil shocks of the 1970s, and the more recent outflow of investment capital and manufacturing capacity from Japan and East Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83435/cover/9780521583435.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583446</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583446</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victorian Renovations of the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative Annexes and the Boundaries of Representation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keen, Suzanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of narrative technique in Victorian novels introduces the concept of 'narrative annexes' whereby unexpected characters, impermissible subjects and plot-changing events are introduced within fictional worlds which otherwise exclude them. They are marked by the crossing of borders into previously unrepresented places and new genres or modes, challenging Victorian cultural and literary norms. Suzanne Keen's original readings of novels by Charlotte Bront&#235;, Dickens, Disraeli, Hardy, Kingsley, Trollope, and Wells show these writers negotiating the boundaries of representation to reveal in narrative annexes the subjects (notably sexuality and social class) which contemporary critics sought to exclude from the realm of the novel. Fears of disease, of working men, of Popery, of dark-skinned 'others', of the poor who toil and starve in close proximity to the rectories, homes, clubs and walled gardens of Victorian polite society draw readers down narrow alleys, through thorny hedges, across desolate heaths, into narrative annexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83442/cover/9780521583442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583462</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trust within Reason</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583466</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some philosophers hold that trust grows fragile when people become too rational. They advocate a retreat from reason and a return to local, traditional values. Others hold that truly rational people are both trusting and trustworthy. Everything hinges on what we mean by 'reason' and 'rational'. If these are understood in an egocentric, instrumental fashion, then they are indeed incompatible with trust. With the help of game theory, Martin Hollis argues against that narrow definition and in favour of a richer, deeper notion of reason founded on reciprocity and the pursuit of the common good. Within that framework he reconstructs the Enlightenment idea of citizens of the world, rationally encountering, and at the same time finding their identity in, their multiple commitments to communities both local and universal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83466/cover/9780521583466.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583470</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and Literature in Britain, 1700-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of new essays brings together feminist critics, cultural historians and historians of publishing to provide a unique and up-to-date introduction to women's writing and its contexts in the eighteenth century. It was during this period that women began to contribute in significantly large numbers to a rapidly-expanding print culture. This volume documents the range and diversity of that contribution. It analyses the social, legal and ideological constructions of women which female writers had to negotiate, and it explores women's writing across a wide spectrum of genres - from fiction to broadside ballads, meditative poetry to confessional memoirs - as well as women's involvement as printers, sellers and purchasers of printed texts. An invaluable overview of women and literary culture in the period, Women and Literature in Britain, 1700-1800 is also an important contribution to our understanding of women's roles in the emergent public sphere of print.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86801/cover/9780521586801.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583497</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scramble for Art in Central Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schildkrout, Enid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keim, Curtis A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Western attitudes to Africa have been influenced to an extraordinary degree by the arts and artefacts that were brought back by the early collectors, exhibited in museums, and celebrated by scholars and artists in the metropolitan centres. The contributors to this volume trace the life history of artefacts that were brought to Europe and America from Congo towards the end of the nineteenth century, and became the subjects of museum displays. They also present fascinating case studies of the pioneering collectors, including such major figures as Frobenius and Torday. They discuss the complex and sensitive issues involved in the business of 'collecting', and show how the collections and exhibitions influenced academic debates about the categories of art and artefact, and the notion of authenticity, and challenged conventional aesthetic values, as modern Western artists began to draw on African models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83497/cover/9780521583497.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583543</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583543</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morpheme Order and Semantic Scope</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Word Formation in the Athapaskan Verb</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rice, Keren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>468</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Athapaskan languages are well known for their intricate morphology, in particular the complexity of their verbs. The significance of these languages for linguistic theory is widely acknowledged. In this book, Keren Rice offers a rich typological survey of morpheme ordering in Athapaskan verbs, with implications for both synchronic grammar and language change. She shows that verb structure is in fact widely predictable across Athapaskan languages if appropriate syntactic factors and an overarching principle of semantic scope are taken into account. The presentation also includes a detailed study of argument and aspectual systems. This landmark volume is the first major comparative study of its type for the Athapaskan language family, combining descriptive depth with a contemporary theoretical perspective. Clear and insightful, it will be welcomed by Athapaskanists, typologists, historical and theoretical linguists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83541/cover/9780521583541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583616</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583616</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Astronomies and Cultures in Early Medieval Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCluskey, Stephen C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Historians have long recognized that the rebirth of science in twelfth-century Europe flowed from a search for ancient scientific texts. But this search presupposes knowledge and interest; we only seek what we know to be valuable. The emergence of scholarly interest after centuries of apparent stagnation seems paradoxical. This book resolves that seeming contradiction by describing four active traditions of early medieval astronomy: one divided the year by observing the Sun; another computed the date of Easter Full Moon; the third determined the time for monastic prayers by watching the course of the stars; and the classical tradition of geometrical astronomy provided a framework for the cosmos. Most of these astronomies were practical; they sustained the communities in which they flourished and reflected and reinforced the values of those communities. These astronomical traditions motivated the search for ancient learning that led to the Scientific Renaissance of the twelfth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83619/cover/9780521583619.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583632</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Health and Social Justice in the Age of Chadwick</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain, 1800-1854</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583633</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamlin, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1830s and 1840s are the formative years of modern public health in Britain, when the poor law bureaucrat Edwin Chadwick conceived his vision of public health through public works and began the campaign for the construction of the kinds of water and sewage works that ultimately became the standard components of urban infrastructure throughout the developed world. This book first explores that vision and campaign against the backdrop of the great 'condition-of-England' questions of the period, of what rights and expectations working people could justifiably have in regard to political participation, food, shelter and conditions of work. It examines the ways Chadwick's sanitarianism fitted the political needs of the much-hated Poor Law Commission and of Whig and Tory governments, each seeking some antidote to revolutionary Chartism. It then reviews the Chadwickians' efforts to solve the host of problems they met in trying to implement the sanitary idea: of what responsibilities central and local units of government, and private contractors, were to have; of how townspeople could be persuaded to embark on untried public technologies; of where the new public health experts were to come from; and of how elegant technical designs were to be fitted to the unique social, political, and geographic circumstances of individual towns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83633/cover/9780521583633.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583683</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583683</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Cognition in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583688</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pasnau, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the history of philosophy in the later medieval period (1250-1350). It focuses on cognitive theory, a subject of intense investigation during these years. In fact many of the issues that dominate philosophy of mind and epistemology today - intentionality, mental representation, scepticism, realism - were hotly debated in the later medieval period. The book offers a careful analysis of these debates, primarily through the work of Thomas Aquinas, John Olivi, and William Ockham. Each of these figures attempts to reconceptualise cognition along direct realist lines, criticising in the process the standard Aristotelian account. Though of primary interest to medieval philosophers, the book presupposes no background knowledge of the medieval period, and will therefore interest a broader community of philosophers concerned with the origins of contemporary cognitive theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83688/cover/9780521583688.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583713</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583713</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Context of Nonverbal Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philippot, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coats, Erik J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents, in an integrated framework, the newest, most contemporary perspectives on the role of nonverbal behavior in social interaction. The book includes empirically-grounded work and theories that are central to our understanding of the reciprocal influences between nonverbal behavior and social variables. In doing so, it contributes to the on-going controversy now shaping the field regarding the degree to which nonverbal behavior represents social, as opposed to biological, forces. The volume also highlights a number of recent subareas in the domain of nonverbal behavior that hold much promise, including the role of nonverbal behavior in group membership and media influences on nonverbal behavior. The proposed volume also presents data and theories that have applied value, useful to people working in such fields as communication, psychotherapy, and counseling.  Finally, the volume gathers contributors in different sub-fields that are rarely presented jointly, such family and media socialization factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83718/cover/9780521583718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583721</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dinosaur Impressions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Postcards from a Paleontologist</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taquet, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Padian, Kevin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dinosaur Impressions is the engaging account of thirty years of travel and paleontological exploration by Philippe Taquet, one of the world's most noted paleontologists. Dr Taquet takes the reader on a surprisingly far-flung tour ranging from the Provence countryside to the Niger desert, from the Brazilian bush to the Mongolian Steppes, and from the Laos jungle to the Moroccan mountains in search of dinosaur bones and what they have to tell us about a vanished world. With wry humor and lively anecdotes, Dr Taquet retraces the history of paleontological research along the way discussing the latest theories of dinosaur existence and extinction. Dinosaur Impressions provides a unique, thoughtful perspective not often encountered in English-speaking works. This insightful, first-hand account of an exceptional career is also a travelogue par excellence that will enthrall enthusiasts and general readers alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83725/cover/9780521583725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Phonology and Language Use</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583749</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bybee, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A research perspective that takes language use into account opens up new views of old issues and provides an understanding of issues that linguists have rarely addressed. Referencing new developments in cognitive and functional linguistics, phonetics, and connectionist modeling, this book investigates various ways in which a speaker/hearer's experience with language affects the representation of phonology. Rather than assuming phonological representations in terms of phonemes, Joan Bybee adopts an exemplar model, in which specific tokens of use are stored and categorized phonetically with reference to variables in the context. This model allows an account of phonetically gradual sound change which produces lexical variation, and provides an explanatory account of the fact that many reductive sound changes affect high frequency items first. The well-known effects of type and token frequency on morphologically-conditioned phonological alterations are shown also to apply to larger sequences, such as fixed phrases and constructions, solving some of the problems formulated previously as dealing with the phonology-syntax interface.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83749/cover/9780521583749.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Politics in the Weimar Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583756</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Balderston, Theo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>138</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a succinct overview of the turbulent economic history of the Weimar Republic. Theo Balderston, an experienced teacher of economic history, summarises the wealth of recent research on the subject, and presents it in lucid, accessible form. He offers new perspectives on the economic effects of the Reparations conflict and of domestic political struggles for postwar inflation and the slump. Controversial analyses of the slow economic growth of even the Republic's best years have implications for the instability or otherwise of its political economy. Recent globalisation and global debt crises throw new light on the foreign debt burden with which Germans saddled themselves in the later 1920s, and the fateful financial crisis of 1931. Theo Balderston explains new analyses of the role of economic policy in worsening the slump and thus paving the way for Hitler.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83756/cover/9780521583756.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583772</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583770</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Right to Property in Commonwealth Constitutions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583770</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The right to property is an important part of most Commonwealth constitutions. This book examines the evolution of right to property and the changing trends in their interpretation by the courts. A number of specific issues are examined closely: &#8226; Which interests are constitutionally protected as 'property'? &#8226; When does the regulation of property amount to an acquisition of property? &#8226; Are there limits on the purposes for which states may take the property of their subjects? &#8226; What are the rules regarding compensation for property? The analysis is both practical and theoretical, and it should be useful to both academic and practising lawyers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83770/cover/9780521583770.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583799</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583799</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United Nations and International Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583794</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyner, Christopher C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSN1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides students and scholars with a text that examines, explains, and appraises contributions made by the United Nations to contemporary international law and the law-creating process. The authors consider how UN institutions have made the law, what law has been made, and the extent to which that law has been meaningfully accepted by and evidenced in contemporary state practice. The study first deals with processes and measures that cut across law-making, covering practical as well as conceptual aspects. Then the substantive law is addressed in terms of the different fields of activity that the United Nations has made subject to legal rules and processes. Some chapters cover prominent areas, such as human rights, use of force, and economic relations; others deal with topics which have not previously been examined with sufficient care, such as labor, the environment, refugees, and women. The book's final section deals with the internal law of the UN system itself - the international civil services and financial contributions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83794/cover/9780521583794.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583817</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship in Neckarhausen, 1700-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583817</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabean, David Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work analyses shifts in the relations of families, households, and individuals in a single German village during the transition to a modern social structure and cultural order. The findings call into question the idea that the more modern society became, the less kin mattered. Rather, the opposite happened. During 'modernization', close kin developed a flexible set of exchanges, passing marriage partners, godparents, political favors, work contacts, and financial guarantees back and forth. Sabean also argues that the new kinship systems were fundamental for class formation, and he repositions women in the center of a political culture of alliance construction. One of a series of important local studies coming out of the Max Planck Institute for History, it is the most thorough-going attempt to work between the disciplines of social and cultural history and anthropology, and it demonstrates the power of microhistory to reconceptualize general historical trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83817/cover/9780521583817.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583829</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583829</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul Dirac</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Man and his Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583824</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pais, Abraham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacob, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olive, David I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atiyah, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac was one of the founders of quantum theory. He is numbered alongside Newton, Maxwell and Einstein as one of the greatest physicists of all time. Together the lectures in this volume, originally presented on the occasion of the dedication ceremony for a plaque commemorating Dirac in Westminster Abbey, give a unique insight into the relationship between Dirac's character and his scientific achievements. The text begins with the dedication address given by Stephen Hawking at the ceremony. Then Abraham Pais describes Dirac as a person and his approach to his work. Maurice Jacob explains how Dirac was led to introduce the concept of antimatter, and its central role in modern particle physics and cosmology, followed by an account by David Olive of the origin and enduring influence of Dirac's work on magnetic monopoles. Finally, Sir Michael Atiyah explains the deep and widespread significance of the Dirac equation in mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83824/cover/9780521583824.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Play</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolutionary, Comparative and Ecological Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583831</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bekoff, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byers, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do animals play? Play has been described in animals as diverse as reptiles, birds and mammals, so what benefits does it provide and how did it evolve? Careful, quantitative studies of social, locomotor and object play behaviour are now beginning to answer these questions and to shed light on many other aspects of both animal and human behaviour. This unique interdisciplinary volume brings together the major findings about play in a wide range of species including humans. Topics about play include the evolutionary history of play, play structure, function and development, and sex and individual differences. Animal Play is destined to become the benchmark volume in this subject for many years to come, and will provide a source of inspiration and understanding for students and researchers in behavioural biology, neurobiology, psychology and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86566/cover/9780521586566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583861</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Flow</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Logic of Distributed Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barwise, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seligman, Jerry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Information is a central topic in computer science, cognitive science and philosophy. In spite of its importance in the 'information age', there is no consensus on what information is, what makes it possible, and what it means for one medium to carry information about another. Drawing on ideas from mathematics, computer science and philosophy, this book addresses the definition and place of information in society. The authors, observing that information flow is possible only within a connected distribution system, provide a mathematically rigorous, philosophically sound foundation for a science of information. They illustrate their theory by applying it to a wide range of phenomena, from file transfer to DNA, from quantum mechanics to speech act theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83862/cover/9780521583862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Numerical Solution of Integral Equations of the Second Kind</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson, Kendall E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an extensive introduction to the numerical solution of a large class of integral equations. The initial chapters provide a general framework for the numerical analysis of Fredholm integral equations of the second kind, covering degenerate kernel, projection and Nystrom methods. Additional discussions of multivariable integral equations and iteration methods update the reader on the present state of the art in this area. The final chapters focus on the numerical solution of boundary integral equation (BIE) reformulations of Laplace's equation, in both two and three dimensions. Two chapters are devoted to planar BIE problems, which include both existing methods and remaining questions. Practical problems for BIE such as the set up and solution of the discretised BIE are also discussed. Each chapter concludes with a discussion of the literature and a large bibliography serves as an extended resource for students and researchers needing more information on solving particular integral equations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/83916/cover/9780521583916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521583993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521583993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521583992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Palestinian Vocalised Piyyut Manuscripts in the Cambridge Genizah Collections</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521583992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yahalom, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>95</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the Semitic languages the vowels are not part of the alphabet and each Semitic language has its special method of marking its particular vowel values. In the Hebrew of Late Antiquity, a supralinear method of doing this was first introduced after the Arabic conquest of Palestine in the seventh century. It was used mainly for liturgical purposes in complicated poetic texts, and it was soon displaced by the classical Tiberian system. The oldest existing specimens of this supralinear method are on vellum manuscripts from Cairo where the remaining fragments were deposited by Jewish refugees from Crusader Palestine at the end of the eleventh century. The fragments from the Cairo depository, known as the Cairo Genizah, are best represented in the Genizah Collections at Cambridge University Library. This volume gives for the first time a full description of the scattered and torn fragments, as well as of their notational value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Hand-List of Rabbinic Manuscripts in the Cambridge Genizah Collections</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Taylor-Schechter New Series</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brody, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiesenberg, E. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains descriptions - including, in many cases, precise identifications - of approximately 6,000 manuscript fragments from the Taylor-Schechter New Series originating in the world-famous Genizah of Cairo, and now at Cambridge University Library. The emphasis is on classical and medieval rabbinic literature, but many fragments belonging to other genres, which were placed in boxes dedicated to Talmudic and rabbinic literature, are also described. It is anticipated that the volume will be of considerable assistance to researchers in a variety of disciplines, by facilitating access to material of various sorts and substantially reducing the amount of time which must be devoted to preliminary searches.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158406X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158406X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Throsby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an increasingly globalised world, economic and cultural imperatives can be seen as two of the most powerful forces shaping human behaviour. This book considers the relationship between economics and culture both as areas of intellectual discourse, and as systems of societal organisation. Adopting a broad definition of culture, it explores the economic dimensions of culture, and the cultural context of economics. The book is built on a foundation of value theory, developing the twin notions of economic and cultural value as underlying principles for integrating the two fields. Ideas of cultural capital and sustainability are discussed, especially as means of analysing the particular problems of  cultural heritage, drawing parallels with the treatment of natural capital in ecological economics. The book goes on to discuss the economics of creativity in the production of cultural goods and services; culture in economic development; the cultural industries; and cultural policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84067/cover/9780521584067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of Slander in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, M. Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Slander constitutes a central social, legal and literary concern of early modern England. A category of discourse which transgresses the law, it offers a more historically grounded and fluid account of power relations between poets and the state than that offered by the commonly accepted model of official censorship. An investigation of slander reveals it to be an effective, unstable and reversible means of repudiating one's opposition that could be deployed by rulers or poets. Spenser, Jonson and Shakespeare each use the paradigm of slander to challenge official criticism of poetry, while contemporary legal theory associates slander with poetry. However, even as rulers themselves make use of slander in the form of propaganda to demonize those they perceive to be their foes, ultimately they are unable to contain completely the threat posed by slanderous accusations against the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86375/cover/9780521586375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584142</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Magic Molecules</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Drugs Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584142</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aldridge, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All of us are drug users, in the broadest sense of the word. Drugs can be medicines, they can be used for pleasure, and they can also be used to protect our long-term health. It is important that we are well informed about the drugs we use - how they work, their benefits and their risks. This book is a unique guide for the general science reader to the drugs of everyday life - from the main types of medicine through to recreational drugs and food supplements. It looks at how drugs interact with their targets in the body, where they come from, how they are developed and what drugs to expect in the future. All the major pharmaceutical medicines are reviewed - painkillers, antibiotics, anti-cancer drugs, anti depressants, heart drugs, tranquillizers and hormones. However this book is much more than a consumer handbook - it also conveys the fascinating science of drug discovery in an easily accessible way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84142/cover/9780521584142.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Subfactors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584203</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sunder, V. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Subfactors have been a subject of considerable research activity for about fifteen years and are known to have significant relations with other fields such as low dimensional topology and algebraic quantum field theory. These notes give an introduction to the subject suitable for a student who has only a little familiarity with the theory of Hilbert space. A new pictorial approach to subfactors is presented in a late chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84203/cover/9780521584203.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158423X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158423X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584234</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Elements of the Representation Theory of Associative Algebras</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Techniques of Representation Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584234</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Assem, Ibrahim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skowronski, Andrzej</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Simson, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first part of a two-volume set offers a modern account of the representation theory of finite dimensional associative algebras over an algebraically closed field. The authors present this topic from the perspective of linear representations of finite-oriented graphs (quivers) and homological algebra. The self-contained treatment constitutes an elementary, up-to-date introduction to the subject using, on the one hand, quiver-theoretical techniques and, on the other, tilting theory and integral quadratic forms. Key features include many illustrative examples, plus a large number of end-of-chapter exercises. The detailed proofs make this work suitable both for courses and seminars, and for self-study. The volume will be of great interest to graduate students beginning research in the representation theory of algebras and to mathematicians from other fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84234/cover/9780521584234.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584241</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematics of Derivative Securities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584241</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dempster, Michael A. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pliska, Stanley R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During 1995 the Isaac Newton Institute for the Mathematical Sciences at Cambridge University hosted a six month research program on financial mathematics. During this period more than 300 scholars and financial practitioners attended to conduct research and to attend more than 150 research seminars. Many of the presented papers were on the subject of financial derivatives. The very best were selected to appear in this volume. They range from abstract financial theory to practical issues pertaining to the pricing and hedging of interest rate derivatives and exotic options in the market place. Hence this book will be of interest to both academic scholars and financial engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584256</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584256</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Culture in Renaissance England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McEachern, Claire</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shuger, Debora</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These essays by leading historians and literary scholars investigate the role of religion in shaping political, social and literary forms, and their reciprocal role in shaping early modern religion, from the Reformation to the Civil Wars. Reflecting and rethinking the insights of new historicism and cultural studies, individual essays take up various aspects of the productive, if tense, relation between Tudor-Stuart Christianity and culture, and explore how religion informs some of the central texts of English Renaissance literature: the vernacular Bible, Foxe's Acts and Monuments, Hooker's Laws, Shakespeare's plays and sonnets, the poems of John Donne, Amelia Lanyer and John Milton. The collection demonstrates the centrality of religion to sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England, and its influence on early modern constructions of gender, subjectivity and nationhood.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84258/cover/9780521584258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Framework of Judicial Sentencing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Legal Decision Making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovegrove, Austin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Austin Lovegrove examines the sentencing of offenders appearing on multiple offences and how judges, having fixed a prison sentence for each offence, determine an overall sentence for each offender. Analysing judges' verbal protocols for sentencing problems and sentences for fictitious cases, he is able to offer, first, a model of judicial sentencing in the form of a decision strategy comprising working rules deduced from the given responses of judges as they attempted to apply sentencing law, and, second, a numerical guideline in the form of an algebraic model quantifying the application of the working rules. On the basis of this empirical data, Dr Lovegrove furthers understanding of the nature and place of intuition in sentencing and of how the cumulation of sentence can be integrated into a system of proportionality related to the seriousness of single offences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84272/cover/9780521584272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maternities and Modernities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial and Postcolonial Experiences in Asia and the Pacific</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ram, Kalpana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminist theories have focused on contemporary, Western, middle-class experiences of maternity. This volume brings other mothers, from Asia and the Pacific, into scholarly view, aiming to show that birthing and mothering can be a very different experience for women in other parts of the world. The contributors document a wide variety of conceptions of motherhood, and drawing on ethnographic and historical research, they explore the relationships between motherhood as embodied experience and the local discourses on maternity. They show how the experience of motherhood has been influenced by missionaries, by colonial policies and by the introduction of Western medicine and biomedical birthing methods, and raise important questions about the costs and benefits of becoming a modern mother in these societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584299</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slaves, Warfare, and Ideology in the Greek Historians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book challenges conventional opinion by arguing that slaves and Helots played an important part in classical Greek warfare. Although rival city-states often used these classes in their own forces or tried to incite their enemies' slaves to rebellion or desertion, such recruitment was ideologically awkward: slaves or Helots, despised and oppressed classes, should have had no part in the military service so closely linked with citizenship, with rule, and even with an individual's basic worth. Consequently, their participation has tended to drop out of the historical record. Focusing on Herodotus, Thucydides, and Xenophon, this study attempts to demonstrate the actual role played by slaves and Helots in warfare, the systematic neglect of the subject by these historians, and the ideologies motivating this reticence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84296/cover/9780521584296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584310</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584310</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D. H. Lawrence: Late Essays and Articles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, D. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boulton, James T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his last years D. H. Lawrence often wrote for newspapers; he needed the money, and clearly enjoyed the work. He also wrote several substantial essays during the same period. This meticulously-edited collection brings together major essays such as Pornography and Obscenity and Lawrence's spirited Introduction to the volume of his Paintings; a group of autobiographical pieces, two of which are published here for the first time; and the articles Lawrence wrote at the invitation of newspaper and magazine editors. There are thirty-nine items in total, thirty-five of them deriving from original manuscripts; all were written between 1926 and Lawrence's death in March 1930. They are ordered chronologically according to the date of composition; each is preceded by an account of the circumstances in which it came to be published. The volume is introduced by a substantial survey of Lawrence's career as a writer responding directly to public interests and concerns.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84319/cover/9780521584319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Perspectives on Adolescent Risk Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jessor, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of chapters, leading scholars of adolescent risk behavior present the most recent ideas and findings about the variety of behaviors that can compromise adolescent development, including drug use, risky driving, early sexual activity, depression, and school disengagement. In particular, the volume emphasizes new perspectives on development and on person-centered analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bloodless Victories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise and Fall of the Open Shop in the Philadelphia Metal Trades, 1890-1940</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Howell John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how a group of manufacturers of metal products  - 'everything from buttonhooks to battleships' - in America's third biggest city helped each other to meet the challenges of organized labour (and sometimes an interventionist state) in the half-century between the 'second industrial revolution' and the Second World War. After thirty years of success, the employers were finally overwhelmed by a resurgent labour movement backed by New Deal politicians and administrators. Their story offers the broadest and most detailed account available of the industrial relations problems and policies of small and mid-sized firms in this period. This book analyses labour issues by means of a careful local case study, but its conclusions about the interplay of labour, organized capital, law and the state in determining the fate of workers' rights and employers' interests have broad relevance to the history and politics of twentieth-century industrial relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/28394/cover/9780521028394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Franco-Prussian War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The German Conquest of France in 1870-1871</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584364</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wawro, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Franco-Prussian War of 1870-1871 violently changed the course of European History. Alarmed by Bismarck's territorial ambitions and the Prussian army's crushing defeats of Denmark in 1864 and Austria in 1866, French Emperor Napoleon III vowed to bring Prussia to heel. Digging into many European and American archives for the first time, Geoffrey Wawro's The Franco-Prussian War describes the war that followed in thrilling detail. While the armies mobilized in July 1870, the conflict appeared 'too close to call'. Prussia and its German allies overwhelmingly outnumbered the French. But Marshal Achille Bazaine's grognards ('old grumblers') were the stuff of legend, the most resourceful, battle-hardened, sharp-shooting troops in Europe. From the political intrigues that began and ended the war to the bloody battles at Gravelotte and Sedan and the last murderous fights on the Loire and in Paris, this is a stunning, authoritative history of the Franco-Prussian War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84364/cover/9780521584364.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584396</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584396</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women's Reading in Britain, 1750-1835</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Dangerous Recreation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pearson, Jacqueline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The growth of female reading audiences from the mid-eighteenth century to the early Victorian era represents both a vital episode in women's history and a highly significant factor in shaping the literary production of the period. This book offers for the first time a broad overview and detailed analysis of this growing readership, its representation in literature, and the extent of its influence. It examines both historical women readers, including Laetitia Pilkington, Elizabeth Carter, Frances Burney and Jane Austen, and a wide range of texts in which the figure of the woman reader is important, from Gothic (and other) novels to conduct books and educational works, letters, journals and memoirs, political and economic works, and texts on history and science. Jacqueline Pearson's study offers illuminating insights which help to make sense of the ambivalent and contradictory attitudes of the age to the key figure of the woman reader.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84395/cover/9780521584395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158440X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158440X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Productivity Race</TitleText>

<Subtitle>British Manufacturing in International Perspective, 1850-1990</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Broadberry, Steve N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>477</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a reassessment of British performance in manufacturing since 1850 in the light of new evidence on international comparisons of productivity. Using a novel analytical framework of technological evolution, Stephen Broadberry uncovers new ways of looking at Britain's relative economic decline while debunking a number of misapprehensions regarding the nature and causes of the decline. It analyses productivity levels in Britain, the United States and Germany and provides detailed case studies of all the major manufacturing industries, broken down into three periods: 1850-1914, 1914-50 and 1950-90. Broadberry offers a wide coverage of industries, with invaluable country-specific information. By combining a multitude of detailed productivity measurements with qualitative industrial and business history, he provides a major contribution to our understanding of British economic performance over the last 150 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84401/cover/9780521584401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584418</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Discourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Person, Space and Time across Languages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hickmann, Maya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comparative study explores two central questions in the study of first language acquisition: What is the relative impact of structural and functional determinants? What is universal versus language-specific during development? Maya Hickmann addresses these questions in three domains of child language: reference to entities, the representation of space, and uses of temporal-aspectual markings. She provides a thorough review of different theoretical approaches to language acquisition and a wide range of developmental research, as well as examining all three domains in English, French, German and Chinese narratives. Hickmann's findings concern the rhythm of acquisition, the interplay among different factors (syntactic, semantic, pragmatic) determining children's uses, and universal versus variable aspects of acquisition. Her conclusions stress the importance of relating sentence and discourse determinants of acquisition in a crosslinguistic perspective. Children's Discourse will be welcomed by those working in psychology and language-related disciplines interested in first language acquisition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84418/cover/9780521584418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021128</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Republican Legacy in International Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Onuf, Nicholas Greenwood</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Republicanism has enjoyed a revival of scholarly interest in several fields. In this book Nicholas Onuf provides the first major treatment of the republican way of thinking about law, politics, and society in the context of international thought. The author tells two stories about republicanism, starting with Aristotle and culminating in the eighteenth century, when international thought became a distinctive enterprise. These two stories surround the thought of Vattel and Kant, and by telling them side by side the author identifies a substantial but little-acknowledged legacy of republicanism in contemporary discussions of sovereignty, intervention, international society, peace, levels of analysis, and the global economy. In identifying this legacy in contemporary thought, Nicholas Onuf develops his constructivist approach to international theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84449/cover/9780521584449.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Subversive Institutions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Design and the Destruction of Socialism and the State</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584494</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bunce, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From 1989 to 1992, all of the socialist dictatorships in Europe (including the Soviet Union) collapsed, as did the Soviet bloc. Yugoslavia, the Soviet Union and Czechoslovakia dismembered, and the Cold War international order came to an abrupt end. Based on a series of controlled comparisons among regimes and states, Valerie Bunce argues in this book that two factors account for these remarkable developments: the institutional design of socialism as a regime, a state, and a bloc, and the rapid expansion during the 1980s of opportunities for domestic and international change. When combined, institutions and opportunities explain not just when, how, and why these regimes and states disintegrated, but also some of the most puzzling features of these developments - why, for example, the collapse of socialism was largely peaceful and why Yugoslavia, but not the Soviet Union or Czechoslovakia, disintegrated through war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85927/cover/9780521585927.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990531</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584500</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bargaining and Market Behavior</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Experimental Economics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584500</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Vernon L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second Cambridge University Press collection of papers by Vernon L. Smith, a creator of the field of experimental economics, includes many of his primary authored and coauthored contributions on bargaining and market behavior between 1990 and 1998. The essays explore the use of laboratory experiments to test propositions derived from economics and game theory. They also investigate the relationship between experimental economics and psychology, particularly the field of evolutionary psychology, using the latter to broaden the perspective in which experimental results are interpreted. The volume complements Professor Smith's earlier work by demonstrating the importance of institutional features of markets in understanding behavior and market performance. Specific themes investigated include rational choice, the notion of fairness, game theory and extensive form experimental interactions, institutions and market behavior, and the study of laboratory stock markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21487/cover/9780521021487.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584523</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equality, Responsibility, and the Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ripstein, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines responsibility and luck as these issues arise in tort law, criminal law, and distributive justice. The central question is: whose bad luck is a particular piece of misfortune? Arthur Ripstein argues that there is a general set of principles to be found that clarifies responsibility in those cases where luck is most obviously an issue: accidents, mistakes, emergencies, and failed attempts at crime. In revealing how the problems that arise in tort and criminal law as well as distributive justice invite structurally parallel solutions, the author also shows the deep connection between individual responsibility and social equality. This is a challenging and provocative book that will be of special interest to moral and political philosophers, legal theorists, and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84524/cover/9780521584524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584555</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Race and Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparison of South Africa, the United States, and Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584555</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, Anthony W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why and how has race become a central aspect of politics during this century? This book addresses this pressing question by comparing South African apartheid and resistance to it, the United States Jim Crow law and protests against it, and the myth of racial democracy in Brazil. Anthony Marx argues that these divergent experiences had roots in the history of slavery, colonialism, miscegenation and culture, but were fundamentally shaped by impediments and efforts to build national unity. In South Africa and the United States, ethnic or regional conflicts among whites were resolved by unifying whites and excluding blacks, while Brazil's longer established national unity required no such legal racial crutch. Race was thus central to projects of nation-building, and nationalism shaped uses of race. Professor Marx extends this argument to explain popular protest and the current salience of issues of race.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84555/cover/9780521584555.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Placing Friendship in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Rebecca G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allan, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Personal relationships have long been of central interest to social scientists, but the subject of friendship has been relatively neglected. Moreover, most studies of friendship have been social psychological. Placing Friendship in Context is a unique collection bridging social psychological and social structural research to advance understanding of this important subject. In it, some of the world's leading researchers explore the social and historical contexts in which friendships and other similar informal ties develop and how it is that these contexts shape the form and substance the relationships assume. Together, they demonstrate that friendship cannot be understood from individualistic or dyadic perspectives alone, but is a relationship significantly influenced by the environment in which it is generated. By analysing the ways in which friendships articulate with the social structures in which they are embedded, Placing Friendship in Context redescribes such personal relationships at both the macro and the micro level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84562/cover/9780521584562.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Court in Exile</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Stuarts in France, 1689-1718</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584623</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corp, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gregg, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erskine-Hill, Howard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Court studies and Jacobitism have both received considerable attention from historians in recent years, yet so far no attempt has been made to provide a comprehensive examination of the Jacobite court in exile after the revolution of 1688-9. This book takes a completely fresh look at the Stuart court in France during the years when the Jacobite movement posed its greatest threat to the post-revolution governments in London.  The Stuart court at Saint-Germain-en-Laye is revealed as not only large and well financed, but also magnificently located in a spectacular royal palace vacated only recently by Louis XIV and in very close contact with the French court at Versailles - yet maintaining the traditions, organisation and ceremonial of the English court at Whitehall. The book also shows how the Stuart court in France came to an end, and explains why and how it has since been so badly misrepresented.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84623/cover/9780521584623.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584647</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584647</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Constitutionalism and Good Governance in the Commonwealth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Eastern and Southern African Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584647</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hatchard, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ndulo, Muna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slinn, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The central role that good, effective and capable governance plays in the economic and social development of a country is now widely recognised. Using the Commonwealth countries of eastern and southern Africa, this book analyses some of the key constitutional issues in the process of developing, strengthening and consolidating the capacity of states to ensure the good governance of their peoples. Utilising comparative material, the book seeks to draw lessons, both positive and negative, about the problems of constitutionalism in the region and, in doing so, critically addresses the legal issues involved in seeking to make constitutions 'work' in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84647/cover/9780521584647.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking through Television</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584654</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lembo, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original and engaging book investigates American television viewing habits as a distinct cultural form. Based on an empirical study of the day-to-day use of television by working people, it develops a unique theoretical approach integrating cultural sociology, post modernism and the literature of media effects to explore the way in which people give meaning to their viewing practices. While recognising the power of television, it also emphasises the importance of the social and political factors which affect the lives of individual viewers, showing how the interaction between the two can result in a disengagement with corporately produced culture at the same time as an appropriation of the images themselves into people's lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85774/cover/9780521585774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literate Education in the Hellenistic and Roman Worlds</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584661</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Teresa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an assessment of the content, structures and significance of education in Greek and Roman society. Drawing on a wide range of evidence, including the first systematic comparison of literary sources with the papyri from Graeco-Roman Egypt, Teresa Morgan shows how education developed from a loose repertoire of practices in classical Greece into a coherent system spanning the Hellenistic and Roman worlds. She examines the teaching of literature, grammar and rhetoric across a range of social groups and proposes a model of how the system was able both to maintain its coherence and to accommodate pupils' widely different backgrounds, needs and expectations. In addition Dr Morgan explores Hellenistic and Roman theories of cognitive development, showing how educationalists claimed to turn the raw material of humanity into good citizens and leaders of society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84661/cover/9780521584661.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158468X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158468X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unjust Enrichment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Private Law and Public Values</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dagan, Hanoch</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a sophisticated comparative analysis of the doctrine of unjust enrichment in the North American and Jewish legal systems, and in international law. By offering an explanatory theory which brings to light the normative underpinnings of the doctrine, it facilitates the prediction of legal outcomes and supplies the necessary tools for evaluating existing legal rules. Applying both theoretical analysis and comparative legal techniques, the study claims that the choice of compensation arising from a claim of unjust enrichment is not a matter of legal technicality. Instead it describes how the legal choice of a pecuniary remedy can be seen to embody a choice between competing values. This decision, writes Dagan, is implicated in the prevailing background ethos of the society at issue, and is deeply influenced by its own complex conceptions of self and of community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584722</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics, Geometry and Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Tribute to Paul Erd&#246;s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584722</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B&#233;la</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomason, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Erd&#246;s was one of the greatest mathematicians of this century, known the world over for his brilliant ideas and stimulating questions. On the date of his 80th birthday a conference was held in his honour at Trinity College, Cambridge. Many leading combinatorialists attended. Their subsequent contributions are collected here. The areas represented range from set theory and geometry, through graph theory, group theory and combinatorial probability, to randomised algorithms and statistical physics. Erd&#246;s himself was able to give a survey of recent progress made on his favourite problems. Consequently this volume, consisting of in-depth studies at the frontier of research, provides a valuable panorama across the breadth of combinatorics as it is today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07667/cover/9780521607667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Constitution of Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Do the New Clothes Have an Emperor?' and Other Essays on European Integration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiler, J. H. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joseph Weiler presents essays written during the 1990s on issues related to European constitutional law. In a series of highly accessible discussions concerning the legal framework of the European Communities and the European Union, Professor Weiler describes the gradual strengthening of transnational European institutions at the expense of national legislators. Although individuals as legal consumers have been empowered by Community law, he writes, this has been at the expense of their rights as citizens. The Constitution of Europe thus provides from a legal perspective a balanced and authoritative critique of the attractions and demerits of the goal of European integration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84739/cover/9780521584739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: The 'Haydn' Quartets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irving, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The six string quartets dedicated to his friend Joseph Haydn represent a turning point in Mozart's compositional development. In addition to providing a full synopsis of each quartet this book examines the music in relation to Mozart's earlier quartets, considers the genesis of the six 'Haydn' quartets through close examination of the autograph revisions and looks at contemporary eighteenth-century analytical models. John Irving also charts the reception of the quartets, drawing upon a broad range of sources: Mozart's letters and diary entries, early newspaper reports, harmony/compositional textbooks, contemporary criticism and early biographies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84753/cover/9780521584753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dying to Live</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How our Bodies Fight Disease</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584791</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kendall, Marion D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How do our bodies fight disease? Written in clear accessible style this book gives an account of the inner workings of our immune systems. Aimed at the general reader it looks at fascinating areas of science including fever, AIDS and cancer. Central to the book, from which the title derives, is the idea that in the war against disease our bodies sacrifice millions of cells - antibodies and other specialized elements of the immune system. Only by pitting all manner of complex immune cells against such infectious agents can we continue to survive in the world. Of interest to anyone who has wondered what is really happening when we get ill and recover.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84791/cover/9780521584791.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584868</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Doctors for Democracy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Health Professionals in the Nepal Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584869</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Vincanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the role of the Nepali physicians in the revolutionary changes in 1990. These doctors are trained in the Western tradition, and participate in international scientific debates, yet they have always been concerned to develop a form of medical practice that was relevant to Nepali conditions, and which could speak to local conceptions about health, and so their medical practice was always politicized. Vincanne Adams argues that the commitment of these professionals to the values of science, and to public health, was crucial in their political activity, and that ideas and practices associated with the notions of 'democracy' and of 'science' supported each other. Describing her book as 'a story that explores how very fine the line is between politics and scientific medical truth claims', it therefore encompasses both the modern political history of Nepal and the role of medicine in a poor, largely rural, Hindu kingdom.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84869/cover/9780521584869.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christology and the Synoptic Problem</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Argument for Markan Priority</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584883</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Head, Peter M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book makes a major contribution to the ongoing debate about the synoptic problem, especially concerning the question of which gospel was written first. The scholarly consensus, developed over two hundred years of discussion, has favoured Markan priority and the dependence of both Matthew and Luke upon Mark. In an ongoing contemporary revival of the Griesbach hypothesis, some scholars have advocated the view that Mark used, conflated and abbreviated Matthew and Luke. The author explores the role played by arguments connected with christological development in support of both these views. Deploying a new comparative redaction-critical approach to the problem, Dr Head argues that the critical basis of the standard christological argument for Markan priority is insecure and based on anachronistic scholarly concerns. Nevertheless, in a through-going comparative reappraisal of the christological outlooks of Matthew and Mark the author finds decisive support for the hypothesis of Markan priority, arguing that Matthew was a developer rather than a corrector of Mark.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84883/cover/9780521584883.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584914</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotions, the Social Bond, and Human Reality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Part/Whole Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheff, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his important new book, Thomas Scheff offers an innovative approach to researching human behavior which relates the smallest parts of social interaction to the greatest wholes of social structure. These are the details and connections usually found only in the finest novels, but Scheff combines the insights of the humanities and social sciences to capture the same evocative details of sight, sound, and context, better to understand what he calls 'human reality'. He puts a fresh emphasis on the importance of emotions in the social bond, and describes in newly subtle ways the outer and inner lives of persons in real life, such as inner-city children, and in fiction, such as Jane Austen's heroines. By closely observing the significance of words and gestures in the context in which they occur, he is able to illuminate the connection between people's lives and the society in which they live.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84913/cover/9780521584913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584922</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584922</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plato's Cratylus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584920</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sedley, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plato's Cratylus is a brilliant but enigmatic dialogue. It bears on a topic, the relation of language to knowledge, which has never ceased to be of central philosophical importance, but tackles it in ways which at times look alien to us. In this reappraisal of the dialogue, Professor Sedley argues that the etymologies which take up well over half of it are not an embarrassing lapse or semi-private joke on Plato's part. On the contrary, if taken seriously as they should be, they are the key to understanding both the dialogue itself and Plato's linguistic philosophy more broadly. The book's main argument is so formulated as to be intelligible to readers with no knowledge of Greek, and will have a significant impact both on the study of Plato and on the history of linguistic thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84920/cover/9780521584920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584930</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Racism in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sicilian Ethnography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last twenty years, immigration has become one of the most contested issues in Western Europe. The arrival of Africans, Asians, Eastern Europeans and others in Italy has reversed earlier trends of emigration. Debate, political activity and violence have raised questions of rejection and integration, of anti-racism and the new racism. Studies of these issues commonly focus on political activity and the plight of minorities, but this book breaks new ground in its emphasis on the everyday reactions of Italians to immigration and related issues. Drawing on research carried out in Palermo, Jeffrey Cole considers the role of class, culture, local history and political economy in the ambivalent responses of Sicilians to immigrants. He places Italian attitudes in a European context, and investigates why anti-immigrant politics are concentrated in the wealthy Italian North.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84937/cover/9780521584937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521584973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521584973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521584975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Messiaen: Quatuor pour la fin du temps</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521584975</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quatuor pour la fin du temps (Quartet for the End of Time) is among the best-known compositions by Olivier Messiaen (1908-92). Like virtually all of his works, it combines the striking technical achievement of Messiaen's rich and attractive musical style with a deeply felt theological inspiration - in this case from the apocalyptic events described in the Book of Revelation, leading to the end of Time itself. Composed while Messiaen was a prisoner-of-war and premiered under extraordinary conditions in Stalag VIIIA in 1941, the work retains a powerful immediacy that has made it a favourite of performers and audiences alike. Anthony Pople's book provides an introduction to Messiaen's style through an examination of this great work, showing how it came to be composed and giving an in-depth assessment of each of its eight movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/84975/cover/9780521584975.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French for Marketing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Using French in Media and Communications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585002</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chebli-Saadi, Malliga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original and practical approach to the French of media and communications. Written entirely in French, it aims to increase the student's awareness of the special kind of language needed for marketing in the French-speaking world. The method focuses on extracts taken from technically orientated newspapers and magazines which deal with the world of marketing and advertising.  In each chapter the extracts are followed by exercises concentrating on vocabulary, syntax, questions on the text, oral exercises, expos&#233;s, debates and written exercises. Part I deals with the world of advertising while Part II looks at information and communications. Care has been taken to avoid an excess of difficult jargon and all the exercises have model answers at the end of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85002/cover/9780521585002.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<RelatedProduct>

<RelationCode>06</RelationCode>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

</RelatedProduct>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Multiaxial Presentation of the ICD-10 for Use in Adult Psychiatry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585026</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>World Health Organisation</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A simple and easy to use triaxial recording system intended for use in clinical, educational and research activities which aims to ensure that disabilities and factors relevant to the management of a mentally ill patient's condition are systematically recorded. It has been prepared and trialled by an international team of experts and has proven easy to use, helpful and applicable to a wide range of cultures and settings. This comprehensive manual provides information on the development of the ICD-10 multiaxial system and describes its structure and use. It details ICD-10 categories for each axis of the system as well as instruments and instructions for their application. The instruments include the ICD-10 multiaxial diagnostic formulation form, WHO short disability assessment schedule (WHO DAS-S) and Axis III checklist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85026/cover/9780521585026.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158504X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158504X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cometography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of Comets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585040</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronk, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>579</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cometography is a catalog of every comet observed throughout history. It is the most complete and comprehensive collection of data on comets available. Cometography comes in four sequential volumes and this, the first, covers ancient times through to the end of the eighteenth century. Cometography uses the most reliable orbits known to determine all the key parameters of each well observed comet. Cometography also provides non-technical details to help the reader understand how the comet may have influenced various cultures at the time of its appearance. All the information in Cometography has been sourced directly from the original documents, including European monastic histories, Roman, Greek and Muslim texts, Chinese, Japanese and Korean scripts. In many cases, dates of important historical events can be corrected based on the appearance of a comet. In this way, Cometography will be valuable to historians of science as well as providing amateur and professional astronomers with a definitive reference on comets through the ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85040/cover/9780521585040.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cometography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of Comets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronk, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>852</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cometography is a four-volume catalog of every comet observed throughout history. Volume II provides a complete discussion of every comet seen during the nineteenth century. Cometography uses the most reliable orbits known to determine the distances from the Earth and Sun at the time a comet was discovered and last observed, as well as the largest and smallest angular distance to the Sun, most northerly and southerly declination, closest distance to the Earth, and other details to enable the reader to understand the physical appearance of each well-observed comet. The book also provides non-technical details to help the reader better appreciate how the comet may have influenced various cultures at the time of its appearance. Cometography will be valuable to historians of science as well as providing amateur and professional astronomers with a definitive reference on comets through the ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85057/cover/9780521585057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585066</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cometography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of Comets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronk, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>666</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cometography is a multi-volume catalog of every comet observed throughout history. Volume 3 provides a complete discussion of every comet seen during the first part of the twentieth century. Cometography uses the most reliable orbits known to determine the distances from the Earth and Sun at the time a comet was discovered and last observed, as well as the largest and smallest angular distance to the Sun, most northerly and southerly declination, closest distance to the Earth, and other details to enable the reader to understand the physical appearance of each well-observed comet. The book also provides non-technical details to help the reader better appreciate how the comet may have influenced various cultures at the time of its appearance. Cometography will be valuable to historians of science as well as providing amateur and professional astronomers with a definitive reference on comets through the ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85064/cover/9780521585064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>390.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cometography</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Catalog of Comets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585071</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kronk, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cometography is a multi-volume catalog of every comet observed throughout history. It uses the most reliable orbits known to determine the distances from the Earth and Sun at the time a comet was discovered and last observed, as well as the largest and smallest angular distance to the Sun, most northerly and southerly declination, closest distance to the Earth, and other details to enable the reader to understand the physical appearance of each well-observed comet. Volume 4 provides a complete discussion of each comet seen from 1933 to 1959. It includes physical descriptions made throughout each comet's apparition. The comets are listed in chronological order, and each listing includes complete references to publications relating to the comet. This book is the most complete and comprehensive collection of comet data available, and provides amateur and professional astronomers, and historians of science, with a definitive reference on comets through the ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85071/cover/9780521585071.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brazilian Popular Church and the Crisis of Modernity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585088</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vasquez, Manuel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCC7</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores one of the most dramatic current interactions between religion and politics: the development of progressive Catholicism in Latin America. In particular, it examines economic, social and religious obstacles to progressive theology in Brazil. This 'popular' church built a utopian vision of social emancipation, drawing on Catholic social thought, humanistic Marxism and existentialism. It was a major democratizing force as Brazil emerged from dictatorship in the late 1970s. In the 1980s, however, the popular appeal of progressive Catholicism came under threat. Focusing on a Catholic community near Rio de Janeiro, Manuel A. V&#225;squez's incisive study shows how economic and political changes have affected religious practices, and argues that the plight of progressive Catholicism in Brazil forms part of a wider crisis of modernity and of humanist discourses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/90865/cover/9780521090865.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585104</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theodore Spandounes: On the Origins of the Ottoman Emperors</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicol, Donald M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Theodore Spandounes belonged to a Byzantine refugee family who had settled in Venice after the Ottoman conquest of Constantinople in 1453. He wrote an account of the origins of the Turkish rulers and of their phenomenal rise to power. It was partly a plea to the Popes and princes of western Christendom to unite against the infidel and one of the earliest works of its kind. The first version of the book, written in Italian, appeared in 1509 and was translated into French in 1519. The final version was made in 1538 and a full Italian text was published in 1890 though without any historical commentary. This book presents an English translation of the full text with a preface, commentary and notes; a discussion of the sources which Spandounes might have consulted and an assessment of the value and interest of this hitherto neglected and undervalued treatise.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85101/cover/9780521585101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Votes Count</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategic Coordination in the World's Electoral Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585163</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Popular elections are at the heart of representative democracy. Thus, understanding the laws and practices that govern such elections is essential to understanding modern democracy. In this book, Cox views electoral laws as posing a variety of coordination problems that political forces must solve. Coordination problems - and with them the necessity of negotiating withdrawals, strategic voting, and other species of strategic coordination - arise in all electoral systems. This book employs a unified game-theoretic model to study strategic coordination worldwide and that relies primarily on constituency-level rather than national aggregate data in testing theoretical propositions about the effects of electoral laws. This book also considers not just what happens when political forces succeed in solving the coordination problems inherent in the electoral system they face but also what happens when they fail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85163/cover/9780521585163.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158518X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158518X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585187</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Great Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Congress in the 1990s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585187</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weisberg, Herbert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Samuel C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 104th Congress, the first in four decades to be Republican-controlled, may prove to have ushered in an era of party dominance by congressional Republicans, or to be a transitory aberration. Either way, the 104th is a watershed in congressional history. Using the theatre metaphor to characterize the actions of Congress and to help make the institution more understandable, Congressional life and behaviour is dissected and placed in the broader context of changes in Congress in the 1990s. The contributors evaluate the way members of Congress play to the media and the larger audience, the electorate; analyze leadership roles in a cast of 535 'leading players'; evaluate the committee systems as 'little theatre'; and analyze relations among the various branches of government. Herbert Weisberg and Samuel Patterson conclude the presentation by reminding us that in Congress, 'the play's the thing'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85187/cover/9780521585187.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algorithms on Strings, Trees and Sequences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Computer Science and Computational Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585194</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gusfield, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>554</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>String algorithms are a traditional area of study in computer science. In recent years their importance has grown dramatically with the huge increase of electronically stored text and of molecular sequence data (DNA or protein sequences) produced by various genome projects. This book is a general text on computer algorithms for string processing. In addition to pure computer science, the book contains extensive discussions on biological problems that are cast as string problems, and on methods developed to solve them. It emphasises the fundamental ideas and techniques central to today's applications. New approaches to this complex material simplify methods that up to now have been for the specialist alone. With over 400 exercises to reinforce the material and develop additional topics, the book is suitable as a text for graduate or advanced undergraduate students in computer science, computational biology, or bio-informatics. Its discussion of current algorithms and techniques also makes it a reference for professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85194/cover/9780521585194.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585228</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mid-Ocean Ridges</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dynamics of Processes Associated with the Creation of New Oceanic Crust</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cann, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elderfield, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laughton, A. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book collects together multidisciplinary chapters on the most important problems that arise at mid-ocean ridges. The mid-ocean ridge system is the longest continuous feature of the earth's surface, at which the great majority of ocean floor is created, and volumes of seafloor volcanism vastly exceed those on land. It provides the means for much of the heat loss from the interior of the earth. Chemicals as well as heat are extracted by flowing seawater through the rocks of the seafloor, leading to spectacular areas of hydrothermal venting, affecting ocean chemistry and global climate. The chapters range from studies of the mantle and magma generation within it, through tectonics of mid-ocean ridges, to the physical, chemical and biological dynamics of hydrothermal systems. The book will be of importance to specialists and researchers wishing to become informed of the latest developments in the science of mid-ocean ridges. It will prove especially useful for new scientists entering the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy and Decision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pure Theory of Electoral Preference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brennan, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lomasky, Loren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Do voters in large scale democracies reliably vote for the electoral outcomes most in their interest? Much of the literature on voting predicts that they do, but this book argues that fully rational voters will not, in fact, consistently vote for the political outcomes they prefer. The authors offer a theory of voting which they term an 'expressive' theory of electoral politics. This theory is shown to be more coherent and more consistent with actual observed voting behaviour. This important book offers a compelling challenge to the central premises of the prevailing theories of voting behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85248/cover/9780521585248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585252</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585255</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Great Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The American Congress in the 1990s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585255</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weisberg, Herbert F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Samuel C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 104th Congress, the first in four decades to be Republican-controlled, may prove to have ushered in an era of party dominance by congressional Republicans, or to be a transitory aberration. Either way, the 104th is a watershed in congressional history. Using the theatre metaphor to characterize the actions of Congress and to help make the institution more understandable, Congressional life and behaviour is dissected and placed in the broader context of changes in Congress in the 1990s. The contributors evaluate the way members of Congress play to the media and the larger audience, the electorate; analyze leadership roles in a cast of 535 'leading players'; evaluate the committee systems as 'little theatre'; and analyze relations among the various branches of government. Herbert Weisberg and Samuel Patterson conclude the presentation by reminding us that in Congress, 'the play's the thing'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85255/cover/9780521585255.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585260</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585262</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematics of Genome Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585262</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percus, Jerome K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>150</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The massive research effort known as the Human Genome Project is an attempt to record the sequence of the three trillion nucleotides that make up the human genome and to identify individual genes within this sequence. While the basic effort is of course a biological one, the description and classification of sequences also lend themselves naturally to mathematical and statistical modeling. This short textbook on the mathematics of genome analysis presents a brief description of several ways in which mathematics and statistics are being used in genome analysis and sequencing. It will be of interest not only to students but also to professional mathematicians curious about the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85262/cover/9780521585262.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020306</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Votes Count</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Strategic Coordination in the World's Electoral Systems</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585279</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Popular elections are at the heart of representative democracy. Thus, understanding the laws and practices that govern such elections is essential to understanding modern democracy. In this book, Cox views electoral laws as posing a variety of coordination problems that political forces must solve. Coordination problems - and with them the necessity of negotiating withdrawals, strategic voting, and other species of strategic coordination - arise in all electoral systems. This book employs a unified game-theoretic model to study strategic coordination worldwide and that relies primarily on constituency-level rather than national aggregate data in testing theoretical propositions about the effects of electoral laws. This book also considers not just what happens when political forces succeed in solving the coordination problems inherent in the electoral system they face but also what happens when they fail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85279/cover/9780521585279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585286</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Father of the Poor?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vargas and his Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585286</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levine, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the life, times, and legacy of Get&#250;lio Vargas, Brazil's dictator and president during most of the period from 1930 to 1954. Levine's chief concern is how Vargas' legacy influenced Brazil, and to what extent his social legislation affected people's lives. Vargas ignored individual rights, working for state-regulated citizenship without disharmony, without the right to dissent. His revolution was partial; one in which new constituencies and rules were grafted onto traditional political practices. Vargas devoted as much effort to manipulating workers as he did to benefiting them. By the end of his long tenure in power, some things had hardly changed at all: the readiness of the armed forces to intervene; the elite's tenacious hold on privilege; and the historical predominance of the Center-South. Brazil's distribution of income remained among the least equable in the world, but Vargas did not perceive this as a problem that needed to be solved. That Vargas promised much and delivered little did not diminish the adulation that Brazilians held for him. Ordinary people would shrug and say 'O presidente sempre lembrou da gente' ('The President always thought about us').</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85286/cover/9780521585286.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585325</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Groups and Lie Groups</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Volume of Papers in Honour of the Late R. W. Richardson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lehrer, G. I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains original research articles by many of the world's leading researchers in algebraic and Lie groups. Its inclination is algebraic and geometric, although analytical aspects are included. The central theme reflects the interests of R. W. Richardson, viz. connections between representation theory and the structure and geometry of algebraic groups. Particular topics addressed include Kazhdan-Lusztig theory, quantum groups, spherical varieties, symmetric varieties, cohomology of varieties, purity, Schubert geometry, invariant theory and symmetry breaking. The theory of canonical bases and their geometric context is a theme of several of the contributions as is the orbit theory of algebraic group actions on affine varieties. All workers on algebraic and Lie groups will find that this book contains a wealth of interesting material.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85323/cover/9780521585323.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Metamathematics, Machines and G&#246;del's Proof</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shankar, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematicians from Leibniz to Hilbert have sought to mechanise the verification of mathematical proofs. Developments arising out of G&#246;del's proof of his incompleteness theorem showed that no computer program could automatically prove true all the theorems of mathematics. In practice, however, there are a number of sophisticated automated reasoning programs that are quite effective at checking mathematical proofs.  Now in paperback, this book describes the use of a computer program to check the proofs of several celebrated theorems in metamathematics including G&#246;del's incompleteness theorem and the Church-Rosser theorem. The computer verification using the Boyer-Moore theorem prover yields precise and rigorous proofs of these difficult theorems. It also demonstrates the range and power of automated proof checking technology. The mechanisation of metamathematics itself has important implications for automated reasoning since metatheorems can be applied by labour-saving devices to simplify proof construction. The book should be accessible to scientists and philosophers with some knowledge of logic and computing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85330/cover/9780521585330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158535X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158535X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French for Marketing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Using French in Media and Communications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chebli-Saadi, Malliga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CJB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an original and practical approach to the French of media and communications. Written entirely in French, it aims to increase the student's awareness of the special kind of language needed for marketing in the French-speaking world. The method focuses on extracts taken from technically orientated newspapers and magazines which deal with the world of marketing and advertising.  In each chapter the extracts are followed by exercises concentrating on vocabulary, syntax, questions on the text, oral exercises, expos&#233;s, debates and written exercises. Part I deals with the world of advertising while Part II looks at information and communications. Care has been taken to avoid an excess of difficult jargon and all the exercises have model answers at the end of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85354/cover/9780521585354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Internationalization of Environmental Protection</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585361</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schreurs, Miranda A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Economy, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Exploring the intersection of the 'domestic' and the 'international' in environmental politics, this book presents seven original case studies which show how the internationalization of environmental protection efforts is altering policy-making processes, policy outcomes, and the effectiveness of policy implementation. The authors argue that while new norms and institutions for the global environment are emerging which are changing policy-making processes at the national and regional levels, sub-state politics continues to influence strongly the nature of national responses to international environmental problems. The volume examines climate change politics in China, Japan, and Germany; ozone layer protection in the United States, United Kingdom, Japan, and Germany; East-West environmental cooperation and the former Soviet Union; Zimbabwe and the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species; biodiversity politics in the United States and United Kingdom; and environmental protection within the European Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85361/cover/9780521585361.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Messiaen: Quatuor pour la fin du temps</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pople, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>128</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Quatuor pour la fin du temps (Quartet for the End of Time) is among the best-known compositions by Olivier Messiaen (1908-92). Like virtually all of his works, it combines the striking technical achievement of Messiaen's rich and attractive musical style with a deeply felt theological inspiration - in this case from the apocalyptic events described in the Book of Revelation, leading to the end of Time itself. Composed while Messiaen was a prisoner-of-war and premiered under extraordinary conditions in Stalag VIIIA in 1941, the work retains a powerful immediacy that has made it a favourite of performers and audiences alike. Anthony Pople's book provides an introduction to Messiaen's style through an examination of this great work, showing how it came to be composed and giving an in-depth assessment of each of its eight movements.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85385/cover/9780521585385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585422</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Presentations of Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, D. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The aim of this book is to provide an introduction to combinatorial group theory. Any reader who has completed first courses in linear algebra, group theory and ring theory will find this book accessible. The emphasis is on computational techniques but rigorous proofs of all theorems are supplied. This new edition has been revised throughout, including new exercises and an additional chapter on proving that certain groups are infinite.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85422/cover/9780521585422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585457</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Emotions, the Social Bond, and Human Reality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Part/Whole Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585453</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scheff, Thomas J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his important new book, Thomas Scheff offers an innovative approach to researching human behavior which relates the smallest parts of social interaction to the greatest wholes of social structure. These are the details and connections usually found only in the finest novels, but Scheff combines the insights of the humanities and social sciences to capture the same evocative details of sight, sound, and context, better to understand what he calls 'human reality'. He puts a fresh emphasis on the importance of emotions in the social bond, and describes in newly subtle ways the outer and inner lives of persons in real life, such as inner-city children, and in fiction, such as Jane Austen's heroines. By closely observing the significance of words and gestures in the context in which they occur, he is able to illuminate the connection between people's lives and the society in which they live.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85453/cover/9780521585453.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158549X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158549X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Number Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>S&#233;minaire de th&#233;orie des nombres de Paris 1993-94</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>David, Sinnou</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributions in this book are based on the lectures delivered at the Seminaire de theorie des nombres de Paris during the academic year 93-94. It is the fifteenth annual volume. This book covers the whole spectrum of number theory, and is composed of contributions from some of the best specialists worldwide. Together they constitute the latest developments in number theory that will be an invaluable resource for all workers in that area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85491/cover/9780521585491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970106</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585613</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mozart: The 'Haydn' Quartets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585613</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irving, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The six string quartets dedicated to his friend Joseph Haydn represent a turning point in Mozart's compositional development. In addition to providing a full synopsis of each quartet this book examines the music in relation to Mozart's earlier quartets, considers the genesis of the six 'Haydn' quartets through close examination of the autograph revisions and looks at contemporary eighteenth-century analytical models. John Irving also charts the reception of the quartets, drawing upon a broad range of sources: Mozart's letters and diary entries, early newspaper reports, harmony/compositional textbooks, contemporary criticism and early biographies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85613/cover/9780521585613.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Extraterrestrial Intelligence</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585637</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heidmann, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunlop, Storm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>If extraterrestrial intelligence exists, then positive detection would be the greatest scientific discovery of all time. By what criteria should we judge whether we are alone in the cosmos, and how should we set about detecting extraterrestrials? Jean Heidmann answers these questions in this engaging discussion of extraterrestrial intelligence. Through a clear explanation of the many issues involved, including new and updated information, the entire subject of extraterrestrial intelligence is explained: the expansion of searches in space, the habitable zones in our universe, and what might happen if actual contact takes place.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85637/cover/9780521585637.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585643</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585643</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585644</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Myths of Modern Individualism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Faust, Don Quixote, Don Juan, Robinson Crusoe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585644</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watt, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Ian Watt examines the myths of Faust, Don Quixote, Don Juan and Robinson Crusoe, as the distinctive products of modern society. He traces the way the original versions of Faust, Don Quixote and Don Juan - all written within a forty-year period during the Counter Reformation - presented unflattering portrayals of the three figures, while the Romantic period two centuries later recreated them as admirable and even heroic. The twentieth century retained their prestige as mythical figures, but with a new note of criticism. Robinson Crusoe came much later than the other three, but his fate can be seen as representative of the new religious, economic and social attitudes which succeeded the Counter-Reformation. The four figures help to reveal problems of individualism in the modern period: solitude, narcissism, and the claims of the self versus the claims of society. They all pursue their own view of what they should be, raising strong questions about their heroes' character and the societies whose ideals they reflect.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85644/cover/9780521585644.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970526</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585675</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Constitution of Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Do the New Clothes Have an Emperor?' and Other Essays on European Integration</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585675</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weiler, J. H. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Joseph Weiler presents essays written during the 1990s on issues related to European constitutional law. In a series of highly accessible discussions concerning the legal framework of the European Communities and the European Union, Professor Weiler describes the gradual strengthening of transnational European institutions at the expense of national legislators. Although individuals as legal consumers have been empowered by Community law, he writes, this has been at the expense of their rights as citizens. The Constitution of Europe thus provides from a legal perspective a balanced and authoritative critique of the attractions and demerits of the goal of European integration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85675/cover/9780521585675.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990426</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585729</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Walt Whitman's Native Representations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585729</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Folsom, Ed</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>215</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Moving through Whitman's career four times from four different perspectives, this book investigates several major American cultural developments that occurred during Whitman's lifetime, the development of American dictionaries, the growth of baseball, the evolution of American Indian policy: the development of photography became essential components of Whitman's innovative poetics. Resisting the usual critical temptation to present a totalised, one-dimensional Whitman, this study views him instead as multiple and contradictory, a gatherer of discordant tones and clashing approaches from a variety of surprising cultural arenas. In such cultural activities, Whitman found not his poetic subject so much as his poetic tools and techniques. These cultural actions taught him how to make native representations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85729/cover/9780521585729.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Handbook of Early Childhood Intervention</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585736</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shonkoff, Jack P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meisels, Samuel J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>756</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eighteen new chapters have been added to this valuable Handbook, which serves as a core text for students and experienced professionals who are interested in the health and well being of young children. It serves as a comprehensive reference for graduate students, advanced trainees, service providers, and policy makers in such diverse fields as child care, early childhood education, child health, and early intervention programs for children with developmental disabilities and children in high risk environments. This book will be of interest to a broad range of disciplines including psychology, child development, early childhood education, social work, pediatrics, nursing, child psychiatry, physical and occupational therapy, speech and language pathology, and social policy. A scholarly overview of the underlying knowledge base and practice of early childhood intervention, it is unique in its balance between breadth and depth and its integration of the multiple dimensions of the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85736/cover/9780521585736.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585774</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking through Television</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585774</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lembo, Ron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This original and engaging book investigates American television viewing habits as a distinct cultural form. Based on an empirical study of the day-to-day use of television by working people, it develops a unique theoretical approach integrating cultural sociology, post modernism and the literature of media effects to explore the way in which people give meaning to their viewing practices. While recognising the power of television, it also emphasises the importance of the social and political factors which affect the lives of individual viewers, showing how the interaction between the two can result in a disengagement with corporately produced culture at the same time as an appropriation of the images themselves into people's lives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85774/cover/9780521585774.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585781</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flower Drawings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585781</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scrase, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A13</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>142</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Handbook illustrates a selection of drawings of flowers from the collection at the Fitzwilliam Museum. The book is arranged chronologically and ranges from the fifteenth century to the present day. Beginning with illustrations from the borders and backgrounds of illuminated manuscripts, the selection traces the form through attempts at accurate delineation of form during the Renaissance to the more scientific approach of the later seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries. It concludes with several contemporary examples of flower drawings to show that the tradition continues. The illustrations bring out the stunning detail and colour characteristic of the art-form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85781/cover/9780521585781.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158583X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158583X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Embodied Voices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Representing Female Vocality in Western Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585835</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dunn, Leslie C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Nancy A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a material link between body and culture, self and other, the voice has been endlessly fascinating to artists and critics. Yet it is the voices of women that have inspired the greatest fascination, as well as the deepest ambivalence, because the female voice signifies sexual otherness as well as sexual and cultural power. Embodied Voices explores cultural manifestations of female vocality in the light of current theories of subjectivity, the body and sexual difference. The fourteen essays collected here examine a wide spectrum of discourses, including myth, literature, music, film, psychoanalysis, and critical theory. Though diverse in their critical approaches, the essays are united in their attempt to articulate the compelling yet problematic intersections of gender, voice, and embodiment as they have shaped the textual representation of women and women's self-expression in performance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85835/cover/9780521585835.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585856</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585856</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mathematica &#174; 3.0 Standard Add-on Packages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfram, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UFM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mathematica&#174; Book is the definitive guide to the built-in functions of Mathematica 3.0. Mathematica 3.0 Standard Add-on Packages describes the 1000+ additional functions that are distributed with the full versions of Mathematica 3.0. Both a tutorial and a reference, this book has a place in every Mathematica user's library. Created by Wolfram Research technical staff, the book gives users at all levels the in-depth information needed to take full advantage of the diverse range of packages that come with Mathematica 3.0.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85859/cover/9780521585859.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Placing Friendship in Context</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585897</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Rebecca G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allan, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Personal relationships have long been of central interest to social scientists, but the subject of friendship has been relatively neglected. Moreover, most studies of friendship have been social psychological. Placing Friendship in Context is a unique collection bridging social psychological and social structural research to advance understanding of this important subject. In it, some of the world's leading researchers explore the social and historical contexts in which friendships and other similar informal ties develop and how it is that these contexts shape the form and substance the relationships assume. Together, they demonstrate that friendship cannot be understood from individualistic or dyadic perspectives alone, but is a relationship significantly influenced by the environment in which it is generated. By analysing the ways in which friendships articulate with the social structures in which they are embedded, Placing Friendship in Context redescribes such personal relationships at both the macro and the micro level.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85897/cover/9780521585897.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Race and Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparison of South Africa, the United States, and Brazil</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585903</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marx, Anthony W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why and how has race become a central aspect of politics during this century? This book addresses this pressing question by comparing South African apartheid and resistance to it, the United States Jim Crow law and protests against it, and the myth of racial democracy in Brazil. Anthony Marx argues that these divergent experiences had roots in the history of slavery, colonialism, miscegenation and culture, but were fundamentally shaped by impediments and efforts to build national unity. In South Africa and the United States, ethnic or regional conflicts among whites were resolved by unifying whites and excluding blacks, while Brazil's longer established national unity required no such legal racial crutch. Race was thus central to projects of nation-building, and nationalism shaped uses of race. Professor Marx extends this argument to explain popular protest and the current salience of issues of race.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85903/cover/9780521585903.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Democratic Dilemma</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Can Citizens Learn What They Need to Know?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585934</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lupia, Arthur</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCubbins, Mathew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Voters cannot answer simple survey questions about politics. Legislators cannot recall the details of legislation. Jurors cannot comprehend legal arguments. Observations such as these are plentiful and several generations of pundits and scholars have used these observations to claim that voters, legislators, and jurors are incompetent. Are these claims correct? Do voters, jurors, and legislators who lack political information make bad decisions? In The Democratic Dilemma, Professors Arthur Lupia and Mathew McCubbins explain how citizens make decisions about complex issues. Combining insights from economics, political science, and the cognitive sciences, they seek to develop theories and experiments about learning and choice. They use these tools to identify the requirements for reasoned choice - the choice that a citizen would make if she possessed a certain (perhaps, greater) level of knowledge. The results clarify debates about voter, juror, and legislator competence and also reveal how the design of political institutions affects citizens' abilities to govern themselves effectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85934/cover/9780521585934.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585965</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Portuguese Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585965</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This vividly written book is the first comprehensive assessment of the origins of the present-day democratic regime in Portugal to be placed in a broad international historical context. It is written with the benefit of a long-term vision of Portuguese history, and it emphasizes the significance of Portugal's new European orientation after centuries of global and oceanic preoccupations. After an account of the collapse of the old regime in 1974, the book studies the complex revolutionary period that followed, and the struggle in Europe and Africa to define the future role of Europe's poorest country. These events also had international repercussions which transformed the balance of forces in southern Africa, following the collapse of Europe's last overseas empire. The consequent actions and reactions of the European powers and the United States are examined, and telling comparisons are also drawn with later developments in Eastern Europe, and with the wider collapse of the communist movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85965/cover/9780521585965.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158597X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158597X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585972</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Drugs and Narcotics in History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585972</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teich, Mikulas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores the complex and contested histories of drugs and narcotics in societies from ancient Greece to the present day. The Greek term pharmakon means both medicament and poison. The book shows how this verbal ambivalence encapsulates the ambiguity of man's use of chemically-active substances over the centuries to diminish pain, fight disease, and correct behaviour. It shows that the major substances so used, from herbs of the field to laboratory-produced synthetic medicines, have a healing potential, and have been widely employed both within and outside the medical profession. The boundary lines between use and abuse in society have been powerfully contested, while 'alternative' medicine has often sought to develop milder, purer, or more natural drugs. Clearly, these issues remain unresolved today: some highly addictive and dangerous substances such as cigarettes remain freely available, others are available only on prescription, while others are illegal and the objects of international contraband trade and the targets of 'drugs wars'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Morphometric Tools for Landmark Data</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Geometry and Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585989</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bookstein, Fred L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Morphometrics is the statistical study of biological shape and shape change. Its richest data are landmarks, points such as 'the bridge of the nose' that have biological names as well as geometric locations. This book is the first systematic survey of morphometric methods for landmark data. The methods presented here combine conventional multivariate statistical analysis with themes from plane and solid geometry and from biomathematics to support biological insights into the features of many different organs and organisms. This book will be of value to applied statisticians and geometers, as well as to all biological and biomedical researchers who need quantitative analyses of information from biomedical images.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85989/cover/9780521585989.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521585996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521585996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521585996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Republican Legacy in International Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521585996</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Onuf, Nicholas Greenwood</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Republicanism has enjoyed a revival of scholarly interest in several fields. In this book Nicholas Onuf provides the first major treatment of the republican way of thinking about law, politics, and society in the context of international thought. The author tells two stories about republicanism, starting with Aristotle and culminating in the eighteenth century, when international thought became a distinctive enterprise. These two stories surround the thought of Vattel and Kant, and by telling them side by side the author identifies a substantial but little-acknowledged legacy of republicanism in contemporary discussions of sovereignty, intervention, international society, peace, levels of analysis, and the global economy. In identifying this legacy in contemporary thought, Nicholas Onuf develops his constructivist approach to international theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/85996/cover/9780521585996.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586016</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Uruguay Round and the Developing Countries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586016</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Will</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winters, L. Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>494</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifteen years of the GATT between the conclusion of the Tokyo Round in 1979 and the finalisation of the Uruguay Round in 1994 witnessed a sea change in attitudes toward the role of international trade in developing countries. The shift in orientation toward relatively open trading systems was reflected in the attitudes and participation of developing countries in the Uruguay Round. They involved themselves fully in formulating the rules of the new trading system, and also made significant offers to reduce tariff protection. This volume provides an assessment of the economic impact of the Uruguay Round of the GATT on the developing countries. The authors, all leading international trade economists, examine all aspects of the agreement and conclude that the cuts in protection should strengthen the world trading system and result in increases in the real incomes in developing countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86016/cover/9780521586016.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586046</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586046</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Imperialism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Universal Empire and the Culture of Modernity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Makdisi, Saree</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years between 1790 and 1830 saw over a hundred and fifty million people brought under British imperial control, and one of the most momentous outbursts of British literary and artistic production, announcing a new world of social and individual traumas and possibilities. This book traces the emergence of new forms of imperialism and capitalism as part of a culture of modernisation in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century, and looks at the ways in which they were identified with and contested in Romanticism. Saree Makdisi argues that this process has to be understood in global terms, beyond the British and European viewpoint, and that developments in India, Africa, and the Arab world (up to and including our own time) enable us to understand more fully the texts and contexts of British Romanticism. New and original readings of texts by Wordsworth, Blake, Byron, Shelley, and Scott emerge in the course of this searching analysis of the cultural process of globalisation. Choice Outstanding Academic Book of 1998.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86047/cover/9780521586047.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sam Peckinpah's The Wild Bunch</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586061</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prince, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sam Peckinpah's The Wild Bunch is one of the most influential films in American cinema. The intensity of its violence was unprecedented, while the director's use of multiple cameras, montage editing, and slow motion quickly became the normative style for rendering screen violence. Demonstrating to filmmakers the power of irony as a narrative voice and its effectiveness as a tool for exploring and portraying brutality, The Wild Bunch fundamentally changed the Western, moving it into a more brutal and psychopathic territory than it had ever occupied. This volume includes newly commissioned essays by several leading scholars of Peckinpah's work. Examining the film's production history from script to screen, its rich and ambivalent vision of American society, and its relationship to the Western genre, among other topics, it provides a definitive reinterpretation of an enduring film classic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86061/cover/9780521586061.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586070</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Perspectives on Adolescent Risk Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jessor, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this collection of chapters, leading scholars of adolescent risk behavior present the most recent ideas and findings about the variety of behaviors that can compromise adolescent development, including drug use, risky driving, early sexual activity, depression, and school disengagement. In particular, the volume emphasizes new perspectives on development and on person-centered analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586119</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonparametric Econometrics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pagan, Adrian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ullah, Aman</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book systematically and thoroughly covers the vast literature on the nonparametric and semiparametric statistics and econometrics that has evolved over the last five decades. Within this framework this is the first book to discuss the principles of the nonparametric approach to the topics covered in a first year graduate course in econometrics, e.g. regression function, heteroskedasticity, simultaneous equations models, logit-probit and censored models. Nonparametric and semiparametric methods potentially offer considerable reward to applied researchers, owing to the methods' ability to adapt to many unknown features of the data. Professors Pagan and Ullah provide intuitive explanations of difficult concepts, heuristic developments of theory, and empirical examples emphasizing the usefulness of the modern nonparametric approach. The book should provide a new perspective on teaching and research in applied subjects in general and econometrics and statistics in particular.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86115/cover/9780521586115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Troubled Helix</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social and Psychological Implications of the New Human Genetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marteau, Theresa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This wide ranging and compelling account surveys the exciting opportunities and difficult problems which arise from the new human genetics. The availability of increasingly sophisticated information on our genetic make-up presents individuals, and society as a whole, with difficult decisions. Although it is hoped that these advances will ultimately lead the way to the effective treatment and screening for all diseases with a genetic component, at present many individuals are 'condemned' to a life sentence, in the knowledge that they, or their children, will suffer from an incurable genetic disease. This is the first book to attempt to explore and survey these issues from such a variety of perspectives: from personal accounts of individuals coping with the threat of genetic disease, from the viewpoint of clinicians and scientists, and from those concerned with psychosocial, legal and ethical aspects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62884/cover/9780521462884.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euthanasia Examined</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethical, Clinical and Legal Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keown, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callahan, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFME</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether euthanasia or assisted suicide should be legalised is one of the most pressing and profound questions facing legislators, health-care professionals, their patients and indeed all members of society. Regrettably, the debate is too often characterised by rhetoric rather than reason. This book aims to inform the debate by acquainting anyone interested in this vital question with some of the major ethical, legal and clinical and theological issues involved. The essays it contains are authoritative, balanced and readable: authoritative in that they have been commissioned from some of the world's leading experts; balanced in that they reflect divergent viewpoints (including a vigorous debate between two eminent philosophers); and readable in that they should be readily intelligible to the general reader. This accessible, fair and learned collection should enlighten all who wish to be better informed about the debate surrounding this momentous issue.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86139/cover/9780521586139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maternities and Modernities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Colonial and Postcolonial Experiences in Asia and the Pacific</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ram, Kalpana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Feminist theories have focused on contemporary, Western, middle-class experiences of maternity. This volume brings other mothers, from Asia and the Pacific, into scholarly view, aiming to show that birthing and mothering can be a very different experience for women in other parts of the world. The contributors document a wide variety of conceptions of motherhood, and drawing on ethnographic and historical research, they explore the relationships between motherhood as embodied experience and the local discourses on maternity. They show how the experience of motherhood has been influenced by missionaries, by colonial policies and by the introduction of Western medicine and biomedical birthing methods, and raise important questions about the costs and benefits of becoming a modern mother in these societies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freedom for Catalonia?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Catalan Nationalism, Spanish Identity and the Barcelona Olympic Games</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hargreaves, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although the fight for independence by national minorities has received much attention recently, there is no study of how globalised sport in its most advanced form can help to stimulate it. This book shows how the 1992 Olympic Games raised the tension that already existed between Catalonia and Spain, from the time they were awarded to Barcelona until they opened. John Hargreaves analyses and explains the way in which the conflict developed and eventually was resolved, in terms of the special characteristics of Catalan nationalism, the nature of the new Spanish democracy and the special role played by the International Olympic Committee. This book will be relevant to academics, researchers and postgraduates specialising in nationalism and Catalan nationalism, as well as being of interest to teachers, researchers and students of political sociology, cultural studies and sports studies, and professionals working in the fields of culture, sport, recreation and leisure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86153/cover/9780521586153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586305</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Feuerbach and the Interpretation of Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586306</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Van A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ludwig Feuerbach is traditionally regarded as a significant but transitional figure in the development of nineteenth-century German thought. Readings of Feuerbach's The Essence of Christianity tend to focus on those features which made it seem liberating to the Young Hegelians: namely, its criticism of reification as abstraction, and its interpretation of religion as alienation. In this book, Van Harvey claims that this is a limited and inadequate view of Feuerbach's work, especially of his critique of religion. The author argues that Feuerbach's philosophical development led him to a much more complex and interesting theory of religion which he expounded in works which have been virtually ignored hitherto. By exploring these works, Harvey gives them a significant contemporary re-statement, and brings Feuerbach into conversation with a number of modern theorists of religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86306/cover/9780521586306.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New American Cultural Sociology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>American Cultural Sociology presents a serious challenge to British Cultural Studies and European grand theory alike. This exciting volume brings together sixteen seminal papers by leading figures in what is emerging as an important intellectual tradition. It places them in the context of related work in Sociology and other disciplines, exploring the connections between cultural sociology and different approaches, such as comparative and historical research, postmodernism, and symbolic interactionism. The book is divided into three sections: Culture as Text and Code, The Production and Reception of Culture, and Culture in Action. Each section contains edited contributions, both theoretical and empirical, addressing the key debates in cultural sociology, including the autonomy of culture, power and culture, structure and agency and how to conceptualise meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86344/cover/9780521586344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comet Hale-Bopp</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Find and Enjoy the Great Comet</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burnham, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>64</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The brightest comet in 20 years is about to make its appearance. Discovered 18 months ago, Comet Hale-Bopp has grown steadily larger and brighter as it approaches the Sun and Earth. It will be numbered among the great comets of our lifetime. Comet Hale-Bopp will be at its best from January to May 1997. It promises to be an outstanding sight, visible anywhere on Earth (although especially fine for the northern hemisphere). For everyone interested in seeing this new celestial wonder, here's a detailed guide to the coming apparition: how to see the comet, what to look for, how to photograph it - even how to discover a comet on your own. Fully illustrated in colour, this book also explains what comets are and tells of their place in the solar system and human civilization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86368/cover/9780521586368.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of Slander in Early Modern England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaplan, M. Lindsay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Slander constitutes a central social, legal and literary concern of early modern England. A category of discourse which transgresses the law, it offers a more historically grounded and fluid account of power relations between poets and the state than that offered by the commonly accepted model of official censorship. An investigation of slander reveals it to be an effective, unstable and reversible means of repudiating one's opposition that could be deployed by rulers or poets. Spenser, Jonson and Shakespeare each use the paradigm of slander to challenge official criticism of poetry, while contemporary legal theory associates slander with poetry. However, even as rulers themselves make use of slander in the form of propaganda to demonize those they perceive to be their foes, ultimately they are unable to contain completely the threat posed by slanderous accusations against the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86375/cover/9780521586375.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economics and Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Throsby, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an increasingly globalised world, economic and cultural imperatives can be seen as two of the most powerful forces shaping human behaviour. This book considers the relationship between economics and culture both as areas of intellectual discourse, and as systems of societal organisation. Adopting a broad definition of culture, it explores the economic dimensions of culture, and the cultural context of economics. The book is built on a foundation of value theory, developing the twin notions of economic and cultural value as underlying principles for integrating the two fields. Ideas of cultural capital and sustainability are discussed, especially as means of analysing the particular problems of  cultural heritage, drawing parallels with the treatment of natural capital in ecological economics. The book goes on to discuss the economics of creativity in the production of cultural goods and services; culture in economic development; the cultural industries; and cultural policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86399/cover/9780521586399.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586437</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Parameters of Morphosyntactic Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kemenade, Ans van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vincent, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between changes in (inflectional) morphology and the consequences of these changes in syntax has been a perennial issue in historical linguistics. The contributors to this volume address the issue of how to model the phenomena of syntactic and morphological change within recent frameworks, in particular the Minimalist Program. A special concern is the way different criteria for the selection of argument structure - especially aspect and mood - interact over time with various types of argument marking: case, word order, clitics, agreement. The volume contains papers by many of the leading scholars in the field. There is a substantial introduction which reviews the development of ideas in generative historical syntax over the last fifteen years, and assesses the distinctive properties of the generative position.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>92.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Inverse Scattering Method and Correlation Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Korepin, V. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bogoliubov, N. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Izergin, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The quantum inverse scattering method is a means of finding exact solutions of two-dimensional models in quantum field theory and statistical physics (such as the sine-Gordon equation or the quantum non-linear Schr&#246;dinger equation). These models are the subject of much attention amongst physicists and mathematicians. The present work is an introduction to this important and exciting area. It consists of four parts. The first deals with the Bethe ansatz and calculation of physical quantities. The authors then tackle the theory of the quantum inverse scattering method before applying it in the second half of the book to the calculation of correlation functions. This is one of the most important applications of the method and the authors have made significant contributions to the area. Here they describe some of the most recent and general approaches and include some new results. The book will be essential reading for all mathematical physicists working in field theory and statistical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86467/cover/9780521586467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586569</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Animal Play</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolutionary, Comparative and Ecological Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586566</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bekoff, Marc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Byers, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do animals play? Play has been described in animals as diverse as reptiles, birds and mammals, so what benefits does it provide and how did it evolve? Careful, quantitative studies of social, locomotor and object play behaviour are now beginning to answer these questions and to shed light on many other aspects of both animal and human behaviour. This unique interdisciplinary volume brings together the major findings about play in a wide range of species including humans. Topics about play include the evolutionary history of play, play structure, function and development, and sex and individual differences. Animal Play is destined to become the benchmark volume in this subject for many years to come, and will provide a source of inspiration and understanding for students and researchers in behavioural biology, neurobiology, psychology and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86566/cover/9780521586566.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586573</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship in Neckarhausen, 1700-1870</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586573</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabean, David Warren</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>656</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work analyses shifts in the relations of families, households, and individuals in a single German village during the transition to a modern social structure and cultural order. The findings call into question the idea that the more modern society became, the less kin mattered. Rather, the opposite happened. During 'modernization', close kin developed a flexible set of exchanges, passing marriage partners, godparents, political favors, work contacts, and financial guarantees back and forth. Sabean also argues that the new kinship systems were fundamental for class formation, and he repositions women in the center of a political culture of alliance construction. One of a series of important local studies coming out of the Max Planck Institute for History, it is the most thorough-going attempt to work between the disciplines of social and cultural history and anthropology, and it demonstrates the power of microhistory to reconceptualize general historical trends.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86573/cover/9780521586573.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586580</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ferns of Britain and Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586580</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Page, C. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This user-friendly field-guide describes and illustrates the ferns, clubmosses, quillworts and horsetails native to Britain and Ireland, giving comprehensive entries for over 100 species and hybrids. Each entry gives a brief 'pen picture' which outlines the key features of each species, supported by clear and informative frond silhouette illustrations. Valuable additional information on distribution, ecology and biology is provided in the form of 'Field Notes'. Many improved silhouette illustrations have been prepared for this updated edition and additional material on difficult groups, such as the spleenworts and buckler ferns, has been included. The accessible style and format of the first edition has been retained, enabling many European as well as British ferns to be identified accurately by amateurs and professionals alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86580/cover/9780521586580.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The United Nations and International Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Joyner, Christopher C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPSN1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides students and scholars with a text that examines, explains, and appraises contributions made by the United Nations to contemporary international law and the law-creating process. The authors consider how UN institutions have made the law, what law has been made, and the extent to which that law has been meaningfully accepted by and evidenced in contemporary state practice. The study first deals with processes and measures that cut across law-making, covering practical as well as conceptual aspects. Then the substantive law is addressed in terms of the different fields of activity that the United Nations has made subject to legal rules and processes. Some chapters cover prominent areas, such as human rights, use of force, and economic relations; others deal with topics which have not previously been examined with sufficient care, such as labor, the environment, refugees, and women. The book's final section deals with the internal law of the UN system itself - the international civil services and financial contributions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86597/cover/9780521586597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970707</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Context of Nonverbal Behavior</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586665</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philippot, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coats, Erik J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents, in an integrated framework, the newest, most contemporary perspectives on the role of nonverbal behavior in social interaction. The book includes empirically-grounded work and theories that are central to our understanding of the reciprocal influences between nonverbal behavior and social variables. In doing so, it contributes to the on-going controversy now shaping the field regarding the degree to which nonverbal behavior represents social, as opposed to biological, forces. The volume also highlights a number of recent subareas in the domain of nonverbal behavior that hold much promise, including the role of nonverbal behavior in group membership and media influences on nonverbal behavior. The proposed volume also presents data and theories that have applied value, useful to people working in such fields as communication, psychotherapy, and counseling.  Finally, the volume gathers contributors in different sub-fields that are rarely presented jointly, such family and media socialization factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86665/cover/9780521586665.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586674</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Animal Design</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Optimization and Symmorphosis Debate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weibel, Ewald R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, C. Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolis, Liana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book discusses the controversial issue of whether animals are designed according to the same rules that engineers use in building machines, namely that materials and energy are used economically while attempting to achieve a high level of performance. There is considerable scientific controversy surrounding this question because, although there is much evidence suggesting that animals are indeed well designed, evolutionary biology tells us that animals are not 'engineered' but result from evolution by natural selection. This book collates this evidence which is discussed by a group of eminent biologists from many different biological disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rationality, Culture, and Structure</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lichbach, Mark Irving</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zuckerman, Alan S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reassesses the research schools in comparative politics, assessing knowledge, advancing theory, and in the end seeking to direct research in the coming years. It begins by examining the three research schools that guide comparative politics; rational choice theory, culturalist analysis, and structuralist approaches. The first set of contributors offer briefs for each of the schools, presenting core principles, variations within each approach, and fresh combinations. A second set of authors applies the research schools to established fields of scholarship. The concluding section contains essays by the editors, returning the focus to the theme of advanced theory in comparative politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86689/cover/9780521586689.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Huston's Filmmaking</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brill, Lesley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Huston's Filmmaking offers an analysis of the life and work of one of the greatest American independent filmmakers. Always visually exciting, Huston's films sensitively portray humankind in all its incarnations, chronicling the attempts by protagonists to conceive and articulate their identities. Fundamental questions of selfhood, happiness and love are intimately connected to the idea of home, which for the filmmaker also signified a congenial place among other people in the world. In this study, Lesley Brill shows Huston's films to be far more than formulaic adventures of masculine failure, arguing instead that they demonstrate the close connection between humanity, the natural world, and divinity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86702/cover/9780521586702.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Seeking in Electronic Environments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marchionini, Gary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Significant amounts of our time and energy are devoted to creating, managing, and avoiding information. Computers and telecommunications technology have extended our regard for information and are driving changes in how we learn, work, and play. One result of these developments is that skills and strategies for storing and retrieving information have become more essential and more pervasive in our culture. This book considers how electronic technologies have changed these skills and strategies and augmented the fundamental human activity of information seeking. The author makes a case for creating new interface designs that allow the information seeker to choose what strategy to apply according to their immediate needs. Such systems may be designed by providing information seekers with alternative interface mechanisms for displaying and manipulating multiple levels of representation for information objects. Information Seeking in Electronic Environments is essential reading for researchers and graduate students in information science, human-computer interaction, and education, as well as for designers of information retrieval systems and interfaces for digital libraries and archives.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86740/cover/9780521586740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158678X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158678X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scramble for Art in Central Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schildkrout, Enid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keim, Curtis A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Western attitudes to Africa have been influenced to an extraordinary degree by the arts and artefacts that were brought back by the early collectors, exhibited in museums, and celebrated by scholars and artists in the metropolitan centres. The contributors to this volume trace the life history of artefacts that were brought to Europe and America from Congo towards the end of the nineteenth century, and became the subjects of museum displays. They also present fascinating case studies of the pioneering collectors, including such major figures as Frobenius and Torday. They discuss the complex and sensitive issues involved in the business of 'collecting', and show how the collections and exhibitions influenced academic debates about the categories of art and artefact, and the notion of authenticity, and challenged conventional aesthetic values, as modern Western artists began to draw on African models.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86788/cover/9780521586788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158681X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158681X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trust within Reason</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586818</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hollis, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some philosophers hold that trust grows fragile when people become too rational. They advocate a retreat from reason and a return to local, traditional values. Others hold that truly rational people are both trusting and trustworthy. Everything hinges on what we mean by 'reason' and 'rational'. If these are understood in an egocentric, instrumental fashion, then they are indeed incompatible with trust. With the help of game theory, Martin Hollis argues against that narrow definition and in favour of a richer, deeper notion of reason founded on reciprocity and the pursuit of the common good. Within that framework he reconstructs the Enlightenment idea of citizens of the world, rationally encountering, and at the same time finding their identity in, their multiple commitments to communities both local and universal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86818/cover/9780521586818.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586836</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586836</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586832</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Open Economies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, and Thailand</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586832</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowie, Alasdair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Unger, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book asks why some countries have responded to the external constraints and opportunities arising from their global and regional economic context by opening up their economies. In particular, the authors examine the role domestic political and economic factors play in shaping the decision to become more open, or more inward-looking. The countries of Southeast Asia have generally enjoyed economic success in the postwar period. The authors argue that one of the explanations for this success has been their integration into the global division of labor, and analyze decision-makers' reasons for following this course. They place particular emphasis on external events, notably the two oil shocks of the 1970s, and the more recent outflow of investment capital and manufacturing capacity from Japan and East Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86832/cover/9780521586832.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521586968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521586968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521586962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Efficacy in Changing Societies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521586962</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bandura, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adolescents' beliefs in their personal control affects their psychological well-being and the direction their lives take. Self-Efficacy in Changing Societies analyzes the diverse ways in which beliefs of personal efficacy operate within a network of sociocultural influences to shape life paths. The chapters, by internationally known experts, cover such concepts as infancy and personal agency, competency through the life span, the role of family, and cross-cultural factors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/86962/cover/9780521586962.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Homoerotics of Early Modern Drama</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>DiGangi, Mario</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first comprehensive account of homoeroticism in Renaissance drama. Mario DiGangi analyses the relation between homoeroticism and social power in a wide range of literary and historical texts from the 1580s to the 1620s, drawing on the insights of materialist, feminist and queer theory. Each chapter focuses on the homoerotics of a major dramatic genre (Ovidian comedy, satiric comedy, tragedy and tragicomedy) and studies the ideologies and institutions it characteristically explores. DiGangi examines distinctions between orderly and disorderly forms of homoerotic practice in both canonical and unfamiliar texts. In these readings, the various proliferating forms of homoeroticism are indentified in relation to sodomy, against which there were cultural and legal prohibitions in the period. DiGangi's study illuminates, through a diverse range of plays, the centrality of homoerotic practices to household, court and city life in early modern England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87013/cover/9780521587013.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587044</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Structure and Sentence Form</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Topic, Focus, and the Mental Representations of Discourse Referents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587044</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lambrecht, Knud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do speakers of all languages use different grammatical structures under different communicative circumstances to express the same idea? Professor Lambrecht explores the relationship between the structure of the sentence and the linguistic and extra-linguistic context in which it is used. His analysis is based on the observation that the structure of a sentence reflects a speaker's assumption about the hearer's state of knowledge and consciousness at the time of the utterance. This relationship between speaker assumptions and formal sentence structure is governed by rules and conventions of grammar, in a component called 'information structure'. Four independent but interrelated categories are analysed: presupposition and assertion, identifiability and activation, topic, and focus.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87044/cover/9780521587044.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Speakers, Listeners and Communication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations in Discourse Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Gillian Brown draws on a wide range of examples of discourse analysis to explore the ways in which speakers and listeners use language collaboratively to talk about what they can see in front of them and about a series of events. She examines the conditions under which communication is successful, and the conditions under which it sometimes fails. The focus of her attention is upon the listener's role, as the listener tries to make sense of what the speaker says in a highly constrained context; her cognitive/pragmatic approach to discourse analysis both complements and challenges the sociological/anthropological perspectives on the subject which currently predominate. Gillian Brown is co-author of the well-known textbook Discourse Analysis (Cambridge University Press, 1983).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87051/cover/9780521587051.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Othello</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Contextual History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587082</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vaughan, Virginia Mason</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare's Othello has exercised a powerful fascination over audiences for centuries with its portrayal of destructive jealousy. This study is a major exercise in the historicisation of Othello in which the author examines contemporary writings and demonstrates how they were embedded in the text of Othello: discourse about conflict between Turk and Venetian treatises on the professionalisation of England's military forces, representations of Africans and blackamoors, and narratives depicting jealous husbands. The second section traces Othello's history in England and the United States from the Restoration to the late 1980s, using illustrations where appropriate. Each chapter highlights a specific historical period, actor or production to demonstrate how and why elements from Shakespeare's text were emphasised or repressed. Othello is revealed as a significant shaper of cultural meaning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87082/cover/9780521587082.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spectral Theory and Differential Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, E. Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the theory of partial differential operators. It assumes that the reader has a knowledge of introductory functional analysis, up to the spectral theorem for bounded linear operators on Banach spaces. However, it describes the theory of Fourier transforms and distributions as far as is needed to analyse the spectrum of any constant coefficient partial differential operator. A completely new proof of the spectral theorem for unbounded self-adjoint operators is followed by its application to a variety of second-order elliptic differential operators, from those with discrete spectrum to Schr&#246;dinger operators acting on L2(RN). The book contains a detailed account of the application of variational methods to estimate the eigenvalues of operators with measurable coefficients defined by the use of quadratic form techniques. This book could be used either for self-study or as a course text, and aims to lead the reader to the more advanced literature on the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87105/cover/9780521587105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587123</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to West Indian Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breiner, Laurence A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This introduction to West Indian poetry is written for readers making their first approach to poetry in English written in the Caribbean. It offers a comprehensive literary history from the 1920s to the 1980s, with particular attention to the relationship of West Indian poetry to European, African and American literature. Close readings of individual poems give detailed analysis of social and cultural issues at work in the writing. Laurence Breiner's exposition speaks powerfully about the defining forces in Caribbean culture from colonialism to resistance and decolonization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87129/cover/9780521587129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Shorter Model Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hodges, Wilfrid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an up-to-date textbook of model theory taking the reader from first definitions to Morley's theorem and the elementary parts of stability theory. Besides standard results such as the compactness and omitting types theorems, it also describes various links with algebra, including the Skolem-Tarski method of quantifier elimination, model completeness, automorphism groups and omega-categoricity, ultraproducts, O-minimality and structures of finite Morley rank. The material on back-and-forth equivalences, interpretations and zero-one laws can serve as an introduction to applications of model theory in computer science. Each chapter finishes with a brief commentary on the literature and suggestions for further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87136/cover/9780521587136.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587158</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Projecting Illusion</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Film Spectatorship and the Impression of Reality</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Projecting Illusion offers a systematic analysis of the impression of reality in the cinema and the pleasure it gives to the film spectator. Film provides a compelling experience that can be considered as a form of illusion akin to the experience of day-dream and dream. Examining the concept of illusion and its relationship to fantasy in the experience of visual representation, Richard Allen situates his explanation within the context of an analytical criticism of contemporary film and critical theory. He argues that many contemporary film theorists correctly identify the significance of the impression of reality, although their explanation of it is incorrect because of an invalid philosophical understanding of the relationship between the mind, representation and reality. Offering a clear presentation and critique of the central arguments of contemporary film and critical theory, Allen also touches on fundamental issues in current discourses of philosophy, art history and feminist theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87150/cover/9780521587150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970902</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Oxford Movement in Context</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anglican High Churchmanship, 1760-1857</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587198</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nockles, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a radical reassessment of the significance of the Oxford Movement and of its leaders, Newman, Keble, and Pusey, by setting them in the context of the Anglican High Church tradition of the preceding 70 years. No other study offers such a comprehensive treatment of the historical and theological context in which the Tractarians operated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87198/cover/9780521587198.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violence and Childhood in the Inner City</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587204</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCord, Joan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The contributors to this book believe that something can be done to make life in American cities safer, to make growing up in the urban ghettos less risky, and to reduce the violence that so often permeates urban childhoods. They consider why there is so much violence, why some people become violent and others do not, and why violence is more prevalent in some areas. Both biological and psychological characteristics of individuals are considered. The authors also discuss how the urban environment, especially the street culture, affects childhood development. They review a variety of intervention strategies, considering when it would be appropriate to use them and towards whom they should be targeted. Drawing upon ethnographic commentary, laboratory experiments, historical reviews, and program descriptions, this book presents a variety of opinions on the causes of urban violence and the changes necessary to reduce it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87204/cover/9780521587204.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587220</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587220</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children's Engagement in the World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociocultural Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#246;nc&#252;, Artin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume describes children's development in its cultural context. It stresses the point that children's development in diverse cultures follows different paths, depending on the developmental opportunities provided by their cultures. It illustrates that the everyday work at school, and play activities provided for children vary from one culture to another depending on the social and economical structure of children's cultures and adult beliefs about what is valuable for children's participation to secure optimal development. Thus, Children's Engagement in the World: Sociocultural Perspectives proposes to study children's development and education within its social as well as cultural context. It brings together the most recent theoretical advances in cultural psychology in order to establish a framework for the studies reported in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87228/cover/9780521587228.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women in Medieval English Society</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mate, Mavis E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>126</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written primarily for undergraduates, this book weighs the evidence for and against the various theories relating to the position of women at different time periods. Professor Mate examines the major issues deciding the position of women in medieval English society, asking questions such as, did women enjoy a rough equality in the Anglo-Saxon period that they subsequently lost? Did queens at certain periods exercise real political clout or was their power limited to questions of patronage? Did women's participation in the economy grant them considerable independence and allow them to postpone or delay marriage? Professor Mate also demonstrates that class, as well as gender, was very important in determining age at marriage and opportunities for power and influence. Although some women at certain times did make short-term gains, Professor Mate challenges the dominant view that major transformations in women's position occurred in the century after the Black Death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87334/cover/9780521587334.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587360</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587365</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Power in the Ancient World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587365</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowman, Alan K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woolf, Greg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection attempts to set the study of literacy in the ancient world in the wider contexts of the debates among anthropologists over the impact of writing on society. Was writing a revolutionary innovation, prompting or participating in social change, or a fundamentally repressive and disciplinary technology? The book consists of a series of studies ranging over the whole of the Mediterranean world and much of northern Europe during a period of more than a millennium (c. 600 BC-AD 800). The areas examined include Pharaonic and Hellenistic Egypt, Persia and the Near East, Judaea, classical Greece, and the Roman and the Byzantine empires. Each of the contributors investigates, in his or her particular area of expertise, the changing roles of writing in history, in particular the extent to which writing played an active role in historical change in antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87365/cover/9780521587365.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970203</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reaching for the Sun</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Plants Work</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>King, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Green plants are all around us. We are totally dependent on them for food; we cultivate them for our pleasure; and we have used them in a vast number of ways down the centuries to our advantage. But have you ever wondered how plants work?  Where do trees get the material to make wood? How does a bulb 'know' to sprout in the spring?  Why are flowers different colours and why do they smell? This book answers these questions in a charming and accessible way. From their ability to take energy from sunlight to make their own food to their amazing range of life-sustaining, death-defying strategies, John King explains why plants dominate our planet. Plants might live life at a different pace from animals but they are just as fascinating. This is not just a book for keen gardeners and naturalists. This is a book for anyone who wants to understand why the earth is green.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87389/cover/9780521587389.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thought and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587419</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Preston, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>255</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The relationship between thought and language has been of central importance to philosophy ever since Plato characterised thinking as 'a dialogue the soul has with itself'. In this volume, several major twentieth-century philosophers of mind and language make further contributions to the debate. Among the questions addressed are: is language conceptually prior to thought, or vice versa? Must thought take place 'in' a medium? To what extent can creatures without language be credited with thoughts? Do we have to suppose that thinking involves the use of concepts? What does it mean to have and deploy a concept? How do recent psychological experiments bear on these issues? Are beliefs, desires, hopes and fears rightly construed as 'attitudes towards propositions'? Should twentieth-century philosophy be conceived of in terms of Michael Dummett's distinction between 'analytical philosophy' and the 'philosophy of thought'?</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587425</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587426</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Verstehen and Humane Understanding</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587426</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hear, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new collection of essays addresses topics that are of crucial importance to the lives of us all. Is there a mode of thinking peculiar to human life and its concerns, which is different from and irreducible to scientific rationality? Is historical understanding different from scientific understanding? Do psychology, religion and aesthetics have their own forms of rationality? Can you be rational about human life without being scientific? The contributors address these and related questions, some focusing on the history of the development of the notion of Verstehen, others examining particular areas of discourse and practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587433</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Guide to the Papers of British Cabinet Ministers 1900-1964</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hazlehurst, Cameron</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whitehead, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodland, Christine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>425</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Guide to the Papers of British Cabinet Ministers 1900-1964  is the revised and expanded edition of a volume published by The Royal Historical Society in 1974. While much of the information is drawn from the 1974 text, a great deal comes from subsequent new research. It aims to provide up-to-date information on the papers of 323 ministers from the first edition and include all Cabinet ministers (or those who held positions included in a Cabinet) until the resignation of Sir Alec Douglas-Home as Prime Minister in 1964. Thus the scope of this edition has increased from the 323 ministers in the first Guide to 384, and therefore incorporates those who held relevant positions in the Churchill, Eden, Macmillan and Home governments. This guide is a major research tool and a source of information on personal papers, often in private hands, of people who played major roles in twentieth-century political life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587476</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587471</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Geostatistics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Applications in Hydrogeology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587471</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kitanidis, P. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Engineers and applied geophysicists routinely encounter interpolation and estimation problems when analysing data from field observations. Introduction to Geostatistics  presents practical techniques for the estimation of spatial functions from sparse data.  The author's  unique approach is a synthesis of classic and geostatistical methods with a focus on the most practical linear minimum-variance estimation methods, and includes suggestions on how to test and extend the applicability of such methods. The author includes many useful methods (often not covered in other geostatistics books) such as estimating variogram parameters, evaluating the need for a variable mean, parameter estimation and model testing in complex cases (e.g. anisotropy, variable mean, and multiple variables), and using information from deterministic mathematical models. Well illustrated with exercises and worked examples taken from hydrogeology, Introduction to Geostatistics assumes no background in statistics and is suitable for graduate-level courses in earth sciences, hydrology, and environmental engineering, and also for self-study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87471/cover/9780521587471.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Psychoanalysis, Historiography, and Feminist Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Search for Critical Method</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearns, Katherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>183</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Katherine Kearns explores the feminist, theoretical, and psychoanalytic implications inherent in the relationship between history and narrative. She poses a feminist challenge to the hidden assumptions within conventional historiography by focusing on the troubled relationship between subjectivity and history. By applying Freud's theories of how adult authority is forged, especially his notion of the Oedipus Complex, Kearns considers the anti-feminist, anti-individualist implications of any fully oedipalised discourse. While recognising the principle that history always occurs within a shared social context, Kearns explores the disguised positivisms that remain embedded within conventional historiographic procedures, and reveals their implications for feminist discourse. The study of history, she argues, whether literary, political or social, must take us beyond traditionally defined historical contexts to include individual psychological moments and states in which thought and action occur.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87549/cover/9780521587549.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to English Literature, 1500-1600</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kinney, Arthur F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive account of English Renaissance literature in the context of the culture which shaped it: the courts of Henry VIII and Elizabeth I, the tumult of Catholic and Protestant alliances during the Reformation, the age of printing and of New World discovery. In this century courtly literature under Henry VIII moves toward a new, more personal poetry of sentiment, narrative and romance. The development of English prose is seen in the writing of More, Foxe and Hooker and in the evolution of satire and popular culture. Drama moves from the churches to the commercial playhouses with the plays of Kyd, Marlowe and the early careers of Shakespeare and Jonson. The Companion tackles all these subjects in fourteen newly-commissioned essays, written by experts for student readers. A detailed chronology of major literary achievements concludes with a list of authors and their dates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87587/cover/9780521587587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000131</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158759X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158759X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587594</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Avoiding Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Americans Produce Apathy in Everyday Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587594</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eliasoph, Nina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nina Eliasoph's vivid portrait of American civic life reveals an intriguing culture of political avoidance. Despite the importance for democracy of open-ended political conversation among ordinary citizens, many Americans try hard to avoid appearing to care about politics. To discover how, where and why Americans create this culture of avoidance, the author accompanied suburban volunteers, activists, and recreation club members for over two years, listening to them talk - and avoid talking - about the wider world, together and in encounters with government, media, and corporate authorities. She shows how citizens create and express ideas in everyday life, contrasting their privately expressed convictions with their lack of public political engagement. Her book challenges received ideas about culture, power and democracy, while exposing the hard work of producing apathy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87594/cover/9780521587594.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The James Forest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587600</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fetter, Helga</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buen, Berta Gamboa de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A15</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, R. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The James space J and the James tree space JT were constructed as counterexamples to several outstanding conjectures in Banach space theory. This book is a compendium of most of the known results about these spaces, frequently taken from the original sources, but presented in a unified and up to date fashion. Generalisations of J and JT are also discussed and other pathological Banach spaces are introduced. Specialists will welcome this book for its drawing together of classical material and recent results. Graduate students should also find that this book offers an excellent introduction to more advanced topics in Banach space theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87600/cover/9780521587600.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587611</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knots and Feynman Diagrams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreimer, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an accessible and up-to-date introduction to how knot theory and Feynman diagrams can be used to illuminate problems in quantum field theory. Beginning with a summary of key ideas from perturbative quantum field theory and an introduction to the Hopf algebra structure of renormalization, early chapters discuss the rationality of ladder diagrams and simple link diagrams. The necessary basics of knot theory are then presented and the number-theoretic relationship between the topology of Feynman diagrams and knot theory is explored. Later chapters discuss four-term relations motivated by the discovery of Vassiliev invariants in knot theory and draw a link to algebraic structures recently observed in noncommutative geometry. Detailed references are included. Dealing with material at perhaps the most productive interface between mathematics and physics, the book will be of interest to theoretical and particle physicists, and mathematicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87617/cover/9780521587617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587646</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Along the Domestic-Foreign Frontier</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Exploring Governance in a Turbulent World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rosenau, James N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book James Rosenau explores the enormous changes which are currently transforming world affairs. He argues that the dynamics of economic globalization, new technologies, and evolving global norms are clashing with equally powerful localizing dynamics. The resulting encounters between diverse interests and actors are rendering the boundaries between domestic and foreign affairs ever more porous and creating a political space, designated as the 'Frontier,' wherein the quest for control in world politics is joined. The author contends that it is along the Frontier, and not in the international arena, that issues are contested and the course of events configured. The book examines a number of contexts and agents through which local, national, and international affairs are woven together. Rosenau's recurring theme is the challenge of achieving governance along the turbulent domestic-foreign Frontier.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87648/cover/9780521587648.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587654</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587654</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postcommunist Presidents</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taras, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The political systems that have replaced communist rule in East-Central Europe and Eurasia are closely associated with their presidents. The first democratically-elected presidents of these countries - men like Yeltsin, Havel and Waesa - have frequently been viewed as 'founding fathers' of their countries' independence. But were they successful in creating strong presidential systems in these states? Has their unquestioned personal power and charisma been institutionalized in the presidencies? Will executive power in postcommunist states remain the same when the first incumbents of the office are gone? This book offers the first comparative analysis of the role of presidents in postcommunist states. Comprising studies of Russia, Ukraine, and Kazakstan among former Soviet republics, and Poland, the Czech Republic, and Hungary among Central European states, this book will be required reading for readers interested in how political leaders affect the fate of democracy in the former communist world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158776X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158776X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tax Progressivity and Income Inequality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Slemrod, Joel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>375</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFFD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book assembles nine papers on tax progressivity and its relationship to income inequality, written by leading public finance economists. The papers document the changes during the 1980s in progressivity at the federal, state, and local level in the US. One chapter investigates the extent to which the declining progressivity contributed to the well-documented increase in income inequality over the past two decades, while others investigate the economic impact and cost of progressive tax systems. Special attention is given to the behavioral response to taxation of high-income individuals, portfolio behavior, and the taxation of capital gains. The concluding set of essays addresses the contentious issue of what constitutes a 'fair' tax system, contrasting public attitudes towards alternative tax systems to economists' notions of fairness. Each essay is followed by remarks of a commentator plus a summary of the discussion among contributors.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87761/cover/9780521587761.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587824</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587824</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unit Roots, Cointegration, and Structural Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maddala, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kim, In-Moo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Time series analysis has undergone many changes in recent years with the advent of unit roots and cointegration. Maddala and Kim present a comprehensive review of these important developments and examine structural change. The volume provides an analysis of unit root tests, problems with unit root testing, estimation of cointegration systems, cointegration tests, and econometric estimation with integrated regressors. The authors also present the Bayesian approach to these problems and bootstrap methods for small-sample inference. The chapters on structural change discuss the problems of unit root tests and cointegration under structural change, outliers and robust methods, the Markov-switching model and Harvey's structural time series model. Unit Roots, Cointegration and Structural Change is a major contribution to Themes in Modern Econometrics, of interest both to specialists and graduate and upper-undergraduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87822/cover/9780521587822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587867</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Ethics and Social Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is devoted to Lewis's work in ethics and social philosophy. Topics covered include the logic of obligation and permission; decision theory and its relation to the idea that beliefs might play the motivating role of desires; a subjectivist analysis of value; dilemmas in virtue ethics; the problem of evil; problems about self-prediction; social coordination, linguistic and otherwise; alleged duties to rescue distant strangers; toleration as a tacit treaty; nuclear warfare; and punishment. This collection, and the two preceding volumes, will disseminate more widely the work of an eminent and influential contemporary philosopher.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87860/cover/9780521587860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587875</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Metaphysics and Epistemology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume is devoted to Lewis's work in metaphysics and epistemology. Topics covered include properties, ontology, possibility, truthmaking, probability, the mind-body problem, vision, belief, and knowledge. The purpose of this collection, and the volumes that precede and follow it, is to disseminate more widely the work of an eminent and influential contemporary philosopher. The volume will serve as a useful work of reference for teachers and students of philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87877/cover/9780521587877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587883</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587883</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Papers in Philosophical Logic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first of a three-volume collection of David Lewis's most recent papers in all the areas to which he has made significant contributions. The purpose of this collection (and the two volumes to follow) is to disseminate even more widely the work of a preeminent and influential late twentieth-century philosopher. The papers are now offered in a readily accessible format. This first volume is devoted to Lewis's work on philosophical logic from the last twenty-five years. The topics covered include: deploying the methods of formal semantics from artificial formalised languages to natural languages, model-theoretic investigations of intensional logic, contradiction, relevance, the differences between analog and digital representation, and questions arising from the construction of ambitious formalised philosophical systems. The volume will serve as an important reference tool for all philosophers and their students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87884/cover/9780521587884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587914</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre of Sam Shepard</TitleText>

<Subtitle>States of Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587914</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bottoms, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive analysis traces Sam Shepard's career from his experimental one-act plays of the 1960s to the 1994 play Simpatico. Curse of the Starving Class, Buried Child, True West, Fool for Love and A Lie of the Mind are all examined in depth. Concentrating on his playwriting, this book charts Shepard's various developments and shifts of direction, and the changing contexts in which his work appeared. Engaging, informative, and insightful, The Theatre of Sam Shepard is the definitive source on the works of this innovative and original writer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87914/cover/9780521587914.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Knowledge, Discovery and Imagination in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Rise of Aesthetic Rationalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587952</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiss, Timothy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent explanations of changes in early modern European thought speak much of a move from orality and emphasis on language to print culture and a 'spatial' way of thinking. Timothy J. Reiss offers a more complex explanation for the massive changes that occurred. He describes how by the late fifteenth century the language arts of the trivium had come to seem useful only for communication, teaching and public debate, and how humanists turned to the mathematical arts of the quadrivium - including music - to enable new means and methods of discovery. Reiss goes on to argue that the new 'mathematical' ideal formed the basis of wide sociocultural renewal; he analyses Northern vernacular grammars, examines the work of French and Italian mathematicians, musicians and philosophers including Descartes, and censures such modern commonplaces as the supposed impact of print and 'spatial' thinking. He ends by exploring the broad impact of this 'mathematisation' of the Western imagination.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87952/cover/9780521587952.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521587964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521587964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521587969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Psychology of Facial Expression</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521587969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russell, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fern&#225;ndez-Dols, Jos&#233; Miguel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mandler, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This reference work provides broad and up-to-date coverage of the major perspectives - ethological, neurobehavioral, developmental, dynamic systems, componential - on facial expression. It reviews Darwin's legacy in the theories of Izard and Tomkins and in Fridlund's recently proposed Behavioral Ecology theory. It explores continuing controversies on universality and innateness. It also updates the research guidelines of Ekman, Friesen and Ellsworth. This book anticipates emerging  research questions: what is the role of culture in children's understanding  of faces? In what precise ways do faces depend on the immediate context? What is the ecology of facial expression: when do different expressions occur and in what frequency? The Psychology of Facial Expressions is aimed at students, researchers and educators in psychology anthropology, and sociology who are interested in the emotive and communicative uses of facial expression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/87969/cover/9780521587969.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>J. William Fulbright, Vietnam, and the Search for a Cold War Foreign Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Randall Bennett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. William Fulbright was the longest serving and most powerful chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. Both an intellectual and an internationalist, he had great influence over the course of American foreign relations in the 1960s and 1970s. Fulbright was also the most prominent, and the most effective, of the first American critics of the Vietnam War. His criticism was particularly galling and damning to Lyndon Johnson because Fulbright was a principled internationalist who could not be dismissed as an ideologue. Fulbright used hearings by the Foreign Relations Committee as a forum in which to advance his powerful critique of the war, and  his writings constitute an ongoing, comprehensive critique of American foreign policy. This abridgement of  Woods' prize-winning biography of J. William Fulbright presents the full story of Fulbright's role as one of the leading congressional opponents of the Vietnam War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88003/cover/9780521588003.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Treatise on Social Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Runciman, Walter Garrison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>347</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this concluding volume of his trilogy on social theory, W. G. Runciman applies to the case of twentieth-century English society the methodology (distinguishing reportage, explanation, description, and evaluation) and theory of the preceding two volumes. Volume III shows how England's capitalist mode of production, liberal mode of persuasion, and democratic mode of coercion evolved in the aftermath of the First World War from what they had been since the 1880s, but then did not, in turn, evolve significantly following the Second World War. The explanation rests on an analysis of the selective pressures favouring some economic, ideological, and political practices over others in an increasingly complex environment, neither predictable nor controllable by policy-makers. This is supported by a graphic account of the changes themselves and how they were experienced by different segments of English society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88010/cover/9780521588010.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Prague Spring and its Aftermath</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Czechoslovak Politics, 1968-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Kieran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Prague Spring of 1968 was among the most important episodes in post-war European politics. In this book Kieran Williams analyses the attempt at reform socialism under Alexander Dubcek using materials and sources which have become available in the wake of the 1989 revolution. Drawing on declassified documents from party archives, the author readdresses important questions surrounding the Prague Spring: Why did liberalization occur? What was it intended to achieve? Why did the Soviet Union intervene with force? What was the political outcome of the invasion? What part did the reformers play in ending the experiment in reform socialism? What was the role of the security police under Dubcek? The book will provide new information for specialists as well as introductory analysis and narrative for students of East European politics and history and Soviet foreign policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88034/cover/9780521588034.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588049</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588049</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capitalism in Contention</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business Leaders and Political Economy in Modern Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boswell, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peters, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>265</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Capitalism in Contention examines the ideas of British business leaders on political, economic and social issues since 1960. Using unexplored records, interviews and both narrative and conceptual approaches, it sheds new light on the Wilson, Heath and Thatcher periods from business points of view, on the 'mixed economy' and the 'New Right', the peak business bodies (CBI, BIM, IOD etc), and business-government relationships. Although the business ideas were often muffled or secreted, they made distinctive contributions to both public policy and thinking about 'capitalism'. The authors highlight three main ideological tendencies of elite business opinion, 'revisionism', 'liberationism' and reconstructionism'. These saw business respectively as adaptive partner in a pluralist system, pivot and liberator, and focus of social reconstruction, and their struggle for influence forms a central theme. This book will be of absorbing interest to students of politics, modern history and business, and to policy makers as well as concerned citizens.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980105</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>DB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer: The General Prologue on CD-ROM</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaucer, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solopova, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The General Prologue on CD-ROM presents full materials for detailed study of the text of The General Prologue of The Canterbury Tales, the most-read of all parts of the Tales. The CD-ROM contains transcripts, descriptions, and images of all 53 fifteenth-century manuscripts and early printed editions of The General Prologue. The exact text of every word of every text may be compared through full collations in both original-spelling and regularized form. Spelling databases permit the spelling of every different part of speech of every word to be examined in each manuscript, or across all manuscripts, for some 300,000 words in total. Sophisticated search tools allow retrieval of words and phrases, and permit searches constrained by the structure of the text. An 'analysis workshop' introduces specialized software to enable exploration of the history of the textual tradition, and a 'stemmatic commentary' assesses the evidence at particular crucial readings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88089/cover/9780521588089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>350.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158809X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158809X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jews in Germany after the Holocaust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Memory, Identity, and Jewish-German Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rapaport, Lynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is it like to be Jewish and to be born and raised in Germany after the Holocaust? Based on remarkably candid interviews with nearly one hundred German Jews, Lynn Rapaport's book reveals a rare understanding of how the memory of the Holocaust shapes Jews' everyday lives. As their views of non-Jewish Germans and of themselves, their political integration into German society, and their friendships and relationships with Germans are subtly uncovered, the obstacles to readjustment when sociocultural memory is still present are better understood. This is also a book about Jewish identity in the midst of modernity. It shows how the boundaries of ethnicity are not marked by how religious Jews are, or their absorption of traditional culture, but by the moral distinctions rooted in Holocaust memory that Jews draw between themselves and other Germans. Jews in Germany after the Holocaust  has won an award for being the best book in the sociology of religion from the American Sociological Association.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88096/cover/9780521588096.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery, Atlantic Trade and the British Economy, 1660-1800</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book considers the impact of slavery and Atlantic trade on British economic development in the generations between the restoration of the Stuart monarchy and the era of the Younger Pitt. During this period Britain's trade became 'Americanised' and industrialisation began to occur in the domestic economy. The slave trade and the broader patterns of Atlantic commerce contributed important dimensions of British economic growth although they were more significant for their indirect, qualitative contribution than for direct quantitative gains. Kenneth Morgan investigates five key areas within the topic that have been subject to historical debate: the profits of the slave trade; slavery, capital accumulation and British economic development; exports and transatlantic markets; the role of business institutions; and the contribution of Atlantic trade to the growth of British ports. This stimulating and accessible book provides essential reading for students of slavery and the slave trade, and British economic history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88140/cover/9780521588140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethics and Extermination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections on Nazi Genocide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burleigh, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>273</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This series of essays by one of today's most original and prolific scholars on German racial policy concerns three interrelated aspects of Nazi Germany: relations with 'the east', 'euthanasia' and extermination. They are linked closely by the sub-themes of professionals or 'experts' and an interest in competing systems of morality. The collection includes important and wholly new contributions to the German-Soviet war and other national tragedies; to the controversial question of whether the Nazi analogy has any relevance to contemporary ethical discussions; and to the contemporary historiography, including works of fiction and literary criticism, of the Holocaust. The product of twelve years' research on Nazi Germany, the book will be essential reading for anyone interested in current scholarship on the period, or indeed in how we might view the period in future decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88164/cover/9780521588164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588197</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Party vs. State in Post-1949 China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Institutional Dilemma</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588195</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zheng, Shiping</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the most comprehensive analysis of one of the most important issues in China today: the tensions between the Chinese Communist Party and the Chinese state legislative, judicial, administrative, and military institutions. Taking the 'neo-institutionalist' approach, the author suggests that the Communist Party in post-1949 China faces an institutional dilemma: the Party cannot live with the state, and it cannot live without the state. Zheng demonstrates that it is not only conceptually constructive, but analytically imperative to distinguish the state from the Communist Party. Secondly, he integrates detailed study with broader generalizations about Chinese politics, thus making efforts to overcome the tendency toward specialized scholarship at the expense of comparative and systemic understanding of China. He also opens a new dimension of Chinese politics - the uncertain and conflictual relationship between the Communist Party and the Chinese state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88195/cover/9780521588195.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wolfgang Amad&#233; Mozart</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Knepler, Georg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blake, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, J. Bradford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Described in Germany as the 'most thought-provoking' book of the bicentennial year, Georg Knepler's acclaimed study of Mozart is now available in paperback. The book explores Mozart's life and works from many new perspectives, providing fresh insights into his music and the tempestuous times through which he lived. Based on a close reading of the family correspondence and a careful consideration of Mozart's entire musical output, the book sheds new light on the composer's creative psyche, his political leanings, his relation to the thoughts and currents of the Enlightenment, and the underlying basis of his musical expression.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88232/cover/9780521588232.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588294</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dowland: Lachrimae (1604)</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holman, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dowland's Lachrimae (1604) is perhaps the greatest but most enigmatic publication of instrumental music from before the eighteenth century. This new handbook, the first detailed study of the collection, investigates its publication history, its instrumentation, its place in the history of Renaissance dance music, and its reception history. Two extended chapters examine the twenty-one pieces in the collection in detail, discussing the complex internal relationships between the cycle of seven 'Lachrimae' pavans, the relationships between them and other pieces inside and outside the collection, and possible connections between the Latin titles of the seven pavans and Elizabethan conceptions of melancholy. The extraordinarily multi-faceted nature of the collection also leads the author to illuminate questions of patronage, the ordering and format of the collection, pitch and transposition, tonality and modality, and even numerology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88294/cover/9780521588294.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brahms: Clarinet Quintet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, Colin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>On its first appearance in 1891, Brahms' Clarinet Quintet was immediately recognised as a remarkable achievement, and a century later it still has the power to claim the hearts and minds of players and audiences alike. Widely regarded as Brahms' supreme achievement in the field of chamber music, the Clarinet Quintet is here placed in the context of the history of the clarinet and its repertory, and of Brahms' own compositions before 1891. The influence of the Meiningen clarinet virtuoso Richard M&#252;hlfeld unleashed a new vein of creativity in Brahms, and this forms a basis for discussion, together with questions of performance practice (in relation to both clarinet and string quartet) and the legacy of Brahms' clarinet music. These chapters are complemented by a comprehensive analysis of the music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88317/cover/9780521588317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588375</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588379</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keeping the Peace</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Multidimensional UN Operations in Cambodia and El Salvador</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588379</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Doyle, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnstone, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Orr, Robert C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JWLP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Keeping the Peace explores the new multidimensional role that the United Nations has played in peacemaking, peacekeeping, and peacebuilding over the last few years. By examining the paradigm-setting cases of Cambodia and El Salvador, and drawing lessons from these UN 'success stories', the book seeks to point the way toward more effective ways for the international community to address conflict in the post-Cold War era. This book is especially timely given its focus on the heretofore amorphous middle ground between traditional peacekeeping and peace. It provides the first comparative, in-depth treatment of substantial UN activities in everything from the demobilization and reintegration of forces, the return of refugees, the monitoring of human rights, and the design and supervision of constitutional, judicial, and electoral reforms, to the observation and even organization and conduct of elections, and the coordination of support for economic rehabilitation and reconstruction of countries torn by war.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88379/cover/9780521588379.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588405</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Making Choices</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Recasting of Decision Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schick, Frederic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a unique introductory overview of decision theory. It is completely non-technical, without a single formula in the book. Written in a crisp and clear style it succinctly covers the full range of philosophical issues of rationality and decision theory, including game theory, social choice theory, prisoner's dilemma and much else. The book aims to expand the scope and enrich the foundations of decision theory. By addressing such issues as ambivalence, inner conflict, and the constraints imposed upon us by our attachments to others, Frederic Schick reveals that our thinking is often more subtle than standard theories of rationality allow. Only a theory that respects that subtlety can illumine what is otherwise puzzling. The book contains many examples drawn from history and literature dealing with subjects such as love, war, friendship, and crime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88409/cover/9780521588409.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588413</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Galileo</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588416</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Machamer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Not only a hero of the scientific revolution, but after his conflict with the church, a hero of science, Galileo is today rivalled in the popular imagination only by Newton and Einstein. But what did Galileo actually do, and what are the sources of the popular image we have of him? This collection of specially-commissioned essays is unparalleled in the depth of its coverage of all facets of Galileo's work. A particular feature of the volume is the treatment of Galileo's relationship with the church. It will be of interest to philosophers, historians of science, cultural historians and those in religious studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88416/cover/9780521588416.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Typology and Syntactic Description</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shopen, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique three-volume survey brings together a team of leading scholars to explore the syntactic and morphological structures of the world's languages. Clearly organized and broad-ranging, it covers topics such as parts-of-speech, passives, complementation, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, inflectional morphology, tense, aspect, mood, and diexis. The contributors look at the major ways that these notions are realized, and provide informative sketches of them at work in a range of languages. Each volume is accessibly written and clearly explains each new concept introduced. Although the volumes can be read independently, together they provide an indispensable reference work for all linguists and fieldworkers interested in cross-linguistic generalizations. Most of the chapters in the second edition are substantially revised or completely new - some on topics not covered by the first edition. Volume III covers typological distinctions in word formation, lexical typologies, inflectional morphology, gender and noun classes, aspect, tense, mood, and lexical nominalization.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88553/cover/9780521588553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Typology and Syntactic Description</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shopen, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This unique three-volume survey brings together a team of leading scholars to explore the syntactic and morphological structures of the world's languages. Clearly organized and broad-ranging, it covers topics such as parts-of-speech, passives, complementation, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, inflectional morphology, tense, aspect, mood, and diexis. The contributors look at the major ways that these notions are realized, and provide informative sketches of them at work in a range of languages. Each volume is accessibly written and clearly explains each new concept introduced. Although the volumes can be read independently, together they provide an indispensable reference work for all linguists and fieldworkers interested in cross-linguistic generalizations. Most of the chapters in the second edition are substantially revised or completely new - some on topics not covered by the first edition. Volume II covers co-ordination, complementation, noun phrase structure, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, discourse structure, and sentences as combinations of clauses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88560/cover/9780521588560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588634</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588634</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Eras of Mao and Deng</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacFarquhar, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>624</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bringing together substantial essays by leading scholars, this volume offers a comprehensive introduction to, and analysis of, the politics of the People's Republic of China from 1949 to the mid-1990s. The first four chapters are drawn from The Cambridge History of China,  Volumes 14 and 15. The last two chapters have been written specifically for this paperback edition. Richard Baum's chapter covers the events of the 1980s, and Joseph Fewsmith's concluding essay extends the second edition's coverage into the 1990s. The particular strength of the volume is the depth of expert knowledge provided for each extraordinary political era; each period is covered by a specialist on the events of that time. The volume should serve equally well for the general reader with an interest in China and for students, as well as acting as a valuable reference for specialists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88638/cover/9780521588638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Seventeenth-Century Philosophy 2 Volume Hardback Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garber, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ayers, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1642</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Seventeenth-Century Philosophy offers a uniquely comprehensive and authoritative overview of early-modern philosophy written by an international team of specialists. As with previous Cambridge histories of philosophy the subject is treated by topic and theme, and since history does not come packaged in neat bundles, the subject is also treated with great temporal flexibility, incorporating frequent reference to medieval and Renaissance ideas. The basic structure of the volumes corresponds to the way an educated seventeenth-century European might have organised the domain of philosophy. Thus, the history of science, religious doctrine, and politics feature very prominently. The narrative that unfolds begins with an intellectual world dominated by a synthesis of Aristotelianism and scholastic philosophy, but by the end of the period the mechanistic or 'corpuscularian' philosophy has emerged and exerted its full impact on traditional metaphysics, ethics, theology, logic, and epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88645/cover/9780521588645.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>415.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of the Business Firm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seven Critical Commentaries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demsetz, Harold</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>191</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this volume break new ground in the theory of the business firm and its applications in economics. A leading analyst of industrial organization, Professor Demsetz first critically examines current debates on the existence, definition, and organization of the firm and discusses conceptual and theoretical issues related to the emerging theory of the firm. He then analyzes contemporary treatments of the relation between business ownership, wealth, and economic development. Subsequent essays offer new perspectives on competition, profit maximization and rational behavior, and shed new light on managers' compensation, antitrust policy, and the accuracy of firms' accounting data. The latter themes will interest business audiences as well as professionals and students in economics. These previously unpublished essays derive from lectures originally presented at Uppsala and Lund Universities in Sweden, the Mont Pelerin Society meeting in Prague, and the Center for the Study of Economics and the State at the University of Chicago.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88652/cover/9780521588652.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588669</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588669</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biodiversity Loss</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic and Ecological Issues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588669</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Perrings, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maler, Karl-Goran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Folke, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holling, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansson, Bengt-Owe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume reports key findings of the Biodiversity Program of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences' Beijer Institute. The program brought together a number of eminent ecologists and economists to consider the nature and significance of the biodiversity problem. In encouraging collaborative work between these closely related disciplines it sought to shed new light on the concept of diversity; the implications of biological diversity for the functioning of ecosystems; the driving forces behind biodiversity loss; and the options for promoting biodiversity conservation. The results of the program are surprising. It is shown that the core of the biodiversity problem is a loss of ecosystem resilience and the insurance it provides against the uncertain environmental effects of economic and population growth. This is as much a local as a global problem, implying that biodiversity conservation offers benefits that are as much local as global. The solutions as well as the causes of biodiversity loss lie in incentives to local users.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88669/cover/9780521588669.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588676</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Production</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Long-Period Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588676</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kurz, Heinz D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Salvadori, Neri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This compelling book contains a comprehensive analytical treatment of the theory of production in a long-period framework. Although the authors take a 'Classical' approach to their subject, the scope of investigation and methods employed should interest all economic theorists. Professors Kurz and Salvadori explore economic systems that are characterised by a particular kind of primary input in the production process, such as different kinds of labour and natural resources. These systems and the corresponding prices can be understood to reflect characteristic features of a capitalist market economy in an ideal way: they express the pure logic of the relationship between value and distribution in an economic system. Specific chapters deal with prices and income distribution, economic growth, joint production, fixed capital, scarce natural resources (both renewable and exhaustible), and heterogeneous labour. The historical origins of the concepts used are also discussed in considerable detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88676/cover/9780521588676.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521588707</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521588707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521588706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Foundations of Econometric Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521588706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hendry, David F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morgan, Mary S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this compelling book, David Hendry and Mary Morgan bring together the classic papers of the pioneer econometricians, some of which have never been published before. Together, these papers form the foundations of econometric thought. They are essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the aims, method and methodology of econometrics and the development of this statistical approach in economics. However, because they are technically straightforward, the book is also accessible to students and non-specialists. An editorial commentary places the readings in their historical context and indicates the continuing relevance of these early, yet highly sophisticated, works for current econometric analysis. While this book provides a companion volume to Mary Morgan's acclaimed The History of Econometric Ideas, the editors' commentary both adds to that earlier volume and also provides a stand-alone and synthetic account of the development of econometrics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88706/cover/9780521588706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peripheral Labour</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the History of Partial Proletarianization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amin, Shahid</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van der Linden, Marcel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume takes an alternative look at the notion of 'wage-workers'. The contributors suggest that the idea of a 'pure' working class should be reconsidered and examine specific South Asian and Latin American case studies. A large part of the working class in the so-called third world and also in the main capitalist countries is either free (but coerced through non-economic means) or does hidden work labor e.g. as formally self-employed producers. By rethinking the fundamental assumptions of 'classical' labor and working-class history, the volume contributes to the development of a non-Eurocentric historiography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89000/cover/9780521589000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589029</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589024</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 49</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589024</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>98</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning.  It shows that theatre history has a contemporary relevance, that theatre studies need a methodology, and that theatre criticism needs a language.  The journal publishes news, analysis and debate within the field of theatre studies.  Topics covered in NTQ 49 include: Lmma Lyon, the 'Attitude', and Goethean Performance Theory; Good Nights Out: Finding and Activating the Audience with 7:84 (England); Behind the Arras, through the Wall: Hamlet in Krakow, 1989; Harrison, Herakles, and Wailing Women; Myths and Enabling Fictions of Origin in the Editing of Shakespeare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158907X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158907X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Homer and the Origin of the Greek Alphabet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Powell, Barry B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Who invented the Greek alphabet and why? The purpose of this challenging book is to inquire systematically into the historical causes that underlay the radical shift from earlier and less efficient writing systems to the use of alphabetic writing. The author reaches the conclusion that a single man, perhaps from the island of Euboea, invented the Greek alphabet specifically in order to record the Iliad and the Odyssey of Homer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89079/cover/9780521589079.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cinema, Theory, and Political Responsibility in Contemporary Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGee, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>251</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the political significance of aesthetic analysis in the context of cultural studies. It applies the theories of Adorno, Derrida, and Lacan to film studies, and asks how political responsibility can be reconciled with the concept of the university as a democratic institution. Art and the university, Patrick McGee claims, share a common feature: they are commonly regarded as autonomous realms that resist the determination of economic and political interests, while still playing a crucial role in ethical and political discourse. Through detailed reference to Neil Jordan's film The Crying Game, McGee shows how film can be both a product and a critique of the culture industry. He goes on to analyse the function of the university in producing interpretations of such highly political art forms and in determining the limits of critical discussion. McGee links Adorno with Derrida to provide a new route through cultural studies and the claims of political criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89086/cover/9780521589086.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589185</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Engineering, Ethics, and the Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vesilind, P. Aarne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gunn, Alastair S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Engineering is 'the people-serving profession'. The work of engineers involves interaction with clients, other engineers, and the public at large.  More than any other profession, their work also directly involves and affects the environment. This book makes the case that engineers have special professional obligations to protect and enhance the environment, and the authors - one, an engineer and the other, a philosopher - seek to provide an ethical basis for these obligations. In exploring these ethical issues, the authors aim to show that engineers make a difference. The text opens with a series of case studies in which engineers face complex and challenging decisions about the environment. Succeeding chapters examine different ideas about environmental ethics for engineers, including professional codes and both modern and historical discussions of environmental responsibility. The book concludes with a collection of readings that complement the text. Students, as well as practising engineers, will find much of interest in this well-argued and thought-provoking book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89185/cover/9780521589185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589193</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589193</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organizing Scientific Meetings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epple, August</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dealing with virtually all aspects of scientific meetings, August Epple gives invaluable guidance for prospective organizers. He covers events from local afternoon Symposia to International Congresses with more than 1000 participants. He also provides insights for the tourist industry into the specific requirements that make scientific meetings different from others. The author gets straight to the point, identifying common problems and offering solutions. In twenty chapters and an extensive appendix, attention is given to critical details such as selection of the meeting site and timing of the event; stepwise program development; the selection of speakers and other key participants; social functions; budget matters; fund raising; the design of forms and brochures; publication of proceedings. If you are organizing a scientific meeting this is your indispensable guide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89192/cover/9780521589192.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970519</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589207</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Textual Intercourse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Collaboration, authorship, and sexualities in Renaissance drama</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masten, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Textual Intercourse proposes that the language and practice of writing plays in early modern England was inextricably linked to languages and practices of eroticism, sexuality and reproduction. Jeffrey Masten reads a range of early modern materials - burial records, contemporary biographical anecdotes and theatrical records, essays, conduct books and poems; the printed apparatus of published plays, and the plays themselves - to illustrate the ways in which writing for the theatre shifted from a model of homoerotic collaboration toward one of singular authorship on a patriarchal-absolutist model. Plays and collections of plays by Shakespeare, Shakespeare and Fletcher, Beaumont and Fletcher, Margaret Cavendish, and others, are considered. Textual Intercourse illustrate the ways in which methods attuned to sexuality and gender can illuminate more traditional questions of authorship, attribution, textual editing and intellectual property.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89208/cover/9780521589208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589258</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visions of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>482</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The second of three volumes of essays by Quentin Skinner, one of the world's leading intellectual historians. This collection includes some of his most important essays on the political thought of the Italian renaissance, each of which has been carefully revised for publication in this form. All of Professor Skinner's work is characterised by philosophical power, limpid clarity, and elegance of exposition; these essays, many of which are now recognised classics, provide a fascinating and convenient digest of the development of his thought. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89253/cover/9780521589253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589266</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visions of Politics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Quentin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first of three volumes of essays by Quentin Skinner, one of the world's leading intellectual historians. This collection includes some of his most important philosophical and methodological statements written over the past four decades, each carefully revised for publication in this form. In a series of seminal essays Professor Skinner sets forth the intellectual principles that inform his work. Writing as a practising historian, he considers the theoretical difficulties inherent in the pursuit of knowledge and interpretation, and elucidates the methodology which finds its expression in his two successive volumes. All of Professor Skinner's work is characterised by philosophical power, limpid clarity, and elegance of exposition; these essays, many of which are now recognised classics, provide a fascinating and convenient digest of the development of his thought. Professor Skinner has been awarded the Balzan Prize Life Time Achievement Award for  Political Thought, History and Theory. Full details of this award can be found at http://www.balzan.it/News_eng.aspx?ID=2474</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89260/cover/9780521589260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>53.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589320</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589320</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Harmonic Maps, Loop Groups, and Integrable Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guest, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harmonic maps are generalisations of the concept of geodesics. They encompass many fundamental examples in differential geometry and have recently become of widespread use in many areas of mathematics and mathematical physics. This is an accessible introduction to some of the fundamental connections between differential geometry, Lie groups, and integrable Hamiltonian systems. The specific goal of the book is to show how the theory of loop groups can be used to study harmonic maps. By concentrating on the main ideas and examples, the author leads up to topics of current research. The book is suitable for students who are beginning to study manifolds and Lie groups, and should be of interest both to mathematicians and to theoretical physicists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89321/cover/9780521589321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Genetics of Host and Parasite</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Immunity, Epidemiology and Evolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walliker, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wakelin, D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>93</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of articles, edited by D. Wakelin and D. Walliker include: Genetic variability in parasites and host-parasite interactions; Host genetics and infectious disease; T cell and cytokine basis of host variability in response to intestinal nematode infections; The role of MHC- and non-MHC-associated genes in determining the human immune response to malaria antigens; Influence of host and parasite genotypes on immunological control of Theileria parasites; Genetic susceptibility to leishmanial infections: studies in mice and man; Genetic susceptibility to malaria and other infectious diseases: from MHC to the whole genome. This volume is the specially commissioned supplement to the journal Parasitology, volume 112.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89369/cover/9780521589369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589371</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589376</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideologies of the Raj</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589376</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Metcalf, Thomas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideologies of the Raj examines how the British sought to justify their rule over India. The author argues that two divergent strategies were devised to legitimate their authority: the one defined characteristics which the Indians shared with the British themselves, while the other emphasised qualities of enduring 'difference'. In the end, however, the differences predominated in the colonial view of India. Since the British constructed few explicit ideologies of empire, the author explores the workings of the Raj through the study of its underlying assumptions as revealed in policies and writings. Students of modern India and the British Empire will find Thomas Metcalf's book relevant and accessible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89376/cover/9780521589376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158938X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158938X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arabic Historical Thought in the Classical Period</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khalidi, Tarif</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Thinking and writing about the past has always been of critical importance to the way that any culture or civilization views itself and its role in the world. In a work which surveys an entire tradition of historical thought and writing across a span of eight hundred years, Tarif Khalidi examines how Arabic-Islamic culture of the pre-modern period viewed the past, how it recorded it, and how it sought to answer the many complex questions associated with the discipline of history. The author combines a chronological and a topical approach to place the tradition within its wider intellectual context, while quotations from historians across the period introduce the English-speaking reader to some of the principal texts of Arabic-Islamic culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89383/cover/9780521589383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961125</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589398</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economy of Modern India, 1860-1970</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tomlinson, B. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first comprehensive and wide-ranging account of the modern Indian economy, B. R. Tomlinson considers the history of economic growth and change over the last hundred years. By summarising and expounding on the available literature, the author considers the debates over imperialism, development and under development and sets them in the context of historical change in agriculture, trade and manufacture, and the relations between business, the economy and the state.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89390/cover/9780521589390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589401</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Children, Families, and Government</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Preparing for the Twenty-First Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kagan, Sharon Lynn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, Nancy W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brademas, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKSB1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Children, Families, and Government: Preparing for the Twenty-first Century analyses the relationship between child development research and the design and implementation of social policy concerning children and families. This book is both timely and enduring;  perennially important issues like health care, welfare reform, and drug abuse, are addressed in a context that enables the reader to relate current events to the theories and foundations on which policies are based. It highlights state of the art research and reforms to specify policy areas affecting children and families.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89406/cover/9780521589406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158941X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158941X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Re-reading the Constitution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Narratives in the Political History of England's Long Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vernon, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of essays is about something which (for many) does not exist and yet which remains central to our understanding of English politics, history and national identity - the constitution. As European integration and demands for constitutional reform have once again moved the constitution to the centre of contemporary politics, an impressive team of contributors re-examines aspects of the debates over the meaning of the constitution and 'public opinion' in the long nineteenth century, from a sedition trial in the 1790s to the enfranchisement of certain women in 1918. With essays engaging with the histories of law, medicine and even with history as a discipline, the book takes stock of the current state of the new cultural history of English politics, consolidating upon much of the most innovative work in recent years as well as suggesting ways of re-reading the traditional narratives of English political history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89413/cover/9780521589413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589460</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589460</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Emergence of Modern Japan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yamamura, Kozo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>387</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Economic Emergence of Modern Japan is a useful book for those interested in how Japan succeeded in transforming an agricultural economy into an advanced industrial economy. This volume brings together chapters from The Cambridge History of Japan, Volumes 5 and 6, and The Cambridge Economic History of Europe, Volume 7, part 2. Each of the seven chapters, written by leading specialists in Japanese economic history, explains in an authoritative, detailed analysis how institutions, the behaviour of individuals and firms, and official policies changed in order to enable Japan to accumulate capital, adopt new technology, ensure a skilled labour-force, and increase exports of manufactured goods. The authors pay special attention to distinctive Japanese institutions and policies, the effect of the Tokugawa legacy, and the impact of various wars, and the global economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89468/cover/9780521589468.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589487</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A World of States of Affairs</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, D. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this important study D. M. Armstrong offers a comprehensive system of analytical metaphysics that synthesises but also develops his thinking over the last twenty years. Armstrong's analysis, which acknowledges the 'logical atomism' of Russell and Wittgenstein, makes facts (or states of affairs, as the author calls them) the fundamental constituents of the world, examining properties, relations, numbers, classes, possibility and necessity, dispositions, causes and laws. All these, it is argued, find their place and can be understood inside a scheme of states of affairs. This is a comprehensive and rigorously this-worldly account of the most general features of reality, argued from a distinctive philosophical perspective, and it will appeal to a wide readership in analytical philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89482/cover/9780521589482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Remarkable Discoveries!</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ashall, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Remarkable Discoveries shows how scientists have made great discoveries that have pushed back the frontiers of knowledge and have changed the way we look at the world. Frank Ashall, scientist and writer, takes us on a magical mystery tour of eighteen major scientific discoveries. Electricity, X-rays, DNA fingerprinting and the Big Bang are but a few of the achievements on which the author writes. We delve into the world of the researcher and experience the excitement as each discovery is unfolded. Can we thank chance or just intelligence and hard work for the scientists' success? The personalities, the trials, the triumphs are all here. Remarkable Discoveries takes the reader on an exhilarating tour through some of the major scientific discoveries that have benefited humanity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89536/cover/9780521589536.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158955X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158955X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Model Theory of Groups and Automorphism Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume surveys recent interactions between model theory and other branches of mathematics, notably group theory. Beginning with an introductory chapter describing relevant background material, the book contains contributions from many leading international figures in this area. Topics described include automorphism groups of algebraically closed fields, the model theory of pseudo-finite fields and applications to the subgroup structure of finite Chevalley groups. Model theory of modules, and aspects of model theory of various classes of groups, including free groups, are also discussed. The book also contains the first comprehensive survey of finite covers. Many new proofs and simplifications of recent results are presented and the articles contain many open problems. This book will be a suitable guide for graduate students and a useful reference for researchers working in model theory and algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89550/cover/9780521589550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sieve Methods, Exponential Sums, and their Applications in Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greaves, G. R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harman, G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huxley, M. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume comprises the proceedings of the 1995 Cardiff symposium on sieve methods, exponential sums, and their applications in number theory. Included are contributions from many leading international figures in this area which encompasses the main branches of analytic number theory. In particular, many of the papers reflect the interaction between the different fields of sieve theory, Dirichlet series (including the Riemann Zeta-function), and exponential sums, whilst displaying the subtle interplay between the additive and multiplicative aspects of the subjects. The fundamental problems discussed include recent work on Waring's problem, primes in arithmetical progressions, Goldbach numbers in short intervals, the ABC conjecture, and the moments of the Riemann Zeta-function.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89574/cover/9780521589574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589606</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Behavioral Approaches to Conservation in the Wild</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clemmons, Janine R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buchholz, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Today's conservation literature emphasises landscape ecology and population genetics without addressing the behavioral links that enable the long term survival of populations. This book presents theoretical and practical arguments for considering behavior patterns in attempts to conserve biodiversity. Prominent scientists and wildlife managers are brought together in this volume to address a number of issues, including the limits and potentials of behavioral research to conservation, the importance of behavioral variation as a component of biodiversity, and the use of animal behavior to solve conservation problems and provide specific direction for research and management practices. The book emphasises conservation of wild populations as opposed to captive and reintroduced populations, where behavioral research has concentrated in the past. The variety of expertise in this volume demonstrates that the complete ethological framework, not just behavioral ecology, provides valuable techniques and knowledge for conserving biodiversity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89604/cover/9780521589604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970331</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589665</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589665</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From Physics to Metaphysics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redhead, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book is drawn from the Tarner lectures, delivered in Cambridge in 1993. It is concerned with the ultimate nature of reality, and how this is revealed by modern physical theories such as relativity and quantum theory. The objectivity and rationality of science are defended against the views of relativists and social constructionists. It is claimed that modern physics gives us a tentative and fallible, but nevertheless rational, approach to the nature of physical reality. The role of subjectivity in science is examined in the fields of relativity theory, statistical mechanics and quantum theory, and recent claims of an essential role for human consciousness in physics are rejected. Prospects for a 'Theory of Everything' are considered, and the related question of how to assess scientific progress is carefully examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89666/cover/9780521589666.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19961014</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589673</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Media and Political Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>News from the Middle East</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfsfeld, Gadi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The news media have become the central arena for political conflicts today. It is, therefore, not surprising that the role of the news media in political conflicts has received a good deal of public attention in recent years. Media and Political Conflict provides readers with an understanding of the ways in which news media do and do not become active participants in these conflicts. The author's 'political contest' model provides a new approach to this important issue. The best way to understand the role of the news media in politics, he argues, is to view the competition over the news media as part of a larger and more significant contest for political control. The book is divided into two parts. While the first is devoted to developing the theoretical model, the second employs this approach to analyse the role of the news media in three conflicts: the Gulf war, the Palestinian intifada, and the attempt by the Israeli right wing to derail the Israeli-Palestinian peace accord.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89673/cover/9780521589673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158969X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158969X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Vocation of the Artist</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haynes, Deborah J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>351</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ABA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Vocation of the Artist examines the historical role of the artist and presents a particular perspective, grounded in the author's experience as a practising artist and scholar, on the contemporary function of the artist as prophetic critic and visionary. Using specific interpretations of the words 'vocation', 'prophetic', and 'visionary', Deborah Haynes draws attention to the need for artists to assess critically the relationship of the past and present to the future. Bringing together a wide range of historical and theoretical sources in cultural history, art history and theory, and religion, this book is addressed to those interested in the complex interdisciplinary dialogue of the visual arts, religion, and ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89697/cover/9780521589697.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589703</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Interpreting the Moving Image</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interpreting the Moving Image is a collection of essays by one of the most astute critics of cinema at work today. This volume provides a close analysis of major films of both the narrative and the avant-garde traditions. Written in accessible and engaging language, it also serves as a guide to such classics as The Cabinet of Dr Caligari and Citizen Kane, as well as the art of cinema in the post-modern era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89703/cover/9780521589703.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Films of Jean-Luc Godard</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seeing the Invisible</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sterritt, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Films of Jean-Luc Godard examines the work of one of the most versatile and influential filmmakers in the history of cinema. With a career ranging from France's New Wave movement in the early 1960s to a period of political experimentation in the late 1960s and 70s, and, currently, a contemplative period in which Godard has explored issues of spirituality, sexuality, and the aesthetics of sound, image, and montage, the filmmaker's work defies easy categorization. In this study, David Sterritt offers an introductory overview of Godard's work as a filmmaker, critic, and video artist. In subsequent chapters, he traces Godard's visionary ideas through six of his key films, including Breathless, My Life to Live, Weekend, Num&#233;ro deux, Hail Mary, and Nouvelle Vague formats. Linking Godard's works to key social and cultural developments, The Films of Jean-Luc Godard explains their importance in modernist and postmodernist art of the last half century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89710/cover/9780521589710.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158972X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158972X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589727</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bicameralism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589727</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsebelis, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Money, Jeannette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines some fifty countries to ascertain how the chambers of bicameral legislatures interact when they produce legislation. An understanding of this interaction is essential because otherwise legislative behaviour in each chamber may be unintelligible or incorrectly interpreted. The book employs cooperative game theoretic models to establish that bicameral legislatures, when compared with unicameral legislatures, increase the stability of the status quo and reduce intercameral differences to one privileged dimension of conflict. Non-cooperative game theoretic models are used to investigate the significance of a series of insitutional devices used to resolve intercameral conflict where a bill is introduced, which chamber has the final word, how many times a bill can shuttle between chambers, and whether conference committees are called. Empirical evidence, mainly from the French Republic, is used to evaluate the arguments.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89727/cover/9780521589727.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589746</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Postsocialist Pathways</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Transforming Politics and Property in East Central Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stark, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruszt, Laszlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can property regimes be successfully transformed while simultaneously extending citizenship rights to the property-less? This is the postsocialist challenge analyzed in this comparative study of the new democracies of a distinctly East European capitalism. Tracing the diverse pathways from the collapse of communism, a leading American economic sociologist and a pioneering Hungarian political scientist examine the innovative character, born of necessity, of postsocialist institutions in which actors are recombining economic assets and redefining political resources. Under conditions of extraordinary uncertainty, networks of enterprises become the units of economic restructuring, blurring the boundaries of public and private and yielding distinctive patterns of interorganizational ownership. In contrast to recent calls to liberate the market or to liberate the state, this sustained comparative analysis demonstrates the benefits of deliberative institutions that are neither market friendly nor hierarchical. By extending accountability, actors bound through associative ties make agreements that extend the authority to carry out reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589762</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Evolution of Mating Systems in Insects and Arachnids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Choe, Jae C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crespi, Bernard J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Insects and arachnids display the most impressive diversity of mating and social behaviour among all animals. This book investigates sexual competition in these groups, and the variety of ways in which males and females pursue, persuade, manipulate, control and help one another, enabling us to gain a better understanding of how conflicts and confluences of interest evolve together. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of mating systems in particular insect and arachnid groups, discusses intrinsic and extrinsic factors responsible for observed mating strategies, and suggests fruitful avenues for further research. The book culminates in a synthesis, reviewing the date in terms of the theory of sexual conflict. This broad-based book will be of immense value to students and researchers interested in reproductive strategies, behavioural ecology, entomology and arachnology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89765/cover/9780521589765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589789</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marrow Stromal Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beresford, Jon N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Maureen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first book of its kind on marrow stromal cells, and written by leading experts in the field, this concise handbook aims to provide all that is needed to those new to this relatively young area of research. It provides a historical perspective and a summary of present knowledge of the marrow stromal lineages which are currently best understood. Detailed protocols for the isolation, culture and characterization of marrow stromal cell types from human and other animal species are given. The breadth and depth of the subject matter included makes the book equally suitable for new researchers and the more experienced investigator in this rapidly expanding field, including clinicians and bioscientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89789/cover/9780521589789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589819</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics: Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventh World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreps, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the third of three volumes containing papers presented at the Seventh World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret key recent developments and discuss current and future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. They cover both theory and applications. Authored by leading specialists in their fields, these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80137/cover/9780521580137.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics: Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventh World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreps, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the second volume of three comprising papers which examine the latest developments in economic theory, applied economics and econometrics presented at the Seventh World Congress of the Econometric Society in Tokyo in August 1995. The topics were carefully selected to represent the most active fields in the discipline over the past five years. Written by the leading authorities in their fields, each paper provides a unique survey of the current state of knowledge in economics. Designed to make the material accessible to a general audience of economists, these volumes should be helpful to anyone with a good undergraduate training in economics who wishes to follow new ideas and tendencies in the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89826/cover/9780521589826.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Economics and Econometrics: Theory and Applications</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Seventh World Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kreps, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wallis, Kenneth F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first volume of three containing papers presented at the Seventh World Congress of the Econometric Society. The papers summarize and interpret key recent developments and discuss current and future directions in a wide range of topics in economics and econometrics. They cover both theory and applications. Authored by leading specialists in their fields, these volumes provide a unique survey of progress in the discipline.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/80113/cover/9780521580113.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052158986X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052158986X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fifteenth-Century Attitudes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perceptions of Society in Late Medieval England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Horrox, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays takes a fresh and invigorating look at late-medieval English society by focusing not on how people lived but on how they saw the world and their place in it. Alongside contributions on how different social groups saw themselves and were seen by others are more general discussions of key aspects of fifteenth-century life: attitudes to the rule of law, to the power of the ruler, to education, to honour and service, and finally to death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89864/cover/9780521589864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589878</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589878</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Victory in the East</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Military History of the First Crusade</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>France, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The success of the First Crusade, and its capture of Jerusalem in 1099, has been conventionally explained in terms of its ideological and political motivation. This book looks at the First Crusade primarily as a military campaign and asks why it was so successful. Modern writing about the crusade has tended to emphasise the moral dimension and the development of the idea of the crusade, but its fate was ultimately decided on the field of battle. Victory in the East looks at the nature of war at the end of the eleventh century and the military experience of all the contending parties in order to explain its extraordinary success. It is the first such examination, taking into account all other factors but emphasising the military.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89871/cover/9780521589871.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970210</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bose-Einstein Condensation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griffin, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snoke, D. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stringari, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC) as an interdisciplinary subject, covering atomic and molecular physics, laser physics, low temperature physics and astrophysics. It contains 18 authoritative review articles on experimental and theoretical research in BEC and associated phenomena. Bose-Einstein condensation is a phase transition in which a macroscopic number of particles all go into the same quantum state. It has been known for some time that this phenomenon gives rise to superfluidity in liquid helium but recent research has focused on the search for BEC in other condensed matter systems, such as excitons, spin-polarised hydrogen, laser-cooled atoms, high-temperature superconductors and subatomic matter. This unique book gives an in-depth report on progress in this field and suggests promising research topics for the future. It will be of interest to graduate students and research workers in condensed matter, low temperature, atomic and laser physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89901/cover/9780521589901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960930</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589940</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589940</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Innovation, Philosophy, and Public Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>343</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent and ongoing developments in science and technology - such as the prevention and treatment of disease through genetics and the development of increasingly sophisticated computer systems with wide-ranging applications - hold out the promise of vastly improving the quality of human life, but they can also raise serious ethical, legal, and public policy questions. The thirteen essays in this volume address these questions and related issues from a variety of perspectives.    Written by prominent philosophers, economists, and legal theorists, these essays offer valuable insights into the nature of scientific innovation and its implications for our social policies and practices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89949/cover/9780521589949.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521589975</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521589975</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521589970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Methods for Trade Policy Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Handbook</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521589970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Francois, Joseph F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reinert, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCLT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applied Methods for Trade Policy Analysis provides a comprehensive introduction to the applied economic modeling of trade policies. The book introduces the reader to trade policy concepts, welfare measurement, accounting frameworks, and both partial and general equilibrium modeling approaches. It first covers these topics at a basic level and then introduces the reader to a number of more advanced topics: imperfect competition, dynamic modeling, labour market structure, and environmental modeling. Economic graduate students, professors, and policy makers will find the collection to be an important reference tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/89970/cover/9780521589970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590013</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Courtly Letters in the Age of Henry VIII</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literary Culture and the Arts of Deceit</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590013</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lerer, Seth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This revisionary study of the origins of courtly poetry reveals the culture of spectatorship and voyeurism that shaped early Tudor English literary life. Through research into the reception of Chaucer's Troilus and Criseyde, it demonstrates how Pandarus became the model of the early modern courtier. His blend of counsel, secrecy and eroticism informed the behaviour of poets, lovers, diplomats and even Henry VIII himself. In close readings of the poetry of Hawes and Skelton, the drama of the court, the letters of Henry VIII to Anne Boleyn, the writings of Thomas Wyatt, and manuscript anthologies and early printed books, Seth Lerer illuminates a 'Pandaric' world of displayed bodies, surreptitious letters and transgressive performances. In the process, he redraws the boundaries between the medieval and the Renaissance and illustrates the centrality of the verse epistle to the construction of subjectivity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/35279/cover/9780521035279.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159006X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159006X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590068</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The General Theory of Transformational Growth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Keynes After Sraffa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590068</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nell, Edward J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>814</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the last century, economic analysis has been wedded to the idea of equilibrium, in spite of the evident fact that most economic relationships are in flux. The theory of transformational growth in this work replaces equilibrium with history. The role of the market is not to allocate resources, but to generate innovations, which are 'selected' by competition in an evolutionary process. These innovations in turn change the way markets work and how they adjust, thus creating new problems and new kinds of pressures to innovate. Different historical periods can be distinguished with a new one perhaps on the horizon. In each a distinctive style of technology prevails, associated with corresponding institutions and patterns of market behavior. The core relationships provide the foundations for a theory of monetary circulation, which makes possible a revised Keynesian approach, based on Classical foundations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90068/cover/9780521590068.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>295.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophical Meditations on Zen Buddhism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Dale S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRE</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first to engage Zen Buddhism philosophically on crucial issues from a perspective that is informed by the traditions of western philosophy and religion. It focuses on one renowned Zen master, Huang Po, whose recorded sayings exemplify the spirit of the 'golden age' of Zen in medieval China, and on the transmission of these writings to the West. The author makes a bold attempt to articulate a post-romantic understanding of Zen applicable to contemporary world culture. While deeply sympathetic to the Zen tradition, he raises serious questions about the kinds of claims that can be made on its behalf.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90105/cover/9780521590105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590116</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590116</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus and the Angels</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Angelology and the Christology of the Apocalypse of John</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590112</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carrell, Peter R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the influence of angelology on the christology of the Apocalypse of John. In the Apocalypse, Jesus appears in glorious form reminiscent of angels in Jewish and Christian literature in the period between 200 BCE and 200 CE. Dr Carrell asks what significance this has for the christology of the Apocalypse. He concludes that by portraying Jesus in such a way that he has the form and function of an angel, and yet is also divine, the Apocalypse both upholds monotheism and at the same time provides a means for Jesus to be presented in visible, glorious form to his Church.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90112/cover/9780521590112.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590124</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590124</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trade and the Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparative Study of EC and US Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590129</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Geradin, Damien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Trade and the Environment is a penetrating analysis of the relation between trade and environmental protection policies in the EC and the US. It argues that the international tensions arising from policies designed to protect trade and the environment can be resolved by the free trade provisions of the EC Treaty and the US Constitution, and from the setting of common environmental standards for all parties. It discusses also the contributions of the judiciary and legislature toward the solution of these tensions. The interaction between them, writes Dr Geradin, shapes the balance between trade and environmental objectives in the Community and the United States. More generally, they define the progress of environmental protection in these systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90129/cover/9780521590129.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics of Finite Geometries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batten, Lynn Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introductory text on the combinatorial theory of finite geometry. It assumes only a basic knowledge of set theory and analysis, but soon leads the student to results at the frontiers of research. It begins with an elementary combinatorial approach to finite geometries based on finite sets of points and lines, and moves into the classical work on affine and projective planes. The next part deals with polar spaces, partial geometries, and generalised quadrangles. The revised edition contains an entirely new chapter on blocking sets in linear spaces, which highlights some of the most important applications of blocking sets from the initial game-theoretic setting to their recent use in cryptography. Extensive exercises at the end of each chapter ensure the usefulness of this book for senior undergraduate and beginning graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90143/cover/9780521590143.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590159</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590159</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Population History from Family Reconstitution 1580-1837</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590150</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wrigley, E. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oeppen, J. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>681</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>English Population History from Family Reconstitution 1580-1837 is the most important single contribution to English historical demography since Wrigley and Schofield's Population History of England. It represents the culmination of work carried out at the Cambridge Group for the History of Population and Social Structure over the past quarter-century. Both books use Anglican parish registers to illuminate the population history of England between the sixteenth century and the mid-nineteenth century for which period they are the prime source available. This second work demonstrates the value of the technique of family reconstitution as a means of obtaining accurate and detailed information about fertility, morality, and nuptiality in the past. Indeed, more is now known about many aspects of English demography in the parish register period than about the post-1837 period when the Registrar-General collected and published information. Using data from 26 parishes, the authors show clearly that their results are representative not only of the demographic situation of the parishes from which the data were drawn, but also of the country as a whole. While the book largely confirms the earlier findings of the Cambridge Group, many novel and some very surprising features of the behaviour of past populations are brought to light for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90150/cover/9780521590150.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590175</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Nineteenth-Century Music</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590174</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samson, Jim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>788</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive overview of music in the nineteenth century draws on the most recent scholarship in the field. It avoids mere repertory surveys, focusing instead on issues which illuminate the subject in novel and interesting ways. The book is divided into two parts (1800-1850 and 1850-1900), each of which approaches the major repertory of the period by way of essays investigating the intellectual and socio-political history of the time. The music itself - including popular repertories - is discussed in five central chapters within each part, amplified by essays on topics such as nationalism, genius, and the emergent concept of an avant garde. The book concludes with an examination of musical styles and languages around the turn of the century. The addition of a detailed chronology and extensive glossaries makes this the most informed reference book on nineteenth-century music currently available.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90174/cover/9780521590174.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590213</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590213</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship, Networks, and Exchange</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schweizer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Douglas R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of articles aims at revitalizing the study of kinship and exchange in a social network perspective. It brings together studies of empirical systems of marriage and descent with investigations of the flow of material resources in societies of Africa, Asia, the Pacific and Europe. Restudies of classic ethnographic cases and fieldwork studies of kinship and exchange demonstrate how the social and material aspects of society are related, and address issues of concern to anthropology and the neighbouring disciplines of history, sociology and economics. This book marks the emergence of an era in the study of kinship and exchange using a productive combination of ethnographic substance with formal methods, one which leaves behind older structural-functionalist and culturalist assumptions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90211/cover/9780521590211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590228</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Vertical-Cavity Surface-Emitting Lasers</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Design, Fabrication, Characterization, and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590228</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmsen, Carl W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Temkin, Henryk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coldren, Larry A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the key advances in photonic technology in recent years is the development of vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers, or VCSELs. These devices have a huge range of potential applications in areas such as communications, printing, and optical switching. This book provides a clear insight into the physics of VCSELs, as well as describing details of their fabrication and applications. All of the book's contributors are at the forefront of VCSEL research and development. Together they provide complete and coherent coverage of the current state-of-the-art. The opening chapters cover VCSEL design, emission from microcavities, growth, fabrication, and characterization. These are followed by chapters on long and short-wavelength VCSELs, optical data links, and free space optical processing. The book will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in electrical engineering, applied physics, and materials science. It will also be an excellent reference volume for practising engineers in the photonics industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/06293/cover/9780521006293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159023X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159023X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A House Dividing</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economic Development in Pennsylvania and Virginia Before the Civil War</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Majewski, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A House Dividing compares Virginia and Pennsylvania to answer a crucial question of American history: how did slavery undermine the development of the southern economy?  Extensive archival research reveals that in the first decades of the nineteenth century, local residents in each state financed transportation improvements to raise land values and spur commercial growth. In the 1830s, however, Philadelphia capitalists began financing Pennsylvania's railroad network, eventually building integrated systems that reached deep within the Midwest. Virginia's railroads, still dependent upon local investment and funds from the state government, remained a collection of local lines without western connections. The lack of a great city that could provide capital and traffic for large-scale railroads was the Achilles' heel of Virginia's slave economy. The chains of slavery, Virginians learned to their dismay, also shackled the invisible hand of the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90235/cover/9780521590235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590242</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theatre of Suzuki Tadashi</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590242</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carruthers, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yasunari, Takahashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Suzuki is Japan's best-known director. He has been internationally acclaimed for his postmodern adaptations of classics by Nanboku, Euripides, Shakespeare and Chekhov since the 1970s, including The Trojan Women, King Lear and Three Sisters and, equally, for his powerful actor training system, which combines elements of Noh and Kabuki with Western realism. Inviting artists from around the world to perform at his Toga and Shizuoka International Festivals, Suzuki has fostered productive exchanges with Jean-Louis Barrault, Robert Wilson, Kanze Hisao, Ashikawa Yoko and numerous others. This book traces Suzuki's rise from Little Theatre director to international festival celebrity, links his unique Surrealist dramaturgy with his intercultural training system, and gives in-depth descriptions of his most acclaimed productions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90242/cover/9780521590242.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590264</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rule of Law in the Arab World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Courts in Egypt and the Gulf</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Nathan J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nathan Brown's penetrating account of the development and operation of the courts in the Arab world is based on fieldwork in Egypt and the Gulf. The book addresses several important questions. Why, for example, did Egypt's political leaders construct an independent judicial system that limited their own authority? And why does such a system appeal to Arab rulers outside Egypt? While most accounts stress the role of imperialism or liberal ideology, the author maintains that the primary purpose of the system is to provide support for the officially sanctioned order. The model offers similar attractions for other Arab rulers. From the theoretical perspective, the book will contribute to the debates about liberal legality, political change and the relationship between law and society in the developing world. It will be read by scholars of the Middle East, law students and those interested in the history of law and its evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90266/cover/9780521590266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590272</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590273</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Islamic Legal Theories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Sunni Usul al-fiqh</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590273</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallaq, Wael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wael B. Hallaq has already established himself as one of the most eminent scholars in the field of Islamic law. In his latest book, the author traces the history of Islamic legal theory from its early beginnings until the modern period. Initially, he focuses on the early formation of this theory, analysing its central themes and examining the developments which gave rise to a variety of doctrines. He concludes with a discussion of modern thinking about the theoretical foundations and methodology of Islamic law. In organisation, approach to the subject and critical apparatus, the book is the first of its kind, and will be an essential tool for the understanding of Islamic legal theory in particular and Islamic law in general. This, in combination with an accessibility of language and style, will guarantee a readership among students and scholars and anyone interested in Islam and its evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90273/cover/9780521590273.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gender and the Italian Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Renaissance to the Present Day</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590280</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>G&#252;nsberg, Maggie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>287</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Maggie G&#252;nsberg explores the intersection between gender portrayal and other social categories of class, age and the family in the Italian theatre from the Renaissance to the present day. She examines the developing relationship between patriarchal strategies and the formal properties of the dramatic genre such as plot, comedy and realism. She also considers conventions specific to drama in performance, including images of both femininity and masculinity. An interdisciplinary approach, drawing on semiotics, psychoanalysis, philosophy, theories of spectatorship and dramatic theory from a feminist perspective, informs G&#252;nsberg's critique of landmarks in Italian theatrical history, including work by Machiavelli, Ariosto, Goldoni, D'Annunzio and Pirandello. The book concludes with a chapter on the plays of Franca Rame, assessing the impact of this important figure on contemporary Italian theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/41294/cover/9780521041294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590329</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590329</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590327</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Joy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Duncan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Topham, Jonathan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>980</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As the sheer volume of his correspondence indicates, 1862 was a very productive year for Darwin. This was not only the case in his published output (two botanical papers and a book on the pollination mechanisms of orchids), but more particularly in the extent and breadth of the botanical experiments he carried out. The promotion of his theory of natural selection also continued: Darwin's own work on it expanded, Thomas Henry Huxley gave lectures about it, and Henry Walter Bates invoked it to explain mimicry in butterflies. As well as monitoring the progress of his scientific work, the correspondence also records the continuing effects of Darwin's ill-health. Serious illness in two of his children also disrupts his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590337</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590334</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Duncan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Sheila Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Topham, Jonathan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmot, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1086</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume includes many letters not previously published, and chronicles a year that was enlivened by scientific controversy and filled with scientific queries and discussions relating to Darwin's transmutation theory. His love of botany and his expanding experimental programme is well depicted by correspondence with professional botanists, horticulturalists, and hobbyists. Nine appendixes complement the letters by providing additional information from the Darwin Archive and from nineteenth-century publications. The letters also provide glimpses of life among the Victorian gentry, and reveal the practical and emotional support Darwin received from his family. Awarded the Founder's Medal of the Society of the History of Natural History, and the Modern Language Association of America's first Morton N. Cohen Award for a distinguished edition of letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590341</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590341</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Darwin, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkhardt, Frederick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Duncan M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dean, Sheila Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>White, Paul S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilmot, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>734</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Correspondence of Charles Darwin provides, for the first time, the full, authoritative texts of all known and available letters to and from Charles Darwin, the originator of the theory of evolution by natural selection. The letters are accompanied by detailed explanatory footnotes and relevant supplementary materials, and offer unparalleled insight into Darwin's experiments, thoughts, friendships, and family life. Volume 12 of this continuing series contains letters for 1864, when Darwin, despite continuing illness, was carrying out botanical experiments and working on his book, The Variation of Plants and Animals under Domestication. The volume also sheds light on the worldwide reception of Darwin's theory, with letters from correspondents in the United States and Germany, and also on the continuing controversy in Britain, especially with the award of the Royal Society's prestigious Copley Medal to Darwin at the end of the year.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90341/cover/9780521590341.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590358</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tertullian, First Theologian of the West</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590358</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborn, Eric</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tertullian was the first western Christian to write theology, defending Christians against the hostility of the Roman state, as well as arguing against Marcion, Praxeas and theosophical fantasy. A complex thinker, Tertullian has, in the modern era, been rejected by both liberal Christianity and its secular critics. But his ideas have become more accessible in our century, which has seen the destruction of Enlightenment beliefs that reason should lead to a quasi-mathematical system. The work of G&#246;del, Wittgenstein, Rorty and so many others has opened up the way for an understanding of Tertullian's passion for opposites, contingency and rational argument. For a long time misquoted and misused, Tertullian now calls for sustained analysis and interpretation. This book offers a major reappraisal of his theology and its influence on the shape of the western Christian tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90358/cover/9780521590358.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159037X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159037X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tolerance and Intolerance in Early Judaism and Christianity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590372</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton, Graham N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stroumsa, Guy G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays in this book consider issues of tolerance and intolerance faced by Jews and Christians between approximately 200 BCE and 200 CE. Several chapters are concerned with many different aspects of early Jewish-Christian relationships. Five scholars, however, take a difference tack and discuss how Jews and Christians defined themselves against the pagan world. As minority groups, both Jews and Christians had to work out ways of co-existing with their Graeco-Roman neighbours. Relationships with those neighbours were often strained, but even within both Jewish and Christian circles, issues of tolerance and intolerance surfaced regularly. So it is appropriate that some other contributors should consider 'inner-Jewish' relationships, and that some should be concerned with Christian sects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90372/cover/9780521590372.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590388</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Scottish Invention of English Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590389</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Scottish Invention of English Literature explores the origins of the teaching of English literature in the academy. It demonstrates how the subject began in eighteenth-century Scottish universities before being exported to America and other countries. The emergence of English as an institutionalised university subject was linked to the search for distinctive cultural identities throughout the English-speaking world. This book explores the role the discipline played in administering restraints on the expression of indigenous literary forms, and shows how the growing professionalisation of English as a subject offered a breeding ground for academics and writers with an interest in native identity and cultural nationalism. This book is a comprehensive account of the historical origins of the university subject of English literature and provides a wealth of new material on its particular Scottish provenance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90389/cover/9780521590389.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159040X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159040X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The End of Empire and the Making of Malaya</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590402</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harper, T. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern Malaya was born in a period of war, insurrection, and monumental social upheaval. Tim Harper's acclaimed study examines the achievement of independence in 1957, not primarily through the struggle between Imperial Britain and nationalist elites, but through the internal struggles that late colonial rule fostered at all levels of Malayan society. It contains research on the impact of the Second World War in Malaya, the origins and course of the Communist Emergency, and urbanisation and popular culture, and charts the responses of Malaya's communities to more intrusive forms of government and to rapid social change. Dr Harper emphasises the various conflicting visions of independence, and suggests that although the experiments of late colonialism were frustrated, they left an enduring legacy for the politics of independent Malaya. This book sheds light on the dynamics of nationalism, ethnicity, and state-building in modern Southeast Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90402/cover/9780521590402.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991101</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590434</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590434</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590433</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Difference Troubles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Queering Social Theory and Sexual Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590433</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seidman, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Difference Troubles examines the implications for social theory and sexual politics of taking difference seriously. It explores the trouble difference makes not only for the social sciences, but also for the people - feminists, queer theorists, postmodernists - who champion difference. Seidman asks how social thinkers should conceptualize differences such as gender, race, and sexuality, without reducing them to an inferior status. This is a wide-ranging and sophisticated discussion of contemporary social theory and sexual politics, presented with Seidman's familiar imagination and clarity. In addition, it argues persuasively for a pragmatic approach to difference troubles in theory and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99702/cover/9780521599702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590457</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nation-building in the Post-Soviet Borderlands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of National Identities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590457</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohr, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allworth, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>307</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how national and ethnic identities are being reforged in the post-Soviet borderland states. The first chapter provides a conceptual and theoretical context for examining national identities, drawing in particular upon post-colonial theory. The rest of the book is divided into three parts. In Part I, the authors examine how national histories of the borderland states are being rewritten especially in relation to new nationalising historiographies, around myths of origin, homeland, and descent. Part II explores the ethnopolitics of group boundary construction and how such a politics has led to nationalising policies of both exclusion and inclusion. Part III examines the relationship between nation-building and language, especially with regard to how competing conceptions of national identity have informed the thinking of both political decision-takers and nationalising intellectuals, and the consequences for ethnic minorities. Such perspectives on nation-building are illustrated with substantive studies drawn from the Baltic states, Ukraine, and Belarus, Transcaucasia, and Central Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90457/cover/9780521590457.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology and Inscription</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Cultural Studies' after Benjamin, De Man, and Bakhtin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Ideology and Inscription Tom Cohen questions the way history, ideology and politics are invoked in contemporary cultural studies. Enlisting the work of three seminal figures in literary theory - Walter Benjamin, Paul de Man, and M. Bakhtin - Cohen argues for a new politics of memory that moves beyond what he sees as our current paralysing preoccupation with the present, and also for a new approach to the reading and analysis of cultural texts that breaks with the mimetic premises of traditional criticism. The book challenges many of the prevailing methodologies and assumptions of the contemporary critical scene and, through analyses of such topics as the rhetoric of science, ecological criticism, and the films of Hitchcock, demonstrates the subtlety and critical power of a more genuinely 'materialist' approach to a wide range of cultural texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90488/cover/9780521590488.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Color Vision</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Genes to Perception</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590532</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gegenfurtner, Karl R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sharpe, Lindsay T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boycott, B. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>493</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Color Vision: From Genes to Perception documents the present state of understanding about primate color vision in 20 review articles written by 35 leading international experts. The articles range from genes - the molecular genetics of the human cone photopigment genes - to perception - the color processing of complex scenes. Detailed overviews of such basic topics as cone spectral sensitivity and color processing in the retina and cortex are included. Introductions are given to important and innovative technologies such as molecular genetics, anatomical staining, visual psychophysics, intracellular and extracellular physiological recordings, and functional magnetic resonance imaging. Color Vision is intended for graduate students and research specialists. By bringing together scientists from different disciplines, the book will clarify issues of general interest for the expert and non-expert alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90532/cover/9780521590532.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000403</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590556</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consent, Dissent, and Patriotism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590556</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Democratic governments are able to elicit, legally and legitimately, both money and men from their populations. Certainly there is tax evasion, draft evasion, and even outright resistance; yet to a remarkable extent citizens acquiesce and even actively consent to the demands of governments, well beyond the point explicable by coercion. This is a puzzle for social scientists, particularly those who believe that individuals are self-interested, rational actors who calculate only the private egoistic costs and benefits of possible choices. The provisions of collective good should never justify a quasi-voluntary tax payment and the benefits of a war could not possibly exceed the cost of dying. This book explains the institutionalization of policy in response to anticipated and actual citizen behaviour and the conditions under which citizens give, refuse and withdraw their consent. Professor Levi claims that citizens' consent is contingent upon the perceived fairness of both the government and of other citizens. Most citizens of democracies, most of the time, are more likely to give their consent if they believe that government actors and other citizens are behaving fairly toward them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90556/cover/9780521590556.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Syntax of Chinese</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, C.-T. James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Li, Y.-H. Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Li, Yafei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The past quarter of a century has seen a surge in Chinese syntactic research that has produced a sizeable literature on the analysis of almost every construction in Mandarin Chinese. This guide to Chinese syntax analyses the majority of constructions in Chinese that have featured in theoretical linguistics in the past 25 years, using the authors' own analyses as well as existing or potential alternative treatments. A broad variety of topics are covered, including categories, argument structure, passives and anaphora.  The discussion of each topic sums up the key research results and provides new points of departure for further research. This book will be invaluable both to students wanting to know more about the grammar of Chinese, and graduate students and theoretical linguists interested in the universal principles that underlie human languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90587/cover/9780521590587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Living Text of the Gospels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, D. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents an important new departure in Gospel studies and textual criticism. David Parker offers, for the first time, a different way of reading the Gospels which treats seriously the fact that they first existed as manuscripts. Through an analysis of the different forms of a number of key passages, he demonstrates that the Gospels cannot be properly understood as texts without taking into consideration their physical existence as manuscripts, printed books and electronic text. In conclusion, he argues that the search for an original text of the Gospels overlooks the way in which the early church passed down its traditions. This book challenges many of the assumptions of New Testament scholarship. But, at the same time, it does not assume any prior knowledge of the discipline, and can therefore be used as a unique alternative to traditional primers of New Testament textual criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90624/cover/9780521590624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590631</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Practical Guide to CCD Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590631</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klotz, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demers, Andri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;na, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>High-performance CCD cameras have opened up an exciting new window on the Universe for amateur astronomers. This book provides a complete, self-contained guide to choosing and using CCD cameras. We start with a no-nonsense introduction to how a CCD camera works and just what determines its performance. We are then shown how to use a CCD camera and calibrate accurately the images we obtain. A clear review is then provided of the software available for visualising, analysing and processing digital images. Finally, we are guided through a series of key areas in astronomy where we can make the best use of our CCD cameras. This handy volume is packed with practical tips. It provides a clear introduction to CCD astronomy for novices and an indispensable reference for more experienced amateur astronomers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99504/cover/9780521599504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590655</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relativistic Gravitation and Gravitational Radiation Inclusive CD-ROM</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marck, Jean-Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lasota, Jean-Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>491</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A number of gravitational-wave detectors are currently being built around the world. Their goal is to detect gravitational radiation for the first time. A graduate workshop at the 'Centre de Physique' in Les Houches in the French Alps was dedicated to this exciting topic. In this book, a distinguished team of researchers review all aspects of this entirely new view of our Universe. An accompanying free CD-ROM provides numerical simulations of black holes and other exotic objects emitting gravitational radiation, together with the book in a hypertext format. We are introduced to the most recent models of gravitational-wave emission by black hole-neutron star binary systems, stars undergoing gravitational collapse, pulsars and accreting neutron stars, and by fluctuations in the primordial Universe. This timely volume provides an invaluable introduction for graduate students and is set to become the standard reference for researchers in physics and astronomy interested in gravitational radiation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Crisis in Kashmir</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Portents of War, Hopes of Peace</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ganguly, &#352;umit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>203</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book traces the origins of the insurgency that has wracked the Indian-controlled portion (about two-thirds) of Jammu and Kashmir since 1989. The most complete, and the first theoretically grounded account, it is based on extensive interviews. Professor Ganguly's central argument is that the insurgency can be explained by the interlinked processes of political mobilisation and institutional decay. In an attempt to woo the citizens of India's only Muslim-majority state, the national government dramatically helped expand literacy, mass media, and higher education in Jammu and Kashmir. These processes produced a generation of Kashmiris who were politically knowledgeable and sophisticated. Simultaneously, the national government in New Delhi, fearful of potential secessionist proclivities amongst the Kashmiris, systematically stultified the development of political institutions in the state. Unable to express dissent in an institutional context, this new generation of Kashmiris resorted to violence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90662/cover/9780521590662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates, Plumes and Mantle Convection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Geoffrey F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>470</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamic Earth presents the principles of convection in the earth's mantle in an accessible style. Mantle convection is the process underlying plate tectonics, volcanic hotspots and, hence, most geological processes. The book summarises key observations and presents the relevant physics starting from basic principles. The main concepts and arguments are presented with minimal mathematics, although more mathematical versions of important aspects are included for those who desire them. The book also surveys geochemical constraints and mantle evolution. The audience for Geoff Davies' book will be the broad range of geologists who desire a better understanding of the earth's internal dynamics, as well as graduate students and researchers working on the many aspects of mantle dynamics and its implications for geological processes. It is also suitable as a text or supplementary text for upper undergraduate and postgraduate courses in geophysics, geochemistry, and tectonics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99337/cover/9780521599337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159068X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159068X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590686</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seasonal Patterns of Stress, Immune Function, and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590686</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nelson, Randy J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demas, Gregory E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Sabra L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kriegsfeld, Lance J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bronson, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents evidence that infection is cyclical with the seasons, and that this phenomenon is mirrored in cycles of immune function. The book identifies the mechanisms by which immune systems are bolstered to counteract seasonally-recurrent stressors, such as extreme temperature reductions and food shortages. Stress, infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases, and human cancers are examined, and the role of hormones such as melatonin and glucocorticoids is considered. The book begins with an overview of seasonality, biological rhythms and photoperiodism, and basic immunology, and then discusses seasonal fluctuations in disease prevalence, immune function, and energetics and endocrinology as they relate to immune function. The clinical significance of this issue is also addressed, as such seasonal changes may play an important role in the development and treatment of infections. This first monograph to examine seasonal immune function from an interdisciplinary perspective will serve practitioners as well as advanced undergraduates and graduate students in biology, immunology, human and veterinary medicine, neuroscience, endocrinology, and zoology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90686/cover/9780521590686.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020620</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590728</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Charles Ives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feder, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Ives grew up in the nineteenth century and composed chiefly in the twentieth. His nostalgia for a simpler life in the New England country town of his youth is revealed in his frequent musical quotation of songs of that earlier time: parlor and patriot songs, hymns and gospel music. He had learned these songs early in his life through his father, a village bandmaster, who remained the most important influence in his life and music. Ives absorbed these influences within an innovative and modern musical style of composition. Stuart Feder's account of Ives's life clarifies the complexities of the man and his music, while his straightforward discussion of this uniquely autobiographical music in turn illuminates the narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90723/cover/9780521590723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590736</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590736</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporatism or Competition?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Labour Contracts, Institutions and Wage Structures in International Comparison</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Teulings, Coen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartog, Joop</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors present important research showing that corporatist institutions generate smaller non-competitive wage differentials than a decentralized system. A theoretical explanation is developed based on the hold-up problem in investments, arguing that corporatist institutions solve the problem by specifying ex ante nominal contracts that remove the necessity of ex post bargaining over the surplus of an employment relationship. The authors also argue that such institutions allow sufficient flexibility to accommodate aggregate shocks, even more so than decentralized systems. Corporatism or Competition? is the first book to bring together the mass of research on comparative wage differences, wage movements and employment behaviour in different countries with different institutional frameworks, in an organized and coherent fashion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90730/cover/9780521590730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590744</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590744</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commerce and Economic Change in West Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Palm Oil Trade in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynn, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A key theme in the West African trading system of the nineteenth century is the transition from the slave trade to 'legitimate' commerce, and its significance for the African societies of the region. In this period of transition, trade in palm oil was at the core of relations between Britain and West Africa, and of immense importance to the economies of large parts of West Africa. Martin Lynn's authoritative and comprehensive study of the palm oil trade covers the whole of this critical period for all of West Africa. It explains how the palm oil trade grew organically out of the organisation of the slave trade. The situation changed sharply with the development of steam communication between Britain and West Africa from the 1850s, leading to severe problems for the commerce in the second half of the century, the erosion of African brokers' powers, and the restructuring of the trade thereafter. The result was a crisis within the trade towards the end of the century and, eventually, with the arrival of colonial rule, the ending of the long established structures of the commerce.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90747/cover/9780521590747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590752</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590754</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Mathematics of Neurons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modeling in the Frequency Domain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590754</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppensteadt, Frank C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the signal processing aspects of neural networks. It begins with a presentation of the necessary background material in electronic circuits, mathematical modeling and analysis, signal processing, and neurosciences, and then proceeds to applications. These applications include small networks of neurons, such as those used in control of warm-up and flight in moths and control of respiration during exercise in humans. Next, a theory of mnemonic surfaces is developed and studied and material on pattern formation and cellular automata is presented. Finally, large networks are studied, such as the thalamus-reticular complex circuit, believed to be involved in focusing attention, and the development of connections in the visual cortex. Additional material is also provided about nonlinear wave propagation in networks. This book will serve as an excellent text for advanced undergraduates and graduates in the physical sciences, mathematics, engineering, medicine and life sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90754/cover/9780521590754.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590760</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590760</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religious Inventions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Four Essays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Charlesworth, Max</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>167</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many scholars assume that all genuine religions are basically similar and that it is possible to define the sphere of religion in terms of the 'sacred' or the 'holy'. In his latest book, Max Charlesworth argues that we must take the diversity of religions as a primary fact. Any religion is an active response to a revelation of the divine, and human beings receive these revelations, interpret them and develop them in a variety of ways. To illustrate his thesis, he considers a number of examples of the 'invention' of religion, ranging from Australian Aboriginal religions to the Rhineland mystical movement associated with Meister Eckhart in the early fourteenth century, from the seventeenth-century sects like the Muggletonians, to Roman Catholic attempts in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries to construct a theological account of doctrinal development and also to formulate a Christian ethic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590795</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590795</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From School to Productive Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain and Switzerland Compared</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bierhoff, Helvia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prais, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>153</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Switzerland is universally respected for its highly successful economy. It has long enjoyed low unemployment and inflation, and an exceptionally satisfactory transition process for youngsters from school to work. This book provides a nuts-and-bolts comparison of how that more successful transition is brought about. It explains the different emphases of Swiss secondary schooling by focusing on the way in which both academic and practical subjects are taught. The different ways in which career guidance and spells of work experience are handled in Britain and Switzerland are also compared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90792/cover/9780521590792.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159085X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159085X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Muscovy and the Mongols</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cross-Cultural Influences on the Steppe Frontier, 1304-1589</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ostrowski, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of the Mongols' impact on the Rus lands has been recognised by many scholars, but its precise nature and extent is very contentious. While diverse opinions exist on the origins and development of Muscovy, the author argues that no society arises ex nihilo and that Muscovy is no exception. Donald Ostrowski considers here the outside origins and influences, as well as indigenous origins and development, in order that the reader may gain a clearer understanding of Muscovy as a political entity, its political institutions and political culture. He shows that during the early period of Muscovy (1304-1448) the ecclesiastical and secular institutions were affected by two different outside influences, Byzantium and the Qipchaq Khanate, respectively. In considering these outside influences, he has set out to study Muscovy as an integral and important part of world history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90853/cover/9780521590853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590876</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive introduction to the mechanical properties of ceramics, and is designed primarily as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in materials science and engineering.  Over the past 25 years ceramics have become key materials in the development of many new technologies as scientists have been able to design these materials with new structures and properties.  An understanding of the factors that influence their mechanical behavior and reliability is essential.  This book will introduce the reader to current concepts in the field.  It contains problems and exercises to help readers develop their skills.  Although designed principally as a textbook for advanced undergraduates and graduate students, this book will also be of value as a supplementary text for more general courses and to industrial scientists and engineers involved in the development of ceramic-based products, materials selection and mechanical design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90877/cover/9780521590877.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590884</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590884</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Triumph of Augustan Poetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Literary Culture from Butler to Johnson</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590884</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, Blanford</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Triumph of Augustan Poetics offers an important re-evaluation of the transition from Baroque to Augustan in English literature. Starting with Butler's Hudibras, Blanford Parker describes Augustan satire as a movement away from the 'controversial disputation' of the seventeenth century to a general satire which ridicules Protestant, Anglican and Catholic in equal measure, as well as the poetic traditions that supported them. Once the dominant forms of late medieval and Baroque thought - analogical and fideist, a fully symbolic world and an empty wilderness - were erased, a novel space for the imagination was created. Here a 'literalism' new to European thought can be seen to have replaced the general satire, and at this moment Pope and Thomson create a new art of natural and quotidian description, in parallel with the rise of the novel. Parker's account concludes with the ambiguous or hostile reaction to this new mode seen in the works of Samuel Johnson and others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90884/cover/9780521590884.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590906</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Prosperity and Plunder</TitleText>

<Subtitle>European Catholic Monasteries in the Age of Revolution, 1650-1815</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590907</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beales, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the Catholic countries of seventeenth- and early eighteenth-century Europe, communities of monks and nuns were growing in number and wealth. By 1750 there were at least 25,000 communities containing at least 350,000 inmates. They constructed vast buildings, dominated education, and played a large part in the practice and patronage of learning, music, and the arts. They also fulfilled an amazing variety of political, economic and social roles, notably in providing career opportunities for women. Yet many accounts of the period ignore them altogether. Prosperity and Plunder recovers this forgotten dimension of European history, assesses the importance of monasteries across Catholic Europe, and compares their position in different countries. It goes on to explain the almost complete destruction of the monasteries between 1750 and 1815 through reforming rulers, 'Enlightenment', and the French Revolution, and asks how much society gained and lost in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90907/cover/9780521590907.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590973</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Russians on Russian Music, 1880-1917</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Anthology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campbell, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second anthology of Russian writing on Russian music begins in 1880 (where the first volume concluded) and ends in 1917. It brings the thoughts of leading Russian music critics to an English-speaking readership as they react to the Russian music that is new to them, during a period when all aspects of musical life were developing rapidly. Music criticism had become more sure-footed, if no less opinionated. These reviews demonstrate greater awareness both of music history and of contemporary music abroad. The period covers the late careers of Tchaikovsky and Rimsky-Korsakov as well as late works by Borodin and Balakirev, and the emergence of Mussorgsky's compositions. Works by the intervening generation, including Arensky, Glazunov and Lyadov, are also reviewed and the book concludes with coverage of works by the Moscow School, including Medtner, Rachmaninoff and Skryabin and the early compositions of Stravinsky and Prokoviev.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90976/cover/9780521590976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031021</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521590981</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521590981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590983</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Civil Society in Yemen</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Activism in Modern Arabia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590983</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carapico, Sheila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVH1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sheila Carapico's book on civic participation in modern Yemen makes an authoritative contribution to the study of political culture in the Arabian peninsula. Relying on in-depth documentary and field research, the author traces the political dynamics of recent years, culminating in Yemeni unification, focuses on efforts to develop the political, economic and social structures of a modern, democratic government. Her wide-ranging analysis of the legal, institutional and financial aspects of state building and of popular dimensions of political liberalization, protest and participation challenge the stereotypical view of conservative Arab Muslim society. The political economy approach to the study which reveals a surprising degree of 'activism in Arabia' also helps to interpret the nature of civil society from a broad theoretical perspective. This is an important book which promises to become the definitive work on twentieth-century Yemen.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/34821/cover/9780521034821.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159099X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159099X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521590990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Passages to Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legislative Recruitment in Advanced Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521590990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recruitment to legislative office is one of the core functions of political systems, yet we know little about how the process varies from one country to another. Passages to Power provides a comparative account of legislative recruitment which applies a common analytical framework and new survey data to nineteen advanced democracies. Legislative recruitment refers to the critical step as people move from lower levels of politics into parliamentary careers. Who succeeds in becoming a politician? Who fails? And why? Based on original research which adopts a 'new institutionalist' perspective, this book compares these issues in a wide range of countries. This important new study brings together an outstanding group of international scholars to look at recruitment around the world. The countries examined in depth include Australia, Canada, Finland, Germany, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States, along with a comparison of all member states in the European Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90990/cover/9780521590990.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591007</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Imperial Literature, 1870-1940</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing and the Administration of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bivona, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British Imperial Fiction, 1870-1940 traces the gradual process by which the colonial bureaucratic subject was constructed in nineteenth- and early twentieth-century Britain. Daniel Bivona's study offers insightful readings of a number of influential writers who were involved in promoting the ideology of bureaucratic self-sacrifice, the most important of whom are Stanley, Kipling and T. E. Lawrence. He examines how this governing ideology is treated in the novels of Joseph Conrad, Joyce Cary and George Orwell. By placing the complexities of individual texts in a much larger historical context, this study makes the original claim that the colonial bureaucrat played an ambiguous but nonetheless central role in both pro-imperial and anti-imperial discourse, his own power relationship with bureaucratic superiors shaping the terms in which the proper relationship between colonizer and colonized was debated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91003/cover/9780521591003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591015</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591015</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Queer Fictions of the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Culture, and Difference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bravmann, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Queer Fictions of the Past, Scott Bravmann explores the complexity of lesbian and gay engagement with history and considers how historical discourses animate the present. Characterising historical representations as dynamic conversations between then and now, he demonstrates their powerful role in constructing present identities, differences, politics, and communities. In particular, his is the first book to explore the ways in which lesbians and gay men have used history to define themselves as social, cultural, and political subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91010/cover/9780521591010.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591023</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591023</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endangered Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language Loss and Community Response</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grenoble, Lenore A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whaley, Lindsay J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an overview of the issues surrounding language loss. It brings together work by theoretical linguists, field linguists, and non-linguist members of minority communities to provide an integrated view of how language is lost, from sociological and economic as well as from linguistic perspectives. The contributions to the volume fall into four categories. The chapters by Dorian and Grenoble and Whaley provide an overview of language endangerment. Grinevald, England, Jacobs, and Nora and Richard Dauenhauer describe the situation confronting threatened languages from both a linguistic and sociological perspective. The understudied issue of what (beyond a linguistic system) can be lost as a language ceases to be spoken is addressed by Mithun, Hale, Jocks, and Woodbury. In the last section, Kapanga, Myers-Scotton, and Vakhtin consider the linguistic processes which underlie language attrition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91027/cover/9780521591027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159104X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159104X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Philosophy 1870-1945</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>974</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Philosophy 1870-1945 comprises over sixty specially commissioned essays by experts on the philosophy of this period, and is designed to be accessible to non-specialists. The first part of the book traces the history of philosophy from its remarkable flowering in the 1870s through to the early years of the twentieth century. After a brief discussion of the impact of the First World War, the second part of the book describes further developments in philosophy in the first half of the twentieth century. The essays concentrate on developments across the range of philosophical topics, from logic and metaphysics to political philosophy and philosophy of religion. This volume will be of critical importance not only to teachers and students of philosophy but also to scholars in neighbouring disciplines such as the history of science, the history of ideas, theology and the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91041/cover/9780521591041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>260.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Innovation and Transformation in International Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mittelman, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the nature of, and conditions for, theoretical innovation in international studies. Highlighting classic and new research problems, this collection of critically minded, original essays pushes international relations scholarship in uncharted directions. Bridging social theory and international relations theory, it searches for sources of intellectual innovation in the everyday lives of ordinary people. The seventeen contributors are drawn from four continents and include such leading scholars as Richard Falk, James Rosenau, Yoshikazu Sakamoto, and Susan Strange. Although a diverse group, they find the contemporary world order is in the throes of a structural transformation, which can be partly understood in terms of emancipation: the self-actualisation of human potential and community that looks beyond the current era in which neo-liberal globalisation is dominant, to a more democratic and just world order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America and Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Partnership for a New Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gompert, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larrabee, F. Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers the first detailed statement by a contingent of RAND thinkers on the contours of a redefined Atlantic partnership. In the world emerging since the end of the Cold War, the United States and Europe have strikingly common global security and economic interests. But their ability to advance those interests, together, depends on the willingness of Europe to take on greater responsibilities, the willingness of the United States to share leadership, and the vision of both to form a far more ambitious partnership than the one of today's official policies. This work will interest policy and research audiences in world affairs, global business readers, and others engaged in or thinking about America's international role and relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91072/cover/9780521591072.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Florentine Tuscany</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Structures and Practices of Power</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connell, William J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zorzi, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>371</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Florence has often been studied in the past for its distinctive urban culture and society, while insufficient attention has been paid to the important Tuscan territorial state that was created by Florence in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. Comprising a handful of formerly independent city-states and numerous smaller communities in the plains and mountains, the Florentine 'empire' in Tuscany supplied the markets and fiscal coffers of the Renaissance republic, while providing lessons in statecraft that nourished the political thought of Machiavelli and Guicciardini. This volume comprises seventeen original essays representing the new directions being taken by historians of the Florentine Renaissance. It offers new and exemplary approaches towards state-building, political vocabulary, political economy, civic humanism, local history and social patronage in what is one of the most interesting and well-documented of the states of late medieval and Renaissance Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91119/cover/9780521591119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591126</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Simulation-based Inference in Econometrics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Methods and Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591126</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mariano, Roberto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schuermann, Til</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weeks, Melvyn J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This substantial volume has two principal objectives. First it provides an overview of the statistical foundations of Simulation-based inference. This includes the summary and synthesis of the many concepts and results extant in the theoretical literature, the different classes of problems and estimators, the asymptotic properties of these estimators, as well as descriptions of the different simulators in use. Second, the volume provides empirical and operational examples of SBI methods. Often what is missing, even in existing applied papers, are operational issues. Which simulator works best for which problem and why? This volume will explicitly address the important numerical and computational issues in SBI which are not covered comprehensively in the existing literature. Examples of such issues are: comparisons with existing tractable methods, number of replications needed for robust results, choice of instruments, simulation noise and bias as well as efficiency loss in practice.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recent Advances in Arthropod Endocrinology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coast, Geoffrey M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, Simon G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Arthropods form the largest and most varied assemblage of organisms on earth. They are important economically as agricultural pests, as vectors of disease and as a source of food. The study of their endocrine systems reflects their economic significance, most work having been carried out on insects, crustaceans and ticks. Knowledge in these areas has increased greatly in the last decade with the advent of improved techniques for the isolation and study of the hormones themselves, revealing fascinating relationships between the endocrine systems of the various arthropod groups. This volume brings together contributions from many of the leading workers in the field, providing in-depth accounts of the current state of knowledge of a wide range of hormone systems. The book presents a unique summary of some of the most significant and exciting advances of the last decade, brought together in a single volume for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cannabis and Cognitive Functioning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591140</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Solowij, Nadia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Cannabis is the most widely used illicit substance in the world, but the question of whether its long-term use can result in lasting and irreparable cognitive impairment remains controversial. This timely and well-argued volume provides an extensive and comprehensive critical review of the literature relevant to cannabis and cognitive functioning, examining the evidence in the light of important recent findings in the pharmacology and neuropsychology of cannabis. Original studies conducted by the author are presented, utilizing one of the most modern and sensitive tools available to assess cognitive functioning - event-related potentials or ERPs. Her conclusion, that long-term cannabis use may produce irreversible impairment in memory, attention and the organization and integration of complex functions, will be of compelling interest to a wide range of clinicians, researchers and policy makers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91140/cover/9780521591140.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Jordan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philip Robins' survey of Jordan's political history begins in the early 1920s, continues through the years of the British Mandate, and traces events over the next half-century to the present day. Throughout the period, the country's fortunes were closely identified with its head of state, King Hussein, until his death in 1999. In the early days, as the author testifies, the King's prospects were often regarded as grim. However, both King and country survived a variety of existential challenges, from assassination attempts and internal subversion, to a civil war with the Palestine Liberation Organisation and, in the 1970s and 1980s, it emerged as an apparently stable and prosperous state. However, King Hussein's death, the succession of his son, Abdullah II, and recent political upheavals have plunged the country back into uncertainty. This is an incisive account, compellingly told, about one of the leading players in the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91171/cover/9780521591171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591201</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Soldiers, Writers and Statesmen of the English Revolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gentles, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrill, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Worden, Blair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>355</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays examines the struggles of the people of England with the collapse of civilization as they knew it. As the country fell into civil war and near anarchy, the people sought out in word and action how to preserve what could still be preserved or to create new political, religious and social certainties. The authors discuss individuals or groups who were soldiers, writers or statesmen of the Civil Wars or the Interregnum, people who were at the centre of power or in more humble and localized circumstances. All of the authors take their inspiration from the work of Austin Woolrych, whose own books and articles focus on these very questions. This volume is published in his honour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38751/cover/9780521038751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591236</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591236</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The State, the Financial System and Economic Modernization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591232</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sylla, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tilly, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tortella, Gabriel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through an examination of a wide variety of financial systems in Europe, and North and South America over approximately 150 years of change, this book demonstrates the key role that finance has played in economic change, and in the development of diverse financial systems. Insights into the primacy of the state's role in the financial development of the pre-industrial era have not been carried over into the historiography of the industrial era itself, so the discoveries detailed in this book have never been brought together in a systematic manner. This book therefore aims to demonstrate through comparative historical analysis, the richness of the history of modern financial systems, and to restore the state to its primary role in the shaping of those systems. This book makes an interesting contribution to financial historiography, thus will be of interest to economists and financial, economic and world historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/37983/cover/9780521037983.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal Field Handbook</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newman, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ng, Betty</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is based on the modern conceptual understanding of crystal fields. It provides readers with clear instructions and a set of computer programs for the phenomenological analysis of energy spectra of magnetic ions in  solids. The text clarifies several issues that have historically produced confusion in this area, particularly the effects of covalency and ligand polarization on the energy spectra of magnetic ions. Readers are shown how to employ a hierarchy of parametrized models to extract as much information as possible from observed lanthanide and actinide spectra. This book of crystal field theory describes all of the available phenomenological models, together with the conceptual and computational tools necessary for their use. It will be of particular interest to graduate students and researchers working in the development of opto-electronic systems and magnetic materials.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91249/cover/9780521591249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010315</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591279</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591279</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women, Family, and Child Care in India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A World in Transition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seymour, Susan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSJ1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an in-depth study of 24 Hindu families, of different caste and class groups, who reside in a recently urbanizing part of India. Beginning with a two-year study of family organization and child-rearing practices in the mid-1960s, the author follows the lives of 132 children and their extended families over nearly three decades. The book focuses upon women - the socialization of girls and the significance of women's roles through the life-cycle in a society where the patrifocal extended family is predominant. The effects of caste and class upon women's lives are examined, together with the effects of recent schooling and delayed marriage. Longitudinal research makes it possible to examine the impact of recent urbanization and modernization upon groups of contemporary Indian women, whose voices and changing perspectives are captured in a series of intergenerational interviews that imply further change for Indian systems of family and gender.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91270/cover/9780521591270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Somatic Syndromes</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manu, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Functional somatic syndromes are defined as physical syndromes without an organic disease explanation, demonstrable structural changes, or established biochemical abnormalities. This book reviews the state of scientific and clinical understanding of the nine most common functional somatic syndromes. For each syndrome, expert authors provide a brief historical perspective, a current definition, a case presentation, confirmatory and contradictory research findings, a discussion of the leading pathogenetic hypotheses, and guidelines for diagnosis and treatment. Advice is given for the determination of disability of patients with these medically unexplained disorders, and both medical and psychiatric interventions are described. Stressing the importance of a sound therapeutic relationship as a basis for treatment, this is an invaluable resource for professionals in primary care and many other disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91300/cover/9780521591300.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591317</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry I</TitleText>

<Subtitle>King of England and Duke of Normandy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591317</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, Judith A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This first comprehensive biography of Henry I, the youngest son of William the Conqueror and an elusive figure for historians, offers a rich and compelling account of his tumultuous life and reign. Judith Green argues that although Henry's primary concern was defence of his inheritance this did not preclude expansion where circumstances were propitious, notably into Welsh territory. His skilful dealings with the Scots permitted consolidation of Norman rule in the northern counties of England, while in Normandy every sinew was strained to defend frontiers through political alliances and stone castles. Green argues that although Henry's own outlook was essentially traditional, the legacy of this fascinating and ruthless personality included some fundamentally important developments in governance. She also sheds light on Henry's court, suggesting that it made an important contribution to the flowering of court culture throughout twelfth-century Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91317/cover/9780521591317.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591635</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591635</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Large Deviations and Metastability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olivieri, Enzo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vares, Maria Eul&#225;lia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book provides a general introduction to the theory of large deviations and a wide overview of the metastable behaviour of stochastic dynamics. With only minimal prerequisites, the book covers all the main results and brings the reader to the most recent developments. Particular emphasis is given to the fundamental Freidlin-Wentzell results on small random perturbations of dynamical systems. Metastability is first described on physical grounds, following which more rigorous approaches to its description are developed. Many relevant examples are considered from the point of view of the so-called pathwise approach. The first part of the book develops the relevant tools including the theory of large deviations which are then used to provide a physically relevant dynamical description of metastability. Written to be accessible to graduate students, this book provides an excellent route into contemporary research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91638/cover/9780521591638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>235.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591724</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591724</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591720</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Modern Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Water Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591720</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of water waves has been a source of intriguing and often difficult mathematical problems for at least 150 years. Virtually every classical mathematical technique appears somewhere within its confines. Beginning with the introduction of the appropriate equations of fluid mechanics, the opening chapters of this text consider the classical problems in linear and non-linear water-wave theory. This sets the ground for a study of more modern aspects, problems that give rise to soliton-type equations. The book closes with an introduction to the effects of viscosity. All the mathematical developments are presented in the most straightforward manner, with worked examples and simple cases carefully explained. Exercises, further reading, and historical notes on some of the important characters in the field round off the book and help to make this an ideal text for a beginning graduate course on water waves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91720/cover/9780521591720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591759</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591759</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plasma Processes for Semiconductor Fabrication</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hitchon, W. N. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Plasma processing is a central technique in the fabrication of semiconductor devices. This self-contained book provides an up-to-date description of plasma etching and deposition in semiconductor fabrication. It presents the basic physics and chemistry of these processes, and shows how they can be accurately modelled. The author begins with an overview of plasma reactors, and discusses the various models for understanding plasma processes. He then covers plasma chemistry, and describes in detail the modelling of complex plasma systems, with reference to experimental results. The book closes with a useful glossary of technical terms. No prior knowledge of plasma physics is assumed in the book. It contains many exercises and will serve as an ideal introduction to plasma processing and technology for graduate students of electrical engineering and materials science. It will also be a useful reference for practising engineers in the semiconductor industry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18005/cover/9780521018005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motivation and Self-Regulation across the Life Span</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heckhausen, Jutta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dweck, Carol S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last two decades, an approach to the study of motivation has emerged that focuses on specific cognitive and affective mediators of behaviour, in contrast to more general traits or motives. This 'social-cognitive' approach grants goal-oriented motivation its own role in shaping cognition, emotion and behaviour, rather than reducing goal-directed behaviour to cold-blooded information processing or to an enactment of a personality type. This book adds to this process-oriented approach a developmental perspective. Critical elements of motivational systems can be specified and their inter-relations understood by charting the origins and the developmental course of motivational processes. Moreover, a process-oriented approach helps to identify critical transitions and effective developmental interventions. The chapters in this book cover various age groups throughout the life span and stem from four big traditions in motivational psychology: achievement motivation, action theory, the psychology of causal attribution and perceived control, and the psychology of personal causation and intrinsic motivation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91768/cover/9780521591768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tigers, Rice, Silk, and Silt</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Environment and Economy in Late Imperial South China</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marks, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Challenging the conventional wisdom conveyed by Western environmental historians about China, this book examines the correlations between economic and environmental changes in the southern Chinese provinces of Guangdong and Guangxi from 1400 to 1850, but also provides substantial background from 2CE on. Robert Marks discusses the impact of population growth on land-use patterns, the agro-ecology of the region, and deforestation; the commercialization of agriculture and its implications for ecological change; the impact of climatic change on agriculture; and the ways in which the human population responded to environmental challenges. This book is a significant contribution to both Chinese and environmental history. It is groundbreaking in its methods and in its findings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91775/cover/9780521591775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591813</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conversation with the Blues CD included</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1965 by Cassell and Co, this classic and unique text in blues history, Conversation with the Blues has now been re-issued in a new, larger format. The book takes a slice across blues traditions of all kinds, which were still thriving side by side in 1960. Compiled from transcriptions of interviews with blues singers made by Paul Oliver in 1960, the book tells in the singers' own words of the significance of their music and the turbulent lives it reflects. It is accompanied by a fascinating CD, slipcased on the inside back cover of the book, which captures the stark, ironic but moving narratives of the singers themselves. Included are guitarists, pianists and other instrumentalists from the rural South and the urban North, from famous blues singers who recorded extensively to singers known only to their local communities. Copiously illustrated with Paul Oliver's photographs, the book provides a rare glimpse of African American music at a time when the South was still segregated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91812/cover/9780521591812.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591848</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591843</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Stellar Evolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591843</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rood, Robert T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Renzini, Alvio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>357</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An understanding of how stars evolve is central to astrophysics. The basic theory is well established. However, the subject has undergone a renaissance in recent years as powerful computers have become widely available and allowed complex evolutionary models to be developed and compared in great detail with observations from the latest instruments. This timely volume presents the review articles from an international meeting in Elba, Italy, where experts gathered to review how our understanding of stellar evolution has advanced. Topics covered include fundamentals of stellar evolution, star clusters, variable stars, asymptotic giant branch stars, degenerate stars, the evolution of binary stars, and chemical and galactic evolution. Throughout, theory and observation are closely compared. The book also emphasises the critical role stars have on our understanding of how galaxies evolve. In this book we are provided with both the fundamentals and the latest research. In this way, it will provide an invaluable supplement for graduate students, and a timely review for researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Workplace Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Recovering Work Practice and Informing System Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luff, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hindmarsh, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Workplace studies are of growing significance to people in a broad range of academic disciplines and professions, in particular those involved in the development of new technologies. This ground breaking new book brings together key researchers in Europe and the US to discuss critical issues in the study of the workplace and to outline recent developments in the field. The collection is divided into two parts. Part I contains a number of detailed case studies that not only provide an insight into the issues central to workplace studies but also some of the problems involved in carrying out such research. Part II focuses on the interrelationship between workplace studies and the design of new technologies. This book provides a valuable, multidisciplinary synthesis of the key issues and theoretical developments in workplace studies and a guide to the implications of such research for new technology design and the workplace.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91867/cover/9780521591867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Alcohol and the Community</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Systems Approach to Prevention</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591874</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holder, Harold D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>197</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An individual's decision to use alcohol and the frequency, quantity and situation of such use are the result of a combination of biological and social factors. Drinking is not only a personal choice, but also a matter of custom and social behaviour, and is influenced by access and economic factors including levels of disposable income and cost of alcoholic beverages. Until prevention efforts cease to focus narrowly on the individual and begin to adopt broader community perspectives on alcohol problems and strategies to reduce them, these efforts will fail. The author challenges the current implicit models used in alcohol problem prevention and demonstrates an ecological perspective of the community as a complex adaptive system composed of interacting subsystems, an appreciation and understanding of which offers an alternative approach to the prevention of alcohol dependence and alcohol-related problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91874/cover/9780521591874.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591899</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591898</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Humiliati</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591898</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first major study in English of a group of late twelfth-century religious enthusiasts, the early Humiliati, who were condemned by the Church as heretics in 1184. However, in a remarkable transition, they were reconciled seventeen years later and went on to establish a highly successful religious order in north Italy. The Humiliati have been accorded little attention in previous studies both because of their local nature and because of the suppression of the Order in 1571, after one of their number made a disastrous attempt to murder Charles Borromeo. Using a combination of a wide range of sources, the nature of the early movement and its processes of institutional development are reconstructed. The book also includes a Bullarium Humiliatorum, a calendar of papal and episcopal letters and privileges, which will be of great use to scholars in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91898/cover/9780521591898.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Style and Sociolinguistic Variation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eckert, Penelope</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rickford, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of sociolinguistic variation examines the relation between social identity and ways of speaking. Studying variations in language not only reveals a great deal about speakers' strategies with respect to variables such as social class, gender, ethnicity and age, it also affords us the opportunity to observe linguistic change in progress. The volume brings together leading experts from a range of disciplines to create a broad perspective on the study of style and variation. Beginning with an introduction to theoretical issues, the book goes on to discuss key approaches to stylistic variation in spoken language, including such issues as attention paid to speech, audience design, identity construction, the corpus study of register, genre, distinctiveness and the anthropological study of style. Rigorous and engaging, this book will become the standard work on stylistic variation. It will be welcomed by students and academics in sociolinguistics, English language, dialectology, anthropology and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91911/cover/9780521591911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591945</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophy and Memory Traces</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Descartes to Connectionism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sutton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>390</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophy and Memory Traces defends two theories of autobiographical memory. One is a bewildering historical view of memories as dynamic patterns in fleeting animal spirits, nervous fluids which rummaged through the pores of brain and body. The other is new connectionism, in which memories are 'stored' only superpositionally, and reconstructed rather than reproduced. Both models, argues John Sutton, depart from static archival metaphors by employing distributed representation, which brings interference and confusion between memory traces. Both raise urgent issues about control of the personal past, and about relations between self and body. Sutton demonstrates the role of bizarre body fluids in moral physiology, as philosophers from Descartes and Locke to Coleridge struggled to control their own innards and impose cognitive discipline on 'the phantasmal chaos of association'. Going on to defend connectionism against Fodor and critics of passive mental representations, he shows how problems of the self are implicated in cognitive science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/39376/cover/9780521039376.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bible, Protestantism, and the Rise of Natural Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Peter Harrison examines the role played by the Bible in the emergence of natural science. He shows how both the contents of the Bible, and more particularly the way it was interpreted, had a profound influence on conceptions of nature from the third century to the seventeenth. The rise of modern science is linked to the Protestant approach to texts, an approach which spelt an end to the symbolic world of the Middle Ages and established the conditions for the scientific investigation and technological exploitation of nature.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91966/cover/9780521591966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159197X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159197X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Roman Presences</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Receptions of Rome in European Culture, 1789-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Catharine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays explores aspects of the reception of ancient Rome in a number of European countries from the late eighteenth century to the end of the Second World War. Rome has been made to stand for literary authority, republican heroism, imperial power and decline, the Catholic Church, the pleasure of ruins. The studies offered here examine some of the sometimes strange and unexpected places where Roman presences have manifested themselves during this period. Scholars from several disciplines, including English literature and history of art, as well as classics, bring to bear a variety of approaches on a wide range of images and texts, from statues of Napoleon to Freud's analysis of dreams. Rome's seemingly boundless capacity for multiple, indeed conflicting, signification has made it an extraordinarily fertile paradigm for making sense of - and also for destabilizing - history, politics, identity, memory and desire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91973/cover/9780521591973.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591988</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591988</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591980</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peasant Revolution in Ethiopia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Tigray People's Liberation Front, 1975-1991</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591980</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPWL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the wake of the overthrow of the Haile-Selassie regime in Ethiopia in 1974 and the coming to power of the military, a number of opposition forces launched insurrections. But only one movement, the Tigray People's Liberation Front (TPLF) triumphed, liberating Tigray in 1989, and in an ethnic-based coalition which it dominated, assuming state power in 1991. This is the first chronicle of the history of that struggle, and it is based largely on interviews with peasants who formed the core of the Tigrayan revolution and the TPLF leadership. It provides the necessary background to understanding post-1991 political developments in Ethiopia. It also offers an explanation of peasant-based revolution that contrasts with contemporary approaches by Marxists, Skocpol, and in particular the works of Wolf, Paige and Scott, all of whom largely ignore the political considerations and the role of the revolutionary party, which Dr Young identifies as a critical element in his study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91980/cover/9780521591980.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521591996</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521591996</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521591997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Nation Collapses</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Italian Surrender of September 1943</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521591997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Agarossi, Elena</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fergusson II, Harvey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A Nation Collapses revises the traditional understanding of a critical moment in the history of World War II: the collapse of the Italian fascist regime and Italy's unconditional surrender in September 1943. Drawing on mostly unpublished documents, the book analyses the secret negotiations between Italy and Britain before the overthrow of Mussolini in July 1943 and finds that both parties negotiated in bad faith and with a great deal of duplicity. The Italians therefore both underestimated the extent of the Allies' strategic commitment in Italy and promised their conquerors a degree of military assistance which they were in no condition to deliver. The situation disintegrated into a civil war as the Anglo-American military government which controlled southern Italy invaded the German-occupied north. Already traumatized by unconditional surrender, Italy now endured a civil war waged by foreign powers on both sides for twenty long and brutal months.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91997/cover/9780521591997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592003</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Royalty and Diplomacy in Europe, 1890-1914</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLean, Roderick R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the diplomatic role of royal families in the era before the outbreak of the First World War. It argues that previous historians have neglected for political reasons the important political and diplomatic role of monarchs during the period. Particular attention is given to the Prusso-German, Russian and British monarchies. The Prusso-German and Russian monarchies were central in their countries' diplomacy and foreign policy, principally as a result of their control over diplomatic and political appointments. However, the book also argues that the British monarchy played a much more influential role in British diplomacy than has been accepted hitherto by historians. Individual themes examined include relations between Kaiser Wilhelm II and Tsar Nicholas II, the political significance of the ill-feeling between Wilhelm II and his uncle King Edward VII, the role of Edward VII in British diplomacy, and the impact of royal visits on pre-1914 Anglo-German relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92000/cover/9780521592000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030904</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592011</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Country and the City Revisited</TitleText>

<Subtitle>England and the Politics of Culture, 1550-1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Landry, Donna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ward, Joseph P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1550 and 1850, the great age of mercantilism, the English people remade themselves from a disparate group of individuals and localities divided by feudal loyalties, dialects and even languages, into an imperial power. Examining literature, art and social life, and returning to ground first explored by Raymond Williams in his seminal work, The Country and the City Revisited traces this transformation. It shows that what Williams figured as an urban-rural dichotomy can now be more satisfactorily grasped as a permeable boundary. While the movement of sugar, tobacco and tea became ever more deeply interfused with the movement of people, through migration and the slave trade, these commodies initiated new conceptions of space, time and identity. Spanning the traditional periods of the Renaissance and Romanticism, this collection of essays offers exciting interdisciplinary perspectives on central issues of early modern English history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92017/cover/9780521592017.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stoicism, Politics and Literature in the Age of Milton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>War and Peace Reconciled</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shifflett, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>186</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a fresh examination of key seventeenth-century writers in the context of their common interest in the republican, libertarian and oppositional potential of the philosophical tradition of Stoicism. The Stoic ethos embraced several paradoxical moral and political concepts, notably 'constancy' accompanied by a fascination with violence, 'indifference' that mirrors extremities of anger and 'retirement' that involves quests for honour and authority. Indeed, Stoicism in England involved not actual withdrawal from society but an intense kind of literacy - reading and writing focused on Seneca, Tacitus, Lucan and Lipsius as they could be seen to comment on contemporary political situations and ideological problems. Through subtly nuanced close readings of Marvell, Katherine Philips and Milton, Andrew Shifflet shows that these writers had more in common than previous philosophical, political and aesthetic categories have allowed, both in their keen Stoic interests and in the struggle to wrest this tradition from absolutist interpretations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92031/cover/9780521592031.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tippett Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Tippett (1905-1998) was one of the major figures of British music in this century. This volume of essays provides the first substantial writing on the composer for over a decade and includes the work of established scholars as well as several new voices. Essays encompass a range of genres and style periods, but a number of recurring themes may be detected. Broadly speaking, the book moves between technical discussion focused on individual works and wider questions of context - the 'external' factors that shaped the composer's musical production such as his relationship to the past, his fascination with ancient Greece and his pursuit of the transcendent. What emerges from this book is a rich portrait of a composer whose work reflects the century's triumphs and tragedies with particular intensity and who, at the end of his composing career, was increasingly acknowledged by younger composers as a major influence and example.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92055/cover/9780521592055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592062</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592062</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Migration and Colonization in Human Microevolution</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592062</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fix, Alan G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Migration and colonization are major forces affecting the frequency, spatial pattern and spread of genes in human populations. Here, Alan Fix reviews theories of migration developed by biologists and social scientists and surveys patterns of migration in a diverse sample of human populations. Using these empirical studies, he evaluates models of migration developed by population geneticists and explores more realistic models using computer simulation. He then shows the relevance of studies of migration as a microevolutionary process to the understanding of longer term global patterns of human diversification, by examining the spread of anatomically modern Homo sapiens, the demic diffusion of agriculture in Europe, and the origins of human diversity in the Malayan Peninsula. By focusing on migration as a process rather than as its genetic consequences, the book provides a bridge between biological and social science studies of migration, genetic microevolutionary theory and longer term human evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92062/cover/9780521592062.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592127</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin of the Welfare State in England and Germany, 1850-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Policies Compared</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hennock, E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comparative study of the origin of the welfare state in England and Germany, from 1850 to 1914. It presents original conclusions about the differences between British and German approaches. Peter Hennock analyses policies on social security and the public provision of medical care, dealing with public poor relief, industrial injury, with sickness, invalidity and old age, and with unemployment. In each case policies in Britain and in the German Empire are compared for their actual provisions, their consequences and the politics that produced them. He demonstrates that national insurance has played a larger role in Germany than in Britain from the beginning, as it still does today, and that decisions taken before 1914 are crucial to the long-term differences between the welfare state in the two countries. The book will appeal to students and scholars of British and European political history, social history and social policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97708/cover/9780521597708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070412</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592151</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592151</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Molecular Aspects of Host-Pathogen Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCrae, M. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smyth, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stow, N. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>373</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An understanding of the relationship between a pathogen and its host is essential for the development of effective disease control measures. This volume focuses on interactions at the molecular level, specifically between the proteins of the infectious agent and the host that has been invaded. Both viral and bacterial systems are considered, with specific examples illustrating the rapid advances being made in defining the molecular mechanisms underlying infection.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159216X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159216X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mathematical Papers of Sir William Rowan Hamilton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton, William Rowan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scaife, B. K. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>852</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This fourth and final volume of The Collected Papers of Sir William Rowan Hamilton (1805-1865) contains three previously unpublished and important manuscripts, namely Systems of Rays and two lengthy letters to de Morgan (on definite integrals) and Hart (on anharmonic coordinates). In addition the volume contains reprinted papers on geometry, analysis, astronomy, probability and finite differences, as well as a collection of papers on various topics. A cumulative index for all four volumes is provided, as well as a CD containing all four volumes of the Collected Papers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92161/cover/9780521592161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010205</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592178</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dynamics of Focus Structure</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erteschik-Shir, Nomi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Nomi Erteschik-Shir develops a new theory of focus structure, integrating insights from syntax, semantics, phonology and pragmatics. She explores the role of focus structure in grammar, examining the interface between focus structure and syntax, the semantics of focus structure and the intonation associated with it. Dr Shir defines a grammatical level of f-structure (focus structure) which is an annotated s-structure in which topic and focus constituents are marked. F-structure feeds both PF (Phonological Form) and semantics and is sensitive to lexical information. Dr Shir argues that f-structure and not LF (Logical Form) is the input to a semantic rule of predication. One of the major results of Dr Shir's analysis is that wh-movement turns out to be subject to the same constraint which accounts for anaphora and other subject-object asymmetries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92178/cover/9780521592178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing South Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Apartheid, and Democracy, 1970-1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the final years of the apartheid era and the subsequent transition to democracy, South African literary writing caught the world's attention as never before. Writers responded to the changing political situation and its daily impact on the country's inhabitants with works that recorded or satirised state-enforced racism, explored the possibilities of resistance and rebuilding, and creatively addressed the vexed question of literature's relation to politics and ethics. Writing South Africa offers a window on the literary activity of this extraordinary period that conveys its range (going well beyond a handful of world-renowned names) and its significance for anyone interested in the impact of decolonisation and democratisation on the cultural sphere. It brings together for the first time discussions by some of the most distinguished South African novelists, poets, and dramatists, with those of leading commentators based in South Africa, Britain and North America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592194</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592194</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clement V</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Menache, Sophia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>367</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Clement V, the first 'Avignon' pope, led the Church during nine critical years, 1305-14. Elected two years after the outrage committed upon Boniface VIII at Anagni, Clement saw as his main goal the restoration of harmonious relations with the leading monarchs of Christendom. In achieving his aim, he paved the way for the Church in the modern period. This book provides the first complete analysis of Clement's pontificate from the two complementary viewpoints offered by diplomatic documentation and by narrative sources. Their point of convergence validates a re-evaluation of the Avignon 'Babylonian captivity' of the papacy. As a result, Clement's pontificate no longer appears as a shameful surrender to Capetian interests. Rather, it demonstrates a consistent scale of priorities, among which the recovery of the Holy Land was accorded pre-eminence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92192/cover/9780521592192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592216</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Granulomatous Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, D. Geraint</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zumla, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative account of the granulomatous disorders provides a comprehensive overview of this complex group of diseases. Collectively, these disorders can present a bewildering array of symptoms, affecting all the body systems. This volume takes full account of recent advances in our knowledge of the molecular biology and immunology of these disorders, and casts fresh light on their diagnosis and treatment. This timely publication is organised to include chapters focused on causative agents and those addressing affected body systems. Highly illustrated throughout, including numerous colour plates, it encompasses and integrates the very latest science, pathology and practical clinical advice. Compiled by international authorities with chapters which combine the expertise of both a pathologist and clinician, it is sure to become an essential source of reference for a very wide readership including infectious disease specialists, immunologists, pathologists, radiologists, ophthalmologists and general physicians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>515.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592224</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparison Geometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grove, Karsten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Petersen, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book documents the focus on a branch of Riemannian geometry called Comparison Geometry. The simple idea of comparing the geometry of an arbitrary Riemannian manifold with the geometries of constant curvature spaces has seen a tremendous evolution of late. This volume is an up-to-date reflection of the recent development regarding spaces with lower (or two-sided) curvature bounds. The content of the volume reflects some of the most exciting activities in comparison geometry during the year and especially of the Mathematical Sciences Research Institute's workshop devoted to the subject. Both survey and research articles are featured. Complete proofs are often provided, and in one case a new unified strategy is presented and new proofs are offered. This volume will be a valuable source for advanced researchers and those who wish to learn about and contribute to this beautiful subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Troy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Drama, Politics, and the Translation of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>James, Heather</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Heather James examines the ways in which Shakespeare handles the inheritance and transmission of the Troy legend. She argues that Shakespeare's use of Virgil, Ovid and other classical sources demonstrates the appropriation of classical authority in the interests of developing a national myth, and goes on to distinguish Shakespeare's deployment of the myth from 'official' Tudor and Stuart ideology. James traces Shakespeare's reworking of the myth in Troilus and Cressida, Antony and Cleopatra, Cymbeline and The Tempest, and shows how the legend of Troy in Queen Elizabeth's day differed from that in the time of King James. The larger issue the book confronts is the directly political one of the way in which Shakespeare's textual appropriations participate in the larger cultural project of finding historical legitimation for a realm that was asserting its status as an empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/33787/cover/9780521033787.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592267</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Senegambia and the Atlantic Slave Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barry, Boubacar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boubacar Barry is one of the leading figures in West African historiography. His authoritative study of 400 years of Senegambian history is unrivalled in its detailed grasp of published and unpublished materials. Taking as its subject the vast area covering the Senegal and Gambia river basins, this book explores the changing dynamics of regional and Atlantic trade, clashes between traditional African and emergent Muslim authorities, the colonial system and the slave trade, and current obstacles to the integration of the region's modern states. Professor Barry argues cogently for the integrity of the Senegambian region as a historical subject, and he forges a coherent narrative from the dismemberment and unification which characterised Senegambia's development from the fifteenth to the nineteenth century. This newly-translated study is a vital tool in our understanding of West African history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97609/cover/9780521597609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tippett: A Child of Our Time</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gloag, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>121</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Tippett's oratorio A Child of Our Time was written at the beginning of the second world war as an expression of 'man's inhumanity to man'. It has become one of his most widely known works and one which is seen to symbolise the composer's extra-musical concerns, both political and psychological. This study places these concerns within a wider historical and cultural context while also focusing on specific aspects of Tippett's musical language. Central to this enquiry is Tippett's relationship to the work of T. S. Eliot, a relationship which is seen to condition both the text and its musical representation through Tippett's allusions to specific poetic images within the text and references to historical genres, forms and gestures within the musical dimension. Also of importance is the initial critical reception of the work, a reception which determined responses that still surround the work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92284/cover/9780521592284.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Petronius the Poet</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Verse and Literary Tradition in the Satyricon</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Connors, Catherine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The ancient novel, previously relegated to the margins of literary study, has recently taken its place at centre stage. Petronius' Satyricon, the oldest surviving work of prose fiction, is in many respects an arrestingly modern ancient novel but the inclusion within it of thirty short poems and two long ones introduces an alien feature in need of investigation. In this study, Catherine Connors draws on developments in Latin literary criticism to take a comprehensive approach to the Satyricon's poems, reminiscences of poetic texts, and the figure of the poet, assessing the ways in which they fragment and refashion established literary forms into a new amalgam of prose fiction. This book will be of interest to students of Latin literature, Neronian culture, and the early history of the novel. All Latin and Greek is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92314/cover/9780521592314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial Power and Popular Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class, Resistance and the State in India, 1850-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandavarkar, Rajnarayan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this series of interconnected essays, Rajnarayan Chandavarkar offers a powerful revisionist analysis of the relationship between class and politics in India between the Mutiny and Independence. Dr Chandavarkar rejects the 'Orientalist' view of Indian social and economic development as exceptional and somehow distinct from that prevailing in capitalist societies elsewhere, and reasserts the critical role of the working classes in shaping the pattern of Indian capitalist development. Sustained in argument and elegant in exposition, these essays represent a major contribution not only to the history of the Indian working classes, but to the history of industrial capitalism and colonialism as a whole. Imperial Power and Popular Politics will be essential reading for all scholars and students of recent political, economic, and social history, social theory, and cultural and colonial studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92345/cover/9780521592345.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592364</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592364</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Defense of Pure Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Rationalist Account of A Priori Justification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>BonJour, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the alleged capacity of the human mind to arrive at beliefs and knowledge about the world on the basis of pure reason without any dependence on sensory experience. Most recent philosophers reject the view and argue that all substantive knowledge must be sensory in origin. Laurence BonJour provocatively reopens the debate by presenting the most comprehensive exposition and defence of the rationalist view that a priori insight is a genuine basis for knowledge. This important book will be at the centre of debate about the theory of knowledge for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92369/cover/9780521592369.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bondsman's Burden</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Economic Analysis of the Common Law of Southern Slavery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wahl, Jenny Bourne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>291</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Were slaves property or human beings under the law? In crafting answers to this question, Southern judges designed efficient laws that protected property rights and helped slavery remain economically viable. But, by preserving property rights, they sheltered the persons embodied by that property - the slaves themselves. Slave law therefore had unintended consequences: it generated rules that judges could apply to free persons, precedents that became the foundation for laws designed to protect ordinary Americans. The Bondsman's Burden provides a rigorous and compelling economic analysis of the common law of Southern slavery, inspecting thousands of legal disputes heard in Southern antebellum courts, disputes involving servants, employees, accident victims, animals, and other chattel property, as well as slaves. The common law, although it supported the institution of slavery, did not favor every individual slave owner who brought a grievance to court.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92383/cover/9780521592383.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dealing with Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Six and the First UK Application to the EEC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludlow, N. Piers</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Britain's 1961 application was the first time that the European Community was obliged to consider a membership application from one of its neighbours. This book, based on newly-released material from the archives, challenges traditional views of the British application and casts new light on the way in which the EEC responded to the challenge of enlargement. The author explains the initial inability of de Gaulle to oppose British membership, and draws attention to the hesitant and conditional nature of Britain's application. In combination these two factors ensured that the sixteen months of negotiations, and the balance the Six struck between their conflicting desires to widen and to deepen the Community, became crucial to the outcome of the UK's membership bid. This book provides a detailed analysis of a vital chapter in postwar European history, and offers important insights into differing conceptions of the European Community which persist in contemporary debates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592453</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592453</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Changes and Authoritarian Reactions in Russia, Ukraine, Belarus and Moldova</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edited by two of the world's leading analysts of postcommunist politics, this book brings together distinguished specialists on the former communist countries of Russia and the Western Newly Independent States. Chapters on Belarus, Moldova, and Ukraine, plus three chapters on Russia's regional politics, its political parties, and the overall process of democratization, provide an in-depth analysis of the uneven pattern of political change in these four countries. Karen Dawisha and Bruce Parrott contribute theoretical and comparative chapters on postcommunist political development across the region. This book will provide students and scholars with detailed analysis by leading authorities, plus the latest research data on recent political and economic developments in each country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92451/cover/9780521592451.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Brandy Trade under the Ancien R&#233;gime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Regional Specialisation in the Charente</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592482</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cullen, L. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study of the brandy trade and its merchants, Professor Cullen explores the development of cognac, the world's most famous spirit product, which emerged as a consequence of a chronic wine surplus. While Professor Cullen focuses on the brandy trade, his findings contradict the view of a 'static' French economy in the eighteenth century. Professor Cullen shows that the brandy trade was based on a sophisticated regional economy, which, by 1720, had become a key component of French involvement in the modern international trading system. Notwithstanding the competition supplied by the emergence of surplus in other cereals and by foreign markets, regional specialisation in the Charente was an indispensable element in ensuring the quality of stable output, and was recognised in the region's success in attracting foreign n&#233;gociants, such as the household names of Martell and Hennessy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92482/cover/9780521592482.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980615</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592496</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Gottschalk Antiphonary</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Music and Liturgy in Twelfth-Century Lambach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Lisa Fagin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Lisa Fagin Davis offers the first photographic reconstruction of the extant leaves of the Gottschalk Antiphonary, an important twelfth-century manuscript from the Austrian monastery in Lambach. The Gottschalk Antiphonary, which was dismantled for binding scrap in the fifteenth century, is examined from various angles - art historical, liturgical, and musical - and its contributions to the study of medieval drama and the long-term ramifications of the investiture controversy are explored. The manuscript is studied within the historical and political context within which it was created, in order to better understand the decisions which went into its production. In addition to a black-and-white facsimile of the recovered portion of the manuscript, the book includes a survey of the twelfth-century Lambach scriptorium and a detailed codicological reconstruction of the codex. Appendices of charts and tables demonstrate how the Gottschalk Antiphonary compares to other liturgical manuscripts from the same period.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92499/cover/9780521592499.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159250X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159250X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of the Global State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Globality as an Unfinished Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious study rewrites the terms of debate about globalization. Martin Shaw argues that the deepest meaning of globality is the growing sense of worldwide human commonality as a practical social force, arising from political struggle not technological change. The book focuses upon two new concepts: the unfinished global-democratic revolution and the global-Western state. Shaw shows how an internationalized, post-imperial Western state conglomerate, symbiotically linked to global institutions, is increasingly consolidated amidst worldwide democratic upheavals against authoritarian, quasi-imperial non-Western states. This study explores the radical implications of these concepts for social, political and international theory, through a fundamental critique of modern 'national-international' social thought and dominant economistic versions of global theory. Required reading for sociology and politics as well as international relations, Theory of the Global State offers a historical, theoretical and political framework for understanding state and society in the emerging global age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92505/cover/9780521592505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Criticism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592512</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaffer, E. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>447</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of volume 19 is 'Literary Devolution: Writing Now in Scotland, Wales, Ireland and England', and includes poetry from Scotland, with essays by David Kinloch and Christopher Whyte on Socttish Gaelic; and poetry from Wales with essays by Jerry Hunter and Sam Adams; from Ireland, three cantos of John Montague's new poem on David Jones, Nuala Ni Dhomhnaill's Gaelic poetry translated by Seamus Heaney, Paul Muldoon and Medbh McGuickan, and a new play by Vincent Woods, acclaimed in performance and published here for the first time; and English poetry together with new fiction by Iain Sinclair. It also includes an interview with Nathaniel Tarn, editor of innovative Cape Goliard Editions. Translation from European poets into English and Scottish is a seminal feature of poetry in this period, represented here by translation from the Polish by Seamus Heaney, from Mayakovsky by Edwin Morgan, from Rimbaud and Mandelstam by Alistair Mackie; and Sylvia Plath's translations from the French reviewed by Alistair Elliot.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592526</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Anglo-Saxon England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lapidge, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Godden, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keynes, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>323</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the present volume, the two essays that frame the book provide exciting insight into the mental world of the Anglo-Saxons by showing on the one hand how they understood the processes of reading and assimilating knowledge and, on the other, how they conceived of time and the passage of the seasons. In the field of art history, two essays treat two of the best-known Anglo-Saxon manuscripts. The lavish symbol pages in the 'Book of Durrow' are shown to reflect a programmatic exposition of the meaning of Easter, and a posthumous essay by a distinguished art historian shows how the Anglo-Saxon illustrations added to the 'Galba Psalter' are best to be understood in the context of the programme of learning instituted by King Alfred. The usual comprehensive bibliography of the previous year's publications in all branches of Anglo-Saxon studies rounds off the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38515/cover/9780521038515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592534</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrodynamics of Solids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Optical Properties of Electrons in Matter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dressel, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gr&#252;ner, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors of this book present a thorough discussion of the optical properties of solids, with a focus on electron states and their response to electrodynamic fields. A review of the fundamental aspects of the propagation of electromagnetic fields, and their interaction with condensed matter, is given. This is followed by a discussion of the optical properties of metals, semiconductors, and collective states of solids such as superconductors. Theoretical concepts, measurement techniques and experimental results are covered in three interrelated sections. Well-established, mature fields are discussed (for example, classical metals and semiconductors) together with modern topics at the focus of current interest. The substantial reference list included will also prove to be a valuable resource for those interested in the electronic properties of solids. The book is intended for use by advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and researchers active in the fields of condensed matter physics, materials science and optical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92536/cover/9780521592536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592550</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Executive Decree Authority</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew Soberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When presidents or prime ministers make law by decree, are we witnessing the usurpation of legislative authority? The increased frequency of policy-making by decree, in older democracies as well as in the newer regimes of Latin America and the post-communist world, has generated concern that legislatures are being marginalized and thus that democratic institutions are not functioning. Professors Carey and Shugart suggest which elements of constitutional design should (and should not) foster reliance on decree authority. Individual chapters then bring the experiences of Argentina, Brazil, France, Italy, Peru, Russia, the United States, and Venezuela to bear on the theory. The book combines broadly comparative analysis with intensive case studies to provide a more thorough understanding of the scope of executive authority across countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92550/cover/9780521592550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592577</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landscape and Identity in Early Modern Rome</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Villa Culture at Frascati in the Borghese Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ehrlich, Tracy L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the early modern period, the villas of Frascati played a central role in Roman social politics. In the mid-sixteenth century, humanists and churchmen built villas on ancient ruins and pursued the ancient ideal of learned leisure, hoping to acquire an aura of virtue and sophistication associated with eminent Romans who had sojourned at Frascati in antiquity. New families penetrated Roman society and began to climb from the ranks of the ecclesiastical nobility into the secular aristocracy. In this study, Tracy Ehrlich analyses the Villa Mondragone, built by Pope Paul V Borghese in an effort to demonstrate how architecture, landscape and rituals of villeggiatura (villa life) were used to  forge a new identity as a Roman noble house. She also explores the relationship between landscape and identity and, in so doing, reevaluates the conventional privileging of the city over the countryside. This title has been awarded the Salimbeni Prize, Italy's top award for a book in the area of art history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030327</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592593</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592593</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Place Vend&#244;me</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Architecture and Social Mobility in Eighteenth-Century Paris</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziskin, Rochelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In The Place Vend&#244;me, Rochelle Ziskin explores the sociological foundations of domestic design in eighteenth-century France, the acknowledged leader of domestic architecture in this period. Focusing on the Place Vend&#244;me, which was developed by the financiers of Paris, she examines the representational strategies and dilemmas of French &#233;lites, which were crucial to the formation of a French mode of design. These strategies are illuminated through a study of the socially mobile households of financiers, with their evolving but ambiguous social status. Through analyses of social distinctions and ambitions, Ziskin explores the manner in which the dwellings of the Place Vend&#244;me embodied beliefs about the nature of society, the appropriate relations among social groups, as well as those between men and women, parents and children, and masters and domestics. This study also includes a wide range of illustrated material that is published here for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592607</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Modern Liberalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Patterson, Annabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Modern Liberalism rediscovers an important phase in the development of liberal thought. Despite the fact that 'liberalism' as a term was not applied to political thought or political parties in England until late in the eighteenth century, Annabel Patterson argues that its central ideas were formulated by seventeenth-century English writers in defiance of their society's norms, and then transmitted to the American colonies. The author is particularly concerned with the means and agents of transmission, with those who ensured that the liberal canon would be preserved, expanded, republished and dispersed; for example, the eighteenth-century philanthropist Thomas Hollis, among whose heroes were Milton, Marvell, Locke and Algernon Sidney. Framed by chapters on Hollis and Adams, this book shows what early modern liberals had in common and reopens the transatlantic conversation that began in the seventeenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92604/cover/9780521592604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592658</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592658</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Biology and Psychology of Moral Agency</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rottschaefer, William Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important book brings findings and theories in biology and psychology to bear on the fundamental question in ethics of what it means to behave morally. It explains how we acquire and put to work our capacities to act morally and how these capacities are reliable means to achieving true moral beliefs, proper moral motivations, and successful moral actions. By presenting a complete model of moral agency based on contemporary evolutionary theory, developmental biology and psychology, and social cognitive theory, the book offers a unique perspective. It will be read with profit by a broad swathe of philosophers, as well as psychologists and biologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92659/cover/9780521592659.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592666</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Self-Concern</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Experiential Approach to What Matters in Survival</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a major contribution to the philosophical literature on the nature of the self, personal identity and survival. Its distinctive methodology is one that is phenomenologically descriptive rather than metaphysical and normative. On the  basis of this approach Raymond Martin shows that the distinction between self and other is not nearly as fundamental a feature of our so-called egoistic values as has been traditionally thought. He explains how the belief in a self as a fixed, continuous point of observation enters into our experience of ourselves and the world. He also reveals the explosive implications this thesis has for recent debates over personal identity and what matters in survival. This is the first book of analytic philosophy directly on the phenomenology of identity and survival. It builds bridges between analytic and phenomenological traditions and, thus, to open up a new field of investigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92666/cover/9780521592666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592682</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592682</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592680</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Techniques for Complex Transport Phenomena</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592680</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shyy, Wei</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thakur, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ouyang, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liu, J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blosch, E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>333</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Complex fluid flows are encountered widely in nature, in living beings and in engineering practice. These flows often involve both geometric and dynamic complexity and present problems that are difficult to analyse because of their wide range of length and time scales, as well as their geometric configuration. This book describes some newly developed computational techniques and modelling strategies for analysing and predicting complex transport phenomena. It summarizes advances in the context of a pressure-based algorithm. Among methods discussed are discretization schemes for treating convection and pressure, parallel computing, multigrid methods, and composite, multiblock techniques. With respect to physical modelling, the book addresses issues of turbulence closure and multiscale, multiphase transport from an engineering viewpoint. Both fundamental and practical issues are considered, along with the relative merits of competing approaches. The final chapter is devoted to practical applications that illustrate the advantages of various numerical and physical tools. Numerous examples are given throughout the text. Mechanical, aerospace, chemical and materials engineers can use the techniques presented in this book to tackle important, practical problems more effectively.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/23603/cover/9780521023603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592703</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unfolding our Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592703</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicolson, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McLellan, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Unfolding Our Universe is a comprehensive and accessible introduction to astronomy. With a clear, crisp text and beautiful colour illustrations, it takes readers to the heart of the Universe - explaining the facts, concepts, methods and frontiers of astronomical science. The book can be read right through without referring to any mathematics. For the more ambitious reader, key points are developed in more detail and basic mathematics provided in self-contained boxes. A unique feature of Unfolding Our Universe is the careful balance it strikes between the basics of the subject and its frontiers. Step by step, it carefully assembles a complete understanding of astronomy. Full colour throughout and a very readable text make this book a delight for the casual reader to browse, while the clear and concise explanations will appeal to amateur astronomers, science teachers and college and university students seeking a no-nonsense introduction to astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92703/cover/9780521592703.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592747</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Making of Chaucer's English</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Words</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cannon, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>451</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Making of Chaucer's English undertakes a substantial reappraisal of the place Chaucer's English occupies in the history of the English language and the language of English literature. It attacks the widespread presumption that Chaucer invented literary English and argues instead that Chaucer's English is generally traditional. It shows that Chaucer's linguistic innovation was as much performance as fact, but it also traces the linguistic strategies that made (and make) the performance of 'originality' so believable. It also includes a valuable history of every word Chaucer uses. The book also interrogates the theory and methodology of historicising languages, so even as it explores how Chaucer's words matter, it also questions why these particular words have acquired such importance for poets and scholars alike for 600 years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92741/cover/9780521592741.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990419</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159278X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159278X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cauchy and the Creation of Complex Function Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smithies, Frank</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Between 1814 and 1831, the great French mathematician A. L. Cauchy created practically single-handedly a new branch of pure mathematics. Complex function theory was and remains of central importance, and its creation marked the start of one of the most exciting periods in the development of mathematics. In this book Dr Smithies analyses the process whereby Cauchy created the basic structure of complex analysis, describing first the eighteenth-century background before proceeding to examine the stages of Cauchy's own work, culminating in the proof of the residue theorem and his work on expansions in power series. Smithies describes how Cauchy overcame difficulties including false starts and contradictions brought about by over-ambitious assumptions, as well as the improvements that came about as the subject developed in Cauchy's hands. Controversies associated with the birth of complex function theory are described in detail. Throughout, new light is thrown on Cauchy's thinking during this watershed period. This book makes use of the whole spectrum of available original sources; it will be recognised as the authoritative work on the creation of complex function theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92789/cover/9780521592789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592801</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592801</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Native Americans</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evidence from Anthropological Genetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crawford, Michael H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Who are the Native Americans? When and how did they colonize the New World? What proportion of the biological variation in contemporary Amerindian populations was 'made in America' and what was brought from Siberia? This book is a unique synthesis of the genetic, archaeological and demographic evidence concerning the native peoples of the Americas, using case studies from contemporary Amerindian and Siberian indigenous groups to unravel the mysteries. It culminates in an examination of the devastating collision between European and Native American cultures following contact, and the legacy of increased incidence of chronic diseases that still accompanies the acculturation of native peoples today. This compelling account will be required reading for all those interested in the anthropology of Native Americans, past, present and future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92802/cover/9780521592802.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592828</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592828</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex, Gender and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, Tessa M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyatt, Susan Brin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is widely recognised that men and women in societies all over the world have very different experiences of sickness and health. This collection brings together biological and social anthropologists whose work illustrates how these sub-disciplines have approached the task of explaining such differences. We demonstrate that an understanding of science and culture, using the notions of biological 'sex' and socio-culturally constructed 'gender' are both essential for furthering analyses of men's and women's, boys' and girls' experiences of health and disease. We address the important topics of gender differences in parental care, cardiovascular disease, reproductive health and psychological illness, and look at how the medicalisation of women and their relative absence from models of population health might affect their experiences of preventative health measures. This book will be particularly useful for students on human sciences or anthropology courses, or anyone wishing to gain an interdisciplinary perspective on the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92826/cover/9780521592826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592860</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motor Learning and Synaptic Plasticity in the Cerebellum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cordo, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Curtis Calvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the involvement of the cerebellum in learning and remembering the ability to carry out motor tasks such as walking, riding a bicycle, and speaking. Processes of plasticity have been identified at the cellular level in the cerebellum that could underlie the learning of motor tasks but whether they actually have such a role is controversial. This book is unique in bringing together studies of plasticity at the cellular level with studies of plasticity or learning at the behavioral level and in attempting to build bridges between these two levels of discourse. The book will appeal to neuroscientists and physiologists interested in the neural control of movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English Garden and National Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Competing Styles of Garden Design, 1870-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Helmreich, Anne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the fierce debate on the styles and forms of garden design that took place in England c. 1870-1914. Focusing on the wild garden, the cottage garden, the formal garden and the synthesis of the formal and natural styles, Anne Helmreich argues that design principles and debates between designers including William Robinson, Reginald Blomfield, Gertrude Jekyll, and Edwin Lutyens, were indelibly shaped by the quest for a powerful English national identity. She demonstrates how 'Englishness' was purportedly expressed through the leading styles of garden design and why the garden was promoted as a symbol of national identity. A wide range of cultural practices and institutions, from garden treatises, popular journals, historic preservation organizations, art exhibitions, and two world's fairs, are investigated to reveal how the garden, as a physical artifact and as an idea, circulated widely to produce a unifying national image.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92932/cover/9780521592932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521592968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521592968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521592963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deliberative Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521592963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is sometimes assumed that voting is the central mechanism for political decision-making. The contributors to this volume focus on an alternative mechanism, that is decision by discussion or deliberation. The original contributions include case studies based on historical and current instances of deliberative democracy, normative discussion of the merits of deliberation compared to other models of collective decision-making, and studies of the conditions under which it tends to improve the quality of decisions. This volume is characterized by a realistic approach to the issue of deliberative democracy. Rather than assuming that deliberative democracy is always ideal, the authors critically probe its limits and weaknesses as well as its strengths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/92963/cover/9780521592963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aristocrats in Bourgeois Italy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Piedmontese Nobility, 1861-1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cardoza, Anthony L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a full account of the Italian nobility in the post-unification era. It challenges interpretations which have stressed the rapid fusion of old and new elites in Italy and the marginality of the nobility after 1861, and instead highlights the continuing economic strength, social power and political influence of Italy's most prominent regional aristocracy. In Piedmont, the nobles were able to develop more indirect forms of influence to satisfy their hunger for leadership based on something older than constitutions or electoral politics. They remained a largely separate group within local society, distinguished by their attachment to the values of lineage, military service, landownership, and social exclusivity. This aristocratic exclusivity and influence survived the agricultural depression of the nineteenth century, before succumbing finally to the devastating effects of World War I.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93038/cover/9780521593038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endurance in Suffering</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hebrews 12:1-13 in its Rhetorical, Religious, and Philosophical Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Croy, N. Clayton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hebrews 12: 1-13 portrays the suffering of the community to which it is addressed by means of two images: an athletic contest, and God's fatherly discipline. N. Clayton Croy provides a thorough exploration of the theme of suffering in the Jewish and Graeco-Roman traditions, and surveys the different interpretations of this passage which have been offered by Christian writers over the centuries. He argues that the concept of 'training' unites the passage, which presents Jesus as the supreme athlete, an agonistic exemplar for those running the race. These verses also support a non-punitive understanding of discipline, in which God's children undergo a positive process of education. The educative notion of paideia combines with images of athletic training to establish a call to faithful endurance rather than repentance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18913/cover/9780521018913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593106</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regulating Chemical Accumulation in the Environment</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Integration of Toxicology and Economics in Environmental Policy-making</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593106</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swanson, Timothy M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vighi, Marco</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The environment has become exposed to a range of damaging contaminants from a wide variety of sources. Regulation of and legislation against offending parties has frequently been hampered because of the difficulty of co-operation between disparate disciplines in the natural, social and political sciences. This volume forms the conclusion of five years' collaboration between toxicologists, economists and lawyers in the understanding and solution of the problem of accumulative chemicals. As well as a case study of the accumulation of pesticides in groundwater in one particular region (the European Union), the book forms a general study of the value of interdisciplinary approaches in environmental policy making. The volume will be a valuable resource for a broad group of academics and researchers in the area of environmental science and environmental policy. It will also form a useful supplementary reference text for courses in environmental policy, science, economics and toxicology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93106/cover/9780521593106.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593113</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wavelets in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593113</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>van den Berg, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book surveys the application of the recently developed technique of the wavelet transform to a wide range of physical fields, including astrophysics, turbulence, meteorology, plasma physics, atomic and solid state physics, multifractals occurring in physics, biophysics (in medicine and physiology) and mathematical physics. The wavelet transform can analyze scale-dependent characteristics of a signal (or image) locally, unlike the Fourier transform, and more flexibly than the windowed Fourier transform developed by Gabor fifty years ago. The continuous wavelet transform is used mostly for analysis, but the discrete wavelet transform allows very fast compression and transmission of data and speeds up numerical calculation, and is applied, for example, in the solution of partial differential equations in physics. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in many fields of physics, and to applied mathematicians and engineers interested in physical application.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33539/cover/9780521533539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159314X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159314X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593144</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Facts, Issues and Analyses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593144</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jepma, Catrinus J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munasinghe, Mohan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolin, Bert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is increasing scientific evidence to suggest that humans are gradually but certainly changing the Earth's climate. In an effort to prevent further damage to the fragile atmosphere, and with the belief that action is required now, the scientific community has been prolific in its dissemination of information on climate change. Inspired by the results of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change's Second Assessment Report, Jepma and Munasinghe set out to create a concise, practical, and compelling approach to climate change issues. They deftly explain the implications of global warming, and the risks involved in attempting to mitigate climate change. They look at how and where to start action, and what organization is needed to be able to implement the changes. This book represents a much needed synopsis of climate change and its real impacts on society. It will be an essential text for climate change researchers, policy analysts, university students studying the environment, and anyone with an interest in climate change issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93144/cover/9780521593144.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Nude in American Painting, 1950-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>267</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the years following Willem de Kooning's exhibition of the Woman paintings in 1953, a younger generation of American painters turned to the subject of the nude. Challenging received ideas concerning the proper course of modernist painting, these works reasserted one of the most important themes of twentieth-century visual culture: the body within representation. This study focuses on selected nudes by seven noted American painters, including Larry Rivers, Tom Wesselman, Sylvia Sleigh, and Joan Semmel, and examines the complex range of issues and ideas associated with the nude in  postwar American culture. In a period that witnessed the shaping of sexual liberation by the Kinsey reports, the publication of Playboy, and the feminist critique of sexism and identity, the nude, David McCarthy argues, served as an ideal subject for painting's engagement with the most important issues of its historical moment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93168/cover/9780521593168.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>205.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593190</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593190</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Mechanisms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analytical Approach to Social Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hedstr&#246;m, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swedberg, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advancement of social theory requires an analytical approach that systematically seeks to explicate the social mechanisms that generate and explain observed associations between events. These essays, written by prominent social scientists, advance criticisms of current trends in social theory and suggest alternative approaches. The mechanism approach calls attention to an intermediary level of analysis in between pure description and story-telling, on the one hand, and grand theorizing and universal social laws, on the other. For social theory to be of use for the working social scientist, it must attain a high level of precision and provide a toolbox from which middle range theories can be constructed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93199/cover/9780521593199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dignity of Resistance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women Residents' Activism in Chicago Public Housing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593205</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Roberta M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stall, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Dignity of Resistance chronicles the four decade history of Chicago's Wentworth Gardens public housing residents' grassroots activism. This comprehensive case study explores why and how these African-American women creatively and effectively engaged in organizing efforts to resist increasing government disinvestment in public housing and the threat of demolition. Roberta M. Feldman and Susan Stall, utilizing a multi-disciplinary lens, explore the complexity and resourcefulness of Wentworth women's grassroots, organizing the ways in which their identities as poor African-American women and mothers both circumscribe their lives and shape their resistance. Through the inspirational voices of the activists, Feldman and Stall challenge portrayals of public housing residents as passive, alienated victims of despair. We learn instead how women residents collectively have built a cohesive, vital community, cultivated outside technical assistance, organizational and institutional supports, and have attracted funding - all to support the local facilities, services and programs necessary for the everyday needs for survival, and ultimately to save their home from demolition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93205/cover/9780521593205.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593271</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593274</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rheumatic Diseases</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Immunological Mechanisms and Prospects for New Therapies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593274</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gaston, J. S. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative review volume provides a wide-ranging account of the immunological mechanisms that underlie many rheumatic diseases. Advances in our understanding of the immunopathology of diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and SLE, are paving the way for the development of effective and rational new therapies. This exciting prospect is an important stimulus for ground-breaking research into these diseases and the investigation of new therapeutic options. As the first book to focus exclusively on this burgeoning area of clinical research, this is an invaluable and contemporary account for all rheumatologists, clinical immunologists and those seeking to develop effective new therapies to combat rheumatic diseases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93274/cover/9780521593274.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593336</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American West. Visions and Revisions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593335</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a succinct survey of the numerous contributions to the history of the American west. In the past twenty-five years historians have created a 'New Western History', which has aimed to rewrite the 'Old Western History' created around the famous Turner thesis on the significance of the American Frontier. Focusing on five main themes, this study examines and discusses the dynamics and progress of recent scholarship. Consideration is given to issues of land use, the environment, race, ethnicity, gender, business and the development of communities. Synthesising prolific research, the book offers a clear and up-to-date review for all students of American history. A full bibliography is provided for more extended study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93335/cover/9780521593335.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593344</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Stage in Medieval and Renaissance England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dillon, Janette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the use of other languages, especially Latin, in medieval and Renaissance English drama. Until the medieval period Latin was regarded as the sacramental language of authority, but in the newly politicized linguistic arena of the late fourteenth century it became a symbol of the potential enemy from Rome. In this book Janette Dillon examines why, during the period 1400 to 1600, other languages increasingly invade English plays, and how their significance is illuminated by developments in Church and state, in particular the advancing Reformation and expanding English nationalism. In marked contrast to other related studies, Dillon focuses on drama as performance and employs a wide range of works, from the mystery cycles to The Spanish Tragedy, and finally Shakespeare.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93342/cover/9780521593342.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593352</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593359</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Semiotics in Information Systems Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593359</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Liu, Kecheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Semiotics, the science of signs, has long been recognised as an important discipline for understanding information and communications. Moreover it has found wide application in other areas of computer science, as it offers an effective insight into organisations and the computer systems that support them. An organisation may be viewed as a system of information and communication in which human actors, with the assistance of information technology, are able to process, represent, store and consume information. Computer systems that fit into an organisation and that support and enhance its performance and competitiveness, can be better delivered if semiotic principles are understood and applied. In this book semiotic methods are introduced and illustrated through three major case studies, which demonstrate how information systems can be developed to meet business requirements and support business objectives. It will appeal to academics, systems developers and analysts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93359/cover/9780521593359.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000710</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593387</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Divided Arsenal</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race and the American State During World War II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593380</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kryder, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Divided Arsenal compares the causes and effects of federal race policy during World War II in factories, the Army, and agriculture. While scholars such as Gunner Mydrdal have suggested that wars promote the salience of the nation's founding democratic and egalitarian ideals, two imperatives - the mobilization of industrial production and the maintenance of the New Deal Coalition - outweigh the goals of interracial reform. The history of industrial employment policies confirms the role of party and war-fighting concerns in the creation of the Fair Employment Practices Committee and the committee's investigative casework. While military racial policies were initially repressive, by spurring black soldier resistance they paradoxically facilitated steps toward desegregation by transforming the executive's calculation of military efficiency. Important similarities in the timing and quality of reform in the three fields indicate that war-fighting concerns affected policy outcomes despite variations in African-American political and economic opportunities in various sectors and sections.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93380/cover/9780521593380.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>95.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593403</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beowulf and Old Germanic Metre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593403</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Russom, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>247</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a clear and accessible account of early Germanic alliterative verse which explains how such verse was treated by the Beowulf poet. There are differences of poetic style between Beowulf and the otherwise similar verse of ancient Scandinavia and continental Europe. Such distinctions have intrigued scholars for over a century, but Russom is the first to provide a systematic explanation of Old English, Old Norse, Old Saxon, and Old High German alliterative metres. The system of alliterative rules described by Russom derives from ordinary language; the rules change with language over historical time, rather than persisting as arbitrary restrictions. Once the relations between language and metre are identified, it is possible to see how language change yielded the divergent metrical practices which gave each tradition its special character. Russom's results should interest scholars of Old English and related Germanic languages, as well as linguists and those concerned with poetic metre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/93095/cover/9780521093095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593417</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Treatment-Resistant Mood Disorders</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593410</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Amsterdam, Jay D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hornig, Mady</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nierenberg, Andrew A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While antidepressants have helped millions worldwide, a substantial proportion of patients fail to respond or remit. There is little published information available to clinicians for diagnosis and management of treatment-resistant depression, so they have had to make difficult decisions about treatment options with very limited data. The editors and their internationally distinguished team of contributors have set out to address this problem, giving a critical assessment of all aspects of treatment-resistant depression: causes, epidemiology, comorbidity, evaluation and treatment. This timely book will be invaluable to clinicians, neuroscientists, researchers and graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93410/cover/9780521593410.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010911</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>315.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159345X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159345X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bipartite Graphs and their Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593458</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asratian, Armen S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Denley, Tristan M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;ggkvist, Roland</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bipartite graphs are perhaps the most basic of objects in graph theory, both from a theoretical and practical point of view. However, sometimes they have been considered only as a special class in some wider context. This book deals solely with bipartite graphs. Together with traditional material, the reader will also find many unusual results. Essentially all proofs are given in full; many of these have been streamlined specifically for this text. Numerous exercises of all standards have also been included. The theory is illustrated with many applications especially to problems in timetabling, chemistry, communication networks and computer science. For the most part the material is accessible to any reader with a graduate understanding of mathematics. However, the book contains advanced sections requiring much more specialized knowledge, which will be of interest to specialists in combinatorics and graph theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93458/cover/9780521593458.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980713</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593492</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593492</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593496</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crystal-Field Engineering of Solid-State Laser Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593496</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Henderson, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bartram, Ralph H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the underlying science and design of laser materials. It emphasizes the principles of crystal-field engineering and discusses the basic physical concepts that determine laser gain and nonlinear frequency conversion in optical crystals. A concise review of the essential underlying science is presented, and the predictive capabilities of crystal-field engineering are developed to show how modification of the symmetry and composition of optical centres can improve laser performance. Applications of the principles of crystal-field engineering to a variety of optical crystals are also discussed in relation to the performances of laser devices. This book will be of considerable interest to physical, chemical and material scientists and to engineers involved in the science and technology of solid state lasers. It will be used by senior undergraduate and postgraduate students as well as by established scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18012/cover/9780521018012.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593522</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593522</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Equilibrium and Rationality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Game Theory Revised by Decision Rules</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weirich, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents a major contribution to game theory. It offers this conception of equilibrium in games: strategic equilibrium. This conception arises from a study of expected utility decision principles, which must be revised to take account of the evidence a choice provides concerning its outcome. The argument for these principles distinguishes reasons for action from incentives, and draws on contemporary analyses of counterfactual conditionals. The book also includes a procedure for identifying strategic equilibria in ideal normal-form games. In synthesizing decision theory and game theory in a powerful way this book will be of particular interest to all philosophers concerned with decision theory and game theory as well as economists and other social scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38027/cover/9780521038027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593557</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593557</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ceremony and Community from Herbert to Milton</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Religion and Cultural Conflict in Seventeenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593557</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guibbory, Achsah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the relationship between literature and religious conflict in seventeenth-century England, showing how literary texts grew out of and addressed the contemporary controversy over ceremonial worship. Examining the meaning and function of religion in seventeenth-century England, the book shows that the conflicts over religious ceremony which were central to the English Revolution had broad cultural significance; they involved not only conflicting attitudes towards art and the body, but a clash between different ways of constructing social relations, human identity, and the relation of the Protestant present to the Jewish, pagan and Catholic past. Achsah Guibbory's readings of Herbert, Herrick, Browne, Donne and Milton explain how their writings show what was at stake in the conflict over ceremonial worship, and how different ideas of community turned on that conflict.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93557/cover/9780521593557.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowerman, Melissa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levinson, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have seen a revolution in our knowledge of how children learn to think and speak. In this volume, leading scholars from these rapidly evolving fields of research examine the relationship between child language acquisition and cognitive development. At first sight, advances in the two areas seem to have moved in opposing directions: the study of language acquisition has been especially concerned with diversity, explaining how children learn languages of widely different types, while the study of cognitive development has focused on uniformity, clarifying how children build on fundamental, presumably universal concepts. This book brings these two vital strands of investigation into close dialogue, suggesting a synthesis in which the process of language acquisition may interact with early cognitive development. It provides empirical contributions based on a variety of languages, populations and ages, and theoretical discussions that cut across the disciplines of psychology, linguistics and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96596/cover/9780521596596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593638</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593632</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Music in Seventeenth-Century England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593632</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McColley, Diane Kelsey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the relationship between the poetic language of Donne, Herbert, Milton and other British poets, and the choral music and part-songs of composers including Tallis, Byrd, Gibbons, Weelkes and Tomkins. The seventeenth century was the time in English literary history when music was most consciously linked to words, and when the mingling of Renaissance and 'new' philosophy opened new discovery routes for the interpretation of art. McColley offers close readings of poems and the musical settings of analogous texts, and discusses the philosophy, performance, and disputed political and ecclesiastical implications of polyphony. She also enters into the discourse about the nature of language, relating poets' use of language and composers' use of music to larger questions concerning the arts, politics and theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/36290/cover/9780521036290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593670</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593670</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demography in Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593670</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chamberlain, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demography in Archaeology is a review of current theory and method in the reconstruction of populations from archaeological data. Starting with a summary of demographic concepts and methods, the book examines historical and ethnographic sources of demographic evidence before addressing the methods by which reliable demographic estimates can be made from skeletal remains, settlement evidence and modern and ancient biomolecules. Recent debates in palaeodemography are evaluated, new statistical methods for palaeodemographic reconstruction are explained, and the notion that past demographic structures and processes were substantially different from those pertaining today is critiqued. The book covers a wide span of evidence, from the evolutionary background of human demography to the influence of natural and human-induced catastrophes on population growth and survival. This is essential reading for any archaeologist or anthropologist with an interest in relating the results of field and laboratory studies to broader questions of population structure and dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93670/cover/9780521593670.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593743</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593743</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593748</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Voices of the Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women and Public Speech in Nineteenth-Century American Literature and Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593748</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levander, Caroline Field</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the nineteenth century, American fiction displayed a fascination with women's speech - describing how women's voices sound, what happens when women speak and what reactions their speech produces, especially in their male listeners. Voices of the Nation argues that closer inspection of these recurring descriptions also performed political work that has had a profound - though unspecified to date - impact on American culture. Commentaries on the female voice were propounded by writers such as Henry James, William Dean Howells and Noah Webster, and these texts played a central role in attempts to define and enforce the radical social changes instituted by the emerging bourgeoisie.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93748/cover/9780521593748.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159376X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159376X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593762</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Citizens and Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from Political Psychology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593762</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuklinski, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Citizens and Politics: Perspectives from Political Psychology brings together some of the research on citizen decision making. It addresses the questions of citizen political competence from different political psychology perspectives. Some of the authors in this volume look to affect and emotions to determine how people reach political judgements, others to human cognition and reasoning. Still others focus on perceptions or basic political attitudes such as political ideology. Several demonstrate the impact of values on policy preferences. The collection features chapters from some of the most talented political scientists in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93762/cover/9780521593762.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593779</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Political Psychology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593779</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuklinski, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, political psychologists take a hard look at political psychology. They pose and then address, the kinds of tough questions that those outside the field would be inclined to ask and those inside should be able to answer satisfactorily. Not everyone will agree with the answers the authors provide and in some cases, the best an author can do is offer well-grounded speculations. Nonetheless, the chapters raise questions that will lead to an improved political psychology and will generate further discussion and research in the field. The individual chapters are organised around four themes. Part I tries to define political psychology and provides an overview of the field. Part II raises questions about theory and empirical methods in political psychology. Part III contains arguments ranging from the position that the field is too heavily psychological to the view that it is not psychological enough. Part IV considers how political psychologists might best connect individual-level mental processes to aggregate outcomes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93779/cover/9780521593779.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593794</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593794</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introductory Muon Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593793</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nagamine, Kanetada</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Muons are unstable elementary particles that are found in space, which can also be produced in particle accelerators to an intensity a billion times greater than that occurring naturally. This book describes the various applications of muons across the spectrum of the sciences and engineering. Scientific research using muons relies both on their basic properties as well as the microscopic interaction between them and surrounding particles such as nuclei, electrons, atoms and molecules. Examples of research that can be carried out using muons include muon catalysis for nuclear fusion, the application of muon spin probes to study microscopic magnetic properties of advanced materials, electron labelling to help in the understanding of electron transfer in proteins, and non-destructive element analysis of the human body. Cosmic ray muons can also be used to study the inner structure of volcanoes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93793/cover/9780521593793.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20031127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593808</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593809</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hemochromatosis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Genetics, Pathophysiology, Diagnosis and Treatment</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593809</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barton, James C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Corwin Q.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Once thought rare, hemochromatosis is now acknowledged as one of the commonest inherited disorders, affecting one in two hundred people of western Caucasian descent. It is estimated to affect over one million people in the USA alone. This is the most comprehensive clinical reference yet on hemochromatosis. The international author team includes specialists in internal medicine, hematology, hepatology, genetics, biochemistry and molecular biology, and the contents cover all aspects of pathophysiology, epidemiology, diagnosis and treatment. The latest developments in the genetics of the disorder are well explained, and there are sections on screening, diagnostic techniques, and clinical complications. Social and ethical issues are also considered. Highly illustrated, up-to-date and authoritative, this is the definitive resource for all clinicians involved in the management of hemochromatosis, and will also be invaluable to scientists interested in iron metabolism and iron overload.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93809/cover/9780521593809.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>570.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593859</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593854</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society in Time and Space</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Geographical Perspective on Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593854</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodgshon, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Society in Time and Space is an important and innovative book which offers a geographical perspective on societal change, and sets out to show how understanding the geography of such change enables us to appreciate better the basic processes involved. Robert Dodgshon argues that, as a first step, we need to clarify the circumstances under which society becomes inertial and finds change difficult. Using a range of historical and contemporary examples, he shows that society's use of space is a powerful source of this inertia. Different sources of geographical inertia are explored, including society's symbolization and organizational structuring of space, together with its capitalization of landscape. Building on this mapping of inertia, Professor Dodgshon shows how society has long steered radical change around such spaces. Society in Time and Space will be of interest not only to geographers but also to historians and social theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593905</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Society since 1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593908</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is a large scale, collaborative, multi-volume history of Latin America during the five centuries from the first contacts between Europeans and the native peoples of the Americas in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present. Latin America: Politics and Society since 1930 consists of chapters from Part 2 of Volume VI of The Cambridge History that provide a thorough account of political movements in Latin America. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93908/cover/9780521593908.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159393X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159393X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593939</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy and Society since 1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593939</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is a large scale, collaborative, multi-volume history of Latin America during the five centuries from the first contacts between Europeans and the native peoples of the Americas in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present. Latin America: Economy and Society since 1930 brings together chapters from Parts 1 and 2 of Volume VI of The Cambridge History to provide a complete survey of the Latin American economies since 1930. This, it is hoped, will be useful for both teachers and students of Latin American history and of contemporary Latin America. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93939/cover/9780521593939.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Substance and Individuation in Leibniz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cover, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Leary-Hawthorne, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a sustained re-evaluation of the most central and perplexing themes of Leibniz's metaphysics. In contrast to traditional assessments that view the metaphysics in terms of its place among post-Cartesian theories of the world, Jan Cover and John O'Leary-Hawthorne examine the question of how the scholastic themes which were Leibniz's inheritance figure - and are refigured - in his mature account of substance and individuation. From this emerges a sometimes surprising assessment of Leibniz's views on modality, the Identity of Indiscernibles, form as an internal law, and the complete-concept doctrine. As a rigorous philosophical treatment of a still-influential mediary between scholastic and modern metaphysics, this study will be of interest to historians of philosophy and contemporary metaphysicians alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93946/cover/9780521593946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Onset of Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Masataka, Nobuo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Onset of Language outlines an approach to the development of expressive and communicative behaviour from early infancy to the onset of single word utterances. Nobuo Masataka's research is rooted in ethology and dynamic action theory. He argues that expressive and communicative actions are organized as a complex and cooperative system with other elements of the infant's physiology, behaviour and the social environments. Overall, humans are provided with a finite set of specific behaviour patterns, each of which is phylogenetically inherited as a primate species. However, the patterns are uniquely organized during ontogeny and a coordinated structure emerges which eventually leads us to acquire language. This fascinating book offers exciting insights into the precursors of speech and will be of interest to researchers and students of psychology, linguistics and animal behaviour biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/93960/cover/9780521593960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521593999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521593999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521593991</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endocrine Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521593991</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bidey, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handy reference handbook describes the fundamental principles and procedures underlying the successful isolation of viable, functionally-intact cells from mammalian endocrine tissues, and their maintenance as primary cultures. The cell types selected for coverage illustrate the diversity of endocrine tissues from which cells have been isolated, and the range of procedures which have been devised to ensure the optimal survival and behaviour of each cell type under study. Particular emphasis has been placed on the provision of detailed protocols describing, step by step, the manipulations necessary to establish differentiated and responsive cultures. The chapters have been prepared by authors having direct practical experience of the cell type concerned, and the reader is therefore provided with first-hand accounts on the background to each procedure, the avoidance of potential problems and pitfalls, and the fundamental questions in endocrinology which may be addressed using each cell culture model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Antiquity and its Interpreters</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Payne, Alina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kuttner, Ann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smick, Rebekah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Antiquity and its Interpreters examines how the physical and textual remains of the ancient Romans were viewed and received by writers, artists, and cultural makers of early modern Italy. This volume reconsiders the complex relationship between the two cultures, in light of recent scholarship in the field a new appreciation and awareness of the act of history writing itself. The case studies analyze specific texts, the archaeological projects that made 'antiquity' available, the revival of art history and theory, and the appropriation of antiquities to serve social ideologies, among other topics. Demonstrating that the antique model was itself an artful contruct, Antiquity and its Interpretors shows that the originality of Renaissance culture owed as much to ignorance about antiquity as to an understanding of it. It also provides a synthesis of seminal work that recognizes the reciprocal relationship of the Renaissance to Antiquity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94004/cover/9780521594004.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Time of Silence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Civil War and the Culture of Repression in Franco's Spain, 1936-1945</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richards, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The years 1936-1945 in Spain saw catastrophic civil war followed by fierce repression and economic misery. Families were torn apart and social relations were disrupted by death, exile and defeat. Society became traumatized so deeply that people avoided talking openly of these years for decades. This study attempts to show how the Civil War was understood and absorbed, particularly by those who could claim themselves as 'the victors', during and in the immediate aftermath of the conflict. It does so by exploring the interchanges between violence, ideas and economics during a period in which liberalism was seen as foreign contagion that infected carriers of impurities such as freemasons, regional nationalists, the working class, non-Catholics and women. This was the context of the internal colonization that confirmed Franco's victory, concentrated economic power, and left executions and starvation in its wake.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94011/cover/9780521594011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594022</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594022</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594028</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Questioning Misfortune</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pragmatics of Uncertainty in Eastern Uganda</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594028</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whyte, Susan Reynolds</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the most interesting new ethnographies of experience are concerned to highlight the indeterminate nature of life. Questioning Misfortune is very much within this tradition. Based on a long-term study of adversity and its social causes in Bunyole, eastern Uganda, it considers the way in which people deal with uncertainties of life, such as sickness, suffering, marital problems, failure, and death. Divination may identify causes of misfortune, ranging from ancestors and spirits to sorcerers. Sufferers and their families will then try out a variety of remedial measures, including pharmaceuticals, sorcery antidotes, and sacrifices. But remedies often fail, and doubt and uncertainty persist. Even the recent commercialisation of biomedicine, and the peril of AIDS can be understood in terms of a pragmatics of uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95582/cover/9780521595582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>God and Gold in Late Antiquity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594035</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janes, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>225</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the conversion of the emperor Constantine in the early fourth century, vast sums of money were spent on the building and sumptuous decoration of churches. The resulting works of art contain many of the greatest monuments of late antique and early medieval society. But how did such expenditure fit with Christ's message of poverty and simplicity? In attempting to answer that question, this study employs modern theories on the use of metaphor to show how physical beauty could stand for spiritual excellence. As well as explaining the evolving attitudes to sanctity, decorum and display in Roman and medieval society, detailed analysis is made of case studies of Latin biblical exegesis and gold-ground mosaics so as to counterpoint the contemporary use of gold as a Christian image in art and text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980420</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594059</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Bodies and the Body Politic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Discourses of Social Pathology in Early Modern England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594059</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Jonathan Gil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jonathan Gil Harris examines the origins of modern discourses of social pathology in Elizabethan and Jacobean medical and political writing. Plays, pamphlets and political treatises of this period display an increasingly xenophobic tendency to attribute England's ills to 'foreign bodies' such as Jews, Catholics and witches, as well as treat their allegedly 'poisonous' features for the health of the body politic. Harris argues that this tendency resonates with two of the distinctive paradigms of Paracelsus' pharmacy which also includes the notion that poison has a medicinal power. The emergence of these paradigms in early modern English political thought signals a decisive shift from Galenic humoral tradition towards twentieth-century politico-medical discourses of 'infection' and 'containment', which, like their early modern predecessors, make mysterious the domestic origins of social conflict and the operations of political authority.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94059/cover/9780521594059.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594080</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Urban Achievement in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Golden Ages in Antwerp, Amsterdam and London</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594080</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Brien, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keene, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>'t Hart, Marjolein</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wee, Herman van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative work in comparative urban history explores why outstanding achievements in material and intellectual culture in early modern Europe tended to cluster in certain maritime cities. Patrick O'Brien and his co-editors have assembled a team of eighteen distinguished historians from Belgium, the Netherlands, Britain and North America, who have collaborated to make detailed comparisons of economic, architectural, artistic, publishing and scientific achievements in three renowned mercantile and imperial cities during their golden ages: Antwerp (c. 1492-1585), Amsterdam (c. 1585-1659) and London (c. 1660-1730). The book examines growth and fluctuations in the fortunes of all three cities in the context of  broader trends in the growing urbanization of Europe's populations, cultures, societies and economies. The study is located in the histories of politics, warfare and culture in early modern Europe and offers fascinating insights to scholars and students of economic, social and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94080/cover/9780521594080.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010702</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159412X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159412X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Indonesian Labour in Transition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An East Asian Success Story?</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manning, Chris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book deals with the transformation of labour markets in Indonesia over thirty years of New Order government under President Soeharto. It traces the impact of rapid economic growth on employment, wages and labour productivity in an initially poor labour surplus economy. Key elements of the process include a growing industrial and informal sector work force, rising labour incomes, increasing mobility of rural labour, regional integration and greater female participation in the economy. Challenges include high rates of urban unemployment, dissatisfaction with tight controls imposed on industrial workers and rising aspirations created by sharp increases in minimum wages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980601</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of Programming Languages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594141</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in 1998, this textbook is a broad but rigourous survey of the theoretical basis for the design, definition and implementation of programming languages and of systems for specifying and proving programme behaviour. Both imperative and functional programming are covered, as well as the ways of integrating these aspects into more general languages. Recognising a unity of technique beneath the diversity of research in programming languages, the author presents an integrated treatment of the basic principles of the subject. He identifies the relatively small number of concepts, such as compositional semantics, binding structure, domains, transition systems and inference rules, that serve as the foundation of the field. Assuming only knowledge of elementary programming and mathematics, this text is perfect for advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate courses in programming language theory and also will appeal to researchers and professionals in designing or implementing computer languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94141/cover/9780521594141.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594154</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594158</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>U.S. Television News and Cold War Propaganda, 1947-1960</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594158</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernhard, Nancy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Television news and the Cold War grew simultaneously in the years following World War II, and their history is deeply intertwined. In order to guarantee sufficient resolve in the American public for a long term arms buildup, defense and security officials turned to the television networks. In need of access to official film and newsmakers to build themselves into serious news organizations, and anxious to prove their loyalty in the age of blacklisting, the network news divisions acted as unofficial state propagandists. They aired programs produced, scripted, and approved by the White House and the Departments of State and Defense as news and public affairs programs. Based on extensive primary research, this book makes a strong and compelling argument for collaboration between US television networks and government during the early years of the medium, and demonstrates how the Cold War was effectively 'sold' to the American public.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94158/cover/9780521594158.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594162</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594162</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594165</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Fluid Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594165</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chung, T. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1036</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Increasingly, computational fluid dynamics (CFD) techniques are being used to study and solve complex fluid flow and heat transfer problems. This comprehensive book ranges from elementary concepts for the beginner to state-of-the-art CFD for the practitioner. It begins with CFD preliminaries, in which the basic principles of finite difference (FD), finite element (FE), and finite volume (FV) methods are discussed and illustrated through examples, with step-by-step hand calculations. Then, FD and FE methods respectively are covered, including both historical developments and recent contributions. The next section is devoted to structured and unstructured grids, adaptive methods, computing techniques, and parallel processing. Finally, the author describes a variety of practical applications to problems in turbulence, reacting flows and combustion, acoustics, combined mode radiative heat transfer, multiphase flows, electromagnetic fields, and relativistic astrophysical flows. Students and practitioners - particularly in mechanical, aerospace, chemical, and civil engineering - will use this authoritative text to learn about and apply numerical techniques to the solution of fluid dynamics problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94165/cover/9780521594165.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020710</PublicationDate>

<RelatedProduct>

<RelationCode>05</RelationCode>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521769693</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

</RelatedProduct>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594219</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594219</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus und der T&#228;ufer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Schl&#252;ssel zur Theologie und Ethik des Lukas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594219</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>B&#246;hlemann, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>393</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This German language title presents a new interpretation of Luke's theology and ethics. The author demonstrates how Luke develops his theological agenda by contrasting the teaching of Jesus with that of John the Baptist. B&#246;hlemann shows that the confrontation with the followers of John the Baptist runs through the whole of Luke's Gospel and through The Acts of the Apostles. By taking up and modifying the themes of John's preaching, Luke develops his own theology of liberation which distinguishes him from John's followers and with which he seeks to win them for the Gospel of Jesus Christ. John and his followers preached with threats of judgement while Jesus is depicted as a forgiving pastoral leader - the good shepherd. This new interpretation of the Lukan works reveals a narrative theology of great systematic consistency.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/18920/cover/9780521018920.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594235</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Islam and Postcolonial Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Erickson, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Islam and Postcolonial Narrative, John Erickson examines four major authors from the 'third world' - Assia Djebar, Adelkebir Khatibi, Tahar ben Jelloun and Salman Rushdie - all of whom have engaged in a critique of the relationship between Islam and the West. Erickson analyses the narrative strategies they deploy to explore the encounter between Western and Islamic values and reveals their use of the cultural resources of Islam, as well as their intertextual exchanges with other third-world writers. Erickson argues against any homogenising mode of writing labelled 'postcolonial' and any view of Islamic and Western discourses as monolithic or totalising. He reveals the way these writers valorise expansiveness, polyvalence and indeterminacy as part of an attempt to represent the views of individuals and groups that live on the cultural and political margins of society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94233/cover/9780521594233.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594251</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594251</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Redefining the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Privatization and Welfare Reform in Industrial and Transitional Economies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spulber, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Redefining the State examines in historical perspective the changes of the role of the state with regard to public ownership and the scope of welfare in the main industrial and transitional economies. These changes have given rise to illuminating debates on the state's size, range, and function, and have involved important transformations concerning the boundaries between the public and private sector, the forms and extent of privatization, and the nature and content of public welfare. These debates and transformations are of critical importance to understanding the actual and potential scope of the state in any economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94257/cover/9780521594257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594278</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594278</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Queen's Men and their Plays</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMillin, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacLean, Sally-Beth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to the Queen's Men, one of the major acting companies of the age of Shakespeare. In describing the troupe's position in the general political situation and the London theatre scene of the 1580s, the authors break new ground by showing how Elizabethan theatre history can be refocused by concentrating on the company which produced the plays rather than on the authors who wrote them. The book combines a thorough examination of documentary evidence with textual and critical analysis, to provide a full account of the characteristics which gave the company its identity: its acting style, staging methods, touring patterns and repertoire. The conclusions will interest Elizabethan historians as well as students and scholars of early modern theatre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94271/cover/9780521594271.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594308</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594308</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Sociology of Dying and Bereavement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seale, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A basic motivation for social and cultural life is the problem of death. By analysing the experiences of dying and bereaved people, as well as institutional responses to death, Clive Seale shows its importance for understanding the place of embodiment in social life. He draws on a comprehensive review of sociological, anthropological and historical studies, including his own research, to demonstrate the great variability that exists in human social constructions for managing mortality. Far from living in a 'death denying' society, dying and bereaved people in contemporary culture are often able to assert membership of an imagined community, through the narrative reconstruction of personal biography, drawing on a variety of cultural scripts emanating from medicine, psychology, the media and other sources. These insights are used to argue that the maintenance of the human social bond in the face of death is a continual resurrective practice, permeating everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94301/cover/9780521594301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594316</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594316</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Universities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studium Generale and the Origins of University Education in Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Olaf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>North, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a general study of the development of higher education in Europe from antiquity until the end of the Middle Ages, set against a background of the social and political history of the period. It shows how the slender traditions of ancient learning, kept alive in the monastic and cathedral schools, was enriched by an enormous influx of knowledge from the Islamic world and how in consequence the schools developed into universities. These early institutions are examined from a variety of points of view, as institutions, as places where ideas spread and as points of interaction with local and national authority. Special attention is paid to early intellectual history and to the scientific disciplines and to the everyday life of the students and their teachers. The book is intended as a broad introduction to the subject for students of the history of education, but it will also attract general readers with only a slight knowledge of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94318/cover/9780521594318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594332</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice of Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rhetoric, Knowledge, and Pedagogy in the Academy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernard-Donals, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though theory has become a common language in the humanities in recent years, the relation between theoretical speculation and its practical application has yet to be fully addressed. In The Practice of Theory, Michael Bernard-Donals examines the connection between theory and pedagogy at the level of practice. He asks how such a practice works not only to change the way we read and speak with one another, but also the conditions in which these activities become possible. Bernard-Donals argues that the most sophisticated practice linking pedagogy to theory is rhetoric, but the version of this tradition in thinkers like Rorty and Fish is never broad enough. The conception of rhetoric he proposes instead is linked to other human and natural sciences. The practice of theory investigates the degree to which a materialistic rhetoric can reinvigorate the link between theory, teaching and practice, and offers a sustained reflection on the production of knowledge across a broad range of contemporary disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94332/cover/9780521594332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594340</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>WX</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of African and Caribbean Literature Two Volume Hardback Set</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Irele, F. Abiola</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gikandi, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>954</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This history offers new perspectives on African and Caribbean literature. It provides the general coverage and specific information expected of a major history. Chapters address the literature itself, the practices and conditions of its composition, and its complex relationship with African social and geopolitical history. The book provides an account of the entire body of productions that can be considered to comprise the field of African literature, defined both by imaginative expression in Africa itself and the black diaspora. The book accounts for the specific historical and cultural context in which this expression has been manifested in African and the Caribbean: the formal particularities of the literary corpus, both oral and written, that can be ascribed to the two areas, and the diversity of material and texts covered by the representative works. This magisterial history of African literature is an essential resource for specialists and students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94349/cover/9780521594349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040503</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>280.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594367</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of the Stuart Court Masque</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bevington, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holbrook, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book takes an alternative look at the courtly masque in early seventeenth-century England. For a generation, the masque has been a favourite topic of New Historicism, because it has been seen as part of the process by which artistic works interact with politics, both shaping and reflecting the political life of a nation. These exciting essays move importantly beyond a monolithic view of culture and power in the production of masques, to one in which rival factions at the courts of James I and of Charles I represent their clash of viewpoints through dancing and spectacle. All aspects of the masque are considered, from written text and political context to music, stage picture and dance. The essays, written by distinguished scholars from around the world, present an interdisciplinary approach, with experts on dance, music, visual spectacle and politics all addressing the masque from the point of view of their speciality.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94363/cover/9780521594363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594499</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution of Herbivory in Terrestrial Vertebrates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Perspectives from the Fossil Record</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594493</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sues, Hans-Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although herbivory probably first appeared over 300 million years ago, it only became established as a common feeding strategy during Late Permian times. Subsequently, herbivory evolved in numerous lineages of terrestrial vertebrates, and the acquisition of this mode of feeding was frequently associated with considerable evolutionary diversification in those lineages. This book represents the first comprehensive overview of the evolution of herbivory in land-dwelling amniote tetrapods in recent years. In Evolution of Herbivory in Terrestrial Vertebrates leading experts review the structural adaptations for, and the evolutionary history of, feeding on plants in the major groups of land-dwelling vertebrates, especially dinosaurs and ungulate mammals. As such it will be the definitive reference source on this topic for evolutionary biologists and vertebrate paleontologists alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21197/cover/9780521021197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594502</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594502</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594509</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Violence in American Schools</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A New Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594509</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elliott, Delbert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamburg, Beatrix A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Kirk R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, experts from a range of disciplines use a variety of perspectives, notably those of public health, criminology, ecology, and developmental psychology, to review the latest research on the causes of youth violence in the nation's schools and communities and on school-based interventions that have prevented or reduced it. They describe and evaluate strategies for the prevention and treatment of violence that go beyond punishment and incarceration. The volume offers a new strategy for the problem of youth violence, arguing that the most effective interventions use a comprehensive, multi-disciplinary approach and take into account differences in stages of individual development and involvement in overlapping social contexts, families, peer groups, schools and neighborhoods. This book can be used profitably by school teachers and administrators, scholars, policy makers, and those who work with young people at risk, as well as by the general reader who is concerned with current social problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94509/cover/9780521594509.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990329</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594510</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applied Latent Class Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594516</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hagenaars, Jacques A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCutcheon, Allan L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Applied Latent Class Analysis introduces several innovations in latent class analysis to a wider audience of researchers. Many of the world's leading innovators in the field of latent class analysis contributed essays to this volume, each presenting a key innovation to the basic latent class model and illustrating how it can prove useful in situations typically encountered in actual research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94516/cover/9780521594516.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complicity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics and Law for a Collective Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kutz, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We live in a morally flawed world. Our lives are complicated by what other people do, and by the harms that flow from our social, economic and political institutions. Our relations as individuals to these collective harms constitute the domain of complicity. This book examines the relationship between collective responsibility and individual guilt. It presents a rigorous philosophical account of the nature of our relations to the social groups in which we participate, and uses that account in a discussion of contemporary moral theory. Christopher Kutz shows that the two prevailing theories of moral philosophy, Kantianism and consequentialism, both have difficulties resolving problems of complicity. He then argues for a richer theory of accountability in which any real understanding of collective action not only allows but demands individual responsibility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94523/cover/9780521594523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Plant Pathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holliday, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive dictionary provides an essential reference for plant pathologists and agriculturalists at all levels, listing the authoritative names of all major plant pathogens and also many minor ones. The pathogens, which include fungi from over 500 genera, 800 viruses, bacteria, mollicutes, nematodes and viriods, are briefly described and supporting references given. Entries are also given for names of diseases and disorders, crops and their pathology, fungicides, taxonomic groups, terminology, toxins, vectors and past plant pathologists. In total, over 11,000 entries provide a wide-ranging resource for all those working in the discipline. In this new edition over 3000 entries have been added and many existing entries updated and expanded. In addition, common disease names such as 'blight' and 'canker' are now more conveniently included under the relevant crop.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94530/cover/9780521594530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>255.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594547</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romance of the New World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and the Literary Formations of English Colonialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594547</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linton, Joan Pong</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the lively interplay between popular romances and colonial narratives during a crucial period when the values of a redefined patriarchy converged with the motives of an expansionist economy. Joan Pong Linton argues that the emergent romance figure of the husband (subsuming the roles of soldier and merchant) embodies the ideal of productive masculinity with which Englishmen defined their identity in America, justifying their activities of piracy, trade and settlement. At the same time, colonial narratives, in putting this masculinity to the test, often contradict and raise doubts about the ideal, and these doubts prompt individual romances to a self-conscious reflection on English cultural assumptions and colonial motives. Hence colonial experience reveals not just the 'romance of empire' but also the impact of the New World on English identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94547/cover/9780521594547.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594554</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State and Society in the Early Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Middle Rhine Valley, 400-1000</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594554</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Innes, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a pioneering study of politics and society in the early Middle Ages. Whereas it is widely believed that the source materials for early medieval Europe are too sparse to allow sustained study of the workings of social and political relationships on the ground, this book focuses on a uniquely well-documented area to investigate the basis of power. Topics covered include the foundation of monasteries, their relationship with the laity, and their role as social centres; the significance of urbanism; the control of land, the development of property rights and the organization of states; community, kinship and lordship; justice and dispute settlement; the uses of the written word; violence and the feud; and the development of political structures from the Roman empire to the high Middle Ages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94554/cover/9780521594554.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Clock of Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Why We Age, How We Age, Winding Back the Clock</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594561</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Medina, John J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Anyone who has watched a wrinkle slowly gouge their face like a strip mine, or has been disturbed by a loss of memory, has uncomfortably confronted the human ageing process. The inexorable march of time on our bodies begs an important question: why do we have to grow old? Written in everyday language, The Clock of Ages takes us on a tour of the ageing human body - all from a research scientist's point of view. From the deliberate creation of organisms that live three times their natural span to the isolation of human genes that may allow us to do the same, The Clock of Ages also examines the latest discoveries in geriatric genetics. Sprinkled throughout the pages are descriptions of the aging of many historical figures, such as Florence Nightingale, Jane Austen, Bonaparte and Casanova. These stories underscore the common bond that unites us all: they aged, even as we do. The Clock of Ages tells you why.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94561/cover/9780521594561.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159457X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159457X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Romance of the New World</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Gender and the Literary Formations of English Colonialism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594578</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Linton, Joan Pong</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies the lively interplay between popular romances and colonial narratives during a crucial period when the values of a redefined patriarchy converged with the motives of an expansionist economy. Joan Pong Linton argues that the emergent romance figure of the husband (subsuming the roles of soldier and merchant) embodies the ideal of productive masculinity with which Englishmen defined their identity in America, justifying their activities of piracy, trade and settlement. At the same time, colonial narratives, in putting this masculinity to the test, often contradict and raise doubts about the ideal, and these doubts prompt individual romances to a self-conscious reflection on English cultural assumptions and colonial motives. Hence colonial experience reveals not just the 'romance of empire' but also the impact of the New World on English identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94578/cover/9780521594578.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Dictionary of Plant Pathology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holliday, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive dictionary provides an essential reference for plant pathologists and agriculturalists at all levels, listing the authoritative names of all major plant pathogens and also many minor ones. The pathogens, which include fungi from over 500 genera, 800 viruses, bacteria, mollicutes, nematodes and viriods, are briefly described and supporting references given. Entries are also given for names of diseases and disorders, crops and their pathology, fungicides, taxonomic groups, terminology, toxins, vectors and past plant pathologists. In total, over 11,000 entries provide a wide-ranging resource for all those working in the discipline. In this new edition over 3000 entries have been added and many existing entries updated and expanded. In addition, common disease names such as 'blight' and 'canker' are now more conveniently included under the relevant crop.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94585/cover/9780521594585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020523</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594626</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594626</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Congregations in Conflict</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Models of Local Religious Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Becker, Penny Edgell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Congregations in Conflict examines the nature of American congregations as institutions, looking in particular at how they deal with conflict within their ranks, to gain insight into religious culture, or the moral order of local religious life. In detailed and well documented case studies of conflict in twenty-three congregations Becker examines such factors as organizational processes, the extent and types of ties between church members, their shared understandings about mission and identity, and level of public commitment. From these factors, the author develops four models of local religious cultures, each of which emphasizes different aspects of the mission imperatives that broadly characterize American religion - to reproduce an historic faith, to provide a caring community of believers, and to witness. Becker finds vital 'public religion': congregations that provide caring and support for members, service to the local community, and important arenas for moral debate and public activism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94622/cover/9780521594622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521594650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521594650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521594653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Set Theory for the Working Mathematician</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521594653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ciesielski, Krzysztof</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This text presents methods of modern set theory as tools that can be usefully applied to other areas of mathematics. The author describes numerous applications in abstract geometry and real analysis and, in some cases, in topology and algebra. The book begins with a tour of the basics of set theory, culminating in a proof of Zorn's Lemma and a discussion of some of its applications. The author then develops the notions of transfinite induction and descriptive set theory, with applications to the theory of real functions. The final part of the book presents the tools of 'modern' set theory: Martin's Axiom, the Diamond Principle, and elements of forcing. Written primarily as a text for beginning graduate or advanced level undergraduate students, this book should also interest researchers wanting to learn more about set theoretical techniques applicable to their fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/94653/cover/9780521594653.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980126</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595061</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595061</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice of Theory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Rhetoric, Knowledge, and Pedagogy in the Academy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595063</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bernard-Donals, Michael F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>263</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though theory has become a common language in the humanities in recent years, the relation between theoretical speculation and its practical application has yet to be fully addressed. In The Practice of Theory, Michael Bernard-Donals examines the connection between theory and pedagogy at the level of practice. He asks how such a practice works not only to change the way we read and speak with one another, but also the conditions in which these activities become possible. Bernard-Donals argues that the most sophisticated practice linking pedagogy to theory is rhetoric, but the version of this tradition in thinkers like Rorty and Fish is never broad enough. The conception of rhetoric he proposes instead is linked to other human and natural sciences. The practice of theory investigates the degree to which a materialistic rhetoric can reinvigorate the link between theory, teaching and practice, and offers a sustained reflection on the production of knowledge across a broad range of contemporary disciplines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95063/cover/9780521595063.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595096</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Constructing Death</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Sociology of Dying and Bereavement</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seale, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A basic motivation for social and cultural life is the problem of death. By analysing the experiences of dying and bereaved people, as well as institutional responses to death, Clive Seale shows its importance for understanding the place of embodiment in social life. He draws on a comprehensive review of sociological, anthropological and historical studies, including his own research, to demonstrate the great variability that exists in human social constructions for managing mortality. Far from living in a 'death denying' society, dying and bereaved people in contemporary culture are often able to assert membership of an imagined community, through the narrative reconstruction of personal biography, drawing on a variety of cultural scripts emanating from medicine, psychology, the media and other sources. These insights are used to argue that the maintenance of the human social bond in the face of death is a continual resurrective practice, permeating everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95094/cover/9780521595094.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595339</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595339</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Modern British Women Playwrights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595339</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aston, Elaine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reinelt, Janelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion addresses the work of women playwrights in Britain throughout the twentieth century. The chapters explore the historical and theatrical contexts in which women have written for the theatre and examine the work of individual playwrights. A chronological section on playwriting from the 1920s to the 1970s is followed by chapters which raise issues of nationality and identity. Later sections question accepted notions of the canon and include chapters on  non-mainstream writing, including black and lesbian performance. Each section is introduced by the editors, who provide a narrative overview of a century of women's drama and a thorough chronology of playwriting, set in political context. The collection includes essays on the individual writers Caryl Churchill, Sarah Daniels, Pam Gems and Timberlake Wertenbaker as well as extensive documentation of contemporary playwriting in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland, including figures such as Liz Lochhead and Anne Devlin.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95339/cover/9780521595339.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595363</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dealing with Britain</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Six and the First UK Application to the EEC</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ludlow, N. Piers</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>299</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Britain's 1961 application was the first time that the European Community was obliged to consider a membership application from one of its neighbours. This book, based on newly-released material from the archives, challenges traditional views of the British application and casts new light on the way in which the EEC responded to the challenge of enlargement. The author explains the initial inability of de Gaulle to oppose British membership, and draws attention to the hesitant and conditional nature of Britain's application. In combination these two factors ensured that the sixteen months of negotiations, and the balance the Six struck between their conflicting desires to widen and to deepen the Community, became crucial to the outcome of the UK's membership bid. This book provides a detailed analysis of a vital chapter in postwar European history, and offers important insights into differing conceptions of the European Community which persist in contemporary debates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159538X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159538X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometry, Combinatorial Designs and Related Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595384</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hirschfeld, J. W. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Magliveras, S. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Resmini, M. J. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents up-to-date research on finite geometries and designs, a key area in modern applicable mathematics. An introductory chapter discusses topics presented in each of the main chapters, and is followed by articles from leading international figures in this field. These include a discussion of the current state of finite geometry from a group-theoretical viewpoint, and surveys of difference sets and of small embeddings of partial cycle systems into Steiner triple systems. Also presented are successful searches for spreads and packing of designs, rank three geometries with simplicial residues and generalized quadrangles satisfying Veblen's Axiom. In addition, there are articles on new 7-designs, biplanes, various aspects of triple systems, and many other topics. This book will be a useful reference for researchers working in finite geometries, design theory or combinatorics in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95384/cover/9780521595384.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595568</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medieval Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Power, Eileen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berg, Maxine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout her career as a medieval historian, Eileen Power was engaged on a book on women in the Middle Ages. She did not live to write the book but some of the material she collected found its way into her popular lectures on medieval women. These lectures are now brought together, edited by M. M. Postan, and reveal the world in which women lived, were educated, worked, and worshipped. Power gives a vivid account of the worlds of the lady, the peasant, the townswoman, and the nun. The result is a historical yet intimate picture of a period gone by yet with resonances for today. For this edition, Maxine Berg is also included, offering an intimate portrait of the writer and social historian.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95568/cover/9780521595568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595576</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Authority and the Sacred</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aspects of the Christianisation of the Roman World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Christianisation of the Roman world lies at the root of modern Europe, yet at the time it was a tentative and piecemeal process. Peter Brown's fascinating study examines the factors which proved decisive and the compromises which made the emergence of the Christian 'thought world' possible: how the the old gods of the Roman Empire could be reinterpreted as symbols to further the message of the Church. Peter Brown also shows how Christian holy men were less representative of a triumphant faith than negotiators of a working compromise between the new faith and traditional ways of dealing with the supernatural worlds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95575/cover/9780521595575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595584</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Questioning Misfortune</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pragmatics of Uncertainty in Eastern Uganda</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whyte, Susan Reynolds</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Some of the most interesting new ethnographies of experience are concerned to highlight the indeterminate nature of life. Questioning Misfortune is very much within this tradition. Based on a long-term study of adversity and its social causes in Bunyole, eastern Uganda, it considers the way in which people deal with uncertainties of life, such as sickness, suffering, marital problems, failure, and death. Divination may identify causes of misfortune, ranging from ancestors and spirits to sorcerers. Sufferers and their families will then try out a variety of remedial measures, including pharmaceuticals, sorcery antidotes, and sacrifices. But remedies often fail, and doubt and uncertainty persist. Even the recent commercialisation of biomedicine, and the peril of AIDS can be understood in terms of a pragmatics of uncertainty.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95582/cover/9780521595582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980309</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595630</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endocrine Cell Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bidey, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>166</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This handy reference handbook describes the fundamental principles and procedures underlying the successful isolation of viable, functionally-intact cells from mammalian endocrine tissues, and their maintenance as primary cultures. The cell types selected for coverage illustrate the diversity of endocrine tissues from which cells have been isolated, and the range of procedures which have been devised to ensure the optimal survival and behaviour of each cell type under study. Particular emphasis has been placed on the provision of detailed protocols describing, step by step, the manipulations necessary to establish differentiated and responsive cultures. The chapters have been prepared by authors having direct practical experience of the cell type concerned, and the reader is therefore provided with first-hand accounts on the background to each procedure, the avoidance of potential problems and pitfalls, and the fundamental questions in endocrinology which may be addressed using each cell culture model.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595711</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Economy and Society since 1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>534</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is a large scale, collaborative, multi-volume history of Latin America during the five centuries from the first contacts between Europeans and the native peoples of the Americas in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present. Latin America: Economy and Society since 1930 brings together chapters from Parts 1 and 2 of Volume VI of The Cambridge History to provide a complete survey of the Latin American economies since 1930. This, it is hoped, will be useful for both teachers and students of Latin American history and of contemporary Latin America. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95711/cover/9780521595711.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159572X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159572X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595728</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women and the Political Process in Twentieth-Century Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595728</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paidar, Parvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a challenging and authoritative analysis of the role of Iranian women in the political process, Parvin Paidar considers the ways they have been affected by the evolutionary and revolutionary transformations of twentieth-century Iran. In so doing, she demonstrates how political reorganisation has of necessity redefined the position of women, and that, contrary to the view of conventional scholarship, gender issues are fundamental to the political process in contemporary Iran. The implications of the study bear on the broader issues of women in the Middle East and the developing countries generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95728/cover/9780521595728.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595827</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Politics and Society since 1930</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bethell, Leslie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>504</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge History of Latin America is a large scale, collaborative, multi-volume history of Latin America during the five centuries from the first contacts between Europeans and the native peoples of the Americas in the late fifteenth and early sixteenth centuries to the present. Latin America: Politics and Society since 1930 consists of chapters from Part 2 of Volume VI of The Cambridge History that provide a thorough account of political movements in Latin America. Each chapter is accompanied by a bibliographical essay.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95827/cover/9780521595827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595835</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595835</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Struggle for Supremacy in the 21st Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spulber, Nicolas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work focuses on the economic challenges the American economy has faced during the post-World War II era, and on the new challenges - represented notably by the competing economies of Japan, Germany, and of the entire European Union - which confront it as the twenty-first century approaches. Professor Spulber presents a detailed critique of the thesis alleging that the American economy has experienced some kind of decline, and also argues that the economy will continue to move forward energetically and successfully if growth and change are primarily left to emerge from the impulses and incentives of the private economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95834/cover/9780521595834.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595894</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595894</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>DB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chaucer: The Wife of Bath's Prologue (LAN) Network Licence for the CD-ROm 0521465931</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Local Area Network Licence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaucer, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robinson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode/>

<Text/>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19960826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>700.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595908</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595908</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture of Politics in Modern Kenya</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595902</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haugerud, Angelique</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Once the major success story of a troubled continent, by the early 1990s Kenya came to be regarded as its fallen star. This book challenges such images of reversal and the analytical polarities which sustain them. Based on several years of research in Kenya, the analysis ranges from telescopic to microscopic fields of vision - from national political culture, oratory, and the staging of politics, to everyday struggles for livelihood among people in one rural locale during the past century. This sliding scale of analysis allows the author to experiment theoretically with a number of themes informed by contemporary analytical tensions among post-modernist 'chaos', historical contingency, and structural regularities. The result is a study which combines many disciplines and perspectives to give a rich and varied picture of the culture of politics in twentieth-century Kenya.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95902/cover/9780521595902.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521595916</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521595916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521595919</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Eritrean Struggle for Independence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Domination, Resistance, Nationalism, 1941-1993</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521595919</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Iyob, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Eritrea, the newest nation state in Africa, gained independence from the Ethiopian state after a prolonged and bitter conflict. This book is a comprehensive analysis of the country's political history over the past three decades. It examines the origins of Eritrean nationalism, and charts the development of its various nationalist movements, assessing the programmes and capabilities of the parties contending for power. It also analyses the regional and international context within which the battles for independence were fought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/95919/cover/9780521595919.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596381</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Berlioz</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596381</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bloom, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Still chiefly known as the extravagant composer of the Symphonie fantastique, Berlioz was an artist caught in the crossfire between the academic classicism of the French musical establishment and the romantic modernism of the Parisian musical scene. He was a thinker in an age that invented both the religion of art and the notion of the 'genius' who preached and practised it. This Companion contains essays by eminent scholars on Berlioz's place in nineteenth-century French cultural life, on his principal compositions (symphonies, overtures, operas, sacred works, songs), on his major writings (a delightful volume of memoires, a number of short stories, large quantities of music criticism, an orchestration treatise), on his direct and indirect encounters with other famous musicians (Gluck, Mozart, Beethoven, Wagner), and on his legacy in France. The volume is framed by a detailed chronology of his life and a usefully annotated bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596398</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Real Worlds of Welfare Capitalism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596398</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodin, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Headey, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muffels, Ruud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dirven, Henk-Jan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Real Worlds of Welfare Capitalism traces how individuals fare over time in each of the three principal types of welfare state. Through a unique analysis of panel data from Germany, the Netherlands and the US, tracking individuals' socio-economic fate over fully ten years, Goodin, Headey, Muffels and Dirven explore issues of economic growth and efficiency, of poverty and inequality, of social integration and social autonomy. It is common to talk of the inevitability of tradeoffs between these goals. However, in this book the authors contend that the social democratic welfare regime, represented here by the Netherlands, equals or exceeds the performance of the corporatist German regime and the liberal US regime across all these social and economic objectives. They thus argue that, whatever one's priorities, the social democratic welfare regime is uniquely well-suited to realizing them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96398/cover/9780521596398.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596404</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Society in Time and Space</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Geographical Perspective on Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596404</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dodgshon, Robert A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Society in Time and Space is an important and innovative book which offers a geographical perspective on societal change, and sets out to show how understanding the geography of such change enables us to appreciate better the basic processes involved. Robert Dodgshon argues that, as a first step, we need to clarify the circumstances under which society becomes inertial and finds change difficult. Using a range of historical and contemporary examples, he shows that society's use of space is a powerful source of this inertia. Different sources of geographical inertia are explored, including society's symbolization and organizational structuring of space, together with its capitalization of landscape. Building on this mapping of inertia, Professor Dodgshon shows how society has long steered radical change around such spaces. Society in Time and Space will be of interest not only to geographers but also to historians and social theorists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981012</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596424</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596424</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596428</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Geometric Galois Actions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596428</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneps, Leila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lochak, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first of two companion volumes on anabelian algebraic geometry, this book contains the famous, but hitherto unpublished manuscript 'Esquisse d'un Programme' (Sketch of a Program) by Alexander Grothendieck. This work, written in 1984, fourteen years after his retirement from public life in mathematics, together with the closely connected letter to Gerd Faltings, dating from 1983 and also published for the first time in this volume, describe a powerful program of future mathematics, unifying aspects of geometry and arithmetic via the central point of moduli spaces of curves; it is written in an artistic and informal style. The book also contains several articles on subjects directly related to the ideas explored in the manuscripts; these are surveys of mathematics due to Grothendieck, explanations of points raised in the Esquisse, and surveys on progress in the domains described there.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596473</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science Fiction Film</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596473</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Telotte, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Science Fiction Film examines one of the most enduring and popular genres of Hollywood cinema, suggesting how the science fiction film reflects attitudes toward science, technology, and reason as they have evolved in American culture over the course of the twentieth century. J. P. Telotte provides a survey of science fiction film criticism, emphasizing humanist, psychological, ideological, feminist, and postmodern critiques. He also sketches a history of the genre, from its earliest literary manifestations to the present, while touching on and comparing it to pulp fiction, early television science fiction, and Japanese anim&#233;. Telotte offers in-depth readings of three key films: Robocop, Close Encounters of the Third Kind, and THX 1138, each of which typifies a particular form of science fiction fantasy. Challenging the boundaries usually seen between high and low culture, literature and film, Science Fiction Film reasserts the central role of fantasy in popular films, even those concerned with reason, science, and technology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96473/cover/9780521596473.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020121</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596491</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596497</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kongolese Saint Anthony</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dona Beatriz Kimpa Vita and the Antonian Movement, 1684-1706</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596497</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thornton, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tells the story of the Christian religious movement led by Dona Beatriz Kimpa Vita in the Kingdom of Kongo from 1704 until her death, by burning at the stake, in 1706. Beatriz, a young woman, claimed to be possessed by St Anthony, argued that Jesus was a Kongolese, and criticized Italian Capuchin missionaries in her country for not supporting black saints. The movement was largely a peace movement, with a following among the common people, attempting to stop the devastating cycle of civil wars between contenders for the Kongolese throne. Thornton supplies background information on the Kingdom, the development of Catholicism in Kongo since 1491, the nature and role of local warfare in the Atlantic slave trade, and contemporary everyday life, as well as sketching the lives of some local personalities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96497/cover/9780521596497.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596513</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596510</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Demography in Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596510</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chamberlain, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Demography in Archaeology is a review of current theory and method in the reconstruction of populations from archaeological data. Starting with a summary of demographic concepts and methods, the book examines historical and ethnographic sources of demographic evidence before addressing the methods by which reliable demographic estimates can be made from skeletal remains, settlement evidence and modern and ancient biomolecules. Recent debates in palaeodemography are evaluated, new statistical methods for palaeodemographic reconstruction are explained, and the notion that past demographic structures and processes were substantially different from those pertaining today is critiqued. The book covers a wide span of evidence, from the evolutionary background of human demography to the influence of natural and human-induced catastrophes on population growth and survival. This is essential reading for any archaeologist or anthropologist with an interest in relating the results of field and laboratory studies to broader questions of population structure and dynamics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96510/cover/9780521596510.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159653X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596534</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biodiversity in Trust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conservation and Use of Plant Genetic Resources in CGIAR Centres</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596534</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fuccillo, Dominic</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sears, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stapleton, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) is an association of agricultural research centres which together represent an important force in genetic conservation of crops and their wild relatives. Under the CGIAR umbrella, the centres are collectively custodians of international genetic resource collections for crops that provide 75 per cent of the world's food energy. This volume considers the status of the key collections, in each case providing details of the botany, distribution and agronomy of the species concerned, in addition to extensive information on germplasm conservation and use. The book presents a unique synthesis of knowledge drawn from the CGIAR centres, providing an invaluable source of reference for all those concerned with monitoring, maintaining and utilizing the biodiversity of our staple crop species.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96534/cover/9780521596534.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070920</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596548</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596548</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Geometric Probability</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klain, Daniel A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rota, Gian-Carlo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to present the three basic ideas of geometrical probability, also known as integral geometry, in their natural framework. In this way, the relationship between the subject and enumerative combinatorics is more transparent, and the analogies can be more productively understood. The first of the three ideas is invariant measures on polyconvex sets. The authors then prove the fundamental lemma of integral geometry, namely the kinematic formula. Finally the analogues between invariant measures and finite partially ordered sets are investigated, yielding insights into Hecke algebras, Schubert varieties and the quantum world, as viewed by mathematicians. Geometers and combinatorialists will find this a most stimulating and fruitful story.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96541/cover/9780521596541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596599</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Acquisition and Conceptual Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowerman, Melissa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levinson, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>616</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFDC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent years have seen a revolution in our knowledge of how children learn to think and speak. In this volume, leading scholars from these rapidly evolving fields of research examine the relationship between child language acquisition and cognitive development. At first sight, advances in the two areas seem to have moved in opposing directions: the study of language acquisition has been especially concerned with diversity, explaining how children learn languages of widely different types, while the study of cognitive development has focused on uniformity, clarifying how children build on fundamental, presumably universal concepts. This book brings these two vital strands of investigation into close dialogue, suggesting a synthesis in which the process of language acquisition may interact with early cognitive development. It provides empirical contributions based on a variety of languages, populations and ages, and theoretical discussions that cut across the disciplines of psychology, linguistics and anthropology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96596/cover/9780521596596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literacy and Literacies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Texts, Power, and Identity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596619</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collins, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blot, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Literacy and Literacies is an engaging account of literacy and its relation to power. The book develops a synthesis of literacy studies, moving beyond received categories, and exploring the domain of power through questions of colonialism, modern state formation, educational systems and official versus popular literacies. Collins and Blot offer in-depth critical discussion of particular cases and discuss the role of literacies in the formation of class, gender, and ethnic identity. Through their analysis of two domains - those of literacies and power, and of literacies and subjectivity - they challenge received assumptions about literacy, intellectual development and social progress and argue that neither 'universalist' nor 'particularist' accounts offer satisfactory approaches to the phenomenon. This is a sustained exploration of the domain of power in relation to literacy. It will be welcomed by students and researchers in anthropology, linguistics, literacy studies and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96619/cover/9780521596619.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030724</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159667X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159667X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Set Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596671</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hajnal, Andras</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamburger, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mate, Attila</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a classic introduction to set theory in three parts. The first part gives a general introduction to set theory, suitable for undergraduates; complete proofs are given and no background in logic is required. Exercises are included, and the more difficult ones are supplied with hints. An appendix to the first part gives a more formal foundation to axiomatic set theory, supplementing the intuitive introduction given in the first part. The final part gives an introduction to modern tools of combinatorial set theory. This part contains enough material for a graduate course of one or two semesters. The subjects discussed include stationary sets, delta systems, partition relations, set mappings, measurable and real-valued measurable cardinals. Two sections give an introduction to modern results on exponentiation of singular cardinals, and certain deeper aspects of the topics are developed in advanced problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96671/cover/9780521596671.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596695</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algorithmic Algebraic Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596695</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pohst, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zassenhaus, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, this classic book is addressed to all lovers of number theory. On the one hand, it gives a comprehensive introduction to constructive algebraic number theory, and is therefore especially suited as a textbook for a course on that subject. On the other hand many parts go beyond an introduction and make the user familiar with recent research in the field. New methods which have been developed for experimental number theoreticians are included along with new and important results. Both computer scientists interested in higher arithmetic and those teaching algebraic number theory will find the book of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96695/cover/9780521596695.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American West. Visions and Revisions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596718</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a succinct survey of the numerous contributions to the history of the American west. In the past twenty-five years historians have created a 'New Western History', which has aimed to rewrite the 'Old Western History' created around the famous Turner thesis on the significance of the American Frontier. Focusing on five main themes, this study examines and discusses the dynamics and progress of recent scholarship. Consideration is given to issues of land use, the environment, race, ethnicity, gender, business and the development of communities. Synthesising prolific research, the book offers a clear and up-to-date review for all students of American history. A full bibliography is provided for more extended study.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96718/cover/9780521596718.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Logarithmic Integral</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596725</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Koosis, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>628</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this unique work, the logarithmic integral, lies athwart much of twentieth century analysis. It is a thread connecting many apparently separate parts of the subject, and so is a natural point at which to begin a serious study of real and complex analysis. Professor Koosis' aim is to show how, from simple ideas, one can build up an investigation which explains and clarifies many different, seemingly unrelated problems; to show, in effect, how mathematics grows. The presentation is straightforward, so this, the first of two volumes, is self-contained, but more importantly, by following the theme, Professor Koosis has produced a work that can be read as a whole. He has brought together here many results, some unpublished, some new, and some available only in inaccessible journals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96725/cover/9780521596725.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Slavery and Colonial Rule in French West Africa</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596787</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Martin A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Martin Klein's eagerly awaited book is a history of slaves during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in three former French colonies. It investigates the changing nature of local slavery over time, and the evolving French attitudes towards it, through the phases of trade, conquest and colonial rule. The heart of the study focuses on the period between 1876 and 1922, when a French army composed largely of slave soldiers took massive numbers of slaves in the interior, while in areas near the coast, hesitant actions were taken against slave-raiding, trading and use. After 1900, the French withdrew state support of slavery, and as many as a million slaves left their masters. A second exodus occurred after World War I, when soldiers of slave origin returned home. The renegotiation of relationships between those who remained and their masters carries the story into the contemporary world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96787/cover/9780521596787.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dignity of Resistance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women Residents' Activism in Chicago Public Housing</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Roberta M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stall, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Dignity of Resistance chronicles the four decade history of Chicago's Wentworth Gardens public housing residents' grassroots activism. This comprehensive case study explores why and how these African-American women creatively and effectively engaged in organizing efforts to resist increasing government disinvestment in public housing and the threat of demolition. Roberta M. Feldman and Susan Stall, utilizing a multi-disciplinary lens, explore the complexity and resourcefulness of Wentworth women's grassroots, organizing the ways in which their identities as poor African-American women and mothers both circumscribe their lives and shape their resistance. Through the inspirational voices of the activists, Feldman and Stall challenge portrayals of public housing residents as passive, alienated victims of despair. We learn instead how women residents collectively have built a cohesive, vital community, cultivated outside technical assistance, organizational and institutional supports, and have attracted funding - all to support the local facilities, services and programs necessary for the everyday needs for survival, and ultimately to save their home from demolition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96862/cover/9780521596862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Mechanisms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analytical Approach to Social Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hedstr&#246;m, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Swedberg, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The advancement of social theory requires an analytical approach that systematically seeks to explicate the social mechanisms that generate and explain observed associations between events. These essays, written by prominent social scientists, advance criticisms of current trends in social theory and suggest alternative approaches. The mechanism approach calls attention to an intermediary level of analysis in between pure description and story-telling, on the one hand, and grand theorizing and universal social laws, on the other. For social theory to be of use for the working social scientist, it must attain a high level of precision and provide a toolbox from which middle range theories can be constructed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96879/cover/9780521596879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596886</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Climate Change Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Facts, Issues and Analyses</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596886</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jepma, Catrinus J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Munasinghe, Mohan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bolin, Bert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>349</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is increasing scientific evidence to suggest that humans are gradually but certainly changing the Earth's climate. In an effort to prevent further damage to the fragile atmosphere, and with the belief that action is required now, the scientific community has been prolific in its dissemination of information on climate change. Inspired by the results of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change's Second Assessment Report, Jepma and Munasinghe set out to create a concise, practical, and compelling approach to climate change issues. They deftly explain the implications of global warming, and the risks involved in attempting to mitigate climate change. They look at how and where to start action, and what organization is needed to be able to implement the changes. This book represents a much needed synopsis of climate change and its real impacts on society. It will be an essential text for climate change researchers, policy analysts, university students studying the environment, and anyone with an interest in climate change issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96886/cover/9780521596886.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596912</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Processes in Children's Learning</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Light, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Littleton, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>142</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about children's learning and problem-solving behaviour. It reflects the increasingly close integration seen in recent years between social and cognitive approaches to researching the learning process. In particular, Paul Light and Karen Littleton examine the ways in which interactions between children influence learning outcomes. They begin by placing this topic in a broad theoretical and empirical context and go on to present a substantial series of their own experimental studies, which focus on children of late primary and early secondary school age. These investigations address peer facilitation of problem solving, social comparison effects on learning and social context effects upon the interpretation of tasks. Many of the studies involve computer-based learning but the findings have implications both for classroom practice and the understanding of the learning process. This book will be a valuable tool for researchers, teachers and practitioners interested in the social processes of children's learning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96916/cover/9780521596916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imperial Power and Popular Politics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Class, Resistance and the State in India, 1850-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chandavarkar, Rajnarayan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this series of interconnected essays, Rajnarayan Chandavarkar offers a powerful revisionist analysis of the relationship between class and politics in India between the Mutiny and Independence. Dr Chandavarkar rejects the 'Orientalist' view of Indian social and economic development as exceptional and somehow distinct from that prevailing in capitalist societies elsewhere, and reasserts the critical role of the working classes in shaping the pattern of Indian capitalist development. Sustained in argument and elegant in exposition, these essays represent a major contribution not only to the history of the Indian working classes, but to the history of industrial capitalism and colonialism as a whole. Imperial Power and Popular Politics will be essential reading for all scholars and students of recent political, economic, and social history, social theory, and cultural and colonial studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96923/cover/9780521596923.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980810</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596947</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Breakdown of Will</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ainslie, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ainslie argues that our responses to the threat of our own inconsistency determine the basic fabric of human culture. He suggests that individuals are more like populations of bargaining agents than like the hierarchical command structures envisaged by cognitive psychologists. The forces that create and constrain these populations help us understand so much that is puzzling in human action and interaction: from addictions and other self-defeating behaviors to the experience of willfulness, from pathological over-control and self-deception to subtler forms of behavior such as altruism, sadism, gambling, and the 'social construction' of belief. This book integrates approaches from experimental psychology, philosophy of mind, microeconomics, and decision science to present one of the most profound and expert accounts of human irrationality available. It will be of great interest to philosophers and an important resource for professionals and students in psychology, economics and political science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96947/cover/9780521596947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010731</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Deliberative Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elster, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is sometimes assumed that voting is the central mechanism for political decision-making. The contributors to this volume focus on an alternative mechanism, that is decision by discussion or deliberation. The original contributions include case studies based on historical and current instances of deliberative democracy, normative discussion of the merits of deliberation compared to other models of collective decision-making, and studies of the conditions under which it tends to improve the quality of decisions. This volume is characterized by a realistic approach to the issue of deliberative democracy. Rather than assuming that deliberative democracy is always ideal, the authors critically probe its limits and weaknesses as well as its strengths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96961/cover/9780521596961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596971</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596971</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arthur Penn's Bonnie and Clyde</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Lester D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>229</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few films in the history of American cinema caused more intense critical discussion and greater emotional debate than Arthur Penn's Bonnie and Clyde. This provocative portrayal of Depression-era life on the run, delivered with visual panache and a hip sensibility, ushered in what came to be categorized as 'the New American Cinema'. Focusing on a story set in the 1930s, yet clearly fashioned to resonate with the countercultural tenor of the 1960s, the film remains compelling for today's viewers by virtue of its central love story and inevitable tragedy, its subversive statement as well as its sympathetic connection to the communal impulse. This volume includes newly commissioned essays by leading scholars of Arthur Penn's work, as well as contributions from Penn himself and scriptwriter David Newman. They analyze the cultural history, technical brilliance, visual strategies, and violent imagery that marked Bonnie and Clyde as a significant turning point in American film.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96978/cover/9780521596978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159698X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159698X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>After Nihilism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays on Contemporary Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickhoff, Wilfried</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In After Nihilism, Wilfried Dickhoff examines the art work of Neo Avant-Garde European and American artists, including Joseph Beuys, Marcel Broodthaers, Gerhard Richter, Cindy Sherman, and Philip Taaffe. Applying Adorno's concept of negative freedom in the autonomous work of art, he demonstrates how the works of these artists, in which the contradictions and paradoxes of deconstruction/ reconstruction; beauty/ sublime; difference/ indifference; affirmation/ negation; authenticity/cynicism; subject/ non-identity, are never resolved, thus creating images of competing complexities. Tracing the development of the Neo-Avant garde through the 1980s to the present, this collection provides indepth analysis of particular works of art and demonstrates the author's close engagement with and understanding of the contemporary art world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96985/cover/9780521596985.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521596998</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521596998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521596992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Symmetries and Integrability of Difference Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521596992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarkson, Peter A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nijhoff, Frank W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has in recent years been a remarkable growth of interest in the area of discrete integrable systems. Much progress has been made by applying symmetry groups to the study of differential equations, and connections have been made to other topics such as numerical methods, cellular automata and mathematical physics. This volume comprises state of the art articles from almost all the leading workers in this important and rapidly developing area, making it a necessary resource for all researchers interested in discrete integrable systems or related subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/96992/cover/9780521596992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990405</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, Cohomology and some Applications in Physics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Azc&#225;rraga, Josi A. de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Izquierdo, Josi M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Now in paperback, this book provides a self-contained introduction to the cohomology theory of Lie groups and algebras and to some of its applications in physics. No previous knowledge of the mathematical theory is assumed beyond some notions of Cartan calculus and differential geometry (which are nevertheless reviewed in the book in detail). The examples, of current interest, are intended to clarify certain mathematical aspects and to show their usefulness in physical problems. The topics treated include the differential geometry of Lie groups, fibre bundles and connections, characteristic classes, index theorems, monopoles, instantons, extensions of Lie groups and algebras, some applications in supersymmetry, Chevalley-Eilenberg approach to Lie algebra cohomology, symplectic cohomology, jet-bundle approach to variational principles in mechanics, Wess-Zumino-Witten terms, infinite Lie algebras, the cohomological descent in mechanics and in gauge theories and anomalies. This book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in theoretical physics and applied mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97005/cover/9780521597005.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Motor Learning and Synaptic Plasticity in the Cerebellum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cordo, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, Curtis Calvin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harnad, Stevan R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the involvement of the cerebellum in learning and remembering the ability to carry out motor tasks such as walking, riding a bicycle, and speaking. Processes of plasticity have been identified at the cellular level in the cerebellum that could underlie the learning of motor tasks but whether they actually have such a role is controversial. This book is unique in bringing together studies of plasticity at the cellular level with studies of plasticity or learning at the behavioral level and in attempting to build bridges between these two levels of discourse. The book will appeal to neuroscientists and physiologists interested in the neural control of movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597072</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex, Gender and Health</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pollard, Tessa M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyatt, Susan Brin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is widely recognised that men and women in societies all over the world have very different experiences of sickness and health. This collection brings together biological and social anthropologists whose work illustrates how these sub-disciplines have approached the task of explaining such differences. We demonstrate that an understanding of science and culture, using the notions of biological 'sex' and socio-culturally constructed 'gender' are both essential for furthering analyses of men's and women's, boys' and girls' experiences of health and disease. We address the important topics of gender differences in parental care, cardiovascular disease, reproductive health and psychological illness, and look at how the medicalisation of women and their relative absence from models of population health might affect their experiences of preventative health measures. This book will be particularly useful for students on human sciences or anthropology courses, or anyone wishing to gain an interdisciplinary perspective on the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97074/cover/9780521597074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991025</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597110</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597110</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Capital Controls, Exchange Rates, and Monetary Policy in the World Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Sebastian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The essays collected in this volume, written by well-known academics and policy analysts, discuss the impact of increased capital mobility on macroeconomic performance. The authors highlight the most adequate ways to manage the transition from a semi-closed economy to a semi-open one. Additionally, issues related to the measurement of openness, monetary control, optimal exchange rates regimes, sequencing of reforms, and real exchange rate dynamics under different degrees of capital mobility are carefully analyzed. The book is divided into four parts after the editor's introduction. The first part contains the general analytics of monetary policy in open economies. Parts two to four deal with diverse regional experiences, covering Europe, the Asian Pacific region, and Latin America. The papers on which the essays are based were originally presented at a conference on Monetary Policy in Semi-Open Economies, held in Seoul, Korea in November 1992.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97111/cover/9780521597111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597129</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597129</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Endangered Languages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Language Loss and Community Response</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grenoble, Lenore A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Whaley, Lindsay J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides an overview of the issues surrounding language loss. It brings together work by theoretical linguists, field linguists, and non-linguist members of minority communities to provide an integrated view of how language is lost, from sociological and economic as well as from linguistic perspectives. The contributions to the volume fall into four categories. The chapters by Dorian and Grenoble and Whaley provide an overview of language endangerment. Grinevald, England, Jacobs, and Nora and Richard Dauenhauer describe the situation confronting threatened languages from both a linguistic and sociological perspective. The understudied issue of what (beyond a linguistic system) can be lost as a language ceases to be spoken is addressed by Mithun, Hale, Jocks, and Woodbury. In the last section, Kapanga, Myers-Scotton, and Vakhtin consider the linguistic processes which underlie language attrition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97128/cover/9780521597128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159717X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159717X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597173</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>p-Automorphisms of Finite p-Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597173</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khukhro, Evgenii I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a detailed but concise account of the theory of structure of finite p-groups admitting p-automorphisms with few fixed points. The relevant preliminary material on Lie rings is introduced and the main theorems of the book on the solubility of finite p-groups are then presented. The proofs involve notions such as viewing automorphisms as linear transformations, associated Lie rings, powerful p-groups, and the correspondences of A. I. Mal'cev and M. Lazard given by the Baker-Hausdorff formula. Many exercises are included. This book is suitable for graduate students and researchers working in the fields of group theory and Lie rings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97173/cover/9780521597173.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597196</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597197</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Persons and Bodies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Constitution View</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597197</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Lynne Rudder</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is a human person, and what is the relation between a person and his or her body? In her third book on the philosophy of mind, Lynne Rudder Baker investigates what she terms the person/body problem and offers a detailed account of the relation between human persons and their bodies. Baker's argument is based on the 'Constitution View' of persons and bodies, which aims to show what distinguishes persons from all other beings and to show how we can be fully material beings without being identical to our bodies. The Constitution View yields answers to the questions 'What am I most fundamentally?', 'What is a person?', and 'What is the relation between human persons and their bodies'? Baker argues that the complex mental property of first-person perspective enables one to conceive of one's body and mental states as one's own.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97197/cover/9780521597197.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597218</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jane Campion's The Piano</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597210</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Campion, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Margolis, Harriet</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jane Campion's The Piano is one of the most unusual love stories in the history of cinema. The film swept the world upon its release, winning awards for its performances, script, and direction, including prestigious Cannes and Academy Award prizes. Rejecting virtually every stereotype of the romance genre, it poses a wholly new set of questions about relationships  between men and women, and marriage in particular, as well as issues related to colonialism and property ownership. This volume examines The Piano from a variety of critical perspectives. In six essays, specially commissioned for this project, an international team of scholars examine topics such as the controversial representation of the Maori, the use of music in the film, the portrayal of the mother-daughter relationship, and the significance of the film in terms of international cinema, the culture of New Zealand, and the work of Jane Campion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97210/cover/9780521597210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597226</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Executive Decree Authority</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Carey, John M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew Soberg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>345</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When presidents or prime ministers make law by decree, are we witnessing the usurpation of legislative authority? The increased frequency of policy-making by decree, in older democracies as well as in the newer regimes of Latin America and the post-communist world, has generated concern that legislatures are being marginalized and thus that democratic institutions are not functioning. Professors Carey and Shugart suggest which elements of constitutional design should (and should not) foster reliance on decree authority. Individual chapters then bring the experiences of Argentina, Brazil, France, Italy, Peru, Russia, the United States, and Venezuela to bear on the theory. The book combines broadly comparative analysis with intensive case studies to provide a more thorough understanding of the scope of executive authority across countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97227/cover/9780521597227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electrodynamics of Solids</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Optical Properties of Electrons in Matter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dressel, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gr&#252;ner, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>486</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The authors of this book present a thorough discussion of the optical properties of solids, with a focus on electron states and their response to electrodynamic fields. A review of the fundamental aspects of the propagation of electromagnetic fields, and their interaction with condensed matter, is given. This is followed by a discussion of the optical properties of metals, semiconductors, and collective states of solids such as superconductors. Theoretical concepts, measurement techniques and experimental results are covered in three interrelated sections. Well-established, mature fields are discussed (for example, classical metals and semiconductors) together with modern topics at the focus of current interest. The substantial reference list included will also prove to be a valuable resource for those interested in the electronic properties of solids. The book is intended for use by advanced undergraduate and graduate students, and researchers active in the fields of condensed matter physics, materials science and optical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97265/cover/9780521597265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020408</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Music History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Medieval and Early Modern Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fenlon, Iain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early Music History is devoted to the study of music from the early Middle Ages to the end of the seventeenth century. It demands the highest standards of scholarship from its contributors, all of whom are leading academics in their fields. It gives preference to studies pursuing interdisciplinary approaches and to those developing novel methodological ideas. The scope is exceptionally broad and includes manuscript studies, textual criticism, iconography, studies of the relationship between words and music and the relationship between music and society. Articles in volume sixteen include: The dialectic between Occitania and France in the thirteenth century; Du Fay the poet? Problems in the texts of his motets; A mirror of monarchy: Music and musicians in the household chapel of the Lady Margaret Beaufort, mother of Henry VII.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597307</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of the Global State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Globality as an Unfinished Revolution</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This ambitious study rewrites the terms of debate about globalization. Martin Shaw argues that the deepest meaning of globality is the growing sense of worldwide human commonality as a practical social force, arising from political struggle not technological change. The book focuses upon two new concepts: the unfinished global-democratic revolution and the global-Western state. Shaw shows how an internationalized, post-imperial Western state conglomerate, symbiotically linked to global institutions, is increasingly consolidated amidst worldwide democratic upheavals against authoritarian, quasi-imperial non-Western states. This study explores the radical implications of these concepts for social, political and international theory, through a fundamental critique of modern 'national-international' social thought and dominant economistic versions of global theory. Required reading for sociology and politics as well as international relations, Theory of the Global State offers a historical, theoretical and political framework for understanding state and society in the emerging global age.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97302/cover/9780521597302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597315</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597315</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conflict, Cleavage, and Change in Central Asia and the Caucasus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edited by two of the world's leading analysts of post communist politics, this book brings together distinguished specialists on the former Soviet states of Central Asia and the Caucasus. Chapters on Kazakhstan, Kyrkyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Georgia, provide a systematic analysis of elite politics, factionalism, party and interest group formation, and social and ethnic groupings. Karen Dawisha and Bruce Parrott provide theoretical and comparative chapters on post communist political development across the region. This book will provide students and scholars with detailed analysis by leading authorities, plus the latest research data on recent political and economic developments in each country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97319/cover/9780521597319.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597323</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democratic Changes and Authoritarian Reactions in Russia, Ukraine, Belarus and Moldova</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edited by two of the world's leading analysts of postcommunist politics, this book brings together distinguished specialists on the former communist countries of Russia and the Western Newly Independent States. Chapters on Belarus, Moldova, and Ukraine, plus three chapters on Russia's regional politics, its political parties, and the overall process of democratization, provide an in-depth analysis of the uneven pattern of political change in these four countries. Karen Dawisha and Bruce Parrott contribute theoretical and comparative chapters on postcommunist political development across the region. This book will provide students and scholars with detailed analysis by leading authorities, plus the latest research data on recent political and economic developments in each country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97326/cover/9780521597326.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597331</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597331</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Politics, Power and the Struggle for Democracy in South-East Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edited by two of the world's leading analysts of post communist politics, this book brings together distinguished specialists on Bosnia-Hercegovina, Croatia, Macedonia, Slovenia, Serbia/Montenegro, Albania, Bulgaria, and Romania. The authors analyse the challenge of building democracy in the countries of the former Yugoslavia riven by conflict, and in neighboring states. They focus on oppositional activity, political cultures that often favour strong presidentialism, the role of nationalism, and basic socioeconomic trends. Karen Dawisha and Bruce Parrott provide theoretical and comparative chapters on post communist political development across the region. This book will provide students and scholars with detailed analysis by leading authorities, plus the latest research data on recent political and economic developments in each country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97333/cover/9780521597333.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159734X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159734X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cartesian Psychology and Physical Minds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Individualism and the Science of the Mind</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Robert Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a sustained critique of individualism in psychology, a view that has been the subject of debate between philosophers such as Jerry Fodor and Tyler Burge for many years. The author approaches individualism as an issue in the philosophy of science and by discussing issues such as computationalism and the mind's modularity he opens the subject up for non-philosophers in psychology and computer science. Professor Wilson carefully examines the most influential arguments for individualism and identifies the main metaphysical assumptions underlying them. Since the topic is so central to the philosophy of mind, a discipline generating enormous research and debate, the book has implications for a very broad range of philosophical issues including the naturalisation of intentionality, psychophysical supervenience, the nature of mental causation, and the viability of folk psychology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97340/cover/9780521597340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597374</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597374</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Leibniz and the Rational Order of Nature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutherford, Donald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the most up-to-date and comprehensive interpretation of the philosophy of Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (1646-1716). Amongst its other virtues, it makes considerable use of unpublished manuscript sources. The book seeks to demonstrate the systematic unity of Leibniz's thought, in which theodicy, ethics, metaphysics and natural philosophy cohere. The key, underlying idea of the system is the conception of nature as an order designed by God to maximise the opportunities for the exercise of reason. From this idea emerges the view that this world is the best of all possible worlds, and an ethical ideal in which the well-being of human beings is promoted through the gradual extension of intellectual enlightenment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97371/cover/9780521597371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597420</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Scientific Practice and Ordinary Action</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethnomethodology and Social Studies of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philosophers, historians, and sociologists of science have grown interested in the daily practices of scientists. Recent studies have drawn linkages between scientific innovations and more ordinary procedures, craft skills, and sources of sponsorship. These studies dispute the idea that science is the application of a unified method or the outgrowth of a progressive history of ideas. This book critically reviews arguments and empirical studies in two areas of sociology that have played a significant role in the 'sociological turn' in science studies: ethnomethodology (the study of ordinary practical reasoning) and the sociology of scientific knowledge. In both fields, efforts to study scientific practices have led to intractable difficulties and debates, due in part to scientistic and foundationalist commitments that remain entrenched with social-scientific research policies and descriptive language. The central purpose of this book is to explore the possibility of an empirical approach to the epistemic contents of science that avoids the pitfalls of scientism and foundationalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97425/cover/9780521597425.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597439</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597439</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597432</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Votes without Leverage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women in American Electoral Politics, 1920-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597432</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Anna L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Votes without Leverage re-examines a long-standing puzzle in women's electoral politics. Namely why the increasing importance of women's votes throughout the 1920s did not imply increasing success for the lobbying efforts of women's organizations during the same period. Applying recent theoretical developments in the political economy of institutions and electoral behavior, Professor Harvey argues that female disenfranchisement prior to 1920 created incentives for leaders of women's organizations to invest in the pursuit of suffrage as a first step to achieving other policy benefits for women. When the battle over the right to vote was finally won, those leaders then required time to adapt their organizations to pursue a broader legislative agenda through conventional electoral politics. During this time, however, the major party organizations were able to initiate their own electoral mobilization of women, giving the parties significant advantages in imperfectly competitive markets for women's electoral mobilization. Without women's votes, those organizations ceased to be able to win policy concessions from vote-minded legislators, a state of affairs that would not significantly change until the accelerated decline of the parties as mobilization organizations in the 1960s.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97432/cover/9780521597432.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597455</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597456</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>In Defense of Pure Reason</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Rationalist Account of A Priori Justification</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597456</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>BonJour, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the alleged capacity of the human mind to arrive at beliefs and knowledge about the world on the basis of pure reason without any dependence on sensory experience. Most recent philosophers reject the view and argue that all substantive knowledge must be sensory in origin. Laurence BonJour provocatively reopens the debate by presenting the most comprehensive exposition and defence of the rationalist view that a priori insight is a genuine basis for knowledge. This important book will be at the centre of debate about the theory of knowledge for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97456/cover/9780521597456.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597528</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597528</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597524</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Realism and International Relations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597524</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Donnelly, Jack</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Realism and International Relations provides students with a critical yet sympathetic survey of political realism in international theory. Using six paradigmatic theories - Hans Morgenthau, Kenneth Waltz, the Prisoners' Dilemma, Thucydides, Machiavelli, and Hobbes - the  book examines realist accounts of human nature and state motivation, international anarchy, system structure and the balance of power, international institutions, and morality in foreign policy. Donnelly argues that common realist propositions not only fail to stand up to scrutiny but are rejected by many leading realists as well. He argues that rather than a general theory of international relations, realism is best seen as a philosophical orientation or research program that emphasizes - in an insightful yet one-sided way - the constraints imposed by individual and national egoism and international anarchy. Containing chapter-by-chapter guides to further reading and discussion questions for students, this book offers an accessible and lively survey of the dominant theory in International Relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97524/cover/9780521597524.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000815</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597609</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Senegambia and the Atlantic Slave Trade</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barry, Boubacar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Boubacar Barry is one of the leading figures in West African historiography. His authoritative study of 400 years of Senegambian history is unrivalled in its detailed grasp of published and unpublished materials. Taking as its subject the vast area covering the Senegal and Gambia river basins, this book explores the changing dynamics of regional and Atlantic trade, clashes between traditional African and emergent Muslim authorities, the colonial system and the slave trade, and current obstacles to the integration of the region's modern states. Professor Barry argues cogently for the integrity of the Senegambian region as a historical subject, and he forges a coherent narrative from the dismemberment and unification which characterised Senegambia's development from the fifteenth to the nineteenth century. This newly-translated study is a vital tool in our understanding of West African history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97609/cover/9780521597609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597630</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Papers by William Vickrey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597630</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vickrey, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnott, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Atkinson, Anthony B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arrow, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dr&#232;ze, Jacques H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nobel Prize winner the late William Vickrey was one of the truly important figures in contemporary economics. Over the past fifty-five years he has published several books and some 140 papers scattered over many journals. This book offers a thoughtful selection from these papers, organised so as to bring out the scope and yet the unity of the work. Vickrey has the unique distinction of having contributed, often seminally and always operationally, to all major branches of public economics. The papers collected here cover social choice and allocation mechanisms, taxation, pricing in public utilities and in urban transportation, urban economics, and macroeconomic policies. Each topic is introduced by one of the four editors, and the book is completed with a full annotated bibliography of Vickrey's work. For the first time, we have convenient access to a set of important, creative and stimulating contributions, which have helped shape the modern field of public economics. This is a fascinating overview of the field and of the life-time work of a great economist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97630/cover/9780521597630.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597684</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597685</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Writing South Africa</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Literature, Apartheid, and Democracy, 1970-1995</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597685</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Attridge, Derek</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jolly, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the final years of the apartheid era and the subsequent transition to democracy, South African literary writing caught the world's attention as never before. Writers responded to the changing political situation and its daily impact on the country's inhabitants with works that recorded or satirised state-enforced racism, explored the possibilities of resistance and rebuilding, and creatively addressed the vexed question of literature's relation to politics and ethics. Writing South Africa offers a window on the literary activity of this extraordinary period that conveys its range (going well beyond a handful of world-renowned names) and its significance for anyone interested in the impact of decolonisation and democratisation on the cultural sphere. It brings together for the first time discussions by some of the most distinguished South African novelists, poets, and dramatists, with those of leading commentators based in South Africa, Britain and North America.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597706</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origin of the Welfare State in England and Germany, 1850-1914</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Policies Compared</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hennock, E. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A comparative study of the origin of the welfare state in England and Germany, from 1850 to 1914. It presents original conclusions about the differences between British and German approaches. Peter Hennock analyses policies on social security and the public provision of medical care, dealing with public poor relief, industrial injury, with sickness, invalidity and old age, and with unemployment. In each case policies in Britain and in the German Empire are compared for their actual provisions, their consequences and the politics that produced them. He demonstrates that national insurance has played a larger role in Germany than in Britain from the beginning, as it still does today, and that decisions taken before 1914 are crucial to the long-term differences between the welfare state in the two countries. The book will appeal to students and scholars of British and European political history, social history and social policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97708/cover/9780521597708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597749</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597749</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Brecht: Mother Courage and her Children</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomson, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gardner, Viv</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive study of Brecht's Mother Courage. Peter Thomson locates the sources of the play in Brecht's own experience and heritage, and provides a detailed account of Brecht's own production with the newly formed Berliner Ensemble in 1949. Thomson then explores how the play has been transmitted in the English-speaking theatre from Joan Littlewood's production with the Theatre Workshop Company in 1956 to the Royal National Theatre, with Diana Rigg as Mother Courage, in 1995. The book also examines such influential interpretations as those by William Gaskill, Judi Dench, and Glenda Jackson in the English theatre, and by Herbert Balu and Richard Schechner in America. Seminal productions in France and the Germanies are also discussed. A final chapter highlights the new urgency of the text in light of the wars in the former Yugoslavia, and closes with an account of a triumphant staging in Uganda.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97746/cover/9780521597746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Portrait Miniatures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>114</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For over three hundred years, from the early fifteenth century until the mid-Victorian era, there was a continuously growing demand for portrait miniatures, and an ever expanding number of artists qualified to satisfy that demand. The collection of miniatures in the Fitzwilliam Museum gives a compact and comprehensive survey of the development of this national art. It illustrates the course of its progress through the work of almost every major master in the genre, with works of the highest excellence. This book provides an introduction to the history of portrait miniatures: ninety-six items from the collection are described, and each item is illustrated in full colour, to bring out the subtlety and intimacy of this delicate art form.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97814/cover/9780521597814.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521597897</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521597897</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521597890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Style and Sociolinguistic Variation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521597890</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eckert, Penelope</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rickford, John R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of sociolinguistic variation examines the relation between social identity and ways of speaking. Studying variations in language not only reveals a great deal about speakers' strategies with respect to variables such as social class, gender, ethnicity and age, it also affords us the opportunity to observe linguistic change in progress. The volume brings together leading experts from a range of disciplines to create a broad perspective on the study of style and variation. Beginning with an introduction to theoretical issues, the book goes on to discuss key approaches to stylistic variation in spoken language, including such issues as attention paid to speech, audience design, identity construction, the corpus study of register, genre, distinctiveness and the anthropological study of style. Rigorous and engaging, this book will become the standard work on stylistic variation. It will be welcomed by students and academics in sociolinguistics, English language, dialectology, anthropology and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/97890/cover/9780521597890.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20020221</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598214</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598217</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Workplace Studies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Recovering Work Practice and Informing System Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598217</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luff, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hindmarsh, Jon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heath, Christian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Workplace studies are of growing significance to people in a broad range of academic disciplines and professions, in particular those involved in the development of new technologies. This ground breaking new book brings together key researchers in Europe and the US to discuss critical issues in the study of the workplace and to outline recent developments in the field. The collection is divided into two parts. Part I contains a number of detailed case studies that not only provide an insight into the issues central to workplace studies but also some of the problems involved in carrying out such research. Part II focuses on the interrelationship between workplace studies and the design of new technologies. This book provides a valuable, multidisciplinary synthesis of the key issues and theoretical developments in workplace studies and a guide to the implications of such research for new technology design and the workplace.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98217/cover/9780521598217.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159829X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159829X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Philosophies of Arts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay in Differences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598293</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kivy, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the beginning of the eighteenth century the philosophy of art has been engaged on the project of trying to find out what the fine arts have in common and, thus, how they might be defined. Peter Kivy's purpose in this accessible and lucid book is to trace the history of that enterprise and argue that the definitional project has been unsuccessful. He offers a fruitful change of strategy: instead of engaging in an obsessive quest for sameness, let us explore the differences between the arts. He presents five case studies, three from literature, two from music. With its combination of historical and analytic approaches this is a book for a wide range of readers in philosophy, literary studies, music, and non-academic readers with interests in the arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98293/cover/9780521598293.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>76.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159832X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159832X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598323</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Modern Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Water Waves</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598323</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, R. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theory of water waves has been a source of intriguing and often difficult mathematical problems for at least 150 years. Virtually every classical mathematical technique appears somewhere within its confines. Beginning with the introduction of the appropriate equations of fluid mechanics, the opening chapters of this text consider the classical problems in linear and non-linear water-wave theory. This sets the ground for a study of more modern aspects, problems that give rise to soliton-type equations. The book closes with an introduction to the effects of viscosity. All the mathematical developments are presented in the most straightforward manner, with worked examples and simple cases carefully explained. Exercises, further reading, and historical notes on some of the important characters in the field round off the book and help to make this an ideal text for a beginning graduate course on water waves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91720/cover/9780521591720.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980209</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598330</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taphonomy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Process Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598330</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Ronald E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>524</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taphonomy: A Process Approach is the first book to review the entire field of taphonomy, or the science of fossil preservation. It describes the formation of animal and plant fossils in marine and  terrestrial settings and how this affects deciphering the ecology and extinction of past lifeforms and the environments in which they lived. The volume emphasises a process approach to taphonomy and reviews the taphonomic behaviour of all important taxa, plant and animal. It will be useful to anyone interested in the preservation of fossils and the formation of fossil assemblages, but it is aimed primarily at advanced students and professionals working in paleontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, climate modeling and biogeochemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98330/cover/9780521598330.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disease and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Health of European Troops in the Conquest of Africa</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curtin, Philip D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Before the nineteenth century, European soldiers serving in the tropics died from disease at a rate several times higher than that of soldiers serving at home. Then, from about 1815 to 1914, the death rates of European soliders, both those serving at home and abroad, dropped by nearly 90%. But this drop applied mainly to soliders in barracks. Soldiers on campaign, especially in the tropics, continued to die from disease at rates as high as ever, in sharp contrast to the drop in barracks death rates. This book examines the practice of military medicine during the conquest of Africa, especially in the 1880s and 1890s. Curtin examines what was done, what was not done, and the impact of doctors' successes and failures on the willingness of Europeans to embark on imperial adventures.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98354/cover/9780521598354.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981005</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598370</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598370</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598378</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Search for Life on Other Planets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598378</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jakosky, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Does life exist on other planets? This topical book presents the scientific basis for thinking there may be life elsewhere in the Universe. It is the first to cover the entire breadth of recent exciting discoveries, including the discovery of planets around other stars and the possibility of fossil life in meteorites from Mars. Suitable for the general reader, this authoritative book avoids technical jargon and is well illustrated throughout. It covers all the major topics, including the origin and early history of life on Earth, the environmental conditions necessary for life to exist, the possibility that life might exist elsewhere in our Solar System, the occurrence of planets around other stars and their habitability, and the possibility of intelligent extraterrestrial life. For all those interested in understanding the scientific evidence for and likelihood of extraterrestrial life, this is the most comprehensive and readable book to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98378/cover/9780521598378.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981116</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tame Topology and O-minimal Structures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598385</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dries, L. P. D. van den</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following their introduction in the early 1980s o-minimal structures were found to provide an elegant and surprisingly efficient generalization of semialgebraic and subanalytic geometry. These notes give a self-contained treatment of the theory of o-minimal structures from a geometric and topological viewpoint, assuming only rudimentary algebra and analysis. The book starts with an introduction and overview of the subject. Later chapters cover the monotonicity theorem, cell decomposition, and the Euler characteristic in the o-minimal setting and show how these notions are easier to handle than in ordinary topology. The remarkable combinatorial property of o-minimal structures, the Vapnik-Chervonenkis property, is also covered. This book should be of interest to model theorists, analytic geometers and topologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98385/cover/9780521598385.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598397</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598397</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598392</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stable Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598392</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wagner, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>319</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of stable groups connects model theory, algebraic geometry and group theory. It analyses groups which possess a certain very general dependence relation (Shelah's notion of 'forking'), and tries to derive structural properties from this. These may be group-theoretic (nilpotency or solubility of a given group), algebro-geometric (identification of a group as an algebraic group), or model-theoretic (description of the definable sets). In this book, the general theory of stable groups is developed from the beginning (including a chapter on preliminaries in group theory and model theory), concentrating on the model- and group-theoretic aspects. It brings together the various extensions of the original finite rank theory under a unified perspective and provides a coherent exposition of the current knowledge in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics, 1997</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598408</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains the invited lectures given at the Sixteenth British Combinatorial Conference, held in July 1997 at Queen Mary and Westfield College, University of London. This biennial conference is a well-established international event, with speakers from all over the world. Contained here is a survey of some of the most important work ever in graph theory, with related papers that will be essential background reading to anyone doing research in this field. Also included is an illustration of how recent developments in group theory lead to advances in graph theory, and an exciting new construction of one of the Mathieu groups. Other articles show how to construct a block design, and how to use finite geometries. An account is given of the computational complexity of counting. The book provides a valuable survey of the present state of knowledge in combinatorics. It will be useful to research workers and advanced graduate students, primarily in mathematics but also in computer science, statistics and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98408/cover/9780521598408.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598422</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Utilitarianism, Hedonism, and Desert</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Moral Philosophy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598422</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feldman, Fred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fred Feldman is an important philosopher, who has made a substantial contribution to utilitarian moral philosophy. This collection of ten previously published essays plus a new introductory essay reveal the striking originality and unity of his views. Feldman's version of utilitarianism differs from traditional forms in that it evaluates behaviour by appeal to the values of accessible worlds. These worlds are in turn evaluated in terms of the amounts of pleasure they contain, but the conception of pleasure involved is a novel one and the formulation of hedonism improved. In Feldman's view pleasure is not a feeling but a propositional attitude. He also deals with problems of justice that affect standard forms of utilitarianism. The collection is ideally suited for courses on contemporary utilitarian theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98422/cover/9780521598422.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theories of International Regimes</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hasenclever, Andreas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mayer, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rittberger, Volker</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>International regimes have been a major focus of research in international relations for over a decade. Three schools of thought have shaped the discussion: realism, which treats power relations as its key variable; neoliberalism, which bases its analysis on constellations of interests; and cognitivism, which emphasizes knowledge dynamics, communication, and identities. Each school articulates distinct views on the origins, robustness, and consequences of international regimes. This book examines each of these contributions to the debate, taking stock of, and seeking to advance, one of the most dynamic research agendas in contemporary international relations. While the differences between realist, neoliberal and cognitivist arguments about regimes are acknowledged and explored, the authors argue that there is substantial scope for progress toward an inter-paradigmatic synthesis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98491/cover/9780521598491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Trust</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Sociological Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598507</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sztompka, Piotr</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Piotr Sztompka here presents a major work of social theory, which gives a comprehensive theoretical account of trust as a fundamental component of human actions. Professor Sztompka's detailed and systematic study takes account of the rich evolving research on trust, and provides conceptual and typological clarifications and explications of the notion itself, its meaning, foundations and functions. He offers an explanatory model of the emergence (or decay) of trust-cultures, and relates the theoretical to the historical by examining the collapse of communism in 1989 and the emergence of a post-communist social order. Piotr Sztompka illustrates and supports his claims with statistical data and his own impressive empirical study of trust, carried out in Poland at the end of the nineties. Trust: A Sociological Theory is a conceptually creative and elegant work in which scholars and students of sociology, political science and social philosophy will find much of interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98507/cover/9780521598507.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598516</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598516</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598514</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The International Organization of Credit</TitleText>

<Subtitle>States and Global Finance in the World-Economy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598514</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Germain, Randall D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Randall Germain explores the international organization of credit in a changing world economy. At the centre of his analysis is the construction of successive international organisations of credit, built around principal financial centres (PFCs) and constituted by overlapping networks of credit institutions, mainly investment, commercial, and central banks. A critical historical approach to international political economy (IPE) allows Germain to stress both the multiple roles of finance within the world economy, and the centrality of financial practices and networks for the construction of monetary order. He argues that the private global credit system which replaced Bretton Woods is anchored unevenly across the world's three principal financial centres: New York, London, and Tokyo. This balance of power is irrevocably fragmented with respect to relations between states, and highly ambiguous in terms of how power is exercised between public authorities and private financial institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98514/cover/9780521598514.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980119</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Search and Destroy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>African-American Males in the Criminal Justice System</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jerome G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The war on drugs, begun in the Reagan Administration and presently continuing unabated, has resulted in an explosion in the American prison population. Whether a desired effect of the war or not, this increase has been accounted for by a severely disproportionate number of African-American males. Jerome Miller demonstrates in Search and Destroy that an African-American male between the ages of eighteen and thirty-five has an inordinate likelihood of encountering the criminal justice system at some point during those years. In a wide-ranging survey of blacks and the justice system, Miller notes the presence of bias among police officers, probation officers, courts, and even social scientists whose data form the basis for many policies and social workers whose responsibility is allegedly to members of the underclass.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98583/cover/9780521598583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598591</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598591</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beethoven: The 'Moonlight' and other Sonatas, Op. 27 and Op. 31</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Even in Beethoven's day the 'Moonlight' Sonata was a popular favourite. This book provides an accessible introduction to the Sonatas Opp. 27 and 31 (including The 'Moonlight' and 'The Tempest'), aimed at pianists, students, and music lovers. It begins with the works' historical background - the emergence of a 'piano culture' at the end of the eighteenth century, Beethoven's aristocratic milieu in Vienna, and his oft-quoted intention to follow a new compositional path. An account of the sonatas' genesis is followed by a discussion of their reception history, including a survey of changing performing styles since the mid-nineteenth century. The concept of the Sonata quasi una Fantasia is examined in relation to the cult of artistic sensibility in early-nineteenth-century Vienna. The study concludes with a critical introduction to each sonata.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98590/cover/9780521598590.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991220</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598606</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ploughshares into Swords</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Race, Rebellion, and Identity in Gabriel's Virginia, 1730-1810</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598606</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sidbury, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During the summer of 1800, slaves in and around Richmond conspired to overthrow their masters and abolish slavery. This book uses Gabriel's Conspiracy, and the evidence produced during the repression of the revolt, to expose the processes through which Virginians of African descent built an oppositional culture. Sidbury portrays the rich cultures of eighteenth-century black Virginians, and the multiple, and sometimes conflicting, senses of identity that emerged among enslaved and free people living in and around the rapidly growing state capital. The book also examines the conspirators' vision of themselves as God's chosen people, and the complicated African and European roots of their culture. In so doing, it offers an alternative interpretation of the meaning of the Virginia that was home to so many of the Founding Fathers. This narrative focuses on the history and perspectives of black and enslaved people, in order to develop 'Gabriel's Virginia' as a counterpoint to more common discussions of 'Jeffersonian Virginia'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98606/cover/9780521598606.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521598958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521598958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521598958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Jordan</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521598958</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robins, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Philip Robins' survey of Jordan's political history begins in the early 1920s, continues through the years of the British Mandate, and traces events over the next half-century to the present day. Throughout the period, the country's fortunes were closely identified with its head of state, King Hussein, until his death in 1999. In the early days, as the author testifies, the King's prospects were often regarded as grim. However, both King and country survived a variety of existential challenges, from assassination attempts and internal subversion, to a civil war with the Palestine Liberation Organisation and, in the 1970s and 1980s, it emerged as an apparently stable and prosperous state. However, King Hussein's death, the succession of his son, Abdullah II, and recent political upheavals have plunged the country back into uncertainty. This is an incisive account, compellingly told, about one of the leading players in the Middle East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/98958/cover/9780521598958.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040406</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599032</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599032</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Innovation and Transformation in International Studies</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599030</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mittelman, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the nature of, and conditions for, theoretical innovation in international studies. Highlighting classic and new research problems, this collection of critically minded, original essays pushes international relations scholarship in uncharted directions. Bridging social theory and international relations theory, it searches for sources of intellectual innovation in the everyday lives of ordinary people. The seventeen contributors are drawn from four continents and include such leading scholars as Richard Falk, James Rosenau, Yoshikazu Sakamoto, and Susan Strange. Although a diverse group, they find the contemporary world order is in the throes of a structural transformation, which can be partly understood in terms of emancipation: the self-actualisation of human potential and community that looks beyond the current era in which neo-liberal globalisation is dominant, to a more democratic and just world order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Low-Dimensional Semiconductor Structures</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Device Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599047</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnham, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vvedensky, Dimitri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD5</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Low-Dimensional Semiconductor Structures provides a seamless, atoms-to-devices introduction to the latest quantum heterostructures. It covers their fabrication, their electronic, optical and transport properties, their role in exploring physical phenomena, and their utilization in devices. The authors begin with a detailed description of the epitaxial growth of semiconductors. They then deal with the physical behaviour of electrons and phonons in low-dimensional structures. A discussion of localization effects and quantum transport phenomena is followed by coverage of the optical properties of quantum wells. They then go on to discuss non-linear optics in quantum heterostructures. The final chapters deal with semiconductor lasers, mesoscopic devices, and high-speed heterostructure devices. The book contains many exercises and comprehensive references. It is suitable as a textbook for graduate-level courses in electrical engineering and applied physics. It will also be of interest to engineers involved in the development of semiconductor devices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/91034/cover/9780521591034.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Queer Fictions of the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History, Culture, and Difference</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bravmann, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>190</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Queer Fictions of the Past, Scott Bravmann explores the complexity of lesbian and gay engagement with history and considers how historical discourses animate the present. Characterising historical representations as dynamic conversations between then and now, he demonstrates their powerful role in constructing present identities, differences, politics, and communities. In particular, his is the first book to explore the ways in which lesbians and gay men have used history to define themselves as social, cultural, and political subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99078/cover/9780521599078.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599083</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599083</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Passages to Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legislative Recruitment in Advanced Democracies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>275</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recruitment to legislative office is one of the core functions of political systems, yet we know little about how the process varies from one country to another. Passages to Power provides a comparative account of legislative recruitment which applies a common analytical framework and new survey data to nineteen advanced democracies. Legislative recruitment refers to the critical step as people move from lower levels of politics into parliamentary careers. Who succeeds in becoming a politician? Who fails? And why? Based on original research which adopts a 'new institutionalist' perspective, this book compares these issues in a wide range of countries. This important new study brings together an outstanding group of international scholars to look at recruitment around the world. The countries examined in depth include Australia, Canada, Finland, Germany, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States, along with a comparison of all member states in the European Union.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99085/cover/9780521599085.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159913X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159913X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Mechanical Properties of Ceramics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, David J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a comprehensive introduction to the mechanical properties of ceramics, and is designed primarily as a textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in materials science and engineering.  Over the past 25 years ceramics have become key materials in the development of many new technologies as scientists have been able to design these materials with new structures and properties.  An understanding of the factors that influence their mechanical behavior and reliability is essential.  This book will introduce the reader to current concepts in the field.  It contains problems and exercises to help readers develop their skills.  Although designed principally as a textbook for advanced undergraduates and graduate students, this book will also be of value as a supplementary text for more general courses and to industrial scientists and engineers involved in the development of ceramic-based products, materials selection and mechanical design.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99139/cover/9780521599139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599148</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599148</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Image Processing and Data Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Multiscale Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599146</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Starck, Jean-Luc</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murtagh, Fionn D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bijaoui, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Powerful techniques have been developed in recent years for the analysis of digital data, especially the manipulation of images. This book provides an in-depth introduction to a range of these innovative, avante-garde data-processing techniques. It develops the reader's understanding of each technique and then shows with practical examples how they can be applied to improve the skills of graduate students and researchers in astronomy, electrical engineering, physics, geophysics and medical imaging. What sets this book apart from others on the subject is the complementary blend of theory and practical application. Throughout, it is copiously illustrated with real-world examples from astronomy, electrical engineering, remote sensing and medicine. It also shows how many, more traditional, methods can be enhanced by incorporating the new wavelet and multiscale methods into the processing. For graduate students and researchers already experienced in image processing and data analysis, this book provides an indispensable guide to a wide range of exciting and original data-analysis techniques.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99146/cover/9780521599146.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Fields on a Lattice</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Montvay, Istvan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>M&#252;nster, Gernot</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive and coherent account of the theory of quantum fields on a lattice, an essential technique for the study of the strong and electroweak nuclear interactions. Quantum field theory describes basic physical phenomena over an extremely wide range of length or energy scales. Quantum fields exist in space and time, which can be approximated by a set of lattice points. This approximation allows the application of powerful analytical and numerical techniques, and has provided a powerful tool for the study of both the strong and the electroweak interaction. After introductory chapters on scalar fields, gauge fields and fermion fields, the book studies quarks and gluons in QCD and fermions and bosons in the electroweak theory. The last chapter is devoted to numerical simulation algorithms which have been used in recent large-scale numerical simulations. The book will be valuable for graduate students and researchers in theoretical physics, elementary particle physics, and field theory, interested in non-perturbative approximations and numerical simulations of quantum field phenomena.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99177/cover/9780521599177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599180</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599180</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599184</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nonlinear Magnetohydrodynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599184</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biskamp, Dieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A self-contained introduction to magnetohydrodynamics (MHD), with emphasis on nonlinear processes. Chapters 2 to 4 outline the conventional aspects of MHD theory, magnetostatic equilibrium and linear stability theory, which form a natural basis for the topics in the subsequent chapters. The main part, chapters 5 to 7, presents nonlinear theory, starting with the evolutions and saturations of individual ideas and resistive instabilities, continuing with a detailed analysis of magnetic reconnection, and concluding with the most complex nonlinear behaviour, that of MHD turbulence. The last chapters describe three important applications of the theory: disruptive processes in tokamaks, MHD effects in reversed-field pinches, and solar flares. In the presentation the focus is more on physical mechanisms than on special formalisms. The book is essential reading for researchers and graduate students interested in MHD processes both in laboratory and in astrophysical plasmas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99184/cover/9780521599184.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599191</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>From School to Productive Work</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain and Switzerland Compared</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599191</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bierhoff, Helvia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prais, S. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>153</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Switzerland is universally respected for its highly successful economy. It has long enjoyed low unemployment and inflation, and an exceptionally satisfactory transition process for youngsters from school to work. This book provides a nuts-and-bolts comparison of how that more successful transition is brought about. It explains the different emphases of Swiss secondary schooling by focusing on the way in which both academic and practical subjects are taught. The different ways in which career guidance and spells of work experience are handled in Britain and Switzerland are also compared.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99191/cover/9780521599191.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599202</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599207</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bolshevik Women</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599207</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clements, Barbara Evans</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bolshevik Women is a history of the women who joined the Soviet Communist Party before 1921. The book examines the reasons these women became revolutionaries, the work they did in the underground before 1917, their participation in the revolution and civil war, and their service in the building of the USSR. Drawing on a database of more than five hundred individuals as well as on intensive research into the lives of the most prominent female Bolsheviks, the study argues that women were important members of the Communist Party at its lower levels during its formative years. They were lieutenants, printing leaflets, speaking to crowds, and running party operations in the cities. They also created one of the most remarkable efforts to emancipate women from traditional society of the twentieth century. This book traces their fascinating lives from the earliest years of the revolutionary movement through to their old age in the time of Khrushchev and Brezhnev.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99207/cover/9780521599207.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971013</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599214</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Unemployment Policy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Government Options for the Labour Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599214</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snower, Dennis J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dehesa, Guillermo de la</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>620</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is substantial disagreement among policy-makers about how governments should respond to the problem of high unemployment. Thus far there has been little, if any, systematic attempt to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the main unemployment policies available to governments in market economies. Individual policy recommendations are usually made in isolation from one another. This book attempts to provide a balanced assessment of the various policy options, including the following: demand management versus supply-side policy, subsidizing employment and training, restructuring labour market regulations, and reforming the welfare state. The book also examines the political economy of unemployment policy and the effect of this policy on productivity growth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99214/cover/9780521599214.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599229</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599229</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational Learning Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599221</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anthony, M. H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Biggs, N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>171</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Computational learning theory is a subject which has been advancing rapidly in the last few years. The authors concentrate on the probably approximately correct model of learning, and gradually develop the ideas of efficiency considerations. Finally, applications of the theory to artificial neural networks are considered. Many exercises are included throughout, and the list of references is extensive. This volume is relatively self contained as the necessary background material from logic, probability and complexity theory is included. It will therefore form an introduction to the theory of computational learning, suitable for a broad spectrum of graduate students from theoretical computer science and mathematics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99221/cover/9780521599221.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970428</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599237</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599237</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representation Theory of Artin Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599238</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Auslander, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiten, Idun</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smalo, Sverre O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introduction to the contemporary representation theory of Artin algebras, by three very distinguished practitioners in the field. Beyond assuming some first-year graduate algebra and basic homological algebra, the presentation is entirely self-contained, so the book is a suitable introduction for any mathematician (especially graduate students) to this field. The main aim of the book is to illustrate how the theory of almost split sequences is used in the representation theory of Artin algebras.  However, other foundational aspects of the subject are developed. These results give concrete illustrations of some of the more abstract concepts and theorems. The book includes complete proofs of all theorems, and numerous exercises.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99238/cover/9780521599238.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics on Words</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599245</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lothaire, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Combinatorics on words, or finite sequences, is a field which grew simultaneously within disparate branches of mathematics such as group theory and probability. It has grown into an independent theory finding substantial applications in computer science automata theory and linguistics. This volume is the first to attempt to present a thorough treatment of this theory. All of the main results and techniques are covered. The presentation is accessible to undergraduate and graduate level students in mathematics and computer science as well as to specialists in all branches of applied mathematics. Topics discussed include: Thue's square free words, Van der Waerden's theorem, Ramsey's theorem; factorization of free monoids including application to free Lie algebras; equations in words, etc.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99245/cover/9780521599245.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599253</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599252</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Flows and Stochastic Differential Equations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599252</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kunita, Hiroshi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main purpose of this book is to give a systematic treatment of the theory of stochastic differential equations and stochastic flow of diffeomorphisms, and through the former to study the properties of stochastic flows. The classical theory was initiated by K. It&#244; and since then has been much developed. Professor Kunita's approach here is to regard the stochastic differential equation as a dynamical system driven by a random vector field, including thereby It&#244;'s theory as a special case. The book can be used with advanced courses on probability theory or for self-study. The author begins with a discussion of Markov processes, martingales and Brownian motion, followed by a review of It&#244;'s stochastic analysis. The next chapter deals with continuous semimartingales with spatial parameters, in order to study stochastic flow, and a generalisation of Ito's equation. Stochastic flows and their relation with this are generalised and considered in chapter 4. It is shown that solutions of a given stochastic differential equation define stochastic flows of diffeomorphisms. Some applications are given of particular cases. Chapter 5 is devoted to limit theorems involving stochastic flows, and the book ends with a treatment of stochastic partial differential equations through the theory of stochastic flows. Applications to filtering theory are discussed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99252/cover/9780521599252.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599261</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language Shift and Cultural Reproduction</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Socialization, Self and Syncretism in a Papua New Guinean Village</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599269</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kulick, Don</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>335</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Language Shift and Cultural Reproduction is a fascinating anthropological study of language and cultural change among the villagers of Gapun, in the Sepik region of Papua New Guinea. Despite their strong attachment to their own language as a source of identity and as a tie to their lands, people are abandoning their vernacular in favour of Tok Pisin, the most widely spoken language in Papua New Guinea. By examining village language socialization practices and drawing on Marshall Sahlins's ideas about structure and event, Don Kulick reveals how daily interactions, attitudes towards language, children, change, and personhood, all contribute to a shift in language and culture that is beyond the villagers' understanding and control. This is the first detailed documention of the process of language shift. It places linguistic change within an interpretive framework, and treats language as a symbolic system that affects, and is affected by, the thoughts and actions of everyday life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99269/cover/9780521599269.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970623</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599296</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599290</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to the Mathematics of Neurons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modeling in the Frequency Domain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599290</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoppensteadt, Frank C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes the signal processing aspects of neural networks. It begins with a presentation of the necessary background material in electronic circuits, mathematical modeling and analysis, signal processing, and neurosciences, and then proceeds to applications. These applications include small networks of neurons, such as those used in control of warm-up and flight in moths and control of respiration during exercise in humans. Next, a theory of mnemonic surfaces is developed and studied and material on pattern formation and cellular automata is presented. Finally, large networks are studied, such as the thalamus-reticular complex circuit, believed to be involved in focusing attention, and the development of connections in the visual cortex. Additional material is also provided about nonlinear wave propagation in networks. This book will serve as an excellent text for advanced undergraduates and graduates in the physical sciences, mathematics, engineering, medicine and life sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99290/cover/9780521599290.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>62.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599318</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Life of Charles Ives</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599313</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Feder, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Charles Ives grew up in the nineteenth century and composed chiefly in the twentieth. His nostalgia for a simpler life in the New England country town of his youth is revealed in his frequent musical quotation of songs of that earlier time: parlor and patriot songs, hymns and gospel music. He had learned these songs early in his life through his father, a village bandmaster, who remained the most important influence in his life and music. Ives absorbed these influences within an innovative and modern musical style of composition. Stuart Feder's account of Ives's life clarifies the complexities of the man and his music, while his straightforward discussion of this uniquely autobiographical music in turn illuminates the narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/90723/cover/9780521590723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991108</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599334</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599334</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599337</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Earth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Plates, Plumes and Mantle Convection</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599337</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Geoffrey F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamic Earth presents the principles of convection in the earth's mantle in an accessible style. Mantle convection is the process underlying plate tectonics, volcanic hotspots and, hence, most geological processes. The book summarises key observations and presents the relevant physics starting from basic principles. The main concepts and arguments are presented with minimal mathematics, although more mathematical versions of important aspects are included for those who desire them. The book also surveys geochemical constraints and mantle evolution. The audience for Geoff Davies' book will be the broad range of geologists who desire a better understanding of the earth's internal dynamics, as well as graduate students and researchers working on the many aspects of mantle dynamics and its implications for geological processes. It is also suitable as a text or supplementary text for upper undergraduate and postgraduate courses in geophysics, geochemistry, and tectonics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99337/cover/9780521599337.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599342</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599344</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>X-ray Binaries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599344</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lewin, Walter H. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paradijs, Jan van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Heuvel, Edward P. J. van den</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>676</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>X-ray binaries are some of the most varied and perplexing systems known to astronomers. The compact object which accretes mass from its companion star may be a white dwarf, neutron star, or black hole, whereas the donor star can be a 'normal' star or a white dwarf. The various combinations differ widely in their behaviour, and this timely volume provides a unique reference of our knowledge to date of all of them. Fifteen specially written chapters by a team of the world's foremost researchers in the field explore all aspects of the X-ray binaries. They cover the X-ray, ultraviolet, optical and radio properties of these violent systems and address key issues such as: how were these systems formed, and what will be their fate; how can we understand X-ray bursts, and how the quasi-periodic oscillations; what is the connection between millisecond radio pulsars and low-mass X-ray binaries; and how does the magnetic field of a neutron star decay? This long awaited review provides graduate students and researchers with the standard reference on X-ray binaries for many years to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99344/cover/9780521599344.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599369</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hannah Arendt and Leo Strauss</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German &#201;migr&#233;s and American Political Thought after World War II</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599368</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kielmansegg, Peter Graf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mewes, Horst</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glaser-Schmidt, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume on Hannah Arendt's and Leo Strauss' impact on American political science after 1933 contains essays presented at an international conference held at the University of Colorado at Boulder in 1991. The book explores the influence that Arendt's and Strauss' experiences of inter-war Germany had on their perception of democracy and their judgment of American liberal democracy. Although they represented different political attitudes, both thinkers interpreted the modern American political system as a response to totalitarianism. The contributors analyse how their &#233;migr&#233; experience both influenced their American work and also had an impact on the formation of the discipline of political science in postwar Germany. Arendt's and Strauss' experiences thus aptly illustrate the transfer and transformation of political ideas in the World War II era.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99368/cover/9780521599368.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970907</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599377</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599377</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599375</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Financial Integration</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Interest Differentials between the Major Industrial Countries</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599375</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marston, Richard C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>211</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study examines the progress made in integrating the financial markets of the major industrial countries: Britain, France, Germany, Japan, and the United States. Professor Marston shows that deregulation and liberalization have succeeded to such an extent that interest rates in any single currency are nearly the same regardless of whether they are offered in national or Eurocurrency markets. Professor Marston also demonstrates that currency denomination remains a barrier to full financial integration in that both nominal and real returns on financial instruments vary widely by currency tied together in the European Monetary System. The analysis examines returns in the money and bond markets of these countries, investigating whether there are systematic variations in relative returns across markets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99375/cover/9780521599375.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599385</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599385</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599382</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Consolidation of Democracy in East-Central Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599382</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dawisha, Karen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parrott, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edited by two of the world's leading analysts of post-communist politics, this book brings together distinguished specialists on the Baltic states (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania), Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and Hungary. The authors analyse the patterns of post-communist democratization in these countries, paying particular attention to the process of party formation, electoral politics, the growth of civil society, and the impact of economic reform on the emergence of interest groups. Karen Dawisha and Bruce Parrott provide theoretical and comparative chapters on post-communist political development across the region. This book will provide students and scholars with detailed analysis by leading authorities, plus the latest research data on recent political and economic developments in each country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99382/cover/9780521599382.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599393</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599393</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>What is Life? The Next Fifty Years</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Speculations on the Future of Biology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599399</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Luke A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Erwin Schr&#246;dinger's book What is Life? had a tremendous influence on the development of molecular biology, stimulating scientists such as Watson and Crick to explore the physical basis of life. Much of the appeal of Schr&#246;dinger's book lay in its approach to the central problems in biology - heredity and how organisms use energy to maintain order - from a physicist's perspective. At Trinity College, Dublin a number of outstanding scientists from a range of disciplines gathered to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of What is Life? and following Schr&#246;dinger's example fifty years previously, presented their views on the current central problems in biology. The contributors to this volume include  Stephen Jay Gould, Roger Penrose, Jared Diamond, Manfred Eigen, John Maynard Smith, Christien de Duve and Lewis Wolpert. This collection is essential reading for anyone interested in biology and its future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99399/cover/9780521599399.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970512</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599407</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599407</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599405</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Masters of War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Military Dissent and Politics in the Vietnam Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599405</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Buzzanco, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Throughout the last decade, defenders of the US role in Vietnam have argued that America's defeat was not the result of an illegitimate intervention or military shortcomings but rather a failure of will because national leaders, principally Lyndon B. Johnson, forced the troops to 'fight with one hand tied behind their backs.' In this volume, Robert Buzzanco disproves this theory by demonstrating that political leaders, not the military brass, pressed for war; that American policymakers always understood the problems and peril of war in Indochina; and that civil-military acrimony and the political desire to defer responsibility for Vietnam helped lead the United States into the war. For the first time, these crucial issues of military dissent, interservice rivalries, and civil-military relations and politics have been tied together to provide a cogent and comprehensive analysis of the US role in Vietnam.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99405/cover/9780521599405.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599415</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599415</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599412</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Hard Hand of War</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Union Military Policy toward Southern Civilians, 1861-1865</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599412</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grimsley, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Hard Hand of War explores the Union army's policy of destructive attacks upon Southern property and civilian morale - how it evolved, what it was like in practice. From an initial policy of deliberate restraint, extending even to the active protection of Southerners' property and constitutional rights, Union armies gradually adopted measures that subjected civilians to the burdens of war. Yet the ultimate 'hard war' policy was far from the indiscriminate fury of legend. Union policy makers emphasised a program of directed severity, and Grimsley demonstrates how and why it worked. Through comparisons with earlier European wars and through the testimony of Union soldiers and Southern civilians alike, he shows that Union soldiers exercised restraint even as they made war against the Confederate civilian population.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99412/cover/9780521599412.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599431</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599431</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599436</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electronic Transport in Mesoscopic Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599436</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Datta, Supriyo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>393</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent advances in semiconductor technology have made possible the fabrication of structures whose dimensions are much smaller than the mean free path of an electron. This book is the first to give a thorough account of the theory of electronic transport in such mesoscopic systems. After an initial chapter covering fundamental concepts, the transmission function formalism is presented, and used to describe three key topics in mesoscopic physics: the quantum Hall effect; localisation; and double-barrier tunnelling. Other sections include a discussion of optical analogies to mesoscopic phenomena, and the book concludes with a description of the non-equilibrium Green's function formalism and its relation to the transmission formalism. Complete with problems and solutions, the book will be of great interest to graduate students of mesoscopic physics and nanoelectronic device engineering, as well as to established researchers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99436/cover/9780521599436.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599458</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599458</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Time's Arrows Today</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Recent Physical and Philosophical Work on the Direction of Time</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599450</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Savitt, Steven F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>While experience tells us that time flows from the past to the present and into the future, a number of philosophical and physical objections exist to this commonsense view of dynamic time. In an attempt to make sense of this conundrum, philosophers and physicists are forced to confront fascinating questions, such as: Can effects precede causes? Can one travel in time? Can the expansion of the Universe or the process of measurement in quantum mechanics define a direction in time?  In this book, researchers from both physics and philosophy attempt to answer these issues in an interesting, yet rigorous way. This fascinating book will be of interest to physicists and philosophers of science and educated general readers interested in the direction of time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99450/cover/9780521599450.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599466</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599466</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biochemical Oscillations and Cellular Rhythms</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Molecular Bases of Periodic and Chaotic Behaviour</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599467</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldbeter, Albert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berridge, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>632</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses the molecular bases of some of the most important biochemical rhythms known at the cellular level. Clarifying the mechanism of these oscillatory phenomena is of key importance for understanding the origin as well as the physiological function of these rhythms, and the conditions in which simple periodic behaviour transforms into complex oscillations including bursting and chaos. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers in a wide variety of fields. On the one hand, it will be of interest to life scientists such as biochemists, cell biologists, medical scientists, pharmacologists and chronobiologists. On the other hand, scientists studying nonlinear phenomena, including oscillations and chaos, in chemistry, physics, mathematics and mathematical biology will also find these ideas of value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99467/cover/9780521599467.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970602</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599474</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599474</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Kondo Problem to Heavy Fermions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599474</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hewson, Alexander Cyril</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The behaviour of magnetic impurities in metals has posed problems to challenge the condensed matter theorist over the past 30 years.  This book deals with the concepts and techniques which have been developed to meet this challenge, and with their application to the interpretation of experiments. This book will be of interest to condensed matter physicists, particularly those interested in strong correlation problems. The detailed discussions of advanced many-body techniques should make it of interest to theoretical physicists in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99474/cover/9780521599474.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970630</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599482</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599482</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599481</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Resistance to New Technology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Nuclear Power, Information Technology and Biotechnology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599481</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bauer, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book compares resistance to technology across time, nations, and technologies. Three post-war examples - nuclear power, information technology, and biotechnology - are used in the analysis. The focus is on post-1945 Europe, with comparisons made with the USA, Japan, and Australia. Instead of assuming that resistance contributes to the failure of a technology, the main thesis of the book is that resistance is a constructive force in technological development, giving technology its particular shape in a particular context. Whilst many people still believe in the positive contribution made by science and technology, many have become sceptical. By exploring the idea that modernity creates effects that undermine its own foundations, forms and effects of resistance are explored in various contexts. The book presents a unique interdisciplinary study, including contributions from historians, sociologists, psychologists, and political scientists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99481/cover/9780521599481.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970818</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599490</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599498</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Solid State Electrochemistry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599498</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bruce, Peter G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes for the first time in a modern text the fundamental principles on which solid state chemistry is based.  In this sense it differs from other books on the subject, which tend to concentrate only on a description of materials. Topics include solid (ceramic) electrolytes, glasses, polymer electrolytes, intercalation electrodes, interfaces and applications.  The different nature of ionic conductivity in ceramic, glassy and polymer electrolytes is described, as are the thermodynamics and kinetics of intercalation reactions.  The interface between solid electrolytes and electrodes is discussed and contrasted with more conventional liquid state electrochemistry. The text provides an essential foundation for postgraduates and others entering the field for the first time and will also be of value in advanced undergraduate courses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99498/cover/9780521599498.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599504</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599504</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Practical Guide to CCD Astronomy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599504</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martinez, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klotz, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demers, Andri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>L&#233;na, Pierre</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>High-performance CCD cameras have opened up an exciting new window on the Universe for amateur astronomers. This book provides a complete, self-contained guide to choosing and using CCD cameras. We start with a no-nonsense introduction to how a CCD camera works and just what determines its performance. We are then shown how to use a CCD camera and calibrate accurately the images we obtain. A clear review is then provided of the software available for visualising, analysing and processing digital images. Finally, we are guided through a series of key areas in astronomy where we can make the best use of our CCD cameras. This handy volume is packed with practical tips. It provides a clear introduction to CCD astronomy for novices and an indispensable reference for more experienced amateur astronomers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99504/cover/9780521599504.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599512</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599512</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599511</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Living Text of the Gospels</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599511</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, D. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book represents an important new departure in Gospel studies and textual criticism. David Parker offers, for the first time, a different way of reading the Gospels which treats seriously the fact that they first existed as manuscripts. Through an analysis of the different forms of a number of key passages, he demonstrates that the Gospels cannot be properly understood as texts without taking into consideration their physical existence as manuscripts, printed books and electronic text. In conclusion, he argues that the search for an original text of the Gospels overlooks the way in which the early church passed down its traditions. This book challenges many of the assumptions of New Testament scholarship. But, at the same time, it does not assume any prior knowledge of the discipline, and can therefore be used as a unique alternative to traditional primers of New Testament textual criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99511/cover/9780521599511.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mappings in Thought and Language</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599535</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fauconnier, Gilles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Meaning in everyday thought and language is constructed at lightning speed. We are not conscious of the staggering complexity of the cognitive operations that drive our simplest behavior. This book examines a central component of meaning construction: the mappings that link mental spaces. A deep result of the research is that the same principles operate at the highest levels of scientific, artistic, and literary thought, and at the lower levels of elementary understanding and sentence meaning. Some key cognitive operations are analogical mappings, conceptual integration and blending, discourse management, induction and recursion. The analyses are based on a rich array of attested data in ordinary language, humor, action and design, science, and narratives. Phenomena that receive attention include counterfactuals; time, tense, and mood; opacity; metaphor; fictive motion; grammatical constructions; quantification over cognitive domains.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99535/cover/9780521599535.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971110</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599598</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Territorial Ambitions and the Gardens of Versailles</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599597</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mukerji, Chandra</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In seventeenth-century France, land took on new importance for the practice of politics and rituals of court life. In her major new book, Chandra Mukerji highlights the connections between the two seemingly disparate activities of engineering and garden design. She shows how, at Versailles in particular, the royal park showcased French skills in using nature and art to design a distinctively French landscape and create a naturalized political territoriality. She challenges the association of state power with social and legal structures alone and demonstrates the importance for Louis XIV and his state of a controlled physical site, a demarcated French territory within the wider European geo-political continent.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99597/cover/9780521599597.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599601</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599601</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Visconti</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations of Beauty and Decay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599603</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bacon, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>APF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study, the first to consider Luchino Visconti's entire works, Henry Bacon examines the films of one of Italy's pre-eminent filmmakers against the cultural, historical, and biographical contexts in which they were made. Through analysis of his achievements, Visconti also emerges as a twentieth-century inheritor and renewer of the nineteenth-century narrative tradition, especially that of the novel and the opera.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99603/cover/9780521599603.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159961X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159961X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599610</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consent, Dissent, and Patriotism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599610</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levi, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Democratic governments are able to elicit, legally and legitimately, both money and men from their populations. Certainly there is tax evasion, draft evasion, and even outright resistance; yet to a remarkable extent citizens acquiesce and even actively consent to the demands of governments, well beyond the point explicable by coercion. This is a puzzle for social scientists, particularly those who believe that individuals are self-interested, rational actors who calculate only the private egoistic costs and benefits of possible choices. The provisions of collective good should never justify a quasi-voluntary tax payment and the benefits of a war could not possibly exceed the cost of dying. This book explains the institutionalization of policy in response to anticipated and actual citizen behaviour and the conditions under which citizens give, refuse and withdraw their consent. Professor Levi claims that citizens' consent is contingent upon the perceived fairness of both the government and of other citizens. Most citizens of democracies, most of the time, are more likely to give their consent if they believe that government actors and other citizens are behaving fairly toward them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99610/cover/9780521599610.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599679</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599672</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology and Inscription</TitleText>

<Subtitle>'Cultural Studies' after Benjamin, De Man, and Bakhtin</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599672</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cohen, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In Ideology and Inscription Tom Cohen questions the way history, ideology and politics are invoked in contemporary cultural studies. Enlisting the work of three seminal figures in literary theory - Walter Benjamin, Paul de Man, and M. Bakhtin - Cohen argues for a new politics of memory that moves beyond what he sees as our current paralysing preoccupation with the present, and also for a new approach to the reading and analysis of cultural texts that breaks with the mimetic premises of traditional criticism. The book challenges many of the prevailing methodologies and assumptions of the contemporary critical scene and, through analyses of such topics as the rhetoric of science, ecological criticism, and the films of Hitchcock, demonstrates the subtlety and critical power of a more genuinely 'materialist' approach to a wide range of cultural texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99672/cover/9780521599672.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599687</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599687</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599689</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Nation-building in the Post-Soviet Borderlands</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of National Identities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599689</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Law, Vivien</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohr, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allworth, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPHV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines how national and ethnic identities are being reforged in the post-Soviet borderland states. The first chapter provides a conceptual and theoretical context for examining national identities, drawing in particular upon post-colonial theory. The rest of the book is divided into three parts. In Part I, the authors examine how national histories of the borderland states are being rewritten especially in relation to new nationalising historiographies, around myths of origin, homeland, and descent. Part II explores the ethnopolitics of group boundary construction and how such a politics has led to nationalising policies of both exclusion and inclusion. Part III examines the relationship between nation-building and language, especially with regard to how competing conceptions of national identity have informed the thinking of both political decision-takers and nationalising intellectuals, and the consequences for ethnic minorities. Such perspectives on nation-building are illustrated with substantive studies drawn from the Baltic states, Ukraine, and Belarus, Transcaucasia, and Central Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99689/cover/9780521599689.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981109</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599709</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599709</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599702</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Difference Troubles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Queering Social Theory and Sexual Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599702</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seidman, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>321</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Difference Troubles examines the implications for social theory and sexual politics of taking difference seriously. It explores the trouble difference makes not only for the social sciences, but also for the people - feminists, queer theorists, postmodernists - who champion difference. Seidman asks how social thinkers should conceptualize differences such as gender, race, and sexuality, without reducing them to an inferior status. This is a wide-ranging and sophisticated discussion of contemporary social theory and sexual politics, presented with Seidman's familiar imagination and clarity. In addition, it argues persuasively for a pragmatic approach to difference troubles in theory and politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99702/cover/9780521599702.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599725</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599725</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Institutional Economics Revisited</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599726</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tsuru, Shigeto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>219</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shigeto Tsuru is one of Japan's most respected senior economists. In these lectures, he provides a reappraisal of institutionalism as a school of thought and discusses its relevance for the issues which the economic profession today must tackle. Tsuru reconsiders Marxian political economy as an 'institutionalist school', which provides a context for the following discussion of J. M. Keynes, Joseph Schumpeter and Thorstein Veblen. He goes on to present the four key elements of modern institutionalism - i.e., the open-system character of the economy; the problem of planning; the evolutionary process of modern economics; and the normative character of economics - by way of an examination of three present-day institutionalists, Gunnar Myrdal, John K. Galbraith, and K. William Kapp. Tsuru concludes with an evaluation of modern institutionalism and the future of institutional economics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99726/cover/9780521599726.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599733</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599733</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thinking about Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599733</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Streeten, Paul Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Streeten is recognised as one of the profession's most eminent authorities on economic development. In these lectures he provides a major statement on his approach to the development problem, stressing that human development, not simply income growth, should be the focus of all strategies to eradicate hunger and poverty in the world. His argument assigns an important role to reformed government - both in providing social services and in facilitating the functioning of markets - in opposition to the prevailing idea that minimal government is more often than not the optimal solution. The role of small and larger firms, institutions, central and local government is also carefully examined. Streeten outlines a normative political economy - how to mobilise reformist alliances, how to use interest group, how to harness coalition - in the pursuit of effective development.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99733/cover/9780521599733.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599741</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Money and the Economy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Issues in Monetary Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599740</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brunner, Karl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meltzer, Allan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a unique perspective on a key issue of monetary economics: the effect of money on output. Karl Brunner and Allan Meltzer address the theoretical aspects of this issue with the purpose of understanding their policy implications. They offer an historical and at times provocative overview on the relationship between money and output, and go on to present their well-known model of a monetary economy, before examining the real sector. Throughout the volume, their views are confronted with competing explanations in order to highlight differences. The monetarist flavour of the volume emerges most clearly in frequent arguments pointing to the relative stability of the private sector.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99740/cover/9780521599740.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052159975X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052159975X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Economic Laws and Economic History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599757</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kindleberger, Charles P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Charles Kindleberger makes a powerful case against the idea that any one model could be used to unlock the basic secret of economic history. It is essentially an exercise in methodology, addressed to economists and economic historians alike. He argues that too many economists discover a relationship or a uniformity in economic behaviour, develop a model, and use it to explain more than it is capable of, including, on occasion, all economic behaviour. These lectures discuss four 'laws' in economics to show how uniformities can illuminate economic history in particular aspects. They illustrate the view that the economist or economic historian seeking to test analysis against historical data should have a variety of different models, and not just one. The implication is that however scientific and technical the tools, choosing them carefully to fit particular circumstances is itself an art.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99757/cover/9780521599757.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599768</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599764</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Choice Analysis in Historical Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599764</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peacock, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>245</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this volume, Sir Alan Peacock, one of Britain's most noted public economists, poses the question as to whether the history of economic thought is an essential part of the training of public finance economists. He argues that the perspective gained by studying the origins of public choice analysis can offer an important stimulus to scientific progress. The first lecture analyses the increasing popularity in recent years of the modernist, anti-historical point of view. The second criticises those theories of growth in government expenditure which ignore the political process. The third lecture draws on Adam Smith and David Hume to extend the conventional economic model of bureaucracy. In the final lecture, Peacock considers the problem of controlling public sector growth and points to ways of overcoming them. The book ends with short commentaries by seven public economists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99764/cover/9780521599764.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970922</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599784</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599784</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Patriarchy, Property and Death in the Roman Family</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599788</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Saller, Richard P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The figure of the Roman father has traditionally provided the pattern of patriarchy in European thought. This book shows how the social realities and cultural representations diverged from this paradigm. Demographic analysis and computer simulation demonstrate that before adulthood most Romans lost their fathers by death. Close reading of Latin texts reveals Roman fathers as devoted and loving and not harsh exploitative masters of slaves. The demographic and cultural contexts deepen our understanding of how the patrimony was transmitted.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99788/cover/9780521599788.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970505</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599863</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Islamic Legal Theories</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction to Sunni Usul al-fiqh</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599863</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hallaq, Wael B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAFS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Wael B. Hallaq has already established himself as one of the most eminent scholars in the field of Islamic law. In his latest book, the author traces the history of Islamic legal theory from its early beginnings until the modern period. Initially, he focuses on the early formation of this theory, analysing its central themes and examining the developments which gave rise to a variety of doctrines. He concludes with a discussion of modern thinking about the theoretical foundations and methodology of Islamic law. In organisation, approach to the subject and critical apparatus, the book is the first of its kind, and will be an essential tool for the understanding of Islamic legal theory in particular and Islamic law in general. This, in combination with an accessibility of language and style, will guarantee a readership among students and scholars and anyone interested in Islam and its evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99863/cover/9780521599863.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599881</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599881</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Globe Rebuilt</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mulryne, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shewring, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The rebuilding of the Globe theatre (1599-1613) on London's Bankside, a few yards from the site of the playhouse in which many of Shakespeare's plays were first performed, must rank as one of the most imaginative enterprises of recent decades. It has aroused intense interest among scholars and the general public worldwide. This book offers a fully illustrated account of the research that has gone into the Globe reconstruction, drawing on the work of leading scholars, theatre people and craftsmen to provide an authoritative view of the twenty years of research and the hundreds of practical decisions entailed. Documents of the period are explored afresh; the techniques of timber-framed building and the decorative practices of Elizabethan craftsmen explained; and all of this reconciled with the requirements of the actors and restrictions of modern architectural design. The result is a book that will fascinate scholarly readers and laymen alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99887/cover/9780521599887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19970811</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics of Finite Geometries</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Batten, Lynn Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introductory text on the combinatorial theory of finite geometry. It assumes only a basic knowledge of set theory and analysis, but soon leads the student to results at the frontiers of research. It begins with an elementary combinatorial approach to finite geometries based on finite sets of points and lines, and moves into the classical work on affine and projective planes. The next part deals with polar spaces, partial geometries, and generalised quadrangles. The revised edition contains an entirely new chapter on blocking sets in linear spaces, which highlights some of the most important applications of blocking sets from the initial game-theoretic setting to their recent use in cryptography. Extensive exercises at the end of each chapter ensure the usefulness of this book for senior undergraduate and beginning graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99931/cover/9780521599931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19971020</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599955</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Samuel Clarke: A Demonstration of the Being and Attributes of God</TitleText>

<Subtitle>And Other Writings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599955</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clarke, Samuel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vailati, Ezio</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Samuel Clarke was by far the most gifted and influential Newtonian philosopher of his generation, and A Demonstration of the Being and Attributes of God, which constituted the 1704 Boyle Lectures, was one of the most important works of the first half of the eighteenth century, generating  a great deal of controversy about the relation between space and God, the nature of divine necessary existence, the adequacy of the Cosmological Argument, agent causation, and the immateriality of the soul. Together with the other texts presented in this edition, it also provides the best introduction to Clarke's philosophical views, which, in addition to their intrinsic interest, are historically important for the light they shed both on the philosophical positions within the Newtonian circle and on the exchange between Clarke and Leibniz, the most famous philosophical controversy of the eighteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99955/cover/9780521599955.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521599970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521599970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521599979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism, Technology, and the Body</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Cultural Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521599979</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Armstrong, Tim</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a study of the relations between the body and its technologies in modernism. Tim Armstrong traces the links between modernist literary texts and medical, psychological and social theory across a range of writers, including Yeats, Henry James, Eliot, Stein, and Pound. Armstrong shows how modernist texts enact experimental procedures which have their origins in nineteenth-century psychophysics, biology, and bodily reform techniques, but within a context in which the body is reconceived and subjected to new modes of production, representation and commodification. Drawing on a wide range of disciplines, Armstrong challenges the received oppositions between technology and literature, the instrumental and the aesthetic, by demonstrating the leaky boundaries and complex interconnections between these domains. This book offers a cultural history of modernism as it negotiated the enduring fact of the human body in a period of rapid technological change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/99979/cover/9780521599979.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600529</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600521</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thomas Hardy on Screen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600521</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, T. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The novels of Thomas Hardy have often been regarded as cinematic in their scope and power, and they have inspired some of the most absorbing adaptations of fiction for the big screen. This collection of essays by prominent international Hardy scholars explores both successful and unsuccessful attempts to transfer Hardy's novels to the screen. It provides a fascinating illustrated history of the interpretation and recreation of Hardy's work, from the silent era to television. The essays highlight the challenging nature of Hardy's work, which finds its most powerful reflection in films by controversial directors such as Roman Polanski and Michael Winterbottom. Adaptations on screen have revived Hardy's reputation for new generations of readers, and have reinforced the continuing relevance of his works. This collection offers a stimulating starting-point both for the study of Hardy's novels as films, and of the ways in which cinema and television adaptations illuminate the novels.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00521/cover/9780521600521.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600545</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600545</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinical Neuroradiology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Case-Based Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600545</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hathout, Gasser M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ferguson, Tanya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A truly interdisciplinary clinical text, Clinical Neuroradiology investigates the structure-function relationship for major CNS diseases, illustrated by considering actual clinical cases. Authored by a leading neuroradiologist, this landmark publication provides neuroradiologists with clinical neurological correlates and neurologists with imaging correlates for all key neurological conditions. Organised by brain region, each chapter contains an introductory section of clinically relevant neuroanatomy followed by a series of case studies giving: &#8226; Brief history and summary of findings &#8226; Differential diagnosis &#8226; Imaging findings, related to clinical deficits &#8226; Pertinent neuronal circuits, neurochemistry and neurogenetics &#8226; Basic therapeutic approaches to each syndrome  Due to its utility in demonstrating structural-functional correlates, a separate chapter on stroke is included. Lavishly illustrated with images from all modalities and outstanding anatomical diagrams rendered in true radiographic (rather than 'upside-down' anatomic) orientation, Clinical Neuroradiology is an invaluable resource for everyone involved in the diagnosis and management of neurological disorders.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00545/cover/9780521600545.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090112</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600553</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600552</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Political Movements and Violence in Central America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600552</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brockett, Charles D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers an in-depth analysis of the confrontation between popular movements and repressive regimes in Central America during the three decades beginning in 1960, particularly in El Salvador and Guatemala. Examining both urban and rural groups as well as both nonviolent social movements and revolutionary movements, this study has two primary theoretical objectives. First, to clarify the impact of state violence on contentious political movements. Under what conditions will escalating repression provoke challengers to even greater activity (perhaps even the use of violence themselves) and under what conditions will it intimidate them back into passivity? Second, to defend the utility of the political process model for studying contentious movements, indeed, finding in this model the key to resolving the repression-protest paradox. The study is based on the most thorough set of events data on contentious political activities collected from Latin American countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00552/cover/9780521600552.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600569</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Impacts on Weather and Climate</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600569</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cotton, William R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pielke, Sr., Roger A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This new edition of Human Impacts on Weather and Climate examines the scientific and political debates surrounding anthropogenic impacts on the Earth's climate and presents the most recent theories, data and modeling studies. The book discusses the concepts behind deliberate human attempts to modify the weather through cloud seeding, as well as inadvertent modification of weather and climate on the regional scale. The natural variability of weather and climate greatly complicates our ability to determine a clear cause-and-effect relationship to human activity. The authors describe the basic theories and critique them in simple and accessible terms. This fully revised edition will be a valuable resource for undergraduate and graduate courses in atmospheric and environmental science, and will also appeal to policy makers and general readers interested in how humans are affecting the global climate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00569/cover/9780521600569.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160057X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160057X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600576</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems and Solutions in Quantum Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600576</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tamvakis, Kyriakos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of solved problems corresponds to the standard topics covered in established undergraduate and graduate courses in Quantum Mechanics. Problems are also included on topics of interest which are often absent in the existing literature. Solutions are presented in considerable detail, to enable students to follow each step. The emphasis is on stressing the principles and methods used, allowing students to master new ways of thinking and problem-solving techniques. The problems themselves are longer than those usually encountered in textbooks and consist of a number of questions based around a central theme, highlighting properties and concepts of interest. For undergraduate and graduate students, as well as those involved in teaching Quantum Mechanics, the book can be used as a supplementary text or as an independent self-study tool.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00576/cover/9780521600576.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600588</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Chinese Leadership</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Challenges and Opportunities after the 16th Party Congress</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600583</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chu, Yun-han</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lo, Chih-cheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Myers, Ramon H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume presents a concise history of how China's Communist Party (CCP) selected a new generation of leaders in late 2002 and why the individuals, in their late 40s and 50s, were so well qualified to govern China. These leaders are trying to lead China to become a regional and world power in which their people can enjoy a modest living standard and take pride in the nation's achievements. Addressed to the expert or ordinary reader, these essays see China's leaders as challenged by a new trend, visible only in the last decade, of a widening gap between the losers in society and the winners of the recent economic and political reforms. The leaders of the largest, single ruling party and state authority in the world must somehow reverse that trend if China is to survive as one nation. This volume explains they are doing that by reconfiguring their huge command economy, promoting a market economy, and undertaking gradual political reforms. It is unflinching in its discussion of how China's leaders face mounting political corruption, spreading unemployment, growing disparity of wealth and income, and a crisis of belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00583/cover/9780521600583.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600596</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The International Climate Change Regime</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Guide to Rules, Institutions and Procedures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600590</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yamin, Farhana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Depledge, Joanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>730</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a comprehensive, authoritative and independent account of the rules, institutions and procedures governing the international climate change regime. Its detailed yet user-friendly description and analysis covers the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change, the Kyoto Protocol, and all decisions taken by the Conference of the Parties up to 2003, including the landmark Marrakesh Accords. Mitigation commitments, adaptation, the flexibility mechanisms, reporting and review, compliance, education and public awareness, technology transfer, financial assistance and climate research are just some of the areas that are reviewed. The book also explains how the regime works, including a discussion of its political coalitions, institutional structure, negotiation process, administrative base, and linkages with other international regimes. In short, this book is the only current work that covers all areas of the climate change regime in such depth, yet in such a uniquely accessible and objective way.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00590/cover/9780521600590.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600758</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600758</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Employment and the Family</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Reconfiguration of Work and Family Life in Contemporary Societies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600750</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crompton, Rosemary</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rates of employment amongst mothers of young children have risen rapidly in recent years. Attitudes to gender roles have changed, and both employers and governments have had to adjust to new realities. But some argue that recent changes in employment relations are making work more family 'unfriendly'. What are the real consequences of change? Rosemary Crompton explores the origins and background of this radical shift in the gendered division of labour. Topics covered include the changing attitudes to gender roles and family life, the gendered organisational context, and recent changes in employment relations and their impact on work-life articulation. A comparative analysis of Britain, France, Norway, Finland, the United States and Portugal provides an assessment of the varying impact of state policies, and the changing domestic division of labour. Crompton draws on original research and situates her findings within contemporary theoretical and empirical debates.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00750/cover/9780521600750.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600798</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Black Crescent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Experience and Legacy of African Muslims in the Americas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600798</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gomez, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning with Latin America in the fifteenth century, this book is a social history of the experiences of African Muslims and their descendants throughout the Americas, including the Caribbean. The record under slavery is examined, as is the post-slavery period into the twentieth century. The experiences vary, arguably due to some extent to the Old World context. Muslim revolts in Brazil are also discussed, especially in 1835, by way of a nuanced analysis. The second part of the book looks at the emergence of Islam among the African-descended in the United States in the twentieth century, with successive chapters on Noble Drew Ali, Elijah Muhammad, and Malcolm X, with a view to explaining how orthodoxy arose from varied unorthodox roots.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00798/cover/9780521600798.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521600847</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521600847</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521600842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Solidarity and the Gift</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521600842</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Komter, Aafke E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book brings together two traditions of thinking about social ties: sociological theory on solidarity and anthropological theory on gift exchange. The purpose of the book is to explore both how  theoretical traditions may complete and enrich each other, and how they may illuminate transformations in solidarity. The main argument, supported by empirical illustrations, is that a theory of solidarity should incorporate some of the core insights from anthropological gift theory. The book presents a theoretical model covering both positive and negative - selective and excluding - aspects and consequences of solidarity. It is concluded that over the past century solidarity has undergone a fundamental transformation, from Durkheim's 'organic' solidarity to a type of solidarity which can be called 'segmented': separate, autonomous social segments connecting with other segments, no longer out of necessity and mutual dependency but on the basis of individual choice. Solidarity has, thereby, become more noncomittal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/00842/cover/9780521600842.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160107X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160107X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521601078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sharing Executive Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Roles and Relationships at the Top</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521601078</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alvarez, Jos&#233; Luis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Svejenova, Silviya</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In many companies, two or three executives jointly hold the responsibilities at the top-from the charismatic CEO who relies on the operational expertise of a COO, to co-CEOs who trust in inter-personal bonds to achieve professional results. Their collaboration is essential if they are to address the dilemmas of the top job and the demands of today's corporate governance. Sharing Executive Power examines the behaviour of such duos, trios and small teams, what roles their members play and how their professional and inter-personal relationships bind their work together. It answers some critical questions regarding when and how such power sharing units form and break up, how they perform and why they endure. Understanding their dynamics helps improve the design and composition of corporate power structures. The book is essential reading for academics, graduates, MBAs, and executives interested in enhancing teamwork and cooperation at the top.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/01078/cover/9780521601078.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521601088</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521601088</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521601085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shape of the New Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521601085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rogowski, Ralf</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The European Union and European identity were until recently the objects of separate branches of scholarship and inquiry. With the entry of Central and Eastern European members into the EU, it has become clear that the future of the European Union can no longer be considered in isolation from the future of European identity. Taking J&#252;rgen Habermas's plea for a European constitution and a normative foundation for the European Union as its starting point, this volume brings together the ideas of distinguished scholars in philosophy, political science, sociology, history, law and theology in order to address the shifting relationship between constitutionality, political culture, history and collective identity. The book argues that the future shape of Europe will not only result from external processes of globalisation but from the interaction between these social spheres within Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/01085/cover/9780521601085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521601150</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521601150</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521601153</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bonds of Civility</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Aesthetic Networks and the Political Origins of Japanese Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521601153</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ikegami, Eiko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>476</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this path breaking book, Eiko Ikegami uncovers a complex history of social life in which aesthetic images became central to Japan's cultural identities. The people of premodern Japan built on earlier aesthetic traditions in part for their own sake, but also to find space for self-expression in the increasingly rigid and tightly controlled Tokugawa political system. In so doing, they incorporated the world of the beautiful within their social life which led to new modes of civility. They explored horizontal and voluntary ways of associating while immersing themselves in aesthetic group activities. Combining sociological insights in organizations with prodigious scholarship on cultural history, this book explores such wide-ranging topics as networks of performing arts, tea ceremony and haiku, the politics of kimono aesthetics, the rise of commercial publishing, the popularization of etiquette and manners, the vogue for androgyny in kabuki performance, and the rise of tacit modes of communication.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/01153/cover/9780521601153.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521601177</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521601177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521601177</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tides of Consent</TitleText>

<Subtitle>How Public Opinion Shapes American Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521601177</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stimson, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPVK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Politics is a trial in which those in government - and those who aspire to be - make proposals, debate alternatives, and pass laws. Then the jury of public opinion decides. It likes the proposals or actions or it does not. It trusts the actors or it doesn't. It moves, always at the margin, and then those who benefit from the movement are declared winners. This book is about that public opinion response. Its most basic premise is that although pubic opinion rarely matters in a democracy, public opinion change is the exception. Public opinion rarely matters, because the public rarely cares enough to act on its concerns or preferences. Change happens only when the threshold of normal public inattention is crossed. When public opinion changes, governments rise or fall, elections are won or lost, old realities give way to new demands.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/01177/cover/9780521601177.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602572</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Irish Writer and the World</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kiberd, Declan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Irish Writer and the World is a major new book by one of Ireland's most prominent scholars and cultural commentators. Declan Kiberd, author of the award-winning Irish Classics and Inventing Ireland, here synthesises the themes that have occupied him throughout his career as a leading critic of Irish literature and culture. Kiberd argues that political conflict between Ireland and England ultimately resulted in cultural confluence and that writing in the Irish language was hugely influenced by the English literary tradition. He continues his exploration of the role of Irish politics and culture in a decolonising world, and covers Anglo-Irish literature, the fate of the Irish language and the Celtic Tiger. This fascinating collection of Kiberd's work demonstrates the extraordinary range, astuteness and wit that have made him a defining voice in Irish studies and beyond, and will bring his work to new audiences across the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02570/cover/9780521602570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602655</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Personalised Medicine</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pharmacogenetics in the Clinic</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602655</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hedgecoe, Adam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Pharmacogenetics, the use of genetic testing to prescribe and develop drugs, has been hailed as a revolutionary development for the pharmaceutical industry and modern medicine. Supporters of 'personalised medicine' claim the result will be safer, cheaper, more effective drugs, and their arguments are beginning to influence policy debates. Based on interviews with clinicians, researchers, regulators and company representatives, this book explores the impact of pharmacogenetics on clinical practice, following two cases of personalised medicine as they make their way from the laboratory to the clinic. It highlights the significant differences between the views of supporters of pharmacogenetics in industry and those who use the technology at the clinical 'coal face'. Theoretically, this work builds on the developing area of the sociology of socio-technical expectations, highlighting the way in which promoters of new technologies build expectations around it, through citation and the creation of technological visions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02655/cover/9780521602655.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602662</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernizing England's Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>English Historiography in the Age of Modernism, 1870-1970</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602662</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bentley, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>253</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBAH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What came before 'postmodernism' in historical studies? By thinking through the assumptions, methods and cast of mind of English historians writing between about 1870 and 1970, Michael Bentley reveals the intellectual world of the modernists and offers the first full analysis of English historiography in this crucial period. Modernist historiography set itself the objective of going beyond the colourful narratives of 'whigs' and 'popularizers' in order to establish history as the queen of the humanities and as a rival to the sciences as a vehicle of knowledge. Professor Bentley does not follow those who deride modernism as 'positivist' or 'empiricist' but instead shows how it set in train brilliant new styles of investigation that transformed how historians understood the English past. But he shows how these strengths were eventually outweighed by inherent confusions and misapprehensions that threatened to kill the very subject that the modernists had intended to sustain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02662/cover/9780521602662.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160267X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160267X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602679</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Input-Output Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602679</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>ten Raa, Thijs</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Input-output analysis is the main tool of applied equilibrium analysis. This textbook provides a systematic survey of the most recent developments in input-output analysis and their applications, helping us to examine questions such as: Which industries are competitive? What are the multiplier effects of an investment program? How do environmental restrictions impact on prices? Linear programming and national accounting are introduced and used to resolve issues such as the choice of technique, the comparative advantage of a national economy, its efficiency and dynamic performance. Technological and environmental spillovers are analysed, both at the national level (between industries) and the international level (the measurement of globalisation effects). The book is self-contained, but assumes some familiarity with calculus, matrix algebra, and the microeconomic principle of optimizing behaviour. Exercises and review questions are included at the end of each chapter, and solutions at the end of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02679/cover/9780521602679.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fraternity among the French Peasantry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sociability and Voluntary Associations in the Loire Valley, 1815-1914</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602716</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Alan R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The individualism of the French peasantry during the nineteenth century has frequently been asserted as one of its most striking characteristics. Alan Baker challenges this orthodox view and demonstrates the extent to which peasants continued with traditional, and developed new, forms of collective action. He examines representations of the peasantry and discusses the discourse of fraternity in nineteenth-century France in general before considering specifically the historical development, geographical diffusion and changing functions of fraternal voluntary associations in Loir-et-Cher between 1815 and 1914. Alan Baker focuses principally upon associations aimed at reducing risk and uncertainty and upon associations intended to provide agricultural protection. A wide range of new voluntary associations were established in Loir-et-Cher - and indeed throughout rural France - during the nineteenth century. Their historical geography throws new light upon the sociability, upon the changing mentalit&#233;s, of French peasants, and upon the role of fraternal associations in their struggle for survival.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602723</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Conceptual Foundations of Quantum Field Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602723</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cao, Tian Yu</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quantum field theory is a powerful language for the description of the subatomic constituents of the physical world and the laws and principles that govern them. This book contains up-to-date in-depth analyses, by a group of eminent physicists and philosophers of science, of our present understanding of its conceptual foundations, of the reasons why this understanding has to be revised so that the theory can go further, and of possible directions in which revisions may be promising and productive. These analyses will be of interest to graduate students and research workers in physics who want to know about the foundational problems of their subject. The book will also be of interest to professional philosophers, historians and sociologists of science, because it contains much material for metaphysical and methodological reflections, for historical and cultural analyses, and for sociological analyses of the way in which various factors contribute to the way the foundations are revised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02723/cover/9780521602723.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evaluation and Treatment of the Infertile Male</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602730</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Centola, Grace M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ginsburg, Kenneth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFKC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a comprehensive account of the evaluation and treatment of the infertile male. It is suitable for all physicians who encounter this common medical problem. Despite the prevalance of male infertility as a common underlying cause of infertility, its evaluation and treatment remains a difficult and misunderstood area for many doctors - a problem this volume aims to overcome. It includes chapters which review the full range of modern techniques now available for analysing semen and identifying the underlying cause of infertility, and then goes on to consider the various treatment options. The volume also discusses endocrine assessment and treatment, psychological aspects of male infertility, and includes a chapter on female infertility. This will be a valuable source of reference for general practitioners and physicians, urologists and gynaecologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02730/cover/9780521602730.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602747</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Formal Semantics and Pragmatics for Natural Language Querying</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602747</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Clifford, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book discusses the connection between two areas of semantics, namely the semantics of databases and the semantics of natural language, and links them via a common view of the semantics of time. It is argued that a coherent theory of the semantics of time is an essential ingredient for the success of efforts to incorporate more 'real world' semantics into database models. This idea is a relatively recent concern of database research but it is receiving growing interest. The book begins with a discussion of database querying which motivates the use of the paradigm of Montague Semantics and discusses the details of the intensional logic ILs. This is followed by a description of the author's own model, the Historical Relational Data Model (HRDM) which extends the RDM to include a temporal dimension. Finally the database querying language QEHIII is defined and examples illustrate its use. A formal model for the interpretation of questions is presented in this work which will form the basis for much further research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02747/cover/9780521602747.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602761</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Face of the Past</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Preservation of the Medieval Inheritance in Victorian England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602761</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dellheim, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is a striking paradox of nineteenth-century England that as it became the first industrial nation, it became increasingly fascinated by its preindustrial past and, in particular, its medieval inheritance. The preservation of that inheritance was a major cultural achievement of Victorian England, one that resonates in contemporary historic preservationist movements still so common throughout England. This is a study not of an elite of artists and thinkers but of broad cultural activities, such as local archaeology and tourism, historic preservation and restoration, and architectural historianism. Professor Dellheim argues that the interest in the medieval past was far more than a revolt against modern civilization. The concern with the past had both 'progressive' as well as 'conservative' uses and expressed and reflected both provincial and national consciousness. In its broadest sense, the book shows how the Victorians reworked tradition to suit the needs of their unprecedented society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02761/cover/9780521602761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Axiomatic Domain Theory in Categories of Partial Maps</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602778</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fiore, Marcelo P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Axiomatic categorical domain theory is crucial for understanding the meaning of programs and reasoning about them. This book is the first systematic account of the subject and studies mathematical structures suitable for modelling functional programming languages in an axiomatic (i.e. abstract) setting. In particular, the author develops theories of partiality and recursive types and applies them to the study of the metalanguage FPC; for example, enriched categorical models of the FPC are defined. Furthermore, FPC is considered as a programming language with a call-by-value operational semantics and a denotational semantics defined on top of a categorical model.  To conclude, for an axiomatisation of absolute non-trivial domain-theoretic models of FPC, operational and denotational semantics are related by means of computational soundness and adequacy results. To make the book reasonably self-contained, the author includes an introduction to enriched category theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02778/cover/9780521602778.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Norton Priory</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Archaeology of a Medieval Religious House</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602785</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greene, J. Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>180</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A unique study of medieval monastic life that for the first time integrates the results of modern archaeological investigation with conventional historical and architectural research. Norton Priory itself has been the subject of the largest campaign of excavation of any monastic house in Europe, and Dr. Greene's results and analysis are therefore of the widest interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02785/cover/9780521602785.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602793</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602793</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602792</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Information Dispersal and Parallel Computation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602792</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyuu, Yuh-Dauh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>200</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In 1989, Michael Rabin proposed a fundamentally new approach to the problems of fault-tolerant routing and memory management in parallel computation, based on the idea of information dispersal. Yuh-Dauh Lyuu developed this idea in a number of new and exciting ways in his PhD thesis. Further work has led to extensions of these methods to other applications such as shared memory emulations. This volume presents an extended and updated printing of Lyuu's thesis. It gives a detailed treatment of the information dispersal approach to the problems of fault-tolerance and distributed representations of information which have resisted rigorous analysis by previous methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02792/cover/9780521602792.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602808</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Epistemic Logic for AI and Computer Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602808</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Meyer, J.-J. Ch.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hoek, W. van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Epistemic logic has grown from its philosophical beginnings to find diverse applications in computer science as a means of reasoning about the knowledge and belief of agents. This book, based on courses taught at universities and summer schools, provides a broad introduction to the subject; many exercises are included together with their solutions. The authors begin by presenting the necessary apparatus from mathematics and logic, including Kripke semantics and the well-known modal logics K, T, S4 and S5. Then they turn to applications in the contexts of distributed systems and artificial intelligence: topics that are addressed include the notions of common knowledge, distributed knowledge, explicit and implicit belief, the interplays between knowledge and time, and knowledge and action, as well as a graded (or numerical) variant of the epistemic operators. The problem of logical omniscience is also discussed extensively. Halpern and Moses' theory of honest formulae is covered, and a digression is made into the realm of non-monotonic reasoning and preferential entailment. Moore's autoepistemic logic is discussed, together with Levesque's related logic of 'all I know'. Furthermore, it is shown how one can base default and counterfactual reasoning on epistemic logic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02808/cover/9780521602808.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics and the Measurement Process</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602815</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mittelstaedt, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The main theme of this book is the idea that quantum mechanics is valid not only for microscopic objects but also for the macroscopic apparatus used for quantum mechanical measurements. The author demonstrates the intimate relations that exist between quantum mechanics and its interpretation which are induced by the quantum mechanical measurement process. Consequently, the book is concerned both with the philosophical, metatheoretical problems of interpretations and with the more formal problems of quantum object theory.  The consequences of this approach turn out to be partly very promising and partly rather disappointing. On the one hand, it is possible to give a rigorous justification of some important parts of interpretation, such as probability, by means of object theory. On the other hand, the problem of the objectification of measurement results leads to inconsistencies which cannot be resolved in an obvious way. This open problem has far-reaching consequences for the possibility of recognising an objective reality in physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02815/cover/9780521602815.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602822</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Transformation of Edinburgh</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Land, Property and Trust in the Nineteenth Century</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602822</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodger, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This clear and lucid study explores the physical transformation of Edinburgh in the nineteenth century. It is based on a formidable amount of new archival research and enriched with fascinating illustrative material. In a powerful analysis of how the law adapted under intense pressure from institutions and individuals to new possibilities for profit, Richard Rodger shows how urban expansion was financed. Victorian 'feudalism', he argues, was reasserted. As a consequence, durable housing was created, though at densities and at costs which had adverse consequences for the tenement dwellers within. Trusts, educational endowments and the Church were each instrumental in this process. The urban environmental damage associated with intensive building and overcrowding is also explored, as are the public health and co-operative responses which they prompted. Historians - whether political, urban, economic, social or legal - will find challenging new insights here, which have a resonance far beyond the confines of one city. Winner of the 2003 Frank Watson Prize.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02822/cover/9780521602822.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602839</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mahler's Sixth Symphony</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Musical Semiotics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602839</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The terms of structuralist and post-structuralist theory have been widely debated within the field of music analysis in recent years. However, very few analyses have attempted to address the repertoire of large orchestral works of the turn of the century - works which seem most obviously to escape the categories of conventional analysis. This study uses a semiotic theory of signification in order to investigate different types of musical communication. Musical meaning is defined on several levels from structures immanent to the work, through questions of tradition and genre, to consideration of the symphony as a narrative alongside other contemporary non-musical texts. Ideas from Eco, Barthes, and Derrida are deployed within the context of close analysis of the score in order to unite specifically analytical insights with cultural hermeneutics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02839/cover/9780521602839.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160284X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160284X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602846</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Clinical Clerking</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Short Introduction to Clinical Skills</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602846</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seymour, Carol A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Siklos, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sherwood, T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJAD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This pocket introduction for first year clinical students starting clinical training on the ward provides  basic information about how to talk to patients, take a medical history and how to start a clinical examination. The result of many years of clinical teaching experience at the University of Cambridge, this second edition is clearly thought out. With those first clinical encounters in mind, the text has been simplified to allow easy distinction of basic essential information from more detailed discussion. New clinical terms and issues have been included and the text further enlivened by clear line illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02846/cover/9780521602846.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602853</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Art and the Early Greek State</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602853</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shanks, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Widely known as an innovative figure in contemporary archaeology, Michael Shanks has written a challenging contribution to recent debates on the emergence of the Greek city states in the first millennium BC. He interprets the art and archaeological remains of Korinth to elicit connections between new urban environments, foreign trade, warfare, and the ideology of male sovereignty. Adopting an interdisciplinary perspective, which draws on an anthropologically informed archaeology, ancient history, art history, material culture studies and structural approaches to the classics, his book raises large questions about the links between design and manufacture, political and social structure, and culture and ideology in the ancient Greek world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02853/cover/9780521602853.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602860</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Domain Decomposition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Parallel Multilevel Methods for Elliptic Partial Differential Equations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602860</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Barry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bjorstad, Petter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gropp, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents an easy-to-read discussion of domain decomposition algorithms, their implementation and analysis. The relationship between domain decomposition and multigrid methods is carefully explained at an elementary level, and discussions of the implementation of domain decomposition methods on massively parallel super computers are also included. All algorithms are fully described and explained, and a mathematical framework for the analysis and complete understanding of the methods is also carefully developed. In addition, numerous numerical examples are included to demonstrate the behaviour of this important class of numerical methods. This book is ideal for graduate students about to embark on a career in computational science. It will also be a valuable resource for all those interested in parallel computing and numerical computational methods.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02860/cover/9780521602860.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atlas of Mesozoic and Cenozoic Coastlines</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602877</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, A. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Funnell, B. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The inferred positions of global paleoshorelines through the 240 million years of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic are presented within this atlas. Thirty-one maps, generally corresponding to stratigraphic stages, provide a snapshot of the continents and their shorelines at approximately 8 million year intervals. The maps provide a representation of the gross changes in the distribution of land and sea throughout the Mesozoic and Cenozoic plotted on Mollweide projections of paleocontinental reconstruction. They do not distinguish between well and poorly defined shorelines, but the information sources are set out in a bibliography numbering more than 2000 primary paleographic references. This is a global compilation that presents the first attempt at delineating global shorelines at stage level, and which represents many years of work sponsored by British Petroleum International (BPI), and work by BPI themselves between 1981 and 1987.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02877/cover/9780521602877.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521602890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521602890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521602891</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impact Mechanics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521602891</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stronge, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGMD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Impact mechanics is concerned with the reaction forces that develop during a collision and the dynamic response of structures to these reaction forces. The subject has a wide range of engineering applications, from designing sports equipment to improving the crashworthiness of automobiles. This book develops several different methodologies for analysing collisions between structures. These range from rigid body theory for structures that are stiff and compact, to vibration and wave analyses for flexible structures. The emphasis is on low-speed impact where damage is local to the small region of contact between the colliding bodies. The analytical methods presented give results that are more robust or less sensitive to initial conditions than have been achieved hitherto. As a text, Impact Mechanics builds upon foundation courses in dynamics and strength of materials. It includes numerous industrially relevant examples and end-of-chapter homework problems drawn from industry and sports. Practising engineers will also find the methods presented in this book useful in calculating the response of a mechanical system to impact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/02891/cover/9780521602891.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>85.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603005</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603003</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Realism and the New Realities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603003</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovin, Robin W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Are religion and public life really separate spheres of human activity? Should they be? In this book, Robin W. Lovin criticizes contemporary political and theological views that separate religion from public life as though these areas were systematically opposed and makes the case for a more integrated understanding of modern society. Such an understanding can be underpinned by 'Christian realism', which encourages responsible engagement with social and political problems from a distinctive perspective. Drawing on the work of Rawls, Galston, Niebuhr, and Bonhoeffer, Lovin argues that the responsibilities of everyday life are a form of politics. Political commitment is no longer confined to the sphere of law and government, and a global ethics arises from the decisions of individuals. This book will foster a better understanding of contemporary political thought among theologians and will introduce readers primarily interested in political thought to relevant developments in recent theology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03003/cover/9780521603003.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603056</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Structured Ring Spectra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richter, Birgit</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBPD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Within algebraic topology, the prominent role of multiplicative cohomology theories has led to a great deal of foundational research on ring spectra and in the 1990s this gave rise to significant new approaches to constructing categories of spectra and ring-like objects in them. This book contains some important new contributions to the theory of structured ring spectra as well as survey papers describing these and relationships between them. One important aspect is the study of strict multiplicative structures on spectra and the development of obstruction theories to imposing strictly associative and commutative ring structures on spectra. A different topic is the transfer of classical algebraic methods and ideas, such as Morita theory, to the world of stable homotopy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03058/cover/9780521603058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603064</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603065</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fallacies and Argument Appraisal</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603065</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tindale, Christopher W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fallacies and Argument Appraisal presents an introduction to the nature, identification, and causes of fallacious reasoning, along with key questions for evaluation. Drawing from the latest work on fallacies as well as some of the standard ideas that have remained relevant since Aristotle, Christopher Tindale investigates central cases of major fallacies in order to understand what has gone wrong and how this has occurred. Dispensing with the approach that simply assigns labels and brief descriptions of fallacies, Tindale provides fuller treatments that recognize the dialectical and rhetorical contexts in which fallacies arise. This volume analyzes major fallacies through accessible, everyday examples. Critical questions are developed for each fallacy to help the student identify them and provide considered evaluations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03065/cover/9780521603065.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070402</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160317X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160317X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnicity, Nationalism, and Minority Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>May, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Modood, Tariq</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Squires, Judith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary collection addresses the position of minorities in democratic societies, with a particular focus on minority rights and recognition. For the first time, it brings together leading international authorities on ethnicity, nationalism and minority rights from both social and political theory, with the specific aim of fostering further debate between the disciplines. In their introduction, the editors explore the ways in which politics and sociology can complement each other in unravelling the many contradictory aspects of complex phenomena. Topics addressed include the constructed nature of ethnicity, its relation to class and to 'new racism', different forms of nationalism, self determination and indigenous politics, the politics of recognition versus the politics of redistribution, and the re-emergence of cosmopolitanism. This book is essential reading for all those involved in the study of ethnicity, nationalism and minority rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03171/cover/9780521603171.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603269</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603269</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603263</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modern Moral Philosophy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplement: 54</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603263</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Hear, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>326</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although this collection of articles is not formally a commentary on Elizabeth Anscombe's famous article of the same title, in which she criticised the moral philosophy prevalent in 1958, a number of the contributors do take Anscombe's work as a starting point. Taken together the collection could be seen as a demonstration of the extent to which moral philosophers have since attempted to answer Anscombe's challenge, and to develop an approach to their subject which, while psychologically plausible, is neither based on divine law nor permissive of the impermissible.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603277</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603277</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 78</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603270</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>104</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 78 include: Beauty and the Market: Actress Postcards and their Senders in Early Twentieth-Century Australia; Ancestral and Authorial Voices in Lloyd Newson and DV8's 'Strange Fish'; Stanislavsky's Second Thoughts on 'The Seagull'; 'Lion Griefs': the Wild Animal Act as Theatre; Augusto Boal and the Woman in Lima: a Poetic Encounter; Tumbling Ticks: Presentational Structure and 'The Taming of the Shrew'; Accumulation, Loss, and Deferral; Charles Campbell and Steve Epley's Site-Specific Performance 'You Are Here'; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03270/cover/9780521603270.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050421</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603285</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 79</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>96</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 79 include: Karl Valentin's Illogical Subversion: Stand-up Comedy and Alienation Effect; The Shamen and the Epic Theatre: the Nature of Han in the Korean Theatre; Dialogism and the Theatre Event: Deborah Warner and Fiona Shaw's Medea, 2001; The Irony of Passionate Chaos: Modernity and Performing Medea; Performing Ancient Drama in Mask: the Case of Greek New Comedy; Being a Shyster: Re-visioning the Actor with Learning Difficulties; Dance Culture and Statutory Politics: Chiang Kai-Shek and the Myth of Primitivism; NTQ Reports and Announcements; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03287/cover/9780521603287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603293</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603293</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603294</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Theatre Quarterly 80</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603294</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trussler, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barker, Clive</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>102</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>New Theatre Quarterly provides a lively international forum where theatrical scholarship and practice can meet, and where prevailing dramatic assumptions can be subjected to vigorous critical questioning. Articles in volume 80 include: Peter Barnes: the Playwright who Laughed at Death; A Tear in the Fabric: the James Bulger Murder and New Theatre Writing in the 'Nineties; Jacques Copeau, Etienne Decroux, and the 'Flower of Noh'; Their Exits and Their Entrances: Getting a Handle on Doors; Lev Dodin's 'Musical Dramatic Art' and the World of Opera; Towards a Theory of Cruel Britannia: Coolness, Cruelty, and the 'Nineties; Palimpsest or Potential Space? Finding a Vocabulary for Site-Specific Performance; NTQ Reports and Announcements; NTQ Book Reviews.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03294/cover/9780521603294.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050407</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603536</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Charity, Philanthropy, and Civility in American History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603539</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Friedman, Lawrence J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGarvie, Mark D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The study of philanthropy has transcended the structure of traditional disciplines, often involving non-historians in historical analysis. This book presents professional historians addressing the dominant issues and theories offered to explain the history of American philanthropy and its role in American society. The essays develop and enlighten the major themes proposed by the book's editors, in some instances taking issue with each other in the process. The overarching premise is that philanthropic activity in America has its roots in the desires of individuals to impose their visions of societal ideals or conceptions of truth upon their society. To do so, they have organised in groups, frequently defining themselves and their group's role in society in the process.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03539/cover/9780521603539.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040513</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603544</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Property Rights</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Political Instability, Credible Commitments, and Economic Growth in Mexico, 1876-1929</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Razo, Armando</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maurer, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses a puzzle in political economy: why is it that political instability does not necessarily translate into economic stagnation or collapse? In order to address this puzzle, it advances a theory about property rights systems in many less developed countries. In this theory, governments do not have to enforce property rights as a public good. Instead, they may enforce property rights selectively (as a private good), and share the resulting rents with the group of asset holders who are integrated into the government. Focusing on Mexico, this book explains how the property rights system was constructed during the Porfirio D&#237;az dictatorship (1876-1911) and then explores how this property rights system either survived, or was reconstructed. The result is an analytic economic history of Mexico under both stability and instability, and a generalizable framework about the interaction of political and economic institutions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03546/cover/9780521603546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603552</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603553</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Republic</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603553</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lary, Diana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>242</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Twenty-first century China is emerging from decades of war and revolution into a new era. Yet the past still haunts the present. The ideals of the Chinese Republic, which was founded almost a century ago after 2000 years of imperial rule, still resonate as modern China edges towards openness and democracy. Diana Lary traces the history of the Republic from its beginnings in 1912, through the Nanjing decade, the warlord era, and the civil war with the Peoples' Liberation Army which ended in defeat in 1949. Thereafter, in an unusual excursion from traditional histories of the period, she considers how the Republic survived on in Taiwan, comparing its ongoing prosperity with the economic and social decline of the Communist mainland in the Mao years. This introductory textbook for students and general readers is enhanced with biographies of key protagonists, Chinese proverbs, love stories, poetry and a feast of illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03553/cover/9780521603553.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603560</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603560</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Agency and Action</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603560</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hyman, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steward, Helen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the most exciting developments in philosophy in the last fifty years is the resurgence in the philosophy of action. The concept of action now occupies a central place in ethics, metaphysics and jurisprudence. This collection of original essays, by some of the most astute and influential philosophers working in this area, covers the entire range of the philosophy of action. Topics covered include the nature of actions themselves; how the concepts of act, agent, cause and event are related to each other; self-knowledge, emotion, autonomy and freedom in human life; and the place of the concept of action in criminal law. The volume concludes with a major essay by one of America's leading authorities in the philosophy of law on 'the 3.5 billion dollar question': was the destruction of the World Trade Center one event or two?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03560/cover/9780521603560.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603633</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603633</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603638</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Durkheim's Ghosts</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Logics and Social Things</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603638</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lemert, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Durkheim's Ghosts is a fascinating presentation of the tradition of social theory influenced by Emile Durkheim's thinking on the social foundations of knowledge. From Saussure and Levi-Strauss to Foucault, Bourdieu and Derrida, today's criticisms of modern politics and culture owe an important, if unacknowledged, debt to Durkheim. These engaging and innovative essays by leading sociologist Charles Lemert bring together his writings on the contributions of French social theory past and present. Rather than merely interpret the theories, Lemert uses them to explore the futures of sociology, social theory, and culture studies. Durkheim's Ghosts offers the reader original insights into Durkheim's legacy and the wider French traditions for the cultural and social sciences. Of special note is the book's new and exciting theory of culture and semiotics. Provocative, scholarly, imaginative and ambitious this book will be invaluable to anyone interested in social theory, culture, and intellectual history of modern times.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03638/cover/9780521603638.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603641</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603641</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Endurance of Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ancient Roots and Modern Dilemmas</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603645</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roshwald, Aviel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>362</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aviel Roshwald directly challenges prevalent scholarly orthodoxies about the exclusively modern character of nationalism. He argues that nationalism's enduring power to shape the world we live in arises directly out of its position at the heart of inescapable social and political paradoxes that are not only fundamental to the modern experience, but many of whose roots can be traced back into ancient history. Modern nationalisms, the author contends, cannot be fully understood without first examining their ancient counterparts and archetypes. Deploying a broad array of historical and contemporary case studies (ranging from ancient Jewish nationalism to the contemporary Israeli-Palestinian conflict, from the nationalist politics of ancient Greece to the contested memory of the Alamo, and from the Yugoslav wars to Northern Ireland's Orange Parades) the author argues that a responsible politics of nationalism depends upon a forthright acknowledgement of the deep-seated and intrinsically insoluble dilemmas that inhere in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03645/cover/9780521603645.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160365X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603652</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Primer of Genetic Analysis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Problems Approach</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603652</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thompson, Jr, James N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hellack, Jenna J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braver, Gerald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Durica, David S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An invaluable student-tested study aid, this primer provides guided instruction for the analysis and interpretation of genetic principles and practice in problem solving. Each section is introduced with a summary of useful hints for problem solving and an overview of the topic with key terms. A series of problems, generally progressing from simple to more complex, then allows students to test their understanding of the material. Each question and answer is accompanied by detailed explanation. This new edition includes additional problems in basic areas that often challenge students, extended coverage in molecular biology and development, an expanded glossary of terms, and updated historical landmarks. Students at all levels, from beginning biologists and premedical students to graduates seeking a review of basic genetics, will find this book a valuable aid. It will complement the formal presentation in any genetics textbook or stand alone as a self-paced review manual.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03652/cover/9780521603652.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603692</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603692</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603690</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Applied Mathematics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Modelling, Analysis, Approximation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603690</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howison, Sam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing from a wide variety of mathematical subjects, this book aims to show how mathematics is realised in practice in the everyday world. Dozens of applications are used to show that applied mathematics is much more than a series of academic calculations. Mathematical topics covered include distributions, ordinary and partial differential equations, and asymptotic methods as well as basics of modelling. The range of applications is similarly varied, from the modelling of hair to piano tuning, egg incubation and traffic flow. The style is informal but not superficial. In addition, the text is supplemented by a large number of exercises and sideline discussions, assisting the reader's grasp of the material. Used either in the classroom by upper-undergraduate students, or as extra reading for any applied mathematician, this book illustrates how the reader's knowledge can be used to describe the world around them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03690/cover/9780521603690.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603730</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603730</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603737</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Narrative of Robert Adams, A Barbary Captive</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Edition</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603737</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adams, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>252</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>First published in London in 1816, The Narrative of Robert Adams is an account of the adventures of Robert Adams, an African American seaman who survives shipwreck, slavery, and brutal efforts to convert him to Islam, before being ransomed to the British consul.  In London, Adams is discovered by the Company of Merchants Trading which publishes his story, into which Adams inserts a fantastical account of a trip to Timbuctoo. Adams's story is accompanied by contemporary essays and notes that place his experience in the context of European exploration of Africa at the time, and weigh his credibility against other contemporary accounts.  Professor Adams's introduction examines Adams's credibility in light of modern knowledge of Africa and discusses the significance of his story in relation to the early nineteenth century interest in Timbuctoo, and to the literary genres of the slave narrative and the Barbary Captivity narrative.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03737/cover/9780521603737.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603757</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603757</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603751</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Freedom of Speech</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603751</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether free speech is defended as a fundamental right that inheres in each individual, or as a guarantee that all of society's members will have a voice in democratic decision-making, the central role of expressive freedom in liberating the human spirit is undeniable. Freedom of expression will, as the essays in this volume illuminate, encounter new and continuing controversies in the twenty-first century. Advances in digital technology raise pressing questions regarding freedom of speech and, with it, intellectual property and privacy rights. Campaign finance reform limits the formerly sacrosanct category of 'political speech'. Expressive liberties may face their greatest challenge from government efforts to thwart terrorism. The twelve legal scholars and philosophers whose work appears in this volume examine the history of free speech doctrine, its relevance to other social and personal values, and the radical critiques it has withstood in recent years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03751/cover/9780521603751.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603765</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603768</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Environmentalism and Public Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603768</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyon, Thomas P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maxwell, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to provide a hard-headed economic view of the voluntary approaches to environmental issues, especially toxic chemicals, waste disposal and global warming, that have become prominent in recent years. Corporate environmental initiatives are seen as a tool for influencing the behaviour of environmental activists, legislators, and regulators, though they may have ancillary benefits such as attracting 'green' consumers or reducing costs. Equally, government voluntary programs are seen as a way to achieve modest environmental results when political resistance to mandatory policies is high. Rigorous analysis is illustrated with numerous case studies drawn from the US, Europe, and Japan, while technical details are relegated to appendices, and each chapter highlights implications for corporate strategy and public policy. Although rooted in economic theory, this book will appeal to business strategists and policy practitioners, as well as scholars and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03768/cover/9780521603768.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603811</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603811</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to Class Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603812</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Erik Olin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few themes have been as central to sociology as 'class' and yet class remains a perpetually contested idea. Sociologists disagree not only on how best to define the concept of class but on its general role in social theory and indeed on its continued relevance to the sociological analysis of contemporary society. Some people believe that classes have largely dissolved in contemporary societies; others believe class remains one of the fundamental forms of social inequality and social power. Some see class as a narrow economic phenomenon whilst others adopt an expansive conception that includes cultural dimensions as well as economic conditions. This book explores the theoretical foundations of six major perspectives of class with each chapter written by an expert in the field. It concludes with a conceptual map of these alternative approaches by posing the question: 'If class is the answer, what is the question?'</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03812/cover/9780521603812.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603862</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603867</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>AB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Tempest Audio Cassette</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603867</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shakespeare, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naxos AudioBooks</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<BICMainSubject>DD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the acclaimed Naxos series of Shakespeare recordings. A full professional cast, headed by Sir Ian McKellen as Prospero and Emilia Fox as Miranda, records the complete, unabridged New Cambridge Shakespeare text of The Tempest, with sound effects and accompanying music. The set of  cassettes is accompanied by notes and a synopsis of the play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03867/cover/9780521603867.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603943</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521603943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Minorities within Minorities</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Equality, Rights and Diversity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eisenberg, Avigail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spinner-Halev, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most discussions of multiculturalism and group rights focus on the relationship between the minority and the majority. This volume advances our understanding of minority rights by focusing on conflicts that arise within minority groups and by examining the different sorts of responses that the liberal state might have to these conflicts. Groups around the world are increasingly successful in maintaining or winning autonomy. In light of this trend, a crucial question emerges: what happens to individuals within groups who find that their group discriminates against them? This volume brings together distinguished scholars who examine this question by weaving together normative political theory with case studies drawn from South Africa, the United States, India, Canada, and Britain. Classical liberalism, deliberative democracy, feminism, and associative democracy are among the theoretical frameworks used to offer solutions to the complex set of issues raised by minorities within minorities.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03942/cover/9780521603942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603978</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603973</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Portugal and the Portuguese Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Beginnings to 1807</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603973</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Disney, A. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Kingdom of Portugal was created as a by-product of the Christian Reconquest of Hispania. With no geographical raison d'&#234;tre and no obvious political roots in its Roman, Germanic, or Islamic pasts, it for long remained a small, struggling realm on Europe's outer fringe. Then, in the early fifteenth century, this unlikely springboard for Western expansion suddenly began to accumulate an empire of its own, eventually extending more than halfway around the globe. A History of Portugal and the Portuguese Empire, drawing particularly on historical scholarship postdating the 1974 Portuguese Revolution, offers readers a comprehensive overview and reinterpretation of how all this happened - the first such account to appear in English for more than a generation. Volume I concerns the history of Portugal itself from pre-Roman times to the climactic French invasion of 1807, and Volume II traces the history of the Portuguese overseas empire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03973/cover/9780521603973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521603994</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521603997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to The Nineteenth-Century American Novel</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, Gregg</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stowe, Hawthorne, Melville, and Twain: these are just a few of the world-class novelists of nineteenth-century America. The nineteenth-century American novel was a highly fluid form, constantly evolving in response to the turbulent events of the period and emerging as a key component  in American identity, growth, expansion and the Civil War. Gregg Crane tells the story of the American novel from its beginnings in the early republic to the end of the nineteenth century. Treating the famous and many less well-known works, Crane discusses the genre's major figures, themes and developments. He analyses the different types of American fiction - romance, sentimental fiction, and the realist novel - in detail, while the historical context is explained in relation to how novelists explored the changing world around them. This comprehensive and stimulating introduction will enhance students' experience of reading and studying the whole canon of American fiction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03997/cover/9780521603997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604095</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BG</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>NASB Pitt Minion Reference Edition NS183RC Burgundy French Morocco Leather</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bible</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A brand new edition of the renowned New American Standard Bible, reflecting the best traditions of Cambridge Bible typography and production values.  Cambridge's original Pitt Minion Bibleswere notable for their use of a compact typeface designed for Cambridge University Press in the heyday of hot-metal composition. They have been a feature of the Cambridge list for over half a century. The NASB Pitt Minion Reference Edition now follows in this historic tradition, using a stylish modern digital typeface which like its predecessor combines utility and elegance. It uses the Lexicon typeface, carefully chosen for its economical use of space. This is the font used for dictionaries and encyclopaedias because it accommodates a lot of characters in a small space. The result is a classic Bible for the twenty first century produced in a remarkably compact yet readable form.   Cambridge's NASB Pitt Minion Bibles feature red-letter text for the words of Christ and full cross-references. Printed on India paper, the pages are sewn for maximum resilience and durability. This Bible has a ribbon to keep the place and a presentation page. Extra study features include a concordance and 16 pages of maps.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04093/cover/9780521604093.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060914</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604141</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604141</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Art of Educating with V Diagrams</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gowin, D. Bob</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Alvarez, Marino C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the mind and its ability to seek answers to unknown or unanswered questions. The theory of educating provides the grounding for using V diagrams by students, educators, researchers, and parents. Teachers make lesson plans using V diagrams and concept maps. They become expert coaches in guiding student performances. Students learn to construct their own knowledge. They change from question-answerers to question-askers. Parents share meaning with their children and their children's teachers and administrators. Administrators monitor programs and are in touch with all participants in schools and universities. Researchers and evaluators can share records of events and facts. With this theory working in the classrooms and laboratories of many practical places of educating plus extending into the world of technology literacy, The Art of Educating with V Diagrams explains how educating works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04147/cover/9780521604147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160415X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160415X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Advances in Elliptic Curve Cryptography</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blake, Ian F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seroussi, Gadiel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smart, Nigel P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the appearance of the authors' first volume on elliptic curve cryptography in 1999 there has been tremendous progress in the field. In some topics, particularly point counting, the progress has been spectacular. Other topics such as the Weil and Tate pairings have been applied in new and important ways to cryptographic protocols that hold great promise. Notions such as provable security, side channel analysis and the Weil descent technique have also grown in importance. This second volume addresses these advances and brings the reader up to date. Prominent contributors to the research literature in these areas have provided articles that reflect the current state of these important topics. They are divided into the areas of protocols, implementation techniques, mathematical foundations and pairing based cryptography. Each of the topics is presented in an accessible, coherent and consistent manner for a wide audience that will include mathematicians, computer scientists and engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04154/cover/9780521604154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604192</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Keats and Hellenism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Essay</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aske, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a fresh and original interpretation of Keats' use of classical mythology in his verse. Dr Aske argues that classical antiquity appears to Keats as a supreme fiction, authoritative yet disconcerting, and his poems represent hard endeavours to come to terms with the influence of that fiction. The major poems (most notably Endymion, Hyperion, the Ode on a Grecian Urn and Lamia) form a stage, as it were, upon which is played out a psychic drama between the modern poet and his classical muse. The study is especially bold in its assimilation of historical scholarship and literary theory to a close reading of the texts. Individual poems are discussed in the context of late Enlightenment and Romantic attitudes towards antiquity and in the light of recent critical theory, in particular the theory of literary history and influence formulated by Harold Bloom and Geoffrey Hartman. Keats emerges as a significant example of the way in which a poet tries to establish a distinct identity under the burden of history and of literary tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04192/cover/9780521604192.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604206</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604206</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604208</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Folk Poetry of Modern Greece</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604208</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaton, Roderick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A wide-ranging study of popular poetry and song in the Greek language from the last years of the Byzantine Empire to the present day. The folk poetry of the title includes the songs, composed and handed down by word of mouth, of unlettered villagers, of wandering minstrels with pretensions to professionalism, and, in more recent times, of the poorer inhabitants of Ottoman and Greek cities. The creative period of this folk poetry covers, at the minimum, 500 years of history and a geographical area stretching from Corsica in the west to Cyprus and Trebizond in the east, as well as northwards into the Balkans. This is not a general or theoretical survey of folk poetry, but an exploration, based on literary, historical and sociological evidence, of a single cultural tradition and the forces which have shaped it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04208/cover/9780521604208.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604230</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604230</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604239</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poetry and Politics in the Cockney School</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Keats, Shelley, Hunt and their Circle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604239</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Jeffrey N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jeffrey N. Cox refines our conception of 'second generation' Romanticism by placing it within the circle of writers around Leigh Hunt that came to be known as the 'Cockney School'. Offering a theory of the group as a key site for cultural production, Cox challenges the traditional image of the Romantic poet as an isolated figure by recreating the social nature of the work of Shelley, Keats, Hunt, Hazlitt, Byron, and others, as they engaged in literary contests, wrote poems celebrating one another, and worked collaboratively on journals and other projects. Cox also recovers the work of neglected writers such as John Hamilton Reynolds, Horace Smith, and Cornelius Webb as part of the rich social and cultural context of Hunt's circle. This book not only demonstrates convincingly that a 'Cockney School' existed, but shows that it was committed to putting literature in the service of social, cultural, and political reform.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604249</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euripides: Phaethon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Euripides</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Diggle, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The surviving text of the fragmentary Phaethon of Euripides depends chiefly on two sources: two pages from a Euripidean manuscript, written about A.D. 500, and a papyrus of the third century B.C., which contains a substantial part of the parodos. These sources are supplemented by a number of citations in classical authors and by a recently published fragmentary hypothesis. Professor Diggle has examined all the manuscript evidence and offers many decipherments. He gives a text of the play and of the hypothesis, an exegetical commentary, prolegomena and appendices, in which he discusses the treatment of the Phaethon myth in classical literature and attempts a reconstruction of the plot of the play.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04246/cover/9780521604246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604257</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604253</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Posidonius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604253</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posidonius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edelstein, L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidd, I. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To coincide with the publication of Professor Kidd's long-awaited Commentary on Posidonius, the text of the Fragments, first published in 1972, is being issued in a new edition. This edition contains sixty new readings, nearly eighty alterations to the apparatus criticus, corrections of errors, and cross-references to recently published works.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04253/cover/9780521604253.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604265</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604260</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Story of the Voyage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sea-Narratives in Eighteenth-Century England</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604260</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full study of one of the most popular and extensive forms of eighteenth-century literature, the voyage narrative. It illustrates the wide variety of published and unpublished material in this field, from self-satisfied official accounts to the little-known narratives of victims of the press-gang. It includes a survey of writings about the Pacific - including Cook's voyages and Bligh and The Bounty; there is a major new study of William Dampier, studies of writings about the slave-trade, and accounts of seamen and passengers, including Fielding and Mary Wollstonecraft. This is a book about writing, rather than exploration and adventure, dealing with the devious routes from the actuality of experience to the production of self-serving narratives. These are narratives of energy, vitality and interest, set within the context of British competitive sea-going imperialism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04260/cover/9780521604260.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040714</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604281</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604281</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romantic Correspondence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women, Politics and the Fiction of Letters</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Favret, Mary A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literary importance of letters did not end with the demise of the eighteenth-century epistolary novel. In the turbulent period between 1789 and 1830, the letter was used as a vehicle for political rather than sentimental expression. Against a background of severe political censorship, seditious Corresponding Societies, and the rise of the modern Post Office, letters as they are used by Romantic writers, especially women, become the vehicle for a distinctly political, often disruptive force. Mary Favret's study of Romantic correspondence reexamines traditional accounts of epistolary writing, and redefines  the letter as a 'feminine' genre. The book deals not only with letters which circulated in the novels of Austen or Mary Shelley, but also with political pamphlets, incendiary letters and spy letters available for public consumption.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04284/cover/9780521604284.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604303</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604303</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language, Sexuality, Narrative</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Oresteia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldhill, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is concerned with the complexity and difficulty of reading the Oresteia. It is not a traditional commentary, although it is often concerned with problems of interpretation and language, nor is it simply what is generally understood by a literary study, although it often discusses the wider themes of the narrative. It is a close reading of the text concentrating on the developing meanings of words within the structuring of the play. In particular, Simon Goldhill focuses on the text's interests in language and its control, in sexuality and sexual difference, and in the progression and description of events. Dr Goldhill links a sound philological knowledge with material drawn widely from modern literary theory and anthropological studies. The result is a challenging and provocative book, which offers for the serious student of Greek drama an exciting range of insights into one of the most important texts of the ancient world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04307/cover/9780521604307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604311</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604311</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604314</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Performance Culture and Athenian Democracy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604314</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldhill, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osborne, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These new and specially-commissioned essays discuss the ways in which performance is central to the practice and ideology of democracy in classical Athens. From theatre to law-court to gymnasium to symposium, performance is a basic part of Athenian society; how do these different areas interrelate and inform the politics and culture of the democratic city? Drama, rhetoric, philosophy, literature and art are all discussed by leading scholars in this interdisciplinary volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04314/cover/9780521604314.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160432X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160432X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rural Life in Eighteenth-Century English Poetry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604321</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodridge, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent research into a self-taught tradition of English rural poetry has begun to offer a radically new dimension to our view of the role of poetry in the literary culture of the eighteenth century. In this important new study John Goodridge offers a detailed reading of key rural poems of the period, examines the ways in which eighteenth-century poets adapted Virgilian Georgic models, and reveals an illuminating link between rural poetry and agricultural and folkloric developments. Goodridge compares poetic accounts of rural labour by James Thomson, Stephen Duck, and Mary Collier, and makes a close analysis of one of the largely forgotten didactic epics of the eighteenth century, John Dyer's The Fleece. Through an exploration of the purpose of rural poetry and how it relates to the real world, Goodridge breaks through the often brittle surface of eighteenth-century poetry, to show how it reflects the ideologies and realities of contemporary life.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04321/cover/9780521604321.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604338</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604338</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Annals of Tacitus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604338</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tacitus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the second volume of one of Professor Goodyear's greatest works of Latin literature and one of the most important sources for the history of the Roman Empire. His edition is accompanied by a major commentary which deals fully with textual, linguistic, literary, and historical matters. Every question is examined afresh. The discussion ranges widely, but not loosely. It is the editor's aim to explain Tacitus as a whole, not just particular features of his writing. The task he has undertaken is very large for there is a vast amount which needs explanation in the subject-matter and in its presentation. The results should benefit students of Latin literature and Roman history equally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04338/cover/9780521604338.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604346</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Incerti Auctoris Aetna</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604345</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Aetna is something of a curiosity: a didactic poem on the nature and causes of volcanic activity. In antiquity it was ascribed by some to Virgil; modern scholars reject this and, although unable to agree upon a date, favour the first century A.D. The text itself presents many problems in reading and interpretation, arising partly from corruptions in the manuscripts, partly from obscurities in the subject-matter. These difficulties are increased by the nature of the author's style: it is terse and elliptical, and at the same time loaded with scientific detail and mythological allusion. Dr Goodyear's edition provides a long introduction, a text with critical apparatus, a commentary, bibliography and indexes. The text is more reliable than any published hitherto.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04345/cover/9780521604345.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604354</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604352</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Christian Contradictions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Structures of Lutheran and Catholic Thought</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604352</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hampson, Daphne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Catholic thought and Lutheran thought are differently structured, embodying divergent conceptions of self and God. Failing to grasp the Lutheran paradigm, Catholics have wrenched Luther into an inappropriate framework. Roman/Lutheran ecumenism, culminating in the 'Joint Declaration' of 1999, attempts to reconcile incompatible systems, based on different philosophical presuppositions. Drawing on a wealth of material, both Continental and Anglo-Saxon, the author thinks through these structural questions within a historical context. But how - within a religion of revelation - can God be conceptualised as both foundational to the self and yet also as an 'other' with whom the self inter-relates? Kierkegaard is shown in a complex model to hold together strengths which historically have been exemplified by the two traditions. This is an important work in systematic theology which considers questions quite fundamental to Western religion. It should be of interest to theologians of all backgrounds and also to church historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/50607/cover/9780521450607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604362</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604362</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Callimachus: Hymn to Demeter</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Callimachus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkinson, Neil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Callimachus was one of the most important and influential writers in the ancient world. He was the outstanding poet of the Hellenistic period, and had a profound effect on the subsequent course of Greek and Roman literature. The hymns are intricate, allusive and difficult poetry, and need elucidation for the modern reader. Dr Hopkinson has established a new text of Callimachus' Sixth Hymn, The Hymn to Demeter, which is printed here with a facing English translation. In his thorough analysis of the poem it is the editor's aim to show how Callimachus adapts and borrows from Homer and other early poetry to form a new type of poetic diction. The introduction has full discussions of the poem's ritual setting, of its extraordinary inset narrative, and of Callimachus' treatment of dialect and metre. The extensive commentary elucidates difficulties in the text and treats critical, linguistic and stylistic points with reference to the Latin and later Greek hexameter writers. This is the first full edition of and commentary on the work in English. It will be welcomed by Greek scholars and those interested in Greek and Roman poetry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805212/65973/cover/9780521265973.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604389</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604389</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Argonautica of Apollonius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years the subtlety and complexity of Apollonius' Argonautica have been better appreciated, but in Dr Hunter's view the purposes and aesthetic of the epic are still not readily understood and much basic analysis remains to be done. The present book seeks to offer some of that analysis and to place the Argonautica within its social and intellectual context. A series of studies deal with notions of heroism; with eros and the suffering of Medea; the role of the divine; poetic voice and literary self-consciousness; and the Ptolemaic context of the poem. A pervasive theme of the book is Apollonius' creative engagement with Homer, and a final chapter sketches out an approach to Virgil's use of Apollonius in the Aeneid. The Argonautica emerges as a brilliant and original experiment. This book is the only advanced study of the Argonautica currently available. All Greek is translated.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04383/cover/9780521604383.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604400</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604406</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Richardson's 'Clarissa' and the Eighteenth-Century Reader</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604406</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keymer, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written as a collection of letters in which very different accounts of the action are unsupervised by sustained authorial comment, Richardson's novel Clarissa offers an extreme example of the capacity of narrative to give the reader final responsibility for resolving or construing meaning. It is paradoxical then that its author was a writer committed to avowedly didactic goals. Tom Keymer counters the tendency of recent critics to suggest that Clarissa's textual indeterminacy defeats these goals by arguing that Richardson pursues subtler and more generous means of educating his readers by making them 'if not Authors, Carvers' of the text. Discussing Richardson's use of the epistolary form throughout his career, Keymer goes on to focus in detail on the three instalments in which Clarissa was first published, drawing on the documented responses of its first readers to illuminate his technique as a writer and set the novel in its contemporary ethical, political and ideological context.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04406/cover/9780521604406.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604419</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604419</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604413</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Posidonius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604413</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posidonius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidd, I. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Posidonius was a major intellectual figure of the Hellenistic world whose interests and contribution spread over the whole intellectual field: philosophy, history, the sciences. His writings are of interest not only to philosophers and classicists, but also to historians and history of science. His work survives only in fragments. The text of these fragments, collected and edited by L. Edelstein and I. G. Kidd, was published in 1972 (Vol. I The Fragments), with a second edition in 1989. This collection, along with Vol. II The Commentary by I.G. Kidd (1988), has become established as the definitive modern edition. However, many of the fragments are extremely difficult to translate, and this volume of translations has been compiled to make this interesting material more easily accessible to scholars and students. The translations are accompanied by contextual introductions and explanatory notes where necessary. An Introduction summarises the importance of Posidonius and his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04413/cover/9780521604413.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604427</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604427</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604420</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Posidonius</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604420</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posidonius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidd, I. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>564</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Posidonius was one of the most important philosophers and intellectuals writing in the Greco-Roman world of the first half of the first century B.C. This book is a commentary on the surviving testimonia and fragments of his work collected in volume 1. Its purpose is to explicate and understand the evidence of these fragments, which must form the basis for any estimate of Posidonius' contribution to the learning of his time in the history of ideas. Since Posidonius was reported by at least sixty different writers, an attempt has been made to disentangle what Posidonius said, as distinct from the interpretations and distortions of his reporters. Posidonius wrote at length not only on philosophy, but also on the sciences, and a large History, and Professor Kidd has assessed Posidonius' work against the background of the philosophical, scientific and historical writings of his predecessors, contemporaries amd followers; for this many other related passages are cited and examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04420/cover/9780521604420.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604435</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604435</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604437</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Posidonius: Fragments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604437</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Posidonius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kidd, I. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>516</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Posidonius was one of the most important philosophers and intellectuals writing in the Greco-Roman world of the first half of the first century B.C. This book is a commentary on the surviving testimonia and fragments of his work collected in volume 1. Its purpose is to explicate and understand the evidence of these fragments, which must form the basis for any estimate of Posidonius' contribution to the learning of his time in the history of ideas. Since Posidonius was reported by at least sixty different writers, an attempt has been made to disentangle what Posidonius said, as distinct from the interpretations and distortions of his reporters. Posidonius wrote at length not only on philosophy, but also on the sciences, and a large History, and Professor Kidd has assessed Posidonius' work against the background of the philosophical, scientific and historical writings of his predecessors, contemporaries amd followers; for this many other related passages are cited and examined.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04437/cover/9780521604437.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604443</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604443</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>British Romantic Writers and the East</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Anxieties of Empire</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leask, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The recent turn to political and historical readings of Romanticism has given us a more complex picture of the institutional, cultural and sexual politics of the period. There has been a tendency, however, to confine such study to the European scene. In this book, Nigel Leask sets out to study the work of Byron, Shelley and De Quincey (together with a number of other major and minor Romantic writers, including Robert Southey and Tom Moore) in relation to Britain's imperial designs on the 'Orient'. Combining historical and theoretical approaches with detailed analyses of specific works, it examines the anxieties and instabilities of Romantic representations of the Ottoman Empire, India, China and the Far East. It argues that these anxieties were not marginal but central to the major concerns of British Romantic writers. The book is illustrated with a number of engravings from the period, giving a visual dimension to the discussion of Romantic representations of the East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04444/cover/9780521604444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604451</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604451</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classical Plot and the Invention of Western Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604451</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, N. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From Homer to Hollywood, the western storytelling tradition has canonised a distinctive set of narrative values characterised by tight economy and closure. This book traces the formation of that classical paradigm in the development of ancient storytelling from Homer to Heliodorus. To tell this story, the book sets out to rehabilitate the idea of 'plot', notoriously disconnected from any recognised system of terminology in recent literary theory. The first part of the book draws on current developments in narratology and cognitive science to propose a new way of formally describing the way stories are structured and understood. This model is then used to write a history of the emergence of the classical plot type in the four ancient genres that shaped it - Homeric epic, fifth-century tragedy, New Comedy, and the Greek novel - with new insights into the fundamental narrative poetics of each.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04451/cover/9780521604451.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160446X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160446X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604468</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Euripides: Phoenissae</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604468</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Euripides</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mastronarde, Donald J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>684</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a thorough philological and dramatic commentary on Euripides' Phoenissae, the first detailed commentary in English since 1911. Phoenissae is of special interest both as a specimen of late Euripidean dramaturgy, and as the subject of longstanding disputes over the extent of interpolation and rewriting to be detected in it. This commentary aims to offer a balanced treatment of issues of language, style, structure, and dramatic technique as well as to explain the reasons for and uncertainties of the constitution of the text. The introduction treats the play's structure and themes, the possible date, the features of the original production, the varied background of Theban myth against which Euripides' choices and innovations may be judged, and general issues relevant to the problem of interpolation. The Greek text is that of the author's 1988 Teubner edition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04468/cover/9780521604468.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604494</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604494</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604499</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Peirce, Pragmatism, and the Logic of Scripture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604499</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ochs, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study of Charles Peirce's philosophy as a form of writing and the first study of his pragmatic writings as a critique of the modern attempt to change society by writing philosophy. According to Ochs, Peirce concluded that his own pragmatism displayed the errors of modernity, attempting to recreate rather than repair modern philosophy. His self-critique - which he called pragmaticism - refashions pragmatism as what Ochs calls a 'pragmatic method of reading': a method of, first, uncovering the conflicting beliefs that generate modern philosophies and, second, recommending ways of repairing these conflicts. Redescribing Peirce's pragmatism as 'the logic of scripture', Ochs suggests that Christians and Jews may in fact re-read pragmatism as a logic of Scripture: that is, as a modern philosopher's way of diagramming the Bible's rules for repairing broken lives and healing societal suffering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04499/cover/9780521604499.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604508</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604508</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Variation and Change in Spanish</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Penny, Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book applies recent theoretical insights to trace the development of Castilian and Latin American Spanish from the Middle Ages onwards, through processes of repeated dialect mixing both within the Iberian Peninsula and in the New World. The author contends that it was this frequent mixing which caused Castilian to evolve more rapidly than other varieties of Hispano-Romance, and which rendered Spanish particularly subject to levelling of its linguistic irregularities and to simplification of its structures. These two processes continued as the language extended into and across the Americas. These processes are viewed in the context of the Hispano-Romance dialect continuum, which includes Galician, Portuguese and Catalan, as well as New World varieties. The book emphasises the subtlety and seamlessness of language variation, both geographical and social, and the impossibility of defining strict boundaries between varieties. Its conclusions will be relevant both to Hispanists and to historical sociolinguists more generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/80452/cover/9780521780452.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604532</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604532</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Shade of Homer</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Modern Greek Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ricks, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In exploring the significance of Homer for the poetry of modern Greece - benign shade or looming shadow? - Dr Ricks is tackling a theme that has implications for the study of poetic influence in general. He takes the work of Sikelianos, Cavafy and Seferis and subjects a selection of poems to a careful scrutiny. These poems are not imitations of Homer but fresh engagements with Homeric themes, and comparison of the modern versions with the original is found to be illuminating for the poets' methods of composition. Dr Ricks does not lose sight of the larger significance of his subject, and modern poets from outside Greece - Eliot and Pound, in particular - find their way into the discussion. All Greek is translated and the reader has no need to be a specialist in modern or in ancient Greek to find this study absorbing and instructive.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/66632/cover/9780521366632.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604559</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604559</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604550</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Food, Consumption and the Body in Contemporary Women's Fiction</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604550</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sceats, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the subtle and complex significance of food and eating in contemporary women's fiction. Sarah Sceats reveals how preoccupations with food, its consumption and the body are central to the work of writers such as Doris Lessing, Angela Carter, Margaret Atwood, Mich&#232;le Roberts and Alice Thomas Ellis. Through close analysis of their fiction, Sceats examines the multiple metaphors associated with these themes, making powerful connections between food and love, motherhood, sexual desire, self identity and social behaviour. The activities surrounding food and its consumption (or non-consumption) embrace both the most intimate and the most thoroughly public aspects of our lives. The book draws on psychoanalytical, feminist and sociological theory to engage with a diverse range of issues, including chapters on cannibalism and eating disorders. This lively study demonstrates that feeding and eating are not simply fundamental to life but are inseparable from questions of gender, power and control.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04550/cover/9780521604550.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604575</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bront&#235;s and Religion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thorm&#228;hlen, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of religion in the fiction of the Bront&#235;s. Drawing on extensive knowledge of the Anglican church in the nineteenth century, Marianne Thorm&#228;hlen shows how the Bront&#235;s' familiarity with the contemporary debates on doctrinal, ethical and ecclesiastical issues informs their novels. Divided into four parts, the book examines denominations, doctrines, ethics and clerics in the work of the Bront&#235;s. The analyses of the novels clarify the constant interplay of human and Divine love in the development of the novels. While demonstrating that the Bront&#235;s' fiction usually reflects the basic tenets of Evangelical Anglicanism, the book emphasises the characteristic spiritual freedom and audacity of the Bront&#235;s. Lucid and vigorously written, it will open up new perspectives for Bront&#235; specialists and enthusiasts alike on a fundamental aspect of the novels greatly neglected in recent decades.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04574/cover/9780521604574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604583</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604583</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Eighteenth-Century Sensibility and the Novel</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Senses in Social Context</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sant, Ann Jessie van</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study of sensibility in the eighteenth-century English novel discusses literary representations of suffering and responses to it in the social and scientific context of the period. The reader of novels shares with more scientific observers the activity of gazing on suffering, leading Ann Van Sant to explore the coincidence between the rhetoric of pathos and scientific presentation as they were applied to repentant prostitutes and children of the vagrant and criminal poor. The book goes on to explore the novel's location of psychological responses to suffering in physical forms. Van Sant invokes eighteenth-century debates about the relative status of sight and touch in epistemology and psychology, as a context for discussing the 'man of feeling' (notably in Sterne's A Sentimental Journey) - a spectator who registers his sensibility by physical means.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04581/cover/9780521604581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040520</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604605</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Dutch Republic in the Seventeenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Golden Age</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Prak, Maarten</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, Diane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Dutch are 'the envy of some, the fear of others, and the wonder of all their neighbours'. So wrote the English ambassador to the Dutch Republic, Sir William Temple, in 1673. Maarten Prak offers a lively and innovative history of the Dutch Golden Age, charting its political, social, economic and cultural history through chapters that range from the introduction of the tulip to the experiences of immigrants and Jews in Dutch society, the paintings of Vermeer and Rembrandt, and the ideas of Spinoza. He places the Dutch 'miracle' in a European context, examining the Golden Age both as the product of its own past and as the harbinger of a more modern, industrialised and enlightened society. A fascinating and accessible study, this book will prove invaluable reading to anyone interested in Dutch history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04604/cover/9780521604604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604664</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604664</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604666</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of Bronze Age Society</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Travels, Transmissions and Transformations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604666</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kristiansen, Kristian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Larsson, Thomas B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beginning with state formation and urbanization in the Near East c. 3000 BC and ending in Central and Northern Europe c. 1000-500 BC, the Bronze Age marks an heroic age of travels and transformations throughout Europe. In this book, Kristian Kristiansen and Thomas Larsson reconstruct the travel and transmission of knowledge that took place between the Near East, the Mediterranean and Europe. They explore how religious, political and social conceptions of Bronze Age people were informed by long-distance connections and alliances between local elites. The book integrates the hitherto separate research fields of European and Mediterranean (classical) archaeology and provides the reader with an alternative to the traditional approach of diffusionism. Examining data from across the region, the book presents an important new interpretation of social change in the Bronze Age, making it essential reading for students of archaeology, of anthropology and of the development of early European society.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04666/cover/9780521604666.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604699</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604697</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shaping History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narratives of Political Change</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604697</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, Molly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Featuring extraordinary personal accounts, this book provides a unique window through which to examine some of the great political changes of our time, and reveals both the potential and the challenge of narrating the political world. Molly Andrews' novel analysis of the relationship between history and biography presents in-depth case studies of four different countries, offers insights into controversial issues such as the explosion of patriotism in post -9/11 USA; East Germans' ambivalent reactions to the fall of the Berlin Wall; the pressures on victims to tell certain kinds of stories while testifying before South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Commission; and the lifelong commitment to fight for social justice in England. Each of the case studies explores the implicit political worldviews which individuals impart through the stories they tell about their lives, as well as the wider social and political context which makes some stories more 'tell-able' than others.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04697/cover/9780521604697.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604788</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604788</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Rights and the Right to Choose</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arkes, Hadley</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last thirty years the American political class has come to talk itself out of the doctrines of 'natural rights' that formed the main teaching of the American Founders and Abraham Lincoln. With that move, it has removed the ground for its own rights. Ironically, this transition has been made without awareness, with a serene conviction that constitutional rights are being expanded. In the name of 'privacy' and 'autonomy', new claims of liberty have been unfolded, all of them bound up in some way with the notion of sexual freedom. The 'right to choose an abortion' has been the 'right' to shift the political class from doctrines of natural right. This new right overturned the liberal jurisprudence of the New Deal, placing jurisprudence on a different foundation. If there is a right to abortion, it has been detached from the logic of natural rights and stripped of moral substance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04789/cover/9780521604789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604796</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>English Culture and the Decline of the Industrial Spirit, 1850-1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiener, Martin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>England was the world's first great industrial nation. Yet the English have never been comfortable with industrialism. Drawing upon a wide array of sources, Martin Wiener explores the English ambivalence to modern industrial society. His work reveals a pervasive middle- and upper-class frame of mind hostile to industrialism and economic growth. From the middle of the nineteenth century to the present, this frame of mind shaped a broad spectrum of cultural expression, including literature, journalism, and architecture, as well as social, historical, and economic thought. In this edition, Wiener reflects on the original debate surrounding the work and examines the historiography of the last few decades. Written in a graceful and accessible style, with reference to a broad range of people and ideas, this book will be of interest to all readers who wish to understand the development - and predicament - of modern England.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04796/cover/9780521604796.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160480X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160480X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Lebesgue Integral</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burkill, J. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>108</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Burkill gives a straightforward introduction to Lebesgue's theory of integration. His approach is the classical one, making use of the concept of measure, and deriving the principal results required for applications of the theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04802/cover/9780521604802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604818</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604818</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Theory of Cluster Sets</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Collingwood, E. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lohwater, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The book provides an introduction to the theory of cluster sets, a branch of topological analysis which has made great strides in recent years. The cluster set of a function at a particular point is the set of limit values of the function at that point which may be either a boundary point or (in the case of a non-analytic function) an interior point of the function's domain. In topological analysis, its main application is to problems arising in the theory of functions of a complex variable, with particular reference to boundary behaviour such as the theory of prime ends under conformal mapping. An important and novel feature of the book is the discussion of more general applications to non-analytic functions, including arbitrary functions. The authors assume a general familiarity with classical function theory but include the more specialised material required for the development of the theory of cluster sets, so making the treatment accessible to graduate students.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04819/cover/9780521604819.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604826</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604826</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Asymptotic Expansions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604826</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copson, E. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Certain functions, capable of expansion only as a divergent series, may nevertheless be calculated with great accuracy by taking the sum of a suitable number of terms. The theory of such asymptotic expansions is of great importance in many branches of pure and applied mathematics and in theoretical physics. Solutions of ordinary differential equations are frequently obtained in the form of a definite integral or contour integral, and this tract is concerned with the asymptotic representation of a function of a real or complex variable defined in this way. After a preliminary account of the properties of asymptotic series, the standard methods of deriving the asymptotic expansion of an integral are explained in detail and illustrated by the expansions of various special functions. These methods include integration by parts, Laplace's approximation, Watson's lemma on Laplace transforms, the method of steepest descents, and the saddle-point method. The last two chapters deal with Airy's integral and uniform asymptotic expansions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04826/cover/9780521604826.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604834</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideal Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604833</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ideal theory is important not only for the intrinsic interest and purity of its logical structure but because it is a necessary tool in many branches of mathematics. In this introduction to the modern theory of ideals, Professor Northcott assumes a sound background of mathematical theory but no previous knowledge of modern algebra. After a discussion of elementary ring theory, he deals with the properties of Noetherian rings and the algebraic and analytical theories of local rings. In order to give some idea of deeper applications of this theory the author has woven into the connected algebraic theory those results which play outstanding roles in the geometric applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04833/cover/9780521604833.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604842</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604842</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604840</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Invariants of Quadratic Differential Forms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604840</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Veblen, Oswald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written in the wake of the advent of Relativity by an author who made important contributions to projective and differential geometry, and topology, this early Cambridge Tract in Mathematics and Theoretical Physics aimed to assist students of the time from the fields of differential geometry and mathematical physics. Beginning by introducing formal preliminaries, the text continues, bringing the underlying differential invariant theory that to this day remains relevant in a range of geometrical and physical applications, to the fore.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04840/cover/9780521604840.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604850</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604850</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Approximation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604857</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wasan, M. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stochastic approximation is a relatively new technique for studying the properties of an experimental situation; it has important applications in fields such as medicine and engineering. The subject can be treated either largely as a branch of pure mathematics, or else from an empirical and practical angle. In this book, Dr Wasan gives a rigorous mathematical treatment of the subject, drawing together the scattered results of a number of authors. He discusses the conditions under which the method gives a valid approximation to the required solution; methods for optimal choice of parameters to hasten convergence; the comparison of the method with other techniques. The discussion and proofs of theorems are given in enough detail to make them easy to follow, while a number of interesting examples show how the techniques may be applied in many fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04857/cover/9780521604857.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604869</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604869</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Random Variables and Probability Distributions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cramer, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>132</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract develops the purely mathematical side of the theory of probability, without reference to any applications. When originally published, it was one of the earliest works in the field built on the axiomatic foundations introduced by A. Kolmogoroff in his book Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, thus treating the subject as a branch of the theory of completely additive set functions. The author restricts himself to a consideration of probability distributions in spaces of a finite number of dimensions, and to problems connected with the Central Limit Theorem and some of its generalizations and modifications. In this edition the chapter on Liapounoff's theorem has been partly rewritten, and now includes a proof of the important inequality due to Berry and Esseen. The terminology has been modernized, and several minor changes have been made.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04864/cover/9780521604864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604877</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604877</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Finite Free Resolutions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Northcott, D. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An important part of homological algebra deals with modules possessing projective resolutions of finite length. This goes back to Hilbert's famous theorem on syzygies through, in the earlier theory, free modules with finite bases were used rather than projective modules. The introduction of a wider class of resolutions led to a theory rich in results, but in the process certain special properties of finite free resolutions were overlooked. D. A. Buchsbaum and D. Eisenbud have shown that finite free resolutions have a fascinating structure theory. This has revived interest in the simpler kind of resolution and caused the subject to develop rapidly. This Cambridge Tract attempts to give a genuinely self-contained and elementary presentation of the basic theory, and to provide a sound foundation for further study. The text contains a substantial number of exercises. These enable the reader to test his understanding and they allow the subject to be developed more rapidly. Each chapter ends with the solutions to the exercises contained in it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04871/cover/9780521604871.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040726</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604885</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604885</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Completeness and Basis Properties of Sets of Special Functions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604888</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgins, J. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This tract presents an exposition of methods for testing sets of special functions for completeness and basis properties, mostly in L2 and L2 spaces. The first chapter contains the theoretical background to the subject, largely in a general Hilbert space setting, and theorems in which the structure of Hilbert space is revealed by properties of its bases are dealt with. Later parts of the book deal with methods: for example, the Vitali criterion, together with its generalisations and applications, is discussed in some detail, and there is an introduction to the theory of stability of bases. The last chapter deals with complete sets as eigenfunctions of differential and a table of a wide variety of bases and complete sets of special functions. Dr Higgins' account will be useful to graduate students of mathematics and professional mathematicians, especially Banach spaces. The emphasis on methods of testing and their applications will also interest scientists and engineers engaged in fields such as the sampling theory of signals in electrical engineering and boundary value problems in mathematical physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04888/cover/9780521604888.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604893</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604893</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604895</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hopf Algebras</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604895</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Abe, Eiichi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The concept of Hopf algebras was first introduced in the theory of algebraic topology but in recent years has been developed by many mathematicians and applied to other areas of mathematics such as Lie groups, algebraic groups and Galois theory. This book is an introduction to the basic theory of Hopf algebras for the reader already familiar with the basic ideas of linear algebra and commutative algebra. After introducing and discussing the basic properties of coalgebras, bialgebras and Hopf algebras, the author treats the fundamental structure theorem of bi-modules and Sullivan's proof of the existence and uniqueness of integrals of Hopf algebras. This book will interest graduate students and research workers who specialise in algebra.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04895/cover/9780521604895.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604907</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604907</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Topics in Ergodic Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parry, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>124</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ergodic theory grew out of an important problem of statistical mechanics which was resolved by Birkhoff and von Neumann in the 1930s. Since that time the subject has made its way to the centre of pure mathematics, drawing on the techniques of many other areas and, in turn, influencing those areas. The author has provided in this slim volume a speedy introduction to a considerable number of topics and examples. He includes sections on the classical ergodic theorems, topological dynamics, uniform distribution, Martingales, information theory and entropy. There is a chapter on mixing and one on special examples. The book concludes with an appendix on the spectral multiplicity theory of unitary operators.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04901/cover/9780521604901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604915</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604915</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Approaches to the Theory of Optimization</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ponstein, J. P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Optimization is concerned with finding the best (optimal) solution to mathematical problems that may arise in economics, engineering, the social sciences and the mathematical sciences. As is suggested by its title, this book surveys various ways of penetrating the subject. The author begins with a selection of the type of problem to which optimization can be applied and the remainder of the book develops the theory, mainly from the viewpoint of mathematical programming. To prevent the treatment becoming too abstract, subjects which may be considered 'unpractical' are not touched upon. The author gives plausible reasons, without forsaking rigor, to show how the subject develops 'naturally'. Professor Ponstein has provided a concise account of optimization which should be readily accessible to anyone with a basic understanding of topology and functional analysis. Advanced students and professionals concerned with operations research, optimal control and mathematical programming will welcome this useful and interesting book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04918/cover/9780521604918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604923</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algebraic Automata Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holcombe, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a self-contained, modern treatment of the algebraic theory of machines. Dr Holcombe examines various applications of the idea of a machine in biology, biochemistry and computer science and gives also a rigorous treatment of the way in which these machines can be decomposed and simulated by simpler ones. This treatment is based on fundamental ideas from modern algebra. Motivation for many of the newer results is provided by way of applications so this account should be accessible and valuable for those studying applied algebra or theoretical computer science at advanced undergraduate or beginning postgraduate level, as well as for those undertaking research in those areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04925/cover/9780521604925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604931</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604932</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fredholm Theory in Banach Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604932</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruston, Anthony Francis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this tract, Dr Ruston presents analogues for operators on Banach spaces of Fredholm's solution of integral equations of the second kind. Much of the presentation is based on research carried out over the last twenty-five years and has never appeared in book form before. Dr Ruston begins with the construction for operators of finite rank, using Fredholm's original method as a guide. He then considers formulae that have structure similar to those obtained by Fredholm, using, and developing further, the relationship with Riesz theory. In particular, he obtains bases for the finite-dimensional subspaces figuring in the Riesz theory. Finally he returns to the study of specific constructions for various classes of operators. Dr Ruston has made every effort to keep the presentation as elementary as possible, using arguments that do not require a very advanced background. Thus the book can be read with profit by graduate students as well as specialists working in the general area of functional analysis and its applications.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04932/cover/9780521604932.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160494X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160494X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Irreducible Markov Chains and Non-Negative Operators</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nummelin, Esa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this book is to present the theory of general irreducible Markov chains and to point out the connection between this and the Perron-Frobenius theory of nonnegative operators. The author begins by providing some basic material designed to make the book self-contained, yet his principal aim throughout is to emphasize recent developments. The technique of embedded renewal processes, common in the study of discrete Markov chains, plays a particularly important role. The examples discussed indicate applications to such topics as queueing theory, storage theory, autoregressive processes and renewal theory. The book will therefore be useful to researchers in the theory and applications of Markov chains. It could also be used as a graduate-level textbook for courses on Markov chains or aspects of operator theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04949/cover/9780521604949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040802</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521604958</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521604958</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521604956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Representations of Nilpotent Lie Groups and their Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521604956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corwin, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greenleaf, Frederick P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There has been no exposition of group representations and harmonic analysis suitable for graduate students for over twenty years. In this, the first of two projected volumes, the authors remedy the situation by surveying all the basic theory developed since the pioneering work of Kirillov in 1958, and consolidating more recent results. Topics covered include basic Kirillov theory, algorithms for parametrizing all coadjoint orbits. The authors have not only given here a modern account of all topics necessary for current research, but have also included many computed examples. This volume can serve then either as a handbook for specialists, with a complete, self-contained exposition of major results, or as a textbook suitable for graduate courses in harmonic analysis.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/04956/cover/9780521604956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605040</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605040</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605045</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creativity and Reason in Cognitive Development</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605045</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baer, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>To what extent do creativity and imagination decline in childhood? What factors might influence a decline? Theories of cognitive development show only uni-directional progress (although theorists may disagree whether such progress occurs steadily in small continuous improvements or comes in stages separated by plateaus during which developmental gains are consolidated).  Declines in levels of skill are quite uncommon, yet many have observed just such an unusual pattern with regard to the development of creativity and of the imagination. Is there something about the development of one kind of thinking that undermines imaginative and creative thinking? Is it perhaps the process of schooling itself, with its focus on the acquisition of knowledge and the production of correct (rather than imaginative) answers, which promotes this decline?  This book explores these questions from a variety of perspectives. Essays from psychologists and educators from diverse backgrounds discuss the relationships among creativity, reason, and knowledge.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05045/cover/9780521605045.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060529</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605075</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605075</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Globalization and the International Financial System</TitleText>

<Subtitle>What's Wrong and What Can Be Done</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Isard, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Economic globalization has given rise to frequent and severe financial crises in emerging market economies. Other countries are also unsuccessful in their efforts to generate economic growth and reduce poverty. This book provides perspectives on various aspects of the international financial system that contribute to financial crises and growth failures, and discusses the remedies that economists have proposed for addressing the underlying problems. It also sheds light on a central feature of the international financial system that remains mysterious to many economists and most non-economists: the activities of the International Monetary Fund and the factors that influence its effectiveness. Dr Isard offers policy perspectives on what countries can do to reduce their vulnerabilities to financial crises and growth failures, and a number of general directions for systemic reform. The breadth of the agenda provides grounds for optimism that the international financial system can be strengthened considerably without revolutionary change.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05076/cover/9780521605076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605172</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605172</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605175</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Garrison</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Antislavery and Social Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605175</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Laurie, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why was Massachusetts one of the few Northern states in which African-American males enjoyed the right to vote? Why did it pass personal liberty laws, which helped protect fugitive slaves from federal authorities in the two decades immediately preceding the Civil War? Why did the Bay State at the time integrate its public facilities and public schools as well? Beyond Garrison finds answers to these important questions in unfamiliar and surprising places. Its protagonists are not the leading lights of American abolitionism grouped around William Lloyd Garrison, but lesser men and women in country towns and villages, encouraged by African-American activists throughout the state. Laurie's fresh approach trains the spotlight on the politics of such antislavery advocates. He demonstrates their penchant for third-party politics with a view toward explaining the relationship between social movements based on race, class, and nationality, on the one hand, and political insurgency, on the other.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05175/cover/9780521605175.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>38.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605199</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605199</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Ecology of Phytoplankton</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605199</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reynolds, C. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Communities of microscopic plant life, or phytoplankton, dominate the Earth's aquatic ecosystems. This important new book by Colin Reynolds covers the adaptations, physiology and population dynamics of phytoplankton communities in lakes and rivers and oceans. It provides basic information on composition, morphology and physiology of the main phyletic groups represented in marine and freshwater systems and in addition reviews recent advances in community ecology, developing an appreciation of assembly processes, co-existence and competition, disturbance and diversity. Although focussed on one group of organisms, the book develops many concepts relevant to ecology in the broadest sense, and as such will appeal to graduate students and researchers in ecology, limnology and oceanography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05199/cover/9780521605199.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605210</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605210</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economics of Information Technology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605212</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Varian, Hal R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrell, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>112</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Economics of Information Technology is a concise and accessible review of some of the important economic factors affecting information technology industries. These industries are characterized by high fixed costs and low marginal costs of production, large switching costs for users, and strong network effects. These factors combine to produce some unique behavior. The book consists of two parts. In the first part, Professor Varian outlines the basic economics of these industries. In the second part, Professors Farrell and Shapiro describe the impact of these factors on competition policy. The clarity of the analysis and exposition makes this an ideal introduction for undergraduate and graduate students in economics, business strategy, law and related areas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05212/cover/9780521605212.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605245</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605245</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Health Law and the European Union</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605243</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hervey, Tamara K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McHale, Jean V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How does the law of the European Union affect health law and policy? At first sight, it seems limited. However, despite its restricted formal competence, the EU has recently become increasingly involved in the health field. Litigation based on EU law has resulted in a 'right to receive health care services' across national boundaries which may have huge practical implications for national health systems. The EU has promulgated legislation regulating clinical research, and the marketing of pharmaceuticals; patients' rights are affected by EU legislation on data protection and product liability; the qualifications of health care professionals are legally recognised across the EU; and the EU has acted to promote public health. This book explores the various impacts of measures of EU law on national health law and policy. Through elaboration of selected examples, the authors show that, within the EU, health law cannot be regarded as a purely national affair.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05243/cover/9780521605243.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605539</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605539</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arthur Miller</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bigsby, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>528</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Christopher Bigsby explores the entirety of Arthur Miller's work, including plays, poetry, fiction and films, in this comprehensive and stimulating study. Drawing on interviews conducted over the last twenty years, on unique rehearsal material and research archives, he paints a compelling picture of how Miller's works were influenced by and created in the light of events of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. This is an enjoyable insight into a great playwright that will interest both theatregoers and students of modern drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05533/cover/9780521605533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160558X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160558X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605588</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Migration and Asylum Law and Policy in the European Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>FIDE 2004 National Reports</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605588</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Higgins, Imelda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hailbronner, Kay</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>492</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Written for the XXI FIDE Congress taking place in Dublin in June 2004, this book explores EU policy on migration and asylum, and the manner in which this policy is being implemented at a national level. With national reports from 15 EU member states (both existing and accession states), it is the most wide ranging and comprehensive international survey of this issue to date. Each report was prepared by a national expert and they focus on:  &#8226; the national implementation of existing EU legislation in the field of migration and asylum law;  &#8226; the compatibility of national migration and asylum law and policies with pending EC legislation on asylum procedure, legal status of third country nationals, and definition of refugees;  &#8226; national attitudes to European Commission proposals on the future development of European migration and asylum law; and &#8226; long term perspectives for EU legislation in the field of migration and asylum law and policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05588/cover/9780521605588.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605814</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605816</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Dante</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605816</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacoff, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This second edition of The Cambridge Companion to Dante is designed to provide an accessible introduction to Dante for students, teachers and general readers. The volume has been fully updated to take account of the most up-to-date scholarship and includes three new essays on Dante's works. The suggestions for further reading now include the most recent secondary works and translations as well as online resources. The essays cover Dante's early works and their relation to the Commedia, his literary antecedents, both vernacular and classical, biblical and theological influences, the historical and political dimensions of Dante's works, and their reception. In addition there are introductory essays to each of the three canticles of the Commedia that analyse their themes and style. This new edition will ensure that the Companion continues to be the most useful single volume for new generations of students of Dante.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05816/cover/9780521605816.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070215</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605830</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605830</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Analytic Methods for Diophantine Equations and Diophantine Inequalities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605830</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Davenport, H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B18</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Browning, T. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Harold Davenport was one of the truly great mathematicians of the twentieth century. Based on lectures he gave at the University of Michigan in the early 1960s, this book is concerned with the use of analytic methods in the study of integer solutions to Diophantine equations and Diophantine inequalities. It provides an excellent introduction to a timeless area of number theory that is still as widely researched today as it was when the book originally appeared. The three main themes of the book are Waring's problem and the representation of integers by diagonal forms, the solubility in integers of systems of forms in many variables, and the solubility in integers of diagonal inequalities. For the second edition of the book a comprehensive foreword has been added in which three prominent authorities describe the modern context and recent developments. A thorough bibliography has also been added.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05830/cover/9780521605830.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605861</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reconceiving Pregnancy and Childcare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Ethics, Experience, and Reproductive Labor</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605861</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mullin, Amy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This highly original book argues for increased recognition of pregnancy, birthing and childrearing as social activities demanding simultaneously physical, intellectual, emotional and moral work from those who undertake them. Amy Mullin considers both parenting and paid childcare, and examines the impact of disability on this work. The first chapters contest misconceptions about pregnancy and birth such as the idea that pregnancy is only valued for its end result, and not also for the process. Following chapters focus on childcare provided in different circumstances and on the needs of both providers and receivers of care. The book challenges the assumption that isolated self-sacrifice should be the norm in either pregnancy or childcare. Instead reproductive labor requires greater social support. Written from the perspective of a feminist philosopher, the book draws on the work of, and seeks to increase dialogue between, philosophers and childcare professionals, disability theorists, nurses and sociologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05861/cover/9780521605861.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521605946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521605946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521605946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Globalisation and Legal Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521605946</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Twining, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This work brings together eight linked essays which make the case for a revival of general jurisprudence in response to the challenges of globalisation, explores how far the heritage of Anglo-American jurisprudence and comparative law is adequate to meeting the challenges, and puts forward an agenda for general jurisprudence and comparative law, especially in the English-speaking world in the first ten or twenty years of the millennium. The book is traditional in focussing on the mainstream of Anglo-American intellectual heritage and moderately radical in identifying the need for rethinking basic issues and putting forward a series of provocative propositions as a basis for discussion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/05946/cover/9780521605946.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Legal Ethics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Text and Materials</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606004</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Dair, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This title examines all issues concerned with legal ethics. Part one looks at lawyers' ethics including professionalism and the English legal profession and professional regulation. Part two addresses specific topics in legal ethics including confidentiality, criminal defence and prosecution, counselling, negotiation and conflict of interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06004/cover/9780521606004.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010301</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606011</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Crime, Reason and History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Introduction to Criminal Law</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606011</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norrie, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Crime, Reason and History provides an alternative approach to the study of the general principles of criminal law. It emphasises, in contrast to orthodox texts, the tensions and contradictions at the law's heart. The author outlines the themes of responsibility, rationality and justice which govern the orthodox criminal law text. He traces these to the early nineteenth century reform of the criminal law and notes conflicts within reform ideologies relating to the idea of the 'responsible individual'. He then takes the reader through the bulk of the criminal law's 'general part' showing how conflicts from reform ideology emerge within criminal law. An historical and political logic underlies its illogicalities, giving it its 'shape'. The author presents a sceptical critique of the liberal positivist tradition in criminal law scholarship, and a social analysis of both its practical necessity and intellectual impossibility. He shows how the ideology of individual legal justice was imposed as a means of excluding alternative political voices, while recognising its importance for the survival of the liberal polity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06011/cover/9780521606011.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20011001</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Legal Cultures</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bell, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important new textbook compares civil and common law systems using the French legal system as its basis. Focusing on the four main branches of French Law: civil, criminal, administrative and constitutional law, the book examines the way that the judiciary, lawyers and academics operate within them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20010501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606195</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606195</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modeling Aggregate Behavior and Fluctuations in Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Stochastic Views of Interacting Agents</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Aoki, Masanao</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book has two components: stochastic dynamics and stochastic random combinatorial analysis.  The first discusses evolving patterns of interactions of a large but finite number of agents of several types. Changes of agent types or their choices or decisions over time are formulated as jump Markov processes with suitably specified transition rates: optimisations by agents make these rates generally endogenous. Probabilistic equilibrium selection rules are also discussed, together with the distributions of relative sizes of the bases of attraction. As the number of agents approaches infinity, we recover deterministic macroeconomic relations of more conventional economic models.  The second component analyses how agents form clusters of various sizes.  This has applications for discussing sizes or shares of markets by various agents which involve some combinatorial analysis patterned after the population genetics literature.  These are shown to be relevant to distributions of returns to assets, volatility of returns, and power laws.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06196/cover/9780521606196.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Origins of Judaism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From Canaan to the Rise of Islam</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goldenberg, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Origins of Judaism provides a clear, straightforward account of the development of ancient Judaism in both the Judean homeland and the Diaspora. Beginning with the Bible and ending with the rise of Islam, the text depicts the emergence of a religion that would be recognized today as Judaism out of customs and conceptions that were quite different from any that now exist. Special attention is given to the early rabbis' contribution to this historical process. Together with the main narrative, the book provides substantial quotations from primary texts (biblical, rabbinic and other) along with extended side treatments of important themes, a glossary, short biographies of leading early rabbis, a chronology of important dates and suggestions for further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06288/cover/9780521606288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071016</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global South Asians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Introducing the modern Diaspora</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brown, Judith M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>By the end of the twentieth century some nine million people of South Asian descent had left India, Bangladesh or Pakistan and settled in different parts of the world, forming a diverse and significant modern diaspora. In the early nineteenth century, many left reluctantly to seek economic opportunities which were lacking at home. This is the story of their often painful experiences in the diaspora, how they constructed new social communities overseas and how they maintained connections with the countries and the families they had left behind. It is a story compellingly told by one of the premier historians of modern South Asia, Judith Brown, whose particular knowledge of the diaspora in Britain and South Africa gives her insight as a commentator. This is a book which will have a broad appeal to general readers as well as to students of South Asian and colonial history, migration studies and sociology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06301/cover/9780521606301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606314</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606318</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Politics of Switzerland</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Continuity and Change in a Consensus Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606318</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kriesi, Hanspeter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trechsel, Alexander H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite Switzerland's small size, its political system is one of the most complex and fascinating among contemporary democracies. The rich, complex mixture of centuries-old institutions and the refined political arrangements that exist today constitute a veritable laboratory for social scientists and their students. Often presented as the paradigmatic case of political integration, consensus democracy and multinational federalism, the Swiss model has become a benchmark case for analyses in comparative politics, political behaviour and other related fields. Written by two leading experts on Swiss politics, this book presents a definitive overview for scholars and students interested in Switzerland's political system at the beginning of the twenty-first century. By focusing on its intricacies but also taking in larger issues of general interest, the broad scope of this study will appeal to all those interested in contemporary European politics and democratic systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06318/cover/9780521606318.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20081124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606322</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606322</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stamp Duty Land Tax</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomas, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Stamp Duty Land Tax ('SDLT') raises some &#163;6 billion per annum - more revenue than inheritance tax and capital gains tax put together. Providing a much-needed, incisive and comprehensive commentary on every aspect of SDLT, this book will appeal to property lawyers, tax specialists, and anyone involved in land transactions. It gives a detailed discussion of the legislation and puts forward suggested interpretations and planning opportunities. The second edition is fully updated and deals with the many changes that have been made since the introduction of SDLT. New chapters provide in-depth coverage of the treatment both of leases and partnerships. Areas of difficulty which arise in practice are dealt with throughout. In addition, the chapter on planning has been revised to take account of new legislation and case law, including the impact of the SDLT disclosure rules.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06325/cover/9780521606325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060330</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>270.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606357</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Monarchy and the British Nation, 1780 to the Present</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606356</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Olechnowicz, Andrzej</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>338</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The monarchy has remained important in British public life long after monarchs ceased, in the early nineteenth century, to govern as well as to reign, and popular legitimacy came to be founded on representation, not the immutability of a sacred hierarchy. This book addresses two fundamental questions about the British monarchy in the modern period. What has been its function in the political and social life of the nation? Why, for much but by no means all of the modern period, has it been so popular with its subjects? Leading historians offer contributions on the monarchy and public values, the monarchy's popularity, the monarchy and Ireland, the monarchy and film, gender and the monarchy, the royal court and republicanism, and the monarchy and the wider world. These essays shed considerable new light on the monarchy's place in British public life and on the broader social and political history of modern Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06356/cover/9780521606356.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160639X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160639X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Trajectory of (Corporate Law) Scholarship</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inaugural Lecture given in the University of Cambridge October 2003</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cheffins, Brian R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>92</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Cheffins' lecture offers a path-breaking examination of potential trajectories for legal scholarship. Considerable attention is devoted to academic writing on law, but little has been said about the process by which the relevant literature evolves. This lecture focuses directly on the evolution of legal scholarship. It identifies five potential trajectories, revolving around concepts such as 'progress', 'paradigms', the marketplace for ideas, intellectual cycles, and fads and fashions. Professor Cheffins offers a summary of each trajectory and then tests the propositions he has advanced by means of a case study dealing with corporate law. He argues that scholarly trends in law develop in a manner that is at least partially consistent with each of the trajectories he identifies, but acknowledges that none captures fully the dynamics at work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06394/cover/9780521606394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>23.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606535</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606535</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature and the Taste of Knowledge</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does literature know? Does it offer us knowledge of its own or does it only interrupt and question other forms of knowledge? This book seeks to answer and to prolong these questions through the close examination of individual works and the exploration of a broad array of examples. Chapters on Henry James, Kafka, and the form of the villanelle are interspersed with wider-ranging inquiries into forms of irony, indirection and the uses of fiction, with examples ranging from Auden to Proust and Rilke, and from Calvino to Jean Rhys and Yeats. Literature is a form of pretence. But every pretence could tilt us into the real, and many of them do. There is no safe place for the reader: no literalist's haven where fact is always fact; and no paradise of metaphor, where our poems, plays and novels have no truck at all with the harsh and shifting world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06530/cover/9780521606530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606586</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606586</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy from Above</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Regional Organizations and Democratization</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606585</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pevehouse, Jon C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Since the momentous events of the late 1980s, democratic transition has been a widely studied phenomenon. Most scholars who have investigated the causes and implications of the global trend to democracy have argued that domestic politics is the leading determinant in the success or failure of transitions to democracy. Jon Pevehouse argues that international factors, specifically regional organizations, play an important role in the transition to and endurance of democracy. Domestic elites use membership of regional organizations to advance the cause of democracy since these organizations can manipulate the costs and benefits of democracy to important societal groups such as business elites or the military. Six cases (Hungary, Peru, Greece, Paraguay, Guatemala, and Turkey) examine the causal processes behind the statistical association between regional organizations and democratization. These findings bridge international relations and comparative politics while also providing guidelines for policy-makers who wish to use regional organizations to promote democracy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06585/cover/9780521606585.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606691</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Values of Beauty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Historical Essays in Aesthetics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guyer, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Values of Beauty discusses major ideas and figures in the history of aesthetics from the beginning of the eighteenth century to the end of the twentieth century. The core of the book features Paul Guyer's most recent essays on the epochal contribution of Immauel Kant, and sets Kant's work in the context of predecessors, contemporaries, and successors including David Hume, Alexander Gerard, Archibald Alison, Arthur Schopenhauer, and John Stuart Mill All of the essays emphasize the complexity rather than isolation of our aesthetic experience of both nature and art; and the interconnection of aesthetic values such as beauty and sublimity on the one hand, and prudential and moral values on the other. Guyer emphasizes that the idea of the freedom of the imagination as the key to both artistic creation and aesthetic experience has been a common thread throughout the modern history of aesthetics, although the freedom of the imagination has been understood and connected to other forms of freedom in a variety of ways.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06691/cover/9780521606691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160687X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160687X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes form the first part of Dr Shackleton Bailey's long-awaited edition of the Atticus letters. The introduction (printed in volume I only) deals successively with the historical background and Cicero's relations with Atticus, manuscripts. The text, with selective apparatus, is printed with Dr Shackleton Bailey's translation on facing pages. The volumes end with commentaries, appendices and indices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06875/cover/9780521606875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606888</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606888</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>These two volumes form the first part of Dr Shackleton Bailey's long-awaited edition of the Atticus letters. The introduction (printed in volume I only) deals successively with the historical background and Cicero's relations with Atticus, manuscripts. The text, with selective apparatus, is printed with Dr Shackleton Bailey's translation on facing pages. The volumes end with commentaries, appendices and indices.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06882/cover/9780521606882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606896</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth and sixth volumes of Dr Shackleton Bailey's edition of the Atticus letters contain a revised version of the text first published in the Oxford Classical Texts in 1961. Problems of dating in this part of the correspondence are severe, and prolonged study of them has caused Dr Shackleton Bailey to depart on occasions from the traditional chronology. Like their predecessors, these two volumes contain a text and selective apparatus, a translation facing each page of text, a full commentary, and indexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06899/cover/9780521606899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160690X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160690X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fifth and sixth volumes of Dr Shackleton Bailey's edition of the Atticus letters contain a revised version of the text first published in the Oxford Classical Texts in 1961. Problems of dating in this part of the correspondence are severe, and prolonged study of them has caused Dr Shackleton Bailey to depart on occasions from the traditional chronology. Like their predecessors, these two volumes contain a text and selective apparatus, a translation facing each page of text, a full commentary, and indexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06905/cover/9780521606905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606912</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606912</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The third volume of Dr Shackleton Bailey's edition of the Atticus letters contains a revised version of the text first published in the Oxford Classical Texts in 1961. Like its predecessors, this volume contains a text and selective apparatus, a translation facing each page of text, a full commentary, and indexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06912/cover/9780521606912.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606926</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606926</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The fourth volume of Dr Shackleton Bailey's edition of the Atticus letters contains a revised version of the text first published in the Oxford Classical Texts in 1961. Like its predecessors, this volume contains a text selective apparatus, a translation facing each page of text, a full commentary, and indexes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06929/cover/9780521606929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606934</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606934</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606936</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Letters to Atticus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606936</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>116</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The index volume for the series. For both text and commentary there are indices nominum, verborum, rerum and Graecitatis. There are addenda and corrigenda to the published volumes; and at the end a concordance to this and the standard (manuscript) arrangements of the letters.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606942</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606943</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classical Papers of A. E. Housman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606943</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>440</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A complete collection, in three volumes, of the classical articles and reviews of A. E. Housman. These papers were originally published between 1882 and 1936 in a variety of academic journals, many of which are now difficult to obtain. The editors have checked and, where necessary, supplemented and updated all the references and corrected errors in them, but have otherwise presented each paper, in full, with the minimum of editorial comment. At the end of Volume III there are very elaborate and comprehensive indexes of passages, words and topics discussed by Houston. The Kleine Schriften of great scholars are among the most important and useful tools of the classicist's trade. This edition will be of the first importance among such collections and will provide an essential work of reference. Housman's known virtues as a textual critic are decisively confirmed and emphasized now that his papers can be seen in one complete and connected sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06943/cover/9780521606943.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606950</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606950</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classical Papers of A. E. Housman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606950</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A complete collection, in three volumes, of the classical articles and reviews of A. E. Housman. These papers were originally published between 1882 and 1936 in a variety of academic journals, many of which are now difficult to obtain. The editors have checked and, where necessary, supplemented and updated all the references and corrected errors in them, but have otherwise presented each paper, in full, with the minimum of editorial comment. At the end of Volume III there are very elaborate and comprehensive indexes of passages, words and topics discussed by Houston. The Kleine Schriften of great scholars are among the most important and useful tools of the classicist's trade. This edition will be of the first importance among such collections and will provide an essential work of reference. Housman's known virtues as a textual critic are decisively confirmed and emphasized now that his papers can be seen in one complete and connected sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06950/cover/9780521606950.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606969</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Classical Papers of A. E. Housman</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A complete collection, in three volumes, of the classical articles and reviews of A. E. Housman. These papers were originally published between 1882 and 1936 in a variety of academic journals, many of which are now difficult to obtain. The editors have checked and, where necessary, supplemented and updated all the references and corrected errors in them, but have otherwise presented each paper, in full, with the minimum of editorial comment. At the end of Volume III there are very elaborate and comprehensive indexes of passages, words and topics discussed by Houston. The Kleine Schriften of great scholars are among the most important and useful tools of the classicist's trade. This edition will be of the first importance among such collections and will provide an essential work of reference. Housman's known virtues as a textual critic are decisively confirmed and emphasized now that his papers can be seen in one complete and connected sequence.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606977</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606977</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606974</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Epistulae ad Familiares</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606974</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Shackleton Bailey's edition of Cicero's letters to Atticus, also published in the Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries series, has been generally recognized as an outstanding achievement. Now Professor Shackleton Bailey presents his edition of the second major body of Cicero's correspondence - his letters to his friends. Unlike the Atticus volumes this edition contains no translation (this will be published elsewhere), which has made it possible to gather all the letters and commentary into only two volumes. The introduction, which includes a reassessment of the manuscript tradition, is followed by a completely revised text and apparatus criticus. The commentary covers many problems of text, interpretation, history, prosopography, and letter-chronology. Both volumes contain indexes. This edition is intended for use by students and specialists in Roman literature and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06974/cover/9780521606974.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Epistulae ad Familiares</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>644</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Shackleton Bailey's edition of Cicero's letters to Atticus, also published in the Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries series, has been generally recognized as an outstanding achievement. Now Professor Shackleton Bailey presents his edition of the second major body of Cicero's correspondence - his letters to his friends. Unlike the Atticus volumes this edition contains no translation (this will be published elsewhere), which has made it possible to gather all the letters and commentary into only two volumes. The introduction, which includes a reassessment of the manuscript tradition, is followed by a completely revised text and apparatus criticus. The commentary covers many problems of text, interpretation, history, prosopography, and letter-chronology. Both volumes contain indexes. This edition is intended for use by students and specialists in Roman literature and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06981/cover/9780521606981.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521606993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521606993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521606998</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ciris: A Poem Attributed to Vergil</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521606998</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ciris</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lyne, R. O. A. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Ciris is a mythological narrative poem on the legend of Scylla and Nisus, and is an outstanding example of the epyllion genre - miniture epics, of which there must have been many from Catullus onwards. Late sources in Antiquity and inferior manuscript tradition attributed this poem to Vergil, and the possibility of Vergilian authorship has been discussed since the Renaissance. Dr Lyne has reassessed the manuscript authorities for the Ciris and here presents a new and better text of the poem with apparatus criticus. In his introduction and commentary he provides a complete account of the Ciris: its manuscripts, its style and language, the poet's treatment of the Scylla myths, his narrative technique and his method of composition. Dr Lyne's tracking down of the poet's borrowings from the now lost neoteric poets of Catullus' generation is especially interesting.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/06998/cover/9780521606998.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>77.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607000</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607001</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cicero: Epistulae ad Quintum Fratrem et M. Brutum</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607001</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cicero, Marcus Tullius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackleton-Bailey, D. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings to completion Professor Shackleton Bailey's edition of the whole of Cicero's correspondence, published in the Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries series. Like the previous volumes it contains an introduction, a revised text and critical apparatus and a detailed commentary which concentrates on the fundamentals of the text, the dating of the letters and events mentioned in them and the identification of the persons concerned. The edition is intended for use by students and specialists in Roman literature and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07001/cover/9780521607001.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607019</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607019</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Rome</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607018</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miola, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book studies Shakespeare's changing vision of Rome in the six works where the city serves as a setting. Unlike other scholars treatment, the subject Dr Miola offers a coherent analysis of all the major appearances of Rome in the Shakespeare canon. Shakespeare's recurrent and varied treatment of Rome suggests that a close examination of the city's transformations can teach us much about his development as a playwright and the development of his dramatic vision. The book focuses on Shakespeare's changing conception of the Roman city, its people, and its ideals. Dr Miola examines the symbolic and topographical features that help define the city.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07018/cover/9780521607018.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607027</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607025</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Velleius Paterculus</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Caesarian and Augustan Narrative (2.41-93)</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607025</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paterculus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first volume of Professor Woodman's edition of, and commentary on, Velleius Paterculus was published in the Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries series in 1977. This is the second volume to appear, covering Velleius' narrative of Julius Caesar and Augustus, down to 19 B.C. Velleius' history was first published in A. D. 30 and is being increasingly regarded as an important source for Roman history. Professor Woodman's aims have been the same as in his first volume: to establish the text, or at least to indicate where it is unreliable, and to explain the nature and meaning of the narrative. Thus his commentary is primarily textual, linguistic and stylistic, to be used by those who want to read Velleius, whether their interests are literary, historiographical or historical. It is the first commentary of its scale and scope since the beginning of the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07025/cover/9780521607025.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607056</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hamlet versus Lear</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Politics and Shakespeare's Art</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607056</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foakes, R. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book focuses on the two plays of Shakespeare that have generally contended for the title of 'greatest' among his works. Hamlet remained a focal point of reference until about 1960, when it was displaced by King Lear, a play which at the same time ceased to be perceived as a play of redemption and became a play of despair. Foakes attempts to explain these shifts by analysing the reception of the plays since about 1800, an analysis which necessarily engages with the politics of the plays and the politics of criticism. Recent critical theorising has destabilised the texts and undermined the notion of 'greatness' or any consideration of the plays as works of art. Foakes takes issue with such theories and reconsiders textual revisions, in order to argue for the integrity of the plays as reading texts, and to recover a flexible sense of their artistry in relation to meaning. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of Shakespeare and to theatre-goers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07056/cover/9780521607056.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040809</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607078</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607078</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607070</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Forensic Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Settling Disputes in Graeco-Roman New Comedy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607070</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scafuro, Adele C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Graeco-Roman New Comedy has traditionally provided a source for legal historians examining the language and operation of law both in Athens in the fourth century and in Rome in the second century BC. Adele Scafuro here provides the first comprehensive treatment in English of one crucial area of this vast field, namely, the way legal disputes are settled out of court in Athens, both on and off the comic stage. Beginning with a close examination of pre-trial scenarios in the Attic orators and looking for comparable ones in pre-classical Roman law, Dr Scafuro then turns to the plays of Greek New Comedy and their adaptations by Plautus and Terence. There she identifies similar scenarios especially in disputes concerning sexual violations, the marriages of heiresses, and divorces. She shows how the recognition of legal procedures aids interpretation of New Comedy texts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07070/cover/9780521607070.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040906</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607086</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607087</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Byron and the Victorians</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607087</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elfenbein, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first full-length study of Byron's influence on Victorian writers, concentrating on Carlyle, Emily Bront&#235;, Tennyson, Bulwer Lytton, Disraeli, and Wilde. It has two emphases, theoretical and literary-historical. Its theoretical project is to revise earlier understanding of literary influence through a demonstration of the ways that institutions of cultural production mediate the access that later writers have to earlier ones. Its literary-historical project is to suggest the many different responses that Victorian writers had to Byron and to his celebrity in British culture. It argues that defining oneself against Byron became a ritual of the Victorian authorial career. Victorian writers did not reject Byron outright: instead, they defined themselves through fictions of personal development away from values associated with Byron towards those associated with themselves as mature Victorian writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/54520/cover/9780521454520.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607094</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Literature, Education, and Romanticism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reading as Social Practice, 1780-1832</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607094</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this wide-ranging and detailed book Alan Richardson addresses many issues in literary and educational history never before examined together. The result is an unprecedented study of how transformations in schooling and literacy in Britain between 1780 and 1832 helped shape the provision of literature as we now know it. In chapters focused on such topics as definitions of childhood, educational methods and institutions, children's literature, female education, and publishing ventures aimed at working-class adults, Richardson demonstrates how literary genres, from fairy tales to epic poems, were enlisted in an ambitious programme for transforming social relations through reading and education. Romantic texts - including Wordsworth, Shelley, Blake, and Yearsley - are reinterpreted in the light of the complex historical and social issues which inform them and which they in turn critically address.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/62761/cover/9780521462761.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041004</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607108</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Travel Writers and the Language of Aesthetics, 1716-1818</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607100</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bohls, Elizabeth A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>British readers of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries eagerly consumed books of travel in an age of imperial expansion that was also the formative period of modern aesthetics. Beauty, sublimity, sensuous surfaces, and scenic views became conventions of travel writing as Britons applied familiar terms to unfamiliar places around the globe. The social logic of aesthetics, argues Elizabeth Bohls, constructed women, the labouring classes, and non-Europeans as foils against which to define the 'man of taste' as an educated, property-owning gentleman. Women writers from Mary Wortley Montagu to Mary Shelley resisted this exclusion from gentlemanly privilege, and their writings re-examine and question aesthetic conventions such as the concept of disinterested contemplation, subtly but insistently exposing its vested interests. Bohls' study expands our awareness of women's intellectual presence in Romantic literature, and suggests Romanticism's sources at the peripheries of empire rather than at its centre.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607221</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607223</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Accounting Principles for Lawyers</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607223</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Holgate, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many lawyers, especially those dealing with commercial matters, need to understand accounting yet feel on shaky ground in the area. This book is written specifically for them. It breaks down and makes clear basic concepts (such as the difference between profit and cash flow), the accounting profession and the legal and regulatory framework within which accounting operates. The relevant provisions of the Companies Act 1985 are discussed at some length. Holgate explains generally accepted accounting principles in the UK (GAAP), the trend towards global harmonisation and the role of international accounting standards. He then deals with specific areas such as group accounts, acquisitions, tax, leases, pensions, financial instruments, and realised profits, focusing in each case on those aspects that are likely to confront lawyers in their work. This book will appeal to the general practitioner as well as to lawyers working in corporate, commercial, and tax law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07223/cover/9780521607223.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607264</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607261</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Greek Mythology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607261</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodard, Roger D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>552</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Professor Roger Woodard brings together a group of the world's most authoritative scholars of classical myth to present a thorough treatment of all aspects of Greek mythology. Sixteen original articles guide the reader through all aspects of the ancient mythic tradition and its influence around the world and in later years. The articles examine the forms and uses of myth in Greek oral and written literature, from the epic poetry of 8th century BC to the mythographic catalogues of the early centuries AD. They examine the relationship between myth, art, religion and politics among the ancient Greeks and its reception and influence on later society from the Middle Ages to present day literature, feminism and cinema. This Companion volume's comprehensive coverage makes it ideal reading for students of Greek mythology and for anyone interested in the myths of the ancient Greeks and their impact on western tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07261/cover/9780521607261.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080311</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607280</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607280</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607285</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Breaking the Bounds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Inaugural Lecture Given in the University of Cambridge, 16 February 2004</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607285</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, G. R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>48</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this impassioned and challenging lecture, Gillian Evans addresses the interdisciplinary nature of the study of medieval texts and its inherent problems, drawing important lessons for teaching and research within the modern university. Through discussion of the practices, philosophy and constitution of the medieval community of authorship, Evans throws into relief the assumptions which surround our current practice of dividing the subject matter of study into discrete educational 'portions' by discipline and subject. While acknowledging that the task of pursuing the truth through academic study has perhaps been made more manageable by classification, Evans argues that ancient and medieval scholars would not have flourished in a world of single-subject disciplines. Instead, she calls for disciplinary bounds to be broken and for the modern university to lead in the preservation of learning for its own sake and the fostering of a culture of open-ended enquiry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07285/cover/9780521607285.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050617</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>27.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607345</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607345</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607346</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Female Infidelity and Paternal Uncertainty</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Evolutionary Perspectives on Male Anti-Cuckoldry Tactics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607346</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Platek, Steven M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shackelford, Todd K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMAL</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although commonly believed that males are more promiscuous than females, new research has revealed that female infidelity is a common occurrence throughout the animal kingdom. Female Infidelity and Paternal Uncertainty is the first book to address how males deal with the consequences of female infidelity and the strategies they have evolved to try to avoid the possibility of raising an offspring they unknowingly did not sire. Each chapter deals with a specific evolved strategy developed to aid males in either limiting opportunities for their mate to be unfaithful or to 'correct' the by-products of infidelity should it occur. With sections including mate guarding, intra-vaginal tactics and paternity assessment, this book will appeal to researchers and graduate students in behavioral biology, evolutionary psychology, human sexuality, anthropology, sociology, reproductive health and medicine.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07346/cover/9780521607346.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607361</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607361</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607360</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>EU Enlargement and the Constitutions of Central and Eastern Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607360</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Albi, Anneli</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the wake of the EU's biggest enlargement, this book explores the adaptation of the constitutions of Central and Eastern Europe (CEE) for membership in the European Union. In response to the painful past, these new constitutions were notably closed to transfer of powers to international organizations, and accorded a prominent status to sovereignty and independence. A little more than a decade later, the process of amending these provisions in view of the transfer of sovereign powers to a supranational organization has proved a sensitive and controversial exercise. This book analyses the amendments against the background of comparative experience and theory of sovereignty, as well as the context of political sensitivities, such as rising euroscepticism ahead of accession referendums.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07360/cover/9780521607360.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607442</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Early Recordings and Musical Style</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Changing Tastes in Instrumental Performance, 1900-1950</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607445</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Philip, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Until recently, early recordings were regarded as little more than old-fashioned curiosities by musicians. Scholars and musicians now are beginning to realise their importance as historical documents which preserve the performance of composers and the musicians with whom they worked. In this fascinating study, Robert Philip argues that recordings of the early twentieth-century provide an important and hitherto neglected resource in the history of musical performance. The book concentrates on aspects of performance which underwent the greatest change in the early twentieth century, including rhythm, rubato, vibrato, and portamento. The final chapters explore some of the implications of these changes, both for the study of earlier periods and for the understanding of our own attitudes to the music of the past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07445/cover/9780521607445.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607450</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607450</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607452</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporate Capital</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Control, Ownership, Saving and Crisis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607452</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitelis, Christos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book looks at the role of the modern corporation in advanced capitalist countries. In particular it considers corporate control and shareownership and the impact of these on consumers' choice, the mobilization of financial capital, the saving function, and the question of the potentially inherent tendency towards stagnation and crisis. The author suggests that there is a tendency towards social ownership of the means of production in modern capitalist economies, directly via share purchase and indirectly via, e.g., occupational pension funds, while at the same time control and appropriation remain vested in a small minority. This is shown to affect financial capital accumulation and the saving function, since the competition between giant corporations encourages their controllers to increase corporate saving above the level desired by small shareholders who are suggested to be unable fully to compensate for such increases by their actions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07452/cover/9780521607452.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607477</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607477</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607476</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and Pauperism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Workhouse System, 1834-1884</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607476</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Driver, Felix</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Power and Pauperism aims to provide a new perspective on the place of the workhouse in the history and geography of nineteenth-century society and social policy. The workhouse system is set in the wider context in an age associated, paradoxically, with both laissez-faire and increasing state regulation. The study pays particular attention to conflicts over Poor Law policy and workhouse design. Dr Driver demonstrates that despite appearances the workhouse system was far from monolithic, and that official policy was beset with conflict: his study combines a national perspective on the system with a sensitivity to regional variation in policy and practice. The analysis of patterns of relief regulation and institutional provision presented here provides, for the first time, a truly national picture of the workhouse system in operation. Power and Pauperism emphasises the need to link the study of social policy with wider patterns of power and the value of a geographical perspective in the study of social policy. The book as a whole offers a challenging new interpretation of the historical geography of social policy in nineteenth-century Britain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07476/cover/9780521607476.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607490</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Maasailand Ecology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Pastoralist Development and Wildlife Conservation in Ngorongoro, Tanzania</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607490</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Homewood, K. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodgers, W. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Ngorongoro Conservation Area in the heart of Maasailand is one of the world's most important conservation heritage areas. This book centres on a field study of the Ngorongoro Maasai and their herds, around which present knowledge of African rangeland, wildlife, livestock and pastoralist ecology is brought together and analysed. Management problems in Ngorongoro encapsulate many of the major debates in the ecology and conservation of African savannas. This book explores perceived problems, ecological facts and possible management solutions. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the authors argue a highly charged issue in terms of ecological fact and theory. This is an essential book for all those interested in the interface between wildlife conservation and human land use, whether professional ecologists or biologists, conservationists or resource managers, development workers or rural planners, and more generally, all those concerned with the ecological facts behind environmental and development issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07490/cover/9780521607490.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607507</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607507</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607506</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Applications of Process Algebra</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607506</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baeten, J. C. M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book gives applications of the theory of process algebra, or Algebra of Communicating Processes (ACP), that is the study of concurrent or communicating processes studied using an algebraic framework. The approach is axiomatic; the authors consider structures that are some set of mostly equational axioms, which are equipped with several operators. Thus the term 'algebra' is used in the model-theoretic sense. The axiomatic approach enables one to organize the field of process theories. The theory is applied systematically to a number of situations, including systolic algorithms, semantics of an object-oriented language, and protocols. It will be welcomed by computer scientists working in parallel programming.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07506/cover/9780521607506.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050303</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607515</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607513</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Pianoforte Pedalling</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607513</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rowland, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Rowland traces the history of piano pedalling from its beginnings in the eighteenth century to its first maturity in the middle of the nineteenth century and beyond. Pedalling technique was a major feature of nineteenth-century piano performance and, coupled with new developments in piano structure, inspired many composers to write innovative works for the literature. Rowland examines this through the technique and music of composer-pianists such as Beethoven, Liszt, and Chopin. In addition, he follows the transition from harpsichord and clavichord to piano and outlines the physical properties of the various stops, levers, and pedals available at the different stages of the instrument's development. The book also includes an appendix of translated extracts from three well-known piano-pedalling tutors. It will be of interest to students and scholars of music history and performance practice, as well as to pianists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07513/cover/9780521607513.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607531</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607531</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607537</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Airship Technology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607537</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Khoury, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gillett, J. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>560</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a unique and indispensable guide to modern airship design and operation. Airships today incorporate advanced technology including composite materials, complex electronic systems, and fly by light controls. They demand the latest theories in aerodynamics, stability and control and require the use of advanced design tools such as numerical finite element structural analysis and computer aided design. This comprehensive and fully-illustrated account brings together airship specialists from both universities and industry. After a general introduction, the essentials of aerostatics, aerodynamics, stability and control, propulsion, materials and structures are covered. The following chapters consider weight estimates and control, ground handling and mooring, systems, performance and piloting. The final chapters examine suggestions for improving airship performance, survey unconventional designs, synthesise various design elements, and look at airship roles and economic considerations vital for the success of the airship in the market place. Detailed references are also included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07537/cover/9780521607537.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160754X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160754X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607544</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Logic Programming</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Operational Semantics and Proof Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607544</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, James H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>120</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Andrews here provides a homogeneous treatment of the semantics (operational and logical) of both theoretical and practical logic programming languages. He shows how the rift between theory and practice in logic programming can be bridged. This is achieved by precisely characterizing the way in which 'depth-first' search for solutions to a logical formula - the usual strategy in most practical languages - is incomplete. Languages that perform 'breadth-first' searches reflect more closely the theory underlying logic programming languages. Researchers interested in logic programming or semantics, as well as artificial intelligence search strategies, will want to consult this book as the only source for some essential and new ideas in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07544/cover/9780521607544.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607558</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607558</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607551</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protocols by Invariants</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607551</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schoone, Anneke A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When several computers have to cooperate to achieve a certain task (i.e. distributed computing) we need 'recipes' (i.e. protocols) to tell them what to do. Unfortunately, human minds are not well suited to keeping track of what might happen given even a very simple protocol. In this book Dr Schoone shows how we can derive properties of those protocols that always hold (i.e. invariants), irrespective of what actually happens in an execution of the protocol. From these invariants the basic attributes of the protocols can be obtained. Each protocol is explained intuitively, proved correct using invariants, and analysed to establish the relation between parameter settings and its essential features. The protocols belong to a wide range of layers in the ISO reference model hierarchy, and include the following: a class of communication protocols that tolerate and correct message loss, duplication, and resequencing; protocols for determining and maintaining routing information, both in a static and a dynamic environment; connection-management protocols; and atomic commitment protocols for use in distributed database management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07551/cover/9780521607551.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607566</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607566</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607568</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spacecraft-Environment Interactions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607568</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hastings, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Henry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Spacecraft interact with the space environment in ways that may affect the operation of the spacecraft as well as any scientific experiments that are carried out from the spacecraft platform. In turn the study of these interactions provides information on the space environment. The adverse environmental effects, such as the effect of the radiation belts on electronics, and spacecraft charging from the magnetospheric plasma, means that designers need to understand interactive phenomena to be able to effectively design spacecraft. This has led to the new discipline of spacecraft-environment interactions. The emphasis in this book is on the fundamental physics of the interactions. Spacecraft-Environment Interactions is a valuable introduction to the subject for all students and researchers interested in the application of fluid, gas, plasma and particle dynamics to spacecraft and for spacecraft system engineers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07568/cover/9780521607568.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607574</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607575</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>General Geocryology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607575</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yershov, E. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>608</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the cold regions, freezing of the ground presents major geotechnical and environmental challenges. In Russia, oil and gas gives these regions special economic and geopolitical significance. After glasnost, it became evident that research there was more comprehensive but the problems far greater than elsewhere. This translation of a wide-ranging account of the effects of freezing and their importance for geotechnical undertakings, has been prepared by an international team of specialists. It makes available a uniquely readable and technically accurate review, especially valuable to international organisations and those involved in joint ventures. The English edition of the 16-sheet geocryological map of Russian has been prepared by the same international team. For more details please see: www.freezingground.org/map or contact Scott Polar Research Institute, (Attn. Prof. P. J. Williams), Lensfield Rd., Cambridge, CB2 1ER, UK. - or e-mail: pjw1005@cus.cam.ac.uk.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07575/cover/9780521607575.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607582</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607582</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Athens and Persia in the Fifth Century BC</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Cultural Receptivity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607582</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Margaret C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>412</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is a commonplace of modern scholarship that the Athenians hated and despised the Persians, but the claims of contempt are disproved by the evidence of archaeology, epigraphy, iconography and literature, all of which reveal some facet of Athenian receptivity to Achaemenid Persian culture. The Athenian response was as richly complex as the spheres of interaction: both private and public, elite and sub-elite. It appears in pot shapes, clothing, luxurious display and monumental architecture. This innovative study, the first comprehensive collection of evidence pertaining to the relations between Athens and Persia in the fifth century BC, aims to make this evidence better known and in so doing to argue that the social culture of classical Athens was not the monolithic construct it might appear.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07582/cover/9780521607582.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607590</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607590</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607599</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cross-Examining Socrates</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Defense of the Interlocutors in Plato's Early Dialogues</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607599</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beversluis, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a rereading of Plato's early dialogues from the point of view of the characters with whom Socrates engages in debate. Socrates' interlocutors are generally acknowledged to play important dialectical and dramatic roles, but no previous book has focused mainly on them. Existing studies are thoroughly dismissive of the interlocutors and reduce them to the status of mere mouthpieces for views which are hopelessly confused or demonstrably false. This book takes interlocutors seriously and treats them as genuine intellectual opponents whose views are often more defensible than commentators have standardly thought. The author's purpose is not to summarise their positions or the arguments of the dialogues in which they appear, much less to produce a series of biographical sketches, but to investigate the phenomenology of philosophical disputation as it manifests itself in the early dialogues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/50581/cover/9780521550581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607604</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607605</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lattice-Gas Cellular Automata</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Simple Models of Complex Hydrodynamics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607605</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rothman, Daniel H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zaleski, Stiphane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The text is a self-contained, comprehensive introduction to the theory of hydrodynamic lattice gases. Lattice-gas cellular automata are discrete models of fluids. Identical particles hop from site to site on a regular lattice, obeying simple conservative scattering rules when they collide. Remarkably, at a scale larger than the lattice spacing, these discrete models simulate the Navier-Stokes equations of fluid mechanics. This book addresses three important aspects of lattice gases. First, it shows how such simple idealised microscopic dynamics give rise to isotropic macroscopic hydrodynamics. Second, it details how the simplicity of the lattice gas provides for equally simple models of fluid phase separation, hydrodynamic interfaces, and multiphase flow. Lastly, it illustrates how lattice-gas models and related lattice-Boltzmann methods have been used to solve problems in applications as diverse as flow through porous media, phase separation, and interface dynamics. Many exercises and references are included.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07605/cover/9780521607605.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607612</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607612</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>One Hundred Years of Violoncello</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Technique and Performance Practice, 1740-1840</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607612</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walden, Valerie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book to address the full range of performance issues for the cello from the Baroque to the early Romantic period. The development of playing techniques and stylistic transitions are traced regionally through a comparison of Italian, French, German, English, and East European performance traits. Through a close study of contemporary violoncello methods, music, early instruments, periodicals, diaries, letters and pictures, Walden provides a cohesive overview which examines construction methods for instruments and bows, fingering and bowing techniques, special effects and ornamentation, accompanying skills and the stylistic preferences of the most famous soloists. Richly illustrated with over 300 music examples, plates and figures, this book provides playing instructions which can easily be applied by modern players to their own performance of period music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07612/cover/9780521607612.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607620</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607620</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Timber Production and Biodiversity Conservation in Tropical Rain Forests</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607629</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johns, Andrew Grieser</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burley, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Timber production is often the most economic form of land use in areas of tropical forest: forest preservation is rarely so. The area of tropical forest reserved for timber production exceeds that of National Parks and other preserved areas by a ratio of at least 8:1. Although often poorly managed to date, production forests have the potential to support a high percentage of natural forest biodiversity. They have a vital role to play in conservation strategies. This book attempts to bridge the current gap between conservation requirements and commercial interests, indicating the possibilities for integrated management of tropical forests. The aim is to develop a justification and practical approach for the management of production forest as a supplement to totally-protected forest in the conservation of tropical biodiversity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07629/cover/9780521607629.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607639</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607636</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Bogomils</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Balkan Neo-Manichaeism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607636</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Obolensky, Dimitri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Bogomils: A Study in Balkan Neo-Manichaeism traces the development of this little-understood heresy from its Middle Eastern roots. The Bogomils derived elements of their doctrine and practice from the Manichaeans and the Paulicians. By the reign of Alexius Comnenus, Bogomilism was rife within the Bulgarian and Byzantine empire and had taken hold even amongst influential families in Constantinople itself. Though they suffered persecution, decline and ultimate disappearance in their Balkan heartlands, the Bogomils were subsequently an influence upon more celebrated heresies in France and Italy. Dmitri Obolensky's magisterial study of Balkan dualism remains the definitive work on Bogomilism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07636/cover/9780521607636.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607663</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607663</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607667</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Combinatorics, Geometry and Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Tribute to Paul Erd&#246;s</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607667</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bollob&#225;s, B&#233;la</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thomason, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>588</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Paul Erd&#246;s was one of the greatest mathematicians of this century, known the world over for his brilliant ideas and stimulating questions. On the date of his 80th birthday a conference was held in his honour at Trinity College, Cambridge. Many leading combinatorialists attended. Their subsequent contributions are collected here. The areas represented range from set theory and geometry, through graph theory, group theory and combinatorial probability, to randomised algorithms and statistical physics. Erd&#246;s himself was able to give a survey of recent progress made on his favourite problems. Consequently this volume, consisting of in-depth studies at the frontier of research, provides a valuable panorama across the breadth of combinatorics as it is today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07667/cover/9780521607667.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607671</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607671</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607674</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Silicon Micromachining</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607674</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Elwenspoek, M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jansen, H. V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TJFD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This comprehensive book provides an overview of the key techniques used in the fabrication of micron-scale structures in silicon. Recent advances in these techniques have made it possible to create a new generation of microsystem devices, such as microsensors, accelerometers, micropumps, and miniature robots. The authors underpin the discussion of each technique with a brief review of the fundamental physical and chemical principles involved. They pay particular attention to methods such as isotropic and anisotropic wet chemical etching, wafer bonding, reactive ion etching, and surface micromachining. There is a special section on bulk micromachining, and the authors also discuss release mechanisms for movable microstructures. The book is a blend of detailed experimental and theoretical material, and will be of great interest to graduate students and researchers in electrical engineering and materials science whose work involves the study of micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS).</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07674/cover/9780521607674.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160768X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160768X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607681</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of the Space Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607681</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gombosi, Tamas I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the physical phenomena that result from the interaction of the sun and the planets - often termed space weather. Physics of the Space Environment explores the basic processes in the Sun, in the interplanetary medium, in the near-Earth space, and down into the atmosphere. The first part of the book summarizes fundamental elements of transport theory relevant for the atmosphere, ionosphere and the magnetosphere. This theory is then applied to physical phenomena in the space environment. The fundamental physical processes are emphasized throughout, and basic concepts and methods are derived from first principles. This book is unique in its balanced treatment of space plasma and aeronomical phenomena. Students and researchers with a basic mathematics and physics background will find this book invaluable in the study of phenomena in the space environment.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07681/cover/9780521607681.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607698</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607698</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Impact of Climate Change on the United States Economy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607698</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mendelsohn, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Neumann, James E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNPG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Understanding the impacts of climate change on economic behaviour is an important aspect of deciding when to take policy actions to prevent or mitigate its consequences. This book applies advanced new economics methodologies to assess impacts on potentially vulnerable aspects of the US economy: agriculture, timber, coastal resources, energy expenditure, fishing, outdoor recreation. It is intended to provide improved understanding of key issues raised in the recent Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) reports. It concludes that some climate change may produce economic gains in the agriculture and forestry sectors, whereas energy, coastal structures, and water sectors may be harmed. The book will serve as an important reference for the scientific, economic, and policy community, and will also be of interest to natural resource/environmental economists as an example of economic valuation techniques. The volume will clearly be of main importance to researchers and policymakers in the US, but will also be influential as a model for assessment of impacts on economies worldwide.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07698/cover/9780521607698.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160771X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160771X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607711</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Relevance and Linguistic Meaning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Semantics and Pragmatics of Discourse Markers</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607711</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blakemore, Diane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The importance of discourse markers (words like 'so', 'however', and 'well') lies in the theoretical questions they raise about the nature of discourse and the relationship between linguistic meaning and context. They are regarded as being central to semantics because they raise problems for standard theories of meaning, and to pragmatics because they seem to play a role in the way discourse is understood. In this new and important study, Diane Blakemore argues that attempts to analyse these expressions within standard semantic frameworks raise even more problems, while their analysis as expressions that link segments of discourse has led to an unproductive and confusing exercise in classification. She concludes that the exercise in classification that has dominated discourse marker research should be replaced by the investigation of the way in which linguistic expressions contribute to the inferential processes involved in utterance understanding.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07711/cover/9780521607711.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040819</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607787</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607787</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607780</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Constitution and America's Destiny</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607780</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Robertson, David Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this ambitious study, Robertson explains how the U.S. Constitution emerged from an intense battle between a bold vision for the nation's political future and the tenacious defense of its political present. Given a once-in-a-lifetime chance to alter America's destiny, James Madison laid before the Constitutional Convention a plan for a strong centralized government that could battle for America's long-term interests. But delegates from vulnerable states resisted this plan, seeking instead to maintain state control over most of American life while adding a few more specific powers to the existing government. These clashing aspirations turned the Convention into an unpredictable chain of events. Step-by-step, the delegates' compromises built national powers in a way no one had anticipated, and produced a government more complex and hard to use than any of them originally intended. Their Constitution, in turn, helped create a politics unlike that in any other nation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07780/cover/9780521607780.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607825</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607825</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607827</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Buried by the Times</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Holocaust and America's Most Important Newspaper</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607827</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leff, Laurel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>442</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNT</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>An in-depth look at how The New York Times failed in its coverage of the fate of European Jews from 1939-1945. It examines how the decisions that were made at The Times ultimately resulted in the minimizing and misunderstanding of modern history's worst genocide. Laurel Leff, a veteran journalist and professor of journalism, recounts how personal relationships at the newspaper, the assimilationist tendencies of The Times' Jewish owner, and the ethos of mid-century America, all led The Times to consistently downplay news of the Holocaust. It recalls how news of Hitler's 'final solution' was hidden from readers and - because of the newspaper's influence on other media - from America at large. Buried by The Times is required reading for anyone interested in America's response to the Holocaust and for anyone curious about how journalists determine what is newsworthy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07827/cover/9780521607827.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607833</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607833</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607834</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jim Crow Moves North</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Battle over Northern School Segregation, 1865-1954</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607834</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Douglas, Davison</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A history of various efforts to desegregate northern schools during the nineteenth century and the first half of the twentieth century, exploring two dominant themes. The first considers the role of law in accomplishing racial change. Most northern state legislatures enacted legislation after the Civil War that prohibited school segregation and most northern courts, when called upon, enforced that legislation. Notwithstanding this clear legal opposition to school segregation, racially separate schools flourished in much of the north until the late 1940s and early 1950s. The second theme is the ambivalence in the northern black community over the importance of school integration. Since the antebellum era, northern blacks have sharply divided over the question of whether black children would fare better in separate black schools or in racially integrated ones. These competing visions of black empowerment in the northern black community as reflected in the debate over school integration are addressed here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07834/cover/9780521607834.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607841</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607841</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Value and Virtue in a Godless Universe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607841</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wielenberg, Erik J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Suppose there is no God. This might imply that human life is meaningless, that there are no moral obligations and hence people can do whatever they want, and that the notions of virtue and vice and good and evil have no place. Erik J. Wielenberg believes this view to be mistaken and in this book he explains why. He argues that even if God does not exist, human life can have meaning, we do have moral obligations, and virtue is possible. Naturally, the author sees virtue in a Godless universe as different from virtue in a Christian universe, and he develops naturalistic accounts of humility, charity, and hope. The moral landscape in a Godless universe is different from the moral landscape in a Christian universe, but it does indeed exist. Value and Virtue in a Godless Universe is a tour of some of the central landmarks of this under-explored territory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07841/cover/9780521607841.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521607892</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521607892</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521607896</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Being Together, Working Apart</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dual-Career Families and the Work-Life Balance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521607896</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Waite, Linda J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>578</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Despite the fact that most parents are employed, how work affects the lives and well-being of parents and their children remains relatively unexplored. A recent study of 500 dual-career families in 8 communities across the US provides a holistic view of the complexities of work and family life experienced by parents and their children. Drawing on the study, this book explores how dual-earner families cope with the stresses and demands of balancing work and family life, whether the time parents spend working is negatively affecting their children, how mothers feel managing both work and household responsibilities, and what role fathers are taking in family life. In answering these questions the authors argue for a new balance between work and family life. The book with its rich data, findings, and commentary from an interdisciplinary group of scholars provides a valuable resource for academics, policy makers, and working parents</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/07896/cover/9780521607896.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Perfect Freedom</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Religious Liberty in Pennsylvania</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608244</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frost, Jerry William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Utilizing a wide variety of sources--laws, court cases, church records, sermons, political tracts, diaries, newspapers, and government records--Frost traces the development of religious freedom in Pennsylvania from the founding of the colony up to World War II.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08244/cover/9780521608244.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050721</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608295</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608299</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Syntactic Relations</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Survey</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608299</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matthews, P. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Accounts of syntax are usually based on two assumptions: firstly, that a sentence comprises a hierarchy of phrases, forming a 'tree' structure; and secondly, that phrases have 'heads', on which subordinate units depend. These fundamental assumptions are questioned in this critical survey, which argues that neither concept is important as is claimed, and that syntactic relations are in fact far more varied. Drawing on data from English as well as other major European languages, it summarizes earlier accounts of syntactic structure and looks at the different ways in which specific constructions have been described - the subject of much disagreement between linguists. It explores the problems faced by particular analyses, and raises the question of whether syntax should be made simpler than it is. Suitable for non-specialists and complete with a clear and useful glossary, Syntactic Relations will become an essential and thought-provoking read for students and researchers in linguistic theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08299/cover/9780521608299.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608305</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Power and the Nation in European History</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608305</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scales, Len</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zimmer, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBTB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Few would doubt the central importance of the nation in the making and unmaking of modern political communities. The long history of 'the nation' as a concept and as a name for various sorts of 'imagined community' likewise commands such acceptance. But when did the nation first become a fundamental political factor? This is a question which has been, and continues to be, far more sharply contested. A deep rift still separates 'modernist' perspectives, which view the political nation as a phenomenon limited to modern, industrialised societies, from the views of scholars concerned with the pre-industrial world who insist, often vehemently, that nations were central to pre-modern political life also. This book represents the first attempt to engage with these questions by drawing on the expertise of leading medieval, early modern and modern historians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08305/cover/9780521608305.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608317</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608312</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Governing and Governance in France</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608312</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cole, Alistair</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As a leading European nation with a particular state tradition and historical legacy, France has long fascinated foreign observers. In recent decades, the 'orthodox model' of French politics and policy-making has been challenged by powerful forces of globalization, Europeanisation, decentralization, administrative reform and changing patterns of state-society relations. In this compelling examination of French politics since the 1970s, Alistair Cole discusses these key challenges and identifies the key drivers of change. He argues that French-style governance is an untidy affair, rather than a neatly ordered and organized hierarchy, and that, though changes in France are comparable to those in other European Union countries, its governance is mediated by domestic institutions, interests and ideas. The pressures facing France are viewed through nationally specific lenses and mediated in ways that ensure that the French polity retains distinctive characteristics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08312/cover/9780521608312.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608333</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608336</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Joint Emergence of Social Identification and Academic Learning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608336</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wortham, Stanton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes how social identification and academic learning can deeply depend on each other, both through a theoretical account of the two processes and a detailed empirical analysis of how students' identities emerge and how students learn curriculum over a year in one classroom.  The book traces the identity development of two students, showing how they came habitually to occupy characteristic roles across an academic year. The book also traces two major themes from the curriculum, showing how students came to make increasingly sophisticated arguments about them. The book's distinctive contribution is to show in detail how social identification and academic learning became deeply interdependent. The two students developed unexpected identities in substantial part because curricular themes provided categories that teachers and students used to identify them. And students learned about those curricular themes in part because the two students were socially identified in ways that illuminated those themes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08336/cover/9780521608336.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608449</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608442</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Social Comparison and Social Psychology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Understanding Cognition, Intergroup Relations, and Culture</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608442</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guimond, Serge</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Much of our knowledge about ourselves, and about the world in which we live, is based on a process of social comparison. Our tendency to appraise events, objects, people, and social groups by making comparisons has captured the interest of social psychologists for over half a century. This volume provides an up-to-date synthesis of the latest theoretical and empirical developments in social psychology through research on social comparison processes. With chapters by leading theorists and internationally renowned researchers, it provides invaluable information on the role of this process of comparison as it occurs within a single individual over time, between individuals, and between social groups. It also features an original international study testing the universality of the effects of social comparison on the self. This book will appeal to scholars and students alike and will serve as an important reference for the study of cognition, intergroup relations and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08442/cover/9780521608442.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The British Isles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A History of Four Nations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608503</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kearney, Hugh</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a new edition of Hugh Kearney's classic account of the British Isles from pre-Roman times to the present. When this book was first published it was acclaimed as a unique account of British history, distinguished by its treatment of English history as part of a wider 'history of four nations'. Acknowledging the significance of England, it attempts to deal with the histories of Wales, Ireland and Scotland in their own terms, while recognising that they too have political, religious and cultural divides. In this new edition the author takes into account the recent historiographical renaissances in Wales, Ireland and Scotland and examines the rise of a new multi-ethnic Britain and its implications for 'four-nations' history. This book offers a valuable case-study of the complexities which lie behind nationhood in Europe and will be essential reading for all students of British and Irish history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08503/cover/9780521608503.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608546</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608541</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Actress</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608541</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gale, Maggie B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stokes, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This Companion brings together sixteen new essays which examine, from various perspectives, the social and cultural role of the actress throughout history and across continents. Each essay focuses on a particular stage in her development, for example professionalism in the seventeenth century; the emergence of the actress/critic during the Romantic period and, later on, of the actress as best selling autobiographer; the coming of the drama schools which led to today's emphasis on the actress as a highly-trained working woman. Chapters consider the image of the actress as a courtesan, as a 'muse', as a representative of the 'ordinary' housewife, and as a political activist. The collection also contains essays on forms, genres and traditions - on cross dressing, solo performance, racial constraints, and recent Shakespeare - as well as on the actress in early photography and on film. Its unique range will fascinate, surprise and instruct theatre-goers and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08541/cover/9780521608541.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608565</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Life of Opium in China</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608565</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Yangwen, Zheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a remarkable and broad-ranging narrative, Yangwen Zheng's book explores the history of opium consumption in China from 1483 to the late twentieth century. The story begins in the mid-Ming dynasty, when opium was sent as a gift by vassal states and used as an aphrodisiac in court. Over time, the Chinese people from different classes and regions began to use it for recreational purposes, so beginning a complex culture of opium consumption. The book traces this transformation over a period of five hundred years, asking who introduced opium to China, how it spread across all sections of society, embraced by rich and poor alike as a culture and an institution. The book, which is accompanied by a fascinating collection of illustrations, will appeal to students and scholars of history, anthropology, sociology, political science, economics, and all those with an interest in China.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08565/cover/9780521608565.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608572</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Linear Logic in Computer Science</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608572</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ehrhard, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Girard, Jean-Yves</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ruet, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Linear Logic is a branch of proof theory which provides refined tools for the study of the computational aspects of proofs.  These tools include a duality-based categorical semantics, an intrinsic graphical representation of proofs, the introduction of well-behaved non-commutative logical connectives, and the concepts of polarity and focalisation. These various aspects are illustrated here through introductory tutorials as well as more specialised contributions, with a particular emphasis on applications to computer science: denotational semantics, lambda-calculus, logic programming and concurrency theory. The volume is rounded-off by two invited contributions on new topics rooted in recent developments of linear logic. The book derives from a summer school that was the climax of the EU Training and Mobility of Researchers project 'Linear Logic in Computer Science'. It is an excellent introduction to some of the most active research topics in the area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08572/cover/9780521608572.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Working Women in English Society, 1300-1620</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608589</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McIntosh, Marjorie Keniston</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study explores the diverse and changing ways in which English women participated in the market economy between 1300 and 1620. Marjorie Keniston McIntosh assesses women's activity by examining their engagement in the production and sale of goods, service work, credit relationships, and leasing of property. Using substantial new evidence from equity court petitions and microhistorical studies of five market centres, she challenges both traditional views of a 'golden age' for women's work and more recent critiques. She argues that the level of women's participation in the market economy fluctuated considerably during this period under the pressure of demographic, economic, social, and cultural change. Although women always faced gender-based handicaps, some of them enjoyed wider opportunities during the generations following the plague of 1348-9. By the late sixteenth century, however, these opportunities had largely disappeared and their work was concentrated at the bottom of the economic system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08589/cover/9780521608589.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608596</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The European Convention on Human Rights</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Achievements, Problems and Prospects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608596</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Greer, Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>386</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book critically appraises the European Convention on Human Rights as it faces some daunting challenges. It argues that the Convention's core functions have subtly changed, particularly since the ending of the Cold War, and that these are now to articulate an 'abstract constitutional model' for the entire continent, and to promote convergence in the operation of public institutions at every level of governance. The implications - from national compliance, to European international relations, including the adjudication of disputes by the European Court of Human Rights - are fully explored. As the first book-length socio-legal examination of the Convention's principal achievements and failures, this study not only blends legal and social science scholarship around the theme of constitutionalization, but also offers a coherent set of policy proposals which both address the current case-management crisis and suggest ways forward neglected by recent reforms.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08596/cover/9780521608596.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608657</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Computer-Intensive Methods of Data Analysis in Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608657</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roff, Derek A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This guide to the contemporary toolbox of methods for data analysis will serve graduate students and researchers across the biological sciences. Modern computational tools, such as Maximum Likelihood, Monte Carlo and Bayesian methods, mean that data analysis no longer depends on elaborate assumptions designed to make analytical approaches tractable. These new 'computer-intensive' methods are currently not consistently available in statistical software packages and often require more detailed instructions. The purpose of this book therefore is to introduce some of the most common of these methods by providing a relatively simple description of the techniques. Examples of their application are provided throughout, using real data taken from a wide range of biological research. A series of software instructions for the statistical software package S-PLUS are provided along with problems and solutions for each chapter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08657/cover/9780521608657.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060525</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521608864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Selling China</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Foreign Direct Investment During the Reform Era</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huang, Yasheng</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book, Yasheng Huang makes a provocative claim: the large absorption of foreign direct investment (FDI) by China is a sign of some substantial weaknesses in the Chinese economy. The primary benefits associated with China's FDI inflows are concerned with the privatization functions supplied by foreign firms, venture capital provisions to credit-constrained private entrepreneurs, and promotion of interregional capital mobility. Huang argues that one should ask why domestic firms cannot supply the same functions. China's partial reforms, while successful in increasing the scope of the market, have so far failed to address many allocative inefficiencies in the Chinese economy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08862/cover/9780521608862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521608872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521608879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mexico Since 1980</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521608879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haber, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Maurer, Noel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Middlebrook, Kevin J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book addresses two questions that are crucial to understanding Mexico's current economic and political challenges. Why did the opening up of the economy to foreign trade and investment not result in sustained economic growth? Why has electoral democracy not produced rule of law? The answer to those questions lies in the ways in which Mexico's long history with authoritarian government shaped its judicial, taxation, and property rights institutions. These institutions, the authors argue, cannot be reformed with the stroke of a pen. Moreover, they represent powerful constraints on the ability of the Mexican government to fund welfare-enhancing reforms, on the ability of firms and households to write contracts, and on the ability of citizens to enforce their basic rights.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/08879/cover/9780521608879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080908</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609089</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The UN International Criminal Tribunals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Former Yugoslavia, Rwanda and Sierra Leone</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609081</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schabas, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>766</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a guide to the law that applies in the three international criminal tribunals, for the former Yugoslavia, Rwanda and Sierra Leone, set up by the UN during the period 1993 to 2002 to deal with atrocities and human rights abuses committed during conflict in those countries. Building on the work of an earlier generation of war crimes courts, these tribunals have developed a sophisticated body of law concerning the elements of the three international crimes (genocide, crimes against humanity and war crimes), and forms of participation in such crimes, as well as other general principles of international criminal law, procedural matters and sentencing. The legacy of the tribunals will be indispensable as international law moves into a more advanced stage, with the establishment of the International Criminal Court. Their judicial decisions are examined here, as well as the drafting history of their statutes and other contemporary sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09081/cover/9780521609081.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Philosophy of Cosmopolitanism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brock, Gillian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brighouse, Harry</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a period of rapid internationalization of trade and increased labor mobility, is it relevant for nations to think about their moral obligations to others? Do national boundaries have fundamental moral significance, or do we have moral obligations to foreigners that are equal to our obligations to our compatriots? The latter position is known as cosmopolitanism, and this volume brings together a number of distinguished political philosophers and theorists to explore cosmopolitanism: what it consists in, and the positive case which can be made for it. Their essays provide a comprehensive overview of both the current state of the debate and the alternative visions of cosmopolitanism with which we can move forward, and they will interest a wide range of readers in philosophy, political theory, and law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09098/cover/9780521609098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy, Education, and Equality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Graz-Schumpeter Lectures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609135</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Roemer, John E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Many believe that equality of opportunity will be achieved when the prospects of children no longer depend upon the wealth and education of their parents. The institution through which the link between child and parental prospects may be weakened is public education. Many also believe that democracy is the political institution that will bring about justice. This study asks whether democracy, modeled as competition between political parties that represent different interests in the polity, will result in educational funding policies that will, at least eventually, produce citizens who have equal capacities (human capital), thus breaking the link between family background and child prospects. In other words, will democracy engender, through the educational finance policies it produces, a state of equal opportunity in the long run?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09135/cover/9780521609135.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609259</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609258</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Modern Irish Poetry, 1800-2000</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609258</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, Justin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the last two centuries, Ireland has produced some of the world's most outstanding and best-loved poets, from Thomas Moore to W. B. Yeats to Seamus Heaney. This introduction not only provides an essential overview of the history and development of poetry in Ireland, but also offers new approaches to aspects of the field. Justin Quinn argues that the language issues of Irish poetry have been misconceived and re-examines the divide between Gaelic and Anglophone poetry. Quinn suggests an alternative to both nationalist and revisionist interpretations and fundamentally challenges existing ideas of Irish poetry. This lucid book offers a rich contextual background against which to read the individual works, and pays close attention to the major poems and poets. Readers and students of Irish poetry will learn much from Quinn's sharp and critically acute account.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09258/cover/9780521609258.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080429</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609265</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Elizabeth Gaskell</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609265</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matus, Jill L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the last few decades Elizabeth Gaskell has become a figure of growing importance in the field of Victorian literary studies. She produced work of great variety and scope in the course of a highly successful writing career that lasted for about twenty years from the mid-1840s to her unexpected death in 1865. The essays in this Companion draw on recent advances in biographical and bibliographical studies of Gaskell and cover the range of her impressive and varied output as a writer of novels, biography, short stories, and letters. The volume, which features well-known scholars in the field of Gaskell studies, focuses throughout on her narrative versatility and her literary responses to the social, cultural, and intellectual transformations of her time. This Companion will be invaluable for students and scholars of Victorian literature, and includes a chronology and guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09265/cover/9780521609265.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609283</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609283</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Organizational Encounters with Risk</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutter, Bridget</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Power, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Organizational encounters with risk range from errors and anomalies to outright disasters.  In a world of increasing interdependence and technological sophistication, the problem of understanding and managing such risks has grown ever more complex. Organizations and their participants must often reform and reorganise themselves in response to major events and crises, dealing with the paradox of managing the potentially unmanageable. Organizational responses are influenced by many factors, such as the representational capacity of information systems and concerns with legal liability. In this collection, leading experts on risk management from a variety of disciplines address these complex features of organizational encounters with risk. They raise critical questions about how risk can be understood and conceived by organizations, and whether it can be 'managed' in any realistic sense at all. This book is an important reminder that the organisational management of risk involves much more than the cool application of statistical method.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09289/cover/9780521609289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609291</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609291</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609296</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Machon: The Fragments</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609296</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Machon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gow, A. S. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>172</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Machon was a writer of Comedies who lived and worked in Alexandria in the middle of the third century B.C. All of his work that survives is preserved in the Deipnosophistae of Athenaeus who, besides two fragments of Comedies of no great importance, quotes also 462 verses from a collection of anecdotes which Machon called Xpeiai. These anecdotes are written in the iambic verse of Comedy. They are concerned with the doings and sayings of courtesans, parasites, and musicians, sometimes in relation to persons of historical importance. They are often scabrous but also not infrequently amusing; and they are of considerable interest both as documents of social history and as a type of literature which, though popular in antiquity, has hardly survived. The Xpeiai, which present many problems of reading and interpretation, have never before been separately edited. Recent editors of Athenaeus have improved the text; but to find commentaries it is necessary to go back to Casaubon's edition of Athenaeus, published in 1600, and to Schweighauser's, published in 1801-7.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09296/cover/9780521609296.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609313</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609313</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609319</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Annals of Tacitus</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609319</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tacitus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodyear, F. R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>380</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The first in a four-volume edition of Tacitus Annals 1-6. The Annals are Tacitus' brilliant account of Roman imperial history from the death of Augustus to the death of Nero. Books 1-6 describe the reign of Tiberius. Professor Goodyear's introduction to the series deals concisely with the background to the Annals. He outlines the history of Tacitean scholarship to the present day and shows how Tacitus' historical judgements were sometimes distorted by his preoccupations with style and with the moral function of historical writing. The commentary attends equally to literary, historical and textual questions. There are several appendixes on topics of more specialized interest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09319/cover/9780521609319.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609321</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609321</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609326</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jesus of Nazareth in New Testament Preaching</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609326</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stanton, G. N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book argues that an account of the life and character of Jesus formed an integral part of the early church's preaching. Against many modern scholars, Dr Stanton seeks to show that interest in the life of Jesus was not a late development within primitive Christianity. A study of Luke's Gospel indicates that in his own day reference to the life and character of Jesus was an important part of missionary preaching. In this respect at least, Luke was no innovator. The references in the speeches in Acts to the life of Jesus can be traced to Luke's use of earlier traditions. Dr Stanton then takes up the much-debated question of Paul's interest in Jesus of Nazareth. The author challenges several widely-accepted views from critical conclusions about the nature and purpose of the traditions on which the evangelists drew.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09326/cover/9780521609326.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160933X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160933X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609333</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seneca: Agamemnon</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609333</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Seneca</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarrant, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Seneca's tragedy Agamemnon is a brilliantly rhetorical piece, written for the study rather than the stage. In this edition Professor Tarrant provides a much needed critical text. In his introduction he discusses the sources, dating, structure and mode of production of Agamemnon and Senecan drama in general, and includes a detailed survey of the manuscript tradition. His commentary is the fullest yet published on a Senecan play and attempts both to interpret the text and to define the originality of Senecan drama by placing it in its proper literary context; it contains material illustrating Seneca's relationship to earlier Greek and Roman drama, Augustan poetry (Ovid's in particular), and the rhetoric of declamation. This edition will be welcomed by classical scholars and students of Latin poetry, and may also prove valuable to those interested in Seneca's influence on later European drama.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09333/cover/9780521609333.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>88.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609348</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609348</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609340</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Testament Concept of Witness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609340</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Trites, Alison A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Terms like 'witness' and 'testimony' occur frequently in religious contexts and have special significance there, culminating in the development of the Greek martus (witness) into the English 'martyr'. They also have a legal context, and Professor Trites examines their use in the New Testament in the light of ancient legal practice. The author argues that the idea of witness is a live metaphor in the New Testament, to be understood in terms of the Old Testament legal assembly, though the Greek lawcourts are also relevant. The witness theme is developed in a sustained way in John, Acts and Revelation, and is also used in the Synoptic Gospels, the Pastoral and General Epistles, and Hebrews. In contexts of persecution and suffering the forensic metaphors tend to be identified with military ones, but in principle they are quite distinct. Professor Trites contends that the idea of witness in relation to Christ and his gospel plays an essential part in the New Testament and in Christian faith and life generally.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09340/cover/9780521609340.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609356</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609356</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609357</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paterculus: The Tiberian Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609357</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paterculus, Velleius</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume deals with the most controversial part of Velleius' work, regarded by the majority of modern scholars as a panegyrical biography of Tiberius and used as an excuse for dismissing the historical value of Velleius' whole work. In the introduction Dr Woodman considers the nature of the Tiberian narrative in the light of the literary tradition, and argues that it is no more panegyrical than some of the most admired products of Roman historiography such as Livy and Ammianus. He also considers the transmission of Velleius' text since its discovery in 1515, and argues that, contrary to the opinion of most nineteenth and twentieth-century editors, Rhenanus' editio princeps of 1520 is a more reliable authority than Amerbach's apograph of 1516. Dr Woodman provides a full apparatus criticus, and an extensive commentary which is intended for use by students and specialists in Roman literature, historiography, and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09357/cover/9780521609357.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609372</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609372</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609371</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hebrews and Hermeneutics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Epistle to the Hebrews as a New Testament Example of Biblical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609371</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Graham</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a thesis about the interests underlying the Epistle. Dr Hughes argues that the major concern of the author has been to achieve a theological understanding of the relationship between the now out-moded forms and institutions of Old Testament worship and those of the distinctively new (yet not unrelated) Christian faith in which he now finds himself.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09371/cover/9780521609371.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609380</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609380</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609388</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kerygma and Didache</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Articulation and Structure of the Earliest Christian Message</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609388</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, James I. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr McDonald studies the fundamental structures and procedures of Christian communication, identified as propheteia (the prophetic), and paraclesis and homilia (the homiletic), paraenesis and catechesis (the catechetic), and paradosis (the transmission of tradition). He explores what lies behind each of them as well as the way they are used by Jesus and the early Church. Both kerygmatic and didactic features are found in all of these structures. This study is important in providing a corrective to inadequate or one-sided views of kerygma. Like other monographs in this series, it presents through cogent argument and well-organized evidence a thesis which will be of interest to all concerned with New Testament studies and with the transmission of the Christian faith.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09388/cover/9780521609388.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609399</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609399</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609395</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paradise Now and Not Yet</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in the Role of the Heavenly Dimension in Paul's Thought with Special Reference to his Eschatology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609395</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lincoln, Andrew T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Lincoln sees three main factors contributing to the Pauline picture of heaven: Paul's Jewish conceptual background and knowledge of Old Testament and other traditions about heaven; the effect on that inherited background of Paul's encounter with the risen Saviour and his later visions and revelations of the heavenly Christ; and his apostolic task in moulding the thought and practice of the converts in the churches for which he felt responsible, countering what lie considered to be distorted views or false options. The author analyses passages in Paul's letters where the concept of heaven plays a significant role, and discusses the relation of the concept to the background of his thought, his views of history, of the cosmos, of the destiny of humanity, and of the nature of Christian existence. As a uniquely full treatment of a neglected aspect of Paul's thought this monograph makes an important and contemporarily relevant contribution to New Testament studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09395/cover/9780521609395.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609402</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609402</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609401</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Matthew and Paul</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Comparison of Ethical Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609401</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mohrlang, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The purpose of this study is to investigate and compare the basic structures of Matthew's and Paul's ethics, rather than to deal in detail with their teaching on specific moral issues. Dr Mohrlang discusses their perspectives under the five headings of 'law', 'reward and punishment', 'relationship to Christ and the role of grace', 'love', and 'inner forces', and gives special attention to the question of ethical motivation. There is no absolute contrast, however, since elements both of law and of grace are found in both writers, and for both it is their understanding of Christ that is decisive. The comparison is highly illuminating, and serves to throw into clear relief the more striking characteristics of each writer's ethical system. It should prove of considerable value to students both of New Testament ethics and of Matthean and Pauline theology and to those interested in the larger question of unity and diversity in the New Testament as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09401/cover/9780521609401.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609410</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609410</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609418</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Josephus' Description of the Essenes Illustrated by the Dead Sea Scrolls</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609418</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beall, Todd S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Prior to the discovery of the Dead Sea Scrolls in 1948, scholars studying the passages in Josephus' works which mention the pre-Christian sect of the Essenes attempted to explain various sections in Josephus primarily by comparing them with what other ancient writers, such as Philo and Hippolytus, had written concerning this group. With the discovery of the Dead Sea Scrolls, however, and the subsequent identification of the Qumran community with the Essenes by the majority of scholars, a whole new treasure trove of first-hand information concerning the Essenes has been made available. This study provides the first detailed analysis of and commentary on Josephus' description of the Essenes in the light of the new material from Qumran. A fresh translation is provided alongside the Greek text of the passages in Josephus, as well as a full commentary on the major passages in which he describes this group.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09418/cover/9780521609418.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609429</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609429</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609425</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Wisdom in the Q-Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Aphoristic Teaching of Jesus</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609425</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piper, Ronald Allen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the least well-researched aspects of the teaching of Jesus found in the gospels is the use of proverbs, or aphorisms. Whilst the parables of Jesus have drawn great interest and study, this other kind of saying has been relatively neglected, although it is equally if not more prominent in the gospel-tradition. The present study is an attempt to show how these proverbial or aphoristic sayings played an important role in the early formulation of the sayings of Jesus by the church. Small collections of aphoristic sayings can be detected in the sayings tradition known as 'Q'. These collections reveal markedly similar structures and concepts, which lead one to suspect that they have been compiled by a unique group which had a particular interest in 'wisdom'. These findings are then tested by analysing other aphoristic sayings outside the collections and by relating the results to other studies which have approached the question of 'wisdom' in the Jesus-tradition from other angles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09425/cover/9780521609425.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609445</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609445</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609449</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism and the Fate of Individuality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Character and Novelistic Form from Conrad to Woolf</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609449</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Levenson, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Levenson, author of the acclaimed A Genealogy of Modernism, devotes this second book to the complex question of the self, the individual subject, as it undergoes various transitions throughout the period we designate 'modernist'. The book is an elaborate and compelling engagement with the problem of individuality in our age, structured around a sophisticated reading of eight major novels by Conrad, James, Forster, Madox Ford, Lewis, Lawrence, Joyce and Woolf. Professor Levenson takes account of the large body of modern theoretical writing on this topic, and his study will be of interest to theorists, cultural historians, and literary scholars in equal measure. It addresses issues (the crisis of liberalism, challenge to Eurocentrism, advance of bureaucracy, contest between men and women) still of crucial concern in our culture, showing that the problem, when it comes to locating the self within the entanglements of a community, is one of defining a formal concept while at the same time preserving a moral value.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09449/cover/9780521609449.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609461</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609461</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609463</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Annals of Tacitus: Book 3</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609463</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tacitus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodman, A. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, R. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>536</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Books 1 and 2 of Tacitus' Annals were edited and annotated in two earlier volumes of this series (1972 and 1981) by the late F. R. D. Goodyear. Now A. J. Woodman and R. H. Martin have added a third volume: Book 3 of the Annals. This book covers the years AD 20-22, including the aftermath of Germanicus' death and the trial of his alleged murderer Calpurnius Piso and contains some of Tacitus' most well known and important programmatic and reflective passages. In their commentary the editors are the first to attempt a systematic comparison of the documentary record provided by a recently discovered senatus consultum relating to Piso's trial with Tacitus' narrative of the same episode. More attention is given to literary matters than by Goodyear but textual, linguistic and historical issues are treated fully and new interpretations frequently offered.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09463/cover/9780521609463.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040826</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160947X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052160947X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609470</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John's Apologetic Christology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legitimation and Development in Johannine Christology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609470</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGrath, James F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Gospel according to John presents Jesus in a unique way as compared with other New Testament writings. Scholars have long puzzled and pondered over why this should be. In this book, James McGrath offers a convincing explanation of how and why the author of the Fourth Gospel arrived at a christological portrait of Jesus that is so different from that of other New Testament authors, and yet at the same time clearly has its roots in earlier tradition. McGrath suggests that as the author of this Gospel sought to defend his beliefs about Jesus against the objections brought by opponents, he developed and drew out further implications from the beliefs he inherited. The book studies this process using insights from the field of sociology which helps to bring methodological clarity to the important issue of the development of Johannine Christology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/03489/cover/9780521803489.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609487</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Myth of a Gentile Galilee</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609487</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chancey, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Myth of a Gentile Galilee is the most thorough synthesis to date of archaeological and literary evidence relating to the population of Galilee in the first-century CE. The book demonstrates that, contrary to the perceptions of many New Testament scholars, the overwhelming majority of first-century Galileans were Jews. Utilizing the gospels, the writings of Josephus, and published archaeological excavation reports, Mark A. Chancey traces the historical development of the region's population and examines in detail specific cities and villages, finding ample indications of Jewish inhabitants and virtually none for gentiles. He argues that any New Testament scholarship that attempts to contextualize the Historical Jesus or the Jesus movement in Galilee must acknowledge and pay due attention to the region's predominantly Jewish milieu. This accessible book will be of interest to New Testament scholars as well as scholars of Judaica, Syro-Palestinian archaeology, and the Roman Near East.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/14874/cover/9780521814874.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609704</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609704</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609708</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Decentralizing the State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Elections, Parties, and Local Power in the Andes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609708</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Neill, Kathleen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explores the location and dynamics of power within the state, focusing on a recent wave of decentralizing reforms that have swept across both developed and developing countries in recent years. Variation in the timing of reform across countries only vaguely relates to the genesis of an international consensus pushed by big lenders and development banks or the reemergence of democracy in decentralizing countries. This book develops a theory linking decentralization's adoption to the electoral concerns of political parties: decentralization represents a desirable strategy for parties whose support at subnational levels appears more secure than their prospects in national elections. The book examines this argument against experiences in Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela and speculates on how recent political changes may affect decentralization's shape and extent in coming years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09708/cover/9780521609708.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609771</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Management of Childhood Obesity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609777</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poskitt, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edmunds, Laurel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Childhood obesity is one of the most serious problems facing the developed world. It is damaging to the medical and psychological well-being of the child and casts a shadow on their future health, leading to serious illness and ultimately premature death. Management of Childhood Obesity provides practical, realistic and easily implemented advice on sensitive approaches to children and their families in a very accessible form for all practitioners involved in the care of overweight children. Changes to diet and activity are reviewed in detail but also with the whole spectrum of eating within the family and community, including sedentariness and the significance of sleep in preventing overweight.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09777/cover/9780521609777.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609844</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609845</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Moral Veto</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Framing Contraception, Abortion, and Cultural Pluralism in the United States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609845</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burns, Gene</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why have legislative initiatives occurred on such controversial issues as contraception and abortion at times when activist movements had demobilized and the public seemed indifferent? Why did the South - currently a region where anti-abortion sentiment is stronger than in most of the country-liberalize its abortion laws in the 1960s at a faster pace than any other region? Why have abortion and contraception sometimes been framed as matters of medical practice, and at other times as matters of moral significance? These are some of the questions addressed in The Moral Veto: Framing Contraception, Abortion, and Cultural Pluralism in the United States. Based on archival and sociological research, and speaking to issues in the study of culture, social movements, and legal change, The Moral Veto examines what the history of controversies over such morally charged issues tells us about cultural pluralism in the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09845/cover/9780521609845.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609852</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609852</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biotic Interactions in the Tropics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Role in the Maintenance of Species Diversity</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609852</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burslem, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinard, Michelle</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartley, Sue</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Tropical ecosystems house a significant proportion of global biodiversity. To understand how these ecosystems function we need to appreciate not only what plants, animals and microbes they contain, but also how they interact with each other. This volume synthesises the current state of knowledge in this area, with chapters providing reviews or case studies drawn from research conducted in both Old and New World tropics and including biotic interactions among taxa at all trophic levels. In most chapters plants (typically trees) are the starting point, but, taken together, the chapters consider interactions of plants with other plants, with micro-organisms and with animals, and the inter-relationships of human-induced disturbance with interactions among species. An underlying theme of the volume is the attempt to understand the maintenance of high diversity in tropical regions, which remains one of the most significant unexplained observations in ecological studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09852/cover/9780521609852.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051115</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609879</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609876</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Biological Diversity and Function in Soils</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609876</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bardgett, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Usher, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hopkins, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Soil has generally been regarded as something of a 'black box' by ecologists. The importance of soil is obvious: it provides physical support for plants, and both the living and non-living components contribute to a variety of important environmental functions. Soil is a species-rich habitat, but many questions about the ecological significance of the soil's biological diversity, and in particular how it affects ecosystem function, have never been asked. The linkages between above-ground ecology, which is rich in ecological theory, and below-ground ecology, where investigation has been restricted by methodological difficulties, have not been made. Technical developments, including isotopic and molecular methods as well as experimental and modelling approaches, have led to a renaissance in soil biodiversity research. The key areas are reflected in this exciting volume which brings together many leading contributors to explore the role and importance of soil biota.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09876/cover/9780521609876.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521609933</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521609933</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609937</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Is Nature Enough?</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Meaning and Truth in the Age of Science</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609937</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haught, John F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is nature all there is? John Haught examines this question and in doing so addresses a fundamental issue in the dialogue of science with religion. The belief that nature is all there is and that no overall purpose exists in the universe is known broadly as 'naturalism'. Naturalism, in this context, denies the existence of any realities distinct from the natural world and human culture. Since the rise of science in the modern world has had so much influence on naturalism's intellectual acceptance, the author focuses on 'scientific' naturalism and the way in which its defenders are now attempting to put a distance between contemporary thought and humanity's religious traditions. Haught seeks to provide a reasonable, scientifically informed alternative to naturalism. His approach will provide the basis for lively discussion among students, scholars, scientists, theologians and intellectually curious people in general.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09937/cover/9780521609937.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060504</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052160995X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521609951</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Salman Rushdie</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609951</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gurnah, Abdulrazak</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Rushdie is a major contemporary writer, who engages with some of the vital issues of our times: migrancy, postcolonialism, religious authoritarianism. This Companion offers a comprehensive introduction to his entire oeuvre. Part I provides thematic readings of Rushdie and his work, with chapters on how Bollywood films are intertextual with the fiction, the place of family and gender in the work, the influence of English writing and reflections on the fatwa. Part II discusses Rushdie's importance for postcolonial writing and provides detailed interpretations of his fiction. In one volume, this book provides a stimulating introduction to the author and his work in a range of expert essays and readings. With its detailed chronology of Rushdie's life and a comprehensive bibliography of further reading, this volume will be invaluable to undergraduates studying Rushdie and to the general reader interested in his work.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09951/cover/9780521609951.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611849</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611849</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611848</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Federalism and the Welfare State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New World and European Experiences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611848</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Obinger, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leibfried, Stephan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Castles, Francis G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>378</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unique and provocative contribution to the literatures of political science and social policy, ten leading experts question prevailing views that federalism always inhibits the growth of social solidarity. Their comparative study of the evolution of political institutions and welfare states in the six oldest federal states - Australia, Austria, Canada, Germany, Switzerland, the US - reveals that federalism can facilitate and impede social policy development. Development is contingent on several time-dependent factors, including  degree of democratization, type of federalism, and the stage of welfare state development and early distribution of social policy responsibility. The reciprocal nature of the federalism-social policy relationship also becomes apparent: the authors identify a set of important bypass structures within federal systems that have resulted from welfare state growth. In an era of retrenchment and unravelling unitary states, this study suggests that federalism may actually protect the welfare state, and welfare states may enhance national integration.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11848/cover/9780521611848.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611857</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611857</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611855</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Tamil Prose Reader</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611855</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Asher, R. E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Radhakrishnan, R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>YQC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Among the languages now spoken in India, Tamil has the longest continuous literary history, some of the oldest records going back two thousand years or more. This fact, among others, makes it an important member of the Dravidian family, in which it holds second place to Telugu from the point of view of numbers of speakers. Tamil is now spoken by not less than 35 million people, mostly in Southern India and in Ceylon, though there are significant minorities in Malaysia, the West Indies and Africa. This book, a reader for non-Tamil-speaking students of the language, consists of thirty-two representative extracts from post-1947 prose writings, with full grammatical and cultural notes, and a vocabulary. The selection illustrates the variety of styles used in modern Tamil writing. The passages are arranged in order of difficulty, and each has a brief introduction in English.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11855/cover/9780521611855.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611865</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611865</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611862</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Lines of Enquiry</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Latin Poetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611862</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rudd, Niall</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>228</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In these studies of Latin poetry Niall Rudd demonstrates a variety of critical methods and approaches. He shows how it can be fruitful at different times to consider the historical background of a poem, its language or structure, its place in a literary tradition, the role of critical paradigms, and so on. But if no single approach has special and invariable authority this does not imply critical anarchy. Each has its own validity for different purposes, its own strengths and limitations. The reader must be versatile and sensitive to a range of possibilities, but not doctrinaire.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11862/cover/9780521611862.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050822</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611873</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611873</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611879</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Moderate Puritans and the Elizabethan Church</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611879</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lake, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an examination of the puritanism of a series of divines, including Dering, Cartwright, Whitaker and Chaderton, all of whom passed through the University of Cambridge between 1560 and 1600. Dr Lake gives a detailed analysis of their careers and opinions. The personal and ideological links between them are established and in the process some idea of the range of opinions current among puritan divines in this period is built up. The aim of the work is to arrive, through this process of comparison and juxtaposition, at the kernel of shared attitudes and beliefs that justify the inclusion of all these men within a coherent puritan tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11879/cover/9780521611879.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611903</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611903</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611909</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music Analysis in the Nineteenth Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611909</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bent, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book demonstrates, in fascinating diversity, how musicians in the nineteenth century thought about and described music. The analysis of music took many forms (verbal, diagrammatic, tabular, notational, graphic), was pursued for many different purposes (educational, scholarly, theoretical, promotional) and embodied very different approaches. This, the first volume, is concerned with writing on fugue, form and questions of style in the music of Palestrina, Handel, Bach, Mozart, Beethoven and Wagner and presents analyses of complete works or movements by the most significant theorists and critics of the century. The analyses are newly translated into English and are introduced and thoroughly annotated by Ian Bent, making this a volume of enormous importance to our understanding of the nature of music reception in the nineteenth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11909/cover/9780521611909.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611911</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611916</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Culture and Social Institutions of Ancient Iran</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611916</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dandamaev, Muhammad A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lukonin, Vladimir G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kohl, Philip L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dadson, D. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>After reviewing knowledge of Iron Age Iran, the authors look in detail at the highly developed social institutions of the Achaemenid Empire, most notably at state administration, agrarian relations, monetary systems, slavery and trade. A wide-ranging discussion of that culture covers such topics as the religion of the Ancient Iranians, ethnic and cultural contacts with the Achaemenid Empire, and superstitious and scientific practices in the ancient Near East during the sixth to the fourth centuries B.C.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11916/cover/9780521611916.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161192X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161192X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611923</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bad Year Economics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cultural Responses to Risk and Uncertainty</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611923</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Halstead, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Shea, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bad Year Economics explores the role of risk and uncertainty in human economics within an interdisciplinary and cross-cultural framework. Drawing on archaeology, anthropology, and ancient and modern history, the contributors range widely in time and space across hunting, farming and pastoralism, across ancient states, empires, and modern nation states. The aim, however, is a common one: to analyse in each case the structure of variability - particularly with regard to food supply - and review the range of responses offered by individual human communities. These responses commonly exploit various forms of mobility, economic diversification, storage, and exchange to deploy local or temporary abundance as a defence against shortage. Different levels of response are used at different levels of risk. Their success is fundamental to human survival and their adoption has important ramifications throughout cultural behaviour.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11923/cover/9780521611923.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611938</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611938</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611930</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare on the German Stage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611930</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Simon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is an illustrated history of the performance and reception of Shakespeare's plays on the German stage from the English Comedians in the late sixteenth century to the First World War. Simon Williams argues that the vision of Shakespeare first articulated by critics of Sturm und Drang and romanticism was only realised in practice with the productions of Max Reinhardt in the early twentieth century. The book focuses on the classical period of German literature and theatre, when Shakespeare's plays were first staged in Germany in a relatively complete form, and when they had a potent influence on the writings of German drama and dramatic criticism. Important contributions to the critical reception of Shakespeare in the late eighteenth century are discussed. Professor Williams describes the steady increase in productions of Shakespeare's plays during the nineteenth century, paying attention to textual adaptation, actors' interpretations of leading roles and, in the latter part of the book, to the influence of the rise of the director on Shakespearean performance. A subsequent volume by Wilhelm Hortmann discusses Shakespeare production in Germany from the early twentieth century to the present day.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11930/cover/9780521611930.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611946</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611946</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611947</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics of Solar System Plasmas</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611947</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cravens, Thomas E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>496</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Physics of Solar System Plasmas provides a comprehensive introduction to the plasma physics and magnetohydrodynamics that are needed to study the solar wind and magnetosphere. The text includes a broad introduction to plasma physics, including important discussions of kinetic theory, single particle motion, magnetohydrodynamics, geomagnetically trapped energetic particles and the physics of magnetic reconnection. This leads into a thorough description of the Sun and the solar wind, and, finally, the author addresses magnetospheric physics. Among the topics covered here are magnetospheric morphology, bow shocks, magnetospheric convection and electrical currents, substorms, ionospheric physics, magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling, auroral physics and the interaction of the solar wind with the planets. Problem sets at the end of each chapter make this a useful text for advanced undergraduate students in astrophysics, geophysics, or atmospheric sciences. Graduate students and researchers will also find it a valuable source of information.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11947/cover/9780521611947.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050705</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611954</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611954</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algernon Sidney and the English Republic 1623-1677</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611954</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the century following his execution for treason in 1683, Algernon Sidney became one of the most widely influential political writers - in both Europe and America - that England had ever produced. This is the first full-scale study of Sidney for more than a century, and the first ever study of his political thought. The book describes Sidney's republican political ideas and their later impact. It sets them in their ideological context, in relation both to their sources and to the ideas of contemporaries, including Milton, Harrington, Vane, and Locke. It then asks: how did this ideology develop, and why? The answer involves a series of investigations: of Sidney's family background; of the nature of his personal life and family relationships; and of his public political career. On this latter score we follow Sidney's progress from parliamentarian soldier in the English Civil War, to senior member and ambassador of the English Republic, to embittered exile after the Restoration in 1660.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11954/cover/9780521611954.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611962</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611962</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611961</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The City as Text</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Landscape Interpretation in the Kandyan Kingdom</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611961</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, James S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>244</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book James Duncan convincingly argues that landscapes are not only culturally produced, but that they also influence governing ideas of political and religious life. He analyzes this dialectic relationship between landscape and the pursuit of power in the royal capital of Kandy in the central highlands of Sri Lanka during the early years of the nineteenth century and demonstrates how the Kandyan landscape was consciously produced to further the perceived interests of the Kandyan kings. Using extensive archival sources, architectural analysis and mapping, the author reveals how the landscape was designed to foster a certain hegemonic reading that spoke of the power, benevolence and legitimacy of the kings in their capital.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11961/cover/9780521611961.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050901</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611970</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611978</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stochastic Control of Partially Observable Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611978</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bensoussan, Alain</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The problem of stochastic control of partially observable systems plays an important role in many applications. All real problems are in fact of this type, and deterministic control as well as stochastic control with full observation can only be approximations to the real world. This justifies the importance of having a theory as complete as possible, which can be used for numerical implementation. This book first presents those problems under the linear theory that may be dealt with algebraically. Later chapters discuss the nonlinear filtering theory, in which the statistics are infinite dimensional and thus, approximations and perturbation methods are developed.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11978/cover/9780521611978.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611989</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611989</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611985</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medicine and the Five Senses</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611985</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bynum, W. F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Porter, Roy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>From the days of Hippocratic 'bedside medicine' to the advent of the CAT scanner, doctors have always relied on their senses in diagnosing and treating disease. Medical education, from the apprenticeship, to the rise of the laboratory, has sought to train the senses of students who must act like medical detectives. At the same time, debate since antiquity has pondered the hierarchy of the senses - from noble vision to baser touch and smell. From the rise of medical and, particularly, anatomical illustration in the Renaissance, doctors have been concerned about the relationship between image and reality. This richly-illustrated collection of essays explores many facets of these themes. They range widely over time and space and shed much new light on medical perceptions and the cultural dimensions of the healing arts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11985/cover/9780521611985.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521611997</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521611997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521611992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Flow Cytometry</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521611992</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, James V.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Flow cytometry is a technique for measuring both scattered light and fluorescence from single cells at very rapid rates. Typically up to 5000 cells can be analysed per second. Using various fluorochromes this allows a cell population to be analysed for cells showing certain characteristics such as the presence of a particular enzyme, cellular constituent or other gene product. The information it can provide is invaluable in helping to diagnose certain cancers as well as aiding pure research into many aspects of cell biology such as the cell cycle and gene expression. This book describes the technology in a simple and direct way. The fundamental concepts upon which the technology is based are outlined and the book goes on to describe flow cytometers and what can be gained from using them in biology and medicine. The book gives a particularly detailed account of how artifactual results can arise and where 'noise' is generated. Anyone starting to use, or already using this technique, will need to read this book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/11992/cover/9780521611992.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050414</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612004</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612004</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612005</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Rank</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612005</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wason, Paul K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Social archaeology is concerned with how one might use the archaeological record of the present to elucidate how social interactions were ordered in a past society. This requires a meaningful model of society, considerable archaeological data, and a reliable connection between them. A major goal of this book is to improve our understanding of one aspect of social archaeology, the inference of status hierarchy. The first section covers what is involved in social inference, and presents ideas on how it may be done reliably. In the following section, the typological models of Elman Service and Morton Fried are used to clarify certain aspects of ranking. The final section draws together a number of insights concerning the recognition of status inequality. These approaches are given systematic arrangement and evaluated in light of the model of social inference. This arrangement clarifies how they relate to each other, making it easier to see how they may be applied in varied real contexts, and stimulates new ideas for more correlations of ranking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12005/cover/9780521612005.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612012</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612012</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Haydn's 'Farewell' Symphony and the Idea of Classical Style</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Through-Composition and Cyclic Integration in his Instrumental Music</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612012</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webster, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume offers a new view of Joseph Haydn's instrumental music. It argues that many of Haydn's greatest and most characteristic instrumental works are 'through-composed' in the sense that their several movements are bound together into a cycle. This cyclic integration is articulated, among other ways, by the 'progressive' form of individual movements, structural and gestural links between the movements, and extramusical associations. Central to the study is a detailed and comprehensive analysis of the 'Farewell' Symphony, No. 45 in F sharp minor (1772). The analysis is distinguished by its systematic use of different methods (Toveyan formalism, Schenkerian voice leading, Schoenbergian developing variation) to elucidate the work's overall coherence. The work's unique musical processes, in turn, suggest an interpretation of the entire piece (not merely the famous 'farewell' finale) in terms of the familiar programmatic story of the musicians' wish to leave Castle Eszterhaza. In a book which relates systematically the results of analysis and interpretation, Professor Webster challenges the concept of 'classical style' which, he argues has distorted our understanding of Haydn's development, and he stresses the need for a greater appreciation of Haydn's early music and of his stature as Beethoven's equal.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/85206/cover/9780521385206.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612020</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612020</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612029</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German Instrumental Music of the Late Middle Ages</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Players, Patrons and Performance Practice</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612029</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Polk, Keith</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book describes instrumental music and its context in German society of the late middle ages - from about 1350 to 1520. Players at that time improvised, much like jazz musicians of our day, but because they did not use notated music, only scant remnants of their activity have survived in written sources, and much has been left obscure. This book attempts to reconstruct an image of their music, discussing the instruments, ensembles, and performance practices of the time. What emerges from this study is a fundamental reappraisal of late medieval culture. A musical life is reconstructed which was not only extraordinary in its own time, but which also laid the foundations of an artistic culture that later produced such giants as Sch&#252;tz, Bach, Mozart and Beethoven.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12029/cover/9780521612029.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050609</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612047</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612047</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612043</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>French Motets in the Thirteenth Century</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Music, Poetry and Genre</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612043</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Everist, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first full-length study of the vernacular motet in thirteenth-century France. The motet was the most prestigious type of music of that period, filling a gap between the music of the so-called Notre-Dame School and the Ars Nova of the early fourteenth century. This book takes the music and the poetry of the motet as its starting-point and attempts to come to grips with the ways in which musicians and poets treated pre-existing material, creating new artefacts. The book reviews the processes of texting and retexting, and the procedures for imparting structure to the works; it considers the way we conceive genre in the thirteenth-century motet, and supplements these with principles derived from twentieth-century genre theory. The motet is viewed as the interaction of literary and musical modes whose relationships give meaning to individual musical compositions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805213/95397/cover/9780521395397.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612055</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radioactive Aerosols</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612050</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chamberlain, A. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about radioactive gases and particles which are dispersed in the environment, either from natural causes, or following nuclear test and accidental emissions. In the first five chapters of this book, the formation and properties of radioactive aerosols are described. Radon, which is of natural origin, is treated at some length, because its contribution to background radiation dose is important. Chapters describe the release of fission products, tritium and plutonium, in bomb tests and nuclear accidents. Particular reference is made to the pathways leading via agricultural products to man. The emphasis then changes to cover experimental aspects of radioactive aerosols. For example, problems in micrometeorology, the study of mass transfer, the mechanics of the human lung and uptake of lead from motor exhausts. Arthur Chamberlain has worked at the Atomic Energy Research Establishment at Harwell for thirty years as the leader of the Aerosol Group. It is a unique exposition and will be used by chemists, geographers, environmentalists as well as governments and other agencies involved in the nuclear debate.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12050/cover/9780521612050.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612063</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612063</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612067</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Skin Microflora and Microbial Skin Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612067</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noble, W. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>404</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A book which surveys the world of the skin and its microflora, in health and disease, and in animals as well as man. The approach is essentially an ecological one, moving from the physical and chemical properties of the skin as a microbial habitat, through a consideration of the various major groups of microorganisms associated with it, to an account of the complex associations between these microorganisms. The skin flora in health is introduced as a prelude to the understanding of microbial skin disease, and the mechanisms of pathogenicity are explained as the major groups of infective skin conditions are reviewed. The principles of treatment, disinfection and prevention receive proper attention, as does the important topic of hospital-acquired infection, where the skin is so often implicated. The text is accompanied by numerous tables containing a wealth of practical and experimental detail, and is extensively referenced. This is a book which will be essential to dermatologists, medical microbiologists, veterinarians and research workers in these fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12067/cover/9780521612067.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612071</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612071</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Guide to African and Caribbean Theatre</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612074</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Banham, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hill, Errol</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woodyard, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Guide to African and Caribbean Theatre is an exploration of the rich diversity of theatrical traditions in sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean. Beautifully illustrated throughout, the book traces the ancient and complex roots of African theatre - still evident in community festivals and religious rituals - through the centuries of colonial domination, to the African diaspora and its manifestation in Caribbean theatre. Drawing upon the parent Cambridge Guide to Theatre, material is updated and refocused to offer a specific view of traditional and contemporary theatre activity in over 40 countries. National essays are followed by alphabetically arranged entries on the major figures in the theatrical arts of that country, whilst additional entries concentrate on specific aspects of theatre, from rituals and festivals to theatre companies and language.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12074/cover/9780521612074.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612098</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612098</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paleomagnetism of the Atlantic, Tethys and Iapetus Oceans</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612098</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Voo, Rob van der</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains the use and techniques of paleomagnetism to map the movement of major portions of the Earth's surface through time. Written for a geological audience, the initial chapters provide the basic essentials for understanding the value and significance of paleomagnetic results. The later chapters are unique in bringing together the vast amounts of available paleomagnetic data and analyses. This information is integrated with the paleogeography and tectonic movements of the blocks and placed in context with current tectonic hypotheses. A considerable proportion of the present continents are considered - that is the land areas that are now found around the Atlantic and Indian Oceans and in Asia. Also presented is an extensive catalogue of paleomagnetic results for all major continents and the displaced elements that they contain.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12098/cover/9780521612098.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050120</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612101</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612104</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An African Savanna</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Synthesis of the Nylsvley Study</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612104</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scholes, R. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walker, B. H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Savannas cover approximately half of the African land surface and one fifth of the land surface of the world. They are one of the most important, but least understood terrestrial ecosystems. They are the basis of the African livestock industry and the wildlife they support is of key importance in bringing in tourists. The Nylsvley area in South Africa is one of the most intensively studied savanna regions in the world and as such it is a key source of data and theory relating to this important tropical biome. The South African Savanna Biome Programme was set up to develop the understanding necessary to predict changes in the ecosystem stability induced by both natural and man-made stresses. This book provides a synthesis of the programme's sixteen years of research at Nylsvley and aims to develop a unified vision of the ecology of the dry savanna.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12104/cover/9780521612104.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161211X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161211X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612111</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Avian Biochemistry and Molecular Biology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612111</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, Lewis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The biology of birds is diverse and frequently differs significantly from that of other vertebrates. Many birds migrate or fly at high altitudes, while egg-laying and feather production places high demands on nutrient uptake and storage. This book is the only comprehensive and up-to-date survey of avian biochemistry and molecular biology available. It emphasises the similarities and differences between birds and other vertebrates, concentrating on new developments. The first section deals with protein, lipid and carbohydrate metabolism, its hormonal control and the adaptations that occur in birds. The second covers the avian genome, gene expression, and avian immunology. Growth and embryological development are also discussed. Avian Biochemistry and Molecular Biology will be of interest to all those working on birds, especially postgraduate students and researchers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12111/cover/9780521612111.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612128</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612128</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Grosvenor Gallery Exhibitions</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Change and Continuity in the Victorian Art World</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612128</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Newall, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Grosvenor Gallery was the most progressive exhibition space of the Victorian age. The paintings and works of art shown there - by Burne-Jones, Watts, Whistler and a host of other figures associated with the aesthetic movement - challenged artistic convention and were the cause of virulent debate about the means and purpose of modern art, while the very existence of a gallery which attracted so much fashionable attention and which lent such great prestige to the artists who exhibited there served to overthrow the stultifying influence of the contemporary Royal Academy. Christopher Newall's book tells the story of the rise and fall of the Grosvenor Gallery, and his invaluable index of exhibitors, compiled from the now very rare original catalogues, allows the reader to discover which artists showed which works and what they were during the fourteen years of the Grosvenor's summer exhibitions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12128/cover/9780521612128.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612225</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612225</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Sociology of Emotions</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612227</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Turner, Jonathan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stets, Jan E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All social relations involve emotional responses, from the simplest face-to-face encounter through the mobilization of social movements to the commitments that individuals develop for culture and society. The social world is thus dependent upon the arousal of emotions, and equally significant conflict and change in societies is ultimately driven by emotional arousal. Thus, it is important to understand how human emotions influence, and are influenced by, the social world. This understanding takes us into the sociology of emotions that has emerged as a distinct area of inquiry over the last thirty years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12227/cover/9780521612227.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612276</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612276</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612272</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>New Media Campaigns and the Managed Citizen</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612272</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, Philip N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The political campaign is one of the most important organizations in a democracy, and whether issue or candidate specific, it is one of the least understood organizations in contemporary political life. This book is a critical assessment of the role that information technologies have come to play in contemporary campaigns. With evidence from ethnographic immersion, survey data, and social network analysis, Howard examines the evolving act of political campaigning and the changing organization of political campaigns over the last five election cycles, from 1996 to 2004. Over this time, both grassroots and elite political campaigns have gone online, built multimedia strategies, and constructed complex relational databases. The contemporary political campaign adopts digital technologies that improve reach and fundraising, and at the same time adapts their organizational behavior. The new system of producing political culture has immense implications for the meaning of citizenship and the basis of representation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12272/cover/9780521612272.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612284</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Hearing the Other Side</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Deliberative versus Participatory Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612289</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mutz, Diana C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>'Religion and politics', as the old saying goes, 'should never be discussed in mixed company.'And yet fostering discussions that cross lines of political difference has long been a central concern of political theorists. More recently, it has also become a cause c&#233;l&#232;bre for pundits and civic-minded citizens wanting to improve the health of American democracy. But only recently have scholars begun empirical investigations of where and with what consequences people interact with those whose political views differ from their own. Hearing the Other Side examines this theme in the context of the contemporary United States. It is unique in its effort to link political theory with empirical research. Drawing on her empirical work, Mutz suggests that it is doubtful that an extremely activist political culture can also be a heavily deliberative one.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12289/cover/9780521612289.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060313</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612306</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612306</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612302</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Problems and Solutions in Biological Sequence Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612302</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borodovsky, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ekisheva, Svetlana</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first of its kind to provide a large collection of bioinformatics problems with accompanying solutions. Notably, the problem set includes all of the problems offered in Biological Sequence Analysis (BSA), by Durbin et al., widely adopted as a required text for bioinformatics courses at leading universities worldwide. Although many of the problems included in BSA as exercises for its readers have been repeatedly used for homework and tests, no detailed solutions for the problems were available. Bioinformatics instructors had therefore frequently expressed a need for fully worked solutions and a larger set of problems for use on courses. This book provides just that: following the same structure as BSA and significantly extending the set of workable problems, it will facilitate a better understanding of the contents of the chapters in BSA and will help its readers develop problem-solving skills that are vitally important for conducting successful research in the growing field of bioinformatics. All of the material has been class-tested by the authors at Georgia Tech, where the first ever M.Sc. degree program in Bioinformatics was held.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12302/cover/9780521612302.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060921</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161256X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161256X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Top Predators in Marine Ecosystems</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Role in Monitoring and Management</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612562</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, I. L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wanless, S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Camphuysen, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNKH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The sustainable exploitation of the marine environment depends upon our capacity to develop systems of management with predictable outcomes. Unfortunately, marine ecosystems are highly dynamic and this property could conflict with the objective of sustainable exploitation. This book investigates the theory that the population and behavioural dynamics of predators at the upper end of marine food chains can be used to assist with management. Since these species integrate the dynamics of marine ecosystems across a wide range of spatial and temporal scales, they offer new sources of information that can be formally used in setting management objectives. This book examines the current advances in the understanding of the ecology of marine predators and will investigate how information from these species could be used in management.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12562/cover/9780521612562.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612578</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612578</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612579</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>IT Project Proposals</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Writing to Win</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612579</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Coombs, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>156</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KNTX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Whether responding to tender from a potential client or pitching a new IT project to the Board, a well-written proposal can be the difference between success and failure. IT Project Proposals: Writing to Win can help you to create high quality, persuasive proposals that will stand out from the crowd. The author explains how to determine the reader's basis of decision and the writer's unique selling points. It discusses the structuring of documents, the secrets behind persuasive writing, and the basic grammar and punctuation rules that will prevent writers from destroying a good argument through bad presentation.  Case studies and numerous examples show how the techniques described can be used in real-life situations. The book also introduces an automated questionnaire allowing any IT proposal to be reviewed and rated. Written for IT managers, consultants and anyone else producing internal or commercial proposals promoting software products or services.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12579/cover/9780521612579.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612608</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612608</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612609</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Age Discrimination</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Historical and Contemporary Analysis</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612609</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macnicol, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Age discrimination is a highly topical issue in all industrialised societies, against a background of concerns about shortening working lives and ageing populations in the future. Based upon detailed research, and adopting an interdisciplinary approach, this unique study traces the history of the age discrimination debate in Britain and the USA since the 1930s. It critically analyses the concepts of ageism in social relations and age discrimination in employment. Case-studies on generational equity and health care rationing by age are followed by an analysis of the British government's initiatives against age discrimination in employment. The book then traces the history of the debate on health status and old age, addressing the question of whether working capacity has improved sufficiently to justify calls to delay retirement and extend working lives. It concludes with a detailed examination of the origins and subsequent working of the USA's 1967 Age Discrimination in Employment Act.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12609/cover/9780521612609.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161273X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612739</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Political Origins of Religious Liberty</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612739</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gill, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of religious liberty has gained ever-increasing attention among policy makers and the public. Whereas politicians have long championed the idea of religious freedom and tolerance, the actual achievement of these goals has been an arduous battle for religious minorities. What motivates political leaders to create laws providing for greater religious liberty? In contrast to scholars who argue that religious liberty results from the spread of secularization and modern ideas, Anthony Gill argues that religious liberty results from interest-based calculations of secular rulers. Using insights from political economists, Gill develops a theory of the origins of religious liberty based upon the political and economic interests of governing officials. Political leaders are most likely to permit religious freedom when it enhances their own political survival, tax revenue, and the economic welfare of their country. He explores his theory using cases from British America, Latin America, Russia, and the Baltic states.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12739/cover/9780521612739.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612748</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612746</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Reasoning</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies of Human Inference and its Foundations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612746</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adler, Jonathan E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rips, Lance J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>1072</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This interdisciplinary work is a collection of major essays on reasoning: deductive, inductive, abductive, belief revision, defeasible (non-monotonic), cross cultural, conversational, and argumentative. They are each oriented toward contemporary empirical studies. The book focuses on foundational issues, including paradoxes, fallacies, and debates about the nature of rationality, the traditional modes of reasoning, as well as counterfactual and causal reasoning. It also includes chapters on the interface between reasoning and other forms of thought. In general, this last set of essays represents growth points in reasoning research, drawing connections to pragmatics, cross-cultural studies, emotion and evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12746/cover/9780521612746.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080624</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>93.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612756</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612756</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612753</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Sieve Methods and Their Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612753</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cojocaru, Alina Carmen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murty, M. Ram</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Sieve theory has a rich and romantic history. The ancient question of whether there exist infinitely many twin primes (primes p such that p+2 is also prime), and Goldbach's conjecture that every even number can be written as the sum of two prime numbers, have been two of the problems that have inspired the development of the theory. This book provides a motivated introduction to sieve theory. Rather than focus on technical details which can obscure the beauty of the theory, the authors focus on examples and applications, developing the theory in parallel. The text can be used for a senior level undergraduate course or an introductory graduate course in analytic number theory, and non-experts can gain a quick introduction to the techniques of the subject.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12753/cover/9780521612753.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060130</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612810</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612810</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612814</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Humanitarians</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The International Committee of the Red Cross</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612814</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Forsythe, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) coordinates the world's largest private relief system for conflict situations. Its staff operates throughout the world, and in recent years the ICRC has mounted large operations in the Balkans and Somalia. Yet despite its very important role its internal workings are mysterious and often secretive. This book examines the ICRC from its origins in the mid-nineteenth century up to the present day, and provides a comprehensive overview of a unique private organisation, whose governing body remains all-Swiss, but which is recognized in international law as if it were an inter-governmental organization. David Forsythe focuses on the policy making and field work of the ICRC, while not ignoring international humanitarian law.  He explores how it exercises its independence, impartiality, and neutrality to try to protect prisoners in Iraq, displaced and starving civilians in Somalia, and families separated by conflict in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. David Forsythe received the Distinguished Scholar Award for 2007 from the Human Rights Section of the American Political Science Association.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12814/cover/9780521612814.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612837</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612838</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Corporations and Citizenship</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612838</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crane, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Matten, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moon, Jeremy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is widely accepted that corporations have economic, legal, and even social roles. Yet the political role of corporations has yet to be fully appreciated. Corporations and Citizenship serves as a corrective by employing the concept of citizenship in order to make sense of the political dimensions of corporations. Citizenship offers a way of thinking about roles and responsibilities among members of polities and between these members and their governing institutions. Crane, Matten and Moon provide a rich and multi-faceted picture that explores three relations of citizenship - corporations as citizens, corporations as governors of citizenship, and corporations as arenas of citizenship for stakeholders - as well as three contemporary reconfigurations of citizenship - cultural (identity-based), ecological, and cosmopolitan citizenship. The book revolutionizes not only our understanding of corporations but also of citizenship as a principle of allocating power and responsibility in a political community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12838/cover/9780521612838.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080929</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161290X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612906</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mental Health Needs of Young Offenders</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Forging Paths toward Reintegration and Rehabilitation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612906</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kessler, Carol L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kraus, Louis James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The majority of young people in the American juvenile justice system have diagnosable mental illnesses, including substance abuse, mental retardation and learning disorders. However, these often remain undetected and untreated. In this book, a team of experts examines the prevalence of mental disorders in this population and describes the means of screening for, diagnosing, and treating them effectively in a developmentally appropriate, culturally sensitive manner. They also examine psychopharmacologic and psychotherapeutic approaches; innovative alternatives to detention; the true costs of detaining youth; vulnerability to self-incrimination; and the alarming trend of minority confinement. Their comprehensive coverage includes discussion of ethical dilemmas and the need for preventive strategies and integrated approaches involving judicial, law enforcement, educational, and mental health professionals. This book will be of interest to both mental health and juvenile justice professionals.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12906/cover/9780521612906.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612918</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612913</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Language and Ethnicity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612913</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fought, Carmen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is ethnicity? Is there a 'white' way of speaking? Why do people sometimes borrow features of another ethnic group's language? Why do we sometimes hear an accent that isn't there? This lively overview reveals the fascinating relationship between language ethnic identity, exploring the crucial role it plays in both revealing a speaker's ethnicity and helping to construct it.  Drawing on research from a range of ethnic groups around the world, it shows how language contributes to the social and psychological processes involved in the formation of ethnic identity, exploring both the linguistic features of ethnic language varieties and also the ways in which language is used by different ethnic groups. Complete with discussion questions and a glossary, Language and Ethnicity will be welcomed by students and researchers in sociolinguistics, as well as anybody interested in ethnic issues, language and education, inter-ethnic communication, and the relationship between language and identity.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12913/cover/9780521612913.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060831</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612985</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612982</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Environmental History of Latin America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612982</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Shawn William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A narration of the mutually mortal historical contest between humans and nature in Latin America. Covering a period that begins with Amerindian civilizations and concludes in the region's present urban agglomerations, the work offers an original synthesis of the current scholarship on Latin America's environmental history and argues that tropical nature played a central role in shaping the region's historical development. Human attitudes, populations, and appetites, from Aztec cannibalism to more contemporary forms of conspicuous consumption, figure prominently in the story. However, characters such as hookworms, whales, hurricanes, bananas, dirt, butterflies, guano, and fungi make more than cameo appearances. Recent scholarship has overturned many of our egocentric assumptions about humanity's role in history. Seeing Latin America's environmental past from the perspective of many centuries illustrates that human civilizations, ancient and modern, have been simultaneously more powerful and more vulnerable than previously thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12982/cover/9780521612982.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521612993</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521612993</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521612999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Vision for Universal Preschool Education</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521612999</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zigler, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilliam, Walter S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jones, Stephanie M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Decades of research point to the need for a universal preschool education program in the U.S. to help give our nation's children a sound cognitive and social foundation on which to build future educational and life successes.  In addition to enhanced school readiness and improved academic performance, participation in high quality preschool programs has been linked with reductions in grade retentions and school drop out rates, and cost savings associated with a diminished need for remedial educational services and justice services. This book brings together nationally renowned experts from the fields of psychology, education, economics and political science to present a compelling case for expanded access to preschool services. They describe the social, educational, and economic benefits for the nation as a whole that may result from the implementation of a universal preschool program in America, and provide guiding principles upon which such a system can best be founded.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/12999/cover/9780521612999.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060829</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613035</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613035</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613033</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>America's Struggle for Same-Sex Marriage</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613033</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pinello, Daniel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>America's Struggle for Same-Sex Marriage chronicles the evolution of the social movement for same-sex marriage in the United States and examines the political controversies surrounding gay people's quest for access to the civil institution of marriage. The book focuses on the momentous events that began in November 2003, when the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court declared unequivocally that the state's conferral of marriage only on opposite-sex couples violated constitutional principles of respect for individual autonomy and equality under law. The decision both triggered a political backlash of national proportion and prompted officials in Massachusetts, San Francisco, Multnomah County, Sandoval County and New Paltz to issue marriage licenses to same-sex couples. The volume relies on in-depth interviews to provide an insider account of how courts, politicians, and activists maneuver and deal with a cutting-edge social policy issue, as well as real-life narratives about everyday people whom the debate immediately affects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13033/cover/9780521613033.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060509</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613051</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Global Analysis on Foliated Spaces</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613057</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moore, Calvin C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schochet, Claude L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBKB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Foliated spaces look locally like products, but their global structure is generally not a product, and tangential differential operators are correspondingly more complex.  In the 1980s, Alain Connes founded what is now known as noncommutative geometry and topology. One of the first results was his generalization of the Atiyah-Singer index theorem to compute the analytic index associated with a tangential (pseudo) - differential operator and an invariant transverse measure on a foliated manifold, in terms of topological data on the manifold and the operator. This second edition presents a complete proof of this beautiful result, generalized to foliated spaces (not just manifolds). It includes the necessary background from analysis, geometry, and topology.  The present edition has improved exposition, an updated bibliography, an index, and additional material covering developments and applications since the first edition came out, including the confirmation of the Gap Labeling Conjecture of Jean Bellissard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13057/cover/9780521613057.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161306X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161306X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613064</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>How Voters Decide</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Information Processing in Election Campaigns</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613064</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lau, Richard R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Redlawsk, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book attempts to redirect the field of voting behavior research by proposing a paradigm-shifting framework for studying voter decision making. An innovative experimental methodology is presented for getting 'inside the heads' of citizens as they confront the overwhelming rush of information from modern presidential election campaigns. Four broad theoretically-defined types of decision strategies that voters employ to help decide which candidate to support are described and operationally-defined. Individual and campaign-related factors that lead voters to adopt one or another of these strategies are examined. Most importantly, this research proposes a new normative focus for the scientific study of voting behavior: we should care about not just which candidate received the most votes, but also how many citizens voted correctly - that is, in accordance with their own fully-informed preferences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13064/cover/9780521613064.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613094</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613095</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Key Issues in Criminal Career Research</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Analyses of the Cambridge Study in Delinquent Development</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613095</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Piquero, Alex R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farrington, David P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blumstein, Alfred</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines several contentious and under-studied criminal career issues using one of the world's most important longitudinal studies, the Cambridge Study in Delinquent Development (CSDD), a longitudinal study of 411 South London boys followed in criminal records to age 40. The analysis reported in the book explores issues related to prevalence, offending frequency, specialization, onset sequences, co-offending, chronicity, career length, and trajectory estimation. The results of the study are considered in the context of developmental/life-course theories, and the authors outline an agenda for criminal career research generally, and within the context of the CSDD specifically.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13095/cover/9780521613095.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613108</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613101</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Palaeolithic Settlement of Asia</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613101</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dennell, Robin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>572</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first analysis and synthesis of the evidence of the earliest inhabitants of Asia before the appearance of modern humans 100,000 years ago. Asia has received far less attention than Africa and Europe in the search for human origins, but is no longer considered of marginal importance. Indeed, a global understanding of human origins cannot be properly understood without a detailed consideration of the largest continent. In this study, Robin Dennell examines a variety of sources, including the archaeological evidence, the fossil hominin record, and the environmental and climatic background from Southwest, Central, South, and Southeast Asia, as well as China. He presents an authoritative and comprehensive framework for investigations of Asia's oldest societies, challenges many long-standing assumptions about its earliest inhabitants, and places Asia centrally in the discussions of human evolution in the past two million years.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13101/cover/9780521613101.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090223</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613140</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613140</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613149</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Racism, Misogyny, and the Othello Myth</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Inter-racial Couples from Shakespeare to Spike Lee</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613149</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Daileader, Celia R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Through readings of texts spanning four centuries, and bridging the Atlantic - from genres as diverse as English Renaissance drama, abolitionist literature, gothic horror and contemporary romance - Daileader questions why Anglo-American culture's most widely-read and canonical narratives of inter-racial sex feature a black male and a white female and not a black female and a white male. This study considers the cultural obsession with stories patterned on Shakespeare's Othello alongside the more historically pertinent, if troubling, question of white male sexual predation upon black females. Daileader terms this phenomenon 'Othellophilia' - the fixation on Shakespeare's tragedy of inter-racial marriage to the exclusion of other definitions and more optimistic visions of inter-racial tension. This original study argues that masculinist racist hegemony used myths about black male sexual rapacity and the danger of racial 'pollution' in order to police white female sexuality and exorcise collective guilt over the sexual slavery of women of color.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13149/cover/9780521613149.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613205</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613205</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613200</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Third Wave of Democratization in Latin America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Advances and Setbacks</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613200</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hagopian, Frances</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mainwaring, Scott P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The late twentieth century witnessed the birth of an impressive number of new democracies in Latin America. This wave of democratization since 1978 has been by far the broadest and most durable in the history of Latin America, but many of the resulting democratic regimes also suffer from profound deficiencies. What caused democratic regimes to emerge and survive? What are their main achievements and shortcomings? This volume offers an ambitious and comprehensive overview of the unprecedented advances as well as the setbacks in the post-1978 wave of democratization. It seeks to explain the sea change from a region dominated by authoritarian regimes to one in which openly authoritarian regimes are the rare exception, and it analyzes why some countries have achieved striking gains in democratization while others have experienced erosions. The book presents general theoretical arguments about what causes and sustains democracy and analyses of nine compelling country cases.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13200/cover/9780521613200.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613221</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613224</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Assessing the Conservation Value of Freshwaters</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An International Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613224</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boon, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pringle, Catherine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Freshwater is a valuable resource for human populations, and has many uses such as water for drinking, hydroelectric power and recreation. This creates conflict between conservation and exploitation. This book explores various aspects of conservation evaluation, including the selection of important areas for protection, responding to threats from catchment development, and determining the restoration potential of degraded water bodies. Aimed at academic researchers, graduate students and professionals, chapters are written by pairs of UK and US authors, who compare methods used for evaluating rivers and lakes for conservation in these countries who share a long history of freshwater science, but approach nature conservation very differently. Sweden, Australia and South Africa are also examined, and there is a chapter on developing countries, allowing examination of the role of social and economic conditions in conservation ethics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13224/cover/9780521613224.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090518</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613248</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613248</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Automata Theory with Modern Applications</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613248</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, James A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent applications to biomolecular science and DNA computing have created a new audience for automata theory and formal languages. This is the only introductory book to cover such applications. It begins with a clear and readily understood exposition of the fundamentals that assumes only a background in discrete mathematics. The first five chapters give a gentle but rigorous coverage of basic ideas as well as topics not found in other texts at this level, including codes, retracts and semiretracts. Chapter 6 introduces combinatorics on words and uses it to describe a visually inspired approach to languages. The final chapter explains recently-developed language theory coming from developments in bioscience and DNA computing. With over 350 exercises (for which solutions are available), many examples and illustrations, this text will make an ideal  contemporary introduction for students; others, new to the field, will welcome it for self-learning.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13248/cover/9780521613248.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060622</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613302</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>European Broadcasting Law and Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613309</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harrison, Jackie</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Lorna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>European broadcasting policy has attracted attention from many disciplines because it has dual nature: cultural and commercial. This book offers a detailed treatment of European broadcasting law, set against an overview of policy in this area. In this respect the authors identify tensions within the EU polity as regards the appropriate level, purpose and mechanism of broadcast regulation. Key influences are problems of competence, the impact of changing technology and the consequences of increasing commercialisation. Furthermore, the focus of the analysis is on the practical implications of the legal framework on viewers, and the authors distinguish both between citizen and consumer and between the passive and active viewer. The underlying question is the extent to which those most in need of protection by regulation, given the purpose of broadcasting, are adequately protected.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13309/cover/9780521613309.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080415</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613353</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613353</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613354</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Families and the European Union</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Law, Politics and Pluralism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613354</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McGlynn, Clare</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>262</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In the first book to offer a comprehensive analysis of family law in the European Union, McGlynn argues that a traditional concept of 'family' which has many adverse effects - on individuals, on families (in all their diverse forms), and indeed on the economic ambitions of the EU is forming the basis for the little-recognised and under-researched field of EU family law. This book examines three different aspects of family life - childhood, parenthood and partnerships - and critically analyses existing EU law in relation to each. It examines the emerging field of EU family law, providing a highly sceptical account of recent developments and a robust challenge to the arguments in favour of the codification of European civil law, including family law.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13354/cover/9780521613354.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060928</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613485</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613485</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613484</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Popular Intellectuals and Social Movements</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Framing Protest in Asia, Africa, and Latin America</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613484</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baud, Michiel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutten, Rosanne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>All forms of popular protest include a specific category of 'popular intellectuals', who reflect on social reality, speak in the name of popular classes and who articulate ideas that inspire collective action. This volume focuses on these individuals from an original angle: it looks at the experiences of popular intellectuals in non-western societies, who operate within social-movement networks that link local, regional, and international arenas, and connect to a global flow of ideas. Eight case studies on different societies in twentieth-century Asia, Africa, and Latin America highlight specific activist intellectuals and their role in collective action. They cover a wide terrain, including framing contests among Muslim activists and cultural brokerage in an ecological movement. The collection provides fresh insights into the cultural dynamics of social contention and widens the geographic scope of current debates on this theme.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13484/cover/9780521613484.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521613493</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521613493</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613491</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China's Campaign to 'Open up the West'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>National, Provincial and Local Perspectives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613491</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goodman, David S. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The new campaign to 'Open Up the West' that commenced operations in January 2000 is interesting not only because of its dramatic goal of developing the western and interior regions of the People's Republic of China but also because of the ways it has been articulated. Although presented in some ways as a major state project, it was introduced almost casually into the political process, with none of the usual fanfare and perhaps even more remarkably with no great commitment of state resources. Moreover, though it has been in progress for only a relatively short period it is already clear that uncertainties attend its aims, progress and potential impact. The contested nature of the campaign to Open Up the West becomes particularly apparent if, as is the case here, the topic is approached from provincial and local levels as well as from the national perspective.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13491/cover/9780521613491.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161385X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161385X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521613859</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Radical Right</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Voters and Parties in the Electoral Market</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521613859</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norris, Pippa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>366</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>During recent decades, radical right parties have been surging in popularity in many nations, gaining legislative seats, enjoying the legitimacy endowed by ministerial office, and striding the corridors of government power. The popularity of leaders such as Le Pen, Haider, and Fortuyn has aroused widespread popular concern and a burgeoning scholarly literature. Despite the interest, little consensus has emerged about the primary factors driving this phenomenon. The puzzle is to explain why radical right parties have advanced in a diverse array of democracies - including in Austria, Canada, Norway, France, Italy, New Zealand, Switzerland, Israel, Romania, Russia, and Chile - while failing to make comparable gains in similar societies elsewhere, such as in Sweden, Britain, and the United States. This book expands our understanding of support for radical right parties through presenting an integrated new theory which is then tested systematically using a wealth of cross-national survey evidence covering almost forty countries.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/13859/cover/9780521613859.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614082</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521614082</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Atlantic Alliance Under Stress</TitleText>

<Subtitle>US-European Relations after Iraq</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614085</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Andrews, David M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Can the political institutions of the transatlantic alliance endure the demise of the Soviet enemy? Did the Iraq crisis of 2002-3 signal the final demise of the Atlantic partnership? If so, what are the likely consequences? In this book a distinguished group of political scientists and historians from Europe and the United States tackle these questions. The book examines the causes and consequences of the crisis in Atlantic relations that accompanied the invasion of Iraq in March 2003. The authors' collective focus is not on the war itself, or how it was conducted, or even the situation in Iraq either before or after the conflict. Instead, the crisis over Iraq is the starting point for an examination of transatlantic relations and specifically the Atlantic alliance, an examination that is cross-national in scope and multi-disciplinary in approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14085/cover/9780521614085.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614092</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discursive Research in Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>New Approaches to Psychology and Interaction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614092</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hepburn, Alexa</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wiggins, Sally</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over the past few decades new ways of conceiving the relation between people, practices and institutions have been developed, enabling an understanding of human conduct in complex situations that is distinctive from traditional psychological and sociological conceptions. This distinctiveness is derived from a sophisticated analytic approach to social action which combines conversation analysis with the fresh treatment of epistemology, mind, cognition and personality developed in discursive psychology. This text is the first to showcase and promote this new method of discursive research in practice. Featuring contributions from a range of international academics, both pioneers in the field and exciting new researchers, this book illustrates an approach to social science issues that cuts across the traditional disciplinary divisions to provide a rich participant-based understanding of action.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14092/cover/9780521614092.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070828</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614112</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521614112</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Medical Malpractice and the U.S. Health Care System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614115</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sage, William M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kersh, Rogan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>406</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Medical malpractice lawsuits are common and controversial in the United States. Since early 2002, doctors' insurance premiums for malpractice coverage have soared. As Congress and state governments debate laws intended to stabilize the cost of insurance, doctors continue to blame lawyers and lawyers continue to blame doctors and insurance companies. This book, which is the capstone of three years' comprehensive research funded by The Pew Charitable Trusts, goes well beyond the conventional debate over tort reform and connects medical liability to broader trends and goals in American health policy. Contributions from leading figures in health law and policy marshal the best available information, present new empirical evidence, and offer cutting-edge analysis of potential reforms involving patient safety, liability insurance and tort litigation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14115/cover/9780521614115.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060612</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Dynamic Assessment in Practice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Clinical and Educational Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614122</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Haywood, H. Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lidz, Carol S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dynamic assessment embeds interaction within the framework of a test-intervene-retest approach to psychoeducational assessment. This book offers an introduction to diagnostic assessors in psychology, education, and speech/language pathology to the basic ideas, principles, and practices of dynamic assessment. Most importantly, the book presents an array of specific procedures developed and used by the authors that can be applied to clients of all ages in both clinical and educational settings. The authors discuss their approach to report-writing, with a number of examples to demonstrate how they incorporate dynamic assessment into a comprehensive approach to assessment. The text concludes with a discussion of issues and questions that need to be considered and addressed. Two appendixes include descriptions of additional tests used by the authors that are adapted for dynamic assessment, as well as information about dynamic assessment procedures developed by others and sources for additional information about this approach.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14122/cover/9780521614122.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614139</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521614139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614139</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Countervailing Forces in African-American Civic Activism, 1973-1994</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614139</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Fredrick C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinclair-Chapman, Valeria</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKenzie, Brian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In a first-ever study assessing black civic participation after the civil rights movement, Fredrick C. Harris, Valeria Sinclair-Chapman and Brian D. McKenzie demonstrate that the changes in black activism since the civil rights movement is characterized by a tug-of-war between black political power on one side and economic conditions in black communities on the other. As blacks gain greater access and influence within the political system, black participation in political activities increases while downward turns in the economic conditions of black communities produce less civic involvement in black communities. Examining changes in black activism from the early 1970s to the 1990s, this tug-of-war demonstrates that the quest for black political empowerment and the realities of economic and social life act as countervailing forces, in which negative economic and social conditions in black communities weaken the capacity of blacks to organize so that their political voices can be heard.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14139/cover/9780521614139.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614880</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614887</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Agri-Environment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614887</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Warren, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lawson, Clare</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Belcher, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The application of ecological theory and conservation biology to agricultural ecosystems has become an important and growing research field and undergraduate course component in recent years. This book is both an academic textbook and practical guide to farm conservation, and has evolved from the authors' extensive teaching experience. It covers the ecology of farmed land, how agricultural practices influence the environment, how agriculture has changed over time and how the species that inhabit the agri-environment have adapted. It also covers the history of agricultural policy and subsidies and the development of agri-environment schemes. A number of different farming systems are discussed, as are the difficulties in determining their relative merits. Guidance is offered on how to produce a workable farm conservation plan, and the final chapters look to the future and the development of new, greener farming systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14887/cover/9780521614887.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>67.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521614910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614917</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution and the Common Law</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614917</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hutchinson, Allan C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book offers a radical challenge to all existing accounts of the common law's development. Contrary to received jurisprudential wisdom, it maintains there is no grand theory which will explain satisfactorily the dynamic interactions of change and stability in the common law's history. Offering fresh and original readings of Charles Darwin's and Hans-Georg Gadamer's works, the book shows that law is a rhetorical activity that can only be properly appreciated in its historical and political context; tradition and transformation are locked in a mutually reinforcing but thoroughly contingent embrace. In contrast to the dewy-eyed offerings of much contemporary work, it demonstrates that, like life, law is an organic process (i.e., events are the products of functional and localized causes) rather than a miraculous one (i.e., events are the result of some grand plan or intervention). In short, common law is a perpetual work-in-progress - evanescent, dynamic, messy, productive, tantalising, and bottom-up.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14917/cover/9780521614917.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521614937</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521614931</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Francophone Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614931</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corcoran, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literature of French-speaking countries forms a distinct body of work quite separate from literature written in France itself, offering a passionate creative engagement with their postcolonial cultures. This book provides an introduction to the literatures that have emerged in the French-speaking countries and regions of the world in recent decades, illustrating their astonishing breadth and diversity, and exploring their constant state of tension with the literature of France. The study opens with a wide-ranging discussion of  the idea of francophonie. Each chapter then provides readers with historical background to a particular region and identifies the key issues that have influenced the emergence of a literature in French, before going on to examine in detail a selection of the major writers. These case studies tackle many of the key authors of the francophone world, as well as new, up-and-coming authors writing today.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14931/cover/9780521614931.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071217</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615038</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615037</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Rethinking the Foundations of Modern Political Thought</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615037</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brett, Annabel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tully, James</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hamilton-Bleakley, Holly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Quentin Skinner's classic study The Foundations of Modern Political Thought was first published by Cambridge in 1978. This was the first of a series of outstanding publications that have changed forever the way the history of political thought is taught and practised. Rethinking the Foundations of Modern Political Thought looks afresh at the impact of the original work, asks why it still matters, and considers a number of significant agendas that it still inspires. A very distinguished international team of contributors has been assembled, including John Pocock,  RichardTuck and David Armitage, and the result is an unusually powerful and cohesive contribution to the history of ideas, of interest to large numbers of students of early modern history and political thought. In conclusion, Skinner replies to each chapter and presents his own thoughts on the latest trends and the future direction of the history of political thought.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15037/cover/9780521615037.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070219</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>37.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615054</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615054</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615051</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Poisson Geometry, Deformation Quantisation and Group Representations</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615051</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gutt, Simone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rawnsley, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sternheimer, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>370</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Poisson geometry lies at the cusp of noncommutative algebra and differential geometry, with natural and important links to classical physics and quantum mechanics. This book presents an introduction to the subject from a small group of leading researchers, and the result is a volume accessible to graduate students or experts from other fields. The contributions are: Poisson Geometry and Morita Equivalence by Bursztyn and Weinstein; Formality and Star Products by Cattaneo; Lie Groupoids, Sheaves and Cohomology by Moerdijk and Mrcun; Geometric Methods in Representation Theory by Schmid; Deformation Theory: A Powerful Tool in Physics Modelling by Sternheimer.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15051/cover/9780521615051.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615097</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615097</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615099</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Kinship, Law and the Unexpected</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Relatives are Always a Surprise</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615099</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strathern, Marilyn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can we hold in the same view both cultural or historical constructs and generalities about social existence? Kinship, Law and the Unexpected takes up an issue at the heart of studies of society - the way we use relationships to uncover relationships. Relationality is a phenomenon at once contingent (on certain ways of knowing) and ubiquitous (to social life). The role of relations in western (Euro-American) knowledge practices, from the scientific revolution onwards, raises a question about the extent to which Euro-American kinship is the kinship of a knowledge-based society. The argument takes the reader through current issues in biotechnology, new family formations and legal interventions, and intellectual property debates, to matters of personhood and ownership afforded by material from Melanesia and elsewhere. If we are often surprised by what our relatives do, we may also be surprised by what relations tells us about the world we live in.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15099/cover/9780521615099.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615100</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615100</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615105</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ethnicity and Causal Mechanisms</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615105</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tienda, Marta</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MMJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Research clearly indicates that ethnic groups differ significantly on levels of mental and physical health, antisocial behavior, and educational attainment. This book explains these variations among ethnic groups with respect to their psychological and social functioning and tests competing hypotheses about the mechanisms that might cause the functioning to be better, worse, or different in pattern from other groups. Attention is paid to educational attainments, antisocial behavior, schizophrenia and suicide, and to the complex and changing patterns of ethnic identity. The book also focuses on evidence on risk and protective factors that is used systematically to ask whether such factors might account for the differences in both migration histories and ethnic mixture. It concludes with a discussion of the multiple meanings of ethnicity, the major variations among ethnic groups, and the policy implications of the findings discussed in the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15105/cover/9780521615105.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615135</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615135</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615136</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Complying with Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>EU Harmonisation and Soft Law in the Member States</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615136</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Falkner, Gerda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Treib, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hartlapp, Miriam</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leiber, Simone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What does EU law truly mean for the member states? Do they abide or don't they? This book presents the first encompassing and in-depth empirical study of the effects of 'voluntaristic' and (partly) 'soft' EU policies in all 15 member states. The authors examine 90 case studies across a range of EU Directives and shed light on burning contemporary issues in political science, integration theory, and social policy. They reveal that there are major implementation failures and that, to date, the European Commission has not been able adequately to perform its control function. While all countries are occasional non-compliers, some quite frequently privilege their domestic political concerns over performance of their EU-related duties. Others neglect these EU obligations as a matter of course. This innovative study answers questions of crucial importance for politics in theory and in practice, and suggests how implementation of EU law can be fostered in the future.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15136/cover/9780521615136.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615143</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615143</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Natural Rights Liberalism from Locke to Nozick</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615143</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection of essays is dedicated to the memory of the late Harvard philosopher Robert Nozick, who died in 2002. The publication of Nozick's Anarchy, State, and Utopia in 1974 revived serious interest in natural rights liberalism, which, beginning in the latter half of the eighteenth century, had been eclipsed by a succession of antithetical political theories including utilitarianism, progressivism, and various egalitarian and collectivist ideologies. Some of our contributors critique Nozick's political philosophy. Other contributors examine earlier figures in the liberal tradition, most notably John Locke, whose Second Treatise of Government, published in the late seventeenth century, profoundly influenced the American founders. The remaining authors analyze natural rights liberalism's central doctrines.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050324</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161516X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161516X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615167</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Age in the Welfare State</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Origins of Social Spending on Pensioners, Workers, and Children</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615167</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lynch, Julia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book asks why some countries devote the lion's share of their social policy resources to the elderly, while others have a more balanced repertoire of social spending. Far from being the outcome of demands for welfare spending by powerful age-based groups in society, the 'age' of welfare is an unintended consequence of the way that social programs are set up. The way that politicians use welfare state spending to compete for votes, along either programmatic or particularistic lines, locks these early institutional choices into place. So while society is changing - aging, divorcing, moving in and out of the labor force over the life course in new ways - social policies do not evolve to catch up. The result, in occupational welfare states like Italy, the United States, and Japan, is social spending that favors the elderly and leaves working-aged adults and children largely to fend for themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15167/cover/9780521615167.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060925</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615186</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615186</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Anatomy of Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Social Theory of Michael Mann</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615181</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hall, John A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schroeder, Ralph</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Michael Mann is one of the most influential sociologists of recent decades. His work has had a major impact in sociology, history, political science, international relations and other social science disciplines. His main work, The Sources of Social Power, of which two of three volumes have been completed, provides an all-encompassing account of the history of power from the beginnings of stratified societies to present day. Recently he has published two major works, Fascists and The Dark Side of Democracy. Yet unlike other contemporary social thinkers, Mann's work has not, until now, been systematically and critically assessed. This volume assembles a group of distinguished scholars to take stock, both of Mann's overall method and of his account of particular periods and historical cases. It also contains Mann's reply where he answers his critics and forcefully restates his position. This is a unique and provocative study for scholars and students alike.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15181/cover/9780521615181.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615216</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615211</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>An Introduction to Genetic Engineering</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615211</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nicholl, Desmond S. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>3</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TCBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this third edition of his popular undergraduate-level textbook, Des Nicholl recognises that a sound grasp of basic principles is vital in any introduction to genetic engineering. Therefore, the book retains its focus on the fundamental principles used in gene manipulation. It is divided into three sections: Part I provides an introduction to the relevant basic molecular biology; Part II, the methods used to manipulate genes; and Part III, applications of the technology. There is a new chapter devoted to the emerging importance of bioinformatics as a distinct discipline. Other additional features include text boxes, which highlight important aspects of topics discussed, and chapter summaries, which include aims and learning outcomes. These, along with key word listings, concept maps and a glossary, will enable students to tailor their study to suit their own learning styles and ultimately gain a firm grasp of a subject that students traditionally find difficult.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15211/cover/9780521615211.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615232</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615232</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615235</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surveys in Combinatorics 2005</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615235</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, Bridget S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>266</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume contains survey articles based on the invited lectures given at the Twentieth British Combinatorial Conference, organised jointly by the University of Durham and the Open University. It was held in July 2005 at the University of Durham. This biennial conference is a well-established international event, with speakers from all over the world. By its nature this volume provides an up-to-date overview of current research activity in several areas of combinatorics, ranging from combinatorial number theory to geometry. The authors are some of the world's foremost researchers in their fields, and here they summarize existing results, and give a unique preview of work currently being written up. The book provides a valuable survey of the present state of knowledge in combinatorics. It will be useful to research workers and advanced graduate students, primarily in mathematics but also in computer science, statistics and engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15235/cover/9780521615235.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615267</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615266</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the African American Slave Narrative</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615266</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fisch, Audrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The slave narrative has become a crucial genre within African American literary studies and an invaluable record of the experience and history of slavery in the United States. This Companion examines the slave narrative's relation to British and American abolitionism, Anglo-American literary traditions such as autobiography and sentimental literature, and the larger African American literary tradition. Special attention is paid to leading exponents of the genre such as Olaudah Equiano, Frederick Douglass and Harriet Jacobs, as well as many other, less well known examples. Further essays explore the rediscovery of the slave narrative and its subsequent critical reception, as well as the uses to which the genre is put by modern authors such as Toni Morrison. With its chronology and guide to further reading, the Companion provides both an easy entry point for students new to the subject and comprehensive coverage and original insights for scholars in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15266/cover/9780521615266.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615488</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615488</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Frances Burney</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615488</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sabor, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>214</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Frances Burney (1752-1840) was the most successful female novelist of the eighteenth century. Her first novel Evelina was a publishing sensation; her follow-up novels Cecilia and Camilla were regarded as among the best fiction of the time and were much admired by Jane Austen. Burney's life was equally remarkable: a protegee of Samuel Johnson, lady-in-waiting at the court of George III, later wife of an emigre aristocrat and stranded in France during the Napoleonic Wars, she lived on into the reign of Queen Victoria. Her journals and letters are now widely read as a rich source of information about the Court, social conditions and cultural changes over her long lifetime. This Companion is the first volume to cover all her works, including her novels, plays, journals and letters, in a comprehensive and accessible way. It also includes discussion of her critical reputation, and a guide to further reading.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15488/cover/9780521615488.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070308</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615518</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615518</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Martyrdom in Islam</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615518</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cook, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent times Islamic martyrdom has become associated with suicide missions conducted by extremists. However, as David Cook demonstrates, this type of martyrdom is very different from the classical definition which condemned suicide and stipulated that anyone who died a believer could be considered a martyr. Ideas about martyrdom have evolved to suit prevailing circumstances, and it is the evolution of these interpretations that Cook charts in this fascinating history. The book covers the earliest sources on martyrdom including those from the Jewish and Christian traditions, discussions about what constituted martyrdom, and differences in attitudes between Sunnis and Shi'ites. A concluding section discusses martyrdom in today's radical environment. There is no other book which considers the topic so systematically, and which draws so widely on the literary sources. This will be essential reading for students of Islamic history, and for those looking for an informed account of this controversial topic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15518/cover/9780521615518.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070430</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615542</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615542</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of Modern Libya</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615549</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vandewalle, Dirk</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Libya is coming in from the cold, but for most of the three decades following the 1969 revolution, the country was labelled a pariah state by the West. Dirk Vandewalle, one of only a handful of western scholars to visit during the time, is intimately acquainted with the country. This history - based on original research and his interviews with Libya's political elite - offers a lucid account of Libya's past, and corrects some of the misunderstandings about its present. The author takes the story from the 1900s, through the Italian occupation, the Sanusi monarchy and Qadhafi's self-styled revolution. The final chapter is devoted to the events which brought Libya back into the international fold. As the first comprehensive history of Libya over the last two decades, this book will be welcomed by students of the region, professionals and those who are visiting Libya for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15549/cover/9780521615549.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615577</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to David Hare</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615570</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boon, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>David Hare is one of the most important playwrights to have emerged in the UK in the last forty years. This volume examines his stage plays, television plays and cinematic films, and is the first book of its kind to offer such comprehensive and up-to-date critical treatment. Contributions from leading academics in the study of modern British theatre sit alongside those from practitioners who have worked closely with Hare throughout his career, including former Director of the National Theatre Sir Richard Eyre. Uniquely, the volume also includes a chapter on Hare's work as journalist and public speaker; a personal memoir by Tony Bic&#226;t, co-founder with Hare of the enormously influential Portable Theatre; and an interview with Hare himself in which he offers a personal retrospective of his career as a film maker which is his fullest and clearest account of that work to date.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15570/cover/9780521615570.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615585</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615585</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615587</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fundamentals of Hyperbolic Manifolds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Selected Expositions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615587</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Canary, R. D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marden, A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Epstein, D. B. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Presents reissued articles from two classic sources on hyperbolic manifolds. Part I is an exposition of Chapters 8 and 9 of Thurston's pioneering Princeton Notes; there is a new introduction describing recent advances, with an up-to-date bibliography, giving a contemporary context in which the work can be set. Part II expounds the theory of convex hull boundaries and their bending laminations. A new appendix describes recent work. Part III is Thurston's famous paper that presents the notion of earthquakes in hyperbolic geometry and proves the earthquake theorem. The final part introduces the theory of measures on the limit set, drawing attention to related ergodic theory and the exponent of convergence. The book will be welcomed by graduate students and professional mathematicians who want a rigorous introduction to some basic tools essential for the modern theory of hyperbolic manifolds.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15587/cover/9780521615587.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060413</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615615</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615617</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to the Fin de Si&#232;cle</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615617</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Situated between the Victorians and Modernism, the fin de si&#232;cle is an exciting and rewarding period to study. In the literature and art of the 1890s, the processes of literary and cultural change can be seen in action. In this, more than any previous decade, literature was an active and controversial participant within debates over morality, aesthetics, politics and science, as Victorian certainties began to break down. Oscar Wilde, Aubrey Beardsley, H. G. Wells, Bram Stoker and Olive Schreiner were among the most prominent, occasionally even notorious, writers and artists of the period, challenging establishment values and producing a distinctive literature of their own. This volume includes the main currents of radical and innovative thinking in the period, as well as the attempts to resist them. It will be of great interest to students of Victorian and twentieth-century literature, art and cultural history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15617/cover/9780521615617.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615623</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615623</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615624</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Mind of the Master Class</TitleText>

<Subtitle>History and Faith in the Southern Slaveholders' Worldview</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615624</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fox-Genovese, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Genovese, Eugene D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>824</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Mind of the Master Class tells of America's greatest historical tragedy. It presents the slaveholders as men and women, a great many of whom were intelligent, honorable, and pious. It asks how people who were admirable in so many ways could have presided over a social system that proved itself an enormity and inflicted horrors on their slaves. The South had formidable proslavery intellectuals who participated fully in transatlantic debates and boldly challenged an ascendant capitalist ('free-labor') society. Blending classical and Christian traditions, they forged a moral and political philosophy designed to sustain conservative principles in history, political economy, social theory, and theology, while translating them into political action. Even those who judge their way of life most harshly have much to learn from their probing moral and political reflections on their times - and ours - beginning with the virtues and failings of their own society and culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15624/cover/9780521615624.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161564X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161564X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615648</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Truth Commissions and Procedural Fairness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615648</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freeman, Mark</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>422</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first law book devoted entirely to the subject of truth commissions. The book sets forth standards of procedural fairness aimed at protecting the rights of those who come into contact with truth commissions - primarily victims and their families, witnesses, and perpetrators. The aim of the book is to provide recommended criteria of procedural fairness for five possible components of a truth commission's mandate: the taking of statements, the use of subpoenas, the exercise of powers of search and seizure, the holding of victim-centered public hearings, and the publication of findings of individual responsibility in a final report (sometimes called the issue of 'naming names'). The book draws on the experience of past and present truth commissions, analogous national and multilateral investigative bodies, and international and comparative standards of procedural fairness.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15648/cover/9780521615648.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615941</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615941</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615945</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The First Quarto of Othello</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615945</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shakespeare, William</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McMillin, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DDS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first modernized and edited version of the 1622 Othello. By taking this earliest published version of Othello as a book in its own right, Scott McMillin accounts for the mystery of its thousands of differences from the Folio version by arguing that the Quarto was printed from a theatre script reflecting cuts and actors' interpolations made in the playhouse. McMillin explains that the playhouse script was apparently taken from dictation by a scribe listening to the actors themselves, and thus reveals how Othello was spoken in seventeenth-century performance. This edition, which consists of a detailed introduction, quarto text, select collation and textual notes, is an important book for scholars in Shakespeare and Elizabethan-Jacobean drama, with wide ramifications for other Shakespeare textual studies and for students of early theatre history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15945/cover/9780521615945.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615968</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615968</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615969</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Testament Christological Hymns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Their Historical Religious Background</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615969</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Jack T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>176</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A study of the hymnic and liturgical material in the New Testament which describes Christ's nature and person. Professor Sanders analyzes the hymns in detail and finds in them a common mythological pattern. He traces its origin to a particular and unorthodox branch of Judaism which is itself a branch of the 'wisdom' tradition where the thanksgiving hymn had its home. His conclusions therefore have considerable importance and implications for questions about the origins of Gnosticism and its influence on Christianity. This is the full-scale historical religious study of the New Testament Christological hymns, and English readers will find particularly useful Professor Sanders' critical survey of recent continental scholarship on this and related subjects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15969/cover/9780521615969.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615976</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615976</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>'And The Two Shall Become One Flesh'</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study of Traditions in Ephesians 5: 21-33</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615976</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sampley, J. Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>188</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this detailed exegesis of Ephesians 5: 21-33 Dr Sampley not only elucidates the meaning of this difficult and historically important passage, but he also discusses and describes the background and sources of the Epistle. In particular he traces the history of the traditions incorporated in it and demonstrates convincingly that the writer of Ephesians drew heavily on certain passages in Genesis and Leviticus. Ephesians can be seen as a mosaic of traditions ingeniously arranged and employed to express the new message of the early church. This book should be of interest to all Old and New Testament scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15976/cover/9780521615976.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521615992</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521615992</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521615990</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Meaning of Righteousness in Paul</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Linguistic and Theological Enquiry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521615990</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ziesler, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of a group of terms which have a central importance in the New Testament. It is well known that dikaiosune and its cognates have a wide range of related but separable meanings; their correct interpretation in particular contexts can significantly affect the understanding of Christian concepts of justification, forgiveness and moral regeneration. Dr Ziesler has examined in detail the use of these terms in the New Testament and has provided entensive comparative material from Qumran writings, rabbinical sources and hellenistic Greek. This study will be of interest to all New Testament scholars.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/15990/cover/9780521615990.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616018</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616018</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616010</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>African Polyphony and Polyrhythm</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Musical Structure and Methodology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616010</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arom, Simha</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Thom, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuckett, Barbara</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Boyd, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ligeti, Gyorgy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>700</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this detailed study Simha Arom takes a new and original approach to the understanding of the complex and sophisticated patterns of polyphony and polyrhythm that characterise African music. Considering in particular the harp, sanza, xylophone and percussion music of Central Africa, Simha Arom develops a rigorous method for the analysis of the music and for the recording and deciphering of the many strands of polyphony and polyrhythm. Through a systematic breakdown of the many layers of apparently improvised rhythm he reveals the essential structure which underlies this rich and complex music. Inspired also by linguistic techniques, Professor Arom regards the music very much as a grammatical system.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16010/cover/9780521616010.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616026</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616026</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616027</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Early Years of Radio Astronomy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Reflections Fifty Years after Jansky's Discovery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616027</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sullivan, W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Radio astronomy has revolutionized the course of modern astronomy. Marking the fiftieth anniversary of Jansky's discovery in 1933 of extraterrestrial radio emission, Professor Sullivan asked many of the pioneers in the field to set down their versions of events and the people who made them. Each of the score of contributors seeks to give a good 'feeling' for the times to the great majority of readers who will not have experienced them. Over 150 illustrations, mostly historical photographs of men and machines, enliven the various recollections and reflections. The list of contributors includes many of the key personalities and covers all the major laboratories and countries involved in radio astronomy before 1960. In addition to the radio astronomers themselves, there are contributions from optical astronomers and theorists closely related to the field, as well as historians of twentieth century astronomy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16027/cover/9780521616027.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051006</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616034</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616034</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Geostationary Applications Satellite</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616034</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Berlin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>232</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Berlin offers an in-depth look into all the engineering aspects of geostationary satellite design, construction, and launch. Geostationary satellites have opened new doors for the peaceful use of outer space. From vantage points 22,000 miles above the equator, they permit people anywhere on land, at sea, or in the air to communicate with each other, and they provide meteorologists, geologists, and other scientists with photographs of the earth. This book gives equal emphasis to the explanation of launch vehicles, orbital mechanics, the space environment, spacecraft structures, mechanisms, thermal control, telemetry tracking and command, communications technology, meterological payloads, product assurance and testing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16034/cover/9780521616034.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616042</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616042</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616041</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Algorithmic Information Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616041</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chaitin, Gregory. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Chaitin, the inventor of algorithmic information theory, presents in this book the strongest possible version of G&#246;del's incompleteness theorem, using an information theoretic approach based on the size of computer programs. One half of the book is concerned with studying the halting probability of a universal computer if its program is chosen by tossing a coin. The other half is concerned with encoding the halting probability as an algebraic equation in integers, a so-called exponential diophantine equation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16041/cover/9780521616041.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616050</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616050</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Pauline Churches</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Socio-Historical Study of Institutionalization in the Pauline and Deutrero-Pauline Writings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616058</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>MacDonald, Margaret Y.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The author studies the Pauline corpus in order to trace the process of institutionalisation in the Pauline communities. She claims that development can be traced since we have not only letters from Paul himself, but also the Pastoral epistles from the beginning of the second century, as well as Ephesians and Colossians, writings which are characteristic of the ambiguous period following the disappearance of the earliest authorities. This is the first substantial examination of the Pauline corpus from this angle; it also incorporates effectively insights from the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16058/cover/9780521616058.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>75.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616077</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616077</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616072</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Musical Life of the Crystal Palace</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616072</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Musgrave, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Though it was never designed to accommodate musical performance, the Crystal Palace at Sydenham, opened in 1854, quickly established itself as the most important single location for public music-making in the United Kingdom. For almost fifty years the orchestral concerts and choral festivals provided weekly performances which set new standards and introduced new repertory unparalleled anywhere in its time. Since its spectacular destruction by fire in 1936, the once familiar patterns of music-making have been long forgotten. This is the first book to reconstruct the musical history of the Crystal Palace. In so doing, Michael Musgrave also offers a unique survey of British musical life stretching from the Victorian period to the eve of the Second World War. Fully illustrated and with valuable catalogues of performers and repertoire, the book will be of interest to students and scholars of nineteenth- and twentieth-century music, British social history, and architecture, as well as to the general music enthusiast.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16072/cover/9780521616072.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051228</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616085</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616085</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616089</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Woman's Theatrical Space</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616089</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scolnicov, Hanna</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this book Hanna Scolnicov examines the configuration of the theatrical space as an icon of the problem of woman. Through her historical and comparative study, Scolnicov reveals the changing conventions of the theatrical space as faithful expressions of the changing attitudes to woman and her sexuality. The theatrical space has shifted accordingly from the front of the palace, to the street, the piazza, and then, progressively, into the drawing-room, the kitchen, the bedroom, narrowing down the scope and infringing on the privacy of intimate relations. Some contemporary playwrights have gone further, deconstructing the familiar naturalistic room to form a non-mimetic interior. From this unusual vantage point, Scolnicov looks at plays by a wide range of authors, including, among others, Aeschylus, Aristophanes, Plautus, Shakespeare, Jonson, Moli&#232;re, Ibsen, Chekhov and Pinter, relating them to contemporary pictorial and architectural evidence. The book will be of interest to scholars and students of theatre and theatre history, comparative literature, and women's studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16089/cover/9780521616089.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616093</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616096</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Achille Bocchi and the Emblem Book as Symbolic Form</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616096</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watson, Elizabeth See</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>ACN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Achille Bocchi and the Emblem Book as Symbolic Form is an introductory study of the Symbolicae Quaestiones, published in Bologna in 1555, in which Elizabeth See Watson argues that the context of the Symbolicae Quaestiones reflects the intellectual and cultural currents of the university and the literary academies rather than the hidden heresies of the sixteenth century. In order to make Bocchi's work more accessible to readers, the first part of the book provides a biographical context. The second part explores poetic theory and the symbol in the development of Bocchi's symbols, then examines the rhetorical strategy of paradox and the symbolism of mythology in the way they shape the content of the work. Bocchi fashioned his symbols, each one an emblematic unit of poem, engraving, and motto, from a mix of classical and post-classical myth, symbol, and fable and from allusions to his contemporaries. The iconography of these emblematic units and of the closely related facade design for Bocchi's palazzo, serves as a programmatic statement for Bocchi's interrelated projects.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16096/cover/9780521616096.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616107</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616107</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616102</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Predicate Transformer Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616102</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Manes, Ernest. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A central problem in the design of programming systems is to provide methods for verifying that computer code performs to specification. This book presents a rigorous foundation for defining Boolean categories, in which the relationship between specification and behaviour can be explored. Boolean categories provide a rich interface between program constructs and techniques familiar from algebra, for instance matrix- or ideal-theoretic methods. The book's distinction is that the approach relies on only a single program construct (the first-order theory of categories), the others being derived mathematically from four axioms. Development of these axioms (which are obeyed by an abundance of program paradigms) yields Boolean algebras of 'predicates', loop-free constructs, and a calculus of partial and total correctness which is shown to be the standard one of Hoare, Dijkstra, Pratt, and Kozen. The book is based in part on courses taught by the author, and will appeal to graduate students and researchers in theoretical computer science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16102/cover/9780521616102.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616115</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616115</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616119</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Introduction to Geomagnetically Trapped Radiation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616119</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Walt, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is an introductory textbook on the physical processes occurring in the Earth's radiation belts. The presentation is at the advanced undergraduate or first year graduate level, and it is appropriate for students who intend to work in some aspect of magnetospheric physics. The treatment is quantitative and provides the mathematical basis for original work in this subject. The equations describing the motion of energetic ions and electrons in the geomagnetic field are derived from basic principles, and concepts such as magnetic field representations, guiding centre motion, adiabatic invariance, and particle distribution functions are presented in a detailed and accessible manner. Relevant experimental techniques are reviewed and a summary is given of the intensity and energy spectra of the particle populations in the Earth's radiation belts. Problem sets are included as well as appendices of tables, graphs and frequently used formulas.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16119/cover/9780521616119.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616131</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616131</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616133</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physiological and Clinical Aspects of Short-Chain Fatty Acids</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616133</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cummings, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rombeau, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakata, Takashi</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MFG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first comprehensive volume to look at the importance of short-chain fatty acids in digestion, the function of the large intestine and their role in human health. Short-chain fatty acids are the major product of bacterial fermentation of dietary carbohydrates in the human and animal large intestine. They represent the major end products of digestive processes occurring in the caecum and large intestine. As such, they form an important dietary component and it is increasingly recognised that they may have a significant role in protecting against large bowel cancer and in metabolism. Prepared by an international team of contributors who are at the forefront of this area of research, this volume will be an essential source of reference for gastroenterologists, nutritionists and others active in this area.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16133/cover/9780521616133.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616166</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616166</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616164</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Writing about Money</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Women's Fiction in England, 1790-1820</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616164</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Copeland, Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study addresses a paradox in the lives of women in Jane Austen's time who had no legal access to money yet were held responsible for domestic expenditure. The book translates the fictional money of the novels of Jane Austen's day into the power of contemporary spendable incomes, and from the perspective of what the British pound could buy at the market, the economic lives of women in the novels emerge as part of a general picture of women's economic disability. Through the work of writers such as Austen and Edgeworth, as well as those of magazine fiction, the author examines the professional lives of women authors, their publishers, their profits, and the demands of their reading public. By linking authorship to the economic lives of contemporary women, Women Writing About Money links the fantasy worlds of women's fiction with the social and economic realities of both readers and writers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16164/cover/9780521616164.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041202</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616174</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616174</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Education and Identity in Rural France</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Schooling</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616171</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reed-Danahay, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drawing on an ethnographic study of a remote farming community in the Auvergne, Dr Reed-Danahay challenges conventional views about the operation of the French school system. She demonstrates how parents and children subvert and resist the ideological messages of the teachers, and describes the ways in which a sense of local difference is sustained and valued, through a complex interplay of schooling and family life. This book explores the role played by history, identity, and power in local responses to a national institution. A significant contribution to the anthropology of education, this book offers fresh insights into the ways in which French culture is transmitted to the coming generation. Dr Reed-Danahay also provides lucid and critical discussions of sociological theories on education, including those of Bourdieu.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616204</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616204</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616201</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Pontius Pilate in History and Interpretation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616201</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bond, Helen K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study reconstructs the historical Pontius Pilate and looks at the way in which he is used as a literary character in the works of six first century authors: Philo, Josephus and the four evangelists. The first chapter provides an introduction to the history and formation of the imperial Roman province of Judaea. The following two chapters examine the references to Pilate in Philo and Josephus, looking at each author's biases before going on to assess the historicity of their accounts. The next four chapters look at the portrayal of Pilate in each gospel, asking how a first century reader would have interpreted his actions. Each chapter asks what this portrayal shows about the author's attitude towards the Roman state, and what kind of community found this useful. The conclusion distinguishes between the 'historical Pilate' and the different 'Pilate of interpretation' preserved in our first century literary sources.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050216</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616212</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616212</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616218</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The American Language of Rights</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616218</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Primus, Richard A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard A. Primus examines three crucial periods in American history (the late eighteenth century, the civil war and the 1950s and 1960s) in order to demonstrate how the conceptions of rights prevailing at each of these times grew out of reactions to contemporary social and political crises. His innovative approach sees rights language as grounded more in opposition to concrete social and political practices, than in the universalistic paradigms presented by many political philosophers. This study demonstrates the potency of the language of rights throughout American history, and looks for the first time at the impact of modern totalitarianism (in Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union) on American conceptions of rights. The American Language of Rights is a major contribution to contemporary political theory, of interest to scholars and students in politics and government, constitutional law, and American history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16218/cover/9780521616218.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616247</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616249</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Troubled Pregnancy</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Legal Wrongs and Rights in Reproduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616249</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mason, J. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mason looks at the legal response to those aspects of the troubled pregnancy which require or involve medico-legal intervention. The unwanted pregnancy is considered particularly in the light of the Abortion Act 1967, s.1(1)(d) and the related action for so-called wrongful birth due to faulty ante-natal care. The unexpected or uncovenanted birth of a healthy child resulting from failed sterilisation is approached through an analysis of the seminal case of McFarlane and associated cases involving disability in either the neonate or the mother. The disabled neonate's right to sue for its diminished life is discussed and the legal approach to the management of severe congenital disease is analysed - thus following Baroness Hale in believing that care of the newborn is an integral part of pregnancy. Aspects are considered from historical and comparative perspectives, including coverage of experience in the USA, the Commonwealth and Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16249/cover/9780521616249.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070910</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>65.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161628X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161628X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contagion and the State in Europe, 1830-1930</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616287</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Baldwin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>596</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a groundbreaking study of the historical reasons for the divergence in public health policies adopted in Britain, France, Germany and Sweden, and the spectrum of responses to the threat of contagious diseases such as cholera, smallpox and syphilis. In particular the book examines the link between politics and prevention. Did the varying political regimes influence the styles of precaution adopted? Or was it, as Peter Baldwin argues, a matter of more basic differences between nations, above all their geographic placement in the epidemiological trajectory of contagion, that helped shape their responses and their basic assumptions about the respective claims of the sick and of society, and fundamental political decisions for and against different styles of statutory intervention? Thus the book seeks to use medical history to illuminate broader questions of the development of statutory intervention and the comparative and divergent evolution of the modern state in Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16287/cover/9780521616287.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616301</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Union and Empire</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Making of the United Kingdom in 1707</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616300</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macinnes, Allan I.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The making of the United Kingdom in 1707 is still a matter of significant political and historical controversy. Allan Macinnes here offers a major new interpretation that sets the Act of Union within a broad European and colonial context and provides a comprehensive picture of its transatlantic and transoceanic ramifications that ranged from the balance of power to the balance of trade.  He reexamines English motivations from a colonial as well as a military perspective and assesses the imperial significance of the creation of the United Kingdom.  He also explores afresh the commitment of some determined Scots to secure Union for political, religious and opportunist reasons and shows that rather than an act of statesmanship, the resultant Treaty of Union was the outcome of politically inept negotiations by the Scots. Union and Empire will be a major contribution to the history of Britain, empire and early modern state formation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16300/cover/9780521616300.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616409</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616409</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Moral Significance of Class</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616409</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sayer, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Moral Significance of Class analyses the moral aspects of people's experience of class inequalities. Class affects not only our material wealth but our access to things, relationships, and practices which we have reason to value, including the esteem or respect of others and hence our sense of self-worth. It shapes the kind of people we become and our chances of living a fulfilling life. Yet contemporary culture is increasingly 'in denial' about class, finding it embarrassing to acknowledge, even though it can often be blatantly obvious. By drawing upon concepts from moral philosophy and social theory and applying them to empirical studies of class, this fascinating and accessible study shows how people are valued in a context in which their life-chances and achievements are objectively affected by the lottery of birth class, and by forces which have little to do with their moral qualities or other merits.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16409/cover/9780521616409.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161645X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161645X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616454</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Discovery of Islands</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616454</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pocock, J. G. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Discovery of Islands consists of a series of linked essays in British history, written by one of the world's leading historians of political thought and published over the past three decades. Its purpose is to present British history as that of several nations interacting with  - and sometimes seceding from - an imperial state. The commentary presents this history as that of an archipelago, expanding across oceans to the Antipodes. Both New Zealand history and the author's New Zealand heritage inform this vision, presenting British history as oceanic and global, complementing (and occasionally criticising) the presentation of that history as European. Professor Pocock's interpretation of British history has been hugely influential in recent years, making The Discovery of Islands a resource of immense value for historians of Britain and the world.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16454/cover/9780521616454.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616514</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616515</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Socratic Epistemology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Explorations of Knowledge-Seeking by Questioning</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616515</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hintikka, Jaakko</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Most current work in epistemology deals with the evaluation and justification of information already acquired. In this book, Jaakko Hintikka instead discusses the more important problem of how knowledge is acquired in the first place. His model of information-seeking is the old Socratic method of questioning, which has been generalized and brought up-to-date through the logical theory of questions and answers that he has developed. Hintikka also argues that philosophers' quest for a definition of knowledge is ill-conceived and that the entire notion of knowledge should be replaced by the concept of information. He offers an analysis of the different meanings of the concept of information and of their interrelations. The result is a new and illuminating approach to the field of epistemology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16515/cover/9780521616515.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616549</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616549</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616546</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Policing Gangs in America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616546</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Katz, Charles M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Webb, Vincent J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JKV</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Policing Gangs in America describes the assumptions, issues, problems, and events that characterize, shape, and define the police response to gangs in America today. The focus of the book is on the gang unit officers themselves and the environment in which they work. A discussion of research, statistical facts, theory, and policy with regard to gangs, gang members, and gang activity is used as a backdrop. The book is broadly focused on describing how gang units respond to community gang problems, and answers such questions as: Why do police agencies organize their responses to gangs in certain ways? Who are the people who elect to police gangs? How do they make sense of gang members - individuals who spark fear in most citizens? What are their jobs really like? What characterizes their working environment? How do their responses to the gang problem fit with other policing strategies, such as community policing?</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16546/cover/9780521616546.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616581</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616584</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Consultations in Dermatology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies of Orphan and Unique Patients</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616584</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shelley, Walter B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shelley, E. Dorinda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a handbook on dermatologic differential diagnosis and clinical management, focusing on sixty-two challenging and vexing clinical cases that the Shelleys have encountered in over fifty years of patient practice in dermatology. The management problems of these extremely perplexing cases go far beyond evidence-based medicine. Each case is presented as a well-written vignette, told in a case-study tone. The authors first present the background of each case in a concise, thorough, manner including all the important clinical details, including tests and results. The authors then reveal the process involved in the diagnosis and the therapy involved. Finally, they include a section called 'Questions for the Doctor', which suggests relevant questions that the doctor should be pondering in each case. This is the perfect book for residents preparing for their boards.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16584/cover/9780521616584.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616603</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616603</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616607</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Understanding the Divorce Cycle</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Children of Divorce in their Own Marriages</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616607</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfinger, Nicholas H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Growing up in a divorced family leads to a variety of difficulties for adult offspring in their own partnerships. One of the best known and most powerful is the divorce cycle, the transmission of divorce from one generation to the next. This book examines how the divorce cycle has transformed family life in contemporary America by drawing on two national data sets. Compared to people from intact families, the children of divorce are more likely to marry as teenagers, but less likely to wed overall, more likely to marry people from divorced families, more likely to dissolve second and third marriages, and less likely to marry their live-in partners. Yet some of the adverse consequences of parental divorce have abated even as divorce itself proliferated and became more socially accepted. Taken together, these findings show how parental divorce is a strong force in people's lives and society as a whole.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16607/cover/9780521616607.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050927</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616700</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616700</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616706</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Hellenistic Philosophy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616706</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Algra, Keimpe</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansfeld, Jaap</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schofield, Malcolm</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>938</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A full account of the philosophy of the Greek and Roman worlds from the last days of Aristotle (c. 320 BC) until 100 BC. Hellenistic philosophy, for long relatively neglected and unappreciated, has over the last decade been the object of a considerable amount of scholarly attention. Now available in paperback, this volume is the first general reference work to pull the subject together and present an overview. The time has come for a general reference work which pulls the subject together and presents an overview. The History is organised by subject, rather than chronologically or by philosophical school, with sections on logic, epistemology, physics and metaphysics, ethics and politics. It has been written by specialists but is intended to be a source of reference for any student of ancient philosophy, for students of classical antiquity and for students of the philosophy of later periods. Greek and Latin are used sparingly and always translated in the main text.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16706/cover/9780521616706.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616778</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616778</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Transnational Activism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616775</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tarrow, Sidney</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The New Transnational Activism shows how even the most prosaic activities can assume broader political meanings when they provide ordinary people with the experience of crossing transnational space. This means that we cannot be satisfied with defining transnational activists through the ways they think. The defining feature of transnationalism in this book is relational, and not cognitive. This emphasis on activism's relational structure means that even as they make transnational claims, transnational activists draw on the resources, the networks, and the opportunities in which they are embedded, and only then - if at all - on more distant transnational links. But we can no more sharply draw a line between domestic and international politics in studying transnational activism than we could ignore local politics in studying its national equivalent. Understanding the processes that link the local, the national and the international is the major undertaking of the book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16775/cover/9780521616775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051129</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>31.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616913</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616911</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Race and Policing in America</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conflict and Reform</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616911</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Weitzer, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Tuch, Steven A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Race and Policing in America is about relations between police and citizens, with a focus on racial differences. It utilizes both the authors' own research and other studies to examine Americans' opinions, preferences, and personal experiences regarding the police. Guided by group-position theory and using both existing studies and the authors' own quantitative and qualitative data (from a nationally representative survey of whites, blacks, and Hispanics), this book examines the roles of personal experience, knowledge of others' experiences (vicarious experience), mass media reporting on the police, and neighborhood conditions (including crime and socioeconomic disadvantage) in structuring citizen views in four major areas: overall satisfaction with police in one's city and neighborhood, perceptions of several types of police misconduct, perceptions of police racial bias and discrimination, and evaluations of and support for a large number of reforms in policing.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16911/cover/9780521616911.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616921</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616921</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Passion Narrative of St Luke</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical and Historical Investigation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616928</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Vincent</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Evans, Owen E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>164</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the last of the late Vincent Taylor's many notable contributions to NT scholarship and in particular to the controversy about the sources of St Luke's gospel. Taylor defends and develops the arguments in favour of a non-Markan basis for Luke which he first presented in 1926 in Behind the Third Gospel. He answers critics of that book by a detailed study of the Passion Narrative and concludes that St Luke used, in this part of his gospel at least, a special source, an authority which was as old as Mark but independent of it and which preserved accounts of the death and resurrection of Jesus given by the first Christians. The work has been edited and prepared for publication by a former pupil of Vincent Taylor's, the Rev. Owen E. Evans. It should interest all specialists in NT studies as the last research of a distinguished scholar on a problem of continuing importance.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16928/cover/9780521616928.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616948</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616948</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616942</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Shakespeare's Styles</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Kenneth Muir</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616942</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Edwards, Philip</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ewbank, Inga-Stina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, G. K.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although Shakespeare is acknowledged to be one of the greatest masters of language the world has known, there are very few books among the thousands devoted to his work which attempt to deal directly with how he uses language. No single book could deal with the 'infinite variety' of tone, diction, imagery, rhythm, and so on which together make up Shakespeare's different styles. But the editors of this book asked a number of distinguished Shakespearian scholars to give an account of what seemed to him or her some particularly interesting and important feature of Shakespeare's use of language. Using a quotation from Shakespeare as a starting point, some authors have focussed their discussion on individual plays; others have ranged more widely under general headings, such as bombast, rhetoric or paradox. The cumulative effect will enable readers, students and theatre-goers to come to a greater awareness of the richness and subtlety of 'Shakespeare's styles'. The three editors are senior Shakespeare critics and scholars and they have all been close associates of Professor Kenneth Muir. It was to honour the life-long devotion of Kenneth Muir to the study of Shakespeare, and to pay a tribute to the inspiration and help which he has given to those who have worked with him, that his new book was devised.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16942/cover/9780521616942.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050118</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616956</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616959</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Gabriel Faur&#233;</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Musical Life</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616959</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nectoux, Jean-Michel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Roger</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>676</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Jean-Michel Nectoux's important new biography of Gabriel Faur&#233; is the most comprehensive study yet of this central figure of fin de siecle France. It traces the composer's life and the rich cultural milieu in which he lived and worked: the world also of Saint-Saens, Flaubert, Verlaine, Ravel, Debussy and Proust. A large part of the book considers Faure's music, with particular emphasis on his adjustment to the musical language of the twentieth century and the formation of his late style. Works in all genres are discussed in detail. The book is the fruit of over twenty years' research by Nectoux, the foremost authority on Gabriel Faur&#233;. He has read more than 5000 previously unpublished letters and has unearthed more than 120 musical manuscripts in the process of writing this definitive study. The text is richly illustrated with rare photographs from Faur&#233;'s lifetime and contains an extended chronology of the composer's life, a complete chronological listing of all his own works and a detailed bibliography.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16959/cover/9780521616959.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050404</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616964</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616964</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616966</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Atmospheric Dynamics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616966</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Green, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHVJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In his book, John Green presents a unique personal insight into the fundamentals of fluid mechanics and atmospheric dynamics. Generations of students have benefited from his lectures, and this book, many years in the making, is the result of his wide teaching and research experience. The theory of fluid flow has developed to such an extent that very complex mathematics and models are currently used to describe it, but many of the fundamental results follow from relatively simple considerations: these classic principles are derived here in a novel, distinctive, and at times even idiosyncratic, way. The book is an introduction to fluid mechanics in the atmosphere for students and researchers that are already familiar with the subject, but who wish to extend their knowledge and philosophy beyond the currently popular development of conventional undergraduate instruction.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16966/cover/9780521616966.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521616999</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521616999</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521616997</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Aircraft Noise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521616997</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Michael J. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TRP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Aircraft Noise traces the origins of this problem to the introduction of the jet engine into the airline fleet in the late 1950s and describes the legal restrictions now placed on the industry. It explains the derivation of the special noise units and assessment scales now used around the world; noise exposure modeling and forecasting; the major sources of aircraft noise and their control; and noise measurement and prediction, including contours. Finally, it offers a forecast for the future and recommends changes to the established legal structures to aid control of the problem into the next century. In addition to reviewing the sociological aspects, Smith offers a broad understanding of the problem of aircraft noise and its control. The book should appeal to a variety of people including professional engineers, local and national government officers, the air transport business community, lawyers, students, community leaders and those who live near airports.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/16997/cover/9780521616997.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617006</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617006</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617000</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Bible as Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617000</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>It is regarded as a truism that the King James Bible is one of the finest pieces of English prose. Yet few people are aware that the King James Bible was generally scorned or ignored as English writing for a century and a half after its publication. The reputation of this Bible is the central, most fascinating, element in a larger history, that of literary ideas of the Bible as they have come into and developed in English culture; and the first volume of David Norton's magisterial two-volume work surveys and analyses a comprehensive range of these ideas from biblical times to the end of the seventeenth century, providing a unique view of the Bible and translation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17000/cover/9780521617000.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617014</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617017</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A History of the Bible as Literature</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617017</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Norton, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Early-eighteenth-century literary critics thought the King James Bible had 'all the disadvantages of an old prose translation'. But from the 1760s on criticism became increasingly favourable. In the nineteenth century it welled into a chorus of praise for 'the noblest monument of English prose'. This volume, the second of a two-volume work, traces how that reversal of opinion came about and helped to shape the making and reception of modern translations such as the Revised Version and the New English Bible. At the same time the story of the development of modern literary discussion of the Bible in general is told. From the Augustan discovery of Longinus' comments on Genesis through such major figures as Robert Louth to modern critics such as Frank Kermode and Robert Alter, this story reveals a fascinating world of original insights and repetitions of received opinions. It shows not only how criticism has shaped understanding of the Bible, but how the Bible has shaped literary criticism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17017/cover/9780521617017.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050816</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617030</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617030</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617031</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cultural Landscape</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Past, Present and Future</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617031</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birks, Hilary H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birks, H. J. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kaland, Peter Emil</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Moe, Dagfinn</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>540</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cultural Landscape - Past, Present and Future considers different aspects of man's intervention with natural vegetation and the landscape resulting from a long equilibrium of co-existence. These landscapes are not stable, and the recent and ever accelerating changes in technology and life-style have increasingly affected many ancient landscapes, as old land-use practices are abandoned and traditions forgotten. The papers in this book describe and trace the development of cultural landscapes in different climatic and biogeographical regions in Europe. Remnants of traditional land-use still remaining are described, particularly from Western Norway, where traditions have lingered because the rugged topography of the region is inimicable to high-technology. Each chapter is by an expert in the field. The topics cover the documentation of present cultural landscapes, their maintenance and restoration, and the history of the development of cultural landscapes from the Stone Age onwards, linking the intensity of landscape utilization with population dynamics and technological attainments. The disciplines involved include vegetation science, vegetation history, ecology, palaeoecology, archaeology, sociology, geography and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17031/cover/9780521617031.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617057</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617057</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Paul: Crisis in Galatia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Study in Early Christian Theology</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howard, George</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>152</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the second edition of a work which first appeared in 1979. The first edition gave an interpretation of Paul's Letters to the Galatians which proceeded along the following lines: firstly, Paul's opponents at Galatia were Jewish Christians who believed that Gentiles had to accept the Law in order to be saved; secondly, that Paul first revealed his noncircumcision gospel to James, Cephas and John at the Jerusalem Conference; thirdly, Paul's view of justification by faith was seen in terms of Christ keeping faith with Abraham's promise that all nations would be blessed; and fourthly, that Paul considered Torah as binding upon Jewish Christians, but not upon Gentiles.   In his second edition, the author brings the discussion into line with his present thinking, and proposes a more nuanced view of the Galatian opponents. These, he feels, did not all share the same opinions, although they were Jewish Christians. The chief discrepancy in their views consisted in the fact that some believed all Gentiles would be saved at the present time if they kept the Law, while others thought the Gentiles would be saved, rather, at the dawn of the age to come.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17055/cover/9780521617055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>46.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617073</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617073</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Organ in Western Culture, 750-1250</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How did the organ become a church instrument? How did it develop from an outdoor, Mediterranean noisemaker to an instrument which has become the embodiment of Western music and responsible for many of that music's characteristics? In this fascinating investigation, Peter Williams speculates on these questions and suggests some likely answers. He considers where the organ was placed and why; what the instrument was like in 800, 1000, 1200 and 1400; what music was played, and how. He re-examines the known references before 1300, covering such areas as the history of technology, music theory, art history, architecture, and church and political history. Central to the story he uncovers is the liveliness of European monasticism around 1000 AD and the ability and imagination of the Benedictine reformers. Professor Williams's approach is new in both tactics and strategy, giving an interdisciplinary idea of musical development relevant to those both in and out of music.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17079/cover/9780521617079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050614</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617081</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617081</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617086</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Foreign Shakespeare</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary Performance</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617086</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kennedy, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Shakespeare has long been considered the pre-eminent poet and dramatist of the English-speaking world. But although he is the most frequently performed playwright in the world, little attention has been paid to theatrical production of his plays outside the English language. This is the first collection to offer a considered account of contemporary Shakespeare performance in non-English-speaking theatres. Most of the essays focus on Europe, some on Asia. They investigate text and translation theory, the significance of the visual, acting, directing and audience culture, intercultural performance, political appropriation and dissent. Dennis Kennedy introduces the topic within the context of postwar performance, and his Afterword challenges Anglocentric standards of Shakespeare interpretation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17086/cover/9780521617086.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050127</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617103</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617103</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617109</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Physics and Probability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honor of Edwin T. Jaynes</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617109</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grandy, Jr, W. T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Milonni, P. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The pioneering work of Edwin T. Jaynes in the field of statistical physics, quantum optics, and probability theory has had a significant and lasting effect on the study of many physical problems, ranging from fundamental theoretical questions through to practical applications such as optical image restoration. Physics and Probability is a collection of papers in these areas by some of his many colleagues and former students, based largely on lectures given at a symposium celebrating Jaynes' contributions, on the occasion of his seventieth birthday and retirement as Wayman Crow Professor of Physics at Washington University. The collection contains several authoritative overviews of current research on maximum entropy and quantum optics, where Jaynes' work has been particularly influential, as well as reports on a number of related topics. In the concluding paper, Jaynes looks back over his career, and gives encouragement and sound advice to young scientists. All those engaged in research on any of the topics discussed in these papers will find this a useful and fascinating collection, and a fitting tribute to an outstanding and innovative scientist.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17109/cover/9780521617109.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050222</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161712X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161712X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Defining the Common Good</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Empire, Religion and Philosophy in Eighteenth-Century Britain</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Peter N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFCX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The theme of this book is the crisis of the early modern state in eighteenth-century Britain. The revolt of the North American colonies and the simultaneous demand for wider religious toleration at home challenged the principles of sovereignty and obligation that underpinned arguments about the character of the state. These were expressed in terms of the 'common good', 'necessity', and 'community' - concepts that came to the fore in early modern European political thought and which gave expression to the problem of defining legitimate authority in a period of increasing consciousness of state power. The Americans and their British supporters argued that individuals ought to determine the common good of the community. A new theory of representation and freedom of thought defines the cutting edge of this revolutionary redefinition of the basic relationship between individual and community.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17123/cover/9780521617123.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041230</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617146</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617146</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Comparative Physiology of the Vertebrate Digestive System</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stevens, C. Edward</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hume, Ian D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSVD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is useful for anyone interested in the basic structural and functional characteristics of the digestive system and how these vary among vertebrate groups and species. It discusses all of the major aspects of nutrition, anatomy and physiology in all of the major groups of vertebrates. It contains numerous figures and tables to aid in their comparison, including many illustrations of gastrointestinal tracts of vertebrates prepared so as to allow for direct comparison. The terminology of scientific specialties and sub-specialties is defined and animals are referred to by both their common and scientific names. Relationships between digestive strategies and the diet and environment are discussed throughout the text, and brought together in a chapter on the evolution of the digestive system. The final chapter offers a brief summary of the major concepts and suggests future directions for research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17147/cover/9780521617147.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617189</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617185</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Science, Technology and Medicine in Colonial India</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617185</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arnold, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Interest in the science, technology and medicine of India under British rule has grown in recent years and has played an ever-increasing part in the reinterpretation of modern South Asian history. Spanning the period from the establishment of East India Company rule through to Independence, David Arnold's wide-ranging and analytical survey demonstrates the importance of examining the role of science, technology and medicine in conjunction with the development of the British engagement in India and in the formation of Indian responses to western intervention. One of the first works to analyse the colonial era as a whole from the perspective of science, the book investigates the relationship between Indian and western science, the nature of science, technology and medicine under the Company, the creation of state-scientific services, 'imperial science' and the rise of an Indian scientific community, the impact of scientific and medical research and the dilemmas of nationalist science.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17185/cover/9780521617185.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050103</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617227</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617227</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617222</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>World Water Resources at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617222</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shiklomanov, I. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rodda, John C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>452</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBKF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume provides a modern assessment of the state of the world's water resources. It collects in one place a huge amount of data. A uniform methodological approach for each continent is then built upon to analyse the dynamics of water resources, water use and water availability for the Earth as a whole, and for all natural-economic regions and selected countries, as well as river water inflow to the World Ocean. A dependence of water resources and water use upon climate factors and socio-economic conditions is demonstrated. Regions of water stress and deficit are highlighted, and a great increase of such regions in the future is forecast if present trends towards water use remain. The effect of anthropogenic climate change on water resources and water needs is also considered. This volume will prove to be an invaluable resource for all researchers and policy-makers involved in water resource issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17222/cover/9780521617222.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20041229</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617243</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617243</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Economic Implications of Aging Societies</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Costs of Living Happily Ever After</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Nyce, Steven A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schieber, Sylvester J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The world is getting older and no one knows exactly what life will be like in tomorrow's older societies. But we do know that age dependency ratios - the ratio of retirees to workers - will be much higher than we see today. The implications of this trend are plain. The combined effects of fewer workers, more retirees and longer retirement periods threaten not only the sustainability of pension systems but also the broader economic prospects of many developed countries. This book describes current trends in birth rates, longevity and labor force participation and productivity, the cross-border flow of capital, the globalization of labor markets, the financial viability of social insurance programs, and the ways economic output is shared between working-age and retiree populations. Our most effective solution will likely be a multifaceted one: more workers, longer careers, higher productivity, and more global exchange and cooperation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17246/cover/9780521617246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617367</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory of Personality</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Corr, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>556</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JMS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>One of the major neuropsychological models of personality, developed by world-renowned psychologist Professor Jeffrey Gray, is based upon individual differences in reactions to punishing and rewarding stimuli. This biological theory of personality - now widely known as 'Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory' (RST) - has had a major influence on motivation, emotion and psychopathology research. In 2000, RST was substantially revised by Jeffrey Gray, together with Neil McNaughton, and this revised theory proposed three principal motivation/emotion systems: the 'Fight-Flight-Freeze System' (FFFS), the 'Behavioural Approach System' (BAS) and the 'Behavioural Inhibition System' (BIS). This is the first book to summarise the Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory of personality and bring together leading researchers in the field. It summarizes all of the pre-2000 RST research findings, explains and elaborates the implications of the 2000 theory for personality psychology and lays out the future research agenda for RST.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17369/cover/9780521617369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080410</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>82.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617391</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617390</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Learning with Animation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Research Implications for Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617390</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lowe, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schnotz, Wolfgang</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>402</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The use of animations has recently become very common in multimedia teaching and learning.  Animations are assumed to increase interest and motivation, to direct attention, to illustrate procedures, and to explain how things work. Recent research shows that the educational effectiveness of animations depends on how their characteristics interact with the psychological functioning of the learner. This is the first comprehensive treatment of learning with educational animation, based on research of internationally recognized experts. The authors clarify and integrate the major themes of current research into learning with animation, exploring requirements for the principled design of learning resources that incorporate animation. Such materials can only be successful if their design reflects principles governing how learners develop understandings when they work with animations. The overarching goal of the book is therefore to improve the way educational animations are designed and used within a variety of learning contexts.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17390/cover/9780521617390.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080226</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617448</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617448</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617444</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Backbone of History</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Health and Nutrition in the Western Hemisphere</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617444</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Steckel, Richard H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rose, Jerome C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>654</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>For the same reasons that explorers of the early twentieth century strove to reach the poles, and their modern counterparts journey to outer space, most people want to visualize the contours of the human experience - the peaks of adaptive success that led to the expansion of civilization, and the troughs in which human presence ebbed. The Backbone of History defines the emerging field of macrobioarchaeology by gathering skeletal evidence on seven basic indicators of health to assess chronic conditions that affected individuals who lived in the Western Hemisphere from 5000 BC to the late nineteenth century. Signs of biological stress in childhood and of degeneration in joints and in teeth increased in the several millennia before the arrival of Columbus as populations moved into less healthy ecological environments. Thus, pre-Colombian Native Americans were among the healthiest and the least healthy groups to live in the Western Hemisphere before the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17444/cover/9780521617444.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050711</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617472</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617472</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spatial Models of Parliamentary Voting</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617475</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Poole, Keith T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book presents a simple geometric model of voting as a tool to analyze parliamentary roll call data. Each legislator is represented by one point and each roll call is represented by two points that correspond to the policy consequences of voting Yea or Nay. On every roll call each legislator votes for the closer outcome point, at least probabilistically. These points form a spatial map that summarizes the roll calls. In this sense a spatial map is much like a road map because it visually depicts the political world of a legislature. The closeness of two legislators on the map shows how similar their voting records are, and the distribution of legislators shows what the dimensions are. These maps can be used to study a wide variety of topics including how political parties evolve over time, the existence of sophisticated voting and how an executive influences legislative outcomes.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17475/cover/9780521617475.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050804</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617537</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617536</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Law in the United States</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617536</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>von Mehren, Arthur T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Peter L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Law in the United States, Second Edition, is a concise presentation of the salient elements of the American legal system designed mainly for jurists of civil law backgrounds. It focuses on features of American law likely to be least familiar to jurists from other legal traditions, such as American common law, the federal structure of the U.S. legal system, and the American constitutional tradition. The use of comparative law technique permits foreign jurists to appreciate the American legal system in comparison with legal systems with which they are already familiar. Chapters in the second edition also cover such topics as American civil justice, criminal law, jury trial, choice of laws and international jurisdiction, the American legal profession, and the influence of American law in the global legal order.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17536/cover/9780521617536.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070319</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617561</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617561</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Stage Fright, Animals, and Other Theatrical Problems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Ridout, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>206</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why do actors get stage fright? What is so embarrassing about joining in? Why not work with animals and children, and why is it so hard not to collapse into helpless laughter when things go wrong? In trying to answer these questions - usually ignored by theatre scholarship but of enduring interest to theatre professionals and audiences alike - Nicholas Ridout attempts to explain the relationship between these apparently unwanted and anomalous phenomena and the wider social and political meanings of the modern theatre. The book focuses on the theatrical encounter - those events in which actor and audience come face to face in a strangely compromised and alienated intimacy - arguing that the modern theatre has become a place where we entertain ourselves by experimenting with our feelings about work, social relations and about feelings themselves.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17567/cover/9780521617567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060817</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161760X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161760X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Adaptation Policy Frameworks for Climate Change</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Developing Strategies, Policies and Measures</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lim, Bo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spanger-Siegfried, Erika</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Burton, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Malone, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Huq, Saleemul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Adaptation is a process by which individuals, communities and countries seek to cope with the consequences of climate change. The process of adaptation is not new; the idea of incorporating future climate risk into policy-making is. While our understanding of climate change and its potential impacts has become clearer, the availability of practical guidance on adaptation has not kept pace. The development of the Adaptation Policy Framework (APF) is intended to help provide the rapidly evolving process of adaptation policy-making with a much-needed roadmap. Ultimately, the purpose of the APF is to support adaptation processes to protect - and enhance - human well-being in the face of climate change. This volume will be invaluable for everyone working on climate change adaptation and policy-making.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17604/cover/9780521617604.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617618</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617618</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Public Accountability</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Designs, Dilemmas and Experiences</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dowdle, Michael W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>474</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>There is an ongoing perception that public accountability in modern-day governance is in 'crisis', caused by globalization and the increasing power of private economic interests. This book responds to that idea, providing the most comprehensive survey to date of how different organizations hold persons acting in the public interest to account, and the various problems they face. The book shows how key issues, such as public-mindedness, democracy and responsibility, and structures, such as bureaucracy, markets and transparency, adopt radically different and sometimes contradictory interpretations when viewed from different experiential perspectives. It also demonstrates how underlying all this are core communities of experiences that bind these diverse interpretations and perspectives into a complex web of mutual interaction and influence. The book includes studies not only of Anglo-American experiences, but also of the experiences of foreign and transnational organizations: NGOs, transnational resistance movements, the Indonesian labor movement, and the Chinese Parliament.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17611/cover/9780521617611.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617642</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617642</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>State Feminism and Political Representation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617642</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lovenduski, Joni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>How can women maximise their political influence? Does state feminism enhance the political representation of women? Should feminism be established in state institutions to treat women's concerns? Written by experts in the field, this book uses an innovative model of political influence to construct answers to these and other questions in the long-running debate over the political representation of women. The book assesses how states respond to women's demands for political representation both in terms of their inclusion as actors and the consideration of their interests in the decision making process. Debates on the issue vary from country to country, depending on institutional structures, women's movements, and other factors, and this book offers the first comparative account of the subject. The authors analyse eleven democracies in Europe and North America and present comprehensive research from the 1960s to the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17642/cover/9780521617642.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617650</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617650</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Living Islam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Muslim Religious Experience in Pakistan's North-West Frontier</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marsden, Magnus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Popular representations of Pakistan's North West Frontier have long featured simplistic images of tribal blood feuds, fanatical religion, and the seclusion of women. The rise to power of the radical Taliban regime in neighbouring Afghanistan enhanced the region's reputation as a place of anti-Western militancy. Magnus Marsden is an anthropologist who has immersed himself in the lives of the Frontier's villagers for more than ten years. His evocative study of the Chitral region challenges all these stereotypes. Through an exploration of the everyday experiences of both men and women, he shows that the life of a good Muslim in Chitral is above all a mindful life, enhanced by the creative force of poetry, dancing and critical debate. Challenging much that has been assumed about the Muslim world, this study makes a powerful contribution to the understanding of religion and politics both within and beyond the Muslim societies of southern Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17659/cover/9780521617659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>56.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617677</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Personal Identity</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Ellen Frankel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Miller, Jr, Fred D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Paul, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is a person? What makes me the same person today that I was yesterday or will be tomorrow? Philosophers have long pondered these questions. In Plato's Symposium, Socrates observed that all of us are constantly undergoing change: we experience physical changes to our bodies, as well as changes in our 'manners, customs, opinions, desires, pleasures, pains, [and] fears'. Aristotle theorized that there must be some underlying 'substratum' that remains the same even as we undergo these changes. John Locke rejected Aristotle's view and reformulated the problem of personal identity in his own way: is a person a physical organism that persists through time, or is a person identified by the persistence of psychological states, by memory? These essays - written by prominent philosophers and legal and economic theorists - offer valuable insights into the nature of personal identity and its implications for morality and public policy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051011</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617782</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617782</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Impacts of a Warming Arctic - Arctic Climate Impact Assessment</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Arctic Climate Impact Assessment</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>144</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Arctic is now experiencing some of the most rapid and severe climate change on earth. Over the next 100 years, climate change is expected to accelerate, contributing to major physical, ecological, social, and economic changes, many of which have already begun. Changes in arctic climate will also affect the rest of the world through increased global warming and rising sea levels. Impacts of a Warming Arctic is a plain language synthesis of the key findings of the Arctic Climate Impact Assessment (ACIA), designed to be accessible to policymakers and the broader public. The ACIA is a comprehensively researched, fully referenced, and independently reviewed evaluation of arctic climate change. It has involved an international effort by hundreds of scientists.  This report provides vital information to society as it contemplates its responses to one of the greatest challenges of our time. It is illustrated in full color throughout.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17789/cover/9780521617789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617790</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617790</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Anthropology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Critical Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morris, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important textbook provides a critical introduction to the social anthropology of religion, focusing on more recent classical ethnographies. Comprehensive, free of scholastic jargon, engaging, and comparative in approach, it covers all the major religious traditions that have been studied concretely by anthropologists - Shamanism, Buddhism, Islam, Hinduism, Christianity and its relation to African and Melanesian religions and contemporary Neopaganism. Eschewing a thematic approach and treating religion as a social institution and not simply as an ideology or symbolic system, the book follows the dual heritage of social anthropology in combining an interpretative understanding and sociological analysis. The book will appeal to all students of anthropology, whether established scholars or initiates to the discipline, as well as to students of the social sciences and religious studies, and for all those interested in comparative religion.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17796/cover/9780521617796.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617804</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617804</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617802</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Social Life of Money in the English Past</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617802</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Valenze, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In an age when authoritative definitions of currency were in flux and small change was scarce, money enjoyed a rich and complex social life. Deborah Valenze shows how money became involved in relations between people in ways that moved beyond what we understand as its purely economic functions. This highly original investigation covers the formative period of commercial and financial development in England between 1630 and 1800. In a series of interwoven essays, Valenze examines religious prohibitions related to avarice, early theories of political economy and exchange practices of the Atlantic economy. In applying monetary measurements to women, servants, colonial migrants, and local vagrants, this era was distinctive in its willingness to blur boundaries between people and things. Lucid and highly readable, the book revises the way we see the advance of commercial society at the threshold of modern capitalism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17802/cover/9780521617802.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617812</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617812</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617819</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Religion and Politics in the International System Today</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617819</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Eric O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book proposes a post-Cold War paradigm based on the interaction between the contemporary globalization of the political, economic, military, and communication systems and the increasing role of religion in influencing global politics. Rapid technological advances constantly recast politics, economics, armed conflict, and the media. These four systems are thus becoming not just more international each in themselves, but they are also rapidly integrating among themselves. As a result, the four world systems constantly create new environments in which individuals and societies must make rapid choices on the basis of their perceived personal and communal identities. This book constructs its new global paradigm by explaining the roles of Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Maoist Marxism in world politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17819/cover/9780521617819.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617901</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Global Economy in the 1990s</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Long-Run Perspective</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rhode, Paul W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Toniolo, Gianni</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The 1990s were an extraordinary, contradictory, fascinating period of economic development, one evoking numerous historical parallels. But the 1990s are far from being well understood and their meaning for the future remains open to debate. In this volume, world-class economic historians analyze the growth of the world economy, globalization and its implications for domestic and international policy, the sources and sustainability of productivity growth in the USA, the causes of sluggish growth in Europe and Japan, comparisons of the Information Technologies revolution with previous innovation waves, the bubble and burst in asset prices and their impacts on the real economy, the effects of trade and factor mobility on the global distribution of income, and the changes in the welfare state, regulation, and macro-policy making. Leading scholars place the 1990s in a fuller long-run global context, offering insights into what lies ahead for the world economy in the twenty-first century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17901/cover/9780521617901.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060508</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161791X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161791X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Regularity in Semantic Change</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Traugott, Elizabeth Closs</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dasher, Richard B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>364</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This important study of semantic change examines how new meanings arise through language use, especially the various ways in which speakers and writers experiment with uses of words and constructions in the flow of strategic interaction with addressees. There has been growing interest in exploring systemicities in semantic change from a number of perspectives including theories of metaphor, pragmatic inferencing, and grammaticalization. Like earlier studies, these have for the most part been based on data taken out of context. This book is a detailed examination of semantic change from the perspective of historical pragmatics and discourse analysis. Drawing on extensive corpus data from over a thousand years of English and Japanese textual history, Traugott and Dasher show that most changes in meaning originate in and are motivated by the associative flow of speech and conceptual metonymy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17918/cover/9780521617918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617928</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617928</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617925</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Civil Partnership Act 2004</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Practical Guide</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617925</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mallender, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rayson, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>354</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This authoritative guide to the Civil Partnership Act 2004 is written by Paul Mallender and Jane Rayson, two family law barristers with a combined practice experience of over fifty years. The Civil Partnership Act 2004: A Practical Guide provides clear, concise explanations of the new legislation. The book covers the lifetime of a relationship, from entering into the civil partnership, its consequences in terms of financial and family arrangements, to practical guidance on how the partnership is dissolved and the consequences of breakdown and death.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17925/cover/9780521617925.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051027</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617944</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617944</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617949</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>U.S. Intelligence and the Nazis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617949</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Breitman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Goda, Norman J. W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Naftali, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfe, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>508</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a direct result of the 1998 Nazi War Crimes Disclosure Act. Drawing upon many documents declassified under this law, the authors demonstrate what US intelligence agencies learned about Nazi crimes during World War II and about the nature of Nazi intelligence agencies' role in the Holocaust. It examines how some U.S. corporations found ways to profit from Nazi Germany's expropriation of the property of German Jews. This book also reveals startling new details on the Cold War connections between the US government and Hitler's former officers. At a time when intelligence successes and failures are at the center of public discussion, U.S. Intelligence and the Nazis also provides an unprecedented inside look at how intelligence agencies function during war and peacetime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17949/cover/9780521617949.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050728</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>43.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617952</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617952</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond the Miracle of the Market</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Political Economy of Agrarian Development in Kenya</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bates, Robert H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As capitalism defeated socialism in Eastern Europe, the market displaced the state in the developing world. In Beyond the Miracle of the Market, Bates focuses on Kenya, a country that continued to grow while others declined in Africa, and mounts a prescient critique of the neo-classical turn in development economics. Attributing Kenya's exceptionalism to its economic institutions, this book pioneers the use of 'new institutionalism' in the field of development. In doing so, however, the author accuses the approach of being apolitical. Institutions introduce power into economic life. To account for their impact, economic analysis must therefore be complemented by political analysis; micro-economics must be imbedded in political science. In making this argument, Bates relates Kenya's subsequent economic decline to the change from the Kenyatta to the Moi regime and the subsequent use of the power of economic institutions to redistribute rather than to create wealth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17956/cover/9780521617956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060317</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>36.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617960</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>This Land, This Nation</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Conservation, Rural America, and the New Deal</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Phillips, Sarah T.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book combines political with environmental history to present conservation policy as a critical arm of New Deal reform, one that embodied the promises and limits of midcentury American liberalism. It interprets the natural resource programs of the 1930s and 1940s as a set of federal strategies aimed at rehabilitating the economies of agricultural areas. The New Dealers believed that the country as a whole would remain mired in depression as long as its farmers remained poorer than its urban residents, and these politicians and policymakers set out to rebuild rural life and raise rural incomes with measures tied directly to conservation objectives - land retirement, soil restoration, flood control, and affordable electricity for homes and industries. In building new constituencies for the environmental initiatives, resource administrators and their liberal allies established the political justification for an enlarged federal government and created the institutions that shaped the contemporary rural landscape.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17963/cover/9780521617963.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070528</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>35.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617979</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617979</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617970</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Spaces of Kleinian Groups</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617970</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Minsky, Yair N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sakuma, Makoto</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Series, Caroline</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of Kleinian groups and hyperbolic 3-manifolds is currently undergoing explosively fast development, the last few years having seen the resolution of many longstanding conjectures. This volume contains important expositions and original work by some of the main contributors on topics such as topology and geometry of 3-manifolds, curve complexes, classical Ahlfors-Bers theory, computer explorations and projective structures. Researchers in these and related areas will find much of interest here.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17970/cover/9780521617970.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521617987</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521617987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521617987</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Street Justice</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Retaliation in the Criminal Underworld</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617987</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Bruce A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wright, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>167</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Street criminals live in a dangerous world, but they cannot realistically rely on the criminal justice system to protect them from predation by fellow lawbreakers; they are on their own when it comes to dealing with crimes perpetrated against them and often use retaliation as a mechanism for deterring and responding to victimization. Although retaliation lies at the heart of much of the violence that plagues many inner-city neighborhoods across the United States, it has received scant attention from criminologists. As a result, the structure, process, and forms of retaliation in the real world setting of urban America remain poorly understood. Street Justice: Retaliation in the Criminal World explores the face of modern day retaliation from the perspective of currently active criminals who have experienced it first hand, as offenders, victims, or both.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17987/cover/9780521617987.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060522</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>33.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618002</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618002</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618007</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Cluster and Classification Techniques for the Biosciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618007</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fielding, Alan H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Recent advances in experimental methods have resulted in the generation of enormous volumes of data across the life sciences. Hence clustering and classification techniques that were once predominantly the domain of ecologists are now being used more widely. This book provides an overview of these important data analysis methods, from long-established statistical methods to more recent machine learning techniques. It aims to provide a framework that will enable the reader to recognise the assumptions and constraints that are implicit in all such techniques. Important generic issues are discussed first and then the major families of algorithms are described. Throughout the focus is on explanation and understanding and readers are directed to other resources that provide additional mathematical rigour when it is required. Examples taken from across the whole of biology, including bioinformatics, are provided throughout the book to illustrate the key concepts and each technique's potential.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18007/cover/9780521618007.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618010</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618014</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>International Tax as International Law</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An Analysis of the International Tax Regime</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618014</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Avi-Yonah, Reuven S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNU</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the coherent international tax regime that is embodied in both the tax treaty network and in domestic laws, and the way it forms a significant part of international law, both treaty based and customary. The practical implication is that countries are not free to adopt any international tax rules they please, but rather operate in the context of the regime, which changes in the same ways international law changes over time. Thus, unilateral action is possible, but is also restricted, and countries are generally reluctant to take unilateral actions that violate the basic norms that underlie the regime. The book explains the structure of the international tax regime and analyzes in detail how U.S. tax law embodies the underlying norms of the regime.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18014/cover/9780521618014.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20071113</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618037</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618038</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>German</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Linguistic Introduction</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618038</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fagan, Sarah M. B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Standard German is spoken by approximately 95 million people worldwide. This book provides an introduction to the linguistic structure of standard German that is rich in descriptive detail and grounded in modern linguistic theory. It describes the main linguistic features: the sounds, structure and formation of words, structure of sentences, and meaning of words and sentences. It surveys the history of the language, the major dialects, German in Austria and Switzerland, as well as sociolinguistic issues such as style, language and gender, youth language, and English influence on German. Prior knowledge of German is not required, as glosses and translations of the German examples are provided. Each chapter includes exercises designed to give the reader practical experience in analyzing the language. It is an essential learning tool for undergraduate and graduate students in German and linguistics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18038/cover/9780521618038.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20090514</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618053</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618052</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Jonathan Edwards</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618052</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Stephen J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Long recognized as 'America's theologian', Jonathan Edwards (1703-1758) is seen as instrumental in the Great Awakening of the 1740s that gripped much of New England and that laid the groundwork for an American Protestant religious identity. This Cambridge Companion offers a general, comprehensive introduction to Jonathan Edwards and examines his life and works from various disciplinary perspectives including history, literature, theology, religious studies, and philosophy. The book consists of seventeen chapters written by leading religious scholars, historians and literary critics on Edwards' life, work, and legacy. The Companion will be an invaluable aid to teachers and scholars and will be imminently accessible to those just encountering Edwards for the first time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18052/cover/9780521618052.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070207</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161807X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161807X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618076</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cultural Roots of American Islamicism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618076</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marr, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this cultural history of Americans' engagement with Islam in the colonial and antebellum period, Timothy Marr analyzes the historical roots of how the Muslim world figured in American prophecy, politics, reform, fiction, art and dress. Marr argues that perceptions of the Muslim world, long viewed not only as both an anti-Christian and despotic threat but also as an exotic other, held a larger place in domestic American concerns than previously thought.  Historical, literary, and imagined encounters with Muslim history and practices provided a backdrop where different Americans oriented the direction of their national project, the morality of the social institutions, and the contours of their romantic imaginations.  This history sits as an important background to help understand present conflicts between the Muslim world and the United States.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18076/cover/9780521618076.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061003</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618169</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618168</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Practical Clinical Oncology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618168</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanna, Louise</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Crosby, Tom</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Macbeth, Fergus</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>MJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Practical Clinical Oncology is a hands-on review of all aspects of current practice in clinical oncology. The introductory section to the book provides background information on the four main treatment modalities - radiotherapy, chemotherapy, hormone therapy and biological therapy - plus research, oncological emergencies and palliative care. Subsequent chapters describe the diagnosis and treatment of all malignancies, based on tumour site or type. Each chapter follows a standard template, making it easier for the readers to locate information quickly; multiple choice questions are also provided to enable the reader to test their knowledge. With an emphasis on practical information which will be useful in day-to-day decision-making and treatment, Practical Clinical Oncology is an invaluable resource on clinical care of the cancer patient for all trainees in clinical oncology, medical oncology, surgical oncology and palliative care, as well as specialist nurses and radiographers.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18168/cover/9780521618168.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080124</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618347</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618347</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618342</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>China and Vietnam</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Politics of Asymmetry</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618342</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Womack, Brantly</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In their three thousand years of interaction, China and Vietnam have been through a full range of relationships. Twenty-five years ago they were one another's worst enemies; fifty years ago they were the closest of comrades. Five hundred years ago they each saw themselves as Confucian empires; fifteen hundred years ago Vietnam was a part of China. Throughout all these fluctuations the one constant has been that China is always the larger power, and Vietnam the smaller. China has rarely been able to dominate Vietnam, and yet the relationship is shaped by its asymmetry. The Sino-Vietnamese relationship provides the perfect ground for developing and exploring the effects of asymmetry on international relations. Womack develops his theory in conjunction with an original analysis of the interaction between China and Vietnam from the Bronze Age to the present.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18342/cover/9780521618342.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060501</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618525</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618525</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618526</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Print, Manuscript and the Search for Order, 1450-1830</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618526</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McKitterick, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This magisterial study re-examines fundamental aspects of what has been termed the printing revolution of the early modern period. David McKitterick argues that many of the changes associated with printing were only gradually absorbed over almost 400 years, a much longer period than usually suggested. From the 1450s onwards, the printed word and image became familiar in most of Europe. For authors, makers of books, and readers, manuscript and print were henceforth to be understood as complements to each other, rather than alternatives. But while printing seems to offer more textual and pictorial consistency than manuscripts, this was not always the case. McKitterick argues that book history and bibliography have been dominated by notions of the uses of the early printed book that did not come into existence until the late nineteenth century, and he invites his readers to work forward from the past, rather than backwards into it.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18526/cover/9780521618526.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050830</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618533</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618533</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Arguments about Arguments</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Systematic, Critical, and Historical Essays In Logical Theory</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618533</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finocchiaro, Maurice A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Following an approach that is empirical but not psychological, and dialectical but not dialogical, Maurice Finocchiaro defines concepts such as reasoning, argument, argument analysis, critical reasoning, methodological reflection, judgment, critical thinking, and informal logic. Including extended critiques of the views of many contemporary scholars, he also integrates into the discussion Arnauld's Port-Royal Logic, Gramsci's theory of intellectuals, and case studies from the history of science, particularly the work of Galileo, Newton, Huygens, and Lavoisier.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18533/cover/9780521618533.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618592</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618592</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618595</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Syndromes of Corruption</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wealth, Power, and Democracy</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618595</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnston, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>282</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Corruption is a threat to democracy and economic development in many societies.  It arises in the ways people pursue, use and exchange wealth and power, and in the strength or weakness of the state, political and social institutions that sustain and restrain those processes.  Differences in these factors, Michael Johnston argues, give rise to four major syndromes of corruption:  Influence Markets, Elite Cartels, Oligarchs and Clans, and Official Moguls.  Johnston uses statistical measures to identify societies in each group, and case studies to show that the expected syndromes do arise.  Countries studied include the United States, Japan and Germany (Influence Markets); Italy, Korea and Botswana (Elite Cartels); Russia, the Philippines and Mexico (Oligarchs and Clans); and China, Kenya, and Indonesia (Offical Moguls).  A concluding chapter explores reform, emphasising the ways familiar measures should be applied - or withheld, lest they do harm - with an emphasis upon the value of 'deep democratisation'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18595/cover/9780521618595.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521618967</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521618967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521618960</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Democracy Derailed in Russia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Failure of Open Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521618960</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fish, M. Steven</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>334</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Why has democracy failed to take root in Russia? After shedding the shackles of Soviet rule, some countries in the postcommunist region undertook lasting democratization. Yet Russia did not. Russia experienced dramatic political breakthroughs in the late 1980s and early 1990s, but it subsequently failed to maintain progress toward democracy. In this book, M. Steven Fish offers an explanation for the direction of regime change in post-Soviet Russia. Relying on cross-national comparative analysis as well as on in-depth field research in Russia, Fish shows that Russia's failure to democratize has three causes: too much economic reliance on oil, too little economic liberalization, and too weak a national legislature. Fish's explanation challenges others that have attributed Russia's political travails to history, political culture, or to 'shock therapy' in economic policy. The book offers a theoretically original and empirically rigorous explanation for one of the most pressing political problems of our time.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/18960/cover/9780521618960.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060227</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619122</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619122</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619127</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Marital Violence</TitleText>

<Subtitle>An English Family History, 1660-1857</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619127</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foyster, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book exposes the 'hidden' history of marital violence and explores its place in English family life between the Restoration and the mid-nineteenth century. In a time before divorce was easily available and when husbands were popularly believed to have the right to beat their wives, Elizabeth Foyster examines the variety of ways in which men, women and children responded to marital violence. For contemporaries this was an issue that raised central questions about family life: the extent of men's authority over other family members, the limitations of women's property rights, and the problems of access to divorce and child custody. Opinion about the legitimacy of marital violence continued to be divided but by the nineteenth century ideas about what was intolerable or cruel violence had changed significantly. This accessible study will be invaluable reading for anyone interested in gender studies, feminism, social history and family history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19127/cover/9780521619127.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>50.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619130</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619130</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619134</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Computational and Mathematical Modeling in the Social Sciences</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619134</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>de Marchi, Scott</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Mathematical models in the social sciences have become increasingly sophisticated and widespread in the last decade. This period has also seen many critiques, most lamenting the sacrifices incurred in pursuit of mathematical rigor. If, as critics argue, our ability to understand the world has not improved during the mathematization of the social sciences, we might want to adopt a different paradigm. This book examines the three main fields of mathematical modeling - game theory, statistics, and computational methods - and proposes a new framework for modeling. Unlike previous treatments which view each field separately, the treatment provides a framework that spans and incorporates the different methodological approaches. The goal is to arrive at a new vision of modeling that allows researchers to solve more complex problems in the social sciences. Additionally, a special emphasis is placed upon the role of computational modeling in the social sciences.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19134/cover/9780521619134.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060104</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>47.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619181</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619181</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619189</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Songs of Homer</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619189</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kirk, G. S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The literature of the western world begins with one of its greatest achievements. The stories of the wrath of Achilles and its consequences, and of the wanderings of Odysseus, have been admired from ancient times to the present day. The two great epics can be read and enjoyed, unreflectingly, as tales of adventure; or they can be studied as literature, yielding, as insight and understanding grow, a deeper and more permanent pleasure. Professor Kirk's book is the means to this pleasure. It is a vivid and comprehensive account of the background and development of the Homeric poems and of their quality as literature. The epics are seen primarily as oral poetry, sung for centuries by illiterate singers; and from this view rises discussion of the problems of authorship and transmission. The historical, archaeological and linguistic evidence is also examined; and the possible contributions of the Mycenaean period and of the subsequent Dark Age are shown in a fresh light.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19189/cover/9780521619189.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161919X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161919X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619196</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Church and the Two Nations in Medieval Ireland</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619196</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Watt, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines the way in which the central English government dealt with Irish ecclesiastical matters from the time of the invasion and partial conquest of Ireland by Henry II in 1171 up to the Statute of Kilkenny. The struggle involved the king, the clergy in Ireland, both Irish and English, and the pope. Using manuscript material and printed sources, which have not been previously used for this purpose, Dr Watt shows how an attempt was made to 'colonize' Ireland by ecclesiastical means, and traces the changing fates and fortunes of the 'two nations' in their relations with one another. Dr Watt also deals very fully with the r&#244;le played in the struggle by the religious orders, particularly the Cistercians and the friars, and with the effect which the English common law had on the Irish clergy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19196/cover/9780521619196.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619203</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619203</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619202</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Impact of Labour 1920-1924</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Beginning of Modern British Politics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619202</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cowling, Maurice</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>584</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Modern British politics begins with the Labour victory at the Spen Valley by-election in early 1920. In the next four years, the challenge presented by its arrival as a major electoral force enabled the Conservative leaders to destroy the Coalition, the Liberal Party, and Lloyd George, to triumph as guardians of the social order under Baldwin at the General Election of 1924 and to establish the Labour-Conservative polarisation in the form which has persisted since. This conclusion emerges from Mr Cowling's detailed study of the high politics of these years, in which the various attempts to end and replace the Coalition are shown to have hinged on 'resistance to socialism'. This book is primarily an account of the initiatives of politicians and their reactions to one another. Mr Cowling's book is unique in the sources used; it is also the only study of this period to examine all three political parties in detail.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19202/cover/9780521619202.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161922X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161922X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619226</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>H. Balfour Gardiner</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619226</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Lloyd, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>292</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first study of the life and music of Balfour Gardiner (1877-1950), a composer of some distinction and a generous patron of British music. But it is necessarily more than the story of just one man: it is an account of many friendships (chiefly musical) during that exciting period of British music's struggle out of mediocrity to prominence. It was Balfour Gardiner who, before the First World War, launched in Queen's Hall a remarkable series of concerts that did much to establish the reputations of several young composers. It was he, too, who made possible in a war-torn England the first performance of Holst's The Planets, and who gave considerable assistance to his close friend Delius, the plight of whose last years forms a tragic undercurrent to this book. Stephen Lloyd brings to light for the first time the full story of this once greatly respected musician and benefactor. He has traced Gardiner's student days in Germany, his early struggles as a composer, his involvement first in the folk-song movement and later with the ill-fated Musical League, his extensive patronage of music, his dabbling in architecture, and his eventual forsaking of composition for afforestation, which proved an equally remarkable undertaking.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19226/cover/9780521619226.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050310</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619238</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619238</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619233</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Geology of Multi-Ring Impact Basins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Moon and Other Planets</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619233</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Spudis, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Multi-ring basins are large impact craters formed in the early history of planets. They critically affect the evolution of the planets and their satellites. The Moon offers an exceptional chance to study these phenomena and this book provides a comprehensive geological study using data from lunar landings and remote sensing of the Moon. The author covers the formation and development of basins and considers their chemistry and mineralogy. He studies their effects on the volcanic, tectonic and geological evolution of the planet, including the catastrophic consequence on the planetary climate and evolution of life. This study is lavishly illustrated with many spectacular, highly-detailed photographs and diagrams.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19233/cover/9780521619233.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619246</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619240</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ibsen's Lively Art</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Performance Study of the Major Plays</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619240</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Frederick J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marker, Lise-Lone</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A play is fundamentally a text for performance, capable of achieving complete expression only in the living encounter between actor and spectator, the Markers argue in their new study of Henrik Ibsen in the theatre. The challenge of his plays has stimulated a remarkable range of creative responses on the part of actors, directors, and stage designers. All agree that a deeper meaning underlies the 'reality' Ibsen represents, yet the precise manner of its expression is the lively variant that gives his greatest plays their abiding fascination in performance. Ibsen's Lively Art explores key stage productions and clusters of productions in detail, in an effort to shed new light on the central problems of interpretation governing each of six major Ibsen plays, from a romantic work like Peer Gynt to a late 'symbolic' one like John Gabriel Borkman. Guided by primary sources and often supported by their own firsthand observation, the authors push beyond the more familiar confines of English Ibsen into the less commonly traversed territory of German, Russian, French, and, in particular, Scandinavian theatre culture.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19240/cover/9780521619240.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619254</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619254</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619257</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The New Cambridge History of India</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Vijayanagara</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619257</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Burton</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>184</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Vijayanagara rajas ruled a substantial part of the southern peninsula of India for over three hundred years, beginning in the mid-fourteenth century, and during this epoch the region was transformed from its medieval past towards a modern colonial future. Concentrating on the later sixteenth- and seventeenth-century history of Vijayanagara, Burton Stein details the pattern of rule established in this important and long-lived Hindu kingdom, which was followed by other, often smaller, kingdoms of peninsular India until the onset of colonialism. Through an analysis of the politics, society and economy, Stein addresses the central question of the extent to which Vijayanagara, as a medieval Hindu kingdom, can be viewed as a prototype of the polities and societies confronted by the British in the late eighteenth century. This work thus presents an understanding of one of the great medieval kingdoms of India, and a more general assessment of the nature of the state, society and culture on the eve of European colonial rule.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19257/cover/9780521619257.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619270</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619270</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619271</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theory of Reflectance and Emittance Spectroscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619271</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hapke, Bruce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is aimed at students and researchers who wish to use reflectance and emittance as quantitative tools to measure the properties of surfaces and materials. It is intended primarily for use in the interpretation of remote observations of the surfaces of the Earth and other planets, and it will also be useful to chemists, physicists, geologists, engineers and others who deal with particulate media. Topics include propagation and absorption of light in continuous media, reflection by smooth surfaces, scattering by spheres and irregular particles, reflectances and emissivities of particulate media, reflectance and emittance spectroscopy, and the polarization of light scattered by particulate media. Many examples of applications are given.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19271/cover/9780521619271.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619289</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619289</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619288</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Music and Theatre</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Honour of Winton Dean</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619288</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Fortune, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume of eleven essays, compiled as a tribute to Winton Dean on his seventieth birthday, focuses on that area which has absorbed Winton Dean's interest throughout his distinguished career: opera and other theatre music. The first half of the book covers the period from the late seventeenth century to the mid-eighteenth. The second half of the book ranges over later opera: operacomique; Mendelssohn's operas; the influence of Wagner; the finales of Jan&#225;cek's operas; and Britten's first two major operas, Peter Grimes and The Rape of Lucretia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19288/cover/9780521619288.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619300</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619300</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619301</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plots and Counterplots</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Sexual Politics and the Body Politic in English Literature, 1660-1730</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619301</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Braverman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Richard Braverman's study of literary and political plots looks at the ways in which the rhetoric of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century dynastic politics finds its formal expression in narrative evocations of the family romance. Its point of departure is the political conflict that led to the rupture between crown and parliament in the earlier seventeenth century, and the ensuing quest for a discourse that might bridge the division. Beginning with the restoration of the monarchy in 1660 and ending with the rise of oligarchy in the 1720s, it traverses a wide literary territory, from royalist lyrics celebrating the Restoration, to Butler, Marvell, Etherege, Dryden, Congreve, Defoe and Thomson, amongst others. Covering an equally broad range of genres, including satire, tragedy, comedy, romance, georgic and the novel, Braverman's argument is focused by the notion of sexual politics, offering an idiom in which to address the larger framework of dynastic politics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19301/cover/9780521619301.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619327</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619327</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619325</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Honor and Grace in Anthropology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619325</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peristiany, J. G.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pitt-Rivers, Julian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Little has been written about honour in the social sciences and almost nothing about grace. Yet honour has caused more deaths than the plague and grace is what we all yearn for, whether in the form of favor, luck, pardon, gratuity, or salvation. This collection of essays develops a line of thought in anthropology which was opened in the 1960s by the editors (and some of the same contributors) in Honor and Shame: The Values of a Mediterranean Society. The essays, half of them historical and half contemporary, deal with different aspects of honor and grace, and the strategies and transactions by which they can be obtained. They range from the French royal rituals of the Middle Ages to the murderous feuds and peace-making rites of the Rif; they show how different peoples and periods have faced the problems of power, legitimacy, purity, divinity, and personal destiny. The concluding chapter suggests that anthropology, which ignored honor until a quarter of a century ago, should no longer ignore grace, whose varied connotations provide the basis of religious doctrines as well as the common coinage of the exchange of favors and thanks.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19325/cover/9780521619325.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619335</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619335</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619332</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Action Semantics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619332</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mosses, Peter D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Action Semantics is a novel approach to the formal description of programming languages. Its abstractness is at an intermediate level, between that of denotational and operational semantics. Action Semantics has considerable pragmatic advantages over all previous approaches, in its comprehensibility and accessibility, and especially in the usefulness of its semantic descriptions of realistic programming languages. In this volume, Dr Peter Mosses gives a thorough introduction to action semantics, and provides substantial illustrations of its use. Graduates of computer science or maths who have an interest in the semantics of programming languages will find Action Semantics a most helpful book.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19332/cover/9780521619332.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619343</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619343</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619349</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise of European Music, 1380-1500</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619349</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Strohm, Reinhard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>740</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVGC2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a detailed and comprehensive survey of music in the late middle ages and early Renaissance. By limiting its scope to the 120 years which witnessed perhaps the most dramatic expansion of our musical heritage, the book responds, in the 1990s, to the tremendous increase in specialised research and public awareness of that period. Three of the four main Parts (I, II, IV) describe the development of polyphony and its cultural contexts in many European countries, from the successors of Machaut (d. 1377) to the achievements of Josquin des Prez and his contemporaries working in Renaissance Italy around 1500. Part III, by contrast, illustrates the musical life of the institutions, and musical practices outside the realm of composed polyphony that were traditional and common all over Europe. The book proposes fresh views in each chapter, discussing dozens of musical examples adducing well-known and hitherto unknown documents, and referring to and evaluating the most recent scholarship in the field.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19349/cover/9780521619349.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161936X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161936X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619363</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Women Readers and the Ideology of Gender in Old French Verse Romance</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619363</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Krueger, Roberta L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This study focuses on the relationship between Old French verse romances and the women who formed a part of their audience, and challenges the commonly-held view that all courtly literature promoted the social welfare of the noblewomen to whom romances were dedicated or addressed. Using reader-response theory, feminist criticism and recent historical studies, Roberta Krueger provides close readings of a selection of texts, both well-known and less well-known, to show an intriguing variety of portrayals of women: misogynistic, idealizing and didactic. She suggests that romances not only taught their audiences idealized models of masculine and feminine behaviour (including a sophisticated underpinning of medieval women's loss of autonomy in the family, education and society during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries), but that many romances also invited their readers to criticise and to resist gender roles.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19363/cover/9780521619363.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>86.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619386</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619386</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619387</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modelling Auditory Processing and Organisation</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619387</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cooke, Martin</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>136</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UYF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>We are surrounded by noise; we must be able to separate the signals we want to hear from those we do not. To overcome this 'cocktail party effect' we have developed various strategies; endowing computers with similar abilities would enable the development of devices such as intelligent hearing aids and robust speech recognition systems. This book describes a system which attempts to separate multiple, simultaneous acoustic sources using strategies based on those used by humans. It is both a review of recent work on the modelling of auditory processes, and a presentation of a new model in which acoustic signals are decomposed into elements. These structures are then re-assembled in accordance with rules of auditory organisation which operate to bind together elements that are likely to have arisen from the same source. The model is evaluated by measuring its ability to separate speech from a wide variety of other sounds, including music, phones and other speech.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19387/cover/9780521619387.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619394</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619394</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Practice of Performance</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Studies in Musical Interpretation</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619394</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rink, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The twelve essays in this volume reflect the most important trends in the study of musical performance. Three areas are investigated: the psychology of performance, the semantics of performance, and the relation between performance and analysis. The first section broaches fundamental issues such as text, expression, musical motion and the role of practice in the acquisition of expertise. The next four chapters address the shaping of structure and the projection of meaning in performance, while the last four consider performance as analytical paradigm, as dramatic narrative, as act of criticism, as temporal process. Among the distinguished international authorship are many accomplished performers whose practical experience ensures that the book contains vital and stimulating insights into the interpretation of music, and that it will speak to a wide musical audience.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19394/cover/9780521619394.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619408</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619408</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619400</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Modernism from Right to Left</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Wallace Stevens, the Thirties, &amp;amp; Literary Radicalism</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619400</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Filreis, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Part biography and part literary history, this book is about the experience of the American modernist poet Wallace Stevens in the 1930s. Stevens is generally thought to have antagonised, even engaged, the young literary radicals of the period. Using the archives of many little-known political poets, Alan Filreis offers a detailed description of these battles, in which the very texture of the various positions taken up in the movement between left and right becomes available to us in the language of the participants. Filreis demonstrates that the radicals knew and appreciated modernism more than has been generally recognised, and that Stevens's poetry - as well as that of other then-eminent modernists was significantly influenced by political poets and critics on the left. This book is a contribution to the cultural history of the American 1930s as well as a novel approach to an oft-studied figure.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19400/cover/9780521619400.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619416</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619416</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619417</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Principles of Plasma Spectroscopy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619417</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Griem, Hans R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>388</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This monograph presents a comprehensive description of the theoretical foundations and experimental applications of spectroscopic methods in plasma physics research. The first three chapters introduce the classical and quantum theory of radiation, with detailed descriptions of line strengths and high density effects. The next chapter describes theoretical and experimental aspects of spectral line broadening. The following five chapters are concerned with continuous spectra, level kinetics and cross sections, thermodynamic equilibrium relations, radiative energy transfer, and radiative energy losses. The book concludes with three chapters covering the basics of various applications of plasma spectroscopy to density and temperature measurements and to the determination of some other plasma properties. Over one thousand references not only guide the reader to original research covered in the chapters, but also to experimental details and instrumentation. This will be an important text and reference for all those working on plasmas in physics, optics, nuclear engineering, and chemistry, as well as astronomy, astrophysics and space physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19417/cover/9780521619417.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619459</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619459</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619455</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fluid Film Lubrication</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Theory and Design</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619455</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Szeri, Andras Z.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Fluid film bearings are among the best devices for overcoming friction and eliminating wear. They are machine elements and, together with shafts, gears, and cams, constitute the building blocks engineers use in the design and construction of mechanical devices. This book offers a systematic treatment of the fundamentals of fluid film lubrication and fluid film bearings. The introduction places fluid film bearings within the broader context of tribology, a subject that encompasses friction, lubrication, and wear. The early chapters provide a thorough discussion of classical tribological theory. The remainder of the book is devoted to more advanced topics of inertia, thermal and turbulence effects, lubrication of counterformal contacts, and non-Newtonian lubricants. Also included are developing areas, such as lubrication with emulsions. Graduate and senior undergraduate students, researchers, and practising engineers will appreciate this clear, thorough discussion of fluid film lubrication and fluid film bearings.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19455/cover/9780521619455.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619467</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619467</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619462</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Online Computation and Competitive Analysis</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619462</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Borodin, Allan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>El-Yaniv, Ran</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>436</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In online computation a computer algorithm must decide how to act on incoming items of information without any knowledge of future inputs. How should it route the next telephone call? Where in memory should it store a just-closed record? This book provides an in-depth presentation of competitive analysis, an attractive framework within which such problems can be analyzed and solved. In this framework, the quality of an algorithm is measured relative to the best possible performance of an algorithm that has complete knowledge of the future. This methodology for the analysis of online decision making has become a standard approach in computer science. Starting with the basic definitions of the competitive analysis model, the authors present most of the essential techniques through various examples, some of which are among the central problems of the field, such as list accessing, paging in a virtual memory system, routing in a communication network, metrical task systems, k-server systems, load balancing, search, and portfolio selection. The book also shows how competitive analysis relates to more classical subjects such as game theory and decision theory. This is an important text and reference for researchers and graduate students in theoretical computer science and in operations research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19462/cover/9780521619462.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619475</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619475</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619479</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum Chance and Non-locality</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Probability and Non-locality in the Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619479</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dickson, W. Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book examines in detail two of the fundamental questions raised by quantum mechanics. Is the world indeterministic? Are there connections between spatially separated objects? In the first part of the book after outlining the formalism of quantum mechanics and introducing the measurement problem, the author examines several interpretations, focusing on how each proposes to solve the measurement problem and on how each treats probability. In the second part, the author argues that there can be non-trivial relationships between probability (specifically, determinism and indeterminism) and non-locality in an interpretation of quantum mechanics. The author then re-examines some of the interpretations of part one of the book in the light of this argument, and considers how they are with regard to locality and Lorentz invariance. One of the important lessons that comes out of this discussion is that any examination of locality, and of the relationship between quantum mechanics and the theory of relativity, should be undertaken in the context of a detailed interpretation of quantum mechanics. The book will appeal to anyone with an interest in the interpretation of quantum mechanics, including researchers in the philosophy of physics and theoretical physics, as well as graduate students in those fields.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19479/cover/9780521619479.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619521</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619523</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Will</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619523</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Shaughnessy, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The phenomenon of action in which the mind moves the body has puzzled philosophers over the centuries. In this new edition of a classic work of analytical philosophy, Brian O'Shaughnessy investigates bodily action and attempts to resolve some of the main problems. His expanded and updated discussion examines the scope of the will and the conditions in which it makes contact with the body, and investigates the epistemology of the body.  He sheds light upon the strangely intimate relation of awareness in which we stand to our own bodies, doing so partly through appeal to the concept of the body-image. The result is a new and strengthened emphasis on the vitally important function of the bodily will as a transparently intelligible bridge between mind and body, and the proposal of a dual aspect theory of the will.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19523/cover/9780521619523.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161953X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619530</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Will</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619530</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>O'Shaughnessy, Brian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>324</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The phenomenon of action in which the mind moves the body has puzzled philosophers over the centuries. In this new edition of a classic work of analytical philosophy, Brian O'Shaughnessy investigates bodily action and attempts to resolve some of the main problems. His expanded and updated discussion examines the scope of the will and the conditions in which it makes contact with the body, and investigates the epistemology of the body.  He sheds light upon the strangely intimate relation of awareness in which we stand to our own bodies, doing so partly through appeal to the concept of the body-image. The result is a new and strengthened emphasis on the vitally important function of the bodily will as a transparently intelligible bridge between mind and body, and the proposal of a dual aspect theory of the will.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19530/cover/9780521619530.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080825</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>42.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619610</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619615</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Archaeology of Islands</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619615</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rainbird, Paul</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Archaeologists have traditionally considered islands as distinct physical and social entities. In this book, Paul Rainbird discusses the historical construction of this characterization and questions the basis for such an understanding of island archaeology. Through a series of case studies of prehistoric archaeology in the Mediterranean, Pacific, Baltic, and Atlantic seas and oceans, he argues for a decentering of the land in favor of an emphasis on the archaeology of the sea and, ultimately, a new perspective on the making of maritime communities. The archaeology of islands is thus unshackled from approaches that highlight boundedness and isolation, and replaced with a new set of principles - that boundaries are fuzzy, islanders are distinctive in their expectation of contacts with people from over the seas, and that island life can tell us much about maritime communities. Debating islands, thus, brings to the fore issues of identity and community and a concern with Western construction of other peoples.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19615/cover/9780521619615.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20070919</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619629</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619629</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619622</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Historical Archaeology</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619622</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hicks, Dan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Beaudry, Mary C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HDD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Cambridge Companion to Historical Archaeology provides an overview of the international field of historical archaeology (c. AD 1500 to the present) through seventeen specially-commissioned essays from leading researchers in the field. The volume explores key themes in historical archaeology including documentary archaeology, the writing of historical archaeology, colonialism, capitalism, industrial archaeology, maritime archaeology, cultural resource management and urban archaeology. Three special sections explore the distinctive contributions of material culture studies, landscape archaeology and the archaeology of buildings and the household. Drawing on case studies from North America, Europe, Australasia, Africa and around the world, the volume captures the breadth and diversity of contemporary historical archaeology, considers archaeology's relationship with history, cultural anthropology and other periods of archaeological study, and provides clear introductions to alternative conceptions of the field.  This book is essential reading for anyone studying or researching the material remains of the recent past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19622/cover/9780521619622.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061026</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619637</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619637</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619639</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Past as Prologue</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Importance of History to the Military Profession</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619639</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Williamson</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sinnreich, Richard Hart</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>298</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In today's military of rapid technological and strategic change, obtaining a complete understanding of the present, let alone the past, is a formidable challenge. Yet the very high rate of change today makes study of the past more important than ever before. The Past as Prologue explores the usefulness of the study of history for contemporary military strategists. It illustrates the great importance of military history while simultaneously revealing the challenges of applying the past to the present. Essays from authors of diverse backgrounds - British and American, civilian and military - come together to present an overwhelming argument for the necessity of the study of the past by today's military leaders in spite of these challenges. The essays of Part I examine the relationship between history and the military profession. Those in Part II explore specific historical cases that show the repetitiveness of certain military problems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19639/cover/9780521619639.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20060814</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619645</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619645</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619646</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Justiceship England 1066-1232</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619646</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>West, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>At the height of his power and influence the justiciar was the king's chief political and judicial officer, superintending the administrative machinery and acting as regent in the king's absence abroad. He was also a feudal lord or bishop; and the study of the careers of the chief justiciars, as soldiers and politicians, judges and financiers, throws light on the workings of feudal society and on the technical administrative means by which royal power was effectively exercised. Dr West traces the history of the office from the first need for the delegation of royal power under William 1 until the Anglo-Norman dominion broke up and government became too complicated. As an administrative post it attained its greatest importance in the formative periods of administrative development under Henry 1 and later under Henry 11. Unlike the offices of sheriff and chancellor the justiciarship has never been systematically examined. Dr West's book is a pioneer account of the most important office under the king and an examination of a central theme of English constitutional and administrative history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19646/cover/9780521619646.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619653</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619653</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Provincial Politics and Indian Nationalism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Bombay and the Indian National Congress 1880-1915</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619653</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnson, Gordon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a study of the Indian National Congress, the first political association to approach the government of India at an all-India level. The Congress became the most important national party in twentieth century India, and the whole history of the freedom movement is closely bound up with its fortunes. National politics, however, were influenced by regional and local affairs. In the early twentieth century the Indian Congress was split between the 'Moderates' and the 'Extremists'. Dr Johnson argues that this division was closely related to existing rivalries between politicians in the provinces, and that provincial interests determined their national point of view. Because the early Congress depended so much for its regular organisation on men from Bombay, party lines in western India were particularly important in determining the course of the struggles between the parties in the National Congress. The unpublished letters and diaries of the protagonists in these disputes have enabled Dr Johnson to examine this theme in detail. This is the first book to stress the need for study of regional and local politics as an integral part of the history of the Congress. Its revelation of the complex connections between parochial, provincial and all India politics adds a new dimension to our understanding of nationalism in South Asia.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19653/cover/9780521619653.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619661</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619661</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619660</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Huli Response to Illness</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619660</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frankel, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Dr Frankel's study of the rapid transformation of traditional medical care among the Huli of New Guinea by Western treatments strikingly combines the methods of social anthropology and epidemiology. Until the 1950s the Huli used only their own form of therapy, including symptomatic treatments, specialist surgery and major ritual intended to enlist the support of spirits. Since then, superficially at least, there has been a rejection of many traditional measures and a corresponding enthusiasm for Western treatments underpinned by Christianity. The Huli Response to Illness analyses the rich network of traditional belief relating to the classification and causation of illness, patterns of disease, historical experience, and the organisation of society. The methodological approach presented is notable not only for the study of medical pluralism, but also for examining the conditions which may influence responses to programmes of health improvement. The study as a whole integrates material conventionally divided between anthropological and medical texts and powerfully demonstrates the limitations of this traditional separation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19660/cover/9780521619660.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161967X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161967X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619677</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Bacterial Plant Pathology</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Cell and Molecular Aspects</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619677</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Sigee, David C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>340</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSTP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Bringing together bacterial structure and function, taxonomy, environmental microbiology, induction and development of plant disease, molecular genetics and disease control, Dr Sigee unifies the field, at the same time as emphasising exciting developments in cell and molecular biology. The book is written in a clear and concise manner, illustrated with numerous tables, diagrams and photographs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19677/cover/9780521619677.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619688</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619688</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619684</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Evolution of Tertiary Mammals of North America</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619684</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Janis, Christine M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Kathleen M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jacobs, Louis L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>708</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RBX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a unique compendium and synthesis of the cumulative knowledge of more than 100 years of discovery and study of North American tertiary mammals. The potentially most valuable contribution of this book is the detailed information of the distribution in time and space of each species at fossil localities, recorded in a uniform scheme, so that each chapter provides the same level of information. Thirty six chapters are devoted to a particular family or order, written by leading North American authorities, including discussion of anatomical features, systematics, and paleobiology. Three introductory chapters summarize information on the geological time scale, Tertiary vegetation, and Pleistocene events, and four summary chapters integrate systematic and biogeographic information for higher taxa. This book will serve as a unique data base for continuing studies in faunal diversification and change, and for questions such as how changing biogeography and climates influenced the evolution of mammalian communities. It will be an invaluable addition to the libraries of paleontologists and zoologists.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19684/cover/9780521619684.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619696</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619696</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619691</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Principles of Circular Accelerators and Storage Rings</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619691</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bryant, Philip J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Johnsen, Kjell</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a basic introduction to the principles of circular particle accelerators and storage rings, for scientists, engineers and mathematicians. Particle accelerators used to be the exclusive province of physicists exploring the structure of the most fundamental constituents of matter. Nowadays, particle accelerators have also found uses as tools in many other areas, including materials science, chemistry, and medical science. Many people from these fields of study, as well as from particle physics, have learned about accelerators at various courses organised by CERN, the European Organisation for Nuclear Research which has established a reputation as the world's top accelerator facility. Kjell Johnsen and Phil Bryant, the authors of this book, are distinguished accelerator physicists who have also run the CERN Accelerator School. The text they present here starts with a historical introduction to the field and an outline of the basic concepts of particle acceleration and phase focusing. It goes on to give more details of how the transverse and longitudinal motions of the particle beams can be analysed, including treatments of lattice design, compensation schemes, transition crossing, and other radio frequency effects. The book will be an essential reference to anyone working with particle accelerators as a designer, operator or user, as well as being a good preparation for those intending to go to the frontiers of accelerator physics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19691/cover/9780521619691.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161970X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161970X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619707</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Landlords and Property</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Social Relations in the Private Rented Sector</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619707</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Allen, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McDowell, Linda</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>220</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RGC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The issue of private landlordism in Britain touches a raw political nerve. There is no shortage of prescription as to what should be done with the rented housing market and private landlords. Yet surprisingly little is known about the structure and diversity of private landlordism and the variety of private tenants' housing needs - a prerequisite for policy intervention. This book provides an anatomy of the nature of private landlordism in the 1980s, the types of landlord in the market, the scope of their activities, and the choices and constraints that guide their actions in the market. It shows how the pattern of change in the private rented sector has been not one of straightforward decline, but one of structural unevenness shaped by a combination of three general processes - disinvestment, investment and informalization - which vary in impact from place to place. Adopting a realist methodological approach, the authors attempt to capture both the general characterisation of landlordism and the processes shaping the private rental sector and their diverse geographical form across space and through time. This approach is illustrated by an extensive investigation in two local housing markets in inner London. Finally, the authors examine the scope for change in the private rented sector and argue for a combination of public and private initiatives that is sensitive to the differences among local housing markets and that relates to the demands/needs of those groups at present dependent on private renting for accommodation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19707/cover/9780521619707.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619718</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619718</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619714</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Age of the Arctic</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Hot Conflicts and Cold Realities</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619714</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Osherenko, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Young, Oran R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Negotiations to create an International Arctic Science Committee have increased public awareness of issues involving the Arctic. This book provides a timely review of the situation from a social, political and human standpoint and provides an in-depth study of contemporary global controversies involving the Arctic. The authors describe the military, political and socio-economic conflicts emerging in the far north and consider the interests of the four major groups involved - the military, industry, natives, and environmentalists. Possible solutions are discussed, exploring US policy options, the role of non-governmental bodies and opportunities for international cooperation in the Arctic. This book offers a comprehensive and systematic framework for understanding and responding to conflicts in the Arctic and will be essential reading for all interested in, and concerned with, this important region of the earth.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19714/cover/9780521619714.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619726</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619726</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619721</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Updating Logical Databases</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619721</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Winslett, Marianne</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>UN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book tackles the problems of update algorithms for databases. How can one construct and maintain a database of facts, capable of incorporating new information and getting rid of all outdated information, and yet in the process not disturb any other information in the database? The author has produced a formal method for specifying the desired change intentionally, using a 'formula-based' approach to updating needs rather than a 'model-based' technique. The complexity of the algorithms, choice of semantics and a means of enforcing integrity constraints are also discussed. The book will be of value to all involved in database research.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19721/cover/9780521619721.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619734</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619738</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>A Systems Analysis of the Global Boreal Forest</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619738</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Herman H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Leemans, Rik</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bonan, Gordon B.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>580</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The boreal forests of the world, geographically situated to the south of the Arctic and generally north of latitude 50 degrees, are considered to be one of the earth's most significant terrestrial ecosystems in terms of their potential for interaction with other global scale systems, such as climate and anthropologenic activity. This book, developed by an international panel of ecologists, provides a synthesis of the important patterns and processes which occur in boreal forests and reviews the principal mechanisms which control the forests' pattern in space and time. The effects of cold temperatures, soil ice, insects, plant competition, wildfires and climatic change on the boreal forests are discussed as a basis for the development of the first global scale computer model of the dynamical change of a biome, able to project the change of the boreal forest over timescales of decades to millennia, and over the global extent of this forest.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19738/cover/9780521619738.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619742</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619742</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619745</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Predicting the Future</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619745</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Howe, Leo</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wain, Alan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Auguries, oracles, omens ... and software simulation. From antiquity to the electronic age, Predicting the Future examines humankind's obsessive urge to look beyond the present in the hope of controlling events in the days to come. Opening with Stephen Hawking's predictions about the billion year future of the universe, closing with Don Cupitt's insights into the Last Judgement, the book examines both the history of prediction and the ways we set about foretelling the future today. In the past soothsayers, diviners, holy men and astrologers made prophecies on the basis of religious ideology and traditional authority. Today accredited experts predict the future, of the economy, of medicine's place in society, of the entire universe, on the basis of empirical observation and scientific theory. Yet as all the contributors admit, prediction remains an uncertain business even in the computer age, steering a hazardous course between scaremongering and complacency, liable always to be thrown dramatically off course by human unpredictability, catastrophic change, or faulty initial data. The book originates in the sixth annual series of Darwin College Lectures, delivered in Cambridge in 1991 under the title 'Predictions'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19745/cover/9780521619745.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619750</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619750</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619752</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Thermodynamic Theory of Site-Specific Binding Processes in Biological Macromolecules</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619752</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cera, Enrico Di</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PNRW</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book provides the first systematic treatment of the thermodynamic theory of site-specific effects in biological macromolecules. It describes the phenomenological and conceptual bases required to allow a mechanistic understanding of these effects from analysis of experimental data. The thermodynamic theory also results in novel experimental strategies that enable the derivation of information on local, site-specific properties of a macromolecular system from analysis of perturbed global properties. The treatment focuses on binding phenomena, but is amenable to extension both conceptually and formally to the analysis of other cooperative processes, such as folding and helix-coil transitions. This book will interest any scientist involved in structure-function studies of biological macromolecules, or as a text for graduate students in biochemistry and biophysics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19752/cover/9780521619752.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619769</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619769</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>J. S. Bach and the German Motet</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619769</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Melamed, Daniel R.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The motets of J. S. Bach are probably the most sophisticated works ever composed in the genre. Nevertheless, Daniel Melamed maintains, the view that they constitute a body of work quite separate from the German motet tradition is mistaken. He starts by considering the eighteenth-century understanding of the term itself and finds that Bach's own use does indeed agree with his contemporaries and that his motets are rooted in the conventions of the time, particularly in matters of musical construction, performing forces, and type of text. A fresh look at the repertory shows that Bach composed motets all through his career and an appreciation of the contemporary conception of the motet sheds light on questions of how and why Bach himself used the form. Professor Melamed also finds plenty of evidence that motets and motet style played an important role in Bach's exploration of the musical past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19769/cover/9780521619769.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619777</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619777</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619776</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jewish Inscriptions of Western Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619776</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>444</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although there was a substantial Jewish population in Western Europe from at least the first century BC, literary evidence for it before the end of the sixth century AD is very sparse, amounting to a few mainly hostile references by Roman writers and some material of doubtful historical value in rabbinic and hagiographic sources. Knowledge of the Jewish communities of the West is therefore almost entirely dependent on inscriptions, which contain information on community organisation, the use of biblical texts and religious symbols, linguistic habits, naming practices and social status, and burial customs and beliefs about life after death. This volume, the first of a two volume work, provides ready access to the Jewish inscriptions from Italy and the islands, Spain, France and Germany. Volume 2 concentrates on the inscriptions of the City of Rome. Hitherto it has been necessary to consult specialist publications to gain a complete picture of the inscriptions: this book fills a notable gap in the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19776/cover/9780521619776.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619785</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619785</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Jewish Inscriptions of Western Europe</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619783</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Noy, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>612</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Although there was a substantial Jewish population in Western Europe from at least the first century BC, literary evidence for it before the end of the sixth century AD is very sparse, amounting to a few mainly hostile references by Roman writers and some material of doubtful historical value in rabbinic and hagiographic sources. Knowledge of the Jewish communities of the West is therefore almost entirely dependent on inscriptions, which contain information on community organisation, the use of biblical texts and religious symbols, linguistic habits, naming practices and social status, and burial customs and beliefs about life after death. While Volume One provides ready access to the Jewish inscriptions from Italy and the islands, Spain and Gaul this second of two volumes concentrates on the inscriptions of the City of Rome. Hitherto it has been necessary to consult specialist publications to gain a complete picture of the inscriptions: this book fills a notable gap in the market.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19783/cover/9780521619783.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619807</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619807</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619806</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Flannery O'Connor and Cold War Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619806</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bacon, Jon Lance</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book reconsiders Flannery O'Connor, known primarily for her Catholicism.  By recovering the historical circumstances in which Flannery O'Connor wrote her fiction, Jon Lance Bacon reveals an artist concerned with the cultural effects of the conflict that dominated American political discourse after 1945: the Cold War. O'Connor resisted the consensus that demanded uncritical celebration of American life - including consumerism. Bacon relates her fiction to political texts, sociological studies, advertisements, movies, television programmes, paintings, editorial cartoons and comic books. This interdisciplinary approach transforms O'Connor from a regional writer, with a religious message that transcends social and political questions, into a national figure, with a secure place in literary histories that address such questions.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19806/cover/9780521619806.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619815</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619815</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619813</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sainthood in the Later Middle Ages</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619813</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Vauchez, Andri</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Birrell, Jean</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>716</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is a standard work of reference for the study of the religious history of western Christianity in the later middle ages which, since its original publication in French in 1981, has come to be regarded as one of the great contributions to medieval studies of recent times. Hagiographical texts and reports of the processes of canonisation - a mode of investigation into saints' lives and their miracles implemented by the popes from the end of the twelfth century - are here used for the first time as major source materials. The book illuminates the main features of the medieval religious mind, and highlights the popes' attempts to gain firmer control over the wide variety of expressions of faith towards the saints in order to promote a higher pattern of devotion and moral behaviour among Christians.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19813/cover/9780521619813.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619823</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619823</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619820</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Edmond Malone, Shakespearean Scholar</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Literary Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619820</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Martin, Peter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>BGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Edmond Malone (1741-1812) was the greatest early editor of Shakespeare's works, the first historian of early English drama, the biographer of Shakespeare, Dryden and Reynolds, and a relentless exposer of literary fraud and forgery. His dedication to discovering the facts of literary history through manuscripts and early editions laid the foundations for the scholar's code and the modern study of literature. Yet he was also a gregarious man, attracting many friends and enemies among his contemporaries. This first modern full-length biography of Edmond Malone illuminates in a unique way both the intensely private world of the scholar and the highly public world of the late eighteenth-century artistic, intellectual and political elite, including Samuel Johnson, Edmund Burke, Sir Joshua Reynolds, Sarah Siddons and James Boswell.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19820/cover/9780521619820.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619831</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619831</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619837</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Romans and the Apologetic Tradition</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Purpose, Genre and Audience of Paul's Letter</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619837</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Guerra, Anthony J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRCG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Of all the letters in the Pauline corpus, the Letter to the Romans has attracted the greatest degree of scholarly attention. Yet surprisingly scant consideration has been given to the question of its literary genre. Taking up the comparatively brief suggestions of previous scholars, Dr Guerra argues that the Letter belongs to the protreptic genre - the class of writing in antiquity which urges the adoption of a particular way of life (or a deeper commitment to it), setting out its advantages, replying to objections, and demonstrating its superiority. Working through each chapter of the Letter in turn, he indicates how Paul provides a critique of non-Christian ways of life (both Jewish and Gentile) and affirms the superiority of the Christian Gospel. It becomes apparent that the Pauline apologetics of Romans stand between the hellenistic Jewish tradition and the later Greek Christian apologists, and may have influenced the latter.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19837/cover/9780521619837.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161984X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052161984X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619844</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Tradition and Modernity in the Mediterranean</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Wedding as Symbolic Struggle</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619844</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Argyrou, Vassos</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The subject of Vassos Argyrou's study is modernisation, as reflected in the changing nature of wedding celebrations in Cyprus over two generations from the 1930s to the present day. He argues that modernisation is not a secular, progressive process, that remodels the life of a society, ironing out local differences. Rather, it is a legitimising discourse. It is an idiom which Greek Cypriots employ to represent, and contest, relationships between social classes, old and young, men and women, city folk and villagers. At the same time, by involving modernisation, they are submitting to foreign standards, and accepting the symbolic domination of Europe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619858</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619858</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619851</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Fibrous Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619851</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chawla, Krishan Kumar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is about the processing, microstructure and properties of materials in fibrous form. The range of fibrous materials covered spans natural polymeric fibres such as silk, synthetic polymeric fibres such as aramid and polyethylene, metallic fibres such as steel and tungsten, and ceramic fibres such as alumina and silicon carbide. The author explains the fundamentals in a clear and concise manner and describes important advances in the production and control of microstructure in high stiffness and high strength fibres. The text contains large numbers of diagrams and micrographs to bring home to the reader the important principles and concepts. The book will be of value to senior undergraduates, beginning graduate students and researchers in the fields of materials science and engineering, metallurgy, ceramics, textile physics and engineering, mechanical engineering and chemical engineering.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19851/cover/9780521619851.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050530</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619866</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619866</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619868</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Theatre of Chaos</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Beyond Absurdism, into Orderly Disorder</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619868</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Demastes, William W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this unique and invigorating study, chaos theory and quantum mechanics are employed as the basis for a clearer understanding of the often confusing contemporary theatre world. Examining numerous antecedents to contemporary thought on chaos and the cultural roots of the notion of chaos, links are provided to playwrights ranging from Shakespeare to Ibsen and Tom Stoppard to Sam Shepard. William Demastes investigates parallel developments across the arts and sciences: connections between the dramatic naturalism of the late nineteenth century and Newtonian thought, and theatre of the absurd and disorderly chaos theory. After centuries of isolation and increased specialisation, the author contends, it may once again be time to consider the 'arts' and 'sciences' not as two isolated enterprises but to acknowledge interrelations between them.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19868/cover/9780521619868.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>58.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619874</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619874</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619875</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Surrealist Collage in Text and Image</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Dissecting the Exquisite Corpse</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619875</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adamowicz, Elza</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Elza Adamowicz presents an analysis of surrealist collage, both as a technique of cutting and pasting ready made material, and as a subversive and creative strategy. She considers verbal collage, pictorial collage, and the hybrids they generate, and discusses the works of Max Ernst and Andr&#233; Breton, as well as those of Aragon, Brunius, Eluard, Hugnet, Magritte, P&#233;ret, Styrsky and others. Focusing on the recycling of art-historical icons, the parodic reworking of narrative clich&#233;s, the concept of defamiliarisation of the banal, or the relations between part bodies and totalities, she offers close readings of individual collages, and links specific aspects of collage practice to central issues of surrealist aesthetic and political thought. Throughout this well illustrated study Adamowicz confronts the 'monstrous' nature of collage, grounded on excess and composed of irretrievable fragments and hovering signs.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19875/cover/9780521619875.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619882</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619882</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>D&#252;rer and his Culture</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619882</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Eichberger, Dagmar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Zika, Charles</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AGB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This collection extends and deepens understanding of the political, social, and cultural contexts through which the meanings of D&#252;rer's works can be perceived, and focuses on images which provide insights into his rich cultural milieu. Expanding views of nature and landscape, cultural strategies of collecting, the construction of national cultural identity, the humanist concern for a moral life, the transgressions of sexual order, and the gendered rituals of courtship are just some of the contemporary discourses and practices to which D&#252;rer's works are linked. Also discussed is the manner in which images were viewed in the early-sixteenth century, and the powers and dangers with which they were associated, and the collection concludes with an appreciation of the changing historical role which D&#252;rer himself has had within the European cultural tradition.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19882/cover/9780521619882.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050418</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619890</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619890</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619899</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Clavichord</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619899</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Brauchli, Bernard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hogwood, Christopher</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVRG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The clavichord, forerunner of the piano, was one of the most important instruments in Western keyboard history until the first decades of the nineteenth century. Bernard Brauchli's comprehensive history fills a major gap in the literature on this instrument. Beginning with the earliest-known references, he traces the clavichord's evolution up to the mid-nineteenth century, ending with a study of performance technique. The clavichord's structural developments (traced largely through an analysis of extant instruments), literary documentation (much of it presented here for the first time in English), treatises and iconographical sources are presented in chronological order. What emerges from this study of the various sources is an overview of the essential role this instrument played both socially and musically for more than four centuries, restoring the clavichord to the position it justly deserves in history. Awarded the Nicholas Bessaraboff Prize for 2001, honoring the best book-length organological study in the English language published in 1998/99.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19899/cover/9780521619899.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050321</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619904</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619904</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619905</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Policy and Health</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Implications for Development in Asia</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619905</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Peabody, John W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Rahman, M. Omar</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gertler, Paul J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mann, Joyce</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Farley, Donna O.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Luck, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JPA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This rich volume provides a comprehensive look at how policy leads to better health in Asia. Leading RAND thinkers, working in different disciplines, create an all-encompassing framework for students, scholars, and policymakers, clarifying what is known and still needs to be known about how policy and practice lead to better health outcomes in developing countries. Drawing on their broad experience, the authors explore the health effects of macroeconomic development, education, and technology. After making compelling arguments about the need for policymakers to use and demand evidence-based policy, they investigate the epidemiology of persistent infectious diseases and the rapid ascendancy of chronic diseases in the elderly, showing how effectively appropriate clinical medicine addresses illness and promotes well-being. Emphasis is placed on examining equity-improving solutions to ascertain how and where they have helped the poor, women, and other vulnerable populations. The book concludes with a discussion of politics, priorities, the private sector, and what role health departments should play to translate policy objectives into better health.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19905/cover/9780521619905.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050511</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619920</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619920</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619929</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Serial Music, Serial Aesthetics</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Compositional Theory in Post-War Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619929</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grant, M. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AVA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Serial music was one of the most important aesthetic movements to emerge in post-war Europe, but its uncompromising music and modernist aesthetic has often been misunderstood. This book focuses on the controversial journal die Reihe, whose major contributors included Stockhausen, Eimert, Pousseur, Dieter Schnebel and G. M. Koenig, and discusses it in connection with many lesser-known sources in German musicology. It traces serialism's  debt to the theories of Klee and Mondrian, and its relationship to developments in concrete art, modern poetry and the information aesthetics and semiotics of Max Bense and Umberto Eco. M. J. Grant sketches an aesthetic theory of serialism as experimental music, arguing that serial theory's embrace of both rigorous intellectualism and aleatoric processes is not, as many have suggested, a paradox, but the key to serial thought and to its relevance for contemporary theory.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19929/cover/9780521619929.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>73.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521619963</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521619963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619967</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Setting the Agenda</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Responsible Party Government in the U.S. House of Representatives</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619967</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Cox, Gary W.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McCubbins, Mathew D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholars of the U.S. House disagree over the importance of political parties in organizing the legislative process. On the one hand, non-partisan theories stress how congressional organization serves members' non-partisan goals. On the other hand, partisan theories argue that the House is organized to serve the collective interests of the majority party. This book advances our partisan theory and presents a series of empirical tests of that theory's predictions (pitted against others). It considers why procedural cartels form, arguing that agenda power is naturally subject to cartelization in busy legislatures. It argues that the majority party has cartelized agenda power in the U.S. House since the adoption of Reed's rules in 1890. The evidence demonstrates that the majority party seizes agenda control at nearly every stage of the legislative process in order to prevent bills that the party dislikes from reaching the floor.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19967/cover/9780521619967.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051213</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>40.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052161998X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521619981</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Functional Categories</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521619981</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Muysken, Pieter</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>320</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In every language there are descriptive lexical elements, such as evening  and whisper, as well as grammatical elements, such as the and -ing. The distinction between these two elements has proven useful in a number of domains, but what is covered by the terms, lexical and grammatical, and the basis on which the distinction is made, appear to vary according to the domain involved. This book analyses the grammatical elements ('functional categories') in language, a topic that has drawn considerable attention in linguistics, but has never been approached from an integrated, cross-disciplinary perspective. Muysken considers functional categories from the perspective of grammar, language history, language contact and psychology (including child language and aphasia). Empirically based, the book examines the available converging evidence from these various disciplines, and draws on comparative data from a wide range of different languages.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/19981/cover/9780521619981.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20080717</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620058</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620058</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620055</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Electronic Basis of the Strength of Materials</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620055</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Gilman, John J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>290</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>TGM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book relates the complete set of strength characteristics of constituent atoms to their electronic structures. These relationships require knowledge of both the chemistry and physics of materials. The book uses both classical and quantum mechanics, since both are needed to describe these properties, and begins with short reviews of each. Following these reviews, the three major branches of the strength of materials are given their own sections. They are: the elastic stiffnesses; the plastic responses; and the nature of fracture. This work will be of great value to academic and industrial research workers in the sciences of metallurgy, ceramics, microelectronics and polymers. It will also serve well as a supplementary text for the teaching of solid mechanics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20055/cover/9780521620055.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20030616</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620074</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620074</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620079</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Quantum State Diffusion</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620079</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Percival, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>198</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This is the first book devoted to quantum state diffusion (QSD) and its applications to open quantum systems and to the foundations of quantum mechanics. Recent experiments with detailed control over individual quantum systems have changed the face of quantum physics. These systems include atoms at the low temperatures attained by the 1997 Nobel Laureates, they include entangled photons in cavities, and they include the quantum systems used in new and future technologies like quantum cryptography and quantum computation. The experiments have led to a revival of interest in the foundations of quantum mechanics. QSD is used both as a theoretical and computational tool to study these systems, and as the basis of new approaches to the foundations. The book will interest graduate students and researchers in quantum mechanics and its applications, including quantum optics, quantum statistics, the philosophy of quantum theory and theoretical molecular biology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20079/cover/9780521620079.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620090</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620090</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620093</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Taking Power</TitleText>

<Subtitle>On the Origins of Third World Revolutions</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620093</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Foran, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>410</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Taking Power analyzes the causes behind some three dozen revolutions in the Third World between 1910 and the present. It advances a new theory that seeks to integrate the political, economic, and cultural factors that brought these revolutions about, and links structural theorizing with original ideas on culture and agency.  It attempts to explain why so few revolutions have succeeded, while so many have failed. The book is divided into chapters that treat particular sets of revolutions including the great social revolutions of Mexico 1910, China 1949, Cuba 1959, Iran 1979, and Nicaragua 1979, the anticolonial revolutions in Algeria, Vietnam, Angola, Mozambique, and Zimbabwe from the 1940s to the 1970s, and the failed revolutionary attempts in El Salvador, Peru, and elsewhere. It closes with speculation about the future of revolutions in an age of globalization, with special attention to Chiapas, the post-September 11 world, and the global justice movement.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/29843/cover/9780521629843.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20051117</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620120</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620120</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620123</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Life on Other Worlds</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The 20th-Century Extraterrestrial Life Debate</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620123</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dick, Steven J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The recent discoveries of extrasolar planets and possible microfossils in Martian meteorite ALH 84001 are only the latest developments in a debate that spans millennia, and that has been especially heated in the twentieth century. From the furore over Percival Lowell's claim of canals on Mars at the beginning of the century to the biological experiments of the Viking spacecraft, the controversial 'Mars rock', and the sophisticated Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) at its end, otherworldly life has often titillated and occasionally consumed science and the public. So too have crucially related areas such as the search for planetary systems, the quest for an explanation of UFOs, and inquiries into the origin of life. The theme has been elaborated in science fiction from H. G. Wells to Arthur C. Clarke, and resulted in some of the most popular films of all time, including ET, Aliens, Independence Day, and Contact. Life on Other Worlds details in a readable and non-technical manner the history of the twentieth century extraterrestrial life debate, one of the pervasive themes of our century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20123/cover/9780521620123.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990201</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620147</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620147</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Seeing through Self-Deception</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620147</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnes, Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPM</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>What is it to deceive someone? And how is it possible to deceive oneself? Does self-deception require that people be taken in by a deceitful strategy that they know is deceitful? The literature is divided between those who argue that self-deception is intentional and those who argue that it is non-intentional. In this study, Annette Barnes offers a challenge to both the standard characterization of other-deception and characterizations of self-deception, examining the available explanations and exploring such questions as the self-deceiver's false consciousness, bias and the irrationality and objectionability of self-deception. She arrives at a non-intentional account of self-deception that is deeper and more complete than alternative non-intentional accounts and avoids the reduction of self-deceptive belief to wishful belief.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/38775/cover/9780521038775.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980323</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620155</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620155</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620154</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Beyond Anorexia</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Narrative, Spirituality and Recovery</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620154</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Catherine</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>260</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JFFH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Beyond Anorexia is a sociological exploration of how people recover from what medicine labels 'eating disorders', and the first book to focus exclusively on recovery. Beginning with her own autobiography, and drawing on conversations with over thirty other former sufferers, Catherine Garrett demonstrates that narrative is fundamental to social theory and to healing. Her central claim is that recovery is a 'spiritual' experience reconnecting the self with body, nature and society. She analyses spirituality and its relationship with formal religion along with its association with the ascetic rituals of eating disorders. Recovery is shown to be key to full understanding of anorexia, and the processes associated with recovery are explored in terms of embodied spirituality. Using the anthropological theories of Durkheim and van Gennep and contemporary theories of the body, Catherine Garrett reveals some of the social sources of recovery - the solution - which exist alongside the causes of the problem.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20154/cover/9780521620154.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981214</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620163</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620163</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620161</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Actresses on the Victorian Stage</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Feminine Performance and the Galatea Myth</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620161</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marshall, Gail</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>249</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Gail Marshall argues that the professional and personal history of the Victorian actress was largely defined by her negotiation with the sculptural metaphor, and that this was authorized and determined by the Ovidian myth of Pygmalion and Galatea. Drawing on evidence of theatrical fictions, visual representations and popular culture's assimilation of the sculptural image, as well as theatrical productions, she examines some of the manifestations of the sculptural metaphor on the legitimate English stage, and its implications for the actress in the later nineteenth century. Within the legitimate theatre, the 'Galatea-aesthetic' positioned actresses as predominantly visual and sexual commodities whose opportunities for interpretative engagement with their plays were minimal. This dominant aesthetic was effectively challenged only at the end of the century, with the advent of the 'New' drama, and the emergence of a body of autobiographical writings by actresses.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20161/cover/9780521620161.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980706</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620171</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620171</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620178</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Henry IV and the Towns</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Pursuit of Legitimacy in French Urban Society, 1589-1610</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620178</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Finley-Croswhite, S. Annette</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>236</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is the first serious study of Henry IV's relationship with the towns of France, and offers an in-depth analysis of a crucial aspect of his craft of kingship. Set in the context of the later Wars of Religion, it examines Henry's achievement in reforging an alliance with the towns by comparing his relationship with Catholic League, royal and Protestant towns. Annette Finley-Croswhite focuses on the symbiosis of three key issues: legitimacy, clientage and absolutism. Henry's pursuit of political legitimacy and his success at winning the support of his urban subjects is traced over the course of his reign. Clientage is examined to show how Henry used patron-client relations to win over the towns and promote acceptance of his rule. By restoring legitimacy to the monarchy, Henry not only ended the religious wars but also strengthened the authority of the crown and laid the foundations of absolutism.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20178/cover/9780521620178.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19991018</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620198</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620198</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620192</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Contingency and Fortune in Aquinas's Ethics</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620192</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Bowlin, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HRAB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In this study John Bowlin argues that Aquinas's moral theology receives much of its character and content from an assumption about our common lot: the good we desire is difficult to know and to will, in particular because of contingencies of various kinds - within ourselves, in the ends and objects we pursue, and in the circumstances of choice. Since contingencies are fortune's effects, Aquinas insists that it is fortune that makes good choice difficult. Bowlin then explicates Aquinas's treatment of a number of topics in light of this difficulty: the moral and theological virtues, the first precepts of the natural law, the voluntariness of virtuous action, and the happiness available to us in this life. By noting that Aquinas proceeds with an eye on fortune's threats to virtue, agency, and happiness, Bowlin places him more precisely in the history of ethics, among Aristotle, Augustine, and the Stoics.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990913</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052162021X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052162021X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620215</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Discovering the Subject in Renaissance England</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620215</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Hanson, Elizabeth</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSBD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>When Hamlet complains that Guildenstern 'would pluck out the heart of [his] mystery', he imagines an encounter that recurs insistently in the discourses of early modern England. The struggle by one man to discover the secrets in another's heart is rehearsed not only in plays but in legal records, correspondence, philosophical writing and contemporary social description. In this book Elizabeth Hanson argues that the construction of other people as objects of discovery signalled a reconceptualizing of the 'subject' in both the political and philosophical sense of the term. She examines the records of state torture, plays by Shakespeare and Jonson, 'cony-catching' pamphlets and Francis Bacon's philosophical writing, to demonstrate that the subject was both under suspicion and empowered in this period. Her account revises earlier attempts to locate the emergence of modern subjectivity in the Renaissance, arguing for a more nuanced and localized understanding of the relationship with its medieval past.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20215/cover/9780521620215.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620244</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620244</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620246</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Stuart Mill</TitleText>

<Subtitle>A Biography</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620246</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Capaldi, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPS</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Nicholas Capaldi's biography of John Stuart Mill traces the ways in which Mill's many endeavours are related and explores the significance of Mill's contribution to metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, social and political philosophy, the philosophy of religion, and the philosophy of education. He shows how Mill was groomed for his life by both his father James Mill, and Jeremy Bentham, the two most prominent philosophical radicals of the early nineteenth century. Yet Mill revolted against this education and developed friendships with both Thomas Carlyle and Samuel Taylor Coleridge who introduced him to Romanticism and political conservatism. A special feature of this biography is the attention devoted to his relationship with Harriet Taylor. No one exerted a greater influence than the woman he was eventually to marry. Nicholas Capaldi reveals just how deep her impact was on Mill's thinking about the emancipation of women.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20246/cover/9780521620246.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20040608</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620287</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620287</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620284</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>John Barrymore, Shakespearean Actor</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620284</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Morrison, Michael A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>John Barrymore's Richard III and Hamlet, first seen in New York during the 1919-20 and 1922-23 seasons, stand as high-water marks of twentieth-century Shakespearean interpretation. Many of the conventions of modern practice can be traced to Barrymore's performances: he was the first actor to bring the vocal and physical manner of a post-War gentleman to Shakespeare's tragic protagonists; he was the first to reinterpret time-honored roles in light of modern psychological theory. Michael Morrison reconstructs these historic performances through analysis of the production preparation, audience response, reviews, and memoirs. Tracing the Victorian and Edwardian antecedents of Shakespearean performance, this book situates Barrymore's distinctive contribution in light of past and ensuing tradition. As well, it provides a biographical sketch of one of the most revered and tragic actors of the twentieth century.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20284/cover/9780521620284.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980316</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620309</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620309</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620307</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commerce, Complexity, and Evolution</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Topics in Economics, Finance, Marketing, and Management: Proceedings of the Twelfth International Symposium in Economic Theory and Econometrics</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620307</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barnett, William A.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Chiarella, Carl</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Keen, Steve</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Marks, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Schnabl, Hermann</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>422</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Commerce, Complexity, and Evolution is a significant contribution to the paradigm - straddling economics, finance, marketing, and management - which acknowledges that commercial systems are evolutionary, and must therefore be analysed using evolutionary tools. Evolutionary systems display complicated behaviours which are to a significant degree generated endogenously, rather than being solely the product of exogenous shocks, hence the conjunction of complexity with evolution. This volume considers a wide range of systems, from the entire economy at one extreme to the behaviour of single markets at the other. The papers are united by methodologies which at their core are evolutionary, though the techniques cover a wide range, from philosophical discourse to differential equations, genetic algorithms, multi-agent simulations and cellular automata. Issues considered include the dynamics of debt-deflation, stock management in a complex environment, interactions between consumers and its effect upon market behaviour, and nonlinear methods to profit from financial market volatility.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20307/cover/9780521620307.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20001015</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620368</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620368</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620369</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Building Natural Language Generation Systems</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620369</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Reiter, Ehud</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Dale, Robert</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>CFX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book explains how to build Natural Language Generation (NLG) systems - computer software systems which use techniques from artificial intelligence and computational linguistics to automatically generate understandable texts in English or other human languages, either in isolation or as part of multimedia documents, Web pages, and speech output systems. Typically starting from some non-linguistic representation of information as input, NLG systems use knowledge about language and the application domain to automatically produce documents, reports, explanations, help messages, and other kinds of texts. The book covers the algorithms and representations needed to perform the core tasks of document planning, microplanning, and surface realization, using a case study to show how these components fit together. It also discusses engineering issues such as system architecture, requirements analysis, and the integration of text generation into multimedia and speech output systems.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20369/cover/9780521620369.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000915</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620384</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620384</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620383</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Our Cosmic Origins</TitleText>

<Subtitle>From the Big Bang to the Emergence of Life and Intelligence</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620383</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Delsemme, Armand H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duve, Christian de</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>342</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>WNX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Looking at the stars at night, we have all wondered where we have come from and why we are here. Our Cosmic Origins traces the remarkable story of the emergence of life and intelligence right through the complex evolutionary history of the Universe. Armand Delsemme weaves together a rich tapestry of science, bringing together cosmology, astronomy, geology, biochemistry and biology in this wide-ranging book. In following the complex, chronological story, we discover how the first elements formed in the early Universe, how stars and planets were born, how the first bacteria evolved towards a plethora of plants and animals, and how the coupling of the eye and brain led to the development of self-awareness and, ultimately, intelligence. Professor Delsemme concludes with the tantalising suggestion that the existence of alien life and intelligence is likely, and examines our chances of contacting it. This provocative book provides the general reader with an accessible and wide-ranging account of how life evolved on Earth and how likely it is to exist elsewhere in the Universe.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20383/cover/9780521620383.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980824</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620503</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620503</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620505</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Ideology and Utopia in the Poetry of William Blake</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620505</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Nicholas M.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>271</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Scholars have often drawn attention to William Blake's unusual sensitivity to his social context. In this book Nicholas Williams situates Blake's thought historically by showing how through the decades of a long and productive career Blake consistently responded to the ideas, writing, and art of contemporaries. Williams presents detailed readings of several of Blake's major poems alongside Rousseau's Emile, Wollstonecraft's Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Paine's Rights of Man, Burke's Reflections on the Revolution in France, and Robert Owen's Utopian Experiments. In so doing, he offers revealing new insights into key Blake texts and draws attention to their inclusion of notions of social determinism, theories of ideology-critique, and Utopian traditions. Williams argues that if we are truly to understand ideology as it relates to Blake, we must understand the practical situation in which the ideological Blake found himself. His study is a revealing commentary on the work of one of our most challenging poets.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20505/cover/9780521620505.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>052162052X</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>052162052X</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620529</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Human Demography and Disease</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620529</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Susan</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Duncan, C. J.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>372</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Human Demography and Disease offers an interdisciplinary and integrated perspective on the relationship between historical populations and the dynamics of epidemiological processes. It brings the techniques of time-series analysis and computer matrix modelling to historical demography and geography to extract detailed information concerning the oscillations in births, deaths, migrations and epidemics from parish registers and other data series and to build mathematical models of the population cycles. This book presents a new way of studying pre-industrial communities and explores the subtle, and hitherto undetected effects of fluctuating nutritional levels on mortality patterns and the dynamics of infectious diseases. It will be of interest to researchers, teachers and students in the fields of demography, anthropology, historical geography, social history, population biology and epidemiology.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20529/cover/9780521620529.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980803</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620562</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620562</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620567</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Jurisprudence of GATT and the WTO</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Insights on Treaty Law and Economic Relations</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620567</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Jackson, John H.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>LNCB</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book contains a selection of essays and articles by John H. Jackson previously published over four decades and collected together into one volume. Each article has been selected for its continued relevance to contemporary issues in international trade. Particular attention has been given to making available articles which have previously been less accessible. For the most part articles are republished in their original form but, where appropriate, the author has clearly marked some omissions and added updating material. In selecting and grouping these writings into six thematic parts, the author has written a short introduction to each part for this book. These range from the origin of the GATT through to the Uruguay round of trade negotiations and the WTO. An important compendium from a globally recognized scholar which must become an indispensable purchase for all concerned with international trade policy issues.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20567/cover/9780521620567.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000715</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620570</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620570</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620574</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The English in Rome, 1362-1420</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Portrait of an Expatriate Community</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620574</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harvey, Margaret</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>295</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Centred on a study of the early archives of the Venerabile Collegio Inglese in Rome, the predecessor of the English College of today, this book is more than a study of the beginnings of English institutions in Rome. It attempts to place the English community there between 1362, when the first English hospice for poor people and pilgrims was founded, and 1420 in its political, commercial and religious setting. It includes a portrait of a group of English merchants, with their wives and widows, as well as members of the papal curia in Rome (from 1376), including a study of Cardinal Adam Easton, a well-known scholar and opponent of John Wycliffe. The book also uncovers a notable although unsuccessful attempt to forward English participation in commerce with Rome before 1420, revealing important links between the English laity in Rome and the city of London.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20574/cover/9780521620574.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000320</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620589</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620589</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620581</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Recent Perspectives in Random Matrix Theory and Number Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620581</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mezzadri, F.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Snaith, N. C.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>532</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>In recent years the application of random matrix techniques to analytic number theory has been responsible for major advances in this area of mathematics. As a consequence it has created a new and rapidly developing area of research. The aim of this book is to provide the necessary grounding both in relevant aspects of number theory and techniques of random matrix theory, as well as to inform the reader of what progress has been made when these two apparently disparate subjects meet. This volume of proceedings is addressed to graduate students and other researchers in both pure mathematics and theoretical physics. The contributing authors, who are among the world leading experts in this area, have taken care to write self-contained lectures on subjects chosen to produce a coherent volume.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20581/cover/9780521620581.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20050621</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620597</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620597</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620598</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>J. William Fulbright, Vietnam, and the Search for a Cold War Foreign Policy</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620598</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Woods, Randall Bennett</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>303</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBWS2</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>J. William Fulbright was the longest serving and most powerful chair of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. Both an intellectual and an internationalist, he had great influence over the course of American foreign relations in the 1960s and 1970s. Fulbright was also the most prominent, and the most effective, of the first American critics of the Vietnam War. His criticism was particularly galling and damning to Lyndon Johnson because Fulbright was a principled internationalist who could not be dismissed as an ideologue. Fulbright used hearings by the Foreign Relations Committee as a forum in which to advance his powerful critique of the war, and  his writings constitute an ongoing, comprehensive critique of American foreign policy. This abridgement of  Woods' prize-winning biography of J. William Fulbright presents the full story of Fulbright's role as one of the leading congressional opponents of the Vietnam War.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/88003/cover/9780521588003.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980629</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620600</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620600</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620604</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Mixed Hodge Structures and Singularities</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620604</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kulikov, Valentine S.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PBMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is both an introduction to, and a survey of, some topics of singularity theory; in particular the studying of singularities by means of differential forms. Here some ideas and notions that arose in global algebraic geometry, namely mixed Hodge structures and the theory of period maps, are developed in the local situation to study the case of isolated singularities of holomorphic functions. The author introduces the Gauss-Manin connection on the vanishing cohomology of a singularity, that is on the cohomology fibration associated to the Milnor fibration, and draws on the work of Brieskorn and Steenbrink to calculate this connection, and the limit mixed Hodge structure. This will be an excellent resource for all researchers whose interests lie in singularity theory, and algebraic or differential geometry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980427</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620619</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620619</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620611</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Imaging Phonons</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Acoustic Wave Propagation in Solids</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620611</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wolfe, James P.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>428</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PHFC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Drop a pebble in a pond and the results are quite predictable: circular waves flow from the point of impact. Hit a point on a crystalline solid, however, and the expanding waves are highly non-spherical: the elasticity of a crystal is anisotropic. This book provides a fresh look at the vibrational properties of crystalline solids, elucidated by new imaging techniques. From the megahertz vibrations of ultrasound to the near-terahertz vibrations associated with heat, the underlying elastic anisotropy of the crystal asserts itself. Phonons are elementary vibrations that affect many properties of solids - thermal, electrical and magnetic. This text covers the basic theory and experimental observations of phonon propagation in solids. Phonon imaging techniques provide physical insights into such topics as phonon focusing, lattice dynamics and ultrasound propagation. Scattering of phonons from interfaces, superlattices, defects and electrons are treated in detail. The book includes many striking and original illustrations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/22088/cover/9780521022088.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19981123</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620651</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620651</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620659</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Chemotherapeutic Targets in Parasites</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Contemporary Strategies</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620659</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansour, Tag E.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A02</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Mansour, Joan MacKinnon</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PSGH</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Parasitic infections are the most prevalent of human diseases, and researchers continue to face the challenge of designing drugs to successfully counteract them. Chemotherapeutic Targets in Parasites analyzes the critical metabolic reactions and structural features essential for parasite survival, and advocates the latest molecular strategies with which to identify effective antiparasitic agents. An introduction to the early development of parasite chemotherapy is followed by an overview of biophysical techniques and genomic and proteomic analysis. Several chapters are devoted to specific types of chemotherapeutic agents and their targets in malaria, trypanosomes, leishmania and amitochondrial protists. Chapters on helminths include metabolic, neuromuscular, microtubular and tegumental targets. Emphasized throughout is the design of more selective and less toxic drugs than in the past. This up-to-date book will be especially relevant to medical and clinical researchers and to graduate students in parasitology, pharmacology, medicine, microbiology, and biochemistry.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20659/cover/9780521620659.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20021211</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620678</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620678</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620673</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Heidegger's Temporal Idealism</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620673</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Blattner, William D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCF3</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This book is a systematic reconstruction of Heidegger's account of time and temporality in Being and Time. The author locates Heidegger in a tradition of 'temporal idealism' with its sources in Plotinus, Leibniz, and Kant. For Heidegger, time can only be explained in terms of 'originary temporality', a concept integral to his ontology. Blattner sets out not only the foundations of Heidegger's ontology, but also his phenomenology of the experience of time. Focusing on a neglected but central aspect of Being and Time, this book will be of considerable interest to all students of Heidegger both inside and outside philosophy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20673/cover/9780521620673.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990510</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620716</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620716</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620710</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Disseminating Darwinism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>The Role of Place, Race, Religion, and Gender</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620710</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Numbers, Ronald L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stenhouse, John</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PDX</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This innovative collection of original essays focuses on the ways in which geography, gender, race, and religion influenced the reception of Darwinism in the English-speaking world of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Although studies of Darwin and Darwinism have increased dramatically in the past few decades, knowledge of how various groups and regions responded to Darwinism remains unknown. The contributions to this volume collectively illustrate the importance of local social, physical, and religious arrangements, while showing that neither distance from Darwin's home at Down nor size of community greatly influenced how various regions responded to Darwinism. Essays spanning the world from Great Britain and North America to Australia and New Zealand explore the various meanings for Darwinism in these widely separated locales, while other chapters focus on the difference it made in the debates over evolution.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20710/cover/9780521620710.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20000515</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620732</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620732</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620734</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Commodifying Communism</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Business, Trust, and Politics in a Chinese City</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620734</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wank, David L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Commodifying Communism is an ethnographically grounded account of the institutional organization and political consequences of China's historically unprecedented market growth. Drawing upon almost two years of ethnographic fieldwork, this book challenges conventional views of post-communist emerging markets being tied to the retreat of the state. David Wank shows how entrepreneurs running private trading companies in Xiamen City, Fujian Province (one of China's five special economic zones) maximize profit and security through patron-client networks with local state agents. The book examines how processes of opportunity, exchange, expectations, and advantage are constrained by both statist and popular institutions in market clientelism. It also considers the implications of market clientelism for the dynamism of China's emerging market economy relative to Eastern European post-communist economies and its political consequences for state-society and center-local relations.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/98419/cover/9780521798419.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990607</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>145.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620740</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620740</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620741</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Plant Lipid Biosynthesis</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Fundamentals and Agricultural Applications</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620741</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Harwood, John L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>As one of the major constituents of plants, lipids have received considerable attention from plant biochemists. Interest has recently intensified and broadened following exciting new discoveries of particular relevance to industry, ranging from the elucidation of new biosynthetic pathways sensitive to herbicide action to the successful genetic manipulation of the quality of food oils. This volume brings together contributions from those working on plant lipid biosynthesis, both with respect to the fundamentals of the process and also on more specifically applied aspects. Together, these contributions provide an up-to-date review of the most exciting recent advances which illustrate that the fundamental and applied approaches are complementary and synergistic.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990111</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620767</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620767</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620765</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Rise and Fall of the Plantation Complex</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Essays in Atlantic History</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620765</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Curtin, Philip D.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Over a period of several centuries, Europeans developed an intricate system of plantation agriculture overseas which was quite different from the agricultural system used at home. Though the plantation complex centered on the American tropics, its influence was much wider. Much more than an economic order for the Americas, the plantation complex had an important place in world history. These essays concentrate on the intercontinental impact.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20765/cover/9780521620765.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980720</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620775</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620775</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620772</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Protestantism and National Identity</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Britain and Ireland, c.1650-c.1850</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620772</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Claydon, Tony</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>McBride, Ian</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume traces the complex contribution which Protestantism made to national identity in the British Isles between the Stuart and the Victorian ages. Often challenging existing work, the essays both question whether nationalism was a secular and 'modern' phenomenon, and ask whether Protestantism could support any simple vision of a united, imperial and 'elect' Britain. Covering a wide variety of subjects, the authors show that whilst the reformed faith was always central to 'British' self-awareness, it could also divide the peoples of Britain and Ireland, could cast doubt on their greatness, and could dissolve any insistence on the uniqueness of these nations. The collection thus takes the study of religion's contribution to nationality beyond simple acknowledgement of its importance, and suggests ways to understand British and Irish development during the 'long eighteenth century'.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20772/cover/9780521620772.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620783</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620783</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620789</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Development of Russian Verse</TitleText>

<Subtitle>Meter and its Meanings</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620789</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Wachtel, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSC</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>The Development of Russian Verse explores the Russian verse tradition from Pushkin to Brodsky, showing how certain formal features are associated with certain genres and, at times, specific themes. Michael Wachtel's basic thesis is that form is never neutral: poets can react positively in terms of stylization and development, or negatively in terms of parody or revision, to the work of their predecessors, but they cannot ignore it. Keeping technical terms to a minimum and providing English translations of quotations, Wachtel offers close readings of individual poems of more than fifty poets. He aims to help English-speaking readers reconstruct the strong sense of continuity that Russian poets have always felt, transcending any individual age or ideology. Ultimately, his book is an inquiry into the nature of literary tradition itself, and how it coalesces in a country that has always taken so much of its identity from its written legacy.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20789/cover/9780521620789.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990322</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620791</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620791</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620796</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Renegotiating Ethics in Literature, Philosophy, and Theory</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620796</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Adamson, Jane</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Freadman, Richard</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Parker, David</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>DSA</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Is it possible for postmodernism to offer viable, coherent accounts of ethics? Or are our social and intellectual worlds too fragmented for any broad consensus about the moral life? These issues have emerged as some of the most contentious in literary and philosophical studies. In Renegotiating Ethics in Literature, Philosophy, and Theory a distinguished international gathering of philosophers and literary scholars address the reconceptualisations involved in this 'turn towards ethics'. An important feature of this has been a renewed interest in the literary text as a focus for the exploration of ethical issues. Exponents of this trend include Charles Taylor, Bernard Williams, Iris Murdoch, Cora Diamond, Richard Rorty and Martha Nussbaum, the latter a contributor and a key figure in this volume. This book assesses the significance of this development for ethical and literary theory and attempts to articulate an alternative postmodern account of ethics which does not rely on earlier appeals to universal truths.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20796/cover/9780521620796.gif</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620864</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620864</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Creeping Environmental Problems and Sustainable Development in the Aral Sea Basin</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620864</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Glantz, Michael</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>RNP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Environmental degradation in the Aral Sea basin has been a touchstone for increasing public awareness of environmental issues. The Aral crisis has been touted as a 'quiet Chernobyl' and as one of the worst human-made environmental catastrophes of the twentieth century. This multidisciplinary book comprehensively describes the slow onset of low grade but incremental changes (i.e. creeping environmental change) which affected the region and its peoples. Through a set of case studies, it describes how the region's decision-makers allowed these changes to grow into an environmental and societal nightmare. It outlines many lessons to be learned for other areas undergoing detrimental creeping environmental change, and provides an important example of how to approach such disasters for students and researchers of environmental studies, global change, political science and history.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20864/cover/9780521620864.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990712</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620872</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620872</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620871</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Innovation, Investment and the Diffusion of Technology in Europe</TitleText>

<Subtitle>German Direct Investment and Economic Growth in Postwar Europe</Subtitle>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620871</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Barrell, Ray</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Pain, Nigel</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>This volume brings together leading European scholars and policy-makers to address the determinants of foreign direct investment (FDI) and its effects on globalisation, growth and European integration since 1945. The main focus of the study is foreign direct investment by German multinational companies. A range of methods, including econometric studies, survey-based analysis, and detailed discussions of published statistics are used to assess the implications for the German economy and the results in host countries of foreign investment. Consideration is also given to FDI by Swedish multinational corporations, as well as to the role national and supranational institutions can play in stimulating FDI. Although FDI often raises fears for employment and growth, it is an effective way of transferring techniques, processes and products into new markets. Firm-specific assets transferred in this way can raise productivity in the host country without sacrificing jobs in the home country.</Text>

</OtherText>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990517</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620902</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620902</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620901</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Sex and Gender in Paleopathological Perspective</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620901</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Grauer, Anne L.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Stuart-Macadam, Patricia</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>204</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>JHMP</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>A growing body of literature indicates that diseases can affect women and men differently. As sex differences extend far beyond biology, it is crucial to adopt a bicultural approach towards understanding human disease patterns and processes. This book synthesizes modern medical research with paleopathological investigations. Conditions such as osteoporosis and osteopenia, iron deficiency anaemia, infection and immune reactivity and trauma are explored. Recognizing the relationship between these conditions and aspects of sex and gender in past populations assists in the formulation of models from which modern disease processes can be better understood. Exploring the differences will provide provocative ideas for all those in physical anthropology, archaeology, evolutionary biology, history of medicine and women's studies interested in how sex and gender impacts on disease.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805210/21210/cover/9780521021210.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19990208</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620910</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620910</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620918</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>Space and the Self in Hume's Treatise</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620918</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Frasca-Spada, Marina</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HPCD</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Hume's discussion of the idea of space in his Treatise on Human Nature is fundamental to an understanding of his treatment of such central issues as the existence of external objects, the unity of the self, the relation between certainty and belief, and abstract ideas. Marina Frasca-Spada's rich and original study examines this difficult part of Hume's philosophical writings and connects it to eighteenth-century works in natural philosophy, mathematics and literature. Focusing on Hume's discussions of the infinite divisibility of extension, the origin of the idea of space, geometry, and the notion of a vacuum, she shows that the central questions of Hume's 'science of human nature' - what does the 'science of human nature' reveal about the mind and its operations? what is experience? - underlie all of these discussions. Her analysis points the way to a reassessment of the central current interpretative problems in Hume studies.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20918/cover/9780521620918.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>19980727</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620953</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>02</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>0521620953</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620956</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Turkey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620956</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Faroqhi, Suraiya N.</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>640</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>

<Text>Volume 3 of The Cambridge History of Turkey traces the history of the later Ottoman Empire from the death of Mehmed III in 1603 to the proclamation of the tanzimat, the administrative reconstruction of the Ottoman state, in 1839. This was a period of relative stability when trade between the empire and Europe flourished and, wartime apart, merchants and pilgrims travelled in relative security. However, despite the emphasis on the sultan's role as defender of the faithful and of social order, tensions did exist between the ruling elite in Istanbul and their provincial subjects. This theme is central to the volume. Other sections focus on religious and political groups, women, trade, rural life and, importantly, music, art and architecture. The history emphasises the political, cultural and artistic accomplishments of the Ottomans in the post-classical period, thus challenging traditional notions that this was a period of stagnation.</Text>

</OtherText>

<MediaFile>

<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>

<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>

<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/20956/cover/9780521620956.jpg</MediaFileLink>

</MediaFile>

<Imprint>

<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>

</Imprint>

<Publisher>

<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>

<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>

</Publisher>

<CountryOfPublication/>

<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>

<PublicationDate>20061102</PublicationDate>

<SupplyDetail>

<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>

<Price>

<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>

<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>

</Price>

</SupplyDetail>

</Product>



<Product>

<RecordReference>0521620961</RecordReference>

<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIdentifier>

<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>

<IDValue>9780521620963</IDValue>

</ProductIdentifier>

<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>

<Title>

<TitleType>01</TitleType>

<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Turkey</TitleText>

</Title>

<Website>

<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521620963</WebsiteLink>

</Website>



<Contributor>

<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>

<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>

<PersonNameInverted>Kasaba, Re&#351;at</PersonNameInverted>

</Contributor>



<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>

<NumberOfPages>600</NumberOfPages>

<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>

<OtherText>

<Text